The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About19700 67th Ave Ne Bldg A_BLD6487_2026 12 1 3 4 5 CITY OF ARLINGTON, SECTION 15, TOWNSHIP 31 N, RANGE 05E FILE NO.: PLN#1316/1317 Arlington era ions Center PROJECT DEVELOPED FOR DESIGN D v. D Snohomish Works CONSULTANT 6467 REGISTERED yt ARCHITECT Y \ . TI Y JAM S EWETi S AT OF WASH GTON C PROJECTC VZ Arlington Operations Center FOR II Snohomish County ►. Public Works l AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 v PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. _, ♦ ,� tx l\ City of Arlington 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. B ..-..- 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B Building p,?d De artment written permission for any other use or reproduction. APPROVED NUMBER:PROJECT Kevin Olander-07/21/2025 2023-053 No changes authorized unless approved by the Building Official • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT TEAM PROJECT TEAM- Client Design Builder Civil Engineer Process Engineering Electrical Engineer Land Use/Permits Acoustical Surveyor Environmental PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I Ti Snohomish County Public Works Comerstone General Contractors,Inc. Reid Middleton Facility Planning Services,LLC Hargis Engineers.Inc. Shockev Plannina Group,Inc. Stantec SAM Companies TRC Companies PROJECT MANAGER: I PS 3000 Rockefeller Avenue 11805 North Creek Parkway,#115 728134th ST SW,Suite 200 9805 NE 116th Street#7417 1201 3rd Ave Suite 600 2716 Colby Avenue 6550125th Ave BE 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 1180 NW Maple St,Suite 310 PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH Everett,WA 982014046 Bothell,WA 98011 Everett,WA 98204 Kirkland,WA 98034 Seattle,WA 98101 Everett,WA 98201 Bellevue,WA 98006 Redmond,WA 98052 Issaquah,WA 98027 JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG Contact:Eric Nordstrom Contact:Sam Comer Contact:Marc Davis Contact:Chris Matthews Contact:Tallor VanderKley Contact:Camie Anderson Contact:Tana Damschen Contact:Bruce Bailey Contact:Jerry Boyd A Phone: # Phone: (42')481-7460 Phone: (425)741-3800 Phone: (206)487-0653 Phone: (206)441-3376 Phone: (425)258-9308 Phone: (206)2.24-3642 Phone: (425)823-5700 Phone: (425)358-0089 A Fax: # Fax: (425)481-7497 Fax: # Fax: # Fax: (206)448-4450 Fax: (425)259-0448 Fax: # Fax: # Fax: # Email: edc.nordstrom@manohomish.wa.us Email: sam@comerstonegci.com Email: mdavis@midmiddleton.com Email: cmQfacilityplanningservices.com Email: taylor-nderkley@hargis.biz Email: candemon@shockeyplanning.cem Email: Tana.Damschen@stanteccom Email: info@sam.biz Email: jboyd@Vccempanies.cem COVER SHEET Architect Landscape Architect Mechanical Engineer Structural Engineer Envelope Consultant Traffic Hardware Geotechnical LEED Dykeman FORA Landscape Architects Hrois Engineers,Inc. Reid Middleton BEE Engineers Transco Group Adams Consulting 8 Estimating LLC Associated Earth Sciences.Inc. 'Bri n 0 ., 1716 West Marine View Drive 1430 NE 65th Street 1201 3rd Ave Suite 600 728134th ST SW,Suite 200 170 W.Dayton St.,Suite 206 12131 113th Ave NE#203 2337 N 57th SI 911 5th Avenue 710 Second Avenue,Suite 925 Everett,WA 98201-20M Seattle,WA 98115 Seattle,WA 98101 Everett,WA 98204 Edmonds,WA 98020 Kirkland,WA 98034 Seattle,WA 98103 Kirkland,WA 98033 Seattle,WA 98104 Contact:Trish Sherman Contact:Andy Rasmussen Contact:Brian Cawley Contact:Paul Crocker Contact:Chad Smith Contact:Mike Swenson Contact:Gordon Adams Contact:Kurt Merdman Contact:Michelle Bombeck Phone: (425)259J161 Phone: (206)322-1732 Phone: (206)448-3376 Phone: (425)741.3800 Ph-: (425)672-3900 Phone: (425)821-3665 Phone: (206)528.0244 Phone: # Phone: (206)746.3902 Fax: (425)259-5242 Fax: # Fax: (206)448-450 Fax: # Fez: (425)712-S60S Fax: # Fax: # Fax: # Fe" # Email: tdshs@dykeman.net Email: andy@fom.land Email: brian.cawley@hargis.b¢ Email: paulc@reidmiddleton.com Email: Chad@bee-engineem.com Email: mike.swenson@tmnspogroup.00m Email: gadams@w-link.nel Email: # Email: michelle@obrien360.com 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 u 2 3 4 5 SHEETINDEX SHEETINDEX SHEETINDEX GENERAL ARCHITECTURAL MECHANICAL G11 COVER SHEET A0.00 NOTES,SYMBOLS&ABBREVIATIONS MO.01 MECHANICAL LEGEND G12 SHEETINDEX A0.11 SLAB PLAN-LOWER LEVEL M0.02 MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES A1.00 WALL TYPES M0.03 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES CODESUMMARY A1.01 ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES M0.04 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES . YKEMAN CS00 PROJECT INFORMATION&CODE ANALYSIS A1.11 FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL M0.05 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES CS10 LIFE SAFETY ANALYSIS-LOWER LEVEL A1.21 FLOOR PLAN UPPER LEVEL MO.06 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES CS20 LIFE SAFETY ANALYSIS-UPPER LEVEL A1.22 FLOOR PLAN-CLERESTORY M0.07 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES A1.31 ROOF PLAN M0.08 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SURVEY A1.41 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-LOWER LEVEL M0.09 MECHANICAL ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE 1 OF 10 A1.51 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-UPPER LEVEL MOA0 MECHANICAL ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE 2 OF 10 A1.61 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-CLERESTORY MS1'11 MECHANICAL SITE PLAN D 30F 10 A2.00 METALVERTICAL SIDING PROFILES M1.11 PLUMBING PLAN-UNDERGROUND - - - D 4 OF 10 A2.10 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS M2.11 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL 50F 10 A2.20 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS M2.21 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL 6 OF 10 A3.10 BUILDING SECTIONS M3.11 HVAC FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL 7 OF 10 A3.11 BUILDING SECTIONS M3.21 HVAC FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL 8 OF 10 A3.12 BUILDING SECTIONS M4.11 HVAC PIPING FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL 9 OF 10 A3.13 BUILDING SECTIONS M4.21 HVAC PIPING FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL CONSULTANT: 10 OF 10 A3.14 BUILDING SECTIONS M5.11 FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL A3.20 WALL SECTIONS-NORTH WALL M5.21 FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL SITE DEVELOPMENT A3.21 WALL SECTIONS-EAST WALL M6.11 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN SID 1 ARCHITECTURAL SITE DEMO PLAN A3.22 WALL SECTIONS-SOUTH WALL MT 11 MECHANICAL ENLARGED PLANS SD7.01 ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN A3.23 WALL SECTIONS-WEST WALL M8.11 HVAC PIPING RISER DIAGRAM SD2.01 ARCHITECTURAL SITE DETAILS A4.01 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS&ELEVATIONS M9.01 MECHANICAL DETAILS SD2.02 SITE STAIR DETAILS A4.02 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS&ELEVATIONS M9.02 MECHANICAL DETAILS SD2.03 SITE STAIR DETAILS A4.03 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS&ELEVATIONS M9.03 MECHANICAL DETAILS A4.04 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS&ELEVATIONS M9.04 MECHANICAL DETAILS SITE LOGISTICS A4.21 ENLARGED PLANS&SECTIONS-NORTH STAIR M9.05 MECHANICAL DETAILS SLP1.0 SITE LOGISTICS PLAN A4.22 DETAILS-NORTH STAIR&RAILINGS M9.06 MECHANICAL DETAILS A4.31 ENLARGED PLANS&SECTIONS-SOUTH STAIR M9.07 MECHANICAL DETAILS CIVIL A4.32 DETAILS-SOUTH STAIR&RAILINGS M9.08 MECHANICAL DETAILS • V1.01 EXISTING CONDITIONS MAP A5.11 FLOOR FINISH PLAN-LOWER LEVEL M9.09 MECHANICAL DETAILS C0.01 SITE PLAN A5.21 FLOOR FINISH PLAN-UPPER LEVEL M10.01 MECHANICAL CONTROLS C1 01 TESC AND DEMO PLAN-PHASE 1 A6.00 FINISH LEGENDS&SCHEDULES,MOUNTING HEIGHTS M10.02 MECHANICAL CONTROLS Cl TESC AND DEMO PLAN-PHASE 2 A6.11 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS M10.03 MECHANICAL CONTROLS 64674 C1.03 TESC DETAILS AND NOTES A6.12 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS M10.04 MECHANICAL CONTROLS C2.01 GRADING PLAN PHASE 1 A6.13 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS M10.05 MECHANICAL CONTROLS C2.02 GRADING ENLARGEMENT PLANS PHASE 1 A6.14 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS M10.06 MECHANICAL CONTROLS C2.03 GRADING PLAN PHASE 2 A6.15 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS M10.07 MECHANICAL CONTROLS C2.04 GRADING ENLARGEMENT PLANS PHASE 2 A6.16 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS M10.08 MECHANICAL CONTROLS C2.05 GRADING SECTIONS A6.17 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS C3.01 STORM DRAINAGE PLAN PHASE 1 A7.10 DOOR TYPES&SCHEDULE ELECTRICAL C3.02 STORM DRAINAGE PLAN-PHASE 2INFILTRATION GALLERY A7.20 WINDOW TYPES&SCHEDULE E0.01 ELECTRICAL DRAWING INDEX C3.03 STORM TREATMENT DETAILS A7.30 DOOR DETAILS E0.02 ELECTRICAL LEGEND C C3.04 STORM DETAILS A7.40 WINDOW DETAILS E0.03 ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL NOTES C C3.05 STORM DETAILS A8.10 FOUNDATION&SLAB DETAILS E0.04 TELECOM AND LOW-VOLTAGE ROUGH-IN SCHEDULES ••• IDENTIFICATION: C3.06 STORM NOTES A8.20 EXTERIOR WALL DETAILS EO.05 LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE C4.01 UTILITY PLAN A8.21 EXTERIOR WALL/MISC.DETAILS EO.06 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE C4.02 WATER AND SEWER NOTES&DETAILS A8.30 ROOFING DETAILS ED1.01 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION SITE PLAN Arlington Operations C5.01 PAVING PLAN PHASE 1 A9.10 INTERIOR WALL DETAILS E1.01 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN C5.02 PAVING PLAN PHASE 2 A9.11 INTERIOR WALL DETAILS E1.02 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN Center C5.03 PAVING DETAILS A9.12 INTERIOR WALL DETAILS E2.11 LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL A9.20 FLOOR DETAILS E2.11a LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL EQUIPMENT A9.21 FLOOR DETAILS E2.21 LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL FOR Q1.01 PHASE 1 SITE PLAN A9.30 CEILING DETAILS E2.21a LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL Q1.02 FUTURE SITE DEVELOPMENT CONCEPT PLAN A9.40 CASEWORK DETAILS E3.11 POWER FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL QA1.01 NEW FLEET MAINTENANCE FACILITY SCHEMATIC DESIGN A9.50 EQUIPMENT&FURNISHING DETAILS E3.21 POWER FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL Snohomish County QB1.01 NEW ENCLOSED PARKING BUILDING CONCEPTUAL DESIGN A10.01 SIGNAGE&WAYFINDING SCHEDULES E3.31 POWER FLOOR PLAN-ROOF At 0.11 SIGNAGE PLAN-LOWER LEVEL E4.11 MECHANICAL POWER FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL Public Works LANDSCAPE A10.12 SIGNAGE PLAN-UPPER LEVEL E4.21 MECHANICAL POWER FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL L1.0 OVERALL LANDSCAPE PLAN At 0.13 SIGNAGE&WAYFINDING E5.11 LOW-VOLTAGE FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL L1.1 LANDSCAPE PLAN ENLARGEMENT A10.14 SIGNAGE&WAYFINDING E5.21 LOW-VOLTAGE FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL L1.2 LANDSCAPE PLAN ENLARGEMENT E6.11 TELECOM FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL AT L2.0 OVERALL PLANTING PLAN ENVELOPE E6.21 TELECOM FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL L2.1 PLANTING PLAN ENLARGEMENT BE000 NOTES&SPECIFICATIONS E7.01 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 19620 67th Ave NE L2.2 PLANTING PLAN ENLARGEMENT SE001 SPECIFICATIONS CONTINUED E7.02 ELECTRICAL DETAILS L2.3 PLANTING LEGEND&DETAILS SE002 MATERIAL LOCATION DIAGRAMS E7.03 ELECTRICAL DETAILS Arlington, W A 98223 L2.4 PLANTING DETAILS BET 00 BELOW GRADE DETAILS E7.04 ELECTRICAL DETAILS g L3.0 OVERALL IRRIGATION PLAN BE101 BELOW GRADE DETAILS E7.05 ELECTRICAL DETAILS L3.1 IRRIGATION PLAN ENLARGEMENT BE102 BELOW GRADE DETAILS E7.06 ELECTRICAL DETAILS L3.2 IRRIGATION PLAN ENLARGEMENT BE200 WALL DETAILS E7.07 ELECTRICAL DETAILS L3.3 IRRIGATION LEGEND BE201 WALL DETAILS E7.08 ELECTRICAL DETAILS PERMIT SET L3.4 IRRIGATION DETAILS BE300 PENETRATION DETAILS E7.10 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN L3.5 IRRIGATION DETAILS BE301 PENETRATION DETAILS E7.11 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN 05/02/2025 L3.6 IRRIGATION DETAILS BE400 DECK&ABOVE GRADE DETAILS E7.12 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN L3.7 IRRIGATION DETAILS BE401 DECK&ABOVE GRADE DETAILS E7.13 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN This drawing is: L4.1 DETAILS BE500 WINDOW&DOOR DETAILS E7.14 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. L4.1 DETAILS SE501 WINDOW&DOOR DETAILS E7.15 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B BE502 WINDOW&DOOR DETAILS E8.0f TELECOM ENLARGED PLANS 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B BE503 WINDOW&DOOR DETAILS E8.02 TELECOM DETAILS written permission for any other use or reproduction. BE600 ROOF DETAILS E8.03 TELECOM DETAILS BE601 ROOF DETAILS E8.04 TELECOM DETAILS PROJECT BE800 AIR BARRIER NOTES E8.05 TELECOM DETAILS BE801 AIR BARRIER DIAGRAMS E8.06 TELECOM DETAILS BE900 ENERGY CODE NOTES E9.01 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM-BUILDING BE901 BUILDING ENVELOPE ENERGY FORMS E9.02 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM-EV CHARGERS 2023-053 BE902 BUILDING ENVELOPE ENERGY FORMS E9.03 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM-PV SYSTEM BE903 BUILDING ENVELOPE ENERGY FORMS E10.0f PANEL SCHEDULES E10.02 PANEL SCHEDULES • STRUCTURAL E10.03 PANEL SCHEDULES 50.00 COVER E10.04 PANEL SCHEDULES 50.01 GENERAL NOTES E10.05 PANEL SCHEDULES MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SO 02 GENERAL NOTES 50.03 GENERAL NOTES 50.04 GENERAL NOTES AND ABBREVIATIONS S0.05 PLAN NOTES AND LEGENDS 51.11 FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL S1.12 FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL 51.13 ROOF PLAN 52.00 PARTIAL PLAN&ELEVATION S2.01 BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS 52.02 BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS $3.01 TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS S3.02 TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS 53.03 CONCRETE DETAILS PROJECT $3.04 CONCRETE DETAILS S3.05 CONCRETE DETAILS PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ 55.01 TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS PROJECT MANAGER: PS $5.02 TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH 55.03 TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS 55.10 BRACED FRAME DETAILS JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG $5.11 BRACED FRAME DETAILS A 55.12 BRACED FRAME DETAILS A 55.20 CANOPYDETAILS S6.01 WOOD FRAMING DETAILS 56.03 WOOD FRAMING DETAILS SHEETINDEX S6.10 CLT PANEL DETAILS 57.01 METAL FRAMING DETAILS $7.02 METAL FRAMING DETAILS 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 SITE INFORMATION DEFERRED SUBMITTALS OCCUPANT LAND USE/ZONING ASSEMBLY: 5 SF(NET)/OCCUPANT(STANDING SPACE) PARCEL NUMBER(S): 310,91500101500 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 7 SF(NET)I OCCUPANT(CHAIRS ONLY,NOT FIXED) CITY OF ARLINGTON LEGAL DESCRIPTION(S): SEC 15 TWP 31 RGE 05-S1/2 SE1/4 NE114 EXC N AUTOMATED FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 15 SF(NET)/OCCUPANT(CHAIRS AND TABLES) APPLICABLE CODE: 15FT THOF&EXC CO RD ALSO EXC R/W TO CITY BUSINESS AREAS: 1 OF ARL BEING E SOFT&S 10FT OF IN 25FT OF SD 00 SF(GROSS)/OCCUPANT ARLINGTON MUNICPAL CODE,TITLE 20-ZONING S1/2 SE1/4 NE1/4 PER QCD REC AF NO CONFERENCE/LOUNGE/WAITING: 35 SF(NET)/OCCUPANT AMC CHAPTER IC I -DESIGN DYKEMAN 200303240704 APPLICABLE ZONE: LOCKER ROOMS: 50 SF(GROSS)/OCCUPANT GENERAL INDUSTRIAL(BUILDINGS FRONTING ON AND NOTICEABLY VISIBLE FROM PUBLIC STREETS) ZONING AREA: GI ZONING DESIGNATION: GENERAL INDUSTRIAL BUILDING INFORMATION USE: MECHANICAL: 300 SF(GROSS)/OCCUPANT DESIGN STORAGE: 300 SF(GROSS)/OCCUPANT OFFICE JURISDICTION: CITY OF ARLINGTON MINIMUM LOT AREA: 10,000 SF D TYPE(S)OF CONSTRUCTION: VB —dyk.,arnet 1716 West Marine D PARCEL SIZE: 758,815 SF USE: A-3 ASSEMBLY EGRESS WIDTH(PER IBC SECTION 1005) AMC CHAPTER 20.68-SIGNS PHASE 1 WORK AREA: 256,300 SF OCCUPANCY STAIRWAYS: 0.2"/OCCUPANT(MINIMUM 44") 20.68.630-TOTAL SIGN SURFACE AREA OF SIGNS ATTACHED TO BUILDINGS PHASE 1 LOT COVERAGE: CLASSIFICATION(S)MIXED GROUP A- (ROLL CALL&CONFERENCE ROOMS) OTHER: 0.15"I OCCUPANT -MAXIMUM SIGN SURFACE AREA IS CALCULATED BY MULTIPLYING THE FIRST FLOOR AREA BY 0.025, IMPERVIOUS: 215,292 SF(84%) NONSEPARATED,A-3 MOST GROUP B(BUSINESS) BUT CANNOT EXCEED 500 SF PER COMMERCIAL ESTABLISHMENT; CONSULTANT: RESTRICTIVE: -THE SIGN AREA ON ANY WALL CANNOT EXCEED 20%OF THE TOTAL WALL SURFACE AREA(INCLUDING PERVIOUS: 41,008 SF(16%) MAX BUILDING OCCUPANCY: 350 EXIT ACCESS WINDOWS AND DOORS BUT EXCLUDING PROJECTIONS LIKE AWNINGS). GROSS BUILDING AREA: MINIMUM LOT WIDTH: 70'-0" NUMBER OF EXITS(PER IBC SECTION 1015) 20.68.640-LOCATION AND HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS OF SIGNS LOWER LEVEL: 11,520 SF ACTUAL LOT WIDTH: EAST-WEST+/-1,245'-6" 49 OR LESS OCCUPANTS: 1 EXIT -UPPER FLOOR WINDOW SIGNS FOR BUSINESS ARE ALLOWED ON MULTI-STORY BUILDINGS; NORTH-SOUTH+l-619'-1" UPPER LEVEL: 7,450 SF 50-500 OCCUPANTS: 2 EXITS -WALL SIGNS MUST NOT PROJECT MORE THAN 12 INCHES FROM THE BUILDING WALL. TOTAL: 18,970 SF 501-1000 OCCUPANTS: 3 EXITS PROPOSED MEAN FINAL GRADE HEIGHT: 13T-6" GREATER THAN 1000 OCCUPANTS: 4 EXITS (MEAN FINISH SURFACE ELEVATION) (2)NON-ILLUMINATED SIGNS LOCATED ON UPPER FLOOR: PARKING CALCULATIONS NUMBER OF EXITS(PER IBC SECTION 1005) MAXIMUM BUILDING HEIGHT: 50'-0" PARKING REQUIREMENTS: 1 SPACE PER 400 SF OF GROSS FLOOR AREA -(1)1 11-7"X 5'-5"(62.74 SF)ON NORTH ELEVATION AT 15'-5 AFFL • 1-500 OCCUPANTS: 2 EXITS -(1)9'-9"X 4'-4"(42.25 SF)ON EAST ELEVATION AT 7'-1"AFFL PROPOSED BUILDING HEIGHT: 36'-0"(ABOVE MEAN ELEVATION) 18,360/400=46 SPACES REQUIRED 501-1000 OCCUPANTS: 3 EXITS MAXIMUM BUILDING STORIES: 3 PARKING PROVIDED: GREATER THAN 1000 OCCUPANTS: 4 EXITS TOTAL BUILDING STORIES: 2 AMC CHAPTER 20.76-SCREENING AND TREES 64674 STANDARD STALLS: 201 SETBACK REQUIREMENTS: ACCESSIBLE STALLS: 6 ARRANGEMENT OF EXITS: REFER TO LANDSCAPE WHERE TWO EXITS ARE REQUIRED,THE EXIT DOORS SHALL BE PLACED A NONARTERIAL STREET ROW LINE: 25'-0" DISTANCE APART EQUAL TO NOT LESS THAN ONE-THIRD OF THE LENGTH ARTERIAL STREET ROW LINE: 25'-0" ALLOWABLE BUILDING AREA CALCULATIONS OF THE MAXIMUM OVERALL DIAGONAL DIMENSION OF THE AREA SERVED. (A-3 OCCUPANCY.VB CONSTRUCTION,TABLE 506.21 (IBC SECTION 1007.1.1 EXCEPTION 2) REAR LOT BOUNDARY LINE(PRIMARY): 20'-0" NS TABULAR AREA PER STORY(NS) 6,000 SF DEFERRED SUBMITTALS REAR LOT BOUNDARY LINE(ACCESSORY): 5'-0" TRAVEL DISTANCE(PER IBC TABLE 1017.2) C SM TABULAR AREA PER STORY(AT) 18,000 SF FIRE SPRINKLER ••• IDENTIFICATION: C SIDE LOT BOUNDARY LINE: 5'-0" 250 FEET IN BUILDINGS WITH AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS FIRE ALARM AREA INCREASE(SEE BELOW) 4,500 SF SIGNAGE ALLOWABLE AREA PER STORY 22,500 SF CORRIDOR/HALLWAY RATING(IBC SECTION 1020 EXCEPTION 1 AND TABLE 1020.1) SHORING WALL Arlington Operations AREA INCREASE PER STORY DUE TO FRONTAGE AND AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM NO RATING IS REQUIRED FOR BUILDINGS WITH AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. Center VICINITY MAP BSEC FRONTAGE INCREASE FACTOR CALCULATION: EXIT DOORS(PER IBC SECTION 1010.1.1) NE WHERE:IF=[(F/P)-0.251 x W/30=(440/440-0.25)x 1=0.75 MINIMUM WIDTH: 32"CLEAR OPENING FOR FRONTAGE AREA INCREASE CALCULATION: MAXIMUM WIDTH: 48"DOOR LEAF 6,000 x 0.75=4,500 SF MINIMUM HEIGHT: 80" Snohomish[.,I County Portage Creek a Safeway®. Aa=At+(INS x If)=18,000+(6,000 x 0.75)=22,500 SF Public Works Wildlife Nutty's Junkyard Grill® EXIT STAIRS(PER IBC SECTIONS 1011.2,1011.3,1011.5.2,AND 1011.8) Reserve MINIMUM WIDTH: 44" AT i FIRE-RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS(PER IBC TABLES 601&602) MINIMUM RISER HEIGHT: 4" !� 9 TYPE VB MAXIMUM RISER HEIGHT: 7" .1 1 9620 67th Ave NE Reeceand Recyling 0 'O Aegaes PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME: 0HR MINIMUM TREAD DEPTH: 11" Arlington, WA 98223 • BEARING WALLS: MAXIMUM VERTICAL RISE EXTERIOR: 0 HR BETWEEN LANDINGS: 12'-0" INTERIOR: OHR MINIMUM HEADROOM 80. PERMIT SET CLEARANCE: C C NON-BEARING WALLS/PARTITIONS: 05/02/2025 EXTERIOR(X IS IN FEET): EXIT CORRIDORS/HALLWAYS(PER IBC TABLE 1020.3) X<5: 1 HR MINIMUM WIDTH: 44" This drawing is: r 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 5 5 X<10: 1 HR ACCESS TO AND UTILIZATION OF 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. MECHANICAL,PLUMBING OR 24" e 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B Byrnes Perfor+min 1105 X<30: 0 HR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS OR EQUIPMENT: written permission for any other use or reproduction. Arts C4eniter 30 5 X: O HR WITH AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF INTERIOR: 0 HR LESS THAN 50: 36" PROJECT FLOOR CONSTRUCTION: O HR DEAD END LIMIT(PER IBC SECTIONS 1020.4 EXCEPTIONS 2 AND 3)AfIIDQton ROOF CONSTRUCTION: 0 HR THE LENGTH OF DEAD-END CORRIDORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 50 FEET. 2023-053 THE LENGTH OF A DEAD-END CORRIDOR SHALL NOT BE LIMITED WHERE ITS SCALE:1"=2000'-0" LENGTH IS LESS THAN 2.5 TIMES ITS LEAST WIDTH. FIRE SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS: • EXTERIOR WALLS WITH A FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE>1O'NEED ONLY BE RATED FOR INTERIOR FIRE EXPOSURE.(IBC 705.5) PLUMBING FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS(WAC 51.50 TABLE 2902.11 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS THAT BRACE THE EXTERIOR WALL BUT ARE LOCATED OUTSIDE OF B OCCUPANCY GOVERNING CODES THE EXTERIOR WALL OR WITHIN THE PLANE OF AN EXTERIOR WALL SHALL MEET THE TOTAL OCCUPANTS: 352 MINIMUM RATING OF THE WALL.(IBC 705.6) • WAC 51-50 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE,2021 EDITION TOTAL REQ'D WATER CLOSETS: 1 PER 25 FOR FIRST 50 AND 1 PER 50 FOR THE REMAINDER EXCEEDING 50 • WAC 51-52 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE,2021 EDITION 1+1+((352-50)/50)= 9 • WAC 51-52 INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE,2021 EDITION TOTAL REQ'D LAVATORIES: • WAC 51-52 NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE(NFPA 54),2021 EDITION 1 PER 40 FOR FIRST 80 AND 1 PER 80 FOR THE REMAINDER EXCEEDING 80 • WAC 51-52 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS CODE(NFPA 58),2021 EDITION 1+1+((352-80)/80)= 6 PROJECT • WAC 51-54A INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE,2021 EDITION TOTAL WATER CLOSETS PROVIDED: 16+6 URINALS PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ TOTAL LAVATORIES PROVIDED: 14 PROJECT MANAGER: PS • WAC 51-56 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE,2021 EDITION PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH • WAC 51-11C WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE,2021 EDITION JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG SIGNS(2017 ICC A117.1 SECTION 7031 A INTERNATIONAL PROPERTY MAINTENANCE CODE,2021 EDITION SIGN REQUIREMENTS: A • NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE,2023 EDITION(NFPA 70) CHARACTER BRAILLE SIONSANDPOSITIONTO PROJECT • HEIGHT,WIDTH,STROKE,CHARACTER • NFPA STANDARD 72,13,13-D,13-R 2019 EDITIONS AND LINE SPACING TO COMPLY WITH COMPLY WITH SEC.703.4 INFORMATION &CODE SEC.703.2 LOCATED 48"MIN.AND 60"MAX. • WASHINGTON STATE ACCESSIBILITY CODE LOCATED 48"MIN.AND 60"MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR TO THE BASELINE ANALYSIS ABOVE THE FLOOR TO THE BASELINE OF OF THE BRAILLE OF THE HIGHEST RAISED CHARACTER SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY �•. • LOCATED AT THE LATCH SIDE FOR SINGLE DOOR AND ON DOUBLE DOOR COMPLY WITH SEC.703.6 AT THE INACTIVE LEAF WITH A 18"X18" MIN.CLEAR FLOOR AREA CENTERED ON RAISED CHARACTER 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 ROOM SCHEDULE BY USE-L1 ROOM SCHEDULE BY USE-L1 TRAVEL PATHS-L1 LEGEND-LIFE SAFETY ANALYSIS Load Occupant Load Occupant Travel Path Travel Distance NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS THROUGH EXIT Number Name Area Factor Count Number Name �� Factor Count XXX OCC. Al-01 106' I ODA CORRIDOR 878 SF 118 PAVING LEAD 113 SF 150 SF 1 Al-02 102' WIDTH PROVIDED I COB CORRIDOR 457 SF 119 DROP-IN 100 SF 150 SF 1 Al-03 168, DYKEMAN 100C CORRIDOR 230 SF 120 DROP-IN 101 SF 150 SF 1 WIDTH REQUIRED AT.2"PER OCCUPANT 1000, CORRIDOR 596 SF 121 WORKSTATION 98 SF 150 SF 1 ..—.... X<250'-0" 101 ELEV. 61 SF 122 BRIDGE LEADWORKER 109 SF 150 SF 1 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 102 KITCHENETTE 152 SF 200 SF 1 123 BRIDGE SUPERVISOR 110 SF 300 SF 1 103 ELEV.EQUIP. 91 SF 300 SF 1 124 VESTIBULE 58 SF D 104 EMERGENCY SUPPLIES(COOP) 160 SF 300 SF 1 125 SR.ENV.COORD.WORKSTATION 108 SF 150 SF 1 D 105 MDF 202 SF 300 SF 1 126 RECYCLE 15 SF 300 SF 1 —dyke-- 17 6 West Marl-Vie,D,I,e 106 ELEC. 76 SF 300 SF 1 127 WORK RM./PLOTTER 157 SF 150 SF 2 107 MECH. 232 SF 300 SF 1 128 DROP-IN 107 SF 150 SF 1 108 ISTAIRS 228 SF 1 1 129 JUNION 107 SF 1 150 SF 1 109 MECH:HVAC EQUIPMENT 239 SF 300 SF 1 130 FIRST AID&WELLNESS 108 SF 150 SF 1 CONSULTANT: 110 MECH:WATER SOURCE SYSTEM 368 SF 300 SF 2 131 STORAGE/WATER BOTTLES 225 SF 300 SF 1 111 MEN'$RESTROOM 478 SF 132 STORAGE 182 SF 300 SF 1 112 WOMEN'S RESTROOM 395 SF 133 MOTHER'S RM. 123 SF 300 SF 1 113 LOCKER ROOM 1,470 SF 50 SF 30 134 CUSTODIAL 158 SF 100 SF 2 114 CLOTHES DRYING/WASH-UP 191 SF 50 SF 4 135 EOC/TRAINING/PAVING ROLL CALL 979 SF 15 SF 66 115 UNIFORMS 72 SF 300 SF 1 136 STORAGE 392 SF 300 SF 2 116 VESTIBULE 60 SF 137 ENV.STOR. 108 SF 300 SF 1 117 PAVING SUPERVISOR 113 SF 150 SF 1 Total Occupant Count 132 • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH DION C •• • C Arlington Operations Center ELEV. a EMERGENCY 108 DP FOR 101 SUPPLIE STAIRS S ELEV.EQUIP. (COOP) MDF ELEC. Ni Snohomish County 103 104 105 108 107 I MECH:WATER •KITCHENETTE SOURCE SYSTEM Public Works ° 102 110 ---.—.—.—.—.—.--� MECH: VACENT AT EQUIPMENT 3 OCC. T------- 6.6,E 72„ .------------------------ I +09 19620 67th Ave NE j A1-08 Arlington, WA 98223 FIRST AID& •---------- WELLNESS MOTHER'S RM. CUSTODIAL MEN'S 130 133 134 ® RESTROOM PERMIT SET Y STORAGE/ I +++ 05/02/2025 WATER BOTTLES STORAGE SERVICE YARD 131 132 rAl-0l _ This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. UNION C D O I D 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. e I j 129 —.� 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 42 OCC. C 0 cl ! 0 \ written permission for any other use or reproduction. a o I C �. CORRIDOR j � I 100A o j DROP-IN t - - - - � j � 2023-053 EOCITRAININGIPAVING j ROLL CALL I • 128 STORAGE CJ] `�❑�� ❑ 136 C [1 135 Cl ES ROM OOM 112 RECYCLE r❑ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION LOCKER ROOM 126 j❑ I�I WORK RM.I Al-02 i C 0 0 C 0 113 F ❑ `❑F-i❑Tj"I PLOTTER 127 ENV.STOR. I 137 I ----------------_—.—.—. —- -- ASH-OFF AREA PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ j PROJECT MANAGER: I PS CLOTHES PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH (� DRYING/ JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG BRIDGE' CPAVING w WpgH.Up SUPERVISOR BRIDGE SUPERVISOR SR.ENV.COORD. m LEADWORKER WORKSTATION DROP-IN DROP IN PAVING LEAD m 114 k A WORKSTATION ~ 123 117 A 125 j 122 121 +20 +19 118 w UNIFORMS 40CC. > 115 0.6" 3s" LIFE SAFETY ANALYSIS 743V- =MA LOWER LEVEL ING INES 0 4' 8' 16, TRAVEL PATH ANALYSIS- LOWER LEVEL Scale:1/8—T-0" 1/$"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 u 2 3 4 5 ROOM SCHEDULE BY USE-L2 TRAVEL PATHS-L2 LEGEND-LIFE SAFETY ANALYSIS Load Occupant Travel Path Travel Distance NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS THROUGH EXIT Number Name Area Faclor Count XXX OCC. A2-01 101, 200A CORRIDOR 112 SF A2-02 96' WIDTH PROVIDED 200E CORRIDOR 716 SF . 200C CORRIDOR 146 SF WIDTH REQUIRED AT.2"PER OCCUPANT 201 VESTIBULE 63 SF 202 LOBBY/PUBLIC COUNTER 153 SF 15 SF 11 --_-_•— X<250'-0" DESIGNARCHITECTURE + 203 ELEV. 58 SF 204 WORKSTATION 96 SF 150 SF 1 D 205 WORKSTATION 97 SF 150 SF 1 p 206 KITCHEN 274 SF 200 SF 2 207 ROLL CALL A 874 SF 15 SF 59 208 WEST DECK 346 SF 15 SF 24 209 ROLL CALL B 1,469 SF 15 SF 98 210 SMALL CONF. 170 SF 15 SF 12 211 DRAINAGE SWEEPING SUPERVISOR 115 SF 150 SF 1 212 LEAD WORKER 115 SF 150 SF 1 213 LEAD WORKER 115 SF 150 SF 1 214 PAVEMENT/VEGETATION SUPERVISOR 115 SF 150 SF 1 215 ELEC. 76 SF 300 SF 1 216 LEAD WORKER 115 SF 150 SF 1 217 LEAD WORKER 119 SF 150 SF 1 218 OPERATIONS MANAGER 171 SF 150 SF 2 219 WOMEN'S RESTROOM 262 SF 220 MEN'S RESTROOM 277 SF 221 CUSTODIAL 38 SF 300 SF 1 222 ISTAIRS 208 SF Total Occupant Count 218 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Ti Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON 31 OCC. 59 OCC. 98 OCC. 31 OCC. 11.8" 36" 19.6" C PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C Arlington Operations LL Center VESTIBULE ELEV 0 LL c \� LL STAIRS \�I 201 203 W FOR M ! LJC CC CL) CC CL) CC L)C CC CC CC CC ` i DN Snohomish County LOBBY/PUBLIC COUNTER CIAL ROLLCALLB Public Works 202 r,OLL � 209 UC 207 � �� 0 0 CDC CED CC CC C0 I MEN'S �J i RESTROOM 22o AT C C C C C C C C UC C C CU C C �C C C CC 19620 67th Ave NE 200A 22,CUSTOD 02 i Arlington, WA 98223 1 CORRIDOR i WORKSTATION � � 264 CL) CC CI) CC UI) CC CC LJC I)L) L)U CU ' � IX _01 SIN PERMIT SET IJC CLJ 00 00 CI) I)C 00 00 00 00 CDC) ELEC. 05/02/2025 WORKSTATION F-21205 i I This drawing is: WOMEN'S 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. _ E M 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B I ❑� z�p I___ ___ RESTROO 219 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. CORRIDOR -- °°° P ! 2023-053 `SWEEPING] I VEGETATION S-'OPERATION KTCHEN SMALL DON SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER MANAGER 21 T'i�71 I I 212 213 214 216 217 218 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION WEST DEC PROJECT TEAM: 208 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A 1 A LIFE SAFETY ANALYSIS - UPPER LEVEL 0 4' 8' 16, TRAVEL PATH ANALYSIS- UPPER LEVEL Scale:1/8"=T-O" , 1 11.1=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 10 11 15 114 (SCDB 3335) 2-1/2"BRASS DISK PER R1 � I I N 17 17 Y W W 0 60' 120' ZIZ 7 7 I RIGHT-OF-WAY PER AF#200305080139 GRAPHIC SCALE W I n BASIS OF BEARINGS 197'j'LT S7^ N.E. o BASIS OF BEARINGS: N88'10'13"W(N88'21'59"W)ALONG THE EAST-WEST _ 1V - - M CENTER OF SECTION LINE BETWEEN THE TWO FOUND MONUMENTS SET PER RECORD OF SURVEY AF g200605315006. N88'14'40"W 1305.88' - - - - _ - - - - — — — 60 LEGAL DESCRIPTION/TITLE REPORT NOTES NO EASEMENTS,RESTRICTIONS,OR RESERVATIONS OF RECORD WHICH WOULD L_j881440W I/ BE DISCLOSED BY TITLE REPORT ARE SHOWN. 1245.50' n 60' 30' THE SOUTH HALF OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEAST -N FOUND PUNCH IN 2"BRASS DISK IN-" QUARTER OF SECTION 15,TOWNSHIP 31 NORTH,RANGE 5 EAST.W.M.. _ _®_ MATCHLINE SHEET 2 _ _ � _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _MATCHLINE SHEET 3 MATCHDNE SHEET 4 4 X4 CONCRETE M (LEGALDESCRIPTION DATUM FEET ERECORDROF SURVEY AF//200605315006) - - ONUMENT DOWNEXCEPT THE NORTH 250.4'IN CASE. (05/08/2024) MATCHLINE SHEET 5 MATCHLINE SHEET 6 MATCHLINE SHEET 7 HORIZONTAL NAD '83/'2011 - WASHINGTON NORTH ZONE AS VERIFIED TO SNOHOMISH COUNTY CONTROL POINT 15860 VERTICAL DATUM NAVD'88 PER GPS WSRN ® ❑ I (TO GET CITY ARLINGTON DATUM OF NGVD29+0.44'SUBTRACT 3.15'FEET)® EQUIPMENT NOTES PRIMARY CONTROL POINTS AND ACCESSIBLE MONUMENT POSITIONS WERE �^rn FIELD MEASURED UTILIZING GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM(GPS)SURVEY TECHNIQUES USING TRIMBLE R12i GPS GNSS EQUIPMENT. MONUMENT FND 5/8"REBAR AND POSITIONS THAT WERE NOT DIRECTLY OBSERVED USING CPS SURVEY s CAP,'SNOH CO ROW TECHNIQUES WERE TIED INTO THE CONTROL POINTS UTILIZING TRIMBLE S7 <a I (4/29/2024) 1 ^ AND LEICA TS16 TOTAL STATIONS FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF BOTH ANGLES AND DISTANCES. THIS SURVEY MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE STANDARDS SET BY roln .a' WACS 332-130-080/090. NOTES Z I ins pi =I THE INFORMATION DEPICTED ON THIS MAP REPRESENTS THE RESULTS OF A r,' a W 7 Z= o Q SURVEY MADE ON MAY 21,2024 AND CAN ONLY BE CONSIDERED AS 5 Y 10I Ix o N J 7 INDICATING THE GENERAL CONDITIONS EXISTING AT THAT TIME. U < Q J I SITE <I< Z^ `�° THIS SURVEY DISCLOSES FACTORS OF RECORD AND ON THE GROUND Z 7 AFFECTING THE SUBJECT PROPERTY BOUNDARY,BUT IT DOES NOT PURPORT < (767,149 S.F.) w 0 a TO LEGALLY RESOLVE RELATED PROPERTY LINE DISPUTES.WHERE Z C (17.61 ACRES) AMBIGUITIES ARE NOTED,AXIS RECOMMENDS THAT THE OWNER CONSULT WITH M N I x LEGAL COUNSEL TO DETERMINE HOW BEST TO INTERPRET THEIR PROPERTY 4 RIGHTS AND ADDRESS ANY POTENTIAL PROPERTY LINE DISPUTES. o o UTILITY LOCATIONS SHOWN HEREON ARE BASED UPON ASBUILT FIELD FND 5 8"REBAR AND 60. LOCATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES.FIELD LOCATION OF UTILITIES BASED ON / 3Q LOCATOR PAINT MARKINGS AND LOCATIONS BASED ON UTILITY MAPS FROM CAJSTAION HO CO ROW' CITY AND UTILITY DRAWINGS INDICATING REPORTED UTILITY INSTALLATIONS. (4/29/24) OTHER UTILITIES MAY EXIST.NO SUB-SURFACE EXPLORATION WAS MADE TO o _ _ _ _ _ _ MATCHDNE SHEET 5 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ MATCHLINE SHEET 6J. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ MATCHU_ SHEET 7L _ _ _ _ _ VERIFY UTILITY ROUTINGS AND THE ROUTING OF ALL BURIED UTILITIES d MATCHLINE SHEET 8 T MATCHDNE SHEET 9 MATCHDNE SHEETSHOULD BE CONFIRMED WITH THE UTILITY PURVEYOR AND EXPOSED IN AREAS 10I CRITICAL TO DESIGN FOR VERIFICATION. of RIGHT-OF-WAY FND PUNCWSDOT PER PLAT OF I ALUM.DISK IN RLN. RM' 2'CONTOURS INTERVAL DERIVED FROM DIRECT FIELD OBSERVATION. AIRPORT 37 STAMPED' RLI RM' NI I 29/24) THIS SURVEY MEETS UNITED STATES NATIONAL MAP ACCURACY STANDARDS FOR VERTICAL ACCURACY OF ONE HALF THE CONTOUR INTERVAL. FOUND PUNCH INSS DISK REFERENCES fS TAMPED"SNOHOOUNTY SURVEY BM 00421599". 1. RECORD OF SURVEY DONE BY SNOHOMISH COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF (05/08/2024) PUBLIC WORKS RECORDED UNDER RECORDING NUMBER 200605315006 N RECORDS OF SNOHOMISH COUNTY,WASHINGTON. N 2. LIMITED TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY REFERENCE 3636TOPO.PDF AS PROVDED FND 3"BRASS DISK W/PUNCH MARK mBY CLIENT. IN 4"x4"CONC MON,DN.0.2' 3. RECORD OF SURVEY BY DAVID EVANS AND ASSOCIATES,INCRECORDED STAMPED: SCOSURVEY _ UNDER RECORDING NUMBER 202012235011 RECORDS OF SNOHOMISH PUBLIC WORKS PLS 21599 Nw COUNTY,WASHINGTON. 15 (1.7'S.x 0.9'W.OF SW CLFNC COR.) 'ARLI'REE STATION(4/16/2024) 16 .44(R1) N88'10'13"W 60' 30' 588'10'13'EEAST-WEST CENTER(SCDB 3320) wWl 1 /15"x5' CONC.MON OF SECTION LINE EAST-WEST CENTER 60.00' PER RiSECTION 15-31-5 OF SECTION LINE EAST-WEST CENTERSECTION 15-31-5 15 iOF SECTION LINESECTION 15-31-5 PUNCH IN 3"BRASS r DISK IN 4"X4"CONCRETE WGS CONTROL POINT ID:15860 MONUMENT AT GRADE. OD NU430885.656 N SERVE.61 W'o I (04/30/2024) E:1321450.737 E:1321450.89 FND PUNCH IN 1-3/4"BRASS DISK IN CONC MON IN CASE,DN.0.5' NI I I (5/10/24) I I 'o PORTION OF SE 1/4, NE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. 5E., W.M. o CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE ARLINGTON TM m V .B JOB NUMBER: 1024087629(24-015) 4 g°`E jai TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY j DATE: 5/23/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 p 0� SHEET SCALE: r=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: BEB Office:425-823-5700 19700 67TH AVE NE TECHNICIAN: TJO/JM/AGB 4 1 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C31) email:info@sam.biz 0- 38479 i° �SBOTBTeRes�� TPN:31051500101500 PARTYCHIEF: a TRACT ID: 3105150 0101500 B OA'AL LkVM FIELDBOOKS: � 3A# BASIS OF BEARINGS LEGAL DESCRIPTION/TITLE REPORT NOTES BASIS OF BEARINGS: N88'10'13"W(N88'21'59"W)ALONG THE EAST-WEST NO EASEMENTS,RESTRICTIONS,OR RESERVATIONS OF RECORD WHICH WOULD 204TH ST. N.E. CENTER OF SECTION LINE BETWEEN THE TWO FOUND MONUMENTS SET PER BE DISCLOSED BY TITLE REPORT ARE SHOWN. RECORD OF SURVEY AF#200605315006. HORIZONTAL DATUM THE SOUTH HALF OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 15,TOWNSHIP 31 NORTH,RANGE 5 EAST,W.M., HAD '83/'2011 - WASHINGTON NORTH ZONE AS VERIFIED TO SNOHOMISH EXCEPT THE NORTH 25 FEET THEREOF. 0 20' 40' COUNTY CONTROL POINT 15860 (LEGAL DESCRIPTION PER RECORD OF SURVEY AF#200605315006) GRAPHIC SCALE VERTICAL DATUM NAVD'88 PER CPS WSRN EQUIPMENT NOTES PRIMARY CONTROL POINTS AND ACCESSIBLE MONUMENT POSITIONS WERE (TO GET CITY ARLINGTON DATUM OF NGVD29+0.44'SUBTRACT 3.15'FEET) FIELD MEASURED UTILIZING GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM(GPS)SURVEY �-1 197TH ST. N.E. �f1 BENCHMARKS TECHNIQUES USING TRIMBLE R121 GPS/GNSS EQUIPMENT. MONUMENT 2 3 4 POSITIONS THAT WERE NOT DIRECTLY OBSERVED USING GPS SURVEY 2 3 4 Li ORIGINATING BENCHMARK: FOUND PUNCH IN 3"BRASS DISK STAMPED TECHNIQUES WERE TIED INTO THE CONTROL POINTS UTILIZING TRIMBLE S7 Z "SNOHOMISH COUNTY SURVEY BM 0042 PLS 21599" AND LEICA TS16 TOTAL STATIONS FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF BOTH ANGLES FS-1 5 6 1 7 AND DISTANCES, THIS SURVEY MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE STANDARDS SET BY ELEVATION: 144.89'(OBSERVED GPS NAVD 88,PUBLISHED ELEVATION TO BE WAGS 332-130-080/090. 5 6 7 8 9 10 4 VERIFIED WITH COUNTY) x NOTES 0.5'STAMPED'2013 ARLI RM' WSDOT-ARLINGTON RM,FOUND PUNCH IN 3"ALUM.DISK IN CASE,DN. THE INFORMATION DEPICTED ON THIS MAP REPRESENTS THE RESULTS OF A 8 9 10 tp SURVEY MADE ON MAY 21,2024 AND CAN ONLY BE CONSIDERED AS w INDICATING THE GENERAL CONDITIONS EXISTING AT THAT TIME. Z ELEVATION: 141.65'(PUBLISHED ELEV: 161.92') rT TEYPORARV BENCHMARKS: THIS SURVEY DISCLOSES FACTORS OF RECORD AND ON THE GROUND SHEET INDEX N AFFECTING THE SUBJECT PROPERTY BOUNDARY,BUT IT DOES NOT PURPORT Q TO LEGALLY RESOLVE RELATED PROPERTY LINE DISPUTES.WHERE TBM•A• AMBIGUITIES ARE NOTED,AXIS RECOMMENDS THAT THE OWNER CONSULT WITH LEGEND SET MAC NAIL 2.2'WEST OF EAST EDGE 67TH AVE NE DIRECTLY EAST OF LEGAL COUNSEL TO DETERMINE HOW BEST TO INTERPRET THEIR PROPERTY NORTHERLY EDGE DRIVEWAY ON WEST SIDE 67TH AVE AT THE SOUTHEAST RIGHTS AND ADDRESS ANY POTENTIAL PROPERTY LINE DISPUTES. ® FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE CORNER OF PROPERTY. ® FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT UTILITY LOCATIONS SHOWN HEREON ARE BASED UPON ASBUILT FIELD 0 FOUND REBAR AND CAP AS NOTED ELEVATION: 145.61' LOCATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES.FIELD LOCATION OF UTILITIES BASED ON O SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE LOCATOR PAINT MARKINGS AND LOCATIONS BASED ON UTILITY MAPS FROM o Ss SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT 40 TBM,B' CITY AND UTILITY DRAWINGS INDICATING REPORTED UTILITY INSTALLATIONS. @ STORM DRAIN MANHOLE OTHER UTILITIES MAY EXIST.NO SUB-SURFACE EXPLORATION WAS MADE TO ❑ CATCH BASIN CHISELED SQUARE IN BACK OF CONCRETE WALK 4.9'SOUTH OF SOUTHWEST VERIFY UTILITY ROUTINGS AND THE ROUTING OF ALL BURIED UTILITIES N3 WATER METER 188TH ST. N.E. CORNER TOP OF WHEEL CHAIR RAMP AT NORTHWEST QUADRANT OF SHOULD BE CONFIRMED WITH THE UTILITY PURVEYOR AND EXPOSED IN AREAS FIRE HYDRANT INTERSECTION WITH 197TH ST NE AND 67TH AVE NE. CRITICAL TO DESIGN FOR VERIFICATION. A WATER VALVE ELEVATION: 136.51' 2'CONTOURS INTERVAL DERIVED FROM DIRECT FIELD OBSERVATION. 90 HOSE BIB VICINITY MAP MICV IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE SCALE 1'=1000' THIS SURVEY MEETS UNITED STATES NATIONAL MAP ACCURACY STANDARDS 7BM•C' FOR VERTICAL ACCURACY OF ONE HALF THE CONTOUR INTERVAL. © POWER VAULT SET MAG NAIL 0.6'EAST OF WEST EDGE PAVEMENT X 5.7'SOUTH OF S. UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT,UNDERGROUND EDGE CONCRETE WALK AT WEST SIDE INTERSECTION OF 63RD AVE.NE AND REFERENCES CONDUIT&TRANSFORMER 197TH ST NE. 1. RECORD OF SURVEY DONE BY COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT&UNDERGROUND PUBLIC WORKS RECORDED UNDERER RECORDING ING NUMBER 200605315006 CONDUIT ELEVATION: 124.59' RECORDS OF SNOHOMISH COUNTY,WASHINGTON. UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT 3 2. LIMITED TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY REFERENCE 3636TOPO.PDF AS PROVIDED TBM'D, BY CLIENT. UTI ONDUIT LITY POLE W/TRANSFORMER& FIND 3" BRASS DISK W/PUNCH MARK IN 4"x4" GONG MON, DOWN. 0.2' UNDERGROUND C '� I 3. RECORD OF SURVEY BY DAVID AND ASSOCIATES,IN RECORDED UTILITY POLE W/UNDERGROUND CONDUIT STAMPED: 'SNO. CO. SURVEY' PUBLIC WORKS PLS 21599, 1.7'SOUTH X 0.9' UNDER RECORDING NUMBER 2020122012235011 RECORDS OF SNC.OHOMISH 4 O UTILITY POLE "STOP" WEST OF SOUTHWEST FENCE CORNER AT SOUTHWEST CORNER PROPERTY COUNTY,WASHINGTON. WV 25191 161 POWER TRANSFORMER IM 25189 ; RIM 124.60 ELEVATION: 144.29' F iO ® POWER METER RIM 124.39 122.70 TOP NUT ��Q°g ~FULL OF DIRT POWER JUNCTION BOX . k I � "AIRPORT 37 INDUSTRIAL PARK" AT WEST END DOUBLE y N / 1C ; k SIGN WV 25190 SWING GATE.6.0 HI WITH C> ❑ STREET LIGHT RIM 124.58 3 STRAND ERE WIRE TYP 7? )x YARD LIGHT ( k 122.68 TOP NUT I ® POWER STUB TELECOMMUNICATIONS VAULT _ ❑ TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER x —x— ___ I -FOIP FIBER OPTICS INDICATOR POST _I TELECOMMUNICATIONS JUNCTION BOX W W % X TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE W W _ s - "197TH ST NE W—W -- - GAS METER '� - ❑a GIP GAS INDICATOR POST 63RD AVE NE' 1 - - -y✓--�-._� MONITOR WELL W�- M' o GUY ANCHOR SIGN — 197TH ST.N.E. -PST POST 0 6'TALL W/3 STRAND /- - - MAIL- BOLLARD BOX BARBED WIRE AND ❑I PRIVACY INSERTS TBM'C' BUILDING COLU EL=124.59 0 0 3 - '- - - +LCL LOCAL LOW POINT n ---Op x FO ": SS SSS - 12'F LINE CONRTINUES 0--- ' SS '- -ASS 12'S SPRUCE a "COMMUNICATIONS" �.S�P., \( -Yp`-0P— _ - __ C . 12'CY CHERRY \ } F'4 F0 12'DT DECIDUOUS % x X X—X—x—X—X x 0= -._ FO-- .�F"0a x' 12'M MAPLE —%—X—X—X—X—% X �---�u_'_�^Fb F0— 12"M�12"M _ UP 12"M 12,"IM; CLUSTER Lr-1 x % —x— SANITARY SEWER LINE y o / 'FORCE MAIN' yyy�� o APPROXIMATE LOCATION "SPEED LIMIT 35" W STORM DRAIN LINE o / W WATER LINE z � I CB 25139(K) PER CITY GIS CB 10539 RIM 124.18 RIM P POWER LINE J QD�p�Gj�`� Q(`j`�'p hx�' ' \ TOP OF PVC STAND PIPE 122.42 METAL SHED ON 'NO PIPES I ---OP OVERHEAD POWER LINE D 7 11 Q I ECOLOGY BLOCK FO FIBER OPTICS LINE a �CMD�CD G��V��00004�9�00� /4 n o a"PVC IF 1z1.4z s d a FOUNDATION T TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINE C CABLE LINE M _ G GAS LINE X� X CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE(CLFNC) z o RIM 122 .34 / I ROOTING EETAIININGAWALL DOUBLE SWING GATE r a IE 124.34 PIPES ryw I � 2'DRILL HOLES IE / ASPHALT PAVING pQ CONCRETE PAVING O \ - GRAVEL SURFACE Q BUILDINGS \/ MATCHLINE SHEET 2 — I \w — � � MATCHDNE SHEET 5— 'o PORTION OF SE 1/4, NE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. 5E., W.M. CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE ARLINGTON TM V,E.B JOB NUMBER: 1024087629(24-015) 4 mg°`""�q jai TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY j DATE: 5/23/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 p 0� SHEET SCALE: V=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: BEB Office:425-823-5700 19700 67TH AVE NE TECHNICIAN: TJO/JM/AGB 4 2 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C31) email:info@sam.biz o 38479 i° �S�B0L3*eR"'s��' a TRACT ID: 31051 PARTYCHIEF: 500101500 B OW AL L"N>t TPN:31051500101500 FIELDBOOKS: CONTROL STUCTURE DETAILS 0 20' 40' SDMH 12680, T-2 54" SDMH 12673, T-2 54" GRAPHIC SCALE 124.73 119,86 I IIl� -' 122.58 118,23 5 6 7 8 9 10 IE 18"119.57 S IE 18"114.94 NW SHEET INDEX 116.13 110.13 LEGEND ® FOUND MONUMENTIN CASE X. ® FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT O FOUND RE AR AND CAP AS NOTED Q SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE o SS SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT @ STORM DRAIN MANHOLE ❑ CATCH BASIN NI WATER METER Q FIRE HYDRANT N WATER VALVE Bo HOSE BIB NOV IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE © POWER VAULT .y� N UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT,UNDERGROUND CONDUIT&TRANSFORMER µ N UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT&UNDERGROUND CONDUIT UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT UTILITY POLE W/TRANSFORMER& UNDERGROUND CONDUIT {1 UTILITY POLE W/UNDERGROUND CONDUIT O UTILITY POLE POWER TRANSFORMER POW R METER NIMf I POWER JU CTION BOX C—❑ STREET LIGHT f�il SDMH 10491 MIa w W. RIM 129.76 w ) YARD LIGHT �g FILTER VAULT Iw ® POWER STUB B"PVC IF 126,47(N) CB 10666 N 12"CPR IE 126.41 (E) RIM 130.22 w w TELECOMMUNICATIONS VAULT <I< RIGHT-OF-WAY PER AFg200305080139 8"PVC IE 128.00(S) zlz *12"CPR(W) ] ❑ TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER BOTTOM STRUCT. 124.06 i _ / \ *FILTER BLOCKING PIPE RIM 130.89 << CB W/SOLID LID 10665 r -FOIP FIBER OPTICS INDICATOR POST 7I� T TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE BOX \ RB 11 9.12 160 2"CPR IF 127.89(E) DO GAS METER � ` ----- --_/ � � a GIP GAS INDICATOR POST - -------- _ \ 8"PVC IE 126.69(S) „ 12' CPR IE 127.74(W) ---__— _— / —� �\ \ MONITOR WELL --- GUY ANCHOR B-1f1344 S GN RIM 127.85 �PS------- T POST PVC IF 125.65 :W -------- --—— — — -----—————- ------------_— _ __----------- --�—" A' BOLLARD �—�------ ------ --------------------- -- -- _ ———— — ——————— —_---- MAIL BUILDING COLUMN LCL LOCAL LOW POINT W ———————— N W W W W LINE CONTINUESW W N W y `YC,12"S SPRUCE W 12"F FIR 12"CY CHERRY 12"DT DECIDUOUS w SS / ,5S ��SS SS N88'14'40"W 1305.88' 12"M MAPLE `] 28 F:. C SS SS SS SS12"Min,•12'M' V F'�-- -T-9 �_�___ 2"M :•M SS 55 SS SS SS SS 12' 12 M CLUSTER -:.. ° ° . ° 4"M SS 12 M' Q \ OR SD S —�Q�— TF =F ---OP ---OP -- SS�SS SS SS SS I S SSM SANITARY SEWER LINE g — P --_ M —SD— STORM -... - -_ SD • aOPR ---pp — —OPEC — P .:M 4"� W WATER LINE IN LINE CB 10343 °- - - . - 5D° SD OP — POWER LINE z / CB 10550 _ �-SD OP —_ RIM 128.14 6'F —� -° '.:s' SD°. SD _ ---OP OVERHEAD POWER LINE n 4"M P RIM 127.11 �- - f-SD /�2"CPP IF 125.68(E) *NO PIPES 'f N88 O'W_cy ° • SD " s SD T TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINE } 6"F ..F FO FO //// p/i / C CABLE LINE k X—X FLAG POLE \\ ae G� GAS LINE X� X % 'FORCE MAIN' `� B'/ d / CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE(CLFNC) /� • % I / APPRO�YIMATE LOCATION \ \ _ __ ROOF OVERHANG/EAVE — PER CIS .� o SDMH 10346 / \ -132— � s EXISTING RETAINING WALL N I RIM 128.45 DOUBLE SWING / 4v`V3 / FILTER VAULT ASPHALT PAVING GATE 8'PVC IF 12540(N) f I / \\ / - ° •< < 12 CPR IE 124.78(W) L R-12"UC CPP(E) / —� °�-°XFFE�k33,6'.4, CONCRETE PAVING BOTTOM STRUCT 123.55 RAIL ROAD TIE \ *FILTER BLOCKING PIPE o BOARDER IL CB 14104 ' tt RIM "SNOH 131.74 LZ`I- GRAVEL SURFACE OMISH COUNTY / 4"FLEX IE 130.10(W) I— a BRIDGE CREW" SD 12"CMP IE 129.89(S) — o I SIGN ' NI BUILDINGS w \ . - - - — - - - — - - - — - - - \- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - — MATOHLINE SHEET 3- - _ - - - - - - - — — - - - — _ — — _ - - 'o \ MATCHLINE SHEET 8 T PORTION OF SE 1/4, NE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. 5E., W.M. o CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE ARLINGTON TM V,E.B JOB NUMBER: 1024087629(24-015) 4 mg°`""�q jai TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY j DATE: 5/23/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 1z 0� SHEET SCALE: r=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: BEE Office:425-823-5700 19700 67TH AVE NE TECHNICIAN: TJO/JM/AGB 4 3 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C31) email:info@sam.biz o 38479 i° �S�B0L3TeRes�� TPN:31051500101500 a TRACT ID: 31051500101500 B OW AL LANs PARTYCHIEF: FIELDBOOKS: � 3A# 10 11 15 114 (SODS 3335) 2-1/2"BRASS DISK PER R1 SS 11147 RIM 134.58 12"DI IF 127.21 (S) 12"DI IE 127.15(N) / 0 20' 40' ° I GRAPHIC SCALE ) a RIMS134,42 I A, CB 10992 8"PVC IE 131.47(E) I S11 RIM 134.54 2 3 4 8"PVC IE 131.34(W) CB 11149 RIM 134.72 - Q 9 8"PVC IE 131.15(E) I A I `••* �+ 10 8"PVC IS 130.72(W) 12'CPR IE 130.38(N) I I 12"CPR IS 130.35(S) i I SHEET INDEX LEGEND ® FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE ® FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT I I O FOUND RE AR AND CAP AS NOTED OSS SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT @ STORM DRAIN MANHOLE �. ❑ CATCH BASIN U3 WATER METER Q FIRE HYDRANT N WATER VALVE Bo HOSE BE NICV IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE ©}.� POWER VAULT UTILITY IO �� y�` POLE W/LIGHT,&TRANSFORMERNDERGROUND CONDUIT RIM6131159 UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT&UNDERGROUND 8"PVC IE 131.52(E) UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT 12"CPR IS 131.40(S) CB 11048 12"CPR IS 131.38(N) �s RIM 135.46 UTILITY POLE W/TRANSFORMER& 8"PVC IF 131.93(W) UNDERGROUND CONDUIT C/ -C UTILITY POLE W/UNDERGROUND CONDUIT o / 4 UTILITY POLE POWER TRANSFORMER ® POWER METER "STOP FOR ME I I POWER JUNCTION BOX (PEDESTRIAN) I C> ❑ STREET LIGHT MIY ITS THE LAW I jr( YARD LIGHT "CENTER LANE ® POWER STUB / I\ TURN ONLY" TELECOMMUNICATIONS VAULT ❑ TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER �000� I I ,r 'FOIP FIBER OPTICS INDICATOR POST / I s ® TELECOMMUNICATIONS JUNCTION BOX T TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE CB W/SOLID LID 10687 DO GAS METER 8"PVC IE iRIM 3(N) ®GIP IC OR POST 12" 30.90 MONITOR WELL CPR IE 130.76(W) TB$,B, I N E- GUY ANCHOR CB 10688 EL=136.51 SIGN _--- \ = RIM 132.65 p� s 'PST POST- 8'�PVC IS 131.08 BOLLARD -- -130- 0 BUILDING COLUMN +LCL LOCAL NLOW POINT -� --------- / _ �___ - LINE CONTINUES 12"F FIR \ _ _ 132- --- I-- LIMIT 12"S SPRUCE o �W W W w - -- SPEED IMIT-- -----------/ \e a X YY`12"CY CHERRY w -• - _ / FOUND PUNCH IN 2"BRASS DISK IN w =_'-J ,W...� W M*.--•-= -.TcW .`.., 1 y}� V,� 12"M DECIDUOUS 35'� / w "W-W n MONUMENT DOWN MAPLE / 0 4"X4"CONCRETE 12"M _ - - 6/ ^ 0.4'IN CASE. 12"M 12'M'132--- (05/OB/2024) 12"M p12"M' CLUSTER 197THST.N.E. 12M -134---- _ - T- - - _ // 3 SS SANITA SSMH 11362 RY SEWER LINE _ RIM 137.08 SD STORM DRAIN LINE o -SS S - �- W WATER LINE SS S5 -SS 4�� 7.60' *2"PVC OUT 134.58(E) 4"M - - SS SS -13 "� I P POWER LINE z 4'M CM S SS / *8"PVC IN 133.22(W) - •, SS SS- o ---OP OVERHEAD POWER LINE I SS SS SS I �% �- **12' XXX IN N --- p -- P - I •, SS SS SS **12' XXX INS FO FIBER OPTICS LINE w SD° --0P - OR --OP "M T SS 3 CNTR CHAN 131.28 SD°�-r- -SD 'SD, *MEASURED TO TOP PIPE C CABLED LINENICATIONS LINE **UNABLE TO SEE PIPE TYPE G GAS LINE X CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE(CLFNC) IN TING ROO E RETAINING A VE W WALL N I I-y G \ G o CB 11261 F POLE _ �X y G G G G�TG 60 30' RIM 13150 ASPHALT PAVING oSEWER PUMP STATION CONTROL BOX G \ ��16"S \� 0 8"PVC IS 133.96(E) 33346 SSMH 10412 "HANDICAP / 12"S \ 8"DT 12"CPR IE 133.43(N) POWER CONDUIT RIM 134.21 SS PARKING" \ CONCRETE PAVING U "CROSS ONLY AT o _I FUEL LID I \\ I CURB N DIS PAIR _ o o CROSSWALKS" X,* h0 P - GRAVEL SURFACE a FUEL VAULT r CB 20640 T f CIE CB 20319 9"CONC CB 11094 RIM 133.98 RIM 134.12 CURB IN DISREPAIR / CROSS ONLY AT y SD RIM 137.07 BUILDINGS oNl 12"CMP IE 131.43(S) 8"PVC IS 132.52(E) 5"METAL O 3'TALL CROSSWALKS" 8"PVC IS 133.74(W) FFE=33.81 3'TALL -SO CB 20081 I I "STOP FOR ME �.a: 12"CMP IS 132.47(S) 11- RIM 135.77 / 14 DT 4; 8"DT w LCL LCL- SD 8"PVC IE 133.49(W) / a . ITS - 7 - a J. MATCHLINE SHEET 4 ..` T- I ° ITS THE LAW � - MATCHLINE SHEET 7 \'fh\fh\ IIII i PORTION OF SE 1/4, NE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. 5E., W.M. o CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE GE E.BA o ARL40876 TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY w JOB NUMBER: 1024087629(24-015) 4 sqb OF AA8g7'IO*JL j DATE: 5/23/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 p 5� SHEET SCALE: 1"=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: BEB Office:425-823-5700 19700 67TH AVE NE TECHNICIAN: 24015TJO/JM/AGB 4 4 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C3D email:info@sam.biz o 38479 i° �S�BOLSTBReSpF� TPN:31051500101500 a TRACT ID: 31051500101500 B ONAL LOOM PARTYCHIEF: FIELDBOOKS: \ a MATCHLINE SHEET 2- +\+ - p MATCHLINE SHEET 5 ARROW WEST "NO SIGNAL" 5.7'TALL W/3 STRAND BARBED WIRE 0 20' 40' / PST W/LAGGING J/ ( ATTACHED TO BUILDING (rvP) GRAPHIC SCALE /14"F /SSMH 25138 '35 MPH" / \ ' I a RIM 1 2 3 4 24.99 ^`� \ 10"PVC IE 119.54 S 10"PVC IE 121.42 W / �` EG/ 5 6 7 / I❑HH -------- ECOLOGY BLOCK h�NALL\\ /26\ a 'N \ 8 1 9 WV 259 10 �'* q RIM 129405 �\ CB 25753 \`\ SHEET INDEX 124.45 TOP NUT ) RIM 125.41 \ CB 25993 !y I 12'CPR IE 123.51(p) 12"CPR IE RIM 126.06 I LEGEND Ix \ (D FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE f "SS VAULT(S) P \ I ® FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT PDIAOLLARD 3'TALL \ P P O FOUND REBAR AND CAP AS NOTED BOLLARD P O SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE ISCO 4210 a P P SS SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT SSMH 27.05 I - \ SD� ULTRASONI / STORM DRAIN MANHOLE RIM 127.05 Lj-.:y - '\ FLOW METE � / ❑ CATCH BASIN 6"PVC IE 121.95 E ( CB 26240 ® WATER METER 10"PVC IE 121.65 S y I RIM 126.90 I FIRE HYDRANT 10"PVC IE 1 21.61 N .,1 *COVERED WITH PALLETS I M WATER VALVE HOSE BE MICV IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE v SDMH 26239 1 a 1 RIM 127.03 / q o / I ID POWER VAULT \ SHEET *FULL OF MUD / y - 14"F METAL SH CONCRET D TO RIM / 7 UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT,UNDERGROUND 9"CONC BOLLARD I IL. FLOOR N FFE=127.5' / / Iy( CONDUIT&TRANSFORMER UTILITYPOLE W/LIGHT&UNDERGROUND CONDUIT �r�r UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT 61I GI UTILITY POLE W/TRANSFORMER& Ad MPORT 37((7463) \4"F + 11� _ CB 26214 /I 1T/i UNDERGROUND CONDUIT G3C�WME13 AF�nl 20000042150000� \ 'I I 1RIM 2"CPP91E 123.45(N) / ZIZ {C UTILITY POLE W/UNDERGROUND CONDUIT >> 4 UTILITY POLE ryy N. .° ) / I POWER TRANSFORMER POWER METER POWER JU CTION BOX }0 F /\ I 0--❑ STREET LIGHT / 7'\ I I - )� YARD LIGHT ® POWER STUB / FFE=127.4 / LCL NO UTILITY LOCATE SOUTH 'a / o �T TELECOMMUNICATIONS VAULT "I / S // SS - _ ti / I ❑ TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER / •FOIP FIBER OPTICS INDICATOR POST i I ® TELECOMMUNICATIONS JUNCTION BOX TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE \ CB 25696 I GAS METER RIM 124.61 R GIP GAS INDICATOR POST 12"CP I P E 1 .91 (N) ® MONITOR WELL RIM 131.72 SSMH 25124 I) \//\� _ 12"CMP E 12\2221\� (S) ° GUY ANCHOR 0 'i 10 PVC IS 124.75 S A PST \ SIGN 0 10"PVC IS 124.67 N 3 ^ I TI 'PST POST PSTIr \ \ I • BOLLARD BMAIL UILDING P COLUMN of I \ W II t ! •°\ I ± N LCL LOCAL LOW POINT CB 26224 LINE CONTINUES 'al 'RIGHT LANE MUST TURN RIGHT' FFE=127.1' \ I RIM 12703 12'F FIR �p I 2.1'X 5.15' 12' CPR IE 125.08(N) I12'S SPRUCE < "NO SIGNAL" () 12'CY CHERRY POWER CABINET 12' CPR IE 125.03 S Z fJ WATER 1 SHEET 12"M MAPLE x METAL SHED FFE=127.0' �p 112"DT DECIDUOUS CONCRETE e • 1'.M' CLUSTER 3 . ---OR --- P �N� m I -)�� Ir I.III 11 FLOOR CIS 25606 \ I 112�I,M 12'M' l I i,I,II I p RIM 125.25 12"M' 12"CMP IE 122.31 (N) SS SANITARY SEWER LINE 2"OFF IE 12220(SW) SD STORM DRAIN LINE 12"CPP IE 122.16(SE) W WATER LINE o \ P SQ -_ P POWER LINE -OP OVERHEAD POWER LINE G g G / O �� CB 25585 FO FIBER OPTICS LINE '�-- 6� RIM 126.64 ( T TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINE 12 CPR IE 124.02 SE _. C CABLE LINE 12""CPP IE 123.02 N F G GAS LINE 12 CMP IE 122.92 S J X X CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE(CLFNC) I I - - - - ROOF OVERHANG EAVE CULV iE"2 CPR IE= 121.65 EXISTING RETAINING WALL so ® ASPHALT PAVING 25559 SD RIM CPR 6IF 125.29 NW CONCRETE PAVING w I j 14 F /6 / \ / CB 25565 V, _ -122 J // RIM 127.87 0 30 12"CMP IE 124.28 E I GRAVEL SURFACE 1�6_ 12"CMP IE 123.91 N BUILDINGS 1 MATCHDNE SHEET S / SD MATCHDNE SHEETB err - - - - - - - - - - - i PORTION OF SE 1/4, NE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. SE., W.M. CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE ARLINGTON TIM E E.B JOB NUMBER: 1024087621(24-015) 4 mg°`""SN jai TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY j DATE: 5/23/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 p 5� SHEET SCALE: r=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: BEB 15A# Offiice:425-823-5700 19700 67TH AVE NE TECHNICIAN: TJO/JM/AGB 4 5 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C31) email:info@sam.biz o 38479 i° �SRBGIs T 9R�'SpF� TPN-.31051500101500 a TRACT ID: 31051500101500 B ONAL L"P>t PARTYCHIEF: FIELDBOOKS: \ I ' LLc \ MATCHLINE SH EET3 — \ � MATCHLINE SHEET 8 B 20782 / \ RM 131.64 CI / 12"CMP IE 19.36(N) \ I 0 20' 40' I./ Wp 12"CPR IE 129.10(S) ) I /// \ I GRAPHIC SCALE i? N \\ I 2 3 4 44 CB 20781 \\ \ \\ \ •�:� `a•4' RIM 131,51 \ \ -- \ 6 7 \ - \ • 12"CPR IE 128.91 (N) \ 5 12'CPR IF 128.91 (S) \ 128 \\ \\\ I 8 9 10 \ \ \ • 4-" e 3.5"STEEL BOLLARD \ \ 2'HIGH \ SHEET INDEX 5"METAL STANDPIPE \ I \ G \ LEGEND WITH ELECTRICAL WIRES \\ IF PS 1 PST A S \ I ® FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE 5"STEEL BOLLARDS FILLED WITH IGONG.LA11 \\II I � ST SS \ ® FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT _\\� \ \ O FOUND RUE AR AND CAP AS NOTED FFE=131.V \\ Q SANITAR SEWER MANHOLE -p�p P P p P 1211711 \ I SS SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT �SD M 130.91 \ 3 Q STORM DRAIN MANHOLE — PST PST PST \\ MIGV P p \\ I ❑ CATCH BASIN SO— PST S RI 326.1 ----- \- \ -_ SD � RIM 126.18 � •7 � // � FIRE HYDRANT —SD IB W TER METER PS \\ JO 1 TIN SHED W/GONG \\ -- X WATER VALVE FOUNDATION ` - -- - - -- • B° HOSE BIB N \ \PSTPST \` - � ---- - M ICV IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE \ � � � � PST PST I �72g I J CULE�1`PP N IE=1277533- �—---------------- — — 130• \� © POWER VAULT PSTPST / \\//-� -------- ----/ �\ _ __ _ \ _--- '' ----------------------— ---726-----I UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT,UNDERGROUND / SD---'SD D - � )_( CONDUIT&TRANSFORMER B 1 —SD I - �� - / -1 I /' Y /� UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT&UNDERGROUND inlet / R 125C ,995.99 I / ---�� '' / N `� CONDUIT / I I3"FLEX IE 123,92(NE) \ _ / ----��' // T __ UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT / I 12"CFP IE 123.11 (W) \ S ryh // / I------J NN / 12"CF'P IE 123.03(E) I \ / / ------------------------122------ -- UTILITY POLE W/TRANSFORMER& / UNDERGROUND CONDUIT ? ? N ICB 13026 \ \ / i _12p�' �\ � UTILITY POLE W/UNDERGROUND CONDUIT U i RIM 125.42 / - --------- O UTILITY POLE / 2"CPP IE 123.29(N) I / / O ti� CB 14019 --- ------- ---- 118�- I 161 POWER TRANSFORMER Eli / I 2"CPR IF 122.95(W) / ,T / 9 RIM 1i9ssT ----- -- \ / �1- 1 CPR IE 122.77(SE) I / O /^ /R' ' IE 117.39(S) -- \ ----__-1 '_--116-- -_ 8 POWER METER -114 0 POWER JUNCTION BOX / / I C // �---112- Cam❑ STREETLIGHT / I I / / / RC 12017 / (APPROX.LOCATION AND \ / / / / / / / CULV 12 CPq N IE/=119A9' /// RIM BY REFERENCE f{2 1 / / I / / —110— \1 ® POWER STUB/ NOT VISIBLE AT TIME GF I\ SURVEY) \\'/ / / / TELECOMMUNICATIONS VAULT PWR BREAKER OX / / UL�12"CPP NW IE=116.10' / , / 7-_ I \ D TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER / \ / y` •FOIP FIBER OPTICS INDICATOR POST p POWER BOX HANGING BETWEEN POSTS I I I / I I �\ / / TELECOMMUNICATIONS JUNCTION BOX p—P— CONDUIT TO POWER JUNCTION BOX WEST I I // \\ /j!/'�-( //j //., I GAS TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE ETE GIP a GAS INDICATOR POST MONITOR WELL P P—p— I I\-------\\I ----- ------------- ---/ I I I I I GUY ANCHOR SIGN o P—p— I\ \ ( I / / _� I I I I .PST POST \ \\ / / �— I • BOLLARD MAIL BOX of _ BUILDING COLUMN LCL LOCAL LOW POINT ------ ---------�\ l'N I I \ ` ♦fjl�j LINE CONTINUES -_-- I I W W12"F FIR o I SITE \ - _i--�- ___ --- \\ \\\ I l \ \\ \ jlz 12"S SPRUCE (767,149 S.F.) !'\ - _\\ -- \\ ----- ----�- \\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ I 12"CY CHERRY (17.61 ACRES) \ \ \ t t O 12"DT DECIDUOUS // ---- _-----�-\ `\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ 7 7 12"M MAPLE \\ \\\\ I1 z..M. 12".'MV \ \ \ \\ \ \ \ \ \\ 12"M'�17 ' CLUSTER SANITARY SEWER LINE o I \\\ \\ \ \ \\ \\ \\ \\ \ I WATER LINE N. •7 SD STORM DRAIN LINE \ \ \ \ \ \ 70 W- P POWER LINE _ \ \ \ \ \\ -OP OVERHEAD POWER LINE -128 / \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ FO FIBER OPTICS LINE T TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINE \\\ \\\ \\ \\ CABLE LINE G A z 0 \ \ \ \ \\ X % CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE(CLFNC) \ \ ROOF OVERHANG/EAVE \ 'N I \ ___ --- ��--_� / � � � \ \ \\\ \ \\\ \\\ EXISTING RETAINING WALL ASPHALT PAVING \ \ \ CONCRETE PAVING p I GRAVEL SURFACE \ of I \ \ \\ \ BUILDINGS tI MATCHDNE SHEET 8 \� \ oW'o I — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ATCHLINE SHEET 9 \\ \ \ PORTION OF SE 1/4, NE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. 5E., W.M. CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE ARLINGTON TM E E.H JOB NUMBER: 1024087629(24-015) 4 mg ""SN jai TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY j DATE: 5123/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 p 5� SHEET SCALE: 1"=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: BEB Office:425-823-5700 19700 67TH AVE NE TECHNICIAN: TJO/JM/AGB 4 6 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C3D email:info@sam.biz �0 38479 i° __=� � 3A# �'SRBOrsT9Res�� TPN-.31051500101500 a TRACT ID: 31051500101500 B ONAL L6P PELDBO IEF: FIELDBOOKS: L-I r SD _ _ - _ - - - - - a a! _ - - _ (I'EUESIF2IAN) MATCHLNE SHEET 4 LCL 8"PVC IE 133.49(W) / ITS THE LAW 3 MATCHLINE SHEET 7 11E=134.4' ( CB 20397 CURB ISLAND IN I Io yf RIM 134.03 x/ SEVERE DISREPAIR 12"CMP IE 132.41 (S) L LCL I� 12"CMP IF 132.18(N) I I I 0 20' 40' 4"DT ' LCL I GRAPHIC SCALE FFE=134.4' 5"METAL 12 5 p p p° I ro 3'TALL � � / / ✓i I y / 3 N CB 20581 h / ' I I I I 2 3 4 RIM 133.61 LCL 12"GONG IE 131. \ / / n 00(E) a4' P / 12"T 04(N) p I "DT 12"CONC I E 1 31. W 203 RI / / I RIM 134.0.0E FFE=13T4' 5"METAL 12"CMP IE 132.38(S) 1 0 3 \ __ 3'TALL 12"CMP IE 132.27(N) / / \ - 5"XS"PST CONC BOLLARD p POWER OUTLET I � 3 I I SHEET INDEX / 6'CLFNC / 2"DT I W�Y8 W / / "AUTHO�J�D p LEGEND \SO \ / PERS?NEL c> r I I ® FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE CB 20333 \ "SPEED LIMIT 25AIPH" NLY" 9) FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT STONE FRAMED SIGN SD • • RIM 13421 \ I"��W/ARROWS TO MAINTENANCE BLDGS / SNOHOMISH COUNTY \ I 0 FOUND REBAR AND CAP AS NOTED CB 20478 \ \ 12'CPP IE 13012(W) 1 p p,'- O SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE RIM 132.97 \ MAINTENANCE DIV.1' 12"CPP IE 130.08(N) I SS SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT 3 3 12"CONC IE 129A7 (S) \\ SO\ 12"CPP IE 129.79(E) / CB 11290 I I I @CI STORM DRAIN MANHOLE 12"CONIC IE 129.97(W) \ 1S"CPP IE 129.54(S) I RIM 139.54 ❑ CATCH BASIN *ABANDONED,FULL OF \ SE 8"PVC IF 135.83(E) I 2"DT I I EHWATER METER WATER \ \ DOUBLE SWING GATE / "THIS AREA UNDER 12"CPP IE 135.61 (N) FIRE HYDRANT \\ SD / HEDGE SURVEILLANCE" 12"CPP IE 135.51 (S) . I I WATER VALVE HOSE BIB NICV IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE SD / / I CB 11368 0� \ \ \ So \\ 2 MAILBOXES I RIM 139.45 [ID] POWER VAULT ` L SD / a p 8"PVC IE 136,42(W) -SD d / / I o p Ix` I y� UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT,UNDERGROUND I I A -SD- �'` CONDUIT&TRANSFORMER /FND 5/8"REBAR AN I I x N UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT&UNDERGROUND CAP,'SNOH CO ROW 1' Ti CONDUIT i@TO5 \ (4/29/2024) 1/ 3 4"DT UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT RIM 13 58� \ / / / a l SD T2"'EONC IE 138,,{1 -SD SD UTILITY POLE W/TRANSFORMER& -\ZO --_12' CONC IP1�0.181LN1 \ \\ / \ \ / / SDMH 20 37 -� UNDERGROUND CONDUIT -` \ \ \ \ \ \\12"F / RIM 138I15 ¢ UTILITY POLE W/UNDERGROUND CONDUIT 12"CPP IE 136.85(S) 4 UTILITY POLE 12"CP IE 136.70(E) CB 11423 12"CPp IE 132.85(W) RIM 140.18 POWER TRANSFORMER 12"CPP IE 138.62(S) / I e POWER METER 12"CPP IE 138.36(W) �o W\ 0 POWER JUNCTION BOX CULV 12"CPP N IE= 13S.93' / o I y 4"CY I 0 ❑ STREET LIGHT LIGHT POWER STUB UL�'18"PP E IE\2055' \ 1 I I I / \ 3 I Q� TELECOMMUNICAnONS VAULT \ \\ \ \ �\ \ I I TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER o \ �� --�� \\\ \ \\ \ \\ _ / H -FOIP FIBER OPTICS INDICATOR POST TELECOMMUNICATIONS JUNCTION BOX (p I �T AS MEERNICATIONS MANHOLE 4"CY II GIP GAS INDICATOR POST MONITOR WELL ANCHOR SIGN mI� I I I DMH 1{J680 -PST POST / IIIM 17J4.73 ^1qO\ 0 BOLLARD of �I� I ( / ( 12"kP IE/119.79 KNW) (\ / I I I 1 I ( I I \ / \ 3 I + MAIL BOX /E BUILDING COLUMN \\ \\ \\R78" PP 119.6 (N) I I I I I I I o, o LCL LOCAL LOW POINT \ 18"/CPP IE 119. 7(S) I I I p 4"Cy �,,7 LINE CONTINUES /`WI TI/FLU-A[�'RESTR TOR 4 I I I I I I I I p l 'V 112"F FIR SHE .� O I I I I I I a\ 12"S SPRUCE �I / l0 12"CY CHERRY \./ "LOST 12"OT DECIDUOUS 2"M MAPLE CB 14099 SIGNAL" RIM 139.8E 12..M. \U 12"M�w.12"M' I / 12'M /12"M' CLUSTER 12"CPP IE 137.43(N) /q"m SS SANITARY SEWER LINE 12"CPP IE 1370.43(S) oI 4"CY SD STORM DRAIN LINE p3 W WATER LINE FPO OP POWER I N E HD POWER LINEFI FIBER OPTICS NE III0 CB 11367 M t4t4t T TELECOMMUNICATIONS L INE 12674 C CABLE LINE RIM 122.86 8"PVC IE 137.79(E) G GAS LINE X� CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE(C LFNC)I 12"CPP IE 137.49(S) 12"CPP IE 13745(N)12"CPP IE 120.69( 18"CPP IF 118.19(SW) 3 ROOF OVERHANG/EAVE p I\ \\\\ \\ \/ // // / / / / / I I I I I I I I/ I I I I I 18"CPP IE 118.02(NW)�' I \ a EXISTING RETAINING WALL / \ I I I I I I I I •.- ASPHALT PAVING xI CULV 12"CPP S IE=1Y0 6 I / g� I ' N IIII I I I I I RESERVED � 1 PARKING -0' CONCRETE PAVING ~ \I 3 IZG \ I ( / m / I I I 3 o \ \ \\ ��/ // // I I INP LARKING Il GRAVEL SURFACE BUILDINGS 714__ 1-/ / / J Ll ',.,.,.....� MATCHLINE SHEET 7 I\ J 3t I- - W'o T-/� ! l` T / f/- MATCHLINE SHEET 10 �- C / % - X-x- o PORTION OF SE 1/4, NE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. 5E., W.M. o CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE ARLINGTON TM E E.B JOB NUMBER: 1024087629(24-015) 4 mg ""SN TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY j DATE: 5/23/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 p 0� SHEET SCALE: r=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: BEB Offiice:425-823-5700 1970E 67TH AVE NE TECHNICIAN: TJO/JM/AGB 4 7 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C31) email:info@sam.biz o 38479 TRACT ID: 31 �SRBGIs T 9RQ'SpF� TPN PA -31051500101500 a 05150010150E B ONA LANs RTYCHIEF: L FIELDBOOKS: / / / •�� MAR�iLINE SHEET 5 AIATCHUNE SHEET 8 _��— - \ 14"F SO �sD Aso 14 14"F x i VVyy RIGHT-OF-WAY PER PLAT OF AIRPORT 37 - 16 F I I 6' i R CB 113110 / IM 29.02 0 20' 40' 12'CPP IE 124.20 W 2 F // -----// 12' CPP IF 124.06 E I GRAPHIC SCALE MO, / /�I \ � UTILITY LOCATOR / \ (12 'NO SIGNAL' 7 \ G r 2 3 4 FOR WATER I\ / i W \ \ i "NORTH SNOHOMISH COUNTY ;; / SHEET SOLID WASTE TRANSFER STATION" I ( o/ /// METAL SHED 5 6 7 \ 4p,V`',R�� DIRT/GRAVEL/BIG ROCK SIGN FOUNDATION NO HOLDING AREA / p v ` I H 9 3pOG34237(7463) FFE=1za.s' �{III ED)Q��00004g��oo� ,�Ap .-I `CAMERA ON LIGHT POLE SHEET INDEX LEGEND ;je 22"F `O \/ / � � -130— ® FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT DOUBLE SWING GATE # W .1 C ( \\ ' O FOUND RE AR AND CAP AS NOTED 10•.pT SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE \ \ \ SS SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT I \ \ STORM DRAIN MANHOLE El CATCH B SIN ® R\ I WATER MET FIRE HYDRANT x C� ,�.., �� \ \ \` \\\ M WATER VALVE UWALL HOSE BE MICV RRIGATION CONTROL VALVE p POWER VAULT "STOP" \ \� UTILITY PO EW/LIGHT,UNDERGROUND 9�CONC \ 6i UTILITY POLE W LIGHT&UNDERGROUND \ SSMH 25426 �\ RAILROAD TIE RET Y Ti CONDUIT / \ a .RIM 142.62 \ V \� �� - "ARLINGTON RECYCLING AND �v, /� -�10"PVC IE 134.62 SW130-tom - 5 5� y� I--- ------------- �' UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT TRANSFER STATION" /CJ\/ 10"PVC IE 125.57 N ----- -=0 _ __ _- c UTILITY POLE SIGN SW PIPE IS INSIDE DROP \ ---_ --_ - ---- UN D PROPOUND CONDUIT ONDUITFORMER& �� _- `'�' \\ \ BTM OF DROP PIPE 127.26 ` - ------ ---- - C - /-- i� -- --O -- -- I {C UTILITY POLE W/UNDERGROUND CONDUIT -140 — _ _ _ _ --—per- 4 UTILITY POLE ---- ------------ �� -----_------r POWER METER / M 143.68 �� -144----- W a"\PAC IN(S) _--/- -�-- ------ --_- -OP— POWER JUNCTION BOX 15 -'` 8' PVC�UT�) // I �❑ STREET LIGHT YYYhhh CNTR CHAN.135.16 /�� I /-/ ---__ YARD LIGHT -------_-_--- 16 3868.44'(R1)' (- _X— X X— X_X X—X -- X --- _---- \\- ® POWER STUB (SODS 3320) W " FND 3"BRASS DISK W/PUNCH MARK —X X —X X X =�=-Xy X I TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER T 5%5"CONO.MON SDMH 25325 .� IN 4"X4"CONIC MON,ON.0.2' X—X—X •FOIP FIBER OPTICS INDICATOR POST PER R7 STAMPED: SNO.CO.SURVEY TELECOMMUNICATIONS JUNCTION BOX RIM 145.58 EAST-WEST CENTER OF SECTION LINE S PUBDC WORKS PLS 21599 SECTION 15-31-5 14"CPP IE 138.41 6.73 (E) T TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE 14"CPP IE 136.73(N) (4/16 X 0.9'W.OF SW CLFNC COR.) I � GAS METER (4/16/2024) "63RD AVE TBM'D' 4°O��g00e��9��e��p iZ GIP GAS INDICATOR POST 4 U ® MONITOR WELL 195TH ST NE" EL=144.49 mrlwr GUY ANCHOR GI I GI SIGN RI 14.7 -PST POST O 1143.544TOP NUT MAIL BOX SDMH 25347 7I7 +LCL BUILDING COLUMN RIM 144.86 o LOCAL LOW POINT MI LINE CONTINUES 14"CPP IE 138.94(N) 14"CPP IE 138.a6(S) <I< ,v�12"F FIR DOUBLE YELLOW LANE LIN \\ ~ 4;'CPP IE 138.78(W) `7Y C'`12"S SPRUCE 12"CY CHERRY W/TLL PRIVACY INSERTS I 12 M�122 MT MAPLE DECIDUOUS Q I 12"M' 12"M' CLUSTER 2"M' SS SANITARY SEWER LINE SD STORM DRAIN LINE o I W WATER LINE "STOP" -- I P POWER LINE CB 25346 -OP OVERHEAD POWER LINE RIM 144.63 < *6"CPP IE 143.13(SE) FO FIBER OPTICS LINE 14"CPP IE 140.77(S) I T TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINE 1_X ~ 14"CPP IE 140.66(N) G GASLLINE NE CAPPED X X CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE(CLFNC) o I I VE EXISTING OVE RHANG/ESTI RETAINING AWALL ASPHALT PAVING CULV 12"GONG N IE=143.35' CONCRETE PAVING GRAVEL SURFACE a a oI I BUILDINGS 'o PORTION OF SE 1/4, NE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. 5E., W.M. CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE ARLINGTON TM E E.B JOB NUMBER: 1024087629(24-015) 4 mg°`""�N jai TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY j DATE: 5123/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 p 5� SHEET SCALE: 1"=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: SEE Office:425-823-5700 19700 67TH AVE NE TECHNICIAN: TJO/JM/AGB 4 8 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C31) email:info@sam.biz o 38479 i° TRACT ID: 31051 fsRe�tsTl:Res�� TPN:31051500101500 PA a 500101500 B ONAL LANs RTYCHIEF: FIELDBOOKS: — MATCHLINE SHEET 6 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — /' — — — It MATCHLINE SHEET 9 T \\ \ 1 I � I ECOLOGY BLOCK WALL 0� r II 0 20' 40' / / I CULV 12"CPP W I� 53' I I\ GRAPHIC SCALE 2 3 4 5 6 7 32--1= g g 10 SHEET INDEX f 136` I LEGEND -/3 (D FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE 5�\ I ® FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT 0 FOUND RE AR AND CAP AS NOTED \ \. Q SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE \ .Xkjf \'4p\ I_ &SS SANITARY R SEWER OUT TORM DRANMA HOLE El CATCH BASIN FIRE HYDRANT 142 HOSERBIBALVE M ICV IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE -- - f � --�/- \\ice HI'r I © POWER VAULT BURIED EAST --- -- __ __----�-- ' '--'/---- `_ �l I Y J UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT,UNDERGROUND ER -_ - �� /I ------ - -� ----144 UTICONDUIT ITY TPOLE W/LIGHT&UNDERGROUND _ _ \ -----/ 1 / 'l ------- --- ` --- v T'` CONDUIT l �---_-li-- - --'�J �I � 6-' I �� UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT ------------142--\� /� / �\ UTI TY LE W/TRANSFORMER& ------- - --------- ` ------ _� -- PO- --- ----- / ----------- -` ---- 14g\ - W/UNDERGROUND U NDERGROUND CONDUIT -- -- ----- -_�--- -� .-.)\`�� .. t I ❑ UTILITY POLE POWER TRANSFORMER PPOWER METER \ - '.. ..•. S. I �❑ STT EPOWEET LIIGHTION BOX YARD LIGHT � �-a-%-�.---%�-X---•..-]c��( ..-_-,�,-__.-,gip .. �= .-.+....... .. ...:�`, ,,,.. -..: ." " \\ ® POWER STUB -- >':T. N88'10'13"W \ r I a] TELECOMMUNICATIONS VAULT -�X- _X� � 123B•1I —x—X—X—x . 1 ❑ TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER - -%J` --x%=-%�.-% % �' „ .`( ,_ -/ •FOIP FIBER OPTICS INDICATOR POST _ ^ %�_-X' : _ EAST-WEST CENTER OF SECTION LINE OR TELECOMMUNICATIONS JUNCTION BOX -- mIm 4��1I�Q��q��°D OR SECTION 15-31-5 T� TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE N _-OP--- BIZ ® GAS METER w GIP GAS INDICATOR POST MONITOR WELL -OP—- GUY ANCHOR i w OP— Z I Z SIGN o -OP i -PST POST d as 4��004 --OP--- al< MAIL BOX -OP M of �__ + BUILDING COLUMN 1 - 0 LCL LOCAL LOW POINT vUil I A,� LINE CONTINUES ,vt,2 F FIR STY C',12"S SPRUCE 12"CY CHERRY 12 DT DECIDUOUS 12"M MAPLE 3 I 12"2.M.M. 12.M,. — ,2_M' CLUSTER SS SANITARY SEWER LINE SD STORM DRAIN LINE o I W WATER LINE P POWER LINE -OP OVERHEAD POWER LINE Q FO FIBER OPTICS LINE T TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINE C CABLE LINE G GAS LINE X X CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE(CLFNC) o I I EXISTINGROOF OVER TANNIN GAVE WALL N I I ® ASPHALT PAVING Io I CONCRETE PAVING p a , GRAVEL SURFACE a N o NI BUILDINGS 'o PORTION OF SE 1/4, NE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. 5E., W.M. o CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE ARLINGTON TM E E.B JOB NUMBER: 1024087629(24-015) 4 mg°`""�q jai TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY j DATE: 5/23/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 p 0� SHEET SCALE: r=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: BEB Offiice:425-823-5700 19700 67TH AVE NE TECHNICIAN: TJO/JM/AGB 4 9 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C31) email:info@sam.biz 0- 38479 fsRft"'sRes - TPN:31051500101500 a TRACT ID: 31051500101500 B OA'AL L"N>t PARTYCHIEF: FIELDBOOKS: � 3A# MATCHUNE SHEET 7 1\ 3 \ MATCHUNE SHEET 10I- \ \ ) I \✓/ / / \ ) / / / / / / I / I � < ��` GATE FLAG POLE�� I o MEDIAN 6'TALL "�H NE FRO ICH / K 1�� W/3 STRAND 1 / /UPERVI�OR' BARBED WIRE - 3 I ) / / 0 20' 40' // J �/////j /////w/scN�o GRAPHIC SCALE � DLE p/ONE" CB 11922 END 5/8"REBAR AND -- /^^ /( f RIM 142 1922 CAP,'SNOHO CO ROW \ \ CULV.LB"CPP-S fE 114. ' / // // / / 6"PVC IF 139.90(E) o \ \ � -- // / / // / / (4/29/24) II / / N / / / 12"CPP IE 139.19(S) 42 \��\ /// //// / // 12"CPP IE 1F. $'QNOHED 3'WSDO A M.DISK IN CASE,ON.0.5' 3 Io 2 3 4 \ \ \\ \_ -/ o / / / / STAMPED'2013 ARLI RM' I a N, \ �i // / / /// / / / / of (4/29/24) M IC I I SSMH 11363 \ C ULV 12 CPP E" IE= 118 Z6'\ / / / /// / // / / / / a EB RIM 143.50 \I_ -\�� l / / // / / / I / a°a ® 12 DI IE 132.53(S) / W PLACARD ICV i I 12"DI IE 132.47(N) 5 6 7 0 J.2CPY7'/I€=N 9.15'/ / / 3 W yL� �� / 8 9 130 \ \--- SDMI+12623_ %y a -8M 119.86 / i'/// // / / I CY 10 t2SPRIE,116.767W�� .�--�\\ �- -12'•�P IS i16367E7-'/ / ��i /� / I I la w MICV 18"CPP IF 1 4.9T-tNE)- i /' / �) I SHEET INDEX tE tt4-1 4�NW)--' i / WITH FLOW RESTRICTOR - �i� / // 3 i -SEE-0ETAtt SH EET�--- �=-- / I CB 11366 LEGEND / / RIM VC IE ® FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE - 8"PVC IE 139.28(E) / 6 12"CPP IE 138.96(S) 0 FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT - -- i' --- / 12"CPP IE 1111 (N) O FOUND RE BAR AND CAP AS NOTED O SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE ---- FOUND PUNC�i-IIV 3"BRASS DISK ��' 'a a SS SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT STAMPED SNOHOMISH CSUNT*- / CB 11934 3 @ STORM DRAIN MANHOLE -----SURVEY BM 0042-PE5 21599". _ --� I RIM 14254 I ❑ CATCH BASIN /(05/08/2024) - POWER CABINET ON 6'CPP IE 141.39(SE) o '/ ® WATER METER CONCRETE SLAB °i / Q FIRE HYDRANT \I / /'\y ---- a / MEDIAN WATER VALVE / / /- UTILITY LOCATOR I �� I Bo HOSE BE " _140� PT, - P LOST SIGNAL" s I XICV IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE \� ON 3 I DT ) © POWER VAULT 'ARLI'REFERENCE STATION \ 4� UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT,UNDERGROUND CONDUIT&TRANSFORMER N UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT&UNDERGROUND / 1' Ti CONDUIT SO Q `-- I Q-�x UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT ---f OF SSMH 11842 -.- \\ \\ CB 11908 BOLTS STRIPPED UNDERGROUND WCONDUITFORMER& RIM 142.71 UTILITY POLE *COULD NOT OPEN _ _ RIM 142.34 "DT {L UTILITY POLE W/UNDERGROUND CONDUIT \ 6"PVC IE 141.39(E) Zi I 4 UTILITY POLE CB 1 2.61 I I ❑Q POWER TRANSFORMER ,\ \ 12"CPP IS 140,66(N) RIM 142.61 12"CPP IS 140.65(S) e \\n I 3 POWER METER \ / I x POWER JUNCTION BOX IJI lX I I I (r❑ STREET LIGHT YARD LIGHT - 148 s / 4oN I "DT ® POWER STUB RIM 1142.34 3 .a r TELECOMMUNICATIONS VAULT 12 CPP IS 140.65N( ) Io TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER \ ST a Ay , -\\ ----- I �OIP TEBLEC MPM NSCATIIONS INDICATOR JUNCOTION BOX \ ,�I "LOST d WGS CONTROL POINT ID:15860 T TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE 1 \ -------\-/-- ----��---144--- AL"/ PUBLISHED OBSERVED O� GAS METER -1�- ^l // E:321450737 E:3214501119 a GIP GAS MONITOR WELL POST X- f(-----X \ - ��>7' -'7 ---- _ ------- II END PUNCH IN 1-3 4°BRASS DISK IN X k'--X / - �- -146--SE-COR-FENCE I I / GUY ANCHOR % X-X-%X-X-X- ---�-'' IS 2.0'N. 1.7' 20"F �� I 60' o CONC MON IN CASE,DN.0.5' SIGN X-x-X-X�X_ -----148� OF(CORNER 30' I (5/10/24) ST POST 588'10'13"E � 60.00' 151 / 4"DT BOLLARD EAST-WEST CENTER OF SECTION LINE MAIL BOX W W BUILDING COLUMN of zlz SECTION 15-31-5 -- -141)" TBM'A' 33 74 o LCL LOCAL LOW POINT FOUND PUNCH IN 3'BRASS EL=1�45.61 LINE CONTINUES NI DISK IN 4"X4"CONCRETE12"F FIR I 7I7 MONUMENT AT GRADE. a I 12"S SPRUCE 4=9 04 (04/30/2024) I CB 11571 12"CY CHERRY ---OP CB 11365 RIM 145.38 -OP I 12"MT DECIDUOUS -OP RIM 145.45 -OP 8"PVC IE 141.30(E) 12Moll' ' 12'M' ---OP ---OP 6'TALL WITH 12"CPP IS 140.41 (S) \ 3-STRAND 12'M' 12"M' CLUSTER -OP 12"CPP IE 140.41 (N) -I BARBED WIRE 1 M -�-OP __-OP SO III- SS SANITARY SEWER LINE STORM DRAIN LINE I-OP 146- +--OP W WATER LINE J -OP -Op_ - P POWER LINE i -OP OVERHEAD POWER LINE FO FIBER OPTICS LINE T TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINE I \I i C CABLE LINE 1J\ G GAS LINE \ X % X CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE(CLFNC) - EXISTING ER RETAINING WALL \ i nor] ASPHALT PAVING CONCRETE PAVING O I SSMH 11364 i N GRAVEL SURFACE RIM 147.52 12"PVC IS 133.29(W) ry 12'PVC IF 133.23(S) LL BUILDINGS 12"PVC IE 133.14(N) W I CTR CHAN.133.19 I n 'o PORTION OF SE 1/4, HE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. 5E., W.M. CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE ARLINGTON TM m V,E.B JOB NUMBER: 1024087629(24-015) 4 jai TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY j DATE: 5/23/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 p 0� SHEET SCALE: r=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: BEB Office:425-823-5700 19700 67TH AVE NE O/JM/AGB TECHNICIAN: TJ 4 10 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C31) email:info@sam.biz o 38479 i° �S�BOL3TeRes�� TPN-.31051500101500 PARTYCHIEF: a TRACT ID: 31051500101500 BOW AL LkVM FIELDBOOKS: � 3A# 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D estD CONSULTANT- 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETf X S AT OF WASH GTON /I H ST.NE _ ---- - ---- -------- -- -- — ---—______ _________- ------ -------- ----- -- __--- J ---_ _—---__--- ------ --- ,� - -- " Arlington Operations -- _ -- - — enter EXISTBRIDGE I. yr,. MATERIAL PARKING s # FOR EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING BRIDGE SHOP&STORAGE. USTORAGED �� COVERED [ OFFICE EXISTING I Snohomish County (E.E.R.) PARKING STORAGE EXISTING rl ° p Public Works EXISTING FLEET STORAGE I I I I L J MAINTENANCE I I AT BUILDINGS BUILDING I 19620 67th Ave NE W ASH VEHICLE WASH g EXISTING & I Arlington, WA 98223 l � I � to IIII III �+ I T J;EX EXISTING PARKINGI i I ,_� I L I I PERMIT SET I IIII � J L L I I I z ' - - _ 1 I � 111 This drawing Is 5/02/2025 z 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. W > EXISTING - III I I I I I I _ `=, I.. :LLI 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service B Q _STORAGE _ > 3.For use on this protect only.Obtain Architects B BUILDINGS , '�'' _ Q written permission for any other use or reproduction. , i of k: -- -- r PROJECT NUMBER' EXISTING EXISTING ai COVERED COVERED _ � 2023-053 MATERIAL MATERIAL =_ ,- STORAGE STORAGE �\ � I • i \\ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION _ I PROJECT WORK AREA \ i , EXISTING -- # STORAGE EXISTING EXISTING - # � BUILDING UNCOVERED UNCOVERED `� _ - - PROJECT # STORAGE MATERIAL PROJECT MANAGER:EXISTING PS NG BUILDINGS;DEMOL REMAIN TO TAKE STORAGE BINS CONSTRUCTION E PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH PLACE AFTER NEW BUILDING OCCUPANCY JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG R� 1, =' A C C U S — ARCHITECTURAL SITE T RAL\ - ; � 1 EXISTING TRAILER TO BE ROTATED 90 \ LJ DEGREES AND RELOCATED ADJACENT TO DEMO PLAN EXISTING TRIPLE WIDE TRAILER AT BEGINNING OF CONSTRUCTION �• e RELOCATE EXISTING BUILDINGS PRIOR ARCHITECTURAL SITE DEMO PLAN TO STARTING AREA 1 CONSTRUCTION A! 1"=60,_0• 1 2 3 4 5 3 4 5 CITY OF ARLINGTON, SECTION 15, TOWNSHIP 31 N, RANGE 05E FILE NO.: PLN#1316/1317 GENERAL NOTES 1. SEE CIVIL DEMO PLANS AND SURFACING PLANS FOR CONTRACTOR'S SURFACING SCOPE OF WORK. SURFACESITE LIGHTING Architect Civil Engineer Electrical Engineer Surveyor VICINITY MAP 2. TYPE AND LOCATIONS,LANDSCAPEAVING SCOPE,SITEIPLANTINGS SCHEMES Reid Middleton Hargis Engineers Inc. SAM Companies a ARE SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN AND Dykeman :.ek Safeway® ENLARGED SITE PLANS FOR REFERENCE ONLY-SEE DYKEMAN 1716 West Marine View Drive 728134th ST SW,Suite 200 1201 3rd Ave Suite 600 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 APPLICABLE DESIGN DISCIPLINE FOR EACH-CIVIL, Everett,WA 98201-2098 Everett,WA 98204 Seattle,WA 98101 Redmond,WA 98052 Nutty's Junkyard Grill © ELECTRICAL AND LANDSCAPE SHEETS FOR THE ABOVE 'e NAMED SCOPES OF WORK ON SITE. Contact:Trish Sherman Contact:Mark Davis Contact:Taylor VanderKley Contact:Bruce Bailey i ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Phone: (425)259.3161 Phone: (425)741-3800 Phone: (206)448.3376 Ph. (425)823-5700 PROPERTY DATA Fax: (425)259-5242 Fax: # Fax: (206)4484450 Fax: # D Email: Uishs@dykeman.net Email: mdavis@reidmiddleton.com Email: taylor.vanderkley@hargis.ba Email: info@sari biz egates v ZONING: GENERAL INDUSTRIAL(GI) D ycling ADJACENTZONING: GENERAL INDUSTRIAL(GI) dykernan.rnn - • SUBAREA: CASCADE INDUSTRIAL CENTER FIRE DISTRICT: SNOHOMISH COUNTY FPD 21 AIRPORT PROTECTION DISTRICT SUBDISTRICT: C USE: GOVERNMENT OFFICE BUILDING CONSULTANT: i PARCEL SIZE(GROSS): 17.56 ACRES(764,913.6 SF) PHASE 1 WORK AREA: 256,300 SF MAXIMUM ALLOWED LOT COVERAGE: 100% 'O ACTUAL LOT COVERAGE (PHASE 1) 8 IMPERVIOUS: 480,902 SF(92.8%) PERVIOUS 37,462 SF(7.2%) NORTH BUILDING SIZE(GROSS): LOWER LEVEL 11,374 SF UPPER LEVEL 7 011 SF SCALE:1"=2000'-0" TOTAL 18,385 SF • EXISTING BLDG.HT.: 30'-0"(TALLEST OF ALL EXIST. BLDGS) PROPOSED BLDG.HT: 36'-0"(ABOVE MEAN GRADE) 6467 REGISTERED PARCEL ID: 31051500101500 ARCHITECT LEGAL DESCRIPTION: SCREEN WALL SEC 15 TWP 31 RGE 05-S1/2 SE11/4 NE1/4 EXC N 15FT THOF& EXC CO RD ALSO EXC RM TO CITY OF ARL BEING E 6OFT&S 10FT OF N 25FT OF SD S1/2 SE114 NE1/4 PER QCD REC AF NO TI Y JpA S EWETT TYPE C LANDSCAPE 200303240704 S AT or WASH cTON SCREEN PER AMC 20.76.040 SEWER DISTRICT: CITY OF ARLINGTON � ______- CITY OF ARLINGTON _ LEGEND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C 197TH ST NE _ - / - (LOCALACCESS/60-0 R.O.W.} _ N 88°1440"W 1245 50 — ro z _ EXISTING TREES Arlington Operations �ngton EXISTING T EXIST^ EXISTING BRIDGESH Y 'dPH FIREHYDRANT-PERCIVIL Center EXISTING -BRIDGE OP&STORAGE FOR UNCOVERED I I I� COVERED EXISTING OFFICE I-I1 STORAGE VEHICLE/EQUIP. PARKING' p1� 62 TYP I PLC PROPERTY LINE EXISTING -- I _ SD2.o Snohomish Count (E.E.R.) PARKING STORAGE EXISTING 9'-10" EXISTING FLEET I se-- SETBACK Public Works R.O.W. STORAGE I I I I I MAINTENANCE ;' BUILDINGS r- BUILDING S - Ell CHARGING STATION AT EXISTING VEHICLE GROUND SOURCE 19620 67th Ave NE wggH: MECHANICAL SYSTEM 'I t. _f I (C)EV CAPABLE CHARGING STATION ` I (R)EVREADYCHARGINGSTATION Arlington, WA 98223 EXISTING PARKING I (c)(R) - _ `!\- = I Q PARKING STATISTICS PERMIT SET EXISTING 1 1 i l 1 1__ o- \ DECANTS _ 3 w I.I ;_ _ _ = PARKING REQUIRED: 05/02/2025 lL o �I I II I I I III _ - - ``` ` Z 1 SPACE PER 400 GROSS SF _ 18,360 S F/400 46 STALLS This drawing Is `,° ' 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. Q I I I I ' _,.^� /// `j`\a`_. m PARKING PROVIDED: i m _ _ + W 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. STORAGE _-__-___ _-__-___ - , I STANDARD: 201 STALLS B "' _ - I I Q < ACCESSIBLE: 6 STALLS 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B U �4, I i 4 \ _ _-i w 1 ✓\ ) ".. of written permission for any other use or reproduction. o a BUILDING — �' _, * �_' ✓ _ " I I + BICYCLE PARKING: +/-5T-0' r'_ ,�I 'r' e� -)I r' �� y ¢ 10%OF REQUIRED PARKING = 5STALLS REQ'D -• 7 STALLS PROVIDED EXISTING EXISTING ` NUMBER: Q: COVERED COVERED �ti _- ° j f EV CHARGING STATIONS, 2023 053 Q - MATERIAL MATERIAL - 1 Plli 't' STORAGE STORAGE ��\` v�„\ 10%OF TOTAL PARKING 21 STALLS PROM w t `` T I`, ? I (w 22 STALLS PROVIDED (INCL.1 ADA) • i I I —� Z ' '/ , .I \' -I EV CAPABLE SPACES: l' �„ z # _ - --- .I `"': 10%OF TOTAL PARKING = 21 STALLS REQ'D MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ` Y `� z! , 22 STALLS PROVIDED 1 04/04/2025 SUP COMMENTS PROJECT WORK AREA u — I (INCL.1 ADA) # AREAS OUTSIDE THESE a- - - ( _ - _ EV READY SPACES: lji LIMITS TO REMAIN) Y LU r 10%OF TOTAL PARKING = 21 STALLS REQ'D ------------- 22 STALLS PROVIDED RECONFIGURED # EXISTING so o PARKING AREAS # STORAGE EXISTING EXISTING BICYCLE # � BUILDING UNCOVERED UNCOVERED "�'� - -__= �a PARKING STALLSaa • STORAGE MATERIAL I ADMIN./ - -�- -'- "�- - �, PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ # STORAGE BINS -_ _- rm I CREW TYPE C LANDSCAPE - PROJECT MANAGER: PS I SUPPORT SCREEN PER AMC PROJECT ARC TH 5 BLDG. FH 2O.76.040 JOB CAPTAIN;ARCHITECT: DF,KG - I 2 STORIES " 18,970 SF w n _ a A — 62 EXISTING BUILDINGS Fri s zo TO REMAIN DURIN l _ - - CONSTRUCTION A \_ - _ = NEW RETAwwGWALL � o� D ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN .:4m PARCEL ID:3105150C401212 — — — _ _ gi�i gi gl�il ail ao gg g - .:' i 11 -----_N 88.10 13 W 1236.12 " t, 1 I' ••. - 0 30' 60' 120 PARCEL ID: NEW OPEN Al PARKING TYPE B LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN Scale:1"=60'-0^ NORTH D2'01 SERVICE YARD 20.76.040 SCREEN PER AMC . , A� l� 1"=60'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 4 5 CITY OF ARLINGTON, SECTION 15, TOWNSHIP 31 N, RANGE 05E FILE NO.: PLN#1316/1317 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D CONSULTANT: • B2 PUBLIC SPACE/ I PRIVATE D2.0 STREET SIDE PROPERTY V 6467 REGISTERED BLACK VINYL COATED BLACKVINYL ARCHITECT INTERMEDIATE POST COATED CORNER/ BLACK VINYL END POST BEYOND i COATED TOP RAIL TI Y JAM S EWETf BLACK VINYL COATED 5 AT DF WASH GTON o. INTERMEDIATE POST O BLACK VINYL ~ BLACK VINYL COATED C COATED TOP p CHAIN LINK FENCE •• • RAIL k m BLACBOTTOM RAIL K VINYL COATED Arlington Operations w 01 0 w "CONC.WALL Center Y BLACK VINYL 3 COATED CHAIN z FOR 3/4'CHAMFER LINK FENCE x BLACK VINYL O 0 Snohomish County COATED E z ° a BOTTOM RAIL 4 W O Public Works z °z� w o� z AT 1 112" '.-. W u_ u OD _ BLACK VINYL 19620 67th Ave NE N O 0 A3 COATED w U FINISH Arlington, WA 98223 WELDED MTL x GRADE PLATE z _ III—III ° III—III _ ANCHOR PERMIT SET BOLTS _ CONCRETE a. 05/02/2025 _ _ WALL 4 °d- - This drawing is: _ 1.Copright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. III III—III III III—III—III I ° a I 2.They Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B P .SCREEN WALL I e FOOTING AND 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B T.JOINT REINF.PER written permission for any other use or reproduction. HERE OCCURSI , g STRUCTURAL PROJECT 2023-053 �Q CHAIN LINK FENCE STREET ELEVATION ��CHAIN LINK FENCE TYP. SECTION • =1'-0" MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 04/04/2025 SUP COMMENTS 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" a PRECAST CONCRETE SILL a 21'-0' a° 8"x8"x16"SOLID GROUTED MASONRY WALL,COLOR AS ° a SELECTED BY ARCHITECT a _ JECT TEAM: e d • —— I L\ /— (2)GALVANIZED METAL 4 PRINCIPAL IN CHAIR El Ti PANEL GATES a PROJECT MANAGER: PS 9'-6"(w)x 5'-0"(h) °d 1 - PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH f A q JOB CAPTAIN: 1 DF,KG 1/2"PRE-MOLD a 4 TRASH ENCLOSURE A D2.0 TYP. < a CONC.SLAB a < k- 0 00 00 A IN FOUNDATION AND - 4 REINF.PER STRUCTURAL 1 _4 - ARCHITECTURAL SITE a DETAILS RETAINING WALL e I PER SHORING - 1 CONTRACTOR 20'-0"O.C.MAX. TRASH ENCLOSURE ENLARGED PLAN WALL SECTION AT TRASH ENCLOSURE SCREEN WALL VERT. JOINT 0.1 (4 '. 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D estD CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT 1 TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON 0 A C „PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 I I I I I I I I I PERMIT SET l 05/02/2025 I I I I I This drawing is: I l 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. I l 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B l 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B l written permission for any other use or reproduction. I PROJECT I I I I _ _ Upper Level 14'- 2023-053 a I I I I II • I II I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION B I I II I II I II I II I II � a III PROJECT A3 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ D2.0 PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH CA JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG II � II SITE STAIR DETAILS A3 Dz a Lower Le o l �- a a a SITE STAIR REFERENCE PLAN SITE STAIR LONGITUDINAL SECTION /-1 I 3/8"=1'-0.1 /'13 3/8"=1'-0' 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN HIGH EAVE FLASHING D estD STEEL TUBE END STEEL TUBES AT 18"O.C. WELDED TO'C'CHANNEL PER STRUCTURAL STANDING SEAM DESIGN SPAN ROOF BY AEP SPAN 12CONSULTANT: 2 WELD SLEET ANGLE TO ATTACH TRIM CLEAT STEEL TUBE END WELDED TO WF COLUMN.TUBE AT EVERY COLUMN AND 4'-0"MAX.O.C. PREFORMED (WELDED TO'C'CHANNEL GUTTER PER STRUCTURAL) • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI 2.FA!! r_.TON TT S AT C IDENTIFICATION:PROJECT C 24 GA SS BRACKET Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works Z EdIII AT =1 —I 19620 67th Ave NE III—I 1 —III Arlington, WA 98223 III— SHORING WALL 1 1/2"CIA STL.HANDRAIL _ AND FACING PER WELDED TO 1 1/2" III—III41 CONTRACTOR GUARD RAIL POST PERMIT SET =11111IIIII w 05/02/2025 _ _ > This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. W —III < d 1 1/2"DIA.STEEL 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. PIPE HAND RAIL e C2¢ 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B C2 D2.0 D2.0 OPP. written permission for any other use or reproduction. III—III oI PROJECT NUMBER: III—I ° d IIIII ` a a da WFCOLUMN 6 PER STRUCTURAL w 2023-053 - °° ,i4- W — IIIe MARK DATE DESCRIPTION EQ EQ CONC.STAIR ON 4"DIA.DOWNSPOUT. GRADE PER DISCHARGE TO DRAIN 1/4"HOT DIP 5• I d STAIRS,LANDINGS 7/53.02 PIPE UNDER GROUND GALVANIZED _ AND RAILINGS PLATE a- - BEYOND NOT SHOWN F2"MINIMUM CRUSHED Ci C.I.P BENCH W/ ° FOR CLARITY SURFACING TO D2 0 v 3/4"CHAMFER, 1 1/2"DIA.STEEL WELD TO COURSING TYP. PIPE HAND RAIL GUARDRAIL POST COURSE III da_ OR MECH. a 2"SAND FASTENED TO 1/2"EXPANSION CONC.WALL IIIII III a d a III m - ANCHORS(2) SIDE VIEW PROJECT TEAM: ° id a a 4ad 1/4"HOT DIP PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I Ti II II II--III III III_—III III III Id d a oI-a IoI—I OI I—aIoI I OI IaI I IOI—a IOI aII IOI ao—II OII II aI I I OII'II II—IIaII II o°a II II II—II II II-o_a—II II II dI I I—II IIo°II—Ia I I II II II o—II aII II I d a a d aG ALVA NIZED PROJECT MANAGER: PSPLATE da PROJECT ARCHITECT: THd o t� d BRACKET JOB CAPTAIN: DF ,KG o A Lower Level I I I I 0-0" SITE STAIR D ETAILS Li o° A III—I ° a III—III—III III—III—III—III III—III—III III—III—III a _ _ III—III a III—III—III—III—III—III—III —III—III—III—III—III—I a < 41 e —III—III �� •- PLAN VIEW TOP RAILING ABOVE CONC. FOUNDATION A3 SR-1 ROOF OVER EXTERIOR SITE STAIRS C� G-1 GUARDRAIL BASE PL. CONC. STAIRS C2 H-1 HANDRAIL BRACKET 1/2"=,-0. B.=,,-0. B.=1.-0" 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 CITY OF ARLINGTON, SECTION 15, TOWNSHIP 31 N, RANGE 05E FILE NO.: DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON ___________ PROJECT - - - - - — -_-- �-y� - -- - - ___ _ - Arll gton Oper atlons— Center 1 FOR FIII1 � � Snohomish County Public Works AREA 2 AT 19620 67th Ave NE o Arlington, A 98223 \ I I PERMIT SET-- I 05/02/2025 II This drawing is: / 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. e � �'� I - i I = i�` 7 � ' _ � � 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT AREAS �o 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION �r r Mr PROJECT sK' - PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I Ti PROJECT MANAGER: I PS J PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH _ JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG 1 A -- SITE LOGISTICS PLAN 0 30' 60' 120' Scale:1"=60'-0" SITE LOGISTICS PLAN NORTH ' 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D EXISTING CONDITIONS LEGEND: �'-- _ - EL=13651 DYKEMAN RIM 12 5 �_ ------------------- -- -- -- - 6 gg 2' CP � �t w - - W 1- - W - - _-_-_-_ - _ _-- , 3 �a • FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN W w w �'- --t'r PEEo Ia �s / = I • FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT W-Wss " '°'"'°'- - - - � - - -sz-- _ �.';-a,�•-^a- •6/ FOUND REBAR AND CAP AS NOTED ss ss ss sS SS - s - _ --- - - 19� \ > �' - M / o o w SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE - eSS SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT -- -H---6"F - 1- ' � "" • ' � '.EFT '� - - - -- FLAG POLE-�S, SS ss STORM DRAIN MANHOLE .. -13z s SS Fo Nas,aao'w- - -- ■ CATCH BASIN 1245.50' ^xsry - "HANDICAP X LAG POLE � ' "-PARKING" _- ® WATER METER \ sz ., ...•`.. �� W FIRE HYDRANT CONSULTANT: ,.�( +'^.} SSMH 10412 \ 5p \• � DOUBLE 1 "/ .x POWER RIM 134.21 �� _ 2"SP "p DJ WATER VALVE ':FF¢�i 3;6' CONDUIT - p swlNc - "'"�`�.•`•. .�... FUEL uD \x °;,SRO;; B° HOSE BIB 'R GATE �m FUEL VAULT ' ' 'FORCE MAIN' :: cl W ICV IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE COUNTY O APPROXIMATE LOCATION F_�, 9"CONIC CB 20081 IN DI E AIR CR05x xrrcs PER CITY GIS @.i 5"METAL SD x/ RIM 135.77 14 pT ct 3 D 128 134th Street SW Suite 200 w"s1cN \ / \I © POWER VAULT CB 14104 3'TALL RIM 131.74 8"PVC 1 ) 4"FLEX IF 130.10(W) ®a / Everett.Washinggton 98204 \ 1z"CMP IE 129.89(s) M z0sao FEE- CB 20397 c M UTILITY POLE W/ LIGHT, UNDERGROUND Ph:425-141-3800 RIM 133.98 3 I RI 2031 CU IS ND RIM 20782 RIM 134.03 RIM,31sa \ 12'•CMP IF s1.43(s) I RI z IN SE R I 1 i CONDUIT & TRANSFORMER www.reidmiddlelon.com ,2"CMP IF 132.41 (S) 8"PVC .52(E) , DIS PA •p 12"CMP IF 129.36(N) / I 12"CMP IF 132.18(N) 1 13 7(S) 12"SP 1 UTILITY POLE W/ LIGHT 12"CPP IF 129.10(S) to `4a FFE=134.a' / I / / REGISTRATION STAMPS: 1 CB 20781 5"METAL & UNDERGROUND CONDUIT N RIM 131.51 RIM zos81 3'TALL UTILITY POLE W/ LIGHT •,'yP`._y; \12 CPP IF 128.91 (N) RIM 2058 _ p /^6 8..X "p i•,•':';:, k2"CPP IF 128.91 (S) 12"CONIC IF 131.04(N) 3 \ �;,•.:.'•:•,' ^. 12 coNc IF 131.0 B LI UTILITY POLE W/ TRANSFORMER & '" /^ CO 0 o,RD \ 0 E >FFE=134.4' CB 20318 \ RIM 134.00 UNDERGROUND CONDUIT C S EL BOLLARDS 3.5"STEEL BOLLARD -� 12"CMP IE 132.36(S) 5"METAL / 15'X5' /� I C 3 I AV UTILITY POLE W UNDERGROUND CONDUIT LED T\GONG. \ ;'�� 2'HIGH \\�� CB 20478 12"CMP IF 132.27(N) 3'TALL , SST ) e,C � „D / 'P \Ps .:•.S TIN SHE ffJJ+V/ICONG RIM 20478 Sp POWER OUTLET „SPEkD LIMIT 25MPH" / f UTILITY POLE FO ND A IOML I I '- CB 2Q333- W/ARROWS TO I8 12"CO CIE 130. 2() P \ ..:. 3 B a7$ I I I,z coN IF ,z9. 7 O \ sD\ RIM 13�a.z, MAwITENANCE BLDcs TH � zeo � POWER TRANSFORMER \ ICV p IM 130. * BAN ON F LL F \ 12•'CPid7 IF 130 2(W) "THIS AREA S L CB 32055 P \ ^ - WAT R \ SD DOUBLEI7$WSNPC 1 8(N) I UNDER Y"; 2"D ® POWER METER RIM 126.18 \ 'oo� P \\ 12G& IE 129 9(E) SURVEILLANCE \ 18' CPf IF 129 / �3 POWER JUNCTION BOX 2 M ILBoxEs PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: za✓ - -zs- \� \ \ / SD / • ❑ STREET LIGHT cB13056 -,zs- -� �\ \ l //_ HED �( YARD LIGHT Arlington Operations II RIM 12.99 SD j �` ��\ \ /e S/ 4"F,l X IE 123. 2 E) / / 12; PP E 12�11 (W) B 3 26 .✓� / / -t22- ' \\ \ SD \ 4 p Ft ® POWER STUB 1;h PP E 12.1 (E RI 25 42 \ S �`�� -,zp / Z RI --_----- ---sn - Center 1 P 1123.J9 N) '� � �- -'11s-� 1 , \� SD H 2O337 / C, I " P , s w RIM,195 c-- ---- / i-ne--- � � �� (\ / ,3a.9s o� 3 R T TELECOMMUNICATIONS VAULT �, r- _,te-_- \ \ 12 C J IF IUD i,�) 12"CPP It 136.85(S) CULV 12"C N 12" PP IE 12 / /B �13'CPP T1.\3 (s) / / \ \� _ -T2'• c 190..15 N \ IE=136.9. la "c (` ❑ TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER FOR ' I CU V 2"CPP N # 1� / CMI120.17 \ / / / ////�-t1°� \\ \ \ () '�l() {{ n C IE 136.70(E) ' 3 / LF FOIP FIBER OPTICS INDICATOR POST \� E 1 PP IF 132.85(W) _ SV 12"CPP NW IE=,1s.10 �'/ \ -- \� zoss\ a I I~ ® TELECOMMUNICATIONS JUNCTION BOX Snohomish Count\, o IH NGI G B W E P s \ \ --\ F �T TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE r CON UIT TO OW R UN TI N B X T - I ___\ _ , I _ _ `\ \ \ \ \ r 3 , a"cY ❑O GAS METER Purchasing Services \ -a GIP GAS INDICATOR POST ISD H i,2s§p ' I 1 'I B 1 ai,o� I ® MONITOR WELL AT �2' �(PA IF,N192j(N4.777W333) I h1\11112 CPF'E 13 439(N) N / klz�v GUY ANCHOR s"7�'P/IE/„��6�5( > (� ¢11�C P ,3,0. (s) I i SIGN 19620 67th Ave NE vnoy FLLo R�sYRICTOR\ " /II II I <T PST POST Arlington, WA 98223 \ \ \ � E/DD'TMLhHEET 2 / a0 8 FAL" • BOLLARD g // \ \ \ \\\\\\\ ///m•///\\ �� II�III I l \ °" 4'CY CB o MAIL BOX + BUILDING COLUMN \\ \�\ °\ / ///� ✓//` I I�� I I o 8"F •LCL LOCAL LOW POINT PERMIT SET \\\\ / Res v \�12"F FIR 05/02/2025 B - - \\ \\ \ \ ✓ / /, / - 2• LINE CONTINUES e /UCV 1[(;P%/5 IE=120.66'eI II I I "NO PARK 11 PIAR G 3 g I I 12 rewi S SPRUCE This dn is 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 12::CY CHERRY 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. j'\ \ / GA I S 1 12��DT DECIDUOUS 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's / \ / _ / I I '�,-/ written permission for any other use or reproduction. /,CB 1267a FLAG POLE I ( 12��M MAPLE 1/I C / llN 12286 \ I // f 1 ' a 12"M-012"M' CLUSTER PROJECT NUMBER: / Z" PIP IE/120.69(N) / / f////�/// // / ' 6'TAB I i �SR{�rAE y[H��]D1QI-{•�yL W/3 STRAND I / \ ECOLOGY BL CK WALL \ tie 18"CAP IIE/118.19(SW) / /// R� FIJ' 1 BARBED WIRE END PL 12��M' ° \ P I l a"\'Zp'. 1a,0\(NW)//// CB,19zz IN CAST ss SANITARY SEWER LINE 2023-053 / CULV 18"CI°P�sJE-HUt_/9' / ,� IM 1a2.t9 / 1 CA I SD- STORM DRAIN LINE CULV',12"CPP W IE- 3' ,(� STAMP/ \\22yoV � yON VC IE 139.s0(E) c�3 I�(4/2s/ w WATER LINE 1 PP IE 139T9(S) xI REVISION \ Uro V 12 PP IE=11�s ��////� e P POWER LINE ,13p T \ E 12" 39.15(N) ® MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 6W1 W W// J OVERHEAD POWER LINE p �. ,:'%�,� I "Cy II Fc FIBER OPTICS LINE \ PP IE n63s(x -% / / I -IC r TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINE 2 s \ 32 12'•CPP IET16.76�E��// / / o c� U T LO A OR I - 18"CPPLE 1�a_ E)_ _ / 3 c CABLE LINE _ \ / S CPP IE Ia4sa(NWT , / o - s Ic /I c GAS LINE WITH FLEW RF'STT�iCTOR- CB 11934 --SEE�ETP( HEEf z� �ewL�cnewET ON M 14z.5a o x x CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE (CLFNC) CONCRETE SLAB 6"CPP IE a /p - - /.`' -FOUND PPUN I ' BRAss-SS ' SE) ME ® EXISTING RETAINING WALL \ -1ao SNOHOB eNTY C, "DT UFtlEY M 0042 PITS 'ARLI'REFEREEi CE I -R1599"� ..STATION 1 � � ASPHALT PAVING (05/08/2024) PRINC� _ ---------------- / iaa- ' - ----------\ �,as_"i':.. j' _____________®®_®___ CB 11908 o II� "DT :� CONCRETE PAVING PROJEICT MANAGERPAL IN GE:�MAD ---.-� .. .� RIM 142.(j CB 1182, �.�J BI PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD ---_-�raa. _. ,_,__[ .... 6.R. IF 141.39 E RIM 142.61 a' a --- r \ 12"'.0 P\'E 1 0.66(N) / 1 3 = DRAFTER: JTG 1as------- ---�-� 1\ice ` A / rr o.s () GRAVEL SURFACE .. ....'1...: 1z"cPIE14 s s .....•' 'iaa': I co DRAWING TITL 's � A ... a .-. E t DT N88'1013 W .. ...:.. .. .. .. .. CB 11894 I 123 .`. :: EXISTING -- _ _ -- .......- .�-- -�..'�/ s ..... '..'..�. ..:.... .:,��' �.,^-�., '� ...\J� `�---- 12"CPP IE1140.65.(N ( SIG L" BUILDINGS -DP- -Dp o \_� -_,D.F--,as---, I a°' 30• CONDITIONS MAP EAST-WEST CENTER OF SECTION LINE SECTION 15-31-5 -OP--- EAST-WEST CENTER OF a� I 4"DT -0p SECTION LINE SE COR.FENCE IS 2.0'N. r I TBM _ - -Op .7'E.OF CORNER SECTION 15-31-5 x e EL=1 DRAWING NUMBER: - x 1 I ---OP FOUND PUNCH IN 3"BRASS SCALE IN FEET \ /1 .01 40 0 40 80 V 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 LEGEND: D STORM DRAIN PIPE W w — n o� w w w ® 3 UD UNDERDRAIN N aiDYKEMAN - -I SST—nl€ _ w w w w ------------------w---- - _ — w w --w---__-_ N I-LL FD FOOTING DRAIN PIPE —Ss SS .o,. sS ss ss SS ss — sS— — _ N€' — — — ( ■ CATCH BASIN TYPE 1ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SS --- — SS ss SS SS ss ss o 0 CATCH BASIN TYPE 2 FO D —SD i FA srro/smser n — — — � ° ° —0p c w � INFILTRATION GALLERY °p_ os r I BIOFILTRATION/MEDIA FILTER CONSULTANT: .3. II ° Y ®o SS SANITARY SEWER PIPE 3 M SSFM SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN "D 728 134th Skeet SW Suite 200 I DW DOMESTIC WATER MAIN PIPE Everett.Washingqton 98204 y I ' Ph:425-741-3800 -a FP FIRE PROTECTION SERVICE www.reidmiddleton.com 3 D I + FIRE HYDRANT REGISTRATION STAMPS: L I3 i SEWER MANHOLE A DyG "D ZF wAel�I� O P©^ I I I I WA R U TY s� • • I FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION c �TR TM NTT IN so FP „D POST INDICATOR VALVE A BEND 9��sSON � VEHICLE SD CHARGING 5p • — WHEEL STOP STATION, TYP •I i w ° B� STEEL BOLLARD PROJ ENTIFICATION: o I Z 5p W 03 w O POLE BASES Arlington Operations iQ 1 C" SIGN Center II^ I F FIRE LANE MARKINGS I D FOR • 3 Snohomish County p ADA RAMP I GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES rn c Purchasing Services to I 1. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE CITY OF ARLINGTON PUBLIC WORKS STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AND THE CURRENT EDITION OF AT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (WSDOT) STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SD Sp V) 3 cr FOR ROAD, BRIDGE, AND MUNICIPAL CONSTRUCTION. A COPY OF THESE DOCUMENTS SHALL BE 19620 67th Ave NE ON SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. Arlington, WA 98223 0 2. IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE DEVELOPER/CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN A GRADING N • PERMIT, RIGHT—OF— WAY PERMIT, AND UTILITY PERMITS, FROM THE CITY. ALL REQUIRED o PERMITS FROM OTHER AGENCIES MUST ALSO BE OBTAINED BY THE DEVELOPER/CONTRACTOR. PERMIT SET B w � 3. PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY, THE DEVELOPER/ CONTRACTOR SHALL ATTEND A 05/02/2025 B PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE WITH THE CITY. THE CONSTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE THE PRE— CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE BY CALLING (360) 403-3500. PRIOR TO SCHEDULING, THE This drawing is: SO x o3 CONTRACTOR MUST SUBMIT AND RECEIVE APPROVAL FOR THE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN, CITY 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. STAIRS 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. SD SD a PERMITS, TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN, PERFORMANCE BOND, COPY OF 3.Foruseonthisprojectonly.ObtainArchitect's OTHER AGENCY PERMITS, A COPY OF THE CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE, AND PROOF OF INSURANCE written permission for any other use or reproduction. I COVERAGE. PROJECT NUMBER: 4. A COPY OF THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION PLANS MUST BE ON THE JOB SITE WHEN N S I CONSTRUCTION IS IN PROGRESS. 2023-053 w 5. ALL SITE WORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS. ANY m "cv DEVIATION FROM THE APPROVED PLANS WILL REQUIRE PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE OWNER, REVISION THE CITY ENGINEER, AND OTHER APPROPRIATE PUBLIC AGENCIES. Z L� py�3 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION rn ' 3 I 6. ALL OF THE LOCATIONS OF THE EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN IN THE PLANS HAVE BEEN 1 N S I Cy ESTABLISHED BY FIELD SURVEY OR OBTAINED FROM AVAILABLE RECORDS AND SHALL g THEREFORE BE CONSIDERED APPROXIMATE AND NOT NECESSARILY COMPLETE. IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY THE ACCURACY OF ALL UTILITY LOCATIONS. V) =' I l z 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE AND PROTECT ALL CASTINGS AND UTILITIES DURING a CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL CONTACT THE UNDERGROUND UTILITIES LOCATE SERVICE Ilj (1-800-424-5555 OR 811) AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. SSFM I "DT TRASH o3 I 8. INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF ALL WORK WILL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY REPRESENTATIVES OF PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- THE CITY OF ARLINGTON. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE PROJECT MANAGER: I MAD ENCLOSURE cO "DT AND SCHEDULE APPROPRIATE INSPECTIONS, ALLOWING PROPER ADVANCE NOTICE. THE PROJECT ENGINEER: IMAD �7 I INSPECTOR MAY REQUIRE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ITEMS THAT DO NOT MEET CITY DRAFTER: JTG A — STANDARDS OR WERE CONSTRUCTED WITHOUT INSPECTION. A �lll DRAWING TITL —op— X_v X_v_X_ a 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE ON—SITE AND OFF—SITE STREETS CLEAN AT ALL TIMES BY —DP --oP _X— DF j �. / CLEANING WITH A SWEEPING AND/OR VACUUM TRUCK. WASHING OF THESE STREETS WILL NOT SITE PLAN CRY OF ARLINGTON — RETAINING SERVICE BE ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE CITY INSPECTOR. CONSTRUCTION(DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL WALL YARD THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE —oP I 10 CHANGES TNDTMODIFCATIOR SHALL ONS. IMMEDIATINTAJN TWO ELY AFTER A R SETS OCONS RU C ON COMPLETION,UILT- PLANS SHOWING HE ALL FIELD CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET CONTRACTOR SHALL DELIVER BOTH COPIES OF RED—LINED PLANS TO THE CITY. THE CITY WILL DRAWING NUMBER: FORWARD ONE OF THE COPIES TO THE DESIGN ENGINEER. BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER SCALE IN FEET DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS CO •0 40 0 40 80 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 15 DEMOLITION AND TESC LEGEND: - '_��4'�----- �- EL=136.51 RIM 12 5 -------W------------ - 12 CP 1€ P-I 13.76( 8"PVE 13108 W W 1Y - - ^SPEED LIMIT-351 W w r v'_� �r _- - ------ / �� w DEMOLISH BUILDING DYKEMAN - SS F. - - - M / ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN " S _ 61, 'F Fo ANDICAP N88'14'40W .•.. -- _ -- POLE- ST P T _ 32 ss DEMOLISH CONCRETE F 1245.50' ^�}M1 �- G"H S S FLA LAG POLE /-Y.;..,... „. F.. ' CONTR L EIO - PA � '� - - - � \ /-_ / C�i„"e,•,a"� '4 j•'!` �± POWER SSMH 10412 '8 UBLE l ; > •:'::: (" RIM 134.21 S Imo" : ,.f .133:6; CONDUIT FUEL LID 6(\ X p GATE \\ `�2� "FORCE MAIN' �m FUEL VAULT T. G +++++++ DEMOLISH ASPHALT CONSULTANT: ISH COUN APPROXIMATE LOCATION F=q''6 5"METAL 9"CONIC CB 200E IN DI AI 14" o PER CITY GIS x 9 X CREW"SI 3'TALL X RIkbC135.7 I CB 14104 SECONDARY OPTIONAL I RIM 131.74 8"PVC 1 4"FLEX IE 130.10(W CB 20640 ?�FFE=134.4' I / \ • \ CONSTRUCTQN2 I 12'CMP IE 129.89(S�) RIM 133.98 3 CB 20397 XCB 2 X x CU IS ND M / CONSTRUCTION WORK LIMITS, 0782 RIM 134.03 RI X IN SE R I o ENTRANCE RIM 131.64 \/ 12"CMP IE 131.43(S) / 12"CMP IE 132,41 (S) Rl p 52(E) X / XIS PA I I•p SEE NOTE 2 \ 12"CMP IE 129.36(N) I ,. 12"CMP HE 132.18(N) 1 3 728 134th Street A Suite 200 12"CPP IE 129.10(S) w, Io •:?,.FFE=134.4' ,( (s / X "s Evereil.Washin tan 98204 CB 20781 5'METAL x X x DEMOLISH TREE :N x X Ph:425-141-800 e-p. RIM 131.51 I _:� X, X I - www.reidmiddleton.c6m CB 20561 n 3'TALL \\12"CPP IE 128.91 (N) RIM 133.61 3 i P �2'CPP IE 128.91 (s) 12'CONIC IE 131.04(N) Ig. Y REGISTRATION STAMPS: \ 2"CONIC HE 131.00(E) FFE=134.4' CB 2031a X/ / T E �R RA E O PROTECT TREE 5"ST�EL BOLLARDS -'y;: 3.s"STEEL BOLLARD \_ RIM 134.00 5"METAL X FlLLED tlAhl CONIC. \ 2'HIGH \ 12"CMP IE 132.36 00 yTA k J / �- Ps ) 6, NO E .•,+ r 12"CMP IE 132.27(N) / N "p A.�9 \\ P �_\PS ,•:..ST 'c .:'_5 TIN SHE /CON RCM 132498 S \ POWER�TL€T wSPE�ED PFr� C FwASAl GIST C R&2 �w+/AN RNA I A cTo C -P a 1 a7$ ,z"coN IE 129. 7( 3 so X3 X M ZED -/'/'/'/'/'/- DEMOLISH UTILITY LINE .P \ !\ ICV' P IM 30. *BAN ON F LL F 1 12"C 10 "lW) I I THI d L CB 32055 \ WA R \\ X E (4) / 4 "D 6f RIM 126.18 \ '30` p \\ SD DOURLg1 G X A90 ilsas F� X l2 12 ) gDRVEILLANGE - - - x 1a' - )k * SILT FENCE �c,srtiR 9 J � 2 M IL BOXES e C8113056 `� i _-tzse \� 1 \ / X X HED I C1•03 ZONAL II RIM 12.99 SD pt �_j 4"F,L%IE 123. 2 E) \ 12; PP E 12 11 (W) B 3 26 .�`` / _ - - - - -,z2 �-: ~\ < / X x / so I - w PROJ ENTIFICATION: 1 n PP E 12.03(E RI zs 4z \ `__ ' �•� 1 \ / X / i z DEMOLISH CHAIN LINK FENCE i 1 P 1 1 3. 9 N) ' =CS7<Ot9- ----- 3g\ X SD,rout 26337 �3 I 1 P 1 2. 5 W i / RIM 11 ( - 1 / -115-- \ \ \ ` X 'RIM 138.95 io /' RIM CPP T1.7.39 S -„4--\ \\ \ 1 C 1 IE 1�DW1 ) LL 12 PP IE 12.7 E / / () ,12-� \ �T2" IE�1�0..18 N 12"C��PP�,R 13k.85�(S) CULV 12"C N I>� .O e Arlington Operations CB / \ / / '-no \ \ \ \`-O\` �-) *E 136.70(E) ' IE=138. Q CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE Q CU V 2'CPP N #y19.? �IhY120.17 '�\*J / Lj/L// - \\\ \\� \\ C V�11°CP�P E 1 CPP IE 132�5(W) I KIN L Ts C1.03 Center l r f I�V 12-CPP NW IE=116.10 /iT/ / \_�-�_� -\ ` 20.55\ p 1 I I T, X I I PE TI c 0 H NGI G B E P S I I '\ I�1� 1 /^/^�^ \\ -\ \ \ /� I F P CON UIT TO 0 R UN TI N B X T J/ I I--_--- -_-/ \J I /r{_�4_`..i `- -=-� \ \\\ \ \ / X X P E c0 , FOR C I o C N I C i ® CATCH BASIN ao I SEDIMENT PROTECTION Snohomish County C1.03 J I2'QPl-4 ' .19(NW) R1\W E 13 4?(N) N / -Iz�'° "C Purchasing Services SITE 1 \ \ \ \ 1t3'•C P/IE/11p sl3 ZN) 1 p 137o.m3s) DEMOLISH CURB *,9"FFFM�L�IR,19:Z;7(S) ,n I c1 x \ \ *WITy/D T L/SHEET 2\ /II I X , SAL„ AT x x x x \ \ \\\` \ \ I� # CONSTRUCTION NOTES: / I x 19620 67th Ave NE \ \PR E�TLNG BAS1N,,�fAY USED FOR f%Cy SO. j\\\ V� X a RIM \ \TEIPRO Y'S€DIMENTPOND DURING // �///` I ) \ I I I o 8 I Arlington, WA98223 C0N3Y,mw CTION.\PRQ�IDEZINF�TO// y�r// I �- I I� J I IIII I X X 1 ca 12. DEMOLISH CATCH BASIN STRUCTURE x \ '-eRNEM INFILTRATIVE SOILS 1 P/ = 0.56' P4 S IE 12 R ) I YD PARK 1 P 3 DEMOLISH SIGN AND POST PERMIT SET a \\ ////i\(\�� //�%m �II III I x I r4z ti A DEMOLISH LIGHT POLE 05/02/2025 B GA I This d awin is: / FLAG POLE: DEMOLISH ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SEE NOTE 4 9 C/8 12674 / I I ( 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. A x I \ I i \ // I'M 122.86 \ // X 6xTA� I I 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. i X c / I �/ - X ao °o DEMOLISH WOODEN DECK r x X �" PP IE 120.69(N) / / SRP91E/ IA /3 S ND I r'5 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's I 18"CVP I E/118.19(SW) / /// ) / A ED RE I : Q written permission for any other use or reproduction. o, \\ ECOLOGY LPC�IYWALL X ( I1 1s"\cPP\E�1so\(Nw)///// X T ,' I 6 DEMOLISH BOLLARD I ( 11922 / / CULv 1e"cPr:\svE-1a4.>9' / / 1gpcly -A / cA I PROJECT NUMBER: uUv'p2"CPP W IE - I // y /y✓/ �v �3 Q DEMOLISH FLAG POLE T,� N V E 1 90(E) 1 ' ) 1 PP IE 139.19 ) ';•,F ul 1z c`P IE=11a�6 /�///// 2" 39,s(N) Q DEMOLISH CHAIN LINK GATE 2023-053 8 I>l JdP •�r// J x "°- \RM3T9.&8�� /� yy9.t I X X cr II A DEMOLISH STAIRS 12 s2e IE 118'76( %/ / / i• I REVISION -t32 \1 CPP IE'T16.76IE� / /�/ I �( X wIC \ -t34- 18" JFi11 _l;flE� LO A OR I ® REMOVE AND SALVAGE ECO-BLOCKS MARK DATE DESCRIPTION \ *'IE�CPP IE yM.94 ln. (NW)��-- `` wTHFLuw RL T�CTOR_- - ns4a I TI BUILDING T © DEMOLISH FIRE HYDRANT Al! SHEET 2_ �OWEIt�CABINET ON 142.54 x O„ / CONCRETE SLAB 6"CPP. € EMAIN PERATIONAL i/ 3 - -FOur�uN Imo' _ 4 ��EE I ' SJ* sl) e URING PHASE 1 ME © ROTATE AND RELOCATE PORTABLE BUILDING TO .�.. ✓..:. ."../."'� BRA-S�F"K STAMPED. x rn \ / \ -,�SNOHOJSH�EOUr3TY X ONSTRUCTION - ACCOMMODATE UTILITY INSTALLATION OPERATIONS =UR'VEY BM 2 PLS O^ "DT I i 'ARLI'REFEREE�I CE - \ •'-� ' '.'/.' / STATION X I NOTES: (os/a/zoza)� -/I f ----- - 64- , ---_ � 1, os x - II> Ri 1. PROTECT EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND ABOVE ---- 'o- RIM 142.34 �C X "Dr GROUND STRUCTURES TO REMAIN DURING CONSTRUCTION R. IE 141�9(� B 11829 B( M,az,s1 3 OPERATIONS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE .> 2e:0 P 6140.66(NN) X _ NS -;- / ' " .. _ P IE 140.f�,5( X 2. LIMITS OF PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: - AID .a' x CONSTRUCTION AND CWILL NEED N ARE FTTO BE OR PRIMARY TEMPORARILY PROJECT ENGINEER: I MAD .....:. �... ...`�.. x x Nafi o -_,� c 115 I EXPANDED TO PERMIT LIMITED WORK OUTSIDE THE AREA DRAFTER: JTG '2 T I ,a4 ( Lo INDICATED (AS IN THE CASE OF UTILITY CONNECTIONS). A ..� `_ L"CPP IE 140.65�IJ 1 60, slc L" THE DURATION OF THE WORK OUTSIDE THE IDENTIFIED DRAWING TITL -EAST-WEST CENTER OF SECTION LINE -OP-_- •F--taa, AREA SHALL BE MINIMIZED TO LIMIT DISRUPTION TO SECTION 15-31-s -oP--- END FENCE DEMOLITION EAST-WEST CENTER of OWNER OPERATIONS. TESC AND DEMO -OP SECTION LINE S 'E COR.FENCE IS 2.0'N. r--` TBM EL=1 x 1.7E.OF CORNER 0 PLAN - PHASE 1 CITY OF ARLINGTON -OP R dHD31S�LVAGE EXISTING I 3. PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE ONCE ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL ---oP WEATHER STATION EQUIPMENT. PAVEMENT HAS BEEN REMOVED. EXISTING ASPHALT ---%P0�ITH_C1t%R ON NEW CB 1 PAVEMENT SHOULD BE USED FOR EQUIPMENT AND THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER HE LOCATION ---o" --� RIM VEHICLE STORAGE, AND VEHICLE TRAFFIC ROUTES TO DRAWING NUMBER: CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET I _ ` I THE EXTENT FEASIBLE. BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER SCALE IN FEET 4. SEE ELECTRICAL FOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION. � .0 A DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS I I 40 O 40 SO 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 DEMOLITION AND TESC LEGEND: D R{IM 112 --------------------- ' 2 C. u=\�-- __ - 76(W -- 8"PVC IE 131.08 EL=13ss1 DEMOLISH BUILDING DYKEMAN ---------W_- - -- - 'PVII$o_-PBF• W W - -- �, I 3 CT P 13. _ ,��,--�T_NI€ W w W �r W W '®`-- ---r- ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SPED-[IWT-35� --_----107TIJ C i________ ___________ _ f _ ------ W W - W ^w DEMOLISH CONCRETE ss ---- i „ ss Ss S - - _ _ - ss �s., ss --ss ss ' -- 6•F �- -_ _ FLAG POLE-qS, SS SS N89'14'40"W 6•F "F FO 1245.50' - -- "HANDICAP r CON L Ba - PA �"o + + + DEMOLISH ASPHALT G W + + + + CONSULTANT: / SSMH 10412 DOUBLE POWER RIM 134.21 "D S. _ *FFE=133.6' CONDUIT SOP ' 0 \\ \\ 'FORCE MAIN' �m L LID FUELUVAULT \ uxor cI CONSTRUCTION WORK LIMITS, • i 9 CONCRE AIR APPROXIMATE LOCATION "D SEE NOTE 2 COUNTY PER CITY GIS F=113.9'• 5"METAL TALL ` / ; m \- \ 728 134th Street SW'Suite 200 W"SIGN RIM 4104 3'TALL ,•,• / \ 4"FLEX IE 130.10(W CB 20640 FE=134.4' ®o / O Everett.Washinuion 98204 I 12•'CMP IE 129.89(�) CB 20397 CURB ISL N ° PROTECT TREE 3600 CB 20782 RIM 133.98 3 RIM 134.03 'I RIM 131.64 \ 12"CMP IE 131.43 S R 13 2 / DI I M /D Ph:425-141- .c () 12"CMP IE 132.1 (S) p 52(E) DISREPAI I ^p www.reidmiddleton.com 12"CMP IE 129.10(N) / IQ 12'CMP IE 132.18(N) .0 I q7($) I REGISTRATION STAMPS: 12"CPP IE 129.10(S) � FFE=134.4' CB 20781 Irn 5"METAL > -/•/ /•/•/•/- DEMOLISH UTILITY LINE RIM 131.51 i .D \ CB 20581 I 3'TALL •�• ,n / \ \12"CPP IE 128.91 (N) RIM 133.61 3 ( J R F A�vjs \ �2"CPP IE 128.91 (S) 12"CONIC IE 131.04(N) •• _ 12"CONIC IE 131.Oo E * * SILT FENCEe \ () \-` FFE=134.4' R MB 134 00 •• R RA E .3 4- 12"CMP IE 132.36(S) 01.Q3 C ST�EL BOLLARDS � 3.5"STEEL BOLLARD 5"METAL •••Q " I ° LED W1TH CONQr _� 2'HIGH \ 3'TALL ) 0 E 3 6 TIN SHE \ry'/I ON 12"CMP IE 132.27(N) / I / I D \ I P�\ Ps "5 FOL�NDA�i1 SO ' 9 ilsas F¢ -p 1\�- 1311' I I �� \ So o \ rXl a I DEMOLISH CHAIN LINK FENCE °�gys ersTenOO -CB 32055 'PST \ ^ ICV \ \ 1 I"THI 4 ONAL RIM 126.18 1 \ �^ --- \\ SD n DOUBLE S ATE IURVEILLANDE "D a 2 M ILBOXES CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCEe OJE ENTIFICATION: CBI13056 '� $0 / HED$ -A z I C1.Q3 4"FJ X IE 123. 22 E)1.99 SD I \\l "> X D Arlington Operations 12" PP E 12 11 (W) :::Q / $O I Il.l ® CATCH BASIN Center 1 PP E 12 iO3(E ® [] ® :::. SEDIMENT PROTECTIONe s 37 X x I L i C1.03 11' M 138.95 X ® ® ® 12"CPP Rr (S) CUL ,2• N I "C FOR i 2"OPP'IE (E) r, X IL--13es' Q DEMOLISH CURB GPP IE 265(W) X X X h F Snohomish County `X X X �� 3 I Purchasing Services P- / X 9.eo CONSTRUCTION NOTES:SITE 12"CPF*IE 3 3 N X X x �� AT "° 19620 67th Ave NE �•)� 12"CPP IE 1 7A I �y i 4 x x nT Arlington, WA 98223 III AL" GY A DEMOLISH CATCH BASIN STRUCTURE CB 88RIM .1 A DEMOLISH SIGN AND POST PERMIT SET X 12„ B - - - J X X X X RgS";vE 12" 0 DEMOLISH LIGHT POLE 05/02/2025 B P�R G x x 1 3 1 ¢Q DEMOLISH ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (SEE NOTE 4) This drawing is: _ 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. -A YJ 5 DEMOLISH WOODEN DECK 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's / \ G I X �� FLAG POLE 6 DEMOLISH FLAG POLE written permission for any other use or reproduction. / ® ® , j 6'T PROJECT N R: / \ I W/3 STRA X ;g;w;:T I I REMOVE AND SALVAGE BOULDER WITH PLACARD / ® D WIRE DEMOLISH STAIRS 2023-053 giM 0 1 Q REMOVE LANDSCAPE BOULDER INS: \ 12 !^j: ul \ ® 1 "CPP IE 139.15(N > MARK DATE DESCRIPTION II 3:.3...:t.. "CY i J NOTES:Ill oc13 U IXIT LO 1 1 s Ic 1, PROTECT EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND ABOVE • _9Y GROUND STRUCTURES TO REMAIN DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ME 2. LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION ARE FOR PRIMARY o "DT I CONSTRUCTION AND WILL NEED TO BE TEMPORARILY ill EXPANDED TO PERMIT LIMITED WORK OUTSIDE THE AREA \ - rr� ---______ _ --- INDICATED (AS IN THE CASE OF UTILITY CONNECTIONS). S` THE DURATION OF THE WORK OUTSIDE THE IDENTIFIED PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- -/I r ------------=--�- CB 11908 J I > RI ------ 1 T c AREA SHALL BE MINIMIZED TO LIMIT DISRUPTION TO PROJECT MANAGER: IMAD _ __ - PROJECT�� - / B 11829 ,I c� BI OWNER OPERATIONS. PROJECT ENGINEER: IMAD ----- �____----_t 6"PVC E 10.66 (E) ----- \�--__----_ -�-i �i IM 142.61 13 � DRAFTER: JTG ' �--------_�.,_�-� �J\i / 12"CPP IE 140.66(N) / A m 3. PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE ONCE ALL EXISTING DRAWING TITL A PAVEMENT HAS BEEN REMOVED. EXISTING ASPHALT / I PAVEMENT SHOULD BE USED FOR EQUIPMENT AND N88'10'13"W ---/ _JI "LO VEHICLE STORAGE, AND VEHICLE TRAFFIC ROUTES TO TESC AND DEMO 1236.12' CITY OF AR-LINGr01I 1 `-- / (I 60• slc L" THE EXTENT FEASIBLE. CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APP - oP- PLAN - PHASE 2 � I„;" T 4. SEE ELECTRICAL FOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION. THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER T E OP SE COR.FENCE IS 2.0'N. TOM EL=1 0 CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET �- -oP-.GP x 1.7'E.OF CORNER r I I ' WING NUMBER: BY: _ -- DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER 1 .02 SCALE IN FEET DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS 40 0 40 80 1 2 3 4 5 2 1 3 14 5 D OD EROSION PREVENTION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL NOTES a( 1. APPROVAL OF THE TEMPORARY EROSION/SEDIMENT CONTROL (TESC) PLAN DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN APPROVAL OF PERMANENT ROAD OR STORM DRAINAGE DESIGN. LIFTING RODS 2. A TESC PLAN MEETING THE DOE STORM WATER MANAGEMENT MANUAL ADOPTED BY THE CITY SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CITY FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ANY WORK ON THE SITE. AN DYKEMAN APPROVED COPY MUST BE MAINTAINED ON—SITE AND BE READILY AVAILABLE TO THE CITY INSPECTOR AT THEIR REQUEST. FILTER BAG ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 3. THE TESC BMP'S SHOWN ON THE PLAN MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ALL OTHER CLEARING AND GRADING ACTIVITIES, AND IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO ENSURE THAT SEDIMENT—ADEN WATER DOES NOT ENTER THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM, LAVE THE SITE, OR VIOLATE APPLICABLE WATER QUALITY STANDARDS. MAINTENANCE, REPLACEMENT, AND UPGRADING OF THE TESC PLAN IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR UNTIL ALL CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE AND APPROVED BY THE CITY. 4. THE BOUNDARIES OF THE CLEARING LIMITS, SHOWN ON THE TESC PLAN, SHALL BE CLEARLY FENCED OR FAGGED IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION. NO DISTURBANCE BEYOND THE FENCED OR FLAGGED CLEARING LIMITS SHALL BE PERMITTED. THE FENCING AND/OR FLAGGING SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. EXISTING GRATE 5. THE TESC FACILITIES SHOWN ON THE PLANS ARE THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ANTICIPATED SITE CONSTRUCTION. DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, THESE TESC FACILITIES SHALL BE CONSULTANT: UPGRADED AND ADDED TO AS NEEDED, FOR UNEXPECTED STORM EVENTS AND TO REFLECT CHANGED CONDITIONS, AS REQUIRED BY THE CITY. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CITY A 24—HOUR EMERGENCY CONTACT PHONE NUMBER OF THE CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFIED EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR PRIOR TO STARTING \\ CONSTRUCTION. 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 nggton 98204 7. THE TESC FAFACILITIESEverett.Washi FACILITIES SHALL BE INSPECTED DAILY BY THE CONTRACTOR AND MAINTAINED AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE CONTINUED FUNCTION AND OPERATION. Ph:425-141-3800 > \ www.reidmiddleton.com / \ \ 8. BETWEEN OCTOBER 1 AND APRIL 30, DISTURBED AREAS THAT ARE TO BE LEFT UNWORKED FOR MORE THAN TWO 2 DAYS SHALL BE r IMMEDIATELY COVERED BY MULCH, SOD OR PLASTIC COVERING. BETWEEN MAY 1 AND SEPTEMBER 30, DISTURBED AREAS THAT ARE TO BE LEFT UNWORKED FOR MORE THAN SEVEN (7) DAYS REGISTRATION STAMPS: a FILTER BAG SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY COVERED BY SEEDING OR OTHER APPROVED METHODS. A. i 9. SEDIMENT DEPOSITS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM ALL CATCH BASINS, PRE—TREATMENT/SEDIMENT POND, AND SEDIMENT TRAPS UPON REACHING A DEPTH OF 12 INCHES. 1'OFwADr EXISTING CB �o D 10 STORAGEMANENT CAPACITY ANDISHALLLTBETION CLA CLEITY USED AS A ANED ENTIRELY ONCE OTHER SITE IISLING STABBILZED. IF THEN SHALL E MODIFIED PERMANENTWACILITY ISTH THE ETOSULTMATELYIFUNCTIONOL MEASURES,AS AN IINFILTRATIONLSYSTEM,ETHEEQUATE FACILITY D SHALL NOT BE USED AS A TEMPORARY SETTLING BASIN. '9 Sim 11. WHERE SEEDING FOR TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL IS REQUIRED, FAST GERMINATING GRASSES SHALL BE APPLIED AT AN APPROXIMATE RATE OF 120 LBS PER ACRE. sS7°NAL '� \\ 12. WHERE STRAW MULCH FOR TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL IS REQUIRED, IT SHALL BE APPLIED AT A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 3 INCHES, OR 3,000 POUNDS PER ACRE. PROJ ENTIFICATION: IX K\..n �1 13. SOIL STOCKPILES SHALL BE STABILIZED WITHIN 24 HOURS. WHEN ACTIVELY WORKING WITH THE SOIL STOCKPILE, STABILIZATION BY GROUND COVER BMPS SHALL OCCUR AT THE END OF EACH Arlington Operations �\71\/7\/\\/� �\ WORK DAY. 14. STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE BEGINNING OF CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTAINED FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. ADDITIONAL MEASURES MAY BE Center SECTION REQUIRED TO INSURE THAT ALL PAVED AREAS ARE KEPT CLAN FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. FOR 15. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF TESC FACILITIES AND STRUCTURES SHALL BE CONDUCTED IMMEDIATELY UPON RECOGNITION OF A PROBLEM OR WHEN THE TESC MEASURES BECOME DAMAGED. SnOhOnllSh County 16. UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, ALL BMP'S SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE AND RIGHT OF WAY. IF BMP'S ARE REQUIRED TO REMAIN IN PLACE FOR FURTHER PROTECTION,CATCH BASIN SEDIMENTATION Purchasing Services ARRANGEMENTS FOR REMOVAL SHALL BE MADE WITH THE CITY INSPECTOR.1 CONTROL WITH FILTER BAG 17. THE DUFF LAYER AND NATIVE TOPSOIL SHALL BE RETAINED IN AN UNDISTURBED STATE TO THE MAXIMUM EXTEND PRACTICABLE. ALL AREAS SUBJECT TO CLEARING AND GRADING THAT WILL NOT AT BE COVERED BY IMPERVIOUS SURFACE, INCORPORATED INTO A DRAINAGE FACILITY OR ENGINEERED AS STRUCTURAL FILL OR SLOPE SHALL, AT THE PROJECT COMPLETION, DEMONSTRATE THE C1.O1.C1.02 C1.03 NOT TO SCALE REQUIREMENTS ESTABLISHED IN T5.13 OF THE 2014 SWMMWW, POST CONSTRUCTION SOIL QUALITY AND DEPTH. 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. NON—WOVEN SPUNBOUND USE STAPLES OR WIRE FILTER FABRIC — MIRAFI RINGS (TYPICAL) PROJECT NUMBER: 10OX OR ENVIROFENCE 2"x2" 14 GA. WIRE G� FABRIC 2023-053 SJ�FP 100' MIN. FIR OR EQUAL 0 FILTER FABRIC ON 2"x2" REVISION O O� 14 GA. WIRE FABRIC MARK DATE DESCRIPTION '0 c� OP NEWLY GRADED OR DISTURBED SITE? 5' VARIES �j 7111=I II II II 1=11-r I III I IIIIi. - _111_ R=25' MIN N TOE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION BOUNDARY OF SLOPE 8 PROPERTY LINE OR p* 2x4 DOUGLAS BURY BOTTOM OF FABRIC PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- FILTER FABRIC MIN �5 FIR 4'-0" O.C. MATERIAL IN 8"X12" TRENCH SECTION PROJECT MANAGER: IMAD UNDER QUARRY ELEVATION PROJECT ENGINEER: I MAD SPALLS DRAFTER: IJTG A DRAWING TITL A 4" — 8" QUARRY SPALLS PLACE TOP AT SUBGRADE PROVIDE FULL WIDTH OF 3 DETAIL — FILTER FABRIC FENCE TESC DETAILS IF POSSIBLE INGRESS/EGRESS AREA C1.01,C1.02 C1.03 NOT TO SCALE CITY OF ARLINGTON AND NOTES CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL 2 CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE DRAWING NUMBER: C1.01,C1.02 .03 NOT TO SCALE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET C1 . DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER C1 03 DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D _ "-` _ EL 136 51 130 y/ --- .132 ^ - 3 -NI C W W i _\ SS SS x.,«rx iwnr- -- --- -t32-- - ' "tom ^ DESIGN ss SS SS ss SS-`- -355- FINISHED GRADE CONTOUR -.t]2S- SS Sy34 � S SS ° 6"F F FO ��- • �3q - SD "HANDICAP /-� F- � .9 354.93� SPOT ELEVATION 7 % " "o � J DOU CONSULTANT: SWING LE l - xFFE=133.6' 'OP D LP GATE O �\ -J? �m FUELUVAULT \ 39.2 137.E ren: I LOW POINT ' COUNTY =,i HP 1 HIGH POINT s.a' I • " y DT D w slcN I / 139a.1 I 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 \ I I * 1137.7 �AC ; / ME MATCH EXISTING Everett.Washin tan 98204 \ 1 3 FFE=13PENENNLARGEMENT /� AC qq M / Ph:425-141-3800 \ I I ' At / FF FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION www.reidmiddleton.com SEE SHEET C2.02 / I D 1 �\ FFE=134.4 i 137.71 138.8,A SLOPE (POINTS DOWN SLOPE) REGISTRATION STAMPS: \\ 3 X I AC i-138 / 1 I ------ GRADE BREAK �9D \ \\ FE=134.4' I 137.9 I 2.0%AC S� AI I I D GE GRATE ELEVATION c \\ �- o I ' C 1 1 C,2 1 9 BW FINISH GRADE AT BOTTOM OF WALL ° c \ u\ s rrt�•tt 131.4\ 32 SD • • I TW TOP OF WALL -p \ \ s 131:'L N I ACI �\� C, E AC,ME \ So 134.8 L r J y38.6 14 .0 swONAL13 � \ 13 . ,'o-a I 132.8 \ \ '._'."�So 134.4 1 4 I AC 2% �/AC 2% AC9 C' E z"D ------- ACME \ AC zB✓ - - - 2%` ')34.0- so 7 W I NOTES: PROJ ENTIFICATION: SD 130.4 131.1 / AC,ME ■ . : / AG 131., ,-,34 7 ,AG -D 1. SEE SHORING WALL CONTRACTOR FOR RETAINING Arlington Operations I 12 9 --- ---- AC 137.2 SD I Lq WALL DESIGN AND DETAILS. 9 0 ® T- r---- R P I----- �� AC I I Z Center I V1.4% I I ® y Q "c FOR r I►= I GRADING QUANTITIES Snohomish County 129.7 I ■ AC I ■ i M AC GROUND EL 10 MATCH TO EX IN Purchasing Services I O P ��o i� 2`% i i I AC o 3 1 c 45,000 CY CUT (IN PLACE) I I I � 1 .4/ I I 36,500 CY FILL (IN PLACE) C2.01 C2.05 I 1 1 J1.2% i 131.0\ 2� �(C 139 1 I 1 EARTHWORK QUANTITIES ARE PROVIDED FOR PERMIT REVIEW AT slre I I 1 I AC \ 2.6% ONLY. THE ACTUAL EARTHWORK DURING CONSTRUCTION 19620 67th Ave NE COULD BE DIFFERENT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT USE 1282 / OO ® I 1 I SAL„ 01 2.05 THESE EARTHWORK QUANTITIES FOR BID AND PAYMENT Arlington, WA 98223 0 I I I E ME o "GY REQUEST.,ME o o f 2. PERMIT SET B - _ - MATCH TO EXISTING 129.7 I�� 2% I AJO I J2% I I I / 05/02/2025 B PAVEMENT ELEVATION AC,LP 129.5 I GE,U` I I 1290 This d awing is: .P I I _ 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. .5%�0/ I I I 42 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 128.5 I \ I / GA I 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's / I II GE,L I i GE,LP I® .x „off c1a written permission for any other use or reproduction. I I I PROJECT NUMBER: 6'T 1 I I ® 1 w/3 D WRRD I 2023-053 129.9 El / ACME \ I • ,.t7 aI li REVISION w MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I 1 130.1 I 0.9%� I cGY AC I I I j �� I I I FF=144 I o03 u pIT LO OR I I I I I UPPER - s Ic FLOOR 0 a I 2% I I I \ 144.0E vC2.01 C2.05\_/ f 130.4 I 'a GROUND I "31 of 13 1.2% I f - -:_ i• 0 1 C2 1 C2.0$ PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- 1/I- ��------ 130.21 / / I > ••DT PROJECT MANAGER: IMAD / 130.7 AC FF=130 I �o I PROJECTENGINEER: MAD ----=,ras. ---- AC 1 3 = DRAFTER: JTG �.,------------___- /J\_' LOWER FLOOR / � A CITY OF ARLINGTON DRAWING TITL A 131.0 \. / "DT CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL _ IA AC 130.5 \ -1�F4SUM -144-J,/ t LoI THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE GRADING PLAN ---oP-- 13b-O-BW-- / 1 ao slc L" CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET -0P - 0.F 4a---/ 30' PHASE 1 - BY: -oP--- 148.0 TW 129.8 N SE C .FENCE IS 2.0'N. - 1"e TBM DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER -oP----oP 131.0 BW LP N 1. 'E14g,(;o{rryER I e EL=1 DRAWING NUMBER: _OP_ 0 1302 BW DATE: THIS APPROVAL VAUD FOR 18 MONTHS C2 .01 ---00 ---OP --� 40 0 40 80 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 135.3 ® c- D LANDING 135.8 TIC f \ l x 136.9 AC I f ELL---- 137.0 AC . 140.5 / 0 OM=135.5 TW . AC YKEMAN 5.2 BW I w 141.0 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 134.4 ® t I AC 135.0 w 136.5 AC LANDING be LO 20.'0%' I( ACME I \ r 136.2 135.3 w LANDIN AC I 140.7 AC CONSULTANT: w' 134.9 w 1 w I �0.5$ L AC,ME - I 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 Everett.Washingqton 98204 I I Ph:425-141-3800 w w www.reidmiddletan.cam 132.5 ®LANDING REGISTRATION STAMPS: � �, �, I I 138.2 ® I A.�4G D LANDING I I Fwae2�tS :L I T° � 135.6 AC °� 136.7 AC I II 137.05 A I AC 135.1 AC 137.1 AC / 142.0 142.4 LCL / I PROJ ENTIFICATION: I^ AC AC N \ 135.6 AC W , 136.7 AC I Arlington Operations x --- ` ---- ` w ✓/ AC.15 I Center EXISTING w// ELEVATION / FOR /4 0I Snohomish County • LANDINGx , 142.2 ® �0.5% I Purchasing Services LANDING w w I I AT 130.5 TW � / 130.0 BW P;1 MIN 7.5z ® ; I I 19620 67th Ave NE 130.0 ® I Arlington, WA 98223 LANDING 130.0 4X 144.0 CONIC �'4� LANDING • I PERMIT SET B 129.5 CONIC 1136.037. BW 5 TW I 05/02/2025 B cm CELL TTOM=136.0 This drawing is: • 130.2 144.0 TW 135.9 TC 135.5 I 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 130.0 BW AC,ME 136.0 z.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. CONC 135.4 AC A�/ 137.0 137.35 I 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's .I. .I. AG written permission for any other use or reproduction. I AG I PROJECT NUMBER: 129.98 144.0 ® \ I 137.4 ® DOOR BW AC 2023-053 I \ I I 3.4% I REVISION 135.1 i 137.4 I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION AC AC LEGEND: ENLARGEMENT PLAN A ENLARGEMENT PLAN B 355- FINISHED GRADE CONTOUR NOTES: PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: - 354.93-\ SPOT ELEVATION 1. SEE SHORING WALL CONTRACTOR FOR RETAINING PROJECT MANAGER: MAD WALL DESIGN AND DETAILS. PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD DRAFTER: JTG A LP LOW POINT DRAWING TITLEW A HP HIGH POINT GRADING CITY OF ARLINGTON ENLARGEMENT PLANS ME MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL FF FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE PHASE 1 SLOPE (POINTS DOWN SLOPE) CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET DRAWING NUMBER: BY: -------- GRADE BREAK LINE SCALE IN FEET DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER BW FINISH GRADE AT BOTTOM OF WALL DATE: THIS APPROVAL VAUD FOR 18 MONTHS C2 .02 10 0 10 20 TW TOP OF WALL 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D 2 CP CPPJ 13.76(W `- 8"PVC IE 131.08 EL=136.51 / /� IB • YKEMAN RIM 12 5 !- ------------------� �I --- - - LEGEND: ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN - - -HST-nI�- W W-�w w W �--- 'SP DZIMIT S5' - _ u, F Li SS_Ss S.-SS-SS- SS S -`- - - _ -- _ - ? �T ^ - W - M /// `O -355- FINISHED GRADE CONTOUR --__ _ _ 6"F - l- - - •` .=- -_SS_ . - SS FLAG POLE-$5 SS SS o 354.93-\ SPOT ELEVATION - xI SSMH 10412 I- /-- - w CONSULTANT: / 1 POWER RIM 134.21 _ "D xFFE=133.6' CONDUIT SOP FUELUVAULT \ /-� oss° :^; LP LOW POINT ' \ 'FORCE MAIN' I 9"CONC fi 5 GI COUNTY O APPROXIMATE LOCATION =1I3.8'• 5"METAL TALL / I „D HP HIGH POINT yP SIGN PER CITY CIS II} I 128 134th Street SW Suite 200 CB 14104 3'TALL / ux I I \ RIM 131.74 •••�" ME MATCH EXISTING \ I 4"FLEX IE 130.10(r CB 20640 •FFE=134.4' ®o / Everett.Washingqton 98204 1 12"CMP IE 129.89(S) RIM 20640 3 CB 20397 '20 M / Ph:425-141-3800 CB 20782 RIM 134.03 I RIM 131.684 \ 12"CMP IE 131.43(S) I 12"CMP IE 132.41 (S) R p13 2 52(E) / I 1 /"D FF FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION www.reidmiddleton.com 12"CMP IE 129.36(N) / \ I 12"CMP IE 132.18(N) •g" .47(S) 1 1 12"CPP IE 129.10(S) o FFE=134.4' SLOPE (POINTS DOWN SLOPE) REGISTRATION STAMPS: CB 201.5 Iln 5"METAL ••/ BW FINISH GRADE AT BOTTOM OF WALL RIM 131.51 I "D \ CB 20581 I 3'TALL .F• "DT i \ \12 CPP IE 128.91 (N) RIM 133.61 CPP IE 128.91 (S) 12"CONC IE 131.04(N) 3 1 p AGI _ \ 12"CONC HE 131.00(E) _ FE=134.4' CB 20318 ,••I I � TOP OF WALL G \_` RIM 134.00 5"METAL ••"I / I I To C ST)iEL BOLLARDS 3.5"STEEL BOLLARD 12"CMP IE 132.1 (S) 3'TALL LED \GONG. P u` 2'HIGH \ 12"CMP HE 132.36(N) / 1 / 3 •p \ 'P PS�• 5T S o TIN ISHEppp�/ICON N 30 I ^5 FOI{NDA710MI, / _P \ 131.P I I \ \ SD 3. sSION'AL G` o��•. P -RI 326.1 P \ \ ^ ICV d .- I \\\ 1 X I I B "D RIM 126.18 \ \ 1 __ \ so I 138.2 139. �✓ - --------�\ \\ _ I �- AC 1 ce 13oss \ / AC 27 3 ILBOXES PROJ ENTIFICATION: I ■ ■ // i 4"F,L X IE 123. z2 E) S° Arlington Operations 12" PP E 12 n 138.4 138.7 I L.i 12� PP E 12 iO3(E ® 0 ® :.� 1 AC / AC 139. I Z Center C FOR ■ 139.8 140.2 1 0. i� Snohomish County AC .l AC C, 3 I p I Purchasing Services 1139.7 i I AT AC- 1�p 140.5 140 9 CY t SITE / Act 2% C 19620 67th Ave NE iT Arlington, WA 98223 141.4 4 PC 141.6 I AC AC 0 4"CY ce - - IM 1�1 s 8"1 PERMIT SET B - - - I 141.6 \kti 1'1 12" 05/02/2025 B AC 2.5% A . / 3 1 This drawing is: 142.6 1% 1: _ / 2 Copyright 2024 Instrument man,Inc. �I C C /�� C I / 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. AC 4 A \ r I 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's I written permission for any other use or reproduction. ® x c -_ A3.4 I / ® 42. d - C PROJECT NUMBER: 14 / \ i ❑ AC A II 142. B 2023-053 \ I p aI REVISION \ ® I I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I • C, U p1T LO OR " S IG l NT C 4 ME o I .DT I /----^J' ••• I - - II / ` IILij S'. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I -_ - --_--_--_--- RI III �------- 1 > DT L _ PROJECT MANAGER: I MAD BI PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD ---- ��---_-_---- -� /J\ice' I DRAFTER: IJTG A / A `O "DT CRY OF ARLINGTON DRAWING TITL CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL GRADING PLAN "----- - ( slc C THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE OP -oP �148 1ITF146 / 1 a0 30' CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET PHASE 2 -_ \I . T -oP OP_____ rI e EaM1 BY:DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER -oP DRAWING NUMBER: --_OP_--_OP DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS - - - - - - _ ---DP ---Dro \0 GB, C2 .03 Omni --- �RIFT 40 0 40 SO 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D 142.6 v d- AC 142.9 I `5% AO 1143.1 143.3 -1.D� i LEGEND: DYKEMAN �0,7% AC _ 143.5 143.7 I 198 X�X AC AC -355- FINISHED GRADE CONTOUR DESIGN C NC 143.6 x ^ - - - - - - � \FO Y I r I o_ 354.93� SPOT ELEVATION _I / \ I I i , 1n 143.6 143.8I f4 NDING 143.1 CONC CONC ONC CONIC LP LOW POINT CONSULTANT: DI ® AC HP HIGH POINT -FD 143.7 143.2 143.0 _ �1.5% , ME MATCH EXISTING • � � CONC AC AC 143.5 o FF FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 > 142.9 Eve red.Washinggton 98204 GE,LP-Z.py, AC SLOPE (POINTS DOWN SLOPE) Ph:425-141-3800 143.98 1-a7� I 47.0 TW 1 -------- GRADE BREAK LINE www.reidmiddleton.com ® DOOR REGISTRATION STAMPS: 143.8 BW 143.2 GE GRATE ELEVATION 143.98 �AC,HP A ® DOOR 143.7 BW FINISH GRADE AT BOTTOM OF WALL FwnGIS CONC w M c 143.8� I I TW TOP OF WALL � cT° c AC l 12:1 RAMP I ADO �c,sti9 �� sSION'ALG` 143.2 142.9 143.3 AC �GE,LP I PROJ ENTIFICATION: CONC 14AC Arlington Operations ' I Center e `D% I FOR Snohomish County Purchasing Services I SIDEWALK AT 143.2 FLUSH WITH ASPHALT AC HP I ;\ 19620 67th Ave NE PAVEMENT 143.8 I Arlington, WA 98223 AC 143.8 PERMIT SET B 143.98 CONIC 144.0 I I 05/02/2025 B ® DOOR 143.3 AC This drawing is: CONC 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 143.8 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. AC I 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's �/ c written permission for any other use or reproduction. ®1 3.98 1 12:1 RAMP I i PROJECT NUMBER: OO 143.2 _20% i 2023-053 AC I 143.0 143.5 � REVISION AC AC MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 143.8 142.9 CONC GE,LP I $ a 1 0 143.7 143.2 " �2.0% CONC AC 143.4 I 147.0 Tjw 143.6 AC AC 144.0 otW // I PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- 143.8 143.3 1 PROJECT MANAGER, MAD AC / 1 c� PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD / I DRAFTER: IJTG-- A j DRAWING TITLEWA / 143.6 I GRADING D -� Q AC o CITY OF ARLINGTON ENLARGEMENT PLANS CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL PHASE 2 143.9 / I THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE GE / / CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET DRAWING NUMBER: / BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER �L/'1 .O 4/� ENLARGEMENT PLAN A SCALE IN FEET DATE: THIS APPROVAL VAUD FOR 18 MONTHS 10 0 10 20 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D DESIGNDYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + EXISTING PARKING LOT ' GN DEED 40 CONSULTANT: 13 35 � � 1 1 30 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 12 25 Everett.Washingqton 98204 Ph:425-141-3800 EA www.reidmiddleton.com PR PER 12 JJEXIST11 G IM LIN 20REGISTRATION STAMPS: FILL OU D 15 A. 1�' OF waste�'Is Aw Mc� O 11 GALLERY 10 o O 10 05 A SITE GRADING SECTION A—A �ssoNAL � C2.01 C2.05 SCALE: 1"=40' HORZ. 1"=10' VERT PROJ ENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County 15 XISTIN AARKIN 150 Purchasing Services 1 "ROUND AT 40 19620 67th Ave NE _GRAIFINIS ED Arlington, WA 98223 1 EA 35 13 t 30.0 PROPERTY PROPERTY1 PERMIT SET e OUND TION YSTE 05/02/2025 r3 125 125 This drawing is: B SITE GRADING SECTION B—B 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. C2.01 C2.05 SCALE: 1"=40' HORZ. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 1"=10'VERT written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 REVISION MARK DATE DESCRIPTION RETAINING N RTH WALL 15 R AININ 150 145 LIE WA L 145 F NISHE _ — -- BADE 14C 140 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- 13 E ISTING 135 PROJECT MANAGER: MAD PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD 13 FF= 30.0 130 DRAFTER: IJTG A PEDE RIAN PLAZA"*'7F UNDA IONS TEM DRAWING TITL A 12 125 C SITE GRADING SECTION C—C GRADING SECTIONS SOUTH CITY OF ARLINGTON C2.01 C2.m SCALE: 1"=40' HORZ. PROPERTY CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL 1"=10' VERT LINE THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET DRAWING NUMBER: BY: /� DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER / '— / .0 SCALE IN FEET L DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS 40 0 40 80 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D LEGEND: T _ ? _ STORM DRAIN PIPE . YKEMAN !'��'---- - - ---- EL-13651 RIM 12 5 !- ------------------- _ _ CP _ - - - �°°�e �SCyf W - - - - - - - - - - _ _ - -_ - - - -� _ _W_ / 8'PVE 1 - - - vi// / I UD UNDER RAIN " PJ 13.76( 31 08 0 W - _ W W --�-- ---.--- wARCHITECTURE + DESIGN FOOTING PIPE w W -' ---� N rn F=- ss -taz-- W w IR --- �i w ss ss ss Ss s-� _ - - _ - ?13 `^"'. W n / m ■ CATCH BASIN TYPE 1 ��rr- 6"F --- ^ • -- -- • SS_-6 5 • SS ^�- •� --t32s- SS sS34_ $s - - - BIOFILTSRATION Q■ CATCH BASIN TYPE 2 g^F •F L FO F- ' CONT LBO J 132- \�-� �J INFILTRATION GALLERY CONSULTANT: IL \ � G~ G I / SRIM 1 34.1 ----Op -__ \ •FFE=133.6' l FUEL LID ° D�„�.°a: BIOFILTRATION/MEDIA FILTER �m FUEL VAULT ' FORCE MAIN' s COUNTY O APPROXIMATE LOCATION .e, • / AID I W"SIGN \ PER CITY GIS 14"D RIM 131.74 P \- \ • CLEANOUT 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 \ 4"FLEX IE 130.10(W) CB 20640 FFE=134.4' �• I �\� ®p / Everett.Washin tan 98204 ( 12"CMP IE 129.89(S) CB 20397 CB CURB ISL ND CB 20782 RIM 133.98 3 RIM 134.03 M / Ph:425-141-800 RI z 110LF 6" 9 RF DI SEVER I www.reidmiddleton.com RIM 131.64 \? 12"CMP IE 131.43(S) � 12"CMP IE 132.41 (S) P 52(E) / DISREPAI I \ /"D 12"CMP IE 129.36(N) CB 17, TYPE 2 12"CMP IE 132.18(N) .47(S) 1 12"CPP IE 129.10(S) ce zo781 STD GRATE FFE=134.4' : r REGISTRATION STAMPS: RIM 131.51 CB 8, TYPE 1 RE:1 0 i NOTES: \ \\12"CPP IE 128.91 D GRATE IE:1 f�.3 �,S 2 M25, TYPE 1 2 CPP IE 128.91 12"CONIC IE 131.04 N 3 l • BEEHIVE GRATE I I I ° 1. BEFORE COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION OF STORM OF A.�� 1 " :129.7f ( ) 8, TYPE 2 /. : ( wns / 12'CONC HE 131.00 E _ CB 2031 RE:136.5 S SYSTEM VERIFY LOCATION OF EXISTING STORM �M S' \ IE:126.5 S 12" O SO F�#p3a.a' / / I �w oT \ \ ( ) - RIM 134.0o IE:133�, (N) 6" / PIPE AND INVERT ELEVATION. IF CONFLICT EXISTS, o G C \ \ R'E 134.OF2"CMP IE 132.36(S) 2 IE:13217 2 7 (S) 12" , I I CONTACT THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. A INFILTRATION\SALLERY IE: 0.U2(KNW,GWl>21V'(N) I 3 _ s CB 12, TYPE 1 sp ° A r • / I I 2. PROVIDE AND PAY FOR A LOCATE SERVICE TO 90 ilsas o \ FFE 1, ED 9 E sp N60LF 12 SD \ LOCATE AND MARK UTILITIES. LOCATE UTILITY cva \ p CROSSINGS BY POTHOLING BEFORE COMMENCING -CB 32055 \ ^ - :1 .9 (S) 12' \\ ® 1.DO WI I ° \ '�o- Sp DOUBLE SWING CONSTRUCTION, RIM 126.18 - � __-- - 111LF 12"�SD GATE 4 IE:134.0i ® 1 0% ) ; 3 I 3. SEE DETAIL A/C3.04 FOR TYPICAL TRENCH PROJ ENTIFICATION: I RIM 13056 ✓so \ O sp / I SECTION. 4"F,L x IE iz3. TYPE 2 y 1 -$ 0 4. SEE DETAIL 1/C3.05 FOR DOWNSPOUT WITH Arlington Operations 12; PP E 1z E I :.`� STD G E so I Lj 1 PP E 12 E: 233 RE:13 0 // I z CLEANOUT DETAIL. Center I yOCB 23, TYPE 1 IE:13 I Tl• 5. SEE DETAIL 3/C3.05 FOR CLEANOUT DETAIL. IE: 2 .0 ( ) 1 j� STD GRATE o IE:133 ' �E: 2 .0 ( E) 2 C 1 RE:134.3 n ( 6' I¢ c 6. SEE C3.06 FOR STANDARD STORM DRAINAGE FOR 42LF 1 S� = NOTES. 5 L " S 1.07% IE-131.0 (E,S) 12" I F I 35 1 S I� Snohomish County E E T 0 % T M 2 G • 3 0�3 , I Purchasing Services IE:125.0 N 13 -jLTER E IA CONSTRUCTION NOTES AT 3 17LF 12" SO ® 1.1% 75LF 12" SD ® 3.3% 1 201 12" SD DRAIN I I 1 cY O CONNECT TO STORM PIPE WITH WYE FITTING 19620 67th Ave NE CB 7, TYPE 2 to- ^ AL" (D BOTTOM BOTTOMLESS CATCH BASIN STRUCTURE. EXTEND Arlington, WA 98223 SOLID LID 1 LF 12" D p ° cv BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE BELOW ELEVATION 120.5 OF THE RE:128.2f '1/ D SD - ® .5% E CB INFILTRATION GALLERY / IE:124. (W,N,E)-12'"ze s D o RIM PERMIT SET :1 .4 n 05 6" PERF o 8"I - \ - TRENCH DRAIN CB 6, TYPE 2 CB 4 E IE 27. S 12 I / 12::0 CONNECT TO EXISTING CATCH BASIN STRUCTURE AS NOTED. 05/02/2025 B e STD GRATE 9 "108LF 2 IE:123.0 ST G E , 2"O B C3.05 v ;1 .0 1 ) YD 4 CONNECT UNDER DRAIN PIPE TO DOWNSTREAM STRUCTURE OR RE:127.5 30LF 18" SD p \ I 3' \ This d awing is: 26 ( „W 1 STORM PIPE WITH 6" SD ® 1.0% MINIMUM. IE:123.4 (W,S,N) 12" ® 1.3% R ;1 ,g _ 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 132LF 12" SD ® 1.1% 4 1 " S ® •1% �: az - 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. IE:122.9 (E) 18" rn 5 IE: ( 6" / I O CONNECT FOOTING DRAIN TO DOWNSTREAM STRUCTURE OR 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 64LF 12" SO ® 2.3% D 94 1 S ® 9 1 \ a STORM PIPE WITH 6" SD 01.0% MINIMUM. written permission for any other use or reproduction. SD PROJECT NUMBER: CB STD 9GRA GRATE 1 CB 15, TYPE 2 I CB 3 14 .1 I 2023-053 'o \ RE:130.0 i STD GRATE I .12 f \ IE:125.5 (E,N) 12" RE:128.5 I IE:1 5 (Ej 61 I IE:1 40 5 1 78LF 12" D ® 0. y °IE:125.5 (N,S) 12" •S 5 DS "I 3 REVISION IE:125.0 (E) 18" 36LF 6" SO MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 , 3 TREATMENT CB 19, TYPE 2 ® 1.1% ® 'CY II 1I - C3.03 SYSTEM 3 SOLID LID 1 1 I I RE130.1 C 1 0�3 u pli LO OR IE:125.5 (S) 12" rn 11.5 - S IG IE:126.5 (N,W) 18" 38L SD ® 1.1% ? \ CB-fl, TYPE 1 114LF 12" SD IE:128.0 (E) 6" / \ STD GRATE / RFy ® 1f1% 130.Ofz YD 1 " I o (N) 12"i _ ST TE \ DT 28LF b*" SO RE 5 j S'. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: I- /� ----_- 5 CB 16. TYPE 1 1 ® 1.1% IE: - o II> - - 155LF 12" SD 1 I "Of R( PROJECT MANAGER, MAD I �� Bt PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD -- ---- � STD GRATE ® 0.7% RE:130.2f 13 S DRAFTER: I JTG A ----- +s-------- - //J\��' IE:127.0 (N) 12" n A ^DT CITY OF ARLINGTON DRAWING CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL TITL _ ) .,LDI STORM 144-1 L THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE -OP- -- 60 - ---�„e- 1 0 • slc L CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET DRAINAGE PLAN -OP----OP CB 20, TYPE 1 �GF 30' --"a' o\ Imo'"'• "DT BY: PHASE 1 -- SOLID LID DRAWING NUMBER: - 1pe TBM -pP-- 60LF 12" SO CB 21, TYPE 1 EL=1 DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER --Do RE:129 8 0 0.7% SD GRATE I .1E'126 E,N) 12" DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS CIE42&8 W,-12-_GP _ , b CB 1 •.03 E IN P C3.01 - MT 40 0 40 EO I- 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 LEGEND: 1 sD� /\ I I I / I C SD STORM DRAIN PIPE XG cv� I XI IN TH N \ '�o) 6 DOUBLE SWNGI� I I o of c UD UNDERDRAIN — ----_ -------- \ GATE/ LJ 0 CB FD FOOTING PIPE DYKEMAN 'ze _ !_ RIM 0 8"f DESIGN INCATCH BASIN TYPE 1 —122 CATCH BASIN TYPE 2 J 42LF�3z�D 2 TY T i / fia _ \ \ \ \ / 1 IE:136.5 06.77 D E I INFILTRATION GALLERY I 13 . W 2 I CONSULTANT: \�\�\l SD • D 4 1 S .8 I ^ EXCAV�T@�\\ 1 ) EXISTING) �ttHN 4 2 I • / I J BXIST 1 II C g 7 IOCONSTRUCTION NOTES 128 134th Skeet SW Suit e 200 p 4. CONNECT T EXISTING CATCH BASIN Everet.Washiggon 98204 �Ic Ph:425-141-800 STRUCTURE FROM PHASE 1 AS NOTED. www.reidmiddleton.com MAINTAIN EXISTING 39 (S )c 2" REGISTRATION STAMPS: / BOTTOM AREA \ J V l 7 II I 3 4,025t SF \\ \ 0WATER QUALITY VAULT (WQ-4) SHOWN IS THE \ \ ��// ✓ I 1 f\ I I I I I I I I �0 1 SE ® .6 / l OLD CASTLE UNDERGROUND BIOPOD VAULT (BPU-481B) WITH A TREATMENT FLOW RATE A Rq p J \EDGE OF PERMEABLE \ " /// / 1 , I IIIIIIII I + 0 9 p 1 %• I OF 0.065 CFS 11�woF v^SAictn c CRUSHED ROCK INFILL AT MAINTAIN E SjIN \ / // / Il E ME PROVIDE A TREATMENT STRUCTURE THAT �o c ELEVATION 120.5f \ / / ' IiI I I` 2, MEETS THE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY BOTTOM AR \\ \� \ / / m I I I : S Dr I (TAPE PROGRAM) GENERAL USE LEVEL (TOP OF IMPERMEABLE 7,560f SF \\\ zz\ IIj I I 13 V) 4 Ir I DESIGNATION FOR METALS (ENHANCED) LINER) 'O �\ \�'' Il I / \ $ S II % sSorvntR �� OTTOM OF I I\ //� \ I / / �/J! J s" \ (IMPERMEABLE LINER, \ Iryo III \\� , // )////// /// I / I ST G E PROJ ENTIFICATION: r 1 / FD I RE 2. � °r NOTES: l 1. BEFORE COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION OF STORM 9 Arlington Operations I(N 1 L I SYSTEM VERIFY LOCATION OF EXISTING STORM Center PIPE AND INVERT ELEVATION. IF CONFLICT EXISTS, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY.I FOR_132 -MAINTAIN E�OST — �� / I 4, I \ —134—RO70M AREA. � =��/ / � � I 2. PROVIDE AND PAY FOR A LOCATE SERVICE TO —� `3,060±SF i / STORM DRAINAGE PLAN — PHASE 2 LOCATE N AND BMARK UTILITIES. BELOAT UTILITCING Snohomish County CROSSECONSTRUCTION, Purchasing Services 3. SEE DETAIL A/C3.04 FOR TYPICAL TRENCH SECTION. AT INFILTRATION GALLERY PLAN 19620 67th Ave NE GALLERY NOTES: Arlington, WA 98223 1. PROTECT INFILTRATION GALLERY BOTTOM FROM HEAVY VEHICLE AND CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT. PERMIT SET FI (SHED GRAD 2 D ROCK MATERIAL O INFILTRATIONS B GALLERY SHALL ADHERE TO SDOT 05/02/2025 B SPECIFICATION 9-03.12(4)GRAVEL BACKFILL FRO DRAINS OR 9-03.9(2) PERMEABLE BALLAST. This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 130 / 130 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. IMPOR ED / PROJECT NUMBER: STRUC URAL FILL 125 125 WEST \ FIL ER FABRIC EAST 2023-053 100—YR WATER URFACE = 19.0 TOP OF GAL RY=120.5 REVISION 120 120 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION EXISnNG GRADE 40 MIL HOPE LINER — — 115 115 PERIM ER SIDES \ IN LTRATION EXCAV TE AND B TTOM: 116.0 DISPO E OF / 110 EARTHEN BERM 110 CRUSHED ROCK BOTTO : 114.0 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- MAT RIAL EXCA ATE AND PROJECT MANAGER: MAD IN ILTRATION DISPOSE OF PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD BOTTOM: 110.0 FART EN BERM DRAFTER: IJTG A 105 105 DRAWING TITL A STORM DRAINAGE CITY OF ARLINGTON PLAN - PHASE 2 CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL A SECTION A—A — INFILTRATION GALLERY THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE INFILTRATION GALLERY C2.O C2 2 SCALE: 1"=40 HOR CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET DRAWING NUMBER: VERT SCALE IN FEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER C3.02 40 0 40 80 DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS 1 2 3 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 PRESETTLING COALESCING PLATE OIL D FLOW SPUTTER STRUCTURE (PS-1) WATER SEPARATOR (OWS-1) WATER QUALITY CB 2, TYPE 2 (FS-1) SEE TS-1 NOTE 2 FINISHED RIM:131.0f STRUCTURE (WQ-1) 2 BOTTOMLESS • (SEE TS-1 NOTE 1) ( # ) GRADE (SEE TS-1 NOTE 43) C3.03 C3.04 SOLID LID C3.03 C3.04 RIM:130.6t RIM:130.8f - - - - - RIM:131.1f TS-1 NOTES: D A 1. DETAIL SHOWN IS THE AQUASWIRL PS-1 STRUCTURE WITH TREATMENT FLOW RATE OF ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 0.40 CFS 10' =` = 1.1. PROVIDE A PRE-TREATMENT STRUCTURE THAT MEETS THE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY TOP OF BAFFLE I - I 10 5' (TAPE PROGRAM) GENERAL USE LEVEL 10' DESIGNATION FOR PRETREATMENT. 112"� ® 1.0% ® 2"m ® 1.0% 12"m ® 1.0% 2. DETAIL SHOWN IS THE OLD CASTLE FROM CB 3 5106-2-CPS VAULT WITH TREATMENT FLOW - RATE OF 280 GPM. CONSULTANT: IE=121.6 IE=121.6 IE=121.5 E=121 2 TOP OF 2.1. PROVIDE A COALESCING PLATE OIL WATER INFILT. SEPARATOR WITH A MINIMUM TREATMENT TO CB 1 IE=121.5 IE=121.4 IE=121.2 y. GALLERY FLOW RATE OF 180 GPM. (INFIL. 12 0 ® 1.0% 120.5 GALLERY) 3SHOWNTHETLE 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 s y UNDERGROUND DETAI IBIOPODVAULT A(BPU-82418 Eveeil.Washington 98204 E=119.037' WITH A TREATMENT FLOW RATE OF 0.40 CFS Ph:425-141-800 3.1. PROVIDE A TREATMENT STRUCTURE THAT www.reidmiddleton.com IE=118.9 MEETS THE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY DISCHARGE INTO (TAPE PROGRAM) GENERAL USE LEVEL REGISTRATION STAMPS: INFILTRATION ROCK DESIGNATION FOR METALS (ENHANCED) 1 PROFILE - TREATMENT SYSTEM #1 GALLERY BELOW A.�G OF WAS,o Itp C3.01 C3.03 NOT TO SCALE C ° C '9 ifsas '� GIST NA PRESETTLING COALESCING PLATE OIL WATER QUALITY FLOW SPUTTER STRUCTURE (PS-2) WATER SEPARATOR (OWS-2) CB 5, TYPE 2 (FS-2) FINISHED RIM:130.2t STRUCTURE (WQ-2) 2 BOTTOMLESS PROJ ENTIFICATION: (SEE TS-2 NOTE 1) (SEE TS-2 NOTE #2) SEE TS-2 NOTE 3 C3.03 C3.04 RIM:129.8t RIM:130.Of GRADE ( # ) C3.03 C3.04 SOLID LID - - - - - RIM:130.2f Arlington Operations TS-2 NOTES: Center 1. DETAIL SHOWN IS THE AQUASWIRL PS-2 10' STRUCTURE WITH TREATMENT FLOW RATE OF FOR TOP OF BAFFLE I _ i 5 . CFS 5' 1.1. PROVIDE APRE-TREATMENT STRUCTURE Snohomish County I - 112"4 ® 1.0% 2"� ® 0.0% 10' THAT MEETS THE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY Purchasing Services FROM CB 6 ® - 12"0 ® 1.0% (TAPE PROGRAM) GENERAL USE LEVEL DESIGNATION FOR PRETREATMENT. 2. DETAIL SHOWN IS THE OLD CASTLE 576 CPS AT IE=122.9 IE-122.9 IE=122.8 IE=122.6 VAULT WITH TREATMENT FLOW RATE OF 140 19620 67th Ave NE IE=122.8 IE=122.8 GPM. TO CB 47 IE=122.6 , 12"0 p 1.0% TOP OF 2.1. PROVIDE A COALESCING PLATE OIL WATER Arlington, WA 98223 (INFIL. INFILT. SEPARATOR WITH A MINIMUM TREATMENT GALLERY) GALLERY FLOW RATE OF 125 GPM. E=120.43 1120.5 3. DETAIL SHOWN IS THE OLD CASTLE PERMIT SET S IE-120.3/`1UNDERGROUND BIOPOD VAULT (BPU-81616) 05/02/2025 WITH A TREATMENT FLOW RATE OF 0.27 CFS r3 DISCHARGE INTO 3.1. PROVIDE A TREATMENT STRUCTURE THAT g. MEETS THE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY This d-In is INFILTRATION ROCK 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2 PROFILE - TREATMENT SYSTEM #2 GALLERY BELOW (TAPE PROGRAM) GENERAL USE LEVEL 2.The Architect's instrument of Professional service. ( DESIGNATION FOR METALS ENHANCED) 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's C3.01 C3.03 NOT TO SCALE written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: PRESETTLING COALESCING PLATE OIL 2023-053 FLOW SPLffTER STRUCTURE (PS-3) WATER SEPARATOR (OWS-3) WATER QUALITY ,1 CB 14, TYPE 2 (FS-3) SEE TS-3 NOTE #2) FINISHED RIM-129.1f STRUCTURE WQ-3) (SEE TS-3 NOTE 1) ( GRADE (SEE TS-3 NOTE #3) C3.03 C3.04 SOLID M DSS REVISION C3.03 C3.04 - - RIM:128.8t RIM:128.9t MARK DATE DESCRIPTION RIM:129.2f - - - _ _ _ - - - - - - IE:122.8 FROM CB 19 TS-3 NOTES: 1. DETAIL SHOWN IS THE AQUASWIRL PS-3 STRUCTURE WITH TREATMENT FLOW RATE OF 10' ` 0.20 CFS 1.1. PROVIDE A PRE-TREATMENT STRUCTURE TOP OF BAFFLE - I 5 5' THAT MEETS THE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY I '`S 10 (TAPE PROGRAM) GENERAL USE LEVEL 112"0 ® 1.0% 20 ® 1.0% 12"4 ® 1.0% DESIGNATION FOR PRETREATMENT. FROM CB 15 - 2. DETAIL SHOWN IS THE OLD CASTLE 660-CPSVAU PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- �- IE=124.9 IE=124.9 IE=124.8 IE=124.6 GPM. LT WITH TREATMENT FLOW RATE OF 105 PROJECT MANAGER: IMAD IE=124.8 IE=124.8 w 2.1. PROVIDE A COALESCING PLATE OIL WATER PROJECT ENGINEER: IMAD TO CB 13 IE=124.67 y DRAFTER: IJTG SEPARATOR WITH A MINIMUM TREATMENT A (INFIL. FLOW RATE OF 90 GPM. DRAWING TITL A GALLERY) 9+':Y.a1: 3. DETAIL SHOWN IS THE OLD CASTLE E=122.43 UNDERGROUND BIOPOD VAULT (BPU-612B) STORM TREATMENT CITY OF ARLINGTON IE=122.3 WITH A TREATMENT FLOW RATE OF 0.20 CFS DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL 3.1. PROVIDE A TREATMENT STRUCTURE THAT DISCHARGE INTO MEETS THE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE INFILTRATION ROCK (TAPE PROGRAM) GENERAL USE LEVEL DRAWING NUMBER: CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET 3 PROFILE - TREATMENT SYSTEM #3 GALLERY BELOW DESIGNATION FOR METALS (ENHANCED) BY: C3.01 C3.03 NOT TO SCALE C3.0 '� .0^ DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER v{ DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 13 4 5 SITE SPECIFIC SITE SPECIFIC DATA REQUIREMENTS DATA REQUIREMENTS D C� STRUCTURED FS-1 STRUCTURE ID FS-2 DIVERTED FLOW RATE(cfs) 0.40 DIVERTED FLOW RATE(cfs) 0.27 PEAK FLOW RATE(cfs) 4.96 PEAK FLOW RATE(cfs) 3.33 SJ RIM ELEVATION 130.1+ RIM ELEVATION 129.6f DYKEMAN n PIPE DATA: INVERT ORIENTATION MATERIAL DIAMETER PIPE DATA: INVERT ORIENTATION MATERIAL DIAMETER A INLET PIPE 121.6 - HDPE 24 INLET PIPE 122.9 - HDPE 18 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN / DIVERTED FLOW _ HDPE 12 DIVERTED FLOW 122.9 - HDPE 12 OUTLET PIPE 121.E OUTLET PIPE ` PEAK FLOW _ PEAK FLOW _ ftftOUTLET PIPE 121.6 HDPE 18 OUTLET PIPE 122.9 HDPE 18 ORIFICE TYPE(PIPE,PLATE) PLATE ORIFICE TYPE(PIPE,PLATE) PLATE ORIFICE DIAMETER(in.) 4 ORIFICE DIAMETER(in.) 4 TRENCH WIDTH WEIR CREST ELEVATION N/A WEIR CREST ELEVATION N/A SEE NOTE 7 18"15": 1.5xID+18" CONSULTANT: : 1.5xID S WEIR WALL ELEVATION 122.3 WEIR WALL ELEVATION 123.47 _ HEAD OVER WEIR,H(ft.) 1.21 HEAD OVER WEIR,H(ft.) 0.48 MA TOP SLAB ACCES i A I.D. WSE AT PEAK FLOW RATE 123.26 WSE AT PEAK FLOW RATE 123.95 (SOLID LID) MANHOLE - STRUCTURE WEIR ORIENTATION WEIR ORIENTATION -' DIRECTED FLOW OLIREf FLOOR ELEVATION XXt FLOOR ELEVATION XXf -� 128 134th Street SW Suite 200 g NOTES/SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: NOTES/SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: Everett.Washingqton 98204 Ph:425-141-3800 STRUCTURAL www.reidmiddleton.com FILL REGISTRATION STAMPS: PLAN VIEW TOP SLAB NOT SHOWN A. GROUT TO SITE SPECIFIC GRAVEL BACKFILL ��°F AXIS C FINISHED GRADE FOR PIPE ZONE DATA REQUIREMENTS BEDDING I I /��\///\\// r STRUCTURE ID FS-3 '0 DIVERTED FLOW RATE(cfs) 0.21 p �o '�cismae-tio � ft===s PEAK FLOW RATE(cfs) 2.48 sSlorvnt � STEP RIM ELEVATION 128.7f PIPE DATA: INVERT ORIENTATION MATERIAL DIAMETER PROJ ENTIFICATION: STORMGATE w INLET PIPE 124.9 _ FOUNDATION LEVEL ADJUSTABLE r� HDPE 18 DIVERTED FLOW WEIR OUTLET PIPE 1249 - HDPE 12 Arlington Operations a PEAK FLOW 18 TYPICAL TRENCH SECTION Center OUTLET PIPE N z 124.9 - HDPE q STORM DRAIN I tiio ORIFICE TYPE(PIPE,PLATE) PLATE _ ORIFICE DIAMETER(in.) 4 C3.01,C3.02 C3.04 NOT TO SCALE FOR ORIFICE WEIR CREST ELEVATION N A Snohomish County WEIR WALL ELEVATION 125.31 SECTION A-A HEAD OVER WEIR,H(ft.) 0.39 PurchasingServices WSE AT PEAK FLOW RATE 125.70 STORMGATE FLOW SPLITTER-TYPICAL WEIR ORIENTATION AT 1T FLOOR ELEVATION XXf C3.01 C3.04 NOT TO SCALE NOTES/SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: 1 9620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B B1 DIMENSION 2.7500"TYPICAL This drawing is: B DIMENSION INLET/OUTLET ACCESS COVER&RISER, 036.00"ACCESS COVER&RISER. 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. WALL THICKNESS SIZE,QUANTITY&LOCATION MAY VARY. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: OUTLET=559.65 DIVIDER WALL. 2023-053 INLET,NEARSIDE. REVISION JEMMF 'i 60.00" M 0.9167"MULCH MINIMUM ARK DATE DESCRIPTION BYPASS WEIR. BY OTHERS 04.00"PVC SLOTTED INLET WINDOW. , UNDERDRAIN PIPE. UNDERDRAIN OUTLET UNDERDRAIN OUTLET ORIFICE CAP. ORIFICE CAP,FARSIDE. _ 8.2500"StormMix'" MEDIA OUTLET,FARSIDE, z.. BYPASS WEIR. (AT FLOOR). Al 2.7500"DFiliAIN ROCK DIMENSION } /� A .. - ....,.... ... .. INLET WINDOW. A DIMENSION DRAIN DOWN DEVICE. SECTION A-A 04.00"PVC SLOTTED UNDERDRAIN PIPE. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: - DRAIN DOWN DEVICE. PROJECT MANAGER: 1 MAD PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD DRAFTER: IJTG A DRAWING TITL A CITY OF INLET=561.75 PLAN VIEW CONSTRUCTION DRAWNGINGTON REVIEW APPROVAL STORM DETAILS TOP SLAB NOT SHOWN IN THIS VIEW FOR CLARITY, ACCESS COVERS SHOWN IN PHANTOM. THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE 91 BIOPOD VAULT TYPICAL CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET DRAWING NUMBER: 2 - BY: C3.03 C3.04 NOT TO SCALE DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER /� .0 w DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS v{ 4 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 11 2 3 4 5 BUILDING FACE LOCKING CAST IRON CLEANOUT W/BRONZE COVER DOWNSPOUT (DS) PLATE. INSTALL FLUSH W/CONC WALK D CI CLEANOUT RING AND COVER ASPHALT CONIC 2'-0" PAVEMENT OR GROUND 6" DIA FERNCO BELL 4" DIA PVC CLEANOUT SURFACE DONUT, INSTALL FLUSH PLUG AND CAP TRENCH DRAIN EXPANSION JOINT YKEMAN WITH TOP OF SLAB GRATE (ALL SIDES) o • PAVEMENT OR ADJACENT LANDSCAPE GRADE V-6" MIN #4 REBAR ALL AROUND ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ° 6" 12" DIA PVC FIBER JOINT _ _ a 4" MIN MIN. �F CAST—IN—PLACE CONCRETE PACKING, TYP UNLESS MIN COLLAR (FORMED) VARIES NOTED VARIES FIBER JOINT (1) CONTINUOUS #4 (SEE PLAN) OTHERWISE F(SEL_PLAN) PACKINGPVC ELBOW 45'x6" DIA REBAR ® REMOVABLE MID—DEPTH EACH ° WATERTIGHT PLUG 45' 6" DIA PVC WYE SIDE, LAP 2' ® CONSULTANT 6" DIA PVC PIPE JOINTS ° ° J (LENGTH AS REQ'D) 6" DIA PVC PIPE ° w w � CONCRETE � Z z 45' 6" DIA PVC ELBOW ° ° _ GRAVEL BACKFILL PVC FITTINGS AS REQ'D. FOR DRAINS 6" DIA PVC PIPE ° ° o 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 ° J Everett.Washingqton 98204 FOOTING ROOF DRAIN (LENGTH AS REQ'D) a ° p Ph:425-141-3800 � SEE STRUCTURAL o' p. ° o i% (PVC) LINE CONTINUATION OR www.reidmiddleton.com ° \ k PLUG AS REQUIRED REGISTRATION STAMPS: ° o/ \ ° /�/\�\/ _ __ A. PREFORMED MANUFACTURED i \\ial�\\ I F As�Grs 6" DIA PVC SD, SLOPE CHANNEL i� D TO STORM SEWER INVERT % ° C PREPARED TYPICAL DOWNSPOUT AND SUBGRADE '9 ifsas 1 ROOF DRAIN W/ CLEANOUT 2 TRENCH DRAIN DETAIL 3 STORM DRAIN CLEANOUT °�sSONA � C3.01,C3.02 C3.05 NOT TO SCALE C3.01 C3.05 NOT TO SCALE C3.01,C3.02 C3.05 NOT TO SCALE PROJ ENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center GRAVEL FOR EDGE OF \— rRAS� STRIP MEDIA FILTER DRAIN MIX PAVEMENT Snohomish County 1. 1 Purchasing Services 9' 1 —0' ,:''arb�f 1 MATCH EXISTING GROUND AT 1,—O„ SURFACE ELEVATION MIN MIN `"" .. _• EXIST NG 19620 67th Ave NE 2" DEPTH MULCH v ' '} ' L GROUIND Arlington, WA 98223 TOP OF BANK GEOTEXTILE FOR PERMIT SET EL 137.0 UNDERGRDRAINAGEOUND PERFORATED 05/02/2025 S PAVEMENT CAST—IN—PLACE CONCRETE UNDERDRAIN PIPE B CRUSHED SURFACING This drawing is: RETAINING WALL. SEE BASE COURSE 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 6" FREEBOARD 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 2 oJ• 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. MEDIA FILTER DRAIN PROJECT NUMBER: 6" S• >:. '' J C3.01 C3.05 NOT TO SCALE 2023-053 BOTTOM ` CELL EL o •: GEOTEXTILE FABRIC REVISION LOCKING SCREW MARK DATE DESCRIPTION UNDER—DRAIN AGGREGA LOCKING DUCTILE IRON y 3" OF BIORETENTION MULCH DOME GRATE PER DETAIL A UNDER—DRAIN AGGREGATE BIORETENTION SOIL 8" DIA. LOCKING DUCTILE Sieve Size % Passing IRON DOME GRATE / 3/4" 100 MIXTURE TOP WATER 6" SLOTTED PVGJ 1MIN MIN 1/4 30-60 PIPE #8 20-50 0-1 6" S• . PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- 5 PROJECT MANAGER TYPICAL BIORETENTION CELL SECTION `T 8" YARD DRAIN : IMAD INVERT PER PLAN PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD DRAFTER: I JTG A C3.01 C3.04 NOT TO SCALE o00 000 DRAWING TITL A o � O CITY OF ARLINGTON oo STORM DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL UNDER—DRAIN CONNECTION THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET DRAWING NUMBER: 6 BIORETENTION OUTLET STRUCTURE BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER C3.01 C3.04 NOT TO SCALE DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS C3.0 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 STORM DRAINAGE NOTES D 1. ALL STORM DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE APPROVED PLANS AND CITY STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ANY DEVIATION FROM THESE PLANS WILL REQUIRE PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE OWNER, THE CITY ENGINEER, AND OTHER APPROPRIATE PUBLIC AGENCIES. 2. ALL PIPE MATERIALS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ACCEPTABLE STORM DRAINAGE PIPE MATERIALS INCLUDE CONCRETE, PVC, HOPE, AND DYKEMAN DUCTILE IRON. CORRUGATED METAL PIPES (GALVANIZED ALUMINUM OR STEEL) ARE NOT ACCEPTED BY THE CITY. ALL PIPE JOINTS MUST HAVE GASKETS AND SHALL BE WATER TIGHT UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE CITY. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 3. PIPE BEDDING MATERIAL SHALL BE 5/8—INCH MINUS CRUSHED GRAVEL FOR ALL PIPE TYPES, EXCEPT DUCTILE IRON. BEDDING MATERIAL FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY'S STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS (CHAPTER 4). 4. ALL TRENCH BACKFILL IN AREAS OF PAVEMENT OR STRUCTURAL LOADING SHALL BE COMPACTED TO AT LEAST 95% OF THE MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY. ALL OTHER AREAS SHALL BE COMPACTED TO AT LEAST 90% OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY. 5. ALL PIPE SHALL BE PLACED ON STABLE EARTH. IF IN THE OPINION OF THE CITY INSPECTOR, THE EXISTING TRENCH FOUNDATION IS UNSATISFACTORY, THEN IT SHALL BE EXCAVATED BELOW CONSULTANT: GRADE AND BACKFILLED WITH GRAVEL BEDDING MATERIAL TO SUPPORT THE PIPE. 6. LOT DRAINAGE SYSTEMS, STUB—OUTS AND ANY DRAINS BEHIND THE SIDEWALK MUST BE INSTALLED AS REQUIRED PRIOR TO SIDEWALK CONSTRUCTION. STUB—OUTS SHALL BE MARKED WITH A 2"X4" WITH 3 FEET VISIBLE ABOVE GRADE AND MARKED "STORM". LOCATION AND DEPTH OF THESE INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE SHOWN ON THE AS—BUILT PLANS SUBMITTED TO THE CITY. 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 7. ALL CATCH BASINS SHALL BE TYPE 1 UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLANS AND APPROVED BY THE CITY. THE USE AND INSTALLATION OF INLETS IS DISCOURAGED. Everett.Washingqton 98204 Ph:425-141-3800 www.reidmiddleton.com 8. ALL CATCH BASINS WITH A DEPTH OF 5 FEET (RIM TO INVERT) OR GREATER SHALL BE TYPE 2 CATCH BASINS EQUIPPED WITH 3/4— INCH DIAMETER SAFETY MANHOLE STEPS OR A MANHOLE LADDER PER CITY STANDARD DETAILS. REGISTRATION STAMPS: 9. ALL GRATES SHALL BE MARKED "OUTFALL TO STREAM — DUMP NO POLLUTANTS". ALL SOLID COVER SHALL BE MARKED "DRAIN". ALL CATCH BASINS AND MANHOLES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A�9p LOCKING FRAMES AND LIDS OR GRATES PER CITY STANDARD DETAILS. Fwnsy�crs C 10. ALL GRATES LOCATED IN THE GUTTER FLOW LINE (INLET AND CATCH BASIN) SHALL BE DEPRESSED 0.1 FOOT BELOW PAVEMENT LEVEL. To C 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ADJUSTING ALL MANHOLE, INLET AND CATCH BASIN FRAMES AND GRATES/COVERS TO GRADE JUST PRIOR TO CURB INSTALLATION AND/PAVING. . GIST NA sSION'ALG` 12. ALL RETENTION/DETENTION FACILITIES SHALL BE INSTALLED AND IN OPERATION PRIOR TO, OR IN CONJUNCTION WITH, ALL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE CITY. 13. DETENTION/RETENTION PONDS WITH SIDE SLOPES STEEPER THAN 3:1 OR WITH A MAXIMUM WATER DEPTH GREATER THAN 3 FEET SHALL BE ENCLOSED WITH A VINYL COATED CHAIN LINK FENCE. PROJ ENTIFICATION: 14. BIO—FILTRATION SWALES AND/OR FILTER STRIPS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED, BEDDED OR SEEDED AND IN OPERATION PRIOR TO, OR SODDED IN CONJUNCTION WITH, ASPHALT PAVING. THE Arlington Operations VEGETATION IN THE BIO—SWALE MUST BE WELL ESTABLISHED BEFORE PAVING BEGINS. 15. STORM WATER RETENTION/DETENTION FACILITIES, STORM DRAINAGE PIPE AND CATCH BASINS SHALL BE FLUSHED AND CLEANED BY THE DEVELOPER PRIOR TO THE CITY'S ACCEPTANCE OF THE Center PROJECT. FOR 16. WHEN INFILTRATION FACILITIES ARE CONSTRUCTED, COMPACTION OF SOIL IS NOT ALLOWED, AS THE DESIGN IS BASED ON NATURAL SOIL IN THE ORIGINAL LOCATION. VEHICLES SHALL NOT BE Snohomish County DRIVEN OVER THE INFILTRATION AREA DURING CONSTRUCTION. 17. IF THE CONTRACTOR ENCOUNTERS GROUNDWATER OR SOIL CONDITIONS DIFFERENT FROM THAT SHOWN IN THE PLANS DURING INFILTRATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL Purchasing Services NOTIFY THE CITY INSPECTOR. AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 REVISION MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- PROJECT MANAGER: I MAD PROJECT ENGINEER: I MAD DRAFTER: IJTG A DRAWING TITL A CITY OF ARLINGTON STORM NOTES CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET DRAWING NUMBER: BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VAUD FOR 18 MONTHS 3■0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 FFE=134.4' s0 2 4 Q 86LF " DI i i �3 CONSTRUCTION NOTES: D LF I CONNECT TO WATER MAIN AT EXISTING 8"TEE 4 LEGEND: s0 • 2 • / FITTING. DEMOLISH EXISTING VALVE. i FP P 2 FP \137LF 8" DI SD 8"x8"x6"TEE (MJxFLxFL) O / 22LF 6" DI 8" . .I / I SS SANITARY SEWER PIPE GATE VALVE (FLxMJ) DYKEMAN / \ s0 / 1 6" GATE VALVE (FLxMJ) 13 15 3 THRUST BLOCKING SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN ARCHITECTURE� � � � � O „u 'I / I DESIGN / 7 SD 3 (1) FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY PER COA STD DW DOMESTIC WATER MAIN PIPE / DETAIL W-010. FP 6 �3 LSD / FP FIRE PROTECTION SERVICE Q ' \ (1) 8"x8"x8"TEE (MJxMJxFL) 3 FIRE HYDRANT 11 (1) 8" GATE VALVE (FLxMJ)n n n n n n n n n n I I THRUST BLOCKING �O • SEWER MANHOLE I I I I I I I I I I • I I 0 CONSULTANT: � U U LJ ` CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION IN PHASE 2 CONNE T TO �115LF 8" DI FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION U Uo U U U U &3 EXISTI WATER GROUND SOURCE o PGA (1) 8" 45' BEND (MJ) W/ MEGA LUGS MAIN OM PHASE 1 �3 POST INDICATOR VALVE LOn TMn n 305LF 8" DI 7 CONNECT TO EXISTING 12" WATER MAIN WITH: l 6 n n n O I I 7J BEND nN n 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 (1) 8"TAPPING SLEEVE PER COA DETAIL W-200 n o COA CITY OF ARLINGTON Eveeil.Wgshinqtan 98204 I I I I a (1) 8" GATE VALVE (FLxMJ) S 3 Ph:425-d11-800m U U U U U� U U U U U ® (1) 8"x8"x 6"TEE (MJXMJXFL) o l / zo REGISTRATION STAMPS: o i Q o (1) 8" GATE VALVE (FLXMJ) 0 N I THRUST BLOCKING GENERAL NOTES: A�G n n n n n n n n n It o (1) 6" POST INDICATOR VALVE (PIV) 23LF 8" Ql+o 1. RESTRAIN ALL PIPES, JOINTS, AND FITTINGS OF THE FIRE �OFwAs'oct 10 8" x 2" WET TAP CONNECTION l PROTECTION SYSTEM. 'o c U U LJ U U /� (1) 2" GATE VALVE (FLxMJ) o 2. BEFORE COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION OF WATER AND U U U U U �3 N A $ SEWER, EXCAVATE TO VERIFY LOCATION AND INVERT Ado Res+ e9 �� • SDx - 11 (1) 2" IRRIGATION METER PER COA STD DETAIL I ELEVATION OF THE EXISTING SANITARY SEWER AND WATERsSiorvA � $ W-050 I PIPES TO BE CONNECTED TO PROPOSED SYSTEM. IF A • I CONFLICT EXISTS, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. 1 I (1) 2.5" DOUB;E CHECK DETECTOR ASSEMBLY �'I -142-- 3 BEFORE COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION OF WATER, VERIFY PROJ ENTIFICATION: (DCDA) PER COA STD .DETAIL W-110 INVERT ELEVATIONS AND LOCATION OF SERVICES 0 o SD �3 0 1 PENETRATING THE BUILDING WALL WITH PLUMBING. IF A Arlington Operations N • 13 (1) FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION (FDC) SO CONFLICT EXISTS, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. SEE IN GE E T SEE DETAIL 1/C4.02. SD o Center 41LF 8" DI PLAN A. I 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE A PRIVATE UTILITY LOCATING 6 o— SEE o�3 14 (1) 4" 90' BEND (MJ) EXCAVATION,SERVICE TO IDENTIFY ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO ANY FOR v�i N I 15 PROVIDE GUARD POSTS (BOLLARDS) PER COA ADMIN/CREW STD DETAIL W-030. 5. PROTECT EXISTING UTILITIES TO REMAIN DURING Snohomish County 1 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. 3 15 w 16 1) 6" DOUBLE CHECK DETECTOR ASSEMBLY '-d 6. SEE PLUMBING FOR INTERIOR SANITARY SEWER PUMP Purchasing Services DCDA) PER COA STD DETAIL W-110 i STATION. AT • 0 0 3 7. SEE C4.02 FOR STANDARD WATER AND SEWER NOTES. I o ADMIN/CREW SSEE ECTION.�L A/C4.02 FOR TYPICAL WATER TRENCH 19620 67th Ave NE o I BUILDING 8 2 Arlington, WA 98223 �� / 8. RP13A FOR DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE LOCATED INSIDE 3 5 13 BUILDING. SEE PLUMBING FOR DETAILS. 28LF 4" DI 1 17 ERMIT UTILITY CROSSING NOTES: P05 02/2025T e -� / a0 INSTALL WATER MAIN ABOVE STORM PIPE WITH e " SSFM Jo MINIMUM 6" VERTICAL CLEARANCE. — � n1 60' This drawing is: —�0"F _�_�_�i I 3 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. I F 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 2Q INSTALL WATER MAIN BELOW STORM PIPE WITH 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's — — — — — — — — — — — FD 14 MINIMUM 6"VERTICAL CLEARANCE. written permission for any other use or reproduction. - —OP ---oP I G FOR - 122LF 4" ©INSTALL SIDE SEWER BELOW STORM PIPE WITH A PROJECT NUMBER: CEE IN ION -`-FORGE�IAR-� / L MINIMUM 1-FT VERTICAL CLEARANCE. UTILITY PARTIAL PLAN — PHASE 1 SEEN 6 -- � I -�0"F "� i 1 L i 4Q INSTALL SIDE SEWER (OR CASING) BELOW RETAINING 2023-053 --1ae, WALL (OR FOOTING) A MINIMUM OF 2 FEET. 0 INSTALL SEWER FORCE MAIN ABOVE WATER SERVICES REVISION UTILITY PARTIAL PLAN — PHASE-2 WITH A MINIMUM 18"VERTICAL CLEARANCE. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I ( SD 3 9 180LF 3.0" €€E PLUMBIN 16 5 8 \ F0�2 CONTINUATION 3 \ FP o \ / I PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- • 40LF 4" DI 10 I PROJECT MANAGER: MAD PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD —SD 47LF 6" DI 701F 8" DI 11 ; DRAFTER: JTG A \ CAP FOR PHASE 7 DRAWING TITL A \ 2 CONNECTION 12 }� SEE LANDSCAPING o CITY OF ARLINGTON UTILITY PLAN FOR CONTINUATION II CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL • O"F I THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET t sae7, DRAWING NUMBER: — 60. BY: r DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER � w •0 SCALE IN FEET SCALE IN FEET 4 ENLARGEMENT PLAN A DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS 20 0 20 40 a0 0 a0 80 2 3 4 5 2 3 14 5 SEWER SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION NOTES WATER SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION NOTES D 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS, AND CURRENT EDITION OF THE CITY OF ARLINGTON STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ANY 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS AND CURRENT EDITION OF THE CITY OF ARLINGTON STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ANY CHANGES TO THE DESIGN REQUIRES CITY APPROVAL. CHANGES TO THE DESIGN REQUIRE CITY APPROVAL. 2. ALL MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO THE CITY OF ARLINGTON STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND THE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE 2. ALL MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO THE CITY STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE CITY PRIOR TO DELIVERY TO THE JOB SITE. CITY BEFORE SCHEDULING THE PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE AND BEFORE THE MATERIALS ARE DELIVERED TO THE JOB SITE. ONCE THE MATERIALS ARE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS ARE REQUIRED AND MUST BE APPROVED PRIOR TO SCHEDULING A PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFRERNCE. DYKEMAN DELIVERED TO THE JOB SITE THE INSPECTOR WILL DETERMINE IF THE MATERIALS WERE MANUFACTURED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY OF ARLINGTON STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS BEFORE THE MATERIALS CAN BE INSTALLED. 3. WATER MAINS SHALL BE CEMENT-LINED DUCTILE IRON PIPE CLASS 52 UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE CITY. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 3. ALL SEWER MAINS AND SIDE SEWER STUBS SHALL BE FIELD STAKED FOR GRADES AND ALIGNMENT BY A SURVEYOR PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. THE 4. ALL SERVICE LOCATIONS SHALL BE FIELD APPROVED BY THE CITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. CONSTUCTION STAKES MUST SHOW THE STATION AND OFFSET TO THE ALIGNMENT. 4. THE CITY OF ARLINGTON WASTEWATER DIVISION SHALL BE NOTIFIED A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF A TAP OR CONNECTION TO AN EXISTING SANITARY 5. IT THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO LOCATE UNDERGROUND UTILITIES BY CALLING ONE-CALL UNDERGROUND UTILITY LOCATOR (1-800-424-5555) 48 SEWER MAIN. THE INSPECTOR SHALL BE PRESENT AT THE TIME OF THE TAP OR CONNECTION. HOURS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 6. ADEQUATE TRENCH SHEETING AND/OR SHORING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED BY OSHA AND WISHA. CONSULTANT: 5. GRAVITY SEWERS, INCLUDING SIDE SEWERS, WITH 5 TO 14 FEET OF COVER SHALL BE PVC ASTM D 3034 SDR 35. GRAVITY SEWER MAINS WITH LESS THAN 5 FEET OR GREATER THAN 14 FEET OF COVER SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON PIPE CLASS 52, OR C-900 PVC. IF DUCTILE IRON PIPE IS USED FOR SEWER, THE PIPE 7, THE PIPE SHALL BE INSTALLED BY FOLLOWING THE FINISHED GRADE PROFILE WHEREVER POSSIBLE. THE DEPTH OF COVER SHALL BE TYPICALLY 36 INCHES 3 INTERIOR SHALL BE EPDXY COATED (NOT CEMENT-LINED). FEET), AND MAY BE UP TO 60 INCHES (5 FEET) WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE CITY ENGINEER. WATER MAINS UNDER THE STATE (OR COUNTY) HIGHWAYS SHALL 1 6. PRE-CAST MANHOLES SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C-478. JOINTS SHALL BE RUBBER GASKETED AND GROUTED BOTH INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF MEET THE MINIMUM COVER DEPTHS REQUIRED BY WSDOT (OR SNOHOMISH COUNTY). THE MANHOLE PER CITY OF ARLINGTON STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ALL LIFT HOLES CUT THROUGH THE WALLS OF THE MANHOLE SHALL BE GROUTED g, PIPE JOINT DEFLECTIONS SHALL NOT EXCEED ONE-HALF OF PIPE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM DEFLECTIONS. BENDS MAY BE REQUIRED TO Eve728 134th Street SW Suite 200 FROM THE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF THE MANHOLE TO BE WATERTIGHT. ADDITIONAL WATERPROOFING MAY BE REQUIRED. MAINTAIN PROPER WATER MAIN ALIGNMENT WITHIN EASEMENTS OR PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY. Ph:42.Washingqton 98204 Ph: 5-141-3800 7. SIDE SEWER SERVICES SHALL BE PVC ASTM D 3034 SDR 35 WITH FLEXIBLE GASKETED JOINTS. SIDE SEWER CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE BY A TAP TO AN www.reidmiddleton.com EXISTING MAIN OR A TEE FROM A NEW MAIN CONNECTED ABOVE THE SPRING LINE OF THE PIPE. WYES ARE NOT ALLOWED ON LINES 8" OR LARGER. SIDE 9. WATER MAIN SHALL NOT BE PLACED UNDER SIDEWALK, CURBS, GUTTERS, OR ANY PERMANENT STRUCTURES WITHOUT THE PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE CITY SEWERS CAN NOT BE INSTALLED UNDER DRIVEWAYS UNLESS APPROVED BY THE CITY INSPECTOR. ENGINEER. REGISTRATION STAMPS: 8. ALL SEWER PIPE SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A CONTINUOUS TRACER TAPE 24" - 48" UNDER THE PROPOSED FINISHED SUBGRADE, OR AS DIRECTED BY THE 10. NO CONNECTION TO THE CITY WATER SYSTEM IS ALLOWED UNTIL THE NEW CONSTRUCTION PASSES PRESSURE AND PURITY TESTS, AND C A�9p CITY INSPECTOR.THE MARKER SHALL BE PLASTIC, NON-BIODEGRADABLE, METAL CORE, AND DETECTABLE, WITH BACKING MARKED "SEWER". HAS BEEN APPROVED AND ACCEPTED BY THE CITY. woVWAS2cIS C T° C 9. SIDE SEWERS SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE DEVELOPER AND COORDINATED FOR CLEARANCE WITH POWER, GAS, TELEPHONE, CABLE, AND OTHER UTILITIES. SIDE 11. PRIOR TO MAKING CONNECTIONS TO THE EXISTING SYSTEM, CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE LOCATION, DEPTH AND MATERIAL OF EXISTING WATER MAINS SEWERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 10 FEET BEYOND PROPERTY LINES AND 5' BEYOND ANY EASEMENT. AT THE POINT OF CONNECTION. IST 10. THE SEWER PIPE SHALL BE INSTALLED STARTING FROM DOWNSTREAM OF THE POINT OF CONNECTION ON THE EXISTING SEWER OR FROM A DESIGNATED 12. ALL WATER LINES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 10 FEET HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE FROM SANITARY SEWERS. WHEN WATER LINES CROSS SEWER LINES, THE MINIMUM �ssoNA � STARTING POINT. THE SEWER PIPE SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH THE BELL END UPSTREAM. VERTICAL CLEARANCE SHALL BE 18 INCHES. 11. ADEQUATE TRENCH SHEETING AND/OR SHORING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED BY OSHA AND WISHA. 13. TO FILL THE MAIN FOR FLUSHING, PRESSURE AND PURITY TESTS, THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO USE AN APPROVED METER AND DCVA. THE HYDRANT PROJ ENTIFICATION: SHALL REMAIN IN THE FULL OPEN POSITION TO PREVENT BACK-SIPHONAGE THROUGH THE DRAIN HOLE. AFTER SUCCESSFUL TESTING, THE CONTRACTOR WILL 12. TO PREVENT WATER OR DEBRIS FROM DISCHARGING INTO THE CITY'S EXISTING SEWER SYSTEM, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL A PLUG IN THE CONNECTION TIE INTO THE EXISTING SYSTEM, USING DISINFECTED SLEEVES AND SPOOL PIECES. Arlington Operations MANHOLE OR AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY INSPECTOR. THE PLUG SHALL NOT BE REMOVED UNTIL THE SEWER IS ACCEPTED BY THE CITY. 14. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE CITY FOR VALVE OPERATION. ONLY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES OF THE CITY CAN OPERATE VALVES IN THE CITY Center 13. ALL SEWER LINES SHALL MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 10 FEET HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE AND A MINIMUM OF 18 INCHES VERTICAL CLEARANCE FROM WATER LINES. WATER SYSTEM. SEE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND ALTERNATIVES. FOR 15. THE CONTRACTOR IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT, SINCE FILLING AND FLUSHING WILL BE DONE THROUGH ACROSS-CONNECTION CONTROL DEVICE, LOW VELOCITY 14. PIPE BEDDING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY OF ARLINGTON STANDARD AND WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 3/8- INCH MINUS MANUFACTURED FLOWS MAY BE ENCOUNTERED. THEREFORE, EVERY ATTEMPT SHALL BE MADE TO KEEP THE PIPE CLEAN DURING INSTALLATION. THIS MAY INCLUDE SWABBING Snohomish County CLEAN PEA GRAVEL IS THE REQUIRED BEDDING MATERIAL. ALL PIPE SHALL BE LAID ON A PROPERLY PREPARED FOUNDATION. THIS SHALL INCLUDE NECESSARY THE PIPE WITH CHLORINATED WATER. LEVELING OF THE TRENCH BOTTOM OR THE TOP OF THE FOUNDATION MATERIALS AS WELL AS PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION OF REQUIRED BEDDING MATERIAL TO UNIFORM GRADE SO THAT THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE PIPE WILL BE SUPPORTED BY A UNIFORMLY DENSE UNYIELDING BASE. 16. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL, DUST CONTROL, NOISE CONTROL, AND TRAFFIC CONTROL AS Purchasing Services REQUIRED BY THE CITY OR OTHER APPLICABLE AGENCIES. 15. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPACT TRENCH BACKFILL WITHIN THE CITY RIGHT-OF-WAY To AT LEAST 90% MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE AT TRENCH TO A DEPTH OF 3' BELOW THE SURFACE. THE TRENCH BACKFILL MUST BE COMPACTED TO AT LEAST 95% MAXIMUM DENSITY WITHIN 3' OF THE 17. CUTTING AND PATCHING OF ROAD WAYS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE RIGHT-OF-WAY PERMIT OF THE CITY OR OTHER APPLICABLE AGENCY. 1 9620 67t11 Ave N E SURFACE. ASPHALT MUST BE COMPACTED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS ON THE PLANS. ALL COMPACTION TESTS ARE AT THE DEVELOPER'S EXPENSE. 18. ALL IN-LINE PIPE JOINTS SHALL BE RESTRAINED WITH FIELD LOCK GASKETS. CITY OF ARLINGTONArlington, WA 98223 19. ALL FITTINGS SHALL BE RESTRAINED JOINTS AND HAVE THRUST BLOCKING. CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE PERMIT SET B CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET 05/02/2025 B BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER This drawing is: 4" GALVANIZED 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. THREADED 30' ELBOW DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS 2.The Architect's instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's GALVANIZED 5"x4" FDC STORZ CONNECTION, written permission for any other use or reproduction. THREADED TEE STORZ AUTO SPRINKLER PROJECT NUMBER: CONNECTION SET ® 38" ABOVE SURFACE RESTORATION VARIES, GRADE, OUTLET TO BE SEE PAVING OR LANDSCAPE 2023-053 GALVANIZED SCH 40 PIPE PROTECTED WITH A LOCKING FINISH GRADE FLANGExTHREAD LINE OF STORZ CAP GALVANIZED LINE OF GRADE DRAWINGS GRADE SCH 40 PIPE REVISION JEOMF - - _ _ - - - - - - - MARK DATE DESCRIPTION - - - - - - - - - - - - -III-111 II- 4"x1" MECHANICAL TEE GALVANIZED RISER 1A GALVANIZED RISER WITH 1"x J¢" BUSHING 11- I IIE 3' GALVANIZED MIN. EXCEPT FITTINGS AND GROOVED FITTINGS AND GROOVED 111 t T TO X2" BALL DRIP II WHERE GREATER COUPLING ALL C4.1 C4.1 COUPLING ALL WRAPPED WITH 10 MIL III HAND PLACED & DEPTH IS NOTED UNDERGROUND WRAP FLANGED 90' ELBOW WRAPPED WITH 10 MIL =1 UNDERGROUND WRAP II TAMPED TO THIS g"PIPE 9" 4' BELOW GRADE III DEPTH III D. �= TRENCH BACKFILL PER III GROOVED 99 ELBOW ll =1 UNI-FLANGE ------=-�11 WSDOT SECTION / IIII III 9-03.9(3) CSTC PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- NOTE: - - - - - - - - 1 6 PIPE O.D. DUCTILE IRON THRUST BLOCK VERIFY FDC TYPE WITH SHORELINE II_ uwx T PROJECT MANAGER: MAD FIRE DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO 3"x3"x3" DRAIN SUMP CONSTRUCTION WITH iXz" ROCK oox PROJECT ENGINEER: I MAD Q Q DRAFTER: IJTG A 1' MIN O�Og 00g 0 DRAWING TITL A DETAIL SECTION 1A FOUNDATION GRAVEL -ll-ll-ll AS DIRECTED WATER AND SEWER 1 DETAIL - FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION (FDC) NOTES & DETAILS 1 C4.0 C4.02 NOT To SCALE SECTION-TYPICAL TRENCH, A PRIVATE DUCTILE IRON WATER PIPE DRAWING NUMBER: C4.01 C4.02 NOT To SCALE C4 .02 12 1 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 15 LEGEND: D ASPHALT PAVEMENTe . YKEMAN EL-136.51 I� C5.D3 W y w w ® 3 W W W — — — � ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN T—n1 D w w w w —_— — _ - w W w------- u,� LLi SS SS _— _ _ 6 Ss Ss ss — — — _ — I € co ASPHALT PAVEMENT 77-F SS Ss„ SS ss — — — — (HEAVY DUTY)_Ss Sg .. r SS ss °SS SS FO SD c c °p c W CONCRETE WAKLWAY 3CONSULTANT:R I IN x "D W o+1 AT{[I�pE "STOP" couNrr SIGNiJ J • II 24' w s1cN I F J 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 a 9.0', TYP J a a PRECAST WHEEL STOP Everett.Washinggton 98204 3 I o ¢J j M Ph:425-141-3800 ° "D VERTICAL CURB www.reidmiddleian.cam � J • I�3 C5.03 REGISTRATION STAMPS: F rn J 9. P A L2gG^D EXTRUDED CURB 14 tir`y,DF wae2�tJ, RELOCATE ° 3 o I I LVA ED so . D —p �` ©N I E 0— LO KSJ i — — — — EXPANSION JOINT rj °g S csr eti9�� J° p •D C5.D3 NAL 3 I s CONTRACTION JOINT a PROJ ENTIFICATION: C5.03 BAS�LIGH OLE o Arlington Operations \ I I w D B• 13 STEEL BOLLARD Center � I Z IILd C5.03 ti Q ^C, POLE BASES (SEE EL1.01) FOR lip SIGN Snohomish County —P� NOTES: Purchasing Services 1. SEE DETAIL 2/C5.03 FOR ASPHALT PATCH. PATCH ASPHALT AT J P I "Cy REMOVED DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. SITE 19620 67th Ave NE 8 D A 2. SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR HAND RAILS AT SITE STAIRS AND RAMPS. Arlington, WA 98223 PAINT LINE I "cv 3. PROVIDE EXPANSION JOINT AROUND UTILITY STRUCTURES HITE), TYP (NOT SHOWN ON THIS PLAN) LOCATED IN THE CONCRETE PERMIT SET o PAVEMENT AREAS. I r3 S • � i x I � 4. SEE STRUCTURAL FOR STAIR DETAILS. 05/02/2025 J J < I This drawing is: ° \ 5. SEE SHORING WALL CONTRACTOR FOR RETAINING WALL 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. N • r° A DESIGN AND DETAILS. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. AN G 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's N �3 written permission for any other use or reproduction. • X k— STAIRS PROJECT NUMBER: o I • i I 2023-053 �3 ® I REVISION MARK DATE DESCRIPTION "Cy 2 Z o 3 "Cy O IN BUILDI E AIN DU 0 ST TIN Iz 'DT ' PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE)- II J I > •DT PROJECT MANAGER: IMAD PROJECT ENGINEER: !MAD q SERVICE. 13 DRAFTER JTG: YARD I .DT CITY OF ARLINGTON DRAWING TITL A CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL _ I THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE PAVING PLAN OF CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET —Op--- 0"F o I � PHASE 1 —op——— RETAINING BY: —OP --W� II I I e ERLM1 DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DRAWING NUMBER: Do DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 16 MONTHS —OP SCALE IN FEET C5.01 40 0 40 80 1 2 3 4 5 1 DYKEMAN 1� ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN • ww.dykeman.net 1716 West Marine View Drive 425.259.3161 (T) 2nd Floor/Everett,WA 98201 VWWN • _ �__� sly I ►♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦� , ,1 �� II• .•- 11� � � �� ! Reid iddleton i I (( r r Ph:425-741-:II it A I 1 C I r 'I 0 II� IIM •• ►♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦...♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦.►♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦.♦♦♦♦♦!r�♦♦♦...,►.III iG •� FREGISTRATION STAMPS: A. ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ WNW.Mv Arlington Operations FOR Snohomish County ♦ Center ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦,.♦�♦�♦,�♦�♦�♦�♦♦♦♦♦ � it Purchasing Services AT ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦1��♦�♦�►♦.♦�♦��♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ �.F. ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦1►w�'��•►♦♦♦♦ • M ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦1/♦N4►♦♦♦♦♦•►♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ •• 1 67th Ave NE ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦►�.�.e��♦♦♦♦♦ 9 '. PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦O♦►♦♦1�♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ - II I ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦�•♦♦♦P♦♦1/♦♦♦♦ ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦1�♦♦♦P��♦�♦��♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ �- I 2024, - man,Inc. ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦�♦♦1/♦♦�♦♦♦♦♦ 2.The Architecfs Instrument ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦P�♦�♦��♦�♦�►♦♦♦♦ . 3.For use on this project only.of Obtain written permission for any other use or reproduction, ON WON 540 WE' PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦� ►♦♦1♦♦♦♦�♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ �s A REVISION CONCRETTE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦►♦♦1►♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ PLAZA.HI KEN D 11;♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦1►♦♦♦000♦♦♦♦♦� /DGE ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦�►♦&w&w,1�♦�♦��♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ OTORCYCLE TAALLS PRINCIPAL IN EJ � (1) STALL .� ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦v'd♦�♦♦♦♦♦1 ♦♦♦♦►♦W.410 1♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦P♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦1 ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦O♦♦♦O♦O♦ PROJECT ENGINEER: I MAD �� • • • • . . PROJECT MANAGER, �AD ♦1► ♦♦ ♦♦ ♦e♦os♦o♦♦♦♦♦1 04 \\\��\\\`'P♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦s♦♦®♦ -W-4♦♦♦♦0-.400♦♦♦♦♦♦♦APO • , , •. • , .. DRAFTER JTG ♦♦o♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦� IS 2110♦011.ss�►vo♦a11 e..�mr�♦s��♦,►*�;o` PAVING PLAN s��P�♦�♦�� I �Si'�, I. �I • . I�i • •• ova♦_s♦_♦�s�.ego►♦♦♦♦eo►t•♦♦♦o♦♦♦.♦♦♦♦♦♦♦�' • • • u DRAWING F DATE: -THIS , . • • 1 2 3 4 5 3" HMA CLASS 1/2" TRENCH VARIES 12" WIDTH 12" D SAWCUT SAWCUT WWF 4x4 W2.9x2.9 CLR TOOL JOINT Ye" W x 1" DP Y4" TOP OF CONIC 7YP RADIUS EDGES 0 0�0 0 0�0 0 oQo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4" ASPHALT DYKEMAN 4" CEMENT CONCRETE WALKWAYARCHITECTURE + DESIGN PAVEMENT 6" CRUSHED SURFACING 2" CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE 4" CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE PREPARED SUBGRADE BASE COURSE 4 RADIUS REBAR / WWF 1 STRUCTURAL FILL AS REQUIRED STRUCTURAL FILL / " N0M• CONTINUOUS THRU JOINT PREPARED SUBGRADE NOTE: AS REQUIRED EDGES, TYP SEE FOR CONTRACTION JOINT NEAT LINE CUT, CLEAN HEAT AND TACK EDGES WITH SEALER AND 5 FOR CONSTRUCTION JOINT. CSS-1 AND SEAL WITH AR4000 AND SAND. SAWCUT SHALL C5.03 C5.03 BE 1-FT MINIMUM INSIDE THE EXISTING EDGE OF PAVEMENT. C5.03 C5.03 CONSULTANT: TYPICAL SECTION 1 SECTION - ASPHALT PAVEMENT 2 TYPICAL SECTION - ASPHALT PATCH 3 CEMENT CONCRETE WALKWAY 4 TYPICAL CONTRACTION JOINT C5.0 C5.03 NOT TO SCALE C5.o C5.03 NOT TO SCALE C5.o C5.03 NOT TO SCALE C5.0 C5.03 NOT TO SCALE 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 Everett.Washingqton 98204 Ph:425-141-3800 www.reidmiddleton.com 4" HMA CLASS 1/2" VARIES REBAR / WWF JOINT SEALANT REGISTRATION STAMPS: " 2" CUR, TYP 1/4 A.,$ VwA �1� 1/4" RADIUS �w Mo D o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o EDGES, TYP �o D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ., :.:..: CENTERED „ A�O� eec,so �m #4 REBAR 6" CEMENT CONCRETE sSiorvnL 'cti 6" CRUSHED SURFACING TWO WAYS 2 JOINT FILLER CONC SLAB BASE COURSE 6" CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE CLR STRUCTURAL FILL AS REQUIRED PREPARED SUBGRADE TYP PROJ ENTIFICATION: PREPARED SUBGRADE 5 TYPICAL EXPANSION JOINT Arlington Operations C5.0 C5.03 NOT TO SCALE Center 6 SECTION - ASPHALT PAVEMENT (HEAVY DUTY) TYPICAL SECTION - CONCRETE PAVEMENT C C5.0 C5.03 NOT TO SCALE FOR 5.0 C5.03 NOT TO SCALE HC PARKING SIGN Snohomish County 12 1 0 4 4 (8'SVAN Purchasing Services C5.03 C5.03 ACCESSIBLE) AT WHITE SYMBOL ON A RESERVED 19620 67th Ave N E BLUE BACKGROUND-,___ PARKING PROVIDE SIGN AT ALL 5 Y" 1" R 1/2" R ao ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALLS Arlington, WA 98223 INDICATED ON SITE PLAN. SIGN v ?• 1" R 1/2" R PERMIT IS TO BE WITHIN CLEAR VIEW REQUIRED BUT NOT TO OBSTRUCT 6' WIDE WHEEL PAVEMENT PASSAGE FROM STALL OR ANY STOP PERMIT SET B a #4 REBAR TYP TOP OF CURB j METAL POST vAN WALKWAY 05/02/2025 B AccEssBLE PAVEMENT N ro AT APPROACH NOTES: This drawing is: 1. 8 FEET WIDE, 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Arch TYPICAL. itect's Instrument of Professional Service. �g ;o INSTALL FOR VAN "• ACCESSIBLE STALLS 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's ' COLOR / written permission for any other use or reproduction. 7 PONLY AVEMENT WHITE PROJECT NUMBER: Z y4 PAVEMENT SURFACE) 2023-053 8 CONCRETE VERTICAL CURB WALL 9 CEMENT CONCRETE VERTICAL CURB SURFACE MOUNT 4" WIDE REVISION C5.0 C5.03 NOT TO SCALE C5.0 C5.03 NOT TO SCALE (CAST IN PLACE) POST TO PAVEMENT WHITE STRIPE, TYP MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CONCRETE TOP SEE NOTE 4" NOM. DIA. SCHEDULE 40 PIPE FILLED WITH 10 TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN 11 ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL (SINGLE) o CEMENT CONCRETE. C5.0 C5.03 NOT TO SCALE C5.0 C5.03 NOT TO SCALE GALVANIZED PAINT WITH M SAFETY YELLOW ENAMEL VARIES FINISH PAINT GRADE - PROVIDE 6" DIA AT 1011 G PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: - 2 #4 BARS TRANSFORMER LOCATIONS E PLAN 2 1/2' S" 2 1/2" PROJECT MANAGER: MAD 2"JO ��j�\�\ �'��\/� PROJECT ENGINEER: I MAD DEPTA =X ..:X. X. ^i '.: �--6�: a UGH JOINTH(110' ON OF O ENTER)1 A ..•s::'.. �� °r a. DRAWING TITL I CONCRETE CEMENT CONCRETE Ji- - PAVING DETAILS CITY OF WALKWAY MIN 2" CLEAR, 12" W/WWF TYP ° CONSTRUCTION DRAW NGINGTON REVIEW APPROVAL r-w bw EPDXY RESIN TYPE 11 CEMENT CONCRETE THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET DRAWING NUMBER: 12 WALKWAY THICKENED EDGE DETAIL 13 STEEL BOLLARD BY: C5.01 C5.04 NOT To SCALE c5.0 c5.o3 NOT To SCALE 14 SECTION-EXTRUDED CEMENT CONCRETE CURB DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER LC5.03 C5.O2 C5.O3 NOT TO SCALEDATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 1 5 AREA LEGEND D ❑ EXISTING BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES r-n DYKEMAN 1 1 NEW COVERED PARKING ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN L—J ■ NEW OFFICE / COMMON AREA ❑ NEW PAVED AREA CONSULTANT: ----- FACILITY — ---- PLANNING ST — -- -- - -- CQED j RIDG BRIDGE VEH CL Q � VEHIC LE 1'160 Q.FT. EQUIP. OFFICE 2 652 SQ.FT. 3,395 SQ.FT. iI—III vfl -- I I b III I 1,670 SQ.FT. EXISTING SPILL RESPONSE OVERED VEHICLE I ICKER HAz. CONST. CREW T AIN ENANC I I 695 SQ.FT. — . II - I FT. 4186 SQ.FT. V o Q Q II .-- ��_ I — �I -• � • FLAM 222 SQ.FT o HT V I I Arlington Operations I 9 p I I I u I I 35' O i UINIVE LAN w { Center _ �I T �� - ---- -- � I � -- FOR 3 29 S .FT. � � I ! _ Snohomish County Public Works II I I ! AT 'I I I --------------- I I it l III 19700 67th Ave NE ! i i I { :iC VERE 11� � � I I I I � � I � :'I Arlington, WA 98223 EI ED - T/SA OVER _ _ AI G 0 56o sQ.FT. SAND ----- — i I — PERMIT SET B s26 s4. T. i 6,889 sQ.F I I o 05/02/2025 B I a J I J I ';V � This drawing is: --- - Z Q I :0 1 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. ! 1.-1 I FC .0 t. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. I{. - 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's LU A NI ! „I - ♦I ' written permission for any other use or reproduction. i # n/ LUI r I PROJECT NUMBER: T ` I> QP N o a 2023-053 � !� C RED — • r�C COVERED O A/E R E D !� �.R � ) I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION Ln w -GE I I � I I I BRIDG �z I � I I M RIALS � 1 SQ.FT. MATERIAL 670 SQ.FT. I - I I I p I 1 I� II I I •• GEJ / - -- --- - ------ -- ----- - \ _ -- PRINCIPAL IN CHAR_ _ �I _ I�I PROJECT MANAGER —� PROJECT ARCHITECT: JOB CAPTAIN: I A _.® .msax en amsstaaaa+ar _— —_ DRAWING TITLE: A UNCOVERED PARKING PHASE 1 (8 10'X20' STALLS) SITE PLAN NORTH ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER - PHASE 1 SITE PLAN SCALE: 1" = 50'-0" N 2 3 4 5 2 1 3 14 5 VEHICLE LEGEND: SYMBOL LEGEND: AREA LEGEND D 499 4e.ao SITE PARKING/LANES COVERED VEHICLE/EQUIPMENT ■ VEHICLE MAINTNENACE AREA 2.49 61.01 o n00 - SITE EXTENTS D YKEMAN 00 O O Oyu 0 0 0 0 UNCOVERED FLEET PARKING ■ MATERIAL STORAGE AREA 4.00 19.. NEW ENCLOSED BUILDING ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Kenworth T880 MX(Short)1 Hood_Confg 3 WB-62 4`t /000000/ NEW COVERED STRUCTURE r First Unit Width :9.5J Lock to Lock Time Feat Trailer Width :6.53 Steenng Angle Teclor Width :a.01 Lod to Lack Time :6.Os HEATED/ENCLOSED PARKING OFFICE / COMMON AREA First Unit Track s20 Arlictilating Angle 70c 9 Trailer Width :a.50 steering Angle :2sA deg ae.2 ae9 .. .. ..: r Trailer Track :Un Trailerr-.k 0.ri Anicalating Angle :MCI deg � ACCESS PAINTS ,-..m. . ■ BRIDGE CREW AREA ❑ PAVED AREA CONSULTANT: FACILITY QV�RED_ PARKING PLANNING SERVICES LLC — --- — ----- (7 LARGE STALLS - --_ ----- - r 25'-0' SETBACK / 25'-0" SETBACK`— x- - - — —x�,' i-- �i------------- T —.__ ---- ---___— _� _x_-x_ — • •�.— -rl-- — — — — - - - i+ p • NEW ECANT/ I NEW BRIDGE ,I 1 , I NEW BRIDG , .r 'n fc • L.IVMATERIAL IB_R1_NE TORAGE _-- I COVERED ; & ROAD UNKS sQ FT _`�T�RAf E- CREWS COVERED �� .ee :---- -- 5,480 SQ.FT. SHOPS & I « I �- SAND/ SALT _ TRUCK RAPID STORAGE - 7 561 SO.FT. UEL 4,187 SQ.FT. � -- I x - • • 444 I� LAND CHARGING STATION -- • 150'-0" DRIVE LANE 2,L00 SQ.F '_ _e TRUCK SCAL I COVERED �_- w w a l Arlington Operations x (I _ r SAND/ ------------_- I Center I SALT � � �r�is0" DRIVE LANE „ FOR <I FT. __ (7 12rX24r��'rTA S) �-II ;;, Snohomish County -- _ NEW ENTRY/EXIT 25'-0" DRIVE LANE ^ j J "t I I K7tty�,l , Public Works orks N I JI I I IVCYV "I x --- -- al I I EAT I III UNCOVERED �� c� w ' �I ; } =; III - AT nM MATERIAL V HI ii' Z a i PL wi i V HIC ORA E!I i xI 1970067th Ave NE WA 98223 STORAGE 4 0o Q. I �') 17,000 SO. I �I o• I V QI 0�1 uW JI N -0" DIVE LANE _Z.. `o , i PERMIT SET B rI w i I'-- r"� I 05/02/2025 6 - 5'- o° )RIVE LANEz LL� g O —I a al I p , J Iw 0 This dawngls. Q z I 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. (n 1 W N1 i;� , l 41 ,0 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. > , �• > I N N N �I W• 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's Z , w, I� written permission for any other use or reproduction. I _ o J6 C _J Z _ I i i 0 1 Y J z H rz f IQ -if UJ - oo a ; PROJECT o Q `III o IM < � H oCL O 4 '< 2023-053N g L E ( v, H I� I 1 IEL 1 N J N 10 , In w' w - N E 10 o Wi 1 17 ----� LU I IW IW — �t. f. �T I YJ; MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 1 Lu I W LLJ 0 LLI Q b > J I 10 � I> � � t. o O I . � -- II 8 'i DRIVE LANE I U - .� , -� CREW z - 'PPORT - a-- - `Il i NEW ROADS I ! SPAC - 1 f--C-0-VER-EZL -- 'RIVE LANL PROJECT ——— I i �.. _6 I- ' _ t - PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: • x x—x-=x—— -- I - PROJECT MANAGER: MATERIALS • -- --x—x x—X H � I PROJECT ARCHITECT: - --- jJ JOB CAPTAIN: x 3,000 SQ.FT. '�" UNCOVERED PLOWS UNCOVERED SANDER STORAGE - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - {- - A COVERED EQUIP. FUTURE SITE u STORAGE STORAGE (22 SMALL STALLS) COVERE RKING DEVELOPMENT CONCEPT (22 STALLS) (22 STALLS) -(II-MOWE -- '°' (10 SMALL STALLS) I PLAN I -- NORTH ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER - FUTURE SITE DEVELOPMENT CONCEPT PLAN fN) SCALE: I" = 50'-0" 2 4 5 GENERALNOTES 1. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. . I I -- -- - -- - - -- 2 REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR GRADING UTILITY AND ADDITIONAL LAYOUT INFORMATION _-- W ' 3 I 3. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FOR BUILDING GRID LAYOUT INFORMATION. . YKEMAN 4. VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL OVERHEAD AND UNDERGROUND UTILITIES BEFORE BEGINNING WORK. i 5. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND IN PLANS OR DEVIATIONS FROM ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN - - - - - - DOCUMENTED ON-SITE CONDITIONS. FAILURE TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN A TIMELY MANNER AS SPECIFIED 0 SHALL RESULT IN CONTRACTOR TAKING RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY AND ALL REMEDIAL MEASURES REQUIRED. _ 6. STRING DIMENSIONS OF SITE IMPROVEMENTS ARE FROM GRIDLINES, FACE OF BUILDING WALL, BACK OF CURB _ OR COORDINATE POINT AS SHOWN ON PLAN. LIAIT O 7. WHERE DIMENSIONS ARE IN FEET ONLY, CONTRACTOR IS TO ASSUME THEY ARE 0" (E.G. 12' = 12'-O"). _ 8. MARK OR STAKE LOCATIONS OF FENCING, SITE WALLS, RAMPS, WALKS, SITE FURNITURE, ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT, p ETC. FOR APPROVAL BY ARCHITECT, PER SPECIFICATIONS, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. • 0 _ _ _ _ I raa tanda�pea,�nrte�ce O�� 1430NE Street 3ele,"WA96116 - � :1.6 -322-1]32 w:fora.laM p GATE SCHEDULE OGATE QTY. ITEM DESCRIPTION DETAIL • A 1 CHAIN LINK SLIDING GATE SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS pF wASy� -d 6' TALL, 36'-0" WIDE,WITH KNOX BOX. 4 -CF'0 1 RAMS.y��G+ '� ----- SEE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL L4.0 ��j� ul3 ssm o FP u I FOR CARD READER AND AUTOMATIC FP OPENER Q � SD I B 1 PEDESTRIAN CHAIN LINK DOUBLE SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS SWING GATE WITH PANIC 6' TALL, 8'-0" WIDE WITH KNOX BOX. 2 gas z6t�A� HARDWARE SEE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL FOR L4'1 SOq PEPARC�\ o-� CARD READER G 1 VEHICULAR CHAIN LINK DOUBLE SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS • � • SWING GATE 6' TALL, 27'-0" WIDE,WITH KNOX BOX. 11 p SEE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL 2 Arlington _ n n �I / - FOR CARD READER AND AUTOMATIC L4.0 /�rl�r�gtO r� �pP+rat�Or�S OPENER Center 111 � LL LL I LL L� Li Li L11 L / o p - D 1 CHAIN LINK SINGLE SWING GATE SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS 3 p_ 6' TALL,4'-0" WIDE L4.1 FOR Snohomish County I _ - - E 1 CHAIN LINK DOUBLE SWING GATE SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS 3 ---- ----------T---- -- -- ---- �- �- 6' TALL, 21'-0" WIDE L4.0 Public Works - - r�- Li ul i u �I uh ul AT u p` 2 - 19620 67th Ave NE o p Arlington, WA 98223 I I o I n n PERMIT SET Li Li 05/02/2025 SD I J p — I I " I This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. I 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. y, n I 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's /' written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT MARK DATE DESCRIPTION c ------------------ PROJECT TEAM: - -- -- PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I AR J PROJECT MANAGER: ILL IN PROJECT ARCHITECT: AM p I DRAWING TITLE: 0' 20' 40' 80' 160' OVERALL CITY OF ARLINGTON LANDSCAPE ------ -------_ -- CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL PLAN THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: ,DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS ---------- -- t--I--------L1.1---� ---- n-=-- --- ----�--- ---- --- - - -- --- - --- - -------- ---- ------ --- -- -------- ---- II II I � I II I � Ilo II II II III II I � � III II I � II II II II II II � - --- --- DYKEMAN SD�gp SD n �INKTFENCEN II L4.0ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 0 0 o I I LIGHT SEE 1 �) 6' HT. CHAIN ELECTRICAL 4.0 LINK FENCE - TYP. n n n o o a . n � n 4 WALL SEE � n I L4.1 ARCH. RAMP, SEE CIVIL e.�CARD EE fora -ELECTRICAL AND MECH NICAL �� r FOR CARD R ADER s rb,a�nas=av=A,=nceas u ILJI y 1430 NE 65[ft Slreat Ll Llz Seattle WA96116 266 3221J32w fine lentl SD I n 2 L4.0 SD SD v DOUBLE SWING CHAIN LINK I GATE 'C', SEE ELECTRICAL AND = I I TAIR _ MECHANICAL FOR CARD READER �) • - SEE CIVILU --- UTO_MAAC OPENER FLAG" S - ti OF W A gy POLE (2) -- hP mad Rbl3 Fi i w U I o v V I _ IAM 1 d A O I PE AR o I 1 BIKE RACK (14 _- PROJECT • • L4.1 u1 STALLS TYP. ., I Arlington Operations 9 p ;a SINGLE SWI G CHAIN L4 P I LINK GATE'D' Center ter IFOR----132- i �\ _ i - r- - 2 DOUBLE SWING CHAIN - � -- LINK GATE'B'. SEE ) �' ---_ LI MIT - -134 \ _ Y MECHANICAL T FIOR LCARD �t WALL SE J �_,\ AND Snohomish Coun ty nt READER AND AUTOMATIC I Public Works OPENER q CH, _ C _ � e oAT — •• -- - - _ 19620 67th Ave NE CONCRETE WALKWAY ..+� Arlington, WA 98223 °V � � —�— -- -------- � SEE CIVIL TYP. i _140 - 01-141 PERMIT SET e. Thisdawngis: 05/02/2 _ O G ----_ } s; vi 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc.El 2J r 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. o ILL 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's — —t as_——� e,T LL -� z written permission for any other use or reproduction. a 0 146-—— W PROJECT \ cn \ o \ SS SS > I Q FENCE, SEE ARCH A yy � • FL e FD ' 7 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION �- RETAINING WALL, BY SHORING # � S' - RETAINING WALL, r CONT ALTO BY SHORING to e� L4.0 L 3H OACTOR6' H T. CHAIN CNTR LINK FENCE DOUBLE SWING UTILITIES, SEE CI VIL CHAIN LINK AND ELECTRICAL IL T llWll � 11WI1 llWll - - - - llWll FD e llWll �� 11W1� � 11WI1 � ,a _ _ o llWn lIWN KIWI-F-:-1tWlt>--YfWYl�--7.INIITr.r.�.s ilWll •• llWll 'IN', ilWl- --- EXISTING TREE TO PRINCIPAL IN AGCHARGE:I AR REMAIN TYP. PROJECT MANAGER: ILL - -.... PROJECT ARCHITECT: AM LANDSCAPE PLAN CITY OF A CONSTRUCTION DRAWNGINGTON REVIIEW APPROVAL ENLARGEMENT THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE �• CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET N SCALE:1"=20'-O" BY:-DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS 0' 10' 20' 40' 80' - = EXISTING TREE TO—,4 _ ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN REMAIN TYP. 197TH ST. NE - - - - _ _ - - = TREE TO BE REMOVED TYP. IAAIT - !11 EMIT I sit_Ub11T p41T 10dLT • -- - - --- - _ ts'sP WALL SEE - 125 Cir rore Lazo:eapeA,m aecoa f 1 ARCH. 1 HT CHAIN - I ij fora - iaiorvemsneeo Seattle,WA98115 L4.0 LINK FENCE. I caosszz-naz.m,a.m.a REGISTRATION STAMPS: -- F WAS 4 6' HT. CHAIN 1 WALL SEE P p�cs13 RA Me LINK FENCE. L4.0 ARCH. I � dy U `--- % 12"5 RETAINING I y Arlington Operations WALL SEE STRUCTURAL I Center 0 I 3 FOR LIGHT SEE I� / � � ELECTRICAL 1 1 6' HT: CHAIN Snohomish County r J TYP. L4.0 LINK FENCE. -- LIMT Public Works --- = AT L LHAT I LAM I 19620 67th Ave NE a ------ -F"---- - ' CHAIN LINK SLIDING 4 LL1 Arlington, WA 98223 2 - -- - ' I GATE'A'. SEE A.O rZ - -rF- Fr 'A' SEE AND CARD READER POST, SEE w MECHANICAL FOR CARD ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL PERMIT SET I OPENER READAND AUTOMAT FOR CARD READER 4 Q 05/02/2025 This drawing is: °LCL - - I- 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. ® 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. � I/ SD 1 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's �13 written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: W ILL SEE _ ARCH. I / TREE TO BE J MARK DATE DESCRIPTION REMOVED O 5 oL 1 TYR r i 6' HT. CHAIN 1 L � � K FENCE. L4. � n 10' u uPROJECT TEAM: TR E TO PRO EI GE. L CTMANAG RI L o o REMOVED I _ / r PROJECT ARCHITECT:1 AM �1 - -----� -----------------I-I-=-- ---- --- ----�? ----- --- - - -- --- -- - r��- --I - --- ----- -�---- ---- ---- --�---- - ------ ---- LANDSCAPE 11 1 I I I o CITY OF ARLINGTON PLAN CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL ENLARGEMENT THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET N SCALE:1"=20'-O" BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER 0' 10' 20' 40' 80 DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS PLANTING NOTES DYKEMAN _ 197TH 9T.NE - -_.ram DESIGNARCHITECTURE + 1. S UEMIT COLOR PHOTOS REPRESENTATIVE OF PROPOSED NURSERY STOCK FOR EACH PLANT SPECIES AND + LL VARIETY LISTED w IN LANDSCAPE SCHEDULE. FINAL APPROVAL OF PLANT MATERIAL WILL NOT BE PROVIDED - - f L UNTIL DELIVERY AND REVIEW ON SITE. !J 2. CONTAINERIZED TREES ARE STRONGLY DISCOURAGED. TREES WITH LARGE CIRCLING ROOTS OR T00 DEEP -- ROOT SYSTEMS WILL BE REJECTED. 3. ALL ROOT PACKAGES MUST BE FREE OF ANY WEEDS. E: 4. TREE STAKING REQUIREMENTS WILL BE DETERMINED BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AT THE TIME OF PLANTING. CONSULTANT: _ •/^�� PROPERLY PROPORTIONED AND PLANTED TREES WITH HEALTHY ROOT PACKAGES MAY NOT REQUIRE STAKING. 5. ALL TREE STAKES MUST BE REMOVED BY THE CONTRACTOR BY THE END OF THE FIRST FULL GROWING SEASON. = raa�nds�pea,�nrte0cs 6. AT THE DIRECTION OF THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT, PRUNING MAY BE REQUIRED TO REMOVE DAMAGED, raa0uessm svaae CROSSING, MISSHAPEN OR LOW BRANCHING LIMBS. TREES SHOULD NOT REQUIRE SIGNIFICANT PRUNING TO seenle,wasens CORRECT HEALTH OR AESTHETIC DEFICIENCIES. fora t 206-322-1732wrt-- jl 7. INSTALL 3" DEPTH SPECIFIED MULCH IN ALL LANDSCAPE AREAS. 8. INSTALL 8" DEPTH SPECIFIED TOPSOIL IN ALL LANDSCAPE AREAS. • 9. PROVIDE A 4' DIAMETER MULCH CIRCLE AROUND ALL TREES PLANTED IN LAWN AREAS. pF WAS_ •••'�� - _ 10. REFER TO CIVIL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR REMOVAL REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION FENCING AROUND EXISTING VEGETATION. L J FP 11. REFER TO TREE PRESERVATION PLANS FOR SCHEDULE OF EXISTING TREES TO BE SAVED OR REMOVED. Q -f- r h O � �------- -- I` e - � 112. REFER TO CIVIL PLANS FOR NEW UTILITY WORK. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCH AND REPAIR OF ALL �� T _ ! - EXISTING LANDSCAPE AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. b p I 1 SEEDING SPECIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS,it p qPE AR 3. REFER TO PLANTING AND SEED SNCLUDING EXTENDED INCLUDING _ MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS. p 5 p LANDSCAPE CALCULATIONS n n I ? ' :<.p Arlington Operations •i:•F.•:•: - CODE SECTION REQUIREMENT PROPOSED � I I I I III - o1 I I I I 1 '::::I:;:}•hii:!{':f a. SHADE TREES IN 20%OF VEHICULAR ACCOMMODATION AREA 34 TREES PROVIDED X 707 SF PER Center -�- +< SHALL BE SHADED. TREES SHALL BE i PARKING AREAS - 4 I U Li I Li L� L1 L1 ul :\ .. ..... .a. III �.. TREE) - 2 ,038 SF OF SHADING o :�:��::;��4.:.'.•. --- d �I I + (20.76.130) CALCULATED AT 15' RADIUS (707SF/TREE) PROVIDED FOR VEHICULAR ACCOMMODATION AREA=72,975 SF ---- �----t II II II ��o � I I •• .•• �. ..:p a „ ` _ II II �� REQUIRED SHADED AREA = 14,559 SF Snohomish Coun ty -----T TREE REPLACEMENT CALCULATIONS Public Works I � U� LiI I � •p II - � CODE SECTION REQUIREMENT PROPOSED REPLACEMENT TREES AT SD SD Li U U LiI I� '� �I RETENTION AND FOR EVERY ONE EVERGREEN TREE GREATER 18 SHORE PINE • �. ., r PROTECTION OF THAN 12" DBH TO BE REMOVED MUST BE 19620 67th Ave NE SIGNIFICANT TREES REPLACED WITH THREE NATIVE TREES Arlington, WA 98223 ncn TT (20.76+120) TREES TO BE REMOVED (SEE L1.1 AND L1,2 FOR LOCATION) y I I o�G ^I 12 DOUGLAS FIR n :.>• U III I I I III :j A PINE 16 SHHORE P I ; • 'a:::� ° -- •• I PERMIT SET L L1 U I I U u `` r 14" SHORE PINE SD Li to ,• III 12" SHORE PINE 05/02/2025 •• Icn :•. ,I ••' - + 12" SHORE PINE I I '.,Sp•; _ This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. + PERCENTAGE OF LOT LANDSCAPING 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architec's written permission for any other use or reproduction. I LOT SIZE (LIMIT OF WORK) LANDSCAPING AREA PERCENTAGE OF LOT LANDSCAPING PROJECT 269,000 SO FT 54,350 SQ FT 20% I I C I bl • I _ I I � . � I � _ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION �I z PROJECT TEAM: - -- -_ ---- --_ - �rr,,�4i>:'i>:•:J>:•:<::•:::•v (/�_) PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I AR i }:•.;::::'•.::;;••.:• \ _ i PROJECT MANAGER: I LL ...:: ...•:.:• •:'•:•"""• \ ( N PROJECT ARCHITECT: AM CAL 0" ® DRAWING 0' 20' 40' 80' 160' J) OVERALL CITY OF ARLINGTON PLANTING CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL PLAN THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE - CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: ,DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS ------- ---� ----- ------- �---- —--- 5----- -——— L .� I I I I v1 v1 - - :•� III LIG T SEE -,' ELECTRIC L TYP. _ *:,N♦_. I I I I I I I I LIGH SEE '!t! oDYKEMAN - . ELE RICAL TYP. - - - - SIDARCHITECTURE + DESIGN LJ o o I I I I� - I I I I � n . . I n 10� h VE ICULAR r n I v I I - * AC OMMODATI ARAROOT BAR ER. TYP.+ 371, a - a + , � D �O II II n • - - - - fora E1tGo 23ra00 6CNa E3n 2a62 5 ct1Fa7 3pSe-t rAere rnft oarae.mlaan 4 S Seatte WA98»5 i I I � 1 S W• S• 2T— F ® � 19• - - �4i��J RgaM�NC • � P Ss�I a b F I y 2 Z N I a p N I � f y 9 Z U pqqLL",, b IR R j`F, �R • - - S EXP.612�� I SD R R RR I i qP R --- � I 28' PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: .> sc • �7s TYPE (LANDS T APE CREEN m e _ /� PER AMC 20. Arlington Operations V 'H 14-2"" Center �. . . --132— _ FOR Snohomish County _01 Public Works + . a _ — t11 oAT a I � e + . — Ave NE • . r -- — -- — -- — — -- ., Arlington, I + . + . + . a •�. • a a . � �' 40 � — � � _-- I I — — -- � I� •• R IA 98223 � 19 67th I •* + + + + + . • a I05/02/2025 PERMIT SET . • � his drawing is. + • -. ----- � `. • • •*** III �i — �_ . �\ � � � � N �� 1..Copyright 2025 D kemn,Inc. 2 The Architect's Instrument of P rofessional Service. LJJ 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's t a4 - written permission for any other use or reproduction. 746 l oILIJ PROJECT o SS 30 'r � I • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION . . • • a* a • . a' *I + + . a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a . 4�J.Iwn _ ... ® s' ,��I—.- ♦. "j' llWn WI ter_ :•1�1* II i, + Jlwn . . . . . Wll lIWN ' -_ PROJECT AM PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:(AR PROJECT MANAGER: ILL TYPE B LANDSCAPE SCREEN PROJECT ARCHITECT:I AM PER AMC 20.76.040 1 PLANTING - - - PLAN CITY OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWRGI NREVIEW APPROVAL ENLARGEMENT THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE rr- N CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER 0' 10' 20' 40' 80' DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS -_ -/-\- _-_--_- \ _ i\ i---- _ _ I-13D- WSW W W _l W _____ ________________________________________ W W � __ W 132--- W- W , YKEMAN EXISTING LIGHT _ 5S sS�Ss 5g ss ss --�- - - - - - - - 7YPtCAL- -EXIST - _ ARCHITECTURE TING TREE TO _ ss s ss— s ss SS REMAIN 197TH ST. NE oP` •-0P ,--oP 732-- �`- - - - - - - - - TYPE C LANDSCAPE SCREEN --oP --- ---Ss- -PER AMC 20Jfi-040.-- - - _ _ _ SD SD -SD SOP OP _ _ � _ 7T7�_)MIT !I•_�LI 144 1" on / e fora Fore 65tepe Archlreds 1430 NE NE M9811eei :zos-3zz-n3zw:r+r..leon u7 I l LIMIT ii42'�� --- - - �'. l.' * _ � • a 17• /��/��i�d I E C LANDSCAPE SCREEN o 18' PER AMC 20.76.040 9y you ry� I I � • M CAPE A�C� to I F v PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations ,G Center FOR d+ Snohomish County F- 1 / I I= ROOT BARRIER, TYP. I LI I� D °� N i. Public Works g AT L -• ... m m °m � m - m m - �F-�zfMl��1 yrF7 L+Mff - °.. � :.� 19620 67th Ave NE -LIMrfT { q -- — P FP II w Arlington, WA 98223 - i 2r s 1 r z VEHICUL AREA. C�' � �1 W } --- - I a PERMIT SET o • � 1 ° > �I 05/02/2025 - -- -- - 6 ,8' raw�1 This ding is: • * '�' }51 5'+ 3T _ 1 Copyright 2025 Dykeman Inc 27-11 CO 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. � El 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. IPROJECT NUMBER: y. So .� - y. .*. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I 50 o y. . i. '' i 1. — I I I I I�7 I I I i ::: TYPE C LAN CAPE SCREEN 10' + P AMC 2 .76.040 � .t. 37' I II N N u .1. t '• Ll �II °° I - oo p I I I m oo I PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I AR PROJECT MANAGE : ILL PROJECT ARCTECT: AM • r .. o * - ....* +� =r n a N N PLANTING n I I x*.`. : : ' : . .. I PLAN CITY OF ARLINGTON CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL ENLARGEMENT THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE N CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER 0' 10' 20' 40' 80' (J) DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS PLANT SCHEDULE C SYMBOL CITY BOTANICAL/COMMON NAME SIZE CONDITION/REMARKS PRUNE TREES ONLY AS DIRECTED IN FIELD BROADLEAF TREE BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. DECIDUOUS TREES SOFT POLYPROPYLENE MATERIAL, II 3/4" WIDE, MIN. 900 LB. BREAK DYKEMAN ACER X FREEMANII'ARMSTRONG' STRENGTH. ARBORTIE OR APPROVED 34 MIN.2"CAL.,10'-12' MIN.HT. MATCHED,B&B.,WELL BRANCHED ABOVE 6'HT. EQUAL. NO RUBBER HOSE AND ARMSTRONG FREEMAN MAPLE WARE SYSTEMS ALLOWED. ATTACH ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN MAINTAIN OR CREATE IN FIGURE 8 PATTERN AS LOW ON A TERMINAL BUD ON THE TRUNK AS POSSIBLE. " A CENTRAL LEADER I - - -GINKGO BILOBA'AUTUMN GOLD' REMOVE O CUT BACK (T) E DIAMETER LO SUBGRE PINE 12 MIN.2"CAL.,10'-12' MIN.HT. MATCHED,B&B.,WELL BRANCHED ABOVE 6'HT. F CODOMINANT AND \III STAKES. DRIVE INTO SUBGRADE MAIDENHAIR TREE = POTENTIALLY AVOIDING DAMAGE TO TRUNK OR 0w CODOMINANT LEADERS I ROOTBALL. TOPS OF STAKES TO BE = 5'-0" ABOVE FINISH GRADE. (MIN 8' REMOVE CROSSOVER I i o BRANCHES I� LENGTH) TILIA CELLOR LINDEN V_ CONSULTANT: 17 MIN.2"CAL.,10'-12' MIN.HT. MATCHED,B&B.,WELL BRANCHED ABOVE 6'HT. /I CHANCELLOR LINDEN C THIN TIGHTLY SPACED / TRUNK FLARE MUST BE VISIBLE, SET w BRANCHES��a CROWN OF ROOTBALL 1" ABOVE ABOVE FINISHED GRADE. HOLD EVERGREEN TREES w MULCH BACK FROM THE CROWN. G N ELIMINATE LOWER fora ro,a La"a�a�A."nmansesm CROWN BRANCHES TO - SPECIFIED MULCH -ONEsneex PINUS CONTORTA O - Seattle,WA98tl5 + 18 SHORE PINE MIN.8'-10'HT. FULL AND BUSHY TO BASE,B&B OR CONT. SPECIFIED CLEAR FINISH GRADE o20s-a22-na2w:f-d-a TRUNK DIMENSION REMOVE&DISPOSE TOP HALF OF SMALL ACCENT TREES ROOTBALL TO BE BURLAP FROM T IF APPROPRIATELY BURLAP IS SYNTTHEHETICC,, R REMOVE& SIZED IN RELATION DISPOSE ALL BURLAP. REMOVE& - • 17- AMELIANCE'R X GRANDIFLORA'AUTUMN DISPOSE WIRE CAGE COMPLETELY. l\�``r/l�-/�T 6 BRILLIANCE' (3)1"CAL.TRUNKS,MIN.8'-10'HT MATCHED,B&B.,WELL BRANCHED TO CROWN OF TREE 'AUTUMN BRILLIANCE'SERVICEBERRv SPECIFIED FERTILIZER SPECIFIED IMPORT TOPSOIL �a a RAMS,0 c,, TABLETS IF REQUIRED - BACKFILL TREE PIT WITH 50% SYMBOL CITY BOTANICAL/COMMON NAME SIZE CONDITION/REMARKS BY SOILS TEST — IMPORT TOPSOIL BLENDED WITH Q 50%NATIVE SOIL. SHRUBS BREAK UP SIDES AND BOTTOM v 2 h o ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM'MOONSHINE' OF TREE PIT 2ps 3y exP slz6�ti�/:" y 116 MIN.1 GAL.CONTAINER FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN III 6'7) ENKIANYARROW THUS CAMPANULATUS III UNDISTURBED NATIVE SOIL CAPE ARCS — 3 MIN.30"-36"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN MIN. TWICE COMPACTED PLANTING BACKFILL ROOTBALL DIA. BENEATH ROOTBALL TO O 6 HAMAMELIS X INTERMEDIA'ARNOLD PROMISE' MIN 5'-6'HT/SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN ELIMINATE SETTLEMENT OR PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: . ARNOLD PROMISE WITCH HAZEL SHIFTING G 343 HELICTOTRICHON SEMPERVIRENS MIN.5 GAL.CONTAINER FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN BLUE OAT GRASS Arlington Operations ® 26 HOLODISCUS DISCOLOR MIN.30"-36"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN 1 DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING Center OCEAN-SPRAY O 59 HYDRANGEA QUERCIFOLIA'PEE WEE' MIN.12"-15"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN 3/8" = 1'-0" P-AR1-03 OAKLEAF HYDRANGEA Q 367 ILEX CRENATA'NORTHERN BEAUTY' MIN.18"-24"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN FOR NORTHERN BEAUTY JAPANESE HOLLY ® 82 LONICERA PILEATA MIN.18"-24"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN Snohomish County PRIVET HONEYSUCKLE ® MAHONIAAQUIFOLIUM Public Works 116 MIN.24"-30"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN OREGON GRAPE MAHONIA AQUIFOLIUM'COMPACTA' CROWN SHOULD BE VISIBLE. 0 174 MIN.18"-24"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN x PLANT SHRUBS AT SAME AT COMPACT OREGON GRAPE O PHILADELPHUS LEWISII GRADE AS NURSERY. 20 WILD MOCKORANGE MIN.42"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN x ( V 19620 67th Ave NE # 125 POILYSTICHUM WESTERN SWORD FITUM ERN MIN.2 GAL.CONTAINER FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN 1 /1 FINISH GRADE Arlington, WA 98223 POTENTILLA FRUTICOSA w ® 372 BUSH CINQUEFOIL MIN.18"-24"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN a SPECIFIED MULCH rn ® 22 RHODODENDRON'LODER'S WHITE' MIN.30"-36"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN LODER'S WHITE ROHODENDRON BACKFILL PLANTING PIT PERMIT SET ® RISES SANGUINEUM o WITH 50%IMPORT 8 RED FLOWERING CURRANT MIN.30"-36"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN w TOPSOIL BLENDED WITH 05/02/2025 SPIRAEA BETULIFOLIA'TOR' 50%NATIVE SOIL. ® 87 BIRCHLEAF SPIREA MIN.18"-24"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN This drawing is: w 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. GROUND COVERS N 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. SPECIFIED IMPORT TOPSOIL 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's i 0�� written permission for any other use or reproduction. i 1,295 SF BIORETENTION IRISOREGON IRIS PLANTING N OR CONTAINER, SEE PROJECT NUMBER 99 OREG 2 1 GAL.CONT.MIN. 18"O.C.TRIANG.SPAC.,START FIRST ROW 10"FROM EDGE - PLANTING SCHEDULE&NOTES i i G�0 JUNCUS EFFUSUS BELOW 299 1 GAL.CONT.MIN. 18"O.C.TRIANG.SPAC.,START FIRST ROW 12"FROM EDGE - III—III —III III— (- COMMON RUSH io III IIIIII REMOVE&DLS OSE TOP HALF LAWN L-LJ �J-J III III III _ III OF BURLAP. IF BURLAP IS - —III— — —III—I III— III—III_ SYNTHETIC REMOVE & DISPOSE • 37.048 SF LAWN SEE SPECIFICATION III III III III III III III— ALL BURLAP. REMOVE WIRE CAGE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION COMPLETELY VEHICULAR ACCOMMODATION AREA - CONTAINER: MIN. TWICE SCARIFY ANY MATTED ROOT ROOTBALL DIA. SYSTEMS AND LOOSEN SOIL •---•-•----•-•--• ROOT BARRIER 6' LONG X 18" DEEP PER AMC 20.76.124(E) AROUND CONTAINER * SHADE TREES IN PARKING AREA BREAK UP SIDES AND BOTTOM OF PLANTING PIT EXISTING TREE TO REMAIN UNDISTURBED NATIVE SOIL OR COMPACTED PLANTING BACKFILL PROJECT BENEATH ROOTBALL TO ELIMINATE SETTLEMENT OR SHIFTING. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I AR PROJECT MANAGER: ILL PROJECT ARCHITECT:I AM 2 SHRUB PLANTING I 1" = 1-0" P-AR1-07 PLANTING CITY OF ARLINGTON LEGEND & CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL DETAILS THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE •• CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS DYKEMAN AVM HO 1HO18 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN az w ww o o � wmo 0-ALL (L ZYW N OF am Qw Y OQp �o _ m>o< 3 x w w N N g AVM JO 1HOIH o'min� o wo Q'r'0a z oo o z 00 O d on�� 0 n,w x<< F irfCONSULTANT: 'a x N O �m of Y fora143D Tana ttQNEM StreIt"I ecs Seattle,' 98115 O Q Z Q (n t--322-1]32w:fora.lanE GROUNDCOVER is n ¢o W REGISTRATION BACK OF CURB i mo z 3 w N m OR BED LINE a — z tc MINIMUM SETBACK, UNLESS / n 3 N zo 3 a Ld Q p R SM s�' I/ M / SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS o 3 a . m>to > o. W CD NOTES: z z j it a m z Q 1. ALL GROUNDCOVER TO PLANTED AT= SPACING(TRIANGULAR) PER O.C. SPACING ON PLANS o p 3 5 5 N w H 0= U Y Og to Oy+C3g EXP.611C��2`(4 e,J z� d an U w Z q PE AR io 5� 00 5 0 wte • • d j O N w Ld 0 Arlington Operations w 5 M. p¢Z 0 w Center a 5 1 GROUNDCOVER SPACING DIAGRAM 4 FOR P—AR1-05 Snohomish County ,.ty O ov.E DEPART Yr OF PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD DETAIL 1Sy O ovrt DKPART n OF PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD DETAIL Public Works v �m STANDARD DETAILS NUMBER ° �m STANDARD DETAILS NUMBER PLANTING STRIP R-260 v t o PLANTING STRIP BEHIND R-270 AT e<rxc�c @rxc�c SIDEWALK 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PLANTING STRIP �, PLANTING STRIP-BEHIND SIDEWALK PERMIT SET 2 Scale:NTS `� Scale:NTS 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: AR PROJECT MANAGER: ILL PROJECT ARCHITECT: AM I DRAWING PLANTING CITY OF ARLINGTON DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE DRAWING NUMBER: CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER , DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS IRRIGATION NOTES: _-----_ _ _ 1 ADJUST ALL IRRIGATION HEADS TO PROVIDE MAXIMUM COVERAGE, __ __— --- ---- w — — .— - - MINIMUM OVERS RAY AND N FOGGING. SET ALL HEADS BACK FROM W "® _' ---J w w �� w — — — — — — r -- - -i CURBS, PAVING, AND WALLS. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE INSTALLED _ w�— WITH 6" OFFSET FROM BACK OF PAVING OR CURB EDGES, AND 12" w _ 1 OFFSET WHERE CAR BUMPERS WILL OVERHANG. DYKEMAN 197iH ST.NE - '- --� 2. LOCATION OF IRRIGATION MAINLINE, LATERALS, AND SLEEVING ARE — — SCHEMATIC ONLY, AND SHALL OCCUR IN PLANTING AREAS UNLESS ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SLEEVING IS SHOWN. IF SLEEVES ARE SHOWN THEY ARE TO BE +�, STRAIGHT RUNS, TYP. MAKE MINOR CHANGES TO COORDINATE WITH ACTUAL AS-BUILT DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS. 'ice l T-•' _ _ ® -- p 3. VALVE BOXES SHALL BE LOCATED IN SHRUB PLANTING AREAS ONLY. �, r 4 LOCATE IN APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS AS SHOWN ON PLAN. N, I 4. SEE CIVIL PLANS FOR LOCATION OF IRRIGATION STUB-OUT FROM 1.5" METER. 5. ANTICIPATED AVAILABLE STATIC WATER PRESSURE IS +/-73 PSI, AS CONSULTANT: _ + PROVIDED BY___ON ___ VERIFY EXACT PRESSURE AT POINT OF —,y., -- --- e m 'Y it \ _ CONNECTION PRIOR TO START OF WORK. ® � � fora 6. THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM HAS BEEN DESIGNED WITH SEPARATE �z7 rbre end°� amaem° �I��I ppppp" / HYDROZONES ACCORDING TO THE NEEDS OF THE PLANT MATERIAL. raaouessm so-aae .ya. +Y + �, THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM seeuie wasens 14', AVERAGE DISTRIBUTION UNIFORMITY OF 0.625. THE IRRIGATION i-IM issnasw:wr,i,m .I `�� III SYSTEM HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO AVOID RUNOFF, LOW HEAD DRAINAGE, AND OVERSPRAY. AVOID IRRIGATION DURING TIMES OF HIGH WINDS, „ + WHEN RAINING, OR DURING THE MIDDLE OF THE DAY. 7. LATERAL PIPE SIZE SHALL BE AS NOTED ON PLAN. UNLABELED .I 91 _ - j SECTIONS SHALL MATCH THE SIZE NOTED OF THE ADJACENT w , UPSTREAM PIPE. MINIMUM PIPE SIZE AT END OF LATERAL RUNS SHALL OF ASyi BE 3/4". —_ ® e Q 4 P Ss T _ ® Z 41 8. QUANTITIES AND PIPE LENGTHS INDICATED ON THE IRRIGATION _ l� F j SCHEDULE ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHALL BE VERIFIED BY <3 ----- - ----- - ----- i, V'II THE CONTRACTOR. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN PLAN AND I'I ^ SCHEDULE, THE PLAN SHALL TAKE PRECEDENT. 9 1 \��___ 9. WHERE IRRIGATION PIPING IS SHOWN ADJACENT OR UNDER EXISTING Spq exPsl p,l,� o _ � n n _- TREES, MAKE MINOR ROUTE ADJUSTMENTS TO AVOID TRENCHING PE AR 0 THROUGH LARGE TREE ROOTS. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 328000 FOR FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS. 10, REFER TO IRRIGATION SPECIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. i 1 1 -- L Arlington Operations 0 I n n n - i J I I I I I I ,.. + , Center u u I a uo u u ,e I -_�® -�® I FOR I I — -- - I II _ + I -- _ Snohomish Coun ty - ---- ----- I - -- -----� - LJ I- -- ----- ---®- -- --777 Public WorksI rt _ -- ----- -1 AT SD SD U I LJ Li LJ - _� 19620 67th Ave NE o Il °o Arlington, WA 98223 --- I II I - :III PERMIT SET I I u u u _r— — II � y u u _ 05/02/2025 SD 1 - I s ) O © I�+ This drawing is: \ t.Copyright eds DykInstrument man,Inc. -� 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 1 --© ' -�- •'�" - 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's '-_ , written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT I I ��I � I I �� I � ■ �, Ili IrMARK DATE DESCRIPTION i - - 3 lye r - I .4, Z JI -- v ` — > PROJECT TEAM: III a - -- - i IN PROJECT ARCHITECT: AM �J � l _ SCALE:1"=40'-0" f PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I AR " PROJECT MANAGER: ILL y --'--- IX" — \ I CT:j I , ,r "��Illlrr`yl,,,��.yyy��--- � EW AP DRAWING TITLE. 0' 20' 40' 80' 160' OVERALL IRRIGATION CITY OF CONSTRUCTION DRAW RNG REVIEW APPROVAL PLAN THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: ,DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS cL 2 1Y4'I , 3 1 0 35.1 13 10 I I SD� I n n I I I I I n I /1;, /4» 1„ 1Y" DYKEMAN SD SD I `n 3 1/4' -- ® © 3/4 ARCHITECTURE1 �� yz„ ----- -- _ I j � 0 1 SH EH SH /" T H SH 3/4 ., I 3,., - I E 3/4" } III n n n � n E -- In 0 II II -- — � ; re�ae ePeAr�RIM i• E ® 30 NE 65tn Street o� I o n :• IE:3 E: SH foranewAsanS SD -SD---------- SID I I - v?A6322 rnzw.ro.a.i•oa o SH I 13/4" �� / SH 17.1 14 3/4, _ + • 1y © - �_ S' N -•� S E �! I I P��ccc..rrntt RA M S CT o v -0 EH I SH H H - --i EH $ 92�y�'S FXP.61 ec� 4 S S� FH 3 S , 4 CAPE AFZ I I D r III /4 0 N I I I 1 - 3p\ I- �� Arlington Operations - I / 3/4" LOCATE ALLLI IRRIGATION n MAINLINE, LATERALS, AND Center SH VALVES WITHIN PLANTING SSHOWN SHOWN, FOR I --- v AREAS. UNLESS -- 4-- I - - -ts4 -- --_ •y i Snohomish County -� - "- I - - � Public Works 3/ - I A8 J �� _ � •� C A 3/4" — — ; • -- ��' 19620 67th Ave NE --_ Yz 3/4„ Arlington, WA 98223 �- 2 _ _ 10 1.7 1s 3 » 3 �� PERMIT SET R l 1 S _ — SH 1 „ — /¢ 05/02/2025 � i APPROXIMATE LOCATION 34 -- _ '1 / — LOCATE CONTROLLER OUTSIDE THE BUILDING IN 3/4' H� EH 1 0 I / This drawing is I I CATION SHOWN. VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT. 1Y2' 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. --- ,1Y4',- II i i \- WALL MOUNT CONTROLLER AT EYE LEVEL. PROVIDE 3 - - - 3/4 r, 4 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. - R, LLI 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's -------- '- -t 44_--Y --_ CONTROLLER. PROVIDE 4" CONDUIT FROM CONTROLLER, Y 3 L - I t Z written permission for any other use or reproduction. - ---- -- -- - UNDER SIDEWALK, AND INTO THE NEAREST PLANTING AREA �.r SEPARATE 15 AMP CIRCUIT AND 120 VAC POWER TO 1 /4 IRRIGATION METE Eni � SEE CIVI Y4" O 4s---- / AS SHOWN. EXTEND 24" INTO PLANTING BED, 18" BELOW \Y 1» LLJ •• 8 \ GRADE. CAP AND FLAG. c AII_ -- SS �� SS 3 I � Q 1Y4" i - WIRELESS RAIN SENSOR v �� '�iJ BACKFLOW PREVENTER, �v EH /4 SEE CIVIL Vv I I MOUNT ON ROOF PARAPET IN APPROXIMATE LOCATION SHOWN. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT I - • RM WIRELESS SIGNAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. � 1Yz" -- -- -- _- �_ AND CONFIRM ■ M 2 DESCRIPTION >>II MARK DATE 1Yz, a= - so I 3/4" BF _ - 3/4" 4 1 Yz„ ` a 1 Y2„ 1Y2' a � I 2 \ - EH ' 3/4� 3/4 I I _ 1 ------------- _---_-------- --_ _ 2 15.' POINT OF CONNECTION E" _ PROJECT 1y" 1 21.3PRINCIPAL IAL IN CHARGE: R -�P--------------- PROJECT MANAGER: ILL 9)4 -----uc________-- APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF P.O.C. TO 2" STUB-OUT FROM 1" PROJECT ARCHITECT:I AM -----___ IRRIGATION SERVICE LINE AS SHOWN ON CIVIL DRAWINGS. °'--------------------- 01' VERIFY AND ADJUST LOCATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION IF I --- REQUIRED TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH ADJACENT UTILITIES. _ -a3- ---------a-- PROVIDE P.O.C. COMPONENTS AS SHOWN IN POINT OF ' CONNECTION DETAIL. NOTIFY OWNER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY ----eN-- -------_ DISCREPANCIES. ANTICIPATED STATIC PRESSURE IS 73 PSI. IRRIGATION VERIFY MIN. 73 PSI DESIGN PRESSURE AT P.O.C. PRIOR TO WORK. --> PLAN CITY OF A CONSTRUCTION DRAWNGINGTON REVIEW APPROVAL ENLARGEMENT THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE �- N CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET SCALE:V=20'I BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER 0' 10' 20' 40' 80' (1) DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS YKEMAN - - - - 197TH ST. NE D --dP 5 - - - - - - - — — — — ..., ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN r SD _ EH.._ ----- "- 0 ----------------------_34„ HCONSULTANT: E � 10 3�4» fora Fo,a�ad=rePear�rce= 10 I / 1 I 1430 NE65tYt Stree[ 3�4: t206-iwasen5 - d- --- t206-322-1�32 w:Mra.leM 10 E —`————————— H le - - 9 217 (� • —114" � pF WASH .8 10 �6�,pMi RgMSM�tic 1;, 0 3 :: 1" /2' 3 „ mad U3�s o E 10 �4 3/4, 4 y 2 Z 1» 0 _ _ � �4„ '3�4, 10�11�2� 3 H --- — I �' �SC3s EXP.6126�\� 10 EH SH 3�4n �- - �34, APE ARO 10 2" PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: LOCATE ALL IRRIGATION I 10 MAINLINE, LATERALS, AND 1 Arlington Operations 10 VALVES WITHIN PLANTING AREAS, UNLESS SLEEVING 33.6 11 11. I e 10 IS SHOWN, TYP. 1y Center„ f j p I a10 �� FOR 1e e Snohomish Count - Y Public Works v� II SH EH SH EH I AT —.rN -----_FP-- FP-------_ _.._ I � 3�4» � FP PP w 19620 67th Ave NE SD © > Arlington, WA 98223 ------ � -------------- � ICI � e6 PERMIT SET ° _ — 4 C° 05/02/2025 -- -- SD _ ----- _1 / �H H EH H H This drawing is: (�-� 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. _ u\ 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service.3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's I 3 written permission for any other use or reproduction. I 8 36.4 ,y" + • 1{ I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION �7Ii +it I I I U I� v4' ® r �11 u u � _ 3 '4 1 � F I tl- 3/4 1 vt 10 E SH EH H H I — _3�„ Ij PROJECT 1 I ✓� o -, i PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I AR •• 1 1 I /�' 0.8 12 1� PROJECT MANAGER: ILL 1„�! I j1 1" 1/22' 112 -1 PROJECT ARCHITECT:I AM — —— ————— —————�————�— ———— ——————— ————— ———— L .1 2„ �1Yd' IRRIGATION CITY OF LINGTON PLAN N CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL ENLARGEMENT N THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE - SCALE:1"=20'-O" CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: 0' 10' 20' 40' 80 DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER 0' 10' 20' 40' 8� DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS IRRIGATION SCHEDULE . IRRIGATION SCHEDULE . IRRIGATION SCHEDULE . SYMBOL MANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTION QTY DETAIL SYMBOL MANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTION CITY PSI DETAIL SYMBOL MANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTION QTY PSI DETAIL RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM RAIN BIRD 1806-SAM-PRS-U HE-VAN SERIES RAIN BIRD XCZ-100-IVMQ • 11N.,1-1/21N.,21N.PLASTIC INDUSTRIAL SMART VALVES W/ 10 2/1-3.5 ®ae HE-VAN(212 HE-VAN SHRUB SPRAY,6"POP-UP SPRINKLER WITH CO-MOLDED 26 30 1/L3.6 WIDE FLOW IVM DRIP CONTROL KIT FOR COMMERCIAL , YKEMAN FACTORY INSTALLED IVM-SOL.LOW FLOW OPERATING to 1a HE-VAN t515 HE-VAN WIPER SEAL. 112"NPT FEMALE THREADED INLET.WITH 8 APPLICATIONS.11N.BALL VALVE WITH 11N.PESBIVM 1 4/1-3.6 CAPABILITY,GLOBE CONFIGURATION. SEAL-A-MATIC CHECK VALVE,AND PRESSURE SMART VALVE W/FACTORY INSTALLED IVM-SOL 0.3-20 GPM DESIGN REGULATING DEVICE. AND 11N.PRESSURE REGULATING 40PSI QUICK-CHECK ARCHITECTURE + RAIN BIRD 5-RC BASKET FILTER 0.3-20 GPM 0 1"BRASS QUICK-COUPLING VALVE,WITH 1 613.5 RAIN BIRD R-VAN-STRIP 1804-SAM-P45 CORROSION-RESISTANT STAINLESS STEEL SPRING, SHRUB ROTARY,5'X15'(LCS AND RCS),5-X30-(SST)HAND RAIN BIRD XCZ-150-LCS THERMOPLASTIC RUBBER COVER,AND 1-PIECE BODY. ®®® ADJUSTABLE MULTI-STREAM ROTARY W/1800 TURF SPRAY 3 45 1/0.6 HIGH FLOW CONTROL ZONE KIT,FOR LARGE COMMERCIAL - - - - LET SST RST BODY ON 4"POP-UP,WITH CHECK VALVE AND 45 PSI DRIP ZONES.1-1/2"FEB GLOBE VALVE WITH SINGLE 1-1/2" 5 4/1-3.6 -- IN BCD T-113-K IN-STEM PRESSURE REGULATOR.1/2"NPT FEMALE PRESSURE REGULATING(40PSI)QUICK-CHECK BASKET CLASS 125 BRONZE GATE SHUT OFF VALVE WITH CROSS 1 1/1-3.4 THREADED INLET. FILTERS.FLOW RANGE:15-62GPM. HANDLE,SAME SIZE AS MAINLINE PIPE DIAMETER AT VALVE LOCATION.SIZE RANGE-1/4"-3" RAIN BIRD R-VAN14 1804-SAM-P45 MANUAL FLUSH VALVECONSULTANT: TURF ROTARY,8'-14'45-270 DEGREES AND 360 DEGREES. PROVIDE AND INSTALL AT END OF EACH ISLAND OR 42 4/1-3.7 w NIBCO T-580-S6-R-66-LL 4 1/1-3.5 ® m HAND ADJUSTABLE MULTI-STREAM ROTARY W/1800 TURF 15 45 1/1-3.6 DRIPLINE AREA,ONE AT EVERY EXHAUST HEADER AND r STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVE SHUT OFF VALVE 14 ADJ 14 F SPRAY BODY ON 4"POP-UP,WITH CHECK VALVE AND 45 ISLAND.INSTALL 18"FROM PAVING. RAIN BIRD IVM-EFB-CP 2" PSI IN-STEM PRESSURE REGULATOR.1/2"NPT FEMALE AREA TO 11N.,1-1/21N.,21N.BRASS REMOTE CONTROL SMART VALVE THREADED INLET. RECEIVE DRIPLINE RAIN BIRD XFS-CV-06-12 fora Fore u,naser»Ar"mi�ts W/FACTORY INSTALLED IVM-SOL CONTAMINATION PROOF, 1 4/L3.5 RAIN BIRD R-VAN181804-SAM-P45 XFS-CV ON-SURFACE LANDSCAPE DRIPLINE WITH A 14ao NE66msrreet SELF-FLUSHING FILTER SCREEN.GLOBE CONFIGURATION, 12,029 LF 40 2/L3.7 S-1 M98115 A TURF ROTARY,13'-18'45-270 DEGREES AND 360 DEGREES. HEAVY-DUTY 4.3 PSI CHECK VALVE.0.6 GPH EMITTERS AT :206-322-173-wreiem RECLAIMED WATER COMPATIBLE,AND PURPLE HANDLE y tp HAND ADJUSTABLE MULTI-STREAM ROTARY W/1800 TURF 3 45 1/L3.6 12"O.C.DRIPLINE LATERALS SPACED AT 18"APART,WITH COVER DESIGNATES NON-POTABLE WATER USE. 18TDJ i F SPRAY BODY ON 4"POP-UP,WITH CHECK VALVE AND 45 EMITTERS OFFSET FOR TRIANGULAR PATTERN.SPECIFY MANUAL DRAIN VALVE PSI IN-STEM PRESSURE REGULATOR.1/2"NPT FEMALE XF INSERT FITTINGS. CHAMPION 30ORS-200 ANGLE VALVE(2").INSTALL ONE AT 1 5/13.5 THREADED INLET. • POC AND ONE AT LOW POINT OF SITE MAINLINE. RAIN BIRD R-VAN24 1804-SAM-P45 RAIN BIRD ESPLXIVM TURF ROTARY,17'-24'45-270 DEGREES AND 360 DEGREES. pF W AS TWO-WIRE COMMERCIAL CONTROLLER.60 STATIONS. o n HAND ADJUSTABLE MULTI-STREAM ROTARY W/1800 TURF 74 45 1/1-3.6 ,�0�,N J RASMG"UG" © 1 3/L3.6 24 DJ 2 F SPRAY BODY ON 4"POP-UP,WITH CHECK VALVE AND 45 WALL-MOUNTABLE OUTDOOR-RATED,PLASTIC LOCKING du ULS ss p WALL-MOUNTABLE CASE.AVAILABLE IN THE US MARKET, PSI IN-STEM PRESSURE REGULATOR.1/2"NPT FEMALE INTERNATIONAL,EUROPEAN,OR AUSTRALIAN MARKETS. THREADED INLET. Cj RAIN BIRD I04G-USA SYMBOL MANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTION QTY PSI GPM RADIUS DETAIL v2�o onh o IQ NCC 4G CELLULAR CARTRIDGE UPGRADES ESP-LX RAIN BIRD 8005 04 IO SERIES CONTROLLERS TO IQ SATELLITE,FOR " STANDARD POP-UP,PLASTIC RISER, COMMUNICATION WITH IQ CENTRAL CONTROL.INCLUDE APE ARpEXP.6Iz6�Y,�'k� 1 3/L3.6 04 TURF ROTOR,5.0 IQEXTANT4G EXTERNAL ANTENNA FOR METAL OR ❑ NOZZLE.WITH SEAL-A-MATIC CHECK VALVE,ADJUSTABLE 3 60 3.8 39, 2/13.6 STAINLESS STEEL CABINET/PEDESTAL.USED FOR DIRECT 50-330 ARC,AND 360 NON-REVERSING FULL-CIRCLE. 1" OR SERVER SATELLITE APPLICATIONS. (26/34)NPT FEMALE THREADED INLET.EXTENDED RADIUS PROJECT• IDENTIFICATION: IS IDEAL FOR LARGE TURF APPLICATIONS. RAIN BIRD LXIVMSD RAIN BIRD 8005 06 SURGE DEVICE PROVIDES NECESSARY PROTECTION ON 5 3/L3.4 06 TURF ROTOR,5.0"POP-UP,PLASTIC RISER,STANDARD Arlington Operations ® THE ESD EVERY CONTROLLER,2 WIRE PATH.INSTALLER ❑ NOZZLE.WITH SEAL-A-MATIC CHECK VALVE,ADJUSTABLE 3 60 6.1 45' 2/L3.6 LXIVMSD EVERY 500FT OR 15 FIELD DEVICES(WHICHEVER 50-330 ARC,AND 360 NON-REVERSING FULL-CIRCLE. 1" Center IS SMALLER). (26/34)NPT FEMALE THREADED INLET.EXTENDED RADIUS RAIN BIRD LXIVMSEN IS IDEAL FOR LARGE TURF APPLICATIONS. FOR SENSOR DEVICE INTERFACES W/FLOW OR WEATHER 1 RAIN BIRD 8005 08 SENSOR AND ESP-LX-IVM(P)CONTROLLER.FLOW SENSOR 08 TURF ROTOR,5.0"POP-UP,PLASTIC RISER,STANDARD CAN BE INSTALLED ANYWHERE ON THE 2-WIRE PATH. ❑ NOZZLE.WITH SEAL-A-MATIC CHECK VALVE,ADJUSTABLE 5 60 8A 49' 2/L3.6 Snohomish County I' lr RAIN BIRD LXIVMSOL 50-330 ARC,AND 360 NON-REVERSING FULL-CIRCLE. 1" Public INTEGRATED VALVE MODULE(DC LATCHING SOLENOID (26134)NPT FEMALE THREADED INLET.EXTENDED RADIUS P U I I C WOrks 1O AND DECODER IN ONE)INTERFACES WITH ESPLXIVM(P) 5 IS IDEAL FOR LARGE TURF APPLICATIONS. CONTROLLER AND VALVES/MASTER VALVES.COMPATIBLE RAIN BIRD 8005 10 AT WITH RAIN BIRD COMMERCIAL VALVES ONLY(PEB,PESB, 10 TURF ROTOR,5.0"POP-UP,PLASTIC RISER,STANDARD PGA,EFB-CP). ❑ NOZZLE.WITH SEAL-A-MATIC CHECK VALVE,ADJUSTABLE 6 60 10.1 53, 2/L3.6 19620 67th Ave NE RAIN BIRD WR2-RFC 50-330 ARC,AND 360 NON-REVERSING FULL-CIRCLE. 1" Arlington, WA 98223 WIRELESS RAIN AND FREEZE SENSOR COMBO,INCLUDES 1 1 5/L3.6 (26/34)NPT FEMALE THREADED INLET.EXTENDED RADIUS RECEIVER AND 1 RAIN/FREEZE SENSOR TRANSMITTER. IS IDEAL FOR LARGE TURF APPLICATIONS. RAIN BIRD UFS-150 PERMIT SET ®S 1-1/21N.ULTRASONIC FLOW SENSORS,WITH GLASS FILLED 1 4/13.5 NYLON BODY.OPERATING RANGE 0.5 GPM TO.SIZE FOR 05/02/2025 FLOW NOT ACCORDING TO PIPE SIZE. BF BACKFLOW PREVENTER 1 VALVE SCHEDULE . SEE CIVIL This drawing is: y 1.Copyright 2025 D keman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. POINT OF CONNECTION 1 2/1-3.4 NUMBER MODEL SIZE TYPE GPM DESIGN PSI PSI PSI(WPOC PRECIP 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's SEE ENLARGEMENT ON DETAIL SHEET. written permission for any other use or reproduction. 1 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1" TURF ROTARY 21.32 45 49.3 51.0 0.65 in/h STRAINER 2 RAIN BIRD XCZ-150-LCS 1-1/2" AREA FOR DRIPLINE 15.74 40 40.2 41.7 0.64 in/h PROJECT NUMBER: WILKINS SXL CAST BRONZE WYE STRAINER WITH 20-MESH O 1 1/L3.4 3 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1-1/2" TURF ROTOR 32.8 60 65.9 71.9 0.8 in STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN.SIZE TO MATCH BACKFLOW 4 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1-1/2" TURF ROTOR 32.8 60 65.9 72.9 0.88 in/h DEVICE.INSTALL AT POC AND ELSEWHERE AS SHOWN ON 5 RAIN BIRD XCZ-100-IVMQ 1" AREA FOR DRIPLINE 11.35 40 55.9 56.9 0.64 in/h PLAN. 6 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1" TURF ROTARY 21.38 45 50.1 52.6 0.77 in/h MI WATER METER 1-1/2" 1 7 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1-112" TURF ROTOR 36.4 60 65.9 72.3 1.16 in/h SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS 8 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1-112" TURF ROTOR 36.4 60 66.4 72.8 1.15 in/h • 9 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1" SHRUB SPRAY 21.66 30 34.6 37.1 1.61 in/h IRRIGATION LATERAL LINE:PVC SCHEDULE 40 10 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1" TURF ROTARY 22.81 45 50.6 53.5 0.5 in/h MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SEE PLAN FOR SIZE.UNLABELED SECTIONS SHALL MATCH 11 RAIN BIRD XCZ-150-LCS 1-112" AREA FOR DRIPLINE 33.58 40 44.0 49.5 0.64 in/h THE SIZE NOTED OF THE ADJACENT UPSTREAM PIPE. 4,542 LF 3/1-3.5 12 RAIN BIRD XCZ-150-LCS 1-112" AREA FOR DRIPLINE 20.82 40 42.0 44.3 0.64 in/h MINIMUM PIPE SIZE AT END OF LATERAL RUNS SHALL BE 13 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1-112" TURF ROTARY 35.08 45 50.9 56.5 0.48 in/h 3/4". 14 RAIN BIRD XCZ-150-LCS 1-112" AREA FOR DRIPLINE 17.13 40 43.9 45.5 0.64 in/h IRRIGATION MAINLINE:PVC SCHEDULE 40 15 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1-112" TURF ROTARY 25.21 45 51.2 53.8 0.46 in/h SEE PLAN FOR SIZE.MINIMUM 2"UNLESS NOTED 1,856 LF 3/L3.5 16 RAIN BIRD XCZ-150-LCS 1-1/2" AREA FOR DRIPLINE 21.69 40 45.4 47.4 0.64 in/h OTHERWISE.SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MINIMUM BURIAL DEPTH. PIPE SLEEVE:PVC SCHEDULE 40 TEMPORARY IRRIGATION NOTES: SEE PLAN FOR SIZE.4"DIAMETER UNLESS OTHERWISE 626.9 LF 3/1-3.5 PROJECT INDICATED ON PLAN.TO BE INSTALLED BY LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR AT DEPTHS SPECIFIED. 1. ALL VALVES NUMBER WITH XXT WILL BE USED FOR TEMPORARY PRINCIPAL IN IN CHARGE: V.1"oml.ut IRRIGATION/PLANT ESTABLISHMENT FOR A PERIOD OF 2 YEAR FROM PROJECT MANAGER: ILL Valve Number THE TIME OF INSTALLATION. 2. THOSE ZONES WILL BE TURNED OFF/DISCONNECTED AFTER THE 2 PROJECTARCHITECT1AM N # Valor Row YEARS ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD TO MEET LEED REQUIREMENTS. I IRRIGATION CITY OF ARLINGTON LEGEND CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE •- CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS F \ � I � SPECIFIED RECTANGULAR F -- VALVE BOX, INSTALL FLUSH w . YKEMAN SPECIFIED 10" WITH FINISH GRADE TWO(2) SPECIFIED SPECIFIED 10" ROUND SPECIFIED RECTANGULAR DI ROUND VALVE BOX, STRAINER (NOT REQUIRED HERE IF RECTANGULAR VALVE VALVE BOX, INSTALL VALVE BOX, INSTALL ——— - INSTALL FLUSH [STRAINER INSTALLED WITH BOXES, INSTALL FLUSH FLUSH WITH FINISH GRADE FLUSH WITH FINISH II I 4 DESIGN WITH FINISH GRADE WITH FINISH GRADE GRADE ARCHITECTURE + UPSTREAM BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY) GATE VALVE [PRESSURE REDUCING MANUAL QUICK MASTER VALVE, II DRAIN VALVE COUPLER INSTALL SIMILAR TO VALVE(ONLY IF VALVE REMOTE CONTROL - - - SHOWN ON LEGEND) VALVE DETAIL / I ' BF � l-1 -1 -1 III-1 =1 =1 III=1 =1 3�4" =1111i�lllll IIIIIIII III III III III III- , ,, � ' METsng III— r— __� II II II I� II IIIIIIII 4 4 Y— I I F1S4o 3re0 WNE rM65scap9fOua 206-3-173 e 1rwAe5r e:ctM1 oitec l[sn IN I I I—I 1 4NION 34 OF NOTE: -- - ,. -I.. .. �E WA Sh ASMGti� IF SYSTEM INCLUDES A BOOSTER Q P M s PUMP, INSTALL MASTER VALVE D _ y u6 sm2 Z SUPPORT EACH VALVE BOX DOWNSTREAM OF PUMP. WITH (4) BRICKS, TYP. ELEVATION VIEW O 39 26 � NOTES: - J 1. PROVIDE ONE QUICK COUPLER AT P.O.C. AND ELSEWHERE AS SHOWN ON PLAN. 2. INSURE POSITIVE DRAINAGE FROM P.O.C. COMPONENTS. PROVIDE DAYLIGHT DRAIN AS NECESSARY. 3. PROVIDE SIZE &QUANTITY OF VALVE BOXES AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE ALL COMPONENTS. Arlington Operations 2 POC PLAN ENLARGEMENT Center POINT OF CONNECTION (BACKFLOW BY CIVIL) 1/6" = 1'-0" P—ARl-36 FOR Snohomish County EARTH GROUNDING NOTES Public Works 1. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE INSTALLER TO CONNECT ALL ELECTRONIC IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH HE IS AT SURGE DEVICE RESPONSIBLE TO EARTH GROUND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH CONNECTION TO LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES. FOR RAIN BIRD, REFER TO THEIR DOCUMENT ENTITLED 'GROUNDING FOR 2—WIRE SYSTEMS,' WHICH 19620 67th Ave NE 2—WIRE PATH CAN BE LOCATED ONLINE. Arlington, WA 98223 6 AWG SOLID BARE CADWELD FINISH i COPPER WERE NNECTIONf GRADE 2. CONTROLLER SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST ELECTRICAL SURGES THROUGH THE PRIMARY GROUND OF THE INCOMING POWER TO i THE CONTROLLER. � PERMIT SET 2—'WIRE PATH \ 3. FIELD DEVICES OR DECODERS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO A GROUNDING SYSTEM ALONG THE 2—WIRE PATH WITH SURGE DEVICE 05/02/2025 TR INTERFACE. MINIMUM SPACING AS NOTED PER MANUFACTURER. This drawing is: 8' MIN. VENC' 4. A PROPERLY INSTALLED GROUNDING SYSTEM SHOULD MAINTAIN A GROUND RESISTANCE OF 10 OHMS OR LESS. GROUND 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,GROUNDING I FtpO I2.The Architec's Instrument of Professional Service. TIONRESISTANCE OCCURS WHEN GROUNDING SYSTEM COMPONENTS, OR THE SOIL ITSELF, OPPOSE THE FLOW OF ELECTRICITY INTO .(WHERE NORISKOF THE EARTH. GROUND RESISTANCE IS MEASURED IN UNITS CALLED OHMS. THE HIGHER THE GROUND RESISTANCE (HIGHER OHM written permission for any otheruseorreproduction. HITTING UNDERGROUND COPPER CLAD GROUND ROD,PIPES OR WIRES WHEN I 6 AWG SOLID BARE 5/8"X8', WITH WELDED INSULATED GROUNDINGACT READINGS), THE LESS CHANCE THE SURGE WILL BE SHUNTED TO GROUND RATHER THAN TO THE EQUIPMENT'S ELECTRONIC ..OJECT NUMBER: DRIVING RODS) I COPPER WIRE CONDUCTOR, PAIGE ELECTRIC COMPONENTS. GROUND RESISTANCE CAN BE MEASURED USING A GROUND RESISTANCE TESTER LIKE THE MEGGER DET3TC. #18200106 OR APPROVED EQUALOR GROUNDINQUAL) 5. GROUNDING RODS AND PLATES AS INDICATED ON DETAIL. INSTALL THE CONNECTING WIRE IN AS STRAIGHT A LINE AS POSSIBLE. SURGE DEVICE SPLICED ELECTRODE SPHERE OFIF YOU MUST MAKE A TURN OR BEND IN THE WIRE, MAKE THE TURN IN A SWEEPING CURVE WITH A MINIMUM RADIUS OF EIGHT WI 2—WRE PATHINFLUENCE — NOINCHES AND A MINIMUM INCLUDED ANGLE OF 90'. TO MINIMIZE RESISTANCE, THE COPPER WIRE MUST BE PRE—WELDED TO THE WITHIN VALVE Box � OTHER WIRES oRGROUNDING RODS, OR WELDED TO THE RODS USING AN EXOTHERMIC WELDING PROCESS AT THE SITE. - CABLE WITHIN THE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SPHERE OF INFLUENCE 6. FOR 2—WIRE PATHS IN A "STAR" CONFIGURATION OR WHERE THERE ARE "SPURS," EACH PATH MUST BE TERMINATED WITH A SINGLE GROUNDING o — ------ — -- > SURGE DEVICE CONNECTED TO A GROUNDING SYSTEM. PLATE OPTION — ------ —— -- — ——— a'—o" ---ER CLAD ' 7. IF USING A SINGLE GROUNDING ROD OR PLATE DOES NOT PROVIDE ADEQUATE GROUNDING WHEN TESTED, OR IF THERE IS COPPER CLAD GROUNDING PLATE, 4"X8', INADEQUATE SPACE IN A PARTICULAR LOCATION, UTILIZE ALTERNATE METHODS OR LAYOUTS. THESE MAY INCLUDE A "Y—GRID" � 6 AWG SOLID BARE WITH WELDED INSULATED CONDUCTOR, WITH ADDITIONAL RODS, GROUND ROD STACKING, IRRIGATING THE SOIL AROUND THE GROUNDING SYSTEM, OR INSTALLING A COPPER WERE PAIGE ELECTRIC#182199IC, OR GROUNDING PLATE PARALLEL TO THE 2—WIRE PATH IN RESTRICTED SPACES. APPROVED EQUAL 8. MEASURE THE GROUND RESISTANCE AROUND THE GROUNDING SYSTEM AFTER INSTALLATION, AND ONCE EVERY YEAR AFTER. "PROJECT PLAN VIEW SECTION VIEW GROUNDING CONNECTORS SHOULD BE ACCESSIBLE VIA VALVE BOX FOR YEARLY TESTING WITH A GROUND RESISTANCE TESTER PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:LIKE THE MEGGER DET3TC. INSPECT THE GROUNDING SYSTEMS CLAMPED CONNECTIONS TO THE EQUIPMENT (NOT THE WELDED PROJECTMANAGER: I LL GROUNDING SYSTEM CONNECTIONS) ONCE A YEAR TO MAKE SURE THEY ARE SECURE AND CORROSION—FREE. PROJECT ARCHITECTIAM 3 GROUNDING FOR 2-WIRE SYSTEMS 1/4" = 1'-0" P—ARl-39 IRRIGATION CITY OF ARLINGTON DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE �• CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER , DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS SPECIFIED RECTANGULAR SPECIFIED RECTANGULAR FINISH GRADE VALVE BOX, INSTALL FLUSH VALVE BOX, INSTALL TOP OF . YKEMAN WITH FINISH GRADE LID FLUSH WITH FINISH GRADE SEE IRRIGATION SPECS FOR SPECIFIED AUTOMATIC BACKFILL AND COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS DESIGN II 4MINIMUM CONTROL VALVE, ARCHITECTURE +NSTALL PRESSURESPECIFIED BALL VALVE REGULATING DIAL IF SHOWNFINISH GRADE ON LEGEND FINISH GRADEPVC MAINLINE,DEPTH PER SPECS. SPECIFIED SPLICE KITS PVC UNIONI IIII I I-24" SPARE WIRE 24" CONTROL WIREoz •COIL IN BOX PVC MALE ADAPTER COIL, SEE SPECS "�FOR QUANTINGALV. UNION PVC BALL VALVE, _ 1" MIN. CLEARANCEBETWEEN VALVE BOX �O�� NIPPLE COMMERCIAL GRADE - _SUPPORT EACH VALVE BOX — AND PIPE rn o �- -ONE65tStWITH (4) BRICKS, TYP. PwpPVC NON-PRESSURE icaorvSsscn snaeo 1 C.F. (6" DEPTH) _ Nw — Sean e,wn sans DRAIN ROCK SUMP 3"MIN. _ _ LATERAL LINE PIPE t:aos sas nsz w:ro.a.ana ELEVATION VIEW P CLR. P — PVC PRESSURE -- - I I I I /. MAINLINE PIPE PVC UNION — VCONTROL WIRE BUNDLE, • III III �.,. TAPED TO MAINLINE PROVIDE CORRECT SIZE Aq PVC LATERAL PIPE '� of j RA :EC" NIPPLE SO THAT LATERAL III—I__ ��c v+ aasM tic LINE COMES RIGHT OUT OF 2" CLEAN BACKFILL UNDER THE BOX WITHOUT USING 90 SUPPORT VALVE BOX I— I I- 6" MIN. ALL PIPING, SEE SPECS h dd b6 `oi a PVC MAINLINE DEG. ELLS OR 45 DEG. ELL. WITH (4) BRICKS FOR REQUIREMENTS VALVE BOX MAINLINE, SIZE PER PLAN r' MINIMUM 2 C.F. I DEPTH) SPECIFIED BALL VALVE PVC SLEEVE, ONE PIPE B SECTION VIEW CONTROL AND SPARE WIRES, DRAIN ROCK SUMP ONLY PER SLEEVE, se e PLAN VIEW TAPE TO BOTTOM OF MAINLINE BOTTOM OF VALVE BOX. DEPTH AS SPECIFIED SOA pEPARG�\ ELEVATION VIEW NOTES: NOTES: 1. NO OTHER TRADES(ELECT. LIGHTING) ALLOWED TO USE SAME TRENCH AS IRRIGATION PIPE. 1. BOX TO BE INSTALLED AS TO ALLOW FOR PROPER OPERATION OF BALL VALVE. INSTALL AT RIGHT ANGLE 2. PROVIDE 24" COVER FOR DIRECT BURIAL CABLE. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: TO HARDSCAPE EDGE, INSTALL VALVE OFF-CENTER IN BOX. NOTE: 3. PROVIDE PVC SCH. 40 SLEEVES FOR ALL WIRING AND PIPING UNDER PAVING. 2. INSTALL VALVE BOX EXTENSIONS AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER VALVE INSTALLATION AT MAINLINE DEPTH. PROVIDE VALVE BOX EXTENSIONS AS REQUIRED. 4. NO STACKING(VERTICALLY) OF PIPES IN SAME TRENCH. Arlington Operations Center ISOLATION/SHUT-OFF VALVE 2 REMOTE CONTROL VALVE-WITH SHUT-OFF 3 PIPE TRENCHING AND BACKFILL FOR 1 1/2" = 1-0" P-ARi-15 1 1/2" = 1-0" P-ARl-29 1 1/2" = 1-0" P-ARi-20 Snohomish County Public Works RAIN BIRD UFS SERIES SPECIFIED JUMBO VALVE FLOW SENSOR BOX, INSTALL FLUSH SPECIFIED 10" ROUND AT WITH FINISH GRADE VALVE BOX AND LID FIED SPECIFIED RAIN BIRD RECTANGULAR IVALVE BOXES 1/4" GALV. U-BOLT 19620 67th Ave NE MASTER VALVE SPEKITSCIFIESEEOEFERE CEEMANUALLICE WITH LOCKING LIDS. BOLT 1" X 16" SCH. 40 Arlington, WA 98223 INSTALL DECODER FOR TWO-WIRE BOXES TOGETHER PVC PIPE g FINISH GRADE SYSTEM AND PULSE TRANSMITTER FINISH GRADE ON CONVENTIONAL SYSTEM SPECIFIED 10" ROUND PERMIT SET _ _H PLAN VIEW VALVE BOX, INSTALL FOR CONVENTIONAL FLUSH WITH FINISH GRADE 05/02/2025 —IIF _ _ _ _ SYSTEM, INSTALL III n QUICK COUPLER VALVE CONDUIT WITH PE-89 III—III III—III—III This drawing is: CABLE TO CONTROLLER 36"COI LENGTH Q - SPECIFIED DRAIN VALVE FINISH GRADE 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. —III— —III— 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. CONTROL .III—III I—I I — 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's WIRE —III MAINLINE — _ 1" X 16" SCH. 40 PVC written permission for any other use or reproduction. PIPE, SECURE TO QUICK FLOW FLOW III a~ 3"MAX. COUPLER WITH 1/4" PROJECT a= - GALV. U-BOLT — —II - ow Q - BUSHING AS REQUIRED I m —III SCH. 80 NIPPLE, VARIABLE MAINLIN� - - MAINLINE - w< LENGTH AS REQUIRED • PVC WITH THREADED OUTLET CONCENTRIC REDUCER = I- NIPPLE AND ELL w m W/ SCH. 80 STREET ELL w W/(1) SCH. 80 SHORT MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CONCENTRIC NIPPLE (NO MARLEX) PVC MALE PVC UNION PVC UNION — rn REDUCER ADAPTER SUPPORT VALVE BOX PIPE MIN. 18" OFFSET PVC CLOSE WITH (4) BRICKS FROM PVC LINE PVC SCH. 80 NIPPLE, NIPPLE INSTALL 6" DEPTH MIN. OF SUPPORT EACH VALVE BOX 8" MIN. LENGTH ELEVATION VIEW VALVE BOX DRAIN ROCK•EXTEND IN TROCKF ONE END 3" PVC PIPE, THREADED WITH (4) BRICKS, TYP. MAINLINE 6" BEYOND VALVE BOX f, f, MINIMUM 2 C.F. (12" DEPTH) MIN. 3 C.F. (24" DEPTH) DRAIN ROCK SUMP PVC TH X TH 90 DEG. ELL NOTES: DRAIN ROCK SUMP (NO STREET ELL) 1. THE UFS CAN BE INSTALLED IN A ELEVATION VIEW ELEVATION VIEW VERTICAL POSITION WITH THE FLOW MODEL SIZE K OFFSET FLOW RANGE ARROW POINTING UPWARDS. 2. THE UFS SIZE MUST BE EQUAL TO OR UFS100 1" 0.73 -1.66 0.3 - 50 GPM NOTES: NOTES: PROJECT SMALLER THAN THE INCOMING To SIZE. UFS150 1.5" 1.70 -0.316 0.5 - 110 GPM 1. ALL PIPE AND FITTINGS TO BE SAME DIA. AS I.P.S. FEMALE CONNECTION TO DRAIN VALVE. 1. ALL THE FITTINGS AND PIPE TO BE SAME DIA. AS IPS FEMALE CONNECTION OF QUICK COUPLER. 3. THE UFS DOES NOT REQUIRE STRAIGHT 2. INSTALL ONE MANUAL DRAIN VALVE AT LOWEST POINT OF MAINLINE ON SITE, SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND 2. QUICK COUPLER KEY MUST CLEAR VALVE BOX. PRINCIPAL IN IN CHARGE: PIPE BEFORE OR AFTER SENSOR UFS200 2" 2.849 0.1439 1.0 - 200 GPM APPROVAL BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PLACEMENT. PROJECT MANAGER: ILL PROJECT ARCHITECT: I 4 RAINBIRD MASTER VALVE& ULTRASONIC FLOW SENSOR 5 MANUAL DRAIN VALVE 6 QUICK COUPLER VALVE DRAWING TITLE: 1 1/2" = 1'-B" P-ARi-40 1 1/2" = 1'-0" P-ARi-17 1 1/2" = 1'-0" P-ARi-26 IRRIGATION CITY OF ARLINGTON DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS SHRUB OR LAWN HEAD, LARGE ROTOR HEAD, TOP SPECIFIED RAIN/FREEZE SENSOR, TOP FLUSH W/FINISH FLUSH W/FINISH GRADE. CONNECT CABLE TO CONTROLLER GRADE. ADJUST TO ADJUST TO ACCOUNT FOR PER MANUFACTURER'S . ACCOUNT FOR SETTLING / / SETTLING OF TOPSOIL OR RECOMMENDATION OF TOPSOIL OR MULCH MULCH — I I—I I FINISH GRADE —III—_III—_ —_III—_III FINISH GRADE DESIGN SET HEADS PLUMB _EXCEPT WHERE WHERE GRADES .�III III—III (2) TH x TH SCH. 40 ELLS —III—I I I —III—I I _ SPECIFIED AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION DO NOT ALLOW _ —III W/2" x 3/4" SCH. 80 -III— —III PRE-FABRICATED ® CONTROLLER. WALL MOUNT PER ... - NIPPLE OR (2) MARLEX _ —III- SWING JOINT(1" SIZE) MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. - - - - USE BOTTOMSTREET ELLS W/0 NIPPLE USE BOTTOM WITH 12" LONG ARM, SEE IRRIGATION PLAN FOR LOCATION. INLET ONLY INLET ONLY HUNTER HSJ-1, JUNCTION BOX VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO 12" x 3/4" SCH. RAIN BIRD TSJ-12, INSTALLATION. PVC RISER, SAME 80 NIPPLE PVC RISER, SAME OR APPROVED EQUAL SIZE AS INLET SIZE AS INLETCONSULTANT: SCH. 40 TH x TH ELL, OR CONDUIT FOR POWER --- MARLEX STREET ELL SOURCE, SEE io PROVIDE ADDITIONAL 3/4" WIRE PVC LATERAL PVC LATERAL II BURIAL DEPTH 45 BURIAL DEPTH ELECTRICAL PLANS CONDUIT TO RAIN SENSOR UNLESS PVC TEE OR ELL, BUSHING PVC TEE OR ELL, BUSHING WIRELESS SENSOR SPECIFIED PER SPECIFICATIONS PER SPECIFICATIONS AS REQUIRED 45' AS REQUIRED CONDUIT FOR CONTROL WIRES, r«a NE65th st—ttects MINIMUM SIZE AS SPECIFIED ON fora seaeie.wn9enset NOTES: NOTES: IRRIGATION PLANS t40fi344-D34 w:fora.lantl 1.TEMPORARILY CAP RISERS ACCEPTABLE 3/4" 1.TEMPORARILY CAP RISERS FOR PRESSURE TESTING. PRE-FABRICATED FOR PRESSURE TESTING. SWEEP PROVIDE ADDITIONAL 3/4" WIRE ELL 2.SEAL ALL JOINTS W/TEFLON SWING JOINTS: 2.SEAL ALL JOINTS W/TEFLON CONDUIT TO BOOSTER PUMP TAPE ON MALE THREADS ELEVATION VIEW HUNTER SJ, TAPE ON MALE THREADS ELEVATION VIEW I FOR PUMP START RELAY REGISTRATION ONLY. RAIN BIRD SA, ONLY. SWITCH IF BOOSTER PUMP IS 3.DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN GALV. OR APPROVED EQUAL 3.DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN GALV. SPECIFIED ON LEGEND OF W ASy� TO PVC JOINTS. TO PVC JOINTS. FINISH GRADE �``�x+ RA,"'6'c 4.ALL THREADED PVC PIPE r 4.ALL THREADED PVC PIPE — Pdd ul3 ssm o SHALL BE SCH. 80, ALL PVC SHALL BE SCH. 80, ALL PVC II m 2 a FITTINGS SHALL BE SCH. 40. PVC TEE OR ELL, WITH 5.NO CLOSE NIPPLES FITTINGS SHALL BE SCH. 40. PVC TEE OR ELL, WITH Q 5.NO CLOSE NIPPLES BUSHING AS REQUIRED BUSHING AS REQUIRED PERMITTED PERMITTED. PVC TH SCH. 80 II h. NIPPLE, 3" LONG 6.ALL FITTINGS AND PIPE r y � 6.ALL FITTINGS AND PIPE SAME DIA. AS IRS FEMALE �S 3g EXP.6�v6 �� CONNECTION OF SPRINKLER PVC THx TH 90'ELL CONNECTION OF SPRINKLERPRE-FABRICATED 1\� SWEEP ELL Cq PE ARG� HEAD OR Q.C. PVC TH SCH. 80 NIPPLE, HEAD OR Q.C. SWING JOINT(1' SIZE) 7.INSTALL SO PIPING WILL NOT (2) PVC ST. ELLS 8" LONG 7.INSTALL SO PIPING WILL NOT WITH 12' LONG ARM, \ CONTACT LATERAL. SHRUBLAWN CONTACT LATERAL. BIIRDER STSJ-12, PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: 8.ADJUST SPRAY RADIUS AS / HEAD 8.ADJUST SPRAY RADIUS AS FIELD ROTOR HEAD RAN REQUIRED. PLAN VIEW REQUIRED. PLAN VIEW OR APPROVED EQUAL Arlington Operations IRRIGATION HEAD 2 LARGE ROTOR IRRIGATION HEAD 3 IRRIGATION CONTROLLER (WALL MOUNT) Center 3" = 1'-0" P-AR1-14 3" - 1'-0" P-AR1-19 3/4" - 1'-0" P-AR1-13 FOR Snohomish County Public Works SPECIFIED CONTROL AT SPECIFIED RECTANGULAR VALVE ZONE KIT_ BOX, INSTALL TOP OF LID FLUSH AUTOMATIC CONTROL ZONE MAINLINE BALL VALVES AT ALL WITH FINISH GRADE(UPSIZE TO KIT(SEE LEGEND FOR TYPE, DRIP ZONES 19620 67th Ave NE SUPER JUMBO VALVE BOX FOR BALL PESB FILTER PRV PARAPET MOUNTING POST MOUNTING 1-1/2" VALVE KITS) 1" SIZE ZONE KIT DEPICTED) VALVE VALVE NO UNION OPTION: MOUNT ON OPTION: MOUNT ON Arlington, WA 98223 BASKET FILTER INSIDE OF ROOF FENCE POST 24" SPARE 'WIRE FLOW ® PARAPET APPROXIMATELY APPROXIMATELY WHERE INDICATED ON COIL, SEE SPECS FINISH GRADE WHERE INDICATED ON PLAN. MOUNT PER FOR QUANTITY PLAN. MOUNT PER MANUFACTURER'S PERMIT SET _ SPECIFIED SPLICE KITS 0 MANUFACTURER'S o RECOMMENDATIONS. 05/02/2025 24" CONTROL WIRE rn SPECIFIED RECTANGULAR RECOMMENDATIONS. PVC UNION - COIL IN BOX z J VALVE BOX This drawing is: - F F 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. - INLINE PRESSURE a o_ PLAN VIEW OF CONFIGURATION 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. REGULATOR ,¢w 0 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's PVC BALL VALVE _ C5� FOR 1" DRIP CONTROL VALVES 1" MIN. CLEARANCE U� written permission for any other use or reproduction. — BETWEEN VALVE BOX a AND PIPE w m PROJECT w� 3"MIN. N P CUR. P MAINLINE NO UNION • PVC UNION BALL PEB RBY PRESSURE LATERAL LINE, TYR. PROVIDE CORRECT SIZE PVC LATERAL PIPE VALVE VALVE FILTER REGULATO MARK DATE DESCRIPTION NIPPLE SO THAT LATERAL LINE COMES RIGHT OUT OF FLOW THE BOX WITHOUT USING 90 SUPPORT VALVE BOX FLOW O DEG. ELLS OR 45 DEG. ELL. WITH (4) BRICKS MAINLINE, SIZE PER PLAN MINIMUM 2 C.F. (12" DEPTH) CONTROL AND SPARE WIRES, DRAIN ROCK SUMP IN 1-1/2" LARGE CAPACITY TAPE TO BOTTOM OF MAINLINE BOTTOM OF VALVE BOX. DISC FILTER, TYP. RAIN BIRD WR2 WIRELESS RAIN FREEZE SENSOR SHOWN UPSIZE TO SUPER JUMBO ELEVATION VIEW VALVE BOX FOR 1-1/2" VALVE KITS PROJECT TEAM: NOTE: PLAN VIEW OF CONFIGURATION NOTES: PROVIDE VALVE BOX EXTENSIONS AS REQUIRED. 1. CONFIRM LOCATION WITH LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR INSTALLATION. PRINCIPAL IN :I AR FOR 1-1/2" DRIP CONTROL VALVES 2. DO NOT LOCATE UNDER COVER OF TREE CANOPY OR ROOF OVERHANG, ON SIDE PROJECT MANAGER: ILL OF BUILDING WALL, OR ANY OTHER LOCATION NOT FULLY EXPOSED TO RAINFALL. PROJECT ARCHITECT:I AM I 4 REMOTE CONTROL VALVE FOR DRIP ZONES 5 RAIN SENSOR 1 1/2" = 1'-0" P-ARI-06 3" = 1'-0" P-ARI-37 IRRIGATION CITY OF ARLINGTON DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE �- CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER • DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS VARIES- PVC LATERAL WITH SLEEVE DRIP LAYOUT NOTES(APPLY TO ALL DRIP II PVC LATERAL WITH SLEEVE SEE PLAN (SEE PLAN FOR SIZES) LAYOUT AREAS AND DETAILS): (SEE PLAN FOR SIZES) PVC EXHAUST HEADER, PVC EXHAUST HEADER, LOCATE DYKEMAN 1. ALL DRIPPERLINE TO BE INSTALLED 1" J _ LOCATE WHERE SHOWN ON BELOW TOP OF TOPSOIL LEVEL. WHERE SHOWN PLAN AT LOWER �— _ PLAN AT LOWER END OF 2. MULTIPLE ROWS OF DRIPLINE SHALL END OF EACH PLL PLAN ISLAND I I EACH PLANTING ISLAND BE SPACED AT 18" TYPICAL O.C. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN I MANUAL LINE FLUSHING ADJUST ACTUAL SPACING TO PROVIDE MANUAL LINE FLUSHING VALVE I I VALVE(PLUMBED TO AN EVEN SPACING ACROSS THE (PLUMBED TO EXHAUST HEADER), I I EXHAUST HEADER), OFFSET PLANTED AREA. OFFSET 18" FROM CURBS _ _ _ _ I I 18" FROM EDGE OF BED 3. COORDINATE AND PLACE ALL PLANTINGS SO THAT DRIPPERLINES DOUBLE RING DRIPPERLINE AT DOUBLE RING DRIPPERLINE RUN OVER TOP OF ALL ROOTBALLS. EACH TREE ROOTBALL I I AT EACH TREE ROOTBALL MINIMUM OF 1 EMITTER PER (COORDINATE WITH LANDSCAPE I I N (COORDINATE WITH GROUNDCOVER, 2 PER 5-GALLON PLAN FOR TREE LOCATIONS) OR SHRUB, 4 PER TREE. I w a LANDSCAPE PLAN F CONSULTANT: I I �¢w TREE LOCATIONS) 4. LAYOUT DRIPLINE SO THAT OUTLETS ARE TRIANGULAR SPACED AND INSTALL FIRST DRIPPERLINE EMITTERS FACING DOWN. INSTALL FIRST DRIPPERLINE I 4"-6" FROM EDGE OF 5. MAKE MINOR ADJUSTMENTS IN SUPPLY H 4"-6" FROM EDGE OF WALK I I WALK OR CURB HEADER, EXHAUST HEADER, AND gv_i OR CURB IT DRIPLINE LAYOUT TO AVOID CONFLICTS oa ro,a ranascape ammreas I PVC SUPPLY HEADER, 1430 RE 6sun so-eea I I CENTER FEED WITH NTH LIGHT POLES, FIRE HYDRANTS, CURB ADJACENT TO PARKING seams.wasens DRIPPERLINE BLANK RISERS, AND OTHER MISC. IMPROVEMENTS. STALLS fora n:zos-szz-nszw:ro.a.iana I I LOCATE WHERE SHOWN ON 6. WHERE REMOTE CONTROL VALVE IS I I PLAN SHOWN IN PARKING LOT ISLAND, I I LOCATE AT MID POINT OF ISLAND, 16" TO 20" TYPICAL DRIPPERLINE I I 16" TO 20" TYPICAL ADJACENT TO PARKING STALLS. SPACING, PROVIDE NUMBER OF REGISTRATION DRIPPERLINE SPACING, 7. INSTALL 6" STEEL SOIL STAPLES AT 3' LINES SHOWN ON PLAN PROVIDE NUMBER OF LINES O.C., PLUS TWO (2) ON EACH TEE, I I SHOWN ON PLAN ELBOW, OR CROSS. USE NETAFIM OF WAgy, �Fi��3 RASMG4C I I TUS6,Y INBIRDHEADER TSIZE TO, A EQUAL. PVC SUPPLY HEADER, END FEED ROUTE PVC LATERAL Q' Q' ��ll I I 8. SUPPLY HEADER SIZE TO MATCH WITH DRIPPERLINE BLANK � d\1 ul3 sF o AND/OR MAINLINE ALONG ADJACENT LATERAL LINE(3/4" RISERS, LOCATE WHERE SHOWN Z I I CURB TO AVOID TREE AND MINIMUM). EXHAUST HEADER SIZE ON PLAN Q I I SHRUB ROOTBALLS (COORDINATEATE WITH ROUTE PVC LATERAL AND/OR SHALL BE 3/4" MINIMUM. PRIOR TO v 2 e u CONNECTING HEADERS TO LATERAL, o� dY I I PLANTING PLAN) CAP LATERAL STUB-OUT AT EACH MAINLINE ALONG CURB TO AVOID �O 3g EXP.9126�1'�� I I PVC EXHAUST HEADER, SUPPLY HEADER. INSTALL ONE TREE AND SHRUB ROOTBALLS SCgaE Aap�,� LOCATE WHERE SHOWN ON PRESSURE GAUGE PER ZONE, AT PLAN VIEW — w1i (COORDINATE WITH PLANTING PLAN AT LOWER END OF FURTHEST POINT FROM VALVE. PLAN) EACH PLANTING ISLAND CONFIRM ALL LATERALS HOLD TYPICAL ISLAND PRESSURE PER SPECIFICATIONS. SHOWING END FEEDPVC LATERAL WITH SLEEVE "-• IDENTIFICATION: PLAN VIEW PVC LATERAL WTH SLEEVE 9. SEE IRRIGATION NOTES, LEGEND, AND (SEE PLAN FOR SIZES) SHOWING CENTER FEED (SEE PLAN FOR SIZES) SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. Arlington Operations Center TYPICAL DRIP IRRIGATION LAYOUT 2 DRIP LAYOUT AT PARKING ISLANDS- NO STEP-OFFS FOR 3/16" = 1'-0" P-AR1-31 3/16" = 1'-0" P-AR1-04 Snohomish County FINISH GRADE Public Works ROUTE DRIPPERLINE DRIPPERLINES, MULCH (DEPTH AS SPECIFIED) ON TOP OF SHRUB TYP. TOP OF TOPSOIL AT OR GROUNDCOVER ROOT BALL ��4' MAXIMUM TOP OF VALVE BOX 19620 67th Ave NE 1' BELOW FLUSH WITH FINISH SHRUB TREE ROOT BALL a TOP OF TOPSOIL GRADE Arlington, WA 98223 -�ROOT BALL — — FINISH GRADE \ DRIPPERLINE, TYP. - INSTALL IN TRENCH PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF MULCH. ADJUST OUTLETS TO PERMIT SET \ I MAXIMIZE ROOTBALL SATURATION. L111=1 =1 III=1 =III SOIL STAPLE AT 3' O.C. MAX. 05/02/2025_ _ _ / MALE ADAPTER BLANK DRIPPERLINE —III—III —III—III SPECIFIED 6" ROUND This drawing is: j I TUBING WITH MALE III=III III VALVE BOX 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. TEE OR ELL AT HEADER ADAPTER —I 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. — — NETAFIM TECHLINE DOUBLE RING HEADER 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's DRIPPERLINE AT EACH SECTION VIEW OF EXHAUST _ SHUT OFF VALVE written permission for any other use or reproduction. TREE LOCATION, WITH END FEED CONDITION HEADER �I - BALLSOV), PROJECT -•OR PVC \ FITTINGS AS REQUIRED. FINISH GRADE \ ROUTE ONE LINE ON �- \ TOP OF TREE ROOT MULCH (DEPTH AS SPECIFIED) \ SUPPORT VALVE BALL AND SECOND LINE TOP OF TOPSOIL \ BOX WITH THREE OUTSIDE OF ROOT BALL. SOIL \ 4" MAXIMUM MI BRICKS STAPLES '——— 1" BELOW - • MINIMUM 1 C.F. HEADER, 14VI�E�W TOP OF TOPSOIL 12" DEPTH MALE ADAPTER END FEED CONDITION DRAIN ROCK SUMP MARK DATE DESCRIPTION (SUPPLY OR EXHAUST) TEE OR ELL DRIPPERLINE, TYP. - INSTALL IN TRENCH PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF MULCH. ADJUST OUTLETS TO MAXIMIZE ROOTBALL SATURATION. SOIL STAPLE AT 3' O.C. MAX. AND ON EACH SPACING SPACING SPACINGSIDE OF ALL CONNECTIONS PERLEGEND PER LEGEND PER LEGEND DRIPPERLINE TEE OFFSET FROM EDGE OF DRIPPERLINE BLANK RISER NOTE: ADJACENT PAVING OR BED, MALE ADAPTER PROVIDE AND INSTALL AT END OF EACH DRIPPERLINE AREA, UNLESS THERWISE NOTED SECTIO TEE OR ELL AT HEADER ONE AT EACH EXHAUST HEADER AND EACH ISLAND. PROJECT PLAN VIEW CENTER FEED CONDITION HEADER PRINCIPAL IN PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: PROJECT MANAGER: I I.I. PROJECT PROJECT ARCHITECTIAM rr- 3 TYPICAL HEADER INSTALLATION 4 MANUAL FLUSH VALVE (FOR DRIP ZONES) 1 1/2" = 1'-0" P-AR1-32 3" = 1'-0" P-ARl-18 IRRIGATION CITY OF ARLINGTON DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE r,•, CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS POSTS VARY- SEE PLAN AND GATE SCHEDULE HINGE POST HINGE POSTS VARY- SEE Pr 3ND LR.TMAX SCHEDULE HINGE POST HINGE STRETCHER STRETCHER POST CAP, TOP RAIL BAR (TYP. BAR (TYP. DYKEMAN TYP. 4 SIDES) ,FULCRUM STYLE 4 SIDES) STRETCHER BAR, �' <<)��M L :LOCKABLE , TRUSS RODS W TRUSS RODS W TYP. MALLEABLE / MALLEABLE ;GATE FORK LATCH, CHAIN LINK FABRIC INDUSTRIAL TURNBUCKLES, o INDUSTRIAL ;FOR HEAVY DUTY TURNBUCKLES, ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SEE SPECS s HINGE SEE SPECS LINE, END AND AND TIES HINGE io PADLOCK ON POST, STRETCHER BAR MOTOR AND GATE N PROVIDE FIRE N PROVIDE FIRE TYP. z OPENER REFER TO DROP ROD DEPARTMENT BANDS AT 12" O.C., DEPARTMENT - - TYP. ELECTRICAL AND KNOX BOX, a ASSEMBLY KNOX BOX, -- LINE, END AND a MECHANICAL FIELD LOCATE FIELD LOCATE CORNER POST, o' PER FIRE PER FIRE TYP. a a INSPECTOR a INSPECTOR U LINE, END AND io CHAIN LINK CHAIN LINK CORNER POST, w w FABRIC AND i io FABRIC AND TYP. BOTTOM RAIL s TIES TIES INISH FINISH F � I ADJACENT CONDITION 2" MAX GRADE GRADE REFER TO SITE PLAN FINISH GRADE - - - - - - - - - - III, III_ -III ro- I J III-I I,- I III- -III 1143o NE65m Street 3e o le WA96115 ALL JOINTS WELDED o -�siss nas w:wre lem ALL JOINTS WELDED - _ _ - HOLD TOP OF FOOTING TO MAKE SOLID FRAME M TO MAKE SOLID FRAME III °a III III 6" BELOW FINISH GRADE HOLD TOP OF 12" DIA. CONC. CENTER HOLD TOP OF • _ _ FOOTING 6" BELOW III ...III STOP WITH PVC SLEEVE FOOTING 6" BELOW I I I-III- '. . III-�I I III- -I I FOOTING, SIZE<° FINISH GRADE, TYP. FOOTING, SIZE a° INSERT. PROVIDE A SIMILAR FINISH GRADE, TYP. F WAS STOP FOR EACH GATE ARM O H� NOTED BELOW NOTED BELOW TO HOLD IN OPEN POSITION 4F'�"N RA SMp C FOOTING, SIZE NOTED BELOW NOTES: NOTES: NOTES: 1. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 323113 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON POSTS,FOOTING AND OTHER COMPONENTS. 1. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 323113 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON POSTS, FOOTING AND OTHER COMPONENTS. Q 1. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 3 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON POSTS, RAILS,FOOTING AND OTHER COMPONENTS. 2.ALL GATES TO BE INSTALLED PLUMB AND SECURE FOR FULL OPENING WITHOUT INTERFERENCES. 2.ALL GATES TO BE INSTALLED PLUMB AND SECURE FOR FULL OPENING WITHOUT INTERFERENCES. 2.PROVIDE CONCRETE MOW STRIPSPS WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 3.ATTACH HARDWARE BY MEANS WHICH WILL PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED REMOVAL. 3.ATTACH HARDWARE BY MEANS WHICH WILL PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED REMOVAL. 3.ALL FENCES AND GATES ARE TO BE BLACK VINYL FINISH. 4.TACK WELD ALL GATE HARDWARE AFTER ADJUSTMENT. 4.TACK WELD ALL GATE HARDWARE AFTER ADJUSTMENT. 4.ALL MESH OPENING TO BE 2"OR OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLAN. 5.ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. 5.ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. SO sexP.sl%C,Ax 5.PROVIDE CONTROL OR EXPANSION JOINT AT EACH POST LOCATED IN CONCRETE. 6.PROVIDE CANE BOLT AND RECEPTACLE IN PAVEMENT TO SECURE EACH SIDE IN FULLY OPEN POSITION. 6.PROVIDE CANE BOLT AND RECEPTACLE IN PAVEMENT TO SECURE EACH SIDE IN FULLY OPEN POSITION. '9PE AR 6.POST SPACING 10'-0"O.C.MAX. 7.ALL FENCES AND GATES ARE TO BE BLACK VINYL FINISH. 7.REFER TO SITE PLAN AND GATE SCHEDULE FOR LOCATIONS OF GALVANIZED OR BLACK VINYL FINISH. 7.END/CORNER POST FOOTINGS: 12"HOLE DIAMETER, 42" DEEP, 36"POST EMBEDMENT. 8.ALL MESH OPENING TO BE 2"OR OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLAN. 8.ALL MESH OPENING TO BE 2"OR OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLAN. 8.LINE POST FOOTINGS: 12"HOLE DIAMETER, 36" DEEP, 30"POST EMBEDMENT. 9.PROVIDE FIRE DEPARTMENT KNOX BOX AS INDICATED ON GATE SCHEDULE. FIELD LOCATE PER FIRE INSPECTOR. 9.PROVIDE FIRE DEPARTMENT KNOX BOX AS INDICATED ON GATE SCHEDULE. FIELD LOCATE PER FIRE INSPECTOR. ``• • 10.GATE POST FOOTINGS: 12"HOLE DIAMETER,42" DEEP, 42"POST EMBEDMENT. 10.GATE POST FOOTINGS: 12"HOLE DIAMETER, 42" DEEP,42"POST EMBEDMENT. 11.REFER TO ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL FOR CARD READER AND GATE AUTOMATIC OPENING SYSTEM.CONTRACTOR Arlington Operations TO PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL GATE HARDWARE TO ACCOMMODATE THOSE COMPONENTS. 12.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS INCLUDING ALL GATE COMPONENTS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 4 TO 6 FT HT. BLACK VINYL CHAIN LINK FENCE 2 VEHICULAR DOUBLE SWING BLACK VINYL CHAIN LINK GATE 3 DOUBLE SWING CHAIN LINK GATE Center 1/2" = 1'-0" P-AR1-01 1/2" = 1'-0" P-AR1-11 1/2" = 1'-0" P-ARl-12 FOR Snohomish County Public Works LENGTH (L) Q INSIDE AT 19620 67th Ave NE TO OPEN 0I Arlington, WA 98223 OPENING - SEE GATE SCHEDULE �r 6 OUTSIDE GATE OPENING LENGTH(L) TAIL POST(T) T A 36'-0" 51'-0" 15'-0" GATE PLAN PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 TAIL FABRIC AREA (FABRIC NOT SHOWN IN TAIL) This drawing is: TRUCK BRACKET GUIDE ROLLER TRUCK ASS'Y ALUM. TRACK/ 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2" SQ 2" SQ POST SQ 4" O.D. TRUCK ASSY TRUCK ASS'Y W/BEARING TRUCK BRKT FRAME MEMBER 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. NOTESALUM. A ALUM. TOP ALUM. POST (TYP. OF 4) 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 1. FOOTING WIDTH TO BE (4)X POST UPRIGHT UPRIGHT [U2" PRIGHT UPPER ROLLER written permission for any other use or reproduction. WIDTH. MIN DEPTH TO BE 36 ALUM. TRACK/RAIL ❑ TRUCK ASSEMBLY PROJECT 2.GATES TO BE MANUALLY OPERATED. 2" SO. ALUM. 3.6 FOOT NOMINAL GATE HEIGHT. UPRIGHT U-BOLT 4.GATE OPENINGS AS SHOWN ON GATE ® O° TOP TRACK/FRAME SCHEDULE. u ® MEMBER OF GATE Oo 5.ALL SLIDING GATE TO BE TWIN TRACK FRAME MASTER HALCO SINGLE TRACK M s CANTILEVERED SLIDING GATE OR U-BOLT • APPROVED EQUAL. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 6.GATES WITH 30' OR LESSER OPENING POST TO BE MASTER HALCO SINGLE TRACK 2"x4"CABLE TRUSS FRAGA E ME LOWER GUIDE CANTILEVERED SLIDING GATE OR APPROVED EQUAL. 7.ALL FENCE COMPONENTS TO BE BLACK 2"x4" MEMBER ROLLER ASS'Y VINYL COATED OR BLACK PAINTED BOTTOM GATE VINYL COATED GALVANIZED STEEL OR FRAME MEMBER ALUMINUM AS SPECIFIED. ' EM 8.REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL I FOR CARD READER AND GATE AUTOMATIC •n I"a: 2%4" ALUM. 2" SQ. ALUM. TENSION ROD •1 h CHAIN LINK FABRIC OPENING SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR TO BOTTOM RAIL UPRIGHT 0 0 PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL GATE HARDWARE 9.TON ACCOMMODATE PROVIDE COMSHOPONENT.DRAWINGS 4" O.D. POST CHAIN LINK FABRIC .u.- GUIDE ROLLER ASS'Y SIDE VIEW END VIEW PROJECT INCLUDING ALL GATE COMPONENTS FOR PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: AR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION PROJECT MANAGER: ILL PROJECT ARCHITECT: AM 4 BLACK VINYL CHAIN LINK SLIDING GATE DRAWING 3/8" = V-0" P-ARl-21 DETAILS CITY OF ARLINGTON CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE • CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: ,DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS LATCH POST 24" FROM AS NOTED TRUSS ROD W/TURNBUCKLE PAVE EDGE HINGE POST OR WALL DYKEMAN 6" CLEAR ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN PANIC BAR EXITING DEVICE - - BIKE RACK, SEE SPECS -- SEE HARDWARE SPEC. I CHAIN LINK FABRIC AND TIES CONCRETE PAVING, ^ 72'- 2 0 CONSULTANT: SEE CIVIL o SELF-CLOSING CHAIN Ya" GALV. STEEL PLATES FOR MOUNTING LINK HINGE, HEAVY )) ( ) PANIC BAR AND BOLT KEEPER, BLACK DUTY BY NATIONWIDE POWDERCOATED FINISHED GRADE INDUSTRIES )�)�)�) fora BOLT KEEPER SEE HARDWARE SPEC. 1430 sthst a,�nrte�ce 6" CLEAR 1430 NE65tn Street Seattle, 5 t206-322-1732-1]32 w:fora.laM -O Y4" GALV. STEEL PLATES.SECURELY ALL JOINTS WELDED SO TO WELD TO GATE FRAME ON LID FRAME - RECESSED SIDE OF PANEL,BLACK POWDERCOATED w HOLD TOP OF FOOTING C FOOTING SIZE, 6" BELOW FINISH GRADE • P WAS. I I I TYP., SEE SPECS -TYP. �'0 j Rq sM GyC FINISH GRADE N y� �� 1/l3 ssi�ZT2 NOTES: Q NOTES: 1. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 323113 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON POSTS, FOOTING AND OTHER COMPONENTS. 1. SPORTWORKS"TOFINO NO SCRATCH"BIKE RACK BY SPORTWORKS.SURFACE MOUNTED 2.ALL GATES TO BE INSTALLED PLUMB AND SECURE FOR FULL OPENING WITHOUT INTERFERENCES. 9y yq> WITH CONCRETE EXPANSION ANCHOR BOLTS,SEE SPECS. 3.ATTACH HARDWARE BY MEANS WHICH WILL PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED REMOVAL. aS as ex It 2. INSTALL BIKE RACK PLUMB AND LEVEL. 4.TACK WELD ALL GATE HARDWARE AFTER ADJUSTMENT. Cq PE Al2C 3. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S 5.ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. SPECIFICATIONS. 6.PROVIDE CANE BOLT AND RECEPTACLE IN PAVEMENT TO SECURE EACH SIDE IN FULLY OPEN POSITION. 7.ALL FENCES,GATES AND HARDWARE COMPONENTS ARE TO BE BLACK(VINYL FINISH AND OR POWDERCOATED). ,•• • 8.ALL MESH OPENING TO BE 2"OR OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLAN. 9.PROVIDE FIRE DEPARTMENT KNOX BOX AS INDICATED ON GATE SCHEDULE. FIELD LOCATE PER FIRE INSPECTOR. /� 10.GATE POST FOOTINGS: 12"HOLE DIAMETER, 42" DEEP,42"POST EMBEDMENT. Arlington Operations 11.REFER TO ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL FOR CARD READER.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL GATE .` HARDWARE TO ACCOMMODATE THOSE COMPONENTS. Center 12.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS INCLUDING ALL GATE COMPONENTS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION. U SHAPE BIKE RACK 2 PEDESTRIAN DOUBLE SWING BLACK VINYL CHAIN LINK GATE FOR P-ARi-10 1/2" = 1'-0" P-AR7-38 Snohomish County Public Works AT CL CL LATCH POST 19620 67th Ave NE AS NOTED HINGE POST Arlington, WA 98223 CHAIN LINK FABRIC AND TIES ,I-CARD READER, REFER TO ELECTRICAL AND 6" CLEAR PANIC BAR EXITING DEVICE J MECHANICAL SEE HARDWARE SPEC. PERMIT SET z Y4" GALV. STEEL PLATES FOR MOUNTING 05/02/2025 z w PANIC BAR AND BOLT KEEPER, BLACK LL x POWDERCOATED This drawing is: o SELF-CLOSING X BOLT KEEPER SEE HARDWARE SPEC. 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. zo CHAIN LINK 4"X4" GALVANIZED SQUARE POST, 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. HINGE, STRETCHER BAR ih POWDERCOATED BLACK 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architects wo DU FA BY -TYP. 4 SIDES 1/2„ written Permission for anyother use or reproduction. aw NATIONWIDE CHAMFER, INDUSTRIES 2" CLEAR FROM FIN. GRADE TYP. INSTALL TO MATCH FINISH ELEVATIONS PROJECT a 3 OF ADJACENT LANDSCAPE, TYP. x F ALL JOINTS WELDED TO MAKE FINISH GRADE coo_ SOLID FRAME m - - - �w FINISH GRADE 6" CLEAR HOLD TOP OF FOOTING III III III- -^ III-III-III- • - I-III-III -III-I 6" BELOW FINISH GRADE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION III- -III;. -TYP. Ya' GALV. STEEL - _..- PLATES,SECURELY WELD TO GATE M III-I FRAME ON RECESSED SIDE OF PANEL,BLACK POWDERCOATEDCONCRETE FOOTING, SIZE ELLS TRICALFCCONIDUITCOORDINATE NOTED BELOW a NOTES: 1. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 323113 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON POSTS,FOOTING AND OTHER COMPONENTS. 2.ALL GATES TO BE INSTALLED PLUMB AND SECURE FOR FULL OPENING WITHOUT INTERFERENCES. "1 NOTE: 3.ATTACH HARDWARE BY MEANS WHICH WILL PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED REMOVAL. 1.ALL STEEL COMPONENTS TO BE GALVANIZED AFTER •,• 4.TACK WELD ALL GATE HARDWARE AFTER ADJUSTMENT, Y-0" FABRICATION. JECT TEAM: 5.ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. 2.REFER TO ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL FOR CARD READER. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: AR 6.PROVIDE CANE BOLT AND RECEPTACLE IN PAVEMENT TO SECURE EACH SIDE IN FULLY OPEN POSITION. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL GATE HARDWARE 7.ALL FENCES,GATES AND HARDWARE COMPONENTS ARE TO BE BLACK(VINYL FINISH AND OR POWDERCOATED). TO ACCOMMODATE THOSE COMPONENTS. PROJECT MANAGER: ILL 8.ALL MESH OPENING TO BE 2"OR OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLAN.. 3.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS INCLUDING ALL PROJECT ARCHITECT:I AM 9.GATE POST FOOTINGS: 12"HOLE DIAMETER, 42" DEEP, 42"POST EMBEDMENT. GATE COMPONENTS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 10.REFER TO ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL FOR CARD READER. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL GATE DRAWING HARDWARE TO ACCOMMODATE THOSE COMPONENTS. 11.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS INCLUDING ALL GATE COMPONENTS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION. DETAILS 3 SINGLE BLACK VINYL CHAIN LINK GATE 4 CARD READER POST CITY OF ARLINGTON 1/2" = 1'-0" P-AR1-08 3/4' = 1'-0" P-AR1-79 CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE •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iitM�Hr.ViewDd- D CLARIFICATION BEFORE PROCEEDING. BLDG BUILDING MEZZ MEZZANINE 5. REGULATIONS,STANDARDS,CONSTRUCTION,MATERIALS AND REQUIREMENTS BLKG BLOCKING MFR MANUFACTURER FOR INSTALLATION OF MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM AND BE GOVERNED BY THE ( n +- GRIDS B.M. BENCH MARK MH MANHOLE EDITION OF THE CODE IDENTIFIED IN THE CODES SHEET OF THESE DRAWINGS. BM BEAM MIN MINIMUM 6. REFERENCING DRAWINGS IS FOR CONVENIENCE ONLY AND DOES NOT LIMIT BOT BOTTOM MIR MIRROR APPLICATION FOR DRAWINGS OR DETAILS. BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT MISC MISCELLANEOUSCONSULTANT- 7. MATERIALS AND FINISHES LISTED ON INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS ARE 0 BTWN BETWEEN MTD MOUNTED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND CONVENIENCE OF THE CONTRACTOR AND ARE MTL METAL REFERENCED IN ADDITION TO MATERIALS AND FINISHES INDICATED OR C CHANNEL SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE IN THE DOCUMENTS. CB CATCH BASIN NA NOT APPLICABLE 8. HEIGHT DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN FROM FINISHED SLAB WHERE INDICATED,OR NAME CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TV NIC NOT IN CONTRACT RELATIVE TO DATUM NOTED ON DRAWINGS. ELEVATION LEVEL DATUM CG CORNER GUARD NOM NOMINAL 9. N.I.C.EQUIPMENT IS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS.CONTRACTOR IS C.I.P. CAST IN PLACE NS NELSON STUD RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING INSTALLATION AND PERFORMING WORKAS CLG CEILING NTS NOT TO SCALE REQUIRED BY DETAIL L S OR SPECIFICATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. C CENTERLINE MARK CLR CLEAR 10.F.O.I.C.EQUIPMENT IS FURNISHED BY OTHERS AND INSTALLED AS PART OF THIS CJ CONTROL JOINT CA OVERALL WORK.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THE WORK AS CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT OC ON CENTER REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION. CONT CONTINUOUS O.D. OVERFLOW DRAIN 11.CONTRACTOR SHALL SEAL AROUND ALL PENETRATIONS FOR FIRE RATED SPOT ELEVATION-TARGET FILLED CORR CORRIDOR OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER • WALLS,INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PIPING,DUCT,CONDUIT,ETC.WITH FIRE CS.J CONSTRUCTION JOINT OH OVERHEAD STOPPING PER CODES THAT GOVERN THIS SET OF DOCUMENTS. CSMT CASEMENT OPNG OPENING 12.CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE VAPOR BARRIER CT CERAMIC TILE OPP OPPOSITE MEMBRANE AT THE FLOOR SLAB,WALLS,AND ROOF.BACKER ROD,SEALANT, DRAWING CAL- TYPES CTR CENTER OS OUTSIDE 6467 AND OTHER APPROVED MEANS SHALL BE APPLIED CONTINUOUSLY AROUND ALL CL CENTERLINE REGISTERED EXTERIOR DOORS,WINDOW PENETRATIONS,AND OTHER AREAS OF POTENTIAL PIP POURED IN PLACE ARCHITECT AIR INFILTRATION,INCLUDING STRUCTURAL,MECHANICAL,AND ELECTRICAL DBL DOUBLE PL PROPERTY LINE PENETRATIONS.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO VAPOR DTL DETAIL PLAS PLASTER BARRIER OR REPLACE THEM PRIOR TO COVER,AS APPROVED. A3.01 18 EXTERIOR ELEVATION CALLOUT DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN PLYWD PLYWOOD TI Y JpM S EWETf 13.THERMAL AND SOUND INSULATION IS INTENDED TO PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS DIA DIAMETER PSF PER SQUARE FOOT S AT OF WASH GTON ENVELOPE AS INDICATED. DIAG DIAGONAL P.T. PRESSURETREATED 14.ALL ADA TOILETS,URINALS,AND STALLS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF DIM DIMENSION PVMT PAVEMENT THE CODES THAT GOVERN THIS SET OF DOCUMENTS.ALL STANDARD(NON-ADA) 1A DISP DISPENSER TOILETS SHALL BE CENTERED IN STALLS OR PARTITIONS,AS APPLICABLE, ON DOWN R. RADIUS C UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DP DAM ROOFING R.D. ROOF DRAIN PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C 15.WHERE EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALKS AND LANDINGS ABUT BUILDINGS,THEY 1 A5.01 1B INTERIOR ELEVATION CALLOUT DR DOOR REF REFERENCE SHALL BE SLOPED AWAY FROM THE BUILDING AS NOTED,BUT IN NO CASE LESS IDS DOWN SPOUT REFR REFRIGERATOR THAN12". DT DRAINREQ'D REQUIRED Arlington Operations 16.MAINTAINAIN NOTED SLAB THICKNESS AT ALL RECESSED SLAB AREAS AND SLOPING 1C DWG DRAWINGWING REV REVISE OR REVISION SLABS. RM ROOM 17.ALL FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION TO COMPLY WITH THE SURFACE BURNING EA EACH R.O. ROUGH OPENING Center CHARACTERISTICS DEFINED BY THE CODE THAT GOVERNS THIS SET OF 1/A101 DRAWING REFERENCE EF EXHAUST FAN RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DOCUMENTS. EJ EXPANSION JOINT FOR 18.SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED BY THE JURISDICTION EL ELEVATION SB SMART BOARD THAT GOVERNS THIS SET OF DOCUMENTS.SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 014523 ELEC ELECTRICAL SC SOLID CORE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. E.O.S. EDGE OF SLAB SECT SECTION Snohomish County 19.DRAWING KEYNOTES DO NOT CORRELATE DIRECTLY TO INDIVIDUAL - ENGR ENGINEER SF SQUARE FOOT SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. (^ ^��SIM EP ELECTRICAL PANEL SHTG SHEATHING 20.IT SHALL BE THE SPECIFIC DUTY AND RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH TRADE AND A1101 CALLOUT EQ EQUAL SHWR SHOWER Public Works SUPPLIER TO EXAMINE ALL PROJECT DRAWINGS,DETAILS,AND SPECIFICATIONS EQUIP EQUIPMENT SHT SHEET AND TO PROVIDE AND FURNISH PROPER EQUIPMENT,HARDWARE,FIXTURES, ES EACH SIDE SIM SIMILAR MATERIALS,ETC.,PERTAINING TO THEIR PART OF THE WORK SHOWN OR LISTED EW EACH WAY Si SEISMIC JOINT AT IN ANY PART OF THESE DOCUMENTS.QUALITY CONTROL,ADVERSE MATERIAL EXST EXISTING SM SHEET METAL REACTIONS,AND COMPLIANCE TO INDUSTRY STANDARD WORKMANSHIP ARE SIM (E) EXPANSION SPEC SPECIFICATION THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR.SCHEDULES ARE FOR THE 1 EXT EXTERIOR SQ SQUARE 19620 67th Ave NE CONVENIENCE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO ASSIST THEM IN UNDERSTANDING AND A701 BUILDING SECTION SS STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTING THE PROJECT.ANY OMISSIONS OR CONTRADICTIONS IN THESE FA FIREALARM STD STANDARD Arlington, WA 98223 DOCUMENTS SHALL BE CALLED TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT PRIOR FBO FURNISHED BY OTHERS STL STEEL TO SUBMITTING A BID.BIDS RECEIVED SHALL BE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE ALL FD FLOOR DRAIN STOR STORAGE ITEMS SHOWN AND/OR SPECIFIED OR SCHEDULED FOR A COMPLETE PROJECT. ��/A/��\ RON FOUNDATION SUSP SUSPENDED THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTE THAT THE WATERPROOFING DETAILS DO NOT U SIM FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER ALWAYS REFLECT THE ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS AND ARE INTENDED TO WALL SECTION FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET T TEMPERED GLAZING PERMIT SET SUPPLEMENT THE ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS,NOT REPLACE THEM.INSTALLERS A101 FF FNISH FLOOR TC TOP OF CURB 05/02/2025 ARE TO BE CERTIFIED BY MANUFACTURERS'APPROVED WARRANTY FFE FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION TEL TELEPHONE REQUIREMENTS. FIN FINISH T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE 21.BUILDNG INSPECTION SHALL BE PERFORMED THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF FL FLOOR THK THICK This drawing is: CONSTRUCTION.THE FREQUENCY OF INSPECTION IS IDENTIFIED IN THE SIM FO FACE OF TJ TOOL JOINT 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. CONTRACT.INSPECTIONS WILL BE PERFORMED ON SITE.INSPECTIONS WILL BE U FOC FACE OF CONCRETE TP TOP OF PAVEMENT 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B DOCUMENTED AND RECORDED AS DEEMED NECESSARY BY THE. DETAIL SECTION FOF FACE OF FINISH TYP TYPICAL 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B ENGINEER. A101 FDIC FURNISHED BY OWNER TOD TOP OF(MATERIAL) written permission for any other use or reproduction. 22.PROVIDE FIRE BLOCKING IN FURRED SPACES,STUD SPACES,AND OTHER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR TOP TOP OF PARAPET CONCEALED CAVITIES AS INDICATED AND AS FOLLOWS: FOIO FURNISHED BY OWNER TOS TOP OF STRUCTURE PROJECT a. FIRE BLOCK FURRED SPACES OF WALLS,AT EACH FLOOR LEVEL,AT INSTALLED BY OWNER CEILING,AND AT NOT MORE THAN 96 INCHES O.C.WITH SOLID WOOD FOM FACE OF MASONRY UNFIN UNFINISHED BLOCKING OR NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS ACCURATELY FITTED TO BUILDING ELEMENT TAGS FOS FACE OF STUD UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE CLOSE FURRED SPACES. FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED 2023-053 It. FIRE BLOCK CONCEALED SPACES OF WOOD-FRAMED WALLS AND 00 0000.00 KEYNOTE REFERENCE FTG FOOTING VB VAPOR BARRIER PARTITIONS AT EACH FLOOR LEVEL,AT CEILING LINE OF TOP STORY,AND FURR FURRING VERT VERTICAL AT NOT MORE THAN 96 INCHES O.C.WHERE FIRE BLOCKING IS NOT VEST VESTIBULE • INHERENT IN FRAMING SYSTEM USED,PROVIDE CLOSELY FITTED SOLID GA GAUGE VFY VERIFY WOOD BLOCKS OF SAME WIDTH AS FRAMING MEMBERS AND 2-INCH ROOM NAME GALV GALVANIZED MARK DATE DESCRIPTION NOMINAL THICKNESS. 101 ROOM NAME&NUMBER GB GRAB BAR W/ WITH c. FIRE BLOCK CONCEALED SPACES BETWEEN FLOOR SLEEPERS WITH SAME GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR WC WATER CLOSET MATERIAL AS SLEEPERS TO LIMIT CONCEALED SPACES TO NOT MORE THAN GL GLASS WD WOOD 100 SQ.FT.AND TO SOLIDLY FILL SPACE BELOW PARTITIONS. 56.22R WALL TYPE GND GROUND WF WIDE FLANGE d. FIRE BLOCK CONCEALED SPACES BEHIND COMBUSTIBLE CORNICES AND I GVP GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER WG WIRE GLASS EXTERIOR TRIM AT NOT MORE THAN 20 FEET O.C. GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD WH WATER HEATER 23.THE CONTRACTORS SHALL ASSUME THAT LEAD PAINT IS PRESENT ON ALL W/O WITHOUT PAINTED BUILDING COMPONENTS SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION.ALL WORK 101 DOOR NUMBER HB HOSE BIB WP WATERPROOFING THAT MAY DISTURB PAINT CONTAINING LEAD SHALL BE PERFORMED IN HC HANDICAP WT WEIGHT ACCORDANCE WITH 29 CFR 1926.62 AND WAC 296-155-176,CONTRACT HDWR HARDWARE DOCUMENTS,AND CONTRACTOR'S APPROVED WORK PLAN.REFER TO 02 83 00 O WINDOW TYPE HIMHOLLOW METAL LEAD-CONTAINING PAINT DISTURBANCE FOR DETAILS. HW HOT WATER 24.LEAD-PAINTED COMPONENTS INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO PAINT ON HVAC HEATING,VENTILATION AND PROJECT WALLS GYPSUM,CONCRETE,AND METAL WALLS AND CEILINGS,PAINT ON METAL 0'-0" CEILING ELEVATION FROM FLOOR LEVEL AIR CONDITIONING AND WOOD DOOR AND DOOR FRAMES,PAINT ON METAL AND WOOD WALL PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ PANELS,PAINT ON METAL HEATING COMPONENTS,PAINT ON METAL BEAMS AND INSUL INSULATION PROJECT MANAGER: PS FASCIA,AND PAINT ON WOOD SIDING. INT INTERIOR PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH 25.WASTE CHARACTERIZATION AND DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL - ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE DEMOLITION DEBRIS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS. JAN JANITOR JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG 26.LEAD CONTROL PROCEDURES ARE NOT SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS OF ONE SUB- JT JOINT CONTRACTOR;THESE CONTROLS AND ASSOCIATED MONITORING JST JOIST - A REQUIREMENTS ARE REQUIRED OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUB 100D CASEWORK TYPE A CONTRACTORS WHO MAY DISTURB LEAD-CONTAINING PAINT. H NOTES, SYMBOLS & OMATERIAL MARK ABBREVIATIONS Revisions REVISION TAG AAA REVISION CLOUD 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 MATERIAL LEGEND-SLAB PLANS GENERAL NOTES -SLAB PLANS CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE SLAB KEYNOTE LEGEND A. FOUNDATION DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A8.10. KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT B. FOOTING SIZES AND LOCATIONS-REFER TO STRUCTURAL. C. LOCATE CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB CONSTRUCTION AND CONTROL JOINTS ON COLUMN GRIDLINES IN 03 310022 FOOTING PER STRUCTURAL EACH DIRECTION.LOCATE ADDITIONAL JOINTS AS SHOWN. 051200.1`6 STEEL ANGLE BRACING PER STRUCTURAL D. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY AND COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS,INCLUDING BUT 051203 HSS COL.PER STRUCT. NOT LIMITED TO,FLOOR DRAINS,FLOOR SINKS,PLUMBING FIXTURES,AND CONDUITS WITH DYKEMAN 14 2000.A1 VERIFY SIZE OF SLAB OPENING WITH ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER. MECHANICAL,PLUMBING,AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF THE UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER. SEE STRUCTURAL FOR ADDITIONAL OPENING INFORMATION E. SEE FLOOR FINISH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONCRETE SLAB FINISHES. 22 000O.A1 PLUMBING PIPING AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT BELOW, F. SLOPE SLAB UNIFORMLY TO FLOOR DRAINS PER PLAN.MAINTAIN SLAB THICKNESS.ALL MINUS AND ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN COORDINATE W ITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS PLUS DIMENSIONS GIVEN ON THE SLAB PLAN ARE TOP OF CONCRETE WITH RESPECT TO THE 22 4000.A4 FLOOR DRAIN,COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS RELATIVE FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION OF 0"0". D r. D CONSULTANT: • 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 155'-6" *67 17'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 21'-6" 14'-6" d -. CC d • IDENTIFICATION: 4 d a °q °° 4 4, TYP ° ° 1 c 'I Arlington Op e rations P 0 p 10,T d ° O O d ° E I Center d d ° ° -J 4 L Im45/8 °73' d FOR4 - ° O o.o o C 4 _ �a d Snohomish County h° d ° ° ° g d ° °� LJ ° _ — — Public Works 4° ° ° rYP a zza000.Aa 4 ° .c Qml o f °� AT lb I4. mo ° _ °9 I . ° d ° TYP. 22 OOOOAI -o - 19620 67th Ave NE ° ° ° g ° �` m °I Arlington, WA 98223 ° ° 6 4 e.°- °� ° °d.. TYP. ° 4 ° ° v °� ° _ra —.r° Ag.40 U.N.O. .ra- -a ° . d 4 ° r . 0 ° a 5 ° ° 4 h f o o PERMIT SET —° -' =4`— - a —e —I — �°+ — — — 05/02/2025 4, 44 — ° L — J ° ° L e — J° e 4 d ° °4 �° ° 8. This drawing is: 051203° P. ° 4 ° d ° d _ Lm — — d qi 4 ° y ° .2'-0"TYR 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 4 - °I° ° e - - 4° - ° ° 4 n d° - R-10 PERIMETER 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B - - - written rmi i n for n other r reproduction. ° ° tte a sso o a of a use .% ° 4 ° 4 ° ° d m° ZT y °J ® ° ° o° �° SLAB INSU aAT®° n� P Y 4 d_ FPROJECT I d ° ° d °° ° 4. V-43/4" ° 6'-O". d L ° 2023-053 4 a4 a 033100.B2°TYP. - - v° 4° ° 4 ° ° a 7—0 ° L d — p° - .4 d „_,°' • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION —4J nZD 4 ° ° c0 ° � 4q °d° d° ° ° 4° ° 4 5/8-�v_6,.- 7,_O,. 3•_O" ° to .4 e d ° d ° ° ® 4 e d ° °4. - ° 1'-6" ° 4 3'-0" _44-105/8" 00 2'-73/8" °.,1,-6 ° d .• PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ L_L — — — PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH 4 JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG r�I' 'I�I I�I ••. A F� 051203 TYP. F� �-1 F A °J �}J �}� �}J �}J �}J SLAB PLAN - LOWER �} J }� LEVEL I I I I I I I I — — — — — — — — — — — —J o 4' 6' 16, n�11!17=�! AN-LOWER LEVEL Scale:1/8"=T-O" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 INTERIOR EXTERIOR WALL TYPE SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE TOTAL TYPE MARK CORE MATERIAL THICKNESS I Count S3.10 3-5/8"STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR WALL 4 114" 31 S3.11 3-5/8"STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR WALL 4 7/8" 46 DYKEMAN PRIMARY W.R.B. S3.20 3-5/8"STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR ACOUSTIC WALL 4 7/8" 2 S6.10 6"STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR WALL 6 5/8" 3 5/8"TYPE"X"GYPSUM S6.11 6"STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR WALL 7 1/4" 22 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 5/8"GWB 5/8"GWB SHEATHING S6.11A 6"ACOUSTIC STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR WALL 7 1/4" 20 S6.11X 6"STEEL FRAMED EXTERIOR WALL 7 1/4" 11 D MTL FRAMING MTL FRAMING d MTL FRAMING MTL FRAMING S6.12A 6"ACOUSTIC STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR WALL 7 7/8" 4 _ _ MaHn.ViewDd D S6.22A 6"ACOUSTIC STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR WALL 8 1/2" 8 5/8"GWB 5/8"GWB MINERAL WOOL R-21 F.G.BATT S8.11 8"STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR WALL 9 1/4" 9 INSULATION INSULATION(MIN.) S8.12A 8"ACOUSTIC STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR WALL 9 7/8" Ill 5/8"GWB 5/8"GWB WITH PVA PRIMER C.I.P.CONCRETECONSULTANT: C6.X 6"CONCRETE 6" 6 C12.X 12"CONCRETE 1'-0" 3 PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW WALL TYPE WALL DATA WALL TYPE WALL DATA WALL TYPE WALL DATA WALL TYPE WALL DATA S#.10 S#.11 S#.11 A S#.11 X INTERIOR EXTERIOR PER SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON PRIMARY W.R.B. C (2)LAYERS 5/8"GWB 5/8"GWB (2)LAYERS 5/8"GWB (2)LAYERS 5/8"GWB C PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: CONCRETE WALL PER 6"METAL FRAMING @ STRUCTURAL 24"O.C. 6"METAL FRAMING 6"METAL FRAMING 8"METAL FRAMING Arlington Operations R-18 F.G.BATT SOUND R-11 F.G.BATT SOUND R-11 F.G.BATT SOUND R-11 F.G.BATT SOUND Center R-10 RIGID INSULATION INSULATION INSULATION INSULATION INSULATION AT GRID'A' 5/8"GWB FOR 5/8"GWB (2)LAYERS 5/8"GWB 5/8"GWB Snohomish County Public Works PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW AT WALL TYPE WALL DATA WALL TYPE WALL DATA WALL TYPE WALL DATA WALL TYPE WALL DATA WALLTYPE WALL DATA 19620 67th Ave N E STC:45- STC:50- STC:55- STC:50- C#.x S6.11A S6.12A S6.22A S8.12A Arlington, WA 98223 INTERIOR EXTERIOR INTERIOR EXTERIOR INTERIOR EXTERIOR PER SCHEDULE PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 4"CMU,FULLY GROUTED, 1.Copy ctright 2025 Dstr m n,Inc. GROUND FACE For 2. Archites Instrument of Professional Service. B EXTERIOR SIDING PER ELEVATIONS 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B EXTERIOR SIDING PER ELEVATIONS (SHOWN PHENOLIC PANELS) written permission for any other use or reproduction. MASONRY ANCHORS (SHOWN VERT.MTL SIDING) 7/8"VENTED HAT PROJECT 21/2"SEMI RIGID INSULATION W/ CHANNEL(CONTINUOUS) 2"AIR SPACE HORIZONTAL Z-GIRTS 24"O.C. G-90 MIN.GALVANIZED" 2023-053 2 112"SEMI RIGID INSULATION W/ 2 1/2"SEMI RIGID WEATHER BARRIER HORIZONTAL Z-GIRTS 24"O.C. INSULATION WALL TYPE PER PLAN WEATHER BARRIER MARK DATE DESCRIPTION WALL TYPE PER PLAN WALL TAG LEGEND PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW CORE MATERIAL WALL TYPE WALL DATA WALL TYPE WALL DATA WALL TYPE WALL DATA S: STEEL STUD C: CONCRETE FX 1 FX 2 FX 3 FX: EXTERIOR FINISH PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS CORE NOMINAL SIZE PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: IF,KG A SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION/USE A A:ACOUSTIC X:EXTERIOR WALL TYPES S#.11 AX #LAYERS'EXTERIOR'SIDE LL OF STRUCTURE #LAYERS'INTERIOR'SIDE • ' , OF STRUCTURE 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 EXTERIOR WEST DECK @ UPPER LEVEL SCHEDULED FINISH FLOOR (PAVERS) YKEMAN PAVER SUPPORT PEDESTAL • EXTERIOR PROTECTION BOARD ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ROOFING MEMBRANE STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING 1/2"DENSE COVER BOARD p o o EXTERIOR gLOPE DI'I INTERIOR SELF-ADHESIVE UNDERLAYMENT - - - --2„1t,-0.MIN w 1/2"COVERBOARD UPPER LEVEL w g _SLOPE DN „ r SLOPE ONEE ROOF 9"' SELF ADHERED VAPOR BARRIER f 1l4"l1'-0"MIN. Z VARIES' CONSULTANT: VAPOR BARRIER\ 1 —t CONDITIONED SPACE ------------------------------------------ � EXTERIOR A Q CLT DECK PER STRUCT. y m zo `P A STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF p GLUED-LAMINATED BEAM w Z A PER STRUCT. INTERIOR z PER STRUCT. m� CONDITIONED SPACE p p o ac m CLT DECK PER STRUCT. f Q • GLUED-LAMINATED BEAM PER STRUCT. y N N 64674 C SECTION VIEW SECTION VIEW SECTION VIEW U TYPE TYPE TYPE Type:RCLT Type:RCLT Type:RS 1 2 1PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center FOR INTERIOR CONDITIONED SPACE Snohomish County SCHEDULED SUBFLOOR AND Public Works FLOOR FINISH WHERE REQ'D PER FINISH FLOOR PLANS AT LEVEL 19620 67th Ave NE CONCRETE DECK PER STRUCT. Arlington, WA 98223 METAL DECK PER STRUCT. PERMIT SET INTERIOR CONDITIONED SPACE 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Archited's Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B N written permission for any other use or reproduction. � SECTION VIEW PROJECT NUMBER. TYPE a F-MTL 2023-053 L� 1 • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION INTERIOR 17NTERIOR CONDITIONED SPACE CONDITIONED SPACE SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISH SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISH SLAB PER STRUCTURAL SLAB PER STRUCTURAL PROJECT LEVEL Q d LEVEL PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:l TJ V RIGID INSULATION PROJECT MANAGER: PS ooaaoQo 000Q00000000 0. o000000 PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH VAPOR BARRIER >��o��O o 0 0 0 0 VAPOR BARRIER goo poa o0 0 000 0o O o00 0o O oo JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG _ GRANULAR FILL 2"RIGID INSULATION @ _ I I I I I I I I—III—III—III—III f�—��i—i i i� �1�—�i P��Pig °� PERIMETER � . A — -III—III—III—III—I 11= =i i i—i i i i i i—i i i—i i i—i i - -III—III—III—III—III—I GRANULAR FILL Tn 2'-o"MIN. ROOF AND FLOOR a� @ PERIMETER TYPES N (, SECTION VIEW SECTION VIEW C TYPE TYPE m S0131 S0132 N 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -PLANS KEYNOTE LEGEND A. EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE OUTSIDE FACE OF CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALLS,FACE OF K. ELECTRICAL PANELS,TRANSFORMERS,BOILERS,AIR HANDLING UNITS,AND DUCTWORK SHOWN FOR KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT MASONRY WALLS,OR FACE OF SHEATHING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.DIMENSIONS TO MASONRY CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE.SEE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC SIZES UNITS ARE NOMINAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. AND LOCATIONS. 1102613 CORNER GUARDS B. INTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF CONCRETE,MASONRY,OR GWB AT FRAME WALLS,AND L. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. 11 2123.13 VENDING MACHINES TO CENTERLINE OF COLUMNS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. M. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS AT MINIMUM 31/2" 12 5200.A1 BENCH SEATING C. DIMENSIONS LOCATING DOORS,WINDOWS AND RELIGHTS ARE TO NOMINAL MASONRY OPENING OR THICK CONCRETE WITH 6 X 6 AN2.9 X 2.9 WWF REINFORCING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR TO FINISH OPENING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. REQUIRED ELSEWHERE IN THESE DOCUMENTS.PAD DIMENSIONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM 4"GREATER IN DYKEMAN 224000.A3 HOSE BIBB,COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS D. SEE WALL TYPES ON SHEETS A1.00 FOR TYPICAL WALL CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLIES. HORIZONTAL DIMENSION THAN BASE OF THE EQUIPMENT MOUNTED THEREON,UNLESS OTHERWISE E. ALL NON-BEARING WALLS ARE FULL HEIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK OR FLOOR ABOVE NOTED.EXACT PAD LOCATIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET A1.00 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. N. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL ADA CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS AS REQUIRED IN THE CONSTRUCTION ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN F. APPLY TWO(2)CONTINUOUS SEALANT BEADS BENEATH STUD TRACK AT ALL EXTERIOR STUD WALLS. DOCUMENTS. G. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL BLOCKING OR BOND BEAM AS REQUIRED 0. REFER TO DETAIL C21A9.10 FOR TYPICAL DOOR CLEARANCES. AT ALL WALL MOUNTED LAVATORIES,DRINKING FOUNTAINS,CASEWORK,MIRRORS,HANDRAILS,ETC. P. ANGLES ARE 30 DEGREES,45 DEGREES,OR 90 DEGREES U.N.O. D REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. Q. SEE FLOOR PLANS AND BUILDING SECTIONS FOR LOCATION OF DETAILS FOR TYPICAL FLOOR-TO- - - - 0 H. SEE DETAIL SHEET A6.00 FOR TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR WALL MOUNTED ACCESSORIES AND FOUNDATION,FLOOR-TO-WALL,WALL-TO-ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND HEADER,SILL,AND SOFFIT EQUIPMENT. CONSTRUCTION. I. SEE FLOOR FINISH PLANS FOR TRANSITION DETAILS AND THRESHOLDS. R. CONTRACTOR SHALL SEAL AROUND ALL PENETRATIONS AT FIRE RATED WALLS,INCLUDING BUT NOT J. SEE ENLARGED PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONAL AND NOTE INFORMATION. LIMITED TO PIPING,DUCTS,CONDUIT,ETC.,WITH FIRESTOPPING PER I.B.C.REQUIREMENTS. S. SEE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR WINDOW AND LOWER TYPES AND DETAILS. CONSULTANT: A2.10 Al Al Al B1 B1 1 A3.12 z A3.13 3 4 A3.13 5 6 Al 7 8 A3,1q SOUTH A3.14 PROPERTY LINE • 17'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 2'-6" 25'-6" 21'-6" 14'-6" 21'-0" 6 1". 9'-1 1/2" 1'-51/2" 7'-2"V-0 5/8" 5'_6 5/8" 8'-1" V-11 5/8" C12.X C6.X 6467 REGISTERED A _ _ _ ARCHITECT r 1 q` WELEV S6.11X 56.11X STAIRS• li TI r JAM S EWETi 53.11 I- ISAT OF WASH DTONEMERGENCY 53.11 108 0 SUPPLIES MDF ELEC. MECH.Al (COOP) 105 106 107 0I II TA310 _ J 33.11 58.11 MECH:WATER oO q 104 5311 � 53.11 SOURCESYSTEM -• • C L 1 00 104 105 106 107 108 - J MECH:HVAC - B7 w CORRIDOR - 109 EQUIPMENT Al „Q Arlington Operations = TYP. 10 2613 A4.31 /'� A3.10 F� 100B O 109 Center - B - - - &1IR.7AID 131 132 - 13356.12A 56.12A S6.11 S6.12A FOR WELLNESS O 56.11 Ss.11 MOTHER'S RM. CUSTODIAL w ( 333 134 O MEWS Oi SERVICE YARD Snohomish County 100 130 STORAGE I 56.22A 56.22A 134 RESTROOM WATER BOTTLES STORAGE 111 I Public Works 56.11 131 132 � � � - UNION O � CORRIDOR 129 w 12,_71/B" 10'_S" I 19620 67th Ave NE 100 1ooA 1zs °' O O _ I Arlington, WA 98223 r EOCRRAININGIPAVING CORRIDOR - l 128 58.11 ROLL CALL DROP-IN 135 looc 112 _I _ L _ PERMIT SET 128 STORAGE O Q C O o I I� ® 05/02/2025 w -----i ❑ 136 O q O 2 A210 1 Al WOMEN'S This drawing is: 9 _ ❑ 3 RESTROOM 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. A3.11 °i _ RECYCLE S3 11 C C O 112 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. e I __ 126 - O 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B ❑ 56.22A O O C 56.22A F I C1 A2.20 written permission for any other use or reproduction. WORK RM./ ❑ PLOTTER LOCKER ROOM LLLJJJ 8'-8 1I8" T-1 5/8' S'-8 3/8' 113 I PROJECT NUMBER. D - - 127- - ENV.STORE 135 56.11 - 135 - - - - - - - - 137 ss.zzA 2023-053 _-UP A7 N li N O O A4.21 v 127 137 136 S3.11 E 102613 S3.11 5311 0 I WASH A - TYP CORRIDOR ALIGN ° ALIGN c AA41 AREA • FX2 56.11X 10GD 224000.A3 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 125 124 123 122 118 117 116 113 B1 S6.11A O O O 0 I 1X FX2 JJ A3.11 58.11A 56.11A S6.11A CL 115 DR -- �PSR.ENV.COORD. BRIDGE BRIDGE PAVING mWAWORKSTATION SUPERVISOR LEADWORKER WORKSTATION DROP-I �-IN PAVING LFAD SUPERVISOR 125 m 123 122 121 120 118 117 w UNIFORMS 6 y (LYNIN F] F > 115 S6.11X S3.10 114 ' I E - 124 116 - - �� PROJECT 6 5 O O O 5 6 --- ------�--.-.- -FX2- - - -----J PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ 112123.13 TYP. PROJECT MANAGER: I PS EQ U.N.O.EQ U.N.O 5'-0. 8" 20'-0" 20'-8 1/4" 5'-2" 5/8" PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH CLR. CLR. JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG ------ ------------- ---------------- ---J------ - - -------- ------------------ ------------- ----- ---- q � � � CANOPY ABOVE I I I I A FLOOR PLAN - LOWER At LEVEL o a' B' 16' FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL Scale:1/8"=1'-0" • NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -PLANS KEYNOTE LEGEND A. EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE OUTSIDE FACE OF CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALLS,FACE OF K. ELECTRICAL PANELS,TRANSFORMERS,BOILERS,AIR HANDLING UNITS,AND DUCTWORK SHOWN FOR KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT MASONRY WALLS,OR FACE OF SHEATHING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.DIMENSIONS TO MASONRY CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE.SEE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC SIZES UNITS ARE NOMINAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. AND LOCATIONS. 05 5000.B1 PRE-FABRICATED LADDER B. INTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF CONCRETE,MASONRY,OR GWB AT FRAME WALLS,AND L. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. 10 2613 CORNER GUARDS TO CENTERLINE OF COLUMNS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. M. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS AT MINIMUM 3112" 124633 WASTE RECEPTACLES C. DIMENSIONS LOCATING DOORS,WINDOWS AND RELIGHTS ARE TO NOMINAL MASONRY OPENING OR THICK CONCRETE WITH 6 X 61W2.9 X 2.9 WWF REINFORCING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR TO FINISH OPENING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. REQUIRED ELSEWHERE IN THESE DOCUMENTS.PAD DIMENSIONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM 4"GREATER IN • YKEMAN D. SEE WALL TYPES ON SHEETS A1.00 FOR TYPICAL WALL CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLIES. HORIZONTAL DIMENSION THAN BASE OF THE EQUIPMENT MOUNTED THEREON,UNLESS OTHERWISE E. ALL NON-BEARING WALLS ARE FULL HEIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK OR FLOOR ABOVE NOTED.EXACT PAD LOCATIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET A1.00 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. N. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL ADA CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS AS REQUIRED IN THE CONSTRUCTION ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN F. APPLY TWO(2)CONTINUOUS SEALANT BEADS BENEATH STUD TRACK AT ALL EXTERIOR STUD WALLS. DOCUMENTS. G. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL BLOCKING OR BOND BEAM AS REQUIRED 0. REFER TO DETAIL C21A9.10 FOR TYPICAL DOOR CLEARANCES. AT ALL WALL MOUNTED LAVATORIES,DRINKING FOUNTAINS,CASEWORK,MIRRORS,HANDRAILS,ETC. P. ANGLES ARE 30 DEGREES,45 DEGREES,OR 90 DEGREES U.N.O. D REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. Q. SEE FLOOR PLANS AND BUILDING SECTIONS FOR LOCATION OF DETAILS FOR TYPICAL FLOOR-TO- - - - O H. SEE DETAIL SHEET A6.00 FOR TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR WALL MOUNTED ACCESSORIES AND FOUNDATION,FLOOR-TO-WALL,WALL-TO-ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND HEADER,SILL,AND SOFFIT EQUIPMENT. CONSTRUCTION. I. SEE FLOOR FINISH PLANS FOR TRANSITION DETAILS AND THRESHOLDS. R. CONTRACTOR SHALL SEAL AROUND ALL PENETRATIONS AT FIRE RATED WALLS,INCLUDING BUT NOT J. SEE ENLARGED PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONAL AND NOTE INFORMATION. LIMITED TO PIPING,DUCTS,CONDUIT,ETC.,WITH FIRESTOPPING PER I.B.C.REQUIREMENTS. S. SEE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR WINDOW AND LOUVER TYPES AND DETAILS. CONSULTANT: A2.10 A, Al Al B1 Al B1 1 A3.12 2 A3.13 3 4 A3.13 5 6 7 A3.14 8 A3.14 SOUTH 1 SS'-6" PROPERTY LINE 17'-6" 25'_6" 25'_6" 25'_6" 25'_6" 21'-6" 14'_6" 25'-0" • -53/4" 8'-51/4" 3'-73/4" 16'-8314" 1'-101/2" 7 1'-8718" 2'-01/4" 53/4' FX 1 L J FX 1 - � - 6467 REGISTERED A 201 O6 06 p ARCHITECT O S3.10 w S3.10 ^ / - w 3a AM VESTIBULE Sim• E ? S3.10 ,� I LL 53.10 Y 9 AT GFJ WA H GTON ELEV 56.11X B7 S6.11X 201 203 A•9.11 OPP ALIGN W/INTERIOR FACE STAIRS / qi w 53.11 OF SEA i X WALL BELOW A3.10 - 202 203 / \II 222 C - �� O6 CDI) CDC) C)CD OC3 C) �� ®L DN - - \\ // ..• IDENTIFICATION: C m O S6.11 O6 20 w LOBBY/PUBLIC - - - - -- - O6 56.11 \ / Bi 3b LL 720000UN2ER �� 53.11 58.11 MEWS L OPEN TO ROOMAl BELOW Arlington Operations A3.10 w S6.11 0 ROLL CALL A ROLL CALL B RES220-1 218 220 A4.04 // \\ Center B zaa �0 0� �� U� �� 221 - - - - - - - - - - j FOR CUSTODIAL 3c WORKSTATION o // \\ BRAD I)U L)LJ L)I) L)L) L)I) L)L) L)L) UL) I)U L)L) L)� �� 2,9 / \ Snohomish County o a CORRIDOR 206i S3.11 217 _ Public Works - S6.11X 00 00 00 00 B1 �� FtiJ� �� ELEC. f WORKSTATION S8.12A 53.11 A911 215 AT 3c 58.12A 58.12A zo5 os os qs WOMEN'S 19620 67th Ave NE (MATT) RESTROOM 33.,, - �� I-- � -- --- 219 Arlington, WA 98223 C --- - - - - CORRIDOR 56.11 P. 12 4633 i, DN TYP. 5'-2" 3'-11/4" 2'-81/2" 5'-2" 58.12A 5-2 S8.11 zoos 102s13 PERMIT SET I CLR. T-11/2" CLR. TYP CLR. zos zos z10 z11 z,z 213 C1 - -z1s ss.11A 05/02/2025 53.11 °' 56.11A S6.11A S6.11A A4.04 A2.10 1 Ai g I DRAINAGE -PAVEMENT], 215 This drawing is: A3.11 WEEPING VEGETATION S611A OPERATION 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc.�Y/y�� SMALL CONF. SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER MANAGER 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B I I 1� /� 210 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B KTfCHEN 0 211 212 2i3 214 216 LE ER 218 C7 A2.20 I 36.11X 206 56.11A 56.11A 56.11A 217 OS 5000.81 written permission for any other use or reproduction. S6.11A 14'-87/8" 10'-23/8" 10'-23/8" 10'-23/8" 13'-4" °' oo� PROJECT 2023-053 A4.21 FX 1 ALIGN i'-6" 9'-0" 9''0•' J U.N.O. EQ U.N.O. 9'-103/4" 7_6^ 7_6^ 714" 11'-31/4" • I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 61 WEST DECK = A3.11 208 I Al I I I I I I As.21 TYP. I E - - PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH JOB CAPTAIN: OF,KG A •-• A FLOOR PLAN - UPPER A, LEVEL o a• 8' 1 s' Al FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL Scale:,/8"=T-o" vs^=r-o^ NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -PLANS KEYNOTE LEGEND A. EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE OUTSIDE FACE OF CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALLS,FACE OF K. ELECTRICAL PANELS,TRANSFORMERS,BOILERS,AIR HANDLING UNITS,AND DUCTWORK SHOWN FOR KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT MASONRY WALLS,OR FACE OF SHEATHING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.DIMENSIONS TO MASONRY CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE.SEE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC SIZES UNITS ARE NOMINAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. AND LOCATIONS. B. INTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF CONCRETE,MASONRY,OR GWB AT FRAME WALLS,AND L. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. TO CENTERLINE OF COLUMNS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. M. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS AT MINIMUM 3112" C. DIMENSIONS LOCATING DOORS,WINDOWS AND RELIGHTS ARE TO NOMINAL MASONRY OPENING OR THICK CONCRETE WITH 6 X 61W2.9 X 2.9 WWF REINFORCING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR YKEMAN TO FINISH OPENING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. REQUIRED ELSEWHERE IN THESE DOCUMENTS.PAD DIMENSIONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM 4"GREATER IN • D. SEE WALL TYPES ON SHEETS A1.00 FOR TYPICAL WALL CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLIES. HORIZONTAL DIMENSION THAN BASE OF THE EQUIPMENT MOUNTED THEREON,UNLESS OTHERWISE E. ALL NON-BEARING WALLS ARE FULL HEIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK OR FLOOR ABOVE NOTED.EXACT PAD LOCATIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET A1.00 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. N. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL ADA CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS AS REQUIRED IN THE CONSTRUCTION ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN F. APPLY TWO(2)CONTINUOUS SEALANT BEADS BENEATH STUD TRACK AT ALL EXTERIOR STUD WALLS. DOCUMENTS. G. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL BLOCKING OR BOND BEAM AS REQUIRED 0. REFER TO DETAIL C21A9.10 FOR TYPICAL DOOR CLEARANCES. AT ALL WALL MOUNTED LAVATORIES,DRINKING FOUNTAINS,CASEWORK,MIRRORS,HANDRAILS,ETC. P. ANGLES ARE 30 DEGREES,45 DEGREES,OR 90 DEGREES U.N.O. D REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. Q. SEE FLOOR PLANS AND BUILDING SECTIONS FOR LOCATION OF DETAILS FOR TYPICAL FLOOR-TO- - - - O H. SEE DETAIL SHEET A6.00 FOR TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR WALL MOUNTED ACCESSORIES AND FOUNDATION,FLOOR-TO-WALL,WALL-TO-ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND HEADER,SILL,AND SOFFIT EQUIPMENT. CONSTRUCTION. I. SEE FLOOR FINISH PLANS FOR TRANSITION DETAILS AND THRESHOLDS. R. CONTRACTOR SHALL SEAL AROUND ALL PENETRATIONS AT FIRE RATED WALLS,INCLUDING BUT NOT J. SEE ENLARGED PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONAL AND NOTE INFORMATION. LIMITED TO PIPING,DUCTS,CONDUIT,ETC.,WITH FIRESTOPPING PER I.B.C.REQUIREMENTS. S. SEE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR WINDOW AND LOUVER TYPES AND DETAILS. CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: O 1.Copyright 2025 Dykemn,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B A2.10 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. Al PROJECT Al Ai 85 Bi Bi 1 A3.12 2 A3.13 A9.30 3 4 A3.13 6 6 A3.14 A3.14 a 2023-053 155'-6" 25'-6" 25_6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 21'-6" 14'_6" • 12'-0" 3'-61/2" 14'-3" 9'-0" 21'-W 2'-3"2'-3" 9'-0" 12'-0" 6'-9" MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 11 10 12 10 11 S3.10 ::ii :5;;'.AA3.i1 0 ALIGN W 5/6.I N1 0T ER IO R S3.10 56.11 S3.10 S3.150 6.10 , M M S3 FACEOFS6.11X El FF WALL ATLOWER LEVEL TYP. PROJECT .10 -• PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ Bi J PROJECT MANAGER: I PS — PROTARCHITECT: TH CA B — — JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG FLOOR PLAN - L CLERESTORY o a' a' 16' �FLOORLAN -CLERESTORY Scale:l/8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 MATERIAL LEGEND-ROOF KEYNOTE LEGEND GENERAL NOTES - ROOF PLANS UM ROOF TYPE:SS A. ROOF DETAILS-REFER W THUS SERIES SHEETS STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT B. ROOF ELEVATIONS SHOWN THUS DRAW ARE TOTOP OF STEEL DECK MEASURED FROM FINISH FLOOR.REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ELEVATIONS. 05 5000.B1 PRE-FABRICATED LADDER C. SET INTERMEDIATE HEIGHT AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE SLOPES INDICATED, 10 4002 FALL PROTECTION SYSTEM D. IN ADDITION TO OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING,MECHANICAL,PLUMBING, 26 3101 PV PANELS PER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ALSO INDICATE ITEMS PENETRATING THE ROOF MEMBRANE.REFER TO ROOF MANUFACTURERS STANDARD DETAILS FOR FLASHING AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. DYKEMAN E. FALL RESTRAINT AND ARREST SYSTEM IS TO BE BIDDER DESIGN.LAYOUT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS IS FOR DESIGN INTENT ONLY.FINAL LAYOUT TO CONFORM TO WISHA REQUIREMENTS.REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 110140.REFER TO DETAIL IAB.30. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D CONSULTANT: A2.10 155'_6„Ai 17'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 21'-6" 14'-6" 6467 REGISTERED — ARCHITECT A 21"TYP. — o: TYP. 26 3101 P. 104002 TI Y JAM S EWETi 5 AT OF WASH GTON C ,• IDENTIFICATION: C Arlington Operations Center B FOR I I I I Snohomish County Public Works ry AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 I I I I A2.10 1 - This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B O 3.For use n th is project only.Obtain Architect's B Ci A2.20 written permission for any other use or reproduction. 05 5000.B1 PROJECT NUMBER. D 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I I I I I E PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A ROOF PLAN Al A2.20 �• 0 4' 8' 16' ROOF PLAN Scale:l/8"=1'-0" • NORTH 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 -Is 220:0]PM 2 3 4 5 MATERIAL LEGEND -CEILING FINISHES GENERAL NOTES - RCP'S KEYNOTE LEGEND C1A-2 X4 ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS A. CEILING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET:A9.30 KEYNOTE KEYNOTETEXT B. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING AT ALL SUSPENDED CEILINGS.REFER TO TYPICAL CEILING DETAILS SHEET A9.30. C1B-2 X2 ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS C. METAL JOIST SPAN DETAIL-REFER TO DETAIL C11A0.30 FOR NON-SUSPENDED GWB CEILING ASSEMBLIES. ® C2-ACOUSTICAL WRAPPED PANELS(CEILING HANGING) D. CEILING AND SOFFIT HEIGHTS ARE FROM FINISHED SLAB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. E. CEILING TYPES-REFER TO MATERIAL LEGEND THIS SHEET. DYKEMAN F. CEILING GRIDS ARE CENTERED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR DIMENSIONED.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD MEASURE SPACE AVAILABLE TO VERIFY LAYOUT.IF MINOR ADJUSTMENTS ARE NECESSARY TO fWy k AVOID STRIPS NARROWER THAN TOR OTHER CONFLICTS,OBTAIN APPROVAL OF OWNER ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN C3-2-ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS-CLEAN ROOM VL REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE PROCEEDING. G. ROOF CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLIES-REFERTO BUILDING SECTIONS AND ROOF PLANS. H. STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE.REFERTO STRUCTURAL D GYPSUM CEILING BOARD DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL SIZE,LOCATION,AND SPACING. _ _ _ 0 I. MECHANICAL ELEMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE.REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL SIZE AND LOCATION. CEILING TAG-CEILING ELEVATION FROM FLOOR LEVEL J. LOCATIONS OF SMOKE ALARMS,EMERGENCY LIGHTING,NIGHT LIGHTS,AND EXIT SIGNAGE-REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. K. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING AND SPRINKLER PIPE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY.CO NTRACTORTO CONSULTANT: OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE-PAINT OR STAIN/SEAL AS INDICATED COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF THESE ELEMENTS WITH THOSE OF ALL OTHER TRADES. L. WHERE PAINTING OPEN STRUCTURE IS IDENTIFIED,PAINT ALL EXPOSED SYSTEMS THAT ARE VISIBLE �\ COgggLLOO��R P-1 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 7 I I I I I I I EMERGENCY • ELEV. ELEV.EQUIP. S(COOP)S MOP ELEC. MECH. STAIRS Eirl Eiirl104 105 106 107 108 EP 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT 134 e oTs S'AT OFJ WASH GTON _ F T C I F Al 0 I OTS ___________—� I� A3.10 w OTS —- MECH:WATER SOURCE SYSTEM C I�1 OTS OTS _ _ __J____J C ____ _ __ — 110 I I -•• • • c MECH:HVAC B1 a FIRST AID 8 CORRIDOR MOTHER'S RM. O w EQUIPMENT OTS OTS L Arlington Operations A3.10 KITCHENETTE WELLNESS 1OOB 133 OTS L 109 /'� B 102 - - � ao— — 0 — — I — — — cr — — � — Center C2 CORRIDOR �� o CUSTODULL � ,1 w .* FOR 1 ODA O O STORAGEI 0 0 ®i- WATER BOTTLES L STORAGE OTS j a { ;, > e O Snohomish County To UNION — 131 132 10'-0" � O - SERVICE YARD Public Works AT 0 0 ors , ors h o O 11 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 i —� ry O EOCRRAININGIPAVING w ) .,-{ 10' 0 r DROP-IN o ROLL CALL _____' 128 fo 0 L LC L - PERMIT SET �i� - STORAGES EQ. g EQ. CORRIDOR :WOMENS 100C O RESTROOM 05/02/2025 10'-0" 136 O O O This drawing is: �Al i��i OTS F OTS EQ 9 S — — — O 1.Copynght 2025 Dykeman,Inc. _ EQ .;("F, 2.The Architecrs Instrument of Professional Service. g _ ��RECYCLE O — — _ - "-�y .J 3.For use on this project only.Obtain ArchRect s B m 126 s r0 written permission for any other use or reproduction. OTS ENV.sroR. O O o • •o 137 O' EQ. EQ. LOCKER ROOM 10 0 NUMBER. 103/4' 2023-053 � - �WORKRM./ 10'-0" OTS - PLOTTER Ct- 11 Sk 27 •w � CORR DOR 1 - ul 100D # WASH FF AREA e1 ors o �1 5/a s 10 SR.ENV.COORD. EQ' EQ' EQ. 10,-0" 10'-0" EQ. I T /�,�, CLOTHES WORKSTATION (DRYING/ 40 ASH-UP 12 5 0 I ® I ® I I ® I � 0 114 OTS F ••• BRIDG BRIDGE WORKSTATION DROP-IN DROP-IN PAVING LEAD PAVING VESTIBULE UNIFORMS VESTIBULESUPERVISOR LEADWORKE 121 120 119 118 SUPERVISOR 116 115 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:(TJ 124 123 122 W. PROJECT MANAGER: PS TM nu 10'-0" 10'-0" OTS PROJECT ARCHITECT:(TH 10'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" ,0'-0. JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LOWER LEVEL o a' B' 16' n� REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-LOWER LEVEL Scale:1/8-1'-0" • , 1 11"=11-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 512/2025220:11 PM 2 3 4 5 MATERIAL LEGEND -CEILING FINISHES GENERAL NOTES - Rl KEYNOTE LEGEND C1A-2X4ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS A. CEILING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET:A9.30 KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT B. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING AT ALL SUSPENDED CEILINGS.REFER TO TYPICAL CEILING DETAILS SHEET A9.30. 233113.A1 I MECHANICAL DUCTWORK,PAINT,COLOR PER ARCHITECT C1B-2 X 2 ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS C. METAL JOIST SPAN DETAIL-REFER TO DETAIL CVA9.30 FOR NON-SUSPENDED GAB CEILING ASSEMBLIES. ® D. CEILING AND SOFFIT HEIGHTS ARE FROM FINISHED SLAB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. . YKEMAN C2-ACOUSTICAL WRAPPED PANELS(CEILING HANGING) E. CEILING TYPES-REFER TO MATERIAL LEGEND THIS SHEET. F. CEILING GRIDS ARE CENTERED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR DIMENSIONED.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD MEASURE SPACE AVAILABLE TO VERIFY LAYOUT.IF MINOR ADJUSTMENTS ARE NECESSARY TO AVOID STRIPS NARROWER THAN TOR OTHER CONFLICTS,OBTAIN APPROVAL OF OWNER ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN C3-2-ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS-CLEAN ROOM VL REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE PROCEEDING. G. ROOF CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLIES-REFERTO BUILDING SECTIONS AND ROOF PLANS. H. STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE.REFERTO STRUCTURAL D GYPSUM CEILING BOARD DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL SIZE,LOCATION,AND SPACING. - - - D I. MECHANICAL ELEMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE.REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL SIZE AND LOCATION. CEILING TAG-CEILING ELEVATION FROM FLOOR LEVEL J. LOCATIONS OF SMOKE ALARMS,EMERGENCY LIGHTING,NIGHT LIGHTS,AND EXIT SIGNAGE-REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. K. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING AND SPRINKLER PIPE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY.CO NTRACTORTO CONSULTANT: OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE-PAINT OR STAIN/SEAL AS INDICATED COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF THESE ELEMENTS WITH THOSE OF ALL OTHER TRADES. L. WHERE PAINTING OPEN STRUCTURE IS IDENTIFIED,PAINT ALL EXPOSED SYSTEMS THAT ARE VISIBLE COLOR P-1 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. \ / A3.12 2 A313 \ / \ / A313 \ / \ / Ai \ / \ / • T T T T T A3.14 T T 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT C5 CS B5 C5 C4 TI Y JAM S EWETT A9.30 A9.30 A9.30 A9.30 A9.30 5 AT OF WASH DTON ic c _ D o S \ • VESTIBULE F ELEV 12'-0' 0 O STAIRS Arlington Operations �01 10 0 203 w X F 222 M Ai -, 23 3113.A1 TYP. ..,� ® Center LOBBYIPUBLIC EQ. 8' 0"O.C. EQ— O A9.30 L O ,rNTER --' C2 TYP. C2 TYP. 4 C2 TYP. CORRIDO S ° .jSnohomish County ® EQ. EQ. ROLL CALL A ROLL CALL B - EQ. EQ. �' OPU IIC WOr1�S 209 _ _ _ OTS i ®RESTROOM O C3 220 WORKSTATION a O L�" A9.30 O �CUSZODIAL AT C2 TYP. OTs ® �^- :` , .'- 19620 67th Ave NE w CORRIDOR w F- Arlington, WA 98223 WORKSTATION 200A r r EQ. Q'EQ. 205 p OTS OTS - cz D ° ELEc. f�-WOM PERMIT SET ® O 215 EQ EQ r �ESTROOM` o 05/02/2025 r— w r-10^ m 1r-m^ ^ -ta This drawing is: w O 1.Copyright a a Dykeman,Inc. CORRIDO 10 0 w 2.The Arc hite cts Instrument of Professional Service. e ® '` � � 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B C4 2006 C4 C4 C4 C7 written permission for any other use or reproduction. A9.30 A9,30 A9.30 A9.3o A9.30 w ti 1�111 Ai o o o o o - A3.11 FP31 m 2023-053 cz TYP. C2 TYP. o o O o D o o O • A9.30® e ® _ _ _ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION D o a KITCHEN o ® 206 WEST DECK - Bi SMALL CONF. SUPERVISOR INAGE LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER OPERAF21TIONS DOE] 210 SWEEPING 212 213 VEGETATION 21g 217 MANAGER A3.11 10-p• 211 214 PROJECT10'-0" 10'-0" I ors I I 10'-0" 10'-0^ I I I I PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: I PS w PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH O — — JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A e EQ. 8,-6„O.C. 7 _ _ — — — — — _ T _ 7 — _ 7 • A REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - UPPER LEVEL o a' a' 16' Al REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-UPPER LEVEL Scale:1/8"=T-0" • 11.1=11-0.1 NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 MATERIAL LEGEND -CEILING FINISHES GENERAL NOTES - RCP'S KEYNOTE LEGEND C1A-2X4ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS A. CEILING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET:A0.30 KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT B. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING AT ALL SUSPENDED CEILINGS.REFER TO TYPICAL CEILING DETAILS SHEET A0.30. C1B-2 X2 ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS C. METAL JOIST SPAN DETAIL-REFER TO DETAIL C11A0.30 FOR NON-SUSPENDED GAB CEILING ASSEMBLIES. ® D. CEILING AND SOFFIT HEIGHTS ARE FROM FINISHED SLAB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. . YKEMAN C2-ACOUSTICAL WRAPPED PANELS(CEILING HANGING) E. CEILING TYPES-REFER TO MATERIAL LEGEND THIS SHEET. F. CEILING GRIDS ARE CENTERED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR DIMENSIONED.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD MEASURE SPACE AVAILABLE TO VERIFY LAYOUT.IF MINOR ADJUSTMENTS ARE NECESSARY TO AVOID STRIPS NARROWER THAN TOR OTHER CONFLICTS,OBTAIN APPROVAL OF OWNER ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN C3-2-ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS-CLEAN ROOM VL REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE PROCEEDING. G. ROOF CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLIES-REFERTO BUILDING SECTIONS AND ROOF PLANS. H. STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE.REFERTO STRUCTURAL D GYPSUM CEILING BOARD DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL SIZE,LOCATION,AND SPACING. _ _ _ D I. MECHANICAL ELEMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE.REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL SIZE AND LOCATION. CEILING TAG-CEILING ELEVATION FROM FLOOR LEVEL J. LOCATIONS OF SMOKE ALARMS,EMERGENCY LIGHTING,NIGHT LIGHTS,AND EXIT SIGNAGE-REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. K. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING AND SPRINKLER PIPE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY.CO NTRACTORTO CONSULTANT: OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE-PAINT OR STAIN/SEAL AS INDICATED COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF THESE ELEMENTS WITH THOSE OF ALL OTHER TRADES. L. WHERE PAINTING OPEN STRUCTURE IS IDENTIFIED,PAINT ALL EXPOSED SYSTEMS THAT ARE VISIBLE COLOR P-1 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C ,• • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. Ai Al 61 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B T A3.12 2 A3.13 T 4 A3.13 T T 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 1 2023-053 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 A9.30 A9.30 A9.30 A9.30 A9.30 • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION Al + A3.10 I E PROJECT 61 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ A3.10 PROJECT MANAGER: 1 PS PROJECT ARCHITECT TH JOB CAPTAIN: 1.". �7 A I I I I I I A REFLECTED CEILING PLAN -CLERESTORY o a' a' 16' REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-CLERESTORY Scale:1/8"=T-0" WIN 90011 NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D -nrarnetestD CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON MATCH METAL SIDING PATTERN BELOW FLASHING,TYP.@ ALL VERTICAL METAL SIDING C PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR METAL FLASHING UPPER LEVELJ, Snohomish County Public Works AT eeeeeeeeeeeeeee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee e----------------------------- eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ------------ee 19620 67th Ave NE aCombination A Combination A 7Combination A Combination A Combination A Combination A Arlington WA 98223 K a Combination B Combination B Combination B Combination B 3 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 Q� METAL VERTICAL SIDING LEVEL TRANSITION This drawing is: U I 1" 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER. 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 TJ PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A METAL VERTICAL PROFILE FX10-12 PROFILE FX10-12 SIDING PROFILES AEP Span,Flex Series \ AEP Span,Flex Series PROFILE FX40-12 PROFILE FX30-12 AEP Span,Flex Series AEP Span,Flex Series METAL VERTICAL SIDING-COMBINATION A ��METAL VERTICAL SIDING-COMBINATION B A! 3"=I.-,. AJ 3„=1,_0„ 1 2 3 4 5 12 1 3 4 5 CITY OF ARLINGTON, SECTION 15, TOWNSHIP 31N, RANGE 05E FILE NO.: GENERAL NOTES-EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. EXTERIOR MATERIAL TYPES-REFER TO MATERIAL LEGEND THIS SHEET. B. DOWNSPOUTS SUPPORTS-FOR DOWNSPOUTS UP TO 12'-0°IN LENGTH PROVIDE 2 PREFINISHED METAL STRAPS(TOP AND BOTTOM).1Z-0-AND LONGER PROVIDE 3 PREFINISHED METAL STRAPS(TOP,MIDDLE,AND BOTTOM). C. WALL TYPES-SEE SHEET At.00 D. WINDOW TYPES 8,GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE ON SHEET A7.20 . A E. EXTERIOR DETAILS-SEE AB SERIES SHEETS F. KNOX BOX-PROVIDE A KNOX BOX AT BUILDING ENTRY AS SPECIFIED.COORDINATE EXACT T LOCATION WITH THE ARCHITECT,OWNER,AND FIRE MARSHAL. Ai Bi T Ai Bi DESIGN A3.10 A3.,0 B A3.11 D A3.11 E ° KEYNOTE LEGEND KEYNOTE I KEYNOTE TEXT I I I I ®® 03 1113.At RETAINING WALL PER SHORING CONTRACTOR ®® 051217 ENTRY CANOPYCONSULTANT: 07 7124.A1 4"PVC DOWNSPOUT,PAINTED ®®® 101414 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE,REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS FOR ® ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 101414 107113.A4 101419 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE A7.40 10 7113.A4 EXTERIOR METAL SUNSHADE _ _ _ Cleresto 265601 EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURE-REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 26, 28 2300.A2 SECURITY CAMERA,WALL MOUNTED AT 9'-0"A.F.F.U.N.O., REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL 0 o INFORMATION. 051217 MAIN/PUBLIC r HARI El Ell ENTRY BEYO ND Upper Level MATERIAL LEGEND-EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 6467 REGISTERED 14'� ARCHITECT 03 1113.A1 A4 CONCRETE-CAST-IN-PLACE TI r JAM S EwETT A7.40 B1 U ID S AT OF WASH GTON e C2 � A7.40 OPP. A8.20 =-w-r TYP. MASONRY VENEER-GROUND FACEC177 A7.40 OPP. --• •el � METAL VERTICAL SIDING 282300.A2 0- COLOR:PARCHMENT 265601 SECTIONAL DOOR PRIVATE ENTRY J Arlington Operations A4 TYR PRIVATE ENTRY (KITCHEN/LUNCH RM) A8.20 COLOR:DARK BRONZEG Center FOR ® STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING Snohomish County C1 EXTERIOR ELEVATION - NORTH Public Works il8„-1'0" PHENOLIC PANEL AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 B1 Al g, A7 2 Al` This drawing is:1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. A3.14 A3.14 A3.13 A3.13 A3.12 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 I I ® I I I I I C3 - A8.20 • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION Cleresto D2 26 560, TYP. 2s' - - - A8 20 STAIR CANOPY AB 40 D3 TO SD2 03&SD2.04 �M\11 �01 A8.20 - Upper Level 28 2300.A2 28 2300.A2 14'-0" PROJECT 26 5601 A7 40 A8 20 101414 A8 0 07 7124.A1 STAIRS AND RAMP A740 A 0 TO LOWER LEVEL PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ TYp PROJECT MANAGER: I PS MAIN/PUBLIC PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH I ENTRY JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG LowerLevo� EXTERIOR A J J J J ELEVATIONS EXTERIOR ELEVATION - EAST , 1 2 3 4 5 4 5 CITY OF ARLINGTON, SECTION 15, TOWNSHIP 31N, RANGE 05E FILE NO.: GENERAL NOTES-EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. EXTERIOR MATERIAL TYPES-REFER TO MATERIAL LEGEND THIS SHEET. B. DOWNSPOUTS SUPPORTS-FOR DOWNSPOUTS UP TO 12'-O"IN LENGTH PROVIDE 2 PREFINISHED METAL STRAPS(TOP AND BOTTOM).1Z-0-AND LONGER PROVIDE 3 PREFINISHED METAL STRAPS(TOP,MIDDLE,AND BOTTOM). C. WALL TYPES-SEE SHEET At.00 D. WINDOW TYPES 8 GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE ON SHEET A7.20 . A E. EXTERIOR DETAILS-SEE A8 SERIES SHEETS F. KNOX BOX-PROVIDE A KNOX BOX AT BUILDING ENTRY AS SPECIFIED.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH THE ARCHITECT,OWNER,AND FIRE MARSHAL. Bi Al Bi Ai DESIGN E A3.11 D A3.11 C B A3.10 A3.10 A Dest D KEYNOTE LEGEND KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT ®® 03 1113.A1 RETAINING WALL PER SHORING CONTRACTOR ®® 055000.B1 PRE-FABRICATED LADDER 0 '5000..1 07 ROOFSCUPPER 07 7124.A1 4"PVC DOWNSPOUT,PAINTED 104002 FALL PROTECTION SYSTEM 10 7113.A4 2"I T"0" 10 7113.A4 EXTERIOR METAL SUNSHADE 11 2123.13 VENDING MACHINES Clerestory 23 ODOO.A3 EXHAUST VENT-REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS 26'-U" V 26 3101 PV PANELS PER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 1265601 1 EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURE-REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 07 7124.At COVERED 28 2300.A2 SECURITY CAMERA,WALL MOUNTED AT 9'-0"A.F.F.U.N.O., TYp, DECK REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL BEYOND MAIN/PUBLIC INFORMATION. ENTRYBEYOND UDID TI I I I I I I-I I I I I I-I I I I I I-I I I e 6467 REGISTERED 'O MATERIAL LEGEND-EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS ARCHITECT ETT m U SI AT OFJAM WASH GT LiON PRIVATE(LOCKER) III III III ENTRY BEYOND O WASH FF AREA 031113A1 � CONCRETE-CAST-IN-PLACE o ,' SERVICE ENTRY -III PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: La L °I ILL_� II I III III III- �P � MASONRY VENEER-GROUND FACE C wer Le 0 -III III III III III III- I_ 282300.A2IN I I I"I I I N,I I I I I - - - nP.l III III-III III-III II-III-III-I METALVERTICALSIDING Arlington Operations -III-III-III-III-III-III-I II I-III-III-I II3I0I 00 -III 265601 TYP-I - I I- I-III-III-III-III-III- COLOR:PARCHMENT Center METAL VERTICAL SIDING COLOR:DARK BRONZE FOR EXTERIOR ELEVATION -SOUTH STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING Snohomish County C1 „B,. Public Works PHENOLIC PANEL AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 Al 2 Ai B1 Al B1 This drawing is: IYYYs J `YYY, / IYYY/ / 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. A3.12 A3.13 A3.13 A3.14 A3.14 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 23 OOOO.A3 TYP. 104002 26 3101 TYP. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 05 5000.131 B5 A9.30 107113 A4 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION TYp L 1 Cleresto I _ _ _ STAIR CANOPY BEYOND-REFER COVERED �I TO SD2.03&SD204 DECK E E . EN ftff _ Uppe El r Level n 14'-0" I • T TEAM o11# PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I Ti PROJECT MANAGER: I PS WEST LOWER PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH o r LEVEL CANOPY JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG OUTDOOR WASH SPACE A C1 ILI A -11 _ Lower A620 LeOl EXTERIOR I-III-III-III-III-III 0771112.A1 -III-pRIVATE-III -III-III-III-III-I b-III-III-III-I 077124.A1 �I I-III-III III-III-PRIVATEIII -III-III- „2,23,3 TYP.I-I ICI I-III-III III-III II - III-III-III-III-III-I+I-III-III ENTRYI ICI -III A3I-III-I ICI I-III-III-III- TYP: -I III-III-III-I - -I ENTRYI I-III-III -III-II I-III-III-I - -I II-III-I L 1 ELEVATIONS A7.40 Al EXTERIOR ELEVATION -WEST , 1/8"=,,_0„ 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SECTIONS KEYNOTE LEGEND A. WALL TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.00. KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT B. ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.01. C. STAIR DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A4.31. 1263101 1 PV PANELS PER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS D. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS(A2 SERIES SHEETS)FOR EXTERIOR CLADDING TYPES AND LOCATIONS. DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D CONSULTANT: -------26 3101 . T I I I I TYP I I • A, � I I I I l i i i i i I I I I A, 1 sas7 A3 22 REGISTERED ARCHITECT A3.20 BS A9.30 TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON - �J —I _ — — — — — — — . . . . . . 26_o eresto o _ C o I .• • LOBBY/PUBLIC EN'S ROLL CALL A — ROLL CALL B o CORRIDOR i C...ER 207 209 200C -]RESZROOOM Arlington Operations — — — — — 1LUpperLevel Center _ o a o ® o _ - III=I 1 �a'_o„ FOR II II II II II 1=1 I �° - , 4 ° `� II II I� Snohomish County KITCHENETTE CORRIDOR CORRIDOR. o MECH:HVAC I ME WATER I III- Public Works III III III � EQUIPMENT SOURCE SYSTEM 6,J V V 102 rm-1] 100B::1 M 1 � fln _ 09 „0 IIII AT _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Lower Level 4I — 1=� =_=_=__ ___ _ __________ ___________ ______ _________________—_—_—_— —_-1 __�_—_=_— 1=1 �" 19620 67th Ave NE III III III IF III III 111_ III_ III III III III III III II II III III III III III III III III III III III III III III III I III III II II III III III III III= � � � Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET LONGITUDINAL SECTION FACING EAST @ GRID A.8 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. Ai Al Bi Ai Bi 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B A3.12 2 A3.13 T 4 A3.13 5 6 A3.14 7 A3.14 8 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 7Tp . written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT I T 2023-053 B5 A9.30 1 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION _ _ — 1 Clerestory STAIR 1 - 26'_Q" V CANOPY n VESTIBULE ELEV. III a ROLL CALLA ROLL CALLB to STAIRS zo, I 203 zo7 1 zos I 1 o zzz I I _ Upper Level -• < - _ 1JECT TEAM: 4_ PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ 1 _ o `® PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH II II II —I 11 - I III —III—III— — o c I- JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG EMERGENCY _ SUPPLIES MECH:HVAC MECH:WATER A —III KITCHENETTE ELEV, ELEV.EQUIP. (COOP) MDF ELEC. MECH. STAIRS EQUIPMENT STAIRS SOURCE SYSTEM A III 111111111111111=1 102 101 103 ❑ 04 105 06 07 08 109 08 110 Lo_werLevOel BUILDING SECTIONS I I I I III II II—I 1 1=II II II—=II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II_1 1 II1 II I�1 1 =II I I—jl 1 1 1—I _ =I1 H III—I I I—I I I I I I_I I I—I I I—I I ICI I I—I I I—I I I—I I I—I I I—I I hI I I—I I I III III III III III III III III IIIIII III III III III III I I III III III III III IIIIII III III III III III III III III III III III III III III III III III III III— Al LONGITUDINAL SECTION FACING EAST GRID A.2 Eli , 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SECTIONS KEYNOTE LEGEND A. WALL TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.00. KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT B. ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.01. C. STAIR DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A4.31. 1263101 1 PV PANELS PER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS D. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS(A2 SERIES SHEETS)FOR EXTERIOR CLADDING TYPES AND LOCATIONS. DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D CONSULTANT: 1 A3.12 2 A3.13 \ J \ / A3.13 28 3101 TYP I I TI I TI I TI � • *67 3.22 — , _ _ _ _ _ Cler�esto _�� c c I + IDENTIFICATION: � LLE NW K E `. —1I1 Arlington Operations — _ Ill TUpperLevel Center — 1I 14 ° FOR ❑o 111111III CLOTHES III Snohomish County -- ---- ----- n —I� — — — — e — — — — —PAVING— �I - DRYING PublicWorks s CORRIDOR G ESTIBULE LOCKER ROOM WASH-UP ASH-OFF ARE SERVICE YARD ° ROOD PAVING LEAD SUPERVISOR 116 113 114 III_ „6 117 4 AT = LJ _ Lower Level —III— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — _�_—_______= Imo_ _______�-- Ave N E 1=III=III=III=III=III=III=111 =III=III= 1I 1=III=III=1 =1 =11 =1 =1 =1 =1 =111=I 111=1 I=III=1 — =111=I ICI III=III=III=III=III=1111=III=III=III =111�1 -1 - -1111=11 III III=1 1 Arlington, WA 98223 B� LONGITUDINAL SECTION FACING EAST GRID D.5 PERMIT SET „B•=,•_D• 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 26 3101 TYP. written permission for any other use or reproduction. T T T PROJECT 2023-053 I I - MARK DATE DESCRIPTION — — — — — — — — Cleresto 26' IIIIIIrrr�� 9 — _DRAINAGE Lfl� Ih�L— — PAVEMENT/ — _ - .I L'7— — — — — — L ;r — SWEEPING VEGETATION 1 J OPERATIONS — KITCHEN SMALL CONF. SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER MANAGER PROJECT O6 210 211 212 213 214 216 217 �. J.' `. 218 o c Upper Level PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: Ti _ = 14� PROJECT MANAGER: 1 PS _ _ - ® PROJECT ARCHITECT:1 TH • % -1° — — ❑ __°e ev-e ----- III JOB CAPTAIN: DF.KG I I I I I I I I I o� 1 I I j A WORK RM./ L — L — — —I L JEOC/TRAINING/PAVING L_ _ — _. — J.WAiCORRIDIR PLOTTER STORAGE ROLLCALL CORRIDOR LOCKERROOM LOCKERROOM R SERVICE YARD - 100A 127 136 - 135 100C _ _ III BUILDING SECTIONS — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — = = Lower Level o ' 1 _t - _�_ _ _ _ _�_ I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I=111=111= =111 III I=111=111=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I-1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I = 11=1 I I=1 I I III=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I I=1 I I III=11 = 11=111=111=1 I I=111=111= •.. - . LONGITUDINAL SECTION FACING EAST @ GRID C.5 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SECTIONS KEYNOTE LEGEND A. WALL TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.00. KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT B. ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.01. C. STAIR DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A4.31. D. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS(A2 SERIES SHEETS)FOR EXTERIOR CLADDING TYPES AND LOCATIONS. DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C „PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET T A3.10 A3.10 B C A3.11 D A3.11 E 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B i written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 CANOPY 0 - ----____ Cleresto — — — — — - - • 26�_O" -----____ --- ----------- MARK DATE DESCRIPTION J o q MAIN ENTRY LOBB�P - ELEV. COUNTER WORKSTATION (CORRIDOR KITCHEN WEST DECK 2 33 202 205 a 200B 206 208 per Level 14�_Q„ III= o ❑ =1 ❑o �� o • PROJECT TEAM: PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:(TJ III—III—III SR.ENV.COORD. PROJECT MANAGER: PS _ ELEV. 9 CORRIDOR WORKSTATION PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH —� —�—— 01 100A 125 _ JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG —III—III—I I Lower LevOel A =III—III—III ICI —III—III—III— —III—III III—III= —III—III III—III—III—III—III—III—III—III= A II�III�III�III —III II II II IIIIIIII (III IIT ITITIIIIIIIII III�III�III III�III�III�III�III BUILDING SECTIONS TRANSVERSE SECTION FACING SOUTH @ GRID 1.2 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SECTIONS KEYNOTE LEGEND A. WALL TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.00. KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT B. ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.01. C. STAIR DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A4.31. D. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS(A2 SERIES SHEETS)FOR EXTERIOR CLADDING TYPES AND LOCATIONS. DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D A Al B7 B C A7 D B1 E CONSULTANT: A3.10 A3.10 A3.11 A3.11 A3.23 .�. .—............. • _ _ _ Cleresto sas7 % o u 26'� REGISTERED ARCHITECT A2 0 A3.21� e e TI Y JAM S EWETf _ ROLL CALL. PAVEMENTI V_ ppg CORRIDOR VEGETATION 5 AT of WASH GTON 200E SUPERVISOR o -. " 214 C _ Upper Level - ° Arlington Operations FE C/TRAINING/PAVING a PAVING Center III MECH. CORRIDOR CUSTODIAL o o CORRIDOR ROLL CALL SUPERVISO - I� 107 1008 134 : 135 100D FOR Lower Level Snohomish County Public u I Works P AT 19620 67th Ave NE B1 TRANSVERSE SECTION FACING SOUTH @ GRID 4.5 Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. A A3.10 A3 10 B C A3.11 D AB 11 E 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION a Cle226s_ — — — — — — — 6, �f CORRIDOR KITCHEN IF-20-O 0206 U per Level • r_ PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ —III III III O ®. ---------- PROJECT MANAGER: PS _ CORRIDOR WELLNESS UNION DROP-IN- PLOTTER -"J CORRIDOR -SUPERVISOR PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH —III III III— o —III—III—III FIRST AID& WORK RM. BRIDGE JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG ELEV.EQUIP. COR A —III—III—III— 103 10406 130 129 128 127 100D 123 A ......II l�lr Level I..I I I—III Lower �_ BUILDING SECTIONS Ill; ��„IIII„IIII, ,III=1�1�111_III-1�1=III-1�1=�I-1�1=111�III II,��IIII�IIIII�IIIIII IIII�IIII��IIII��IIiII�IIIII�IIIII�IIIII�IIII TRANSVERSE SECTION FACING SOUTH @ GRID 2.2 Al 1/8"=V_0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SECTIONS KEYNOTE LEGEND A. WALL TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.00. KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT B. ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.01. C. STAIR DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A4.31. D. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS(A2 SERIES SHEETS)FOR EXTERIOR CLADDING TYPES AND LOCATIONS. DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT 7 T T TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON D — — — — PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C — — — — — — �_ — — — Per Level 14'-0' — Arlington Operations 11=111111111=1y Center IIIIII III III III III SERVICE YARD WASH-OFF ARE FOR 11=III=III=1 Mal Snohomish County Lower Level n - - — —r Public bl Works II-1 I I,1 I I I I, 111— '-1 11-1 11-1 11-1 11-1 1-1 11- —1 11-1 11-1 11-1 11-1 -1 11-1 11-1 11-1 11-1 11=1 11=1 11=1 I I; AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 TRANSVERSE SECTION FACING SOUTH @ GRID 7.5 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: Al B1 Al B1 A A3.10 A3.10 B C A3.11 D A3.11 E 2023-053 — — — MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ----— --------------- i • — U per eel PROJECT TEAM: ® Y PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: I PS ® PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH + L DRYING/ JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG III— I I MECH:WATER MEN'S WOMEN'S LOI KER ROOM WASH-UP _ _ SOURCE SYSTEM RESTROOM RESTROOM ,13 114 A A — I 110 ,,, 112 ` - - - - - -I -I I-�I I LowerLeve l 41 1 41 I I BUILDING SECTIONS I I I-I I I-I I I-I 1I- TRANSVERSE SECTION FACING SOUTH @ GRID 6.5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SECTIONS RCLT1 qg 41 A. WALL TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.00. B. ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.01. C. STAIR DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A4.31. D. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS(A2 SERIES SHEETS)FOR EXTERIOR CLADDING TYPES AND LOCATIONS. 1 2 • YKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Al A3.23 I I DM�Hr. ,,I D I I I I 56.11X • C.Iere wry _ _ _ _ ClereSto 6467 REGISTERED 26'-0" Zs'� ARCHITECT KEYNOTE LEGEND KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT TI Y JpA S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C PROJECT • • 0 Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 i� H PERMIT SET Upper Level Up-per Level 05/02/2025 �J 14'-0" 14'-0" 1 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. e 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. -----_ - • JECT NUMBER: R-CLT2 66.,1X 56.,,X / F- 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION IE I � � I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: Ef"KG A • A WALL SECTIONS- NORTH WALL SOG ��Lower Level I Lower Level •. v 0" 0. V NORTH WALL SECTION @ GRID A.8 A2 NORTH WALL SECTION GRID D.5 , �/ 1 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 n GENERAL NOTES -SECTIONS A Y KEYNOTE LEGEND A. WALL TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.00. B. ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.01. KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT C. STAIR DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A4.31. D. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS(A2 SERIES SHEETS)FOR EXTERIOR CLADDING TYPES AND LOCATIONS. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN RCLT1) RCLT1) CONSULTANT: A 53.10 Clerestory! _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Cleresto 26'-0" 26 ss.t tx < • FX 1 > 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT 7.117 TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON c p PROJECT • G FX 1 56.1 iX Arlington Operations Center FOR o Snohomish County � Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Upper Level - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - u erLevel Arlington, WA 98223 0" l PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. z_i 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. e 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 f MARK DATE DESCRIPTION C12.X C12.X L C12.X PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHAIR E:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: Ef"KG q SOG2 SOG2 � Jwer Level _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Lower Le\Q o A WALL SECTIONS- EAST WALL EAST WALL SECTION @ GRID1.2(MAIN N ) ��EAST WALL SECTION @GRID 4.5 EAST WALL SECTION @GRID 6.5 1'-0" �G 1/2"=V-0" /'13 1/2"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SECTIONS 6 A. WALL TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.00. B. ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.01. C. STAIR DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A4.31. D. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS(A2 SERIES SHEETS)FOR EXTERIOR CLADDING TYPES AND LOCATIONS. DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D n. D R 1 CONSULTANT: KEYNOTE LEGEND KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT A3.21 FX 1 S6.11X Clerestory Cleresto On \ / — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 26r-0 6467 REGISTERED YARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON I � DPROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C B Arlington Operations Center ,R FOR 6 56.1,X Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 I PERMIT SET �upJLeOrLevel _ _ Up�e14e1 05/02/2025 J This drawing is: JJ 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. — — — — — — — — — J 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B ° ° FX 2 3.For use this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. I PROJECT NUMBER: IT _ FX 2 2023-053 ss.1 ix 111 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION S6.11X I I iilliiilliiill PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:,Ti PROJECT MANAGER: PS 0 PROJECT PROJECT ARCHITECT:,TH IIIIIIIIIII JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG X • A illiiilliiill WALL SECTIONS 0 Vx SOUTH WALL XPAMM I Lower Level Lower Level SOUTH WALLS SECTION @ GRIDS#A.8 SOUTH WALLS SECTION @ GRID#D.5WALLS SECTION @ GRID#D.5 11/2"=1'-0=T-0" �1111=1,-0.1 1 2 3 1 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SECTIONS A. WALL TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.00. D B. ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.01. C. STAIR DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A4.31. D D. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS(A2 SERIES SHEETS)FOR EXTERIOR CLADDING TYPES AND LOCATIONS. DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D I CONSULTANT: RCLTi) 1 Clerest — — — — — — — — — — 26'-01or • + + + RC7 i. �� 6467 REGISTERED E� FX 1 ARCHITECT KEYNOTE LEGEND O O 56.11X KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT TI Y JpA S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON 56.11X C „PROJECTC Arlington Operations Center FOR o - T Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 U er Level PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 �RCLT7) This drawing is: R-CLT2 RS1 ,.Copyright 2026 Dykemn,Inc. 2.The Architads Instrument of Professional Service. e �� 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B + written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 8 o s6.,,X FX2 ® RCLTi) 2023-053 n �� - • L1 ® I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I 0 ® I I I 0 PROJECT TEAM: o e 56.11X PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH 0 JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG 0 A A SOG2 SOG2 ,-♦ Lower Level WALL SECTIONS- WEST WALL I II II I Al WEST WALL SECTION @ GRID#1.2 A2 WEST WALL SEC�ION @ GRID#4.5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 601 ' A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH 14 15 MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. 86 B. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A9. • 4 D. RECESSES,OTHERWISE RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NOT TERMINATE AT OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN " " 4 Q F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE T-0"CUR. 4"1'-6" T-0 T-0 T-0" ,'-6"1'-3 1'-3" 4'-13/4" CONCEALED FROM VIEW. D S8 11 G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D _ 1'-3" V-3 H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, - - -View D,I ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. - K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. CONSULTANT: _ M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING 53.11 - 105153A1 _ _ I INFORMATION. _ N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A10 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION S611 ''1 _ _ S3.10 - AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL MEWS F5 - _ _ _ 2 FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. M F7 '" W 53.11 _ 10 2123.13 RESTROO ' _` .. 111 UNIFORMS#115-S MATERIAL LEGEND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 105113 TYP., 1,• Q 3'_0" 3'-51/4" 1'-2' 4'-93/4", 3'-03/4" 3'-03/4"�t..L'.'S'-73/4.' :: t�,:6 D�7 1/4,_1,-0, (LOCKERS RESTROOMS) U _ • 105153.A1 TYP: -Al A4.03 'B1 53.10 W2A-WALL TILE RT S3.11 B2' TY. W28 WALL TILE 674 W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) of 111(. _ - S3.10 0 B1-6"RUBBER BASE v - - - 055000.B1 ® B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE o- d' U C C - - - - - - - - B2B-6"CEF;AMIC TILE COVED BASE C _ - 53.10 - O MATERIAL TAG s� - . Arlington Operations v 2 3' 8" 3' 3 3/4" - SEE-FINISH MATERIAL KEY ON SHEET A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS. Center C2 S3.10 601 TYP. B, KEYNOTE LEGEND FOR a ,s - 01 A4.03 D1 - 86 Snohomish Count 'WOMEN S - S3 11 RESTROO _ - F1 KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT \/ J' -03/4 3'-03/4 5 7 CLR.�' � - C3 UNIFORM#115-W 055000.B, PRE-FABRICATED LADDER Public Works 3 1J�7 il4 1,_0„ - 3'-0" 3'-0" 10212313 102123.13 CUBICLE CURTAINS 3'-0" -3'-0 `TYP -"C A403 3" 2 102813.A3 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER,F.O.I.C. AT --: - bo 105113 METAL LOCKERS S3.11 5311 _ - - 105153.AT PEDESTAL BENCH LOCKER ROOM - 2'-0" 105153.A2 ADA PEDESTAL BENCH 19620 67th Ave NE 3 - 125200.AT BENCH SEATING Arling!T on, WA 98223 '� -- 4000.A2 EYE WASH STATION,COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING 7 F1 H 53.11 461 22 DRAWINGST � 56.11 g�•- I � 224000.A3 HOSE 61BB,COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS K 224000.A5 THREE-STATION TROUGH SINK,COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING U ,'..:................. •;, .,- ., - DRAWINGS PERMIT SET in Al A4.02 1:• ,-.: ADA n 05/02/2025 v - CLOSET SHELF&POLE Pi TYP. 102813.A3 W4 TYP. A2 This drawing is: r D1', -- 1.Co right 2025 D keman Inc. TYP. •.�'.� -A9.50 PY 9 Y S8.11 10 5153.A2-, - 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. e ,' 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B ` A3 written permission for any other use or reproduction. -- A9.50 .'. r . 105113 -TYP.' '-• PROJECT ( 105153.A, 'TYP 2023-053 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I e l l l l l -_.;_',-`"; '-_:.'-.=' .:'. =' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I • 22 4000.A3 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CLOTHES DRYING WASH #114-S *1�1�THES DRYING/WASH-UP#114-W S6.11 LOTHES -0" DRYING/I 53.11 - ASH-UP p. _ 125200.A1 TYP. - 115 :1 F4B Bi TYP. UNIFORMS F7 A9'12 W4 CLOSET SHELF&POLE a : TYP. P7 TYP. dPROJECT TEAM: A5 F2 : PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ TYP - PROJECT MANAGER: PS A4.01 D3 B4 A A4.01 B3 PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH ,.A9.40 JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG C3 B5 TYP. TYP. •" A a A ez B3 a 12 1 . - - ENLARGED RESTROOM A9. A9.12 IIII I 8 I � II I IIIIIIIIIIII I I I I I I I 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PLANS & ELEVATIONS I I I I IIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 8'-6" 5'-1318" 6'-45/8" • 22 4000.A2 22 4000.A5 B1 TYP. FLOOR PLAN - MEN'S RESTROOM#111,WOMEN'S RESTROOM#112, LOCKER ROOM#113 ��CLOTHES DRYING/WASH-UP#114-N ��CLOTHES DRYING/WASH-UP#114- E /'1 I mix, I ill 1/4„=1,_D„ /'13 1/4"=1-0" /'1:J ,la•=,'_D. 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. CORNER CORNER B. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A9.10 . D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES YKEMAN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NOT TERMINATE AT OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN — — F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE o L o o — o o — CONCEALED FROM VIEW. G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D ® Q ® DO Q DO a ® a a QO ® H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, - - - D ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT.I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TODOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. _ _ ____ ____ J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. ❑❑v ❑ v ❑❑ ❑❑ ❑❑ K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER PROJECT MANUAL. L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER R TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. M. CEILINGS REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING INFORMATION, N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON MCI SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. LOCKER ROOM#113-W NOTE:SEE B4/C1/C2/C3/C4/A9.40 FOR ALL LOCKER PLAN AND SECTION DETAILS MATERIAL LEGEND-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS (LOCKERS/RESTROOMS) • W2A-WALL TILE 302 302 P1 CORNER W2A 29 1529 15 CORNER W2.--ALL TILE 6467 30 30 REGISTERED ARCHITECT W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) TI Y JAM S EWETT 0 B1-6"RUBBER BASE S AT OF WASH GTON -------- �0000 — -------- -------- -- -- -- -- -- ® B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE 0 r6L A2 C TYP. ® ® B2B-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE C ® A5 A9.40 ® ® 0 � •• • • MATERIAL TAG Arlington Operations ❑❑❑❑ ❑ !❑❑ ❑❑❑❑❑ SEE-FINISH MATERIAL KEY ON SHEET A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS. Center 10 1415 TYP. 11 231671 Fffk_1 AREA FOR FOR LAUNDRY CARTS NOTE:SEE B4/C1/C2/C3/C4/A9.40 FOR ALL LOCKER PLAN AND SECTION DETAILS KEYNOTE KEYNOTE LEGEND oG END Snohomish County C� LOCKER ROOM#113-S Public Works 1l4"=1'-0" 101415 INTERIOR SIGNAGE,REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 105113 METALLOCKERS AT 112316 DRYING AND CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT 112326 COMMERCIAL WASHERS AND EXTRACTORS 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 CORNER CORNER If PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 \ / This drawing is: \ / 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. F __1 The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. g OPEN TO 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B BEYOND written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 00-- ---- —❑❑ ❑❑❑❑❑❑❑❑❑❑❑❑ 2023-053 LOCKER ROOM#113- E NO 4C /C3/C41A9.40 FOR ALL LOCKER PLAN AND SECTION DETAILS MARK DATE DESCRIPTION TYP. TYP. CORNER 105113 TYP CORNER W2A Pi CORNER PROJECT TEAM: TYP. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ A9 12 PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH u JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG \ / \ / • ® o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ® ® ® ® ® OPEN TO P �K_/' OPEN TO n ® ® ® ENLARGED RESTROOM BEYOND BEYOND // ' A912 '\ -- PLANS & ELEVATIONS .- TYP. B2A LOCKER ROOM#113- N NOTE:SEE B4/C1/C2 C3/C4IA9.40 FOR ALL LOCKER PLAN AND SECTION DETAILS Maim ' 1 Al I 1/4"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. B. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. 10 2813.A6 W2B C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& CORNER TYP CORNER CORNER EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A9.10 . 4 \ / TYR D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES A4 A3 A4 A4 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. A9.12 \ / A940 A9.12 A9.12 E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NO TERMINATE AT TYP \ / Np' OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN \ / F. WALL FINISHES MAYBE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE \ / CONCEALED FROM VIEW. G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D OPEN TO O O H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, _ _ _ D BEYOND / / / / ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. ® �,P I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. A5 / \ A5 A5 K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. A9 12 / \ A9.12 A9.12 L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. / \ — M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING INFORMATION. N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A10 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION 12 4416 AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL 10 2813.A2 TYP. B26 FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. ��WOMEN'S RESTROOM#112-S1 ��WOMEN'S RESTROOM#112-W MATERIAL LEGEND-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS (LOCKERS/RESTROOMS) O • W2A-WALL TILE W2B-WALL TILE 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT W2A TYP CORNER CORNER CORNER 102813.A3 W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) A4 A4 A912 A912 \ / SAT OFJ WASH GTO A4 N A9 12 / 0 B1-6"RUBBER BASE TYP. TYP. TYP. \ / \ / ® B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE C \ / ® B2B-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE •• C OPEN TO a BEYOND TYP, / \ 7 MATERIAL TAG O Arlington Operations A5 YP F. A9 I2 A5 // \\ SEE-FINISH MATERIAL KEY ON SHEET A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS. Center 12441s I M r---1� T111 V \ FOR TYP A9.12 KEYNOTE LEGEND 102113 TYP. KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT Snohomish County WOMEN'S RESTROOM #112-N1 C2 WOMEN'S RESTROOM#112- E (WI .3 WOMEN'S RESTROOM#112- N2 102113 TOILET COMPARTMENTS Public Works +/4, 10 2813.A2 WALL MOUNTED LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER 102813.A3 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER,F.O.I.C. AT 102813.A6 MIRROR UNIT 124416 SHOWER CURTAINS 224104 URINAL 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 CORNER CORNER CORNER A4 TYP' Aa ryp PERMIT SET A9.12 A9.12 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. e 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B p Il TYP written permission for any other use or reproduction. AS A5 A9.12 A9.12 PROJECT 2023-053 10 2=TYP. MEWS RESTROOM#111 -S ��MEN'S RESTROOM#111 -W MARK DATE DESCRIPTION P1 TYP. W2A TYP. W2B CORNER CORNER CORNER PROJECT102813.A6 A4 TYP A4 TYP A3 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 TJ A9.12 A9.12 A9.40 PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:1 TH - JOB CAPTAIN: 1 DF,KG A -TYP- i �� 10 2113 TYP. A A5 AS TYP. ' - ENLARGED RESTROOM A912 A9+2 PLANS & ELEVATIONS - - -- .- 12 4416 6 TYP. 10 2813.A3 628 22 4104 TYP. MEWS RESTROOM#111 -N ��MEN'S RESTROOM#111 -E ' /1G 1/4"=V-O" 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 Pm 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A8.00. B. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES 8 102813.A5 102813.A1 102813.A6 TYP. W26 EQU IPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A1.10 . YKEMAN A4 P2 \ A4 D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES / A3 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. A9.12 P, TYP. \ / gg_gp A9.12 E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NOT TERMINATE AT \ / OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. DESIGN \ / _ _ F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE \ / CONCEALED FROM VIEW. \ G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. OPEN TO H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, D BEYOND ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. D I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. A5 A5 / \ / A5 0 o J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. A9.12 K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. A9.12 A9.12 // L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. CONSULTANT: \ / \ M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING ^ / \ INFORMATION. ( 6 / N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A10 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL 53/4" 224102 102813.A4 10281P.A2 102813A3 B2B ,02802 FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. (L3'-03/4"(L3'-03/4'(L 5'-77/8" CL =1'-57/6• MATERIAL LEGEND-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS �� WOMEN'S RR#217-S1 �� WOMEN'S RR#217-S2 �,, WOMEN'S RR#217-W - " (LOCKERS/RESTROOMS) �. .. W2A-WALL TILE • S3.10 TYP. TYP. _ 53.11 - 3'-03/4" $'-03/4" 5'-7"CLR., - CORNER CORNER W28-WALL TILE *67 W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) C461-6"RUBBER BASE 4'-53/4"CLR.',.-` 14'-31/2 OPEN TO ® B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE 53.11 0 C D4,ZOMEN'S BEYOND B2B-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE ._a�. _ :RESTROOM.' / \ •• IDENTIFICATION: C C - - �.- AS AS - 102802 219 'T \ A9.12 A9.12 A9.12 O MATERIAL TAG 96.11 Arlington Operations ` T - ih�; o ` SEE-FINISH MATERIAL KEY ON SHEET A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS. Center o TYB. P. 62A 224 02 oz113 TYP. KEYNOTE LEGEND FOR 56.11A KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT (L GL CL Snohomish County 102113 TOILET COMPARTMENTS Public Works ��FLOOR PLAN -WOMEN'S RESTROOM#217 ��WOMEN'S RR#217-N1 WOMEN'S RR#217- N2 WOMEN'S RR#217- E 1028103.A1 BABYADA CHANGING H NGIINNGSTATION BAR 102813.A2 WALL MOUNTED LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER AT 102813.A3 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER,F.O.I.C. 102813.A4 TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER 19620 67th Ave NE 10 2813.A5 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL UNIT 102813.A6 MIRROR UNIT Arlington, WA 98223 P7TYP. 224102 TOILET 224104 URINAL P2 CORNER 102813.A1 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 \ / This drawing is: \ / 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. \ / 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B OPEN TO 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B BEYOND written permission for any other use or reproduction. / \ AS / \ q.Al � PROJECT NUMBER: 2A9.12 A5 A2 2023-053 ,,_8.�L 3,_4" �L 3._4„ �L,._8. �._3. �._3. �,_3,. / \ o 224104 10 2813A4 22 4102 • A \ 10 2113 TYP. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION EN'S RR#219 S1 EN'S RR#219 S2 EN'S RR#219 W 53.11 .A4 _ ' MEWS,; RESTROORi A4.04 B2 .' 220 - TYP. P1 TYP. W2A 102813.A6 W2B 224104 102113 '18•MIN. A3 A4 PROJECT TEAM A4 \ / PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ A A4.04 B -""- \ / PROJECT MANAGER: PS 4 / \ / PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH �._. ¢� U `� / JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG _ S3.11 3'-0314",- 3'-03/4 ` 5'-7"CLR.; - OPEN TO ii ii - ii _ •-• d BEYOND 219 53.10 A5 / \ in N. q5 ENLARGED RESTROOM A9.12 A912 PLANS & ELEVATIONS / 5 /a�" TYP. 10 2813.A2 TYP. 10 2813.A3 •., 0 3/4" 5'-7 7/8" 1'-5'Y/8" 224102 g2q B2B Al FLOOR PLAN - MEWS RESTROOM#219 A2 MEWS RR#219- N1 A3 MEWS RR#219- N2 A4 MEWS RR#219- E _,,_0„ 1'-0" 1/4"_ 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 KEYNOTE LEGEND KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT 06 1800.A1 I GLUE-LAMINATED BEAM PER STRUCT. C D ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN I I I D estD,I,e D I III _ _ _ _ _ _ Clerestory i _ _ _ _ _ Clerestory 26'-0" V 26'-0" V • 10'-7" 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT CORRIDOR 2006 TI Y JAMS EWETT A4 22 S AT OF WASH GTON U er Level _ _ _ Upper Level C — — 14'-0" 9 14,_0„ PROJECTo -T., N Arlington Operations Center TYR FOR Snohomish CORRIDOR w CORRIDOR 100A P2 0 A3 100A TVP. AT ( 19620 67th Ave NE N I LowerLev00 _ LowerLev00. Arlington, WA 98223 VV O6 i800.A1 21'-2" PERMIT SET 16 TREADS @ 11"EACH 05/02/2025 *�N�®RTH STAIR LONGITUDINAL SECTION - LOWER ��NORTH STAIR LONGITUDINAL SECTION - UPPER ��NORTH STAIR ELEVATION - LOWER �4 1/4"=1'-0" This drawing is: � 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. T Sim 1 A 2 1/2" AA3.i1 2 PROJECT NUM= 2023-053 �� II III it IIII L Bp B2 ,. r. {. DN S3.11 _ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION - Iryl II -II II II 'Il -- Upper Level n 'rr==aa__aaaaa:' PA IIIk=------- ill - - - - 14' 0 un m� L---=___= u"F= �iin �iii ui Ai uin n A3.11 mn PROJECT . -_- PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ - --- ___ _ PROJECT MANAGER: PS - - - PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH - - - JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A II _ __ II _-___--__ • A ENLARGED PLANS & A4s, H Aas, SECTIONS - NORTH Lower Level ---- — STAIR UP 113/4"WALL TO STAIRWIDTH 11 318" STRINGER Al NORTH STAIR PLAN- LOWER LEVEL A2 NORTH STAIR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL A4 NORTH STAIR TRANSVERSE SECTION 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 Pm 2 3 4 5 1 1/4"I.D.SS PIPE HANDRAIL COUNTERSINK FOR#10FHMS DYKEMAN I 3/4" CARLSTADT-POST BRACKET ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 222(STAINLESS STEEL) SIDE VIEW D r. D 2 112" 1I �ICONSULTANT: CARLSTADT-POST BRACKET 222(STAINLESS STEEL). FRONT HANDRAIL BRACKET-POST MOUNTED • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C ,• • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works 1'-0"FROM NOSING AT 19620 67th Ave NE STAINLESS STEEL WIRE WA 98223 a ROPE BEHIND THE Arlington, t HANDRAIL o� W z= PERMIT SET a 05/02/2025 w 1 s al N WOOD TOP RAIL I This drawing is: Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. HgL"SPHERE WOOD TOP RAIL 2.The Archited's Instrument of Professional Service. S e L NOT P AS 0 ALUM.WOOD TOPPED 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B O S g, RAILING TRANSITION a w I I written permission for any other use or reproduction. w �6 14'FLATBAR TOP RAIL BLACK PROJECT NUMBER. COATED PAINTED,PRE DRILLED 1 1/4"I.D.SS PIPE HANDRAIL, w �6 AND OUNTERSINKEVERYOTHER REFER TODET.Di/A4.22 2023-053 ICK -a4"SPHERE, w �6 1 1/4"I.D.SS PIPE HANDRAIL, SHALL NOT PAS 0a'\^`O PI1P/E"I.D.STEEL • REFER TO DET.D7/A4.22 - ill"X 1 1/4"STEEL w STAINLESS STEEL WIRE ROPE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION O STAINLESS STEEL WIRE 1 I/D! WASHER �O — 1 (Ty') _ ROPE(TYP.) STEEL i0 tG, I PIPE 0. 1 i 3116"FILLET WELD 1/4"STEEL PLATE UPPER LEVEL _ _ 2 112"SQ.HANDRAIL POST — a d WELDED TO 4"X5"X3/8" STEEL PLATE BOLTED TO GLULAM STRINGER PER — STRINGER WHERE OCCURS STRUCT.HANDRAI 1 CONCRETE SLAB PER TO 4"X 5L X/8'STEEL POST BA PROJECT SE PLATE J STRUCTURAL - PLATE FASTENED TO SLAB V PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ SUBSTRUCTURE/STAIR PROJECT MANAGER: PS 3/8"BENT PLATE GLULAM STRINGER PER STRINGER WHERE OCCURS PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH J STRUCTURAL BEAM PER STRUCTURAL JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A 4„ A DETAILS - NORTH da STAIR& RAILINGS a �TYP. STRINGER MOUNTED HAND RAIL @ TOP LANDING STRINGER MOUNTED HAND RAIL @ TOP LANDING �TYP. STRINGER MOUNTED HAND RAIL @ BOTTOM LANDING STRINGER MOUNTED HAND RAIL @ BOTTOM LANDING HANDRAIL BASE PLATE AI 1 112"=T-0" M 1 1/2"=1'-0" 46"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D estD CONSULTANT: • l� 6467 REGISTERED — CiereStO _ — — — — — — Cleresto ARCHITECT 26--0" 26'-�1 TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C „PROJECT • C STAIRS At STAIRS 222 A4'32 222 Arlington Operations Center FOR UDDer Level I Upper Level 14'- - - - - - 14'- Snohomish County w Public Works AT w 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 \ STAIRS MECH:HVAC 10-8-1 _ EQUIPMENT w og PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 w This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B i Lower Levg� _ — Lower Levee 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B - Q" O" written permission for any other use or reproduction. 10,-1• 10'-1" PROJECT NUMBER: 11 TREADS @ 11"EACH A3 11 TREADS @ 11"EACH A4.32 2023-053 �Q SOUTH STAIR LONGITUDINAL SECTION - LOWER ��SOUTH STAIR LONGITUDINAL SECTION -UPPER • U I 1/4"=1'-0" UG 1/4"=1'-0" MARK DATE DESCRIPTION A3 6 5 A3 8 A4.31 A4.31 ss.11x �/q� 2-a vz Upper Level za —� A 14' D3 A4.32 hclLii— —R-�r- --- 91 LL 4'-93/8" 2'-2" I:I UP r..l n, \'I B1 ' ' .'• '': , .I ..O� .'\ \ ( PROJECT ` 81 \ / A4.31 r I'�;I >I.�,�i.�r "r II' I A4.31 I'":I "�I.�r 'r �C' I I+'I"�r y �. � PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: Ti AA44D.333 21 5538.1111 III IIuIIII I�nII�I IInI_III_I�nII�I ¶IInIIII__�IIIIIlI_,IIIIII__�IiI�t__IIlI_III_,IIII_ IiIIiI KU, �/I�IIIiI \ A431 \ p�� PkR•O JECT E PS PROJECT MANAG STAIRS STAIRS JOB CAPTAIN: DF ,K ARCHITECT: TH A B2 O G A ENLARGED PLANS & SECTIONS - SOUTH 10'-6112° 4'-6•CLR. STAIR D3 58.11 A3 Sim — Lower Le 0! vel ,•. A4.32 A4.31 SOUTH STAIR ENLARGED PLAN-LOWER LEVEL ��SOUTH STAIR ENLARGED PLAN-UPPER LEVEL ��SOUTH STAIR TRANSVERSE SECTION A! 1/4"=1,_0„ A2 11—1,_0,. A0 1/4"=11_0„ 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 314" 1 314" CONTINUOUS BLOCKING z HOLE FOR#10 MS +2'-10"A.FT* DYKEMAN 1 112"STEEL PIPE RAILING ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 7/16"CLEAR + MOUNTING BRACKET 1 1 WELDAND�Z HOLE Cj AT 6'-0"O.C.MAX. D GR(TYP AT NO D —dyk arnet 1716 West Marine Vie,D,I,e SMOOTH SOLID BLOCKING ALL JOINTS) E LJ:1 425.259.3161 M 2,dFl,,,/E....ft,WA 98201 23141- 90 DEGREE CARLSTADT-SELF CARLSTADT-SELF ELBOW CONSULTANT: ALIGNING WALL BRACKET. ALIGNING WALL BRACKET. 1 1/2"STEEL 621 (PAINTED STEEL) 621(PAINTED STEEL) PIPE TYP. WALL MOUNTED SIDE WALL MOUNTED FRONT 1.-0.1 a Top LANDING ONE TREAD @ BTTM LANDING RISER BELOW HANDRAIL BRACKET-WALL MOUNTED (§��HANDRAAIL RETURN 3. • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT AT IF WASH ITON C PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 L,V-0"FROM NOSING PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 WALL BEYOND PER PLAN This drawing is: 1 Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2 The ArchiteGrs Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction PROJECT NUMBER: TYP. 1 114"STD SS PIPE HANDRAIL, 0 FACE OF NOSING 2023-053 REFER TO DET.D1-D2/A4.32 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 1/2" 11 1/2,' TYP. UPPER LEVEL 3"x 3"x 114"STEEL ANGLE 10"LONG,PAINT BLACK 4 4 PROJECT TEAM: CONCRETE SLAB PER 4 STRUCTURAL 112"x 3"LAG BOLTS AT STRINGER PRINCIPAL IN=E:l TJ 3/8"BENT PLATE PROJECT MA PS C'STRIN 0 PROJECT ARCHITECT: PER STRUCT. 1 L GER -�-�--3-/4"CHAMFERON JOB CAPTAIN: DHF,KG BEAM PER STRUCTURAL 'VERTICAL LEG A WALL PER PLAN A——— A DETAILS-SOUTH 4 4 STAIR& RAILINGS ALL MOUNTED HAND RAIL @ TOP LANDING PRECAST CONIC.TREAD 8,MTL RISER @ BOTTOM LANDING WAF."Am A 3 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES GENERAL NOTES -FINISH PLANS 11-POLISHED CONCRETE A. SEE SHEET A-600 FOR ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND FLOORING TYPES. J. TILE JOINTS:A'SOFT JOINT SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE ROOM PERIMETER WHERE B. SEE SHEET A9.20 FOR FLOORING TRANSITION AND THRESHOLD DETAILS.ALSO TILE IS WALL TO WALL.THE SOFT JOINT SHALL CONSIST OF SILICONE SEALANT, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FLOORING REDUCERS,WHERE DIFFERING NESTED BELOW COVE BASE TILE WHERE POSSIBLE.THE SOFT JOINT SILICONE MATERIALS MEET,PROVIDE APPROPRIATE REDUCER AT ALL TRANSITIONS AS SHALL MEET HARDNESS&MILDEW RESISTANCE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AS F2-SEALED CONCRETE APPROVED WHETHER DETAILED OR NOT. LAID OUT BY THE TCNA-SECTION 3,1171. C. EXTEND FLOORING BELOW ALL 011111 IRS. K. ALL FLOOR TYPES ARE DESIGNATED ON THE WALL SECTIONS. D. EXTEND FLOORING BELOW ALL CABINETS WHERE THE SINK IS ADA ACCESSIBLE L. ALL DIMENSIONS TO FLOOR DRAINS,FLOOR SINKS,FLOOR SLEEVES,ETC.ARE DYKEMAN FF 1 71 F3-RESILIENT FLOORING AND FULLY COVER THE EXPOSED FLOOR. TAKEN FROM THE GRID LINES TO THE CENTER OF THE FIXTURE.FLOOR E. EXTEND FLOORING BELOW ALL APPLIANCES.EXTEND FLOORING BELOW ALL PENETRATIONS FOR PLUMBING,ELECTRICAL,ETC.,ROUGH-INS OCCURRING IN STAND ALONE CABINETS& CHASES OR WALLS ARE NOT SHOWN.SEE ARCH.,PLUMB.,MECH.,FIRE SPRINKLER, ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN F4A-WALK OFF(MAT) BUILT-IN DESK.ALSO SEE INT.ELEV FOR KNEESPACE.EXTEND FLOORING UNDER &TELECOM PLANS.FLOOR CLEAN-OUTS NOT SHOWN,SEE PLUMB.PLANS. ALL FURNITURE. M. FOR EXACT SIZE OF FLOOR DRAIN OR FLOOR SINK,SEE MECHANICAL PLANS. F. SEE SHEET A4.21-A4.22&A4.31 FOR STAIR AND RAMP TYPES AT STAIR AND STAIR N. CONTROLS JOINTS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL PLANS EXISTING.ALL NEW D F4B-WALK OFF(ENTRY SYSTEM) LANDING FINISHES. CONCRETE OVERLAY JOINTS ARE TO MATCH EXISTING SLAB CONTROL JOINTS. _ _ _View DrIw, D G. FLOORING TRANSITIONS LOCATED AT DOOR OPENINGS SHALL BE CENTERED 0. SEE ELECTRICAL AND TELECOMMUNICATION PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION UNDER DOOR PANEL. REGARDING FLOOR POWER RECEPTACLE BOXES AND CONDUIT STUB UPS. H. VERTICAL HEIGHTS ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS:TOP OF CONCRETE FLOOR P. ALL LOCALIZED DRAINS SHALL SLOPE PER DETAIL.DO NOT REDUCE THE SLAB F5-CERAMIC TILE SLAB,(MAY ALSO BE NOTED AS TOP OF FLOOR),IS GENERALLY REFERENCED AS THICKNESS FOR SLAB ON GRADE CONDITIONS.IT IS PERMITTED TO REDUCE SLAB ELEVATION 0'-0"FOR THE MAIN FLOOR LEVEL.ALL OTHER VERTICAL DIMENSION THICKNESS ON SECOND FLOOR TO ACHIEVE SLOPE. CONSULTANT: REFERENCE POINTS ABOVE(.)OR BELOW(-)0'-0". Q. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATIONS OF I. FLOOR SLOPES:AT SHOWER ROOMS W/FLOORS SHOWN SLOPED TO DRAIN DO ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS NOT UNDER WALLS,CORE-DRILLING,AND FLOOR NOT REDUCE SLAB THICKNESS OF SLAB ON GRADE.ONLY MINOR ADJUSTMENTS SLOPES WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER PRIOR TO POURING CONCRETE SLABS. SHALL BE MADE W/TILE GROUT BASE.UNLESS DIMENSIONED OTHERWISE,FLOOR R. OVERALL FLOOR PATTERN DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL. DRAINS ARE LOCATED AT CENTER OF ROOMS. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT ° 4 a d TI Y JAM S EWETT EMERGENCY ° ° ° d j 1 ° <4 SAT OF WASH GTON d a MOP ELEC. ° °-MECH.° a STAIRS a ° ° ELEV a a ° SUPPLIES Pa F2 � UP d a ICE.. 101 ELEV.EQUIP.a a (COOP) a 105 006 1 77 108 h a d w 103 104 a F2 4 F2 ° F2 - I 14 1 1 1 11.1 F C °J - - b H ° .MECH:WATER C W d 4 ° li li 1 l 4 -• • • _� , F2 °4 F2 4 Q ° SOURCE SYSTEM a y..A A6.11 `A, B7 d a ° a F2 wi Arlington Operations FIRST AID 8.. MECH:HVAC ., a MOTHER' RM.' "CORRIDOR' ° EQUIPMENT S F1 WELLNESS a Center 130 A611 - 133 ) 100B F1 ,., _ 109 F2 A4 a °Q� 4°a B A92o Y" C1 — — — — — — — — — — FOR 4. ,F3 - "A2 I CUSTODIAL' - Snohomish Count Al A6.13 ° a a F3 <. A A6.13 a 134 FS ..4. MEN'S 1 ,(� 4 A6.13 F2 RESTROOM P I I l i Works CORRIDOR STORAGE/ u C O $ WATER BOTTLES a STORAGE ° 100A — 131 ° 132 � O Fi _ SERVICE YARD AT D a l� j F4A .' UNION ° � �J. '.� O 22s °Fz 4 Fz F7 r 19620 67th Ave NE ad ° .(�1 CORROIDO- Arlington, WA 98223 Lo— ll"I : — — — — - -1,l 4a, d a `-EOC1TRAININGIPAVING Fi : t_" A3 TYP / PERMIT SET DROP-IN d n : ROLL CALL" STORAGE 135 "C A6.12 D1 A920 \ as 05/02/2025 O B3 '1LJ p F5 F5 .WOMEN S RESTROOM This drawing is: a F2 a ° 3: Cop 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. Bi A6.13 1 3 112 2.The Archited's Instrument of Professional Service. e RECYCLE "� WORK RM/- d 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B --:y i PLOTTER. _ P 1 Y written permission for any other use or reproduction. 126 ❑ 127 Q ;._G 3 .<LU H -F1- I I I `❑ A6.12 D3 ENV.STOR.° 4 w E' F, 2023-053 137 d A6.13 3 1 A613 "" Fi F2 a w LOCKER ROOM- �` f T b Mii 113 Ci A612 1 y `'.CORRIDO F1 ,C A6.12 2:; .;„.... - :. - - MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ASH OFF AREA 100D � W .,Al . . :.I I" L THE " `UNIFORMS C O S .. F1 F1 Fi F1 Fi F1 Fi - WASH-UP .. F4B ..:... .. .: F48 SR.ENV.COORD. BRIDGE BRIDGE: _ ,..-• I 114 WORKSTATION.:. SUPERVISOR LEADWORKER. WORKSTATION F2 B2 125 at n 123 122 121 m A9.20 A4.01 D3 e - w w n F46 > > C — - • ENDING PAVING MACHINES PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ DROP-IN DROP-IN PAVING LEAD SUPERVISOR PROJECT MANAGER: PS 120 119 118 117 PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH IlT 11T 11T lTI JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG FLOOR FINISH PLAN - LOWER LEVEL o a' 8' 16' FLOOR FINISH PLAN - LOWER LEVEL Scale:1/8"=1'-0" • 11.1=1'-0" NORTH 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES GENERAL NOTES -FINISH PLANS Fi-POLISHED CONCRETE A. SEE SHEET A-600 FOR ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND FLOORING TYPES. J. TILE JOINTS:A'SOFT JOINT SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE ROOM PERIMETER WHERE B. SEE SHEET A9.20 FOR FLOORING TRANSITION AND THRESHOLD DETAILS.ALSO TILE IS WALL TO WALL.THE SOFT JOINT SHALL CONSIST OF SILICONE SEALANT, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FLOORING REDUCERS,WHERE DIFFERING NESTED BELOW COVE BASE TILE WHERE POSSIBLE.THE SOFT JOINT SILICONE 0 F2-SEALED CONCRETE MATERIALS MEET.PROVIDE APPROPRIATE REDUCER AT ALL TRANSITIONS AS SHALL MEET HARDNESS&MILDEW RESISTANCE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AS APPROVED WHETHER DETAILED OR NOT. LAID OUT BY THE TCNA-SECTION 3,1171. C. EXTEND FLOORING BELOW ALL OPEN STAIRS. K. ALL FLOOR TYPES ARE DESIGNATED ON THE WALL SECTIONS. DYKEMAN D. EXTEND FLOORING BELOW ALL CABINETS WHERE THE SINK IS ADA ACCESSIBLE L. ALL DIMENSIONS TO FLOOR DRAINS,FLOOR SINKS,FLOOR SLEEVES,ETC.ARE I F3-RESILIENT FLOORING AND FULLY COVER THE EXPOSED FLOOR. TAKEN FROM THE GRID LINES TO THE CENTER OF THE FIXTURE.FLOOR E. EXTEND FLOORING BELOW ALL APPLIANCES.EXTEND FLOORING BELOW ALL PENETRATIONS FOR PLUMBING,ELECTRICAL,ETC.,ROUGH-INS OCCURRING IN STAND ALONE CABINETS& CHASES OR WALLS ARE NOT SHOWN.SEE ARCH.,PLUMB.,MECH.,FIRE SPRINKLER, ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN F4A-WALK OFF(MAT) BUILT-IN DESK.ALSO SEE INT.ELEV FOR KNEESPACE.EXTEND FLOORING UNDER &TELECOM PLANS.FLOOR CLEAN-OUTS NOT SHOWN,SEE PLUMB.PLANS. ALL FURNITURE. M. FOR EXACT SIZE OF FLOOR DRAIN OR FLOOR SINK,SEE MECHANICAL PLANS. F. SEE SHEET A4.21-A4.22&A4.31 FOR STAIR AND RAMP TYPES AT STAIR AND STAIR N. CONTROLS JOINTS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL PLANS EXISTING.ALL NEW D F4B-WALK OFF(ENTRY SYSTEM) LANDING FINISHES. CONCRETE OVERLAY JOINTS ARE TO MATCH EXISTING SLAB CONTROL JOINTS. - - - D G. FLOORING TRANSITIONS LOCATED AT DOOR OPENINGS SHALL BE CENTERED 0. SEE ELECTRICAL AND TELECOMMUNICATION PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION UNDER DOOR PANEL. REGARDING FLOOR POWER RECEPTACLE BOXES AND CONDUIT STUB UPS. H. VERTICAL HEIGHTS ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS:TOP OF CONCRETE FLOOR P. ALL LOCALIZED DRAINS SHALL SLOPE PER DETAIL.DO NOT REDUCE THE SLAB F5-CERAMIC TILE SLAB,(MAY ALSO BE NOTED AS TOP OF FLOOR),IS GENERALLY REFERENCED AS THICKNESS FOR SLAB ON GRADE CONDITIONS.IT IS PERMITTED TO REDUCE SLAB ELEVATION 0'-0"FOR THE MAIN FLOOR LEVEL.ALL OTHER VERTICAL DIMENSION THICKNESS ON SECOND FLOOR TO ACHIEVE SLOPE. CONSULTANT: REFERENCE POINTS ABOVE(t)OR BELOW(-)0'-0". Q. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATIONS OF I. FLOOR SLOPES:AT SHOWER ROOMS W/FLOORS SHOWN SLOPED TO DRAIN DO ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS NOT UNDER WALLS,CORE-DRILLING,AND FLOOR NOT REDUCE SLAB THICKNESS OF SLAB ON GRADE.ONLY MINOR ADJUSTMENTS SLOPES WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER PRIOR TO POURING CONCRETE SLABS. SHALL BE MADE W/TILE GROUT BASE.UNLESS DIMENSIONED OTHERWISE,FLOOR R. OVERALL FLOOR PATTERN DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL. DRAINS ARE LOCATED AT CENTER OF ROOMS. • 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT I I I I I I I — TI Y JAM S EWEFf A — — SAT OF WASH GTON �VE TI.ULE B3 201 ILL ROLL CALLA "." E ..3 ROLL CALL B �" \\ STAIRS \ 4 C B A6.15 B ELEV. E .3 • \ 222 \/ PROJECT• • • C 207 pi A6.16 A2 Al A8.16"� 209 Fi F4A 203 \ \I F4A Arlington Operations DN F4A LOBBY/PUBLIC "A3_ Center COUNTER C7 A6.15 C FOR CUSTODIAL ' 202 - . .0 -��'. �LJ L)Q A6.15 C4 Fi RESTROOM_." ' - E 220 - - - - - - Snohomish County CORRIDOR - -��_ ,�� U_ _'_ - '_�JU- _ -�_ -��- -0,� L� - A A6.13 B1 A6.14 WORKSTATION - 200A _ - • -. -_ Al .-' - .. -.-- _ - ..-.- - - _ _ - Public Works - _ - y� _ imA B3F204 AT - B A6.17 61,-: - F2 A4 a 19620 67th Ave NE Ci ELEC. CORRIDOR _ A6,5 A5 - C-L) i)U'--0� - � ��-.�� (LIJ LJ�: 2,5 2ooc-. - - _ - .. Arlington, WA 98223 WORKSTATION .PL � r 205 - - B1 - - F2 F1 RES ROOM11 �; F, 219 — — PERMIT SET � — — — E _ -A7- _-,E E 05/02/2025 E CORROIBOR A6.15 Al Al A6.15 A2 - A6.14 -'A1 AS.15 "N in m Thls drawing is: /A�{ qi "A6 15-"A7 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. y - 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B Fi _ C1 OPERATIONS -F 3.For use on this protect only.Obtain Architect's B '' - 'MANAGER written permission for any other use or reproduction. DRAINAGE' _ _ _ -PAVEMENT/; - _ 218 SWEEPING - - - - - VEGETATION" _ PROJECT NUMBER. A A6.16 B2 - SMALL CONIF - SUPERVISOR- LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER- SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER - KITCHEN -, 210 r�c 212 213 - 214 216 217 - B, .- 2D6 " 2023-053 Fi F1 F1 F1 Fi Fi F1 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I WEST DECK 2 88 4 I PROJECT� PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ U — ` — PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A FLOOR FINISH PLAN - UPPERLEVEL I I I I I I I I o a' a' 16, FLOOR FINISH PLAN - UPPER LEVEL Scale:,/a"=T-0• 1/8"=1'-0° NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FINISH MATERIAL KEY GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Name Number Base Finish Floor Finish North Wall East Wall South Wall West Wall Ceiling Finish Comments FLOOR A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. OUTDOOR SPACE AND LOADING F1 CONCRETE-POLISHED B. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. WASH-OFF AREA _ _ _ _ __ __ _ F2 CONCRETE-SEALED C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& - SERVICEYARD F3 RESILIENT FLOORING EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS,TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO - - - - -- - F4A WALK OFF(MAT) SHEETA9.10 VENDING MACHINES - - - - -- - - WALK OFF CORRIDOR 100A B1 F1/F4A GWBI GWBI GWB/P1NV1NV26 GWB/P1NV1/FFE OTS F56 CERAMIC TILE TRY SYSTEM) D. RECESSES,OTHER UISENOTD PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES DYKEMAN CORRIDOR 100B B1 F1 - GWB/P1NV1 GWB/P1NV1 GWB/P1NV1 OTS UNLESS ISHERWISENOTED. CORRIDOR 100C B1 F1 GWB/P1NV1 GWB/P1NV1 GWB/P1NV1 GWB/P1 OTS BASE E. OUTSIDWALL E ICORNERSRryP�TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC)DO)OT TERMINATE AT DESIGN CORRIDOR 100D B1 F1 GWB/P1NV1 GWB/P1NV1NV2B GWB/P1NV1NV26 GWB/P1NV1/FFE OTS B1 RESILIENT BASE-6"H F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORKAND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE ELEV. 101 PER MFG. F1 PER MFG. PER MFG. PER MFG. PER MFG. PER MFG. 62A CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE-6"H,FIELD CONCEALED FROM VIEW. G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D KITCHENETTE 102 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P3 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 OTS/C2 82B CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE-6"H,ACCENT D H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, - - - ELEV.EQUIP. 103 B1 F2 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 OTS ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES(COOP) 104 B1 F2 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 OTS WALL I. DOORAND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. MDF 105 B1 F2 GWB/P1/W7 GWB/P1/W7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 OTS PLYWOOD WAINSCOT,PER ELECTRICAL J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. W1 MDF ELEC. 106 B1 F2 GWB/P1 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV W2A CERAMIC WALL TILE-FIELD 7 GWB/P1NV7 OTS PLYWOOD WAINSCOT,PER ELECTRICAL K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. MECH. 10 B1 F2 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBIGWB/P1 OTS W26 CERAMIC WALL TILE-ACCENT L. CONSULTANT: STAIRS 108 B1 F2 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBIGWB/P1 OTS W3 NOT USED M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING MECH:HVAC EQUIPMENT 109 B1 F2 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 OTS W4 FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) INFORMATION. MECH:WATER SOURCE SYSTEM 110 B1 F2 GWBI GWBIGWB/P1 GWBIP7 OTS W5 AWP(ACOUSTICAL WALL PANEL) N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON Alit SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION W6 RICHLITE AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL MEWS RESTROOM 111 B2 F1/F5 GWBIPINV2 GWBIPINV2 GWB/P1NJ2 GWBIPINV2 GWBIP7 W7 PLYWOOD FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. WOMENI RESTROOM 112 IB2 F1/F5 GWB/P1AN2A GWB/P1AN2A GWB/P1NV2A GWB/P1AN2AW2B GWB/P7 P1 PAINT-FIELD LOCKER ROOM 113 B2 F1 GWB/P1NV2A GWB/P7 GWB/P1NV26 GWB/P7 C3 P2 PAINT-HOLLOW METAL FRAMES AND EXPOSED METAL COLUMNS CLOTHES DRYING/WASH-UP 114 B1 F1/F4B GWB/P1NV4 GWB/P1NV4 GWB/P1NV4 GWB/P1NV4 GWB/P1 P3 PAINT-ACCENT MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES UNIFORMS 115 B1 F2 GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1 GWBI OTS P4 PAINT-ACCENT VESTIBULE 116 B1 F4B GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1 GWBI C1A NOTE:CORNER GUARDS AT ALL EXPOSED CORNERS UNO,STAINLESS STEEL, PAVING SUPERVISOR 117 B1 F1 GWBI GWBI GWB/P1 GWB/P1 C1A 2 1/2"X 2 1/2",SIZES:FULL HEIGHT @6'-8"AND PARTIAL HEIGHT@ 4'-0" W1-MDF WAINSCOT PAVING LEAD 118 B1 F1 GWBI GWB/P7 GWBI GWBI C1A • DROP-IN 119 B1 F1 FFE FFE GWBI GWB/P1 OTS CEILING DROP-IN 120 B1 F1 FFE FFE FFE GWB/P1 OTS W2A-WALL TILE WORKSTATION 121 B1 F1 GWB/P1 FFE FFE GWB/P1 OTS C1A 2X4ACT C16 2 X 2 ACT BRIDGE LEADWORKER 122 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1 C1A 6467 C2 ACOUSTICAL FELT BAFFLES(HANGING) W2B-WALL TILE AECISTERE9 BRIDGE SUPERVISOR 123 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1 C1A C3 2X4 ACT-CLEAN ROOM VL ARCHOECT VESTIBULE 124 B1 F4B GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1 C1A OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE-PAINTED SR.ENV.COORD.WORKSTATION 125 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1 C1A W3-NOTUSED RECYCLE 126 B1 F1 GWB/P1NJ7 OTS CASEWORK TI Y JAM S EWETT WORK RM./PLOTTER 127 B1 F1 GWB/P7 GWBI GWBI GWBI C1A SAT OF WASH cTON PL1 SOLIDPLASTICLAMINATE/TBD-VERTICAL CASEWORK DROP-IN 128 B1 F1 GWBIP7 GWB/P7 GWBI GWBI C1A SSM1 SOLID SUFRACE/TBD W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) UNION 129 B1 F1 GWB/P7 GWB/P7 GWBI GWB/P7 C1A FIRST AID&WELLNESS 130 B1 F3 GWBI GWBI GWB/P1 GWBI C1A C W5-ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELING C STORAGEI WATER BOTTLES 131 B1 F2 GWBIPINV7 GWBIPINV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWBIPINV7 OTS ••• • • STORAGE 132 B1 F2 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 OTS MOTHER'S RM. 133 B1 F3 GWBIGWBIGWB/P1 GWBIC1A W6-RICHLITE(WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS) Arlington Operations CUSTODIAL 134 B1 F2 GWB/P1NV4 GWBIGWB/P1 GWB/P1NV4 OTS EOC/TRAINING/PAVING ROLL CALL 135 B1 F1 GWB/P1NV5 GWBIGWB/P1 GW8 /P1 C1A STORAGE 136 B1 F2 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 OTS W7-PLYWOOD Center ENV.STOR. 137 B1 F2 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 OTS CORRIDOR 200A B1 F1 FFE GWB/P1 GWB/P1NV6 - OTS/C2 ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS ON SOUTH WALL FOR CORRIDOR 200B B1 F1 GWB/P1NV1 GWB/P1/P3NV1NV2B GWB/P1NV1 GWB/P1NV1 OTS/GWB/P1 0 81-6"RUBBER BASE CORRIDOR 200C B1 F1 GWB/P1/P3NV1 GWB/P1NV1 GWB/P1NV1NV2B GWB/P1NV1 OTS ® B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Snohomish County VESTIBULE 201 B Nd 1 F4A GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWB6 GWB/P1 C1A LOBBY/PUBLIC COUNTER 202 B1 F4A GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWB/PlfW6 GWB/P1 OTS/C2 ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS ON SOUTH WALL m B2B-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Public Works ELEV. 203 PER MFG. F1 PER MFG. PER MFG. PER MFG. PER MFG. PER MFG. WORKSTATION 204 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 FFE FFE OTS/C2 P7 PAINT-FIELD WORKSTATION 205 iBi F1 GWBI FFE FFE GWBI OTS/C2 AT KITCHEN 206 B1 F1 GWB/P7 GWB/P7 GWB/P1/P4 GWBI OTS/C2 P2 PAINT-HOLLOW METAL FRAMES ROLL CALLA 207 B1 F1 GWB/P1NV5 GWB/P1NV5 GWB/P7/OPW GWB/P1/W5 OTS/C7B/C2 P3 WEST DECK 208 PAINT-ACCENT 19620 67th Ave NE ROLL CALL 209 B1 F1 GWB/P1/OPW GWB/P1NV5 GWB/P11W5 GWB/P1NV5 OTS/C7B/C2 O MATERIAL TAG Arlington, WA 98223 SMALL CONF. 210 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWBIGWB/P1 GWBIC1A DRAINAGE SWEEPING SUPERVISOR 211 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBI C1A LEAD WORKER 212 B1 F1 GWBI GWBI GM SEE FINISH MATERIAL KEY/A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS LEAD WORKER 213 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 G. GWB/P1 C1A PERMIT SET PAVEMENT/VEGETATION SUPERVISOR 214 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1 C1A 05/02/2025 ELEC. 215 B1 F2 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 OTS PLYWOOD WAINSCOT,PER ELECTRICAL LEAD WORKER 216 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1 C1A MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES LEAD WORKER 217 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1 C1A This drawing is: OPERATIONS MANAGER 218 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBIGWB/P1 C1A 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. F1-POLISHED CONCRETE 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. ISWOMEN'S RESTROOM 219 B2 F1 GWB/P1AN2A GWB/PI/W2A GWBIGWB/P1,W2AW2B GWB/P7 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B MEN'S RESTROOM 220 1F1 GWB/P1A(V2A GWB/PlAV2B GWBIGWB/P1,W2AW2B GWB/P1 written permission for any other use or reproduction. CUSTODIAL 221 B1 F2 GWB/P1NV4 GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1NV4 OTS F2-SEALED CONCRETE STAIRS 222 B1 F4A G GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBI WB/P1 OTS PROJECT WASH-UP 308 - - - - -- - - � F3-RESILIENT FLOORING 2023-053 F4A-WALK OFF(MAT) • F41S-WALK OFF(ENTRY SYSTEM) MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 18" z 38" MOUNT UNDER CID,, F5-CERAMIC TILE GRAB BARS - � o —z m_ _ MATERIAL LEGEND -CEILING FINISHES 77 SHOWER HEAD ACCESSIBLE SOAP DISPENSER TOILET PAPER ACCESSIBLE STANDARD ACCESSIBLE FLOOR ACCESSIBLE WALL HUNG WALL HUNG SANITARY MOP SINK FAUCET PAPER TOWEL STANDARD SEAT ADA SEAT COVER C1A-2 X4 ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS SHOWER HEAD DISPENSER URINAL URINAL MOUNT WATER CLOSET WATER CLOSET LAVATORY NAPKIN DISPENSER COVER DISPENSER DISPENSER PROJECT DISPENSER C1B-2 X2ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS PRINCIPAL ANAL GE: TJ 54"MIN. PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH 12"M 42"MIN. 36"MIN. ® C2-ACOUSTICAL WRAPPED PANELS(CEILING HANGING) JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG 40" 12" 24" - •- A z ❑ •18, C3-2X4 ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS-CLEAN ROOM VL A Qs URINAL NOTE: Im FINISH LEGENDS & �I— FLUSH CONTROLS TO BE L CATED ON THE GYPSUM CEILING BOARD SCHEDULES, O v - ® OPEN SIDE OF THE MOUNTING HEIGHTS W a - ATER CLOSET. 0'-0" CEILING TAG-CEILING ELEVATION FROM FLOOR LEVEL •.. . FIRE EXTINGUISHER GRAB BARS-SIDE GRAB BARS-BACK MIRROR MOP/BROOM DRINKING WALL MOUNTED COAT HOOK TYPICAL SIGNAGE URINAL SCREEN ELECTRIC UNIT HOLDER FOUNTAIN WITH ADA OPERATOR MOUNTING HEIGHT (•WHICHEVER WALL HEATER OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE-PAINT OR STAIN/SEAL AS INDICATED BOTTLE FILLER (REF RT FOR ADID'L INFO)GNAGEDWGS DIMENSION IS LARGEST) MARC* FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHT LEGEND 1/4"=1'-0" 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH W1-MDF WAINSCOT W6-RICHLITE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS TYPIMAT AL UNTINGFE HEIGHTS SHEET REFER ( ) B. TYPICALMOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFERTO SHEET A6.00. C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO W2A-WALL TILE W7-PLYWOOD SHEETA9.10 . D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES YKEMAN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, W2B-WALL TILE 0 B1-6"RUBBER BASE E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO J1Qj TERMINATE AT ® OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN B2-6"CERAMIC BASE F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORKAND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE W3-TACKABLE WALL SYSTEM CONCEALED FROM VIEW. D Pi PAINT-FIELD G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, P2 PAINT-HOLLOW METAL FRAMES ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BYARCHITECT. W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) O I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. P3 PAINT-ACCENT J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. W5-ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELING L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. OMATERIAL TAG M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING CONSULTANT: INFORMATION. SEE FINISH MATERIAL KEY/A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A,0 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL Pi TYP. 12M7 TYP. FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. KEYNOTE LEGEND KEYNOTE KEYNOTETEXT \\ // ❑ ® ❑ \� 101415 INTERIOR SIGNAGE,REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION • 102613 CORNER GUARDS 10 2813.A2 WALL MOUNTED LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER 102813.A3 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER,F.O.LC. OPEN TO Typ 104413 FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 64674 BEYOND C3 OPEN TO 109000.A1 RECYCLING STATION BEYOND 113114A REFRIGERATOR PER SPECIFICATIONS 113115 MICROWAVE F.O.I.C. / \ 1114 700 ICE MAKER PER SPEC. / \ Ci \ 224713 DRINKING FOUNTAINS \ A9.12 A2 230000.A1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT-REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS C / PROJECT • • C 10 2613 10 1415 TYP. 61 TYP. W 1 TYP. 10 2613 Arlington Operations C1 CORRIDOR#100B-W Center FOR Snohomish County CORNER P1 23 OOOO.Ai TYP. Public Works AT 0 0 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 P3 NP. PERMIT SET C3 A9.,2 05/02/2025 lipO 0 O p p This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. B At At 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B A912 A9 12 written permission for any other use or reproduction. e PROJECT 102613F 1-01415 TYP. 2023-053 61 TYP. W1 TYP. • * CORRIDOR#100B- E MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CORNER W1 W26 3630021 2430215 3630021 P7 230000.A1 TYP. 4830215 301 2415 3230215302 3015 30 30 30 30 15 15 15 P1 SSM1 PL1 PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ \\ // ❑� �❑ \\ // PROJECT MANAGER: PS A9.12 PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH OPEN TO I I \ - - -- -- -- -- JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG i O BEYOND IDS EYOND PEN TO - -- ---- / \ ---- A9.12 - -- ---- A \ O / \ A / A2 - Al /m � i A9.12 \ to 8 A9.40 z Al I NTERIOR ELEVATIONS -iLl •- 10 4413 10 2813.A3 SSM1 B, 102 101 102K34 114 10 2613 10 2613 22 4713 102 11 3115 1. B1 001415 TYP. 10 9000.A1 W 1 TYP. 10 2613 TYP. 10 2813.A2 qg 24 2q 2q 40 24 48 24 48 24 PL7 34 34 3411 3114A Al34 CORRIDOR#100A-S A4 KITCHENETTE#102- N PL1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 w1 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH MAT R TO 4830215 3630215 3630215 3630215 TYPI AL MOUNTING EIGH SHEET REFER B. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. 30 30 30 30 C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEETA9.10 . 4 B2 D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES A9 40 Pi UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NOTTERMINATEAT TYP, OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN C3 F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE CONCEALED FROM VIEW. D \ / \ / _ ______ ___ __ ______ pLt G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D Al H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, - - -View Dd- ® AB AO ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. OPEN TO OPEN TO TYP. I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. BEYOND BEYOND At SSM1 J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. PLt M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING INFORMATION. N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A70 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL 101415 TVP. 10 2613 10 2613 10 2613 10 2613 10 4413 102 102 102 1112 FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. 48 24 36 24 36 24 36 24 34 34 34 34 CORRIDOR#100C-S WORK RM./PLOT.#127-S MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES W1-MDF WAINSCOT CORNER W2A-WALL TILE C3 \\ / —® \\ / W2B-WALL TILE 174 1 I \ / \ OPEN TO \ / 1 I A4 \ / \ BEYOND TYP. \ / A9.12 \ / C3 W3-NOTUSED EWETT OPEN TO \ / BEYOND E W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) 0 N 0 /\ BEYOND \ BEYOND \ / \ C A9 2 // \\ / \ / \ ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELING PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C / I / Ai / 1 B1 / A912 W6-RICHLITE(WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS) Arlington Operations W7-PLYWOOD/ 41� Center / 102613 102613 102613 102 613 Wt gt 101415 TYP. 102613 0 B1-6"RUBBER BASE FOR m B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVEDBASE Snohomish County ��CORRIDOR#100D- N1 ��CORRIDOR#100D-N2 ( CORRIDOR#100C-N II B28-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Public Works V J 1/a" Pi PAINT-FIELD CORNER CORNER CORNER P2 PAINT HOLLOW METAL FRAMES AT Pi W1 W2B P3 PAINT ACCENT 19620 67th Ave NE \ / O MATERIALTAG Arlington, WA 98223 SEE FINISH MATERIAL KEY/A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS PERMIT SET i A9'2 i KEYNOTE LEGEND 05/02/2025 \\ / TYP. ❑� �� OPEN TO KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT This drawing is: \/ BEYOND 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. OPEN TO C3 A2 Al /\ 101415 INTERIOR SIGNAGE,REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. B BEYOND A9.12 Ag.12 Ag.12 / \ INFORMATION 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 102613 CORNER GUARDS written permission for any other use or reproduction. 104413 FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS PROJECT 0 AS A9.12 Ai12 Al / \ A912 A912 8 / \\ 224713 DRINKING FOUNTAINS 2023-053 102613 101415 TYP. 102613 102613 102613 224713 102613 0 B1 RECESSED RECESSED MARK DATE DESCRIPTION B� CORRIDOR#100D- E TYP. P1 W t CORNER CORNER CORNER ON PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH TYP. JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG C3 A9.12 A O O O 0 0 A Al INTERIOR ELEVATIONS YP. A9.12 FFE(WORKSTATION'-�CUBICLES F IFE FFE WORKSTATION- CUBICLES) �. W1 101415 TYP. 81 TYP. 102613 WALL HUNG FILE BOXTYP. (F.O.I.O.) CORRIDOR#100D-W 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. S. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEETA9.10 . YKEMAN D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NOT TERMINATE AT OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE CONCEALED FROM VIEW. G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, - - - D ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. CONSULTANT: M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING INFORMATION, N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A,0 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES PLi , 30115 4830215 1 30115 W1-MDF WAINSCOT 30 15 30 • p� SSM1 CORNER CORNER CORNER P7 � W2A-WALL TILE W26-WALL TILE 6467 ARCGG H TEE ERR CT DD W3-NOT USED Ti Y JAM S EWETT 0 WB 0 S AT OF WASH GTON A3 W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) A3 ® A3 A9.12 A9.12 C `gg'12 W5-ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELING PROJECT • • C W6-RICHLITE(WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS) Arlington Operations 168500.A1 102613 102613 224101 105613 102613 Center 81 101116 B1 102813.A3 1 10124 4810224 1 10124 W7-PLYWOOD PLi 34 34 34 0 Bi-6"RUBBER BASE FOR EOC/TRAINING/PAVING ROLL CALL#135-S EOC/TRAINING/PAVING ROLL CALL#135-W ® B2A-6"CERAMICTILECOVEDBASE �� Snohomish County ® B2B-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Public Works P1 PAINT-FIELD P2 PAINT-HOLLOW METAL FRAMES AT C1 P3 PAINT-ACCENT 19620 67th Ave NE 6" CORNER A911 W5 6 p1 O MATERIAL TAG Arlington, WA 98223 SEE FINISH MATERIAL KEY/A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS PERMIT SET KEYNOTE LEGEND 05/02/2025 Re KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 101116 MARKER-BOARD,F.O.I.O. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 102613 CORNER GUARDS A3 written permission for any other use or reproduction. A912 10 2813.A3 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER,F.O.I.C. 105613 METAL STORAGE SHELVING PROJECT 113114 REFRIGERATOR F.O.LC. 16 8500.A1 WALL-MOUNTED TELEVISION,54"A.F.F.,F.O.I.O. 224101 SINK 2023-053 105613 1026,3 B, B, 224105 SINK-COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS 224107 MOP SINK • �Q �EOIC�/TRAINING/PAVING ROLL CALL#135- N EOC/TRAINING/PAVING ROLL CALL#135-E MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 2530215 3630215 P1 3630215 2430215 30 15 15 30 224107 PROJECT B, gi 22 4107 B2 Bi A940 W4 A9.12 P1 Ell PRINCIPALIN CHARGE:j TJ A9.40 ABAO P, A9.12 W4 PROJECT MANAGER: PS PLi PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG _- 102813.A3 - - 82 B2 •• A A 224105 ® 224105 1,A9.12 A9.112 A9.12 SSMi SSMi Bi g3 #A9.12 A9 2 AAs.,z INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 61 102 102 g� 61 PLi 102 B7 2 24 36 24 36 24 34 34 34 Al FIRST AID &WELL.#130- N MOTHERS RM#133- E CUSTODIAL#134-N CUSTODIAL#134-W A2 ,'-Q" ,_D" 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. S. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEETA9.10 . 4 D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, P1 E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NOT TERMINATE AT CORNER OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE CONCEALED FROM VIEW. G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, - - - D ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.,0. / J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. / K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. / L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. CONSULTANT: M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING \ INFORMATION. \ / N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A,0 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION ❑� �❑ ❑� �❑ �� ® AND TURESNDINEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL \ / FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. OPEN TO BEYOND o I� o o I� o %\\ MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES ] W1-MDF WAINSCOT A9.12 A, A9.12 \ • Lill W2A-WALL TILE W2B-WALL TILE *67TYP. 101415 WALL HUNG FILE BOX P 102613(F.O.IOW3-NOTUSED CORRIDOR#200B-W W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) C W5-ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELING PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C P1 CORNER W6-RICHLITE(WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS) Arlington Operations P1 W2B W7-PLYWOOD Center P1 0 B1-6"RUBBER BASE FOR \\ / CORNER m B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Snohomish County P3 \\ m B2B-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Public Works PAINT-FIELD PAINT-HOLLOW METAL FRAMES AT PAINT-ACCENT 19620 67th Ave NE MATERIALTAG Arlington, WA 98223 \ / OPEN TO \\ // TYP ❑� BEYOND C3 TYP. SEE FINISH MATERIAL KEY/A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS OPEN TO B C3 Ag 14 c3 PERMIT SET EYOND Ag,14 / \ A9.12 05/02/2025 KEYNOTE LEGEND / \ / \ - q2 KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT This drawing is: Al \ Al Al / Al \ A912 8 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. / A9.12 \ Ag.,2 A9.12 / A9.12 111415 INTERIOR SIGNAGE,REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. INFORMATION 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 102613 CORNER GUARDS written permission for any other use or reproduction. / \ 109001 RECYCLING STATION _ 224713 DRINKING FOUNTAINS • 102613 W1 Lvog613 102613 81 101415 4 4 101415 102613 224713 2023-053 TYP. TYP. CORRIDOR#200C- NCORRIDOR#200C-W ��CORRIDOR#200C-S 1/4"=1'-0" ,u�/ 1/4"=1'-0" • 302 CORNER Pl TYP. CORNER W2B P1 CORNER 36 15 36302 15 CORNER CORNER MARK DATE DESCRIPTION In \ / \ / A4 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ �� EO EQ A9.12 ❑� \\/ A9.12 PROJECT MANAGER: PS OPEN TO TYP. OPEN TO W2B PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH BEYOND BEYOND r / \ C3 / JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A ENVIRONMENTAL / \ O / \ A9.12 A GRAPHICS / \ - A, / \ A, A7 i Al A9.12iH B A9.12 As.,2 \\ INTERIOR ELEVATIONS L A9.12 0 TYP. 102613 102613 81 W1 702g13 102613 224713 109000.A7 102613 3610224 36,0224 rC�SS�FD TYP.RECESSED RECESSED RECESSED RECESSED Al CORRIDOR#200B- E � • � 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. S. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. ,7 P1 C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO FTSHEETA9.10 D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES • YKEMAN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. _-----__ \ E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NOT TERMINATE AT OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE CONCEALED FROM VIEW. G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D \ \ OPEN TO- / H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, - - - D .BEYOND ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. \ L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. CONSULTANT: C3 M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING A9 12 P7 INFORMATION. N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A70 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION P1 AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL Pi FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. �L MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES W1-MDF WAINSCOT Ln 10 44,3 W6 W2A-WALL TILE SSMi W2B-WALL TILE 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Bi g, g1 101415 TYP. ELEVATOR B1 W3-NOT USED TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON ��LOBBY/COUNTER#202 - N ��LOBBY/COUNTER#202-W LOBBY/COUNTER#202-S LOBBY/COUNTER#202- E W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) r-o• \vv J va•=r-o• r-o• C W5-ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELING PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C W6-RICHLITE(WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS) Arlington Operations W7-PLYWOOD Center 0 B1-6"RUBBER BASE FOR \ B5 m B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE \ Snohomish County \ A9.12 m B2B-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Public Works Pi PAINT-FIELD \ P2 AT PAINT HOLLOW METAL FRAMES `\ P1 P3 PAINT ACCENT 19620 67th Ave NE ` P1 P1 O MATERIALTAG Arlington, WA 98223 \ � W6 OPEN TO P3 SEE FINISH MATERIAL KEY/A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS BEYOND PERMIT SET KEYNOTE LEGEND 05/02/2025 KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT This drawing is: / - 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. Bi 61 B1 B, 1101415 INTERIOR SIGNAGE,REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. B INFORMATION 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 61 1112611 CORNER GUARDS written permission for any other use or reproduction. -- 10 4413 FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS CORRIDOR#200A-W VESTIBULE#201 -N ��VESTIBULE#201 - E ��VESTIBULE#201 -S VESTIBULE PROJECT J va=r-o r-o r-o 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION Pi W6 -OPEN TO-'/// / \ / _BEYOND-� ( ( PROJECT TEAM- PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH \ / \ / ❑ (() JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG OPEN TO OPEN TO OPEN TO •- A BEYOND BEYOND BEYOND A Al ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHIC j (� A9,2 \ w, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SSMi Al Bi 102613 10 2613 g, B1 g� 102613 CORRIDOR#200B-N CORRIDOR#200B-S CORRIDOR#200C-E RR CORRIDOR#200A- E COIDOR#200A-S -,'-Q 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. S. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEETA9.10 . YKEMAN D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. E. WALL FINISHES,VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NOT TERMINATE AT OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE CONCEALED FROM VIEW. G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, - - - D ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING INFORMATION. N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A10 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES W1-MDF WAINSCOT FFTTMW2A-WALLTILE W28-WALL TILE 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT W3-NOT USED 302 302 TI r JAM S EWETf 31 15 2 15 S AT OF WASH GTON C2 TYP P7 \ 15 30 C2 W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) \ / W5-ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELING C, Pi PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C 7i \ / W6-RICHLITE(WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS) \ Arlington Operations / \ , e W7-PLYWOOD Center OPEN TO1 0 B1-6"RUBBER BASE FOR BEYOND / \ ® B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Snohomish County B2B-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE116.A1 P7 PAINT-FIELDPublic Works SSM1 � \ PAINT-HOLLOW METAL FRAMESAT 224101 ___ ___ __ ___ ____ P3 PAINT-ACCENT19620 67th Ave NE PL7 O MATERIAL TAG Arlington, WA 98223 101 102 102 104413 61 102613 11 3114 113112 SEE FINISH MATERIAL KEY/A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS 10 z4 3s z4 3a z4 24424 34 34 34 34 102 102 PERMIT SET 2 3424 32 34 24 KEYNOTE LEGEND 05/02/2025 B! 1/4" #206-W B2 KITCHEN#206-S KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT 1/4"=1'-0" 1/4"=1•0" This drawing is: O6 4116.A1 12"DEEP WALL-MOUNTED SHELVING 1.Copyright 2025 Dykem Inc. 2.The Architects Instrumeen,nt Professional Service. B 102613 CORNER GUARDS 3.For use on this project only..Obtain Architect's B 104413 FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS written permission for any other use or reproduction. 113112 RESIDENTIAL KITCHEN RANGE F.O.I.C. 113114 REFRIGERATOR F.O.LC. PROJECT 113301 EXHAUST HOOD F.O.I.0 224101 SINK 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION Pi P1 ift P1 W5 W5 P2 P2 PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A litP1 P, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SSM1 P1 61 - CORNER 102613 B1 102613 102613 61 SSM1 SSM1 ROLL CALL B#209- PARTITION WALL - N ��ROLL CALL A#207- PARTITION WALL-S ��KITCHEN#206- N • • I 1/4"=V-O" /"12 1/4"=11-01, /"�J 1/4"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS W5 A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH ® MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. S. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& I CORNER EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEETA9.10 . 4 D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, CORNER CORNER E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NOT TERMINATE AT 302 302 OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 48 15 24 15 F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE 15 30 x CONCEALED FROM VIEW. g, B2 G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, Ag.40 A9.40 ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. ---= PLi J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE 1.20. A, K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. \� A940 L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. 6 A3 A3 M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING INFORMATION. Ag.12 Ag.12 A3 N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A70 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION Ag.12 AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. I B1 TYP. 102613 102613 102813.A3 102 PL1 ssM1 02613 MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES 224101 4815424 24 24 W1-MDF WAINSCOT RECESSED 34 34 RECESSED C., ROLL CALL#206-W W2A-WALL TILE • 1/4"_V-0" W2B-WALL TILE 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Pi W5 WS WS W3-NOT USED TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON CORNER W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) C W5-ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELING PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C ® ® ® 230000.A1 TYP. W6-RICHLITE(WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS) Arlington Operations W7-PLYWOOD Center 0 B1-6"RUBBER BASE FOR m B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Snohomish County m B2B-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Public Works Pi PAINT-FIELD P2 AT PAINT-HOLLOW METAL FRAMES P3 PAINT-ACCENT 19620 67th Ave NE O1 Q' 0 MATERIAL TAG Arlington, WA 98223 Ag.11 Ag„ 2 A3 Ag.12 SEE FINISH MATERIAL KEY/A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 KEYNOTE LEGEND 10 4413 23 0000.A1 10 1415 B1 16 8500.A1 102 g, 1 101415 104413 KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B �� ROLL CALL#206-S B2 ROLL CALL#206- N 101116 MARKER-BOARD,F.O.I.O. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 101415 INTERIOR SIGNAGE,REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL written permission for any other use or reproduction. INFORMATION 102613 CORNER GUARDS PROJECT 10 2813.A3 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER,F.O.I.C. 104413 FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 2023-053 16 8500.A1 WALL-MOUNTED TELEVISION,54"A.F.F.,F.O.I.O. 224101 SINK 23 OOOO.A1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT-REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS MARK DATE DESCRIPTION B5 A9.30 P1 W5 W5 PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS C7 PROJECT ARC HITECT:I TH Ag.11 JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG EQ. 8'X5' EQ. SX5 A - p WB WB �- A INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 16 8500.A1 1011161 F 1-01116 16 8500.A1 10 1415 TYP. ��i ROLL CALL#206- E 0.1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 GLAZING IDENTIFICATION GENERAL NOTES - DOORS TYPE LEGEND - DOOR PANELS REFER TO SPECIFACTIONS FOR DETAILED GLAZING INFORMATION A. DIMENSIONS AT DOOR LITES ARE TO DAYLIGHT OPENINGS ALL INTERIOR GLAZING TO BE GL7 U.N.O B. MINIMUM THERMAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: ALL EXTERIOR GLAZING TO BE GL5 U.N.O a. OPAQUE SWING DOORS:U-0.37 STANDARD DOORS SPECIALTY DOORS b. GLAZED SECTIONALDNTRANCE O R$:U-0.31 SHGC-0.33 GL7 SAFETY GLAZING c. OPAQUE SECTIONAL DOORS:U-0.31 GL2 TRANSLUCENT SAFETY GLAZING DYKEMAN GL3 LAMINATED GLAZING PER SCHEDULE GL4 FIRE-RATED GLAZING GLS INSULATING SAFETY GLAZING WARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ID7H PE WIDTH PE GL6 INSULATING TRANSLUCENT GLAZING GL7 INSULATING LAMINATED GLAZING SCHEDULE SCHEDULE GLIB INSULATING FIRE-RATED GLAZING D r. D w o w w w w iCONSULTANT: w rc w U w U o- GL6 GL6 GL6 F FG S DOOR SCHEDULE FLUSH PANEL FULLY GLAZED (SECTIONAL DOOR) Mark Description Width Heigh Panel Type Panel Material Fire Rating Hardware Head Jamb Threshold Comments • Lower Level 100a SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 101 ELEVATOR DOOR T-6" T-0" 103 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 4OFWASH 104 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 105 SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" CARD READER SPECIALTY DOORS(CONY.) os SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" PER SCHEDULE 107 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 108 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" 109 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" 110 DOUBLE SWING 6'-0" T-0" CARD READER 1 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" C 112 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C 113 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 114 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 115 SINGLESWING 3'-D" T-0- Arlington Operations 115a SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 116a SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" CARD READER Center 1161b SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 117 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 0 118 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" FOR = 122 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" rOn 123 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" Snohomish County n 124a SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" 124b ISINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" Public Works 125 SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" 127 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" AT 128 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" 129 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" 19620 67th Ave NE 130 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" 131 SINGLESWING T-0" T-G" Arlington, WA 98223 132 SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" OPP 133 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" (OPERABLE PANEL PARTITION) 134 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-G" 135a SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" PERMIT SET 1351b SINGLESWING X-0" 7'-0" 135c SINGLESWING 3'-a" 7'-D" 05/02/2025 136 SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" 137 SINGLESWING 3:_1: 7'-W This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B Upper Level 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 201 1 DOUBLE SWING 6'-0" 7'-0" CARD READER written permission for any other use or reproduction. TYPE LEGEND - DOOR FRAMES 203 ELEVATDOUBLEOR RDOOWING 6'-6" 7'-0" 203 ELEVATOR DOOR 3'-6" 7'-0" PROJECT 204 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" 206a SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" CARD READER 2061b SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 2023-053 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES ALUMINUM FRAMES 206c SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" 206d SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" 206e SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" • 4'-10" 4'-8" 206f SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PER DOOR PER DOOR 206g SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" 206h OPERABLE PANEL PARTITION 17'-01/4" 12'-0" 2"PER DOOR 2' SCHED. SCHED. I 206i OPERABLE PANEL PARTITION 18'-21/4" 12'-W SCHED. 207 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-O" 208 SINGLESWING 3'-0" -0" 209 SINGLESWING 3 T '-0" 7'-0" 210 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" w w w � 211 SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" w p p o 212 ISINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" U = _ 213 SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" SG w m SG w 214 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" PROJECT O 215 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" 0 O O 216 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:i Ti w of T 217 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" PROJECT MANAGER: PS w 218 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH 219 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG 220a SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 2" 2" 2" 220b SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" CARD READER A A HM-1 HM-4 S-1 STANDARD H.M.FRAME W/ STANDARD H.M.FRAME RELITE&TRANSOM ALUMINUM FRAME DOOR TYPE SCHEDULE ln � 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GLAZING IDENTIFICATION GENERAL NOTES - DETAILS REFER TO SPECIFACTIONS FOR DETAILED GLAZING INFORMATION A. BUILDING ENVELOPE SYSTEMS SHOWN IN ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS ARE DIAGRAMATIC ONLY AND ALL INTERIOR GLAZING TO BE GL1 U.N.O ARE NOT REPRESENTATIVE OF THE ACTUAL SYSTEM.FOR COMPLETE WATERPROOFING ALL EXTERIOR GLAZING TO BE GL5 U.N.O INSTRUCTIONS,PRODUCTS,AND DETAILS,REFER TO BUILDING ENVELOPE(BE)DRAWINGS. B. MINIMUM THERMAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: GL1 SAFETY GLAZING a. FIXED FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.26;SHGC-0.38 GL2 TRANSLUCENT SAFETY GLAZING b. OPERABLE FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.26;SHGC-0.33 . GL3 LAMINATED GLAZING YKEMAN GL4 FIRE-RATED GLAZING GL5 INSULATING SAFETY GLAZING GL6 INSULATING TRANSLUCENT GLAZING ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN GL7 INSULATING LAMINATED GLAZING GL8 INSULATING FIRE-RATED GLAZING D r. D CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C „PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 3'-0" 8'-6" 3'-0" 3'-0" T_0" 6'-0" 7'-6" 1'-0" 11-0" This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2'-10" 2'-10" 3'-0" 3'-0" 2'-8" 2'-2' 2'-8" 3'-0' 3'-0" T-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. e 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT to to 2023-053 Ell 7 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION LGL�� ILDATUM LINE O O2 3a 3b 3c O O (D O7 14'-8" 14'-8" 9'-0" 12'-0" 21'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0., T-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" T-0" 3'-0" T-0" 3'-0" T-0" 3'-0" T-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" T-0" 3'-0" T-0" PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: Ti PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH IN IN JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A v e ReA WINDOW TYPES & SCHEDULE DATUM LINE OO 10 11 12 8- FIBERGLASS WINDOW TYPES , 1/4"=1'-0" 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -GLAZING TYPELEGEND - STOREFRONT A OVERALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO R.O. 1/4" 1. B. RA VER IFY ALL OPENINGS INFIELD PRIOR TO FABRICATION. C. WINDOW SCHEE)ULES ARE PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHOULD BE USEO]N t, CONJUNCTION WITH ENTIRE SET OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR ESTABLISHINGFIkAL CqUNTS. DYKEMAN GLAZING TYPES IWJ. 'Et:ttt� Mark ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN GlqEINTypd;_t ttt, GL1 1 -PILAZING,SAFETYz:,' D rA3 GL5 GLAWN�;�NLATI40 SAFE 25.259.3161 M. 2,dFWl,,,/E..... 982 01 D GL8 NSTINGANDREL 4 1A�3O @ MTL @ MTL 7 1 wt$i STOREFRONT WINDO CONSULTANT: z Marl� : tz RXT. t, Count� Comments Wii7- 1,A7�3O I @ @ CMU CMU `tWINDO)IN-8CHEDULE OPERABLE... HM4 Typo, R.O. Count Type Comments Al Width Height 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT T TI EWETT I Y JAM S EWETT S AT AT IF WASH ITON C PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 FILL W1 DOOR JAMB PER FILL W/ DOOR JAMB PER INSULATION SCHEID. INSULATION SCHEID. PERMIT SET GRID DOOR PER SCHEID. DOOR PER SCHED. 05/02/2025 This drawing is: INSULATION 1 Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. MTL SIDING WALL PER PLAN INSULATIO*N 2 The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's INSECT SCREEN Of B 2 F FILL W/INSULATION INSULATION B Of 2"' written permission for any other use or reproduction. F1 WR L IN METAL INSULATION WRB FLASHING HED 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL 0 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL FLASHING VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER FLASHING FLASHING PAINT PROJECT NUMBER. 2"RIGID INSULATION WRB 2"RIGID INSULATION WRB 2023-053 DOOR RELITE HEAD PER SCHEID. 7/8"VENTED HAT CHANNEL 4"VCMU MTL (CONTINUOUS) ONTINUOUS)'G-913 MIN. • SIDING GALVANIZED" DR-4 DOOR RELITE HEAD @ MTL PANEL D-1 DOOR JAMB@ CMU D-2 DOOR JAMB @ MTL PANEL MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 1/2"=VHY' 1 uG I 1 1/2"=T-0" 1 1/2"=T-0" GRID FILL W/ DOOR RELITE FILL W/ DOOR RELITE PROJECT TEAM- 2 1/2" INSULATION JAMB PER SCHEID. INSULATION JAMB PER SCHEID. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE,j TJ PROJECT MANAGER, PS EXTERIOR INTERIOR PROJECT ARCHITECT: H 1 JOB CAPTAIN. OF,IIG DOOR RELITE SILL A Level PER SCHEID. 0 A 0 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL 0 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL FLASHING FLASHING JAMB 7 DOOR DETAILS ad. 2"RIGID INSULATION WRIB 2"RIGID INSULATION 7WR B 7/8"VENTED H_CHANNEL 4"VCMU MTL (CONTINUOUS)"G-90 MIN. SIDING GALVANIZED" DR-1 DOOR RELITE SILL DR-2 DOOR RELITE JAMB@ CMU DR-3 DOOR RELITE JAMB @ MTL PANEL 1 1/2"=V-0" 1 1/2"=T-0" A3 1 1/2"=T-0" 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES - DETAILS A. BUILDING ENVELOPE SYSTEMS SHOWN IN ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS ARE DIAGRAMATIC ONLY AND ARE NOT REPRESENTATIVE OF THE ACTUAL SYSTEM.FOR COMPLETE WATERPROOFING INSTRUCTIONS,PRODUCTS,AND DETAILS,REFER TO BUILDING ENVELOPE(BE)DRAWINGS. B. MINIMUM THERMAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: a. FIXED FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.26;SHGC-0.38 b. OPERABLE FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.28;SHGC-0.33 . YKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 FILL W/ SF WINDOW JAMB FILL W/ SF WINDOW JAMB FILL W/ SF WINDOW JAMB INSULATION PER SCHED. INSULATION PER SCHED. INSULATION PER SCHED. PERMIT SET _.,.... GRID 05/02/2025 1X WOOD SILL 1X WOOD SILL This drawing is: BELOW BELOW 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. METAL SIDING WALL PER PLAN 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. �—a, 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 0 („)' FILL W/INSULATION written permission for any other use or reproduction. 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL FLASHING FLASHING FLASHING 24 GA.PREFIN. VAPOR BARRIER, PROJECT METAL FLASHING PRIME AND PAINT INSULATION WRB MTL FLASHING INSULATION WRB MTL FLASHING INSULATION WRB 2023-053 BELOW BELOW SF WINDOW HEAD PER PHENOLIC PANEL 7/8"VENTED HAT SCHED. MTL 7/8"VENTED HAT CHANNEL CHANNEL(CONTINUOUS) 4"VCMU • SIDING (CONTINUOUS)"G-90 MIN. "G-90 MIN.GALVANIZED" GALVANIZED" MARK DATE DESCRIPTION B1 SF-5 SF JAMB @ MTL PANEL B2 SF-6 SF JAMB@ PHENOLIC PANEL SF-7 SF JAMB@ CMU B4 SF-8 SF HEAD @ MTL PANEL 1 112"=V-0" 1 1/2"=V-O" J 1 ill"=1' PROJECT GRID GRID GRID 1 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS SF WINDOW SILL 1X WOOD SILL SF WINDOW SILL 1X WOOD SILL SF WINDOW SILL PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH PER SCHED. PER SCHED. PER SCHED. 24 GA.PREFIN. WALL AND SIDING PER 1"TYP. METAL FLASHING BASE BEYOND JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG ELEV.BEYOND SCHEDULED 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL 1X WOOD SILL A FLASHING 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL FLASHING UPPER LEVEL SF SILL A FLASHING 2"X 2"MTL ANGLE PROPRIETARY I 1"TYP. 34'PLYWOOD INSTALLED ON 1/4"SHIMS 14 MTL TRIM 1 TYP. VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER za"G.C. - WINDOW DETAILS INSECT SCREEN PAINT INSECT SCREEN PAINT VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER 3l4"CHAMFER,TYP. INSULATION a a PAINT MTL SIDING WALL PER PLAN PHENOLIC PANEL WALL PER PLAN CONIC.WALL PER •. PLAN METAL DECK 4"VCMU WALL PER PLAN PER STRUCT. Al SF-1 SF SILL @ MTL PANEL A2 SF-2 SF SILL PHENOLIC PANEL A3 SF-3 SF SILL CMU A4 SF-4 SF SILL RET. CONC. WALL / 1 1/2"=1'-0" ,1/2"=1'-0" ,1/2"=V-0" ,1/2"_1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 P. 2 3 4 5 1/2"X2"STEEL FLAT BAR WELDED GENERAL NOTES - DETAILS TO ANGLE.DRILL&TAP TO RECIEVE 1/2"COUNTERSUNK MACHINE SCREWS @ 24"O.C.MAX ? A. BUILDING ENVELOPE SYSTEMS SHOWN IN ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS ARE DIAGRAMATIC ONLY AND ARE NOT REPRESENTATIVE OF THE ACTUAL SYSTEM.FOR COMPLETE WATERPROOFING ? ? INSTRUCTIONS,PRODUCTS,AND DETAILS,REFER TO BUILDING ENVELOPE(BE)DRAWINGS. B. MINIMUM THERMAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: ? a. FIXED FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.26;SHGC-0.38 TRENCH DRAIN,TYP.AT b. OPERABLE FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.28;SHGC-0.33 . 1/2"STEEL PLATE,WIDTH TO FIT. NEW O.H.DOORS,SEE YKEMAN SEAMS IN FLOORING INSTALLED FLUSH WITH T.O.SLAB. MECHANICAL DRAWINGS TO ALIGN WITH PLATES SPLIT INTO PIECES WEIGHING NO FORADDITIONAL (WHERE OCCURS) MORE THAN 80 LBS EACH.WHERE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN PLATE WILL BE EXPOSED,USE 1/2" INFORMATION STAINLESS DIAMOND PLATE. d 0000 �o ono ono onL�UVLLL��o ono 0 0 0�0 "B" -TIII d 0 0 OO ° '4 CONSULTANT: d - - 4'-0"SQUARE OUTSIDE F.O.FRAME 'PROVIDE 2"VENT.OPENINGS PLUMBING,GAS,AND/OR ELECTRICAL NOTE:ALIGN C.L.OF EMERGENCY SHOWER HOUSING WITH C.L.OF SUMP @ EA.END OF TRENCH LINES PER MECH/ELEC DWGS E1 LAB UTILITY TRENCH E2 EMERGENCY SHOWER SUMP 1'-0" 3/4"=V-0" • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C ,• • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 2"RIGID INSULATION p` 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. WALL WHERE 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. e 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B OCCURS written permission for any other use or reproduction. —_III—_III d FOOTINGS PER PROJECT STRUCTURAL.PATCH BACK CONCRETE PAVING 2023-053 PER CIVIL. a HISS COL.PER STRUCT. a° VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER C.I.P.SLAB ON • n ° PAINT GRADE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION BENTONITE 4"RUBBER BASE SCHEDULED DRAIN MAT— FLOOR FINISH - 1"RIGID INSULATION �d GRANULAR FILL VAPOR BARRIER LOWER LEVE'Ll I— a ° SHORING—III o00 000 000 000 000 0°000000 00000000 ALL PER - Qo° Qo° Qo Qo° Qo° po° po° po po° po° p -• CONTRACTOR °. °moo°moo°moo°moo°moo°moo°moo°moo ono ono ono I I I II I I—I I ° aQoo oa aQoo oa aQoo o°aQoo oa aQoo oa aQoo oa aQoo oa aQoo oa aQoo oa0 a�Qoo oa ao PRINCIPAL INAE:i TiI I oo PROECTMA _ PS III III d ° o - III PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH _ n d JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG IIIII—III—I ° d °d III ,-. A III III d III A III—III ° ° d —III FOUNDATION &SLAB III=III-1 ° 4 ° DETAILS —III—III14 —I III—III—I d ° ° a a ° —III—III =1II —III—III—I a —III—III—III—III—III II—FOUNDATION PERT—III—III , STRUCT. Al F-1 FOUNDATION DETAIL @ GRID A • 1 112"=T " 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES - DETAILS A. BUILDING ENVELOPE SYSTEMS SHOWN IN ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS ARE DIAGRAMATIC ONLY AND INSULATION INSULATION ARE NOT REPRESENTATIVE OF THE ACTUAL SYSTEM.FOR COMPLETE WATERPROOFING PHENOLIC INSULATION INSTRUCTIONS,PRODUCTS,AND DETAILS,REFER TO BUILDING ENVELOPE(BE)DRAWINGS. PANEL B. MINIMUM THERMAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: .. _. .. _... . . .... .. ... .. ...... .-.. .. ...... a. FIXED FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.26;SHGC-0.38 zz zz zz b, OPERABLE FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.28;SHGC-0.33 . YKEMAN Q a ¢ a a s ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 3 a 3 a 3 a Q D WRB - _ _ D 4"VCMU z a PHENOLIC PANEL 22 K 7/8"VENTED HAT CHANNEL PHENOLIC PANEL MTL SIDING M a WRB PHENOLIC PANEL MASONRYANCHORS (CONTINUOUS)"G-90 MIN. GALVANIZED" 7/8"VENTED HAT CHANNEL COL.PER 7/8"VENTED HAT CHANNELCONSULTANT: PROPRIETARY (C ONTINUOUS)"G-90 MIN. A STRUCT. (CONTINUOUS)"G-90 MIN. SEALANT AND BACKER ROD MTL TRIM GALVANIZED" GALVANIZED" P-2 PHENOLIC TO CMU HOR.TRANS. P-3 PHEN. TO MTL PANEL HOR. TRANS. P-4 PHENOLIC PANEL CORNER V I 1 1/2"=T-O" V L 1 1/2"=V-0" V J 1 1/2"=V-0" A INSULATION INSULATION • INSULATION INSULATION MTL SIDING WALL PER PLAN - ^ - - -- - - - - -- 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL SELF-ADEHESIVE z z COL.PER z FLASHING MEMBRANE 6467 g g STRUCT. g FLASHING REGISTERED Q m Q a Q a f slo a to drain ARCHITECT 3 w w 3 w VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER p a a p a PAINT KNIFE PLATE WELDED V' (9 2X2X,/8 MTL TO C-CHANNEL TI Y JAM S EWETT RB TUBES 18"O.C. CAN FRAME. S AT OF WASH GTON MTL STANDING BOLTED TO C- ° SEAM ROOF CHANNEL BM.IN WALL. PROPRIETARY VFY W/STRUCT. CONT.BENT PLATE C PATCH SLAB AT WALL MTL SIDING CORNER METAL WRB MTL SIDING PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C OPENINGS TRIM WRB COL.PER WRB 4"VCMU 3/4"CHAMFER,TYP. 7/8"VENTED HAT CHANNEL 7/8"VENTED HAT CHANNEL PHENOLIC PANEL 7/8"VENTED HAT STRUCT. GRID PROPRIETARY (CONTINUOUS)"G-90 MIN. GRID (CONTINUOUS)"G-90 MIN. CHANNEL(CONTINUOUS) MASONRYANCHORS MTLTRIE GALVANIZED" GALVANIZED" "G-90MIN.GALVANIZED" Arlington Operations CM-2 CMU WALL CORNER C2 C-2 CONC"TO MTL PANEL HOR. TRANS. C3 M-2 MTL PANEL CORNER - EN-TO MTL PANEL TRANS" @ CANOPY Center FOR A Snohomish County Public Works 7/8"VENTED 71/2 HATCHANNEL AT (CONTINUOUS) GALVANIZED' 19620 67th Ave NE MTL SIDING Arlington, WA 98223 2X2 MTL ANGLE PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 VENT CELLS @ 4 This drawing is: 32"O.C. 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. e 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. 1"AIR SPACE 1"AIR SPACE PROJECT 4"VCMU WALL PER PLAN WRB WALL PER PLAN WRB WALL PER PLAN 2023-053 MTL SIDING ._VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER MTL SIDING VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER 2"AIRSPACE X : PAINT PAINT • VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER WRg PAINT MARK DATE DESCRIPTION INSULATION 7/8"VENTED HAT 7/8"VENTED HAT VENT CELLS @ CHANNEL CHANNEL 32"O.C. (CONTINUOUS)"G-90 (CONTINUOUS)"G-90 MIN.GALVANIZED" MIN.GALVANIZED" 24 GA.PREFIN. SCHEDULED SCHEDULED SCHEDULED MTL.FLASHING - FLOOR FINISH INSECT SCREEN FLOOR FINISH 24 GA,PRE-FIN,METAL FLOOR FINISH FF1/2"HEM EDGE - CAVITY FILLER CONCRETE DECK CONCRETE DECK FLASHING CONCRETE DECK PER STRUCT. PER STRUCT. i PER STRUCT. U er Level 4"RUBBER BASE U r Level 4"RUBBER BASE UPPER LEVEL i 4"RUBBER BASE PROJECT ao Q - ° a PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ III - ° ° d a PROJECT MANAGER: PS do SOLID GROUT—p a - _ dQ° PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH !—BELOW— 3/4"CHAMFER,TYP. JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG FLASHING a o - - °e I gj�tFILIL AI III INSECTSCREEN A METALECK VOID W/ METAL DECK METAL DECK III— 4PER STRUCTMINERALWOOL PER STRUCT. PER STRUCT.MTL SIDING FILL VOID W/ CORBEL PER= °d. MINERALWOOL EXTERIOR WALL 1 15TRUC- - CONCRETE WALL — PER STRUCTURAL DETAILS CONCRETE BM.PER STRUCT. BM.PER STRUCT. BENTONITE— - WALL PER a a n i PANELS — d. STRUCTURAL ° —I —SHORING-- PER= RIGID R STRUCT. �_ ° n ° INSULATION BD. Al CM-1 CMU VENEER PONY WALL TO METAL PANEL TRANSITION A2 C-1 RET. CONC.WALL TO MTL PANEL VER. TRANS. A4 M-1 MTL TO MTL PANEL VER.TRANS. � • =11 1'-0" 1 1/2"_V-0" = 1 1/2"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D estD CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C „PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE WEST DECK Arlington, WA 98223 zoa T.O.PARAPET PERMIT SET 6"METAL STUD 05/02/2025 FRAMING This drawing is: PLATE PER STRUCT. 1.Cop right rchitects Instrument of Professional ice. ight 2025 Dykeman,Inc. B WHERE OCCURS 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B VERTICAL METAL SIDING VERTICAL METAL SIDING written permission for any other use or reproduction. WEATHER BARRIER WEATHER BARRIER PROJECT 5/8"FIBERGLASS-MAT 1/2"PLYWOOD 2023-053 GYPSUM SHEATHING v HSS PER STRUCT. WHERE OCCURS • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ROOF DECKING PAVERS PER SPECIFICATIONS I I w I I z z go 0 b g UPPER LEVEL p K yPROJECT w2 o w PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ OU'M w SLOPE PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:1 TH JOB CAPTAIN: 1 DF,KG 4"MIN.SPRAY FOAM A INSULATION A 6"METAL STUD BEYOND EXTERIOR WALL/ PLATE PER STRUCT. MISC. DETAILS WHERE OCCURS CLT SLAB PER STRUCT. •��WEST DECK PARAPET /"�! 1 112"=T-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D —dyk-,ar— 1716 West Marine Vie,D,I,e D 425.259.3161 M 2rd Fl—/E....ft,WA 98201 CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT AT IF WASH ITIN C PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C Arlington Operations -- -- -- Center --------- -- Snohomish County Public Works AT ---- ----- ------- ---- -- 19620 67th Ave NE ------- -- Arlington, WA 98223 /Zzz PERMIT SET - ------ 05/02/2025 p This drawing is: -- 1 y Cop right 2025 Dykeman,Inc. ---------------- 2 The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: - --- 2023053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION EXTERIOR INTERIOR INTERIOR EXTERIOR EXTERIOR SIDING PER ELEVATIONS GLULAM SEAM PER STRUCT. GLULAM BEAM PER STRUCT. EXTERIOR SIDING PER ELEVATIONS (SHOWN VERT.MTL SIDING) VAPOR BARRIER PAINT PER (SHOWN VERT.MTL SIDING) PROJECT TEAM: VAPOR BARRIER PAINT PER --- INTERIOR ELEVATIONS PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ 7/8'VENTED HAT CHANNEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 5/V'GWB— 7/8"VENTED HAT CHANNEL (CONTINUOUS)"G-90 MIN.GALVANIZED" GWB (CONTINUOUS)-G-90 MIN.GALVANIZED" PROJECT MANAGER: I PS —5/8 PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH POST PER STRUCTURAL —POST BEYOND PER JOB CAPTAIN DF,KG R-10 CONT.RIGID INSULATION STRUCTURAL WHERE OCCURS WHERE OCCURS R-10 CONT.RIGID INSULATION A BUILDING ENVELOPE SYSTEM --- FILL WOID W1 BATT INSULATION 5/8'TYPE"X"GYPSUM BUILDING ENVELOPE SYSTEM A (R-13 MIN) SHEATHING 5/8"TYPE"X"GYPSUM ROOFING DETAILS SHEATHING 6'-0"TYP.EAST AND WEST OVERHANG U.N.O. PER PLAN 6'-0"TYP.EAST AND WEST OVERHANG U.N.O. A I ��IDGE • ROOF RIDGE R Al 1 1/2"=T-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D estD CONSULTANT: I I e PULL SIDE 412" 7"X 3"X 1/4"BASE PLATE • WITH(2)1/2"EXPANSION ANCHORS INTO FLOOR SLAB. MINIMUM EMBED 2-1/2" - - *67 2 1/2"X 2 1-"X 1/4"ANGLE X _ 6"LONG WELD TO BASEA PLATE.ATTACH TO STUD WITH(3)1/2"MACHINE - BOLTS,SPACE EQUALLY 4" PUSH SIDE C C - STEEL STUDS PER WALL PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: TYPE-DOUBLE AT WALL END Arlington Operations TYP. END BRACING @PONY WALL r.� TYP. DOOR CLEARANCES Center "1/2=1'-0" FOR FLOORASSEMBLY ASSEMBLFLOOR/RY P Snohomish County ASSEMBLY PER PLAN ASSEMBLY PER PLAN Public Works 2 2-7-777 NON-RATED FIRE RATED 2 2 HTC CLIPS 48"O.C.TO AT HTC CLIPS 48"O.C.TO ALLOW DEFLECTION ALLOW DEFLECTION B2 TRUSS PER STRUCTURAL A9'10 19620 67th Ave NE SLOTTED CONNECTIONS TRUSS PER 5/8"GWB,PAINT P1 FULL DEFLECTION TRACK Arlington, WA 98223 TO ALLOW FOR VERTICAL STRUCTURAL HEIGHT,CUT AROUND MOVEMENT-TYP. JOIST 1"MAX GAP AND SEALED WITH ACOUSTIC SEALANT PARTIAL-HEIGHTTOP A3 PERMIT SET OF WALL DETAIL A9.10 ACOUSTIC INSULATION TYPICAL BRIDGING 05/02/2025 WALL TYPEX.X ACOUSTIC INSULATION4. AS REQUIRED This drawing is: PER PLAN XX X X.X WALL TYPE 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. XX X PER PLAN 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B CEILING ASSEMBLY 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B �? PER RCP CEILING ASSEMBLY written permission for any other use or reproduction. PER RCP PCULER IRCPHEIGHT m ` PER IRCPHEIGHT - - - 0.157"DIA.X 3/4"POWDER PROJECT ' ACTUATED FASTENERS AT 12" O.C.ACTUATED (STAGGERED) PARALLEL TO JOISTS ACOUSTIC WALL PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS ACOUSTIC WALL 2023-053 BOTTOM TRACK THICKNESS EQUAL TO STUD FRAMING �Q TYP. INTERIOR WALL CONTROL JOINT �TYP.,�NON LOAD BEARING HEAD OF WALL @ B.O. FLOOR/DECK 3"=1'-0" U a 4 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SOLID TRACK BLOCKING WITH 1 1/2"FLANGES, STEEL ROOF DECK OR USE FOR CONT.HORIZONTAL BACKING SIZE AND GUAGE TO MATCH STUDS.INSTALL STRUCTURAL MEMBER AT EACH END OF WALL,ADJACENT TO WALL COMPOSITE NON-BEARING PARTITION LIMITING HEIGHTS(5/8"GWB) STEEL TRACK.NOTCHED AT STUD AND OPENINGS AND 8'O.C.MAX. ATTACHED WITH(2)3/8"STSS WITH PAN HEAD SIZE GAUGE&SPACING MAXIMUM UNSUPPORTED HEIGHT 1-5/8" 30 MILS @ 16"O.C. UP TO 9'-2" -STEEL STUD PER WALL TYPE STEEL STUD PER WALL TYPE --- 1-5/8" 30 MILS @ 12"O.C. UP TO TO'-3" LIGHT GAUGE ANGLE 2-1/2" 30 MILS @16"O.C. UP TO 1T-9" WALL SHEATHING \ 1 FRAMING CLIP 2-1/2" 30 MILS @ 12"O.C. UP TO 12'-11" PROJECT USE FOR SINGLE BACKING \ 1 D 3-5/8" 30 MILS @ 16"O.C. UP TO 14'-8" PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ STEEL STUDS(ROTATE ONE 180°AND \ \ PROJECT MANAGER: PS HAVE NO GWB JOINTS ON IT) \ 3-5/8" 30 MILS @ 12"O.C. UP TO 16'-2" 3 5/8"X 33 MILS METAL STUDS PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH / 6"STEEL STUD,ENDS NOTCHED AND FOLDED - \ AT 48"O.C.,STAGGER 4" 30 MILS @ 16"O.C. UP TO 15'-9" JOB CAPTAIN�DF,KG INWARD.FASTEN EACH END WITH(3)3/8"STSS WITH PAN HEAD TO VERTICAL STUDS. 4" 30 MILS @ 12"O.C. UP TO 17'-4" _ A LIGHT GAUGE ANGLE 6" 30 MILS @16"O.C. UP TO 20'-11" A FRAMING CLIP #10 STSS - 6" 30 MILS @ 12"O.C. UP TO 23'-1" FOR GRAB BARS,WALL STOPS AND HANDRAILS '. (4)#8 STSS INTERIOR WALL 18 GA.X 2"CONTINUOUS. 1 GALVANIZED STEEL FLAT .PROVIDE METAL STUD THICKNESS(MILS)TO ACCOMODATE DETAILS i STEEL STUDS(ROTATE ONE 180°AND HAVE NO GWB JOINTS ON IT) STRAP' NOTES: FINISH CEILING PER RCP'S PARTITION HEIGHT AND MAX.DEFLECTION OF L/240 IN ACCORDANCE WITH SSMA LOAD TABLES ICBO ER-4943P / 800 C125 X 43 1. INSTALL BRACING AT 3'-0"O.C.VERTICAL SPACING,U.N.O. � 2. U.N.O.INSTALL STRAP ON SIDE W/NO SHEATHING AT LOCATIONS WHERE WALL TYPE PER PLAN SHEATHING IS ON ONE SIDE ONLY.INSTALL STRAPS ON BOTH SIDES WHERE NO NOTCH WALL STUD FLANGES AT BLOCKING. SHEATHING IS PRESENT. TYP. BACKING IN STEEL STUD WALLBACKING IN STEEL STUD WALL TYP. STEEL STUD WALL BRACINGSTEEL STUD WALL BRACING A3 TYP. DIAGONAL PARTITION BRACING TYP. NON-BEARING PARTITIONS PARTITIONS , 1 1/2"=V-0" �L 1"=1'-0" 1 1/2"=1'-0" PY 1"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D D PER INTERIOR EONS CONSULTANT: WALL TYPE PER PLAN FRENCH CLEAT,TYP. BEAM PER 2" 00 STRUCTURAL U I w ACOUSTICAL WALL PANEL M 8"X 33 MIL STEEL STUDS 6467 REGISTERED AT 16"O.C.WI 8"MINERAL ARCHITECT WOOL SOUND BATTS PER INTERIOR TI r JpM S EwETT Ev LEVATIONS 2 LAYERS 5/8" 5 AT of WASH GTON 1 GYPSUM BOARD ACOUSTIC WALL PANEL SECTION SOUNDBATTS°L PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C 5"X 33 MIL STEEL STUDS ATi6"O.C.W/6"MINERAL Arlington Operations + WOOL SOUND BATTS Center 31/2"MINERAL WOOL FACE OF WALL FACE OF COLUMN SOUND BATTS FOR BEAM PER STRUCTURAL Snohomish'') l.� County 4'-8"CLR. 18'-0"CUR. Pub Works Public AT COLUMN ALL COLUMN 19620 67th Ave NE — — — EO EO EO EQ EO EO - + + GYPSUM BOARD Arlington, WA 98223 00 E _ _ _ - - - _ - PERMIT SET 00 E 3518"X33MIL 05/02/2025 _w E — = =LL STEEL STUDS AT 16"O.C. This drawing is: S3.11 S8.12A 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 3/8"DIA.THREADED 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. e = = SUPPORT RODS& 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B C LEVELING NUTS written permission for any other use or reproduction. t PROJECT NUMBER. OPERABLE PARTITION TRACK 2023-053 B� OPERABLE PARTITION ENLARGED PLAN * OPERABLE WALL ELEVATION • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION WALL TYPE PER PLAN WALL TYPE PER PLAN I �I ' I I? I I I - - 362T125-43 METAL TRACK 60OT125-43 METAL TRACK BLOCKING-SECURE TO ,`� BLOCKING-SECURE TO METAL STUDS PER DETAIL METAL STUDS PER DETAIL PROJECT _• Al-.111 Al/Ag.10 PRINCIPAL IN HAIR E:i Ti PROJECT MANAGER: 1 PS PAPER TOWELL DISPENSER OPERABLE PROJECT ARCHITECT:1 T. I. - PARTITION JOB CAPTAIN: 1 DF,KG FRAMELESS MIRROR •- A A 40"A.F.F. MIRROR MOUNTING INTERIOR WALL ----� 40"A.F.F. CUPS BY MIRROR DETAILS MANUFACTURER " I UPPER LEVEL •- /'l I 3,�=1,-0,� ,� TYP" BLOCKING @ PAP. TOWEL DISP. �.� TYP. BLOCKING AT MIRROR �� TYP. OPERABLE WALL SECTION /-1L g•=1,-0. /'lam 3,=1,0, 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 WALL TYPE PER DYKEMAN WALL PER PLAN PLAN VARIES,PER PER INTERIOR —— ---------- E -- INARCHITECTURE + DESIGN TERIOR ELEVATIONS LEVATIONS D — WALL TYPE PER D PLAN EXTRUDED ALUMINUM a TRIM, P _ MANUFACTURERURER ER INTERIOR MDF PANEL � — —— Ev LEVATONS TACK WALL SYSTEM • PAINT EXPOSED GWB BETWEEN BASE AND WALL TYPE PER PLAN PANEL AND ALL JOINTS (AS APPLICALBE). TACKABLE WALL PAINTED BLACK,TYP. SYSTEM FRENCH CLEAT ALUMINUM J TRIM • PER SPECIFICATIONS EXTRUDED ALUMINUM TRIM,BY MANUFACTURER RICHLITE PANEL 6467 REGISTERED ADJACENT FINISH PER RESILIENT BASE RESILIENT BASE ARCHITECT INTERIOR ELEVATIONS PER ELEVATIONS PER ELEVATIONS — FINISH FLOOR PANEL JOINT _= TI r JAMS EWETT ___ 5 AT OF WASH GTON PER LEV A.F.F. a — C PROJECTC ��TYP. TACKWALL& MDF TRANSITION ��TACK WALL SYSTEM SECTION ��MDF WAINSCOT SECTION RICHLITE PANEL Arlington Operations PAINT EXPOSED GWB Center BETWEEN BASE AND PANEL AND ALL JOINTS. PAINTED BLACK,TYP. FOR Snohomish County WALL TYPE PER PLAN WALL TYPE PER PLAN Public Works WALL TYPE PER PLAN F WALL TYPE PER PLAN ALUMINUM J TRIMAT FRP END CAP TRIMPER SPECIFICATIONS 19620 67th Ave NE PER SPECIFICATIONS Arlington, WA 98223 FIBERGLASSRESILIENT BASE REINFORCED . TACKABLE WALL PER ELEVATIONS FIBERGLASSPLASTIC PANEL SYSTEM PERMIT SET REINFORCED 05/02/2025 PLASTIC PANELFRP INSIDE CORNER TRIM PER SPECIFICATIONS FIBERG4 LASS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED REINFORCED 0'-0"A.F.F. This drawing is: FIBERGLASS PLASTIC PANEL PLASTIC PANEL 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. REINFORCED 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. RL B PLASTIC PANEL 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B PER SPECIFICATIONS FRP TRANSITION TRIM written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER. �Q TYP. FRP @EXPOSED EDGE ��TYP. FRP @INSIDE CORNER TYP. FRP @PANEL JOINT ��TYP.TACKWALL @EXPOSED EDGE I�C RICHLITE WAINSCOT SECTION 2023-053 ,uJ/ �, - • �/ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION WALL TYPE PER PLAN WALL TYPE PER PLAN WALL TYPE PER PLAN WALL TYPE PER PLAN WALL TYPE PER PLAN MDF WAINSCOT PANEL PER ELEVATION TILE PER ELEVATION,OUTSIDE CONIDTION PROJECT • TO BE BULLNOSE TRIM CEMENTITIOUS BULLNOSE TRIM BACKER BOARD PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG S.S.CORNER GUARD S.S.CORNER GUARD WALL TILE COVED BASE WALL A PER SPECIFICATIONS PER SPECIFICATIONS TILE ON THIS SET A S.S.CORNER GUARD PER SPECIFICATIONS FLEXIBLE SEALANT INTERIOR WALL MDF WAINSCOT PANEL DETAILS BUTT JOINT PER ELEVATION MDF WAINSCOT PANEL FINISH FLOOR PER ELEVATION /'1 I 1P„=p_0,� TYP. MDF @OUTSIDE CORNER ��TYP. MDF&TILE @OUTSIDE CORNER ��TYP. CORNER GUARD DETAIL @GWB ��TYP. TILE @EXPOSED EDGE ��TYP.TILE @ BASE R I/•1G 14,=,,_0, /"1J 1P„=p_0, !1Y 14,=,_0, /•1J 14.=p_0„ 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -DETAILS A. BUILDING ENVELOPE SYSTEMS SHOWN IN ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS ARE DIAGRAMATIC ONLY AND ARE NOT REPRESENTATIVE OF THE ACTUAL SYSTEM.FOR COMPLETE WATERPROOFING INSTRUCTIONS,PRODUCTS,AND DETAILS,REFER TO BUILDING ENVELOPE(BE)DRAWINGS. B. MINIMUM THERMAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: a. FIXED FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.26;SHGC-0.38 b. OPERABLE FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.28;SHGC-0.33 . YKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR FFSAM WRAP Snohomish County INTO OPENING PERF.PLASTIC SHIM HIM DOOR AS Public Works SCHEDULED TRANSITION BACKER ROD AT STRIP,PER ALIGN AND SEALANT PROVIDE BULB MFG. GASKET AND SWEEP DOOR PER SCHEDULE TRANSITION CONCRETE SLAB DOORTHRESHOLD 19620 67th Ave NE WALK MAT, IOFF LE ST MFG PER WALK OFF TILE - Arlington, WA 98223 DRAIN MAT O WALK OFF MAT,ENTRY CONCRETE SLAB Ma CONCRETE SLAB SYSTEM -- d ° PERMIT SET — — ° 05/02/2025 ------ A3 — -------- ° - d - ° ° d ° AB.21 d ° °d d -- — —-— --_— d I ° a This drawing is: ° P A2 ° ° - ° d < a d. 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. ° PROJECT ° 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B a d e Ag.21 d° a ° °d ° ° ° ° 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B ° °d ° ° q written permission for any other use or reproduction. 4 4, ° ° d a �_a_—_—_—_—_°—_ d '1 4 f4 14 4 Ag�2, 2023-053 *)CONCRETE TO WALKOFF MAT(SURFACE) *C9— WALLNCRETE TO WALKOFF ENTRY SYSTEM (RECESSED) * EXTERIOR THRESHOLD TO WALKOFF MAT(RECESSED)6"=1'-0" 1 u J/ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION FINISH WHERE OCCURS WALL TYPE AND FINISH PER PLAN AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS RESILIENT BASE ALIGN DOOR PER SCHEDULE TRANSITION CERAMIC TILE STRIP,PER PROJECT TRANSITION STRIP SILICONE SEALANT ON THIN SET MFG. RESILIENT SHEET ADA SLOPED MTL MORTAR BED TRANSITION WALK OFF PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: Ti FLOORING FINISH FLOOR PER WATERPROOF MAT,TILE u PROJECT MANAGER: PS PLAN UNCOUPLING �� PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH CONCRETE SLAB MEMBRANE CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE �'iw JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG FLOORING --- --- --o- k A d _ TOP OF SLAB Ag.21 A ° 4 FLOOR DETAILS - a d ° ,, d ° a - d .. d d ° ° ° .. .d THRESHOLD-CONC.TO RESILIENT T-- (��ICAL RESILIENT BASE ��CONCRETE TO TILE ��CONCRETE TO WALKOFF MAT(RECESSED)/'1J 6„=1,_0„ /-1Y 61.=1,1. 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D arnetestD CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C „PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 rT MARK DATE DESCRIPTION DIM'B' PEDITRED SA LENGTH TRAFFIC DIRECTION 1/4" DIM'A' CARPET 1 1/2 WIDTH DIM W DIM'A' � y DIM'A' PEDITRED SA CARPET WIDTH ALUMINUM io DIM W CARPET WIDTH 1p . CARPET TAPERED WIDTH SURFACE MOUNTED y y WIDTH ANGLE FRAME ALUMINUM FRAME PEDITRED SA RAIL EXTRUDED END _ 7-t X (16A078001 TRIM TPE X g = 7t X RUBBER PROJECT F BACK MULTI-PURPOSE FLOOR PUNCHED RUBBER row COVERING ADHESIVE PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ SECTION Y-Y CONNECTOR F BACK MULTIRING ARSE IVE ¢ DIM'A' TPE COVERING ADHESIVE �F - - PROJECT MANAGER: I PS mwr4� pE WIDTH SA mw SECTION X-X ❑� SECTION X-X PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH g K Z LLg U g F ¢ DIM'S' JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG p Q F K o d DIM'B' O - 1 5/8" CARPET wa ❑ ® m " CARPET LENGTH A LEVEL BASE 1 LENGTH A FRAME ® (2)LOCATOR BAR LATEX SCREED � —�� 3/16"MASONRY 3/16"MASONRY LAG y _ DOUBLE FACED TAPE FLOOR DETAILS y ANCHORS FASTENER 24"O.C. Y 3/16"X 1-314"FLAT HEAD TYPICAL PLAN VIEW TYPICAL PLAN VIEW SECTION Y-Y 24ASOOCRYANCHOR SECTION X-X TYPICAL PLAN VIEW SECTION Y-Y �•• WALK OFF MAT- ENTRY SYSTEM ��WALK OFF MAT-TILE CARPET (RECESSED) ��WALK OFF MAT-TILE CARPET(SURFACE) /-� I 3•=1'-0" /12/ 3"_1,-0„ t/-'�3/ 3„_11-0„ 1 1 2 �� 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D estD CONSULTANT: SPAN TABLE FOR METAL CEILING JOISTS 6 PSF LATERAL SIZE THICKNESS SUPPORTOF COMPRESSION FLANGE:MIDSPAN 250 30 MILS @i6"O.C. 10'-11" / MATCH ADJACENT WALL / / TYPE INDICATED ON PLAN 250 30 MILS @24"O.C. 9'-7" — — — — — — — — — — — — — - 350 30 MILS @ 16"O.C. 12'-9" DIAGONAL BRACE / / 5/8"ABUSE RESISTANT GWB, ji,PER RCP • PER STRUCTURAL /. / PAINT P1 FULL HEIGHT 350 30 MILS @24'O.C. 11'-Z' 362 30 MILS @ 16"O.C. 14'-8" METAL FRAMING PER STRUCTURAL 1 MATCH ADJACENT ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING) VARIES 362 30 MILS @ 24"O.C. 13'-0" WALL TYPE / / 64674 INDICATED ON PLAN 5A1'ABUSE RESISTANT GWB / 400 30 MILS @ 16"O.C. 15'-1" PAINT P1 3 Sl8"METAL FRAMING / / METAL FRAMING ' 5/8"ABUSE � �. / PER C1/A9.30 400 30 MILS@24"O.C. 13'-5" RESISTANT GWB, / DIAGONAL BRACE "/ GWB CEILING WALL TYPES PER PLAN 600 30 MILS @ 16"O.C. 17'-3" PAINT P1 FULL HEIGHT _ PER STRUCTURAL PER RCP 600 30 MILS@24"O.C. 15'-6" ACOUSTICAL NOTES: PANEL CEILING PER RCP PER RCP 1. PROVIDE METAL STUD THICKNESS(MILS)TO - C ACCOMODATE CEILING SPAN AND MAXIMUM PER RCP_ :. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C .. ... DEFLECTION OF U240 IN ACCORDANCE - WITH SSMA LOAD TABLES. 2. SEE LATERAL BRACING DETAIL WHERE GWB Arlington Operations INSTALLED ON ONE SIDE ONLY. C1 METAL CEILING JOISTS r.� TYP.ACT SOFFIT AT EDGE C4 TYP. GWB SOFFIT r.� ACT TO GWB CLNG.TRANSITION Center 1112°=1,_0° 11/2"l'-V' `vJ/ 11/2"=T-0" FOR 4._0., ' MqX EXPANSION CEILING Public Snohomish� �� OU �/nt X 12 GA.HANGER WIRE ANCHOR(S),EMBED PER ( A ' Works O rks STRUCT. O LATERAL BRACING LOCATION AT ■SEISMIC RETAINING CLIP 3 TURNS MINIMUM,TYP. 19620 67th Ave NE 10 GA.HANGER WIRE Arlington, WA 98223 1-1/2"COLD-ROLLED T-0" CHANNEL @ 4'-0"O.C. qg 30 TyP _ FRAMING PERMIT SET FURRING CHANNEL CLIP A 4-WAY,45°12 GA. WIRE BRACING AT GWB 05/02/2025 EACH LATERAL \ BRACING CHANNEL Clerestory This drawing is: 6"MTL. 26'-0" 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. AT WALL A4 - -. .- FRAMING 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B A9.30 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B (2)LAYERS written permission for any other use or reproduction. 7/8"METAL FURRING CHANNEL A GWB @ 24"O.C. SECTION A-A PROJECT NUMBER. #8 SELF-TAPPING SCREWS TO f WALL BEYOND PER A1IA1.21 1/2"GYPSUM CEILING BOARD PREVENT SLIPPAGE OF WIRE TIES 2023-053 TYP. SUSP. GYPSUM BOARD CEILING *V1127 3"_p-0" _ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION COMPRESSION POST PER MANUFACTURER,OR SIZED - PER NWCB SECTION 401 N 2 12 GA.HANGER WIRE-TYP. 4'-0"O.C.(3 TIGHT WRAPS) SEISMIC RETAINING CLIP PROJECT CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM PER SPECS PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ '.b 12 GA.BRACE WIRES ACOUSTICAL PANEL PROJECT MANAGER: I PS CEILING PER RCP PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH `v JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG o CEILING HEIGHTA A PER RCP .�MAIN BEAM @ 4'-0"O.C. CEILING DETAILS .`; 7/8"HEMMEDANGLE MOLDING CROSS TEE @ 2'-0-O.C. WALL TYPE PER PLAN 6'-0" 12'-0" L L L L MAX MAX MAX TYP. SUSPENDED CEILING LAYOUT ��TYP.ACT SEISMIC BRACING ��TYP.ACT WALL TRANSITION 6 Me A! 1/4„=1,_0„ /' 3 1/8"=V-0" /'1Y 3„=1,_0„ 1 2 3 4 5 P. 2 3 4 5 18"x18"x60" WALL TYPE LOCKER PER WALL TYPE 18"x18"x60„ WALL TYPE 18"x18"x60" PER PLAN SPECIFICATIONS PER PLAN PER PLAN LOCKER PER EACH SIDE LOCKER PER SPECIFICATIONS T-01/2" SPECIFICATIONS SOLID PHENOLIC,TYP. 1'-6",TYP. � � V-6 3/4" SCREWS PER LOCKER MFR, SCREWS PER SCREWS PER AS REQUIRED, 1/" 1'-53/4" LOCKER MFR, 1/" 1'-53/4" LOCKER MFR, DESIGN TYP. AS REQUIRED AS REQUIRED ARCHITECTURE + SHIM,TYP. SHIM,TYP. SHIM,TYP. ALIGN,TYP. D SOLD PHENOLIC, D �.P SOLID PHENOLIC SOLID PHENOLIC - - Marine 3/16"SLOTTED 3/16"SLOTTED OPENING,W/ OPENING,W/ 3/16"SLOTTED C.I.P.CONCRETE 1/8"SCREW C.I.P.CONCRETE 1/8"SCREW C.I.P.CONCRETE OPENING,W I BASE BASE - BASE 1/8"SCREW - FINISH FLOOR SHIM,TYP. FINISH FLOOR SHIM,TYP. FINISH FLOOR CONSULTANT: a. �. �,. n SHIM,TYP. a s .. Q e a FINISHED EDGES,TYP. ,��LOCKER BASE SEC. @ BACK TO BACK ��LOCKER BASE SECTION @WALL ��LOCKER BASE SECTION @CORNER ��LOCKER BASE PLAN @WALL • 1'-2" p_2^ sa67 REGISTERED ARCHITECT FRAMELESS STYLE FRAMELESS STYLE O� FRONTS FRONTS TI Y JpA S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON wLLu Z Z ADJUSTABLE SHELF —O r ADJUSTABLE SHELVES O Q U K O oc O C LLwO� �yz PROJECT • • C ww iz4 N �*O ww° Arlington Operations �W Center CONTINUOUS SEALANT AT BACKSPLASH FOR O EXPOSED EDGES WHERE ABUTS N w u_w CASEWORK AND WALLS, CONTINUOUS SEALANT AT N Z Z OO COLOR MATCH SOLID BACKSPLASH EXPOSED —WALL TYPE PER PLAN Snohomish County O r SURFACE BACKSPLASH EDGES WHERE ABUTS _ bi F U CASEWORK AND WALLS, ---—4"X 33 MIL STUD BLOCKING- ALIGN,TYP. Public 7 l".I I Works ¢ - INSTALL PER DETAIL A7/A9.10 r IJ s>O 2'-0" SOLID SURFACE 2'-0' COLOR MATCH SOLID _ u J BACKSPLASH SURFACE BACKSPLASH w TYP.BLOCKING LOCATION AT SOLID SURFACE - _ SOLID SURFACE COUNTER SOLID PHENOLIC,TYP. COUNTERTOP TOP WITH SELF EDGE FOR 30"UPPER CABINETS 19620 67th Ave N E SOLID SURFACE � SOLID SURFACE AND 36"BASE CABINETS FINISHED EDGES,TYP. _ SIDESPLASH,WHERE a SIDESPLASH,WHERE `VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS Arlington, WA 98223 lll�� APPLICABLE APPLICABLE WITH CASEWORK � CONTRACTOR;BLOCKING HEIGHT MAY VARY FRAMELESS STYLE _ - DEPENDING ON CABINET FRONTS HEIGHT,COUNTER TOP V-6"•TYP. a PERMIT SET FRAMELESS STYLE HEIGHT,AND FIELD o FRONTS ADJUSTABLE SHELVES - CONDITIONS OPEN 05/02/2025 O KO PLENUM w LL m w LL Z NOTE: p This drawing is. _ ¢ z z g z Z 1. REFER TO INTERIOR - ¢ 1.Copyright eds Dykemen,Inc. O —i NOTE: O~ 2.Tha Architects Instrument of Professional Service. p,¢ O F U ELEVATIONS FOR @� _ 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B B ¢U 1. REFER TO INTERIOR ¢ CASEWORK - p 1 y' w> ELEVATIONS FOR w w CONFIGURATION _ written permission for any other use or reproduction. w w CASEWORK CONFIGURATION w w g•4 2. FOR ALL WALL 3/i6"SLOTTED 3" 2. FOR ALL WALL ATTACHED oc ATTACHED CASEWORK, - OPENING,W/1/8" PROJECT CASEWORK,REFER TO REFER TO BLOCKING SCREW,TYP. BLOCKING DETAILS ON DETAILS OIN 63/A9.4. WALL TYPE B3/A9.40. PER PLAN SHIM,TYP. - 5 �Q TYP. CABINET SECTIONS @SINK ��TYP. CABINET SECTIONS TYP. BLOCKING @ CASEWORK ��LOCKER BASE @CORNER • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SOLID SURFACE _ SOLID SURFACE EASED EDGE,TYP SOLID SURFACE - PER INTERIOR ELEVATION _ PER INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - PROJECT _ 3/4"X 2"COUNTERTOP LEDGER PER INTERIOR ELEVATIONS _ 1^ PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 TJ - - EASED EDGE - PROJECT MANAGER: PS PLYWOOD PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH EASED EDGE = PLYWOOD - 77 JOBCAPTAIN: DF,KG COUNTERTOP BLOCKING •• A PLYWOOD - L BRACKET SOLID SURFACE - METAL BLOCKING A � 7 AS REQUIRED FACE OF DOOR DRAWER - 3/4 X2"COUNTERTOP o LBRACKET CASEWORK DETAILS LEDGER ¢ o' w METAL BLOCKING a AS REQUIRED FINISHED FLOOR ••. - Al TYP. COUNTERTOP A2 TYP. COUNTERTOP KNEE SPACE A3 TYP. COUNTERTOP RESTROOMS " � A 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D estD CONSULTANT: CV 1� TOP 8"BELOW BOTTOM OF ROOF HATCH • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT 2"MIN 3/8"X 2-1/2"STEEL FLAT BAR, TI Y JAM S EWETT EASE ALL EDGES S AT OF WASH GTON �+ 0 p 1/4"X 1-1/2"STEEL FLAT BAR BRACKETS.FASTEN C TO UPRIGHTS W/3/8" C THRU BOLTS. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center 0 FOR 4 Snohomish County Public Works 0 AT 3/4"DIA.STEEL BARS 19620 67th Ave NE p Arlington, WA 98223 U O 8" 0 1/4"X1-1/2"STEEL FLAT PERMIT SET 2"MIN. p BAR BRACKETS.FASTEN 05/02/2025 TO UPRIGHTS W/3/8" o THRU BOLTS.FASTEN TO SLAB W/1/2"EXPANSION This drawing is: ANCHORS. 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. B 4 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B JY, written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER. EQ EQ 2023-053 �Q VERTICAL LADDER • U 1 1/2"=V-0" MARK DATE DESCRIPTION WALL TYPE PER PLAN 9 1/2" FASTENERS PER MFR. 1-1/4"THICK,LAMINATED WHERE ADA BENCHES DO NOT HAVE A WALL DIRECTLY WOOD BENCH TOP WITH j I BEHIND THE SEAT,A SOLID _ WALL TYPE PER PLAN BULLNOSE EDGES.AT WET Z j 1 BACK MUST BE PROVIDED. - LOCATIONS(I.E.INSIDE SHOWERS)PROVIDE j _ PHENOLIC BENCH TOPS IN LIEU OF WOOD. •'• 20"MIN. HOLLOW METAL FRAME PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS 24"MAX. 42"LONG(MIN.)1-1/4"THICK, R & PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH LAMINATED WOOD BENCH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG 1/2"EXPANSION ANCHOR, TOP WITH BULLNOSE O MIN.3"EMBEDMENT EDGES.AT WET LOCATIONS O LOUVER BLINDS MOUNTED A (I.E.INSIDE SHOWERS) O TO INSIDE OF HM FRAME, A HEAVY DUTY CAST PROVIDE PHENOLIC BENCH TVP.AT ALL INTERIOR METAL BASE _ TOPS IN LIEU OF WOOD. RELITES EQUIPMENT& 2"MAX. MNE3"EM EIDMENTON HORs, FURNISHING DETAILS @WALL HEAVY DUTY CAST �p METAL BASE SEMI-RECESSED FIRE a a s d o EXTINGUISHER CABINET 4 ° d. ` . • , A�=1. ECESSED F.E.C. A2 STANDARD LOCKER ROOM BENCH A3 ADA LOCKER ROOM BENCH A4 LOUVER BLINDS @INTERIOR RECITE 3"=1'-0. 1 112"=1,-0" 8"=1'-0" 1 2 1 3 4 1 5 1 1 2 3 4 5 SIGNAGE SCHEDULE ADA-A SIGNAGE SCHEDULE ADA-B SIGNAGE SCHEDULE ADA-C SIGNAGE SCHEDULE ADA-D SIGNAGE SCHEDULE CAZ-A Mark Lettering Mark Lettering Mark I Lettering Mark I Lettering Mark I Lettering ADA-A-100a EXIT ADA-B-117 PAVING SUPERVISOR 117 ADA-C-1 11 MEN ADA-D-108 EAST STAIRS CAZ-A-101 (WINDOW CLING PER SNOHOMISH CO.STANDARDS) ADA-A-100b EXIT ADA-B-118 PAVING LEAD 118 ADA-C-112 WOMEN ADA-D-200 EAST STAIRS CAZ-A-102 (WINDOW CLING PER SNOHOMISH CO.STANDARDS) . YKEMAN ADA-A-100c EXIT ADA-B-122 BRIDGE LFADWORKER 122 ADA-C-113a LOCKER ROOMS CAZ-A-201 (WINDOW CLING PER SNOHOMISH CO.STANDARDS) ADA-A-103 ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT ADA-B-123 BRIDGE SUPERVISOR 123 ADA-C-113b LOCKER ROOMS ADA-A-104 EMERGENCY SUPPLIES ADA-B-128 DROP-IN 128 ADA-C-113c LOCKER ROOMS ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ADA-A-105 MDF ADA-B-129 UNION 129 ADA-C-219 WOMEN ADA-A-106 ELECTRICAL ADA-B-135a EOC/TRAINING/PAVING ROLL CALL 135 ADA-C-220 MEN D ADA-A-107 MECHANICAL ADA-B-135b EOC/TRAINING/PAVING ROLL CALL 135 p ADA-A-108 EASTSTAIRS ADA-B-135c EOC/TRAINING/PAVING ROLL CALL 135 - - 1716 West Marine Vie,D,I,e ADA-A-109 MECHANICAL ADA-B-207a ROLL CALL 207 ADA-A-110 FIRE SPRINKLER RISER ADA-B-207b ROLL CALL 207 ADA-A-114 CLOTHES DRYING/WASH-UP ADA-B-209a ROLL CALL 209 ADA-A-115a IUNIFORMS ADA-B-209b I ROLL CALL 209 ADA-A-115b UNIFORMS ADA-B-209c ROLL CALL 209 CONSULTANT: ADA-A-116 EXIT ADA-B-210 CONFERENCE 210 ADA-A-124 EXIT ADA-B-211 DRAINAGE SWEEPING SUPERVISOR 211 ADA-A-127 WORK ROOM/PLOTTER ADA-B-212 LEAD WORKER 212 ADA-A-130 FIRST AID&WELLNESS ADA-B-213 LEAD WORKER 213 ADA-A-131 STORAGE/WATER BOTTLES ADA-B-214 PAVEMENT/VEGETATION SUPERVISOR 214 ADA-A-132 STORAGE ADA-B-216 LEAD WORKER 216 ADA-A-133 MOTHER'S ROOM ADA-B-217 LEAD WORKER 217 ADA-A-134 CUSTODIAL JADA-B-218 I OPERATIONS MANAGER 218 ADA-A-135a MAXIMUM OCCUPANCY 66 ADA-A-135b EXIT • ADA-A-136 STORAGE ADA-A-137 ENVIRONMENTAL STORAGE ADA-A-200 EXIT ADA-A-207a EXIT 6467 ADA-A-207b MAXIMUM OCCUPANCY 59 REGISTERED ARCHITECT ADA-A-209a EXIT ADA-A-209b MAXIMUM OCCUPANCY 98 ADA-A-215 ELECTRICAL Ti Y JpM S EWETT ADA-A-221 CUSTODIAL S AT OF WASH GTON ADA-A-222 EXIT C „PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER. 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION g,t �❑ ••• PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH p JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A SIGNAGE & WAYFINDING SCHEDULES SIGNAGE MOUNTING HEIGHT LEGEND , ' 1/4"-1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SIGNAGE PLANS A. SIGN TYPES AND INFORMATION-REFER TO SHEET A10.01. B. SEE SIGNAGE SCHEDULE ON SHEET A10.01 FOR SIGNAGE QUANTITIES. C. SEE TYPE LEGEND-SIGNAGEIA10.01 FOR SIGNAGE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D estD CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT f- 1 - TI Y JAM S EWETT 0� ADA-D-108 � SAT OF WASH GTON O C PROJECT IDENTIFICATI• C Arlington Operations ADA-A-103 ADA-A-104 ADA-A-105 ADA-A-106 ADA-A-107 ADA-A-108 Center ADA-A-130 ADA-A-131 ADA-A-132 ADA-A-133 ADA-A-109 ° - 17ADA-A-110 FOR - - 8 ADA-A-134 - Snohomish County Y Public Works � ADA-C-113a AT ADA-13-129 19620 67th Ave NE ADA-A-100a ADA-A-135a ADA-B-135a Arlington, WA 98223 ADA-C-111 c- T- l ADA-C-112 Ll PERMIT SET El drawing is:05/02/2025 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 71171 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. IS El3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B ❑ H written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT ❑ ADA-C-1 ADA-A-135b 2023-053 Pi ADA-B-135b • ADA-A-127 ADA-A-137 ADA-A-136 ADA-B-135c MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ADA-A-100b ADA-B-123 ADA-B-122 ADA-B-118 ADA-B-117 ADA-A-100c ADA-A-115b ADA-A-114 ADI -113c ADA-A-115a ADA-A-124 ADA-A-116 PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ CAZ-A-101 CAZ-A-102 PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: El"KG a a a a c a a a A A SIGNAGE PLAN - LOWER LEVEL 0 4' 8' 16, SIGNAGE PLAN-LOWER LEVEL Scale:lf6'=1'-0• WAR 1 11.1=1'-0.1 NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SIGNAGE PLANS A. SIGN TYPES AND INFORMATION-REFER TO SHEET A10.01. B. SEE SIGNAGE SCHEDULE ON SHEET A10.01 FOR SIGNAGE QUANTITIES. C. SEE TYPE LEGEND-SIGNAGE/A10.01 FOR SIGNAGE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D estD CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT CAZ-A-201 TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON ADA-A-207a ADA-A-209a { / 0 0 ADA-A-222 ;/ I/ �I�/� PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C ADA-A-207b ADA-A-209b A J LLLJJJ L' ADA-D-200 Arlington Operations ADA-B-207a E ADA-A-200 Center IS-A ADA-B-209c ADA-A-221 FOR Snohomish County ADA-0-220 Public Works E 9 A- a _J AT IS-A 1 19620 67th Ave NE ADA-1-119 Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 I3 g ADA-B-207b ADA-B-209a ADA-B-209b ADA-A-215 ADA-B-210 ADA-B-211 ADA-B-212 ADA-B-213 ADA-B-214 ADA-B-216 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2026 Dykeman,Inc. ADA-B-218 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B T 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 1 P'DP'"g"217 written permission for any other use or reproduction. IPROJECT 2023-053 ❑ QQ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT ❑ PRINCIPAL INPRINCIPAL IN CHARGElTJ PROJECT MANAGER�PS PROJECT PROJECT ARCHITECT�TH JOB CAPTAIN�DF,KGKG A A SIGNAGE PLAN - UPPERLEVEL 0 4' 8' 16, SIGNAGE PLAN- UPPER LEVEL Scale:1/8-=1'-0• � , 11 v8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 2'-0"(w) x T-0"(h) 16'-4"(w) x T-T'(h) DYKEMAN Sign Type: IS-A - - - - - - - -- - - - - -- - - - - - - - - -- - - - --- - - -- - - - -- - oARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Custom Routed Wall Map and Letters tine ! a D ; 4A m0 Material: Richlite, Chocolate Glacier i y i - ? ARLINGMN ores�� Custom Snohomish County map artwork to be routed into _ o� p o Richlite panels as shown below. "SNOHOMISH COUNTY" letters o g 0 to be custom die-cut from 0.5"thick Richlite and applied to flush to surface. Linework routing depths may range from 1/16", 1/8" and 1/4", depending on the detail of each element. ? 0 Z r a 0 Z I r O 6467 REGISTERED i ARCHITECT I � TI Y JAMS EWETT S AT OF WASH CTCN -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I ------------------------ Sca I e 0.75" = 1'-0" C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County --------------- Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 ------------- PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 "SNOHOMISH COUNTr to be custom ` This drawing is: die-cut from Richlite and applied flush 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. to surface. 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. . B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B "PUBLIC WORKS"to be custom Map of Snohomish County to be custom 1 f written permission for any other use or reproduction. 1 routed into Richlite panels. routed into Richlite panels- r PROJECT 2023-053 r _ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION Jig, a : ARUNG1 / ovcltntfoes tit � 1 ! 1 ! rPROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:!Ti r PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH \ + l JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A \ SIGNAGE & WAYFINDING Scale 0.5" = V-0" 1 , 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Peg-mounted off artwork and wall Custom routed logo into Richlite panel DYKEMAN ------------------- --------------------------------------------- D Sign Type: IS-B Vioion, Mission and Values Signage Snohomis OUR Material: Richlite,Chocolate Glacier _ _ County � CONSULTANT: Material:0.5"thick clear acrylic and vinyl - VALUES The Snohomish County silhouette will be die-cut from 0.5"thick Richlite , - , S H 1 N G T O N panels, as illustrated below.The logo will be custom routed directly Respectful and into the Richlite surface.Vision, Mission,and Values panels will be Positive fabricated from 0.5"thick acrylic,featuring applied color vinyl graphics and precision die-cut lettering. Panels will be peg-mounted to stand off Engaged and both the artwork and the wall, as shown in the reference. Empowered 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Open-Minded and Resourceful I TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON Collaborative and ' Team-Oriented '• G Arlington Operations Transparent and Center ------------------ ------------------------------------------ ---- - ---------------------- Scale 2" = 1'-0" FOR Snohomish County IS-B Placement 2%2"(w) x 3'-8"(h) 1'-4"(w) x 3'-8"(h) Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE /� //�� Arlington, WA 98223 Sign Type: CAA—A PERMIT E MIT S b This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. Snohomh is Snohomish County 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. B - 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B CountYjx4 written permission for any other use or reproduction. • PaNul.n; MASNrM GTo N, 'PEClean ' ir ZonePROJECT NISIIM - -. *a9M"W E.p.sd 2023-053 ItwumfJ fdltlentl.e.M _ � • remMaJal �� MARK DATE DESCRIPTION �11 Ell al • ' Ton�p"JaM ' IialA4ned NO NO SMOKING VAPING PROJECT public places PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ a I of doors or windows. PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH To report violations or for information on quitting: JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG 1 >*` , COUNTY40 SIGNAGE & • — �- ,� �L HEALTH DEPARTMENT W AY F I N D I N G 0'-5"(w)x 0'-7"(h) Scale 12" = 1'-0" M te I 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Sign Type: ADA-A Sign Type: ADA-C ADA Standard Room, Occupancy and Exit Signage Restroom Signage DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Estimated Quantity: 50 Estimated Quantity: 5 D estD ADA-compliant plastic sign(Rowmark, 1/8"White)with tactile raised letters, numbers, ADA-compliant plastic sign (Rowmark, 1/8"White)with tactile raised letters, numbers, graphics, and graphics, and Braille. Mount the ADA sign to a 0.5"thick Richlite Chocolate Glacier. Braille. Mount the ADA sign to a 0.5"thick Richlite Chocolate Glacier.The backing panel should be The backing panel should be mounted with an offset as illustrated below. Attach the mounted with an offset as illustrated below.Attach the assembly to walls or relites using VHB tape. assembly to walls or relites using VHB tape. For installations on relite glass, apply a For installations on relite glass, apply a color-matched vinyl(matching Richlite Chocolate Glacier)to color-matched vinyl(matching Richlite Chocolate Glacier)to the reverse side of the the reverse side of the glass to conceal the VHB tape and maintain a clean appearance. glass to conceal the VHB tape and maintain a clean appearance. 8"(w) x 4"(h) 8"(w) x 10"(11h) ADA panel ADA panel EAST j sa67 ARCHR OT SUPERVISOR EXIT STAIRS BRIDGL;LY • • WETT ..... ..... :•a:::.. :•.::•• ....' • •'' � TI Y JAM S GGTON 5 AT OF WASH GTON D 8"(w) x 6"(h) ChocolateI tGlacier LOCKERIDENTIFICATION: backing panel WOMEN MEN ROOMS Arlington Operations Scale 3" = V-0" Center FOR 8"(w) x 12"(h) Snohomish County backing panel Public Works B Scale 3" = 1 '-0" Sign Type: ADA- AT 19620 67thth Ave NE ADA Conference and Meeting Room Signage Arlington, WA 98223 Estimated Quantity: 8 12"(w) x 18"(h) PERMIT SET Sign Type: ADA—D ADA panel 05/02/2025 ADA-compliant plastic sign(Rowmark, 1/8"White)with tactile raised letters, numbers, This drawing is: and Braille. Mount the ADA sign to a 0.5"thick Richlite Chocolate Glacier. Enclosed Stairwell I Signage 1.Copy right 2025 Dykeman,Inc. graphics, g 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B The backing panel should be mounted with an offset as illustrated below. Attach the 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B assembly to walls or relites using VHB tape. For installations on relite glass, apply a Estimated Quantity: 2 EAST STAIRS written permission for any other use or reproduction. color-matched vinyl(matching Richlite Chocolate Glacier)to the reverse side of the PROJECT NUMBER: glass to conceal the VHB tape and maintain a clean appearance. ADA-compliant plastic sign (Rowmark, 1/8"White) FLOOR 2023-053 with tactile raised letters, numbers, graphics, and Braille. Mount the ADA sign to a 0.5"thick Richlite Chocolate Glacier.The backing panel should be MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 8"(w) x 7"(h) mounted with an offset as illustrated below.Attach ADA panel the assembly to walls or relites using VHB tape. For 2 installations on relite glass, apply a color-matched vinyl(matching Richlite Chocolate Glacier)to the EXIT DOWN :ROOM 07 209 135 reverse side of the glass to conceal the VHB tape NO ROOF ACCESS and maintain a clean appearance. ........................ CALL ROLL CALL [:ROLL CALL PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS A ROOM B ROOM PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH;;;•• ;;;;•• JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A 12"(w) x 20"(h) 0.5"Richlite A 8"(w) x 9"(h) 0.5"Richlite backing panel Chocolate Glacier SIGNAGE & backing panel Chocolate Glacier WAYFINDING Scale 3" = V-0" Scale 3" = V-0" , 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 GENERAL NOTES G.Material Submittals/Substitutions All recommended materials may be exchanged for materials with equal performance D I. Introduction specifications.All material substitutions and submittals must be submitted to and BEE Engineers(BEE)has created building envelope concept design details forthe approved by the responsible members of the design team.Substitutions and Arlington Operations Center PDB-Phase 1.The Building Envelope drawings are submittals shall include,but are not limited to,product data sheets,intended intimately related the materials specified in the project material specifications locations for use,installer certifications as required,sample warranties,testing and and building inspection.Details provided by BEE are only for use on the Arlington or certification data as required. , YKEMAN Operations Center PDB-Phase 1 and are©copyrighted. H.Fasteners Each sheet in this set of Building Envelope drawings,bearingthe BEE titleblock and All exterior fasteners,including nuts and washers,shall be of hot-dipped zinc coated ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN logo in the upper right corner,was prepared by BEE and is accounted for in the galvanized steel or stainless steel. drawing index on the title page.In its original form,this set was prepared for Cornerstone General Contractors,Inc.for a specific project. III. Construction The act of submitting for government approval of building permit,a set of drawings A. Inspection bearing the BEE titleblock and logo,which has been altered in any way by Cornerstone General Contractors,Inc.,by any third party,or for a project other than Building inspection shall be performed throughout the duration of construction.The that which it was originally prepared by BEE without the prior written consent of BEE frequency of inspection is identified in the contract.Inspections will be performed shall constitute consent by Cornerstone General Contractors,Inc.to defend, on site.Inspections will be documented and recorded as deemed necessary by theCONSULTANT: indemnify,and hold harmless BEE from and against any and all claims,suits, Project Manager. demands,liabilities,losses,and costs arising in whole in part out of or in any way connected with the use of the such altered drawings by Cornerstone General B. Dry-in RequirementsBEE Contractors,Inc.or any third party. Prior to the end of each shift,the structure will be temporarily weather protected , Such alterations shall include,but shall not be limited to,the addition or removal of using industry recognized standards to prevent damage to existing work in place and individual sheets,the modifications ofany graphic or textual information contained the structure. / ENGINEERS within a sheet prepared by BEE.The removal of this statement,and any construction The General Contractor(GC)shall provide quality assurance procedures,facilitate zoo - inconsistent with that which has been shown by BEE in its original drawing set. inspections and coordinate testing and verification to maintain the material ED ONDs,WA 9E020 rAx..zsnz E00e II. General standards and enveloping practices as specified herein.This shall also include periodically documenting the moisture content by weight at a minimum of three(3) • A.Water Penetration Resistance Field Testing locations of framing,sheathing and gypsum.Additionally,the temperature and moisture content of concrete slabs shall be monitored and periodically documented For all windows,doors,and skylights a mock setup will be water intrusion tested in to comply with any relative waterproofing installations that are to be conducted. field.Mock setup may be created in-situ or be free standing as best suits the needs Documented signs of excessive water or humidity are exhibited by,but not limited 41C V of the project,provided it allows for the following parameters to be achieved. to: C At least one(1)window of each operational type will be tested to the Specified Field Interior condensation on window.Warping,staining,or delamination of fiber Test Pressure specified below,in accord with the current version of ASTM E1105.For cement,gypsum or wood based products(i.e.construction products that are windows and doors such as aluminum,wood clad aluminum,vinyl,or fiberglass absorptive).Organic growth(mold,fungi,mildew).Water intrusion/leaks and or windows and doors,Procedure B(cyclic)test will be used for cycles each 5 minutes damage. induration,with a pressure reduced to 0 psf for one minute between cycles. For For unvented roofs,wet substrates/framing shall not be directly covered with storefront and curtain wall assemblies,Procedure A(Uniform)test will be used fora roofing or other finish materials.Permanently installed HVAC equipment is not to be single cycle of 15 minutes induration.The initial test will be inclusive of both used for the purpose of construction drying.Any questions pertaining to the ''• • installation interface and window product.In the case of failure(defined as any allowable moisture percentage of specific materials shall be referred to the most water intrusion observed on the interior that is not in a drainage area),the applicable edition of the building code. representative sample will be expanded to three(3)specimens in order to obtain Arlington Operations statistical confidence.In the case of failure during retest,the representative sample will be expanded to five(5)additional specimens.In the case of a failure during Center second retest,a meeting will be held with all parties concerned to determine necessary actions.In the case of failure,the responsible party will be held financially FOR liable for the cost of retesting,and any related wall assembly or cladding deconstruction needed to obtain passing results.This test specification supersedes I., I., /'� AAMA Voluntary Specification for Field Testing. Snohomish County Regardless of AAMA deductions for field installed product,the minimum Water Public Works Resistance Field Test Pressure(during field test),as determined by the consultant, shall be: 4.5 psf for sliding doors AT 4.5 psf for storefronts 19700 67th Ave NE 4.5 psf for swing doors 4.5 psf for windows Arlington, WA98223 The above referenced test pressures should be placed on the purchase order prior to ordering the windows or doors. Doors are to be installed and tested in a similar fashion as windows. PERMIT SET B B. Louvers 05/02/2025 B Louvers through the building envelope shall be designed for exterior use in accord ®COPYRIGHT BEE ENGINEERS with wind and rain exposure conditions. THESEDRAWINGSAREFORGENERALARWWGEMENT OF MATERIALS ON SHE CONDITIONS GOVERN. C. Sealant Performance Requirements DO NOT SO4E DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. All sealants shall be validated and approved by the Sealant Waterproofing and Restoration Institute(SWRI). PROJECT Sealant and Self Adhesive Membrane(S.A.M.)combinations shall have documentation from the manufacturer that adhesion is acceptable prior to 2403-1 004 construction. As part of the quality control procedures,sealant dependant installations require an adhesion test performed on site by the contractor. • D.Laboratory Test Reports MARK DATE DESCRIPTION All windows and doors shall be pre-tested by the manufacturer to design conditions. The associated test records and certifications shall be submitted to project team. E. Contractor Responsibility It shall be the specific duty and responsibility of each trade and supplier to examine all project drawings,details and specifications,and to provide and furnish proper equipment,hardware,fixtures,materials,etc.,pertaining to their part of the work shown or listed in any part of these documents.Quality control,adverse material reactions,and compliance to industry standard workmanship are the responsibility •-• of the contractor. Any omissions or contradictions in these documents shall be called to the attention PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: I CS of BEE prior to submitting a bid.Bids received shall be considered to include all items PROJECT MANAGER: I CS shown and/or specified or scheduled for a complete project.The contractor shall ENERGY MANAGER: AL note that the waterproofing details do not always reflect the Architectural details DRAFTER: BS A and are intended to supplement the architectural details not replace them. DRAWING A Installers are to be certified by manufacturer's approved warranty requirements. F. Material Warranty NOTES & Products shall be installed to comply with manufacturer's warranty requirements. SPECIFICATIONS All waterproofing material and installation warranties shall be transferable to new building ownership within the warranty's period. Specified Membrane Roof Systems are designed to receive the 20 year No Dollar • Limit(NDL)coverage for the roofing system itself.Warranty coverage apart from this (including,but not limited to overburden,plant establishment,and wind riders) should be considered in the procurement process,with manufacturer confirmation 0i , , , of system eligibility for enhanced coverage at the time of Submittal. ni 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 IV. Building Envelope Materials D. Furring systems B. S.A.M.2 Note: Furring of all material types to be minimum of 3/4"deep 3"VaproTape UV Black 030000 Cast-in-Place Concrete &maintain%"gaps at buttjoints,floor plate level,&sill flanges. -Available from VaproShield C types Furring of all material to be kept%"clear from inside&outside corners A. Underslab Vapor BarrierC. S.A.M.Foil Faced Note: Use 12"min lap&tape at all seams All rainscreen cavities shall have approved closure accessories to Therm-Flash prevent debris&insect entry. Stego Wrap 15-mil -Available from Stuc-O-Flex International -Available from Ste go Industries a. FurringDYKEMAN g Protecto Seal 45 Butyl Pressure Treated Wood lx4 Perminator 15-mil -Available from Protecto Wrap Company -Available from W.R.Meadows Inc. b. Perforated Horizontal Metal Hat Channel Vapro-SS Flashing ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Viper II 15-mil Note: Install on SA shims for rainscreen drainage. -Available from VaproShield -Available from Insulation Solutions c. Thermal Girt D. S.A.M.HT-High Temperature B. WaterstopSMARTci GreenGirt rts CMH Z-gi Grace Ultra _ Waterstop RX-101 w/Cetseal(3"min cover) -Available from Advanced Architectural Products Note: Not for use in conjunction w/PVC materials. -Available from Cetco d. Siding Clips -Available from GCP Applied Technologies Waterstop RX-101T w/Cetseal(3"min cover) Proprietrary clip per Siding Manufacturer Jiffy Seal BUTYL Ice&Water Guard HT -Available from Cetco E. Interior Vapor Retarder -Available from Protecto Wrap Company Waterstop RX-102 w/Cetseal(2"min cover Note: Install on the interior gypsum wallboard E. S.A.M.TWF CONSULTANT: -Available from Cetco of all assemblies that are a part of the thermal barrier. Textroflash Flashing For non-vented roof,ev not apply class I or class II Interior Vapor Retarder -Available from Hohmann&Barnard 042613 Masonry Veneer For non-vented ing at roof level. n A. Vent Cells PVA Primer(class II:0.1 to 1 perm) 079000 Joint Protection BEE CellVent 074113 Standing Seam Metal Roofing A. Compressive Foam -Available from Mortar Net Solutions Backerseal t ENGINEERS Roofing Type Mortar Maze Weep Vents A. -Available from Emseal roN ST,sulTe me PH,425 672-3900 -Available from Advanced Building Products,Inc Standing Seam Metal per Arch B. Neoprene Pad EOMONos,wA A— FA.:«7.- VA Weep Holes-CELLVENT B. Slip Sheet TEX-NE060 -Available from Block-Lok Note: Per Steep Slope Roofing mfr recommendation Note: 60 Duro Neoprene Sheet • B. Mortar Net 074600 Siding -Available by Texcel MortarNet w/Insect Barrier Note: All rainscreen cavities need to have approved closure accessories C. Sill Plate Sealer -Available from Mortar Net Solutions to prevent debris&insect entry. Triple Guard Energy Sill fl Sep ProNet DT Metal Vertical Siding -Available from Protecto Wrap Company oe C -Available from Mason Pro Phenolic Panel C 079200 Joint Sealants 071700 Bentonite Thermoplastic Waterproofing Brick Veneer A. Sealant 1 A. Bentonite Panel Systems 075400 Thermoplastic Roofing Membrane Sikaflex HY 150 Note: Compressive strength of insulation per mfr recommendations. Note: All roofing shall slope positively to a drain -Available from Sika �°8+otrAL>n'o All laps at hydrostatic shotcrete require foundation sealant. w/at least W per linear foot slope. B. Sealant 2 Warranty Note: No water ponding is admissible. Dowsil 758 Silicone 15yr Enhanced Warranty All applicators must be approved by mfr. -Available from Dow Corning • s • CETCO System Warranty Note: -Available from CETCO 20yr NDL C. Sealant 3 Bentonite Panel: Coreflex 60 A. Protected Roofing Membrane Dowsil 790 Silicone Arlington Operations Bentonite Mastic: Bentoseal -Available from Dow Corning Center Foundation Drain Mat: Aquadrain 15x FleeceBACK TPO Membrane D. Sealant 4 Aquadrain 10OBD(used at base of wall) Note: 135 mil miminimum,fully adhered Transition Membrane: Envirosheet Install over fully adhered cover board Dowsil 795 Silicone FOR -Available from Carlisle Syntec -Available from Dow Corning B. Protection Board B. Liquid Applied Roofing E. Sealant 5 Note: Per membrane mfr recommendation Note: Use to detail curbs&penetrations Dowsil 758 Silicone Snohomish County 071900 Water Repellents LIQUISEAL Liquid Flashing -AvailablefromDowCorning Public Works Note: For use at exposed,vertical concrete at exterior building envelope. Note: For use w/Carlisle Roofing Systems VaproBond All exposed,vertical concrete shall be treated. -Available from Carlisle Syntec -Available from VaproShield AT All concrete cold joints at exposed concrete require waterstop. C. Roof Vapor Barrier F. Sealant 6 A. Concrete&Concrete Block/Brick Sealer Self-Adhered Vapor Barrier per roofing mfr recommendation Sikaflex-2c SL 19700 67th Ave N E Blok-Guard&Graffiti Control WB 6 Note: Seal vapor barrier at all transitions&laps per mfr recommendation -Available from Sika Note: Two coats required. D. Protection Board G. Sealant Arlington, WA 98223 -Available from Prosoco Note: Per Roofing membrane mfr recommendation SikaLastomer-511 Series 626 Cur a Pell GS E. Roofing Accessories -Available from Sika Note: Two coats required. Sill Pans BA-98 PERMIT SET -Available from Tnemec Note: 5/8"min upstand, -Available from Pecora Corporation B 072100 Thermal Insulation extending 1/2"min above bottom edge of Window. 081113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 05/02/2025 B A. Exterior Insulation To be roofing membrane coated per roofing mfr recommendation Note: R Value per UA calculations from energy consultant Roofing Membrane Coated L-Angle Flanged Thermally Broken Hollow Metal Doors ®COPYRIGHT BEE ENGINEERS Compressive strength per cladding mfr 24ga galvanized Roofing Membrane Coated L-angle Note: Provide w/welded flange. THESE DRAWINGS ARE FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT Semi-Rigid Insulation Per Arch Roof Rigid Insulation Weather stripping/sweeps required at all exterior doors OF MATERIALS ON SITE CONDIMONS GOVERN. Note: R Value per UA calculations from energy consultant &door separating conditioned&unconditioned space. DO NOT SCALE DRAMNGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. 072119 Foamed-In-Place Insulation Polyiso Insulation per mfr -Available from Ceco Door A. Spray Foam Insulation 076200 Sheet Metal Flashing&Trim 089000 Louvers&Vents PROJECT g Note: The applied spray foam must be installed by a certified installer. 24ga Metal Vents A copy of the ICC-ES report forthe product used must be provided A. Flashings 2403-1004 on the job site for field inspector verification. Note: All Saddle Flashings&Sill Pans shall be fully soldered. Plastic Vents Heatlok HFO Pro(Polyurethane Foam Insulation) 22ga Sheet Metal Coping,w/Standing Seams -Available from Allied Building Products -Note: LIES from Primex Manufacturing 565 24ga Sheet Metal Head Flashings,w/End Dams • -Available from Huntsman Building Solutions 099000 Painting&Coatings—LEED V4.1/Green Product Guide 24ga Sheet Metal Saddle Flashings MARK DATE DESCRIPTION Sealtite PRO HFO Spray Foam(Polyurethane Foam Insulation) 24ga Sheet Metal Through Wall Flashing,w/4"Bayonet Seams&End Dams Note: For use at exposed,vertical concrete exterior building envelope. Note: LIES 720 All exposed,vertical concrete shall treated. -Available from Carlisle Note: Through Wall Flashings are required at every other floor All concrete cold joints at exposed coo tncrete require waterstop. &at each floor exceeding twenty feet. B. Air Barrier Foam Liquid Applied Flashing Sill Pans A. Concrete&Concrete Block/Brick Paint CF 812(Low-Pressure Filler Foam) Note: 5/8"min upstand, A-100 Exterior Exterior Latex Satin,A82 Series -Available from Hilti extending 1/2"min above bottom edge of Window. -Available from Sherwin-Williams 072500 Weather Resistant Barrier(W.R.B.) L-Angle 220000 Plumbing A. Primary W.R.B.SA/W.R.B.SA Liner Note: For use w/Liquid applied sill pans. Note: Drains used shall be warrantable w/Waterproofing System If window is fastened to L-angle then confirm All drains shall be made of metal,w/an integral clamping ring, WrapShield SA Self-Adhered(W.R.B.SA) w/window mfr for gauge&fastening requirements. in accordance w/waterproofing mfrs installation instructions. -Available from VaproShield 1/8"Bronze Anodized Aluminum L-angle - • A. Drains JECT TEAM: B. Liquid Applied Flashing B. Stainless Steel Flashings Thunderbird Flanged Drain PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: I CS VaproLiqui-Flash 24ga S.S.Flashing(for use at base of wall/parapet) -Available from Thunderbird Products PROJECT MANAGER: I CS -Available from VaproShield 24ga S.S.Head Flashing w/End Dams Zurn Cast Iron Floor Drain ENERGY MANAGER: I AL C. W.R.B.Accessories 24ga S.S.Through Wall Flashing w/4"Bayonet Seams&End Dams -Available from Zurn Engineered Water Solutions DRAFTER: I Bs A a. Quickflash Device Note: Through Wall Flashings are at siding exceeding twenty feet up elevation. •-. A Quickflash Device 260000 Electrical 076500 S M AM Note: Use @ Electrical Boxes&Pipe Penetrations elf-Adhesive Membrane(S. . .) A. Conduit -Available from Quickflash Weatherproofing Products Note: All Self-Adhered Membrane(S.A.M.)types to be roller applied. Water-tight PVC Coated Flexible Metallic Conduit YF-707 SPECIFICATIONS It. Shims Confirm compatibility between S.A.M.&other envelope products -Available from Delikon CONTINUED with mfr warranties. 1/8"Plastic Horseshoe Shims A. S.A.M.1 -Available from Atlas Supply Grace Ultra -Available Grove Strufrom Gral ove Pro •-. -Available from Grove Products Note: Not for use in conjunction w/PVC materials. -Available from GCP Applied Technologies c. SA Shims Jiffy Seal BUTYL Ice&Water Guard HT 1/4"VaproShims SA -Available from Protecto Wrap Company Note: Used behind Horizontal Furring Protecto Seal 45 Butyl -Available from VaproShield -Available from Protecto Wrap Company 2 13 4 5 2 3 4 D DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ML01 ' �f ° 00000 00 o ci-Qo 00 00 0 ogAv QM 0 00 O 00 0OOOOb. O ®a 0000000 00O 000®+0000 000 0000 '§.J 0000 000o ° 00 00. 000000 0000000 000 dqa gtr000000000000 000 0 a-0 0 O 0 R�fMm 00 00000°000000 ' 00000 0 000600.9R90000 00 00 0 p D0oo000000000000000 0000 0 0 ®h00 00 00�. 0 OOP °O'¢OO G�JOC�G O C$0000000011000000000000000000000000000000°a tl000000000 BGU 90�-O-OfJ00^000^^ ° c� � B E E O OO B 0 6 O-O 0-O ��- —- ..x " � - - E°o 000000- oa Oq o4°0000 o.t'.S'000 oo oo 000 Ao 000°�6 00 o. °o°Oan000 oo 0000°000°°goo 0000 I" ,� ML02 00000000 o R o'oQb000 odtl Q�g6(��q 000 ool o°aaaeo 000a° 00000 z I__I 0000000 BOQ00 0000000 00000 PQQ WPAA PAA o/ ENGINEERS PAPPPA PO_6 PA6tlQ AQ_90000 �OPPAA APPPPAPPQ'��0049 PPAAPPPA PPAPPPAA q,P AAPPP 000000 ff¢r,D 000 OOdIhOO O C'�916 9PPP99P 09 PPO000°OOP OODUD 99 P009 -- _ 00000 00 0000000 O 0' 000 00 -A090 0 .-0040000000000 Zpb 0000 gaaP9P 40- -PA 00. 00 0�0 00 0 00 0 OI° 0o nwonrrorvsT su re vrv:nzs s12 ssao p o 0 o a ... eonorvos wA oeozo FAX ozsnz asoa 000 o Poo °od o^o 000000 00000 0 000 .. vo•o Poo 0000 °000 oom)000 00° °a dZ+o oq a�v b�°P d oYS oar noo o®ssm �°— nr3 op o 000 Q oo - o 00000 0000 0 0_-o 0 o-0009 00 0 �.. - 0n— �v"009 99904 _ oo oop0oolio - - 0000 000000�—0000 0 ood o 000 0000-a a°rm°eoo 000000 000000 0000 °o oretbe oo -0000 00 " oAa ¢�oo ooA7oo 000D000 0000° °000°°°0000°°00000 0000 0000 00 000 0�°0�00000 v -• • 000 °000° 000000 0000000 0°0000 o400p°0000000000000 0o ao °000 00�0 oqo°g000°°r;°o Po _I_ J OOAI000000 OQ_0 0 OQ_4 00 OAB0090-090.04 Ptr0.000 00 A0000 000 -00 .000�6M�00 z - — 0Qo�0'0r€O 0 O 00 0 OYYp O 00000000.0000000000 00010 000 000 000 O 0�00000 o-oolIo omo o v°d�0o °o *.I. Po6'boo 00000 oorooAoo 000000 00p 0000 0000 0 0 000000 -• c� Bq� AD000000 q�1�(1A0 0000000 00000 00040D-00.000"OII oc OOOI 000 00 000 009 000000 -• 0 000 l0000 am,Eno .............o oo+o qq g,00gq,vo gsTua�oo 0o ff�oPa°RS Boo qqyy��o 00 oo OO—.0 OOOoo 00 00000 00000 b0Or06' 00400 OOOQO000000---------- O ------ C O:DD16.00 a80 C 000000 000000 O.O O°S€32�g°O 0[TO 0 -00� 000000000000— --- 6 0000 0000�0 000000 00000 £1000 0000000000000000000000000 B00000 ODOQ 000000 00000 00 0000 tl_ -b 0� 0000000000000000 0000 000 O -fg 00 B8:b00 O 0000000000000000 00 °OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOglTO 0000000000000 00�0000 OD pOd O°00000000 000 - OOOOtlJ00 00000 00°O 000�0�0°O°O OOro000000 OOQAOOR9 0 OOOt 0 OOOO 00000 000000000000000000000000000 o OCR 000000 00 O 00°00 g0000 °o0A00"0 000 0 00094a0` - O 00000000000000 .. '.p $ 0 0 000000000000000 '000 '0000 00 0000000000000000 0000000 00 O-0 A-0000 OOODOO'D.0000000000004p0 -007 007-0 00 0000-000000000000 0 A�00 - pp oo - D00000vomr¢oo 00 0 ° � 000000Doo00 00 0o 11 ML04 pp§L o pkLkLp000Rar410 oo6n6?go Pap�6.�p p @41 000 0 00 0 000 0 0 00 o0'L: o. 04 O Q OOYr OQOOShVD00 Oq,0000.,9 0000 Pi90 ooO�P-o oo0,po 0,',p0-odaiAr9 000 o6U000 0000r000 o oo v oovDo 0 00 o-000000000000000 0000,0 0,0000 00 ooaAo. 0000e-o;a�oo °000000_ -� PDuoo- tlo oou0000-oO-°DD�oo oU-0000°o-Pvoo°uDo 00000 Pouoo 0 o P000 PP°P-P-P-o PPoo PPP - s — Arlington Operations Center FOR LOWER LEVEL ROOF Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE �> r> �� .� �� Arlington, WA 98223 ,,, PERMIT SET e 'vx m — 05/02/2025 B ®COPYRIGKT BEE ENGINEERS OFMATERMINGSARECONDIENERALARRAN. THESE DRAWINGGARE FORGENERALARWWGEMENT I DO NOT SCPLE DRAWINGS TOOBTAIN DIMENSIONS. n n nPROJECT v - 2403-1004 \ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ML03 i i >r ai ar i i ii ^„as .. E \\ ....... ............... ... ........ ...._.. ...... _........ .._.. ......... ... .._. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS PROJECT MANAGER: CS ENERGY MANAGER: AL ---- DRAFTER: BS A A UPPER LEVEL Material Location arc Plan views were taken from.arc se a e 02.14.2025,they are diagramme tic and ahoOld not be used for material takeoff.Final WE LOCATION plans should be verified. Material Location Key DIAGRAMS ML01 ® B.m..a.P.^.1. �. ML02 0o antlers CVapw s. ML03 ® w P° b° ML04 ® sa.amss.m M. 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 EXTERIOR d _d W RolM'RENT FRTc TE I AIRSPACE HD R 4 (MIN COVER PER MFR)NOTE, 7 I ME :Ory DYKEMAN 1 Ep: d 4 d unoN PER slO1."IN. I MR E ORTaR .i.B.sA STRENOBB ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN M FgTNUCT MS PER MEN CURB OR wau - d- _a ExTEre ore NsuunoN EXTERIOR _ d II BEGIN PER STRUCT �j AIRSPACE Ii___ BS aASNIND 4 ° (MINWATECDVEN PER MERE II PER ELEVAnDN AT, DD ALLEDSAL,TWF I ____PR MAxv wRB sA I AIL FRI WPLL PER smUCT° - 4 MOREAR nsT - p `• ---- OS RENG oN P&GTH OF LnaC PEk MFR so ♦ BEE _ re p d ILATI I EXTERIOR - - _ ° sENTOF M MFR :I PER , ° a con a ss FLASHING - - - s sE uE d 4 d ° - a ING PER I FIR �i AT is oc au[o d p d d M N a ° p _ ROD&sEALANTE t ENGINEERS °d a - p 3900 TEAL PER MFR ° 4 \ EDM°NDS,W 98020 FAX.2S,L 8008 SIDEWALK d — - PER MFR p d d TERMINATE d p __ 4 S. p P TRANSITION MEMBRANE BE oo SECTION:CONCRETE COLD JOINT d° d e C - ° n= ARRMIE R MEN d 4 _ SEAL PER MER C p F d / TERM NATE& m Cor+wE+�ee O O - RIGID INTULATON OPNE Gmeexe O d- JK�l YOTHERS \4 /\ / FOUNDATON DRAINMAT �D INSULATOR-FOUNDATON DRAINMAT ° d - p \ BENTONITE PANEL , BENT.NITE PANEL a / / ° Arlington Operations a_- SECTION: BENTONITE TERMINATION AT GRADE l SECTION:BENTONITE TERMINATION AT GRADE Center FOR UNDERELAS VAPOR BARMEN mCAALEx.ES..'_ S.CLLE'xreesx�ixFExs Snohomish County GRANILAR INTERIOR BY oTNENs ` RMIrvcD Public Works nHo P'TAR`ET`sR coNNDUFA s`wR EnPaRavEo ��s SING71 OOF wcH ZZIN 11E are oaAwIACE FR - \ TES: AT 4 p- 5 REFER TO / NOucM-RAKE RNreARCH p a 'SEAL PER MFR'^`4 RarvgL DDG=SEAMSA allo 19700 67th Ave NE w TERTTOP d p 4 USE 12 LAPS&TAPE AL MN \j d EXTERIOR PERMATER RL, rvDnoNs. APPRD�DBEAMTAPE Arlington, WA 98223 FEEPAGnRER a ULA�°N PER eEN COMPRESSION s reENGm ° 4 REFER,D DEDTM NEP�°N E M�T -------- -v- RM NAnON PER MFR DRT FDR DRANAGE BENTDNITE PANEL ° a \\/ p DAnON ROD&SEALANT-B PERMIT SET ° a d � 05/02IT SE PreoTEcnaN BOARD ELEVATOR SHAFT - p-. - - - - ° B TERB zRIGID rvD sHOTCRETENwau Q \ d d O TEAR LANDING ®COPYRIGKr BEE ENGINEERS 1ST SHOTCRETE MILL ° cpan uR Flu_ DONO SCALE TOO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. IMEN MENT IONS. d d. U U U U OFMATERLALSON$RECONDITIONS GOVERN. d O Ov Ov O O PERMMFRBAR A, EA a INTERIOR ° DO NOT sCPLE DRnwwcsroosrAlN DIMENSIONS. BEry DNITE PAN PROJECT NUMBER: BY DTBERT WATERTTCP 2403-1004 RIGIDSUMP IN1ERET0N PER ARCH 4 //\ ° _ ORDER REGG ITE�ANEL PIT CONTINUES NIBID INBD nDN. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION /\\ RlclD IpsERu unoH 4 _ d \ \ \ \ FOUNDNTE PANEL 4 p I A BEN 4 d4 4 Q 4 //\ a a ° 4 a / Q -- 4 4 • \i \i/\\//\\/\/ \/ \/ // \/\ BY OTH ER ° d ° PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS //\\/ \j/\ _ vAPOR BARREN / - d d 4 o o \ ENERGY MANAGER CS A 4 4 a ° / RIGID ucER ATON RCH °4 p °. DRAFTER:ANAGER. BS A WATERSTDP a a d a DRAWING \ P1,IR MMLDRAINAGE / / //\ \\\\\ - - -- - BELOW GRADE / / / / / / o DETAILS BE�oo SECTION:TYPICAL ELEVATOR PIT BE1oo SECTION:FOOTING AT EXTERIOR SIDEWALK — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — BentonitePenel „ SCALE or+calT ei exDmEExs ®CwtL NTS WP2: J . 1 2 3 L 4 5 2 3 4 D DYKEMAN SrvBD nDN IS NBDLnTDN NOTES: NOTES: DESIGN RAMNG PER BTRMGT TRIAGE 2. :Ns,A`"nocRa`oT3 FEET Ii aRSPacFARCHITECTURE + BEYDRIDLcoeo TONED SPACES. BEYOND LCON DTONED SPACES. i i PEELvanoEoc E wa SEAMS. wnc sNn AM sN AM A TAPE PERS.A.M.TwF• _ M n sT PRIMARY W.R.B.SA M n STR PRIMARY W.R.B.Sn I' MORTAR NET 11 IN I' MORTAR NET INTERIOR I; INTERIOR III, SILL SEAL I; EXTERIOR SILL SEAL I EXTERIORCONSULTANT: R" PER ARCH RIGID PER IRON IS RABr o ER= `N�ASNING TAB.aTMFER= N,s o NG INSTALLED BEE �NTGELL RODWT6NBT IrvsTALLED AT ". UNDERSLAB VAPOR i6.OC* UNDERSLAB OR Ii ROD A SLOPE PER CIVIL BARRIER" BARRIER* --• L----- - t ENGINEERS a a a \ Q a a Qo BDE-11 EDNOND6.WA96G:G — A>a„L 6606 MIN a a MIN 4 aTERMINATE d d - - PER MM I ---- — -------- ----J • a a BY OTHERS 4 4 \ \ \ PeNMMFRTE \ \ \ oenlN°,in°N ,. a aVi D ° a DRANMAAGN a101 a �j 2.1EANN%TE.1ANEPER 11 e TERMINATE SEAL ° 4 4 - d ) \ 4COMPRESSION STRENGTH OF INSULATION PERTE WILL 4 o ) a PER cRIMETE DRAINAGE 4 - - ) PE PERIMET R cTE DRAINAGE --• • l SNGTGRETEwAL a o \ 41 M Arlington Operations BENTONIOPARq,rvMAT _ _ f� - - - Center _=Jr \ FOR RP BE - SECTION:FOOTING AT SLAB ON GRADE B 1E o1 SECTION:FOOTING AT SIDEWALK Snohomish County Public Works SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS w�P RI.xN. x N� ®�P RI �EEN N� AT 19700 67th Ave NE \\ �� CONIRS CRETE C Arlington, WA 98223 \\ a RIGID IN LATDN PERMIT SET \\ B FDDNDAnDry DRAINMAT 05/02/2025 B ®COPYRIGHT BEE ENGINEERS BE5o1 SECTION:PRE-POUR-PIPE THROUGH FNDN AT OOFFMATERIALSON SHE CONDIDITIONSS GOVERN GEMENT SOIL NAIL WALL DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. SCALE:NTS —1— PROJECT NUMBER: 2403-1004 FIND NOTES INTERIOR Conn CATER To oanH G. -RONR�ER ARrvnTi Hsr sNOTCRETE wnu a PIPE .NsuLAnON PER ARCN \ • ° ° 'N3UPLAPS NDF`R STRENGTH TOFF 1ST sNGTCRETE waL1 - D \\ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION RIGID INSULATION WATER STOP.MIN.CONCRETE PER ARC, COVER PER FR UNDERSL BAaa FOR Q 4 \ RIIGIDDNSOLAnONINMAi STRIP \ j < - da° 11T SNOTCRETE WILL \\ d. FOUNDATONMORANMATRECOMMENDATIONTRI DDNDnTDN DRANMAT \\ ING SNDTGRETE WALL DDrvDnTDN DRANMAT 4 4 4 LI 4 zNDSNomRc.E wau ®.v ° /\ n RIGID NsuLAnoN" \\ aENTDN TE MASTIC aRIGID a MN D \\\\\ 9 EADN PLATE a BENTDNTE PANEL TIE --------- -- -- ----- -------- DRANMAT COLLECTOR EEN DN E MAEnD B \\ 0 d d \\ BENTDN TE MASTIC DI LE \\ a TIEBACK GABLE _ ° d STEEL PLATE To Rom CABLE \� / FLTED AWAY AND COVER • 4 "ERE'RANAT HAS BEEN wnTERSTOP 4 END WTB BENTDNTE Mnsnc CABLE PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: I CS - 4 d �� - PROJECT MANAGER: CS 4 C.C.PER cwL eLAn / ° SENTDn MILE PANEL / ~HILL—R W 4 a ENERGY MANAGER: AL FILL E A BY OTTERS cr \\\/ d FOUND TON DRa NMAT \\ d d 2ND sxOTCRETEDWALL DRAFTER: BS A aTEs RE rMUCL TRarvsnON A - DRAWING TITL s PNDN PER s d \\ a a \\\ PER DWL DRAINAGE4.AND u ERCl—�Fs I/AP oD oDATE \\\ I DDNDnTGN DRANMAT B RIP \� a BELOW GRADE NI ATON WILL P LOT LLELOCAnOO�AANDSZEDEIERMNED /\ d C -da a. d dREN PER MANSITON,MFRATERMNATEISE DETAILS 6 STRENGTH OF INSULAnON PER P BENTONITE MFR INSULATON PER BE�o1 SECTION:BASE OF WALL AT SOIL NAIL WALL BE101 SECTION:SOIL NAIL AT SHOTCRETE WALL BEQ 1 SECTION:DETENTION CABLE TIEBACK AT BEN •- SOIL NAIL WALL maoAr+aEcaHTei exvmEExs maoAr+aEiHT ai exvmEExs ®CwALENTS Ncw�u 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 D DYKEMAN CMO VENEER ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN PER MPw/S� 6 NSM-NnON —Aylk PRIMARY W.R.B.SA - - A- IRIIA S'A.S PER AINSIACE S.A.M.lMF CONSULTANT: INTERIOR MORTAR NET BEE TRAIETTON MEMBRANE , ENGINEERS ti EXTERIOR 3900 4 EOMONOS.WA98020 '°` FAx..:S,1 6606 SILL SEAL I I _ SS aASMIN6 wsTuiEG AT 6'OC 4 C - ° - _ 7 PER MRR d C RIGID ON 2 PER AROR d 8 GRAN \ bHAi.b" Q - BY OTBERs ° 4 - DRAwMA ory ° .....................................'zc °. •-• • < PERERMMFR Arlington Operations BEEN KITE > PANELS d Center RIGID NELITATFOR PER ARCH Ory G Snohomish County \\ Public Works ORAINMAT STRIP d-- AT �/ 19700 67th Ave NE SOIE NAIL WALL °� d d ° ° d \/\\ Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B OCOPYRIGFB BEE ENGINEERS B—A SECTION:CMU VENEER AT BELOW GRADE CONCRETE LEDGER OOFFMATERRIALSONSHECONDIDITIONSSGOOVEERNGEMENT 00 NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. �—j PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE:NTS 2403-1004 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION •-• PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS PROJECT MANAGER: CS ENERGY MANAGER: AL DRAFTER: BS A DRAWING TITLE: A BELOW GRADE DETAILS M 0.1 am 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 HIM D 6'MIry 6pMINCHORIZONTALLY&PED VERTI ALLY MIN N.—MING PER ARCH. LLT(ITP CAL) REOUIREG AT 2.7UROUGH WALL FLASHING REQUIRED AT �I:MIN VERVIAL METAL TN SIDING DYKEMAN PER 6 THERMAL GIRT PRIMARY W.R.B.SA DESIGNARCHITECTURE + METAL SIDING / EXTEreOR INSULATION PER ELEVATION PRIMARY W.R.B.SA METAL HAT CNANNEL f IDINO P PERSM STRIP PER ELEVATION ER ME7D A7 CHARHEE N£EPS FDR DRAINAGE EXTERIOR INSULATION VERTICAL THERMAL GIRTMIN x EXTERIOR INSULATION W.R.B.SA LINE WALL F NOCONSULTANT: ASH x R MI z 6 O t BEAD SIZE — THROUGH WALL FLASHING %EAI� EXTERIOR INSULATIONINSULATION 'MIN ATED HORIZONTAL PP NET GOING ER ELEVATIONSPACER PER x. EXTERIOR MANUFACTURER BEE METALPIRIG HAT CHANNEL PRIMARY W.R.B.G MIN tP ENGINEERS ' �ERIORRNS ATIQN E3900 DMONDS,WA98020 '°` FAX..2S,LP-1561 6606 A6 sT A,PR..G CLOSURE ACCESICRIES IRIVENTHERB' PLAGED"»i�APs DING CUPGAL • IN' THT A'MIN"GA CLOSURE PER AR H PRIMARY W.R.B.SA 1 PERM P 2 rM RAINSCRE N 3 BE2oo WALL ASSEMBLY:VERTICAL METAL SIDING BE2oo ASSEMBLY:TRANSITION FROM VERTICAL METAL A. SECTION:TRANSITION FROM VERTICAL METAL e D w/EXTERIOR INSULATION SIDING TO PHENOLIC PANEL SIDING AT THROUGH SIDING TO PHENOLIC PANEL SIDING AT THROUGH D WALL FLASHING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION WALL FLASHING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION = SCALE:NITS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS m F.TAR&.I RN. ®� RI 6EEEN Ix�= m_&TN.T Ex IxEER= � TES 1. R NO—RING ER ARC„ 2 FRAMING PER ARCH. NOTES TI1.FRAMING PER ARM. (THROUGH WRNERS RINT1Cnon1ERTICAL 1,FRAMINGD PER. THIR ON TO SEAMS WIN IN 6'OF CORF EP THROUGH UR TI EP RRING RRING PER ELEVATION METAL SIDINGR. RING 11 CORNER. EEPCORNER • • CLIP SYSTEM TO AV01'[F`DXN`AGENT7NV& P"TCAL THERMAL GIRT PER E INSULATION DING RIEB) PER PHENOLIC PANEL EXTERIOR (srinac MAr vAa� VANSU D 6"MIN =RAPE pIM ER ARG„ P ENDEVATI NBIDIND 6"MIN Arlington Operations EXTERIORNEED OPEN uNLL EXTERIOR NsuLAnoN EXTERIOR --- -- LP PRMARYINBBA SDGGETEGMFR6S FOR PP¶noMG Center CORNER IN BOTH SIDES RECOMMENDATION ED 6 PAST CONTINUED 6 PAST PR MARY W.R.B.SA CONTNu ------------'—------------ ----1� CORNER ON BOTH SIDES PERFORMED HORIZONTAL II '- I METAL HAT CHANNEL -------------- ---------------- ----- FOR MER REooM6;EN`oATION Bs,ED ER ELEVATION ICING SECLEN PER MANUFACTURER EXTERIOR Snohomish County VERTICAL ESLER ARCH fi'MIN SIDING R— VERTCAL METAL S - NER TH O —N PE VAR O II IN S e"MIN - RTICALMETA SIDING PER ELEVATON fi'MN IES EXTERIOR INSUI-ATON W PRMARTWBB BAD Public Works - SIDING CUPPRIMARY AT II CONTINUED 6"PAST ---- CORNER ON BOTH SIDES -------------`- -- P„ENGUC PANEL SIDING M, 19700 67th Ave NE n '� INTERIOR EXTERIOR r INTERIOR PERELEVATON Arlington, WA 98223 PERIORAID METALHATCHANNEL PERMIT SET B THERMAL GIRT 05/02/2025 B INTERIOR _V� ®COPYRIGKT BEE ENGINEERS BErsoo PLAN:INSIDE CORNER AT VERTICAL METAL ---& PLAN:OUTSIDE CORNER VERTICAL METAL SIDING BE200 PLAN:INSIDE CORNER AT PHENOLIC PANEL B 200 PLAN:OUTSIDE CORNER AT PHENOLIC PANEL OOFFMATERIALSO SHECONDIDITIONSSGOOVEERNGEMENT SIDING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION w/EXTERIOR INSULATION SIDING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION SIDING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION DO NOT SCAE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS PROJECT ocwvwox.aEE ExoIxEER6 ocoPrxloxreREeNaw�xs MIN NOFTERAMING PER ARC„ 2403-1004 �-6 MIN-� RTICALLY TALLY A R QUN-RAT) THROD.wALL DASHING REQUIRED AT 3.XER01UGOFIWALEFFOLOARSHINGEVERY OTHER FLOOR AND 1T EACHER AND AT SAM FLOOR EXCEEDING 20 FEET IN HEIGHT SIDING CUP • 6'MIry MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PHEN LID THERDAR TIC II T PANEL GOING PRIMARY WNR.BLATION EXTERIOR PPHENOLIC PANEL ER ELEVATION SIDING PRIMARYNW.R BTISA PSTARTER ERNMFR P R PER ELEVATION PHENOLIC PANEL PER T SIMINT1 WRB,SA LNER SIDING CLIP MIN IANUFACMRER R ' 4 STARTER STRIP WRB SA LINER LL x x-EXTERIOR _-• EXTERIOR INSULATION 6 MIN FLASH NO O t BEAD SIZE DO PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:• I CS — THRoucH wALL FusHlrvc PROJECT MANAGER: I CS EXTERI .wsuunon MIN VERTICAL ENERGY MANAGER: AL METAL -1�x DRAFTER: 63 A VErencAL THERMAL GIRTy,M N PER ELEVATION PER CAL METAL TN SIDING A DRAWING PRIMARY W.R.B.SA III METAL HAT CHANNEL ?, ) PERFORATED TEO HORIZONTAL ZRAMING PER ARM fi MIN IDEA�ANT-B"TDDLED ICAL B) WALL DETAILS TO PRESENTDEBRIS E °AND T ENTRY P MRARYRWRB 6A PS PER M P M CLOSUREPER ARCH BE2200 WALL ASSEMBLY:PHENOLIC PANEL SIDING w/ BEz�oo ASSEMBLY:TRANSITION FROM PHENOLIC PANEL BE200 SECTION:TRANSITION FROM PHENOLIC PANEL EXTERIOR INSULATION SIDING TO VERTICAL METAL SIDING AT THROUGH SIDING TO VERTICAL METAL SIDING AT THROUGH WALL FLASHING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION WALL FLASHING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION maoAr+aEca Tei ex�mfifixs ®C—IONTN�SrvcwEEu maoArraExT ei excmefixs . 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 6. N TES.AMING PER ARCH NoRAMIN NOTES D MIN 2.MORTAR NET REOD LA INSTALL DOUBLE W.R.B 1.RAMINOG PER ARCH (NOT SHOWN FO reTr) i CONNNIo S THROUGH EXTERIOR NOTEE 2.HORRB NO MAINTAIN LLAPFLL M(TWICAL 1 O>1 3..%CCONFIRM PR PER MI M REPLACED A Ms IN N s OF CORN M RCH ORTAR NET 1 EAL eERnea sEalas TH D.(�ONARMT%c T )r F M TH L S CT ^ EXTERIOR z.coNn uousBiHRoucx .r AL uc 6'MIN •S SEAMS PER MFR EXTERIOR SHEATHING PE EXTERIOR INSULATGN , YKEMAN El PER ELEVATIONfl > NSULanary CMU VENEER MAsorvRr TI R MART w E ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN CANTY VENT CELL AT P .S EXTERIOR oN S.A.... z l EVERY HEAD JOIN coarvEa ON CORNER BoiTAi sIDEs PRIMARY CMU vaNEER cMu VENEER PER ElEvanoN :•.r;" anu VENEER A, B.SA PER ELEvnnaN _ FAsrervc6 w/sa ncs Nor snowNl ____ ---T' -° °- PER EIEVATON sAM � TO CREATE 2"AIRSPACE ivF \ 98201 EXTERIOR INSULATIONS a MIN d PRIMARY IR.B.SA AIRSPACE INTERIOR SEALANT 5-,," E%lERIOR INSULATION I j,00 6'MIN ° BEAD SZE ° CONSULTANT: PRIMARY IR,B,SA BEE—---- --- ---- ---- - CORNER DEC 6BO1NSSIDES 4 CAVITY VENT CELL STALLED AT 16"OC•� -O O d d INTERIOR a ° ENGINEERS $.A.M.Twn d d _d d EDn'NDs,wA—BTE zos FAX.°z57 -6606 ,B FSTAINLESS S LASHING �E` - O EVERY OTHER BASE AJgNP 7 Q INTERIOR E BRAKE METAL FLASHING BE201 ' ,1 01 WALL ASSEMBLY:CMU VENEER w/ B 201 PLAN:INSIDE CORNER AT CMU VENEER w/ BE201 PLAN: OUTSIDE CORNER AT CMU VENEER w/ BE201 ASSEMBLY:BASE OF WALL AT SLAB ON GRADE w/ G EXTERIOR INSULATION EXTERIOR INSULATION EXTERIOR INSULATION CMU VENEER&EXTERIOR INSULATION °` D SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE: ®coEmlcxTsee exsweesa ocmrwGxrssssHclx as __ •OEPM OF SHEATHING ®c°°r^Isxrsse ervclrvsExa ocarrwcrvT see Nrsmeexs L}5�' NOTES 1 RANTING PER ARCH AI NET EOD(NOT SHOWN) 6'MIN 1. TO ROLL / 6'MIN G 0 BE ROLLER 5.MCOMF R.VITH STRUGT aMING PER ARCH / L DIN\ CONCRETE MINC PER ARCH TYPES T '1 TYPES T EXTERIOR INSULATION CONCRETE NRD SHEATHING N AND 3'ROD MC NCRESEALTrv(NOBES 0I SIDING PRIMARY WRB SA - - - - PRIMaRYWRB 5A !II Arlington Operations E.MINI W.R.B.SA LINER j III SIDING PER ELEVATION Center FURRANTING PER ARCH d T°RANI H 1 B'MIN EXTERIOR SHEATHING n !" 1 BSE TTAACN BRICKCREwB PER w LL ASSEMBLY HE FOR FRAMING PER ARCH TO EXTERIOR SHEATHING METAL FLASHING IN \ CMU VENEERPER O BED OF SEALANT-3 ••\ 1 / / •�• CONCRETE WALL - ~EIEVATION _ ° EXTERIOR Snohomish County 6MN A PRE CAST Public Works --_-- .\�. �I - AIRSPACE d g° CONCRETE SILL \_ --- M.z BEHINDBRICK DRIP NOTCH AT 3 MIN .a 6 MI II ATTACHMENT CAL TIE PRIMARY WR.B.SA O '.` LAPPED 6" AND N --� _ ,-�• W �' -- EXTERIOR -- --"I i ado''E qTM RE E' VERTICA Lr`r _ �s;AL Eo AT 19700 67th Ave NE _ e R9EooR TALL - - - - PERSTRDC,BRAL --- - 6" Arlington, WA 98223 I° PRIMARY wRB SA PRMARYd PRMARY R.G.W SA \ 6 \ ad IF B.SA CMU VENEER �\de'M •`� \ e a••: ORIZO6'M RUN. e PER ELEVAl101V J VERTICALLY AND rv. EXTERGR NBDLAnDN AIRSPACE PERMIT SET B EXTERIOR INBDLa°°" 05/02/2025 B ®COPYRIGHT BEEENGINEERS BE5o1 ASSEMBLY:FRAMING TO EXPOSED CONIC JOINT BE201 ASSEMBLY:FRAMING TO EXPOSED CONC JOINT BEzo1 SECTION:BRICK TIE AT CMU VENEER w/ BE201 SECTION:SIDING TRANSITION TO CMU VENEER w/ OFEMATERluSONSlITTECONDIIGOVERN. ENT W/OFFSET EXTERIOR INSULATION EXTERIOR INSULATION DO NOT SCALE DRAMNGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS._j I\,_j PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE:NITS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS ocoPmI6HT6EE ExsIrvEERs AND ocowRlcHT SEE EN6n+EERs oCOE MI EEEEN6INERs oI—HTSEEExswERs GUT REMOVE .1.D DRIP Y FRAMING PER ARCH 2403-1004 P BE 2A°°.DR EODIRFMENTS SEAANT MFR°RED PER I MAIERIAL TO BE OR PRE-FINISEEDASTEEL. 2,CRIMPED RE.RED WHERE THE vANBOAO GLOSERETCATES AT OPENING FIXD / AATPPPPLYESEALANT PER NON USE ° s nu° A�. FONwnRD SEALANT—aP SEA NT AT c'SHALL As sPEaFIEo Iry DETAIL MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 4F CON To PRovIDE s PLE FGR A L BE."MlNTACT APPROVAL RM ./SUBSTRATE PSg2EALANT TAREANE PE SUBS PROFILE FIRASING PER ARCH /7y DR FORWARDDEC SPY, &r MFRO BD P RAN. 4'MIN &PREPARE / LAP TO FIT LUCK LEG INSIDE TO SL BACKER Roo. / BEHIND` CORNER AIE s�� —O OINTTOBEFILLED� ,a"MIN JOINT TO BE FILLED COVE JOINT Q-FREF.j LEITA 'A'&B'SHALL FACK.ARF Y,�MIN CONTACT AT OVERLAP KID—BF2:t°B AMIrvG PER ARCH Ts"DRIP E_MATE PROJECT TEAM: EDGE MINIM E PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: I CS ./ HEM 'U"''T o PER PROJECT MANAGER: CS / SEADRYLANT MFR^RE ENERGY MANAGER: I AL S"E NI P Fi srvlP SEAM To BE k"MIN ^T1P-2 DRAFTER: BS A 9_ o asPSPYEanconiN GETAiLocanon A AND SHIP DRIP APPLY SEALANT INSTATE BOND BREAKER DRAWING CREMOVE EDGE TAPE PER SEALANT MR BAYONET T TO YPE SEAM EGIBED IN DETAIL WALL DETAILS APPLY OUTSIDE TYPICAL JOINT SHALLOW JOINT HER HCGHS OVERT NOTCH SIDE OF FLASHING BA-ARD,; CORNER u BE201 PROFILE:THROUGH WALL FLASHING E2o01 ASSEMBLY:ENGINEERED SEALANT JOINTS ®coALE.T..GAILM— owwawin.TEiNcwEEPs 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D TFreEEcIRcn eoz PENETR TES IN EXTERIOR INSULATION Y LIQUID A SA(MAINTAIN A 2 FLASHI RR ETOAALLL SIDES OF BOX. LE(9'�MIN. OVER SIR 1-INSTALL 1-1 HOTT(9'MIN. OVER HOLE(9'�MIN. PRIMARY W.R.B.SA PAST Q ON FLASH FLANGE® INSTALL S..M.2 PASTE QUICK FLASH FLANGE® INSTALL S.A.M.2 OVE PAST QDICKMASH FLANGE® VERTICAL LAPS,TYPICAL) ALL SPENITRATOR IOESS.LEAVE BOTTOM OF OVER TOP F AC ALL GIIDEOS LEAVE BOTTOM OF TOP OF QUICKFLASHR ALL SIOESS.LEAVE BOTTOM OF UNER LOU TO ALL. PORT VENT FLANGE LINER DODGE TO ALLOW DEVCEUNER- PRIMARY W.R.B.EA TO BE PRIMARY W.R.B.SA TO BE PRIMARY W.—SA TO BE I SIDING PER ELEVATION DYKEMAN INSERTED UNDERNEATH INSERTED UNDERNEATH INSERTED UNDERNEATH I)II FURRING SYSTEM PER WALL ASSEMBLY DESIGN 2.INSTALL SEALANT—t AROUND W.R.B.SA LINERARCHITECTURE +PIPE B FROM INTERIAN'ORRTO BEALIER MAROUND 2.INSTALL QUICKFLASH III—` J%'MIN. PIPE DEVICE OVER OPENING _ NT ).INSTALL PRIMARY W R.B. (SIZE&TYPE MAY 5.INSTALL PRIMARY W.R.B.SA - - M.D..V—D,W EA TO STRUCTURE, ART PER APPLICATION) TO STRUCTURES TUCKING 2.INSTALLOQUICKFLASH HEAD MASHING W/ UNDER WRB SA UNDER W.R.B, A LINER INGNOT" OT DAMS.°OWNLEG ,L 11.°MATERIALATO PER MI1� LINER (SIZE&T RE°MAY ALANi-1 BETWEEN BLOCKING AND] NOT TO INIERENG 4 I' — GA..PR HNISHED STEELVARY PERYAPPLICATON) E WATER TIGHT p OF THTHE E UNIT OJT 10 3.TNG OF SOLDERHOODTO2.ALL SEAMS TO EBE FULLY PER ARCH X� MIN. FLANGES TO BE.S MIN.0 CONSULTANT: 3 OF QUICKRgSh SITo ALL SIDESLED IN" 2 a.HEAD FLASHING w/END Y W.R.B.sA BT PRIMARY W.R.B.EA BY ODE EXTERIORPEN SAMPLE.CONTRACTOR5. To SUPPLY B LAPPIING OVER VENT nEa& 6 LAPPING VENT AREADAMS&HEMMED EDGE LIQUID APPLIED 6.nG BALE GRI IN SEES, TRIMMING AROUND VENT &TRIMMING AROUND VENT UNDER W.R.B.SA BEE 4.INSTALL PRIMARY WR.B. FLASHING MAINTAN -11.HORIZONTAL IFIIN arvD vERTCAL TAPS,TYPICAL AND VERTICAL LAP$TTPICu LINER ROD&SEALANT-1 ONTO ABOVE T BASE AND SIDES S.INSTALL S.A.MA2OOVERP 30UICKFLASH DEMCER �F III SIDING PER /� ENGINEERS STARING WIN BOTTOM. ELEVATION AC PORT VENT THEN SIDES ST, z06 STARTNGE—BOTTOM, 9 6 / ATANT—t BETWEEN BLOCKING AN II� LAMRING SYSTEM EDMONDEWA 90020 FAX.425I12 0600 THEN SID B X/ III(f/��,7JLJ/^�J() kA' PER WALL ASSEMBLY AGING 2.ENSURE 2'MIN.OVERLAP .B.SA l EXTERIOR I R.B.SA PRIMARY W.R.B.SA BEsoo ASSEMBLY:AC PORT PENETRATION 820o ASSEMBLY:3"TO 8"PIPE PENETRATION a 33 o ASSEMBLY:CONDUIT PIPE PENETRATION a400 SECTION:UTILITY BOX AT EXTERIOR INSULATION B ,. c c SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS mcowwcalT eee exOmEeRe ®wsmlcxreee ervcwExs mcoww"HT aEe exOmEExe erosml"xreeee PRIMARY W.R.B.SA ��'1ALnV' t INSTALL W.R.B.SA LINER 1.INSTALL W.R.B.EA LINER SIDING PER ELEVATION PIECE OVER HOLE(9'MIN. PIECE OVER HOLE(9"MIN. PAST QUICK FLASH FLANGE® PAST QUICK MASH MANGE® FURRING SYSTEM • • ALL SIDES).LEAVE BOTTOM OF ALL SIDES).LEAVE BOTTOM OFA INSTALL E i� PER WALL ASSEMBLY INSTALL PRIMARY W.R.B.SA H INSTALL W.R SA UNER P LINER LOOSE TO ALLOW 4 TO STRUCTURES LACKING LINER LOOSE TO ALLOWFLASHING IN ED OF OVER HOLE(9.MIN.PAST BLOCK PRIMARY W.R.B.SATO BE ® UNDER W.R.B. A LINER PRIMARY RR. BESEALANT-5 B I )f'MIN. O ALL SINE'DE LEAVE w°M INSERTED UNDERNEATH INSERTED DNDE NE H - --__ Arlington Operations INSIDE PRIMARY W.R.B.SA TO BE WTI END GAMS ING I — HEAD FLASHING �NSERIEO UNDERNEATH 1 WTHEND DAMSt OAIRBING PER ARCHQ SAM22QA9E Center ill A 2.INSTALL PT BLOCKING AND 2.INSTALL QUICKFLASH DEVICE P ENT & 2.INSTALL QUICKFLASH DEUCEW.R.B.EA LINER NAILING ETTACHMENT NTH OVER JUNCTON BOX(SIZE& TAIINTAIN 6'NHORIZOn OVER JUNCTON BO%(SIZE& VNTAL AND TYPE MAY VARY PER O 5.(MAINTAIN FOR TYPE MAY VARY PER WASHERSSEALANTT SNA OUNOY ANOVERTICAL LAPS,TYPICPE) pppUCATONJpAPPLY6 UNDERRQB ESA LINERG S FLASHNG BVE°pM.Z An°" °"°"IT PENERArIQN °"°`°"°°IT Snohomish County EALANT-5 AROUNDIF 3. W CONDUIT PENETRATIONIMIN q„o"LASTOVER ITOP GHT FIXTDRE Public Works SIDING .. QF UICKMASHr IOUID APPLIED PEACE MOONING RINGEXTERIOR HAR EAAGNIUNERG AND' RMATEWRBASANOVER 6.INSTALL SIDING PER NEEDED TO AA. PER WALL ASSEMBLY ING GASKET AT CONTINUE ONTO UOUICRAPPUED FLASHING. INSTALL WALL ASSEMBLYBLOCKING 3TOP OF QUICKMASHOVER 4.INSTALL BLOCKING P.T./PREPRIMED/CEDAR BLOCKING PER ARCHDEMIDE' "GPo�RY 19700 67th Ave NE TH GASKETPER ARCH PENETRATON ry�PM(ygryLAID E.A.M.2 ROD&MALANT-1 AT BASE Arlington, WA 22 VERTICAL LAPS. PAL, AND SIDES OF BLQGKING A gto 98 3 SIDING PER ELEVATION ADHESION OF 1R,U SA ES: E BETWEEN B MIN. BA ROR AIR BARRI R 1.RING PERMIT SET NQAE q"AN&B°WEENG E(VARIES PER ARCH)FOR AIR B LIGHT Flx EXTERIOR INSULATION 05/I)2/2025 B UNDER w.R.e.sA LINER BASE 000PYRIGFIT BEE ENGINEERS BErsoo ASSEMBLY:RAILING ATTACHMENT BE�3oo ASSEMBLY:ELECT.WALL OUTLETS BEaoo ASSEMBLY:ELECTRICAL WALL MOUNTED LIGHT E 80o SECTION:ELECTRICAL WALL MOUNTED LIGHT AT o'FFEMATERRVILSONSHECONDITIONSGOVERN "T (ALARM PULL SIMILAR) EXTERIOR INSULATION DO NOT SCA-E DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS PROJECT PCB woTE:TO NA TnL TO HA E s"A DING PER ELLVATIDNE. 2403-1004 ND EXTERIOR INSULATION PRIMARY W.R.B.SASTEP 4 I S.A.M.2 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION STALLHYDRANT BO% GW/ FURRING SYSTEM STEP 1 WN SEALANT-5, 5 / �1 PER WALL ASSEMBLY ATTACH HYDRANT, O MIDDLE OF SET IN SEALANT-1, FLANGE ONSEALANT5SEALANT 5 11 TO FIT i TO HYDRANT BOX HICKSIDE OFCOAT LIQUID DRANT BOXSTEP 7BASEEOF"W.R.B.SA W/N ' HEAD FLASHING R�RPMPARY E D DAMS TO FAIT APPLIED MASHING W.R.B.SA LINER ONTO BACKSIDE LINER OF HYDRANT BOX, COALING ALL LIQUI J/ SEAMS&JOINTS —STEP ONTGHING,CONTINUED ED NT ASSEMBLDRA To • HYDRANT ASSEMBLY S. NSp L VER.INR¢gJTA STRUCTURE S WITH PER ARCH HER o ali s a.M.2 (Tmlcn�7 TAP AI'BARRIER FOAM PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS Hs^EM"�'vR Ho ALL FOUR EDGES PROJECT MANAGER: CS ro'ANT FLnT CE �� STARING AT HYDRANT Box ENERGY MANAGER: AL SC LEAVE ED roM of sloEs"irvwEioP WEEPS INTO reAINscREEN DRAFTER: 63 LINER LOOSE TO A ALLOW PRIMARrNOTES Roo&SEALANT 1 A W.S.B.SA TO BE — DRAWING 1. —2,MANGED 1YBRANT BOX —FABRICA UNDERNEATH �J SEALANT-5 AT ALL SEAMS&JOINTS WIT LIQDID APPLIEQ FURRING SYSTEM PENETRATION PER WALL ASSEMBLY DEPTH OF —CR CAL SIDING MAN. ARM 50�E S.A.M.2 DETAILS PRIMARY W.R.B.EA SIDING PER ELEVATION B 90o ISOMETRIC:FLANGED HYDRANT BOX BE3�oo ASSEMBLY:HYDRANT mCAALEcalT eie�x"meexs ®CCLLE'xrNT&.1 :u 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D NDlES 1.NSTALL W.R.B.SA LINER 6 OVERATOP OF VENT 1 1161-TO BE (EXTEND 9-IN.PAST VENT INTERIOR 3 ALL SEAMS TO BE I�CH SpLDfRq DIED FlrvISHEO GaLVAwZED STE SIDING PER ELEVATION EAE9N FLANGE* SIZES VARY TD IT EACH A MC N MNGE ON ALL SIDES, PIECE OVER BHO EN SUPPLYSAMPLE USA BOTTOM EDGE LOOSE) .� PAST VENT LANG ®ALL *SE ABORVECSBELOW&V SRIDESSUSETRDLJLER ONER 2"MIN.AP L SA 2.INSTALL HOOD FLANGE ;IS PERRWALL ASSEMBLY LINER)LEAVET OITOM.IN TOSSTRU11 C RIRAR TICKIN 2TO FIT PRIMARY W.R.E.SA PRIMARY SE TO TO BE Z UNDER W.R.B.ESA LINER SA , . INSERTED UNDERNEATH (EXTEND 9•MIN.SPA TIVEN) PAMPER AS REQUIRED 3 ASSEMBLY yMIN/ 3 VENTAHOOD MOVABLE I --2- (EXTEND ARCHITECTURE + FLANGE ON ALL S DES � J"•MIN. CONTINUE INSTALLIN III E,1,.11AM INSTALL SA.M.2 SEAL AROUND PIPEBOTTOM THEN ESIGN T W.R.B.SA LINER PRIMARY W.R.B.SA(MAINTAIN 6•MIN.HORIZONTAL AND T AIR BARRIER FOAM VERTICAL LAPS,TYPICAL) IN TOFLANG 4.INSTALL S.A.M.2 AT SHEATHING PENETRATION 2.INSTALL FLANGE VENT ASSEMBLY BOTTOM,THEN 6,INSTALL SIDES,THEN TOP PRIMARY W.R.B. 3.AIR BARRIER FOAM \ ONO THE IRA SA IOINER W.R.B. METAL VENT PER ARCH ER OM INTERIOR TO \ --- •HEMe SA LINER FNGE AN D SEAL AROUND PIPE �/ /: 3 JA'GES -nEM i1 TONOTE AMINO PTHEER ARC2. H I CONSULTANT: PLIED tP OF ROOM 5.INSTALL s.A.M.2 OVER aNDO SE%TENN SIDES OF PENTTOP OF L-TO BE ARGUED 11NII FLANGE" NIGH'SiERIAL TO BE 24 GA..PAINTED STEEL. PRIMARY I BA WMIN. EXTERIOR M S.CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY SaMPLE. BEE \ SLAANGE MA NTA& FIT 1 DE .M.( 6.A.M.2" NETALLSAM2QN R.B.TAPPEN , ENGINEERS ANNDSVETRPCALNNA PERWALL ASSEMBLY FLANGE.�M OF VENT 206IMARY W.R B.SA ICAL) FURRING SYSTEM EDMONDSWA90030 FA%426Z138600 LNG INTERIOR �/�j°F VERTA"as I"R EiFvnnoNR VER D H000 NOSDI TYPICAL) SIDING PERDRAINAGE WALL PLA B EXTERIOR INSULATION REMO 'FRAMI FOR NG PER ARCH EMELY�(NOT PRIMARY W.R.B.SA sE3o1 ISOMETRIC:REMOVABLE GANGED HOOD VENT a�oT ASSEMBLY:REMOVABLE GANGED HOOD VENT sE301 SECTION:REMOVABLE HOOD VENT AT EXTERIOR a4oT ASSEMBLY:METAL AIR VENT e G INSULATION D SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS STEP 1 FILL SHEATHING GAP W/BACKER ROD STEP 2 AT �9 M R.B.SA TO BE INSERTED UNDERNEATH W MPI RY STTIMP 3 XYD.SKIM MII RDPENING LINER :RE.BSA Arlington Operations HSS BEAM RELEASE PAPER AND ENSURE Center STEP 5 FOR AIR BARRIER FOR TAEORSEAC �SMLoo Snohomish County .INPublic Works LAII OF AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 HBG BEAM S-hGE .B.IN PRIMARY WR PERMIT SET SA IT" DNER,MAINTAIN 05/02/2025 B R S MIN.HORIZONTAL AND V US IS AP VERTCAL LAPS. FLASHING OVER LINER AND CONTINUED ONTO P RIGK 5 FE ATTACHMENT ®CO BEE ENGINEERS BE301 THESEDRAWINGSAREFORGENERALARRANGEMENT ASSEMBLY:HSS BEAM SADDLE OFMATERLALSON SHE CONDITIONS GOVERN. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. SCALE-NM -1— PROJECT NUMBER: STEP t FILL SHEATHING GAP W/BACKER ROD 2403-1 004 NOTES op: IN PER ELEVATION APPLY W.R.S.SA THER 1 9 M APPLY W.R.B.SA LINER LEAV NG OTOM 1 9 M 2.FOR IS FMITRATER LAG BOETBU INJ IC PRRCA IORT iO R SIDING PER ELEVATION PRIMARY W.R.B.SA LOOSE TO ALLOW PRIMARY WR.B.BSA TO BE INSERTED`1`..N UNDERNEATH S W/S N- FURRING SYSTEM Ir BE INSERTED UNDERNEATH ROD k SEA-ANT-1 PER WALL ASSEMBLY ABOUND KwFE PLATE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ° RIM FOR OPENING DER W R B. G ND SIDING ill W.re.B.B.A.IF NI TaLL RDD EEaMaNT-, ° EM VE R N IMARY FLANGE KNIFEPLATE DTGU URE THROUGH WALL KNIFE AND DOEN ENSURE PAPER UTRUCTUR1.OSpKINS G KNIFE PLATE PER PLATE UrvER B SiRUCNRAL ROD&SEALANT-1" LINHESION RF ARYB..R (SHAPE vA IES)A� i' ROD AND SEALANT-1" 4 // SAE OROAIRRIBARRIER RB 4 /� FOR TER FURRING SYSTEM S REMOVE RELEASE ISOMETRIC PER WALL ASSEMBLY F KNIFE PLATE ATTACHED PER PRIMARY W.R.B.SA w'DIESION OFN"uL T2UCT RE RreM BARRIER LIQUID APPUED ELEVATOR LIQUID APPLIED FLASHING a M�� o� 6-MIN. MIN/�/ / LAPS O .. DEPTH / /%TO LAPS W.R.B.S.A.LINER p AND RE IDING ° - �1= z PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS p NOF ° f- Ex,ER ore NsuunoN 0 / _ _ _ __ __ — Roo AND sEAUNT, PROJECT MANAGER: I CS DING I EXTERIOR ENERGY MANAGER: AL M �l A o ;I PENRAL SYSTEM DRATER: BS STEPT WL ASSEMBLY DRAWING TITLE: A STINGLE IN DING PER ELEVATION AIN AN B EP 6 W.R.B.S.A.LINER PENETRATION j ATTACHMENT PLATE SHINGLE IN PRIMARY W.R.B.SA UODID3APPLED FLASHING AND VERTICAL LAPS. li EXTERIOR INSULATION W,TH LINER,MAINTAIN VERTICAL PRIMARY W.R.B.BA DETAILS STEP 4 HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LAPS. �/� ONTO KNIFE ATTACHMENT APPLY LIQUID APPUED BASHING OVER LINER PLAN AND CONTNUED ONTO - sE�ao1 ASSEMBLY:THROUGH WALL KNIFE PLATE BE3001 ASSEMBLY:FLANGED KNIFE PLATE 9E3o1 PLAN:FLANGED KNIFE PLATE AT eE3o1 SECTION:FLANGED KNIFE PLATE AT EXTERIOR _ EXTERIOR INSULATION INSULATION SCAALEca,Teie�W�mEex6 ®CCtLLE�NT&-E:u SCCAALExTai ex.,_ ®CwA�LE�NT&-E:u . ' 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 1 FRAMING PER ARCH 2.*11 GET NOTES D WITH TALL An 3.MAND HE E PLO OFF. EMBRANE"INSTALLATONRiRANSITIOND ANDMOR °RED REQUIREMENTS,DO NOT FASTER NGLIOUID SILL PA INTERIOR INTERIOR EXTERIOR PER WALL A.EM6Lr 1.FRAMING P BAR COMPRESSIVE FOAM EXTERIOR WINDOW PER SCHEDULE SIDING PER ELEVATION RNODFIRM rvATE P MFR , _ SHIMSYKEMAN 2 REOCOMMENNDATONNER ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ROOFING MEMBRANE DOOR PER SCHEDULE hE MAX GAP 6•MIN PRIMARY w.R.B.Sa ATTACH ENT CDA ED L-ANG ROD&SEA NT-, WSPRpOFlNC`MR." EXTERIOR INSULATION 1. _AN END SILL BRAKE METAL ii N BOTH sID* 0 SHEAMING 0 Es F PARAPET PAVERS ON PEDESTALS END DAMS METAL FLASHING PROTECT.BOARD L-------- PAVERS ON PEDESTALS ' _ _ _tj; — 6"MIN4,':12'SLOPE MIN. --- PROTECTON P—D EXTERIOR FASAIw"PER sTRuc"' Ems---- --- PRDTEG,ED RDDFlNGMEMBRANE i _ - • . . .----- - 6LDPE TO PROTECTED ROOFING MEMBRANE 229a METALp DPISG w/ — — —1 DRAIN:.•:Ir"w_ �._._._. SLOPE ro PAVERS ON PEDESTALS sTAN ING SEAMS r_- �> AIN:TP`.t2"Mw. n-GAP — R20 MIN RIGID —� `b PROTECTION BOARD FASTENER W/NE Ir L INSULATION L INS MIN RIGID .- ° < OOFlNG WA SHIM ROOF VAPOR BARRIER INSULATION a.12 MI PROTECTED R ROOF vaaoR BARRIER � _ _ _ _ _ — MEMBRANE EXTERIOR �i SEALANT-s DECK PER �`� --�` SLOPE R20 MIN RIGID STRUCT �� _ 4ft BEE SDECK TRUCTER N INSULATION II KNIFEPLAIE ATTACHED PER >f•MIN R°°' - t ENGINEERS _ _ I RDDF VAPOR BARRIER ,I EDMDND6 ONSTS WA 96020 306 FAX a6,LP-1561 6606 �-- —� 3900 LIQUID APPLIED ROOFING He-MIN DECK PER I STRUCT PROTECTED ROOFING MEMBRANE INTERIORI INTERIOR V INTERIOR P PEDESTAL S @ PEDESTAL EL B aoo SECTION:H.M.DOOR THRESHOLD AT DECK w/ Boo SECTION:STOREFRONT WINDOW SILL AT B 3 o SECTION:BASE OF WALL AT DECK w/PAVERS G PAVERS DECK w/PAVERS PROTECTION °" C BOARD ---- SCALE Teis oCCLLE'xrNT mCALExTais DPE TO a•MIN. xGmEEx6 rvcwM:u xGmEeR6 AIN:Y^t2"MIN. SPRAY FOAM E— INSULATION• IN RIGO S ON PEDESTALS ROOFMVAPGR BARRIER EXTERIOR PA ovER Row cuARD PROTECTED RooFlNCTMEMBRANE ELEVAnON �AlALb" EXTERIOR12' R INSULATION e _.'. • _e� e... • � ° _. ':. • P s.•.e s• n .. • ` �-..s s. ->• • • NSU'INLATION • • es s e . a e ua L ° � ° ROOFBAVRAPPER EXTERIOR Arlington Operations w�---n---� _ PROTECTEDMEMBRANE--n---� - ' Center - -- _ - - -,n r, E' _.c_J____N____L_� DECK PER _�� T'I!I I I I 1 1^I 0(, Jr---Y -Tee_ 1 n f I I II 11 I -------------- sTRUGT —�� -�- _E_ _______ - _�-3 i—i FURRING T-Ii-1-TiT-1-rTl-IEr TI�Yi ____ __ _____ _ __ _,I I yr Fy ry rrF TT -�- —�` M III I I III 111 II, �' PER WALL FOR n:,z�uwE i71 O O H O O O 101G' iJ U U_U U U IU U li -- --r-T------ -- -r- ------ �' R20 MIN Snohomish County ------------- --- ---------�--- --- DRAIN u'� OVERFLOW , PRIMARY DRAIN wRB BA Public Works RGO KIN -----— �- L --------------- -- ------ ---------- ------ -------- ----— _------ ---------- _— --- - IN9GLaTDNROOF AT 19700 67th Ave NE 0MI Arlington, WA 98223 INTERIOR PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B INTERIOR IN SEALANT PER MER 6•MIN NOTES 12 ®COPYRIGKT BEE ENGINEERS R2 FOAM IND PI 8 THESEDRAWINGSAREFORGENERALARRANGEMENT BRAIND MFR AM PENETRATION " 'PIRT E FOAM P,1,R ARG&H TERMINATION PER 244'LARc BeaoG SECTION:PARAPET AT DECK w/RAILING OFMATERIALSON$RECONDITIONS GOVERN . 5 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. PROJECT NUMBER: BEaoo SECTION:DRAIN w/OVERFLOW AT DECK THAN SIZE C SCALE:NTS mCAaE"ESxGIxEEx= TTO " 2403-1004 2. TERMINATE PER IE MFR TRANSITION, @ MAIRAL TO E 2MEMBRANE L AN UE o.ROOFING a FOR APPROVALP ROWDE sAMP MARK DATE DESCRIPTION INTERIOR INSTALL ROGER 2 MEMBRANE CORNERS WAS LELE ACIEL1,F., PER LE A CLARITY STEP 2 MEMBRANE,INSTALL WNTO R.O. MEMBRANE COATED INSTALL DO HNG PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: I CS PROJECT MANAGER: I CS ENERGY MANAGER: AL DRAFTER: BS A DRAWING TITLE: A DECK&ABOVE GRADE DETAILS eao B o ISOMETRIC:ROOFING MEMBRANE COATED _ METAL SILL PAN SCALE".TSrvOw— =- 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 D 1O.16NG ME B (AS TAICONTINUOUS THROUGH L]RrvERs sinMs vEreEtiMBRnrvE snoDLE RcaF MENBRANE SADDLE FLASNwc DYKEMAN Roo'NO MEMBRANE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN AND rvERTGAT LAP& n°re¢OrvTAL CAP RDOFINGRNEMBRINS LAPPED OVER PRIMARY w.re.B.SA PARAPET PARAPET PARAPET INTERIOR INTERIOR INTERIOR CONSULTANT: BEE J j �z�SHEET METAL CAP t0 ENGINEERS NO wcAMs'RTNOT GES& ED17ONONDS.wA98020 '°` FAA12S71P-1561 asO9 ROOHNG MEMBRA3900 SEA-5 UNDER NE FORDGE AIR �°�� N. EXTERIOR EXTERIOR BARRIER EXTERIOR MEMBRANE SADDLE&SIDING • B ao1 ASSEMBLY:PARAPET SADDLE FLASHING w/ROOFING MEMBRANE AT WALL CORNER e C C SCALE:NTS EXTERIOR mcm+wcarteee w�Di.EER, `�•�liALn" SIDING PER ELEVATION NOTES t FRAMING PER ARCI PER—ASSEMBLr *SRAY"AM MUST AD"ERE TO SPEA—C ON KIN SIDES.1 PARAPET PRIMARYROD.SA Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County 1N5OL=111GN' Public Works AT _ 19700 67th Ave NE �R—IINGMEMBRANE Arlington, WA 98223 SEALANT-s INTERIOR I EXTERIOR PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B ®COPYRIGHT BEE ENGINEERS B—i PLAN:PARAPET TO WALL CORNER OFFMATERIALSO SHE CONDIDITIONSS GOV RNRNGEMENT W/EXPOSED ROOFING MEMBRANE DO NOT SCA-E DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. SCALE:NTS E—.E— PROJECT NUMBER: 2403-1004 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION --• PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: I CS PROJECT MANAGER: I CS ENERGY MANAGER: I AL DRAFTER: I BS A DRAWING TITLE: A DECK&ABOVE GRADE DETAILS I , 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 D NOAMEROLCPENINGPER WOOD.MANUFACTURERW.R.B.SA SILL CORNER STEP 3RMNIH 2. CARE DSOLHE L-ANG LE ALTERATIONsE TO cH TOsiauivasLVPPcD wLL.a WRAP TRO GBrvER To FT Fli_TI.4 L CUT SEA.ALONG IS—& Fan STEP'A E REMAINING 1 L SCILD.LED W.R.B.SA SILL LINER } CLE. 4.. DYKEMAN 4„ B" S„ NIT NINE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN cl ED.NINE BE_ Ern.BACK 9-11 Fan NINE —MAdyk"T.C... 1716 W..M.,N.VDHv.T—T 425.259.3161 M 2Cd FIG., E—,WA 98201 Cur W.R.B.SA BILL LINER TO FIT R.O. STEP ING • nrvD�nma aF re.o.ow_R SILL unEre - a"°Axourvo saiDr°e.a.La Bs, \ WRRBaTDBE SILL INER TO BILL IFINSERTED BED IN NBTnLL L ANaE N RQ EMB DDED N ZEGATELY SPREAD NIQDD APPLIED FLASHNG 9'M NurvOERrvEAM. N LED&SFanED LEG AT IAMB ./A P Ttt KNIFE TO SLL A L \ \ TO HORIZONTAL M CREATING S15N°BOLLOERGBELOW P ARGLOD J ALL MIN ° DM L ANG LLEaG ALLE DGMPLE ELY DD E , ENGINEERS / \ \ ` a'Mw ENau LEE M MA PROPER MILTHICKNESS PER MFR R o W/n P�V/!1 `•(' EDNo"Ds,wA 9e020 306 FAX azsnzes0e B Soo ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW B2oo ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW BE3eoo ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW I ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW a 5* C C SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS mGOP.MGHTaEEExG�xEER" WR.B.SA JAMB LINER �� ®�o�R�HF�EEx��x�xa mGOP.NaTaEEExG�xEER" w�oPwxEEx��x�xs B,EP,zB �'�w,-e�y0� APPLY READ OF CDT SEAL ENT-2 FRO OM LINER TO Flr R.O. { TO SILL PAN L-ANaE • • STEP R " AFLA4H NLID NID APPLIED STEP TE t2a DEPTH OF RAMI"° PATTE A �SI MIN..SP ON Arlington Operations FOLD LINE MIN HEAD RCORNER D0W PER WINDOW MFR.SPAdME AL IMMEDIATELY SPREAD \. SEALANT-5 _ Center M*N TO FIT eNIN STEP G IN SINDRE"FRYAIO S COR"AND F L \ \ - --T/\ FOR i ND UNTIL ALL HEAD OF R D WRAP IITO R OER SURFACES \ \ .. .. (APPFG°iMnT�E�Er° , Iz,5 wE Snohomish County Public Works \ STEPAPPL)B \ NINELLYro R.B.a SA ARID GH \ PERP WINDOW \ AT \ OPENING.IF BASEOVER - ;/ '\ \ MR 19700 67th Ave NE / W.R.B.SAHEADLINER Arlington, WA98223 TO FIT IMETAL NSET S IN BRAKE BEALA �`°`°NNE PERMIT SET NITB DEPTH DF FRAMING LINERDUN TD FIT R.O. L QTGW END DAM TO WTH END DAMS ON SHIMSMETA 05/02/2025 B 4 To s oP AWAY FROM 9 TO FIT S - WINDOW E ®COPYRIGKT BEE ENGINEERS BErJsoo ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW BE55oo ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW BEsoo ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW B800 ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW OFFEMATERRALSONSHECONDITIONS�GO cERN "T DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SRALE:NTS SCALE:NTS PROJECT STE 2403-1004 Pr1ROD&scauNT-z BncKEre ROD To BE wsTAUEDBE_EN \ RS FRAMING UPT"AND'WINDOW SOW STRRI D ai BEATl READ OF OR OFF Al WE FOR cONn"uW .\ cDNTHEnrvmusLr aT a AN'HEAD LL VIEW FROM _ • \ \ INTERIORSIDE �{III IIII MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SET CLIPS I SCTN'TN3E APPLYING PRIMARY W.R.B.SA \\ SEALANT WINDOW FRAME SEALANT-5 (TYPICAL).AL AND VERTICAL LAPS \ - \ \ \ \ \ B, MEAD,AND SILL BRAKE METAL. \ STEP 1A \ • \ RFARTEDECOMMENDATO WNDOWNPER MFR I .\ \I APR E, mc"wc aNOER W.R.B.SA SILL LINER PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS .WCBILL -ANDcONF PROJECT MANAGER: CS rvooW MFM 0 - LE '\ PRIMARY w F.sA FOR SILL 41 T SYSTEM As PER wau ED McaaNCMerAiisolo ENERGY MANAGER: AL A SFA ILL PAN. UGH LIQUID �.,: LAAAMBS°APPkox�MATE H AWAY FROMSIDE of DRARER: BS A DRAWING STEP t) 3 BETWEEN R'MND°OWPFRAME AND SBRANETMETAL. WITH END a.6ETSEEMEENnAR�MOGSEND WINNDOWASTARTING AT WINDOW& NOTES: CAMS AND SECTORS FOR STEP 4 EX DOOR DETAILS SHIMSt ON TOP OFREI BILLI SILL BRAKE METAL. CT w/SEALANT AT UPSTAND ON STEP 128 M 10 BE9soo ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW BE5000 ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW BE500 ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW BE500 ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW maOAr+aEcalT ei exOmFFRs ®CwAmExrNTs rvcw�xs maoAr FG ai ex0meexs ®CwwxLE'xrN�S rvcw�xs 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D MI pcLPq��w.ucul 2. FR0VE9T CLIP TO BE 6 MIN U N09LLSFWITHNCACNE NEED TNIERMETAL , AN DUE YKEMAN s./A uM k'Dvw PER""IN'AL SSEMBLY INTERIOR EXTERIOR EXTERIOR sEAUNT-2.."MAX GAP PRIMARY W.R.B.SA WINDOW PER SCHEDULE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN EXTERIOR INSULATION EXTERIOR INSULATION `-ANGLE- SHIMS SIDING PER ELEVATION SIDING PER ELEVATION ROD&SEALANT-1 LIQUID APPLIED FLASHING PRIMARY W.R.B.SA W.R.B.SA LINER - __ A CONTINUED UP L-ANGLE IN �- SILL BRAKE METAL W.R.B.SA LINER INTERIORS,MIN uLLP APPLIED FLASHINGIII EXTERIOR SILL PQJIG AN ro FIT ROD&SEALANT-1 W.R.B.SA LINER INSULATION P RRING�A== BEE PER RCH ASSEMBLY JAMB BRAKE METAL SET IN FURRING SYSTEM lk"MIN B-MIN SEALANT-5 PER WALL ASSEMBLY PS(AS )y'MIN WINDOW PER SCHEDULE SIDING PER ELEVATION REOUIRFIT OF SD)IN BED _ LAN- - - HEAD FLASHING W/ ROD&SEALANT-2 EXTERIOR INSULATION ' OPENING EXTEND TO TOP '/ ENGINEERS END DAMS PRIMARY WR.B.SA LAPPED UNDER OF L ANGLE SET CLIP IN BED - \� ROD&SEALANT-2 OF SEALANT-2^ BASE OF W.R.B.SA SILL LINER -WDAYTON ST.SUITE 206 FAX.<x6..E-8608 HEAD BRAKE METAL ROD&SEALANT-1 INSULATION R80x0 SET IN SEALANT-B WINDOWPER ARCH NDOW PER SCHEDULE • INTERIOR BE oT SECTION:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW HEAD BE�01 PLAN:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW JAMB B3o SECTION: INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW SILL B4o� ISOMETRIC:LIQUID APPLIED FLASHING SILL PAN G AT SIDING&EXTERIOR INSULATION AT SIDING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION AT SIDING&EXTERIOR INSULATION °` D SCALE:KITS SCALE:NTS SCNRFEX ALE:NTS SCALE:NTS mcOFv6,_T REP PNOMPPRX mc0w ITN. IK AIRSPACE Kc MCHTPPP-NFWNs mc�Prw ITNOPNRINPP6s LroT' t O'GAMING PER RCH. PRIMARY W.R.B.SA N -N— LIpU10 EXTERIOR INSULATION 1�FRAMFROMING PBILL.ER ARCH. APPLIED M w/'6TR • • 2.^LOWEST CUP TO BE 6'MIN UP CMU VENEER PER ELEVATION EXTERIORAIJIZZZII Arlington Operations INTERIOR Wnoow PER SCHEDULE EXTERIOR SEALANT-2..'MAX GAP SHIMS _ Center L-ANGLE^ X, c > 4 SEALANT-3 ____ METAL FLASHING IN -+— FOR 1 BED OF SEALANT-3 14'MIry JAMB BSEALANTT5L SET N LIQUID A Snohomish County W R.B.SA LINER I FLASHING SILL SILL PAN CONCRETE SILL Public Works ------�- ---- --TA- DRIP NOTCH TO FIT (2PREF) ROD&SEALANT-1 TB"MIN --- -- AT aLED` ------_ 16T°°^. " AM,N. 19700 67th Ave NE WINDOW PER SCHEDULE < (2"PINE) EDGE PRIMA.YWRBR °i HEM Arlington, WA 98223 ROD&SEALANT-2 PRIMARY W R.B.SA PE TPIN RED 6 - NT- R E EVE ER OF SEA A ATION INSULATION NO" T BE 249..OR HEAWER PERMIT SET PER ARCH AIRSPACE nOCALVANISEAMS0 BPREE-FINNT NED Si p0.p OPERABLE WNG— B EXTERIOR INSULATION S INSET COFU--LANCED WND AWSLE& 05/02/2025 B INTERIOR o WDE FOR ®COPYRIGHT BEEENGINEERS eE6so, PLAN:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW JAMB 13EL SECTION: INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW SILL AT B8oT PROFILE:HEAD FLASHING of MATERIuS oN SITE CONuinONSGOVERNGEMEN AT CMU VENEER w/EXTERIOR INSULATION CMU VENEER&EXTERIOR INSULATION DO NOT SCALE DRAWNGSTO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS • NOTES: �R M°,NG PER ARDH AIRSPACE 2403-1004 EXTERIORPRIMAR A VINSULATICN NOTES: • FEE SIDING PER EL—TON PER ME EvVEnNnEoERN 2. TIEM'AESPFRsnaa& INT &EL PER M MARK DATE DESCRIPTION EXTERIOR FURRING SYSTEMEXTERIOR EXTERIOR ANDUE IN LIQUID APPLIED 7 � INS PER WALL ASSEMBLY INTERIOR SEALANT-3 l PRIMARY W.R.B.SA EXTERIOR INSULATION BRAKE METAL THRESHOLD EXTERIOR 1I PRIMARY W.R.B.SA BRAKE METAL FLASHING FLASHING PER ARCH DOOR PER SCHEDULE W.R.B.SA LINER S.A.M.2 SHIM W.R.B.SA LINER SEALANT-1 `LASIH APPLIED 9 IN EXTERIOR INSULATION DOOR PER SCHEDULE pOORSPERASCHEDULE COM FOAM ROD&NSEALANT-6 III ELEVATIONR L-ANGLE SIDE-. FURRING SYSTEM `i PER WALL ASSEMBLY _____�- •--��a--�---• PROJECT TEAM: PER ARON s.A.Ms PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS PER ARCH O SEALANT-1 - PROJECT MANAGER: I CS ly'Mlry 9'MIN 9 MI - -- PER TERMINFA SEAL 6 ENERGY MANAGER: I Al ---- -----�L INSULATION INSULATION A INTERIOR PER ARCH PER ARCH d 4 d L DRAFTER: BS 0 o q IRANSEMI-RIGID SEMI-RIGID Q BY OTHERS DRAWING TITLE: HEAD FLASHING INSULATION INSULATION w/END DAMS SEU,RlOH INTERIOR INTERIOR a d FOUNDATION DRAINMAT WINDOW& IA DoR PER SCHEDULE a BENTONITEPANEL DOOR DETAILS 1EALAN12 SEALANT-2 (GEL SECTION:HM DOOR HEAD AT SIDING M PLAN:HM DOOR JAMB AT SIDING BEsoT PLAN:HM DOOR JAMB AT CMU VENEER 31E! SECTION:SWING DOOR THRESHOLD w/EXTERIOR INSULATION w/EXTERIOR INSULATION w/EXTERIOR INSULATION ®c0F,KAILFYT.OAMMOO. ®cOKFNGTMEEE INEERX owPL TN�S NaNEERs maoPAY&TN.iSNWNEEDV 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 D NO FRAME RO GH OPENING PERW ACTMM W.R.B.SA SILL CORNER 2.SILL FRAMING—Go L—L DSSOL RE 3,USE CARE APPLIED wR B WRAP THBOO PREVENT ACGIDENTAT UUGH THE CORNER TO EIT R G To s[Qu[rvct`.YTA .. -- FI 4. 9y�,1 �,I , W.R.B.SA SILL LINER } YKEMAN B" S„ 4„ UT NINE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN l Fan NINE S" `Fan NINE - - 1716 W..M.,N.V—D,W.T—T 425.259.3161 M 2CdFI..,/E--,WA98201 Cur W.R.B.SA SILL LINER To FIT G.O. APPLY LIQUID APPLIED FLASH ING CONSULTANT: \ nrvo Jnma aF re.o.DYER mL unEre - PND Axourvo sSTEP 2aiDr°e.a.JP Bs, '\ W.R.B.sA To BE wsERrEo \ N a"zLL. M NOEBNEATH. '\ MIN \ E - ED IN TEEEDATEL.SPREAD LQUID APPLIED FLASNINO \ B'MINPLA \ UQUIC APPLIED Dan"SWING,PE "�AAc a TION u \ uPSTANo Ex a NIP a ARouND JAMBS L.w.._ a LL LN LL A L w.. LL N ILL vEMSOLTS.RELEASE PRPERB Loosi TOP e• DNBTBGn ALL BEE \ sMIN y saga ARE a°PE `o Dw;FlL V ENGINEERS PROPEREMIL THICKNESS PER MFR RE a'Mw EDNo"DS,wa 9e020 STS 306 FAX azsnzes0e �f • BEsoz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT 62oz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT 63oz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT 64oz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT e ,. C C SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS mGOP.xIGHTaEEExGIxEER, WR.B.SA JAMB LINER �� ®��R�HF�EEN�Ix�xs mGOP.xIwHTaEEExGIxEER, e�Pw,I�HF�EEN�IN�xs s,EP,uC �b1/ALb"� PPPLv BEAD OF CDT SEAL ERi-4 FROOM LINER TO Fli R.O. { TO SILL PAN TRUE TO • • STEP lo HT M AFLPLY NG°HID APPLIED STE t2P DEPTH OF . P �SI MIN.IRA ON Arlington Operations FOLD LINE MIN HEAD RCORNER"°W PER WINDOW MFR.SPACING FE HEAD CRNRRA \ STEP 11 Center CE TO FIT a MIN RINDDIRECIO I05 CORNER - -- `' STRIPINSTALLAT JAMBS ANDIL HEAD STEP 12CSTEP G IN FOR iAND UNTIL ALL D DF R WR D WRAP INTQ R DER \ \ .. .. [o(APPRG.MAT�E'Er° ' `\ METAL -) Snohomish County '.\ ,�,5 WE IN SEALANT s CDT I � \ Public Works aPP G LNER TO MJau S�A��GH \ PER WINDOW \ AT \ OPENING.LAP BASE _ \ SILL LINER. 19700 67th Ave NE W.R.B.SA HEAD LINER Arlington, WA 98223 P 2. LINER To FIT `I.ERW;oBFr R oEA FOLD NNE NaT H E o D LL BRAKE METAL PERMIT SET _ NITALL DAMS K SHIMS B DEPTH or FRAMING o SEALANT-1 I ALLDW AMHOINSTALL HEAD BRAKE 05/02/2025 B L 9 4 TO FIT 9 J - To SWOPDOW AWP FROM ®COPYRIGFIT BEE ENGINEERS BEr�soz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT BE�soz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT BEsoz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT a 8oz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT o'FFEMATERRALSONSHECONDITIONS�GO cERN "T DO NOT SCA-E DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS CAL SE:NTS • STEP 1513' 2403-1004 '\ u015LFACE ANDL—DNWANOA LING ATO HEET AT .\ JAMBS AND HEAD • \ \ r MARK DATE DESCRIPTION E. HIGH ROD SEA IN T ALL CONTINUE APPLYING PRIM\\ - 1.*EN SO RE C*NINUU'CONTACT 3G Ps cnN 6' BY AND SEALANT AT UPRIAND ON STEP \ SEALANT-5 VERTICAL LA \ \ \ \ INSTALL ROD&SEALANT-4 BETWEEN WINDOW FRAME AND JAMB, HEAD,AND SILL BRAKE METAL. STEP"A \ • \ RECOMMENDATION MFR .\ '\ L1P E mc"N'UNDER w.R.a.sA su LNER PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS \ REM.1 RELEASE PAPER AND ENSURE LL PROJECT MANAGER: CS rvoow inm o - LE \ PBIMARr wBR sA For AIR EASE SIR SYSTEM AS PER WALL Pca�IRCMerAlisolo \ NOTFASTERANYMAMB ENERGY MANAGER: AL A SILL PAN. AL UGH LIQUID LAAAMBS°APPkox�MATE NCEAALWHAAOEFROM SIDE oR DRAFTER: BS A STEP 3 ETWEENRIMNDOWOR PFRAME ANDLY ROD I DRAWING B METAL, INSTALLHEADWITH END a.BETSEEMEEN'ECnFRAAMING AND WINDOWASTARTING AT WINDOW& DAMS DOOR DETAILS SH FM (V MIN,oN TOP OF SILL BRAKE BEIsoz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT BEs�oz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT BEsoz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT BMETAL Esoz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT SCALE Orrc TN.T ex0meexs ®CwAmExrN�s rvcwM:u maoAr+aExT ai ex0meexs ®CwwxLE'xrNTS rvcwM:u 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 D 2.EMBED - GLE w LIQUID APPLIED , . Roa1IRc c rsj"ppbpl FASTGEN FURRING SYSTEM THROUGH U. SILL PAN. DESIGN ARCHITECTURE + P PRIMARY W.R.B. INTERIOR EXTERIOR EXTERIOR INSULATION EXTERIOR SEALANT-a..•MAX GAP WINDOW PER SCHEDULE _ _ EXTERIOR IN9ULATON SIDING PER ELEVATION W R B_SA LINER L-ANGLE SHIMS 9•MIN PRIMARY W N.B.RA EXTERIOR y. ROD&SEALANT-4 W.R.B.SA LINER SILL BRAKE METAL I JAMB BRAKE METAL SET IN III SIDING PER ELEVATION - SEALANT-5 ILIO APPLIED MASHING CONSULTANT:S SILLL PAN 11R INTERIOR - PER wAu AssEMBLr �, Roo&sEAUNT-, B W.R.B.EA u"Ere INSULATON S.A.M.FOIL FACE WINDOW PER SCHEDULEII'I� BEE PER ARCH SIDING PER ELEVATION M Ali STAIN .FRA G R PER ARCH 6•MIN SS LA'RE EQUIREMENTS ROD&SEALANT-4 FURRING SYSTEM -- --- HEAD MASHING W/ __-- 'II PER WALL ASSEMBLY SYSTEM& t ENGINEERS END DAMS S.A.M.FOIL FACE III ROD&SEALANT-4 A MET Lu5 nG ED17OMON06 WA 90020 306 FAX ISS713 0600 INTERIOR PRIMARY W.R.B.EA LAPPED UNDER TAL ROD&SEALANT-4 BASE OF W.R.B.EA SILL LINER FROM EXTERIOR SURFACE INS ATOR PER ARCH SET IN SEALANT-5 WINDOW PER SCHEDULE PER ARCH EXTERIOR INSULATION I I • I.NIN R P RY BEs03 SECTION:INSET STOREFRONT WINDOW HEAD 6203 PLAN:INSET STOREFRONT WINDOW JAMB BE35o3 SECTION:INSET STOREFRONT WINDOW SILL vRNA EL C AT SIDING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION AT SIDING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION AT SIDING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION , MIN C B•Mlry = m aoAr+aE'eia ®CwwxLE'xrNTs maoAr+ao,T eie xMm6eR6 N.1— Mm6eR6 NOTESMNG PER : 'p GLE ARG`IN LIQUID APPLIEDAL 2.0 MSHIING. NDGW AIRSPACE DANGLE GAO ANG FASTENINGNG RERUREMENQu DSIL"apaFASTEN 'INS SAM, • • -CONFIRMOUGH iux/ N i N ... EXTERIOR INSULATION EXTERIOR OETAILLMEMBRANE Arlington Operations INTERIOR WINDOW PER SCHEDULE STEP s PER ITANATON sEALANT_<,A MAXQAP SHIMS „ PRIMARYW Center SEALANT BE-EN �§• ROD&SEALANT-4 C DEEM&WAR F ER° Z- , EXTERIOR L ANGLE - - _ - AIR B INSTALL INTERIOR FI�NISN FOR E EEAFANT_ SEALLAN-3 BIQUIDAPPLIED 9N'"MASHING SILL PAN Snohomish County IN Public Works WRB SA LINERCONCRETE SILL METAL SET IN � 3 DRIP NOTCH FFFFFFFFFFF JAMB BRAKE M a---- SEALANT-5 e•MIN --�--- ` A"T ------r- ---- -- - VENT CELL R°°&EEA ArvT-° INSTALLED"' 19700 67th Ave N E .---. : t I —W.R.B.EA LINER Arlington, WA 98223 STAR I 'MNDOW PER SCHEDULE PRIMARY W.R.B.SA < 9 CMU VENEER ROD&SEALANT-4 PER ELEVATION a ---- S.A.M.FOIL FACE AIRSPACE PERMIT SET B INTERIOR EXTERIOR INSULATION 05/02/2025 B INSIDE FACE OF FRAMING INSULATOR PER aacH OCOPYRIGNT BEE ENGINEERS B—L PLAN:INSET STOREFRONT WINDOW JAMB BESos SECTION:INSET STOREFRONT WINDOW SILL B8o3 ASSEMBLY:BASE OF JAMB AT SECTIONAL DOOR OOFFEMATERIALSO SHECONDITIONSSGO cRN a"T AT CMU VENEER w/EXTERIOR INSULATION AT CMU VENEER w/EXTERIOR INSULATION DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. SCALE:NTS TS :N SCALE:N SCALETS PROJECT 0 AID- 2403-1004 PER ELEVATON 0 0 EXTERIOR EXTERIOR RsuLnnD" PER'NEE' - • PRIMARY W.R.B.EA DINNER E vnRlEs) - ' .. - MARK DATE DESCRIPTION co -a cuu VENEER L ° Roo&ssauNT-3 T` _ AIRSPACE UNCONDITIONED EXTERIOR PRIMARY W.R.B.SA INTERIOR DOOR PER SCHEDULE EXTERIOR EX ----- EXTERIORsuLAnoN RIOR INSU T- Tory Roo&SEALAN , �p \�y PRIMARY W.R.B.SA SIDING PER ELEVATOR ROD&sEaLaNT-t ROD&SEALANT-6 S\ 1 9"MIN LED INSULATON III W:R.B.EA LINER PER WALL ASSEMBLY SIDING PER ELEVATION SIDEWALK PER ARCH III III _ _ I SIDING PER ELEVATION WRB.SA uNER FORPPER WnU_ASSEMBLY 4 Q •.• sE LABT B, PER WALL AssEMaLr DOOR SEAL PER MFR W.R.B.SA LINER a a aMIN PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS CLOSETAIRwBARR ER 17 TERMINATE PROJECTMANA ER: ___ h•MIN FUR DOOR SEAL PER MFR _- G I CS a PER MFR ENERGY MANAGER: AL EXTERIOR DRAFTER: ES Roo&sEaLAN- - _ 4 A A 'k" IPER ARCH j O GRArvuLAR FILL ••AWING TITLE: DOOR SEAL PER MFR D'RAKE ETALRIP FLASHING CLOSAT GYPSUME AIR BARRIER PER ARCH - - BT OTHERS DOOR PER SCHEDULE CLOSE AIR BAUF_SRRIER / DRAIrvMAT WINDOW& ROD&SEALANT-I ROD&SEALANT-C DOOR PER SCHEDULE DOOR DETAILS SUM TO UNCONDITIONED CH INTERIOR ATTACHED./FURRING UNCONDRIONED RDD&SEALANT-z UNCONDITIONED DOOR PER SCHEDULE 9 INTERIOR INTERIOR BE5503 SECTION:SECTIONAL DOOR HEAD AT BE5003 PLAN:SECTIONAL DOOR JAMB AT B12 e51oa PLAN:SECTIONAL DOOR JAMB AT BE o3 SECTION:SECTIONAL DOOR SILL SIDING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION SIDING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION CMU VENEER w/EXTERIOR INSULATION SCALE orr TNUexM1xeeR6 ®CCLLLEA.T .I— SR—A aEHN.T&MlxeeR6 S.CtLLEA.T .I— 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 NOTES 1,FRAMING PER D NOTE: 2.MEMBRANE INSTALL.TRANSITION.&TERMINATE PER MTR METAL FLASHING "T'PER2.ALL PTO BEIL TM R SECKNS THROUGH CEILIN S.A.M.HT nD0 NOTEFAZT.GUTTER STRAPLTHROUGHEDRIP SE E SLIP SHEET AS 4FLFSH G NEEDED PER MFR TAPE PERAMFRi GTP TO TIE TOP PLATE OF ALL TN111O B'MIN ENETRaTONS NTTPICAE OF DECK&AROUND FRPMING C-NTTEERIOR"LLS TO PREVENT P •APPLY S A M Hi UP R00 MINIM M CF 24"PAsi EXTERIOR METAL ROOFING PER ARCH . D AIR s N EXTERIOR a µTENOR EocoF µau FRANInc nrvDUcorvnnuE orvio , ZEE OFFCLOSURE' OxDITI THE _ FASCIA _ - S.A.M.HT PER MFR ATTIC. '•�:._ a.TUSE NQALSKINNING BUM SEALANT �•�� --___--_--___--_--___-- -_-�__ -- S.A.M.AT S'_O FILL—.2 AND NO FRAMING IA'SEPENETRATOE AT III HER M& ROOF VAPOR BARRIER METAL GABLE FLASHINGARCHITECTURE + DESIGN NEEDED EPERAMFR lOAL �- - BARRIER MIN RIGID INSULATION ROOF VAPOR BARRIER R20 MIN,RIGID INSULATION SUP SHEET AS NEEDED R20 MIN.RIGID INSULATION P ROOF VAPOR BARRIER _ \�i�\``\\�`` PER MFR METAL ROOFING PER ARCH Ii METAL ROOFING PER ARCH ��_\='\` -- FASCIA PER ARCH —� SHEET METAL CLEAT —�_ S.A.M. HT INTERMITTENT EXTERIOR BRAKE METAL DRIP FLASHINGeEniEaEREeTRHHOT, CONSULTANT:2 GH EXTERIOR BEE GH PER LDDATDx. NSULATIONPRAY FOAM Ea ER PER RUGL —� z IARCH M----- ---- PRIMARY W.R B.SA t ENGINEERS PER RDGT. EXTERIOR INSULATION s.A.M.2•• i� —Z—� — —�—�—� I TER sTRaP FasTENE EDNONosw°a SLS ILL me FAX 42s 425 672-es00 FonMO MwuEPRAr _��`�,,\ —��`_ .%TNEOPRENE w 'R.R INTERIOR SIDING PER ELEVATION . INS ATOIN DEC STRUCH I FURRING SYSTEM O ELER H.PER LOCATON �— PER WALL ASSEMBLY MINN. • EXTERIOR R200 I TOM1111 SPRAY GUTTER PER ARCH PRIMARY w.R.B SA NS CATION BEoo SECTION:ROOF GABLE&RAKE w/METAL ROOFING G EXTERIOR INSULATION °� c O.H. '✓L SIDING PER ELEVATION PER LOCATION °CA'aE:"ES INTERIORxOIxEE^R FURRING SYSTEMINTERIORSYSTEM PER WALL ASSEMBLY PERRwALL ASSEMBLY ��h9fALroT' PRIMARY w.R.B SA PRIMARY W.R.B SA EXTERIOR INSULATION • • DING PER ELEVATDry B 600 SECTION:HIGH EAVE AT METAL ROOFING BI Arlington Operations EXTERIOR 12,NOTESGING PER ARCHMEMBRANE Center SCALE:NTS HUSEPNON�SAi INNING BUOM SEALANT TO IPLLAANL G v5 ®o TRFFF_NEERs 60I0AT ENDS PER MFR FOR BE600 SECTION:ROOF EAVE&OVERHANG w/METAL ROOFING Snohomish County Public Works SCALE:NTS ®o AllIIEEENIANEERs ZEE CURE PER M R AT BRAKE METAL HEAD "010 w FLASHING 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 NOTES: MIDG PER ARCH AMINO PER 1ER TRANSITION, },MLMBRANERONAL INSTTALL.ORMATION SEE GETAIL TRANSITION.&TERMINATE RPSR MFR EVOO NOTES TERMINATE PER R ATD METAL ROOFING PER ARCH PERMIT S E T SEE DETAIL K�/BE6 M N 5.ATSENNONDS PERnMF NO BUTYL SEALANT TO FILL ALL cA B ENDS PER,.FIL AL CAPB AT BUM SEALANT TAPE PER MFR 05/02/2025 B OCOPYRIGHT BEEENGINEERS IFT EXTERIOR B800 ASSEMBLY:ROOF TO WALL TRANSITION w/ OFMATERIPLSONSIIT CONUiTIONSGOVERNBEMENr vcANw FURRING SYSTEM nssEUBLr METAL ROOFING oo NOT SCALE oanvnNGSTooaruNDIMENSIONS. NG PER WALLFURR ASSEMBLY EXTERIOR PRIMARY w.R.e SA SCALE:NTS PROJECT ELEVATION 11 EXTERIOR INSULATOry mcwvwOHT eEE ExOIxEERs PRIMARY—M.Sn2403-1004 DING PER ELEVATION EXTERIOR BRAKEEI METAL WALL FLASHING INSULATION it D • PZEE ER MFR E II Burn SEALANT TAPE PER MFR •MARK DATE DESCRIPTION B-MIN M HT I ZEE CLOSURE PER MFR B"MIN SLIP SHEET AS I S.A.M.AT NEEDED PER MFR i SLIP SHEET AS NEEDED PER MFR METAL ROOFING METAL ROOFING PER ARCH aa�ta�; CH s_ R20 MIN RIGID \ SLOPE TO E PROJECT TEAM: ROOF VAPOR INTERIOR ��___ R20 MIN RIGID INSULATION BARRIER ROOF VAPOR BARRIER PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS \ PROJECT MANAGER: CS DICK HER ENERGYZFG.T —�—� �� DRAFTEDRAFTF MANAGER: AL R: BS A \ DECK PER STRUCT A DRAWING TITLE: ROOF DETAILS SECTION:ROOF TO WALL TRANSITION w/ EIR BE- SECTION:ROOF TO HEAD WALL TRANSITION w/METAL ROOFING METAL ROOFING ®cow ErT ME.NCNEeRc ocoAPvaEHTME E NEERA . • , , 2 4 5 2 3 4 D CONSULTANT:DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 4ft BEE t� ENGINEERS e� C C `'ro„AL Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B ®COPYRIGHT BEE ENGINEERS THESEDRAWINGSAREFORGENERALARWWGEMENT OF MATERIALS ON SHE CONDITIONS GOVERN. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. "PROJECT 0 0 2403-1004 SEALANT PER MFR uNT PER M R B.E.DRAW BAND EXTERIOR PRE OR WONDDOT • 7 I SIA�oreT orvoulT S.A.M.HT MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 12TIf I mw ARE-FORMED BOOT J: INSTALLED'EIDDIER JiI� INSTALLED PER MFR BVIN r r SEAUNT PER Gm SEALANT PER MFR , I ; iMETAL a•MIN i METAL ROOFNO ..� PER ARCH EXTERIOR PER ARCH M.NT �S.AM.IT ROOF 111P BARRIER ROOF—OR PROJECTIFEAM: WCAP RZD MIN RICIO -� BARRIER — ------------------- ----- ---- —--- NSBLATON —_,_ PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS DECK PER STRUCT w(EII nGll PROJECT MANAGER: CS —� DBCR PER smucT ENERGY MANAGER: AL 'A"ER RODAROUNDDRAFTER: BS PIS AT PENETRATON A 1ACKER ROD AR"N PIPE AT PENETRATION •_ A 6•MIN III IN 11RA'"Al ROOF DETAILS _LATON AROUND AROUND FOAM PENETRATION INTERIOR AROUND 9 INTERIOR 1 O PENETRATION BEso1 SECTION:PIPE PENETRATION BEso1 SECTION:PIPE PENETRATION • AT INSULATED METAL ROOFING AT INSULATED METAL ROOFING .EERs N�R�maoAr+aEca T eie� ®OwAmEinNTS MI 1 2 3 4 5 1 1 2 14 5 2021 Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provision E779. instructions.Manual or automatic controls shall be provided that will operate the air D Where the measured air leakage rate exceeds 0.25 cfrI(2.0 L/s x m)corrective curtain with the opening and closing of the door.Air curtains and their controls shall 1. C103.2 Information on Construction Documents action shall be taken to seal leaks in the air barrier in all units exceeding the target comply with Section C408.2.3. Construction documents shall be drawn to scale upon suitable material.Electronic media value and all untested units. Post-corrective action testing and repeated corrective S. Building entrances in buildings that are less than four stories above grade and less documents are permitted to be submitted when approved by the code official. action measures will be taken until the required air leakage rating is achieved. than 10,000 square feet in area. , Construction documents shall be of sufficient clarityto indicate the location,nature and Final passing air leakage test results shall be submitted to the code official. 9. Elevator doors in parking garages provided that the elevators have an enclosed YKEMAN extent of the work proposed,and show in sufficient detail pertinent data and features of lobby at each level of the garage. the building,systems and equipment as herein governed. 7. C402.5.5 Rooms Containing Fuel-Burning Appliances g Yg 10. Entrances to semi-heated spaces. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Details shall include,but are not limited to,as applicable: Where combustion air is supplied through openings in an exterior wall to a room or space 11. Doors that are used only to access outdoor seating areas that are separated from 1. Energy compliance path per Section C401 or C501. containing a space conditioning fuel-burning appliance,one of the following shall apply: adjacent walking areas by a fence or other barrier. 2. Insulation materials and their R-values. 1.The room or space containing the appliance shall be located outside of the building 3. Fenestration U-factors and SHGCs. thermal envelope. 4. Area-weighted U-factor and SHGC calculations. 2.The room or space containing the appliance shall be enclosed and isolated from 12. C402.5.10 Recessed Lighting 5. Mechanical system design criteria. conditioned spaces inside the building thermal envelope.Such rooms shall comply with Recessed luminaires installed in the building thermal envelope shall be all of the following: 6. Mechanical and service water heating system and equipment types,sizes and all of the following: 1. IC Rated. CONSULTANT' efficiencies. 2.1.The walls,floor and ceiling that separate the enclosed room or space from the 2. Labeled as having an air leakage rate of not more than 2.0 cfm(0.944 L/s)when ♦ B 7. Economizer description. conditioned spaces shall be insulated to be at least equivalent to the insulation tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at a 1.57 psf(75 Pa)pressure differential. E 8. Equipment and systems controls. requirement of below grade walls as specified in Table C402.1.3 or C402.1.4. 3. Sealed with a gasket or caulk between the housing and interior wall or ceiling 9. Fan motor horsepower(hp)and controls. 2.2.The walls,floors and ceiling that separate the enclosed room or space from covering. IN 10.Duct sealing,duct and pipe insulation and location. ENGINEERS conditioned spaces be sealed in accordance with Section C402.5.1.1. 74 11.Lighting fixture schedule with wattage and control narrative. 2.3. The doors into the enclosed room or space shall be fully gasketed. 13. C402.5.11 Operable Openings Interlocking E°"°"°S'`""98020 `"'°'�"'°° -1110 12.Location of daylight zones on floor plan. 8608 13.Air barrier details including all air barrier boundaries and associated square foot 2.4. Water lines and ducts in the enclosed room or space shall be insulated in Where any operable openings to the outdoors are larger than 48 square feet(4.47 m)in calculations on all six sides of the air barrier as applicable. accordance with Section C403. area,such openings shall be interlocked with the heating and cooling system as required • 2.5. Where the air duct supplying combustion air to the enclosed room or space by Section C403.4.1.6. 2. C402.5 Air Leakage-Thermal Envelope passes through conditioned space,the duct shall be insulated to an R-value of not Exceptions: The thermal envelope of buildings shall comply with Sections C402.5.1.1 through less than R-16. 1. Separately zoned areas associated with the preparation of food that contain s c C402.5.5.8. Exceptions: appliances that contribute to the HVAC loads of a restaurant or similar type of °` c Fireplaces and stoves complying with Sections 901 through 905 of the International occupancy. x 3. C402.5.1 Air Barriers Mechanical Code,and Section 2111.13 of the International Building Code. 2. Warehouses that utilize overhead doors for the function of the occupancy,where A continuous air barrier shall be provided throughout the building thermal envelope.The approved by the code official. ` continuous air barriers shall be located on the inside or outside of the building thermal 3. The outer entrance doors where located in the exterior wall and are part of a s+�"" envelope,located within the assemblies composing the building thermal envelope,or an 8. C402.5.6 Doors and Access Openings to Shafts, Chutes, Stairways, and P P g g P y Elevator Lobbies vestibule system. combination thereof.The air barrier shall comply with Sections C402.5.1.1 and C402.5.1.2. 4. Alterations to existing buildings. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Doors and access openings from conditioned space to shafts,chutes,stairways and 4. C402.5.1.1 Air Barrier Construction elevator lobbies shall be gasketed, weatherstripped or sealed. Arlington n ton Operations The continuous air barrier shall be constructed to comply with the following: Exceptions: 14. C103.6.3 Compliance Documentation g p 1. The air barrier shall be continuous for all assemblies that are the thermal envelope 1. Door openings required to comply with Section 716 of the International Building All energy code compliance forms and calculations shall be delivered in one document to Center of the building and across the joints and assemblies. Code. the building owner as part of the project record documents or manuals,or as a standalone 2. Air barrier joints and seams shall be sealed,including sealing transitions in places 2. Doors and door openings required to comply with UL 1784 by the International document. This document shall include the specific energy code year utilized for FOR and changes in materials.The joints and seals shall be securely installed in or on the Building Code. compliance determination for each system.NFRC certificates for the installed windows,list joint for its entire length so as not to dislodge,loosen or otherwise impair its ability to of total area for each NFRC certificate, the interior lighting power compliance path Snohomish County resist positive and negative pressure from wind, stack effect and mechanical (building area,space-by-space)used to calculate the lighting power allowance. 9. C402.5.7 Air Intakes,Exhaust Openings,Stairways and Shafts projects Public Works ventilation. For ro'ects with Section C401.2 Item 1,the documentation shall include: Stairway enclosures, elevator shaft vents and other outdoor air intakes and exhaust 3. Penetrations of the air barrier shall be caulked,gasketed or otherwise sealed in a 1. The envelope insulation compliance path(prescriptive or component performance). manner compatible with the construction materials and location. Sealing shall allow openings integral to the building envelope shall be provided with dampers in accordance 2. All completed code compliance forms,and all compliance calculations including,but AT for expansion,contraction and mechanical vibration.Joints and seams associated with with Section C403.7.8. not limited to,those required by sections C and all c mplianceC403.2.1 calculations ulatio,and Cding, penetrations shall be sealed in the same manner or taped.Sealing materials shall be For projects complying with Section bons C Item.5 the documentation shall include:405.5. 19700 67th Ave NE securely installed around the penetrations so as not to dislodge,loosen or otherwise 10. C402.5.8 Loading Dock Weatherseals Arlington, WA 98223 impair the penetrations' ability to resist positive and negative pressure from wind, 1. A list of all proposed envelope component types,areas and U-values. P P Y P g P Cargo door openings and loading dock door openings shall a equipped with vehicles that 2. A list of all lighting area types with areas,lighting power allowance,and installed stack effect, and mechanical ventilation. Sealing of concealed fire sprinklers, where that restrict infiltration and provide direct contact along the top and sides of vehicles that required,shall be in a manner that is recommended by the manufacturer.Caulking or are parked in the doorway. lighting power density. PERMIT SET other adhesive sealants shall not be used to fill voids between fire sprinkler cover 3. A list of each HVAC system modeled with the assigned and proposed system type. 05/02/2025 B plates and walls or ceilings. 4. Electronic copies of the baseline and proposed model input and output file.The B 4. Recessed lighting fixtures shall comply with Section C402.5.8.Where similar objects 11. C402.5.9 Vestibules input files shall be in a format suitable for rerunning the model and shall not consist are installed which penetrate the air barrier,provisions shall be made to maintain the sole) of formatted reports of the inputs. ®cSE DRAWNIGHT SABEE ENGINEERS P P All building entrances shall be protected with an enclosed vestibule,with all doors opening Y p p THesEoruw,NcsnREFoxcExexnLnRanRceNexr integrity of the air barrier. into and out of the vestibule equipped with self-closing devices. Vestibules shall be OF MATERIALS ON SHE CONDITIONS GOVERN. 5. Construction documents shall contain a diagram showing the building's pressure DO NOT SCPLE DRAWINGS TO OBI DIMENSIONS. g g g P designed so that in passing through the vestibule it is not necessary for the interior and 15. Preparation of the Building boundary in plan(s) and section(s) and a calculation of the area of the pressure exterior doors to open at the same time.The installation of one or more revolving doors in Contractor is responsible for sealing or otherwise effectively isolating all "intentional" PROJECT boundary to be considered in the test. the building entrance shall not eliminate the requirement that a vestibule be provided on holes in the test boundary. any doors adjacent to revolving doors. For the purposes of this section, "building Contractor will be liable for costs of removal of finishes and/or cladding required to A C402.5.ir b Air Barrier Compliance entrances"shall include exit-only doors in buildings where separate doors for entering and 2403-1004 A continuous air barrier for the opaque building envelope shall comply with the following: exiting are provided. provide corrections to the air barrier system. g P PY g� g P 1. Group R dwelling units that are accessed directly from the outdoors shall meet the Interior and exterior doors shall have a minimum distance between them of not less than 7 LEGEND • provisions of Section C402.5.2. feet.The exterior envelope of conditioned vestibules shall comply with the requirements MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 2. All other buildings or portions of buildings shall meet the provisions of Section for a conditioned space. Either the interior or exterior envelope of unconditioned C402.5.3. vestibules shall comply with the requirements for a conditioned space.The building lobby AIR BARRIER&BUILDING THERMAL ENVELOPE is not considered a vestibule. 6. C402.5.2 Enclosure Testing for Dwelling and Sleeping Unit Accessed Exception: Vestibules are not required for the following: -CONDITIONED AND SEMI-HEATED SPACES Directly from the Outdoors 1. Doors not intended to be used as building entrances. For dwelling units accessed directly from outdoors,the building thermal envelope shall be 2.Unfinished ground-level space greater than 3,000 square feet(298 m)if a note is tested in accordance with ASTM E779, ANSI/RESNET/ICC 380, ASTM E1827 or an included on the permit documents at each exterior entrance to the space stating equivalent method approved by the code official. The measured air leakage shall not "Vestibule ace required at time of tenant build-out if entrance serves a s greater than exceed 0.25 cfHI (1.27 L/s x m2) of the testing unit enclosure area at a pressure 3,000 square feet in area". P g PROJECT differential of 0.2 inch water gauge(50 Pa).Where multiple dwelling units or sleeping units 3. Doors opening direct) from a sleeping unit or dwelling unit. or other occupiable conditioned spaces are contained within one building thermal P g Y P g g PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: I CS envelope and are accessed directly from the outdoors,each unit shall be considered an 4• Doors between a space smaller than 3,000 square feet(298 m2) in area and the PROJECT MANAGER: I cs exterior of the building or the building entrance lobby, where those doors do not ENERGY MANAGER: I AL individual testing unit,and the building air leakage shall be the weighted average of all Air Barrier Design progress table DRAFTER: I BS A testing unit results,weighted by each testing unit's enclosure area.Units shall be tested comprise one of the primary entrance paths to the remainder of the building. The A A separately with an unguarded blower door test as follows: space must be enclosed and separated without transfer air paths from the primary Update Changes in Boundaries DRAWING TITLE: 1. Where buildings have fewer than eight testing units, each testing unit shall be building entrance paths.If there are doors between the space and the primary entrance date Phase Set Phase Description &Calculations tested. path then the doors shall be equipped with self-closing devices so the space acts as a vestibule for the primary building entrance. Review set 11.20.2024 2024-1105 Revit Model x 2. For buildings with eight or more testing units,the greater of seven units or 20 P ry g AIR BARRIER NOTES percent of the testing units in the building shall be tested,including a top floor unit,a 5. Revolving doors. 60%DD set 02.10.2025 2025-0130_23-053 SnoCo Arlington Ops Ctr PDB_013025 x ground floor unit and a unit with the largest testing unit enclosure area.For each tested 6. Doors used primarily to facilitate vehicular movement or material handling and Building permit set 04.21.2025 23-053 SnoCo Arlington Ops Ctr PDB_041425 x unit that exceeds the maximum air leakage rate,an additional two units shall be tested, adjacent personnel doors. IFC set including a mixture of testing unit types and locations. 7. In buildings less than three stories above grade or in spaces that do not directly Testing 3. Test shall be accomplished using either a)both pressurization and depressurization connect with the building elevator lobby,doors that have an air curtain with a velocity or b) pressurization alone, but not depressurization alone.The test results shall be of not less than 6.56 feet per second (2 m/s)at the floor that have been tested in plotted against the correct P for pressurization in accordance with Section 9.4 of ASTM accordance with ANSI/AMCA 220 and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's 1 1 2 1 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ww.dyk.—.net I 1716 West Marine View Drive 425.259.3161(T) 2nd Floor/Everett,WA 98201 • •• CONSULTANT: -----==- ��.m—'I`�.� � `ri /cam r'3 I m1 '��'I�.� JI Ire S��I� J� ��- � � - - ® I�� . �GflJlpi ��=fIJ�I �9=JI� ■ l�v JV '`� III d1�.<t!1i�■ � aA�e *A�r ��A��I �•7 IIII IIIII IIIIII IIIII III REGISTRATION STAMPS: IIII- II I---=- -LF 'jl l•I i'>S aia � ® I ® i►1L'�--�0p c=.,� % �al�e •i��-- �_ II f> `" -!I - --/ c I•" i �� _ � E'J II � r�j►� • • '•� •��j� Y �y�l h � I'I — r— II ss��1ll � �l �.I �I '� m �II I �F"•�,®� •�' �'•® � Ih III �I I — �N� I�'�� I I�r I s � I IIII � �i �f's,'�' d I I r.� r �II' ..-� �I. J�-, • • • e �[��[a]] e I e I - � 0 I/��%�/O/J2 I� ��fAII� � I �_ � I��_7��lll ,��•� ��7s1�, � �i III oll � �i�s�;acca�� i �� -� ... --- - �.�--��-- -�---- - �11 - - - � - - �I�� .��. r� o�j •1 r•�'• ®! I� I-r-.oali it � T III I�� m - �� tl i III;•� •��•' •� I Oi III of �I �D �O � I •. ol�� ®�,•1� �II Ih III � �I�II I 'I �� I '" PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: PRO 0 � �f ��i II ®i �,,��u�ala��_- �� lirr Iu��A!!c�l � • • � •� . • i_OlJli7 ' rpm, j callJlll�lr W lifi7 �J i G'yr'�%Lr ~IT i Jo �� 0�I ® ® •. , ► I b ® ,`� n III !! III !• V ��l■! °�i ■I• g� I �e7i�lEw •MI�I�n—. O 0 0 I m Ir�'1 I!�®jgi�i led`y�—�� Z,ry!�aZ Zrw ZZZ ZZ rwZZ �e�a�+ '� ��sIeA�i1l111 Ir N cm �.-I ►w°°iy'tyfa.P�<°vey��'ie�vA�ei'�—'�II` �'= . - PROJECT NUMBER:1 �I1 1a@ __a+►.,I/ sv iI!�'�u�v�irre� vv rTr v�!v v�i! • d I/1 .Ba••4HIS-��L a it - A ijtiyjT�G� ' '• �' JGl1/1•I•� -- I �_. .-..7►/---l�7 r�i L--�I•.•r:. ui"L4'.r •I, � >�i�'�"•iL iP�'i!"re�'4 Z/I%1iI<I 7ti1I0%IDy I<If/1�/� J. eee I Iprim 61J�au,s::'7 l i!!v rrr!c !!�!-!-!!!v !�ii!1! CAI E".aDl; I /-� f �°•°t �,�,Is0_`e_.°J6_e•_._�e�'i,�1.°AR_:A�JS�e� - REVISIONS: I ,I__Irml 1 J LI�' I EJ �r�av v� ry Z/I�IL�f/1'ZZ ►ice ' e I-J _ � � !!i!!!r>. �- uv v!r!-!e rrle �• �! 'r � �t�� r M�� I CIVILI.�h�•?laJidll o ICI /.��tz,:�I �'.� ,.'.,.�� " • F.�w I,II � III �III II IIIII EIR O - � ��!1, ■ ��,I� I�� l �� -- m III ' IIT��d II ® I cii IE m I - {, ■ !i PROJECT TEAM: 'll�I� ' •rT"°-fill:act -- I_� �h�I�1.�Ir�l�ki'1I I ®�� _J��IG��l'� II IIIII® III III II III .. ., .• � Illllllllllllll�llllliill�llllllllll�Iliiii�lllllll�lliill�lllllluBI��I�Bii�l�llllllll�liiil�llllllllll�llfiillll�llllllllll�lliiiil�!IIIII ��' WIII�IIIII! UIIII�IIEGIIhW i9111111iIIIIIU 1•, o - I DRAWING TITLE: . I . . . . .. . . . . II II II II II II II II II II II II IIII IIIII IIII II IIII IIII I IIII IIII I I I II IIIIIII IIIII III IIII I IIII IIII IIIII DRAWING NUMBER: BE801 2 3 4 5 2021 Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provision. 10. C408 system commissioning(By others). A building commissioning process led by a certified commissioning professional and D 1. C401.2 Compliance path. functional testing requirements shall be completed for mechanical systems in section The building complies with prescriptive compliance path and with requirements of C403,service water heating systems in section C404,controlled receptacles and Sections C402 through C406,and Sections C408,C409,C410,C411,and C412. lighting systems in section C405,equipment,appliance and systems installed to comply with section C406 or C407;energy metering in section C409 and refrigeration DYKEMAN 2. C301 Climate zone for energy compliance has been defined per Table C301.1. in section C410. 3. C303.1.1 Building thermal envelope insulation. 11. C409.2 Energy source metering. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN An R-value identification mark shall be applied by the Buildings shall have a meter at each energy source.For each energy supply source manufacturer to each piece of building thermal envelope insulation 12 inches(305 listed in Section C409.2.1 through C409.2.4,meters shall collect data for the whole mm)or greater in width.Alternatively,the insulation installers shall provide a building or for each separately metered portion of the building where not exempted certification listing the type,manufacturer and R-value of insulation installed in each by the exception to Section C409.1. element of the building thermal envelope.For blown or sprayed insulation(fiberglass and cellulose),the initial installed thickness,settled thickness,settled R-value,installed density,coverage area and number of bags installed shall be listed on the certification. 12. C411.1 On-site renewable energy. • For sprayed polyurethane foam(SPF)insulation,the installed thickness of the areas Each new building,or addition larger than 10,000 square feet of gross conditioned covered and R-value of installed thickness shall be listed on the certification.For floor area,shall include a renewable energy generation system consisting of not less insulated siding,the R-value shall be labeled on the product's package and shall be than 0.5 W/ft2 or 1.7 Btu/ft2 multiplied by the sum of the gross conditioned floor area listed on the certification.The insulation installer shall sign,date and post the B E E certification in a conspicuous location on the job site. 13. C411.3 Solar readiness. Exception:for roof insulation installed above the deck,the R-value shall be labeled A solar zone shall be provided on buildings that are 20 stories or less in height above ENGINEERS as required by the material standards specified in table 1508.2 of the International grade plane.The solar zone shall be located on the roof of the building or on another EOMONos.wa 98020 z PH Ax azs z 111r Building Code. structure elsewhere on the The solar zone shall be in accordance with this section and the International Fire Code. • 4. C303.1.2 Insulation mark installation. Insulating materials shall be installed such that the Manufacturer's R-value mark is readily observable upon inspection. s� c S. C303.1.3 Fenestration product rating. Thermal Envelope Certificate(C401.4) op c U-factors of fenestration shall be determined as Follows: x 1)For windows,doors and skylights,U Energy 00d.er/pea r. D-Vanlon: accordance with NFRC 100. P. p.t« 2)Where required for garage doors and rolling doors,U-factor ratings shall be Penns Barnes,: determined in Accordance with either NFRC 100 or ANSI/DASMA 105. Insulation Rating U-factors shall be determined b an accredited,independent laboratory,and labeled component R-vatus % R-vewe PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Y P Y aoomoa.nr l«..«ad+.a..>.a and certified by the manufacturer. Ca ling/Root Arlington Operations Products lacking such a labeled U-factor shall be assigned a default U-factor from table C303.1.3(1),C303.1.3(2)or C303.1.3(4).The solar heat gain coefficient(SHGC)and Won. Center visible transmittance(VT)of glazed Fenestration products(windows,glazed doors and skylights)shall be determined in accordance with NFRC 200 by an accredited, Floors/Slane FOR independent laboratory,and labeled and certified by the manufacturer.Products Snohomish County lacking such a labeled SHGC or VT shall be assigned a default SHGC or VT from table Fenestration Rating C303.1.3(3). u-Factor SHGC Type U-Fecbr SHGC i• Public Works 6. C403.4 HVAC system controls. Fixed HVAC systems shall be provided with controls in accordance with sections C403.4.1 AT through C403.4.12 and shall be capable of and configured to implement all required control functions in this code. Opareble 19700 67th Ave NE 7. C406.1 Additional energy efficiency and load management measures credit Entranced- Arlington, WA 98223 requirements. The project meets the following requirements: opaquadoors N.1) New buildings,changes in space conditioning category,change of occupancy skylightsPERMIT SET group,and building additions in accordance with Chapter 5 shall comply with 05/02/2025 B Air WlugsTest B sufficient measures from Section C406.2 so as to achieve the minimum number fle.R required efficiency credits shown in Table C406.1. ®COPYRIGHT BEE ENGINEERS 2) New buildings greater than 5000 gross square feet of floor area shall comply AddRlonelnates THESE DRAWMGS ARE FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT RN with sufficient measures from Section C406.3 so as to achieve the minimum DFrurERw ORAWION SIREGSTOOCONDITIBIDIONS ENS ooNor scuE DRnwwcsToosrAlN DIMENSIONS. number of required load management credits shown in Table C406.1. 3) Tenant spaces shall comply in accordance with Section C406.1.1. 4) Projects using discrete area credit weighting shall comply in accordance with PROJECT Section C406.1.2. Exceptions: 2403-1004 1) Low energy spaces in accordance with Section C402.1.1.1,equipment buildings in accordance with Section C402.1.2,unconditioned spaces,open parking • garages,and enclosed parking garages that comply with sufficient measures from Table C406.2(1)to achieve a minimum of 50 percent of the efficiency MARK DATE DESCRIPTION credits required for new construction.Such projects shall be exempt from the load management requirements in Table C406.1. 2) Building additions that have less than 1,000 square feet of conditioned floor area that comply with sufficient measures from Table C406.2(1)to achieve a minimum of 50 percent of the efficiency credits required for additions. 3) Warehouses are exempt from the load management credit requirements in Table C406.1. 9. C401.4 Thermal envelope certificate. PROJECT A permanent thermal envelope certificate shall be completed by an approved party. Such certificate shall be posted on a wall in the space where the space conditioning PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: I CS equipment is located,a utility room or other approved location.If located on an PROJECT MANAGER: I CS electrical panel,the certificate shall not cover or obstruct the visibility of the circuit ENERGY MANAGER: I AL directory label,service disconnect label,or other required labels.A copy of the DRAFTER: I BS A certificate shall also be included in the construction files for the project.The certificate DRAWING TITLE: A shall include: 1) R-values of insulation installed in or on ceilings,roofs,walls,foundations and slabs,crawlspace walls and floors,and ducts outside conditioned spaces. ENERGY CODE NOTES 2) U-factors and solar heat gain coefficients(SHGC)of fenestration. 3) Results from any building envelope air leakage testing per-formed on the building.Where there is more than one value for any component of the building g- envelope,the certificate shall indicate the area-weighted average value where available.If the area-weighted average is not available,the certificate shall list each value that applies to 10 percent or more of the total component area. 1 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 WINW�OPZ COMPUTANCE SUMIARY D .m.ap:omzs vtEn,nl+,iremrarr rnls.ruw° acau.-mx s,. remwmma,r�oP Date: A2t,202s ° r,.ImSAaa.. suowme.azas t pr Table:C406.2 Energy Credits(for reference on Table:C406.3 Load Management Credits(for refererta only) ,m.ma r.rlo w A .bom e: mm.m wsecc a'r rmalas nswsloslma.:emTnw.,.., ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN wocammmau �a•us.aum opm.omm e�rmararrrwm taaw e m enYa eoe. 5fs.elapar c� r.arCaans.'wrn wp.r(YW aw..srwrad a e...y.r,ym. w.ara.rr,aw x+rlawsrmo ��-�.� uoszzsxuunm�mcoa! ..e ..eaAm...rl.. r...mr. sar arm nrwur..m !.�ww�. c�,rraew a�se.w.....mMma mrcaaoam.a c°mvareal vmrm�ra.. m!!x Noamr.lr.a tx5rmm �'r'"� Aarul.rlawv a6alrruac5 n .®aa.rawm.mn.maa, tl.a„.,,w rra.mb�e.ea mcrn.+n xer�a.a.r.w....urwpr nAvarAwaw+ ns�eua.rr m wwrrsar wa�.a.rear,e°6�pm.rPn atia. _ ... • MI .1r n lh .imCe. 2as wsEC BEEC606Demments GD6.1.2 MVAC betl manegemanb Automatic wntmis shall: -"" 1. Me,eledw wolfing is uses,be wm6Bu,ed to gradualy increase over a Immmum of mree hwrs,use , ENGINEERS ,c"rar w.rbbm � c..;h C 1� �y� ann mokrq setpoint by at kas13"F during me wmmer peak periods.a..r lmlml.emYel.hrr 4mA CIl.I rla.W l.o-.,. embr ll,Itd 2 NTere eledrn Mang o used.be wrJgured b gn0ualb reduce.over a minimum of mree hwrs,tle zofi -1901 rwra Imrbuoe: imJmmmt U-rry 8.mr w9ec ,awmrwn he."setpant by at least 3°F durng winter peak periods. ED ON S,WA sawo rpx.azs tlz-asoa ur,awsorm :nwAla! la.l.noe .ew.amk aanrto.mlma mint aae<non! wens am wmMmm mi6 bvalke wlmaa • lws uox!u-r Arrrabm f�wtl�r C`"b nA Npn 9rLeweA-Cammwd.l P1¢IIe.W ADeh.a+ TMeAIn]b.In, pd, O16`x'°®" �' � C406.2.S and C431.1 ON-SITE AND OFF-SITE RENEWABLE ENERGY C awe®.a-5sa�a.!r� eam truml p C smReommu+w.m,s.sa u-rmm, lrlew.0 AECRRa 183 Achieved energy credits for this project- °sue 'y omen,roes a Actual total rating of on-site renewa ble energy systems per C411.1 —rmmr.r.mml Al.rm waa6xa.s.a. a-gI<nwA1 tsm RRt 35000 and C406.2.5(W) r m.a.ma.w C406 Comments: FORT 9180 Rating of renewable energy systems,required per Lbb N wrM b m nrama emsm.mr. C411.1(W) �NAI- a.wy.w Fir,. weWbm wewsr{. - °" ,;,,ca„„In°r»'°.':"n,m�m''°n'"t"i',OnOweMi rimBegymtlna,osn:nr"u..Y rSwngm°�"z"a'vlu"'e°."�s°n""`gym"°I FIND 0.1 Watt per gross square fot of build ing area w1013 ` rom^mpra«mw ra G 18360 Project gross Roo ,square feet !!°6mW,Yb s46aaa.mrl..,a ta.w m.a CFA 18094 Project cand0oned floor area,square feet -• • • xe�ma:x n..alw o-am Deal ce:vvee lmra,e�eien^mamma^re cam.z.xst xvac ay.mm.uacnoa.fmam�Im a�mim psi«:ya��pocM.mmlce AEClo 13 Sr!ction C40615 base credits from Table C406.2. rwrrsor.wp.., e.am n�iwmwv�� mi�lu,g �j u H.ra'ao.war.mrl.rr.rarvera«.4 r�„elce mmmem ce,.�°p°ua..e,v REF 1 R wa eneble Energy Factor from Table C411.2.1. Arlington Operations w �eaarrraummbla"semen rAms2gamrts cm®a.xiaemwman e.�.rn m,: qY w.mbbm u-rrr "'d' "`•"a" ^°r'0e'er" a*°y"o.u"'sremM1aagyemani,.v u,"In,ion p lawarrarmr.dro arm•-+e,rwmmlce m.mrl rmm m.mce, Pavlo Serdechnyi,BEE Engineers,LLC Center unn tl tcwlr aln mmn a soA '� c,a Il+veaAs.os1 170 W.Dayton St.,Suite 206,Edmonds,WA 98020 4/21/2025 nuun.uq ewer-ee m� so E:pavlo@bee-engineers.com FOR -raoe<I.A amb ten w"um .1,blawln.+. _ aaoamyamaalmlmmg arm.-r vaml rr,.a.. Arbbm �� a..s - croszl 'CANNOT EXCEED 50%OF REQUIRED CREDITS rw-mrwwaam,� �"" = sm� r<oz xx = Snohomish County eaa wrr ,�Ie,�«ma,�,ame«aameren��l°n�a�urmsaedearr:+awo o-rem,some. aa:rAcc.ue.a aevcaar ua» sm^"are°neae�a e�e�n:a+�e;ml� Solar Resource Data: The National Solar Radiation Database(NSRDB) moos, sxdco.ar t ®vamrr aeg�ma a.a:agace mea wren naame mrfm uxw.aeaa. sewer+men^r"+.F>maoKa mamz,aaaaaa Module Type: Standard Public Works! Hru caue.e s,r .�,°.. eF`nx 01 Cell Material: Crystalline,Silicon 14Nominal Efficiency(Approx.): 15% AT e.i°r"r.-arc.aaar r�e,m too"ttbv ul,�mt,meamsr.xme, n,�, < """ ww. Module Cover: Glass "" ery Temperature Coefficient: -0.47%/'C 19700 1 Ave NE .rom..rmrrxw� e.aua^fie rmm sec^ea caps az m"I"`�xmce.,a""ua re Array Type: Fixed Arlington, WA 98223 Rmrral>ow z.,"a tmm�mmmaaaa imtws'ig^bmg Ra„e,ramaatea is System Losses(Approx.): 14% Psmjet x,°t5m•.uee.l xm SIBC o g l reem ea�our ulmmg Table Ra,.er.amea ave=maom ww�^g Pe— ^�"o va,wm e,�eaa avw m5a�^rod«�g^r^g v°.,e. DC System Size•,kW: 35.0 Uf ACYnYtlra niiwance micmatee in ncaosa2. ,.oar ty e..ee ens" aracn _ s g - v v i -- w v Average Nominal Power of PV 400 PERMIT SET Aa�Ibm A.e b "w,rnn I, _`u Nd wm.Iol o.A B Sy5tem5.�a vat maleaso.•.:a><:pelgmu:acereroaltoaw,naiawe�area-e EstimatedIpanelarea,sq.ft: 22.2 05/02/2025 g dmb.b..r saw xmslnawtlsa.rtlro. oaps ltus.o x1aA om1 wein,aq�irea eme,„^aai^mia sae anon acnie6�meaxar«mi,ma �ra_ Estimated PV panels quantity: R8 m6mb.bmr.soar eanllaa.sma om! Dar tnx om1 �eNim a ��xe^re�� dndrR�eV1W�dd,rwy�msa-nce��12za^eral�te'z3rea—e 1le^a q lamarlmam den mda.a�w e�eaere wim rgrconat] 5.tt: 1960 ®COPYRIGHT BEE ENGINEERS PEI aw>) *DC System Size has been calculated with PVWattsn Calculator THE SE DRAWINGS ARE FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT wW A�bbm A.::-- --pm •A A r u —IRA ua _ OF MATERIALS ON SIZE CONDITIONS GOVERN. amr ar. W=AaCa x y(asna zarOFAa4 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. - r411x+r%f,n4"/4wYlavru Uprr 4mlA "" Whwa - - weieues ramiaeen fimved-Cw®vi,l rraWrws .0 Om5 lao _rC epmfunatm],tlrnAm Sa pwran«m°,we:ee,red6i" PROJECT Men(px.lmraml-Cm®rvnl CJirlavtl iron ive_a Isr u.la I'•p'0 Rw tyeea�r®naerrrr."nrcxram t�t�ws�efwl xreem Yrq,rar Mr Nalp a I --iT PP, = ne a�nsue^m�ryarsiaP�eah Sativ�Gtl i,anxmrdo-su m ay,me�..mhwmaeml 2403-1004 •rNetrYnrm wrarm Nr •'r�rs'see` caA e.Is r turf Ia = O1 WNa®e malt oew:�l - I�-a = amimg�m^�erea,ae�are rw lnPl llehaamd.nb 4+N law O.Sr )m9 Itl,! lY �Ila •. _ - ^ . a • Ir,mrY.A�W W rM1rlrf0 u[ar �mmv.„�r,�n�C11�,�row�iryaw r�rmn�a�lraaso�r�a5rmas.mmam MARK GATE DESCRIPTION orr _ Arrbm yU• n"r"",+et� u.w w a r ` ua e c4g6.243 Neat PUTT wale,heating.prots scion ailiswe oaf60ra P domPliande, See— saCAg62e31_ avy-pwa<lax ou0ra y,essaf.araMe lmB0.31 !II G06.2.6.3.1 Heat WrTwakr M1eakr.GedN shill be adir�etl v4lae me primary M1rl Plrt'p servi¢ wafer healilg sysrem'e s¢etl 1e deliverT kssaan ten pemeM Ofyr Ilet calwlned demaq fw service 1 wm production dunrg the peak demand pedal with enleling dry bJb awe[bulb w[dwr air A *10 Ulww waa�r gPwr; a .rr p rlsR' P kperahires al ae'F(4"c)kr air-sOvce heY PwTs,Or46'F(]°C7 grand lenperature r«goullb 5ou,w heal vamps.as calwlatnd soil ue ry'enrolmaroracwre<s sdxaion,zae,ia o.anmlm, PM!-prwWaamb.q aNAx. aDWa.ed nremodoIg For Nis m L ee net Waiaktl demand s 11 be me gross building demand less a,ry pretion ofinedemado Tlyingwm5at pfiwero Section Cr0A21.Spplxrenkl—M __Agahwtyp 11b4l,a.1411 nee I psmixetl in accwda,x —seefion-11,WonMrwfored Hea[pnpwaler M1ealssshall yrY-Aaaambw I,x4]g44r O.D IAl1D nta L n]s Ip"0 —1_.reafMeforvnig_ 1. T,dc "'ng shall be a minimum COP W 30 re drled attlledI lelig heat purr water lempeature we,an enknT airtmmwffiIre dfWF(1WC)or lovv.Fro wafer-mrrs equipment GYwaN AreMrllrp w aslb.w A.emy a.ra m c."alin9«'ill he rTvk�altle tlgign leaving katl wale Mlpaahrewgl an sR irg load are... A.rurm M.— tan w.rr ar,a.rsn wale,remverawred]4°FWC)o,lox PROJECT swledeewbw.aaa xrlaemlewdlam laµ llµ ixµ xa,xpgxae 6e0 !„ 2 The um_ene.,ylackr(UEF)shall bee miimm of 3AO5akd band on U.S.DeyarhnadI Energy regmremem4_ PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS m.w.r.s.r rwr.wlaA n,wu.A PROJECT MANAGER: CS nlr z.. Len ENERGY MANAGER: AL DRAFTER: BS A jeetilgi lrli,ton Operrdra Ceamr-1ml N'SF.0 A sacs rA CskWWoO DRAWING �rw.tl..A,rbN a,mbhm 1�i5rm..�el.0 w.•t exec 1 w�prnwrp P,�w a ,rw��m ImA I,A,I ,ml,mxxa�nmm rr.ns �" BUILDING ENVELOPE ENERGY FORMS 0.M In611OJa 619 AS mmrype ;a.41,41411 Odr ale ri'!.3 • deubY-M ahmtar l,a43a44t Rc02 OA IAup Oda 'A��• I t)a1 rr.—Ar F r 16,aaA T�m xall xAll 2 3 4 5 2 3 14 5 D Building Envelope Requirements List,pg I of 13 Building Envelope Requirements List.pig 3 of 13 Building Envelope Requirements List,pg 5 of 13 Building Envelope Requirements List.pig 7 of 13 API WSI'S,R.ulremenrs la Comm«dal ihtllbr'InWWIn Orw RP 113 A R4Mer3 slnrles8allfll NMNNered 020A NEEAN hm reserve) 2021 WSEC la CwmeadallWl Gmu A2 lYf8 R1 o-rtr3 Wales Bal R1 AbNrNWered BAANEE N brazasm 2021 WSEC Ylrermnb ld Camm«tlal Bullbr'IndWln Grou R2 fl38 MOWr35mrles8allfll AdMnblered 41A26 NEEAN nor reserve) 2MI WSEC la CwmevdallWl Gmu R2 iG8Mavr95br1es8Nfll AdMrW]ered C4025NEE N asaked wIJP lrrlonxPllw is Vkursury Nclxa%u WlHling µnxll uyyllwlkvr lur wrxylluwu wllh medglp,nvebp2 dpylrHllenp In VR WnaIWplYn Bbb Tie Wllwrry blo� Narlb rxwxxsWy bri WaNurxYny wrnYl nyy4'ulrar Wr wnlVlWrxx wrin IM OWNYrg amekyp rerlYNemonls inlM Wasldylm Slam i1R blloNlnp lnfdnlBllgl brlemsswy Ncllav*u WINMng I!emNI UVVIIwIM.vr br wmp'INma wM Vc dYHlp mvebpe re[lulrerllenp In NB WnalNplp[tNab ire Wllwrry blo� !nluilbrarv-Py loci Wa Nurlbp Patal glpY:elbn M laatglld -9[epllanat Yge mrylremmb In Ne Wm1 0.6km Fru�n ly L:rWc,r: w,l Nrnr,l:n,x Em9Y<,nb[. ErraP9 Cade,CdnmeMal flovislmi E-,l:nb[. tartan.-t Mtm dwnlaal W�fl:(:nmmnmrarlwmrrnr;W p wile aNYet cam. ® Fa a1:YxL'.i!LI:MWwvw em3N nr tom i«ltar Fd mehdd Mew mrdacY WSI:CUmmnrcmllm....Su ort et 3611S1fr5300dYte meX et calm. d•avNm Fd x• .anrnaBal Tedradl asenss9s9toaW.arelamm«PrWad mks r larf col r:i:m,mrxnn wmral♦ir n:mwar mu r C t' , A Adinpmn Operations Center-M21 WSEC YES C3M.1.1 GaeM imumNw Irdicam i-mtiw lrc[hods,Ni<kracvx. A111MAI.M,BEROD NA CIOA2 Ga.dam Por gtaeBe do«a wirh530%inmgM glexed C'Wr211 nkulkrcsrrww tw'w'R cwrcatlslM pr«ripuv<mabnum 19NO(Frih Ave NE b¢mlmdm demitas ad ck.raeam ahieve ore C303.13 er.,iodi<ate glaiog cwfiguredw(('ogle. rnr: r.,.o.u:n.ueu allw,d.rrWWare Wremne rrmNWae mend Adb•bn,INA NM iaiM R-uWw aWlidulation m.[crirvdc C402A./ muWvk row).cercendgedldead aaad appit<J lwmpav<m perfmnwae rukvl:rnm Oats;2022I - TeN tied U-f (P«NFRC 100, xrrM1 urMr u:e:,:dlwrrcnr..rnrcul ARCHITECTURE NA Ma-ixow mw<.yen of nVd,nsuladw AIAI ANSI/DASMA 105a ditabilty fin I,n.•rr:rrrr•n lrr:M1 pr!.•mr.rn:v nrrs.orrr., App9ev Cade Salt. Cmpmeoi Coin,-..nformettnn Re9Wrcd In Pemit W.dm in Building Bep.rrmml will Mused,indtmm Nta adEc toind betwe. -Pt..)w well rxtiws or indoor Docu[mndtim Dowm.a. Nacc IeYcd a«augg<rc0 cWia+laken. I ached I:m NA C102.1.5 Venkd lernrniiov Ifcomiva(1-AA) arc(x'irh roger arm gCppg •YBB C]03.1.1 hwrmrbv Fm wwmiWn n' 1 Ixrc puvWW wish AIAD,AIAI, 300 NA CI03.2 FlaurxasemblY lover InJ..; r x muwum max adJ«mwni lTAA)xi11 MlsWbmum fa C30I it.tir rm manatee FS R-vWrc idenrifica mynah. -12.1 uu .r r. .x urxl nkd fain ....d tM - e Nue li lJwx ur n+ ,,.,u,i , :+rw' ve rniiwwio ex WSEC,-I 4 •• t nmmitarcd spacer opcampliurxx repms prcudpUvc maximum Wloxvd ircIWc TAA s«hlmi Ne mark is dedily M<mbl< u r,I Ir.:n cdcW¢dan in WSEC mvebpe canpliaee NA C303.1.1 lae w Ihnra a lrxW:li,x+e rifi c„re per gcetW o N,\ Iu-r:41.1 C32 ,u .: CONSULTANT: r.. dim _ Wa baawprrw mkxaiioniniM BEE x. balm'g it"s readily. NA CIM2.g =-Arad(-A I d Pm Mbc f IlJ«ks l� CAI an um Wadln .0�FRC U f-,Sfl�.do mJ-V AJ.10.A].A.BE9o0 ixxwrtle smM s Rliwuuulellf'mPmw¢�epmdk�hoy(rk[18d1) ....if r 10, ENGINEERS rwg.Wkxlc eppMabk CLaaa3 e. r l::• i. ::r:. r pl x..:::.,I. - NA CW2.2.8 AWve BrrWc exre.' F pre"R-0.1lb-k.uetex YES C1932 imfnssembly IMicaaRsWucls)Mcm'iry aMl« AIAI,Btl01 wncrcm slats minimumRlO iMmtnl brcnkmall'(. ED ON VTON 9w2o HE zoe PU Ill a-8608 010221 rvurmliw wnnawxu insumuwwnnf s«vam� gmJe ealenm-1,sluL lax lliws(m I Eomorvos wA eaoto FAx azs Taz asoa WSECmve4,p<cmPlmrcercp«d applrc.ble exceW[on).rot compm.r a „ ...:: :..r :: NA wMdimumum WiA ass vtaia by®tares pafmmrcewmphia.indiwm-laRa < . Uun I inch,-I.arm xvtgbmd.-U- Vfamr foralr[m well aril proPmed V- n:\ -�.1.1 'If m Id rue npnp 1 'un:r«I • n, r N::. :::x.r.r: f,r..r. :.. ,I facim cekumiim factor ae f 2J.1.1.2 I q w gfl W -f Mduk,mJ YES IMicaa tram' r[Waiak milt Y� NdNWeR vxl«ofmminwu¢waWaNww AI.Ol,BB901 [B nmmgdepme AIAI wa0 sanro«fourdetwn derdlam WSEC nv .JI -fs<a'n«w' avemw wmginruti repwro .+r rnWYnk WPn n.m,m.+ar�rc-Irmnm NA P«reamg¢Mn+w retain mar.axe vwad rk+r+exr,.rn,rrr rnr,.+,w r.,r,.rrar„,+ •' YES NdkWemedEd of Prol.limr of expoaN ALOI nP<r T:+n1<Cln::f.p,niJv arc.,- d C - ditty¢.irdmme mridnp monad txrtamad tanta;mxlm edge inmmdar L alnwlr•r,al,rn.e,x+ C NA C/02.1.2.1 Sllrrxhrlorw.dmxlur IJwnnY ekvxtw Lai............... twrry on plain erW "Z"pnk�rriw AlO?.2. Mistwap -Ii.ie itd«x mrarve«open it, - Yf34 Por w-hea[edsmbon-grade fiwm,mmnpty AI.OI udliriomdw WM-IdaleJ¢p«a:ialkam NA P«mot.wemblies with imularim mrkdy v<I udicnm inwmiiw mlaxb n,\ - n:A nxrrrarr,Id« tiNexwJ\-I,n : aborc d<ck lhai ism rcd.irdimm effacNae PmmpY y fYlil.3 a n,.Mmle,.uW N'S[<mel.,r. dedeaadtrvAC eyvem ircluda Medne and R dawn venicdlY aM/m MrarvnWlY din . wuL[Ig¢elWmb mNc[wmlSJd..A wJi Ur fmpmed I-w per5atiax aegmaed diWaod Tim bPof emb,fa f f.. flt J,ul I. •,me r 95X:,15F,rapaMdy)mdemorwoea A102. ircum#d 'fPeak:uW� axnpooeni Pate -Iaiividedfadve P- Cb lies i fecmr n:\ ::-. F Ix- al IW:+c.f a+ - JI rSN•IAI. na C4103 + r i r:., .. mui mumR vW 1 'pal f Wlrods .real(flood b.m1NY NA Fw m<ml huildn f.'nJica[cR rWm NA Fm hinted.taboo LnN Ir-rx a,u at o+. , Brw vd rdeue amnmYm exreMe we+• -'. ' rot IMrtnds tad can imddim prcaadPd r i i.l-.r.rid r,:m Iwrers mW lim.aiicaaya, topN¢mb;f l • • • and tin rsYv<m(45t mcN:d. hmrmutY miler the.«emb;fm n,\ nu.r,r„rnr F:v n.dru SxNra u tile,g u : f-finl aad,exw provide effmlivc P- CMr2._! .r. P Jc ovalx „ n\ C192.213 Sb IIE'r' famrf«e Mead slab 1 1 M �r NA hdio Raffia sad J �< Arlington Operations Iv I' wnfia-i-f Wl arrw.wife deck abM; Center NA C402,2.1A ail., . Ird�vcmor[apI. 1 pm.icmD P 'uJ.RR - NA CSal.l BrulN.gad,fi IVNc M[Mrde MIIIaddmw .mpmem curbs raumrwRvalucmroo(.sdrm _.ldpfi tMtoal sf.de Ott tbickne® =Pl[esma canal-dine MI..,a if rh, nil lupl cJ by dwkoglhdlM alga woditiw) If SRR axe... wW<wrp„a+ua nurl adhtum aid rM ewYrlg buildiogkwmdn[d YP3 C1032 AmveRelw'At- Im R-,.d W 'y«WI AIIMBMI edfmaeapda above grade .m.r 1 r. P tia .task liathng m demaudm G411122 wWlar,<mbl' co 1m.i.-timwxall.vcliau tall wall wemUly;ttrLwa-Ptad,k tar r. ':,. •,'.+.•, FOR ammta-. G022S rmuWim WSEC envebpecmpWrce rcpon¢ r Snohomish County Perna Paw Pa9n:rJ PataM Public Works Building Envelope Requirements List,pg 2 of 13 Building Envelope Requirements List,pg 4 of 13 Building Envelope Requirements List,pg 6 of 13 Building Envelope Requirements List,pg 8 of 13 AT A2I WSECR Ylremmb la Cmmatld Hal- -tall3 Gmu R2 fld8 MJWr9 Worles BeII R1 NMrrblead 020Yv NEEAN res«H A2I WSEC uYemmis la CmNmdal @il Irrdud Grw R2 fYfR Mlw«3W[ales 8a1 R1 PafdKW«ed BAY NEE N rrsdsed A2I WSEL ulremenks la Cmmatlel Bullbt InclWln Grou R2 R08 Rd aa351prles BeII R1 NMrrblead 020Ya NEEAN hm resem0 A2I WSEL riemenb MLormradel Gmu Ri198 Mova39aks 8aa R1 PdnrlrM«ad BAA NEE N restY\c0 19700 67th Ave NE TMbllPwlltpblomellPn hnecesssry bdeckabulldbp certm applbatm brmnplmnmwM VetrMrp.vekye reSulremenb In tre WaslWplatSmm TM bIlowing blamaombre+xssary bcrNraMNlUrrp pemYl appmalx+n br wmplmnm win Ve dNlbq ernebpe regYlrem.ls In Ue Waslikglwr Stata Tie bllPwlltp.-I.bnecessary WGled[altaI.ng PernW YVPIt,-br wmgmrce wllh NedMrp M.4e reYUlrements In Ne W-4,0.Smm TIe 1Wlo NwV`,alwrbr[ereasery bclMra"'I-aa-laI br mrglllYlrz wM Ne OWap eirvEbpe"Ift li W.044w Stale Enamucom,cmma-,pPPWslam_ Eraamy Loin.(%anrr[r«�arprwd,;aw. Elr«gy coaFLmmarmalPmWslas_ Ere l9,�da.�rrrnafxll,rc. Arlington, WA 98223 F« msmns acorn tars re mraaa wsEcemmerlNnr recmlmr su ort et aeosa9 vmod•N emaX el com.mme d®wedla Fd e.¢mm.mm mra r. .dad wsEc mmmladd Tl[dnim!su a1:wLs'i�sm«xe arm nwwaene Fd mm�s acorn tars re mrlmd wsEc commerlrnl recmlcal sty ort et asass95soodxe nmalldrom mdeY d®waemr w re sew llYn inroad wsEc c«nmddd Tlrnxul SLMW Nsaoswisroo«+rw dmXncmk Chmb 'Wx' NIe Tym Plwu b W- ed YES 1%ores walk.had-P-ial demiry Al.. NA C402.2.6 Rath-hinting Indt-wplanslM[aWWIm R-value n:\ C402.1.5 watlsrn as tuvga[urw uJlmmr<v rT NrwJlMu•rJ +xl'fninF xP«mcluuigilm 'MuaJ nr conJinunnl ..gory.will Nickoess.xrighiaMMta .yvmm peseta Mai -1 P.Ws,UM[Wleamd old (eta rdo+urd n.d nicW Terre,n[murx9w dr,rrr:•rr rpa:e.uMedninF+(mi-Muted specs dpairy. aiataim bmam¢adam&&dimly hmtad Rind /sk.Ii61Y[ago arm ;rkyli veu`ocu<.s of mcpman'Wis< PERMIT SET rbn[Fing i.-di.-Nan;pravkle nxd (oWs dreg hemad d.b-m-p.d.l. +ai^•m.m am dhmraxl.rr.'I-TAA<nl.Wau,x,. eWmlwoa cer Secrirm CSJ11.21 f«taw mJ NA Fm imegr.l W.WatM ASfM C90 tine('( - Wlw'fEC m.<Wqe rwryktaarr rcpons. B .,:.rxr:rorv:n:unrd.rpPlr.:,nkrur."Ir rmswryxWkcligibkf«watidWedw YPS C402A Varbdfamnradm IodkaeU-fazmd.SNGCaodVTvah[eala AT.10.Al2U,BE901 05/02/2025 xdlxiw,tMicate larme-yin tad imlJudw C3D3.13 axm6ly fmawe[wo ahedula and WSeC mvekpe n:\ CWX14.2 5imk sorry spars PrwrJe IiR of<dl«nL aWgk sRxy span B NA CSO3.1 C'imnge in space In6ceawhetMriM vu uMm-goin6e mtaeriW and Percentage of core filled Fad-faemre dmpB.drelera ny F+AYItEnr, kwatnl Jn«Ily urrmrannf rRJ ex xN wnditionin6 change in¢pua mndidoning-Plie¢as Lwlming grwreJ cores,heal beanw,-wil 1RIosf INYJrnrca taW hove acailiog Mtgh'2 aM a- rand-Wore Project or if Je-.It-me ix fills.MaJzrs am tar wler-,,,d NA hall-dinam-w waadU-..is umd ISnforW lmw iS•�ol m<r<ibnE tam ®COPYRIGHT BEE ENGINEERS f«aou93pkfemxartontypawimia tM THE SE DRAWINGS ARE FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT cum.6 iwiN WI b.i9Wvakna apace wiNb Je acecc f«each sped idmdf>rM ad'ming.masin Jwb'Idiogo YES Fm wall-Ni-i.lude wall frvrixg. AI.00 amefeaa caaeg.ry pm Tebk C4021; prc we.flex fl OF MATERIALS ON SIZE(ANDIRONS GOVERN. danP cpmpl WrMare rM Imr 'Ws aW fro^� plvvide nr.weigRhted U Ixn«caklJntrw MWIxwwWl sec- n.\ H A.pe d'wm lM DO NOT SCAIEOMWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. �, 'M1 wwlvmaY Im fy PI ISaMU YES ludmatedUfmtur SNGC nod VT vW«n ae A7.10.Ai.A kyttpl pamu pr'nd< kvm icre(« ,+, vary ncY,dwe:odkrF roFartarge to NA Fm exp«d care-o Wumem<rexkpu. NPRC ordofaW[.if ddeuh thrn(pacify pcnen:taer,luWti,xeJ Oa.x tan AwnrN mdpmrr unJ fiml«avpmeY ryPc xalk,Wrkaaie mciLuJ of prwediw of Idm tYce.Bm'ziu8 mYm,gap wid0.low< wrdrb a lnpli[Javli6ht r«a IMdmm bPROJECT NUMBER: Lnumda.. meiioga,gu-fit. rJerae 4en nx yaaz,+.Mn Wxn r,W + ImmifY on plane e.iving Group R - pnninnlPnorrnlrrlyl.2rxr2,n„r„,a. NA Fm wvod-fremN wWl xas<mbta Ldicamw NA C402,4.33 Dy4Rmk glahag Ivdicate U-fatm,vaWbb SNG6 and VT dx treat flaaw coca MmxtMaiJc mxkr6oiN ucM1an6r lauwmm-iil plww Ne P aialgdi t-1 method padormndef- vW-fin],-&A,pwd.ata laliaal<-Plia -i appliN m-1, 2403-1004 : btandtad im<mwdwc o'at-1)pa fen<mdtton..dda ad WSEC envelope -od dYhEN arm x, taw v 8atiw A103.2. omPpede lepwa;bdima nu[omadc uplir myli6Mwn.e ado ix 2 3`i.OR n, Imntifyw'I-r'-F u,mmeniul la+n- avmPA,that mP,litia taint gain m mtaitila mrnrww s,,, effnine acen«e is a I2 Gravy Tr-.,il,'"-wukfgoinga YES C1032 AWve grade wWl Fm std11-aW m�dh Fw:Jl AI OO.-I xmps;JYauvic gmdryemoWMua- Ca-Sr, xk cw • a v +a GmuP R«ruN Clmoa a_aty wwmiiw aae Wm'I"-framing&PM w Phut weitt-1 cer Eyatiw 'pw 4,harc< M1w+•e rr u. 010223 .nil cal.Wa[iw,fix aM1,Wrre NA CW.1 a-in dwptarcy N Ata wtat,,din nor uMa-goings - NA C402A.3 Pe[mavmt shading For ve M fexabadw Aadad by NiW'rrg M1xlnue love rrox of,Af lignl Flvnry MARK DATE DESCRIPTION altenuww cha[ly b«cupvcy cavPNa aaeavd NA C4021A3 Thatslrrni+mxce or WMrev fiuwral syawnu iurbde rM1ruury pmjmlip„fut«(PF)elnaem„verhnogn«pennnoenl exarml Wom of We drmiiw ereah Tathla amMadeal wall Percinriom.tMicaa pedtrWiw shalt &,vita ids farm mamruJ or JiNmer. protect« m prov proterdon omhLad wilnahi tsti .lint Cg21A Ptgrtpaku Imtiwww Plod-a(aaaAacuLuiwd cslc-ah r._ogequiv per Fquaiiw d-6I«each fixW W.II-rn:Yxl Irdicmc+aubrin R\dun fin cwY<r mJ wcuPancy eree¢bdre building(ss&,Fined Pant Paaaatma its romlprnexidadNmaWdW a[d operable drakd fe«sMtiw type wish pa Santa C50.5.3)to dam ,. pdeu. -perms„.'shtat.8 g.meuy. fnuncmukdx mJ aml w'SF.Cw elnpnwnlYiw.l<npn, -PLaee. NA C4021A3 Tha®lad¢mdaaf Mind sf am of rh'a[gkweBpeamaka NA G02.2.9 Vmtl<al fain Fur xml ties wilhwwn8 Irdr.a .,xNcr wJ fr nm.x .ulaYrn R Tahb memmcN exkam le&the above gddewW sea,l6e ENV®APR ABSR810f.P6 mraacdwwiah rw .w,mdi<¢wit cmbu«xinvnledw(QA r"WpLun mrJ wiF('en,.' Ctaat, a9dpmw PmP«al taut aambty U-fadnrbOM opaque wdklt,N t«IirnabwWl eeavoun dbi[ exarim .wnplian.c«pxk,:inJi.arc nrvrM1.d of YES C103b.3 2lmnoelaMebpe IeGcua mwlope tlm[md pedmvtkae BE90D Pm pmaaaNw¢ mlwrlemd by arctrwaigh4ng rM propaed m e,ir+nrrnruruvr -P-.path =pteud path taken 1prdcrlpliw xall awemblyrype U-iBd«wiWa Wait U- &malty Myer and lmdb..la'. - ,+, factor d U-0.50 fa Its m«haWcW mtnatY withiv 2-Nchea of the(T mym u•ymF-M1inFN'wx, .hlc campwam pedmnunce)tad Provide un,mM:, .ra eery(tarok( p poniwgW .aaaelope wmpB.ce NA G02.2.9 ViaaaW femstmliw Forvmiaal futatapw wilhb wa8 mAcmt rc1'orm in Protect docummmYw NA ca- PedpMdl1a mdicau d[a-dia Berea orlM cedpMml wwiah a<,fi-fi¢withautcanrinuwxtmWatim. CA02.1.3 Mam duiecmcrne eal6rsuf i..141Wa u i llr t no)rb oparc wWky,pa gtadnabwela ldii,wxllt,-ffiaA.rttlor F«Y.Inpar.rr<:uM1 in,kwx aN G,N NA BwmPlyi--ia iaaaably-nt-ia iaa� Fwmaeh ilo«sryt'i ihkkmvv multiplied by cerixlekrlmBdU is glavN Myer and themW break ere digrad t..\,par, PROJECT encL oprq i Iapeauembly complies vk T. xafl.blrasa xpanue abure�de maw mtnatY wiihbl-Nenes of lhe<xtmim face rmudcw Pk purr:imtvm<„MlMrll+c etiMr Nte minimum PPnixinivep- riper wall awemb7 r«pr<,rdw�emwmpwmi ar rn,maemimiimwmian mra. rW w•a�h+„e.^W+'w i•rrlkJ•'i'L PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS Table Cao2.1.3«rM maximum preecdppve pedwmrdr avmlplumrc:of _ it p,r,c,uc Mut.rcfi<.ri,.rr<ar<J U-factor/P-fe«or per Table C402.1.4;i«luh NA C/022.9 Valtalferesinliw -Por varricW felresaetion tat is i[rsel from its PROJECT MANAGER: CS U-f^ctm/P-term s«ncewcompl YFS C1032 Opy«J«ns Fm sdiJ orwwe Jwrs a«IJ«m with 5509: AJ.IO.BE900 t[rldeacdo„wirL xieri .iadi its opaque waB r tmt rn.n_.um CA02.M inmedlgmud area.iNima tared u-far« opadB welky,N opening,ixdiwk inwat.(does ilmirM RNVEIAPE SSEMBI.BS-ADDT110NAL WaIERGY RPFICIENCYA@ASURR ENERGY MANAGER: AL YBS Rr(nrrylYWgvW cmywent Patmauae, HP,900 f«swwFWF(Per NFRC-lootaoJ taw expam exled«'ponies of rla rough xpedug - DRAFTER: BS dcmomrnte that din Propwed Tmd Uulk win6i.g dwdw wall uciiwvw is door wvered with a ammr M,t,.1I of NA C.06.112 EnhancW tlexnral Tocernplywirh d[is addii dliie«Y A .wJ to«lean day lMAWwade TaNal Uul; xhdrrks,aW WSEC nwelapermpliane Wkxu R 3 Hrmtiaon,l-1/ nvelupe un.inJirnre dwnml ro+rWp DRAWING A Ww mmwvrate rhea the ProPaed Tad recem. cerrwnawe omptmre is vincomPowm perfomum-e: SIII SHGC,A«bye thin the YES C1012.1 Vadatatmlmliw Forwbdav1-' mtiYfaa .lamriw, B89D1 pmairk WSEC<melupe cwalNin«<.npns Albwebk SHGCtA. YPS CI032 Gtaag doors mdicau rued.-Tatar fin op.msemiwwl, A].10 CS02.2.1 vmdvwrn area Provim mill net sf are.of at above grade I-,I-ffim l+o-(C-Uxr.'_s.W Cg02.<.< tat-try.Woup.IdW wtWF and sWwF wxp awwbLa.d mint rough apedug xf luwerrmm lLe AlWwxUklCade TnrFdl ToW BUILDING ENVELOPE tam of Wl Yenieal fere¢YWiw aembp«in "" ENERGY FORMS A comp nog via &.rage rsww sduom or In mot des MJWWg;ena'h epee cwdi6oubg toes.«y pmviJeotW daB pmpoeed envelope MJr b,aW WSEC erwelupecmpliunr - cmpwemtypes,areatadU-valve io dpma. in We building whet Mcal A88�11�.g MANAGR TMEASURES .ergy[wdel Jocno[ematiao. Pa9a P/Id Page 4/Id P-fdrd Pa9:a-3 I. 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 14 5 Building Envelope Requirements List,pg 9 of 13 Building Envelope Requirements List.pg 11 of 13 Building Envelope Requirements List.pg 13 of 13 D pOpI WSEC R,ulmmenls ld Camrtidtlal qullUn Gmu q2 fC18 M wd SWtab 11u AdMllSdded Op➢p E N muv tl 2021 WSEC ulmnenls ld Gxnmdtlel gull Iridlq Gmu g21i98 q4 wer9slorles 8flll ql AdMnMered @202'NEEAN mseehe0 2021WSEL uMdn WCmnleMel Gmu W.M&Mme9ard &INR1 AOr1115iereJ ONIpS FEE N reserutl T1,e lollowliN Rlormall9nhnece>sary WCMckopulMing pemYl epgbelbn brmvgMlmwM.WUNenveege mqulmmenh IT-We5h gw SR. The lollpwl,N Momalld h,+ecessary to cMckabulWing perMl appl—br wvlMlmce wen lle ruY6ip—W,,repp—P.In VR•WasllYplw+Smm TM IdbwBg mlolntWmn lAR—,ymtlletlla hiking pdmB appFllonb mmplellte wlN tle nuNgemebpe[epian.In the—rglon Slak FnemY CaLL•.tie dv0y COM.rwxnmwml Hovisinm. Fiiagy C .(:wmeMel Pmr4 Me. IasMnx Nmid mis�io.Nuv an WSrG<:nmmornallMnnlral::u rtal3fi`d14S'f00d NaemStl el mm.leWw11 d(6waeM Fd IesMna NnW Msr. mMac,WSF(:(:,mmdrnllxMvrlti el%LLS945YJOd WemaY efcdn.,e?sal dalwaPMr e0dll tlNa .mIMp WSEC GdmleMaITMMYcflI Su W%R5095.TW dNaemal Wcom. NA C4063.3 AW—sl'ding T—ply wen+IN,—IiwW dficievcy NA Fwaxm rcid nrGmupRmcupavcy e,ea +uil3,_ ,\JUman of•wuc.+l ulwrc llx aJliliw+w ix meal 1/ A e.pmvidr calculau ns,ti[ weigNW res inwcue[M1a[,«,W pwuwwd lane-Icnian lone, n •idl. i i „» , ARCHITECTURE + Jcmn inJs+x-uwJlramlY3'WR)m the building slWlindu4 Wlsr cn JiratlY WRJc creJinK lM1r PrrscnPu• ou,n&xxsl fxing expwuresexttW 20'b: ®der,M rwf.all sPmes llul have a buildiN .srl pe+l{u2A.l.Jcmm�•Iruw n1wlMWwl DESIGN ivwcme me Blazin I of s,—Bfmwahle uterior expuvW nwr.laudingdwk,xm n+plamre[pm''npn•r•cnicW Ica+IrWi„n shadilgwdywmic g)wpMm fa ell bebw Brute plane.and repreunb, ebovs Jx:vuc.miP meal rerinm+:xxe.Jn tar sent glademeu•Inul mil t�sqt v[,nc nuilw::8 laml above-gmdexill mea:iMicam in pmpl •AYHBh+s Iw:e ltw iJlJiw..I iww•lyliBlrt•+e..vh•in NA C406.T3 Aolo:mlW shading Indicate aaomaac commHm:xm<cbdma dacumua•Nvl we wcightW avcmgc Wr r�ul�.1 \+I,laioaW usAahKM'H�n"+l ralulSRHicxc<nl:ng lh< central DDC system hevivg wBi,W wpm lnakaBe Me of,he builwn6 wermil enveope rri Pli•r I:ax111,:IlII a1H�x'b ter['m+:a I. r pede o[bein6 aclivand by an exteml 'hillrotuuW OS clmrft2(1.2'1 Us ) J<msm+mm<mewW of tt+mplmrce - :uBty aigml:wrere miliry real-ume canaoa wd,enmwmrea ala pr--dirf—Wd aapli:a d peeing prograv<aRla,mdieak.eysum 0.3 w wg(75 Pa). mrKn urea Wlvamem far IM:Jremd,mrumu a 8:vedmunliie ens signel;o NA Pd GmuPR lam buildinK wlwtt NA NA C4063.] R Iiug thmW T.xmrWYwNthu addinaul effcMrcy dxwllivg urd W P B swoWr 3n I in 1 .I.qr men .inAca,e bWWrnB+mlud«maxs wa0 cwgitivrspam :sW directly from CN sll Pu' glary I.mud p<rl PI. paharrlirJCONSULTANT: and ll Mrmm W -a-don fuinB nuw11114 I - nmf s,hdt —PI,d J' ly whhRR the ou dwrs M+ W h u [1u Lu - f mN—W (all M d ail ha,d u—I .-I JeJ M.— emf n 6 Pe W OR W m 1 d vmen ail BEE Ibe -BI W I-d rated all NA _ A I I I bu k6n8 peA e .... P'.— ........ A& NA C/063.] BWNag,IRavW IVGc HVAC Y K' 1, CI n .. -K M1 II 11 - ....vile h dell mum b Iw& WnWKnn A. Ig d Vold dmlf 0.3]U IW emWW C sa e,mpn'wxT"b -ln•I—P—,y m,v4lixumamai un. pre cool OR building ..ensure dlffremdd 2iv.wK(50 Pa)+ den+ne ama,.aP�pen�d. ENGINEERS N g is A ENe WiWm -ua rniamdd! eeaeera.osE ouT t m+ NA 01061 =ivg wamil LWicWeaummalic canWlsure ea+meclWtoe axo+en�inl:nxltmee aunnw lcssabave YES C103.6 Durudvb- bbb-' .iv pl:msllvn pmJecteWae o:n BOO EDM➢NDSWA9do20 ITE206 EA%azs2lz-1901 macs evil DDC'syaem luvinp digiml inpu[ g,We PI.,+Wi.,""wiW+N ercbmRe submilul datum re9virW ircludivg enveope by av laAaBx 1«IpmxJm ww b—fdW rcy:nreVwnb muaJ cuo uuxliaoJu:m+evls,a ncahk aWble of heivB ac[ivmW an eae,nW PP u[iliry siBnil:wrore uuliry rail-lime demavd Gmup R-2l Rif- f IRO(A.LZ R402.6.11 a cilcWaliom.WSEC envelope compliance ar pnciry{pmgmm eakeP.iMicate syvkm C402.5.1.2);dpm R402A.12.i teymis.nil fn¢slmaav NFRC mlivg • cadigmMmunlve Wie eigoal;o NA Lu1Welhef «'M4wiu6amWremenaip Wal 1 ARI•ARRRSR/AIRLEAEAGF.TF.ST dmumevls:(1)Submit WMing ackwm Wr YES C IA ThmWcna<lape IvdicWe in..teen Mute lhmvel envelope RH900 I2)If lest rcpmstojurvdiaiw and owner, arw'ate cenifume is iff-Wpmjti closemC YES C4025.1.1 ,tir homer ldenlifr locaaavend prd'idedia—I B®Oh (2,If wdW tea r«uh<xae&0.25 dmH12 iba.h.l-i1.—don-this cenific, & mail swn+vuan nv bamierWPhnn mil sa�tiom (1.S Usr:vik wwrale lBW imperlim end ell shell incluJe llu mreJ R-eaten ar:Jl Wagu< sealing Ll+ prectiwl cvertttive ssembly insulation.U-tumors&5H(:Cs fd C NA Provide-61 for all ja.b,Imusiliwaio all(evnman�m uxwmMien:uxl C ma:"Ws,pedw,iww in Wr b� 'ail nde A@I.RARAGR TFSI'-ADDPTIGNAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY MEASURES nwlbuld searing(.—,B—.ar dbW NA C40G9 RWucwl air To cwnPlY wN adwaaW ef�icncY'edit M iead«kd fd mry•eaEap,Plovih expbvaliw. approved nwllmd) iwmmion R—in pmJ<mdddmmw�I—I.aW NA C40253 Rw+m—WmF Forrwmisllw-a[W wi[hw th coWilivrcd balding.cI—w Raw hi ra r C4W.1.1 fuelbwaW p:u< spaxo RI cvumivvandirem vem fmR- rut excttd 0.1]dmlfQ at 03 is xg(]5 Pa} 3'4 cmw6ovin9 b—g.ppb—w ,bdrequire nail.,wfw Wl dwanu:mmim re'wradnw per C1031 R)rfAf, appgnoua mmb:w,iw.iWic:ac.n+etlxxl d i—b..i from ail C4025.1.2 apply dreonwliodd space:includexding d walla Rw,aaJ ceJnig vfrwn+.Jr, NA fA1161.13 PnWomdtduad av To pIyww Ws Wwnwuldfir N, C40G2.132 k-kw urt.i wR inmojeddow .dI,t • • • NA IUJirare xalE,Ih—ail cewv6,,'be mrvn lbe meast-I W r leakage m[e of W building vvelope arc i+aumlW,o,he samelevel Ib- .f11.fw[hc Hudg.NflyW d4dreu rer an exmnw mvelul,e;WJir::re Ibu,area ar n+<wnale ImJdinsw raBY cwnbaaiw Wr drclwwk wal Pvsa«,nrvagh itdelW Wilwng-i6onm,emvnt space, Arlington Operations ..,Widww:l,lxxe i,rm.iJeuwarn .h.0 da euewl 0.0825 d-1210.419 minimum R-16 imuladon UCm2)whcn wrtd a,apreswrt d'dlmevaal d 0.3 w.w6(TS Pa);a0 Center YES Ca02..s.6 DwrsaW access hWicae localiom ddldwm and mxe' B®Oh doemv®IWiw regwrt::+ew per C103.2 mtl apedala.awn,. as+d+:e>Iw aMdls,rem«,aWrwara ail c4oz.s.l.x apgy. :hu,es,'Wrways ail elevvlor lobbies vn pm+a FOR e-1.,lubbi« —,Y1100-ADDITIDNAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY MEASURE Snohomish County P9"a ""' Ea Public Works Building Envelope Requirements List,pg 10 of 13 Building Envelope Requirements List,1 12 of 13 AT -1 WSECR a mmis,w Cdnmddal Bullwn IWWIn Gmu R2 R3AMaw3 Wdb58aIR1 AwNnl9aed �0p6 NEEAN-hls reserved 2@1 WSEC Ilddnbbr C9ne1Rat151 BIR61 InW41 G 108Mwd9WnMS AaIIM A4Rtll9ded @A'C NEE N resdWld TM bllowliN lnlo lmreiWlon6necessa,y Wrhttka Wldl,g pemYl applkabn mr,n:nglarcewM tle 6�ibig rnvilope,eyul,emen6ln lee WasMNmn State TIR IINm.Inp lnfdmWlmtlecesSatY b'dla«adlSlp pemR�gratlon lormnpllance rnln 111opWdN b..w mRl1—N In the We9.gbn Stele 19700 67th Ave NE ErwNy Coda,CnnmeMal Nmslo+n_ flewY/C ,falnmNtlal AovkaoM_ Far abwg tlas meted WSEC CdnmNtlW Tmhtlml SppW et S60STT6300 d Na mill m mm.leCwu ® -o ehW tlis mbtl W6CC Cdnmdtlel Te llltlml W%O.S9959f10dvY areY etmn.tafel Arlington, WA 98223 YR4 Ivdicae mdbod da«lingd Wee WmmE RRBOOs IU C4062.18 Pfficim devawa Fen beiW'vga236mka above pade.m (@wkedng.<xc<Pam veM,b-R iug.athweuting W:riPn®t CvnPlY willr,his ddiYw k.. m iaenafr m W«wmm fi—m NA G02.5.] Ouldooreh 1— htlicmebw[ivm dell sm'vway eoclasm, rc^'ed by eRnmws[hWmMW kS025]dSi exwmtaW Mid ekvamr shaft mdbuilwag—nation aFrettrgy Fdndwcy Cbas A:irvd allfbaa PERMIT SET db, p 05/02/2025 B opewoge fmopmings,oudid-emmk« P ail 81T'C14tLAUNDRY-ADDITIONAL ENERGY EETRUMENCY MEA6'UR S B Pevings m NA IWicaR iv Wr bonier documevmtim ail NA C4062.16 ENERGY STAR mwcate I,—,mea ORRW BdWl IM m«.Weal pram[hen ill re6d,m,Wde av mmmmiW kimh® df.y nw«de is NNi PpBW ewR ®COPYRIGHT BEE ENGINEERS Wmke evd exhuut oPndngs shall be RuvidW WWPmmdi4k flrnuP A-2wwM dcaPamy where tic wWdampenaaroddavtt wN Mahaviml P'inarY bniv<ss ralanes IM1e use of THESE DRAWINGS ARE FORGITIONS GOVEARRARN. Secvw G03]8 cmuoemiel kichm alydpmm[irclude OF MATERIALS ON SIZE fAN01RON5 GOVERN. YRS C402510 _R<uenedfio gm Nwam metboddseWmg between BgM EIROO, kipWm<NuiPm<at achedukmplays;iodirete 00 NOTSCAIEOMYONGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. building mvelape fwmhaueivg ail wandceilWg PuJrc<t Y84 htlicueW WrbamerdwumeouawaW >ROLMk NA C406.215 @iBIfGYSTAR ILe Gmry R-IffiR-2 acrugaocies.mco�ty `•JECT NUMBER: 0g6w+gf xbedW«dat all recesred ki[chm app0aaa UWisWwlimaleRtdacY measm bo,i rww«ehWlbelC mtal and have.. swvWgGrwp R-1& mdwmm 2909ida0 reakmnel Oishwmhve, R-2 rtfrigammmdfraaas ape 2 l ,P fi l'ff air eakage ntmg ool gnmr,wn den per ENERGY SfARMmI EffiWm[q:awd 2403-1004 ASO.1 E283 mst models;irclade hiahen<gWplvem acbedeko NA NA C406Z16 ENBRGYSTMRm IAUGm R-2om:lm<iea,mwmplywilh dock doe°, m'b:mwy Ibu eddidvoal dfi.—metre inwenm2 • YRS Cfo23.9 Y -belea Ivwcate bntiomaW dimemioR. RE801b,AttL a'P iaaca amvm8 9D%dWl m-uoit,esidenaW rldhes xasMn «,itw«forbnuair�B evlmm«;alaoim®le G,« R-2 a°d drym`speeaeda'<ErveR°Y srAR MARK DATE DESCRIPTION v«abWeidwmaam rw Mh ydwnm MoM Effw 9uaW'iW mWeR;ipdude bWlwvBs wham exPmm,—Ia mR'- Immdry�pmentccheWkmplan;d eta exiting ere pmvMW NA C4062.17 ENERGY STAR held For Group.1&II w'ce�me%.mmmply NA ONI bmtiomdell bWMag evbaocm end pump cbalndryem with Watlwlbmlef�'ercY meazm exitwlY doors PrmidW wiNmavcw,WvW serv:vK(irwq R-1& mdica¢290'4dagclWrcdryustFecifud 0wdav«abuk:wwamae cmum R-2 ..ENERGY SfARglulifiW b«t pump pertwmaoce comPh«wiw tequiremeo,apa dryxm:ioclvdesdrymlonledio-mtad 01025.9 Excepam] _wimW cmualmWbfamilY�IumdtY m NA mwcam exrepam ail cnmru.',.d Id eO ENVELOPE ALTERATIONS —A exit-emly dadslhW do NA C.503.1 Rnnr uhcruiw F+aartmf WRnlivn where cxiaiM reilin6 va lave avesabWewmrcunam +mwwmm expmeq i:dx ws NA Fd mmWiaanW v«abuks,ERR- -1- in.,H,,..s to rill drgM1 m a inminmin mmiial m�vNl asmmbly fW,enda value ofR 1J1 per,mh. eualw) pE wgh,m thermal mvelppe INA .repmar en,wnrrt- PROJECT pwfmvmae tequ'vmmufdamMivaoed .,L+p amllW ci rch ah+•c iM1e n..l PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS YES CI032 IfWMivg wclmm bbJk- poled damana Wl Ndd'mg EE800 +n : , mr<wkiu.imliea B..dmi rni.+.�n, PROJECT MANAGER: CS C40251x kakaBe,«t ercmwdair l«kag<reaW6 is regaMard Cw.,l ar caa�rel,.nn.w.Jan pr Tvw. ENERGY MANAGER: AL 6023.121 ,SEC cwn0— x DRAFTER: BS A YES Pmvid<uta cdcWa[ims ant aare:md 4 BEBOOe INA f:4+1.1 —I ail fh+. W For xaa R,,, A su sk«d,be tarbamiubwWan« i.rWinv+ma um o DRAWING •tm6<maclap r+as nYn ar�<•rML NA For mvciil build'wgs.Wwcem dut +n.m..aa++ Jep�n a,.. bs<rcloma6kakag<«ngabaBh mmrmammm+ l•a1ao1`k ;;.ri'h BUILDING ENVELOPE perfwmW per ASTM CP9(or equivaku m<InW aPpaana by twma<d(1.1etathe ,argw lrakage men m g35 dMriz Gs I.,s•m2,ato3in.wgnSPa, ENERGY FORMS Ea9a,m 3 �aY�fl 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D CONSULTANT:DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. • �F WAS r C ¢ C �.• "P C{ ay 4122/25 �19 o � L Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET e 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. _ ----�- 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. _ - 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's _ written permission for any other use or reproduction. e PROJECT e\ 212024.009 - --- MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SHEETINDEX S0.00 COVER S5.01 TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS S0.01 GENERAL NOTES S5.02 TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS S0.02 GENERAL NOTES S5.03 TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS S0.03 GENERAL NOTES S5.10 BRACED FRAME DETAILS S0.04 GENERAL NOTES AND ABBREVIATIONS S5.11 BRACED FRAME DETAILS • S0.05 PLAN NOTES AND LEGENDS S5.12 BRACED FRAME DETAILS S5.20 CANOPY DETAILS PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PROJECT MANAGER: I SES S1.11 FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV S1.12 FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL S6.01 WOOD FRAMING DETAILS JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A S1.13 ROOF PLAN S6.02 WOOD FRAMING DETAILS A S6.03 WOOD FRAMING DETAILS S2.00 PARTIAL PLAN&ELEVATION S6.10 CLT PANEL DETAILS S2.01 BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS COVER S2.02 BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS S7.01 METAL FRAMING DETAILS S7.02 METAL FRAMING DETAILS S3.01 TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS .. S3.02 TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS S3.03 CONCRETE DETAILS S3.04 CONCRETE DETAILS , S3.05 CONCRETE DETAILS 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D GENERAL WIND DESIGN DATA: SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS PROCESSED BY THE ENGINEER ARE NOT CHANGE ORDERS.THE PURPOSE OF SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS BY THE CONTRACTOR IS TO DEMONSTRATE TO THE ENGINEER THAT THE CONTRACTOR DRAWINGS INDICATE GENERAL AND TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION.TYPICAL DETAILS AND NOTES SHOWN TYPE OF STRUCTURE RIGID UNDERSTANDS THE DESIGN CONCEPT BY INDICATING WHICH MATERIAL IS INTENDED TO BE FURNISHED AND (ASCE 7 SECTION 26.2) ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT AND SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE INSTALLED AND BY DETAILING THE INTENDED FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION METHODS. IF DEVIATIONS, CONTRACTOR.TYPICAL DETAILS MAY NOT NECESSARILY BE INDICATED ON THE PLANS BUT SHALL APPLY AS BASIC WIND SPEED V=98 MPH,ULTIMATE 3 SECOND GUST(ASCE 7 FIG 26.5-1A-26.5-1 D) DISCREPANCIES,OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE SHOWN OR DESCRIBED IN THE DETAILS AND NOTES.WHERE CONDITIONS ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED BUT VASD=76 MPH,NOMINAL 3 SECOND GUST(IBC EQUATION 16-17) DISCOVERED EITHER PRIOR TO OR AFTER SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS ARE PROCESSED BY THE ENGINEER,THE ARE OF SIMILAR CHARACTER TO DETAILS SHOWN,SIMILAR DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE USED. EXPOSURE CATEGORY C(ASCE 7 SECTION 26. DESIGN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL CONTROL AND SHALL BE FOLLOWED. DESIGNARCHITECTURE + STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND ALL OTHER INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT 0.18(ASCE 7 TABLE 26.13-113-1) DEFERRED SUBMITTALS: DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS FOR BIDDER-DESIGNED COMPONENTS,SEALED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND ENCLOSURE CLASSIFICATION ENCLOSED(ASCE 7 SECTION 26.2) WASHINGTON STATE REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL STRUCTURAL ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN, CONDITIONS FOR COMPATIBILITY AND SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW OF GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE DESIGN OF THE CONSTRUCTION. BUILDING.DEFERRED SUBMITTALS INCLUDE: COMPONENTS&CLADDING DESIGN WALLS:40 PSF;ROOF:70 PSF(ASCE 7 SECTION 30.3.2) CURTAIN WALL AND CLADDING SYSTEMS DISCREPANCIES: IN CASE OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS,REFERENCE STANDARDS, PRESSURES(STRENGTH LEVEL)** OR GOVERNING CODE,THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS SHALL GOVERN. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE **COMPONENTS&CLADDING WIND PRESSURES LISTED ABOVE ARE BASED ON 10 SQUARE FOOT TRIBUTARY SEISMIC BRACING AND ANCHORAGE OF UNITS AND FIXTURES MECHANICAL,ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER OF DISCREPANCIES AND OBTAIN DIRECTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. NOTES ON AREAS NEAR WALL CORNERS AND ROOF EDGES(EXCLUDING CORNER ZONES).REDUCED DESIGN PRESSURES PREFABRICATED METAL STAIRS INDIVIDUAL STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL TAKE PRIORITY OVER GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES. DIMENSIONS MAY BE CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASCE 7-16 CHAPTER 30. SUBMITTALS OF BIDDER-DESIGNED COMPONENTS SHALL INCLUDE LOCATIONS,MAGNITUDES,AND DIRECTIONS OF NOTED IN THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE FOLLOWED,EXCEPT WHERE EXISTING CONDITIONS MUST BE VERIFIED BY THE ALL FORCES TRANSFERRED TO THE STRUCTURE.CALCULATIONS SUBMITTED FOR BIDDER-DESIGNED CONTRACTOR.DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. DIRECTIONALITY FACTOR Kd=0.85:MWFRS(ASCE 7 TABLE 26.6-1) COMPONENTS ARE FOR INFORMATION ONLY AND WILL NOT BE REVIEWED. SPECIFICATIONS: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR INFORMATION IN ADDITION TO THESE NOTES AND DRAWINGS. TOPOGRAPHIC FACTOR Kn=1.17(ASCE 7 SECTION 26.8) 728134th Street SW,Suite 200 GUST EFFECT FACTOR G=0.85(ASCE 7 SECTION 26.11.1) SEISMIC BRACING AND ANCHORAGE OF MECHANICAL UNITS AND OTHER MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES Everett,Washington 98204 ARCHITECTURAL: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ELEVATIONS,SLOPES,DEPRESSIONS,NON- SHALL BE DESIGNED BY A REGISTERED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER IN THE STATE WHERE THE PROJECT IS LOCATED. Ph:425.741.3800 wwwBEARING WALLS,FASCIA,ELEVATORS,STAIRS,CURBS,DRAINS,RAILINGS,WATERPROOFING,FINISHES,ETC. THE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS MUST RETAIN THE SERVICES OF A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER 0Copyright dl25 Reid EARTHQUAKE DESIGN DATA: AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS RELATED TO THE PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION OF SEISMIC ©Copyright2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. CONTRACTOR-INITIATED CHANGES:SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL AT BRACING AND ANCHORAGE OF THEIR SYSTEMS. LEAST 10 WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION.CHANGES SHOWN ON SHOP DRAWINGS SEISMIC-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM: SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES OR SUBMITTALS ONLY WILL NOT SATISFY THIS REQUIREMENT. CONCRETE: pgD CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES:DRAWINGS REPRESENT DESIGN OF STRUCTURE IN COMPLETED FORM. oe`°e's�°� REFERENCE STANDARDS:CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS, �w do CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR METHODS,SEQUENCES,AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS REQUIRED TO ANALYTICAL PROCEDURE: EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE PROCEDURE l; C PERFORM WORK. EXCEPT AS MODIFIED BELOW: z C CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN AND PROVIDE TEMPORARY SHORING AND BRACING OF ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, SEISMIC BASE SHEAR: Ve=259 KIPS(STRENGTH LEVEL) a 4122/25 ACI 301 "SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE" '�° u739 w� EXISTING CONSTRUCTION,AND SOIL EXCAVATION AS REQUIRED.SHORING AND BRACING SHALL NOT BE REMOVED (ASCE 7 SECTION 12.8.1) ACI 318 "BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE" ss ti��d UNTIL ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS,AND MATERIALS °xAL E HAVE ACHIEVED DESIGN STRENGTH. SEISMIC RESPONSE COEFFICIENT: Cs=0.126 ACI 304 "GUIDE FOR MEASURING,MIXING,TRANSPORTING,AND PLACING CONCRETE" (ASCE 7 SECTION 12.8.1.1) ACI 311 "GUIDE FOR CONCRETE INSPECTION" STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION SHALL BE PERFORMED PER IBC SECTION 1704.6. ACI SP-15* "FIELD REFERENCE MANUAL" PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: SPECIAL INSPECTION PER IBC SECTION 1704,SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN AGENCY APPROVED BY THE BUILDING SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le 1.0(ASCE 7 TABLE 1.5-2) *A COPY SHALL BE KEPT IN THE CONTRACTOR'S FIELD OFFICE AT ALL TIMES. Arlington Operations OFFICIAL AND AS OUTLINED IN THE STRUCTURAL INSPECTION SCHEDULES. CODES SITE CLASS D(ASCE 7 SECTION 11.4) MATERIALS: Center BUILDING CODE:ALL MATERIALS,WORKMANSHIP,DESIGN,AND CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE Ss =1.045(ASCE 7 SECTION 11.4.2) F O RSi =0.373(ASCE 7 SECTION 11.4.2) CEMENT ASTM C150,C595 DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE(IBC),2021 EDITION,AS AMENDED BY THE SDs =0.754(ASCE 7 SECTION 11.4.5) *AGGREGATES ASTM C33 Snohomish County STATE OF WASHINGTON. SDi =0.479(ASCE 7 SECTION 11.4.5) ADMIXTURES ASTM C260,C494,C1017 RISK CATEGORY: II(IBC TABLE 1604.5) **FLY ASH ASTM C618,CLASS F OR C P u b I i c Works SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D(ASCE 7 SECTION 11.6) STANDARDS: REFERENCE TO ASTM AND OTHER STANDARDS SHALL MEAN THE LATEST EDITION REFERENCED IN *AGGREGATES THAT EXHIBIT DELETERIOUS ACTIVITY WHEN EVALUATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C33 AT THE 2021 IBC,UNLESS NOTED IN THESE DOCUMENTS OR DESIGNATED BY THE GOVERNING CODE. RESPONSE MODIFICATION COEFFICIENT R=6(ASCE 7 TABLE 12.2-1) APPENDIX XI SHALL NOT BE USED.THE'SAND EQUIVALENT FOR FINE AGGREGATE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 75. *MAXIMUM LOSS ON IGNITION SHALL BE 1%. 19620 67th Ave NE DESIGN CRITERIA SYSTEM OVERSTRENGTH FACTOR Slo=2(ASCE 7 TABLE 12.2-1) CONCRETE MIXES SHALL BE PROPORTIONED TO ACHIEVE A WORKABLE MIX THAT CAN BE PLACED WITHOUT Arlington, WA 98223 SEGREGATION OR EXCESS FREE SURFACE WATER.MIX DESIGNS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR FLOOR DESIGN DATA: REVIEW BY ENGINEER PRIOR TO USE.COMPLY WITH IBC SECTION 1904.MIXES SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE IN ADDITION TO THE SELF WEIGHT,THE FOLLOWING LOADS ARE USED FOR DESIGN: FOLLOWING CRITERIA: PERMIT SET DEFLECTION AMPLIFICATION FACTOR Ca=5(ASCE 7 TABLE 12.2-1) B TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE MAXIMUM EXPOSURE CLASS 05/02/2025 B UNIFORM CONCENTRATED SUPERIMPOSED This drawing is: GEOTECHNICAL STRENGTH Wc) WATER/CEMENT (ACI 318-19 TABLES 1.Copyright m ht 2022 D kean,Inc. LIVE LOAD LIVE LOAD DEAD LOAD REDUCIBLE AT 28 DAYS,UNO RATIO 19.3.1.1 AND 19.3.2.11 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. (PSF) (LBS) (PSF) (SEE NOTE) SOIL BEARING SURFACES AND FILL SHALL BE PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT AND 3.For use on this project only.obtain Architect's INSPECTED BY THE OWNER APPOINTED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER OR AN APPROVED TESTING AGENCY. CONCRETE EXPOSED TO WEATHER 5,000 PSI 0.45 F2,SO,W0,C1 Written permission for any other use or reproduction. OFFICES 50 2,000 5 YES (BASEMENT WALLS) PROJECT +PARTITIONS GEOTECHNICAL REPORT REFERENCE: ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES INC.,PROJECT NO 20240001E001,DATED JULY 9,2024 BELOW-GRADE CONCRETE 4,000 PSI 0.55 F1,SO,W0,C1 212024.009 OFFICE BUILDING LOBBIES AND 100 2,000 5 YES FOOTINGS SHALL BE FOUNDED AT LEAST 18"BELOW LOWEST ADJACENT EXTERIOR FINISHED GRADE. (FOOTINGS) FIRST FLOOR CORRIDORS OVEREXCAVATE FOOTINGS TO COMPETENT BEARING PER THE OWNER APPOINTED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER AND PROVIDE COMPACTED BACKFILL PER THE OWNER APPOINTED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER OR PROJECT MISCELLANEOUS EXTERIOR CONCRETE 4,000 PSI 0.45 F2,SO,W1,C1 OFFICE BUILDING UPPER 80 2,000 5 YES SPECIFICATIONS.THE OWNER APPOINTED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER SHALL APPROVE FOOTING EXCAVATION/ PREPARATION PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF ALL FOOTINGS.FOOTING DEPTHS AND ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON (EXTERIOR SLABS AND SITE WALLS) MARK DATE DESCRIPTION FLOOR CORRIDORS DRAWINGS ARE MINIMUM AND FOR GUIDANCE ONLY;CONTRACTOR SHALL ESTABLISH ACTUAL ELEVATIONS IN FIELD.BACKFILL BEHIND ALL WALLS AND PROVIDE FOR SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE AS RECOMMENDED IN THE INTERIOR SLABS-ON-GRADE 4,000 PSI OAT* F0,SO,W0,C1 OFFICE PARTITIONS 15 - NO GEOTECHNICAL REPORT. CONCRETE EXPOSED TO SALT AND/OR 5,000 PSI 0.40 F3,SO,W0,C2 ACCESSIBLE ROOF DECK 100 5 NO SOIL PROFILE TYPE SITE CLASS"D" DE-ICING CHEMICALS ALLOWABLE VERTICAL DESIGN PRESSURE 4,000 PSF LATERAL EARTH PRESSURE,LEVEL BACKFILL: *WATER-CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL RATIO FOR INTERIOR SLABS SHALL BE 0.40 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. WHERE APPLICABLE,LIVE LOADS HAVE BEEN REDUCED PER IBC SECTION 1607.12.2 UNRESTRAINED(ACTIVE) 35 PCF RESTRAINED(AT-REST) 55 PCF CONCRETE MIXES SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ABOVE. MIXES SHALL BE SUBMITTED • SNOW DESIGN DATA: SEISMIC SURCHARGE 10H PSF(ACTIVE),14H PSF(AT REST) TO THE ENGINEER AND BUILDING OFFICIAL FOR APPROVAL TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO PLACING ANY CONCRETE AND PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC ALLOWABLE PASSIVE PRESSURE 300 PCF,FS=1.5 SHALL INCLUDE THE AMOUNTS OF CEMENT,CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL,FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATE,WATER PROJECT MANAGER: I SES GROUND SNOW LOAD Po= 17 PSF(ASCE 7 SECTION 7.2) ALLOWABLE FRICTION COEFFICIENT 0.30,FS=1.5 AND ADMIXTURES,AS WELL AS THE WATER-CEMENT RATIO,SLUMP,CONCRETE YIELD AND SUBSTANTIATING PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV FLAT-ROOF SNOW LOAD PI=25 PSF MIN UNIFORM SNOW STRENGTH DATA IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318,CHAPTER 26. REVIEW OF MIX SUBMITTALS BY THE ENGINEER OF JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A LOAD BASED ON SEAW WHITE PAPER 8-2010 SUBMITTALS RECORD INDICATES ONLY THAT INFORMATION PRESENTED CONFORMS GENERALLY WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. A ROOF SLOPE FACTOR Cs= 1.0(ASCE 7 SECTION 7.4) CONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER MAINTAINS FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR SPECIFIED PERFORMANCE. SNOW EXPOSURE FACTOR Ce= 1.0(ASCE 7 TABLE 7.3-1) SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR ADMIXTURES:ALL CONCRETE,INCLUDING SLABS ON GRADE,SHALL HAVE A WATER-REDUCING ADMIXTURE SNOW LOAD IMPORTANCE FACTOR I s = 1.0(ASCE 7 TABLE 1.5-2) CONSTRUCTION OF THESE ITEMS: COMPLYING WITH ASTM C494 ADDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.CALCIUM GENERAL NOTES THERMAL FACTOR Ct= 1.0(ASCE 7 TABLE 7.3-2) GILT PANELS CHLORIDE OR OTHER CHLORIDE ADMIXTURES SHALL NOT BE USED. ROOF EXPOSURE PARTIALLY EXPOSED(ASCE 7 TABLE 7.3-1) CONCRETE MIX DESIGN WOOD I-JOISTS SURFACE ROUGHNESS CATEGORY B(ASCE 7 SECTION 26.7) CONCRETE REINFORCING STRUCTURAL STEEL ALL HORIZONTAL SURFACES EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL CONTAIN AN AIR-ENTRAINING AGENT COMPLYING WITH EMBEDDED ITEMS IN CONCRETE(INCLUDING HOEDOWN ANCHOR RODS) GLUED-LAMINATED MEMBERS ASTM C260.THE AMOUNT OF ENTRAINED AIR SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318-19 TABLE 19.3.3.1.TESTS FOR AIR CONTENT SHALL BE MADE AT THE DISCHARGE END OF THE TRUCK'S PLACING HOSE IN ACCORDANCE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND STAMP SUBMITTALS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION.DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES WITH ASTM C173. ARE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY AND WILL NOT BE REVIEWED.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ' , ALL MATERIALS PLACED PRIOR TO RECEIPT OF REVIEWED SHOP DRAWINGS.CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW A MINIMUM OF 10 WORKING DAYS FOR REVIEW. 0 2 1 3 4 5 2 13 14 5 D WATER/CEMENT RATIO SHALL BE MEASURED BY WEIGHT AND BE BASED ON TOTAL CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL, REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE PLACED AND SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CRSI MSP-1.REINFORCEMENT SHALL SHALLOW EMBEDMENT MECHANICAL ANCHORS TO THE UNDERSIDE OF CONCRETE SLABS SHALL BE HILTI HDI-P TZ INCLUDING CEMENT AND POZZOLANS SUCH AS FLY ASH AND SILICA FUME. BE DETAILED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI SP-66.NO BENDING OR STRAIGHTENING OF REINFORCEMENT WILL BE (ESR-4236)EXPANSION ANCHORS OR DEWALT MINI-UNDERCUT+UNDERCUT ANCHOR(ESR-3912). MAXIMUM AGGREGATE SIZE SHALL BE 1 112",BUT NOT MORE THAN 314 TIMES THE CLEAR DISTANCE BETWEEN PERMITTED AFTER PARTIAL EMBEDMENT IN CONCRETE. REINFORCING BARS NOR 1/5 TIMES THE NARROWEST DIMENSION BETWEEN SIDES OF FORMS. MAXIMUM LAP SPLICE ALL CONTINUOUS REINFORCEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH REINFORCEMENT SPLICE AND POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS SHALL NOT BE USED AS SUBSTITUTES FOR CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHOR BOLTS OR DYKEMAN AGGREGATE SIZE FOR SLABS ON GRADE SHALL BE 1/3 TIMES THE SLAB THICKNESS. DEVELOPMENT LENGTH SCHEDULE.PROVIDE CORNER BARS AT ALL WALL AND FOOTING INTERSECTIONS. LAP REINFORCING STEEL UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. SLUMP REQUIRED FOR PROPER PLACEMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED BY CONTRACTOR AND SUPPLIER,AND ADJACENT MATS OF WELDED WIRE FABRIC A MINIMUM OF 1 CROSS WIRE SPACING+2"OR 8"WHICHEVER IS PRODUCT SUBSTITUTES PROPOSED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW WITH IAPMO OR ICC- GREATER. DESIGN INCLUDED IN MIX DESIGN SUBMITTALS.FIELD MEASURED SLUMP SHALL CONFORM TO SUBMITTED CONCRETE MIX ES REPORTS INDICATING EQUIVALENT OR GREATER LOAD CAPACITIES. DESIGN.SLUMP SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C94. NO BARS PARTIALLY EMBEDDED IN HARDENED CONCRETE SHALL BE FIELD BENT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON NO REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE CUT TO PLACE POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS.ALL DEFECTIVE ANCHOR HOLES THE DRAWINGS OR APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. SHALL BE GROUTED WITH FLOWABLE NON-SHRINK,NON-METALLIC,CEMENTITIOUS GROUT WITH MATCHING 28-DAY CIVIL AND SITE COMPONENTS: CONCRETE MIXES FOR CURBS,GUTTERS,SIDEWALKS,EXTERIOR DRIVEWAYS AND OTHER CONCRETE ITEMS OUTSIDE OF THE BUILDING ENVELOPE SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SITE PLANS NO BARS PARTIALLY EMBEDDED IN HARDENED CONCRETE SHALL BE FIELD BENT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH,AND A NEW HOLE DRILLED A MINIMUM OF 3 BOLT DIAMETERS AWAY. AND SPECIFICATIONS,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.WHERE SITE COMPONENT CONCRETE MATERIALS ARE NOT THE DRAWINGS OR APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. SPECIFICALLY NOTED,THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS FOR"CONCRETE EXPOSED TO SALT AND/OR DE-ICING STEEL CHEMICALS"SHALL GOVERN. WELDING OR TACK WELDING OF REINFORCING BARS TO OTHER BARS OR TO PLATES,ANGLES,ETC IS PROHIBITED, CONSULTANT: EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED IN DETAILS.WHERE WELDING IS NOTED,IT SHALL BE DONE BY AWS/WABO REFERENCE STANDARDS: STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING MASS CONCRETE: CERTIFIED WELDERS USING E9018 ELECTRODES.WELDING PROCEDURES SHALL COMPLY WITH AWS-D1.4. DOCUMENTS: CONCRETE PLACED IN MONOLITHIC PLACEMENTS WHERE THE MINIMUM OF ALL THREE DIMENSIONS EXCEEDS 2'-6" SHALL BE CONSIDERED"MASS CONCRETE"AND SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF ACI MECHANICAL SPLICES OF REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE MADE WITH THE FOLLOWING SYSTEMS AND SHALL AISC 360 "SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS" 728134th Street Sk Suite 200 301,CHAPTER 8. DEVELOP A MINIMUM OF 125%OF THE SPECIFIED YIELD STRENGTH OF THE BARS: AISC 341 "SEISMIC PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS" Everett,Washington 98204 AISC 303 "CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STEEL BUILDINGS AND BRIDGES" Ph:425.741.3800 ASTM C150 TYPE III CEMENT IS PROHIBITED.UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED,USE MODERATE OR LOW HEAT OF LENTON STANDARD,LENTON LOCK,LENTON FORMSAVER,DAYTON SUPERIOR BAR LOCK L-SERIES,DAYTON www.reidmiddleton.com HYDRATION CEMENT,BLENDED HYDRAULIC CEMENT WITH MODERATE OR LOW HEAT OF HYDRATION PROPERTIES, SUPERIOR DBDI MECHANICAL SPLICE SYSTEM. AWS D1.1 STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE-STEEL" 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. OR PORTLAND CEMENT WITH FLY ASH,POZZOLAN,OR GROUND-GRANULATED BLAST-FURNACE SLAG.ADDITIVES AISC 348 "SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING HIGH-STRENGTH BOLTS" CONTAINING CALCIUM CHLORIDE ARE PROHIBITED.APPROVED RETARDING,RETARDING HIGH-RANGE WATER CONCRETE COVER: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE,MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FOR REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE: AISC 358 "PREQUALIFIED CONNECTIONS FOR SPECIAL AND INTERMEDIATE STEEL • REDUCING,OR RETARDING PLASTICIZING ADMIXTURE SHALL BE USED. MOMENT FRAMES FOR SEISMIC APPLICATIONS" A�STD THE TEMPERATURE OF CONCRETE AT TIME OF PLACEMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED 90 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT PER ELEVATED SLABS 314"(#11 AND SMALLER),1 1l2"(#14 AND#18) MATERIALS: �oF`°^sHr�n ASTM C94.THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AT TIME OF PLACEMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED 90 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT OR SLABS ON GRADE 2"BOTTOM �w tiros D BE LESS THAT 35 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT.THE MAXIMUM INTERNAL TEMPERATURE DURING CURING SHALL NOT INTERIOR WALL FACES 3l4"(#11 AND SMALLER),1 1/2"(#14 AND#18) TYPE OF MEMBER ASTM SPECIFICATION YIELD — z C EXCEED 160 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT.CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 305.1 AND ACI 306.1 FOR HOT- EXPOSED FORMED WALL FACES 1 1/2"(#5 AND SMALLER),2"(#6 AND LARGER) a WEATHER AND COLD-WEATHER CONCRETING,RESPECTIVELY.IF COOLING METHODS ARE EMPLOYED,THEY SHALL 4122/25 FOOTINGS 3"(EXCEPT 2"TOP AND FORMED SIDES) �° "739 w NOT INCREASE THE WATER-CEMENT RATIO OR SLUMP BEYOND ALLOWABLE LIMITS.THE CONCRETE SHALL BE WIDE FLANGES(W),STRUCTURAL TEES(WT) A992 50 KSI s� COOLED GRADUALLY SO THAT THE SURFACE TEMPERATURE DROP DOES NOT EXCEED 20 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT BEAMS,COLUMNS 1 1/2"(ALL REINFORCEMENT INCLUDING TIES,SPIRALS,STIRRUPS) PLATES,ANGLES,CHANNELS A36 36 KSI Sst°x^L EyG IN ANY 24-HOUR PERIOD AFTER PLACEMENT. FIBROUS REINFORCEMENT: SHALL BE POLYPROPYLENE FIBROUS REINFORCEMENT SUCH AS"FIBERMESH", THREADED RODS JR)AND BARS SUBMIT DETAILED PROCEDURES,MATERIALS,MIX DESIGNS,AND THE TEST RESULTS INCLUDING HEAT OF "GRACE FIBERS",OR APPROVED EQUAL. FIBROUS REINFORCEMENT SHALL NOT BE USED AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR SPECIAL SHAPES(NOTED A572 50 KSI PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: HYDRATION TEST DATA PER ASTM C186 TO THE ENGINEER BEFORE CONSTRUCTION OF MASS CONCRETE. OTHER TYPES OF REINFORCEMENT WITHOUT APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. FIBROUS GRADE 50 ON DRAWINGS) REINFORCEMENT IS NOT AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE FOR WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT IN COMPOSITE SLABS STEEL PIPES A53(TYPE E OR S,GRADE B) 35 KSI Arlington Operations SHOTCRETE MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE WHERE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT AND ON METAL DECK.SUBMIT PROPOSED PRODUCT DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW BY HOLLOW STRUCTURAL STEEL(HSS) A500(GRADE C) 50 KSI ENGINEER.SHOTCRETE WILL NOT BE PERMITTED ON PILASTERS,COLUMNS OR OTHER HEAVILY REINFORCED ENGINEER.ADD FIBERS TO CONCRETE MIX AND FINISH IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. MACHINE BOLTS(MB) A307 Center AREAS UNLESS TEST PANELS ARE APPROVED.CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT PROPOSED LOCATIONS OF COMPLY WITH ASTM C1116,TYPE III,PERFORMANCE LEVEL 1.MINIMUM APPLICATION RATE SHALL BE 1.5 LB/CY. CONNECTION BOLTS(HSB) A325: F3125,GRADE A325 SHOTCRETE FOR REVIEW. ANCHOR RODS(AR) F1554 GRADE 36,WELDABLE F O R SHOTCRETE PROCEDURE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC SECTION 1908 AND ACI 318.REINFORCING LAP CONCRETE ANCHORAGE GRADE 55,WELDABLE(WHERE NOTED) SPLICE SHALL BE EN AILED ON SHOP DRAWINGS AS NON-CONTACT LAP SPLICES WITH A MINIMUM OF 2° GRADE 105(WHERE NOTED) Snohomish County CLEARANCE EXPANSION BOLTS INTO CONCRETE SHALL BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S EMBEDDED ITEMS:CONDUIT AND SLEEVES SHALL NOT BE EMBEDDED IN OR PASS THROUGH CONCRETE WITHOUT INSTRUCTIONS AND APPLICABLE IAPMO OR ICC-ES REPORTS. NOMINAL EMBEDMENT DEPTH SHALL BE AS NOTED STEEL FABRICATOR CERTIFICATION: STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE FABRICATED BY AN AISC-CERTIFIED STEEL Public Works APPROVAL.ALUMINUM ITEMS SHALL NOT BE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE.SUBMIT CONDUIT LAYOUT AND EMBEDDED BELOW,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FABRICATOR.SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR REQUIREMENTS. ITEM PLANS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW BY ENGINEER PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE. AT HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ2(ESR-4266) CAMBER:ALL MEMBERS SHALL BE ERECTED WITH NATURAL OR INDUCED CAMBER UPWARDS,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.CAMBER INDICATED ON DRAWINGS SHALL BE AS DELIVERED TO THE JOB SITE. CONTRACTOR SHALL NON-SHRINK GROUT SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 6,000 PSI AT 28 DAYS,BUT NOT LESS EXPANSION BOLTS 19620 67th Ave N E THAN THE MATERIAL ON WHICH IT IS PLACED UPON. 3/8" 3" CONSIDER CAMBER LOSS DUE TO SHIPPING AND HANDLING.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL 1/2"EXPANSION BOLTS 3 314" ERECTION AIDS INCLUDING ERECTION ANGLES AND LIFT HOLES. Arlington, WA 98223 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN WALLS SHALL BE KEYED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION JOINT DETAILS 518"EXPANSION BOLTS 41/2" STRUCTURAL STEEL EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE ZINC-COATED HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED PER ASTM A123. SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR,AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION,SHALL BE AN INTENTIONALLY ROUGHENED 3/4"EXPANSION BOLTS 51/2" ALL FIELD WELDS EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE COATED WITH BRUSH APPLIED PAINT CONTAINING ZINC DUST CONSTRUCTION JOINT DEFINED BY THE FOLLOWING: COMPLYING WITH ASTM A780.ALL BOLTS AND ANCHOR RODS EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE ZINC-COATED HOT- PERMIT SET B SIMPSON STRONG-BOLT 2(ESR 3037) DIPPED GALVANIZED PER ASTM A153. 05/02/2025 B 1. SURFACE OF JOINT SHALL BE SAND BLASTED OR ROUGHENED WITH A CHIPPING HAMMER TO EXPOSE 3/8"EXPANSION BOLTS 2 7/8" BOLTED CONNECTIONS NOT SPECIFIED AS SLIP-CRITICAL NEED ONLY BE TIGHTENED TO AISC SNUG-TIGHT AGGREGATE EMBEDDED IN PREVIOUS POUR. 112"EXPANSION BOLTS 3 7/8" CRITERIA,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.CONNECTION PLATES SHALL HAVE AISC STANDARD ROUND HOLES UNLESS This drawing is: NOTED OTHERWISE.ALL OVERSIZED OR SLOTTED HOLES SHALL HAVE WASHERS PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2. EXPOSED AGGREGATE SHALL PROTRUDE 114"MINIMUM. 5/8"EXPANSION BOLTS 51/8" 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 3/4"EXPANSION BOLTS 5 314" AISC 360,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 3.JOINT SURFACE SHALL BE CLEANED AND LAITANCE REMOVED. written permission for any other use or reproduction. WELDING:ALL WELDS SHALL COMPLY WITH AWS D1.1.WELDS SHALL BE MADE USING LOW HYDROGEN E70XX 4.JOINT SHALL BE WETTED AND STANDING WATER REMOVED IMMEDIATELY BEFORE NEW CONCRETE IS PLACED. DEWALT POWER STUD+SD2(ESR 2502) ELECTRODES.ONLY AWS PREQUALIFIED WELDED JOINTS SHALL BE USED.SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL SHOW ALL PROJECT 318"EXPANSION BOLTS 2 3/8" WELDING WITH AWS A2.4 STANDARD SYMBOLS.WELDS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE MINIMUM SIZES.INCREASE 5. SUBMIT CONSTRUCTION JOINT LAYOUT PLAN TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW BY ENGINEER PRIOR TO PLACING WELD SIZE TO AWS MINIMUM SIZES BASED ON PLATE THICKNESS. 212024.009 CONCRETE. 112"EXPANSION BOLTS 3 3/4" ALL WELDS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AS"NOTCH TOUGH WELD FILLER MATERIAL REQUIRED"SHALL BE MADE 5/8"EXPANSION BOLTS 4 7/8" WITH A FILLER WELD METAL THAT HAS A MINIMUM CHARPY V-NOTCH TOUGHNESS OF 20 FT:LBS.AT 0 DEGREES F. •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•-. A WRI "WELDED WIRE FABRIC MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE" 1"ROD OR#8 BAR 15" MAX HOLE DIA OVER ANCHOR TYPE NOMINAL BOLT DIA: MATERIALS: HEAVY DUTY SCREW ANCHORS INTO CONCRETE SHALL BE SIMPSON TITEN HD(ESR-2713),DEWALT SCREW-BOLT+ (ESR-3889)OR HILTI KWIK KH-EZ(ESR-3027).STAINLESS STEEL HEAVY DUTY SCREW ANCHORS INTO CONCRETE CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHOR BOLTS 1/16"** GENERAL NOTE S DEFORMED BARS ASTM A615,GRADE 60 SHALL BE SIMPSON TITEN HD(ER493). EXPANSION ANCHORS 1/16"** EPDXY COATED DEFORMED BARS ASTM A775,GRADE 60 DRIVE PINS AND OTHER POWER-ACTUATED FASTENERS SHALL BE ITW RAMSETIRED HEAD(ESR-1799),HILTI XU SCREW ANCHORS 1/16"*" , SMOOTH WELDED WIRE ASTM Al85,Fy=56KSI(W1.2 AND SMALLER) LOW VELOCITY(ESR-2269),DEWALT POWER-DRIVEN FASTENERS(ESR-2024),OR SIMPSON POWDER ACTUATED EPDXY-GROUTED RODS OR BOLTS 1/8"** (65 KSI FOR W1.4 AND LARGER) FASTENERS(ESR-2138).DRIVE PINS OR OTHER POWER-ACTUATED FASTENERS SHALL NOT BE USED IN SUSTAINED TENSION EXCEPT AS ALLOWED BY ASCE 7-16 SECTION 13.4.5. Mobil , DEFORMED BAR ANCHORS ASTM A496,75 KSI YIELD **USE OF LARGER HOLES REQUIRES WELDED PLATE WASHERS AND PRIOR APPROVAL BY BAR SUPPORTS CONFORM TO CHAPTER 3,CRSI MSP-1 UNDERCUT ANCHORS SHALL BE MITEK DUC(ESR-1970),HILTI HDA(ESR-1546)OR DEWALT CCU+(ESR-4810). THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. WELDED HEADED STUDS ASTM Al08 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 15 D HOLE SIZES IN STEEL MEMBERS FOR CONNECTIONS TO CONCRETE OR MASONRY SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS UNLESS WOOD GLUED LAMINATED MEMBERS(GLULAMS)SHALL BE MANUFACTURED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ANSIIAPA A 190.0 AND SPECIFIED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS. ASTM D3737.EACH MEMBER SHALL BEAR AN AITC OR APA IDENTIFICATION MARK AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY AN AITC REFERENCE STANDARDS:WOOD SHALL CONFORM TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS: CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE.FIELD-DRILLED HOLES,CUTS,AND MINOR DAMAGE AREAS SHALL BE FIELD TREATED MAX HOLE DIA OVER PER APWA M4,WITH AN ENGINEER APPROVED TREATMENT PRODUCT. ENDS THAT HAVE BEEN FIELD CUT AFTER ANCHOR TYPE NOMINAL BOLT DIA: ANSIIAWC NDS "NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION" TREATMENT SHALL BE SCATTER NAILED WITH 3-INCH COPPER NAILS AT 2-INCHES ON-CENTER EACH WAY IN ADDITION DYKEMAN ANSIIAWC SDPWS"SPECIAL DESIGN PROVISIONS FOR WIND AND SEISMIC" TO TREATMENT.GLULAMS SHALL BE INDUSTRIAL GRADE WHERE NOT EXPOSED TO VIEW AND ARCHITECTURAL GRADE CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHOR BOLTS 1116""" AWC WCD No.4 "WOOD CONSTRUCTION DATA-PLANK AND BEAM FRAMING FOR RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS" WHERE EXPOSED TO VIEW. GLULAMS SHALL HAVE THE STRENGTH GRADES AS NOTED BELOW: ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN EXPANSION ANCHORS 1116""" AWC WFCM "WOOD FRAME CONSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR ONE-AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS" SCREW ANCHORS 1/16"" ANSIIAPA A190.1 "STRUCTURAL GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER" SIMPLE SPAN BEAMS: DOUGLAS FIR 24F-V4 EPDXY-GROUTED RODS OR BOLTS 118" ' ANSI 117 "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER OF SOFTWOOD SPECIES" Fb=2,400 PSI, Fv=265 PSI, E=1,800 KSI AWPA C1 "ALL TIMBER PRODUCTS-PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT BY PRESSURE PROCESS" USE OF LARGER HOLES REQUIRES WELDED PLATE WASHERS AND PRIOR APPROVAL BY TPI 1 "NATIONAL DESIGN STANDARD FOR METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSS CONTINUOUS OR CANTILEVER BEAMS: DOUGLAS FIR 24F-V8 THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. CONSTRUCTION" Fb=2,400 PSI, Fv=265 PSI, E=1,800 KSI ALL WOOD FRAMING DETAILS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO THE MINIMUM STANDARDS OF THE IBC. MINIMUMCONSULTANT: COLUMN BASE PLATES:ANCHOR RODS IN COLUMN BASE PLATES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO AISC SNUG-TIGHT NAILING SHALL CONFORM TO IBC TABLE 2304.10.2 OR CURRENT ICC-ES REPORT ESR-1539,UNLESS OTHERWISE COLUMNS,TRUSSES: DOUGLAS FIR 1-DF-L3 CRITERIA WITH HEX NUTS AND LOCK WASHERS OR JAM NUTS AT THE TOP.AT THE BOTTOM,PROVIDE A STANDARD NOTED.COORDINATE THE SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL OPENINGS WITH MECHANICAL AND ARCHITECTURAL (2 LAMINATIONS) Fc=1,200 PSI, Fbyy=1,000 PSI, Fbxx=1,250 PSI, E=1,500 KSI SIZE HEAD,TACK-WELDED NUT OR DOUBLE NUT.NO HEATING OR BENDING OF ANCHOR RODS IS PERMITTED. DRAWINGS. INSTALL WASHERS UNDER THE HEADS AND NUTS OF ALL BOLTS AND LAG SCREWS BEARING ON ENLARGEMENT OF ANCHOR ROD HOLES BY BURNING IS NOT PERMITTED.BASE PLATE HOLES FOR ANCHOR RODS WOOD. INSTALLATION OF LAG SCREWS SHALL CONFORM TO NDS SECTION 12.1.4,AND INSTALLATION OF BOLTS SHALL BE AS SHOWN BELOW. SHALL CONFORM TO NDS SECTION 12.1.3. (3 LAMINATIONS) DOUGLAS FIR 1-DF-L3 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Fc=1,200 PSI, Fbyy=1,250 PSI, Fbxx=1,250 PSI, E=1,500 KSI Everett,Washington 98204 AR MAXIMUM HOLE MINIMUM WASHER MINIMUM WASHER ALL PRESSURE-TREATED(P.T.)WOOD MEMBERS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE PRESSURE-TREATED Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com DIAMETER DIAMETER DIAMETER THICKNESS WITH ALKALINE COPPER QUAT(ACQ)OR COPPER AZOLE(CA)PRESERVATIVES,CATEGORY UC3B,UNLESS (4 OR MORE LAMINATIONS) DOUGLAS FIR 1-DF-L3 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. OTHERWISE NOTED.WOOD SHALL BE TREATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA STANDARD U1.AMMONIACAL Fc=1,550 PSI, Fbyy=1,450 PSI, Fbxx=1,500 PSI, E=1,500 KSI COPPER ZINC ARSENATE(ACZA)PRESERVATIVE,OR OTHER PRESERVATIVES WITH AMMONIA CARRIERS,SHALL • 5/8" 1 1/16" 1 1/2" 3116" NOT BE USED. SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES BELOW FOR MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS OF CONNECTORS HORIZONTAL GLULAM MEMBERS AND INCLINED MEMBERS OF LESS THAN 1:1 SLOPE SHALL HAVE A RADIUSED 3/4" 1 5/16" 2" 1/4" AND FASTENERS IN CONTACT WITH PRESSURE-TREATED MEMBERS. INSTALL(2)LAYERS OF ASPHALT- CAMBER OF 3,500 FT. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 7/8" 1 9116" 21/2" 5116" IMPREGNATED BUILDING PAPER BETWEEN UNTREATED LEDGERS,BLOCKING,ETC.,AND CONCRETE OR MASONRY. WA S 1" 113116" 3" 318" GLUED LAMINATED MEMBERS EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR MOISTURE SHALL BE TREATED WITH A NON-CORROSIVE, w ti s ti or c SAWN LUMBER:SAWN LUMBER SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY THE GRADE MARK OF A LUMBER GRADING OR APPROVED PRESERVATIVE. i C 1 1/" 2 16" 3" 1/2" INSPECTION AGENCY APPROVED BY AN ACCREDITATION BODY COMPLYING WITH US DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE _ 1 112" 2 5/16" 3112" 112" EACH PIECE SHALL BEAR A STAMP OR STAMPS NOTING THE NAME AND PLANT NUMBER OF: PS20.FRAMING LUMBER SHALL BE KILN DRIED OR MC-19,AND GRADED AND MARKED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ENGINEERED LUMBER a aizzrzs 1 3/4" 2 3/4" 4" 518" W.C.L.B. STANDARD GRADING RULES FOR WEST COAST LUMBER NO.17.SAWN LUMBER SPECIES AND GRADES THE MANUFACTURER,THE GRADE,THE NER OR ICC-ES REPORT NUMBER,AND THE QUALITY CONTROL AGENCY. �o 39 �ww 2" 3114" 5" 314" SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: ALL MEMBERS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED WITH AN APPROVED ADHESIVE. SstoxAL ECG 21/2" 33/4" 51/2" 7/8" JOISTS: (2x MEMBERS) DOUGLAS FIR NO.2 BEAMS: LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER(LVL) PROJECT • IDENTIFICATION: WELDED HEADED STUDS IWHS)AND THREADED STUDS(CPL OR CFL)SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM A108 GR.1010 Fb=900 PSI, Fv=180 PSI, E=1,600 KSI Fb=2,600 PSI, E=1,900 KSI, Fv=285 PSI THROUGH 1020 WITH MINIMUM TENSILE STRENGTH OF 60 KSI.STUDS SHALL BE WELDED IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF AWS CHAPTER 7. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,STUDS SHALL BE WELDED BY THE Arlington Operations AUTOMATIC MACHINE WELDING PROCESS WITH EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER.LENGTHS (3x AND 4x MEMBERS) DOUGLAS FIR NO.1 LAMINATED STRAND LUMBER(LSL) SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE FINAL LENGTHS AFTER WELDING. Fb=1,000 PSI, Fv=180 PSI, E=1,700 KSI Fb=2,250 PSI, E=1,500 KSI, Fv=400 PSI (DEPTH>=9-1/2") Center Fb=1,700 PSI, E=1,300 KSI, Fv=400 PSI (DEPTH<9-112") DEFORMED BAR ANCHORS IDEA)SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM A496 AND THE REQUIREMENTS FOR TYPE"C"STUDS BEAMS AND STRINGERS: DOUGLAS FIR NO.1 FOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS D1.1.UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,DEFORMED BAR ANCHORS SHALL BE WELDED BY (INCLUDING 6xAND LARGER MEMBERS) Fb=1350 PSI Fv=170 PSI E=1,600 KSI PARALLEL STRAND LUMBER(PSL) , , , THE AUTOMATIC MACHINE WELDING PROCESS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS CHAPTER 7,WITH EQUIPMENT Fb=2,900 PSI, E=2,000 KSI, Fv=290 PSI RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER.LENGTHS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE FINAL LENGTHS AFTER WELDING. Snohomish County POSTS: (4x MEMBERS) DOUGLAS-FIR N0.1 AT NON-BRACEDIMOMENT FRAME AND NON-STRUT CONNECTIONS,A706 GRADE 60 REINFORCING BARS OF AN Fc=1,500 PSI,E=1,700 KSI RIM BOARD LAMINATED STRAND LUMBER(LSL) Public Works EQUAL DIAMETER AND LENGTH OF THE SPECIFIED DBA's MAY BE USED PROVIDED THEY ARE WELDED TO THE &BLOCKING: Fb=1,700 PSI, E=1,300 KSI, Fv=400 PSI SUPPORTING STEEL WITH E80XX ELECTRODES IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS D1.4 AND THE TABLE BELOW: (6x AND LARGER MEMBERS) DOUGLAS FIR NO.1 AT Fc=1,000 PSI,E=1,600 KSI DESIGN SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS IS BASED ON LUMBER MANUFACTURED BY WEYERHAEUSER IN ACCORDANCE 19620 67th Ave N E BAR SIZE ALL-AROUND FILLET WELD SIZE WITH ICC-ES REPORT NO.ESR-1387,REDBUILT LLC IN ACCORDANCE WITH ICC-ESR-2993,AND BOISE CASCADE IN #4,1/2"DIA 1/4" STUDS,PLATES,LEDGERS& DOUGLAS FIR NO.2 ACCORDANCE WITH ICC-ESR-1040.ALTERNATE ENGINEERED LUMBER MAY BE USED SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND Arlington, WA 98223 #5,518"DIA 5116" MISCELLANEOUS LIGHT FRAMING: Fb=900 PSI, E=1,600 PSI, Fc=1,350 PSI, Ft=575 PSI APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.A CURRENT NER OR ICC-ES REPORT AND A LIST #,3/4"DIA 3I8" STATING THE ITEM-FOR-ITEM SUBSTITUTION MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTES. PERMIT SET B DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCE FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS SHALL BE PER THE AISC CODE OF STANDARD 05/02/2025 B PRACTICE FOR STEEL BUILDINGS AND BRIDGES,SECTION 6.4 AND ASTM SPECIFICATION A6. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY ALLOWED BY THE ENGINEER,COLUMN MEMBERS SHALL NOT BE MODIFIED BY THE ROTARY STRAIGHTENING This drawing is: PROCESS. 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL:ANY STRUCTURAL STEEL THAT IS EXPOSED TO VIEW UPON 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 10 OF AISC 303. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR SPECIFIC witten permission for any other use or reproduction. FABRICATION AND ERECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL. PROJECT NUMBER: COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING: SIZE,TYPE,GAGE,AND ATTACHMENTS OF COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING SHALL BE PROVIDED AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS.NONSTRUCTURAL COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING SHALL COMPLY 212024.009 WITH ASTM A653,TYPE SS,GRADE 33,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.FOR SIZES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS,REFER TO "STEEL STUD MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION"STANDARD SPECIFICATION.ALL COLD-FORMED FRAMING SHALL ALSO CONFORM TO THE A.I.S.I."SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD-FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL • MEMBERS."ALL STUDS,TRACKS,AND JOISTS SHALL BE GALVANIZED PER ASTM A924,G60.FASTENINGS NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION LIGHT GAGE METAL FRAMING CLIPS AND CONNECTORS:NOTATIONS CALLED OUT BY LETTERS AND NUMBERS REFER TO PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED BY"THE STEEL NETWORK"AS SPECIFIED IN THEIR LATEST CATALOG. ALTERNATE CONNECTORS MANUFACTURED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ICC-AC261,THAT MEET OR EXCEED THE SPECIFIED CONNECTORS'CAPACITY MAY BE USED SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. MILL CERTIFICATIONS,SUBSTANTIATING TEST DATA,AND A LIST STATING THE ITEM-FOR- ITEM SUBSTITUTION AND CAPACITY COMPARISONS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTES. INSTALL NUMBER AND SIZE OF FASTENERS AS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER. CONNECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ENGINEERING COSTS RELATING TO REVIEW AND/OR RE-DESIGN • TO ACCOMMODATE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PROJECT MANAGER: I SES PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A A GENERALNOTES 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 ABBREVIATIONS D TIMBER CONNECTORS CALLED OUT BY LETTERS AND NUMBERS SHALL BE"STRONG-TIE"BY SIMPSON COMPANY, & AND FB FLUSH BEAM PCC PRECAST CONCRETE AS SPECIFIED IN THEIR LATEST CATALOG.ALTERNATE CONNECTORS CONFORMING WITH IBC SECTION 2303.5& @ AT FD FLOOR DRAIN PCF POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT 2304.10.3.,THAT MEET OR EXCEED THE SPECIFIED CONNECTORS'CAPACITY MAY BE USED SUBJECT TO REVIEW AS ANCHOR BOLT FDN FOUNDATION PEN PENETRATION AND APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER.A CURRENT ICC-ES REPORT AND A LIST STATING THE ITEM-FOR-ITEM ABV ABOVE FEMA FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY PERP PERPENDICULAR DYKEMAN SUBSTITUTION AND CAPACITY COMPARISONS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR ANY ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE FF FINISH FLOOR PL PLATE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTES.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ENGINEERING COSTS RELATING ADDL ADDITIONAL FIN FINISH PLCS PLACES TO REVIEW AND/OR RE-DESIGN TO ACCOMMODATE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS. INSTALL NUMBER AND SIZE OF ADJARCHITECTURE + DESIGN FASTENERS AS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER.CONNECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.WHERE CONNECTOR STRAPS CONNECT TWO MEMBERS,CENTER STRAP ON AISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION FOG FLANGE PLS PLATES ADJACENT FLR FLOOR PLF POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT A AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE FOS FACE JOINT AND INSTALL NUMBER AND SIZE OF FASTENERS AS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER,WITH EQUAL NUMBER AND SIZE OF FASTENERS IN EACH MEMBER.ALL BOLTS IN WOOD MEMBERS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A307. ALT ALTERNATE FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED PNL PANEL STUD PLWD PLYWOOD INSTALL WASHERS UNDER THE HEADS AND NUTS OF ALL BOLTS AND LAG SCREWS BEARING ON WOOD.ALL SHIMS ANCH ANCHOR FS FAR SIDE PP,ST PRECAST PARTIAL JOINT PENETRATION SHALL BE SEASONED AND DRIED AND THE SAME GRADE(MINIMUM)AS MEMBERS CONNECTED. APA AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION FT,' FEET PR CST APPROXIMATE FTG FOOTING PREFAB PREFABRICATED ALL TIMBER CONNECTORS IN CONTACT WITH PRESSURE-TREATED WOOD THAT USES PRESERVATIVE CHEMICALS AR ANCHOR ROD FTGS FOOTINGS PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT CONSULTANT:ARCH ARCHITECT,ARCHITECTURAL PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH SHALL BE MANUFACTURED FROM ZMAX STEEL BY SIMPSON(G185 STEEL PER ASTM A653),OR TYPE 304 OR 316 ASCE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS GA GAGE,GAUGE PSL PARALLEL STRAND LUMBER STAINLESS STEEL.ALTERNATIVELY,CONNECTORS CAN BE POST HOT DIP GALVANIZED PER ASTM A123 OR ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS GALV GALVANIZED P-T PRESSURE TREATED • MECHANICALLY GALVANIZED PER ASTM B695,CLASS 55 OR GREATER. STAINLESS STEEL FASTENERS SHALL BE AWS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY GB,GR BM GRADE BEAM PT POST-TENSIONED USED WITH STAINLESS STEEL CONNECTORS,AND HOT DIP GALVANIZED FASTENERS PER ASTM A153 SHALL BE GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE USED WITH GALVANIZED CONNECTORS. BI BOTTOM OF GEN GENERAL Eve ett, Street ton Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 NAILING NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED IN DRAWINGS SHALL BE AS SHOWN IN IBC TABLE 2304.10.2.NAILS SHALL BC BOTTOM CHORD GL GLUE LAMINATED WOOD R RADIUS Ph:425.741.3800 COMPLY WITH ASTM F1667. MINIMUM NAIL DIMENSIONS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: BF BRACED FRAME GLB GLUE LAMINATED BEAM RB RIM BOARD www.reidmiddleton.com BLDG BUILDING GRIND GROUND RD ROOF DRAIN ©Copyright2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. BLKG BLOCKING GSN GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES REBAR REINFORCING STEEL BARS FRAMING NAIL SIZE DIAMETER LENGTH BM BEAM GYP GYPSUM REF REFERENCE • 6d 0.113" 2" BMS BEAMS GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD REINF REINFORCE,REINFORCING 8d 0.131" 21/2" BOF BOTTOM OF FOOTING REM REMAINDER �NA�STyA BOT BOTTOM HD HOLDOWN REQD REQUIRED o4 WAS 10d 0.148" 3" w �ti s B PL BASE PLATE HDR HEADER REV REVISION C 12d 0.148" 31/4" BRG BEARING HGR HANGER _ 2 ° 16d 0.162" 31/2" BTWN BETWEEN HK HOOK SCHED SCHEDULE a 20d 0.192" 4" BU BUILT-UP HORIZ HORIZONTAL SECT SECTION 9° u239 4122/25 4'w HPT HIGH POINT SHT SHEET S E SHEATHING NAIL SIZE DIAMETER LENGTH C CHANNEL HSS HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTION SHTHG SHEATHING st°x^L EyG 6d 0.113" 13/4" CANTIL CANTILEVER HT HEIGHT SIM SIMILAR 8d 0.131" 21/4" CDF CONTROL DENSITY FILL SJI STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE PROJECT IDENTIFICAT 10d 0.148" 21/4" CG CENTER OF GRAVITY IBC INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE SOG SLAB ON GRADE 10d WI 1 1/8"SHEATHING 0.148" 2 5/8" CIP CAST-IN-PLACE ID INSIDE DIAMETER SPC SPACE,SPACING CJ CONTROL JOINT I.F. INSIDE FACE SPEC SPECIFICATION Arlington Operations BOLTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A307.LAG SCREWS SHALL CONFORM TO ASME B18.2.1.INSTALL WASHERS CJP,CP COMPLETE JOINT PENETRATION IJ ISOLATION JOINT SO SQUARE UNDER THE HEADS AND NUTS OF ALL BOLTS AND LAG SCREWS BEARING ON WOOD. INSTALLATION OF LAG CL CENTERLINE IN," INCH SST STAINLESS STEEL Center SCREWS SHALL CONFORM TO 2018 NDS SECTION 12.1.4,AND INSTALLATION OF BOLTS SHALL CONFORM TO 2018 CLDG CLADDING INCL INCLUDE SSH SHORT SLOTTED HOLE NDS SECTION 12.1.3.PRE-DRILL HOLES FOR LAG SCREWS TO AVOID SPLITTING. CLR CLEAR INFO INFORMATION STAG STAGGER,STAGGERED FOR CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT INT INTERIOR STD STANDARD ALL TIMBER FASTENERS IN CONTACT WITH PRESERVATIVE-TREATED OR FIRE-TREATED WOOD SHALL BE POST COL COLUMN STIFF STIFFENER Snohomish Count HOT DIP GALVANIZED PER ASTM A153. COLS COLUMNS JST JOIST STIR STIRRUP Y CONC CONCRETE JSTS JOISTS STL STEEL Public Works CROSS-LAMINATED TIMBER ICLTI SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSIIAPA PRIG 320-2019 CONN CONNECT,CONNECTION JT JOINT STRUCT STRUCTURAL "STANDARD FOR PERFORMANCE-RATED CROSS-LAMINATED TIMBER". EACH MEMBER SHALL CONST CONSTRUCTION SW SHEAR WALL AT BEAR AN IDENTIFICATION MARK AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A CERTIFICATE OF CONT CONTINUE,CONTINUOUS K KIP(1,000 LBS) SYMM SYMMETRICAL CONFORMANCE SUBMITTED PRIOR TO PANEL FABRICATION. LAMINATIONS SHALL CONSIST CONTR CONTRACTOR KSF KIPS PER SQUARE FOOT 19620 67th Ave N E OF"V2"LAYUP CONFIGURATION.STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE COORD COORDINATE KSI KIPS PER SQUARE INCH T/ TOP OF FOLLOWING VALUES. REFER TO SPECIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS: CRSI CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL INSTITUTE T&B TOP AND BOTTOM Arlington, WA 98223 CSJ CONSTRUCTION JOINT L ANGLE T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE 3-PLY PANEL—THICKNESS SHALL BE 3.43"MINIMUM,4.14"MAXIMUM CTR CENTER,CENTERED LBS,# POUNDS TIED TO BE DETERMINED CUFT CUBICFEET LF LINEAL FOOT TC TOPCHORD PERMIT SET MAJOR STRENGTH DIRECTION MINOR STRENGTH DIRECTION CU YD CUBIC YARD ILL LIVE LOAD TEMP TEMPERATURE B (FbS)ef,c=1,740 LBF-FTIFT (FbS)ef,so=140 LBF-FT/FT LLBB LONG LEGS BACK TO BACK THK THICK,THICKNESS 05/02/2025 B (EI)ef,o=95x101 LBF-IN2/FT (EI)ef,so=3.1x101 LBF-IN21FT d PENNYWEIGHT(NAILS) LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL THP TENDON HIGH POINT (GA)ef,o=0.46x10s LBF/FT (GAkf oo=0.46x101 LBF/FT (D) DROPPED BEAM LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL THRU THROUGH This drawing is: V,,o=1,490 LBF/FT V,,o=495 LBF/FT D-B DESIGN-BUILD LOC LOCATION TN TOE NAIL 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. DBA DEFORMED BAR ANCHOR LOCS LOCATIONS TOC TOP OF CONCRETE 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. DEL DOUBLE LONGIT LONGITUDINAL TOF TOP OF FOOTING 3.For use on this project only.obtain Architect's TIMBER SCREWS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS AND USED WITH CLT AND/OR GLULAM BEAMS written permission for any other use or reproduction. SHALL BE THE FOLLOWING: DEG,' DEGREE LPT LOW POINT TOS TOP OF STEEL DEMO DEMOLISH,DEMOLITION LSH LONG SLOTTED HOLE TOW TOP OF WALL PROJECT PARTIALLY THREADED SCREWS: DF DOUGLAS FIR LSL LAMINATED STRAND LUMBER TR THREADED ROD A DIAMETER LVL LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER TRANSV TRANSVERSE I SDCP WOOD SCREWS AS MANUFACTURED BY SIMPSON STRONG-TIE AND INSTALLED IN D DIAG DIAGONAL TYP TYPICAL 212024.009 ACCORDANCE WITH THE ICC-ES REPORT NO.3406 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS DIAPH DIAPHRAGM MATL MATERIAL FOR ALL SCREW DIAMETERS DIM DIMENSION MAX MAXIMUM LINO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE • FULLY THREADED SCREWS: DIST DISTANCE MECH MECHANICAL DL DEAD LOAD MEZZ MEZZANINE VERT VERTICAL MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SDCF WOOD SCREWS AS MANUFACTURED BY SIMPSON STRONG-TIE AND INSTALLED IN DN DOWN MF MOMENT FRAME ACCORDANCE WITH THE ICC-ES REPORT NO.3406 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS DO DITTO MFR MANUFACTURER W/ WITH FOR ALL SCREW DIAMETERS DP DEEP MIN MINIMUM W WIDTH DWG DRAWING MISC MISCELLANEOUS WD WOOD DWL DOWEL MPH MILES PER HOUR WF WIDE FLANGE DWLS DOWELS MTL METAL WHS WELDED HEADED STUD W/0 WITHOUT (E),EXIST EXISTING NF NEAR FACE WP WORKING POINT EA EACH NIC NOT IN CONTRACT WT WEIGHT EE EACH END NLG NAILING WTS WELDED THREADED STUD • EF EACH FACE NOM NOMINAL WWR WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC EJ EXPANSION JOINT NO.,# NUMBER PROJECT MANAGER: I SES EL ELEVATION N-S NORTH-SOUTH PROJECT ARCHITECT:/RSY ELEC ELECTRICAL NS NEAR SIDE JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A ELEV ELEVATOR NTS NOT TO SCALE A EMBED EMBEDMENT • ' ENGR ENGINEER OC ON CENTER EQ EQUAL OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER GENERAL NOTES AND EQUIP EQUIPMENT O.F. OUTSIDE FACE EQUIV EQUIVALENT OPNG OPENING ABBREVIATIONS ES EACH SIDE OPP OPPOSITE ETC ET CETERA OSB ORIENTED STRAND BOARD E-W EAST-WEST OSH OVERSIZED HOLE •' EW EACH WAY OWJ OPEN WEB JOIST EXP EXPANSION EXT EXTERIOR EXT GR EXTERIOR GRADE 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 S1.11 PLAN NOTES S1.11 LEGEND D (SEE S0.05 FOR ABBREVIATIONS) 1. SLAB ELEVATION SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON PLAN.SEE ARCHITECT FOR SLAB STEP LOCATIONS RECESSED SLABS,AND RAMPS.SLAB-ON-GRADE SHALL BE 4"THICK REINFORCED WITH#4 @ 12"OC EACH WAY AT CENTER. PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER PER SPECIFICATIONS BELOW SLAB AT INTERIOR SPACES FX FOOTING MARK PER FOOTING SCHEDULE 11/S3.01 OVER FREE-DRAINING CAPILLARY BREAK MATERIAL PER SPECIFICATIONS. (X'-XX") TOP OF FOOTING ELEVATION,SEE NOTE 3 FOR TYPICAL ELEVATION WHERE NOT NOTED 2. PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION/CONTROL JOINTS IN SLABS ON GRADE TO DIVIDE SLAB INTO RECTANGULAR AREAS 100 SQUARE FEET OR LESS.AREAS SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY SQUARE AND HAVE NO ACUTE ANGLES.SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.JOINT LOCATIONS MUST BE DYKEMAN STEP IN FOOTING ELEVATION PER 105.01 APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT.SEE 31S3.02 AND 8IS3.02. [H] [L] HIGH[H]ANDLOW[L] 3. TOPS OF ALL INTERIOR FOOTINGS SHOWN ON THIS SHALL BEAT ELEVATION 44",UNO.TOPS OF EXTERIOR I PERIMETER FOOTINGS IN THIS PLAN SHALL ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ❑ HSS COLUMN THIS LEVEL BE AT ELEVATION 4-6",UNO.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH FINAL SITE GRADES AND MAINTAIN MINIMUM DEPTH OF FOOTINGS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS 4. SEE ARCHITECTURAL/MECHANICAL/CIVIL/UTILITIES DRAWINGS FOR UNDERSLAB PIPING.COORDINATE FOUNDATION DEPTHS AND PIPING IN BF-X PER S2.01 THRU S2.02 ACCORDANCE WITH 10IS3.01. TOP OF SLAB ELEVATION 5. SIZES OF MEMBERS OF BRACED FRAMES APPEAR ON BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS.SEE SHEETS S2.01 THRU S2.02. CONSULTANT: 6. ALL STAIRS AND LANDINGS NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE DESIGN-BUILD COMPONENTS.ALL DESIGN-BUILD COMPONENTS SHALL BE DESIGNED,DETAILED,AND SUPPLIED BY THE STEEL FABRICATOR.SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES FOR SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 7. SEE S3.01 AND S3.02 FOR TYPICAL CONCRETE FRAMING AND FOUNDATION DETAILS. Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. • S1.12 LEGEND S1.12 PLAN NOTES (SEE S0.05 FOR ABBREVIATIONS) �ttARD STD 1. FINISH TOP OF CONCRETE DECK SLAB ELEVATION SHALL BE AS NOTED ON PLAN.SEE ARCHITECT FOR SLAB STEP LOCATIONS,RECESSED SLABS,AND ww F WAS C ❑ HSS COLUMN THIS LEVEL RAMPS. r2 ❑ COLUMN BELOW THIS LEVEL 2. TOP OF STEEL BEAM ELEVATION SHALL BE 6"BELOW CONCRETE DECK ELEVATION PER PLAN,UNO. C•719 wC 4122I25 BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS 3. TYPICAL DECK SLAB CONSISTS OF 3"METAL DECK WITH 31/4"OF CONCRETE COVER PER 3/S5.01. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL REINFORCING AS SHOWN ON THE oS LE sti BF-X PER S2.01 THRU S2.02 DRAWINGS.SEE 12/S5.02.SEE ARCHITECTURAL AND FOR SLAB STEPS AND RECESSES. SPAN DIRECTION OF METAL DECK 4. STEEL BEAMS SHALL BE EQUALLY SPACED,UNO. PROJECT IDENTIFICATI SLOPE DIRECTION 5. DECK SLAB EDGES SHALL BE PER DETAILS 3/S5.03 AND 41S5.03,UNO. Arlington Operations BMA MOMENT CONNECTION PER 6. SIZES OF ALL BRACED FRAME MEMBERS ARE SHOWN ON BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS. Center BMA HIGH LOAD CONNECTION PER 12/S5.01&1/S6.02 7. SEE S5.01 THROUGH S5.03 FOR TYPICAL STEEL FRAMING DETAILS. FOR [X'-X"] TOP OF STEEL ELEVATION 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY FLOOR PENETRATION DIMENSIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL,MECHANICAL,AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.REINFORCE ALL OPENINGS AT FLOOR DECKS PER 8/S5.02,UNO.ALL OPENINGS ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL,MECHANICAL, Snohomish County C=X" AMOUNT OF CAMBER REQUIRED AT BEAM MID SPAN AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL OPENINGS NOT SHOWN.CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE ARCHITECTURAL,MECHANICAL,AND ELECTRICAL (X) NUMBER OF SHEAR STUDS DRAWINGS FOR OPENINGS NOT SHOWN IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SUPPLY OPENING SIZE,LOCATION,AND CONFIGURATION TO THE STEEL Public Works FABRICATOR PRIOR TO SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL.OPENINGS OCCUR WHERE ANY DUCT,CONDUIT,PLUMBING,OR OTHER IMPLEMENT PASSES THROUGH [H]AND[L] INDICATES FRAMING HIGH[H]AND LOW[L] THE FLOOR OR ROOF. AT <X> CONNECTION PER 111S5.01, 9. ALL STAIRS AND LANDINGS NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE DESIGN-BUILD COMPONENTS.ALL DESIGN-BUILD 19620 67th Ave N E EXCEPT WITH<X>BOLTS COMPONENTS SHALL BE DESIGNED,DETAILED,AND SUPPLIED BY THE STEEL FABRICATOR.SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES FOR SUBMITTAL TOP OF SLAB ELEVATION REQUIREMENTS. Arlington, WA 98223 10. CLT PANELS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO BEAMS BELOW WITH 318"DIA PARTIALLY-THREADED WOOD SCREWS @ 12"OC IN THE FIELD,AND 6"OC AT PANEL STRAP PER NOTE 11 EDGES.JOIN PANEL EDGES PER DETAIL 4/S6.10&8/6.10. PERMIT SET A B 11. (1)CMSTC12 x 8'-0",UNO PER PLAN.CENTER STRAP ON CLT PANEL TOP LAMINATION AND LOCATE STRAP CENTERLINE WITHIN V-0"OF CLT PANEL EDGE, 05/02/20255 B UNO PER PLAN. CENTER STRAP OVER CLT PANEL SPLINE,UNO PER PLAN. This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. S1.13 LEGEND 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's S1.13 PLAN NOTES witten permission for any other use or reproduction. ❑ COLUMN BELOW THIS LEVEL 1. CLT PANELS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO BEAMS BELOW WITH 318"CIA PARTIALLY-THREADED WOOD SCREWS @ 12"OC IN THE FIELD,AND 6"OC AT PANEL PROJECT EDGES.JOIN PANEL EDGES PER DETAIL 4/S6.10&8/6.10 u - SPAN DIRECTION OF CLT PANEL 2. WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED,ROOF SHEATHING SHALL BE 518°PLYWOOD SHEATHING(PANEL SPAN RATING 40120).INSTALL 2x6 FLAT BLOCKING AT ALL 212024.009 UNFRAMED PANEL EDGES.NAIL SHEATHING TO ALL FRAMED PANEL EDGES,DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARIES,STRUTS,AND BLOCKING,AND BELOW WIT 10d @ 6" 00- SPAN DIRECTION OF FRAMING MEMBERS OC.NAIL SHEATHING TO ALL INTERMEDIATE FRAMING WITH 10d @ 12°OC. • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 3. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS DO NOT SHOW ALL LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL UNITS,PIPING,OR OTHER EQUIPMENT(REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL,MECHANICAL, PLYWOOD SHEATHING PER NOTE 2 PLUMBING,ELECTRICAL,AND FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS).THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THE FINAL WEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS OF THE UNITS AND PIPE RUNS(INCLUDING SPECIFIC SUPPORT LOADS AND SUPPORT CONFIGURATION)WITH THE WOOD JOIST AND TRUSS MANUFACTURER,M I E/P/FP CONTRACTORS AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO JOIST OR TRUSS FABRICATION.SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. BF-X PER S2.01 THRU S2.02 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY FLOOR,ROOF,AND WALL PENETRATIONS AND DIMENSIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL,MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. REINFORCE ALL OPENINGS AT FLOORS AND ROOF PER DETAILS.STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS DO NOT SHOW ALL OPENINGS.SEE ARCHITECTURAL,MECHANICAL [H]AND[L] INDICATES FRAMING HIGH[H]AND LOW[L] AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL OPENINGS NOT SHOWN.OPENINGS OCCUR WHERE ANY DUCT,CONDUIT,PLUMBING,OR OTHER IMPLEMENT PASSES THROUGH THE FLOOR,ROOF,OR WALL. • SLOPE DIRECTION 5. FALL ARREST ANCHORS(INCLUDING LAYOUT)ARE DESIGN-BUILD COMPONENTS AND SHALL BE ISSUED AS A DEFERRED SUBMITTAL TO THE ARCHITECT AND PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL(SEE SPECIFICATIONS).CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LOCATIONS OF ANCHORS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF THE PROJECT MANAGER: I SES STRAP PER NOTE 7 FRAMING MEMBERS.SEE DETAILS FOR ANCHOR SUPPORT DETAILS.SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FALL ARREST ANCHOR LOCATIONS. PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSY A JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A 6. SEE MECHANICAL FOR FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING.SEE I1/S6.01 FOR OPENINGS IN GLULAM BEAMS.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE OPENINGS IN JOISTS •., A WITH JOIST DESIGNER. 7. (1)CMSTC12 x 8'-0",UNO PER PLAN.CENTER STRAP ON CLT PANEL TOP LAMINATION AND LOCATE STRAP CENTERLINE WITHIN V-0"OF CLT PANEL EDGE,UNO PLAN NOTES AND PER PLAN.CENTER STRAP OVER CLT PANEL SPLINE,UNO PER PLAN. LEGENDS 1 2 3 1 4 5 2 3 4 5 FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 D CONSULTANT:ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 17'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 21'-6" 14'-6" Everett,Washington 98204 00 CENTERLINE STEEL COORDINATE ELEVATOR TYp Pww.rei741.38to PIT DEPTH W/ELEV MFR SIM wwwpyright 2025 Reid ��101/ 6 TYP 10 10 ' ' ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. HSS8x8x518 HSS8x8x5/8 S3.03 HSS8x8x518 53.03 6'-0" 53.0 • CENTERLINE STEEL -- -- -- ----- -------- - A L � J (BF-01) wns�Lcn I tiw .- tip s c 12 F1 F1 HSS8x8x3/8 _ , r ABOVE , r , HSS8x8x318 2 c C,. ' - J Cb�39 t�ra 4122/25 S3.0 ---- �� HSS8x4xl/2GUIDERAILPOST 53.0 ;I; o e _ S`oNAL ECG 12 - HSS5x5x318 I HSS5x5x8 HSS5x5x3/8 LLTI , iL �_� 5.2 HSS5x5x318 E ILDSTAIR r 011 j PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: PER PLAN NOTE 6 I I -------- - -- — ,-------� ------------------------- - Arlington Operations I I I Center I I I Fi I I I HSS5x5x3/8 I 4 DP F O R SOG PER NOTE 1 I I S3.0 I SEE NOTE 2 DWI 0 G G m I '� Snohomish County 0LLI SS5x5x318 FBF6 0 0 � I Fi m Public Works 1 --_ ____-- — _--- --- — l! - ---- r- rl j TYP AT BF - --- 1— ---- AT ------- --------Ir— - -I- +-- --_--- -------- ----- -� - - - - -- - 12 - ----- - ---- — — -- C 19620 67th Ave NE F1 S3.0 L_ J J HSS5x5x3/8 L-T-J HSS5x5x3/8 Arlington, WA 98223 HSS4x4x114 ____�, F2 BF-02 L-- -J l o � HSS4x4xl/4 Hssaxaxi O L— F2 PERMIT SET B -�_ ° 0 0 11 G I ------� 05/02/2025 B 6 q HSS5x5x3/8 L This drawing is: H x Q. F1 HSS5x5x318 F1 � r-t � - - F2 i 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. S3.0 F1 F1 0 n12 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. L—- 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's _ -+ +---- --+- -+--- I- -+ -----------+- ----------- ------ written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT L J HSS5x5x318 HSS5x5x318 1'0" TYP AT INTERIOR HSS5x5x3/8 ( )' UNO AT EXT HSS4x4x1/4 212024.009 53.0 FOOTINGS,UNO SEE NOTE 3 SEE NOTE 3 HSS4x4x114 I � � F2 0 • L J MARK DATE DESCRIPTION { S3 05 I II I I HSS4x4x114 �- --- -� --- --- �- - - - 1 --- L— L-1 Fzzj CENTERLINESTEEL L2 - L L ------- B��----- --J HSS4x4xl/4 HSS4x4x1/4 HSS4x4xl/42 HSS4x4x114 S3.0 HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4x114 6'0" fi 0" 10 3/8" - ••• " r--1 Ft-1 F-t7 Ft-1 Ft-1 F- -1 F- h —_—_—_—_—_I + i+_—_ _—_— GE: PN PRINCIPAL IN CHAR C PROJECT MANAGER: SES F2 L1S-------= F2 -----------Z F2 -----------Z F2 --- F2 -----------Z F2 --------�� F2-----L- F2 PROJECT ARCHRECT:I RSV HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4xl/4 HSS4x4xl/4 HSS4x4xl/4 HSS4x4x1/4 HSS4x4x114 //}' HSS4x4x1/4 I HSS4x4x114 JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A (- :7 CENTERLINE STEEL- •• A LINO AT AT EXT SEE NOTE 3 1 O2 O3 4O O5 6 7 8 FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL o e' s �•. FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL Scale:1/8"=1'-0" 1/8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 2 4 5 FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 D CONSULTANT:ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 8 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 00 52. Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 8 8 www.reidmiddleton.com S5.03 S3.0 ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. ------------------ -------+------- ----� ' �� p WAS (if AB 01' N�tO��T c �� 6 A �W y C _ x � I - Qf I' vl S o Qo v �' �� E(8 /� 9 4Q194122I25 x22 L) L)� Lj LjLj U U CU UU L1 C 14x2 HSS4x4x3I8 — 0 0 0 0 0 r" x °xAL E 5 � 3 0 0 0 0 0 3 W14x22(8) 7 � 11 TYPS5.0 I a 0� 0 L)C 0 C� C CC LjC C� W14x22 v = TS5 PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: W 18x35(24) GL 8 314 x 9 W18x46(24) ((�� W 18x46(24) W 18x46(24) _ 18x4614) — — 1 �� 1 CD �� GC83�x� �� C�D �� IHSS5x5x3/8 i Arlington Operations S6.0 S6.0 COMPOSITE DECK 3 Center TYP TYPCZ 00 0 CDC) 00 CDC I PERNOTE3 FOR �o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o OPEN TO BELOWLL ,4'-0" ( " _ 0 m Snohomish County GL3112x9 W18x35 S501 0 0 I 3 Public Works W18x46(8) -� 18x55(28)-STRU W18x46(24 I + ��(;�J AT —-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-— DIN GL5118x24 — �� _---- W18x46(24 - - - ------- ----------- 19620 67th Ave NE BF-02III Arlington, WA 98223 SEE NOTE 6,TYP AT W 14x22 BRACED FRAMES N O O O O A F N N N I 0 �0 0 o �� PERMIT SET L 51I8 x 1 05/02/2025 BC D B HSS4x4 4 N This drawing is: S4 x114 i 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. HSS4x4x11 x4 1/ J 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. i646(8 W 18x46(14) 18x46 14) W18x46(154 W 18x46(14) GL 6 3/4 x 21 _ _ _ _ _ 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's GL5118x12 written permission for any other use or reproduction. w I 4411 S 4 COMPOSITE DECK PER NOTE 3 S 414 I m I A 1 A 14 A S1 PROJECTA i 3-PLY CLT PANELS 6 3-PLY CLT PANELS 3-PLY CLT PANELS NUMB J212024.009 3-PLY GILT PANELS c� r _ TYP THIS OPNG • N GL5118x IL MARK DATE DESCRIPTION X 3 A 4'0"TYP 1 °O A 6 0 i HIS OPNG 6 8 0 3-PLY CLT PANELS e' GL6314x21 GL6314x21 GL6314x21 2)GL31I2x24FLITCH (2)GL3112x24FLITCH Sa. GL5118x12 W18x46 8 BEAM STRUT BEAM STRUT E 6F 03 A 0 A A J A PROJECT l o m m PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC GL51/8x15 GL5118x15 GL5118x15 14 GL5118x15 GL5118x15 GL5118x15 v GL51/8x12 PROJECT MANAGER: I SES 3-PLY CLT PANELS S6.03 TYp PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A A • 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 g FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL o a' a' s ,. FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL Scale 1/8"-I'T <� NORTH 1 2 4 2 3 4 5 FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 D CONSULTANT:ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 L 4 3 6 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 S6.01 S6.01 S6.0 7 Everett,Washington 98204 S6.0 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. I $ I I • (2)GL 31/2 x 21 FLITCH S6.0 (2)GL 31/2 x 21 FLITCH —-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—- --GL 5118x21[H]--------BEAM STRUT[H]--- - ------- -- -- - ---BEAM STRUT[H]----- -----GL51/8x21[H]----- - -GL51I8x18 ----------- HSS12x6x112[L] HSS12x6x112[L] �� HSS12x6x112[L] HSS12x6x112[L] _ oe WASH A, BF 01 x �° ,o ti�T s c M 3-PLY CLT PANELS °D GL51/8x21 GL51/8x21 GL5118x21 GL5118x21 GL5118x21 c� J DO 9 9os94a azvzs S6.01 e�G SSIoxAL F� TYP J I xy x x w 6 v o ? 2 � S6.01 0 � � 56.01 °° 3-PLY CLT PANELS R• ' •DO DO DO DO DO DO lie y I ------ ------- B Arlington Operations M � x xx 2 Center FOR TYP DO GL 5118 x21 GL 51/8x21 DO m DO DO [ o seol M Bso1 i s l �m Snohomish County TYP 36.01 I Public Works S6.0 2 S6.01 j [H] [L A A Do ss.o DO ° DO DO AT I A A -------------------- ----B" — S6.0 (2)GBEAMSTRUTFLITCH ------- ----------- 19620 67th Ave NE 8 = GL5118x21 4 „� Arlington, WA 98223 7 M c m M GL 51/8 x 21 GL 5118 x 21 3-PLY CLT PANELS DO DO CO GL 51/8 x 18 3-PLY CLT PANELS Do � PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B d p rx x c% F � A 5 � " A " A " A _ This drawing is: 56.0 q a w m m m 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. U (7 C7 A m A 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. --- --- — --------- GL5118x21 GL5118x21 GL5118x21 GL51/8x21 GL5118x2, sa' _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ O 3.For use on this Project only.Obtain Architect's D written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 8'-0" 3-PLY CLT PANELS A xis-0 212024.009 GL5118x15 • a MARK DATE DESCRIPTION of M SEE S1.12 FOR LOW �I c� ROOF FRAMING GL51/8x15 -------------------- -—-—-—-—-—- ----- - -- --t------------- --------------t-------------- -----------t------- E I I I I I I I LOW ROOF i I I I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I P PROJECT MANAGER: NC SES PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV A JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A 1 O O 4O O g 7 g ROOF PLAN o a' a' s ROOF FRAMING PLAN S'Aei18,._1,0, 1/8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 O 1 2 3 4 5 D 2 I DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN I l I I I I I I I I COL PER PLAN COL PER PLAN 2 I� Q CANOPY FRAME Q MITER AND WELD CORNERS II I I r=:j CONSULTANT: ' C10x15.3 x HSS12x8xl/2 H -------- ------------------ ------------ I I � sheetSuite 200 ------------------ ----------------- — HSSSx4x112[FLAT) Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 —-—- HSS12x8[H]8[L] A www.reidmiddleton.com ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. I I ryjEHSS12x6x1/2—L HSS8x4x3/8 GUIDRAIL POST HSS8x4x318 GUIDERAIL POST OIST BM---------------- HSS12x8xl/2[L] 6-----------I -- "1 "�39 w4122I25 0 e� �w fl d N S`r ONAL ECG rn I la —aa I w HSS4x4x3/8 POST PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: n IM S5.0 Arlington Operations M x x IN Center I 1= FOR I , -------- Snohomish County Public Works l AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 II II II I II PERMIT SET B it o 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. ELEVATOR SHAFT ELEVATION 6 LEVEL 2 FRAMING PLANPROJECT NUMBER 1/2"=1'-0" 1/4"=1'-01. 212024.009 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN IN CHARGEIPNC PROJECT MANAGER: PROJECT PROJECT ARCHITECT I JOBJOB CAPTAIN rp,PJCPJC A A PARTIAL PLAN & ELEVATION 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 n 4 5 3 4 4 I a I D � TYP 55.11 _ � ------ -------I — ------ ROOF . . S 4 TYP W14x26 I W14x26T ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ROOF 13 13 11 L 12 /HS yn Nt }} tis •xITYP 6 55s 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 9 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com TYP S5.1 O S5.11 ©Copyright2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. LEVEL2_TIFF � • ,ramx W14x34(12) pwns� x l 0 I � J 600 az2125 CONG S3 04 PER PLAN LL s xill PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: LEVEL 2-T/FFF TYP S5.11 =11 I Ijl I lil 2 2 FTG PER PLAN Arlington Operations �IIV J I L -------I�-------- Center III I II LEVEL 1-T/FF IIu IIu ------ ------- -- - FOR 11u I11 I II I II 56 Snohomish County 1 ,, 111 Public Works I'll I'll _ I II I II OA — 1— 0 AT lllu illlu �� BF-02 ELEVATION I Y I II BF-02 1/4„=V-0.1 19620 67th Ave NE S503 ilu Arlington, WA98223 I'I I'll LEVEL 1-T/F� PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 B B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. _ 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. A — A Architects 3.For use on this project only.Obtain FTG PER PLAN written permission for any other use or reproduction. BI01 BF-01 ELEVATION PROJECT NUMBER 1/4•=V-0" 212024.009 } LEVEL 2-T1 FF MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 8 + -------- -- _—--- ------ --- — ---- TYP S5.1 55.11 W 14x30� i I I O I I III PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC ,ZSy B PROJECT MANAGER: I SE. PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV JOB CAPTAIN: EP,Pic A = O = O= FTG PER PLAN •- A TYPI8 S5.11 �EVEL 1_rIFF BRACED FRAME --------- ---------- ELEVATIONS II •. B�03 BF-03 ELEVATION 1/4"=V-0" 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D --------- ROOF Q Q W 14X34 -- DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 13I -------------------------- --------- ROOF TYP 4 . .. 13 4 W14x30 I' S5.11 TYP S5.11 - CONSULTANT: L 13 I I �I 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 O I�I Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com y}} ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. y��s �y5 II II I I 12 I� • t ------ I.I — ---- 21 5.11 9 LEVEL 2=TI FF �opwns�� II I II 6 O LEVEL2-T/FF TYP 8 — 12 TYP S5.1 S5.11 — 9 — W21 x83 18 u�as �a azvzs --------- — --- S5.1 ea 01 fj I� Arlington Operations t� ti N Center TYP 6 O 55.11 FTG PER PLAN FOR ---------- — _—__—_ LEVEL 1-TIFF Snohomish County Public Works TYP S5.11 FTG PER PLAN — AT LEVEL 1_T/FF 1- r------_—__—__—_--- 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 IF O5 BF-05 ELEVATION 1/4 -1-D PERMIT SET B OA --I' - -I 1-1 QA n n 05/02/2025 Y Y B /� This drawing is: B_F->4_ 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 4 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. TYP 55.11 W14X30 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architects written permission for any other use or reproduction. BF 04 ELEVATION — 1/4"=V-0" ,��0 14 PROJECT •• 212024.009 11 14 `S4k4 III TYP •t3� —O — ------- S5.10 i B —— I • LEVEL 2-TI FF MARK DATE DESCRIPTION HSS14x6x112 _ III I x 10 6 ,Q N S5.11 I -� ss6, I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC �n_ PROJECT MANAGER: SES PROJECTARCHITEoD CT:I RSV 6 FTG PER PLAN JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A TYP 55.11 O OI I •• A ------ -- -- ------- ------- LEVEL 1-TIFF I I BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS B' BF-06 ELEVATION , 1/4"=V-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 db=BAR DIA 6 db MIN FOR#5 AND SMALLER MINIMUM STRAIGHT DEVELOPMENT LENGTH(Lb)T D=FINISHED INSIDE BEND DIAMETER 12 db MIN FOR#6,#7 AND#8 Lm INTERSECTING BAR Lb, D=6 db FOR#3 THRU#8 Lbt D D=8 db FOR#9,#10 AND#1 l UP TO 2'-0"TO 4'-0" CORNER BAR WI STD HOOK fc=4.000 to 5.000 PSI D=10 db FOR#14 AND#18 z �� BAR SIZE TOP BARS OTHER BARS BEND DIAMETER SCHEDULE N � #3 19" 15" ALTERNATE 90°AND135°ENDS #4 25' 19" DYKEMAN ON CONSECUTIVE CROSSTIES #5 31" 24" #6 37' 29" CROSSTIES #7 54" 42" ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN CROSSTIE #8 62" 48" #9 70" 54" 4 WALL BARS SHALL BE W 1 8" W/1 WALL STL #10 87' 67" TIED TOGETHER a,sa WI 180°HOOKS WI 180°HOOKS #11 87" 67" 2112"MIN 1 HOOKS AND BENDS ti r "TOP BARS"ARE HORIZONTAL BARS WITH MORE THAN 12"DEPTH OF CONCRETE CAST BELOW THEM. CONSULTANT: BEAM STIRRUPS UP TO 2'-0"T04'-0" 2'p" IF CLEAR CONCRETE COVER IS LESS THAN 1x THE DIAMETER OF THE • V-0"MIN HOOK AT BAR OR THE CENTER-TO-CENTER SPACING IS LESS THAN(3)BAR SEE SCHED 8IS3.01 ADJACENT BARS DIAMETERS,THEN VALUES SHALL BE INCREASED BY 50%. 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 go 1 Everett,Washington 98204 MINIMUM LAP SPLICE LENGTHS(Lb)T(CLASS B) Ph:425.741.3800 g U END BAR �'_J www.reidmiddleton.com BARS LARGER THAN#11 fc=4.000 to 5.000 PSI ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. SPLICES FOR SUCCESSIVE BAR SIZE TOP BARS OTHER BARS • SHALL BE WELDED OR TIES TO BE PLACED AT MECHANICAL SPLICED ALTERNATE CORNERS 16 db EA #3 @ 8" TYP WALL STL #3 25" 19" ENSIGN WI 180°HOOKS #4 33" 25" SPLICE COLUMN TIES #5 40" 31 #7 7 64" oF`°"SLR TYP REINFORCING BAR BEND AND LAP DETAILS '� TYPICAL CONCRETE WALL PLAN DETAILS 3 #6 48" 37" TZ " " NTS NTS #8 811" 62" � a aizzrzs Ld #9 91" 70" 90 as 1.5H MIN TYP #10 10 79 4" " s Dxa1 EyG — F �r__ MATCH FTG �,a Q BOT REINF +"TOP BARS"ARE HORIZONTAL BARS WITH MORE THAN 12"DEPTH PROJECT IDENTIFICATI OF CONCRETE CAST BELOW THEM. �Q IF CLEAR CONCRETE COVER IS LESS THAN 1x THE DIAMETER OF THE Arlington Operations G Q BAR OR THE CENTER-TO-CENTER SPACING IS LESS THAN(3)BAR _ DIAMETERS,THEN VALUES SHALL BE INCREASED BY 50%. Center 3'-0 I AX $ I FOR _ MINIMUM EMBEDMENT LENGTHS(Ldh)+FOR STANDARD END HOOKS oz U Snohomish County BAR SIZE fc=4,000to5,000PSI Public Works �a #3 6° AT #4 7" SEE GSN FOR COVER 46 10" 19620 67th Ave NE (2)#5BARS,TYP �BIFTG LL #7 12" Arlington, WA 98223 NOTES: (1)BAR EACH SIDE,TYP (1)BAR 2Ld DIAG #8 14" PLAN AT MID-DEPTH,TYP 49 15" 1. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL WALL REINFORCING NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. III III #10 17" NOTES: #11 19" PERMIT SET B 2. TERMINATE INTERRUPTED HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT WITH TybP NOTES: 05/02/2025 B STANDARD HOOK. D 1.5H MIN 1, BAR SIZE TO MATCH SLAB REINFORCING. 1. SIDE COVER MUST BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 2112". This drawing is: 3. REFER TO CIVIL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF PIPE PENETRATIONS. MIN 2. IF TWO LAYERS OF STEEL IN SLAB,PROVIDE OPENING REINFORCEMENT FOR EACH LAYER. 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. STEEP AS POSSIBLE 2. END COVER FOR 90 DEGREE HOOKS MUST BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 2". 2.The Architects Instrument. Professional Service. TYPICAL TYPICAL 3Foreseen fission for anly.her use Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. REINFORCING AT PIPE PENETRATION IN WALL TYPICAL STEPPED FOOTING DETAIL (� REINFORCING AT SLAB ON GRADE OPENING 7 DEVELOPMENT AND SPLICE LENGTH TABLES 8PROJECT NTS NTS v NTS NTS #4 CONT SOG,SEE PLAN FOR REINF PIPE SLEEVES: 3xD OR 6"CLR L COL&FTG 212024.009 ID OF SLEEVE SHALL (WHICHEVER IS GREATER) BE 2"MIN LARGER MIN BTWN ADJ PIPE SLEEVES • THAN OD OF PIPE FTG REINF TO BE CONT -III—III- 6" 6 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION STEP HEIGHT 5 4" FDN WALL TRENCH ¢LL I I COL PER PLAN _= SEE 121S5.03 FOR BP&AB i I #4 CONT SOG,SEE PLAN FOR REINF Fri E CONC SLAB PER PLAN IJ,SEE 31S3.02 TYP ; z z Qa - FOOTING SCHEDULE I TI SLAB ELL �1 BOTTOM TOP SEE PLAN 1 24" v MARK WIDTH LENGTH DEPTH (7)#7 EW REMARKS 121S3.01 SEE PLAN&111S3.01 FOR —III REINFORCING REINFORCING III PROJECT REINF TO MATCH SOG REINF 24" — — I ___- 4"5 STEP HEIGHT 5 T-0" N ____ F2 4'-0" 4'-0" V-6" (4)#6 EW 121S3.01 SIZE,DEPTH&REINF " x PRINCIPAL IN MANAGER: :I PNC z wg PROJECT MANAGER: SES z — FBF6 PER (7)#9 LONGIT (6)#9 LONGIT o PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV SOG,SEE PLAN FOR REINF 6'-0" PLAN 3-6" #5 @ 9 TRANS #5 @ 9 TRANS 121S3.04 c0 w� JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A OPTIONAL � _ BIFTG EL A Lb Lb MIN, CONSTJT MN PER „ (11)#9LONGIT (10)#9LONGIT AN w z —III—I �� TYP 1 FBF10 10'-0" 3-6 121S3.04 3"CLR, 1"MAX SEE PLAN •- PLAN #5 @ 9 TRANS #5 @ 9 TRANS N g #4 CONT 24" SIZE&QUANTITY 2 a ,.� FTG PER PLAN TYP TYP TYPICAL CONCRETE J #4 x� @ 12" TO MATCH FTG REINF SECTION aO NOTES: ELEVATION FTGWIDTH DETAILS EXCAVATION FOR PER PLAN . PIPE TRENCH PARALLEL.1 PIPE MUST RUN PERPENDICULAR THROUGH WALL •. c� 6„ 8„ TO FTG NOT ALLOWED 1'-0"5 STEP HEIGHT 5 2'-0" 2. MAXIMUM SLEEVE DIAMETER EQUAL TO 8". BELOW THIS LINE , TYPICAL SLAB ON GRADE STEP DETAILS 9 TYPICAL PIPE ENCASEMENT AT FOOTING 10 FOOTING SCHEDULE 1 1 TYPICAL INTERIOR FOOTING DETAIL 12 NTS NTS NTS NTS 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 1'4"LONG SMOOTH DWL BAR @ 12" 112"EXP JT MATL D W/DIA=V8,INSTALL FLUSH AGAINST UNDERSIDE OR PERP SLAB REINF BACKER ROD&JT FILLER ADD(2)#4 WHERE CJ OR CONST JT SEE 51S3.02,TYP DOES NOT OCCUR 7SUB 18" WALL PER IJW/PREMOLDED z ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN #4DWLx 16" STL COL PLAN JT FILLER WALL PER fi—_----- a SEE PLAN FOR@BASE PL BELOW PER PLAN I PLAN I / w SLAB REINFCONC SOG VP STL COL � FILL W/CONC / SEE 5/53.02,TYP m BASE PER SOG,SEE PLAN FOR REINF _ Q I STL COL IL J �, SOIL REPORT PER PLAN AFTER FLR / C CONC SOG 2"CLR,TYP #4 CONT T&B / Ir-- SLAB POURED PER PLAN EXTGR _ TIS_LAB ��LJ// 1 II / BASE PL 1// 1 SEE PLAN --L/ CJ OR CONST JT BELOW EXPANSION JOINTCONSULTANT: J WI PREMOLDED 1 1 FILL WI CONC AFTER JT FILLER,TYP \ (2)#4 TYP BASE PIL I //�1 SEE 81S3.02,TYP (2)#4 TYP FLR SLAB POURED a BELOW 1 1 • 1 2 � CJ OR CONST JT FILL WI CONC / CONC SOG J 1'-0"LONG SMOOTH DWL BAR @ 12" 118"MIN SAWCUT OR FORMED AFTER FLR c 728134th Street SW,Suite 200 SEE 8IS3.02,TYP (2)#4 TYP /y!Q WI PREMOLDED Wl DIA=V8,INSTALL FLUSH AGAINST CONST JT TO BE FILLED Everett,Washington 98204 4 SLAB POURED A UNDERSIDE OR PERP SLAB REINF W/JOINT FILLER 9 $" JT FILLER Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com PLAN AT INTERIOR COLUMN PLAN AT EXTERIOR COLUMN PLAN AT CORNER COLUMN ————- @Copyright2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. SEE PLAN FOR • ' � SLAB REINF SUB BASE PER WAs �ti •.�tiT�s C TYPICAL EDGE OF SLAB ON GRADE DETAIL 1 TYPICAL STEEL COLUMN ISOLATION JOINT DETAILS 2"CLR,TYP SOIL REPORT _ C NTS NTS CONSTRUCTION JOINT �a 4122I25 u7as L s� r O�S w 0 tk 24" g 118"MIN SAWCUT OR FORMED '• ' • #4 x L�@ 18" CJ TO BE FILLED —� v W/JOINT FILLER Arlington Operations STAIR&ANCHORAGE �L (1)#4 EACH NOSE = Center — WALL OR COL TO SLAB BY OTHERS SOG,SEE PLAN #4 x 16" FOR 16" SUB BASE PER iI-- BACKER ROD&JOINT FILLER @ 16" —I #4 @ 18"EACH WAY Snohomish County EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL w TISLAB� - CONTROL JOINT Public Works SEE PLAN AT rp 1 w w -- A NOTE: NOTES: 19620 67th Ave NE - 1. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR III—III 9" 9" 16" 16" STAIR TREAD AND RISER INFORMATION. 1. CONSTRUCTION JOINT MAY BE USED AT ANY CONTROL JOINT SHOWN ON PLANS AT Arlington, WA 98223 III- III— (3)#4 x�� CONTRACTORS OPTION. NOTES: (2)#460TTOM 2. REFER TO PLANS FOR SLAB THICKNESS AND REINFORCING. PERMIT SET 6"B 1. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING FOR LOCATIONS. 3. CONTROL JOINTS TO BE SPACED AT 10'-0"ON CENTER MAXIMUM,EACH WAY.RATIO 05/02/2025 B MIN OF DISTANCE BETWEEN CONTROL JOINTS IN EACH DIRECTION FOR A SLAB PANEL 2. EXTEND THICKENED SLAB V-0"PAST STAIR,EACH SIDE. SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.5.CONSTRUCTION JOINTS PER THIS DETAIL SHALL BE This drawing is: CONSIDERED AS CONTROL JOINTS FOR CONTROL JOINT SPACING REQUIREMENTS. 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. TYPICAL ISOLATION JOINT TYPICAL THICKENED SLAB AT DESIGN BUILD STAIR (� TYPICAL STAIR ON GRADE DETAIL 7 TYPICAL SLAB ON GRADE JOINT DETAILS 8PROJECT NUMBER NTS NTS v NTS NTS 3"MIN CLEAN SURFACE PRIOR TO CONC POUR L7x4x3/8x0'-10"LLV W/ 212024.009 1'-0"MAX CONC PAD fc=3,000 PSI (2)314"DIA x 6"WHS @ 6"OC 9"MAX SEE ARCH, #4 @ 12"EACH WAY PROVIDE ANGLE @ 3'4-OC MIN(3)ANGLE AS READ BY #4 CONT 18" • MECH,&ELEC C) ELEV SUPPLIER MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ~u~i #4x @12" M r' SOG 6 _ SEE PLAN #4x F—@ 18'AROUND PERIMETER OF PAD,DRILL #4 CONT III— 1&GROUT W/NON-SHRINK GROUT INTO SLAB,TYP BENT PL3/8 OR ANGLE EQUIPMENT PAD 18" FULL WIDTH OF PIT III- o #4 xL_@ 12",TYP — GALV GRATING _ 18" 3/16 6 a III oPROJECT 6"TO 8",SEE ARCH, 8", 3116 6 MECH&ELEC #4 @ 10"CONT,TYP TYP N PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC 9"TO V-6',SEE ARCH, PROJECT MANAGER: I SES MECH&ELEC r/I PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV (1)#4 CONT © JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A 7�, Of rL 2-p. #4 x - A 1'-0"MAX SEE ARCH, #4 @ 18"DRILL (2)#4 CONT M MECH,&ELEC,TYP &GROUT WI I NON-SHRINK #5@12"EACH WAY L4x3xi/4LLVAT EACH TYPICAL CONCRETE GROUT INTO SLAB SUMP WI 1l2"DIA EXP `� BLOCK OUT SLAB AS @ 9"OC EMBED 2 318"REQDATPLUNGERDETAIL 11— (4)#4 x�EACH WAY EQUIPMENT CURBS SEE PLAN FOR 2'-0"x 2'-0"x 2'-0 TYPICAL , CURB AND PAD ON CONCRETE SLAB DETAILS 10 TYPICAL ELEVATOR PIT 12 NTS NTS 2 3 4 5 2 3 14 5 OVER PER GSN,TYP NO OPNG REINF REQD FOR 3x LARGER OPNG(1'-0"MIN) TI WALL PER ARCH OPNG NOT LARGER THAN DIM TO EDGE OF ADJACENT OPNG D 12"SO OR 12"DIA WHERE MAXIMUM HORIZ DESIGN PRESSURE: 35 PCF OPNG ARE LOCATED PER ADD(1)#5 x 6'-0"DIAG FOR EACH LAYER SEISMIC SURCHARGE PRESSURE: 10"H THE LIMITS SHOWN,UNO OF WALL RENIF,TYP AT OPNG MINIMUM ALLOWABLE BEARING: 4,000 PSF —III COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION: 0.30(INCLUDING FACTOR OF SAFETY) DYKEMAN _T/FLOOR SLAB III III PASSIVE RESISTANCE: 300 PCF —III UNIT WEIGHT OF SOIL: 110 PCF fc: 4,000 PSI ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ADD(2)#5 HORIZ Fy: 60,000 PSI I TYP AT OPNG 4 - • V-0"MIN STEM WALL VERT REINF o -------- -- — ----- #5 @ 12"VERT TOE SIDE, PER SCHED,UNO SCHEDULE TYP WHERE Is 10" WALL EDGE OF I #5 @ 12"HORIZ HEEL SIDE,TYP w MINIMUM MINIMUM STEM REINF FTG REINF CONC WALL I 2'-0"TYP,FLOOR n HEIGHT 4 Bi" B2" 4 _T/FLOOR SLAB #5 @ 18"HORIZ TOE SIDE, _ „H• VERTICAL TOP — TYP WHERE Is>10" I I ADD(2)#5 VERT UP TO 5-1)" 8" 1'-0" 3'-0" 1'-0" #5 @ 12" #5 @ 12" � CJ,LEAVE ROUGH 6'-0" 8" 1'-8" T-6" V-0" #5 @ 12" #5 @ 12" HOOK TYP WALL REINF TYP AT OPNG AS REOD SEE TYP DET HOOK IF MIN LENGTH #6 @ 12"BOT 8'-0�- 110"- 2'-3" 4'-3" 1'-6" #6 @ 12" #6 @ 12" 728 134th Street Sw,Suite 200 10'-0 2'-3" T-6" 1'-6" #7 @ 8" #6 @ 10" Everett,Washington 98204 NOT AVAILABLE,TYP _ _ FTG TOP REINF PER SCHED Ph:425.741.3800 I— —III #6 @ 12"TOP FULL WIDTH NOTE: SEE DETAIL 8/S3.03 WHERE"H"EXCEEDS 10'4'. www.reidmiddleton.com NOTE: — — @ Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. 1. TYPICAL WALL REINFORCING NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY,EXCEPT AS NOTED. o w w x oWAS tiw ._ tipTs TYPICAL CONCRETE WALL REINFORCING 2 "Bi" "B2" TYPICAL CONCRETE CANTILEVER WALL 4 _ z NTS NTS 46719 a 4122I25 eONA � OSL PROJECT Arlington Operations fvL SPLICE HORIZ REINF PER 81S3.01 Center COL PER PLAN SIZE&SPACING PER 10/83.03 OVER PER GSN,TYP F O R a #5x�@10" � (4)#5 VERT TI WALL PER ARCH u Snohomish County Public Works T -11 I—III=i' = AT III 1 III' 19620 67th Ave NE CONC WALL PER PLAN 8" 8" 314"DIAx31/2"STUDS Arlin ton, WA 98223 @ 10"OC,EA SIDE g #8 @ 8"VERT HEEL SIDE PERMIT SET B #5 @ 12"VERT TOE SIDE #5 @ 12"HORIZ HEEL SIDE,TYP 4 05/02/2025 B v #5 @ 18"HORIZ TOE SIDE This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. CJ,LEAVE ROUGH 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's "TOPwritten permission for any other use or reproduction. PILASTER AT BASEMENT WALL #7@8 PROJECT #6 @ 12"BOT —— #6 @ 12"TOP FULL WIDTH 212024.009 w = w - MARK DATE DESCRIPTION x #6 @ 10",VERT #6 HORIZ INSIDE FACE DOWELS TO MATCH WALL Q • VERTS(CTRD IN WALL) CAST SLAB AGAINST WALL #5 @ 14",HORIZ INSIDE FACE (#8 @ 6"HORIZ INSIDE FACE AT SIM) #6 @ 12"VERT PROJECT TEAM SOG PER PLAN T-O" 2'-O° T-O" 6'-4" PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC RIGID INSULATION PER ARCH PROJECT MANAGER: I SES PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV SHORING WALL PROVIDED JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A BY CONTRACTOR A I III III -1 =III= #s@1z"TRANs CONCRETE DETAILS (3)#5 CONT LONGIT . �a n 1'-0" , CONCRETE WALL AT FOOTING SECTION 10 TYPICAL CONCRETE CANTILEVER WALL '� 2 3/4"=1'-0. 3/4"=1'-o. 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D CONSULTANT:DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. • �F WAS r�A ti�s r C C C6719 t�ra 4122I25 e OSL PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations CONC WALL PER PLAN Center PL314xl2x2'-2 W/ F O R V CLR (12)314"DIA x TI DBA ICL COL �LCOIL Snohomish County Public Works — —-—-—-—- - -—- = e AT / ��Ry �> 19620 67th Ave NE �F B" B" I I / u, I I Arlington, WA 98223 PLAN PERMIT SET / B 05/02/2025 B I I I I I I I I I I BRACE PER EL WI SLOT I SEE 81S5.10 FOR ADDL INFO This drawing is: / SOG PER PLAN 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. FOR GUSSET PL PER 21S5.10 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this Project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. I / / — — — — — — — — — PROJECT COL PER BF EL //// —I III=III=III=III —III=III=III III=III 212024.009 TOP BARS PER SCHED I I I I /� I I III 11 I I I I I I—I I I I 1 11 I—I I I I—_I I i • r/ :..:......; w l /// III III—III MARK DATE DESCRIPTION r / a #5 XL-] I I I I I I I I s I I I I I I I I a / 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 I I I I I I I I I I III I I I I I I I I I I I I � GUSSET PL PER 8185.11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BOT BARS PER SCHED LL PROJECT RETAINER PL PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PROVIDE(5)SETS OF TIES ON (4)#5 x� PER DETAILS PROJECT MANAGER: I SES STUDS PER6/S3.03 _iNii PROJECT ARCHITECT:IRSV ES OF BASE PLATE AS SHOWN JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A 8" 8" 8" FTG WIDTH,PER SCHEID •-. A CONCRETE DETAILS SECTION GUSSET CONNECTION AT BASEMENT WALL 10 BRACED FRAME FOOTING 12 3/4"=1 3/4''-0" =1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D CONSULTANT:DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. • �F WAS r C C C6719 a 4122I25 eONA � OSL MTL STUD PER ARCH 12/87.01 PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: VENEER PER ARCH Arlington Operations I I Center I I DECK&TOPPING PER PLAN W/REINF of z FOR PER 121S5.02 AT EXPOSED SLABS #4 CONT I FINISHED GR OR PAVING c PER CIVIL ILANDSCAPE Snohomish County s Public Works 36 ��_ _ AT #4 x--�36@ 12"TOP 19620 67th Ave NE LEDGER L4x6x5/16(LLV)W1314•CONC Arlington, WA 98223 SCREW ANCHORS @ 24"(EMBED 5112") I #5 T&B #4x-12� @12"T&B PERMIT SET IN EPDXY GROUTED HOLES B 05/02/2025 B 2 CLR RIDGID INSULATION PER ARCH This drawing is: BASEMENT WALL AND 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. REINF PER 10/S3.03 SHORING WALL PROVIDED 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's BY CONTRACTOR written permission for any other use or reproduction. EXTERIOR WALL GRID A PROJECT NUMBER: 3/4"=1'-0" 212024.009 PER ARCH MARK DATE DESCRIPTION MTL STUD FRAMING PER SCHED 12/S7.01 F_V VENEER ANCHORS PER SPECIFICATIONS I I MASONRY VENEER SOG PER PLAN PER ARCH I �(2)#4CONT I I RIGID INSULATION #4 x 7 @ 12• PROJECT PER ARCH I I FINISHED GR OR PAVING PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PER CIVIL I LANDSCAPE PROJECT MANAGER: I SES CAPILLARY fx PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV BREAK PERJOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A CIVIL/GEOTECH -41— ., A SPREAD FTG PER PLAN #4 @ 12"HORIZ EA FACE (WHERE OCCURS) CONCRETE DETAILS I III- I #4 x L @ 12"VERT EF 1' —————1-6—-- FTG DRAIN PER CIVIL (2)#4 CONT T&B I I�WHERE OCCURS L- TYPICAL EXTERIOR FOUNDATION DETAIL 2 , 3/4"=1'_0" 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 ADDITIONAL REINF PER 12/S5.02 D/3 DIA HOLES MAX,TYP PUDDLE WELD 1"RADIUS CORNERS,TYP D s 6x6 W1.4 x W1.4 WWR LOCATIONS x X X X X X X X X X X X X 0 _ DYKEMAN NOTES: ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 112"MIN >� 1. USE GAGE OF DECK PER SPAN TABLE AT LEFT(SPAN TABLES ASSUME SHORING WILL NOT 2l3 D MAX I TYPE=ASC 3W OR VERCO W3 FORMLOK,G60 GALV WITH FOLLOWING MINIMUM PROPERTIES: BE USED).DECK SHALL HAVE 150 PSF SUPERIMPOSED LOAD CAPACITY. NOTES: o OR 2.5 x HOLE SIZE Fy=38KSI, PANELWIDTH=36" 2. PROVIDE(4)1/2"DIA EFFECTIVE PUDDLE WELDS PER SHEET TO ALL SUPPORTS 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF ALL BEAM PENETRATIONS WITH 20 GA 18 GA 16 GA PERPENDICULAR TO DECK FLUTES.PROVIDE 1/2"DIA EFFECTIVE PUDDLE WELDS @ 24"OC MECHANICAL DRAWINGS.ALL PENETRATIONS LARGER THAN 2"DIA SHALL BE SHOWN ON SHOP I=0.896 IN' I=1.203 IN' =1.509 IN° TO ALL SUPPORTS PARALLEL TO FLUTES. DRAWINGS OR SKETCHES AND SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER FOR APPROVAL.FIELD CUTTING NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT APPROVAL. CONSULTANT: S=+0.534/-0.564IN' S=+0,767/-0.767IN' S=+0.9601-0.960IN' 3. CONNECT DECK SEAMS WITH BUTTON PUNCHES @ 36"OC. 2. OPENINGS MAY OCCUR IN MIDDLE HALF OF BEAM LENGTH ONLY. 4. DECK MUST STRICTLY MEET CRITERIA LISTED INCLUDING ICC-ES RESEARCH REPORT 31/4"TOPPING ALLOWABLE SUPERIMPOSED LOADS.SUBMIT DECK INFORMATION TO ENGINEER PRIOR TO 3. NO CUTTING SHALL OCCUR IN TOP OR BOTTOM QUARTER OF BEAM DEPTH. BEGINNING SHOP DRAWINGS. 728134th Street SW,Suite 200 20 GA 18 GA 16 GA 4. ADJACENT OPENINGS SHALL BE SPACED AT THE LESSER OF V-O"OR 2.5 x LARGER OPENING Everett,Washington 98204 SINGLE SPAN CONDITIONS 9'4" 11'-0" 12'-0" 5. REINFORCE DECK OPENINGS PER 8/S5.02,UNO DECK OPENINGS MAY NOT BE SHOWN ON SIZE,EDGE TO EDGE. www.reidmiddleton.com DOUBLE SPAN CONDITIONS 10'4" 12'-0" 13'-O" PLAN,SEE ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. TRIPLE SPAN CONDITIONS 11'-0" IT-O" 14'-0" 6. SEE 10155.02 FOR CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. 5. MAXIMUM SIZES OF OPENINGS SHALL BE D/3 DIA OR D13 x 2/3 D. • 6. NO OPENINGS SHALL OCCUR WITHIN V-0"OF AN ADJACENT BEAM CONNECTOR. REQUIRED OPENINGS NOT MEETING ABOVE CRITERIA SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ��1 vn CONTRACTING OFFICER FOR REINFORCING DESIGN. of WAS C 3" FLOOR DECK WITH 3" CONCRETE TOPPING BEAM PENETRATION DETAIL 4 _ D NTS NTS 9 wa azzrzs uz1a HIGH LOAD BEAM CONNECTION SCHEDULE'V o SS L E�G�w NOTE: NUMBER AND SIZE CONNECTION BEAM OF PLATE WELD SIZE PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: 1. THIS PLAN VIEW ONLY APPLIES WHERE HIGH LOAD CONNECTION SIZE A325N-SC BOLTS THICKNESS W OCCURS ON ALL(4)SIDES OF COLUMN,OR WHERE HIGH LOAD W8,W10 4 718"DIA 112" 5116" Arlington nOperations CONNECTION OCCURS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF COLUMN,BUT CANNOT () g BE KERFED DUE TO PERPENDICULAR KERF PLATE CONNECTION. W12,W14 (6)7/8"DIA 1/2" 5116" Center 8"MAX W16 (8)718"DIA 1l2" 5116" FOR PL1/2AT HIGH LOAD STANDARD BOLTED BEAM CONNECTION SCHEDULE"A" W18,W21 (10)7/8"DIA 1/2" 5116" Snohomish County 1"TYP CONNECTIONS (OMIT WHERE HSS NOMINAL BEAM NUMBER AND SIZE OF CONNECTION PLATE WELD SIZE W24 12 718"DIA 1/2" 5116" SHEAR PL PER 12IS5.01 STL COL PER PLAN WALL THK EXCEEDS 3/8") CONN PER 11/S5.01 SIZE A325N BOLTS THICKNESS W ( ) Public Works OR BF EL WHERE OCCURS W27 (14)7/8"DIA 1/2" 5116" W8,W10 (2)718"DIA 3/8" 1/4" AT a W12,W14 (3)718"DIA 3/8" 114" W30 (16)7/8"DIA 112" 5116" W16 (4)7/8"DIA 318" 1/4" NOTES: 19620 67th Ave NE PL1 112(GR 50),EXTEND 1" KERF PL CONN PER SECT W18,W21 (5)7l8"DIA 318" 114" Arlington, WA 98223 ABOVE&BELOW SHEAR PL (PER BF CONN DETAIL WHERE OCCURS) PER 12 S5.01 W24 (6)7/8-DIA 318" 114" 1. ON PLAN,INDICATES HIGH LOAD CONNECTION TYPE SHOWN ON SCHEDULE"B". PER 12185.01 W27 (7)7/8"DIA 318" 1 114" 2. PROVIDE MINIMUM OF CLASS A FAYING SURFACE ON PLATE AND BEAM WEB PERMIT SET B W30 (8)7l8"DIA 318" 114" FOR INSTALLATION OF SLIP CRITICAL BOLTS. 05/02/20255 B PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW NOTE: 3. HIGH LOAD CONNECTION REQUIRED ONLY WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON This drawing is: 022 1. <X>ON PLAN,INDICATES NUMBER OF BOLTS IN CONNECTION,IF DIFFERENT PLAN(SEE LEGEND ON PLAN SHEETS)OR DETAILS. 1.Copyright cts Dykemen,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. FROM SCHEDULE"A". 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's FACE OF SUPPORTING MEMBER written permission for any other use or reproduction. CAP PL114 AT TOP OF COL FACE OF SUPPORTING MEMBER PROJECT NUMBER 1"GAP,TYP WHERE OCCURS,UNO PL SIZE&BOLTING PER 11 BM 1S5.01 1"GAP,TYP 1 3/4",TYP 212024.009 PER 3",TYP HIGH LOAD CONN PER 12/S5.01 WHERE 1 3/4"TYP W SEE 1 1/2"MAX W SEE f1 112"MAX • 111S5.01 INDICATED ON PLAN OR DETAILS W SCHED"A" W SCHED"B" MARK DATE DESCRIPTION STRUT BEAM,PER 1 (SEE DETAIL AT LEFT WHERE HIGH LOAD AT STD CONN PLAN EACH SIDE i i CONNS OCCUR ON OPP SIDES OF COL) I PER 12/S5.01 PER PLAN ° o 10 0 I_I I I II I I - - loo �0 0 I o o f t o 0 0ll I o II a I o o l IIo o o l o o 0 0 l l,!t o o o COPE FLG COPE FLG WHERE REQD PROJECT CONN PL AND BOLTS PL PER SCHED(GR 50) WHERE REQD PER SCHED"A",TYP PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: PNC a SLIP CRITICAL BOLTS PER SCHED PROJECT MANAGER: I SES KERF PL SIZE&BOLTING "B"IN STD ROUND HOLES PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV PER HIGH LOAD CONN I I PL PER PLAN VIEW 'o i i STD ROUND HOLES IN PL, I SCHED OF 121S5.01 STL COL PER PLAN ~ EXCEPT AS NOTED JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A STL COL PER PLAN B ' A BEAM TO COLUMN BEAM TO BEAM BEAM TO COLUMN BEAM TO BEAM WHERE HIGH LOAD CONNECTION OCCUR ON TYPICAL STEEL OPPOSITE SIDES OF A HSS OR PIPE COLUMN TYPICAL DETAILS BEAM TO HSS COLUMN CONNECTIONS 10 TYPICAL BEAM CONNECTION 7/8" BOLT '� '� HIGH LOAD CONNECTION 7/8" BOLT 1 2 , NTS NTS NTS 2 4 5 2 13 4 5 D NOTES: SUPPORTING BEAM BEAM PER PLAN,TYP BOLTED CONN PER 11IS5.01 PER PLAN,TYP (NUMBER OF BOLTS PER 1. FOR HOLES 4"DIAMETER OR LESS,OR 4"SQUARE OR LESS,NO STRENGTHENING IS REQUIRED PROVIDED THAT HOLES ARE NOT CLOSER THAN 12"OC. LAY OUT DECK TO PROVIDE PLAN WHERE INDICATED) DECK&TOPPING PER PLAN 3"MIN CONTACT BETWEEN 2. FOR HOLES GREATER THAN 4"UP TO 8"DIAMETER OR 8"SQUARE,PROVIDED HOLES ARE NOT CLOSER THAN T-0"OC,PROVIDE TRIM BAR AS SHOWN. DYKEMAN LOW FLUTE&FLANGE OR CUT DECK HIGH FLUTE&INSTALL 3. FOR HOLES GREATER THAN 8"UP TO 24"DIAMETER OR 24"SQUARE,USE L2x2x3/16 ALONG(2)SIDES AS SHOWN. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SHEAR CONNECTORS FILLER PLATES AS READ o PER PLAN&6ECTO1S5.02 BTWN ADJACENT LOW FLUTES 4. FOR HOLES GREATER THAN 24"DIAMETER OR 24"SQUARE,SEE PARTIAL PLAN. 1112" TYPICAL PER 11/85.01 "MAX(NOTE 2) #4 TRIM BAR(4 SIDES) EXTEND 2'-0"BEYOND OPNG CONSULTANT: PI-1/2 x 3 1/2 x 0'-7" 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 BEAM PER PLAN,TYP W/(2)3l4"DIA BOLTS @ 3"OC Everett,Washington 98204 r7MAIN BEAM TYP BEAM TO BEAM Ph:425.741.3800 �CONN PER 121S5.01 www.reidmiddleton.com 5116 24"MAX(NOTE 3) ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. DECK PERPENDICULAR TO BEAM DECK PARALLEL TO BEAM #4 TRIM BAR(4 SIDES) 3l4"DIA PUDDLE C8x11.5 1 AT W8 AND W10 BEAMS WELDS,TYP • --- — — x ° ^SST METAL DECK OVER COMPOSITE BEAMS 1 BEAM TO BEAM AT DIFFERING ELEVATION 2 Z _ '2 NTS NTS w MTL DECK 9 u�as �a 4122I25 SPAN DIRECTION ae �L a� C8x11.5 �S L z 2 CELLS FOR C=8"TO 14"OR o 8 MAX (X)STUDS EQUAL SPACE 8 MAX 3 CELLS FOR C=14"TO 24"(TYP) w MAIN BEAM PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: DECK&TOPPING PER PLAN STUDS PER ARCH SEE PLAN FOR NUMBER OF STUDS m I i &121S7.01 BXTEND-EAM PER PLANWHEREOCCURS, Arlington Operations I i i EXTEND L2x2 SAME AS OPP END 3116 314"DIA HEADED STUDS,TYP WHERE NO BEAM OCCURS PARTIAL PLAN Center x x x x x x x Szx ---------- -_-- --------- 112" F O R DECK EDGE PER 31S5.03 C) Snohomish Count`/ w o #4 TRIM BAR 4 SIDES J o 7 z ( ) 1/2"CIA PUDDLE WELDS 4'-0"MAX BEAM PER PLAN OR BF EL _ EXTEND T-0"BEYOND OPNG 6"OC ALL AROUND HOLE (NOTE 4) Public Works PL1I4x3x0'-6" (X)=TOTAL NUMBER OF STUDS PER PLAN @ 3116 2 EACH END AT TYPICAL BEAM - 19620 67th Ave N E L3112x3112x5116@B'-0"MAX I i _____ I I a NOTES: Arlington, WA 98223 z w ¢w� �'LL 1. CENTER CONNECTORS OVER BEAMS AND GIRDERS,TYPICAL. CONN PER 4IS7.01 w J LOC C8 AT FIRST LOW FLUTE ¢ 24"MAX NEAREST EDGE OF OPNG CONN PER 2/S5.02 PERMIT SET 2. WHERE DECK FLUTES ARE PERPENDICULAR TO BEAMS,USE(2)STUDS PER (NOTE 3) (W8 CONDITION) B STUDS PER DETAILS FLUTE @ 3"OC WHERE NUMBER OF STUDS EXCEEDS NUMBER OF FLUTES. 3"MAX 3"MAX 05/02/2025 B AT LEVEL BELOW -L4 3. SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES FOR STUD REQUIREMENTS. This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. A-A SECTION B-B SECTION 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. DECK EDGE AT EXTERIOR CJ COMPOSITE HEADED STUDS 6 REINFORCING AT MISCELLANEOUS COMPOSITE SLAB OPENINGS PROJECT NUMBER: NTS NTS NTS L3x3x3116 AROUND 212024.009 COL FOR DECK SUPPORT PLACE WWR BELOW TOP BARS AS SHOWN (NOT READ AT SIDES WHERE • INCOMING BEAMS OCCUR) DECK&TOPPING PER PLAN MARK DATE DESCRIPTION LAY OUT DECK TO PROVIDE m 3"MIN CONTACT BETWEEN LOW ao CJ LOCATIONS TO BE DETERMINED BY CONTR, PLAN VIEW A WAY,CONT o FLUTE AND FLANGE OR CUT ~o SUBMIT PROPOSED LOCATIONS TO THE o DECK HIGH FLUTE AND INSTALL ENGINEER FOR REVIEW&APPROVAL PRIOR TO SHEAR J FILLER PLATES AS READ DECK&TOPPING PER PLAN POURING CONIC TOPPING 4�OR PLAN CONNECTORS BTWN ADJACENT LOW FLUTES (ORIENTATION VARIES) ION VARIES PER PLAN #4 x 4'-0"@ 12",CTR ON JOINT OR —— ER PLANJECT TEAM EXTEND REINF PER PLAN FOR CCURS •FULL LAP SPLICE LENGTH 3116 2-6 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: PNC (WHICHEVER IS GREATERREINF) ------ —�— PROJECT PROJECT MANAGER: --------- PLACE TRANSV BAR #4X12 PROJECT PROJECT ARCHITECT: DIRECTLY BELOW EA WAY,CONT JOB CAPTAIN�EP,PJCPJC A II WWR AS SHOWN �- A LAP WWR PER GSN,TYP TYP 3116 STL COL PER PLAN II (HSS WHERE OCCURS) BEAM PER PLAN GIRDER PER PLAN TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS DECK PERPENDICULAR TO BEAM DECK PARALLEL TO GIRDER SECTION CONTROL JOINT IN COMPOSITE DECK 10 METAL DECK TO STEEL COL CONNECTION DETAIL 11 ADDITIONAL REINFORCING AT COMPOSITE DECK 12, � 2 , NTS NTS NTS 2 3 4 5 2 13 4 5 BEAM PER PLAN SHEAR CONNECTOR PER OFFSET BENT PL&WELD TO BEAM PLAN WHERE OCCURS SHEAR CONNECTOR PER ° FLG WHERE VERT LEG IS 4"OR LESS PLAN WHERE OCCURS L NOTIFY ENGINEER g NOTIFY ENGINEER PER �IFEXCEEDED iL �IFEXCEEDED NOTES NOTES I PER DECK I "L" DYKEMAN L„ NOTES 10"MAX 3116 2-12 BENT PL1l4x J xCONT 82" 18"M 32" 1 4 #3 x SPACE PER #3 x SPACE PER ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SCHED BELOW(3l4"CLEAR SCHED BELOW(3/4"CLEAR DECK BELOW BOTTOM FLANGE FROM TOP OF SLAB) #4 CONT WHERE FROM TOP OF SLAB) #3 HOOKS OCCUR #4 CONT WHERE _____________________ _ _ ___ #3 HOOKS OCCUR Elf w !i w rn 3" DECK&TOPPING PER PLAN CONSULTANT: EDGE FORM BY MTL DECK DECK&TOPPING PER PLAN w v EDGE FORM BY MTL DECK BENT PL114 x_]CONT o SUPPLIER THICK ENOUGH SUCH • a BEAM PER PLAN SUPPLIER THICK ENOUGH SUCH > THAT SHORING IS NOT READ BEAM PER PLAN THAT SHORING IS NOT READ 3/16 2-12 BEAM PER PLAN L3x3x114 CONT 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 BEAM PER PLAN *SPACING SCHEDULE *SPACING SCHEDULE www.reidmiddleton.com L<6" OMIT#3 BAR @ Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. L<4" OMIT 3116 2-12 g"<L<10" 32"OC • 4"<L<8" 32"OC DECK ABOVE TOP FLANGE DECK BETWEEN FLANGE 10"<L<18" 24"OC 8<1 12" 24"OC pgn PLATE TO STEEL BEAM CONNECTION DETAIL 2 COMPOSITE DECK EDGE PERPENDICULAR 3 COMPOSITE DECK EDGE PARALLEL 4 _ '2 D NTS NTS NTS C• t�ra 4/22I25 739 1 112"TYP 1 112"TYP s� SstoxAL ECG HSS GUIDERAIL SUPPORT 1 1 ;, EMBED PL112x6xNOMINALBERM ;, EMBED PL1l2x6x NOMINAL BEAM COL PER PLAN DEPTH FOR W8&W10 W/ DEPTH FOR W12,W14&W16 W/ 1" �1/4 (3)SIDES (8)STUDS (6)STUDS •• . • BEAM PER PLAN 114 (3)SIDES ° 3116 1/4 ° PL SIZE&BOLTINGArlington Operations j N" PER 111S5.01,UNO 3"MAX Center BASE PL3/8x4xl'-0" BEAM PER PLAN EMBED PL F O R 1112"TYP 1112"TYP Snohomish Count I � L EMBED PL112x9x NOMINAL BEAM — BEAM PER PLAN EMBED PL112x9xNOMINAL BEAM DEPTH FOR W24 W/ ®i cfl y v 4" DEPTH FORW18&W21W1 (12)STUDS Public Works O (8)STUDS V V N STD HORIZ SHORT 4U6' AT SLOTTED HOLES IN PL 19620 67th Ave N E PL3/8 EACH SIDE WI I (2)518"DIA A307 =_= 114 (3)SIDES Arlington, WA 98223 THRU BOLT IN LSH PER 11IS5.01 I I HSS GUIDERAIL N L6x5x318x1'-0"(LLV) NOTES: FACE OF PERMIT SET B SUPPORT COL PER PLAN W/(2)5/8"CIA A307 BOLTS @ 6"OC CONIC WALL 05/02/2025 B IN 314"x 2"VERT SLOTS 1. ALL STUDS SHALL BE 314"CIA x 6"HEADED STUDS UNO.SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES FOR REQUIREMENTS. 2. HORIZONTAL DISTANCE FROM EDGE OF CONCRETE TO CENTER OF NEAREST STUD SHALL BE 6"MINIMUM. This drawing is: ROOF CONDITION AT OFFSET BEAM 3. PLACE EMBED PLATE IN WALL SUCH THAT ATTACHED PLATE WILL BE HORIZONTALLY AND VERTICALLY CENTERED,UNO. 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. ELEVATOR GUIDERAIL POST CONNECTION 6 TYPICAL EMBED PLATE CONNECTION TO FACE OF CONCRETE WALL 8PROJECT NUMBEIR:— NTS NTS L QL L L 212024.009 1 1/2"TYP �L 1 1/2"TYP 1 112"TYP L • 0 0 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION � - Fu�_ + TYp 1/4 1"DIA HOLES,TYP �F 112" PLAN-TYPICAL PLAN-EDGE PLAN-CORNER LCOLPROJECT HSS OR PIPE COL PER PLAN BASE PLATE SCHEDULE PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC _ (4)314"DIA ANCHOR BOLTS WI COLUMN PLATE SIZE PLATE THICK PROJECT MANAGER: I SES rUn 9"EMBED,TYP SIZE LxW "t" PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV 1 JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC w HSS4x4 10"x 10" 314" A a 1"NON-SHRINK GROUT _ A F 1 HSS5x5 12"x 12" 1" • TI F� HSS8x8 14"x 14" 1 114" TYPICAL STEEL NOTE: DETAILS 1. SEE 10/85.03 FOR BASE PLATES OCCURRING ON TOP OF WALLS. DBL HEX NUT AT EMBEDDED END,TYP , SECTION TYPICAL BASE PLATE DETAIL '� 2 NTS 1 2 3 4 5 2 13 4 5 BRACE PL THICKNESS "L" PL WIDTH, WELD SIZE SIZE (GR 50)(IN) (IN) "W"(IN) (IN) D HSS4x4 1/2 6 2 5/16 HSS5x5 1/2 6 3 5116 HSS6x6 112 8 4 5116 D YKEMAN HSS BRACE PER EL w HSS7x7 1/2 10 5 5/16ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN PER ' ' GR 50 REINF PL = 5z REINF PL PER SCHED SCHED i ' ES PER SCHED RADIUS=1/2 tz / i GRIND SMOOTH COL PER BF EL --- i i i 1 -------------- / CONSULTA BRACE PER BF ELAND DETAILS ' ———————————— —————————— �// �l EL WHERE OCCURS y ( 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 I i j GUSSET PL PER SCHED 10IS5.10 Everett,Washington 98204 [31 "L" **CP / www.reidmiddleton.com BASE PL PER 12IS5.10 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. ' GUSSET PL PER SCHED OF 10IS5.10 I j PL WASHER PER 12/S5.10 • NOTE: (CONFIGURATION VARIES) SECTION I WP 1. NOTCH TOUGH WELD FILLER MATERIAL REQUIRED FOR ALL WELDS THIS Z, ///�� T s c DETAIL.SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES FOR REQUIREMENTS. BRACE REINFORCING PLATES L ° c NTS LEVELING NUTS r 46�]9 �C 4122I25 W8x40 SHEAR LUG,CONTR TO Asti E �� PROVIDE BLOCKOUT IN PIER CP FLANGES PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: EXTEND ANCH RODS WITHIN 6"FROM B/FTG WEB 5/16 Arlington Operations Center BI FTG — 2"TYP F O R BRACED FRAME CONNECTION SCHEDULE (3"AT21/4"RODS) GUSSET GUSSET BRACE COLUMN BEAM END BEAM MIDDLE RETAINER PL1,GR36 Snohomish County OR BASE Public Works MARK PLATE PLATE WELD WELD WELD PLATE WELD DETAIL NOTES O THICKNESS GRADE Wbr Lb, W� L� Wbe Lbe Wt. L* Lg REFERENCE AT (IN) (IN) (IN) (IN) (IN) (IN) (IN) (IN) (IN) Oi 1/2 50 318 12 318 18 318 18 8/S5.11 NOTE: 19620 67th Ave NE 1. **COLUMN WELDS TO BASE PLATE ARE CLASSIFIED AS"DEMAND CRITICAL"SEE GENERAL Arlington, WA 98223 O2 3/4 50 7/16 15 112 28 112 18 8/S5.11 STRUCTURAL NOTES FOR SPECIAL WELD FILLER MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS. < 3/4 50 9/16 18 112 32 1/2 20 8/S5.11 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B O4 1 50 11/16 16 11116 30 11/16 18 05.11 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. O 3/4 50 3/8 12 - - - - 1/2 50 12 6/S5.11 - 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 10IS5.11, written permission for any other use or reproduction. Os 3/4 50 7116 16 1l2 az zo 12IS5.11 BRACED FRAME COLUMN BASE AND ANCHORAGE 8 PROJECT NTS O7 3/4 50 3/8 12 1/2 40 12 10/S5.11 _ 212024.009 O8 1 50 5/8 16 11/16 50 16 12/S5.11 GRID 4" 4" 8" 8" 4" • O9 3/4 50 112 14 1/2 42 14 121S5.11 23/4"CIA MARK DATE DESCRIPTION HOLES,TYP 10 1 50 7116 15 11/16 70 18 6IS5.11 — (3)SIDES,TYP ——— — — 11 1 50 1 12 11/16 70 14 61S5.11 1/4 L5x5xl/2x0'-6"TOP 8 BOT — — — — CL COL PL3/8x5"x0'-9"ES W/ERECTION BOLTS AS 1 1 1Q 1/2 50 318 12 318 12 318 18 4IS5.11 READ BY CONTRACTOR = — ( U _ 13 3/4 50 9/16 12 1/2 24 1/2 18 - - - 4IS5.11 - ii I I PROJECT II GUSSET PL PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: PNC PER SCHED BASE PI-1 3/4 GR 50 WI(8)2"DIA F1554 GR PROJECT MANAGER: SES 14 1/2 50 318 12 3/8 14 3/8 24 41S5.11 —————— 55 WELDABLE ANCH RODS AND MIN PL5/8x4 PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV CIRCULAR OR SQUARE WASHERS JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A 5/16 NOTES: A I I • (3)SIDES //4 COL PER BF EL 1. SEE DETAIL 81S5.10 FOR TYPICAL SHEAR LUG AND PL WASHERS TYP REQUIRED AT ALL BASE PLATES. BRACED FRAME i/4 2. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE,EMBED ALL ANCHOR RODS TO WITHIN DETAILS 6"OF BOTTOM OF FOOTING. 3. SEE 8/S5.10 FOR TYPICAL COLUMN WELDS TO BASE PLATES. 4. PROVIDE PLATE WASHERS AT ALL ANCHOR RODS. BRACED FRAME CONNECTION SCHEDULE 10 BRACE FRAME HSS BEAM CONNECTION '� '� BRACED FRAME BASE PLATE 2 ' NTS NTS NTS 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D BM PER BF EL DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN -1- 1 o m COL PER BF EL WP \ I o 1 Wbe Lbe BM TO COL CONN I I I i Wbe Lbe PER 8/S5.12 t I CONSULTANT: 1/2"TYP I \ \ Wbr Lbr TYP We Lc \ Wbr Lbr We Lc \ 1 1 1 \ \\` GUSSET PL PER SCHED 728134th Street SW,Suite 200 114 AT BM&BRACE CL Everett,Washington 98204 LP Ph:425.741.3800 318"STIFF PL,WIDTH www.reidmiddleton.com NOTES: CL COL TO MATCH COLUMN ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. • 1. SEE 121S5.11 NOTE 1. 2. SEE 121S5.11 NOTE 2. oWA s A 3. SEE 121S5.11 NOTE 3. BRACED FRAME CONNECTION 4 tio2� D NTS 9 uz1a �a azzrzs v 5/16 SIONAL EP LCOL BRACE PER ELWI SLOT FOR PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: ,/// GUSSET PLPER GUSSET PL PER 21S5.10 Arlington Operations \ / \\ / SCHEDATCOL �� Center / \ 6 BRACE CL // \\ HSS PER BF EL ''� / 110E / \ COL PER BF EL ,/// FOR ` / m YIELD LINES / I Snohomish County - �P - We Lc 1/2"TYP - \\ /// Wbr LbrLbr Public Works --------------------�--- We Lc T/SOG AT Wbe Lbe DEMAND KERF STL PL THRU HSS AS SHOWN BP PER 35.10 I 1 Wbe Lbe CRITICAL 19620 67th Ave NE u \ \\ PER - T/FTG Arlington, WA 98223 `\ \ NOTES: WPII \ 1. SEE 121S5.11 NOTE 1 III SEE NOTE 4 PERMIT SET / `v PER 8 S510 - 05/02/2025 e This drawing is: 3. SEE 12185.11 NOTE 3 NOTE: VERT BRACE PER 10/S5.11 1.Copyright 2022 Dykemen,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 1. SEE 12155.11 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOT SHOWN. WHERE OCCURS 4. SEE 12/S5.11 NOTE 4 3.For use on this project only.obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. CHEVRON CONNECTION AT HSS 6 BASE PLATE GUSSET CONNECTION 8PROJECT NTS NTS 212024.009 \ BM PER BF EL BRACE PER EL W/SLOT FOR Wbr Lbr • T/CONC GUSSET PL PER 21S5.10 Wbr Lbr TYP MARK DATE DESCRIPTION \TYP 1/4 !B x/ ` BM PER BF EL °O \ 1/4 YIELD / \ TICONC - - / wP - NOTES: `\ LINE,TYP REINF PLATES ` \ �,o / / 1'rn 1. SEE BRACED FRAME CONNECTION SCHEDULE 10/85.10 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PER 2IS5.10,TYP 2. YIELD LINES SHALL BE PERPENDICULAR TO BRACE CENTERLINE.YIELD LINES SHALL BE x// \ SEE NOTE 4 DRAWN FROM THE POINTS ON THE GUSSET PLATE NEAREST TO BRACE END THAT IS BM PER BF EL / /\ TI CONC GUSSET PL PER CONSTRAINED BYAWELD. PROJECT TE' SCHED AT COL& 3. DIMENSION"A"SHALL BE 2x GUSSET PLATE THICKNESS TO NEAREST YIELD LINE. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC BRACE CL,TYP , m PROJECT MANAGER: I SES \ / 4. PROVIDE LOW-DENSITY EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE(BEAD BOARD)2"THICK ON ALL SIDES - - - - - v PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV OF GUSSET PLATES WHERE BURIED IN CONCRETE,TYPICAL UNO. WP Jos CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A / \ / / \ \\ SLOT HSS VERT BRACE 7/16 (3)STIFF PI-5/8 / - A GR50 ES OF Wbm Lbm WEB,MATCH `\ // TYP BM WIDTH,TYP , \ \ Wbm Lbin BRACED FRAME VERT BRACE PER I DIS5.11 L PER NOTE: ,//// \ \ `\ SCHEIDGUSSET AT COL& DETAILS BRACE CL,TYP NOTE: 1. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOT SHOWN SEE 12/S5.11. / / / LPL LPL 1. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOT SHOWN SEE 121S5.11. CHEVRON CONNECTION CHEVRON CONNECTION 10 CHEVRON CONNECTION 12 NTS NTS NTS 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D L 3/4 DIA A325-N ERECTION DYKEMAN BOLTS PER SCHED IN HORIZ PER SCHED SHORT SLOTTED HOLES----,,, (DEMAND CRITICAL) ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN L5x5xl/2x0'-6"T&B 1/4 3 SIDES,TYP w PERSCHED (DEMAND CRTICAL) BM PER PLAN = BM PER BF EL as CONSULTANT: o IIl o o 1 I —— m 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 If——I Everett,Washington 98204 CONN PER 11/S5.01 OR HIGH LOAD Ph:425.741.3800 CONN PER 121S5.01 WHERE 2" SIZE PER SCHED 112" www.reidmiddleton.com OCCURS PER PLAN THIS SIDE (DEMAND CRITICAL) ©Copyright2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. I I I I GR 50 PL PER SCHED • I I I 3T� I I I I op WAS TYP C WELD ACCESS HOLES PER AWS D1.8 114 i D COL PER BF EL 9 uz1a �a azzrzs e� O�SL E�G�'✓ TYPICAL CONNECTION TYPICAL CONNECTION AT TOP OF COLUMN PROJECT IDENTIFICAT (SEE TYPICAL CONDITION FOR CALLOUTS IN COMMON) Arlington Operations Center SHEAR PLATE CONNECTION SCHEDULE FOR PLATE PLATE TO PLATE TO NUMBER OF BOLTS PLATE BEAM SIZE DEPTH THICKNESS COLUMN BEAM (EQSPACED) NOTES: Snohomish County (GR50) WELD SIZE WELD SIZE Public Works W12 7" 518" 7/16" 7116" 2 1. ALL WELDING SHOWN THIS DETAIL IS CLASSIFIED AS"DEMAND CRITICAL"SEE GENERAL W 14 9" 518" 7116" Ili 6" 2 STRUCTURAL NOTES FOR SPECIAL WELD FILLER MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS. AT W16 1 11" 314" 112" 9116" 3 2. WELD ACCESS HOLES SHALL CONFORM TO AWS D1.8 SECTION 6.10.1.2 AND SECTION 6.10.2 19620 67th Ave NE W18 13" 314" 1/2" 9116" 3 3. ST EL BACKING BARS AT BEAM BOTTOM FLANGE WELD SHALL BE REMOVED,BACKGOUGED. Arlington, WA 98223 AND BACKWELDED PER ANSI/AISC 358-10 SECTION 3.3.2. W21 15" 314" 1/2" 9116" 3 4. STEEL BACKING BARS AT BEAM TOP FLANGE WELD MAY BE LEFT IN PLACE PROVIDED THAT PERMIT SET W24 18" 718" 9116" 11116" 4 THE BACKING BAR IS WELDED TO THE COLUMN ON THE UNDERSIDE WITH A 5/16"FILLET WELD B 05/02/2025 B W27 21" 7/8" 9116" 11116" 4 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. W30 24" 1" 5/8" 314" 5 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. S-512 NOW BRACED FRAME BEAM -COLUMN CONNECTION 8PROJECT NUMBER NTS BM PER BF EL,TYP 212024.009 WP,TYP STUD FRAMING PER PLAN& • DETAILS(INTERIOR WALL ——————— — ———————— ——————————————— MARK DATE DESCRIPTION FRAMING PER ARCH) 1/2"DIA SPOT I I WELD @ 6"OC,TYP COL PER III 16 GA.TRACK(20 GA.MIN PLAN'TYP � HSS BRACE PER PF EL AT INTERIOR WALLS)TOP& ` I �I BOT WI 1 1l4"MIN.FLANGES (NO DEFLECTION GAP) F PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PROJECTCT MANAGER: SES PROJE ARCHITECT:I RSV A 1 JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A BRACED FRAME DETAILS NOTE: BM PER BF EL,TYP 1. SCREWS OR DRIVE PINS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE AT BRACED FRAME BRACES. ELEVATION ELEVATION HATCHED AREAS INDICATE PROTECT ZONE.WELD,BOLTED,SCREWED OR SHOT-IN STUD WALL ATTACHMENTS ARE NOT PERMITTED IN PROTECT ZONES.ALL OTHER ATTACHMENTS IN THE PROTECTED ZONES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO FABRICATION. ATTACHMENT AT BRACED FRAME BRACES 10 SEE 10/S5.12 FOR ACCEPTABLE ATTACHMENTS IN PROTECTED ZONES. BRACED FRAME PROTECTED ZONES 12 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D CONSULTANT:DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 STANDING SEAM METAL Everett,Washington 98204 C10x15.3 ROOF PER ARCHITECTURAL Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com C10x15.3 CONT 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. AT PERIMETER • W10x19oe WAS C °� C r W19 t�ra 4122I25 e O�SL '✓ PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works W10x39 COL AT 19620 67th Ave NE SHORING WALL AND FACING Arlington, WA 98223 PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 1'$" 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. CONC STAIRS ON 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's GRADE PER 7/53.02 written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 212024.009 18"x18"CONC • PILASTER MARK DATE DESCRIPTION FINISHED GRADE PER CIVWLANDSCAPE u uPROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC 10"CONC RETAINING PROJECT MANAGER: I SES WALL AND REINF PER 4/3.037 PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A A CANOPY DETAILS EXTERIOR CANOPY AND STAIR SECTION12 , 1/2"=V-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GLULAM BM PER PLAN GLULAM BM PER PLAN D GL POST PER PLAN 0 0 . YKEMAN TYP 0 0 I I 114 BENT PL1/4 EA SIDE W/ ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN (2)3/4"THROUGH BOLTS ° I I DECK PER PLAN I ° ° CONN PER I1/S6.02 I ° I ° =1 o EXCEPT AS SHOWN CONSULTANT: KERF PL314"W/(4)3/4" PL3/4"(WIDTH TO A307 BOLTS 114 MATCH BM WIDTH) BM PER PLAN BM PER PLAN 728134th Street SW,Suite 200 PL114"EA SIDE W/(2)314" Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:HSS COL PER PLAN 3800 THROUGH BOLTS 5116 HSS COL PER BF EL ww .reid41 dleto CONN PER DETAILS,TYP 0Copyright 2l25 Reid GLULAM POST PER PLAN 1/4 I � ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. NOTE: HSS COL PER PLAN1. • FOR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN SEE s/s6.o1. CANTILEVERED GLULAM CANTILEVERED GLULAM o As C HSS COL TO GLULAM POST CONNECTION 1 GLULAM BM TO GLULAM POST CONNECTION 2 BM TO HSS COL CONNECTION 3 BM TO HSS BF COL CONNECTION 4 _ '2 C NTS NTS NTS NTS C6719 t�ra 4122I25 e O�SL GLULAM BM PER PLAN ROOF SLOPE 3/8"PARTIALLY THREADED '• ' • ARCH WOOD SCREWS @ 12"OC QL PER NAILER PER121S6.01 � QL CLI PANEL PER PLAN HSS POST PER Arlington Operations WHERE OCCURS CONT PL112 7/S6.01 BEYOND Center 1/2"CUR,TYP TOP PLATE,TYP GLULAM BM PER PLAN 1"RADIUS,TYP HSS POST PER PLAN SHEAR PL1/2 FOR 1/4 'A 01 Snohomish County 5116 AT SHEAR PL Public Works ° 1 KERF PI-3/4"WI(4)314" � AT A307 BOLTS DECK PER PLAN CONN PER 11/S6.02 DECK EDGE PER 4/S5.03 19620 67th Ave NE PL314"(WI DTH TO Arlington, WA 98223 TYP MATCH BM WIDTH) 114 GLULAM BM PER PLAN,TYP I BM PER PLAN KERF CONN PER 111S6.02 5116 HSS COL PER PLAN BM PER PLAN PERMIT SET B EXCEPT AS SHOWN,TYP NOTE: 05/02/2025 B 1. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOT SHOWN SEE 7/S6.01 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. GLULAM TO WIDE FLANGE CONNECTION CJ GLULAM BM TO HSS CONNECTION 6 HSS POST AT CLT LOW ROOF 7 SHEAR PL AT CLT LOW ROOF 8PROJECT NUMBER 3/4"=1'-0" NTS NTS NTS PL 3/8 < 212024.009 3" (114) w • BENT PL318 x F x 1'-2" W/(6)3/4"DIA x 5"LAG = MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SCREWS,INSTALL IN PRE-DRILLED @ = 01 L HOLES TO AVOID SPLITTING I° _ - ° U/8 U/8 U2 L/8 L/8 RIP NAILER TO MATCH FLG WIDTH GLULAM BM PER PLAN KERF PL PER 11186.02 a EXCEPT AS SHOWN o _ CONT 3x NAILER W/3/4"DIA WELDED THREADED STUDS @® Et COUNTERSUNK HOLES PROJECT OC IN WELD KERF 4" 1 112" SM PER PLAN PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PLATE TO PLATE 114 v PROJECT MANAGER: I SES `v NOTES: PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV CONN PER 11IS6.02 JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A 1. MAXIMUM HOLE DIAMETER=SMALLER OF 1/10 D OR 1 112". ., A 2. HOLE LOCATIONS-ONLY IN SHADED AREAS AND NO CLOSER THAN 4 HOLE DIAMETERS FROM GLULAM BM PER PLAN THE TOP OR BOTTOM OF THE BEAM AND 8 HOLE DIAMETERS FROM THE END OF THE BEAM. 3. HOLE SPACING-MINIMUM CLEAR SPACING BETWEEN HOLES SHALL BE 8 HOLE DIAMETERS BM PER PLAN WOOD FRAMING BASED ON LARGEST HOLE. DETAILS 4. NUMBER OF HOLES-NOT TO EXCEED 1 HOLE PER 5 FEET. SECTION • , GLULAM BM TO GLULAM BM 9 BEAM TO BEAM KERF CONNECTION 10 TYP PENETRATION IN GLUED LAMINATED BEAM '� 1 TYPICAL NAILER ON STEEL BEAM 12 3/4"=1'-0" 3/4"=1'-0" NTS NTS 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D 114 KERF PL WI(2)314"BOLTS CONN PER 11/S6.02 CONN PER BF DETAILS IN STD HOLES&(4)3/4" GILT PANEL PER PLAN BOLTS IN VERT LSH 1/2",TY GLULAM BM BOTH KERF PL W/(2)3/4"BOLTS IN STD SIDE WHERE OCCURS GLULAM BM PER PLAN BM PER BF EL BM PER BF EL GLULAM BM PER PLAN GLULAM BM PER PLAN — HOLES&(6)3l4"BOLTS IN VERT LSH mARCHITECTURE + DESIGN - _ v III 0 0I 114 �� © 01 mIl 0 °I 316 98201 w - ° CONN PER BF DETAILSCONSULTANT: EXCEPT AS SHOWN I HSS COL PER BF EL HSS COL PER PLAN OR BF EL I - GLULAM BM PER PLAN I 6" 6" 6" 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 BM PER PLAN 1 1/2" CONN PER 111S6.02 I I Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. CONN PER 12/S5.01 HSS COL PER BF EL--/ EXCEPT AS SHOWN LJ • o�WA S � STRUT AT CLT LOW ROOF 1 GLULAM BM TO HSS COL CONNECTION 2 GLULAM GIRDER CONNECTION GLULAM BM STRUT CONNECTION 4 _ NTS NTS NTS NTS 4• t�ra 4/22I25 719 O�SL E�G�'✓ CONN PER 11/S6.02 EXCEPT AS SHOWN GL BM PER PLAN PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: KERF PL PER 11156.02 EXCEPT AS SHOWN /� GLULAM BM PER PLAN Arlington Operations I I GLULAM BM PER PLAN FLITCH BM STRUT PER PLAN Center r CP AT FLITCH PL JT F O R ° ml1 p 9 Snohomish County II 9 I I I I © I 1�� 1� I p Public Works -0. AT ° KERF PI-3/4"WI(4)3/4" 1 19620 67th Ave NE I A307 BOLTS I I j PL314"(WIDTH TO Arlington, WA 98223 I MATCH BM WIDTH) CONN PER 11IS6.02 j I I EXCEPT AS SHOWN 1 I 5116 1 I PERMIT SET B HSS COL PER PLAN HSS COL PER PLAN 114 This drawing is:05/02/2025 B HSS COL PER PLAN NOTE: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 1. FOR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN SEE 4/S6.02. 3.For use on this project only.obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. GLULAM BM TO HSS COL CONNECTION CANTILEVERED GLULAM BM TO HSS CONNECTION (� CANTILEVERED GLULAM BM TO HSS CONNECTION 7 FLITCH BEAM STRUT CONNECTION 8PROJECT NUMBER NTS NTS v NTS NTS 212024.009 KERF PL WI(6)314" BOLTS IN VERT LS4PI • 1 112" CONN PER BF DETAILSmMARK DATE DESCRIPTION EXCEPT AS SHOWN WOOD BEAM KERF PLATE CONNECTION SCHEDULEBOLT NUMBER BEARING BRG PL KERFPL KERFBEAM SIZE CIA OF PLATE WIDTH HEIGHT PLATE FACE OF SUPPORTING MEMBER(A307) BOLTS THICKNESS 'W' 'H' THICKNESS GL 5118 x 9 THRU 12 314" (2) 112" 5" 7112" 114" 112"MAXSTD VERT LSH FORBM PER PLAN GL 5118 x 13112 THRU 21 TOP BOLT OF KERF PL 1/4PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC 314" (2) 112" 5" 12" 114" ((3)BOLT CONN ONLY) 1 1/2" ° PROJECT MANAGER: I SES LVL 51/4 x 14 THRU 22 KERF PL SIZE& ° PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV I BOLTS PER SCHED JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A GL63/4x12THRU18 114 - l _ _ A 314" (2) 1/2" 6112" 12" 114" COUNTERB-— - HEADS 1/2'MAXBOLT LVL 7 x 14 THRU 22 = HEADS 1l2"MA AS -— REQD IN EXT WALLS GL5118x22112&DEEPER 5" WOOD FRAMING GL 6 314 x 191/2&DEEPER STD HOLES FOR BOT 'W' BRG PL DETAILS 3/4" (3) 3l4" 6112" 12" 1/2" 8, (2)BOLTS OF KERF PL '�A` PER SCHED LVL 7 x 24&DEEPER 114 NOTE: GL 8 3/4 x 15 THRU 24 F 8112" 1. FOR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN SEE 31S6.02. WOOD BEAM KERF CONNECTION SCHEDULE 1 1 GLULAM GIRDER STRUT CONNECTION 12 NTS NTS 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D CONSULTANT:DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. • �F WAS r C C 46719 t�ra 4122I25 eONA � OSL '✓ PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 212024.009 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION GLULAM BM PER PLAN 114 KERF PL PER 21S6.01 �o oPROJECT ° PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PROJECT MANAGER: SES PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC PL 112"(WIDTH TO MATCH BM WIDTH) I I HSS COL PER PLAN WOOD FRAMING DETAILS GLULAM BEAM HSS CONNECTION 1 2 0 , 3/4"=1'-0" 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D YKEMAN CONT CMSTC16 STRAP& 9L BM&PANEL JOINT • SCREWS PER 8186.10 1 PARTIALLY THREADED ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN CLT PANEL PER PLAN WOOD SCREWS @ 12"OC PER GENERAL NOTES(STAGGARED) CONSULTANT: BM PER PLAN 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. • � W SS C TYPICAL CLT PANEL END SPLINE 4 _ C NTS 46719 t�ra 4122I25 eONA � OSL '✓ CLT PANEL PER PLAN PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: SEE NOTE 3- PANEL JOINT WHERE CLT PANEL PER PLAN PANEL JOINT WHERE OCCURS WITH SPLINE 4" OCCURS WITH SPLINE Arlington Operations PER 41S.10 OR 8/S6.10 PER 41S6.10 OR 8/S6.10 CONT CMSTC16 STRAP CENTERED ON JOINT LAP SPLINE Center CLBM CLT PANEL PER PLAN FOR 318"FULLY THREADED 7/ FHREADED SCREWS PER R Snohomish County SCHEDULE SEE NOTE 1 EE NOTE 2 1116"MAX OVERCUT EA SIDE 318"PARTIALLY THREADED Public Works GL I FLITCH BEAM SCREWS PER GENERAL STRUT PER PLAN STRUT NOTES @ 3"OC AT BEAM PER BF ELEVATION 19620 67th Ave NE GL/FLITCH BEAM STRUT BE BEAM STRUT NAILER CONDITION BE BEAM STRUT Arlington, WA 98223 TYPICAL CONDITION LEE TYPICAL CONDITION TYPICAL CONDITION FOR CALLOUTS NOT SHOWN) PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B N This drawing is: NAILER CONDITION 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. (SEE TYPICAL CONDITION FOR 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. CALLOUTS NOT SHOWN) 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. TYPICAL CLT PANEL SIDE SPLINE 8PROJECT NUMBER: NTS v CLT PANEL STRUT CONNECTION SCHEDULE 212024.009 BRACED FRAME SCREW SPACING • CL BM BF-01 (2)ROWS @ 10"OC 3I8"FULLY THREADED MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CLT PANEL PER PLAN SCREWS @ 12"OC SEE 11/S6.10 NOTE 1 BF-02 (2)ROWS @ 8"OC BF-03 (2)ROWS @ 10"OC BF-04 (2)ROWS @ 10"OC CtL BM GL BM SIZE PER PLAN BF-05 (2)ROWS @ 8"OC BF-06 (2)ROWS @ 10"OC = PI-5/8(GR 50) PROJECT ((1)ROW @ 10"oc AT STRUTS) GL/FLITCH BEAM STRUT PRO EICT PAL MANAGER:E INl SES GL BM PER PLAN NAILER CONDITION (2)ROWS 3/4"TIGHT FIT PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV A (SEE TYPICAL CONDITION NOTES: DOWELS @ 12"OC WI 1/2" JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC DEEP WOOD PLUG EA SIDE - A FOR CALLOUTS NOT SHOWN) 1. FULLY-THREADED SCREWS SHALL BE PER GENERAL NOTES WITH A MIN.THREADED LENGTH OF 6.65". MIN.THREADED LENGTH PENETRATION INTO STRUTS SHALL BE 6.65"LESS THE THICKNESS OF CLT PANEL. TYPICAL CONDITION SKEW MAX.OF 15'FROM VERT AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION. CLT PANEL DETAILS 2. PARTIALLY-THREADED SCREWS SHALL BE PER GENERAL NOTES WITH A MIN.THREADED LENGTH OF 3.15". MIN.THREADED LENGTH PENETRATION INTO CLT PANELS SHALL BE 3.15".TYPICAL HOLE SIZES IN STEEL SHALL BE 7116"DIAMETER.SKEW MAX.OF 15°FROM VERT AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION. .•. 3. ROW SPACING SHALL BE 4"AT GL BEAM STRUTS AND 3 314"AT FLITCH BEAM STRUTS. TYPICAL CLT PANEL TO GL BEAM CONNECTION 9 CLT PANEL TO STRUT CONNECTION 1 1 GL FLITCH BEAM STRUT 12 , NTS NTS NTS 2 3 4 5 2 3 14 5 BM PER PLAN(CONC BM PER PLAN(CONC D SLAB WHERE OCCURS) SLAB WHERE OCCURS) ATTACH TRACK W(2)ROWS (3)#12 SCREWS SUPPLIED TRACK PER OF 0.14"DIA DRIVE PINS DEFLECTION ALLOWANCE 3/4" W/VERTICLIP,INSTALL DETAIL AT LEFT DYKEMAN @ 32"OC TO BM OR SLAB ABOVE 1"FROM TOP OF 1 1l2" --- SEE SCHEDULE SEE ARCH FOR JOINT LOCATION. VERT SLOTS IN CLIP DEFECTION ------ WHERE HDR CONNECTS SIS7.02 SEE 9/S7.01 WHERE JOINT ALLOWANCE 3/4" ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN DIRECTLY TO STEEL COLS 1 OCCURS BELOW BM ATTACH HDR PER 4IS7.02 S7.01 TYP STUDS Z i i I B B � I I I I PER NOTES I I I t o EXTEND HDR WEBS OVER I I FOR 5 15'-0" I I I I 16GA TRACK W/2"MIN LEGS JAMBS&CONNECT WI(2) #8 SCREWS TO EA STUD,TYP STUDS PER SCHEDULE 1\ STUD GROUP I DRIFTCLIP DSL800 BY THE STL ICONSULTANT:„� ES OF OPNG I I FOR 15'-0 H s 31'-0" WELD PER 6/57.01 NETWORK ES OF JAMB STUDS ATTACH ( ) I 14GA TRACK W/2 MIN LEGS I 0 SEE 6157.01 CLIPS PER 81S7.02 STUDS I I TO BM ABOVE WI(3)0.14"DIA DRIVE � � JAMB STUDS PER 8IS7.01 � AT EA TRACK TO JAMB STUD I PINS AT CL HORIZ LEG @ 3"OC MIN I I WELD PER 61S7.01 HEADER BRIDGING I (USE(3)#10 SCREWS TO TRACK I I PER 81S7.02 PER 12/S7.02 ABOVE WHERE NO BM OCCURS) I I 728134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 TYPICAL JAMB CONNECTION TYPICAL 8"WALL STUDS @Copyright 2l25 Reid NOTE: 12"STUDS&JAMB STUDS ©Copyrighl2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. (SEE 4IS7.02 AT STEEL COLUMN) 1. CONNECTIONS SHOWN THIS DETAIL APPLY TO THE TOP OF TYPICAL SIMPLE • SILL PER 8/S7.02 SPANNING WALL STUDS WHERE DEFECTION ALLOWANCE OCCURS. � W S�' C HEADER DETAIL 1 TYPICAL OPENING IN BEARING WALL 2 METAL STUD TO BEAM CONNECTION DETAIL 4 _ '2 C NITS NTS NTS a aizzrzs STUD PER PLAN OR DET °"739 e� O�SL E�G�'✓ NO PUNCHOUT SHALL 0.14 DIA DRIVE PINS @ 12"OC TO STL OR MULTI STUD POST& OCCUR WITHIN 12"FROM CONC SPRT(EMBED 1 1/2"AT CONC)ATTACH JAMB STUDS PER 21S7.01, END OF STUDS,TYP WI(2)ROWS OF#8 SCREWS @ 16"OC TO WELD PER 61S7.01 '• IDENTIFICATION: MTL OR WD FRAMING SUPPORTS BLKG (SAMEMATLASSTUDS)@6'-0"OC t 2-36 TO ATTACHLTOWEB Arlington Operations HOME&VERTICALLY S)STRAP C WHERE STUDS OR JST ARE SHOWN TO ABUT, STUDS MUST BE FULLY Center GYPSUM WALL L1 112 x 1 112 x 16GA W/(2) WELD AS SHOWN SEATED AGAINST TRACK,TYP CLIP L1 N x 1=S x CLIP ES AT SCREWS @ 3"OC EA LEG 16GA LENGTH=STUD JAMB STUDS F O R BOARD PER ARCH WIDTH LESS 112" 16GA TRACK 16GA TRACK Snohomish County WI 1"MIN LEGS WI 1"MIN LEGS I, .I Public Works -� AT (4)SCREWS READ R #8 SCREW ES 19620 67th Ave NE AT EA BLKG MEMBER,ES t 2-36 (2)0.14 DIA DRIVE PINS TO STL OR Arlington, CONC SUPPORTS(EMBED 1 1/2"AT 1 112"x 20GA CONT STRAPS @ 2'-0"OC VERT,CONN TO NOTES: TYP 8"WALL STUDS CONC)ATTACH W/(3)#8 SCREWS TO EA STUD WI(1)SCREW&TO EA ELK MEMBER W/(4)SCREWS MTL OR WD FRAMING SUPPORTS PERMIT SET B 1. t=GAGE OF MATERIAL CONNECTED. NOTES: 05/02/2025 B PLAN 2. THIS DETAIL APPLIES WHERE(2)OR MORE STUDS ARE GROUPED TOGETHER. MULTI-STUD POSTS I JAMB STUDS This drawing is: 1. CONNECTIONS SHOWN ON THIS DETAIL.APPLY TO THE TOP OR BOTTOM OF TYPICAL SIMPLE 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. SPANNING WALL STUDS SUBJECT TO WIND LOADING. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 2. SEE DETAILS FOR OTHER CONNECTIONS WHERE STUDS BYPASS SLAB EDGE OR SUPPORTING written permission for any other use or reproduction. FLANGE BRACING WHERE ONE SIDE SHEATHED 5 TYPICAL WELDED STUD GROUP BEAMS OR WHERE HANGING SPANDREL TYPE CONDITIONS OCCUR. STUD CONNECTION TO BOTTOM TRACK 8 PROJECT NTS NTS NTS METAL FRAMING NOTES: 212024.009 BM PER PLAN BM PER PLAN 1. METAL FRAMING USED SHALL CONFORM TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OUTLINED IN THE GENERAL • 16 GA TRACKS WI 16GA 2-FURRING NOTES IN ADDITION TO REQUIREMENTS NOTED HERE. STUDS FRAMING TO o OR STUD @ 24"OC MARK DATE DESCRIPTION MATCH BELOW a ATTACH TO STL 2. METAL FRAMING SHALL BEGALVANIZED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE CONFORMING AS W/IVE PINS ASTM FOLLOWS: 12,14,16GAGE:ASTM A653,QUALITY SQUARE GRADE 50,CLASS 1 18,20GAGE: I I I DRIVE PINS ASTM A658,QUALITY SQUARE GRADE METAL STUD WALL TYPES LJ 2"TYP 2"TYP STUD MAX WALL STUD MINIMUM STUD DRIVE PIN SPACE HSS3x3x3116 AT FREE 3. ALL STUDS AND STUD GROUPS SHALL BE LATERALLY SUPPORTED TO PREVENT WEAK AXIS DEPTH HEIGHT SPACING SIZE&GAGE AT TRACKS,UNO ENDS OF WALLS& o SEE NOTE 3 BUCKLING BY CONNECTING EACH FLANGE TO GYPSUM WALLBOARD PER ASTM C1280.WALLS 16 600S137-33 L @ 6'-0"OC MAX z WHICH HAVE SHEATHING CONNECTED ON ONE SIDE ONLY SHALL HAVE UNSHEATHED FLANGES 12 8"OC w w 1l2"MAX LATERALLY SUPPORTED PER 5/S7.01. 24 60OS200-33 PL 16GA x TRACK WIDTH 16 60OS200-33 SEE NOTE 3 I SEE NOTE 2 14 8"OC w WI(2)ROWS @ 4"OC OF(6) 4. TRACK SECTIONS SHALL BE UNPUNCHED WITH GAGE MATCHING STUDS,AND HAVE AT LEAST 6 24 8005200-03PROJECT w #8 SCREWS,CTRD ON SPLICE 1"FLANGES. 16 80OS162-43 rn SEE NOTE 2 16 6"OC PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC 24 80OS137-54 PROJECT MANAGER: I SES 5. WELDING OF COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO AWS D1.3 AND SHALL BE 18 16 80OS137-54 6"OC PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV PERFORMED BY WELDERS QUALIFIED TO AWS D1.3 AND SHALL BE PERFORMED BY WELDERS 24 80OS200-54 JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A I I QUALIFIED TO PRODUCE THE SPECIFIED CLASSES OF WELD. A TRACK PER DETAILS,TYP 6. SCREWS TO BE#8 SIZE,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. NOTES: TRACK SPLICE WHERE REQD SHALL BE 7. WALL FRAMING:TWO STUD MINIMUM SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE END OF ALL WALLS TWO METAL FRAMING 1. *AT JAMB STUDS PROVIDE MULTIPLE FURRING STUDS TO MATCH NUMBER OF JAM STUDS LOCATED AT MIDSPAN OF HEADERS OR SILLS STUD MINIMUM SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE END OF ALL WALLS AND AT EACH SIDE OF ALL DETAILS 2. AT JAMB STUDS AND 12"STUDS ATTACH CLIP TO METAL STUD WITH(3)#10 SCREWS. OPENINGS.SEE 2IS7.01 FOR FRAMING OF EXTERIOR OPENINGS. ' 3. TOP TRACK PER 10IS5.71 ATTACH TO METAL TRACK WITH(3)#8 SCREWS AT 24"OC. 8. SEE 12/S7.02 FOR REQUIRED BRIDGING. 4. WALL JOINTS LOCATION PER ARCHTECTURAL DETAILS. 9. SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR SIZING AND DETAILING OF INTERIOR NON-BEARING WALLS. 10. TRACK CONNECTED TO CONCRETE OR STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE FASTENED WITH DRIVE METAL STUD-TO-BEAM CONNECTION AT ROOF 9 TRACK SPLICE 10 PINS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.SEE81S7.01. METAL FRAMING NOTES 12 NTS NTS NTS 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D 16GA TRACK-CONNECT TO COL CLIPS PER 81S7.01 WI DRIVE PINS @ 4"OC STAGGERED DYKEMAN SILL PER EL (3)#8 @ 2"OC ES ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN I ----- - I J--------- I I I •I I I I ICONSULTANT: --- ---- HDR PER EL HSS COL PER PLAN CLIP PER SIS7.01 728134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 3800 SILL CONNECTION AT STEEL COLUMNS HEADER CONNECTION AT STEEL COLUMNS ww .reidm25 1 dleto www.reidmiddlelon.com 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. • � W Ss HEADER TO STEEL COLUMN CONNECTION 4 _ '2 D NTS C6 t�ra 4/22I25 719 STUDS PER EL ti #8 SCREWS @ 6" PER TYP SILL PER NOTES BELOW #8 SCREWS @ 6"OC,TYP STUDS PER EL TYPE H-2: •• IDENTIFICATION: TYPE H-1: (2)60OS200-118 (2)600S137-54Fr- #8 SCREWS )6"O137-5 #8 SCREWS @6"OC,TYP SILL PER NOTES BELOW Arlington Operations Center Li L.J FOR CONNECT SILL TO JAMB ? CONNECT SILL TO Snohomish County w STUDS BEYOND WI CLIPS w JAMB STUDS BEYOND p CL PER 81S7.01 T&B OF o WI CLIPS PER 81S7.01 Public Works S-1-137 SILL: BUILT-UP SECTION (2)600S137-54 8-2 SILL: AT (3)600S350-118 S-1-200SILL: 19620 67th Ave NE (2)60OS200-1 18 H-2HEADERSECTION Arlington, WA98223 S-1-300 SILL: H-1 HEADER SECTION S 2 SILL SECTION (2)60OS300-118 S-1 SILL SECTION PERMIT SET B MAX HEADER TYPE NO.OFJAMB SILL TYPE 05/02/2025 B SPAN STUDS 8'-0. H-1 2 S-1-137 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 1V-0" H-2 3 S-1-137 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 15'-0" H-2 3 S-1-200 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 1&-0" H-2 4 S-1-300 written permission for any other use or reproduction. 27-0" H-z 4 S-2 HEADER AND SILL SECTIONS 8PROJECT NTS 212024.009 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION L16GAx1112x11/2 BRIDGE CLIP,TYP (4)#8 SCREWS 16GA 112 PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 PNC PROJECT MANAGER: SES PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A 150U50-54 BRIDGING -, A CHANNEL @ 4"OC MAX VERTICALLY,TYP METAL FRAMING NOTES: DETAILS 1. BRIDGING IS REQUIRED FOR LOADING APPLIED BEFORE SHEATHING IS ATTACHED TO BOTH FLANGES.BRIDGING PROVIDES RESISTANCE TO ROTATION CAUSED BY WIND LOADING.AND RESISTANCE TO BOTH ROTATION AND MINOR AXIS BENDING CAUSED BY AXIAL LOADING. 2. BRIDGING SHALL BE EITHER WELDED OR SCREWED AS SHOWN. , TYPICAL BRIDGING DETAIL 12 NTS 2 3 4 5 2 3 14 5 GENERAL PIPING SPECIALTIES FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM DUCTWORK DRAWING INDEX D BDD EXISTING MECHANICAL TO BE UNION X"F FIRE SPRINKLER BACKDRAFT DAMPER M0.01 MECHANICAL LEGEND REMOVED i Ml MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES EXISTING MECHANICAL TO �I FLANGE X"FM FIRE MAIN VOLUME DAMPER M0.03 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES REMAIN M0.04 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES DYKEMAN FLEXIBLE CONNECTION MO.05 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES NEW MECHANICAL WORK FLEX CONNECTOR X"FD DRY SPRINKLER IIII MECHANICAL EQ IPMENTO Ml MECHANICAL SCHEDULES - MATCHLINE OR PROPERTY THEIR AL/SEISMIC FLEXIBLE TRANSITION-FROM Ml MECHANICAL SCHEDULES ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN LINE LOOP RECESSED SPRINKLER HEAD RECTANGULAR TO ROUND M0.08 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES -- -- ENLARGED PLAN BOUNDARY EJ THERMAL EXPANSION JOINT SEMI-RECESSED SPRINKLER TRANSITION-FROM ROUND Ml MECHANICAL ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE HEAD TO RECTANGULAR Ml MECHANICAL ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE 1 DETAIL/PLAN IDENTIFIER STRAINER a UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEAD RISE IN DUCT MS1.11 MECHANICAL SITE PLAN M1.o1 ~ R (D=DROP IN DUCT) M1.11 PLUMBING PLAN-UNDERGROUND STRAINER WITH BLOW OFF DOUBLE DETECTOR CHECK DUCT SIZE(CLEAR INSIDE ro�� VALVE/DOUBLE CHECK VALVE i6z8 M2.11 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL~ VALVE DIMENSION) ASSEMBLY M2.21 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL • 1 SECTION IDENTIFIER PIPE ANCHOR 16z8 M3.11 HVAC FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL M1.01 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEM RECTANGULAR DUCT UP M3.21 HVAC FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL ALIGNMENT GUIDE Ml HVAC PIPING FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL H A R G I S Tip 1 t TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE � RECTANGULAR DUCT DDINMlHVAC PIPING FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL ELEVATION IDENTIFIER X"C CONDENSATE DRAIN ROUND DUCT UP M1.o1 TEST PORT � M5.11 FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL 4 THERMOMETER X"CWS CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY M5.21 FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 REVISION DEFINITION AREA, M6.11 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz C= AREA ENCIRCLED CONTAINS - ROUND DUCT DN CHANGES MADE Q PRESSURE GAGE -X"CWR- - CONDENSER WATER RETURN M7.11 MECHANICAL ENLARGED PLANS SUBSEQUENT TO PREVIOUS IIIIIIIIIIII II FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK M8.11 HVAC PIPING RISER DIAGRAM ISSUE X"GSS GLYCOL SOLUTION SUPPLY TRANSITION OR REDUCER M9.01 MECHANICAL DETAILS REGISTRATION Q REVISION CALLOUT ` (FOT=FLAT ON TOP,FOB=FLAT M9.02 MECHANICAL DETAILS PUMPS - -X"GSR- - GLYCOL SOLUTION RETURN I�� ON BOTTOM) M9.03 MECHANICAL DETAILS �1 F.Cqy 1� FLAG NOTE CALLOUT � TRANSITION-ECCENTRIC M9.04 MECHANICAL DETAILS CENTRIFUGAL PUMP i AUTOMATIC AIR pof H4\L VENT/MANUAL AIR VENT M9.06 MECHANICAL DETAILS C O DEMOLITION NOTE TAG 45°ELBOW, m C Q BALANCING/MEASURING R/D OR R/W=1.5 M9.06 MECHANICAL DETAILS `I kx INLINE PUMP 9 rr Oi EQUIPMENTTAG VALVE 77T'��TT� M9.07 MECHANICAL DETAILS I� CIRCULATING PUMP AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL 90°ELBOW, M9.08 MECHANICAL DETAILS q 1.T a , VALVE R/D OR R/W=1.5 M9.09 MECHANICAL DETAILS FG/srePV AHU-1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TAG M10.01 MECHANICAL CONTROLS ON - BASE MOUNTED PUMP e Ing SQUARE CORNER ELBOW WITH M10.02 MECHANICAL CONTROLS AHU MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TAG TURNING VANES VALVES M10.03 MECHANICAL CONTROLS • •21 ON I I • VALVE:GATE,BALL, M10.04 MECHANICAL CONTROLS NORTH ARROW SOIL AND WASTE WATER PIPING SYSTEM BUTTERFLY(REFER TO 90°TAKE-OFF WITH 45°TAPER M10.05 MECHANICAL CONTROLS SPECIFICATIONS) M10.06 MECHANICAL CONTROLS Arlington Operations LOCATION WHERE PICTURE SANITARY SEWER/WASTE GLOBE VALVE M10.07 MECHANICAL CONTROLS O WAS TAKEN AND DIRECTION UNDERGROUND Center 45°TAKE-OFF M10.08 MECHANICAL CONTROLS SANITARY SEWER/WASTE SOLENOID VALVE INVERT ELEVATION OR POC ABOVE GROUND N CHECK VALVE FOR XX-1 PLUMBING FIXTURE TAG --------- VENT PIPING BULLHEAD TEE Snohomish County R (^xx^INDICATES TYPE) _____- xVTR VENT THRU ROOF -0 0I BALANCING VALVE (INCLUDE SIZE) ® SECTION THRU RECTANGULAR Public Works ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL WORK COMBINATION WASTE AND D� PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE SUPPLY AIR DUCT X"CWV VENT ABOVE GROUND LOCATION OF STARTER, COMBINATION WASTE AND �j�INp� REDUCED PRESSURE SECTION THRU RECTANGULAR AT ❑h --X"CWV-- BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY DISCONNECT 8 CONTROLS VENT UNDERGROUND RETURN OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT FLOOR DRAIN/FUNNEL FLOOR �fi PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 19700 67th Ave NE VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE DRAIN SECTION THRU RECTANGULAR H1 HEAT TRACE BETWEEN TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE ® Arlington, WA 98223 EXHAUST AIR DUCT 7 SYMBOLS OR END OF RUN FLOOR SINK SAFETY RELIEF VALVE ® SECTION THRU ROUND SUPPLY HUB DRAIN SAFETY RELIEF VALVE AIR DUCT SECTION THRU ROUND RETURN PERMIT SET B ACCESS,EXCAVATION,AND BACKFILLING 0 TRENCH DRAIN 0 OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT 05/02/2025 ® FIRE DAMPERS ® SER DT O TTHRU ROUND EX THRUDOOR(SPECIFIED OR -�I CO CLEANOUT This drawing is: AS SHOWN ON DWGS) 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. Ill wco CLEANOUT-FREE STANDING 5! 5 FIRE DAMPER 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. WALL MOUNTED CONTROLS(PLAN VIEW) 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's MECHANICAL D OR AS FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER CL ACCESS CLEANOUT-FLUSH WITH written permission for any other use or reproduction. (SPECIFIED SHOWN ON �FCo FLOOR L DWGS) 8 THERMOSTAT OR TEMPERATURE ..•JECT NUMBER: > SMOKE DAMPER TU-xz SENSOR SENSOR:SHOWN WITH GUARD CEILING FIRE DAMPER OG (TYPICAL ALL SENSORS) 2023-053 PIPING DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM ®O CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR • 1"HWS PIPE SIZE AND SYSTEM TYPE DOMESTIC COLD WATER INLETS AND OUTLETS 4 MOTORIZED DAMPER MARK DATE DESCRIPTION DOMESTIC HOT WATER GRILLE REGISTER OR PIPE ELBOW UP OR PIPE TEE ___ DOMESTIC HOT WATER DIFFUSER TYPE DS UP AND DOWN CIRCULATION /r CA znxza RUNOUT SIZE(INCHES) DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR O PIPE ELBOW DOWN X 500 "TP TRAP PRIMER WATER -----AIR QUANTITY(CFM) ❑T PIPE TEE UP V WATER METER ® CEILING DIFFUSER y� I�L� TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER P PIPE TEE DOWN O BASKET STRAINER ®- 1-WAY DIRECTION FLOW PRESSURE TRANSMITTER PIPE RISE - HOSE BIBB/WALL HYDRANT ®- 2-WAY DIRECTION FLOW pp PROJECT •• PIPE CAP .--1- DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS LSZJ TRAP PRIMER BOX ®� SENSOR PROJECT MANAGER: I- 3-WAY DIRECTION FLOW DpM PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH 11 PIPE PLUG DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM MONITOR A FLOW DIRECTION RETURN/RELIEF AIR GRILLE •- DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL PANEL j- AWING TITLE: PIPE BREAK X"RLL REFRIGERANT LIQUID LINE EXHAUST AIR GRILLE tx SWITCH BY MECHANICAL t PIPECONNECTION X"RSL REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINE UPPLY GRILLE MECHANICAL LEGEND� S SIGHT GLASS WITH MOISTURE INDICATOR �µ RETURN/EXHAUST GRILLE FILTER DRYER TRANSFER GRILLE -fy RETURN/EXHAUST AIRFLOW [fill, SUPPLY AIR FLOW NOT ALL SYMBOLS MAY APPEAR ON THE DRAWINGS 1 2 3 4 15 azirzozs z.oe.ae w 1 2 3 4 5 ABBREVIATIONS GENERAL NOTES-MECHANICAL SHEET METAL NOTES NON-STRUCTURAL MECH.COMPONENT NOTES D e DIAMETER,PHASE 1. COORDINATE MECHANICAL WORK WITH THAT OF OTHER 1. VOLUME DAMPERS: PROVIDE A MANUAL VOLUME 1. THE COMPONENT IMPORTANCE FACTOR(Ip)FOR F FAHRENHEIT,FIRE MAIN PIPING OA OUTDOOR AIR TRADES(ELECTRICAL,ARCHITECTURAL,STRUCTURAL, DAMPER FOR EACH SUPPLY,RETURN,AND EXHAUST ALL NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS SHALL BE: A AIR,AMPS FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER CIVIL,AND LANDSCAPE). REFER TO ELECTRICAL, OPENING,LOCATED AS FAR UPSTREAM AS AAV AUTOMATIC AIR VENT FCU FAN COIL UNIT OC ON CENTER ARCHITECTURAL,STRUCTURAL,CIVIL,AND LANDSCAPE POSSIBLE FROM THE OPENING. PROVIDE A MANUAL Ip=1.0 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. COORDINATION VOLUME DAMPER FOR BRANCH MAINS SERVING DYKEMAN ABV ABOVE FD FLOOR DRAIN,DRY SPRINKLER ROUTING OD OUTSIDE DIMENSION OR DIAMETER SHALL OCCUR PRIOR TO FABRICATION,PURCHASE, MORE THAN ONE OPENING. 2. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE TAKEN DIRECTLY FROM AC AIR CONDITIONER FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN AND/OR INSTALLATION OF ALL WORK. THE 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AND AD ACCESS DOOR FF FINISHED FLOOR ORL OVERFLOW RAIN LEADER 2. BACKDRAFT DAMPERS: PROVIDE ADJACENT TO FROM THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ADA AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT FFD FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN OSA OUTDOOR SUPPLY AIR 2. COORDINATE PLUMBING,HVAC,AND FIRE PROTECTION LOUVERS UNLESS MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS (ASCE)STANDARD 7.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR FLA FULL LOAD AMPS OV OUTLET VELOCITY SYSTEMS ROUTING PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. DURING PROVIDED. REFER TO THE ABOVE FOR ADDITIONAL LAYOUT COORDINATION,DUCTWORK TAKES INFORMATION,EXCEPTIONS,AND FURTHER _ _ Drive AFS AIRFLOW MEASURING STATION FLEX FLEXIBLE PRECEDENCE OVER PLUMBING,INCLUDING FIRE 3. ACCESS DOORS: PROVIDE AT DUCT SMOKE DESCRIPTIONS.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE AG ABOVE GROUND FUR FLOOR P PUMP,PRESSURE,PLUMBING FIXTURE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. DETECTORS,BACKDRAFT DAMPERS,MOTOR TO REQUIREMENTS AND AS SUCH,SHALL BE AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FLTR FILTER PD PRESSURE DROP,PUMPED DRAIN OPERATED DAMPERS,BOTH SIDES OF DUCT INCLUDED WITHIN BID. ALSO REFER TO AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT FMS FLOW MEASUREMENT STATION(HVAC,PLUMBING) PH PHASE 3. [REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL MOUNTED COILS,AND PLENUMS. SPECIFICATION SECTION 230550. AL ACOUSTIC LINED(DUCT) FP FIRE PUMP PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF EXPANSION/SEISMIC • AMB AMBIENT FPM FEET PER MINUTE POC POINT OF CONNECTION JOINTS. PROVIDE EXPANSION/SEISMIC JOINTS FOR 4. UNLESS NOTED USE LARGER SIZE DUCT, 3. IBC,C SCOPE:ARCHITECTURAL, PIPING AND DUCTWORK CROSSING EXPANSION/SEISMIC PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING MECHANICAL,MINIMUM SIZE BRANCH MECHANICAL,AL,ELECTRICAL,AND NON-STRUCTURAL AP ACCESS PANEL FPS FEET PER SECOND PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE JOINTS.] [DELETE NOTE IF THERE ARE NO DUCTS TO CEILING DIFFUSERS. COMPONENTS THAT ARE PERMANENTLY ATTACHED APO AIR PRESSURE DROP FPVC APPROVED PVC FIRE SPRINKLER ROUTING PSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH GAGE EXPANSION/SEISMIC JOINTS ON PROJECT-COORDINATE TO STRUCTURES AND THEIR SUPPORTS AND H A R G I S ARCH ARCHITECT FS FLOOR SINK WITH THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. SHOW 6"DIA.FOR UP TO 120 CFM ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND ASHRA AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING,REFRIGERATION FT FEET,FIN TUBE QTY QUANTITY EXPANSION/SEISMIC JOINTS FOR PIPING AND 8"DIA.FOR 121-210 CFM CONSTRUCTED TO RESIST THE EFFECTS OF E AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS,INC. FV FACE VELOCITY DUCTWORK ON DRAWINGS] 10"DIA.FOR 211-300 CFM EARTHQUAKE MOTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 12"DIA.FOR 301-450 CFM ASCE 7,EXCLUDING CHAPTER 14 AND APPENDIX ATM ATMOSPHERE RA RETURN AIR,RELIEF AIR 4. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED,THE GENERAL 11A. 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz GA GAGE RD ROOF DRAIN CONTRACTOR(GC)SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR BOO BACK DRAFT DAMPER GAL GALLONS REF REFERENCE,RETURN/EXHAUST FAN PAINTING,CUTTING,AND PATCHING OF EXISTING 5. PROVIDE 12"LONG,%"WIDE FLUORESCENT 4. 2021 IBC,1704.4.CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY: BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR GALV GALVANIZED REG REGISTER FLOORS,WALLS,AND PARTITIONS IN THE EXISTING ORANGE TAPE AT CONCEALED VOLUME DAMPER THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REGISTRATION BHP BRAKE HORSE POWER GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR RF RELIEF FAN BUILDING. LOCATIONS. THE CONSTRUCTION OF A SEISMIC-FORCE- RESISTING SYSTEM,DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM, BLW BELOW GPF GALLONS PER FLUSH RG RETURN GRILLE 5. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALLOWABLE ENERGY CODE NOTES OR SEISMIC-RESISTING COMPONENT LISTED IN THE �1 F.Cqy, BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT GPH GALLONS PER HOUR RH ROOF HOOD METHODS/LOADS FOR HANGING PIPING/DUCTS FROM STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND SHALL �Q>'of WAS,,. BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE RI&C ROUGH IN AND CONNECT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. 1. MOTORS: COMPLY WITH MINIMUM FULL LOAD SUBMIT A WRITTEN STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY r ry C BOT BOTTOM EFFICIENCIES LISTED IN ENERGY CODE ENFORCED TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL AND THE OWNER PRIOR \ C GRD GRILLES,REGISTERS,AND DIFFUSERS RL RAIN LEADER 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE BY AHJ. TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK ON THE BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNIT PER HOUR GV GATE VALVE,GLOBVE VALVE RLA RATED LOAD AMPS SAFE KEEPING OF HIS OWN PROPERTY ON THE JOB SYSTEM OR COMPONENT.THE CONTRACTOR'S 90 9 BV BALL VALVE GWB GYPSUM WALLBOARD RO ROUGH IN AND CONNECT SITE. OWNER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR 2. PIPING AND DUCT INSULATION: COMPLY WITH STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY SHALL INCLUDED 96�t5 Er pe0 G�?O RPBA REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY PROTECTION OF PROPERTIES AGAINST FIRE,THEFT, THICKNESSES AND TYPES LISTED IN ENERGY CODE THE FOLLOWING: ON EN C CONDENSATE PIPING H HUMIDISTAT,HEIGHT RPBP REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS. ENFORCED BY AHJ UNLESS MORE STRINGENT CAP CAPACITY HB HOSE BIBB RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED. [PROVIDE A. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF AWARENESS OF CBV CIRCUIT SETTING BALANCING VALVE HD SCHEDULES ON DRAWINGS IF REQUIRED BY AHJ] THE SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED IN HEAD,HUB DRAIN RV SAFETY RELIEF VALVE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION NOTES THE STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS; '-• • • CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE HGL REFRIGERANT HOT GAS LINE 3. DUCT SEALING: SEAL DUCT TRANSVERSE JOINTS B. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT THAT CONTROL WILL CG CEILING GRILLE HORIZ HORIZONTAL S SENSOR 1. ACCESS CLEARANCES FOR MAINTENANCE AND AND LONGITUDINAL SEAMS PER ENERGY CODE BE EXERCISED TO OBTAIN CONFORMANCE Arlington Operations CKV CHECK VALVE HP HORSEPOWER,HEAT PUMP S.TK STORAGE TANK REPLACEMENT:VERIFY PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS OF ENFORCED BY AHJ UNLESS MORE STRINGENT WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS CLG CEILING,COOLING HRU HEAT RECOVERY UNIT SA SUPPLY AIR EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE THAT ACCESS CLEARANCES REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED. APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL; CO CLEANOUT,CO SENSOR HST STORAGE TANK SAT SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE CAN BE MET. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL C. PROCEDURES FOR EXERCISING CONTROL Center WORK AND WORK OF OTHER TRADES TO PROVIDE 4. RECORD DRAWINGS: SUBMIT TO THE BUILDING WITHIN THE CONTRACTOR'S ORGANIZATION, CO2 CO2 SENSOR HTG HEATING SCFM STANDARD CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE ACCESS CLEARANCES FOR SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE. OWNER PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY THE THE METHOD AND FREQUENCY OF FOR COMB COMBINATION HVAC HEATING,VENTILATING,AND AIR CONDITIONING SENS SENSIBLE LOCAL AHJ. REPORTING AND THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE COND CONDENSER,CONDENSATE HW HOT WATER PIPING SF SUPPLY FAN,SQUARE FOOT 5. REPORTS; CONN CONNECTOR HWC HOT WATER CIRCULATING PIPING SG SUPPLY GRILLE,SIGHT GLASS WITH MOISTURE PIPING NOTES OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: SUBMIT D. IDENTIFICATION AND QUALIFICATIONS OF Snohomish County CONT CONTINUE HX HEAT EXCHANGER INDICATOR TO THE BUILDING OWNER PER ENERGY CODE THE PERSON(S)EXERCISING SUCH CONTROL COP COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE HZ HERTZ SIM SIMILAR 1. DISASSEMBLY PROVISIONS: PROVIDE UNIONS OR ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ. AND THEIR POSITION(S)IN THE Public Works COTG CLEANOUT TO GRADE SL REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINE FLANGES AT PIPING CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT, ORGANIZATION. COILS,TRAPS,CONTROL VALVES,AND OTHER 6. SYSTEM BALANCING: BALANCE HVAC SYSTEMS CU CONDENSING UNIT,CUBIC IAQ INDOOR AIR QUALITY SP STATIC PRESSURE COMPONENTS TO ALLOW DISASSEMBLY FOR PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ 5. DIVISION 21,22,23 RESPONSIBILITIES: AT CV CONSTANT VOLUME ID INDIRECT DRAIN SPKR SPRINKLER AND SUBMIT A WRITTEN REPORT TO THE BUILDING MAINTENANCE.Cv FLOW COEFFICIENT EINVERT ELEVATION SS STAINLESS STEEL,SANITARY SEWER OWNER. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR A. HANGERS AND SEISMIC BRACING FOR 19700 67th Ave NE CW COLD WATER PIPING IN. INCH ST SOUND TRAP 2. REFRIGERANT PIPING: PROVIDE SIZING AND ADDITIONAL TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE DESIGNED INSTALLATION IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH (TAB)REQUIREMENTS. AND SPECIFIED BY DIVISION 21,22,23. Arlington, WA 98223 CWR CONDENSING WATER RETURN IN.WG INCHES WATER COLUMN DIVISION 21,22,23 SHALL REFER TO THE CWS CONDENSING WATER SUPPLY IW INDIRECT WASTE PIPING TCV TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND IN SUCH A WAY AS TO BE INCONSPICUOUS AND FREE FROM ANY 7 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF TO TRENCH DRAIN,TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE POSSIBLE CONDENSATION. PIPE SIZES NOTED ARE FOR COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS:TEST SYSTEMS TO EQUIPMENT AND HUNG MECHANICAL D DRAIN kW KILOWATT TDH TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD REFERENCE AND SHALL BE INSTALLED PER ENSURE THAT BUILDING SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN SYSTEMS AS STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS DO PERMIT SET DB DRY BULB(TEMPERATURE) TEMP TEMPERATURE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. CONTRACTOR DESIGNED,INSTALLED,AND FUNCTION PROPERLY, NOT SHOW THE LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL B dB DECIBEL L LENGTH TOD TOP OF DUCT SHALL PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING BETWEEN EFFICIENTLY,AND CAN BE MAINTAINED IN EQUIPMENT,DUCTWORK,PIPING,AND 05/02/2025 g EQUIPMENT FOR AN OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OTHER COMPONENTS. DCVA DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE TOF TOP OF PIPE IN ORDER TO SATISFY THE BUILDING OWNER'S B. DIVISION 21,22,23 SHALL COORDINATE THE This drawing is: DDCV DOUBLE DETECTOR CHECK VALVE LB LINEAR BAR TOP TOP OF STEEL 3 PROVIDE AT DESIGN INTENT AND OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS SUPPORT SYSTEMS AND DESIGN LOADS FOR 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. DEG DEGREE LBS POUND TOS TOP OF FOOTING SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPING CONNECTIONS TO PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ. HUNG PIPING AND OTHER MECHANICAL 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. DFU DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT LL REFRIGERANT LIQUID LINE TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE EQUIPMENT. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL SYSTEMS(INCLUDING COMBINED MULTIPLE 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's Written permission for any other use or reproduction.CONTRACTOR AND THE STEEL AND WOOD PROJECT COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS PIPE RUNS)WITH THE GENERAL DH DUCT HEATER LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPS TSTAT THERMOSTAT DI DUCTILE IRON LVR LOUVER TYP TYPICAL 4. PROVIDE AN INSULATED COPPER TRACER WIRE OR 8. THIS BUILDING AND ITS ENERGY SYSTEMS HAVE JOIST MANUFACTURERS IN ADDITION TO DIA DIAMETER LWR LOW WALL RETURN OTHER APPROVED CONDUCTOR ADJACENT TO UNDERGROUND NONMETALLIC(PLASTIC)PIPING. BEEN DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH ENERGY CODE OTHER TRADES THAT MAY BE IMPACTED. DIM DIMENSION LWS LOW WALL SUPPLY UG UNDERGROUND ACCESS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE TRACER WIRE OR ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ. CONTRACTOR IS 2023-053 DISC LOCATION OF STARTER,DISCONNECT AND LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE UH UNIT HEATER THE TRACER WIRE SHALL TERMINATE ABOVE GROUND RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT INSTALLATION OF CONTROLS UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE AT EACH END OF THE PIPING.THE TRACER WIRE SHALL ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM DISCH DISCHARGE MAT MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE NOT BE LESS THAN NO.18 AWG AND THE INSULATION g C406 ENERGY MEASURES:HEAT PUMP WATER • DIN DOWN MAV MANUAL AIR VENT V VENT PIPING TYPE SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR BURIAL. HEATING(1 CREDIT)AND IMPROVED HEATING 1. HVAC CONTROLS BY JOHNSON CONTROLS,INC. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION DV DRAIN VALVE MAX MAXIMUM VA VALVE 5. PROVIDE 12"LONG,''/:"WIDE FLUORESCENT ORANGE EFFICIENCY(12 CREDITS). PROVIDE METASYS CONTROLLER IN MAIN DWB DOMESTIC WATER BOOSTER MBH THOUSAND BTU PER HOUR VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TAPE AT CONCEALED VALVE LOCATIONS. MECHANICAL ROOM. 10. C406 LOAD MANAGEMENT MEASURES:HVAC LOAD DWGS DRAWINGS MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR VD VOLUME DAMPER 2. VRF SYSTEM SHALL BE CONTROLLED VIA MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY VEL VELOCITY MANAGEMENT(42 CREDITS). INTEGRATION TO METASYS CONTROLLER. (E) EXISTING MECH MECHANICAL VENT VENTILATION,VENTILATOR PLUMBING NOTES 11. C403.5 ECONOMIZER EXCEPTION:COOLING SYSTEM EA EXHAUSTAIR VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE WHERE THE SUPPLY FAN IS NOT INSTALLED 3. DOAS HRU'S AND VAV TERMINAL UNITS SHALL BE EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE MIN MINIMUM VOLT VOLTAGE OUTSIDE THE BUILDING THERMAL ENVELOPE NOR M MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REPORTING VALVE 1. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS: PROVIDE AT THE END OF CONTROLLED VIA METASYS CONTROLLER. N EER ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO HOT AND COLD WATER LINES SERVING TWO OR MORE IN A MECHANICAL ROOM ADJACENT TO OUTDOORS MOCP MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION VTR VENT THRU ROOF FIXTURES. SIZE IN ACCORDANCE WITH PLUMBING AND AND IS INSTALLED IN CONJUNCTION WITH DOAS 4. PROVIDE WATER AND ENERGY METERING TO MEET EF EXHAUST FAN MOD MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER DRAINAGE INSTITUTE(PDI)REQUIREMENTS. COMPLYING WITH SECTION C403.3.5 AND SERVING LEED REQUIREMENTS EFF EFFICIENCY W WASTE,WATT,WIDE,WATER ONLY SPACES WITH YEAR-ROUND COOLING LOADS PROJECT EG EXHAUST GRILLE NA NOT APPLICABLE W/ WITH 2. REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTERS(RPBP): FROM LIGHTS AND EQUIPMENT OF LESS THAN 5 5. PROVIDE LIGHTING SCHEDULING CAPABILITY VIA EL ELEVATION NC NORMALLY CLOSED,NOISE CRITERIA WB WET BULB(TEMPERATURE) PROVIDE INDIRECT DRAIN PIPING FROM RPBP TO WATTS PER SQUARE FOOT. METASYS CONTROLLER. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS ELEC ELECTRIC WC WATER CLOSET,WATER COLUMN NEAREST DRAIN. INSTALL FUNNEL AT RPBP IF PROJECT MANAGER: I- EMCS EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM N NOT IN CONTRACT REQUIRED. PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH NO NORMALLY OPEN WCO WALL CLEANOUT APPLICABLE CODES-MECHANICAL JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A EQUIV EQUIVALENT NO. NUMBER WG WATER GAGE 3. ACCESS PANELS: PROVIDE IN NON ACCESSIBLE A ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE NP NON POTABLE WH WATER HEATER,WALL HYDRANT CEILINGS AND WALLS FOR VALVES,WATER HAMMER 1 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE IBC •- ET EXPANSION TANK NPC NON POTABLE COLD WATER PIPING WHA WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR ARRESTERS,CLEANOUTS,AND OTHER ITEMS THAT (IBC)' AWING TITLE: EWT ENTERING WATER TEMP REQUIRE ACCESS TO PROPERLY MAINTAIN OR SERVICE 2. 2021 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE(IFC)" EXH EXHAUST NPH NON POTABLE HOT WATER PIPING WM WATER METER THE BUILDING. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. 3. 2021 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE(IMC)' MECHANICAL NTS NOT TO SCALE WSEC WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE 4. 2021 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE(WSEC) EXT EXTERIOR,EXTERNAL WSFU WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT 4. CLEANOUTS: PROVIDE AT THE BASE OF SANITARY 5. 2021 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE(UPC)- GENERAL NOTES WT WEIGHT DRAINAGE,PROCESS WASTE,AND RAINLEADER CONDUCTORS. 'AS AMENDED BY THE STATE OF WASHINGTON 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.oe.ae w 2 3 4 5 PLUMBING FIXTURE AND DRAIN ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE D MARK ITEM MANUFACTURER/MODEL WASTE VENT CW HW NOTES MARK DESCRIPTION (IN) (IN) (IN) (IN) KOHLER:KINGSTON K-84325-0 _ _ WALL MOUNT,FLUSH VALVE(TOP SPUD),SIPHON JET,WHITE VITREOUS CHINA,ELONGATED BOWL.PROVIDE WITH BARIATRIC DUTY CARRIER IN VERTICAL OR DYKEMAN WATER CLOSET CARRIER:J.R.SMITH HEAVY DUTY 4" 2 HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION,750 LBS MAXIMUM STATIC LOAD. WC-1 SEAT BEMIS:1955SSC - - - - NOTE 2 WC-1 SELF-SUSTAINING CHECK HINGE,NO COVER,OPEN FRONT,STAINLESS STEEL POSTAND HARDWARE. DESIGNARCHITECTURE + FLUSH VALVE SLOAN:ECOS 8111-1.28/1.1 - - 1-1/4" - CHROME PLATED,1-1/2 INCH TOP SPUD,1.28 GALLON PER FLUSH DOWN ACTION AND 1.1 GALLON PER FLUSH UP ACTION. FURNISH ONE FLUSH INSTRUCTION SIGN FOR INSTALLATION ABOVE FLUSH VALVE. URINAL KOHLER:BARDON K-4991-ET 2" 1-1/2" 0.125 GALLON PER FLUSH HEU URINAL,WALL MOUNT,FLUSH VALVE(TOP SPUD),SIPHON JET,WHITE VITREOUS CHINA,EXTENDED RIM. CARRIER:J.R.SMITH HEAVY DUTY FLOOR CARRIER UR-1 NOTE 2 UR-1 FLUSH VALVE SLOAN:ROYAL FLUSHOMETER 186A.125 - - 3/4 INCH TOP SPUD,0.125 GALLON PER FLUSH,MANUALLY OPERATED,POLISHED CHROME FINISH. 1" - DROP-IN,12-3/4"RECTANGULAR BOWL,VITREOUS CHINA,OVERFLOW DRAIN,SINGLE FAUCET HOLE,SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS.PROVIDE UNDERSINK • LAVATORY KOHLER:ARCHER K-2356-1 2" 1-1/2" - - PROTECTION.PROVIDE THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE. LV-1 NOTE 2 LV-1 SINGLE-HOLE DECK MOUNTED,METERING TYPE,CHROME PLATED.INTEGRAL,CAST BRASS SPOUT,4"CENTER-TO-CENTER.0.35 GPM VANDAL-PROOF,PRESSURE COMPENSATING,FAUCET CHICAGO FAUCETS: EO-A11C-KJKABCP - - 1/2" 1/2" AERATOR OUTLET.SELF-CLOSING,AUTO-TIMED METERING CARTRIDGE,ON-OFF HANDS-FREE ACTUATION,SINGLE SUPPLY. STAFF SINK ELKAY:LRAD252265 2" 1-1/2" - _ SINGLE BOWL,DROP-IN SINK,22"FRONT TO BACK BY 25"WIDE BY 6-1/2"DEEP,18 GAUGE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL,LUSTROUS SATIN FINISH,SELF-RIMMING,REAR CENTER DRAIN /w\ H R G I S / \ PLACEMENT. SS-1 NOTE 2 SS-1 DECK MOUNTED,CHROME PLATED,GN8A TYPE RIDGID/SWING GOOSENECK SPOUT 8"DEEP x 13-1/8"HEIGHT,317 TYPE 4"INDEXED W RISTBLADE HANDLES,E35VP TYPE 1.5 GPM 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 FAUCET CHICAGO FAUCETS:786-GN8AE3ABCP - - 1/2" 1/2" SOFTFLO AERATOR,CERAMIC CARTRIDGES,4INCH CENTERS.PROVIDE WITH ALL VANDAL RESISTANT OPTIONS. 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz WASHUP SINK ELKAY:EW MA6020(ADA) 2" 1-1/2" _ _ 60"WIDE BY 20"FRONT TO BACK,5-1/2"DEEP BASIN,FULL WIDTH 8"TALL BACKSPLASH,TYPE 304 SS 14 GA.MULTI STATION WALL MOUNT SINK,SINGLE WASTE OUTLET,PREDRILLED SS-2 NOTE 2 SS-2 FOR(3)8"ON CENTER FAUCETS.PROVIDE WITH WALL HANGERS,SS SUPPORT BRACKETS,AND UNDERSINK PROTECTION. FAUCET _ _ CONCEALED DECK-MOUNTED WITH 8"FIXED CENTERS,CHROME PLATED.L-TYPE SWING SPOUT,9-1/2"CENTER-TO-CENTER.2.2 GPM PRESSURE COMPENSATING AERATOR.2"METAL, REGISTRATION (3)CHICAGO FAUCETS:631-201029AB 1/2" 1/2" VANDAL-PROOF,SINGLE-WING HANDLES.COMPRESSION CARTRIDGE,OPENS AND CLOSES 90",CLOSES WITH WATER PRESSURE. DOUBLE COMPARTMENT,TYPE 304 18GA STAINLESS STEEL,22"FRONT TO BACK BY 33"WIDE BY 5"DEEP,SINK FAUCET AT BACK LEDGE,(3)HOLES ON 4"CENTERS.SELF-RIMMING _K F.CA, KITCHEN DOUBLE SINK ELKAY:LRAD332265 2" 1-1/2" - U-CHANNEL MOUNTING SYSTEM,SOUND DEADENED BOTTOM PAD.PROVIDE UNDER-SINK PROTECTION.PROVIDE WITH GD-1 GARBAGE DISPOSAL.PROVIDE OFFSET STAINLESS STEEL - GRID STRAINER FOR GARBAGE DISPOSAL TO MAINTAIN ADA APPROACH.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL(1)HOLE AT BACK CORNER OF SINK LEDGE FOR DECK MOUNT AIR GAP FITTING r '�- C ASSOCIATED WITH ADJACENT DW-1. C DECK MOUNTED,CHROME PLATED,GN8A TYPE RIDGID/SWING GOOSENECK SPOUT 8"DEEP x 13-118"HEIGHT,317 TYPE 4"INDEXED W RISTBLADE HANDLES,E35VP TYPE 1.5 GPM FAUCET CHICAGO FAUCETS:786-GN8AE3ABCP - - 1/2" 1/2" 9 DS-1 NOTE 2,7 DS-1 SOFTFLO AERATOR,CERAMIC CARTRIDGES,4 INCH CENTERS.PROVIDE WITH ALL VANDAL RESISTANT OPTIONS. 60 CUPS OF 200 F WATER PER HOUR CAPACITY,UNDER COUNTER INSTALLATION,NSF LISTED.213 GALLON INSULATED TANK WITH ADJUSTABLE THERMOSTAT FROM 160 TO 210 F. CsP l� 01S EN INSTANT SELF-CLOSING VALVE. ILL LISTED AND LABELED ELECTRICAL CORD AND PLUG.750 WATTS,6.25 AMPS,120 VOLT.PROVIDE Y."DROP INSIDE WALL WITH 90 DEGREE ON ••�� INSTA-HOT INSINKERATOR:H-CLASSIC.SS OR QUICK AND HOT 780 - - 1/2" - ANCHORED ELBOW,DEDICATED%"X 3/8"COMPRESSION LOOSE KEY STOP,3/8"COPPER TUBING TO IN-LINE CHARCOAL ICEMAKER TYPE FILTER WITH 3/8"COPPER TUBING TO WATER BREWER.PROVIDE EXTRA HOLE PUNCHING IN SS SINKS WHERE REQUIRED.MOUNT CHROME PLATED DISPENSER IN BACK-RIGHT CORNER OF SINK LEDGE TO CLEAR ADJACENT FAUCET HANDLES OR IN LOCATION DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. ..• 21111110• • SINGLE COMPARTMENT,UNDERMOUNT,TYPE 304 18GA STAINLESS STEEL,18-1/2"FRONT TO BACK BY 18-1/2"WIDE BY 9"DEEP,REAR CENTER DRAIN PLACEMENT,FULL SPRAY SIDES UTILITY SINK ELKAY:ECTRU17179T 2" 1-1/2" - - AND BOTTOM WITH SIDE AND BOTTOM PADS.PROVIDE UNDERSINK PROTECTION.PROVIDE OFFSET STAINLESS STEEL GRID STRAINER TO MAINTAIN ADAAPPROACH. Arlington Operations UT-1 - UT-1 DECK MOUNTED,CHROME PLATED,TYPE L RIDGID/SWING GOOSENECK SPOUT 12"DEEP x 6"HEIGHT,2-3/8"VANDAL PROOF INDEXED WRISTBLADE HANDLES,E35VP 1.0 GPM NON Center FAUCET CHICAGO FAUCETS:895-L12E73ABCP - - 1/2" 1/2" -AERATING LAMINAR OUTLET,CERAMIC CARTRIDGES,4INCH CENTERS.PROVIDE WITH ALL VANDAL RESISTANT OPTIONS. FOR CORNER TYPE,FLOOR MOUNT,24 INCH LONG BY 24 INCH WIDE BY 10 INCH DEEP,MOLDED STONE WITH 1 INCH WIDE SHOULDERS.PROVIDE FIAT 832-AA,30 INCH LONG FLEXIBLE SERVICE(MOP)SINK FIAT:MSB-2424 3" 2" - - HOSE AND BRACKETS,FIAT 889-CC,24 INCH BY 3 INCH MOP HANGER,FIAT 1453-BB,FLAT STAINLESS STEEL STRAINER,FIAT E-77-AA VINYL BUMBER GUARD,AND FIAT 833-AA,SILICONE SEALANT. Snohomish County MS-1 - MS-1 WALL MOUNTED,MANUAL MIXING TYPE,INTEGRAL CHECK VALVE,POLISHED CHROME PLATED SOLID BRASS,8INCH CENTERS,INTEGRAL 8INCH SPOUT,PAIL HOOK,ADJUSTABLE FAUCET CHICAGO FAUCETS:897-CCP - - 3/4" 3/4" WALL BRACE WITH OVAL FLANGE,MALE HOSE THREADED OUTLET,INTEGRAL STOP VALVES,AND ATMOSPHERIC VACUUM BREAKER,2-3/8 INCH METAL HANDLES,ADJUSTABLE SUPPLY Public Works ARMS,INTEGRAL DRAIN. AT ELKAY LZSTLDDWSVRSK BOTTLE FILLING STATION WITH WALL HUNG,DUAL PURPOSE UNIT FOR STANDING AND WHEELCHAIR USE,FULLY ASSEMBLED.STAINLESS STEEL BASINS,ELECTRONIC BOTTLE FILLER SENSOR WITH ELECTRONIC DF-1 DRINKING FOUNTAIN W/BOTTLE FILLER BI-LEVEL COOLER 2" 1-1/2" 1/2" - - DF-1 AFRONT AND SIDE CTIVATION WITH 20 SECONDSHUT-OFF,TIVA BOTTLES SAVED COUNTER.LISHED CHROME PLATED BRASS VANDAL RESISTANT BUBBLER HEADS.1.1 GPM,LAMINAR FLOW,TOUCHLESS 19700 67th Ave NE 11 INCH DIAMETER PVC BOWL,HEAD WITH PROTECTIVE COVER,CHROME PLATED STAY-OPEN BALL VALVE OPERATED BY PVC HANDLE,CHOME PLATED BRASS TAILPIECE AND Arlington, WA 98223 EW-1 EMERGENCY EYEWASH HAWS:7260BT-727OBT 2" 1-1/2" 3/4" 3/4" NOTE 5 EW-1 P-TRAP.IN-LINE STRAINER,CHROME PLATED CAST ALUMINUM WALL BRACKET,THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE DIAL THERMOMETER AS SPECIFIED IN 221120,UNIVERSAL SAFETY SIGN. PRESSURE ACTUATED MIXER WITH DURABLE STAINLESS STEEL BALANCING PISTON TO EQUALIZE HOT AND COLD SUPPLY PRESSURES,BUILT-IN SHUTOFF FOR SINGLE HANDLE PERMIT SET AQUATIC:1363 BFRF-WH(ONE-PIECE SHOWER) OPERATION,REMOVABLE ONE PIECE UPPER AND LOWER VALVE SEAT,INTERNAL PARTS OF BRONZE AND STAINLESS STEEL,CAST WALL FLANGE AND LEVER HANDLE,POLISHED B SH-1 SHOWER TRIM(ADA) LEONARD:PAM II-ST-F(VALVE) - - 112" 1/2" NOTE 2 SH-1 CHROME PLATED,MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE 125 PSIG,ADJUSTABLE HIGH TEMPERATURE LIMIT STOP SET FOR 110F,COLOR CODED DIAL,%-INLETS AND OUTLETS,PLASTER 05/02/2025 B LEONARD:62001A-1.5(HAND SHOWER) GUARD/THIN WALL MOUNTING BRACKET,LEONARD HAND SHOWER 62001A-1.5:HAND SPRAYER WITH BRAIDED SS FLEXIBLE EXTENDING 60",DOUBLE CHECK VALVE BACKFLOW PREVENTER,SUPPLY ELBOW AND FLANGE,1.5 GPM MAX,24"ADA WALL GRAB BAR OF SS MATERIAL,1.5"OD,SLIDE MECHANISM. This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. PRESSURE ACTUATED MIXER WITH DURABLE STAINLESS STEEL BALANCING PISTON TO EQUALIZE HOT AND COLD SUPPLY PRESSURES,BUILT-IN SHUTOFF FOR SINGLE HANDLE 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's AQUATIC:1363C-WH(ONE-PIECE SHOWER) OPERATION,REMOVABLE ONE PIECE UPPER AND LOWER VALVE SEAT,INTERNAL PARTS OF BRONZE AND STAINLESS STEEL,CAST WALL FLANGE AND LEVER HANDLE,POLISHED written permission for any other use or reproduction. SH-2 SHOWER TRIM LEONARD:PAM II-ST-F(VALVE) - - 1/2" 1/2" NOTE 2 SH-2 CHROME PLATED,MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE 125 PSIG,ADJUSTABLE HIGH TEMPERATURE LIMIT STOP SET FOR 110F,COLOR CODED DIAL,%"INLETS AND OUTLETS,PLASTER LEONARD:H-14(SHOWER HEAD) GUARD/THIN WALL MOUNTING BRACKET,LEVER HANDLER,DOUBLE CHECK VALVE BACKFLOW PREVENTER,INLINE VACUUM BREAKER.PROVIDE WITH LEONARD H-14 SHOWER HEAD, PROJECT NUMBER: BALL JOINT ADJUSTABLE SPRAY,ARM AND FLANGE(1.5 GPM). C WBA WASHER BOX GUY GRAY:WB200HA 2" 1-1/2" 111. 3/4" - WBA RECESSED WALL BOX WITH 3/4 INCH HOSE BIBBS,INTEGRAL HAMMER ARRESTOR SINGLE LEVER VALVE,CENTER 2INCH DRAIN,18 GAGE GALVANIZED STEEL COVER. 2023-053 SBA SERVICE BOX GUY GRAY:BIM875 - - 1/2" - - SBA RECESSED 20 GAGE GALVANIZED STEEL WALL BOX WITH 1/2 INCH INLET AND 1/4 INCH ANGLE SUPPLY VALVE,20 GAGE GALVANIZED STEEL COVER. • GDA GARBAGE DISPOSAL INSINKERATOR:EVOLUTION 0.75 HP 2" 2" - - - GDA CONTINUOUS FEED GARBAGE DISPOSAL WITH STAINLESS STEEL GRINDING ELEMENTS,STAINLESS STEEL STOPPER,AND 3/4 HP MOTOR.INSTALL TO ACCOMMODATE ADA APPROACH. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROVIDE WITH REMOTE WALL SWITCH. HB-1 CW EXTERIOR HOSE BIBB WOODFORD:B65 - - 3/4" - - HB-1 NON-FREEZE WALL HYDRANT,RECESSED,BRASS VALVE BODY WITH HOSE END,ASSE 1011 ANTI-SIPHON VACUUM BREAKER,AUTOMATIC DRAINING,LOOSE KEY,WALL CLAMP,3/4 INCH INLET.STEM LENGTH TO SUIT WALL THICKNESS.PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL ON INTERIOR WALL DIRECTLY BEHIND FIXTURE. HB-2 CW INTERIOR HOSE BIBB CHICAGO 387-E27CP - - 3/4" - - HB-2 INSIDE SILLCOCK TEE HANDLE WITH VACUUM BREAKER.SEE DETAIL 7/M9.02. HB-3 HW&CW EXTERIOR HOSE BIBB WOODFORD:HC667 - - 3/4 3/4 - HB-3 RECESSED BOX TYPE,CHROME BRASS BODY WITH HOSE END ASSE 1052 ANTI-SIPHON DOUBLE CHECK,REMOVABLE WALL FLANGE AND DOOR WITH CYLINDER LOCK,LOOSE KEY WHEEL HANDLE,3/4 INCH INLET AND OUTLET.AUTOMATIC DRAINING AND FREEZE PROOF WALL HYDRANT.INCLUDE WITH REPAIR KIT. FDA FLOOR DRAIN JAY R SMITH:FIGURE 2005 NOTE 6 NOTE 6 112" - NOTE 4 FDA TWO-PIECE COATED CAST IRON BODY,DOUBLE DRAINAGE FLANGE,REVERSIBLE FLASHING COLLAR,WEEPHOLES,BOTTOM OUTLET,5 INCH ADJUSTABLE ROUND NICKEL BRONZE STRAINER,AND VANDAL PROOF SCREWS.COATED CAST IRON WITH 1/2 INCH THREADED INLET TAPPING.JAY R.SMITH FIGURE 2695. FS-1 FLOOR SINK JAY R SMITH:FIGURE 3003 NOTE 6 NOTE 6 1/2" - NOTE 4 FS-1 12 INCH SQUARE TOP,POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL NO GRATE,8INCH DEEP 14 GAGE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL RECEPTOR,NO-HUB,DOME BOTTOM STRAINER,FLANGE AND PROJECT FLASHING CLAMP FOR ABOVE GRADE INSTALLATIONS.COATED CAST IRON WITH 1/2 INCH THREADED INLET TAPPING.JAY R.SMITH FIGURE 2695. 12 INCH SQUARE TOP,POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL HALF GRATE,8 INCH DEEP 14 GAGE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL RECEPTOR,NO-HUB,DOME BOTTOM STRAINER,FLANGE AND PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS FS-2 FLOOR SINK JAY R SMITH:FIGURE 3003 NOTE 6 NOTE 6 1/2" - NOTE 4 FS-2 FLASHING CLAMP FOR ABOVE GRADE INSTALLATIONS.COATED CAST IRON WITH 112 INCH THREADED INLET TAPPING.JAY R.SMITH FIGURE 2695. PROJECT MANAGER: I- 12 INCH SQUARE TOP,POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL THREE QUARTER GRATE,8 INCH DEEP 14 GAGE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL RECEPTOR,NO-HUB,DOME BOTTOM STRAINER, PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH FS-3 FLOOR SINK JAY R SMITH:FIGURE 3003 NOTE 6 NOTE 6 1/2" - NOTE 4 FS-3 FLANGE AND FLASHING CLAMP FOR ABOVE GRADE INSTALLATIONS.COATED CAST IRON WITH 1/2 INCH THREADED INLET TAPPING.JAY R.SMITH 2695. JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG A GENERAL NOTES: DRAWING TITLE: A A.PIPE SIZES LISTED MAY BE DIFFERENT THAN THE ACTUAL FIXTURE CONNECTION. PROVIDE BRANCH PIPE OF LISTED SIZE AND ALL PIPE FITTINGS AND OFFSETS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B.PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL FIXTURES. C.PROVIDE WALL CLEANOUTS FOR ALL SINKS,WATER CLOSETS,AND URINALS. MECHANICAL NOTES: SCHEDULES 1.SIZE AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 2.ADA COMPLIANT WHERE INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.MOUNTING HEIGHT AS INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 3.PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER ASSEMBLY WITH NUMBER OF PORTS REQUIRED TO SERVE ADJACENT DRAINS.PROVIDE 120V/10 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. PROVIDE WITH SHUTOFF VALVE. • 4.CW CONNECTION VIA TRAP PRIMER.VENT 112 SIZE OF WASTE OR 1-1/2"WHICHEVER IS LARGER. 5.SUPPLY HOT AND COLD WATER TO THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE AND EXTEND TEMPERED WATER FROM MIXING VALVE TO FIXTURE. 6.SIZE AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS.WHERE APPLICABLE,VENT SIZE SHALL BE AS NOTED ON THE DRAWING,HALF SIZE OF WASTE OR 1-1/2",WHICHEVER IS LARGER. 7.COORDINATE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS WITH DIV 26.PROVIDE 120V/10 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.oe.ae w 1 2 3 4 5 D PLUMBING FIXTURE PRODUCTS SCHEDULE PLUMBING PUMP SCHEDULE MARK LOCATION SYSTEM SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. PUMP MOTOR PHYSICAL VFD MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ NOTES MARK MANUFACTURERS TYPE FLOW HEAD RPM HP V/PJ LxWxH WEIGHT (YIN) SUPPORT DIAGRAM A. WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS:KOHLER,AMERICAN STANDARD,OR APPROVED. (GPM) (FT) (INxINxIN) (LBS) REFERENCE . � B. LAVATORIES:KOHLER,AMERICAN STANDARD,OR APPROVED.. DWCP-01 MECHANICAL ROOM DOMESTIC HW GRUNDFOS UPS CNTRFGL INLINE 3.0 20.0 1750 1/12 120/1 9x7x5 25 N WALL 1/M9.04 1 DWCP-01 C. STAINLESS STEEL SINKS:JUST MANUFACTURING,ELKAY,OR APPROVED. D. SERVICE AND MOP SINKS:FIAT PRODUCTS,KOHLER,ACORN,OR APPROVED. SP-01 ELEVATOR PIT ELEVATOR LIBERTY PUMPS/ELV 290 ELEVATOR SUMP 50.0 25.0 3250 3/4 120/1 18x18x30 50 N FLOOR 1/M9.03 2 SP-01 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN E. DRINKING FOUNTAINS:ELKAY,HAWS,ACORN,HALSEY TAYLOR,OR APPROVED. NOTES: F. EMERGENCY FIXTURES:ACORN,GUARDIAN,HAWS,BRADLEY CORP,OR APPROVED. 1.PROVIDE WITH AQUASTAT CONTROLLER AND TIME CLOCK.SET AQUASTAT TO 120 DEG F,AND CONFIRM SCHEDULE WITH OWNER. G. HOSE BIBBS:J.R.SMITH,WOODFORD,CHICAGO FAUCETS,ACORN,WADE,OR APPROVED. P.PROVIDE WITH OIL DETECTOR,NEMA 1 CONTROL PANEL,25 FT CABLE,AND REMOTE ALARM WITH 24V AUXILIARY DDC CONTACTS. - 17 - Drive H. SERVICE OUTLETS:GUY GRAY,OR APPROVED. I. FAUCETS FOR LAVATORIES,SINKS,AND SERVICE SINKS:CHICAGO FAUCETS.NO SUBSTITUTIONS. J. MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS:BRASSCRAFT,T&S BRASS,MCGUIRE,OR APPROVED. EJECTOR PUMP SCHEDULE K. FLUSH VALVES FOR WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS:SLOAN OR ZURN.NO SUBSTITUTIONS. MARK LOCATION SYSTEM SERVED MANUFACTURER/ PUMP MOTOR BASIN PHYSICAL VFD MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ NOTES MARK L. WATER CLOSET SEATS:BEMIS,OR APPROVED. MODEL NO. TYPE FLOW HEAD RPM HP V/0 DIA DEPTH INLET OUTLET LxWxH WEIGHT (YIN) SUPPORT DIAGRAM M. UNDER-SINK PROTECTION FOR ACCESSIBLE FIXTURES:TRUEBRO LAV GUARD,OR APPROVED. (GPM) (FT) (FT) (FT) (IN) (IN) (INxINxIN) (LBS) REFERENCE H A R G I S N. FIXTURE SUPPORTS:J.R.SMITH,ZURN,WADE,JOSAM,MIFAB OR APPROVED EJ-01 MECHANICAL ROOM SANITARY WASTE ZOELLER/X841 EJECTOR PUMP 52.0 50.0 3450 2 46013 12x9x27 155 N FLOOR 4/M9.04 1-4 EJ-01 4 9 4 2 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM,GENERAL EJ-02 MECHANICAL ROOM SANITARY WASTE ZOELLER/X841 EJECTOR PUMP 52.0 50.0 3450 2 460/3 12x9x27 155 N FLOOR 4/M9.04 1-4 EJ-02 A. FIXTURE COLOR:WHITE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz B. EXPOSED METAL PARTS:POLISHED CHROME PLATED FINISH. NOTES: 1.PROVIDE WITH 36"ALUMINUM HATCH COVER WITHOUT VENT,SCH 40 STAINLESS STEEL GUIDE RAILS,FOUR FLOATS(OFF,LEVEL 1,LEVEL 2,ALARM),STAINLESS STEEL LIFT CHAINS AND HARNESSES FOR PUMPS,AND BREAKAWAY SYSTEM. C. STOP VALVES:PROVIDE IN WATER CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES,EXCEPT WHERE FITTING HAS INTEGRAL STOPS. 2.PROVIDE DUPLEX PUMPS WITH CHECK VALVES AND ISOLATION VALVES.PIPING WITHIN PUMP PACKAGE SHALL BE SCH 80 PVC. REGISTRATION STAMPS: BRASSCRAFT KT SERIES,LOOSE KEY ANGLE PATTERN,QUARTER TURN W ITH LOCK SHIELD,BRASS 3.PROVIDE SEPARATE VENT CONNECTION TO PUMP PACKAGE BASIN FOR VENTING BELOW SLAB. CONSTRUCTION WITH POLISHED CHROME PLATED FINISH. 4.PROVIDE BARNES CONTROL PANEL WITH ACCESSORY ALARM LIGHT,ALARM HORN,AND DRY CONTACTS FOR ALARM FUNCTION. 11 D. RIGID RISERS:CHROME PLATED COPPER TUBING WITH POLISHED FINISH,1/2"OUTSIDE DIAMTER. F.CA, O Of WASh.\(�`y E. FLEXIBLE RISERS:NOT ALLOWED,EXCEPT FOR PLUMBING FIXTURE MARKS DW-1,SB-1,WB-1. p�p� C F. PIPE ESCUTCHEONS:INCLUDE WHERE PIPE OR OTHER FITTING ENTERS WALL AT FIXTURE.COMPLY WITH HEAT PUMP WATER HEATER SCHEDULE °�'� 'lr T' \ C REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 232116. MARK LOCATION SYSTEM MANUFACTURER/ TYPE HEAT TANK CONNECTION SIZES ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL RELIEF MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ CONTROL NOTES MARK 9C�, G. LAVATORY STRAINER AND TAIL PIECES:CHICAGO 327-XCP,OR APPROVED STAINLESS STEEL BRASS FITTING SERVED MODEL NO. PUMP SIZE WATER DRAIN V/0 MCA MOCP TOTAL ELEMENTS DIAxH(INxIN)WEIGHT VALVE SUPPORT DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/ l�9F�ts Er 0 �2z" WITH PERFORATED GRID STRAINER AND 17 GA SEAMLESS BRASS TAIL PIECE. COP (GAL) (IN) RAI KW (#) (LBS) (PSIG) REFERENCE SEQUENCE ON LNG H. SINK GRID STRAINER AND TAIL PIECES:JUST J-35SSF-VR OR APPROVED,STAINLESS STEEL BRASS FITTING WITH HPWH-01 MECHANICAL DOMESTIC HW SANDEN/SANCO2 VERTICAL,TANK - 83 3/4 3/4 - - - - - 27"x59" - 125 FLOOR 1/M9.04 2/M10.05 1,2 HPWH-01 PERFORATED GRID STRAINER AND 17 GA SEAMLESS BRASS TAIL PIECE. ROOM I. SINK BASKET STRAINER AND TAIL PIECES:JUST J-35-STP OR APPROVED,STAINLESS STEEL BRASS FITTING WITH WHCU-01 - DOMESTIC HW SANDEN/ OUTDOOR HEAT 5 - 3/4 - 208/1 13 15 1 1 36"x11"x28" 106 - FLOOR 1/M9.04 2/M10.05 1-4 WHCU-01 PERFORATED GRID STRAINER AND 17 GA SEAMLESS BRASS TAIL PIECE. GUS-A45HPA PUMP UNIT J. P TRAPS:MCGUIRE 8900 SERIES OR APPROVED,CAST BRASS CHROME PLATED BODY,WITH CLEANOUT,17 GA NOTES: Arlington Operations SEAMLESS CHROME PLATED TRAP ARM. 1.SET AT 110°F K. LABORATORY FIXTURE TAIL PIECES,P-TRAPS AND BOTTLE TRAPS:MATERIAL AND JOINING 2.PROVIDE WIRING BETWEEN INDOOR TANK SENSOR AND EXTERIOR HEAT PUMP. Center METHOD SHALL COMPLY WITH ACID WASTE PIPING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN 3.PROVIDE HEAT TRACE KIT AND POWER OUTAGE KIT. SECTION 226600. 4.UNIT SHALL BE ROOF MOUNTED ON CONCRETE SUPPORT WITH TYPE IP ISOLATION PADS(TYP).PROVIDE UNIT MOUNTED TO SUPPORT WITH TYPE IP-1 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND WBA NEOPRENE WASHING AND BUSHING PER DETAIL.COMPRESSOR SHALL FOR BE INTERNALLY ISOLATED. L. VACUUM BREAKER: INCLUDE ON WATER SUPPLY TO EACH FIXTURE WHICH HAS A WATER CONNECTION LOCATED BELOW RIM AND FOR FIXTURES WITH FAUCETS WITH THREADED OUTLETS Snohomish County FOR HOSE ATTACHMENT,FLOW-THROUGH PATTERN. M. TRAP PRIMERS: PROVIDE FOR FLOOR RECEPTORS.REF MECH DWGS FOR ADDITIONAL DOMESTIC WATER EXPANSION TANK SCHEDULE Public Works LOCATIONS. MARK LOCATION SYSTEM SERVED MANUFACTURER/ TYPE AT TANK ACCEPTANCE SYSTEM PHYSICAL SIZING CRITERIA MOUNTING/ DETAIU NOTES MARK N. EXPOSED SUPPLIES: PROVIDE ESCUTCHEON,STOP VALVE,AND VERTICAL RIGID RISERS AS MODEL NO. VOLUME VOLUME(GAL)CONN(IN) SIZE WEIGHT SYS VOL MAX TEMP MIN TEMP MAX MIN PRESS SUPPORT DIAGRAM SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. (GAL) REFERENCES (DIAxL) (LBS) (GAL) (DEG F) (DEG F) PRESS (PSI) 19700 67th Ave NE O SPECIFIED CONCEALED N THIS SECTION.VIDE ESCUTCHEON,STOP VALVE,AND VERTICAL RIGID RISERS AS DWET-01 MECHANICAL ROOM DOMESTIC HW AMTROL/ST-12C-DD DIAPHRAGM 6.4 3.2 3/4 12x18 17 202 140 50 150 60 WALL 1/M9.04 1,2 DWET-01 Arlington, WA 98223 P. UNDER SINK PROTECTION FOR ACCESSIBLE FIXTURES: DWET-02 MECHANICAL ROOM DOMESTIC CW AMTROL/ST-05C-DD DIAPHRAGM 2.1 0.9 3/4 8x14 10 47 60 50 150 60 WALL 1/M9.02 1,2 DWET-02 1 DESCRIPTION:FULLY MOLDED FLEXIBLE VINYL INSULATION KIT FOR DRAIN PIPING,P-TRAP,AND NOTES: HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLIES UNDER LAVATORY TO MEET AMERICAN WITH DISABILITIES ACT PERMIT SET 1.EXPANSION TANK SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE SITE PRE-CHARGED TO THE SYSTEM OPERATING PRESSURE.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ENGINEER PRIOR TO ORDERING. B RADA)REQUIREMENTS. 05�02�2025 B 2.ASME RATED.PROVIDE WITH SEISMIC BRACING. 2 RATING:UL LISTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ADA. 3 COMPONENTS:SMOOTH EXTERIOR CONFORMING TO PIPE AND FITTINGS,HIDDEN FASTENING This drawing is: SYSTEM,REMOVABLE TRAP CLEANOUT COVER,AND HINGED CAP AT STOP VALVES TO ALLOW 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. QUICK ACCESS WITH SNAP CLOSURE. TRAP PRIMER SCHEDULE 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's Q. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND'PLUMBING FIXTURE AND DRAIN ROUGH-IN MARK MANUFACTURER NUMBER OF PIPE CONNECTIONS ELEC DETAIL/ NOTES MARK written permission for any other use or reproduction. SCHEDULE FOR PLUMBING FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHT. /MODEL NO. OUTLETS INLET OUTLETS V/PH. DIAGRAM PROJECT REFERENCE FIXTURE SUPPORTS TP-1 PPP/PRIMETIME 4 TO 16 3/4" 1/2"EA 120/1 2&4/M9.02 NOTE 1 TP-1 2023-053 A. WATER CLOSET CARRIERS: 1. ELECTRONIC TRAP PRIMER MANIFOLD.PROVIDE WITH RECESSED MOUNT INSTALLATION IN FRAMED WALLS IN ALL 1 CONCEALED HEAVY DUTY CAST IRON CARRIER,VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTABLE FINISHED SPACES INCLUDING STORAGE ROOMS AND CUSTODIAL ROOMS UNO ON PLUMBING PLANS. PATTERN,MINIMUM 750 LB SUPPORT CAPACITY,WITH REAR ANCHOR SUPPORT LUG. FURNISH • TYPE AS REQUIRED TO FIT WITHIN AVAILABLE WALL SPACE.WHERE WALL SPACE IS RESTRICTED, MARK DATE DESCRIPTION VERTICAL NON-ADJUSTABLE PATTERN CARRIERS ACCEPTABLE. 2 INCLUDE SUPPORT FEET SET ON SUB-FLOOR OR CAST IN SUB-FLOOR.BOLT CARRIER TO FLOOR GLYCOL MAKE-UP UNIT SCHEDULE AT ALL POINTS,INCLUDING REAR ANCHOR SUPPORT LUG. MARK LOCATION DESCRIPTION/ MANUFACTURER/ FLUID PUMP FILL CAPACITY ELECTRICAL DIMENSION OPERATING DETAIL/ CONTROL REMARKS 3 1 INCLUDE BRASS FIXTURE ATTACHMENT BOLTS AND CHROME-PLATED ACORN TYPE NUTS. AREA SERVED MODEL TYPE QTY PRESSURE MOTOR V/0 DIAxH WEIGHT DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/ 4 INCLUDE EPDXY BOLTS FOR BARIATRIC AND WALL MOUNTED WATER CLOSETS.LAG BOLTS NOT ACCEPTABLE. (PSIG) (GAL) (HP) (INxIN) (LBS) REFERENCE SEQUENCE GMU-01 MECHANICAL ROOM CONDENSER WATER B&G/GMU30 20%PG 1 30 55 1/2 120/1 1 31x58 160 1/M1005 1/M1005 NOTE 1.2 5 PROVIDE WITH WAX RING WITH PLASTIC CONE,MANUFACTURERS GASKET NOT ACCEPTABLE. GENERAL NOTES: B. WALL HUNG FIXTURES OTHER THAN WATER CLOSETS: A.APPROVED MANUFACTURERS:ARMSTRONG,JL WINGERT 1 CONCEALED FIXTURE HANGER CONSTRUCTED FOR FIXTURE. PROJECT NOTES: 2 INCLUDE CAST IRON FEET SET ON SUB-FLOOR,CAST IN SUB-FLOOR,OR SUPPORTED BY 1.GLYCOL MAKE-UP UNIT SHALL BE BASE MOUNTED AND COME AS PACKAGE WITH PUMP,FEED TANK AND ASSOCIATED CONTROLS.PROVIDE SINGLE POINT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION AND INTEGRAL DISCONNECT. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS FLOOR-TO-CEILING PIPES. 2.PROVIDE CONTACTS FOR REMOTE INDICATIONS OF HIGH WATER LEVEL,LOW WATER LEVEL,AND PUMP RUN. PROJECT MANAGER: I- 3 1 INCLUDE CONCEALED ARM FIXTURE SUPPORTS WHERE SUITABLE FOR FIXTURE. I PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE DRAWING TITLE: MARK LOCATION SYSTEMSERVED MANUFACTURER/ TYPE THERMAL TANKSIZE RECOVERY CON NECTIONSIZES ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL RELIEF MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ CONTROL NOTES MARK MECHANICAL MODEL NO. EFFICIENCY (GAL) AT I WATER DRAIN V/0 FLA TOTAL VALVE SUPPORT DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/ N (GAL/HR) (IN) IN KW ELEMENTS DIAxH WEIGHT ( ) (#) (INxIN) (LBS) (PSIG) REFERENCE SEQUENCE SCHEDULES EWH-01 MECHANICAL ROOM DOMESTIC HW AO SMITH/ DR SMITH 5 VERTICAL,TANK 100 80 102 3/4 3/4 208/3 41.6 15 3 26x61 280 125 FLOOR 1/M9.04 2/M10.05 1 EWH-01 NOTES: 1.SET AT 120°F 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.oe.a�cu 2 3 4 5 HEAT RECOVERY UNIT SCHEDULE D FANS ENERGY RECOVERY DEVICE FILTER ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL MOUNTING MARK MANUF VENT VENT WINTER SUMMER SUPPORTDETAIL/ CONTROL MARK LOCATION AREA SERVED /MODEL NO. MAX OA MIN OA SERVICE TOTALAIRFLOW ESP SPEED MOTOR TYPE SERVICE AIRFLOW SAT MIN. SAT MIN. TYPE RATING V/0 MCA MOP LxWxH WEIGHT DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/ (CFM) (CFM) MIN MAX (IN WC) CONTROL QTY HP MAX DB EFF. DB/NB EFF. (INxINxIN) (LBS) REFERENCE SEQUENCE • YKEMAN CFM CFM CFM DEG F % DEG F EMAIR/ SUPPLY 1,700 2,100 1.50 1 3.0 OUTSIDE AIR 2,100 HRU-01 ECH HVAC ROO SYST BLDG TOEMAIPVEX 2100 1700 ECM WHEEL 56.6 90.1 79.5/64.2 88.1 MERV 13 20813 20.3 25.0 98x67x75 1855 FLOOR 4/M9.08 2/M10.07 HRU-01 EXHAUST 1,700 2,100 1.50 1 3.0 EXHAUST 2,100 SUPPLY 21700 3200, 1.35 1 3.0 OUTSIDE AIR 3,200 HRU-02 ECH HVAC ROOM BLDG SYSTEMAIR/ 3200 2700 ECM WHEEL 56.5 85 79.7/64.2 84.7 MERV 13 208/3 20.3 25.0 98x67x75 1855 FLOOR 4/M9.08 2/M10.07 HRU-02 TOPVEX EXHAUST 2,700 3,200 1.35 1 3.0 EXHAUST 3,200 • TOTAL 5,300 4,400 GENERAL NOTES: �J A D R ^ I C A.INDOOR AIR CONDITIONS:WINTER RETURN AIR DB=70 DEG F,SUMMER RETURN AIR DB/WB=75 DEG F/63 DEG F.OUTDOOR AIR CONDITIONS:WINTER OAT DB n=24 DEG F,SUMMER OAT DB/WB=90 DEG F/67 DEG F. ,` V J B.ALL FANS SHALL BE DIRECT DRIVE,AND MINIMUM FEG 75. C.PROVIDE WITH 2"MERV 8 FILTERS FOR EXHUAST AND 4"MERV FILTERS FOR OUTSIDE AIR. D.UNIT DIMENSIONS ARE MAXIMUM ALLOWED DIMENSIONS.DIMENSIONS LARGER THAN THOSE LISTED IN SCHEDULE ONLY ALLOWED PENDING REVIEW BY A/E. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 E.SEE AIR HANDLER ACOUSTICAL CRITERIA SCHEDULE ON M0.08 FOR ACOUSTICAL REQUIREMENTS.AIR HANDLERS SHALL CONFORM TO ACOUSTICAL REQUIREMENTS IN SCHEDULE WITHOUT EXCEPTION. 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz F.PROVIDE UNITS WITH 6"TALL BASE RAIL.UNIT DIMENSION LISTED ABOVE DOES NOT INCLUDE HEIGHT OF BASE RAIL. G.DIV 26 SHALL FURNISH DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS.DIV 23 SHALL INSTALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS.SEE PLANS FOR LOCATION. H.PROVIDE DAMPERS AT EXHAUST AND OUTSIDE AIR CONNECTIONS TO UNIT. REGISTRATION F.CA , SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING SCHEDULE ° °fW�,c\ C MARK LOCATION AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. FAN SUPPLY FAN REFR. COOLING DESIGN AIR CONDENSATE ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL SOUND MOUNTING/ VIBRATION DETAIL/ CONTROL NOTES MARK v % (�) C 9 a FLOW DRIVE ESP TYPE TOTAL CAP SEER,IEE FILTER RUNOUT MCA MOP V/0 HxWxD WEIGHT PRESSURE SUPPORT ISOLATION PER DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/ C3, yF�/s PEo �2 (CFM) (IN WC) (MBH) MINIMUM (INCH) (INxINxIN) (LBS) MAX(dBA) DIV 230548 REFERENCE SEQUENCE D G ON 6N AC-01 MDF ROOM MDF ROOM SAMSUNG IAC018DNADCG 615,MAX DIRECT ECM - 21.0 INTEGRAL 11/16 - - - 9x42x12 29 42 WALL - 2/M9.08 8/M10.04 3,4 AC-01 R-32 18.0 SEER2 CU-01 SERVICE YARD MDF ROOM SAMSUNG/AC018DXSCCF - - - - - 13.7 15.0 208/1 26x35x13 100 58 ROOF NOTE 2 2/M9.08 8/M10.04 1,2 CU-01 •.• • • ELEVATOR MACHINE ELEVATOR MACHINE AC-02 ROOM ROOM SAMSUNG/AC018DNADCG 615,MAX DIRECT ECM - 210 INTEGRAL 11/16 - - - 12x42x10 29 42 WALL - 2/M9.08 8/M10.04 3,4 AG02 Arlington Operations R-32 18.0 SEER2 CU-02 SERVICEYARD ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM SAMSUNG IAC018DXSCCF - - - - - 13.7 15.0 20811 26x35x13 100 58 ROOF NOTE2 2/M9.08 8/M10.04 1,2 CU-02 Center GENERAL NOTES:(APPLICABLE TO ALL UNITS IN SCHEDULE) A. PROVIDE REFRIGERANT LINES SIZED TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. FOR B. PROVIDE WITH HARD WIRED WALL CONTROL THERMOSTAT. County '� C. SEER AND EER BASED ON 95 DEG DB OA,80 DEG F DB/67 DEG F WB EAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AHRI STD 210/240. Snohomish/ �Co u n+Ly D. SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS EXEMPT FROM AIRSIDE ECONOMIZER REQUIREMENT PER 2018 WSEC C403.5 EXCEPTION 11 OPTION A.THE TOTAL CAPACITY OF ALL SYSTEMS WITHOUT AIRSIDE ECONOMIZER ON PROJECT IS 198 MBH(LESS THAN 240 MBH). Public Works O rks E. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL REQUIREMENTS. AT NOTES: 19700 67th Ave NE 1- EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A VISIBLE NAMEPLATE INDICATING THE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING(SCCR)IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL REQUIREMENTS.REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MINIMUM RATINGS. Arlington, WA 98223 2. UNIT SHALL BE ROOF MOUNTED ON CONCRETE SUPPORT WITH TYPE IP ISOLATION PADS(TYP).PROVIDE UNIT MOUNTED TO SUPPORT WITH TYPE IP-1 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND WB-1 NEOPRENE WASHING AND BUSHING PER DETAIL.COMPRESSOR SHALL BE INTERNALLY ISOLATED. 3. INDOOR UNIT POWERED FROM OUTDOOR UNIT.WIRING BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR UNIT PROVIDED BY DIV 23 CONTRACTOR.SEE ELEC DWGS FOR DISCONNECT REQUIREMENTS. 4. PROVIDE WITH CONDENSATE PUMP ACCESSORY POWERED FROM INDOOR UNIT POWER TERMINAL BLOCK.INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS. PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE AIR HANDLING UNIT ACOUSTICAL CRITERIA SCHEDULE This drawing is: MARK MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLY/ DESCRIPTION AIRFLOW FRAMETYPE FINISH MATERIAL ACC. DETAIL/ NOTES MARK 1.TheCop Acright2024Dykemen,Inc. TYPE NECK SIZE FACE SIZE FREQUENCY 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. MODEL NO. ETURN/EXH BORDER TYPE LXW LxW RANGE DIAGRAM UNIT SOUND PATH 3.For use on this project onl Obtain Architect's ( ) ( ) ( ) <25 NC REFERENCE 63 Hz 125 Hz 250 Hz 500 Hz 1000 Hz 2000 Hz 4000 Hz 8000 Hz P I y' (IN) (IN) written permission for any other use or reproduction. SA OUTLET dB 63 73 98 87 92 88 85 76 A TITUS TMSA SUPPLY SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER HARD OR LAY-IN 6"DIA 24x24 0-150 1 WHITE STEEL 4 WAY 6/M9.06 1 A HRU-01 FA OUTLET dB 53 68 75 65 64 63 49 40 PROJECT A TITUS TMSA SUPPLY SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER HARD OR LAY-IN 8"DIA 24x24 170-220 1 WHITE STEEL 4WAY 6/M9.06 1 A RADIATED dB 51 63 74 70 72 69 56 47 $A OUTLET d6 63 73 98 87 92 88 85 76 2023-053 A TITUS TMSA SUPPLY SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER HARD OR LAY-IN 10"DIA 24x24 250-350 1 WHITE STEEL 4 WAY 6/M9.06 1 A HRU-02 EA OUTLET dB 53 68 75 65 64 63 49 40 F-FADIATED dB 51 63 74 70 72 69 56 47 • A TITUS TMSA SUPPLY SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER HARD OR LAY-IN 12"DIA 24x24 375-475 1 WHITE STEEL 4 WAY 6/M9.06 1 A GENERAL NOTES: MARK DATE DESCRIPTION A.UNITS SHALL BE WITHIN 2 dB OF VALUES LISTED ABOVE.UNITS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WILL BE REJECTED. A TITUS TMSA SUPPLY SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER HARD OR LAY-IN 14"DIA 24x24 500-650 1 WHITE STEEL 4 WAY - 1 A F TITUS 50F RET/EXH EGGCRATE RETURN GRILLE HARD OR LAY-IN 10x10 12x12 UP TO 450 1 WHITE ALUMINUM PFA 2/M9.07 1 F F TITUS 50F RET/EXH EGGCRATE RETURN GRILLE HARD OR LAY-IN 22x10 24x12 UP TO 700 1 WHITE ALUMINUM PFA 2/M9.07 1 F F TITUS 50F RET/EXH EGGCRATE RETURN GRILLE HARD OR LAY-IN 22x22 24x24 UP TO 1600 1 WHITE ALUMINUM PFA 2/M9.07 1 F PROJECT TEAM: F TITUS 50F RET/EXH EGGCRATE RETURN GRILLE HARD OR LAY-IN 22x46 24x48 UP TO 3000 1 WHITE ALUMINUM PFA 2/M9.07 1 F PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A G TITUS 30ORL SUPPLY DBL DEFLECTION SUPPLY GRILLE SIDEWALL PER PLANS - - 1 WHITE STEEL - 1/M9.07 1 G DRAWING R A J TITUS 355FL RET/EXH RETURN GRILLE SIDEWALL PER PLANS - - 1 WHITE STEEL - 3/M9.07 1,2 J MECHANICAL K TITUS350RLF2 RET/EXH LOUVERED RETURN FILTER GRILLE SIDEWALL PER PLANS - - 1 WHITE ALUMINUM - 4/M9.07 1 K SCHEDULES GENERAL NOTES: A.SEE DWGS FOR QUANTITY. B.DIMENSIONS INDICATED ARE NOMINAL.REFER TO MANUFACTURER FOR ACTUAL DIMENSIONS. • NOTES: 1.PROVIDE TYPE 1(SURFACE MOUNT)WHERE INSTALL ASSEMBLY IS HARD LID,DUCT MOUNTED,OR SIDEWALL.PROVIDE TYPE 3(LAY-IN)WHERE INSTALL ASSEMBLY IS WITHIN GRID CEILING,ACT,ACP. , , 2.POSITION BLADES UPWARD IN FINAL INSTALLATION. 1 2 3 4 5 as1 z.- 1 2 3 4 5 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNIT SCHEDULE D MARK AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER/ ASSOCIATED SYSTEM EXHAUST/RELIEF OFFSET THROUGH MAX MIN INLET DUCT, OUTLET INLET SP OUTLET SP PHYSICAL MOUNTING/ SOUND LINING(DUCT DETAIL/ CONTROL NOTES MARK MODEL NO. UNIT AIRFLOW AIRFLOW (IN) DUCT(IN) (IN WC) (IN WC) LxWxH WEIGHT SUPPORT LENGTH(FT), DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/ (CFM) (CFM) (INxINxIN) (LBS) THICKNESS(IN)) REFERENCE SEQUENCE VAV-L-01 EOCTRAINING NAILOR 30RW HRU-02 SUPPLY LOCKER ROOM/MEN'S/WOMEN'S RR 440 132 80 PER PLAN 0.8 0.5 26x12x13 40 SUSPENDED 10%1" 4/M9.06 1/M10.06 1,2,3 VAV-L-01 DYKEMAN VAV-L-02 LOCKER ROOM NAILOR/30RW HRU-02 SUPPLY LOCKER ROOM 1,250 375 13x10 OVAL PER PLAN 0.8 0.5 26x18x13 60 SUSPENDED 101,1" 4/M9.06 1/M10.06 1,2,3 VAV-L-02 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN VAV-L-03 LOCKER ROOM NAILOR/30RW HRU-02 SUPPLY LOCKER ROOM 1,250 375 13x10 OVAL PER PLAN 0.8 0.5 26x18x13 60 SUSPENDED 101,1.. 4/M9.06 1/M10.06 1,2,3 VAV-L-03 VAV-U-01 ROLL CALL NAILOR/30RW HRU-01 SUPPLY MEN'S/WOMEN'S RR 1,000 300 100 PER PLAN 0.8 0.5 26x14x13 50 SUSPENDED 101,1" 4/M9.06 1/M10.06 1,2,3 VAV-U-01 - -Vi..Drive VAV-U-02 ROLL CALL NAILOR/30RW HRU-01 SUPPLY MEN'S/WOMEN'S RR 600 180 80 PER PLAN 0.8 0.5 26x12x13 40 SUSPENDED 10',1" 4/M9.06 1/M10.06 1,2,3 VAV-U-02 TOTAL 4,540 1,362 • VAV-R-01 RESTROOM NAILOR 130X HRU-01 EXHAUST OFFICES/MEN'S/WOMEN'S RR 1850 555 19x10 OVAL PER PLAN 0.8 0.5 26x28x13 80 SUSPENDED - 4/M9.06 1/M10.06 1,2,3 VAV-R-01 VAV-R-02 LOCKER ROOM NAILOR/30X HRU-01 EXHAUST LOCKER ROOM 700 210 100 PER PLAN 0.8 0.5 26x14x13 50 SUSPENDED - 4/M9.06 1/M10.06 1,2,3 VAV-R-02 H A R G I S TOTAL 2,550 765 NOTES: 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98301 1.SECTION 230900 SHALL PROVIDE 24V ELECTRICAL POWER TO VAV UNIT.DO NOT PROVIDE LINE VOLTAGE POWER. 20e.448.3376•206.448.4450 nargis.biz 2.PROVIDE WITH DOC CONTROL PANEL ENCLOSURE COORDINATED ON SIDE OF VAV UNIT.VERIFY ENCLOSURE LOCATION DURING SHOP DRAWING PROCESS. 3.LABEL CEILING GRID WITH LABEL INDICATING VAV-XXX NUMBER IN ADDITION TO 230500 REQUIREMENTS. REGISTRATION ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE P� F.CA, O`f' MARK LOCATION/ARF3,SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL TYPE AIRFLOW ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL MOUNTING/ CONTROL Of WAS," NOTES MARK 4 Q�;¢C NO. (CFM) MBH KW V/0 LxWxH WEIGHT SUPPORT DIAQUENCE AM I v % (�) C (INxINxIN) (LBS) yC], EUH-01 UPPERVESTIBULE QMARK/AWH WALL HEATER 100 3 3 208/1 16x4x20 25 RECESSED 6/M10.04 1,2 EUH-01lt•9F4 ts Er PEO ON 6N EUH-02 EMERGENCY SUPPLIES QMARK/MUH UNIT HEATER 350 3 5 480/3 14x8x16 30 HUNG 6/M10.04 1,2 EUH-02 EUH-03 MECHANICAL QMARK/MUH UNIT HEATER 350 3 5 480/3 14x8x16 30 HUNG 6/M10.04 1,2 EUH-03 ••• • • EUH-04 WASH-UP QMARK/MUH UNIT HEATER 350 3 5 480/3 14x8x16 30 HUNG 6/M10.04 1,2 EUH-04 Arlington Operations EUH-05 LOWERVESTIBULE QMARK/AWH WALL HEATER 100 3 3 208/1 16x4x20 25 RECESSED 6/M10.04 1,2 EUH-05 Center EUH-06 LOWERVESTIBULE QMARK/AWH WALL HEATER 100 3 3 208/1 16x4x20 25 RECESSED 6/M10.04 1,2 EUH-06 FOR NOTES: Snohomish + 1.PROVIDE WITH INTERNAL THERMOSTAT AND WALL BRACKET. S n O O 171 I S County 2.PROVIDE WITH INTERNAL POWER ON/OFF SWITCH FOR POSITIVE DISCONNECT AND LOW VOLTAGE POWER RELAY ACCESSORY WITH TRANSFORMER KIT.COORDINATE WITH 230900 CONTRACTOR FOR DDC INTEGRATION REQUIREMENTS. Public Works DEHUMIDIFIER UNIT SCHEDULE AT MARK LOCATION MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. AIRFLOW WATER REFRIGERANT CONDENSATE NOISE LEVEL ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL MOUNTING/ NOTES MARK 19700 67th Ave N E REMOVAL VOLTAGE/PHASE/FQ POWER AMPS HXWXD WEIGHT SUPPORT CFM GAL IN dba V/PH/HZ A (INxINxIN) WEIGHT Arlington, WA 98223 DU-01 CLOTHES DRY BORAN/B33DHW 155 4.125 R134A 3/4 46 110/1/60 324 2.8 34x18x6 60 RECESSED 1 DU-01 DU-02 CLOTHES DRY BORAN/B33DHW 155 4.125 R134A 3/4 46 110/1/60 324 2.8 34x18x6 60 RECESSED 1 DU-02 PERMIT SET B NOTES: 05/02/2025 B 1.PROVIDE WITH HUMIDISTAT,AND INTEGRAL CONDENSATE CONNECTION. This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. CONSTANT AIRFLOW REGULATOR 2.For use on this projeInstrct of Proms Architonal ect's written 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. MARK LOCATION AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. ASSOCIATED UNIT SYSTEM EXHAUST/RELIEF OFFSET THROUGH AIRFLOW NOTES MARK (CFM) NOMINAL DUCT PROJECT SIZE(INxIN,INO) CAR-01 LOCKER ROOM PAVING LEAD/PAVING SUPERVISOR ALDES/CAR3-H4-R8 HRU-02 SUPPLY LOCKER ROOM/MEN'S/WOMEN'S RR 100 80 1 CAR-01 2023-053 CAR-02 OPERATIONS MANAGER UPPER LEVEL OFFICES ALOES/CAR3-H5-SS-1212 HRU-01 SUPPLY KITCHEN 270 12x12 1 CAR-02 • CAR-03 STORAGE LOWER LEVEL WEST CORRIDOR ALDES/CAR3-H6-R10 HRU-02 SUPPLY LOCKER ROOM/MEN'S/WOMEN'S RR 370 100 1 CAR-03 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CAR-04 STORAGE KITCHENETTE,NORTH CORRIDOR ALDES/CAR3-H6-R10 HRU-02 SUPPLY EMERG.SUPPLIES/STORAGE/CUST. 250 100 1 CAR-04 CAR-05 STORAGE LOWER LEVEL NORTH OFFICES ALOES/CAR3-H8-SS-1212 HRU-02 SUPPLY EMERG.SUPPLIES/STORAGE/CUST. 480 12x12 1 CAR-05 CAR-06 ROLL CALL UPPER LEVEL WEST CORRIDOR ALOES/CAR3-H4-SS-0606 HRU-01 SUPPLY KITCHEN/MEN'S/WOMEN'S RR/CUST. 105 6x6 1 CAR-06 CAR-07 ROLL CALL UPPER LEVEL NORTH CORRIDOR ALOES/CAR3-H4-SS-0606 HRU-01 SUPPLY KITCHEN/MEN'S/WOMEN'S RR/CUST. 105 6x6 1 CAR-07 NOTES: 1.LOCATE ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING.PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL IF LOCATED ABOVE HARD LID CEILING. PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: OF,KG A A DRAWING MECHANICAL SCHEDULES on I Me 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.oe.a�cu 2 3 4 5 D VRF HEAT PUMP SCHEDULE -INDOOR UNITS MARK LOCATION/AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. TONNAGE CEILING TYPE ASSOCIATED AIRSIDE SUPPLY FAN HEATING COOLING FILTER ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ CONTROL NOTES MARK SPACE UNIT ECONO. AIRFLOW ESP CAPACITY EAT TOTAL CAP SENS CAP EAT,DB EAT,WB SIZE MERV V/0 MCA MOCP LxWxH WEIGHT SUPPORT DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/ (Y/N) (CFM) (IN WC) (MBH) (DEG F) (MBH) (MBH) (DEG F) (DEG F) RATING (INxINxIN) (LBS) REFERENCE SEQUENCE FCU-L-01 FIRST AID&WELLNESS SAMSUNG/AM005NNNDCHIAA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 6 68 4.93 4.34 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-01 FCU-L-02 UNION SAMSUNG/AM005NNNDCHIAA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 6 68 4.93 4.34 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-02 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN FCU-L-03 DROP-IN SAMSUNG/AM005NNNDCHIAA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 6 68 4.93 4.34 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-03 FCU-L-04 WORKROOM SAMSUNG/AM005NNNDCHIAA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 6 68 4.93 4.34 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-04 FCU-L-05 BRIDGE LEADWORKER SAMSUNG I AM007NNNDCH/AA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-05 • FCU-L-06 PAVING LEAD SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCH/AA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-06 FCU-L-07 EAST CORRIDOR, SAMSUNG/AM036ANHDCH/AA 3.0 CLOSED DUCTED HP-01 N 1200 0.75 40 68 31.6 25.3 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 3.11 15 52x28x12 110 SUSPEND 1/M9.09 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-07 H A R G I S KITCHENETTE FCU-L-08 CORRIDOR,DROP-IN, SAMSUNG/AM048ANHDCH/AA 4.0 CLOSED DUCTED HP-01 N 1600 0.75 54 68 42.1 34.0 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 3.4 15 52x28x12 110 SUSPEND 1/M9.09 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-08 WORKSTATION 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 FCU-L-09 PAVING SUPERVISOR SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCHIAA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-09 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 - hargis.biz FCU-L-10 LOCKERS SAMSUNG/AM024BN4PCH/AA 2.0 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 800 - 27 68 21.1 15.1 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.58 15 34x34x10 16 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-10 REGISTRATION FCU-L-11 LOCKERS SAMSUNG/AM024BN4PCH/AA 2.0 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 800 - 27 68 21.1 15.1 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.58 15 34x34x10 16 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-11 FCU-L-12 MENS RR SAMSUNG/AM012NNNDCH/AA 1.0 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 400 - 13.5 68 10.7 8.84 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.26 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-12 p`�Of�w�ry!F,i C FCU-L-13 WOMENS RR SAMSUNG/AM012NNNDCH/AA 1.0 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 400 - 13.5 68 10.7 8.84 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.26 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-13 C V ^ 9 �455w� FCU-L-14 EOClfRAINING/PAVING SAMSUNG/AM024BN4PCH/AA 2.0 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 800 - 27 68 21.1 15.1 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.58 15 34x34x10 16 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-14 P �ts EO G�2� FCU-L-15 MOTHER'S ROOM SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCH/AA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x1D 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-15 ON .1,e/a.,s FCU-L-16 STORAGE SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCHIAA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-16 FCU-L-17 ENV.STORAGE SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCH/AA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-17 Arlington Operations FCU-L-18 BRIDGE SUPERVISOR SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCH/AA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-18 Center 20.5 8200 FCU-U-01 LOBBY,WORKSTATION, SAMSUNG/AM024ANHDCH/AA 2.0 OPEN DUCTED HP-02 N 800 0.75 54 68 42.1 34.0 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 3.4 15 52x28x12 110 SUSPEND 2/M9.09 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-01 FOR KITCHEN,CORRIDOR FCU-U-02 ROLL CALL SAMSUNG/AM030ANHDCH/AA 2.5 OPEN DUCTED HP-02 N 1000 0.75 34 68 26.2 20.0 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 1.39 15 34x34x12 16 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-02 Snohomish County FCU-U-03 ROLL CALL SAMSUNG/AM048ANHDCH/AA 4.0 OPEN DUCTED HP-02 N 1600 0.75 34 68 26.2 20.0 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 1.39 15 343412 16 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-03 Public Works FCU-U-04 CORRIDOR,RESTROOMS SAMSUNG/AM024ANHDCH/AA 2.0 OPEN DUCTED HP-02 N 800 0.75 34 68 26.2 20.0 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 1.39 15 34x34x12 16 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-04 AT FCU-U-05 SMALL CONFERENCE SAMSUNG IAM007NNNDCHIAA 0.5 OPEN CASSETTE HP-02 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-05 19700 67th Ave NE FCU-U-06 DRAINAGE SUPERVISOR SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCH/AA 0.5 OPEN CASSETTE HP-02 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-06 Arlington, WA 98223 FCU-U-07 LEAD WORKER SAMSUNG AM007NNNDCHIAA 0.5 OPEN CASSETTE HP-02 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-07 PERMIT SET B FCU-U-08 LEAD WORKER SAMSUNG AM007NNNDCHIAA 0.5 OPEN CASSETTE HP-02 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-08 05/02/2025 B FCU-U-09 PAVEMENT SUPERVISOR SAMSUNG IAM007NNNDCH/AA 0.5 OPEN CASSETTE HP-02 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-09 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. FCU-U-10 LEAD WORKER SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCHIAA 0.5 OPEN CASSETTE HP-02 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-10 2.The Architect's Instrument. Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. FCU-U-11 LEAD WORKER SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCHIAA 0.5 OPEN CASSETTE HP-02 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-11 PROJECT FCU-U-12 OPERATIONS MANAGER SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCH/AA 0.5 OPEN CASSETTE HP-02 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-12 14.5 5800 2023-053 NOTES: • 1.EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A VISIBLE NAMEPLATE INDICATING THE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING(SCCR)IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL REQUIREMENTS.REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MINIMUM RATINGS. 2.PROVIDE REFRIGERANT PIPING SIZED TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 3.WHERE SLOPE IS INSUFFICIENT TO ROUTE CONDENSATE TO CUSTODIAL SINK,FURNISH CONDENSATE PUMP WITH UNIT. 4.APPROVED ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS:DAIKIN,MITSUBISHI VRF HEAT PUMP SCHEDULE-BC CONTROLLER MARK LOCATION AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. ASSOCIATED BRANCH MAX ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ NOTES MARK PROJECT UNIT NUMBER CAPACITY V/0 MCA MOCP LxWxH WEIGHT SUPPORT DIAGRAM PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS W (MBH) (INxINxIN)I (LBS) REFERENCE PROJECT MANAGER: I- TH BC-01 MECHANICAL LOWER FLOOR SAMSUNG/MCU-S12NEK1 UN HP-01 12 290 208/1 2 15 39x19X12 120 CEILING 1/M8.11 1 BC-01 JOB CA PROJECT T ARCHITECT:I DFPTAIN: DF,KG A A BC-02 MECHANICAL LOWER FLOOR SAMSUNG/MCU-S8NEKI UN HP-01 8 290 208/1 2 15 39x19X12 100 CEILING 1/M8.11 1 BC-02 DRAWING BC-03 EOC SUPPLIES UPPER FLOOR SAMSUNG/MCU-S12NEK1 UN HP-02 12 290 208/1 2 15 39x19X12 120 CEILING 2/M8.11 1 BC-03 MECHANICAL 1.SEE PLANS FOR LOCATIONS. SCHEDULES I elm 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.oe.a�cu 1 2 3 4 5 D VRF HEAT PUMP SCHEDULE-WATER SOURCE MARK LOCATION AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. SOURCE WATER HEATING COOLING ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ CONTROL NOTES MARK WPD FLOW RUNOUT GLYCOL% CAPACITY SOURCE LWT SOURCE EWT COP CAPACITY NOM. SOURCE EWT SOURCE LWT EER JIEERV/0 MCA MOCP LxWxH WEIGHT SUPPORT DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/(FT) (GPM) SIZE (MBH) (DEG F) (DEG F) (MBH) TONNAGE (DEG F) (DEG F) (INxINxIN) (LBS) REFERENCE SEQUENCE HP-01 MECHANICAL ROOM LOWER LEVEL SAMSUNG/AM240KXWAJRIAA 11.1 60.2 2 20 279 42.7 50.0 5.3 220 20 75.0 83.8 12.4 460/3 33 45 45x22x40 680 WALL 2/M10.09 1/M10.08 1,2,3 HP-01HP-02 MECHANICAL ROOM UPPER LEVEL SAMSUNG/AM192HXWAJRIAA 18.1 50.2 1-1/4 20 206 44.2 50.0 4.5 164 16 60.0 67.6 12.3 460/3 26.2 35 45x22x40 600 WALL 2/M10.09 1/M10.08 1,2,3 HP-02 TOTALS 110.4 NOTES: 1.EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A VISIBLE NAMEPLATE INDICATING THE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING(SCCR)IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MINIMUM RATINGS. 2.PROVIDE RELAYS AS REQUIRED FOR WIRING PUMP ENABLE FROM BOTH HP UNITS TO SINGLE PUMP CONTROL INPUT. • 3.PROVIDE WITH R410A REFIRGERANT.ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH EPA AND WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY. HYDRONIC EXPANSION TANK SCHEDULE-WATER SOURCE H A R G I S MARK LOCATION SYSTEM MANUFACTURER/ TYPE GLYCOL TANK ACCEPTANCE SYSTEM PRE-CHARGE SIZING CRITERIA MOUNTING DETAIL/ NOTES MARK 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 SERVED MODEL NO. VOLUME VOLUME CONN. PRESSURE SYS.VOL. MAX TEMP MIN TEMP MAX PRESS MINPRESS DIIH WEIGHT SUPPORT DIAGRAM 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz GAL GAL IN PSIG GAL DEG F DEG F PSI PSI INAN LBS REFERENCE ET-01 MECHANICAL CONDENSER ATER AMTROL AX-80V DIAPHRAGM 0 44.4 22.6 1 20 1000 113 50 55 20 24x29 400 FLOOR - 1,2 ET-01 REGISTRATION NOTES: 1.INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS,CHARGE TANK TO MATCH HYDRONIC MAKE-UP WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR. 2.ASME RATED TANK. .eN F.CA,' p�pf WASh.ry\L HYDRONIC PUMP SCHEDULE-WATER SOURCE 9 % `)� C MARK LOCATION SYSTEM SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL PUMP DESIGN MOTOR PHYSICAL MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ CONTROL NOTES MARK NO. TYPE MIN FLOW HEAD EFF GLYCOL RPM HP V/0 LxWxH WEIGHT SUPPORT DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/ ON EN (GPM) (FT) I%) (%) (INxINxIN) (LBS) REFERENCE SEQUENCE CWP-01 MECHANICAL CONDENSER WATER ARMSTRONG/4372 IN-LINE TANGO 105 90 65 20 3692 5 460/3 23x16x23 175 FLOOR 2/M10.08 1/M10.08 1,2,3 CWP-01 CWP-02 MECHANICAL CONDENSER WATER ARMSTRONG/4372 IN-LINE TANGO 105 90 65 20 3692 5 46013 23x16x23 175 FLOOR 2/M10.08 1/M10.08 1,2,3 CWP-02 NOTES: I I Arlington Operations 1.SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A VISIBLE NAMEPLATE INDICATING THE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING(SCCR)IN ACCORDANCE WITH ILL REQUIREMENTS.REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MINIMUM RATINGS. Center 2.PROVIDE WITH 0-10V SPEED CONTROL.PUMP MOTOR SHALL BE ECM OR PERMANENT MAGNET. 3.DO NOT SUPPORT PUMP FROM PIPING.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL HANGERS OR SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT PUMP INDEPENDENTLY. FOR Snohomish County AIR SEPARATOR SCHEDULE-WATER SOURCE Public Works MARK LOCATION SYSTEM MANUFACTURER/ TYPE FLOW VOLUME SYSTEM MAX MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ NOTES MARK AT SERVED MODEL NO. RATE CONN. WPD DIAxH WEIGHT SUPPORT DIAGRAM GPM GAL IN. PSI INAN LBS REFERENCE CONDENSER FLAMCOVENT CS 80 19700 67th Ave NE AS-01 MECHANICAL WATER F AIR/DIRT 110.0 8.7 3 0.2 14x30 120 SUSPENDED - 1 AS-01 Arlington, WA 98223 NOTES: 1.PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL STRAINER,BLOWDOWN VALVE,REMOVABLE HEAD,AND AUTO AIR VENT. PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B FAN SCHEDULE HYDRONIC WATER This drawing is: MARK LOCATION/AREA MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. FAN TYPE AIRFLOW ESP FAN MOTOR SPEED BACKDRAFT PHYSICAL SOUND MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ CONTROL NOTES MARK 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. SERVED (CFM) (IN WG) RPM HP/ V/0 CONTROL DAMPTERAT INLET SUPPORT DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/ PIPE SIZING SCHEDULE 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. WATTS FAN (ILxWxH NxINxIN) WEIGHT(LBS) (BONES) REFERENCE SEQUENCE 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's PIPE SIZE IN GPM RANGE written permission for any other use or reproduction. TF-01 LOWER ELECTRICAL GREENHECK/SQ-80-VG INLINE 250 0.3 1387 1/6 115/1 ECM N 16x15x15 40 6.0 SUSPENDED 5/M9.06 1/M10.05 1 TF-01 3/4 0-3.5 PROJECT TF-02 UPPER ELECTRICAL GREENHECK/SQ-80-VG INLINE 250 0.3 1387 1/6 11511 ECM N 16x15x15 40 6.0 SUSPENDED 5/M9.06 1/M10.05 1 TF-02 1 3.6-7.5 2023-053 NOTES: 1.PROVIDE WITH ECM MOTOR WITH MOTOR OR FAN ENCLOSURE MOUNTED POTENTIOMETER FOR BALANCING. 1 1/4 7.6-13 • 11/2 13.1-21 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 2 21.1-44 2 1/2 44.1-75 3 75.1-135 4 135.1-275 6 275.1-815 PROJECT 8 815.1-1600 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH GENERAL NOTES:(APPLICABLE TO ALL) JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG 1.CONTRACTOR SHALL MATCH PIPE SIZES WHERE I A LISTED ON DRAWINGS.SCHEDULE SHOWN FOR DRAWING A REFERENCE ONLY. MECHANICAL SCHEDULES 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.oe.a�cu 1 2 3 4 5 PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION SCHEDULE D SPEC PIPING SYSTEM INSTALLATION PIPE SIZE(INCHES) PIPE AND PIPE FITTING MATERIAL WALL THICKINES 3JOINING METHOD ACCEPTABLE VALVE NOTES SECTION LOCATION (NOTE 1) TYPES 211000 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS UNDERGROUND ALL SIZES DUCTILE IRON,CEMENT LINED SCHEDULE TO MECHANICAL RESTRAINED NOT APPLICABLE VALVES NOT ALLOWED IN FIRE PROTECTION PIPING,ONLY AT ALARM VALVE ASSEMBLY EXTERIOR 2"AND SMALLER GALVANIZED STEEL SCHEDULE40 SCREWED NOT APPLICABLE VALVES NOT ALLOWED IN FIRE PROTECTION PIPING,ONLY AT ALARM VALVE ASSEMBLY 2-1/2"AND LARGER GALVANIZED STEEL SCHEDULE40 CUT GROOVED NOTAPPLICABLE CHECK VALVE ON FDC LINE,NO OTHER VALVES ALLOWED ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN DRY PIPE SYSTEMS 2"AND SMALLER GALVANIZED STEEL SCHEDULE40 SCREWED NOTAPPLICABLE VALVES NOT ALLOWED IN FIRE PROTECTION PIPING,ONLY AT ALARM VALVE ASSEMBLY 2-1/2"AND LARGER GALVANIZED STEEL SCHEDULE40 CUT GROOVED NOTAPPLICABLE VALVES NOT ALLOWED IN FIRE PROTECTION PIPING,ONLY AT ALARM VALVE ASSEMBLYw—dykea"etWest Marine Vie,Drive ABOVE GROUND 2"AND SMALLER BLACK STEEL,GALVANIZED STEEL SCHEDULE40 SCREWED NOTAPPLICABLE VALVES NOT ALLOWED IN FIRE PROTECTION PIPING,ONLY AT ALARM VALVE ASSEMBLY 2-1/2"AND LARGER BLACK STEEL,GALVANIZED STEEL SCHEDULE40 CUT GROOVED,FLANGED NOTAPPLICABLE VALVES NOT ALLOWED IN FIRE PROTECTION PIPING,ONLY AT ALARM VALVE ASSEMBLY ALL SIZES BLACK STEEL,GALVANIZED STEEL SCHEDULE 10 ROLLED GROOVED NOTAPPLICABLE VALVES NOT ALLOWED IN FIRE PROTECTION PIPING,ONLY AT ALARM VALVE ASSEMBLY • 221116 POTABLE AND NON-POTABLE UNDERGOUND 2"AND SMALLER COPPER-TYPE K SOLDERED,FLANGED BUTTERFLY,BALANCING,BALL DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS 2-1/2"AND LARGER COPPER-TYPE K BRAZED,FLANGED BUTTERFLY,BALANCING,BALL,OS&Y,CHECK H A R G I S 2-1/2"AND SMALLER COPPER-TYPE K PRESS FITTINGS BUTTERFLY,BALANCING,BALL 2"AND LARGER COPPER-TYPE K GROOVED BUTTERFLY UP TO 8",BALANCING 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 3"AND LARGER DUCTILE IRON,CEMENT LINED RUBBER GASKETS AND TIE RODS 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 - hargis.biz ABOVEGROUND 2"AND SMALLER COPPER-TYPEL SOLDERED,FLANGED BUTTERFLY,BALANCING,BALL 2-1/2"AND LARGER COPPER-TYPE L BRAZED,FLANGED BUTTERFLY,BALANCING,GATE,OS&Y,CHECK REGISTRATION 2-1/2"AND SMALLER COPPER-TYPE L PRESS FITTINGS BUTTERFLY,BALANCING,BALL TUBING,FLEXIBLE COPPER,STAINLESS STEEL SOLDERED F. , COMPRESSION FITTING,FLARE FITTING,INSTALL IN SLEEVES BELOW CONCRETE SLABS ON GRADE .< C 221300 WASTE,VENT,RAINLEADER, UNDERGROUND ALL SIZES CAST IRON HUB&SPIGOT,HUBLESS NOTAPPLICABLE m � �) C AND OVERFLOW RAINLEADER ABOVE GROUND 1-1/2"AND SMALLER CAST IRON HUBLESS NOTAPPLICABLE 9 40 9FE0 \2� GALVANIZED STEEL STANDARD OR SCREWED NOTAPPLICABLE 015 PG SCHEDULE40 ON EN COPPER SOLDERED NOTAPPLICABLE • • • 2"AND LARGER CAST IRON HUBLESS NOTAPPLICABLE ALL SIZES PVC SCHEDULE40 SOCKET NOTAPPLICABLE VALUE ENGINEERING OPTION Arlington Operations 221300 SUMP PUMP AND SEWAGE UNDERGROUND ALL SIZES DUCTILE IRON RUBBER GASKETS AND TIE RODS NOTAPPLICABLE EJECTOR DISCHARGE ABOVE GROUND ALL SIZES PVC SCHEDULE40 SOCKET CHECK VALVE,BALL VALVE Center ALL SIZES COPPER SOLDERED CHECK VALVE,GATE VALVE FOR 221300 INDIRECT DRAIN(CONDENSATE) ALL LOCATIONS ALL SIZES COPPER SOLDERED NOTAPPLICABLE Snohomish County ALL SIZES PVC SCHEDULE40 SOCKET NOTAPPLICABLE FLUE CONDENSATE UNDERGROUND ALL SIZES HOPE FUSION FUSION WELDED OR EXTRUSION WELDED Public Works 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING ALL LOCATIONS ALL SIZES COPPER-TYPE ACR BRAZED SOLENOID,THERMAL EXPANSION,SHUTOFF VALVE (PACKLESS),ANGLE,BALL,CHECK AT NOTES: 19700 67th Ave NE 1. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. Arlington, WA 98223 2. GROOVED JOINT COUPLINGS AND FITTINGS IN BOILER ROOM ONLY. 3. GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE ABOVE ROOF AND AT BUILDING EXTERIOR FOR UNINSULATED PIPES. PERMIT SET B ENERGY CODE NOTES: 05/02/2025 B 1 MOTORS:COMPLY WITH MINIMUM FULL LOAD EFFICIENCIES LISTED IN THE ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY AHJ. DUCT SYSTEMS INSULATION SCHEDULE This drawing is: LOCATION OF DUCT DUCT SYSTEM TYPE DUCT CONFIGURATION INSULATION TYPE MINIMUM R-VALUE,INSULATION THICKNESS NOTES 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2 PIPING AND DUCT INSULATION:COMPLY WITH THICKNESS AND TYPES LISTED IN THE ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY RIGID BOARD OR 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. RECTANGULAR-EXPOSED ELASTOMERIC R-3.3 2 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's AHJ UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED. written permission for any other use or reproduction. 3 DUCT SEALING:SEAL DUCT TRANSVERSE JOINTS AND LONGITUDINAL SEAMS PER THE ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY RECTANGULAR-CONCEALED DUCT WRAP OR ELASTOMERIC R-3.3 AHJ UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED. SUPPLY AIR DUCTS PROJECT _• 4 RECORD DRAWINGS:SUBMIT TO THE BUILDING OWNER PER THE ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY AHJ. ROUND AND OVAL-EXPOSED DUCT WRAP OR ELASTOMERIC R-3.3 2 5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS:SUBMIT TO THE BUILDING OWNER PER THE ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY 2023-053 AHJ. DUCT WITHIN CONDITIONED ROUND AND OVAL-CONCEALED DUCT WRAP OR ELASTOMERIC R-3.3 6 SPACE SYSTEM BALANCING:BALANCE HVAC SYSTEMS PER THE ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY AHJ AND SUBMIT WRITTEN _ REPORT TO THE BUILDING OWNER. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND RECTANGULAR-EXPOSED RIGID BOARD OR R 7 • BALANCING(TAB)REQUIREMENTS. ELASTOMERIC MIXED AND OUTSIDE AIR MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 7 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING AND COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS:TEST SYSTEMS TO ENSURE THAT RECTANGULAR-CONCEALED DUCT WRAP OR ELASTOMERIC R-7 BUILDING SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED,INSTALLED,AND FUNCTION PROPERLY,EFFICIENTLY,AND CAN BE DUCTS MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IN ORDER TO SATISFY THE BUILDING OWNER'S DESIGN INTENT AND OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS PER THE ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY AHJ.REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS ROUND AND OVAL DUCT WRAP OR ELASTOMERIC R-7 FOR ADDITIONAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS. RECTANGULAR RIGID BOARD OR R-VALUE EQUAL TO BUILDING ENVELOPE, 1 8 ENERGY METERING:COMPLY WITH ENERGY SOURCE AND END-USE METERING REQUIREMENTS LISTED IN THE DUCTS AND PLENUMS WITHIN ELASTOMERIC THICKNESS AS REQ. ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY AHJ. CONDITIONED SPACE ALL DUCT TYPES 9 THIS BUILDING AND ITS ENERGY SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH THE ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY FUNCTIONING AS PART OF AHJ.CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT INSTALLATION OF ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES. BUILDING ENVELOPE ROUND AND OVAL DUCT WRAP OR ELASTOMERIC R-VALUE EQUAL TO BUILDING ENVELOPE, 1 THICKNESS AS REQ. PROJECT 10 DUCT PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION REQUIREMENT:DUCT CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH SMACNA STANDARDS NOTES: PER PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS,UNO.DUCTWORK SHALL MEET AIR LEAKAGE REQUIREMENT PER PROJECT 1.INSULATE OUTSIDE,EXHAUST,AND RELIEF AIR DUCTS FROM BUILDING ENVELOPE TO BACKDRAFT DAMPER AND MOTORIZED DAMPER WITH R-VALUE EQUAL TO BUILDING ENVELOPE PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS SPECIFICATIONS,UNO. THICKNESS. PROJECT MANAGER: I- 2.REFER TO SECTION 3.5.B.2.e OF SPECIFICATION 230700 TO DETERMINE WHETHER INSULATION IS REQUIRED. PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH 11 FANS:EACH FAN AND FAN ARRAY SHALL HAVE A FAN ENERGY INDEX(FEI)OF NOT LESS THAN 1 AT THE DESIGN POINT OF OPERATION,AS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AMPCA 208 BY AN APPROVED INDEPENDENT TESTING JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A LABORATORY AND LABELED BY THE MANUFACTURER.EACH FAN AND FAN ARRAY USED FOR A VAV SYSTEM SHALL DRAWING A HAVE AN FEI OF NOT LESS THAN 0.95. MECHANICAL ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.oe.ae cu 1 1 2 3 4 5 TYPICAL ROOM LOAD SUMMARY PIPING SYSTEMS INSULATION SCHEDULE TYPICAL ROOM AREA(SF) HEATING COOLING D LOADS(MBH)LOADS(MBH) TYPE OF PIPE INSTALLATION LOCATION INSULATION TYPE NOTES COLD PLUMBING PIPING INSIDE BUILDING ENVELOPE FIBERGLASS ALL SIZES 1"THICK 2 BRIDGE LEADWORKER LVL 1 109 2.8 7.0 1-1/4 INCH AND SMALLER 1"THICK 5 D A BRIDGE SUPERVISOR LVL 1 110 2.8 7.0 HOT PLUMBING PIPING INSIDE BUILDING ENVELOPE FIBERGLASS 1-1/2 INCH AND LARGER 1-1/2"THICK 1,5 CLOTHE DRY/WASHUP LVL 1 200 2.1 3.6 3/41NCH AND SMALLER 1"THICK 4 CORRIDOR LVL 1 2145 22.6 27.5 REFRIGERANT SUCTION AND ALL LOCATIONS ELASTOMERIC LIQUID LINES - - Drive 1 INCH AND LARGER 1-1/2"THICK OR MULTIPLE LAYERS FOR 1-1/3"THICKNESS 4 CORRIDOR LVL 2 971 11.0 13.2 NOTES: CUSTODIAL LVL 1 157 0.0 0.6 1.INCREASE THICKNESS OF PIPE INSULATION BY 112 INCH WHERE PIPING IS LOCATED OUTDOORS OR OTHERWISE EXPOSED TO AMBIENT AIR. 2.INCLUDE POLYETHYLENE TUBING. CUSTODIAL LVL 2 39 0.2 0.6 3.INCLUDE MULTI-PLY LAMINATE JACKET. 4.INCLUDE FACTORY APPLIED W EATHERABLE JACKET OR MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED COATING. I DRAINAGE SUPERV.LVL 2 115 2.7 7.0 5.MINIMUM INSULATION THICKNESS PER C404.7.3.1: FOR HEATED WATER CIRCULATION SYSTEMS,BOTH SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPE INSULATION SHALL BE AT MINIMUM 1.0 INCH THICKER THAN THAT REQUIRED BY TABLE C403.10.3.IF THE PIPING IS CENTERED WITHIN A WALL,CEILING OR FLOOR FRAMING CAVITY WITH A DEPTH AT LEAST 4 INCHES GREATER THAN THE DIAMETER OF THE PIPE AND THAT IS COMPLETELY FILLED WITH BATT OR DROP IN 1 LVL 1 100 2.7 6.8 BLOWN-IN INSULATION,ADDITIONAL PIPE INSULATION IS NOT REQUIRED. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98301 DROP IN 2 LVL 1 101 2.7 6.8 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 nareis.biz DROP IN 4 LVL 1 107 0.0 1.0 ELEC LVL 1 76 0.3 0.1 Single-Zone Ventilation Calculations H A R G I S REGISTRATION PROIERNAME Arligton Ops Center PRW-NUMBER 24073 scan e,was an seL _s.I F,(„S14 EMERGENCY SUPPLIES LVL 1 160 0.6 0.3 BY TP t z«.«a,37s w am. Of WABq\-Koy DATE Apd116,2026 EOC/ROLL CALL LVL 1 977 0.3 13.9 P N�,\ C SOURCE 20121MC Chapter 4,ASHRAE 62.1-2010 AppendicA play, C 9 4J455 IL FIRST AID LVLI 108 0.0 0.7 TOTAL aM: seas O� 9�Cts Pao G\2gz ON ON KITCHEN LVL 2 280 5.3 14.5 KITCHENETTE LVL 1 152 0.7 1.9 FIR9r AND&WOLNESS log Orfi«>Orfi«sw«a P. 1 5 0.06 9 11 15 EMERGENCI(SUPPUES 1g0 Retail>Sbrage rooms 0.8 0 0 1 0.12 19 24 31 WmHER'S ROOM 123 Orfice>o.spans 0.8 1 5 0.06 10 13 17 LEAD WORKER 1 LVL 2 119 2.7 7.0 UNIFORMS 72 RetaiI> rageroomz Os 0 0 0.12 9 11 14 0.8 0 0 0 0 0 0 An LOC Arlington Operations KERS l L .,/dres4ngrpoms LEAD WORKER 2 LVL 2 115 2.7 7.0 cLomESDM 2OD I-PUdresungreoms Os 0 0 0 0 0 0 Center DIro rfi«>P-IN 100 Oorfi«spaces 0.8 1 5 0.08 9 11 14 LEAD WORKER 3 LVL 2 115 2.7 7.0 DROP-IN 1% Office>Officeaw«a 0.8 1 5 0.06 9 11 14 WORKSFArpN 97 OHice>OHice spaces 0.8 0 5 0.08 8 10 13 FOR LEAD WORKER 4 LVL 2 115 2.9 7.0 RITCHENEFFE LS2 Umingroomz 0.8 11 7.5 0.18 107 134 174 EOC/PAVING ROLLCALL 977 41 Levu«cbssmom 0.. 41 7.5 0.08 306 458 595Snohomish County LOBBY LVL2 154 2.9 3.5 PAVING LEAD 114 Office>Office spa«s 0.8 1 5 0.06 10 12 18 PAVINGSUPERNSOR 132 Office>Officespaces 0.8 1 5 0.06 10 12 15 Public Works LOCKERS LVLI 1470 6.9 17.8 SR ENV.COORM VIOf WATION 10'1 Office>OfficezW«s 0.8 1 5 0.06 9 11 14 MIDGESUPERVISOR 130 Office>Olficespaces 0.8 1 5 0.06 9 12 18 AT UNON On office>Office swces 0.8 1 5 0.06 9 11 15 MDF LVL 1 202 0.0 0.3 WORKROOM/PLOTnIt 1s7 woHkmoms>c ow.priming rooms o.e 7 5 0.08 13 18 20 DROP-IN On Office>officesW«a 0.8 1 5 0.08 1 9 11 15 19700 67th Ave NE MECH LVL 1 222 2.1 0.3 STORAGE ass st«age room: 0.8 0 0 0.12 47 59 77 ENV.STORAGE 110 Sroregemoms 0.8 0 0 0.12 13 17 21 Arlington, WA 98223 MECH:HVAC LVL 1 240 0.6 0.3 STORAGE/WATER80TIlES 2. st«age rooms 0.8 0 0 0.12 27 34 45 STga6F 182 S__moms 0.8 0 0 0.12 22 27 35 MECH:WATER LVLI 368 4.2 3.6 VMIPULE fu Pudic Sw«s>CoH.- Os 0 0 0.06 4 5 B PERMIT SET VESOBULL 59 Pub&spaces>Corrido, 0.8 0 0 0.06 4 4 6 05/02/2025 B MEN RESTROOM LVL 1 486 2.4 5.3 CORRIDOR 2,- Public Sw«s>CaH.- Os 0 0 0.06 129 161 209 B BRIDGE LEADWOMER to Office>OPHn, Kz rooms 0.8 5 5 0.06 34 42 55 This drawing is: MEN RESTROOM LVL 2 281 2.3 3.7 OPE ON MANAGER 171 Ofr,e office spa«s 0.8 1 5 0.06 15 18 24 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. LEAD WORKER t1s afire>orfioe sw«: 0.8 1 5 0.06 10 13 16 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. MOTHER'S ROOM LVL 1 123 0.0 0.7 LEAD WORKER 11s or. Office spaces 0.8 1 5 0.06 10 12 16 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PAVEMEM/VEGSUPERVISOR 135 ONice>ONice spas 0.8 1 5 0.06 10 12 16 OPERATIONS MANAGER LVL 2 171 3.8 7.8 LEAD WORKER 11s office>officespa«z 0.8 1 5 0.06 10 12 18 •• LEAD WORKER 315 Office>Office sW«s 0.8 1 5 0.06 10 12 16 PAVEMENT VEG.SUP.LVL 2 115 2.7 6.9 DRAINAGE/SWEEPING 11s Of1ce Officespa«s o.g 1 5 0.00 10 12 16 2023-053 SMALLCONFUIENCE 1]0 OM«aCanfererce rooms 0.8 9 5 0.08 53 88 88 PAVIN SUPERVISOR LVL 1 112 2.8 7.0 Knu1EN z% 18 oiniry rooms 0.8 16 7.5 0.18 170 213 277 wORKSranON % office>office sw«s 0.8 0 5 0.06 8 10 13 • PAVING LEAD LVL 1 114 2.8 7.0 woRK mON 97 Office>Office: 0.8 0 5 0.00 8 10 13 W_ 1s4 i office>R.cePP..- 0.8 5 5 0.06 32 40 53 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CORRIDOR 4l1 mrriaors 0. 0 0 0.08 58 73 95 ROLL CALL LVL 2 2373 36.0 95.8 ROLLCALLA 8% 4o Letture ekssrpom 02 40 7.5 0.06 354 442 575 ROILOLLIe 1A7s 71 Lecture mssrpom Oa 71 7.6 0.08 621 777 1010 SMALL CONF LVL 2 170 3.6 11.2 VMIRULE Gs -d- 08 0 0 0.06 4 5 6 SR.ENV.COORD.LVL 1 104 3.3 6.9 STAIRS LVL 1/2 230 10.9 16.1 STORAGE 1 LVL 1 182 0.0 0.4 PROJECT STORAGE 2 LVL 1 395 0.1 1.0 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- STORAGE BOTTLE LVL 1 229 0.0 0.5 PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A STORAGE ENV.LVL 1 110 0.1 0.4 A DRAWING UNIFORM LVL 1 72 0.9 0.8 VESTIBULE LVLI 59 1.5 z.s MECHANICAL ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE VESTIBULE 2 LVL 1 60 1.5 2.6 AA VESTIBULE LVL 2 65 10.0 13.8 r, WOMEN RESTROOM LVL 1 395 1.5 3.6 WOMEN RESTROOM LVL 2 262 2.2 3.5 1 2 3 4 5 azlrzpzs z.Dg.ae PM 1 2 3 4 5 IE:140.5 IE:140.5 2"Pw' . E:139 D PIN 4'-0" TAPE FINISH GRADE - 1"BRANCH TO f (VARIES-REFER TO CIVIL DWGS) �n - - '�;� aR„ . YKEMAN HEAT T-1I Rll-III-IIR1 T� SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS AND DIVISION EXCHANGER LOOP. EITI-III=111d19 - - IIRII-IT-11I�T 312000 FOR BACK FILL III= I—Ill—1 l L119 2-1/2"CWS 6 0 IIII=1— III—III-111�1 REQUIREMENTS. III III=11 11=III=111�11 MAINS -- " / I11 II�IIIII L Li1WLi1 --� 6"SAND OVERFILL 0 - - - �llllll�� — 316, 4"ZONE FOR PIPING m,o„ 425.259. IT) 2nd Floor/Everett,WA 98201 2-1/2"CWR 1"PE"SLINKY" 3"SAND BASE MAIN HEAT EXCHANGER Cl • DETAIL - HORIZONTAL SLINKY GROUND LOOP HEAT H A R G I S 3 EXCHANGER BEDDING �`"""�'�"� _ MS1.11 SCALE:NONE 771 12 _� ® ®� 01 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 211.411.3311•201.441.4411 hareis.biz DETAIL - HORIZONTAL SLINKY GROUND LOOP HEAT 0 EXCHANGER HEADER PIPING REGISTRATION M51.11 SCALE:NONE O f w ce.C 111 C % hh ll 9 Nffe�� r — —2 1/2"CWR- 4559F \2O I — — — -2 1/2^C w R— — — — — — — — — — SHEET NOTES -21/2"CWR_ J Ir —2 1/2"CWR- J I 1. REFER M1.00 SERIES FOR CONTINUATION OF PIPING INSIDE '-• • • I — — — — — — — — — — —2 1/2"CWR — — — — — — — — J I BUILDING. -21/2"CWR_ _ J 2. SEE CIVIL PLANS FOR ON21AND22S ALL MAKE&WATER Arlington Operations PIPING ON SITE.DIVISION 21 AND 22 SHALL MAKE CONNECTION TO SITE UTILITIES 5'-0"FROM BUILDING Center EXTERIOR. ° 3. THE OUTDOOR CONDENSER WATER PIPING GRID SHALL BE FOR INSTALLED PER IGSHPA STANDARDS BY IGSHPA CERTIFIED INSTALLERS AND BE COMPRISED SOLELY OF IGSHPA APPROVED POLYBUTYLENE OR POLYETHYLENE Snohomish County PIPE AND FITTINGS.THE PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE A " MINIMUM WRITTEN25-YEAR LIMITEDWARRANTLY Public Works SPECIFICALLY FOR GROUND SOURCE APPLICATIONS.SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 4. COORDINATE SITE CONDENSER WATER PIPING AND BORES AT FOR GROUND LOOP HEAT EXCHANGER WITH CIVIL AND I, RPM LANDSCAPING. 19700 67th Ave NE 5. DEPENDING ON THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, Arlington, WA 98223 ADDITIONAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS ARE: a. THE LENGTHS OF ALL LOOPS IN A PIPING GRID SHALL BE EQUAL WITHIN 5%. b MINIMUM DEPTH FOR ALL OUTDOOR PIPING IS V-0"FEET PERMIT SET C. WHEN BACKFILLING TRENCHES OR BOREHOLES, B I I I I I I THERE SHALL BE NO VOIDS.BACKFILL TRENCHES 05/02/2025 B WITH FINE GRANULAR MATERIAL.BACKFILL BOREHOLES ASSPECIFIED BY LOCAL OR THE This drawing is: IGSHPA GROUTING MATERIAL.REFER TO 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. SECTION312200 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. IMPORT AND EXPORT OF MATERIALS 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's RESPONFORTRESIBILITY O SECTION S SHALL. THE written permission for any other use or reproduction. RESPONSIBILITY OF SECTION 232140. d. BEFORE INSPECTING FOR LEAKS.FILL THE PIPING PROJECT NUMBER: GRID WITH WATER AND PRESSURIZE TO MINIMUM 100 PSI. e. THE PIPING GRID SHALL BE MINIMUM 10'-0"FEET FROM FOUNDATIONS AND PROPERTY LINES. 2023-053 f. THE PIPING GRID SHALL BE MINIMUM 10'-0"FEET FROM CITY WATERLINE BASEMENTS AND UTILITIES. g. THE PIPING GRID SHALL BE MINIMUM 10'-0"FEET • FROM DRIP LINE OF EXISTING TREES. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 6. THESE NOTES ARE NOT INTENDED TO SUPERSEDE LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL CODES.IT IS THE CONTRACTORS SLINKY SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITIES TO KNOW i AND ADHERE TO APPLICABLE -30 LOOPS CODES. -EACH SLINKY LOOP=30 FT -19 FT SPACING BETWEEN EACH LOOP 7. MAIN PIPE ROUTING TO GROUND LOOP HEAT EXCHANGERS -LOCATED IN INFILL AREA,COORDINATE WITH SHALL BE AS SHOWN.CONTRACTOR TO CIRCUIT EACH COVERED PARKING STRUCTURAL FOOTINGS ZONE&PIPING GRID PER DETAILS AND SECTION 232140. 8. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 232140 FOR GEOTHERMAL LOOP PIPING PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS.SUBMIT WRITTEN TEST RESULTS TO TRANE FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO HEADERING VERTICAL PROJECT TEAM: WELL LOOPS. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: - PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH A I I I I JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG A DRAWING — MECHANICAL SITE PLAN )7 rl 0 SITE PLAN MS1.11 SCALE: 1/16"=V-0" 1 2 3 4 5 azlrzozs z.oe.s1 w 2 3 4 5 l FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D 1. SEE TYPICAL PLUMBING DETAILS IN M9.00 SERIES. ROUTE WASTE FULL SIZE IN CHASE TO SERVE ADJACENT FIXTURES ON FLOOR ABOVE.SEE PLUMBING 2. SLOPE ALL WASTE PIPING AT A MINIMUM 1/4"PER FOOT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR RUNOUT SIZES. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. . YKEMAN 3. ALL FD,FS,AND AIR GAP DRAIN TRAPS SHALL BE SERVED FROM CLOSEST ELECTRONIC TRAP PRIMER. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN dykemarnet 17 6 West Marine Vie,Drive H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hareis.biz 2 T T 5 6 T REGISTRATION � OAF I^`I c _ - - _ _ = wf C _—_—_— - - S-AI S- MECH. WATER --��p OURCE SYSTEM A % ELEV. SP-01 I I -, - 2"W UP 2"PW U 110 q�,455ao Eo 24z '// KRCHENETT 101 I II MECH. 2"W UP _ 10 _ TO FD Iyy Up 0/siEP G� I MOP ELEC. 1-07 TO FS - --i i1 1 1 O EN SUPPLIES -� 2"V Up N 2-V Up II ELEV.EQUIPII (COOP) II I I 2"WUP 2"W U `L��J 10s 106 z'v UP �I iD3 III \\ 414 I 0 II 0 II II z1/2'CWRU II / - - 01 JL 4" UP 2"W U 2"W UP 2"W UP EJ-02 2"V UP - `� - - - - - - - - rt -4"W UP 1I I TO FS TO FD TO FS Arlington Operations "W UP -2"V UP 2'V UP 2"Vy U / 3"W UPa _ I TO WCO 2"V UP _ "W DP _ - Center 2N UPI - - - g 3"W UP ® 7T1 I 2"W UP 134 TO FID I I I I "W UP 1 2"W UP 1 I f I 2"W UP I I _ a FOR / STORAGE/ I STORAGE I I 2"W UP FIRST AID WATER BOTTLES 2"V UP 2"W UP 132 MOTHER'S RM. 3"W UP I 2"W UP TO FD I WELLNESS I 0 I TO FD- 1 Snohomish County 2"WUP 130 131 III L - - 133- - - J "VV UP 4"WUPPublic Works � - - —4"W —�-- —..-- - - - TO FCO I II2"V UP RESTROOM 2"W UP 2"V UP 2"V UP 2"V U I) I I I I n 111 TO FD I AT TO FC 2"V UP UNION ZWU II 2"WUP Irri - / CORRID R I I rl I Ir 2�Up PI. 1 19700 67th Ave NE rnoA - JL - -I J I I TO DF - I IL}a —_ _ J I Arlington, WA 98223 DROP-IN r - - - - - - - 1 - - - - I I I I Ir 1 1 2'1N U 2"V U a II 7 128 I III "- E W UP R STROOM I II 111L _ I PERMIT SET g F=-- - - I - - - - 2'v u 1 t i w UP Z v uP u z 05/02/2025 B 2'vV UP - - STORAGE I EO /TRAINING/PAVING I I I I I TO FD 2"W UP ---- - - - - - 136 I ROLL CALL III r--ryl'I�-yII�, n TO FD This drawing is: ---- WORK RM./ I 135 I J IIL T „V UP 1.Copyright2024 Dykeman,Inc. PLOTTER L 2"W UP I IP 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. _ _ _ _ _ I III TO FD 2"W U I "W UP 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's -- 127 r 1� Hi I I I I I T'.FD written permission for any other use or repmduc5on. ---- I ,I, 2"V UP ____ _ -- ENV.STOR. 111 I I 1 1 12' UP 2"W UP 2"V UP ••• JECT NUMBER: 2"W UP I 2"W UP - D I z"w UP C I l I 2"W UP To FD 2023-053 I III 2'vUP II . • 4"W UP I, 113 -_ TO FCO - -- - - - - -- jI i 2"W UP I 1 r-- _ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION _ T'-„�F,II I��\ Jp,}I TO FD I IJ.H-.Fl AREA �r -1 F I 2"W UP 2"y UP I 0 TO FD _ J 11 I I I L - I I 2"W UP TO DF PAVING TO FD PAVING LEAD SUPERVISOR ,UNIFO 2"W UP BRIDGE I BRIDGE I 2N UP _CLOTHES SR.ENV.COOR��STIIULqUPERVISOR ADWORKER WORKST TION DROP-IN DROP-IN 8 117 _ O FUI O FCO ,DASHUPWORKSTATION I 123 �� 122 121 I 120 I 119 -- „V uP _ "w uP 125 - 4 - L-i 7� PROJECT TEAM: I I I I I s FOR CONT PRINCIPAL IN CHAR ARCHITECT: I PS PROJECT MANAGER: - PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN. DF,KG A A DRAWING PLUMBING PLAN - UNDERGROUND 1 PLUMBING PLAN - UNDERGROUND Mini SCALE:1/8"=1'-0" INS 1 2 3 4 5 azirzoz5 z.oe.Sz w 2 3 4 15 FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D 1. SEE TYPICAL PLUMBING DETAILS IN M9.00 SERIES. 7� ROUTE CW AND HW UNDER CASEWORK TO SERVE SINK. SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR RUNOUT SIZES. 2. SEE PLUMBING FIXTURES SCHEDULE ON M0.03 FOR WASTE, VENT,COLD WATER,AND HOT WATER FIXTURE CONNECTION STANDPIPE FOR FIRE TEST DRAIN. SIZES. DYKEMAN ROUTE VENT,COLD WATER,AND HOT WATER PIPING 3. SLOPE ALL WASTE PIPING AT A MINIMUM 1/4"PER FOOT. FULL SIZE VERTICALLY WITHIN WALL AND HORIZONTALLY TO SERVE ADJACENT PLUMBING 4. ALL FD TRAPS SHALL BE SERVED FROM CLOSEST ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN FIXTURES.SEE PLUMBING FXITURE SCHEDULE FOR ELECTRONIC TRAP PRIMER. RUNOUT SIZES. 5. PROVIDE WALL CLEANOUT BELOW EACH LAVATORY AND ROUTE HW FULL SIZE IN WALL TO LOOP WITHIN 6"OF SINK. - -Vi..Drive LAVATORY STOP TO COMPLY WITH WSEC REQUIREMENTS,TYP. 6. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ADA PLUMBING FIXTURES. ROUTE WASTE FULL SIZE IN CHASE TO SERVE ADJACENT FIXTURES ON FLOOR ABOVE.SEE PLUMBING 7, SHUTOFF VALVE LOCATIONS ARE SHOWN • FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR RUNOUT SIZES. DIAGRAMMATICALLY.LOCATE AT ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS AS SPECIFIED.NOT ALL SHUTOFF VALVES ARE SHOWN,REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. I 8. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FLOOR DRAIN DIMENSIONS IN RESTROOMS AND FLOOR SLOPING. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376-206.448.4450 - hargis.biz REGISTRATION hhll -I C 9 N455w 3/4"CW UP 9FCIs Et PE°G�2� A ON EN III l g_ 2"PW ON SB-1 ELEV. STAIRS MECH:WATER EMERGENCY 2"V DN 2"PW DN •-• • • gg_, 101 ELEV.EQUIP. SUPPLIES MDF MECH. A"V UP 108 SOURCE SYSTEM ^W DNa 103 (COOP) 105 ELEC. 107 M2"FS-1 2"CW 2"W UP/DN �2"FD-1 -110 0 0 FCO 3/4"HW UP --------- —_ 2"V DN 2"V DN 104 106 N - - 314"CW 2"W UP/DN HPWH-01 Arlington Operations DS-1 3/4"CW DWET-01 _ EWH-01 Center 2"V DN "V UP 2"V DN I 2"CW UP 3/4"HWC UP 1 11/4"HW 2'FS-iP-01 -- 2"CW UP 1 AWET-02 -------- 3"V 3"V MOTHE M. CUSTODIAL 2"W UP 2"FS-1 ®2^FD-1 FOR WDN �314"CW 3/4"CW 133 134 2"V UP I u 1 1/4"HW a ITCHENETTE I 3/4"HW 3/4"HW 2"„y DN 1 2"V DN TP-1 3"WDN 1"HW_ - n n� n �, - Snohomish County _ POF3 DF-1 - - - SH- V-iTYPOF4 2"VDN Public Works __ _ -- SS-1 FIRST AID SS-1 2"FD_1 -- 2'9N N TO FD __ 7i STORAGE/ 1"HW -1 3 W UP FCO 1 12"V UP I CW RESTROOM AT Y 130 � MS-1 FCO 2"V UP WATER BOTTLES STORAGE 3/4"CW UP 2"V DN i� 31 3/4"HW Up 5>4WUP 2"W UPrTO FD Fp OF3 19700 67th Ave NE 132 2"V ON 2"V UP 3/a"cw 2"VDN I r 11/2"HW , Arlington, WA 98223 2"W DN j - 3/4"CW UP I ® SH 11 - I 2 V O P OF 4 UNION 2"W UP 3/4"CW UP �\ pg 3/4"HWUP i 2"VDN 2"WDN I i4'v rcw}a PERMIT SET B �/ Ir T �1 - - - 2"W UP/DN - - - - I 2„V - -4, _ - - C-1 05/02/2025 B EOC Ilr POF4 /TRAINING/PAVING l l DROP-IN 3/4"CW 1 HW I( 4"W DN 1 3 "W UP/DN This drawing is: ROLL CALL WOMEN'S 128 I RESTROOM 1 1/4"HW 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. F----� ' 135 I 1^HWUP 1 2"W UP 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3/4"HW 112 "FD-1 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's ----- 2"W DIN 1/2"CW U STORAGE I I 2"V DN I 1 1/4"HW UP , I P OF 3 P 1 Y ----- 136 I I -J 2"V DN , 2"V DIN I 2"V DN written permission for any other use or reproduction. _____ I ❑0 2"V DN PJECT NUMBER: CORRIDOR I TYP OF 7 W ii - ® F 4 •• 100A I - F "'4"Wa 2023-053 --- 2"V UP I -i i LOCKER ROOM u u i I 3 �\ 1"HVY_ I\D + ENV.STOR. mill �3/4"CW- - • 2"V UP li I 137 T U4 3/4"CW UP _ 1 ® I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 2 UP DF-1 I 3/"4 HW UP WORK RM.I r FCO PLOTTER 127 I 2"V DN ItI11#31 _3 ® 1 1/4"HW I 2"V DIN 3 BRIDGE BRIDGE 11/DN O ES71BU DROP-IN PAVING ---1 11/4"HW a SR.ENV.COORD. 224 SUPERVISOR LEADWORKE WORK 7A7ION DROP-IN „g PAVING LEAD SUPERVISOR 2'IV D ---- 3-}3/4"CW 2"FD-1 WORKSTATION 123 122 121 120 -- SS-2 8PROJECT 125 ESTIBU UNIFORMS UT-1 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS 116 115 q 1 1/4"HW fn PROJECT MANAGER: -- - al I DU-02 DU-01 PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH HB-1 JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A I I I I I I I DRAWING PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL 91M PLUMBING PLAN - LOWER LEVEL VA s M2.11 SCALE:1/8"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 azirzoz5 z.oe.Sa w 2 3 4 15 FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D 1, SEE TYPICAL PLUMBING DETAILS IN M9.00 SERIES. 1 ROUTE CW AND HW UNDER CASEWORKTO SERVE SINK. 2 ROUTE WASTE FULL SIZE IN CHASE TO SERVE ADJACENT 2. SEE PLUMBING FIXTURES SCHEDULE ON M0.03 FOR WASTE, VENT,COLD WATER,AND HOT WATER FIXTURE CONNECTION FIXTURES.SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR SIZES. DYKEMAN RUNOUT SIZES. 3. SLOPE ALL WASTE PIPING AT A MINIMUM 1/4"PER FOOT. 4. ALL FD TRAPS SHALL BE SERVED FROM CLOSEST ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ELECTRONIC TRAP PRIMER. 5. PROVIDE WALL CLEANOUT BELOW EACH LAVATORY AND _ 1716 Ww Mwn.Vi..Drive SINK. 6. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ADA PLUMBING FIXTURES. 7. SHUTOFF VALVE LOCATIONS ARE SHOWN • DIAGRAMMATICALLY.LOCATE AT ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS AS SPECIFIED,NOT ALL SHUTOFF VALVES ARE SHOWN,REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. I w 8. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR J` FLOOR DRAIN DIMENSIONS IN RESTROOMS AND FLOOR SLOPING. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz REGISTRATION Q� h 12xAS F' 1 3/4"CW DN °p wtsH\6`y A /3/4"HWC DN VESTIBULE \ / I TA1R3- O� �w 201 ELEV. \ / 222 \/ -lt 9FCI5 Et PEO G�2� 203 /X\ —1 X ON EN / A 3/4"HW DN TH LOBBY U C ROLL CALL _ _ - COUNTER ROLL CALLA CU ODI 2"V 202 Arlington Operations 209 UR-1 207 221 I TYP OF 3 "CW DN I MEWS Center -- "CW DN-0RESTROOM B - — — — — — — — — —L — 2"V DN - 2 12"FD-1 I 2"V ON FOR _- TP-1 ❑p WORKSTATION 3/4"CW DN 'V DN C _ 3/4"HWON I I TYPOF4 Snohomish County ----------_ 204 WY-' TYP of a Public Works I I 2 4'VJ DN t>3/4"HW DN _ I I 2"FFD-1 I 2"V ON AT —2,�V J 3/4"CW DN2"V — .--- � "P 19700 67th Ave NE WORKSTATION q^V U _ I WOMEN'S 205 � — ---1- — — — — Arlington, WA 98223 — — — — — S- ff-2"Vr*— DS-1CW DN EL C. DF-1 __-- LV-1 c 215 TYP OF 3 PERMIT SET B 1"HW ON 05/02/2025 1 1/4"HW DN B --- SIB- SMALL CONF. VEMENT/ 2"W DN 2 00 DRAINAG This drawing is: KITCHEN 0 VEGETATION 206 1/2"CW DN SWEEPING LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER EAD WORKER OPERATIONS 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. SUPERVISOR 212 213 214 P16 217 MANAGER 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 2"W DN 2"V DN' 2"V UP 2 11 0 4 0 0 2 88 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 2"V DN DS-1 written permission for any other use or reproduction. 1 PROJECT 3/4"cW DN — --- --- — — — --- 2023-053 t�3/4"HW DN WEST DECK 208 • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I I I I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A DRAWING A PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL PLUMBING PLAN - UPPER LEVEL Mz z, SCALE:1/8"=V-0" 1 2 3 4 5 a 1.—z.oe.ss PM 2 3 4 15 l FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D 1. REFER TO M9.00 SERIES SHEETS FOR STANDARD DETAILS NOT PROVIDE MIN(2)ELBOWS IN DUCT OFF CEILING GRILLE, REFERENCED ON PLANS.COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS IN TERMINATE WITH 1/2"HARDWIRE MESH. DETAILS. MOUNT BOTTOM OF UNIT AT 5'AFF. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND • YKEMAN INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINAL LOCATION OF ALL GRILLES, MANUFACTURER'S THERMOSTAT AND 230900 SENSOR. DIFFUSERS,AND EXPOSED DUCTWORK.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION.REPORT ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN PROVIDE DRYER WITH 4"DRYER DUCT AND TERMINATE DISCREPANCIES IN QUANTITY OF AIR TERMINALS BETWEEN AT EXTERIOR WALL WITH WALL RAIN HOOD. ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS TO A/E. PROVIDE YOUNG REGULATOR REMOTE CABLE 3. PROVIDE REMOTE CABLE CONTROL SYSTEM FOR ALL VOLUME - -VI..Drive CONTROLLER MODEL 270 FOR EACH VOLUME DAMPER DAMPERS LOCATED DIRECTLY ABOVE HARD CEILINGS.PROVIDE ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILING.REGULATOR SHALL BE ACCESS PANEL AND LOCATE CONTROLLER(S)ABOVE CEILING. MOUNTED TO ALLOW ADJUSTING DAMPER THROUGH MAXIMUM CABLE LENGTH FROM CONTROLLER TO DAMPERS) GRILLE FACE. SHALL NOT EXCEED 15'-0".GROUP ALL CONTROLLERS TOGETHER PROVIDE RECESSED DRYER VENT RECEPTACLE AND AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. A DRYER LINT BOX PER DETAILS ON M9.06. 4. PROVIDE A MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FOR EACH SUPPLY, RETURN,AND EXHAUST OPENING.LOCATE AS FAR UPSTREAM AS POSSIBLE FROM THE OPENING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.NOT H A R G I S ALL VOLUME DAMPERS ARE SHOWN ON PLANS. 5. DIVISION 23 SHALL REVIEW VAV BOX LOCATIONS AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES TO ENSURE MAINTENANCE ACCESS IS 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98301 MAINTAINED(TYPICAL ALL LOCATIONS).CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A MOCK-UP OF ONE INSTANCE FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE DESIGN INTENT IS MET. 1 2 3 4 5 1 6 7 6. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR SWITCH AND REGISTRATION STAMPS: VAV-U-01 16x16 UP M7.11 SENSOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND EXACT LOCATIONS.LOCATIONS SHOWN ON MECHANICAL PLANS ARE APPROXIMATE. FCU-U-03 18x18 UP i 0x10 ELEC. MECH. � F 80 106 ,07 HRU-01 18x18 UP CU-02 7. PRO P' VIDE ACCESS DOOR IN ALL OUTSIDE AIR,EXHAUST AIR,AND O of V1�N�\L RETURN AIR PLENUMS,OR DUCTS LOCATED BEHIND LOUVERS C A- _ FOR BACKDRAFT AND/OR MOTORIZED DAMPER ACCESS.PROVIDE q Q _ r ACCESS DOOR SIZED 24'x24"UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.REFER `) _ MDF J ,2x12 I STAIRS -- - TO STANDARD DETAILS. 9 ELEV.EQUIP. EUH-02 105 i LFE—IM01-1 103 EM RGENCY F TF-01 I 1 88 v J 8. ALL PLENUMS BEHIND LOUVERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 36"DEEP 9FC/s11:PE�G�2� J AC-02 SU PLIES F 2zx10 _ _ _ — CU-01 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.ALL PLENUMS BEHIND SUPPLY, Op 6N (C OP) 3 °` MECH E L� RETURN,AND EXHAUST AIR GRILLES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 24" s - _ F 22x10 , M711 12x12 J' R DEEP OR THE SIZE OF THE DUCT,WHICHEVER IS LARGER UNLESS CHENETTE AC-01 a``�� -� 'b� IOURC T�M — — WHCU-01 NOTED OTHERWISE. -- 102 3 S S 3 S r r — — -1 O L p 9. DUCTWORK SHOWN IS DIAGRAMMATIC TO ILLUSTRATE ZONING • , • 16x12 U J=� AND AIR TERMINALS SERVED.ACTUAL DUCT ROUTING AND DUCT FIRST J 22z10 10x1 48x12 2x10 J U MECH:HE� L — — J ACCESSORY LOCATIONS ARE NOT SHOWN DUCT DIMENSIONS Arlington p at Or1S WELLNISS FCU-L-07 K J 24x14U \ ington Oper I 48.1 EQUIPM NT L WELLNESS STORAGE/ 10x10 24x14 UP — — J INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE NET INSIDE DIMENSIONS. — Be M HER'S RM. J 109---------- - -- -- -- -- 130 WATER BOTTLES A 25 z2x10 x ----- -- - -- -- -- -- y -„ INCREASE SHEET METAL DIMENSIONS TO ACCOMODATE DUCT J 2x13 - 131 � 133 12x12 J " SOUNDLINING THICKNESS. Center 115 FCU-L-15 CUSTODIAL _ i 22x22 10. PROVIDE ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK WITHOUT STANDING SEAMS F ,ox10 l34 F 350 --------------- OR FLANGES.SEALALL SEAMS WITH PAINTABLE SILICONE CAULK. FOR 22x10 22x10 10z1 14z14 14xl 12x12 PROVIDE STAINLESS THREADED ROD DUCT HANGER WITH SEISMIC A 25 L J STORAGE FCU-L-15 F 14x1 22x22 BRACING AT ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK LOCATIONS. Snohomish County (T�3) I1 132 ,,, FCU-L-12 F I 5 FCU-L-OS r FCU-L-01 16x1 xI8 ❑ i 14x1 ",. 5 10510 SERVICE YARD Public Works 0 CORRIDOR J 12x12 ,p^o 22x12 UNION ,00 ®�� mP 2 AT O FCU-L-io 100A ,Ox10 12!Bx , -r CARA4 EOCITRAINING/PAVI F 22 2 �J 1 J mPa) 19z19 r L _ aoLL L � I � _ _ (TyP2)— - I' 19700 67th Ave NE 135 FCU-L42 12x12 C 6 FQt,-L-,o _ — _ — — — — Arlington, WA 98223 T F (TYP 3) CARA3 FCU-L-14 Mill r U!/ 22x22 iFCU-L-03 ®II ❑ F s00 5 FCU-L-07 8x8 a G ,2x,2 10x12 VAV-L-01 FQD-L-13 PERMIT SET B =____ $„a 40 A b 6 4 05/02/2025 B A e� FCU-L-03 8x8 FCU-L-i6 il� 2x8 _ This drawing is: FCU-L-04 11 J 14pI F 'm6n0 5 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. ----- 22x10 - 10x1 22x,0 mPz) t2x12 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. F 150 J 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's ---- 14x6 12x8 I I 370 Bx 2 ----- G I J 5 p written permission for any other use or reproduction. -- 290 1 115 20X12 I D 12X12 (TYP a) =— x F �zzxm 22x10— NUMBER: FCU-L-04 FCU-L-17 FCU-L-16 ` 22X10.T yK F 22x10 "0 II 12m F (22x22) 2023-053 WORK RM./ p 370 6 TYP 2 PLOTTER I F 1 G 11512 1 STORAGE 22x10 1 O FCU-L-11 (TYP 2) $"p I J FCU-L-08 1 22xl '' / 127 G l8x6 K 38x12 136 Fcu-L-14 CAR-01 1-1390 ENV.STOR. 1580 J 10x10 - [.H-OFFAREA (TVP 5) 137 FCU-L-17 (ryP4) 2-10 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION F ,Oxi FCU-L-OB FCU-L-0 F FCU-L-11 O F 22z10 FCU- FCU-L-0S l8x6 GYP 4 mP 2) ) O' z906 L-18 LOCKER ROOM S EUH-04 22x10 113 SR.ENV.COORD. ® L0101 DROP-IN DROP-IN pUF501012x12 14z14 CLOTHES WORKSTATION STIBU� MI 120 119 I:STIBUL IFORMS 8x125 I� 0 FCU-L-09 11 42pDRYING/ 124 FCU-L-18 FCU-L-O5 115 WASH-UP 5 F 22x22 VERUIRU BRIDGE BRIDGE DU-02 DU-01 PROJECT PAVING SUPERVISOR LEADWORKER PAVING LEAD SUPERVISOR MACHINES 123 122 IN 118 117 EUH-05 � z 2 PRO EICT MANAGER:E:I PS EUH-OB PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH 0 o JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A D•. A HVAC FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL 1 HVAC PLAN - LOWER LEVEL M3.11 SCALE:1/8"=V-0" 1 2 3 4 5 az,rzozs z.oe.sa w 2 3 4 15 FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D 1. REFER TO 1.00 SERIES SHEETS FOR STANDARD DETAILS NOT PROVIDE MIN(2)ELBOWS IN DUCT OFF CEILING GRILLE, REFERENCED ON PLANS.COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS IN TERMINATE WITH 1/2"HARDWIRE MESH. DETAILS. 2� PROVIDE WALL RAIN HOOD FOR RESIDENTIAL HOOD 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND DYKEMAN EXHAUST. INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINAL LOCATION OF ALL GRILLES, PROVIDE ELBOW AND TERMINATE OPENING WITH 1/2" DIFFUSERS,AND EXPOSED DUCTWORK.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION.REPORT ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN HARD WIRE MESH. DISCREPANCIES IN QUANTITY OF AIR TERMINALS BETWEEN PROVIDE YOUNG REGULATOR REMOTE CABLE ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS TO A/E. a� CONTROLLER MODEL 270 FOR EACH VOLUME DAMPER 3. PROVIDE REMOTE CABLE CONTROL SYSTEM FOR ALL VOLUME _ 17 6 Ww I VI..Drive ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILING,TYP.REGULATOR SHALL DAMPERS LOCATED DIRECTLY ABOVE HARD CEILINGS.PROVIDE BE MOUNTED TO ALLOW ADJUSTING DAMPER THROUGH ACCESS PANEL AND LOCATE CONTROLLER(S)ABOVE CEILING. GRILLE FACE. MAXIMUM CABLE LENGTH FROM CONTROLLER TO DAMPER(S) SHALL NOT EXCEED 15'-0".GROUP ALL CONTROLLERS TOGETHER 5 ANGLE GRILLE 30"FROM HORIZONTAL. AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. • 6 PROVIDE CONNECTION AND NECESSARY DUCT 4. PROVIDE A MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FOR EACH SUPPLY, TRANSITION TO RANGE HOOD. RETURN,AND EXHAUST OPENING.LOCATE AS FAR UPSTREAM AS POSSIBLE FROM THE OPENING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.NOT H A R G I S ALL VOLUME DAMPERS ARE SHOWN ON PLANS. 5. DIVISION 23 SHALL REVIEW VAV BOX LOCATIONS AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES TO ENSURE MAINTENANCE ACCESS IS 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98301 MAINTAINED(TYPICAL ALL LOCATIONS).CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A MOCK-UP OF ONE INSTANCE FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE DESIGN INTENT IS MET. 1 2 3 4 5 TI—I 7 6. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR SW ITCH ANDREGISTRATION SENSOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND EXACT LOCATIONS.LOCATIONS 16x16 DIN STAIRS SHOWN ON MECHANICAL PLANS ARE APPROXIMATE. F. J z4za8 222 7. PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN ALL OUTSIDE AIR,EXHAUST AIR,AND Q�1 � 1600 18x18 D RETURN AIR PLENUMS,OR DUCTS LOCATED BEHIND LOUVERS C A — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — FOR BACKDRAFT AND/OR MOTORIZED DAMPER ACCESS.PROVIDE r C v- ACCESS DOOR SIZED 24"x24"UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.REFER xr7 32z14 DN TO STANDARD DETAILS. 9 `jo: EUH-01 ROLL CALLA VESTIBULE ' E203 207 18"¢ �� 8. ALL PLENUMS BEHIND LOUVERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 36"DEEP -(t`9E-C/BrEPEO G��' i 8x10 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.ALL PLENUMS BEHIND SUPPLY, ON EN 201 )'. RETURN,AND EXHAUST AIR GRILLES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 24" 400 5 (N 5) 5 5 32z14 DN DEEP OR THE SIZE OF THE DUCT,WHICHEVER IS LARGER UNLESS C7y�q}� 1bx12 DN - �' ��-,' r NOTED OTHERWISE. LOBBY PUBLIC t;-J 1_ ED L)L) IJ� �� 18x18 DN III I I / •-• • � • COUNTER MM AV-R-01 9. DUCTWORK SHOWN IS DIAGRAMMATIC TO ILLUSTRATE ZONING 24x14 DN AND AIR TERMINALS SERVED.ACTUAL DUCT ROUTING AND DUCT 202 RO L CALL B ��24x14 DN —12x6 = L 48x80 ACCESSORY LOCATIONS ARE NOT SHOWN.DUCT DIMENSIONS 209 OL) ULJ LJ J 12x8 CH No., INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE NET INSIDE DIMENSIONS. Arlington Operations G isx10 M7.11 25 48z60 25o O QFCU-U-0 U INCREASE SHEET METAL DIMENSIONS TO ACCOMODATE DUCT Center _ _ _ _ _ I®_ _ MEN'S SOUNDLINING THICKNESS. B VAV-U_0 USTODIA 10 RF22-0 M 10. PROVIDE ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK WITHOUT STANDING SEAMS II (VERTICAL) 221 J 22x1 -`' 220 OR FLANGES.SEAL ALL SEAMS W ITH PRINTABLE SILICONE CAULK. FO R III (TYP 2>- 1ox,o PROVIDE STAINLESS THREADED ROD DUCT HANGER WITH SEISMIC Snohomish County O A71 N FCU-U-01_(BOTTOM) 3 J 22x10 22x1 fn'P 2) 4 BRACING AT ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK LOCATIONS. 211 FCU-U-O (TOP K 48z2 FCU-U-04 8x8 Public Works CUIu-1 ELEC. 2 T W TATI N 215 8z12 22z22 -, 22x10 AT F zzx, FCU-UA1 IryI (TYP 2) I WOMEN'S RESTROOM 19700 67th Ave NE ,59 2,9 Arlington, WA 98223 8x12 Bz12 i8x10 x8 — (n'P 2)— — — — — — — 18x10 t F 2x10 48x12 (TYP 2) + TF-02 ' C' 480 I( 80o K 48x12 18x10 10x10 12z12 eo0 F G 10x10 300 85 - 22z1 F zzx22 � FCU-�-�4 12x12 PERMIT S E T ❑�❑ J P 8) (TYP 2) J CAR-02 B — — 05/02/2025 B FCU-U-05 FCU-U-Ofi FCU-U-O] FCU-U-08 FCU-U-09 FCU-U-1 FC U 12 KIT 10z1 FCU-U-,il �J This Brewing is: 206 8 10z1 1.Copyright2024 Dykeman,Inc. FCU-U-11 FCU-U-12 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. o ® 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's FCU-U-O FCU-U-O6 FCU-U-07 (FCU-U_08 FCU-U-09) 1FCU-U-10 O I written permission for any other use or reproduction. lJJ A fim =(TYP])= 218 PROJECT 2 9 I I G p NIE1 I) LE K 2023-053 L F P ILVISD L E NK J LE HVID E ETAT CN R 217 210 211 212 OFE I R 216 • 214 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION WEST DECK I zoe® I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A DRAWING A HVAC FLOOR PLAN - UPPERLEVEL 1 HVAC PLAN - UPPER LEVEL M3.21 SCALE:1/8"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 az,rzozs z.ra.oz rna 2 3 4 15 FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D 3/4"CONDENSATE DOWN IN WALL.DISCHARGE INTO 1. REFER TO REFRIGERANT PIPING DIAGRAM FOR PIPING SIZES. PROVIDE PRIMARY VRF REFRIGERANT PIPING BETWEEN MOP SINK WITH AIR GAP. INSTALL ALL REFRIGERANT PIPING AND APPURTENANCES PER HEAT PUMP AND BC CONTROLLER(S)AND SIZE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. ROUTE CONDENSATE DOWN,DISCHARGE INTO FLOOR SINK WITH AIR GAP. 2. REFER TO M9 SERIES SHEETS FOR STANDARD DETAILS NOT DYKEMAN SECONDARY VRF REFRIGERANT PIPE ROUTING REFERENCED ON PLANS.COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS IN BETWEEN THE BC CONTROLLER AND VRV FAN COIL MOUNT DEHUMIDIFIERS AT LEAST 5'AFF TO ALLOW FOR DETAILS. UNITS IS INTENDED TO SHOW GENERAL ARRANGEMENT CONDENSATE PIPE ROUTING IN WALL TO DISCHARGE AND CONFIGURATION OF PIPING.COMPLY WITH AND INTO THE SINK. 3. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR INSTRUCTION ON CORE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SIZE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION DRILLING AND CUTTING EXISTING WALLS AND SLAB. REQUIREMENTS. 4. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INTENDED TO SHOW PROVIDE SPLIT SYSTEM AC UNIT REFRIGERANT PIPING GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND CONFIGURATION OF PIPING. - - - BETWEEN THE OUTDOOR UNIT AND INDOOR WALL PROVIDE ALL FITTINGS AND COMPONENTS FOR COMPLETE MOUNTED AC UNIT AND SIZE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION. REQUIREMENTS. 5. EXPOSED PIPING,DUCTWORK AND OTHER MECHANICAL q� PROVIDE DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING BETWEEN THE ELEMENTS SHALL BE PAINTED.COORDINATE AND INSURE ALL e OUTDOOR UNIT AND INDOOR TANK AND SIZE PER PIPING AND INSULATION IS PREPARED FOR PAINTING.REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL HEAT TRACE ON EXTERIOR PIPING. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. COS ENSATE IN WALL.TERMINATE WITH Y-TAILPIECE 6. REFRIGERANT ROUTING SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ALL H A R G I S TRADES AS PART OF SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIREMENTS AND SUBMITTED TO A/E FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.ALL PIPING SHALL BE PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 7. DIV 22 SHALL PROVIDE CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING SHOWN ON M4 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz SERIES. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 � MECH. MECH:HVAC MECH:WATER 107 EQUIPMENT STAIRS SOURCE SYSTEMREIRIG CU-01 3 109 108 110 �pTt F.CA, THROU.PIPING E CU-02 3 O o \L e wasro\� THROUGH CHASE 2 r � C A- - CWP-0180 ` C HRU-02 1 L-M HRU-01 _`t q �5550 0 FCU-U-03 J F0/stEPE G�? ELEV.EQUIP. EMERGENCY MDF ELEC. J HP-02 1 J ON 6N SUPPLIES ((STACKED WHCU-01 4 103 (COOP) 105 106 'HP-01 1 HPWH-01 a��s ITCHENETTE AC-0 104 AC-01 L—J 3l4"C iBC-01 _J r , J •e 102 III �I r II I J FIRST & I WELLNESS SS M MOT BC_03 ,,,Q� gC_pp Arlington Operations _ WELLNHER' . — � 130 — — FCU-L-07 133 — — 2 Center _ FCU-L-01 STORAGE( STORAG FCU-L-1 l� CUSTODIAL CONDENSER WATER BOTTLES WATER HEADER FOR 132 3l4"C 13: 2 ® r EWH-01 D>3/4"C �RI 3/4"C31 1"C 6 ❑O ET-01 ® MEWS Snohomish County RESTROOM L I � ❑ FCU-L-12 111 SERVICE YARD Public Works U AT CORRIDOR NION❑ O J — — 2 19700 67th Ave NE _ — — FCU-L-O — ] Arlington, WA 98223 — -- - - — — � — — — — — FCU-L-03 r FCU-L-14 FCU-L-10 il PERMIT SET DROP-I WOMEN'S B ----- 128 O 3/4"C _ — FCU-L-13 RESTROOM 05/02/2025 y 0 112 B ----- _ _ _ FCU-L-16 L — — — — J L — ® — — J This drawing is: ----- RECYCLE I I I 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. ----- 128 L EOC/TRAIN( G/PAVING 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. FCU-L-04 ROLL ALL F L — — 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's ENV.STOR. STORAGE® 135 written permission for any other use or reproduction.137 136 LOCKER ROOM WORK RM./ — — III 113 PROJECT NUMBER: — 127 FCU-L-17 T T r , 2023-053 I I I I SH-OFFARFA MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I ® e OTHES L DRYING/ FCU-L-18 FCU-L-OS WORKST TION I.I.DRO DROP-IN FCU-L-O6 FCU-L-09 ES71BU ASH-UP ESTIBU ❑ O 121 12 I119 116 IFO MS 114 124 5 co I�3/4"C 3/4" 3/4"C ILMC VENDING 1l4'C DU-02 DU-01 PROJECT •• SR.ENV.COORD. BRIDGE BRIDGE PAVING MACHINES WORKSTATION SUPERVISOR LEADWORKER PAVING LEAD SUPERVISOR A PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:(PS PROJECT MANAGER: - 125 123 122 118 117 n PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A D•. A HVAC PIPING FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL PIPING PLAN - LOWER LEVEL M4A1 SCALE:1/8"=1'-0" .•. I 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.ra.os w 2 3 4 15 l FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D 1. REFER TO REFRIGERANT PIPING DIAGRAM FOR PIPING SIZES. SECONDARY VRF REFRIGERANT PIPE ROUTING INSTALL ALL REFRIGERANT PIPING AND APPURTENANCES PER BETWEEN THE BC CONTROLLER AND VRV FAN COIL MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. UNITS IS INTENDED TO SHOW GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND CONFIGURATION OF PIPING.COMPLY WITH AND 2. REFER TO M9 SERIES SHEETS FOR STANDARD DETAILS NOT DYKEMAN SIZE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION REFERENCED ON PLANS.COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS IN REQUIREMENTS. DETAILS. CONDENSATE IN WALL.TERMINATE WITH Y-TAILPIECE 3. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR INSTRUCTION ON CORE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN AT SINK. DRILLING AND CUTTING EXISTING WALLS AND SLAB. 3/4"CONDENSATE DOWN IN WALL.DISCHARGE INTO 4. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INTENDED TO SHOW MOP SINK WITH AIR GAP. GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND CONFIGURATION OF PIPING. PROVIDE ALL FITTINGS AND COMPONENTS FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 5. EXPOSED PIPING,DUCTWORK AND OTHER MECHANICAL ELEMENTS SHALL BE PAINTED.COORDINATE AND INSURE ALL • PIPING AND INSULATION IS PREPARED FOR PAINTING.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. � � � � I 6. REFRIGERANT ROUTING SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ALL TRADES AS PART OF SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIREMENTS AND SUBMITTED TO A/E FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.ALL PIPING SHALL BE PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz 7. DIV 22 SHALL PROVIDE CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING SHOWN ON M4 SERIES. T 3 4 5 6 7 RE I • REFRIG ING DN C VESTIBULE ELEV. STAIRS \�/ 9FC/81EPENG�2 203 X ON 6 / \ 2 22 LOBBY/PUBLIC 711 lo 04 ROLL CALL A ROLL CALL B COUNTER 202 207 2 99 Arlington Operations MEWS B — — — — — — — — — — I RES220OM — — — — — Center 221 FOR WORKSTATION 204 3/4Snohomish County I I Public Works co I 3/4"C AT WORKSTATION MEWS 205 FCU-U-02 15. R 2R9 OM 19700 67th Ave NE Pj -T Arlington, WA 98223 FCU-U-04 1"C FCU-U-01 CORRIDOR (BOTTOM) 20oB PERMIT SET B - - 05/02/2025 B FCU-U-05 FCU-U-O6 FCU-U-07 FCU-U-O FCU-U-09 FCU-U-1 This drawing is: KRdHEN iC 1.Copyright2024 Dykeman,Inc. _ 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 206 ❑ ❑ ❑ J ❑ ® o 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's I I I I I I T FCU-U-11 written permission for any other use or reproduction. — — PROJECT - - — —_— —_ - -- — — - - - _— - —= 2023-053 SA!,LC EI R I S V N K K N 210 1 L O ER 213 E Arh 1 216 1 217 1 218 • 211 z12 U VS 214 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION WEST DECK 808 I I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG A A I I I I I I I DRAWING HVAC PIPING FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL 0�i�71 INUPPER LEVEL '•'i =1'-0" I WIA 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.ra.oe w 2 3 4 5 l FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D 1. PROVIDE SPRINKLER PROTECTION FOR ALL AREAS OF THE BLDG PROVIDE SPRINKLER COVERAGE PER NFPA 13. MEETING NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE SPRINKLER SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE COVERAGE PROTECTION OF ALL COMBUSTIBLE VOID SPACES, COVERAGE WITH ELECTRICAL AND TELECOM CEILING SPACES,ATTTIC SPACES,ETC. EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION SUPPORTS IN THESE 2. SPRINKLER PROTECTION SYSTEM SHALL MEET AHJ • SPACES.DO NOT ROUTE SPRINKLER PIPING ABOVE REQUIREMENTS. ELECTRICAL AND TELECOM EQUIPMENT. 3. FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT COMPLETE DESIGN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN PROVIDE DRY SIDEWALL HEADS FOR CANOPY SHOP DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO COVERAGE. SUBMITTING TO NORTH COUNTY REGIONAL FIRE.VERIFY AND OBTAIN APPROVAL OF LOCATIONS OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM DRAIN a> FIRE MAIN INTO RISER ROOM.SEE 3/10901. LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT DURING PRODUCTION OF SHOP w—dyk.m.rn.t 17 6 WW Mwn.Vi.w Drive 316 s> FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION INTO RISER ROOM. DRAWINGS AND PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 425.259. IT) 2nd Floor/Everett,WA 98201 SEE 3/M901. 4. FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE OTHER DISCIPLINES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.HVAC WORK SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE.SPRINKLER PIPING INSTALLED WITHOUT • COVERAGE ABOVE AND BELOW CEILING PER NFPA 13. PROPER COORDINATION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION AT NO COST. 5. THERE SHALL BE NO EXPOSED SPRINKLER PIPING IN OCCUPIED H A R G I S FINISHED SPACES EXCEPT AS INDICATED ON THESE PLANS. 6. ALL EXPOSED SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.SPRINKLER 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 PIPING INSTALLED WITHOUT PROPER COORDINATION SHALL BE 2o6.44g.3376 206.44g.445o hargis.biz SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 1 2 3 4 5 6 T 7. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION. REGISTRATION ROUTING OF CONCEALED PIPING SHOWN ON THESE PLANS IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY,CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ROUTING WITH OTHER TRADES TO PROVIDE FULLY COMPLIANT SYSTEM. E;4'FDC� SEE 211000. F01 8. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTIONS TO SPRINKLER HEADS r 4 C A_ _ 4"F INSTALLED IN ALL CEILING TYPES. m � `�j C - ELEC. STAIRS _ 9. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE CONCEALED.SEMI-RECESSED NOT ALLOWED EXCEPT AT EXPOSED AREAS. O� 9 1 ELEV. EMERGENCY 106 108 .r -(t` FCIsiEPEO �2 SUPPLIES 2 LNG 1010 ELEV.EQUIP. MECH. 10. SEE MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR DESIGN GUIDELINES.THIS ON (COOP) F l DRAW ING IS A REPRESENTATION OF ROUTING AND LOCATIONS 103 MDF 107 l l l MECH:WATER 104 105 SOURCE SYSTEM ONLY. iiiiiiijiiiiiiiiiiii --__ CHENETTE 110 11. LOCATE ALL DRAIN LOCATIONS AT EXTERIOR WALLS OR '-• • • - � 102 --- -- LOCATIONS WITHIN THE INTERIOR NEAR JANITORS ROOM. MECH:HVAC COORDINATE DRAIN LOCATIONS W/ENGINEER PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. Arlington Operations 109 12. COORDINATE SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS AND FIRE SPRINKLER B _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ pry_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PIPE ROUTING WITH A/E AND OTHER DISCIPLINES.DUCTWORK Center t1- TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER FIRE SPRINKLER PIPE ROUTING. FIRSTWELLNE & MOTHE777777 R'SRM. CUSTODIAL FOR MEWS �i 130 133 134 RESTROOM Snohomish County �i STORAGE/ 111 I r WATER BOTTLES STORAGE Public Works r� 131 132 II SERVICE YARD q 0 UNION , AT CORRIDOR ,29 I' 19700 67th Ave NE 100A Arlington, WA 98223 �J T DROP-IN WOMEN'S PERMIT SET F---- ----- 128 RESTROOM B 2 05/02/2025 B EOC�RAINING/PAVING This Brewing is: ----- RECY E STORAGE (ROLL CALL 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. ----- 126 136 335 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 4WORK RM./ 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's F PLOTTER written permission for any other use or reproduction. — 127 ENV.STOR. IPROJECT NUMBER: , T T 2023-053 I I I I I • LOCKER ROOM I..-OIIAREA MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 13 0 CLOTHES I DRYING/ WASH-UP SR.ENV.COORD. BRIDGE PAVING 114 WORKSTATION VESTIBULESUPERVISOR BRIDGE SUPERVISOR 125 124 123 LEADWORKER WORK21ATION DROPO-IN DRO9-IN PAVINGBLEAD 117 ES1BUL IFOS 0 _ __ MACHINES PROJECT TEAM: PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECTMANAGER: - 3 n PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG DRAWING TITLE: FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL 1 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN - LOWER LEVEL M5.11 SCALE:1/8"=1'-0" my E 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.m.n ca 2 3 4 15 FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D 1. PROVIDE SPRINKLER PROTECTION FOR ALL AREAS OF THE BLDG PROVIDE SPRINKLER COVERAGE PER NFPA 13. MEETING NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE SPRINKLER SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE COVERAGE PROTECTION OF ALL COMBUSTIBLE VOID SPACES, COVERAGE WITH ELECTRICAL AND TELECOM CEILING SPACES,ATTTIC SPACES,ETC. DYKEMAN EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION SUPPORTS IN THESE 2. SPRINKLER PROTECTION SYSTEM SHALL MEET AHJ SPACES.DO NOT ROUTE SPRINKLER PIPING ABOVE REQUIREMENTS. ELECTRICAL AND TELECOM EQUIPMENT. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 3. FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT COMPLETE DESIGN SHOP DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO SUBMITTING TO NORTH COUNTY REGIONAL FIRE.VERIFY AND OBTAIN APPROVAL OF LOCATIONS OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM DRAIN _ _VI..Drive LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT DURING PRODUCTION OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4. FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.HVAC WORK SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE.SPRINKLER PIPING INSTALLED WITHOUT • PROPER COORDINATION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION AT NO COST. 5. THERE SHALL BE NO EXPOSED SPRINKLER PIPING IN OCCUPIED H A R G I S FINISHED SPACES EXCEPT AS INDICATED ON THESE PLANS. 6. ALL EXPOSED SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE REVIEWED AND 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98301 APPROVED BYARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.SPRINKLER PIPING INSTALLED WITHOUT PROPER COORDINATION SHALL BE 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION. REGISTRATION ROUTING OF CONCEALED PIPING SHOWN ON THESE PLANS IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ROUTING WITH OTHER TRADES TO PROVIDE FULLY COMPLIANT SYSTEM. SEE 211000. C A -- — -- — — — - — — - --- --- — — — — — 8. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE PI PE CONNECTIONS TO SPRINKLER HEADS r C \ / INSTALLED IN ALL CEILING TYPES. `j� VES71B E ELEV. 9. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE CONCEALED.SEMI-RECESSED O, 9 dsygp o 201 203 \X/ STAI \� NOT ALLOWED EXCEPT AT EXPOSED AREAS. -(t FC/srsPENG��' 10. SEE MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR DESIGN GUIDELINES.THIS ON 6 •� / \ \ DRAWING IS A REPRESENTATION OF ROUTING AND LOCATIONS / ONLY. LOBBY/PUBLIC 11. LOCATE ALL DRAIN LOCATIONS AT EXTERIOR WALLS OR ROLL CALL A ROLL CALL B - • • • COUNTER 207 209 LOCATIONS WITHIN THE INTERIOR NEAR JANITORS ROOM. N'S COORDINATE DRAIN LOCATIONS W/ENGINEER PRIOR TO Arlington Operations 202 RESTROOM INSTALLATION. 22° 1 Center B _ _ — — — — — 12. COORDINATE SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS AND FIRE SPRINKLER PIPE ROUTING WITH A/E AND OTHER DISCIPLINES.DUCTWORK 221 TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER FIRE SPRINKLER PIPE ROUTING. FOR WORKSTATION 244 1 Snohomish County t Public Works WORKSTATION ELEC. AT 215 WOMEN'S 205 RESTROOM 19700 67th Ave NE -1--- 219 Arlington, WA 98223 CORRIDOR 2008 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B DRAIAG AVEMENT/ This drawing is: SWEEPING VEGETATION PERATIONS KRdHEN AGER 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. SMALL CONF. SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER LEAD ORKER SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 2O6 210 211 2 22 213 214 2 66 LEAD WORKER 218 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 217 I written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 I I I I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION WEST DECK z 88 I I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG A DRAWINGA FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL 1 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN - UPPER LEVEL M6.21 SCALE:1/8"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.ra.rz cu 2 3 4 5 D SHEET NOTES 1. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 20'-0"BETWEEN SANITARY VENTS AND ALL OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES. DYKEMAN 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ROOF SAW CUTTING,CORES AND ALL SURFACE FINISH SCOPE OF WORK AND COORDINATE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 3. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ROOF SUPPORT AND OPENING DETAILS. —dyke,ar.ret 17 6 West Marine Vie,Drive 4. REFER TO PIPING AND CONTROL DIAGRAMS.PROVIDE ALL COMPONENTS AND APPURTENANCES SHOWN IN DIAGRAMS. 5. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INTENDED TO SHOW GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND CONFIGURATION OF - PIPING AND DUCTWORK.PROVIDE ALL FITTINGS AND COMPONENTS FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING STRUCTURAL OPENING LOCATIONS H A R G I S AND SIZES PRIOR TO SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 FLAG NOTES 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 • hargis.biz BAS/EMS OUTDOOR SENSORS LOCATED ON NORTH REGISTRATION WALL.PROVIDE INSULATED AREA ON SCREEN WALL WHERE SENSORS ARE LOCATED. O' of watH,��''FL �4 :\ A ti C — C 9FCIStEPE�G�2 I I I pN EN Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 4, 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 2 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 2023-053 I I I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE-I PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN. DF,KG A • A MECHANICAL ROOF 2 3 , 5 s , PLAN MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN M6.,, SCALE:1/8"=1'-0" My • 1 2 3 4 5 a2,rzozs 2.10.12 cu 1 2 3 4 5 D FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO M9.00 SERIES SHEETS FOR STANDARD DETAILS NOT VAV-L-03 1//M99 00 6CCCOORD N TE NETWORKONTROL PANEL ON U REQUIREMENTS WITH DETAILILT STAND PER DETAIL SNCED ON PLANS.COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS IN VAV-L-02 DIV 28 AND POWER REQUIREMENTS WITH DIV 26. . HRU-02 VAV-R-02 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND YKEMAN (STACKED) INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINAL LOCATION OF ALL GRILLES, EUH-03 /� DIFFUSERS,AND EXPOSED DUCTWORK.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL DESIGN q/) DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION.REPORT ARCHITECTURE + 17 DISCREPANCIES IN QUANTITY OF AIR TERMINALS BETWEEN ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS TO A/E. 3. PROVIDE REMOTE CABLE CONTROL SYSTEM FOR ALL VOLUME - 17 - - 3161 32.14 UP /= ° \� �- rr---- -�� DAMPERS LOCATED DIRECTLY ABOVE HARD CEILINGS.PROVIDE 425.259. IT) 2nd Floor/Everett,WA 98201 .i u m n ACCESS PANEL AND LOCATE CONTROLLER(S)ABOVE CEILING. --- 9_ MAXIMUM CABLE LENGTH FROM CONTROLLER TO DAMPER(S) SHALL NOT EXCEED 15'-0".GROUP ALL CONTROLLERS TOGETHER -�i M AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. • y r� I I I I I I I i 4. PROVIDE A MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FOR EACH SUPPLY, STACKED RETURN AND EXHAUST OPENING.LOCATE AS FAR UPSTREAM AS � I � POSSIBLE FROM THE OPENING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.NOT L ELECTRICAL PANELS � � ii i ii i ii ii i i i 32x14 UP ALL VOLUME DAMPERS ARE SHOWN ON PLANS. H ^ R G I S I HP-02 i i i i i BC-02 1 5. DIVISION 23 SHALL REVIEW VAV BOX LOCATIONS AND COORDINATE AS-01 WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES TO ENSURE MAINTENANCE ACCESS IS 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 MAINTAINED(TYPICAL ALL LOCATIONS).CONTRACTOR SHALL L_—— __ 206.448.3376 206.448.4460 hargis.biz _ — — — _ - PROVIDE A MOCK-UP OF ONE INSTANCE FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO 1 BC-03 r 14xi6 INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE DESIGN INTENT IS MECH:HVAC BC-01 MET. EQUIPMENT MECH:WATER CWP-01802 SOURCE SYSTEMREGISTRATION 109 L J 6. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR SWITCH AND 2 110 SENSOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND EXACT LOCATIONS.LOCATIONS SHOWN ON MECHANICAL PLANS ARE APPROXIMATE. M7.11 'may F'Qq/2 J Q`' 7. PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN ALL OUTSIDE AIR,EXHAUST AIR,AND p`�pf WASH`6`y C S I I\ -----UP RETURN AIR PLENUMS,OR DUCTS LOCATED BEHIND LOUVERS pr �, _ _ 4r '�i ;� i'n„ N'L�ll l FOR BACKDRAFT AND/OR MOTORIZED DAMPER ACCESS.PROVIDE m ✓ y \ C -- 'X� ------------------------------ `-- ` ------- ---1-4�� _ ACCESS DOOR SIZED 24"x24"UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.REFER 9 B TO STANDARD DETAILS. 0 ASrLa 8. ALL PLENUMS BEHIND LOUVERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 36"DEEP 9FC/StEPEO G�? 14x16 ET-01 GMU-01 HPWH-01 EWH-01 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.ALL PLENUMS BEHIND SUPPLY, ON 6N 16x16 RETURN,AND EXHAUST AIR GRILLES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 24" 10x10 DEEP OR THE SIZE OF THE DUCT,WHICHEVER IS LARGER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 9. DUCTWORK SHOWN IS DIAGRAMMATIC TO ILLUSTRATE ZONING 7 AND AIR TERMINALS SERVED.ACTUAL DUCT ROUTING AND DUCT Arlington Operations ACCESSORY LOCATIONS ARE NOT SHOWN.DUCT DIMENSIONS —" INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE NET INSIDE DIMENSIONS. INCREASE SHEET METAL DIMENSIONS TO ACCOMODATE DUCT Center SOUNDLINING THICKNESS. Qq� ENLARGED HVAC PLAN - MECHANICAL ROOM 10. PROVIDE ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK WITHOUT STANDING SEAMS FOR OR FLANGES.SEAL ALL SEAMS WITH PAINTABLE SILICONE CAULK. M7.11 SCALE:1/4"=V-0" PROVIDE STAINLESS THREADED ROD DUCT HANGER WITH SEISMIC /'� BRACING AT ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK LOCATIONS. Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 I I Q PERMIT SET B12 05/02/2025 B 12xi648x6 ___ 48x60 '-i L 5300 18.a This drawing is: 18x10 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. AV-R-01 G 530 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. it 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 18x1 written permission for any other use or reproduction. _ HEI-ROOF /1 _ _ HEI-ROOF n �1ax2a 1axz4 oxa - - - 156'-00" iaxi 156'-0" I •• I > 12x1 - ❑ 14x32 asxza 2023-053 VAV-R-02 � 12x12 ii ®�®� Q FCU-U-02 76 • 18x2 HEI-UPPER zaxl isxi HEI-UPPER MARK DATE DESCRIPTION BC-03 Bc-01 _ _FLOOR Il - _ _FLOOR n _ axls 144-0" zaxl 144'-0" C• C •� 16x14 R-07 x6 18x18 "AHP-02 BC-02 HEI-ROOF TF-01 AS-01 VAV-L-03 156'-0" 12xis FCU-U-01 VAV-U-01 HP-01 HRU-02 VAV-L HRU-01 HEI-LOOWER FCU-U-03 El-LOWER � _ FLOOR _ _FLOOR 130'-0" V 130'-0" PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: - PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG DRAWING TITLE: A A SECTION - HRU-02 0 SECTION - FCU-U-01/02 0 SECTION - HRU-01 MZ11 SCALE:1/8"=T-0" MZ11 SCALE: 1/4"=V-0" M711 SCALE:1/8"=V-0" MECHANICAL ENLARGED PLANS 1 2 1 3 4 5 a2irzoz52.10.14 cu 1 2 3 4 5 D HP-t AM24o"W" 220628Btu/h 2]969]BN 1[a.it . . s upo seam /4'1,rz"oN s.wpoEn A N CH/AA FCU -L-05 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 63—Wh —atu/h 8226 Btu/h AM007NNNDCH/AA I FCU-L-06 /9IeaMnu 63B48tu/h 14fifi7Btu/h 8226Btu/h - - - AM007NNNDCH/AA I FCU-L-09 /gl«pow 63846N/h 466]Btu/h 8226Btu/h Na, AM024BN4PCH/AA I FCU-L-11 sm 0102Btu/h 11625fiB M 25529Btu/h • AM012NNNDCH/AA I FCU-L-12 su 10t988tu/h 18403Btu/h 112765Btu/h H A R G I S AMD12NNNDCH/AA I FCU-L-13 � a" swpurw 101988tu/h IB403BN/h 112]65Btu/h AM007NNNDCH/AA I FCU-L-18 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 zu 63848tWh 14661Btu/h 18226Btu/h 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz REGISTRATION AMOOSNNNDCH/P u/h 15673 r swhlou 685Btu/h 4131 Btu/T Sfi]3Btu/h 4� AMoo5NNNDCH/AA I Fcu-L-o2 Q`" F � 685Btu/h 41318tu/h 56]3Btu/h �e Of C san •AM00%/N CH—IFCU-L-03 C x fi858N/h 14131Btu/h Sfi—/h ([ s AMOOSNNNDCH/AA I Fcu-L-04 9FCI5 Ei PE0 G�2� d685Btu/h 14131 Btu/h 156736tu/h ON EN .. •AM036ANHDCH/AA er/9�aw.s Ni 1 FCU-L-o] sae4 300588N/h 24055Btu/h 3]821BN/h • • • •AM048ANHDCH/PA I FCU-L-OB swh 0060Btu/h 13230981u/h 151058Btu/h •AM024BN4PCH/AAI FCU-L-16 Arlington Operations s n mO26tu/h 1142568tWh 1255296 A AMOO]NNNDCH/PA FCU L 15 Center swh 6384Btu/h 14667Btu/h 18226Btu/h FOR P AM007NNNDCH/AA I FCU-L-16 O" -woo.3:. - s 6384Btu/h 4667Btu/h 8226B[u/h AM007NNNDCH/AA I FCU-L-1] Snohomish County saax 6384BN/h 14667etu/h 18226BW/h Public Works AM024BN—/PA l FCU-L-10 scan 0102Btu/h 142568<u/T 25529Btu/h AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 MB RISER DIAGRAM - HP-1 REFRIGERANT PIPING SCALE:NONE �iiP PERMIT SET B 0 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. Hv_ 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. AM192HXWAlit/ 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 164301Btu/h 1 20654BBm written permission for any other use or reproduction. &11 PROJECT • p 2023-053 AM024ANHDCH/AA IFCU-U-01 s�eapou 1211Btu/h 11726—/h 126355Btu/h - • sp AM030ANHDCH/AA I FCU-U-02 s 9,eaNnu 6219Btu/h 121688Btu/h 13318BBtu/h MARK DATE DESCRIPTION _-1 t/h 133AA 1 FCU-U-03 s lwNuu 420018tu/h 3393fiB[u/h 52]11 Btu/h , QQ AM024ANHDCH/AA I ICU-U-04 - su O 1217etu/h I1]261B[Wh 126355Btu/h AM00]NNNDCH/AA I FCU-U-05 seaq 6]06Btu/h 4902Btu/h 8492Btu/h AM00]NNNDCH/AA I FCU-U-06 s� 6]068tu/h 16902Btu/h 18492Btu/h AM00)NNNDCH/AA IFCU-U-O] - PROJECT R• TEAM: su 6]06Btu/h 4902Btu/h 18492Btu/h PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 PS AMOmNNNoa/AA Fcu-u-oe PROJECT MANAGER: 1- 6]068tu/h H902Btu/h 18492Btu/h 9� PROJECT ARCHITECT:1 TH AMomNNNDCH/AA I Fcu-U-09 JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A su 6]068tu/h d902B[u/h 6492Btu/M1 A DRAWING TITLE: AM00]NNNDCH/AA I ICI-U-10 W"OR'nN 6]068tu/h 149c2Btu/h 18492Btu/h ap , AM17NNNDCH/AAIFCU-U-11 HVAC PIPING RISER va"tl fi]_tu/h 6902Btu/h 18492Btu/h DIAGRAM you AM00]NNNDCH/AAFCU-U-12 g&pow 67 06Btu/h 149c2Btu/h 8492Btu/h 0 RISER DIAGRAM - HP-2 REFRIGERANT PIPING 0 RISER DIAGRAM - HP-1 AND HP-2 WIRING M8.11 SCALE:NONE M8.11 SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 az1—z.1B.14 Pu 1 2 3 4 5 D ELECTRIC ALARM BELL LOCATED ON TO WET PIPE SYSTEM.SEE DWGS FOR CONT(TYP) EXTERIOR WALL.FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WIRING BY DIV 28 TO DRY PIPE SYSTEM.SEE DWGS FOR CONT(TYP) DYKEMAN FROM SPRINKLER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN WATER FLOW SWITCH.FIRE ALARM AIR PRESSURE SWITCH.SYSTEM DRAIN RISER SYSTEM WIRING BY DIV 28 WIRING BY DIV 21 DRY PIPE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR GALVANIZED 90% PRESSURE GAGE(TYP) FREE AREA WIRE Fs MESH BASKET 2 1/2" WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM WATER FLOW PRESSURE SWITCH.FIRE ALARM ALARM VALVE(TYP) SYSTEM WIRING BY DIV 28 NO HUB COUPLING • RESTRICTED DRAIN ORIFICE—_ ED 6" 8"STANDPIPE DRY PIPE VALVE TRIM OS AND Y GATE OR BUTTERFLY VALVE MINIMUM HEIGHT FOR SUPPORT SECURED TO BACKFWITH VALVE MONITOR(TAMPER)SWITCH. — DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM ALARM VALVE. DRAIN HE K,AND TER STRUCTURE(TYP) H A R G I S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WIRING BY DIV 28 DRAIN CHECK,AND REDUCER (TYP) PIPE DRIPVALVES PIPE SLEEVE AND SEALANT.SEE SLEEVE THROUGH FLOOR DETAIL(TYP) 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 EXTERIOR WALL 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz 3"VENT TO VENT SYSTEM. MAIN DRAIN VALVE(TYP) 2"DRAIN.SEE SPRINKLER TEST/DRAIN SEE DWGS FOR CONT y RECEPTOR DETAIL(TYP) PIPE SLEEVE AND REGISTRATION FINISHED FLOOR SEALANT(TYP) 11 PRESSURE GAGE(TYP) P� F' , WAS,`\L SWING TYPE CHECK VALVE WITH 3/4" SLOPE DN— C STRAIGHT BALL DRIP VALVE(TYP) °' ii -) C TRAP PRIMER FINISHED GRADE CONNECTION -ir 9Fcts Er PIle eo 24"TO 36"AFF FINISHED FLOOR ON EN PRIMER PIPE FROM •� TRAP PRIMER SYSTEM BELOW SLAB PIPING BY — - - - - CIVIL CONTRACTOR.DIV f e PIPE SLEEVE AND SEALANT. SEE SLEEVE 6"WASTE TO SANITARY SEWER ,.• • • 21 CONTRACTOR SHALL THROUGH FLOOR DETAIL(TYP) SYSTEM.SEE DWGS FOR SIZE AND CONNECT AT FLANGE CONT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. FIRE PROTECTION WATER SERVICE SEE DWGS FOR IZE AND CONT Arlington Operations S TO FIRE DEPARTMENT PIPE SUPPORT AND FLOOR PLATE(TYP) NOTES:CONNECTION,SEE DETAIL 1. PROVIDE FIRESTOPPING FOR PIPE SLEEVES WHERE FLOOR IS FIRE RATED. Center Ler CONCRETE EXPANSION ANCHOR(TYP) FOR 0 DIAGRAM - FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM RISER DETAIL - PIPE AND FITTINGS -SPRNKLR TEST RECEPTOR Snohomish County M9.01 SCALE:NONE M9.01 SCALE:NONE Public Works AT INLET COVERS RET RETENTION(TYP)ITH CHAIN 19700 67th Ave NE FREE STANDING PLATED FIRE DEPARTMENT Arlington, WA 98223 CONNECTION.QUANTITY AS REQUIRED BY AHJ.PROVIDE(2)CONCRETE FILLED PROTECTIVE BOLLARDS,10"Ox72"TALL.BURY 24".LOCATE AS DIRECTED PER CIVIL DRAWINGS. PERMIT SET B FIRE DEPARTMENT INLET 05/02/2025 B CONNECTION.SIZE AND 12" 12" CONFIGURATION PER AHJ This drawing is: REQUIREMENTS(TYP) 1.Copyright2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2'-0" 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. CONCRETE IDENTIFICATION COVER PLATE, 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's PAD 1 FINISH AS SPECIFIED written permission for any other use or reproduction. ¢ SLEEVE FINISHED GRADE 6PROJECT L L _ 4'-0" III 2023-053 SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS IN REMOVABLE CEILING PANELS — — TO BUILDING FIRE SERVICE (TYP) RISER.SEE DWGS FOR 1. DEPTH PER SIZE AND COUNT • 0 NFPA 24 (TYP) MARK DATE DESCRIPTION THRUST BLOCK, 2,0" Q SEE NOTE 2 AND 4"MIN THRUST BLOCK DETAIL 4 •;e L L PIPE MATERIAL AND 1'-0"MIN � FITTINGS AS SPECIFIED RESTRAINING RODS WITH CORROSION-RESISTIVE WEEP DRAIN III—III PROJECT TEAM: NOTES: COATING.SEE NOTE 2 — — — 1. WHERE SPRINKLER HEADS ARE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE GRID CEILING,LOCATE PEA GRAVEL BACKFILL AND — — PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE-1 PS HEADS ON CENTERLINE AXIS OF EITHER THE LONG OR SHORT SIDE DIMENSION OF THE BEDDING.COVER TOP OF PROJECT MANAGER: I- REMOVABLE PANEL(SEE DETAIL ABOVE).IN ROOMS WHERE MULTIPLE HEADS ARE BACKFILL WITH VISQUEEN PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH REQUIRED,HEADS SHALL BE ALIGNED AND SYMMETRICAL. PRIOR TO BACKFILL UNDISTURBED EARTH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A 2. DUCTWORK AIR DEVICES,HVAC ABOVE CEILING ACCESS PANELS,AND LIGHTING A FIXTURE LOCATIONS TAKE FIRST PRIORITY OVER FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. NOTES: DRAWING TITLE: COORDINATION SHALL BE FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY.SPRINKLER 1. COMPLY WITH NFPA STANDARDS. HEADS SHALL NOT BE LOCATED IN CEILING PANELS NEEDED FOR ACCESS TO 2. PROVIDE THRUST BLOCK AND RESTRAINED JOINTS. EQUIPMENT LOCATED ABOVE CEILING. 3. LOCATE CHECK VALVE AT RISER INSIDE BUILDING. �+ 4. COMPLY WITH ADDITIONAL TRENCH AND BACKFILL REQUIREMENTS AS SPECIFIED. MECHANICAL DETAIL`? 0 DETAIL -SPRINKLER HEADS -CEILING LOCATION r4"\DETAIL - FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION - REMOTE M9.01 SCALE:NONE M9.01 SCALE:NONE my 1 2 1 3 4 5 aztrzozs z.m.rs as 1 2 3 4 5 D DOMESTIC COLD WATER TO BUILDING FIXTURES.SEE DWGS DYKEMAN FOR CONT STRAINER WITH BLOWOFF SHUTOFF VALVE.SEE VALVE A ND CAP WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR SIZING SCHEDULE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN NOTE 2 MARK SYSTEM SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. FIXTURE UNIT DETAIL/ NOTES MARK EXPANSION TANK, SIZE DIAGRAM SEISMICALLY BRACED MIN MAX DIA(IN) REFERENCE - 17 - Drive SHUT-OFF TO STRUCTURE VALVE 425.259.3161 IT) 2nd Floor/Everett,WA 98201 2"REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE. A-1 DOMESTIC WTR J.R.SMITH/HYDROTROL 5005 0 11 314 3/M9.02 1 A-1 ASSEMBLY.INSTALL 24"TO 60"AFF SET AT 80 PSI.PIPE FULL A-2 DOMESTIC WTR J.R.SMITH/HYDROTROL 5010 12 32 1 3/M9.02 1 A-2 SIZE DISCHARGE TO COLD WATER BASKET STRAINER FLOOR RECEPTOR WITH FINISHED CEILING • AIR GAP SERVICE PIPE A-3 DOMESTIC WTR J.R.SMITH/HYDROTROL 5020 33 60 1 3/M9.02 1 A-3 PRESSURE GAGE(TYP) CONNECT TO TOP OF UNION A-4 DOMESTIC WTR J.R.SMITH/HYDROTROL 5010 61 113 1 3/M9.02 1 A-4 H /� R G I S UNION(TYP) SERVICE PIPE AND RISE 2 1/2"OW 2-1/2"CW UP MIN 12" A-5 DOMESTIC WTR J.R.SMITH/HYDROTROL 5040 114 154 1 3/M9.02 1 A-5 FIXED AIR GAP HOSE END DRAIN VALVE NOTES: 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 FITTING.PIPE FULL WITH VACUUM BREAKER 1.INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH PLUMBING DRAINAGE INSTITUTE STANDARD P.D.I.WH-201 OR ASSE 1010 RECOMMENDATIONS. 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz CONNECTION SIZE II--p4IVN ELECTRONIC TRAP PRIMER ENCLOSURE TO FLOOR RECEPTOR WITH AIR GAP REGISTRATION WALL FLOOR RECEPTOR(TYP) ��1 MAIN SHUTOFF PER PDI-WH 201 F.CA, VALVE PIPE SLEEVE AND &MFGR'S WATER HAMMER pf wASH�,F•1 SEALANT.SEE TO H.W.&C.W. ARRESTER,TYP '�- FLOOR RECEPTOR AIR GAP.SEE INDIRECT FINISHED FLOOR RECOMMENDATIONS, .< \ C WASTE DRAIN DETAIL MIN 24"AFF SLEEVE THROUGH FINISHED FLOOR. SUPPLY TYP C FLOOR DETAIL SEE ARCH DWGS v Rom. 9E-CISTEPE0 G�2 TO WASTE AND VENT - ON EN SYSTEM.SEE DWGS ••�� FROM COLD WATER FOR CONT TO FIXTURES SERVICE.SEE DWGS TRAP PRIMER PIPE.SEE SLOPE SLOPE SLOPE DIN • • FOR SIZE AND CONT DWGS FOR CONT 1/2"PRIMER PIPE FOR EACH TO SANITARY SEWER ISOLATION VALVE,TYP PIPE SLEEVE AND TRAP CONNECTION SYSTEM.SEE DWGS FOR TO FIXTURES RUNOUTS TO LAST FIXTURE PIPING TO SEALANT.SEE SLEEVE PRIMER CONNECTIONS(TYP) SIZE AND CONT(TYP) LAST FIXTURE Arlington Operations SHALL NOT BE SMALLER THAN THOUGH FLOOR DETAIL P-TRAP(TYP) SIZE REQUIRED FOR ARRESTERS Center NOTES: NOTE: 1. SUPPORT PIPE AS SPECIFIED AND PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 1. COORDINATE LOCATION OF PRIMER PANEL WITH ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. NOTES: FOR 2. SET SHUTOFF VALVE IN OPEN POSITION AND REMOVE HANDLE. 1. USE TABLE 6-5 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE FOR DETERMINING SUPPLY FIXTURE UNITS WHEN SIZING WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS. Snohomish County DIAGRAM -COLD WATER SERVICE HEADER 0 DETAIL -TRAP PRIMER - ELECTRONIC TRAP PRIMER n DETAIL -WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR Public Works \t.02J SCALE:NONE M9.02 SCALE:NONE M9.02 SCALE:NONE AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 FAUCET PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B FINISHED COUNTER PLUMBING FIXTURE This drawing is: TEMPERED WATER TO 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. WATER HAMMER PLUMBING FIXTURE.SEE 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. ARRESTOR 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's DWGS FOR SIZE AND CONT written permission for any other use or reproductlon. TIMER STRAINER SOLENOID VALVE UNION PROJECT VACUUM SHUTOFF SHUT-OFF VALVE DIAL THERMOETER BREAKER— REAKER VALVES(TYP) 2023-053 TEMPERED WATER SUPPLY RISER(TYP) • THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE. ELECTRONIC SET TO 110°F OUTLET TRAP PRIMER 3/4"PIPE TEMPERATURE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CW SUPPLY WITH LOOSE KEY MIXING VALVE STOP HW SUPPLY WITH 1/2"PIPE EACH TOG UNION ANGLE LOOSE KEY STOP FLOOR DRAIN COLD WATER SERVICE o CHECK STOP(TYP) TAILPIECE AND P-TRAP(OFFSET TAILPIECE AND P-TRAP AS FLO NR/SINK FLOOR CONSTRUCTION ® SPECIFIED) (TyP) VARIES FINISHED FLOOR PROJECT TEAM: HW AND CW.SEE PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS DWGS FOR SIZES PROJECT MANAGER: l- AND CONT. PROJECT ARCHITECT:Li I TH SLOPE SLOPE NOTES: JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A 1. PROVIDE UNDER-SINK PROTECTION FOR ACCESSIBLE FIXTURES. A DRAWING TITLE:EMERGENCY EYE WASHERS 1. INSTALL NSTALL TRAP PRIMER IN MECHANICAL SPACE,OR ACCESSIBLE CEILING. MECHANICAL DETAILS 2. PROVIDE PVC SLEEVE THROUGH CONCRETE SLAB FOR ALL TRAP PRIMER LINES. DETAIL - EMERGENCY FIXTURE THERMOSTATIC MIXING DETAIL -THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES - LOCAL MIXING 42)DETAIL -TRAP PRIMER INSTALLATION VALVES �VALVES M9.02�SCALE:NONE M9.02 SCALE:NONE M9.02 SCALE:NONE • , 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.ra.rs as 1 2 3 4 5 p PROVIDE 18"X18"ACCESS PANEL LOCATE AS SHOWN THRU WALL ABOVE CEILING. ON FLOOR PLANS. NON-SLAM CHECK VALVE POWER SUPPLY.SEE ELEC DWGS — FULL PORT BALL VALVE r---------------- ---r — I I OIL SMART SIMPLEX PANEL i GRAVITY TO ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN REMOTE ELEC i WASTE SYSTEM ALARM AND POWER WIRING IN CONTROL CONDUIT.SEE - -Vi..Drive PANEL ELEC. DRAWINGS CEILING i FULL PORT BALL DRAIN VALVE 10 DIV.26 TO PROVIDE WITH HOSE CONNECTION CONTROL WIRING INDIRECT WASTE BETWEEN CONTROL UNION DRAIN PIPE(TYP) • L--------------------- PANEL AND SUMP IN 4"W CONDUIT.TERMINATE TERMINATE AT MS-1 MA 4 VENT.SEE DWGS H AR G I S LEVEL 1 CONDUIT IN NE JUNCTION BOX LEVEL 1 FINISHED FLOOR FINISHED F OOP. WALL OF SUMP. FLOOR FOR SIZE AND CONT RECEPTOR FUNNEL PER ELEVATOR PIT DRAIN TYPE PIPE SLEEVE AND FINISHED FLOOR r — — 12206401 4.3376-rd e206.44.445seattle,wsbiz AIR GAP PER SEALANT.SEE 1 1 206.448.3376 206.448.4460 hargis.biz SUMP PIT GRATE ADJUSTABLE STRAINER PLUMBING CODE 1 1 FINISHED FLOOR, SLEEVE THROUGH DIV.26 TO PROVIDE NEMA(NON- LEVEL WITH BOTTOM LABEL"NON-POTABLE 12" IS / SEE ARCH DWGS FLOOR DETAIL GFCI)RECEPTACLE IN OF ELEVATOR PIT. WATER".SEE SPEC FOR ELEVATOR PIT.PROVIDE 6'SOW MORE INFORMATION DEPRESS DRAIN 1/4" CLAMPING RINGREGISTRATION CORD AND PLUG FOR PUMP. WHERE NOT ALREADY 2"W(COPPER PIPE,SEE SLOPED.MAX SLOPE NON-SHRINK GROUT 1/4"PER FOOT FINISHED FLOOR PIPING SYSTEMS F CA , MATERIAL SCHEDULE) p roe W.c„ti�y PROVIDE NEMA 4 PUMPED WASTE - - r C ) C JUNCTION BOX AT UNION 9 AsrLm 30"MIN WALL OF ELEVATOR LIQUID SMART SENSOR ,9 45590 0 �" SUMP. FClsrseE G�? OIL SMART PUMP SWITCH TRAP PRIMER ON EN DRILL 3/16"RELIEF HOLE IN DISCHARGE PIPE ° 'as ° PIPE TRAP ARM 2"ABOVE PUMP DISCHARGE TO ALLOW AIR PUMP AND MOTOR TO ESCAPE FROM THE PUMP CASING .-• • TO SANITARY SUMP FLOOR WATERPROOF WATERPROOF P-TRAP SEWER SYSTEM. GASKET WITH COLLAR MEMBRANE SEE DWGS FOR Arlington Operations NOTES: DRAIN PIPE SIZE AND CONT 1. PROVIDE INDOOR/OUTDOOR NEMA 4X PUMP CONTROL PANEL ENCLOSURE. (SIZE PER PLAN) NOTES: Center 2. SEE PLUMBING PUMP SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. 1. TERMINATE INDIRECT PIPES ABOVE FUNNEL WITH AIR GAP IF FUNNEL IS INSTALLED. 3. USE DWV COPPER FITTINGS FOR PUMPED WASTE PIPING IN ELEVATOR PIT/SHAFT. TRAP PRIMER LINE FOR Snohomish County DETAIL - ELEVATOR SUMP PUMP DETAIL - FLOOR DRAIN IN CONCRETE FLOOR Iny 3 DETAIL - INDIRECT WASTE DRAIN Public Works M8.03 M8.03 AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 VENT PIPE OPEN TO ATMOSPHERE COUNTERFLASHING. SEALANT PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B 0 DRAWBAND This Brewing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. DEKTITE FLEXIBLE RUBBER BOOT 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's FLASHING written permission for any other use or reproduction. 12"MIN PROJECT • NOTE:ALL INSIDE FLUSH 24"MAX 3/4" CLEANOUTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN Z WATER HAMMER 2023-053 SUCH A MANNER THAT THE TOP g ARRESTORS SHUTOFF VALVE(TYP) COVER SHALL BE FLUSH WITH THE _ SURFACE OF THE FINISHED FLOOR. LEAD FLASHING SKIRT SEE DWGS FOR SIZE • COMPOSITE BASE FLASHING AND CONT MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ROOF AND INSULATION. SEE ARCH DWGS 8"). =,� CLEANOUT FLOOR PLATE AIR-GAP FITTING 4"RIM JAY R.SMITH FIG. WHERE REQUIRED 4106 OR EQUAL BY AHJ PROJECT TEAM: FINISH FLOOR I WALL PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- VENT PIPE FROM INTERIOR VENT SY TEM,SEE FAUCET WITH PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH DWGS FOR SIZE AND CONT VACUUM BREAKER JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A I q NOTES: HOSE TO DRAWING COLLAR SLAB 1. PROVIDE DEKTITE FLASHING FOR METAL ROOFS.DETAIL SHOWS LEAD FLASHING FOR COMPOSITE MEMBRANE MOP SINK ROOFS. METAL COLLAR CAULK W/LEAD& 2. DETAIL SHOWS PLUMBING VENT THROUGH ROOF PENETRATION.DETAIL ALSO APPLIES TO NATURAL GAS MOP SINK MECHANICAL DETAILS OAKUM ALL AROUND PIPING,LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM PIPING,AND SIMILAR PIPING THROUGH ROOF PENETRATIONS. DETAIL -INTERIOR CLEANOUT DETAIL - PLUMBING VENT -THROUGH ROOF PENETRATION r6--,\DETAIL - MOP SINK Mg.03 SCALE:NONE Me.03 SCALE:NONE Me.03 SCALE:NONE • , 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.m.ls as 2 3 4 5 CIRCULATION PUMP(TYP) HEAT TRAP,12" TEMPERATURE NOTES: D MINIMUM, SENSOR(TYP) TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE 1. SEE DRAWINGS FOR PIPE SIZES AND CONTINUATION. 18"MAXIMUM TEST PORT(TYP) 2. VALVES,SENSORS,PUMPS,EXPANSION TANK,AND SIMILAR ITEMS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE THERMOMETER CHECK VALVE IN HORIZONTAL FOR MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND AHJ UNION(TYP) (TYP) POSITION(TYP) REQUIREMENTS. . 3. REFER TO DOMESTIC HOT WATER HEATPUMP DETAILS AND DIAGRAMS FOR ADDITION MANUAL AIR 2" SHUTOFF VALVE(TYP) DOMESTIC HOT WATER SCOPE. ELIMINATOR VALVE. HW }_�I DWCP-01 4. PROVIDE PIPE FITTING 2.5 TIMES LARGER THAN SERVICE PIPE WITH AIR ELIMINATOR SEE NOTE 4� WATER METER(TYP) CONNECTED TO TOP OF FITTING AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN T/P T/P EXPANSION TANK HW s SEISMICALLY BRACED TO SHUTOFF VALVE I I �;I— WALL STRUCTURE(TYP) -dyke arnet 17 6 West Marine Vie,Drive INC)TYP 1, VACUUM RELIEF VALVE. INSTALL ABOVE WATER HEATER • HW,CW AND HWC CW zIF&i PIPES.SEE DWGS 3/4" FOR SIZE AND CONT(TYP) 2 2 � NC 2„ DWET-01 TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE SAFETY RELIEF 2" VALVE.PIPE FULL SIZE 1220 third avenue,suite.445seattle,ws iz DISCHARGE TO FLOOR 206.448.3376 206.448.4460 hargis.biz RECEPTOR WITH AIRGAP t 3/4^ 1„ 2^ 2,� i — S REGISTRATION„ s �I HPWH-01 ,a1 F.Cry, THERMOSTATIC MIXING DOMESTIC HEAT p`�of w.a„`\y C VALVE.SEE HIGH/LOW PUMP WATER q C THERMOSTATIC MIXING HEATER v Rom, VALVE ASSEMBLY STORAGETANK 9 � ; DIAGRAM 2/M9.02 45590 EWH-01 9FCISiEPENG�2 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER AND 2" ON E STORAGE TANK,SEISMICALLY BRACED TO WALL STRUCTURE i ELECTRIC WATER HEATER IL 2" • • • FINISHED FLOOR WHCU-01 Arlington Operations Center WATERTIGHT DRAIN PAN,TYPE 304 STAINLESS HOSE BIBB WITH VACUUM STEEL 4"HIGH LIP,3"LARGER THAN WATER BREAKER AND CAP FOR HEATER FOOTPRINT ALL AROUND PIPE FULL SIZE DRAIN FROM WATER HEATER PIPE FULL SIZE DRAIN FROM STORAGE TANK Snohomish County HOUSEKEEPING PAD(TYP) TO FLOOR RECEPTOR WITH AIR GAP. TO FLOOR RECEPTOR WITH AIR GAP. LEVEL SENSOR ELEVATION R-10 RIGID INSULATION PAD(TYP) PIPE FULL SIZE DRAIN FROM DRAIN PAN TO PIPE FULL SIZE DRAIN FROM DRAIN PAN TO Public Works SCHEDULE FLOOR RECEPTOR WITH AIR GAP FLOOR RECEPTOR WITH AIR GAP ITEM DIM AT SUMP COVER 36" 0 DIAGRAM -DOMESTIC HOT WATER SERVICE INLET PUMP Ms.oe SCALE:NONE 19700 67th Ave NE AT SUMP WALL(IE) -26 POWER SUPPLY.SEE Arlington, WA 98223 HIGH WATER ALARM(IE) 28" ELEC DWGS LAG PUMP ON(IE) 42" PERMIT SET B LEAD PUMP ON(IE) 48" ELEC RECESSED CLOTHES WASHER 05/02/2025 B PUMPS OFF(IE) 60" AND SERVICE OUTLET WITH FLANGES AS INLET PIPE TERMINATION(IE) 66" CONTROL SPECIFIED This drawing is: PANEL WALL STUD(TYP) � 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. SUMP FLOOR(IE) 72" I I 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. TO SANITARY VENT SYSTEM. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's DIMENSIONS ARE INVERT ELEVATIONS POWER WIRING IN CONDUIT. I I I I I SEE DWGS FOR SIZE AND CONT written permission for any other use or reproduction. FROM FINISHED FLOOR SEE ELEC DWGS CONTROL WIRING IN CONDUIT SECURE FLANGE TO I I PROJECT NUMBER: POWER JUNCTION BOX WALL STUD(TYP) I I 3"PW,SIZED FOR 100 3"V SEE DWGS FOR PUMP REMOVAL DFU'S AND 50 GPM.SEE I I 2023-053 CONTINUATION(TYP) �� SYSTEM.SEE NOTE 1 DRAWINGS FOR SIZE& I I CONTINUATION HOSE BIBBS WITH WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS • O O I I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION BOLTED INSPECTION I I OPENING HOLD PIPE ON INSIDE FACE OF I I CONTROL JUNCTION BOX HIGH WATER ALARM BUILDING INSULATION COMPRESS I I INSULATION WHERE REQUIRED. PROVIDE FULL INSULATION THICKNESS I�I STANDPIPE 18"MINIMUM AFF FREEZELESS WALL WHEREVER POSSIBLE HOT AND COLD WATER HYDRANT WITH FROM SOURCE.SEE DWGS I I r LEVEL SENSOR(TYP) VACUUM BREAKER FOR SIZE AND CONT I`^U Pon LAG PUMP ON CW SUPPLY AND HW SUPPLY WHERE 3"W INLET PIPE APPLICABLE.REF PLUMBING FIXTURE SEE NOTE 1 I PROJECT TEAM: X INVERT ELEV AT x LEAD PUMP ON —- - SCHEDULE FOR RUNOUT SIZE rz FINISHED FLOOR I TRAP AND WASTE PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS _ SUMP BASIN PUMPS OFF PROJECT MANAGER: I- BULKHEAD FITTING SELECT EXTENSION DEPTH TO PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH SEE NOTE 2(TYP) SUMP FLOOR MATCH WALL JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG TO SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM. A NON-SLAM CHECK SEE DWGS FOR SIZE AND CONT DRAWING A VALVE(TYP) PUMP INLET 6"ABOVE NOTE: INLET PIPE TERMINATION SUMP FLOOR(TYP) 1. PIPE SHALL BE WITHIN P-TRAP 6"MINIMUM AFF SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMP 36"ABOVE FLOOR OR INSULATED SPACE (TYP) GRADE OR AS NOTED 2. PROVIDE BALL VALVE AT NOTES: MECHANICAL DETAILS NOTES: ON PLAN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION TO SHUT 1. INSTALL BOTTOM OF BOX 42"AFF OR 6"ABOVE TOP OF CLOTHES WASHER,WHICHEVER 1. INCLUDE DUPLEX PUMP REMOVAL SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED. OFF HOSE BIBB ONLY HEIGHT IS GREATER. 2. INCLUDE DUPLEX WASTEWATER VALVE ASSEMBLY AS SPECIFIED INSTEAD OF SEPARATE 2. THIS IS A GENERIC DETAIL AND MAY NOT SHOW FEATURES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 224000 DISCHARGE VALVES FOR SEWAGE PUMP APPLICATIONS. AND SUBSEQUENTLY INCLUDED AS AN APPROVED SUBMITTAL. - 3. PROVIDE SUMP EXTENSION AS REQUIRED TO MEET INLET AND FLOOR ELEVATIONS. DUPLEX SUMP PUMP DETAIL 0 DETAIL - FREEZE RESISTANT WALL HYDRANT DETAIL -CLOTHES WASHER BOX , me.oa SCALE:NONE ms.oa SCALE:NONE lltoa SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.m.re cu 2 3 4 5 D NON-FIRE RATED FIRE RATED CONCRETE FLOOR CONCRETE FLOOR DYKEMAN PIPE THROUGH FLOOR ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN RISER CLAMP(TYP) PIPE INSULATION AS SPECIFIED PIPE INSULATION _ _ Drive RESILIENT SEALANT WHERE SPECIFIED CONCRETE,METAL, CONTINUOUS PIPE CONCRETE,METAL, ON EACH END OF OR WOOD WALL INSULATION FOR OR WOOD WALL PARTITION SLEEVE ASSEMBLY— SSEMBLY COLD PIPES ASSEMBLY FIRE RATED PIPE SLEEVE 1/4"TO • ACOUSTICAL CAULKING (TYP) _ 1/2"GAP 1/4"TO 1/2"GAP 1/2" MIN 1[4"-T01 H R G I S �i GAP- 114"T0.1/2".' GA1P i 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 - 206.448.3376 206.448.4450 har biz gis. DUCT METAL DECK IRESTOPPING ON LOOSE ROCKWOOL OR iPIPE INSULATIONGLASS FIBER ESCUTCHEON ESCUTCHEON EACH END OF PIPE INSULATION PLATE WHERE PIPE PLATE WHERE PIPE RESILIENT 7t.F LEEVE REGISTRATION WHERE SPECIFIED IS EXPOSED(TYP) IS EXPOSED(TYP) SEALANT ON EACH ESCUTCHEON PLATE q END OF SLEEVE WHERE PIPE IS -`pN 3/4"DIA.BACKER ROD PIPE THROUGH FLOOR FIRESTOPPING ON EXPOSED(TYP) PIPE SLEEVE e wa�`r'"O F. C4, L EACH END OF PIPE SLEEVE �e q C /I /I SLEEVE(TYP) q ^I C SLEEVE AS REQUIRED CEILING SPACE) CEILING SPACE) ^ 9FC18 Pq,O \2� NON-FIRE RATED FLOOR FIRE AND SMOKE RATED FLOOR QN ENS' NON-FIRE RATED WALL FIRE AND SMOKE RATED WALL ads NOTE: • • • 1. THIS DETAIL APPLIES TO ALL DUCTS PENETRATING THE WALLS,FLOOR OR CEILING OF ANY NOTES: MECHANICAL ATTIC SPACE AND ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED OR FIRE RESISTIVE 1. EXTEND INSULATION CONTINUOUS THROUGH SLEEVE FOR COLD PIPES. NOTES: Arlington � CONSTRUCTION. 2. SLEEVE NOT REQUIRED FOR EXISTING CONCRETE FLOORS. 1. SLEEVE NOT REQUIRED FOR EXISTING CONCRETE WALLS. Arl I ngton Operations Center DETAIL - DUCT WALL PENETRATION 2 DETAIL -SLEEVES -CONCRETE FLOOR PENETRATION 3 DETAIL -SLEEVES - INTERIOR WALL PENETRATION FOR ms os SCALE:NONE 11tvSCALE:NONE n+s.os SCALE:NONE Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 EXTERIOR INTERIOR CONCRETE,METAL,OR SSEMBLY JACKETING WHERE PIPE IS WOOD WALL INSULATED PERMIT SET B PIPE INSULATION 05/02/2025 1/4"TO 1/2"GAP PIPE B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's SOLID BLOCKING BETWEEN WALL FRAMING written permission for any other use or reproduction. RESILIENT SEALANT ON EACH END OF BOTH HIGH&LOW.SOLID BLOCKING TO PROJECT SLEEVE ESCUTCHEON PLATE WHERE SPAN AT LEAST TWO STUDS PIPE IS EXPOSED 2023-053 PIPE SLEEVE FINISHED GRADE WATERSTOP PLATE AND REINFORCING RIBS SOLID BLOCKING • BETWEEN TANK 3/8"x3"ANCHOR BOLT WITH NUT&WASHER MARK DATE DESCRIPTION —III—III— JACKETING WHERE PIPE IS INSULATED AND WALL (TYPICAL OF 4 PLACES) —III— WATER HEATER SEISMICALLY BRACE HEATER STRAPS FOUNDATION — PIPE INSULATION OR TO WALL WITH 3"WIDE x 18 GAUGE FOOTING WALLL -- PIPE STORAOGRE TANK STEEL STRAPS THREADED ROD, PIPE SLEEVE EXPANSION TANK ATTACH TO STRUCTURE 3"WIDE x 18 GAUGE SEMI-CIRCULAR STEEL HEATER STRAP. BOLT TWO SEMI-CIRCULAR INSULATED PIPE HANGER STRAPS TOGETHER WITH 3/8"BOLTS,NUTS& PIPE HANGER INSULATION WASHERS(TYPICAL 2 PLACES,ONE HIGH& ONELOW) PROJECT /I PLAN VIEW �EARTHJPRINCIPAL I E ESCUTCHEON PLATE WHERE _ PROJECT MANAGER: I- PIPE IS EXPOSED IIIII PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH A III III—III MANUFACTURED PIPE- JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG TO-WALL PENETRATION NOTES: DRAWING A CLOSURE 1. LOCATE UPPER STRAP WITHIN UPPER 1/3 AND LOCATE LOWER STRAP WITHIN LOWER 1/3 OF TANK BUT ABOVE CONTROLS AS APPLICABLE. PIPE. SEE 2. SEISMIC RESTRAINT AND GRAVITY SUPPORT FOR WATER HEATERS,STORAGE TANK,AND EXPANSION DWGS FOR NOTES: TANK ARE DEFERRED SUBMITTAL.CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT INSTALLATION DETAILS OF SEISMIC SIZE AND MECHANICAL DETAILS 1. SLEEVE NOT REQUIRED FOR EXISTING CONCRETE WALLS. RESTRAINT AND GRAVITY SUPPORT TO AHJ PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. CONT(TYP) DETAIL -SLEEVES - EXTERIOR WALL PENETRATION 0 DETAIL -SEISMIC BRACING r6� DETAIL - INSULATED PIPE HANGER • M4 SCALE:NONE M0.05 SCALE:NONE M0.05 SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.m.re cu 1 2 3 4 5 D RIGID DRYER DUCT TO DRYER CLAMP VENT BOOSTER FAN. SEE DYKEMAN DWGS FOR SIZE AND CONT-----_______ OPENING FOR NATURAL GAS 4"ROUND PIPE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN CAM LOCK CONNECTION. SEE DWGS FOR CONT(TYP) PLYWOOD BACKBOARD. - -M..Drive WIDTH AS REQUIRED TO RECESSED DRYER SUPPORT EQUIP.WIDTH+2". 20 GAGE GALVANIZED O O VENT RECEPTACLE HT TO BE MIN 3'6", COORD STEEL BOX WITH OTHER TRADES FOR O O EQUIP.TO BE MOUNTED ON BACKBOARD. FLEXIBLE DRYER DUCT GOOR W D ACCESS LINT BOX ^ J DOOR WITH CAM CONTROLS, 14"DEEP-------- `` LOCK AND PIANO HINGE H AR G I S DISCONNECT& \\\ 01 1/2"PLYWOOD BOARD. STARTER. \ \ 8101 SECURELY FASTEN TO \ 1220 third avenue,suite.44500,Seattle,wa iz 2"UNISTRUT. _ \\ 206.448.3376•206.448.4460 hargis.biz \\\ 12"x12"20 MESH STAINLESS REGISTRATION STEEL FILTER IN 1/4"x1/4" ALUMINUM ANGLE FRAME. 2"UNISTRUT(TYP) \J FABRICATE AND INSTALL ��1 FRAME TO NOT ALLOW AIR F.CAy,� TO BYPASS FILTER. O O O�of w��i C O O q _) c DO NOT BLOCK ACCESS TO i6" v ri MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT--__ SECURELY BOLT 9O, TO FLOOR -l1`9Fcts PEO G��'� ON 6N :::4"PLATES W/4 4"RIGID DUCT FROM DRYER e�e�s BOLTS(TYP) } FLEX DUCT TO •-• • • DRYER OUTLET Arlington Operations ri--�DETAIL -SUPPORT n DETAIL - DRYER LINT BOX n DETAIL - DRYER VENT RECEPTACLE Center M8.o8 SCALE:NONE Me.os SCALE:NONE M 11 SCALE:NONE FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT DUCT SUPPORT. SECURE TO 19700 67th Ave NE TOP CHORD OF TRUSS OR Arlington, WA 98223 JOIST STRUCTURE(TYP) g UNISTRUT OR CHANNEL TO 3/8"BEAD ON DUCT COLLAR SUPPLY AIR DUCT.SEE SPAN BETWEEN TRUSSES PRESSURE INDEPENDENT SEISMIC RESTRAINT E-2 TO ALL THREAD STEEL ROD WITH CLAMP(TYP) DWGS FOR SIZE AND CONT PERMIT SET BY DIV.23-COORDINATE FACTORY DOC VAV TOPCHORD OF TRUSSES OR HANGER SECURED TO TOP VOLUME DAMPER B W/STRUCTURAL CONTROLLER ALTERNATE BUILDING CHORD OF TRUSSES OR LOCATION AS 05/02/2025 g STRUCTURE(TYP) ALTERNATE BUILDING SPECIFIED STRUCTURE(TYP) This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. FLEXIBLE DUCT HANGER(TYP) 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. TYPE H-1 VIBRATION 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's DIV 230900 ISOLATORS(TYP) written permission for any other use or reproductlon. PROJECT FLEX.CONN.FOR PRIMARY MINIMUM 2-1/2 x DUCT DIAMETER AIR AND RETURN DUCT RADIUS.SEE DWGS FOR DUCT 2023-053 SIZE(TYP) SUPPORT BRACKET PRIMARYAIRDUCT (TYP) • THRUST RESTRAINTS AS SPECIFIED ATTACH FLEXIBLE DUCT TO FLEXIBLE DUCT. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CEILING DIFFUSER COLLAR SEE DWGS FOR SIZE WITH CLAMP(TYP) AIR FLOW \\ AIR FLOW FASTENERS ON SEISMIC RESTRAINT.SECURE TO LFAN HOUSING FOUR SIDES MAX 6"FLEX(SMOOTH TOP CHORD OF TRUSS OR JOIST/ SUPPLY DUCT INNER WALL) STRUCTURE(TYP) SEE SCHEDULES FOR FLEX CONN. INLET DUCT SIZE LOOSE CABLE SEE DWGS FOR SIZE PROJECT THERMOSTAT/SENSOR SWAY BRACE AND CONT(TYP) PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS ANGLE IRON(TYP) 3 DUCT DIAMETERS FINISHED CEILING CEILING DIFFUSER PROJECT MANAGER: I- MINIMUM FLF�C CONN STRAIGHT DUCT PROJECT ARCHITECT:JOB CAPTAIN: DF DF,KG A NOTES: NOTES: DRAWING A 1. IN-LINE FAN SHOWN.THIS DETAIL ALSO APPLIES TO CABINET FANS. 1. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND SMACNA RECOMMENDATIONS. NOTES: 2. PROVIDE CLEARANCE FOR MOTOR ACCESS AND FAN MAINTENANCE PER MANUFACTURE 2. USE THIS DETAIL IN LIEU OF RESTRICTED CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSER PLENUM HEAD 1. STRUCTURE MAY VARY.PROVIDE CLEARANCE TO CONTROLS SECTION AND RECOMMENDATIONS AND AHJ REQUIREMENTS. CONNECTION DETAIL IF SPACE IS AVAILABLE. �+ COIL FOR MAINTENANCE&CODE COMPLIANCE. MECHANICAL DETAIL`? DETAIL -TYPICAL HUNG VAV BOX DETAIL -IN-LINE FAN r6-�DETAIL -AIR DEVICES A- DIFFUSER CONNECTION Ms.o6 SCALE:NONE Ms.06 SCALE:NONE to-, SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.m.n as 1 2 3 4 5 p FINISHED WALL VOLUME DAMPER LOCATION PLENUM BOX SUPPORT(2 PER PLENUM 3/8"BEAD ON DUCT COLLAR WITH AS SPECIFIED DUCT SUPPORT.SECURE TO BOX).SECURE TO TOP CHORD OF TRUSS CLAMP AND DUCT SEALER(TYP) DUCT TAKEOFF. BEVEL TOP CORD OF TRUSS OR OR JOIST/STRUCTURE(TYP) OR CONICAL(STRAIGHT GHT JOIST/STRUCTURE(TYP) FLEXIBLE DUCT HANGER DYKEMAN SEISMIC TAP NOT ALLOWED) SECURE TTOSTOP CHORD AT MID LENGTH MAIN DUCT.SEE DWGS BRANCH DUCT SHALL OF TRUSS OR JOIST/ DUCT SUPPORT STRAP.SECURE DESIGNARCHITECTURE +FOR SIZE AND CONT STRUCTURE(TYP)MATCH SIZE OF GRILLE,MIN TO TOP CORD OF TRUSS OR 3 DUCT DIAMETERS SOUNDLINED JOIST/STRUCTURE(TYP) SHEET METAL - - MI..Drive PLENUM BOX SIDEWALL SUPPLY F • GRILLE 4„ I I ' 4- H A R G I S L J r , 6"MIN 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206.448.4460 hargis.biz VOLUME DAMPER FASTENERS(TYP) FINISHED CEILING LOCATION AS SPECIFIED CEILING RETURN/EXHAUST GRILLE REGISTRATION 9 MIN INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT.INSTALL WITH INNER DUCT RETURN/EXHAUST AIR DUCT.SEE STRETCHED TAUT(TAKE UP SLACK.5'MAX LENGTH) DWGS FOR SIZE AND CONT ,a1 F.Cry, p`roe wash`\L ti C C NOTES: NOTES: v R 1. PROVIDE MINIMUM 5'-0"OF STRAIGHT DUCT FROM VOLUME DAMPER TO GRILLE FACE UNLESS 1. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND SMACNA RECOMMENDATIONS. 9q, AsrLm NOTED OR INDICATED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 2. FLEX DUCT SHALL BE LIMITED IN LENGTH AS SPECIFIED WHERE SPACE ALLOWS. i�•9E�ts Er 2. MAIN DUCT HEIGHT SHALL BE 4"GREATER THAN BRANCH DUCT. 3. PLENUM BOX SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS GRILLE. ON ENG 3. DUCT INSULATION NOT SHOWN.PROVIDE AS SPECIFIED. 4. INCREASE PLENUM BOX HEIGHT FOR CLEARANCES OF OTHER EQUIPMENT. ••�� 4. OPPOSED BLADE DAMPERS ARE NOT ALLOWED AS PART OF GRILLE ASSEMBLY UNLESS 5. PROVIDE SOUNDLINED DUCT AS SPECIFIED OR SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.WHERE SOUNDLINED OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. DUCT IS NOT ALLOWED,PROVIDE SHEET METAL BOX FULL SIZE OF GRILLE. 0 DETAIL -AIR DEVICES G -SIDEWALL GRILLE CONNECTION 0 DETAIL -AIR DEVICES F -CEILING RETURN GRILLE Arlington Operations Me.07 SCALE:NONE Me.07 SCALE:NONE Center FOR Snohomish County SEAL DUCT PLENUM TO LOUVER Public Works EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLY. WATERTIGHT WITH DUCT SEALER SEE ARCH DWGS--------, WGS PLENUM AT INSULATION R-VALUE TO BE SAME OR GREATER THAN WALL R-VALUE 19700 67th Ave NE RETURN AIR DUCT IN SEE DWGS FRAMING CAULK AND SEAL PERIMETER WALL TIGHT TO ONE FOR SIZE AND STUDS -- Arlington, WA 98223 (INTERIOR)SIDE CONT(TYP) (TYP) DUCT. SEE DWGS BETWEEN STUDS FOR SIZE AND CONT MOTORIZED DAMPER PERMIT SET B WALL INTERIOR WALL i II i' i BIRD SCREEN J 05/02/2025 B I DUCF li / This drawing is: it iBEHIOPi� li ((( 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. DUCT DUCT j :WALL,,—_,.i' BACKDRAFT AND/OR MOTORIZED 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 'I DAMPER AS SHOWN ON DWGS �' ATTACH DUCT PLENUM TO 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's �I I AND/OR SPECIFIED LOUVER.COORDINATE LOUVER written emrission for an other use or reproduction. _ n )� P Y P LOCATION WITH ARCH DWGS RETURN GRILLE. RETURN GRILLE. PROJECT EXHAUST LOUVER AND SCREEN, �il M SEE DWGS SEE DWGS I li (INTAKE SIMILAR).SIZE AS 10"TO 24" NOTE 5 i i SHOWN ON DWGS r �-► DUCTACCESSDOOR 2023-053 SEE ENLARGED VIEW A / SLOPE DUCT DOWN AT 1/2" • BOTTOM 4"MIN(TYP) __r_i___FT-- __ I PER LF FROM END OF OF GRILLE FINISHED iL__1_i___L 1__Ji FIN SHED FLOOR COATING TO LOUVER MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ELEVATION. EXTERIOR __ SEE DWGS F OOR - ZI 24"x FULL WIDTH BOTTOM RETURN GRILLE.SEE DWGS BITUMINOUS COATING. ACCESS DOOR WITH HINGE AND STUD(TYP) EXTEND TO ACCESS DOOR LATCH.ACCESS DOOR ON SIDE DUCT SUPPORT SECURED TO BACK SHALL BE FULL HEIGHT OF DUCT ! — SIDE OF WALL(TYP) ( SCREEN ) SIDE VIEW SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW LOUVER FRAME (DUCT IN WALL (DUCT ON BACK (DUCT ON BACK 1/4"WEEP HOLES BETWEEN STUDS) SIDE OF WALL) SIDE OF WALL) (6"OC) PROJECT BITUMINOUS PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS COATING.EXTEND PROJECT MANAGER: I- NOTES: 'FLASHING PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH i TO ACCESS DOOR i I 1. REFER TO DRAWINGS AND SPECS FOR BALANCING DAMPER LOCATIONS. JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A 2. BLADES SHALL FACE TOWARD FLOOR IF LESS THAN 6'-0"AFF.OTHERWISE BLADES SHALL FACE SEALANT A TOWARD CEILING. ( ) DRAWING TITLE: 3. GRILLE SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM FRAMING. _ ^ENLARGED VIEW 4. PAINT INSIDE OF DUCT BLACK WHERE VISIBLE THROUGH GRILLE. 5. MIN DUCT WIDTH SHALL BE GRILLE HEIGHT. NOTES: MECHANICAL DETAILS 1. PLENUM DEPTH 36"MINIMUM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DWGS. 2. PROVIDE SECURITY BARS AS SPECIFIED AND AS SHOWN ON DWGS. 0 DETAIL -AIR DEVICES J -WALL MOUNTED RETURN GRILLE 0 DETAIL - LOUVER M8.07 SCALE:NONE M8.07 SCALE:NONE • , 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.m.n as 1 2 3 4 5 INDOOR UNIT. D SEE NOTE 1 LONG SWEEP ELBOWS INSULATED REFRIGERANT FLEXIBLE DRAIN HOSE BETWEEN PAN SECTIONS(TYP) PIPING DETAILS.SEE DYKEMAN DWGS FOR SIZE SEE DUCTLESS ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN REFRIGERANT SHEET METAL PAN(TYP). PIPING DETAIL SEE NOTES 1 AND 2 OUTDOOR UNIT - Marine Vie,Drive SEE NOTE 2 J OUTDOOR UNIT W to CONNECT TO AIR DISCHARGE CONDENSATE OUTDOOR CONDENSING PAN OUTLET SECURE EQUIPMENT TO FRAME UNIT. WITH WB-1,NEOPRENE WASHER H A R G I S AND BUSHING WITH BOLT.SEE DIV DIV 230550 FOR ADDITIONAL TERMINATE DRAIN OVER INFORMATION.(TYP) FLOOR RECEPTOR WITH STAINLESS STEEL OR 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 AIR GAP OR OUTDOOR ALUMINUM MODULAR FRAME 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 nargis.biz PRE-INSULATED ABOVE GRADE. SEE FOR EQUIPMENT SUPPORT. REFRIGERANT PIPING IN _ DWGS FOR SIZE AND CONT BOTTOM OF PAN — REGISTRATION _ CONCRETE SLAB STAMPS: BALL VALVE(TYP) 8'MIN(TYP) CONCRETE SUPPORT - .ei1 F.CA, WITH TYPE IP ISOLATION o, o1 WAS, °i �— _ c -III PADS(TYP) c'TYPE IP-1,NEOPRENE PAD � C —III 18"EQUIPMENTSTAND BETWEEN EQUIPMENT AND v Rom, —III—III= BASE,DVERSITECH FRAME.SEE DIV DIV 230548 QSSB74-18,OR APPROVED. - • FOR ADDITIONAL FCIStEPE UNDISTURBED =III= —III - -III INFORMATION.(TYP) ANCHOR STAND BASE TO Op LNG EARTH _III �� I I— •� NOTES: CONCRETE SLAB BRACKET WITH BOLT AND 1. FABRICATE PAN FROM 20 GAGE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL. PAN DIMENSIONS 12"WIDE BY 6"DEEP. LOCKING HARDWARE TOP OF VERTICAL SIDES HEMMED. SUPPORT BASE WITH LOCKING THREAD LEVELING 2. HANG PAN FROM STRUCTURE WITH ALL-THREAD RODS AT 10'-0"CENTERS,MINIMUM OF 2 HANGERS NOTES: PER SECTION. 1. WALL MOUNTED INDOOR UNIT SHOWN.PIPING FOR 4-WAY,2-WAY,AND 1-WAY CEILING CASSETTE Arlington Operations 3. THIS DETAIL ALSO APPLIES TO VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW(VRF)SYSTEMS WITH A THIRD UNITS SIMILAR. COMBINED LIQUID VAPOR PIPE FOR EACH ZONE. MULTIPLE STACKED PIPES IN PAN ACCEPTABLE. 2. PROVIDE CLEARANCE TO WALLS PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION REQUIREMENT. NOTES: Center 1.TOP OF CONDENSING UNIT SHALL BE LEVEL WHERE INSTALLED ON SLOPED GRADE. 2.REFER TO MANUFACTURER FOR PIPING CONNECTIONS. 0 DETAIL - DUCTLESS REFRIGERANT PIPING n DIAGRAM - DUCTLESS SPLIT HEAT PUMP SYSTEM n FOR DETAIL - EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ON GRADE Snohomish County M9.o8 SCALE:NONE M9.o8 SCALE:NONE M9.o8 SCALE:NONE (D O (D O Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B a 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 72 _ 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. & i ALL THREAD STEEL RODS 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. FLOOR/ROOF DECK ABOVE 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's / \ 1"CONDENSATE SECURED TO TOP CHORD OF written permission for any other use or reproductlon. 7 ® / \ VENT OPEN TO PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR TRUSSES OR ALTERNATE / ATMOSPHERE HANGERS BUILDING STRUCTURE(TYP) PROJECT NUMBER: ' (NOTE 1) ° ( 2023-053 CONDENSATE MAIN . CLEAN CONNECT TO MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PLUG / TOP OF MAIN 11 MAIN PUMPED CONDENSATE O O \ 1 DRAIN.REFER TO 3" DWGS.FOR SIZES Z7 1 SEISMIC BRACING SLOPE � 10 a Fcu CONDENSATE ® ® ISOLATORS(TYP)VIBRATION PIPING DOWN TOWARDS RECEPTOR O OA CONNECTION O RA FILTER PROJECT TEAM: RLL CASSETTE FAN CEILING PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS CONDENSATE PIPING INTERNAL CONDENSATE PUMP RSL PROJECT MANAGER: (- O SA CONNECTION CA FILTER COIL SUPPORT BRACKET(TYP) PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH eO A O RA CONNECTION O HEAT EXCHANGER NOTES: I JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG A 1. VENT RISER SHALL BE INSTALLED TO EXTEND 3"HIGHER THAN ALL PORTIONS OF THE CONDENSATE I DRAWING EA CONNECTION 10 ROTOR MOTOR DISCHARGE SYSTEM.INSTALL CLEANOUT ON END OF RUN. f \ CEILING 2. CONNECT INDIVIDUAL CONDENSATE LINES INTO MAIN HEADER.DISCHARGE INTO TAIL PIECE OF O SA FAN 11 ROTOR BELT SINK.CONDENSATE DRAIN SHALL BE SLOPPED AT 1/4"PER LINEAR FOOT. SUPPLY AIR RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR INTEGRAL CONDENSATE MECHANICAL DETAILS O RA FAN is ELECTRICAL CONNECTION BOX PUMP 0 DETAIL - HRU (2)DETAIL - FCU CONDENSATE DRAIN CONNECTION DETAIL -CEILING CASSETTE FAN COIL , M9.og SCALE:NONE M9.08 SCALE:NONE \t.08J SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.m.n as 1 2 3 4 5 D PROVIDE HARD DUCT CONNECTIONS TO FAN COIL SUPPORTS,BRACING VRF FAN COIL UNITS.PROVIDE AND ISLOATORS AS UNIT FILTER PROVIDE HARD DUCT SUPPORTS,BRACING VRF FAN COIL TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED. THE REQUIRED. REFER SECTION . CONNECTIONS TO FAN COIL AND ISLOATORS AS UNIT FILTER YKEMAN UNITS.PROVIDE REQUIRED.REFER SECTION SUPPLY OUTLET DUCT. VRF FAN COIL UNIT TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED. TO SPECS. PROVIDE 1"SOUND LINING RETURN INLET TOP ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN FOR ENTIRE DUCT.REFER SCREENED SUPPLY OUTLET DUCT. VRF FAN COIL RETURN INLET DUCT.PROVIDE TO PLANS FOR DUCT SIZES OPENING.REFER TO PROVIDE 1"SOUND LINING UNIT 1"SOUND LINIING FOR ENTIRE PLANS FOR SIZES FOR ENTIRE DUCT.REFER DU EFECT.RR TO .PLANS FOR STRUCTURE —dyke arnet 17 6 West Marine Vie,Drive TO PLANS FOR DUCT SIZES. DUCT SIZES. fr F ..3, IT) 2nd Floor/Everett,WA 98201 STRUCTURE r ' r, ^ 'r ^' ^' 161 6"MIN. • ;I ;I I,t ;I H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz SUPPLY DUCT TAPS. BACKDRAFT RETURN INLET DUCT.PROVIDE REFER TO PLANS FOR DAMPER 1"SOUND LINING FOR ENTIRE SUPPLY DUCT TAPS. BACKDRAFT DAMPER CEILING RETURN INLET DUCT TAPS.REFER DUCT SIZES. DUCT.REFER TO PLANS FORREGISTRATION REFER TO PLANS FOR TO PLANS FOR DUCT SIZES. VENTILATION DUCT DUCT SIZES. DUCT SIZES. TAPS.REFER TO PLANS PROVIDE HARD DUCT VENTILATION DUCT PROVIDE HARD DUCT FOR DUCT SIZES. ,a1 F. y,Cr TAPS.REFER TO PLANS CONNECTIONS TO FILTER CONNECTIONS TO FILTER O of wASH. �,1 FOR DUCT SIZES. SECTIONS.PROVIDE SECTIONS.PROVIDE a ry\C TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED. TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED. C 9 55 DEATAIL -VRF FAN COIL UNIT OVER CEILING 0 DETAIL -VRF FAN COIL UNIT EXPOSED 9F01S,a��,a` M9.09 SCALE:NONE M9.09 SCALE:NONE ON EN Arlington Operations FROM HEAT Center SHUTOFF PUMPS---- VALVE JYP) U U FOR SHUTOFF VALVE(TYP) 3- 2"BALL VALVE W/2" DDC TEMPERATURE Snohomish County HOSE THREAD SENSOR W/WELL END AND CAP FOR Public Works FILL AND FLUSH,TYP. DDC DIFFERENTIAL DDC SENSOR 2"BALL VALVE W/2" PRESSURE SENSOR-- AT HOSE THREAD pp STEM TYPE THERMOMETER END AND CAP FOR (RANGE 10"F TO 100"F)(TYP) FILL AND FLUSH,TYP.T AUTOMATIC FLOW 19700 67th Ave NE FACTORY FABRICATED HEADER,SIZED � LIMITING DEVICE Arlington, WA 98223 PER PLAN.CONTRACTOR'S OPTION TO U FIELD FABRICATE GEOTHERMAL U WYE STRAINER HEADER.SEE PLANS FOR NUMBER OF I WELLS CONNECTED TO EACH HEADER a PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 SECURE EQUIPMENT TO FRAME HP-0B SHUTOFF W ITH WB-1,NEOPRENE WASHER This drawing is: VALVE(TYP) AND BUSHING WITH BOLT.SEE DIV PROVIDE BALL VALVE WITH 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. INSULATE PER DIV FOR ADDITIONAL THREADED HOSE CAP.TYP 2.The Architect's Instrument Professional Service. SPECIFICATIONS PETE'S INFORMATION. ION.(TYP) 3.For use on this project only..Obtain Architect's LL PLUG(TYP) NC STAINLESS STEEL OR written permission for any other use or reproduction. 4 BALANCING ALUMFOR EQUUM IPMENT PMENT MODULAR SUP FRAME -• CWS FROM WELL VALVE(TYP) FIELDS(TYP) SLEEVE&CAULK CONCRETE SLAB-----,,,,,,, 2023-053 PIPE PENETRATIONS ; OF FLOOR FOR A • WATER TIGHT SEAL. COPPER PIPE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PIPE PENETRATIONS a TYPE IP-1,NEOPRENE PAD U � a CWR TO WELL THRU FLOOR SHALL 3 � 3 3 FIELDS TYP 6"EQUIPMENT STAND r, U U U U U ( ) BASE,DIVERSITECH BETWEEN ME.SEE DIV D V 305 8 BE MINIMUM 6"PIPE - - - EDGE TO PIPE EDGE - - FINISHED QSSB74-18,OR APPROVED. - FOR ADDITIONAL FLOOR INFORMATION.(TYP) ANCHOR STAND BASE TO TRANSITION CONCRETE SLAB BRACKET WITH BOLT AND BETWEEN HOPE LOCKING HARDWARE NOTES: AND COPPER SUPPORT BASE WITH LOCKING 1.SLAB ON GRADE PIPE PENETRATIONS SHALL BE MINIMUM 6"BETWEEN OTHER PIPE PENETRATIONS(PIPE EDGE TO PIPE EDGE) HDPE PIPE THREAD LEVELING TO MEET WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS.REFER TO ARCH DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL WATERPROOFING REQUIREMENTS. PROJECT 2.PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS TO SERVICE ALL VALVES AND ACCESSORIES.COORDINATE WITH ARCH FOR SIZES AND LOCATIONS. 3.REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR LOCATIONS WHERE CWS/R HEADERS ARE REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED IN FRONT OF ONE NOTES: PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS ANOTHER.INSTALL HEADER HEIGHTS AT OFFSET ELEVATIONS SO ALL VALVES AND ACCESSORIES ARE ACCESSIBLE THROUGH 1.TOP OF HEAT PUMP SHALL BE LEVEL. PROJECT MANAGER: I- ACCESS PANELS. 2.REFER TO MANUFACTURER FOR PIPING CONNECTIONS. PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH 3.TERMINATE DRAIN INTO FLOOR SINK WITH MIN 1"AIR GAP. JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A DRAWING DETAIL -GROUND SOURCE HEADER ELEVATION 0 GROUND SOURCE VRF HEAT PUMP INSTALLATION M9.09 SCALE:NONE M9.09 SCALE:NONE MECHANICAL DETAILS 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.ra.ra cu 1 2 3 4 5 ABBREVIATIONS CONTROL EQUIPMENT LEGEND D DESCRIPTION SYMBOL SYMBOL WITH ASSOCIATED POINTS POINTS Al ANALOG INPUT,A PHYSICAL INPUT TO THE CONTROL MODULE. POINT NAME MARK AI AO BI BO ALARM COMMENTS MOTORIZED D „ln`-�"� Air Damper Dtt X I X #DENOTES DAMPER INDICATED ON DIAGRAM AO ANALOG OUTPUT,A PHYSICAL OUTPUT TO THE CONTROL MODULE. DAMPER Damper fail position and normal position shall be as indicated in the sequences. AND DESCRIBED IN SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. MODULATING REFER TO SEQUENCES OF OPERATION. DYKEMAN AV ANALOG VALUE,AN INTERMEDIATE(SOFTWARE)POINT THAT MAY BE EDITABLE POINT NAME MARK At AO BI BO ALARM COMMENTS OR READ ONLY. EDITABLE AVS ARE TYPICALLY USED TO ALLOW THE USER TO ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SET A FIXED CONTROL PARAMETER,SUCH AS A SETPOINT. READ ONLY AVS ARE MOTORIZED M D# I:I.. Air Damper ptt x x #DENOTES DAMPER INDICATED ON DIAGRAM �S�c Damper fail position and normal position shall be as indicated in the sequences. AND DESCRIBED IN SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. TYPICALLY USED TO DISPLAY THE STATUS OF A CONTROL OPERATION. DAMPER REFER TO SEQUENCES OF OPERATION. 2-POSITION 16 17 6 West Marine Vie,Drive BI BINARY INPUT,A PHYSICAL INPUT TO THE CONTROL MODULE. POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS AIRFLOW AFMS Airflow Monitoring Station AFMS x BO BINARY OUTPUT.A PHYSICAL OUTPUT FROM THE CONTROL MODULE. MEASURING STATION • BV BINARY VALUE,AN INTERMEDIATE(SOFTWARE)POINT THAT MAY BE EDITABLE POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS OR READ ONLY. EDITABLE BVs ARE TYPICALLY USED TO ALLOW THE USER TO FREEZE STATE F7 r, Freezestat Fz x x SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES FOR CONTROL H A R G I S SET A FIXED CONTROL PARAMETER,SUCH AS A SETPOINT. READ ONLY BVs ARE VALVE INFORMATION,2-WAY OR 3-WAY.PROVIDE TYPICALLY USED TO DISPLAY THE STATUS OF A CONTROL OPERATION. FEEDBACK WHERE NOTED IN SEQUENCE. POINT NAME MARK AI AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS COV CHANGE OF VALUE OF A INPUT POINT. ELECTRONIC EEI Electronic Expansion Valve EEV X x WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,we 98101 EXPANSION —07o— Valve fail position and normal position shall be as indicated in the sequences. 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 • hargis.biz DOC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM VALVE POINT NAME MARK AI AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS REGISTRATION STAMPS: SCHED SCHEDULE,THE CONTROL ALGORITHM FOR THIS EQUIPMENT BUILDING gp /� Building Pressure BP X SHALL INCLUDE A USER EDITABLE SCHEDULE. /� �� sure PRESSURE \� -ay F.CA , SENSOR O °f WAS',,"I TREND THE CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL BE CONFIGURED TO COLLECT AND DISPLAY A POINT NAME MARK AI AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS �- C TREND LOG OF THIS OBJECT.THE TRENDING INTERVAL SHALL BE NO LESS THAN DUCT Supply Air Temp Ts x C ONE SAMPLE EVERY 5 SECONDS. (CHANGE OF VALUE TRENDING(COV),WHERE A TS vh' R SAMPLE IS TAKEN EVERY TIME THE VALUE CHANGES BY MORE THAN A TEMPERATURESENSOR 9O, USER-DEFINED MINIMUM,IS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVE). -lt`9FCf8tEPE0 G�2 POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS ON EN ALARM THE CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL BE CONFIGURED TO GENERATE AN ALARM DUCT H L Air Static Pressure SPS x a�a�ns WHEN THIS OBJECT EXCEEDS USER DEFINABLE LIMITS,AS DESCRIBED IN THE PRESSURE H L SEQUENCE OF CONTROLS. SENSOR I MUZIL"12111111111111193=1011111 • ACTIVE WHEN A HVAC UNIT IS CALLING FOR HEATING,COOLING OR AIR FLOW. POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS Arlington Operations DUCT H A L Air Static Pressure Alarm SPA x Center NOTE:ALL OF THE ABOVE SHALL BE PROVIDED AS BACNET OBJECTS. PRESSURE H A L Air Static Pressure Alarm Reset SPAR X ALARM SPAR FOR DDC GENERAL NOTES: Snohomish County POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS 1. CONTROLS WIRING IN OCCUPIED/FINISHED SPACES SHALL BE CONCEALED. COORDINATE FAN WITH 8F sF Fan VFD Speed SFSP X ROUTING WITH OWNER/A/E PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. VARIABLE VFD CT VFD M� Fan Failure SFF x Public Works 2. PROVIDE COMMUNICATION DEVICES VIA BACNET WHERE INTERFACE TO EMS SOLUTION FREQUENCY IS ALLOWED. DRIVE Fan Status SIPS x AT 3. CONNECT ALL AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT TO FIRE ALARM PANEL THROUGH DDC FOR Fan VFD BacNel PROVIDE NETWORK CONNECTION AND MAPPING FOR VFD. SHUTDOWN. SEE SECTION 230900 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. Fan St.,/Stop SFE x 4. FINAL LOCATION OF MAIN CONTROL PANEL PER OWNER.ROUTE WIRING FROM ALL 19700 67th Ave NE REMOTE OF'S ON HYDRONIC SYSTEM BACK TO CONTROL PANEL IN BOILER ROOM. 5. PROVIDE UPS FOR DDC MAIN CONTROL PANEL AND OPERATORS STATION. Arlington, WA 98223 6. PROVIDE APPLICABLE LAMINATED CONTROL DRAWING IN EACH CONTROL CABINET. DUCT MOUNT WALL MOUNT DUCT MOUNT WALL MOUNT— POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS 7. DRAWINGS SHALL BE CONCURRENTLY REVIEWED AT TIME OF SUBMITTAL RELEASE BY CARBON — — — — — — — — — — — — Carron Dioxide Sensor cot x % PROVIDE CO2 SENSOR WHERE SCHEDULED DIOXIDE SENSOR AND SHOWN°"HVA°DRAW lNGs. PERMIT SET OWNER,COMMISSIONING AGENT,AND THE A/E TEAM. � co, � � co, � � co, � � co, � 8. ALL ALARMS SHALL BE EVENT ENROLLMENT TYPE OR ENHANCED IF APPLICABLE. B 9. PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE INSTALLATION OF THE CONTROL SYSTEM,PROVIDE L _ _ J L _ _ J L _ _ _ _ J L _ _ _ _ _ J 05/02/2025 USER INTERFACE(SCREEN GRAPHICS)&PHYSICAL MOCKUP OF EACH OF THE POINT NAME MARK Al AD BI BO ALARM COMMENTS B FOLLOWING SYSTEM TYPES: OCCUPANCY Occupancy Sensor OCC X PROVIDE WIRING TO DIV 26 OCCUPANCY A. TYPICAL AIR HANDLING UNIT PER SHEET M10.05. SENSOR OCC OCC SENSOR OR DIMMING CONTROL MODULE.SEE This drawing is: B. SCHEDULED EXHAUST FAN WITH THERMOSTAT AND CONTROLS PER SHEET ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS. 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. M10.04. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. C. SPLIT SYSTEM CONTROLS PER SHEET M10.04. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 10. AS PART OF THE USER INTERFACE(SCREEN GRAPHICS)FOR THE PROJECT,PROVIDE TRIMPOINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS written permission for any other use or reproduction. THE FOLLOWING: DISPLAY zone Temp TRIM x x PROJECT NUMBER: A. FLOOR PLANS SHOWING MECHANICAL ROOMS AND INDIVIDUAL PIECES OF TEMPERATURE zone Setpoint Adjust TA x EQUIPMENT THAT ARE NOT IN MECHANICAL ROOMS. WHEN AN INDIVIDUAL PIECE SENSOR 8 O zone Override TRO x OF EQUIPMENT IS SELECTED ON THE GRAPHIC,THE SCHEMATIC FOR THAT PIECE 2023-053 OF EQUIPMENT SHALL COME UP ON THE SCREEN. WHEN A MECHANICAL ROOM IS SELECTED,THE GRAPHIC FOR THAT ROOM,SHOWING ALL EQUIPMENT IN THE POINT NAME MARK Al AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS ROOM,SHALL COME UP ON THE SCREEN.WHEN THE INDIVIDUAL PIECES OF - • EQUIPMENT IN THE MECHANICAL ROOM ARE SELECTED,THE SCHEMATIC FOR FLAT PLATE Space Temp TRIM x x THAT PIECE OF EQUIPMENT SHALL COME UP. PROVIDE"BUTTONS"ON THE THERMOSTAT/ g S MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SCREENS TO ALLOW FOR RETURN TO THE PREVIOUS PLAN SCREENS. B. PROVIDE A GRAPHICS SCREEN OF THE BOILERIPUMP SYSTEM THAT INCLUDES A SCHEMATIC OF THE SYSTEM,LOCATION IN SCHEMATIC AND VALUE OF ALL POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS SENSORS,LOCATION AND POSITION OF ALL VALUES,LOCATION AND VALUE OF ALL FLOW SENSORS,LOCATION AND VALUE OF DP-S. WATER METER OW wM Q water Meter wM x x NORMALLY OPEN VALVE UNLESS INDICATED C. PROVIDE A GRAPHIC SCREEN THAT SHOWS THE TOTALIZED HOURS OF RUN TIME OTHERWISE. FOR EACH BINARY OUTPUT POINT(HVAC EQUIPMENT AND LIGHTING ZONES). D. WHERE CX FINAL SETPOINT IS DIFFERENT THAN THE INITIAL SPECIFIED SETPOINT, POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS THE SETPOINT SHALL INDICATE AS A DIFFERENT COLOR THAN THE INITIAL FAN WITH Fan status Fs x SPECIFIED SETPOINT. MOTOR E. TREND MONITORING: STARTER/RELAY R cr M Fan Start/Stop FE X a. ANALOG SETPOINTS SHALL BE TRENDED BASED ON A CHANGE OF VALUE Fan Failure x PROJECT -• (ADJUSTMENT OF SETPOINT). Fan in Hand x PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS b. ANALOG INPUTS SHALL BE TRENDED BASED ON TIME,INITIALLY SET AT 15 MINUTES(ADJUSTABLE),OR CHANGE OF VALUE. SEE SCHEDULE ON SHEET PROJECT MANAGER: I- M10.01. PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH C. BINARY OUTPUT AND INPUT POINTS SHALL BE TRENDED BASED ON POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A CHANGE OF VALUE. ELECTRIC FAN&HEATING COIL FAN&HEATING COIL Unit Heater Enable UHE X A 11. CONTROL DRAWINGS SUBMITTAL SHALL INCLUDE A SCHEDULE OF THE DIFFERENT UNIT HEATER •- AWING TITLE: TYPES OF TEMPERATURE SENSORS THAT WILL BE USED ON THE PROJECT ALONG WITH ROOM SUPPLY ROOM SUPPLY THE LOCATIONS THAT EACH SENSOR WILL BE USED. AIR AIR AIR AIR � � � � � � MECHANICAL CONTROLS GENERAL NOTES: ALL POINTS ARE HARDWIRED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL POINTS SHALL BE DISPLAYED ON GRAPHIC USER INTERFACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL POINTS SHALL BE TRENDED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 1 2 1 3 4 5 aztrzozs z.tc.ta nu 2 3 4 5 CONTROL EQUIPMENT LEGEND D DESCRIPTION SYMBOL SYMBOL WITH ASSOCIATED POINTS POINTS POINT NAME MARK At AO BI BO ALARM COMMENTS DUCT SMOKE DS DSD Duct Smoke Detector DSD COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH DETECTOR DIV 28 CONTRACTOR . —J RA d RA Fp POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN FILTER H(DL L Filter Pressure Drop Sensor FPS X X PRESSURE DROP SENSOR ke - Marine Vie,Drive => 425.259.161 (T) 2rd Floor/Everett,WA 98201 FILTERS FILTERS • POINT NAME MARK At AO BI DO ALARM COMMENTS PUMP CIRCULATION Circulation Pump Status CPS X X H / \ R G I S WITH MOTOR M M C,PS, Circulation Pump Start/Stop CPE X x /w` STARTER/ DT RELAY R CPE 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS WATER Water Heater Enable/Disable WHE X PROVIDE MOTOR STARTER FOR HEATER ELECTRIC WATER HEATER AS REQUIRED. WATER WATER FOR MOTOR STARTER RESPONSIBILTYREGISTRATION SEE SPEC 230513"ELECTRICAL HEATER($) HEATERS) PROVISION FOR MECHANICAL WORK". Qp' F.CA,' O Qf wASH`\L ti C WATERHEATER WATER ER C INTER HEAT FACE INTERFACE 9 `)a: 455 WHE 9FCIStEPEQ G�2 ON 6N POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS e�e/aw.s OUTDOOR Outside Air Temp TO X _ SENSOR Outside Air Humidity HO X • • • ARRAY T T TO Photocell PH X H H HO Carbon Dioxide Sensor Co X Arlington Operations O02 Outside Air Enthalpy EO Calculated value. Sensor Failure x Center P P PH FOR EXTERIOR WALL EXTERIOR WALL POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS Snohomish County SPLIT SYSTEM DX F DX F Supply Fan Status SFS X AC UNIT Supply Fan Start/Stop SFE X Public Works Compressor Start/Stop CE X M M x AT Compressor Status CS Condenser Fan Status CFS x Supply Fan Failure X 19700 67th Ave NE R SFE Compressor Failure x Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B ACV This drawing is: CONDENSING UNIT CONDENSING UNIT 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. CONTROL PANEL CONTROL PANEL 2.The'Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS PROJECT VRF Unit Interface BACNet Mapping of all zone level equipment temperature CONDENSING satpoints,operational schedules,fan settings,outdoor unit 2023-053 UNIT mode,and alarm status.Provide on separate screen minimum of 25 diagnostic points coordinated with vendor,Cx agent,and EOR. CONDENSING UNIT CONDENSING UNIT • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION VRF VRF MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER CONTROL PANEL CONTROL PANEL POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS SOFTWARE LIGHTING/RECEPTACLE LIGHTING/RECEPTACLE Lighting Control Panel DDC PROVIDE INTEGRATION OF ZONING AND SCHEDULING MATCHI LIGHTING/ CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL DRAWINGSNG DIVISION 26 PROJECT RECEPTACLE PANEL PANEL CONTROL PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH DDC JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS DRAWING SINGLE DUCT FROM SUPPLY FROM SUPPLY AlrN—(CFMfmm unit) AF x x F PRIMARYAIR HRU M AIR HRU M AIR Discharge Air Temp TS X VAv F Zone Damper ZD X MECHANICAL DAMPER CONTROLS GENERAL NOTES: • ALL POINTS ARE HARDWIRED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. • ALL POINTS SHALL BE DISPLAYED ON GRAPHIC USER INTERFACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. • ALL POINTS SHALL BE TRENDED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.ra.rs cu 1 2 3 4 5 1. Unless otherwise indicated,control loops shall be enabled and disabled based on the status of the system being B. Exceptions controlled to prevent wind-up. 1. Operators shall be able to manually fix staging order via software points on graphics D 2. When a control loop is enabled,it and all its constituents(such as the proportional and integral terms)shall be set overriding the Even Wear or Periodic Rotation logic above,but not overriding the In 1. This section applies to all single zone systems and sub-zones of air handling systems,such as VAV boxes,fan-powered to a Neutral value. Alarm or Hand Operation logic below. boxes,etc. 3. A control loop in Neutral shall correspond to a condition which applies the minimum control effect,i.e. 2. In Alarm: If the lead device has a fault condition or has been manually switched off,a 2, Minimum Outdoor Air valves/dampers closed,VFDs at minimum speed,etc. Level 2 alarm shall be generated and the device shall be set to the last stage position in A. For every zone that requires mechanical ventilation,the zone minimum outdoor airflows and setpoints shall be DYKEMAN 4. When there are multiple outdoor air temperature sensors,the system shall use the valid sensor which is physically the lead/lag order until alarm is reset by operator.Staging position of remaining devices calculated depending on the governing standard or code for outdoor air requirements.Zones that do not require closest to the equipment being controlled. shall follow the prevailing(Even Wear or Periodic Rotation)logic.A device in alarm can mechanical ventilation may disregard this section. A. Outdoor air temperature sensors at air handler outdoor air intakes shall be considered valid only when the only automatically move up in the staging order if another device goes into alarm.Fault 3. Setpoints supply fan is proven on and unit is in Occupied Mode(producing airflow across the sensor). conditions include the following: ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN B. The general TS-4 outdoor air temperature sensor shall be valid only if all outdoor air intake sensors are a. Variable Speed Fans and Pumps A. Each zone shall have separate occupied and unoccupied heating and cooling setpoints. invalid. 1. VFD critical fault is ON B. The active setpoints shall be determined by the operating Mode of the Zone Group[see 1.3C.7]. C. The outdoor air temperature used for graphics display,optimum start,plant OAT lockout,and other global 2. Status point not matchingits on/off point for 15 seconds while the device 1. The setpoints shall be the occupied setpoint during Occupied Mode,Warm-up Mode,and Cool-down Mode. p 9 p g 2. The setpoints shall be unoccupied setpoints during Unoccupied Mode,Setback Mode,and Setup Mode. -dyke-net 1716 West Marine Vie,Drive sequences shall be the average of all valid sensor readings. is commanded on C. Default set points shall be based on zone type:See Sheet M10 Series for set points. 5. The term"proven"(i.e."proven on"/"proven off)shall mean that the equipment's BI status point matches the 3. Supervised HOA at control panel in OFF position D. The software shall prevent state set by the equipment's BO command point. 4. Loss of power(e.g.VFD DC Bus voltage=zero) 1. The heating setpoint from exceeding the cooling setpoint minus 1°F(i.e.the minimum difference between 6. The term"control loop"or"loop"is used generically for all control loops.These will typically be PID loops,but b. Constant Speed Fans and Pumps heating and cooling setpoints shall be 1°F) proportional plus integral plus derivative gains are not required on all loops.Unless specifically indicated 1. Status point not matching its on/off point for 15 seconds while the device 2. The unoccupied heating setpoint from exceeding the occupied heating setpoint;and • otherwise,the following guidelines shall be followed: is commanded on 3. The unoccupied cooling setpoint from being less than the occupied cooling setpoint. A. Use proportional only(P-only)loops for limiting loops(such as zone CO2 control loops,etc.). 2. Supervised HOA at control panel in OFF position E. Where the zone has a local setpoint adjustment knob/button B. Do not use the derivative term on any loops unless field tuning is not possible without it. 3. Hand Operation:If a device is on in Hand(e.g.via an HOA switch or local control of 1. The adjustment shall be capable of being limited in software. 7. To avoid abrupt changes in equipment operation,the output of every control loop shall be limited to a maximum VFD),the device shall be set to the lead device and a Level 4 alarm shall be generated. a. As a default,the active occupied cooling setpoint shall be limited between 72°F and 80°F. rate of change of 25%per minute unless otherwise noted. The device will remain as lead until the alarm is reset by the operator.Hand operation is b. As a default,the active occupied heating setpoint shall be limited between 65°F and 72°F. /w\ H / \ R G I S 8. All setpoints,timers,deadbands,PID gains,etc.listed in sequences shall be capable of being adjusted by the determined by 2. The active heating and cooling setpoints shall be independently adjustable,respecting the limits and anti- operator through the normal EMCS user interface whether indicated as adjustable in sequences or not.Software a. Variable Speed Fans and Pumps overlap logic described above. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 (virtual)points shall be used for these variables.Fixed scalar numbers shall not be embedded in programs except 1. Status point not matching its on/off point for 15 seconds while the device 3. The adjustment shall only Occupied be effective in O led Mode,and shall be zero in all other modes. for physical constants(e.g.conversion factors). is commanded off / 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz 9. Values for all points,including real(hardware)points used in control sequences shall be capable of being 2. VFD in local"hand"mode 4. At the onset of demand limiting,the local setpoint adjustment value shall be frozen.Further adjustment of the overridden by the user(e.g.for testing and commissioning).If hardware design prevents this for hardware points, 3. Supervised HOA at control panel in ON position setpoint by local controls shall be suspended for the duration of the demand limit event. they shall be equated to a software point and the software point shall be used in all sequences.Exception:Not b. Constant Speed Fans and Pumps 5. [If the window switch Indicates the window is open,the local setpoint adjustment shall be set to zero. The local setpoint adjustment shall resume its previous value when the window switch indicates the REGISTRATION required for all application specific controller hardware points. 1. Status point not matching its on/off point for 15 seconds while the device window is closed.] 10. VFD Minimum Speed Setpoints is commanded off F. Cooling Demand Limit Setpoint Adjustment:The active cooling setpoints for all zones shall be increased when a A. Minimum speed setpoints for all VFD-driven equipment shall be determined in accordance with the test 2. Supervised HOA at control panel in ON position demand limit is imposed on the associated Zone Group.The operator shall have the ability to exempt individual zones -eti F.CAy, and balance specifications. C. Chillers:Chiller is manually fumed on as indicated by the status of the local/auto from this adjustment through the normal EMCS user interface.Changes due to demand limits are not cumulative. p of WASH;y B. For each piece of equipment,the minimum speed shall be stored in a single software point.This value switch from chiller gateway. 1. At Demand Limit Level 1,increase setpoint by 1°F. �e Y- ,e C shall be mapped to the VFD's minimum speed setpoint via the drive's network interface;in the case of a 13. Alarms C 2. At Demand Limit Level 2,increase setpoint by 2°F. hard-wired VFD interface,the minimum speed shall be the lowest speed command sent to the drive by the A. There shall be 5 levels of alarm v % I 3. At Demand Limit Level 3,increase setpoint by 4°F. ¢ EMCS. 1. Level L Significant safety 9 �r5w G. Heating Demand Limit Setpoint Adjustment:The active heating setpoints for all zones shall be decreased when a C�, C. The minimum speed setpoint shall be stored e a positive percentage of full range.I.e.r 0%speed shall 2. Level 2: Significant equipment failure g p / g p -lt,9F0ls Er PEo �2x" corres and to full sto ed equipment,and the minimums eed shall be a value realer than 0%. 3. Level 3: Non-critical a ui ment failure/o eration demand limit is imposed on the associated Zone Group.The operator shall have the ability to exempt individual zones G p Y etp g q p p from this adjustment through the normal EMCS user interface.Changes due to demand limits are not cumulative. ON EN 11. Trim&Respond Setpoint Reset Logic 4. Level 4: Energy conservation monitor A. Trim&Respond setpoint reset logic and zone/system reset Requests where referenced in sequences 5. Level 5: Maintenance indication,notification 1. At Demand Limit Level 1,decrease setpoint by 1°F.2. At Demand Limit Level 2,decrease setpoint by 2°F. shall be implemented as described below. 14. Hierarchical Alarm Suppression 3. At Demand Limit Level 3,decrease setpoint by 4°F. _ B. A"Request"is a call to reset a static pressure or temperature setpoint,generated by downstream zones or A. For each piece of equipment or space controlled by the EMCS,define its relationship(if any)to H. [Window switches.For zones that have operable windows with indicator switches,when the window switch • • • air handling systems.These Requests are sent upstream to the plant or system that serves the zone or other equipment in terms of"source","load",or"system". indicates the window is open,the heating setpoint shall be temporarily set to 40°F and the cooling setpoint air handler which generated the Request. 1. A component is a"source"if it provides resources to a downstream component,such as 1. For each downstream zone or system,and for each type of setpoint reset Request listed for the a boiler providing heating water to an AHU. shall be temporarily set to 120°F.]O I. ccupancy sensors.For zones that have an occupancy switch Arlington Operations zone/system,provide the following software points: 2. A component is a"load"if it receives resources from an upstream component,such as a. Importance Multiplier(default t Mode,the active heating setpoint shall be decreased by 5°F and the cooling setpoint shall be increased by 5° Center 1) an AHU that receives heating water from a boiler. When the switch indicates the space has been unpopulated for one minute continuously during the Occupied b. Request-Hours.Every x minutes(default 5 minutes),add x/60 times the current number of 3. The same component may be both a load(receiving resources from an upstream Requests to this request-hours accumulator point.The request-hours point is reset to zero source)and a source(providing resources to a downstream load). F 2. When the switch indicates that the space has been populated for one minute continuously,the active heating FOR upon a global command from the system/plant serving the zone/system 4. A set of components is a"system"if they share a load in common(i.e.collectively act as and cooling Setpoints shall that restored to their previous values. • this global point simultaneously resets the request-hours point for all a source to downstream equipment,such as a set of boilers in a lead/lag relationship J. Hierarchy of Setpoint Adjustments:The following adjustment restrictions shall prevail in order from highest to lowest zones/systems served by this system/plant. serving air handlers). priority: Snohomish '+S n o h o m I S h County c. Cumulative%-Request-Hours.This is the zone/system Request-Hours divided by the a. If a single component acts as a source for downstream loads(e.g.an AHU as a 1. Setpoint overlap restriction(Section 1.3B.3.d.1) zone/system run-hours(the hours in any Mode other than Unoccupied Mode)since the last source for its VAV boxes),then that single source component shall be defined as 2. Absolute limits on local setpoint adjustment(Section 1.3B.3.e.1) Public Works reset,expressed as a percentage. a"system"of one element. 3. [Window switches] d. A Level 4 alarm is generated if the zone Importance Multiplier is greater than zero,the b. For equipment with associated pumps(boilers): Demand limit D 4. zone/system Cumulative%-Request-Hours exceeds 70%,and the total number of 1. If the pumps are in a one-to-one relationship with equipment they serve, D Occupancy sensors:Change of setpoint by occupancy sensor is added to change of setpoint by any AT zone/system run-hours exceeds 40. the pumps shall be treated as part of the system to which they are demand limits in effect. 2. See zone and air handling system control sequences for logic to generate Requests. associated(i.e.they are not considered loads)since a pump failure will b. Local setpoint adjustment:Any changes to setpoint by local adjustment are frozen at the onset of the 19700 67th Ave N E 3. Multiply the number of Requests determined from zone/system logic times the Importance necessarily disable its associated equipment. demand limiting event and remain fixed for the duration of the event.Additional local adjustments are Multiplier and send to the system/plant that serves the zone/system.See system/plant logic to see 2. If the pumps are headered to the equipment they serve,then the pumps ignored for the duration of the demand limiting event. Arlington, W A 98223 how Requests are used in Trim&Respond logic. may be treated as a system,which is a load relative to the upstream 5. Scheduled setpoints based on Zone Group mode C. For each upstream system or plant setpoint being controlled by a T&R loop,define the following variables. equipment(e.g.boilers)and a source relative to downstream equipment q, Loral override:When thermostat override buttons are depressed,the call for Occupied Mode operation shall be sent up to All variables below shall be adjustable from a reset graphic accessible from a hyperlink on the associated (e.g.air handlers). the Zone Group control for 60 minutes. system/plant graphic.Initial values are defined in system/plant sequences below.Values for trim,respond, B. For each system as defined above,there shall be a SystemOK Flag,which is either true or false. 5. time step,etc.shall tuned to provide stable control. C. System Control Loops PERMIT SET shall be true when all of the following are true: A. Two separate control loops shall operate to maintain space temperature at setpoint,the Cooling Loop and the Heating B 1. SPO,Initial setpoint 1. The system is proven on. Loop. 05/02/2O2cJ g 2. SPmin,Setpoint min. 2. The system is achieving its temperature and/or pressure setpoints)for at least five 1. The Heating Loop shall be enabled whenever the space temperature is below the current zone temperature 3. SPmax,Setpoint max minutes This drawing is: 4. Td,Delaytimer 3. The system is read and able to serve its load heating setpoint,and disabled otherwise. Y Y 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2. The Cooling Loop shall be enabled whenever the space temperature is above the current zone temperature 5. T,Time Step D. SystemOK shall be false while the system is starting up alai before reaching setpoint)or when 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. cooling setpoint,and disabled otherwise. 6. I,Number of ignore Requests enough of the a syste components are unavailable of alarm,disabled,b turned off)to disrupt 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B. The Cooling Loop shall maintain the space temperature at the active cooling setpoint.The output of the loop shall be written ermission for an other use or reproduction. 7. R,Number of Requests from zones/systems the abilityys the system to serve its load.This threshold shall be defined by the design engineer a virtual point ranging from 0%(no cooling)to 100%(full cooling). p y p 8. SPtrim,Setpoint Trim for each system. C. The Heating Loop shall maintain the space temperature at the active heating setpoint.The output of the loop shall be .• 9. SPres,Setpoint Response 1. in default,Level'I through Level 3 component alarms(indicating equipment failure)shall a virtual point ranging from 0%(no heating)to 100%(full heating). JECT NUMBER: 10. SPres-max,Setpoint Response Max inhibit SystemOK.Level 4 and Level 5 component alarms(maintenance and energy D. Loops shall be use proportional+integral logic or fuzzy logic.Proportional-only control is not acceptable,although the C D. Trim&Respond logic shall reset setpoint within the range SPmin to SPmax.When the associated device efficiency alarms)shall not affect to individually OK. integral gain shall be small relative to the proportional gain. P and I gains shall be adjustable by the operator. 2023-053 (e.g.fan,pump)is off,the setpoint shall be device The reset logic shall be active while the associated 2. The operator shall have the ability to individually determine which component alarms may E. See other sections for how the outputs from these loops are used. device is proven on,starting Td after initial device start command.When active,every time step T,trim or may not inhibit SystemOK. 6. Zone State the setpoint by SPtrim.If there are more than I Requests,respond by changing the setpoint by SPres'(R- E. The EMCS shall selectively suppress(i.e.fail to report)alarms for load components if SystemOK A. Heating:when the output of the space heating control too is nonzero and the output of the cooling too Ise equal to 1),(i.e.the number of Requests minus the number of Ignored Requests),but no more than SPres-max. In is false for the source system which serves that load. g' p p 9 p p g p q • other words,every time step T: 1. If SystemOK is false for a heating water system(i.e.boiler or associated pump)then only zero' 1. Change setpoint by SPtrim low temperature alarms from the loads shall be suppressed. B. Cooling:when the output of the space cooling control loop is nonzero and the output of the heating loop is equal to MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 2. If R>I,also change setpoint by(R-I)'SPres but no larger than SPres-max 2. If SystemOK is false for an airside system(air handler,fan coil,VAV box,etc)then all zero. 12. Equipment Staging and Rotation alarms from the loads shall be suppressed. C. Deadband:when not in either Heating or Cooling. A. Automatic Even Wear Rotation F. This hierarchical suppression shall cascade through multiple levels of load-source relationship, 7. Zone Alarms 1. Lead/lag:Unless otherwise noted,parallel staged devices(such as pumps,towers)that are not such that alarms at downstream loads shall also be suppressed. A. Zone temperature alarms redundant shall be lead/lag alternated when more than one is off or more than one is on so that G. The following types of alarms will never be suppressed by this logic: 1. If the zone is 3°F above cooling or below heating setpoint for 10 minutes,generate Level 3 alarm. the device with the most operating hours is made the later stage device and the one with the least 1. Life/safety and Level 1 alarms 2. If the zone is 5°F above cooling or below heating setpoint for 10 minutes,generate Level 2 alarm. number of hours is made the earlier stage device.For example,assuming there are three devices, 2. Failure-to-start alarms(i.e.equipment is commanded on,but status point shows 3. Suppress zone temperature alarms as follows: if all three are off or all are on,the staging order will simply be based on run hours from lowest to equipment to be off) a. After zone setpoint is changed fora period 10 minutes per degree of difference between the zone highest.If two devices are on,the one with the most hours will be set to be stage 2 while the other 3. Failure-to-stop/hand alarms(i.e.equipment is commanded off,but status point shows temperature the time of the change and the new setpoint.This suppression period applies any time s is set to stage 1;this may be the reverse of the operating order when the devices were started.If equipment to be on) that the zone Setpoint is changed. b. While Zone Group is two devices are off,the one with the most hours will be set to be stage 3 while the other is set to in Warm-up or Coo .3A.1 1.b.1)a)]of zero for its static pressure reset,SAT .• stage 2;this may be the reverse of the operating order when the devices were stopped. c. For zones with an Importance multiplier[sseeee Modes.1 2. Lead/standby:Unless otherwise noted,parallel devices(such as pumps,towers)that are 100% reset,or HWST reset Trim&Response loops. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS redundant shall be lead/standbyalternated when more than one is off so that the device with the B. For zones with CO2 sensors: 1. CO2 Sensors:If the CO2 concentration is less than 300 ppm,Or the Zone i5 in Unoccupied Mode for more PROJECT MANAGER: I- most operating hours is made the later stage device and the one with the least number of hours is than 2 hours and zone CO2 concentration exceeds 600 ppm,generate a Level 3 alarm.The alarm text shall PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH made the earlier stage device.For example,assuming there are three devices,if all three are off, identify the sensor and indicate that it may be out of calibration. JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A the staging order will be based on run hours from lowest to highest.If devices run continuously, 2. If the CO2 concentration exceeds setpoint plus 10%for more than 10 minutes generate a Level 3 alarm. A lead/standby shall switch at an operator-specified runtime;standby device shall first be started and DRAWING proven on before former lead device is changed to standby and shut off. MECHANICAL CONTROLS ri"\SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS -GENERAL r2-\SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS -THERMAL ZONES M1oD9 SCALE:NONE M .03 SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.m.xa cu 1 2 3 4 5 1. Each system shall be broken into separate Zone Groups composed of a collection of one or more zones Electric Meters&Sub Meters: D served by a single air handler. The controller shall monitor the electric meters for electric consumption on a continual basis.These values shall be made available 2. Zones shall be assigned to Zone Groups as follows: to the BAS system at all times.Provide power monitoring of switchboards and panels through meters provided by Div.26. Refer to A. Each zone served by a fan-coil or single-zone air handler shall be its own Zone Group. electrical one-line diagram on[E9.01,E9.02,and E9.03 and electrical power plans in E3.00 series floor plans]for quantities B. For air handlers serving multiple zones,zones shall be assigned to Zone Groups as specified by and locations.Coordinate all interface connections and wiring requirements between BAS and power metering equipment with the designer. product specified in Section 262713.Coordinate exact requirements with Div.26 contractor. C. Assignment of zones to Zone Groups can be changed at the operator's workstation. DYKEMAN 3. Each Zone Group shall have separate occupancy schedules and operating modes from other Zone Peak Demand History: Groups. The controller shall monitor and record the peak(high and low)demand readings from the electric meter.Peak readings shall be ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 4. All zones in each Zone Group shall be in the same operating mode at all times.If one zone in a Zone recorded on a daily,month-to-date,and year-to-date basis.Peak shall be average kWh usage during 15 minute interval. NOTE _________T_E_1_ Group is placed in any mode other than Unoccupied Mode(due to override,sequence logic,or ________NC scheduled occupancy)all zones in that Zone Group shall enter that mode. Usage History: _ Marine View _ 5. A Zone Group may be in only one mode at any given time. The controller shall monitor and record electric meter readings so as to provide a power consumption history.Usage readings shall OUTSIDE 6. For each Zone Group,provide a set of testing/commissioning software switches that override all zones g p p ry' 9 g TO EQUIPMENT -� be recorded on a daily,month-to-date,and year-to-date basis. AIR 316 served by the Zone Group.Provide a separate software switch for each of the zone-level override switches listed under"Testing and Commissioning Overrides"in terminal unit sequences.When the Demand Levels: --------------M--------- value of a Zone Group's override switch is changed,the corresponding override switch for every zone in The controller shall set the system demand level(adj.)based on the current power consumption readings from the electric meter. the Zone Group shall change to the same value.Subsequently,the zone-level override switch at may be There shall be six daily time periods in which the demand shall be adjusted on three levels.These demand levels shall be available OSA DAMPER(DO) NOTE 1 ___, • changed to a different value. The value of the zone-level switch has no effect on the value of the Zone for facility equipment to utilize for demand limiting. Group switch,and the value of the Zone Group switch only affects the zone-level switches when the Demand Level 1:Power consumption has exceeded the first demand level threshold(adj.). NOTE 1 P Zone Group switch is changed. H A R G I S Demand Level 2:Power consumption has exceeded the second demand level threshold(adj.). i INCNC I ---- 7. Zone Group Operating Modes: Each Zone Group shall have the following modes: Demand Level 3:Power consumption has exceeded the third demand level threshold(adj.). i I A. Occupied Mode:A Zone Group is in the Occupied Mode when any of the following is true: I EXHAUST BUILDING AIR OR I 1. The time of day is between the Zone Group's scheduled occupied start and stop times. OR RELIEF FROM EQUIPMENT 2. The schedules have been overridden by the Occupant Override System. AIR M I 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 3. Any zone local override timer(initiated by local override button)is nonzero. 0 ENERGY MONITORING `------------- ---------------J 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 - hargis.biz B. Warm-Up Mode: For each zone,the EMCS shall calculate the required warm-up time based on the zone's occupied heating setpoint,the current zone temperature,the outdoor air temperature, M10.04 SCALE:NONE EXHAUST DAMPER(DE)OR and a mass/capacity factor for each zone.[Zones where the window switch Indicates that a RELIEF DAMPER(DR) window is open shall be ignored.]The mass factor shall be manually adjusted or self-tuned by REGISTRATION the EMCS. If automatic,the tuning process shall be turned on or off by a software switch,to allow tuning to be stopped after the system has been trained.Warm-up Mode shall start based on the zone with the longest calculated warm-up time requirement,but no earlier than 3 hours Note: .ay F.C SUMP PUMP 1. Where shown on drawings or scheduled. Q" f WAS,. � before the start of the scheduled occupied period,and shall end at the scheduled Occupied start SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:ALARM ANNUNCIATION O o \J. hour. p p p ALARM OUTPUT r 'c- C C. Cool-Down Mode: For each zone,the EMCS shall calculate the required cool-down time based A. GENERAL: TERMINAL Run Conditions-Scheduled: �) C on the zone's occupied cooling setpoint,the current zone temperature,the outdoor air 1. THE DDC SYSTEM GENERATE AN ALARM AND SEND The exhausUrelief/osa dampers shall open/close according to a user definable time schedule in conjunction % rc temperature, and a mass/capacity factor for each zone.[Zones where the window switch EMAIL/NOTIFICATION AND INITIATE PHONE CALL TO with each HVAC system served by exhausUrelief/osa damper. Dampers shall not open unless a single HVAC �3. 9 455w o 41 indicates that a window is open shall be ignored.]The mass factor shall be manually EMERGENCY PHONE LINE(COORDINATE PHONE NUMBER unit within the same zone is proved operating. If damper end switch is not made within 1 min(adj.)of opening, -lr Fctsrf':1 adjusted or self-tuned by the EMCS.If automatic,the tuning process shall be turned on or off by WITH OWNER)UPON DETECTION OF ANY OF THE TO ALARM MONITORING associated HVAC unit shall turn off and an alarm shall be sent. ON EN a software switch,to allow tuning to be stopped after the system has been trained. Cool-down FOLLOWING ALARMS. DDC COMPANY AND ON-CALL Occupied Mode: 10-1 Mode shall start based on the zone with the longest calculated cool-down time requirement,but a. TEMPERATURE IN WALK-INS RISING ABOVE ALARM MAINTENANCE Exhaust damper shall be 100%open when exhaust equipment is running Fan shall not run if damper no earlier than 3 hours before the start of the scheduled occupied period,and shall end at the SETPOINT AS DESCRIBED IN 6/M1007. is closed. Exhaust dampers shall be two position. -• • • scheduled Occupied start hour. b. ANY AIR HANDLING FREEZESTAT TRIP. OSA/Relief dampers shall be 100%open when associated systems are in occupied mode and D. Setback Mode: During Unoccupied Mode,if any 5 zones(or all zones,if fewer than 5)in the C. ELEVATOR SUMP PUMP ALARM Zone Group fall below their unoccupied heating setpoints,the Zone Group shall enter Setback d. GENERATOR ALARM GENERATOR equipment OSA dampers are open. Arlington Operations Mode until all spaces in the Zone Group are 20F above their unoccupied setpoints. e. ADDITIONAL POINTS AS REQUIRED BY THE OWNER ALARM OUTPUT E. Freeze Protection Setback Mode:During Unoccupied Mode,if any single zone falls below 38°F, DURING COMMISSIONING. COORDINATE WITH TERMINAL Alarms shall be provided as follows: Center the Zone Group shall enter Setback Mode until all zones are above 42'F,and a Level 3 alarm OWNER. Damper is commanded open but it is closed. shall be set. Damper is commanded closed but it is open. F. Setup Mode: During Unoccupied Mode,if any 5 zones(or all zones,if fewer than 5)in the Zone FOR rise above their unoccupied cooling setpoints,the Zone Group shall enter Setup Mode until all spaces in the Zone Group are 2°F below their unoccupied setpoints.[Zones where the window Snohomish Count switch indicates that a window is open shall be ignored.] DALARM ANNUNCIATION D OSA/RELIEF/EXHAUST MOTORIZED DAMPER y G. Unoccupied Mode: When the Zone Group is not in any other mode. M1o.o4 SCALE:NONE M10.04 SCALE:NONE Public Works 0 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS -ZONE GROUPS ��^� 1, AT M10.04 SCALE:NONE CW SERVICE IN CW TO BUILDING 19700 67th Ave NE WATER METER.NOTE 1 DX INDOOR ACUNIT Arlington, WA 98223 WALL MOUNTED UNIT F General Notes: THERMOSTAT.NOTE 1 RETURN AIR � DISCHARGE AIR 1. Provide history for all sensors as noted below and similar to items listed.Contractor shall provide quantity 2 Note: 8 PERMIT SET exterior temperature sensors,quantity 2 exterior carbon dioxide and quantity 1 of each remaining exterior sensor T. Provide water meter at cold water header. AC_ type at each building. 05 02 2025 B Domestic Water Meter: DDC DISPLAY Outside Air Conditions: The controller shall monitor the water meter for water consumption on a continual basis.These values shall THERMOSTAT This drawing is: 1. The controller shall monitor the outside air temperature and humidity and calculate the outside air enthalpy on a be made available to the system at all times. our000R cU UNIT 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. continual basis.These values shall be made available to the system at all times. Outside air shall be averaged 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. w/capability of removing a sensor from calculation/display. Peak Demand History: 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's The controller shall monitor and record the peak(high and low)demand readings from the water meter. CU- written permission for any other use or reproduction. Carbon Dioxide Conditions: These readings shall be recorded on a daily,month-to-date,and year-to-date basis. 8 OUTDOOR UNIT 1. The controller shall monitor the carbon dioxide on a continual basis.These values shall be made available to the CONTROL PANEL PROJECT system at all limes.Carbon Dioxide shall be averaged w/capability of removing a sensor from Usage History: calculation/display. The controller shall monitor and record water meter readings so as to provide a water consumption history. 2023-0rJ3 Usage readings shall be recorded on a daily,month-to-date,and year-to-date basis. Exterior Photocell Conditions: 1. The controller shall monitor the exterior photocell on a continual basis. These values shall be made available to the system at all times. • Outside Air Temperature and Humidity History: DOMESTIC WATER METER ECONOMIZER FAN MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1. The controller shall monitor and record the high and low temperature readings for the outside air and humidity. 5 INC These readings shall be recorded on a hourly,daily,month-to-date,and year-to-date basis. Mi0.04 SCALE:NONE F Carbon Dioxide History: BUILDING AIR EXHAUST 1. The controller shall monitor and record the high and low CO2 readings.These readings shall be recorded on a M hourly,daily,month-to-date,and year-to-date basis. FAN&HEATING COIL FLAT PLATE THRMOSTAT/SENSOR EXHAUST DAMPER Alarms: ROOM SUPPLY 1. Alarms shall be generated as follows: AIR AIR A. Sensor Failure:Sensor reading indicates shorted or disconnected sensor.In the event of a outside air or Note: CO2 sensor failure,the alternate sensors shall be made available to the system without interruption in �--- �/-- 1. Wall mounted unit thermostat furnished with AC unit.Provide all interconnective control wiring for equipment. PROJECT sensor readings. For single sensor failures,a"failure"will be identified under the history. In the event of 8 a photocell failure,lights shall revert to a time of day schedule for turning the lights off. General Note: PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS 1. For IDF/MDF rooms served by both Economizer Fan and AC/CU,the Economizer Fan shall be the first stage of PROJECT MANAGER: I- cooling and shall be used for partial cooling until OAT is greater than setpoint at which time the fan shall shutoff PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH Run Conditions: and the AC/CU shall be commanded to control setpoint. JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A The units shall run in according to a user definable time schedule. DRAWING A Run Conditions-Continuous: The unit shall be enabled continuously,enabling not connected to EMS. AH The controller shall monitor the room temperature and provide signal to the unit heater to heat the space. MECHANICAL Heating setpoint-50'F(adj.)range+or-3°F pAlarms shall be rovided as follows:High Zone Temp:If the zone temperature is greater than 80'F(adj.). TITLE: Alarms shall be provided as follows: Low Zone Temp:If the zone temperature is less than 50`F(adj.). CONTROLS Room Temperature: S EXTERIOR WALL Low Room Temp:If the room temperature is less than 40°F(adj.). • 0 OUTSIDE SENSING r,� ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER r;-\DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM if M70.04 SCALE:NONE M! SCALE:NONE M1o.04 SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.m.ra cu 2 3 4 5 D DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN NOTE EXHAUSTFAN NOTE1 INC N.C. RELIEF AIR EXHAUST AIR 4 � BUILDING AIR TO ROOM -ry < • EXHAUST AIR FLAT PLATE RELIEF AIR H A R G I S DAMPER(DE) THERMOSTAT/ DAMPER(DR) SENSOR.NOTE2 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 Notes: Exhaust Fan: 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz 1. Where shown on drawings or scheduled The exhaust fan shall run anytime the unit is commanded to run,unless shutdown on safeties. 2. For fans that serve IDF/MDF rooms with ACU/CU units the fan shall function as first stage of cooling.Refer to 1/M1007. Exhaust Air Damper(DE)or Relief Air Damper(DA): REGISTRATION The controller shall position the damper(if present)100%open when exhaust fan runs.Provide with Run Conditions-Scheduled: feedback. The unit shall run according to a user definable time schedule in the following _,a F.CA , modes: Fan Status: Of WAS,. The unit shall maintain The controller shall monitor the fan status. r �' C A 80°F(adj.)cooling setpoint m �) C • Control to t1°F of setpoint. Alarms shall be provided as follows: v Fan Failure:Commanded on,but the status is off. 55w Alarms shall be provided as follows: Fan in Hand:Commanded off,but the status is on. "�l 9Fcts Er Peo �20 • Zone Temp:If the zone temperature is greater than the ON ENG cooling setpoint by a user definable amount(adj.)or lower than cooling setpoint by a user definable amount(adj.). EXHAUST FAN -SCHEDULED W/THERMOSTAT Arlington Operations M10.05 SCALE:NONE Center FOR Snohomish County DOMESTIC HOT WATER Public Works SUPPLY TEMPERATURE (DHWST) AT HP WATER ELECTRIC "C�-- -- l DOMESTIC HOT WATER 19700 67th Ave NE HEATER WATER NO HEATER Arlington, WA 98223 WHCU -�COLD WATER NO NOTE1 PERMIT SET B "O --- ^DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRC 05/02/2025 B NO T This drawing is: WATER HEATER WATER HEATER 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. INTERFACE INTERFACE 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's CIRCULATION DOMESTIC HOT WATER written permission for any other use or reproduction. PUMP RE-CIRCULATION PROJECT TEMPERATURE(DHWCT) 2023-053 Notes: Hot Water Supply Temperature Setpoint: 1. Provide for each circulator pump and return line,where plans show more than one circulator. The hot water heater(s)shall maintain a hot water supply temperature setpoint as 2. Quantity of water heaters as shown on drawings and schedules. determined by its own internal controls.Initial setpoint is 120°F. • Hot Water Heater System Run Conditions: Hot Water Temperature Monitorinq: MARK DATE DESCRIPTION The domestic hot water heater system shall be enabled to run when scheduled. The following temperatures shall be monitored: The water heater shall run subject to its own internal safeties and controls. The water heater system Domestic hot water supply temperature(DHWST). (heaters and pumps)shall also be enabled for freeze protection whenever outside air temperature is Domestic hot water re-circulation temperature(DHWCT). less than 35°F(adj.). Alarms shall be provided as follows during occupied hours or when manually turned on. Circulation Pump: Provide 15 min lag time for alarms after system is turned on The circulation pump shall be enabled anytime the hot water heater is enabled and shall have a user High Domestic Hot Water Supply Temp:If greater than 130°F(adj.). definable(adj.)delay on stop,intially set for 10 min.Pump shall run continuously. Low Domestic Hot Water Supply Temp:If less than 105•F(adj.). • Low Re-circulation Water Temp:If less than 130°F(adj.). Alarms shall be provided as follows during occupied hours or when manually turned on.Provide 15 min lag time for alarms after system is turned on: PROJECT • Circulation Pump Failure:Commanded on,but the status is off. • Circulation Pump Running in Hand:Commanded off,but the status is on. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A DRAWING ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS M10.05 SCALE:NONE MECHANICAL CONTROLS 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.ra.za cra 2 3 4 5 D ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN DYKEMAN H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seettle,wa 98101 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 • hargis.biz SINGLE DUCT PRIMARY REGISTRATION AIR VAV DAMPER ZONE CONTROL 1. Setpoints F A. Each zone shall have separate occupied and unoccupied heating and cooling setpoints. FROM SUPPLY B. The active set oints shall be determined b the o eratin Mode of the Zone Grou O eratin Modes. of WASH"' P Y P 9 P P 9 HRU F AIR �a. %,� C 1. The setpoints shall be the occupied setpoint during Occupied Mode. q p� C 2. The setpoints shall be unoccupied setpoints during Unoccupied Mode. C. Default set points shall be based on zone type,see M-1003 9 t;,. D. Occupancy sensors.For zones that have an occupancy switch .9E4 i55 P¢o �20 1. When the switch indicates the space has been unpopulated for one minute continuously during the ON LNG Occupied Mode,the active heating setpoint shall be decreased by 2'F and the cooling setpoint shall ••�� be increased by 2°F 2. When the switch indicates that the space has been populated for one minute continuously,the active heating and cooling setpoints shall be restored to their previous values. -• • 2. Design airflow rates shall be as scheduled on plans: NOTE 1_ __ _ NOTE 2__ __ _, - A. w (V Zone maximum airflow,setpoint max) F- SE rOCC NSOR, F- SEN CO2 SOR B. zone minimumairflow flowVmsetpoint(Vllbe Arlington Operations 3. The occupied minimum airflow Vmin'shall be equal to Vmin except as follows: I I I I A. If the zone has an occupancy sensor,Vmin`shall be equal to minimum flowrate per VAV box manufacturer Center when the room is unpopulated. Minimum flowrate shall be increased by balancer to satisfy supply fan VFD I minimum. I B. If the zone has a CO2 sensor L___________J L___________J FOR 1. During Occupied Mode,a P-only loop shall maintain CO2 concentration at 1000 PPM;reset 0%at 800 PPM and 100%at 1,000 PPM of CO2.The loop output from 0 to 50%shall reset the occupied Snohomish County minimum airflow setpoint(Vmin')from the zone minimum airflow setpoint Vmin up to maximum cooling airflow setpoint Vcool-max,as shown below. Public `/t/o rks 2. The loop output from 50%to 100%shall be ignored. NOTE a V V 3. Loop is disabled and output set to zero when the zone is not in Occupied Mode. --------------------------------------� 4. Active maximum and minimum setpoints shall vary depending on the Mode of the Zone Group the zone is a part of: SINGLE DUCT AT I EXHAUST VAV I 19700 67th Ave N E Setpoint Occupied Setback" Unoccupied I EXHAUST Arlington, WA 98223 Increases ventilation v-max o o I AIR I I F I Minimum Vmin' 0 0 ZONE TO HRU 'Zones vAth CO2 sensor can operate at down to 30%of their maximum EXHAUST PERMIT SET airflow range listed in the air handier unit schedule I I I I B 05/02/2025 B 5. Testing/Commissioning Overrides:Provide software points that interlock to a system level point to A. Force zone airflow setpoint to zero This drawing is: B. Force zone airflow setpoint to Vcool-max 1.Cop yright2024 Dykemn,Inc. C. Force zone airflow setpoint to Vmin 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. D. Force damper full closed/open NOTE 3 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's E. Force heating to off/closed written permission for any other use or reproduction. F. Reset request-hours accumulator point to zero(provide one point for each reset type listed below) SINGLE DUCT 6. Alarms RELIEF VAV PROJECT NUMBER: A. Low airflow 1. If the measured airflow,is less than 70%of setpoint for 5 minutes,generate alarm. EXHAUST 2. If the measured airflow is less than 50%of setpoint for 5 minutes,generate alarm. F AIR 2023-053 B. Airflow sensor calibration.If the fan serving the zone has been off for 10 minutes and airflow sensor reading ZONE TO HRU is above 20 CFM,generate alarm. I EXHAUST 7. See Sequence of Operations-General&Zone Groups for additional information. • ZONE GROUP RELIEF DAMPER L______________________________________ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1. Occupied Sequence:Zone Group Relief Damper shall be controlled to meet zone group relief airflow,setpoint when Zone Group is Open Enabled,Zone Group Air Handler Outside Air Damper is Open,Zone Group Air Handler Supply Fan Status is True,and Zone Group Exhaust Damper is Open.Zone exhaust airflow setpoint shall equal: A. Zone Group Supply Airflow-Zone Exhaust Dampers in Zones-300 cfm 2. Un-Occupied Sequence:Zone exhaust damper shall be controlled to meet zone exhaust airflow setpoint when Zone Damper is Open,Zone Group Air Handler Supply Fan Status is True,and Zone Group Exhaust Damper is closed. NOTES: Zone exhaust airflow setpoint shall equal: 1. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR OCC SENSOR AND RELAY PACK LOCATIONS FOR A. Zone Group Supply Airflow CONNECTION TO 230900 SYSTEM. 2. PROVIDE CO2 SENSOR WHERE SCHEDULED AND SHOWN ON HVAC DRAWINGS. ZONE GROUP EXHAUST DAMPER 3. ZONE GROUP RELIEF DAMER SHALL BE EITHER SINGLE DUCT EXHAUST VAV TERMINAL UNIT 1. Occupied Sequence:Zone Group Exhaust Damper shall be controlled to meet Zone Group Exhaust exhaust airflow OR MOTORIZED DAMPER WITH AIRFLOW MEASURING UNIT.SEE PLANS FOR QUANTITIES, PROJECT setpoint when scheduled,Zone Group Air Handler Outside Air Damper is Open,Zone Group Air Handler Supply LOCATIONS,AND EQUIPMENT TYPE THAT SHALL BE PROVIDED. Fan Status is True,and Zone Group Exhaust Damper is Open.Zone exhaust airflow setpoint shall equal: 4. ZONE GROUP EXHAUST DAMPER SHALL BE SINGLE DUCT EXHAUST VAV TERMINAL UNIT.SEE PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS A. Zone Group Exhaust Damper airflow setpoint PLANS FOR QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS.ZONE GROUP ASSIGNMENTS FOR INTERLOCKS PROJECT MANAGER: I- 2. Un-Occupied Sequence:Zone Group Exhaust Damper is closed. BETWEEN EXHAUST AND SUPPLY VAV'S LISTED IN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES. PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A DRAWING 0 MECH -VAV BOX-SINGLE DUCT- NO REHEAT MECHANICAL M1o.o9 SCALE:NONE CONTROLS 1 2 3 4 5 azlrzozs z.ra.za cN 1 2 3 4 5 VRF GSHP D MANUFACTURER CONTOLLER QUANTITY PER PLANS QUANTITY PER PLANS SECTION 230900 SHALL PROVIDE ALL GROUND SOURCE INTERIOR FAN COIL UNIT(VRF) . YKEMAN REQUIRED WIRING HEAT PUMP(GSHP) FOR VRF SYSTEM SECTION 230900 RETURN AIR (( ) DISCHARGE AIR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN REQUIRED WIRING FOR VRF SYSTEM VRF FCU MANUFACTURER CONTOLLER —dykemannet 17 6 West Marine View Drive QUANTITY PER PLANS THERMOSTAT (BY VRF MFR.) • VRF BC MANUFACTURER o H A R G I S CONTOLLER SECTION 230900 SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED WIRING BRANCH FOR VRF SYSTEM SELECTOR(BC) 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 - hargis.biz VRF SYSTEM NOTE 3 REGISTRATION MANAGEMENT PANEL F.Cqy, PACKAGED CONTROL SEQUENCE p`"of w�H�'t`1 ----------------------------------------------------- .. C Variable Refrigerant Flow System Software Points I Run Conditions: Exhaust Fan: v " ��*•' `) C The unit shall run based upon an operator adjustable schedule OR when a specific number(adj.)of The exhaust fan shall fan shall run in occupied modes.The exhaust fan shall not run 9 �X,. Point Name At AG BI SO Sched Trend Alarm Graphic comments I VAV units are commanded on. during unoccupied modes.Provide exhaust fan operation interlock with DE exhaust outlet �l. q 455w ON/OFF X X X X X o O .l� FC/STEPS �2 damper so fan can run only when DE is open. LNG Lock x x x x x Motorized Dampers: ON Filter Sign x x x x x I The heat exchanger operation shall be scheduled/interlocked with the associated supply fan,exhaust Alarms shall be provided as follows: I fan,and motorized dampers.These components shall be interlocked to function as a complete Exhaust Fan Failure:Commanded on,but the status is off. Operation Mode X X X X X I system. I1E-• • • Vane x x x x x I Exhaust Fan Speed Tracking: I Fan Speed x x x x x Damper Descriptions The controller shall measure the duct static pressure sensor and modulate the supply fan I Room Temperature x x x x ; DO:Air handling unit outside air inlet damper.This damper,when open allows outside air to speed to maintain a duct static pressure setpoint.The speed shall not drop below 30% Arlington Operations Error code x x x x be drawn through the externally connected outside air ductwork into the unit OSA filter section (adj.). I and pass through the heat exchanger or through the heat exchanger bypass. I Center Upper set Temp Range x x x x DE:Air handling unit exhaust outlet damper.This damper,when open allows exhaust air to Return Air Temperature: I 9 P P P I VRF SYSTEM Lower Set Temp Range x x x x i pass through the exhaust fan,discharging to the externally connected exhaust air ductwork. The controller shall monitor the return air temperature. FOR BACNET Lock Misc. X X X X X INTERFACE Cooling Set Temp x x x x x Unoccupied: Dampers DO and DE shall be closed and DR shall be open. Fans shall be off. Supply Air Temperature: POINTS The controller shall monitor the supply air temperature. Snohomish County Heating Set Temp x x x x x i Occupied:Dampers DO and DE shall be open.Fans shall be on. Cooling Upper Temp x x x x Exhaust Air Temperature: I Cooling Lower Temp x x x x Heat Wheel Occupied Operation: The controller shall monitor the exhaust air temperature. Public Works Heating Upper Temp x x x x Heat recovery operation shall be enabled when outside air temperature is 5°F(adj.)below Heating Lower Temp x x x x space heating setpoint or 5'F(adj.)above cooling setpoint. AT • Dead band operation shall be enabled when outside air temperatures are between 4"F(adj.) I Deadband x x x less than space heating setpoint and 4°F(adj.)greater than space cooling setpoint.Dampers 230900 Contractor shall provide BACnet interface with graphics for packaged controls 2 Set Auto X X X X X NOTE! DO and DE shall be open and heat wheel shall be disabled. provided with DOAS unit.Map all BACnet read only and read/write points to DDC graphics. 19700 9700 67♦LI I.,I Ave NE Override X x x DOHS unit operational schedules and adjustable points shall be on a graphic, Arlington, WA 98223 Alarms shall be provided as follows: I • Heat Wheel Failure:Commanded on,but the status is off. Ground Source Heat Pump Unit Monitoring Points X X X X x X X NOTE 2 I I Supply Fan PERMIT SET Schedule x I The supply fan shall run anytime the unit is commanded to run,unless shutdown on safeties.To B NOTE 1:PROVIDE MAPPING OF BACNET ALARM CODE NUMBERS TO DDC.COORDINATE EXACT ALARMS TO BE DISPLAYED ON GRAPHICS WITH OWNER. I prevent short cycling,the supply fan shall have a user definable(adj.)minimum runtime.Provide 05/02/2025I B NOTE 2:PROVIDE MAPPING OF BACNET MONITORING POINTS TO DDC.COORDINATE EXACT MONITORING TO BE DISPLAYED ON GRAPHICS WITH OWNER. supply fan operation interlock with DO damper so fan can run when DO is open. NOTE 3:NETWORK WIRING/CABLING FROM VRF BACNET INTERFACE TO SECTION 230900 CONTROLLER. This drawing i5: Alarms shall be provided as follows: Supply Fan Failure:Commanded on,but the status is off. 1.Copyright 2024 Dykem Inc. I 2.The Architect's Instrumee n,nt of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's Run Conditions-Scheduled: Interior FCU Unit: Supply Air Duct Static Pressure Control: written permission for any other use or reproduction. The VRF system shall run according to a user definable time schedule or The controller shall measure the space temperature and modulate the I The controller shall measure the duct static pressure sensor and modulate the supply fan speed to upon occupied override of any zone sensor 1 hour(adj.)in the following cooling\heating to maintain its cooling\heating setpoint.To prevent maintain a duct static pressure setpoint.The speed shall not drop below 30%(adj.). PROJECT modes: short cycling,there shall be a user definable(adj.)minimum runtime. Occupied Mode:The unit shall maintain L_______________________________________________________� A 74"F(adj.)cooling setpoint The cooling shall be enabled whenever: 2023-053 A 71°F(adj.)heating setpoint. Outside air temperature is greater than 60°F(adj.). Unoccupied Mode(night setback):The unit shall maintain AND the zone temperature is above cooling setpoint. A 85"F(adj.)cooling setpoint. AND the supply fan status is on. DOAS UNIT_W/PACKAGED CONTROLS • A 60°F(adj.)heating setpoint. AND the heating(if present)is not active. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION Alarms shall be provided as follows for each fan coil unit zone: The heating shall be enabled whenever: EXHAUST FAN High Zone Temp:If the zone temperature is greater than the Outside air temperature is less than 65°F(adj.). I EXHAUST AIR coolingsetpoint b a user definable amount ad'.. AND the zone temperature is below heating setpoint. EXHAUST AIR DUCT PRESSURE P Y (adj.). P 9 P DAMPER(DE) VFD TEMPERATURE Low Zone Temp:If the zone temperature is less than the heating � AND the fan is on. I SENSOR I setpoint by a user definable amount(adj.). AND the cooling is not active. SENSOR I I Zone Setpoint Adiust: Fan and Compressor Status: N.C. IT T H L I The occupant shall be able to adjust the zone temperature heating and The controller shall monitor the fan status and compressor status. EF cooling selpoints at the zone sensor by 3°F(adj.)(controlled by DDC). EXHAUST ® RETURN I Deadband Mode: AIR �-J` AIR Zone Optimal Start: The zone shall go into unoccupied mode with fan/heating/cooling off The unit shall use an optimal start algorithm for morning start-up.This while space temperature is within the deadband. OUTSIDE AIR ENERGY SUPPLY FAN DUCT PRESSURE PROJECT algorithm shall minimize the unoccupied warm-up or cool-down period DAMPER(DO) RECOVERY SUPPLY AIR SENSOR while still achieving comfort conditions by the start of scheduled Operable W indow/Wall/Door Mode: WHEEL SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS TEMPERATURE PROJECT MANAGER: I- occupied period. Refer to sequence"Thermal Zones"on sheet M10.03. SENSOR 3 DUCT SENSOR N.C. T DIAMETERS T H L PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH Zone Unoccupied Override: Occupancy/CO2 Sensors: SUPPLY i JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A timed local override control shall allow an occupant to override the Refer to sequence"Thermal Zones"on sheet M10.03. OUTSIDE 4_- �`" AIR I A schedule and place the unit into an occupied mode for an adjustable AIR I • period of time.At the expiration of this time,control of the unit shall Load Management I automatically return to the schedule. -Cooling setpoint shall gradually increase over a minimum of three hours by 3"F when outside air temperature exceeds 86°F. MECHANICAL -Heating setpoint shall gradually decrease over a minimum of three V CONTROLS hours by 3"F when outside air temperature is less than 24"F. WATER COOLED VRF SYSTEM, GROUND SOURCE HEAT PUMP (2)UNITS (GSHP)AND INTERIOR FAN COIL UNITS (VRF) 2 MECH -AIR HANDLER - MULTIZONE DOAS -W/ HEAT WHEEL M10.07 SCALE:1/8"=V-0" M10.07 SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 aztrzozs z.ta.za cu 2 3 4 5 , D s �3„ W"WS CWS DYKEMAN 3„ 10 cns-o1 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 1 1/2" 2"F VALVE WITH L/FLUSH -tjHOSE THREAD END AND CAP 3 ✓ CONDENSER CWS CWS WATER EXITING 6„ CWS TEMP(CW EXT) N.C. CWR� • SUPPLY CONDENSER CW WATER FLOW(FMS2)� N.O. g g N O CWS H R G I S / \ PRESSURE 1z SENSOR(MUP) 1„ 6 CWS CWS CWWS W /w\ � 3^ WELL FIELD CONDENSER 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 5 WATER FLOW(FMS3) 3 3 3 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz s CONDENSER C 1 15 VFD PANELS WATER SUPPLY 14 15 (TYP OF 2) 46°F TEMP(CWST) REGISTRATION 1"CW 1„ 1e 6" 6" 4 a U NC c --- - ---- ---� 2-1/2" C C MAKE UP WATER 5 1a 1s >1 a ———— ——— { ) 1 r— 1 1 r C�, �feA• METER(MWM) CONDENSERWATER - �� J L -ir 9Fcls t:,•aE°G�2`' WELL FIELD RETURN 1"CW 15 [ ) TEMP ZONE 1 I M1o.os a/•ems 13 CET-01 [ [ (CW W RTi) Y'•'- [ VFD I VFD I —O I HP-02 HP-01 z "• • • 17 [ z z 1"CWR(TYP) M,o.os TYP 11 I s ' P1 I I P2 I 1"CWS(TYP) ArlingtonOperations L— -----------J MECHANICAL ROOM Center CWP-01 CWP-02 NUMBER OF ZONES 3.SEE BELOW GRADE 2 L --- J L —J PIPING FOUNDATION PLAN CONDENSER 3 CONDENSER 3 ON M1.11 FOR WATER PUMP WATER PUMP 1(CWP1) M-1005 2(CWP2) M-,00s Snohomish County Public Works Condenser Water(CW)System Sequence of Operation FLAG NOTES: AT Overview 19700 67th Ave N E The Condenser Water System consists of two variable speed pumps and a ground AUTOMATIC AIR VENT&MANUAL AIR VENT VALVE BYPASS. 1s SITE FLOW INDICATOR. coupled heat exchanger.It serves the water cooled VRF heat pumps(water to DX).. Arlington, W A 98223 The CW pump speed will be controlled by the pump intergrated drive internal logic to 4"CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD WITH CHAMFERED EDGES. 1s Y-STRAINER WITH BLOWDOWN VALVE AND HOSE THREAD END CAP. provide constant pressure.Pump drive will be[rovided with BACnet connection for CHARGE ET TO PROVIDE 4 PSI AT THE TOP OF THE SYSTEM. zo REMOTE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSORS(TYP). SEE HYDRONIC monitoring and integration.Pump Start/Stop will be controlled by the VRF heat pumps. PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. PERMIT SET AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL VALVE,12 GPM. z1 HEAT PUMP HEADER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR. B Scheduling 05/02/2025 B None.Directly controlled by VRF heat pumps. � PROVIDE VALVE FOR ET CHARGE VERIFICATION.OPEN AND REMOVE HANDLE AFTER VERIFICATION. 22 PROVIDE(1)HOSE KIT TO SERVE BOTH WATER HEATERS.TOTAL This drawing is: Pump Start/Stop FLOW SHALL BE 100 GPM.PROVIDE AUTOMATIC FLOW LIMITING Cop right 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 1. y The CW Pumps shall be commanded to run via direct signal from the VRF heat pump BYPASS VALVE.NORMALLY CLOSED. DEVICE(SIZE AT 50 GPM),ISOLATION VALVES,UNIONS,AND FLEX INLET PIPE DISCHARGE PIPE 1 The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. control board contacts.Provide wiring from VRF heat pumps to CW Pump integrated CONNECTORS FOR EACH WATER HEATER;SEE DETAIL 3/M-903. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's drive,and relays in parallel to allow either VRF heat pump to start/stop the pumps. DRAIN VALVE W/CAPPED HOSE THREADED OUTLET. CLEARANCE written permission for any other use or reproduction. SUPPORT PIPING FOR MOTOR Pump Speed Control 6"CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD WITH CHAMFERED EDGES. SEPARATELY REMOVAL PROJECT Directly controlled by CW Pump integrated drive internal logic to provide constant NOTES: FROM FLOOR OR NUMBER: pressure. ROUTE FULL SIZE COPPER TUBING TO FLOOR DRAIN.FUNNEL 1. PROVIDE A MOTORIZED VALVE AS INDICATED IN STRUCTURE FLOOR DRAIN OR FLOOR SINK. SCHEDULES.UNITS WITHOUT MOTORIZED VALVES SHALL ABOVE(TYP) LIFTING LUG 2023-053 Make-up(Fill)Svstem Pressure Alarms BE PROVIDED WITH GRISWOLD FLOW CONTROL ONLY. The make-up water system uses a water meter(MWM)and a pressure sensor(MUP) ,o PR RELIEF VALVE. 75 PSI RELIEF PRESSURE,120°RELIEF TEMP. ISOLATION VALVE for monitoring and alarming of potential leaks.The system shall be normally operated - • with the manual valve closed.This is done to prevent Flooding form a catastrophic failure ,1 BLOWDOWN. 3/4"BALL VALVE WITH CAPPED HOSE THREAD (TYP),REFER TO and to improve the ability to detect minor leaks over time.Trending of the system fill FITTING OUTLET. SPEC FOR TYPE ` MARK DATE DESCRIPTION pressure shall be used to raise the following alarms: CHECK VALVE, 1. Critical Alarm-If the fill pressure falls by more than 2 PSI within 10 seconds, iz Y STRAINER WITH BLOWDOWN VALVE. REFER TO SPEC registers over 3 gpm for 5 minutes,or falls below the minimum fill pressure set FOR TYPE point(initially set to 30 PSI,to be confirmed following TAB),the HW and CW ,a REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER. MOUNT IN EASILY PRESSURE pumps shall be commanded off and a critical alarm shall be raised at the ACCESSIBLE LOCATION 5'-0"AFF MAX HEIGHT ON WALL. GAUGE FLUSH LINE Operator Workstation. FLEX CONNECTION 2. Maintenance Alarm-If trending of the fill pressure indicates a steady decrease iq PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE,SET FOR 25 PSI.PIPE TO FLOOR T/P NEEDLE VALVE(TYP) in pressure over the period of one week(more than 5%decrease from reading (TYP),REFER TO at one week prior),a maintenance alarm indicating that a potential leak is SINK OR FLOOR DRAIN. SPEC CONNECT TO present shall be raised at the Operator Workstation. ,5 PRESSURE GAUGE. RANGE 0-100 PSI. TAPPING ON PUMP SUCTION PUMP Monitoring/Alarming: DIFFUSER BODY(TYP) PROJECT 1. Differential pressure sensor. 15 FILL FUNNEL FOR CHEMICAL FEEDER. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS 2. Condenser water supply and eturnempertur temperature:sdisable heat rompumps if ,7 CHEMICAL FILTER/FEEDER WITH INTEGRAL SUPPORT LEGS. r------ T/P PROJECT MANAGER: I- condenser water well supply/return temperature rises+5°F from setpoint(high (TYP)) PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH temp alarm)and-5°F from setpoint(low temp alarm). CLEARANCE STANCHION PLATE FOR DIFFUSER t 3. Send alarm if heat pump is scheduled on but status is off and vice versa. 4"HOUSEKEEPING JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG A REMOVAL PAD. SIZE TO BE 4" DRAWING A L______� DRAIN CONNECTION. CLEAR OF PUMP AND PIPE INDIRECT TO PIPING ON ALL SIDES DRAIN MECHANICAL NEOPRENE ° Cia a FLOOR CONTROLS ISOLATION PAD(TYP) WATER COOLED VRF HEAT PUMP, VARIABLE SPEED PUMPS, •' CONDENSER WATER SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM AND CONTROL (2)SEQUENCE r2-\DETAIL -VERTICAL INLINE PUMP INSTALLATION if ELAIM M70.08 SCALE:NO SCALE M1 a.08 SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 azlrzozs z.m.zl cu 2 3 4 5 D DRAWING INDEX E0.01 ELECTRICAL DRAWING INDEX E0.02 ELECTRICAL LEGEND . E0.03 ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL NOTES YKEMAN E0.04 TELECOM AND LOW-VOLTAGE ROUGH-IN SCHEDULES E0.05 LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN E0.06 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ED1.01 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION SITE PLAN E1.01 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN E1.02 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN E2.11 LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL E2.11a LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL E2.21 LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVELCONSULTANT: E2.21a LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL E3.11 POWER FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL E3.21 POWER FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL H A R G I S E3.31 POWER FLOOR PLAN-ROOF E4.11 MECHANICAL POWER FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL E4.21 MECHANICAL POWER FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 E5.11 LOW-VOLTAGE FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL 206.448.3376 206.448.4450 hargis.biz E5.21 LOW-VOLTAGE FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL E6.11 TELECOM FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL E6.21 TELECOM FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL • E7.01 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E7.02 ELECTRICAL DETAILS VA E7.03 ELECTRICAL DETAILS OQ'S. WA yj E7.04 ELECTRICAL DETAILS C E7.05 ELECTRICAL DETAILS A V x`< C E7.06 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E7.07 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E7.08 ELECTRICAL DETAILS ��'ty0NAL0�6 E7.10 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN 04/19/2025 E7.11 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN E7.12 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: E7.13 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN E7.14 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN E7.15 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN Arlington Operations E8.01 TELECOM ENLARGED PLANS Center E8.02 TELECOM DETAILS E8.03 TELECOM DETAILS FOR E8.04 TELECOM DETAILS E8.05 TELECOM DETAILS E8.06 TELECOM DETAILS Snohomish County E9.01 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM-BUILDING E9.02 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM-EV CHARGERS Public Works E9.03 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM-PV SYSTEM E10.01 PANEL SCHEDULES AT E10.02 PANEL SCHEDULES E10.03 PANEL SCHEDULES 19700 67th Ave NE E10.04 PANEL SCHEDULES Arlington, WA 98223 E10.05 PANEL SCHEDULES PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architects written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A A ELECTRICAL DRAWING INDEX 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 14 5 GENERAL POWER ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEM TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM WP1 AUDIO VISUAL INPUT PLATE,WALL-MOUNTED TELECOMMUNICATIONS DEVICE D EXISTING ELECTRICAL TO BE REMOVED ® SWITCHBOARD/SWITCHGEAR -__- EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE ❑F QT DEVICE SUBSCRIPTS(TYPICAL ALL SYSTEMS) �nv �0 HDMI&AUDIO TX) I(X=REPRESENTS THE#OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS MODULES) / 42' X (2=HDMI&AUDIO RX) fLfGl/,/-I(W=TELECOMMUNICATIONS WALL PHONE MTD AT+48"AFF) EXISTING ELECTRICAL TO REMAIN PANELBOARD,FLUSH-MOUNTED BUS �wP,WG OR OTHER SUBSCRIPT) (B=BLANK COVER PLATE) (NON-STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHT) CPX`-CONTROL PANEL,WALL-MOUNTED y (F=MODULARFURNITUREDEVICE) (X=DENOTES SCREEN SIZE) \ (AC=ABOVE COUNTER DEVICE) NEW ELECTRICAL WORK PANELBOARD,SURFACE-MOUNTED WIRE FFACP1 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL IS=SURFACE MOUNT) DYKEMAN (WAP=WALL-MOUNTED WIRELESS ACCESS POINT DATA DEVICE) 0 SPEAKER,CEILING-MOUNTED (FRONT) FAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL X P ABOVE CEILING TELECOMMUNICATIONS DEVICE --MATCHLINE OR PROPERTY LINE �-TRANSFORMER TERMINAL I LUG �(P=PENDANT-MOUNTED) r11,` �(X REPRESENTS THE#OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS MODULES) ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN NAC NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT L _I (WAP=WIRELESS ACCESS DEVICE) --ENLARGED PLAN BOUNDARY .Ck MOTOR CONNECTION t CONNECTION FPD FLAT PANEL DISPLAY,WALL-MOUNTED (SV=SECURITY VIDEO CAMERA) 0 SPEAKER/STROBE COMBINATION,WALL-MOUNTED pe AV RACK JUNCTION BOX,WALL-MOUNTED �J FIRE RESISTANT 3/4"PLYWOOD BACKBOARD - 1 � DISCONNECT SWITCH,NON-FUSED DELTA AV E1.01 DETAILIPLAN IDENTIFIER DISCONNECT SWITCH,FUSED WYE SPEAKER/STROBE COMBINATION,CEILING-MOUNTED AUDIO VISUAL ONE-LINE ® TWO-POST EQUIPMENT RACK `�y 1 STROBE ONLY,WALL-MOUNTED a 3.65"DOUBLE-SIDED VERTICAL MANAGEMENTCONSULTANT: SECTION IDENTIFIER '® ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER /.n/� POW ER TRANSFORMER DIGITAL AUDIO VIDEO SIGNAL E1.01 STROBE ONLY,CEILING-MOUNTED 6"DOUBLE-SIDED VERTICAL MANAGEMENT VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCEY DRIVE � CURRENT TRANSFORMER ---- ANALOG AUDIO SIGNAL 11(; H /� R G I S 1 ELEVATION IDENTIFIER __ 12"DOUBLE-SIDED VERTICAL MANAGEMENT E1.o1 � BEAM SMOKE DETECTOR-TRANSMITTER $M MANUAL MOTOR STARTER WITH THERMAL OVERLOADS �q\ p� ---- CONTROL SIGNAL/POWER I \/ I TRANSFERSWITCH BEAM SMOKE DETECTOR-RECEIVER ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 (C'�D REVISION DEFINITION AREA,AREA '® COMBINATION STARTER/DISCONNECT b 1ti LINE INTERSECTION MARK 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz _'`.�/" ENCIRCLED CONTAINS CHANGES MADE L__ I SUBSEQUENT TO PREVIOUS ISSUE ® EQUIPMENT CONNECTION.CONFIRM CONNECTION WITH (l CIRCUIT BREAKER,FIXED ❑F MANUAL PULL STATION EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER o- PARALLEL AUDIO CONNECTION ACP ACCESS CONTROL PANEL Q SMOKE DETECTOR ICI CREDENTIAL/CARD READER • Q REVISION CALLOUT pFB FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER OA O ON PAGE DESTINATION ZIej- R=CARD READER,WALL-MOUNTED) R I(CR/P=CARD READER W/PIN,WALL-MOUNTED) C COMBINATION CARBON MONOXIDE/SMOKE DETECTOR � (CRIM=CARD READER,MULLION-MOUNTED) FLAG NOTE CALLOUT 0 PUSHBUTTON CONTROLLER -� DISCONNECT SWITCH O INPUT/OUTPUT PLATE �S DOOR POSITION SWITCH S'WA V o ® (SINGLE OR MULTIPLE BUTTONS) (DEVICE ID) p 01 Sy�H FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER (CONNECTOR TYPES) s C O EQUIPMENT TAG = EMERGENCY POWER OFF PUSHBUTTON -�� FUSED SWITCH F/s TITLEI DE DOOR ENTRY STATION,WALL-MOUNTED Q < i j C HEAT DETECTOR TIT�az EQUIPMENT BLOCK � AHU-01 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TAG ® FUSE © (EQUIPMENT TYPE&MODEL NO.) MS DOOR MASTER STATION,DESK TOP 'y zollllbb W� RECEPTACLES y)\ ® MAGNETIC DOOR HOLD OPEN DEVICE (INPUT/OUTPUTS) SECURITY BUTTONS/SWITCH,WALL-MOUNTED �FJJfc/STEa�V�2� t!� FUSED CUTOUTS -, (AO=AUTO OPERATOR) OVALS P1A 22 (DR=DOOR RELEASE) 04/19/2025 LIGHTING © FLOW SWITCH SIGNAL FLOW (LD=LOCKDOWN) DEVICE SUBSCRIPTS GF CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH GROUND FAULT PROTECTION (KS=KEYED SWITCH) A +12" GF (CIRCUIT NUMBER) (PB=PANIC/DURESS) ��(CR,D,EM,GB,GF,IG,SB,TP,USB,WP OR OTHER SUBSCRIPT) O TAMPER SWITCH EQUIPMENT CONNECTION,PRE-TERM PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: �p \_DEVICE SUBSCRIPTS (NON-STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHT OR AC) ST CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH SHUNT TRIP OPERATOR ® REQUEST TO EXIT,INTEGRAL MICRO SWITCH LA,12 a``(LIGHT FIXTURETYPE) PRESSURE SWITCH EQUIPMENT CONNECTION,FIELD TERM Arlington Operations `�(C CIRCUIT NUMBER) SPECIAL RECEPTACLE OK -� CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH KIRK KEY EL\ DOOR HARDWARE POWER SUPPLY(DIV 08) `-y(E =ELECTRIFIED L /EXIT DEVICE) Center �o DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GF FUSED SWITCH WITH GROUND FAULT PROTECTION ® RELAY ANTENNA CONNECTION IC ES ELECTRIFIED STRIKE)TRIKE) (ML=ELECTRIFIED MAGNETIC LOCK) LIGHTING FIXTURES @-— (MH=ELECTRIFIED MAGNETIC HOLD OPEN) (REFER TO LIGHTING FIXTURES SCHEDULE FOURPLEX RECEPTACLE DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FOR FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION) 10"EXTERIOR BELL-WEATHERPROOF INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM Snohomish County ak❑ SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE /� MOTOR CONNECTION F_o_j STRIP LIGHTING FIXTURE �qj ❑F KNOX BOX Public Works CORD DROP RECEPTACLE /G�/ GENERATOR IDP INTRUSION DETECTION PANEL WALL-MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURE METERING DEVICE SECURITY VIDEO SYSTEM AT a F{] RETRACTABLE CORD REEL RECEPTACLE (M=METER) -0SK KEYPAD,WALL-MOUNTED (WH=WATT HOUR METER) C (A=AMMETER) CAMERA,CEILING-MOUNTED 19700 67th Ave N E (V=VOLTMETER) {�}► FIR MOTION DETECTOR,WALL-MOUNTED m RACEWAY AND BOXES CAMERA,WALL-MOUNTED Arlington, WA98223 ST SHUNT TRIP DOOR POSITION SWITCH EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURE CAMERA, O CAMERA,WALL-MOUNTED W/BRACKET JUNCTION BOX • ■ R 0 GF GROUND FAULT PROTECTION fl_1�11 0=180DEGREEVIEWCAMERA) FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION) 60(REFE TO LIGHTING FIXTURES SCHED =WO DEGREE VIEW CAMERA PERMIT SET B (Z)F FURNITURE WALL FEED OUTLET BOX EPM ELECTRONIC POWER METER 360 DEGREE CAMERA,CEILING-MOUNTED 05/02/2025 B 1111111-10 p8 PULL BOX SPD SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE This drawing is: xX (WHERE INDICATED,SUBSCRIPT INDICATES PULL BOX NUMBER) BM SECURITY MONITOR,WALL-MOUNTED 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 13* POLE-MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURE, � 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. QUANTITY A HEADS AS INDICATED HH H HERE IN E = GROUND a (WHERE INDICATED,SUBSCRIPT INDICATES HANDHOLE NUMBER) - 3.For use on this project Only.Obtain Architects DOUBLE HEAD,POLE-MOUNTED,LIGHTING AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT written permission for any other use or reproduction. 000 FIXTURE VAULT 12,241 ❑ (SYMMETRICAL)TAG XX (WHERE INDICATED,SUBSCRIPT INDICATES VAULT TYPE) PROJECT R-V-V-s+ LIGHTING TRACK WITH FIXTURES FLOORBOX (WHERE INDICATED,SUBSCRIPT INDICATES FLOOR 225 FEEDER TAG SELF-CONTAINED BATTERY-POWERED ®A Box TYPE) 2023-053 EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURE O POKE-THRU(WHERE INDICATED,SUBSCRIPT INDICATES FLOOR 'A® EXIT SIGN,UNIVERSAL MOUNTING POKE-THRU TYPE) F_� (SHADED AREA INDICATES DIRECTION ARROWS) NZ POWER POLE,FLOOR TO CEILING PAD-MOUNTED TRANSFORMER - • EXIT SIGN,WALL-MOUNTED x (SHADED AREA INDICATES DIRECTION ARROWS) MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SURFACE METAL RACEWAY LIGHTING CONTROL 1 RACEWAY CONCEALED IN-WALL OR IN-CEILING I�°-//vvtt�� I $ SWITCH,AS DEFINED BY SUBSCRIPT (EXPOSED IN UNFINISHED AREAS) I 6 uY TRANSFORMER #=SWITCH LOCATED WITHIN THE SPACE IT IS jr-�-`2W CONTROLLING - - - RACEWAY RUN BELOW FLOOR OR BELOW GRADE L =SWITCH LOCATED REMOTE FROM THE SPACE IT IS CONTROLLING MW=LINE VOLTAGE THREE-WAYOR FOUR-WAY 1/�r FLEXIBLE RACEWAY T? OSD=OCCUPANCY OR VACANCY SENSOR WITH DIMMER PANELBOARD-MAIN LUGS ONLY OS=OCCUPANCY SENSOR OR VACANCY SENSOR RACEWAY(CIRCLE DENOTES VERTICAL TRANSITION) K=KEYED LH=LIGHTED HANDLE P=PILOTLIGHT T=TIMER PROJECT SEE SWITCH SCHEDULE FORADDITIONAL RACEWAY CONTINUATION INFORMATION. �QQQ PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: BMI REFER TO LIGHTING ZONE CONTROL PLAN PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV FOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR OR VACANCY ] RACEWAY STUB WITH BUSHINGS SENSOR REQUIREMENTS. PANELBOARD-MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- OCCUPANCY SENSOR,CEILING-MOUNTED [] RACEWAY SLEEVE WITH BUSHINGS JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A ® WHERE INDICATED,SUBSCRIPT INDICATES A X TYPE FIRE STOPPING SLEEVE GROUNDING - OCCUPANCY SENSOR,WALL-MOUNTED EEE r-� CABLE TRAY,12"W x 4"H OVERHEAD,UNLESS ---G- GROUNDING CONDUCTOR © PHOTOSENSOR OTHERWISE NOTED ELECTRICAL LEGEND 1 = CABLE TRAY,OVERHEAD LADDER TYPE I� GROUNDING ROD LIGHTING CONTROL TAG _ X-X HOMERUN TO PANEL oD GROUNDING BUSBAR •-" 10 FC LIGHT LEVEL SET POINT TAG HA- (INDICATES PANEL DESIGNATION AND CIRCUIT NUMBER) EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONNECTION LCP LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL # - ��(GAUGE OF WIRE OTHER THAN AWG#12) RC ROOM CONTROLLER NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS GROUNDING STRAP (GROUND CONDUCTOR) in (PHASE CONDUCTORS) (NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR) 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES ABBREVIATIONS NON-STRUCTURAL ELECTRICAL COMPONENT NOTES D 1. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH 14. LOCATIONS OF RACEWAY,PATHWAY AND SIMILAR A AMPERE J JUNCTION TTB TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD 1. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE TAKEN DIRECTLY FROM THE APPLICABLE NATIONAL AND STATE CODES AS ITEMS ARE SHOWN SCHEMATICALLY. COORDINATE AC AIR CONDITIONING;ALTERNATING CURRENT, TV TELEVISION 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AND FROM THE AMENDED LOCALLY AND ENFORCED BY THE AHJ. INSTALLATION,INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ABOVE COUNTER K KIRK KEY TVSS TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS(ASCE)STANDARD CABLING,TELECOMMUNICATION PATHWAYS AND AF AMP FUSE;AMP FRAME KCMIL THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS TYP TYPICAL 7.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE ABOVE FOR 2. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR PERMITS REQUIRED FOR SPACES,AND EXACT LOCATION OF HORIZONTAL AFC AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT kVA KILOVOLT AMPERE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION,EXCEPTIONS,AND FURTHER DYKEMANINSTALLATION OF WORK.ARRANGE AND SCHEDULE AND BACKBONE CABLING WITH LOCATIONS OF AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR DESCRIPTIONS.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE TO REQUIRED INSPECTIONS. FIXED CASEWORK AND BUILDING CONDITIONS KVAR KILOVOLT AMPERE REACTIVE UG UNDERGROUND REQUIREMENTS AND AS SUCH,SHALL BE INCLUDED WITHIN AFFECTING THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT. AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE kW KILOWATT UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES BID.ALSO REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 3. COORDINATE WITH UTILITY COMPANIES AHJ AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION LION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED FURNISHING SERVICES TO PROJECT.INSTALLATION 15. COORDINATE TELECOMMUNICATIONS WORK WITH AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT LAN LOCAL AREA NETWORK UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY 2. 2021 IBC,1613.1,SCOPE:ARCHITECTURAL,MECHANICAL, OF UTILITY SERVICES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE THAT OF OTHER TRADES. REFER TO ELECTRICAL, AIC AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY LCP LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL USB UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS ELECTRICAL,AND NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS THAT _ WITH UTILITY REQUIREMENTS.VERIFY APPLICABLE MECHANICAL,ARCHITECTURAL,STRUCTURAL, AL ALUMINUM LEC LOCAL EXCHANGE CARRIER UTP UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR ARE PERMANENTLY ATTACHED TO STRUCTURES AND THEIR INSTALLATION STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS. CIVIL,AND LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS AND ANSI AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE SUPPORTS AND ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND PROVIDE AND SUBMIT ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS TO SPECIFICATIONS. COORDINATION SHALL OCCUR LT LIGHT UV UNIT VENTILATOR CONSTRUCTED TO RESIST THE EFFECTS OF EARTHQUAKE UTILITY FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN AND PRIOR TO FABRICATION,PURCHASE,AND AS AMP SWITCH LTG LIGHTING MOTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASCE 7,EXCLUDING PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. INSTALLATION OF WORK. AT AMP TRIP V VOLTS CHAPTER 14 AND APPENDIX 11A. CONSULTANT: ATM ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE M METER VA VOLT AMPERES 4. DEVICE LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. 16. NEW CABLING INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MAN METROPOLITAN AREA NETWORK VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE 3. ASCE 7 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY: COORDINATE DEVICE LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS CONCEALED IN WALL,CEILINGS,AND BELOW AV AUDIO VISUAL THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE H A R G I S WITH APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING RAISED FLOOR SPACES UNLESS OTHERWISE MAX MAXIMUM CONSTRUCTION OF A SEISMIC-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM, CASEWORK SHOP DRAWINGS AND ARCHITECT'S NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. CABLING IN AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE MC MAIN CROSS CONNECT;METAL CLAD(CABLE) W WASTE,WATT,WIDE,WATER DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM,OR COMPONENT LISTED IN INTERIOR ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACES SHALL BE INSTALLED MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER W/ WITH THE QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN AND SHALL SUBMIT A AS OPEN CABLING NEAR STRUCTURES AND WALLS BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER W/O WITHOUT WRITTEN CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 5. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL WORK WITH THAT OF OR AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON DRAWINGS. SEE BATT BATTERIES MDF MAIN DISTRIBUTION FRAME WA WORKSTATION AREA TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND TO THE 306.448.33J6 206.448.4450 hargis.biz OTHER TRADES.REFER T MECHANICAL, SPECIFICATIONS FOR SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS. BIL BASIC IMPULSE INSULATION LEVEL MDP MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL WAN WIDE AREA NETWORK OWNER PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK ON THE ARCHITECTURAL,STRUCTURAL,CIVIL,AND BKBD BACKBOARD SYSTEM OR COMPONENT.THE CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 17. PROVIDE FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS FOR CONDUIT MFR MANUFACTURER WG WIRE GUARD OF RESPONSIBILITY SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: COORDINATION SHALL OCCUR PRIOR TO AND RACEWAY SYSTEMS AT PENETRATIONS, BKR BREAKER MH MANHOLE WH WATT HOUR METER • FABRICATION,PURCHASE,AND INSTALLATION OF SLEEVES AND SLOTS OF FIRE RATED BLDG BUILDING MIN MINIMUM WP WEATHERPROOF A. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF AWARENESS OF THE WORK. CONSTRUCTION FOR HORIZONTAL AND MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED IN THE INTRABUILDING PATHWAYS AND SPACES. QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN' V C CONDUIT;DEGREES CELCIUS MPOE MAIN POINT OF ENTRY XFMR TRANSFORMER �S'wq NOF 6. COORDINATE LOCATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND B. ACKNOWLEDGMENT THAT CONTROL WILL BE CEILING-MOUNTED DEVICES WITH ARCHITECTURAL 18. INTRABUILDING OPTICAL FIBER CABLING SHALL BE CAT CATEGORY MPOP MAIN POINT OF PRESENCE EXERCISED TO OBTAIN CONFORMANCE WITH .a"��01 Sy��c�"�! C REFLECTED CEILING PLANS AND ELEVATIONS. CLEARLY AND VISIBLY IDENTIFIED IN PULLBOXES, CAN COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION MTD MOUNTED Y WYE THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS APPROVED BY Q < i 1 C ENTRANCE POINTS,EACH RISER ROOM,AND V-0" CB CIRCUIT BREAKER MTS MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION; 7. PROVIDE RATED ENCLOSURES AROUND ALL LIGHT BEFORE ENTERING A FREE STANDING RACK CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION MV MEDIUM VOLTAGE Z IMPEDANCE C. PROCEDURES FOR EXERCISING CONTROL 'y zoiiries q� FIXTURES PENETRATING RATED CEILINGS. UTILIZING AN OPTICAL FIBER CABLE MARKER TAG WITHIN THE CONTRACTOR'S ORGANIZATION, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL. SYSTEM. CLG CEILING THE METHOD AND FREQUENCY OF 'y70V L0�6 CM CEILING-MOUNTED (N) NEW REPORTING AND THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE 04/19/2025 8. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL 19. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM SPACING OF 12"FROM CO CONDUIT ONLY N NEUTRAL REPORTS;AND DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF ELECTRICAL FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUIT COW COMPUTER ON WHEELS NAC NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT D. IDENTIFICATION AND QUALIFICATIONS OF THE EXPANSION/SEISMIC JOINTS.PROVIDE RACEWAY WIRING AND 12"FROM AUXILIARY SYSTEM CABLING. CR CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE PERSON(S)EXERCISING SUCH CONTROL AND PROJECT IDENTIFICATI EXPANSION/SEISMIC JOINTS FOR RACEWAYS THEIR POSITION(S)IN THE ORGANIZATION. CROSSING BUILDING EXPANSION/SEISMIC JOINTS. 20. MINIMUM SPACING FROM ELECTRICAL APPARATUS CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS SUCH AS MOTOR DRIVEN EQUIPMENT AND CU COPPER ASSOCIATION 4. DIVISION 26 RESPONSIBILITIES: Arlington Operations 9. DEMOLISH EXISTING SYSTEMS AS INDICATED ON TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE 6'4'. SPACING NF NON-FUSED PLANS OR AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY TO OPEN CABLING D DEDICATED NIC NOT IN CONTRACT A. HANGERS AND SEISMIC BRACING FOR Center NEW WORK.MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED FROM PATHWAYS WHERE EQUIPMENT IS LOCATED ON DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE DESIGNED SITE AND LEGALLY DISPOSED OF OFF SITE UNLESS THE SAME FLOOR,FLOOR ABOVE,FLOOR BELOW, DEMARC DEMARCATION POINT OFC OPTICAL FIBER CABLE AND SPECIFIED BY DIVISION 26.DIVISION 26 FOR OTHERWISE DIRECTED.RETURN ITEMS TO OWNER OR IN ROOMS ADJACENT TO SUCH EQUIPMENT AS SHALL REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL IN EXISTING CONDITION WHEN DIRECTED BY THOUGH WALLS AND FLOORS DID NOT EXIST. DISC DISCONNECT OHL OVERHEAD LINE DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT OWNER. EXCEPTION: BUILDING CONSTRUCTION THAT DIST DISTRIBUTION OL OVERLOAD AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AS STRUCTURAL Snohomish County RESULTS IN CONTINUOUS METALLIC BARRIER DSL DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR DRAWINGS DO NOT SHOW THE LOCATIONS OF 10. COMPLETION OF WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN BETWEEN ELECTRICAL APPARATUS AND CABLE DWG DRAWING OSP OUTSIDE PLANT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT,RACEWAYS,AND Public Works ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. PATHWAYS SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS SUITABLE OTHER COMPONENTS. SCHEDULE INSTALLATION WITH OTHER TRADES TO SEPARATION. (E) EXISTING P POLE B. DIVISION 26 SHALL COORDINATE THE ENSURE PROJECT MILESTONES ARE MET. SUPPORT SYSTEMS AND DESIGN LOADS FOR AT 21. PRIOR TO STARTING TELECOMMUNICATIONS EA EACH PBX PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE HUNG RACEWAYS AND OTHER ELECTRICAL 11. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND DO NOT INSTALLATION,CAREFULLY INSPECT INSTALLED EF EXHAUST FAN PF POWER FACTOR SYSTEMS(INCLUDING COMBINED MULTIPLE 19700 67th Ave NE SHOW ALL COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR A WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH ELEV ELEVATION PH PHASE RACEWAY RUNS)WITH THE GENERAL COMPLETE INSTALLATION.PROVIDE COMPONENTS WORK IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE WORK EM EMERGENCY FIR PASSIVE INFRARED CONTRACTOR AND THE STEEL AND WOOD Arlington, WA 98223 REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL MAY PROPERLY COMMENCE. NOTIFY THE EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING PIV POST INDICATING VALVE JOIST MANUFACTURERS IN ADDITION TO SYSTEMS INCLUDING RACEWAYS,CONDUCTORS, ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ENCL ENCLOSURE PNL PANEL OTHER TRADES THAT MAY BE IMPACTED. BOXES,SUPPORTS AND SIMILAR ITEMS. CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY COMPLETION OF THE WORK. EPM ELECTRONIC POWER METER PP PATCH ENERGY CODE NOTES PERMIT SET 12. BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUNS ARE SHOWN TO EPO EMERGENCY POWER OFF PT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER B INDICATE CIRCUIT PROPERTIES AND 22. DO NOT BEGIN TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIP EQUIPMENT PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE 1. RECORD DRAWINGS:SUBMIT TO THE BUILDING 05/02/2025 g CONFIGURATION.SINGLE-CIRCUIT HOMERUNS INSTALLATION UNTIL ALL UNSATISFACTORY ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN OWNER PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL SERVED FROM THE SAME PANELBOARD MAY BE CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK AHJ. This drawing is: COMBINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DIVISION 26 CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS AS EVCS ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATION RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. SPECIFICATIONS,UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. SATISFACTORY. EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER REC RECEPTACLE 2. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS:SUBMIT TO 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. EXTEND AND CONNECT BRANCH CIRCUIT RACEWAY REF REFER TO THE BUILDING OWNER PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's AND WIRING FROM HOMERUN TO DEVICES AND 23. ROUTE CATEGORY 6/6A CABLES TO THEIR F FUSES;DEGREES FAHRENHEIT REV REVISION BY THE LOCAL AHJ. written permission for any other use or reproduction. EQUIPMENT WITH CIRCUIT NUMBERS INDICATED. ASSIGNED CROSS-CONNECT PER THE FA FIRE ALARM RM ROOM PROJECT CONDUCTOR QUANTITIES AND SIZES ARE IDENTIFICATION LABEL AT EACH FAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL RTRC REINFORCED THERMOSETTING RESIN CONDUIT 3. THIS BUILDING AND ITS ENERGY SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN INDICATED AT HOMERUNS ONLY.SHOW ACTUAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS WORKSTATION DEVICE. DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH ENERGY CODE RACEWAY ROUTING AND CIRCUITING ON RECORD TERMINATE ALL CABLES ON 48-PORT PATCH FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL RU RACK UNIT ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ.CONTRACTOR IS 2023-053 DRAWINGS.MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE#12 AWG. PANELS ON RACKS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FBO FURNISHED BY OWNER RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT INSTALLATION OF FOIC FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY SHT SHEET ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES. 13. LIGHT FIXTURES MOUNTED IN CONTINUOUS ROWS 24. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTRACTOR SLC SIGNALING LINE CIRCUIT • SHALL BE THROUGH-WIRED VIA FIXTURE INTERNAL ALL CONDUIT,OUTLET BOXES,JUNCTION BOXES, 4. LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING AND WIREWAYS.CIRCUITS AS INDICATED ON RACEWAY SYSTEMS,ETC.FORA COMPLETE AND FSD FIRE SMOKE DAMPER FOIO FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY OWNER SM SINGLEMODE COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS:TEST SYSTEMS TO MARK DATE DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS.FIXTURES NOT LISTED FOR THROUGH OPERATIONAL PATHWAY SYSTEM FOR ALL SMFC SURFACE-MOUNTED OPTICAL FIBER CABINET ENSURE THAT BUILDING SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN WIRING SHALL BE WIRED VIA SEPARATE RACEWAY TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PER THE SCOPE SMR SURFACE METAL RACEWAY INSTALLED AND FUNCTION PROPERLY AND AND WIRING SYSTEM EXTERNAL TO THE FIXTURES. OF WORK INDICATED ON THE CONSTRUCTION G GROUND SONET SYNCHRONOUS OPTICAL NETWORK EFFICIENTLY,AND CAN BE MAINTAINED IN PROVIDE RACEWAYS,WIRING AND CONNECTIONS DRAWINGS AND BID SPECIFICATIONS. GB GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER BREAKER SP SERVICE PROVIDER ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. GF GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER SPD SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS PER ENERGY CODE 25. CABLE TRAY PATHWAYS ABOVE ACCESSIBLE GFP GROUND FAULT PROTECTION ENFORCED BY THE AHJ.REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS CEILINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL SPEC SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR. CABLE TRAY PATHWAYS BELOW GND GROUND SPST SINGLE POLE SINGLE THROW RAISED FLOOR SPACES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY GRS GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL ST SHUNT TRIP THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTRACTOR. STP SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR HC HORIZONTAL CROSS CONNECT SVGA SUPER VIDEO GRAPHICS ARRAY HID HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE SW SWITCH PROJECT HP HORSEPOWER SWBD SWITCHBOARD PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI HTR HEATER PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV Hz HERTZ TBB TELECOMMUNICATIONS BONDING BACKBONE PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- TEL TELEPHONE JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A IBC INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE TELCO TELEPHONE COMPANY A rr- IC INTERMEDIATE CROSS CONNECT TGB TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING BUSBAR IDF INTERMEDIATE DISTRIBUTION FRAME TIA TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY ASSOCIATION ELECTRICAL IEEE INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC TMGB TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN GROUNDING BUSBAR ENGINEER ABBREVIATIONS AND TP TAMPERPROOF IG ISOLATED GROUND TR TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM GENERAL NOTES IMC INTERMEDIATE METALLIC CONDUIT ISDN INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK . 1 2 1 3 1 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE ACCESS CONTROL ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE ouTLETBOX CONDUIT OUTLET eox CONDUIT SYMBOL MOUNTING HEIGHT DEVCE NAME MUD RING DETAIL NOTES SYMBOL MWNTING HEIGHT DEVICE NAME MUD RING DETAIL NOTES - QTY 312E CITY SIZE TERM LOCATION CITY SIZE OTY SRE TERM LOCATION +I6',UON CATEGORY B DEVICE 1 4-11116' 1 1" ACCESSIBLECLG SINGLECANG 11EB.03 - _R a44" CARD READER 1 4'S 1 1' ACCESSIBLE CLG SINGLE-GANG - 1 lI��lI R IACIW� +144•',UON FLUSH CATEGORYSAWAP DEVICE 1 411118' 1 1' ACCESSIBLE CLG SINGLEGANG 31E8.03 - T a44" CARD READER,MULLION - - 1 1" ACCESSIBLE CLG - - - 11�1 RIM il`41!A, ABOVE CLG CATEGORY SA WAP DEVICE 1 411118• 1 1• ACCESSIBLE CLG SINGLEGANG 51E8.03 1 _PAD +44• AUTO OPERATOR BUTTON 1 4'S 1 3H' ACCESSIBLE CLG - - - CATEGORYBEVI SEE DN.28 4" SINGLE-GANG 2 �$ OP OF FRAME DOOR POSITION SWITCH 34' ACCESSIBLE CLG H AR G I S FLOOR BOX DCE GENERAL NOTE: A MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON THE SCHEDULE REFER TO CENTER OF BACK BOX DE +44" DOOR ENTRY STATION 1 SPECIALTY BACK BOX 1 1' ACCESSIBLE CLG - - 5 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206.448.4460 hargis.biz NOTE3: ❑ - - - - - - R 1,PROVIDE ROUGH-IN FOR HARD-LID 10 AND OPEN-TO-STRUCTURE CEILINGS.MOUNT FLUSH IN HAR AND SURFACE MOUNT IN OPEN TO STRUCTURE CEILING. INTEGRAL MICRO REX - - - 2.FLOOR BOX DEVICES LOCATED ON THE FIRST FLOOR SHALL ROUTE TO THE NEAREST TELECOM ROOM OR AS INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLANS. SINGLE-GANG EL - ELECTRIFIED LOCKSETI EAT DEVICE VARIES M45ONRY VARIES SA' ACCESSIBLE CLG - - 4S ES - ELECTRIFIED DOOR STRIKESINGLE-GANG 1 M450NRY 1 1' ACCESSIBLE CLG - - - VA GENERAL NOTES: p1 W4 HO C A.MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON THE SCHEDULE REFER TO CENTER OF BACK BOX T t O PERFORMANCE AUDIO VISUAL AND SOUND ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE x` c B.COORDINATE ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS WITH SECURITY CONTRACTOR AND DOOR HARDWARE CONTRACTOR. NOTES: 201111fi6 w� OUTLET BOX CONDUIT 1.SINGLE-GANG MASONRY BACK BOXES ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR EXTERIOR MOUNTED DEVICES. oF��'yyONAL SYMBOL MOUNTING HEIGHT DEVICE NAME MUDRING DETAIL NOTES 2.PROVIDE FACEPLATE WITH COMPRESSION BOX CONNECTOR AND—ARMORED CABLING UNDER WORK SURFACE TO DEVICE. QTY 312E Ott SIZE TERM LOCATION 3.WHERE DOOR FRAME IS FILLED,PROVIDE SINGLE-GANG MASONRY BACK BO%AT TOP OF DOOR FRAME AT 4'ON CENTER FROM STRIKE SIDE OF DOOR. 04/19/2025 ^ 4.PROVIDE SINGLE-GANG MASONRY BACK BOX AT CENTER HINGE ON BOTH SIDES OR AT STRIKE, V6 411I16X - IDENTIFICATION: +18',UON HDMI WIAUDIO 1 3-,12'0 1 1-114" SINGLE-GANG41E8.0] 1 5.DEVICE REQUIRES NETWORK CONNECTION,PROVIDE CATEGORV6 CABLING(CABLING BY 2]1100). VON BUTTON PANEL CONTROLLER 1 431in6Dx 1 1" - SINGLE-GANG - - Arlington OperationS /O CEILING TILE SPEAKER - - - - ACCESSIBLECLG SIN- - - Center IS1 VARIES SPEAKER.PENDANT-MOUNTED 1 I'S , ,' - SINGLE-GANG - - INTRUSION DETECTION ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE FOR GENERAL NOTFS: WT.Er BOX CONDUIT A Snohomish County MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON THE SCHEDULE REFER TO CENTER OF BACK BOX. SYMBOL MWNTING HEIGHT DEVICE NAME Ott 312E CITY SIZE TERM LOCATION MUD RING DETAIL NOTES B.BACK BOXES,SPECIALTY BACK BOXES AND FLOOR BOXES ARE PROVIDED UNDER DIVISION 26,SEE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS 260534 AND 260s35. —0 KEYPAD 1 4'S 1 3l4' ACCESSIBLE CLG SINGLE-GANG Public Works NOTES: ZJ K 1.PROVIDE CONDUIT TO AV BACK JUNCTION GOV SOUND PLATE AND AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. �S +gS• PIR MOTION DETECTOR 1 4'S 1 3'4' ACCESSIBLE CLG SINGLE-GANG - 2 AT ID TOP OF FRAME DOOR POSITION SWITCH - - 1 34' ACCESSIBLE CLG - 1 19700 67th Ave NE GENERAL NOTES: Arlington, WA 98223 A.MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON THE SCHEDULE REFER TO CENTER OF BACK BOX B.COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH SECURITY CONTRACT—AND/OR DOOR HARDWARE CONTRACTOR. 1.WHERE DOOR FRAME IS FILLED,PROVIDE SINGLE-GANG MASONRY BACK BOX AT TOP OF DOOR FRAME AT 4'ON CENTER FROM STRIKE SIDE OF DOOR, PERMIT SET B 2,PROVIDE WIRE GUARDS WHERE DEVICE IS LOCATED IN GYMNASIUM, 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2,The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's Written permission for any other use or reproduction. IP SECURITY VIDEO ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE PROJECT OUTLET Box CONDUIT SYMBOL MOUNTING HEIGHT DEVICE NAME MUD RING DETAIL NOTES QTY SDE CITY SDE TERM LOCATION 2023-053 J�l� -108'-INTERIOR CAMERA 1 4•S 1 3l4' ACCESSIBLE CLG DOUBLE-GANG S.Es. 1,2 Zl� +t 20'-EXTERIOR,UON +108'-INTERIOR MULTIIENS CAMERA 1 4'S 1 3l4' ACCESSIBLE CLG DOUBLE-GANG 1,21E8.04 1,2 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION N20"-EXTERI0R,UON GENERAL NOTES: A.MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON THE SCHEDULE REFER TO CENTER OF BACK BOX B.COORDINATE BACK BOXAND MUD RING WITH IF SECURITY VIDEO CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. NOTFS: 1.DEVICE REQUIRES NETN/ORK CONNECTION,PROVIDE CATEGORV6 CABLING(CABLING BY2]1100). 2.SINGLE-GANG MASONRY BACK BOXES ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR EXTERIOR CAMERA LOCATIONS. PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A A TELECOM AND LOW-VOLTAGE ROUGH-IN SCHEDULES 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL SERIES LIGHT COLOR INPUT DYKEMAN SOURCE TEMP DELIVERED LUMENS CRI WATTS FINISH REMARKS El 4"PROFILE X 14'X 2V AND MOUNTED AT 20'-O"AFG,ARM-MOUNTED SITE FIXTURE WITH INTEGRAL MOTION SENSOR(SENSOR FINISH TO MATCH FIXTURE LUMINAIRE FINISH),DIECAST MCGRAW EDISON GALLEON SERIES II LED 3500 16,000 80 120 BLACK ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ALUMINUM HOUSING,IP68 RATED,PROVIDE 5"DIAMETER STRAIGHT ROUND STEEL POLE,SEVEN-GAUGE POLE THICKNESS MINIMUM WITH METAL BOLT COVER SHROUD,PROVIDE TAMPERPROOF FASTENERS E2 4"PROFILE X 14'X 21'AND MOUNTED AT 16'-0"AFG,ARM-MOUNTED SITE FIXTURE WITH INTEGRAL MOTION SENSOR(SENSOR FINISH TO MATCH FIXTURE LUMINAIRE FINISH),DIECAST MCGRAW EDISON GPC GALLEON PEDESTRIAN LED 3500 11,703 80 86 BLACK ALUMINUM HOUSING,IP68 RATED,PROVIDE 5"DIAMETER STRAIGHT ROUND STEEL POLE,SEVEN-GAUGE POLE THICKNESS MINIMUM WITH METAL BOLT COVER SHROUD,PROVIDE COMPANION - TAMPERPROOF FASTENERS E3 9"X18"X12"EXTERIOR WALL MOUNTED WEDGE SHAPE LED FIXTURE IP65 RATED WITH 450 mA DRIVE CURRENT TYPE IV FORWARD THROW DISTRIBUTION AND INTEGRAL MOTION MCGRAW EDISON IMPACT ELITE LED-ISW LED 3500 3,400 80 25 BLACK SENSOR FOR 50%-100%DIMMING.SENSOR(S)SHALL BE SAME COLOR AS FIXTURE E3X ISAME AS TYPE E3 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY MCGRAW EDISON IMPACT ELITE LED-ISW LED 1 3500 3,400 80 25 1 BLACK CONSULTANT: E4 10.5"DIAMTER SURFACE MOUNTED IP66 RATED ROUND DIE-CAST ALUMINUM FIXTURE WITH IMPACT AND VANDAL RESISTANCE WHY POLYCARBONATE IK10 RATED LENDS FC OUTDOOR LIGHTING FCW37300 LED 3500 1,000 80 10 BLACK E5X 4"X 5"X4'DIRECT AND INDIRECT LIGHT OUTPUT LED WALL-MOUNTED LINEAR FIXTURES.EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH SPOTLESS DIRECT AND INDIRECT POLYCARBONATE AXIS LIGHTING WET BEAM DI LED LED 3500 400 LM/FT DOWN&400 90 40 BLACK 3 LENS WITH INTEGRAL 0-1 OV DIMMING DRIVER AND INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK LM/FT DOWN H A R G I S E6 4"X 5"X 8'DIRECT AND INDIRECT LIGHT OUTPUT LED WALL-MOUNTED LINEAR FIXTURES.EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH SPOTLESS DIRECT AND INDIRECT POLYCARBONATE AXIS LIGHTING WET BEAM DI LED LED 3500 400 LM/FT DOWN&400 90 80 BLACK 3 LENS WITH INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER LM/FT DOWN E6X SAME AS TYPE E6 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK AXIS LIGHTING WET BEAM DI LED LED 3500 400 LM/FT DOWN&400 90 80 BLACK 3 LM/FT DOWN 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 E7X 4"X 5"X V DIRECT SURFACE-MOUNTED WET LOCATION LISTED LINEAR LED FIXTURE.SATINE WET LENS AND EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER PINNACLE LIGHTING EDGE EX3WET LED 3500 391 LUMENS/FT 90 40 BLACK 3 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz AND INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK E8X 4"X 5"X 4'DIRECT WALL-MOUNTED WET LOCATION LISTED LINEAR LED FIXTURE.SATINE WET LENS AND EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER AND PINNACLE LIGHTING EDGE EX3WET LED 3500 391 LUMENS/FT 90 40 BLACK 3 INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK • F1 3"X 3.5"X FLED RECESSED FLANGE-MOUNTED LINEAR LED FIXTURE.EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH DIFFUSING LENS AND INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER AURA VARILINE DIRECT 3"SERIES LED 3500 750 LM/FT 90 40 WHITE - FiX SAME AS TYPE F1 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK AURA VARILINE DIRECT 3"SERIES LED 3500 750 LWFT 90 40 WHITE - YA F2 3"X 3.5"X 4'LED RECESSED FLANGE-MOUNTED LINEAR LED FIXTURE.EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH DIFFUSING LENS AND INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER AURA VARILINE DIRECT 3"SERIES LED 3500 750 LM/FT 90 20 WHITE - 0�o.W AfV Z F2X SAME AS TYPE F2 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK AURA VARILINE DIRECT 3"SERIES LED 3500 750 LM/FT 16 C G1 2'X 4'RECESSED GRID-MOUNTED LED TROFFER FIXTURE.FROSTED LENS COLD ROLLED STEEL HOUSING WITH 0-1 OV DIMMING DRIVER COOPER-METALUX CRUZE ST 24CZ2 LED 3500 4,500 90 33 WHITE - A V x 1 C GIX SAME AS TYPE GI WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK COOPER-METALUX CRUZE ST 24CZ2 LED 3500 4,500 90 33 WHITE - G2 2'X 2'RECESSED GRID-MOUNTED LED TROFFER FIXTURE.FROSTED LENS COLD ROLLED STEEL HOUSING WITH 0-1 OV DIMMING DRIVER COOPER-METALUX CRUZE ST 22CZ2 LED 3500 3,953 90 31 WHITE G2X ISAME AS TYPE G2 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK COOPER-METALUX CRUZE ST 22CZ2 LED 1 3500 3,953 90 31 1 WHITE - ��'y70VAL0�6 P1 3"X 3.5"X V DIRECT AND INDIRECT LIGHT OUTPUT LED PENDANT MOUNTED LINEAR FIXTURE.EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH DIFFUSING LENS AND INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING AURA VARILINE DIRECT/INDIRECT 3" LED 3500 1,260 LM/FT TOTAL 90 47 BLACK 3 04/19/2025 DRIVER SERIES FIX SAME AS TYPE P1 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK AURA VARILINE DIRECT/INDIRECT 3" LED 3500 1,260 LM/FT TOTAL 90 47 BLACK 3 SERIES PROJECT IDENTIFICATI P2 3"X 3.5"X 4'DIRECT AND INDIRECT LIGHT OUTPUT LED PENDANT MOUNTED LINEAR FIXTURE.EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH DIFFUSING LENS AND INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING AURA VARILINE DIRECT/INDIRECT 3" LED 3500 1,260 LM/FT TOTAL 90 24 BLACK 3 DRIVER SERIES Arlington Operations P2X SAME AS TYPE P2 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK AURA VARILINE DIRECT/INDIRECT 3" LED 3500 1,260 LM/FT TOTAL 90 24 BLACK 3 SERIES Center P3 3"X 3.5"X V DIRECT LIGHT OUTPUT ONLY LED PENDANT MOUNTED LINEAR FIXTURE.EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH DIFFUSING LENS AND INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER AURA VARILINE DIRECT 3"SERIES LED 3500 750 LM/FT 90 52 BLACK - P3X SAME AS TYPE P3 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK AURA VARILINE DIRECT 3"SERIES LED 3500 750 LM/FT 90 52 BLACK - FOR P4 3"X 3.5"X 4'DIRECT LIGHT OUTPUT ONLY LED PENDANT MOUNTED LINEAR FIXTURE.EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH DIFFUSING LENS AND INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER AURA VARILINE DIRECT 3"SERIES LED 3500 750 LM/FT 90 26 BLACK - P5X SAME AS TYPE P5 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK BETA-CALCO BRIDGE LED 3500 800 LM/FT 90 64 BLACK WITH GOLD - Snohomish County INTERIOR P6X 3"X 4"X 4'DIRECT AND INDIRECT LIGHT OUTPUT LED PENDANT MOUNTED'U'SHAPED LINEAR FIXTURE.ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH OPAL ACRYLIC DIFFUSERS WITH 60% BETA-CALCO BRIDGE LED 3500 800 LM/FT 90 32 BLACK WITH GOLD - Public Works DIRECT/40%INDIRECT OUTPUTS AND REMOTE DIMMING DRIVER AND INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK INTERIOR S1 2"X 4'INDUSTRIAL LED STRIP FIXTURE WITH SEMI-FROSTED LENS AND INTEGRAL DRIVER COOPER-METALUX SNLED LENSED LED 3500 4,000 90 28 1 WHITE - S1BX SAME AS TYPE$1 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACKAND 120V DRIVER COOPER-METALUX SNLED LENSED LED 3500 4,000 90 28 WHITE - AT SIX SAME AS TYPE S1 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK COOPER-METALUX SNLED LENSED LED 3500 4,000 90 28 WHITE - S2X 6"X 24"FULLY ENCLOSED,SURFACE-MOUNTED LED FIXTURE WITH POLYCARBONATE LENS AND STAINLESS STEEL LATCHES.NEMA 4X RATED WITH INTEGRAL 120V DRIVER AND COOPER-METALUX 4VT3 SERIES LED 3500 4,000 90 26 WHITE - 19700 67th Ave NE INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK Arlington, WA 98223 SL1 5"X 11"X 21"AND 3S TALL POLE WITH V DECORATIVE ARM-MOUNTED ROADWAY FIXTURE,DIE CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING,IP68 RATED,IK10 VANDAL RESISTANCE.PROVIDE LEOTEK GREENCOBRA MIDSIZE LED, LED 4000 17,276 70 123 CITY STANDARD 2 g DECORATIVE POLE PER CITY OF ARLINGTON CONSTRUCTION STANDRADS GCM H-SERIES X1A SINGLE FACE,BACK WALL-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN LED WITH DIE-CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING AND GREEN LETTERS WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY COOPER-SURE-LITE CX LED SERIES LED - - - 3 BRUSHED ALUMINUM 1 X1B SINGLE FACE,SIDE WALL-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN LED WITH DIE-CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING AND GREEN LETTERS WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY COOPER-SURE-LITE CX LED SERIES LED - - - 3 BRUSHED ALUMINUM 1 PERMIT SET X1C SINGLE FACE,TOP CEILING-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN LED WITH DIE-CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING AND GREEN LETTERS WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY COOPER-SURE-LITE CX LED SERIES LED - - - 3 BRUSHED ALUMINUM 1 B X2B DOUBLE FACE,SIDE WALL-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN LED WITH DIE-CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING AND GREEN LETTERS WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY COOPER-SURE-LITE CX LED SERIES LED 3 BRUSHED ALUMINUM , 05/02/2025 g GENERAL NOTES: This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. A.MATCH SITE FIXTURE POLES TO SITE FIXTURE HEAD.CONFIRM FINISH COLORS WITH ARCHITECT. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. B.WHERE INTERIOR TYPE FIXTURE IS DESIGNATED IN A NETWORKED LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE PROVIDE INTEGRAL OCCUPANCY/PHOTOCELL.SEE LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE FLOOR PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's mitten permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: NOTES: 2023-053 1.CONFIRM FIXTURE FINISH WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING. 2.CONFIRM FIXTURE FINISH WITH CITY OF ARLINGTON CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS PRIOR TO ORDERING. • 3.PROVIDE FIXTURE WITH A SINGLE CIRCUIT FOR UP/DOWN LIGHT CONTROLS. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A A LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D DYKEMAN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN EQUIPMENT TAG VOLTAGE PHASE HP KW FLA MCA MOCP SCCR BRANCH CIRCUIT DISCONNECT NOTES EQUIPMENTTAG VOLTAGE PHASE HP KW FLA MCA MOCP SCCR BRANCH CIRCUITdAG DISCONNECT NOTES RACEWAY PHASE N G SIZE FUSE RACEWAY PHASE N SIZE FUSE DEHUMIDIFIER UNIT VRF HEAT PUMP-BC CONTROLLER _ DU-01 120V 1 - .324 2.8 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG 2 BC-01 208V 1 2 15 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG - 2 DU-02 120V 1 - .324 2.8 - - - 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - - 2 BC-02 208V 1 - - - 2 15 - 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - - 2 BC-03 208V 1 - - - 2 15 - 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG - - 2 ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER EUH-01 208 V 3 - 3 14.4 - - - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 4 VRF HEAT PUMP-INDOOR UNITS EUH-02 480 V 3 - 3 14.4 - - - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 4 FCU-L-01 208 V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - - - 2 EUH-03 480V 3 - 3 3.6 - - - 314" 12AWG - 12AWG 30 6 2 FCU-L-02 208V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 H A R G I S EUH-04 480 V 3 3 3.6 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 30 6 2 FCU-L-03 208 V 1 0.24 15 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 2 EUH-05 208 V 3 - 3 14.4 - - - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 4 FCU-L-04 208 V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 EUH-06 208 V 3 - 3 14.4 - - - 314" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 4 FCU-L-05 208 V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 FCU-L-06 208V 1 - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 • hargis.biz ELECTRIC WATER HEATER FCU-L-07 208 V 1 - - - 3.11 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 EWH-01 208V 3 - 15 41.6 - - - 1" 6AWG - 10AWG 60 60 1 FCU-L-08 208V 1 - - - 3.4 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 FCU-L-09 208 V 1 - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 FAN FCU-L-10 208 V 1 - - - 0.58 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 TF-01 120V 1 1/6 - - - - - 314" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - - 2 FCU-L-11 208V 1 - - - 0.58 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 TF-02 120V 1 1/6 - - - - 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - 2 FCU-L-12 208V 1 - - 0.26 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 �S WANZ FCU-L-13 208 V 1 - - - 0.26 15 - 3/4" 12 AWG - 12 AWG - - 2 �°� Sy�AC�+p C HEAT PUMP WATER HEATER FCU-L-14 208 V 1 - - - 0.58 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12 AWG - - 2 e i 1 C WHCU-01 208 V 1 1 13 - 314" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - 1 FCU-L-15 208 V 1 - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 FCU-L-16 208V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 'y zoliri66 w� HEAT RECOVERY UNIT FCU-L-17 208 V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 OF(r'gfOtSTEaEO`2w HRU-01 208V 3 - - - 20.3 25 - 3/4" 10AWG 10AWG 10AWG 30 25 1 FCU-L-18 208V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 �'y70NALE�V 04/19/2025 HRU-02 208 V 3 20.3 25 3/4" 10AWG I 10AWG 10AWGI 30 1 25 1 FCU-U-01 208 V 1 3.4 15 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 2 FCU-U-02 208 V 1 - - - 1.39 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 HYDRONIC PUMP-WATER SOURCE OPTION FCU-U-03 208 V 1 - - - 1.39 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 PROJECT CWP-01 480 V 3 5 314" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG 3 FCU-U-04 208 V 1 1.39 15 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 2 CWP-02 480V 3 5 - - - - - 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - - 3 FCU-U-05 208V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 Arlington Operations FCU-U-06 208V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 PLUMBING PUMP FCU-U-07 208V 1 - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 Center DWCP-01 120V 1 1112 - - - - - 314" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - - 2 FCU-U-08 208V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 EJ-01 480V 3 2 - - - - - 314" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - - 3 FCU-U-09 208V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 FOR EJ-02 480 V 3 2 3/4" 12AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 3 FCU-U-10 208 V 1 0.24 15 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - SP-01 120V 1 3/4 - - - - - 314" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - - 7 FCU-U-11 208V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 Snohomish County FCU-U-12 208 V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING Public Works AC-01 208 V 1 - - - - - - 314" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - - 2 VRF HEAT PUMP-WATER SOURCE OPTION AC-02 208V 1 - - - - - - 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - - 2 HP-01 480V 3 - - - 33 45 - 1" 6AWG - 10AWG 60 45 1 AT CU-01 208V 1 - - - 13.7 15 - 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG 30 15 1 HP-02 480V 3 - - - 26.2 35 - 3/4" 8AWG - 10AWG 60 35 1 CU-02 208V 1 13.7 15 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG 30 15 1 19700 67th Ave NE GENERAL NOTES: Arlington, WA 98223 GENERAL NOTES: A.WHERE DISCONNECTING MEANS IS PROVIDED BY DIVISION 23.PROVIDE NAMEPLATE PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 260553. A.WHERE DISCONNECTING MEANS IS PROVIDED BY DIVISION 23.PROVIDE NAMEPLATE PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 260553. PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B NOTES: NOTES: This drawing is: 1.PROVIDE FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH. 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 1.PROVIDE FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 2.PROVIDE MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. 2.PROVIDE MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH. 3.PROVIDE MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER. PROJECT NUMBER: 3.PROVIDE MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER. 4.EQUIPMENT PROVIDED WITH INTEGRAL DISCONNECT. 4.EQUIPMENT PROVIDED WITH INTEGRAL DISCONNECT. 2023-053 5.MAKE CONNECTION TO VFD INSTALLEDY BY OTHERS. 5.MAKE CONNECTION TO VFD INSTALLEDY BY OTHERS. 6.INSTALL VFD FURNISHED BY OTHERS. 6.INSTALL VFD FURNISHED BY OTHERS. 7.PROVIDE NEMA 5-20R RECEPTACLE IN ELEVATOR PIT AT ELEVATION REQUIRED BY ELEVATOR CODE. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 7.PROVIDE NEMA 5-20R RECEPTACLE IN ELEVATOR PIT AT ELEVATION REQUIRED BY ELEVATOR CODE. 8.PROVIDE HP RATED RELAY. 8.PROVIDE HP RATED RELAY. 9.MAKE LINE VOLTAGE CONNECTION TO THERMOSTAT INSTALLED BY OTHERS. 9.MAKE LINE VOLTAGE CONNECTION TO THERMOSTAT INSTALLED BY OTHERS. 10.CONTROL THROUGH LINE VOLTAGE SWITCH. 10.CONTROL THROUGH LINE VOLTAGE SWITCH. PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A A MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 ------ SHEET NOTES D —— 1. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION OF UTILITY SERVICE WITH SNOHOMISH PUD(SNOPUD) O(E)UTILITY POWER POLE PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. CONTACT SNOPUD FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. _ 2. REMOVE WIRING SHOWN COMPLETELY BACK TO NEAREST ACTIVE-TO-REMAIN JUNCTION BOX, BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL OR SOURCE. DYKEMAN ss , s5 ss 5 % 3. REMOVE EXPOSED CONDUIT AND BOXES AS INDICATED ALONG WITH THEIR ASSOCIATED BOXES ——— ARCHITECTURE +,.ow -.. ;... - ...,_ OP _._ -- -• AND WIRING BACK TO NEAREST ACTIVE TO REMAIN JUNCTION BOX,BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL,OR DESIGN SOURCE.ABANDON BELOW GRADE AND INACCESSIBLE RACEWAY IN PLACE AND RECORD I LOCATIONS ON RECORD DRAWINGS.REROUTE WIRING AND RACEWAY FOR _ EXISTING-TO-REMAIN DEVICES AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT REMODEL ACTIVITIES - - �. P I N I / DEMOLITION NOTES H n R G I S O COORDINATE DEMOLITION OF UTILITY TRANSFORMER WITH SNOPUD. / 1201 third avenue,suite600,seattle,wa 98101 O COORDINATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING OVERHEAD ELECTRIC AND TELECOMMUNICATION 206A48.3316• 206.448.4450 hargis.biz / CONDUCTORS. OCOORDINATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING UTILITY POLE AND UTILITY POLE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. 4 p REGISTRATION _ - O DEMOLISH EXISTING CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR BACK TO EXISTING DEVICE TO REMAIN WITHIN BUILDING. S VApQ C DEMOLISH EXISTING POWER CABINET,SLAB,CIRCUITS,AND DEVICES POWEREDBY CABINET.J C /I O EXISTING UTILITY POWER POLE TO REMAIN.COORDINATE REMOVAL OF OVERHEAD CONDUCTORS ,gyp. BACK TO THIS POLE WITH UTILITY. (E)E ,(i •y�jii �'pyONALQ�V 04119I2025 (E PROJECTI� Arlington Operations \ I/ Center s FOR Snohomish County Public Works E, AT 19700 67th Ave NE I (E'1 1 P Arlington, WA 98223 rn PERMIT SET B x—x 05/02/2025 �J (E)E1 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written pennission for any other use or reproduction. 2PROJECT 2023-053 (E)POWER CABINET I ON CONCRETE SLAB — MARK DATE DESCRIPTION E)E1 r--A (E 1O O(E)UTILITY TRANSFORMER PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI 2 PROJECT MANAGER: ITSV _ PROJECT ARCHITECT:I —— JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR --OP-- O(E)S --OP— —OP ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION ---OP ---OP_------- op� 0 SITE PLAN ° —oP DRAWING NUMBER: O(E)UTILITY POWER POLE •, ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN I 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 L SHEET NOTES D �� 1. REFER TO CIVIL,LANDSCAPE AND SURVEY DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. _ 2. COORDINATE PLACEMENT OF SITE LIGHTING,VAULTS AND RACEWAY WITH DIVISION 31,CIVIL AND ;S - - - - _ _ DIVISION 32,LANDSCAPE CONTRACTORS. COORDINATE WITH TREE PROTECTION PLANS AND AVOID ss ss ss _ CRITICAL ROOT ZONES OF EXISTING TREES. COMMUNICATE CONFLICTS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR DYKEMAN O 0 0 sS ss ss ss ss ss 55 SS 197TH ST NE - RESOLUTION PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF SITE WORK. SS ® NeaQs.5O w 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 ss a ss + ss ss 3. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICE WITH SNOHOMISH PUD(SNOPUD)PRIOR TO ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN O COMMENCING WORK.CONTACT DAVID WOOD 425-783-012.COMPLY WITH SNOPUD'S ELECTRICAL -� \ Z_ INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE HANDHOLE I > 4. PROVIDE 1-INCH MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE. PROVIDE#10 AWG MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE FOR BRANCH AND CONDUITS FOR ::;:0 I E7 SLi v' CIRCUIT WORK SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. VAULT SCHEDULE EV CAPABLE STALLS :;:::0 I LA7-18 (TYPICAL OF 4) I 5. PROVIDE#8 AWG MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE FOR LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUIT/FEEDER WORK SHOWN VAULT ON I r a I ON THIS SHEET. AN TYPE MUFACTURER VAULTMODEL OVER MODEL COVER—N. COVERLABEL VAVLTDIMENSIONS NOTES I CONSULTANT: w oLDcasTLE isu-rz rszaa6 LIGHT DUTY-PEDESTRIAN ELECTRIC zs-v4^xis-a�a"xiz-va• 6. PROVIDE A WATER-TIGHT SEAL FOR EACH UNDERGROUND RACEWAY ENTERING THE ELECTRICAL V2 OLDCASTLE 233-L4 232A38P MEDIUM DUTY:H-200FF STREET ELECTRIC 3'-S"X2'-a'X3'-&' - /� ROOM AFTER CONDUCTORS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED.REFER TO RACEWAY SPECIFICATION A E1 - SECTION 260533 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. H / \ R G I S LA1-18 - 233-LA VAULT WITH I FGy4 -1) I O+ 7. REFER TO ONE-LINE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E9.01 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. TRAFFIC RATED LID /�- --"'� s I LJ I 1201 third avenue,suite600,seattle,wa 98101 -E1-- I 8. ROUTE SITE LIGHTING CIRCUITS TO PANELS INDICATED VIA ASSOCIATED LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS. P LA7 18 I PROVIDE WIRING AND CONTROL DEVICES REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM. zoa.aaa.337s• zoe.4as.aaso • nargis.6i: I + I ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL _ _ - H v2 0 I I c LAi-18 O 9. PROVIDE UNDERGROUND CONDUIT PER TRENCHING DETAIL. L - JUNCTION BOX WITH JUNCTION BOX WREGISTRATION STAMPS: ITT,H I I I L 10 PROVIDE CONCRETE BASE FOR SITE LIGHTING POLES. TRAFFIC RATED LID TRAFFIC RATED Lld -- I I I VAEl N s I I 11. REFER TO VAULT SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET FOR VAULT AND HANDHOLE TYPES. REFER TO S'WA I I LA1-20 R/x I I LE1A1-18 I SPECIFICATION SECTION 260543 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. (1)2"C-PV N SECURI HANDHOLD- i SL7 FrJy - \\ \\ I GATE CO TROL I i c LA7-18 V &2 3 ONALE 04/19/2025 _ 1 I FLAG NOTES E1.02 LuPROJECT IDENTIFICATION: _ 0 \ \ \ \ \ \I V I \ y EV POWER - ll I I I Z PROVIDE 3 WORKING CLEARANCE AROUND TRANSFORMER AND 10'CLEAR IN FRONT TRANSFORMER W (AT TRANSFORMER DOORS).REFER TO SNOPUD ELECTRICAL SERVICE REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL Arlington Operations \ \ \ \ \ V I \ LA7-20 B II II II II Ems_ UTILITY TRANSFORMER CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS. \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \\J \\ E7- _ I -- IIII LA1-18- � I + j" FINAL ROUTING OF UTILITY PRIMARY CONDUIT ROUTING TO BE CONFIRMED WITH SNOPUD. Center POLE MOUNTING STREET LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF CITY OF FOR ��I - - JI ARLINGTON. \ I V2 \\ i�\\ I i O II _ FG LA7_78 _ ml OQ� COORDINATE UTILITY POLE MOUNTED TRANSFORMER LOCATION AND CONDUIT RISER WITH SNOPUD Snohomish County SITE I yl ll f/ PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. („YC-EV I I j I 406 PARK NG STALLS — I \ \I \ II E7 I O� I'' PROVIDE UL LISTED NEMA-3R SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED WITH GASKETED DOORS,3 SECTIONS AND Public Works LOCKABLE STYLE DOORS(PER SECTION)ENCLOSURE.SKYLINE ELECTRIC AND MANUFACTURING OR \ I \\ \\ I I I I 0 l I EQUAL.INCLUDE SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED DISCONNECT,TRANSFORMER,AND DISTRIBUTION AT I I I SL7 BOARD FOR ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGERS. \ I IL 19700 67th Ave NE \ \ 50 R ST L9 I I 3 a STREET FRONTAGE IMPROVEMENTS INCLUDE RELOCATING UTILITY OVERHEAD LINES TO \\ I y I El I QF I LA-18 I i UNDERGROUND FOR ELECTRIC UTILITIES ALONG THE WEST SIDE OF 67TH AVE NE.PROVIDE UTILITYL _1 Arlington, WA 98223 \ I Eq gG I VAULTS AND CONDUITS AS REQUIRED BY UTILITY.PRELIMINARY ELECTRICAL WORK TO BE CONFIRMED E21 7 l + a PRIOR TO GMP SET. \\\ \\ ( I I FG0,0 PROVIDE CONDUITS AND CONDUCTORS FROM SITE EV DISTRIBUTION BOARD TO A OWNER FURNISHED PERMIT SET B A I \A 13 +FG CONTRACTOR INSTALLED LEVEL 3 EV CHARGER. 05/02/2025 Il J GRIM U I I MOTORIZED PROVIDE(2)4"SCHEDULE-40 PVC CONDUITS WITH MULE TAPE TO THE MDF AT 36"BELOW GRADE. B This drawing is: FG��..QQ � a s cwK --- GATE PROVIDE 10'GALVANIZED RIGID CONDUIT RISER UP(E)POLE AND CAP. 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. y E2 V _- I (2)4"C OWNER WAN FIBER SERVICE ENTRANCE 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. r \ \ I A7-19 E2 Y V2 PiA30 I 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's I I ;Al E2 I C(D) I PROVIDE(2)4"SCHEDULE-40 PVC CONDUITS WITH MULE TAPE AT 36"BELOW GRADE. written permission for any other use or reproduction. \A \ B I I El (D) Q I 10 SEE EV CHARGING STATION DETAIL ON SHEET E7.01 FOR MORE INFORMATION. •ROJECT NUMBER: \ I ARLINGTON El -FG I a - _ — — \ E7 I II OPERATIONS I ®DBFV3A-5,7& El 0: I I J 1 \ I I DB-EV3A-6,8 �CP18 PROVIDE(2)2"AND(4)4"SCHEDULE-40 PVC CONDUITS WITH MULE TAPE AT 16"BELOW GRADE INTO \\ \ I I I CENTER Iz $ El SL THE FIRST FLOOR MDF ROOM. 2023-0553 \ I II BUILDING II -.� c(p)LJ I 3 0 \ I I I 46 iz PROVIDE(2)2"SCHEDULE-40 PVC CONDUITS WITH MULE TAPE AT 36"BELOW GRADE FOR SECURITY. _ ELECTRIC \ \ I 11 II -6 11 + EXTERIOR NETWORKED LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE DESCRIPTION SCHEDULE UNCTION I \ 1 11 MDF 105 II B 11 13 PROVIDE(2)2"AND(2)4"SCHEDULE-40 PVC CONDUITS WITH MULE TAPE AT 36"BELOW GRADE. IIC�'RAFFICRAT D \ \ - _ 6 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION EMS EDESCRIPTIOry REUMINARY SCHEDULE ,-LVL ---- -r �\/2-� - JI I O 14 PROVIDE 5-20R RECEPTACLE IN LOCKABLE WEATHERPROOF ENCSOURE. ZONE ZON EL BUILDING MOUNTED&Ko RAMP 7PM-i1PM I V \ 1 1 ELEC 106 / �T 1a I I + z t5 PROVIDE 208V 3PH CIRCUIT FOR SUBMERSIBLE SSF PUMP AND DEDICATED SEPARATE 120V CIRCUIT ELZ2 EAST PARKING LOT 7PM-r1PM 1 -;I LVL 1 J j D FOR CONTROL PANEL DISCONNECT.COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF CONTROL PANEL WITH ELzs KING LOT I HH ---- - HH -- --; I -+--- ®DB-EV3A-1,3& E1 I I 0 MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. ELEC 218 DB-EV3A-2,4 LA1-181 11 LA1-20 1 I MECH 107 10 _. _ 11 1e PROVIDE CONDUIT AND CONNECTION FROM IRRIGATION CONTROLLER TO NEAREST PLANTING BED. wssT PAR (2)2"C PV L �1�1�20J I LVL 1 P1 - I COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS. MESCHEDULESWITHOWNERPRIORTO N II PROGRAMMINGCOMMISSIONING I (1)1"C-LIGHTING (1)1"C-Lill GHTING II 3 (2)2"C-PV�� I EV CHARGING NOTES PROJECT TEAM: r — — ftoz (8)z-vz"c-EvI -__- --- 1 + 1 3"C-EV I I \ EV CHARGING STATIONS(DUAL HEAD PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI EV POWER - �,1 I - I`�SSFM I PROVIDE DUAL AND SINGLE HEAD CHARGING STATIONS AS INDICATED:(44)STALLS.EQUIP EACH STALL PROJECT MANAGER: TSV WITH AN EV CHARGING STATION.DUAL HEAD STATION(D)SHALL BE(TWO)60A/2P BRANCH CIRCUITS e s T j I I 1 AND SHALL TERMINATE AT AN EV CHARGER IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO THE EV CHARGING SPACES PROJECT ARCHITECT: V ��—' �_ J. J I SL + \ (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A A i 3 ` EV"CAPABLE"PARKING SPACES(HANDHOLE MARKED WITH'C(D)'&'C(S)7: 1 4 1. PROVIDE INFRASTRUCTURE FOR DUAL('C(D)')EV"CAPABLE"PARKING SPACES(22 TOTAL).PROVIDE E7.1D E1.02 RACEWAY FROM EV INFRASTRUCTURE(EV SITE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION)AND TERMINATE INTO A CABINET,BOX OR OTHER ENCLOSURE IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO THE PROPOSED EV-CAPABLE PARKING ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN SPACES. NOTE THAT EACH LOCATION MARKED IS NOTED FOR UP TO TWO CHARGING STATION CONNECTIONS(DUAL HEAD).PROVIDE WITH 1-1/4"C PER CHARGING STATION CONNECTION. DRAWING NUMBER: ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN , 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 1 5 SHEET NOTES D 1. REFER TO CIVIL,LANDSCAPE AND SURVEY DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. COORDINATE PLACEMENT OF SITE LIGHTING,VAULTS AND RACEWAY WITH DIVISION 31,CIVIL AND DIVISION 32, DYKEMAN LANDSCAPE CONTRACTORS.COORDINATE WITH TREE PROTECTION PLANS AND AVOID CRITICAL ROOT ZONES OF EXISTING TREES.COMMUNICATE CONFLICTS TO THE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF 2/E7.0 SITE WORK. /E7.02 E7.0 3. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICE WITH SNOHOMISH /Ei,p2 PUD(SNOPUD)PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK.COMPLY WITH • •Jj� SNOPUD'S ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 48A EV STALL 4 48A EV STALL - \ATS-LV3 4. PROVIDE 1-INCH MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE. PROVIDE#10 AWG LVL 3 EV STALL LVL 3 EV STALL o MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT WORK SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. 5 5. PROVIDE#8 AWG MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE FOR LIGHTING H A R G I S BRANCH CIRCUIT/FEEDER WORK SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. 48A EV STALL 1 48A EV STALL 1 6. PROVIDE AWATER-TIGHT SEAL FOR EACH UNDERGROUND 1201 third avenue suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 FUTURE 48A EV STALL FUTURE 48A EV STALL U I E R RACEWAY ENTERING THE ELECTRICAL ROOM AFTER 206A48.3376• 206.448.4450 hargis.biz t 1 NC S E A PA' CONDUCTORS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED. REFER TO RACEWAY DB-EV3B U E) W NFORMCATION SECTION 260533 FOR ADDITIONAL 48A EV STALL I 7 2 6 REGISTRATION STAMPS:7. REFER TO ONE-LINE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E9.01 FOR 4 48A EV STALL i 1 3 a7 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. VA W FUTURE 48A EV STALL FUTURE 48A EV STALL J ai _ S' DB-EVZA I 1 8. ROUTE SITE LIGHTING CIRCUITS TO PANELS INDICATED VIA v0 p1 ASs'Q�q,� \\\ r- — ASSOCIATED LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS. PROVIDE WIRING Q T o C r 5 2 7 I T-DB-EV3A,B I i AND CONTROL DEVICES REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM. ' m•� C 48A EV STALL SEE SHEE 01 9. PROVIDE UNDERGROUND CONDUIT PER TRENCHING DETAIL. �o g2011ti�o 0w� 48A EV STALL J fC/STEa�V\� I I 'p70NALE� I T-DB-EV2A,B FUTURE 48A EV STALL FUTURE 48A EV STALL L - SSFM 10. PROVIDE CONCRETE BASE FOR SITE LIGHTING POLES. 04/19I2025 SS 1 __—J 11. REFER TO VAULT SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET FOR VAULT AND HANDHOLE TYPES. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 260543 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: UTILITY TRANSFORMER a FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 48A EV STALL i 48A EV STALL I DB-EVAi FUTURE 48A EV STALL I FUTURE 48A EV STALL FLAG NOTES Arlington Operations XFMR T-DB-EV3A Center TO SERVICE PROVIDE HANDHOLE FOR EV-CAPABLE LOCATION.PROVIDE YARD DB-EV3A 2 CONDUIT FROM EV-CAPABLE LOCATION TO POWER ENCLOSURE OR TO HANDHOLE OF FUTURE POWER FOR 48A EV STALL 4 48A EV STALL i ENCLOSURE AS NOTED. FUTURE 48A EV STALL I FUTURE 48A EV STALL �7Tr ENCLOSURE WILL PROVIDE POWER FOR UP TO TWELVE 48A Snohomish County DUAL PORT CHARGERS.PROPRIETARY ATOM EV CHARGER 1 —X-- NEMA 3R DISTRIBUTION ENCLOSURE.PROVIDE SMART POWER Public Works ATOM 60A CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH ENCLOSURE. 48A EV STALL PROVIDE HANDHOLE AT LOCATION OF FUTURE POWER AT 48A EV STALL ENCLOSURE.PROVIDE DEDICATED CONDUITS FROM FUTURE48AEVS4ALLFUTURE48AEVSTALL �n�ENLARGED UTILITY TRANSFORMER LAYOUT ENCLOSURE LOCATION TO EACH FUTURE EV-STATION 19700 67th Ave NE "r 1"=10'-0" (CURRENTLY EV-CAPABLE)LOCATION.PROVIDE CONDUIT FOR ENCLOSURE HOMERUN TO DISTRIBUTION NOTED. Arlington, WA 98223 PROVIDE ATOM E54(48A)EV PEDESTAL WITH DUAL PORT 48A EV STALL 4 I 48A EV STALL CHARGERS AND TWO CIRCUITS FROM NOTED ATOM EV PERMIT SET B I FUTURE 48A EV STFUTURE 48A EV STALL CHARGER NEMA 3R DISTRIBUTION ENCLOSURE NOTED. 05/02/2025 g PROVIDE DEDICATED 1-1/2"C FROM ATOM ENCLOSURE TO EACH DUAL PORT CHARGER NOTED. This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 1 PROVIDE T WORKING CLEARANCE AROUND TRANSFORMER 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 48A EV STALL 1 48A EV STALL AND 1 O'CLEAR IN FRONT TRANSFORMER(AT TRANSFORMER 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's DOORS).REFER TO SNOPUD ELECTRICAL SERVICE written permission for any other use or reproduction. FUTURE 48A EV STFUTURE 48A EV STALL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL UTILITY TRANSFORMER CLEARANCE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. I 1 PROVIDE 1"C FROM ATOM LTE ENCLOSURE IN MDF ROOM 2023-053 4 105 TO EACH ATOM DISTRIBUTION PANEL ON SITE(SIX 48A EV STALL I i/E7.02 `r TOTAL FOR HARDWIRE INTERNE C NN� TION.SEE I 48A EV STALL I _ ) 48A EV STALL 4 1 48A EV STALL LA X x3/E1.02SHEET E7.10 FOR MORE INFORM- C .4JJ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION DB-EV26 a > > >48A EV STALL I r w w48A EV STALL v48A EV STALL I48A EV STALL 4 1 T-DB-EV2A,B 44 4 ---- --- 48A EV STALL 1 a 48A EV STALL 1 PROJECT DB-EV1A I DB-EV1 B 48A EV STALL 4 I 48A EV STALL -X—X—X—X— 4 X—X—X—X_X_ PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI X—XX—X—XX—X—X_ PROJECT MANAGER: ITSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I I JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A 48A EV STALL 48A EV STALL T-DB-EV1A,B „E,p ENLARGED ELECTRICAL T-DB-EV1A,B 1/E p +12 SITE PLAN 1/E1.02 1 /E� E1.02 3 DRAWING ENLARGED EV DISTRIBUTION LAYOUT ENLARGED EV DISTRIBUTION LAYOUT 3 ENLARGED EV DISTRIBUTION LAYOUT , 1 1"=40'-0" G 1"=10,-0" V=10'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 13 4 5 D SWITCH SCHEDULE:SWITCHES LOCATED REMOTE SPACES BEING CONTROLLED SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF LIGHT SWITCH I.D. TYPE FUNCTION 1 FUNCTION FIXTURES,LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS,AND CEILINGMOUNTED DEVICES. $1 ZONE 1-OwOFF - 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF WALL-MOUNTED LIGHT $2 DIGITAL PUSH BUTTON ZONE 1-ONIOFF,DINNING - FIXTURES. $S DIGITAL PUSH BUTTON ZONE 1-OWOFF,DIMING MINE 2-OWOFF,DIMMING 3. REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET EO.05 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. SOS OCCUPANCYSENS MITCH ZONE 1-ONIOFF 4. REFER TO E2.XXA DRAWINGS FOR LIGHTING CONTROL REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE WIRING AND CONTROL DEVICES DESIGNARCHITECTURE + $LV LINE-VOLTAGE TOGGLE SWITCH INDEPENDENTZONE - REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM. $OV DIGITAL PUSH BUTTON MINE 1-ON/OFF OVERRIDE SWITCH - GENERALNOTEs: 5. REFER TO SWITCH SCHEDULES ON THIS SHEET FOR SWITCH TYPES AND FUNCTIONS. - A.CONTROL REQUIREMENTS PER FUNCTION ARE INDICATED ABOVE,PROVIDE ADDRIONAL PUSHBUTTONS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE ALL 6. REFER TO NETWORKED LIGHTING CONTROL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E7.02 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. INDIVIDUAL FUNCTION CONTROL INDICATED.BASED ON MANUFACTURER PUSHBUTTON FUNCTION CAPABILITIES. S.REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL SHOP DRAwwcS FOR ACTUAL ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS FOR SWITCHES. 7. IN MECHANICAL,ELECTRICAL AND SIMILAR EQUIPMENT ROOMS,COORDINATE LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING WITH EQUIPMENT,PIPING AND DUCTWORK.ADJUST FIXTURE LOCATIONS TO AVOID CONFLICTS AND EFFECTIVELY LIGHT THE EQUIPMENT WORKSPACE.COORDINATE CONDUIT INSTALLATIONS WITH DUCTWORK ANDCONSULTANT: PIPING SYSTEMS AND PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED.PROVIDE RED-LINE FIXTURE LOCATIONS ON RECORD DRAWINGS. 8. WHERE LOCATED AT LAY-IN CEILING TILE,INSTALL DEVICES CENTERED IN TILE UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON H A R G I S ARCHTECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 9. PROVIDE UNSWITCHED HOT CONDUCTOR TO EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND EXIT SIGNS. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 10.WHERE INTERIOR TYPE FIXTURE IS DESIGNATED IN A NETWORKED LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE PROVIDE INTEGRAL 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 • hargis.biz OCCUPANCY/PHOTOCELL,OTHERWISE PROVIDE CEILING-MOUNT OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S)AND PHOTOSENSOR(S).SEE EMERGENCY LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. SUPPLIES MECH. ELEV. ELEV.EQUIP. (COOP) MDF ELEC. STAIRS • S2X 101 103 S1BX 104 105 106 107 108 EL1A-S EL1A-6 A TVP OF 4 TYP OF 3 g,V AV OQ-Of WAgy�F.p LA-11 •> a C II MECH:WATER C op- tAi iiS1 SiX SOURCE III LA1-11 TLA1-11 SYSTEMLA7-7 Fi ITTbIbITy , I I•I I I III 110S1X1S1 �11S1XS11S11S1XS1 1 �1 11 -11J7,S' Lq1-11-11 LA111 LA1-11 LA,-11 LA1- LA1-11 LA1-11 LA1-11 LA1-1 TLA1-11 1L Lv 1 v 1 LA1-17 04/19/2025 P4 MECH:HVAC LA1-7 LA1-7 +9'-0'AFFLA,-7 LA1_18 QUIPMEN S1XS1S1XS1 3X •• •E8X 5 KITCHENETTE I Eo (TYPICAL) LA1-1 ® CUSTODIAL ® - S 109 six,, J, LA7-11 I LA1-11 J, LA1-11 I LA7 FG - --t, 0"AFG 102 P3X LA PAX PA q PAX LA1 9 LA1 11 Yl I Yl SIX I +8'-4 FG I LA1-7 LA1-7 LA1-7 LA LA1-7 LAM POFFIXTURE Arlington Operations B 1-1 P4P4 p�y - ac z - - 1 1 RC - +1 'AFG LA1-7 � JRS7AID& � _ - :- MEWS Center �Y $1 S1 RESTROOM ELLNESS 51 S1 1 3 LA1-1 LA 0 O O 111 LA7-15 130 - O ® O L1 LA7-1 O O 1 G1 F2 0 ® Gt G, G1 S11 1_ LA1-9 LA1-9 LA1-9 �1X .F- FOR LA-1 LA1 1 LA1-1 LA1-, �„ P3 LA19 Snohomish County CORRIDOR G G1 S1F S1�i LA1 7 L J LA1® _ SERVICE YARD Public Works ESX 100A L 1-1 LA-1 LA1-1 STORAGE LA,- 1 61X G1 - _ 0 LA1-15 WATER SITORAGE O O 1-13 1-9 LA1 9 +10'-0"AFG E3X X,A O ® O BOTTLES 132 LA1- LA1-13 UN ON _F1 1 AT +10'-0"AF F® P4 P3® RC 1 9 51 131 51��I RC m O ,'_LA1-9 __�A1-7 14-1, _ _ _ LA11_ _LA _ E _ _ _ _ 19700 67th Ave NE li li RC R P-I G1 G1 G1X G7 1-g G1X� +8'-4"AFG Arlington, WA 98223 LAt-9 F1X�i • TO TOP OF FIXTURE g P XX LA1-9 Si S1�i ® LA1-7 .£2 F LA1-9 P34XWOMEN'S L-A1-, LA1-1 R L L _ — ® LA1-9 LA1_•9 RESTROOM -- El1 G7 STORAGE 1 O O LA_3 PERMIT SET P3 1 G 1 X 1 LA1-1 136 LA G1X B _ �', LA1-7 RE E I--O-1 I--O-1 LA1-9 F2 F2X F1 05/02/2025 g Al-9 O Si S7 ®-I LA1_9 1 C p rightwing Is. -- F - LA7-1 3 1- 1-3 1-3 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. -- ,,WOR R .f ENV.STOR. ® F 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. -- O O Gt ❑ Si 137 ® G1X LA,-9 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's -77 7 LA11 e RC e X1C LA1-9 ,, written permission for anyother use or reproduction. — _ P3X — —0 — "— — _ P3 LA1-9 — .- LA1WORK RM./ 1 1 IN LA7-1 1-13 LA1 13 �1-7 {• _ rA1FG ••PLOTTER RC OS TT OO O FIXTURE P2X 127 p2 9-0"AFF X1A G1 G1 G1X G1 G1X (TYPICAL) LA1-13 LA1-9 LA1-9 LA1-9 LA1-9 LA1 9 2023-053 LA1® �® LA7-5 � ® ® � _ WASH-OFF P1 X1 +9'-0"AFF P2X P2 P2X P2 P, PiX X1A AREA f X2g LA 1-7 9LA1-13 (TYPICAL) LA1-7 LA1-71 LA1-7 LA1-7 f I LA'I-7 LA1-7 LA1-13@ J, O • LA,-13 P I-A1 RC 2 :Df2 RC _ _ _ RC 2 RC1X G1� 31X LA1-9Y LAX-9. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION P1 1 1 P RC P1 _ ,- LAt-9 LA1-9 LA1-9 LA7-5 A7-5 - LA1-5 ® S1 g ® (1) T) ® ® P1 G1W G1�� Al-17 - - - - - i IrL 1 - LA1-9 LA1-9 TOP-OFFIXTU +9'-6"AFG O� (TYPICAL OF E6 ESX E6 E6 E6 E6 E6 E6 E5X E E6 E6 E6 TYPE E5&E6 LA1-15 LA1-15 L 1-15 LA7-15 LA1-15 LA7-15 LA1-15 LA-15 LA1-15 LA7-15 LA1-15 LA1-15 LA1-15 LA7-15 CLOTHES PROJECT FIXTURES) SR.ENV. PAVING „�,,,,,,,,, DRYING/ COORD. BRIDGE BRIDGE WOR STATION DROP-IN DROP-IN PAVING LEAD SUPERVISOR VESTIBUL UNIFORMS MACHINES WASH-UP WORKSTATION VESTIBULE SUPERVISOR LEADWORKER 121 120 11g 118 117 116 115 114 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: BMI A 125 124 123 122 (�YNN) o PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV A PROJECTMANAGE - JOB CAPTAIN: KSR LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN LOWER LEVEL LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 LIGHTING CONTROL LEGEND: AUTOMATIC LIGHTING CONTROL ZONES: D SYSTEM TYPE WITHIN SPACE _LLLL 'AUTOMATIC ON'OCCUPANCY SENSOR ZONE VACANCY SENSOR ZONE TIME CLOCK ZONE COMBINATION TIME CLOCK/OCCUPANCY SENSOR ZONE #-# -LLLL O j ( ' ON LIGHT FIXTURES OCCUPANCY SENSOR VIA AUTOMATIC . _LLLL •LIGHT FIXTURES IN ROOM CONTROLLED VIA'AUTOMATIC •LIGHT FIXTURES ENABLED/DISABLED VIA'MANUAL ON'/ •LIGHT FIXTURES ENABLED/DISABLED TIME CLOCK. ON/AUTOMATIC OFF OCCUPANCY SENSOR LLLL ON'/'AUTOMATIC OFF'OCCUPANCY SENSORS 'AUTOMATIC OFF'VACANCY SENSORS AND SWITCH 213 LIGHT FIXTURES ENABLED/DISABLED VIA TIME CLOCK . ZONE#WITHIN SPACE CONTROL FUNCTION � � � � WHERE AUTOMATIC DAYLIGHT HARVESTING IS REQUIRED WHERE AUTOMATIC DAYLIGHT HARVESTING IS REQUIRED WHERE AUTOMATIC DAYLIGHT HARVESTING IS REQUIRED SYSTEM TYPE: BY CODE: BY CODE: BY CODE: ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN A=ANALOG STAND ALONE DEVICES WHERE ADJACENT TO VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL B-DIG STAND ALONE DEVICES •WHERE ADJACENT TO VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL WHERE ADJACENT TO VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL FENESTRATION,LIGHT FIXTURES WILL HAVE MANUAL CONTROL REQUIREMENTS: C=DGITAL NETWORKED DEVICES FENESTRATION,LIGHT FIXTURES WILL HAVE FENESTRATION,LIGHT FIXTURES WILL HAVE DAYLIGHTING OVERRIDE CONTROLS THAT DAYLIGHTING OVERRIDE CONTROLS THAT DAYLIGHTING OVERRIDE CONTROLS THAT AUTOMATICALLY RESPOND TO THE QUANTITY OF - CONTROL FUNCTIONS: AUTOMATICALLY RESPOND TO THE QUANTITY OF AUTOMATICALLY RESPOND TO THE QUANTITY OF INCOMING DAYLIGHT. r---� ADDITIONAL MANUAL CONTROL 1-ON/OFF INCOMING DAYLIGHT. INCOMING DAYLIGHT. DASHED OUTLINE REPRESENTS ADDITIONAL 2-ON/OFF/DIMMING DAYLIGHTING ZONE 1(PRIMARY) + + DAYLIGHTING ZONE 1(PRIMARY) —� DAYLIGHTING ZONE 1(PRIMARY) MANUAL CONTROL ZONES WITHIN A SPACE.ALL 3=100%ON/50%ON/OFF I I LIGHTING FIXTURES WITHIN THE DASHED AREA A.DAYLIGHT CONTROL TYPE=OPEN/CLOSED LOOP A.DAYLIGHT CONTROL TYPE=CLOSED LOOP A.DAYLIGHT CONTROL TYPE=CLOSED LOOP SHALL BE MANUALLY CONTROLLED TOGETHER. P1 P1 P1 CONSULTANT: r + + NOTE:IF A DASHED OUTLINE IS NOT INDICATED THEN ALL LIGHTS WITHIN SPACE SHALL BE MANUALLY CONTROLLED TOGETHER. AADAYL GHT CONTROL TY EN OP N/CLOSED LOOP A DAYLIGHTONTROL TYPE CLOSED LOOP III DAYLIGHTING.DAYLIGH CONTROL TY TYPE LOOP H A R G I S ARY SPACE: S1 S1 S1 ALL FIXTURES IN A SPACE SHALL FUNCTION TOGETHER VIA + + —III— 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL CONTROL INDICATED BELOW. 206.448.3376 206.448.4460 hargis.biz 10 FC FOOT CANDLE LEVELS ARE AVERAGES FOR THE SPACE `•� IDENTIFIED. `LIGHT LEVEL SET POINT • LIGHT LEVEL SEPARATION WITHIN THE SPACE SYANp OQ'pf WAgy�F.P� A LLL�LLLLLL L ;L I e ��" A a ELEV. a A q 1-1 e LL LLLL C 4�i4 m j C LL 1_1 fE 1-1 CYITT 1SICOOP�S 1 MQ E C. MECH.1 L L L L�4�i41L ��yNAL0�msL LLLL 104 0 L l 04/19/2025 MECH:WATER H:HVAC SO CE C - U109ENT T T SY1 0EM T PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: 3 I I I Arlington Operations -1IIIIIIII�� e ;i niSnPi T a L LLLLLLLLLLLLLLL Center LLI_-== LLB FOR —� E T C LLLLL��LL III 1-3 - A LLLL L Snohomish Count`, LLLLLL L L SERVICE YARD J �III II II I� / Q � LILLL L LL o Public Works LL AT _X 1. 19700 67th Ave NE / C C ! -LLLLLLLL L LL Arlington, WA 98223 � j L LLL A , LLL LLLLLL H• L L LLLLLL Q L PERMIT SET e I -ILL�� L LL 05/02/2025 g %� — _LLLLLLL This drawing Is: L L L !_L 1.Copyright 2025 Dykemaq Inc. L L l_I. _ 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. �— R PROJECT T Q B 2023-053 13 ,_, WASH-OFF AREA L ��LLLL 0 • L + + + + + + + F + + + + + + + + + + + C e+ + L L MARK DATE DESCRIPTION R NV+ + + �+ + + + F + + + �+ +� + + + 1-2 1-2 + - iCi L -�L L D. WQRK A'fj10N+ + ID6E } B E + + + + - - - - + L 1 SU L W ATI�N C P-�N r, LE U A L + C + C C + + 1-1 19+ + + 6y — + -- R 1 A IF 1-1 L 1-1 C 1-2 1-2 N 1 1 ° LL LL a + + > + + + + + + + + + LL L LLLL 0 0 0 0 �_ o 1 0 3 e 8 PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN HAIR E:1 BMI SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS: e o 00 o PROJECT MANAGECT:R: TSV PROJECTARCHITE - OPEN AREA LIGHTING-OPERATING HOURS- JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS EGRESS LIGHTING-SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS CONTRLLED RECEPTACLES-SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS A •LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS SHALL BE SET TO HAVE "'OCCUPANCY SENSORS THROUGHOUT THE FLOOR WITH LABELS SHALL •NORMAL OPERATING HOURS:TIMECLOCK SHALL TURN NORMALD CONNECT TO A LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL AS NOTED IN THE LIGHTING ON CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES 9:0.LIGHTTIING ZONE OVERRIDE SWITCHES SHAURS OF OPERATION BEEN 05:00 LL URN CONTROL PANEL SCHEDULE AND SHALL ENABLE ALL RELAYS CONTROLLING •AFTER HOURS,LOCAL OCCUPANCY SENSORS LIGHTING CONTROL ON LIGHT FUXTRUES DURING HOURS AND TIMECLOCK SHALLORMAL TURN OFF RELAY EMERGENCY EGRESS SHAL FAIL CLOSED AND ALLNG ON THE EGRESS LIGHTTIOR.OCCUPANCY ING WILL REMAIN ON- RECEPTACLES OVERRIDE RECEPTACL SNTROL TO TURN ON CONTROLLED ZONE FLOOR PLANCONTR - BE SETTOLLEDTO TURN OFF AT 9:05.SEE EGRESS LIGHT FILIXTRES.EGRESS HTING LIGHTING LL •NORMAL OPERATING HOURS:LIGHT FIXTURES ENABLED LOWER LEVEL SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR AFTER HOURS BY"LOCAL OVERRIDE SWITCHES"IN ANY LIGHTING ZONE OVERRIDES. ON THE FLOOR AND REMAIN ON UNTIL DISABLED VIA •NORMAL OPERATING HOURS:FIXTURES DIM TO 50% TIMECLOCK IN LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL.IF LIGHTING AFTER 20 MINUTES OF INACTIVITY. CONTROL PANEL FAILS,LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL REMAIN •AFTER HOURS:FIXTURES ARE CONTROLLED VIA LOCAL ON. OCCUPANCY SENSORS AFTER HOURS:LIGHTING ZONE OVERRIDE SWITCHES LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE FLOOR PLAN -LOWER LEVEL FSHALL LOOR. ALL EGRESS LIGHTING RELAYS ON THE 11/8"=V-0=V-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 14 5 FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D SWITCH SCHEDULE:SWITCHES LOCATED REMOTE SPACES BEING CONTROLLED 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF LIGHT ROUTE LIGHTING CONDUIT RECESSED IN ROOF FIXTURES,LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS,AND CEILINGMOUNTED DEVICES. swmcx LD. TYPE FUNCTION FUNCTION INSULATION WITHIN ROOM/AREA NOTED. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF WALL-MOUNTED LIGHT $1 DIGITAL PUSH B N ZONE 1-OWOFF - COORDINATE REMOTE DRIVER FOR FIXTURE IN FIXTURES. DYKEMAN $2 DIGITAL PUSH BUTTON ZONE 1-ON10FF,DIMMING ACESIBLE CEILING OF ROLL CALL ROOM.PROVIDE GRID RUNNER MARKING FOR LOCATION.COORDINATE MAX 3. REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET EO.05 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. $s DIGITAL PUSH SUTON ZONE 1-ON/OFF,DIMMING ZONE 2-ONIOFF,DIMMING DISTANCE AND ROUTING WITH MANUFACTURER ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SOS OCCUPANCYSENSORSWITCH ZONE 1-OWOFF REQUIREMENTS. 4. REFER TO E2.XXA DRAWINGS FOR LIGHTING CONTROL REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE WIRING AND CONTROL DEVICES $1 LINE-VOLTAGE TOGGLE SWITCH INDEPENDENTZONE - REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM. $_ DIGITAL PUSH BUTTON ZONE 1-ON/OFF OVERRIDE SWITCH - 5. REFER TO SWITCH SCHEDULES ON THIS SHEET FOR SWITCH TYPES AND FUNCTIONS. _ GENERAL NOTES: A.CONTROL REQUIREMENTS PER FUNCTION ARE INDICATED ABOVE,PROVIDE ADDITIONAL PUSHBUTTONS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE ALL 6. REFER TO NETWORKED LIGHTING CONTROL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E7.02 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. INDIVIDUAL FUNCTION CONTROL INDICATED.BASED ON MANUFACTURER PUSH—ON FUNCTION CAPABILITIES. 7. IN MECHANICAL,ELECTRICAL AND SIMILAR EQUIPMENT ROOMS,COORDINATE LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS AND B.REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS FOR SWITCHES. MOUNTING WITH EQUIPMENT,PIPING AND DUCTWORK.ADJUST FIXTURE LOCATIONS TO AVOID CONFLICTS AND EFFECTIVELY LIGHT THE EQUIPMENT WORKSPACE.COORDINATE CONDUIT INSTALLATIONS WITH DUCTWORK ANDCONSULTANT: PIPING SYSTEMS AND PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED.PROVIDE RED-LINE FIXTURE LOCATIONS ON RECORD DRAWINGS. 8. WHERE LOCATED AT LAY-IN CEILING TILE,INSTALL DEVICES CENTERED IN TILE UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON H A R G I S ARCHTECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 9. PROVIDE UNSWITCHED HOT CONDUCTOR TO EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND EXIT SIGNS. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 10.WHERE INTERIOR TYPE FIXTURE IS DESIGNATED IN A NETWORKED LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE PROVIDE INTEGRAL 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biZ OCCUPANCY/PHOTOCELL,OTHERWISE PROVIDE CEILING-MOUNT OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S)AND PHOTOSENSOR(S).SEE VESTIBULE LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 201 DIGITAL SCENE E3X E3X CONTROLLER FOR E3X E3X ' Z�:ROLL CALL A AND B 10'-O"ABOVE LANDING LA X1A LA- LAi-19 1-19 + /1 +1 6 AFG LA1 14 +11 +A/ 11. .. p`F Gf WASHi 1 G X -2X1A LA1-14 \ / 1-14 IN22 S +10'-0"ABOVE LANDING C Q o`° LA1 pp X �M/ 'y zol l r I66 Yw� PiX ® 7 1 \ LA1-12 1 12 / oF��'yyONALE�p`2� 1A 14 LAi-s Lj U - _ LAi-4� o,py 0'1®� 04/19/2025 +16'-0"AFF _ Q O X jq q I LOBBY/ 2 2 O O (TYP) +16 . (TY 20 -14 ..• • COUNTER ® LAi--6 (n w 1A LAi-6� F1 (q ®.. 202 +9'-O"AFF o 1 7 LA1-4 LAi-12 LA1-12 LA1-12 EN'S: _ _ D TRQG,a Arlington Operations 11 LAA-14� L)L �L) L)L) L)L) L)L) L) L)L) UU 10 Si LP1Ax-6 .. 220 — — — — — — Center +TMP)AFF ORKSTATION O O LA i-1 Al F� P, 2 221 11 LA1-1 FOR 204 _ P2XI - �� LA1-4LJ � 1® 3 1 -� ELEC. (BRAD) LA1-6 51X 215 RC LA1-0 F2 `'F, - .-, Snohomish County RC LA1-12 LALA®-'[ Public Works WORKSTATION EO O O S1205 R5 1-10(MATT) '- A® P2 � AT YP) I LAi-6 1A ; X,A 1 ; LA1LLA1-1�LA1-12 LA,-12 _ 19700 67th Ave NE — — — — — — LA1-14 X1B — — — - - - - • 1 — W-O AFF X1A — — — — — LA,-14 CORRIDOR LAI-6 (TYP) LAl-14 Arlington, WA 98223 zo P2 P1X P1 P1X 1-8 PA LA1-6 LAi- LA1-6 LA1-6 °El 1-+9 AFF�1 6 RO 2 2 CIII RC 2 RO RU 2 2 RG 1 LA1(6 R O PERMIT SET B o a a D a , 05/02/2025 B 6 RC 2 i0 LA1-8 LA-8 LA- LA-8 LA1- LA-8 This drawing is: 2XI P2 ui3O O 1.Copyright 2025 DykemaD,Inc. 1-6 LA 1-6 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 1 3.For use of this project only.Obtain Architect's -- ® - LA1-8 LA-8 ® LA-8 ® LA-8 LA,8 LA1 written permission for any other use or reproduction. \...- PROJECT NUMBER. C I A E T E X 6 E I G I S LAl LA1-16 LAi-16 2023-053 M S E I A D O R P I E KEK A 20 -iil 1 2 2 3 L2 1 1 1 WEST DECK ®r E7X X 16B MARK DATE DESCRIPTION E PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: BM I PROJECT MANAGER: 1 TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:1- JOB CAPTAIN: 1 KSR A A I LIGHTINGUPPER LEVEL N LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 LIGHTING CONTROL LEGEND: AUTOMATIC LIGHTING CONTROL ZONES: D SYSTEM TYPE WITHIN SPACE -L L L L 'AUTOMATIC ON'OCCUPANCY SENSOR ZONE j VACANCY SENSOR ZONE TIME CLOCK ZONE COMBINATION TIME CLOCK/OCCUPANCY SENSOR ZONE #-# -L L L L O j O IM ON LIGHT AUTOMATIC ES OFF OCCUPANCY SABLES VIAOR AUTOMATIC . X _L L L L •LIGHT FIXTURES IN ROOM CONTROLLED VIA'AUTOMATIC •LIGHT FIXTURES ENABLED/DISABLED VIA'MANUAL ON,/ •LIGHT FIXTURES ENABLED/DISABLED TIME CLOCK. ON/AUTOMATIC OFF OCCUPANCY SENSOR L L L L ON'/'AUTOMATIC OFF'OCCUPANCY SENSORS 'AUTOMATIC OFF'VACANCY SENSORS AND SWITCH •2/3 LIGHT FIXTURES ENABLED/DISABLED VIA TIME CLOCK . ZONE#WITHIN SPACE CONTROL FUNCTION � � I � WHERE AUTOMATIC DAYLIGHT HARVESTING IS REQUIRED WHERE AUTOMATIC DAYLIGHT HARVESTING IS REQUIRED WHERE AUTOMATIC DAYLIGHT HARVESTING IS REQUIRED SYSTEM TYPE: BY CODE: BY CODE: BY CODE: DESIGNARCHITECTURE + A=ANALOG STAND ALONE DEVICES WHERE ADJACENT TO VERTICAL OR HORIZONTL B=DIGTAL STAND ALONE DEVICES WHERE ADJACENT TO VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL WHERE ADJACENT TO VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL FENESTRATION,LIGHT FIXTURES WILL HAVE MANUAL CONTROL REQUIREMENTS: C=DIGITAL NETWORKED DEVICES FENESTRATION,LIGHT FIXTURES W ILL HAVE FENESTRATION,LIGHT FIXTURES WILL HAVE DAYLIGHTING OVERRIDE CONTROLS THAT DAYLIGHTING OVERRIDE CONTROLS THAT DAYLIGHTING OVERRIDE CONTROLS THAT AUTOMATICALLY RESPOND TO THE QUANTITY OF - CONTROL FUNCTIONS: AUTOMATICALLY RESPOND TO THE QUANTITY OF AUTOMATICALLY RESPOND TO THE QUANTITY OF INCOMING DAVLIGHT. r---1 ADDITIONAL MANUAL CONTROL 1=ON/OFF INCOMING DAYLIGHT. INCOMING DAYLIGHT. DASHED OUTLINE REPRESENTS ADDITIONAL 2=ON/OFF/DIMMING DAYLIGHTING ZONE 1(PRIMARY) + + - DAYLIGHTING ZONE 1(PRIMARY) DAYLIGHTING ZONE 1(PRIMARY) MANUAL CONTROL ZONES WITHIN A SPACE.ALL 3=100%ON/50%ON/OFF I ' LIGHTING FIXTURES WITHIN THE DASHED AREA A.DAYLIGHT CONTROL TYPE=OPEN/CLOSED LOOP A.DAYLIGHT CONTROL TYPE=CLOSED LOOP A.DAYLIGHT CONTROL TYPE=CLOSED LOOP SHALL BE MANUALLY CONTROLLED TOGETHER. P1 P1 P1 L___J CONSULTANT: + + - _ _ NOTE:IF A DASHED OUTLINE IS NOT INDICATED THEN ALL LIGHTS WITHIN SPACE SHALL BE MANUALLY CONTROLLED TOGETHER. DAYLIGHTING ZONE 2(SECONDARY I + + - DAYLIGHTING ZONE 2(SECONDARY) �- DAYLIGHTING ZONE 2(SECONDARY) H A R G I S S1 A.DAYLIGHT CONTRO SPACE: L TYPE=OPEN/CLOSED LOOP S1 A.DAYLIGHT CONTROL TYPE=CLOSED LOOP p A.DAYLIGHT CONTROL TYPE=CLOSED LOOP ALL FIXTURES IN A SPACE SHALL FUNCTION TOGETHER VIA + + I I III 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL CONTROL INDICATED BELOW. 206.448.3376 206.448.4460 hargis.biz 10 FC FOOT CANDLE LEVELS ARE AVERAGES FOR THE SPACE IDENTIFIED. \- LIGHT LEVEL SET POINT .�� • V�[�.:./�V LIGHT LEVEL SEPARATION WITHIN THE SPACE a! C L 2 ELEV. LPT�_, I� L I N,, QrLL L Z �yL 3 2 c L / 'yyONAtE�/19/2025 LL L L 12 L LL !&LLLLL •• IDENTIFICATION: LL LL LLLLL LLLLL LLLLL - - - L R 22; 4-2 A LLL L LL L, _ Arlington Operations LrrL 1-1 L_ `-- Center 4 ° LLL - L - -L FOR A Snohomish County I - -2 + - Public Works o � L 20 0 A L L AT +(MATT)+ + _ - L L L 1-1 L - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 19700 67th Ave NE {,I L L Arlington, WA 98223 ELI13 PERATIONS Still F. S� A LE ER LE ER VA E N LEAD WO ER +M + PERMIT SET B + + + E�v15 + Owl + + � E RKER + � 05/02/2025 B + C + + C + C + + + C + + C + + C + C + + C + + This drawing is: -- + + + + + + + + + + + + + + p p + + + L Copyright2025 Dykem Inc. — 2.The Architect's Instrumeen,nt of Professional Service. _ + + + O + O + + + + O + + O + + + + + + 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's -D written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 2023-053 I ® ttttttttta I I I I • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION WEST E 0 I PROJECT 1 2 3 4 S 6 7 8 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: BM I U -OF P PROJECT MANAGER: TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- OPEN AREA LIGHTING-OPERATING HOURS- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS EGRESS LIGHTING-SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS CONTRLLED RECEPTACLES-SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS A •LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS SHALL BE SET TO HAVE "OCCUPANCY SENSORS THROUGHOUT THE FLOOR WITH LABELS SHALL •NORMAL OPERATING HOURS:TIMECLOCK SHALL TURN 19 ROMAGHTTIURS OF ING ZONED OVERRION DE SWITCHES SEEN HALNTURN CONTROL PANEL SCHEDULE CONNECT TO A LIGHTING ONTROL PANEL AS AND SHALL ENABLE ALL RIN THE LIGHTING ON CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES ELAYS CONTROLLING •AFTER HOURS:LOCAL OCCUPANCY SENSORS LIGHTING CONTROL ON LIGHT HOURS AND TIMES DURING NORMAL CLOCK OCK SHALL TURN OFF RELAY SHALRGENCY EGRESS L FAIL CLOSED AND ALLNG ON THE EGRESS LIGHTTIOR.OCCUPANCY SEING WILL REMAIN ONNSORS OVERRIDE RECEPTACL SNTROL TO TURN ON CONTROLLED ZONE FLOOR PLAN - CONTROLLED LI HTFUXTRES.EGRE ESSLGRE SHTING SHA LIGH NGLL NORMAL OPERATING HOURS:LIGHT FIXTURES ENABLED UPPER LEVEL BE SET TO SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR AFTER HOURS BY"LOCAL OVERRIDE SWITCHES"IN ANY LIGHTING ZONE OVERRIDES. ON THE FLOOR AND REMAIN ON UNTIL DISABLED VIA •NORMAL OPERATING HOURS:FIXTURES DIM TO 50% TIMECLOCK IN LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL.IF LIGHTING •. AFTER 20 MINUTES OF INACTIVITY. CONTROL PANEL FAILS,LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL REMAIN • ON. AFTER HOURS:FIXTURES ARE CONTROLLED VIA LOCAL OCCUPANCY SENSORS AFTER HOURS:LIGHTING ZONE OVERRIDE SWITCHES SHALL ACTIVATE ALL EGRESS LIGHTING RELAYS ON THE LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL FLOOR. mwwa , �118"=V-0=V-0„ 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 1� SEE ENLARGED ELEVATION ON SHEET E7.12 FOR FOR LOCATING FLOOR-MOUNTED DEVICES. POWER REQUIREMENTS,QUANTITY OF DEVICES,AND DYKEMAN CIRCUITING NOTES IN LOCKER ROOM.COMBINE 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL HOMERUNS FOR LOCKERROOM DEVICES INTO INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. JUNCTION BOX WITHIN ACESSIBLE CEILING AS NOTED 3. WHERE RECEPTACLE INDICATED AS"GB"AND PROTECTED BY ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN PROVIDE SINGLE PHASE 30AS WITH(2P)15AF WALL- GFI TYPE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER,PROVIDE LABELING PER MOUNTED DISCONNECT FOR AC-01 WITHIN ELEVATOR SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726.REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES MACHINE ROOM.SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONER FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. _ 'AC-01'POWERED FROM OUTDOOR'CU-01'UNIT.WIRING BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR UNIT PROVIDED BY 4. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726 AND ELECTRICAL DIV.23 CONTRACTOR.COORDINATE DISCONNECT AND DETAILS FOR DEVICE FACEPLATE LABELING. FINAL CONNECTIONS WITH DIVISION 23 CONTRACTOR. SEE MECHANICAL SCHEDULES FOR MORE 3 INFORMATION. CONSULTANT: LOCATE DISCONNECT ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. A PROVIDE NOT IN USE COVERS FOR VENDING MACHINES. H A D /V I C 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 981011 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz EMERGENCY 3 2 2 1 1 3 SUPPLIES ELEV. ELEV.EQUIP. (COOP) EZTO E7.10 Ezt1 E7.tt E7.10 • E7.11 101 EVATOR 103 104 i i C EL1A-2 P2B-2 �TAIR$ Q i j C EL1A-4 P2B-2 P2B-2 MDF 108 G 105 ELEC. MECH. MESH:WATER yI1I66 �' --_ KIT HENETTE 1i of AfoBTEa�0 2� --__ TO CU-01 106 107 ME CH:HVA SOURCE ��'hYONALE�V` 102 - i i i i i SYSTEM ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT l l l l l l l l 04/19/2025 P2B-2 --_ ICAB LTS P2B-2 i 109 PNL'EL1A' K A-7,9 AC-01 2 REFRIGERATOR P2B-1315 3 1 DPA1-1,3,5 ORRIDOR I PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: P2B-8,10 100B P213-24,26 _ E7.12 /� �+ B - - GFW '.I BFOTTL KIA-9 - P2B-13 - P2B-13 P2B-28 _ — _ - - - - Arlington Operations ____r GF P2B-8 P2B-8 P2B-4 P26-4 GF - GF IB-21 P2B-8 P2B-8 GP Center K1A-11,13 IRST AID& P2B_24 P2B-26 GF P2B-28 2 AC P2B-25 AC P2B-25 KIA- MOTHER'S RM. P28-28� E712 GF GF ELLNESS P2g-24 CUSTODIAL ' FOR 130 P2B-10 STORAGE 133 MEN'S P2B-21 KIA-13 P2B-10 P28-10 P2B-24 P2B-24 GF 134 2B-36,38,40 RESTROOM AC DGF`r AC GF P2B-12,14 132 p2q-1,3,5 1 Snohomish County E]tz L111 SERVICE YARD KIA11 rL CR CR STORAGE/ P2B30,4 P4 J Public Works P2B-14 WA ER AC D GF P2B-12 BOTTLES P2B-4 P2A-3 ,�P2A-3 P2A- P2A- P2A-5 I O MICROWAVE P26-12 P2B-12 CR 131 P2A-7,9,11 (TYP OF 2) P26-12 PLC P26-14 JJ UNION P2R P2A-1rr1 (j 2B-23,25 GF AT - 129 P2B-14 P2Bd P2B-0 tL.J s--y I �a fee P2A-11 P2B-25 Q _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 19700 67th Ave NE --T-----�DROP4 128 P2B-16 P2B-16 EOCRRAIN NG/PAVING P26-23 i ry P2B-13 Arlington, WA 98223 P2B-16 CR P2B-6 P2B£ ROLLCALL GP KIA-7 qp P2B-18 PLC P2A-1 1 4-GANG DP1A-1,3,5 P2B-18 CR CR P2B-16 P2B-76,18 -21 — _ P2A-9 _ ❑ P2B-18CR P213-39 e C C P2A-11� CORRIDOR3 DRYER REST NS PERMIT SET B P2B-20 P2A-11 100C DP1A-2, WASHER 112 05/02/2025 g -----� ❑ P2B-22 P2B-6 STORAGEC C] P2B-46, 0 ------RECYCLE KIA- ER ACIC 136 C � ' 3 AC P2B-23 1 This drawing is: AC ��GF P2B-2326 R p2q-1 P2A-11Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. __ AC ENV.STOR. AC G 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. ❑ P2B-20 P2B-6 P 1 YDGF (:p,P2B-211 R a/ ADI cR 137 P2B-6 P2B-17 P2B 52 1 156 2 3 2 3.For use onthis project o� Obtain Architects written ontiisipr for o other use orhi reproduction. D - - - - —KIA-2- FTE - - - - - - 7. 7 - - - - - - - - A P2B-6 P213 P2A-7 P2A-7 CKE .75 NUMBER.60 LE • ' D GF PLC 127 P2B C T F LER 1 2 CORRIDOR K1A-6 AC CR T t ezla E].a 4 11 ' WASH-OFF AREA 100A P2B-15 P2B-15 GF P2B-17 0 2023-053 D GF E7.14 KIA-4 P213-11 P215 9 CORRIDOR P213-3 P2B 1 UNIFORMS 100D 115 P - 9 GF GF WP I .t / 1 '11 3 P2B-27 RYER • CR CR PL E].14 OAWG MARK DATE DESCRIPTION M. IDGE — — P2B-31,33 ASHER P2B 21ORD. PLC ERVIS PLC gRIDG I PLC PLC P2g-5 PLC PLC P2B-3 P2B-1 P26- D GB WORKST TION P2B-19 CR 3 RKE p VI CGF GF WP 121 P2B-7 119 118 CR CR CLOTHES P2g 27 P2B 29 DRYING/ P2B-9 2 cR P2B- P2B-1 KV�15,17,2 CGF DGF CR P2B-II P2B-11 ESTIBU P2B-9� P2B-7 P2B-7 I.R2B-7 P2B-5 P2B- P2B-1 4 P2B-27 P2B-27 WASH-UP P2IC 124 CR P2B-9 CRP2B-7 CR P2B-7 2B-7 P2B- CR P2B-3 P2B-3 P2B-1 P2B-19 P2B-19 - CR P2B-11 P2B-9 P2B-5 CR CR C K1 -19 GF P2B-21 P2B-21 PAVING FN wP UPER 7ISOR VESTIBULE P D GF W D GF W D GF W D GF WA-17 (T1'P OF 4) 4PROJECT D GF WPDGF WPD GF WP DGF WP VENDING PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI 116 MACHINES PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- q JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR POWER FLOOR PLAN - 2 3 4 5 6 7 LOWER LEVEL POWER FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL 2 1 3 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 D FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION PROVIDE STANDARD DUPLEX BEHIND WATER FILLER FOR LOCATING FLOOR-MOUNTED DEVICES. SHROULD.CONNECT TO LOAD SIDE OF UPSTREAM GFCI DYKEMAN RECEPTACLE. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. PROVIDE CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS FROM MOTORIZED SHADES TO RECESSED CONTROL SWITCH 3. WHERE RECEPTACLE IS INDICATED AS"GB"AND PROTECTED BY ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN LCOATED AT IT-8"TO CENTER OF SWITCH. GFI TYPE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER,PROVIDE LABELING PER COORDINATE CONTROL SWITCH(ES)WITH SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726.REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. _ COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726 AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATE WITH MOTORIZED SHADE DETAILS FOR DEVICE FACEPLATE LABELING. MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE CONTROLS REQUIRED TO INTEGRATE WITH LIGHTING CONTROLS SCENECONSULTANT: CONTROLLER.SEE SHEET E2.21 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz DISCONNECT'D-PVA1' (TYp) MOTORIZED SHADES MOTORIZED SHADES MOTORIZED SHADES LOW-VOLTAGE J-BOX LOW-VOLTAGE J-BOX LOW-VOLTAGE J-BOX • GF P1A-26 MOTORIZED SHADES MOTORIZED SHADES MOTORIZED SHADES GF P1A-26 — MOTORIZED ADA DOOR wP POWER J-BOX POWER J-BOX POWER J-BOX WP A ESTIBU E® — — — P2A-15 J J ?!�G7A JJ P2A-15 1 P2A-0 P 1A-26 P2A-15201 . P2A-13 P2A-15P2A-0 ��0t11� \ / _ \ / Q i 1 C P1A-24 A-30P2A-0R284-GANG P2A-17 XSNFLOORBOX CORBOX P2A-6 P2A-16 p2A-222 RYP) P2A-27 P2A-29 p) P2A-6� P2A-16 / \\ P1A214 \ J�,C/STEW�V\2� ONALE P1 A-28 PUBBI u 0 C 0 u P2A-26 / - - 04/19/2025 COUNT. ROtL_CALLJ��p2q_Ig� MOTORIZED P2A-8 P2A-18 202 12 �rKK++�� DIVID RCURT IN P2A-8 PZA-18 UST D P1A-14 PIA-28 P1A-24 uo CDU U2�9 LJLJ Uu Liu �" "rC 4�1u PZA 21 ACGFO ACGFD MEN'SAbA ��• IDENTIFICATION: P2A-13 GF RESTROOM _ _ _ _ _ PZA2.11 P2A-10 p2A-20 GF P1A-10 40 _ _ _ Arlington Operations WORKSTATION CR J I L)� P r 1 �� P1A-16 P1A-14,16 Center 204 P1A-4 P2A-23 9 P2A-12 ,1 P2A-22 (BRAD) P1A-0 a P1A-24 P2A-23 P2A-12 4,G P2A-22 P1A-10 FOR CR ORRIDO 0 u u L) 0 L) LD u L)4GAN6D u L)u u�D•-2,4,6 P1A-4 200A P2A-2 P2A-14 FL �RB X P2A-24 P1A-0 P2A-13 P2A-25 2 MOT RIZED P2A-14 (Ty p2A-24 Snohomish County CR I ELEC. 4 P1A-14 cc �� SHAD CD CD CD CD u� ��P2A 2I 215 P1 12 Public Works PIA- P2A-13, ,17 E7.10 1 BOTTLE COPIER I I P1A-2/ P1A-2,4 P2A-2 WORKSTATION 01A 2 FILLER AC P2A 2 P2A 2AC P2A-20,22,24 ORRIDO W EN AT 205 P1A-2 P2A-13 P2A-13 A 200C GF RESTROOM (MATT) CR a I GF- T 0 AC_ ___ GF P1A-12 219�\ 19700 67th Ave NE C — — — — — — — — — — c — GF P1A-20—P1A-1 P1A-18 P1A-12 P1A-12 — — — I— — — P1A-14 P1A-22 P1A-14 MOTORIZE P1A-22 P1A-18 Arlington, WA 98223 SHADES C NTROL CORRIDOR P1A-,8 P1A-21 23 P1A-13,15 A-9,11 -1 mdb 2006 P1A-25,27 P1A-0,22 . P1A-17,19 P1A-5,7 BOTTLE o CR PLC P1A-8 CR pLC PLC PLC PLC CR PLC FILLER P1A-3 PERMIT SET P1A-8 CR CR CR CR P1A_1,3 P1A-3 I B I ppP1A-27 PIA-23 FFP1A-19 iP1A-13 P1A-15 P1A-9 KI CHE I PIA-8 PIA-6 CRlP1A-27 PIA-21 P1A-23 RSP1A-19 P1A-13 P1A-15 C fP1A-9 PL 05/02/2025 g P1A-25 \ r P1A-11 P1A-5 P1A-5 CR i0I CR p� P1A-27 CR P1A-23 P1A-19 P1A-17 CR P1A-9 CR CR P1A-1 This drawing is: P1A-6 o I� P1A-19 P1A-15 P1A- P1A-3 CR p1q-7 P1A-5 P1A-1 1.Th right D kumen,Inc. P1A-8 PIA-6 CR nIP1A-25 PIA-2 CR P1A-15 P1A- r 9 Y K1A-28 I P1A 27 CR P1A 21 CR ((� ) p1A-11 P1A_7 P1A 5 \. CR 2.The Architect's Instrument. Professional Service. CR \ CR P1A-17 CR CR - CR CR CR CR P1A-8 CR P1A-25 P1A-21 PIA-17 P1A-1 CR p1A-11 P1A-T P1A-1 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's -- P1A-11 P1A-1 written permission for any other use or reproduction. P1A-8 P1A-25 P1A-21 P1A-17 P1A-1 P1A-7 PROJECT NUMBER. GF K1A-28 wP N r, 2023-053 E I E I I S 7 7 A N S E A L R U E E IK A 2 1 12 2 14 16 1 1 • I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I 171 I I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI PROJECT MANAGER: 1 TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:1- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A A I I I I I I I ' I _ POWERFLOOR AN UPPER LEVEL - POWER FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL 2 3 4 5 2 4 5 D FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES 1. PHOTOVOLTIAC SYSTEM NOTES DYKEMAN PROVIDE MINIMUM SIZE PHOTOVOLTIAC SYSTEM IN PROVIDE COMPLETE 35KW PHOTOVOLTAIC GENERATING DESIGNATED AREA. SYSTEM AND CONDUIT PATHWAY FOR FUTURE SYSTEM AREA DESIGNATED FOR FUTURE PV ARRAYS(-172KW IN AREA AS INDICATED ON THIS SHEET. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN MAX SSYTEM SIZE). CONSULTANT: H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 • hargis.biz • 2 1 � A ' - - -i -i i oF�'ySyONALE�V`2� = _ I 04/19/2025 li i i I T=====T=====T=== Ili � i i I PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: - - - - - - ;_____ - - - Arlington Operations II T T T I Center j I =____ I FOR Snohomish Count Y ------ _____;-__--; Public Works - T= T= _ I AT I � — — — — — i I I �_ -- -- __ � I I — — — 19700 67th Ave NE j = I Arlington, WA 98223 I PERMIT SET B 1 =====T=====T=====T I 05/02/2025 S =====1=====1=====1 I This drawing is: T T T I 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. _____-T= -=T- 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's D J ). I 1 I — written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 11h I I'� I tt t 11 2023-053 I I I I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A POWER FLOOR PLAN - ROOF DTWER FLOOR PLAN - ROOF --1,_D„ 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SHEET EO.XX FOR ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT CHARACTERSITICS,REQUIREMENTS AND CIRCUIT INFORMATION. DYKEMAN 2. REFER TO LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONNECTIONS TO FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS,SMOKE DAMPERS AND ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN MAGNETIC HOLD OPEN DEVICES. 3. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS AND SMOKE DAMPERS.PROVIDE RED- _ LINE DEVICE LOCATIONS ON RECORD DRAWINGS. 4. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT DISCONNECTS/CONTROLLERS WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.MAINTAIN CODE REQUIRED WORKING CLEARANCES. PROVIDE/CONSTRUCT STRUT CHANNEL ASSEMBLY FORCONSULTANT: MOUNTING OF DISCONNECTS/CONTROLLERS WHICH CANNOT BE LOCATED ON BUILDING STRUCTURE.REFER TO DETAIL E7.XX FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. H A R v w I w 1201 third avenue,suite 600,se=attle,wa 981011 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz 2 1 E.11 E7.11 E7.10 • 4 r C LEV. L �TARS C K -1 EUH-0 I ,21,23 10 Y j 101 MDF MECH. SP-01 EL V EQU . 105 ELEC. MECH:WATER ylrlbb �' IIlllllllli E SUPPLIES Y 106 107 SO URCE ��'h70NAL0�V�2 KITCHENETTE AC-02 (COOP) AC-01 l l 110 04/19/2025 102 MECH:HVAC I TO CU-02 U-01 EQUIPMENT i • IDENTIFICATION: MOTHER'S RM. _ 109 I �+ M1A-40,42 133 _ _ Arlington Operations STORAGE/ -- C en to r M1A-00� WATER �C' M CUSTODIAL i FI FCU-L-01 BOTTLES M 134 ® MEWS FOR WELLNESS 131 FCU-L-07 FCU-L-15 �,yC RESTROOM `r 130 M1A-04,46 M1A-08,50 `2%1A-30,32 Snohomish County FCU-L-08 FCU-L-12 SERVICE YARD IEEE]�I o �"" I � � � � � A-30, 1 ,. � Public Works STORAGE M1A-04,46 CORRIDOR ONM1A-40,42 132 C C 0 0 0 AT ooA 12 I I _ 19700 67th Ave NE l l l FCU-L-03 — — — — �N M1A 48,50 M1A-30,32 Arlington, WA 98223 M1A-40,42 FCU-L-17 FGkI-L-i6 �- - _____ ❑ DROP-IN �M �N E C AWIINL C L VI O� �NM1A-30,32 WO �S PERMIT SET B - RECYCLE 12 5 ❑ FCU-L-13 RESTROOM 05/02/2025 g ----- 126 ❑ M1A44,46 M1144,46 � 112 FCU-L-04 This drawing is: i � ❑ F D � � O LO R ROOM r }———————————— �N 113 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. � ENV.STOR. STORAGE 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. - ❑ M1A40142 137 136 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. — _ — ORK _ — — — — _ — _ — — — — PLOTTER PROJECT TF 27 T M1A-30,32�N 2023-053 M1A-36,38 FCU-L 1 WASH-OFF AREA DRYING/ 1 O • A1-13,15,17 WASH-UP MARK DATE DESCRIPTION M1A-36,3 M1A-36,38 M1A-36,3 �114SR.ENV. M1 - M,A-9 ,ORD. M1A-34 WORK TATION 25 FORBRIDGE S ATION DROF� \J4RQP-IN pAVING L M1A-36,38 115 MA1-13,15,V SUPER O L WORKER 1 1 PAVING M M M1A- EUH-0 123 12 (LV ) 118 SUPER I EU 511 1M1A-34 VESTIBUL I SE CH U-02 124 VESTIBULE O U-01 PROJECT 6 PRINCIPAL IN IN CHARGE�BMI A ° PROJECT MANAGER:CT:I A PROJECTPROJECTARCHITECT�- JOBJOB CAPTAIN. RSR MECHANICAL POWER FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL MECHANICAL POWER FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL I 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SHEET EO.XX FOR ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT CHARACTERSITICS,REQUIREMENTS AND CIRCUIT INFORMATION. DYKEMAN 2. REFER TO LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONNECTIONS TO FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS,SMOKE DAMPERS AND ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN MAGNETIC HOLD OPEN DEVICES. 3. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS AND SMOKE DAMPERS.PROVIDE RED- _ LINE DEVICE LOCATIONS ON RECORD DRAWINGS. 4. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT DISCONNECTS/CONTROLLERS WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.MAINTAIN CODE REQUIRED WORKING CLEARANCES. PROVIDE/CONSTRUCT STRUT CHANNEL ASSEMBLY FORCONSULTANT: MOUNTING OF DISCONNECTS/CONTROLLERS WHICH CANNOT BE LOCATED ON BUILDING STRUCTURE.REFER TO DETAIL E7.XX FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. H A R v w I w 1201 third avenue,suite 600,se=attle,wa 981011 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz • — U g.V Ary0 .. p`F Of WAsy7 F.P� C EUH-01 ELEV. € \ / STAIRS i' - N 1 C VESTIBULE O \ X 201 'ySy0NAt0�p`sue M2A-1.3.5 0 L)L) L)I) LJ L L)lD CDC ED L) L)L ID L) L)L) C)u / / 04/19/2025 LOBBY/ PUBLIC PROJECT IDENTIFICATI COUNTER I)L) LjL) L)I) ULj UL) L)�j IJLJ UU IDU LjL) UU MEN'S 202 _ _ ROLL ALL USTOD RESTRTROOM _ _ — — _ _ Arlington Operations I O� AL�� L)L) L) 0 U L)L) L)� �� L) - 22, Center V. A ELEC. FORL)L) L)0 L)L CDL) L)L) 0� 0C CD0 0CD L)L) 215 Snohomish County �M2A-7, CDID L)0 00 0 �L) I)L) LjL) L)L) M2A-11 2A,3 Public Works M M2A-7,9 M M2A-7,9 AT O TAT N FCU-U-02 FCU-U-04 TF-02 20 M2A-7,9 M WOMEN (MATT) I FCU-U-01 L---i--- RESTROOM _ 19700 67th Ave NE CORRIDOR TTRA ER — C Arlington, WA 98223 200B mlkc6 PERATIONS SWEEPI G MBA-,8 M2A-2,4 LEAD WO ER MANAGER PERMIT SET _ SMALLCONF. ERVIS LE WORKER z18 B 2,2 0 2,6 0 05/02/2025 B EAD WORKER 10 V-6 M2A-6,8 M2A-6,8 M2A-2,4 217 M This drawing is: CU-U- M M M 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. Mpq-2 q M2A-2,4 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. M2A-6,8 M.-2,4 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's FCU-U-OS 6 F - - -11 FC - 08 U-U-09 --- --- — — � written permission for any other use or reproduction. D ROJECT NUMBER FAIENE41/ D Q KER s R ' 2023-053 2 3 1 I I I I • WEST DECK 208 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I O® I I I I I I PROJECT TEAM- PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A A I MECHANICAL POWER FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL MECHANICAL POWER FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL I 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 SHEET NOTES 1. FIRE ALARM DEVICES SHOWN INDICATE OWNER'S MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FIRE ALARM DEVICES AS REQUIRED BY AHJ.REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 283111 DYKEMAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. 3. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IN LOCATING OF CEILING-MOUNTED _ DEVICES. 4. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS AND SMOKE DAMPERS.PROVIDE RED- LINE DEVICE LOCATIONS ON RECORD DRAWINGS. CONSULTANT: 5. PROVIDE A DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR AT EACH FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER AND EACH SMOKE DAMPER.LOCATE IN ACCORDANCE H A R G I S WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS UIREMENTS AND DIVISION 23.PROVIDE RED-LINE DEVICE LOCATIONS ON RECORD DRAWINGS. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz v =�- 4 I I I •avo�01 we e F,p•F C ELEV. K OHRU-01 F i 08 RU-01 —O'1EMERGENC &I V4 S E _f UPPLIS M ELEC. (COOP) MECH. y Irlbb w C LL oF��'hyONALE�V`2� KITCHENETTE 103 F FACP F ME WATER 04/19/2025 CH:HVAC SOURCE UIPMENT SYSTEM PROJECT ID • - Arlington Operations Center CUSTODIAL 1 1 C2�4., FOR i FI S AI & M T ER R 34 W Snohomish County T17= SERVICE YARD STORAGE/ o � ks WATER STORAGE F . .; _ Public V/��V O r I< BOTTLES 132 CORRIDOR UN ON 131 AT 100A is 19700 67th Ave NE ° _ TI Arlington, WA 98223 INTERFACE RELAY EO 1 G PAVING --_-- ❑I 1 e 04 G© PERMIT SET B 11F 05/02/2025 B _= RE E STORAGELj 136 t This drawing is: -- - 1.Copyright2025 Dykeman,Inc. ENV.STOR. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. --- 7E] ''1137 3.For use this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. i _ _ z LOTTT PROJECT I I 127 I I I T T I I I F F wP LL u 2023-053 - - WASH-OFF -5 '::_ "-• � ':mm, # AREA .. ' OTHIEs ' 0 • F F IlRVMG/ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION F 1 WASH-UP 14: n NV. LL E 12 U S BR ID OR E RI RK R W ATION D IN RVIS R E TIB L �✓'� OORD. KSTATION 1 ' ' 12 19 V 4418 N) WP WP CHI S PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI A o PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV A T PROJECT ARCHITECT: - JOB CAPTAIN: KSR LOW-VOLTAGE FLOOR 2 3 a 5 s T PLAN - LOWER LEVEL LOW-VOLTAGE FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL 118"=1'0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 SHEET NOTES 1. FIRE ALARM DEVICES SHOWN INDICATE OWNER'S MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FIRE ALARM DEVICES AS REQUIRED BY AHJ.REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 283111 DYKEMAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 3. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IN LOCATING OF CEILING-MOUNTED _ DEVICES. 4. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS AND SMOKE DAMPERS.PROVIDE RED- LINE DEVICE LOCATIONS ON RECORD DRAWINGS. CONSULTANT: 5. PROVIDE A DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR AT EACH FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER AND EACH SMOKE DAMPER.LOCATE IN ACCORDANCE H A R G I S WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS UIREMENTS AND DIVISION 23.PROVIDE RED-LINE DEVICE LOCATIONS ON RECORD DRAWINGS. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz • — — — — — — F — — — — — — — —€ \ — — — — — — — �OQ-0�WAgy�F.p� aC �. x� Q v sn uL o ELEV. O \X� sraiubs 1 222 X LOBBY/ U L) L)L) I)l) Lj L) I)l) L)L) I)L) L)L Ij L) L)L) C)u oan s/2025 PUBLIC UST D COUNTER I)L) LJ L) L)L)L) L)U u U U U U I)U U L) U 221 0- diESTROOM PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: F2 Arlington Operations Center RKSTATION FOR zoa L)L) CD CD L)L) IjL) L)L) L)ID 0C CDC) 0 L)L) (BRAD) Snohomish County WORKSTATION CDC 0 ID CDC) L)I) I)Lj l)L) L)L) I)0 CD CD 0 ID ELEC. Public Works AV/FIRE ALARM 215 (1 205 Q1 INTERFACE RELAY------,,, a ? (MATT) — _ _ _ _ _ AT r-T _F _ _ _ _ _ _ 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 ❑�❑ D AINA E P EMEN / LE WO ER P RATIO S PERMIT SET Lf F 05/02/2025 B B U ERVIS 212 2 3 U ERVI 216 E D OR E IT HE IO 21 14 2 6 i o This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's F • - written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER. 2023-053 I I I I • 208 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I O® I I I I PROJECT TEAM- PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: BM I IT PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A _ A I LOW-VOLTAGE PLAN —UPPER LEVEL 1\� LOW-VOLTAGE FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 14 5 D FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES 1. SEE SHEET E0.03 FOR BACK BOX AND CONDUIT ROUGH-IN PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING CONDUITS/SLEEVES PROVIDE RISER SLEEVES FROM ACCESSIBLE REQUIREMENTS ABOVE THE CEILING,EXTEND TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE TO THE FLOOR ABOVE,EXTEND TO CEILING SPACE,LON: CEILING SPACE AS FOLLOWS: 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL DYKEMAN (2)4"C-TELECOMMUNICATIONS (1)4"C-TELECOMMUNICATIONS INFORMATION FOR LOCATING WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. (2)2"C-ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION (1)2"C-ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION LOW VOLTAGE OPEN CABLING PATHWAY.PROVIDE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN J-HOOKS SPACED 4'-0"APART ABOVE ACESSIBLE PROVIDE RISER SLEEVES FROM ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE.J-HOOKS SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY CEILING SPACE TO THE FLOOR ABOVE AS DEDICATED HANGERS/ROD FROM STRUCTURE FOLLOWS: AND/OR WALLS.PROVIDE SEPARATE J-HOOK (2)2"C-TELECOMMUNICATIONS - PATHWAY FOR EACH LOW-VOLTAGE SYSTEM. (1)2"C-ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION PROVIDE RISER SLEEVES FROM ACCESSIBLE PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING CONDUITS/SLEEVES CEILING SPACE TO THE FLOOR ABOVE,EXTEND TO ABOVE THE CEILING,EXTEND TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE AS FOLLOWS: CEILING SPACE,LON: (1)2"C-TELECOMMUNICATIONS (1)1"C-TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING S PROVIDE I-PORT NETWORK OUTLET TO TRAKA KEY ABOVE THE CEILING,EXTEND TO ACCESSIBLE MANAGEMENT CABINET. 0 CEILING SPACE,LON: H R V'(/'►■ I J (1)4"C-TELECOMMUNICATIONS ,0 PROVIDE I-PORT NETWORK OUTLET TO TIME (1)2"C-ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION CLOCK. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING CONDUITS/SLEEVES „ PROVIDE ROUGH IN AND PATHWAY FROM MDF TO 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 ABOVE THE CEILING,EXTEND TO ACCESSIBLE THIS LOCATION FOR FUTURE OFFICE CONVERSION. 206.448.3376 205.448.4450 hargis.biz CEILING SPACE,LON: (1)2"C-TELECOMMUNICATIONS (1)2"C-ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION 1 � E8.01 _ WAS", a! C MDF li ii ii i i ITT pgRS e r i j C ELE .EQU_A EMERGENCY ELEC. MECH. 'y zolnl5s w� SUPPLIES ,OS l l l l l l l l l l MECH:WATER p q o 0 (COOP) LE EC SYSTEM SOURCE CR 'yyONALE-04/8 ii �iiii 1Da 105 110 I, 04/19/2025 KITCHENETT CH:HVAC 162 I WAP WAP S UIPMENT ••• CR 109 - N R Arlington Operations WAP - - AP IVIVIIR '44" Center 2"C TO MDF m W MOTHER'S RM. CUSTODIAL I a s FIRST AID& STORAGE/ 1 134 FOR WELLNESS WATER 133 ® MEWS �r 130 14 BOTTLES RESTROOM W� 131 STORAGE II 111 Snohomish County L 132 PATH AY TO FLOOR Public � Works � I'p PATHWAY TO FLOOR I UNION t I ABOV E SH E6.2 P u b l i c V V o rks CR/ ABOVE,SEE SHEET E. 100 S CORRIDOR 7 129 4 AV S I 6 AT RACK C - - o - 2 - AP I - U - - 19700 67th Ave N E Arlington, WA 98223 i I I I I 4 �� L DROP-IN - - E ' C1 EO INI G IN 2 RESTROO ❑ 128 ' 0 3 LL A 5C.52,xz FPD 12 PERMIT 502%025T B ----- - B -----_ 0 ----- REC STORAGE WAP 4 136 1 LO R ROOM This drawing is: it 1.Copyright2025 Dykeman,Inc. I� ENV.STOR. 2 113 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. ---- LI5'Ij „ PATHWAY TO FLO a 5 ❑ WORK RM./ i� 137 ABOVE,SEE SHEE E6.21 9 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's DJECT NUMBER. _ - - - - PLOTTER - - - - - _ .gg• - - - WaP - - - - - written permission for any other use or reproduction. -- 127 ..• T T KN U a 2023-053 ,o a wAP WASH-OFF AREA N LOTHES 1, 0 • DRYING/ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION �SR.ENV. 0 0 0 WASH-UP WORKS ATION ES71BU BRIDGE BRI E r LE RKER W ATION D F IN PAVI AD G ESTIBUL� . 125 124 SU 1 O 122 F 1 1 12 119 11 RVISOR 116 IFOR WA F N) 117 5 5 F - C S CR S 116 CHI S CR 124 C PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI A o PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV A T PROJECT ARCHITECT: - JOB CAPTAIN: KSR TELECOM FLOOR PLAN LOWER LEVEL TELECOM FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL • 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 D SHEET NOTES 1. SEE SHEET E0.03 FOR BACK BOX AND CONDUIT ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL DYKEMAN INFORMATION FOR LOCATING WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN FLAG NOTES PROVIDE I-PORT NETWORK OUTLET TO TRAKA KEY MANAGEMENT CABINET. PROVIDE 1-PORT NETWORK OUTLET TO TIME CLOCK. CONSULTANT: H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz S AO 206 *23'-0" • 201 S CR O6 +23'-0" 20 CR W DE C C S — — — — — — S' WA D _ AN pQ'pf gy�F.P C +23'-0 U VESTIBULE S 2 v o lam c V ° S �vee C Q o n 201 ELEV. LL X STAI / \ zzz N Ao gzollr166o �w� ® (n� ONALE� LOBBYAO S ' �tNAP ' , / oansizozs L PUBLIC CRIM -7 COUNTER K N'S • IDENTIFICATION: 202 W CR4R2 ��®U L)I) �® S �� pO RESTROOM . P P 220 Arlington Operations O� - �0 - �LL ALL OU UU L)L) L)L) LJL) L)� — C 522 AL — — — — — — — Center ORK A ® FOR a LLD)L L)L) L)L LJLLD) L00 00 0)0 00 00 L) °' ® Snohomish County r ;WAP 00 00 L) L CD CD 00 �� LJPpS}I o Public Works s O TAT N Y TO FLOOR p P P B�COW,SEE SHEET E6.B1 20 SELO ,SEE SHEET E6.11 V ELEC. RESTRO'S AT MATT) Ir-�- ___ ___ 21— _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 19700 67th Ave NE coRRID CORRIDOR Pq HWAYTOFLOOR Arlington, WA 98223 BELOW,SEE SHEET E6.11 ❑ ❑ PERATIONS PERMIT SET _- DRAINA E PA EMENT' LEAD WO ER MANAGER _ SMALLCONF. �S,,W'�EEPI LE WORKER LEADWOR ER V ETATION 05/02/2025 g g ERVISO 212 2 3 UPERVI� 216 L IT HE EAD WORKER WAP pp 21 14 2 6 �� r�� r 21 T This drawing is: L J 1.Copyright 2025 Dykemao,Inc. o I WAP J 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. WAP 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's I� written permission for any other use or reproduction. 2V-0 3-0 PROJECT NUMBER. 11 fel 3 0 2023-053 I I I I • WEST DECK 208 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION O® — — — — — — — — PROJECT TEAM- PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A _ A I --TELECOM FLOOR PLAN_ z UPPER LEVEL TELECOM FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL va^=r-o^ 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 14 5 DUAL HEAD EV DUAL-HEAD EV D CHARGING CHARGING STATION STATION DETAIL NOTES: DYKEMAN 1. WHERE DUAL-HEAD EV CHARGER IS INSTALLED BETWEEN TWO ADA ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SPACES,THE CLEAR GROUND SPACE (MINIMUM 30"x 48")SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT THE FRONT AND BACK 10" OF THE EV CHARGER. MAX 2. SEE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN SHEETS E1.02 AND E1.03 FOR MORE BOLLARDS BY OTHERS BOLLARDS BY OTHERS INFORMATION. (TYPICAL) (TYPICAL) 3. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF EV CHARGER,BOLLARDS,AND CLEAR GROUND SPACE WITH CIVIL PERMANENTLY ATTACH TO ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. H / \ R G I S STRUCTURE PER MANUFACTURER'S A GUIDELINES REINFORCED CONCRETE 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 PAD PER EV CHARGING 30"MIN 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER CLEAR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS GROUND SPACE 12 PARKING SPACE GRADE MIN — DEPTH (dTYP)IN— A (NP) wA NSF A f S `'�`',tea° °L°,• / �20IIIIfi6O �sV /Z';; <:'<;';C <; <'' '< <;''<;''%:'<;C' < ';;; ONALE 04/19/2025 / \ ��KK\� PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center FRONT ELEVATION SIDE SECTION/ELEVATION FOR Snohomish County Public Works I I AT _ 19700 67th Ave NE j \ Arlington, WA 98223 I I I j PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. ---- I 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's iI written permission for any other use or reproduction. I PROJECT I I j 2023-053 I — •—Q DUAL-HEAD EV CHARGING STATION MARK DATE DESCRIPTION — I EV CHARGING STATION CONCRETE PAD I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PROJECT BOLLARDS BY OTHERS (TYPICAL) I PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: TSV MINIMUM 30"X 48"CLEAR GROUND SPACE I PROJECT ARCHITECT: - (TYPICAL) I JOB CAPTAIN: KSR I I I I I ELECTRICAL DETAILS I I I I I I L---- ------------- --------------------------------------' ,- EV CHARGING STATION DETAIL PLAN VIEW 1 21 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 D DYKEMAN ,J FINISHED GRADE 9 III III—III—III—III—III III _ COMPACTED BACKFILL PER NEC —dykemar— "— 300-50(d)&SPECIFICATIONS -1 I— I—III—III—III—III-1 SECTION 260510 24 =III III—III=III—III III—III MIN. CONSULTANT:— WIDE X 15 MIL THICK METALLIC TAPE III III—III—III—III—III III—III (RED FOR POWER AND ORANGE FOR H A R G I S _ - = COMMUNICATIONS),SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 260543 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS,SEE 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz � SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 260543 2 J l — l III III — SAND BEDDING MATERIAL,SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 260510 S.I A ryo 01 WAsyiF,p'� C TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT,SEE e o C SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 260543 x•� y�iribb w� oF��'yyONALE�p`2� DETAIL- ELECTRICAL TRENCHING 04/19/2025 NONE PROJECT Arlington Operations Center FOR LUMINAIRE.REFER TO SITE PLAN FOR QUANTITY Snohomish County OF HEADS PER POLE LUMINAIRE.REFER TO SITE LUMINAIRE POLE. Public Works PLAN FOR QUANTITY OF REFER TO LIGHTING LUMINAIRE POLE.REFER AT HEADS PER POLE FIXTURE SCHEDULE 4"x6"GASKETED HANDHOLE TO LIGHTING FIXTURE FOR TYPE REQUIREMENTS BOND#6 BARE COPPER SCHEDULE FOR TYPE AND 19700 67th Ave N E GROUNDBA POLE REQUIREMENTS Arlington, WA 98223 ANCHOR BOLTS PER POLE IN-LINE WEATHERPROOF 4"x6"GASKETED HANDHOLE MANUFACTURER FUSE HOLDERS WITH BUILDING STRUCTURE JUNCTION BOX, FUSES BOND#6 BARE COPPER 2",45 DEGREE CHAMFER PERMIT SET AS REQUIRED GROUND TO POLE IN-LINE 3/4"NON-SHRINK GROUT g WEATHERPROOF FUSE 05/02/2025 g ANCHOR BOLTS PER POLE HOLDERS WITH FUSES LIGHTING RACEWAY MANUFACTURER - - 2. This drawing is: CEILING #3 REINFORCING TIES, 2" 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2,45 DEGREE CHAMFER 2"ON CENTER 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. - 2" 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's FINISH GRADE —3/4"NON-SHRINK #3 REINFORCING TIES, 320" - written permission for any other use or reproduction. GROUT 12"ON CENTERPROJECT NUMBER. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE 2-0 ,�^ y° 2" #3 REINFORCING TIES, -S 2"ON CENTER METALLIC CONDUIT OR MC Jm 2„ FINISH GRADE UPPER CABINETS CABLE CONNECTION TO PVC CONDUIT M N io �� iv 2023-053 UNDERCABINET LIGHTING °f .°- #6 BARE COPPER #6 BARE COPPER FIXTURE GROUND WIRE o? GROUND WIRE UNDERCABINET LIGHTING #3 REINFORCING TIES, _ io _ FIXTURE 12"ON CENTER— 5'-0"FOR UP TO - -_ 20'-0"POLE 6'-0"FOR Jio a MARK DATE DESCRIPTION io iN UP TO 30'-0"POLE—) 3/4"x8'COPPER WELD 5'-0"FOR UP TO 20'-0" .°�° °- GROUND ROD INTERIOR/EXTERIOR WALL POLE 6'-0"FOR TO 30'-0"POLE PVC CONDUIT ¢-� 3/4"x8'COPPER WELD `V GROUND ROD HARDWIRE UNDERCABINET LIGHT AFTER UPPER CABINET IS INSTALLED.INSTALL UNDERCABINET LIGHT TIGHT TO WALL 2"CLEAR REINFORCED VERTICAL REINFORCED VERTICAL REINFORCED BARS 2"CLEAR REINFORCED BARS AND CABINET ABOVE. CONCEAL PROJECT CONNECTION TO LIGHT FIXTURE 2'-0" DIAMETER 24" PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI DETAIL NOTE. CONCRETE DETAIL NOTE. DIAMETER PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV BASE CONCRETE FOR POLE BASE CONCRETE PROJECT ARCHITECT: - LOWER CABINETS CONCRETE FOR POLE BASE TO C MINIMUM POLE PSI. BASE JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A TO BE MINIMUM 2,500 PSI. A / A DETAIL- UNDERCABINET LIGHTING 265100-Concrete Pole Base-Flush ��265100-Concrete Pole Base ELECTRICAL DETAILS I 1"..=1.4. , J / 1/8"=V-0" ` L I 1/8"=V-0" 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D DETAIL OPTION DETAIL NOTES: ELEV. ELEV. TYPICAL TOP YKEMAN SHUNT TRIP POWER NOTES 3,8 MACH PIT FLOOR OF 1. PROVIDE TELEPHONE LINE TO ELEVATOR AND DIAL TELEPHONE IN ELEVATOR • INDICATING LIGHT (TYP) RM. ELEV. SHAFT FIRE MACHINE ROOM.SYSTEM SHALL FUNCTION AS FOLLOWS: NOTES 6,9 LOBBY ALARM A) ELEVATOR SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE A NON-DIAL PHONE AND DIALER ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 0 NEW OR EXISTING PANELBOARD CONTROL PANEL WITH ELEVATOR.WHEN RECEIVER IN ELEVATOR CAB IS REMOVED,A SEE PLANS AND ONE-LINE DIAGRAM TRANSFORMER CALL SHALL AUTOMATICALLY BE PLACED TO A 24-HOUR MONITORING SERVICE. ELEVATOR MAIN NOTE 13 B) PHONE IN ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM SHALL HAVE THE CAPABILITY TO - DISCONNECT PLACE A CALL TO THE PHONE IN THE ELEVATOR. (NOTE 5) S ELEVATOR NOTE 6 C) COORDINATE WIRING AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS WITH CONTROLLER ELEVATOR SUPPLIER AND PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED WIRING. 2. LOCATE PIT LIGHTS AND RECEPTACLES AS RECOMMENDED BY ELEVATOR of Fo INSTALLER. LIGHTS AND RECEPTACLE IN PIT SHALL BE NEMA 4 RATED. O GFI MINIMUM LIGHT LEVEL IS 10 FOOTCANDLES. 3. PROVIDE HEAT DETECTORS IN ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM AND ELEVATOR SHAFT. LI A D I C PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNT ADAPTER VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH DEPT.OF LABOR&INDUSTRIES'CHIEF ELEVATOR n ,` rt J WHERE PANELBOARD IS INSTALLED L-� INSPECTOR.INTERLOCK SHUNT TRIP BREAKER SUPPLYING ELEVATOR POWER WITH FLUSH WITH WALL ELEVATOR NOTE THESE DETECTORS. PANEL 4 NOTE 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 NOTE 7 GFI 2 4. CONNECT FOR ELEVATOR RECALL THROUGH PRIMARY AND SECONDARY FIRE ALARM 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz RELAYS. CONNECT ELEVATOR ALARM SIGNAL RELAY TO ELEVATOR CONTROLLER. 5, MOUNT ELEVATOR MAIN DISCONNECT IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO DOOR(STRIKE SIDE).PROVIDE POWER TO HEAT DETECTORS AND SHUNT TRIP.PROVIDE AUX,DRY 0 r - - r • SURGE SUPPRESSION DEVICE(SPD), TO TTB TEL TEL CONTACTS FOR AUTOMATIC CAB LOWERING FEATURE.COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS I I INSTALL AS CLOSET BREAKER DETAIL NOTE NOTE WITH ELEVATOR INSTALLER. SERVING DEVICE AS POSSIBLE. 1 1 TAMPER SWITCHES AT OPTION 6. PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTOR. CONNECT TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. S.VAND I I REFER TOR PANEL SCHEDULES FOR FOR SPRINKLER HEADS T CIRCUITS ARE TO BE USED FOR THE CAB LIGHTS/RECEPTACLE AND FAN;EXACT w"S"��'�.a< BREAKER LOCATION PRIOR TO .L s C r - - - - - - � ROUGH-IN.NO 90 DEGREE BENDS IN LOCATION TO BE COORDINATED WITH ELEVATOR INSTALLER. Q Toz 1 C CONNECTING CONDUIT ALLOWED. 8. PROVIDE FIXED-RATE 135"F HEAT DETECTOR,INSTALL WITHIN 12"OF SPRINKLER I O O O PROVIDE SHORTEST POSSIBLE HEAD. 'y zoiiri66 q� OL L - - - - - J WIRING LENGTH FOR CONNECTION, 9. PROVIDE DEVICE/MODULES FOR CONNECTION TO FLASHING FIRE HAT. �'nF gfcrslea�°\2� MAXIMUM OF 18".SEE �'yy9NALV SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL 10.PROVIDE ALL FIRE ALARM,TELEPHONE AND OTHER WIRING AS REQUIRED FOR A 04/19/2025 REQUIREMENTS COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 11.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE A MEETING WITH THE ELEVATOR PROJECT INSTALLER,FIRE ALARM VENDOR,AND THE FIRE SPRINKLER INSTALLER TO PROVIDE 30A13P BREAKER FOR CONNECTION OF CONFIRM ALL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT SPD DEVICE TO PANELBOARD INDICATED. AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEER A WEEK IN ADVANCE OF THE MEETING FOR THEIR Arlington Operations ADJUST LOCATION AS REQUIRED FOR CLOSEST OPTIONAL ATTENDANCE. POSSIBLE PROXIMITY TO NEUTRAL BUS 12.REFER TO OTHER CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL Center INFORMATION. PROVIDE SPD NEUTRAL AND GROUND FOR CONNECTIONS DIRECTLY TO NEUTRAL AND 13.PROVIDE CONNECTION FROM FIRE SPRINKLER RISER TAMPER SWITCH TO SHUNT GROUND BUS AT PANELBOARD TRIP COIL Snohomish County `�G�/DETAIL—SPD 4�DETAIL— ELEVATOR INTERFACE DIAGRAM Public Works vs„=1,-0„ 1 f / va°=1'-0° AT EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR 19700 67th Ave NE PER NEC 250.122-BASED ON SIZE OF Arlington, WA 98223 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE rf A B C TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN PERMIT SET B GROUNDING BUSBAR(TMGB) 05/02/2025 B NEUTRAL - - This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykemao,Inc. GROUNDING BUS,LOCATED IN 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 6 DRY-TYPE 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's TRANSFORMER I MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM written permission for any other use or reproduction. GROUNDING BUS AT ELECTRICAL SERVICE ENTRANCE (DESIGNER OPTION,IF INCLUDED EQUIPMENT,PROVIDE SEPARATE GROUNDING L_ _ _ ADD ELECTRICAL GROUND BUSBAR PROJECT _ ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR TO EACH SERVICE ENTRANCE ASSEMBLY DETAIL) SYSTEM BONDING JUMPER PANELBOARD - -—-�—-—-—-—-—-—- -—- 2023-053 TABLE 250.102(C)(1)MIN OR EQUIPMENT \ \ \ GROUNDBUS METAL WATER PIPING SUPPLY SIDE BONDING JUMPER _ _—_—_—_ _—_ _—_—_ -—- -J l PER NEC 250.28(D)(1)-(D)(3), MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTAL T T T TABLE 250.102(C)(1)MIN GROUNDING ELECTRODES,AS REQUIRED,TO ACHIEVE GROUND L RESISTANCE PER SPECIFICATION 1 260526 FEEDER EQUIPMENT GROUNDING COLD WATER PIPING PER `BUILDING STEEL PER 1 CONDUCTORS PER NEC 250.122 NEC 250.52(A)(1) NEC 250.52(A)(2) I I NATURAL GAS PIPING PER SPRINKLER PIPING PER �20'UENGTH COPPER PER NEC 250.104(D)(1)BONDING JUMPER, /NEUTRALBUS SUPPLY SIDE BONDING JUMPER NEC 250.104(B) NEC 250.104(B) CONDUCTOR IN FOOTING PROJECT SIZE PER TABLE 250.66 MINIMUM PER NEC 250.28(D)(1)-(D)(3), PER NEC 250.52(A)(3) TABLE 250.102(C)(1)MIN PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI NEUTRAL GROUNDING CONDUCTOR PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV OVERSIZE IF ALSO USED AS A SYSTEM DETAIL NOTES: PROJECT ARCHITECT:(- BONDING JUMPER PER NEC 250.30(A)(1) JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A PER NEC 250.52(A)(2)CONNECT TO GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR PER 1. ALL GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROTECTED •. A NEAREST GROUNDING ELECTRODE NEC 250.30(A)(5),TABLE 250.66 BASED ON WHERE EXPOSED TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE PER REQUIREMENTS OF NEC SIZE OF PHASE CONDUCTORS OVERSIZE 250.64(B). L - - J PER(A)(6)IF MULTIPLE SYSTEMS 2. ALL CONDUCTORS TO BE SIZED PER NEC,UO N. ELECTRICAL DETAILS DETAIL—SEPARATELY DERIVED GROUNDING J vs"=,'_o" ��DETAIL— ELECTRICAL SERVICE GROUNDING J 1/8"=V-0" 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 D CONDUIT FIRESTOP AS DYKEMAN NECESSARYTO MAINTAIN RATING OF FIRE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SEPARATION FIRE SEPARATION ELECTRICAL APPLY FIRE PUTTY — INSTALL AND CONNECT CT'S OUTLET BOX PAD.MAINTAIN PROVIDED AS PART OF ONE-HOUR FIRE N L1 L2 L3 METERING PACKAGE PROVIDE NETWORKING RATING OF WALL Si CONNECTION TO OTHER METERS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PER H /� R G I S ONE HOUR RATED MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS GYPSUM WALL S2 Si I TO OTHER CONDUIT METERS/HEAD END 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 S2 S1 I I I TO OTHER 206.448.3376 206.448.4450 hargis.biz METERS/HEAD END I S2 + + + 1 2 1 2 + S I A B C PHASE ENERGY RS485 CT INPUTS LOSS PULSE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 23 S.ygry0 ALARM O�p1 WASH?�� 3-POLE CONTROL �v ` G VOLTAGE INPUTS POWER Q T C FIRESTOPPING AT WALL OR FIRE RESISTANT ELECTRICAL OUTLET BY DIV 26 A B C N G 1 2 FLOOR THROUGH-PENETRATION 2piiri66 w� I I oF��'y70NALE�V`2� 1 04/19/2025 DETAIL NOTES: PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: 1. PROVIDE FIRE RATED PROTECTION OF ALL CONDUITS AND OUTLET /� BOXES PENETRATING FIRE RATED CEILINGS AND/OR WALLS. Arlington Operations ELECTRICAL PANEL BEING MO_NITORE_D 2. DETAILS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY.SUBCONTRACTOR TO INSTALL Center FIRE-PROOFING ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S UL APPROVED FIRE STOP DETAIL ADDRESSING THE APPROPRIATE PENETRATION DETAIL NOTE: TYPE AND FIRE RATING. FOR 1. CONNECTIONS SHOWN ARE FOR VERIS#E50 SERIES POWER METERING 3. REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL,ESPECIALLY SECTION 078400- PRODUCTS. PROVIDE AS REQUIRED FOR PANELBOARD OR BRANCH CIRCUIT Snohomish County FIRE-STOPPING. METERING PRODUCTS SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT. Public Works DETAIL- FIRE RATED SEPARATION PROTECTION DETAIL- POWER MONITOR WIRING AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B DETAIL NOTES: JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED This drawing is: TO STRUCTURE SUPPORT RIGID CONDUIT 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. DETAIL NOTES: TO STRUCTURE AS 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 1. VERIFY FLOOR BOX TYPE,MANUFACTURER AND APPURTENANCES REQUIRED 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's REQUIRED PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. written permission for any other use or reproduction. 1. VERIFY FLOOR BOX TYPE,MANUFACTURER AND APPURTENANCES 2. MINIMUM RADIUS BEND OF CONDUITS SERVING DATA OUTLETS SHALL REQUIRED PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROJECT NUMBER: BE 10 TIMES THE DIAMETER OF THE CONDUIT. 2. MINIMUM RADIUS BEND OF CONDUITS SERVING DATA OUTLETS SHALL 3. PROVIDE FIREPROOFING AROUND BOX AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN BE 10 TIMES THE DIAMETER OF THE CONDUIT. 2023-053 FIRE RATING OF FLOOR. 0 0 3. COORDINATE FLOOR BOX LOCATION(S)WITH SLAB REINFORCING. 0 o o o o CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION r, 4. COORDINATE FLOOR BOX LOCATION(S)WITH SLAB REINFORCING. 4. DO NOT ROUTE CONDUITS IN THE SLAB.ROUTE CONDUITS BELOW 0 0 0 0 BOX TO DISCONNECT 5. DO NOT ROUTE CONDUITS IN THE TOPPING SLAB.ROUTE CONDUITS SLAB AS INDICATED. 0 0 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION BELOW SLAB.PROVIDE J-BOX(ES)AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE e m e INSTALLATION. 5. INSTALL CONDUIT MINIMUM 2"BELOW BOTTOM OF SLAB.SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 260533 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 0 0 6. PROVIDE PENETRATION TO FLOOR BOX THROUGH SIDE WHERE 0 0 KNOCKOUTS NOT PROVIDED IN BOTTOM. 6. CONDUIT ENTRY INTO BOTTOM OF FLOOR BOX PREFERRED IN LIEU OF 0 SIDE ENTRY. STEEL SUPPORT UNISTRUT o o VFD/DISCONNECT FOR TOPPING FLOOR BOX STRUCTURE BY ELECTRICAL 0 0 WALL EQU ,COLUMN,OR MENT MOUNTED ON SLAB CONTRACTOR.PROVIDE 0 0 48" UNISTRUT STRUCTURE UPPER FLOOR STRUCTURE FOR EACH 0 0 EQUIPMENT DISCONNECT 0 0 PROJECT 00 00 00 00 SLAB-ON-GRADE FLOOR BOX NOT MOUNTED ON A WALL 0 0 PER PLAN POUR BOX 0 0 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV O O O O + FLOOR PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- UPPER _ JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A FLOOR �J-BOX TYP NOTE 3(TYP) A DECK CONNECT TO FLOOR USING METHODS APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER CEILING BELOW TYP -III=III-III-III...III= ELECTRICAL DETAILS �1 DETAIL- UPPER FLOOR SLAB ON FLOOR BOX A DETAIL-SLAB ON GRADE FLOOR BOX �1 DETAIL- INTERIOR UNISTRUT MOUNTED DISCONNECT SUPPORT "r 1/8"=1'-0" J 11=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D ELECTRICAL PANEL 20AI1P LINEIHOT(L) DYKEMAN rARCHITECTURE + DESIGN LINE/HOT(L) N NEUTRAL(N) TRANSFORMER LEG DATA/TV BACKBOX G GROUND G MULTIPLE BOX MOUNTING BRACKET COOPER B-LINE POWER BACKBOX #BB8-16 OR#BB8-24 NUTAND WASHER BACKBOX O 0 0 BACKBOX (WHERE INDICATED) CONSULTANT: (WHERE INDICATED) POWER BACKBOX Q Q O Q QO o H A R G I S ISOLATION PAD PER SPEC SWITCHED LINE/HOT(L) _iQ o- 0 a SECTIONS 262200 AND 260548 DATAITV BACKBOX Q 0 Q Q O 01 third le,wa 101 LLUG OAD Q 0 12206.448.3376n Ue206A48.4450,suite 600, edtthargs.b8 NO DEVICES LOCATED IN DIFFERENT ROOMS MAY BE O O O CONTROLLER 'CR'DOUBLE DUPLEX LOCATED IN THE SAME STUD BAY.DEVICES Q RECEPTACLE LOCATED IN DIFFERENT ROOMS MUST BE SEPARATED BY A MINIMUM OF ONE STUD BAY � CR DETAIL NOTES: S.IA"o HOUSEKEEPING PAD �O�01 WASH�F.P� a! C HOT GALVANIZED STEEL Q < r^ C 1. CONTROLLED AND UNCONTROLLED DUPLEX SHALL BE INSTALLED IN SAME ROUGH-IN BOX. BOLT.SIZE ANCHOR BOLTS m 1 2. SEE SHEETS E0.07 AND E0.08 FOR CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE CONTACTOR DIAGRAMS. PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS NALE�V DETAIL-CONTROLLED DOUBLE DUPLEX WIRING DIAGRAM 2 DETAIL-TRANSFORMER ISOLATION INSTALLATION DETAIL- POWER AND DATA ROUGH-IN 04/19/2025 1/8"=1'-0" 1/8"=1'-0" 1 ' 11/8"=1'-0" PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE ELECTRICAL Arlington, WA 98223 PANEL 20A/1P LINE/HOT(L) LINE/HOT(L) PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B DEVICE PLATE This drawing is: ri CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION 1.Copyright 2025 D keman,Inc. NEUTRAL N IDENTIFICATION PER WHERE SINGLE CIRCUIT e 9 y N SPECIFICATION SECTION ( 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. CENTER IN G GROUND(G) 262726(2.3)(B) FACEPLATE)MIDDLE OF 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. P 1 A-XX CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION P 1 A-XX P 1 A-XX PROJECT NUMBER SWITCHED LINE/HOT(L) On Q Q 2023-053 PLUG 0 o- DEVICE PLATE W W LOAIDENTIFICATION PER _ CONTTROLLER O SPECIFICATION SECTION V U 0 a 262726(2.3)(B) W W MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CD CD 'CR'DUPLEX RECEPTACLE O O O a a 6CRU U 0 DETAIL NOTES: LL 3/16"LETTERING(TYP) 3/16"LETTERING(TYP) 1. SEE E3 SERIES FOR CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE CONTACTOR LOCATIONS. V DEVICE PLATE •- 2. SEE SHEETS E0.07 AND E0.08 FOR CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE IDENTIFICATION PER OJECT TEAM: CONTACTOR DIAGRAMS. I SPECFICATION SECTION DEDICATED D I CAT E D DEDICATED 26272 CA(B) PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI PROJECT MANAGER: TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:1- JOB CAPTAIN: 1 KSR A ��DETAIL-CONTROLLED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WIRING DIAGRAM ��DETAIL- RECEPTACLE FACEPLATE IDENTIFICATION A J 1/8"=1'-0" J 1/8"=1'-0" ELECTRICAL DETAILS 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D DYKEMAN AHU-01 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ® MA-21 ,23,25 INSTALLED: YYYYCONSULTANT: XFMR 'T-P1 ' H A R G I S MECHANICAL DISCONNECT TAG PRIMARY VOLTAGE: 480V 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz SECONDARY VOLTAGE: 208Y/120V PANEL 'LA' FED FROM: PANEL 'LA' S VAkOF pQ'pf WAgy�H.P LveO sYC [ME ® ® VOLTAGE: 480Y/277V ® FEEDS: PANEL 'P1', ROOM 100 ® FEEDER CONDUCTOR ® � 201 1. MFED FROM: MAIN SWITCHBOARD AMPACITY: 1,140AOtSTEW04/19/2025 INSTALLED: YYYY INSTALLED: YYYY PROJECT IDENTIFICATION:- Arlington Operations YEAR DISCONNECT TAG PANELBOARD TAG TRANSFORMER TAG NSTALLED FEEDER TAG AT EQUIPMENT Center (TYP) SPECIFIER'S NOTE: 'SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 2 60553 FOR FOR REMOVE YEAR INSTALLED AS DESIRED. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. Snohomish County 0�11 DETAIL- ELECTRICAL NAMEPLATES Public Works � s=1,_0„ AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B D I S T. BOARD 'M D B' This drawing is 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. FED FROM: UTILITY PROJECT NUMBER FEEDER CONDUCTOR AMPACITY: 600A VALUE PER DIVISION26 POWER STUDIES ECATEGORY: R M I 2023-053 SUBMITTAL ® ® NEL 'LA1' ® MARK • DATE DESCRIPTION AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT: XX kA SCREWS OR RIVETSLIGHTING FAULT CALC DATE: MM-DD-YYYY AGE: MSBD D: YYYY INSTALLED: YYYY METER TAG "PROJECT WHITE LETTERS ON YELLOW BACKGROUND PRINCIPAL INCHARGE:I BMI SERVICE ENTRANCE TAG YEAR PROJECT MANAGER: TSV INSTALLED PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- (TYP) "SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 260553 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A A DETAIL-SERVICE ENTRANCE TAG DETAIL-METER LABELING DETAIL ELECTRICAL DETAILS 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D CONSULTANT:DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206.448.4450 hargis.biz • g,V AA, pR WF WAS FOP C i C GISTE � zoitrt66 w� oF��'yyONALE�V`�� 04/19/2025 PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 B POLE CIRCUIT ROOM WS LIGHTING P 5RMIT/02/2025SET B This drawing is: CONTROL PANEL 1.Copyright this project eman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 'LA R' ® 2023-053 SCREWS OR RIVETS (SCHEDULE INSIDE COVER) • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION INSTALLED: YYYY LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL TAG YEAR INSTALLED WHITE LETTERS ON YELLOW BACKGROUND PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI CARD STOCK PAPER SCHEDULE IN CLEAR PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PLASTIC SLEEVE/HOLDER ON INSIDE COVER PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A A WRITTEN ON IN PENCIL FOR ADDING/EDITING ' �1 DETAIL- LIGHTING RELAY PANEL LABELING AND PHENOLIC TAG ELECTRICAL DETAILS 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 D TO OTHER EXTERIOR PHOTOCELL SYSTEM DEVICES CONTROL ON FLOOR —�— MODULES ON/OFF AND I I . YKEMAN DIMMING I I CONTROL I I DEVICES FOR LIGHTING WITHIN I I ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN THE ZONE/SPACE I I LEVEL 2 I TO OTHER I I SYSTEM DEVICES CONTROL _ I LOW VOLTAGE I ON FLOOR —�— MODULES —� CONTROL WIRING ASI REQUIRED BYCONSULTANT: ON/OFF AND MANUFACTURER DIMMING I I CONTROL H A R G I S DEVICES FOR LIGHTING WITHIN THE ZONE/SPACE LIGHTING RELAY CONTROL PANEL 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 HEAD END EXTERIOR 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz LIGHTING • 11� CONNECTION FROM BMS SYSTEM 277V AND 120V NORMAL POWER CONNECTION TO EMS SYSTEM V A CONNECTION FROM FIRE ALARM S WA A,,o i CONNECTION TO OWNER NETWORKp1 ag7Hc��! C er�.p x� C LEVEL 1 ELECTRICAL ROOM 'y V .IIII" q� oF��'yyONALE�V`2� GENERAL NOTES: 04/19/2025 RISER SHOWS SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE AND INTENT FOR NETWORK SYSTEM. PROVIDE ALL NETWORK COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER PROJECT IDENTIFICATI 4 DETAIL-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROL RISER DIAGRAM Arlington Operations 1/8"=V-0" Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A A ELECTRICAL DETAILS • 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 7 D DYKEMAN M1A-4,47 XFMR T-DP, NEMA3R K1A-23 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN A' GF A — A r— FLAG NOTES I I r — ,A-23 CU-02 I I PNL'DP1A' L — — NL'P26' - - - - •. r1 _____ r NL'P2A' PROVIDE 1"C FROM ATOM LTE ENCLOSURE TO EACH r 1 ATOM DISTRIBUTION PANEL ON SITE(SIX TOTAL)FOR - I J HARDWIRE INTERNET CONNECTION.SEE SHEET E1.01 I I ELE�.� _ — AND WIR FOR ATOM DISTRIBUTION PANEL LOCATIONS. NEMA 3R PNL'K1A' - 1 6 P2B-32 LIGHTING CONTROLCONSULTANT: - — PANEL'LAR' GF ND(TY H A R G I S spD(TYP) cu-o1 I 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 M1 M.�HEAT I ! 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz TRACE (—O' ENLARGED ELEC 106 POWER PLAN 1/4"=V-0" I SERVICE YARD I I S.I A NO O I I ENOC O T E INDETECTIONUSII CONTROON /—ACIESSL RESPONDER .y"O�p1 wAsy��o C I I PANEL PANEL RADIO J/^�1 e r i j C T1A-11 T1A-13 T1A-15 P2A-31 'yyONALE�V`2� T1A-9 T1A-9 P2A-31 04/19/2025 GENERATOR T1A-17 MDF r P2A 31 J.�PNI-711A- PROJECT • • CLEARANCES 105 T1A-9 L — — SPD GF WPI T1A-10,12 �T1A-26,28 Arlington Operations P2B-34 p2g-34T1A-14,16T1A-30,32 GF WP �(t Centor _ �TTT T1A-9 rI�A- T1A-3 T1AA-e! ,1A-7 FOR T1A-6,8 1A-22 .� T1A-2,4 T1A-18,20 Snohomish County T1A-9 T1A-9 - Public Works FCU-L-10 ---- ----J AT 3 19700 67th Ave NE �\ L---------J ENLARGED MDF 105 POWER PLAN Arlington, WA 98223 5 PERMIT SET e 05/02/2025 B PVINVERTER XFMR'T-DB-EV1A,B' SWBD'GSBD' GF (FUTURE) This drawing is: XFMR'T-DB-EV2A,6' ATS-DPA1 GF SPD 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. TO TRANSFORMER T-DB-EV3A,B r P1A-16 NL'DPA1' 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's POWER MONITORING written permission for any other use or reproduction. —— fJ12A-10 ATS'LV3' PNL'P1A' PROJECT NUMBE• (1)4"C FOR FUTURE PV yrm PV INVERTER COMBINER PANEL SPD NL'M2A' 2023-053 I �INVERTERS2"C FOR FUTURE r—=—_ I 1 XFMR'T-P1A' STACKED� SPD - • NL'PVA1' (TYP 2) I I I I I I I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION (TYP XFMR'T-M2A' TO DISTRIBUTON BOARD DB-EV3A L — C TO DISTRIBUTON BOARD DB-EV2A,B TO DISTRIBUTON BOARD DB-EV2A,B 7 8 PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV ENLARGED SERVICE YARD ��ENLARGED ELEC 207 POWER PLAN PROJECT ARCHITECT: - f 1/4"=11" Y 1, JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A A ENLARGED ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING FLOOR-MOUNTED DEVICES. . YKEMAN 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. 5 �6�1 / ' , 3. WHERE RECEPTACLE IS INDICATED AS"GB"AND PROTECTED BY DESIGNARCHITECTURE + '�/ Y GFI TYPE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER,PROVIDE LABELING PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726.REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 4. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726 AND ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR DEVICE FACEPLATE LABELING. — � FLAG NOTES P2B-30 GIF HRU-02 EU -03 [> FOR IRRIGATION UNCTION BOX,CONRDUIT,AND CONDUCTORS H A R G I S r PROVIDE 4"CONDUIT FOR CONTROL WIRES. MIA-5,37,39 - COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF CONDUIT 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 3 3 'r a CONNECTIONS WITH LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS AND 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS ECH:WATER MA1-8,10,12 GF 3 IN FUSED DISCONNECT ON DIV.PROVIDE SOURCE J P2B-30 r USTALLNISTR T RACK. MA1-7,9,11 HP-01 SYSTEM E-01 ®, 1A 31,33 MECHANICAL PNL'M1A' HP-02 110 EJ-02 — CONTROLS COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF EXTERIOR MA7-1,3,5 L DISCONNECT FOR PUMP WITH MANUFACTURER S.VAry _ J M REQUIREMENTS AND PUMP LOCATION. p`F o1 WASy�E,P� s C PNL'MAl' — — - O COORDINATE HOMERUN CONDUIT STUBUP WITHIN Q r c m C r BC-01 ❑ MA1-14,16,18 CASEWORK FOR RECEPTACLES LOCATED WITHIN THE m•� 1A-1,3 MECH:HVAC -2 M1A-53 BACKSPLASH. w�EQUIPMENT M1A-17,1 'y 2ollllfi6 P2-3, M BQ-0 109 DWCP-01 M1A-25,27,29 �yONALE�/19/2025 Al- MA 25,27,29 M1A-41 M1A-23 L — — —TRA O M PROJECT CWP-02 PRIM R GFB-30 EWH-01 p2g_g0 GF - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Arlington Operations Center FOR 6 7 Snohomish County Public Works LARGED MECHANICAL ROOM 109 & 110- POWER PLAN AT (D�� 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 DykemaD,Inc. REFRIGERATOR Li ❑ 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. a6U' r 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. IRRIGATION DGF K1A-8 REFRIGERATOR CONTROLLER 2 ICE MACHINE D GF� K,A-760 PROJECT -. NUMBER. ROTATE HORIZONTAL - K1A 28 DGF p 1 GF AND LOCATE IN 1A_10 ACDGF \_J K1A-5 COUNTERTOP K1A_10 2023-053 AC D GF BACKSPLASH K,A-28 K1A-18,20 RANGE GF I kITC HOOD CM21.A-2426 K1A-7 8206f,IK1A-22 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION M1A-2,4 K1A-28P2B-35 HRU-01 GFDGF K1A-26 ACDGF -32 K1A-12 �P26-32 FCU-U-03 GF g K1A-24 AC o GF K1A-28 K1A-12,14,16 K1A-14 MECH. --� KITCHENETTE GF AC C ACDGF M M1A-28 107 102 GF GF GF K1A-16 --1 K1A-28 ACDGF F-01 �J�J K1A-5 P28-37 P26-32 MICROWAVE o P2B-32 K1A-5 (TYP OF 2) PROJECT B-37 DGF K1A_1 3,5 ACDGF — — — PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECTARCHITECT:I- 2 JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A 4 1 , A PI NLARGED MECH 107-POWER PLAN ��ENLARGED KITCHENETTE ROOM 102-POWER PLAN �1 ENLARGED KITCHEN ROOM 206-POWER PLAN ENLARGED a"=,'-o" 4 1/4"=V-0• ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 SHEET NOTES D 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING FLOOR-MOUNTED DEVICES. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. DYKEMAN 3. WHERE RECEPTACLE IS INDICATED AS"GB'AND PROTECTED BY GFI TYPE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER,PROVIDE LABELING PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726.REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES DESIGN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ARCHITECTURE + 4. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726 AND ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR DEVICE FACEPLATE LABELING. FLAG NOTES PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITHIN EACH INDIVIDUAL LOCKER FOR BOOT DRYERS(TOTAL OF 139 LOCKERS).CONNECT UP TO 13 DEVICES ON A SINGLE H AR G I S CIRCUIT. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz B g.VAryO I I �p`F p1 WAgy�F.P'� a! C Q i C 04/19/2025 Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 p 0 0 0 0 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Oo Oo Oo Oo ( P) , Arlington Operations 1� I L 1 L J Center P2B-42 P2B-42 P2B-02 P2B-42 P2B-42 = - - - _ _ - _ - _ _ _ _ _ = P2B-40� P21340 P2B-40 P2B-40 FOR P2B-44 P28-44 P2B-42 P28-42 P2B-42 P28-42 P2B-42 P28-42 P2B-42 P2B-02 P2B-40 P2B-40 P2B-40 P2B-00 P2B-40 P28-40 P2B-40 P2B-40 Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER(TYPICAL SECTION)2 Arlington, WA 98223 5 PERMIT SET e 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykemao,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (Ty ) 1 (TYP) 1 P26-40 P2B-38 P26-38 P2B-38 P26-11 P26-38 P2B-38 P2B-38 P26-38 n n Ln P2B-36 P26-36 P2B-36 P2B-36 P26-36 P2B-36 P2B-36 P26-36 P2B-36 P2B-36 P2B-36 - • PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI I L PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:1- - - - a JOB CAPTAIN: 1 KSR A A ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER(TYPICAL SECTION) 1 ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER ROOM POWER 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 2 3 4 5 SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION D FOR LOCATING FLOOR-MOUNTED DEVICES. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. 3. WHERE RECEPTACLE IS INDICATED AS"GB"AND PROTECTED BY • YKEMAN B GFI TYPE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER,PROVIDE LABELING PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726.REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 4. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726 AND ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR DEVICE FACEPLATE LABELING. FLAG NOTES 1� PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITHIN EACH CONSULTANT: INDIVIDUAL LOCKER FOR BOOT DRYERS(TOTAL OF 139 LOCKERS).CONNECT UP TO 13 DEVICES ON A SINGLE CIRCUIT. H A R G I S - - - 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz 0 0 0 0 Oo 00 00 00 00 0 00 00 0 • (TYP) 1 (TYP) 1 g.VAryZ a! C rn M P2B-38 P26-38 P2B-44 (-��-� �-��-� �-��-� �-��-� Q r x� C P2B44 P2B44 P2B-46 P2846 P2B-46 P2846 P2B-46 P2846 � Irlbb w� I oF��'yyONALE�V`2� d d ° 04/19/2025 PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center FOR ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER(TYPICAL SECTION)4 ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER(TYPICAL SECTION)1 Snohomish County 1/2" Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET e i 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright2025 Dykemao,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 2023-053 0 Oo a Oo a 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION (TYP) � (TYP) 1L-11L L L L]L :—]I P2B-46 P2644 P2B44 P26-52 P2B-52 P2B-50 P2B-50 P2B-50 P2848 P2B-48 P2848 P2B-46 P21346 P26-46 P2B46 P2B-46 P2B46 P2B-46 P2646 P2B-46 P2646 P2B46 P2646 d d _ PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A A ENLARGED ELECTRICAL 3 ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER (TYPICAL SECTION)2 O ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER (TYPICAL SECTION)6 ELEVATION PLAN ill"=1'-11" 1/2"=V-0" 1 2 1 3 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION D FOR LOCATING FLOOR-MOUNTED DEVICES. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. YKEMAN 3. WHERE RECEPTACLE IS INDICATED AS"GB"AND PROTECTED BY • GFI TYPE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER,PROVIDE LABELING PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726.REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 4. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726 AND ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR DEVICE FACEPLATE LABELING. E E FLAG NOTES PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITHIN EACH CONSULTANT: INDIVIDUAL LOCKER FOR BOOT DRYERS(TOTAL OF 139 LOCKERS).CONNECT UP TO 13 DEVICES ON A SINGLE H AR G I S CIRCUIT. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz • S,V Apo �p`F Of WAgy�F.p� a! C Q � i� C O O O O O O O O Oo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 �OIrlbbO ww� F��'y70NAL0�p�2 04/19/2025 (Tv) 1 PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: �_��_� �_��_� �_��_� �_��_� �_��_� �_��_� �_��_� �_��_� P2B-50 P26-50 P26-50 P2B-50 P26-50 P2B-50 P26-50 P2B-50 P26-50 P2B-50 P26-48 P26d8 P26-48 P26-48 P26-48 P26-48 P26-48 P26-48 P2Bd8 Arlington Operation s Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE ��ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER (TYPICAL SECTION)8 ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER (TYPICAL SECTION)7 Arlington, WA 98223 -o^ r-o" PERMIT SET e E 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright2025 Dykemao,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 2023-053 I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION Oo O Oo O O I O O Oo O O O Oo Oo LJ LiJ I I If I PROJECT TEAM: P28-52 P213-52 P213-52 P2B-52 P2B-52 P2B-54 P2B-54 P28-52 P2B-52 P2B-52 P2B-52 P2B-52 ff]52 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- d _ Q d JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A A ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN �1 ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER(TYPICAL SECTION)9 ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER(TYPICAL SECTION)4 1 1 2 1 �� 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION D FOR LOCATING FLOOR-MOUNTED DEVICES. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. DYKEMAN 3. WHERE RECEPTACLE IS INDICATED AS"GB"AND PROTECTED BY GFI TYPE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER,PROVIDE LABELING PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726.REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 4. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726 AND ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR DEVICE FACEPLATE LABELING. FLAG NOTES t� PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITHIN EACH INDIVIDUAL LOCKER FOR BOOT DRYERS(TOTAL OF 139 LOCKERS).CONNECT UP TO 13 DEVICES ON A SINGLE H AR G I S CIRCUIT. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz • g.w �p`F Of WAgy�F.p� a! C Q � i� C ��Irlbb w� oF��'yyONALE�p`2� 04/19/2025 PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center D FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 -_,.= =��_ -��- -��_ =-��= = __ =��- -��_ -��_ =,=_- _��_ -��_ =��_ =��- =,.= =��- =��= =�°= =•�= =��- PERMIT SET e I I 05/02/2025 B O 0 0 O O O O O O 0 O O O O O O O O O O This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykemaq Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. (T'P) t L L ad (Typ)[�L L—:�—J I L PROJECT NUMBER. irr 7 P2B-56 P2B-56 7P28-56 7 7 7 7 7 n ffi P2B-54 P2B-54 P26-54 [!5:4 P28-54 P2B-54 P28-54 P26-54 2023-053 • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER(TYPICAL SECTION)5 ��ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER(TYPICAL SECTION)3 PRINCIPAL INCHARGE:I BMI -0" PROJECT MANAGER: TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A A ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 2 4 5 D RACK REQUIREMENTS 1. PROVIDE COMPLETE RACK ASSEMBLY,INCLUDING ANCHOR BOLTS,CLAMPS,RACKS AND MISC.INSTALLATION HARDWARE.CONTRACTOR SHALL EQUIP EACH RACK AS . YKEMAN SHOWN,AND AS DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE CABLE MANAGEMENT PANELS,PATCH PANELS, ETC.,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 2. GROUND EQUIPMENT TO NEAREST NEC RECOGNIZED GROUNDING ELECTRODE SUBSYSTEM WITH A DEDICATED #6 AWG COPPER,STRANDED,GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. 3. ASSEMBLE EQUIPMENT RACKS SO RACK UNIT 1 IS NEAREST TO THE FLOOR AND NUMBERS INCREASE VERTICALLY. CONSULTANT: (TYP ALL RACK COMPONENTS H /� R G I S WALLS) 74'-0" 17 18 19 (TYP) 16 O19"X 7'-0"TWO POST EQUIPMENT RACK 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 O19"X 7'-0"FOUR POST EQUIPMENT RACK 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz 20 VFWP ERR O3 6"W DOUBLE-SIDED VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT PANEL PS PS • 14 4O 2-RU HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGEMENT PANEL V 15 O5 2-RU RMFC(X),(X)DENOTES QUANTITY OF 'k.V A N SINGLEMODE MODULES �O�pt WASH�F.F'7` a! C �/I 6O CATEGORY 6A 48-PORT PATCH PANEL FOR WIRELESS AP A x j C Y O7 CATEGORY 6 48-PORT IP CAMERA PATCH PANEL f'o q2°iiri66o �w� 2 3 4 ^ 3 NAL0�V�2 (TYP) 13 8O CATEGORY 6 48-PORT STATION PATCH PANEL 04/19/2025 2 Ee.ot 9O ETHERNET NETWORK SWITCH PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: 10 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY(UPS),(BYOWNER) 11 VERTICAL POWER STRIP WITH NON-LOCKING20A PLUG,MOUNT ON Arlington Operations REAR OF EQUIPMENT RACK Center EQUIPMENT LAYOUT LADDER TRAY LAYOUT 12 3/4",4'-0"X 8'-0"FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD BACKBOARD FOR AT+6"AFF 13 18"W LADDER RACK,MOUNT AT-T-6"AFF WITH RETAINAGE POSTS Snohomish County ENLARGED M D F ROOM PLAN AND RADIUS DROPS AT CABLE EXIT/ENTRY Public Works / 1/4"=1'-0" 14 20"TMGB,MOUNT-12"BELOW LADDER RACK,SEE 1/E8.03 95 DEDICATED EQUIPMENT#6 AWG GROUND TO TMGB PER NEC, AT EIAITIA STANDARDS WITH 2-HOLE GROUND LUG 19700 67th Ave NE 11 5 (3) 16 BONDING STRAP#6AWG WITH 2-HOLE GROUND LUG Arlington, WA 98223 1 (TYP OF 3) 17 INTRUSION DETECTION PANEL AND POWER SUPPLY �\ RACK1 RACK2 RACK3 RACK4 3 (TYP OF 4J PERMIT SET 18 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PANEL AND POWER SUPPLY(BY OWNER) B 7 s IIPI o Ilsll o Ilell o B II^ I 19 EMERGENCY RESPONDER RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM 05/02/2025 B Q ® ® 6 PROJECT NUMBER: mm WALL MOUNT BDA AND BACK-UP BATTERY This drawing is: (TYP 3) 8 O O O ICI l� 1.Copyright 2025 Dykemaq Inc. i 20 SPACE ALLOCATED FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT,SEE ELEC 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. I 9 (TYP> 2023-053 31 Ilwll II�II 01�10 II^II MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 21 21 7 �1 0 1 ® O O Ilpll : II�II : 01�10 is O ® O PROJECT14 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: BMI PROJECT MANAGER: TSV e ® ® ® PROJECT ARCHITECT: - JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A s A ® 10 TELECOM ENLARGED I I I I I I I I PLANS 15 (TYP) 2 RACK ELEVATIONS - MDF ' SCALE:NONE 1 2 1 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 J-HOOK SHALL BE p CONDUIT ELBOW,MINIMUM SUPPORTED VIA RADIUS PER SPECIFICATIONS DEDICATED STRINGER PLASTIC BUSHING OR THREADED ROD ATTACHED 0 PLASTIC BUSHING EXTEND CONDUIT TO STRUCTURE O CONDUIT ELBOW,MINIMUM ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE DYKEMAN RADIUS PER SPECIFICATIONS CATEGORY 6 CABLING TO TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM CATEGORY 6 CABLING TO EXTEND CONDUIT TO 0 ® DESIGN TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE 10'-0"SERVICE LOOP ARCHITECTURE +SUPPORTED VIA J-HOOK NOTES BACK BOX AND MUD RING,SEE 1. CONDUIT SHALL BE CONTINUOUS FROM BACK BOX ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE FOR REQUIREMENTS BACK BOX AND MUD RING,SEE TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE OR AS INDICATED ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE FOR REQUIREMENTS ON PLANS. 2. NOT ALL PARTS SHOWN.CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE A COMPLETE WORKING INSTALLATION INCLUDING MISCELLANEOUS APPURTENANCES. I I I CAT 6A/6 CABLIN OPROVIDE TIE WRAP i O O AROUND CABLE AND 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 e ATTACH TO STRAIN 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz O RELIEF CLIP ON INSIDE SERVICE LOOP AND CATEGORY 6,8P8C u 0 OF SMB SURFACE MOUNT BOX O MODULAR JACK OR BLANK — \ SHALL BE SUPPORTED - INSERT.PROVIDE BLANKS ABOVE AND OFF THE TO FILL SPACES O CEILING _ S.Y ANC PROVIDE 2-PORT OQ'pf WASH F.P SURFACE MOUNT BOX C ° (2)CATEGORY 6A 8P8C ° MODULAR JACKS FOR �ti� ° WIRELESS USE.JACK Ao��RfctSTEW``O\2�w i ® QUANTITIES VARY FOR IP y'IONALE�V i CAMERA USE 04/19/2025 i 4 PORT,LOW NOTES: PROJECT PROFILE 1. ASSEMBLY LOCATED IN ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. FACEPLATE CATEGORY 6,8P8C MODULAR NOTES: 2. NOT ALL PARTS SHOWN.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR A Arlington Operations JACK.PROVIDE BLANKS TO FILL 1. CONDUIT SHALL BE CONTINUOUS FROM BACK BOX TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING COMPLETE WORKING INSTALLATION.INCLUDING MISCELLANEOUS SPARE SPACES SPACE OR AS INDICATED ON PLANS APPURTENANCES. (` 3. ROUGH-IN FOR IP CAMERA LOCATIONS ARE SIMILAR WITH CATEGORY Center 2. NOT ALL PARTS SHOWN.CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE A COMPLETE 6 CABLING.SEE DRAWINGS FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS WORKING INSTALLATION INCLUDING MISCELLANEOUS APPURTENANCES. ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS FOR IF CAMERA CONNECTION. FOR 4. PROVIDE ENGRAVED BLACK LABEL WITH WHITE LETTERING ON T-BAR GRID WHERE WIRELESS ACCESS POINT AND CAMERA CABLING IS Snohomish County COILED ABOVE ACT CEILINGS. DETAIL-TELECOM OUTLET ROUGH-IN DETAIL-WALL MOUNT CAMERA OUTLET DETAIL-ACCESSIBLE CLG WIRELESS AP AND IP CAMERA OUTLET Public Works 1 SCALE:NONE 2 SCALE:NONE SCALE:NONE AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B O PATCH PANEL 110 This drawing is: CONNECTOR STRIP 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. O3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's MDF/IDF DESIGNATION MDF/IDF DESIGNATION MDF/IDF DESIGNATION 0 written permission for any other use or reproduction. 4-PORT RACK DESIGNATION 4-PORT RACK DESIGNATION 2-PORT RACK DESIGNATION 0 PROJECT FACEPLATE PATCH PANEL DESIGNATION FACEPLATE PATCH PANEL DESIGNATION FACEPLATE PATCH PANEL DESIGNATION PORT DESIGNATION PORT DESIGNATION PORT DESIGNATION �/ MAXIMUM LENGTH OF 2023-053 CONDUCTOR PAIR EXPOSED BEYOND MDF-1-01-01 MDF-1-01-01,02 MDF-1-01-01 CABLE JACKET NOT TO EXCEED 112"(TYP.) MARK DATE DESCRIPTION MAINTAIN TIGHT PAIR TWIST UP TO POINT OF DATA ICON g DATA ICON g DATA ICONFQ1 TERMINATION(TYP. "BLUE" "BLUE" "YELLOW" EACH PAIR g ® 110 TERMINATION CENTER CABLE) 110 PROTECTION COVER TERMINALS(TYP) SUPPLIED WITH PANEL PATCH PANEL PROJECT CATEGORY 68P8C CATEGORY 68P8C CATEGORY 6A 8P8C MODULAR JACKS MODULAR JACKS MODULAR JACKS FOR PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI WIRELESS USE PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT: - JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A MDF-1-01-03 MDF-1-01-02 rr- A TELECOM DETAILS BEND RADIUS MINIMUM 4 CABLE BEND RADIUS ELCRO STRAPS. �� WAP TIMES OUTSIDE CABLE SUPPORT BAR SUPPLIED DRAWING SYMBOL— DRAWING SYMBOL—\+� DRAWING SYMBOL_a DIAMETER. WITH PANEL - 4 DETAIL ENONE E-WORKSTATION FACEPLATE ORGANIZATION AND LABELING 5 DE SCALE NONE E-WALL MOUNT WIRELESS OUTLET 6 DETAIL ENONE E- UNIVERSAL PUNCHDOWN • SCA SCA 1 2 1 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 3/0 AWG BARE COPPER TO D BUILDING STEEL 3/0 AWG BARE COPPER ROUTED TO EACH 10"TGB AS APPLICABLE CAM.FC1.A:1-2 DYKEMAN 250 KCMIL BARE COPPER TO #6 AWG STRANDED GREEN SHEATH MAIN ELECTRICAL SERVICE GROUND WIRE(TYP) ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN GROUND OVERHEAD CABLE TRAY/ LADDER RACK O o 0 0 0 o 01 0 0 0 0 EACH LUL RACK MOUNT FIBER CH EQUIPMENT RACK TWO HOLE COMPRESSION ENCLOSURE GROUND LUG(TYP) CONDUITS/CONDUIT SLEEVES 0 0 O 0 0 1/4"D x 4"W x 20"L COPPER GROUND BAR WITH WALL MOUNTING H A R G I S 0 O 0 0 BRACKETS AND INSULATORS 0 0 0 0 0 0 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 0 0 0 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 • hargis.biz 0 0 0 0 0 0 BUILDING ENTRANCE PROTECTION CAUTION. CD BLACK PLASTIC ENGRAVED LABEL WITH 0 0 0 DEVICE WHITE LETTERING(TYP) CD O O o NUMBER 0 CABLE PART FIBER OPTIC CABLE O�p1 WAS, P,� s C 0 O O IJ I�LJ�I�� 0 COMMSCOPE P/N O Q e o�`" C O fYYY Y e ^ (TO:)CAM1/(FROM:)MDF 'y iri66 q� es e e e e e� TYPE OFNP MULTIMODE 50/125 OV LQ�V�� 4,a�� 04/19/2025 O� O COUNT 2-STRAND MULTIMODE CABLE TYPE AND PROJECT COPPER PATCH PANEL DESCRIPTION NOTE: Arlington Operations 1.NOT ALL PARTS AND PART NUMBERS ARE SHOWN.THE CONTRACTOR IS (� RESPONSIBLE FOR A COMPLETE WORKING INSTALLATION INCLUDING, NOTE: `�enter MISCELLANEOUS APPURTENANCES.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PLENUM RATED SHEATH WHERE REQUIRED. 1. IF ADAPTER PLATES DO NOT HAVE LOCATION FOR DESIGNATION FOR STRIP,PROVIDE LABELS ON TRAY IN FRONT OF ADAPTER PLATE. NOTE: PROVIDE LABELS ON SEE THROUGH COVER.LABELS ON FRONT 1. THE PART NUMBER AND TYPE ABOVE ARE EXAMPLES ONLY. COVER SHALL BE CLEAR WITH WHITE LETTERING. PROVIDE THE CORRECT INFORMATION IN TAG PER Snohomish County SPECIFICATIONS OF INSTALLED TYPE.OTHER CABLE TYPES AND CONFIGURATIONS MAY VARY.PROVIDE MANUFACTURER PANDUIT Public Works P/N PST-FO. AT 19700 67th Ave NE DETAIL-TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN DETAIL-OPTICAL FIBER AND Arlington, WA 98223 GROUND BUS BAR ASSEMBLY-(20" MDF) COPPER CONNECTIVITY LABELING DETAIL-OPTICAL FIBER CABLE TAG 1 2 SCALE:NONE SCALE:NONE SCALE:NONE PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykemao,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. �IEADEDD ATTACHED _ --TOE(TYP) EQUIPMENT RACK 1/2%HEX NUT 2023-053 (TYP ALL BOLTS) SECURE J-HOOKS TO THE STRUCTURE THREADED ROD - 1/2"SPLIT LOCK WASHER 4-FOOT SPACING - ® (TYP ALL BOLTS) 0 o MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ® 1/2"x 1-3/4"DIA.FENDER WASHER(TYP ALL BOLTS) 1/2"THREADED ROD(TYP) ® WRAP CABLING WITH VELCRO STRAPS TO a - a °d SECURE BUNDLES d 12"MINIMUM d. a.° - FINISHED ACCESSIBLE CEILING PROJECT a- 4 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI ° d a PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV d d - 1/2"-CONCRETE ANCHOR. PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- ° d REQUIRES A 3/4"DIA.DRILLED JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A FLOOR SLAB HOLE,APPROX.2-1/2"DEEP(TYP r,-, A 4 8 ALL FLOOR BOLTS) TELECOM DETAILS DETAIL-TWO-POST EQUIPMENT RACK INSTALLATION DETAIL-OPEN CABLING INSTALLATION SCALE:NONE 5 SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN BUILDING CORNER ROUTE CONDUIT THROUGH THE WALL TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE AS INDICATED CORNER MOUNT SEAL PENETRATION WITH EXTERIOR WALL 0 BRACKET UV RATED SEALANT WALL MOUNT BRACKET SEAL TOP 3/4� 0 WITH GASKET AND BOTHOTT SIDE WITH L TERMINATE IN CEII UV RATED SEALANT CEILNG/ATTIC SPACE OR END FITTING FOR 6"X 6"NEMA 3R J-BOX WITH WALL MOUNT OPEN CABLING H A R G I S TAMPER-PROOF \ BRACKET SCR EWS,COVER NOT SHOWN p 0 THREADED PIPE WITH 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 TEFLON TAPE 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz PENDANT MOUNT _ ADAPTER • CONNECT SEALTIGHT AT • BOTTOM TO CREATE DRIP LOOP(TYP OF BOTH SIDES) CEILING �0'S.WAS, a! C C CAMERA WITH WALL MOUNT BRACKET,SEE CAMERA INTERIOR CORNER MOUNT CAMERA WITH CORNER MOUNT SCHEDULE FOR CAMERA TYPECAMERA f'p g2011t�fi6o sy`s� DOES NOT REQUIRE INSTALLATION NEMA R SIMILAR. SCHEDULE FOR CAMERA TYPE 'yyONALOV`2 RATED J-BOX,ONLY NEMA1 04/19/2025 DRAWING SYMBOL C DRAWING SYMBOL-�C ► PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations 9 p Center DETAIL- EXTERIOR CORNER MOUNT CAMERA W/BRACKET DETAIL- EXTERIOR WALL MOUNT CAMERA W/BRACKET FOR 1 SCALE:NONE SCALE:NONE Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE PLASTIC BUSHING INTERIOR WALL Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B ATTACHED SUPPORT WIRE 05/02/2025 B ACCESSIBLE CEILING FROM BRIDGE TO STRUCTURE This drawing is: CEILING BRIDGE 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. EXTEND CONDUIT TO WITH BACK BOX 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE AND MUD RING 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. L NUMBER. BACK BOX,SEE _ CONDUIT NIPPLE - PROJECT ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE ^O° 2023-053 FOR REQUIREMENTS ( 1° ACCESSIBLE • WALL-MOUNTED SECURITY CEILING TILE CAMERA,SEE CAMERA MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SCHEDULE FOR CAMERA TYPE CEILING-MOUTSECURIT-YCAMERA,SEESCHEDULE FO TYPE PROJECT DRAWING SYMBOL DRAWING SYMBOL- Co- PRINCIPAL IN IN CHARGE�BMI PROJECT MANAGER: PROJECTPROJECTARCHITECTI-- JOBJOB CAPTAIN: A DETAIL- INTERIOR WALL MOUNT CAMERA DETAIL- INTERIOR CEILING MOUNT CAMERA A 3 SCALE:NONE SCALE:NONE TELECOM DETAILS • ' I • 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 14 5 WALL MOUNT BRACKET WITH 3/4"C D LIQUID-TIGHT CONDUIT TO POLE MOUNT ENCLOSURE FOR CAT6 PATCH CORD POLE MOUNT BRACKET ® DYKEMAN STAINLESS STEEL ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN BANDS(TYP) ®VOGOL0n 6"X6"X4"NEMA4 ENCLOSURE FOR CATEGORY 6A PATCH CORD TO CAMERA VIA 3/4" SEALTIGHT CONDUIT CONSULTANT: (1)1"C SLEEVE IN POLE =SECURITY CAMERA,SEE CAMERA H A R G I S PROVIDE NEMA4 SCHEDULE FOR CAMERA TYPE ENCLOSURE AND PROVIDE 2-STRAND FIBER AND#1212 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 CABLE TO CAMERA 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 • hargis.biz ENCLOSURE MEDIA A-A CONVERTERIPOWER SUPPLY • NEMA4 ENCLOSURE (SHOWN IN OPEN S.wANdF POSITION) p1.ASyiHcP C Q�.p i C oO MEDIA oViti66 q� CONVERTER F gf015TEaE�`20 ��'yyONALE�V (2)1"C SLEEVES IN POLE 04/19/2025 CONDUIT CONTAINING CAT 6 PATCH CORD TO SFP PORT PROJECT IDENTIFICATI BULLET CAMERA BELOW NEMA4 ENCLOSURE WITH 2-STRAND MM INTEGRATED POWER AND Arlington Operations POLE MOUNT HARDWARE CONDUIT CONTAINING 0 2-STRAND MM FIBER Center oQ CABLE FOR HAND HOLE SEALTIGHT CONDUIT AND CATEGORY Snohomish County PATCH CORD, PROVIDED BY OWNER Public Works 4"SQ STEEL POLE WITH BASE NOTE: 1. LIGHT LINE TYPE EQUIPMENT IS SHOWN WHERE AT CAMERA IS MOUNTED ON THE POLE. .1 2. PROVIDE GROUND TO MEDIA CONVERTER. 1 9700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 II II ELEVATION A-A PERMIT SET B ii 05/02/2025 B I II III This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. III 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. I II PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 l III MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I I I IA II III I I — II II II II r —_rPROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT: - A JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A (1)PVC CONDUIT _ —L __ (1)PVC CONDUIT CONDUIT,SEE SITE PLAN `—————— CONDUIT,SEE SITE PLAN TELECOM DETAILS DETAIL- EXTERIOR POLE MOUNT CAMERA W/BRACKET , SCALE:NONE 1 2 4 5 2 3 4 5 D DYKEMAN 6"X6"X4"NEMA4 ENCLOSURE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN FOR CATEGORY 6 PATCH O CORD TO CAMERA VIA 3/4" SEALTIGHT CONDUIT _ SURFACE BULLET CAMERA BOX(+9'-0")WITH 3/4"CCONSULTANT: LIQUID-TIGHT CONDUIT TO STAINLESS STEEL (1)1"C SLEEVE IN POLE POLE MOUNT ENCLOSURE BANDS(TYP) FOR CAT6 PATCH CORD H A R G I S POLE MOUNT BRACKET POLE MOUNT BRACKET STAINLESS STEEL 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 BANDS(TYP) WALL MOUNT BRACKET WITH 3/4"C 206.448.3376 206.448.4460 hargis.biz LIQUID-TIGHT CONDUIT TO POLE MOUNT PROVIDE NEMA4 ENCLOSURE FOR CAT6 PATCH CORD ENCLOSURE AND PROVIDE 2-STRAND FIBER CABLE TO • CAMERA ENCLOSURE MEDIA 6"X6"X4"NEMA4 ENCLOSURE CONVERTER FOR CATEGORY 6A PATCH CORD TO CAMERA VIA 3/4" y q SEALTIGHT CONDUIT S. Wq y�E�'F at C \\\ Q i j C UVICIL®N 'y zoiiri66 q� oF��'yyONALE�V`2� (1)1"C SLEEVE IN POLE 04/19/2025 PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: (2)1"C SLEEVES IN POLE A-A CA ERA,SE SECURITY Arlington Operations CAMERA,SEE CAMERA (1)1"C SLEEVE IN POLE SCHEDULE FOR CAMERA TYPE Center NEMA4 ENCLOSURE WITH INTEGRATED POW ER AND HAND HOLE FOR POLE MOUNT HARDWARE Snohomish County 0 Public Works AT 4"SQ STEEL POLE WITH BASE 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykemao,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER. 2023-053 I Ii Ii Ii Ii � - — I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION III III IIIIi II1111 I � II II I II II I PROJECT- I I I I PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j BMI J PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV r PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A A I I I I I I I I (1)PVC CONDUIT —��'— _ (1)PVC CONDUIT TELECOM DETAILS CONDUIT,SEE SITE PLAN l`_————` CONDUIT,SEE SITE PLAN 1 DETAIL- EXTERIOR POLE MOUNT CAMERAS W/BRACKETS , • SCALE:NONE • 1 2 4 5 1 1 2 13 4 5 PRIMARY DISTRIBUTION FEEDER SCHEDULE BY UTILITY SHEET NOTES D SNOHOMISH COUNTY COPPER CONDUCTORS ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS PUBLIC UTILITY DISTRICT 1. REFER TO FEEDER AND PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ADDITIONAL (SNOPUD) INFORMATION. QUANTITY RACEWAY CONDUCTORS QUANTITY RACEWAY CONDUCTORS TAG 2. PROVIDE 3/4"C,4#10,#10G FROM 30-AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER TO OF SETS SIZE PHASE NEUTRAL GND(NOTE 3) OF SETS SIZE PHASE NEUTRAL GND(NOTE 3) EACH SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE UNLESS OTHERWISE DYKEMAN 2 BLOCK HEATER 30N 1 114" #10 #10 _ _ _ _ NOTED ON ONE-LINE DIAGRAM. LOCATE SURGE PROTECTIVE 1 #10(i/8) DEVICE TO MAINTAIN 18-INCH MAXIMUM LEAD LENGTH.REFER I BATTERY CHARGER I 50 1 1^ #6 - #10 - - - - - TO ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ° I I C 50N 1 1 1" #6 #6 #10(#8) - - - - - 3. PROVIDE FULLY RATED EQUIPMENT SHORT CIRCUIT WITHSTAND AND INTERRUPTING RATINGS EXCEEDING 70 1 1-1/4 _#4 #8 TAGGED VALUES BY A MINIMUM OF 10 PERCENT.PROVIDE _ 45OKW(563KVA)GENERATOR I 70N 1 1-1/4" #4 #4 #g(#8) HIGHER RATINGS WHERE INDICATED.WHERE AVAILABLE (480Y/277V,4 WIRE)--I - - - - - SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT IS NOT INDICATED OR SPECIFIED, 90N 1 1-1/2" #2 #2 #8(#8) PROVIDE MINIMUM 10,000 AIC RATING FOR 208/120 VOLT SERVICE 1"C WITH I 10ON 1 1-1/2" #1 #1 #g(#6) 1 2" #110 #1/0 ( ) EQUIPMENT AND MINIMUM 14,000 AIC RATING FOR 480/277 POINT VOLT EQUIPMENT. SOOG 130OG CONDUCTORS I - --- - 125N 1 2" #1/0 #1/0 #6(#6) 1 2-112" #2Jo #210 #4(#4) CONSULTANT: FOR CONTROLS 4. CONNECT ADDITIONAL SECTIONS OF MULTI-SECTION PANELS 15ON 1 2" #1/0 #1/0 #6(#6) 1 2-112" #310 #3/0 #4(#4) WITH CONDUCTORS SIZED THE SAME AS THE PANEL FEEDER A SEE CONDUCTORS. H / \ R G I S CONTINUATION 800N SEE 225N 1 2-1/2" #4/0 #4/0 #4(#2) 1 3^ #300kcmil #300kcmil #2(#1/0) ON SHEET E9.02 CONTINUATION 30ON 1 3' #350kcmil #35okcmil #4(#2) 1 4^ #50okcmil #50okcmil #2(#1/0) 5. FOR LOCATIONS WHERE TRANSFORMER SECONDARY TO SHEET E9.02 CODUCTOR TAP OVERCURRENT PROTECTION IS SHOWN AT __ __ _ _ 400 2 2-1/2' #3/0 - #2 2 2-112" #25okcmil - #1 MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER IN PANEL,LIMITTAP CONDUCTOR GENERATOR SWITCHBOARD'GSBD'I LENGTH TO NOT MORE THAN 25 FEET OR PROVIDE REQUIRED 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 aooN 2 2-1/2^ #3/0 #3/0 #2(#1/0) 2 3^ #250kcmil #25okcmil #1(i73/o) FUSED DISCONNECT TO LIMIT TAP CONDUCTOR LENGTH TO 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 har biz I I 800A,480Y/277 V,3PH,4W gis. 5 UTILITY M a 3 65K AIC I 40ONA 2 2-1/2' #NO #310 #310 2 3" #250kcm11 #25okcmll #4/0 NOT MORE THAN 25 FEET. METER NEMA-3R 800A/3P 500 2 3' #250kcmil - #2 2 3" #3501,cm11 - #1/0 6. REFER TO DETAIL X ON SHEET E7.XX FOR ADDITIONAL 50OG 2 3' #250kcmil #250kcmil - 2 3" #350kcm11 #350kcm1l GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS. • 8 3 �DISC.'D-DPA1' - I NEC-702 7. COORDINATE FEEDER TAPS SUCH THAT LENGTH DOES NOT N SOON 2 3' #250kcmil #250kcmil #2(#2/0) 2 3" #350kcmil #350kcmil #1/0(#3/0) EXCEED 25 FEET.EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS OF 4P-600A °ate' BOON 2 3' #350kcmil #350kcmil 2 4" #500kcmil #500kcmil TAPS SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS FEEDER EQUIPMENT Y A #1 AWG I G 500AT #1(#2/0) #2/0(#4/0) ELECTRONIC TRIP GROUNDING CONDUCTOR OR SAME SIZE AS TAP PHASE v `O o 0 n 800N 3 3' #300kcmil #300kcmil 3 4" #400kcmil #400kcmil �ve3. ., H -- -- NEMA-3R #1/0(#2/0) #3/0(#4/0) CONDUCTOR,WHICHEVER IS SMALLER. C #2I0 AWG I C 130OG 4 4' #400kcmil #400kcmil - 5 4" #400kcmil #OOOkcmil - 8. COORDINATE POWER SHUTDOWNS OF OCCUPIED SPACES NOTES: WITH LANDLORD/OWNER. 'y zollll66 q� 500N Q �F qfO/STEa1��2� SOON 1.COPPER FEEDERS ARE BASED ON COPPER CONDUCTORS 9. PROVIDE GENERATOR PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 262313. ��'y70NAL0�6 70N 300N WITH THWN/THHN INSULATION.CONDUCTOR DERATING PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AND APPURTENANCES AND MAKE ALL 04/19/2025 CONNECTIONS FOR A COMPLETE,FULLY OPERATIONAL SPD IS BASED ON THWN/THHN CONDUCTORS WITH 90 SYSTEM,INCLUDING,BUT NOT LIMITED TO(1)VC,FROM GENERATOR TO EACH OF(3)ATS',(1)1"C FROM GENERATOR PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: DEGREES C RATING. TO REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL IN MAIN CUSTODIAL OFFICE 2.ALUMINUM FEEDERS ARE BASED ON COMPACT ALUMINUM ROOM 1008.SEE SHEET E3.11 FOR LOCATION. NEC-772A1 3 7 8 CONDUCTORS WITH THWN/THHN INSULATION.CONDUCTOR Arlington Operations 4P-600A -- DERATING IS BASED ON THWN/THHN CONDUCTORS WITH 90 Center DEGREES C RATING. SEE 3.GROUND CONDUCTOR(BONDING JUMPER)SIZE SHALL BE FOR CONTINUATION EA FLAG NOTES: TO SHEET E9.02 INCREASED FOR FEEDERS FROM THE SOURCE OF Snohomish County SOON SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM TO THE FIRST DISCONNECTING h OWNER< MEANS PER NEC 250.30(A).SIZE AS INDICATED IN GROUND PER NEC&WAC. METER Public Work S PARENTHESES. m,P) - 1 PROVIDE CONDUITS AS INDICATED FOR PRIMARY SERVICE TO UTILITY TRANSFORMER FROM NEW VAULTS.SEE SITE PLAN AT DISTRIBUTION PANEL'DPA1'- FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.PRIMARY CABLING SHALL BE 600A,480Y/277V,3PH,4W 19700 67th Ave NE SODA BUS 65K AIC 8 PROVIDED UTILITY.�SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED. Arlington, WA 98223 MAIN ELEC RM I �PROVIDE POWER METERING EQUIPMENT AT FEEDER INDICATED.DIVISION 23 TO PROVIDE CONNECTION FROM Q n 22 w w n M M n M METER TO BUILDING MANAGEMAGEMENT SYSTEM VIA o ¢ 4 Na EHTERNET.REFER TO DETAIL I,SHEET E7.04 AND POWER PERMIT SET v y y MONITORING SCHEDULE ON SHEET EO.XX AND PANEL B 4 4 SCHEDULES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 05/02/2025 B 0 0 PROVIDE UTILITY METERING PER UTILITY COMPANY -__-_ This drawing is: ------ ------- ------ -- -- ---- REQUIREMENTS.SEE SHEET E1.01 FOR METER LOCATION. M2 Qa M4 a 70N MS 4 M6 4 M8 4 M9 Qa 1 a 1.CopyrThe Architects cht ects Dykemen,Inc. END OF MAN SW ITC BOARD FROM THE PR VIDE V SYSTEM OVERCURRENT DEVICE NCOMIN OPPOSITE 2.3.For use oln this project only.Obtain Architects nt of Professional ice. MAINCIRCUIT BREAKER LOCATION.PROVIDE written permission for any other use or reproduction. 400 50N SPD 70N 30N 150N 50 50 BREAKER/DISCONNECT SUITABLE FOR BACKFEED PER NEC 225N 705.12(D)(4) PROJECT ° -I ELEVATOR -1 ° ° -1 PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM 7 PROVIDE CONNECTIONS BETWEEN GENERATOR,NOW 18 'euv XFMR g�l I 'ov I XFMR 'eov I XFMR CONTROL BACKFEEDDISCONNECT AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH FOR TEMPORARY GENERATOR 2023-053 'T-DP1A' 30/3P 30I3P T-M2A' 'T-P1A' av MODULE POWER zcfv I zoav l 'D-PVA1' CONNECTION,AND AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES TO 225KVA 30KVA 30KVA x zav I SPD I METERING SPD I x ov I x zov I 400A/3P PROVIDE REMOTE ANNUNCIATION TO INDICATE THE --- I --- (3)225AF EMERGENCY SOURCE IS DISCONNECTED FROM THE _ #2/0 t-- #6 AWG #6 AWG t- NEMA-3R EMERGENCY SYSTEM PER NEC 700.3(F).REFER TO • PANEL 70 PANEL _ _ LA1 MA1 SPECIFICATION SECTION 263600 FOR ADDITIONAL 125A 250A Q Q 225N INFORMATION. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 1 100N 1 100N PROVIDE PHENOLIC FEEDER LABELING AT EQUIPMENT INDICATED.SEE DETAILS ON SHEET E7.06 FOR ADDITIONAL BOON ELEVATOR INFORMATION. 25 HP SEE CONTINUATION a w 1 8 w 1 TO SHEET E9.03 30/3P I .61 30/3P c _-_ �I I-- _--_--_--_--_------------ DISTRIBUTION PANEL'DP1A'I ^PD I SPD I1 600A,208Y/120V,3PH,4W e t-- 60OA/3P 22K AIC I PANEL PANEL PRO JECT TEAM: MAIN ELEC RM I M2A P1A 100A 100A PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV a o- a a a o- o- a a I PROJECT ARCHITECT: - A �bc bo w N I JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A of of I �•, m m M3 4 M7 4 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE 50N 150N 150N 15ON 225N 30N 30N DIAGRAM - BUILDING 8 _ _1 8 -1 8 -1 88��I, -I SPD 30//3P 303 30//3P 30//3P I POWER ISPD SPD I SPD SPDI METERING L_ I t_ _ L_ t_ t_ l • ' PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL EL1A P2A P2B T'A K'A MIA 100A 225A 225A 225A 225A 225A 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 FEEDER SCHEDULE D COPPER CONDUCTORS ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS TAG QUANTITY RACEWAY CONDUCTORS QUANTITY RACEWAY CONDUCTORS DYKEMAN OF SETS SIZE PHASE NEUTRAL GND(NOTE 3) OF SETS SIZE PHASE NEUTRAL GND(NOTE 3) 3ON 1 3/4" #10 #10 #10(#8) - - - - ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN - 50 1 1" #6 - #10 - - - - - 50N 1 1" #6 #6 #10(#8) - - - - 70 1 1-1/4" #4 - #8 - - - - - S 70N 1 1-1/4" #4 IW #g(#g) - - - - - CONTINUATION SON 1 1-1/2" #2 #2 #8(#8) - - _ - - TO DETAIL E9.01 10ON 1 1-112" #1 #1 #8(#6) 1 2" #1/0 #110 #6(#6) CONSULTANT: 125N 1 2" #110 #110 #6(#6) 1 2-1/2" #210 #2J0 #4(#4)150N 1 2" #110 #110 #6(#6) 1 2-1/2" #310 #310 #4(#4) 225N 1 2-112" #410 #410 #4(#2) 1 3" #300kcmil #300kcmil #2(#1/0) /A\ H / \ R G I S 30ON 1 3" #350kcmil #350kcmil #4(#2) 1 4" #500kcmil #500kcmil #2(#1/0) 400 1 2 2-112" #310 - #2 2 2-1/2" #250kcmil - #1 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 48.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz 40ON 2 2.112" #3/0 #310 #2(#1/0) 2 3" #250kcmll #250kcmll #1(#3/0) 13000 206.4 40ONA 2 2.112" #3/0 #310 #3/0 2 3" #250kcmil #250kcmil #4/0 —— —— 500 2 3" #250kcm11 - #2 2 3" #350kcmil - #1/0 1 M UTILITY • METER 50OG 2 3" #250kcmil #250kcmll - 2 3" #350kcmil #350kcmll - _ 50ON 2 3" #250kcmil #250kcmil #2(#2f0) 2 3" #350kcmil #350kcmil #1/0(#3/0) A O�p1 1 A VZ C 60ON 2 3" #350kcmil #350kcmil #1(#yp) 2 4" #500kcmil #500kcmil #2/0(#4/0) V C 80ON 3 3" #300kcmil #300kcmil #1/0(#210) 3 4" #400kcmil #400kcmil #3/0(#4/0) 13000 1 4 4" #400kcmil #400kcmil - 5 4" #400kcmil #400kcmil - M O METER O IrIfi6 W� NOTES: F��'y70VALE�V`2� 1.COPPER FEEDERS ARE BASED ON COPPER CONDUCTORS OWNER 04/19/2025 WITH THWN/THHN INSULATION.CONDUCTOR DERATING 1 METER (TYP) IS BASED ON THWN/THHN CONDUCTORS WITH 90 GF 1600AF/ PROJECT• IDENTIFICATION: DEGREES C RATING. 1300AT/3P -- -------------------------------------------- -- 2.ALUMINUM FEEDERS ARE BASED ON COMPACT ALUMINUM ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING SWITCHBOARD DB-EVA1'—I Arlington Operations CONDUCTORS WITH THWN/THHN INSULATION.CONDUCTOR 480Y/277 V,3PH,4W Center 65K AIC DERATING IS BASED ON THWN/THHN CONDUCTORS WITH 90 1600A BUS SITE DEGREES C RATING. I I FOR 3.GROUND CONDUCTOR(BONDING JUMPER)SIZE SHALL BE N w INCREASED FOR FEEDERS FROM THE SOURCE OF A N Snohomish County SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM TO THE FIRST DISCONNECTING #4/0 AWG G Public Works MEANS PER NEC 250.30(A).SIZE AS INDICATED IN PARENTHESES. #3/0 AWG AT _ 19700 67th Ave NE 300N�PD Arlington, WA 98223 POWER METERING SEE ",--[,30ON PATS-LV3' PERMIT SET B CONTINUATION - `r 1 NEC-702 05/02/2025 B TO DETAIL E9.01 1 4P-0OOA — NEMA-3R _ This drawing is: 500 500 500 1.Copyright2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 1"C W ITH 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's CONDUCTORS written permission for any other use or reproduction. FOR CONTROLS — — — I ' XFMR v XFMR I v XFMR PROJECT NUMBER. 'T-DB-EV1A,B' T-DB-EV2A,B' I 'T-DB-EV3A,B' 300N x aY 300KVA x wv:30OKVA x o� 300KVA zav NEMA-3R __ ov NEMA-3R __ v 300KV R 2023-053 #vo #va #z/D _ DISC.'D-LV3' o MARK DATE DESCRIPTION NEMA-3R I¢ I_ IN OON DON DON DON DON DON 300N o o o I o I o o PROJECT a vl v I a I a a I I I I I I PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j BMI I PROJECT MANAGER: TSV I_ t_ I— PROJECT ARCHITECT: - PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL JOB CAPTAIN: IKSR 'DB-EVlN 'DB-EV1B' 'DB-EV2A' 'DB-EV2B' 'DB-EV3A' 'DB-EV3B' A LEVEL 3 ELECTRIC 400A 400A 400A 400A 400A 400A ", A VEHICLE CHARGER NEMA-3R NEMA-31R NEMA-3R NEMA-3R NEMA-3R NEMA-31R ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - EV CHARGERS 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN PV ARRAY#1 (66 PANELS) STRING#1 STRING#2 STRING#3 (22 PANELS (22 PANELS (22 PANELS CONSULTANT: WITH 11 WITH 11 WITH 11 2-PANEL 2-PANEL 2-PANEL OPTIMIZERS) OPTIMIZERS) OPTIMIZERS) H A R G I S 0 0 0 0 0 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 O O 0 206.448.3376 206.448.4450 hargis.biz 0 0 0 5 O1 O2 5 O3 • (TYP) 0 (TYP) 0 (TYP) Qa 0 ® S.I A ryO 0 O O ° °`WAsy'"s�� ° 0 O O A xj ° Oi 0 0 ¢+ 201111fi6 q,� 0 0 ® 0 Q2 0 04/19/2025 0 0 O O O PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: 0 0 o Arlington Operations 0 0 0 0 0 0 Center 0 0 0 FOR 0 0 0 0 0 o Snohomish County 0 0 0 Public Works 5 IT PICAL AT 4 19700 67th Ave NE (TYPICAL Arlington, WA 98223 --- - -- - -- ------- ------ PERMIT SET B I I 05/02/2025 B I I This drawing is: -- -_---- ----- 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. - 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 1-1/2"C W/4#6 AWG, 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's s written permission for any other use or reproduction. #10 GND(TYP) RS-085 DATA PROJECT 7 INTERFACE DC COMBINER ----------- ----------- MODULE BOX LOCATED I INVERTER'INV-1' 2023-053 IN ROOM XXX I 50KW,480V,3PH � GRID TIED I • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION FLAG NOTES 90N SEE PANEL SCHEDULE S FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION,INCLUDING SPARES SHEET NOTES -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- AND SPACES. PHOTOVOLTAIC 1. REFER TO FEEDER AND PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PANEL'PVA1' COORDINATE UTILITY PRODUCTION METER REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO 480Y/277V,30,4 WIRE C 80AJ3P COMMENCING WORK.COMPLY WITH ALL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 2. PROVIDE FULLY RATED EQUIPMENT SHORT CIRCUIT WITHSTAND AND INTERRUPTING � �I 250A RATINGS EXCEEDING TAGGED VALUES. PROVIDE HIGHER RATINGS WHERE I t�I PROVIDE DISCONNECT SUITABLE FOR BACKFEED PER NEC 705.12(D)(4).SEE INDICATED.WHERE AVAILABLE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT IS NOT INDICATED OR E3.21 FOR DISCONNECT LOCATION. PROJECT SPECIFIED,PROVIDE MINIMUM 10,000 AIC RATING FOR 208/120 VOLT EQUIPMENT AND MINIMUM 14,000 AIC RATING FOR 480/277 VOLT EQUIPMENT. GROUND EXPOSED METAL PARTS OF MODULE FRAMES AND EQUIPMENT PER PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI NEC 690.43. PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV 3. RAPID SHUTDOWN SHALL BE INITIATED BY LOSS OF UTILITY POWER OR ACTIVATION -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- OF DISCONNECT'D-PVA1'. PROVIDE(1)DC OPTIMIZER MODULE FOR PARALLEL 2-PANEL PV JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A 225N CONNECTIONS.SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 2 63100 FOR ADDITIONAL A 4. SEE SHEETS E3.21 PANEL LOCATIONS AND LAYOUTS. INFORMATION. PROVIDE 1"C WITH 6 AWG CONDUCTORS AND 6 AWG G. ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - PV SYSTEM SEE CONTINUATION ON SHEET E9.01 •. 1 2 3 4 5 1 1 2 3 4 5 PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 DISTRIBUTION PANEL'DPA1' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 DISTRIBUTION PANEL'DP1A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center D CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:480Y/277V 30,4-WIRE TYPE: CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V 3P/,4-WIRE TYPE: LOCATION:ELEC.215 MAINS:500 A MLO AIC:65K LOCATION:ELEC.106 MAINS:600 A MCB AIC:22K MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:DPA1 MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:T-DP1A NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE . 1 ELEVATOR MOTOR 70 3 7759 4064 3 50 PANEL LAI 2 1 COMMERCIAL DRYER 100 3 7000 7000 3 100 COMMERCIAL WASHER 2 YKEMAN 3 — — — 7759 3503 -- -- -- 4 3 — -- -- 7000 7000 -- -- — 4 5 — — — 7759 3852 -- -- — 6 5 — -- -- 7000 7000 -- -- — 6 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 1 7 XFMRT-DBl 400 3 72800 7520 3 50 XFMRT-P1A 8 1 7 PANELKIA 150 3 12440 0 3 100 SPARE 8 9 — — — 64647 6100 -- -- — 10 9 — -- -- 6640 0 -- -- — 10 11 — — — 63060 6600 -- -- — 12 11 — -- -- 10800 0 -- -- — 12 13 XFMR T-M2A 50 3 2343 3 100ASPACE 14 13 PANELP2A 225 3 18360 15944 3 225 PANEL M1A 14 15 — — — 1923 -- -- -- -- 16 15 — -- -- 16780 18857 -- -- -- 16 17 — — — 1628 -- -- -- -- 18 17 — -- -- 16000 14350 -- -- -- 18 19 PANEL MAI 125 3 25305 3 100A SPACE 20 19 PANEL TIA 150 3 9000 3056 3 50 PANEL ELIA 20 21 — — — 25305 -- -- -- -- 22 21 — -- -- 8190 180 -- -- -- 22 CONSULTANT: 23 — — — 25305 -- -- -- -- 24 23 — -- -- 7750 160 -- -- -- 24 25 SPACE 1 1 SPACE 26 25 POWER MONITORING 15 3 0 0 3 100 SPARE 26 27 SPACE — 1 -- -- 1 - SPACE 28 27 — 0 0 — 28 H A R G I S 29 SPACE 1 1 SPACE 30 29 — 0 0 30 31 SPACE 1 1 SPACE 32 31 SPACE 1 0 3 30 SPD 32 _ __ __ __ __ __ 33 SPACE — 1 -- -- 1 -- SPACE 34 33 SPACE -- 1 -- 0 -- -- — 34 35 SPACE — 1 -- -- 1 -- SPACE 36 35 SPACE -- 1 -- 0 -- -- — 36 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 37 SPACE 1 0 3 225 PVA7 38 2 37 SPACE 1 1 SPACE 38 306.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz _ __ __ __ __ 39 SPACE — 1 -- 0 -- -- -- 40 38 SPACE -- 1 -- -- 1 -- SPACE 40 41 SPACE — i 1 1 1 -- 1 0 -- -- -- 42 1 41 ISPACE I -- I 1 I I I I j -- I -- I 1 I I SPACE 42 CONNECTED LOAD: 119,790 VA 109,236 VA 108,204 VA CONNECTED LOAD: 72,800 VA 64,647 VA 63,060 VA • CONNECTED AMPS: 433 A 395 A 391 A CONNECTED AMPS: 609 A 541 A 526 A LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY g Y A N RECEPTACLE 76580 VA 56.53% 43290 VA RECEPTACLE 59480 VA 58.41% 34740 VA O�p1 wASyOF,F LIGHTING 12179 VA 125.00% 15224 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 337,231 VA LIGHTING 760 VA 125.00% 950 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 200,506 VA C MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 1680 VA 125.00% 2100 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 313,225 VA MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 1680 VA 125.00% 2100 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 176,790 VA C A x i ELECTRIC HEATING 34000 VA 100.00% 34000 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 406 A ELECTRIC HEATING 22000 VA 100.00% 22000 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 557 A EQUIPMENT&MISCELLANEOUS 13948 VA 100.00% 13948 VA TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 377 A EQUIPMENT&MISCELLANEOUS 13448 VA 100.00% 13448 VA TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 491 A A� 2o11I IbbO �q� APPLIANCE 77580 VA 100.00% 77580 VA APPLIANCE 76480 VA 100.00% 76480 VA ONALE�G`2 HVAC 69469 VA 100.00% 69469 VA HVAC 20310 VA 100.00% 20310 VA MOTORS 151795 VA 1111.24% 157615 VA MOTORS 6348 VA 1106.52% 16762 VA 04/19/2025 NOTES: NOTES: 1.PROVIDE SUBFEED BREAKER. H A R G I S H A R G I S ••. IDENTIFICATION: 2.LOCATE BREAKER ON OPPOSITE END OF INPUT BUS. 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 Arlington Operations Seattle,wa 98101 Seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206.448.3376 Center www.hargis.biz www.hargis.biz FOR Snohomish County PANEL SCHEDULE:0510212025 PANEL'EL1 A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05/0212025 PANEL'K1 A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center Public Works CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V 30,4-WIRE TYPE: CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V30,4-WIRE TYPE: LOCATION:ELEV.EQUIP.103 MAINS:100 A MLO AIC:10K LOCATION:ELEC.106 MAINS:225 A MLO AIC:22K AT MOUNTING: NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:DP1A MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:DP1A NOTE CKT SP01 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMOPS POLE 1656A 800 B C POLE SOS RECEPTACLE uI ELEVATOR PIT ON CKT NOTE NOTE CKT REFRIGERATOR-KITCHENETTE 102 AMOS POLE 1000A1200 B C POLE SOS VENDING IMACHIWEESCORRDOR100A CKT NOTE 19700 67th Ave NE 3 SHUNT TRIP 20 1 0 180 1 20 RECEPTACLE-ELEV.EQUIP.103 4 3 ICE MACHINE-KITCHEN 102 20 1 800 1200 1 20 VENDING MACHINE-CORRIDOR 100A 4 Arlington, WA98223 5 LIGHTING-ELEV PIT 20 1 104 56 1 20 LIGHTING-ELEV.EQUIP.103 6 5 RECEPTACLE-KITCHENETTE 20 1 540 1200 1 20 VENDING MACHINE-CORRIDOR 100A 6 7 SPACE 1 600 1 20 ELEVATOR CAB LIGHTS 8 7 RECEPT-KITCHENETTE/CORRIDOR 20 1 360 1000 1 20 REFRIGERATOR-KITCHEN 206 8 9 SPACE — 1 -- -- 1 - SPACE 10 9 BOTTLE FILLER-CORRIDOR 100A 20 1 480 180 1 20 RECEPTACLES-KITCHEN 206 10 PERMIT SET 11 SPACE 1 1 SPACE 12 11 MICROWAVE-CORRIDOR 100A#1 20 1 1500 180 1 20 RECEPTACLES-KITCHEN 206 12 B CONNECTED LOAD: 3,056 VA 180 VA 160 VA 13 MICROWAVE-CORRIDOR 100A#2 20 1 1500 180 1 20 RECEPTACLES-KITCHEN 206 14 05/02/2025 B CONNECTED AMPS: 25A 2A 1A 15 VENDING MACHINE-EXTERIOR 20 1 1200 180 1 20 RECEPTACLES-KITCHEN 206 16 LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY 17 VENDING MACHINE-EXTERIOR 20 1 1200 4500 2 30 RANGE-KITCHEN 206 18 1 This drawing is: RECEPTACLE 180 VA 100.00% 180 VA 19 VENDING MACHINE-EXTERIOR 20 1 1200 4500 20 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. LIGHTING 760 VA 125.00% 950 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 3,396 VA 21 VENDING MACHINE-EXTERIOR 20 1 1200 500 1 20 HOOD-KITCHEN 206 22 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. APPLIANCE 800 VA 100.00% 800 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 4,000 VA 23 RECEPTACLE-ELEC 106 20 1 180 1500 1 20 MICROWAVE-KITCHEN 206 24 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's MOTORS 1656 VA 125.00% 2070 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 9 A 25 SPARE 20 1 0 1500 1 20 MICROWAVE-KITCHEN 206 Y6 written permission for any other use or reproduction. TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 11 A 27 SPARE 20 1 0 900 1 20 RECEPT-KITCHEN/WEST DECK 28 PROJECT 29 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 30 31 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 32 NOTES: 33 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 34 2023-053 H A R G I S 35 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 36 37 SPD 30 3 0 0 1 20 SPARE 38 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 38 — 0 0 1 20 SPARE 40 • Seattle,wa 98101 41 — 0 0 1 20 SPARE 42 1 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 206.448.3376 CONNECTED LOAD: 12,440 VA 6,640 VA 10,800 VA www.hargis.biz CONNECTED AMPS: 109 A 55 A 95 A LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY RECEPTACLE 2700 VA 100.00% 2700 VA APPLIANCE 27180 VA 100.00% 27180 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 29,880 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 29,880 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 83 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 83 A NOTES: PROJECT 1.PROVIDE GFCI BREAKER H A R G I S PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 PROJECT MANAGER: TSV Seattle,wa 98301 PROJECT ARCHITECT: - JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR 206.448.3376 A A www.hargis.biz .•. PANEL SCHEDULES 1 2 3 4 5 1 1 2 13 4 5 PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 PANEL'LAV PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05102/2025 PANEL'MI PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center D CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:480Y/277V 30,4-WIRE TYPE: CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:480Y/277V 30,4-WIRE TYPE: LOCATION:ELEC.106 MAINS:125 A MLO AIC:35K LOCATION:MECH:HVAC EQUIPMENT 109 MAINS:250 A MILO AIC:35K MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:10000% FED FROM:DPA1 MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:DPA1 NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE . YKEMAN 1 LIGHTING-LOWER LEVEL CENTER 20 1 750 188 1 20 LIGHTING-ROLL CALL A 208 2 1 HP-01 45 3 9134 1000 3 20 EUH-03 2 3 LIGHTING-ROOM 135 20 1 528 330 1 20 LIGHTING-ROLL CALL B 209 4 3 — 9134 1000 4 5 LIGHTING-LOWER LEVEL WORKROOMS 20 1 470 728 1 20 LTS-UPPER LEVEL CORRIDORS 6 5 — 9134 1000 — — 6 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 7 LIGHTING-LOWER LEVEL CORRIDOR 20 1 1065 622 1 20 LTS-UPPER LEVEL WORKSTATIONS 8 7 HP-02 35 3 7252 941 3 20 EJ-01 8 9 LIGHTING-LOWER LEVEL EAST 20 1 1151 84 1 20 LIGHTING-ROOMS 215,221 10 9 7252 941 10 11 LIGHTING-LOWER LEVEL NORTH 20 1 580 414 1 20 LTS-UPPER LEVEL BATHROOMS/STAIRS 12 11 — 7252 941 12 13 LIGHTING-LOWER LEVEL EXIT SIGN 20 1 27 42 1 20 LTS-UPPER LEVEL EXIT SIGNS 14 13 EUH-04 20 3 1000 941 3 20 EJ-02 14 15 LTS-LOWER LEVEL BUILDING EXTERIOR 20 1 1170 240 1 20 LIGHTING-WEST DECK 208 16 15 — 1000 941 16 17 LTS-SERVICE YARDANASH-OFF AREA 20 1 100 1560 1 20 LIGHTING-EAST PARKING 18 17 — 1000 941 18 19 LTS-UPPER LEVEL EXTERIOR 20 1 530 840 1 20 LIGHTING-WEST PARKING 20 19 EUH-02 20 3 1000 2018 3 20 CWP-01 20 21 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 22 21 — 1000 2018 22 CONSULTANT: 23 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 24 23 — 1000 2018 24 25 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 26 25 CWP-02 20 3 2018 1 SPACE 26 27 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 28 27 — -- -- 2018 -- 1 — SPACE 28 H A R G I S 29 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 30 29 — 2018 1 SPACE 30 31 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 32 31 SPACE 1 1 SPACE 32 33 SPARE 20 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 20 ISPARE 34 33 SPACE 1 1 SPACE 34 35 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 36 35 SPACE 1 1 SPACE 36 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 37 SPD 30 3 0 0 1 20 SPARE 38 37 SPD 30 3 0 1 SPACE 38 206.448.3376 206.448.4450 hargis.biz 39 -- — -- 0 0 1 20 SPARE 40 39 — -- -- 1 1 0 -- 1 — SPACE 40 41 -- -- -- 01 42 41 — -- -- 0 -- 1 — SPACE 42 CONNECTED LOAD: 4,064 VA 3,503 VA 3,852 VA CONNECTED LOAD: 25,305 VA 25,305 VA 25,305 VA • CONNECTEDAMPS: 15A 13A 14A CONNECTED AMPS: 91 A 91 A 91 A LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY g Y A N LIGHTING 11419 VA 125.00% 14274 VA ELECTRIC HEATING 9000 VA 100.00% 9000 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 11,419 VA HVAC 49159 VA 100.00% 49159 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 75,915 VA ASy74��'P� C TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 14,274 VA MOTORS 17756 VA 108.53% 19270 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 77,429 VA Q i C TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 14 A TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 91 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 17 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 93 A 'y zoll r I66 q� oF��'hy9NALE�V`2� NOTES: NOTES: 04/19/2025 H A R G I S H A R G I S PROJECT 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 Seattle,wa 98101 Seattle,we 98101 206.448.3376 206.448.3376 Arlington Operations www.hargis.biz www.hargis.biz Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 PANEL'M1A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05102/2025 PANEL'M2A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center FOR CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V 30,4-W IRE TYPE: CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V 30,4-WIRE TYPE: Snohomish County LOCATION:MECH:HVAC EQUIPMENT 109 MAINS:225 A MLO AIC:22K LOCATION:ELEC.215 MAINS:100 A MCB AIC:22K MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:DP1A MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:T-M2A Public Works NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A Bt C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE 1 BG-03 15 2 208 3653 2 25 HRU-01 2 1 EUH-01 20 3 1000 100 2 15 FCU-UPPER LEVEL BE 2 AT 3 -- -- -- 208 3653 — — — 4 3 — -- -- 1000 -- — — 4 5 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 6 5 — 100 2 15 FCU-UPPER LEVEL SW 6 19700 67th Ave NE 7 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 8 7 FCU-UPPER LEVEL ROOMS 207,209 15 2 643 100 -- — -- 8 9 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 10 9 — 643 1 20 RECEPTACLE 10 Arlington, WA 98223 11 SPARE 20 1 0 1000 3 20 EUH-05 12 11 TRA2 20 1 0 1 20 SPARE 12 13 SPARE 20 1 0 1000 14 13 TRAP PRIMER-UPPER LEVEL 20 1 500 0 1 20 SPARE 14 15 SPARE 20 1 0 1000 — — — 16 15 1 20 SPARE 16 PERMIT SET 17 BG-01 15 2 208 1000 3 20 EUH-06 18 17 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 18 B 19 -- — 208 1000 — — — 20 19 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 20 05/02/2025 B 21 TP-01 20 1 500 1000 22 21 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 22 23 DWCP-01 20 1 252 145 2 15 FCU-U-03 24 23 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 24 This drawing is: 25 EWH-01 60 3 5000 145 26 25 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 26 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 27 - 5000 528 1 20 TF-01 28 27 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 28 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 29 -- — -- 5000 175 2 15 FCU-ROOMS 111,112,113 30 29 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 30 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 31 BC-01 20 2 208 175 32 31 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 32 written permission for any other use or reproduction. 33 - 208 648 1 20 DEHUMIDIFIER UNITS-WASH-UP 114 34 33 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 34 PROJECT 35 HRU-02 25 3 2435 100 2 15 FCU-LOWER LEVEL SOUTH 36 35 SPARE 20 1 1 0 1 0 1 20 SPARE 36 37 -- — -- 2435 100 — — — 38 1 37 SPD 30 3 0 0 1 20 SPARE 38 39 -- — -- 2435 100 2 15 FCU-ROOMS 127,128,129,130 40 39 — -- -- 0 0 1 20 SPARE 40 2023-053 41 WHCU-01 15 2 500 100 42 41 — 0 0 1 20 SPARE 42 43 -- -- -- 500 727 2 15 FCU-ROOMS 131,132,136,137 44 CONNECTED LOAD: 2,343 VA 1,923 VA 1,628 VA • 45 CU-01 20 2 1425 727 46 CONNECTED AMPS: 20 A 16 A 14 A 47 -- — -- 1425 86 2 15 FCU-ROOMS 133,135 48 LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 49 HEAT TRACE-WHCU-01 20 1 500 86 50 RECEPTACLE 180 VA 100.00% 180 VA 51 SPARE 20 1 0 1425 2 20 CU-02 52 ELECTRIC HEATING 3000 VA 100.00% 3000 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 5,893 VA 53 MECHANICAL CONTROL-ROOM 110 20 1 500 1425 54 EQUIPMENT&MISCELLANEOUS 500 VA 100.00% 500 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 6070 VA 55 SPARE 20 1 0 0 3 20 SPARE 56 MOTORS 2213 VA 107.99% 2390 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 16A 57 SPARE 20 1 0 0 58 TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 17 A 59 SPARE 20 1 0 0 60 61 SPARE 20 1 0 0 3 20 SPARE 62 63 SPARE 20 1 0 0 64 NOTES: 65 SPARE 20 1 0 0 66 H A R G I S 67 SPD 30 3 0 0 3 20 SPARE 68 _ 69 - 0 1 0 70 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 • 71 1 1 0 1 0 1 — — — 72 Seattle,wa 98101 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI CONNECTED LOAD: 15,944 VA 18,857 VA 14,350 VA 206.448.3376 PROJECT MANAGEITER: TSV CONNECTEDAMPS: 135A 159A 120A www.hargis.biz PROJECT ARCHCT:I- LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A ELECTRIC HEATING 22000 VA 100.00% 22000 VA A EQUIPMENT&MISCELLANEOUS 2148 VA 100.00% 2148 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 49,150 VA HVAC 20310 VA 100.00% 20310 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 49,327 VA MOTORS 4692 VA 103.77% 4869 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 136 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 137A PANEL SCHEDULES NOTES: 1.PROVIDE GFPE BREAKER H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 Seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 www.hargis.biz 1 2 1 3 4 5 1 1 2 13 4 nA 5 PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 PANEL'P1 A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 PANEL'P2A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center D CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208YI120V 30J,4-WIRE TYPE: CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V30,4-WIRE TYPE: LOCATION:ELEC.215 MAINS:100 A MCB AIC:22K LOCATION:ELEC.106 MAINS:225 A MLO+FEED THRU LUGS AIC:22K MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:T-PIA MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:DP1A NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A 6 C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE . 1 RECEPT-OPERATIONS MANAGER 218 20 1 720 720 1 20 RECEPT-WORKSTATION 205 2 1 RECEPTACLE-ROOM 135W 20 1 1080 1080 1 20 RECEPTACLE-ROLL CALL 6209 SE 2 YKEMAN 3 RECEPT-OPERATIONS MANAGER 218 20 1 720 720 1 20 RECEPT-WORKSTATION 214 4 3 RECEPTACLE-ROOM 135 NW 20 1 1080 900 1 20 RECEPTACLE-ROLL CALL B 209N 4 5 RECEPT-LEAD WORKER 217 20 1 720 .0 1 20 RECEPT-SMALL CONF.210 6 5 RECEPTACLE-ROOM 135 NE 20 1 720 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 6ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 7 RECEPT-LEAD WORKER 217 20 1 720 1080 1 20 RECEPT-SMALL CONF.210 8 7 RECEPTACLE-ROOM 135 S 20 1 720 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 8 9 RECEPT-LEAD WORKER 216 20 1 720 540 1 20 RECEPT-MENS RESTROOM 220 10 9 FLOOR BOX-ROOM 135 20 1 360 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 10 11 RECEPT-LEAD WORKER 216 20 1 720 540 1 20 RECEPT-WOMENS RESTROOM 219 12 11 RECEPTACLE-ROOM 135 E 20 1 720 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 12 13 RECEPT-VEGETATION SUPERVISOR... 20 1 720 1080 1 20 RECEPT-UPPER CORRIDOR&STAIRS 14 13 RECEPT-ROLL CALL A 207 SW 20 1 900 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 14 15 RECEPT-VEGETATION SUPERVISOR... 20 1 720 360 1 20 RECEPT-ELEC&CUSTODIAL RM 215,221 16 15 RECEPT-ROLL CALL A 207 N 20 1 900 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 16 17 RECEPT-LEAD WORKER 213 20 1 720 480 1 20 BOTTLE FILLER-CORRIDOR 200C 18 17 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL A 207 20 1 360 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 18 19 RECEPT-LEAD WORKER 213 20 1 720 500 1 20 COPIER-CORRIDOR 200B 20 19 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL A 207 20 1 360 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 20 21 RECEPT-LEAD WORKER 212 20 1 720 480 1 20 BOTTLE FILLER-CORRIDOR 200B 22 21 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL A 207 20 1 360 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 22CONSULTANT: 23 RECEPT-LEAD WORKER 212 20 1 720 360 1 20 RECEPT-ROOMS 201,202 24 23 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL A 207 20 1 360 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 24 25 RECEPT-SWEEPING SUPERVISOR 211 20 1 720 360 1 20 RECEPTACLE-UPPER LEVEL EXTERIOR 26 25 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL A 207 20 1 360 300 1 20 MOTORIZED SHADES-ROLL CALL B 209 26 27 RECEPT-SWEEPING SUPERVISOR 211 20 1 720 400 1 20 ADA DOORS-VESTIBULE 201 28 27 MOTORIZED SHADES-ROLL CALL A 207 20 1 300 300 1 20 MOTORIZED SHADES-ROLL CALL B 209 28 H A R G I S 29 SPARE 20 1 0 1800 1 20 MOTORIZED GATE 30 29 MOTORIZED DIVIDER CURTAIN 20 1 1000 300 1 20 MOTORIZED SHADES-ROLL CALL B 209 30 31 SPARE 20 1 0 180 1 20 SITE RECEPTACLE 32 31 RECEPTACLE-MDF-105 20 1 180 0 1 20 SPARE 32 33 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 1 20 SPARE 34 33 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 34 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 35 SPARE 20 1 �0� 0 1 20 SPARE 36 35 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 36 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 • hargis.bir 37 Sp 30 3 0 0 1 20 SPARE 38 37 SPD 30 3 0 0 1 20 SPARE 38 39 — 0 0 1 20 SPARE 40 39 — 0 0 1 20 SPARE 40 41 — 1 20 SPARE 42 41 — 01 0 1 1 1 20 ISPARE 42 CONNECTED LOAD: 7,520 VA 6,100 VA 6,600 VA CONNECTED LOAD: 18,360 VA 16,780 VA 16,000 VA • CONNECTED AMPS: 63 A 51 A 56 A CONNECTED AMPS: 154 A 141 A 133 A LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOADSLIMMARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY Y A RECEPTACLE 16920 VA 79.55% 13460 VA RECEPTACLE 33660 VA 64.85% 21830 VA Of-p1 WAfyOF,p APPLIANCE 1100 VA 100.00% 1100 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 20,220 VA MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 180 VA 125.00% 225 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 51,140 VA C MOTORS 2200 VA 120.45% 2650 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 17,210 VA EQUIPMENT&MISCELLANEOUS 10800 VA 100.00% 10800 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 39,355 VA C A x i TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 56 A APPLIANCE 6500 VA 100.00% 6500 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 142 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 48A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 109A 4'o g2011rIMo �W� F��'y70NA1,0�V�2 NOTES: NOTES: 04/19/2025 H A R G I S H A R G I S PROJECT 1201 third avenue,ste 600 1201 third avenue,ste 600 seattle,wa 98101 seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206.448.3376 Arlington Operations www.hargis.biz www.hargis.biz Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 PANEL'P2B' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 PANEL MA' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center FOR CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V 30,4-W IRE TYPE: CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V 30,4-WIRE TYPE: Snohomish County LOCATION:ELEC.106 MAINS:225 A MLO AIC:22K LOCATION:MDF 105 MAINS:225 A MLO AIC:22K MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:P2A MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:DP1A Public Works NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE 1 RECEPTACLE-PAVING SUPERVISOR... 20 1 720 720 1 20 RECEPTACLE-SUPPLIES 104 2 1 RACK POWER-MDF 105 20 1 500 1250 2 30 RACK POWER-MDF 105 2 AT 3 RECEPTACLE-PAVINF LEAD 118 20 1 900 720 1 20 RECEPT-STORAGE ROOMS 131,132 4 3 RACK POWER-MDF 105 20 1 360 1250 4 5 RECEPTACLE-DROP IN119 20 1 720 1080 1 20 RECEPT-STORAGE ROOM136,137 6 5 RACK POWER-MDF 105 20 1 500 1250 2 30 RACK POWER-MDF 105 6 19700 67th Ave NE 7 RECEPTACLE-ROOMS 120,121 20 1 1080 720 1 20 RECEPT-FIRST AID&WELLNESS 130 8 7 RACK POWER-MDF 105 20 1 500 1250 -- — — 8 9 RECEPTACLE-BRIDGE SUPERVISOR... 20 1 720 540 1 20 RECEPT-FIRSTAID&WELLNESS 130 10 9 RECEPTACLE-MDF 105 20 1 1080 1250 2 30 RACK POWER-MDF 105 10 Arlington, WA 98223 11 RECEPT-COORD.WORKSTATION 125 20 1 720 720 1 20 RECEPTACLE-UNION 129 12 11 INTRUSION DETECTION PANEL-MDF 105 20 1 500 1250 12 13 RECEPT-CORRIDOR 10013,10013 20 1 420 720 1 20 RECEPTACLE-UNION 129 14 13 ACCESS CONTROL PANEL-MDF 105 20 1 500 1250 2 30 RACK POWER-MDF 105 14 360 720 11 BOTTLE FILLER CORRIDOR OOD 201 480 720 1 20 RECEPTACLE-DROP-IN 128 18 17 ATOM LTE ENCLOSURE E MDF D105 20 1 500 1250 500 1250 2 30 RACK POWER-MDF 105 18 PERMIT SET B 19 RECEPT-VESTIBULE/UNIFORMS 20 1 540 540 1 20 RECEPTACLE-WORK RM.127 20 19 SPARE 20 1 0 1250 -- — — 20 05/02/2025 B 21 RECEPTACLE-EXTERIOR 20 1 720 1000 1 20 COPIER-WORK RM.127 22 21 SPARE 20 1 0 1250 2 20 RACK POWER-MDF 105 22 23 RECEPT-WOMEN'S RESTROOM 112 20 1 1 1 540 720 1 20 RECEPTACLE-MOTHERS RM 133 24 23 SPARE 20 1 0 1250 24 This drawing is: 25 RECEPT-MEN'S RESTROOM 111 20 1 1 540 1 1000 1 20 REFRIGERATOR-MOTHERS RM 133 26 25 SPARE 20 1 0 1250 2 30 RACK POWER-MDF 105 26 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 27 RECEPTACLE-WASH-UP 114 20 1 720 360 1 20 RECEPTACLE-CUSTODIAL 134 28 27 SPARE 20 1 0 1250 28 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 29 WASHER-WASH-UP 114 20 1 1200 900 1 20 RECEPTACLE-MECH ROOMS 109,110 30 29 SPARE 20 1 0 1250 2 30 RACK POWER-MDF 105 30 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 1... 31 DRYER-WASH-UP 114 30 2 1500 720 1 20 RECEPTACLE-ELEC 106 8 MECH 107 32 31 SPARE 20 1 0 1250 32 written permission for any other use or reproduction. 33 — 1500 360 1 20 RECEPTACLE-SERVICE YARD 34 33 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 34 PROJECT NUMBER. 35 IRRIGATION CONTROLLER-MECH 107 20 1 180 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 36 35 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 36 2 37 MECHANICAL CONTROL CIRCUIT 20 1 200 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 38 37 SPD 30 3 0 0 1 20 SPARE 38 39 RECEPTACLE-WORK RM.127 20 1 540 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 40 39 — 0 0 1 20 SPARE 40 2023-053 41 SPARE 20 1 0 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 42 41 — 0 0 1 20 SPARE 42 43 SPARE 20 1 0 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 44 CONNECTED LOAD: 9,000 VA 8,190 VA 7,750 VA • 45 SPARE 20 1 0 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 46 CONNECTED AMPS: 76 A 69 A 65 A 47 SPARE 20 1 0 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 48 LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 49 SPARE 20 1 0 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 50 RECEPTACLE 22940 VA 71.80% 16470 VA 51 SPARE 20 1 0 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 52 MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 1500 VA 125.00% 1875 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 24,940 VA 53 SPARE 20 1 0 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 54 EQUIPMENT&MISCELLANEOUS 500 VA 100.00% 500 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 18,845VA 55 SPARE 20 1 0 540 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 56 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 69A 57 SPARE 20 1 0 1 SPACE 58 TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 52A 59 SPARE 20 1 0 1 SPACE 60 61 SPARE 20 1 0 1 SPACE 62 63 SPARE 20 1 0 1 SPACE 64 NOTES: 65 SPARE 20 1 0 1 - SPACE 66 H A R G I S 67 SPD 30 3 0 1 SPACE 68 PROJECT 69 — 0 1 SPACE 70 1201 third avenue,ste 600 71 — — — 0 -- 1 -- SPACE 72 seattle,wa 98101 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI CONNECTED LOAD: 12,300 VA 11,500 VA 11,100 VA 206.448.3376 PROJECT MANAGER: 1 TSV CONNECTED AMPS: 103A 96A 93A www.hargis.biz PROJECT ARCHITECT: 1- LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A RECEPTACLE 19620 VA 75.48% 14810 VA A MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 180 VA 125.00% 225 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 34,900 VA EQUIPMENT&MISCELLANEOUS 8600 VA 100.00% 8600 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 30,135 VA APPLIANCE 6500 VA 100.00% 6500 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 97 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 84 A PANEL SCHEDULES NOTES: /� 1.PROVIDE GFCI TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. H A R G I S 2.PROVIDE LOCKABLE BREAKER 1201 third avenue,ste 600 seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 www.hargis.ba 1 2 1 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D GENERATOR SUMMARY:05102/2025 GENERATOR PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center DISTRIBUTION BOARD SUMMARY:05/02/2025 TDISTRIBUTION BOARD'DB-EVA1' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center CLASSIFICATION:NEC 702 VOLTAGE:480Y/277V 30,4-WIRE CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:480YI277V 30,4-W IRE LOCATION: DYKEMAN KVA RATING:450 kW(563 kVA) FED FROM:UTILITY... MAINS:1300 A MCB TYPE: MOUNTING: GROUND: ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN LOAD CALCULATIONS LOAD CALCULATIONS LOAD DESCRIPTION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD DESCRIPTION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD APPLIANCE 77580 VA X 100.00% = 77580 VA MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 559296 VA X 125.00% = 699120 VA ELECTRIC HEATING 34000 VA X 100.00% = 34000 VA X = CO EQUIPMENT&MISCELLANEOUS 13948 VA X 100.00% = 13948 VA X = HVAC 69469 VA X 100.00% = 69469 VA X = LIGHTING 12179 VA X 125.00% = 15224 VA X H A R G I S MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 121680 VA X 125.00% = 152100 VA X - RECEPTACLE 76580 VA X 56.53% = 43290 VA X - MOTORS 51795 VA X 111.24% = 57615 VA X = = = 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 X X X = X = 206.448.3376 206.448.4450 • hargis.biz X = X = X = X = X - X - • LOAD SUMMARY LOAD SUMMARY fig.WA NOS TOTAL TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD(VA) TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD(VA) TOTAL TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD(VA) TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD(VA) p1 Aag7Hc'P C CONNECTED LOAD AMPS 457,231 VA F 463,225 VA CONNECTED LOAD AMPS F 559,296 VA 699,120 VA Q T o m C PHASEA: 159,790VA 577A PHASEA: 199,744VA 732A z j PHASE B: 149,236 VA 539 A TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS PHASE B: 189,760 VA 696 A TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS PHASE C: 148,204 VA 535 A 550 A 557 A PHASE C: 169,792 VA 613 A 673 A 841 A �F�,gfOrSTEa��`20 �'hY0NAL0�6 NOTES: NOTES: 04/19/2025 H n R G I S H n R G I S 1201 third avenue,ste 600 1201 third avenue,ste 600 PROJECT IDENTIFICATI seattle,wa 98101 seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206.448.3376 Arlington Operations www.hargis.biz www.hargis.biz Center �+ FOR PANEL SCHEDULE:05/0212025 SWITCHBOARD rV//±±$BDr PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 PAN EL WA1 r PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:480Y/277V 30,4-W IRE TYPE:NEMA-3R Snohomish County LOCATION:SERVICE YARD MAINS:800 A MCB AIC:65K P u b I i c Works CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:480Y/277V 30,4-W IRE TYPE: MOUNTING:FLOOR NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:GENERATOR LOCATION:ELECSURF CE MAINS:1000% AIM:DP NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:DPA7 AT NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE 1 ATS-LV3 300 3 40000 119790 3 500 ATS-DPA1 2 3 -- - - 40000 109236 - - - 4 1 INV-1 80 3 0 - 3 - SPACE 2 5 -- 40000 108204 - 6 19700 67th Ave NE 7 SPD 60 3 0 - 1 - SPACE 8 5 -- - - 0 - - - 6 9 -- 0 1 - SPACE 10 Arlington, WA 98223 7 SPD 30 3 0 - 3 - SPACE 8 11 - 0 1 SPACE 12 9 __ _ _ 0 _ _ _ _ 10 _ _ CONNECTED LOAD: 159,790 VA 149,236 VA 148,204 VA 11 -- - - :ov- - - - 12 CONNECTED LOAD: OVA OVA OVA CONNECTED AMPS: 577 A 539 A 535 A PERMIT SET LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY B CONNECTEDAMPS: 0A 0A 0A RECEPTACLE 76580VA 56.53% 43290VA 05/02/2025 B LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY LIGHTING 12179 VA 125.00% 15224 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 457,231 VA MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 121680 VA 125.00% 152100 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 463,225 VA This drawing is: TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 0 VA Dykem Inc. ELECTRIC HEATING 34000 VA 100.00% 34000 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 550 A 1.Copyright 2025 TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 0 VA 2.The Architect's Instrumeen,nt of Professional Service. EQUIPMENT&MISCELLANEOUS 13948 VA 100.00% 13948 VA TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 557 A 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 0 A APPLIANCE 77580 VA 100.00% 77580 VA P Y P written permission for an other use or reproduction. TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 0 A HVAC 69469 VA 100.00% 69469 VA MOTORS 51795 VA 111.24% 57615 VA PROJECT • NOTES: NOTES: H A R G I S H A R G I S 2023-053 1201 third avenue,ste 600 1201 third avenue,ste 600 Seattle,wa 98101 • seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206.448.3376 www.hargis.biz MARK DATE DESCRIPTION www.hargis.biz PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A A PANEL SCHEDULES 1 2 3 4 5 11 2 3 4 5 PANEL SCHEDULE:05102/2025 PANEL'DB-EV1 A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05102/2025 PANEL'DB-EV1 B' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208YI120V 30,4-W IRE TYPE:ATOM E50 ENCLOSURE CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V 30,4-WIRE TYPE:ATOM E50 ENCLOSURE D LOCATION: MAINS:400 A MCB AIC:200,000 LOCATION: MAINS:400 A MCB AIC:200,000 MOUNTING:GROUND NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:T-DB-EV1A,B MOUNTING:GROUND NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:T-DB-EV1A,B NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE 1 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 411A CHARGER 2 1 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 2 3 - 4992 4992 4 3 - 4992 4992 4 DYKEMAN 5 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 6 5 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 6 7 -- - - 4992 4992 - - -- 8 7 - - - 4992 4992 -- -- -- 8 DESIGN 9 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 10 9 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 10 ARCHITECTURE + 11 - 4992 4992 12 11 - 4992 4992 12 13 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 14 13 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 14 15 - 4992 4992 16 15 - 4992 4992 16 -dykema-et 17 6 West Mari-Vie,Dri,e 17 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 18 17 SPACE 2 2 SPACE 18 19 - 4992 4992 20 19 - 20 21 EVSE48ACHARGER 1 60 1 2 1 1 4992 1 4992 1 1 1 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 22 21 SPACE 2 2 SPACE 22 23 -- I - I - I I 1 1 4992 1 4992 - - -- 24 23 - - - -- -- -- -- -- 24 CONSULTANT: CONNECTED LOAD: 39,936 VA 39,936 VA 39,936 VA CONNECTED LOAD: 29,952 VA 29,952 VA 19,968 VA CONNECTED AMPS: 333 A 333 A 333 A CONNECTED AMPS: 262 A 262 A 166 A LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY H A R G I S MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 119808 VA 125.00% 149760 VA MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 79872 VA 125.00% 99840 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 119,808 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 79,872 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 149,760 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 99,840 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 333 A TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 222 A 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 416 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 277 A 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz NOTES: NOTES: • H A R G I S H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 S wA NOF Seattle,wa 98101 Seattle,wa 98101 C 206.448.3376 206.448.3376 Q T o m C www.hargis.biz www.hargis.biz A Y 1 �O �201111fi6O �s� PANEL SCHEDULE:0510212025 PANEL'DB-EV2A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 PANEL'DB-EV2B' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center F��SIONALE�V`2 CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208YI120V 30,4-W IRE TYPE:ATOM E50 ENCLOSURE CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V 30,4-W IRE TYPE:ATOM E50 ENCLOSURE 04/19/2025 LOCATION: MAINS:400 A MCB AIC:200,000 LOCATION: MAINS:400 A MCB AIC:200,000 MOUNTING:GROUND NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:T-DB-EV2A,B MOUNTING:GROUND NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:T-DB-EV2A,B PROJECT e • NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE 1 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 2 1 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 2 3 Arlington Operations - 4 992 4992 4 3 4992 4992 4- 5 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 6 5 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 6 Center 7 - 4992 4992 8 7 - 4992 4992 8 9 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 10 9 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 10 11 - 4992 4992 12 11 - 4992 4992 12 FOR 13 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 14 13 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 14 15 - - - 4992 4992 - - -- 16 15 - - - 4992 4992 1 -- -- -- 16 Snohomish County 17 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 18 17 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 18 19 4992 4992 _ _ -- 20 19 _ _ _ 0 0 -- -- -- 20 Public Works 21 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 22 21 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 22 23 - - - 4992 4992 - - 24 23 AT CONNECTED LOAD: 39,936 VA 39,936 VA 39,936 VA CONNECTED LOAD: 29,952 VA 29,952 VA 19,968 VA CONNECTED AMPS: 333 A 333 A 333 A CONNECTED AMPS: 262 A 262 A 166 A LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY 19700 67th Ave NE MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 119808VA 125.00% 149760 VA MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 79872 VA 125.00% 99840 VA Arlington, WA 98223 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 119,808 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 79,872 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 149,760 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 99,840 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 333 A TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 222 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 416 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 277 A PERMIT S E T B 05/02/2025 B NOTES: NOTES: H A R G I S H A R G I S This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's Seattle,wa 98101 Seattle,wa 98101 written permission for any other use or reproduction. 206.448.3376 206.448.3376 www.hargis.biz www.hargis.biz PROJECT PANEL SCHEDULE:05102/2025 PANEL'DB-EV3A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05102/2025 PANEL'DB-EV3B' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center 2023-053 CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208YI120V 30,4-W IRE TYPE:ATOM E50 ENCLOSURE CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V 30,4-W IRE TYPE:ATOM E50 ENCLOSURE LOCATION: MAINS:400 A MCB AIC:200,000 LOCATION: MAINS:400 A MCB AIC:200,000 • MOUNTING:GROUND NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:T-DB-EV3A,B MOUNTING:GROUND NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:T-DB-EV3A,B MARK DATE DESCRIPTION NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE 1 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 2 1 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 2 3 - _11111111 0 0 4 3 - 4992 4992 4 5 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 6 5 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 6 7 0 0 8 7 4992 4992 8 9 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 10 9 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 10 11 - 0 0 12 11 - 0 0 12 13 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 1 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 14 13 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 14 15 - 0 0 16 1 15 - 0 0 1 16 17 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 18 17 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 18 _ 19 - TEAM- 0 0 20 19 - 0 0 20 • JECT 21 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 22 21 SPACE - 2 -- -- 2 SPACE 22 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI 23 -- - - 0 0 - - -- 24 23 - - - -- -- -- -- -- 24 PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV CONNECTED LOAD: 0 VA 0 VA OVA CONNECTED LOAD: 19,968 VA 9,984 VA 9,984 VA PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- CONNECTED AMPS: 0 A 0 A 0 A CONNECTED AMPS: 166 A 83 A 83 A JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY A MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS OVA 0.00% OVA MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 39936 VA 125.00% 49920 VA s TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: OVA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 39,936 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: OVA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 49,920 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 0A TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 111A PANEL SCHEDULES TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 0 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 139 A NOTES: NOTES: •.. H A R G I S H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 Seattle,wa 98101 Seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206.448.3376 www.hargis.biz www.hargis.biz 1 2 3 4 5 CITY OF ARLINGTON ` 18204 59th Avenue NE,Arlington,WA98223 INSPECTIONS: 360-403-3417-Perm i Center: 360-403-3551 BUILDING PERMIT 19700 67TH AVE NE Perm i#: 6487 PERMIT EXPIRES 180 DAYS AFTER Parcel#: 31051500101500 DATE O FSSUANCE. Scope of Work:New Road Maintenance Operations adm nistration building V aluation: 3731958.70 O W PER APPLICANT C O NIRACTO R SNOHOMISH CO PROP MGM Siohom sh County C orstone Contractors,LLC 3000 ROCKEFELLER AVE M/S 404 3 000 Rockefeller Ave,M S 607-Adm n PO Box 2280 East 5 Fl. EVERETT,WA 98201 E verett,WA98201 S nohom sh,WA98291 425-262-2806 3 60-862-8316 LIC:602 202 840 E XP:01/31/2026 LIC:CORSTCL984KZ E XP:05/09/2026 MECH ANICAL CO NI RACTO R LUMBING CO NrRACTO R LIC#: EXP: L IC#: E XP: JO BDESCRIPTIO N PERMIT TYPE: C OM M MCIAL BUILDING C ODE YEAR: 2 021 STORIES: 2 C ONST.TYPE: V B DWELLING UNITS: O CC GROUP: A -3;Assem Hy BUILDINGS: O CC LOAD: PERMIT APPRO VAL The issuance or granting of this perm i shall not be construed to be a perm i for,or approval of,any violation of this Code or any other ordinance or order of the City,of any state or federal law,or of any order,proclam Etion,guidance advice or decision of the Governor of this State.To the extent the issuance or granting of this perm i is interpreted to allow construction activity during any period of tim ewhen such construction is prohibited or restricted by any state or federal law,or order,proclam aion,guidance advice or decision of the Governor of this State,this perm i shall not authorize such work and shall not be valid.The building official is authorized to prevent occupancy or use of a structure where in violation of this Code,any other City ordinances of this jurisdiction or any other ordinance or executive order of the City,or of any state or federal law,or of any order,proclam Etion, guidance advice or decision of the Governor.The building official is authorized to suspend or revoke this perm i if it is determ ned to be issued in error or on the basis of incorrect,inaccurate or incom liete inform aion,or in violation of any City ordinance,regulation or order,state or federal law,or any order,proclam aion,guidance or decision of the Governor. I AGREE TO COMPLY WITH CITY AND STATE LAWS REGULATING CONSTRUCTION AND IN DOING THE WORK AUTHORIZED THEREBY,NO PERSON WILL BE EMPLOYED IN VIOLATION OF THE LABOR CODE OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON RELATING TO WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE AND RCW 18.27. THIS APPLICATION IS NOT A PERMIT UNTIL SIGNED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR HIS/HER DEPUTY AND ALL FEES ARE PAID. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO USE OR OCCUPY A BUILDING OR STRUCTURE UNTIL A FINAL INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE AND APPROVAL OR A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN GRANTED.IBC 110/IRC110. SALES TAX NO TICE: Sales tax relating to construction and construction m derials in the City of Arlington m ist be reported on your sales tax return form and coded City of Arlington#3101. 11/13/2025 �1� � 11/10/2025 Applicant Signature D ate B uilding Official D ate CO MITIO M Adhere to approved plans.Perm i and plans shall be onsite for inspections. Call for inspections. The property owner shall ensure that the construction project com hies with all applicable zoning codes and regulations.The property owner shall also ensure that the construction project does not cause any adverse im pact on the surrounding environm ait or com m nity.The property owner shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary perm is and approvals from the relevant authorities before com m acing construction.The property owner shall ensure that the construction project com Hies with all applicable design review requirem acts. THIS PERMIT AUTHORIZES ONLY THE WORK NOTED.THIS PERMIT COVERS WORK TO BE DONE ON PRIVATE PROPERTY ONLY.ANY CONSTRUCTION ON THE PUBLIC DOMAIN(CURBS,SIDEWALKS,DRIVEWAYS, MARQUEES,ETC.)WILL REQUIRE SEPARATE PERMISSION. PERMIT FEES Date Description Fee Am aunt 11/12/2025 B uilding Plan Review $15,245.88 11/12/2025 C redit Card Service $457.38 11/12/2025 P rocessing/Technology $25.00 11/12/2025 B uilding Perm t $23,455.19 11/12/2025 S tate Surcharge-Com m acial $25.00 Total Due: $39,208.45 Total Paym apt: $39,208.45 Balance Due: $0.00 CALL FO RINSPECTIO M Call by 3:30 pm for next day inspection,allow 48 hours for Fire Inspections When calling for an inspection please leave the following inform otion: Perm t Num ber,Type of Inspection being requested,and whether you prefer m arning or afternoon INSPECTIO NINFO IWATIO N I Pass/Fail COMMERCIAL BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION ` Community and Economic Development City of Arlington• 18204 59th Ave NE•Arlington,WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 The following information is required for Commercial, Multi-Family,and Mixed-Use Building Permit Applications. Mark each box to designate that the information has been provided. Please submit this checklist as part of the submittal documents.See ASSISTANCE BULLETIN#30 for detailed design requirements. EACH BUILDING OR STRUCTURE REQUIRES A SEPARATE SUBMITTAL. SUBMIT ELECTRONIC FILES FOR EACH OF THE FOLLOWING; Incomplete applications will not be accepted. REQUIRED DOCUMENTS ✓ Site Plan ✓ Architectural Plans ✓ Structural Plans ✓ Structural Calculations ,/ Mechanical System Modifications, (if applicable) q/ Plumbing System Modifications,(if applicable) Project Specification Manuals, (if applicable) ✓ WSEC Compliance Forms, (if applicable) htt12s:4Jwaenergycodes.com� ✓ Special Inspection and Testing Agreement ✓ Deferred Submittal Request Airport Property Lease (if building is located within the Arlington Airport Property Boundary) 1. Plan Review fee is due at time of submittal and remaining balance will be due at time of issuance. 2. The City of Arlington does not review or inspect electrical systems.Contact Labor and Industries at lni.wa.gov or 360-416-3000. A. DEFERRED SUBMITTALS If the project requires any of the following,a Deferred Submittal Request MUST be completed.Deferred submittals require separate applications,plans and plan review. 1. Mechanical Plans (if not included in the plan set) 2. Plumbing Plans (if not included in the plan set) 3. Fire Sprinkler 4. Fire Alarm 5. Signage B. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING AGREEMENT A Special Inspection Firm is required to perform special inspections for the following type of work. *The Special Inspection and Testing Agreement MUST be submitted with the Building Application. ❑■ Reinforced Concrete ❑■ Structural Steel and Welding ❑■ Bolting in Concrete ❑■ High-Strength Bolting ❑ Pre-stressed Concrete ❑ Spray-Applied Fireproofing ❑ Shotcrete ❑ Smoke-Control Systems ❑ Structural Masonry ❑ Other-Specify: ■❑ I acknowledge that all items designated as submittal requirements must accompany my Commercial Building Permit Application to be considered a complete submittal. COMMERCIAL BUILDING INSTALLATION,MODIFICATION OR REMOVAL MAY REQUIRE A SEPARATE PERMIT SUBMITAL *CHECKALL THAT APPLY ❑■ Automatic fire extinguishing systems ❑ Compressed gas systems ❑ Fire pumps ❑ Flammable and combustible liquids (tanks,piping etc.) ❑ Standpipe systems ❑ Hazardous materials ❑ Private fire hydrants ❑ Industrial ovens/furnace ❑■ Fire alarm and detection systems ❑ Spraying or dipping operations ❑ High piled/rack storage ❑ Temporary membrane structure,tents(>200 sq.ft.)or canopies(>400 sq.ft.) Al Provide details on any of the above checked items: Deferred and/or separate submittals will be provided as required. Type of Permit: 0 Commercial ❑ Mulit-Family ❑ Mixed-Use Property Address: 19620 67th Ave NE, Arlington, WA, 98223 project Valuation: $10.3M Lot#: Parcel ID No.: 31051500101500 Subdivision: Project Scope of Work: New administration building for Snohomish County Arlington Operations Center (AOC) IBC Construction Type: VB IBC Occupancy Type: A-3 Building/Space Square Footage: 18,970 Number of Stories: 2 Square Footage Per Floor: 1st 11,520 2nd 7,450 3rd 4th 5th 6th Primary Contact: ❑ Owner ❑■ Architect ❑ Engineer ❑ Contractor Owner Name: Snohomish County - Doug McCormick Office No.: 425-388-6655 Email Address: dmccormick@snoco.org Cell No.: 3000 Rockefeller Ave,MS 607-Admin Everett WA 98201 MailingAddress: East 5 Fi. City: State: Zip: Architect Name: Dykeman - Trish Sherman Office No.: 425-259-3161 Email Address: trishs@dykeman.net Cell No.: 425-870-6042 Mailing Address: 1716 W Marine View Dr,2nd FI City: Everett State: WA Zip: 98201 Professional License Number: 12859 Expiration Date: 1/31/2027 Engineer Name: Reid Middleton (structural) - Seth Stapleton Office No.: Email Address: sstapleton@reidmiddleton.com Cell No.: 206-948-5572 Mailing Address: 728 134th Street SW, Suite 200 City: Everett State: WA Zip: 98204 Professional License Number: 44739 Expiration Date: 01/14/2027 Primary Contractor: Cornerstone General Contractors - Sam Comer Office No.: 425-481-7460 Email Address: sam@cornerstonegci.com Cell No.: 425-765-0037 Mailing Address: 11805 North Creek Parkway,#115 City: Bothell State: WA Zip: 98011 L&I Contractor License Number: CORNEGC970J3 Expiration Date:4/23/27 REV03.2022 Page 2 of 6 COMMERCIAL BUILDING MECHANICAL SYSTEM INFORMATION Type of Permit: O New Installation ❑ Gas Piping Mechanical Contractor: Delta Technology Corp. Office No.: 253-863-8415 Email Address: lancet@hvacdelta.com Cell No.: 253-255-2648 Mailing Address: 1223 Valentine Ave SE City: Pacific State: WA Zip: 98047 L&I Contractor License Number: DELTATC066DS Expiration Date: 10/16/26 • New gas piping requires a pressure test hooking to any appliance • Sediment traps (drips) are required on all gas lines • Gas lines are required to be supported/secured per IFGS, Section 415 • Proper Combustion air and venting required for all appliances • A shut-off valve is required within 6 feet of each appliance Gas Piping Specification and complete Schematic PAGE 4 14 Not Applicable Proposed Piping Material: ❑ CSST ❑ Brass ❑ Black Steel ❑ Galvanized Steel ❑ Other Proposed Piping Size: ❑ 1/2 ❑ 5/8" ❑ 3/4" 711 ❑ 11/2 ❑ 2" Inlet Pressure: Pressure Drop: Specific Gravity: MECHANICAL PERMIT FEES (per unit) Type of Fixture No. of Units Cost per Unit Subtotal Additional Plan Review fees x $ 75.00 = $ Air Cond.Unit<_100Btu/h x $ 15.00 = $ Air Cond. Unit>10013tu h x $ 25.00 = $ Air Cond. Unit>50013tu h 2 x $ 50.00 = $100 Air Handling Units 2 x $ 15.00 = $30 Base Mechanical Fee $ 25.00 $ 25.00 Boiler<10013tu/h >3hp x $ 15.00 = $ Boiler>1 million Btu/h<50hp x $ 25.00 = $ Boiler>1.5 million Btu/h<50hp x $ 50.00 = $ Boiler>100Btu h 3-15h x $ 15.00 = $ Boiler>50013tu h 15-30hp x $ 25.00 = $ Diffusers 24 x $ 15.00 = $360 Dryer Ducting 1 x $ 15.00 = $15 Ductwork(drawings required) 1 x $ 25.00 = $25 Evaporative Coolers x $ 15.00 = $ Exhaust Ventilation Fans 2 x $ 15.00 = $30 Fire lace Insert Stove x $ 15.00 = $ Forced Air Heat<_100 Btu/h x $ 15.00 = $ Forced Air Heat>100 Btu/h x $ 25.00 = $ Gas Clothes Dryer x $ 15.00 = $ Gas Fired AC :5100 Btu h x $ 15.00 = $ Gas Fired AC >100 Btu h x $ 25.00 = $ Gas Fired AC > 500 Btu h x $ 50.00 = $ Gas Pi in <_ 5 units x $ 15.00 = $ REV03.2022 Page 3 of 6 COMMERCIAL BUILDING MECHANICAL PERMIT FEES (per unit) Gas Piping> 5 units (plus <5 units x $ 2.00 = $ Heat Exchangers x $ 15.00 = $ Heat Pump-Condensing Unit 2 x $ 25.00 = $50 Hot Water Heat Coils x $ 15.00 = $ Miscellaneous Appliance-regulated by 2(dehumidifiers) x $ 15.00 = $30 mechanical code, not otherwise specified Pkg.Units <-100btu x $ 25.00 = $ Pkg.Units>100btu x $ 50.00 = $ Range/Cook top-Gas Fired x $ 15.00 = $ Refrigeration Unit<-100Btu h x $ 15.00 = $ Refrigeration Unit>100Btu h x $ 25.00 = $ Refrigeration Unit>500Btu h x $ 50.00 = $ Re-inspection fee all x $ 75.00 = $ Unit Heaters <_ 100 Btu h x $ 15.00 = $ Unit Heaters >100 Btu h 6 x $ 25.00 = $150 VAV Boxes (Variable Air Volume,part of air 7 x $ 10.00 = $70 conditioning system) Wall Heaters- Gas Fired x $ 25.00 = $ Water Heater- Gas Fired x $ 25.00 = $ Permit Fee $885 Table 4-8; Plan Review Fee $32,260.63 Processing/Technology Fee $25.00 Total $33,170.63 This cell auto-populated the PRESSURE PIPING SCHEMATIC "Plan Review Fee"value COMPLETE FOR GAS PIPING ONLY- USE A SEPARATE SHEET, IF NECESSARY which was redundant. ❑ SCHEMATIC IS TO SCALE ❑ SCHEMATIC NOT TO SCALE Show Pipe Size(s) and Length(s) from meter to all appliances NOTE:Any interior pressure regulators must be indicated REV03.2022 Page 4 of 6 COMMERCIAL BUILDING PLUMBING SYSTEM INFORMATION Plumbing Contractor: Pipe Construction, Inc. Office No.: 425-413-7473 Email Address: steve@pipeconstruction.com Cell No.: Mailing Address: PO Box 905 City: Ravensdale State: WA Zip:98051 L&I Contractor License Number: PIPECC1910131 Expiration Date: 1/21/27 The following items need to be specified on the plans: O Fixture specifications and equipment with locations. O Location and type of all backflow assemblies for each fixture. O Calculations for Grease Interceptor. O Pipe size and location of sanitary and potable water systems. O Riser diagram of waste,vent,and rain water systems,including sizes. O Medical gas piping riser diagram,type of gas,storage room and size of piping. PLUMBING PERMIT FEES (per fixture) Commercial plumbing permits are required to submit line drawings.A plan review fee of 65% per Table 4-6 for plumbing permits will be assessed at time of submittal. Includes two 2 ins ections with permit. Type of Fixture No. of Fixtures Cost per Fixture Subtotal Additional Plan Review fees x $ 75.00 = Alteration/repair piping x $ 15.00 = Backflow Assembly 1 x $25.00 = 25 Base Plumbing Fee 1 $ 25.00 $25.00 Bath Shower Combo x $ 15.00 = Building Main Waste 1 x $ 25.00 = 25 Clothes Washer 1 x $ 15.00 = 15 Dishwasher x $ 15.00 = Drinking Fountain 4 x $ 15.00 = 60 Floor Drains 19 x $ 15.00 = 285 Grease Interceptor x $ 75.00 = Grease Trap x $ 25.00 = Hose Bibb 5 x $ 15.00 = 75 Icemaker Refri erator 3 x $ 15.00 = 45 Irrigation-per meter x $ 25.00 = Kitchen Sink&Disposal 2 x $ 15.00 = 30 Laundry Tray x $ 15.00 = Lavatory 14 x $ 15.00 = 210 Med Gas Pipin <- 5 inlets/outlets x $ 60.00 = Med Gas Piping> 5 inlets/outlets (plus <_ 5 x $ 5.00 = inlets outlets Miscellaneous-regulated by plumbing x $ 15.00 = code,not otherwise specified Pretreatment Interceptor x $ 15.00 = REV03.2022 Page 5 of 6 COMMERCIAL BUILDING PLUMBING PERMIT FEES (per fixture) Re-inspection Fee all x $ 75.00 = Roof Drains x $ 15.00 = Shower (only) 4 x $ 15.00 = 60 Sink bar, service, etc. 8 x $ 15.00 = 120 Toilets 16 x $ 15.00 = 240 Urinal 6 x $ 15.00 = 90 Vacuum Breakers x $ 25.00 = Water Heater 2 x $ 25.00 = 50 Water Heater-Tankless x $ 25.00 = Permit Fee 1,355 Table 4-6; Plan Review Fee 32,260.63 Processing/Technology Fee $25.00 Total 33,640.63 PROPOSED BUILDING USE New ❑ Retail ❑ Medical ❑ Automotive Based ❑ Industrial 0 Office ❑ Restaurant ❑ Machine Shop ❑ Other: CROSS CONNECTION Please check all appliances that are proposed or permanently connected to the water supply. Ice Machine ❑ Dialysis Equip. ❑ Air washers ❑ Coffee Urn/Espresso ❑ Hydrotherapy Equip. ❑ Steam Generators ❑ Carbonated Bev. ❑ Dental Equip. ❑ Dye Vats ❑ Fume Hoods ❑ Laboratory Equip. ❑ Pressure Washers ❑ Degreasers ❑ Autoclave/Sterilizers ❑ Cooling Towers ❑ Hot Tub/Spa ❑ Decorative Fountain L9� Fire Sprinkler ❑ Aquarium ❑ Swimming Pools ❑ Sprinkler w/chemicals [r Lawn Irrigation ❑ Well on property ❑ Other: WASTEWATER DISCHARGE Does the plumbing system currently have a grease interceptor? ❑ Yes 0 No ❑ Don't Know Does the plumbing system currently have an oil/water ❑ Yes 0 No ❑ Don't Know separator? Is water used in the business process (washing,rinsing, ❑ Yes 0 No ❑ Don't Know cooling)? Does your business require a NPDES permit? ❑ Yes 0 No ❑ Don't Know I hereby certify that the above information is correct and that the construction on,and the occupancy and the use of the above-described property will be in accordance with the laws,rules and regulation of the State of Washington. MCCOfC1lICk DOUgIaS Digitally signed by McCormick,Douglas Date:2025.05.07 14:20:54-07'00' Signature Print Name Date REV03.2022 Page 6 of 6 i DEFERRED SUBMITTAL REQUEST Community and Economic Development City of Arlington• 18204 59th Ave NE•Arlington,WA 98223 • Phone(360) 403-3551 The undersigned has been issued a permit for construction prior to final approval of the following. The following items shall be considered deferred submittals and shall be submitted AND approved prior to installation. Property Address. 19620 67th Ave NE, Arlington, WA, 98223 Parcel ID No.: 31051500101500 Project Name: Snohomish County Arlington Operations Center Project Description: New administration building for Snohomish County Arlington Operations Center (AOC) Primary Contact: ❑ Owner 0 Owner's Agent Owner Name: Snohomish County - Doug McCormick Office No.: 425-388-6655 Email Address: dmccormick@snoco.org Cell No.: 3000 Rockefeller Ave,MS 607-Admin Everett WA 98201 MailingAddress: East 5 Fl. City: State: Zip: Owner's Agent: Snohomish County - Eric Nordstrom Office No.: 425-262-2806 Email Address: eric.nordstrom@snoco.org Cell No.: 360-631-8851 3000 Rockefeller Ave,MS 607-Admin Everett WA 98201 MailingAddress: East 5 Fl. Cit : State: Zi . LIST ALL ITEMS PROPOSED TO BE DEFERRED ESTIMATED DATE OF SUBMITTAL ITEM: Fire sprinkler system DATE: 9/1/25 ITEM: Fire alarm system DATE: 9/1/25 ITEM: Signage DATE: 9/1/25 ITEM: Shoring Wall DATE: 6/1/25 ITEM: DATE: ITEM: DATE: 1, F� Owner/❑ Owner's Agent, hereby assumes all risk,financially and otherwise,for any construction performed that may need to be removed if the deferred submittals listed above are not appropriate. 1 understand that certain inspections will NOT be performed until the submissions are accepted, reviewed and issued.I understand additional fees will be required based on the additional time spent for plan review. All deferred submittals must be submitted to the City of Arlington Community and Economic Development Department for review. McCormick, DoU la$ Digitally signed by McCormick,Douglas g Date:2025.05.07 14:19:30-07'00' Signature Print Name Date SAVE PRINT REV03.2022 PROJECT MANUAL ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER 19620 67T" Avenue NE, Arlington, WA 98223 GRANITE FALLS SITE Gun Club Road, Granite Falls, WA 98252 FOR Snohomish County Public Works PERMIT SET Volume 1 - Specification Divisions 00 thru 33 ISSUED: May 02, 2025 ARCHITECT Dykeman, Inc. 1716 W. Marine View Drive Everett, WA 98201 (425) 259-3161 Job #2023-053 Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 00 0103 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 00 0103 PROJECT DIRECTORY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Identification of project team members and their contact information. 1.02 OWNER: A. Name: Snohomish County Public Works. 1. Address Line 1: 3000 Rockefeller Ave, . 2. City: Everett. 3. State: WA. 4. Zip Code: 98201-4046. 5. Telephone: B. Primary Contact: All correspondence from the Contractor to the Architect will be through this party, unless alternate arrangements are mutually agreed upon at preconstruction meeting. 1. Title: Project Manager for Public Works.. 2. Name: Eric Nordstrom. 3. Email: eric.nordstrom@snoco.org. 4. Telephone: 425-262-2806 C. Secondary Contact: All correspondence from the Contractor to the Architect will be direct with copies to this party. unless alternate arrangements are mutually agreed uon at preconstruction meeting. 1. Title: Project Manager for Facilities. 2. Name: Jeff Hencz 3. Email:jeffery.hencz@snoco.org. 4. Telephone: 425-388-3154$ 1.03 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE A. Project Management 1. Company Name: Hill International a. Address Line 1: 719 2nd Avenue, Suite 1075 b. City: Seattle c. State: WA d. Zip Code: 98104 e. Telephone: 2. Primary Contact: a. Title: Project Manager. b. Name: Stacy Shewell c. Email: stacyshewell@hillintl.com d. Telephone: 1.04 CONTRACTOR: A. General Contractor 1. Company Name: Cornerstone General Contractors, Inc. a. Address Line 1: 11805 North Creek Parkway, #115 b. City: Bothell c. State: WA 00 0103 - 1 PROJECT DIRECTORY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 00 0103 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 d. Zip Code:98011 e. Telephone:425-481-7460 2. Primary Contact: a. Title: President/Project Manager b. Name: Sam Cormer c. Email: sam@cornerstonegci.com d. Telephone: 3. Secondary Contact: a. Title:Superintendent b. Name: Kurt Belanger c. Email: Kurt@cornerstonegci.com d. Telephone: 1.05 CONSULTANTS: A. Architect: Design Professional of Record. All correspondence from the Contractor regarding construction documents authored by Architect's consultants will be through this party, unless alternate arrangements are mutually agreed upon at preconstruction meeting. 1. Company Name: Dykeman Inc.. a. Address Line 1: 1716 West Marine View Drive. b. City: Everett. c. State: WA. d. Zip Code: 98201. e. Telephone: 425-259-3161. 2. Primary Contact: a. Title:Project Manager b. Name: Trish Sherman c. Email: trishs@dykeman.net d. Telephone: 425-609-2361 3. S Contact: a. Title: Project Architect. b. Name: Thomas P. Hudson. c. Email: thomash@dykeman.net. d. Telephone: 425-609-2327 B. Land Use/ Permits Consultan: 1. Company Name: Shockey Planning Group, Inc. a. Address Line 1: 2716 b. City: Everett c. State: WA d. Zip Code: 98201 e. Telephone: 425-258-9308 2. Primary Contact: a. Title: President b. Name: Camie Anderson c. Email:canderson@shockeyplanning.com d. Telephone: 405-413-5389 C. Environmental Consultant: 1. Company Name: TRC Companies 00 0103 - 2 PROJECT DIRECTORY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 00 0103 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 a. Address Line 1: 1180 NW Maple St., Suite 310 b. City: Issaquah c. State: WA d. Zip Code: 98027 e. Telephone: 425-358-0089 2. Primary Contact: a. Title: L.G./P.G. b. Name:Jerry Boyd c. Email:jboyd@trccompanies.com d. Telephone: D. Traffic Consultant: 1. Company Name:Transpo Group a. Address Line 1:12131 113th Ave/ ME #203 b. City: Kirkland c. State: WA d. Zip Code: 98034 e. Telephone: 425-821-3665 2. Primary Contact: a. Title: b. Name: Mike Swenson c. Email: mike.swenson@transpogroup.com d. Telephone: 425-821-3665 E. Civil Engineering Consultant: 1. Company Name: Reid Middleton a. Address Line 1: 728 134th ST. SW, Suite 200 b. City: Everett c. State: WA d. Zip Code: 98204 e. Telephone: 425-741-3800 2. Primary Contact: a. Title: Associate b. Name: Mark Davis c. Email: mdavis@reidmiddleton.com d. Telephone: 425-741-3800 F. Landscape Architecture Consultant: 1. Company Name: FORA Landscape Architects. a. Address Line 1: 1430 NE 65th Street. b. City: Seattle. c. State: WA. d. Zip Code: 98115. e. Telephone: 360-352-1465. 2. Primary Contact: a. Title: Principal. b. Name: Andy Rasmussen. c. Email: andy@fora.land. 3. Secondary Contact: a. Title: Associate Principal. 00 0103 - 3 PROJECT DIRECTORY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 000110 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 000103 PROJECT DIRECTORY 000110 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 1000 SUMMARY 01 3329.12 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING - LEED V4 01 5713 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 017419 CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT 018119 CONSTRUCTION INDOOR AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS 024100 DEMOLITION 024113 SITE DEMOLITION 024300 STRUCTURE MOVING DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE 031000 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033511 CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES 034500 PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 036600 SPECIAL CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES DIVISION 04 - MASONRY 042613 MASONRY VENEER DIVISION 05 - METALS 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 053100 STEEL DECKING 054000 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING 055000 METAL FABRICATION 055100 METAL STAIRS 055133 METAL LADDERS 055213 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 055305 METAL GRATINGS AND FLOOR PLATES TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 05-02-2025 Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 000110 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 057300 DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS DIVISION 06 -WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY 061543 CROSS LAMINATED TIMBER PANELS (CLT) 061800 GLUED-LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION 062000 FINISH CARPENTRY 064100 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 068316 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING DIVISION 07 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 071700 BENTONITE WATERPROOFING 071900 WATER REPELLENTS 072100 THERMAL INSULATION 072119 FOMED-IN-PLACE INSULATION 072500 WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIERS 074113 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING 074213 METAL WALL PANELS 074233 EXTERIOR SOLID PHENOLIC RAINSCREEN PANELS 075423 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076500 SELF-ADHESIVE MEMBRANE (S.A.M.) 077200 ROOF ACCESSORIES 077600 ROOF PAVERS 078400 FIRESTOPPING 079000 JOINT PROTECTION 079200 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08 -OPENINGS 081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081216 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 081416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 083113 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 083613 SECTIONAL DOORS 084313 ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS 085413 FIBERGLASS WINDOWS 087100 DOOR HARDWARE TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 05-02-2025 Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 000110 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 088000 GLAZING DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 092116 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 093000 TILING 095100 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 096500 RESILIENT FLOORING 098433 SOUND ABSORBING MATERIALS 099000 PAINTING AND COATING — LEED V4.1IGREEN PRODUCT GUIDE SPECIAL FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATION —SHERWIN-WILLAMS 099113 EXTERIOR PAINTING 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING 099300 STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING 099723 CONCRETE AND MASONRY COATINGS DIVISION 10 -SPECIALTIES 101220 TACKBOARD 101400 SIGNAGE 102123 CUBICLE CURTAINS AND TRACKS 102239 FOLDING PANEL PARTITIONS 102600 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 102800 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 104400 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 105113 METAL LOCKERS DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 113013 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 122400 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 123200 MANUFACTURED WOOD CASEWORK 123600 COUNTERTOPS DIVISION 13— NOT USED DIVISION 14 -CONVEYING EQUIPMENT 142400 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 05-02-2025 Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 000110 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 DIVISION 15— NOTE UED DIVISION 16— NOT USED DIVISION 17— NOT USED DIVISION 18— NOT USED DIVISION 19— NOT USED DIVISION 20— NOT USED DIVISION 21 — FIRE SUPRESSION 21 0000 FIRE SUPPRESSION WORK SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 23 21 1000 AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 220000 PLUMBING WORK SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 23 221116 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM 221120 PLUMBING VALVES 221123 PLUMBING PUMPS 221300 SOIL, WASTE, VENT, AND STORM DRAIN PIPING SYSTEMS 223000 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES DIVISION 23— HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITITIONING (HVAC) 230500 GENERAL PROVISIONS 230505 PROJECT CLOSEOUT AND SYSTEM START-UP 230510 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 230512 INDOOR AIR QUALITY - HVAC 230513 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL WORK 230533 ELECTRICAL HEAT TRACE 230548 VIBRATION ISOLATION 230550 SEISMIC CONTROL 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230700 MECHANICAL INSULATION 230800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS 230810 SYSTEMS TRAINING 230820 SYSTEMS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 232116 PIPING SPECIALTIES TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 05-02-2025 Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 000110 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 232120 HYDRONIC VALVES 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMS 233100 AIR DISTRIBUTION 233300 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES 233400 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 233700 AIR DEVICES 234100 FILTERS 238100 PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT 238200 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT DIVISION 24— NOT USED DIVISION 25— NOT USED DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 260500 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 260510 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 260511 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT 260519 WIRES AND CABLES 260521 METAL CLAD CABLES 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING 260529 SUPPORTING DEVICES 260533 RACEWAY SYSTEMS 260534 OUTLET BOXES 260535 FLOOR OUTLET DEVICES 260543 UNDERGROUND VAULTS AND RACEWAYS 260548 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLFOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 260573 ELECTRICAL POWER STUDIES 260810 ELECTRICAL TESTING 260823 SYSTEMS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 260913 POWER MONITORING SYSTEM 260923 LIGHTING AND RECEPTICALE CONTROLS 262200 TRANSFORMERS 262410 SERVICE ENTRANCE 262413 SWITCHBOARDS TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 05-02-2025 Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 000110 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 262416 PANELBOARDS 262726 WIRING DEVICES 262743 ELECTRIC VEHICLE SERVICE EQUIPMENT 262813 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 262816 DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262913 MOTOR CONTROLS 263100 PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER GENERATING SYSTEM 263213 PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR 263600 TRANSFER SWITCHES 264313 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES 265100 LIGHTING DIVISION 27-TELECOMMUNICATIONS 270000 COMMUNICATIONS WORK SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 26 271100 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM 274113 ROLL CALL ROOM AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEM 274114 EOC AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEM DIVISION 28— ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280000 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY WORK SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 26 281300 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 281600 INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM 282300 IP SECURITY VIDEO SYSTEM 283111 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS 283173 EMERGENCY RESPONDER COMMUNICATIONS ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM DIVISION 29— NOT USED DIVISION 30— NOT USED DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK 31 2000 EARTH MOVING 31 2335 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES DIVISION 32— EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 05-02-2025 Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 000110 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 321216 ASPHALT PAVING 321611 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK, CURBS, AND GUTTERS 321724 PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND SIGNAGE 323113 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 328000 IRRIGATION 329000 PLANTING DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES 331000 WATER UTILITIES 333000 SANITARY SEWER 333216 SEWER PUMP STATION 334000 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 334600 SUBDRAINAGE TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 05-02-2025 Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 01 1000 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 01 1000 SUMMARY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT A. Project Name: SnoCo Arlington Ops Ctr PDB B. Architect's Name: Dykeman Inc.. C. Additional Project contact information is specified in Section 00 0103 - PROJECT DIRECTORY. D. The Project consists of the construction of a new 18,000 sq. ft. satellite county operations center building and associated site work as defined for Phase 1 of a site modernization project located in the City of Arlington and sitework at a materials storage facility in Granite Falls . 1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Stipulated Price as described in Document 00 5200 -Agreement Form. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERATIONS WORK A. Scope of demolition and removal work is indicated on drawings and specified in Section 02 4100. B. Renovate the following site improvements, complete including, but not limited to : Site grading and retaining walls, asphalt paving, curbing, site lighting, utilities, fencing and landscape improvements on the east portion of the site as indicated on the drawings. 1.04 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Owner intends to continue to occupy adjacent portions of the existing building through Phase 1 of the project. B. Owner intends to occupy the Project upon Substantial Completion. C. Owner intends to occupy a certain portion of the Project prior to the completion date for the conduct of normal operations. D. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner's continual operations. E. Schedule the Work to accommodate Owner occupancy. 1.05 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings. B. Arrange use of site and premises to allow: 1. Owner occupancy. C. Provide access to and from site as required by law and by Owner: 1. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all exits required by code open during construction period; provide temporary exit signs if exit routes are temporarily altered. 2. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit. D. Existing building spaces may not be used for storage. E. Time Restrictions: 1. Limit conduct of especially noisy exterior work to the hours of 7:30 am to 8:00 pm. F. Utility Outages and Shutdown: 1. Limit disruption of utility services to hours the building is unoccupied. 01 1000 - 1 SUMMARY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 01 1000 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Prevent accidental disruption of utility services to other facilities. 1.06 WORK SEQUENCE A. Construct Work in stages during the construction period: 1. Stage 1: Site Demolition and improvements. 2. Stage 2: Building Construction and parking improvements. 3. Stage 3: Complete site Improvements. B. Coordinate construction schedule and operations with Owner. END OF SECTION 01 1000 01 1000 - 2 SUMMARY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 01 5713 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 01 5713 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Silt control measures. B. Temporary stormwater runoff control. C. Measures to keep streets clean. D. Polyethylene (PE) sheeting cover for exposed soil. E. Maintaining, monitoring, and supplementing silt control and stormwater runoff control measures. F. Dewatering. G. Design, provide, and maintain temporary stormwater treatment train. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 31 2000— Earth Moving B. Section 31 2335— Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting for Utilities and Structures C. Section 33 4000—Storm Drainage Utilities 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. City of Arlington, Design and Construction Standards and Specifications. 2. WSDOT Standard Specifications—Washington State Department of Transportation 2024 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Treatment Train: 1. Design, provide, and maintain filtering system capable of removing silt and sediment from stormwater runoff. 2. Discharge Water Criteria: Washington State Department of Ecology (WSDOE) requirements. 3. Turbidity: Five Nephelometric turbidity units (NTU) above background level maximum. 4. Oils: No visible sheen. 5. Debris: None. 6. Additives: Chemical treatment as approved by WSDOE. B. System Capacity: Size to treat runoff for 2-year, 24-hour storm event (about 2 inches rainfall in 24 hours). 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with 01 3000. B. Product Submittals: Product catalog cuts for filter fabric and silt sac inserts. C. Aggregate Materials: Coarse aggregate for gravel construction entrance. D. Treatment Train: Prior to performing site clearing or stripping, submit letter certifying system is designed to comply with performance criteria. List system selected and include list of system elements (settling tanks, filters, etc.) and maintenance requirements. 01 5713- 1 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 01 5713 - 2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 E. Disposing of Silty Water Off Site (Contractor's option to treatment train): Prior to performing site clearing or stripping, submit letter identifying equipment available for transport. List subcontractor, if used. List method of disposal. F. Records and Logs: Submit copies of records and logs at substantial completion. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. All Work and material shall be in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications. B. Comply with State of Washington Department of Ecology NPDES General Permit for Construction. C. Comply with City of Arlington standards. D. Update and maintain Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)documents, as required. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Install erosion control measures in work areas prior to clearing, grubbing, demolition, general site grading, or other construction in area. Erosion control items shall be installed and removed at various times throughout duration of project. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL): Certified per WSDOE requirements as stated in Construction Stormwater General Permit S4. MONITORING REQUIREMENTS, B. Site Inspection, Item 3. B. Site Inspection of Erosion and Sediment Control: Certified as Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL). 1.09 MAINTENANCE A. Maintain erosion control through duration of project. B. Maintain erosion control after substantial completion per this section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Filter Fabric Fence: WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9-33, Table 6, Geotextile for Temporary Silt Fence. B. Compost Socks: WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9-14.5(6). C. Orange Protective Fence: Minimum 3 feet tall, heavy plastic, with readily visible mesh, minimum mesh width 0.4 inches. D. Filter Bag Inserts: Commercially manufactured filter bags specifically manufactured for silt filtering and which will provide filtering performance required. E. Polyethylene (PE) Sheeting: WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9 14.5(3). F. Quarry spalls: WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9-13.6. G. Storm Drain Pipe: Section 33 4000. H. Catch Basin: Section 33 4000. I. Stormwater pump and hose capable of dewatering building areas as required to complete Work, capable of pumping water from storage tanks. 01 5713- 2 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 01 5713 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Treatment Train: As specified in this section. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Locate existing utilities; avoid damage or disturbance. For aid in utility location call "Dial Dig 1 800 424 5555,"48 hours (two working days) prior to beginning construction. There are utilities on site that Dial Dig will not locate. Employ and pay for locator service to locate and mark utilities in addition to "DIAL DIG" service. B. Survey limits of Work to install orange construction and silt fence. C. Perform clearing or other work required to install erosion control. D. Survey/layout sediment. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION A. Filter Fabric Fence: Field-adjust location to perimeter of clearing and stripping. Location shown on Drawings is schematic. Cast trench excavation soils from fence installation to Construction side of fence. Overlap filter fabric fence joints minimum 1 foot prior to backfilling trench. B. Polyethylene Sheeting: Overlap joints minimum 28 inches. Overlap in direction of drainage and prevent water from draining onto material being protected. Secure in place to prevent movement and damage. Provide sandbags at 2.5 feet spacing and tie sand bags together with rope on slopes greater than 3:1. Minimize driving stakes through plastic. C. Compost Socks: Apply compost socks on exposed soils not protected by other means. D. Sediment Trap: Field-adjust shape and location. Dewater, remove sediment, and backfill with structural fill after retirement. E. Storm Drain Pipe: 1. Install per Section 33 4000. 2. Remove and flush out accumulated sediment and construction debris from storm drain pipe to remain as part of permanent storm drainage system. Clean pipe prior to connecting storm drain pipe to permanent drainage system. Do not allow flushed material to enter downstream system. F. Catch Basin: 1. Install per Section 33 4000. 2. Remove and flush out accumulated sediment and construction debris from catch basin to remain as part of permanent storm drainage system. Clean catch basin prior to connecting catch basin to permanent drainage system. Do not allow flushed material to enter downstream system. G. Treatment Train: 1. Provide treatment system to filter silty water before discharge into storm drain system. System depicted on Drawing is schematic. Designed system may vary. 2. Operate in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Maintain system as required to sustain discharge water quality requirements. H. Disposing of Silty Water Off Site (Contractor's option to treatment train): 1. Provide pump and tanker trucks to load and haul silty water. 2. Dispose of silty water in accordance with local, state, and federal codes. 01 5713- 3 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 01 5713 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL & NPDES PERMIT CONDITIONS A. Turbidity Test: 1. Test runoff water for turbidity in accordance with WSDOE requirements. 2. Test water at intervals required by WSDOE. B. Site Inspection: Comply with WSDOE requirements. C. Reporting and Recordkeeping: 1. Comply with WSDOE requirements. 2. Create and maintain logbook recording test results and inspection observations. 3. Submit report and test results to WSDOE per WSDOE requirements. 3.04 ADJUSTMENTS AND REVISIONS A. Adjust or move swales, berms, pipes, pumps, culverts, bales, and silt fences as necessary during construction to direct site runoff to sediment trap. 3.05 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE A. Protection: 1. Where possible, maintain natural vegetation for silt control. 2. Prevent silt-laden water from leaving site or from entering off-site storm sewer systems. 3. Stabilize slope, cut, or fill areas where Work is stopped for more than 30 days by mulching, polyethylene sheeting, or other method to prevent erosion and sediment transport. 4. Keep off-site parking areas, fire access, sidewalks and streets clean from construction activities. Keep paved surfaces clean using mechanical sweeping equipment, hand shovels, brooms, or other accepted methods suitable for removing dirt, rock, silt, and sand. No street washing will be allowed. B. Supplementary Measures: Provide additional silt control and temporary erosion control measures required to protect soils and prevent silt-laden runoff from leaving project site. C. Maintenance: Monitor and maintain silt control measures. Maintain temporary erosion control facilities until need for each facility is superseded by other stabilization methods or until Architect authorizes removal. D. Inspect and repair temporary erosion control facilities. Inspect entire system to ensure proper operation minimum of once per week, during and after storms, and prior to weekends and holidays. END OF SECTION 01 5713 01 5713-4 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 02 4100 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 02 4100 DEMOLITION PART 3 EXECUTION 1.01 GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply with applicable codes and regulations for demolition operations and safety of adjacent structures and the public. 1. Obtain required permits. 2. Take precautions to prevent catastrophic or uncontrolled collapse of structures to be removed; do not allow worker or public access within range of potential collapse of unstable structures. 3. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. 4. Conduct operations to minimize effects on and interference with adjacent structures and occupants. 5. Do not close or obstruct roadways or sidewalks without permit. 6. Conduct operations to minimize obstruction of public and private entrances and exits; do not obstruct required exits at any time; protect persons using entrances and exits from removal operations. 7. Obtain written permission from owners of adjacent properties when demolition equipment will traverse, infringe upon or limit access to their property. B. Do not begin removal until receipt of notification to proceed from Owner. C. Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed. 1. Provide bracing and shoring. 2. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. 3. Stop work immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger. 1.02 DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL A. Remove debris,junk, and trash from site. B. Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work. C. Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands. END OF SECTION 024100 02 4100 - 1 DEMOLITION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 02 4113 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 02 4113 SITE DEMOLITION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Demolition and removal of utility structures. B. Demolition and removal of site improvements and pavements. C. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and abandoning site utilities in place. D. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and removing site utilities. E. Salvage of existing utilities and improvements. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 5713—Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control B. Section 31 2000— Earth Moving C. Section 31 2335— Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting for Utilities and Structures D. Section 33 1000—Water Utilities E. Section 33 4000—Storm Drainage Utilities F. Division 26— Electrical 1.03 REFERENCES A. WSDOT Standard Specifications—Washington State Department of Transportation 2024 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. B. City of Arlington, Design and Construction Standards and Specifications. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled, salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property. B. Existing to Remain: Protect construction to remain against damage and soiling during demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to suitable, protected storage location during demolition then cleaned and reinstalled in original locations. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01 3000. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with City of Arlington Standards. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Remove utilities under proposed building pad to a point 10 feet outside proposed building before beginning building construction. 1.08 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, stockpiled, or otherwise indicated to remain the Owner's property, demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option. 02 4113- 1 SITE DEMOLITION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 02 4113 - 2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Structural Fill: Per Section 31 2000. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify erosion control is in place and operating properly. B. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from demolition activities. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Salvage items indicated on the plans or as directed by the owner. B. Protect elements surrounding Work of this section from damage or disfiguration. C. Protect existing utilities from damage and disturbance. Provide shoring to support existing utilities and their support prism or remove and replace utilities where shoring is not practical. Removing and replacing to be performed per utility Owner's standards. D. Erect barriers and barricades to direct and protect adjacent traffic. E. Locate existing utilities, avoid damage or disturbance. For aid in utility location call "Dial Dig 1 800 424 5555,"48 hours (two working days) prior to beginning construction. Employ and pay for a locator service to locate and mark utilities in addition to the "DIAL DIG" service. F. Drain, purge, or otherwise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals, gases, explosives, acids, flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with demolition operations. G. Advise City Fire Marshall, City of Arlington, and Architect of proposed water shut off that will affect hydrants, fire sprinkler systems, alarm systems, and other services. Mark all fire hydrants not in service by covering with burlap sack. 3.03 DEMOLITION A. Salvage items indicated on the plans or as directed by the Owner. B. Conduct demolition operations and remove debris to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Architect. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required. C. Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Ensure safe passage of people around demolition area. D. Explosives: Use of explosives will not be permitted. E. Damages: Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by demolition operations. F. Utilities: 1. Locate, identify, disconnect and seal or cap off utilities as shown on Drawings. 2. Disconnect power per Division 26. 3. Under proposed structure and within 5 feet of structures: Remove pipes and structures and backfill with structural fill. Compact backfill to 95 percent ASTM D1557. 4. Five Feet Beyond Proposed Structures: a. Under proposed pavements: Remove pipes and structures that conflict with proposed utilities or that will be shallower than 2 feet below finish grade. Backfill with structural fill. Compact backfill to 95 percent ASTM D1557. Utilities under proposed 02 4113- 2 SITE DEMOLITION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 02 4113 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 pavements that are deeper than 2 feet below finished grade may be abandoned in place. Fill abandoned utility piping with grout and cap ends. b. Under proposed landscape areas: Remove pipes and structures that will be within 1 foot of finish grade, or that conflict with proposed utilities or trees. Break off walls of catch basins or manholes to 2 feet below finish grade and backfill with common fill. Pipes deeper than 1 foot below finish grade may be abandoned in place. Cap ends of pipes abandoned in place. c. Remove and dispose of demolition debris to a Contractor provided, off site disposal location. d. Note location of abandoned utilities on Record Drawings. G. Pavement Demolition: 1. Saw cut pavement at edge of sections to remain. Construct neat, straight lines. 2. Break up and remove pavement. Dispose of material off site. H. Filling and Grading: 1. Filling and grading per Section 31 2000. 2. Collect and stockpile on-site topsoil. Remove and dispose of topsoil to a Contractor-provided, off-site disposal location. I. Hydroseed disturbed area per Section 31 2000. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Comply with Section 01 4000. B. Comply with City of Arlington requirements. C. Tests: Owner will provide for compaction testing. 1. Subgrade, prior to filling. 2. Filling and grading as work progresses. D. Inspection: Architect will observe the Work at the following milestones: 1. After completion of demolition and stockpiling of topsoil, and before grading. 2. After completion of grading. 3.05 CLEANING A. Dispose of surplus or unsuitable material. B. Dispose of waste, surplus, and unsuitable materials according to laws, regulations, and ordinances off site at a site obtained by Contractor. C. Dispose of all waste material in accordance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal. END OF SECTION 02 4113 02 4113- 3 SITE DEMOLITION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 02 4100 - 2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 02 4100 - 2 DEMOLITION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 02 4300 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 02 4300 STRUCTURE MOVING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparing structure for move. B. Moving structure to new location. C. Setting structure on new foundation. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemementary Conditions and Divison 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 02 4100 - DEMOLITION: Removal of existing foundation after structure removal. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Transport, Equipment, and Supports: As required to achieve a successful structure move. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 RAISE STRUCTURE A. Cut structure free of foundation and portions of structure not being moved. B. Reinforce, brace, and raise structure clear of foundation in manner to prevent damage. 3.02 MOVE STRUCTURE A. Provide transport vehicles for moving structure to new site. B. Move structure, control speed, and provide anchor and restraining devices to maintain the integrity of the structure. C. During move, protect adjacent structures, and private and public property from damage. 3.03 REINSTALL STRUCTURE A. Leave reinforcing, framing, and bracing intact until structure is fully attached and structure loads are supported by new foundation. END OF SECTION 02 4300 02 4300 - 1 STRUCTURE MOVING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 02 4300 - 2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 02 4300 - 2 STRUCTURE MOVING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 1000 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 03 1000 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Formwork for cast-in-place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage. B. Openings for other work. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemementary Conditions and Divison 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 03 3000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. C. Section 05 1200 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING: Placement of embedded steel anchors and plates in cast-in-place concrete. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASME A17.1 - Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators; 2019. B. COE CRD-C 513 - COE Specifications for Rubber Waterstops; 1974. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on void form materials and installation requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, materials, bracing, and arrangement of joints and ties. C. Designer's Qualification Statement. D. Design Data: As required by authorities having jurisdiction. E. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting - LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit IEQ- Indoor Environmental 2. Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings). 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work of this section in accordance with Highways standards of the State of Washington. B. Designer Qualifications: Design formwork under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of concrete formwork and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver prefabricated forms and installation instructions in manufacturer's packaging. B. Store prefabricated forms off ground in ventilated and protected manner to prevent deterioration from moisture. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK-GENERAL A. Provide concrete forms, accessories, shoring, and bracing as required to accomplish cast-in- place concrete work. 03 1000 - 1 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 1000 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Design and construct concrete that complies with design with respect to shape, lines, and dimensions. C. Comply with relevant portions of ACI 347R, ACI 301, and ACI 318. D. Use the following form types: 1. Basement Walls Not Exposed To View: Site fabricated plywood. 2. Basement Walls Exposed To View: Site fabricated rough sawn lumber. 2.02 WOOD FORM MATERIALS A. Form Materials: At the discretion of the Contractor. 2.03 REMOVABLE PREFABRICATED FORMS A. Preformed Plastic Forms: Thermoplastic polystyrene form liner, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished surfaces. B. Glass Fiber Fabric Reinforced Plastic Forms: Matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished concrete surfaces. C. Void Forms: Moisture resistant treated paper faces, biodegradable, structurally sufficient to support weight of wet concrete mix until initial set.$ 2.04 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: Removable type, galvanized metal, fixed length, cone type, with waterproofing washer, inch back break dimension, free of defects that could leave holes larger than 1 inch in concrete surface. B. Form Release Agent: Capable of releasing forms from hardened concrete without staining or discoloring concrete or forming bugholes and other surface defects, compatible with concrete and form materials, and not requiring removal for satisfactory bonding of coatings to be applied. 1. Composition: Colorless, reactive, water-based or solvent-based compound. 2. Do not use materials containing diesel oil or petroleum-based compounds. 3. VOC Content: In compliance with applicable local, State, and federal regulations. 4. Products: a. Nox-Crete Inc; Pro Release: www.nox-crete.com/#sle. b. SpecChem, LLC; Bio Strip WB (water-based): www.specchemllc.com/#sle. c. W. R. Meadows, Inc; Duogard: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. C. Dowel Sleeves: Plastic sleeve and nailable plastic base for smooth, round, steel load-transfer dowels. 1. Products: a. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. D. Filler Strips for Chamfered Corners: Rigid plastic type; 3/4 x 3/4 inch size; maximum possible lengths. E. Dovetail Anchor Slot: Galvanized steel, at least 22 gauge, 0.0299 inch thick, foam filled, release tape sealed slots, anchors for securing to concrete formwork. F. Flashing Reglets: Galvanized steel, at least 22 gauge, 0.0299 inch thick, longest possible lengths, with alignment splines for joints, foam filled, release tape sealed slots, anchors for securing to concrete formwork. 03 1000 - 2 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 1000 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 G. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, of sufficient strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. H. Embedded Anchor Shapes, Plates, Angles and Bars: As specified in Section 05 1200. I. Waterstops: Rubber, complying with COE CRD-C 513, maximum possible lengths, ribbed profile, preformed corner sections, heat welded jointing. 1. Configuration: As indicated on drawings. 2. Size: As indicated on drawings. J. Waterstops: Polymer-modified bentonite. 1. Configuration: As indicated on drawings. 2. Size: As indicated on drawings. 3. Manufacturers: a. EPRO Services, Inc; BentoTak: www.eproinc.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2.05 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with drawings. B. Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.02 EARTH FORMS A. Earth forms are not permitted. 3.03 ERECTION - FORMWORK A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads. C. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum. D. Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members that are not indicated on drawings. E. Install void forms in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Protect forms from moisture or crushing. 3.04 APPLICATION -FORM RELEASE AGENT A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. C. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings that are affected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. 03 1000 - 3 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 1000 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete. 3.05 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS,AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in passing through concrete work. B. Locate and set in place items that will be cast directly into concrete. C. Coordinate with work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses, sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts, and components of other work. D. Position recessed anchor slots for brick veneer masonry anchors to spacing and intervals specified in Section 04 2613. E. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, so they are straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. F. Install waterstops in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, so they are continuous without displacing reinforcement. G. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. 3.06 FORM CLEANING A. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter within forms. B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete. 1. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports. 2. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from within forms. Do not use de-icing salts. Do not use water to clean out forms, unless formwork and concrete construction proceed within heated enclosure. Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter. 3.07 FORMWORK TOLERANCES A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 117, unless otherwise indicated. B. Construct permanent insulated foam panel formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301. C. Construct and align formwork for elevator hoistway in accordance with ASME A17.1. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and to verify that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure. 3.09 FORM REMOVAL A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads. 3.10 INSTALLATION A. All paints and coatings, including accessories, applied on site must comply with the VOC limits, emissions testing and Submittal requirements for IEQ Credit Low-Emitting Materials as specified in Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4. 03 1000 -4 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 1000 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.11 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's waste management plan in accordance with section 01 7419 construction and demolition waste management. END OF SECTION 03 1000 03 1000 - 5 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 03 1000 - 6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 03 1000 - 6 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 3000 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 03 3000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete formwork. B. Concrete for composite floor construction. C. Floors and slabs on grade. D. Concrete foundation walls. E. Concrete reinforcement. F. Joint devices associated with concrete work. G. Miscellaneous concrete elements, including equipment pads, equipment pits, and light pole bases. H. Concrete curing. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3511 - CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES: Densifiers, hardeners, applied coatings, and polishing. B. Section 07 1700 - Bentonite Thermoplastic Waterproofing. C. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Products and installation for sealants and joint fillers for saw cut joints and isolation joints in slabs. D. Section 32 1313 - Concrete Paving: Sidewalks, curbs and gutters. (As Noted on Civil drawings). 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 117- Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials; 2010 (Reapproved 2015). B. ACI 211.1 -Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete; 1991 (Reapproved 2009). C. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete; 2016. D. ACI 302.1 R- Guide to Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; 2015. E. ACI 304R- Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; 2000 (Reapproved 2009). F. ACI 308R- Guide to External Curing of Concrete; 2016. G. ACI 318- Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; 2014 (Errata 2018). H. ACI 347R- Guide to Formwork for Concrete; 2014, with Errata (2017). I. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2020. J. ASTM A775/A775M - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars; 2019. K. ASTM Al064/A1064M - Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete; 2022. 03 3000 - 1 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 3000 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 L. ASTM C39/C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens; 2021. M. ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete; 2021. N. ASTM C143/C143M - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete; 2020. O. ASTM C171 - Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete; 2016. P. ASTM C260/C260M - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete; 2010a (Reapproved 2016). Q. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete; 2019. R. ASTM C330/C330M - Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete; 2017a. S. ASTM C494/C494M - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete; 2019. T. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete; 2019. U. ASTM C1315 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete; 2019. V. ASTM C1602/C1602M - Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete; 2012. W. ASTM D471 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property--Effect of Liquids; 2016a. X. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types); 2018. Y. ASTM D2103 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Film and Sheeting; 2015. Z. ASTM D3963/D3963M - Standard Specification for Fabrication and Jobsite Handling of Epoxy- Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars; 2015. AA. ASTM E1643 - Standard Practice for Selection, Design, Installation and Inspection of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs; 2018a. BB. ASTM E1745 - Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs; 2017. CC. COE CRD-C 513 - COE Specifications for Rubber Waterstops; 1974. DD. NSF 61 - Drinking Water System Components- Health Effects; 2020. EE. NSF 372 - Drinking Water System Components- Lead Content; 2020. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' data on manufactured products showing compliance with specified requirements and installation instructions. 1. For curing compounds, provide data on method of removal in the event of incompatibility with floor covering adhesives. 2. For chemical-resistant waterstops, provide data on ASTM D471 test results. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop 03 3000 - 2 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 3000 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. D. Mix Design: Submit proposed concrete mix design. 1. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 301, Section 4- Concrete Mixtures. 2. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 318, Chapter 5 - Concrete Quality, Mixing and Placing. E. Samples: Submit samples of underslab vapor retarder to be used. F. Test Reports: Submit report for each test or series of tests specified. G. Sustainable Design Submittals: If any wood or wood-based form materials, including supports, are permanently installed in the project, submit documentation required for sustainably harvested wood as specified in Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. H. Sustainable Design Submittal: If any fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, silica fume, rice hull ash, or other waste material is used in mix designs to replace Portland cement, submit the total volume of concrete cast in place, mix design(s) used showing the quantity of portland cement replaced, reports showing successful cylinder testing, and temperature on day of pour if cold weather mix is used. I. Sustainable Design Submittal: Submit environmental assessment report for concrete mix. Compare concrete mix submitted with a conventional or reference concrete mixture that meets the specified performance requirements. Include: 1. Energy consumption. 2. Emissions. 3. Potential toxicity. 4. Potential risk. 5. Raw material consumption. 6. Land use. 7. Third-party validation of comparison methodology. J. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. K. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 3. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. B. For slabs required to include moisture vapor reducing admixture (MVRA), do not proceed with placement unless manufacturer's representative is present for every day of placement. 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. Slabs with Moisture Vapor Reducing Admixture (MVRA): Provide warranty to cover cost of flooring failures due to moisture migration from slabs for ten years. 1. Include cost of repair or removal of failed flooring, placement of topical moisture remediation system, and replacement of flooring with comparable flooring system. 03 3000 - 3 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 3000 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Provide warranty by manufacturer of MVRA matching terms of flooring adhesive or primer manufacturer's material defect warranty. C. Moisture Emission-Reducing Curing and Sealing Compound, Membrane-Forming: Provide warranty to cover cost of flooring delamination failures for 10 years. 1. Include cost of repair or removal of failed flooring, remediation with a moisture vapor impermeable surface coating, and replacement of flooring with comparable flooring system. D. Moisture Emission-Reducing Curing and Sealing Compound, Penetrating: Provide non- prorated warranty to cover cost of flooring delamination failures for 20 years. 1. Include cost of repair or removal of failed flooring, remediation with a moisture vapor impermeable surface coating, and replacement of flooring with comparable flooring system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK A. Formwork Design and Construction: Comply with guidelines of ACI 347R to provide formwork that will produce concrete complying with tolerances of ACI 117. B. Form Materials: Contractor's choice of standard products with sufficient strength to withstand hydrostatic head without distortion in excess of permitted tolerances. 1. Form Facing for Exposed Finish Concrete: Contractor's choice of materials that will provide smooth, stain-free final appearance. 2. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, Metal, or another approved material. provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. 3. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, Glass-fiber-reinforced plastic, paper, or fiber tubes that will produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. 4. Steel: Minimum 16-gage sheet, well matched, tight fitting, of sufficient strength and stiffness to provide continuous, straight, smooth surfaces and to prevent leakage. Stiffen to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to structural tolerances and appearance of finished concrete surfaces. 5. Void Forms: Biodegradable paper surface, treated for moisture resistance, structurally sufficient to support weight of plastic concrete and other superimposed loads. 6. Chamfer Strips: Wood type; 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum or as indicated on the drawings, maximum possible length. 7. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. Manufactured by Burke, Non-Crete Industrial Synthetics Corporation or Approved Equal. a. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel for-facing materials. 8. Earth Cuts: Do not use earth cuts as forms for vertical surfaces. Natural rock formations that maintain a stable vertical edge may be used as side forms. 9. Form Coating: Release agent that will not adversely affect concrete or interfere with application of coatings. 10. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. Burke, Superior or approved high-strength wire snap ties with flattened break-offs; break backs and lengths as required for the conditions 03 3000 -4 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 3000 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 of the installation; noncorrosive and nonstaining finish a. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface. b. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. c. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofing or waterproofing. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (60,000 psi). 1. Type: Deformed billet-steel bars. 2. Finish: Unfinished, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Finish: Epoxy coated in accordance with ASTM A775/A775M, unless otherwise indicated. B. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement (WWR): Galvanized, plain type, ASTM Al064/A1064M. 1. Form: Coiled Rolls. 2. WWR Style: As indicated on drawings. C. Reinforcement Accessories: 1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gauge, 0.0508 inch. 2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during concrete placement. 3. Provide stainless steel, galvanized, plastic, or plastic coated steel components for placement within 1-1/2 inches of weathering surfaces. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I - Normal Portland type. 1. Acquire cement for entire project from same source. 2. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, graded. 3. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 1 inch nominal. 4. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. B. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C330/C330M. 1 inch nominal maximum aggregate size. C. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. D. Calcined Pozzolan: ASTM C618, Class N. E. Water: ASTM C1602/C1602M; clean, potable, and not detrimental to concrete. F. Shrinkage-Reducing Concrete: Concrete mixes for members and slabs exposed upon their final condition shall be proportioned such that the slab drying shrinkage shall not exceed 0.03% at 90 days (laboratory conditions). Submit strength and shrinkage test data and mix design to the architect and structural engineer for review a minimum of two weeks prior to placing any concrete. 1. Aggregate: Gradation well proportioned and distributed with largest topsize coarse aggregate of 3/4 inch. 2. Testing: Trial mixtures tested for shrinkage reduction prior to construction 3. Admixtures: See approved admixtures in section below. 2.04 ADMIXTURES A. Chemical Admixture: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. 03 3000 - 5 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 3000 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Do not use chemicals that will result in soluble chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight of cement. C. Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C260/C260M. D. High Range Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type G. E. High Range Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type F. F. Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type D. G. Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type C. 1. Manufacturers: a. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Eucon CIA. b. Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co.; DCI. c. Master Builders, Inc.; Rheocrete CNI. d. Sika Corporation; Sika CNI H. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type B. I. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type A. J. Shrinkage Reducing Admixture: Proportioned in accordance with manuraacturer's specifications to meet required maximum drying shrinkage requirements listed above. 1. Manufacturers: a. Euclid Chemical Company; Eucon SRA-XT: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. b. GCP Applied Technologies; Eclipse Floor 200: www.gcpat.com/#sle. c. Tetraguard AS20 (by BASF). 2. Site-mixing of admixtures not allowed. 3. Add to concrete mix at location where specified on the drawings. 4. Dosage: For bidding purposes only, assume 1 gallon of admixture per cubic yard of concrete. Final optimum dosage and mix design shall be determined by the concrete supplier/manufacturer based on testing prior to construction. 5. Admixture volume shall replace equal volume water. K. Moisture Vapor Reducing Admixture (MVRA): Liquid, inorganic admixture free of volatile organic compounds (VOCs)and formulated to close capillary systems formed during curing to reduce moisture vapor emission and transmission with no adverse effect on concrete properties or finish flooring. 1. Provide admixture in slabs to receive adhesively applied flooring. 2. Manufacturers: a. AVECS, LLC; PRO-ACT: www.avecs.build/#sle. b. Hycrete, Inc: www.hycrete.com/#sle. c. Specialty Products Group; Vapor Lock 20/20: www.spggogreen.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Underslab Vapor Retarder: 1. Sheet Material: ASTM E1745, Class A; stated by manufacturer as suitable for installation in contact with soil or granular fill under concrete slabs. Single ply polyethylene is prohibited. 2. Accessory Products: Vapor retarder manufacturer's recommended tape, adhesive, mastic, prefabricated boots, etc., for sealing seams and penetrations. 3. Manufacturers: a. ISI Building Products; Viper VaporCheck II 15-mil (Class A): www.isibp.com/#sle. 03 3000 - 6 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 3000 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 b. Stego Industries, LLC: www.stegoindustries.com/#sle. c. W. R. Meadows, Inc; PERMINATOR Class A- 15 mils (0.38 mm): www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 4. Seams: a. Stego Tape by Stego Industries LLC, or approved equal. 5. Sealing Penetrations of Vapor barrier: a. Stego Mastic by Stego Industries LLC, or approved equal. b. Stego Tape by Stego Industries LLC, or approved equal. 6. Perimeter/terminated edge seal: a. Stego Crete Claw (textured tape) by Stego Industries LLC, or approved equal. b. Stego Term Bar by Stego Industries LLC, or approved equal. c. StegoTack Tape (double-sided sealant tape), or approved equal. 7. Penetration Prevention: a. Beast Foot by Stego Industries LLC, or approved equal. b. Beast Form Stake by Stego Industries LLC, 2.06 BONDING AND JOINTING PRODUCTS A. Waterstops: Rubber, complying with COE CRD-C 513. For embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints. Factory fabricated corners, intersections, and directional changes. 1. Manufacturers: a. Colloid Environmental Technologies Compay; Volclay Waterstop-RX b. Concrete Sealants Inc.; Conseal CS-231 c. Greenstreak; Swellstop. d. Henry Company, Sealants division; Hydro-Flex. e. Progress Unlimited, Inc; Superstop. f. TCMiraDRI; Mirastop g. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. B. Waterstops: Bentonite and butyl rubber, complying with NSF 61 and NSF 372. 1. Configuration: 3/4 by 1 inch. 2. Basis of Design Manufacture: a. CETCO, a division of Minerals Technologies Inc; WATERSTOP RX: www.mineralstech.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. C. Reglets: Formed steel sheet, galvanized, with temporary filler to prevent concrete intrusion during placement. 1. Size: 1/2 inch throat, 1/2 inch deep. D. Slab Isolation Joint Filler: 1/2 inch thick, height equal to slab thickness, with removable top section that will form 1/2 inch deep sealant pocket after removal. 1. Material: ASTM D1751, cellulose fiber. 2. Manufacturers: a. Nomaco, Inc; Nomaflex Expansion Joint Filler with Void Cap Option: www.nomaco.com/#sle. b. W. R. Meadows, Inc; Fiber Expansion Joint Filler with Snap-Cap: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 03 3000 - 7 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 3000 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.07 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Reducer: Liquid thin-film-forming compound that reduces rapid moisture loss caused by high temperature, low humidity, and high winds; intended for application immediately after concrete placement. 1. Manufacturers: a. Dayton Superior Corporation: www.daytonsuperior.com/#sle. b. Euclid Chemical Company ; EUCOBAR: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. c. W. R. Meadows, Inc ; Evapre or Evapre-RTU: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. d. L&M Construction Chemicals, inc. ; E-Con.. e. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. B. Curing and Sealing Compound, Moisture Emission-Reducing, Penetrating: Liquid for application to newly-placed concrete; capable of providing adequate bond for flooring adhesives, initially and over the long term; with sufficient moisture vapor impermeability to prevent deterioration of flooring adhesives due to moisture emission, moisture vapor emission, and alkalinity. 1. Use this product to cure and seal all slabs to receive adhesively applied flooring or roofing. 2. Compressive Strength of Treated Concrete: Equal to or greater than strength after 28-day water cure when tested according to ASTM C39/C39M. 3. Comply with ASTM C309 and ASTM C1315 Type I Class A. 4. VOC Content: Zero. 5. UL GREENGUARD Gold certified. 6. Manufacturers: a. Sinak Corporation; VC5: www.sinak.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. C. Curing and Sealing Compound, Low Gloss: Liquid, membrane-forming, clear, non-yellowing acrylic; complying with ASTM C1315 Type 1 Class A. 1. Vehicle: Water-based. 2. Solids by Mass: 25 percent, minimum. 3. VOC Content: OTC compliant. 4. Manufacturers: a. Dayton Superior Corporation: www.daytonsuperior.com/#sle. b. Euclid Chemical Company; DIAMOND CLEAR VOX: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. c. W. R. Meadows, Inc; VOCOMP-25: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. D. Moisture-Retaining Sheet: ASTM C171. 1. Polyethylene film, white opaque, minimum nominal thickness of 4 mil, 0.004 inch. E. Polyethylene Film: ASTM D2103, 4 mil, 0.004 inch thick, clear. F. Water: Potable, not detrimental to concrete. 2.08 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Concrete Strength: Establish required average strength for each type of concrete on the basis of field experience or trial mixtures, as specified in ACI 301. 1. For trial mixtures method, employ independent testing agency acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. B. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211.1 and at rates recommended or required by manufacturer. 03 3000 - 8 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 3000 - 9 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 C. Normal Weight Concrete: 1. Compressive Strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M at 28 days: As indicated on drawings. 2. Fly Ash Content: Maximum 15 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 3. Calcined Pozzolan Content: Maximum 20 percent of cementitious materials by weight. a. Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than Portland cement in concrete as follows: 1) 20 percent maximum at slabs, 40 percent maximum at all other concrete 4. Water-Cement Ratio: Maximum 40 percent by weight, or per general structural notes. 5. Maximum Slump: 3 inches. 6. Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch. 2.09 MIXING A. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C94/C94M. B. Adding Water: If concrete arrives on-site with slump less than suitable for placement, do not add water that exceeds the maximum water-cement ratio or exceeds the maximum permissible slump. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Formwork: Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Design and fabricate forms to support all applied loads until concrete is cured, and for easy removal without damage to concrete. B. Coordinate placement of embedded items with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. C. Interior Slabs on Grade: Install vapor retarder under interior slabs on grade. Comply with ASTM E1643. Lap joints minimum 6 inches. Seal joints, seams and penetrations watertight with manufacturer's recommended products and follow manufacturer's written instructions. Repair damaged vapor retarder before covering. 1. Vapor Retarder Over Granular Fill: Install compactible granular fill before placing vapor retarder as indicated on drawings. Do not use sand. 3.03 INSTALLING REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Fabricate and handle epoxy-coated reinforcing in accordance with ASTM D3963/D3963M. B. Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, and accurately position, support, and secure in place to achieve not less than minimum concrete coverage required for protection. C. Install welded wire reinforcement in maximum possible lengths, and offset end laps in both directions. Splice laps with tie wire. 3.04 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R. B. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1 R. C. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, waterstops, embedded parts, and formed construction joint devices will not be disturbed during concrete placement. 03 3000 - 9 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 3000 - 10 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Finish floors level and flat, unless otherwise indicated, within the tolerances specified below. 3.05 SLAB JOINTING A. Locate joints as indicated on drawings. B. Anchor joint fillers and devices to prevent movement during concrete placement. C. Isolation Joints: Use preformed joint filler with removable top section for joint sealant, total height equal to thickness of slab, set flush with top of slab. D. Saw Cut Contraction Joints: Saw cut joints before concrete begins to cool, within 4 to 12 hours after placing; use 3/16 inch thick blade and cut at least 1 inch deep but not less than one quarter(1/4)the depth of the slab. 3.06 WATERSTOP INSTALLATION A. Substrate Inspection and Conditions. 1. The installer shall examine conditions of substrates and other conditions under which this section work is to be performed and notify the contractor, in writing, of circumstances detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected and are acceptable for compliance with manufacturer's warranty requirements. 2. Installation shall not proceed when work areas are flooded or wet to the extent that would cause bentonite waterstop to hydrate prior to concrete encapsulation. B. Surface Preporation. 1. Remove dirt, debris, oil, grease, cement laitance, or other foreign matter which will impair or negatively affect the installation of the waterstop. Protect adjacent material surfaces from damage or contamination from during installation operations. C. General Installation Guidelines. 1. Install WATERSTOP-RX in all applicable vertical and horizontal cast-in-place concrete construction joints; and around applicable penetrations and structural members. Place WATERSTOP-RX to allow for minimum 3" (75 mm) concrete coverage on all sides (2" (50 mm)coverage for RX-102). 2. Apply continuous bead of CETSEAL (typical bead diameter 3/16" (5 mm))to dry, smooth concrete surface maintaining a minimum 3" (75 mm)depth within the concrete joint. 3. Remove release paper from coil of WATERSTOP-RX. Firmly press the entire length of WATERSTOP-RX into the CETSEAL adhesive bead; resulting in the adhesive bead spreading to coat most of the bottom of the waterstop. Verify 3" (75 mm) minimum concrete coverage will be maintained over entire placement of waterstop. Place in maximum practical lengths to minimize coil end joints. 4. Tightly butt coil ends together to form continuous waterstop. Do not overlap coil ends. Where required, cut coils with sharp knife or utility blade to fit coil ends together without overlapping. 5. Following Steps 1-3, install waterstop around all applicable through wall pipes and mechanical penetrations; and around all applicable structural elements like metal H-Piles through the slab. 6. Protect installed waterstop from prehydration prior to concrete placement and product encapsulation. 7. Replace any waterstop material that exhibit significant expansion prior to concrete encapsulation. 03 3000 - 10 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 3000 - 11 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.07 VAPOR BARRIER INSTALLATION A. Ensure that subsoil is approved by Geotechnical Engineer. B. Level and compact base material. C. Contact vapor barrier manufacturer to schedule a pre-construction meeting and to coordinate a review, in-person or digital, of the vapor barrier installation. D. Install vapor barrier in accordance with ASTM E1643 and the manufacturer's written installation instructions. 1. Unroll vapor barrier with the longest dimension parallel with the direction of the concrete placement and face laps away from the expected direction of the placement whenever possible. 2. Extend vapor barrier to the perimeter of the slab. If practicable, terminate it at the top of the slab, otherwise (a) at a point acceptable to the structural engineer or(b)where obstructed by impediments, such as dowels, waterstops, or any other site condition requiring early termination of the vapor barrier. At all points of termination (block-outs, interior grade beams, perimeter edge, etc.): a. Seal vapor barrier to the entire slab perimeter using Stego Crete Claw, or approved equal, per manufacturer's instructions. OR b. Seal vapor barrier to the entire perimeter wall or footing/grade beam with double sided StegoTack Tape, both Stego Term Bar and StegoTack Tape, or approved equal per manufacturer's instructions. Ensure the concrete is clean and dry prior to adhering tape. 3. Overlap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's seam tape. 4. Apply sealing accessories to a clean and dry vapor barrier. 5. Seal all penetrations (including pipes) per manufacturer's instructions. 6. For interior forming applications, avoid the use of non-permanent stakes driven through vapor barrier. 7. Repair damaged areas with vapor barrier material of similar(or better) permeance, puncture and tensil 3.08 FLOOR FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness: 1. Exposed Concrete Floors: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 2. Under Seamless Resilient Flooring: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 3. Under Carpeting: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. B. Correct the slab surface if tolerances are less than specified. C. Correct defects by grinding or by removal and replacement of the defective work. Areas requiring corrective work will be identified. Re-measure corrected areas by the same process. 3.09 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Concrete Slabs: Finish to requirements of ACI 302.1 R, and as follows: 1. Surfaces to Receive Thin Floor Coverings: "Steel trowel" as described in ACI 302.1 R; thin floor coverings include carpeting, resilient flooring, seamless flooring, resinous matrix terrazzo, thin set quarry tile, and thin set ceramic tile. 2. Decorative Exposed Surfaces: Trowel as described in ACI 302.1 R; take measures necessary to avoid black-burnish marks; decorative exposed surfaces include surfaces to receive dry-shake hardeners, surfaces to be polished, and all other exposed slab 03 3000 - 11 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 3000 - 12 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 surfaces. B. In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation at walls; pitch surfaces uniformly to drains at 1:100 nominal. 3.10 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with requirements of ACI 308R. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. 1. Normal concrete: Not less than seven days. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure by moist curing with forms in place for full curing period. D. Surfaces Not in Contact with Forms: 1. Slabs and Floors To Receive Adhesive-Applied Flooring: Curing compounds and other surface coatings are usually considered unacceptable by flooring and adhesive manufacturers. If such materials must be used, either obtain the approval of the flooring and adhesive manufacturers prior to use or remove the surface coating after curing to flooring manufacturer's satisfaction. 2. Initial Curing: Start as soon as free water has disappeared and before surface is dry. Keep continuously moist for not less than three days by water ponding, water-saturated sand, water-fog spray, or saturated burlap. 3. Final Curing: Begin after initial curing but before surface is dry. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements. B. Provide free access to concrete operations at project site and cooperate with appointed firm. C. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of concrete operations. D. Tests of concrete and concrete materials may be performed at any time to ensure compliance with specified requirements. E. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C39/C39M, for each test, mold and cure three concrete test cylinders. Obtain test samples for every 100 cubic yards or less of each class of concrete placed. F. Perform one slump test for each set of test cylinders taken, following procedures of ASTM C 143/C 143M. G. Slab Testing: Cooperate with manufacturer of specified moisture vapor reducing admixture (MVRA)to allow access for sampling and testing concrete for compliance with warranty requirements. 3.12 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Test Results: The testing agency shall report test results in writing to Architect and Contractor within 24 hours of test. B. Defective Concrete: Concrete not complying with required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. C. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Architect. The cost of additional testing shall be borne by Contractor when defective concrete is identified. 03 3000 - 12 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 3000 - 13 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.13 PROTECTION A. Do not permit traffic over unprotected concrete floor surface until fully cured. 3.14 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 03 3000 03 3000 - 13 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 3000 - 14 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 03 3000 - 14 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 033511 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 03 3511 CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface treatments for concrete floors and slabs. B. Liquid densifiers and hardeners. C. Clear penetrating sealers. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Finishing of concrete surface to tolerance; floating, troweling, and similar operations; curing. B. Section 03 3000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Curing compounds that also function as sealers. C. Section 03 6600 - Special Concrete Floor Finishes. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate the work with concrete floor placement and concrete floor curing. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's published data on each finishing product, including information on compatibility of different products and limitations. C. Maintenance Data: Provide data on maintenance and renewal of applied finishes. D. Warranty Documentation: Manufacturer warranty; ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. E. Specimen Warranty: Manufacturer warranty. F. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings and Flooring) 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's sealed packaging, including application instructions. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain light level equivalent to a minimum 200 W light source at 8 feet above the floor surface over each 20 foot square area of floor being finished. B. Do not finish floors until interior heating system is operational. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective work within a two-year period commencing on the Date of Substantial Completion. C. Manufacturer Warranty: Provide two-year manufacturer warranty for commencing on the Date of Substantial Completion. 033511 - 1 CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 033511 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Installer Warranty: Provide two-year manufacturer warranty for commencing on the Date of Substantial Completion. E. Finish Warranty: Provide five-year manufacturer warranty against excessive degradation of finish. Include provision for replacement of units with excessive fading, chalking, or flaking. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH APPLICATIONS A. Unless otherwise indicated, all concrete floors are to be finished using liquid densifier/hardener. B. Penetrating Clear Sealer: C. Clear Coating: 2.02 DENSIFIERS AND HARDENERS A. Liquid Densifier and Hardener: Penetrating chemical compound that reacts with concrete, filling the pores and dustproofing; for application to concrete after set. 1. Composition: Lithium silicate. 2. Products: a. ARDEX Engineered Cements; ARDEX PC-50: www.ardexamericas.com/#sle. b. Dayton Superior Corporation; : www.daytonsuperior.com/#sle. c. Euclid Chemical Company; ULTRASIL LI+: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.03 COATINGS A. Penetrating Sealer: Transparent, nonyellowing, water-based coating. 1. Composition: Siloxane. 2. Products: a. Concrete Sealers USA; : www.concretesealersusa.com/#sle. b. SureCrete Design Products; Siloxane Dye: www.surecretedesign.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.04 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings and Flooring) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that floor surfaces are acceptable to receive the work of this section. B. Verify that flaws in concrete have been patched and joints filled with methods and materials suitable for further finishes. 3.02 GENERAL A. Apply materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 COATING APPLICATION A. Verify that surface is free of previous coatings, sealers, curing compounds, water repellents, laitance, efflorescence, fats, oils, grease, wax, soluble salts, residues from cleaning agents, and other impediments to adhesion. 033511 - 2 CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 033511 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Verify that water vapor emission from concrete and relative humidity in concrete are within limits established by coating manufacturer. C. Protect adjacent non-coated areas from drips, overflow, and overspray; immediately remove excess material. D. Apply coatings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, matching approved mock-ups for color, special effects, sealing and workmanship. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. All paints and coatings, including accessories, applied on site must comply with the VOC limits, emissions testing and Submittal requirements for IEQ Credit Low-Emitting Materials as specified in Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4. 3.05 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 03 3511 033511 - 3 CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 033511 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 033511 -4 CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 4500 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 03 4500 PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Architectural precast concrete stair treads. B. Architectural precast concrete accessories. C. Supports, anchors, and attachments. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Admixtures. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 318- Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; 2014 (Errata 2018). B. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2014. C. ASTM Al53/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. D. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts, Studs, and Threaded Rod 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength; 2021. E. ASTM A563 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts; 2015. F. ASTM A563M -Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts (Metric); 2007 (Reapproved 2013). G. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2020. H. ASTM A1064/A1064M - Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete; 2022. I. ASTM C33/C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2018. J. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete; 2019. K. ASTM C979/C979M - Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete; 2016. L. ASTM C989/C989M - Standard Specification for Slag Cement for Use in Concrete and Mortars; 2018a. M. ASTM C1240 - Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures; 2020. N. IAS AC157 -Accreditation Criteria for Fabricator Inspection Programs for Reinforced and Precast/Prestressed Concrete; 2017. O. PCI MNL-117- Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete Products; 2013. P. PCI MNL-120- PCI Design Handbook; 2017. Q. PCI MNL-122 -Architectural Precast Concrete: Fully Revised Manual Including New Sections, Extensive Updates, and Detailed Specifications to Meet Today's Construction Needs.; 2007. 03 4500 - 1 PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 4500 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 R. PCI MNL-123- Connections Manual: Design and Typical Details of Connections for Precast and Prestressed Concrete; 1988. S. PCI MNL-135-Tolerance Manual for Precast and Prestressed Concrete Construction; 2000. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's information on accessory products, including pigments, admixtures, inserts, plates, etc. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout, unit locations, configuration, unit identification marks, reinforcement, connection details, support items, dimensions, openings, and relationship to adjacent materials. Provide erection drawings. 1. Include details of mix designs. 2. Include structural design calculations. D. Samples: Submit two 2, 12 by 12 inch in size, illustrating surface finish, color and texture. E. Designer's Qualification Statement. 1. Delegated-Design Submittal: For architectural precast concrete indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. F. Fabricator's Qualification Statement: Provide documentation showing precast concrete fabricator is accredited under IAS AC157. G. Sustainable Design Reporting: If any fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, silica fume, rice hull ash, or other waste material is used in mix designs to replace Portland cement, submit the total volume of concrete, mix design(s) used showing the quantity of Portland cement replaced, reports showing successful cylinder testing, and temperature on day of pour if cold weather mix is used. H. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials I. Maintenance Data: Indicate surface cleaning instructions. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design Engineer Qualifications: Design precast concrete units under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of precast concrete and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. B. Fabricator Qualifications: 1. Firm having at least 2 years of documented experience in production of precast concrete of the type required. 2. Plant certified under Architectural Precast Association Plant Certification Program for production of architectural precast concrete. 3. Fabricator Qualifications: Precast concrete fabricator accredited by IAS according to IAS AC157. 03 4500 - 2 PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 4500 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handling: Lift and support precast units only from support points. B. Blocking and Lateral Support During Transport and Storage: Use materials that are clean, non- staining, and non-harmful to exposed surfaces. Provide temporary lateral support to prevent bowing and warping. C. Protect units to prevent staining, chipping, or spalling of concrete. D. Mark units with date of production in location that will be concealed after installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRECAST UNITS, GENERAL A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements,"to design architectural precast concrete units. B. Precast Architectural Concrete Units: Comply with PCI MNL-120, PCI MNL-122, PCI MNL-123, PCI MNL-135, and ACI 318. 1. Design Loads: Static loads, anticipated dynamic loading, including positive and negative wind loads, thermal movement loads, and erection forces as defined by applicable code. 2. Calculate structural properties of units in accordance with ACI 318. 3. Accommodate construction tolerances, deflection of building structural members, and clearances of intended openings. 4. Provide connections that accommodate building movement and thermal movement and adjust to misalignment of structure without unit distortion or damage. C. Finish Type A: Ensure exposed-to-view finish surfaces of precast units are uniform in color and appearance. 1. Stair treads to be finished with concrete sealer. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of pre- consumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. B. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (60,000 psi). 1. Deformed billet-steel bars. C. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement (WWR): Plain type, ASTM Al064/A1064M. 1. WWR Style: 6 by 12-W12 by W5. D. Supports: Suspend reinforcement from back of mold or use bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place according to PCI MNL 117. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Regional Materials: Precast architectural concrete shall be manufactured from aggregates and cement that have been extracted or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 500 miles of Project site. B. Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I - Normal Portland type. 1. For surfaces exposed to view in finished structure, use gray or white cement, of same type, brand, and mill source. C. Other Cementitious Materials: 1. Fly Ash or Natural Pozzolans: Comply with ASTM C618. 2. Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag: ASTM C989/C989M. 03 4500 - 3 PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 4500 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Silica Fume: Comply with ASTM C1240. D. Fine and Coarse Structural Aggregates: ASTM C33/C33M. 1. Face-Mixture-Coarse Aggregates: Selected, hard, and durable; free of material that reacts with cement or causes staining; to match selected finish sample. a. Gradation: Uniformly graded to match design reference sample. 2. Face-Mixture-Fine Aggregates: Selected, natural or manufactured sand compatible with coarse aggregate; to match approved finish sample. ASTM C 33 for"Severe Weathering Region", hard, durable, carefully selected and graded; free of material causing staining or reacting with cement and with less than 5% magnesium sulfate soundness loss unless at least 5 years historical experience indicates satisfactory durability. a. Use aggregate from same source as those used in Owner's Representative control sample E. Color Additives: Pure, concentrated mineral pigments specifically intended for mixing into concrete and complying with ASTM C979/C979M. 1. Concentration: Base dosage rates on weight of Portland cement, fly ash, silica fume, and other cementitious materials but not aggregate or sand. 2. Color(s): As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 3. Manufacturers: a. Davis Colors; www.daviscolors.com/#sle. b. Lambert Corporation; : www.lambertusa.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. F. Water: Drinkable; free from deleterious material that may affect color stability, setting, or strength of concrete and complying with chemical limits of PCI MNL 117. G. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and to not contain calcium chloride, or more than 0.15 percent chloride ions or other salts by weight of admixture. 2.04 STEEL CONNECTION MATERIALS A. Carbon-Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Carbon-Steel-Headed Studs: ASTM A 108, AISI 1018 through AISI 1020, cold finished, AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, Type A or Type B, with arc shields and with minimum mechanical properties of PCI MNL 117, Table 3.2.3. C. Carbon-Steel Plate: ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C. D. Malleable Iron Castings: ASTM A 47/A 47M, Grade 32510 or Grade 35028. E. Carbon-Steel Castings: ASTM A 27/A 27M, Grade 60-30. F. High-Strength, Low-Alloy Structural Steel: ASTM A 572/A 572M. G. Carbon-Steel Structural Tubing: ASTM A 500/A 500M, Grade B or Grade C. H. Wrought Carbon-Steel Bars: ASTM A 675/A 675M, Grade 65. I. Deformed-Steel Wire or Bar Anchors: ASTM A 496/A 496M or ASTM A 706/A 706M. J. Carbon-Steel Bolts and Studs: ASTM A 307, Grade A or ASTM F 1554, Grade 36; carbon- steel, hex-head bolts and studs; carbon-steel nuts, ASTM A 563; and flat, unhardened steel washers, ASTM F 844. K. High-Strength Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts; heavy hex carbon-steel nuts, ASTM A 563; and hardened carbon-steel washers, ASTM F 436. 03 4500 -4 PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 4500 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 L. Zinc-Coated Finish: For exterior steel items and items indicated for galvanizing, apply zinc coating by hot-dip process according to ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M. 1. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint with dry film containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by weight, and complying with DOD-P-21035B or SSPC-Paint 20. M. Shop-Primed Finish: Prepare surfaces of non-galvanized steel items, except those surfaces to be embedded in concrete, according to requirements in SSPC-SP 3 and shop-apply lead-and chromate-free, rust-inhibitive primer, complying with performance requirements in MPI 79 according to SSPC-PA 1. 2.05 SUPPORT DEVICES A. Connecting and Support Devices; Anchors and Inserts: ASTM A36/A36M steel; hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM Al53/A153M. 1. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter. 2. Prime paint in two coats, except surfaces in direct contact with concrete or requiring field welding. B. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307 heavy hex bolts, Type A, plain, with matching ASTM A563 (ASTM A563M) nuts and matching washers. C. Primer: Zinc rich type. 2.06 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Prepare design mixtures for each type of precast concrete required. B. Limit use of fly ash and ground granulated blast-furnace slag to 20 percent of portland cement by weight; limit metakaolin and silica fume to 10 percent of portland cement by weight. C. Design mixtures may be prepared by a qualified independent testing agency or by qualified precast plant personnel at architectural precast concrete fabricator's option. D. Limit water-soluble chloride ions to maximum percentage by weight of cement permitted by ACI 318 or PCI MNL 117 when tested according to ASTM C 1218/C 1218M. E. Normal-Weight Concrete Mixtures: Proportion mixtures by either laboratory trial batch or field test data methods according to ACI 211.1, with materials to be used on Project, to provide normal-weight concrete with the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 5000 psi minimum. F. Water Absorption: 6 percent by weight or 14 percent by volume, tested according to ASTM C 642, except for boiling requirement. G. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having an air content complying with PCI MNL 117. H. When included in design mixtures, add other admixtures to concrete mixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2.07 FABRICATION A. Fabricate in compliance with PCI MNL-117 and PCI MNL-135. B. Cast-in Anchors, Inserts, Plates, Angles, and Other Anchorage Hardware: Fabricate anchorage hardware with sufficient anchorage and embedment to comply with design requirements. Accurately position for attachment of loose hardware, and secure in place during pre-casting operations. Locate anchorage hardware where it does not affect position of main reinforcement or concrete placement. 03 4500 - 5 PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 4500 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Weld-headed studs and deformed bar anchors used for anchorage according to AWS D1.1/D1.1 M and AWS C5.4, "Recommended Practices for Stud Welding." C. Furnish loose hardware items including steel plates, clip angles, seat angles, anchors, dowels, cramps, hangers, and other hardware shapes for securing architectural precast concrete units to supporting and adjacent construction. D. Cast-in reglets, slots, holes, and other accessories in architectural precast concrete units as indicated on the Contract Drawings. E. Reinforcement: Comply with recommendations in PCI MNL 117 for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. F. Reinforce architectural precast concrete units to resist handling, transportation, and erection stresses and specified in-place loads. G. Comply with requirements in PCI MNL 117 and requirements in this Section for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. After concrete batching, no additional water may be added. H. Place face mixture to a minimum thickness after consolidation of the greater of 1 inch or 1.5 times the maximum aggregate size, but not less than the minimum reinforcing cover specified. I. Place concrete in a continuous operation to prevent cold joints or planes of weakness from forming in precast concrete units. 1. Place backup concrete mixture to ensure bond with face-mixture concrete. J. Thoroughly consolidate placed concrete by internal and external vibration without dislocating or damaging reinforcement and built-in items, and minimize pour lines, honeycombing, or entrapped air voids on surfaces. Use equipment and procedures complying with PCI MNL 117. 1. Place self-consolidating concrete without vibration according to PCI TR-6, "Interim Guidelines for the Use of Self-Consolidating Concrete in Precast/Pre-stressed Concrete Institute Member Plants." Ensure adequate bond between face and backup concrete, if used. K. Comply with PCI MNL 117 for hot-and cold-weather concrete placement. L. Identify pickup points of architectural precast concrete units and orientation in structure with permanent markings, complying with markings indicated on Shop Drawings. Imprint or permanently mark casting date on each architectural precast concrete unit on a surface that does not show in finished structure. M. Cure concrete, according to requirements in PCI MNL 117, by moisture retention without heat or by accelerated heat curing using low-pressure live steam or radiant heat and moisture. Cure units until compressive strength is high enough to ensure that stripping does not have an effect on performance or appearance of final product. N. Discard and replace architectural precast concrete units that do not comply with requirements, including structural, manufacturing tolerance, and appearance, unless repairs meet requirements in PCI MNL 117 and Architect's approval. 2.08 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A. Comply with PCI MNL-117 and PCI MNL-135, except as specifically amended below. 1. 10' or under: plus or minus 1/8". 2. 10'to 20': plus 1/8", minus 3/16". 3. Angular deviation of plane of side mold: 1/32" per 3" depth, or 1/16"total, whichever is greater. 4. Thickness: Minus 1/8", plus 1/4". 03 4500 - 6 PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 4500 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 5. Tolerances of other dimensions not otherwise indicated: numerically greater of plus or minus 1/16" per 10', or plus or minus 1/8" 2.09 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide testing and analysis of concrete mix. B. Test and inspect precast concrete according to PCI MNL 117 requirements. If using self- consolidating concrete, also test and inspect according to PCI TR-6, ASTM C 1610/C 1610M, ASTM C 1611/C 1611M, ASTM C 1621/C 1621M, and ASTM C 1712. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that building structure, anchors, devices, and openings are ready to receive work of this section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Provide for erection procedures and induced loads during erection. Maintain temporary bracing in place until final support is provided. 3.03 ERECTION A. Erect units without damage to shape or finish. Replace or repair damaged panels. B. Erect units level and plumb within allowable tolerances. C. Install clips, hangers, bearing pads, and other accessories required for connecting architectural precast concrete units to supporting members and backup materials. D. Erect architectural precast concrete level, plumb, and square within specified allowable tolerances. Provide temporary supports and bracing as required to maintain position, stability, and alignment of units until permanent connections are completed. 1. Maintain horizontal and vertical joint alignment and uniform joint width as erection progresses. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, maintain uniform joint widths of 3/4 inch. E. Connect architectural precast concrete units in position by bolting, welding, grouting, or as otherwise indicated on Shop Drawings. Remove temporary shims, wedges, and spacers as soon as practical after connecting and grouting are completed. F. Welding: Comply with applicable requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M and AWS D1.4/D1.4M for welding, welding electrodes, appearance, quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. G. At bolted connections, use lock washers, tack welding, or other approved means to prevent loosening of nuts after final adjustment. H. Grouting or Dry-Packing Connections and Joints: Grout connections where required or indicated. Retain flowable grout in place until hard enough to support itself. Alternatively, pack spaces with stiff dry-pack grout material, tamping until voids are completely filled. Place grout and finish smooth, level, and plumb with adjacent concrete surfaces. Promptly remove grout material from exposed surfaces before it affects finishes or hardens. Keep grouted joints damp for not less than 24 hours after initial set. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Erect members level and plumb within allowable tolerances. Comply with PCI MNL-135, except as specifically amended below. 1. Anchors and Inserts: within 3/8" of centerline location. 03 4500 - 7 PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 4500 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Blockouts and reinforcements: within 1/4" of position shown on shop drawings, where such positions have structural implications or affect concrete cover; otherwise within plus or minus 1/2". 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean surfaces of precast concrete units exposed to view. B. Clean mortar, plaster, fireproofing, weld slag, and other deleterious material from concrete surfaces and adjacent materials immediately. C. Clean exposed surfaces of precast concrete units after erection and completion of joint treatment to remove weld marks, other markings, dirt, and stains. 1. Perform cleaning procedures, if necessary, according to precast concrete fabricator's recommendations. Protect other work from staining or damage due to cleaning operations. 2. Do not use cleaning materials or processes that could change the appearance of exposed concrete finishes or damage adjacent materials. D. See Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal, for additional requirements. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect installed stair treads from subsequent construction operations. B. Do not permit traffic over unprotected floor surface. 3.07 REPAIRS A. Repair architectural precast concrete units if permitted by Architect. Architect reserves the right to reject repaired units that do not comply with requirements. B. Mix patching materials and repair units so cured patches blend with color, texture, and uniformity of adjacent exposed surfaces and show no apparent line of demarcation between original and repaired work, when viewed in typical daylight illumination from a distance of 20 feet. C. Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings with galvanizing repair paint according to ASTM A 780/A 780M. D. Wire brush, clean, and paint damaged prime-painted components with same type of shop primer. E. Remove and replace damaged architectural precast concrete units when repairs do not comply with requirements. END OF SECTION 03 4500 03 4500 - 8 PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 6600 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 03 6600 SPECIAL CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Liquid Hardeners to protect Horizontal concrete surfaces. 2. Taped seams and openings. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete 2. Section 07 9200—Joint Sealants 1.02 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 1. American Society for Testing and Materials: ASTM-C-1028 Standard Test Method for Determining the Static Coefficient of Friction of Ceramic Tile and Other Like Surfaces by the Horizontal Dynamometer Pull Meter Method. 2. ASTM-D-3278 Standard Test Method for Flash Point of Liquids by Small Scale Closed Cup Apparatus. 3. ASTM-D-3363-05 Standard Test Method for Film Hardness by Pencil Test. 4. ASTM-E-430 Standard Test Method for Measurement of Gloss of High-Gloss Surfaces by Abridged Goniophotometry. 5. Rilem Test Method Test No. 11.4 Measurement of Water Absorption Under Low Pressure. 6. ASTM-C-779, Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Horizontal Concrete Surfaces 7. ASTM-G-23-81, Ultraviolet Light&Water Spray 8. ASTM-C-805, Impact Strength 9. American Concrete Institute ACI 302.1-89, Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction 10. Other Test a. Reflectivity 11. Product must meet SCS Indoor Air Quality Gold Certification level tested by SCS. 12. Product must be a registered product with NSF approval. www.nsfwhitebook.org. 1.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data sheets on all products to be used for the work. Submit description for protection of surrounding areas, surface preparation, application, and final cleaning. 1. Product data: High tolerance hardened concrete floor finish shall comply with the following performance requirements. a. Performance Characteristics: 1) ANSI B101.1 Walkway Standard for Hard Surfaces: Finished concrete must meet or exceed the new high traction standard for wet hard surfaces of 0.60, as measured by the BOT-3000, using a neolite foot sensor. Measurement must be done in four directions in each zone tested and an average COF value must be 03 6600 - 1 SPECIAL CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 6600 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 referenced. The generally accepted COF value of 0.80 for ramps as referenced by the ADA Act. 2) Degree of Reflectiveness as per horizontal test area tested in accordance with ASTM-E-430. 3) Degree of Hardness as per horizontal test area tested in accordance with ASTM-D-3363-05. 4) Measure of Water Absorption as per horizontal test area tested in accordance with Rilem Test Method Test No. 11.4 B. Submit under provisions of Section 01 3300. C. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 6000— Product Requirements. D. Provide submittal information within 35 calendar days after the contractor has received the owner's notice to proceed. E. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. 1. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, two samples, minimum size 2 inches (51 mm) square representing actual product, color, and finish. 2. Each floor has its own unique appearance when completed. Manufacturer's lab samples are supplied only to show a smooth surface indicative of the gloss, not the mix color or aggregate size, color or amount of aggregate exposed. The final appearance of a finished floor cannot be guaranteed to match a sample due to the natural variations in concrete. F. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings and Flooring) 1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Certificates: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. B. Manufacturer's acknowledgement of applicator qualifications. C. VOC Certification: Submit certification that products furnished comply with regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOC). D. Submit Convergent Concrete Technologies High Performance Concrete Floor System specifications and test data. E. Submit special concrete finishes describing product to be provided, giving manufacturer's name and product name for the specified material proposed to be provided under this section. F. Submit special concrete finishes manufacturer's recommended installation procedures, which when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. G. Submit special concrete finishes technical data sheet giving descriptive data, curing time, and application requirements. H. Submit special concrete finishes manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and other safety requirements. I. Follow all special concrete finishes published manufacturer's installation instructions J. Product test reports: 1. Provide certified test reports, prepared by an independent testing laboratory, confirming compliance with specified performance criteria. 03 6600 - 2 SPECIAL CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 6600 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Use only a Factory Trained installer and adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary craft. 2. The special concrete finish manufacturer, Convergent Concrete Technologies, shall approve the applicator. No other applicators are allowed. Convergent Concrete Technologies will provide a job specific letter per job. 3. Applicator shall be familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work of this section. Applicator must have availability of proper equipment to perform work within scope of this project on a timely basis. Applicator should have successfully performed a minimum of 5 projects of at least 5,000 square feet each. B. Manufacturer's Certification: 1. Provide letter of completion from Convergent Concrete Technologies stating that installer is listed applicator of special concrete finishes, and has completed the Factory Training Program. C. Protection: 1. No satisfactory chemical or cleaning procedure is available to remove petroleum stains from the concrete surface. Prevention is therefore essential. a. All hydraulic powered equipment must be diapered to avoid staining of the concrete. b. No trade will park vehicles on the inside slab. If necessary to complete their scope of work, drop cloths will be placed under vehicles at all times. c. No pipe cutting machine will be used on the inside floor slab. d. Steel will not be placed on interior slab to avoid rust staining. e. All equipment must be equipped with non-marking tires. f. Do not drag or drop equipment or material across the slab which will scratch or chip it. D. Pre-Construction Meeting: Convene a pre-construction meeting before the start of work on new concrete slabs, patching of existing concrete slabs and start of application of concrete finish system. Require attendance of parties directly affecting work of this Section, including the Contractor, Architect, concrete installer, finish applicator, and manufacturer's representative. Review environmental regulations, test area procedures, protection of surrounding areas, surface preparation, application, field quality control, final cleaning, and coordination with other work. Review the following: 1. Physical requirements of completed concrete slab and slab finish. 2. Locations and time of test areas. 3. Protection of surfaces not scheduled for finish application. 4. Surface preparation. 5. Application. 6. Repair. 7. Quality control. 8. Cleaning. 9. Protection of finish system. 10. Coordination with other work. 11. Removal of concrete waste slurry. 03 6600 - 3 SPECIAL CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 6600 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 E. Mock-ups: Construct mock-ups of durable floor system and concrete finish material for evaluation of surface preparation techniques and application workmanship. 1. Construct mock-ups using same materials for use in the Work. 2. Construct mock-ups at locations determined by Architect. 3. Do not proceed until coverage, appearance, concrete variations, and workmanship of mock-ups are approved by Architect. 4. Approved Mock-ups: Standard for coverage, appearance, concrete variations, and workmanship of durable floor system and concrete finish material. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original containers, with seals unbroken, bearing manufacturer labels indicating brand name and directions for storage. B. Dispense special concrete finish material from factory sealed containers. C. Store containers upright in a cool, dry, well-ventilated place, out of the sun with temperature between 40 and 100 degrees F (4 and 38 degrees C). D. Protect from freezing. E. Store away from all other chemicals and potential sources contamination. F. Keep lights, fire, sparks and heat away from containers. G. Do not drop containers or slide across sharp objects. H. Do not stack pallets more than three high. I. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use. J. Store and handle materials in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental limitations: 1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for substrate temperature and moisture content, ambient temperature and humidity, ventilation, and other conditions affecting topping performance. a. Concrete must have a minimum Floor Flatness rating of 35. b. Concrete must have a minimum Floor Levelness rating of 20. c. Concrete must be cured a minimum of 28 days or as directed by the manufacturer before application Pentra-Sil (HD)®can begin. d. Early application of Pentra-Sil (HD)®prior to 28 days is acceptable. Please check with Convergent Concrete Technologies for acceptable practices. e. Application of Pentra-Finish (HG)®shall take place prior to installation of equipment, thus providing a complete, uninhibited concrete slab for application. B. Close areas to traffic during floor application and after application for time period recommended in writing by manufacturer. C. The completed slab will be covered to prevent damage by the other trades during floor completion. D. Temperature limitations: 1. Do not apply when surface and air temperature are below 40 degrees F (4 degrees C)or above 95 degrees F (35 degrees C) unless otherwise indicated by manufacturer's written instructions. 03 6600 -4 SPECIAL CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 6600 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Do not apply when surface and air temperatures are not expected to remain above 40 degrees F (4 degrees C)for a minimum of 8 hours after application, unless otherwise indicated by manufacturer's written instructions. E. Do not apply under windy conditions such that the concrete surface treatment may be blown to surfaces not intended. F. Do not apply to frozen substrate. Allow adequate time for substrate to thaw, if freezing conditions exist before application. G. Do not apply earlier than 24 hours after rain or if rain is predicted for a period of 8 hours after application, unless otherwise indicated by manufacturer's written instructions. H. Temporary Lighting: Minimum 200 W light source, placed 8 feet (2.5 meters) above horizontal concrete surface, for each 425 square feet(40 square meters)of concrete being finished. I. Temporary Heat: Ambient temperature of 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) minimum. J. Ventilation: Provide ventilation during coating evaporation stage in confined or enclosed areas in accordance with manufacturer's instructions 1.10 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace product(s)that fail(s) in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 1 year(s)from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide 1. Convergent Concrete Technologies LLC, 115 North 1380 West Orem, Utah 84057, 801- 375-2280, Fax 801-375-2971, www.convergentconcrete.com: B. Hardening/Sealant Agent 1. Acceptable product: Pentra-Sil (HD)® Premium Lithium Silicate. 2. Substitutions: Not Permitted. No Private Label 3. Description: Premium hardener and sealer for concrete surfaces. A penetrating lithium- silicate treatment reacting with the calcium hydroxide from concrete hydration to produce insoluble calcium silicate hydrate (C-S-H). a. Properties: b. Form: clear, water-like liquid c. Specific Gravity: 1.11 d. pH: 11.0 e. Weight/Gallon: 8.79 pounds f. Active Content: 100 percent of total solids g. Freeze Point: 32 degrees F (0 degrees C) h. Shelf Life: 2 years in tightly sealed, unopened factory sealed container. i. VOC Content: Less than 50g/L; California CHPS: Tested and conforms to Section 01 4000 (Quality Requirements) LEED® BD&C; Tested and qualifies for EQ Credit 4: Low Emitting Materials (Option 2). C. Protective Treatments 1. Acceptable Manufacturer: Convergent Concrete Technologies, LLC, 115 North 1380 West Orem, Utah 84057, 801-375-2280, Fax 801-375-2971, www.convergentconcrete.com 2. Substitutions: Not Permitted. No Private Label 03 6600 - 5 SPECIAL CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 6600 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Description: Pentra-Finish (HG)®is a high-gloss penetrating premium sealer containing lithium silicate hardener for horizontal concrete surfaces, including cement terrazzo. Treated surfaces resist damage from water, chemical attack and abrasion. 4. Properties: a. Form: milky white liquid b. Specific Gravity: 1.09 c. pH: 11.5 d. Weight/Gallon: 9.07 pounds e. Active Content: 23 percent f. Total Solids: 23 percent g. Freeze Point: 32 degrees F (0 degrees C) h. Shelf Life: 6 months in tightly sealed, unopened container i. VOC Content: less than 50 g/L; California CHPS: Tested and conforms to Section 01 3500 (Special Environmental Requirements) LEED®for Schools; Tested and qualifies for EQ Credit 4: Low Emitting Materials (Option 2). D. Factory Trained Applicator: 1. Only approved Factory Trained applicators allowed. 2. For an approved applicator contact: Convergent Concrete Technologies, LLC, 115 North 1380 West Orem, Utah 84057, 801-375-2280, Fax 801-375-2971, www.convergentconcrete.com 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Product Variations: B. Fly Ash: 1. No more than 20 percent of the weight of the Portland Cement should be substituted with fly ash. If fly ash is to be substituted, Class C is preferred. C. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings and Flooring) 2.03 RELATED MATERIALS A. Water(potable). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine substrate with installer present for conditions affecting performance of finish. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Verify that base slab meets finish and surface profile requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast- In-Place Concrete," and Project Conditions above. C. Prior to application, verify that floor surfaces are free of construction latents. D. Obtain and follow manufacturer's instructions for examination and testing of substrates. E. Verify by examination that masonry and concrete surfaces are acceptable to receive the specified products. Notify the Architect if surfaces are not acceptable to receive the specified products. F. Preparation 03 6600 - 6 SPECIAL CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 6600 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Clean dirt, dust, oil, grease and other contaminants from surfaces that interfere with penetration or performance of specified product. Use appropriate concrete cleaners approved by the concrete surface treatment manufacturer where necessary. Rinse thoroughly using pressure water spray to remove cleaner residues. Allow surfaces to dry completely before application of product. 2. Repair, patch and fill cracks, voids, defects and damaged areas in surface as approved by the Architect. Allow repair materials to cure completely before application of product. 3. Variations in substrate texture and color will affect final appearance and should be corrected prior to application of sealer/hardener system and the polishing steps. 4. Protect surrounding areas prior to application. If product is accidentally misapplied to adjacent surfaces, flush with water immediately before material dries. 5. Avoid contact in areas not to be treated. Avoid contact with metal, glass and painted surfaces. 6. Seal open joints in accordance with Section 07 9000—Joint Protection. 7. Apply specified sealants and caulking and allow complete curing before application of Liquid Hardener. G. Application—Liquid Hardener 1. Apply products to substrates in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and application procedures. Confirm instructions on current Product Data Sheet that can be found on manufacturer's website, www.convergentconcrete.com 2. Apply to clean, dry, and properly prepared surfaces approved by the Architect. 3. Clean surface with an auto-scrubber using manufacturer approved cleaner to remove all surface dust and debris before grinding or polishing. 4. Remove and dispose of all waste from the process of grinding, polishing (dry or wet)and cleaning in accordance with all environmental regulations. 5. Surface must be ground to open pores with minimizing aggregate exposure. Starting point for grinding is to be determined on test panel. Recommendation is to start with high grind, 200 grit and work down to level that opens surface, removes surface defects such as trowel marks, etc. while providing a uniform surface. Initial grind should be done in two perpendicular crossing passes at the same grind level. Applicator reserves the right based on the slab conditions to alter any and all grinding procedures. 6. Surface is to be cleaned between each grind level using an auto-scrubber with manufacturer approved cleaner to remove debris from the process. This is to be done regardless of whether wet or dry grinding. 7. After initial grind, move up in grind levels in two perpendicular crossing passes without skipping level until one level below finish level. 8. At one level below final finish level, apply liquid hardener at a coverage rate established on the Test Panel, estimated coverage to be 800 to 1,000 square feet per gallon. Actual coverage rate is to be determined by slab surface. Apply by High Volume Low Pressure spray. Best practices use of 0.5 gpm nozzle is highly recommended. 9. Do not dilute or alter products. Apply as packaged. 10. Do not apply to painted surfaces. 11. Allow applied material to remain on the surface for approximately 10 to 15 minutes for reaction. If material puddles on surface, move applied material around with a micro fiber pad to achieve uniform coverage. Do not apply additional material. 12. Allow applied material on surface to dry, approximately 30 to 60 minutes before polishing next level. If white residue appears on surface after drying, material will be removed in final polishing level. 13. Polish at final level in two perpendicular crossing passes. 03 6600 - 7 SPECIAL CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 03 6600 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 14. Treated horizontal concrete surface shall meet criteria performance test established in 1.6.3. of this specification 3.02 EQUIPMENT A. Generally, the grinding machines must be adequate for the size of the job. 1. Initial grinding should be done with a machine with planetary/counter rotating concrete grinding heads. It gives the best preliminary scratch pattern needed for a good finished sheen. 2. Areas over 6,000 square feet are considered large projects and machines with a 32 inch grinding area are recommended. Smaller projects recommend a heavy 21 inch or comparable planetary/counter rotating machine. 3.03 SCOPE OF WORK A. The following High Performance Floor process must be used. Floors should be started using a 50 or 100 grit resin pad depending on the condition of the slab. A concrete grinding machine with planetary heads/counter rotating must be used. Factory Trained Applicator reserves the right to change grit starting level and all other aspects that will contribute to the specified gloss in the specifications. The remaining process follows: 1. New Construction: Always refer to specifications when performing individual work. a. This process will require the use of 50/80 grit metal/resin or combination diamonds. Best Practice: Perform each pass perpendicular to the other pass north/south then east/west; multiple passes may be needed. b. Clean floor with manufacturer approved cleaner. c. Perform water test to determine if the substrate receives water. d. Grind the floor with 120 grit diamonds; refer to Best Practices. e. Clean Floor with manufacturer approved cleaner. f. Polish floor with 220 grit diamonds; refer to Best Practices. g. Clean floor with manufacturer approved cleaner. h. Polish floor with 400 grit diamonds; refer to Best Practices. i. Clean floor with manufacturer approved cleaner. j. Application of Pentra-Sil (HD)®at 800 to 1,000 square feet per gallon; refer to manufacturer's data sheet. k. Polish floor with 800 grit diamonds; refer to Best Practices. I. Final clean of entire floor with manufacturer approved cleaner. m. Application of Pentra-Finish (HG)®. n. Burnish floor with approximately 3,600 rpm (engine speed) machine equipped with HEAT pad or diamond pad to achieve a heat reading on the floor of 91 degrees F (33 degrees C)or higher. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. All paints and coatings, including accessories, applied on site must comply with the VOC limits, emissions testing and Submittal requirements for IEQ Credit Low-Emitting Materials as specified in Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 3.05 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 03 6600 03 6600 - 8 SPECIAL CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 04 2613 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 04 2613 MASONRY VENEER PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete block. B. Mortar and grout. C. Reinforcement and anchorage. D. Flashings. E. Accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing control and expansion joints. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM Al53/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. B. ASTM A240/A240M - Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications; 2020a. C. ASTM A641/A641 M - Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire; 2019. D. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015. E. ASTM A951/A951 M - Standard Specification for Steel Wire for Masonry Joint Reinforcement; 2022. F. ASTM A1064/A1064M - Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete; 2022. G. ASTM C90 - Standard Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units; 2023. H. ASTM C91/C91 M - Standard Specification for Masonry Cement; 2023. I. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2020. J. ASTM C207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes; 2018. K. ASTM C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry; 2019a, with Editorial Revision. L. ASTM C404 - Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout; 2024. M. BIA Technical Notes No. 7 -Water Penetration Resistance— Design and Detailing; 2017. N. TMS 402/602 - Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures; 2016. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data for masonry units, fabricated wire reinforcement, and mortar. C. Samples: Submit four samples of decorative block units to illustrate color, texture, and extremes of color range. 04 2613 - 1 MASONRY VENEER Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 04 2613 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that masonry units meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. F. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements. 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with provisions of TMS 402/602, except where exceeded by requirements of Contract Documents. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.07 MOCK-UP A. Construct a masonry wall as a mock-up panel sized 8 feet long by 6 feet high; include mortar and accessories and structural backup in mock-up. B. Locate where directed. C. Mock-up may remain as part of the Work. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, handle, and store masonry units by means that will prevent mechanical damage and contamination by other materials. 1.09 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Cold and Hot Weather Requirements: Comply with requirements of TMS 402/602 or applicable building code, whichever is more stringent. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Concrete Block: Comply with referenced standards and as follows: 1. Size: Standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16 by 8 inches and nominal depth of 4 inches. 2. Special Shapes: Provide non-standard blocks configured for corners. 3. Load-Bearing Units: ASTM C90, normal weight. a. Hollow block, as indicated. b. Exposed Faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture where indicated. 2.02 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Masonry Cement: ASTM C91/C91M Type N. 1. Colored Mortar: Premixed cement as required to match Architect's color sample. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I; color as required to produce approved color sample. C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. D. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404. E. Water: Clean and potable. F. Moisture-Resistant Admixture: Water repellent compound designed to reduce capillarity. 04 2613 - 2 MASONRY VENEER Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 04 2613 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.03 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A. Joint Reinforcement Type: Use ladder type joint reinforcement where vertical reinforcement is involved and truss type elsewhere, unless otherwise indicated. B. Joint Reinforcement Standard: ASTM A951/A951 M. 1. Type: Truss or ladder. 2. Material: ASTM A1064/A1064M steel wire, mill galvanized to ASTM A641/A641 M Class 3. 3. Size: 0.1483 inch side rods with 0.1483 inch cross rods; width as required to provide not less than 5/8 inch of mortar coverage on each exposure. 4. Manufacturers: a. 3GEN Masonry Products; www.3genmp.com. b. Blok-Lok Limited; www.blok-lok.com/#sle. c. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc; HB 213 Veneer Anchor: www.h-b.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. C. Masonry Veneer Anchors: 2-piece anchors that permit differential movement between masonry veneer and structural backup, hot dip galvanized to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B. 1. Anchor plates: Not less than 0.075 inch thick, designed for fastening to structural backup through sheathing by two fasteners; provide design with legs that penetrate sheathing and insulation to provide positive anchorage. 2. Wire ties: Manufacturer's standard shape, 0.1875 inch thick. 3. Vertical adjustment: Not less than 3-1/2 inches. 4. Seismic Feature: Provide lip, hook, or clip on end of wire ties to engage or enclose not less than one continuous horizontal joint reinforcement wire of 0.1483 inch diameter. 5. Manufacturers: a. 3GEN Masonry Products; H-13: www.3genmp.com. b. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc; : www.h-b.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2.04 FLASHINGS A. Metal Flashing Materials: 1. Stainless Steel Flashing: ASTM A666, Type 304, soft temper; 26 gauge, 0.0187 inch thick; finish 2B to 2D. B. Combination Asphaltic Flashing Materials-Copper: C. Combination Non-Asphaltic Flashing Materials- Copper: 1. Copper/Polymer Film or Fabric Flashing: 3 oz/sq ft copper sheet laminated between two sheets of polymer or fiberglass fiber-reinforced film. 2. Copper/Polymer Film or Fabric Flashing - Self-Adhering: 3 oz/sq ft copper sheet bonded on inward facing side to a sheet of polymer or fiberglass fabric that has a clear adhesive with a removable release liner. 3. Copper/Polymer Fabric Drainage Plane Flashing System: 3 oz/sq ft copper sheet bonded with rubber-based adhesive between one sheet of polymer fabric and one sheet of non- woven drainage material. D. Combination Non-Asphaltic Flashing Materials- Stainless Steel: 1. Stainless Steel/Polymer Fabric Flashing -Self-Adhering: ASTM A240/A240M; 2 mil type 304 stainless steel sheet bonded on inward facing side to a sheet of polymer fabric that has a clear adhesive with a removable release liner. 04 2613 - 3 MASONRY VENEER Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 04 2613 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Stainless Steel/Polymer Fabric Drainage Plane Flashing: ASTM A240/A240M; 2 mil type 304stainless steel sheet bonded between one sheet of polymer fabric and one sheet of non-woven drainage material. E. Membrane Asphaltic Flashing Materials: F. Factory-Fabricated Flashing Corners and Ends: Stainless steel. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Preformed Control Joints: Rubber material. Provide with corner and tee accessories, fused joints. 1. Manufacturers: a. Blok-Lok Limited; www.blok-lok.com/#sle. b. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc; : www.h-b.com/#sle. c. WIRE-BOND; : www.wirebond.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. B. Joint Filler: Closed cell polyvinyl chloride; oversized 50 percent to joint width; self expanding; in maximum lengths available. 1. Manufacturers: a. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc; www.h-b.com/#sle. b. WIRE-BOND; : www.wirebond.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. C. Weeps: 1. Type: Preformed aluminum vents with sloping louvers. 2. Color(s): As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 3. Manufacturers: a. Blok-Lok Limited; www.blok-lok.com/#sle. b. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc; : www.h-b.com/#sle. c. Mortar Net Solutions; WeepVent: www.mortarnet.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. D. Cleaning Solution: Non-acidic, not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials. 2.06 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXING A. Mortar for Unit Masonry: ASTM C270, Proportion Specification. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive masonry. B. Verify that related items provided under other sections are properly sized and located. C. Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work. 3.02 COURSING A. Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement. B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness. C. Concrete Masonry Units: 1. Bond: Running. 2. Coursing: One unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches. 04 2613 -4 MASONRY VENEER Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 04 2613 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.03 PLACING AND BONDING A. Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints. B. Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints is not permitted. C. Remove excess mortar as work progresses. D. Interlock intersections and external corners. E. Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper tools to provide straight, clean, unchipped edges. Prevent broken masonry unit corners or edges. 3.04 WEEPS/CAVITY VENTS A. Install weeps in veneer walls at 24 inches on center horizontally on top of through-wall flashing above shelf angles and lintels and at bottom of walls. 3.05 CAVITY MORTAR CONTROL A. Do not permit mortar to drop or accumulate into cavity air space or to plug weep/cavity vents. B. For cavity walls, build inner wythe ahead of outer wythe to accommodate accessories. 3.06 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE - MASONRY VENEER A. Install horizontal joint reinforcement 16 inches on center. B. Place masonry joint reinforcement in first and second horizontal joints above and below openings. Extend minimum 16 inches each side of opening. C. Masonry Back-Up: Embed anchors to bond veneer at maximum 16 inches on center vertically and 36 inches on center horizontally. Place additional anchors at perimeter of openings and ends of panels, so maximum spacing of anchors is 8 inches on center. D. Seismic Reinforcement: Connect veneer anchors with continuous horizontal wire reinforcement before embedding anchors in mortar. 3.07 MASONRY FLASHINGS A. Whether or not specifically indicated, install masonry flashing to divert water to exterior at all locations where downward flow of water will be interrupted. 1. Extend flashings full width at such interruptions and at least 6 inches, minimum, into adjacent masonry or turn up at least 1 inch, minimum, to form watertight pan at non- masonry construction. B. Terminate flashing up 8 inches minimum on vertical surface of backing: 1. Install vertical leg of flashing behind water-resistive barrier sheet over backing. 2. Install vertical leg of flashing over fluid-applied or self-adhered air/vapor barriers over backing or per manufacturer's directions. C. Extend metal flashings through exterior face of masonry and terminate in an angled drip with hemmed edge. Install joint sealer below drip edge to prevent moisture migration under flashing. 3.08 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. Do not continue horizontal joint reinforcement through control or expansion joints. B. Install preformed control joint device in continuous lengths. Seal butt and corner joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Form expansion joint as detailed on drawings. 3.09 TOLERANCES A. Install masonry within the site tolerances found in TMS 402/602. 04 2613 - 5 MASONRY VENEER Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 04 2613 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/16 inch. C. Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 ft and 1/2 inch in 20 ft or more. D. Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 ft and 1/4 inch in 10 ft; 1/2 inch in 30 ft. E. Maximum Variation of Mortar Joint Thickness: Head joint, minus 1/4 inch, plus 3/8 inch. 3.10 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut and fit for pipes and conduit. Coordinate with other sections of work to provide correct size, shape, and location. B. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired. 3.11 CLEANING A. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears as work progresses. B. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work. C. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution. D. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. E. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Without damaging completed work, provide protective boards at exposed external corners that are subject to damage by construction activities. END OF SECTION 04 2613 04 2613 - 6 MASONRY VENEER Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 1200 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 05 1200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Structural steel framing members. B. Structural steel support members and struts. C. Base plates, shear stud connectors and expansion joint plates. D. Grouting under base plates. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 05 1213 -Architecturally-Exposed Structural Steel Framing: Additional requirements for structural steel members designated as architecturally-exposed structural steel (AESS). B. Section 05 5000 - METAL FABRICATIONS: Steel fabrications affecting structural steel work. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AISC (MAN)- Steel Construction Manual; 2017. B. AISC 303- Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges; 2016. C. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2014. D. ASTM Al53/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. E. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts, Studs, and Threaded Rod 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength; 2021. F. ASTM A563 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts; 2015. G. ASTM A563M - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts (Metric); 2007 (Reapproved 2013). H. ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Required Hardness, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2020. I. ASTM A1011/A1011 M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength; 2018a. J. ASTM E94/E94M - Standard Guide for Radiographic Examination Using Industrial Radiographic Film; 2017. K. ASTM E164 - Standard Practice for Contact Ultrasonic Testing of Weldments; 2019. L. ASTM E165/E165M - Standard Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination for General Industry; 2018. M. ASTM E709 - Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Testing; 2015. N. ASTM F3125/F3125M - Standard Specification for High Strength Structural Bolts and Assemblies, Steel and Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, Inch Dimensions 120 ksi and 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength, and Metric Dimensions 830 MPa and 1040 MPa Minimum Tensile Strength; 2019, with Editorial Revision (2020). O. ASTM F436/F436M - Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers Inch and Metric Dimensions; 2019. 05 1200 - 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 1200 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 P. ASTM F959/F959M - Standard Specification for Compressible-Washer-Type Direct Tension Indicators for Use with Structural Fasteners, Inch and Metric Series; 2017a. Q. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; 2012. R. AWS B2.1/132.1 M - Specification for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification; 2014 (Amended 2015). S. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code- Steel; 2020. T. IAS AC172 -Accreditation Criteria for Fabricator Inspection Programs for Structural Steel; 2018. U. SSPC-SP 3 - Power Tool Cleaning; 2024. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, locations of structural members, openings, attachments, and fasteners. 2. Connections not detailed. 3. Indicate cambers and loads. 4. Indicate welded connections with AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. C. Manufacturer's Mill Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Mill Test Reports: Indicate structural strength, destructive test analysis and non-destructive test analysis. E. Fabricator Test Reports: Comply with ASTM A1011/A1011 M. F. Materials Test Reports: Submit independent test results or engineered performance analysis of structural thermal-break pad performance in bearing or slip-critical connections where shear and moment loads are applied. G. Welders' Qualification Statement: Welders' certificates in accordance with AWS B2.1/B2.1 M and dated no more than 12 months before start of scheduled welding work. H. Designer's Qualification Statement. I. Fabricator's Qualification Statement. J. Fabricator's Qualification Statement: Provide documentation showing steel fabricator is accredited under IAS AC172. K. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC (MAN) "Steel Construction Manual." B. Structural steel members designated as architecturally-exposed structural steel (AESS)to also comply with Section 05 1213. C. Maintain one copy of each document on site. D. Fabricator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years of documented experience. 05 1200 - 2 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 1200 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 E. Welder Qualifications: Welding processes and welding operators qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and no more than 12 months before start of scheduled welding work. In addition, all welders performing shop or field-welding of structural steel members shall be WABO certified, or equivalent, as accepted by the Structural Engineer and Building Official F. Fabricator Qualifications: Fabricator of structural steel shall have a minimum of five (5)years experience in structural steel fabrication, including involvement in not less than three (3) projects of similar, or greater, size and complexity. Fabricator shall have their own fabrication plant that has been operating for a minimum of five (5)years G. Erector: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years of documented experience. H. Design connections not detailed on drawings under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver structural steel to project site in such quantities and at such times as to ensure the continuity of installation. Include templates and instruction for the proper setting of anchor bolts. B. Store materials to permit easy access for identification and any inspection not completed in the fabrication shop. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration. 1. Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and re-lubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 2. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. 1.07 COORDINATION AND SEQUENCING A. Furnish anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation. B. Coordinate schedule with other trades where attachments or interference occur. C. Schedule and sequence fabrication to coordinate with installation schedules and progress schedules. 1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements and conditions are as shown on the drawings, sho drawings, or as instructed by Product Manufacturer. 1.09 REDESIGN A. Obtain written acceptance from the Architect/Structural Engineer for Contractor-initiated design or departures from that indicated by the contract documents. B. Bear costs for Contractor-initiated or construction error caused changes to type, form, system or details of construction from those indicated by the contract documents 05 1200 - 3 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 1200 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, Angles, Bars, and Rods: As specified in General Structural Notes. B. Steel Sheet: ASTM A1011/A1011 M, Designation SS, Grade 30 hot-rolled, or ASTM A1008/A1008M, Designation SS, Grade 30 cold-rolled. C. Structural Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, ASTM A307, Grade A and galvanized in compliance with ASTM Al53/A153M Class C. D. High-Strength Structural Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Type 1, with matching compatible ASTM A563 or ASTM A563M nuts and ASTM F436/F436M washers. E. Load Indicator Washers: Provide washers complying with ASTM F959/F959M at connections requiring high-strength bolts. F. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1/D1.1 M; type required for materials being welded. G. Grout: ASTM C1107/C1107M; Non-shrink; premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents. 1. Minimum Compressive Strength at 48 Hours: 2,000 pounds per square inch. 2. Minimum Compressive Strength at 28 Days: 7,000 pounds per square inch. H. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: Fabricator's standard, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. I. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Fabricator's standard, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate to greatest extent possible. B. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds. Grind exposed welds smooth. C. Fabricate connections for bolt, nut, and washer connectors. D. Develop required camber for members. 2.03 FINISH A. Prepare structural component surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP 3. B. Shop prime structural steel members except the following. 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches. 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3. Surfaces of high-strength bolted, slip-critical connections. 4. Galvanized surfaces. 5. Surfaces enclosed in interior construction. C. Shop Priming: 1. Low-Emitting Materials: Paints and coatings shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's (formerly, the California Department of Health Services') "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 2. Primer: use below or approved equal by the Architect 05 1200 -4 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 1200 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 a. Primer: Fabricator's standard Lead-free and Chromate-free, non-asphaltic, rust- inhibiting primer. b. Shop-applied Zinc-Rich Primer(for steel not galvanized and exposed to weather in its final position, including all AESS, and as otherwise specified): Shop preparation shall be SSPC Method SP-6. 1) Approved Products: "Tnemec-Zinc 90-70" by Tnemec Company, or"Zinc Clad III HS B69A1 00/B69V1 00/B69D1 1" by Sherwin Williams. Color selected by the Architect. c. Galvanized Finish Touch-Up: Touch-up paint shall be an organic cold-galvanizing compound having a minimum of 94 % zinc dust in dry film. 1) Approved Products: "Tnemec-Zinc 90-70" by Tnemec Company, or"Zinc Clad III HS B69A1 00/B69V1 00/B69D1 1" by Sherwin Williams. 2.04 GALVANIZING A. Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot-dip process to structural steel according to ASTM A 123/A 123M. Fill vent holes and grind smooth after galvanizing. 2.05 GALVANIZE ALL STEEL LINTELS AND SHELF ANGLES LOCATED IN EXTERIOR WALLS. A. Fill vent holes and grind smooth after galvanizing. B. Galvanize other members where specified in the drawings 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop tests and inspections and prepare test reports in accordance with IBC Chapter 17 and the Statement of Special Inspections in the General Structural Notes. 1. Provide testing agency with access to places where structural-steel work is being fabricated or produced to perform tests and inspections. 2. At the Owner's discretion, structural steel inspections may be waived if approved by the Building Official for work performed on the premises of a fabricator registered and approved to perform such work without special inspection in accordance with IBC Section 1704.2. B. Bolted Connections: Shop-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." C. Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded connections will be tested and inspected according to AWS D1.1 and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: 1. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. 2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. 3. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. 4. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94. D. In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded shear connectors will be tested and inspected according to requirements in AWS D1.1 for stud welding and as follows: 1. Bend tests will be performed if visual inspections reveal either a less-than-continuous 360-degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. 2. Tests will be conducted on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear connectors already tested, according to requirements in AWS D1.1. E. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. At the Owner's option, the cost of additional testing performed to 05 1200 - 5 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 1200 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 determine compliance of corrected work may be at the Contractor's expense. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that conditions are appropriate for erection of structural steel and that the work may properly proceed. B. Verify, with certified steel erector present, elevations of concrete-and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 ERECTION A. Erect structural steel in compliance with AISC 303. B. Baseplates Bearing Plates and Leveling Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates. 1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Weld plate washers to top of baseplate. 3. Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout. 4. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts. C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." D. Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. 2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure is completed and in service. E. Splice members only where indicated. Fasten splices of compression on members after bringing abutting surfaces completely into contact. F. Remove erection bolts on welded, architecturally exposed structural steel; fill holes with plug welds; and grid smooth at exposed surfaces. G. Do not use thermal cutting during erection unless approved ty the Architect. Finish thermally cut sections with smoothness limits in AWS D1.1. Cutting will be permitted only on secondary members which are not under stress, as acceptable to the Engineer. H. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1 and manufacturer's written instructions. I. Reaming: Light drifting will be permitted to draw the parts together, but drifting to match unfair holes will not be permitted. Any enlargement of holes necessary to make connections in the field shall be done by reaming with twist drills, care being taken not to weaken the adjoining 05 1200 - 6 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 1200 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 metal. If, in the judgment of the Engineer/Architect, the extent of the reaming is such that holes cannot be properly filled or accurately adjusted after reaming, the faulty member shall be discarded and replaced with a a new one, and all costs and expenses resulting there from shall be paid by the Contractor. J. Cutting and Fitting: No cutting of sections, either flanges, webs, stems or angles shall be done by the Contractor without the consent of the Engineer/Architect, unless this cutting is particularly specified or shown on the drawings. K. Touch-Up Painting: immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas of the shop paint. Apply paint to exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. L. Touch-Up and Repair of Galvanizing: immediately after erection, clean and repair any damaged galvanizing as outlined in previous section regarding galvanizing. M. Fire retardant blankets shall be employed to completely contain arcs and spatter associated with welding during erection. N. Weld dams shall not be used. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements. B. Welded Connections: Visually inspect all field-welded connections and test at least 10 percent of welds using one of the following: 1. Radiographic testing performed in accordance with ASTM E94/E94M. 2. Ultrasonic testing performed in accordance with ASTM E164. 3. Liquid penetrant inspection performed in accordance with ASTM El65/E165M. 4. Magnetic particle inspection performed in accordance with ASTM E709. 3.05 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on galvanized items with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Touch-Up Painting: After installation, promptly clean, prepare, and prime or reprime field connections, rust spots, and abraded surfaces of prime-painted joists and accessories and abutting structural steel. 1. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand-tool cleaning or SSPC-SP3 Power tool cleaning. 2. Apply a compatible primer of same type as shop primer used on adjacent surfaces. 3.06 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 05 1200 05 1200 - 7 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 05 1200 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 05 1200 - 8 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 3100 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 05 3100 STEEL DECKING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Roof deck. B. Composite floor deck. C. Supplementary framing for openings up to and including 18 inches. D. Bearing plates and angles. E. Stud shear connectors. F. Acoustical insulation in roof deck flutes. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Concrete topping over metal deck. B. Section 05 1200 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING: Support framing for openings larger than 18 inches and shear stud connectors. C. Section 05 1200 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING: Placement of embedded steel anchors for bearing plates in cast-in-place concrete. D. Section 05 2100 - Steel Joist Framing: Placement of embedded steel anchors for bearing plates and joist seats in cast-in-place concrete. E. Section 26 0533.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems: Electrical, telephone, floor outlets, sleeves, and gaskets. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2014. B. ASTM A108 - Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold Finished; 2018. C. ASTM A510/A510M - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel, and Alloy Steel; 2020. D. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2020. E. ASTM B633 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel; 2023. F. AWS B2.1/132.1 M - Specification for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification; 2014 (Amended 2015). G. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code- Steel; 2020. H. AWS D1.3/D1.3M - Structural Welding Code- Sheet Steel; 2018. I. IAS AC172 -Accreditation Criteria for Fabricator Inspection Programs for Structural Steel; 2018. J. ICC-ES AC43 -Acceptance Criteria for Steel Deck Roof and Floor Systems; 2022. K. ICC-ES AC70 -Acceptance Criteria for Power-Actuated Fasteners Driven into Concrete, Steel and Masonry Elements; 2019, with Editorial Revision (2021). L. SDI (DM)- Publication No.30, Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks, and Roof Decks; 2007. 05 3100 - 1 STEEL DECKING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 3100 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 M. SSPC-Paint 20 -Zinc-Rich Coating (Type I - Inorganic, and Type II - Organic); 2019. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittals procedures. B. Product Data: Provide deck profile characteristics, dimensions, structural properties, and finishes. 1. Cellular Floor Deck Electrical Raceway System: Include conductor and cable fill capacities. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate deck plan, support locations, projections, openings, reinforcement, pertinent details, and accessories. D. Certificates: Certify that products furnished meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. F. Welders' Qualification Statement: Welders' certificates in accordance with AWS B2.1/132.1 M and dated no more than 12 months before start of scheduled welding work. G. Fabricator's Qualification Statement: Provide documentation showing steel fabricator is accredited under IAS AC172. H. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 3.Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 3. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design deck layout, spans, fastening, and joints under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Cut plastic wrap to encourage ventilation. B. Separate sheets and store deck on dry wood sleepers; slope for positive drainage. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Steel Deck: 1. Nucor-Vulcraft Group: www.vulcraft.com/#sle. 2. ASC Steel Deck: www.ascsd.com 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 STEEL DECK A. All Deck Types: Provide deck type and minimum section properties as indicated on drawings. B. Roof Deck: Non-composite type, fluted steel sheet: 1. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, Structural Steel (SS) Grade 33/230, with G90/Z275 galvanized coating. 2. Primer: Shop coat of manufacturer's standard primer paint over cleaned and phosphatized substrate. 05 3100 - 2 STEEL DECKING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 3100 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Structural Properties: As indicated in structural drawings. 4. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: As indicated in Structural Drawings 5. Nominal Height: As indicated in structural drawings. 6. Profile: Fluted; SDI NR. 7. Formed Sheet Width: 24 inch. 8. Side Joints: As indicated in structural drawings. 9. End Joints: As indicated in structural drawings. C. Composite Floor Deck: Fluted steel sheet embossed to interlock with concrete: 1. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, Structural Steel (SS) Grade 33/230, with G90/Z275 galvanized coating. 2. Structural Properties: As indicated in structural drawings. 3. Span Design: Double. 4. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: As indicated in structural drawings. 5. Nominal Height: As indicated in structural drawings. 6. Profile: Fluted; SDI NR. 7. Formed Sheet Width: 24 inch. 8. Side Joints: As indicated in structural drawings. 9. End Joints: As indicated in structural drawings. 2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Bearing Plates and Angles: ASTM A36/A36M steel, galvanized per ASTM Al23/A123M. B. Stud Shear Connectors: Made from ASTM A108 Grade 1015 bars. C. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1/D1.1M. D. Fasteners: Galvanized hardened steel, self tapping. E. Powder Actuated Mechanical Fasteners: Steel; with knurled shank and forged ballistic point. Comply with applicable requirements of ICC-ES AC70. 1. Design Requirements: Provide number and type of fasteners that comply with the applicable requirements of SDI (DM) design method for roof deck and floor deck applications and ICC-ES AC43. 2. Material: Steel; ASTM A510/A51OM. a. Hardness: Rockwell C 54.5, minimum. b. Tensile Strength: 285 kips per square inch, minimum. c. Shear Strength: 175 kips per square inch, minimum. d. Washers: 1) Steel Bar Joist Framing Applications: 0.472 inch diameter, minimum. 2) Exposed Roof Deck Applications: 0.591 inch diameter, minimum. e. Corrosion Resistance: 1) Steel Bar Joist Framing Applications: ASTM B633, SC1, Type III zinc electroplate.. 2) Exposed Roof Deck Applications: Provide manufacturer's standard stainless steel sealing caps with bonded neoprene washer over each fastener. 3. Products: See general structural notes. a. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. F. Mechanical Fasteners: Steel; hex washer head, self-drilling, self-tapping. 1. Design Requirements for Sidelap Connections: Provide number and type of fasteners that comply with the applicable requirements of SDI (DM)design method for roof deck and floor deck applications and ICC-ES AC43. 05 3100 - 3 STEEL DECKING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 3100 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Fasteners for Steel Roof Decks Protected with Waterproofing Membrane: ASTM B633, SC1, Type III zinc electroplate. 3. Fasteners for Exposed Steel Roof Deck Application: Manufacturer's standard stainless steel with bonded neoprene washer. 4. Products: a. ITW Commercial Construction North America; ITW CCNA-Buildex Teks Select Series: www.ITWBuildex.com/#sle. b. Simpson Strong-Tie; Strong-Drive Self-Drilling X Metal Screw.. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. G. Weld Washers: Mild steel, uncoated, 3/4 inch outside diameter, 1/8 inch thick. H. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. I. Flute Closures: Closed cell foam rubber, 1 inch thick; profiled to fit tight to the deck. J. Acoustical Insulation: Glass fiber type, minimum 1.1 Ib/cu ft density; profiled to suit deck. 2.04 FABRICATED DECK ACCESSORIES A. Sheet Metal Deck Accessories: Metal closure strips, wet concrete stops, and cover plates, 22 gauge, 0.0299 inch thick sheet steel; of profile and size as indicated; finished same as deck. B. Floor Drain Pans: Formed sheet steel, 14 gauge, 0.0747 inch minimum thickness, flat bottom, sloped sides, recessed 1-1/2 inches below floor deck surface, bearing flange 3 inches wide, sealed watertight. 2.05 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions prior to beginning work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Erect metal deck in accordance with SDI Design Manual and manufacturer's instructions. Align and level. B. On concrete and masonry surfaces provide minimum 4 inch bearing. C. On steel supports provide minimum 1-1/2 inch bearing. D. Fasten deck to steel support members at ends and intermediate supports at 12 inches on center maximum, parallel with the deck flute and at each transverse flute using methods specified. 1. Welding: Use fusion welds through weld washers. E. Clinch lock seam side laps. F. At mechanically fastened male/female side laps fasten at 24 inches on center maximum. G. Drive mechanical sidelap connectors completely through adjacent lapped sheets; positively engage adjacent sheets with minimum three-thread penetration. H. At welded male/female side laps weld at 18 inches on center maximum. 05 3100 -4 STEEL DECKING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 3100 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 I. Weld deck in accordance with AWS D1.3/D1.3M. J. At deck openings from 6 inches to 18 inches in size, provide 2 by 2 by 1/4 inch steel angle reinforcement. Place angles perpendicular to flutes; extend minimum two flutes beyond each side of opening and fusion weld to deck at each flute. K. At deck openings greater than 18 inches in size, provide steel angle reinforcement. as specified in Section 05 1200. L. At openings between deck and walls, columns, and openings, provide sheet steel closures and angle flashings to close openings. M. Close openings above walls and partitions perpendicular to deck flutes with single row of foam cell closures. N. Position floor drain pans with flange bearing on top surface of deck. Fusion weld at each deck flute. O. Weld stud shear connectors through steel deck to structural members below. P. Immediately after welding deck and other metal components in position, coat welds, burned areas, and damaged surface coating, with touch-up primer. Q. All paints and coatings, including accessories, applied on site must comply with the VOC limits, emissions testing and Submittal requirements for IEQ Credit Low-Emitting Materials as specified in Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4. 3.03 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 053100 05 3100 - 5 STEEL DECKING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 3100 - 6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 05 3100 - 6 STEEL DECKING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 4000 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 05 4000 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Formed steel stud exterior wall and interior wall framing. B. Exterior wall sheathing. C. Formed steel joist and purlin framing and bridging. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 2100 -Thermal Insulation: Insulation within framing members. B. Section 07 2500 -Weather Barriers: Weather barrier over sheathing. C. Section 07 6200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Head and sill flashings. D. Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Lightweight, non-load bearing metal stud framing. E. Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Gypsum-based sheathing. F. Section 09 2216 - Non-Structural Metal Framing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AISI S100 - North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members; 2016, with Supplement (2018). B. ASTM Al53/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. C. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2020. D. ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Required Hardness, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2020. E. ASTM C955 - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Steel Structural Framing Members; 2018, with Editorial Revision. F. ASTM C1007 - Standard Specification for Installation of Load Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs and Related Accessories; 2020. G. SSPC-Paint 20 -Zinc-Rich Coating (Type I - Inorganic, and Type II - Organic); 2019. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate with work of other sections that is to be installed in or adjacent to the metal framing system, including but not limited to structural anchors, cladding anchors, utilities, insulation, and firestopping. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 - Submittal Procedures, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on standard framing members; describe materials and finish, product criteria, limitations. C. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on factory-made framing connectors, showing compliance with requirements. 05 4000 - 1 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 4000 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Shop Drawings: Indicate component details, framed openings, bearing, anchorage, loading, welds, and type and location of fasteners, and accessories or items required of related work. 1. Indicate stud and ceiling joist layout. 2. Describe method for securing studs to tracks and for bolted framing connections. 3. Design data: a. Shop drawings signed and sealed by a professional structural engineer. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, conditions requiring special attention . F. Manufacturer's Qualification Statement. G. SSMA Manufacturer Qualification: Submit documentation of manufacturer association membership. H. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2.Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 3.Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings 2. 2.Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 3. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Designer Qualifications: Design framing system under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the types of products specified in this section, and with minimum three years of documented experience. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Member of Steel Stud Manufacturers Association (SSMA): www.ssma.com/#sle. D. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.07 MOCK-UP A. Provide mock-up of exterior framed wall, including components specified elsewhere, such as insulation, sheathing, window frame, door frame, exterior wall finish, and interior wall finish. B. Mock-up may remain as part of the Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide cold-formed metal only from the manufacturers that are current members of the Steel Stud Manufacturer's Association (SSMA). B. Metal Framing: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering cold-formed metal framing that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Allied Studco. 2. California Expanded Metal Products Company. 05 4000 - 2 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 4000 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Consolidated Fabricators Corp.; Building Products Division. 4. ClarkDietrich: www.clarkdietrich.com/#sle. 5. SCAFCO Corporation: www.scafco.com/#sle. 6. Other members of the Steel Stud Manufacturer's Association. 7. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. C. Framing Connectors and Accessories: 1. Same manufacturer as metal framing. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 FRAMING SYSTEM A. Provide primary and secondary framing members, bridging, bracing, plates, gussets, clips, fittings, reinforcement, and fastenings as required to provide a complete framing system. B. Design Requirements: Provide completed framing system having the following characteristics: 1. Design: Calculate structural characteristics of cold-formed steel framing members according to AISI S100-12. 2. Structural Performance: Design, engineer, fabricate, and erect to withstand specified design loads for project conditions within required limits. 3. Design Loads: In accordance with applicable codes. 4. Live load deflection meeting the following, unless otherwise indicated: a. Roofs: Maximum vertical deflection under live load of 1/240 of span. b. Exterior Walls: Maximum horizontal deflection under wind load of 1/180 of span. 5. Able to tolerate movement of components without damage, failure of joint seals, undue stress on fasteners, or other detrimental effects when subject to seasonal or cyclic day/night temperature ranges. 6. Able to accommodate construction tolerances, deflection of building structural members, and clearances of intended openings. C. Shop fabricate framing system to the greatest extent possible. D. Deliver to project site in largest practical sections. 2.03 FRAMING MATERIALS A. Studs and Track: ASTM C955; studs formed to channel, C-or Sigma-shaped with punched web; U-shaped track in matching nominal width and compatible height. 1. Gauge and Depth: As required to meet specified performance levels. 2. Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A653/A653M, G902275 coating. 3. Provide components fabricated from ASTM A1008/A1008M Designation SS (structural steel). 4. Products: a. CEMCO; ProX Header: www.cemcosteel.com/#sle. b. Dietrich Metal Framing; A Worthington Industries Company. c. SCAFCO Corporation d. The Steel Network, Inc. e. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. B. Joists and Purlins: Fabricated from ASTM A653/A653M steel sheet, with G902275 hot dipped galvanized coating. 1. Base Metal: As required to meet specified performance levels within maximum depths indicated. 2. Gauge and Depth: As required to meet specified performance levels. 05 4000 - 3 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 4000 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 C. Framing Connectors: Factory-made, formed steel sheet. 1. Material: ASTM A653/A653M SS Grade 33 and 40 (minimum), with G90/Z275 hot dipped galvanized coating for base metal thickness less than 10 gauge, 0.1345 inch, and factory punched holes and slots. 2. Structural Performance: Maintain load and movement capacity required by applicable code, when evaluated in accordance with AISI S100-12. 3. Movement Connections: Provide mechanical anchorage devices that accommodate movement using slotted holes, shouldered screws or screws and anti-friction or stepped bushings, while maintaining structural performance of framing. Provide movement connections where indicated on drawings. a. Where continuous studs bypass elevated floor slab, connect stud to slab in manner allowing vertical and horizontal movement of slab without affecting studs; allow for minimum movement of 1/2 inch. b. Where top of stud wall terminates below structural floor or roof, connect studs to structure in manner allowing vertical and horizontal movement of slab without affecting studs; allow for minimum movement of 1/2 inch. c. Provide top track with long leg track and head of wall movement connectors; minimum track length of 10 feet. d. Products: 1) ClarkDietrich; Drift FastClip Slide Clip D-FCSC: www.clarkdietrich.com/#sle. 2) Simpson Strong Tie: www.strongtie.com/#sle. 3) Super Stud Building Products, Inc; Deflection Clips: www.buysuperstud.com/#sle. 4) Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 4. Fixed Connections: Provide non-movement connections for tie-down to foundation, floor- to-floor tie-down, roof-to-wall tie-down,joist hangers, gusset plates, and stiffeners. 5. Wall Stud Bridging Connections: Provide mechanical load-transferring devices that accommodate wind load torsion and weak axis buckling induced by axial compression loads. Provide bridging connections where indicated on the drawings. 6. Products: a. ClarkDietrich; Spazzer 5400 Bridging Bar: www.clarkdietrich.com/#sle. b. ClarkDietrich; FastBridge Clip: www.clarkdietrich.com/#sle. 2.04 FASTENERS A. Self-Drilling, Self-Tapping Screws, Bolts, Nuts and Washers: Hot dip galvanized per ASTM Al53/A153M. B. Anchorage Devices: Powder actuated. 2.05 WALL SHEATHING A. Gypsum Board Wall Sheathing: See Section 09 2116. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Bracing, Furring, Bridging: Formed sheet steel, thickness determined for conditions encountered; finish to match framing components. B. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20 Type I - Inorganic, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 05 4000 -4 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 4000 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.07 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. B. Verify field measurements and adjust installation as required. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF STUDS A. Install components in accordance with manufacturers' instructions and ASTM C1007 requirements. B. Align floor and ceiling tracks; locate to wall layout. Secure in place with fasteners at maximum 24 inches on center. Coordinate installation of sealant with floor and ceiling tracks. C. Construct corners using minimum of three studs. Install double studs at wall openings, door and window jambs. D. Install load-bearing studs full length in one piece. Splicing of studs is not permitted. E. Install load-bearing studs, brace, and reinforce to develop full strength and achieve design requirements. F. Coordinate placement of insulation in multiple stud spaces made inaccessible after erection. G. Install intermediate studs above and below openings to align with wall stud spacing. H. Provide deflection allowance in stud track, directly below horizontal building framing at non-load bearing framing. I. Attach cross studs to studs for attachment of fixtures anchored to walls. J. Install framing between studs for attachment of mechanical and electrical items, and to prevent stud rotation. K. Touch-up field welds and damaged galvanized surfaces with primer. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF JOISTS AND PURLINS A. Install framing components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Make provisions for erection stresses. Provide temporary alignment and bracing. C. Locate joist end bearing directly over load-bearing studs or provide load distributing member to top of stud track. D. Provide web stiffeners at reaction points. E. Touch-up field welds and damaged galvanized surfaces with primer. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF WALL SHEATHING A. Install wall sheathing with long dimension perpendicular to wall studs, with ends over firm bearing and staggered, using self-tapping screws. 1. Provide steel diagonal bracing at corners with foam insulation or gypsum board wall sheathing. 05 4000 - 5 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 4000 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. All paints and coatings, including accessories, applied on site must comply with the VOC limits, emissions testing and Submittal requirements for IEQ Credit Low-Emitting Materials as specified in Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Position: 1/4 inch. B. Maximum Variation of any Member from Plane: 1/4 inch. 3.06 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 05 4000 05 4000 - 6 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5000 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 05 5000 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated steel items. B. Sunscreens. C. Steel Canopies. D. Downspout boots. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Placement of metal fabrications in concrete. B. Section 05 5133 - METAL LADDERS. C. Section 05 5213 - PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS. D. Section 09 9113 - Exterior Painting: Paint finish. E. Section 09 9123 - Interior Painting: Paint finish. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2014. B. ASTM A48/A48M - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings; 2003 (Reapproved 2016). C. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2020. D. ASTM Al23/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2017. E. ASTM A283/A283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates; 2018. F. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts, Studs, and Threaded Rod 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength; 2021. G. ASTM A501/A501 M - Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing; 2014. H. ASTM F3125/F3125M - Standard Specification for High Strength Structural Bolts and Assemblies, Steel and Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, Inch Dimensions 120 ksi and 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength, and Metric Dimensions 830 MPa and 1040 MPa Minimum Tensile Strength; 2019, with Editorial Revision (2020). I. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; 2012. J. AWS B2.1/B2.1 M - Specification for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification; 2014 (Amended 2015). K. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code- Steel; 2020. L. AWS D1.2/D1.2M - Structural Welding Code-Aluminum; 2014, with Errata. M. IAS AC172 -Accreditation Criteria for Fabricator Inspection Programs for Structural Steel; 2018. N. SSPC-Paint 15-Steel Joist Shop Primer/Metal Building Primer; 2004. O. SSPC-Paint 20 -Zinc-Rich Coating (Type I - Inorganic, and Type II - Organic); 2019. 05 5000 - 1 METAL FABRICATIONS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5000 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 P. SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning; 2024. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 1. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. C. Welders' Qualification Statement: Welders' certificates in accordance with AWS B2.1/B2.1 M and dated no more than 12 months before start of scheduled welding work. D. Fabricator's Qualification Statement: Provide documentation showing steel fabricator is accredited under IAS AC172. E. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials. 2. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design canopies under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. B. Welder Qualifications: Welding processes and welding operators qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and AWS D1.2/D1.2M and dated no more than 12 months before start of scheduled welding work. C. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified steel fabricator that is accredited by IAS AC172. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS -STEEL A. Steel Sections: ASTM A36/A36M. B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A501/A501M hot-formed structural tubing. C. Plates: ASTM A283/A283M. D. Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B Schedule 40, black finish. E. Mechanical Fasteners: Same material as or compatible with materials being fastened; type consistent with design and specified quality level. F. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307, Grade A, plain. G. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Type 1, plain. H. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1/D1.1 M; type required for materials being welded. I. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. J. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I - Inorganic, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. 05 5000 - 2 METAL FABRICATIONS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5000 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. D. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended. F. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. G. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and 24 inches o.c. 2.03 FABRICATED ITEMS A. Bollards: Steel pipe, concrete filled, crowned cap, as detailed; prime paint finish. B. Ledge Angles, Shelf Angles, Channels, and Plates Not Attached to Structural Framing: For support of metal decking; prime paint finish. C. Lintels: As detailed; prime paint finish. D. Recessed Mat Frames : As detailed; steel, galvanized finish. E. Elevator Hoistway Divider Beams: Beam sections; prime paint finish. F. Elevator Pit Sump Covers 1. Fabricate from 3/16-inch rolled-steel floor plate with four 1-inch diameter holes for water drainage and for lifting. 2.04 SUNSCREENS A. Powdercoated steel frame with expanded metal mesh infill panels 1. Mesh Product: McNichols LANCET 11618-F, Carbon Steel, Cold Rolled, Mill Finish, 1/16" No. 18 Flattened, 60% open area. 2. Item #49166F 1884 3. U-Edging 1/16" Cold Rolled 18 Gauge, 1-inch. B. Finish: 1. Frame: Powdercoat RAL 8019 2. Infil Panels: Color RAL 7032 2.05 STEEL CANOPIES A. Structural Steel Canopies to be Field Painted. See Section 09 9113- Exterior Painting. 2.06 DOWNSPOUT BOOTS A. Downspout Boots: Smooth interior without boxed corners or choke points; include integral lug slots, integral cleanout, cleanout cover, and tamper proof fasteners. 1. Configuration: Angular. 05 5000 - 3 METAL FABRICATIONS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5000 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Material: Cast iron; ASTM A48/A48M; casting thickness 3/8 inch (9.5 mm), minimum. 3. Finish: Manufacturer's standard factory applied powder coat finish. 4. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 5. Accessories: Manufacturer's standard stainless steel fasteners, stainless steel building wall anchors, integral neoprene gaskets, and rubber coupling. 6. Manufacturers: a. Downspoutboots.com, a division of J. R. Hoe &Sons: www.downspoutboots.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2.07 FINISHES -STEEL A. Prime paint steel items. 1. Exceptions: Galvanize items to be embedded in concrete and items specified for galvanized finish. B. Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC-SP2. C. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. D. Prime Painting: One coat. E. Galvanizing of Structural Steel Members: Galvanize after fabrication to ASTM A123/A123M requirements. Provide minimum 1.7 oz/sq ft galvanized coating. F. Galvanizing of Non-structural Items: Galvanize after fabrication to ASTM Al23/A123M requirements. 2.08 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A. Squareness: 1/8 inch maximum difference in diagonal measurements. B. Maximum Offset Between Faces: 1/16 inch. C. Maximum Misalignment of Adjacent Members: 1/16 inch. D. Maximum Bow: 1/8 inch in 48 inches. E. Maximum Deviation From Plane: 1/16 inch in 48 inches. 2.09 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. B. Supply setting templates to the appropriate entities for steel items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry. 3.03 INSTALLATION GENERAL A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. 05 5000 -4 METAL FABRICATIONS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5000 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Provide for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Obtain approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. D. All paints and coatings, including accessories, applied on site must comply with the VOC limits, emissions testing and Submittal requirements for IEQ Credit Low-Emitting Materials as specified in Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF METAL BOLLARDS A. Fill metal-capped bollards solidly with concrete and allow concrete to cure seven days before installing. B. Do not fill removable bollards with concrete. C. Anchor bollards to existing construction with expansion anchors. Provide four 3/4-inch bolts at each bollard unless otherwise indicated. D. Embed anchor bolts at least 4 inches (100 mm) in concrete. E. Anchor bollards in concrete with pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete. Fill annular space around bollard solidly with non-shrink grout; mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's written instructions. Slope grout up approximately 1/8 inch (3 mm)toward bollard. F. Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Center and align bollards in holes 3 inches (75 mm) above bottom of excavation. Place concrete and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Support and brace bollards in position until concrete has cured. G. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface to shed water. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. C. Maximum Out-of-Position: 1/4 inch. 3.06 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 05 5000 05 5000 - 5 METAL FABRICATIONS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 05 5000 - 6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 05 5000 - 6 METAL FABRICATIONS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5100 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 05 5100 METAL STAIRS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Stairs with concrete treads. B. Structural steel stair framing and supports. C. Handrails and guards. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2014. B. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2020. C. ASTM Al53/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. D. ASTM A500/A500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2021. E. ASTM A501/A501 M - Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing; 2014. F. ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Required Hardness, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2020. G. ASTM A1011/A1011 M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength; 2018a. H. ASTM F3125/F3125M - Standard Specification for High Strength Structural Bolts and Assemblies, Steel and Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, Inch Dimensions 120 ksi and 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength, and Metric Dimensions 830 MPa and 1040 MPa Minimum Tensile Strength; 2019, with Editorial Revision (2020). I. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; 2012. J. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code- Steel; 2020. K. SSPC-Paint 15-Steel Joist Shop Primer/Metal Building Primer; 2004. L. SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning; 2024. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. 1. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 2. Include the design engineer's seal and signature on each sheet of shop drawings. C. Design Data: As required by authorities having jurisdiction. 05 5100 - 1 METAL STAIRS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5100 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Design Data, Seismic Performance: Submit documentation that stairs meet performance requirements specified. E. Designer's Qualification Statement. F. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials. 2. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Designer Qualifications: Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located, or personnel under direct supervision of such an engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Prefabricated Metal Stairs: 1. Pacific Stair Corporation; www.pacificstair.com/#sle. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 METAL STAIRS -GENERAL A. Metal Stairs: Provide stairs of the design specified, complete with landing platforms, vertical and horizontal supports, railings, and guards, fabricated accurately for anchorage to each other and to building structure. 1. Regulatory Requirements: Provide stairs and railings that comply with most stringent requirements of local, state, and federal regulations; where requirements of Contract Documents exceed those of regulations, comply with Contract Documents. 2. Structural Design: Provide complete stair and railing assemblies that comply with the applicable local code. 3. Dimensions: As indicated on drawings. 4. Shop assemble components; disassemble into largest practical sections suitable for transport and access to site. 5. No sharp or rough areas on exposed travel surfaces and surfaces accessible to touch. 6. Separate dissimilar metals using paint or permanent tape. B. Metal Jointing and Finish Quality Levels: 1. Architectural: All joints as inconspicuous as possible, whether welded or mechanical. a. Welded Joints: Continuously welded and ground smooth and flush. b. Mechanical Joints: Butted tight, flush, and hairline; concealed fastenings only. c. Exposed Edges and Corners: Eased to small uniform radius. d. Metal Surfaces to be Painted: Sanded or ground smooth, suitable for highest quality gloss finish. C. Fasteners: Same material or compatible with materials being fastened; type consistent with design and specified quality level. D. Anchors and Related Components: Same material and finish as item to be anchored, except where specifically indicated otherwise; provide all anchors and fasteners required. 2.03 METAL STAIRS WITH CONCRETE TREADS A. Jointing and Finish Quality Level: Architectural, as defined above. 05 5100 - 2 METAL STAIRS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5100 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Risers: Closed. C. Treads: Metal pan with field-installed concrete fill. 1. Concrete Depth: 1-1/2 inches, minimum. 2. Tread Pan Material: Steel sheet. 3. Tread Pan Thickness: As required by design; 14 gauge, 0.075 inch minimum. 4. Pan Anchorage to Stringers: Continuously welded, from top or bottom. 5. Concrete Reinforcement: Welded wire mesh. 6. Concrete Finish: For resilient floor covering. D. Risers: Same material and thickness as tread pans. 1. Riser/Nosing Profile: Sloped riser with rounded nosing of minimum radius. 2. Nosing Depth: Not more than 1-1/2 inch overhang. 3. Nosing Return: Flush with top of concrete fill, not more than 1/2 inch wide. E. Stringers: Rolled steel channels. 1. Stringer Depth: 10 inches. 2. End Closure: Sheet steel of same thickness as risers welded across ends. F. Railings: Steel pipe railings. G. Finish: Shop-or factory-prime painted. H. Under Side of Stair: Exposed to view, to be finished same as specified for other exposed to view surfaces. 2.04 HANDRAILS AND GUARDS A. Wall-Mounted Rails: Round pipe or tube rails unless otherwise indicated. 1. Outside Diameter: 1-1/4 inch, minimum, to 1-1/2 inches, maximum. B. Guards: 1. Top Rails: Round pipe or tube rails unless otherwise indicated. a. Outside Diameter: 1-1/4 inch, minimum, to 1-1/2 inches, maximum. 2. Infill at Pipe Railings: Pipe or tube rails sloped parallel to stair. a. Outside Diameter: 1 inch. b. Material: Steel pipe or tube, round. c. Vertical Spacing: Maximum 4 inches on center. d. Jointing: Welded and ground smooth and flush. 3. End and Intermediate Posts: Same material and size as top rails. a. Horizontal Spacing: As indicated on drawings. b. Mounting: Welded to top surface of stringer. 2.05 MATERIALS A. Steel Sections: ASTM A36/A36M. B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500/A500M or ASTM A501/A501 M structural tubing, round and shapes as indicated. C. Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Grade B Schedule 40, black finish. D. Ungalvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-or cold-rolled, except use cold-rolled where finished work will be exposed to view. 1. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM Al011/A1011M, Designation CS (commercial steel). 2. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A1008/A1008M, Designation CS (commercial steel). E. Concrete Fill: Portland cement Type I, 3000 psi 28 day strength, 2 to 3 inch slump. 05 5100 - 3 METAL STAIRS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5100 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 F. Concrete Reinforcement: Mesh type as detailed, galvanized. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Steel Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Type 1, and galvanized to ASTM Al53/A153M where connecting galvanized components. B. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1/D1.1 M; type required for materials being welded. C. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, and comply with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.07 SHOP FINISHING A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact with concrete or where field welding is required. C. Prime Painting: Use specified shop- and touch-up primer. 1. Preparation of Steel: In accordance with SSPC-SP 2 Hand Tool Cleaning. 2. Number of Coats: One. 2.08 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: B. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. When field welding is required, clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install components plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Provide welded field joints where specifically indicated on drawings. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M. D. Other field joints may be either welded or bolted provided the result complies with the limitations specified for jointing quality levels. E. Obtain approval prior to site cutting or creating adjustments not scheduled. F. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed or galvanized, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. G. All paints and coatings, including accessories, applied on site must comply with the VOC limits, emissions testing and Submittal requirements for IEQ Credit Low-Emitting Materials as specified in Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. 05 5100 -4 METAL STAIRS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5100 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.05 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 055100 05 5100 - 5 METAL STAIRS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 05 5100 - 6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 05 5100 - 6 METAL STAIRS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5133 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 05 5133 METALLADDERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop-fabricated metal ladders. B. Prefabricated ladders. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 9123 - Interior Painting: Paint finish. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 29 CFR 1910.28 - Duty to have Fall Protection and Falling Object Protection; Current Edition. B. 29 CFR 1910.29 - Fall Protection Systems and Falling Object Protection - Criteria and Practices; Current Edition. C. AAMA 2603-Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels (with Coil Coating Appendix); 2017a. D. ANSI A14.3 -American National Standard for Ladders-- Fixed -- Safety Requirements; 2018. E. ANSI/ASSP Z359.16- Safety Requirements for Climbing Ladder Fall Arrest Systems; 2016. F. ASTM B210/13210M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes; 2019a. G. ASTM B211/13211 M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Rolled or Cold Finished Bar, Rod, and Wire; 2019. H. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; 2012. I. IAS AC172 -Accreditation Criteria for Fabricator Inspection Programs for Structural Steel; 2018. J. SSPC-Paint 15-Steel Joist Shop Primer/Metal Building Primer; 2004. K. SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning; 2024. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data sheets on each ladder safety system product to be used, including installation instructions. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 2. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. D. Certificate: Provide documentation that ladder safety system products of this section meet or exceed cited 29 CFR 1910.28, 29 CFR 1910.29, ANSI/ASSP Z359.16, and ANSI A14.3 requirements. E. Fabricator's Qualification Statement: Provide documentation showing steel fabricator is accredited under IAS AC172. 05 5133 - 1 METAL LADDERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5133 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 F. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 2. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings) 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design Ladders under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. B. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified steel fabricator that is accredited by IAS AC172. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS -STEEL A. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.02 MATERIALS -ALUMINUM A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B211/13211 M, 6063 alloy, T6 temper. B. Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes: ASTM B210/B210M, 6063 alloy, T6 temper. C. Aluminum-Alloy Bars: ASTM B211/13211 M, 6061 alloy, T6 temper. D. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: Stainless steel. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. D. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.04 FABRICATED LADDERS A. Ladders: Steel; in compliance with ANSI A14.3; with mounting brackets and attachments; prime paint finish. 1. Side Rails: 3/8 by 2 inches members spaced at 20 inches. 2. Rungs: One inch diameter solid round bar spaced 12 inches on center. 3. Space rungs 7 inches from wall surface. 2.05 PREFABRICATED LADDERS A. Prefabricated Ladder: Welded metal unit complying with ANSI A14.3; factory fabricated to greatest degree practical and in the largest components possible. 1. Components: Manufacturer's standard rails, rungs, treads, handrails. returns, platforms and safety devices complying with the requirements of the MATERIALS article of this section. 2. Materials: Aluminum; ASTM B211/13211 M 6063 alloy, T52 temper. 3. Finish: Powder coat; color to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 4. Manufacturers: 05 5133 - 2 METAL LADDERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5133 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 a. Industrial Ladder& Scaffolding, Inc.; www.anyladder.com/#sle. b. O'Keeffe's Inc; Model 500: www.okeeffes.com/#sle. c. Precision Ladders, LLC; Fixed Alumnium Wall Ladder: www.precisionladders.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2.06 FINISHES -STEEL A. Prime paint steel items. B. Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC-SP2. C. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. D. Prime Painting: One coat. 2.07 FINISHES -ALUMINUM A. Pigmented Organic Coating System: AAMA 2603 polyester or acrylic baked enamel finish; color as indicated. B. Apply one coat of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum surfaces in contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials. 2.08 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A. Squareness: 1/8 inch maximum difference in diagonal measurements. B. Maximum Offset Between Faces: 1/16 inch. C. Maximum Misalignment of Adjacent Members: 1/16 inch. D. Maximum Bow: 1/8 inch in 48 inches. E. Maximum Deviation From Plane: 1/16 inch in 48 inches. 2.09 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings, Ceilings, Insulation, Flooring, and Composite Wood) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. B. Confirm that the ladder structure to which the ladder safety system is installed is capable of withstanding the loads applied by the system in the event of a fall. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Provide for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Obtain approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. 05 5133 - 3 METAL LADDERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5133 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. All paints and coatings, including accessories, applied on site must comply with the VOC limits, emissions testing and Submittal requirements for IEQ Credit Low-Emitting Materials as specified in Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. C. Maximum Out-of-Position: 1/4 inch. 3.05 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 05 5133 05 5133 -4 METAL LADDERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5213 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 05 5213 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall mounted handrails. B. Stair railings and guardrails. C. Free-standing railings at steps. D. Balcony railings and guardrails. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 03 3000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Placement of anchors in concrete. C. Section 09 9113 - Exterior Painting: Paint finish. D. Section 09 9123 - Interior Painting: Paint finish. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2020. B. ASTM A500/A500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2021. C. ASTM E935 - Standard Test Methods for Performance of Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings; 2021. D. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; 2012. E. AWS B2.1/132.1 M - Specification for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification; 2014 (Amended 2015). F. SSPC-Paint 15-Steel Joist Shop Primer/Metal Building Primer; 2004. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. 1. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 2. Include the design engineer's seal and signature on each sheet of shop drawings. C. Samples: Submit two, 6 inch long samples of handrail. Submit two samples of elbow, wall bracket, and end stop. D. Welders' Qualification Statement: Welders' certificates in accordance with AWS B2.1/B2.1M and dated within the previous 12 months. E. Designer's Qualification Statement. F. Fabricator's Qualification Statement. G. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 05 5213 - 1 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5213 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 2. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings, Ceilings and Flooring) 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Designer Qualifications: Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located, or personnel under direct supervision of such an engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RAILINGS -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Design, fabricate, and test railing assemblies in accordance with the most stringent requirements of applicable local code. B. Distributed Loads: Design railing assembly, wall rails, and attachments to resist distributed force of 75 pounds per linear foot applied to the top of the assembly and in any direction, without damage or permanent set. Test in accordance with ASTM E935 C. Concentrated Loads: Design railing assembly, wall rails, and attachments to resist a concentrated force of 200 pounds applied at any point on the top of the assembly and in any direction, without damage or permanent set. Test in accordance with ASTM E935 D. Structural Performance: Railings, including attachment to building construction, shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: 1. Handrails and Top Rails of Guards: a. Uniform load of 50 Ibf/ft. applied in any direction. b. Concentrated load of 200 Ibf applied in any direction. c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 2. Infill of Guards: a. Concentrated load of 50 Ibf applied horizontally on an area of 1 sq. ft.. b. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. E. Allow for expansion and contraction of members and building movement without damage to connections or members. F. Dimensions: See drawings for configurations and heights. G. Provide anchors and other components as required to attach to structure, made of same materials as railing components unless otherwise indicated; where exposed fasteners are unavoidable provide flush countersunk fasteners. H. Provide slip-on non-weld mechanical fittings to join lengths, seal open ends, and conceal exposed mounting bolts and nuts, including but not limited to elbows, T-shapes, splice connectors, flanges, escutcheons, and wall brackets. 2.02 STEEL RAILING SYSTEM A. Steel Tube: ASTM A500/A500M Grade B cold-formed structural tubing. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Grade B Schedule 80, black finish. C. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. D. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of pre- consumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. 05 5213 - 2 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5213 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 E. Non-Weld Mechanical Fittings: Slip-on, galvanized malleable iron castings, for Schedule 40 pipe, with flush setscrews for tightening by standard hex wrench, no bolts or screw fasteners. F. Exposed Fasteners: No exposed bolts or screws. G. Straight Splice Connectors: Steel concealed spigots. H. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. B. Low-Emitting Materials: Paints and coatings shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's (formerly, the California Department of Health Services') "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." C. Etching Cleaner for Galvanized Metal: Complying with MPI#25. D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it. E. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Primer formulated for exterior use over zinc-coated metal and compatible with finish paint systems indicated. F. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M. G. Non-shrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, non-staining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications 2.04 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage, but not less than that required to support structural loads B. Accurately form components to suit specific project conditions and for proper connection to building structure. C. Assemble railings in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. D. Fabricate components with joints tightly fitted and secured. Provide spigots and sleeves to accommodate site assembly and installation. E. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. F. Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces G. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings. 1. Interior Components: Continuously seal joined pieces by intermittent welds and plastic filler. 05 5213 - 3 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5213 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. 3. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 4. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 5. Remove flux immediately. 6. At exposed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. H. Non-welded Connections: Connect members with concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings. Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairline joints. I. Form changes in direction by bending or by inserting prefabricated elbow fittings. J. For changes in direction made by bending, use jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required. Maintain cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components. K. Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings. L. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails unless otherwise indicated. M. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work unless otherwise indicated. 1. At brackets and fittings fastened to plaster or gypsum board partitions, provide crush- resistant fillers or other means to transfer loads through wall finishes to structural supports and prevent bracket or fitting rotation and crushing of substrate. N. Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings to concrete or masonry work. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by railings. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure. O. For railing posts set in concrete, provide steel sleeves not less than 6 inches long with inside dimensions not less than 1/2 inch greater than outside dimensions of post, with steel plate forming bottom closure. P. Toe Boards: Where indicated, provide toe boards at railings around openings and at edge of open-sided floors and platforms. Fabricate to dimensions and details indicated. 2.05 FINISHES GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. D. Provide exposed fasteners with finish matching appearance, including color and texture, of railings. 2.06 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Fill vent and drain holes that will be exposed in the finished Work, unless indicated to remain as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth. 05 5213 -4 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5213 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. For galvanized railings, provide hot-dip galvanized fittings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves, and other ferrous components. C. Do not apply primer to galvanized surfaces. 2.07 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings and flooring) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints. B. Set railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack. 1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that are coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting. 2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet. 3. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet. C. Install railings in compliance with ADA Standards for accessible design at applicable locations. D. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. 1. Coat, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint, concealed surfaces of aluminum that are in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals. E. Adjust railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. F. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Use anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing railings and for properly transferring loads to in-place construction. G. All paints and coatings, including accessories, applied on site must comply with the VOC limits, emissions testing and Submittal requirements for IEQ Credit Low-Emitting Materials as specified in Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4. 3.03 ANCHORING POSTS A. Use metal sleeves preset and anchored into concrete for installing posts. After posts are inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve with non-shrink, nonmetallic grout or anchoring cement, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions. B. Form or core-drill holes not less than 5 inches deep and 3/4 inch larger than OD of post for installing posts in concrete. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill annular space between post and concrete with non-shrink, nonmetallic grout or anchoring cement, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions. C. Cover anchorage joint with flange of same metal as post, attached to post with set screws. 05 5213 - 5 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5213 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. At sloped surfaces, provide custom fabricated flanges to accommodate and match slope of adjacent floor. E. Leave anchorage joint exposed; wipe off surplus anchoring material; and leave 1/8-inch buildup, sloped away from post. 3.04 ANCHORING RAILING ENDS A. Anchor railing ends to concrete and masonry with round flanges connected to railing ends and anchored to wall construction with anchors and bolts. B. Anchor railing ends to metal surfaces with flanges bolted to metal surfaces and welded to railing ends. 3.05 ATTACHING HANDRAILS TO WALLS A. Attach handrails to wall with wall brackets. Provide brackets with 1-1/2-inch clearance from inside face of handrail and finished wall surface. 1. Use type of bracket with predrilled hole for exposed bolt anchorage. B. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads. C. Secure wall brackets to building construction as follows: 1. For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use drilled-in expansion shields and hanger or lag bolts. 2. For wood-framed gypsum board partitions, provide solid backing between studs at anchor location and fasten brackets using self-tapping screws of size and type required to support structural loads. 3. For steel-framed gypsum board partitions, fasten brackets directly to steel framing or concealed steel reinforcements using self-tapping screws of size and type required to support structural loads. 3.06 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per floor level, non-cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. C. Maximum Out-of-Position: 1/4 inch. 3.07 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 05 5213 05 5213 - 6 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5305 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 05 5305 METAL GRATING AND FLOOR PLATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Formed metal floor gratings. B. Flat surface floor plating. C. Perimeter closure. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 05 5000 - METAL FABRICATIONS. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2014. B. ASTM Al23/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2017. C. ASTM Al53/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. D. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2020. E. ASTM A786/A786M - Standard Specification for Hot-Rolled Carbon, Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy, and Alloy Steel Floor Plates; 2015 (Reapproved 2021). F. ASTM Al011/A1011 M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength; 2018a. G. ASTM B211/13211 M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Rolled or Cold Finished Bar, Rod, and Wire; 2019. H. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; 2012. I. AWS B2.1/132.1 M - Specification for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification; 2014 (Amended 2015). J. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code- Steel; 2020. K. NAAMM MBG 531 - Metal Bar Grating Manual; 2017. L. SSPC-Paint 15-Steel Joist Shop Primer/Metal Building Primer; 2004. M. SSPC-Paint 20 -Zinc-Rich Coating (Type I - Inorganic, and Type II - Organic); 2019. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide span and deflection tables. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate details of component supports, openings, perimeter construction details, and tolerances. 1. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 05 5305- 1 METAL GRATING AND FLOOR PLATES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5305 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Include the design engineer's seal and signature on each sheet of shop drawings. D. Samples: Submit two samples, by inch in size illustrating surface finish, color, and texture. E. Welders' Qualification Statement: Welders' certificates in accordance with AWS B2.1/B2.1M and dated within the previous 12 months. F. Designer's Qualification Statement. G. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special requirements for opening and perimeter framing. H. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 2. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings) 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Designer Qualifications: Design gratings and plates under direct supervision of a licensed Professional Engineer experienced in design of this type of work. B. Designer Qualifications: Design gratings and plates under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this type of work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. C. Welder Qualifications: Welding processes and welding operators qualified within previous 12 months in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Ross Technology Corporation; : www.rosstechnology.com/#sle. B. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with applicable code for loading requirements. B. Maximum Allowable Deflection Under Live Load: 1/240 of span; size components by single support design. C. Maximum Spacing Between Bars: To restrict pedestrian shoe heels. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A786/A786M; manufacturer's standard pattern. B. Sheet Steel for Die Stamping: ASTM A1011/A1011 M Designation CS hot-rolled sheet. C. Steel For Welding or Riveting: ASTM A36/A36M unfinished, of shapes indicated. D. Steel Sheet for Lock Forming: Hot-dipped galvanized, ASTM A653/A653M, FS Type B, with G90/Z275 coating. E. Steel Framing: ASTM A36/A36M shapes, unfinished. F. Cross Bars: ASTM B211/B211M solid bars. G. Welding Materials: AWS D1.101.1 M; type required for materials being welded. H. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 05 5305- 2 METAL GRATING AND FLOOR PLATES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 5305 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 I. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20 Type I - Inorganic, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Saddle Clips: Galvanized steel: B. Perimeter Closure: Of same material as grating. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Grating Type: NAAMM MBG 531, Pressure Locked Type. B. Fabricate support framing for openings. C. Top Surface: Non-slip. D. Bearing Bar: _by_inch size, spaced inches on center. E. Cross Bar: by_inch size, spaced inches on center. 2.06 FINISHES A. Galvanizing for Steel Shapes: ASTM A123/A123M. B. Galvanizing for Steel Hardware: ASTM A153/A153M. C. Non-Slip Surfacing: Aluminum oxide. 2.07 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A.LEED REQUIREMENTS: REFER TO SECTION 01 3329.02 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING— LEED V4 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION RELATING TO LEED REQUIREMENTS: 1.COMPLY WITH CREDIT IEQ—INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY: LOW EMITTING MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS (INTERIOR PAINTS AND COATINGS) A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on drawings. B. Verify that opening sizes and dimensional tolerances are acceptable. C. Verify that supports are correctly positioned. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Mechanically cut galvanized finish surfaces. Do not flame cut. C. Set perimeter closure flush with top of grating and surrounding construction. D. Secure to prevent movement. E. All paints and coatings, including accessories, applied on site must comply with the VOC limits, emissions testing and Submittal requirements for IEQ Credit Low-Emitting Materials as specified in Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Comply with NAAMM MBG 531. 05 5305- 3 METAL GRATING AND FLOOR PLATES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 05 5305 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.04 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 05 5305 05 5305 -4 METAL GRATING AND FLOOR PLATES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 7300 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 05 7300 DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Railing systems. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 03 3000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Placement of anchors in concrete. C. Section 09 2116 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES: Placement of backing plates and wood blocking in stud wall construction. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA Standards-Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. B. AISC 201 -AISC Certification Program for Structural Steel Fabricators, Standard for Steel Building Structures; 2006. C. SSPC-SP 1 - Solvent Cleaning; 2015, with Editorial Revision (2016). D. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2014. E. ASTM A47/A47M - Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings; 1999, with Editorial Revision (2022). F. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2020. G. ASTM Al53/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. H. ASTM A276/A276M - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes; 2017. I. ASTM A501/A501 M - Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing; 2014. J. ASTM A554 - Standard Specification for Welded Stainless Steel Mechanical Tubing; 2021. K. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2020. L. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015. M. ASTM A780/A780M - Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings; 2020. N. ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Required Hardness, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2020. O. ASTM Al011/A1011 M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength; 2018a. P. ASTM E935 - Standard Test Methods for Performance of Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings; 2021. 05 7300 - 1 DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 7300 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 Q. ASTM E985 - Standard Specification for Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings; 2000 (Reapproved 2006). R. ASTM F3125/F3125M - Standard Specification for High Strength Structural Bolts and Assemblies, Steel and Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, Inch Dimensions 120 ksi and 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength, and Metric Dimensions 830 MPa and 1040 MPa Minimum Tensile Strength; 2019, with Editorial Revision (2020). S. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; 2012. T. AWS B2.1/B2.1 M - Specification for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification; 2014 (Amended 2015). U. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code- Steel; 2020. V. AWS D1.6/D1.6M - Structural Welding Code- Stainless Steel; 2017. W. IAS AC172 -Accreditation Criteria for Fabricator Inspection Programs for Structural Steel; 2018. X. NAAMM AMP 500-06 - Metal Finishes Manual; 2006. Y. SSPC-Paint 15-Steel Joist Shop Primer/Metal Building Primer; 2004. Z. SSPC-Paint 20 -Zinc-Rich Coating (Type I - Inorganic, and Type II - Organic); 2019. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene preinstallation meeting one week before starting work of this section. Attendees include: 1. Contractor. 2. Manufacturer's representative. 3. Owner's representative. 4. Other subcontractors of adjacent work. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, including description of materials, components, finishes, fabrication details, glass, anchors, and accessories. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate railing system elevations and sections, details of profile, dimensions, sizes, connection attachments, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Indicate anchor and joint locations, brazed connections, transitions, and terminations. 1. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. D. Samples: Submit one of each item below for each type and condition shown. 1. Railing: 12-inch long section of each railing member, including top rails and posts; show color, finish, and connection details. 2. Cable Infill: 12-inch long section, including fittings. E. Delegated Design Documents: Drawings and calculations sealed by Designer. F. Test Reports: Submit test reports from independent testing agency showing compliance with specified design and performance requirements. G. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation. H. Designer's qualification statement. I. Fabricator's qualification statement. 05 7300 - 2 DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 7300 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 J. Installer's qualification statement. K. Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's instructions for care and cleaning. L. Specimen warranty. M. Executed warranty. N. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 2. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Designer Qualifications: Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located or personnel under direct supervision of engineer. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Certified in accordance with AISC 201 and IAS AC172. C. Installer Qualifications: 1. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of type specified and with at least three years of documented experience. D. Welder Qualifications: Welding processes and welding operators certified in accordance with AWS 132.1/132.1 M within 12 months of scheduled welding work. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. See Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal for packaging waste requirements. B. Deliver materials in factory-provided protective coverings and packaging. C. Protect materials against damage during transit, delivery, storage, and installation at site. D. Inspect materials upon delivery for damage. Replace damaged items. E. Prior to installation, store materials and components under cover in dry location. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Ambient Conditions: 1. Do not install railings until project is enclosed and ambient temperature of space is minimum 65 degrees F and maximum 95 degrees F. 2. Maintain ambient temperature of space at minimum 65 degrees F and maximum 95 degrees F for 24 hours before, during, and after railing installation. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard 1-year warranty against defects in materials, fabrication, finishes, and installation commencing on mm-dd-yyyy; complete forms in Owner's name and register with manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Decorative Metal Railings: 1. ATR Technologies Inc; Aluminum Cable Railing: www.atr-technologies.com/#sle. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 05 7300 - 3 DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 7300 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.02 RAILING SYSTEMS A. General: Factory-or shop-fabricated to suit project conditions, for proper connection to building structure, and in largest sizes practical for delivery to site. B. Performance Requirements: 1. Comply with ASTM E985. 2. Comply with ADA Standards. 3. Structural Requirements: Design and fabricate railings and anchorages to resist loads without failure, damage, or permanent set. a. Handrail and Top Rails: Applying loads simultaneously not required: 1) Distributed Load: 50 Ibf/ft minimum, applied horizontally and vertically at top of handrail. 2) Concentrated Load: 200 Ibf, minimum, when applied to handrail horizontally and vertically. b. Infill: 1) Concentrated Load: 50 Ibf, minimum, when applied to infill horizontally and vertically. C. Performance Requirements: Applying loads simultaneously not required; design and fabricate railings and anchorages to resist loads without failure, damage, or permanent set, including: 1. Lateral Force: 75 lb minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E935. 2. Distributed Load: 50 Ibf/ft minimum, applied vertically and horizontally at top of handrail, when tested in accordance with ASTM E935. 3. Concentrated Loads: 200 lb minimum, applied to handrail horizontally and vertically, in accordance with ASTM E935. D. Assembly: Use slip-on, nonweld mechanical fittings, flanges, escutcheons, and wall brackets to join lengths, seal open ends, and conceal exposed mounting bolts and nuts. E. Joints: Machined smooth with hairline seams; tightly fitted and secured. F. Field Connections: Provide sleeves to accommodate site assembly and installation. G. Metal Railing: Engineered, post-supported railing system with metal infill. 1. Configuration: Guardrail with separate handrail. 2. Grip Rail: Round, stainless steel, 1-1/2-inch diameter. 3. Decorative Flanges for Embedded Posts: Circular, collared cover plate without screw holes. 4. Wall-Mounted Components: Support railing with 1-1/2-inch clearance from wall using the following: a. Underslung Support Brackets: Supports at 60 inches, maximum. 5. Handrail Brackets: Same metal as railing. 6. Fasteners: Concealed. 7. Infill at Cable Railings: Stainless steel cable. a. Material: ASTM A666, Type 304. b. Mounting: Mechanically attached to frame. H. Wall-Mounted Handrail: 1. 1-1/2-inch diameter stainless steel; No.4 satin finish. 2. Handrail Brackets: Manufacturer's standard stainless steel brackets. a. Mounting: Wall. b. Finish: No.4 satin finish. 05 7300 -4 DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 7300 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Comply with ADA Standards. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel Components: ASTM A666, Type 304. 1. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A554, Type 304, 16-gauge, 0.0625-inch minimum metal thickness, 1-1/2-inch diameter. 2. Stainless Steel Bars, Shapes and Moldings: ASTM A276/A276M, Type 304. B. Steel Components: 1. Sections, Shapes, Plate and Bar: ASTM A36/A36M. 2. Tubing: ASTM A501/A501M structural tubing, round and shapes as indicated. 3. Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Grade B, Schedule 40, black finish. 4. Ungalvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-or cold-rolled; use cold-rolled where finished work is exposed to view. a. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A1011/A1011M, Designation CS (commercial steel). b. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A1008/A1008M, Designation CS (commercial steel). 5. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33 (230)with G40 (Z120) coating. 6. Iron Castings: ASTM A47/A47M, malleable. 7. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Type 1, galvanized in accordance with ASTM Al53/A153M. 8. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Welded and Brazed Joints: Make visible joints butt tight, flush, and hairline; use methods that avoid discoloration and damage of finish; grind smooth, polish, and restore to required finish. 1. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. 2. Welded Joints: a. Carbon Steel: Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M. b. Stainless Steel: Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.6/D1.6M. 2.05 FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM AMP 500-06. 1. Complete mechanical finishes before fabrication. After fabrication, finish joints, bends, abrasions, and surface blemishes to match sheet. 2. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage. 3. Apply organic and anodic finishes to formed metal after fabrication. 4. Appearance: Limit variations in appearance of adjacent pieces to one-half of range represented in approved samples. Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Install components within range of approved samples to minimize contrast. B. Steel Finishes: 1. Coated Steel: Clean surface in accordance with SSPC-SP 1 before applying coating. 2. Primer: Compatible with organic coating; shop-applied. 3. Color: As indicated on drawings. C. Stainless Steel Finishes: 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Welding Fittings: Factory-or shop-welded from matching pipe or tube;joints and seams ground smooth. 05 7300 - 5 DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 7300 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors, fasteners, and other attachment devices required to attach to structure. 1. Provide attachment devices of same material as components. 2. Steel Fasteners: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Type 1, galvanized in accordance with ASTM Al53/A153M. 3. Stainless Steel Fasteners: Type 304. 4. Posts: Provide adjustable flanged brackets. 5. Anchorage to Concrete: Provide inserts cast into concrete for bolt anchors. See Section 033000. 6. Anchorage to Stud Walls: Provide backing plates or wood blocking for bolt anchors. See Section 09 2116. C. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, noncorrosive compound free of asbestos, sulfur, and other deleterious impurities; 0.015-inch dry film thickness per coat. D. Sealant: Silicone; black. E. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15; comply with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. F. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20 Type I - Inorganic; comply with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.07 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A.LEED REQUIREMENTS: REFER TO SECTION 01 3329.02 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING— LEED V4 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION RELATING TO LEED REQUIREMENTS: 1.COMPLY WITH CREDIT IEQ—INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY: LOW EMITTING MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS (INTERIOR PAINTS AND COATINGS) A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings) 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate and site conditions are acceptable and ready to receive work. B. Verify field dimensions of locations and areas to receive work. C. Notify Architect immediately of conditions that would prevent satisfactory installation. D. Do not proceed with work until detrimental conditions are corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Review installation drawings before beginning installation. Coordinate diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages and fasteners. B. Clean surfaces to receive railings. Remove materials and substances detrimental to installation. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install components plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects, and with tight joints, except where necessary for expansion. C. Anchor securely to structure. 05 7300 - 6 DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 05 7300 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Conceal anchor bolts and screws whenever possible. Where not concealed, use flush countersunk fastenings. E. Weld connections that cannot be shop welded due to size limitations. 1. Weld in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 2. Match shop welding and bolting. 3. Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. 4. Touch up shop primer and factory-applied finishes. 5. Repair galvanizing with galvanizing repair paint in accordance with ASTM A780/A780M. F. Isolate dissimilar materials with bituminous coating, bushings, grommets, or washers to prevent electrolytic corrosion. G. All paints and coatings, including accessories, applied on site must comply with the VOC limits, emissions testing and Submittal requirements for IEQ Credit Low-Emitting Materials as specified in Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per floor level, noncumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. C. Maximum Out-of-Position: 1/4 inch. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements for additional requirements. B. Test railings for structural performance in accordance with ASTM E935. C. Manufacturer Services: Provide services of manufacturer's field representative to observe railing installation. 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove protective film from exposed metal surfaces. B. Metal: Clean exposed metal finishes with potable water and mild detergent in accordance with manufacturer recommendations; do not use abrasive materials or chemicals, detergents, or other substances that may damage material or finish. C. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect installed components and finishes from damage after installation. B. Repair damage to exposed, making finishes indistinguishable from undamaged areas. C. Replace finishes and components that have irreparable damage. Ensure damaged areas are indistinguishable from undamaged finishes and surfaces. END OF SECTION 05 7300 05 7300 - 7 DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 05 7300 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 05 7300 - 8 DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 1000 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 06 1000 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Structural dimension lumber framing. B. Nonstructural dimension lumber framing. C. Rough opening framing for doors, windows, and roof openings. D. Sheathing. E. Roof-mounted curbs. F. Roofing nailers. G. Preservative treated wood materials. H. Communications and electrical room mounting boards. I. Concealed wood blocking, nailers, and supports. J. Miscellaneous wood nailers, furring, and grounds. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 01 6116 -Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions. C. Section 03 5400 - Cast Underlayment. D. Section 05 5000 - METAL FABRICATIONS: Miscellaneous steel connectors and support angles for wood framing. E. Section 06 1323 - Heavy Timber Framing. F. Section 06 1753 - Shop-Fabricated Wood Trusses. G. Section 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM: Sill flashings. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM Al53/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. B. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2020. C. ASTM C557 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing; 2003 (Reapproved 2017). D. ASTM D3498 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Field-Gluing Wood Structural Panels (Plywood or Oriented Strand Board)to Wood Based Floor System Framing; 2019a. E. ASTM E84- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2021 a. F. AWC (WFCM)-Wood Frame Construction Manual for One-and Two-Family Dwellings; 2024, with Errata. G. AWPA U1 - Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; 2018. H. PS 1 -Structural Plywood; 2009 (Revised 2019). 06 1000 - 1 ROUGH CARPENTRY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 1000 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 I. PS 20-American Softwood Lumber Standard; 2020. J. WWPA G-5-Western Lumber Grading Rules; 2017. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide technical data on insulated sheathing, wood preservative materials, and application instructions. C. Structural Composite Lumber: Submit manufacturer's published structural data including span tables, marked to indicate which sizes and grades are being used; if structural composite lumber is being substituted for dimension lumber or timbers, submit grading agency structural tables marked for comparison. D. Samples: For rough carpentry members that will be exposed to view, submit two samples, 4by6 inch in size illustrating wood grain, color, and general appearance. E. ABAA Field Quality Control Submittals: Submit third-party reports of testing and inspection required by ABAA QAP. F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that wood products supplied for rough carpentry meet or exceed specified requirements. G. ABAA Manufacturer Qualification: Submit documentation of current evaluation of proposed manufacturer and materials. H. ABAA Installer Qualification: Submit documentation of current contractor accreditation and current installer certification. Keep copies of all contractor accreditation and installer certification on site during and after installation. Present on-site documentation upon request. I. Warranty Documentation: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. J. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 3. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings, Ceilings, and Composite Wood) 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Air Barrier Association of America (ABAA) Quality Assurance Program (QAP); www.airbarrier.org/#sle: 1. Installer Qualification: Use accredited contractor, certified installers, evaluated materials, and third-party field quality control audit. 2. Manufacturer Qualification: Use evaluated materials from a single manufacturer regularly engaged in air barrier material manufacture. Use secondary materials approved in writing by primary material manufacturer. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Cover wood products to protect against moisture. Support stacked products to prevent deformation and to allow air circulation. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. 06 1000 - 2 ROUGH CARPENTRY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 1000 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Correct defective work within a two-year period commencing on Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Dimension Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies. 1. Species: Douglas Fir-Larch, unless otherwise indicated. 2. If no species is specified, provide species graded by the agency specified; if no grading agency is specified, provide lumber graded by grading agency meeting the specified requirements. 3. Grading Agency: Grading agency whose rules are approved by the Board of Review, American Lumber Standard Committee at www.alsc.org, and who provides grading service for the species and grade specified; provide lumber stamped with grade mark unless otherwise indicated. 4. Lumber of other species or grades is acceptable provided structural and appearance characteristics are equivalent to or better than products specified. B. Provide sustainably harvested wood; see Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements for requirements. C. Provide wood harvested within a 500 mile radius of the project site. D. Lumber fabricated from recovered timber is permitted in lieu of sustainably harvested lumber, unless otherwise noted, provided it meets the specified requirements for new lumber and is free of contamination; identify source. 2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS A. Stud Framing (2 by 2 through 2 by 12 ): 1. Species: Douglas Fir-Larch. 2. Grade: No. 2. or per General Structural Notes B. Miscellaneous Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Grounds, and Furring: 1. Lumber: S4S, No. 2 or Standard Grade. 2. Boards: Standard or No. 3. 2.03 TIMBERS FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS A. Grading Agency: Western Wood Products Association; WWPA G-5. B. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. C. Moisture Content: S-dry (23 percent maximum). D. Beams and Posts 5 inches and over in thickness: 1. Grade: Grade per General Structural Notes.. 2.04 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER A. At Contractor's option, structural composite lumber may be substituted for concealed dimension lumber and timbers. B. Structural Composite Lumber: Factory fabricated beams, headers, and columns, of sizes and types indicated on drawings; structural capacity as published by manufacturer. 1. Columns: Use laminated veneer lumber, laminated strand lumber, or parallel strand lumber with manufacturer's published modulus of elasticity, E: 1,800,000 psi, minimum. 2. Beams: Use laminated veneer lumber, laminated strand lumber, or parallel strand lumber with manufacturer's published modulus of elasticity, E: 1,800,000 psi, minimum. 06 1000 - 3 ROUGH CARPENTRY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 1000 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Headers Not Longer Than 48 inches: Use laminated veneer lumber, laminated strand lumber, or parallel strand lumber. 4. Manufacturers: a. Boise Cascade Company: www.bc.com/#sle. b. Weyerhaeuser Company: www.weyerhaeuser.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.05 EXPOSED BOARDS A. Submit manufacturer's certificate that products meet or exceed specified requirements, in lieu of grade stamping. B. Moisture Content: Kiln-dry(15 percent maximum). C. Surfacing: S4S. D. Species: Douglas Fir. E. Grade: No. 2, 2 Common, or Construction. 2.06 CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Wall Sheathing: Oriented strand board wood structural panel; PS 2. 1. Grade: Structural 1 Sheathing. 2. Bond Classification: Exposure 1. 3. Performance Category: 5/8 PERF CAT. 4. Span Rating: 40/20. 5. Edges: Square. 6. Exposure Time: Sheathing will not delaminate or require sanding due to moisture absorption from exposure to weather for up to 500 days. 7. Provide fastening guide on top panel surface with separate markings indicating fastener spacing for 16 inches and 24 inches on center, respectively. 8. Warranty: Manufacturer's standard lifetime limited warranty against manufacturing defects and that panels will not delaminate or require sanding due to moisture absorption damage from exposure to weather for up to the stated period. B. Communications and Electrical Room Mounting Boards: PS 1 A-D plywood, or medium density fiberboard; 3/4 inch thick; flame spread index of 25 or less, smoke developed index of 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: 1. Metal and Finish: Hot-dipped galvanized steel complying with ASTM Al53/A153M for high humidity and preservative-treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. B. Die-Stamped Connectors: Hot dipped galvanized steel, sized to suit framing conditions. 1. For contact with preservative treated wood in exposed locations, provide minimum G185 galvanizing complying with ASTM A653/A653M. C. Sill Gasket on Top of Foundation Wall: 1/4 inch thick, plate width, closed cell plastic foam from continuous rolls. D. Sill Flashing: As specified in Section 07 6200. E. Subfloor Adhesives: Waterproof, air cure type, cartridge dispensed; adhesives designed for subfloor applications and complying with either ASTM C557 or ASTM D3498. 06 1000 -4 ROUGH CARPENTRY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 1000 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.08 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 - Use Category System for wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specific applications. 1. Fire-Retardant Treated Wood: Mark each piece of wood with producer's stamp indicating compliance with specified requirements. 2. Preservative-Treated Wood: Provide lumber and plywood marked or stamped by an ALSC-accredited testing agency, certifying level and type of treatment in accordance with AWPA standards. B. Preservative Treatment: 1. Manufacturers: a. Lonza Group: www.wolmanizedwood.com/#sle. b. Viance, LLC; Preserve ACQ: www.treatedwood.com/#sle. 2. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Lumber Above Grade: AWPA U1, Use Category UC313, Commodity Specification A using waterborne preservative to 0.10 Ib/cu ft retention. a. Kiln dry lumber after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent. b. Treat lumber in contact with roofing, flashing, or waterproofing. c. Treat lumber in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Plywood Above Grade: AWPA U1, Use Category UC2 and UC3B, Commodity Specification F using waterborne preservative to 0.25 Ib/cu ft retention. a. Kiln dry plywood after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent. 4. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Lumber in Contact with Soil: AWPA U1, Use Category UC4A, Commodity Specification A using waterborne preservative to 0.31 Ib/cu ft retention. a. Preservative for Field Application to Cut Surfaces: As recommended by manufacturer of factory treatment chemicals for brush-application in the field. b. Restrictions: Do not use lumber or plywood treated with chromated copper arsenate (CCA) in exposed exterior applications subject to leaching. 2.09 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings, Ceilings, and Composite Wood) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Where wood framing bears on cementitious foundations, install full width sill flashing continuous over top of foundation, lap ends of flashing minimum of 4 inches and seal. B. Install sill gasket under sill plate of framed walls bearing on foundations; puncture gasket cleanly to fit tightly around protruding anchor bolts. C. Coordinate installation of rough carpentry members specified in other sections. 06 1000 - 5 ROUGH CARPENTRY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 1000 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.03 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Select material sizes to minimize waste. B. Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on site as accessory components, including: shims, bracing, and blocking. C. Where treated wood is used on interior, provide temporary ventilation during and immediately after installation sufficient to remove indoor air contaminants. D. All paints and coatings, including accessories, applied on site must comply with the VOC limits, emissions testing and Submittal requirements for IEQ Credit Low-Emitting Materials as specified in Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4. 3.04 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Set structural members level, plumb, and true to line. Discard pieces with defects that would lower required strength or result in unacceptable appearance of exposed members. B. Make provisions for temporary construction loads, and provide temporary bracing sufficient to maintain structure in true alignment and safe condition until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. C. Install structural members full length without splices unless otherwise specifically detailed. D. Comply with member sizes, spacing, and configurations indicated, and fastener size and spacing indicated, but not less than required by applicable codes and AWC (WFCM)Wood Frame Construction Manual. E. Construct double joist headers at floor and ceiling openings and under wall stud partitions that are parallel to floor joists; use metal joist hangers unless otherwise detailed. F. Frame wall openings with two or more studs at each jamb; support headers on cripple studs. 3.05 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS A. Provide framing and blocking members as indicated or as required to support finishes, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. B. In framed assemblies that have concealed spaces, provide solid wood fireblocking as required by applicable local code, to close concealed draft openings between floors and between top story and roof/attic space; other material acceptable to code authorities may be used in lieu of solid wood blocking. C. In walls, provide blocking attached to studs as backing and support for wall-mounted items, unless item can be securely fastened to two or more studs or other method of support is explicitly indicated. D. Where ceiling-mounting is indicated, provide blocking and supplementary supports above ceiling, unless other method of support is explicitly indicated. E. Provide the following specific nonstructural framing and blocking: 1. Cabinets and shelf supports. 2. Wall brackets. 3. Handrails. 4. Grab bars. 5. Towel and bath accessories. 6. Wall-mounted door stops. 06 1000 - 6 ROUGH CARPENTRY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 1000 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.06 ROOF-RELATED CARPENTRY A. Coordinate installation of roofing carpentry with deck construction, framing of roof openings, and roofing assembly installation. B. Provide wood curb at all roof openings except where specifically indicated otherwise. Form corners by alternating lapping side members. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Subflooring/Underlayment Combination: Glue and nail to framing; staples are not permitted. B. Communications and Electrical Room Mounting Boards: Secure with screws to studs with edges over firm bearing; space fasteners at maximum 24 inches on center on all edges and into studs in field of board. 1. At fire-rated walls, install board over wall board indicated as part of the fire-rated assembly. 2. Where boards are indicated as full floor-to-ceiling height, install with long edge of board parallel to studs. 3. Install adjacent boards without gaps. 4. Size: 48 by 96 inches, installed horizontally at ceiling height. 3.08 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/4 inch from true position, maximum. B. Variation from Plane, Other than Floors: 1/4 inch in 10 feet maximum, and 1/4 inch in 30 feet maximum. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. B. Coordination of ABAA Tests and Inspections: 1. Provide testing and inspection required by ABAA QAP. 2. Notify in ABAA writing of schedule for air barrier work. Allow adequate time for testing and inspection. 3. Cooperate with ABAA testing agency. 4. Allow access to air barrier work areas and staging. 5. Do not cover air barrier work until tested, inspected, and accepted. 3.10 CLEANING A. Waste Disposal: See Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal. 1. Comply with applicable regulations. 2. Do not burn scrap on project site. 3. Do not burn scraps that have been pressure treated. 4. Do not send materials treated with pentachlorophenol, CCA, or ACA to co-generation facilities or"waste-to-energy"facilities. B. Do not leave wood, shavings, sawdust, etc. on the ground or buried in fill. C. Prevent sawdust and wood shavings from entering the storm drainage system. END OF SECTION 061000 06 1000 - 7 ROUGH CARPENTRY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 06 1000 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 06 1000 - 8 ROUGH CARPENTRY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 1543 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 06 1543 CROSS LAMINATED TIMBER PANELS (CLT) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Structural cross laminated decking for roofs. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Miscellaneous steel connectors and support angles for wood framing. C. 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Bearing support, stud framing, field-fabricated panel connections, miscellaneous blocking, and nailers. D. 06 1800 - Glued-Laminated Construction. E. 09 9300 - Staining and Transparent Finishing: For field-applied stain and final finish. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI D3737-07 Structural Glued Laminated Timber. B. AITC 405 and ASTM D2559-00 Standards for Wood Adhesives. C. AITC 111 (2005) Recommended Practice for Protection of Structural Glued Laminated Timber During Transit, Storage, and Erection. D. AWC NDS: (2015) National Design Specification for Wood Construction. E. ANSI/APA PRG 320: (2019) Standard for Performance Rated of Cross-Laminated Timber. F. APA EWS T300: (2007)Technical Note: Glulam Connection Details. G. (FPI) SP-529E: (2013) CLT Handbook, Cross Laminated Timber(U.S. Edition). H. ISO ISO/IEC 17020: (2012) Conformity Assessment- Requirements for the Operation of Various Types of Bodies Performing Inspection. I. ISO ISO/IEC 17065: (2012) Conformity Assessment- Requirements for Bodies Certifying Products, Processes and Services. J. ANSI A190.1-2017 Structural Glued-laminated. K. APA Standard for Performance Related CLT ANSI/APA PRG 320/2018. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week before starting work of this section in accordance with Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements. 1. Review preparation and installation procedures and coordinating and scheduling required with related work. 2. Review summary of TMMS (Temporary Moisture Management System) protection measures to be followed. 3. Review requirements to match wood control sample used to harmonize wood finishes on the project. 4. Confirm on-site space will be available during installation for the following: a. Preparation of panels for installation. b. Application of treatments if required. 06 1543 - 1 CROSS LAMINATED TIMBER PANELS (CLT) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 1543 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 c. Installation of on-site hardware if required. d. Sorting of panels according to the install sequence. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated provide product literature including structural properties, design load capacities and installation instructions. C. Shop Drawings: Include materials panel location plans, dimensions, shapes and sections, openings, support conditions, connections, and types of reinforcement. Detail fabrication of CLT panels. 1. Indicate locations, tolerances, and details of anchorage to supporting structure. 2. Include and locate openings larger than 10 inches. 3. Indicate location of CLT panel by same identification mark placed on panel. 4. Indicate relationship of CLT panels to adjacent materials. 5. Indicate stress grade, service grade, appearance grade. 6. Provide three dimensional model of interfaces, CLT panels, secondary timber members, and connections. 7. Indicate locations to receive factory finishes. D. Erection Drawings and Installation Instructions: 1. Plans and Elevations indicating sequencing of phases, crane locations and capacities and temporary bracing, as required. 2. Lifting drawings for each panel type, with lifting inserts located, and rigging shown, with forces. E. Samples: 1. Samples of Cross Laminated Timber Exposed to View: Submit two samples, 12 by 12 inch in size of each type of construction illustrating wood grain, stain, and finish, and a minimum of three laminations showing thickness. 2. Submit 4 finish coordination samples of CLT panels or decking; approximately 12 by 12 by 4 inches for field and applied coatings by others. F. Certificates: Provide a laboratory report issued by a U.S. product certification agency accredited under ISO/IEC 17065 or a U.S. product inspection agency accredited under ISO/IEC 17020, including: 1. CLT Manufacturer's Standards. 2. CLT stress grade and appearance classification. 3. Lay up of wood, species, and grades used. 4. Connection Hardware Standards in accordance with CLT manufacturer's specifications. 5. Manufacturer's panel durability tests and testing results for all runs included in production for the project. G. Chain-of-Custody Certification: By the Forest Stewardship Council for wood products. H. TMMS (Temporary Moisture Management System) Plan.- I. Qualification Submittals: 1. Perform qualifications below in accordance with ANSI/APA PRG 320. 2. Plant Pre-Qualification: a. Submit Pre-qualification panels. 3. Process Changes Qualification: 06 1543 - 2 CROSS LAMINATED TIMBER PANELS (CLT) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 1543 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 a. Submit Manufacturing documentation unique to the product and mill based on product evaluation. J. Qualification Data: For manufacturer, fabricator, and installer. K. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special preparation of substrate, erection, installation and attachment procedures, product storage and handling, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. L. Maintenance Data: For user operation and maintenance of system including: 1. Methods for maintaining system's materials and finishes. 2. Precautions about cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to components, finishes, and performance. 3. Recommended schedule of maintenance. M. Local/Regional Materials: Indicate location of manufacturing facility including name, address, and distance between manufacturing facility and the product site. N. VOC Content: Product data and material safety data sheets (MSDS)for the CLT adhesive used on the interior of the building indicating chemical composition and VOC content. O. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 3.Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Composite Wood) 3. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Composite Wood) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: To be certified by the American Plywood Association - Engineered Wood Systems (APA EWS) and bonded with polyurethane resin (white) adhesive meeting the requirements of ANSI A190.1-1992, DIM 68 141 and EN 301 and 302. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section with not less than five years of documented experience. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. See Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal for packaging waste requirements. B. Support units during shipment on non-staining material in same position as during storage. C. TMMS (Temporary Moisture Management System) Plan: Protect CLT in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions and AITC 111 requirements for individually wrapped material. 1. Protect/Wrap in post-manufacturing environment, if required, without exposure to moisture prior to wrapping. 2. Affix authorized label to all panels supplied; identify each panel with mark number. 3. Protect all corners with wood blocking. 4. Individually wrap each panel or deck to protect from moisture prior to installation. Cover exterior, non-exposed face with wrapping material prior to shipping. Cut holes or slits in underside of wrapping to avoid accumulation of condensation during storage on-site. Do not deface members. 5. Wrapping Material: a. Basis of Design of Wrapped Material: [Elastophene Flam Stick Self-adhered membrane by Soprema]. 06 1543 - 3 CROSS LAMINATED TIMBER PANELS (CLT) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 1543 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 6. If stored outside and required for full protection: Cover top and side with additional wrapping material. 7. Maintain protection of CLT panels during construction by correcting any damage to the membrane and by removing standing water from the deck daily. a. Inspect and repair after erection. b. Confirm moisture content is below 15% using a moisture meter. Spot check wood at the direction of the envelope consultant. D. Handle material to avoid excessive stresses that would cause cracking or damage. E. Lift and support material as indicated in Erection Drawings and Installation Instructions. F. Do not allow lifting hardware to penetrate through TMMS (Temporary Moisture Management System). G. Store material to allow for air circulation around members. Prevent contact with soil and brace to prevent other physical damage to include staining, warping, cracking, or distortion. 1. Place stored units so identification marks are clearly visible. H. Arrange delivery of panels in accordance with construction schedule to designated delivery location. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DESCRIPTION A. Cross Laminated Timber(CLT) prefabricated floor and roof assemblies for site assembly, and connection hardware. 1. Species: Per General Structural Notes. 2. Structural Steel Connectors: Refer to Structural Drawings. All steel and connectors shall be hot dip galvanized if concealed and as specified below if exposed. 2.02 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA A. FSC: Wood products of this section required to have Chain-of-Custody certification by the Forest Stewardship Council. B. CLT products conforming with ANSI/APA PRG 320-2011: 1. Appearance Classification: Visual where exposed; Non-Visual where concealed. 2. Moisture Content: 12 +/- 3 percent at time of panel manufacture and compatible with certified adhesives. a. Longitudinal and Transverse 0.01 percent per percentage change in moisture content. b. Thickness 0.2 percent per percentage change in moisture content. C. Appearance Classification: 1. Visual (where panels are in view in final construction): a. Up to a maximum of 5% blue stain allowed, heart stain permitted. b. Knots: NLGA Select Structural limitation. Select tight knot. c. Pitch streaks not permitted. d. Wane on face not permitted. e. Side pressure on exposed faces required. 2. Non-Visual (where panels are concealed): a. Shake and checks allowed, shall not exceed 36" or 1/4 of the length. b. Heart or blue stain allowed, not limited. c. Knots well-spaced, quantity not limited. d. Minimal wane on face. 06 1543 -4 CROSS LAMINATED TIMBER PANELS (CLT) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 1543 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 e. Side pressure on exposed face not required. D. Laminations: Comply with requirements of ASTM D5456. 2.03 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products as indicated on drawings. Comparable products by one of the following are also acceptable. See Section 016000 - Product Requirements for submittal requirements. 1. United States and Canada: a. Mercer Internation: 14900 Interurban Avenue South, Suite 282, Seattle WA 98168; 1 206 674 4639; mercerint.com b. SmartLam, LLC: 610 3rd Street West, Columbia Falls, MT 59912; 406.892.2241. c. Kalesnikoff: PO Box 3000 Hwy 3A, Castlegar BC, Canada, V1 N 4N1; 250 399 4211; kalesnikoff.com d. Vaagen Timbers LLC: 1245 N Hwy, Colville, WA, 99114; 509-684-3678. www.vaagentimbers.com 2.04 MATERIALS A. CLT products conforming with APA PRG 320-2019 including the following labeling: 1. CLT grade qualified in accordance with standard. 2. CLT thickness or identification. 3. Mill name or identification number. 4. Approval agency name or logo. 5. Symbol of ANSI/APA PRG320. 6. Manufacturer's designation. 7. Top stamped if unbalanced construction. a. Adhesive: Weatherproof, formaldehyde-free foaming PUR Purbond polyurethane adhesive, in compliance with PRG 320-2018 and ANSI A190.1. B. Preservative Pressure Treatment: 1. Factory-Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 - Use Category System for wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specific applications. 2.05 FABRRICATION A. Fabricate Cross Laminated Timber(CLT) members in accordance with ANSI/APA PRG 320/2019, except where specified otherwise, and to following classifications: 1. Edge: [No] [1/4 inch] chamfer on long edges. B. Cross Laminated Timber(CLT) members to be joined at panel edges using a continuous spline as indicated on drawings. C. Mark members for identification during erection. Ensure marks will not be concealed in final assembly for appearance grade members. Clearly mark top surface. D. Coat all cuts, holes, and slots. E. Field apply sealer to all sides of laminated members. Double coat ends of laminated members. F. Fabrication Tolerances: 1. Thickness: 2 mm or 2% of CLT thickness, whichever is greater. 2. Width: 3 mm of the CLT width. 3. Length: 6 mm of the CLT length. 4. Squareness: Panel face diagonals shall not differ by more than 3 mm. 06 1543 - 5 CROSS LAMINATED TIMBER PANELS (CLT) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 1543 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 5. Straightness: Deviation of edges from a straight line between adjacent panel corners shall not exceed 2 mm. 2.06 FINISHING A. Factory Finish of visible components of the CLT assemblies: 1. Sanded: 80-grit. 2. Finish: Clear coat in accordance with 09 9300 - Staining and Transperent Finishing. B. Field Finish of visible components of the CLT assemblies: 1. Field finish includes exposed area not covered by factory finishing and touchup locations where damaged durring erection. 2. Finish: Clear coat in accordance with 09 9300 - Staining and Transperent Finishing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to fabrication, check all dimensions relating to this section of work. Report any discrepancies to Engineer. B. Prior to site erection, examine all site conditions and ensure an acceptable condition. C. Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare surfaces to receive work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Where wood framing bears on cementitious foundations, install full width sill flashing continuous over top of foundation, lap ends of flashing minimum of 4 inches and seal. C. Install sill gasket under sill plate of framed walls bearing on foundations; puncture gasket cleanly to fit tightly around protruding anchor bolts. D. Coordinate with installation of rough carpentry members specified in other sections. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install all materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions based on conditions present. 1. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendation for number, size and placement of fasteners. 2. Join cross laminated panel edges according to manufacturer's written recommendation. B. Restrictions: 1. Do not over cut panels when field-cutting openings. 2. Do not install electrical chases inside cross laminated panels. 3. Do not install plumbing inside cross laminated panels without consulting manufacturer and obtaining written recommendations. 4. Protect cross laminated panel core from solvents and solvent vapors. a. Prevent damage to cross laminated panels. b. Install cross laminated panels plumb, square and true to line. c. Seal panel joints with manufacturer's recommended sealant. d. Repair or replace damaged panels. C. Erect CLT panels in accordance with erection drawings. 06 1543 - 6 CROSS LAMINATED TIMBER PANELS (CLT) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 1543 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Make adequate provision for possible erection stresses. Set panels level and plumb to correct positions. Securely brace panels and anchor in place to maintain plumb until permanently secured by finished structure. E. Fit CLT panels closely and accurately, without trimming, cutting, or other modifications, unless approved in writing by Engineer. F. Site cutting or boring of CLT panels, other than shown on shop drawings not permitted without written consent of Engineer. G. Conform to installation methods in accordance with APA EWS T300. Hoist panels in place, provide a tight, neat fit, and brace installed members to maintain a safe and stable structure. H. Avoid on-site cuts; if necessary, only with approval of the engineer of record; coat all cuts with end sealer. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Refer to TMMS (Temporary Moisture Management System) Plan. B. Protect installed work as required by the manufacturer to maintain product performance, design criteria and warranty. C. Do not leave panels exposed to moisture. Remove wet panels or allow to dry completely before installation of sealants, tape, weather barrier and siding or other veneer. D. Protect installed cross laminated panels from subsequent construction operations. E. Maintain TMMS (Temporary Moisture Management System) until building enclosure with care to maintain manufacturer's standard moisture content. Do not reduce the relative humidity of the building rapidly. 3.05 CLEANING A. See Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements for additional requirements. B. Clean exposed surfaces of CLT panels after erection and completion of field touch up. 1. Perform cleaning procedures, if necessary, according to CLT manufacturer's written recommendations. Protect other work from staining or damage due to cleaning operations. 2. Do not use cleaning materials or processes that could change the appearance of exposed CLT panels or damage adjacent materials. C. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.06 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT A. Construction Waste shall be managed in accordance with provisions of Section 017419 Construction Waste Management. Documentation shall be submitted to satisfy the requirements of this section. END OF SECTION 06 1543 06 1543 - 7 CROSS LAMINATED TIMBER PANELS (CLT) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 06 1543 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 06 1543 - 8 CROSS LAMINATED TIMBER PANELS (CLT) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 1800 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 06 1800 GLUED-LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Glue laminated wood beams and purlins. B. Preservative treatment of wood. C. Steel hardware and attachment brackets. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 01 6116 -Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions. C. Section 09 9123 - Interior Painting: Field finishing. D. Section 09 9300 - Staining and Transparent Finishing: Field finishing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AITC A190.1 -American National Standard for Wood Products-Structural Glued Laminated Timber; 2007. B. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2014. C. ASTM Al53/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. D. ASTM A563 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts; 2015. E. ASTM A563M -Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts (Metric); 2007 (Reapproved 2013). F. ASTM D2559 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Bonded Structural Wood Products for Use Under Exterior Exposure Conditions; 2012a (Reapproved 2018). G. ASTM F3125/F3125M - Standard Specification for High Strength Structural Bolts and Assemblies, Steel and Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, Inch Dimensions 120 ksi and 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength, and Metric Dimensions 830 MPa and 1040 MPa Minimum Tensile Strength; 2019, with Editorial Revision (2020). H. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code- Steel; 2020. I. RIS (GR)-Standard Specifications for Grades of California Redwood Lumber; 2019. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide technical data on wood preservative materials, application technique and resultant performance information. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate framing system, sizes and spacing of members, loads and cambers, bearing and anchor details, bridging and bracing, framed openings . 1. Submit design calculations signed and sealed by design engineer. D. Designer's Qualification Statement. E. Manufacturer's Qualification Statement. F. Erector's Qualification Statement. 06 1800 - 1 GLUED-LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 1800 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 G. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 3. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Ceilings, Composite Wood) 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer/Fabricator Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacture of glue laminated structural units with three years of documented experience, and certified by AITC in accordance with AITC A190.1. B. Erector Qualifications: Company specializing in erection of products of the type specified with 5 years documented experience, and approved by manufacturer. C. Welder Qualifications: Welding processes and welding operators qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and no more than 12 months before start of scheduled welding work. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect members to AITC requirements for not wrapped. B. Leave individual wrapping in place until finishing occurs. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Glued-Laminated Structural Units: 1. Mercer: 14900 Interurban Avenue South, Suite 282, Seattle WA 98168; 1 206 674 4639; mercerint.com 2. Smartlam, IIc: 610 3rd Street west, Columbia Falls, MT 59912; 406-892-2241. 3. Kalesnikoff: PO Box 3000 Hwy 3A, Castlegar BC, Canada, V1 N 41\11; 250 399 4211; kalesnikoff.com 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 GLUED-LAMINATED UNITS A. Glued-Laminated Units: Fabricate in accordance with AITC 117 Industrial grade. 1. Verify dimensions and site conditions prior to fabrication. 2. Cut and fit members accurately to length to achieve tight joint fit. 3. Fabricate member with camber built in. 4. Do not splice or join members in locations other than those indicated without permission. 5. Fabricate steel hardware and connections with joints neatly fitted, welded, and ground smooth. 6. Welding: Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M. 7. After end trimming, seal with penetrating sealer in accordance with AITC requirements. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Lumber: Softwood lumber complying with RIS (GR)grading rules with 12 percent maximum moisture content before fabrication. Design for the following values: As noted on the drawings. 1. Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. 2. Provide sustainably harvested lumber, certified or labeled as specified in Section 01 6000. 3. Provide lumber harvested within a 500 mile radius of the project site. B. Appearance Grade: Architectural appearance grade, complying with AITC 110. 06 1800 - 2 GLUED-LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 1800 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Use clear wood inserts, of matching grain and color, for filling voids and knot holes more than 1/4 inch wide C. Steel Connections and Brackets: As specifiied in the structural drawings. D. Anchor Bolts: As specifiied in the structural drawings. E. Laminating Adhesive: Tested for wet/exterior service in accordance with ASTM D2559. F. Bearing Plate Anchors: Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete. 2.04 WOOD TREATMENT A. Factory-Treated Lumber: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 - Use Category System for pressure impregnated wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specific applications. B. Preservative Pressure Treatment: 1. Manufacturers: a. Lonza Group: www.wolmanizedwood.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Fabricate glue laminated structural members in accordance with AITC Industrial grade. B. Welding: Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M. C. Verify dimensions and site conditions prior to fabrication. D. Cut and fit members accurately to length to achieve tight joint fit. E. Fabricate member with camber built in. F. Fabricate steel hardware and connections with joints neatly fitted, welded, and ground smooth. G. After end trimming, seal with penetrating sealer in accordance with AITC requirements. H. Shop fabricate for connections to greatest extent possible, including cutting to length and drilling bolt holes. 1. Dress exposed surfaces to remove planing or surfacing marks and to provide a finish equivalent to that produced by machine sanding with No. 120 grit sandpaper. I. Field Finishing of Members: Specified in Section 09 9113, 09 9123, and 09 9300. J. Seal Coat: After fabricating, sanding, and end-coat sealing, apply a heavy saturation coat of penetrating sealer on surfaces of each unit, except for preservative-treated wood where treatment included a water repellent. 2.06 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Ceilings and Composite Wood) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that supports are ready to receive units. B. Verify sufficient end bearing area. 06 1800 - 3 GLUED-LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 1800 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 C. Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate placement of bearing items. 3.03 ERECTION A. Lift members using protective straps to prevent visible damage. B. Set structural members level and plumb, in correct positions or sloped where indicated. C. Field Finishing: Specified in Section 09 9113, 09 9123, and 09 9300. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/2 inch maximum from true position. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Repair damaged surfaces and finishes after completing erection. Replace damaged structural glued-laminated timber if repairs are not approved by Architect. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Do not remove wrappings on individually wrapped members until they no longer serve a useful purpose including protection from weather, sunlight, soiling, and damage from work of other trades. 1. Coordinate wrapping removal with finishing work specified in Division 9. Retain wrapping where it can serve as a painting shield 3.07 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 06 1800 06 1800 -4 GLUED-LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 2000 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 06 2000 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Finish carpentry items. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 01 6116 -Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions. C. Section 06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Support framing, grounds, and concealed blocking. D. Section 06 4100 -ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK: Shop fabricated custom cabinet work. E. Section 09 9123 - Interior Painting: Painting of finish carpentry items. F. Section 09 9300 - Staining and Transparent Finishing: Staining and transparent finishing of finish carpentry items. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E84- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2021 a. B. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) -Architectural Woodwork Standards, 2nd Edition; 2014, with Errata (2016). C. AWMAC/WI (NAAWS)- North American Architectural Woodwork Standards, U.S. Version 3.1; 2017, with Errata (2019). D. PS 1 -Structural Plywood; 2009 (Revised 2019). 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate the work with plumbing rough-in, electrical rough-in, and installation of associated and adjacent components. B. Sequence installation to ensure utility connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious manner. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Provide data on fire retardant treatment materials and application instructions. 2. Provide instructions for attachment hardware, finish hardware, and C. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, component profiles, fastening methods,jointing details, and accessories. 1. Scale of Drawings: 1-1/2 inch to 1 foot, minimum. 2. Provide information as required by AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS). 3. Include certification program label. D. Samples: Submit two samples of finish plywood, x inch in size illustrating wood grain and specified finish. 06 2000 - 1 FINISH CARPENTRY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 2000 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 E. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 3. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings, Ceilings and Composite Wood) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Company specializing in fabricating the products specified in this section with minimum five years of documented experience. 1. Accredited participant in the specified certification program prior to the commencement of fabrication and throughout the duration of the project. B. Quality Certification: 1. Provide labels or certificates indicating that work complies with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS)or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) requirements for grade or grades specified. 2. Provide designated labels on shop drawings as required by certification program. 3. Provide designated labels on installed products as required by certification program. 4. Submit certifications upon completion of installation that verifies this work is in compliance with specified requirements. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store finish carpentry items under cover, elevated above grade, and in a dry, well-ventilated area not exposed to heat or sunlight. B. Protect from moisture damage. C. Handle materials and products to prevent damage to edges, ends, or surfaces. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS A. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise. B. Surface Burning Characteristics: Provide materials having fire and smoke properties as required by applicable code. C. Interior Woodwork Items: 1. Stairs, Balustrades, and Handrails: Clear fir; prepare for stained finish. 2. Loose Shelving: Birch plywood; prepare for paint finish. 2.02 WOOD-BASED COMPONENTS A. Provide sustainably harvested wood, certified or labeled as specified in Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Provide wood harvested within a 500 mile radius of the project site. C. Wood fabricated from timber recovered from riverbeds or otherwise abandoned is permitted, unless indicated otherwise, and provided it is clean and free of contamination, identify source; provide lumber re-graded by an inspection service accredited by the American Lumber Standard Committee, Inc. (ALSC). 2.03 LUMBER MATERIALS A. Softwood Lumber: Douglas Fir species, Plain sawn, maximum moisture content of 6 percent; with vertical grain, of quality suitable for transparent finish. 06 2000 - 2 FINISH CARPENTRY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 2000 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.04 SHEET MATERIALS A. Softwood Plywood, Not Exposed to View: Any face species, medium density fiberboard core; PS 1 Grade A-B, glue type as recommended for application. 2.05 FASTENINGS A. Fasteners: Of size and type to suit application; Standard finish in concealed locations and Stainless Steel finish in exposed locations. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Type recommended by fabricator to suit application. B. Lumber for Shimming and Blocking: Softwood lumber of species. C. Primer: Alkyd primer sealer. D. Wood Filler: Solvent base, tinted to match surface finish color. 2.07 HARDWARE A. Specialty Workstation and Countertop Brackets: 1. Material: Steel. 2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard, factory-applied powder coat. 3. Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 4. Manufacturers: a. A&M Hardware, Inc; Heavy-Duty Hybrid Brackets: www.aandmhardware.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. B. Standard Shelf, Countertop, and Workstation Brackets: 1. Material: Steel. 2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard, factory-applied powder coat. 3. Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 4. Products: a. A&M Hardware, Inc; Standard Brackets: www.aandmhardware.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. C. Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA)-Compliant Vanity and Countertop Brackets: 1. Material: Steel. 2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard, factory-applied powder coat. 3. Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 4. Products: a. A&M Hardware, Inc; ADA Vanity Brackets: www.aandmhardware.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. D. Specialty Vanity Brackets: 1. Material: Steel. 2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard, factory-applied, textured powder coat. 3. Color: White. 4. Manufacturers: a. A&M Hardware, Inc; Floating Vanity Brackets: www.aandmhardware.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.08 WOOD TREATMENT A. Fire Retardant Treatment (FR-S Type): Chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing flame spread index of 25, maximum, and smoke developed index of 450, 06 2000 - 3 FINISH CARPENTRY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 2000 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. B. Provide identification on fire retardant treated material. C. Deliver fire retardant treated materials cut to required sizes. Minimize field cutting. D. Redry wood after pressure treatment to maximum percent moisture content. 2.09 SITE FINISHING MATERIALS A. Stain, Varnish, and Finishing Materials: Comply with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS)or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise. 2.10 FABRICATION A. Shop assemble work for delivery to site, permitting passage through building openings. B. When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. 2.11 SHOP FINISHING A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. B. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. C. Finish work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), Section 5 - Finishing for grade specified and as follows: 1. Transparent: a. System - 1, Lacquer, Nitrocellulose. b. Stain: As selected by Architect. c. Sheen: Flat. 2.12 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings, Ceilings, Composite Wood) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing. B. Verify mechanical, electrical, and building items affecting work of this section are placed and ready to receive this work. C. Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install custom fabrications in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS)or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) requirements for grade indicated. B. Set and secure materials and components in place, plumb and level. C. Carefully scribe work abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch. Do not use additional overlay trim to conceal larger gaps. 3.03 PREPARATION FOR SITE FINISHING A. Set exposed fasteners. Apply wood filler in exposed fastener indentations. Sand work smooth. 06 2000 -4 FINISH CARPENTRY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 2000 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Before installation, prime paint surfaces of items or assemblies to be in contact with cementitious materials. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Position: 1/16 inch. B. Maximum Offset from True Alignment with Abutting Materials: 1/32 inch. 3.05 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with projects Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 06 2000 06 2000 - 5 FINISH CARPENTRY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 06 2000 - 6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 06 2000 - 6 FINISH CARPENTRY Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 4100 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 06 4100 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specially fabricated cabinet units. B. Hardware. C. Preparation for installing utilities. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 01 6116 -Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions. C. Section 12 3200 - Manufactured Wood Casework. D. Section 12 3600 - COUNTERTOPS. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) -Architectural Woodwork Standards, 2nd Edition; 2014, with Errata (2016). B. AWMAC/WI (NAAWS)- North American Architectural Woodwork Standards, U.S. Version 3.1; 2017, with Errata (2019). C. BHMA A156.9 -American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware; 2015. D. NEMA LD 3 - High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; 2005. E. WI (CCP)- Certified Compliance Program (CCP); Current Edition. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene a preinstallation meeting not less than one week before starting work of this section; require attendance by all affected installers. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, component profiles, fastening methods,jointing details, and accessories. 1. Scale of Drawings: 3/4 inch to 1 foot, minimum. 2. Provide information as required by AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS). 3. Include certification program label. C. Product Data: Provide data for hardware accessories. D. Samples: Submit actual samples of architectural cabinet construction, minimum 12 inches square, illustrating proposed cabinet, countertop, and shelf unit substrate and finish. E. Samples: Submit actual sample items of proposed pulls, hinges, shelf standards, and locksets, demonstrating hardware design, quality, and finish. F. Certificate: Submit labels and certificates required by quality assurance and quality control programs. G. Sustainable Design Submittal: Documentation for sustainably harvested wood-based components. 06 4100 - 1 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 4100 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 H. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 3. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 4. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Ceilings and Composite Wood) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Certification: 1. Comply with WI (CCP)woodwork association quality certification service/program in accordance with requirements for work specified in this section: https://woodworkinstitute.com/#sle. 2. Provide labels or certificates indicating that the installed work complies with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) requirements for grade or grades specified. 3. Provide designated labels on shop drawings as required by certification program. 4. Provide designated labels on installed products as required by certification program. 5. Submit certifications upon completion of installation that verifies this work is in compliance with specified requirements. 6. Replace, repair, or rework all work for which certification is refused. 1.07 MOCK-UPS A. Provide mock-up of typical base cabinet, wall cabinet, and countertop, including hardware, finishes, and plumbing accessories. B. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements for additional requirements. C. Mock-up may remain as part of the work. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect units from moisture damage. 1.09 FIELD CONDITIONS A. During and after installation of custom cabinets, maintain temperature and humidity conditions in building spaces at same levels planned for occupancy. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Casework manufacturers are not required to be members of WI nor Accredited Millwork Companies for their manufactured and installed work product to be certified in compliance with the NAAWS through the inspection process. B. Fabricators: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Pearson Millwork, Inc. (WI Certified). a. Tel (360)435-9516, Fax (360)435-9631, Email kirstenl@pearsonmillwork.com (Kirsten Ingham) I (Carl Pearson). b. Web Site http://www.pearsonmillwork.coml 2. Genothen (WI Certified). a. Tel (360) 352-3636, Fax(360) 705-9386, (Larry Wright) Email larry.wright@genothen.com. b. Web Site http://www.genothen.com 06 4100 - 2 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 4100 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Pacific Cabinets, Inc. (WI Certified). a. Tel (208) 962-5546, Fax (208) 962-3038, Email info(a)pacificcabinets.com b. Web site http://www.pacificcabinets.com C. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. D. Single Source Responsibility: Provide and install this work from single fabricator. 2.02 CABINETS A. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise. B. Plastic Laminate Faced Cabinets: Custom grade construction, Premium grade installation. C. Cabinets at Lobby/Tellers: 1. Finish - Exposed Exterior Surfaces: Decorative laminate. 2. Finish - Exposed Interior Surfaces: Decorative laminate. 3. Finish - Semi-Exposed Surfaces: Decorative laminate 4. Door and Drawer Front Edge Profiles: Square edge with thin applied band. 5. Door and Drawer Front Retention Profiles: Fixed panel. 6. Casework Construction Type: Type A- Frameless. 7. Interface Style for Cabinet and Door: Style 2 - Finish Inset; reveal overlay. 8. Grained Face Layout for Cabinet and Door Fronts: Flush panel. a. Custom Grade: Doors, drawer fronts and false fronts wood grain to run and match vertically within each cabinet unit. 9. Cabinet Design Series: As indicated on drawings. 10. Adjustable Shelf Loading: 40 psf. a. Deflection: L/144. 11. Cabinet Style: Reveal overlay. 2.03 WOOD-BASED COMPONENTS A. Wood fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. B. Provide sustainably harvested wood, certified or labeled; see Section 01 6000. C. Provide wood harvested within a 500 mile radius of the project site. D. Certified Wood: Plastic-laminate cabinets shall be made from wood products certified as "FSC Pure" according to FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship," and FSC STD-40-004, "FSC Standard for Chain of Custody Certification." 2.04 LAMINATE MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Formica Corporation: www.formica.com/#sle. 2. Panolam Industries International, Inc; Nevamar Standard HPL: www.panolam.com/#sle. 3. Wilsonart LLC: www.wilsonart.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Thermally Fused Laminate (TFL): Melamine resin, NEMA LD 3, Type VGL laminate panels. 1. Manufacturers: a. Wilsonart LLC: www.wilsonart.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. C. Provide specific types as indicated. 06 4100 - 3 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 4100 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.05 COUNTERTOPS A. Countertops: See Section 12 3600. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Type recommended by fabricator to suit application. B. Plastic Edge Banding: Extruded PVC, convex shaped; smooth finish; self locking serrated tongue; of width to match component thickness. 1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 2. Use at all exposed plywood edges. 3. Use at all exposed shelf edges. C. Vinyl Countertop Edge: PVC anchor type tee-molding edging in width to match thickness of countertop, color as indicated, used at locations as indicated. D. Fasteners: Size and type to suit application. E. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins, and Screws: Of size and type to suit application; galvanized or chrome-plated finish in concealed locations and stainless steel or chrome-plated finish in exposed locations. F. Concealed Joint Fasteners: Threaded steel. G. Grommets: Standard plastic, painted metal, or rubber grommets for cut-outs, in color to match adjacent surface. 2.07 HARDWARE A. Hardware: BHMA A156.9, types as recommended by fabricator for quality grade specified. B. Adjustable Shelf Supports: Standard side-mounted system using recessed metal shelf standards or multiple holes for pin supports and coordinated self rests, polished chrome finish, for nominal 1 inch spacing adjustments. C. Drawer and Door Pulls: "U" shaped wire pull, aluminum with polished finish, 4 inch centers. D. Cabinet Locks: Keyed cylinder, two keys per lock, master keyed, steel with chrome finish. E. Cabinet Catches and Latches: 1. Type: Friction catch. 2. Manufacturers: a. Knape &Vogt Manufacturing Company: www.knapeandvogt.com/#sle. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. F. Drawer Slides: 1. Type: Full extension. 2. Static Load Capacity: Commercial grade. 3. Mounting: Side mounted. 4. Stops: Integral type. 5. Features: Provide self closing/stay closed type. 6. Manufacturers: a. Accuride International, Inc; Heavy-Duty Drawer Slides: www.accuride.com/#sle. b. Knape &Vogt Manufacturing Company; Medium-Duty Drawer Slides: www.knapeandvogt.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. G. Hinges: European style concealed self-closing type, steel with satin finish. 1. Manufacturers: 06 4100 -4 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 4100 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 a. Blum, Inc; CLIP top BLUMOTION: www.blum.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.08 FABRICATION A. Assembly: Shop assemble cabinets for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings. B. Edging: Fit shelves, doors, and exposed edges with specified edging. Do not use more than one piece for any single length. C. Plastic Laminate: Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Fit corners and joints hairline; secure with concealed fasteners. Slightly bevel arises. Locate counter butt joints minimum 2 feet from sink cut-outs. D. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures. Verify locations of cutouts from on-site dimensions. Seal cut edges. 2.09 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings, Ceilings, Insulation, Flooring, and Composite Wood) 2.10 SHOP FINISHING A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. B. Finish work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), Section 5 - Finishing for grade specified and as follows: 1. Opaque: a. Color: As selected by Architect. b. Sheen: Flat. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing. B. Verify location and sizes of utility rough-in associated with work of this section. C. Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Set and secure custom cabinets in place, assuring that they are rigid, plumb, and level. B. Use fixture attachments in concealed locations for wall mounted components. C. Use concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units. D. Secure cabinets to floor using appropriate angles and anchorages. E. Countersink anchorage devices at exposed locations. Conceal with solid wood plugs of species to match surrounding wood; finish flush with surrounding surfaces. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust installed work. 06 4100 - 5 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 4100 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Adjust moving or operating parts to function smoothly and correctly. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean casework, counters, shelves, hardware, fittings, and fixtures. B. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 064100 06 4100 - 6 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 8316 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 06 8316 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fiberglass reinforced plastic panels. B. Trim. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 01 6116 -Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 9 CFR 416.2 - Regulatory Requirements Under the Federal Meat Inspection Act and the Poultry Products Inspection Act, Part 416-Sanitation; current edition. B. ASTM D256 - Standard Test Methods for Determining the Izod Pendulum Impact Resistance of Plastics; 2010 (Reapproved 2018). C. ASTM D2583 - Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by Means of Barcol Impressor; 2013a. D. ASTM D3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber; 2016. E. ASTM D5319 - Standard Specification for Glass-Fiber Reinforced Polyester Wall and Ceiling Panels; 2017. F. ASTM E84- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2021 a. G. ISO 2812-1 - Paints and varnishes -- Determination of resistance to liquids -- Part 1: Immersion in liquids other than water; 2017. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colors available; and installation instructions. C. Samples: Submit two samples 6 inch by 6 inch inch in size illustrating material and surface design of panels. D. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store panels flat, indoors, on a clean, dry surface. Remove packaging and allow panels to acclimate to room temperature for 48 hours prior to installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Panels: 1. Pionite FRL; Old Friend AG415-SD: www.pionite.com/#sle. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 06 8316 - 1 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 8316 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.02 PANEL SYSTEMS A. Wall Panels W1: 1. Panel Size: 4 by 8 feet. 2. Panel Thickness: 0.075 inch. 3. Surface Design: Textured/Suede. 4. Color: Old Friend AG415-SD. 5. Attachment Method: Adhesive only, with trim and sealant in joints. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Panels: Fiberglass reinforced plastic laminate (FRL), complying with ASTM D5319. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread index of 25 and smoke developed index of 450; when system tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. 3. Scratch Resistance: Barcol hardness score greater than 35, when tested in accordance with ASTM D2583. 4. Impact Strength: Greater than 6 ft lb force per inch, when tested in accordance with ASTM D256. 5. Sanitation and Cleanability: Comply with 9 CFR 416.2. 6. Chemical Cleanability: Excellent chemical resistance to common cleaners and detergents when tested in accordance with ISO 2812-1. B. Trim: Aluminum; Clear Anodized C. Adhesive: Type recommended by panel manufacturer. D. Sealant: Type recommended by panel manufacturer; white. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions and substrate flatness before starting work. B. Verify that substrate conditions are ready to receive the work of this section. C. . Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.02 INSTALLATION -WALLS A. Install panels in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Cut and drill panels with carbide tipped saw blades, drill bits, or snips. C. Apply adhesive to the back side of the panel using trowel as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. D. Apply panels to wall with seams plumb and pattern aligned with adjoining panels. E. Install panels with manufacturer's recommended gap for panel field and corner joints. F. Place trim on panel before fastening edges, as required. G. Fill channels in trim with sealant before attaching to panel. H. Install trim with adhesive and screws or nails, as required. I. Seal gaps at floor, ceiling, and between panels with applicable sealant to prevent moisture intrusion. 06 8316 - 2 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 06 8316 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 J. Remove excess sealant after paneling is installed and prior to curing. 3.03 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 06 8316 06 8316 - 3 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 06 8316 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 06 8316 -4 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 1700 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 07 1700 BENTONITE THERMOPLASTIC WATERPROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK SUMMARY A. The work of this section includes, but is not limited to the furnishing and installing the following materials, per project specifications and drawings, or as directed by waterproofing manufacturer: 1. Bentonite thermoplastic waterproofing membrane with all applicable accessory products. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 03 3300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: for underslab vapor barrier. C. Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures, project meetings, progress schedules and documentation, reports, coordination. D. Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents, operation and maintenance (O&M) data, warranties and bonds. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Conduct a preinstallation meeting one week prior to the start of the work of this section; require attendance by all affected installers. B. Sequencing: Ensure that utility connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious manner. 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide waterproofing system to prevent the passage of liquid water and install without defects, damage or failure. Waterproofing shall be a 1.5 mm (60 mil)thick PVC, Elvaloy KEE thermoplastic membrane reinforced with a 5.0 oz. weft inserted knit polyester fabric integrally bonded to an Active Polymer Core (APC) layer. All thermoplastic field seams shall be continuously welded and supported with all applicable accessory products installed 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 - Submittal Procedures, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, with complete general and specific installation instructions, recommendations, and limitations. C. Product Samples: Submit representative samples of the following for approval: 1. Bentonite thermoplastic waterproofing membrane D. Waterproofing Material and Labor Warranty: Submit a sample copy of the Manufacturer's Waterproofing warranty complete with all coverage's, limitations, and conditions. E. Contractor Certificate: Submit written certification that installer has current Approved Applicator status with waterproofing material manufacturer. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Installing Company should have at least three (3)years experience in work of the type required by this section, who can comply with manufacturer's warranty 07 1700 - 1 BENTONITE THERMOPLASTIC WATERPROOFING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 1700 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 requirements, and who is an Approved Applicator as determined by waterproofing/drainage system manufacturer. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Waterproofing membranes and all accessory products shall be provided by a single manufacturer with a minimum of 20 years experience in the direct production and sales of waterproofing systems. Manufacturer shall be capable of providing field service representation during construction, approving an acceptable installer, and recommending appropriate installation methods. C. Pre-Installation Conference: A pre-installation conference shall be held prior to commencement of field installation to establish procedures to maintain required working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. Verify that final waterproofing and waterstop details comply with waterproofing manufacturer's current installation requirements and recommendations. Pre-con meeting attendees should include representatives for the owner, architect, inspection firm, the waterproofing manufacturer's technical representative, general contractor, waterproofing contractor, concrete contractor, excavating/backfill contractor, and mechanical and electrical contractors if work penetrates the waterproofing. D. Materials: Obtain waterproofing membrane with accessory products from a single manufacturer to assure material compatibility. E. Independent Inspection: The Owner may arrange for an independent inspection service to observe waterproofing material installation compliance with the project contract documents and manufacturer's published literature and site-specific details. Independent Inspection Firm shall be an approved company participating with the waterproofing manufacturer's Certified Inspection Program, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Owner. Inspection service shall produce reports and digital photographs documenting each inspection. Reports shall be made available in a timely manner to the Contractor, waterproofing installer, waterproofing material manufacturer, and Architect. Inspections should include beginning of waterproofing installation, periodic intervals, and final inspection prior to concrete or backfill placement against the waterproofing. F. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Inspection: The Contractor shall arrange for the manufacturer's technical representative to inspect waterproofing material installation compliance with the project contract documents and manufacturer's published literature and site-specific details. The manufacturer's technical representative shall produce reports and digital photographs documenting each inspection. Reports shall be made available in a timely manner to the Contractor, waterproofing installer, waterproofing material manufacturer, and Architect. Inspections should include substrate acceptance, beginning of waterproofing installation, periodic intervals, and final inspection prior to concrete or backfill placement against the waterproofing. G. Water Sample Test: Waterproofing contractor shall supply project site water sample to waterproofing membrane manufacturer for analysis. Manufacturer shall conduct test free of charge. Contractor is responsible for collection and shipment 64-fluid ounces (2-liters)of actual site water. Water should be shipped in uncontaminated, sealed plastic containers to the manufacturer's technical lab. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Handling: Deliver materials in factory sealed and labeled packaging. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, while minimizing on-site storage. Handle and store following manufacturer's instructions, recommendations and material safety data sheets. Protect from construction operation related damage, as well as, damage from weather, excessive 07 1700 - 2 BENTONITE THERMOPLASTIC WATERPROOFING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 1700 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 temperatures and prolonged sunlight. Remove damaged material from site and dispose of in accordance with applicable regulations. B. Storage: Do not double-stack pallets during shipping or storage. Protect waterproofing materials from moisture, excessive temperatures and sources of ignition. Provide cover, top and all sides, for materials stored on-site, allowing for adequate ventilation. 1.09 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Substrate Condition: Proceed with work only when substrate construction and preparation work is complete and in condition to receive waterproofing system. All plumbing, electrical, mechanical and structural items to be under or passing through the waterproofing shall be positively secured in their proper positions prior to waterproofing system installation. Substrate preparation shall be per waterproofing manufacturer's guidelines. B. Weather Conditions: Perform work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the guidelines established by the manufacturer of the waterproofing materials. Do not apply waterproofing materials in areas of standing or active water; or over ice and snow. Though exposure to precipitation and ground water seepage may not adversely affect the bentonite waterproofing, the General Contractor shall maintain site conditions to remove standing water from precipitation or ground water seepage in a timely manner. Should bentonite waterproofing be subjected to pre-hydration as a result of prolonged immersion, inspection of the material and written acceptance from the manufacturer's technical representative is required prior to concrete or backfill placement. 1.10 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7830 -Warranty& Bonds for additional warranty requirements. B. Warranty eligibility for the project must be validated by Manufacturer, confirming acceptance of the installation and independent inspection reports are in accordance with the manufacturer's quality assurance program requirements. C. Special Project Warranty: Submit waterproofing Installer's labor and materials warranty, signed by Installer, covering Work of this Section, including bentonite waterproofing and all related components, for a period of two (2)years. D. Waterproofing Material and Labor Warranty: Upon installation completion and manufacturer acceptance of the work required by this section, the waterproofing materials manufacturer will provide to the project Owner, a written five ($5)year non-prorated warranty, covering both materials and labor. Issuance of Manufacturer's Waterproofing Warranty requires the following: (1)Waterproofing System products shall have been provided by a single manufacturer; (2) ) Installation of waterproofing products by Manufacturer's Approved Applicator in full accordance with the manufacturer's quality assurance program requirements; (3) Installation inspected by an approved and trained Independent Inspection Firm participating with the waterproofing manufacturer's Certified Inspection Program; (4) In Division 3 work, Waterstop-RX must be installed in all applicable concrete cold pour construction joints, including around applicable penetrations. Manufacturer's warranty shall be independent from any other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents and may run concurrent with the other warranties. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Basis of Design: Coreflex Membrane Waterproofing and assembly accessories manufactured by Cetco. 07 1700 - 3 BENTONITE THERMOPLASTIC WATERPROOFING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 1700 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. CoreFlex 60 MEMBRANE: 1.5 mm (60 mil) nominal thick PVC, Elvaloy KEE thermoplastic membrane reinforced with a 5.0 oz. weft inserted knit polyester fabric integrally bonded to an Active Polymer Core (APC). CoreFlex 60 is designed for use on backfilled foundation walls, plaza decks, structural podium slabs, under floor slabs, property line retention walls, earth-covered structures, tunnels and greenroofs. Roll size: 1.4 m x 15 m (54" x 50'). 1.4m (54")wide thermoplastic membrane with APC layer offset 150 mm (6")along the long roll edges. B. COREFLEX 60 MEMBRANE PHYSICAL PROPERTIES: Physical Properties Property Test Method Typical Value CorFlex 60 Membrane Composite Thickness ASTM D751 3.8 cm (150 mil) Hydorstatic Pressure Resistance (min ASTM D5385 70 M (231 ft) 1 hour @ 100 psi) Puncture Resistance ASTM D4833 996 N (224 Ibs) Tensile Strength ASTM D751 2,442 N (549 Ibs) Bonded Seam Strength ASTM D751 3,136 N (705 Ibs) Peel Adhesion to Concrete ASTM D903 (mod) 1,751 N/m (10 Ibs/in) Water Vapor Retarder ASTM E1745 Class A Water Vapor Transmission ASTM E96 0.036 gr/m/hr(0.1 perms) Tensile Strength ASTM E154 68 kN/m (387 Ibf/in) Puncture Resistance ASTM D1709 5,500 grams (12.0) Ibs)* *Maximum of Test Equipment C. ACCESSORY WATERPROOFING PRODUCTS: All accessory waterproofing materials shall be provided by the waterproofing manufacturer or shall have manufacturer's written approval for substitution. 1. PVC Flashing Membrane: CoreFlash: 1.5 mm (60-mil) nominal reinforced thermoplastic membrane used for non-exposed flashing applications including curbs, walls, field wraps and patches. Membrane is yellow top coat and black bottom coat. 2. Non-Reinforced PVC Flashing Membrane: CoreFlash-NR: 1.5 mm (60-mil) nominal UV stable non-reinforced extruded white thermoplastic membrane used for above or below grade flashing applications including curbs, walls, field wraps and patches. Available in 1.5m x 7.3m (4' x 24') rolls. 3. PVC Discs: CoreDisc: 100 mm (4") diameter thermoplastic discs. Used for finishing T- Joints. 4. Universal Corner: Preformed injection molded thermoplastic flashings that will accommodate inside and outside corner details of any dimension. CoreFlex Universal Corners come as one piece and are trimmed to fit the appropriate condition. 5. Penetration Flashings: PF-150/PF-340: Preformed thermoplastic penetration details for small penetrations (up to 50 mm (2") in diameter) and larger penetrations (75 mm— 100 mm (3%4") in diameter. 6. Adhesive: SB-100: Solvent-based adhesive for securing CoreFlash membranes to various substrates, including cured concrete, wood, metal and cementitious boards. 7. Waterproofing Detail Sealant: AkwaSwell: Hydrophilic polyurethane caulk used for detail work. 07 1700 -4 BENTONITE THERMOPLASTIC WATERPROOFING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 1700 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 8. Bentonite Detail Membrane: Coretex: A low permeable geotextile waterproofing material that utilizes Active Polymer Core (APC)technology. 9. Tie-Back Cover: CoreCap: Pre-formed, single piece tie-back cover with welding collar flange. Three sizes available: TB-6SNF, TB-8F, and TB-1 OF. 10. Termination Bar: Minimum 3mm (1/8")thick x 25 mm (1")wide stainless steel or aluminum termination bar punched 150 mm (6") o. c. or approved equal. 11. Multi-Purpose Moisture Cure Sealant: CETSEAL: A multipurpose UV stable single component polyether moisture cure sealant/adhesive. Primary applications are Grade termination Sealant, Membrane Lap Sealant and Waterstop Adhesive. 12. Protection Course: Manufacturer approved protection layer products. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION GUIDELINES A. Comply with contract documents and manufacturer's product data, including product application and installation instructions. Where in conflict, defer to most stringent requirement. 3.02 SUBSTRATE INSPECTION AND CONDITIONS A. The installer, with the waterproofing manufacturer's technical representative present, shall examine conditions of substrates and other conditions under which this section work is to be performed and notify the contractor, in writing, of circumstances detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected and are acceptable for compliance with manufacturer's warranty requirements. General substrate conditions acceptable for the waterproofing installation are listed below. For conditions not covered in this Section, contact the waterproofing manufacturer for guidance. B. WORKING MUD SLAB: Working concrete mud slabs should have a float finish to provide a planar surface; without sharp angular depressions, voids or raised features. C. COMPACTED SOIL OR GRAVEL SUB-GRADE: Sub-grade shall be compacted to a minimum Modified Proctor compaction of 85% or greater as specified by civil/geotechnical engineer. The finished sub-grade surface shall be well-leveled, uniform, free of debris and standing water or ice. Aggregate sub-grades shall consist of 19 mm (3/4")stone or smaller and rolled flat, free from any protruding sharp edges. If substrate consists of large aggregate, place a high-strength geotextile layer over the aggregate and then provide several inches of compacted soil or sand for uniform support and containment of waterproofing sheets. Specific sub-grade preparation shall be approved by the project's civil or geotechnical engineer. D. WOOD TIMBER SHORING: Wood lagging shoring should extend to the lowest level of the waterproofing installation with any voids or cavities exterior of the lagging timbers filled with compacted soil or cementitious grout. Interior surface of lagging boards should be planar and tight together with gaps less than 25 mm (1"). Gaps in excess of 1" should be filled with cementitious grout, compacted soil, wood, extruded polystyrene (20 psi min.)or CETCO approved polyurethane spray foam. Do not use plywood or other surface treatment over large lagging gaps that leave the cavity void. In areas where lagging gaps are 63 mm (2-1/2") or less, Aquadrain sheet drainage can be installed over lagging to provide uniform surface to mount the waterproofing without requirement of filling gaps. Aquadrain sheet and 100BD base drain system should be connected to an operative water discharge system. All lagging board nails and other mechanical projections shall be removed or pounded flush. Install a protection material over all soldier piles with raised lagging hanger bolts, form tie rods, or other irregular surface; protection material should extend a minimum 150 mm (6")to both sides of the steel piling. 07 1700 - 5 BENTONITE THERMOPLASTIC WATERPROOFING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 1700 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 E. METAL SHEET PILING SHORING WALL: Metal sheet pile shoring requires minimum 12 mm ('/2") plywood fastened to create a flat surface for bentonite thermoplastic membrane installation. Install plywood with all edges tightly abutted and all fasteners flush with plywood surface. All void spaces between the plywood and the sheet piling must be filled with compacted earth or concrete. Any areas of water seepage at the sheet piling interlocks can be sealed prior to bentonite thermoplastic installation by injecting Bentogrout to the outside of the sheet piling interlocks. F. MECHANICAL OR OTHER PENETRATIONS: Mechanical, structural, or architectural materials that will pass through the plane of the waterproofing membrane shall be properly installed and secured in their final position prior to installation of the waterproofing system. G. SHORING WALL BRACING: Whenever possible, shoring wall bracing shall be constructed with circular pipe elements in lieu of steel H-Piles or other irregular fixture if bracing is not removed prior to waterproofing system installation. Circular steel pipe elements provide a more uniform surface to detail with the waterproofing. H. CONCRETE: Concrete to be waterproofed shall be properly placed and consolidated. Reinforced structural slabs should be a minimum of 150 mm (6")thick when placed on a working mud slab. Reinforced concrete slab(s) on compacted grade shall be a minimum of 100 mm (4")thick. When hydrostatic conditions exist, install Voltex DS under all footings, elevator pits and grade beams. Cast-in-place concrete to receive waterproofing shall be of sound structural grade with a smooth finish, free of debris, oil, grease, laitance, dirt, dust, or other foreign matter which will impair the performance of the waterproofing and drainage system and which do not comply with manufacturer's warranty requirements. Voltex DS can be installed on green structural concrete as soon as the forms are removed provided the contractor gains written approval from project structural engineer listing any site specific concrete curing time requirement. Do not apply Voltex DS waterproofing directly over lightweight insulating concrete, wood, or steel decking. 1. Remove dirt, debris, oil, grease, cement laitance, or other foreign matter which will impair or negatively affect the performance of the waterproofing and drainage system. 2. Protect adjacent work areas and finished surfaces from damage or contamination from waterproofing products during installation operations. 3. Form fins, ridges, ponding ridges and other protrusions should be level and smooth with concrete surface. 4. Honeycombing, aggregate pockets, tie-rod holes and other voids shall be completely filled with non-shrink cementitious grout and level with monolithic concrete surface. 3.03 GENERAL WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION GUIDELINES A. Install bentonite thermoplastic membrane in strict accordance with the manufacturer's installation guidelines using accessory products and protection, as specified or detailed. B. Workman and all others that walk on waterproofing should wear clean, soft-soled shoes so as not to damage materials. C. Lay out work to minimize traffic over installed areas. Membrane may be slippery when wet or covered with frost, snow or ice. Take proper precautions and heed all manufacturers' warnings in regard to product use. D. Where applicable, daily production schedules shall be limited to only that which can be made watertight at the end of the day or prior to inclement weather, including all flashing and night seals. 07 1700 - 6 BENTONITE THERMOPLASTIC WATERPROOFING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 1700 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 E. Expansion Joints: CoreFlex waterproofing is not an expansion joint filler or sealant, but can be incorporated with the CETCO CXJ Expansion Joint to create a warranty eligible, solution for waterproofing the below grade expansion joint. 3.04 THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE WELDING PROCEDURES A. Strictly adhere to manufacturer's membrane welding guidelines. All welds shall be continuous and without interruption or defect. Welding equipment shall be approved by waterproofing material manufacturer. Contact manufacturer to verify project welding equipment is suitable for bentonite thermoplastic membrane welding. B. All welding shall be performed only by qualified personnel trained by manufacturer's technical representative prior to field welding. C. Use of automated welding equipment is recommended for all membrane overlap seams exceeding 3 m (10 feet) in length. Automated equipment can either be hot air welding machine or a wedge welding machine. D. Prior to welding, start welding equipment and allow it to warm up to optimum welding temperature. Equipment warming period may vary depending on weather conditions and will need to be verified each day and after equipment has been cooled down and restarted and must be confirmed with a test weld. E. Hot Air Welders: For all field seams use a 40 mm (1-1/2")wide nozzle to create a nominal 40 mm (1-1/2")wide homogeneous thermoplastic weld. Use a minimum 20 mm (%")wide nozzle for corners, T-joints, patches and other field detailing, maintaining a nominal 20 mm (1/4")wide homogeneous thermoplastic weld. F. Wedge Welders: For all field seams use e a minimum 50 mm (2")wide wedge to create a nominal 50 mm (2")wide homogeneous thermoplastic weld without interruption or defect. Membrane overlap assembly may need to be increased according to the requirements of the equipment. G. All seams must be clean and dry prior to initiating any field welding procedures. Remove all foreign materials from the seams (dirt, oils, etc.) using CLEAN WHITE COTTON cloth. Do not use denim or synthetic, synthetic blend or paper rags for cleaning. For detailed cleaning procedures consult CETCO. H. Including but not limited to under slab and property line installations, move the peeled APC geotextile out of the way (do not cut it off) in order for welding equipment to run unobstructed and uninterrupted. Weld the thermoplastic membrane overlap following Section 3.04 instructions. Following the welding process, fold back the peeled APC geotextile to complete the 100 mm (4")overlap assembly and secure with CETSEAL. I. Contamination occurring within a seam shall be patched to insure water-tight integrity of the weld. J. Follow equipment manufacturer's instructions and observe local codes and site requirements for electricity supply, grounding, GFI and other current protection. Dedicated circuit, house power or a dedicated portable generator is required. No other equipment (including but not limited to hand welders)shall be operated off the dedicated power source. 3.05 QUALITY CONTROL/INSPECTION OF WELDED SEAMS A. All welds shall be inspected by the waterproofing applicator's job foreman and/or supervisor daily after cooling. Weld continuity inspection shall include, but not be limited to, the probing of all field welds with a rounded screwdriver or other dull pointed instrument. Immediately mark 07 1700 - 7 BENTONITE THERMOPLASTIC WATERPROOFING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 1700 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 and remediate any deficiencies per the manufacturer's guidelines. B. Each days welding should begin with an evaluation of welded seams conducted on a test strip of membrane. Adjust equipment speed and or heat/power settings as necessary to achieve proper welds. From the test weld, cut out and retain a 50 mm— 100 mm (2"—4")wide seam sample, date it and retain for the independent inspector/owners rep. Further testing may be required as conditions change during the day, as problems arise or at the independent inspector/owners rep. discretion. Taking samples of completed waterproofing should be avoided whenever possible. However, when necessary, each test cut shall be filled with Coretex and patched with CoreFlash extending 100 mm (4") beyond the edges of the cut opening and completed with a homogeneous thermoplastic weld. Each test cut shall be patched by the waterproofing applicator at no additional cost to the owner. 3.06 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Remove dirt, debris, oil, grease, cement laitance, or other foreign matter which will impair or negatively affect the performance of the waterproofing and drainage system. B. Protect adjacent work areas and finish surfaces from damage or contamination from waterproofing products during installation operations. 3.07 UNDER SLAB INSTALLATION A. Reinforced structural foundation slabs should be a minimum of 150 mm (6")thick where bentonite thermoplastic waterproofing is installed. Install bentonite thermoplastic waterproofing under all hoist pits, elevator pits and other locations depicted in the architectural drawings. B. Place bentonite thermoplastic waterproofing directly on properly prepared substrate (APC geotextile side facing up; yellow side down)with adjoining thermoplastic membrane edges overlapped a minimum of 100 mm (4"). Assemble and weld laps per Sections 3.03 and 3.04; secure any loose or peeled APC layer material with continuous bead of approved sealant. When the slab is poured in sections, extend bentonite thermoplastic waterproofing a minimum 300 mm (12") beyond the slab section edge to enable proper membrane overlapping. At the slab perimeter overlap the corner transition sheet per the manufacturer's requirements. C. Slab Penetrations: For all pipe, rebar, structural or other penetrations install waterproofing system per manufacturer's standard detail for specific project condition(s). D. Inside and Outside Corners: Install bentonite thermoplastic waterproofing membrane per manufacturer's standard detail with applicable universal corner piece welded. E. Inspect finished bentonite thermoplastic waterproofing installation and repair any damaged material prior to concrete slab placement. 3.08 SHORING RETENTION WALL INSTALLATION— BENTONITE THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE A. Shoring retention wall shall be prepared per as directed by the structural engineer. B. Apply bentonite thermoplastic membrane in standard roll size or longest workable cut length. At base of shoring wall, install bentonite thermoplastic sheet welded to top edge of corner transition sheet. Install bentonite thermoplastic sheets horizontally oriented with the thermoplastic membrane offset edge side up (APC geotextile side inward facing installer; yellow side toward shoring wall). Approximately 38 mm (1-1/2") down from the top edge, secure the thermoplastic membrane offset to the shoring wall with washer-head mechanical fasteners spaced maximum 600 mm (24")on center; refrain from placing a fastener within 150 mm (6") of each roll end. Install subsequent bentonite thermoplastic sheets in vertical sequence up wall with membrane roll ends matched to within 25 mm (1"); trim roll ends as applicable to meet the 07 1700 - 8 BENTONITE THERMOPLASTIC WATERPROOFING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 1700 - 9 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 25 mm (1")tolerance. Assemble and weld membrane overlaps; secure any loose or peeled APC layer material with continuous bead of CETSEAL. Extend membrane installation minimum 300 mm (12")above planned concrete lift joints to provide access. C. At both bentonite thermoplastic membrane roll ends, install a minimum 450 mm (9")wide strip of CoreFlash extending up the face of the lagging wall from the top of the bentonite thermoplastic membrane corner transition sheet to the grade elevation detail. Tuck edge of CoreFlash strip behind the bentonite thermoplastic membrane roll edge a minimum 100 mm (4") and secure flashing strip with washer-head fasteners along both edges staggered each side 0.9m (3-ft)or less. Do not secure CoreFlash strip fastened through bentonite thermoplastic membrane. As applicable, overlap flashing membrane strip edges a minimum 100 mm (4")and weld to provide continuous strip. D. Install adjacent bentonite thermoplastic membrane sheets overlapping CoreFlash flashing strip with rolls ends closely matched to 25 mm (1") of adjacent bentonite thermoplastic membrane roll end. Hot air weld both bentonite thermoplastic membrane matched roll ends to the CoreFlash strip; both welds must be inside of all strip fasteners. Finish strip welding by hot air welding a CoreDisc or CoreFlash NR patch to all T-Joints per Section 3.04. Complete CoreFlash strip detail by installing a minimum 450 mm (9")wide strip of Coretex overlapping the welded strip. Coretex strip shall extend a minimum 100 mm (4")over both bentonite thermoplastic membrane edges and be secured with CETSEAL. E. Alternate Membrane Installation: Install adjacent bentonite thermoplastic membrane sheets horizontally oriented with roll ends of subsequent membrane courses staggered minimum 300 mm (12"). Assemble and weld membrane overlaps per Sections 3.03 and 3.04. Extend membrane installation minimum 300 mm (12") above planned concrete lift joints to provide access. Detail T-Joints with CoreDisc or CoreFlash NR patch per Section 3.04. Secure any loose or peeled APC layer material with continuous bead of CETSEAL. F. Continue membrane installation up shoring wall to project grade detail elevation. Secure top membrane edge with washer-head mechanical fasteners maximum 300 mm (12") on center. G. Tie-Back Heads: Install applicable size TB-Boot tie-back head cover with welding collar flange per manufacturer's detail for specific project condition(s). For irregular shoring wall conditions at tie-backs or oversize tie-back heads consult manufacturer for alternate detail for specific project condition(s). H. Wall Penetrations: For all pipe, rebar, structural and other penetrations install bentonite thermoplastic membrane system per manufacturer's detail for specific project condition(s). I. Inside and Outside Corners: Install bentonite thermoplastic membrane with welded universal corner piece per manufacturer's detail for specific project condition(s). 3.09 BACKFILLED CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE WALLS A. Apply bentonite thermoplastic waterproofing membrane in standard roll size or longest workable cut length. Install bottom course of bentonite thermoplastic waterproofing membrane horizontally oriented (grey APC geotextile side against concrete; yellow side facing installer) with the bottom edge extending out onto the footing minimum 200 mm (8")or further as required to overlap leading edge of bentonite thermoplastic waterproofing membrane previously installed under the pit slab work a minimum 100 mm (4"). Approximately 38 mm (1-1/2")down from the top edge of the yellow thermoplastic membrane, mechanically attach membrane to the concrete wall with washer-head fasteners spaced maximum 600 mm (24")on center; refrain from placing a fastener within 150 mm (6")of each roll end. 07 1700 - 9 BENTONITE THERMOPLASTIC WATERPROOFING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 1700 - 10 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Install subsequent bentonite thermoplastic waterproofing sheets in vertical sequence up wall with membrane roll ends matched to within 25 mm (1"); trim roll ends as applicable to meet the 25 mm (1")tolerance. Assemble and weld membrane overlaps per Sections 3.03 and 3.04; secure any loose or peeled APC layer material with continuous bead of approved sealant. C. Continue installation in accordance with the waterproofing manufacturers published installation requirements. D. Continue membrane installation up concrete wall to project grade detail elevation. Secure top membrane edge with washer-head mechanical fasteners maximum 300 mm (12") on center. At top pit transitions, lap the bentonite thermoplastic membrane a minimum 6"with the existing underslab vapor retarder with the bentonite thermoplastic membrane in direct contact with the concrete slab. E. Wall Penetrations: For all pipe, rebar, structural and other penetrations install bentonite thermoplastic waterproofing system per manufacturer's detail for specific project condition(s). F. Inside and Outside Corners: Install bentonite thermoplastic waterproofing membrane with welded universal corner piece per manufacturer's detail for specific project condition(s). G. Protection Course: Cover thermoplastic waterproofing with manufacturer approved protection coarse in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. H. Inspect completed bentonite thermoplastic waterproofing system installation and repair any damaged material prior to concrete placement. After installed it is the responsibility of the General Contractor to insure that the membrane and system components are protected and not penetrated or damaged. Keep membrane free of dirt and debris, and traffic until protection or topping material is in place. 3.10 BACKFILL EXCAVATED CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE WALLS A. Backfill shall be placed and compacted to minimum 85% Modified Proctor density promptly after waterproofing has been installed. Closely coordinate with contractor responsible for Backfill work by informing them each time a waterproofed area is ready for backfill. Backfill shall consist of compactable soil or angular aggregate free of debris, sharp objects, and stones larger than 19 mm (%"). Care should be used during backfill operation to avoid damage to the waterproofing system. If damage occurs, cease backfilling and report damage. Damaged waterproofing must be repaired per manufacturer's guidelines. 3.11 CLEANUP A. In areas where adjacent finished surfaces are soiled by work of this Section, consult manufacturer of surfaces for cleaning advice and conform to their recommendations and instructions. Remove all tools, equipment and remaining product on-site. Dispose of section work debris and damaged product following all applicable regulations. B. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 07 1700 07 1700 - 10 BENTONITE THERMOPLASTIC WATERPROOFING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 1900 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 07 1900 WATER REPELLENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Water repellents applied to exterior and interior, masonry, stone, and concrete surfaces. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 6116 -Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene a meeting at least one week prior to starting work; require attendance of affected installers; invite Architect and Owner. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide product description, details of tests performed, limitations, chemical composition, and C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and conditions requiring special attention; cautionary procedures required during application. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Report whether manufacturer's "best practices" are being followed; if not, state corrective recommendations. Email report to Architect the same day as inspection occurs; mail report on manufacturer's letterhead to Architect within 2 days after inspection. F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements for additional provisions. G. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.07 MOCK-UPS A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements for additional requirements. B. Prepare representative surface 36 by 36 inches in size using specified materials and preparation and application methods on surfaces identical to those to be coated; approved mock-up constitutes standard for workmanship. C. For proposed substitutions, prepare side-by-side mock-ups of specified and substitute products. D. Mock-up may remain as part of work. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Protect liquid materials from freezing. B. Do not apply water repellent when ambient temperature is lower than 50 degrees F or higher than 100 degrees F. C. Do not apply water repellents when wind velocity is higher than mph. 07 1900 - 1 WATER REPELLENTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 1900 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1.09 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Silane, Siloxane, Silane-Siloxane Blend, and Siliconate Water Repellents: 1. Dayton Superior Corporation; : www.daytonsuperior.com/#sle. 2. PROSOCO, Inc; : www.prosoco.com/#sle. 3. Tnemec Company, Inc; : www.tnemec.com/#sle. 4. W. R. Meadows, Inc; : www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Specific product to be used will be determined by side-by-side mock-up testing of at least three products meeting specified requirements; prepare mock-ups as specified above; submit cost breakdown for each product used in mock-up, including both unit and total costs. B. Water Repellent: Non-glossy, colorless, penetrating, water-vapor-permeable, non-yellowing sealer, that dries invisibly leaving appearance of substrate unchanged. 1. Applications: Vertical surfaces and non-traffic horizontal surfaces. 2. Number of Coats: Two. 3. VOC Content: See Section 01 6116. 4. Maintains dry appearance when wetted. 5. Water-based siloxane, silane, or blend that reacts chemically with concrete and masonry. a. Manufacturers: 1) Dayton Superior Corporation; : www.daytonsuperior.com/#sle. 2) Pecora Corporation; : www.pecora.com/#sle. 3) PROSOCO, Inc; Blok-Guard & Graffiti Control WB 6: www.prosoco.com/#sle. 4) Tnemec; Series 626 Dur a Pell GS.. 5) Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify joint sealants are installed and cured. C. Verify surfaces to be coated are dry, clean, and free of efflorescence, oil, or other matter detrimental to application of water repellent. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protection of Adjacent Work: 1. Protect adjacent landscaping, property, and vehicles from drips and overspray. 2. Protect adjacent surfaces not intended to receive water repellent. B. Prepare surfaces to be coated as recommended by water repellent manufacturer for best results. C. Do not start work until masonry mortar substrate is cured a minimum of 60 days. 07 1900 - 2 WATER REPELLENTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 1900 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Remove loose particles and foreign matter. E. Remove oil and foreign substances with a chemical solvent that will not affect water repellent. F. Scrub and rinse surfaces with water and let dry. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply water repellent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, using procedures and application methods recommended as producing the best results. B. Apply at rate recommended by manufacturer, continuously over entire surface. C. Apply two coats, minimum. D. Remove water repellent from unintended surfaces immediately by a method instructed by water repellent manufacturer. 3.04 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 07 1900 07 1900 - 3 WATER REPELLENTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 07 1900 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 07 1900 -4 WATER REPELLENTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 2100 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 07 2100 THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Board insulation at perimeter foundation wall, underside of floor slabs, over roof deck, and exterior wall behind exterior wall finish. B. Batt insulation in exterior wall construction. C. Batt insulation for filling perimeter window and door shim spaces and crevices in exterior wall and roof. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 07 2500 -WEATHER BARRIERS: Separate air barrier and vapor retarder materials. C. Section 07 4113 - Standing Seam Metal Roofing: Installation requirements for board insulation over low slope roof deck. D. Section 07 5400 -Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing: Installation requirements for board insulation over low slope roof deck. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C553 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications; 2013 (Reapproved 2019). B. ASTM C578 - Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation; 2019. C. ASTM C612 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation; 2014 (Reapproved 2019). D. ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 2017. E. ASTM E84- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2021 a. F. ASTM E136 - Standard Test Method for Assessing Combustibility of Materials Using a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C; 2019a. G. NFPA 285- Standard Fire Test Method for Evaluation of Fire Propagation Characteristics of Exterior Non-Load-Bearing Wall Assemblies Containing Combustible Components; 2019. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteria, and product limitations. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include information on special environmental conditions required for installation and installation techniques. E. ABAA Manufacturer Qualification: Submit documentation of current evaluation of proposed manufacturer and materials. 07 2100 - 1 THERMAL INSULATION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 2100 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 F. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 3. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 4. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings and Insulation) 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Air Barrier Association of America (ABAA) Evaluated Materials Program (EAP); www.airbarrier.org/#sle: Use evaluated materials from a single manufacturer regularly engaged in air barrier material manufacture. Use secondary materials approved in writing by primary material manufacturer. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install insulation adhesives when temperature or weather conditions are detrimental to successful installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 APPLICATIONS A. Insulation at Perimeter of Foundation: Extruded polystyrene (XPS) board. B. Insulation Over Metal Stud Framed Walls, Continuous: Mineral fiber board. C. Insulation in Metal Framed Walls: Batt insulation with separate vapor retarder. D. Insulation Over Roof Deck: Polyisocya n u rate board. E. Insulation at Structural Connections: Rigid, high-strength polyurethane. 2.02 FOAM BOARD INSULATION MATERIALS A. Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Board Insulation: Complies with ASTM C578. 1. Flame Spread Index (FSI): Class A-0 to 25, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2. Smoke Developed Index (SDI): 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3. Complies with fire resistance requirements indicated on drawings as part of an exterior non-load-bearing exterior wall assembly when tested in accordance with NFPA 285. 4. Board Size: 48 inch by 96 inch. 5. Board Thickness: 1-1/2 inch. 6. Board Edges: Square. 7. Water-Resistive Barrier: Integrated film facer on insulation. 8. Type and Compressive Resistance: Type XI, 5 psi (35 kPa), minimum. 9. Type and Water Absorption: Type XI, 4.0 percent by volume, maximum, by total immersion. 10. Type and Thermal Resistance, R-value: Type XI, 3.1 (0.55), minimum, per 1 inch thickness at 75 degrees F mean temperature. 11. Products: a. InsulFoam LLC; InsulFoam Below Grade Insulation www.insulfoam.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Extruded Polystyrene (XPS) Board Insulation: Complies with ASTM C578 with either natural skin or cut cell surfaces. 1. Type and Compressive Resistance: Type IV, 25 psi (173 kPa), minimum. 2. Flame Spread Index (FSI): Class A-0 to 25, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 07 2100 - 2 THERMAL INSULATION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 2100 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Smoke Developed Index (SDI): 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 4. Type and Thermal Resistance, R-value: Type IV, 5.0 (0.88), minimum, per 1 inch thickness at 75 degrees F mean temperature. 5. Board Edges: Square. 6. Products: a. DuPont de Nemours, Inc; Styrofoam Brand Square Edge: building.dupont.com/#sle. b. Kingspan Insulation LLC; GreenGuard XPS Type IV, 25 psi: www.kingspan.com/#sle. c. Owens Corning Corporation; FOAMULAR Extruded Polystyrene (XPS) Insulation: www.ocbuildingspec.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2.03 FIBERBOARD INSULATION MATERIALS A. Mineral Fiberboard Insulation: Rigid or semi-rigid mineral fiber, ASTM C612 or ASTM C553; unfaced flame spread index of 0 (zero)when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 1. Where indicated, provide black, mineral fiber facing on one side; with flame spread index of 25 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2. Smoke Developed Index: 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3. Board Size: 24 by 48 inches. 4. Board Thickness: 2-1/2 inches. 5. Thermal Resistance: R-value of 10. 6. Maximum Density: 8 pcf, nominal. 7. Products: a. ROCKWOOL (ROXUL, Inc); CAVITYROCK: www.rockwool.com/#sle. b. ROCKWOOL (ROXUL, Inc); CAVITYROCK BLACK: www.rockwool.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2.04 BATT INSULATION MATERIALS A. Where batt insulation is indicated, only glass fiber batt insulation may be used. B. Glass Fiber Batt Insulation: Flexible preformed batt or blanket, complying with ASTM C665; friction fit. 1. Flame Spread Index: 25 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2. Smoke Developed Index: 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3. Combustibility: Non-combustible, when tested in accordance with ASTM E136, except for facing, if any. 4. Formaldehyde Content: Zero. 5. Recycled Content: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 50 percent. 6. Thermal Resistance: R-value of 21. 7. Facing: Aluminum foil, flame spread 25 rated; one side. 8. Products: a. CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com/#sle. b. Johns Manville: www.jm.com/#sle. c. Owens Corning Corporation; EcoTouch PINK FIBERGLAS Insulation: www.ocbuildingspec.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Insulation Fasteners: Appropriate for purpose intended. 07 2100 - 3 THERMAL INSULATION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 2100 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Continuous Insulation (CI) Support Systems: Composite framing support (CFS)system consisting of insulated fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP)girts that support CI and provide cladding attachment support integrated with metal wall panels, CMU veneer, or phenolic panel exterior wall cladding. 1. Substrate: Attach CFS system components to exterior sheathing over metal stud framing or poured concrete. 2. Depth of Girts: As required for thickness of insulation. 3. Length: 6 inches for clips, and 96 inches for girts. 4. Spacing of Girts: 24 inches on center, horizontally. 5. Products: a. Advanced Architectural Products, LLC; SMARTci GREENGirt System: www.smartcisystems.com/#sle. b. Armatherm; Z Girt Structural Thermal Break: www.armatherm.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2.06 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings and Insulation) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation materials are dry and that substrates are ready to receive insulation. B. Verify substrate surfaces are flat, free of honeycomb, fins, irregularities, or materials or substances that may impede adhesive bond. C. Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.02 BOARD INSTALLATION AT FOUNDATION PERIMETER A. Install boards horizontally on foundation perimeter. B. Cut and fit insulation tightly to protrusions or interruptions to the insulation plane. 3.03 BOARD INSTALLATION AT EXTERIOR WALLS A. Install boards horizontally on walls. 1. Install in running bond pattern. 2. Butt edges and ends tightly to adjacent boards and protrusions. B. Extend boards over expansion joints, unbonded to wall on one side of joint. C. Cut and fit insulation tightly to protrusions or interruptions to the insulation plane. 3.04 BOARD INSTALLATION USING COMPOSITE FRAMING SUPPORT (CFS) SYSTEM A. Install CFS system in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Install CFS system in compliance with system orientation, sizes, and locations as indicated on drawings. C. Install CFS system to fill-in exterior wall spaces without gaps or voids, and do not compress insulation boards. 07 2100 -4 THERMAL INSULATION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 2100 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces, and insulate miscellaneous gaps and voids with approved expandable foam sealant. 3.05 BOARD INSTALLATION UNDER CONCRETE SLABS A. Place insulation under slabs on grade after base for slab has been compacted. B. Cut and fit insulation tightly to protrusions or interruptions to the insulation plane. C. Prevent insulation from being displaced or damaged while placing vapor retarder and placing slab. 3.06 BATT INSTALLATION A. Install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install in exterior wall spaces without gaps or voids. Do not compress insulation. C. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Insulate miscellaneous gaps and voids. D. Fit insulation tightly in cavities and tightly to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of the insulation. E. At metal framing, place vapor retarder on warm side of insulation; lap and seal sheet retarder joints over face of member F. Tape seal tears or cuts in vapor retarder. G. Coordinate work of this section with construction of air barrier seal, see Section 07 2500. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements for additional requirements. B. Coordination of Air Barrier Association of America (ABAA)Tests and Inspections: 1. Provide testing and inspection required by ABAA Quality Assurance Program (QAP). 2. Notify ABAA in writing of schedule for air barrier work, and allow adequate time for testing and inspection. 3. Cooperate with ABAA testing agency. 4. Allow access to air barrier work areas and staging. 5. Do not cover air barrier work until tested, inspected, and accepted. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Do not permit installed insulation to be damaged prior to its concealment. 3.09 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 072100 07 2100 - 5 THERMAL INSULATION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 07 2100 - 6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 07 2100 -6 THERMAL INSULATION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 2119 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 07 2119 FOAMED IN PLACE INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Foamed-in-place insulation. 1. In exterior framed walls. 2. In exterior wall crevices. 3. At junctions of dissimilar wall and roof materials. 4. In underside of roofs and ceilings. 5. In underside of floor decks. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus; 2017. B. ASTM D2842 - Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Rigid Cellular Plastics; 2019. C. ASTM E84-Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2021 a. D. ASTM E96/E96M - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2016. E. ASTM E2178 - Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate and Calculation of Air Permeance of Building Materials; 2021a. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. C. Product Data: Provide product description, insulation properties, overcoat properties, and preparation requirements. D. Certificates: Certify that products of this section meet or exceed specified requirements. E. ABAA Field Quality Control Submittals: Submit third-party reports of testing and inspection as required by ABAA QAP. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. G. ABAA Manufacturer Qualification: Submit documentation of current evaluation of proposed manufacturer and materials. H. ABAA Installer Qualification: Submit documentation of current contractor accreditation and current installer certification. Keep copies of all contractor accreditation and installer certification on site during and after installation. Present on-site documentation upon request. I. ICC-ES Reports (UES Report is acceptable). J. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 07 2119 - 1 FOAMED IN PLACE INSULATION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 2119 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 3. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings and Insulation) 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified, with minimum three years documented experience, and approved by manufacturer. C. Air Barrier Association of America (ABAA) Quality Assurance Program (QAP); www.airbarrier.org/#sle: 1. Installer Qualification: Use accredited contractor, certified installers, evaluated materials, and third-party field quality control audit. 2. Manufacturer Qualification: Use evaluated materials from a single manufacturer regularly engaged in air barrier material manufacture. Use secondary materials approved in writing by primary material manufacturer. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply foam when temperature is below that specified by the manufacturer for ambient air and substrate. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Foamed-In-Place Insulation: 1. BASF Corporation; WALLTITE US Series Closed Cell: www.spf.basf.com/#sle. 2. Carlisle Spray Foam Insulation; : www.carlislesfi.com/#sle. 3. Johns Manville; JM Corbond High Yield Open-Cell: www.jm.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Foamed-In-Place Insulation: Low-density, flexible, open cell or closed cell, water vapor permeable polyurethane foam; foamed on-site, using blowing agent of water or non-ozone- depleting gas. 1. Thermal Resistance: R-value of 3.0, minimum, per 1 inch thickness at 75 degrees F mean temperature when tested in accordance with ASTM C518. 2. Air Permeance: 0.04 cfm per square foot, maximum, when tested at intended thickness in accordance with ASTM E2178 at 1.57 psf. 3. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/smoke developed index of 25/450, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 4. Basis of Design: a. Carlisle Spray Foam Insulation; SealTite Pro Closed Cell: www.carlislesfi.com/#sle. 5. Other Acceptable Products: a. BASF Corporation; ENERTITE NM: www.spf.basf.com/#sle. b. Carlisle Spray Foam Insulation; SealTite PRO High Yield: www.carlislesfi.com/#sle. c. Henry Company; : www.henry.com/#sle. d. Hilti; CF812: Air Barrier Foam. e. Huntsman Building Solutions; Heatlok HFO Pro (UES 565): www.huntsmanbuildingsolutions.com/#sle. 6. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 07 2119 - 2 FOAMED IN PLACE INSULATION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 2119 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Foamed-In-Place Insulation: Medium-density, rigid or semi-rigid, open cell or closed cell polyurethane foam; foamed on-site, using blowing agent of water or non-ozone-depleting gas. 1. Thermal Resistance: R-value of 7.1, minimum, per 1-inch thickness at 75 degrees F mean temperature when tested in accordance with ASTM C518. 2. Water Vapor Permeance: Vapor retarder; 2 perms, maximum, when tested at intended thickness in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M, desiccant method. 3. Water Absorption: Less than 2 percent by volume, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D2842. 4. Air Permeance: 0.04 cfm per square foot, maximum, when tested at intended thickness in accordance with ASTM E2178 at 1.57 psf. 5. Closed Cell Content: At least 90 percent. 6. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/smoke developed index of 25/450, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 7. Basis of Design: a. Carlisle Spray Foam Insulation; SealTite PRO One Zero: www.carlislesfi.com/#sle. 8. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: As required by insulation manufacturer. 2.04 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings and Insulation) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify work within construction spaces or crevices is complete before insulation application. B. Verify that surfaces are clean, dry, and free of matter that may inhibit insulation adhesion. C. Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Mask and protect adjacent surfaces from over spray or dusting. B. Apply primer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply insulation by spray method, to a uniform monolithic density without voids. C. Patch damaged areas. D. Where applied to voids and gaps assure space for expansion to avoid pressure on adjacent materials that may bind operable parts. E. Trim excess away for applied trim or remove as required for continuous sealant bead. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements for additional requirements. 07 2119 - 3 FOAMED IN PLACE INSULATION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 2119 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Field inspections and tests will be performed by an independent testing agency. C. ICC-ES Report required on site by the AHJS while using product. (UES Report meets this requirement) D. Coordination of ABAA Tests and Inspections: 1. Provide testing and inspection required by ABAA QAP. 2. Notify in ABAA writing of schedule for air barrier work. Allow adequate time for testing and inspection. 3. Cooperate with ABAA testing agency. 4. Allow access to air barrier work areas and staging. 5. Do not cover air barrier work until tested, inspected, and accepted. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. All paints and coatings, including accessories, applied on site must comply with the VOC limits, emissions testing and Submittal requirements for IEQ Credit Low-Emitting Materials as specified in Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4. 3.06 CLEANING A.DISPOSE OF ALL WASTE MATERIAL IN COMPLIANCE WITH PROJECT'S WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 01 7419 CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT. A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Do not permit subsequent construction work to disturb applied insulation. 3.08 SCHEDULES A. See BE Series Drawings.. END OF SECTION 07 2119 07 2119 -4 FOAMED IN PLACE INSULATION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 2500 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 07 2500 WEATHER BARRIERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Water-Resistive Barrier: Under exterior wall cladding, over sheathing or other substrate; not air tight or vapor retardant. B. Air Barriers: Materials that form a system to stop passage of air through joints between exterior walls and roof and joints around frames of openings in exterior walls. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 03 3000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Vapor retarder under concrete slabs on grade. C. Section 07 4233 - Standing Seam Metal Roofing: Vapor retarder installed as part of the roofing system. D. Section 07 5400 -Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing: Vapor retarder installed as part of roofing system. E. Section 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM: Metal flashings installed in conjunction with weather barriers. F. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing building expansion joints. G. Section 09 2116 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES: Water-resistive barrier under exterior cladding. H. Section 09 9123 - Interior Paint: for Latex or Enamel paint and PVA primer. I. BE series drawings. 1. Consultant drawings by: Building Envelope Engineering (BEE). 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Weather Barrier: Assemblies that form either water-resistive barriers, air barriers, or vapor retarders. B. Air Barrier: Air tight barrier made of material that is relatively air impermeable but water vapor permeable, both to the degree specified, with sealed seams and with sealed joints to adjacent surfaces. Note: For the purposes of this specification, vapor impermeable air barriers are classified as vapor retarders. C. Vapor Retarder: Air tight barrier made of material that is relatively water vapor impermeable, to the degree specified, with sealed seams and with sealed joints to adjacent surfaces. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D1970/D1970M - Standard Specification for Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection; 2020. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on material characteristics. C. Shop Drawings: Provide drawings of special joint conditions. 07 2500 - 1 WEATHER BARRIERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 2500 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. ABAA Field Quality Control Submittals: Submit third-party reports of testing and inspection required by ABAA QAP. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate preparation. F. Testing Agency Qualification Statement. G. Warranty Documentation for Installation of Building Rainscreen Assembly: Submit installer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with installer. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Air Barrier Association of America (ABAA) Quality Assurance Program (QAP); www.airbarrier.org/#sle: 1. Installer Qualification: Use accredited contractor, certified installers, evaluated materials, and third-party field quality control audit. 2. Manufacturer Qualification: Use evaluated materials from a single manufacturer regularly engaged in air barrier material manufacture, and use secondary materials approved in writing by primary material manufacturer. 1.07 MOCK-UP A. Install air barrier and water-resistive barrier materials in mock-up specified in Section 01 4000- Quality Requirements. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the materials manufacturers before, during and after installation. 1.09 SPECIAL BUILDING ENCLOSURE WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Installation Warranty for Building Rainscreen Assembly: Installer of exterior rainscreen assembly (including air/vapor barrier and attachments, framing, and exterior panels)to provide 10-year warranty that includes coverage for defective materials and/or workmanship. This warranty will also clearly include materials, labor, necessary activity to access these areas, and removal of any materials to effect repairs and restore to watertight conditions. www.edacontractors.com/#sle PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WEATHER BARRIER ASSEMBLIES A. Water-Resistive Barrier: Provide on exterior walls under exterior cladding and where indicated in other sections. B. Air Barrier: 1. On outside surface of sheathing of exterior walls use air barrier sheet, self-adhered type. C. Interior Vapor Retarder: 1. On inside face of exterior walls, over gypsum board. Latex or Enamel Paint over PVA primer; Classll: 0.1 to 1 perm, as specified in Section 09 9123 - Interior Painting. 2.02 AIR BARRIER MATERIALS (WATER VAPOR PERMEABLE AND WATER-RESISTIVE) A. Air Barrier Sheet, Self-Adhered: 1. Manufacturers: a. VaproShield, LLC; WrapShield SA- Self-Adhered: www.vaproshield.com/#sle. b. VaproShield, LLC; RevealShield SA- Self-Adhered: www.vaproshield.com/#sle. 07 2500 - 2 WEATHER BARRIERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 2500 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1) Used at open joint rainscreen where visable. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Sealants, Tapes, and Accessories for Sealing Weather Barrier and Sealing Weather Barrier to Adjacent Substrates: As specified or as recommended by weather barrier manufacturer. 1. See Section 07 9200 Joint Sealants for additional information and requirements. B. Quickflash Devices: Quickflash waterproofing products; Quickflash Device, www.quickflashproducts.com C. Flexible Flashing: Self-adhesive sheet flashing complying with ASTM D1970/D1970M, except slip resistance requirement is waived if not installed on a roof. 1. See Section 07 6500 Self-Adhesive Membrane (S.A.M.)for addtional information and requirements. D. Sill Plate Sealer: Closed-cell foam tape with rubberized adhesive membrane; bridges gap between foundation structure and sill plate or skirt board. 1. Width: 3-1/2 inches. 2. Ultraviolet(UV) and Weathering Resistance: Approved in writing by manufacturer for up to 30 days of weather exposure. 3. Manufacturers: a. Protecto Wrap Company; Triple Guard Energy Sill Sealer: www.protectowrap.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. E. Metal Flashing: See Section 07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing &Trim. F. Liquid Flashing: One part, fast curing, non-sag, gun grade, trowelable liquid flashing. 1. Manufacturers: a. VaproShield; Vapro Liqui-Flash PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove projections, protruding fasteners, and loose or foreign matter that might interfere with proper installation. B. Clean and prime substrate surfaces to receive adhesives in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Water-Resistive Barriers: Install continuous barrier over surfaces indicated, with sheets lapped to shed water but with seams not sealed. C. Air Barriers: Install continuous air tight barrier over surfaces indicated, with sealed seams and with sealed joints to adjacent surfaces. D. Apply sealants and adhesives within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer if temperature is out of this range. E. Self-Adhered Sheets: 1. Prepare substrate in manner recommended by sheet manufacturer; fill and tape joints in substrate and between dissimilar materials. 07 2500 - 3 WEATHER BARRIERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 2500 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Lap sheets shingle-fashion to shed water and seal laps air tight. 3. Once sheets are in place, press firmly into substrate with resilient hand roller; ensure that laps are firmly adhered with no gaps or fishmouths. 4. Use same material, or other material approved by sheet manufacturer for the purpose, to seal to adjacent construction and as flashing. 5. At wide joints, provide extra flexible membrane allowing joint movement. F. Openings and Penetrations in Exterior Weather Barriers: 1. Install flashing over sills, covering entire sill frame member, extending at least 5 inches onto weather barrier and at least 6 inches up jambs; mechanically fasten stretched edges. 2. At openings to be filled with frames having nailing flanges, seal head and jamb flanges using a continuous bead of sealant compressed by flange and cover flanges with sealing tape at least 4 inches wide; do not seal sill flange. 3. At openings to be filled with non-flanged frames, seal weather barrier to each side of opening framing, using flashing at least 9 inches wide, covering entire depth of framing. 4. At head of openings, install flashing under weather barrier extending at least 2 inches beyond face of jambs; seal weather barrier to flashing. 5. At interior face of openings, seal gap between window/door frame and rough framing, using joint sealant over backer rod. 6. Service and Other Penetrations: Form flashing around penetrating item and seal to weather barrier surface. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements for additional requirements. B. Coordination of ABAA Tests and Inspections: 1. Provide testing and inspection required by ABAA QAP. 2. Notify ABAA in writing of schedule for air barrier work, and allow adequate time for testing and inspection. 3. Cooperate with ABAA testing agency. 4. Allow access to air barrier work areas and staging. 5. Do not cover air barrier work until tested, inspected, and accepted. C. Do not cover installed weather barriers until required inspections have been completed. D. Obtain approval of installation procedures by the weather barrier manufacturer based on a mock-up installed in place, prior to proceeding with remainder of installation. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Do not leave materials exposed to weather longer than recommended by manufacturer. 3.06 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 07 2500 07 2500 -4 WEATHER BARRIERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4113 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 07 4113 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Standing-seam metal roof panels. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 05 5000: Metal Fabrications. C. Section 06 1543: Cross Laminated Timber Panels (CLT) D. Section 07 6200: Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim. E. Section 07 9200: Joint Sealants. F. Secton 26 3100: Photovoltaic Collectors 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: For each type of product. C. Shop Drawings: Include fabrication and installation layouts of metal panels; details of edge conditions,joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, attachment system, trim, flashings, closures, and accessories; and special details. D. Samples: For each type of metal panel indicated. E. Product test reports. F. Warranties: Sample of special warranties. G. Maintenance data. H. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations. 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 3. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Retain "UL-Certified, Portable Roll-Forming Equipment' Paragraph below if portable roll- forming equipment is allowed for on-site roll forming. C. UL-Certified, Portable Roll-Forming Equipment: UL-certified, portable roll-forming equipment capable of producing metal panels warranted by manufacturer to be the same as factory- formed products. Maintain UL certification of portable roll-forming equipment for duration of work. 07 4113 - 1 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4113 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. See Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal for packaging waste requirements. B. Store metal panels above grade. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of metal panel systems that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special Warranty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory- applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. D. Special Weathertightness Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace standing-seam metal roof panel assemblies that fail to remain weathertight, including leaks, within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Energy Performance: Provide roof panels according to one of the following when tested according to CRRC-1: 1. Three-year, aged solar reflectance of not less than 0.55 and emissivity of not less than 0.75. 2. Three-year, aged Solar Reflectance Index of not less than 53 when calculated according to ASTM E1980. B. Structural Performance: Provide metal panel systems capable of withstanding the effects of the following loads, based on testing according to ASTM E1592: 1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Other Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Deflection Limits: For wind loads, no greater than 1/180 of the span. C. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E1646 or ASTM E331 at the following test-pressure difference: D. Test-Pressure Difference: 2.86 Ibf/sq. ft.. E. Hydrostatic-Head Resistance: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E2140. F. Wind-Uplift Resistance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that comply with UL 580 for wind- uplift-resistance class indicated. 1. Uplift Rating: UL 90. G. FM Global Listing: Provide metal roof panels and component materials that comply with requirements in FM Global 4471 as part of a panel roofing system and that are listed in FM Global's "Approval Guide"for Class 1 or noncombustible construction, as applicable. Identify materials with FM Global markings. 1. Fire/Windstorm Classification: Class 1A-90. 07 4113 - 2 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4113 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Hail Resistance: MH. H. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 2.02 STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS A. Provide factory-formed metal roof panels designed to be installed by lapping and interconnecting raised side edges of adjacent panels with joint type indicated and mechanically attaching panels to supports using concealed clips in side laps. Include clips, cleats, pressure plates, and accessories required for weathertight installation. 1. Steel Panel Systems: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with ASTM E1514. 2. Aluminum Panel Systems: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with ASTM E1637. B. Vertical-Rib, Snap-Joint, Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Formed with vertical ribs at panel edges and intermediate stiffening ribs symmetrically spaced between ribs; designed for sequential installation by mechanically attaching panels to supports using concealed clips located under one side of panels, engaging opposite edge of adjacent panels, and snapping panels together. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide AEP Span; A BlueScope Steel Company; Design Span HP or a comparable product by one of the following: a. CENTRIA Architectural Systems. b. Fabral. c. IMETCO. 2. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet complying with ASTM A653/A653M, G90 coating designation, or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A792/A792M, Class AZ50 coating designation; structural quality. Prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A755/A755M. a. Nominal Thickness: 22 Gauge (0.028 inch). b. Exterior Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer. 1) DuraTech®mx metallic finish, consisting of a baked-on primer 0.15-0.30 mil and a baked-on Polyvinylidine Fluoride finish coat 0.70-0.80 mil with a specular gloss of 15 to 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM D523 at 60 degrees. c. Color: Cool Metallic Copper. 3. Clips: Two-piece floating to accommodate thermal movement. a. Material: 0.064-inch- nominal thickness, zinc-coated (galvanized) or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet. 4. Panel Coverage: 12 inches. 5. Panel Height: 1.75 inches. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Miscellaneous Metal Subframing and Furring: ASTM C645; cold-formed, metallic-coated steel sheet, ASTM A653/A653M, G90 coating designation or ASTM A792/A792M, Class AZ50 coating designation unless otherwise indicated. Provide manufacturer's standard sections as required for support and alignment of metal panel system. 07 4113 - 3 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4113 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete, weathertight panel system including trim, copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal panels unless otherwise indicated. 1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and ridges, fabricated of same metal as metal panels. 2. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material recommended by manufacturer. 3. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or closed-cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch-thick, flexible closure strips; cut or premolded to match metal panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction. C. Slip Sheet: As recommended and approved by the manufacturer. D. Flashing and Trim: Provide flashing and trim formed from same material as metal panels as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, eaves, rakes, corners, bases, framed openings, ridges, fasciae, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal panels. E. Gutters and Downspouts: Formed from same material as roof panels according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Finish to match metal roof panels. F. Panel Fasteners: Self-tapping screws designed to withstand design loads. G. Panel Sealants: Provide sealant type recommended by manufacturer that are compatible with panel materials, are nonstaining, and do not damage panel finish. 1. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing; 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick. 2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C920; as recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. 3. Butyl-Rubber-Based, Solvent-Release Sealant: ASTM C1311. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fabricate and finish metal panels and accessories at the factory, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. B. On-Site Fabrication: Subject to compliance with requirements of this Section, metal panels may be fabricated on-site using UL-certified, portable roll-forming equipment if panels are of same profile and warranted by manufacturer to be equal to factory-formed panels. Fabricate according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and to comply with details shown. C. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of panel. D. Fabricate metal panel joints with factory-installed captive gaskets or separator strips that provide a weathertight seal and prevent metal-to-metal contact, and that minimize noise from movements. E. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with manufacturer's recommendations and recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual"that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. 2.05 FINISHES A. Panels and Accessories: 1. Exterior Finish: 07 4113 -4 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4113 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 a. DuraTech®mx metallic finish, consisting of a baked-on primer 0.15-0.30 mil and a baked-on Polyvinylidine Fluoride finish coat 0.70-0.80 mil with a specular gloss of 15 to 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM D523 at 60 degrees. 2. Concealed Finish: a. Primer Coat Material: Corrosion-resistant primer; primer coat dry film thickness: 0.15 mils; finish coat material: polyester paint, finish coat dry film thickness: 0.35 mils. b. White or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Items: Provide flashings, gutters, downspouts, trim, moldings, closure strips, preformed crickets, caps, and equipment curbs of the same material, thickness, and finish as used for the roofing panels. Items completely concealed after installation may optionally be made of stainless steel. 1. Downspouts: Open face, rectangular profile. B. Rib and Ridge Closures: Provide prefabricated, close-fitting components of steel with corrosion resistant finish or combination steel and closed-cell foam. C. Sealants: 1. Exposed Sealant: Elastomeric; silicone, polyurethane, or silyl-terminated polyether/polyurethane. 2. Concealed Sealant: Non-curing butyl sealant or tape sealant. D. Thermal Insulation: Provide rigid type, closed cell polyisocyanu rate foam insulation with premium performance coated glass facers, 48"x 96". NO ORGANIC OR PAPER FACERS ALLOWED. Maximum thichkess of any single layer shall be 3.3". ASTM C1289, Type II, Class 2, (20 psi). 1. Thermal Resistance: Provide multiple offset layers as necessary to achieve a minimum, R-value of 38. E. Underlayment: Self-adhering, butyl based, high temprature resistant membrane. 1. Manufacturers: a. Basis-of-Design: Grace Construction Products; Grase Ultra. b. Or Equal meeting manufacturer warranty requirements. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. F. High Density Polyisocyanurate Coverboard: 1. Manufacturers: a. Basis-of-Design: Georgia Pacific, 1/2" Densdeck Roof Board Prime b. Or Equal, meeting manufacturers warranty requirements. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. G. Vapor Retarder: 1. Manufacturers: a. Basis-of-design: Soprama; Sopravap'r. b. Or Equal, meeting manufacturers warranty requirements. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Miscellaneous Supports: Install subframing, furring, and other miscellaneous panel support members and anchorages according to ASTM C754 and metal panel manufacturer's written recommendations. 07 4113 - 5 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4113 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.02 INSTALLATION OF STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS A. Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panel Installation: Fasten metal roof panels to supports with concealed clips at each standing-seam joint at location, spacing, and with fasteners recommended in writing by manufacturer. 1. Install clips to supports with self-tapping fasteners. 2. Install pressure plates at locations indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. 3. Snap Joint: Nest standing seams and fasten together by interlocking and completely engaging factory-applied sealant. 4. Seamed Joint: Crimp standing seams with manufacturer-approved, motorized seamer tool so clip, metal roof panel, and factory-applied sealant are completely engaged. 5. Watertight Installation: a. Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant or tape to seal joints of metal panels, using sealant or tape as recommend in writing by manufacturer as needed to make panels watertight. b. Provide sealant or tape between panels and protruding equipment, vents, and accessories. c. At panel splices, nest panels with minimum 6-inch end lap, sealed with sealant and fastened together by interlocking clamping plates. B. Accessory Installation: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. C. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps,joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant. 3.03 CLEANING A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal panels are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of metal panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. B. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed Standing Seam Panels from subsequent construction operations. END OF SECTION 07 4113 07 4113 - 6 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4213 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 07 4213 METAL WALL PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes complete system of concealed-fastener, lap-seam metal panels in the following applications: 1. Metal wall panels. B. Related Requirements: 1. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. 2. Section 05 10 00: Structural Metal Framing. 3. Section 05 40 00: Cold-Formed Metal Framing. 4. Section 05 50 00: Metal Fabrications. 5. Section 07 21 00: Thermal Insulation. 6. Section 07 26 00: Vapor Retarders. 7. Section 07 92 00: Joint Sealants. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: 1. ASCE 7: Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. 2. ASTM A653: Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc Iron Alloy Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot Dip Process. 3. ASTM A792: Steel Sheet, 55 %Aluminum Zinc Alloy Coated by the Hot Dip Process. 4. ASTM C1371: Determination of Emittance of Materials Near Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers. 5. ASTM C1549: Determination of Solar Reflectance Near Ambient Temperature Using a Portable Solar Reflectometer. 6. ASTM D523: Specular Gloss. 7. ASTM E283: Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen. 8. ASTM E331: Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 9. ASTM E1592: Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof and Siding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 10. ASTM E1918: Measuring Solar Reflectance of Horizontal and Low Sloped Surfaces in the Field. 11. ASTM E1980: Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of Horizontal and Low Sloped Opaque Surfaces. 12. CRRC-1 Method #1: Measuring Solar Reflectance of a Flat, Opaque, and Heterogeneous Surface Using a Portable Solar Reflectometer. 13. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data. 1. Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 07 4213 - 1 METAL WALL PANELS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4213 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Installation methods. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate thickness and dimensions of parts, fastenings and anchoring methods, details and locations of joints, transitions and other provisions necessary for thermal expansion and contraction. 2. Indicate locations of field-and factory-applied sealant. D. Samples: 1. Submit two samples, 12 inches long by full panel width, showing proposed metal thickness and seam profile. 2. Submit standard color samples of metal for Architect's selection. E. Manufacturer Qualifications. F. Installer Qualifications: Submit list of completed projects, with names and contact information for architects and contractors. G. Test Reports: Indicating compliance of products with project requirements. H. LEED Submittals: LEED Credit MR 4—Recycled Content: Product data indicating percentage by weight of post-consumer and post-industrial recycled content for products having recycled content. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content. I. Warranty Documentation. J. Insurance Documentation. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. Ten years' experience, minimum, in factory fabrication of metal panels. 2. Manufacturer shall carry$2,000,000 liability insurance, minimum, for metal panel system. B. Installer Qualifications: 1. Three years' experience, minimum, in application of metal roof or wall panels. 2. Five satisfactory projects with metal panel work of similar scope and complexity to Work of this Project. C. Product Testing Agency Qualifications: Agency compliant with ISO/IEC Standard 17025, or an accredited independent agency recognized by the International Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation Mutual Recognition Arrangement or ANSI. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Keep panels and accessory items dry. 2. Protect against damage and discoloration. 3. Handle panels with non-marring slings. 4. Support panels to prevent permanent deformation. 5. Store panels above ground, with one end elevated for drainage. 6. Protect panels against standing water and condensation between adjacent surfaces. 7. If panels become wet, immediately separate sheets, wipe dry with clean cloth, and keep sheets separate for air-drying. 8. Painted panels shall be shipped with protective plastic sheeting or a strippable film coating between panels. Remove strippable film coating prior to installation. Do not allow strippable film coating to remain on panels in extreme heat, cold, or direct sunlight or other UV source. 07 4213 - 2 METAL WALL PANELS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4213 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1.06 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard 25-year performance warranty, stating the following: 1. Architectural fluorocarbon finish: a. Will be free of fading or color change in excess of 5 Hunter delta-E units as determined by ASTM D2244-02. b. Will not chalk in excess of numerical rating of 8 when measured in accordance with standard procedures specified in ASTM D4214-98 method D659. c. Will not peel, crack, chip, or delaminae. 2. Metal substrate will not rupture, fail structurally, or perforate. B. Installer's Warranty: Warrant panels, flashings, sealants, fasteners and accessories against defective materials and/or workmanship, covering repairs required to maintain wall panels watertight and weatherproof with normal usage for two years following Project Substantial Completion date. 1. Furnish written warranty, signed by installer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Basis of Design Products: Provide the following: 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide AEP Span, a Division of ASC Profiles, LLC.; Flex Series or comparable product by one of the following: a. Imetco Innovative Metal Company Inc. b. Architectural Metal Systems. c. CENTRIA Architectural Systems. d. Fabral B. Substitution Limitations: Substitutions will be considered in accordance with Section 01 6000 "Substitution Procedures". C. Performance Criteria 1. Wind Uplift: As required by ASCE 7 a. Panel system shall be ASTM E1592 tested under the supervision of an ANSI or ISO/IEC accredited laboratory and the laboratory shall issue the test report. Test data based on ASTM E330 is not acceptable. b. Deflection Limits: Withstand wind loads with deflections no greater than 1/180 of the span. 2. Air Infiltration: 0.01 cfm/If, maximum at a static difference of 6.24 psf when tested with sidelap sealant per ASTM E283. 3. Water Penetration Under Static Pressure: No leakage at 20 psf when tested with sidelap sealant per ASTM E331. 4. Thermal Movements: Accommodate thermal movement without buckling,joint opening, failure of connections, or other detrimental effects, through the following temperature changes: a. 120 degrees Fahrenheit, ambient. b. 180 degrees Fahrenheit, surface. 2.02 PANELS A. Panel: AEP Span, a Division of ASC Profiles, LLC; Flex Series 1. Material: Steel conforming to ASTM A792. 07 4213 - 3 METAL WALL PANELS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4213 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 a. 24 Gauge: Yield strength 50,000 psi; with aluminum-zinc alloy coating conforming to ASTM A792, Class AZ50. b. Thickness and yield strength as required for performance indicated; with aluminum- zinc alloy coating conforming to ASTM A792, Class AZ50 or with zinc coating conforming to ASTM A653, Class G 90. 2. Profile and Pattern: As Scheduled. a. 2" consistent rib spacing (2" up/2" down) - 1.2FX10-12 (1 '/4" rib height) N N 12" Net Coverage 0.1 FLEX SERIES 1 .2FX1 0-12 b. 6" consistent rib spacing (6" up/6" down), 1.2FX30-12 (1 '/4" rib height) 07 4213 -4 METAL WALL PANELS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4213 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 I � I C 12" Net Coverage c. Two 4" ribs with 2" reveal (4" up/2" down), 1.2FX40-12 (1 1/" rib height) I� 12" Net Coverage �I 9 FLEX A SERIES41 O FLEX SERIES 1 d. Panel to substrate attachment: Clip Attached 3. Finishes: 07 4213 - 5 METAL WALL PANELS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4213 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 a. Exterior Panel Finish: Provide primer and finish coat on exposed faces; provide primer on concealed faces of panels. b. DuraTech®5000: Polyvinylidine Fluoride, full 70 percent Kynar 500/Hylar 5000, consisting of a baked-on 0.15-0.20 mil corrosion resistant primer and a baked-on 0.70-0.80 mil finish coat with a specular gloss of 8 to 15 when tested in accordance with ASTM D523 at 60 degrees. c. Exterior Panel Color: As scheduled. d. Interior Panel Finish: Corrosion-resistant primer; primer coat dry film thickness: 0.15 mils; polyester paint; dry film thickness of 0.35 mils, off-white to light gray in color. B. Sustainability Characteristics: 1. Recycled Content: 27 percent post-consumer recycled content Calculated according to LEED Credit MR 4. 2. Solar Performance: a. Solar reflective index (SRI): Not less than 29per ASTM E1980. 3. Shipping Distance: Provide panels manufactured at the following factory: a. Tacoma, Washington 98421 2.03 FRAMING AND SUBSTRATES A. Secondary Framing: See Section 05 40 00 "Cold-Formed Metal Framing". B. Sheathing: See Section 06 16 00 "Sheathing". C. Weather Barrier: See Section 07 25 00 "Weather Barriers". 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Clip: Panel clip with pre-drilled holes attachment holes at one end and panel hook at other end, sized to fit panels. 1. Product: AEP Span; Flex Series Flush Mount Clip. 2. Material: 18 gauge (.0438 Min.), 40ksi yield min., G90 galvanized, material in conformance with ASTM A-653 Class G90. 3. Panel clips to be of proper design to resist uplift forces and reduce permanent deflection of panel assembly under design loads. Panel system manufacturer to provide proof that this has been addressed through use of clip strengthening ribs, short clip reach, or similar. B. Trims and Flashings: Material, metal thickness, and finish to match panels. Profiles indicated in Drawings. C. Panel Penetration Flashings: As recommended by panel manufacturer. D. Fasteners: Per manufacturer recommendation. E. Profile Closures: Polyethylene foam, die-cut or formed to panel configuration. F. Sealant for Field Application: See Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants". G. Insulation: See Section 07 21 00 "Thermal Insulation". 2.05 FABRICATION A. Fabrication, General: 1. Unless otherwise shown on Drawings or specified herein, fabricate panels in continuous lengths and fabricate flashings and accessories in longest practical lengths. 2. Panels shall be factory correctively-leveled. B. Fabrication Tolerances: 1. Flat metal surfaces will display waviness commonly referred to as `oil canning". This is caused by steel mill tolerances and is a characteristic, not a defect, of panels 07 4213 - 6 METAL WALL PANELS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4213 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 manufactured from light gauge metal. Panels are factory correctively-leveled to minimize the occurrence of"oil canning". As such, `oil canning"will not be accepted as cause for rejection. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: With Installer present. 1. Examine conditions and substrates on which metal panels are to be installed. Structural support or substrate shall be flat and plumb to avoid panel stresses and distortion. 2. Verify that it][weather]barrier work is complete and inspected.] 3. Prior to starting work, correct defects. B. Field Measurements: 1. Coordinate field measurements and fabrication schedule with construction progress. 2. Field measure prior to fabrication. Show recorded dimensions on shop drawings, including locations of shop-fabricated openings. 3. If field measurements differ from drawing dimensions, notify Architect prior to fabrication. C. Framing Tolerances: Deviations from flat plane shall not exceed the following. 1. 1/4 inch in 20 feet vertically or horizontally. 2. 1/8 inch in 5 feet. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protection: 1. Treat contacting surfaces of dissimilar materials to prevent electrolytic corrosion. 2. Where panels or trim may come in contact with dissimilar materials or treated lumber, fabricate transitions to facilitate drainage and minimize possibility of galvanic corrosion. 3. At points of contact with dissimilar metal or treated lumber, coat panel or trim with protective paint or separate materials with a weatherproof underlayment. 4. Direct contact or run-off from CCA, ACQ, AC, or other treated lumber(outdoor wood) or fire retardant impregnated or treated wood shakes or siding can cause panels and trim to fail prematurely. Avoid contact with these materials. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Secondary Framing, Substrate and Weather Barrier: Install according to approved shop drawings and metal panel manufacturer's recommendations. B. Panels and Flashing: 1. Install according to approved shop drawings. 2. Comply with methods and recommendations of SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual for flashing configurations required. 3. Overlap flashing at least 6 inches. 4. Discrepancies between job site conditions and shop drawings shall be brought to the attention of the Architect for resolution. 5. Cutting and Fitting: a. Cut panels neat, square, and true with shearing action cutters. Torch or power saw cutting is prohibited. b. Openings 6 inches and larger: Shop fabricate and reinforce to maintain original load capacity. c. Openings less than 6 inches: Field cutting is acceptable. 07 4213 - 7 METAL WALL PANELS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4213 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 C. Accessories: Install trims, panel closures, flashings according to Drawings and manufacturer's recommended details. D. Sealant Installation: Apply according to approved shop drawings and SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual recommendations. E. Installation Tolerances: Match dimensional tolerances of framing or substrate. 3.04 CLEANING A. Repairs: 1. Touch up paint is not required for panels with scratches that do not expose metal. 2. Panels or flashings with finish damage exposing metal or with substrate damage shall be replaced. B. Cleaning and Waste Management: See Division 01 Section "Construction Waste Management and Disposal"for recycling requirements. At completion of each day's work and at work completion, sweep panels, flashings, and gutters clean. Do not allow fasteners, cuttings, filings, or scraps to accumulate. 3.05 PANEL SCHEDULE A. See drawings for location and layout of profiles and colors listed in the schedule. PANEL DESIGNATION PROFILE HEIGHT RIB FINISH GA COLOR NOTE DURA TECH COOL FOR USE 1.2FX10-12 2' RIB REPEAT 1 1/4" 5000 24GA PARCHMENT/ WITH FLUSH DARK BRONZE CLIP DURA TECH COOL FOR USE 1.2FX30-12 6" UP/6" DOWN 1 1/4" 5000 24GA PARCHMENT/ WITH FLUSH DARK BRONZE CLIP DURA TECH COOL FOR USE 1.2FX40-12 4" UP/2" DOWN 1 1/4" 5000 24GA PARCHMENT/ WITH FLUSH DARK BRONZE CLIPS END OF SECTION 07 4213 07 4213 - 8 METAL WALL PANELS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4233 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 07 4233 EXTERIOR SOLID PHENOLIC RAINSCREEN PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Exterior solid phenolic rainscreen wall panels and aluminum supporting substructure which is part of the rainscreen system. B. Exterior Rainscreen Assembly: Solid phenolic core, fire-retardant, exterior grade rainscreen wall panels, aluminum substructure, attachment system components, air/vapor barrier membrane, and all accessories necessary for a complete rear-ventilated, weathertight exterior rainscreen wall system. Furnish fastenings and flashings as required to complete rainscreen system. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry for inwall blocking and sheathing as needed for attachment of rainscreen substructure components. C. Section 072100-Thermal Insulation. D. Section 07 2500 -Weather Barriers for rain and air resistant barriers, which are an integral part of the rainscreen system. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C 1185 -08 Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Non-Asbestos Fibre- Cement Flat Sheet, Roofing and Siding Shingles, and Clapboards. B. ASTM C 1186 -08 Standard Specification for Flat Fibre-Cement Sheets. C. ASTM E 84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. D. ASTM E 119 - 12a Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. E. ASTM E2226-12 Standard Practice for application of Hose Stream F. ASTM G 155-05a, Standard Practice for Operating Xenon Arc Light Apparatus for Exposure of Non-Metallic Materials G. ASTM D 2244-09a, Standard Practice for Calculation of Color Tolerances and Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates. H. Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates I. AISI S905-08, Test Methods for Mechanically Fastened Cold-Formed Steel Connections J. ICC-ES AC90, Acceptance Criteria for Fiber Cement Siding used as Exterior Wall Siding K. NFPA 285—Standard fire test method for evaluation of fire propagation characteristics of exterior non-load-bearing wall assemblies containing combustible components L. CEN - European Committee For Standardization: 1. EN12467- Fibre Cement Flat Sheets- Product Specification and Test Methods. 2. EN13501-1 - Fire classification of construction products and building elements. M. ISO— ISO 9001 Quality Management System 07 4233 - 1 EXTERIOR SOLID PHENOLIC RAINSCREEN PANELS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4233 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 N. ISO 14001 Environmental Management System O. OHSAS 18001 Safety Management System 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-Installation Conference: Conduct pre-installation conference at Project site prior to commencing construction of mock-up specified herein to verify Project requirements. 1. Review solid phenolic rainscreen panel installation requirements including substrate surface preparation, environmental limitations, typical details and flashings, Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures, coordination with adjacent trades, testing and inspection procedures, protection and repair procedures. 2. Ensure all sub-trades interfacing with or affected by the construction of the solid phenolic rainscreen panel system are present, including Architect, General Contractor, solid phenolic rainscreen panel Manufacturer, mock up and commissioning testing agencies, air barrier installer, exterior insulation installer, structural substrate installer, plumbing installer, window installer, electrical installer and any other installer whose work interfaces with or affects the solid phenolic rainscreen wall panels. 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Solid phenolic exterior rainscreen wall panel system, aluminum substructure, and attachment accessories shall comply with performance requirements without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. B. Delegated Design Engineering: Design solid phenolic exterior rainscreen wall panel system, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. 1. Design shall be inclusive of aluminum support structure system and all attachment accesories. 2. Design shall be inclusive of solid phenolic exterior rainscreen wall panel manufacturing and shall conform to Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures. C. Structural Performance: Provide solid phenolic exterior wall panel system capable of withstanding the effects of the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated based on Manufacturer's most current testing standards: 1. Wind Loads: Provide exterior rainscreen wall panel system, including aluminum support structure, capable of withstanding wind loads calculated according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction or as determined based on the following minimum design wind pressures, whichever are more stringent: a. Uniform pressure as indicated on Drawings. b. As determined by the American Society of Civil Engineers' ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures," "Analytical Procedure". D. Deflection Limits: Aluminum support structure and exterior phenolic rainscreen panel system shall be designed in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommended maximum deflection when tested under positive and negative design wind gust loads and shall withstand wind gust loads with horizontal deflections no greater than the Manufacturer's allowable span. E. Thermal Movements: Exterior solid phenolic rainscreen panel system shall allow for thermal movements from ambient air and surface temperature changes by preventing buckling, opening of joints, over-stressing of components, failure of connections and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperature changes of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 07 4233 - 2 EXTERIOR SOLID PHENOLIC RAINSCREEN PANELS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4233 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Panel shall remain stable for temperature Change (Range): -112 deg. F, ambient; 356 deg. F, material surfaces. F. Aluminum Support System: Provide aluminum support system capable of the following: 1. Design and install aluminum support structure to accommodate expected construction tolerances and misalignment, deflection of building structural components, and openings in the building enclosure as designed. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include Manufacturer's written installation instructions, including recommendations for evaluating, preparing, and treating substrate, rainscreen panel technical data, material descriptions, and finishes and tested physical and performance properties. C. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation layouts of solid phenolic exterior rainscreen panel, details of aluminum support structure conditions, anchorages for aluminum support structure, attachment system for panels, allowances for thermal expansion, trim, flashings, closures, corners, and accessories as required, and all special job specific details. D. Samples: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on samples of size and type indicated below for approval: 1. Rainscreen Wall Panels: Minimum 4"x 4" including fasteners and other wall panel accessories as required. 2. Aluminum Support Structure: 12" long including fasteners and other accessories. Submit samples demonstrating materials, colors, and fastener attachment type. E. Installer Qualification Data: For Installer, provide certification signed by solid phenolic rainscreen panel Manufacturer certifying that Installer complies with requirements to perform the work specified in this Section. F. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. G. Engineering Design Certification: From solid phenolic rainscreen panel Manufacturer, provide certification of acceptance of final shop drawings and acceptance of qualifications for installer. Certification must be provided before the start of the Work. H. Closeout Submittals: From solid phenolic panel rainscreen panel Manufacturer, provide the following: 1. Operation and Maintenance Data: Operation and maintenance manuals including methods for maintaining installed products, replacing damaged panels, and precautions against cleaning materials and methods detrimental to finishes and performance. 2. FSC Chain of Custody Certificate. 3. Environmental Product Declaration (EPD) Report I. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials J. Warranty: Sample of Manufacturer's standard 10 year limited warranty for solid phenolic exterior rainscreen wall panel system. Warranty shall be inclusive of material and labor for removal and reinstallation. 07 4233 - 3 EXTERIOR SOLID PHENOLIC RAINSCREEN PANELS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4233 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer qualifications: A firm experienced in the installation of exterior rainscreen wall panel systems who has a minimum of 3 years installing products indicated for the project, whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in-service performance, and who is recognized and approved by the manufacturer as suitable for the execution of the work. B. Fabricator Qualifications: A shop that employs skilled workers who custom fabricate solid phenolic or similar exterior rainscreen wall panel systems to those required for this project and whose finished products have a record of successful in service performance and who is certified by the Manufacturer. C. Source Limitations: Obtain solid phenolic rainscreen panels and all auxiliary materials from a single-source Manufacturer who has a minimum of 25 years of experience in the manufacture of exterior rainscreen wall systems or an accessory Manufacturer who is certified by the solid phenolic rainscreen panel Manufacturer. Panels shall be manufacturered in accordance with ISO9001 and ISO14001. 1.08 MOCK-UPS A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements for additional requirements. B. Mock Ups: Before construction of exterior rainscreen envelope, construct mock-up to verify selections made under approved submittals and to demonstrate typical joints, surface finish, texture, tolerances, attachments to building structure, methods of installation, connections to adjacent building enclosure materials, and standard and quality or workmanship. Build mock-ups to comply with the following requirements using materials indicated for completion of the Work: 1. Mock-up shall be a minimum of 100 sq. /ft. and shall demonstrate substrate surface preparation, air barrier membrane joint and crack treatment, solid phenolic rainscreen panel attachment, penetration sealing, connection to window and other adjacent building envelope materials, and standard of workmanship. 2. Demonstrate continuity, air, and water tightness of air and water barrier and installation and attachment of continuous exterior insulation. 3. Provide in-situ mock-up testing according to the Project requirements as specified herein by an independent testing agency approved and certified to perform such testing. 4. If Architect determines that field constructed mock-up does not meet Project requirements, reinstall mock-up until approved. 5. Retain and maintain approved field sample during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed exterior solid phenolic rainscreen panel system. An undamaged field sample may become part of the completed Work. 6. At the architects' discretion, the mock up may be part of the finished work. 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Environmental Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit assembly of solid phenolic rainscreen wall panels to be performed according to Manufacturer's written installation instructions and warranty requirements. B. Field Measurements: Verify actual panel measurements/openings by field measurement before fabrication to accommodate site tolerances and changes in construction. 07 4233 -4 EXTERIOR SOLID PHENOLIC RAINSCREEN PANELS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4233 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Comply with Manufacturer's stated ordering, lead-time, and manufacturing requirements to avoid construction delays. B. Deliver solid phenolic panel materials, aluminum support structure, and other manufactured accessory materials in Manufacturer's original, unopened, and undamaged containers with identification labels intact and visible. Package solid phenolic rainscreen panels for protection during transportation and handling. Comply with Manufacturer's and Distributor's written delivery and handling guidelines. C. Store solid phenolic rainscreen panels horizontally, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering to prevent exposure to UV light and to ensure dryness with positive slope for drainage. Do not store panels in contact with ground or with materials that might cause staining, damage, scratching, or other surface damage. D. Phenolic panel installer shall notify the General Contractor or Construction Manager immediately upon discovery of any issues with the substrate i.e. improper framing, walls out of plumb, windows not properly aligned. These issues shall be appropriately addressed prior to continuation of panel system installation. E. Remove damage and waste panel material from site and legally dispose of according to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.11 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. Submit Manufacturer's standard limited 10 year warranty covering defects in material, warranty shall include labor for removal and reinstallation of defective material. C. Warranty only available when panels are installed and fabricated by an installation contractor that has been approved and trained by the manufacturer's representative to follow the recommended guidelines. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. General: Subject to compliance requirements, provide solid phenolic rainscreen wall panels for exterior fagade applications: 1. 1. Basis of Design: Fundermax Max Exterior F Quality 2. 2. As supplied by: AMS 1724 Garrett Street, Ste B Enumclaw WA 98022 Contact: Tom Lally 360-825- 2404 tom@ams-wa.com B. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. C. Source Limitations: Furnish products produced by single manufacturer and obtained from single supplier. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Product Description: 1. Rainscreen Material: Solid phenolic resin, fire-retardant exterior grade rainscreen panel. 2. Rainscreen Panel Finish: Woodgrains finish as selected by Architect from Manufacturer's standard color range. 07 4233 - 5 EXTERIOR SOLID PHENOLIC RAINSCREEN PANELS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4233 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Rainscreen Panel Core: Standard brown core. 4. Rainscreen Panel Thickness: 8mm as indicated on drawings. 5. Rainscreen Panel Standard Sizes: As indicated on drawings. 6. Substructure: Exposed Fastener Type extruded aluminum profiles, clips, closures, and tees and indicated on the project drawings. B. Physical Properties: 1. Smoke Development Index: Less than 450 per ASTM E-84. 2. Flame Spread Index: Less than 10 per ASTM E-84. 3. NFPA268 Surface Ignition test, pass. 4. Ignition Temperature; Greater than 650 degrees Fahrenheit above ambient, ASTM D1929 5. When required by code, the assembly shall meet the performance requirements of NFPA 285. 10mm exposed fastener panels with assemblies listed in ICC ESR#3340 are acceptable as NFPA 285 compliant. Any variations must be approved by the local code official. 6. Panels shall have UV and weather resistance performance with a grey scale rating minimum of 4-5 per ISO 4892-2, 4892-3. 7. Panels shall be impact resistant per EN-ISO 178 8. Panels shall be scratch resistant per EN-438-6 9. Panels shall be FSC Certified. 10. Panels shall have an Environmental Product Declaration (EPD) Report 11. Panels shall be ICC AC92 compliant and have ICC Evaluation Services Report. 12. Panels shall be hail impact resistant, 70mm (2 3/4") ice ball at a velocity of 30 m/second (approx. 67 mph)with no breakage, discoloration or tearing. Tested per Austrian APBIC Standard, Association of Public Building Insurance Companies. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Aluminum Support Structure: Extruded, finished, and color-matched for the type of use indicated on project Drawings. B. Attachment Accessories: Of type, size, corrosion-resistance, holding-power and color- matched as required to suit attachment to aluminum support structure. 2.04 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate solid phenolic rainscreen wall panels and accessory materials in accordance with Manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals, and at a fabrication facility trained and approved by Manufacturer. Comply with indicated profiles and within dimensional and structural requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of structural substrate, aluminum support structure, solid phenolic rainscreen panel, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Verify that substrate conditions, wall framing, and other structural panel support members and anchorages installed under other sections are acceptable for product installation and have been installed within acceptable tolerances in accordance with Manufacturer's written instructions. 07 4233 - 6 EXTERIOR SOLID PHENOLIC RAINSCREEN PANELS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4233 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 C. Verify that air and weather resistant barrier has been installed over structural sheathing in accordance with air barrier Manufacturer's recommend installation instructions and terminated properly at openings to prevent air infiltration or water penetration. D. Examine rough-in installation for components and systems adjacent to and penetrating into solid phenolic rainscreen panels to verify actual locations of penetrations relative to joint locations of panels prior to panel installation. E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Aluminum Support Structure: Install clips, L-shapes, J-shapes, Z-shapes, hat channels, fillers, and other components in accordance with approved Shop Drawings and Manufacturer's recommended installation instructions. B. Install aluminum support structure framing level and plumb and within tolerances of the completed system as approved and recommend by Manufacturer and in accordance with approved Shop Drawings. C. Ensure air and water barrier is properly installed per air and water barrier Manufacturer's approved rainscreen wall panel installation instructions and is protected from UV light deterioration at panel open joint locations or is otherwise UV stable. Pay close attention to manufacturer's recommendations for treating penetrations in the membrane. D. Notify General Contractor or Construction Manager immediately upon discovery of any tears, holes, or other damages to the membrane or barrier. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install solid phenolic rainscreen panels plumb and level and accurately spaced per Manufacturer's written installation instructions and in accordance with approved Shop Drawings. B. Fasten solid phenolic rainscreen wall panels to aluminum support structure with fasteners approved for use with adjoining construction and in accordance with approved Shop Drawings for color matching and to confirm compliance with wind load and engineering design requirements. C. Accessory Rainscreen System Materials: Install corner profiles, gaskets, trim, and joint closure strips as required with fasteners and adhesive appropriate for use with adjoining construction as indicated on drawings and as recommended by Manufacturer. D. Erection Tolerances: Install aluminum support structure within the required installation tolerances as recommended by Manufacturer and in accordance with approved Shop Drawings. E. Do not apply sealant to solid phenolic rainscreen panel joinery unless otherwise indicated on Drawings or in accordance with Manufacturer's recommended installation instructions. 3.04 CLEANING A. See Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements for additional requirements. B. Upon completion of solid phenolic rainscreen wall panel installation clean finished surfaces as recommended by panel Manufacturer prior to Owners' acceptance. C. Legally dispose of all surplus materials off site. 07 4233 - 7 EXTERIOR SOLID PHENOLIC RAINSCREEN PANELS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 4233 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 07 4233 07 4233 - 8 EXTERIOR SOLID PHENOLIC RAINSCREEN PANELS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 5400 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 07 5400 THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Adhered system with thermoplastic roofing membrane. B. Vapor retarder. C. Cover boards. D. Flashings. E. Roof pavers systems. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM: Counterflashings and reglets. B. Section 07 7600 - ROOF PAVERS: Roof mounted pavers and pedestals. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D6878/D6878M - Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin Based Sheet Roofing; 2019. B. ASTM E1980 - Standard Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of Horizontal and Low-Sloped Opaque Surfaces; 2011 (Reapproved 2019). 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week before starting work of this section. 1. Review preparation and installation procedures and coordinating and scheduling required with related work. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Warranty Documentation: 1. Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 2. Submit installer's certification that installation complies with warranty conditions for waterproof membrane. 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. System Warranty: Provide manufacturer's system warranty agreeing to repair or replace roofing that leaks or is damaged due to wind or other natural causes. 1. Warranty Term: 20 years. 2. For repair and replacement include costs of both material and labor in warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Membrane Roofing Materials: 1. Carlisle Roofing Systems, Inc; FleeceBACK Fully Adhered TPO: www.carlisle- syntec.com/#sle. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 07 5400 - 1 Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 5400 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Insulation: 1. Carlisle SynTec; SecurShield Insulation: www.carlisle-syntec.com/#sle. 2.02 ROOFING -UNBALLASTED APPLICATIONS A. Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing: One ply membrane, fully adhered, over insulation. B. Roofing Assembly Requirements: 1. Solar Reflectance Index (SRI): Minimum of 64 based on three-year aged value; if three- year aged data is not available, minimum of 82 initial value. a. Calculate SRI in accordance with ASTM E1980. b. Field applied coating may not be used to achieve specified SRI. C. Acceptable Insulation Types- Constant Thickness Application: Any of types specified. 1. Minimum 2 layers of cellulose, perlite, molded polystyrene, polyisocyanurate, glass fiber, extruded polystyrene, or composite board. 2. Bottom layer of cellulose, perlite, molded polystyrene, polyisocyanurate, glass fiber, extruded polystyrene, composite, or cellular glass board covered with single layer of cellulose, perlite, molded polystyrene, polyisocyanurate, glass fiber, extruded polystyrene, or composite board. D. Acceptable Insulation Types-Tapered Application: Any of types specified. 1. Tapered polyisocyanurate, perlite, or extruded polystyrene board. 2. Tapered polyisocyanurate, perlite, extruded polystyrene, or cellular glass board covered with uniform thickness cellulose, perlite, molded polystyrene, polyisocyanurate, glass fiber, extruded polystyrene, or composite board. 3. Uniform thickness cellulose, perlite, composite, polyisocyanurate, extruded polystyrene, molded polystyrene, glass fiber, or cellular glass board covered with tapered polyisocyanurate, extruded polystyrene, or perlite board. 2.03 MEMBRANE ROOFING AND ASSOCIATED MATERIALS A. Membrane Roofing Materials: 1. TPO: Thermoplastic polyolefin (TPO) complying with ASTM D6878/D6878M, sheet contains reinforcing fabrics or scrims. a. Thickness: 80 mil, 0.080 inch, minimum. 2. Sheet Width: B. Seaming Materials: As recommended by membrane manufacturer. C. Flexible Flashing Material: Same material as membrane. END OF SECTION 07 5400 07 5400 - 2 Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 5423 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 07 5423 POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Thermoplastic membrane roofing system, including components specified. B. Comply with published recommendations and instructions of roofing membrane manufacturer at; https://www.firestonebpco.com/us-en. C. Commencement of work by Contractor constitutes acknowledgement by Contractor that this specification can be satisfactorily executed, under the project conditions and with necessary prerequisites for warranty acceptance by roofing membrane manufacturer. No modification of the Contract Sum will be made for failure to adequately examine the Contract Documents or the project conditions. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Wood nailers associated with roofing and roof insulation. B. Section 07 6200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Formed metal flashing and trim items associated with roofing. C. Section 07 7200 - Roof Accessories: Roof hatches, vents, and manufactured curbs. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology: See ASTM D1079 for definition of terms related to roofing work not otherwise defined in section. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI/SPRI/FM 4435/ES-1 -Test Standard for Edge Systems Used with Low Slope Roofing Systems; 2017. B. ASTM C177 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus; 2019. C. ASTM C209 - Standard Test Methods for Cellulosic Fiber Insulating Board; 2020. D. ASTM C518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus; 2017. E. ASTM C1289 - Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board; 2020. F. ASTM C1549 - Standard Test Method for Determination of Solar Reflectance Near Ambient Temperature Using a Portable Solar Reflectometer; 2016. G. ASTM D312/D312M - Standard Specification for Asphalt Used in Roofing; 2016a. H. ASTM D638 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics; 2014. I. ASTM D1004 - Standard Test Method for Tear Resistance (Graves Tear)of Plastic Film and Sheeting; 2021. J. ASTM D1079 - Standard Terminology Relating to Roofing and Waterproofing; 2020. K. ASTM D1621 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties Of Rigid Cellular Plastics; 2016. L. ASTM D1622 - Standard Test Method for Apparent Density of Rigid Cellular Plastics; 2020. 07 5423 - 1 POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 5423 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 M. ASTM D3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber; 2016. N. ASTM D6152/D6152M - Standard Specification for SEBS-Modified Mopping Asphalt Used in Roofing; 2012 (Reapproved 2018). O. ASTM D6878/D6878M - Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin Based Sheet Roofing; 2019. P. FM (AG) - FM Approval Guide; current edition. Q. FM 4470-Approval Standard for Single-Ply, Polymer-Modified Bitumen Sheet, Built-Up Roof (BUR) and Liquid Applied Roof Assemblies for use in Class 1 and Noncombustible Roof Deck Construction; 2016. R. FM DS 1-28-Wind Design; 2016. S. FM DS 1-29- Roof Deck Securement and Above-Deck Roof Components; 2016, with Editorial Revision (2020). T. ISO 9000 - Quality management systems -- Fundamentals and vocabulary; 2015. U. ISO 9001 - Quality management systems -- Requirements; 2015. V. PS 1 -Structural Plywood; 2009 (Revised 2019). W. PS 20-American Softwood Lumber Standard; 2020. 1.05 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-Installation Conference: Before start of roofing work, Contractor shall hold a meeting to discuss the proper installation of materials and requirements to achieve the warranty. 1. Require attendance by parties directly influencing quality of roofing work or affected by performance of roofing work. 2. Notify Architect well in advance of meeting. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Provide membrane manufacturer's printed data sufficient to show that components of roofing system, including insulation and fasteners, comply with the specified requirements and with the membrane manufacturer's requirements and recommendations for the system type specified; include data for each product used in conjunction with roofing membrane. C. Samples: Submit samples of each product to be used. D. Shop Drawings: Provide: 1. The roof membrane manufacturer's standard details customized for this project for relevant conditions, including flashings, base tie-ins, roof edges, terminations, expansion joints, penetrations, and drains. E. Specimen Warranty: Submit prior to starting work. F. Installer Qualifications: Letter from manufacturer attesting that the roofing installer meets the specified qualifications. G. Executed Warranty. H. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 07 5423 - 2 POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 5423 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. 1.Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Provide roofing installer with the following: 1. Current approval, license, or authorization as applicator by the manufacturer. 2. At least five years experience in installing specified system. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products in manufacturer's original containers, dry and undamaged, with seals and labels intact and legible. B. Store materials clear of ground and moisture with weather protective covering. C. Keep combustible materials away from ignition sources. 1.09 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. Comply with warranty procedures required by manufacturer, including notifications, scheduling, and inspections. C. Warranty: Firestone Limited Warranty covering membrane, roof insulation, and other indicated components of the system, for the term indicated. 1. Limit of Liability: No dollar limitation. 2. Scope of Coverage: Repair leaks in the roofing system caused by: a. Ordinary wear and tear of the elements. b. Manufacturing defect in Firestone brand materials. c. Defective workmanship used to install these materials. d. Damage due to winds up to 55 mph. 3. Not Covered: a. Damage due to winds in excess of 55 mph. b. Damage due hurricanes or tornadoes. c. Hail. d. Intentional damage. e. Unintentional damage due to normal rooftop inspections, maintenance, or service. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer- Roofing System: Firestone Building Products LLC, Nashville, TN: www.firestonebpco.com/#sle. 1. Roofing systems manufactured by others are acceptable provided the roofing system is completely equivalent in materials and warranty conditions and the manufacturer meets the following qualifications: a. Specializing in manufacturing the roofing system to be provided. b. ISO 9000 and ISO 9001 certified. c. Roofing systems manufactured by the companies listed below are acceptable provided they are completely equivalent in materials and warranty conditions: 1) Carlisle SynTec Incorporated.. 2) GAF Materials Corporation.. B. Manufacturer of Insulation and Cover Boards: Same manufacturer as roof membrane. C. Manufacturer of Metal Roof Edging: Same manufacturer as roof membrane. 07 5423 - 3 POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 5423 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 1. Submit evidence that the proposed substitution complies with the specified requirements. 2.02 ROOFING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Roofing System: Thermoplastic polyolefin (TPO) single-ply membrane. 1. Membrane Attachment: Fully self-adhered. 2. Warranty: Full system warranty; Firestone 30 year Platinum Limited Warranty covering membrane, roof insulation, and membrane accessories. 3. Comply with applicable local building code requirements. 4. Provide assembly having Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Class A Fire Hazard Classification. 5. Provide assembly complying with Factory Mutual Corporation (FM) Roof Assembly Classification, FM DS 1-28 and FM DS 1-29, and meeting minimum requirements of FM 1- 90 wind uplift rating. B. Roofing System Components: Listed in order from top of roof down: 1. Membrane: Thickness as specified. 2. Base Sheet Over Insulation: Cold adhesive attached. 3. Insulation Cover Board: High density polyisocya n u rate; mechanically attached. 4. Insulation: a. Tapered: Slope as indicated; provide minimum R-value at thinnest point; place tapered layer on bottom. b. Total assembly R-value of 38, minimum. c. Maximum Board Thickness: 3 inches. d. Top Layer: Polyisocya n u rate foam board, non-composite; mechanically fastened. e. Bottom Layer: Polyisocyan u rate foam board, non-composite; mechanically fastened. f. Crickets: Tapered insulation of same type as specified for top layer; slope as indicated. 5. Vapor Retarder: One layer SBS modified bitumen base sheet; cold adhesive attached. 2.03 MEMBRANE MATERIALS A. Membrane: Flexible, heat weldable sheet composed of thermoplastic polyolefin polymer and ethylene propylene rubber; complying with ASTM D6878/D6878M, with polyester weft inserted reinforcement and the following additional characteristics: 1. Thickness: 0.080 inch plus/minus 10 percent, with coating thickness over reinforcement of 0.030 inch plus/minus 10 percent. 2. Sheet Width: Provide the widest available sheets to minimize field seaming. 3. Puncture Resistance: 415 Ibf, minimum, when tested in accordance with FTM 101 C - Method 2031. 4. Solar Reflectance: 0.79, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM C1549. a. Membrane Color: White. 5. Acceptable Product: UltraPly TPO XR 135 by Firestone. B. Membrane Fasteners: Type and size as required by roof membrane manufacturer for roofing system and warranty to be provided; use only fasteners furnished by roof membrane manufacturer. C. Curb and Parapet Flashing: Same material as membrane, with encapsulated edge which eliminates need for seam sealing the flashing-to-roof splice; precut to 18 inches wide. D. Formable Flashing: Non-reinforced, flexible, heat weldable sheet, composed of thermoplastic polyolefin polymer and ethylene propylene rubber. 07 5423 -4 POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 5423 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Thickness: 0.060 inch plus/minus 10 percent. 2. Tensile Strength: 1,550 psi, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D638 after heat aging. 3. Elongation at Break: 650 percent, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D638 after heat aging. 4. Tearing Strength: 12 Ibf, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D1004 after heat aging. 5. Color: White. 6. Acceptable Product: UltraPly TPO Flashing by Firestone. E. Tape Flashing: 5-1/2 inches nominal wide TPO membrane laminated to cured rubber polymer seaming tape, overall thickness 0.065 inch nominal; TPO QuickSeam Flashing by Firestone. F. Bonding Adhesive: Neoprene and SBR rubber blend, formulated for compatibility with the membrane other substrate materials, including masonry, wood, and insulation facings; UltraPly Bonding Adhesive by Firestone. G. Adhesive Primer: LVOC solvent based primer designed to clean and prime membranes to receive QuickSeam tape products and accessories; Firestone Single-Ply LVOC Primer. H. Bonding Asphalt: Hot-applied SBS polymer-modified mopping asphalt, complying with ASTM D6152/D6152M, formulated for slope requirement of ASTM D312/D312M Type IV asphalt and for heating and applying to insulation surfaces, specific existing roof surfaces, and other substrates including wood, metal, and masonry, using standard techniques. I. Pourable Sealer: Two-part polyurethane, two-color for reliable mixing; Pourable Sealer by Firestone. J. UltraFlash Fabric: Stitch-bonded polyester scrim that provides a sturdy combination of burst strength and toughness for roofing applications, when liquid flashing or sealer is reinforced with the polyester fabric, it creates an exceptionally durable elastomeric seal; Firestone UltraFlash Fabric. K. Seam Plates: Steel with barbs and Galvalume coating; corrosion-resistance complying with FM 4470. L. Termination Bars: Aluminum bars with integral caulk ledge; 1.3 inches wide by 0.10 inch thick; Firestone Termination Bar by Firestone. M. Cut Edge Sealant: Synthetic rubber-based, for use where membrane reinforcement is exposed; available in white, gray, and tan; UltraPly TPO Cut Edge Sealant by Firestone. N. General Purpose Sealant: EPDM-based, one part, white general purpose sealant; UltraPly TPO General Purpose Sealant by Firestone. O. Clear Cut Edge Sealant: LVOC polymer-based sealant used to seal cut edges of UltraPly TPO membrane where the polyester reinforcement. P. AP Sealant: Single-component polyurethane non-sag moisture-curing sealant, may be used as an exterior sealant at termination bar details per current Firestone product specification; Firestone AP Sealant. Q. Coated Metal Flashing and Edgings: Galvanized steel with roofing manufacturer's bonded TPO coating; UltraPly TPO Coated Metal by Firestone. R. Molded Flashing Accessories: Unreinforced TPO membrane pre-molded to suit a variety of flashing details, including pipe boots, inside corners, outside corners, etc.; UltraPly TPO Small and Large Pipe Flashing by Firestone. 07 5423 - 5 POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 5423 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.04 VAPOR RETARDER/BARRIER MATERIALS A. Comply with local codes and regulations for applications indicated as required by authorities having jurisdiction. B. V-Force Vapor Barrier Membrane by Firestone. 1. V-Force Vapor barrier comprised of SBS modified bitumen adhesive, factory laminated to a tri-laminate woven, high-density polyethylene top surface. A polymeric release liner protects the adhesive. 2. V-Force membrane is intended for use as a vapor retarder in Firestone roofing systems and may be used as a temporary roof membrane for up to ninety(90)days. 2.05 ROOF INSULATION AND COVER BOARDS A. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: Closed cell polyisocyanurate foam with glass reinforced mat laminated to faces, complying with ASTM C1289 Type II Class 1, and the following additional characteristics: 1. Thickness: As indicated elsewhere. 2. Size: 48 inches by 48 inches, nominal. a. Exception: Insulation to be attached using adhesive or asphalt may be no larger than 48 inches by 48 inches, nominal. 3. R-value (LTTR): Maximum thichkess of any one layer of 3.3 inches. a. 1.0 inch Thickness: 6.0, minimum. b. 1.25 inch Thickness: 7.5, minimum. c. 1.5 inch Thickness: 9.0, minimum. d. 1.75 inch Thickness: 10.5, minimum. e. 2.0 inch Thickness: 12.1, minimum. f. 3.0 inch Thickness: 18.5, minimum. g. 3.25 inch Thickness: 20.1, minimum. 4. Compressive Strength: 20 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM C1289. 5. Ozone Depletion Potential: Zero; made without CFC or HCFC blowing agents. 6. Recycled Content: 19 percent post-consumer and 15 percent pre-consumer(post- industrial), average. 7. Acceptable Product: ISO 95+ GL Polyisocyanurate Insulation by Firestone. B. High Density Polyisocyanurate Cover Board: Non-combustible, water resistant, high density closed cell polyisocyanu rate core with coated glass mat facers, and the following characteristics: 1. Size: 48 inches by 48 inches, nominal. 2. Thickness: 1/2 inch. 3. Thermal Value: R-value of 2.5, when tested in accordance with ASTM C518 and ASTM C 177. 4. Surface Water Absorption: 3 percent, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM C209. 5. Compressive Strength: 120 psi, when tested in accordance with ASTM D1621. 6. Density: 5 pcf, when tested in accordance with ASTM D1622. 7. Factory Mutual approved for use with FM 1-60 and 1-90 rated roofing assemblies. 8. Mold Growth Resistance: Passing ASTM D3273. 9. Acceptable Product: ISOGARD HD Cover Board by Firestone. C. Insulation Fasteners: Type and size as required by roof membrane manufacturer for roofing system and warranty to be provided; use only fasteners furnished by roof membrane 07 5423 - 6 POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 5423 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 manufacturer. 2.06 METAL ACCESSORIES A. Metal Roof Edging and Fascia: Continuous metal edge member serving as termination of roof membrane and retainer for metal fascia; watertight with no exposed fasteners; mounted to roof edge nailer. 1. Wind Performance: a. Membrane Pull-Off Resistance: 100 Ib/ft, minimum, when tested in accordance with ANSI/SPRI/FM 4435/ES-1 using test method RE-1. b. Fascia Pull-Off Resistance: At least minimum required when tested in accordance with ANSI/SPRI/FM 4435/ES-1 using test method RE-2. c. Provide product listed in FM (AG)with at least FM 1-270 rating. 2. Fascia Face Height: 5 inches. 3. Edge Member Height Above Nailer: 1-1/4 inches. 4. Length: 144 inches. 5. Functional Characteristics: Fascia retainer supports while allowing for free thermal cycling of fascia. 6. Aluminum Bar: Continuous 6063-T6 alloy aluminum extrusion with pre-punched slotted holes; miters welded; injection molded EPDM splices to allow thermal expansion. 7. Anchor Bar Cleat: 20 gauge, 0.036 inch G90 coated commercial type galvanized steel with pre-punched holes. 8. Curved Applications: Factory modified. 9. Fasteners: Factory-provided corrosion resistant fasteners, with drivers; no exposed fasteners permitted. 10. Special Shaped Components: Provide factory-fabricated pieces necessary for complete installation, including miters, scuppers, and end caps; minimum 14-inch long legs on corner pieces. 11. Scuppers: Welded watertight. 12. Accessories: Provide matching brick wall cap, downspout, extenders, and other special fabrications as shown on the drawings. B. Parapet Copings: Formed metal coping with galvanized steel anchor/support cleats for capping any parapet wall; watertight, maintenance free, without exposed fasteners; butt type joints with concealed splice plates; mechanically fastened as indicated; Firestone PTCF. 1. Wind Performance: a. At least minimum required when tested in accordance with ANSI/SPRI/FM 4435/ES-1 using test method RE-3. b. Provide product listed in FM (AG)with at least FM 1-90 rating. 2. Description: Coping sections allowed to expand and contract freely while locked in place on anchor cleats by mechanical pressure from hardened stainless steel springs factory attached to anchor cleats; 8-inch wide splice plates with factory applied dual non-curing sealant strips capable of providing watertight seal. 3. Dimensions: a. Wall Width: As indicated on the drawings. b. Piece Length: Minimum 144 inches. c. Curved Application: Factory fabricated in true radius. 4. Anchor/Support Cleats: 20 gauge, 0.036 inch thick prepunched galvanized cleat with 12 inch wide stainless steel spring mechanically locked to cleat at 72 inches on center. 5. Special Shaped Components: Provide factory-fabricated pieces necessary for complete installation, including miters, corners, intersections, curves, pier caps, and end caps; 07 5423 - 7 POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 5423 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 minimum 14 inch long legs on corner, intersection, and end pieces. 6. Fasteners: Factory-furnished; electrolytically compatible; minimum pull out resistance of 240 lb for actual substrate used; no exposed fasteners. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. General: Accessory materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with membrane roofing for complete roofing system. Accessories include, but are not limited to the products listed below or shown in the detail sheets. 1. Liquid-type auxiliary materials shall meet VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Wood Nailers: PS 20 dimension lumber, Structural Grade No. 2 or better Southern Pine, Douglas Fir, or PS 1 APA Exterior Grade plywood; pressure preservative treated. 1. Width: 3-1/2 inches, minimum, or as wide as nailing flange of roof accessory being attached to it. 2. Thickness: Same as thickness of roof insulation. C. All substrates except metal decks must be primed with either Firestone SA Water Based Primer (W563587091) or Firestone SA Solvent Based Primer(W563587090). D. Solvent: Manufacturer approved high quality membrane cleaner used for the general cleaning of residual asphalt, scuff marks, etc., from the membrane surface. Also used daily to clean seam areas prior to hot-air welding. E. Miscellaneous Accessories: Preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, T-joint covers, termination reglets, cover strips, and other accessories, as required by the roof system manufacturer for a complete and water-tight installation. F. Sealant: Manufacturer approved sealant such as Sikaflex-1 a or equivalent, as approved for direct contact with single ply membrane. PART 3 INSTALLATION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install roofing, insulation, flashings, and accessories in accordance with roofing manufacturer's published instructions and recommendations for the specified roofing system. Where manufacturer provides no instructions or recommendations, follow good roofing practices and industry standards. Comply with federal, state, and local regulations. B. Obtain relevant instructions and maintain copies at project site for duration of installation period. C. Do not start work until Pre-Installation Notice has been submitted to manufacturer as notification that this project requires a manufacturer's warranty. D. Perform work using competent and properly equipped personnel. E. Temporary closures, which ensure that moisture does not damage any completed section of new roofing system, are responsibility of applicator. Completion of flashings, terminations, and temporary closures to be completed as required to provide a watertight condition. F. Install roofing membrane only when surfaces are clean, dry, smooth and free of snow or ice; do not apply roofing membrane during inclement weather or when ambient conditions will not allow proper application; consult manufacturer for recommended procedures during cold weather. 1. Do not work with sealants and adhesives when material temperature is outside the range of 60 to 80 degrees Fahrenheit. 07 5423 - 8 POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 5423 - 9 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 G. Protect adjacent construction, property, vehicles, and persons from damage related to roofing work; repair or restore damage caused by roofing work. 1. Protect from spills and overspray from bitumen, adhesives, sealants and coatings. 2. Particularly protect metal, glass, plastic, and painted surfaces from bitumen, adhesives, and sealants within the range of wind-borne overspray. 3. Protect finished areas of the roofing system from roofing related work traffic and traffic by other trades. H. Until ready for use, keep materials in their original containers as labeled by the manufacturer. I. Comply with membrane manufacturer's instructions, container labels, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)for specific safety instructions. Keep adhesives, sealants, primers and 1. cleaning materials away from sources of ignition. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Examine roof deck to determine that it is sufficiently rigid to support installers and their mechanical equipment and that deflection will not strain or rupture roof components or deform deck. B. Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive work. Correct defects in the substrate before commencing with roofing work. C. Examine roof substrate to verify that it is properly sloped to drains. D. Verify that the specifications and drawing details are workable and not in conflict with the roofing manufacturer's recommendations and instructions; start of work constitutes acceptable of project conditions and requirements. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Take appropriate measures to ensure that fumes from adhesive solvents are not drawn into the building through air intakes. B. Prior to proceeding, prepare roof surface so that it is clean, dry, and smooth, and free of sharp edges, fins, roughened surfaces, loose or foreign materials, oil, grease and other materials that may damage the membrane. C. Fill surface voids in immediate substrate that are greater than 1/4 inch wide with fill material acceptable insulation to membrane manufacturer. D. Seal, grout, or tape deck joints, where needed, to prevent bitumen seepage into building. E. Wood Nailers: Provide wood nailers at perimeters and other locations where indicated on drawings, of total height matching total thickness of insulation being used. 1. Install with 1/8 inch gap between each length and at each change of direction. 3.04 VAPOR RETARDER A. Before installing insulation install vapor retarder directly over the deck. B. Vapor Retarder/Temporary roof: 1. Install self adhered vapor retarder/temporary roof over a properly primed and prepared surface according to the manufacturer's installation instructions. Hot air weld all seams in water-tight fashion, with approved leister guns, prior to the end of each work day. Note open flame and torches shall not be allowed. 2. At vertical transitions, extend the vapor retarder vertically to just above the finished plane of the new insulation and coverboard 07 5423 - 9 POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 5423 - 10 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 C. Ensure that penetrations and edge conditions are sealed to prevent moisture and air drive into roofing system. 3.05 INSULATION AND COVER BOARD INSTALLATION A. Install insulation in configuration and with attachment method(s)specified in PART 2, under Roofing System. B. Install insulation in a manner that will not compromise the vapor retarder integrity. C. Install only as much insulation as can be covered with the completed roofing system before the end of the day's work or before the onset of inclement weather. D. Lay roof insulation in courses parallel to roof edges. E. Neatly and tightly fit insulation to penetrations, projections, and nailers, with gaps not greater than 1/4 inch. Fill gaps greater than 1/4 inch with acceptable insulation. Do not leave roofing membrane unsupported over a space greater than 1/4 inch wide. F. Mechanical Fastening: Using specified fasteners and insulation plates engage fasteners through insulation into deck to depth and in pattern required by Factory Mutual for FM Class specified in PART 2 and membrane manufacturer, whichever is more stringent. 3.06 SINGLE-PLY MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Beginning at low point of roof, place membrane without stretching over substrate and allow to relax at least 30 minutes before attachment or splicing; in colder weather allow for longer relax time. B. Lay out the membrane pieces so that field and flashing splices are installed to shed water. C. Install membrane without wrinkles and without gaps or fishmouths in seams; bond and test seams and laps in accordance with membrane manufacturer's instructions and details. D. Install membrane adhered to the substrate, with edge securement as specified. E. Edge Securement: Secure membrane at locations where membrane terminates or goes through an angle change greater than 2 inch 12 inches using mechanically fastened reinforced perimeter fastening strips, plates, or metal edging as indicated or as recommended by roofing manufacturer. 1. Exceptions: Round pipe penetrations less than 18 inches in diameter and square penetrations less than 4 inches square. 2. Metal edging is not merely decorative; ensure anchorage of membrane as intended by roofing manufacturer. 3.07 FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. Install flashings, including laps, splices,joints, bonding, adhesion, and attachment, as required by membrane manufacturer's recommendations and details. B. Metal Accessories: Install metal edgings, gravel stops, and copings in locations indicated on the drawings, with horizontal leg of edge member over membrane and flashing over metal onto membrane. 1. Follow roofing manufacturer's instructions. 2. Remove protective plastic surface film immediately before installation. 3. Install water block sealant under the membrane anchorage leg. 4. Flash with manufacturer's recommended flashing sheet unless otherwise indicated. 5. Where single application of flashing will not completely cover the metal flange, install additional piece of flashing to cover the metal edge. 07 5423 - 10 POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 5423 - 11 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 6. If the roof edge includes a gravel stop and sealant is not applied between the laps in the metal edging, install an additional piece of self-adhesive flashing membrane over the metal lap to the top of the gravel stop; apply seam edge treatment at the intersections of the two flashing sections. 7. When the roof slope is greater than 1:12, apply seam edge treatment along the back edge of the flashing. C. Scuppers: Set in sealant and secure to structure; flash as recommended by manufacturer. D. Flashing at Walls, Curbs, and Other Vertical and Sloped Surfaces: Install weathertight flashing at walls, curbs, parapets, skylights, and other vertical and sloped surfaces that roofing membrane abuts to; extend flashing at least 8 inches high above membrane surface. 1. Use longest practical flashing pieces. 2. Evaluate the substrate and overlay and adjust installation procedure in accordance with membrane manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Complete the splice between flashing and the main roof sheet with specified splice adhesive before adhering flashing to the vertical surface. 4. Provide termination directly to the vertical substrate as shown on roof drawings. E. Flashing at Penetrations: Flash penetrations passing through membrane; make flashing seals directly to penetration. 1. Pipes, Round Supports, and Similar Items: Flash with specified pre-molded pipe flashings wherever practical; otherwise use specified self-curing elastomeric flashing. 2. Structural Steel Tubing: If corner radii are greater than 1/4 inch and longest side of tube does not exceed 12 inches, flash as for pipes; otherwise, provide a standard curb with flashing. 3. Flexible and Moving Penetrations: Provide weathertight gooseneck set in sealant and secured to deck, flashed as recommended by manufacturer. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection by Manufacturer: Provide final inspection of the roofing system by a Technical Representative employed by roofing system manufacturer specifically to inspect installation for warranty purposes (i.e. not a sales person). B. Perform corrections necessary for issuance of warranty. 3.09 CLEANING A. Clean contaminants generated by roofing work from building and surrounding areas including bitumen, adhesives, sealants, and coatings. B. Repair or replace building components and finished surfaces damaged or defaced due to the work of this section; comply with recommendations of manufacturers of components and surfaces. C. Remove leftover materials, trash, debris, equipment from project site and surrounding areas. D. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.10 PROTECTION A. Where construction traffic must continue over finished roof membrane, provide durable protection and replace or repair damaged roofing to original condition. END OF SECTION 07 5423 07 5423 - 11 POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 07 5423 - 12 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 07 5423 - 12 POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 6200 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 07 6200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Manufactured products 1. Manufactured reglets with counterflashing. B. Formed products. 1. Formed wall sheet metal fabrications. 2. Formed equipment support flashings 3. Formed parapet copings. 4. Formed roof related sheet metal fabrications. C. Fabricated Downspouts. D. Fabricated Sheet Metal Gutters and drainage sheet metal fabrications. E. Fabricated sheet metal items, including flashings, counterflashings, gutters, downspouts, sheet metal roofing, exterior penetrations, , and other items indicated in Schedule. F. Precast concrete splash pads. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Wood nailers for sheet metal work. C. Section 06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Field fabricated roof curbs. D. Section 07 4213 - Metal Siding Panels. E. Section 07 7200 - ROOF ACCESSORIES: Manufactured metal roof curbs. F. 07 2500 -Weather Barriers. G. 07 5423 -Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Membrane Roofing. H. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing non-lap joints between sheet metal fabrications and adjacent construction. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA 2603-Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels (with Coil Coating Appendix); 2017a. B. AAMA 2604 -Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels (with Coil Coating Appendix); 2017a. C. ASTM A240/A240M - Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications; 2020a. D. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2020. E. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015. F. ASTM B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal; 2020. 07 6200 - 1 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 6200 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 G. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate; 2014. H. ASTM B209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate (Metric); 2014. I. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2018. J. SMACNA (ASMM)-Architectural Sheet Metal Manual; 2012. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 - Submittal Procedures, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit the name of the manufacturer, specification numbers, color samples for exposed products, and product names of all materials proposed for use in the work. Include in submittal installation instructions and general recommendations for each principal product required. Include data substantiating that the materials comply with requrrements. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate material profile,jointing pattern,jointing details, fastening methods, flashings, terminations, and installation details. D. Samples: Submit 2 samples, 6 by 6 inch in size illustrating material of typical standing seam. E. Samples: Submit 2 samples, 6 x 6 inch of prefinished sheet metal to be utilized in exterior wall related flashings, roof related flashings, and drainage related flashings. F. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with SMACNA(ASMM) and CDA A4050 requirements and standard details, except as otherwise indicated. B. Fabricator and Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in sheet metal work with 5 years of documented experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack material to prevent twisting, bending, and abrasion, and to provide ventilation. Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage. B. Prevent contact with materials that could cause discoloration or staining. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies shall withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight. B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual" and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Comply with SPRI Wind Design Standard: SPRI ES-1. D. Fabricate and install roof edge flashing and copings capable of resisting the following forces according to recommendations in FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49: . 07 6200 - 2 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 6200 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Wind Zone 2: For velocity pressures of 31 to 45 Ibf/sq. ft: 90-Ibf/sq. ft. perimeter uplift force, 120-Ibf/sq. ft. corner uplift force, and 45-Ibf/sq. ft. outward force. E. Recycled Content of Steel-Sheet Flashing and Trim: Postconsumer recycled content plus one- half of pre-consumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. F. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 2.02 SHEET MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653/A653M, with G90/Z275 zinc coating; minimum 24 gauge, (0.0239 inch)thick base metal, unless otherwise noted. Use 22 Gauge Minimum for clips.. B. Aluminum: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M); 22 gauge, 0.028 inch thick; anodized finish of color as selected. 1. Color Anodized Finish: AAMA 611 AA-M12C22A42/44 Class I integrally or electrolytically colored anodic coating not less than 0.7 mils thick. C. Prefinished Galvanized Sheet Steel: 24 Gauge unless otherwise noted. Use 22 gauge minimum for clips. 1. Fluoropolymer Coating: High Performance Organic Finish, AAMA 2604; multiple coat, thermally cured fluoropolymer finish system. 2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. D. Pre-Finished Aluminum: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M); 20 gauge, 0.032 inch thick; plain finish shop pre-coated with modified silicone coating. 1. Fluoropolymer Coating: High Performance Organic Finish, AAMA 2604; multiple coat, thermally cured fluoropolymer finish system. 2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. E. Stainless Steel: ASTM A666, Type 304 alloy, soft temper, 26 gage thick, unless noted otherwise; smooth No. 4 - Brushed finish. 1. Provide soldered flashing at plane transitions to provide a complete waterproof system. 2.03 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS A. Slip Sheet: Use Weather Barrier(Air/WRB),as specified. B. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet: Minimum 30 to 40 mils thick, consisting of slip resisting polyethylene-film top surface laminated to layer of butyl adhesive, with release-paper backing; cold applied. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer. . 1. Thermal Stability: ASTM D 1970; stable after testing at 240 deg F. 2. Low-Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D 1970; passes after testing at minus 20 deg F. 3. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. GCP applied technologies Grace Ultra or approved equal. C. Stainless Steel/Polymer Fabric Flashing - Self-Adhering: ASTM A240/A240M; 2 mil type 304 stainless steel sheet bonded on inward facing side to a sheet of polymer fabric that has a clear adhesive with a removable release liner. 2.04 FABRICATION A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details shown and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible. 07 6200 - 3 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 6200 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 2. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 3. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view. B. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. C. Form pieces in longest possible lengths. D. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 inch; miter and seam corners. E. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints. 1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. F. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch long legs; seam for rigidity, seal with sealant. G. Fabricate flashings to allow toe to extend 2 inches over roofing edge. Return and brake edges. H. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines as indicated and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. I. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal Roofing." J. Sealed Joints: Form non-expansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant. K. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints. L. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal. M. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and by FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured. N. Seams - Flashing: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use. Rivet joints where necessary for strength. O. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces. 2.05 LOW&STEEP SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL TRANSITION FLASHING FABRICATIONS A. Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch long, but not exceeding 10-foot-long, sections. Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous cleats to support edge of external leg and drill elongated holes for fasteners on interior leg. Miter corners, seal, to be watertight. 1. Coping Profile (shown as "Metal Cap" and "Metal Drip"): Provide SMACNA standard shape to conform to profiles of caps and drips indicated on drawings. 2. Joint Style: Stading seam 07 6200 -4 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 6200 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Fabricate from the following materials: a. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 24 gauge unless otherwise indicated. cleats shall be a minimum 22 gauge. B. Counterflashing and other sheet metal transition flashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Prefinished Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 24 gauge, unless otherwise indicated. C. Soldered transition flashings: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. AISI 302/304 stainless steel, fully soldered: 26 gauge unless otherwise indicated. D. Equipment Support Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Prefinished Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 24 gauge, unless otherwise indicated.. E. Clad Metal Transition flashings: Sheet-metal products that are installed integrally with PVC roofing systems, are specified in Section 07 5400-Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing. 2.06 WALL SHEET METAL TRANSITION FLASHING FABRICATIONS A. Wall Flashing: Fabricate continuous flashings in minimum 96-inch long, but not exceeding 12- foot- long, sections, under copings, at shelf angles, and where indicated. Fabricate flashings to conform to details indicated on drawings. Form with 1/4-inch high, end dams where flashing is discontinuous. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 24 gauge, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Sheet Metal Saddle Flashing: 24 gauge, fully soldered. B. Soldered transition flashings: AISI 302/304 stainless steel, fully soldered: 26 Gauge unless otherwise indicated. 2.07 DOWNSPOUT FABRICATION A. Downspouts: Rectangular profile. B. Downspouts: Size for rainfall intensity determined by a storm occurrence of 1 in 10 years in accordance with SMACNA(ASMM). C. Accessories: Profiled to suit downspouts. 1. Anchorage Devices: In accordance with SMACNA(ASMM) requirements. 2. Downspout Supports: Brackets. D. Splash Pads: Precast concrete type, of size and profiles indicated; minimum 3000 psi at 28 days, with minimum 5 percent air entrainment. E. Downspout Boots: Steel. F. Downspout Extenders: Same material and finish as downspouts. G. Seal metal joints. 2.08 ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item unless otherwise indicated. B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item. 1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head. 07 6200 - 5 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 6200 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide metal-backed EPDM or PVC sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal. b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened. c. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching internal gutter width. d. All fasteners penetrating preservative treated wood shall be stainless steel or rated for direct contact with type of preservative treatment utilized. C. Primer: Zinc chromate type. D. Protective Backing Paint: Zinc molybdate alkyd. E. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick. F. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polyurethane polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. Basis-of-Design: Sikaflex 1a manufactured by Sika. G. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited movement. H. Solder: ASTM B32; Sn50 (50/50)type. 1. For Stainless Steel: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn60, with acid flux of type recommended by stainless-steel sheet manufacturer. I. Sill Pans: 1. L-Angle (for Liquid Sill Pan) 2. 1'/2" .080" bronze anodized aluminum L-angle, unless otherwise noted. J. Flashings: 1. 24ga. Sheet Metal Head Flashings w/ End Dams 2. 22ga. Sheet Metal Cap Flashings w/Standing Seams 3. 24ga. Sheet Metal Through Wall Flashing w/4" Bayonet Seams and End Dams 2.09 ROOF DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Downspouts and straps: Fabricate 6" (or as indicated on drawings) diameter round downspouts complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with metal hangers, from same material as downspouts, and anchors. 1. Hanger Style: Straps at 36-inches o.c. 2. Fabricate from the following materials: a. Prefinished Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 22 gauge. B. Parapet Scuppers: Fabricate scuppers of dimensions required with closure flange trim to exterior, 4-inch-wide wall flanges to interior, and base extending 4 inches beyond cant or tapered strip into field of roof. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Modified bitumen roof application: Fully soldered stainless steel, 24 gauge. 2. Thermoplastic single ply roofing application: PVC coated clad metal, 24 gauge. C. Conductor Heads: Fabricate conductor heads with flanged back and stiffened top edge and of dimensions and shape indicated complete with outlet tubes, exterior flange trim, and built-in overflows. Fabricate from the following materials: 07 6200 - 6 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 6200 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Prefabricated Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 22 gauge. D. Cast Aluminum Dome Strainers: 1. At downspouts, provide dome cast aluminum dome strainers, sized and profiled to suit gutter and downspouts with scissor expansion anchor that fits into downspout. Wire screen dome strainers are not acceptable. E. Site roll formed seamless gutters of profile depicted in the architectural drawings. Prefinished galvanized metal sheet, 22 gauge. install 18 gauge gutter straps at 2 feet on center. Install expansion joints in gutter lengths greater tha 50 feet. Provide prefinished steel flangesd outlet tubes, sized to fit existing downspouts. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, and vents through roof are solidly set, reglets in place, and nailing strips located. B. Verify roofing termination and base flashings are in place, sealed, and secure. C. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, to verify actual locations, dimensions and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.. 1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. D. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3.02 PREPARATION A. Install starter and edge strips, and cleats before starting installation. B. Back paint concealed metal surfaces with protective backing paint to a minimum dry film thickness of 15 mil. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant. 2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. 4. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil canning, and free of buckling and tool marks. 5. Install sealant tape where indicated. 6. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. 7. Do not use graphite pencils to mark material surfaces. 07 6200 - 7 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 6200 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pressure-treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard. 1. Coat concealed side of uncoated-aluminum and stainless-steel sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing and trim contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 2. Underlayment: Where installing sheet metal flashing and trim directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install underlayment and cover with slip sheet. C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of corner or intersection. 1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate substrate not less than recommended by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull-out resistance. E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation. F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants." 1. Where sealant-filled joints are used, embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is moderate, between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 07 Section 07 9200 -Joint Sealants. G. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre-tin edges of sheets with solder to width of 1-1/2 inches; however, reduce pre-tinning where pre-tinned surface would show in completed Work. 1. Do not solder metallic-coated steel and aluminum sheet. 2. Do not use torches for soldering. 3. Heat surfaces to receive solder, and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. 4. Stainless-Steel Soldering: Tin edges of uncoated sheets, using solder for stainless steel and acid flux. Promptly remove acid flux residue from metal after tinning and soldering. Comply with solder manufacturer's recommended methods for cleaning and neutralization. H. Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners, and use exposed fasteners only where permitted.. I. Fit flashings tight in place; make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. J. Solder metal joints for full metal surface contact, and after soldering wash metal clean with neutralizing solution and rinse with water. K. Secure gutters and downspouts in place with concealed fasteners. L. Connect downspouts to downspout boots, and grout connection watertight. 07 6200 - 8 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 6200 - 9 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 M. Set splash pads under downspouts, and set in place with 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4300 - Quality Assurance, for field inspection requirements. B. Inspection will involve surveillance of work during installation to ascertain compliance with specified requirements. 3.05 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION A. Synthetic Underlayment: Install synthetic underlayment, wrinkle free, according to manufacturers'written instructions, and using adhesive where possible to minimize use of mechanical fasteners under sheet metal. B. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free. Prime substrate if recommended by underlayment manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer for installing underlayment at low temperatures. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches. Roll laps and edges with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days. 3.06 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal roof-drainage items to produce complete roof-drainage system according to cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with installation of roof-drainage system. B. Parapet Scuppers: Continuously support scupper, set to correct elevation, and seal flanges to interior wall face, over cants or tapered edge strips, and under roofing membrane. C. Conductor Heads: Anchor securely to wall, overflow hole a minimum of 1 inch below scupper discharge. D. Expansion-Joint Covers: Install expansion-joint covers at locations and of configuration indicated. Lap joints minimum of 4 inches in direction of water flow. 3.07 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, sheet metal manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps,joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant. B. Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified wind zone and as indicated. Interlock bottom edge of roof edge flashing with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at 16-inch centers. C. Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified wind zone and as indicated. 1. Interlock exterior bottom edge of coping with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at 16- inch centers. 2. Anchor interior leg of coping with screw fasteners and washers at 24-inch centers. Do not install fasteners through flashing metal end laps. D. Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close-fitting collar with top edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending a minimum of 4 inches over base flashing. Install stainless-steel draw band and tighten. E. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. 07 6200 - 9 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 6200 - 10 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 F. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Extend counterflashing 4 inches over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 4 inches and bed with sealant. Secure in a waterproof manner by means of anchor and washer at 36- inch centers. Do not install fasteners through flashing metal end laps G. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof-penetration flashing with installation of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Seal with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes that penetrate roof. 3.08 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture according to cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of wall flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers. B. Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Install continuous head, sill,jamb, and similar flashings to extend 4 inches beyond wall openings. 3.09 MISCELLANEOUS FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Equipment Support Flashing: Coordinate installation of equipment support flashing with installation of roofing and equipment. Weld or seal flashing with elastomeric sealant to equipment support member 3.10 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines as indicated and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. B. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal Roofing." 3.11 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder. C. Clean off excess sealants. D. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. E. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 07 6200 07 6200 - 10 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 6500 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 07 6500 SELF-ADHESIVE MEMBRANE (S.A.M.) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Self-Adhesive Membrane (S.A.M.) 2. Accessories B. Products installed but not supplied under this Section. 1. Masonry cavity drainage products (weeps and mortar drip screen). 2. Metal drip edges and other sheet metal fabrications provided in Section 07 6200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS INCLUDE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 07 2500 -Weather Resistant Barrier C. Section 07 5000 - Roofing Membrane D. Section 07 6200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 1.03 REFERENCES A. Abbreviations and Acronyms: 1. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials 2. CMU: Concrete Masonry Unit 3. F: Fahrenheit 4. HDPE: High-Density Polyethylene 5. HT: High-Temperature 6. S.A.M: Self-Adhesive Membrane 7. TWF: Through Wall Flashing 8. VOC(s): Volatile Organic Chemical(s) 9. W.R.B.: Weather Resistant Barrier 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS: A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. ASTM D146 Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Bitumen Saturated Felts and Woven Fabrics for Roofing and Waterproofing. 2. ASTM D412 Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers Tension. 3. ASTM D570 Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics. 4. ASTM D903 Standard Test Method for Peel and Stripping Strength of Adhesive Bonds. 5. ASTM D1876 Standard Test Method for Peel Resistance of Adhesive. 6. ASTM D4263 Standard Test Method for Indicating Moisture Content by Plastic Sheet Method. 7. ASTM E96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 8. ASTM E154 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders used in Contact with Earth under Concrete Slabs, on Walls or as Ground Cover. 07 6500 - 1 SELF-ADHESIVE MEMBRANE (S.A.M.) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 6500 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1.05 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop drawings showing locations of through-wall flashing and details of all typical conditions. C. Samples of Product minimum 3 inch by 4 inch size. 1.06 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's documentation of volatile organic compounds (VOC)content for Product and Accessories. B. Manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Certification of compatibility by Manufacturer, listing all materials on the Project with which the Product and Accessories may come into contact. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Installer shall be experienced in applying the same or similar materials. B. Confirm compatibility between S.A.M. and other envelope products with manufacturer warranties C. Product and Accessories shall comply with all state and local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Conform to applicable provisions of Division 01 and manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Deliver materials to Project site in original packages with seals unbroken, labeled with manufacturer's name, product, lot number and directions for storage. C. Store materials in their original undamaged packages in a clean, dry, protected location and within temperature range required by Manufacturer. D. Protect stored materials from direct sunlight. Do not store cylinders of Aerosol Contact Adhesive above 110 degrees Fahrenheit. E. Avoid spillage. If spillage occurs start clean up procedures immediately. Clean spills and leave area as it was prior to spill. 1.09 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL A. Separate and recycle waste materials in accordance with requirements set forth in Division 01. B. Place materials defined as hazardous or toxic waste in designated containers. C. Ensure emptied containers are stored safely for disposal away from children. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation)within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. B. Do not apply during rain or accumulating snowfall. C. Applicator shall have full, safe access to area 1.11 WARRANTIES A. Provide the Manufacturer's minimum five (5)year material warranty. 07 6500 - 2 SELF-ADHESIVE MEMBRANE (S.A.M.) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 6500 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SELF-ADHESIVE MEMBRANE (S.A.M.) A. High Temperature Flashing: Composite, self-adhesive, flashing product consisting of a pliable, butyl rubber compound, bonded to a polyethylene facer to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.020 inches. 1. S.A.M. HT& S.A.M. 1 - GCP Applied Technologies; Grace Ultra a. Not for use in conjunction with PVC materials. 2. S.A.M. HT& S.A.M. 1 - Protecto Wrap Company; Jiffy Seal BUTYL Ice &Water Guard HT 3. S.A.M. 1 - Protecto Wrap Company; Protecto Seal 45 Butyl B. Butyl Rubber Flashing: Composite, self-adhesive, flashing product consisting of a pliable, butyl rubber compound, bonded to a polyethylene film or micro-creped polyethylene laminate, to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.020 inches. 1. S.A.M. 2 -VaproShield; 3"VaproTape UV Black C. Through Wall Flashing: Composite, self-adhesive, flashing product consisting of a pliable, non- asphaltic compound, bonded to a polyethylene facer to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.040 inches. 1. S.A.M. TWF - Hohmann & Barnard; Textroflash Flashing D. Foil Faced Flashing: Composite, self-adhesive, flashing product consisting of a pliable, butyl- based or butyl-hybrid compound, bonded to a foil facer to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.010 inches. 1. S.A.M. Foil Faced - Stuc-O-Flex International; Therm-Flash 2. S.A.M. Foil Faced - Protecto Wrap Company; Protecto Seal 45 Butyl 3. S.A.M. Foil Faced -VaproShield; Vapro-SS Flashing 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Primers: Product recommended in writing by S.A.M. manufacturer for substrate. B. Nails and Staples: Product recommended in writing by S.A.M. manufacturer and complying with ASTM F1667. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions affecting installation of the through-wall flashing and accessory products for compliance with requirements. Verify that surfaces and conditions are suitable prior to commencing Work of this section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Concrete shall be cured for a minimum of seven days. C. Surfaces shall be sound, dry and free of oil, grease, dirt, excess mortar or other contaminants. D. Surfaces shall be supported and flush at joints without large voids or sharp protrusions. E. Ledge, footing, shelf angle or lintel surfaces shall be flat, or preferably sloped to provide drainage to the exterior. Surfaces shall not be oriented so that water can pond on the through- wall flashing. F. Inform Architect in writing of anticipated problems applying Product over substrate. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Fill joints and cracks greater than 1/4 inch width with Fill Compound struck flush. 07 6500 - 3 SELF-ADHESIVE MEMBRANE (S.A.M.) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 6500 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Fill inside corners and angle changes with minimum 1/2 inch tooled bead of Fill Compound. C. Use approved primer when adhering to Concrete, Exterior Gypsum and Wood. D. Prepare all surfaces accepting Product with primer as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Observe installation instructions, including coverage rates and drying times, indicated in Manufacturer's literature. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Allow Fill compound used in Article 3.2 to cure fully before applying Product. B. Product to be roller applied. C. Apply Product over prepared surfaces according to Manufacturer's instructions and drawings. D. Keep edge of product at least 1/2 inch away from exterior finish. E. Install through-wall flashing during or after construction of back-up wall. F. Install through-wall flashing before or during installation of brick veneer. G. Lap water resistant barrier over vertical termination of through-wall flashing on back-up wall. Lap and secure water resistant barrier according to water resistive barrier manufacturer's instructions. H. Integrate through-wall flashing with adhered membrane air barrier, damp proofing or water- resistant barrier according to Manufacturer's instructions and drawings. 3.04 CLEANING A. Inspect before covering and make repairs according to Manufacturer's instructions. B. Remove and replace damaged material. C. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect from damage during application and remainder of construction period. B. Product is not designed for permanent exposure. Cover with exterior cladding as soon as schedule allows. 1. Outdoor exposure of installed product shall not exceed sixty(60)days. END OF SECTION 07 6500 07 6500 -4 SELF-ADHESIVE MEMBRANE (S.A.M.) Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 7200 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 07 7200 ROOF ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Curbs. B. Equipment rails. C. Roof penetrations mounting curbs. D. Roof hatches. E. Non-penetrating pedestals. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 07 4113 - Standing Seam Metal Roofing C. Section 07 5423 -Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Roofing D. Section 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM: Roof accessory items fabricated from sheet metal. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 29 CFR 1910.23 - Ladders; current edition. B. ASTM Al23/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2017. C. ASTM Al53/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. D. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2020. E. MSS SP-58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports- Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation; 2018. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used. 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. 4. Maintenance requirements. C. Shop Drawings: Submit detailed layout developed for this project and provide dimensioned location and number for each type of roof accessory. 1. Non-penetrating Rooftop Supports: Submit design calculations for loadings and spacings. D. Warranty Documentation: 1. Submit manufacturer warranty. 2. Ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 07 7200 - 1 ROOF ACCESSORIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 7200 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Submit documentation that roof accessories are acceptable to roofing manufacturer, and do not limit the roofing warranty. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store products under cover and elevated above grade. 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for all roof accessories. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ROOF CURBS A. Manufacturers: 1. AES Industries Inc: www.aescurb.com/#sle. 2. LMCurbs; Roof Curbs: www.Imcurbs.com/#sle. 3. Roof Products & Systems (RPS): www.rpscurbs.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Roof Curbs Mounting Assemblies: Factory fabricated hollow sheet metal construction, internally reinforced, and capable of supporting superimposed live and dead loads and designated equipment load with fully mitered and sealed corner joints welded or mechanically fastened, and integral counterflashing with top and edges formed to shed water. 1. Applications: Roof curbs used for roof penetrations/openings as indicated on drawings. 2. Roof Curb Mounting Substrate: Curb substrate consists of flat roof deck sheathing with insulation. 3. Sheet Metal Material: a. Galvanized Steel: Hot-dip zinc coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A653/A653M, SS Grade 33; G60 coating designation; 18 gauge, 0.048 inch thick. 1) Finish: Factory primed. 2) Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard line of colors. 4. Provide layouts and configurations indicated on drawings. C. Curbs Adjacent to Roof Openings: Provide curb on each side of opening, with top of curb horizontal for equipment mounting. 1. Provide preservative treated wood nailers along top of curb. 2. Insulate inside curbs with 1-1/2 inch thick fiberglass insulation. 3. Height Above Finished Roof Surface: 8 inches, minimum. D. Equipment Rail Curbs: Straight curbs on each side of equipment, with top of curbs horizontal and level with each other for equipment mounting. 1. Provide preservative treated wood nailers along top of rails. 2. Height Above Finished Roof Surface: 8 inches, minimum. E. Pipe, Duct, or Conduit Mounting Curbs: Vertical posts, minimum 8 inches square unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide preservative treated wood nailers over entire top surface, for supports that are provided by others. 2. Height Above Finished Roof Surface: 8 inches, minimum. 07 7200 - 2 ROOF ACCESSORIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 7200 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.02 ROOF HATCHES AND VENTS A. Roof Hatch Manufacturers: 1. Bilco Company; Type TB (various types and special size): www.bilco.com/#sle. 2. Milcor, Inc: www.milcorinc.com/#sle. 3. Nystrom, Inc: www.nystrom.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Roof Hatches and Smoke Vents: Factory-assembled galvanized steel frame and cover, complete with operating and release hardware. 1. Style: Provide flat metal covers unless otherwise indicated. 2. Mounting Substrate: Provide frames and curbs suitable for mounting on standing seam metal roof panel system. 3. Thermally Broken Hatches: Added insulation to frame and cover; available in each manufacturer's standard, single leaf sizes; special sizes available upon request 4. Size: As indicated on drawings; single-leaf style unless indicated as double-leaf. 5. For Ladder Access: Single leaf; 30 by 36 inches. C. Frames and Curbs: One-piece curb and frame with integral cap flashing to receive roof flashings; extended bottom flange to suit mounting. 1. Material: Galvanized steel, 14 gauge, 0.0747 inch thick. 2. Finish: Factory prime paint. 3. Insulation: Manufacturer's standard; 2 inches rigid glass fiber, located on outside face of curb. 4. Curb Height: 12 inches from finished surface of roof, minimum. D. Metal Covers: Flush, insulated, hollow metal construction. 1. Capable of supporting 40 psf live load. 2. Material: Galvanized steel; outer cover 14 gauge, 0.0747 inch thick, liner 22 gauge, 0.03 inch thick. 3. Finish: Factory prime paint. 4. Insulation: Manufacturer's standard 1 inch rigid glass fiber. 5. Gasket: Neoprene, continuous around cover perimeter. E. Safety Railing System: Roof hatch manufacturer's standard accessory safety rail system mounted directly to curb. 1. Railing: Comply with 29 CFR 1910.23 for ladder safety, with a safety factor of two. 2. Posts and Rails: Galvanized steel tubing. 3. Finish: Manufacturer's standard, factory applied finish. 4. Mounting Brackets: Hot dipped galvanized steel, 1/4 inch thick, minimum. 5. Fasteners: Stainless steel, Type 316. 6. Manufacturers: a. Activar Construction Products Group, Inc. -JL Industries: www.activarcpg.com/#sle. b. BILCO Company; Bil-Guard 2.0: www.bilco.com/#sle. F. Hardware: Steel, zinc coated and chromate sealed, unless otherwise indicated or required by manufacturer. 1. Lifting Mechanisms: Compression or torsion spring operator with shock absorbers that automatically opens upon release of latch; capable of lifting covers despite 10 psf load. 2. Hinges: Heavy duty pintle type. 3. Hold open arm with vinyl-coated handle for manual release. 4. Latch: Upon closing, engage latch automatically and reset manual release. 07 7200 - 3 ROOF ACCESSORIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 7200 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 5. Manual Release: Pull handle on interior. 6. Locking: Padlock hasp on interior. 2.03 NON-PENETRATING ROOFTOP SUPPORTS/ASSEMBLIES A. Non-Penetrating Rooftop Support/Assemblies: Manufacturer-engineered and factory- fabricated, with pedestal bases that rest on top of roofing membrane, and not requiring any attachment to roof structure and not penetrating roofing assembly. 1. Design Loadings and Configurations: As required by applicable codes. 2. Support Spacing and Base Sizes: As required to distribute load sufficiently to prevent indentation of roofing assembly. 3. Steel Components: Stainless steel, or carbon steel hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM Al23/A123M. 4. Hardware, Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: Stainless steel, or carbon steel hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM Al53/A153M. B. Pipe Supports: Provide attachment fixtures complying with MSS SP-58 and as indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using methods recommended by manufacturer for achieving acceptable results for applicable substrate under project conditions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, in manner that maintains roofing system weather-tight integrity. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean installed work to like-new condition. B. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 07 7200 07 7200 -4 ROOF ACCESSORIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 7600 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 07 7600 ROOF PAVERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pedestals. B. Pavers and pedestal support. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 5423 -Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Membrane Roofing: Substrate for roof paving system. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures; Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard. B. ASTM D1929 - Standard Test Method for Determining Ignition Temperature of Plastics; 2020. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week before starting work of this section. 1. Review preparation and installation procedures and coordinating and scheduling required with related work. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data indicating paver and pedestal materials. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings that indicate paver and pedestal layout, including overall plan and detail drawings of system components. D. Samples of Pavers: Submit two samples for each type, color and texture indicated. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate substrate precautions, special procedures, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. G. Manufacturer's qualification statement. H. Installer's qualification statement. I. Sustainable Design Documentation: Test report showing solar reflectance index of paver. J. Warranty Documentation: 1. Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 2. Submit installer's certification that installation complies with warranty conditions for roof paver system. K. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project: 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements for additional provisions. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with at least three years of documented experience. 07 7600 - 1 ROOF PAVERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 7600 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with at least three years of documented experience. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original containers, dry and undamaged, with seals and labels intact. B. Store materials at least 4 inches above ground in dry location, and covered with polyethylene sheet to protect from contact with materials that may cause staining or discoloration. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install roof paver components during cold or wet weather conditions. 1.09 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. Material Warranty: Provide roof paver manufacturer's warranty to replace material that shows manufacturing defects within ten years after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Installation Warranty: Installer of roof paver system to provide warranty that includes coverage for defects of labor and/or workmanship within three years after Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PEDESTALS A. Pedestals: High impact copolymer polypropylene components to level and adjust height of pavers by using PVC pipe within pedestal. 1. Comply with local wind load resistance requirements of ASCE 7. 2. Self-Ignition Temperature: Provide plastic pedestal components with self-ignition temperature greater than 650 degrees F in accordance with ASTM D1929 test method. 3. Pedestal Height: Within 2-1/4 inch to 24 inches, with use of 4-3/16 inch diameter SDR-35 PVC pipe, with maximum static load of 2,000 lb per pedestal in system. 4. Pedestal Spacing: _inches on center. 5. Provide rigid insulation with at least 80 psi compressive strength when part of pedestal support structure, and ensure other components supporting pedestals are of similar or greater compressive strength. 6. Manufacturers: a. Tile Tech Inc; Uni-Just Pedestals; PVC Pipe and screw adjustable system.: www.tiletechpavers.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2.02 PAVER AND PEDESTAL SYSTEMS A. Porcelain Pavers and Pedestal Support Systems: 1. Porcelain Pavers: An impervious vitreous paver with a water-absorption rate of 0.5 percent or less in accordance with ASTM C373 test method; abrasion, freeze/thaw, chemical, and stain resistant; intended for exterior use with paver support system. a. Finish: Cool-Roof TM Series. b. Color: Standard range manufactured by Tile Tech Inc. c. Size: Standard 23.4 x 23.4 x 3/4 inches d. Weight: 9lbs per Sqft. 2. Other Components: a. Bracing System: 07 7600 - 2 ROOF PAVERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 7600 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1) Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Tile Tech, Inc.; Lateral Bracing System or equal for heights over 24 inches. b. Pedestal Pipe: 4-inch diameter SDR 35 PVC Sewer Pipe: 1) Used with Uni-JustTM Pedestals and is cut to required height. 2) Dimensions: 4.215-inch outside diameter& 3.890-inch inside diameter. 3) Meet ASTM D-3034 and F-679. 4) NOT supplied with pedestal components by Tile Tech, Inc. c. Decking Screw: 1) 1-'/2 inch long black corrosion resistant deck screw used to secure hex lock disk and 4 corners of trays to pedestal system. 2) NOT supplied with pedestal components by Tile Tech, Inc. d. Chem-Link TM M1 Roofing Adhesive. 1) Used to adhere porcelain pavers directly to trays if wind uplift is required. 2) NOT supplied with pedestal components by Tile Tech, Inc 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Paver Edge Restraints: Provide closure to underside of pavers along perimeter edge of pavers or areas that change elevation or step-down; provide restraint system that fully contain pavers and tie back into building wall or parapet. 1. Metal Flashing: Two piece metal edge, at least 22 gauge, 0.03 inch prefinished galvanized metal supported from paver edge and ledger board anchored to pedestals. 2. Vegetated Roof: Provide galvanized metal L-channel with drain holes to close off underside of pavers and covered with filter fabric on vegetated roofing soil side. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive this work. B. Verify substrate is supported and secure. C. Verify substrate is clean and smooth, dry and free of snow or ice, flat without depressions, waves or projections, properly sloped and suitable for installation of roof paver system. D. Verify that roof openings, curbs, and penetrations through roof are solidly set. E. Verify system elevations, required pedestal heights, and substrate dimensions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Use of pedestal system is for pedestrian traffic only and each side of deck system must be restrained containing decking panels with perimeter blocking or walls; movement of decking panels laterally is not permitted. B. Membrane waterproofing and protection board surfaces used to support pedestals to be broom clean, free of frost, dirt, oil or any rough foreign matter that may impair substrate material manufacturer's warranty requirements. C. Provide substrate for pedestals with slope and positive drainage in accordance with applicable building codes. D. Substrate surface that will support paver and pedestal system must be structurally capable of carrying dead and live loads anticipated. 1. Insulation Under Roofing Membrane: Insulation installed within a roofing system below roof paver supports must meet roofing membrane manufacturer's recommended installation instructions and have compressive strength of at least 60 psi. 07 7600 - 3 ROOF PAVERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 7600 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 E. If preparation is responsibility of another installer, notify Architect in writing of deviations from manufacturer's recommended installation tolerances and conditions. F. Commencement of this work implies acceptance of surfaces and substrate conditions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's written installation instructions and applicable requirements in coordination with project attributes, paver type being installed, pattern, grid layout, starting point, and finished elevation as indicated on approved shop drawings. B. Install pavers on pedestals in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Fully support edges; shim and adjust pavers to provide level surface. 2. Provide approximately 1/8 inch space between pavers to permit surface water drainage. C. Paver Edge Restraints: Install exposed paver edge restraints in accordance with roof paver manufacturer's instructions. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements for general requirements for field quality control and inspection. B. Inspect during installation to ensure that grid spacer lines are being maintained in a straight and consistent pattern and that deck roof pavers are level and not rocking. C. Unless otherwise specified in writing to allow for expansion, inspect to ensure that spacing between pavers at perimeter walls does not exceed a tab width. D. Inspect during installation to ensure that pedestrian entry or access points to roof paver areas are level and that pavers are not randomly raised or uneven creating a tripping or safety hazard. E. Verify that deck pedestal heights in excess of 16 inches have been braced in accordance with manufacturers written installation instructions. 3.05 CLEANING A. See Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal for additional requirements. B. Remove markings from finished surfaces, or replace defaced components of roof pavers system if markings cannot be removed. C. In areas where finished surfaces are soiled by work of this section, consult manufacturer of surfaces for cleaning advice and comply with their documented instructions. D. Repair or replace defaced or damaged finishes caused by work of this section. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect installed roof pavers from construction operations. B. Where traffic must continue over finished roof pavers, protect surfaces using durable materials. 3.07 MAINTENANCE A. Owner of roof paving system must perform routine maintenance of system; check for rocking pavers and adjust using T-Handle Hex Key or shims immediately; pedestals can settle and may need to be realigned, and failure to do so can create a tripping hazard. B. Periodically check spacer tabs and immediately replace broken tabs to limit deck movement. 07 7600 -4 ROOF PAVERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 7600 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 C. Periodically check that edge restraint is intact and structurally sound. END OF SECTION 07 7600 07 7600 - 5 ROOF PAVERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 07 7600 - 6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 07 7600 - 6 ROOF PAVERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 8400 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 07 8400 FIRESTOPPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Firestopping systems. B. Firestopping of joints and penetrations in fire-resistance-rated and smoke-resistant assemblies, whether indicated on drawings or not, and other openings indicated. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 6116 -Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions. B. Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Cutting and patching. C. Section 09 2116 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES: Gypsum wallboard fireproofing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems; 2013a (Reapproved 2017). B. ASTM E2174 - Standard Practice for On-Site Inspection of Installed Firestop Systems; 2020a. C. ASTM E2393 - Standard Practice for On-Site Inspection of Installed Fire Resistive Joint Systems and Perimeter Fire Barriers; 2020a. D. ASTM E2837 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Fire Resistance of Continuity Head- of-Wall Joint Systems Installed between Rated Wall Assemblies and Nonrated Horizontal Assemblies; 2023a. E. ITS (DIR)- Directory of Listed Products; Current Edition. F. FM (AG) - FM Approval Guide; current edition. G. SCAQMD 1168 -Adhesive and Sealant Applications; 1989 (Amended 2017). H. UL (DIR)-Online Certifications Directory; Current Edition. I. UL (FRD)- Fire Resistance Directory; Current Edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Sustainable Design Submittal: Submit VOC content documentation for nonpreformed materials. C. Manufacturer's qualification statement. D. Installer's qualification statement. E. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Testing: Provide firestopping assemblies of designs that provide the scheduled fire ratings when tested in accordance with methods indicated. 1. Listing in UL (FRD), FM (AG), or ITS (DIR)will be considered as constituting an acceptable test report. 07 8400 - 1 FIRESTOPPING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 8400 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Valid evaluation report published by ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (ICC-ES) at www.icc- es.org will be considered as constituting an acceptable test report. 3. Submission of actual test reports is required for assemblies for which none of the above substantiation exists. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section and: 1. Trained by manufacturer. 2. Verification of minimum three years documented experience installing work of this type. 3. Verification of at least five satisfactorily completed projects of comparable size and type. 4. Licensed by local authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Comply with firestopping manufacturer's recommendations for temperature and conditions during and after installation; maintain minimum temperature before, during, and for three days after installation of materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Firestopping Manufacturers: 1. 3M Fire Protection Products; : www.3m.com/firestop/#sle. 2. Hilti, Inc; : www.us.hilti.com/#sle. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Firestopping Materials: Any materials meeting requirements. B. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: Provide products having VOC content lower than that required by SCAQMD 1168. C. Primers, Sleeves, Forms, Insulation, Packing, Stuffing, and Accessories: Provide type of materials as required for tested firestopping assembly. D. Fire Ratings: Refer to drawings for required systems and ratings. 2.03 FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS A. Head-of-Wall (HW) Joint System Firestopping at Joints Between Fire-Rated Wall Assemblies and Non-Rated Horizontal Assemblies: Use system that has been tested according to ASTM E2837 to have fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of wall assembly. B. Through Penetration Firestopping: Use system that has been tested according to ASTM E814 to have fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of penetrated assembly. 1. Temperature Rise: Provide systems that have been tested to show T Rating as indicated. 2. Listing by FM (AG), ITS (DIR), UL (DIR), or UL (FRD) in their certification directories will be considered evidence of successful testing. 2.04 FIRESTOPPING FOR FLOOR-TO-FLOOR, FLOOR-TO-WALL, HEAD-OF-WALL, AND WALL- TO-WALL JOINTS A. Gypsum Board Walls: 1. Wall-to-Wall Joints That Have Not Been Tested For Movement Capabilities (Static-S): a. 1 Hour Construction: UL System WW-S-0063; Specified Technologies Inc. SpeedFlex TTG Track Top Gasket. 07 8400 - 2 FIRESTOPPING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 8400 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Head-of-Wall Joints at Concrete Over Metal Deck: a. 1 Hour Construction: UL System HW-D-0034; Specified Technologies Inc. ES Elastomeric Firestop Sealant. 3. Head-of-Wall Joints at Concrete Over Metal Deck, Wall Parallel to Ribs: a. 1 Hour Construction: UL System HW-D-0184; Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant. 4. Head-of-Wall Joints at Concrete Over Metal Deck, Wall Perpendicular to Ribs, Cut to Fit Ribs: a. 1 Hour Construction: UL System HW-D-0045; Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant. 5. Head-of-Wall Joints at Concrete Over Metal Deck, Wall Perpendicular to Ribs, Not Cut to Fit: 2.05 FIRESTOPPING PENETRATIONS THROUGH GYPSUM BOARD WALLS A. Penetrations By: 1. Multiple Penetrations in Large Openings: a. 1 and 2 Hour Construction: UL System W-L-1568; HoldRite HydroFlame 100 Intumescent Firestop Sealant. b. 1 Hour Construction: UL System W-L-1408; Hilti FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. 2. Uninsulated Metallic Pipe, Conduit, and Tubing: a. 1 Hour Construction: UL System W-L-1164; Hilti FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. 3. Uninsulated Non-Metallic Pipe, Conduit, and Tubing: a. 1 Hour Construction: UL System W-L-2078; Hilti CP 643N/644 Firestop Collar. b. 1 Hour Construction: UL System W-L-2128; Hilti FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. 4. Electrical Cables Not In Conduit: a. 1 Hour Construction: UL System W-L-3065; Hilti FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant, CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant, CD 601 S Elastomeric Firestop Sealant, or CP 618 Firestop Putty Stick. 5. Cable Trays with Electrical Cables: a. 1 Hour Construction: UL System W-L-4060; Hilti FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. 6. Insulated Pipes: a. 1 Hour Construction: UL System W-L-5029; Hilti FS-ONE Intumescent Firestop Sealant. 7. HVAC Ducts, Insulated: a. 1 Hour Construction: UL System W-L-7156; Hilti FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. 2.06 FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify openings are ready to receive the work of this section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other materials that could adversely affect bond of firestopping material. B. Remove incompatible materials that could adversely affect bond. 07 8400 - 3 FIRESTOPPING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 8400 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in manner described in fire test report and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, completely closing openings. B. Do not cover installed firestopping until inspected by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Install labeling required by code. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Independent Testing Agency: Inspection agency employed and paid by Owner, will examine penetration firestopping in accordance with ASTM E2174 and ASTM E2393. B. Repair or replace penetration firestopping and joints at locations where inspection results indicate firestopping or joints do not meet specified requirements. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. B. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. END OF SECTION 07 8400 07 8400 -4 FIRESTOPPING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 9200 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 07 9200 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following applications, including those specified by reference to this Section: 1. Exterior joints in horizontal non-traffic surfaces and the following vertical surfaces: a. Construction joints in cast-in-place concrete. b. Joints between metal panels. c. Joints between different materials listed above. d. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors, windows and louvers. e. Otherjoints as indicated. 2. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: a. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. b. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors windows and elevator entrances. c. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. d. Other joints as indicated. 3. Interior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces: a. Isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. 4. Exterior and interior joint sealant systems installed with pressure gun. 5. Backer rod as required for hourglass shaped geometry at open joints subject to water penetration. Not required at bedding for thresholds, sheet metal lap seams, paintable interior joints using latex sealants, concealed sealants at gypsum board. 6. Precompressed foam joint sealant backup sealant at masonry and other rainscreen weather joints B. Sealant types:. 1. Silicone joint sealants. 2. Nonstaining silicone joint sealants. 3. Urethane joint sealants. 4. Immersible joint sealants. 5. Mildew-resistant joint sealants. 6. Latex joint sealants. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 08 8000 "Glazing"for glazing sealants. B. Section 09 2116 "Gypsum Board Assemblies"for sealing perimeter joints of gypsum board partitions to reduce sound transmission. C. Section 32 1216 "Asphalt Paving"for sealing joints in pavements. D. Section 32 1313 "Concrete Paving"for sealing joints in walkways, and curbing. E. Section 01 3300 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures, project meetings, progress schedules and documentation, reports, coordination. F. Section 01 4300 - Quality Assurance: Procedures for testing, inspection, mock-ups, reports, certificates; use of reference standards. 07 9200 - 1 JOINT SEALANTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 9200 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 G. Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal. H. Section 01 7839 - Project Record Documents: Project record documents, I. Section 01 7823 - Operation and Maintenance Data, for operation and maintenance (O&M) data. J. Section 01 7830 -Warranties and Bonds, for warranties and bonds. K. Section 01 9113 - General Commissioning Requirements. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E84- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2021 a. B. ITS (DIR)- Directory of Listed Products; Current Edition. C. UL (DIR)-Online Certifications Directory; Current Edition. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Conduct a preinstallation meeting one week prior to the start of the work of this section; require attendance by all affected installers. B. Sequencing: Ensure that utility connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious manner. 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water- resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. C. All sealants shall be validated and approved by the Sealant Waterproofing and Restoration Institute (SWRI). D. Sealant and Self Adhesive Membrane (S.A.M.) combinations shall be sent to sealant manufacturer for adhesion certification prior to construction. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 - Submittal Procedures, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product. C. Samples: For each kind and color of joint sealant required. 1. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. a. Coordinate selection of sealants at unit masonry joints with mortar color selections. D. Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1) Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 2. Joint-sealant application,joint location, and designation. 3. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name. 4. Joint-sealant formulation. 5. Joint-sealant color. E. Product test reports. 1. Retain "Preconstruction laboratory test reports" and "Preconstruction field-adhesion-test reports" paragraphs below if specifying preconstruction testing in "Preconstruction Testing"Article. 07 9200 - 2 JOINT SEALANTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 9200 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Preconstruction laboratory test reports. 3. Preconstruction field-adhesion-test reports. 4. Retain "Field-adhesion-test reports" Paragraph below if Contractor is responsible for field quality-control testing. 5. Field-adhesion-test reports. 6. Product Certificates: For each type of joint sealant and accessory, signed by product manufacturer. 7. SWRI Validation Certificate: For each elastomeric sealant specified to be validated by SWRI's Sealant Validation Program. 8. Sample warranties. F. Warranty Documentation: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. G. Sustainable Design Closeout Documentation: H. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1.Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.08 MOCK-UP A. Mockups: Build mockups incorporating sealant joints, as follows, to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution: 1. Joints in mockups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated to receive elastomeric joint sealants, which are specified by reference to the Section, or as otherwise required by the Architect. 1.09 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint- sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. 1.10 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7830 -Warranties and Bonds, for additional warranty requirements. B. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 07 9200 - 3 JOINT SEALANTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 9200 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Warranty Period: a. 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. b. 20 years from date of substantial completion for silicone products. D. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL A. A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Sealants and sealant primers used inside the weatherproofing system shall comply with the following: 1. Architectural sealants shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less. 2. Sealants and sealant primers for nonporous substrates shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less. 3. Sealants and sealant primers for nonporous substrates shall have a VOC content of 775 g/L or less. C. Low-Emitting Interior Sealants: Sealants and sealant primers shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health's (formerly, the California Department of Health Services') "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." D. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.02 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. B. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where elastomeric sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. C. Suitability for Contact with Food: Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for joints that will come in repeated contact with food, provide products that comply with 21 CFR 177.2600. D. Multicomponent Pourable Polysulfide Sealant: 1. Products: a. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Deck-O-Seal. b. Pacific Polymers, Inc.; Elastoseal 227 Type I (Pourable). 2. Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and P (pourable). 3. Class: 25. 4. Uses Related to Exposure: T (traffic)and NT (nontraffic). 07 9200 -4 JOINT SEALANTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 9200 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M. E. Single-Component Pourable Neutral-Curing Silicone Sealant: 1. Products: a. Dowsil Corporation; 890-SL. b. Pecora Corporation; 300 Pavement Sealant (Self Leveling). c. Dowsil Corporation; SL Parking Structure Sealant. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and P (pourable). 3. Class: 100/50. 4. Uses Related to Exposure: NT and T(traffic). 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, O, as applicable to joint substrates indicated. a. Use O Joint Substrates: Galvanized steel. F. Single-Component Neutral-and Basic-Curing Silicone Sealant: 1. Products: a. Dowsil Corporation; 790 b. GE Silicones; SilPruf LM SCS2700 c. Tremco; Spectrem 1 (Basic) d. GE Silicones; SilPruf SCS2000 e. Pecora Corporation; 864 f. Pecora Corporation; 890 g. Polymeric Systems Inc.; PSI-641 h. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; Omniseal i. Tremco; Spectrem 3 j. Dowsil Corporation; 791 k. Dowsil Corporation; 795 I. GE Silicones; SilPruf NB SCS9000 m. GE Silicones; UltraPruf II SCS2900 n. Pecora Corporation; 865 o. Pecora Corporation; 895 p. Pecora Corporation; 898 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag) 3. Class: 50 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT(nontraffic) 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O a. Use O Joint Substrates: Galvanized steel, brick and ceramic tile. 6. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Nonstaining to porous substrates per ASTM C 1248. G. Single-Component Mildew-Resistant Neutral-Curing Silicone Sealant: 1. Products: a. Pecora Corporation; 898 b. Tremco; Tremsil 600 White 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag) 3. Class: 25 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT(nontraffic) 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O a. Use O Joint Substrates: Galvanized steel and ceramic tile. 07 9200 - 5 JOINT SEALANTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 9200 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 H. Single-Component Mildew-Resistant Acid-Curing Silicone Sealant: 1. Products: a. Dowsil Corporation; 786 Mildew Resistant b. GE Silicones; Sanitary SCS1700 c. Tremco; Tremsil 200 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag) 3. Class: 25 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT(nontraffic) 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O a. Use O Joint Substrates: Ceramic tile. I. Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant: 1. Products: a. Sika Corporation, Inc.; Sikaflex- 2c NS b. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; NP 2 c. Tremco; Vulkem 227, Vulkem 322 DS or Dymeric d. Bostik Findley; Chem-Calk 500 e. Polymeric Systems Inc.; PSI-270 2. Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and NS (nonsag) 3. Class: 25 4. Uses Related to Exposure: T (traffic) 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. a. Use O Joint Substrates: Galvanized steel, brick and ceramic tile. J. Multicomponent Pourable Urethane Sealant: 1. Products: a. Bostik Findley; Chem-Calk 550 b. Pacific Polymers, Inc.; Elasto-Thane 227 High Shore Type I (Self Leveling) c. Pacific Polymers, Inc.; Elasto-Thane 227 Type I (Self Leveling) d. Pecora Corporation; Urexpan NR-200 e. Polymeric Systems Inc.; PSI-270SL f. Tremco; THC-901 g. Tremco; THC-900 h. Tremco; Vulkem 245 i. Pecora Corporation; Urexpan NR 300, Type H j. Pecora Corporation; Urexpan NR 300, Type M 2. Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and P (pourable) 3. Class: 25 4. Use Related to Exposure: T(traffic) 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O a. Use O Joint Substrates: Galvanized steel and brick 2.03 SOLVENT RELEASE JOINT SEALANTS A. Butyl-Rubber-Based Solvent-Release Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 1085. 1. Products: a. Bostik Findley; Bostik 300 b. Fuller, H. B. Company; SC-0296 c. Fuller, H. B. Company; SC-0288 07 9200 - 6 JOINT SEALANTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 9200 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 d. Pecora Corporation; BC-158 e. Polymeric Systems Inc.; PSI-301 f. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; Sonneborn Multi-Purpose Sealant g. Tremco; Tremco Butyl Sealant 2.04 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 834, Type P, Grade NF. 1. Products: a. Bostik Findley; Chem-Calk 600 b. Pecora Corporation; AC-20+ c. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; Sonolac d. Tremco; Tremflex 834 2.05 ACOUSTICAL SEALANTS A. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 and the following: 1. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. a. Pecora Corporation; AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant b. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant B. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard, nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce airborne sound transmission. 1. Products: a. Pecora Corporation; BA-98 b. Tremco; Tremco Acoustical Sealant. 2.06 PREFORMED TAPE SEALANTS A. Back-Bedding Mastic Tape Sealant: Preformed, butyl-based elastomeric tape sealant with a solids content of 100 percent; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape manufacturers for application indicated; packaged on rolls with a release paper backing; and complying with ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below: 1. AAMA 804.3 tape, where indicated. 2. AAMA 806.3 tape, for applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure. 3. AAMA 807.3 tape, for applications in which tape is not subject to continuous pressure B. Expanded Cellular Tape Sealant: Closed-cell, PVC foam tape sealant; factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces; packaged on rolls with release liner protecting adhesive; and complying with AAMA 800 for the following types: 1. Type 1, for applications in which tape acts as the primary sealant. 2. Type 2, for applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead of liquid sealant 2.07 BUILDING ENVELOPE SEALANTS A. Sealant 1 1. Sikaflex HY 150 (Low-modulus, non-sag, elastomeric, hybrid sealant) a. -Available from Sika, USA.Sika.com, used at concrete joints, penetrations, and transitions 07 9200 - 7 JOINT SEALANTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 9200 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Sikaflex 1a (moisture cure urethane sealant) a. -Available from Sika, USA.Sika.com, used at sheet metal roofing joints, sheet metal siding, related joi nts, sheet metal flashing transitions. B. Sealant 2 1. 758 Silicone (used @ W.R.B. laps and penetrations to complete air barrier) 2. -Available from Dowsil www.dow.com C. Sealant 6 1. Sikaflex 2c SL (self-leveling, used at sidewalk and fill base of posts/railing) 2. -Available from Sika Corporation, usa.sika.com 2.08 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin), O (open-cell material), B (bicellular material with a surface skin)or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated], and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: 1. Basis of Design sealant backing for building envelope sealants: Nomaco Sof Rod, unless otherwise noted. C. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F. Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and to otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. D. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self- adhesive tape where applicable E. Sealant 3: 1. Silicone, S, NS, 100/50, T, NT: Single-component, non-sag, plus 100 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, traffic-and nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, Uses T and NT. a. Dow Chemical Company; Dowsil 790 Silicone. F. Sealant 4: 1. Silicone, S, NS, 100/50, T, NT: Single-component, non-sag, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, non-traffic use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT. a. Dow Chemical Company; Dowsil 795 Silicone G. Sealant 5: 1. Silicone, S, NS, 25, NT: Single-component, non-sag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, non-traffic use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. a. Dow Chemical Company; Dowsil 758 Silicone H. Sealant 7 07 9200 - 8 JOINT SEALANTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 9200 - 9 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. High solid, non-hardening, non-drying, non-skinning, non-oxidizing butyl rubber-based sealant. a. Sika; SikaLastomer-511 b. Pecora; BA-98 2.09 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint- sealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following: a. Concrete 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: a. Metal b. Glass B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint- sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfacest that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 07 9200 - 9 JOINT SEALANTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 9200 - 10 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with ASTM C 1193 and joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces 3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide flush joint configuration where indicated per Figure 5B in ASTM C 1193. 5. Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations indicated per Figure 5C in ASTM C 1193. a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. G. Installation of Preformed Tapes: Install according to manufacturer's written instructions. H. Installation of Preformed Foam Sealants: Install each length of sealant immediately after removing protective wrapping, taking care not to pull or stretch material, producing seal continuity at ends, turns, and intersections of joints. For applications at low ambient temperatures where expansion of sealant requires acceleration to produce seal, apply heat to sealant in compliance with sealant manufacturer's written instructions. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4500 Quality Control, for additional requirements. B. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 1. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows: a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. 07 9200 - 10 JOINT SEALANTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 9200 - 11 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 b. Perform one test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or one test per each floor per elevation. 2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. C. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. B. See Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal, for additional requirements. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. 3.07 JOINT SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior vertical construction joints in cast-in-place and panel joints in precast concrete. 1. Joint Sealant: Low-modulus, non-sag, elastomeric, hybrid sealant or Multicomponent nonsag urethane sealant. B. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior horizontal nontraffic and traffic isolation and contraction joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. 1. Joint Sealant: Multicomponent pourable polysulfide sealant, Multicomponent nonsag urethane sealant or Multicomponent pourable urethane sealant. C. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior vertical control and expansion joints in unit masonry. 1. Joint Sealant: Low-modulus, non-sag, elastomeric, hybrid sealant or Multicomponent nonsag urethane sealant. D. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior butt joints between metal panels, sheet metal joints and laps. 1. Joint Sealant: Moisture cure urethane sealant or Multicomponent nonsag urethane sealant. E. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior vertical joints between different materials listed above. 1. Joint Sealant: Low-modulus, non-sag, elastomeric, hybrid sealant or Multicomponent nonsag urethane sealant. F. Joint-Sealant Application Exterior perimeter joints between connecting unit masonry, or metal and frames of doors windows and louvers. 1. Joint Sealant: Low-modulus, non-sag, elastomeric, hybrid sealant or Multicomponent nonsag urethane sealant. 07 9200 - 11 JOINT SEALANTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 07 9200 - 12 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 G. Joint-Sealant Application: Vertical Seismic joints:joint and transition sealant as recommended by the seismic joint manufacturer. H. Joint-Sealant Application: Vertical control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. 1. Joint Sealant: Single-component neutral-and basic-curing silicone sealant or Multicomponent nonsag urethane sealant. I. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior perimeter joints of exterior openings. 1. Joint Sealant: Single-component neutral-and basic-curing silicone sealant or Multicomponent nonsag urethane sealant. Exception: Interior sealant adhered directly to Air/WRB flashing shall be DowSil 758, unless otherwise noted. J. Joint-Sealant Application: Interiorjoints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. 1. Joint Sealant: Single-component mildew-resistant neutral or acid-curing silicone sealant. K. Joint-Sealant Application: Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry walls. 1. Joint Sealant: Single-component neutral-and basic-curing silicone sealant or Multicomponent nonsag urethane sealant. L. Joint-Sealant Application: Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors windows. 1. Joint Sealant: Latex sealant. M. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior control, expansion, and isolation joints in horizontal traffic surfaces of concrete flooring. 1. Joint Sealant: Multicomponent nonsag urethane sealant or Multicomponent pourable urethane sealant END OF SECTION 07 9200 07 9200 - 12 JOINT SEALANTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 1113 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 08 1113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes hollow-metal work. 1. Hollow metal four channel doors, heavy commercial quality. 2. Hollow metal frames for doors, sidelights, transoms, and window assemblies. B. Related Sections: 1. Glass and glazing furnished and installed under Section 088000—"Glazing". 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to NAAMM- HMMA 803 or SDI A250.8. B. ANSI: American National Standards Institute. C. HMMA: Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association. D. NAAMM: National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers. E. SDI: Steel Door Institute. F. UL: Underwriters Laboratories. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA Standards-Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. B. ANSI/SDI A250.4 -Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors, Frames and Frame Anchors; 2011. C. ANSI/SDI A250.8 - Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames (SDI-100); 2017. D. ANSI/SDI A250.10 -Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames; 2011. E. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2020. F. ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Required Hardness, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2020. G. ASTM Al011/A1011 M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength; 2018a. H. BHMA Al56.115-American National Standard for Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Steel Frames; 2016. I. ICC A117.1 -Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; 2017. J. ITS (DIR) - Directory of Listed Products; Current Edition. K. NAAMM HMMA 830 - Hardware Selection for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2002. L. NAAMM HMMA 831 - Hardware Locations for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2011. M. NAAMM HMMA 840 - Guide Specifications For Receipt, Storage and Installation of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2007. 08 1113 - 1 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 1113 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 N. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives; 2019. O. NFPA 105- Standard for Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives; 2019. P. NFPA 252 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; 2017. Q. UL (DIR)- Online Certifications Directory; Current Edition. R. UL 10C-Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. S. UL 1784- Standard for Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product including primer. B. Shop Drawings: Include elevations, door edge details, frame profiles, metal thicknesses, preparations for hardware, and other details. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required. E. Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings. 1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product test reports. B. Manufacturer's Certificates: 1. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Certify that products conform to or exceed provisions of Contract Documents and that manufacturer agrees to replace non-conforming doors and frames at no additional cost to Owner. 2. Primers: Certify that specified priming procedures, methods, and products have been followed. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions. Transmit one copy of instructions to Installer. D. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 3. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 4. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Member of Steel Door Institute (SDI) or Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (HMMA). B. Provide steel doors and frames from single manufacturer. C. Laboratory Test Reports: 1. All windows and doors should be pre-tested by the manufacturer to design conditions. 2. The associated test records shall be submitted to BEE consulting engineers. D. Field Testing: 08 1113 - 2 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 1113 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. For all windows, doors, and skylights a mock setup will be water intrusion tested in field to given parameters. Mock setup may be created in situ or be free standing as determined by BEE project engineer. All mock ups must pass Water Resistance Field Test Pressures. A copy of window, door and skylight test reports will be submitted to BEE consulting engineers. 2. All sealant dependent installations require adhesion test performed on site by contractor. Adhesion test logs shall be submitted to BEE consulting engineers for review. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to provisions of Section 014300. B. Smoke- and Draft-Control Assemblies: 1. Provide an assembly with gaskets listed and labeled for smoke and draft control by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on testing according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105. 2. Conform to IBC Chapter 7 for Fire Label bearing fire rating identification followed by letter S at exit-access doorways and doorways from unoccupied areas to corridors. C. Fire Rated Door Assemblies: 1. Doors and Frames: Fire Labeled by UL, WHI or other ICBO approved testing agency. 2. Wall Openings Assemblies to Retard Passage of Fire: Conform to IBC Chapter 7 and UL 10C for Fire Label bearing fire rating identification of positive pressure tested door assemblies. 3. Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C. D. Fire Rated Window Assemblies: 1. Fire Label frames by UL, WHI, or other ICBO approved testing agency. 2. Conform to IBC Section 715. 3. Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 257 or UL 9. E. Rate of Temperature Rise Across Door Thickness at Exit Enclosures, Exit Passageways, and Horizontal Exits: Conform to UBC Chapter 7 for maximum transmitted temperature at end points not exceeding 450 degrees Fahrenheit at end of 30 minutes of fire exposure. Include actual tested temperature rise on Label. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016510. B. Deliver in manufacturer's protective packaging. Break seal on site to permit ventilation. 1. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory-finished units. C. Store under cover in building in protected, upright position. Set on minimum 4" high wood sills. Protect doors, frames, and finish to prevent rust and damage. 1. Provide a minimum of 1/4-inch space between each stacked door to permit air circulation. 1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of openings by field measurements before fabrication. 08 1113 - 3 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 1113 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for hollow metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to the project site in time for installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Curries Company; ASSA ABLOY. 2. Steelcraft; an Ingersoll-Rand brand. 3. CECO Door: ASSA ABLOY. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Requirements for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: 1. Steel Sheet: Comply with one or more of the following requirements; galvannealed steel complying with ASTM A653/A653M, cold-rolled steel complying with ASTM A1008/A1008M, or hot-rolled pickled and oiled (HRPO)steel complying with ASTM Al011/A1011 M, commercial steel (CS)Type B, for each. 2. Accessibility: Comply with ICC A117.1 and ADA Standards. 3. Exterior Door Top Closures: Flush end closure channel, with top and door faces aligned. 4. Door Edge Profile: Manufacturers standard for application indicated. 5. Typical Door Face Sheets: Flush. Refer to Door Schedule for additional information. 6. Hardware Preparations, Selections and Locations: Comply with NAAMM HMMA 830 and NAAMM HMMA 831 or BHMA Al56.115 and ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100) in accordance with specified requirements. 7. Zinc Coating for Typical Interior and/or Exterior Locations: Provide metal components zinc-coated (galvanized) and/or zinc-iron alloy-coated (galvannealed) by the hot-dip process in accordance with ASTM A653/A653M, with manufacturer's standard coating thickness, unless noted otherwise for specific hollow metal doors and frames. a. Based on SDI Standards: Provide at least A40/ZF120 (galvannealed)when necessary, coating not required for typical interior door applications, and at least A60/ZF180 (galvannealed)for corrosive locations. B. Combined Requirements: If a particular door and frame unit is indicated to comply with more than one type of requirement, comply with the specified requirements for each type; for instance, an exterior door that is also indicated as being sound-rated must comply with the requirements specified for exterior doors and for sound-rated doors; where two requirements conflict, comply with the most stringent. C. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings, Ceilings, Insulation, Flooring, and Composite Wood) 2.03 INTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES A. Extra-Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 2. At locations indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. 1. Physical Performance: Level A according to SDI A250.4. 08 1113 -4 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 1113 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Doors: Meet or exceed Curriers Model 707N. Interior Temperature— Rise Doors: meet or exceed curriers Model 727N. a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. c. Face: Uncoated, cold-rolled steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch. d. Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless. e. Core: Kraft-paper honeycomb Polystyrene. 3. Frames: a. Materials: Uncoated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch. b. Construction: Full profile welded. 4. Exposed Finish: Prime. 2.04 EXTERIOR HOLLOW-METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A. Extra-Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 4. At locations indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. 1. Doors: Meet or exceed Curriers model 777E a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. c. Face: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.074 inch, with minimum A60 coating. d. Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless. e. Core: Fiberglass or mineral wool insulation, 0.75 pound density. 2. Thermal-Rated Doors: Provide doors fabricated with thermal-resistance value (R-value)of not less than 2.7 R-value when tested according to ASTM C1363. 3. Frames: a. Materials: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.074 inch, with minimum A60 coating. b. Construction: Full profile welded, Thermal Break Hollow Metal Door Frames. 4. Exposed Finish: Prime. 2.05 FRAME ANCHORS A. Jamb Anchors: 1. Masonry Type: Adjustable strap-and-stirrup or T-shaped anchors to suit frame size, not less than 0.074 inch thick, with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 inches wide by 10 inches long; or wire anchors not less than 0.177 inch thick. 2. Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less than 0.074 inch thick. 3. Compression Type for Drywall Slip-on Frames: Adjustable compression anchors. 4. Postinstalled Expansion Type for In-Place Concrete or Masonry: Minimum 3/8-inch- diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide pipe spacer from frame to wall, with throat reinforcement plate, welded to frame at each anchor location. B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, minimum thickness of 0.074 inch, and as follows: 1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners. 2. Separate Topping Concrete Slabs: Adjustable-type anchors with extension clips, allowing not less than 2-inch height adjustment. Terminate bottom of frames at finish floor surface. 08 1113 - 5 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 1113 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.06 MATERIALS A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. B. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A1008/A1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications. C. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A1011/A1011 M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled. D. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B. E. Frame Anchors: ASTM A879/A879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating designation; mill phosphatized. 1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A1008/A1008M or ASTM A1011/A1011 M, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A153/A153M, Class B. F. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM Al53/A153M. G. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: From corrosion-resistant materials. H. Grout: Do not solid grout frames. I. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing). J. Glazing: Section 088000 "Glazing." K. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. L. Louvers: 1. Provide Anemostat type"FDLS" or approved equal, non-rated, type 316 stainless steel louvers for doors where indicated. M. Fixed Frame Moldings: Formed integral with hollow metal frames, a minimum of 5/8" high unless otherwise indicated. 2.07 FABRICATION A. Fabricate hollow-metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for metal thickness. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment. B. Tolerances: Fabricate hollow metal work to tolerances indicated in SDI 117. C. Hollow-Metal Doors: 1. Exterior Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottoms of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. 2. Astragals: Provide overlapping astragal on one leaf of pairs of doors where required by NFPA 80 for fire-performance rating or where indicated. D. Hollow-Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. 1. Sidelight and Transom Bar Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding. 2. Provide countersunk, flat-or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 08 1113 - 6 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 1113 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottoms of jambs with at least four spot welds per anchor; however, for slip-on drywall frames, provide anchor clips or countersunk holes at bottoms of jambs. 4. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows: a. Masonry Type: Locate anchors not more than 16 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c., to match coursing, and as follows: 1) Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. 2) Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. 3) Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 120 inches high. 4) Four anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 120 inches high. b. Stud-Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows: 1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. 2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. 3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches high. 4) Five anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 96 inches high. c. Compression Type: Not less than two anchors in each frame. d. Postinstalled Expansion Type: Locate anchors not more than 6 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 26 inches o.c. 5. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers. a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers. b. Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers. E. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow-metal work to receive templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates. 1. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, Thru-bolted, and surface- mounted door hardware. 2. Comply with applicable requirements in SDI A250.6 and BHMA Al56.115 for preparation of hollow-metal work for hardware. F. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites and louvers where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with mitered hairline joints. 1. Single Glazed Lites: Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of hollow- metal work. 2. Multiple Glazed Lites: Provide fixed and removable stops and moldings so that each glazed lite is capable of being removed independently. 3. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and frames. 4. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow-metal work. 5. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with glazing and installation types indicated. 2.08 STEEL FINISHES A. Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply primer. 1. Exterior Doors and Frames: Primer shall be compatible with finish paint specified Section 099000. 08 1113 - 7 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 1113 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 a. Galvanizing: ASTM A 653, A60 galvannealed. Wipe coat galvanized steel (WCGS) coating systems not accepted. b. Shop Primer: ANSI A224.1 factory applied, baked-on epoxy ester shop primer, or Tnemec Series 27, Typoxy. Color: Light gray. 2. Interior Doors and Frames: Primer shall be compatible with finish paint specified of Section 099000. a. Baked-On Shop Primer: ANSI A224.1. 1) Doors: Manufacturers standard alkyd base primer. 2) Frames: factory applied baked-on epoxy ester. Color: Light gray. b. Air Dried Shop Primer: As specified Section 055000 for interior metal, including Tnemec Series 88HS-Azeron H.S. Primer, or as specified this Section for exterior doors. Color: Light gray. 2.09 ACCESSORIES A. Louvers: Provide sight proof louvers for interior doors, where indicated, which comply with SDI 111 C, with blades or baffles formed of 0.020-inch-thick, cold-rolled steel sheet set into 0.032- inch-thick steel frame. 1. Fire-Rated Automatic Louvers: Movable blades closed by actuating fusible link, and listed and labeled for use in fire-rated door assemblies of type and fire-resistance rating indicated. B. Mullions and Transom Bars: Join to adjacent members by welding or rigid mechanical anchors. 1. Hardware Mullions: Removable mullions are required for double doors. Specify and coordinate with door hardware specification section. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Hollow-Metal Frames: Install hollow-metal frames of size and profile indicated. Comply with SDI A250.11 or NAAMM HMMA 840 as required by standards specified. 1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. a. At fire-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80. b. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. c. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening. d. Install door silencers in frames before grouting. e. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly set and secured. f. Check plumb, square, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances. 2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with post-installed expansion anchors. 3. Metal-Stud Partitions: Completely fill with Sprayfoam insulation inside frames. 4. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with Sprayfoam insulation, DO NOT GROUT. 5. Concrete Walls: Solidly fill space between frames and concrete with Sprayfoam insulation. 6. In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with postinstalled expansion anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on 08 1113 - 8 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 1113 - 9 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 exposed faces. 7. In-Place Metal or Wood-Stud Partitions: Secure slip-on drywall frames in place according to manufacturer's written instructions. 8. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances: a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor. B. Hollow-Metal Doors: Fit hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. Shim as necessary. 1. Non-Fire-Rated Steel Doors: a. Between Door and Frame Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. c. At Bottom of Door: 3/4 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. d. Between Door Face and Stop: 1/16 inch to 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. 2. Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80. 3. Smoke-Control Doors: Install doors and gaskets according to NFPA 105. C. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Section 08 8000 "Glazing" and with hollow- metal manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Secure stops with countersunk flat-or oval-head machine screws spaced uniformly not more than 9 inches o.c. and not more than 2 inches o.c. from each corner. 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including hollow-metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable. B. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow-metal work immediately after installation. C. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer. D. Metallic-Coated Surface Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of abraded areas of paint are specified in painting Sections. F. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 08 1113 08 1113 - 9 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 08 1113 - 10 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 08 1113 - 10 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 1216 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 08 1216 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Interior aluminum frames for doors and glazing installed in gypsum board partitions. B. Interior aluminum doors. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 08 1416 - Flush Wood doors.. C. Section 08 8000 - Glazing, D. Section 08 8400 - Plastic Glazing; for glazing requirements for aluminum framed systems specified in this section. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components, profiles, and finishes C. Shop Drawings: Indicate for aluminum frames. 1. Include elevations, sections, and installation details for each wall-opening condition. 2. Include details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses. 3. Include locations of reinforcements and preparations for hardware. 4. Include details of anchorages,joints, field splices, connections, and accessories. 5. Include details of moldings, removable stops, and glazing. 6. Include Samples of seals, gaskets, and accessories involving color selection. D. Samples: Two of each type of the following products. 1. Framing Member and Finish: 12 inches long. Include trim. 2. Corner Fabrication and Finish: 12-by-12-inch-long, full-size window corner, including full- size sections of extrusions with factory-applied color finish. 3. Door Finish: Manufacturer's standard-size unit, but not less than 3 inches square. E. Product Schedule: For aluminum frames. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. Coordinate with door hardware schedule and glazing. F. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. 08 1216 - 1 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 1216 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for aesthetic effects and performance characteristics of assemblies. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction. 1. Do not change intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If changes are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. Manufacturer Warranty: Provide 2-year manufacturer warranty for . Complete forms in Owner's name and register with manufacturer. C. Installer Warranty: Provide 2-year warranty for commencing on the Date of Substantial Completion. Complete forms in Owner's name and register with installer. D. Special Warranty: Provide 2-year warranty for commencing on the Date of Substantial Completion. Complete forms in Owner's name and register with warrantor. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Western Integrated Materials, Inc.; Series 300. B. Source Limitations: Furnish products produced by single manufacturer and obtained from single supplier. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Aluminum Framing: ASTM B221, with alloy and temper required to suit structural and finish requirements, and not less than 0.062 inch thick. B. Door Frames: Extruded aluminum, reinforced for hinges, strikes, and closers. C. Glazing Frames: Extruded aluminum, for indicated glass thickness. D. Trim: Extruded aluminum, not less than 0.062 inch thick; removable, snap-in casing trim, glazing stops, and door stops, without exposed fasteners. 1. Trim Style: As indicated on Drawings. E. Aluminum Doors: Manufacturer's standard, factory-assembled, 1-3/4-inch-thick, aluminum- framed door construction. 1. Door Operation: Swinging. 2. Stiles: Medium (3-1/2-inch). 3. Rails: 3-1/2-inch top rail and 10-inch bottom rail. F. Door Finish: Match frame and trim finish . 1. Color: As indicated on the Color Schedule on the Drawings. The Architect reserves the right to change all colors, and to select from the full range of the manufacturer's colors at no additional charge. G. Frame and Trim Finish: Color-anodized aluminum. 1. Color: As indicated on the Color Schedule on the Drawings. The Architect reserves the right to change all colors, and to select from the full range of the manufacturer's colors at no additional charge. 08 1216 - 2 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 1216 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic, stainless-steel or other noncorrosive metal fasteners compatible with frames, stops, panels, reinforcement plates, hardware, anchors, and other items being fastened. B. Door Silencers: Manufacturer's standard continuous mohair, wool pile, or vinyl seals in black color. C. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard extruded or molded rubber or plastic, to accommodate glazing thickness indicated; in black. D. Glass: As specified in Section 088000 "Glazing" and Section 088400 "Plastic Glazing." E. Door Hardware: As specified in Section 087100 "Door Hardware." 2.04 FABRICATION A. Provide concealed corner reinforcements and alignment clips for accurately fitted hairline joints at butted and mitered connections. B. Factory prepare aluminum frames to receive templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcements, mortising, drilling, and tapping, according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in Section 087100 "Door Hardware." C. Fabricate frames for glazing with removable stops to allow glazing replacement without dismantling frame. 1. Locate removable stops on the inside of spaces accessed by keyed doors. D. Fabricate components to allow secure installation without exposed fasteners. 2.05 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.06 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Color Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A32/A34, Class ll, 0.010 mm or thicker. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify that wall thickness does not exceed standard tolerances allowed by throat size of indicated aluminum frame. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install aluminum frames plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place; according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install frame components in the longest possible lengths with no piece less than 48 inches; components 96 inches or shorter shall be one piece. C. Use concealed installation clips to produce tightly fitted and aligned splices and connections. 08 1216 - 3 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 1216 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Secure clips to extruded main-frame components and not to snap-in or trim members. E. Do not leave screws or other fasteners exposed to view when installation is complete. F. Glass: Install glass according to Section 088000 "Glazing," Section 088400 "Plastic Glazing," and aluminum-frame manufacturer's written instructions. G. Doors: Install doors aligned with frames and fitted with required hardware. H. Door Hardware: Install according to Section 087100 "Door Hardware" and aluminum-frame manufacturer's written instructions. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Inspect installation, correct misalignments, and tighten loose connections. B. Doors: Adjust doors to operate smoothly and easily, without binding or warping. Adjust hardware to function smoothly and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. C. Clean exposed frame surfaces promptly after installation, using cleaning methods recommended in writing by frame manufacturer and according to AAMA 609 &610. D. Touch Up: Repair marred frame surfaces to blend inconspicuously with adjacent unrepaired surface so touchup is not visible from a distance of 48 inches as viewed by Architect. Remove and replace frames with damaged finish that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 3.04 CLEANING A. See Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements for additional requirements. B. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 08 1216 08 1216 -4 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 1416 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 08 1416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Flush wood doors; flush and flush glazed configuration; fire-rated, non-rated, acoustical, and special function. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 2000 - FINISH CARPENTRY: Wood door frames. B. Section 08 1113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. C. Section 08 7100 - Door Hardware. D. Section 08 8000 - Glazing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) -Architectural Woodwork Standards, 2nd Edition; 2014, with Errata (2016). B. AWMAC/WI (NAAWS)- North American Architectural Woodwork Standards, U.S. Version 3.1; 2017, with Errata (2019). C. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives; 2019. D. UL 10C -Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. E. WI (CCP)- Certified Compliance Program (CCP); Current Edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Indicate door core materials and construction; veneer species, type and characteristics. C. Shop Drawings: Show doors and frames, elevations, sizes, types, swings, undercuts, beveling, blocking for hardware, factory machining, factory finishing, cutouts for glazing and other details. 1. Provide information as required by AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS). D. Samples: Submit two samples of door veneer, 6 by 6 inches in size illustrating wood grain, stain color, and sheen. E. Certificate: Submit labels and certificates required by quality assurance and quality control programs. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions. G. Manufacturer's qualification statement. H. Installer's qualification statement. I. Specimen warranty. J. Warranty, executed in Owner's name. K. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 08 1416 - 1 FLUSH WOOD DOORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 1416 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience. 1. Accredited participant in the specified certification program prior to the commencement of fabrication and throughout the duration of the project. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience. C. Quality Certification: 1. Comply with WI (CCP)woodwork association quality certification service/program in accordance with requirements for work specified in this section: www.woodworkinstitute.com/#sle. 2. Provide labels or certificates indicating that the installed work complies with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) requirements for grade or grades specified. 3. Provide designated labels on shop drawings as required by certification program. 4. Provide designated labels on installed products as required by certification program. 5. Submit certifications upon completion of installation that verifies this work is in compliance with specified requirements. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package, deliver and store doors in accordance with specified quality standard. B. Accept doors on site in manufacturer's packaging, and inspect for damage. C. Protect doors with resilient packaging sealed with heat shrunk plastic; do not store in damp or wet areas or areas where sunlight might bleach veneer; seal top and bottom edges with tinted sealer if stored more than one week, and break seal on site to permit ventilation. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. Interior Doors: Provide manufacturer's warranty for the life of the installation. C. Include coverage for delamination of veneer, warping beyond specified installation tolerances, defective materials, and telegraphing core construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Wood Veneer Faced Doors: 1. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. 2. Marshfield Door Systems, Inc. 3. Masonite Architectural; Cendura Standard Wood Veneer Doors: www.architectural.masonite.com/#sle. 4. VT Industries, Inc: www.vtindustries.com/#sle. 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 DOORS AND PANELS A. Doors: See drawings for locations and additional requirements. 1. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, Heavy Duty performance, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise. 2. Wood Veneer Faced Doors: 5-ply unless otherwise indicated. 08 1416 - 2 FLUSH WOOD DOORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 1416 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Interior Doors: 1-3/4 inches thick unless otherwise indicated; flush construction. 1. Provide solid core doors at each location. 2. Fire Rated Doors: Tested to ratings indicated on drawings in accordance with UL 10C - Positive Pressure; Underwriters Laboratories Inc (UL)or Intertek/Warnock Hersey(WHI) labeled without any visible seals when door is open. 3. Wood veneer facing with factory transparent finish as indicated on drawings. 2.03 DOOR AND PANEL CORES A. Non-Rated Solid Core and 20 Minute Rated Doors: Type AgFiber Core, plies and faces as indicated. B. Fire-Rated Doors: Mineral core type, with fire resistant composite core (FD), plies and faces as indicated above; with core blocking as required to provide adequate anchorage of hardware without through-bolting. 2.04 DOOR FACINGS A. Veneer Facing for Transparent Finish: veneer grade in accordance with quality standard indicated, plain sliced (flat cut), with book match between leaves of veneer, running match of spliced veneer leaves assembled on door or panel face. 1. Vertical Edges: Same species as face veneer. 2. "Running Match" each pair of doors and doors in close proximity to each other. 2.05 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Fabricate doors in accordance with door quality standard specified. B. Cores Constructed with stiles and rails: 1. Provide solid blocks at lock edge for hardware reinforcement. 2. Provide solid blocking for other throughbolted hardware. C. Glazed Openings: Non-removable stops on non-secure side; sizes and configurations as indicated on drawings. D. Factory machine doors for hardware other than surface-mounted hardware, in accordance with hardware requirements and dimensions. E. Factory fit doors for frame opening dimensions identified on shop drawings, with edge clearances in accordance with specified quality standard. F. Provide edge clearances in accordance with the quality standard specified. 2.06 FINISHES -WOOD VENEER DOORS A. Finish work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), Section 5 - Finishing for grade specified and as follows: 1. Transparent: a. System - 1, Lacquer, Nitrocellulose. b. Stain: As selected by Architect. c. Sheen: Flat. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Wood Door Frames: See Section 06 2000. B. Hollow Metal Door Frames: See Section 08 1113. C. Glazing: See Section 08 8000. 08 1416 - 3 FLUSH WOOD DOORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 1416 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Glazing Stops: Wood, of same species as door facing, butted corners; prepared for countersink style tamper proof screws. E. Door Hardware: See Section 08 7100. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified quality standard. 1. Install fire-rated doors in accordance with NFPA 80 requirements. B. Factory-Finished Doors: Do not field cut or trim; if fit or clearance is not correct, replace door. C. Use machine tools to cut or drill for hardware. D. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames and hardware. E. Coordinate installation of glazing. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Comply with specified quality standard for fit and clearance tolerances. B. Comply with specified quality standard for telegraphing, warp, and squareness. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced door movement. B. Adjust closers for full closure. 3.04 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 08 1416 08 1416 -4 FLUSH WOOD DOORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 3113 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 08 3113 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Access doors and frames for walls and ceilings. 2. Coordinate with plumbing and electrical drawings to ascertain where access doors and frames are required. Provide an access door at all locations where a pipe valve or other mechanical device in walls or hard ceilings requires access for maintenance purposes. Verify with electrically operated partition and roll up door manufacturers for limit switch and motor access at hard ceiling/soffit locations. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS: A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 08 7100 "Door Hardware"for mortise or rim cylinder locks and master keying. C. Section 09 2900 "Gypsum Board"for finish surrounding access doors. D. Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting"for jobsite painting of access doors. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of access door and frame indicated. Include construction details, fire .ratings, materials, individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details of access doors and frames for each type of substrate. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Provide complete access door and frame schedule, including types, locations, sizes, latching or locking provisions, and other data pertinent to installation. All locations and type to be approved by Architect prior to installation. D. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 2. 2.Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of access door(s)and frame(s)through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Fire-Rated Access Doors and Frames: Units complying with NFPA 80 that are identical to access door and frame assemblies tested for fire-test-response characteristics per the following test method and that are listed and labeled by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction: 1. NFPA 252 or UL 10B for vertical access doors and frames. 2. ASTM E 119 or UL 263 for horizontal access doors and frames. C. Size Variations: Obtain Architect's acceptance of manufacturer's standard-size units, which may vary slightly from sizes indicated. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Verification: Determine specific locations and sizes for access doors needed to gain access to concealed plumbing, mechanical, or other concealed work, and indicate in the schedule 08 3113 - 1 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 3113 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 specified in "Submittals"Article PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Rated Access Doors and Frames: Units complying with NFPA 80 tested according to the following test method: 1. NFPA 252 or UL 10B for fire-rated access door assemblies installed vertically. 2. NFPA 288 for fire-rated access door assemblies installed horizontally. 2.02 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES FOR WALLS AND CEILINGS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. JL Industries, Inc.; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group. 2. Larsens Manufacturing Company. 3. Milcor; Commercial Products Group of Hart& Cooley, Inc. 4. Nystrom, Inc. 5. Williams Bros. Corporation of America (The). B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of access door and frame from single source from single manufacturer. C. Flush Access Doors with Exposed Flanges: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Milcore, Model M. 2. Assembly Description: Fabricate door to fit flush to frame. Provide manufacturer's standard-width exposed flange, proportional to door size. 3. Locations: Wall and ceiling. 4. Door Size: As required for location served. 5. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet for Door: Nominal 0.064 inch, 16 gage. a. Finish: Factory prime. 6. Frame Material: Same material, thickness, and finish as door. 7. Hinges: Spring-loaded, concealed-pin type. 8. Hardware: Latch at locations un-accessible to the public, Lock where locations are accessible to the public. a. Lock: Mortise cylinder. Prepare door panel to accept cylinder specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware. D. Fire-Rated, Insulated, Flush Access Doors and Trimless Frames: Fabricated from metallic coated steel sheet, except provide stainless steel sheet at"wet" locations including restrooms, and shower rooms. 1. Locations: Wall surfaces. 2. Fire-Resistance Rating: Not less than that of adjacent construction. 3. Temperature Rise Rating: 250 deg F at the end of 30 minutes. 4. Door: Flush panel with a core of mineral-fiber insulation enclosed in sheet metal with a minimum thickness of 0.036 inch. 5. Frame: Minimum 0.060-inch thick sheet metal with drywall bead. 6. Hinges: Concealed-pin type. 7. Automatic Closer: Spring type. 8. Lock: Self-latching device with mortise cylinder lock. a. Lock Preparation: Prepare door panel to accept cylinder specified in Section 08 7100 "Door Hardware." E. Hardware: 08 3113 - 2 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 3113 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Latch: operated by knurled knob at mechanical and other secured locations with interior release. 2. Lock: Cylinder keyed to Owner's standard Schlage Lock System. a. Lock Preparation: Prepare door panel to accept cylinder specified in Section 08 7100 "Door Hardware." 2.03 STEEL MATERIALS A. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS)with A60 zinc- iron- alloy (galvannealed) coating or G60 mill-phosphatized zinc coating; stretcher-leveled standard of flatness; with minimum thickness indicated representing specified thickness according to ASTM A 924/A 924M. B. Steel Finishes: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so surfaces are free of oil and other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating suited to the organic coating to be applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing repair paint specified below to comply with ASTM A 780. a. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC-Paint 20. 2. Factory-Primed Finish: Apply shop primer immediately after cleaning and pretreating. C. Drywall Beads: Edge trim formed from 0.0299-inch zinc-coated steel sheet formed to receive joint compound and in size to suit thickness of gypsum board. 2.04 STAINLESS-STEEL MATERIALS A. Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bars: ASTM A 666, Type 304. Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines or blend into finish. 1. Finish: Directional Satin Finish, No. 4 2.05 FABRICATION A. General: Provide access door and frame assemblies manufactured as integral units ready for installation. B. Metal Surfaces: For metal surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. C. Doors and Frames: Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access doors to types of supports indicated. D. Latching Mechanisms: Furnish number required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane when closed. 1. For cylinder locks, furnish two keys per lock and key all locks alike. 2. For recessed panel doors, provide access sleeves for each locking device. Furnish plastic grommets and install in holes cut through finish. 2.06 FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. 08 3113 - 3 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 08 3113 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. D. Steel and Metallic-Coated-Steel Finishes: 1. Factory Prime: Apply manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. 2. Factory Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat, with a minimum dry-film thickness of 1 mil for topcoat. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing access doors and frames. B. Set frames accurately in position and attach securely to supports with plane of face panels aligned with adjacent finish surfaces C. Install doors flush with adjacent finish surfaces or recessed to receive finish material. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors and hardware, after installation, for proper operation. B. Remove and replace doors and frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged. 3.03 CLEANING A.DISPOSE OF ALL WASTE MATERIAL IN COMPLIANCE WITH PROJECT'S WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 01 7419 CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT. A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 08 3113 08 3113 -4 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 3613 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 08 3613 SECTIONAL DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Overhead sectional doors, electrically operated. B. Operating hardware and supports. C. Electrical controls. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 05 5000 - METAL FABRICATIONS: Steel channel opening frame. C. Section 08 7100 - Door Hardware: Lock cylinders. D. Section 26 0533.13 - Conduit for Electrical Systems: Conduit from electric circuit to operator and from operator to control station. E. Section 28 0500 - Common Work Results for Electronic Safety and Security : Security service connection to door controller. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2020. B. ASTM E330/E330M - Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 2014. C. NEMA ICS 2 - Industrial Control and Systems Controllers, Contactors and Overload Relays Rated 600 Volts; 2008 (Reaffirmed 2020). D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: For each type and size of sectional door and accessory. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components, profile door sections, and finishes. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished accessories. C. Shop Drawings: For each installation and for special components not dimensioned or detailed in manufacturer's product data. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies and components, and indicate dimensions, required clearances, method of field assembly, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include points of attachment and their corresponding static and dynamic loads imposed on structure. 4. For exterior components, include details of provisions for assembly expansion and contraction and for excluding and draining moisture to the exterior. 08 3613 - 1 SECTIONAL DOORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 3613 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 5. Show locations of controls, locking devices, and other accessories. 6. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish on the following components, in manufacturer's standard sizes: 1. Flat door sections. 2. Frame for paneled door sections; of each width of stile and rail required. E. Qualification Data: For Installer. F. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For sectional doors to include in maintenance manuals. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate opening dimensions and required tolerances, connection details, anchorage spacing, hardware locations, and installation details. C. Product Data: Show component construction, anchorage method, and hardware. D. Operation Data: Include normal operation, troubleshooting, and adjusting. E. Maintenance Data: Include data for motor and transmission, shaft and gearing, lubrication frequency, spare part sources. F. Specimen warranty. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of type specified and with at least three years documented experience. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals for warranty requirements. B. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of sectional doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection. b. Failure of components or operators before reaching required number of operation cycles. c. Faulty operation of hardware. d. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering and use; rust through. e. Delamination of exterior or interior facing materials. 2. Warranty Period: One year for the door and three years for the operator, from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special Finish Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion. 08 3613 - 2 SECTIONAL DOORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 3613 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain sectional doors from single source from single manufacturer. B. Obtain operators and controls from sectional door manufacturer. C. Sectional Doors: 1. Overhead Door Corporation; Model 521 -Aluminum Glass Door: www.overheaddoor.com/#sle. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Sectional doors shall comply with performance requirements specified without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction and without requiring temporary installation of reinforcing components. B. Structural Performance, Exterior Doors: Capable of withstanding the design wind loads. 1. Design Wind Load: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Testing: According to ASTM E330 or DASMA 108 for garage doors and complying with the acceptance criteria of DASMA 108. 3. Deflection Limits: Design sectional doors to withstand design wind loads without evidencing permanent deformation or disengagement of door components. a. Deflection of door sections in horizontal position (open) shall not exceed 1/120 of the door width. b. Deflection of horizontal track assembly shall not exceed 1/240 of the door height. 4. Operability under Wind Load: Design overhead coiling doors to remain operable under design wind load, acting inward and outward. C. Seismic Performance: Sectional doors shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. Component Importance Factor: 1.0. 2.03 DOOR ASSEMBLY A. Full-Vision Sectional Door: Sectional door formed with aluminum hinged sections above insulated steel panels across bottom section of door and fabricated according to DASMA 102 unless otherwise indicated. B. Operation Cycles: Door components and operators capable of operating for not less than 10,000. One operation cycle is complete when a door is opened from the closed position to the fully open position and returned to the closed position. C. Aluminum Sections: Full vision with manufacturer's standard, nonglazed panels across bottom section of door. 1. Panel Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. 2. Center Stile Width: 2-11/16 inches. 3. End Stile Width: 3-5/16 inches. 4. Intermediate Rail Pair Width: 3-11/16 inches. 5. Top Rail Width: 3-3/4 inches. D. Track Configuration: Standard-lift track. E. Weatherseals: Fitted to bottom and top and around entire perimeter of door. Provide combination bottom weatherseal and sensor edge. F. Roller-Tire Material: Manufacturer's standard. 08 3613 - 3 SECTIONAL DOORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 3613 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 G. Locking Device Assembly: Fabricate with cylinder lock, spring-loaded dead bolt, operating handle, cam plate, and adjustable locking bars to engage through slots in tracks. H. Counterbalance Type: Torsion spring. I. Electric Door Operator: 1. Usage Classification: Medium duty, up to 12 cycles per hour and up to 50 cycles per day. 2. Operator Type: Trolley. 3. Safety: Listed according to UL 325 by a qualified testing agency for commercial or industrial use; moving parts of operator enclosed or guarded if exposed and mounted at 8 feet or lower. 4. Motor Exposure: Interior, clean, and dry. 5. Motor Electrical Characteristics: 230 V ac, three phase, 60 Hz. 6. Emergency Manual Operation: Push-up type. 7. Obstruction-Detection Device: Automatic electric sensor edge on bottom section; self- monitoring type. a. Sensor Edge Bulb Color: Black. 8. Control Station: Interior mounted. 9. Other Equipment: Audible and visual signals. J. Door Finish: 1. Aluminum Finish: Clear anodized. 2. Finish of Interior Facing Material: Match finish of exterior section face. 2.04 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.05 ALUMINUM DOOR SECTIONS A. Sections: Extruded-aluminum stile and rail members with dimensions and profiles as indicated on Drawings; members joined by welding or with concealed, 1/4-inch-minimum diameter, aluminum or nonmagnetic stainless-steel through bolts, full height of door section; and with meeting rails shaped to provide a weather-resistant seal. 1. Aluminum: ASTM B221 extrusions, alloy and temper standard with manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated; minimum thickness 0.065 inch for door section 1-3/4 inches deep, and as required to comply with requirements. 2. Reinforce sections with continuous horizontal and diagonal reinforcement, as required to stiffen door and for wind loading. Ensure that reinforcement does not obstruct vision lites. 3. Provide reinforcement for hardware attachment. B. Full-Vision Sections: Manufacturer's standard, tubular, aluminum-framed section fully glazed with 1/2-inch-thick, clear, fully-tempered, insulated Low-E glass set in vinyl, rubber, or neoprene glazing channel and with removable extruded-vinyl or aluminum stops. 1. Insulated glass to meet 2021 WSEC requirements for vertical fenestratation of; U=0.28, and SHGC=.33 2.06 INSULATION A. Foamed-in-Place Thermal Insulation: Insulate interior of aluminum and steel sections with door manufacturer's standard CFC-free polyurethane insulation, foamed in place to completely fill interior of section and pressure bonded to face sheets to prevent delamination under wind load, and with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, according to ASTM E84. Enclose insulation completely within aluminum and steel sections and 08 3613 -4 SECTIONAL DOORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 3613 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 the interior facing material, with no exposed insulation. 2.07 TRACKS, SUPPORTS,AND ACCESSORIES A. Tracks: Manufacturer's standard, galvanized-steel track system of configuration indicated, sized for door size and weight, designed for lift type indicated and clearances indicated on Drawings, Provide complete system including brackets, bracing, and reinforcement to ensure rigid support of ball-bearing roller guides for required door type, size, weight, and loading. 1. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653/A653M, minimum G60 zinc coating. 2. Slope tracks at an angle from vertical or design tracks to ensure tight closure at jambs when door unit is closed. 3. Track Reinforcement and Supports: Galvanized-steel members to support track without sag, sway, and vibration during opening and closing of doors. Slot vertical sections of track spaced 2 inches apart for door-drop safety device. a. For Vertical Track: Intermittent,jamb brackets attached to track and attached to wall. b. For Horizontal Track: Continuous reinforcing angle from curve in track to end of track, attached to track and supported at points by laterally braced attachments to overhead structural members. 4. Weatherseals: Replaceable, adjustable, continuous, compressible weather-stripping gaskets of flexible vinyl, rubber, or neoprene fitted to bottom and top of sectional door unless otherwise indicated. 2.08 HARDWARE A. General: Heavy-duty, corrosion-resistant hardware, with hot-dip galvanized, stainless-steel, or other corrosion-resistant fasteners, to suit door type. B. Hinges: Heavy-duty, galvanized-steel hinges of not less than 0.079-inch-nominal coated thickness at each end stile and at each intermediate stile, according to manufacturer's written recommendations for door size. Attach hinges to door sections through stiles and rails with bolts and lock nuts or lock washers and nuts. Use rivets or self-tapping fasteners where access to nuts is impossible. Provide double-end hinges where required, for doors more than 16 feet wide unless otherwise recommended by door manufacturer. C. Rollers: Heavy-duty rollers with steel ball-bearings in case-hardened steel races, mounted with varying projections to suit slope of track. Extend roller shaft through both hinges where double hinges are required. Provide 3-inch-diameter roller tires for 3-inch-wide track and 2-inch- diameter roller tires for 2-inch-wide track. 2.09 LOCKING DEVICES A. Slide Bolt: Fabricate with side-locking bolts to engage through slots in tracks for locking by padlock, located on single-jamb side, operable from inside only. B. Locking Device Assembly: Fabricate with cylinder lock, spring-loaded deadbolt, operating handle, cam plate, and adjustable locking bars to engage through slots in tracks. 1. Lock Cylinders: As specified in Section 087100 "Door Hardware" and keyed to building keying system. 2. Keys: Three for each cylinder. C. Safety Interlock Switch: Equip power-operated doors with safety interlock switch to disengage power supply when door is locked. 2.10 COUNTERBALANCE MECHANISM A. Torsion Spring: Counterbalance mechanism consisting of adjustable-tension torsion springs fabricated from steel-spring wire complying with ASTM A229/A229M, mounted on torsion shaft 08 3613 - 5 SECTIONAL DOORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 3613 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 made of steel tube or solid steel. Provide springs designed for number of operation cycles indicated. B. Weight Counterbalance: Counterbalance mechanism consisting of filled pipe weights that move vertically in a galvanized-steel weight pipe. Connect pipe weights with cable to weight-cable drums mounted on torsion shaft made of steel tube or solid steel. C. Cable Drums and Shaft for Doors: Cast-aluminum or gray-iron casting cable drums mounted on torsion shaft and grooved to receive door-lifting cables as door is raised. Mount counterbalance mechanism with manufacturer's standard ball-bearing brackets at each end of torsion shaft. Provide one additional midpoint bracket for shafts up to 16 feet long and two additional brackets at one-third points to support shafts more than 16 feet long unless closer spacing is recommended by door manufacturer. D. Cables: Galvanized-steel, multistrand, lifting cables with cable safety factor of at least 5 to 1. E. Cable Safety Device: Include a spring-loaded steel or spring-loaded bronze cam mounted to bottom door roller assembly on each side and designed to automatically stop door if either lifting cable breaks. F. Bracket: Provide anchor support bracket as required to connect stationary end of spring to the wall and to level the shaft and prevent sag. G. Bumper: Provide spring bumper at each horizontal track to cushion door at end of opening operation. 2.11 ELECTRIC DOOR OPERATORS A. General: Electric door operator assembly of size and capacity recommended and provided by door manufacturer for door and "operation cycles" requirement specified, with electric motor and factory-prewired motor controls, starter, gear-reduction unit, solenoid-operated brake, clutch, control stations, control devices, integral gearing for locking door, and accessories required for proper operation. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Overhead Door Company; Model RSX. b. Substitutions: See section 01 6000 - Product requirements. 2. Comply with NFPA 70. 3. Control equipment complying with NEMA ICS 1, NEMA ICS 2, and NEMA ICS 6; with NFPA 70, Class 2 control circuit, maximum 24-V ac or dc. B. Usage Classification: Electric operator and components capable of operating for not less than number of cycles per hour indicated for each door. C. Door-Operator Type: Unit consisting of electric motor, gears, pulleys, belts, sprockets, chains, and controls needed to operate door and meet required usage classification. 1. Trolley: Trolley operator mounted to ceiling above and to rear of door in raised position and directly connected to door with drawbar. D. Motors: Reversible-type motor with controller(disconnect switch)for motor exposure indicated. 1. Motor Size: Minimum size as indicated for each door assembly. If not indicated, large enough to start, accelerate, and operate door in either direction from any position, at a speed not less than 8 in./sec. and not more than 12 in./sec., without exceeding nameplate ratings or service factor. 2. Operating Controls, Controllers (Disconnect Switches), Wiring Devices, and Wiring: Manufacturer's standard unless otherwise indicated. 08 3613 - 6 SECTIONAL DOORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 3613 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Coordinate wiring requirements and electrical characteristics of motors and other electrical devices with building electrical system and each location where installed. 4. Use adjustable motor-mounting bases for belt-driven operators. E. Limit Switches: Equip motorized door with adjustable switches interlocked with motor controls and set to automatically stop door at fully opened and fully closed positions. F. Obstruction Detection Device: External entrapment protection consisting of indicated automatic safety sensor capable of protecting full width of door opening. Activation of device immediately stops and reverses downward door travel. 1. Electric Sensor Edge: Automatic safety sensor edge, located within astragal or weather stripping mounted to bottom section. Contact with sensor activates device. Connect to control circuit using manufacturer's standard take-up reel or self-coiling cable. a. Self-Monitoring Type: Four-wire configured device designed to interface with door- operator control circuit to detect damage to or disconnection of sensor edge. G. Control Station: Three-button control station in fixed location with momentary-contact push- button controls labeled "Open" and "Stop" and sustained-or constant-pressure, push-button control labeled "Close." 1. Interior-Mounted Units: Full-guarded, recess-mounted, heavy-duty type, with general- purpose NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 enclosure. H. Emergency Manual Operation: Equip electrically powered door with capability for emergency manual operation. 1. Push-up Operation: Lift handles and pull rope for raising and lowering doors, with counterbalance mechanism designed so that required lift or pull for door operation does not exceed 25 Ibf. I. Emergency Operation Disconnect Device: Equip operator with hand-operated disconnect mechanism for automatically engaging manual operator and releasing brake for emergency manual operation while disconnecting motor without affecting timing of limit switch. Mount mechanism so it is accessible from floor level. Include interlock device to automatically prevent motor from operating when emergency operator is engaged. J. Motor Removal: Design operator so motor may be removed without disturbing limit-switch adjustment and without affecting emergency manual operation. K. Audible and Visual Signals: Audible alarm and visual indicator lights in compliance with regulatory requirements for accessibility. 2.12 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAMM/NOMMA's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products (AMP 500-06)"for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.13 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A41, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that wall openings are ready to receive work and opening dimensions and tolerances are within specified limits. 08 3613 - 7 SECTIONAL DOORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 3613 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare opening to permit correct installation of door unit to perimeter air and vapor barrier seal. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install sectional doors and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports; according to manufacturer's written instructions and as specified. B. Tracks: 1. Fasten vertical track assembly to opening jambs and framing, spaced not more than 24 inches apart. 2. Hang horizontal track assembly from structural overhead framing with angles or channel hangers attached to framing by welding or bolting, or both. Provide sway bracing, diagonal bracing, and reinforcement as required for rigid installation of track and door-operating equipment. C. Accessibility: Install sectional doors, switches, and controls along accessible routes in compliance with regulatory requirements for accessibility. D. Power-Operated Doors: Install automatic garage doors openers according to UL 325. 3.04 STARTUP SERVICES A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. After electrical circuitry has been energized, operate doors to confirm proper motor rotation and door performance. 3. Test and adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/16 inch. B. Maximum Variation from Level: 1/16 inch. C. Longitudinal or Diagonal Warp: Plus or minus 1/8 inch from 10 ft straight edge. D. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. 3.06 ADJUSTING A. Adjust hardware and moving parts to function smoothly so that doors operate easily, free of warp, twist, or distortion. B. Lubricate bearings and sliding parts as recommended by manufacturer. C. Adjust doors and seals to provide weather-resistant fit around entire perimeter. 3.07 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, maintenance service shall include 12 months'full maintenance by skilled employees of coiling-door Installer. Include quarterly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper door operation. Parts and supplies shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies. 1. Perform maintenance, including emergency callback service, during normal working hours. 2. Include 24-hour-per-day, seven-day-per-week, emergency callback service. 08 3613 - 8 SECTIONAL DOORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 3613 - 9 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.08 CLEANING A. Clean doors and frames and glazing. B. Remove temporary labels and visible markings. C. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.09 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage until Date of Substantial Completion. B. Do not permit construction traffic through overhead door openings after adjustment and cleaning. END OF SECTION 08 3613 08 3613 - 9 SECTIONAL DOORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 08 3613 - 10 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 08 3613 - 10 SECTIONAL DOORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 4313 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 08 4313 ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aluminum-framed storefront, with vision glass. B. Aluminum doors and frames. C. Weatherstripping. D. Door hardware. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 2500 -WEATHER BARRIERS: Sealing framing to weather barrier installed on adjacent construction. B. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing joints between frames and adjacent construction. C. Section 08 1216 -Aluminum Doors and Frames: For Interior doors and relights. D. Section 08 7100 - Door Hardware: Hardware items other than specified in this section. E. Section 08 8000 - Glazing: Glass and glazing accessories. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA CW-10 -Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum From Shop to Site; 2015. B. AAMA 501.2 - Quality Assurance and Diagnostic Water Leakage Field Check of Installed Storefronts, Curtain Walls, and Sloped Glazing Systems; 2015. C. AAMA 503 -Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Newly Installed Storefronts, Curtain Walls and Sloped Glazing Systems; 2014. D. AAMA 609 & 610 - Cleaning and Maintenance Guide for Architecturally Finished Aluminum (Combined Document); 2015. E. AAMA 611 -Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum; 2014 (2015 Errata). F. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures; Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard. G. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2014. H. ASTM Al23/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2017. I. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate; 2014. J. ASTM B209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate (Metric); 2014. K. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2020. L. ASTM B221 M -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes (Metric); 2013. M. ASTM E283/E283M - Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Skylights, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen; 2019. 08 4313 - 1 ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 4313 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 N. ASTM E330/E330M - Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 2014. O. ASTM E331 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 2000 (Reapproved 2016). P. ASTM E783 - Standard Test Method for Field Measurement of Air Leakage Through Installed Exterior Windows and Doors; 2002 (Reapproved 2018). Q. ASTM E1105 - Standard Test Method for Field Determination of Water Penetration of Installed Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls, by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference; 2015. R. SSPC-Paint 20 -Zinc-Rich Coating (Type I - Inorganic, and Type II - Organic); 2019. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate with installation of other components that comprise the exterior enclosure. B. Preinstallation Meeting: Conduct a preinstallation meeting one week before starting work of this section; require attendance by all affected installers. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide component dimensions, describe components within assembly, anchorage and fasteners, glass and infill, door hardware, and internal drainage details. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate system dimensions, framed opening requirements and tolerances, affected related work, expansion and contraction joint location and details, and field welding required. 1. Include design engineer's stamp or seal on shop drawings for attachments and anchors. D. Samples: Submit two samples 6 x 6 inches in size illustrating finished aluminum surface, glass, infill panels, glazing materials. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that the products supplied meet or exceed the specified requirements. F. Design Data: Provide framing member structural and physical characteristics, engineering calculations, and dimensional limitations. G. Hardware Schedule: Complete itemization of each item of hardware to be provided for each door, cross-referenced to door identification numbers in Contract Documents. H. Field Quality Control Submittals: Report of field testing for water penetration and air leakage. I. Manufacturer's Qualification Statement. J. Installer's Qualification Statement. K. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. L. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 3. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 08 4313 - 2 ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 4313 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Designer Qualifications: Design structural support framing components under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of type specified and with at least three years of documented experience. 1. Provide certified glass products through ANSI accredited certifications that include plant audits and independent laboratory performance testing. a. Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC). b. Safety Glazing Certification Council (SGCC). C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of type specified and with at least three years of documented experience. 1. Provide company, field supervisors, and installers that hold active ANSI accredited certifications in appropriate categories for work specified. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle products of this section in accordance with AAMA CW-10. B. Protect finished aluminum surfaces with wrapping. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings that bond to aluminum when exposed to sunlight or weather. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install sealants when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F. Maintain this minimum temperature during and 48 hours after installation. 1.09 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Provide five year manufacturer warranty against failure of glass seal on insulating glass units, including interpane dusting or misting. Include provision for replacement of failed units. D. Provide five year manufacturer warranty against excessive degradation of exterior finish. Include provision for replacement of units with excessive fading, chalking, or flaking. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: Kawneer North America; Trifab 451 UT for exterior locations. B. Other Acceptable -Aluminum-Framed Storefronts Manufacturers: 1. Oldcastle BuildingEnvelope: www.oldcastlebe.com/#sle. 2. EFCO Corporation.. 3. United States Aluminum. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONT A. Aluminum-Framed Storefront: Factory fabricated, factory finished aluminum framing members with infill, and related flashings, anchorage and attachment devices. 1. Glazing Rabbet: For 1 inch insulating glazing. 2. Glazing Rabbet: For 1/4 inch monolithic glazing. 3. Glazing Position: Centered (front to back). 08 4313 - 3 ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 4313 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 4. Vertical Mullion Dimensions: 2 inches wide by 4-1/2 inches deep. 5. Finish: Class I natural anodized. a. Factory finish all surfaces that will be exposed in completed assemblies. 6. Fabrication: Joints and corners flush, hairline, and weatherproof, accurately fitted and secured; prepared to receive anchors and hardware; fasteners and attachments concealed from view; reinforced as required for imposed loads. 7. Construction: Eliminate noises caused by wind and thermal movement, prevent vibration harmonics, and prevent"stack effect" in internal spaces. 8. System Internal Drainage: Drain to the exterior by means of a weep drainage network any water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channel, and migrating moisture occurring within system. 9. Expansion/Contraction: Provide for expansion and contraction within system components caused by cycling temperature range of 170 degrees F over a 12 hour period without causing detrimental effect to system components, anchorages, and other building elements. 10. Movement: Allow for movement between storefront and adjacent construction, without damage to components or deterioration of seals. 11. Perimeter Clearance: Minimize space between framing members and adjacent construction while allowing expected movement. 12. Air and Vapor Seal: Maintain continuous air barrier and vapor retarder throughout assembly, primarily in line with inside pane of glazing and inner sheet of infill panel and heel bead of glazing compound. B. Performance Requirements 1. Wind Loads: Design and size components to withstand the specified load requirements without damage or permanent set, when tested in accordance with ASTM E330/E330M, using loads 1.5 times the design wind loads and 10 second duration of maximum load. a. Design Wind Loads: Comply with requirements of ASCE 7 as indicated on the drawings. b. Member Deflection: Limit member deflection to flexure limit of glass in any direction, with full recovery of glazing materials. 2. Water Penetration Resistance on Manufactured Assembly: No uncontrolled water on interior face, when tested in accordance with ASTM E331 at pressure differential of 12 psf. 3. Air Leakage: 0.06 cfm/sq ft maximum leakage of storefront wall area when tested in accordance with ASTM E283/E283M at 1.57 psf pressure difference. 4. Overall U-value Including Glazing: .32 Btu/(hr sq ft deg F), maximum. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Aluminum Framing Members: Tubular aluminum sections, drainage holes and internal weep drainage system. 1. Framing members for interior applications need not be thermally broken. 2. Glazing Stops: Flush. 3. Structurally Reinforced Members: Extruded aluminum with internal reinforcement of structural steel member. B. Glazing: As specified in Section 08 8000. 1. For Exterior Framing: Type GL-2. 2. For Interior Framing: Type GL-1. C. Swing Doors: Glazed aluminum. 1. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. 08 4313 -4 ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 4313 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Top Rail: 4 inches wide. 3. Vertical Stiles: 4-1/2 inches wide. 4. Bottom Rail: 10 inches wide. 5. Glazing Stops: Square. 6. Finish: Same as storefront. 2.04 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221 M). B. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M). C. Structural Steel Sections: ASTM A36/A36M; galvanized in accordance with requirements of ASTM A123/A123M. D. Fasteners: Stainless steel. E. Exposed Flashings: Aluminum sheet, 20 gauge, 0.032 inch minimum thickness; finish to match framing members. F. Concealed Flashings: Sheet aluminum, 26 gauge, 0.017 inch minimum thickness. G. Sill Flashing Sealant: Elastomeric, silicone or polyurethane, compatible with flashing material. H. Sealant for Setting Thresholds: Non-curing butyl type. I. Glazing Gaskets: Type to suit application to achieve weather, moisture, and air infiltration requirements. J. Glazing Accessories: As specified in Section 08 8000. K. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Steel Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, zinc rich. 2.05 FINISHES A. Class I Natural Anodized Finish: AAMA 611 AA-M12C22A41 Clear anodic coating not less than 0.7 mils thick. 2.06 HARDWARE A. Other Door Hardware: As specified in Section 08 7100. B. Other Door Hardware: Storefront manufacturer's standard type to suit application. 1. Finish on Hand-Contacted Items: Polished stainless steel. 2. For each door, include butt hinges, pivots, push handle, pull handle, exit device, narrow stile handle latch, and closer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify dimensions, tolerances, and method of attachment with other work. B. Verify that wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive work of this section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install wall system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Attach to structure to permit sufficient adjustment to accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities. C. Provide alignment attachments and shims to permanently fasten system to building structure. 08 4313 - 5 ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 4313 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. E. Provide thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. F. Install sill flashings. Turn up ends and edges; seal to adjacent work to form water tight dam. G. Where fasteners penetrate sill flashings, make watertight by seating and sealing fastener heads to sill flashing. H. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. I. Set thresholds in bed of sealant and secure. J. Install hardware using templates provided. K. Install glass and infill panels in accordance with Section 08 8000, using glazing method required to achieve performance criteria. L. Touch-up minor damage to factory applied finish; replace components that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 0.06 inch per 3 feet non-cumulative or 0.06 inch per 10 feet, whichever is less. B. Maximum Misalignment of Two Adjoining Members Abutting in Plane: 1/32 inch. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide services of storefront manufacturer's field representative to observe for proper installation of system and submit report. B. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for independent field testing and inspection requirements, and requirements for monitoring quality of specified product installations. C. Water-Spray Test: Provide water spray quality test of installed storefront components in accordance with AAMA 501.2 during construction process and before installation of interior finishes. 1. Perform a minimum of two tests in each designated area as directed by Architect. 2. Conduct tests in each area prior to 10 percent and 50 percent completion of this work. D. Provide field testing of installed storefront system by independent laboratory in accordance with AAMA 503 during construction process and before installation of interior finishes. 1. Perform a minimum of two tests in each designated area as directed by Architect. 2. Conduct tests in each area prior to 10 percent and 50 percent completion of this work. 3. Field test for water penetration in accordance with ASTM E1105 with uniform static air pressure difference (Procedure A) not less than 4.18 psf. a. Maximum allowable rate of water penetration in 15-minute test is 0.5 ounce that is not contained in an area with provisions to drain to exterior, or collected on surface of interior horizontal framing member. 4. Field test for air leakage in accordance with ASTM E783 with uniform static air pressure difference of 1.57 psf. a. Maximum allowable rate of air leakage is 0.09 cfm/sq ft. E. Repair or replace storefront components that have failed designated field testing, and retest to verify performance complies with specified requirements. 08 4313 - 6 ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 4313 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating hardware and sash for smooth operation. 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove protective material from pre-finished aluminum surfaces. B. Wash down surfaces with a solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean wiping cloths, and take care to remove dirt from corners and to wipe surfaces clean. C. Upon completion of installation, thoroughly clean aluminum surfaces in accordance with AAMA 609 &610. D. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage until Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 08 4313 08 4313 - 7 ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 08 4313 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 08 4313 - 8 ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 5413 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 08 5413 FIBERGLASS WINDOWS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Factory fabricated fiberglass windows with fixed and operating sash. B. Glazed by factory. C. Operating hardware. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 07 2500 -WEATHER BARRIERS: Sealing frames to weather barrier installed on adjacent construction. C. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing joints between frames and adjacent construction. D. Section 08 8000 - Glazing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 - North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for Windows, Doors, and Skylights; 2017. B. AAMA 502 -Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Newly Installed Fenestration Products; 2012. C. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures; Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard. D. ASHRAE Std 90.1 I-P - Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. E. ASTM E283/E283M - Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Skylights, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen; 2019. F. ASTM E331 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 2000 (Reapproved 2016). G. ASTM E783 - Standard Test Method for Field Measurement of Air Leakage Through Installed Exterior Windows and Doors; 2002 (Reapproved 2018). H. ASTM E1105 - Standard Test Method for Field Determination of Water Penetration of Installed Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls, by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference; 2015. I. ASTM E2112 - Standard Practice for Installation of Exterior Windows, Doors and Skylights; 2019c. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week week before starting work of this section. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 08 5413 - 1 FIBERGLASS WINDOWS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 5413 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Product Data: Provide component dimensions, anchors, fasteners, glass, and internal drainage details. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate opening dimensions, framed opening tolerances, affected related work, installation requirements. D. Grade Substantiation: Prior to submitting shop drawings or starting fabrication, submit one of the following showing compliance with specified grade: 1. Evidence of AAMA Certification. 2. Evidence of WDMA Certification. 3. Evidence of CSA Certification. 4. Test report(s) by independent testing agency itemizing compliance and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. E. Field Quality Control Submittals: Report of field testing for water penetration and air leakage. F. Warranty Documentation: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. G. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 3. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified and with at least three years of documented experience. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect finished surfaces with wrapping. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings that bond when exposed to sunlight or weather. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install sealants when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F. B. Maintain this minimum temperature during and after installation of sealants. 1.09 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide manufacturers standard express limited warranty on fiberglass frame components for a period of 20 years for workmanship and materials. C. Provide manufacturers standard express limited warranty on integral hardware for a period of 10 years for workmanship and materials. D. Provide manufacturers standard express warranty for the insulated glass units to cover premature hermetic seal failure (condensation between the lites at normal service temperatures) appearing within a period of 10 years from the date of substantial completion. E. Provide data for maintenance and cleaning in accordance with instructions under General Conditions. F. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. 08 5413 - 2 FIBERGLASS WINDOWS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 5413 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 G. Provide twenty year manufacturer warranty for insulated glass units from seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, and replacement of same. Include coverage for degradation of color finish. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fiberglass Windows: 1. Work of this section is based upon fiberglass windows manufactured by Cascadia Windows Ltd. #101 —5350B 275 Street, Langley, BC, Canada (web: www.cascadiawindows.com) 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Fiberglass Sliding Doors: 1. Work of this section is based upon fiberglass sliding patio doors manufactured by Cascadia Windows Lt. #101-5350B 275 Street, Langly, BC, Canada (web: www.cascadiawindows.com) a. Universal Series Sliding Patio Doors (inslide). 2.02 WINDOW AND SLIDING DOOR UNITS A. Fiberglass Windows and Sliding Doors: Hollow, tubular, multi-layer fiber reinforced material; factory fabricated; with vision glass, related flashings, anchorage and attachment devices. 1. Configuration: As indicated on drawings . 2. Movement: Accommodate movement between window and perimeter framing and deflection of lintel, without damage to components or deterioration of seals. 3. System Internal Drainage: Drain to the exterior by means of a weep drainage network any water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channel, and migrating moisture occurring within system. 2.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Grade: AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 requirements for specific window type: 1. Performance Class (PC): CW. 2. Performance Grade (PG): Equivalent to or greater than design wind load. B. Design Pressure (DP): In accordance with applicable codes. C. Furnish labor, materials and other services to complete the fabrication of new fiberglass windows, including all materials required for the supply and installation of the units in the manner, direction and performance shown on the design drawings and specified herein. D. Fiberglass window framing to incorporate a drained and vented system with complete air, vapor and moisture seals, allowing water entering the framing to drain to the exterior. E. Fiberglass inswing windows and doors to be glazed with an interior air seal using a continuous silicone heel bead from the IGU to the sash frame. F. Fiberglass inswing windows and doors to incorporate a concealed hinge system with a continuous interior air seal, uninterrupted by any hardware. G. Structural Requirements: 1. Performance Grade (PG) and Class of all windows and doors shall be: a. For fixed windows, CW-95 or higher b. For operable window(inswing or outswing), CW-45 or higher c. For Sliding doors (inslide or outslide), CW-35 or higher 2. Components and cladding design wind pressure (DP)for the project as noted on the Structural Drawings. 08 5413 - 3 FIBERGLASS WINDOWS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 5413 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Design glass according to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-11 4. Design fiberglass according to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-11. 5. Design glazing and spanning window frame members, including any required reinforcing, in accordance with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-11. There shall be no deflection in excess of L/175 of the span of any framing member. 6. Allow for deflection of building structure. Ensure no structural loads are imposed on window assemblies. In lieu of other specific requirements the minimum requirements are as specified by the structural engineer. H. Overall Thermal Transmittance (U-value): .32, maximum, including glazing, measured on window sizes required for this project. 1. Energy Star: Windows must be ENERGY STAR®certified. Window manufacturer must provide required documentation and labeling. I. Water Leakage: No uncontrolled leakage on interior face when tested in accordance with ASTM E331 at differential pressure of 12.11 pounds per square foot. 1. Water Penetration Resistance: a. Laboratory Testing 1) There shall be no water infiltration at a static air pressure differential as follows when tested in accordance with AAMA 101 and ASTM E331. 2) Water penetration resistance test pressure for all vent types, including: Fixed windows, casement, awning, tilt&turn, hopper, inswing doors, outswing doors and sliding doors: 6 psf. b. Field Testing: 1) Windows shall have no water infiltration at a cyclic static air pressure difference at 6 psf when tested in accordance with AAMA 101 and ASTM E1105. J. Air Leakage: 0.3 cfm/sq ft maximum leakage when tested at 1.57 psf pressure difference in accordance with ASTM E283/E283M. 1. Air Tightness: a. Laboratory Testing 1) Air infiltration and exfiltration rates at a static air pressure differential of 1.6 psf (75 Pa)when tested in accordance with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-11 and ASTM E283 to be not more than: (a) Fixed Windows (interior or exterior glazed):0.00 cfm/ftZ(0.00 L/s.mZ). (b) Inward opening hopper-type windows:0.03 cfm/ftZ (0.13 L/s.mZ). (c) Inward opening tilt&turn-type (dual action)windows:0.00 cfm/ftZ (0.00 L/s.mZ). (d) Outward opening casement-type windows: 0.01 cfm/ftZ (0.06 L/s.mZ). (e) Outward opening awning-type windows: 0.00 cfm/ftZ(0.01 L/s.mZ). (f) Sliding doors (single or double sash):0.01 cfm/ftZ (0.07 L/s.mZ). 2.04 COMPONENTS A. All frame and sash profiles are made from Pultruded Fiberglass. 1. Pultrusions shall be manufactured with clamp-action equipment. No surface texture from rollers is permitted. 2. Glass content average for pultruded profiles: 55% or more. B. Fasteners shall be 300 series stainless steel, 400 series stainless steel, or Leland Industries DT2000 coated of sufficient size and quantity to perform their intended function. 1. Fastener corrosion resistance shall be: 2000 hours minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM B117. 08 5413 -4 FIBERGLASS WINDOWS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 5413 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 C. Glazing tape: black, closed cell copolymer, polyethylene foam coated with an aggressive acrylic adhesive. All upward facing exterior horizontal joints to have an additional cap bead of neutral cure silicone. D. Internal sealants for frame joints and continuous heel beads: 1199 DOW Corning sealant, or equal or better neutral cure silicone sealant. E. Sealant for Setting Sills and Sill Flashing: Non-curing butyl type. 2.05 GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS A. Glass and Glazing Materials: See Section 08 8000 for Types described below: 1. Glass in Exterior Lights: Type GL-2. 2. Insulated Glazing Units: Insulated glazing unit certified by IGMA. Glass thickness shall be in accordance with applicable Building Codes, but not less than 6mm. All insulated glass units shall be argon filled and utilize soft coat metallic low-E coating(s). Edge construction to consist of a primary seal of polyisobutylene; a tubular low conductivity stainless steel spacer-bar with sealed corners, filled with desiccant; and a secondary seal of neutral cure silicone. Performance requirements indicated in this section are for center-of-glass. a. Acceptable Low-E coated, insulated glazing units (double glazed): 1) Cardinal LowE 366, on #2 surface, argon filled. Center-of-Glass performance: U-0.24 (Imperial)/ USI-1.4 (Metric), SHGC 0.27, VT 65%. 3. Tempered glass in insulated glazing units: a. Where required by local building code or bylaw, and additionally as indicated in the construction documents. 2.06 HARDWARE A. All hardware to be supplied by a single manufacturer: 1. .1 Approved manufacturer: Roto Frank of America. B. Casement and Awning windows: RotoSil nano corrosion resistant finish on hinge components and stainless steel multi-point lock back, stainless steel locking keepers, and stainless steel rotary crack operator with folding handle. C. Tilt&Turn and Hopper windows: RotoSil nano corrosion resistant finish, multi-point locking hardware. D. Inslide and Outslide doors: RotoSil nano corrosion resistant finish, multi-point locking hardware. E. Hardware finish: Colour to be selected from supplier's standard range. 2.07 FINISH A. Hydro Tuff two-component waterborne polyurethane, meeting the requirements of AAMA-625. 1. Interior Frame Finish: Architect to choose from manufacturer's standard color range. 2. Exterior Frame Finish: Architect to choose from manufacturer's standard color range. 2.08 GLAZING STOP A. Provide manufacturer pultruded fiberglass glazing stops as required by IGU thickness. B. Lock-in, screw-less type. C. No PVC materials shall be used for glazing stop or related accessories. 2.09 FABRICATION A. Fabricate framing from pultrusions of size and shape shown on shop drawings. 08 5413 - 5 FIBERGLASS WINDOWS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 5413 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. All framing joints shall be accurately machined, assembled, and sealed to provide neat weather-tight connections. C. Provide interior heel bead as required for rain screen system. D. All glazing pockets shall be vented, pressure equalized and drained to the exterior. E. Permit internal drainage weep holes and channels to migrate moisture to exterior. Provide internal drainage of glazing spaces to exterior through weep holes. F. Factory glaze window and sliding door units. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive work of this Section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install windows in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install windows in accordance with ASTM E2112. C. Install windows in accordance with the approved shop drawings. D. Attach window frame and shims to perimeter opening to accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities. E. Align window plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. F. Set sill members and sill flashing in continuous bead of sealant. G. Install operating hardware. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Level or Plumb: 0.06 inches every 3 ft non-cumulative or 0.5 inches per 100 ft, whichever is less. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide services of fiberglass window manufacturer's field representative to observe for proper installation of system and submit report. B. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for independent field testing and inspection requirements, and requirements for monitoring quality of specified product installations. C. Provide field testing of installed fiberglass windows by independent laboratory in accordance with AAMA 502 and AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 during construction process and before installation of interior finishes. 1. Field test for water penetration in accordance with ASTM E1105 using Procedure B - cyclic static air pressure difference; test pressure shall not be less than 1.9 psf. 2. Field test for air leakage in accordance with ASTM E783 with uniform static air pressure difference of 6.27 psf. a. Maximum allowable rate of air leakage is 1.5 times specified rate of 0.10 cfm/sq ft as indicated in AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440. D. Repair or replace fenestration components that have failed designated field testing, and retest to verify performance complies with specified requirements. 08 5413 - 6 FIBERGLASS WINDOWS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 5413 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and secure weathertight closure. 3.06 CLEANING A. See Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal, for additional requirements. B. Remove protective material from pre-finished surfaces. C. Wash surfaces by method recommended and acceptable to window manufacturer; rinse and wipe surfaces clean. D. Remove excess glazing sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant manufacturer. E. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 08 5413 08 5413 - 7 FIBERGLASS WINDOWS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 08 5413 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 08 5413 - 8 FIBERGLASS WINDOWS Snohomish County Public Works 0871000 - 1 Arlington Operators Center 2023-053 SECTION 087100 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Provide complete Door Hardware and suitable fastenings for the Project in accordance with Drawings, Specifications, and Schedules. 2. Furnishing items of proper design for use on doors and frames of the thicknesses, profile, swing, security and similar requirements indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function. a. Provide UL Listed systems for exit doors. b. Provide UL Listed systems for fire rated doors where scheduled. c. Provide similar systems on non-latching doors where scheduled. 3. Furnishing items not specifically mentioned, but necessary to complete the work. These are to match quality and finish of the items specified. 4. Field survey and documentation of existing Door and Frame to receive new Hardware. 5. Electronic Hardware Coordination: Coordinate Work of this Section with the requirements of systems specified under Division 26 and 28, as required to provide materials, fabrication, and installation for complete and operating system meeting the operational requirements stated. B. Quantities: Those listed in any instance are for subcontractor's convenience only and are not guaranteed. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Section "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames" 2. Division 08 Section "Flush Wood Doors" 3. Division 08 Section "Aluminum Framed Entrances & Storefronts" 4. Division 26— Electrical 5. Division 28— Electronic Safety and Security 1.02 REFERENCES A. Standards: Current edition at date of bid. 1. ADAAG -Americans with Disabilities Act"Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities" 2. ANSI/BHMA A156.18 - Materials and Finishes 3. ICC/ANSI A117.1 -Accessible and Usable Facilities and Buildings 4. NFPA 80- Standard for Fire Doors and Windows 5. NFPA 252 - Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 6. Underwriters Laboratories - Building Materials Directory 7. UL 10C - Positive Pressure Fire Test of Door Assemblies B. Codes 1. IBC International Building Code (IBC) 2. Chapter 51-50 WAC Washington State Building Code 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General Requirements: All Submittals shall be in accordance with Division 1 Section "Administrative Requirements". B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data for each item of Door Hardware C. Hardware Schedule: Submit a detailed Door Hardware Schedule. 1. The submitted Door Hardware Schedule shall indicate the complete designation of every item required for each door or opening. 2. Furnish cover sheet listing title of project as shown on the Contract Documents, name, address, phone and fax numbers of Owner, Architect, Contractor, and Supplier, name of Certified Hardware Consultant, and date of submittal. April 30, 2025 DOOR HARDWARE - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 0871000 -2 Arlington Operators Center 2023-053 3. List each opening individually under separate headings in the same order as the Door Schedule. Do not continue individual headings on separate pages. 4. Each heading shall indicate opening location, handing, degree of opening, door size, type, fire rating, and Door and Frame material. 5. An index shall be included in the Finish Hardware submittals indicating door, page, and heading numbers, and locking function of each opening 6. Indicate product Manufacturer and incorporate cross-reference to symbols used in Article 2.16 Hardware Groups. 7. A cross reference for any abbreviations or symbols used shall be included. 8. Schedules in coded or horizontal format are unacceptable. 9. Submittals not conforming to these requirements will be returned without review, for re-submittal. Following is an example of the required format: 1 Sgl. Door#104A—Corridor 102 from Waiting 104 RHR 900 HW-1 3-0 x 7-0 x 1-3/4"x 20 Minute x Type D SC WD x HMF 3 Each Hinges HA BB1279 US26D (652)4.5 x 4.5 x 1/2MS 1 Classroom Lockset SC L9050R 06B 630 RHR 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-EDA Alum. (689)x SIB 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP— 10 x 34.5— US32D x CTSK 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX-SV US32D (626) 1 Set Gasket NGP 2525C— 17' per Set D. Processing: Hardware schedules will not be reviewed by the Architect until they have been reviewed and approved by Contractor. Resubmit only corrected copies of those sheets requiring correction and update distributed copies with corrected sheets. E. Modifications: The Door Hardware Submittal shall be kept current throughout the project duration. All revisions incorporated shall be submitted in accordance with the above requirements. Submit only cover sheet and revised pages. All revisions shall clearly identify changes from previous submittal content. F. Samples: If requested by the Architect, submit one (1) sample of each exposed hardware category, finished as required, and tagged with full description for coordination with the hardware schedule. Samples will be reviewed, by the Architect, for design and finish only; compliance with other requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. Units which are acceptable and remain undamaged through submittal procedures may be used on the project. G. Color Samples: Submit color charts and physical samples of each product requiring color selection. H. Key Schedule: Submit a detailed keying schedule. 1. Content: Include door number, location, lock function, heading, keying layout, and quantity of keys. 2. Processing: Obtain approval prior to proceeding with lock portion of the project. Deliver two copies of approved keying chart, complete with key number, with keys. I. Wiring Diagrams: Submit electronic hardware system riser and terminal-to-terminal wiring diagrams. 1. Content: Submit one diagram for each Electronic Hardware application, cross- referenced to the Door Hardware Submittal and Door Schedule. Include voltage requirements along with product data and installation instructions. Indicate wire gauges and connection points to equipment provided under Divisions 26 and 28. 2. Manufacturer: Wiring Diagrams to be produced by prior approved firms only. J. Operations and Maintenance Data 1. Submittals: Submit Maintenance and Operations Manuals under provisions of Division 01 Section "Closeout Submittals". 2. Content: Manuals shall be furnished in a clearly marked, tabbed, 3-ringed binder. Each Manual shall contain: April 30, 2025 DOOR HARDWARE - 2 Snohomish County Public Works 0871000 -3 Arlington Operators Center 2023-053 a. Final "As Built" copy of the Door Hardware Submittal b. Product Data C. Key Schedule d. Installation and maintenance instructions for Locksets, Exit Devices, Automatic Operators, and Door Closers e. Wiring diagrams 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier: 1. Recognized builders' hardware supplier who has been furnishing hardware in the same area as the project for a period of not less than five years. 2. Factory direct, authorized and stocking distributor of the Exit Devices, Locksets and Door Closers. 3. Employing an Architectural Hardware Consultant, certified by the Door and Hardware Institute, who is available during the course of the work to meet with the Owner, Architect or Contractor for project hardware consultation. 4. Provide certification of compliance with these requirements prior to preparation of Door Hardware Submittals B. Source: Obtain each kind of Hardware (Butts, Locksets, Exit Devices, Door Closers, etc.) from only one manufacturer. C. Installer: Door hardware shall be installed only by experienced tradesmen in compliance with trade union jurisdictions, either at the door and frame fabrication plant or at the project site. D. Templates: Furnish hardware templates for each fabricator of doors, frames and other work to be factory prepared for the installation of hardware. Upon request, check the shop drawings of such other work to confirm that provisions will be made for the proper installation of hardware. E. Automatic Operators: 1. Automatic Operator Installer: The Operators and Accessories shall be installed by factory authorized and trained personnel, certified by American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (AAADM). 2. Authorized Installers: For Horton Operators: Automatic Entries Lynnwood, WA 425-745-7012 For LCN Operators: Commercial Hardware Services Auburn, WA 253-638-8684 Western Entrance Technology Monroe, WA 360-863-9382 3. Pre-installation Conference: Prior to commencement of electrical work, provide for local factory representatives of the Automatic Operators to attend a pre-installation conference to review rough in and installation requirements with representatives of the Design-Builder, Electrical Contractor, Door Hardware Supplier, Automatic Operator and Door Hardware Installers. 4. Certificates: Prior to substantial completion, provide certification from the local representative of the Automatic Operators that Operator applications are installed in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. Submit certification in writing to the Owner in care of the Architect. F. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Code Compliance: Comply with Chapter 51-50 WAC Washington State Building Code amendments to the International Building Code. 2. Accessibility Compliance: Door hardware shall meet the requirements of ADAAG, and ICC/ANSI A117.1, Accessible and Usable Building and Facilities. 3. Product Compliance: Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by recognized testing agency for the types and sizes of doors required, and which complies with the requirements of the door and door frame labels. Provide Door Closers, Automatic self-latching bolts, coordinators, gasketing, astragals, or other components if required to conform to label requirements. April 30, 2025 DOOR HARDWARE - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 0871000 -4 Arlington Operators Center 2023-053 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Packaging: Each item or package is to be separately tagged with identification related to the final hardware schedule. Complete installation instructions shall be included in the packages. B. Storage: Provide a locked room at the jobsite for the storage of the hardware. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Submittal: Submit Warrantees in accordance with Division 01 "Closeout Submittals". B. Coverage: Door hardware shall be guaranteed against defects in workmanship and operation for a period of one year, backed by a factory guarantee of the hardware manufacturer. The following products shall be guaranteed for periods beyond one year: 1. Locks: two years 2. Door Closers: thirty years 3. Panic Devices: five years 4. Continuous Hinges: ten years 1.07 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: Furnish the following extra materials, which shall be delivered directly to the Owner prior to substantial completion, in accordance with Section 017700, Closeout Procedures. Quantity Description Product Number Two (2) Exit Devices 35A-NL-OP Two (2) Door Closers 4040XP-EDA B. Special Tools: Provide one set of Special Tools required for installation and adjustment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Manufacturers: Products may be furnished by the manufacturers listed under"As Specified" below, or equivalent products of type, grade, design, and function from manufacturers listed under"Acceptable Substitutions". Requests for products not listed must be made in accordance with Division 01 Section "Product Requirements". Product As Specified Acceptable Substitutions (Abbreviation in Schedule) Butt Hinges Hager(HA) Ives, Stanley Continuous Gear Hinges Select(SL) Ives, NGP Locksets and Latchsets Schlage (SC) None Cylinders and Keying Schlage Everest FSIC (SC) None Exit Devices Von Duprin (VO) None Electric Strikes Von Duprin (VO) HES, SDC Door Closers LCN (LCN) None Automatic Operators LCN (LCN) Horton Activation Switches Camden (CM) LCN Kick& Mop Plates Tice Industries (TI) Hager, Trimco Wall and Floor Stops Trimco (TR) Hager, Ives Overhead Stop and Holders Glynn Johnson (GJ) ABH Weatherstrip &Thresholds National Guard (NGP) Reese, Zero 2.02 HARDWARE MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A. Fasteners: Provide fasteners for installation with each hardware item. Provide Phillips head fasteners, countersunk oval, flat head, or undercut head as appropriate for material to be installed. Provide Door Closers and Exit Devices applied to wood composite or mineral core doors with Sex Bolts sized to the thickness of the door. April 30, 2025 DOOR HARDWARE -4 Snohomish County Public Works 0871000 -5 Arlington Operators Center 2023-053 B. Compatibility: Provide fasteners which are compatible with both unit fastened and substrate, and which will not cause corrosion or deterioration of hardware, base material, or fastener. 2.03 HARDWARE FINISHES A. General: Unless specifically indicated otherwise, provide architectural hardware in the following finishes. 1. Finish in general shall be: US26D, Satin Chrome Plated, except: 2. Mortise Locksets, Exit Devices, Push Plates, Door Pulls, Overhead Stops, and Exterior Butts: US32D, Satin Stainless Steel (BHMA 630) 3. Interior Butt Hinges: US26D Satin Chrome plated over steel base (BHMA 652) 4. Door Closers and Removable Mullions: Sprayed Aluminum (BHMA 689) 5. Kick Plates: US32D, Satin Stainless Steel (BHMA 630) 6. Smoke Gasketing: As selected. 7. Threshold: Mill Finish Aluminum 8. Weatherstrip & Door Bottoms: Clear Anodized Aluminum B. Aluminum Doors and Frames: 1. Continuous Gear Hinges, Door Sweeps, Door Closers, and Automatic Operators: Match Door and Frame Finish. 2.04 BUTT AND CONTINUOUS HEAR HINGES A. Quantity (per Leaf): 1. Door openings up to 60": 2 each 2. Door openings 60 to 90": 3 each 3. Doors over 90": Furnish one (1) additional for each 30" increment or fraction thereof. B. Sizes: 1. 1-3/4" Exterior&Vestibule Doors: 5 x 4-1/2" 2. 1-3/4" Interior Doors up to and including 36": 4-1/2 x 4-1/2" 3. 1-3/4" Interior Doors over 36": 5 x 4-1/2" 4. Existing Doors and Frames: Field Verify Size C. Pins: All hinges are to have non-removable pins (NRP—Set Screw in Barrel) D. Width: Width of Hinges shall be as required to clear projecting trim or other conditions to allow maximum degree of opening E. Tips: Hinges shall have Flat Button Tips. F. Non-Standard Sizes: For unusual size or weight doors, furnish type, size and quantity recommended by the hinge manufacturer. G. Coordinate Continuous Gear Hinge type (Flush, Inset, or Kawneer)with Aluminum Door and Frame supplier. 2.05 LOCKSETS AND CYLINDERS A. Lever Design: 06B B. Backset: 2-3/4". C. Ratings: All Locksets and Latchsets shall be listed with Underwriters Laboratories for A label and lesser class doors. D. Cylinders 1. Provide Schlage Primus D145 6 Pin full size format key removable core cylinders. 2. Provide Collars, Compression and Blocking Rings, and Cams as appropriate for each application. E. Strikes: Provide Curved Lip Strikes with adequate projection to protect door trim. Provide flat, flush lip strikes for pairs of doors with overlapping Astragals. F. Strike Boxes: Provide manufacturers standard wrought or plastic strike boxes. April 30, 2025 DOOR HARDWARE - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 0871000 -6 Arlington Operators Center 2023-053 2.06 PANIC DEVICES AND FIRE EXIT HARDWARE A. A. Fire Rated Openings: Furnish UL Rated Fire Exit Hardware at rated openings. B. Wood Doors: Furnish Sex Nuts and Bolts for Devices applied to wood composite and mineral core doors C. Removable Mullions: Provide Mullion Spacers for installation in narrow stop frames. D. Vision Frames: Provide Glass Bead Kits to provide clearance at Door vision frames. E. Lever Trim: Exit Device Lever Trim shall match design specified under 2.05 A.1. 2.07 DOOR CLOSERS A. Drop Plates: Furnish drop plates where doors have insufficient height top rails, or where Regular Arm Door Closers are used in conjunction with Concealed Overhead Stops. B. Fluid: Furnish cold weather fluid, at exterior&vestibule doors. Furnish non-flammable fluid at fire rated openings in conformance with UL Test Standard 10C. C. Spacer Blocks: Furnish Spacer Blocks where frame stop does not provide for adequate support for the parallel arm soffit shoe. D. Special Mounting: Provide special closer mounting as required where interference with weatherstrip or sound seals occurs. E. Fasteners: 1. Furnish Shoulder Through Bolts for Door Closers applied to wood composite and mineral core doors. 2. Furnish Phillip Head Machine Screws for all Hollow Metal Door and Frame applications. Self-drilling and tapping fasteners are unacceptable. 2.08 AUTOMATIC OPERATORS AND ACCESSORIES A. General: Locate Wall Plate Actuators and Key Switch as noted in the Architectural Drawings or as directed by Architect. B. Wiring: All System Wiring shall be concealed in the Wall and Door Frame. C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit Wiring Diagrams in accordance with paragraph 1.4.1. D. Coordination: Coordinate location, rough-in and wiring requirements with Electrical Contractors. E. Installer: Operators are to be installed by a Factory Authorized Contractor. 2.09 KICK AND MOP PLATES A. General: Kick Plates shall be applied to the Push Side of the Door, Mop Plate applied to the Pull Side. B. Sizing: 1. Height: Kick Plates: 10", Mop Plates: 6", Armor Plates: 34". 2. Width: All plates shall be furnished with width as required to provide 1/4" clearance at sides of doors frame stops, Astragals, and stop applied seals. C. Fasteners: Provide stainless steel Phillips oval/undercut head, full tread type sheet meal screws for fastening not more than 5 inches on center. D. Material: Material: Plates shall be .050 thickness, beveled four edges (134E). 2.10 STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Size: Furnish Overhead Stop and Holders sized as recommended by the manufacturer. B. Special Applications: Furnish Overhead Stop and Holders with special shims, brackets, or special template mounting where required. C. Voltage: Coordinate rough-in, location, and wiring requirements for Magnetic Holders with Electrical Contractor. D. Site Conditions: Where wall stops are not applicable, furnish floor stops 1215CKU, or Overhead Stops if required. April 30, 2025 DOOR HARDWARE - 6 Snohomish County Public Works 0871000 -7 Arlington Operators Center 2023-053 2.11 THRESHOLDS A. Fasteners: Furnish all Thresholds with '/4"—20 x 2" Flat Head Sleeve Anchors. 2.12 WEATHERSTRIP AND SMOKE GASKETING A. Weatherstrip and Seals: Furnish weatherstrip and gaskets for complete perimeter of opening, including mullions, and astragals. Furnish weatherstrip at sill of Four(4) sided frames. B. Rain Drips: Rain Drips shall be full opening width including frame faces. 2.13 DOOR SILENCERS A. General: Furnish Rubber Door Silencers for all openings. B. Quantity: Furnish three (3)for each single door frame, and four(4)for each pair of door frames. C. Type: Trimco 1229A 2.14 KEYING A. The key operated products specified under the Section shall be keyed to the existing Schlage Primus Everest D145 FSIC 6 Pin Interchangeable Core Key System. B. Construction Keying: Provide Brass Construction Cores and Keys for all Locksets and Cylinders during the construction period. Plastic Construction Cores are unacceptable. C. The Door Hardware Supplier shall meet with the Owner to prepare the permanent keying schedule. Submit for approval in accordance with paragraph 1.04 H. D. The Permanent Cores, Change Keys, and Control Keys, prepared according to the approved keying schedule, shall be transmitted directly to the Owner, prior to substantial completion. The Contractor shall remove the Construction Cores and install the permanent Cores. All Construction Cores shall be returned by the Contractor to the Door Hardware Supplier. E. All Permanent Cores and Keys shall be sent direct from the lock manufacturer via Registered Mail, Return Receipt Requested. F. Provide a key transcript list of all cylinders, including 25 additional change combinations. G. Stamping: Keys shall be stamped with the following information. An example of the stamping detail to be provided at the keying conference. 1. Key Symbol. 2. Serial Number. 3. Keyway. 4. Facility Code. H. Furnish: 1. Six Building Grand Master Keys 2. Three change keys per Lockset or Cylinder. 3. Ten Construction Keys 4. Four Construction Control Keys 5. Four permanent Control Keys April 30, 2025 DOOR HARDWARE - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 0871000 -8 Arlington Operators Center 2023-053 2.15 HARDWARE GROUPS A. Note: * See 2.04 A. for Hinge quantity requirements. HWA Doors#100a, 116A, 206f, 206g, 220b 1 Continuous Gear Hinge SL SL11 HD 1 Exit Device VO LD35A-NL-OP 1 Rim Cylinder- Outside SC 20-057-ICX 1 Permanent Core SC 23-030 Everest 1 Electric Strike VO 6300-FSE 1 Door Pull TR AP413-N-2418 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-EDA 1 Overhead Stop GJ 100S Series 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Threshold NGP As per detail 1 Door Sweep NGP 200NA Perimeter Seals By Frame Manufacturer Card Reader, Door Position Switch, and Power Supply by Division 28 HW-2 Doors#100b, 101, 203 Hardware by Door Manufacturer HW-3 Doors#103, 107, 109 * Each Hinges HA BB1279 1 Storeroom Lockset SC L9080T 1 Permanent Core SC 23-030 Everest 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP x REG 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Floor Stop TR 1215CKU 1 Threshold NGP 814—4" 1 Set Sound Seal NGP 107NA 1 Automatic Door Bottom NGP 423N H W-4 Door#104 * Each Hinges HA BB1279 1 Storeroom Lockset SC L9080T 1 Permanent Core SC 23-030 Everest 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP x REG 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 3 Silencers April 30, 2025 DOOR HARDWARE - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 0871000 -9 Arlington Operators Center 2023-053 H W-5 Door#105 Each Hinges HA BB1279 1 Storeroom Lockset SC L9080T 1 Permanent Core SC 23-030 Everest 1 Electric Strike VO 6210 FSE 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP x REG 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 3 Silencers Card Reader, Door Position Switch, and Power Supply by Division 28 HW-6 Door#106, 218 Each Hinges HA BB1279 1 Storeroom Lockset SC L9080T 1 Permanent Core SC 23-030 Everest 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP x REG 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 1 Set Gasket NGP 2525C HW-7 Door#108, 220b Each Hinges HA BB1168 1 Exit Device VO 98L-F-BE 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP x REG 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 1 Set Gasket NGP 2525C April 30, 2025 DOOR HARDWARE - 9 Snohomish County Public Works 0871000 - 10 Arlington Operators Center 2023-053 H W-8 Door#110 Each Hinges HA BB1199 1 Electrified Lockset SC L9092T 1 Permanent Core SC 23-030 Everest 2 Flush Bolts TR 3917— 12" 1 Dust Proof Strike TR 3911 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP Spring-CUSH x ST1595 1 Overhead Stop GJ 90S Series 2 Kick Plates TI B4EKP 1 Threshold NGP As per detail 1 Set Weatherstrip NGP 700S (Head)x 700ES (Jambs) 2 Door Sweeps NGP 200NA 1 Astragal NGP 139SP x 2525C x SNB Card Reader, Door Position Switches, and Power Supply by Division 28 HW-9 Doors#111, 112, 217, 219 Each Hinges HA BB1168 1 Push Plate TR 1001-3 1 Pull Plate TR 1014-3 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP x REG 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 3 Silencers HW-10 Door#113 Each Hinges HA BB1168 1 Push Plate TR 1001-3 1 Pull Plate TR 1014-3 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP x REG 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Mop Plate TI B4EMP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 3 Silencers April 30, 2025 DOOR HARDWARE - 10 Snohomish County Public Works 0871000 - 11 Arlington Operators Center 2023-053 HW-11 Door#114 Each Hinges HA BB1199 1 Exit Lockset SC L9025 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP Spring-CUSH x ST1595 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Threshold NGP As per detail 1 Set Weatherstrip NGP 700S (Head)x 700ES (Jambs) 1 Door Sweep NGP 200NA 1 Lock Astragal TR 5000T HW-12 Door#115 Each Hinges HA BB1279 1 Classroom Lockset SC L9070T 1 Permanent Core SC 23-030 Everest 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP x REG 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 3 Silencers HW-13 Door#116b, 124b 1 Continuous Gear Hinge SL SL11 HD 1 Push Bar VO 350 1 Door Pull TR AP413N-2418 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX HW-14 Doors#117, 118, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 215, 216 Each Hinges HA BB1279 1 Office Lockset SC L9050T 1 Permanent Core SC 23-030 Everest 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 1 Threshold NGP 404 1 Set Sound Gasket NGP 5075CL 1 Automatic Door Bottom NGP 423N April 30, 2025 DOOR HARDWARE - 11 Snohomish County Public Works 0871000 - 12 Arlington Operators Center 2023-053 HW-15 Door#124a 1 Continuous Gear Hinge SL SL11 HD 1 Exit Device VO LD35A-EO 1 Rim Cylinder- Outside SC 20-057-ICX 1 Permanent Core SC 23-030 Everest 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-EDA 1 Overhead Stop GJ 100S Series 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Threshold NGP As per detail 1 Door Sweep NGP 200NA Perimeter Seals By Frame Manufacturer HW-16 Doors#127, 131, 132, 136, 137 Each Hinges HA BB1279 1 Classroom Lockset SC L9070T 1 Permanent Core SC 23-030 Everest 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 3 Silencers HW-17 Doors#128, 129, 130 Each Hinges HA BB1279 1 Office Lockset SC L9050T 1 Permanent Core SC 23-030 Everest 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 1 Set Gasket NGP 2525C HW-18 Door#133 Each Hinges HA BB1279 1 Privacy Lock with Indicators SC L9040 x IS-LOC x OS-OCC 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP x REG 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 1 Threshold NGP 404 1 Set Sound Gasket NGP 5075CL 1 Automatic Door Bottom NGP 423N April 30, 2025 DOOR HARDWARE - 12 Snohomish County Public Works 0871000 - 13 Arlington Operators Center 2023-053 HW-19 Doors#134, 214 Each Hinges HA BB1279 1 Storeroom Lockset SC L9080T 1 Permanent Core SC 23-030 Everest 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 3 Silencers HW-20 Door#135a Each Hinges HA BB1279 1 Push Plate TR 1001-3 1 Pull Plate TR 1014-3 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP x REG 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 1 Threshold NGP 404 1 Set Sound Gasket NGP 5075CL 1 Automatic Door Bottom NGP 423N H W-21 Doors#135b, 135c, 206b, 206c, 206d, 206e Each Hinges HA BB1279 1 Push Plate TR 1001-3 1 Pull Plate TR 1014-3 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 1 Threshold NGP 404 1 Set Sound Gasket NGP 5075CL 1 Automatic Door Bottom NGP 423N April 30, 2025 DOOR HARDWARE - 13 Snohomish County Public Works 0871000 - 14 Arlington Operators Center 2023-053 H W-22 Door#201 2 Continuous Gear Hinges SL SL11 HD x EPT 1 Electrified Exit Device VO QEL3547A-NL-OP 1 Rim Cylinder- Outside SC 20-057-ICX 1 Permanent Core SC 23-030 Everest 1 Electrified Exit Device VO QEL3547A-EO 2 Power Transfers VO EPT-10 2 Door Pulls TR AP413-N-2418 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-EDA 1 Automatic Operator LCN 4642 1 Activation Switch — Exterior CM CM-45/4 1 Split Activation Switch —Vestibule CN CM-2520/4 2 Overhead Stops GJ 100S Series 2 Kick Plates TI B4EKP 1 Threshold NGP As per detail 2 Door Sweeps NGP 200NA Perimeter Seals By Frame Manufacturer Card Reader, Door Position Switches, and Power Supply by Division 28 HW-23 Door#202 2 Continuous Gear Hinges SL SL11 HD 2 Push Bars VO 350 2 Door Pulls TR AP413N-2418 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-EDA 1 Automatic Operator LCN 4642 1 Activation Switch — Lobby CM CM-45/4 2 Kick Plates TI B4EKP 2 Floor Stops TR 1215CKU HW-24 Door#204 Each Hinges HA BB1168 1 Exit Device VO 98NL 1 Rim Cylinder- Outside SC 20-057-ICX 1 Permanent Core SC 23-030 Everest 1 Electric Strike VO 6300-FSE 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 1 Set Gasket NGP 2525C Card Reader, Door Position Switch, and Power Supply by Division 28 April 30, 2025 DOOR HARDWARE - 14 Snohomish County Public Works 0871000 - 15 Arlington Operators Center 2023-053 HW-25 Door#206a Each Hinges HA BB1279 1 Exit Device VO 98EO 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 1 Threshold NGP 404 1 Set Sound Gasket NGP 5075CL 1 Automatic Door Bottom NGP 423N HW-26 Door#207 1 Continuous Gear Hinge SL SL11 HD 1 Deadlock AR MS1850S 2 Mortise Cylinders SC 20-062-ICX 2 Permanent Cores SC 23-030 Everest 1 Push Bar TR AP413N-3230 x Mounted Horizontal 1 Door Pull TR AP413N-2418 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-EDA 1 Overhead Stop GJ 100S Series 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Threshold NGP As per detail 1 Door Sweep NGP 200NA Perimeter Seals By Frame Manufacturer EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Examination: Examine Doors, Frames, and related items for conditions that would prevent the proper application of the Door Hardware. Do not proceed until defects are corrected. B. Wall Blocking: Provide solid blocking for wall mounted components. C. Fasteners: Check all conditions and use fastening devices as needed to securely anchor all hardware as per manufacturer's published templates. Self-tapping sheet metal screws are not acceptable. Exit Devices, and Surface Mounted Overhead Stops on wood doors shall be Shoulder through-bolted. Door Closers shall be mounted to solid Wood Core and Hollow Metal Doors with Shoulder Through Bolts. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Mount units at heights as recommended in "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames (2001)" by Doors and Hardware Institute, except as indicated below. Products not specifically covered shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer templates and instructions. 1. Hinges: a. Top Hinge: 7-1/4", Top of frame rabbet to centerline of hinge. b. Bottom Hinge: 12-1/4", Bottom of Frame to centerline of hinge c. Intermediate Hinges: Centered, equal spacing between top and bottom hinges. 2. Mortise Lock Strikes: 40", bottom of frame to centerline of Strike. 3. Wall Stops: Locate Wall Stops intended for use with Lever Handle Locksets and Exit Devices at the Centerline of the Spindle or Pull. April 30, 2025 DOOR HARDWARE - 15 Snohomish County Public Works 0871000 - 16 Arlington Operators Center 2023-053 B. Installation: Install each hardware item in compliance with manufacturer's instructions, except as modified below: 1. Cutting and Fitting: Wherever cutting and fitting are required to install hardware surfaces which will be painted or finished at a later time, install each item completely and then remove and store in a secure place. After completion of the finishes, re- install each item. 2. Door and Frame Finishes: Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. 3. Fire Rated Openings: Install in accordance with NFPA 80. 4. Degree of Opening: Door shall swing to the maximum degree that project conditions will allow. The swings indicated on the floor plan are intended to depict direction and do not indicate full degree of opening. 5. Exit Devices: Trim Exit Devices to provide 1-1/2" clearance between End Cap and hinge jamb stop face, finger guards, and stop applied seals. 6. Door Closers: Door Closer shall be located to allow maximum degree of opening that project conditions will allow. Door Closer shall not be used to stop the door, except for models equipped with an integral stop-on-the-arm feature. 7. Overhead Stops: Furnish Overhead Stop and Holders with maximum degree of opening that project conditions will allow. 8. Floor Stops: Locate Floors Stops at maximum degree of opening that project conditions will allow. Do not locate Floor Stops where they create a hazardous condition. Stops should be located no more than 1/3 Door width from the latch edge of the Door. 9. Thresholds: a. Installation: Threshold shall set be level. Thresholds shall not be mounted over Carpet or other finish materials. At exterior doors, the top of the bevel shall align with the door face unless otherwise indicated by detail. b. Sealant and Calking: Set Thresholds in a bed of butyl rubber sealant in conformance with Division 7 requirements. Complete fill all interior voids. Remove excess sealant. Caulk edges and joints of exterior Thresholds to exclude moisture. 10. Weatherstrip: a. Door Closers: Mount and adjust rigid jamb Weatherstrip prior to mounting Parallel Arm Door Closers. Weatherstrip shall be installed to provide a continuous seal at head and jambs. Do not notch Weatherstrip for Door Closer shoe. Lower Door Closer Body 1�4"to allow for mounting of Soffit shoe on top of the weatherstrip. Provide Parallel Arm 5th hole spacer of increased thickness to allow for revised location. C. Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to insure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly. 3.03 FINAL ADJUSTMENT A. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one (1) month prior to acceptance or occupancy, make a final check and adjustment of all hardware items during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy. Clean and lubricate operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. B. Door Closer Adjustment: After mechanical systems have been balanced, adjust Door Closers to comply with following ICC/ANSI A117.1 requirements, as modified by WAC 51- 50 and the International Building Code: 1. Closing Speed: Door Closers shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 90 degrees, the time required to move the door to an open position of 12 degrees shall be 5 seconds minimum. 2. Opening Force: The maximum force for pushing or pulling a door open shall be as follows: (these forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices securing the door). April 30, 2025 DOOR HARDWARE - 16 Snohomish County Public Works 0871000 - 17 Arlington Operators Center 2023-053 a. Fire Doors: The minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority. b. Exterior Doors: 10.0 Ibf. (44.4 N) c. Interior Doors: 5.0 Ibf. (22.2 N) d. Automatic Doors: Comply with ICC/ANSI A117.1, 404.3. 3. Backcheck: Adjust backcheck to prevent damage to the closer, hardware, door and frame, and wall. C. Instruction: Instruct Owner's Personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware finishes. END OF SECTION April 30, 2025 DOOR HARDWARE - 17 Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 8000 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 08 8000 GLAZING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Glass products for windows, doors, interior borrowed lites, storefront framing. B. Glazing sealants, Low E coatings and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 08 1416: Flush Wood Doors. C. Section 08 4313: Aluminum-Framed Storefronts. D. Section 08 5413: Fiberglass Windows. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Glass Manufacturers: Firms that produce primary glass, fabricated glass, or both, as defined in referenced glazing publications. B. ASTM C1036 also includes traditional thickness designations in IP units, but actual thickness is based on equivalent IP designation in millimeters. C. Glass Thicknesses: Indicated by thickness designations in millimeters in accordance with ASTM C1036. D. IBC: International Building Code. E. Interspace: Space between lites of an insulating-glass unit. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below unless more stringent requirements are indicated. See these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. B. GANA Publications: "Laminated Glazing Reference Manual" and "Glazing Manual." 1. AAMA Publications: AAMA GDSG-1, "Glass Design for Sloped Glazing," and AAMA TIR A7, "Sloped Glazing Guidelines." 2. IGMA Publication for Sloped Glazing: IGMA TB-3001, "Guidelines for Sloped Glazing." 3. IGMA Publication for Insulating Glass: SIGMA TM-3000, "North American Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential Use." 1.05 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate glazing channel dimensions to provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project Site. 1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review temporary protection requirements for glazing during and after installation. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. 08 8000 - 1 GLAZING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 8000 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Product Data: For each type of product.. C. Glass Samples: For each type of glass product other than clear monolithic vision glass; 12 inches square. 1. For the following products, in the form of 12-inch- square Samples for glass and of 12- inch- long Samples for sealants. Install sealant Samples between two strips of material representative in color of the adjoining framing system. D. Coated vision glass. a. Insulating glass for each designation indicated. E. Glazing Schedule: List glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. F. Delegated-Design Submittal: For glass indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. G. Preconstruction adhesion and compatibility test report. From glazing sealant manufacturer indicating glazing sealants were tested for adhesion to glass and glazing channel substrates and for compatibility with glass and other glazing materials, for glazing of operating units in storefront framing systems H. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 3. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 4. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings) 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sealant Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated. B. Glazer Qualifications: Able to document 3 years experience in cutting and installing glass for similar type and scope of work. C. Allowable Tolerances: Thickness of glass specified is nominal. Provide glass manufactured to tolerances listed in GANA- FGMA Manual. D. Perform Work in accordance with GANA- FGMA Glazing Manual, GANA Sealant Manual, and GANA Laminated Glass Design Guide for glazing installation methods. E. Quality and Dimensional Requirements: ASTM C1036, ASTM C1048, Q3 Glazing, Select Quality, or Better. F. Low E Coatings: G. Products: Supply from single coating manufacturer. 1. Glass Unit Manufacturer: Certified by coating manufacturer. 2. Color Rendition: No apparent difference in reflectivity, hue, shade, and visible light transmittance between glass panes when viewed from outside and inside building. H. Labels: Removable I. Preconstruction Testing: 08 8000 - 2 GLAZING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 8000 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 J. Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Testing: Test each glass product, tape sealant, gasket, glazing accessory, and glass-framing member for adhesion to and compatibility with elastomeric glazing sealants. a. Testing is not required if data are submitted based on previous testing of current sealant products and glazing materials matching those submitted. 1.08 MOCK-UPS A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements for additional requirements. B. Construct 1 mock-up, 5 feet long by 9 feet wide, indicating exterior insulated glazed storefront assembly.. C. Mock-up may remain as part of work. 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. See Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal for packaging waste requirements. B. Store upright under cover and elevated above grade. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS 1.11 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated-Glass Products: Manufacturer agrees to replace coated-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of coated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in coating. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Laminated Glass: Manufacturer agrees to replace laminated-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of laminated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated-glass standard. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. D. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Insulating Glass: Manufacturer agrees to replace insulating-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Guardian Industries Corp.: SunGuard. 2. Pilkington North America. 08 8000 - 3 GLAZING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 8000 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Vitro Architectural Glass.; Vitroglazings.com B. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements,"to design glazing. B. Structural Performance: Glazing shall withstand the following design loads within limits and under conditions indicated determined according to the International Building Code and ASTM E 1300. 1. Design Wind Pressures: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Thickness of Patterned Glass: Base design of patterned glass on thickness at thinnest part of the glass. 3. Differential Shading: Design glass to resist thermal stresses induced by differential shading within individual glass lites. C. Safety Glazing: Where safety glazing is indicated, provide glazing that complies with 16 CFR 1201, Category 11. D. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified, as indicated in manufacturer's published test data, based on procedures indicated below: 1. U-Factors: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 100 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program, expressed as Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F. 2. Solar Heat-Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 200 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program. 3. Visible Reflectance: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 300. E. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings) 2.03 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety glazing is indicated, permanently mark glazing with certification label of the SGCC or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glass complies. B. Insulating-Glass Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of IGCC. C. Thickness: Where glass thickness is indicated, it is a minimum. Provide glass that complies with performance requirements and is not less than the thickness indicated. D. Strength: Where annealed float glass is indicated, provide annealed float glass, heat- strengthened float glass, or fully tempered float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements"Article. Where heat-strengthened float glass is indicated, provide heat- strengthened float glass or fully tempered float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements"Article. Where fully tempered float glass is indicated, provide fully tempered float glass. 2.04 GLASS PRODUCTS A. Clear Annealed Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type 1, Class 1 (clear), Quality-Q3. 08 8000 -4 GLAZING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 8000 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Tinted Annealed Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 2 (tinted), Quality-Q3. C. Fully Tempered Float Glass (Safety Glass): ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A(uncoated) unless otherwise indicated, Type I, Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted) as indicated, Quality-Q3. D. Heat-Strengthened Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind HS (heat strengthened), Type I, Condition A(uncoated) unless otherwise indicated, Type I, Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted)as indicated, Quality-Q3. E. Reflective-Coated Vision Glass: ASTM C 1376. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Guardian Sunguard —SNX 62/27 CLEA. 2.05 LAMINATED GLASS A. Laminated Glass: ASTM C 1172. Use materials that have a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after fabrication and installation. 1. Construction: Laminate glass with polyvinyl butyral interlayer to comply with interlayer manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Interlayer Thickness: Provide thickness not less than that indicated and as needed to comply with requirements. 3. Interlayer Color: Clear unless otherwise indicated in the schedule. B. Fire Rated Laminated Ceramic Glazing Materials: ASTM C 1376, Kind CS. 2.06 INSULATING GLASS A. Insulating-Glass Units: Factory-assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace, qualified according to ASTM E 2190. 1. Sealing System: Dual seals. Manufacturer's standard sealants. 2. Spacer: Aluminum, bent and soldered corners or per Manufacturer's standard spacer material and construction. 2.07 GLAZING SEALANTS A. General: 1. Compatibility: Compatible with one another and with other materials they contact, including glass products, seals of insulating-glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers'written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation. 3. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's (formerly, the California Department of Health Services') "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 4. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.08 GLAZING TAPES A. Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tapes: Preformed, butyl-based, 100 percent solids elastomeric tape; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated; and complying with ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below: 1. AAMA 804.3 tape, where indicated. 08 8000 - 5 GLAZING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 8000 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure. 3. AAMA 807.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is not subject to continuous pressure. B. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tapes: Closed-cell, PVC foam tapes; factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces; and complying with AAMA 800 for the following types: 1. AAMA 810.1, Type 1, for glazing applications in which tape acts as the primary sealant. 2. AAMA 810.1, Type 2, for glazing applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead of liquid sealant. 2.09 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. B. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. C. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. D. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement(side walking). E. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type O (open-cell material), of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. GLAZING, GENERAL 1. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. 2. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass includes glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass, impair performance, or impair appearance. 3. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing. 4. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. 5. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. 6. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches. 7. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications. 8. All paints and coatings, including accessories, applied on site must comply with the VOC limits, emissions testing and Submittal requirements for IEQ Credit Low-Emitting Materials as specified in Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4. B. TAPE GLAZING 1. Position tapes on fixed stops so that, when compressed by glass, their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops. 08 8000 - 6 GLAZING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 8000 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening. 3. Cover vertical framing joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first, then to jambs. Cover horizontal framing joints by applying tapes to jambs, then to heads and sills. 4. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer. 5. Apply heel bead of elastomeric sealant. 6. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. 7. Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant over exposed edge of tape. C. GASKET GLAZING (DRY) 1. Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation. 2. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners. 3. Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. 4. Installation with Pressure-Glazing Stops: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression gaskets and pressure-glazing stops, applying pressure uniformly to compression gaskets. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. 5. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. D. SEALANT GLAZING (WET) 1. Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel and blocking weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. 2. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. 3. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. 3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. See Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements for additional requirements. B. Immediately after installation remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. C. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains. 1. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. 08 8000 - 7 GLAZING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 8000 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 Remove and replace glass that cannot be cleaned without damage to coatings. D. Remove and replace glass that is damaged during construction period. E. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.03 COMMISSIONING A. See Section 01 9113 - General Commissioning Requirements for additional requirements. 3.04 MONOLITHIC GLASS SCHEDULE A. Glass Type GL-1: Clear annealed, heat-strengthened, fully tempered float glass (where safety glass is indicated on the drawings). 1. Minimum Thickness: 6 mm. 2. Safety glazing required. 3. Comply with ASTM C 1048; Type I, Quality-Q3; Class I (clear). 4. Thickness: 6 mm. 5. Locations of Use: Interior non-rated doors, interior storefront, interior sidelights and elsewhere as indicated. 3.05 TRANSLUCENT SAFETY GLASS SCHEDULE A. Glass Type GL-2: Acid etched, heat-strengthened, fully tempered float glass. Basis-of-Design: 1. Guardian SatinDeco Acid Etched. a. Minimum Thickness: 6 mm. 2. Safety glazing required. a. Acid Etched Glass: ASTM C 1048, Type I, Condition B, Quality-Q3. b. Thickness: 1) T-1: 6 mm. 2) Locations of Use: Interior non-rated doors, interior sidelights and elsewhere as indicated. 3.06 LAMINATED GLASS SCHEDULE A. Glass Type GL-3: Clear laminated glass with two plies of heat-strengthened fully tempered float glass. 1. [endif]Kind: LHS, consisting of two lites of heat-strengthened float glass. 2. Outer layer: Class 1 (clear)float glass. a. [endif]Kind: HS (heat strengthened) or FT (fully tempered). b. Thickness: 4.8 mm. c. Standard color: Clear as shown on drawings and approved by architect. 3. Plastic Interlayer: a. Thickness: 0.060 inch, but not less than that required to comply as a Type II safety glass material. 4. Outer Lite: Class 1 (clear)float glass. a. [endifjKind: HS (heat strengthened) or FT (fully tempered). b. Thickness: 4.8 mm. C. Standard color: Clear d. Interlayer Color: Clear 5. Inner layer: Class 1 (clear)float glass. a. [endif]Kind: HS (heat strengthened) or FT (fully tempered). b. Thickness: 4.8 mm. B. Standard color: Clear as shown on drawings and approved by architect. 08 8000 - 8 GLAZING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 8000 - 9 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.07 INSULATED GLASS SCHEDULE A. Glass Type GL-5: Low-E coated, Insulated glass with two plies of clear fully tempered float glass (Safety Glass). 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Guardian SunGuard SNX 62/27 outer lite on Clear glass with clear inner layer. 2. Outdoor Lite: Heat-strengthened float glass or Fully Tempered where noted on the drawings. 3. Kind LHS, consisting of two lites of heat-strengthened float glass. 4. Outer Lite: Class 1 green float glass. 5. Kind HS (heat strengthened)or FT (fully tempered). a. Thickness: 6 mm. 6. Standard color: clear, as shown on drawings and approved by architect. 7. Interspace content: Argon 8. Inner Lite: Class 1 (clear)float glass. 9. Kind HS (heat strengthened) FT (fully tempered). a. Thickness: 6 mm. 10. Low-E Coating: Sputtered on second surface. 11. Visible Light Transmittance: 52 percent minimum. 12. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: .24 maximum. 13. Overall Maximum U-Factor: .32 maximum. 14. U-factor listed is for total window and frame value. 15. Location: at all exterior glazing locations unless otherwise noted. 3.08 TRANSLUCENT INSULATING SAFETY GLASS SCHEDULE A. Glass Type GL-6: Low-E-coated, clear insulating glass, heat-strengthened, fully tempered float glass (where safety glass is indicted on the drawings). 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Guardian SunGuard SNX 62/27 outer lite on clear glass with translucent spandrel inner lite. 2. Overall Unit Thickness: 1 inch. 3. Minimum Thickness of Each Glass Lite: 6 mm. 4. Outer Lite: Class 1 clear float glass (Fully Tempered where Safety Glass is indicated on the drawings). a. Thickness: 6 mm. 5. Interspace Content: Argon. 6. InnerLite: Translucent Acid Etched Float Glass (Fully Tempered where Safety Glass is indicated on the drawings). a. Thickness: 6 mm 7. Low-E Coating: Sputtered on second surface. 8. Visible Light Transmittance: 52 percent minimum. 9. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: .24 maximum. 10. Overall Maximum U-Factor: .32 maximum. a. U-factor listed is for total window and frame value. 11. Location: At locations indicated on the drawings. 3.09 INSULATING LAMINATED GLASS SCHEDULE A. Glass Type GL-7: Low-E coated, Insulated laminated glass with two plies of clear fully tempered float glass (Safety Glass) at locations indicated on the drawings. 08 8000 - 9 GLAZING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 08 8000 - 10 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Basis-of- Design: Guardian SNX 62/27 on clear glass outer lite with clear laminated inner layer. 2. Outdoor Lite: Heat-strengthened float glass. 3. [endigKind: LHS, consisting of two lites of heat-strengthened float glass. a. Standard color: Clear 4. Plastic Interlayer: a. Interlayer Thickness: 0.060 inch, but not less than that required to comply as a Type II safety glass material. b. Interlayer Color: Clear 5. Inner Lite: Class 1 (clear)float glass. a. [endigKind: HS (heat strengthened) FT (fully tempered). b. Thickness: 4.8 mm. c. Standard Color: Clear, 6. Low-E Coating: Sputtered on second surface. a. Visible Light Transmittance: 52 percent minimum. b. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: .24 maximum. c. Overall Maximum U-Factor: .32 maximum. 7. Location: As identified on the drawings. END OF SECTION 08 8000 08 8000 - 10 GLAZING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 2116 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 09 2116 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Performance criteria for gypsum board assemblies. B. Metal stud wall framing. C. Metal channel ceiling framing. D. Acoustic insulation. E. Cementitious backing board. F. Gypsum wallboard. G. Joint treatment and accessories. H. Acoustic (sound-dampening)wall and ceiling board. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 6116 -Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions. B. Section 06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Building framing and sheathing. C. Section 06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Wood blocking product and execution requirements. D. Section 07 2100 -THERMAL INSULATION: Acoustic insulation. E. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing acoustical gaps in construction other than gypsum board or plaster work. F. Section 09 3000 -TILING: Tile backing board. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AISI S100 - North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members; 2016, with Supplement (2018). B. ANSI A108.11 -American National Standard Specifications for Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units; 2018. C. ANSI A118.9 -American National Standard Specifications for Test Methods and Specifications for Cementitious Backer Units; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2016). D. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2020. E. ASTM C475/C475M - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board; 2017. F. ASTM C514 - Standard Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum Board; 2004 (Reapproved 2020). G. ASTM C557 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing; 2003 (Reapproved 2017). H. ASTM C645 - Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members; 2018. I. ASTM C754 - Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products; 2020. J. ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2020. 09 2116 - 1 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 2116 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 K. ASTM C954 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 in. (0.84 mm)to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness; 2018. L. ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2020. M. ASTM C1047 - Standard Specification for Accessories For Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base; 2019. N. ASTM C1325 - Standard Specification for Fiber-Mat Reinforced Cementitious Backer Units; 2019. O. ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2017. P. ASTM D3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber; 2016. Q. ASTM E90- Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements; 2009 (Reapproved 2016). R. ASTM E413 - Classification for Rating Sound Insulation; 2016. S. GA-216-Application and Finishing of Gypsum Panel Products; 2018. T. GA-600- Fire Resistance and Sound Control Design Manual, 22nd edition; 2018. U. ICC (IBC)- International Building Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on partition head to structure connectors, showing compliance with requirements. C. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C840 and GA-216. B. Interior Partitions, Indicated as Acoustic: Provide completed assemblies with the following characteristics: 1. Acoustic Attenuation: STC of 45-49 calculated in accordance with ASTM E413, based on tests conducted in accordance with ASTM E90. C. Shaft Walls at HVAC Shafts: Provide completed assemblies with the following characteristics: 1. Air Pressure Within Shaft: Sustained loads of 5 Ibf/sq ft with maximum mid-span deflection of L/240. 2. Acoustic Attenuation: STC of 35-39 calculated in accordance with ASTM E413, based on tests conducted in accordance with ASTM E90. D. Shaft Walls at Elevator Shafts: Provide completed assemblies with the following characteristics: 09 2116 - 2 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 2116 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Air Pressure Within Shaft: Intermittent loads of 5 Ibf/sq ft with maximum mid-span deflection of L/240. 2. Acoustic Attenuation: STC of 35-39 calculated in accordance with ASTM E413, based on tests conducted in accordance with ASTM E90. E. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Provide completed assemblies with the following characteristics: 1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: IBC Table 721.1(2) Item 14.1.3; 1 hour rating. 2. Fire-Resistance-Rated Shaft Walls: GA-600 File Number WP-6800; 1 hour rating. 3. ICC IBC Item Numbers: Comply with applicable requirements of ICC IBC for the particular assembly. 4. Gypsum Association File Numbers: Comply with requirements of GA-600 for the particular assembly. 2.02 METAL FRAMING MATERIALS A. Manufacturers- Metal Framing, Connectors, and Accessories: 1. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Non-structural Framing System Components: ASTM C645; galvanized sheet steel, of size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C754 for the spacing indicated, with maximum deflection of wall framing of L/120 at 5 psf. 1. Studs: C-shaped with knurled or embossed faces. 2. Runners: U shaped, sized to match studs. C. Shaft Wall Studs and Accessories: ASTM C645; galvanized sheet steel, of size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C754 and specified performance requirements. 1. Products: a. Same manufacturer as other framing materials. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. D. Partition Head to Structure Connections: Provide mechanical anchorage devices that accommodate deflection using slotted holes, screws, and anti-friction bushings, preventing rotation of studs while maintaining structural performance of partition. 1. Structural Performance: Maintain lateral load resistance and vertical movement capacity required by applicable code, when evaluated in accordance with AISI S100. 2. Material: ASTM A653/A653M steel sheet, SS Grade 50/340, with G60/Z180 hot-dipped galvanized coating. 3. Provide components UL-listed for use in UL-listed fire-resistance-rated head of partition joint systems indicated on drawings. 4. Provide mechanical anchorage devices as described above that accommodate deflection while maintaining the fire-resistance rating of the wall assembly. a. Products: 1) ClarkDietrich; BlazeFrame RipTrak: www.clarkdietrich.com/#sle. 2) FireTrak Corporation; Posi Klip: www.fire-trak.com/#sle. 3) Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. E. Deflection and Firestop Track: Intumescent strip factory-applied to track flanges expands when exposed to heat or flames to provide a perimeter joint seal. 1. Products: a. ClarkDietrich; BlazeFrame Firestop Deflection Track: www.clarkdietrich.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 09 2116 - 3 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 2116 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.03 BOARD MATERIALS A. Manufacturers- Gypsum-Based Board: 1. CertainTeed Corporation; www.certainteed.com/#sle. 2. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum; www.gpgypsum.com/#sle. 3. PABCO Gypsum; www.pabcogypsum.com/#sle. 4. USG Corporation; www.usg.com/#sle. 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Gypsum Wallboard: Paper-faced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Application: Use for vertical surfaces and ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. 2. At Assemblies Indicated with Fire-Resistance Rating: Use type required by indicated tested assembly; if no tested assembly is indicated, use Type X board, UL or WH listed. 3. Thickness: a. Vertical Surfaces: 5/8 inch. b. Ceilings: 5/8 inch. c. Multi-Layer Assemblies: Thicknesses as indicated on drawings. 4. Paper-Faced Products: a. CertainTeed Corporation; Type X Drywall: www.certainteed.com/#sle. b. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum; ToughRock Fireguard X: www.gpgypsum.com/#sle. c. USG Corporation; USG Sheetrock Brand EcoSmart Panels Firecode X: www.usg.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. C. Backing Board For Wet Areas: One of the following products: 1. Application: Surfaces behind tile in wet areas including tub and shower surrounds and shower ceilings. 2. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. 3. ANSI Cement-Based Board: Non-gypsum-based; aggregated Portland cement panels with glass fiber mesh embedded in front and back surfaces complying with ANSI A118.9 or ASTM C1325. a. Thickness: 1/2 inch. b. Products: 1) National Gypsum Company; PermaBase Cement Board: www.nationalgypsum.com/#sle. 2) USG Corporation; : www.usg.com/#sle. 3) Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. D. Backing Board For Non-Wet Areas: Water-resistant gypsum backing board as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimum joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Application: Vertical surfaces behind thinset tile, except in wet areas. 2. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. 3. Type: Regular and Type X, in locations indicated. 4. Type X Thickness: 5/8 inch. 5. Regular Board Thickness: 5/8 inch. 6. Edges: Tapered. 7. Products: a. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum; ToughRock Mold-Guard Gypsum Board: www.gpgypsum.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 09 2116 -4 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 2116 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 E. Ceiling Board: Special sag resistant gypsum ceiling board as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Application: Ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Thickness: 1/2 inch. 3. Edges: Tapered. 4. Products: a. CertainTeed Corporation; Interior Ceiling Drywall: www.certainteed.com/#sle. b. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum; ToughRock Span 24 Ceiling Board: www.gpgypsum.com/#sle. c. USG Corporation; 1/2 Inch Sheetrock Brand UltraLight Panels: www.usg.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. F. Acoustical Sound Dampening Wall and Ceiling Board: Two layers of heavy paper-faced, high- density gypsum board separated by a viscoelastic polymer layer and capable of achieving STC rating of 54 or more in typical stud wall assemblies as calculated in accordance with ASTM E413 and when tested in accordance with ASTM E90. 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. 3. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. 4. Products: a. CertainTeed Corporation; SilentFX Quick Cut Type X Gypsum Board: www.certainteed.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. G. Shaftwall and Coreboard: Type X; 1 inch thick by 24 inches wide, beveled long edges, ends square cut. 1. Paper-Faced Type: Gypsum shaftliner board or gypsum coreboard as defined ASTM C1396/C1396M; water-resistant faces. 2. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. 3. Paper-Faced Products: a. CertainTeed Corporation; M2Tech Type X Shaftliner: www.certainteed.com/#sle. b. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum; ToughRock Shaftliner: www.gpgypsum.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.04 GYPSUM WALLBOARD ACCESSORIES A. Acoustic Insulation: As specified in Section 07 2100. B. Finishing Accessories: ASTM C1047, extruded aluminum alloy (6063 T5) or galvanized steel sheet ASTM A924/A924M G90, unless noted otherwise. 1. Types: As detailed or required for finished appearance. 2. Special Shapes: In addition to conventional corner bead and control joints, provide U- bead at exposed panel edges. 3. Products: a. Same manufacturer as framing materials. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. C. Joint Materials: ASTM C475/C475M and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for project conditions. 1. Paper Tape: 2 inch wide, creased paper tape for joints and corners, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Products: 09 2116 - 5 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 2116 - 6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 a. Continental Building Products: www.continental-bp.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. D. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Cold-Formed Steel Studs Less than 0.033 inches in Thickness and Wood Members: ASTM C1002; self-piercing tapping screws, corrosion-resistant. E. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Steel Members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch in Thickness: ASTM C954; steel drill screws, corrosion-resistant. F. Nails for Attachment to Wood Members: ASTM C514. G. Anchorage to Substrate: Tie wire, nails, screws, and other metal supports, of type and size to suit application; to rigidly secure materials in place. H. Adhesive for Attachment to Wood, ASTM C557 and Metal: 1. Products: a. Franklin International, Inc; Titebond PROvantage Professional Drywall Adhesive: www.titebond.com/#sle. b. Liquid Nails, a brand of PPG Architectural Coatings; Drywall Advanced - Low VOC: www.liquidnails.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence. B. Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.02 SHAFT WALL INSTALLATION A. Shaft Wall Framing: Install in accordance with GA-600 requirements. 1. Fasten runners to structure with short leg to finished side, using appropriate power-driven fasteners at not more than 24 inches on center. 2. Install studs at spacing required to meet performance requirements. B. Shaft Wall Liner: Cut panels to accurate dimensions and install sequentially between special friction studs. 1. Seal perimeter of shaft wall and penetrations with acoustical sealant. 3.03 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Metal Framing: Install in accordance with ASTM C754 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Suspended Ceilings and Soffits: Space framing and furring members as indicated. 1. Level ceiling system to a tolerance of 1/1200. 2. Laterally brace entire suspension system. C. Studs: Space studs as indicated. 1. Extend partition framing to structure where indicated and to ceiling in other locations. 2. Partitions Terminating at Ceiling: Attach ceiling runner securely to ceiling track in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Partitions Terminating at Structure: Attach top runner to structure, maintain clearance between top of studs and structure, and connect studs to track using specified mechanical devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; verify free movement of top of stud connections; do not leave studs unattached to track. 09 2116 - 6 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 2116 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Openings: Reinforce openings as required for weight of doors or operable panels, using not less than double studs at jambs. E. Acoustic Furring: Install resilient channels at maximum 24 inches on center. Locate joints over framing members. F. Resilient Sound Isolation Clips: Install resilient sound isolation clips, and where applicable, associated furring sections and channels, in accordance with clip manufacturer's written instructions. G. Furring for Fire-Resistance Ratings: Install as required for fire-resistance ratings indicated and to GA-600 requirements. H. Blocking: Install wood blocking for support of: 1. Framed openings. 2. Wall-mounted cabinets. 3. Plumbing fixtures. 4. Toilet partitions. 5. Toilet accessories. 6. Wall-mounted door hardware. 3.04 ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. Acoustic Insulation: Place tightly within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions. B. Acoustic Sealant: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Place one bead continuously on substrate before installation of perimeter framing members. 2. Place continuous bead at perimeter of each layer of gypsum board. 3. Seal around all penetrations by conduit, pipe, ducts, and rough-in boxes, except where firestopping is provided. 3.05 BOARD INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASTM C840, GA-216, and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations. B. Fire-Resistance-Rated Construction: Install gypsum board in strict compliance with requirements of assembly listing. C. Cementitious Backing Board: Install over steel framing members and plywood substrate where indicated, in accordance with ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's instructions. D. Installation on Wood Framing: For rated assemblies, comply with requirements of listing authority. For nonrated assemblies, install as follows: 1. Single-Layer Applications: Adhesive application. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Control Joints: Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces and as indicated. B. Corner Beads: Install at external corners, using longest practical lengths. C. Edge Trim: Install at locations where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 3.07 JOINT TREATMENT A. Paper Faced Gypsum Board: Use paper joint tape, embed with drying type joint compound and finish with drying type joint compound. 09 2116 - 7 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 2116 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Finish gypsum board in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C840, as follows: 1. Level 5: Walls and ceilings to receive semi-gloss or gloss paint finish and other areas specifically indicated. 2. Level 4: Walls and ceilings to receive paint finish or wall coverings, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Level 2: In utility areas, behind cabinetry, and on backing board to receive tile finish. 4. Level 1: Fire-resistance-rated wall areas above finished ceilings, whether or not accessible in the completed construction. C. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. 1. Feather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. D. Where Level 5 finish is indicated, spray apply high build drywall surfacer over entire surface after joints have been properly treated; achieve a flat and tool mark-free finish. E. Fill and finish joints and corners of cementitious backing board as recommended by manufacturer. 3.08 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. 3.09 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 09 2116 09 2116 - 8 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 3000 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 09 3000 TILING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Tile for floor applications. B. Tile for wall applications. C. Tile for shower receptors. D. Cementitious backer board as tile substrate. E. Ceramic trim. F. Non-ceramic trim. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 2116 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES: Tile backer board. B. Section 22 4000 - Plumbing Fixtures: Shower receptor. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI Al08/A118/A136 -American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile (Compendium); 2019. B. ANSI A108.1 a -American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method, with Portland Cement Mortar; 2017. C. ANSI A108.1 b - Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set, Modified Dry-Set, or Improved Modified Dry-Set Cement Mortar; 2023. D. ANSI A108.1 c- Contractor's Option: Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar or Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set, Modified Dry-Set, or Improved Modified Dry-Set Cement Mortar; 2023. E. ANSI A108.2 -American National Standard General Requirements: Materials, Environmental and Workmanship; 2019. F. ANSI A108.4 -American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Organic Adhesive or Water Cleanable Tile-Setting Epoxy Adhesive; 2023. G. ANSI A108.5 - Setting of Ceramic Tile with Dry-Set Cement Mortar, Modified Dry-Set Cement Mortar, EGP (Exterior Glue Plywood) Modified Dry-Set Cement Mortar, or Improved Modified Dry-Set Cement Mortar; 2023. H. ANSI A108.6 -American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and -Grout Epoxy; 2023. I. ANSI A108.8 -American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant Furan Resin Mortar and Grout; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2024). J. ANSI A108.9 -American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout; 2023. K. ANSI A108.10 -American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Grout in Tilework; 2017 (Reaffirmed 2022). L. ANSI A108.11 -American National Standard Specifications for Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units; 2018. 09 3000 - 1 TILING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 3000 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 M. ANSI A108.12 - Installation of Ceramic Tile with EGP (Exterior Glue Plywood) Modified Dry-Set Mortar; 2023. N. ANSI A108.13 -American National Standard for Installation of Load Bearing, Bonded, Waterproof Membranes for Thin-Set Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone; 2005 (Reaffirmed 2016). O. ANSI A108.19 -American National Standard Specifications for Interior Installation of Gauged Porcelain Tiles and Gauged Porcelain Tile Panels/Slabs by the Thin-Bed Method Bonded with Modified Dry-Set Cement Mortar or Improved Modified Dry-Set Cement Mortar; 2020. P. ANSI A118.3 -American National Standard Specifications for Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and -Grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanable Tile-Setting Epoxy Adhesive; 2013 (Revised). Q. ANSI A118.6 -American National Standard Specifications for Standard Cement Grouts for Tile Installation; 2010 (Reaffirmed 2016). R. ANSI A118.10 -American National Standard Specifications for Load Bearing, Bonded, Waterproof Membranes For Thin-Set Ceramic Tile And Dimension Stone Installation; 2014. S. ANSI A118.12 -American National Standard Specifications for Crack Isolation Membranes for Thin-Set Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone Installation; 2014. T. ANSI A118.13 -American National Standard Specification for Bonded Sound Reduction Membranes for Thin-Set Ceramic Tile Installation; 2014 (Reaffirmed 2024). U. ANSI A136.1 -American National Standard for Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile; 2008 (Reaffirmed 2013). V. ANSI A137.1 -American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile; 2022. W. ASTM C373 - Standard Test Methods for Determination of Water Absorption and Associated Properties by Vacuum Method for Pressed Ceramic Tiles and Glass Tiles and Boil Method for Extruded Ceramic Tiles and Non-tile Fired Ceramic Whiteware Products; 2018. X. ASTM E492 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies Using the Tapping Machine; 2009, with Editorial Revision (2016). Y. ASTM E2179 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of the Effectiveness of Floor Coverings in Reducing Impact Sound Transmission Through Concrete Floors; 2021. Z. TCNA (HB) - Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation; 2019. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturers' data sheets on tile, mortar, grout, and accessories. Include instructions for using grouts and adhesives. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate tile layout, patterns, color arrangement, perimeter conditions, junctions with dissimilar materials, control and expansion joints, thresholds, ceramic accessories, and setting details. D. Samples: Mount tile and apply grout on two plywood panels, minimum 18 by 18 inches in size illustrating pattern, color variations, and grout joint size variations. E. Installer's Qualification Statement: F. Maintenance Data: Include recommended cleaning methods, cleaning materials, and stain removal methods. 09 3000 - 2 TILING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 3000 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 G. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Tile: 1 percent of each size, color, and surface finish combination, but not less than 10 of each type. H. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 3. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 4. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Flooring) 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of and ANSI Al08/A118/A136 and TCNA(HB)on site. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the types of products specified in this section, with minimum five years of documented experience. C. Installer Qualifications: 1. Company specializing in performing tile installation, with minimum of five years of documented experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect adhesives from freezing or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install solvent-based products in an unventilated environment. B. Maintain ambient and substrate temperature above 50 degrees F and below 100 degrees F during installation and curing of setting materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TILE A. Manufacturers: All products of each type by the same manufacturer. 1. Dal-Tile Corporation: www.daltile.com/#sle. 2. Florida Tile, Inc: www.floridatile.com/#sle. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Ceramic Mosaic Tile, Type F5: ANSI A137.1 standard grade. 1. Moisture Absorption: 0 to 0.5 percent as tested in accordance with ASTM C373. 2. Size: 1 by 1 inch, nominal. 3. Shape: Square. 4. Edges: Square. 5. Surface Finish: Matte glazed. 6. Color(s): To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 7. Pattern: Blend. 8. Trim Units: Matching bead, cove, and surface bullnose shapes in sizes coordinated with field tile. 9. Products: a. Dal-Tile Corporation; Keystones: www.daltile.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. C. Glazed Wall Tile, Type W2: ANSI A137.1 standard grade. 09 3000 - 3 TILING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 3000 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Moisture Absorption: 10 to 14 percent as tested in accordance with ASTM C373. 2. Size: 2.5 by 10 inches, nominal. 3. Surface Finish: High gloss. 4. Color(s): As indicated on drawings. 5. Trim Units: Matching Schluter Aluminum Trim shapes in sizes coordinated with field tile. 6. Products: a. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Ceramic Trim: Matching bullnose, double bullnose, cove base, and cove ceramic shapes in sizes coordinated with field tile. 1. Applications: a. Open Edges: Bullnose. b. Inside Corners: Jointed. c. Floor to Wall Joints: Cove base. 2. Manufacturers: Same as for tile. B. Non-Ceramic Trim: Satin natural anodized extruded aluminum, style and dimensions to suit application, for setting using tile mortar or adhesive. 1. Applications: a. Open edges of wall tile. b. Open edges of floor tile. c. Wall corners, outside and inside. d. Floor to wall joints. e. Borders and other trim as indicated on drawings. 2. Manufacturers: a. Schluter-Systems: www.schluter.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.03 SETTING MATERIALS A. Provide setting and grout materials from same manufacturer. B. Manufacturers: 1. ARDEX Engineered Cements: www.ardexamericas.com/#sle. 2. Custom Building Products: www.custombuildingproducts.com/#sle. 3. LATICRETE International, Inc: www.laticrete.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. C. Organic Adhesive: ANSI A136.1, thinset mastic type. 1. Use Type I in areas subject to prolonged moisture exposure. 2. Products: a. ARDEX Engineered Cements; ARDEX D14: www.ardexamericas.com/#sle. b. Custom Building Products; ReliaBond Ceramic Tile Adhesive-Type 1: www.custombuildingproducts.com/#sle. c. LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE 15 Premium Mastic: www.laticrete.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2.04 GROUTS A. Provide setting and grout materials from same manufacturer. B. Manufacturers: 09 3000 -4 TILING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 3000 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. ARDEX Engineered Cements: www.ardexamericas.com/#sle. 2. Custom Building Products: www.custombuildingproducts.com/#sle. 3. LATICRETE International, Inc: www.laticrete.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. C. Standard Grout: ANSI A118.6 standard cement grout. 1. Applications: Use this type of grout where indicated and where no other type of grout is indicated. 2. Use sanded grout for joints 1/8 inch wide and larger; use unsanded grout for joints less than 1/8 inch wide. 3. Color(s): As indicated on drawings. 4. Products: a. Custom Building Products; Polyblend Non-Sanded Grout: www.custombuildingproducts.com/#sle. b. LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE 1500 Sanded Grout: www.laticrete.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. D. Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.3 chemical resistant and water-cleanable epoxy grout. 1. Applications: At floor and wall tiles in wet areas.. 2. Color(s): As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full line. 3. Products: a. ARDEX Engineered Cements; ARDEX WA: www.ardexamericas.com/#sle. b. Custom Building Products; CEG-IG 100% Solids Industrial Grade Epoxy Grout: www.custombuildingproducts.com/#sle. c. LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PRO Premium Grout: www.laticrete.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2.05 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Tile Sealant: Gunnable, silicone, siliconized acrylic, or urethane sealant; moisture and mildew resistant type. 1. Applications: Between tile and plumbing fixtures. 2. Color(s): As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full line. 3. Products: a. ARDEX Engineered Cements; ARDEX SX: www.ardexamericas.com/#sle. b. Custom Building Products; Commercial 100% Silicone Caulk: www.custombuildingproducts.com/#sle. c. LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE LATASIL: www.laticrete.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. B. Grout Sealer: Liquid-applied, moisture and stain protection for existing or new Portland cement grout. 1. Composition: Water-based colorless silicone. 2. Products: a. Merkrete, by Parex USA, Inc; Merkrete Grout Sealer: www.merkrete.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. C. Tile Sealer: Stain protection for ceramic tile and natural stone tile. 1. Products: 09 3000 - 5 TILING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 3000 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 a. Custom Building Products; Aqua Mix Enrich 'N' Seal: www.custombuildingproducts.com/#sle. b. STONETECH, a division of LATICRETE international, Inc; STONETECH Heavy Duty Stone Sealer: www.laticrete.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2.06 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Concrete Floor Slab Crack Isolation Membrane: Material complying with ANSI Al 18.12; not intended as waterproofing. 1. Crack Resistance: No failure at 1/8 inch gap, minimum. 2. Fluid or Trowel Applied Type: a. Thickness: 20 mils, maximum. b. Products: 1) LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE Blue 92 Anti-Fracture Membrane: www.laticrete.com/#sle. 2) Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Waterproofing Membrane at Showers and Tiled Tubs: Specifically designed for bonding to cementitious substrate under thick mortar bed or thin-set tile; complying with ANSI Al 18.10. 1. Fluid or Trowel Applied Type: a. Material: Synthetic rubber. b. Thickness: 25 mils, minimum, dry film thickness. c. Products: 1) LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE HYDRO BAN: www.laticrete.com/#sle. 2) Merkrete, by Parex USA, Inc; Merkrete Hydro Guard 2000: www.merkrete.com/#sle. 3) USG Corporation; Durock Brand Liquid Waterproofing Membrane: www.usg.com/#sle. 4) Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. C. Membrane at Walls: 1. Material: 4 mil thick polyethylene film. D. Underlayment at Floors: Specifically designed for bonding to thin-set setting mortar; not primarily a waterproofing material and having the following characteristics: 1. Sound Reduction: Comply with ANSI A118.13 bonded membrane, ASTM E492, and ASTM E2179. 2. Water Resistance: Comply with ANSI Al 18.10, bonded waterproofing. 3. Suitable for installation over green concrete. 4. Type: Thin-Set Mortar Adhered Sheet. a. Products: 1) ARDEX Engineered Cements; ARDEX UI 740 Flexbone: www.ardexamericas.com/#sle. 2) Custom Building Products; EasyMat Tile &Stone Underlayment: www.custombuildingproducts.com/#sle. 3) Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.07 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA A. As feature of Specified Products LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 09 3000 - 6 TILING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 3000 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Flooring) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust-free, and are ready to receive tile. B. Verify that subfloor surfaces are dust free and free of substances that could impair bonding of setting materials to subfloor surfaces. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding work from damage. B. Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean. C. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable flatness tolerances. D. Install backer board in accordance with ANSI A108.11 and board manufacturer's instructions. Tape joints and corners, cover with skim coat of setting material to a feather edge. E. Prepare substrate surfaces for adhesive installation in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Install tile, thresholds, and stair treads and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.1a through ANSI A108.19 , manufacturer's instructions, and TCNA (HB) recommendations. B. Lay tile to pattern indicated. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings. C. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Form corners and bases neatly. Align floor joints. D. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make grout joints without voids, cracks, excess mortar or excess grout, or too little grout. E. Form internal angles square and external angles bullnosed. F. Install non-ceramic trim in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. G. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. H. Keep control and expansion joints free of mortar, grout, and adhesive. I. Prior to grouting, allow installation to completely cure; minimum of 48 hours. J. Grout tile joints unless otherwise indicated. Use standard grout unless otherwise indicated. K. At changes in plane and tile-to-tile control joints, use tile sealant instead of grout, with either bond breaker tape or backer rod as appropriate to prevent three-sided bonding. 3.04 INSTALLATION - FLOORS -THIN-SET METHODS A. Over interior concrete substrates, install in accordance with TCNA(HB) Method F113, dry-set or latex-Portland cement bond coat, with standard grout, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use uncoupling membrane under all tile unless other underlayment is indicated. 2. Where epoxy bond coat and grout are indicated, install in accordance with TCNA(HB) Method F131. B. Install tile-to-tile floor movement joints in accordance with TCNA (HB) Method EJ171 F. 09 3000 - 7 TILING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 3000 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.05 INSTALLATION -SHOWERS AND BATHTUB WALLS A. At tiled shower receptors install in accordance with TCNA (HB) Method B415, mortar bed floor, and W244, thin-set over cementitious backer unit walls. B. Grout with standard grout as specified above. 3.06 INSTALLATION -WALL TILE A. Over cementitious backer units on studs, install in accordance with TCNA (HB) Method W244, using membrane at toilet rooms and locker rooms. B. Over gypsum wallboard on wood or metal studs install in accordance with TCNA(HB) Method W243, thin-set with dry-set or latex-Portland cement bond coat, unless otherwise indicated. 3.07 CLEANING A. Clean tile and grout surfaces. B. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Do not permit traffic over finished floor surface for 4 days after installation. END OF SECTION 09 3000 09 3000 - 8 TILING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 5100 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 09 5100 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Section includes acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems for ceilings. 1. Extent of each type of acoustical ceiling is shown and scheduled on drawings. 2. Types of acoustical ceilings specified in this section include the following: a. Suspended metal grid ceiling system. b. Acoustical panel units. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 6116 -Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions. B. Section 09 5400 - Speciality Ceilings: Monolithic Acoustical Ceilings. C. Section 21 1300 - Fire-Suppression Sprinkler Systems: Sprinkler heads in ceiling system. D. Section 23 3700 -Air Outlets and Inlets: Air diffusion devices in ceiling. E. Section 26 5100 - Interior Lighting: Light fixtures in ceiling system. F. Section 28 4600 - Fire Detection and Alarm: Fire alarm components in ceiling system. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures; Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard. B. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2020. C. ASTM C635/C635M - Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings; 2017. D. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials; 2020. E. ASTM E580/E580M - Standard Practice for Installation of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Subject to Earthquake Ground Motions; 2022. F. ASTM E1264 - Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products; 2019. G. CHPS (HPPD) - High Performance Products Database; Current Edition at www.chps.net/. H. UL (GGG) - GREENGUARD Gold Certified Products; Current Edition. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Sequence work to ensure acoustical ceilings are not installed until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. B. Do not install acoustical units until after interior wet work is dry. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on suspension system components and acoustical units. C. Evaluation Service Reports: Show compliance with specified requirements. 09 5100 - 1 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 5100 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Samples: Submit two samples 6 by 6 inch in size illustrating material and finish of acoustical units. E. Samples: Submit two samples each, 6 inches long, of suspension system main runner, cross runner, and perimeter molding. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. G. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Acoustical Units: Quantity equal to 5 percent of total installed. H. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 3. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 4. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Ceilings, Insulation) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Suspension System Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Acoustical Unit Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F, and maximum humidity of 40 percent prior to, during, and after acoustical unit installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acoustic Tiles/Panels: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc; Basis-of-Design: www.armstrongceilings.com/#sle. 2. CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com/#sle. 3. USG Corporation: www.usg.com/ceilings/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Suspension Systems: 1. Same as for acoustical units. 2. Armstrong World Industries, Inc; Basis-of-Design: www.armstrongceilings.com/#sle. 3. CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Resistance Rating: Determined in accordance with test procedures in ASTM E119 and complying with the following: B. Seismic Performance: Ceiling systems designed to withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE 7 for Seismic Design Category D, E, or F and complying with the following: 1. Local authorities having jurisdiction. 09 5100 - 2 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 5100 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 C. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Ceilings, Insulation) 2.03 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS, GENERAL A. Low-Emitting Materials: Acoustical panel ceilings shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." B. Retain "Recycled Content" Paragraph below to specify recycled content if applying for LEED Credit MR 4. C. Recycled Content: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of pre-consumer recycled content not less than 40 percent. D. Glass-Fiber-Based Panels: Made with binder containing no urea formaldehyde. E. Acoustical Panel Standard: Comply with ASTM E 1264. F. Metal Suspension System Standard: Comply with ASTM C 635. G. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, "Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements. 2.04 ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Acoustical Units- General: ASTM E1264, Class A. 1. VOC Content: Certified as Low Emission by one of the following: a. Product listing in UL (GGG). b. Product listing in CHPS (HPPD). B. Acoustical Panels, Type ACT No. 1: Armstrong World Industries mineral fiber ceiling panel, "Cirrus Second Look 11", fine texture, No. 513—White: 1. Application(s): Where indicated on the drawings. 2. Classification: ASTM E1264 Type III. a. Pattern: Non-directional "Cirrus" surface pattern. 3. Size: 24 by 48 inch. 4. Thickness: 7/8 inches. 5. Light Reflectance: 0.83 percent, determined in accordance with ASTM E1264. 6. NRC Range: 55 to 75, determined in accordance with ASTM E1264. 7. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): 35, determined in accordance with ASTM E1264. 8. Panel Edge: Tegular. 9. Color: White. 10. Suspension System: Exposed grid. 2.05 SUSPENSION SYSTEM(S) A. Metal Suspension Systems- General: Complying with ASTM C635/C635M; die cut and interlocking components, with perimeter moldings, stabilizer bars, clips, and splices as required. 1. Materials: a. Steel Grid: ASTM A653/A653M, G30 coating, unless otherwise indicated. B. Exposed Suspension System, Type : Hot-dipped galvanized steel grid with aluminum cap. 1. General: Armstrong World Industries "Prelude XL 15/16" Heavy Duty Grid (16 Ibs/ft. minimum), exposed tee system; Armstrong, USG, Donn or approved. 09 5100 - 3 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 5100 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Comply with latest IBC and CISCA requirements, including a 2" perimeter angle (USG M20), stabilizer bars (USG SB24), compression struts and lateral restraint. 3. Perimeter Trim Channel: 8"wide face with 3/4 inch horizontal legs, straight or curved sections with special bosses formed for attachment to the tee-bar connection clip or hanging clip; commercial quality, extruded aluminum, factory-finished in (factory-applied baked polyester paint to match Armstrong)White color. 4. Finishes and Colors: Provide manufacturer's standard factory applied finish for type of system indicated. For exposed suspension members and accessories with painted finish, provide color indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. Manufacturer shall provide a minimum of(5) standard colors to pick from. 5. Structural Classification: Intermediate-duty, when tested in accordance with ASTM C635/C635M. 6. Profile: Tee; 15/16 inch face width. 7. Finish: Baked enamel. 8. Color: White. 9. Acceptable Products: a. USG Corporation; Donn Brand ZXLA 15/16 inch Acoustical Suspension System: www.usg.com/ceilings/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size and type to suit application, seismic requirements, and ceiling system flatness requirement specified. B. Attachment Devices: Size for 5 times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung. C. Hanger Wire: 12 gauge, 0.08 inch galvanized steel wire. D. Seismic Clips: Manufacturer's standard clips for seismic conditions and to suit application. E. Perimeter Moldings: Same metal and finish as grid. 1. Size: As required for installation conditions and specified Seismic Design Category. 2. Angle Molding: L-shaped, for mounting at same elevation as face of grid. a. Metal of types and profiles indicated or, if not indicated, provide manufacturer's standard molding for edges and penetrations of ceiling which fits with type of edge detail and suspension system indicated. 2 inch wide wall angles used in all locations. 1) For lay-in panels with reveal edge details, provide stepped edge molding that forms reveal of same depth and width as that formed between edge of panel and flange at exposed suspension member. 2) For circular penetrations of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit penetration exactly PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. C. Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. 09 5100 -4 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 5100 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.02 PREPARATION A. Install after major above-ceiling work is complete. B. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. C. Furnish layouts for inserts, clips, or other supports that are required to be installed by other trades for support of acoustical ceilings. 1. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of less than half width units at borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans wherever possible. Where layout results in lay in panels of less than 6" dimension, verify layout with Architect before proceeding. D. Notify and obtain any approvals required by local authorities for finished ceiling installation, including Health Department for spaces under their jurisdiction. 3.03 INSTALLATION -SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Rigidly secure system, including integral mechanical and electrical components, for maximum deflection of 1:360. B. Locate system on room axis according to reflected plan. C. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width panels at borders, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. 1. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as indicated on reflected ceiling plans. D. Perimeter Molding: Install at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces and at junctions with other interruptions. 1. Use longest practical lengths. 2. Miter corners. E. Suspension System, Non-Seismic: Hang suspension system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. F. Seismic Suspension System, Seismic Design Categories D, E, F: Hang suspension system with grid ends attached to the perimeter molding on two adjacent walls; on opposite walls, maintain a 3/4 inch clearance between grid ends and wall. 1. G. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance. H. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. I. Support fixture loads using supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner, or support components independently. J. Do not eccentrically load system or induce rotation of runners. 3.04 INSTALLATION -ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Install acoustical units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Fit acoustical units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. C. Fit border trim neatly against abutting surfaces. 09 5100 - 5 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 5100 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Install acoustical units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp, and dents. E. Cutting Acoustical Units: 1. Make field cut edges of same profile as factory edges. F. Where round obstructions occur, provide preformed closures to match perimeter molding. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. B. Maximum Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: 2 degrees. 3.06 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension members; comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. B. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 09 5100 09 5100 - 6 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 6500 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 09 6500 RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Resilient tile flooring. B. Resilient base. C. Installation accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 6116 -Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions. B. Section 03 3000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Restrictions on curing compounds for concrete slabs and floors to receive adhesive-applied resilient flooring. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM F710 -Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring; 2019, with Editorial Revision (2020). B. ASTM F1344-Standard Specification for Rubber Floor Tile; 2021. C. ASTM F1700 - Standard Specification for Solid Vinyl Floor Tile; 2020. D. ASTM F1861 - Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base; 2021. E. ASTM F1869- Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride; 2016a. F. UL 2824- GREENGUARD Certification Program Method for Measuring Microbial Resistance from Various Sources Using Static Environmental Chambers; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colors available; and installation instructions. C. Verification Samples: Submit two samples, 6 inch by 6 inch inch in size illustrating color and pattern for each resilient flooring product specified. D. Sustainable Design Submittal: Submit VOC content documentation for flooring and adhesives. E. Concrete Subfloor Test Report: Submit a copy of the moisture and alkalinity (pH)test reports. F. Certification: Prior to installation of flooring, submit written certification by flooring manufacturer and adhesive manufacturer that condition of subfloor is acceptable. G. Manufacturer's Qualification Statement. H. Installer's Qualification Statement. I. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning, stripping, and re-waxing. J. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. K. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 09 6500 - 1 RESILIENT FLOORING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 6500 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing specified flooring with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in installing specified flooring with minimum three years documented experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Upon receipt, immediately remove any shrink-wrap and check materials for damage and the correct style, color, quantity and run numbers. B. Store all materials off of the floor in an acclimatized, weather-tight space. C. Maintain temperature in storage area between 55 degrees F and 90 degrees F. D. Protect roll materials from damage by storing on end. E. Do not double stack pallets. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Store materials for not less than 48 hours prior to installation in area of installation at a temperature of 70 degrees F to achieve temperature stability. Thereafter, maintain conditions above 55 degrees F. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TILE FLOORING A. Rubber Tile-Type F3: Heterogeneous, laminated construction. 1. Manufacturers: a. Nora Systems Inc.; Noraplan Envirocare 7032. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2. Minimum Requirements: Comply with ASTM F1344, of Class corresponding to type specified. 3. Size: 18 by 18 inch nominal. 4. Total Thickness: 0.125 inch. 5. Texture: Smooth. 6. Pattern: Fireworks. 7. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.02 RESILIENT BASE A. Resilient Base-Type B1: ASTM F1861, Type TS rubber, vulcanized thermoset; style as scheduled. 1. Manufacturers: a. Roppe Corporation; Contours Profiled Wall Base System: www.roppe.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2. Height: 4 inch. 3. Thickness: 0.125 inch. 4. Finish: Satin. 5. Length: Roll. 6. Color: Burnt Umber. 7. Accessories: Premolded external corners and internal corners. 09 6500 - 2 RESILIENT FLOORING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 6500 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Subfloor Filler: White premix latex; type recommended by adhesive material manufacturer. B. Primers, Adhesives, and Seam Sealer: Waterproof; types recommended by flooring manufacturer. 1. VOC Content Limits: As specified in Section 01 6116. C. Adhesive for Rubber Flooring: 1. Manufacturers: a. H.B. Fuller Construction Products, Inc; TEC Flexera Premium Universal Adhesive: www.tecspecialty.com/#sle. b. Products as recommended by the flooring manufacturer are preferred... c. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. D. Sealer and Wax: Types recommended by flooring manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are flat to tolerances acceptable to flooring manufacturer, free of cracks that might telegraph through flooring, clean, dry, and free of curing compounds, surface hardeners, and other chemicals that might interfere with bonding of flooring to substrate. B. Cementitious Subfloor Surfaces: Verify that substrates are ready for resilient flooring installation by testing for moisture and alkalinity (pH). 1. Test as Follows: a. Alkalinity (pH): ASTM F710. b. Moisture Vapor Emission: ASTM F1869. 2. Obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer and adhesive materials manufacturer. C. Verify that required floor-mounted utilities are in correct location. D. Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare floor substrates as recommended by flooring and adhesive manufacturers. B. Remove subfloor ridges and bumps. Fill minor low spots, cracks,joints, holes, and other defects with subfloor filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface. C. Prohibit traffic until filler is fully cured. D. Clean substrate. E. Apply primer as required to prevent"bleed-through" or interference with adhesion by substances that cannot be removed. 3.03 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Starting installation constitutes acceptance of subfloor conditions. B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. C. Adhesive-Applied Installation: 1. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. 2. Fit joints and butt seams tightly. 09 6500 - 3 RESILIENT FLOORING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 6500 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion. D. Where type of floor finish, pattern, or color are different on opposite sides of door, terminate flooring under centerline of door. E. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, where flooring terminates, and where indicated. 1. Resilient Strips: Attach to substrate using adhesive. 3.04 INSTALLATION -TILE FLOORING A. Mix tile from container to ensure shade variations are consistent when tile is placed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Lay flooring with joints and seams parallel to building lines to produce symmetrical pattern. C. Install square tile to ashlar pattern. Allow minimum 1/2 full size tile width at room or area perimeter. 3.05 INSTALLATION - RESILIENT BASE A. Fit joints tightly and make vertical. Maintain minimum dimension of 18 inches between joints. B. Install base on solid backing. Bond tightly to wall and floor surfaces. C. Scribe and fit to door frames and other interruptions. 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. B. Clean in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. C. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic on resilient flooring for 48 hours after installation. END OF SECTION 09 6500 09 6500 -4 RESILIENT FLOORING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 09 8430 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 09 8430 SOUND-ABSORBING WALL AND CEILING UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sound-absorbing panels. B. Sound-absorbing ceiling baffles. PART 2 PRODUCTS END OF SECTION 09 8430 09 8430 - 1 Sound-Absorbing Wall and Ceiling Units Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 8430 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 09 8430 - 2 Sound-Absorbing Wall and Ceiling Units Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 8433 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 09 8433 SOUND ABSORBING MATERIALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Section includes shop-fabricated, fabric-wrapped, sound-absorbing wall panel units and suspended acoustic ceiling baffles tested for acoustical performance. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 09 9123 - Interior Painting 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C423 - Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method; 2017. B. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2021 a. C. ASTM E795- Standard Practices for Mounting Test Specimens During Sound Absorption Tests; 2016 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. C. Shop Drawings: For sound-absorbing wall units. Include mounting devices and details, fabrication and installation details. D. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. E. Certificate: Certify that products of this section meet or exceed specified requirements. F. Manufacturer's qualification statement. G. Maintenance Data: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Panels: Quantity equal to 5 percent of total installed, but not less than one of each type. H. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Insulation) 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide sound-absorbing wall units meeting the following as determined by testing identical products by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction: 1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing per ASTM E 84. a. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less. b. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less. 2. Fire Growth Contribution: Meeting acceptance criteria of local code and authorities having jurisdiction when tested according to NFPA 265. 09 8433 - 1 SOUND ABSORBING MATERIALS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 8433 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. See Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal for packaging waste requirements. B. Store this product in unopened cartons in a clean, cool, dry interior space. Cartons and product must be rotected against marring, water, dirt or damage during delivery and storage. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Polysorb acoustic panels; sound absorbing wall units: www.polysorb.com . B. MBI Products Company; acoustic baffles: www.mbiproducts.com. C. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2.02 SOUND ABSORBING WALL UNITS A. General Requirements for Sound-Absorbing Wall Units: Units shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." B. Sound-Absorbing Wall Panel (W-5): Spline mounted, Edge-reinforced panels, Manufacturer's standard panel construction consisting of facing material laminated to front face, edges, and back edge border of core. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Polysorb Architectural Absorbsion solutions . a. PolySorb® Polyester Acoustic, Tackable, Impact Resistant Panels 1) Board Thickness: 1" 2) Board Sizes: 4'x 9', 5'x 12'standard, 4' x 8' special order. 3) Face Type: Ironed Smooth Face 4) NRC: 0.70— 1.25 Type A—Varies by thickness 5) Core Density: 4.5—7.5 PCF 6) Flame Spread Index: Class A Rating 7) Color: Light Beige. 2. Mounting: Back mounted with manufacturer's standard metal clips or bar hangers, secured to substrate. 3. Core: Polyester board. a. Core-Face Layer: Manufacturer's standard tackable, impact-resistant, high-density board. 4. Edge Construction: Manufacturer's standard. 5. Edge Profile: Square. 6. Facing Material: Max one (1)finish materials as indicated on Drawings and as selected by the Architect. C. Acoustical Performance: Sound absorption NRC of not less than 0.75 according to ASTM C 423 for mounting according to ASTM E 795. 1. Nominal Thickness: 1 inch where noted on the drawings. 09 8433 - 2 SOUND ABSORBING MATERIALS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 8433 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.03 ACOUSTIC BAFFLES A. Acoustic felt baffles (C2): Hanging, Edge-reinforced panels, Manufacturer's standard panel construction consisting of facing material laminated to front face, edges, and back edge border of acoustic core. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: MBI Cloud-Lite Acoustical Baffles. a. Fabric covered fiberglass panels. 1) Geometric Shape: Rectangular 2) Thickness: 2"Thick 3) Size: (Maximum size up to 4' x 10') 4) Core: 1.65# Fiberglass 5) Surface Finish: Fabric (a) Anchorage 2335 (b) Color: Pearl 8573 6) Edge Shape: Natural/Square 7) Edge Construction: Heat Sealed 8) Stainless Steel susGrommets 2. Installation: a. MBI acoustical panels shall be located and spaced as detailed on the drawings. b. Suspended panels from: eye screw fasteners. c. Attachment Method: stainless steel tie. 3. Acoustical Performance: Sound absorption NRC of not less than 1.15 according to ASTM C 423 for mounting according to ASTM E 795 2.04 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Minimum Recycled Content: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent by weight. 2. Regional Materials: Sound-absorbing wall units shall be manufactured within 500 miles of Project site. 3. Certified Wood: Fabricate products with wood-based components produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship." B. Core Materials: Manufacturer's standard. 1. Glass-Fiber Board: ASTM C 612; Type standard with manufacturer with maximum flame- spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively. 2. Mineral-Fiber Board: Maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 10, respectively. 3. Wood and Plywood: Manufacturer's standard plywood or clear, vertical grain, straight, kiln- dried hardwood. a. Plywood shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." b. Fire-retardant treated by pressure process with a flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test. 09 8433 - 3 SOUND ABSORBING MATERIALS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 8433 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1) Treated material shall have a moisture content of 28 percent or less when tested according to ASTM D 3201 at 92 percent relative humidity. 2) Kiln-dry material after treatment to 7 to 13 percent or less for lumber and 15 percent or less for plywood. C. Facing Material: Fabric from same dye lot; color and pattern as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 1. Applied Treatments: Stain resistance. D. Mounting Devices: Concealed on back of unit, recommended by manufacturer to support weight of unit, and as follows: 1. Adhesives: As recommended by sound-absorbing wall unit manufacturer and with a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.05 FABRICATION A. General: Use manufacturer's standard construction except as otherwise indicated; with facing material applied to face, edges, and back border of dimensionally stable core; and with rigid edges to reinforce panel perimeter against warpage and damage. B. Core-Face Layer: Evenly stretched over core face and edges and securely attached to core; free from puckers, ripples, wrinkles, or sags. C. Facing Material: Apply fabric facing fully covering visible surfaces of unit; with material stretched straight, on the grain, tight, square, and free from puckers, ripples, wrinkles, sags, blisters, seams, adhesive, or other visible distortions or foreign matter. 1. Fabrics with Directional or Repeating Patterns or Directional Weave: Mark fabric top and attach fabric in same direction so pattern or weave matches in adjacent units. D. Dimensional Tolerances of Finished Units: Plus or minus 1/16 inch. 2.06 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Insulation) 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Back-Mounting Accessories: Manufacturer's standard accessories for concealed support, designed to allow panel removal, and as follows: 1. Two-part clip and base-support bracket system; brackets designed to support full weight of panels and clips designed for lateral support, with one part mechanically attached to back of panel and the other attached to substrate. 2. Metal impaling clips designed to support full weight of panels, mechanically attached to substrate and adhesively bonded to back of panels. 3. Hook and loop strips adhered to substrate and to back of panels. 4. Z-clip hanger and magnet system with magnets recessed into panel frame and designed to engage steel mounting plates secured to substrate with screws. 5. Mechanically Mounted Metal-Framed Panels: Metal panel-clip system designed to engage metal framing of panels. B. Ceiling-Suspended Accessories: Manufacturer's standard accessories at locations as indicated on each acoustical unit, sized appropriately for weight of acoustical unit. 1. Through-threaded eyelets bolted through concealed perimeter frame. 09 8433 -4 SOUND ABSORBING MATERIALS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 8433 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Stainless steel spiral hangers screwed into top edge of baffle. 3. S-hook attached through grommets. 4. Provide stainless steel wire for suspension from ceiling at heights as indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install sound-absorbing wall units in locations indicated with vertical surfaces and edges plumb, top edges level and in alignment with other units, faces flush, and scribed to fit adjoining work accurately at borders and at penetrations. B. Comply with sound-absorbing wall unit manufacturer's written instructions for installation of units using type of mounting devices indicated. Mount units securely to supporting substrate. C. Align and level fabric pattern and grain among adjacent units. D. Clip loose threads; remove pills and extraneous materials. E. Clean panels on completion of installation to remove dust and other foreign materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.03 CLEANING A. See Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements for additional requirements. B. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed panels and baffles from subsequent construction operations. END OF SECTION 09 8433 09 8433 - 5 SOUND ABSORBING MATERIALS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 09 8433 - 6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 09 8433 - 6 SOUND ABSORBING MATERIALS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 9000 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 09 9000 PAINTING AND COATING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation. B. Interior painting and coating systems. C. Exterior painting and coating systems. D. Scope: 1. Finish surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory-finished and unless otherwise indicated, including the following: a. Exterior: 1) Concrete: Cementitious siding, Flexboard, Transite, non-roof shingles, common brick, stucco, tilt-up, precast, and poured-in-place concrete. 2) Metal: Aluminum, galvanized. 3) Metal, Miscellaneous: Iron, ornamental iron, structural iron and steel, and other ferrous metal. b. Interior: 1) Concrete, Walls and Ceilings: Precast concrete, unglazed brick, fiber cement board, tilt-up concrete, cast-in-place concrete, and plaster. 2) Metal: Aluminum and galvanized. 3) Metal, Galvanized: Ceilings and ductwork. 4) Metal: Structural steel columns,joists, trusses, beams, miscellaneous and ornamental iron, structural iron, and other ferrous metal. 5) Drywall: Walls, ceilings, gypsum board, and similar items. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 6116 -Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions. B. Section 05 5000 - METAL FABRICATIONS: Shop-primed items. C. Section 07 1900 -WATER REPELLENTS. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. SSPC-SP 1 - Solvent Cleaning; 2015, with Editorial Revision (2016). B. SSPC-SP 6/NACE No.3- Commercial Blast Cleaning; 2006. C. SSPC-SP 13/NACE No.6 - Surface Preparation of Concrete; 2018. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide complete list of products to be used, with the following information for each: 1. Product characteristics. 2. Surface preparation instructions and recommendations. 3. Primer requirements and finish specification. 4. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 5. Application methods. 6. Clean-up information. 09 9000 - 1 Painting and Coating Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 9000 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 C. Samples: Submit four paper draw down samples, 8-1/2 by 11 inches in size, illustrating range of colors available for each finishing product specified. D. Certification: By manufacturer that paints and finishes comply with VOC limits specified. E. Applicator's qualification statement. F. Maintenance Data: Submit coating maintenance manual including finish schedule showing where each product/color/finish was used, product technical data sheets, safety data sheets (SDS), care and cleaning instructions, touch-up procedures, repair of painted and finished surfaces, and color samples of each color and finish used. G. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 3. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings) 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified with minimum 3 years experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.06 MOCK-UPS A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements for general requirements for mock-ups. B. Provide one accent wall as directed by Architect to demonstrate color and finish. C. Provide door and frame assembly, indicating paint color, texture, and finish. D. Locate where directed by Architect. E. Mock-up may remain as part of the work. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, product name, product code, color designation, VOC content, batch date, environmental handling, surface preparation, application, and use instructions. C. Paint Materials: Store at a minimum of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply materials when environmental conditions are outside the ranges required by manufacturer. B. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing the best results, including testing substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Sherwin-Williams Company (The) products indicated; www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. B. Comparable Products: Products of approved manufacturers will be considered in accordance with 01 6000 - Product Requirements, and the following: 09 9000 - 2 Painting and Coating Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 9000 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Products that meet or exceed performance and physical characteristics of basis of design products. 2.02 PAINTINGS AND COATINGS A. General: 1. Provide factory-mixed coatings unless otherwise indicated. 2. When required, mix coatings to correct consistency in accordance with manufacturer's instructions before application. 3. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute coatings or add materials to coatings unless specifically indicated in manufacturer's instructions. B. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: Comply with Section 01 6116. C. Accessory Materials: Provide primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding materials, and clean-up materials as required for final completion of painted surfaces. 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS - EXTERIOR A. Concrete: Cementitious siding, Flexboard, Transite, non-roof shingles, common brick, stucco, tilt-up, precast, and cast-in-place concrete. 1. Latex Systems: a. Satin Finish: 1) 1st Coat: Sherwin-Williams Loxon Concrete and Masonry Primer Sealer LX02W50: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. (a) 5.3 to 8 mils wet, 2.1 to 3.2 mils dry. 2) 2nd and 3rd Coat: Sherwin-Williams A-100 Exterior Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. (a) 4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat. B. Metal: Aluminum, galvanized. 1. Alkyd Systems, Water-Based: LEED VOC only. a. Low Sheen Finish: 1) 1st Coat: Sherwin-Williams Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-1310 Series: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. (a) 5 mils wet, 2 mils dry per coat. 2) 2nd and 3rd Coat: Sherwin-Williams Pro Industrial Water Based Alkyd Urethane Enamel Low Sheen, B53-1250 Series: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. (a) 4 to 5 mils wet, 1.4 to 1.7 mils dry per coat. C. Metal, Miscellaneous: Iron, ornamental iron, structural iron and steel, ferrous metal. 1. Alkyd Systems, Water-Based: LEED VOC only. a. Low Sheen Finish: 1) 1st Coat: Sherwin-Williams Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-1310 Series: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. (a) 5 mils wet, 2 mils dry per coat. 2) 2nd and 3rd Coat: Sherwin-Williams Pro Industrial Water Based Alkyd Urethane Enamel Low Sheen, B53-1250 Series: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. (a) 4 to 5 mils wet, 1.4 to 1.7 mils dry per coat. 2.04 PAINT SYSTEMS -INTERIOR A. Concrete, Walls and Ceilings: Poured concrete, precast concrete, unglazed brick, cement board, tilt-up, cast-in-place concrete, and plaster. 1. Latex Systems: 09 9000 - 3 Painting and Coating Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 9000 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 a. Low Sheen Finish: 1) 1st Coat: Sherwin-Williams Loxon Concrete and Masonry Primer Sealer, LX02W50 Series: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. (a) 8 mils wet, 3.2 mils dry. 2) 2nd and 3rd Coat: Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Low Gloss Eg-Shel, B41-2600 Series: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. (a) 4 mils wet, 1.6 mils dry per coat. B. Metal: Aluminum and galvanized. 1. Latex Systems: a. Semi-Gloss Finish: 1) 1st Coat: Sherwin-Williams Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-1310 Series: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. (a) 5 mils wet, 2 mils dry per coat. 2) 2nd and 3rd Coat: Sherwin-Williams Pro Industrial Acrylic Semi-Gloss, B66-650 Series: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. (a) 2 to 4 mils dry per coat. C. Metal, Galvanized: Ceilings and ductwork. 1. Dryfall Waterborne Topcoats: a. Flat Finish: 1) 1st and 2nd Coat: Sherwin-Williams Pro Industrial Waterborne Acrylic Dryfall, B42-181 Series: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. (a) 6 mils wet, 1.7 mils dry per coat. D. Metal: Structural steel columns,joists, trusses, beams, miscellaneous and ornamental iron, structural iron, and ferrous metal. 1. Latex Systems: a. Semi-Gloss Finish: 1) 1st Coat: Sherwin-Williams Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-1310 Series: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. (a) 5 mils wet, 2 mils dry per coat. 2) 2nd and 3rd Coat: Sherwin-Williams Pro Industrial Acrylic Semi-Gloss, B66-650 Series: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. (a) 2 to 4 mils dry per coat. E. Drywall: Walls, ceilings, gypsum board, and similar items. 1. Latex Systems: a. Semi-Gloss Finish High Performance (HP): 1) 1st Coat: Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer, B28W2600: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. (a) 4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat. 2) 2nd and 3rd Coat: Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 HP Zero VOC Latex Semi- Gloss, B31-1950 Series: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. (a) 4 mils wet, 1.6 mils dry per coat. b. Eg-Shel Finish High Performance (HP): 1) 1st Coat: Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer, B28W2600: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. (a) 4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat. 2) 2nd and 3rd Coat: Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 HP Zero VOC Eg-Shel, B20- 1950 Series: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. 09 9000 -4 Painting and Coating Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 9000 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 (a) 4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat. 2.05 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially effect proper application. C. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. D. Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to application. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. C. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of water and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. D. Concrete: 1. Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. 2. Fill bug holes, air pockets, and other voids with cement patching compound. 3. Prepare concrete in accordance with SSPC-SP 13/NACE No.6. E. Gypsum Board: Fill minor defects with filler compound; sand smooth and remove dust prior to painting. F. Aluminum: Remove surface contamination and oil; wash with solvent according to SSPC-SP 1. G. Galvanized Surfaces: 1. Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent according to SSPC-SP 1. H. Ferrous Metal: 1. Solvent clean according to SSPC-SP 1. 2. Remove rust, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances using methods recommended by paint manufacturer and blast cleaning in accordance with SSPC-SP 6/NACE No.3. Protect from corrosion until coated. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately. B. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. C. Apply coatings at spread rate required to achieve manufacturer's recommended dry film thickness. D. Regardless of number of coats specified, apply additional coats until complete hide is achieved. 09 9000 - 5 Painting and Coating Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 9000 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 E. All paints and coatings, including accessories, applied on site must comply with the VOC limits, emissions testing and Submittal requirements for IEQ Credit Low-Emitting Materials as specified in Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4. 3.04 PRIMING A. Apply primer to all surfaces unless specifically not required by coating manufacturer. Apply in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions. B. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to top coat manufacturers. 3.05 CLEANING A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. B. Clean surfaces immediately of overspray, splatter, and excess material. C. After coating has cured, clean and replace finish hardware, fixtures, and fittings previously removed. D. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect finished coatings from damage until completion of project. B. Touch-up damaged finishes after Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09 9000 09 9000 - 6 Painting and Coating Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 9300 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 09 9300 STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and application of wood finishes on the following substrates: 1. Interior Substrates: a. Exposed glued-laminated beams and columns. b. Exposed cross-laminated panels. c. Exposed dimension lumber(rough carpentry). d. Dressed lumber(finish carpentry). e. Exposed wood panel products. f. Lumber(interior carpentry) 2. Exterior Substrates: a. Exposed glued-laminated beams and columns. b. Exposed cross-laminated panels. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Gloss Level 1: Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. B. Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. C. Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. D. Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. E. Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. B. Samples: For each type of finish system and in each color and gloss of finish indicated. C. Product List: For each product indicated, include printout of current"MPI Approved Products List"for each product category specified in Part 2, with the product proposed for use highlighted. D. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 3. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings) 1.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Stains and Transparent Finishes: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied. 09 9300 - 1 STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 9300 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each finish system indicated and each color selected to verify preliminary selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of finish system and substrate. a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft.. b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of stain color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary stain color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional stain colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to products listed in other Part 2 articles for the category indicated. 2.02 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. MPI Standards: Provide products that comply with MPI standards indicated and that are listed in its "MPI Approved Products List." B. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each finish system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a finish system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in finish system and on substrate indicated. C. VOC Content: Products shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction and, for interior stains and finishes applied at project site, the following VOC limits, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 1. Clear Wood Finishes, Varnishes: VOC not more than 350 g/L. 2. Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L. D. Low-Emitting Materials: Interior stains and finishes shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." 2.03 WOOD FILLERS A. Wood Filler Paste: MPI #91. 1. Sherwin Williams Chemical Coatings—Sherwood natural wood filler—#D70T1 2. Benjamin Moore—Wood Grain Filler#238. 3. Miller Paint—Paste Wood Filler— 1217. 2.04 PRIMERS AND SEALERS A. Sealers. 1. Minwax Wood Finish #710800000. 2. Wood Classics FastDry Sanding Sealer, Clear#6510-61129 09 9300 - 2 STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 9300 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Shop applied sealers as recommended by the cross-laminated timbers and glued- laminated beam manufacturers standard. 2.05 POLYURETHANE VARNISHES A. Varnish, Interior, Polyurethane, Water Based, Satin. 1. Sherwin Williams—Wood Classic Waterborne Polyurethane Clear Satin #143-7383. 2.06 LOW VOC CLEAR WOOD FINISH A. Interior low VOC clear finish, Satin (Gloss Level 4): 1. Sansin, Envro Stain: Purity Interior Glacier clear finish. B. Exterior low VOC clear finish, Satin (Gloss Level 4): 1. Sansin, Enviro Stain: ENS Optimum clear finish. 2.07 WATER BASED FLOOR FINISH A. Varnish, Interior, Water Based, Satin (Gloss Level 4): 1. Basic Coatings—StreetShoe 75 Satin Floor Finish System. Including Manufacturer's recommended sealer. 2.08 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Exterior Wood Substrates: 15 percent, when measured with an electronic moisture meter. C. Maximum Moisture Content of Interior Wood Substrates: 10 percent, when measured with an electronic moisture meter. D. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. E. Proceed with finish application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Beginning finish application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions. F. Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and finishing. 09 9300 - 3 STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 9300 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. After completing finishing operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. C. Clean and prepare surfaces to be finished according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Remove dust, dirt, oil, and grease by washing with a detergent solution; rinse thoroughly with clean water and allow to dry. Remove grade stamps and pencil marks by sanding lightly. Remove loose wood fibers by brushing. 2. Remove mildew by scrubbing with a commercial wash formulated for mildew removal and as recommended by stain manufacturer. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply finishes according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual." B. Apply finishes to produce surface films without cloudiness, holidays, lap marks, brush marks, runs, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. C. MDF Panels to be prefinished in a controlled enviroment. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades against damage from finish application. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. B. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced finished wood surfaces. C. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.05 APPLICATION A. All paints and coatings, including accessories, applied on site must comply with the VOC limits, emissions testing and Submittal requirements for IEQ Credit Low-Emitting Materials as specified in Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4. 3.06 INTERIOR WOOD FINISH SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. Natural Wood substrates, nontraffic surfaces, including wood trim, architectural woodwork, cross-laminated panel and glued-laminated construction. 1. Clear water based finish system. a. Sealer Coat: 6510-61129—Minwax Wood Finish (250 VOC Compliant) 1) Manufacturers standard shop applied sealer for cross-laminated timber panels and glued-laminted beams. b. Finish Coat: 143-7383 -Wood Classics Waterborne Polyurethane Varnish, Satin„ Clear. 1) Two (2) coats: Sansin Enviro Stain - Purity Interior Glacier stain, satin, clear. B. MDF Panels and Wainscoting, Natural. Shop applied. 1. Sealer and clear water based varnish system. a. Sealer Coat: 6510-61129 FastDry Sanding Sealer, Clear. b. Finish Coat: 143-7383—Wood Classic Waterborne Polyurethane Varnish, Satin, Clear. C. Traffic surfaces, wood stairs, benches. 1. Water Based Catalyzed floor finish system: 09 9300 -4 STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 9300 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 a. Sealer Coat: 2 coats of Catalyzed Sealer as recommended by top coat manufacturer. b. Intermediate Coat: Catalyzed floor finish to match topcoat. c. Topcoat: # B1643-0512 StreetShoe NXT Satin Floor Finish System. 3.07 EXTERIOR WOOD FINISH SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. Natural wood substrates, nontraffic surfaces, including cross-laminated panel and glued- laminated construction. 1. Clear water based finish system. a. Sealer Coat: Manufacturers standard shop applied sealer for cross-laminated timber panels and glued-laminated beams. b. Finish Coat: Two (2) coats: Sansin Enviro Stain - ENS stain, Satin, Clear. END OF SECTION 09 9300 09 9300 - 5 STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 9300 - 6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 09 9300 - 6 STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 9723 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 09 9723 CONCRETE AND MASONRY COATINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Moisture resistant smooth concrete and masonry coatings. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 6116 -Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions. B. Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coatings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM B117 - Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog)Apparatus; 2019. B. ASTM D6904 - Standard Practice for Resistance to Wind-Driven Rain for Exterior Coatings Applied on Masonry; 2003 (Reapproved 2022). C. ASTM E84- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2021 a. D. ASTM E96/E96M - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2016. E. ASTM G153 -Standard Practice for Operating Enclosed Carbon Arc Light Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials; 2013 (Reapproved 2021). F. ASTM G155-Standard Practice for Operating Xenon Arc Lamp Apparatus for Exposure of Materials; 2021. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data indicating coating materials and C. Samples: Submit two samples by inch in size illustrating colors available for selection. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. F. Maintenance Data: Include cleaning procedures and repair and patching techniques. G. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings) 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.06 MOCK-UP A. Provide mock-up of feet long by feet wide, illustrating coating, color, and surface sheen, for each specified coating. B. Locate where directed. C. Mock-up may remain as part of the Work. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install materials when temperature is below 55 degrees F or above 90 degrees F. 09 9723 - 1 Concrete and Masonry Coatings Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 9723 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Maintain this temperature range, 24 hours before, during, and 72 hours after installation of coating. C. Restrict traffic from area where coating is being applied or is curing. 1.08 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Concrete and Masonry Coatings: 1. Sto Corp; : www.stocorp.com/#sle. 2. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 CONCRETE AND MASONRY COATINGS A. Provide high-build, weather resistant coating systems that meet the following minimum performance criteria, unless more stringent criteria are specified: 1. Salt Spray Resistance: Passes when tested according to ASTM 13117 for 2000 hours. 2. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/Smoke developed index of 0/0, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3. Accelerated Outdoor Exposure: Passes when tested according to ASTM G153 for 5,000 hours. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Coatings- General: Provide complete systems formulated and recommended by manufacturer for the applications indicated, in the thicknesses indicated. 1. Maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) content: As required by applicable regulations. B. Water Based Weather Resistant Smooth Coating: Single component acrylic coating, color pigments, and acrylic polymer. 1. Dry Film Thickness: 8.4 mils minimum, per coat. 2. Accelerated Weathering: Tested in accordance with ASTM G155; 2,000 hours with no deleterious effects. 3. Wind Driven Rain Resistance: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM D6904; weight gain less than 0.02 Ibs for one coat, weight gain less than 0.09 Ibs for two coats. 4. Water Vapor Transmission: ASTM E96/E96M; 25 perms, maximum. 5. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 6. Manufacturers: a. Master Builders Solutions; MasterProtect C 350: www.master-builders- solutions.com/en-us/#sle. b. Zinsser by Rust-Oleum Corporation; Zinsser WATERTITE-LX Mold & Mildew-Proof Waterproofing Paint: www.rustoleum.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.04 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings) 09 9723 - 2 Concrete and Masonry Coatings Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 09 9723 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the coating manufacturer. Obtain and follow manufacturer's instructions for examination and testing of substrates. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces of loose foreign matter. B. Remove substances that would bleed through finished coatings. C. Remove finish hardware, fixture covers, and accessories and store. D. Protect adjacent surfaces and materials not receiving coating from spatter and overspray; mask if necessary to provide adequate protection. Repair damage. 3.03 PRIMING A. Apply primer to all surfaces, unless specifically not required by coating manufacturer. Apply in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions. 3.04 COATING APPLICATION A. Apply coatings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, to thicknesses specified. B. Apply in uniform thickness coats, without runs, drips, pinholes, brush marks, or variations in color, texture, or finish. Finish edges, crevices, corners, and other changes in dimension with full coating thickness. C. All paints and coatings, including accessories, applied on site must comply with the VOC limits, emissions testing and Submittal requirements for IEQ Credit Low-Emitting Materials as specified in Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4. 3.05 CLEANING A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. B. Clean surfaces immediately of overspray, splatter, and excess material. C. After coating has cured, clean and replace finish hardware, fixtures, and fittings previously removed. D. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect finished work from damage. END OF SECTION 09 9723 09 9723 - 3 Concrete and Masonry Coatings Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 1220 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 10 1220 TACKBOARD PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA 611 -Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum; 2014 (2015 Errata). B. ASTM E84- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2021 a. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.03 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Tackable wall surfaces. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09 2900 "Gypsum Board" 2. Section 10 1210 "Tackable Wall Systems"for tackable, fabric-covered wall systems. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Tackwall: Unframed, tackable surface. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for visual display surfaces. B. Shop Drawings: For tackable wall surfaces. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Show locations of panel joints. 2. Include sections of typical trim members. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of tackable wall surface indicated, for units with factory-applied color finishes, and as follows: 1. Actual sections of, tackboard assembly. 2. Include accessory Samples to verify color selected. D. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of visual display surface through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of visual display surfaces and are based on the specific surface indicated. C. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. 10 1220 - 1 TACKBOARD Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 1220 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide fabrics with the surface-burning characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E84 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. E. Flexibility: Product should not crack or break when bent around a 2.75 inch diameter cylinder. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver tackable wall surface and applied trim where indicated, in a weather-tight package. Pre-fit components at the factory, disassemble for delivery, and make final joints at the site. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. B. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating visual display surfaces without field measurements. Coordinate wall construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 1. Allow for trimming and fitting where taking field measurements before fabrication might delay the Work. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty for Tackable wall surfaces: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace sheets that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Surfaces lose original writing and erasing qualities. 3. Surfaces exhibit crazing, cracking, or flaking. B. Warranty Period: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PROVIDE BASIS-OF DESIGN PRODUCT OR ONE THAT MEETS ALL REQUIREMENTS AND CRITERIA OF THE BASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCT. A. Tackable Wall Surface: 1. Basis-of-Design: Walltalkers "Tac-Wall". B. TACKABLE WALL SURFACE MATERIAL 1. Linoleum resilient homogeneous tackable surface material shall be of natural material consisting of linseed oil, granulated cork, rosin binders and dry pigments, mixed and calendared onto a natural burlap backing. Uni-Color shall extend throughout thickness of material. Product shall contain no harmful products or carcinogens. 2. Physical Characteristics: a. Sheet Width: 48 inches. b. Sheet Gauge: 0.25 inches thick. c. Roll Length: 95 feet. d. Backing: Burlap. C. Accessories: 1. Provide full line of manufacturers accessories. 2. Use full line of accessories in all conditions possible. 10 1220 - 2 TACKBOARD Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 1220 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.02 FABRICATION A. Aluminum Frames: Fabricate units straight and of single lengths, keeping joints to a minimum. Miter corners to neat, hairline closure. 1. Where factory-applied trim is indicated, trim shall be assembled and attached to visual display units at manufacturer's factory before shipment. 2.03 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.04 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA611, AA-M12C22A31, Class II, 0 inch or thicker. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, surface conditions of wall, and other conditions affecting performance. B. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of work. C. Examine walls and partitions for proper backing for tackable wall surfaces. D. Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth where sliding visual display units will be installed. E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove dirt, scaling paint, projections, and depressions that will affect smooth, finished surfaces of visual display boards. B. Prepare surfaces to achieve a smooth, dry, clean surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, cracks, defects, and substances that will impair bond between the tackable wall surface and wall surfaces. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean tackable wall surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. Attach one cleaning label to visual display surface in each room. B. Touch up factory-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. C. Cover and protect tackable wall surfaces after installation and cleaning. D. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.04 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Install tackable wall surfaces in locations and at mounting heights indicated on Drawings, or if not indicated, at heights indicated below. Keep perimeter lines straight, level, and plumb. Provide grounds, clips, backing materials, adhesives, brackets, anchors, trim, and accessories necessary for complete installation END OF SECTION 10 1220 10 1220 - 3 TACKBOARD Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 1220 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 10 1220 -4 TACKBOARD Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 1400 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 10 1400 SIGNAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Exterior signs. B. Room and door signs. C. Interior directional and informational signs. D. Emergency evacuation maps. E. Building identification signs. F. Traffic signs. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 22 0553 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. B. Section 26 0553 - Identification for Electrical Systems. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 36 CFR 1191 -Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act(ABA)Accessibility Guidelines; current edition. B. ADA Standards-Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. C. ICC A117.1 -Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; 2017. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's printed product literature for each type of sign, indicating sign styles, font, foreground and background colors, locations, overall dimensions of each sign. C. Signage Schedule: Provide information sufficient to completely define each sign for fabrication, including room number, room name, other text to be applied, sign and letter sizes, fonts, and colors. 1. When room numbers to appear on signs differ from those on drawings, include the drawing room number on schedule. 2. When content of signs is indicated to be determined later, request such information from Owner through Architect at least 2 months prior to start of fabrication; upon request, submit preliminary schedule. 3. Submit for approval by Owner through Architect prior to fabrication. D. Samples: Submit two samples of each type of sign, of size similar to that required for project, illustrating sign style, font, and method of attachment. E. Verification Samples: Submit samples showing colors specified. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include installation templates and attachment devices. G. Manufacturer's Qualification Statement. H. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Curved Sign Media Suction Cups: One for each 100 signs; for removing media. 10 1400 - 1 Signage Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 1400 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package signs as required to prevent damage before installation. B. Package room and door signs in sequential order of installation, labeled by floor or building. C. Store tape adhesive at normal room temperature. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install tape adhesive when ambient temperature is lower than recommended by manufacturer. B. Maintain this minimum temperature during and after installation of signs. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGNAGE APPLICATIONS A. Accessibility Compliance: Signs are required to comply with ADA Standards and ICC A117.1 and applicable building codes, unless otherwise indicated; in the event of conflicting requirements, comply with the most comprehensive and specific requirements. B. Room and Door Signs: Provide a sign for every doorway, whether it has a door or not, not including corridors, lobbies, and similar open areas. 1. Sign Type: Flat signs with engraved panel media as specified. 2. Provide "tactile" signage, with letters raised minimum 1/32 inch and Grade II braille. 3. Character Height: 1 inch. 4. Sign Height: 2 inches, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Office Doors: Identify with room numbers to be determined later, not the numbers indicated on drawings; in addition, provide "window" section for replaceable occupant name. 6. Conference and Meeting Rooms: Identify with room numbers to be determined later, not the numbers indicated on drawings; in addition, provide "window" section with sliding "In Use/Vacant" indicator. 7. Service Rooms: Identify with room names and numbers to be determined later, not those indicated on drawings. 8. Rest Rooms: Identify with pictograms, the names "MEN" and "WOMEN", room numbers to be determined later, and braille. C. Interior Directional and Informational Signs: D. Emergency Evacuation Maps: 1. Allow for one map per elevator lobby. 2. Map content to be provided by Owner. E. Building Identification Signs: 2.02 SIGN TYPES A. See Architectural Al series drawings for specified sign information and locations. B. Exterior Sign Schedule: 1. ES-A; Illuminated letters. 2. ES-B; Painted alluminum address numbers. 3. ES-C; Double sided, illuminated monument sign. 10 1400 - 2 Signage Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 1400 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 4. ES-D; Decorative vinyl film graphics. 5. ES-I; C&C machine routed phenolic wall panels. a. General contractor to coordinate production and installation with the phenolic wall panel supplier and installer. C. Interior Sign Schedule: 1. IS-B; Illuminated letters and digital display panel. 2. IS-C; Acrylic dimensional letters. D. Vista Sign Systems; www.vistasystems.com/#sle. 1. VS-A; Primary room signs. 2. VS-B; Secondary room, ADA, and exit signs. 3. VS-D; Floor directiory. 4. VS-F; Building evacuation map insert sign. 5. VS-G; Freestanding frame insert signs. 6. VS-H; Freestanding nameplates. 2.03 DIMENSIONAL LETTERS A. Metal Letters: 1. Metal: Aluminum casting. 2. Metal Thickness: 1/8 inch minimum. 3. Text and Typeface: a. Character Font: Helvetica, Arial, or other sans serif font. 4. Finish: Brushed, satin. 5. Product: 6. Mounting: As indicated on drawings. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Concealed Screws: Stainless steel, galvanized steel, chrome plated, or other non-corroding metal. B. Tape Adhesive: Double sided tape, permanent adhesive. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install neatly, with horizontal edges level. C. Locate signs and mount at heights indicated on drawings and in accordance with ADA Standards and ICC A117.1. D. Protect from damage until Date of Substantial Completion; repair or replace damaged items. 3.03 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 10 1400 10 1400 - 3 Signage Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 1400 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 10 1400 -4 Signage Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2113 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 10 2113 TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Solid Color Reinforced Composite Toilet Compartments 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 05 1200 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING: Concealed steel support members. B. Section 05 5000 - METAL FABRICATIONS: Concealed steel support members. C. Section 06 1053 - Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry: Blocking and supports. D. Section 10 2800 -TOILET. BATH. AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES for toilet tissue dispensers, grab bars, purse shelves, and similar accessories. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: For toilet compartments. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Show locations of cutouts for compartment-mounted toilet accessories. 2. Show locations of reinforcements for compartment-mounted grab bars. 3. Show locations of centerlines of toilet fixtures. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of unit indicated. Include Samples of hardware and accessories involving material and color selection. D. Samples for Verification: For the following products, in manufacturer's standard sizes unless otherwise indicated: 1. Each type of material, color, and finish required for units, prepared on 6-inch-square samples of same thickness and material indicated for Work. 2. Each type of hardware and accessory. E. Product Certificates: For each type of toilet compartment, from manufacturer. F. Maintenance Data: For toilet compartments to include in maintenance manuals. G. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 3. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Interior Paints and Coatings) 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements in GSA's CID-A-A-60003, "Partitions, Toilets, Complete." B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, or another standard acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 10 2113 - 1 TOILET COMPARTMENTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2113 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less. 2. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)for toilet compartments designated as accessible. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of toilet fixtures, walls, columns, ceilings, and other construction contiguous with toilet compartments by field measurements before fabrication. 1. Established Dimensions: Where filed measurements cannot be made without delaying the work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating toilet compartments with field measurements. Coordinate wall, floor, ceilings, and other contiguous construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified in Section 01 7836. B. Manufacturer: Minimum 20 Year Warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, including warping and de-lamination of partition panels. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SOLID COLOR REINFORCED COMPOSITE UNITS A. Manufacturers- Basis of Design: "Sierra Series"toilet partitions, as manufactured by Bobrick Corp, Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Bradley Corporation; Mills Partitions. 2. AMPECO 3. Accurate Partitions Corporation "Color-Thru"series 4. Approved equal. B. Style: 1. Standard Height. 2. Door/Panel Height: 58 inches (147 cm). a. Floor Clearance: 12 inches (30 cm). 3. Privacy Style Partitions: No sightlines with gap-free interlocking doors and stiles routed 0.300 inches (7.6 mm)from the edge to allow for 0.175 inch (4.4 mm)overlap to prevent line-of-sight into the toilet compartment. Privacy strips fastened or adhered onto the partition material are not acceptable. a. Stiles and Doors: 3/4 inch b. Panels and Screens: 1/2 inch c. Color: As selected by the architect from manufacturers full color range. C. Mounting: 1. Floor to Ceiling configuration at ceilings 10'-0" or lower. D. Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): Stainless steel, ASTM A 666, Type 302 or 304. E. Brackets (Fittings): 1. Full-Height(Continuous)Type: Manufacturer's standard design; stainless steel. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Solid color reinforced composite (SCRC) material for stiles, panels, doors, and screens with Bobrick GraffitiOff coating, thermoset and integrally fused into homogenous piece; high density 10 2113 - 2 TOILET COMPARTMENTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2113 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 polyethylene (HDPE), high density polypropylene not acceptable. B. Composition: Dyes, organic fibrous material, and polycarbonate/phenolic resins. C. Surface Treatment: Non-ghosting, graffiti resistant surface integrally bonded to core through a manufacturing steps requiring thermal and mechanical pressure. D. Edges: Same color as the surface. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard design, heavy-duty operating hardware and accessories, surface mount. 1. Material: Stainless steel with brushed finish. B. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel or chrome-plated steel or brass, finished to match hardware, with Thorx pin theft-resistant-type heads. Provide sex-type bolts for through-bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use hot-dip galvanized or other rust-resistant, protective-coated steel. C. Overhead Bracing: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded-aluminum head rail with anti- grip profile and in manufacturer's standard finish. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Stiles: Floor-anchored stiles furnished with expansion shields and threaded rods. 1. Leveling Devices: 7 gauge, 3/16 inches (5 mm)thick, corrosion-resistant, chromate- treated, double zinc-plated steel angle leveling bar bolted to stile; furnished with 3/8 inch (10 mm)diameter threaded rods, hex nuts, lock washers, flat washers, spacer sleeves, expansion anchors, and shoe retainers. 2. Stile Shoes: One-piece, 22 gauge (0.8 mm), 18-8, Type 304 stainless steel, 4 inch (102 mm) height; tops with 90 degree return to stile. One-piece shoe capable of adapting to 3/4 inch (19 mm) or 1 inch (25 mm)stile thickness and capable of being fastened (by clip)to stiles starting at wall line. B. Wall Posts: Pre-drilled for door hardware, 18-8, Type 304, 16 gauge (1.6 mm) stainless steel with satin finish; 1 inch (25 mm)x 1-1/2 inches (38 mm)x 58 inches high (1473 mm). C. Anchors: Expansion shields and threaded rods at floor connections as applicable. Threaded rods secured to supports above ceiling as applicable. Supports above ceiling furnished and installed as Work of Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications. D. Hardware: Chrome-plated "Zamak", aluminum, extruded plastic hardware not acceptable. 1. Compliance: Operating force of less than 5 lbs. (2.25 kg). 2. Emergency Access: Hinges, door latch allow door to be lifted over keeper from outside compartment on inswing doors. 3. Materials: 18-8, Type 304, heavy-gauge stainless steel with satin finish. 4. Doorstops: Prevents inswinging doors from swinging out beyond stile; on outswing doors, doorstop prevents door from swinging in beyond stile. 5. Fastening: Hardware secured to door and stile by through-bolted, theft-resistant, pin-in- head Torx stainless steel machine screws into factory-installed, threaded brass inserts. Fasteners secured directly into core not acceptable. 6. Threaded Brass Inserts: Factory-installed; withstand direct pull force exceeding 1500 lbs. (680 kg) per insert. 7. Clothes Hooks: Projecting no more than 1-1/8 inch (29 mm)from face of door. 8. Door Latch: Track of door latch prevents inswing doors from swinging out beyond stile; on outswing doors, door keeper prevents door from swinging in beyond stile; 16 gauge (1.6 10 2113 - 3 TOILET COMPARTMENTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2113 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 mm)sliding door latch, 14 gauge (2 mm) keeper. 9. Locking: Door locked from inside by sliding door latch into keeper. E. Hinge Type: 1. Standard. a. Balanced, with field-adjustable cam to permit door to be fully closed or partially open when compartment is unoccupied. F. Mounting Brackets: 1. Standard Concealed. a. Mounting Brackets: Mounted inside compartment; exposed brackets on exterior of compartment not acceptable with the exception of outswing doors. 2. Full-Height. a. Mounting Brackets: 18 gauge (1.2 mm)stainless steel and extend full height of panel. b. U-Channels: Secure panels to stiles. c. Angle Brackets: Secure stiles-to-walls and panels to walls. G. Doors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 24-inch-wide in-swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36-inch-wide out-swinging doors with a minimum 32-inch-wide clear opening for compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities. Partitions and doors to be gap free with interlocking design creating no site lines. 1. Hinges: Manufacturer's standard self-closing type that can be adjusted to hold doors open at any angle up to 90 degrees. 2. Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's standard surface-mounted latch unit designed for emergency access and with combination rubber-faced door strike and keeper. Provide units that comply with accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction at compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities. 3. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's standard combination hook and rubber-tipped bumper, sized to prevent door from hitting compartment-mounted accessories. 4. Door Bumper: Manufacturer's standard rubber-tipped bumper at out-swinging doors. 5. Door Pull: Manufacturer's standard unit at out-swinging doors that complies with accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide units on both sides of doors at compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, straight, level, and plumb. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. B. Stirrup Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with not less than three brackets attached at midpoint and near top and bottom of panel. 1. Locate wall brackets so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. 2. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. C. Overhead-Braced Units: Secure pilasters to floor and level, plumb, and tighten. Secure continuous head rail to each pilaster with not less than two fasteners. Hand doors to align tops of doors with tops of panels and adjust so tips of doors are parallel with overhead brace when door are in closed position. 10 2113 -4 TOILET COMPARTMENTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2113 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to manufacturer's written instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold doors open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swinging doors to return doors to fully closed position. 3.03 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 10 2113 10 2113 - 5 TOILET COMPARTMENTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2113 - 6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 10 2113 - 6 TOILET COMPARTMENTS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2123 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 10 2123 CUBICLE CURTAINS AND TRACK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface mounted overhead curtain track and guides. B. Cubicle curtains. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 05 5400 - Cold-Formed Metal Framing: For ceiling and track support. C. Section 06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Blocking and supports for track. D. Section 09 5100 -ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS: Suspended ceiling system to support track. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E84- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2021 a. B. NFPA 701 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films; 2019. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data for curtain fabric characteristics and curtain track support. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate a reflected ceiling plan view of curtain track, hangers and suspension points, attachment details, schedule of curtain sizes. D. Samples: Submit two fabric samples, 6 by 6 inch in size illustrating fabric color. E. Samples: Submit 12 inch sample length of curtain track including typical splice, wall and ceiling hanger, and escutcheon. F. Maintenance Data: Include recommended cleaning methods and materials and stain removal methods. G. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Carriers: 5. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Accept curtain materials on site and inspect for damage. B. Store curtain materials on site and deliver to Owner for installation when requested. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Cubicle Track and Curtains: 1. A. R. Nelson Co: www.arnelson.com/#sle. 2. Construction Specialties, Inc; Track Systems: www.c-sgroup.com/#sle. 3. Inpro: www.inprocorp.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 10 2123 - 1 CUBICLE CURTAINS AND TRACK Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2123 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.02 TRACKS AND TRACK COMPONENTS A. Tracks: Extruded aluminum sections; one piece per track run. 1. Profile: Channel. 2. Mounting: Surface. 3. Structural Performance: Capable of supporting vertical test load of 50 Ibs without visible deflection of track or damage to supports, safely supporting moving loads, and sufficiently rigid to resist visible deflection and without permanent set. 4. Track End Stop: To fit track section. 5. Track Bends: Minimum 12 inch radius; fabricated without deformation of track section or impeding movement of carriers. 6. Finish on Exposed Surfaces: Clear anodized. B. Curtain Carriers: Nylon rollers, size and type compatible with track; designed to eliminate bind when curtain is pulled; fitted to curtain to prevent accidental curtain removal. C. Installation Accessories: Types required for specified mounting method and substrate conditions. 2.03 CURTAINS A. Cubicle Curtains: 1. Flame spread index of 25, maximum; smoke developed index of 450, maximum; when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2. Inherently flame resistant or flameproofed; capable of passing NFPA 701 test. 3. Material: Close weave polyester; anti-bacterial, self deodorizing, sanitized, and preshrunk. 4. Color/Pattern: As selected by the Architect from manufacturers standard colors. 5. Open Mesh Cloth: Open weave to permit air circulation; flameproof material, manufacturer's standard color. 6. Attachment of Curtain Fabric to Open Mesh Cloth: Manufacturer's standard sewn seam. B. Curtain Fabrication: 1. Width of curtain to be 10 percent wider than track length. 2. Length of curtain to end 12 inches above finished floor. 3. Include open mesh cloth at top 20 inches of curtain for room air circulation, attached to curtain as specified above. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces and supports above ceiling are ready to receive work of this Section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install curtain track to be secure, rigid, and true to ceiling line. B. Secure track to ceiling system. 3.03 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 10 2123 10 2123 - 2 CUBICLE CURTAINS AND TRACK Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2239 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 10 2239 FOLDING PANEL PARTITIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Top-supported folding panel partitions, horizontal opening. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 05 1200 - Structural Steel Framing: Track Support structure. C. Section 05 4000 - Cold-Formed Metal Framing D. Section 06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Wood blocking and track support shimming. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2020. B. ASTM B221 M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes (Metric); 2013. C. ASTM E84- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2021 a. D. ASTM E90- Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements; 2009 (Reapproved 2016). E. ASTM E413 - Classification for Rating Sound Insulation; 2016. F. ASTM E557 - Standard Guide for Architectural Design and Installation Practices for Sound Isolation Between Spaces Separated by Operable Partitions; 2012 (Reapproved 2020). G. ASTM E596 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Noise Reduction of Sound-Isolating Enclosures; 2022. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene at project site seven calendar days prior to scheduled beginning of construction activities of this section to review section requirements. 1. Require attendance by representatives of installer. 2. Notify Architect four calendar days in advance of scheduled meeting date. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on partition materials, operation, hardware and accessories, track switching components, and colors and finishes available. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate opening sizes, track layout, details of track and required supports, static and dynamic loads, location and details of pass door and frame, adjacent construction and finish trim, and stacking depth. D. Samples for Review: Submit two samples of surface finish, 12 by 12 inches size, illustrating quality, colors selected, texture, and weight. E. Certificates: Certify that partition system meets or exceeds specified acoustic requirements. F. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special procedures. 10 2239 - 1 FOLDING PANEL PARTITIONS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2239 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 G. Designer's qualification statement. H. Manufacturer's qualification statement. I. Installer's qualification statement. J. Maintenance Data: Include recommended cleaning methods, cleaning materials, and stain removal methods. Describe cleaning materials detrimental to finish surfaces and hardware finish. K. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings) 1. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Interior Paints and Coatings) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Designer Qualifications: Perform design under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this type of work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified this section with minimum three years of documented experience. C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified and with at least three years of documented experience. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until installation. 1.08 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Provide two year manufacturer warranty against defects in material and workmanship, excluding abuse. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Folding Panel Partitions - Horizontal Opening: 1. Modernfold, a DORMA Group Company: www.modernfold.com/#sle. 2. Basis-of-design, Advanced Equipment Corp. Alpha Series: www.advancedequipment.com/#sle.. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 FOLDING PANEL PARTITIONS - HORIZONTAL OPENING A. Folding Panel Partitions: Center opening; paired panels; side stacking; manually operated. B. Panel Construction: 1. Frame: 16 gauge, 0.0598 inch thick formed sheet steel frame top, bottom,jambs, and intermediates; welded construction, with acoustical insulation fill. 2. Substrate: 16 ga. steel stiffeners welded to interior of panel facing. No Gypsum Board.. 3. Panel Substrate Facing: Steel sheet, 16 gauge, 0.0598 inch thickness. 4. Hardware: Latching door handles of cast steel, satin chrome finish; pull bars. 5. Panel Properties: 10 2239 - 2 FOLDING PANEL PARTITIONS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2239 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 a. Thickness With Finish: 4 inches. b. Width: Standard width. c. Weight: 10 Ib/sq ft. C. Panel Finishes: 1. Exposed Metal Trim: Clear anodized. D. Panel Seals: 1. Panel to Panel Seals: Grooved and gasketed astragals, with continuous flexible ribbed vinyl seal fitted to panel edge construction; color to match panel finish. 2. Acoustic Seals: Flexible acoustic seals at jambs, meeting mullions, ceilings, retractable floor and ceiling seals, and above track to structure acoustic seal. E. Suspension System: 1. Track: Formed steel; 1-1/4 by 1-1/4 inch size; thickness and profile designed to support loads, steel sub-channel and track connectors, and track switches. 2. Carriers: Steel, ball bearing wheels on trolley carrier at top of every center panel, sized to carry imposed loads, with threaded pendant bolt for vertical adjustment. F. Performance: 1. Acoustic Performance: a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): ASTM E596, NRC of 0.65 minimum. b. Sound Transmission Class (STC): 48 to 52 calculated in accordance with ASTM E413, based on tests conducted in accordance with ASTM E90, on panel size of 100 sq ft. 2. Surface Burning Characteristics of Panel Finish: Flame spread/smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3. Installed partition system track capable of supporting imposed loads, with maximum deflection of 1/360 of span. G. Accessories: 1. Ceiling Closure: White enameled ceiling closure; aluminum jamb and head molding, fittings and attachments. 2. Pass Door: Single door, 36 inch wide by 84 inch high opening; same design and construction as panel; fit door with perimeter acoustic gaskets, concealed closer, and tool operated floor seal. 3. Acoustic Sealant: As recommended by partition manufacturer. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221 M), 6063 alloy, T6 temper. B. Vinyl Coated Fabric: High performance eco-fabric.; color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. C. Acoustic Insulation: 1. Type: As required for acoustic performance indicated. 2. Thickness: As required for acoustic performance indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify track supports are laterally braced and will permit track to be level within 1/4 inch of required position and parallel to the floor surface. 10 2239 - 3 FOLDING PANEL PARTITIONS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2239 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 C. Verify floor flatness of 1/8 inch in 10 feet, non-cumulative. D. Verify wall plumbness of 1/8 inch in 10 feet, non-cumulative. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install partition in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM E557. B. Fit and align partition assembly and pocket doors level and plumb. C. Lubricate moving components. D. Install acoustic sealant to achieve required acoustic performance. E. Coordinate electrical connections. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust partition assembly to provide smooth operation from stacked to full open position. Do not over-compress acoustic seals. B. Visually inspect partition in full extended position for light leaks to identify a potential acoustical leak. C. Adjust partition assembly to achieve lightproof seal. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean finish surfaces and partition accessories. B. Condition markerboard surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.05 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Demonstrate operation of partition and identify potential operational problems. END OF SECTION 10 2239 10 2239 -4 FOLDING PANEL PARTITIONS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2600 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 10 2600 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Corner guards. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Blocking for wall and corner guard anchors. C. Section 09 2116 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES: Placement of supports in stud wall construction. D. Section 09 2216 - Non-Structural Metal Framing: Placement of supports in stud wall construction. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D256 - Standard Test Methods for Determining the Izod Pendulum Impact Resistance of Plastics; 2010 (Reapproved 2018). B. ASTM D543 - Standard Practices for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents; 2020. C. ASTM F476 -Standard Test Methods for Security of Swinging Door Assemblies; 2014. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Indicate physical dimensions, features, and anchorage details. C. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevation, sections, and attachment details. D. Samples: Submit samples illustrating component design, configurations,joinery, color and finish. 1. Submit two sections of corner guards, 24 inches long. E. Warranty Documentation: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project: 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. G. Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's instructions for care and cleaning of each type of product. Include information about both recommended and potentially detrimental cleaning materials and methods. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver wall and door protection items in original, undamaged protective packaging. Label items to designate installation locations. B. Protect work from moisture damage. C. Do not deliver products to project site until areas for storage and installation are fully enclosed, and interior temperature and humidity are in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations for each type of item. 10 2600 - 1 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2600 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Store products in either horizontal or vertical position, in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a one year period after Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Corner Guards: 1. Construction Specialties, Inc: www.c-sgroup.com/#sle. 2. Inpro: www.inprocorp.com/#sle. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA A. Impact Strength: Unless otherwise noted, provide protection products and assemblies that have been successfully tested for compliance with applicable provisions of ASTM D256 and/or ASTM F476. B. Chemical and Stain Resistance: Unless otherwise noted, provide protection products and assemblies with chemical and stain resistance complying with applicable provisions of ASTM D543. 2.03 PRODUCT TYPES A. Corner Guards- Surface Mounted: 1. Material: Type 304 stainless steel, No. 4 finish, 18 gauge, 1 mm thick. 2. Width of Wings: 2 inches. 3. Corner: Square. 4. Color: Manufacturers standard stainless steel finish. 5. Length: One piece. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fabricate components with tight joints, corners and seams. B. Pre-drill holes for attachment. 2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. B. Provide wall and door protection systems of each type from a single source and manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that rough openings, concealed blocking, and anchors are correctly sized and located. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Position corner guard 4 inches above finished floor to 48 inches high. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Required Height: 1/4 inch. B. Maximum Variation From Level or Plane For Visible Length: 1/4 inch. 10 2600 - 2 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2600 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.04 CLEANING A. See Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal, for additional requirements. B. Clean wall and door protection items of excess adhesive, dust, dirt, and other contaminants. END OF SECTION 10 2600 10 2600 - 3 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 10 2600 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 10 2600 -4 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2800 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 10 2800 TOILET. BATH. AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Commercial toilet accessories. B. Commercial shower and bath accessories. C. Under-lavatory pipe supply covers. D. Diaper changing stations. E. Utility room accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Concealed supports for accessories, including in wall framing and plates, above ceiling framing, and Where required. C. Section 09 3000 -TILING: Ceramic washroom accessories. D. Section 22 4000 - Plumbing Fixtures: Under-lavatory pipe and supply covers. 1.03 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. PPE: Personal Protective Equipment. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA Standards-Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. B. ASTM A269/A269M - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service; 2015a (Reapproved 2019). C. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015. D. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2021. E. ASTM C1503 - Standard Specification for Silvered Flat Glass Mirror; 2018. F. ASTM C1822 - Standard Specification for Insulating Covers on Accessible Lavatory Piping; 2021. G. ASTM E84- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2021 a. H. ASTM F2285- Standard Consumer Safety Performance Specification for Diaper Changing Tables for Commercial Use; 2004, with Editorial Revision (2016). I. ASTM G21 - Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi; 2015. J. ICC A117.1 -Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; 2017. 1.05 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate the work with the placement of internal wall reinforcement and concealed ceiling supports to receive anchor attachments. 10 2800 - 1 TOILET. BATH. AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2800 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, and attachment methods. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and conditions requiring special attention. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Commercial Toilet, Shower, and Bath Accessories: 1. Bobrick Washroom Accessories: Basis-of-design. 2. American Specialties, Inc: www.americanspecialties.com/#sle. 3. Bradley Corporation: www.bradleycorp.com/#sle. 4. Or Approved Equal.. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Under-Lavatory Pipe Supply Covers: 1. Plumberex Specialty Products, Inc: www.plumberex.com/#sle. 2. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. C. Diaper Changing Stations: 1. Diaper Deck & Company: www.diaperdeck.com/#sle. 2. Koala Kare Products: www.koalabear.com/#sle. 3. Substitutions: 01 6000 - Product Requirements. D. Provide products of each category type by single manufacturer. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Accessories - General: Shop assembled, free of dents and scratches and packaged complete with anchors and fittings, steel anchor plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation. 1. Grind welded joints smooth. 2. Fabricate units made of metal sheet of seamless sheets with flat surfaces. B. Keys: Provide two keys for each accessory to Owner; master key lockable accessories. C. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A666, Type 304. D. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A269/A269M, Grade TP304 or TP316. E. Mirror Glass: Annealed float glass, ASTM C1036 Type I, Class 1, Quality Q2, with silvering, protective and physical characteristics complying with ASTM C1503. F. Adhesive: Two component epoxy type, waterproof. G. Fasteners, Screws, and Bolts: Hot dip galvanized; tamper-proof; security type. 2.03 FINISHES A. Stainless Steel: Satin finish, unless otherwise noted. B. Back paint components where contact is made with building finishes to prevent electrolysis. 2.04 COMMERCIAL TOILET ACCESSORIES A. Toilet Paper Dispenser: Double roll, surface mounted, for coreless type rolls, controlled delivery with concealed spindle, 4 1/2 or 5 inch diameter tissue rolls. 1. Products: 10 2800 - 2 TOILET. BATH. AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2800 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 a. Bobrick; B-4288. b. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Paper Towel Dispenser: Folded paper type, stainless steel, surface-mounted, with viewing slots on sides as refill indicator and tumbler lock. 1. Capacity: 400 multifold minimum. 2. Products: a. Bobrick: B-262. b. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. C. Waste Receptacle: Stainless steel, freestanding style with swing top. 1. Liner: Removable, heavy-duty vinyl liner, attached at a minimum of four points with stainless steel grommets and hooks. 2. Minimum capacity: 10 gallons. 3. Products: a. Bobrick: B-2250. b. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. D. Automated Soap Dispenser: Liquid soap dispenser, wall-mounted, with stainless steel cover and window to gauge soap level, tumbler lock. 1. Products: a. Bobrick; B-2012. b. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. E. Mirrors: Stainless steel framed, 1/4 inch thick annealed float glass; ASTM C1036. 1. Annealed Float Glass: Silvering, protective and physical characteristics in compliance with ASTM C1503. 2. Size: As indicated on drawings. 3. Frame: 0.05 inchangle shapes, with mitered and welded and ground corners, and tamperproof hanging system; satin finish. 4. Products: a. Bobrick; B-165. b. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. F. Seat Cover Dispenser: Stainless steel, surface-mounted, reloading by concealed opening at base, tumbler lock. 1. Minimum capacity: 250 seat covers. 2. Products: a. Bobrick; B-221. b. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. G. Grab Bars: Stainless steel, smooth surface. 1. Standard Duty Grab Bars: a. Push/Pull Point Load: 250 pound-force, minimum. b. Dimensions: 1-1/4 inch outside diameter, minimum 0.05 inch wall thickness, exposed flange mounting, 1-1/2 inch clearance between wall and inside of grab bar. c. Length and Configuration: As indicated on drawings. d. Products: 1) Bobrick; B-6806. 2) Substitutions: Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. H. Sanitary Napkin Disposal Unit: Stainless steel, surface-mounted, self-closing door, locking bottom panel with full-length stainless steel piano-type hinge, removable receptacle. 10 2800 - 3 TOILET. BATH. AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2800 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Products: a. Bobrick; B-270. b. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.05 COMMERCIAL SHOWER AND BATH ACCESSORIES A. Shower Curtain Rod: Stainless steel tube, 1 inch outside diameter, 0.04 inch wall thickness, satin-finished, with 1 inch outside diameter, minimum 0.04 inch thick satin-finished stainless steel flanges, for concealed mounting. 1. Products: a. Bobrick; B-207 x 36. b. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Shower Curtain: 1. Material: Cotton, machine washable, and mildew-resistant. 2. Size: 36 by 72 inches, hemmed edges. 3. Grommets: Stainless steel; pierced through top hem on 6 inch centers. 4. Color: White. 5. Shower Curtain Hooks: Chrome-plated or stainless steel spring wire designed for snap closure. C. Folding Shower Seat: Wall-mounted surface; welded tubular seat frame, structural support members, swing-down legs, hinges, and mechanical fasteners of Type 304 stainless steel, L- shaped, right hand seat. 1. Seat: Phenolic or polymeric composite one-piece seat or seat slats, of color as selected. 2. Size: ADA Standards compliant. 3. Products: a. Bobrick; B-918116R. b. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. D. Wall-Mounted Soap Dish: Heavy duty, seamless stainless steel, surface-mounted with drain holes, without grab bar, satin finish; with concealed mechanical fastening suitable for substrate and backplate. 1. Products: a. Bobrick; B-8607. b. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. E. Towel Pin: Stainless steel, 3 inch extension from wall; rectangular-shaped bracket and backplate for concealed attachment, satin finish. 1. Products: a. Bobrick; B-677. b. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.06 UNDER-LAVATORY PIPE AND SUPPLY COVERS A. Under-Lavatory Pipe and Supply Covers: 1. Insulate exposed drainage piping, including hot, cold, and tempered water supplies under lavatories or sinks to comply with ADA Standards. 2. Exterior Surfaces: Smooth non-absorbent, non-abrasive surfaces. 3. Construction: 1/8 inch flexible PVC. a. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index of 25 or less and smoke developed index of 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. b. Comply with ASTM C1822, type indicated. c. Comply with ICC A117.1. 10 2800 -4 TOILET. BATH. AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2800 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 d. Microbial and Fungal Resistance: Comply with ASTM G21. 4. Color: Gray. 5. Fasteners: Reusable, snap-locking fasteners with no sharp or abrasive external surfaces. 6. Products: a. Plumberex Specialty Products, Inc; Plumberex Handy-Shield Maxx: www.plumberex.com/#sle. b. Plumberex Specialty Products, Inc; Plumberex Trap Gear: www.plumberex.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2.07 DIAPER CHANGING STATIONS A. Diaper Changing Station: Wall-mounted folding diaper changing station for use in commercial toilet facilities, meeting or exceeding ASTM F2285. 1. Material: Polyethylene. 2. Mounting: Surface. 3. Color: As selected. 4. Minimum Rated Load: 200 pounds. 5. Products: a. Koala Kare; KB200. b. Substitutions: 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.08 UTILITY ROOM ACCESSORIES A. Combination Utility Shelf/Mop and Broom Holder: 0.05 inch thick stainless steel, Type 304, with 1/2 inch returned edges, 0.06 inch steel wall brackets. 1. Hooks: Three, 0.06 inch stainless steel rag hooks at shelf front. 2. Mop/broom holders: Three spring-loaded rubber cam holders at shelf front. 3. Length: 34 inches. 4. Products: a. Bobrick; B-239 34. b. Substitutions: 01 6000 - Product Requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify exact location of accessories for installation. C. See Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry for installation of blocking, reinforcing plates, and concealed anchors in walls and ceilings. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to site for timely installation. B. Provide templates and rough-in measurements as required. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers' instructions in locations indicated on drawings. B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. C. Mounting Heights: As required by accessibility regulations, unless otherwise indicated. 10 2800 - 5 TOILET. BATH. AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 2800 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed accessories from damage due to subsequent construction operations. 3.05 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 10 2800 10 2800 - 6 TOILET. BATH. AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 4400 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 10 4400 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire extinguishers. B. Fire extinguisher cabinets. C. Accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. C. Section 06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Wood blocking product and execution requirements. D. Section 09 2116-Gypsum Board Assemblies: Roughed-in wall openings. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. FM (AG) - FM Approval Guide; current edition. B. NFPA 10 - Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers; 2017, with Errata (2018). C. UL (DIR)-Online Certifications Directory; Current Edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide extinguisher operational features. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations of cabinets and cabinet physical dimensions. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special criteria and wall opening coordination requirements. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. F. Maintenance Data: Include test, refill or recharge schedules and re-certification requirements. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install extinguishers when ambient temperature may cause freezing of extinguisher ingredients. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Rated Fire-Protection Cabinets: Listed and labeled to comply with requirements of ASTM E 814 for fire-resistance rating of walls where they are installed. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size of fire-protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated are accommodated. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to warrant defects in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: One (1)year from date of Substantial Completion. 10 4400 - 1 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 4400 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fire Extinguishers: 1. Activar Construction Products Group, Inc. -JL Industries; Cosmic Extinguisher- Multipurpose Chemical: www.activarcpg.com/#sle. 2. Ansul, a Tyco Business; : www.ansul.com/#sle. 3. Kidde, a unit of United Technologies Corp; : www.kidde.com/#sle. 4. Potter-Roemer; : www.potterroemer.com/#sle. 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets and Accessories: 1. Kidde, a unit of United Technologies Corp; www.kidde.com/#sle. 2. Larsen's Manufacturing Co; : www.larsensmfg.com/#sle. 3. Potter-Roemer; : www.potterroemer.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers- General: Comply with product requirements of NFPA 10 and applicable codes, whichever is more stringent. 1. Provide extinguishers labeled by UL (DIR) or FM (AG)for purpose specified and as indicated. 2. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10, Appendix B and bar coding for documenting fire extinguisher location, inspections, maintenance, and recharging. B. Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type: Amerex Model No. B-500, or approved Equal, UL-rated 2A- 10 BC nominal capacity with mono-ammonium phosphate-based dry chemical in manufacturer's standard enameled container. C. Wet-Chemical Type: Amerex Model No. B-262, or approved Equal, UL-rated 2-A:K, 2.5-gal. nominal capacity, with potassium acetate-based chemical in stainless-steel container; with pressure-indicating gage. 2.03 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS A. Basis-of-Design Product: JL Industries, Inc., or a comparable product by one of the manufacturers listed above. B. Cabinet Type: JL Industries, Inc. "Academy" Series, Model No.1827G10 (for 5 lb extinguishers) and Model No. 2027G10 (for wet chemical extinguishers), semi-recessed, rolled- edge, or as approved by the Architect. C. Cabinet Style: Semi Recessed D. Cabinet Construction: Nonrated and fire-rated types; Provide fire-rated cabinets to match rating of wall construction. 1. Fire-Rated Cabinets: Construct fire-rated cabinets with double walls fabricated from 0.0428-inch-thick, cold-rolled steel sheet lined with minimum 5/8-inch-thick, fire-barrier material. Provide factory-drilled mounting holes. E. Cabinet Material: Enameled-steel sheet. F. Cabinet Trim Material: Same material and finish as door. G. Door Material: Clear Anodized Aluminum; flush doors with 5/8 inch door stop attached by continuous hinge and equipped with zinc-plated handle with roller catch. 10 4400 - 2 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 4400 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 H. Door Style: Break glass door, "Full-Glass" design, with "Saf-T-Lok" cylinder and handle. I. Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. 1. Provide manufacturer's standard hinge permitting door to open 180 degrees. J. Finishes: 1. Manufacturer's standard brushed aluminum finish for the following: a. Exterior of cabinet door trim, door, and trim, except for those surfaces indicated to receive another finish. b. Interior of cabinet and door. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated by Architect. B. Identify fire extinguisher in fire-protection cabinet with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER". 1. Location: Applied to cabinet door. 2. Application Process: Pressure-sensitive vinyl letters. 3. Lettering Color: Black. 4. Orientation: Vertical 2.05 MATERIALS A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B. B. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated, and as follows: 1. Sheet: ASTM B 209. 2. Extruded Shapes: ASTM B 221. C. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304. D. Glazing: Acrylic (clear). 2.06 FABRICATION A. Fire-Protection Cabinets: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub), with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. Weld joints and grind smooth. B. Cabinet Doors: Fabricate doors according to manufacturer's standards, from materials indicated and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected. 1. Fabricate door frames with tubular stiles and rails and hollow-metal design, minimum 1/2 inch thick. 2. Miter and weld perimeter door frames. C. Cabinet Trim: Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece with corners mitered, welded, and ground smooth. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify rough openings for cabinet are correctly sized and located. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 10 4400 - 3 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 4400 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where semi-recessed cabinets will be installed. C. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged units. D. Prepare recesses for semi-recessed fire-protection cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style. E. Install fire-protection specialties in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. F. Fire-Protection Cabinets: Fasten fire-protection cabinets to structure, square and plumb. G. Adjust fire-protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking devices operate properly. H. Replace fire-protection cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair. 3.03 MAINTENANCE 3.04 SCHEDULES A. Corridors: Locate minimum two per floor near exits or as shown on the drawing and as directed by the Fire Marshal. 3.05 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 10 4400 10 4400 -4 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 5113 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 10 5113 METAL LOCKERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal lockers. B. Locker benches. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Concrete base construction. B. Section 06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Wood base construction. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA Standards-Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. B. ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Required Hardness, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2020. C. ICC A117.1 -Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; 2017. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's published data on locker construction, sizes, and accessories. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate locker plan layout, numbering plan and combination lock code. 1. Wired Access Control: Provide schematic system riser diagram indicating component interconnections. Include requirements for interface with other systems. D. Samples: Submit two samples 3 by 6 inches in size showing color and finish of metal locker material. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate component installation assembly. F. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect locker finish and adjacent surfaces from damage. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Metal Lockers: 1. ASI Storage Solutions; www.asi-storage.com/#sle. 2. DeBourgh Manufacturing Co; Apex Series Lockers: www.debourgh.com/#sle. 3. Penco Products, Inc; : www.pencoproducts.com/#sle. 4. Republic Storage Systems Co; : www.republicstorage.com/#sle. 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 LOCKER APPLICATIONS A. Athletic Lockers: Metal lockers, free-standing for base indicated on drawings. 1. Configuration: Single tier. 10 5113 - 1 METAL LOCKERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 5113 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Fittings: Size and configuration as indicated on drawings. a. Upper shelf. b. Coat rod. c. Hooks: One double prong. d. Single shoe shelf. e. Electrical outlet(s). 3. Ventilation: Perforated side panels and doors. 4. Locking: Padlock hasps, for padlocks provided by Owner. 5. Provide sloped top. 6. Color: To be selected from manufacturer's full range by Architect. 2.03 METAL LOCKERS A. Accessibility: Design units indicated on drawings as 'accessible'to comply with ICC A117.1 and ADA Standards. 1. ADA compliant lockers: Hat shelf 48 inches from locker bottom or lowers as required for base condition. 2. Locker Bottom: minimum of 9 inches off of the floor, or an etra shelf placed 9 inches off the floor for side access or minimum of 15 inches off the floor for front access. B. Locker Case Construction: 1. Heavy-Duty, Welded Construction: Made of formed and welded together sheet steel; metal edges finished smooth without burrs; baked enamel or powder coat finished inside and out. a. Assembly: Do not use bolts, screws, or rivets to assemble locker bodies. b. Locker Body Components: Formed and flanged from steel sheet of the following type and minimum thicknesses: 1) Perforated Steel Sheet: Commercial Steel (CS), Type B, supplied for exposed applications and complying with ASTM A1008/A1008M and the following: (a) Uncoated. (b) Perforations: Manufacturer's standard pattern of square holes. 2) Body and Shelves: 16 gauge, 0.0598 inch. 3) Backs: 18 gauge, 0.0478 inch. c. Frames: Formed channel shape, welded and ground flush, welded to body, resilient gaskets and latching for quiet operation. 1) Door Frame: 16 gauge, 0.0598 inch, minimum. d. Where ends or sides are exposed, provide flush panel closures. C. Doors: Channel edge; welded construction, manufacturer's standard stiffeners, grind and finish edges smooth. 1. Door Thickness: 14 gauge, 0.0747 inch, minimum. 2. Form recess for operating handle and locking device. D. Latches and Door Handles: Manufacturer's standard. 1. Latching: Manufacturer's standard for locking arrangement selected. a. Three-Point Lift Handle Gravity Latch: Pocket-mounted, provide for doors 18 inches or taller. 1) Handle Pocket, Recess: Stainless steel flush-mounted cup recessed into face of door. 2) Lock Hole Filler Plate: Manufacturer's standard. Provide for lockers intended to be unsecured or secured with padlocks. 3) Rubber bumpers riveted to door stops for silent operation. 10 5113 - 2 METAL LOCKERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 10 5113 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 E. Cup, Pocket: Manufacturer's standard, with integral pull, and recessed surface punched for installation of lock, latch lift mechanism, and number plate. F. Hinges: Continuous piano hinge with powder coat finish to match locker color. G. Sloped Top: 20 gauge, 0.0359 inch, with closed ends. H. Trim: 20 gauge, 0.0359 inch. I. Coat Hooks: Stainless steel or zinc-plated steel. J. Number Plates: Provide oval shaped aluminum plates. Form numbers inch high of block font style with ADA designation, in contrasting color. K. Locks: Locker manufacturer's standard type indicated in Applications article above. L. Built-In Lock Boxes: Same material as locker, manufacturer's standard size, with padlock hasps, for padlocks provided by Owner. M. Locker Groups: Gang lockers in groups of two and three and assemble in factory for shipment as a single unit. 2.04 LOCKER BENCHES A. Locker Benches: Stationary type; bench top of laminated maple; painted steel pedestals. 1. Accessibility: Comply with ICC A117.1 and ADA Standards. 2. Height: 17- 19 inch. 3. Length: length varies per plan. inch. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that prepared bases are in correct position and configuration. B. Verify that power is installed and enabled. See manufacturer drawings for recommended outlet orjunction box placement. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Place and secure on prepared base. C. Install lockers plumb and square. D. Secure lockers with anchor devices to suit substrate materials. Minimum Pullout Force: 100 pounds. E. Bolt adjoining locker units together to provide rigid installation. F. Install end panels, filler panels, and sloped tops. G. Install fittings if not factory installed. H. Replace components that do not operate smoothly. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean locker interiors and exterior surfaces. B. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 10 5113 10 5113 - 3 METAL LOCKERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 10 5113 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 10 5113 -4 METAL LOCKERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 11 3013 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 11 3013 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Kitchen appliances. (FDIC) B. Laundry appliances. (FOIC) 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 22 1005- Plumbing Piping: Plumbing connections for appliances. B. Section 26 0583 -Wiring Connections: Electrical connections for appliances. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. UL (DIR)-Online Certifications Directory; Current Edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data indicating dimensions, capacity, and operating features of each piece of residential equipment specified. C. Copies of Warranties: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Appliances: Listed and labeled by UL (DIR) and complying with NEMA Standards (National Electrical Manufacturers Association). 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide five (5)year manufacturer warranty on refrigeration system of refrigerators. C. Provide ten (10)year manufacturer warranty on magnetron tube of microwave ovens. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 KITCHEN APPLIANCES A. Provide Equipment Eligible for Energy Star Rating: Energy Star Rated. B. Refrigerator, Type 1: Free-standing, bottom-mounted freezer, ADA compliant and frost-free. 1. Capacity: Total minimum storage of 29 cubic ft; minimum 15 percent freezer capacity. 2. Energy Usage: Minimum 20 percent more energy efficient than energy efficiency standards set by U.S. Department of Energy (DOE). 3. Features: Include glass shelves, automatic icemaker, and light in freezer compartment. 4. Exterior Finish: Stainless steel, color as indicated. 5. Manufacturers: a. Frigidaire Home Products; FRFN2813AF-Cl: www.frigidaire.com/#sle. b. GE Appliances: www.geappliances.com/#sle. c. Whirlpool Corp: www.whirlpool.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. C. Range, Type 1: Electric, free-standing, with glass-ceramic cooktop. 1. Size: 30 inches wide. 11 3013 - 1 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 11 3013 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Oven: Self-cleaning with electronic ignition. 3. Elements: Five (5). 4. Controls: Solid state electronic. 5. Features: Include automatic meat thermometer, storage drawer, oven door window, broiler pan and grid, and oven light. 6. Exterior Finish: Porcelain enameled steel, color as indicated. 7. Manufacturers: a. Frigidaire Home Products; FCRE3052BS: www.frigidaire.com/#sle. b. GE Appliances: www.geappliances.com/#sle. c. Whirlpool Corp: www.whirlpool.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. D. Cooking Exhaust, Type 1: Range hood. 1. Size: 36 inches wide. 2. Fan: Three-speed, 500 cfm 3. Exhaust: Rectangular, ducted. 4. Features: Include cooktop light, night light, backdraft damper, removable grease filter, and retractable visor. 5. Exterior Finish: Stainless steel. 6. Manufacturers: a. ProLine, PLSW520: www.prolinerangehoods.com/#sle b. Broan-NuTone, LLC; BCDF130SS Under-Cabinet Range Hood: www.broan- nutone.com/#sle. c. Frigidaire Home Products: www.frigidaire.com/#sle. d. GE Appliances: www.geappliances.com/#sle. e. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. E. Microwave, Type 1: Countertop, ADA compliant. 1. Capacity: 1.5 cubic ft. 2. Power: 1000 watts. 3. Features: Include turntable. 4. Exterior Finish: Stainless Steel. 5. Manufacturers: a. Frigidaire Home Products: www.frigidaire.com/#sle. b. GE Appliances; PEB9159SFSS: www.geappliances.com/#sle. c. Whirlpool Corp: www.whirlpool.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. F. Ice Machine, Type 1: Undercounter, ADA compliant. 1. Power: Volts/Hz/Phase; 115/60/1. 2. Height: 38 inches. 3. Depth: 27 inches 4. Width: 15 inches 5. Ice: 36 lb capacity, cube Ice, 30 gallon/100 lb. 6. Finish: Stainless steel . 7. Manufacturers: a. Scotsman; CU0715: www.scotsman-ice.com b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 11 3013 - 2 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 11 3013 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.02 LAUNDRY APPLIANCES A. Provide Equipment Eligible for Energy Star Rating: Energy Star Rated. B. Clothes Washer, Type 1: Front Loading Softmount Washer-Extractor. 1. Size: Large capacity. 2. Controls: Solid state electronic. 3. Cycles: Include normal, permanent press, delicate, soak, automatic soak, and 4. Motor Speed: Two-speed. 5. Features: Include optional second rinse, bleach dispenser, fabric softener dispenser, self- cleaning lint filter, sound insulation, end of cycle signal, and 6. Finish: Painted steel , color as indicated. 7. Manufacturers: a. Speed Queen; SYN030 Soft Mount Commercial Washer-Extractor: www.speedqueencommercial.com. b. Maytag Commercial Appliances; MYS30PN; www.maytagcommerciallaundry.com c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. C. Clothes Dryer, Type 1: Electric, stationary. 1. Size: Large capacity. 2. Controls: Solid state electronic, with electronic moisture-sensing dry control. 3. Temperature Selections: One. 4. Cycles: Include normal, permanent press, knit/delicate, air only . 5. Features: Include interior light, reversible door, stationary rack, sound insulation, end of cycle signal, and Reversing Cylinder. 6. Finish: Painted steel , color as indicated. 7. Manufacturers: a. Speed Queen; ST030 Single Tumble Commercial Dryer: www.speedqueencommercial.com b. Maytag Commercial Appliances; MGD30PN; www.maytagcommerciallaundry.com c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify utility rough-ins are provided and correctly located. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Anchor built-in equipment in place. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust equipment to provide efficient operation. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove packing materials from equipment and properly discard. B. Wash and clean equipment. C. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 11 3013 11 3013 - 3 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 11 3013 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 11 3013 -4 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 2400 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 12 2400 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes interior manually-operated, single solar and single blackout, roller shade systems. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Division 26 - Electrical: For electrical requirements for motorized shades. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include styles, material descriptions, construction details, dimensions of individual components and profiles, features, finishes, and operating instructions for roller shades. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for roller shades, including shadeband materials, their orientation to rollers, and their seam and batten locations. 1. Submit fully detailed drawings prepared in AutoCAD 2014/2016 format showing all components, finishes and perimeter construction conditions, installation, and all applicable dimensions according to Section 01300 - Submittals. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. 1. Submit duplicate samples of the specified fabric/shade cloth of each color and texture minimum size 8.5@ x 11 @ (215mm x 280mm)for review. 2. Submit duplicate samples of the specified sections of fascia, closure, pocket, housing, trim, roller tube, hembar, operating hardware, brackets, and side channel for review as required. D. Roller-Shade Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product certificates. B. Product test reports. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. 1. Submit duplicate copies of operating and maintenance instructions including, name and telephone number of local service company. 2. Submit standard manufacturers maintenance contract for review by Owner 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products. B. Delivery Storage and Handling: 1. Do not deliver to site until areas to receive shades are completely finished, all walls and ceilings completed and painted. 2. Deliver materials in original protective wrappings or containers, with manufacturers labels and sealed intact. 12 2400 - 1 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 2400 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. Handle and store materials according to manufacturers recommendations protecting materials and finishes from damages, marring of finishes or soiling. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide a limited manufacturers warrantee from the Date of Substantial Completion, covering the following: 1. Shade Hardware: Ten (10)years 2. Fabrics/Shade Cloth: Ten (10)Years 3. Aluminum and steel coatings: Ten (10)Years 4. Chain: Ten (10)Years B. Provide a limited installation warranty from Date of Substantial Completion, covering a period of one (1)year. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Hunter Douglas company. 12250 Parkway Centre Drive, Poway, CA 92064 Phone: 800.727.8953 Fax: 858.408.3888 Website: http://www.hunterdouglascontract.com. 1. Hunter Douglas, RB500 Series Roller Shades. 2.02 ROLLER SHADES A. Chain-and-Clutch Operating Mechanisms: With continuous-loop bead chain and clutch that stops shade movement when bead chain is released; permanently adjusted and lubricated. Provide at shades indicated at locations below 12'-0" a.f.f. 1. Bead Chains: Stainless steel. a. Loop Length: Full length of roller shade. b. Limit Stops: Provide upper and lower ball stops. c. Chain-Retainer Type: Chain tensioner,jamb mounted. 2. Spring Lift-Assist Mechanisms: Manufacturer's standard for balancing roller-shade weight and lifting heavy roller shades. a. Provide for shadebands that weigh more than 10 lb or for shades as recommended by manufacturer, whichever criteria are more stringent. B. Motorized Operating Mechanisms: Provide factory-assembled shade-operator systems of size and capacity and with features, characteristics, and accessories suitable for conditions indicated and recommended by manufacturer for use with shades indicated at locations above 12' -0" a.f.f. unless otherwise noted. 1. Electrical Components: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Electric Motors: Manufacturer's standard for operating roller shades. a. Tubular, asynchronous (non-synchronous) motors with a 3 conductor keyed AC power plug at the motor head that can be detached at the motor head assembly directly. Concealed inside roller shade tube. Quiet operation of up to 44dBa within 3'. b. Electrical Characteristics: Intelligent AC motor 115 VAC, 50-60 Hz, thermally protected, lifetime lubricated, equipped with an internal thermal overload protector. Maximum current draw not to exceed 0.9 amps when operating up to an overall width of 156", or a maximum current of 1.8 amps when operating 156"+ overall width.. 3. Remote Controls: Individual/group wall-switch control stations. 4. Limit Switches: Adjustable switches, interlocked with motor controls and set to stop shade movement automatically at fully raised and fully lowered positions. 12 2400 - 2 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 2400 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 5. Use motors rated at the same nominal speed for all rollershades in the same room. 6. Total hanging weight of shade band shall not exceed 80 percent of the rated lifting capacity of 6Nm when operating up to 156"overall width, and 12Nm when operating 156"+ overall width. 7. Motors must include an embedded Motor Control System without requiring any external motor logic control system outside of the motor assembly unit itself. 8. Motor Control System: a. Must be integrated into the motor unit itself. External motor control systems that require "home run" 110v line voltage will not be accepted. b. Motor Control System must provide bidirectional feedback, allowing for two-way communication between the motor with embedded internal motor control system and it's point of communication. c. Motor control system allows for backward compatibility to allow for the add-on of building automation system integration, audio-visual systems, third party light control systems, light sensors, Radio Frequency and Infrared Remote operation, all through means of plugging into the splitter via a low voltage (DC) CAT6/RJ25 plug-in. d. Allow for up to 100 Whisper RQ Motors to be networked together to allow for master group controlling or integration with third-party light control and building automation systems. e. Allow for up to four intermediate stop positioning via the keypad/local-user override, or up to 98 intermediate stop positioning if accepting commands via serial input (computer, third party light control systems, or automation systems) f. Allow for operation of all motors via a computer on the GUI PRO system. g. Reconfiguration of switch shall not require rewiring of the hardwired line voltage motor power supply wiring, or the low voltage control wiring. Reconfiguration of switch groups shall be accomplished within the motor control device. C. Installation Accessories: 1. Front Fascia: Aluminum extrusion that conceals front and underside of roller and operating mechanism and attaches to roller endcaps without exposed fasteners. a. Shape: L-shaped. b. Height: Manufacturer's standard height required to conceal roller and shadeband when shade is fully open, but not less than 3 inches. 2. Exposed Headbox: Rectangular, extruded-aluminum enclosure including front fascia, top and back covers, endcaps, and removable bottom closure. a. Height: Manufacturer's standard height required to enclose roller and shadeband when shade is fully open, but not less than 3 inches height indicated on Drawings. 3. Endcap Covers: To cover exposed endcaps. 4. Recessed Shade Pocket: Rectangular, extruded-aluminum enclosure designed for recessed ceiling installation; with front, top, and back formed as one piece, end plates, and removable bottom closure panel. a. Height: Manufacturer's standard height required to enclose roller and shadeband when shade is fully open, but not less than 4 inches. b. Provide pocket with lip at lower edge to support acoustical ceiling panel. 5. Closure Panel and Wall Clip: Removable aluminum panel designed for installation at bottom of site-constructed ceiling recess or pocket and for snap-in attachment to wall clip without fasteners. a. Closure-Panel Width: 2 inches. 6. Side Channels: With light seals and designed to eliminate light gaps at sides of shades as shades are drawn down. Provide side channels with shadeband guides or other means of 12 2400 - 3 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 2400 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 aligning shadebands with channels at tops. 7. Bottom (Sill) Channel or Angle: With light seals and designed to eliminate light gaps at bottoms of shades when shades are closed. 8. Installation Accessories Color and Finish: Clear Anodized. 2.03 SHADEBAND MATERIALS A. Shadeband Material Flame-Resistance Rating: Comply with NFPA 701. Testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. B. Light-Filtering Fabric: Woven fabric, stain and fade resistant. "SheerWeave Infinity2". 1. Source: Roller-shade manufacturer. 2. Type: 100% TPO (Thermoplastic Olefin), 20% TPO Fiber yarn, 80% TPO coating on TPO yard. 3. Weave: Basket weave. 4. Thickness: .024 inches. 5. Weight: 13.69 oz./sq. yd. 6. Roll Width: Match window size(s). 7. Orientation on Shadeband: Railroaded. 8. Openness Factor: 3 percent. 9. UV Blockage: 97% 10. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.04 ROLLER-SHADE FABRICATION A. Product Safety Standard: Fabricate roller shades to comply with WCMA A 100.1, including requirements for flexible, chain-loop devices; lead content of components; and warning labels. B. Unit Sizes: Fabricate units in sizes to fill window and other openings as follows, measured at 74 deg F: 1. Between (Inside)Jamb Installation: Width equal to jamb-to-jamb dimension of opening in which shade is installed less 1/4 inch per side or 1/2-inch total, plus or minus 1/8 inch. Length equal to head-to-sill or-floor dimension of opening in which shade is installed less 1/4 inch, plus or minus 1/8 inch. 2. Outside of Jamb Installation: Width and length as indicated, with terminations between shades of end-to-end installations at centerlines of mullion or other defined vertical separations between openings. C. Shadeband Fabrication: Fabricate shadebands without battens or seams to extent possible except as follows: 1. Vertical Shades: Where width-to-length ratio of shadeband is equal to or greater than 1:4, provide battens and seams at uniform spacings along shadeband length to ensure shadeband tracking and alignment through its full range of movement without distortion of the material. 2. Railroaded Materials: Railroad material where material roll width is less than the required width of shadeband and where indicated. Provide battens and seams as required by railroaded material to produce shadebands with full roll-width panel(s) plus, if required, one partial roll-width panel located at top of shadeband. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. 12 2400 -4 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 2400 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.02 ROLLER-SHADE INSTALLATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, operational clearances, accurate locations of connections to building electrical system, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Install roller shades level, plumb, and aligned with adjacent units, according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Opaque Shadebands: Located so shadeband is not closer than 2 inches to interior face of glass. Allow clearances for window operation hardware. D. Roller Shade Locations: 1. At Exterior openings provide manually operated units at every opening with head height of 12'-0"or less. Surface mounted except where recess locations are shown on the drawings. E. Adjust and balance roller shades to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from binding or malfunction throughout entire operational range. F. Clean roller-shade surfaces after installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.03 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 12 2400 12 2400 - 5 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 2400 - 6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 This page intentionally left blank 12 2400 -6 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 3200 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 12 3200 MANUFACTURED WOOD CASEWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Manufactured standard and custom casework, with cabinet hardware. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for sustainably harvested wood. B. Section 01 6116 -Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions: VOC limitations for adhesives and sealants. C. Section 06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Blocking and nailers for anchoring casework. D. Section 12 3600 - COUNTERTOPS: Additional requirements for countertops. E. Section 22 4000 - Plumbing Fixtures: Sinks and fittings installed in casework. F. Section 26 2726 -Wiring Devices: Switches, receptacles installed in casework. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Exposed: Portions of casework visible when drawers and cabinet doors are closed, including end panels, bottoms of cases more than 42 inches above finished floor, tops of cases less than 72 inches above finished floor and all members visible in open cases or behind glass doors. B. Semi-Exposed: Portions of casework and surfaces behind solid doors, tops of cases more than 72 inches above finished floor and bottoms of cabinets more than 30 inches but less than 42 inches above finished floor. C. Concealed: Sleepers, web frames, dust panels and other surfaces not generally visible after installation and cabinets less than 30 inches above finished floor. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI A135.4 - Basic Hardboard; 2012 (R2020). B. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) -Architectural Woodwork Standards, 2nd Edition; 2014, with Errata (2016). C. AWMAC/WI (NAAWS)- North American Architectural Woodwork Standards, U.S. Version 3.1; 2017, with Errata (2019). D. BHMA A156.9 -American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware; 2015. E. NEMA LD 3 - High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; 2005. 1.05 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Keying Conference: Conduct conference prior to ordering keys. Incorporate conference decisions into keying submittal. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate casework types, sizes, and locations, using large scale plans, elevations, and cross sections. Include rough-in and anchors and reinforcements, placement dimensions and tolerances, clearances required, and keying information. 12 3200 - 1 MANUFACTURED WOOD CASEWORK Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 3200 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Samples for Finish Selection: Fully finished, for color selection. Minimum sample size: 2 inches by 3 inches. 1. Plastic laminate samples, for color, texture, and finish selection. E. Casework Samples: Representative of types in the project. 1. Base Cabinet: Cabinet with drawer and door and specified hardware. Type indicated on drawings. 2. Wall Cabinet: Cabinet with shelves and supports, door and specified hardware. Type indicated on drawings. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. G. Manufacturer's Qualification Statement. H. Installer's Qualification Statement. I. Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's recommendations for care and cleaning. J. Finish touch-up kit for each type and color of materials provided. K. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 3. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 4. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Composite Wood) 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect items provided by this section, including finished surfaces and hardware items during handling and installation. For metal surfaces, use polyethylene film or other protective material standard with the manufacturer. B. Acceptance at Site: 1. Do not deliver or install casework until the conditions specified under Part 3, Examination Article of this section have been met. Products delivered to sites that are not enclosed and/or improperly conditioned will not be accepted if warping or damage due to unsatisfactory conditions occurs. C. Storage: 1. Store casework in the area of installation. If necessary, prior to installation, temporarily store in another area, meeting the environmental requirements specified under Part 3, "Site Verification of Conditions"Article of this section. 1.09 MOCK-UPS A. Provide full size base cabinet complete with drawers, door, adjustable shelf and countertop. B. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements for additional requirements. C. Locate where directed. 12 3200 - 2 MANUFACTURED WOOD CASEWORK Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 3200 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Mock-up may remain as part of the work. 1.10 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion, at no additional cost to Owner. Defects include, but are not limited to: 1. Ruptured, cracked, or stained finish coating. 2. Discoloration or lack of finish integrity. 3. Cracking or peeling of finish. 4. Failure of hardware. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Plastic Laminate Casework: 1. Pearson Millwork, Inc. (AWI Certified). a. Tel (360)435-9516, Fax (360)435-9631, Email kirstenl@pearsonmillwork.com (Kirsten Ingham) I (Carl Pearson). b. Web Site http://www.pearsonmillwork.comi 2. Genothen (AWI Certified). a. Tel (360) 352-3636, Fax (360) 705-9386, Email steven.dwinal@genothen.com (Steven Dwinal) I Email greg.white@genothen.com (Greg White, Sales Mgr). b. Web Site http://www.genothen.com 3. Pacific Cabinets, Inc. (AWI Certified). a. Tel (208)962-5546, Fax(208) 962-3038, Email info -)pacificcabi nets.com b. Web site http://www.pacificcabinets.com 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Solid Phenolic Casework: 1. Mott Manufacturing LTD.: http://www.mottlab.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. C. Obtain casework from single source and manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. 2.02 CASEWORK, GENERAL A. Quality Standard: AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise. B. Plastic Laminate Faced Cabinets: Custom Grade. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Assembly: Shop assemble casework items for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings. B. Construction: As required for selected grade. C. Structural Performance: Safely support the following minimum loads: 1. Base Units: 500 pounds per linear foot across the cabinet ends. 2. Suspended Units: 300 pounds static load. 3. Drawers: 125 pounds, minimum. 4. Shelves: 100 pounds, minimum. D. Seismic Performance: Casework, including attachments to other work, able to withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. Component Importance Factor: 1.0. 12 3200 - 3 MANUFACTURED WOOD CASEWORK Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 3200 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 E. Fittings and Fixture Locations: Cut and drill components for fittings and fixtures. F. Hardware Application: Factory-machine casework members for hardware that is not surface applied. G. Removable back panels on all base cabinets. Provide partial height back panels at sink cabinets. H. Fixed panels at backs of open spaces between base cabinets. 1. Provide cutouts for power and data receptacles where indicated on drawings. I. Edging: Fit shelves, doors, and exposed edges with specified edging. Do not use more than one piece for any single length. J. Scribes and Fillers: Panels of matching construction and finish, for locations where cabinets do not fit tight to adjacent construction. K. Sloped tops for wall and floor cabinets: With closed ends, of matching construction and finish. Concealed anchorages for attachment to cabinet(s) below. L. Apron Frames: Construction similar to other cabinets, with modifications. 1. Frames fabricated from panels standard with the manufacturer. Include front and back panels, with drawer suspension framing mechanically fastened to support channels spanning between them. M. Countertop Panel-Type Supports: Materials similar to adjacent casework, 1-1/2 inch in width, with front-to-back and toe space dimensions matching base cabinet. Designed to be secured in a concealed fashion to countertop material. Include two leveling devices per support panel. 2.04 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD CASEWORK A. Plastic-Laminate-Clad Casework: Solid wood and wood panel construction; each unit self- contained and not dependent on adjacent units or building structure for rigidity; in sizes necessary to avoid field cutting except for scribes and filler panels. Include adjustable levelers for base cabinets. 1. Style: Reveal overlay. Ease doors and drawer fronts slightly at edges. 2. Cabinet Nominal Dimensions: Unless otherwise indicated, provide cabinets of widths and heights indicated on drawings, and with following front-to-back dimensions: a. Base Cabinets: 24 inches. b. Tall Cabinets: 24 inches. c. Wall Cabinets: 13 inches. 3. Plastic Laminate: Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Fit corners and joints hairline. a. Finish: Matte or suede, gloss rating of 5 to 20. b. Surface Color and Pattern: As indicated on drawings. c. Exposed Interior Surfaces: Thermally fused laminate. 1) Color: White. d. Apply laminate backing sheet to reverse side of plastic laminate finished surfaces. e. Cap exposed plastic laminate finish edges with material of same finish and pattern. 2.05 SOLID PHENOLIC CASEWORK A. Solid Phenolic Casework: Solid phenolic panel construction; each unit self-contained and not dependent on adjacent units or building structure for rigidity; in sizes necessary to avoid field cutting except for scribes and filler panels. Include adjustable levelers for base cabinets. 1. Style: Flush overlay. Ease doors and drawer fronts slightly at edges. 12 3200 -4 MANUFACTURED WOOD CASEWORK Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 3200 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Cabinet Nominal Dimensions: Unless otherwise indicated, provide cabinets of widths and heights indicated on drawings, and with following front-to-back dimensions: a. Base Cabinets: 18" inch. 3. Panels: Phenolic resin impregnated wood-based product core with melamine impregnated decorative surface papers and transparent protective topcoat; NEMA LD 3 Compact Laminate, Grade CGS. a. Finish: Matte or suede, gloss rating of 5 to 20. b. Surface Color and Pattern: As indicated on drawings. 2.06 COUNTERTOPS A. Countertops: See Section 12 3600. 2.07 CABINET HARDWARE A. Comply with BHMA A156.9 requirements. 1. Acceptable base materials for plated finishes include brass, bronze, and steel. B. Locks: Provide locks on casework drawers and doors where indicated. Lock with 6 pin cylinder and 2 keys per lock. 1. Hinged Doors: Cam type lock, bright chromium plated over nickel on base material. 2. Keying: Key locks alike within a space; key each room separately. 3. Master Key System: All locks operable by master key. C. Shelves in Cabinets: 1. Shelf Standards and Rests: Vertical standards with rubber button fitted rests, satin chromium plated over nickel on base material. D. Swinging Doors: Hinges, pulls, and catches. 1. Hinges: Concealed, number as required by referenced standards for width, height, and weight of door. a. Concealed Hinges: Installed in cabinet edge, and on door back, bright chromium plated over nickel on base material. 1) European-Style Hinges for Overlay Doors: 110 degree opening angle. 2. Pulls: Chrome wire pulls, 4 inches wide. a. Pull design to comply with project's referenced accessibility requirements. 3. Catches: Magnetic. E. Drawers: Pulls and slides. 1. Pulls: Chrome wire pulls, 4 inches wide. a. Pull design to comply with project's referenced accessibility requirements. 2. Slides: Steel, full extension arms, ball bearings; self-closing; capacity as recommended by manufacturer for drawer height and width. 2.08 MATERIALS A. Adhesives Used for Assembly: Comply with VOC requirements for adhesives and sealants; see Section 01 6116. B. Wood-Based Materials: 1. Certified as sustainably harvested; see Section 01 6000. 2. Solid Wood: Air-dried to 4.5 percent moisture content, then tempered to 6 percent moisture content before use. 3. Composite Wood Panels: Containing no urea-formaldehyde resin binders. C. Concealed Solid Wood or Plywood: Any species and without defects affecting strength or utility. 12 3200 - 5 MANUFACTURED WOOD CASEWORK Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 3200 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Hardboard: ANSI A135.4, Class 1, tempered. E. High Pressure Decorative Laminate (HPDL): NEMA LID 3, types as recommended for specific applications. complying with Grade requirements, and standard with the manufacturer. F. Thermally Fused Laminate (TFL): Melamine resin, NEMA LID 3, Type VGL laminate panels. G. Phenolic Panels: Monolithic core of phenolic resin reinforced with cellulose fibers and manufactured under high pressure and at high temperatures, with melamine-impregnated decorative surface papers; NEMA LID 3 Compact Laminate, Grade CGS. 2.09 ACCESSORIES A. Plastic Edge Banding: Extruded PVC, flat shaped; smooth finish; self locking serrated tongue; of width to match component thickness. 1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 2. Use at exposed edges. 3. Use at exposed shelf edges. B. Concealed Joint Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant, standard with manufacturer. C. Grommets: Standard plastic, painted metal, or rubber grommets for cut-outs, in color to match adjacent surface. D. Sealant for Use in Casework Installation: 1. Manufacturer's recommended type. 2.10 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Composite Wood) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Large Components: Ensure that large components can be moved into final position without damage to other construction. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Environmental Conditions: 1. Do not deliver casework until the following conditions have been met: a. Building has been enclosed (windows and doors sealed and weather-tight). b. An operational HVAC system that maintains temperature and humidity at occupancy levels has been put in place. c. Ceiling, overhead ductwork, piping, and lighting have been installed. d. Installation areas do not require further"wet work" construction. B. Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. C. For Base Cabinets Installation: Examine floor levelness and flatness of installation space. Do not proceed with installation if encountered floor conditions required more than 1/2 inch leveling adjustment. When installation conditions are acceptable, for each space, establish the high point of the floor. Set and make level and plumb first cabinet in relation to this high point. 12 3200 - 6 MANUFACTURED WOOD CASEWORK Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 3200 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. For Wall Cabinets Installation: Examine wall surfaces in installation space. Do not proceed with installation if the following conditions are encountered: 1. Maximum Variation of finished gypsum board surface from true flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. E. Verify adequacy of support framing and anchors. F. Verify that service connections are correctly located and of proper characteristics. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use anchoring devices to suit conditions and substrate materials encountered. Use concealed fasteners to the greatest degree possible. Use exposed fasteners only where allowed by approved shop drawings, or where concealed fasteners are impracticable. C. Set casework items plumb and square, securely anchored to building structure. D. Align cabinets to adjoining components, install filler and/or scribe panels where necessary to close gaps. E. Fasten together cabinets in continuous runs, with joints flush, uniform and tight. Misalignment of adjacent units not to exceed 1/16 inch. In addition, do not exceed the following tolerances: 1. Variation of Tops of Base Cabinets from Level: 1/16 inch in 10 feet. 2. Variation of Faces of Cabinets from a True Plane: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 3. Variation of Adjacent Surfaces from a True Plane (Lippage): 1/32 inch. 4. Variation in Alignment of Adjacent Door and Drawer Edges: 1/16 inch. F. Base Cabinets: Fasten cabinets to service space framing and/or wall substrates, with fasteners spaced not more than 16 inches on center. Bolt adjacent cabinets together with joints flush, tight, and uniform. G. Wall Cabinets: Fasten to hanging strips, and/or wall substrates. Fasten each cabinet through back, near top, at not less than 16 inches on center. H. Install hardware uniformly and precisely. I. Countertops: Install countertops intended and furnished for field installation in one true plane, with ends abutting at hairline joints, and no raised edges. J. Replace units that are damaged, including those that have damaged finishes. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating parts, including doors, drawers, hardware, and fixtures to function smoothly. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean casework and other installed surfaces thoroughly. B. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Do not permit finished casework to be exposed to continued construction activity. B. Protect casework and countertops from ongoing construction activities. Prevent workmen from standing on, or storing tools and materials on casework or countertops. 12 3200 - 7 MANUFACTURED WOOD CASEWORK Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 3200 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 C. Repair damage, including to finishes, that occurs prior to Date of Substantial Completion, using methods prescribed by manufacturer; replace units that cannot be repaired to like-new condition. END OF SECTION 12 3200 12 3200 - 8 MANUFACTURED WOOD CASEWORK Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 3600 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 12 3600 COUNTERTOPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Countertops for architectural cabinet work. B. Countertops for manufactured casework. C. Wall-hung counters and vanity tops. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. Section 06 4100 -ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK. C. Section 12 3200 - Manufactured Wood Casework. D. Section 22 4000 - Plumbing Fixtures: Sinks. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI A208.2 - Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF)for Interior Applications; 2016. B. ASTM E84- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2021 a. C. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) -Architectural Woodwork Standards, 2nd Edition; 2014, with Errata (2016). D. AWMAC/WI (NAAWS)- North American Architectural Woodwork Standards, U.S. Version 3.1; 2017, with Errata (2019). E. ISFA 2-01 - Classification and Standards for Solid Surfacing Material; 2013. F. NEMA LD 3 - High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; 2005. G. WI (CCP)- Certified Compliance Program (CCP); Current Edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Specimen warranty. C. Shop Drawings: Complete details of materials and installation ; combine with shop drawings of cabinets and casework specified in other sections. D. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, minimum size 6 inches square, representing actual product, color, and patterns. E. Sustainable Design Submittal: Documentation for sustainably harvested wood-based components. F. Test Reports: Chemical resistance testing, showing compliance with specified requirements. G. Certificate: Submit labels and certificates required by quality assurance and quality control programs. H. Installer's qualification statement. 12 3600 - 1 COUNTERTOPS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 3600 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 I. Installation Instructions: Manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. J. Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for maintenance and repair of countertop surfaces. K. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Environmental Product Declarations 2. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Material Ingredients 3. Credit MR- Materials and Resources: Sourcing of Raw Materials 4. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials (Composite Wood) 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience. B. Quality Certification: 1. Comply with WI (CCP)woodwork association quality certification service/program in accordance with requirements for work specified in this section: www.woodworkinstitute.com/#sle. 2. Provide labels or certificates indicating that the installed work complies with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) requirements for grade or grades specified. 3. Provide designated labels on shop drawings as required by certification program. 4. Provide designated labels on installed products as required by certification program. 5. Submit certifications upon completion of installation that verifies this work is in compliance with specified requirements. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation)within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COUNTERTOPS A. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise. B. Solid Surfacing Countertops: Solid surfacing sheet or plastic resin casting self-supporting over structural members. 1. Flat Sheet Thickness: 1/2 inch, minimum. 2. Solid Surfacing Sheet and Plastic Resin Castings: Complying with ISFA 2-01 and NEMA LD 3; acrylic or polyester resin, mineral filler, and pigments; homogenous, non-porous and capable of being worked and repaired using standard woodworking tools; no surface coating; color and pattern consistent throughout thickness. a. Manufacturers: 1) Basis-of-Design: Formica Corporation; Everform: www.formica.com/#sle. 12 3600 - 2 COUNTERTOPS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 3600 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2) Corian Solid Surfacing; www.corian.com/#sle.. 3) Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. b. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index of 25, maximum; smoke developed index of 450, maximum; when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. c. NSF approved for food contact. d. Finish on Exposed Surfaces: Satin Finish. e. Color and Pattern: Gray Renew. 3. Other Components Thickness: 1/2 inch, minimum. 4. Exposed Edge Treatment: Built up to minimum 1-1/4 inch thick; square edge; use marine edge at sinks. 5. Back and End Splashes: Same sheet material, square top; minimum 4 inches high. 6. Fabricate in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS)or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), Section 11 - Countertops, Premium Grade. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Medium Density Fiberboard for Supporting Substrate: ANSI A208.2. B. Adhesives: Chemical resistant waterproof adhesive as recommended by manufacturer of materials being joined. C. Joint Sealant: Mildew-resistant silicone sealant, white. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate tops and splashes in the largest sections practicable, with top surface of joints flush. 1. Join lengths of tops using best method recommended by manufacturer. 2. Fabricate to overhang fronts and ends of cabinets 1 inch except where top butts against cabinet or wall. 3. Prepare all cutouts accurately to size; replace tops having improperly dimensioned or unnecessary cutouts or fixture holes. B. Provide back/end splash wherever counter edge abuts vertical surface unless otherwise indicated. 1. Secure to countertop with concealed fasteners and with contact surfaces set in waterproof glue. 2. Height: 4 inches, unless otherwise indicated. C. Solid Surfacing: Fabricate tops up to 144 inches long in one piece;join pieces with adhesive sealant in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. D. Wall-Mounted Counters: Provide skirts, aprons, brackets, and braces as indicated on drawings, finished to match. 2.04 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Composite Wood) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 12 3600 - 3 COUNTERTOPS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 3600 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 C. Verify that wall surfaces have been finished and mechanical and electrical services and outlets are installed in proper locations. D. Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Securely attach countertops to cabinets using concealed fasteners. Make flat surfaces level; shim where required. B. Seal joint between back/end splashes and vertical surfaces. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Variation From Horizontal: 1/8 inch in 10 feet, maximum. B. Offset From Wall, Countertops: 1/8 inch maximum; 1/16 inch minimum. C. Field Joints: 1/8 inch wide, maximum. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean countertops surfaces thoroughly. B. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 12 3600 12 3600 -4 COUNTERTOPS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 4813 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 12 4813 ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Extruded aluminum entrance floor grilles. B. Stainless steel entrance floor gratings. C. Recessed mat frames. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division 01 specifications apply to this Section. B. All products shall comply with Buy America Requirements as noted in Section 01 6000. C. Section 03 3000, Cast-In-Place Concrete. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) B. The Aluminum Association C. The Carpet and Rug Institute (CRI) D. The National Floor Safety Institute (NFSI) E. International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data indicating properties of walk-off surface, component dimensions and recessed frame characteristics. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and details for recessed frame. 1. For recessed frames located within a dimensionally restricted area, show dimensions of space within which the frame will be installed. D. Samples: Submit two samples, 6 by 6 inches in size illustrating pattern, color, finish, and edging. E. Maintenance Data: Include cleaning instructions, and stain removal procedures. F. LEED Submittals: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials ( Flooring) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Entrance Floor Grilles and Gratings: 1. Construction Specialties, Inc; Entrance Grids: www.c-sgroup.com/#sle. 2. Nystrom, Inc; : www.nystrom.com/#sle. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 ENTRANCE FLOOR GRILLES AND GRATINGS A. Entrance Floor Grilles: Recessed extruded aluminum grille assembly with nominal 1 inch wide tread strips running perpendicular to traffic flow, slots between treads, and perimeter frame 12 4813 - 1 ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 12 4813 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 forming sides of recess; grille hinged for access to recess. 1. Recess Depth: 3/4 inches. 2. Outdoor Tread Surfaces: Serrated anodized aluminum. 3. Indoor Tread Surfaces: Nylon Carpet. 4. Colors: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard selection. 5. Length in Direction of Traffic Flow: 72 inches. 6. Width Perpendicular to Traffic Flow: Full width of entrance door opening. 7. Frame: Anodized aluminum for embedding in concrete; minimal exposed trim; stud or hook concrete anchors. B. Mounting: Top of non-resilient members level with adjacent floor. C. Structural Capacity: Capable of supporting rolling load of 300 lb without permanent deformation or noticeable deflection. D. Vibration Resistant Fabrication: Welded, riveted, or bolted members; no snap or friction connections. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Construct recessed mat frames square, tight joints at corners, rigid. Coat surfaces with protective coating where in contact with cementitious materials. B. Fabricate mats in single unit sizes; fabricate multiple mats where indicated on drawings. 2.04 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA OR AS FEATURE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. LEED Requirements: Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements: 1. Comply with Credit IEQ— Indoor Environmental Quality: Low Emitting Materials requirements (Flooring) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that floor opening for mats are ready to receive work. B. Verify products have been stored, and will be installed, in accordance with project's Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan specified in Section 01 8119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Mats: Verify size of floor recess before fabricating mats. B. Vacuum clean floor recess. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install walk-off surface in floor recess flush with finish floor after cleaning of finish flooring. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Gap Formed at Recessed Frame From Mat Size: 1/4 inch. 3.05 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 12 4813 12 4813 - 2 ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 14 2400 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 14 2400 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Complete hydraulic elevator systems,including jacks, operation and control system, equipment, machines, and safety devices. 1. Passenger type. B. Elevator Maintenance Contract. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Includes elevator machine foundation, enclosed hoistway, elevator pit, divider beams, overhead hoist beams, grouting thresholds, and grouting hoistway entrance frames. B. Section 05 1200 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING: Includes hoistway framing, divider beams, and overhead hoist beams. C. Section 05 5000 - METAL FABRICATIONS: Includes elevator pit ladder, sill supports, divider beams, and overhead hoist beams. D. Section 09 2116 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES: Gypsum shaft walls. E. Section 09 6813 -Tile Carpeting: Floor finish in car. F. Section 09 9123 - Interior Painting: Field painting of hoistway entrance doors and frames. G. Section 21 1300 - Fire-Suppression Sprinkler Systems: Sprinkler heads in hoistway. H. Section 22 3000 - Plumbing Equipment: Pit drain. I. Section 26 0533.13 - Conduit for Electrical Systems: 1. Conduit to elevator equipment devices remote from elevator machine room or hoistway. J. Section 26 0583 -Wiring Connections: K. Section 26 3600 -Transfer Switches: For interface with elevator controls. L. Section 28 3111 - Fire Detection and Alarm: 1. Fire and smoke detectors and interconnecting devices. 2. Fire alarm signal lines to elevator controller cabinet. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA 611 -Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum; 2014 (2015 Errata). B. ADA Standards-Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. C. AISC 360 -Specification for Structural Steel Buildings; 2016. D. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures; Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard. E. ASME A17.1 - Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators; 2019. F. ASME A17.2 - Guide for Inspection of Elevators, Escalators, and Moving Walks; 2020. G. ASME QEI-1 - Standard for the Qualification of Elevator Inspectors; 2024. H. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015. I. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code- Steel; 2020. 14 2400 - 1 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 14 2400 -2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 J. NEMA LD 3 - High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; 2005. K. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators; 2018. L. NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. M. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. N. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives; 2019. O. PS 1 - Structural Plywood; 2009 (Revised 2019). P. UL (DIR)-Online Certifications Directory; Current Edition. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Also refer to the Elevator notes on the drawings for additional coordination and scope items. 1. Coordinate work with other installers to provide conduits necessary for installation of wiring including but not limited to: a. Telephone service for machine room. b. Elevator pit for lighting and sump pump. c. Automatic transfer switch from controller cabinet. d. Fire alarm panel from controller cabinet. 2. Coordinate work with other installers for equipment provisions necessary for proper elevator operation, including but not limited to, the following: a. Automatic transfer switches with auxiliary contacts for emergency power transfer status indication. b. Shunt trip devices for automatic disconnection of elevator power prior to fire suppression system activation. c. Overcurrent protection devices selected to achieve required selective coordination. B. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene meeting at least one week prior to start of this work. 1. Review schedule of installation, proper procedures and conditions, and coordination with related work. 2. Review use of elevator for construction purposes, hours of use, scheduling of use, cleanliness of car, employment of operator, and maintenance of system. C. Construction Use of Elevator: Provide designated elevator for transport of construction personnel and materials in compliance with ASME A17.1. 1. Owner to negotiate with manufacturer/installer for construction use of elevator in accordance with terms and conditions of manufacturer's temporary acceptance form. 2. Make elevator available for construction use as early as possible. 3. Enclose car with protective plywood on floor, walls, and ceiling. 4. Provide temporary lighting. 5. Provide control panel with manual and emergency operation. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit data on following items: 1. Signal and operating fixtures, operating panels, and indicators. 2. Car design, dimensions, layout, and components. 3. Car and hoistway door and frame details. 14 2400 - 2 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 14 2400 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 4. Electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C. Shop Drawings: Include appropriate plans, elevations, sections, diagrams, and details on following items: 1. Elevator Equipment and Machines: Size and location of driving machines, power units, controllers, governors, and other components. 2. Hoistway Components: Size and location of car guide rails, buffers,jack unit and other components. 3. Rail bracket spacing; maximum loads imposed on guide rails requiring load transfer to building structural framing. 4. Individual weight of principal components; load reaction at points of support. 5. Clearances and over-travel of car. 6. Locations in hoistway and machine room of traveling cables and connections for car lighting and telephone. 7. Location and sizes of hoistway and car doors and frames. 8. Calculated heat dissipation of elevator equipment in machine room. 9. Applicable seismic design data; certified by a licensed Professional Structural Engineer. 10. Interface with building security system. 11. Electrical characteristics and connection requirements. 12. Indicate arrangement of elevator equipment and allow for clear passage of equipment through access openings. D. Samples: Submit samples illustrating car interior finishes, car and hoistway door and frame finishes, and handrail material and finish in the form of cut sheets or finish color selection brochures. E. Manufacturer's Qualification Statement. F. Installer's Qualification Statement. G. Testing Agency's Qualification Statement. H. Warranty Documentation: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. I. Initial Maintenance Contract. J. Maintenance Contract: Submit proposal to Owner for standard one year continuing maintenance contract agreement in accordance with ASME A17.1 and requirements as indicated, starting on date initial maintenance contract is scheduled to expire. 1. Indicate in proposal the services, obligations, conditions, and terms for agreement period and for renewal options. K. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Parts catalog with complete list of equipment replacement parts; identify each entry with equipment description and identifying code. 2. Operation and maintenance manual. 3. Schematic drawings of equipment and hydraulic piping, and wiring diagrams of installed electrical equipment with list of corresponding symbols to identify markings on machine room and hoistway apparatus. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum ten years documented experience. 14 2400 - 3 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 14 2400 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section and approved by elevator equipment manufacturer. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: Independent firm specializing in performing testing and inspections of type specified in this section. D. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL (DIR) or testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose indicated in construction documents. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide manufacturer's warranty for elevator operating equipment and devices for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design - Hydraulic Elevators: ThyssenKrupp Elevators; thussendruppelevator.com/#sle. B. Other Acceptable Manufacturers - Hydraulic Elevators: 1. Otis Elevator Company: www.otis.com/#sle. 2. Schindler Elevator Corporation: www.schindler.com/#sle. C. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 1. For any product not identified as Basis of Design, submit information as specified for substitutions. D. Products other than Basis of Design are subject to compliance with specified requirements and prior approval of Architect. By using products other than Basis of Design, the Contractor accepts responsibility for costs associated with any necessary modifications to related work, including any design fees. 2.02 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS A. Hydraulic Passenger Elevator, No. 1: 1. Hydraulic Elevator Equipment: a. Holeless hydraulic with cylinder mounted within hoistway. 2. Drive System: a. Variable voltage variable frequency(VVVF)to modulate motor speed. 3. Operation Control Type: a. Selective Collective Automatic Operation Control. 4. Service Control Type: a. Standard service control only. 5. Interior Car Height: Not less than 88 inch. 6. Electrical Power: 480 volts; alternating current(AC); three phase; 60 Hz. 7. Rated Net Capacity: 3500 pounds. 8. Rated Speed: 80 feet per minute. 9. Hoistway Size: 104 inch wide by 69 inch deep. 10. Interior Car Platform Size: 80 inch wide by 51 inch deep. 11. Elevator Pit Depth: 48 inch. 12. Overhead Clearance at Top Floor: 155 inch. 13. Travel Distance: As indicated on drawings. 14 2400 -4 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 14 2400 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 14. Number of Stops: As indicated on drawings. 15. Number of Openings: 2 Front. 16. Hydraulic Equipment Location: As indicated on drawings 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Elevator Equipment: 1. Motors, Hydraulic Equipment, Controllers, Controls, Buttons, Wiring, Devices, and Indicators: Comply with NFPA 70. Refer to Section 26 0583 2. Guide Rails, Cables, Buffers, Attachment Brackets and Anchors: Design criteria for components includes safety factors in accordance with applicable requirements of Elevator Code, ASME A17.1. 3. Buffers: a. Spring type for elevators with speed less than or equal to 200 feet per minute. 4. Lubrication Equipment: a. Provide grease fittings for periodic lubrication of bearings. b. Lubrication Points: Visible and easily accessible. B. Electrical Equipment: 1. Motors: NEMA MG 1. 2. Boxes, Conduit, Wiring, and Devices: As required by NFPA 70. Refer to Sections 26 0533.13 and 26 0583. 3. Spare Conductors: Provide ten percent in extra conductors and two pairs of shielded audio cables in traveling cables. 4. Include wiring and connections to elevator devices remote from hoistway and between elevator machine room. Provide additional components and wiring to suit machine room layout. 2.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with ASME A17.1, applicable local codes, and authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). B. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with ADA Standards. C. Perform structural steel design, fabrication, and installation in accordance with AISC 360. D. Comply with seismic design requirements in accordance with ASME A17.1, applicable local codes, and authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). 1. Complying with Elevator Safety Requirements for Seismic Risk Zone in accordance with ASME A17.1, ASCE 7 and other related requirements. 2. Provide earthquake emergency operations in accordance with ASME A17.1 requirements. E. Perform welding of steel in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. F. Fabricate and install door and frame assemblies in accordance with NFPA 80 and in compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. G. Perform electrical work in accordance with NFPA 70. H. Comply with venting or pressurization of hoistway design in accordance with HVAC system requirements and authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). I. Comply with fire protection sprinkler system of hoistway design in accordance with NFPA 13 requirements and authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to Section 21 1300. 2.05 OPERATION CONTROLS A. Elevator Controls: Provide landing operating panels and landing indicator panels. 14 2400 - 5 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 14 2400 -6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Landing Operating Panels: Metallic type, one for originating "Up" and one for originating "Down" calls, one button only at terminating landings; with illuminating indicators. 2. Landing Indicator Panels: Illuminating. 3. Comply with ADA Standards for elevator controls. B. Interconnect elevator control system with building security, fire alarm, card access, smoke alarm, and building management control systems. C. Door Operation Controls: 1. Program door control to open doors automatically when car arrives at floor landing. 2. Render"Door Close" button inoperative when car is standing at dispatch landing with doors open. 3. Door Safety Devices: Moveable, retractable safety edges, quiet in operation; equipped with photo-electric light rays. 2.06 OPERATION CONTROL TYPE A. Selective Collective Automatic Operation Control: Applies to car in single elevator shaft. 1. Refer to description provided in ASME A17.1. 2. Automatic operation by means of one button in the car for each landing served and by "UP" and "DOWN" buttons at the landings. 3. Stops are registered by momentary actuation of landing car buttons without consideration of the number of buttons actuated or the sequence buttons are actuated, but the stops are made in the order that landings are reached in each direction of travel. 4. All "UP" landing calls are made when car is traveling in the up direction. 5. All "DOWN" landing calls are made when car is traveling in the down direction. 6. Uppermost and lowermost calls are answered as soon as they are reached without consideration of the car travel direction. 2.07 EMERGENCY POWER A. Set-up elevator operation to run with elevator emergency power supply when the normal building power supply fails, and in compliance with ASME A17.1 requirements. B. Elevator Emergency Power Supply: Supplied by battery backup; provide elevator system components as required for emergency power characteristics. C. Emergency Lighting: Comply with ASME A17.1 elevator lighting requirements. D. Provide operational control circuitry for adapting the change from normal to emergency power. E. Upon transfer to emergency power, advance one elevator at a time to a pre-selected landing, stop car, open doors, disable operating circuits, and hold in standby condition. 2.08 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A666, Type 304; No. 4 Brushed finish unless otherwise indicated. B. Plywood: PS 1, Structural I, Grade C-D or better, sanded. C. Tile Carpet Flooring: As specified in Section 09 6813, Type F2a. D. Plastic Laminate: NEMA LID 3, Type HGS, color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard line of colors. 2.09 CAR AND HOISTWAY ENTRANCES A. Elevator, No. 1: 1. Car and Hoistway Entrances, Each Elevator Floor Lobby: 14 2400 - 6 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 14 2400 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 a. Hoistway Fire Rating: 1 Hour. b. Elevator Door Fire Rating: 1 Hour. c. Framed Opening Finish and Material: Brushed stainless steel. d. Car Door Material: Stainless steel, with rigid sandwich panel construction. e. Hoistway Door Material: Stainless steel, with rigid sandwich panel construction. f. Door Type: Double leaf. g. Door Operation: Side opening, two speed. h. Paint Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard line. i. Door Width: 42 inch. j. Door Height: 84 inch. k. Sills: Manufacturer's standard. B. Sills/Thresholds: Configure to align with frame return and coordinate with floor finish. C. Gasketing: Provide acoustic type gasketing at hoistway doors and frames to eliminate audible noise due to car activities in the hoistway, and air pressure differential between hoistway and landing floors. 2.10 CAR EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Elevator Car, No. 1: 1. Car Design: Model AMEE 25 by ThyssenKrupp . 2. Car Operating Panel: Provide main and auxiliary; flush-mounted applied face plate, with illuminated call buttons corresponding to floors served with "Door Open/Door Close" buttons, "Door Open" button, "Door Close" button, and alarm button. a. Panel Material: Integral with front return; one per car. b. Car Floor Position Indicator: Above door with illuminating position indicators. c. Locate alarm button where it is unlikely to be accidentally actuated; not more than 54 inch above car finished floor. d. Provide matching service cabinet integral with front return panel, with hinged door and keyed lock in each car. e. Provide following within service cabinet as part of car operating panel: 1) Switches for fan, light, and inspection control. 2) Emergency light. 3) Telephone cabinet and hard-wired connection with telephone. 3. Ventilation: Single speed fan with grille in ceiling. 4. Flooring: Carpet tile. 5. Front Return Panel: Match material of car door. 6. Door Wall: Plastic laminate on plywood. 7. Side Walls: Plastic laminate on plywood. 8. Rear Wall: Plastic laminate on plywood. 9. Hand Rail: Stainless steel, at all three sides. Provide open clearance space 1-1/2 inch (38 mm)wide to face of wall. a. Round, Metal Tube: 1-1/2 inch diameter. b. Stainless Steel Finish: No. 4 Brushed. 10. Ceiling: a. Concealed Frame Suspended Ceiling: Stainless steel, mount 7 inch below car canopy with 1-1/2 inch nominal space between edge of ceiling and wall. b. Frame Finish: Clear anodized aluminum. c. Panel Finish: No. 4 Brushed stainless steel. d. Lighting: As selected from manufacturer's standard line. 14 2400 - 7 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 14 2400 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 11. Provide emergency access panel for egress from car at ceiling. B. Car Accessories: 1. Protective Pads: Canvas cover, padded with impact-resistant fill material, sewn with piping edges; fire resistant in compliance with ASME A17.1; brass grommets for supports, covering side and rear walls and front return, with cut-out for control panel; provide one set for each elevator. a. Color: Tan. b. Provide at least 4 inch clearance from bottom of pad to finished floor. c. Pad Supports: Stainless steel studs, and mounted from ceiling frame. 2.11 MACHINE ROOM FITTINGS A. Wall-Mounted Frames: Glazed with clear plastic; sized as required. Provide one chart each for master electric and hydraulic schematic and for lubrication chart. Install charts. B. Key Cabinet: Wall-mounted, lockable, keyed to building keying system, for control and operating panel keys. 1. Provide two key cabinet keys. 2. Provide two control/operating panel keys. 3. Provide two card access keys. 2.12 FINISHES A. Field Painting: Comply with requirements as specified in Section 09 9123. B. Finish Paint for Metal Surfaces: Alkyd enamel, semi-gloss, color as selected, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). C. Clear Anodized Finish: Class I, AAMA 611 AA-M12C22A41 clear anodic coating with electrolytically deposited organic seal; not less than 0.7 mils, 0.0007 inch thick. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting this work. B. Verify that hoistway, pit, and machine room are ready for work of this section. C. Verify hoistway shaft and openings are of correct size and within tolerance. D. Verify location and size of machine foundation and position of machine foundation bolts. E. Verify that electrical power is available and of correct characteristics. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Arrange for temporary electrical power for installation work and testing of elevator components, and comply with requirements of Section 01 5000-Temporary Facilities and Controls. B. Maintain elevator pit excavation free of water. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate this work with installation of hoistway wall construction. B. Install system components, and connect equipment to building utilities. C. Provide conduit, electrical boxes, wiring, and accessories. Refer to Sections 26 0533.13 and 26 0583. D. Install hydraulic piping between cylinder and pump unit. E. Mount machines, motors, and pumps on vibration and acoustic isolators. 14 2400 - 8 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 14 2400 - 9 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Place on structural supports and bearing plates. 2. Securely fasten to building supports. 3. Prevent lateral displacement. F. Install hoistway, elevator equipment, and components in accordance with approved shop drawings. G. Install guide rails to allow for thermal expansion and contraction movement of guide rails. H. Accurately machine and align guide rails, forming smooth joints with machined splice plates. I. Bolt or weld brackets directly to structural steel hoistway framing. J. Field Welds: Chip and clean away oxidation and residue with wire brush; spot prime surface with two coats. K. Install hoistway door sills, frames, and headers in hoistway walls; grout sills in place, set hoistway floor entrances in alignment with car openings, and align plumb with hoistway. L. Structural Metal Surfaces: Clean surfaces of rust, oil or grease; wipe clean with solvent; prime two coats. M. Wood Surfaces not Exposed to Public View: Finish with one coat primer; one coat enamel. N. Adjust equipment for smooth and quiet operation. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Guide Rail Alignment: Plumb and parallel to each other in accordance with ASME A17.1 and ASME A17.2. B. Car Movement on Aligned Guide Rails: Smooth movement, without any objectionable lateral or oscillating movement or vibration. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. B. Testing and inspection by regulatory agencies certified in accordance with ASME QEI 1 will be performed at their discretion. 1. Schedule tests with agencies and notify Owner and Architect. 2. Obtain permits as required to perform tests. 3. Document regulatory agency tests and inspections in accordance with requirements. 4. Perform tests required by regulatory agencies. 5. Furnish test and approval certificates issued by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Perform testing and inspection in accordance with requirements. 1. Inspectors shall be certified in accordance with ASME QEI-1. 2. Perform tests as required by ASME A17.2. 3. Provide at least two weeks written notice of date and time of tests and inspections. 4. Supply instruments and execute specific tests. D. Operational Tests: 1. Perform operational tests in the presence of Owner and Architect. 2. Test single elevator system by transporting at least 3 persons up from main floor to top floor landings during a five minute period. 3. At an agreed time, and the building occupied with normal building traffic, conduct tests to verify performance. a. Furnish event recording of each landing call registrations, time initiated, and response time throughout entire working day. 14 2400 - 9 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 14 2400 - 10 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 4. Set period of time elevator takes to travel between typical floor landings at not more than 15 seconds. a. Measure time from moment doors start to close until car has stopped level at next floor landing and doors are opening. 3.06 ADJUSTING A. Adjust for smooth acceleration and deceleration of car to minimize passenger discomfort. B. Adjust with automatic floor leveling feature at each floor landing to reach 1/4 inch maximum from flush with sill. 3.07 CLEANING A. Remove protective coverings from finished surfaces. B. Clean surfaces and components in accordance with manufacturers written instructions. C. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.08 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for closeout submittals. B. See Section 01 7900 - Demonstration and Training, for additional requirements. C. Demonstrate proper operation of equipment to Owner's designated representative. D. Training: Train Owner's personnel on cleaning and operation and maintenance of system. 1. Use operation and maintenance manual as training reference, supplemented with additional training materials as required. 2. Provide minimum of two hours of training. 3. Instructor: Manufacturer's training personnel. 4. Location: At project site, unless noted otherwise. 3.09 PROTECTION A. Do not permit construction traffic within car after cleaning. B. Protect installed products until Date of Substantial Completion. C. Touch-up, repair, or replace damaged products and materials prior to Date of Substantial Completion. 3.10 MAINTENANCE A. Refer to Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements, for additional requirements relating to initial maintenance service. B. Provide Initial Maintenance Contract of elevator system and components in accordance with ASME A17.1 and requirements as indicated for 3 months from Date of Substantial Completion. C. Submit proposal for continuation of Maintenance Contract in accordance with ASME A17.1 and requirements as indicated for installed elevator equipment. D. Perform maintenance contract services using competent and qualified personnel under the supervision and direct employ of the elevator manufacturer or original installer. E. Maintenance contract services shall not be assigned or transferred to any agent or other entity without prior written consent of Owner. F. Examine system components periodically. G. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of elevator equipment. 14 2400 - 10 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 14 2400 - 11 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 H. Maintain and repair or replace parts, whenever required, using parts produced by original equipment manufacturer. I. Perform work without removing cars from use during peak traffic periods. J. Provide emergency call back service during regular working hours throughout period of this maintenance contract. K. Maintain an adequate stock of parts for replacement or emergency purposes, and have personnel available to ensure the fulfillment of this maintenance contract without unreasonable loss of time. END OF SECTION 14 2400 14 2400 - 11 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 21 0000 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 21 0000 FIRE SUPPRESSION WORK SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 23 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The following Sections apply to the Work in this Division with the exception of items specifically described in Division 21: 1. Section 230500 General Provisions 2. Section 230505 Project Closeout and System Start-Up 3. Section 230510 Basic Materials and Methods 4. Section 230513 Electrical Provisions for Mechanical Work 5. Section 230548 Vibration Isolation 6. Section 230550 Seismic Control 7. Section 230810 Systems Training 8. Section 230820 Systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 21 0000 21 0000 - 1 Fire Suppression Work Specified in Division 23 Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 21 1000- 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 21 1000 AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Description: The Work includes design and construction of complete automatic wet and dry fire suppression and standpipe systems. B.General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Sections apply to the Work in this Section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B.Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJs): 1. North County Regional Fire Authority 2. City of Arlington 3. Owner's Fire Insurance Carrier. C. Codes and Standards: 1. International Fire Code (IFC). 2. ASCE 7, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. 3. ASME B16.3, Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. 4. ASSE 1015, Performance Requirements for Double Check Backflow Prevention Assemblies and Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Assemblies. 5. ASTM A 47, Standard Specification for Ferric Malleable Iron Castings. 6. ASTM A 53, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 7. ASTM A 135, Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe. 8. ASTM A 183, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts. 9. ASTM A 197, Standard Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron. 10. ASTM A 449, Standard Specification for Hex Cap Screws, Bolts and Studs, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105/90 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength, General Use. 11. ASTM A 536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 12. ASTM A 795, Standard Specification for Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Fire Protection Use. 13. NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. 14. NFPA 24, Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances. 15. NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems. 16. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. 17. NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code. 18. NFPA, Automatic Sprinkler System Handbook. 19. UL 268, Standard for Smoke Detectors for Fire Alarm Signaling Systems. 20. UL 864, Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems. 21. UL 1481, Power Supplies for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems. 22. UL 1887, Fire Test of Plastic Sprinkler Pipe for Visible Flame and Smoke Characteristics. 21 1000- 1 Automatic Fire Suppression Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 21 1000-2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 23. Underwriters Laboratories Fire Protection Equipment Directory. D.Fire Sprinkler System Subcontractor's Qualifications for Preparation of Shop Drawings, Installations, Inspections, Maintenance, and Servicing (WAC 212-80-043): 1. Only licensed fire protection sprinkler system contractors shall execute contracts for installation, inspection, maintenance, or servicing of fire protection sprinkler systems or any part of such system. 2. Only licensed contractors who have achieved at least State of Washington Level U licensure shall install, inspect, maintain, and/or servicing the underground portions of fire protection sprinkler systems in the State of Washington. 3. Only licensed fire protection sprinkler contractors who have achieved at least State Level III licensure shall execute contracts for installation, inspection, testing, maintenance and/or servicing of NFPA 13 and other systems per definition of fire protection sprinkler system or any part of such a system in State of Washington. 4. Only those certificates of competency holders who have achieved State Level U certification shall supervise and/or certify installation of underground supplies to fire protection sprinkler systems. 5. Only those certificate of competency holders who have achieved at least State Level III certification shall supervise and/or certify the preparation of layout drawings (Shop Drawings)installation, inspection, testing, maintenance, servicing of, or installation of NFPA 13, and other systems per definition of fire protection sprinkler system in Chapter 18.160 RCW or any part thereof. E.Grooved Joint Pipe Requirements: Grooved couplings,fittings, valves, and specialties shall be products of one manufacturer including grooving tools. Castings used for coupling housings, fitting,valve bodies, and similar items shall be date stamped. 1.03 SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA A.Design,furnish, and install complete operable fire suppression and standpipe systems in accordance with the latest adopted editions of IBC, IFC, NFPA 13, NFPA 24, NFPA 72, and applicable city, county, and state laws, codes, and standards. Include valves, flow switches, valve monitor switches, low air pressure switches, and accessories to meet requirements of the AHJs and aforementioned codes and standards. B.In areas where local codes require coverage by either fire sprinklers or heat detectors, provide coverage by fire sprinklers. C.Coverage: It is the requirement of this Section for complete fire sprinkler coverage of the entire facility including: 1. Accessible combustible chases and shafts. 2. Void spaces combustible. 3. All combustible ceiling spaces. 4. Attic spaces. 5. Raised floor areas. 6. Mechanical rooms. 7. Electrical and telephone rooms. 8. Elevator equipment room. 9. Elevator shaft. D.The Contractor and the fire suppression system subcontractor shall meet with the AHJs prior to preparation of Shop Drawings and hydraulic and earthquake bracing calculations to review procedures for handling submittals, inspection, testing, and for general coordination and to verify sprinkler occupancy hazard classifications. 21 1000-2 Automatic Fire Suppression Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 21 1000-3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 E.Obtain latest water supply engineering test data prior to design. Include 10 percent safety margin in system design. Conduct test to determine available flow and pressures to hydraulically design system. F. Coordination With Other Trades: 1. Coordinate fire suppression work with that of mechanical, sheet metal, plumbing, and electrical subcontractors so that best arrangement of equipment, piping, conduit, ducts, and similar items can be obtained. 2. Identify points of conflict between this work and that of other trades so that conflict may be properly adjusted. Fire suppression system subcontractor shall remove and re-install work which interferes with work of other trades at no additional cost to the Owner. G. No change orders will be issued for additions and deletions of sprinkler heads and associated piping except as such additions and deletions stem from changes in building design made subsequent to approval of the Shop Drawings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B.Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following: 1. Pipe and fittings. 2. Valves. 3. Sprinkler heads. 4. Fire department connection. 5. Backflow preventers. 6. Alarm and signal devices. 7. Building fire alarm system interface. 8. Fire hose cabinets. 9. Piping specialties. C.Shop Drawings and Calculations: 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 13. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 230500 3. Submit preliminary layout showing only head locations for review by the A/E. Include additional heads which may be required for coordinated ceiling pattern at no additional cost to the Owner, even though number of heads may exceed minimum code requirements. Indicate sprinkler head locations as follows: a. Suspended Accessible Ceilings: Locate heads in center of ceiling tiles up to 2 foot tile dimension, and 1/4 Section intervals for 4 foot tile dimension. b. Suspended Inaccessible Ceilings: Locate heads in conjunction with light fixtures and other devices installed in ceiling in a symmetrical pattern. C. Arrange heads in straight lines that are parallel and perpendicular to walls. 4. After the A/E review of sprinkler head locations, submit the Shop Drawings and hydraulic and earthquake bracing calculations to the A/E of entire sprinkler system. Shop Drawings shall be complete floor plans showing new work, locations and types of heads, pipe sizes and cutting lengths, locations and sizes of required beam penetrations, locations and types of hangers, test valve(s), drain valves, and other related items. Indicate exposed work. 21 1000-3 Automatic Fire Suppression Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 21 1000-4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 5. Include risers, flow switches, inside shut-off valves, valve monitor switches, post indicator valves, backflow preventers, vaults, and similar components. Coordinate with work shown on civil drawings but refer to requirements of WAC 212-80-043 for installation of underground portions of fire protection sprinkler systems. 6. Indicate location of alarm and supervisory initiating devices and other devices and electrical equipment associated with the fire suppression systems. 7. Following review and approval by the A/E, submit Shop Drawings and hydraulic and earthquake bracing calculations to the AHJs. Do not proceed with installation until the Shop Drawings have been approved by the AHJs. D.Contractor's Material and Test Certificate: Submit to certify material selection and testing results using form in NFPA 13. Complete applicable portions of form and sign and date it. E.Obtain from each AHJ written certification that the permanent installation has been inspected and that it complies with the AHJ's published regulations and requirements. Submit prior to Substantial Completion. F.Test Reports: 1. Field test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. G. Operations and Maintenance Data: 1. Prepare complete, simple, understandable, step-by-step,testing instructions with recommended and required testing frequency of equipment with methods for testing equipment. Include troubleshooting manual. 2. Prepare complete, easy-to-read, understandable maintenance instructions including the following information: a. Instruction on replacing components of system including internal parts. b. List of equipment and components with address and phone number of both manufacturer and local supplier of each item. 3. Include fire suppression system pressure and alarm system tests. 4. Include copies of the following publications: a. NFPA 13. 5. Submit one week minimum prior to system training. H.Record Drawings: 1. Provide in accordance with Division 01 and Section 230500. 2. Submit one week minimum prior to system training. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A.Manufacturer of equipment regularly engaged in the manufacture of components specified and with published catalogs listing pertinent specifications of items manufactured. B.Manufacturers name and model identification used throughout this Section are to establish general configuration,function, size, performance, and quality. 21 1000-4 Automatic Fire Suppression Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 21 1000-5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C.Manufacturers: Victaulic Co., Tyco Fire Protection Products (GRINNELL Products, Central Sprinkler, Gem Sprinkler Company, and Star Sprinkler Inc.), Viking Automatic Sprinkler Company, Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co. Inc., Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation, or approved. In general, Victaulic model numbers are listed. 2.02 GENERAL A.Equipment, Material, and Components Required by NFPA to be Listed: Listed in UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory or approved by FM and the AHJs. 2.03 PIPE AND FITTINGS A.Pipe: 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 13. 2. Black steel and galvanized steel, ASTM A 53,ASTM A 135, or ASTM A 795. 3. Pipe, other than Schedule 40 or Schedule 10, acceptable if UL listed and labeled, FM approved, and approved by the AHJs. CPVC pipe not acceptable 4. Schedule 40 pipe used in cut groove joints and for sizes 2 inch and smaller with screwed joints and fittings. 5. Schedule 10 pipe used for rolled grooved joints. Rolled grooved joints for dry pipe sprinkler systems not acceptable. 6. Internal and external galvanized steel for exterior pipes, dry pipe sprinkler systems, buried pipe if not ductile iron, and drains. 7. Flexible sprinkler connections may be used at the Contractor option. If used, shall be braided type. Install with union joint threaded fittings. Include open-gate ceiling attachment bracket to allow sprinkler connection installation prior to installation of ceiling tile. The drop includes a male threaded nipple or Victaulic FireLock IGS Style 108 captured coupling for connection to branch line piping. UL approved Series AH1 hose with 3" bend radius and AH2 or AHC-CC with 2" bend radius. Pressure fit type fittings not acceptable. Oversized ring, sleeve, or adaptor through ceiling not required. Victaulic°VicFlexTM, FlexHead Industries, EASYFLEX, or approved. 8. Ductile iron, cement lined, Class 52, mechanical or push-on restrained joints for underground pipe. B.Fittings: 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 13. 2. Minimum 125 psi class. 3. 2 Inch and Smaller: 150 pound black malleable or ductile iron, screwed,ASME B16.3 and ASTM A 197. Threadolet type fittings acceptable for Schedule 40 pipe only. 4. 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Grooved joint fittings, ductile iron ASTM A 536 bodies. Flanged fittings,forged steel, or ductile iron. 5. Grooved Joint Couplings: UL listed and labeled for sprinkler service. 2 ductile iron ASTM A 536 housings. EPDM or chlorinated butyl gasket. Nuts and bolts ASTM A 449 and ASTM A 183. Minimum 110,000 psi tensile. a. Rigid Type Couplings: Cast housings with offsetting, angle-pattern, bolt pads, and system support and hanging as required by NFPA 13. Victaulic Co. 009-EZ and Style 107N; installation-ready, for direct stab installation without field disassembly. b. Flexible Type Couplings: For seismic applications and in locations where vibration isolation and stress relief are required. Victaulic Co. Installation- Ready Style 177, or Style 75 and Style 77. 21 1000-5 Automatic Fire Suppression Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 21 1000-6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 6. Installation-ReadyT11 fittings for Schedule 10 grooved end steel piping in fire protection applications sizes NPS 1-1/4 thru 2-1/2 (DN 32 thru DN 65). Fittings shall consist of a ductile iron housing conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12, with Installation- ReadyTm ends, galvanized. Fittings complete with prelubricated Grade"E" EPDM Type `A' gasket; and ASTM A449 electroplated steel bolts and nuts. System shall be UL listed for a working pressure of 300 psi (2065 kPa)and FM approved for working pressure 365 psi (2517kPa). 7. Victaulic FireLockTM IGS Groove System for Carbon Steel Pipe- In lieu of threaded steel piping systems, the Victaulic FireLock IGS System with "Installation-ReadyTM fittings and couplings may be used for NPS 1 (DN 25)Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 carbon steel pipe in fire protection applications. System rated for a working pressure to 365 psi (2517 kPa). a. Groove: IGS"Innovative Groove System"groove with shortened "A"dimension and tapered groove backside for ease of installation. b. Grooving Tool: Victaulic RG2100, with IGS Confirmation Gauge. C. Fittings: Ductile iron housing conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12. Orange enamel coated or galvanized.Victaulic Style 101 (90-degree elbow), Style 102 (tee), and Style 108 (coupling)with Installation-ReadyTm ends.. d. Coupling: Style 108 single-bolt coupling provided with EPDM Type A pressure responsive gasket with Vic-Plus lubricant, and ASTM A449 compliant electroplated steel bolt and nut. CrMo alloy steel coupling linkage. 8. Internal and external galvanized steel fittings for exterior pipes, dry pipe sprinkler systems, and drains. 9. Plain End Couplings: Plain end couplings (Roust-A-Bouts, Plainloks or similar couplings)not acceptable. 10. Hole Cut Outlets: Hole cut bolted branch outlet couplings may be used as approved by the AHJs. Hole cut outlets full bodied outlet(U-bolt outlets not acceptable). Victaulic Co. Style 920 and 920N. 11. Ductile iron, cement lined, Class 52, mechanical or push-on restrained joints for underground pipe. 2.04 VALVES A.General: UL listed and labeled and FM approved, minimum 175 psi class. B.Gate Valves: 1. 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze body, solid wedge disc, OS&Y, screwed, rising stem. Include valve monitor switch. 2. 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Cast or ductile iron body, solid wedge disc, OS&Y, grooved ends or flanged, rising stem. Include valve monitor switch. Victaulic Co. Series 771 H. C.Butterfly Valves: Cast or ductile iron body with internal surfaces coated and disc coated or plated. Pressure responsive elastomer seat, and the stem offset from the disc centerline to provide complete 360-degree circumferential seating. Include weatherproof actuator with slow close handwheel and gear operator and visual indication of valve position. End connections wafer, lug, or grooved. Include built-in dual valve monitor switch. Victaulic Co. Style 705. 21 1000-6 Automatic Fire Suppression Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 21 1000-7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 D.Check Valves: Spring-assisted swing check, end connections to match adjacent piping, cast iron or ductile body, bronze seat, stainless steel or elastomeric-coated clapper, stainless steel spring and shaft with replaceable rubber seal. Suitable for vertical or horizontal installation. Include tapping for bronze ball drip drain for fire department connection. Victaulic Co. Series 717. E.Wet Pipe Sprinkler System Alarm Valve and Appurtenances: Cast or ductile iron body, cast aluminum-bronze clapper, clamp ring, and valve seat. Include tapped bosses with standard trim including system alarm and supervisory devices, retarding chamber with auxiliary valve, pressure gages, pressure operated relief valve, alarm test valve, and drain valves. Valve internal components replaceable without removing valve. Victaulic Co. Series 751. F. Dry Pipe Sprinkler System Alarm Valve and Appurtenances: Cast or ductile iron low differential type alarm valve and trim, riser-mounted air compressor for 13 psig supply pressure for air maintenance device(low air pressure supervisory switch), accelerator(quick opening device), anti-flood device, and system alarm and supervisory devices. Coordinate power for air compressor and fire alarm requirements with work of Division 26. Valve externally resettable and internal components replaceable without removing valve. Victaulic Co. Series 768N or approved equal. G. Detector Check Valve Assembly: UL listed and labeled Double Check Detector Assembly with bypass.As listed in"Backflow Prevention Assemblies Approved for Installation in Washington State". Include 2 valve monitor switches. H.Post Indicator Valve,Vertical Post: Solid single or double disc gate valve conforming to UL 262,joint end type to match underground piping,fitted with 12 inch diameter bonnet flange with provisions for bolting on indicator post. Ductile iron vertical indicator post conforming to UL 789, with 2 window openings fitted with heavy clear plexiglas, aluminum target plates with words"OPEN" and "SHUT" cast in large easy-to-read raised letters, square operating nut, furnished with wrench. Stem, indicators, and working parts fully protected from moisture and weather by complete enclosure. Victaulic Co. Series 772 with Series 774 indicator post, Clow F57 Series valves with F-5760 indicator post, or approved. I. Valves Controlling Sprinklers in Elevator Machine Rooms: Normally closed solenoid valve, brass body, 24 V DC. 2.05 SPRINKLER HEADS A.Automatic sprinkler quick response heads of type as required by the AHJs and finish as required for areas and ceiling construction designated. Refer to Article"Sprinkler Heads Schedule" in this Section. B.Operating Temperature: Comply with requirements in NFPA 13 and the AHJ. Select to compensate for the maximum temperatures which occur in particular area during either winter or summer conditions from such sources as unit heaters and sunlight. In no case use heads rated less than 50 F higher than anticipated ambient temperature. C.Sprinklers shall be glass bulb type,with hex shaped wrench boss integrally cast into the sprinkler body to reduce the risk of damage during installation. (Wrenches provided by the sprinkler manufacturer that directly engage the cast wrench boss.) D.Extended coverage sprinkler heads may be used subject to approval by the AHJs. E.Include escutcheon, self-adjusting type, spring-loaded, or friction fit for each pendent sprinkler head fitting against ceiling. 21 1000-7 Automatic Fire Suppression Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 21 1000-8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 F. Sprinkler Head Guards: Include where sprinkler heads are subject to damage and for sprinkler heads installed lower than 7 feet above finished floor, grating, and in maintenance access areas. Wire basket type with screw type fastener. Spring clip type fastener not acceptable. Chrome or nickel plated in finished areas. G. Escutcheons and guards shall be listed, and supplied for use with the sprinkler by the sprinkler manufacturer. H.Sprinkler Cabinet: Include with required number of sprinkler heads of ratings and types installed. Also include escutcheons and sprinkler wrench. I. Manufacturers: Victaulic, Tyco,Viking or approved equal. 2.06 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION A. By Division 33. 2.07 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Double Check Detector Assembly: UL listed and labeled Double Check Detector Assembly with bypass. As listed in "Backflow Prevention Assemblies Approved for Installation in Washington State". Include 2 valve monitor switches. 2.08 ALARM AND SIGNAL DEVICES A.Water Flow Switch (Systems without Alarm Valves): Vane or paddle type flow switch, installed and connected in such a manner that flow of water equal to or greater than that from a single head will automatically energize fire alarm system. Include field adjustable time delay, adjustable from 0 to 60 seconds. System Sensor or approved. B.Water Flow Switch (Systems with Wet Pipe Alarm Valve, Dry Pipe Alarm Valve, Preaction Alarm Valve, and Deluge Valve): Pressure type. System Sensor or approved. C.Low Air Pressure Supervisory Switch (Dry Pipe and Preaction Systems): Arrange to detect problem with maintaining air pressure in pipe. System Sensor or approved. D.Valve Monitor(Tamper)Switches: 120 V. Built-in dual supervisory switch or attachment for field installed external supervisory switch for gate valves. Include for post indicator valves shown on civil drawings. System Sensor or approved. E.Pressure Gages: 3-1/2 inch dial, phosphor bronze tube, brass socket, 300 psi range. Include needle valve. System Sensor or approved. F. Electric Alarm Bell: 120 V. Weatherproof with red enameled painted hood, back box, and pressure switch. System Sensor or approved. 2.09 BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INTERFACE A.Coordinate with work specified in Division 28. Integrate operation of preaction sprinkler system into building fire alarm system. Include interlocks. 2.10 PIPING SPECIALTIES A.Pipe Supports: Include metal pipe supports, flexible connections, sway braces, hangers, clamps, and other pipe support items in accordance with requirements in NFPA 13 and the AHJ. Seismically design pipe hangers and braces per IBC,ASCE 7, and NFPA 13. Do not use"C-Clamp" hangers unless they include integral seismic retaining strap. B.Identification Signs: Enameled signs for drain valves,test valves, control valves, and alarm valves indicating their use. 21 1000-8 Automatic Fire Suppression Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 21 1000-9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C.Miscellaneous Connections and Fittings: Drain valves, inspector's test connections,flushing connections, discharge outlets, sight glasses, and other items in accordance with requirements in NFPA 13. D.Air Venting: Automatic float type air vent with 40 mesh Y-type strainer and 1/2 inch NPT male connection with drain attachment. Include 1/2 inch ball valve upstream of strainer to allow replacement of air release valve without disabling sprinkler system. UL listed and FM approved. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC Model PAV or approved. E.Pipe Sleeves: Comply with requirements in Section 230510. F. Pipe Escutcheon Plates: Comply with requirements in Section 232116. G. Access Doors: Comply with requirements in Section 230510 for construction features. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A.General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this Section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A.Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this Section. B.Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION,APPLICATION, ERECTION,AND PERFORMANCE A.General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article"Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B.Cooperate with other trades to ensure adequate space for piping placement. C.Review Drawings, Specifications, and Shop Drawings of other trades to coordinate work and minimize unnecessary offsets and revisions to approved Shop Drawings. Failure to coordinate does not relieve fire suppression subcontractor from meeting performance standards specified in this Section. 1. Fire suppression piping shall not: a. Reduce headroom to less than 7'-0". b. Project into any passageway, ladder run, access or egress. C. Interfere with electrical equipment or access to mechanical units(including filters). 2. Install pipe and sprinkler heads to avoid conflicts with maintenance personnel's access to equipment. Do not run fire suppression piping at floor in mechanical rooms and maintenance access areas. 3. Relocate piping and sprinkler heads which, in the opinion of the A/E, do not comply with preceding paragraph in manner acceptable to the A/E. Such relocation may be directed during the Shop Drawing review and during construction. If doubt should exist as to compliance of above, suppression system subcontractor shall review situation with the A/E prior to rough-in. D.Do not order, fabricate, or install materials until approvals are received from the AHJs. E.Install material in strict accordance with the Shop Drawings approved by the AHJs and reviewed by the A/E. 21 1000-9 Automatic Fire Suppression Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 21 1000- 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 F. Service Interruptions: Comply with requirements of Section 230500. Obtain advance approval from the Owner and local fire department. 3.04 EARTHWORK A.Comply with requirements in Section 230510. 3.05 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSTALLATION A.Install underground service entrance piping according to NFPA 24. B.Instal I piping concealed above furred ceilings to minimize obstructions. Offset, crossover, and route piping to install system in available space. Install to minimize obstruction to work of other trades. Expose only heads. Only fire suppression piping specifically called out on the Contract Documents as being exposed shall be below ceiling construction. Install piping through holes in beams where noted on the Drawings. C.Install dry pipe systems to slope to low points, including pipe installed in heated areas. D.Hang piping from roof structure and not from roof deck itself and not from work of other trades. Hanging pipes from ducts and equipment not acceptable except branch piping serving single sprinkler head below ducts and equipment. For branch piping hung below ducts and equipment, coordinate with those trades for design of duct and equipment hangers and supports to comply with requirements of NFPA 13. E.Instal I piping system braced to withstand damage from earthquakes. Install flexible couplings and earthquake bracing in accordance with IBC,ASCE 7, and NFPA 13. F. Grooved Joints: Install in accordance with the manufacturer's latest published installation instructions. Pipe ends shall be clean and free from indentations, projections and roll marks in the area from pipe end to (and including)groove. Gasket shall be manufactured by the coupling manufacturer and verified as suitable for the intended service.A factory trained representative (direct employee)of the coupling manufacturer shall provide on-site training for contractor's field personnel in the use of grooving tools, application of groove, and product installation. The representative shall periodically visit the job site and review installation to ensure best practices in grooved joint installation are being followed. Contractor shall remove and replace any improperly installed products. G. Hole Cut Outlets: Use cutting tool to form opening in pipe. After"coupon" has been removed, securely attach it to bottom of pipe as evidence that it has not been left in pipe. H.Install system and auxiliary drains to discharge to paved areas, concrete splash blocks, suitable waste within building, or to other locations as indicated or required by the A/E. Exterior drain locations shall be approved by the A/E. Install drain outlets on the building exterior between 6 and 18 inch above finished grade. Direct connection to sewer systems not acceptable. Install drain valves at interior walls maximum 5 feet above finished floor or grating. Do not install drain valves on outside of building. For concealed drain valves, install access panels. Install dirt legs and drain valves at low points of piping to permit complete drainage of system without disconnection of any piping. I. Install ball drip valve on check valve to drain piping for fire department connection. Drain to floor receptor or outside building. J. Escutcheon Plates: Install at exposed pipe penetrations of ceilings,floors, and walls. K.Install head guards on sprinkler heads installed lower than 7 feet above finished floor and grating, and in maintenance access areas. Install on exterior sprinkler heads. L. Install sprinkler cabinet adjacent to alarm valve assembly. 21 1000- 10 Automatic Fire Suppression Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 21 1000- 11 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 M. Install inspector test valve at highest and most hydraulically remote part of system in relation to riser assembly. Locate test valves to be accessible from floor. Coordinate locations with the A/E. Pipe to standpipe drain. N.Install sleeves through walls and floors. Comply with requirements in Section 230510. O. Install electric alarm bell on exterior wall of building. Obtain A/E approval of location. P.Install fire department connection in sitework above grade as indicated on the Drawings. Q. Install concrete thrust blocks and restraining rods for ductile iron fittings per NFPA 24 and as detailed on the Drawings. R.Identification Signs: Install with chain on stem of valves. Comply with requirements in NFPA 13. S.Install access doors, minimum 20 inch by 30 inch,for access to inaccessible void, ceiling, and attic spaces. Coordinate locations with the A/E and show locations on Shop Drawings. T. Install flexible sprinkler connections with return bends for dry pipe and preaction systems with hard pipe for risers and first elbow. U.Install air venting at high point for each wet pipe sprinkler system per NFPA 13. Include drain pipe and terminate over floor receptor. 3.06 FIRE DETECTION AND SYSTEM ACTUATION A.Coordinate with fire alarm system work in Division 28. B.Switches: Install water flow alarm switch for fire sprinkler systems. Install low air pressure switch for dry pipe alarm valve risers. Install valve monitor(tamper)switches for valves, including post indicator valves. 3.07 ELECTRIC POWER FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS A.Coordinate electrical power source required for work of this Section with Division 26. B.Where not shown on the electrical drawings, provide power wiring from electrical panel circuit breakers to devices requiring line voltage power. Similarly, provide low voltage wiring from alarm and supervisory devices to fire alarm system for final connections by fire alarm system subcontractors. Electrical interface shall be responsibility of fire suppression system contractor. C.Where emergency power is included in the work or exists in building, extend electrical power source from that emergency power system. 3.08 CORROSION PRODUCTS/SYSTEM COMMISSIONING PROTOCOL A.Dry Pipe and Preaction Fire Protection System: 1. The fire sprinkler contractor shall confirm the operation of system air compressor and connect air compressor and nitrogen generator to the fire protection system. 2. The fire sprinkler contractor shall determine the operating pressure range for the dry/preaction fire protection system and set the system air maintenance device for each fire protection system. 3. The fire sprinkler contractor shall document the twenty-four(24) hour leak rate, in psig/hour, of each fire protection system and provide documentation as part of the As- Built document submittal. 4. The fire sprinkler contractor shall provide all of the inerting vents at the locations shown on the approved shop drawings. The isolation ball valve of each device shall be closed during hydrostatic and/or air pressure testing of the fire protection 21 1000- 11 Automatic Fire Suppression Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 21 1000- 12 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 system and then placed in the open position for the commissioning and operation of the system. 5. The fire sprinkler contractor shall confirm the condensate water discharge from the air compressor drain and the nitrogen generator drain are piped to a floor drain or building exterior per local requirements. 6. The fire sprinkler contractor shall confirm the In-Line Corrosion Detector is installed in the locations shown on the approved shop drawings and the pressure switch has been wired to the specified monitoring system. 7. The fire sprinkler contractor shall install the fixed gas analyzer(s)at the locations as shown on the approved shop drawings. The fire sprinkler contractor shall confirm that the fixed gas analyzer(s) has been connected to the fire alarm control panel/BMS as shown on the approved shop drawings and that all connections have been made as specified and as indicated in the manufacturer's installation instructions. 8. The fire sprinkler contractor shall coordinate with the nitrogen generator manufacturer to schedule the on-site commissioning package at a time that has been coordinated with the General Contractor, Owner and Owner's Representative. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Tests: 1. Flush,test, and inspect fire suppression systems in accordance with NFPA 13 and NFPA 25. No leakage permitted in piping. Prior to performing pressure test, notify the AHJs and the A/E of pressure test schedule. 2. Test complete alarm system, including control and signal circuits: a. Operate each signal initiating device. b. Test operation of features of system under normal operation. C. Test supervisory features of system. 3. Class III Standpipe Pressure Regulating Hose Valves: Measure pressure upstream of hose valve, downstream of hose valve, and total flow. B.Notice: Give 1 week notice and arrange for field tests and inspections by the AHJs. Include paying for inspection fees and securing permits for same. C.Approval and Acceptance: After fire suppression systems have been completely installed, tested, and Substantial Completion review items corrected, obtain approval and acceptance of systems by the AHJs in accordance with NFPA 13. Retests due to failure to meet design requirements shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. Submit completed Contractor's Material and Test Certificate using form in NFPA 13. 3.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A.Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers. B.Apply masking tape or paper cover to protect sprinkler heads, cover plates, and sprinkler escutcheons to protect from field painting. Remove after painting. Remove sprinkler heads having paint other than factory finish and provide new. Cleaning and reuse of painted sprinkler heads not acceptable. C.Protect sprinkler heads from damage until Substantial Completion. D.Fire suppression system subcontractor shall be responsible during installation and testing periods of sprinkler systems for any damage to work of others and to building and its contents caused by leaks in equipment, by unplugged or disconnected pipes, and fittings, 21 1000- 12 Automatic Fire Suppression Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 21 1000- 13 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 and by overflow. Pay for necessary replacements or repairs to work of others damaged by such leakage. 3.11 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS TRAINING A.Comply with requirements in Section 230810. B.Prior to date of Substantial Completion, instruct the Owner and their selected personnel in operation of fire suppression systems. Take special care to ensure that the Owner will: 1. Immediately recognize whether shutoff valves are open or closed position. 2. Coordinate with the Owner to minimize damage that can occur when discharging system water. 3. Know how to drain systems. 4. Know how to test waterflow alarms and valve monitor(tamper)switches. 5. Be familiar with contents of material included in the Operations and Maintenance Manual described in this Section. 6. Review with the Owner frequencies of inspections and tests required by NFPA 25. 3.12 COMMISSIONING A.Equipment and systems referenced in this Section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination,test development, testing and documentation. 21 1000- 13 Automatic Fire Suppression Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 21 1000- 14 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.13 SPRINKLER HEADS SCHEDULE Area/Ceiling Head Type Head Finish Escutcheon Finish Suspended or Hard Ceiling Concealed Pendent Polished Chrome Color as Selected by the A/E Areas without Suspended or Upright Satin Chrome Hard Ceilings Pool, Pool Equipment, and Pendent Electroless Nickel Chemical Storage Room PTFF Where Required Sidewall Satin Chrome Color as Selected by the A/E Subject to Freezing and not Dry Recessed Polished Chrome Polished Chrome Connected to Dry Pipe Pendent or Dry System Recessed Sidewall END OF SECTION 21 1000 21 1000- 14 Automatic Fire Suppression Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 22 0000 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 22 0000 PLUMBING WORK SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 23 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The following Sections apply to the Work in this Division with exception of items specifically described in Division 22: 1. Section 230500 General Provisions 2. Section 230505 Project Closeout and System Start-Up 3. Section 230510 Basic Materials and Methods 4. Section 230513 Electrical Provisions for Mechanical Work 5. Section 230548 Vibration Isolation 6. Section 230550 Seismic Control 7. Section 230593 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 8. Section 230700 Mechanical Insulation 9. Section 230800 Mechanical Systems Commissioning 10. Section 230810 Systems Training 11. Section 230820 Systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals 12. Section 232116 Piping Specialties PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 22 0000 22 0000 - 1 Plumbing Work Specified in Division 23 Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 22 1116- 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 22 1116 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes domestic water piping for the potable system and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Sections apply to the Work in this Section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable plumbing code pertaining to materials, products, and installation of domestic water piping. 2. ASHRAE Standard 188, Legionellosis: Risk Management for Building Water Systems. 3. ASME B1.20, Hose Coupling Screw Threads—Inch. 4. ASME B16.18, Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 5. ASME B16.22, Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 6. ASME B31.1, Power Piping. 7. ASME B31.9, Building Services Piping. 8. ASSE 1001, Performance Requirements for Atmospheric Type Vacuum Breakers. 9. ASSE 1010, Performance Requirements for Water Hammer Arrestors. 10. ASSE 1011, Performance Requirements for Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers. 11. ASSE 1012, Performance Requirements for Backflow Preventers with an Intermediate Atmospheric Vent. 12. ASSE 1013, Performance Requirements for Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers and Reduced Pressure Principle Fire Protection Backflow Preventers. 13. ASSE 1015, Performance Requirements for Double Check Backflow Prevention Assemblies and Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Assemblies. 14. ASSE 1018, Performance Requirements for Trap Seal Primer Valves—Potable Water Supply. 15. ASSE 1020, Performance Requirements for Pressure Vacuum Breaker Assemblies. 16. ASSE 1044, Performance Requirements for Trap Seal Primer Devices-Drainage Types and Electronic Design Types. 17. ASSE 1056, Performance Requirements for Spill Resistant Vacuum Breaker Assemblies. 18. ASTM A 183, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts. 19. ASTM A 536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 20. ASTM A 666, Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. 21. ASTM B 32, Standard Specification for Solder Material. 22. ASTM B 75, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube. 23. ASTM B 88, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. 24. ASTM B 633, Standard Specification for Electrode posited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. 25. ASTM B 813, Standard Specification for Liquid and Paste Fluxes for Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube. 21 1116- 1 Domestic Water System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 22 1116-2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 26. ASTM B 828, Standard Practice for Making Capillary Joints by Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube and Fittings. 27. ASTM E 84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 28. ASTM F 402, Standard Practice for Safe Handling of Solvent Cements, Primers, and Cleaners Used for Joining Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings. 29. ASTM F 876, Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene(PEX)Tubing. 30. ASTM F 877, Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene(PEX) Plastic Hot-and Cold- Water Distribution Systems. 31. ASTM F 1545, Standard Specification for Plastic-Lined Ferrous Pipe, Fittings, and Flanges. 32. ASTM F 1960, Standard Specification for Cold Expansion Fittings with PEX Reinforcing Rings for Use with Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX)Tubing. 33. ASTM F 2080, Standard Specification for Cold-Expansion Fittings with Metal Compression- Sleeves for Crosslinked Polyethene(PEX) Pipe and SDR 9 Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) Pipe. 34. AWS A5.8, Specification for Brazing Filler Metal. 35. AWWA C 104/A 21.4, Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. 36. AWWA C 110/A 21.10, Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray Fittings for Water. 37. AWWA C 111/A 21.11, Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 38. AWWA C 151/A 21.51, Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast. 39. AWWA C 153/A21.53, Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe Compact Fittings for Water Service. 40. AWWA C651, Disinfecting Water Mains. 41. AWWA C652, Disinfection of Water Storage Facilities. 42. AWWA C700, Standard for Cold-Water Meters—Displacement Type, Bronze Case. 43. AWWA C701, Standard for Cold-Water Meters—Turbine Type, for Customer Service. 44. AWWA C702, Standard for Cold-Water Meters—Compound Type. 45. NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. 46. NSF 14, Plastic Piping System Components and Related Materials. 47. NSF 61, Drinking Water Systems Components—Health Effects. 48. NSF 372, Drinking Water Systems Components—Lead Content. 49. PDI-WH 2O1, Water Hammer Arrestors. C. Installer's Qualifications for Copper Press Fitting Couplings: Installers shall be certified by the pressure-seal joint manufacturer as having been trained and qualified to join piping with pressure-seal pipe couplings and fittings. D. Domestic Water Systems: Products carrying and dispensing water for consumption through drinking and cooking shall be certified by an independent, ANSI credited, third party certification organization to requirements of NSF 61 and NSF 372 for 0.25 percent maximum lead content for wetted component base material. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following: 1. Copper tubing including solder and flux. 2. Polyethylene (PEX-a)tubing and fittings. 3. Dielectric unions. 4. Backflow preventers. 21 1116-2 Domestic Water System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 22 1116-3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 5. Y-type strainers. 6. Basket strainers. 7. Water meters. 8. Trap primers. 9. Water hammer arresters. 10. Non-potable water signage 11. Blank copy of start-up and test report form. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Comply with requirements in Section 230500 regarding 3D Shop Drawings. D. Installer Qualification Data for Copper Press Fitting Couplings. E. Certificates: 1. Certificates of Inspection by Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 2. Certificates of Satisfactory Bacteriological Test. Include copy in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. 3. Certificates of flushing and sterilization with approval by the AHJ. 4. Certification to NSF 61 and NSF 372 for no-lead/low lead products. 5. Certificates of installers for copper press fittings. F. Test Reports: 1. Field test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of reports and certificates and include copy in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. 1.04 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 230900—Automatic Temperature Controls: Thermal wells, flow switches, and similar components. 1.05 WARRANTY A. PEX-a Tubing and Fittings: Non-prorated warranty against failure due to defect in material or workmanship for 25 years after Substantial Completion date. Warranty shall cover material, labor and travel time. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Furnish products of sizes, ratings, and characteristics indicated,which comply with manufacturer's standard materials, design, and construction in accordance with published product information. Furnish quantity of piping and appurtenances required for complete installation. B. Pressure Ratings: Provide components with minimum pressure rating of 125 psig working pressure. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Copper Tubing: Cerro, Mueller, Wolverine, Cambridge Lee Brass. B. Copper Tube Fittings: NIBCO°, Mueller, Elkhart. C. Gaskets: Crane, Garlock, U. S. Rubber, Anchor, Flexitallic. Rubber, plastic, and silicone gaskets not acceptable for domestic hot water systems. 2.03 COPPER TUBING A. General: Copper tubing only. Sweat, press fittings or flanged joint connections only. 21 1116-3 Domestic Water System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 22 1116-4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Above Ground: Type L copper water tube, hard-drawn,ASTM B 88. C. Underground: Type K copper water tube, soft-drawn,ASTM B 88. D. Tubing, Flexible: Soft copper tubing, flexible stainless steel hose, or approved. Rated for design working pressure of application. E. Fittings: Wrought copper fittings and screwed adapters for soldered and brazed joints,ASME B16.22. Cast bronze fittings and screwed adapters for soldered and brazed joints,ASME B16.18. F. Copper Press Fitting Couplings and Fittings: 1. Suitable for Types K and L hard drawn copper tubing for sizes 1/2 through 4 inch and soft drawn copper tubing for sizes 1/2 through 1-1/4 inch. Press-to-connect joint made with pressing tool and jaw sets recommended by fitting manufacturer. NIBCO°Press SystemTM'Viega ProPress System, or Aalberts Industries ApolloPress°. No substitutions. 2. Approved by NSF International, IAPMO, UL and compliant with UPC. 3. Wrought copper fittings per ASTM B 75 conforming to ASME B16.18 or ASME B16.22. Rated to maximum 200 psig non-shock working pressure for temperature range between minus 20 F to 250 F. G. Unions: Wrought copper solder joint unions,ASME B16.22; cast bronze solder joint fittings, ASME B16.18. H. Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Cast bronze, 125 pound Class,ASME Standards. I. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick compressed non-asbestos material selected for applicable temperature and pressure of systems installed. Full face gaskets for flat faced flanges. J. Joint Compound: Teflon tape. K. Solder Material: 95 percent tin, 5 percent antimony solder or 96 percent tin 4 percent silver conforming to ASTM B 32 and NSF 61. Lead free (not more than 0.2 percent lead). Flux water soluble conforming to ASTM B 813. J.W. Harris"Bridgit", Rectorseal, Oatey, Superior Flux, Worthington Cylinders, BerzOmatic, or approved. L. Brazing Material: Copper-phosphorus alloys, BcuP Series, conforming to AWS A5.8. Lead free (not more than 0.2 percent lead)conforming to ASTM B 32 and NSF 61. Flux water soluble conforming to ASTM B 813. Rectorseal, Oatey, Superior Flux, or approved. 2.04 POLYETHYLENE (PEX-A)TUBING AND FITTINGS (CONTRACTOR OPTION) A. Tubing: 1. Material: Crosslinked polyethylene (PEX-a)with oxygen diffusion manufactured by Engle or peroxide method. SDR 9. 2. Material Standard: Manufactured in accordance with ASTM F 876 and ASTM F 877 and tested for compliance by an independent third party agency. 3. Ratings: Flame spread rating not greater than 25 and smoke developed rating not greater than 50 in accordance with ASTM E 84 for: a. 1/2 through 3/4 inch PEX-a tubing for 3/8 to 3/4 inch sizes at spacing not less than 18 inch apart. b. Larger PEX-a tubing sizes up to 2 inch when encased with fiberglass insulation at zero inch spacing for maximum 3 adjacent pipes and 18 inch spacing to next group of 3 adjacent tubing run. 4. Minimum Bend Radius (Cold Bending): No less than 6 times outside diameter. Use PEX-a tubing manufacturer bend supports if radius is less than stated. B. Fittings: 1. Furnished by PEX-a tubing manufacturer. Comply with requirements in ASTM F 877. 21 1116-4 Domestic Water System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 22 1116-5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. PEX Fittings: a. Fittings manufactured in accordance with and from materials listed in ASTM F 1960. b. Fitting assembly consisting of barbed adapter and applicable sized PEX ring. Barbed insert manufactured with 0-ring to facilitate pressure testing with air. Compression sleeve style joints in accordance with ASTM F 2080 or electrofusion joints in accordance with ASTM F 2389 acceptable. C. Transition Couplings: Connections between PEX-a tubing and fittings and other pipe materials using adapters furnished by PEX pipe manufacturer. D. Manufacturers: Uponor, Inc. AquaPEX°with ProPEX°fittings, REHAU Inc., or approved. 2.05 DIELECTRIC UNIONS A. Union Style: Grooved, threaded, or plain end, ASTM F 1545. Capital Series CS; Epco Dielectric Unions, PPP Clearflow°Dielectric Waterway, or Victaulic Clearflow Dielectric Waterway. B. Flange for 2 1/2 Inch and Larger: ASTM F 1545, insulating flange union per companion, 1/2 flange union with bolt insulators, dielectric gasket, bolts and nuts. Capital Series F, Epco, or Victaulic Clearflow Dielectric Waterway. C. Ratings: Select temperature and pressure applicable for the systems in which they are installed. 2.06 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Assembly(RPZ): ASSE 1013, 175 psig working pressure, bronze body and working parts for 2 inch and smaller and cast iron body for 2-1/2 inch and larger, stainless steel springs,with drain funnel. Lead free. Include ball valves for 2 inch size and smaller and outside screw and yoke gate valves for 2-1/2 inch and larger on inlet and outlet, strainer on inlet, test cocks, and relief valve. B. Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers (HBAVB): ASSE 1011, nickel plated, nonremovable, with manual drain and garden-hose threads on outlet complying with ASME B1.20.7. Units attached to rough-bronze-finish hose connections may be rough bronze. C. Intermediate Atmospheric Vent Type (VDC): ASSE 1012 or ASSE 1022 depending upon application, suitable for continuous pressure application. Include inlet screen and 2 independent check valves with intermediate atmospheric vent. Chrome plated where located in finished spaces. D. Manufacturers: As listed in "Backflow Prevention Assemblies Approved for Installation in Washington State." 2.07 Y-TYPE STRAINERS A. Description: Line size of connecting piping with ends matching piping system materials. Select strainers for minimum 125 psi working pressure. Include ASTM A 666 Type 304 stainless steel screens, unless specified otherwise,with 3/64 inch perforations at 233 per sq. in. and blowout connection with ball valve and capped nipple or gate valve with plug. 1. Threaded or Solder Ends, 2 Inch and Smaller for Copper Pipe: Cast bronze body with brass screen. 2. Flanged Ends, 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Cast-iron body. 3. FDA approved epoxy coating on interior and exterior surfaces. 4. Manufacturers: Armstrong Fluid Technology, Watts°, Crane, Hoffman Specialty°, Metraflex, Spirax Sarco, Nibco, or approved. B. Manufacturers: Watts No. 97FB-CI, Spirax Sarco, Metraflex, or approved. 21 1116-5 Domestic Water System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 22 1116-6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.08 BASKET STRAINERS A. Description: Cast iron body with bolted cover, flanged connections, and drain plug. Select strainer for 125 psi working pressure. Include Type 304 stainless steel screen with 3/64 inch perforations for 2 and 3 inch sizes and 1/8 inch perforations for 4 inch and larger sizes. Interior of body with FDA approved epoxy coating. B. Manufacturers: Watts No. 97FB-Cl, Spirax Sarco, Metraflex, or approved. 2.09 WATER METERS A. Positive Displacement Type, 2-1/2 Inch and Smaller: Electrical contact type with nutating disc, and non-resettable mechanical totalizing register. Bronze casing with Ryton disc and ball for 150 psig working pressure. AWWA C700. Accuracy plus or minus 0.5 percent of flow rate. Repeatability plus or minus 0.25 percent of flow rate. Registration in gallons. Screwed end connections. Badger Meter Inc. or approved. 2.10 TRAP PRIMERS A. Electronic Type: Factory assembled unit with electronic module, 24 V transformer, solenoid valve, and integrated strainer, ball valve, brass atmospheric vacuum breaker, multiport distribution manifold, and interconnecting piping. Assembly mounted in a galvanized steel enclosure with cover for recessed installation. ASSE 1044. Zurn Z1020, Precision Plumbing Products (P.P.P.), or approved. B. Drainage Supply Type: Satin chrome plated cast bronze 1-1/2 inch P-trap with 1/2 inch primer tube and wall escutcheons. ASSE 1044. Stainless steel braided primer hose not acceptable. Jay R. Smith Figure 2698 or approved. C. Vacuum Breaker Trap Primer Type: One piece chrome plated flush connection with water deflector, 3/8 inch elbow,flexible tubing to wall, pressure vacuum breaker assembly, connection fitting to 1/2 inch NPT pipe, and escutcheon. Sloan VBF-72-A, Zurn, or approved. 2.11 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Pipe Sleeves: Comply with requirements in Section 230510. B. Pipe Hangers and Supports: Comply with requirements in Section 232116. C. Thermometers and Pressure Gages: Comply with requirements in Section 232116. D. Pipe Escutcheons: Comply with requirements in Section 232116. E. Pipe Wrap: Comply with requirements in Section 232116. F. Y-Type Strainers: Comply with requirements in Section 232116. G. Water Hammer Arresters: Factory-sealed shock arresters with direct action bellows, rated in accordance with Plumbing Drainage Institute Standard P.D.I. WH-201 Standard or ASSE 1010. Jay R. Smith, Hydrotrol, Josam, Zurn, or approved. H. Non-Potable Water Signage: 1. Comply with requirements of UPC for non-potable water piping systems and fixtures. 2. Signage shall state: "CAUTION: NON-POTABLE WATER. DO NOT DRINK". 3. Obtain approval of signage shape, size, and location from the AHJ prior to installation. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this Section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 21 1116-6 Domestic Water System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 22 1116-7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this Section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION,APPLICATION, ERECTION,AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article"Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non-compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of the A/E at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.04 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install piping, fittings, and appurtenances in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve permanently leakproof piping systems and capable of performing each indicated service without piping failure. 2. Install each run with minimum joints and couplings, but with adequate and accessible unions or flanges for disassembly and maintenance replacement of valves and equipment. 3. Reduce sizes(where indicated)by use of reducing fittings. Bushings not acceptable. 4. Seal pipe penetrations through walls and floors with resilient sealant specified in Section 230548. B. Align piping accurately at connections, with 1/16 inch misalignment tolerance. C. Install pipe generally sloped to permit drainage at low points, free from sags, bends, and traps, and in a manner to conserve space for other work. Refer to other Sections for specific installation requirements. D. Location of Piping: 1. Piping plans, Sections, details, and diagrams are diagrammatic indicating general arrangement of piping installation. Locate piping and include offsets to avoid interference with building structural members, equipment, building openings, light fixtures, ductwork, electrical work, and other obstructions. 2. Arrange piping to allow access for operation, service, disconnection, and removal and replacement of valves,fixtures, and equipment. 3. In general, maintain the maximum possible headroom in ways of egress, including pedestrian walkways and maintenance aisles, minimum headroom of 6'-8"from floor to bottom of any component. 4. Within buildings, conceal piping in walls and chases and above ceilings except where indicated in the Contract Documents to remain exposed. Do not cover or enclose work until completely inspected and approved by the AHJ. Should Work be covered or enclosed prior to inspections and approvals, uncover work as directed by the A/E. After Work has been inspected and approved by the AHJ, make repairs and replacements with materials as necessary to obtain approval of the A/E at no additional cost to the Owner. 5. Route piping parallel to column lines and perpendicular to floor unless indicated otherwise. E. Flexible Tubing: Install in sleeves below concrete slabs on grade for routing of services to kitchen and laboratory island fixtures and remote equipment. F. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. 21 1116-7 Domestic Water System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 22 1116-8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 G. Install piping to allow application of insulation. H. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. I. Clean interior of piping before making joints. Maintain cleanliness of piping throughout installation. Install caps or plugs on open ends of cleaned piping. J. Install isolation valves specified in Section 221120 and drain existing piping to accommodate installation of new Work. K. Install pipe supports in accordance with MSS SP-69 and Section 232116,whichever is more stringent. L. Install hot and cold water piping runouts to fixtures of sizes indicated but in no case smaller than required by applicable plumbing code. M. Install isolation valves at major toilet groups and as indicated on the Drawings. N. Install balancing valves specified in Section 221120 on domestic hot water recirculating systems at branch connections to mains. O. Water Hammer Arresters: 1. Install in accordance with Plumbing Drainage Institute Standard P.D.I. WH-201 or ASSE 1010 recommendations. Install at ends of hot and cold water pipes serving 2 or more fixtures and at solenoid valves, dishwashers, clothes washers, and other equipment having quick closing valves. Install with shutoff valve on inlet to water hammer arrester. 2. Furnish and install access doors as specified in Section 230510 where water hammer arresters are concealed within or above general construction. Group multiple water hammer arresters to be accessible through a common access door. P. Install vacuum relief valve on cold water piping to bottom-feed water heaters. 3.05 SOLDERED AND BRAZED JOINTS A. Comply with applicable provisions of ASTM B 828 or"Copper Tube Handbook" by CDA for soldered joints and "Brazing Handbook" by AWS for brazed joints. B. Cut ends square and remove fins and burrs. Replace dents and damaged tubing with new tubing. C. Remove grease and oil from joints by wiping with clean cloth saturated with suitable chemical solvent. Clean with emery cloth. D. After cleaning, apply non-corrosive flux, apply heat and material and hold joint rigidly until hardened. E. Wipe excess material from exterior of joint before hardening. F. Before soldering and brazing, remove stems and washers of valves. G. Braze 2-1/2 inch and larger piping unless copper press fitting couplings are used. 3.06 COPPER PRESS FITTING COUPLINGS A. Use manufacturer-recommended tool and procedure. Leave insertion marks on pipe after assembly. B. Copper press fitting couplings are allowed only at accessible locations. Provide copper fittings with solder or brazed joints at inaccessible locations concealed above hard ceilings or behind walls. 3.07 FLANGED JOINTS A. Match flanges within piping system, and at connections with valves and equipment. 21 1116-8 Domestic Water System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 22 1116-9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Clean flange faces and install gaskets concentrically positioned. C. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads and tighten bolts to provide uniform compression of gaskets. 3.08 POLYETHYLENE (PEX-A)TUBING AND FITTINGS INSTALLATION A. PEX tubing allowed for underground trap primer piping as a contractor option only. B. Do not solder, braze,weld, or fusion-weld within 18 inch of tubing in same waterline. Make heat-related connections prior to making tubing connections. C. Do not expose tubing to open flame. D. Do not expose tubing to direct sunlight for more than 30 days. If construction delays are encountered, cover tubing that is exposed to direct sunlight. E. Ensure no glues, solvents, sealants or chemicals come in contact with tubing without prior permission from tubing manufacturer. F. Use grommets at penetrations for tubing passing through metal studs. G. Protect tubing with sleeves where abrasion may occur and where penetrating floors as specified in Section 230510. Install engineered secondary pipe positioning and support systems specified in Section 232116 where tubing penetrates stud walls and joists. H. Use tubing manufacturer supplied bend supports where bends are less than 6 times outside pipe diameter. 3.09 DIELECTRIC UNIONS A. Install at the Following Locations: 1. At black and galvanized steel piping connections to copper tubing. 2. At black steel piping connections to copper headers for coils installed in air handling units, fan coil units, air terminal boxes, and duct mounted heating and cooling coils. 3. At black steel piping connections to bronze valves and similar devices. 3.10 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Connect hot and cold water piping to mechanical equipment as indicated on the Drawings. Comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions. Install shutoff valve and union for each connection and drain valve on drain connection. Locate unions to allow removal of equipment without piping disassembly beyond union. 3.11 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Install in accordance with "Backflow Prevention assemblies Approved for Installation in Washington State". Install maximum 5 feet above finished floor. B. Route drain from funnel drain to nearest floor receptor, mop sink, or other approved point of termination. Avoid running pipe across walkways. 3.12 CLEANING AND INSPECTING A. Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems of superfluous materials, and prepare for application of specified coatings (if any). B. Inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports, and accessory items. C. Inspect pressure piping in accordance with procedures of ASME B31.1 and ASME B31.9 3.13 PRESSURE TESTING A. Provide equipment and apparatus necessary for tests. Make tests in presence of the A/E. Notify the A/E at least 48 hours before expected tests. 21 1116-9 Domestic Water System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 22 1116- 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Test piping systems before insulation has been applied, and before backfilling. C. Test Pressures and Duration: Test piping systems at pressure of 1-1/2 times design working pressure or at 100 psig,whichever is greater. Maintain test pressure for sufficient time to permit complete inspection of system under test. Minimum 2 hour duration. Test in Sections and test entire system when completely installed. D. Test Procedure: 1. Before tests, remove or valve off from the system gages,traps, pressure reducing valves, pumps, and other apparatus which may be damaged by test pressure. 2. Install calibrated test pressure gage in system to observe any loss in pressure. 3. Test piping at metal temperature greater than 35 F. 4. Open vents, and other connections which can serve as vents, during filling so that air is vented prior to applying test pressure to system. E. Testing Media Requirements: 1. Use clean, fresh city water for hydrostatic testing. Water temperature shall be not less than 60 F and not greater than 100 F. 2. Drain water immediately after hydrostatic testing. Vent system while draining to avoid creating a vacuum. F. Test Repairs: 1. Remove materials such as gaskets and bolts damaged during tests and flushing and provide new components. 2. Use new gaskets each time a flanged joint is made up. 3. Repair defects which develop during testing and retest piping systems until they show no defect or weakness and are tight. Do not use chemicals, stop-leak compounds, mastics, or other temporary repair methods. G. Test Records: Make and submit records for each piping installation. Include copies in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. Include at a minimum,the following items: 1. Date of test. 2. Description and identification of piping tested. 3. Test fluid. 4. Test pressure. 5. Test duration. 6. Remarks to include such items as: Leaks (type, location); repairs made on leaks. 7. Signature and date of person witnessing the test. 8. Certification by the Contractor. H. Systems Which Connect to Existing Piping: Isolate new piping system from existing system by the closest valve or valves to the existing system. 3.14 STERILIZATION AND FLUSHING OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING A. After completion of water piping installation, but prior to connection to existing mains,flush system. Take sample of water from system to determine compliance with Health Department standards. Obtain necessary tests from governing Health Department. If sample is not in compliance, perform sterilization. B. Sterilize for eight hour contact time with 50 parts per million chlorine concentration. Open valves several times. Follow by flushing with clean water until residual chlorine is less than 0.2 parts per million. 21 1116- 10 Domestic Water System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 22 1116- 11 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Comply with requirements of ASHRAE Standard 188 as it relates to"Requirements for Building Water Systems"and "Requirements for Designing Building Water System"which include procedures for flushing and disinfection to meet the requirements of AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or with requirements of applicable national, regional, and local regulations, whichever is more stringent. D. After flushing and sterilization are complete, conduct tests to determine compliance with Health Department standards for sterilization results. If pipe system is found to be contaminated, correct defects and perform additional flushing and sterilization until satisfactory results are obtained. E. Submit written certification of flushing and sterilization with approved by the AHJ. 3.15 PLUMBING SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 230810. 3.16 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this Section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination,test development, testing and documentation. END OF SECTION 221116 21 1116- 11 Domestic Water System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 22 1120- 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 221120 PLUMBING VALVES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes valves and associated appurtenances for plumbing systems. Valves specific to a single system are specified in that particular Section. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Sections apply to the Work in this Section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ANSI/ISEA Z358.1, American National Standard for Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment. 2. ASME B31.1, Power Piping. 3. ANSI/ISEA Z358.1, American National Standard for Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment. 4. ASSE 1017, Performance Requirements for Temperature Actuated Mixing Valves for Hot Water Distribution Systems. 5. ASSE 1069, Performance Requirements for Automatic Temperature Control Mixing Valves. 6. ASSE 1070, Performance Requirements for Water Temperature Limiting Devices. 7. ASSE 1071, Performance Requirements for Temperature Actuated Mixing Valves for Plumbed Emergency Equipment. 8. ASTM A 126, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. 9. ASTM A 536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 10. ASTM B 61, Standard Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings. 11. ASTM B 62, Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings. 12. ASTM B 283, Standard Specification for Copper and Copper-Alloy Die Forgings (Hot Pressed). 13. MSS SP-67, Butterfly Valves. 14. MSS SP-70, Gray Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 15. MSS SP-71, Gray Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 16. MSS SP-80, Bronze Gate, Globe,Angle, and Check Valves. 17. MSS SP-85, Gray Iron Globe and Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 18. MSS SP-110, Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Socket Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends. 19. MSS SP-125, Grey Iron and Ductile Iron In-Line, Spring-Loaded, Center-Guided Check Valves. 20. ASTM B 584, Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. 21. NSF 61, Drinking Water System Components—Health Effects. 22. NSF 372, Drinking Water Systems Components—Lead Content. 23. UL 873, Standard for Temperature-Indicating and Regulating Equipment. 22 1120- 1 Plumbing Valves Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 22 1120-2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Domestic Water Systems: Products carrying and dispensing water for consumption through drinking and cooking shall be certified by an independent, ANSI-accredited, third party certification organization to requirements of NSF 61 and NSF 372 for 0.25 percent maximum lead content for wetted component base material. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following: 1. Gate valves. 2. Ball valves. 3. Swing check valves. 4. Non-slam check valves. 5. Drain valves. 6. Balancing valves. 7. Relief valves. 8. Vacuum relief valves. 9. Thermostatic mixing valves. 10. Valve operators. 11. Blank copy of start-up test and report form. C. Test Reports: 1. Field start-up and test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of report and include copy in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. D. Certificates: Compliance with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for no-lead/lead-free. PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Furnish factory-fabricated valves recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. Furnish valves of types and pressure ratings indicated but rated at not less than 125 psig WSP to comply with installation requirements. Furnish sizes as indicated with connections which properly mate with pipe, tube, and equipment connections. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is the Contractor's option. Refer to other Sections for higher working steam pressures. B. Rubber, plastic, and silicone gaskets not acceptable for domestic water systems. C. Press Joint Valves: Use with press joint copper piping systems as specified in Section 221116 for sizes 1/2 inch through 2 inch. D. Manufacturers: Fairbanks, Hammond Valve, Red-White Valve Corp., Jenkins, Milwaukee Valve Co., NIBCO, Powell, Stockham, Walworth Valves, DFT®Inc., Metraflex Co., Jomar Group, Apollo°/Conbraco Industries, VIEGA, ELKHART, OR APPROVED. 2.02 GATE VALVES A. General: Select valves designed for repacking under pressure when fully opened, equipped with packing suitable for intended service. Select valves designed so back seating protects packing and stem threads from fluid when valve is fully opened. Equip with gland follower. Comply with the following standards: 1. Cast Iron Valves: MSS SP-70. 22 1120-2 Plumbing Valves Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 22 1120-3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. 2-1/2 inch and Larger: Cast iron body, solid wedge disc, bronze trim, flanged, OS&Y, bolted bonnet, ASTM A 126. FDA epoxy coating on internal components acceptable. 2.03 BALL VALVES A. General: Select with port area equal to or greater than connecting pipe area, include seat ring designed to hold sealing material. Comply with MSS SP-110. B. Bronze body, 600 pound, chrome plated ball and stainless steel stem, full port, screwed or solder joint ends, 2 piece construction, lever handle, Teflon seat and seal, memory stop,ASTM B 61, ASTM B 62, or ASTM B 584. Include extended stem, protective sleeve, and fully adjustable memory stop after insulation is applied where valves are insulated. Lead free, cast iron with epoxy coating on internal components or bronze body with Type 316 stainless steel ball and stem acceptable for sizes 2-1/2 inch and larger. 2.04 SWING CHECK VALVES A. General: Construct valves of pressure castings free of impregnation materials. Include stop plug as renewable stop for disc hanger. Construct disc and hanger as separate parts, with disc free to rotate. Support hanger pins on both ends by removable side plugs. Comply with the following standards for design, workmanship, material and testing: 1. Bronze Valves: MSS SP-80. 2. Cast Iron Valves: MSS SP-71. B. 2 inch and Smaller: Bronze, screwed cap, bronze or brass swing disc, Y-pattern, screwed or solder joint ends,ASTM B 62. C. 2-1/2 inch and Larger: Cast iron body, flanged, bolted cap, swing pattern,ASTM A 126, renewable cast iron disc with bronze disc face ring and seat to ASTM B 584 except valves larger than 4 inch may be furnished with cast iron disc to ASTM A 126. FDA epoxy coated internal surfaces acceptable. 2.05 NON-SLAM CHECK VALVES A. For vertical upward fluid flow. Comply with the following standards: 1. Bronze Valves: MSS SP-80. 2. Cast Iron Valves: MSS SP-125. B. 2 inch and Smaller: Brass body, screwed or solder joint ends, Type 304 stainless steel or bronze spring, brass disc holder, PTFE or Buna-N disc, ring, ASTM B 61 or ASTM B 62. Cast iron valves, ASTM A 126, acceptable. C. 2-1/2 inch and Larger: Cast iron body, clear or full waterway, globe style, flanged, bronze trim, stainless steel spring and screw, ASTM A 126. FDA epoxy coated internal surfaces acceptable. 2.06 DRAIN VALVES A. Bronze body, composition disc, 3/4 inch handwheel, screwed or solder joint ends hose thread outlet with cap. At the Contractor's option, full port ball valve acceptable. 2.07 BALANCING VALVES A. Description: Valves for variable orifice flow measurement and balancing. Positive shutoff with memory stop indicator. B. Construction: Brass alloy body ASTM B 283, Type 304 stainless steel ball, brass readout valves with EPT check valves. EPDM stem "O" ring, solder connections, 360 degree handwheel adjustment, and 1/4 inch NTP tapped and plugged drain port. 22 1120-3 Plumbing Valves Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 22 1120-4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Manufacturers: Bell &Gossett Circuit Setter°Plus Model RF-LF or CB-RF Series, Victaulic Co., or approved. 2.08 RELIEF VALVES A. General: CSA rated. Select for capacity to exceed rating of connected equipment. Watts Water Technologies Inc. No. 100XL for temperature and pressure applications and Watts Water Technologies Inc. No. 174A for pressure only applications, Cash Acme°or approved. 2.09 VACUUM RELIEF VALVES A. Low lead brass body, high heat resistant disc. Valve closes quickly and tightly under pressure and opens on vacuum of not over 1/2 inch mercury. Watts Water Technologies Inc. No. N36 or approved. 2.10 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES, SINGLE LAVATORY/POINT OF USE A. General: Self-contained thermostatic mixing valve, factory assembled and tested, with solid bimetal thermostat to control hot and cold water intake and to compensate for supply temperature and pressure fluctuations. Comply with ASSE 1070 for a single fixture served by valve. Thermostatic mixing valves with paraffin based temperature control acceptable. B. Construction: Rough bronze finish with bronze, brass, and stainless steel internal components. C. Components: 1. Integral plastic temperature adjustment cap with vandal resistant locking screw. 2. Adjustable high temperature limit stop set for 120 F. 3. Union angle check vales on inlets. D. Manufacturers: Lawler Model 570, Powers, Acorn Engineering, or approved. 2.11 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES, SINGLE ASSEMBLY, SIZES 3/4" -1-1/2" A. General: Self-contained thermostatic mixing valve, factory assembled and tested, with solid bimetal thermostat to control hot and cold water intake and to compensate for supply temperature and pressure fluctuations. Comply with ASSE 1070 for single fixtures and ASSE 1069 for multiple fixtures served by valve. Thermostatic mixing valves with paraffin based temperature control acceptable. B. Construction: Rough bronze finish with bronze, brass, and stainless steel internal components. C. Components: 1. Integral wall support and plastic handle with locking temperature regulator. 2. Adjustable high temperature limit stop set for 120 F. 3. Outlet ball valve and pressure gage. 4. Union angle check stops on inlets. 5. Color coded dial thermometer with directional indicators. 6. Cabinet: surface mounted. D. Manufacturers: Leonard Valve Co. Type TM, Powers LFMM 430, Acorn Engineering Co. Model MV 17, Lawler Manufacturing Company Series 61, or approved. 2.12 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES, EMERGENCY FIXTURES A. General: Self-contained thermostatic mixing valve with solid bimetal thermostat, factory assembled and tested. Valve closes on failure of cold water. Include internal bypass to ensure cold water flow on failure of hot water. Comply with ANSI/ISEA Z-358.1 and ASSE 1071. Thermostatic mixing valves with paraffin based temperature control acceptable. B. Construction: Rough bronze. C. Components: 22 1120-4 Plumbing Valves Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 22 1120-5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1. Locking type temperature regulator set for 85 F. 2. Union angle check stops on inlets. 3. Adjustable high temperature limit stop set for 90 F. 4. Dial thermometer. D. Manufacturers: Lawler Model 911 Emergency Shower/Eyewash Valve, Powers, Acorn, Engineering or approved. 2.13 VALVE OPERATORS A. Valves in Mechanical and Boiler Rooms and Above Suspended Ceilings: Include valve with chain operator complete with sprocket rim and chain guide and hot dipped galvanized chain for valves 4 inch and larger in mechanical rooms and boiler rooms and for valves 2-1/2 inch and larger where installed above suspended ceilings. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this Section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this Section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION,APPLICATION, ERECTION,AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article"Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION A. Thermostatic mixing valve manufacturer's authorized representative shall meet with plumbing subcontractor at job site to assure that parties understand what interconnections are required. B. After thermostatic mixing valve installation, manufacturer's authorized representative to meet again with mechanical subcontractor to review the installation, advise as to any required changes, and make final adjustments to mixing valves and high temperature limit stops. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including valves in branch lines to isolate Sections of piping. Locate valves in accessible locations. B. Valve Stem Position: 1. Gate, and Ball Valves: Install horizontal or above. C. Check Valves: 1. Swing type check valves installed in vertical pipes not acceptable. 2. Install non-slam check valves in pump discharge pipes and in vertical pipes. D. Install isolation valves where indicated on the Drawings and in the following locations: 1. Branch lines. 2. Branch mains. 3. At connections to equipment including coils and control valves and similar items. 22 1120-5 Plumbing Valves Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 22 1120-6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 E. Install drain valves at low points of plumbing systems and as indicated on the Drawings. F. Install balancing valves with reducers upstream and downstream of valve connections. Install valves with straight pipe upstream and downstream as required by manufacturer's installation instructions. G. Install pressure reducing valves with either factory furnished or field furnished low pressure Y-type strainer as specified in Section 232116. H. Install isolation valves upstream of balancing valves. I. Install valve operators with chains for valves located with horizontal centerline more than 7 feet above floor and where installed with horizontal centerline more than 6 inch above suspended ceilings. Terminate chain 4 feet above floor and 6 inch above ceiling. J. Install 12 inch long orange colored 1/2 inch wide surveyors'tape on valves located above ceilings. K. Copper Press Fitting Valves: Use only for copper press fitting piping systems specified in Section 221116. L. Furnish and install access doors as specified in Section 230510 where valves are concealed within or above general construction. Group multiple valves to be accessible through a common access door. 3.06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 230810. 3.07 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this Section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. END OF SECTION 22 1120 22 1120-6 Plumbing Valves Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 22 1123 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 22 1123 PLUMBING PUMPS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes plumbing pumps and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Sections apply to the Work in this Section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASTM A 48, Standard Specification for Gray Cast Iron Castings. 2. ASTM B 61, Standard Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings. 3. NSF 61, Drinking Water Systems Components—Health Effects. 4. NSF 372, Drinking Water Systems Components— Lead Content. 5. UL 508, Standard for Industrial Control Equipment. 6. UL 508A, Standard for Industrial Control Panels. 7. UL 778, Motor-Operated Water Pumps. C. Domestic Water Systems: Products carrying and dispensing water for consumption through drinking and cooking shall be certified by an independent, ANSI-accredited, third party certification organization to requirements of NSF 61 and NSF 372 for 0.25 percent maximum lead content for wetted component base material. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following. Include each type of piping, fittings, and associated appurtenances. 1. Domestic hot water circulating pumps. 2. Blank copy of start-up test and report form. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SELECTION A. Pumps are selected in mid-range of available impeller diameters for a given pump, at no less than 2/3 flow rate at maximum efficiency, and with a drive motor sized to operate non-overloading at any point on the pump curve for the impeller selected. B. Pump casing shall be sized large enough to accommodate impeller at least 1 cataloged diameter larger than size of impeller to be furnished. C. Pump shall have maximum 15 feet per second discharge velocity. 2.02 DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMPS A. Description: Centrifugal, in-line, close-coupled, single stage, electric motor-driven, suitable for domestic water. Certified and labeled to NSF 61 for potable drinking water. B. Construction: Pump volute and impellor Type 316L stainless steel construction, screwed connections or flanged ends with screwed companion flanges. Include drain and vent plug. C. Shaft Seals: Mechanical, Viton, carbon on silicon carbide. 22 1123- 1 Plumbing Pumps Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 22 1123 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 D. Motor: NEMA Standard open drip proof, permanent split-capacitor with thermal overload protection and permanently lubricated ball bearings, single speed. Shaft material Type 316 stainless steel. Comply with requirements in Section 230513. E. Manufacturers: Bell & Gossett 3530 Series, Armstrong Fluid Technology, Taco, Grundfos or approved. 2.03 SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMP— DUPLEX A. Description: Submersible type with control panel with switch level control. Pumps provided with basin, cover, lifting chains, rail removal system, and aluminum cover. B. Pumps: 1. Pump Casing: One piece cast iron construction with integral tripod support legs and cast iron suction strainer. 2. Impeller: Multi vane semi open type made of close grained bronze or cast iron, dynamically balanced. 3. Shaft Seal: Mechanical with carbon ceramic seal faces for upper seal and silicon carbide for lower seal. Include pressure seal system to ensure positive pressure in seal cavity 4. Bearings: Double sealed bearings, permanently lubricated. 5. Motor: Vertical, Model `F', NEMA 6, air filled, hermetically sealed, housed in watertight cast iron shell with Class 'F' insulation. Construction ASTM A 48 Class 30 close grained cast. Motor shaft Type 316 stainless steel. Motor end bell designed as terminal box and separated from motor shell by combination bearing support and inspection plate. Include moisture sensor, temperature limiter, and built in thermal overloads for single phase motors. Comply with requirements in Section 230513. 6. Basin: Fiberglass with Aluminum lid. Dimensions, accessories, and pipe connections as indicated on the Drawings. C. Pump Control Panel: UL 508 listed and labeled panel with the following items: 1. One lockable NEMA 4 double door dead front steel enclosure. 2. Magnetic starter with overload reset through inner door, each pump. 3. Electric alternator with separate fuses. 4. Overload reset buttons, each pump. 5. Running lights, each pump. 6. H O A switch, each pump. 7. 120 V control circuit transformer, each pump. 8. Output connection for high water annunciation to Direct Digital Control (DDC) system specified in Section 230900. 9. Alarm silence switch. 10. Flashing alarm light. 11. Numbered and wired terminal strip. 12. Single point electrical connection. D. Mounting Plate: Dimensions and shape to match basin opening. Include openings to accommodate accessories as indicated on the Drawings. E. Level Control: Wet well float switches. Include 2 pole normally open mercury switches, switch pedestal, stainless steel float rod, steel guide pipe for float rod, stainless steel float ball, high water alarm contact. Quantity as indicated on Drawings. 22 1123-2 Plumbing Pumps Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 22 1123 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 F.Duplex Pump Removal System: Guide rails mounted on floor cast iron elbow with stainless steel upper guide bracket, cast iron sliding bracket, ASTM A 48 Class 30 close grained cast iron floor elbow. Include discharge flange kit and sub base. G. Duplex Wastewater Valve Assembly: Assembly with two-90 degree ball check valves and one 4 way isolation valve mounted above wet well. Valves flanged with lockable handle. H. Source Quality Control: 1. After factory assembly, hydrostatically test assembly to 150 psig for 30 minutes minimum. Test control system and simulate sequences and alarms. 2. Include test reports in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. I. Manufacturers: Barnes, Bell & Gossett, Grundfos Pumps, Zoeller, or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this Section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this Section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION,APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF PUMPS A. General: Support pumps and piping separately so piping is not supported by pumps. B. In-Line Pumps: Provide rod hangers to support independently from piping system with access to oil cups, service, and maintenance. Mount maximum of 5-0"above floor. Comply with requirements in Section 230510 for rod hangers, Section 230548 for vibration isolators, and Section 230550 for seismic restraints. 3.05 PLUMBING SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 230810. 3.06 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this Section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. END OF SECTION 22 1123 22 1123-3 Plumbing Pumps Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 22 1300 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 22 1300 SOIL,WASTE,VENT,AND STORM DRAIN PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes building drainage piping and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Sections apply to the Work in this Section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable plumbing code pertaining to materials, products, and installation of soil, waste, vent, and storm drain piping. 2. AASHTO, American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. 3. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 4. ASME Al 12.1.2, Air Gaps in Plumbing Systems (For Plumbing Fixtures and Water-Connected Receptors). 5. ASME Al 12.6.3, Floor and Trench Drains. 6. ASME Al 12.21.2, Roof Drains. 7. ASME Al 12.36.2, Cleanouts. 8. ASME B16.3, Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300. 9. ASME B16.12, Cast Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings. 10. ASME B16.23, Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV). 11. ASME B16.29, Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV). 12. ASSE 1021, Drain Air Gaps for Residential Dishwasher Applications. 13. ASSE 1050, Performance Requirements for Stack Air Admittance Valves for Sanitary Drainage Systems. 14. ASSE 1051, Performance Requirements for Individual and Branch Type Air Admittance Valves for Sanitary Drainage Systems. 15. ASSE 1072, Barrier Type Floor Drain Trap Seal Protection Devices. 16. ASTM A 53, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 17. ASTM A 74, Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 18. ASTM A 106, Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service. 19. ASTM A 615, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 20. ASTM A 888, Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. 21. ASTM A 1064, Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Welded Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete. 22. ASTM B 306, Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube (DWV). 23. ASTM C 564, Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 24. ASTM C 890, Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Monolithic or Sectional Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures. 22 1300 - 1 Soil, Waste, Vent, and Storm Drain Piping Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 22 1300 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 25. ASTM C 1277, Standard Specification for Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 26. ASTM C 1540, Standard Specification for Heavy-Duty Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast Iron Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 27. ASTM D 1527, Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80. 28. ASTM D 1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 29. ASTM D 2235, Standard Specification for Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. 30. ASTM D 2321, Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications. 31. ASTM D 2564, Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems. 32. ASTM D 2661, Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings. 33. ASTM D 2665, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings. 34. ASTM D 2672, Standard Specification for Joints for IPS PVC Pipe Using Solvent Cement. 35. ASTM D 2680, Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS)and Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Composite Sewer Piping. 36. ASTM D 2729, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 37. ASTM D 2751, Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 38. ASTM D 2855, Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. 39. ASTM D 3311, Standard Specification for Drain, Waste, and Vent (DWV) Plastic Fittings Patterns. 40. ASTM D 3677, Standard Test Methods for Rubber Identification by Infrared Spectrophotography. 41. ASTM F 402, Standard Practice for Safe Handling of Solvent Cements, Primers, and Cleaners Used for Joining Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings. 42. ASTM F 628, Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe With a Cellular Core. 43. AWWA C 110/A 21.10, Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray- Iron Fittings. 44. AWWA C 111/A 21.11, Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 45. AWWA C 151/A 21.51, Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast. 46. AWWA C 153/A21.53, Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe Compact Fittings for Water Service. 47. CISPI 301, Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. 48. CISPI 310, Specification for Couplings for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. 49. FM 1680, Approval Standard for Couplings Used in Hubless Cast Iron Systems for Drain, Waste or Vent, Sewer, Rainwater or Storm Drain Systems Above and Below Ground, Industrial/Commercial and Residential. 50. IGC 237, IAPMO Guide Criteria for High Pressure Stainless Steel Shielded Couplings for Use with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 22 1300 - 2 Soil, Waste, Vent, and Storm Drain Piping Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 22 1300 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 51. NSF 14, Plastic Piping System Components and Related Materials. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following: 1. Piping, tubing, and fittings. 2. Cleanouts. 3. Vents through roof. 4. Floor drains. 5. Floor sinks. 6. Piping specialties. 7. Blank copy of start-up and test report form. C. Shop Drawings: Comply with requirements in Section 230500. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. The term "floor receptor" may be used on the Drawings. This term means "floor drain", "funnel floor drain", "floor sink", or similar device as applicable. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Furnish products of sizes, ratings, and characteristics indicated which comply with manufacturer's standard materials, design, and construction in accordance with published product information. Furnish quantity of piping and appurtenances required for complete installation. B. Piping specified in this Section apply to the following systems: 1. Waste and vent. 2. Indirect drain for equipment, air vent, cooling coil condensate drains and similar applications. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Drains, Cleanouts, and Miscellaneous: Sioux Chief, Mifab, Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co., Josam Co., Wade Mfg. Co., Zurn Wilkins, or approved. B. Trench Drains: Slot Drain. No exceptions. 2.03 PIPING, TUBING, AND FITTINGS A. Piping Materials: 1. Galvanized Steel: a. Pipe: Standard weight or Schedule 40, ASTM A 53 or ASTM A 106. b. Fittings: 1) Drainage Fittings: Galvanized cast iron drainage pattern, screwed, ASME B16.12. 2) Vent Fittings: 150 pound galvanized malleable iron, screwed, ASME B16.3. 2. Copper: a. Pipe: Type DWV, hard drawn drainage tubing, ASTM B 306. b. Fittings: Cast copper, ASME B16.23 or wrought copper, ASME B16.29, solder joint. 3. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC): a. Pipe: Solid Wall PVC, ASTM D 2665, Schedule 40, plain ends. 22 1300 - 3 Soil, Waste, Vent, and Storm Drain Piping Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 22 1300 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 b. Fittings: PVC, ASTM D 2665 and ASTM D 2729, socket type, drain, waste, and vent (DWV) pipe patterns. c. Joints: Solvent welded per ASTM D 2564 and ASTM D 2672 for use with Schedule 40 PVC DWV pipe. 4. Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC): a. Pipe and Fittings: Schedule 40 CPVC, Type IV, ASTM Cell Class 23447 per ASTM D 1784 with pipe and drainage pattern fittings dimensions and tolerances per ASTM D 3311, pipe extrusion from CPVC material per ASTM F 2618, tested and listed in accordance with CAN/ULC S102.2 and UL 723/ASTM E 84 meeting flame spread rating not greater than 25 and smoke developed rating not greater than 50 when tested in general accordance with ASTM E 84 with solvent cement welding ends. Certified by NSF International for use in corrosion waste drainage systems as a Special Engineered (SE) Product. Pipe and fittings tested and listed in accordance with CAN/ULC S102.2 acceptable. b. Joints: One step primerless solvent cement welding per ASTM F 493. c. Transition Couplings: Connections between CPVC pipe and fittings and other pipe materials using adapters furnished by CPVC pipe manufacturer. B. Above Ground Drain, Waste, Vent, Rainleader, and Overflow Rainleader Piping: 1. 1-1/2 Inch and Smaller: PVC, CPVC, Galvanized steel, or copper. 2. 2 Inch and Larger: PVC or CPVC. C. Underground Drain, Waste and Vent Piping serving Pool Equipment 129, Pool Chemical 128, and Indoor Pool 124: PVC. D. Underground Drain, Waste, Vent, Rainleader, and Overflow Rainleader Piping: PVC or CPVC. E. Indirect Drain (Condensate) Piping: Copper, PVC, or CPVC. 2.04 CLEANOUTS A. Per Plans. 2.05 VENTS THROUGH ROOF A. Vent Flashings: 1. Dektite flashings (flexible rubber boot flashing)at pipe penetrations through steel or composition roofs. 2. Use 4 pound per square foot seamless lead flashing skirt, minimum of 8 inch extending from pipe, with conical galvanized steel reinforcing boot and counterflashing fitting on built-up roofing. B. Vandal Proof Vent Caps: Coated cast iron, full size of vent pipe, caulked base connection for cast iron pipes, threaded base for steel pipes with recessed set screw. Jay R. Smith Figure 1748. 2.06 FLOOR DRAINS A. Per Plans 2.07 FLOOR SINKS A. Per Plans 2.08 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Pipe Sleeves: Comply with requirements in Section 230510. Use black steel or cast iron pipe for pipe sizes 6 inch diameter and larger. B. Pipe Hangers and Supports: Comply with requirements in Section 232116. 22 1300 -4 Soil, Waste, Vent, and Storm Drain Piping Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 22 1300 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Pipe Escutcheons: Comply with requirements in Section 232116. D. Pipe Wrap: Comply with requirements in Section 232116. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this Section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this Section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non-compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of the A/E at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.04 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install with uniform pitch of at least 1/4 inch per foot for horizontal waste, rainleader, and overflow rainleader piping, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or allowed by the AHJ. 2. Install cast iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook". 3. Pitch vents for proper drainage. Vent piping may be installed horizontal if required to avoid conflict with building elements. 4. Joints and Connections: a. Bell and Spigot: Neoprene compression seals. b. Hubless: Alternately and incrementally tighten clamp bolts to manufacturer's recommended torque value, using single setpoint torque wrench specifically manufactured for this purpose. Do not use screwdrivers or other types of wrenches. Retorque after 24 hours if required by manufacturer's installation instructions. Install with hubless fitting restraints at branch openings and changes in direction per CISPI No. 310 for pipe sizes 5 inch and larger. 5. Copper waste piping for urinals not acceptable. 6. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and other superfluous material as work progresses. 7. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day or whenever work stops. B. Above Ground Piping: 1. Support horizontal piping to maintain alignment, prevent grade reversals, and prevent sagging. 2. Support vertical stacks at each floor with riser clamps. 3. Hub and Spigot Piping: Support at 5 feet maximum centers and within 18 inch of each joint. Minimum 1 hanger or support between any 2 joints and fittings. 4. No-Hub Piping: Provide hangers and supports per applicable plumbing code. 22 1300 - 5 Soil, Waste, Vent, and Storm Drain Piping Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 22 1300 -6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Underground Piping: 1. Perform trenching and backfilling associated with plumbing installation per requirements in Section 230510. 2. Laying of Hub and Spigot and No-Hub Piping: Install in bedding of trench, graded to provide uniform support for pipe, and to permit joining. Install hubs at upgrade end. 3. Install piping in trenches and not supported on foundation footings or concrete walls. 4. At time of Substantial Completion, video record main waste lines. Include copy of video recording (labeled) in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. 3.05 SOLVENT CEMENT JOINTS A. Clean and dry joining surfaces. B. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2855. 3.06 CLEANOUTS A. Install waste, rainleader, and overflow rainleader cleanouts at base of stacks and in accordance with requirements in the applicable plumbing code. Full pipe size, 4 inch maximum. Maximum distance between cleanouts shall be 50 foot interval for piping 4 inch and smaller and 100 foot for piping 6 inch and larger. B. Install floor cleanouts with top cover flush with finished floor surface. C. Install wall cleanouts in restrooms above fixture flood rim level. D. Install wall cleanout at sinks below trap arm connection. E. Demonstrate removal of cleanout covers. 3.07 VENTS THROUGH ROOF A. Locations shown on the Drawings are preliminary. Coordinate final locations with other trades, minimum 10'-0"from outside air intakes. B. Refer to architectural drawings. C. Install vandal proof vent caps on each vent pipe passing through roof. Locate base of cap 6 inch above roof surface or higher where required by the applicable plumbing code. Secure set screw. 3.08 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Install soil and waste piping runouts to plumbing fixtures and drains with approved trap and sizes indicated on the Drawings, but in no case smaller than that required by the applicable plumbing code. B. Locate piping runouts as close as possible to bottom of floor slab supporting fixtures and drains. C. Make gas and watertight. Use 1-piece special molded gaskets for connections between outlet of fixtures and soil pipe flanges. D. Install trap where manufacturer does not include trap built into fixture. Install to be removable for servicing and replacement. E. Coordinate soil, waste, and rainleader piping as necessary to interface with floor drains, floor sinks, and roof drains. 22 1300 - 6 Soil, Waste, Vent, and Storm Drain Piping Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 22 1300 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 F. Install floor drains and floor sinks in accordance with written manufacturer's instructions at low points of surface areas to be drained or as indicated on the Drawings. Set tops of drains flush with finished floor. Coordinate with architectural drawings. Install trap primer fittings below floor drains and floor sinks so that trap primer line is not installed in concrete floor slab. G. Secure roof drain domes to roof drain body with minimum 2 stainless steel screws. H. Install drain flashing collar or flange so that no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes. I. Install condensate drains from cooling coil condensate drains with trap. Terminate with 1 inch air gap over floor drain, floor sink, service sink, outdoors, or as indicated on the Drawings. 3.09 PRESSURE TESTING A. Test drainage piping in accordance with applicable plumbing code. Comply with requirements in Section 221116. Test by air or water for metal piping and by air for ABS piping. For installation where pressure testing was performed on multiple Sections of pipes, retest once all waste and vent piping has been installed. 3.10 PLUMBING SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 230810. 3.11 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this Section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. END OF SECTION 22 1300 22 1300 - 7 Soil, Waste, Vent, and Storm Drain Piping Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 22 3000 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 22 3000 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes water heaters and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condition and Division 01 Sections apply to the Work in this Section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable energy code. 2. Applicable plumbing code pertaining to materials, products, and installation of plumbing equipment. 3. ASME BPVC, Boiler Pressure and Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 01, Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels. 4. ANSI Z21.10.3, Gas Water Heaters, Volume III, Storage Water Heaters With Input Ratings Above 75,000 Btu Per Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous. 5. NSF 61, Drinking Water System Components- Health Effects. 6. NSF 372, Drinking Water Systems Components— Lead Content. C. Domestic Water Systems: Products carrying and dispensing water for consumption through drinking and cooking shall be certified by an independent, ANSI-accredited, third party certification organization to requirements of NSF 61 and NSF 372 for 0.25 percent maximum lead content for wetted component base material. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following. Indicate accessories where required for complete system and installation instructions. 1. Water heaters, propane fired, power vent. 2. Water heaters, electric. 3. Storage tanks. 4. Expansion tanks. 5. Drain pans. 6. Blank copy of start-up test and report form. C. Test Reports: 1. Field start-up and test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of report and include copy in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Water Heaters Components: Non-prorated warranty against failure due to defect in material or workmanship for number of years after Substantial Completion date specified for specific water heaters in this Section. Warranty shall cover material, labor, and travel time. Make available replacement within 48 hours of initial notification. 22 3000 - 1 Plumbing Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 22 3000 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER HEATERS, HEAT PUMP A. General: 1. The heat pump water heater shall be packaged air source equipment, factory assembled, charged, and tested. The heat pump shall be suitable for heating potable water and have the capability of producing no less than 150°F (65°C)water under predetermined source conditions, with heating capacity and C.O.P. as indicated on the application specific documents. 2. Heat Pump water circuit shall be NSF 61 low lead certified by a third-party national testing laboratory for potable water applications. 3. Heat pump unit shall consist of compressor, condenser, evaporator coil, direct drive AC axial fan, hot water circulating pump, piping, and controls. Unit shall be factory assembled, charged, and tested. The heat pump shall contain the following components and features: B. Components: 1. Cabinet and Frame: Cabinet shall be 304L stainless steel (316L optional), designed for outdoor operation. Cabinet Supports, channels and beams shall also be constructed of 304L stainless steel. Unit shall have a large hinged door for servicing. Unit shall have stainless steel drip pan for condensate. 2. Electrical: Panel wiring shall be UL508 Compliant. Control box shall possess a switch to shut off control power. 3. Fan: The fan arrangement shall be draw-through design. Direct-drive AC axial fan with high-performance axial impeller, mounted on an AC motor. Integrated diffuser, corrosion-resistant galvanized sheet steel, coated with black plastic RAL 9005, optimized inlet ring, aerodynamically optimized guard grill in accordance with DIN EN ISO 13857, made of steel, coated with black plastic RAL 9005. Profiled blade geometry with winglets at the blade tips; impeller made of highly corrosion resistant composite material. Motor impeller statically and dynamically balanced on two planes to balancing grade G 6.3 in accordance with DIN ISO 1940. 4. Cold Weather Protection: All water exposed devices shall be factory wrapped with trace tape and plc controlled to provide freeze protection if the PLC is energized during freezing conditions. Cabinet shall be insulated to prevent condensation from forming on exterior surfaces 5. Evaporator Coil: Shall be aluminum microchannel construction. 6. Condenser: 316L Stainless steel, copper brazed plate, vented double wall type. Single wall condenser construction shall not be allowed. UL Listed, NSF 372 compliant, and suitable for up to 450oF (232°C) high temperature operation with potable water. Unit shall be operational pressure rated to no less than 435 PSI (30 Bar), with built in temperature ports for performance monitoring. 7. Refrigerant: Refrigerant shall be R-744. 8. Refrigerant Accessories: a. Filter-Driers: Sweat connection type. b. Sight Glass: Moisture indicating type. C. Suction accumulator. d. Vapor to suction heat exchanger for economized vapor injection. e. Expansion Valves: Electronic expansion valves shall be specifically designed for heat pump use with field adjustable superheat feature and employed with a dedicated programmable, PID equipped microprocessor controller. 22 3000 - 2 Plumbing Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 22 3000 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 f. Compressor: Hermetic vapor injection scroll type by Copeland Corp., suitable for high temperature operation with R-744 refrigerant. Compressor shall have belly band heater to maintain proper oil temperature to avoid wear upon compressor startup. Heat pump shall have double vibration isolation between the compressor and unit frame. Compressor shall possess a mechanical safety to avoid damage when exposed to extraordinary temperatures. g. Water Circulating Pump: Shall be in-line stainless steel body NSF-61 Certified, centrifugal type, able to deliver rated flow against the external head shown on the drawings. C. Controls: 1. The heat pump unit shall have industrial PLC controls with the following features: 2. Call for Heat Logic: Unit shall utilize its own logic without external input to analyze up to 12 factory-provided temperature sensors and run via user-specified temperature setpoints. Unit shall have the ability to trigger on via BMS communications (see communications and UI)or a closed contact set. 3. Constant Leaving Water Temperature Control: Unit shall possess the ability to maintain constant outlet water temperatures via PID control logic, regardless of the inlet water temperature. Setpoint temperature shall be field adjustable. D. Refrigeration Cycle Controls: 1. Unit Protections: Built-in controls shall prevent the following conditions from exceeding boundaries that cause harm or unnecessary wear to physical components: high incoming potable water temperature, compressor short-cycling, high discharge pressure, and low suction pressure. Alarm notifications shall alert user of extraordinary conditions via touch screen user interface. 2. Intelligent Defrost: Unit shall have the ability to selectively defrost when conditions and refrigeration cycle performance dictate that frost has accumulated on the evaporator coi E. Communications and UI: 1. BMS Communication: Unit shall respond and report to external systems through BACnet MSTP, BACnet IP (ethernet), Modbus MSTP, or Modbus IP (ethernet). Unit shall possess the ability to report alarms, water temperatures, and status to external systems. 2. Data Trending: Unit shall trend recent water temperature and refrigeration cycle data for ease of troubleshooting and system performance. Unit shall possess the ability to download trending data to a provided micro-USB drive with no external hardware required. 3. Touch Screen: Unit shall have a touch screen with multi-tiered password protected access. The touch screen shall allow live system monitoring and password protected setpoint modifications. Screen shall possess the capability to automatically upload updates via included micro-USB drive without the requirement of any additional hardware. F. Arrays of Multiple Units: 1. Units shall have the ability to integrate into modular arrays and possess the ability to assume master or slave status within that array. Units shall communicate with each other via ethernet without any external hardware required (ethernet switch is required for arrays of more than 2 units). Master unit shall have the ability to report any unit's status within the array to controlling BMS platforms. 2. Lead/Lag: Units shall possess the ability to communicate in arrays via ethernet. No external control systems shall be required for this communication to take place. Units 22 3000 - 3 Plumbing Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 22 3000 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 shall possess lead/lag capabilities to prevent excess inrush current resulting from multiple units starting simultaneously. 3. Staging: Units shall have the ability to coordinate up to 12 user-defined stages in response to up to 12 tank temperature sensors, delay timers, and user setpoints. 4. Run-hour balancing: While interconnected, master unit shall prioritize specific units to run to balance the run hours of all connected units. G. WATER LIMITATIONS 1. The heat pump has a maximum standard domestic water working pressure of 150 psig. H. Manufacturers: ECO2 Systems or approved. 2.02 WATER HEATERS, ELECTRIC A. Description: Vertical tank type, commercial grade, electric water heater. B. Ratings: UL listed and labeled, certification of compliance with ASHRAE 90.1, ASME labeled, 150 psig working pressure. C. Construction: Glass lined tank, screw in or bolt on immersion elements with incoloy sheathing, replaceable magnesium anode rod, cold water dip tube, round steel enclosure with label, enamel finish, insulation to meet requirements of energy code as adopted by the AHJ. D. Controls: Hinged control compartment with 120 V control transformer and fusing, magnetic contactors, element fusing per NEC, adjustable immersion style operating thermostats, manual reset high limit switch. E. Components: 1. CSA rated temperature and pressure safety relief valve selected to exceed rating of water heater. 2. Drain valve. F. Manufacturers: A.O. Smith DRE Series, Rheem Mfg. Corp., State Water Heaters, Bradford White Corp., PVI Industries, Inc., Lochinvar LLC, or approved. 2.03 EXPANSION TANKS A. Description: Pre-charged tank. Suitable for use in potable and non-potable water systems. B. Ratings: ASME labeled for sizes 1-1/2 cubic feet and larger, 150 psig working pressure. C. Construction: Steel outer shell with butyl diaphragm and polypropylene liner with a silver-ion based antimicrobial compound. D. Manufacturer: AMTROL Therm-X-Trol, Bell & Gossett, Armstrong Fluid Technology, or approved. 2.04 DRAIN PANS A. Description: Galvanized steel sheet metal with raised edge, 16 gage, minimum 4 inch high with all welded joints. Size to accommodate base of water heater. Include 3/4 inch drain outlet connection. 2.05 EXPANSION TANK WALL SUPPORTS A. Description: Galvanized steel sheet metal with fasteners and stainless steel bands for vertical tanks. HOLDRITE®Thermal Expansion Tank Mounting Bracket or approved. 22 3000 -4 Plumbing Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 22 3000 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this Section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this Section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with Division 26 and Section 230900. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF WATER HEATERS A. General: Install within sheet metal drain pan. B. Seismic Restraint: Anchor or strap to wall to resist horizontal displacement due to earthquake motion. Locate straps in accordance with local code requirements. C. Components: Install as indicated on the Drawings. 3.05 START-UP SERVICES A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform start-up services of water heaters and related appurtenances. Services shall include a check of proper installation, system check-out, adjustment, and complete start-up. Start-up by the Contractor not acceptable. 3.06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 230810. 3.07 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this Section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. END OF SECTION 22 3000 22 3000 - 5 Plumbing Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 22 4000 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 22 4000 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes plumbing fixtures and fittings and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other components of each category through one source from a single manufacturer. If fixtures, faucets, or other components are not available from a single manufacturer, obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified for that category. C. Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable plumbing code pertaining to materials, products, and installation of plumbing fixtures. 2. ANSI/SEA Z385.1, American National Standard for Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment. 3. ASSE 1011, Performance Requirements for Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers. 4. ASSE 1016, Performance Requirements for Automatic Compensating Valves for Individual Showers and Tub/Shower Combinations. 5. ASSE 1019, Performance Requirements for Wall Hydrant with Backflow Protection and Freeze Resistance. 6. ASSE 1052, Performance Requirements for Hose Connection Backflow Preventers. 7. ASTMC 1822, Standard Specifications for Insulating Conversion Accessible Lavatory Piping. 8. ICC A117.1, Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 9. NSF 61, Drinking Water System Components— Health Effects. 10. NSF 372, Drinking Water Systems Components—Lead Content. 11. Public Law 102-486, Energy Policy Act. D. Domestic Water Systems: Products carrying and dispensing water for consumption through drinking and cooking shall be certified by an independent, ANSI-accredited, third party certification organization to the requirements of NSF 61 1 nd NSF 372 for 0.25 percent maximum lead content for wetted component base material. E. Combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that are compatible. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following. Indicate accessories where required for complete system. Verify as to the locations of plumbing fixture accessories such as sink bubbler, glass fillers, ADA compliant shower seats, and similar items with architectural drawings before submittals are prepared. 1. Plumbing fixtures and trim. 2. Fixture supports. 3. Wall and floor sealant. 22 4000 - 1 Plumbing Fixtures Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 22 4000 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 4. Blank copy of start-up test and report form. C. Test Reports: 1. Field start-up and test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Accessible Fixture (ADA compliant): Plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by people with disabilities. B. Fittings and Trim: Fittings specified in this Section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, shower heads, drains and tailpieces, and traps and waste pipes. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate rough-in and final plumbing fixture locations, and verify that fixtures can be installed to comply with original design and referenced standards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. See drawings. 2.02 PLUMBING FIXTURE TRIM, GENERAL A. See drawings. 2.03 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. See drawings. 2.04 FIXTURE SUPPORTS A. See drawings. 2.05 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES, SINGLE A. Comply with requirements in Section 221120. 2.06 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES, EMERGENCY FIXTURES A. Comply with requirements in Section 221120. 2.07 WALL AND FLOOR SEALANT A. Manufacturer and Type: Color to match fixture. General Electric No. 1200 Silicone Building Sealant, Dow Corning No. 780 Construction Sealant, or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PRE-INSTALLATION REVIEW A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this Section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. B. Before plumbing fixture installation, review in accordance with manufacturer's rough-in instructions for water, soil, and waste piping systems and supports to verify actual locations and sizes of piping connections and that locations and types of supports match those indicated. Use manufacturer's rough-in data. C. Examine walls, floors, and cabinets for suitable conditions where fixtures will be installed. 22 4000 - 2 Plumbing Fixtures Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 22 4000 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this Section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved by the AHJ. If in non-compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of the A/E at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.04 PLUMBING FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. Assemble fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to manufacturers' written instructions. Refer to architectural drawings for mounting heights. B. Wall-Hung Fixtures: Install with off-floor supports affixed to building substrate, anchored to allow no movement. C. Floor-Mounted Fixtures: 1. Install on closet flanges or other attachments to piping or building substrate. 2. Install back-outlet water closets attached to building floor substrate and wall bracket and onto waste fitting seals. D. Counter Mounted Fixtures: Install and attach to casework. E. Install water supply piping with stop valve on each supply to each fixture to be connected to water distribution piping. Include separate stop valve for fixture accessories such as bubbler. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures. F. For fixtures without integral traps, install trap and waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly connected to sanitary drainage system. G. Install flush valves for accessible water closets and urinals with handle mounted on wide side of compartment. Install other actuators in locations that are easy for people with disabilities to reach. H. Install toilet seats on water closets. I. Install faucet spout fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required. J. Install water supply flow control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at stop valves. K. Install faucet flow control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required. L. Install shower, thermostatic mixing valve as specified in Section 221120, and shower head. M. Install escutcheons at piping wall and ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Comply with requirements in Section 232116. N. Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and counters with wall and floor sealant. 22 4000 - 3 Plumbing Fixtures Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 22 4000 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 O. Trap Insulation for Accessible Fixtures: Install on exposed drainpipes, traps, tailpieces, waste arm, and on exposed hot and cold water piping stops and supplies. Install per manufacturer's recommendations with fasteners located out of sight for clean appearance. 3.05 PLUMBING FIXTURES, FITTINGS, AND TRIM CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in Sections 221116 and 221300. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect hot and cold water and soil, waste, and vent piping to plumbing fixtures. Comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Install supplies, stop valves, pressure reducing valves, and similar devices as required between kitchen plumbing fixtures and rough-in plumbing for a complete installation. Obtain kitchen plumbing fixture rough-in drawings prior to installation. D. Water, Waste, and Vent Connections to Fixtures and Equipment Specified in Other Sections: Connect fixtures and equipment with water supplies, stops, risers, traps, and waste piping specified. Use fittings required to match fixtures and equipment. Connect to plumbing piping. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify that installed fixtures are categories and types specified for locations where installed. B. Check that fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specified components. C. Inspect installed fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. D. Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized for proper operation. Replace malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly. 3.07 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust faucets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning fixtures, fittings, and controls. B. Operate and adjust disposers, insta-hot dispensers, and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning units and controls. C. Adjust water pressure at faucets, shower valves, and flush valves to produce proper flow and stream. D. Adjust shower valve limit stops per manufacturer's installation instructions. Read hot water temperature after adjustment of limit stops to ensure maximum 110 F to 115 F water temperature. E. Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops. F. Test and balance trap primer systems as specified in Section 221116. Arrange piping to achieve equal flow to each floor receptor. 3.08 CLEANING A. Clean fixtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. Perform the following: 1. Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall strainers and spouts. 2. Remove sediment and debris from drains. 3. Remove labels. 3.09 PLUMBING SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 230810. 22 4000 -4 Plumbing Fixtures Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 22 4000 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.10 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this Section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. END OF SECTION 22 4000 22 4000 - 5 Plumbing Fixtures Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0500- 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 23 0500 GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes materials, equipment, labor,supervision,tools and items necessary for the construction, installation, connection, testing, and operation of mechanical work. This section applies to all Divisions 21,22, and 23 sections. B. General Requirements: General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions,and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Perform work in accordance with requirements in the state in which the work is performed. B. Conform to applicable industry standards, such as UL and ETL standards,ANSI standards, and other standards as noted. 1. Notify the A/E of deviations in the Contract Documents to applicable codes and ordinances prior to installation of the Work. Perform changes in the Work after initial installation due to requirements of code enforcing agencies at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. If conflict occurs between legally adopted codes and the Contract Documents, the codes prevail, except that this shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from complying with requirements of the Contract Documents which may exceed code requirements and not contrary to same. 3. Arrange for and pay for required permits,fees, and inspections. 4. Pressure Vessels and Relief Valves: Select, build, install, and label in accordance with state requirements and applicable ASME code. Frame and mount a certificate showing approval under this law adjacent to each pressure vessel and relief valve. Pay costs and fees for certificates, inspections,filing, and labeling. C. National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA): 1. ACR 2005,Assessment, Cleaning, & Restoration of HVAC Systems. 2. Understanding Microbial Contamination in HVAC Systems. 3. Introduction to HVAC System Cleaning Services. 4. NADCA Standard 05, Requirements for the Installation of Service Openings in HVAC Systems. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and with additional requirements indicated in this article. B. Electronic Product Data: 1. Comply with requirements in Section 013300 and additional requirements indicated in this article. 2. Submit each specification division complete at one time with a dedicated submittal number for each section. For example, submit products for Division 21 under one submittal number and products for Division 22 under a different submittal number. Submitting multiple divisions at one time acceptable as long as each section has a dedicated submittal number. Include submittal number and date submitted in file name. 23 0500- 1 General Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0500-2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3. Partial Product Data submittals for a specification section not acceptable and will be returned without review: a. Sections 233100, 233300, and 233400 including products and materials for first submittal and the Shop Drawings for second submittal. b. Sections 230548 and 230550 including products and the Shop Drawings that are contingent upon approval of specified products. c. Sections 211000 including products and materials for first submittal and the Shop Drawings for second submittal. d. Sections 221116 and 232113 including products and materials for first submittal and the Shop Drawings for second submittal. e. Long lead items. f. Site and underground work. 4. Clearly mark catalog pages, equipment, and model number to be used. Indicate associated specification section and paragraph number on each page. Identify required options and accessories. 5. Format: a. Adobe PDF file format. b. Bookmark each submittal to facilitate browsing to each specification paragraph number. C. Include table of contents for each specification section. Include catalog numbers or drawing numbers. d. Include the Contractor and manufacturer's representative contact information for each product. Include job name(or abbreviation of job name),specification number, and contractor submittal number in file name. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit 3D shop drawings for systems specified in Divisions 21, 22, and 23. 2. Submit prior to starting fabrication and installation work. Do not fabricate or install until reviewed by the A/E. Include complete location dimensions, hanger and support sizes and dimensions. 3. Complete drawings in timely manner and coordinate with construction schedule. 4. "Typical"drawings and wiring diagrams not acceptable unless they specifically apply to this project. 5. Show required coordination with work of other trades including electrical conduits, cable trays, structure, lighting fixtures and other items to be installed in ceilings,full height walls, and other items necessary to coordinate installation. 6. Floor plan backgrounds are available in electronic format and shall be requested from the A/E. 7. Direct use of the Drawings as the basis of the Contractor's prepared Shop Drawings not acceptable. 8. HVAC, controls, plumbing, and fire protection subcontractors shall include in their bids attendance at coordination meetings on site to coordinate their work utilizing visual representation of 3D model. 9. Format: a. 3D drawings using industry recognized software for systems and areas of the building. b. Minimum scale 1/4 inch per foot on same size sheets as the Drawings. C. Adobe PDF file format. 23 0500-2 General Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0500-3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 10. Content: a. Fire Protection: Complete fire suppression installation consisting of detailed fire suppression drawings. Comply with requirements in 211000. b. Plumbing: Complete plumbing installation consisting of detailed piping drawings. Show piping, valves,thermal expansion loops, equipment, hangers, seismic bracing,vibration isolation, and other HVAC components included in the Contract Documents. Indicate sizes of piping, installed piping bottom of piping (BOP)above finished floor, equipment dimensions, dimensioned location of equipment and height above finished floor,slope of piping where applicable, and equipment tags. c. Airside HVAC: Complete duct installation consisting of detailed sheet metal drawings. Show ducts, duct fittings,turning vanes, air devices,flexible ducts,volume dampers, motorized dampers, backdraft dampers, hangers, supports, seismic bracing, vibration isolators,equipment and other HVAC components included in the Contract Documents. Indicate sizes of ductwork, installed ductwork bottom of duct(BOD)above finished floor, equipment dimensions, dimensioned location of equipment and height above finished floor, air device tags indicating same information included on the Drawings, and equipment tags. d. HVAC controls: Complete controls installation consisting of detailed controls drawings. D. Approval: Approval of manufacturer's name or Product by the A/E does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply in detail with requirements of the Contract Documents. E. Re-Submittals: Clearly identify re-submittals. Provide revised tabs, indexes, page renumbering, and other formats to interface with original submittal. Identify changes and include date for project tracking. F. Test Reports and Certificates: Submit as package prior to Substantial Completion. G. Testing and Balancing Reports: Submit as indicated in Section 230593. H. Certifications: Submit written certifications from governing building authorities stating that the Work has been inspected and accepted, and complies with applicable codes and ordinances. I. Record Drawings: Comply with Article"Record Drawings"in this section. J. Commissioning: Submit equipment start up and test procedures and preliminary Operations and Maintenance Manuals to the A/E as specified in Section 230820. Submit under separate bound cover. 1.04 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 with additional requirements as indicated in this article. B. Include labor and material costs as follows: 1. Permit, Mobilization, Submittals, and Bond. 2. Trailer, Services, Cranes, and Rentals. 3. Foreman/Non-Labor. 4. Fuel Costs. 5. Project Closeout and System Startup. 6. Punchlist. 7. Record Drawings. 8. Basic Materials and Methods. 9. Electrical Provisions. 10. Mechanical Systems Commissioning. 23 0500-3 General Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0500-4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 11. Systems Training. 12. Systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 13. Fire Suppression Engineering and Shop Drawings. 14. Fire Suppression System, Labor. 15. Fire Suppression System, Material. 16. Testing,Adjusting, and Balancing. 17. Mechanical Insulation, Labor. 18. Mechanical Insulation, Material. 19. Domestic Water, Labor. 20. Domestic Water, Material. 21. Soil,Waste,Vent, and Storm Drain Piping Systems, Labor. 22. Soil,Waste,Vent, and Storm Drain Piping Systems, Material. 23. Plumbing Fixtures, Labor. 24. Plumbing Fixtures, Material. 25. Automatic Temperature Controls(ATC), Labor. 26. Automatic Temperature Controls(ATC), Material. 27. ATC Engineering and Shop Drawings. 28. ATC, Commissioning. 29. ATC, Owner Training. 30. Refrigerant Piping, Labor. 31. Refrigerant Piping, Material. 32. Air Distribution, Labor. 33. Air Distribution, Material. 34. Air Distribution Equipment, Labor. 35. Air Distribution Equipment, Material. 36. Air Devices, Labor. 37. Air Devices, Material. 38. Filters, Labor. 39. Filters, Material. 40. Packaged HVAC Equipment, Labor 41. Packaged HVAC Equipment, Material. 1.05 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS A. Refer to Division 01 sections for definitions and abbreviations. Additional definitions and abbreviations are as follows. B. "Approved"or"Approval"means written approval by the Owner or"Owner's agent"(A/E). C. "Codes"means the AHJ adopted codes, rules, and ordinances and additional codes as specified herein. D. "Concealed and Concealed Work"means Work installed in spaces out of sight. For example, above ceilings, below floors, between double walls,within furred-in areas,within pipe and duct shafts, behind cabinets, and similar locations and spaces not exposed to view. E. The word "Contractor", as used in Divisions 21, 22, and 23 sections, means fire suppression, plumbing, or HVAC subcontractor. F. "Coordination", "Coordinating", and"Coordinate" mean to bring, or bringing, into common action, movement, or combination so as to act together in smooth concerted way. G. "Directed", "Requested", "Accepted", and similar terms mean these terms imply"by the A/E"unless otherwise indicated. 23 0500-4 General Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0500-5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 H. "Exposed"means open to view of occupants in normally occupied areas. Work installed in mechanical, electrical, and equipment rooms is defined as exposed. Likewise,for Work installed within accessible air distribution plenums, pipes installed in tunnels, and pipes installed in a room not covered by other construction. I. "Furnish" means supply and deliver to Project site ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar activities. J. "Indicated"and "Indicated on the Drawings"means shown on the Drawings by notes,graphics or schedules,or written into other portions of the Contract Documents. Terms such as"shown","noted", "scheduled"and"specified" have same meaning as"indicated", and are used to assist reader in locating particular information. K. "Install' means to place in position for service or use. Includes operations at Project site, such as unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, preserving, anchoring, applying,working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning,and similar activities. L. "Mechanical Rooms"mean such spaces as mechanical rooms, accessible mechanical attics, mechanical mezzanines, boiler rooms, and other type of rooms and spaces that house mechanical and plumbing equipment. This definition applies to multiple specification sections and as noted as room names on the Drawings. M. "Provide" means furnish and install for complete,finished, and operable system and ready for intended use. N. "Shop Drawings"means documents which fully detail equipment and intended installation relative to this specific Project. 0. "Substantial Completion"shall mean that entire project(or readily definable portion thereof if so designated in the Contract Documents)is acceptable to code enforcement authorities and to extent required by such authorities, has been inspected and approved by such authorities, and is suitable for occupancy by the Owner or occupant for purpose intended. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01 sections for additional requirements. P. "Work"or"Project"means entire scope of work required by the Contract Documents. Q. Abbreviations: AIE Architect AHJ Authorities Having Jurisdiction AMCA Air Movement and Control Association ANSI American National Standards Institute ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating &Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWS American Welding Society C Degrees Celsius CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CSA Canadian Standards Association ETL Environmental Technology Laboratory F Degrees Fahrenheit FM Factory Mutual FOIC Furnished by Owner Installed by Contractor HVAC Heating,Ventilating, and Air Conditioning IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials IBC International Building Code IFC International Fire Code 23 0500-5 General Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0500-6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 IFGC International Fuel Gas Code IMC International Mechanical Code IPC International Plumbing Code LEED Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design MERV Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. NEC National Electrical Code, NFPA 70(latest adopted edition with Amendments) NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NSPC National Standard Plumbing Code OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PSI Pounds per square inch PSIG Pounds per square inch gage pressure SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc. UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. UPC Uniform Plumbing Code V Volts WOG Water Oil Gas WSP Working Steam Pressure 1.06 MATERIALS A. Where two or more manufacturers are listed, select for use any of those listed. The first mentioned, in general,was used as basis of design. Bids on any manufacturer named acceptable as long as that manufacturer meets every aspect of the Contract Documents. Where several manufacturers are specified by name for one use, select for use any of those specified. Note that equipment layout is based on equipment listed in equipment schedules. B. Ensure that equipment will fit within available space. Where other than basis of design manufacturer is selected for the Project,the Contractor is responsible for verifying equipment will fit within available space and meet manufacturer's and code required clearances. C. Where other than basis of design manufacturer is selected for the Project, include cost of resulting additional work, coordination with other trades, and redesign of associated building services and structure as required to accommodate selected equipment. Include redesign drawings with submitted Shop Drawings. 1.07 STANDARDS OF QUALITY A. Equipment shall be manufacturer's regularly catalogued items and shall be supplied as complete unit in accordance with manufacturer's standard specifications and any optional items required for proper installation for equipment unless otherwise noted. Install equipment and materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and best trade practices. B. Furnish products of single manufacturer for items which are used in quantity. A Product,for purpose of this paragraph, is assembly of components such as fans, air handling units, chillers,valves, and similar items. Materials such as pipe,fittings, pipe and duct insulation, and similar items not requiring maintenance are not included in single manufacturer requirement of this paragraph. C. Products shall be new unless indicated otherwise in the Contract Documents. 1.08 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 with additional requirements indicated in this article. 23 0500-6 General Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0500-7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Substitutions will be considered following bid award only when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C. Where"manufacturer"paragraphs include the words"or approved", prior approval of the proposed substitution is required. The A/E is sole judge of quality of proposed substitution. D. When the A/E approves a substitution request, approval is given with understanding that the Bidder: 1. Has investigated proposed Product and determined that it meets or exceeds quality level of specified Product. 2. Will provide same warranty for substitution as for specified Product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to the Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. E. Whenever a Product is described by detail, specification,trade name, manufacturer's name or catalog reference, use only such Product, unless written approval is given for substitution prior to bid. Submit written requests on substitution request form included in Division 01. Approved substituted manufacturers will be listed by Addendum. F. Provide as specified certain products, materials, and systems where"manufacturer" paragraphs are followed by the words"No substitutions". G. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on the Shop Drawings or product data submittals,without separate written prior approval, or when approval will require revision to the Contract Documents. 1.09 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. General: Mechanical drawings are diagrammatic. Complete details of building features which affect fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC installations may not be shown. For additional details, refer to other Contract Documents. Report any discrepancies to the A/E along with suggested revisions. Obtain written response from the A/E before proceeding with changes. B. Depiction of the Work: The Drawings do not show exact characteristics of the Work, piping and air distributions configurations, or necessary number of fittings and offsets. Base work on actual field measurements and conditions. Provide work required to complete installation. C. Dimensions: Do not scale drawings. Dimensional accuracy is not guaranteed, and field verification of dimensions, locations, and levels to suit field conditions is required. D. Discrepancies: Field verify dimensions and existing conditions prior to performing the Work. Bring to the A/E's attention any discrepancies within the Contract Documents and between the Contract Documents and field conditions. Also,for any design and layout changes required due to specific equipment selection, prior to the Contractor's work(equipment and material purchasing and installation). Any corrective work required by the Contractor after his discovery of such discrepancies, inconsistencies,or ambiguities shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Specifications: These specifications are written in imperative mood and streamlined form. Imperative language is directed to the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. The words"shall be"are included by inference where a colon (:)is used within sentences or phrases. 1.10 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01,with additional requirements indicated in this article. 23 0500-7 General Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0500-8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Prepare Record Drawings. Record Drawings shall be new black line prints(pencil and black pen not acceptable)and shall show measured locations of portions of the Work and changes the Contractor has made. C. Record corrections and changes made during progress of the Work, showing work as actually installed. In general, acceptable tolerance plus or minus V-0"from actual location in horizontal plane. Indicate exact installed invert elevations for underground piping. Neatly hand-draft on daily basis. Keep readily available at project site. Use latest revisions and keep neat and clean. Do not use the Contractor's working drawings. D. Record Drawings are subject to review by the A/E on regular basis throughout construction. At end of construction, check drawings for completeness and accuracy. E. Drawings shall show addendum items, change orders, clarifications, supplemental instructions, and deviations from the Drawings. F. Per project closeout procedures, submit in AutoCAD format along with corrected black line drawings. Each sheet shall be noted as"RECORD DRAWING'. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Divisions 21, 22, and 23 Work with other trades. B. Be aware of restricted space for installation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems. Include offsets and perform rerouting and coordination to fit elements in available space. Include provisions for such requirements in bid. C. Equipment, ductwork, and piping shown are based on existing drawings as available and on limited project site observations to extent possible under current conditions. Field verify existing conditions prior to commencement of Work. Obtain specific locations of structural and architectural features or equipment items from referenced drawings,field measurements, or trade providing material or equipment. D. Coordinate ductwork and piping installations to clear light fixtures and electrical cable trays. Include clearance over light fixtures to allow removal and replacement. Include minimum 6 inch clearance above and to sides of cable trays. Coordinate routing of ductwork and piping with each other and other trades so grade of piping can be accomplished and fit in available space. E. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping installation for piping insulation applications, duct installation for duct insulation applications, and equipment installation for equipment insulation applications. Before preparing piping and duct Shop Drawings,establish and maintain clearance requirements for insulation applications and field-installed insulation jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. F. Ductwork takes precedence over piping for available space and routing. Coordinate installation based on this precedence. G. Do not install ductwork and piping over electrical panels and where clearance is required by code and for maintenance. H. Existing Conditions: 1. General Construction: a. Installation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC work will require openings, removal and replacement of ceilings, sleeves, and restoration of general construction to match existing. Some work occurs in areas not requiring alterations as part of architectural work. Coordinate new openings and restoration work so that there is no additional cost to the Owner. 23 0500-8 General Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0500-9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 b. General construction work shown on architectural drawings may require removal, relocation, and reinstallation of existing fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC work. Since existing conditions cannot be completely detailed on the Drawings, survey site and perform required Work at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Piping: Verify exact location,flow direction and service before making connections to such piping. Remove and provide new piping where existing piping is damaged or broken during construction. 3. This project may require work in presence of asbestos containing material (ACM). Division 23 does not provide for or cover identification, removal, encapsulation, or disposal of such material. If presence of ACM is suspected, notify the general contractor prior to proceeding in vicinity of ACM. I. Be responsible for beam penetrations as they relate to fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC work. Submit sizes and locations to structural engineer for review and determination of structural details. J. Coordinate attachments to structure to verify that attachment points on equipment and structure can accept seismic,weight, and other loads imposed. K. Refer to architectural and structural drawings for location of expansion and seismic joints. Provide flexible loops for piping and flexible connectors for ducts crossing expansion and seismic joints 1.12 WORKMANSHIP A. Work shall be in accordance with best trade practices. Remove substandard workmanship and provide new material at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.13 HVAC SYSTEM USAGE A. The Owner may give permission under the following minimum conditions. Other conditions will be determined by the A/E at time of HVAC system use. 1. No use until sanding and painting is completed. 2. Clean inside surfaces of ductwork and equipment prior to Substantial Completion. Work shall be performed by a certified member of NADCA in accordance with NADCA's Publication ACR 2005. 3. Provide temporary filters and provide permanent filters at Substantial Completion of project. Comply with requirements in Section 234100 for filters during construction. 4. Warranty commences at Substantial Completion regardless as to equipment warranty conditions. 1.14 CERTIFICATION A. By submitting a Bid for fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems,the Contractor and his subcontractors acknowledge and certify the following: 1. That they have carefully examined and fully understand the Drawings and Specifications including but not limited to architectural, site, utility, mechanical, structural, and electrical drawings, and their specifications. In addition,they have determined that the Drawings and Specifications are adequate to complete fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems and that they can provide complete finished and operable system in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. That they have had reasonable opportunity to discover any ambiguities in the Contract Documents and such ambiguities have been brought to attention of the A/E in writing prior to submitting the Bid. 23 0500-9 General Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0500- 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3. That they have reviewed project progress schedule with general contractor,fully understand schedule, and they have verified, prior to submitting a Bid, availability of necessary labor and materials, including supervision and office backup, and can comply with schedule requirements. 4. That there may be changes to scope of work and that they understand that any proposal submitted for performance of additional work shall include costs associated with such change including but not limited to labor, materials, subcontracts, equipment, taxes,fees, schedule impact, loss of efficiency, supervision, overhead, and profit. 5. That the Contract requires them to coordinate their work with that of other trades and that responsibility for coordination includes rerouting, offsets, and similar provisions,to fit the Work and address manufacturer's recommended clearances for service access, maintenance, and replacement of equipment in manner that is compatible with the Work of other trades in same area. 6. That routing of elements of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems shown on the Drawings is schematic only and that offsets and rerouting will be required in installation and that labor and materials for offsets and rerouting have been included for such in their bids. 7. That they have consulted with affected utilities and included in their bids labor and materials to meet requirements which may be imposed by each utility and have included in their bids costs and fees to be paid to such utilities, including temporary services and temporary and permanent connections unless specifically excluded in the Contract Documents. 8. That they understand submittals of material and equipment to the A/E is for the purpose of establishing what they are providing for the Project. Any review undertaken by the A/E does not relieve them of their responsibilities to furnish and install materials and equipment required for the Work in the Project nor does such review relieve them of their responsibilities for coordination with other trades and designers to ensure that such materials and equipment will fit and be suitable for purpose intended. 9. That they agree to receive payment for bid amounts as full compensation for furnishing materials and labor which may be required in prosecution and completion of the Work required under the Contract Documents, and in respects to complete the contract work to satisfaction of the A/E. 10. That they include in their bids costs to furnish bonds as specified in the Contract Documents. 1.15 WARRANTY A. Conform to requirements in General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 01. Where not so prescribed or defined,the period shall be 1 year. Warranty periods within Divisions 21, 22, and 23 shall not commence until Substantial Completion date. Contractor shall extend longer warranties specified in other sections. 1.16 EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(FDIC) A. Material Handling and Delivery: Coordinate delivery of FOIC equipment. Receive, off load,transport, store, hoist, unpack, dispose of packing, same as for other project equipment arriving at job site. Requirements of the Contract Documents apply to FOIC equipment. B. Operations and Maintenance Data: Obtain from the Owner operations and maintenance data for FOIC equipment and incorporate them into the Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 23 0500- 10 General Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0500- 11 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Start-up and Warranty: 1. FOIC equipment suppliers will pass on to the Contractor start-up information, maintenance and parts information, and warranty provisions of their products in accordance with the equipment suppliers contract requirements. Organize and coordinate start-up and warranty requirements for FOIC equipment. 2. Include one year warranty on FOIC equipment starting at Substantial Completion regardless of shorter time limits by FOIC suppliers. 1.17 DEMONSTRATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 with additional requirements indicated in this article. B. Following installation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC work and prior to final acceptance, demonstrate that equipment and systems operate as indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Perform in presence of the A/E and the Owner's representative, unless otherwise directed by the A/E. Give minimum 1 week notice prior to demonstrations. D. Provide instruments and personnel required to conduct demonstrations. 1.18 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Comply with requirements in Divisions 00 and 01. B. Prepare list of items that are not complete prior to asking for the Substantial Completion review by the A/E. C. Review of the Work: The A/E's fee for mechanical work includes 2 final construction observation reviews. First one is the Substantial Completion review of the Work and will be in response to the Contractor's notice of final completion of the Work. If necessary, second one is post-Substantial Completion review of the Work and will occur after notification by the Contractor that deficiencies noted during the Substantial Completion review have been corrected. 1.19 ALTERNATES A. General: See Bid Form and Alternates described in Division 01 for possible effect on work of Divisions 21, 22, and 23. 1.20 COMMISSIONING A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and 230800. B. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representatives shall perform start-up and testing services as specified in Sections 019113 and 230800. C. Submit equipment start-up and test procedures and preliminary Operations and Maintenance Manuals to the A/E as specified in Section 230820. Submit under separate bound cover. PART2-PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3-EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 23 0500 23 0500- 11 General Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0505 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 23 0505 PROJECT CLOSEOUT AND SYSTEM START-UP PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes material and labor required to perform start-up of equipment and systems installed in project, to perform checkout of systems, and to verify completeness of project requirements. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 and Sections 230500, 230510, and 230593 apply to the Work in this section. C. Refer to requirements in Sections 230800 and 230512. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Submit within 6 weeks of award of Contract the following for review and approval by the A/E and Commissioning Authority. 1. Checklist for each piece of scheduled equipment indicating items that will be verified for proper operation and completeness of installation. Include an area for comments and completion date for correction of deficiencies. Use of the equipment manufacturer's standard start-up/checkout form is acceptable. 2. Checklist of controls by system or piece of equipment indicating items that will be checked, sequences that will be checked, and completeness of the installation. Include an area for comments and completion date for correction of deficiencies. 3. Checklists shall have a place at each item for the person doing checkout to initial item indicating task has been completed and date it was completed. 4. Preliminary schedule indicating sequence of events involved with pre-functional check-out, equipment start-up, testing and balancing (TAB), TAB verification, and functional testing. Schedule shall indicate approximate time intervals required for completion of respective tasks. 5. Prepare and submit a list of items that are not complete prior to requesting substantial completion review by the A/E. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Complete the Work described in this section prior to time of Substantial Completion. B. Use pre-functional checklists prepared by Commissioning Authority to verify completeness of system installation and proper system operation. Submit completed checklists for review prior to Substantial Completion. C. Schedule pre-startup coordination meeting with the Architect, the Owner, the Engineer and the Commissioning Authority for the specific purpose of achieving a coordinated systems start-up. 23 0505- 1 Project Closeout and System Start-Up Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0505 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 D. Representatives for the mechanical subcontractor, plumbing subcontractor, sheet metal subcontractor, temperature control subcontractor and TAB subcontractor shall be present at the pre-startup meeting and at the initial startup of each mechanical system. E. Mechanical subcontractor shall bear prime responsibility for startup of heating and cooling and plumbing systems. F. If a piece of equipment is not performing satisfactorily during TAB, TAB subcontractor shall notify the installing subcontractor for corrective action. G. All subcontractors shall comply with the decision of the Construction Manager and the A/E of any conflict of responsibility. H. Include completed checklists in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 3.02 SYSTEM START-UP PROCEDURES A. As a minimum, the items listed in this article shall be completed. Include recommendations by manufacturers of systems and equipment. B. Inspect bearings for cleanliness and alignment and remove foreign materials found. Grease in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Replace bearings that run rough or noisy. C. Adjust tension in V-belt drives, adjust variable-pitch sheaves and drives for required equipment speed. Change belts and sheaves to obtain proper equipment speed, remove any foreign materials from sheaves and belts before starting operations, adjust drives for alignment of sheaves and V-belts. "Required equipment speed" is that speed which produces intended performance. Adjust fans and rotating equipment to maintain operation within the performance curve provided by manufacturer without over speeding equipment or causing excess vibration. D. Adjust direct drives for proper alignment of flexible couplings, lubricate particular couplings, check security of couplings to driver and driven shafts, and set drive components to ensure free rotation with no undesirable stresses on coupling and attached equipment. E. Check pump packing glands and mechanical seals for cleanliness and adjustment before running pump. Inspect shaft sleeves for scoring and proper placement of packing, replace if necessary. Inspect mechanical faces, chambers and seal rings. Replace if necessary. Ensure piping systems are free of dirt and scale before circulating liquid through pumps. F. Tighten flanges and packing glands after systems have been placed in operation. Replace gaskets in flanges that show signs of leakage after tightening. G. Inspect both manual and automatic control valves, clean bonnets and stems, tighten packing glands to ensure no leakage, but permit valve stems to operate properly. If leaking, replace packing in valves to retain maximum adjustment after system is judged complete. Replace packing in any valve that continues to leak after adjustment, remove and repair bonnets that leak, coat packing gland threads and valve stems with surface preparation similar to MolyCote or FelPro after cleaning. H. Inspect and make certain that automatic control valve seats are free from foreign material and are properly positioned for intended service. I. Inspect screwed joints for leakage and remake each joint that appears to be faulty. Do not wait for rust to form. Clean threads on both parts, apply compound and remake joint. J. Clean strainers, dirt pockets, orifices, valve seats and headers in fluid systems after systems have been placed in operation to ensure they are free from foreign materials. K. Adjust pipe hangers and supports for correct pitch and alignment. 23 0505- 2 Project Closeout and System Start-Up Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0505 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 L. Remove rust, scale and foreign materials from equipment and renew any defaced surfaces. If equipment is badly marred, the A/E has authority to require new materials be provided. M. Install clean air filters. Refer to requirements in Section 234100. N. Inspect pressure gages and thermometers for calibration. Remove and provide new for those that are defaced, broken, or read incorrectly. O. Repair damaged insulation. P. After each system has been put into operation, repeat certain checks described in preceding paragraphs. Q. Complete applicable start-up procedures described in preceding articles and paragraphs prior to Substantial Completion. R. Provide adjustment services as necessary to ensure proper functioning of systems after building occupancy and during warranty period. 3.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Include a line item in schedule of values for doing the project closeout and system start-up work. Value shall include the time for preparing initial checklists, for checking out project, and for starting up systems. Value shall accurately reflect amount of time and material Contractor estimates to spend on these tasks. 3.04 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Final acceptance of the Work will not occur until functional testing is complete and outstanding issues resolved. END OF SECTION 23 0505 23 0505- 3 Project Closeout and System Start-Up Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0510 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 23 0510 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes equipment supports, sleeves, identification, appurtenances, and miscellaneous work. This section applies to all Divisions 21, 22, and 23 sections. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. UL Compliance: Where UL fire-resistance rating is indicated for construction penetrated by access units, furnish UL listed and labeled units, except for those units which are smaller than minimum size requiring ratings as recognized by governing authority. C. Codes and Standards: 1. ASME A13.1, Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems for lettering size, colors and installed viewing angles of identification devices unless other requirements are specified. 2. ASTM D 709, Standard Specifications for Laminated Thermosetting Materials. 3. ASTM D 1557, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort(56,000 ft-Ibf/ft3). 4. ASTM D 2321, Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications. 5. ASTM E 84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 6. ASTM E 814, Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems. 7. NFPA 255, Surface Burning Characteristics Building Materials. 8. UL 723, Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 9. UL 1479, Standard for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following: 1. Equipment supports 2. Sleeves 3. Pipe markers and color bands 4. Underground pipe markers 5. Equipment nameplates 6. Valve tags 7. Ceiling access doors 8. Roof penetrations C. Test Reports: As required in specific specification sections. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods to prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. 23 0510 - 1 Basic Materials and Methods Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0510 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Deliver products to site in manufacturer's original containers, complete with labels. C. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. D. Store products subject to damage by weather conditions above ground, under cover in weathertight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions. E. Close open ends of equipment and work with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to prevent entry of foreign material. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be new and of manufacturers specified herein. They shall bear the UL, ETL or CSA labels where possible. 2.02 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Select and size supports, expansion shells and bolts, concrete inserts, and anchor bolts per requirements for seismic restraints specified in Section 230550. Hot dipped or mechanically galvanized where installed outdoors unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. Damaged galvanized surfaces repaired with ZRC Worldwide Galvilite°Galvanizing Repair. B. Expansion Shells and Bolts and Concrete Screws: 1. Manufacturers for Expansion Shells for Rod Hangers: Simpson Strong-Tie°, Hilti, or approved for holes drilled in concrete. 2. Manufacturers for Expansion Bolts for Equipment: Simpson Strong-Tie°, Hilti, or approved for holes drilled in concrete. 3. Manufacturers for Concrete Screws for Equipment: Simpson Strong-Tie°, Hilti, or approved for holes drilled in concrete. C. Concrete Inserts: Comply with requirements in Section 232116. D. Formed Steel Channels: Twelve gage minimum, 1-5/8 inch by 1-5/8 inch minimum cross-section size, epoxy coated. Cooper B-Line Dura-Green TM or Dura-CopperTM, Unistrut, POWER-STRUT°, or approved. E. Rooftop Equipment Supports: Prefabricated, unitized construction, post-base, frame and equipment-support clamps. Integral foam pad on pyramid support base posts to have minimum 12 inch overall height. Top of support pyramid bases shall have adjustable posts for leveling where installed on sloped roofs. Provide with anchor cable bracing accessories for anchoring system to rooftop. nVent Caddy Pyramid Rooftop Systems or approved. F. Anchor Bolts: Include for equipment. Number and size per manufacturer's recommendations or as indicated on the Drawings. G. Supplementary Steel Framing: Standard structural steel shapes or Schedule 40 steel pipe. H. Welding to Building Structural Members: Not acceptable except as indicated on the Drawings. I. Concrete Bases (Housekeeping Pads): Include bases under floor mounted equipment, nominal 3-1/2 inch high. Comply with requirements in Division 03 for concrete. Size bases 4 inch larger than equipment footprint in each direction unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. 2.03 SLEEVES A. Materials, General: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with unthreaded ends, cast iron pipe, or minimum 26 gage galvanized sheet steel. Use steel pipe for sleeves through floor slabs. 23 0510 - 2 Basic Materials and Methods Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0510 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Sleeves in Fire and Smoke Rated Walls and Floors: Same material and thickness as was used when firestopping material was tested in accordance with procedures specified in Division 07. Firestopping will be furnished by a specialty subcontractor. Coordinate with requirements in Division 07. C. Cast-in-Place Watertight Firestop Device in Fire Rated Floors (Contractor Option): Factory assembled device for installation in concrete floors. Assembly in accordance with ASTM E 814 and UL 1479. Device consists of outer sleeve lined with intumescent sleeve, radial extended flange attached to one end of sleeve for fastening to concrete formwork, and waterstop gasket/mid-body seal for embedment and sealing to concrete slab. Nonmetallic sleeve for nonmetallic through-penetrant pipe and metallic sleeve for metallic through-penetrant pipe. Flame spread rating of 0 and smoke developed rating of 5. Presealed Systems, HOLDRITE° HydroFlameTM Sleeving Systems, or approved. D. Below Grade Watertight Wall and Slab On-Grade Floor Penetrations: Manufactured pipe-to-wall penetration closure. GPT Link-Seal° , Advance Products & Systems INNERLYNX°, Metraflex MetraSeals, Flexicraft Industries PipeSeal, or approved. 1. Description: Modular mechanical type assembly consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe and wall opening. Seal constructed to provide electrical isolation between pipe and wall, reducing cathodic reaction. Glass reinforced nylon pressure plates with zinc plated nuts and bolts. 2. Sleeves for New Construction: HDPE thermalplastic with full circle molded in waterstop plate and reinforcing ribs. Length to suit wall thickness. Inside diameter to suit seal requirements. Century-Line° Model CS. 3. Openings for Concrete Wall Construction or slab on grade floor penetrations: Core drill opening, inside diameter to suit seal requirement. 2.04 PIPE MARKERS AND COLOR BANDS A. General: Manufacturer's standard preprinted, flexible or semi-rigid, permanent, color-coded, plastic sheet pipe markers. Comply with ASME A13.1 for label color and lettering size. Color code markers in accordance with Article "Pipe Markers and Color Bands Schedule" in this section. Include flow direction arrows. B. Small Pipes: For external diameters less than 6 inch (including insulation), full band pipe markers. C. Lettering: Indicate piping system using full name or abbreviation as indicated on the Drawings. Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes piping system in each instance acceptable, as selected by the A/E in cases of variance with names indicated on the Drawings. D. Manufacturers: Seton, Brady Corp., Craftmark Pipe Markers, Marking Services Inc., or approved. 2.05 UNDERGROUND PIPE MARKERS A. Manufacturer's standard, permanent, bright-burial service, not less than 6 inch wide by 4 mils thick. Tape color with printing which most accurately indicates type of service of buried pipe. 23 0510 - 3 Basic Materials and Methods Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0510 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.06 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES A. General: Engraved stock melamine plastic laminate. Comply with ASTM D 709. Engraved with engraver's standard letter style of sizes and wording, black with white core (letter color) except as otherwise indicated, punched for mechanical fastening except where adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. Plastic strips with raised letters made by a marking device not acceptable. Include area (room)served on nameplate. Coordinate naming convention with the Owner. Color of nameplates for access doors for fire dampers, smoke dampers, and combination fire/smoke dampers as selected by the AHJ. B. Thickness: 1/16 inch thick for nameplates up to 20 square inch or 8 inch length and 1/8 inch thick for larger nameplates. 2.07 VALVE TAGS A. General: Manufacturer's standard solid plastic valve tags with printed enamel lettering, piping system abbreviation in approximately 3/16 inch high letters, sequenced valve numbers approximately 3/8 inch high, and 5/32 inch hole for fastener. Coordinate naming convention with the Owner. B. Valve Schedule: Typewritten on 8-1/2 by 11 inch bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (or as shown on tag), location of valve (room or space), and variation for identification (if any). Identify valves for emergency shutoff and similar uses in margin of schedule. C. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard solid brass beaded type chain, length as required for proper attachment of tags to valves manufactured specifically for that purpose. D. Valve Schedule Frames: Glazed display frame with screws for removable mounting on masonry walls. Frame finished hardwood or extruded aluminum with SSB-grade sheet glass. Laminated plastic with reinforced mounting holes acceptable. 2.08 CEILING ACCESS DOORS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION, PLUMBING, AND HVAC EQUIPMENT A. General: Universal 1-piece frame, flush type, welded steel ground smooth rounded safety corners, 1-piece spring hinge, slot screwdriver type cam latches, shallow 1-1/4 inch mounting flange. Include cylinder locked units in restrooms and areas accessible by students. Coordinate with general contractor so that lockable access doors are common-keyed for entire project. Where located in a painted surface area, units primed for painting; otherwise, polished chrome or stainless steel units, unless another type of finish is indicated. B. Construction: 1. For sizes 16 inch by 16 inch and smaller: 16 gage panel, 18 gage flange. 2. For sizes 18 inch by 18 inch and larger: 14 gage panel, 16 gage flange. C. Fire Rating: Where building fire-resistance rating is indicated, on the Drawings, doors shall be UL listed and labeled to meet fire rating requirements, except for those doors which are smaller than minimum size requiring fire ratings as recognized by governing authority. D. Access Door Sizes: 1. One-Hand or Inspection Access: 8 inch by 5 inch. 2. Two-Hand Access: 12 inch by 6 inch. 3. Head and Hand Access: 18 inch by 24 inch. 4. Head and Shoulder Access: 24 inch by 24 inch. 5. Body Access: 30 inch by 14 inch. 6. Body plus Ladder Access: 36 inch by 24 inch. E. Manufacturers: Milcor, Elmdor, Acudor Products Inc., or approved. 23 0510 -4 Basic Materials and Methods Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0510 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.09 PERSONNEL PROTECTION A. General: Where support angles, hangers, equipment supports and appurtenances, and similar items are exposed above floors, walkways, and maintenance access ways, cover such protrusions less than 6'-6" above floor with protective padding. B. Protective Padding: Soft elastomeric foam material or equivalent with composite and component ratings per NFPA 255, ASTM E 84, or UL 723. Flame spread 25, smoke developed 50. Comply with requirements in Section 230700 for elastomeric insulation. C. Finish: White field-applied finish of same manufacturer as protective padding. 2.10 PAINTING A. General: Painting of work specified in mechanical sections which is exposed, including exterior exposed mechanical work, is specified in Division 09. 2.11 ROOF PENETRATIONS A. Dektite flashings (flexible rubber boot flashing)at pipe penetrations through steel or composition roofs. B. Use 4 pound per square foot seamless lead flashing skirt, minimum of 8 inch extending from pipe, with conical galvanized steel reinforcing boot and counterflashing fitting on built-up roofing. C. Pipe Curb Assembly: Consist of galvanized steel 12 inch high roof curb with cant strip, integral base plate, 1-1/2 inch thick rigid fiberglass insulation, 2 inch by 2 inch pressure treated wood nailer, acrylic clad thermoplastic cap, fastening screws, graduated rubber boots, quantity to accommodate pipe sizes, and stainless steel clamps. The Pate Company Style PCC Series cap with Style PCA-1 curb or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MEASUREMENTS A. Verify measurements at job site. Locate equipment and fixtures on centers of walls, openings, spaces, and similar locations except where noted otherwise. Check that piping, ducts, and similar elements clear openings. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT A. Equipment Installation: 1. General: Install supports for equipment and appurtenances. 2. Suspended Equipment: a. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed. Fasten inserts securely to forms. Where concrete with compressive strength less than 2500 psi is indicated, install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. b. Install hangers from structure. Comply with requirements in Section 232116 for hanger rod sizes. c. Span between structural members with additional structural steel to mount equipment in locations shown. Do not fasten hangers to metal deck. Powder actuated fasteners not acceptable. 3. Floor-Mounted Equipment, General: a. Install machine and floor or foundation fastenings. Set equipment on concrete pads. For new construction, install anchor bolts through concrete equipment pads to structural concrete slabs. For existing construction, install concrete expansion anchors or concrete screws through concrete equipment pads to existing structural concrete slabs. 23 0510 - 5 Basic Materials and Methods Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0510 -6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 b. Install equipment at locations and to dimensions indicated in the drawings using manufacturer's leveling screws, blocks, shims, or wedges. Do not distort equipment or baseplates. 4. Stands: Fabricate structural steel stands to support equipment not floor mounted or suspended from structure. Fabricate from structural steel members or steel pipe and fittings. 5. Manufacturer-Supplied Bases: Bases may be supplied by the equipment manufacturer if equivalent to base requirements specified above. B. Equipment Seismic Restraints: Comply with requirements in Section 230548. 3.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. General: Include in cost of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC work, cutting, coring, patching, and painting of existing walls, ceilings, and floors as required to accommodate work as indicated in the Contract Documents and specified in Divisions 21, 22, and 23 work, except where specifically shown on architectural drawings. Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching and restore disturbed surfaces to original condition. Material and workmanship for patching shall be as specified in respective sections for general construction. If not specified, patch and paint to match existing surfaces. In addition, comply with requirements in Division 01. B. Coordinate cutting work with other trades to minimize patching work and to protect existing finishes and structure from damage. Trenching shall not exceed 2'-0" in width unless approved by the A/E. Cutting of structural members shall be done with the A/E's approval. C. During demolition efforts, cover duct open-ends and grille openings with taped on plastic sheet to keep construction dust out of the ducted system. Comply with requirements of Section 230520. 3.04 SLEEVES AND SEALING OF SLEEVES A. Install sleeves for pipes and ducts for penetrations through cast-in-place concrete walls and floors, non-rated walls and floors, fire and smoke rated walls and floors, mechanical room walls and floors, and acoustical walls. Seal air and watertight. At Contractor's option, install cast-in-place watertight firestop devices through cast-in-place concrete fire rated floors. B. Dimensions: 1. Annular Clear Space, General: Include annular clear space of approximately 1/4 to 1/2 inch. Size to accommodate insulation passing through sleeve. 2. Annular Clear Space for Sleeves through Fire and Smoke Rated Walls and Floors: Include annular clear space between sleeve and insulated or uninsulated surfaces of pipe, tubing, conduit, and wiring per firestopping manufacturer's installation requirements. Coordinate with requirements in Division 07 and insulation thicknesses specified in Section 230700. 3. Annular Clear Space for Sleeves through Mechanical Room Walls and Floor and Acoustical Walls: Comply with requirements in Section 230548. 4. Cast-in-Place Watertight Firestop Devices: Match uninsulated through penetrant pipe outside diameter size. C. Extension: Wherever piping passes through floor slab above occupied space or equipment, install pipe sleeves extending 1 inch above floor, except where cast-in-place watertight firestop devices are installed. D. Setting: Set sleeves or cast-in-place watertight firestop devices in place prior to pouring of concrete in new construction. Core drill and grout sleeves in place for unit masonry construction. Core drill existing concrete wall and floor construction. 23 0510 - 6 Basic Materials and Methods Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0510 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 E. Sealing of Sleeves: 1. Through Walls and Floors: Fill both ends of sleeve with non-hardening silicone sealer as specified in Division 07. 2. Through Fire and Smoke Rated Walls and Floors: Firestopping will be installed by a specialty subcontractor as specified in Division 07. 3. Through Acoustical Walls: Comply with requirements in Section 230548. F. Sheet Metal Dams: Install 16 gage galvanized sheet metal dams around opening on top of floor for core drilled, saw cut, and formed openings through floor slabs without concrete curbs above occupied or equipment spaces. Solder or weld watertight. Seal and anchor to floor watertight. Install with minimum 1 inch projection above floor with 2 inch wide flange on floor. G. Below Grade Watertight Wall and Slab-On-Grade Floor Penetrations: Install manufactured pipe-to-wall penetration closures where pipes pass through openings for below grade walls or slab on-grade floors. 3.05 FLASHINGS AT ROOF PENETRATIONS AND ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. General: Coordinate flashing for pipes, ducts, and conduits through roof surface and for equipment supports and similar items supported by or attached to roof deck with requirements in Division 07. B. Pipe Curb Assembly: Install per manufacturer's installation instructions. Fill curb with foam insulation. 3.06 ACCESSIBILITY A. General: Locate valves, dampers, controls, and similar components to be readily accessible. Install access doors to achieve accessibility. Access shall include, but not limited to, fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC equipment above inaccessible ceilings and trap primers, valves, and similar items behind walls and above ceilings. Coordinate access door locations with the A/E. B. Equipment: 1. Install equipment which requires periodic servicing or repairs to be readily accessible, except where specifically shown on architectural drawings. Otherwise, obtains A/E approval of location. 2. Piping, ducts, and conduit shall not interfere with required access. 3. Locate fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC equipment above ceilings within 2 feet of access doors. If access to equipment is from bottom of unit, locate access door directly under unit sized large enough to accommodate access to internal components. C. Access Tile Identification: Apply circular dot stickers on ceiling grid frame to indicate location of valves, dampers, controls, and equipment that requires maintenance. Color as selected by the A/E. 3.07 PIPE MARKERS AND COLOR BANDS A. Install identification after completion of covering and painting. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar removable concealment. Install to be visible on sides or bottom of pipe. B. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed in occupied spaces, accessible maintenance spaces, and exterior non-concealed locations. 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch, excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal units. Mark each pipe at branch where there could be question of flow pattern. 23 0510 - 7 Basic Materials and Methods Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0510 - 8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3. Near locations where pipes pass through walls and floors/ceilings or enter non-accessible enclosures. 4. At change in direction of pipe. 5. At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed piping. 6. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 7. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 30 feet along each piping run, except reduce spacing to 15 feet in congested areas of piping and equipment. Stagger alternately on adjacent pipes. 8. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings, except omit intermediately spaced markers. 3.08 UNDERGROUND PIPE MARKER A. During backfilling and placing of topsoil, install continuous marker tape located directly over buried line at 6 to 8 inch below finished grade for each exterior piping system. Where multiple small lines are buried in common trench that do not exceed overall width of 16 inch, install single line marker. For sewer drain fields and similar installations, mark only outer pipe lines of field. 3.09 PERSONNEL PROTECTION A. General: Secure and permanently fasten elastomeric foam material in neat and smooth manner using band straps, clamps, snaps, or similar methods. B. Finish: Apply 1 or 2 coats to result in uniform white color. 3.10 VALVE TAGS A. Install valve tags on valves and control devices in each piping system. Install wherever destination or identity of pipe is not visible from valve. Fasten with chain to valve stem. B. Tags for check valves, valves within factory-fabricated equipment units, plumbing fixture supply stops, hose bibbs, wall hydrants, shutoff valves at HVAC terminal devices and similar rough-in connections of end-use equipment not required. Include tagged valves in valve schedule for each piping system. C. Install valve schedule in mechanical rooms and in custodial rooms or as directed by the A/E. 3.11 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES A. Install nameplates on or near each major item of mechanical equipment and each operational device. Install on accessible sides of equipment for the following general categories of equipment, operational devices, and for equipment scheduled on the Drawings: 1. Outdoor heat pump units (VRV) 2. Pumps 3. Fans 4. Packaged HVAC units (VRV) 5. Tank and pressure vessels 6. Control panels 7. Air handling units 8. Domestic water heaters 9. Fire dampers, smoke dampers, and combination fire/smoke dampers B. Install with self-tapping stainless steel screws or steel rivets, except use of contact-type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate substrate is acceptable. 23 0510 - 8 Basic Materials and Methods Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0510 - 9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.12 EARTHWORK A. Perform earthwork required for installation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC work below grade. Provide earthwork meeting requirements in this article, UPC, and Division 31, whichever is most stringent. B. Locate and protect existing utilities and other underground work in manner which will ensure that no damage or service interruption will result from excavating and backfilling. Perform excavation in a manner which protects walls, footings, and other structural members from being disturbed or damaged in any way. C. Coordinate excavations with weather conditions to minimize possibility of washouts, settlements and other damages and hazards. D. Do not excavate until required materials are on site and the work is ready to proceed without delay so that total time lapse from excavation to completion of backfilling will be minimal. Remove excavated material from jobsite. Reuse of excavated materials from trenches inside existing structures acceptable upon approval by the A/E. E. Excavate trenches of necessary width for proper laying of pipe with banks as nearly vertical as possible from trench bottom to 12 inch above top of pipe and conduit as detailed on the Drawings. Grade trench bottoms to provide uniform undisturbed bedding for each section of pipe. Form holes and depressions for joints after trench bottom has been graded. Provide temporary pumping equipment to keep excavation free from water. Install pipe bedding in rock excavation consisting of not less than 6 inch of sand or equivalent material. For non-metallic sewer and storm drain piping (for example, PVC, CPVC, PP, PE, PVDF, and ABS), comply with ASTM D 2321. F. Store native excavated material (temporarily) near excavation in manner which will not interfere with or damage excavation or other work. G. Provide bracing and shoring as necessary to maintain stability of excavation and to comply with safety codes. H. Provide imported material from off-site for use as the final backfill if excavated material is not approved by the A/E for reuse. I. Backfill trenches only after completion of pressure tests and inspection by the A/E. Install initial backfill material under, around, and between pipe and sides of trench by hand, shovel tamped in place. Cover in 6 inch layers to 12 inch thickness over top of pipe. For final backfill, fill and tamp remainder of backfill material in 6 inch layers. Provide backfill materials as follows: 1. For metallic sewer and water piping, use pea gravel. 2. For gas piping, use sand. 3. For non-metallic piping (for example, PVC, CPVC, PP, PE, PVDF, and ABS), comply with ASTM D 2321. J. Wherever paving or future paving is indicated over backfill and areas where mechanical work is located outside building perimeter, such as for oil interceptors, oil tanks, and grease interceptors, where heavy equipment may impact piping, provide remainder of backfill with granular subgrade backfill material (Butler fill). K. Compacting: 1. Perform compacting individually, for each 6 inch layer(maximum) loose thickness of initial and final backfill. Comply with ASTM D 1557. Where roadway or parking area surfaces will be placed over backfill and to 10 feet beyond building perimeter compacted to 95 percent of maximum density. Elsewhere, 90 percent. Test in accordance with Divisions 01 and 02. 23 0510 - 9 Basic Materials and Methods Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0510- 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Take special care in compacting under services where they enter building to prevent settling. The Contractor fully responsible for damage to piping and property as result of settling around service piping. L. Dispose of surplus earth off-site in a suitable location. M. Place and maintain barricades, construction signs, torches, lanterns and guards as required during periods of open excavation to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage. N. Leave premises thoroughly clean at completion of earthwork. O. Installation of Piping in Backfilled Areas: Wherever piping is to be installed in areas which have been excavated below pipe inverts, for any purpose, install piping to prevent subsequent settlement. Do not install piping until backfill is to full compaction, completed to minimum 18 inch above pipe to be installed. Install piping in re-excavated trenches and backfill as previously specified. P. Where subsidence is measurable or observable at mechanical work excavations during project warranty period, remove surface (pavement, lawn or other finish), add backfill material, compact, and replace surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality and condition of surface or finish to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. 3.13 PAINTING A. Touch-up: Cover scratches, abrasions, and similar damages to equipment with factory finished surfaces using matching factory furnished paint. B. Grilles, Registers and Diffusers: Paint inside surface of ducts, visible through grilles, registers, diffusers, and other openings with 1 coat of flat black paint to a point 2 feet from opening on straight ducts or around bend. Similarly, paint pipes and conduits visible through ceiling relief grilles. 3.14 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURE CONNECTIONS A. General: Install piping, ducts, and make final mechanical connections in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for Owner-furnished equipment and fixtures, and equipment and fixtures specified in Divisions 01 through 14. This applies to work of, but not limited to, Sections 224000, 232113, and 233300. B. Coordination: Perform on-site review and refer to manufacturer's Shop Drawings for details of connections. Perform rough-in at locations to conveniently serve items. 3.15 CLEANING AND HOUSEKEEPING A. General: Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 233400 for air handling equipment. B. Remove debris, cuttings, crates, cartons, and similar items, created by Divisions 21, 22, and 23 Work at regular intervals. Perform at sufficient frequency to eliminate hazard to the public, other trades personnel, building, and the Owner's employees. C. Before Substantial Completion, carefully clean equipment, fixtures, exposed ducts and piping, and similar items. Remove construction labels, dirt, dust, cuttings, paint, plaster, mortar, concrete, and similar items. 3.16 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. 23 0510 - 10 Basic Materials and Methods Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 23 0510 - 11 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.17 PIPE MARKERS AND COLOR BANDS SCHEDULE PIPE SYSTEM COLOR Propane Black Letters on Yellow Domestic Cold Water White Letters on Green Domestic Hot Water White Letters on Green Domestic Hot Water Circulation White Letters on Green Non-Potable Cold Water White Letters on Green Soil, Waste, and Vent Black Letters on Yellow Storm Drain and Rainwater Leader White Letters on Green Condensate Drain Black Letters on Orange Pumped Waste Black Letters on Yellow Fire Suppression White Letters on Red Refrigerant Liquid Black Letters on Yellow Refrigerant Suction Black Letters on Yellow OUTSIDE PIPE MINIMUM LENGTH MINIMUM LETTER DIAMETER (INCLUDING OF LABEL COLOR HEIGHT (INCH) INSULATION) (INCH FIELD INCH 3/4 to 1-1/4 8 1/2 1-1/2 to 2 8 3/4 2-1/2 to 6 12 1-1/4 8 to 10 24 2-1/2 Larger than 10 32 3-1/2 3.18 PAINTING SCHEDULE SHEET METAL SYSTEM COLOR Supply Air Ducts Blue Return and Relief Air Ducts Purple Exhaust Air Ducts Green 23 0510 - 11 Basic Materials and Methods Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 23 0510 - 12 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.19 MINIMUM TRENCH WIDTH FOR NON-METALLIC PIPES PIPE SIZE (INCH) TRENCH WIDTH PER ASTM D 2321 (INCH) 4 21 6 23 NOTE: REFER TO ASTM D 2321, TABLE 6-1 FOR LARGER PIPE SIZES. END OF SECTION 23 0510 23 0510 - 12 Basic Materials and Methods Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0512 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 23 0512 INDOOR AIR QUALITY-HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes flush out (burn-in) utilizing outside air to be completed after Substantial Completion and prior to the Owner occupancy after significant finish materials have been installed. Refer to additional requirements in Section 230800. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Performance Data: Include the following in the written plan: 1. Develop and submit written plan describing how 100 percent outside air flush out will be achieved during construction and after construction. 2. Plan shall describe how 60 F to 65 F building temperature will be maintained, and supporting calculations achieving minimum of 2 building volume air changes per hour. 3. Plan shall also include how occupied area air quality will be maintained, including installation and periodic replacement of special filters and what measures will be taken to disable and protect return air openings during flush out periods. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Prior to installation, inspect ducts for dust and confirm that oil film has been completely removed. Remove any dust, dirt, and remaining oil. B. Prior to system start-up, inspect ducts again for dust and other debris that may have collected during construction. Immediately remove any dust and debris using a HEPA vacuum. C. During construction provide temporary construction ventilation by continuously ventilating affected spaces during installation of materials that emit volatile organic compounds (VOC) and for at least 72 hours after installation. Ventilate longer than 72 hours if necessary to completely remove odors. Exhaust air directly to outside; do no recirculate to other enclosed spaces. If continuous ventilation is not possible using building's HVAC system for temporary ventilation, then ventilate via open windows and temporary fans. D. After construction with new finishes installed, install new filtration media and flush outbuilding continuously, 24 hours per day, using 100 percent outside air for at least 2 weeks after Substantial Completion of construction is achieved and before building is occupied. If the Contractor is required to perform touch-up work during this time, provide temporary construction ventilation during the Work and extend building flush out by minimum of 4 days after touch-up installation. 23 0512 - 1 Indoor Air Quality- HVAC Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0512 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.02 COMMISSIONING COORDINATION A. Building systems commissioning may be performed concurrently with the 14 day flush out period if commissioning is performed during normal work hours not exceeding 8 hours per day. In effect, during each 24 hour period, 8 hours may be devoted to commissioning whereas remaining 16 consecutive hours shall be devoted to building flush out. B. Complete air and water balancing work prior to start of building HVAC commissioning unless otherwise approved in writing by the Owner. 3.03 INSPECTION A. Prior to start of flush out period, notify the Owner and the A/E in writing that building is ready for inspection to verify completion. Allow 3 workdays after receipt of such notice for the Owner and the A/E to perform the inspection. B. Notice shall certify that finishes have been installed; ductwork, plenums and air handling equipment are clean, and free of dust, oil and other contaminants; air and water balancing have been completed; HVAC components have been tested; and start-up process has been completed. C. The Owner will issue written approval to start flush out period within 3 working days after receipt of notice or respond with remedial actions that need to be performed before approval can be issued. 3.04 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR OCCUPIED AREAS A. When the building is partially occupied during construction, whether new or renovated facilities, operate the HVAC system to isolate occupied areas from where construction is occurring. B. Protect existing HVAC outside air intake and return air plenums from pollutant sources created by construction, including equipment exhaust and dust and odor pollution. END OF SECTION 23 0512 23 0512 - 2 Indoor Air Quality- HVAC Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0513 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 23 0513 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL WORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes factory and field installed motors, motor starters, and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. IEEE 112, IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. 2. NEMA MG 1, Motors and Generators. 3. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 4. UL 508A, Standard for Industrial Control Panels. 5. UL 1995, Heating and Cooling Equipment. C. Comply with applicable NEMA standards and refer to NEMA standards for definitions of terminology herein. Comply with NFPA 70 for workmanship and installation requirements and to applicable Division 26 sections. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following: 1. Motor 2. Motor starters 1.04 WARRANTY A. Warrant motors controlled by variable frequency drives (VFDs) specified in Section 230915 for 2 years after Substantial Completion date. Warranty shall cover materials, labor, and travel time. Make available replacement within 48 hours of initial notification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MOTORS A. Motor Characteristics: Except where more stringent requirements are indicated, and except where required item of mechanical equipment cannot be obtained to meet requirements in this article. Comply with the following requirements for motors for mechanical work: 1. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated. 2. Temperature Rating: Rated for 40 C ambient temperature and at 3300 foot elevation with maximum 50 C temperature rise for continuous duty at full load (Class A insulation). 3. Capacity and Torque: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, but without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. 23 0513 - 1 Electrical Provisions for Mechanical Work Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0513 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 4. Phases and Current Characteristics: Squirrel-cage induction polyphase motors for 1/2 hp and larger. Permanent-split capacitor or capacitor-start single-phase motors for 1/3 hp and smaller, except 1/6 hp and smaller may, at equipment manufacturer's option, be split-phase type. Coordinate current characteristics with power specified in Division 26 sections and with individual equipment requirements specified in other Division 22 and 23 sections. 5. Do not purchase motors that are either factory or field installed until power characteristics and rotation direction have been confirmed. 6. Service Factor: 1.15 for polyphase motors and 1.35 for single-phase motors. 7. Motors 2 Hp and Larger: Include factory or field installed shaft grounding ring to prevent damage to motor bearings from induced shaft currents. Electro Static Technology-ITW AEGIS SGRTM, Shaft Grounding Ring or approved. B. Motor Construction: General purpose, continuous duty motors, Design "B", except"C"where required for high starting torque. 1. Frames: NEMA standard. 2. Bearings: Antifriction ball or sleeve bearings with inner and outer shaft seals, greaseable except permanently sealed where motor is normally inaccessible for regular maintenance. Where belt drives and other drives produce lateral or axial thrust in motor, bearings designed to resist thrust loading. Refer to other Division 22 and 23 sections for fractional-hp light-duty motors where sleeve-type bearings are permitted. 3. Enclosure Type: Except as otherwise indicated open dripproof motors for indoor use where satisfactorily housed, and guarded dripproof motors where exposed to contact by employees and building occupants. Totally enclosed fan cooled for outdoor use. Refer to other Division 22 and 23 sections for other enclosure requirements. 4. Overload Protection: Include for each motor. Built-in (manual reset)for 120, 208, and 277 V, single phase motors. 5. Efficiency: Premium efficiency. 6. Power Factor: Minimum 85 percent under full load conditions. Where less than 85 percent, include power factor correction to minimum 90 percent. 7. Electronically Commutated Motors (ECMs): Variable speed DC brushless motor with single phase integrated controller/inverter. Motor designed for synchronous rotation to overcome reverse rotation. Rotor permanent magnetic type with near zero rotor losses. Motor with built-in soft start, soft speed change ramps, and permanently lubricated ball bearings. Include anti-back rotation feature or include motor designed to overcome reverse rotation without effect on motor life expectancy. Include device to limit electric harmonic distortion. General Electric ECMTM or approved. 8. Motors Controlled by VFDs: Inverter duty, Class F temperature rise, Class H insulation, and meeting NEMA MG 1, Part 31. Compatible with VFDs specified in Section 230915 using insulated gate bipolar transistors (IGBTs). a. Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture-resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse-width modulated inverters. b. Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally protected motors. c. Turndown: Capable of turndown ratio of 10 to 1. d. Include factory or field installed shaft grounding ring to prevent damage to motor bearings from VFD induced shaft currents. Electro Static Technology-ITW AEGIS SGRTM Shaft Grounding Ring or approved. 9. Multi-Speed Motors: Two speed, two winding, variable torque, pole-changing type with reduced speed. 23 0513 - 2 Electrical Provisions for Mechanical Work Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0513 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 10. Nameplate: Include, indicating full identification of manufacturer, ratings, characteristics, construction, special features, and similar information as required by NEMA MG 1. C. Manufacturers: Except where item of mechanical equipment(which otherwise complies with requirements in this section) is integrally equipped with motor produced by another manufacturer, include motors by one of the following manufacturers: Baldor Electric Motor Company, General Electric Co., MarathonTm Electric Motors, Reliance Electric Motors, Toshiba International Corp., Siemens Corporation, Emerson Climate Technologies, US Electrical Motors, Gould Electric Motor, Louis Allis, Lincoln Motors, or Magnetek, Inc. 2.02 MOTOR STARTERS A. General: Comply with requirements in Division 26 for factory installed starters. Field installed starters are specified in Division 26 work. 2.03 EQUIPMENT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING A. Mechanical equipment, packaged systems, control panels, motor starters, motor controllers, variable frequency drives and similar equipment shall carry a Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) equal to or greater than available fault current delivered from electrical system. Include visible factory nameplate for such equipment indicating SCCR of equipment in accordance with UL 1995 and UL 508A. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MOTORS A. Where motors are furnished for field mounting, install motors on motor mounting systems in accordance with motor manufacturer's instructions, securely anchored to resist torque, drive thrusts, and other external forces inherent in mechanical work. Secure sheaves and other drive units to motor shafts with keys and Allen set screws, except motors of 1/3 hp and less may be secured with Allen screws on flat surfaces of shaft. Unless otherwise indicated, set motor shafts parallel with machine shafts. 3.02 STARTERS A. Coordinate with Division 26 work to install starters and wiring devices near motors or as indicated on the Drawings. Securely support and anchor in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Locate for proper operational access, including visibility for safety. 3.03 EQUIPMENT AND MOTOR CONNECTIONS A. Install flexible-conduit connection to motor and equipment for packaged and non-packaged equipment that is factory assembled. Comply with applicable provisions of Division 26 sections for wiring materials and wiring services. B. Refer to Division 26 sections for installation requirements. Division 22 and 23 shall provide work not indicated in Division 26 for a complete and operating system. Where a conflict occurs between Division 22 and 23 and Division 26, Division 22 or 23 Contractor shall provide work for a complete and operating system. Refer to schedule included in this section for additional information. 3.04 EQUIPMENT FABRICATION A. Fabricate mechanical equipment for secure mounting of motors and other electrical items including in work. Include permanent alignment of motors with equipment, or adjustable mountings as applicable for belt drives, gear drives, special couplings and similar indirect coupling of equipment. Install safe, secure, durable, and removable guards for motor drives, arranged for lubrication and similar running maintenance without removal of guards. 23 0513 - 3 Electrical Provisions for Mechanical Work Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0513 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.05 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. 3.06 MECHANICAL— ELECTRICAL INTERFACE SCHEDULE A. Establishing the separation of work between trades and subcontractors is not within scope of these Contract Documents. The following schedule is proposed for assistance in bidding only. B. Unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, mechanical equipment and controls are suggested to be furnished, installed, and wired in accordance with the following schedule. Coordinate work with Division 26 sections. ITEM FURNISHED INSTALLED POWER CONTROL BY BY WIRING BY WIRING BY 1. Equipment Motors: M M E M 2. Magnetic Motor Starters and Equipment Connections: a. Automatically Controlled with E E E M or without HOA Switches: b. Manually Controlled: E E E E C. Furnished with Mechanical M M E M Equipment, Factory Mounted: d. Furnished with Mechanical M E E M Equipment, Field Mounted: 3. Disconnect Switches and 120 V E E E Receptacles per IMC and NEC: 4. Manual Motor Starters, Thermal E E E -- Overload Switches: 5. Combination Fire/Smoke Dampers, M M E E Smoke Dampers: 6. Temperature Controls (233400, 238100, 238200): Valve and Damper Actuators, Low Voltage M M M M Electric Thermostats, Switches, other Miscellaneous Controls: 7. Electric Radiant Heating Panels, Baseboard Heaters, Cabinet M M E M Heaters, Unit Heaters: 8. Electric Duct Heating Coils: M M E M 9a. Duct Smoke Detectors: E M E E 9b. Relays and Ancillary Devices Associated with HVAC Unit E E E E Shutdown by Duct Smoke Detectors: 10. Section 230533 Electrical Heat M M E M Trace: 11. Variable Frequency Drives: M M E M 13. Section 232300 &238100 Control M M E M Panels: 23 0513 -4 Electrical Provisions for Mechanical Work Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 23 0513 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 M = Division 22 and 23, Mechanical E = Division 26, Electrical END OF SECTION 23 0513 23 0513 - 5 Electrical Provisions for Mechanical Work Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 23 0533- 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 23 0533 ELECTRICAL HEAT TRACE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes electrical heat trace and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following: 1. Electrical heat trace for insulated pipes. 2. Blank copy of start-up and test report forms. C. Test Reports: 1. Field start-up and test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of report and include copy in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL HEAT TRACE FOR INSULATED PIPES A. General: Self-regulating with two 16 gage tinned copper bus wires imbedded in self-regulating polymer core that varies its power output to respond to temperature along its length, allowing heat tracing to be crossed over itself without overheating. UL listed and labeled. Heater with minimum self-regulation factor of minimum 90 percent. Select for 5 Watts per foot at 50 F with 1 inch thick fiberglass insulation. B. Freeze Protection: Select length of element per foot of pipe and number of valves in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation based on thickness of fiberglass insulation specified in Section 230700, 30 F temperature difference, and 35 F pipe maintenance temperature. C. Pipeline Sensing Thermostat: Include under insulation, set at 35 F to directly control heat tracing system. D. Accessories: Include power connection kit, splice and tee kits, end seals, end cable ties, to suit pipe installation requirements. Include power indicator light. E. Manufacturers: Raychem XL-Trace, Chromalox, Thermon, or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 23 0533- 1 Electrical Heat Trace Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 23 0533-2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with Division 26 and Section 230900. 3.04 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Refer to Division 26 sections for installation requirements. Division 23 shall provide work not indicated in Division 26 for complete and operating system. Where conflict occurs between Division 23 and Division 26, Division 23 contractor shall provide work, including installation by licensed electrician, for complete and operating system. 3.05 ELECTRICAL HEAT TRACE FOR INSULATED PIPES A. General: Install on piping located outdoors and as indicated on the Drawings between pipe and insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions after pipes have been pressure tested. B. Tests: After installation of heat tracing, and before and after installing insulation, test using 2500 V DC megger. Minimum insulation resistance shall be 20 to 1,000 megohms regardless of length. Test both heating cable wires to verify connection of splices and tees. C. Labels: Install "ELECTRICAL HEAT TRACED" labels on outside of jacket at 10 foot intervals. 3.06 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. END OF SECTION 23 0533 23 0533- 2 Electrical Heat Trace Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0548- 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 23 0548 VIBRATION ISOLATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes products to isolate building structure and occupied spaces from vibration transmission for mechanical equipment and distribution systems. Isolation work shall include, but not necessarily be limited to,the following: 1. Supported isolation of motor-driven equipment. 2. Isolation support of air-handling housings. 3. Isolation support of piping, piping risers, and ductwork. 4. Penetration isolation of pipes and ductwork through walls,floors, and ceilings. 5. Flexible connections of ductwork and piping to equipment. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. 1. Codes and Standards: ASTM C 94, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 2. ASTM G 21, Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi. 3. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 4. NFPA 90B, Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems. 5. NFPA 701, Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for the following: 1. Vibration isolation mounts. 2. Bases. 3. Vibration isolation hangers. 4. Miscellaneous supports. 5. Acoustical wrap. 6. Flexible connectors. 7. Miscellaneous products. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Bases and vibration isolation installation, including sizes, type, and placement of isolators. Include total operating weight of each isolated piece of equipment. 2. Shop Drawings shall be stamped and signed by professional engineer licensed in engineering in state in which the Work is performed. 3. Calculations: Sizing and weight distribution for vibration isolators and bases. Calculations shall be stamped and signed by professional structural engineer licensed in engineering in state in which the Work is performed. D. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary motor slide rails, base weights, and equipment static loads. 23 0548- 1 Vibration Isolation Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0548-2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 E. Isolator Schedule List: List size,type, load, and static deflection of each isolator. Number and color code to show its location. Mark code number and color on Shop Drawings, on each isolator, and on each base to ensure that the Contractor will place them in the proper locations. F. Procedures: Submit procedures and installation instructions for setting and adjusting vibration isolators and bases. G. Final Inspection Report: Vibration isolation manufacturer shall prepare and submit written report documenting final inspection and certifying that vibration isolators are properly installed and adjusted. 1.04 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR VIBRATION ISOLATION A. General: A single supplier shall furnish isolation mounts, pads, sway braces, related hardware, and fabricate isolation bases for the Project unless otherwise specified. B. Responsibility: This supplier shall be responsible for selection and installation supervision of vibration isolators. Prepare engineering drawings and details and submit to the A/E. Perform installation supervision and provide adjustment instructions. 1.05 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 232113—Hydronic Piping Systems: Flexible connectors. B. Section 233100—Air Distribution: Flexible connectors. 1.06 VIBRATION ISOLATION, GENERAL A. Description: 1. Balanced set of vibration isolators for each item of equipment listed in Article"Vibration Isolation Schedule" in this section. 2. Vibration isolation of piping and ducts as indicated in the Contract Documents and listed in Article"Vibration Isolation Schedule" in this section. 3. Provide components or materials not specifically mentioned herein, but necessary for proper vibration isolation of equipment. B. Rotating Equipment Criteria: Maximum vibration levels at each bearing, while in operation not to exceed 0.08 inch/sec. If operating vibration velocities exceed this criteria, repair or replace equipment at no expense to the Owner until approval of equipment is given by the A/E. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Manufacturers: Mason Industries, Inc., Amber/Booth, Kinetics Noise Control,Vibration Mountings and Controls, Inc., Vibro-Acoustics°, Korfund Dynamics Corporation, California Dynamics Corp (CalDyn), TOLCOTM, or approved. Mason Industries model numbers are listed. 2.02 VIBRATION ISOLATION MOUNTS A. Spring S-1, Open Spring: 1. Description: Free-standing and laterally stable, complete with 1/4 inch thick neoprene acoustical cup or pad between base plate and support. 2. Construction: a. Leveling bolts rigidly bolted to the base frame with locking cap screws. b. Spring diameter no less than 0.8 of compressed height of spring at rated load, with minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of rated deflection. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries SLF. 23 0548-2 Vibration Isolation Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0548-3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Spring S-2, Housed Seismic Restraint Spring: 1. Description: a. Designed to resiliently resist seismic forces in all directions. b. Snubbing in all directions with adjustment to limit upward, downward, and horizontal travel to maximum of 1/4 inch before contacting snubbers. c. Spring shall have seismic rating certified as an OSHPD Pre-approved Anchorage (OPA) from Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development(OSHPD)for State of California. 2. Construction: a. Leveling bolts rigidly bolted to the equipment with height-saving brackets and 1/4 inch neoprene waffle pad bonded to bottom of baseplate. b. Spring diameter no less than 0.8 of compressed height of spring at rated load, with minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of rated deflection. c. Maximum clearance of 1/4 inch maintained around restraining bolts and between housing and spring to prevent interference with spring action. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries SLR or SLRS Series. C. Neoprene N-1, Neoprene Mount: 1. Description: Captive neoprene mounting within steel housing for minimum static deflection of 0.2 inch in compression. 2. Construction: Captive steel insert embedded in neoprene with load plate to permit bolting to supported equipment. Housing includes base plate with bolt holes. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries BR. 2.03 BASES A. General: Bases for vibration isolated equipment as indicated in the Contract Documents. Bases may be furnished by equipment manufacturer subject to meeting these specifications. Submit calculations verifying factory base stiffness is equivalent to stiffness of base specified in Article"Vibration Isolation Schedule" in this section. B. Base B-1, Supported Integral Structural Steel Frame: 1. Description: Structural steel support members, with welded-on isolator support brackets and pre-located and drilled anchor bolt holes. Coordinate isolator locations for each piece of equipment as required. 2. Construction: a. Structural members of minimum section depth equal to 10 percent of longest span between support isolators and of sizes and shapes required for equipment to be supported. b. Isolator support height saving brackets welded to structural base for lowest possible mounting height of supported equipment. 3. Criteria: a. Rigid, distortion free mounting base for supported equipment, allowing no excessive differential motion between driving or driven equipment components. b. Frame shall allow for minimum operating clearance of 1 inch between structural steel frame and floor or housekeeping pad. 4. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries WF. C. Base B-4, Curb Mounted Isolation Base: 1. Description: Factory fully or partially assembled vibration isolation base mounted over roof curb and under rooftop HVAC unit. 2. Construction: a. Continuous steel frames above and below isolators. 23 0548-3 Vibration Isolation Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0548-4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 b. Springs adjustable, free standing and laterally stable, and include 1/4 inch acoustical neoprene cup and leveling bolts. c. Spring diameters no less than 0.8 of compressed height of spring at rated load,with minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of rated deflection. d. Continuous sheet metal flashing attached to upper frame and separated from lower frame by neoprene weather seal. Flashing includes removable access ports at spring locations. e. Minimum 16 gage sheet metal straps to seismically secure HVAC unit to isolation curb. f. Fabricate curb so that HVAC unit is installed level. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries ISC Series. 2.04 VIBRATION ISOLATION HANGERS A. Hanger H-1, Spring Hanger: 1. Description: Combination of steel spring and fiberglass or neoprene isolator placed in series and encased in welded steel bracket. 2. Criteria: a. Spring diameter no less than 0.8 of compressed height of spring at rated load with minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of rated deflection. b. Select hanger to carry 5 times overload without failure and to allow up to 15 degrees of rod misalignment in all directions without metal-to-metal contact or other short circuit. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries 30N. B. Hanger H-2, Neoprene Hanger: 1. Description: Neoprene-in-shear or fiberglass isolator encased in welded steel bracket. 2. Criteria: Minimum 0.35 inch operating static deflection. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries HD. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORTS A. Type IP-1, Isolation Pad: 1. Description: Neoprene waffle pads,with 2 layers of 3/4 inch thick neoprene separated by 16 gage galvanized sheet metal shim and load distribution plates. Size to limit surface pressure to 45 pounds per square inch. Where bolts are used to secure equipment, isolate bolts from equipment with neoprene washers and grommets. Allow no metal-to-metal contact between bolt and equipment. 2. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries Super W. B. Type WB-1, Neoprene Washers and Bushings: 1. Washer-bushing manufactured of bridge bearing neoprene. 2. Washer-bushing maximum loading not to exceed 1000 psi. 3. Washer-bushing to be used such that direct contact between bolt and equipment is eliminated. 4. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries HG. 2.06 ACOUSTICAL WRAP A. Description: Limp mass barrier material in sheet form for enclosing noise sources. B. Construction: PVC, 1 lb/sq. ft.weight,400 lb/inch tensile strength, 140 lb/inch tear strength. C. Manufacturer and Model: Kinetics Noise Control KNM-100C or approved. 23 0548-4 Vibration Isolation Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0548-5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.07 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. General: 1. Comply with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B. 2. Fabric shall meet NFPA 701 and resist mildew per ASTM G 21. B. Ducts: 1. Indoor Applications: a. Description: Flexible,woven fiberglass with neoprene coating, resistant to alkalies and gasoline and unaffected by mildew, 22 oz. per sq. yd, temperature range from minus 40 F to 200 F. b. Manufacturers: Duro-Dyne Neoprene (Standard Grade), Ventfabrics, Inc., Ductmate Industries, Inc. PROfIexTM' or approved. 2. Outdoor Applications: a. Description: Woven polyester with vinyl coating, non-porous, double layered, R value of 4.2, temperature range from minus 40 F to 180 F. b. Manufacturers: Duro Dyne Insulflee, Ductmate Industries, Inc. PROfIexT"', or approved. C. Piping: 1. Braided Type for Pipe Sizes 2 Inch and Smaller: a. Description: Corrugated stainless steel core covered with high tensile stainless steel woven wire braiding, minimum lateral deflection 1/2 inch. b. Manufacturers: KeflexTM Manufacturing, Microflex, Inc., The Metraflex Company, Mercer Rubber Co., Garlock°,American Boa Inc. 2. Elastomeric Type for Pipe Sizes 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: a. Description: Multiple plies of Kevlar tire cord fabric and peroxide cured EDPM, both molded and cured in hydraulic rubber presses. b. Construction: Two sphere cross-section, no steel wire or rings used as pressure reinforcement,floating steel flanges and solid steel rings within raised rubber flange ends to prevent pullout. Minimum rating 150 psi at 250 F. Connections made with flanged twin-spheres pre-extended as recommended by manufacturer to prevent additional elongation under pressure. c. Control Assemblies: For sizes 8 inch and larger operating at pressures above 100 psi. Assembly with control cables with end fittings isolated from anchoring plates, and 1/2 inch thick neoprene washer bushings designed for maximum of 1,000 psi. Mason Industries ACC. d. Manufacturers: Mason Industries Safeflex Series. 3. Refer to Section 221123 for pump discharge flexible connectors. 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS A. Fiberglass Acoustical Insulation: 1. General: One half inch thick, 3 pounds per cubic foot, density, unfaced fiberglass batts. 2. Manufacturers: Owens Corning, Tremco, or approved. B. Acoustical Collar: Quarter inch thick closed cell foam. C. Resilient Sealant: 1. General: Paintable, non-hardening, non-bleeding, non-drying, resilient calk. 2. Manufacturers and Models: USG Sheetrock°Brand Acoustical Sealant, Pecora Corporation Acoustical Sealant BA-98, Gloucester Corporation Phenoseal Surpass Flexible Sealant(clear color only), or approved. 23 0548-5 Vibration Isolation Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0548-6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.09 THRUST RESTRAINTS A. Description: Spring in series with neoprene pad. Restraint assembly designed to be field adjusted to allow maximum 3/8 inch movement at equipment start and stop. Restraint assembly designed to sustain overload force equal to 5 times design force without failure. Include attachment hardware. B. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries WBI and WBD. 2.10 FACTORY FINISHES A. Apply manufacturer's standard paint to factory-assembled and tested equipment before shipping. 1. Powder coating on springs and housings. 2. Mechanically galvanized hardware. Hot dipped galvanize metal components where installed outdoors. 3. Baked enamel for metal components where installed indoors. 4. Color-code or otherwise mark vibration isolator devices to indicate capacity range. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Description: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION,APPLICATION, ERECTION,AND PERFORMANCE A. Description: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article"Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict,the more stringent requirements govern. B. Assistance: Vibration isolation supplier shall provide assistance to Contractor to ensure correct installation and adjustment of vibration isolators and seismic restraints. C. Prior to Startup: Clean foreign matter between base, isolator, equipment, and mounting surfaces. Verify that there are no rigid connections between equipment and building structure that degrade vibration isolation systems specified in this section. 3.04 EQUIPMENT A. Spring Mounts: 1. Mark vibration isolators to show undeflected height to verify proper isolation after installation. Install isolators for single piece of equipment with approximately equal deflection. Mount equipment level. 2. Coordinate with general contractor and structural engineer to ensure proper mounting attachment points. 3. Install with Type WB-1 isolators. B. Spring Hanger Rods: Align isolator to clear isolator housing. Install housing as close as possible to structure. 23 0548-6 Vibration Isolation Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0548-7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Bases: 1. Install floor-mounted bases with 1 inch clearance between floor or housekeeping pad and base. 2. Install concrete inertia bases with minimum 2 inch clearance between floor or housekeeping pad and base. Fill base with 3000 psi concrete conforming to ASTM C 94. 3. Attach curb mounted isolation base and rigid roof curb to roof structure and attach rooftop HVAC unit to curb in accordance with engineer or specialty consultant's design. 3.05 DUCTWORK A. Penetrations of Mechanical Room Walls and Floors and Acoustical Walls and Ceilings: 1. Install sheet metal sleeves through walls and gypsum wallboard ceilings covering entire inside perimeter of oversized opening unless fire dampers or combination fire/smoke dampers are indicated in the Contract Documents. Size penetration large enough to pack additional fiberglass and acoustical collar between duct or duct insulation and sheet metal sleeve. Trim excess foam and apply continuous bead of resilient sealant around penetration perimeter. 2. Plaster sleeve to the wall, ceiling, and floor to ensure airtight seal. 3. Where ducts penetrate double walls, install separate sleeves cut and fit to each side of wall. Allow no sleeve connection between walls. B. Duct Clearance: Install vibration-isolated ducts to allow minimum 2 inch gap between top of duct and underside of floor structure above. C. Vibration Isolator Housing: Install as close as possible structure. D. Ducts within Shafts: Install without contact with walls. Anchor to building structure at floor only. 3.06 PIPING A. Equipment Supports: Coordinate piping supports with equipment supports to maintain uniformly efficient isolation, expansion and contraction,without creating excessive stresses at equipment connection or in portion of piping. Adjust vibration isolators after piping systems have been filled and equipment is at operating weight. B. Penetrations of Walls and Floors in General: 1. Install resilient sealant in annular space between sleeve and pipe as specified in this section. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 230510 for sleeves through walls and floors. C. Penetrations of Mechanical Room Walls and Floors and Acoustical Walls and Ceilings: 1. Install sheet metal sleeves through walls and gypsum wallboard ceilings covering entire inside perimeter of inch oversized opening. Size penetration large enough to pack additional fiberglass acoustical insulation and acoustical collar between pipe and pipe insulation and sleeve. Trim excess foam and apply continuous bead of resilient sealant around penetration perimeter. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 230510 for sleeves through floors, fire rated walls and floors, and sheet metal dams. 3. Plaster sleeve to wall, ceiling, and floor to ensure airtight seal. 4. Where pipes penetrate double walls, install separate sleeves cut and fit to each side of wall. Allow no sleeve connection between walls.] D. Piping 2 inch and Larger: Isolate within mechanical rooms or for first 50 feet from vibrating equipment, whichever is greater. E. Vibration Isolator Housing: Install as close as possible to structure. F. Risers: Isolate at point of contact with floor structure. 23 0548-7 Vibration Isolation Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0548-8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.07 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATION ISOLATED EQUIPMENT A. Comply with requirements in Section 230513. B. Do not install conduit clamps or hangers between flexible raceway termination and equipment connection. C. Recommended minimum flexible raceway length is 6 feet. 3.08 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. 3.09 VIBRATION ISOLATION SCHEDULE A. Vibration isolator designations are keyed to items specified in this section. STATIC EQUIPMENT ISOLATOR DEFLECTION BASE INCH FANS Air Handling Units with Internal: Type S-2 2.0 Internal by AHU Mfr. Plenum Plug or Scroll by Mfr. Centrifugal Fan Centrifugal Fans, In-Line, Type H-1 1.0 Type B-3 Suspended Fan Powered VRV Units, Type H-1 2.0 Suspended PUMPS Centrifugal, In-Line, Type N-1 0.2 -- Pipe-Mounted Centrifugal, In-Line, Type N-1 0.2 By Pump Mfr. Floor-Mounted CONDENSERS/MINI-SPLIT Type IP-1 -- By Cond Mfr. OUTDOOR UNITS END OF SECTION 23 0548 23 0548-8 Vibration Isolation Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0550 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 230550 SEISMIC CONTROL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes seismic restraints for mechanical equipment and distribution systems B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASCE 7, Minimum Design Loads For Buildings and other Structures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for the following: 1. Seismic restraints 2. Miscellaneous supports C. Shop Drawings: 1. Seismic restraint installations, including calculations. 2. Shop Drawings shall be stamped and signed by a professional engineer licensed in engineering in the state in which the Work is performed. D. Calculations: Sizing and weight distribution for seismic restraints. Calculations shall be stamped and signed by a professional engineer licensed in engineering in the state in which the Work is performed. E. Seismically Certified Equipment: Submit testing installation details. F. Seismic Restraint Details: Detail fabrication and attachment of seismic restraints. Include the following: 1. Anchorage details and indicate quantity, diameter, and depth of penetration of anchors. 2. Overturning force calculations and other design calculations. 3. Seismic brace layouts indicating locations of seismic bracing. 4. Details for seismic restraints and attachment to structure. 5. Additional design information as required by IBC and ASCE 7. G. Procedures: Submit procedures and installation instructions for setting and adjusting seismic restraints. H. Final Inspection Report: Seismic restraint manufacturer shall prepare and submit written report documenting final inspection and certifying that seismic restraints are properly installed and adjusted. 1.04 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. General: A single supplier shall furnish seismic restraints, sway braces, and related hardware for the project unless otherwise specified. 23 0550 - 1 Seismic Control Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0550 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Responsibility: This supplier shall be responsible for selection and installation supervision of seismic restraints. Prepare engineering drawings and details and submit to the A/E. Perform installation supervision and provide adjustment instructions. C. Seismic Restraints: 1. Design and select restraint devices for ducts, pipes, and equipment to meet seismic requirements defined in IBC and ASCE 7. Prepare calculations based on coefficients included on the structural drawings. Refer to the structural drawings for allowable methods and loads. 2. Retain an engineer, specialty consultant, or seismic restraint device manufacturer to design and develop seismic restraint systems and perform calculations based on actual equipment data. 3. Engineer, specialty consultant, or seismic restraint device manufacturer shall coordinate attachments to structure to verify that attachment points on equipment and structure can accept seismic, weight, and other loads imposed. Pay any additional structural engineering services fee. 4. Shop Drawings, details, and calculations shall be stamped and signed by a professional engineer licensed in engineering in the state in which the Work is performed. 1.05 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS, GENERAL A. Description: 1. Seismic restraint of equipment as indicated in the Contract Documents and as listed in Article "Seismic Restraint Schedule" in this section. 2. Seismic restraint of piping and ducts as indicated in the Contract Documents and listed in Article "Seismic Restraint Schedule" in this section. 3. Provide components or materials not specifically mentioned herein, but necessary for proper seismic control of equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Manufacturers: Mason Industries, Inc., Amber/Booth, Kinetics Noise Control, Vibration Mountings and Controls, Vibro-Acoustics°, Korfund Dynamics Corporation, California Dynamics Corp (CalDyn), TOLCOTM, or approved. Mason Industries model numbers are listed. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORTS A. Type WB-1, Neoprene Washers and Bushings: 1. Washer-bushing manufactured of bridge bearing neoprene. 2. Washer-bushing maximum loading not to exceed 1000 psi. 3. Washer-bushing to be used such that direct contact between bolt and equipment is eliminated. 4. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries HG. 2.03 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. General: 1. Restraints capable of safely accepting external forces as defined in IBC and applicable state and local codes without failure to maintain mechanical equipment, piping, and duct in captive position. 2. Seismic devices not to interfere with vibration isolators during normal operation. 3. Seismic mounts shall have State of California OPA number verifying maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. 23 0550 - 2 Seismic Control Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0550 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Seismic Restraint E-1: 1. Description: Interlocking steel members restrained by shock absorbent rubber materials compounded to bridge-bearing specifications. 2. Construction: a. Elastomeric materials replaceable, minimum 1/4 inch thick molded bushing. b. Air gap between hard and resilient material of not less than 1/8 inch, nor more than 1/4 inch. 3. Application: Locate and size snubbers to suit application. Furnish sufficient quantity such that restraint load rating will not be exceeded. Minimum of 4 snubbers required. 4. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries Z-1225. C. Seismic Restraint E-2: 1. Description: Pre-stretched galvanized steel cable assembly with swivel end connections using 2 clamping bolts. Vertical rods at seismic brace locations braced with and rod clamp assembly to accept compressive loads. 2. Application: Cables sized to accommodate loads with minimum safety factor of 2. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries SCB with SSB rod clamp assembly. 2.04 FACTORY FINISHES A. Apply manufacturer's standard paint to factory-assembled and tested equipment before shipping. 1. Mechanically galvanized hardware. Hot dipped galvanize metal components where installed outdoors. 2. Baked enamel for metal components where installed indoors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Description: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. Description: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Assistance: Seismic restraint supplier shall provide assistance to Contractor to ensure correct installation and adjustment of seismic restraints. 3.04 EQUIPMENT, PIPING, AND DUCT SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. General: Comply with requirements in IBC and ASCE 7 unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Coordination: Coordinate with submittals and Shop Drawings of mechanical equipment such as pumps, air handling units, fans, and similar items. Coordinate with general contractor and structural engineer to ensure correct mounting attachment points. 23 0550 - 3 Seismic Control Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 23 0550 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Vibration-Isolated Equipment, Piping, and Ducts: 1. Install seismic restraints with factory set clearances. Install seismic restraint to avoid short circuiting of vibration isolators. 2. Isolate bolts from direct contact with structure with Type WB-1 isolators. 3.05 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. 3.06 SEISMIC RESTRAINT SCHEDULE A. Seismic restraint designations are keyed to items specified in this section. EQUIPMENT SEISMIC RESTRAINT FANS Air Handling Units with Plenum Plug or Scroll Centrifugal Fan, Internal: Housed Seismic Restraint Floor-Mounted, Internally Isolated Spring Type S-2 per Section 230548 Centrifugal Fans, In-Line, Suspended Type E-2 Fan Powered VRV Units, Suspended Type E-2 OUTDOOR HEAT PUMP UINTS VRV Propeller Fan Type Housed Seismic Restraint Spring Type S-2 per Section 230548 CONDENSING UNITS Type E-1 PIPING Suspended Piping Inside Mechanical Rooms, 2 IBC Inch and Smaller Suspended Piping Inside Mechanical Rooms, 2-1/2 IBC Inch and Larger Multiple Suspended Piping Inside Mechanical IBC Rooms Floor-Mounted Piping Inside Mechanical Rooms IBC Suspend Piping Outside of Mechanical Rooms IBC Pipe Risers IBC DUCTS Suspended Ducts Inside Mechanical Rooms IBC Multiple Suspended Ducts Inside Mechanical IBC Rooms Suspended Ducts Outside of Mechanical Rooms IBC Floor-Mounted Ducts Inside Mechanical Rooms IBC END OF SECTION 23 0550 23 0550 -4 Seismic Control Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0593 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 23 0593 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes testing, adjusting, and balancing (TAB)of mechanical systems. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. AABC, National Standards for Total Systems Balance. 2. ASHRAE 111, Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air--Conditioning and Refrigeration Systems. 3. ANSI S12.60: American National Standard Acoustical Performance Criteria, Design Requirements, and Guidelines for Schools, Part 1: Permanent Schools. 4. NEEB, Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems. 5. UL 873, Standard for Temperature— Indicating and Temperature--Regulating Equipment. C. TAB Subcontractor: 1. General: TAB work performed by independent subcontractor, not affiliated with the Contractor. 2. Qualifications: Certified by National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) or Associated Air Balance Council (AABC). 3. Experience: Minimum 5 years on projects of similar scope and complexity. 4. TAB Subcontractors: Air Balance Associates, National Indoor Air Care Corporation, Hardin &Sons, AIRTEST Co. Inc., Tac Systems, United Test and Balance, or Neudorfer Engineers, Inc.. No substitutions. 5. Obtain associated Product Data and Shop Drawings required to determine design--to--actual operating data (coil pressure drops, fan curves and similar data). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Preliminary Data: Submit the following within 30 days after award of contract: 1. Name of TAB subcontractor. 2. Individual qualifications of persons responsible for supervising and performing the work of this project. 3. TAB agenda listing methods and procedures, and including blank forms applicable to this project. Include blank system readiness checklists for air systems, hydronic systems, and controls. Include sample field reports and corrective action log. 4. List of projects completed by TAB subcontractor of similar size, scope and equipment. Include name of the Contractor and the Owner contacts. 5. List of test instruments. 6. System flow diagrams with pertinent data (flow, pressure, velocity design)for each system to be balanced. 7. Proposed final report table of contents. 23 05293 - 1 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0593 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 8. Sample executive summary that will be included in final report. C. Pre--Balance System Check--Out Report: Prior to commencement of TAB work, Contractor shall confirm in writing to TAB subcontractor, with copies of notice to the A/E and the Owner, that equipment and system check--out has been performed as described in Article "Work by Contractor". D. Balancing Report: 1. Provide complete balancing report in accordance with NEBB or AABC requirements, including the following: a. System flow diagrams and floor plans. b. Pump curves. C. Fan curves. d. Manufacturers' start--up and test data. e. Field start--up and test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. f. List of test instruments and dates of last calibrated. g. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include approved Shop Drawings and Product Data. 2. General Report Data: In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, as applicable: a. Title page. b. Name and address of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent. c. Project name. d. Project location. e. Architect's name and address. f. Engineer's name and address. g. Contractor's name and address. h. Report date. i. Signature of testing, adjusting, and balancing supervisor who certifies report. j. Summary of contents, including the following: 1) Design versus final performance. 2) Notable characteristics of systems. 3) Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. k. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. I. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size, and fittings. m. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms, including the following: 1) Settings for outdoor, return, and exhaust air dampers. 2) Conditions of filters. 3) Cooling coil, wet-- and dry--bulb conditions. 4) Fan drive settings, including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. 5) Settings for supply air static pressure controller. 6) Other system operating conditions that affect performance. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Make 3 site visits to assess system readiness prior to start of TAB work. B. Do not proceed with TAB work until work has been completed and is operable. Ensure that there is no latent residual work still to be completed. 23 05293 -2 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0593 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner may occupy completed areas of building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with the Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with the Owner's operations. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Attend and participate in 3 field coordination meetings, contributing air and water balancing requirements to field coordination documents. Arrange with the Contractor to have representatives of mechanical, electrical, sheet metal, and control subcontractors be present at each meeting. B. Coordinate efforts of factory--authorized service representatives for systems and equipment, HVAC controls installers, and other mechanics to operate HVAC systems and equipment to support and assist TAB activities. C. Give 7 days' advance notice to parties needing to be present or to participate with tests and to the A/E for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times. D. Perform TAB work after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. Refer to Section 233100 for allowable duct leakage requirements. 1.06 SEQUENCING/SCHEDULING A. General: Phase in properly with the A/E reviewed/accepted Construction Schedule with respect to flooring work (carpet laying and tiling), ceiling installation, final building cleaning, fire alarm system testing, and similar activities that would affect TAB work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 INSTRUMENTS A. General: Furnish materials and equipment necessary to measure system capacities, electrical voltage and current, fan speeds, static pressures, air velocities, water pressure drops, sound levels and other readings necessary to evaluate system performance and adjust quantities to those indicated. Materials and equipment shall remain in possession of TAB subcontractor after project is completed. B. Instrumentation: Use in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Calibration: At least every 12 months. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Description: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this section. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this section. 3.03 PERFORMANCE A. Description: Perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, more stringent requirements govern. 23 05293 -3 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0593 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.04 SYSTEM READINESS PRIOR TO TAB WORK A. System Performance: The Contractor is responsible for performance of equipment and systems. Do not assume that supplier will ship equipment adjusted to meet project requirements. B. Equipment Operation: 1. Check equipment for proper operation as soon as electrical power is available. Perform adjustments required for proper operation. 2. Report malfunctions to manufacturer and take corrective action immediately to prevent delay of work. 3. Check--out equipment for electrical problems, check rotation of motors, read voltage and current in each leg of each motor, heater, and similar devices, and check readings against nameplate. Lubricate per manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Before testing, adjusting, and balancing commences, operate (test run)equipment for minimum 1 week. 5. Complete pre--functional equipment and systems checklists specified in Section 230800 and submit signed and dated copies to the Owner, the A/E, and TAB subcontractor. C. Air Distribution System Inspection: Check out air distribution system to ensure that fans are connected to ducts, that outlets are connected to branch ducts, and that a volume damper exists for each air device (supply, return, and exhaust) and is in the wide--open position. Verify installation and function of branch volume dampers. D. Controls Operation: Check out and calibrate control components under equipment and system operation service. These components include, but are not limited to, thermostats and temperature sensors to ensure they are connected to appropriate devices, respond to temperature changes, and perform correct action compatible with controlled devices. E. Strainers and Filters: After equipment and system check--out work has been completed, and prior to commencement of TAB work, perform the following: 1. Clean strainers in hydronic systems. 2. Remove air filters in air distribution equipment and systems and install new filters as specified in Section 234100. F. Access: Provide scaffolds, staging, and accessories required to allow TAB subcontractor to gain access to equipment, dampers, valves, and other devices located beyond range of 6 foot stepladder. G. Fan Adjustment and Drive Changes: Perform necessary drive changes as directed by TAB subcontractor, including furnishing required sheaves and belts. Coordinate with Sections 233400, 235500, and 238100. H. Instrument Test Holes: Install at locations as directed by TAB subcontractor. Refer to Section 233100. I. Cleaning: Clean equipment and devices after check--out and test run period prior to TAB work. 3.05 WORK BY TAB SUBCONTRACTOR A. General: Adjust quantities to within percent of design values as follows: 1. Supply air outlets and fans 0 to plus 10 percent 2. Return and exhaust fans 0 to plus 10 percent 3. Return and exhaust air inlets 0 to minus 10 percent 4. Heating and cooling flows 0 to minus 10 percent 23 05293 -4 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0593 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. For rooms and air devices that are identified to maintain negative pressure relationships to adjacent rooms, adjust air quantities to within the percent of design values as follows but no less than the air quantities per WAC 246-320-525 requirements: 1. Supply air outlets 0 to minus 10 percent 2. Return and exhaust air inlets 0 to minus 10 percent C. Systems: Include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Supply air systems. 2. Return air systems. 3. Exhaust air systems. 4. Ventilation systems. 5. VRV systems. 6. Auxiliary heating and cooling systems. 7. Domestic hot water circulating systems. D. Existing Air Handling Systems: Perform TAB for those portions of existing air handling systems that are modified as part of this project. TAB work shall include same activities as for new systems. E. Readings: 1. General: Take readings including, but not limited to, the following: a. Air Quantities: 1) Supply, return, exhaust, and outdoor air at each terminal. 2) Perform duct transverse at branch mains conveying minimum 2000 cfm and for system total air. b. Air Temperatures: 1) Outdoor air at equipment. 2) Return air at equipment. 3) Supply air leaving equipment. 4) Mixture of outdoor and return air before entering cooling and heating coils and other heat transfer equipment. c. Air Handling Equipment: 1) Fan RPM 2) System static pressure and fan suction and discharge pressures. 3) Clean filter pressure drop. 4) Heating and cooling coil air pressure drop. 5) Sheave make, sizes, and shaft size. 6) Number of belts, make, and size. d. Electrical: 1) Measured voltage and amps on each phase of each motor(for example, pumps and fans)while equipment is under maximum normal load. 2) The nameplate voltage and current for each motor. 2. Compare pressure drop readings to manufacturers' rating sheets to determine actual flow through equipment. 3. Explain readings out of range. F. System Difficulties: Obtain readings on each unit or piece of equipment as early as possible such that discrepancies can be resolved before anticipated close of job. G. Fan Adjustment and Drive Changes: 1. Inform the Contractor as to which sheaves and belts need to be changed. Take final readings and make required sheave adjustments. 23 05293 -5 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0593 -6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Verify that fans with electronically commutated motors (ECMs) have been adjusted at the equipment factory as required by Section 233300. Make further adjustments to achieve design air flow. H. Outdoor Air/Economizer Cycles: 1. After supply air outlets and return air inlets are in balance and air quantities correct, adjust outdoor air damper to minimum air quantity indicated on the Drawings for each system. If not indicated, contact A/E for minimum outdoor air quantities. 2. Adjust using temperature averaging method when outside air temperature is 15 F higher or lower than return air temperature. 3. If economizer control is specified, check for setting of controls and for operation of dampers (outdoor air, return air, and relief). Adjust return/relief system to result in a slight positive pressure in building (0.03 to 0.05 inch w.g.)with exhaust fans in operation. Indicate which mode air handling system was in when outlets were balanced (minimum and 100 percent outdoor air modes). 4. Prepare outdoor air summary sheet indicating minimum outdoor air quantity for each system as designed and as tested. Include percent of minimum outdoor air. I. Inspection and Recheck: 1. Upon request, recheck random selections of up to 10 percent of readings recorded in Balancing Report in presence of the Owner's representative. 2. Balancing Report will be rejected if more than 20 percent of rechecked readings deviate more than 10 percent of recorded readings in report. In this event, perform complete rebalancing of system. J. Marking of Adjustments: 1. After final inspection and recheck, permanently mark dampers, valves, and other adjustment devices to allow adjustment to be restored if disturbed in the future. 2. If recheck requires re--balancing, eradicate previous markings and re--mark. 3. Set and lock valve memory stops. K. Final Field Activities: Prior to final acceptance, perform the following: 1. Leave systems in proper working operation. 2. Reinstall belt guards. 3. Close access doors. 4. Reinstall covers on electrical J--boxes and switch boxes. 5. Restore thermostat settings to original settings. 6. Reinstall insulation overflow meters, balancing valves, and pumps. 7. Patch holes in insulation, ductwork and equipment housing, which have been cut or drilled for TAB work in manner recommended by insulation subcontractor. 8. Adjust vanes on adjustable grilles and diffusers and modular type diffusers to eliminate drafts and to prevent stratification for air circulation acceptable to the A/E. 9. Reinstall ceiling tiles. 3.06 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing TAB work, perform additional testing and balancing to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. B. Seasonal Periods: If initial testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures were not performed during near--peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional inspections, testing, and adjusting during near--peak summer and winter conditions. 23 05293 -6 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0593 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.07 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this Section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor and TAB subcontractor have specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. B. Submit preliminary report of balance data to the Commissioning Authority and the A/E. This documentation shall be requirement for final functional performance testing. C. Participate in selected (maximum of 6)commissioning meetings for coordination and support of commissioning process. END OF SECTION 23 0593 23 05293 -7 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0700 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 23 0700 MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes insulation for plumbing and HVAC piping, ductwork, and equipment. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. 2021 WSEC. 2. ASHRAE 90.1, Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings. 3. ASTM C 533, Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation. 4. ASTM C 534, Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form. 5. ASTM C 547, Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation. 6. ASTM C 552, Standard Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation. 7. ASTM C 553, Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications. 8. ASTM C 1136, Standard Specification for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation. 9. ASTM C 1139, Standard Specification for Fibrous Glass Thermal Insulation and Sound Absorbing Blanket and Board for Military Applications. 10. ASTM C 1290, Standard Specification for Flexible Fibrous Glass Blanket Insulation Used to Externally Insulate HVAC Ducts. 11. ASTM C 1729, Standard Specification for Aluminum Jacketing for Insulation. 12. ASTM C 1767, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Jacketing for Insulation. 13. ASTM D 1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Components. 14. ASTM D 5590, Standard Test Methods for Determining the Resistance of Paint Films and Related Coatings to Fungal Defacement by Accelerated Four-Week Agar Plate Assay. 15. ASTM E 84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 16. ASTM E 96, Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 17. ASTM E 814, Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems. 18. ASTM F 1249, Standard Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission Rate Through Plastic Film and Sheeting Using a Modulated Infrared Sensor. 19. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 20. National Commercial & Industrial Insulation Standards (NCIIS) 21. UL 723, Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. Insulation Subcontractor's Qualifications: Specialty contractor normally engaged using products from manufacturers specified in this section. 23 0700- 1 Mechanical Insulation Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0700 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 D. GREENGUARD Environmental Institute TM Certification: Include for pipe insulation and duct wrap and rigid board duct insulation. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation data, and certifications for the following: 1. Piping system insulation 2. Duct system insulation 3. Equipment insulation 4. Inserts 5. Insulation shields 6. Jacketing 1.04 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS A. Definitions: 1. "Exposed" and "Concealed"are defined in Section 230500. 2. "Cold Plumbing Piping" includes the following down to 0 F: a. Domestic cold water. b. Laboratory cold water. c. Non-potable cold water. d. Horizontal rainleaders and overflow rainleaders. e. Indirect condensate drain. 3. "Cold HVAC Piping" includes the following: a. Refrigerant suction. b. Refrigerant liquid. 4. "Hot Plumbing Piping" includes the following: a. Hot water and hot water circulating (all temperatures). 5. "Hot HVAC Piping" includes the following up to 850 F: a. Refrigerant discharge (hot gas). 6. "Conditioned Air Duct" is duct for air that is heated, cooled, or humidified, and includes supply, return, and outdoor air intake and combustion air ducts. 7. "Duct Not Within Conditioned Space" is duct for air that is located outside the building envelope or in unconditioned space. 8. "Duct Within Conditioned Space" is duct for air that is located inside the building envelope including outdoor air duct and relief duct on the building side of motor operated and backdraft dampers. 9. "Duct Within Conditioned Space Functioning as part of Building Envelope" is duct for air that is located in the building but on the outdoor side of motor operated and backdraft dampers. 10. "Equipment" includes the following: a. Cold Equipment: 1) Expansion tanks. 2) Pipe unions. 3) Strainers. 4) Expansion joints. 5) Roof drain and overflow roof drain bodies. 6) Heat exchangers. 23 0700-2 Mechanical Insulation Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0700 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 b. Hot Equipment: 1) Domestic water heaters (electric and electric heat pump). 2) Domestic water storage tanks. 3) 4) Expansion tanks. 5) Pipe unions. 6) Strainers. 7) Expansion joints. 11. "Piping" includes pipe, fittings, valves, and appurtenances. B. Abbreviations: 1. ASJ: All-service jacket. 2. FSK: Foil-scrim-kraft jacket. 3. PCF: Pound per cubic foot density. 4. Perm: Water vapor transmission rate (permeability). 5. SSL: Self-sealing lap. 1.05 SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS A. Provide composite or component ratings per ASTM E 84 and UL 723 with flame spread rating not greater than 25 and smoke developed rating not greater than 50. B. Composite includes insulation,jacketing, and adhesive used to secure jacketing or facing. C. Components include PVC jacketing and fittings, adhesive, coating, mastic, cement, tape, and cloth. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Fiberglass Pipe Insulation: ASTM C 547, Type 1. Include factory applied ASJ/SSL. K-value not greater than 0.23 at 75 F mean temperature. B. Fiberglass Pipe Fitting Insulation: Thermal blanket, ASTM C 553, Type I or II. K-value not greater than 0.26 at 75 F mean temperature. C. EDPM Elastomeric Pipe Insulation: ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials, Grade 1. K-value not greater than 0.27 at 75 F mean temperature. Water vapor transmission not greater than 0.05. D. Calcium Silicate Pipe Insulation: ASTM C 533, Type 1. Include factory stucco embossed jacket. K-value not greater than 0.68 at 700 F mean temperature. 14.5 PCF. E. Cellular Glass Pipe Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type II. K-value not greater than 0.29 at 75 F mean temperature. 7.5 PCF. F. Fiberglass Duct Insulation: ASTM C 553, Type I, II, or III, ASTM C 1290, ASTM C 1139, Type III (faced), ASTM E 84, and ASTM C 1136, Type II for FSK jacket. 0.75 PCF for duct wrap and 3 PCF for concealed and 6 PCF for exposed rigid board. G. EDPM Elastomeric Duct Insulation: ASTM C 534, Type II for sheet materials, Grade 1. K-value not greater than 0.245 at 75 F mean temperature. Water vapor transmission not greater than 0.03. H. Staples, Bands, and Wires: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. 23 0700- 3 Mechanical Insulation Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0700 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 I. Adhesives, Sealants, Coatings, Mastics, and Protective Finishes: 1. Joint Sealants for Below-Ambient Cellular Glass Insulation: Childers CP-70 Chil-Joint°and CP-76 Chil-Byl°, Foster°30-45TM N Foamseal°and 95-50Tm Flextra°, Pittsburgh Corning Corporation Pittseal°444N or approved. 2. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: Childers CP-76 Chil-Byl°, Fostere95-44TM Elastolar°, Pittsburgh Corning Corporation Pittseal°444N or approved. 3. Vapor Barrier Coatings: Water based suitable for indoor use on below-ambient services. Childers CP-34, or Vimasco Corporation 749 or approved. Water vapor permeance per ASTM F 1249, 0.08 perms or less at 45 mil dry. White color. Foster°30-65TM Vapor-FasTM WB or approved. 4. Weather Barrier Breather Mastic: Water based suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above-ambient services. Water vapor permeance: ASTM F 1249, 1.8 perms at 0.0625 inch dry film thickness. White color. Childers CP-10 Ak-CryITm and CP-11 Ak-CryITM, Foster°46-50TM Weatherite, Vimasco WC-1 and WC-5, or approved. 5. Elastomeric Insulation Coating: Water based polyacrylate copolymer emulsion finish. Armaflex WB, K-Flex°374, Aeroflex USA, Inc, AerocoatTM, or approved. 6. Elastomeric Insulation Adhesive: Foster®85-75TmDrion®, Armacell®520, Aeroflex USA, Inc. Aeroseal,TM or approved. 7. Lagging Adhesive: For indoor applications, use lagging adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). Childers CP-50A HV2 Chil-Seal, Foster°30-36TM Sealfas°,Vimasco Corporation 713 and 714 or approved. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Fiberglass Pipe and Duct Insulation: CertainTeed, Knauf Insulation Earthwoole, 10000, Manson Insulation ALLEY-KTM, Johns Manville, Owens-Corning, or approved. B. EPDM Elastomeric Pipe and Duct Insulation: Aeroflex USA Inc., Aerocel-SSPT(Stay-Seal°with Protape°and Cel-Link II°), K-Flex°USA, Armacell°, or approved. C. Calcium Silicate Insulation: Industrial Insulation Group, LLC Thermo-12 Gold°. D. Cellular Glass Insulation: Pittsburg Corning Foamglas°or approved. E. Adhesives, Sealants, Coatings, Mastics, and Protective Finishes: Foster, Childers, Pittsburgh Corning, Vimasco, Armacell°, K-Flex°, Aeroflex USA, Inc., or approved. F. Fire Resistive Wrap: 3MTM Fire Barrier Wrap 615+, Morgan Advanced Materials FireMaster® Blankets, or approved. 2.03 PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION A. Insulation materials and thicknesses shall meet or exceed insulation requirements of applicable energy code. Where insulation thickness indicated on the Drawings or specified in this section is thicker than that listed in applicable energy code, use thicker values. Refer to Article"Extent of Piping Insulation" in this section. B. Insulate cold plumbing and cold HVAC piping with fiberglass or elastomeric insulation including polyethylene (PEX-a)and polypropylene (PP)tubing. C. Insulate cold plumbing and cold HVAC piping at wall supports with elastomeric, same thickness as adjacent fiberglass or elastomeric pipe insulation. Aerofix-UTM Insulating Pipe Hanger Support or approved. At Contractor's option, insulated pipe hangers specified in Section 232116 acceptable. D. Include factory applied ASJ/SSL on fiberglass or elastomeric pipe insulation. For below ambient piping, seal seams with vapor barrier coating. 23 0700-4 Mechanical Insulation Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0700 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 E. Fittings, Flanges: 1. General: Thickness equal to adjacent pipe insulation. 2. Indoor: Preformed fiberglass or elastomeric insulation, mitered sections of pipe insulation, or fiberglass or elastomeric insulation blanket. For below ambient piping, coat insulated elbows and fittings with vapor barrier coating and reinforcing mesh. Finish with one-piece premolded PVC fitting covers. 3. Outdoor Jacketing: Preformed fiberglass or elastomeric insulation, mitered sections of pipe insulation, or contoured fiberglass or elastomeric insulation inserts. On below ambient piping, coat insulated elbows and fittings with vapor barrier coating and reinforcing mesh. Finish with preformed outdoor grade ultraviolet-resistant PVC jacket identical in composition to adjacent jacketing. F. Adhesives, Mastics, and Cements: Compatible with piping insulation. 2.04 DUCT SYSTEM INSULATION A. Insulation materials and thicknesses shall meet or exceed insulation requirements of the applicable energy code. Where insulation thickness specified is larger than those listed in the applicable energy code, use the larger values. Refer to Article "Extent of Duct Insulation" in this section. B. Duct Wrap: Flexible fiberglass duct wrap or elastomeric insulation with factory applied FSK facing (vapor barrier)consisting of aluminum foil reinforced with fiberglass scrim laminated meeting ASTM E 84 and UL 723. Finish duct insulation seams with tape and vapor barrier coating. C. Rigid Board: ASJ, R-value not less than 4.2. D. Adhesives, Mastics, Coatings, Sealants, and Cements: As specified in Article"Materials" in this section. Compatible with duct and plenum insulation. 2.05 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Insulate equipment with fiberglass, 2 inch thick. Fiberglass board, maximum 0.02 perm vapor transmission rate. K-value not greater than 0.23 at 75 F mean temperature. 1. Exposed: a. 6 PCF, ASJ or FSK facing. b. 6 PCF,ASJ, glass cloth and mastic finish with corner beads. 2. Concealed and Exposed Irregular Surfaces: a. 3 PCF,ASJ or FSK facing. b. 3 PCF,ASJ, glass cloth and mastic finish with corner beads. 2.06 INSERTS BETWEEN PIPES AND PIPE HANGERS A. Material: Hydrous calcium silicate insulation or other heavy density insulating material for hot plumbing and hot HVAC piping, minimum 12 inch long inserts, thickness equal to adjoining insulation. Insulating material suitable for required temperature range. For cold plumbing and cold HVAC piping, use Aerofix-UTM Insulating Pipe Hanger Support or approved. At Contractor's option, insulated pipe hangers specified in Section 232116 acceptable. 2.07 INSULATION SHIELDS A. Material: Minimum 12 inch long, galvanized steel, 18 gage for pipe sizes 4 inch and smaller and 14 gage for pipe sizes 6 inch and larger. Anvil International, Fee& Mason, Elcen, or approved. 23 0700- 5 Mechanical Insulation Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0700 -6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.08 JACKETING A. Metal: 0.016 inch thick aluminum per ASTM C 1729 or 0.10 inch thick Type 316 stainless steel per ASTM C 1767. Include moisture barrier on inner surface. B. Standard Duty Factory Assembly: At Contractor option for metal jacket described above, multi ply, 7 mil thick, flexible, self-adhering assembly as a protective jacket, vapor barrier and weatherproof membrane with acrylic adhesive on inside surface and natural aluminum stucco embossed texture exterior finish. Jacket material with 0.000 water vapor permeance rating per ASTM E 96 Procedure B, and UV resistant. VentureClad Type 1577 CW Foster Vapor-FasTA4 62-05 or approved. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION,APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article"Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, manufacturer's installation instructions and directions, and requirements described in NCIIS. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 TIME OF APPLICATION A. General: Apply insulation only after piping and ducts have been pressure tested and certified by the A/E as ready for insulation. If insulation is applied prior to pressure testing, necessary removals, repairs, and modifications to insulation due to leaks that may occur shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Follow with regard to ambient temperature requirements and special techniques. 3.05 EXTENT OF INSULATION A. Insulate piping, conditioned air ductwork, and equipment, except as indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Do not Insulate the Following: 1. Piping: a. Trap primer piping downstream of trap primers except where buried. b. Temperature/pressure test ports (Pete's Plugs). c. Tempered water except for systems 100 F and above. d. Vertical rainleaders and overflow rainleaders, except for that vertical portion between roof drain bodies and horizontal rainleaders and overflow rainleaders. 2. Ducts: a. Transfer, exhaust, and relief ducts except as specified in this section. b. Return ducts in suspended ceiling spaces located within building insulation envelope. c. Return ducts exposed in conditioned space. 23 0700-6 Mechanical Insulation Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0700 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 d. Factory-insulated flexible ducts. e. Supply ducts exposed within a space that serves that space only. f. Duct flexible connections. 3. Equipment: a. Items with factory-applied insulation meeting the requirements of this section. b. Nameplates and ASME labels. C. Ducts Specified to Have Soundlining and Factory Soundlined Ducts: Refer to Section 233100. Need not be insulated unless additional insulation is required to meet thickness requirements of this section. 3.06 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Apply in a workmanlike manner by skilled workmen regularly engaged in this type of work. B. Apply to clean and dry surfaces. C. On cold piping and duct surfaces, apply with continuous, unbroken vapor barrier. Vapor seal seams with vapor barrier coating. Insulate and seal supports, anchors, and other projections and penetrations that are secured to cold surfaces with vapor barrier coating. Apply vapor stops or vapor dams at butt joints at every fourth pipe section joint and at each fitting. D. Extend surface finishes to protect raw edges, ends, and surfaces of insulation. E. Install piping and duct insulation continuous through walls, ceilings, and floor openings and sleeves, except where firestop materials are required. F. Install with joints tightly butted or adhered per manufacturer's requirements. G. Install insulation to allow access to equipment for inspection and repairs. H. Bevel and seal insulation around equipment nameplates and ASME labels. I. Do not allow fiberglass insulation to get wet or absorb moisture. Remove and dispose of wetted and moist fiberglass insulation and replace with new, dry material. Drying out wetted fiberglass insulation not acceptable. 3.07 PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION A. PVC Covers for Fittings and Valves: Seal circumferential edges by 2 inch minimum overlap onto adjacent pipe insulation using PVC tape or ASJ/SSL butt strip material. B. Glass Fabric and Vapor Barrier Finish for Below Ambient, Insulated Fittings and Valves: Lap 2 inch onto adjacent pipe insulation. C. Cold Piping: 1. Secure fiberglass or elastomeric insulation ends with SSL butt strips, minimum 3 inch wide. Vapor seal ASJ seams with vapor barrier coating. Adhere elastomeric butt joints per manufacturer's requirements. 2. Secure joints and exposed ends at fittings, valves, and equipment with vapor barrier coating. Ensure that vapor barrier for insulation system is continuous from piping to exterior of system to prevent moisture migration into insulation envelope. 3. Vapor seal joint connections to insulated pipe hangers specified in Section 232116. 4. Install insulation on waste conveying condensate pipes which receive condensate from ice machines, condensate drain pans, and similar applications from floor drains, floor sinks, floor receptors, and roof receptors. Insulate from underside of drain to a point 5 feet downstream of trap or to connection to another waste pipe. 23 0700- 7 Mechanical Insulation Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0700 -8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 D. Hot Piping: 1. Secure fiberglass or elastomeric ends with ASJ/SSL butt strips, minimum 3 inch wide. Secure ASJ laps and butt strips with suitable lap adhesive. 2. Secure PVC covers with tacks, PVC tape, or solvent type PVC adhesive. 3.08 DUCT SYSTEM INSULATION A. Cut insulation slightly longer than circumference of duct to insure full thickness at corners. Apply insulation with edges tightly stitched with staples. Tape stitched seam with 3 inch wide pressure sensitive aluminum foil or FSK tape or seal joints with 2 coats of vapor barrier mastic reinforced with one layer of open weave glass fabric. B. Secure insulation to bottom of rectangular and square ducts 18 inch and wider with welded pins and speed clips on 18 inch centers. Cut off protruding ends of the pins flush after speed clips have been installed. Seal vapor barrier facing where pins have pierced through with tape of same material by applying vapor barrier adhesive to both surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. C. Install fiberglass duct wrap with maximum 25 percent compression. D. Insulate exhaust ducts from exterior louver, roof cap, or similar termination, to a point 10'-0" into building or to backdraft or motor operated damper, whichever distance is less. Remaining exhaust ducts uninsulated. E. Seal other joints and penetrations of vapor barrier facing with 3 inch wide pressure sensitive aluminum foil or FSK tape and vapor barrier coating. Seal cuts and tears with strips of aluminum foil or FSK tape and apply vapor barrier coating. F. Outdoor Exposed Conditioned Air Ducts: 1. Apply weather barrier breather mastic and glass cloth per manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Locate joints and longitudinal seams of metal jacketing to shed water, minimum 3 inch overlap, weather sealed. Install straps over 2 inch wide butt strips on maximum 18 inch centers. G. Where louvers are blanked off, insulate blank off as specified for outside air ducts. H. Rectangular transfer ducts will be fabricated with 1 layer of soundlining as specified in Section 233100. 3.09 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. General: 1. Form or fabricate insulation to fit equipment. Groove or score as required to closely conform to round surfaces. Bevel edges and tightly butt and stagger joints. 2. Apply smooth coat of insulating cement over irregular surfaces. 3. Install removable insulation on heads of heat exchangers and other equipment requiring access for maintenance, repair, and cleaning. Fabricate removable section joints using a male-female shiplap type joint. Finish entire surface of removable section as specified in this section. B. Indoor to 450 F: 1. Secure with adhesive, fasteners, or bands. Locate fasteners maximum 3 inch from edges and spaced maximum 12 inch on center. 2. Overlap vapor barriers minimum of 2 inch at seams and seal with pressure sensitive tape or weather barrier breather mastic. 3. Cover penetrations, facing damage, and mechanical fasteners with minimum 2 inch overlap of tape or weather barrier breather mastic. 23 0700-8 Mechanical Insulation Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0700 -9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 4. When glass cloth and mastic is used, stretch glass cloth snugly to form smooth finished surface. 3.10 EXTENT OF EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Insulate the following cold plumbing and cold HVAC equipment: 1. Roof drain and overflow roof drain bodies. 2. Pipe unions. 3. Strainers. 4. Expansion joints. 5. Valves. 6. Flanged joints. 7. Water meters. B. Insulate the following hot plumbing and hot HVAC equipment: 1. Pipe unions. 2. Strainers. 3. Expansion joints. 4. Valves. 3.11 JACKETING, FIELD APPLIED A. Jacketing Application: Install over insulation in the following locations: 1. Exposed piping and ducts in finished spaces and normally occupied areas. Locate jacket seams in least visible locations. 2. Below 6 feet above finished floor in mechanical rooms. 3. Piping and ducts located outdoors. 4. Over calcium silicate insulation. B. Metal: 1. Provide 2 inch minimum overlap joints to hold insulation and jacketing in place. 2. Seal joints with metal jacketing sealant continuously along longitudinal seams, applied to shed water. 3. Seal circumferential joints with metal jacketing sealant. Overlap adjacent jacketing minimum 2 inch. Secure jacketing and butt strips with 1/2 inch bands and seals. 4. Install longitudinal seams for pipes to be out-of-sight where pipes are exposed. 3.12 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. 23 0700-9 Mechanical Insulation Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 0700- 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.13 EXTENT OF PIPE INSULATION A. Insulate pi ing in the Contract Documents per the table provided on the Drawings. Refrigerant 3/4 Inch 1 Inch Thick 3 Suction and All Locations Elastomeric and Smaller Liquid Lines 1 Inch and 2 Inch Thick 3 Larger Notes: Including polyethylene and polypropylene tubing. Include multi-ply laminate jacket. Include factory applied weatherable jacket or manufacturer recommended coating. 3.14 EXTENT OF DUCT INSULATION A. Insulate ductwork in the Contract Documents per the table provided on the Drawings. B. Ducts Specified to Have Soundlining and Factory Soundlined Ducts: Refer to Section 233100. Need not be insulated unless additional insulation is required to meet thickness requirements of this section. END OF SECTION 23 0700 23 0700- 10 Mechanical Insulation Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0800 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 23 0800 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes Division 21, 22, and 23 responsibilities and participation in commissioning process to demonstrate compliance of mechanical systems in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01, and Sections 230505, 230593, 230810, and 230820 apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: Applicable energy code. 1.03 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES FOR COMMISSIONING A. General: 1. Commissioning is the responsibility of Division 21, 22, and 23 subcontractors, their subcontractors, and their equipment suppliers. 2. Division 21, 22, and 23 subcontractors are responsible to support the building commissioning process for systems, led by a certified commissioning professional as defined by the current WSEC, and shall be completed for the applicable mechanical, refrigeration, service water heating, and energy metering. 3. Division 21, 22, and 23 subcontractors are responsible to provide support required for start-up, testing, and commissioning. 4. Commissioning process requires that portions of the Work have been completed in a satisfactory and fully operational manner. 5. Include commissioning status during construction phase to monitor progress. B. Basic Commissioning: 1. Where the certified commissioning professional is an employee of one of the registered design professionals of record or an employee or subcontractor of the project contractor, an In-House Commissioning Disclosure and Conflict Management Plan shall be submitted with the commissioning plan. 2. Within 20 days after contract award to the Contractor, prepare preliminary schedule and Commissioning Plan for pipe and duct system testing, flushing and cleaning, equipment start-up, and testing, adjusting and balancing for verification by the A/E. Include the names, statement of qualifications, roles and responsibilities of each member of the commissioning team for each phase of the commissioning activity. Include schedule in master project construction schedule and update schedule as appropriate. 3. Division 21, 22, and 23 subcontractors are responsible to provide support required for start-up, testing, and commissioning. 4. Give minimum 48 hours prior notice to the A/E when pipe and duct system testing, flushing, cleaning, startup of each piece of equipment and testing, adjusting, and balancing will occur. Be responsible to notify the Commissioning Authority and the A/E when commissioning activities not yet performed or not yet scheduled will delay construction. Be proactive in seeing that commissioning processes are executed and that the A/E has obtained scheduling information needed to efficiently execute commissioning. 23 0800 - 1 Mechanical Systems Commissioning Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0800 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 5. Schedule start-up and testing of equipment and systems. 6. Assist in testing, adjusting, and balancing. Allow sufficient time before commissioning commences so that testing, adjusting, and balancing can be accomplished and deficiencies corrected. 7. Operate equipment and systems for commissioning tests. 8. Assign qualified personnel for participation in commissioning functional performance tests, including seasonal testing required after initial commissioning. 9. Complete pre-functional test checklists included in Appendix A at end of this section and submit to the A/E to assure that equipment and systems are fully operational and ready for functional testing. 10. Assist in functional performance testing to verify equipment and system performance. 11. Furnish equipment, materials, and labor necessary to correct deficiencies found during commissioning process which fulfill contract and warranty requirements. 12. Prepare preliminary commissioning report for review and approval by the A/E. 13. Prepare operations and maintenance information and Record Drawings. Comply with requirements in Section 230820. 14. Assist in developing system operation descriptions. 15. Schedule and arrange for training for systems specified. 16. Coordinate with equipment manufacturers to determine specific requirements to maintain warranties. 17. Correct deficiencies and submit signed documentation demonstrating to the A/E that deficiencies have been corrected. 18. Prepare final commissioning report for review and approval by the A/E. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Commissioning Plan: Commissioning Plan shall be developed by a registered design professional or approved agency and shall include the following items: 1. Narrative description of activities that will be accomplished during each phase of commissioning, including personnel intended to accomplish each activity. 2. Roles and responsibilities of commissioning team members. 3. Schedule of activities including systems testing and balancing, pre-functional testing, functional testing, and supporting documentation. 4. List of specific equipment, appliances, and systems to be tested and description of tests to be performed. 5. Functions to be tested. 6. Conditions under which tests will be performed. 7. Measureable criteria for performance. C. Preliminary Commissioning Report: Preliminary report of commissioning test procedures and results shall be completed and certified by a registered design professional or approved agency and provided to the Owner and the A/E. Report shall be identified as "Preliminary Commissioning Report" and shall identify: 1. Itemization of deficiencies found during testing required by this section that have not been corrected at time of report preparation. 2. Deferred tests that cannot be performed at time of report preparation because of climatic conditions. Include anticipated date of completion. 3. Climatic conditions required for performance of deferred tests. 4. Record of progress and completion of operator training. 23 0800 - 2 Mechanical Systems Commissioning Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0800 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 5. The code official shall be permitted to require a copy of the preliminary commissioning report be available for review by the code official. D. Final Commissioning Report: Report of test procedures and results identified as "Final Commissioning Report" shall be completed and certified by a registered design professional or approved agency and shall be delivered to the Owner and the A/E and shall include: 1. Results of functional performance tests. 2. Disposition of deficiencies found during testing, including details of corrective measures used or proposed. 3. Functional performance test procedures used during the commissioning process including measurable criteria for test acceptance, provided herein for repeatability. 4. Exception: Deferred tests which cannot be performed at time of report preparation due to climatic conditions. 5. Copies of all documentation shall be made available to the code official upon request. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TEST EQUIPMENT A. Description: Test equipment as necessary for start-up and testing of mechanical equipment. B. Proprietary Test Equipment: 1. For products in which proprietary test equipment is needed for functional performance testing, product manufacturer shall furnish test equipment, demonstrate its use to the A/E. Proprietary test equipment shall become property of the Owner upon completion of commissioning. 2. Identify proprietary test equipment required in test procedures submittals. Include separate list of equipment to be included in Operations and Maintenance Manuals. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 WORK PRIOR TO COMMISSIONING A. Description: 1. Complete all phases of the Work so various systems can be started, tested, adjusted, balanced, and otherwise commissioned. Submit written notification to the Owner's Representative and the A/E that the systems have been calibrated, tested, are operating properly, and are ready for commissioning at least 14 days prior to scheduled commissioning. 2. Division 21, 22, and 23 subcontractors have primary start-up responsibilities with obligations to complete systems, including sub-systems, so they are fully functional. This includes complete installation of equipment, materials, pipe, duct, wire, insulation, controls, and similar items per the Contract Documents and related directives, clarifications, and change orders. B. Scheduling: Commissioning is intended to begin upon completion of a system. Commissioning may proceed prior to completion of systems and sub-systems subject to coordination with the A/E. Start of commissioning before system completion will not relieve subcontractor from completing those systems per construction schedule. 3.02 PARTICIPATION IN COMMISSIONING A. Description: 1. Start up and test of systems by skilled technicians. Make these same technicians available to assist in completing commissioning program as it relates to each system and their technical specialty. 23 0800 - 3 Mechanical Systems Commissioning Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0800 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Coordinate work schedules, time required for testing, and similar conditions with the A/E. Ensure that qualified technicians are available and present during agreed upon schedules and for sufficient duration to complete necessary tests, adjustments, and problem resolutions. B. System Problems and Discrepancies: These may require additional technician time, additional A/E time for redesign, and reconstruction of systems and system components. Make additional technician time available for subsequent commissioning periods until required system performance is obtained. C. Qualifications of Technicians: The A/E has right to judge appropriateness and qualifications of technicians relative to each item of equipment or system. Qualifications of technicians include expert knowledge relative to specific equipment involved, adequate documentation and tools to service/commission equipment, and attitude and willingness to work with the A/E to get the Work done. D. Functional Performance Testing: Functional performance testing specified in applicable energy code shall be conducted. Written procedures which clearly describe individual systematic test procedures, excepted systems' response or acceptance criteria for each procedure, actual response or findings, and any pertinent discussion shall be followed. At minimum, testing shall affirm operation during actual or simulated winter and summer design conditions and during full outside air conditions. 1. Equipment: Equipment functional performance testing shall demonstrate installation and operation of components, systems, and system-to-system interfacing relationships in accordance with the Contract Documents such that operation, function, and maintenance serviceability for each commissioned systems is confirmed. Testing shall include modes and sequence of operation, including under full-load, part-load and the following emergency conditions: a. Modes as described in sequence of operation. b. Redundant or automatic back-up mode. c. Performance of alarms. d. Mode of operation upon loss of power and restoration of power. 2. Controls: Test HVAC control systems to document that control devices, components, equipment, and systems are calibrated, adjusted, and operate in accordance with the Contract Documents. Sequences of operation shall be functionally tested to document they operate in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Economizers: Air economizers shall undergo functional tests to determine that they operate in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.03 WORK TO RESOLVE DEFICIENCIES A. Description: 1. In some systems, misadjustments, misapplied equipment, and deficient performance under varying loads will result in additional work being required to commission systems. Complete the Work under direction of the A/E with input from appropriate subcontractor and equipment supplier. 2. Whereas all members will have input and opportunity to discuss the Work and resolve problems, the A/E will have final authority on necessary work to be done to achieve performance. B. Timing: 1. Complete corrective work to permit completion of commissioning process. 23 0800 -4 Mechanical Systems Commissioning Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0800 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Experimentation to achieve system performance permitted. However, if the A/E deems experimentation work is ineffective or untimely as it relates to commissioning process, the A/E will notify the Owner indicating nature of problem, expected steps to be taken, and provide deadline for completion of activities. 3. If deadlines pass without resolution of the problems, the Owner reserves right to obtain supplementary services and equipment to resolve problems. Costs incurred to solve problems in an expeditious manner will be subcontractor's responsibility. 3.04 ADDITIONAL COMMISSIONING A. Additional commissioning activities may be required after system adjustments, replacements, and similar activities are completed. Division 21, 22, and 23 subcontractors and suppliers shall include reasonable reserve to complete this Work as part of their standard contractual obligations. 3.05 DEFERRED TESTS FOR SEASONAL COMMISSIONING AND OCCUPANCY VARIATIONS A. Description: 1. Seasonal commissioning pertains to testing under full load conditions during peak heating and peak cooling seasons, as well as under part load conditions in non-peak seasons. 2. Perform initial commissioning as soon as contract work is completed regardless of season. Subsequent commissioning may be undertaken any time thereafter to ascertain adequate performance during different seasons. 3. Occupancy tests are tests that require full load conditions associated with normal occupancy and use of the Work. Occupancy tests may need to be deferred until such time as specified load conditions exist after occupancy. B. Peak Seasons: 1. Test and commission equipment and systems in peak season to observe full load performance. 2. Test heating equipment during winter design extremes. 3. Test cooling equipment during summer design extremes with building fully occupied and operating. 4. Division 21, 22, and 23 subcontractors are responsible to participate in initial and alternate peak season test of systems required to demonstrate performance to the A/E with minimum 3 day advance notification. C. Non-Peak Seasons: 1. Subsequent commissioning may be required under conditions of minimum and maximum occupancy or use. 2. Equipment and systems affected by occupancy variations may be tested and commissioned at minimum loads to observe system performance. 3. Division 21, 22, and 23 subcontractors are responsible to participate in occupancy sensitive testing of systems to provide verification of adequate performance. 3.06 HVAC SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 230810. 1. Participate in training of the Owner's engineering and maintenance staff on each system and related components as required in Divisions 01, 21, 22, and 23 sections. 2. Conduct training in classroom setting with system and component documentation and suitable classroom training aids. 3. Conduct field training as necessary to facilitate instruction on specific equipment and systems. 23 0800 - 5 Mechanical Systems Commissioning Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0800 -6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.07 SYSTEMS DOCUMENTATION A. Drawings: Maintain as-built red-lines as required in Division 01 and Section 230500. Given size and complexity of project, red-line drawings prepared at completion of construction based on memory of construction personnel not acceptable. Continuous and regular red-lining of drawings to indicate actual constructed conditions is considered essential and mandatory. B. Operations and Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements in Section 230820. Submit one copy of equipment technical literature, operation and maintenance literature, and shop drawings to the A/E as soon as they are available. This requirement is for review of documents prior to distribution of multiple copies for the Owner's final use. C. Division 21, 22, and 23 subcontractors shall prepare applicable portions of Washington State Energy Code Commissioning Compliance Checklist to comply with requirements of WSEC commissioning requirements. END OF SECTION 23 0800 23 0800 - 6 Mechanical Systems Commissioning Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0810 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 23 0810 SYSTEMS TRAINING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes training the Owner's personnel in operation, maintenance, and management of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. Fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems training shall be both classroom and field sessions to introduce operation, maintenance and management personnel to Operations and Maintenance Manuals, drawings, and other documents and aids available to operate and maintain equipment. Training shall occur following installation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC work and prior to final acceptance. Commence instruction periods with approved Operations and Maintenance Manuals. B. Factory trained specialists in area of major equipment and system shall present sessions on their specific equipment and system. For control systems specified in Section 230900, representative shall be the technician who performed testing and adjustment. C. Conduct extensive hands-on training during fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems preliminary commissioning so that actual operations and maintenance of equipment and systems could be the responsibility of operation, maintenance and management personnel at completion of preliminary commissioning if the Owner so chooses. Conduct instructions in appropriate sessions. Comply with total minimum hours specified in individual specification sections. D. Video record training sessions with emphasis of video subject and hands-on equipment operation. Following training sessions, deliver 2 copies of CD/DVD to the Owner. 1.03 VISUAL AIDS A. Utilize visual aids, such as slides, video, and movies. Visual aids shall be made a part of the Owner's permanent files. 1.04 TRAINING TIME ALLOWANCE A. General: Include in Bid total hours listed below for each section. Refer to specific section for additional training requirements. 1. DIVISION 21: a. SECTION 211000 AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS: Total of 4 hours. 2. DIVISION 22: a. Section 221116 Domestic Water System: Total of 1 hour. b. SECTION 221120 PLUMBING VALVES: Total of 1 hour. c. SECTION 221123 PLUMBING PUMPS: Total of 1 hour. d. SECTION 221300 SOIL, WASTE, VENT, AND STORM DRAIN SYSTEM: Total of 1 hour. e. SECTION 223000 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT: Total of 6 hours. 3. DIVISION 23: a. SECTION 230800 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING: Total of 8 hours. b. SECTION 230915 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES: Total of 1 hour. 23 0810 - 1 Systems Training Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0810 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 c. SECTION 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING: Total of 4 hours. d. SECTION 232500 WATER TREATMENT: Total of 2 hours. e. SECTION 233100 AIR DISTRIBUTION: Total of 2 hours. f. SECTION 233300 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES: Total of 2 hours. g. SECTION 233400 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT: Total of 4 hours. h. SECTION 234100 FILTERS: Total of 1 hour. i. SECTION 235700 HEAT TRANSFER: Total of 4 hours. j. SECTION 238100 PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT: Total of 4 hours. k. SECTION 238200 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT: Total of 2 hours. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FIRE SUPPRESSION, PLUMBING, AND HVAC SYSTEMS TRAINING A. General: Operator training shall provide a complete overview of equipment, components, and systems with an emphasis on: 1. Documentation in the preliminary Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 2. How to use the Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 3. System operational procedures for all modes of operation, including warm-up, cool-down, occupied, unoccupied, start-up, shut-down and similar cycles. 4. Acceptable tolerances for system adjustments in operating modes including noise and vibration adjustments and economy and efficiency adjustment. 5. Procedures for dealing with abnormal conditions including emergency operations. 6. Hazards and safety. 7. Automatic temperature control sequences of operation. 8. Review of maintenance and operations in relation to written applicable warranties, agreements to maintain and service and similar continuing commitments. 9. Seasonal de-commission and re-commission. B. Schedule: Submit training schedule and agenda to the A/E and the Owner for approval 4 weeks prior to first training session. C. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain equipment, systems, and subsystems. Furnish educational materials and tools needed to conduct training sessions. D. Typical Agenda as Follows: 1. Opening remarks. 2. Introduction. 3. Description of HVAC Systems: a. Air Side: 1) Cooling. 2) Heating. 3) Ventilation. 4) Life safety. b. Wet Side: 1) Cooling. 2) Heating. 23 0810 - 2 Systems Training Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0810 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 4. Description of HVAC Equipment and Systems (Individual Suppliers Shall Discuss Equipment): a. Wet Side: 1) Refrigeration Equipment: a) Accessory equipment. b) Electrical. c) Control. d) Refrigerant piping. 2) Insulation. b. Air Side: 1) Air Handling Units and Fans: a) Fans. b) Coils. c) Heat exchangers. d) Controls. e) Electrical. f) Vibration isolation. g) Insulation. 2) Duct System: a) Type(s). C. Pressure Controls: 1) System type. 2) Purpose. 5. Description of Plumbing Equipment and Systems: a. Piping and valves. b. Pumps. C. Plumbing fixtures. d. Plumbing fixture faucets and flush valves. e. Trap primers. 6. Description of Fire Suppression Systems: a. Alarm valve assemblies. b. Piping and valves. c. Valve tamper switches. 7. Walk--through of building (project). 8. Start--up Procedures: a. Seasonal considerations. b. Check list. C. Emergency procedures. 9. Operation Procedure: a. Occupancy considerations. b. Seasonal considerations (changeover). c. Manual/automatic. d. Emergency. 10. Shutdowns: a. Check list. b. Normal. c. Emergency. d. Alarms and resets. 23 0810 - 3 Systems Training Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0810 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 11. Maintenance of HVAC, Fire Suppression, Plumbing, and HVAC Systems: a. Routine. b. Preventive. c. Service. d. Lubrication. e. Overhaul. f. Factory. g. Cleaning. h. Access provisions. 12. Warranties: a. What they cover. b. How to use them. 13. Spare Parts. 14. Tools: a. Normal tools, supplies and equipment. b. Special tools. 15. Hands--on operation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC system equipment in conjunction with preliminary commissioning. 16. Sequence of operation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC system during fire emergency. 17. Fire Dampers, Ceiling Radiation Dampers, Smoke Dampers, and Combination Fire/Smoke Dampers: Describe maintenance requirements for and demonstrate testing of fire dampers and ceiling radiation dampers in accordance with NFPA 80, Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives and for smoke dampers and combination fire/smoke dampers in accordance with NFPA 105, Standard for Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives. 3.02 RETRAINING A. After fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC system commissioning, instruct Owner's operations and maintenance personnel on changes and reconfiguration which may have occurred during commissioning process. END OF SECTION 23 0810 23 0810 -4 Systems Training Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0820 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 23 0820 SYSTEMS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes preparation of mechanical systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. General: 1. Comply with requirements in Division 01 with additional requirements indicated in this article. Provide total of 3 hard copies and 1 electronic copy. In addition, provide 2 additional hard copies of automatic temperature controls, Section 230900. 2. For each component and systems listed in Article "Table of Contents" in this section and furnished and installed by the Contractor, include the following (both in hard and electronic format). Include a basic description of systems. B. Product Data and Parts List: Include local source of supply for parts and replacement. List parts and components of equipment stating catalog number(serial number and ratings, such as HP, voltage, and GPM.) and size of part used in or on equipment. Include information pertinent to specific project and annotate each page to clearly identify specific product or part installed and identify data applicable to installation. Delete references to inapplicable information. C. Master Preventive Maintenance Schedule and Procedures: Include safety precautions and safety features. D. For Equipment and Components: 1. Troubleshooting Guide: Include equipment functions, operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 2. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include assembly, installation, wiring diagrams, alignment, adjustment, and checking instructions. 3. Manufacturer's Service Instructions. Include suggested frequency of maintenance and list of lubricants. 4. Start-up Instructions with Certificates of Start-up and Verification: Include test data and performance curves, routine and normal operation, regulation and control, shutdown and emergency conditions. 5. Final approved submittals. E. Warranties: Copy of each warranty, guarantee, bond, and maintenance/service contract issued. Include information for the Owner's personnel indicating proper procedures in event of failure and instances which might affect validity of warranties. State warranty start date and duration of components. F. Maintenance and service contracts (if specified). G. Final testing, adjusting, and balancing reports. H. Filters: Include sizes, quantities, and locations. I. Belts: Include sizes, quantities, and locations. J. Fuses: Include list. 23 0820 - 1 Systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0820 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Submit preliminary copy of the Operations and Maintenance Manual in 1 package. Incomplete, "piece-meal" submittals not acceptable and will be returned unreviewed. C. Submit completed preliminary copy of Operations and Maintenance Manuals to the A/E for review and approval. Submit approved Operations and Maintenance Manuals to the Owner minimum 60 days before instruction periods as specified in Section 230810. Commence with review comments and corrective measures identified during these procedures being incorporated. Following instruction periods, incorporate corrective measures and submit final Operations and Maintenance Manuals. D. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals in both hard and electronic formats. 1.04 TABLE OF CONTENTS A. Warranty B. Preventative Maintenance Schedule C. Maintenance and Service Contracts D. Filter List E. Belt List F. Fuse List G. Final TAB Report H. DIVISION 21 - Fire Suppression: 1. Grooved piping and couplings. 2. Valves. 3. Sprinkler heads. 4. Alarm valve assemblies. 5. Water flow detectors. 6. Air compressors. I. DIVISION 22 - Plumbing: 1. Fixtures. 2. Flush valves. 3. Faucets. 4. Valves. 5. Water heaters. 6. Hose bibbs and wall hydrants. 7. Meters. 8. Backflow preventers. 9. Trap primers. 10. Pumps. J. DIVISION 23 - HVAC: 1. Water treatment. 2. Valves. 3. Air handling units. 4. Fan coil units. 5. Energy recovery ventilation units (ERV) 6. Fan powered VRV units (FCU). 23 0820 - 2 Systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0820 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 7. Packaged HVAC equipment. 8. Pressure switches. 9. Backdraft dampers. 10. Fans. 11. Fire dampers, ceiling radiation dampers, smoke dampers, and combination fire/smoke dampers. 12. Temperature Controls: a. Thermostats and temperature sensors. b. Other sensors. c. Sequences of operation with final setpoints. d. As-built wiring diagrams including line and low voltage wiring between field components and HVAC control panels and equipment control panels. e. Point-by-point system verification checklist. f. Programming diagrams. g. Central operator workstation functions with specific software programming for installed systems. h. Control valves. i. Control dampers. j. Actuators. k. Variable frequency drives. I. Airflow measuring units. m. Equipment. n. Power backup. o. Floor plans of building with locations of controllers, actuators, sensors and transformers. p. Floor plans of building with location of equipment and their controls. q. Spread sheet showing points and controls associated with piece of equipment and location of power source. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMAT A. Submit preliminary Operations and Maintenance Manual to the A/E in hard copy format for review and approval. B. Submit final Operations and Maintenance Manual to the A/E and the Owner in both hard copy and electronic format. 1. Hard Copy: Assemble Operations and Maintenance Manual in 3-ring binder(s). Use multiple binders if pages in a single binder would exceed 2-1/2 inch thickness. Separate binders for each category, such as Division 21 Fire Suppression, Division 22 Plumbing, and Division 23 HVAC. Where one subject matter encompasses more than one binder, differentiate by volume numbers. Include indexed tabs for each binder. 2. Electronic Copy: Assemble Operations and Maintenance Manual in one single Adobe PDF with bookmarks for each division, specification number, and part number. C. The Operations and Maintenance Manual shall be provided also in electronic format(Excel, Word, and Bitmap). Performance data shall be in spreadsheet format and operation startup and troubleshooting information shall be in Word document. Diagrams shall be in bitmap format. Assemble AutoCAD drawings so that X-refs are automatically attached. D. Fold drawings to 8-1/2 by 11 inch size and bind as above (with reinforcing at punched holes) or place in clear plastic holder designed for 3-ring binders. 23 0820 - 3 Systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 0820 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 E. Identify on cover and spine for each binder with printed title such as"FIRE SUPPRESSION", "PLUMBING", or"HVAC" OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL", names of project, Owner, general contractor, subcontractor, Architect, mechanical engineer, and year of project completion. F. Include in each binder and volume material specified in Articles"Scope of Work" and "Table of Contents" in this section for ease of reference and use. Binders shall have a commercial quality stiff cover, metal-hinged, with durable and cleanable plastic covers. G. Include overall table of contents of items submitted organized by system (not by specification section). H. Include heavy, tabbed divider sheet for each category with title on tab. Include table of contents for category, including catalog numbers or drawings numbers if appropriate. I. Include names, addresses and phone numbers of equipment suppliers. J. Include Record Drawings reduced proportionately. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 23 0820 23 0820 -4 Systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 2116- 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 23 2116 PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Wo rk includes pipe specialties that apply to multiple systems. Specialty components specific to single system are specified in that particular section. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASME B31.1, Power Piping. 2. ASTM A 36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 3. ASTM A 53, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped,Zinc-Coated,Welded and Seamless. 4. ASTM A 666, Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. 5. ASTM B 650, Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Engineering Chromium Coatings on Ferrous Substrates. 6. ASTM E 84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 7. MSS SP-58, Pipe Hangers and Supports—Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection,Application, and Installation. 8. NFPA 255, Surface Burning Characteristics Building Materials. 9. UL 536, Standard for Flexible Metallic Hose. 10. UL 723,Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. Pipe hangers and clamps and related components installed in ceiling spaces used as a return air plenum shall have ratings per NFPA 255,ASTM E 84, and UL 723 with flame spread rating not greater than 25 and smoke developed rating not greater than 50. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following. Include MSS reference in product data for pipe hangers and supports. 1. Pipe hangers and supports. 2. Engineered secondary pipe positions and support systems. 3. Pipe supports on roof. 4. Insulated pipe hangers. 5. Y-type strainers. 6. Thermometers. 7. Pressure gages. 8. Temperature/pressure test ports. 9. Thermal/seismic flexible loops. 10. Seismic flexible loops. 11. Pipe anchors. 23 116- 1 Piping Specialties Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 2116-2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 12. Pipe wrap. 13. Pipe escutcheons. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Furnish factory-fabricated piping specialties recommended by manufacturers for use in services indicated. Furnish piping specialties of types and pressure ratings indicated but rated at not less than 125 psig WSP to comply with installation requirements. Furnish sizes as indicated with connections which properly mate with pipe,tube,and equipment connections. Where more than one type is indicated,selection is Contractor's option. Refer to other sections for higher working steam pressures. B. Except as otherwise indicated,furnish factory-fabricated pipe hangers and supports complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected to suit piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP-58 and manufacturer's published product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service. Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit around piping insulation with saddle and shield for insulated piping and where insulated pipe hangers are used. C. Materials: Match piping material at point of contact with piping: 1. Carbon steel,cast or malleable iron for black steel pipe. 2. Carbon steel,cast or malleable iron with epoxy coating galvanized steel pipe and zinc coating for piping installed outdoors. 3. Carbon steel or malleable iron with copper finish or plastic coated, or copper for copper pipe. 2.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Horizontal Piping: 1. Adjustable Steel Clevises: MSS SP-58 Type 1. 2. Yoke Type Pipe Clamps: MSS SP-58 Type 2. 3. Steel Pipe Clamps: MSS SP-58 Type 4. 4. J-Hangers: MSS SP-58 Type 5. 5. Adjustable Band Hangers: MSS SP-58 Type 9. 6. Split Pipe Rings: MSS SP-58 Type 11. 7. Pipe Slides and Slide Plates: MSS SP-58 Type 35, including glide type plate. 8. Adjustable Roller Hanger: MSS SP-58 Type 43. 9. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base: MSS SP-58 Type 46. 10. Trapeze Hanger: MSS SP-58 Type 59, shop or field fabricated made from structural-steel shapes with hanger rods, nuts, saddles,and U-bolts. Comply with requirements in Section 200510 for formed steel channels. 11. Finish: Galvanized steel. B. Hanger Rods: Hot rolled steel,ASTM A 36. Refer to Article"Hanger Rod Schedule"in this section. C. Horizontal Underground Pipes Hung from Slab Above: Type 316 stainless steel. D. Vertical Pipes at Walls and Columns: Supporting pipes from walls and columns not acceptable. E. Riser Clamp for Vertical Pipes between Floors: MSS SP-58 Type 8 and Type 42. F. Hanger Rod Attachments: 1. Steel Turnbuckles: MSS SP-58 Type 13. 2. Steel Clevises: MSS SP-58 Type 14. 23 116-2 Piping Specialties Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 2116-3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 G. Building Attachments: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts: MSS SP-58 Type 18 or UL listed. 2. Top Beam C-Clamps: MSS SP-58 Type 19. 3. Side Beam or Channel Clamps: MSS SP-58 Type 20. 4. C-Clamps: MSS SP-58 Type 23. H. Cushion Clamp for Un-Insulated Pipes: 1. Description: Steel clamp assembly with cushion insert for use with formed steel channels. Clamp with electro-galvanized finish. Cushion insert manufactured from thermoplastic elastomer for temperature range from 50 F to 300 F. Unistrut Cush-A-Clamp or approved. I. Manufacturers: Anvil International, Unistrut°, Power-Strut°, Superstrut°, PHD Manufacturing Inc., Cooper Industries B-Line,TOLCO TM, Simpson Strong-Tie, or approved. 2.03 ENGINEERED SECONDARY PIPE POSITIONING AND SUPPORT SYSTEMS A. General: Support of piping accomplished by engineered products specific to each application. Typical applications: 1. Vertical and horizontal branch piping serving plumbing fixtures. 2. Piping penetrations through wood and steel stud framing. 3. Trapeze hanger with horizontal piping either above or below the strut. B. Manufacturers: HOLDRITE°or approved. 2.04 PIPE SUPPORTS ON ROOF A. Description: Adjustable height pipe support consisting of one-piece hot dipped galvanized steel support base and single or double piece of galvanized steel strut connected with stainless steel all thread. Rated for maximum load weight of 150 pounds per pipe stand. Height adjustable from 4 to maximum 12 inch from top of roof membrane. B. Manufacturers: Miro Industries, Inc. Pillow Block Pipestand Base Strut Model,The Pate Company,Thybar Corporation, Erico CADDY°PYRAMID, Roof Top°Blox,or approved. 2.05 INSULATED PIPE HANGERS A. Description: Hydrous calcium silicate or polyisocyan u rate foam (urethane)insulation which covers 100 percent of the pipe and extends beyond overlapping full wrap galvanized steel or PVC jacket. Thickness of insulation same as specified in Section 230700 for specific pipe systems. B. Manufacturers: KB Enterprises SNAPP ITZ for both hot and cold pipe applications or approved. 2.06 Y-TYPE STRAINERS A. Description: Line size of connecting piping with ends matching piping system materials. Select strainers for minimum 125 psi working pressure. Include ASTM A 666 Type 304 stainless steel screens, unless specified otherwise,with 3/64 inch perforations at 233 per sq. in. and blowout connection with ball valve and capped nipple or gate valve with plug. 1. Threaded Ends, 2 Inch and Smaller for Steel Pipe: Cast iron body. 2. Threaded or Solder Ends, 2 Inch and Smaller for Copper Pipe: Cast bronze body with brass screen. 3. Flanged Ends, 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Cast-iron body. 4. Manufacturers: Armstrong Fluid Technology,Watts°, Crane, Hoffman Specialty°, Metraflex, Spirax Sarco, Nibco, or approved. 23 116-3 Piping Specialties Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 2116-4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.07 THERMOMETERS A. Description: Solar powered, 3/8 inch LCD digital display at 1 foot-candle, 1 percent or 1 degree(whichever is greater accuracy), minus 40 F to 300 F temperature range, recalibration by internal potentiometer. ABS case construction. Adjustable stem assembly, 3-1/2 or 6 inch length to suit installation requirements. B. Manufacturers: Weiss Instruments Inc. DVU Series or approved. 2.08 PRESSURE GAGES A. Description: Solar powered, 5/8 inch LCD digital display at 1 foot-candle, 1/4 percent(first half)and 1/2 percent(second half)resolution, 0.5 percent accuracy over full scale, minus 15 F to 150 F temperature range. 41/2 inch round case with black safety glass and solid front. Adjustable stem assembly. Adjustable range. B. Manufacturers: Weiss Instruments DUGY Series or approved. C. Needle(Gage)Valve: Brass needle valve, 600 psig WSP at 300 F, 1/4 inch NPT. D. Appurtenances: 1/4 inch nipple, reducer, and snubber. E. Pressure Ranges: Maximum gage pressure not greater than 150 percent nor less than 110 percent of the anticipated maximum pressure at point of installation. Select range so that normal operating point is near mid-scale of gage range. Gages 0 to 100 psig: 1 psig maximum pressure increment per gage mark. Gages 1 to 200 psig: 2 psig. Gages 1 to 300 psig: 5 psig. F. Manufacturers: Weiss Instruments Inc., Lonergan, Weksler®, Marsh Instruments, Taylor Precision Products,AMETEK°U.S. Gauge,Ashcroft Inc.,Trerice, Miljoco Corporation,or approved. 2.09 TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE TEST PORTS(PETE'S PLUGS) A. Description: Brass, 1/4 inch NPT with extension for insulated piping, length to suit insulation thickness. B. Manufacturers: Peterson Equipment Company, Inc. Pete's Plug°ll, Sisco P/T Plug,or approved. 2.10 SEISMIC FLEXIBLE LOOPS A. Description: Flexible expansion loop specifically designed for seismic movement in 6 degrees of freedom simultaneously. B. Design: Plus or minus 4 inch movement. C. Construction: 1. Three equal length braided hose sections of bronze hose and bronze braid connecting four-90 degree elbows for attachment to copper tubing systems. Ends sweat or threaded for temperature up to 450 F. 2. Type 321 stainless steel hose and braid connecting,four—90 degree elbows for attachment to steel or stainless steel pipe systems. Ends flanged,screwed,welded, or grooved for operating temperatures up to 850 F. 3. Designed for pressure testing to 1-1/2 times their maximum rated working pressure with minimum 4 to 1 (burst to working)safety factor. Factory tested using air-under-water or hydrostatic pressure. Assemblies for use in systems with compressed or flammable gases UL 536 listed and labeled. Assemblies for use in fire suppression systems FM approved. Include cable hanger assembly kit for sloped pipes installed in horizontal position and cable anchor kit. D. Manufacturers: Flex-Hose Co., Inc.Tri-Flex Loop°or approved. 23 116-4 Piping Specialties Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 2116-5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.11 ALIGNMENT GUIDES A. Description: Cast semi-steel or fabricated steel,factory fabricated,with bolted two-section outer cylinder and base for alignment of piping and two-section guiding spider for bolting to pipe. Size guide and spiders to clear pipe and insulation(if any), and cylinder and length recommended by manufacturer to allow indicated travel. B. Manufacturers: ADSCO Manufacturing LLC,Advanced Thermal Systems, Inc., Flex-Hose Co. Inc., Hyspan Precision Products, Inc.,The Metraflex Company, Michigan Hanger CO Inc, Senior Flexonics Pathway, or approved. 2.12 THERMAL EXPANSION JOINTS(PACKED METAL TYPE) A. Description: Packed metal type, base mounted, body and slip tube, 150 psig rated. B. Construction: 1. Seal Rings: Non-asbestos. 2. Packing: Non-asbestos semi-plastic. 3. Guides: Abrasion-free, internal and external. 4. Slip Tube: Schedule 80,ASTM A 53 with 0.002 inch thick chrome plated steel surface per ASTM B 650. 5. Flanges: ASTM A 53, raised face, 1 piece construction, seamless carbon steel. 6. Type: Single or double,with or without anchor based,type as indicated in the Contract Documents. 7. Packing Injection Fittings: Designed to allow injection of graphite flakes under full line pressure. C. Delivery: Ship in fully extended position. Include drawings with submittals showing dimensions and packing clearances. D. Manufacturers: Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. 6500 Series,Advanced Thermal Systems, Inc., or approved. 2.13 PIPE ANCHORS A. Field Fabricated: Fabricated of same material as, or material compatible with, pipe being anchored. B. Factory Assembled: 1. Description: Base mounted assembly with thrust plates and structural inserts for minus 20 F to 650 F temperature range, primed finish. 2. Manufacturers: Pipe Shields, Inc.,Anvil International, Hyspan Precision Products, Inc,or approved. 2.14 PIPE WRAP A. Description: 10 mil thick vinyl, minimum 3 inch wide. B. Manufacturer: Lone Star Specialties Trantex Tapes VID-10 or approved. 2.15 PIPE ESCUTCHEONS A. Description: Select with inside diameter closely fitting pipe outside diameter, or outside of pipe insulation where pipe is insulated,and to completely cover pipe penetration hole in floors,walls or ceilings including pipe sleeve extension. Nickel or chrome finish for occupied areas and prime paint finish for unoccupied areas. 1. Pipe Escutcheons for Moist Areas: For water-proof floors and areas where water and condensation can be expected to accumulate, cast brass or sheet brass escutcheons, solid or split hinged. 2. Pipe Escutcheons for Dry Areas: Sheet steel escutcheons, solid or split hinged. 23 116-5 Piping Specialties Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 2116-6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing the Work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION,APPLICATION, ERECTION,AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article"Quality Assurance" provisions,specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict,the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install building attachments at required locations for piping support. Install additional supports at concentrated loads, including valves,flanges, guides,strainers,expansion joint and at changes in direction of piping. Install insulated pipe hangers for insulated hot pipes 2 inch and larger and for all sizes of insulated cold pipes specified in Section 230700. B. Install hangers, supports, clamps, attachments and engineered secondary pipe positioning and support systems to support piping securely from building structure. Comply with MSS SP-58. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible, MSS SP-58 Type 59. Where piping of various sizes are supported by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe. Use of wire, perforated metal or scrap framing materials to support piping not acceptable. C. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary insert, bolts, rods, nuts,washers and other accessories. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers and supports of same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping. D. Spacing of Hangers and Supports: 1. Maximum spacing between supports for straight runs of piping listed in Article"Spacing of Hanger and Supports Schedule"in this section. 2. Support polyvinyl chloride(PVC)and chlorinated polyvinyl chloride(CPVC)pipes at maximum 4 foot spacing for straight runs. 3. Support polypropylene(PP)and polyvinylidene fluoride(PVDF)pipes per pipe manufacturer's installation requirements for pipe size, standard dimension ratio(SDR),and media temperature. E. Pipe Ring Diameter: 1. Uninsulated Pipes: Ring diameter to suit pipe size. 2. Insulated Pipes: Ring diameter to suit outer diameter of insulated pipe hanger. F. Anchoring, Guiding, and Supporting Piping: 1. Anchor and support piping so that expansion and contraction will take place in direction desired without stressing pipe,joints, and connected equipment. 2. Prevent vibration with vibration dampers and prevent undue strains on equipment served. 23 116-6 Piping Specialties Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 2116-7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3. Fabricate hangers used for support of 2 inch nominal pipe size and larger to permit adequate adjustment after erection while still supporting the load. 4. Use wall brackets where pipes are adjacent to walls or other vertical surfaces which may be used for supports. 5. Fabricate supports to carry weight of piping and fluid and to maintain proper alignment. 6. Install inserts for supports in concrete. Powder-actuated inserts not allowed. 7. Install pipe rollers, alignment guides,and anchors at points where necessary to keep pipes in accurate alignment,to direct expansion movement,to prevent buckling, swaying and undue strain, and per expansion joint manufacturer's instructions. 8. Install hangers and supports for indicated pipe slope,and so that maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.1 are not exceeded. 9. Hang individual pipes and multiple pipes by trapeze hangers separately from roof structure and not from the roof deck itself and not from work of other trades. Hanging pipes from ducts and equipment not acceptable. 10. Install formed steel channel as specified in Section 230510 where required for pipe hangers and supports. 11. Install supports for horizontal pipe within 1-1/2 inch of each elbow. 3.05 PIPE HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS A. Horizontal Piping: Unless otherwise indicated, install the following types: 1. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers(MSS SP-58 Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes. 2. Yoke Type Pipe Clamps(MSS SP-58 Type 2): For suspension of 120 F to 450 F pipes,4 to 16 inch sizes, requiring up to 4 inch of insulation. 3. Steel Pipe Clamps(MSS SP-58 Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, 1/2 to 24 inch sizes, if little or no insulation is required. 4. J-Hangers(MSS SP-58 Type 5): For suspension of pipes, 1/2 to 4 inch sizes,to allow off-center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. 5. Adjustable Band Hangers(MSS SP-58 Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, 1/2 to 8 inch sizes. 6. Split Pipe-Ring with or without Turnbuckle-Adjustment Hangers(MSS SP-58 Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, 3/8 to 8 inch sizes. 7. Adjustable Roller Hangers(MSS SP-58 Type 43): For suspension of pipes, 2-1/2 to 20 inch sizes, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 8. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units(MSS SP-58 Type 46): For support of pipes, 2 to 30 inch sizes if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in addition to expansion and contraction. B. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps(MSS SP-58 Type 8): For support of pipe risers, 3/4 to 20 inch sizes. 2. Carbon-or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps(MSS SP-58 Type 42): For support of pipe risers, 3/4 to NPS 20 inch sizes, if longer ends are required for riser clamps. C. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles(MSS SP-58 Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inch for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises(MSS SP-58 Type 14): For 120 F to 450 F piping installations. D. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts(MSS SP-58 Type 18 or UL listed): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 23 116-7 Piping Specialties Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 2116-8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Top-Beam C-Clamps(MSS SP-58 Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps(MSS SP-58 Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. C-Clamps(MSS SP-58 Type 23): For structural shapes. 3.06 THERMOMETERS A. Install at the Following Locations: 1. Inlet and outlet of equipment where fluid changes temperatures except where temperature/pressure test ports are indicated on the Drawings. 2. Other locations as indicated on the Drawings. B. Thermal Wells: Install in piping so that thermometer scale is readable by personnel from a normal standing position on floor or grating. Fill thermal well with heat transfer medium approved by thermometer manufacturer. 3.07 PRESSURE GAGES A. Install at the Following Locations: 1. On suction and discharge of pumps except domestic hot water circulators. Inlet to pump suction diffuser or pump strainer. Install single pressure gage connected through gage valves to suction and discharge connections of each pump and to inlet of pump suction diffuser or pump strainer. Assembly consists of nipples at tappings, needle(gage)valves, couplings, snubbers, and tee into gage. 2. Inlet to domestic water service. 3. Inlet and outlet of pressure reducing valves. 4. Inlet and outlet of reduced pressure backflow preventers. 5. Other locations as indicated on the Drawings. B. Installation: Install (gage)needle valve, and snubber so gage dial is readable by personnel from normal standing position on floor or grating. 3.08 TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE TEST PORTS(PETE'S PLUGS) A. Installation: Install so that thermometer dial and pressure gage can be inserted and easily readable by personnel from normal standing position on floor or grating. Where installed in insulated pipes, install with coupling to extend test port through insulation and jacket. B. Installations at Equipment: Install immediately adjacent to equipment such that there are no fittings between test port and final equipment connection point. C. Installation at Miscellaneous Devices: Install immediately adjacent to sensors, pressure gages, and thermometers. D. Tag: 1-1/2 inch round tag, 19 gage brass with 1/4 inch letters, labeled"TEST TAP". Attach with brass chain. 3.09 THERMAL/SEISMIC FLEXIBLE LOOPS, SEISMIC FLEXIBLE LOOPS, AND THERMAL EXPANSION JOINTS A. Install thermal/seismic flexible loops, seismic flexible loops, and thermal expansion joints for each service as indicated on the Drawings. B. Remove shipping bars after installation of thermal expansion joints but prior to pressure testing. C. Install support of return bend of U and V style flexible loops per manufacturer's instructions to be in neutral condition. D. Support non-parallel leg in 3-legged flexible loop design at each elbow using manufacturer furnished hanger assembly kit. 23 116-8 Piping Specialties Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 2116-9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 E. Install alignment guides and anchors to direct movement axially into thermal/seismic flexible loop,seismic flexible loop, and thermal expansion joint as required by manufacturer. 3.10 ALIGNMENT GUIDES A. Install guides on piping adjoining thermal/seismic flexible loops and thermal expansion joints as required by manufacturer B. Attach guides to pipe and secure to building structure. 3.11 PIPE WRAP A. Double wrap underground steel piping and fittings, including riser,to a minimum of 6 inch above grade. Clean and prime before wrapping. Complete pressure testing prior to wrapping. B. Factory Applications: Provide factory-applied wrapping for straight lengths of pipe, applied spirally wound with half-overlapping. Hold-back not less than 4 inch on each end for field welding. C. Field Applications: Field wrap fittings and field joints. Initially stretch tape to conform with surface while spirally half-overlapping for total of 4 thicknesses. Overlap factory-wrapped pipe wrapping minimum of 6 inch. D. Inspection: 1. Inspect wrapped surfaces for film thickness and uniformity of tape application. 2. Test wrapped surfaces in their entirety for presence of flaws with electrical flaw and holiday detector at crest voltage of 5000 V. 3. Provide calibrated instrument incapable of field adjustment,with calibration within previous 6 months certified by manufacturer or by acceptable testing laboratory(e.g., National Bureau of Standards). 4. Perform test before and after installation. Repair defects and repeat tests. 3.12 PIPE ESCUTCHEONS A. Install escutcheons at wall,floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. Escutcheons not required where sleeves project above floor. 3.13 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling,coordination,test development,testing and documentation. 3.14 HANGER ROD SCHEDULE ROD DIAMETER PIPE SIZE LOAD AT 650 F(POUNDS) INCH INCH 3/8 2 and smaller 730 1/2 2-1/2 and 3-1/2 1,350 5/8 4 and 5 2,160 3/4 6 3,230 7/8 8 to 12 4,480 1 14 to 18 5,900 1-1/4 20 to 24 9,500 23 116-9 Piping Specialties Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 2116- 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.15 SPACING OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SCHEDULE PIPE SIZE STEEL AND IRON COPPER TUBING (INCH) PIPE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM SPAN SPAN FEET FEET 1/2 and smaller 7 5 3/4 7 5 1 7 6 1-1/4 7 7 1-1/2 9 8 2 10 8 2-1/2 11 9 3 12 10 4 14 12 END OF SECTION 23 116 23 116- 10 Piping Specialties Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 23 2120 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 232120 HYDRONIC VALVES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes valves and associated appurtenances for hydronic systems. Valves specific to single system are specified in that particular section. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASME B31.1, Power Piping. 2. ASTM A 126, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. 3. ASTM B 61, Standard Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings. 4. ASTM B 62, Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings. 5. ASTM B 584, Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following: 1. Gate valves. 2. Ball valves. 3. Swing check valves. 4. Non-slam check valves. 5. Butterfly valves. 6. Drain valves. 7. Balancing valves. 8. Relief valves. 9. Pressure reducing valves. 10. Valve operators. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Furnish factory-fabricated valves recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. Furnish valves of types and pressure ratings indicated but rated at not less than 125 psig WSP to comply with installation requirements. Furnish sizes as indicated with connections which properly mate with pipe, tube, and equipment connections. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is Contractor's option. Refer to other sections for higher working steam pressures. B. Manufacturers: Red-White Valve Corp., Milwaukee Valve Co., NIBCO, or Apollo/Conbraco. 23 2120 - 1 Hydronic Valves Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 23 2120 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.02 GATE VALVES A. General: Select valves designed for repacking under pressure when fully opened, equipped with packing suitable for intended service. Select valves designed so back seating protects packing and stem threads from fluid when valve is fully opened. Equip with gland follower. Comply with the following standards: 1. Bronze Valves: MSS SP-80. 2. Cast Iron Valves: MSS SP-70. B. 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze, solid bronze wedge disc, nonrising stem, screwed or soldered joint ends, union bonnet, ASTM B 62. C. 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Cast iron body, solid wedge disc, bronze trim, flanged, OS&Y, bolted bonnet, ASTM A 126. 2.03 BALL VALVES A. General: Select with port area equal to or greater than connecting pipe area, include seat ring designed to hold sealing material. Comply with MSS SP-110. B. Bronze body, 600 pound, chrome plated ball and stem, full port, screwed or solder joint ends, 2 piece construction, lever handle, Teflon seat and seal, memory stop, ASTM B 61, ASTM B 62, or ASTM B 584. Include extended stem, protective sleeve, and fully adjustable memory stop after insulation is applied where valves are insulated. 2.04 SWING CHECK VALVES A. General: Construct valves of pressure castings free of impregnation materials. Include stop plug as renewable stop for disc hanger. Construct disc and hanger as separate parts, with disc free to rotate. Support hanger pins on both ends by removable side plugs. Comply with the following standards for design, workmanship, material and testing: 1. Bronze Valves: MSS SP-80. 2. Cast Iron Valves: MSS SP-71. B. 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze, screwed cap, bronze or brass swing disc, Y-pattern, screwed or solder joint ends, ASTM B 62. C. 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Cast iron body, flanged, bolted cap, swing pattern, ASTM A 126, renewable cast iron disc with bronze disc face ring and seat to ASTM B 584 except valves larger than 4 inch may be furnished with cast iron disc to ASTM A 126. 2.05 NON-SLAM CHECK VALVES A. For vertical upward fluid flow. Comply with the following standards: 1. Bronze Valves: MSS SP-80. 2. Cast Iron Valves: MSS SP-125. B. 2 Inch and Smaller: Brass body, screwed or solder joint ends, Type 304 stainless steel or bronze spring and brass disc holder, PTFE or Buna-N disc, ring, ASTM B 61 or ASTM B 62. Cast iron valves, ASTM A 126, acceptable. C. 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Cast iron body, clear or full waterway, globe style, flanged, bronze trim, stainless steel spring and screw, ASTM A 126. 2.06 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Comply with MSS SP-67. B. 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Ductile iron body, lug type, ductile iron or aluminum bronze disc, molded-in EPDM seals, 0-ring stem seals, spring loaded latching device. Bubble tight to 165 psig. Notched plate lever handle operator up to 3 inch size. Gear operator with handwheel 23 2120 - 2 Hydronic Valves Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 23 2120 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 for sizes 4 inch and larger. Memory stop for operators. Include extended neck to clear adjacent pipe insulation and where valves are insulated. 2.07 DRAIN VALVES A. Bronze body, composition disc, 3/4 inch handwheel, screwed or solder joint ends hose thread outlet with cap. At Contractor option, full port ball valve acceptable. 2.08 BALANCING VALVES A. Description: Valves for precise flow measurement and balancing with minimum of one 360 degree turn of handwheel. Positive shutoff. B. Construction: Globe style design, non-ferrous metal parts, Teflon disc ring, meter connections for portable differential pressure meter with integral shutoff valves, calibrated handwheel with adjustment scale, locking memory stop. C. Sizing: Size smaller than line size to result in minimum 1 foot pressure drop at design flow as close to line size as possible. D. Manufacturers: Armstrong Fluid Technology CBV-T, -G, or-A, Victaulic Co., or Amtrol, Bell & Gossett, or NIBCO. Other manufacturers not acceptable. 2.09 RELIEF VALVES A. General: CSA code listed and rated. Select capacity to exceed rating of connected equipment. Type as indicated on the Drawings. Cash Acme°, Watts Water Technologies Inc., or approved. 2.10 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. General: Water regulators with associated integral factory or field installed strainer with 32 mesh screen, 250 psig minimum working pressure, 25 to 100 psig adjustable pressure range, maximum 10 psig pressure drop through valve and strainer. B. 3 Inch and Smaller: Bronze body with screwed ends, renewable stainless steel seat, and replaceable composition disc. Watts Water Technologies Inc. No. 223SHP, Cash Acme°, Zurn-Wilkins, or approved. C. 4 Inch and Larger: Cast iron body with flanged ends, renewable stainless steel seat, and replaceable composition disc. Include plugged tappings and 3/4 inch low demand auxiliary regulator. Watts Water Technologies Inc. No. 127W, Cash Acme°, Wilkins, or approved. 2.11 VALVE OPERATORS A. Valves in Mechanical and Boiler Rooms and Above Suspended Ceilings: Include valve with chain operator complete with sprocket rim and chain guide and hot dipped galvanized chain for valves 4 inch and larger in mechanical rooms and boiler rooms and for valves 2-1/2 inch and larger where installed above suspended ceilings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this section. 23 2120 - 3 Hydronic Valves Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 23 2120 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including valves in branch lines to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves to be accessible. Install gate valves 6 inch and larger with separate support so that valve weight is not imposed on adjacent piping. B. Valve Stem Position: 1. Gate, Globe, and Ball Valves: Install horizontal or above. 2. Butterfly Valves: Install with stem in vertical-up position, horizontal, or at 45 degree angle between horizontal and vertical-up. Vertical-down position acceptable with manufacturer's submittal or factory written qualified statement that performance or servicing will not be affected. C. Check Valves: 1. Swing type check valves installed in vertical pipes not acceptable. 2. Install non-slam type check valves in pump discharge pipes and in vertical pipes. D. Install isolation valves where indicated on the Drawings and in the following locations: 1. Branch lines. 2. Branch mains. 3. At connections to equipment, such as coils and control valves. E. Install drain valves at low points of hydronic, and pumped return systems, and as indicated on the Drawings. F. Install balancing valves with reducers upstream and downstream of valve connections. Install valves with straight pipe upstream and downstream as required by manufacturer's installation instructions. G. Install valve operators with chains for valves located with horizontal centerline more than 7 feet above floor and where installed with horizontal centerline more than 6 inch above suspended ceilings. Terminate chain 4 feet above floor and 6 inch above ceiling. H. Install 12 inch long orange colored 1/2 inch wide surveyors' tape on valves located above ceilings. 3.05 HVAC SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 230810. 3.06 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. END OF SECTION 23 2120 -4 Hydronic Valves Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 23 2123 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes pumps and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following including each type of piping, fittings, and associated appurtenances. 1. Vertical in-line pumps. 2. Pump suction diffusers. 3. Pump discharge flexible connectors. 4. Blank copy of start-up test and report form. C. Pump Curves: Submit head, efficiency, brake horsepower, and NPSH curves compared to capacity for each pump and for combined pumps operating in parallel or series. Plot curves from zero to maximum flow. Indicate pump operating point. Identify pump equipment number, fluid pumped, specific gravity, pump speed, and impeller size. Submit family of impeller curves for selected pump size. A single pump curve not acceptable. D. Test Reports: 1. Start-up and test reports. Submit completed copy of report and include copy in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SELECTION A. Select pumps mid-range of available impeller diameters for a given pump, at no less than 2/3 flow rate at maximum efficiency, and with a drive motor sized to operate non-overloading at any point on pump curve for impeller selected. B. Select pump casing sized large enough to accommodate impeller at least 1 cataloged diameter larger than size of impeller to be furnished. C. Select pump for maximum 15 feet per second discharge velocity. 2.02 VERTICAL IN-LINE, SPLIT COUPLED A. Description: Centrifugal, close coupled, vertical in-line type, bronze-fitted, single stage, electric motor-driven. B. Construction: Cast iron casing, bronze impeller, carbon steel shaft, bronze sleeve, ball bearings, flanged connections. C. Coupling: Rigid spacer split type, aluminum. D. Shaft Seals: Outside, balanced, mechanical, ceramic/carbon faces, rated to minimum 225 F. 23 2123 - 1 Hydronic Pumps Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 23 2123 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 E. Gage Connections: Tappings on pump suction and discharge connections. F. Drain and Air Vent Connections: Tappings and plugs on pump casing. G. Motor: NEMA Standard open drip proof, single speed. Comply with requirements in Section 230513. H. Manufacturers: Bell & Gossett 80 SC Series, Armstrong Fluid Technology, Grundfos Pumps, or approved. 2.03 PUMP SUCTION DIFFUSERS A. Description: Angle pattern, cast-iron body, threaded for 2 inch and smaller, flanged for 2-1/2 inch and larger, rated for 175 psig working pressure, inlet vanes, steel cylinder strainer with disposable 16 mesh bronze start-up strainer, and permanent magnet located in flow stream and removable for cleaning. B. Accessories: Adjustable foot support, blowdown tapping in bottom, and pressure gage tapping on side. C. Manufacturers: Bell & Gossett Suction Diffuser Plus, Armstrong Fluid Technology, Grundfos Pumps, or approved. 2.04 PUMP DISCHARGE FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Description: Factory assembly with carbon steel vane within corrugated hose with stainless steel woven wire braid between 150 psig carbon steel flanges. Include carbon steel reducing elbow for horizontal discharge pump. B. Manufacturer: Metraflex Vane FlexTM or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF PUMPS A. General: Support pumps and piping separately so piping is not supported by pumps. B. Base Mounted In-Line Pump Installation: Support pump from housekeeping pad by fabricated pipe or welded steel assembly as indicated on the Drawings. Comply with requirements in Section 230510 for supports, miscellaneous steel, and attachments, Section 230548 for vibration isolators, and Section 230550 for seismic restraints. 23 2123 - 2 Hydronic Pumps Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 23 2123 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.05 START-UP SERVICES A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall provide start-up services of the pumps. Services shall include a check of proper installation, verification that pump suction diffuser start-up strainers have been removed, system check-out, adjustment, electrical service and motor grounding, and complete start-up. Coordinate start-up services with TAB work specified in Section 230593.Start-up by the Contractor not acceptable. B. Pump Impeller Trim: Refer to Section 230593 for impeller trim requirements to be performed by pump manufacturer or authorized representative. 3.06 HVAC SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 230810. 3.07 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. END OF SECTION 23 2123 - 3 Hydronic Pumps Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 2145 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 23 2145 HORIZONTAL GEOTHERMAL LOOP HEAT EXCHANGER PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes horizontal coiled geothermal loop heat exchanger(GLHE) piping and associated appurtenances including geo-technical engineering, permits, inspections by the AHJ, surveys, surface excavation, backfill material, rough grading, and test equipment for complete operable system using water as final circulating fluid. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01 sections, and site soils report apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE): a. Commercial Ground-Source Heat Pump Systems. b. Commercial/Institutional Ground—Source Heat Pump Engineering Manual. 2. ASTM D 2447, Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe, Schedule 40 and 80, Based on Outside Diameter. 3. ASTM D 2837, Standard Test Method for Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials or Pressure Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Products. 4. ASTM D 3035, Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter. 5. ASTM D 3350, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Materials. 6. ASTM F 714, Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter. 7. International Ground Source Heat Pump Association (IGSHPA): a. Closed Loop/Geothermal Heat Pump Systems Design and Installation Standards. b. Closed Loop/Ground Source Heat Pump Systems Installation Guide. c. Closed-Loop Geothermal Systems SlinkyTM Installation Guide. d. Soil and Rock Classification for the Design of Ground Coupled Heat Pump Systems. 8. Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI), Technical Report TR-4, Recommended Hydrostatic Strengths and Design Stresses for Thermoplastic Piping and Fitting Compounds. C. Environmental: Protect aquifers and report per state and local requirements. D. Geothermal Loop System Subcontractor's Qualifications: 1. Subcontractor That Will Perform the Work: a. Have completed at least 1000 cooling tons of leak free projects of same type and design as required by the Contract Documents. b. Be in business for minimum 10 years. c. Minimum 10 years' experience performing horizontal coiled systems for geothermal systems. 2. Qualifications: a. Certified member in good standing of IGSHPA. b. Completed IGSHPA training course in fundamentals of design, installation, and operation of geothermal loop systems. c. Passed the IGSHPA certification examination and pipe fusion tests. 3. Fusion Technicians: a. Trained and certified for different fusion methods. 23 2145 - 1 Horizontal Geothermal Loop Heat Exchanger Piping Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 2145 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 b. Completed heat fusion school performing heat fusion procedures under direct supervision of an IGSHPA Certified Heat Fusion Technician. c. Be retrained every 3 years. 4. Geothermal Loop System Subcontractor: Geo Loop Tec Company, Geo Tility, EarthHeat, or approved. E. Manufacturers supplying High-Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe: Regularly engaged in manufacture of GLHE products and tools of types, materials, and sizes required. Product supplied shall be approved by IGSHPA for GLHE use. 1.03 SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA A. Design, furnish, and install complete operable horizontal coiled geothermal loop heat exchanger system. B. Terminate supply and return headers in mechanical room as indicated on the Drawings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following. 1. Piping and fittings 2. Underground pipe marker 3. Blank copy of start-up and test report form C. Shop Drawings: Pipe layout and details. D. Qualifications: 1. Submit documentation as defined under Paragraph "Ground Loop System Subcontractor's Qualifications". 2. List of 5 vertical bore projects completed during the past 5 years. Include contact information for the Owner, general contractor, and mechanical subcontractor. E. Test Reports: 1. Field test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. F. Record Drawings: 1. Provide in accordance with Division 01 and Section 230500. 2. Indicate location, width, and depth relative to existing site. Include detailed illustrations of trenches and penetrations. Include copies of required site logs and records. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Piping and Fittings: Non-prorated warranty against failure due to defect in materials or workmanship for 25 years for materials and 50 years for installation after[Substantial Completion][final acceptance] date. Warranties shall cover material, labor, and travel time. Make available replacement within 48 hours of initial notification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Furnish products of sizes, ratings, and characteristics indicated which comply with manufacturer's standard materials, design, and construction in accordance with published product information. Furnish quantity of piping and appurtenances required for complete installation. 23 2145 - 2 Horizontal Geothermal Loop Heat Exchanger Piping Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 2145 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.02 PIPING AND FITTINGS A. Piping Materials: High-density polyethylene (HDPE)with pipe sizes and dimensions per ASTM D 3035, ASTM D 2447, or ASTM F 714, SDR 11 for pipe sizes less than 3 inch and SDR 15 for pipe sizes 3 inch and larger. Pipe extruded from HDPE material per ASTM D 3350, cell classification PE445474C with UV stabilizer, butt fusion, socket fusion, electro fusion, or saddle fusion joint ends. Pipe rated for 73.4 F at 160 psi per ASTM D 2837 and per PPI-TR4 as a PE3408 piping formulation. Include permanent markings along length of pipe with ASTM pipe standard. B. Transition Couplings: Connections between HDPE pipe and other pipe materials using adapters furnished by HDPE pipe manufacturer. 2.03 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Underground Pipe Marker: Comply with requirements in Section 230510. Pipe marker shall be conductive or inductive type. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. B. Examine areas and conditions under which GLHE system is to be installed. Locate utilities, facilities, and other obstructions that may interfere with construction of GLHE System. Avoid, repair, or replace features that have been identified by a utility or the Owner. C. Should any of the above features, or unusual feature not identified, be encountered, cease construction of offending portion of the Project and notify the A/E. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non-compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of the A/E at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF PIPING A. Install piping in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. HDPE pipe bends not less than 24 inch radius for pipes 1 inch and smaller and 36 inch radius for pipes larger than 1 inch. C. Install horizontal piping in accordance with the Drawings. Remove large and sharp rocks and foreign objects from trenches. D. Comply with requirements in Section 230510 for excavation and compaction of trenches. Use sand for bedding and backfill material. Follow IGSHPA backfilling procedures. Return site to rough grade as indicated on the Drawings. E. Backfill return bends in narrow trenches by hand. F. Trace both sides of trench width with pipe marker and warning wire with warning wire run to mechanical room. Install pipe marker maximum one half of depth of trench. 23 2145 - 3 Horizontal Geothermal Loop Heat Exchanger Piping Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 2145 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.05 CLEANING A. Keep trash, soil, small animals, and other foreign debris out of pipe during installation. Tape or fusion cap ends of HDPE pipe until pipe is joined to circuit header. 3.06 FLUSHING A. Comply with requirements in Section 232113. B. Flush and purge at not less than 2 feet per second for minimum 15 minutes. Separately flush and purge each zone. 3.07 PRESSURE TESTING A. Comply with requirements in Section 232113. B. Hydrostatically pressure test loops to 150 percent of pipe design rating or 300 percent of system operating pressure whichever is smallest, but no less than 100 psi for 30 minutes before and after installation but before backfilling. Pressure test second time at 60 psi for 60 minutes after zone piping has been terminated inside building and site piping connections have been completed. Make tests in presence of the A/E. 3.08 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. END OF SECTION 23 2145 23 2145 -4 Horizontal Geothermal Loop Heat Exchanger Piping Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 2300 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes refrigerant piping and specialties. B. Contract Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ARI 710, Liquid-Line Driers. 2. ARI 730, Flow-Capacity Rating of Suction-Line Filters and Suction-Line Filter-Driers. 3. ARI 750, Thermostatic Refrigerant Expansion Valves. 4. ARI 760, Solenoid Valves for Use with Volatile Refrigerants. 5. ASHRAE Standard 15, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. 6. ASHRAE Standard 34, Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants. 7. ASME B16.22, Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 8. ASME B31.5, Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components. 9. ASME BPVC, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels. 10. ASME BPVC, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications. 11. ASTM B 280, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service. 12. AWS A5.8, Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding. 13. MSS SP- 58, Pipe Hangers and Supports—Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation. 14. MSS SP-69, Pipe Hangers Supports—Selection and Application. 15. UL 429, Electrically Operated Valves. C. Refrigeration Piping Subcontractor Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum 5 years' experience. D. Refrigeration piping subcontractor specified in this section shall be responsible for matching refrigeration equipment specified in Section 238100, direct expansion cooling coils specified in Section 233400, and refrigeration piping and specialties specified in this section. E. Refrigeration piping subcontractor shall size piping in accordance with refrigeration equipment manufacturer's recommendations and sizing requirements. F. Installer's Qualifications for Copper Press Fitting Couplings: Installers shall be certified by the pressure-seal joint manufacturer as having been trained and qualified to join piping with pressure-seal pipe couplings and fittings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. 23 2300 - 1 Refrigerant Piping Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 2300 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following: 1. Refrigerant piping. 2. Refrigerant. 3. Flexible connectors. 4. Shutoff valves. 5. Check valves. 6. Sight glass with liquid indicators. 7. Filter dryers. 8. Solenoid valves. 9. Thermal expansion valves. 10. Pipe supports. 11. Blank copy of start-up and test report form. C. Qualifications: Submit documentation as defined under Paragraph "Refrigeration Piping Subcontractor Qualifications". D. Installer Qualification Data and Certificates of installers for Copper Press Fitting Couplings. E. Design Data: Basis of pipe sizing. Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers. F. Shop Drawings: Refrigeration piping plan and diagram indicating layout of system, including equipment, critical dimensions, and pipe sizes. G. Test Reports: 1. Testing and charging reports for each system. 2. Field start-up and test reports. 3. Include completed copy of reports in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 REFRIGERANT PIPING A. Pipe: Copper, Type ACR hard drawn, ASTM B 280, cleaned and dehydrated for refrigeration service with ends capped and sealed, 300 psig working pressure rating. B. Fittings: Wrought copper solderjoint, ASME B16.22. C. Copper Press Fitting Couplings and Fittings: 1. Refrigerant grade coper, UNS C12200 fittings with HNBR O-ring with three press points, one on each side of the bead and one press compressing the O-ring. 2. Rated to maximum 700 psig working pressure for temperature range between minus 40 F to 250 F. 3. Conex Banninger MaxiPro, Parker, or approved. D. Joints: Braze, AWS A5.8 BCuP silver/phosphorus/copper alloy with melting range 1190 F to 1480 F. 2.02 REFRIGERANT A. Description: Comply with ASH RAE Standard 34. Type as indicated on the Drawings. 2.03 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Description: Corrugated bronze hose with single layer of exterior braiding, minimum 9 inch long with copper tube ends. Maximum working pressure 500 psig. B. Manufacturers: Superior Valve Company, Parker Hannifin Corporation, Packless Industries, Anaconda Universal Associates, Inc., or approved. 23 2300 -2 Refrigerant Piping Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 2300 -3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.04 SHUTOFF VALVES A. Diaphragm Packless Valves: UL listed and labeled, globe design with straight-through or angle pattern, forged brass body and bonnet, phosphor bronze and stainless steel diaphragms, rising stem and handwheel, stainless steel spring, nylon seat disc, solder or flared ends, with positive backseating. Maximum working pressure 500 psig and maximum temperature 275 F. B. Packed Angle Valves: Forged brass construction, forged brass seal caps with copper gasket, rising stem and seat, molded stem packing, solder or flared ends. Maximum working pressure 500 psig and maximum temperature 275 F. C. Ball Valves: Two piece forged brass body with Teflon°ball seals and copper tube extensions, brass seal cap, chrome plated ball, stem with neoprene ring stem seals. Maximum working pressure 500 psig and maximum temperature 300 F. D. Service Valves: Forged brass body with copper stubs, brass caps, removable valve core, integral replaceable ball check valve, flared or solder ends. Maximum pressure 500 psig. E. Manufacturers: Superior Valve Company, Parker Hannifin Corporation, Henry Technologies, or approved. 2.05 CHECK VALVES A. Description: Cast bronze valve body, globe style, forged brass bolted bonnet, solder ends, and Teflon°seat. Internal parts removeable. UL listed and labeled. Maximum working pressure 500 psig and temperature range of minus 20 F to 300 F. Bi-directional for heat pump applications. B. Manufacturers: Henry Technologies or approved. 2.06 SIGHT GLASS WITH LIQUID INDICATORS A. Description: Double port type, UL listed and labeled, copper or brass body, flared or solder ends, sight glass, color coded paper moisture indicator with removable element cartridge and plastic cap. Maximum working pressure 430 psig, and maximum temperature of 200 F. B. Manufacturers: Sporlan Valve Company, Parker Hannifin Corporation, Alco Controls, Mueller Industries, or approved. 2.07 FILTER DRYERS A. Replaceable Cartridge Type: 1. Description: ARI 710 listed and labeled, brass, removable cap. Maximum working pressure 500 psig. 2. Filter Cartridge: Pleated media with integral end rings, stainless steel support. 3. Rating: ARI 730 flow capacity for scheduled tons. 4. Heat Pump Applications: Designed for reverse flow. B. Permanent Straight Through Type: 1. Description: ARI 710 listed and labeled, steel shell with molded desiccant filter core, for maximum working pressure of 500 psig. 2. Rating: ARI 730 flow capacity for scheduled tons. 3. Heat Pump Applications: Designed for reverse flow. C. Manufacturers: Sporlan Valve Company, Parker Hannifin Corporation, Alco Controls, or approved. 23 2300 -3 Refrigerant Piping Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 2300 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.08 SOLENOID VALVES A. Valve: ARI 760, pilot operated, copper or brass body and internal parts, synthetic seat, stainless steel stem and plunger assembly, integral strainer, with flared, solder, or threaded ends. Maximum working pressure 400 psig. Stem shall permit manual operation in case of coil failure. B. Coil Assembly: UL 429 listed and labeled, replaceable with molded electromagnetic coil, moisture and fungus proof, surge protector and color coded lead wires, integral junction box. C. Manufacturers: Sporlan Valve Company, Parker Hannifin Corporation, Alco Controls, or approved. 2.09 THERMAL EXPANSION VALVES A. Description: ARI 750, angle or straight through type, design suitable for refrigerant, brass body, internal or external equalizer, bleed hole, mechanical pressure limit(maximum operating pressure feature), adjustable superheat setting, replaceable inlet strainer, non-replaceable capillary tube and remote sensing bulb. B. Selection: Evaluate refrigerant pressure drop through system to determine available pressure drop across valve. Select valve for maximum load at design operating pressure and minimum 10 F superheat. Select to avoid being undersized at full load and excessively oversized at part load. C. Manufacturers: Sporlan Valve Company, Parker Hannifin Corporation, Alco Controls, Henry Technologies, or approved. 2.10 PIPE SUPPORTS A. Comply with requirements in Section 232116. In addition, furnish insulated pipe clamps, National Refrigeration Products (NRP) Insulclamps, Hydra-Zorb® Klo-Shure Insulation Couplings, Hydra- Zorb®Cushion Clamp Assemblies, Hydra-Zorb®Titan® Insulation Riser Clamp Series, Hydra- Zorb®Bronco®Support for Insulated Pipes, or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non-compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of the A/E at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.04 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION A. Connect refrigerant piping to mechanical equipment as indicated on the Drawings. Comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions. 23 2300 -4 Refrigerant Piping Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 2300 -5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.05 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install pipe supports in accordance with MSS SP-58, MSS SP-69, and Section 232116, whichever is more stringent. B. Installation: 1. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. 2. Take care to keep piping clean and dry. Wet tubing not acceptable. 3. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. 4. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges, unions, or flared connections. 5. Install piping to prevent liquid refrigerant from entering compressor. Slope horizontal suction piping toward compressor. Slope horizontal hot gas discharge piping downward away from compressor. 6. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe,joints, or connected equipment and to prevent compressor piping vibration being transmitted to building construction. 7. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. 8. Flood piping system with nitrogen when brazing. 9. Install refrigeration specialties factory furnished with equipment specified in Section 238100. C. Oil Return: 1. Arrange piping to return oil to compressor. 2. Install traps, loops, and double risers in piping as required by refrigeration equipment manufacturer. 3. Slope horizontal piping at 0.40 percent in direction of flow. D. Flexible Connectors: Install at connections to air conditioning units, condensing units and VRV fan coil units specified in Section 238100. E. Filter Dryers: Install replaceable cartridge angle type with a 3-valve bypass arrangement. F. Thermal Expansion Valves: 1. Locate expansion valve sensing bulb immediately downstream of evaporator on suction line. 2. Provide external equalizer piping for expansion valves furnished with such connections. 3.06 COPPER PRESS FITTING COUPLINGS A. Use manufacturer-recommended tool and procedure. Leave insertion marks on pipe after assembly. 3.07 TESTING AND CHARGING A. Testing: 1. Test refrigeration system in accordance with ASME B31.5. 2. Pressure test system with dry nitrogen to 250 psig. 3. Perform final tests at 27 inch vacuum and 375 psig using halide torch or electronic leak detector. 4. Test to no leakage. If leakage occurs, repair and retest until leakage is zero. B. Evacuating and Charging: 1. Install cartridge in replaceable cartridge type filter dryers after leak test but before evacuation. 2. Evacuate entire refrigerant system with a vacuum pump to 500 micrometers. If vacuum holds for 12 hours, system is ready for charging. 3. Break vacuum with refrigerant gas, allowing pressure to build up to 2 psig. 23 2300 -5 Refrigerant Piping Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 2300 -6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 4. Perform evacuation in the presence of the Owner's representative. Notify Owner's Representative at least 72 hours before expected test. 5. Fully charge completed system with refrigerant after testing. 6. Follow ASHRAE Standard 15 procedures for charging and purging of systems and for disposal of refrigerant. 3.08 HVAC SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 230810. 3.09 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. END OF SECTION 23 2300 23 2300 -6 Refrigerant Piping Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 2331 00 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 233100 AIR DISTRIBUTION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes sheet metal work and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASTM A 480, Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. 2. ASTM A 653, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 3. ASTM A 1008, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength, Low-Alloy, High-Strength, Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable. 4. ASTM B 209, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 5. ASTM C 177, Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus. 6. ASTM C 411, Standard Test Method for Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation. 7. ASTM C 423, Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method. 8. ASTM C 518, Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. 9. ASTM C 916, Standard Specification for Adhesives for Duct Thermal Insulation. 10. ASTM C 1071, Standard Specification for Fibrous Glass Duct Lining Insulation (Thermal and Sound Absorbing Material). 11. ASTM C 1338, Standard Test Method for Determining Fungi Resistance of Insulation Materials and Facings. 12. ASTM C 1524, Standard Test Method for Water-Extractable Chloride in Aggregate (Soxhlet Method). 13. ASTM C 1534, Standard Specification for Flexible Polymeric Foam Sheet Insulation Used as a Thermal and Sound Absorbing Liner for Duct Systems. 14. ASTM D 1622, Standard Test Method for Apparent Density of Rigid Cellular Plastics. 15. ASTM D 1667, Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials-Vinyl Chloride Polymers and Copolymers (Closed-Cell Foam). 16. ASTM D 2412, Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading. 17. ASTM D 3574, Standard Test Methods for Flexible Cellular Materials-Slab, Bonded, and Molded Urethane Foams. 18. ASTM E 84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 19. ASTM E 90, Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements. 23 3100 - 1 Air Distribution Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 2331 00 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 20. ASTM G 21, Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi. 21. NAIMA Duct Liner Installation Standards. 22. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 23. NFPA 96, Standard for the Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations. 24. NFPA 255, Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 25. SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual, (SMACNA Leakage). 26. SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible (SMACNA). 27. SMACNA Rectangular Industrial Construction Standards, (SMACNA Rectangular). 28. SMACNA Round Industrial Construction Standards, (SMACNA Round). 29. UL 181, Standard for Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors. 30. UL 181 B, Standard for Closure System for Use with Flexible Air Ducts and Air Connectors. 31. UL 723, Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 32. UL 2221, Standard for Tests of Fire Resistive Grease Duct Enclosure Assemblies. C. Duct Cleanliness Requirements: 1. Prevent damage to ducts during transportation and off-loading. Deliver only when ducts can be stored under permanent cover. Plastic tarp covering of ducts on jobsite not acceptable. 2. Keep site storage areas clean and dry with minimal exposure to dust. 3. Keep working area clean and dry and protected from weather elements. 4. Prior to installation of individual duct sections, inspect to ensure they are free from debris and wipe internal metal surfaces. 5. Cover duct risers to prevent entry of debris. 6. Cover open ends of ducts and downward facing and horizontal duct openings. 7. If, in the opinion of the A/E, ducts and fittings are not kept clean or completely dry, replace ducts and fittings or clean interior of affected ducts and fittings to satisfaction of the A/E at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following: 1. Sheet metal work, general. 2. Sheet metal work, miscellaneous. 3. Four-bolt or corner-clip duct connection system. 4. Flexible ducts. 5. Duct soundlining, fiberglass. 6. Duct soundlining, non-fiberglass. 7. Fasteners. 8. Hangers for sheet metal work. 9. Drain pans. 10. Miscellaneous duct accessories. 11. Blank copy of start-up test and report form. C. Shop Drawings: Comply with requirements in Section 230500. D. Test Reports: 1. Test apparatus calibration certificate for duct leakage testing. 23 3100 -2 Air Distribution Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 2331 00 -3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Pressure testing for leakage. 3. Type I hood duct leakage tests. 4. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Aerosol-Based Sealing Method: Warrant aerosol sealant application for 3 years after Substantial Completion date. Warranty shall cover material, labor, and travel time. Make available repairs within 48 hours of initial notification. 1.05 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 230548—Vibration Isolation: Flexible connectors. B. Section 283111 — Fire Alarm and Detection Systems: Duct smoke detectors. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET METAL WORK, GENERAL A. Duct Construction: 1. Comply with SMACNA. Standing seams not acceptable for exposed ducts. 2. Galvanized steel in general with G-90 zinc coating, ASTM A 653, minimum 26 gage. 3. Galvanized steel prepped or ducts finished with Paint Grip for field painting where exposed in finished spaces as scheduled in Division 09. 4. All ductwork and duct hangers serving Indoor Pool, Pool Equipment, and Chemical Storage room ductwork shall be aluminum or 316 stainless steel. No flex duct allowed for these systems. B. Pressure Classifications: 1. Ducts downstream of VRV Fan Coil Units and Air Handling Unit: 2 inch w.g. 2. Return and Exhaust Ducts: Plus 2 inch downstream of fans and minus 2 inch w.g. upstream of fans for fan design static pressure scheduled on the Drawings at 1.0 inch w.g. and above. 3. Return, Relief, and Exhaust Ducts: Plus 1 inch downstream of fans and minus 1 inch w.g. upstream of fans for fan design static pressure scheduled on the Drawings at less than 1.0 inch w.g. Plus 1 inch w.g. for relief ducts. 4. Outside Air Ducts: Minus 2 inch w.g. 5. Supply Ducts not Listed Above: 2 inch w.g. 6. Transfer Ducts: 0.5 inch w.g. C. Round and Flat Oval Ducts: Spiral seam with beaded sleeve at transverse joints for round ducts less than 34 inch diameter and flat oval ducts with minor dimension less than 24 inch and major dimension less than 42 inch. D. Fittings: 1. Comply with SMACNA as follows: a. Round and Flat Oval Elbows: Full radius (R/D=1.5), spiral seam for 6 inch w.g. ducts and 5 piece segmented or stamped for 2 inch w.g. ducts. Adjustable elbows not acceptable. b. Rectangular Elbows: Full radius (R/W=1.5)where minimum 5 duct widths is available downstream of elbow fitting prior to branch take off. If straight length not available, use square throat elbow with turning vanes. 23 3100 -3 Air Distribution Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 2331 00 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 c. Round and Flat Oval Tees and Laterals: Conical fitting or tap per SMACNA Figure 3-6, 90 degree tee with oval to round tap, 45 degree lateral fitting, tap, or saddle tap, or 45 degree rectangular lead-in per SMACNA Figure 3-5. 90 degree tee not acceptable. Saddle tap connections for exposed ducts in finished spaces not acceptable. d. Spin-in Fittings: Conical type, with volume damper, quadrant, and accessories for 2 inch w.g. ducts. Include closed outside end bearing, insulation guard for installation in duct with soundlining, and standoff bracket for installation in duct with insulation. e. Rectangular Laterals: 45 degree entry fittings per SMACNA Figure 4-6. f. Offsets: Full radius (R/D=1.5 for round and flat oval and R/W=1.5 for rectangular) where space allows. Mitered offset(Type 2)with 30 degree maximum offset angle per SMACNA Figure 4-7. Angle offset(Type 1) not acceptable. g. Divided flow fittings acceptable per SMACNA Figure 4-5 for rectangular ducts except for branch connections to outlets and inlets. 2. Bellmouth Fittings: 18 gage spun sheet metal, formed into uniform radius bellmouth. Minimum radius of bell equal to 0.2 times neck diameter. 3. Screened Openings: 1/2 inch mesh screen, 14 gage galvanized steel wire. Enclose mesh screen with 20 gage galvanized removable sheet metal frame around perimeter. 4. Duct Collars: 2 inch wide galvanized steel for galvanized ducts, 20 gage. Mitered corners for square and rectangular ducts. Escutcheon type for round and flat oval ducts. E. Turning Vanes: 1. Description: Airfoil design, smoothly-rounded entry nose, extended trailing edge, continuous internal tubes for stiffening and rigidity of section, adaptable to duct sizes. Maximum generated sound power level 54 decibels in octave band 4 at 2000 fpm velocity in 24 inch by 24 inch duct size. 2. Assembly Fabrication: Side rails by same manufacturer as turning vanes. Vanes installed on 2.4 inch centers across full diagonal dimension of elbow per SMACNA Figure 4-3. Rail systems with non-standard tab spacing not acceptable. 3. Unequal Elbows: Fabricate and adjust to set vanes in assembly at correct angle of attack, resulting in leading and trailing edges in parallel to duct surfaces. 4. Manufacturer: H.E.P. - High Efficiency Profile- as manufactured by Aero Dyne Co. (1-800-522-2423)or approved. 5. At Contractor's option, double wall turning vanes fabricated from same material as adjacent duct acceptable. Include mounting rails with friction insert tabs that align vanes automatically. F. Acoustical Turning Vanes: 1. Double wall, perforated, glass fiber fill, polyester liner. 2. Manufacturer: Ductmate Industries Inc. or approved. G. Soundlined Ducts: Fabricate with duct soundlining such that no gap will result between sections of duct lining after assembly of duct sections. Fabrication and installation shall result in adjacent soundlining sections butted together without gaps, bulges, or other discontinuities. H. Duct Sealant, Traditional Method 1. Indoor Locations: UL 181 listed and labeled. Low odor, non-toxic vapors, surface burning characteristics for maximum flame spread of 25 and maximum smoke developed of 50 when in a dry state. Rated for air temperature range of minus 20 F to plus 150 F. Rated to 10 inch w.g., minimum 65 percent solid content. Foster°32-19TM Duct-Fas, Childers CP-146 Chil-FlexTM, McGill AirSeal LLC, United Duct Sealer TM (Water Based), Biddle Aqua-Crylic HVAC, Hardcast Iron-Grip 601, Design Polymerics DP1010, Ductmate Industries Inc. PROsealEZ or EZsealTM, or approved. 23 3100 -4 Air Distribution Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 2331 00 -5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Outdoor Locations: UL 181 listed and labeled. 3 inch minimum width. Surface burning characteristics of 25 maximum flame spread and 50 maximum smoke developed. Rated for air temperature range of minus 40 F to plus 200 F. Sealer with UV inhibitors. Foster°32-19TM Duct-Fas, Childers CP-146 Chil-FlexTM, McGill AirSeal LLC Uni-MasticTM 181 Duct Sealer, Ductmate Industries Inc. PROseal, or approved. 2.02 FOUR-BOLT OR CORNER-CLIP DUCT CONNECTION SYSTEM A. General: System used for rectangular sheet metal work at Contractor's option. B. Components: Roll-formed 20 gage galvanized steel flanges with integral mastic sealer, embossed corner pieces, UL listed and labeled, metal cleats, duct sealer, closed cell neoprene gaskets, and cadmium plated bolts and nuts. C. Lined Ducts: Fabricate with no gaps, bulges, or other discontinuities between adjacent sections of duct lining after assembly. D. Manufacturers: Ductmate Industries Inc, NexusTM, Ward Industries, or approved. Fabricate in strict conformance to manufacturer's instruction. 2.03 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Description: Factory-insulated with low permeability vapor barrier jacket constructed of reinforced metalized laminate film, suitable for medium and low pressure applications, 1 inch thick fiber glass insulation, coated steel spring helix reinforcement bonded to chlorinated polyethylene liner. 1. Ratings: UL 181 listed and labeled as a Class 1 flexible duct with maximum flame spread rating 25, maximum smoke-developed rating 50. 2. Length: Assemblies in 5 foot length with galvanized male and female fittings attached to liner and vapor barrier jacket acceptable. B. Manufacturers: Thermaflexflex MK-E, Wiremold 57K, Flexmaster U.S.A.°8m, or approved. 2.04 DUCT SOUNDLINING, FIBERGLASS A. Description: Fiberglass acoustical and thermal insulation, 1 inch thick unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. B. Standards and Ratings: ASTM C 1071 Type I (flexible) and Type II (rigid), NFPA 90A, and NFPA 90B for preformed duct liners. K-value 0.24 Btu/hr/sq ft/F at 75 F mean temperature per ASTM C 177. C. Composition: 1. Semi-rigid borosilicate fibers bonded in thermosetting resin. 2. Density 1-1/2 lb. per cu. ft. 3. R-value 4.2 hr/sq ft/F/Btu per ASTM C 518. 4. Composite surface burning characteristics for maximum flame spread of 25 and maximum smoke developed of 50 per ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, and UL 723. 5. Temperature limit 250 F. 6. Velocity rated at 6000 fpm. 7. Airstream surface protected with acrylic coating with EPA-registered anti-microbial agent per ASTM G 21 and ASTM C 1338. 8. Factory applied edge coating with Johns Manville SuperSeal®Duct Butter, SuperSeal°Edge Treatment, or SuperSeal° HV, Childers CP-135-2 Chil SpredTM (black), or Foster 81-42W Lagfas°(white). 23 3100 -5 Air Distribution Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 2331 00 -6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 D. Duct Soundlining Adhesive: UL listed and labeled, surface burning characteristics for maximum flame spread of 25 and maximum smoke developed of 50. Water based and non-flammable in wet or dry state. ASTM C 916 Type ll. McGill AirSeal LLC Uni-Tack, Hardcast Glas-Grip 658, Design Polymerics DP5050, Foster°85-65TM, Childers CP-127 Chil-Quik, or approved. E. Manufacturers: 1. Rectangular Duct: Johns Manville Linacoustic° RC, Knauf EM, Certainteed ToughGuard° R, Manson Insulation AKOUSTI-LINERTM, or approved. 2. Rectangular Plenums: Johns Manville Linacoustic°R-300 rigid plenum liner board, Knauf Rigid Plenum Liner, Certainteed ToughGuard°Rigid Liner Board, Manson Insulation AKOUSTI-LINER RTM, or approved. 3. Round Duct: Johns Manville Spiracoustic PlusTM preformed self-supporting "slide-in" duct liner or approved. 2.05 FASTENERS A. Description: Use blind rivets, sheet metal screws, or bolted connections where required by SMACNA for attachment purposes for sheet metal. Sheet metal screws and rivets minimum length required for secure fastening. Where rivets are specifically called for in this section, sheet metal screws may be used. B. Locations: For ducts, grilles, and accessories exposed to view in finished rooms, include finish-type fasteners. 1. Permanent Work: Blind stainless steel pop rivets. 2. Removable Items and Grilles: Cadmium-plated pan head or countersunk tapping screws. 2.06 HANGERS FOR SHEET METAL WORK A. Description: Hangers, supports, and anchor bolts for sheet metal work and equipment, same material as for duct construction. B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts and structural-steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. Comply with requirements in Section 230510. C. Duct Sizes: Refer to maximum cross-section dimension at location of hangers. D. Horizontal Rectangular and Round Ducts: Comply with SMACNA. Wire hangers not acceptable. 2.07 MISCELLANEOUS DUCT ACCESSORIES A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct-insulation thickness. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Description: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this section. 23 3100 -6 Air Distribution Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 2331 00 -7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION,AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance", provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non-compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of the A/E at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.04 DUCT INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install in workmanlike manner. Fabrications, fittings,joints, take-offs, attachments, turning vanes, dampers, and sealing in accordance with requirements of SMACNA as specified in this section and as indicated on the Drawings. If used as part of duct fabrication process, install duct labels on outside of ductwork. Installation of duct labels on inside of duct not acceptable. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 230548 for seismic restraints of ducts and for penetrations through mechanical room walls and floors and acoustical walls. 3. Hang ducts from roof structure and not from the roof deck itself. Provide formed steel channels or supplementary steel framing as specified in Section 230510 to span between roof structural members. 4. Locate ducts with sufficient clearance around equipment to allow for inspection, repair, replacement, and service. 5. Cap incomplete duct ends with temporary closures of taped polyethylene to prevent construction dust from entering ducts. 6. Install duct collars where exposed ducts pass through non-fire rated walls and ceilings. Fasten tight to ducts. 7. Duct sizes may be changed as long as the new dimensions are equivalent to those indicated and do not exceed 4 to 1 aspect ratio. 8. Transitions: a. Fabricate and install duct transitions for connections to equipment, such as fans, coils, fire dampers, smoke dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers, motor operated dampers, FCUs, where the connection sizes are different from duct sizes indicated on the Drawings. b. Where transitions are required to fit into available space, fabricate to maintain equivalent free area of duct sizes with angle less than 15 degrees. 9. Drawings do not show offsets which may be required. Make offsets with fittings with as small an angle of offset as possible. Install turning vanes in square corner elbows. 10. Install acoustical turning vanes in return air square throat elbows. 11. Install flanged connections to equipment with neoprene gaskets. 12. Install ducts through roof to be watertight. Coordinate with any details on the Drawings as to flashings and curbs. 13. Install straight sheet metal duct at inlet VAV units and FTUs, 2 foot or 3 equivalent duct diameters long, whichever is longer, size equal to unit inlet connection. Include transition at upstream end of straight duct if primary duct size is larger than unit inlet connection. 14. Install straight sheet metal duct at outlet of VAV units and FTUs, size to match unit outlet connection or minimum size per schedule on the Drawings with transition from outlet connection size. Install branch connections minimum 4 foot from unit outlet. 15. Install ducts within shafts without contact with walls. 23 3100 -7 Air Distribution Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 2331 00 -8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 16. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, vertically and horizontally and parallel and perpendicular to building lines. 17. Install test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated on the Drawings. Locate where required for testing and balancing purposes as directed by the TAB subcontractor specified in Section 230593. 18. Install return air and transfer air openings above ceilings with minimum 2' -0" clearance to obstructions. 19. Where existing louvers are shown on the Drawings to be blanked off, cover backside of unused portion of louver with galvanized sheet metal and caulk weathertight. Paint outside surface of blank off material flat black prior to installation. B. Clothes Dryer Vent Duct: Install flexible duct between appliance connection and rigid duct. Install with stainless steel worm drive hose clamp on both ends. Eight foot maximum length, fully extended. Install male end of rigid duct in direction of airflow. Install cleanouts for vertical risers. C. Flexible Connectors: 1. Install flexible connectors furnished under Section 230548 at connections to vibration-isolated (spring and rubber isolator-mounted)fans, packaged HVAC equipment, externally isolated air handling units, fan coil units, and similar equipment. Internally isolated equipment does not require flexible connectors. 2. Support duct on both sides of flexible connector to ensure alignment and to avoid binding connector. 3. Install with sufficient slack to permit 2 inch horizontal or vertical movement without stretching fabric and to efficiently isolate vibration of fans from ducts. 4. Install flexible connector prior to fire damper and combination fire/smoke dampers on mechanical room side of fire-rated wall. 5. Install equipment without flexible connectors in corridor ceiling spaces where fire rating is required. D. Duct and Plenum Sealing, Traditional Method (Contractor Option): SMACNA Seal Class A. Apply duct sealer to transverse joints, longitudinal seams, fitting connections, corners of four-bolt or corner clip duct connection system, and fitting seams except continuous welded type. Spiral seams, continuous welded seams, and transverse joints for 4-bolt or corner clip duct connection system are not required to be sealed unless visible and audible leaks exist or duct leakage exceeds that allowed by leakage test specified in this section. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. E. Duct and Plenum Sealing, Aerosol-Based Sealing Method (Contractor Option): 1. Preparation: a. Inspect air distribution systems for leakage sites and accumulation of dust and debris. Remove debris and dust and dirt greater than 1/8 inch thick. b. Coordinate with other subcontractors to temporarily remove or protect control devices and fire and smoke detectors from aerosol particles as required by aerosol manufacturer. c. Temporarily disable fire alarm devices and notify the AHJ. d. Temporarily isolate air distribution equipment and cover air devices and similar items as required by aerosol manufacturer. e. Protect occupied spaces from aerosol particles. 2. Duct Sealing: a. Repair major leakage locations greater than 1/2 inch wide using mastic and fiberglass mesh tape per SMACNA. b. Seal ducts internally using automated aerosolized sealant injection. 23 3100 -8 Air Distribution Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 2331 00 -9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 c. Prepare pre-sealing, post-sealing, and sealing profile reports for duct sections sealed. d. Repair injection and test holes per SMACNA. 3. Duct Testing: Comply with requirements in Article "Pressure Testing for Leakage" in this section 4. Duct Re-assembly and Cleanup: a. Coordinate with other subcontractors to reinstall control devices and fire and smoke detectors. b. Coordinate with other subcontractors to enable fire alarm devices and notify the AHJ. C. Remove isolation for air distribution equipment and remove covers from air devices and similar items and enable air distribution equipment. d. Cleanup sealant residue from surfaces in occupied spaces. 3.05 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Install per SMACNA Figures 3-10 and 3-11 except as noted below. B. Connect to metal ducts with slip joint made using fire-resistant mastic and stainless steel or plastic machine-applied clamp. Cloth tape adhesive and duct tape not acceptable. C. Five foot maximum length, fully extended. Generally, install with straight sections, without bends. If bends are required, install with maximum one-90 degree bend, R/D=2.5 or greater. No kinks allowed. Sheet metal elbows to result in straight flexible duct runs acceptable. D. Hang flexible duct on 5' -0" centers and at 90 degree bend with 1 inch wide flat steel strap to span at least 3 spiral wires. Maximum 1/2 inch sag per foot. Support shall not cause out-of-round shape. E. Installation in corridor ceiling spaces where fire rating is required not allowed. 3.06 DUCT SOUNDLINING, FIBERGLASS A. General: Install duct soundlining per SMACNA and NAIMA Standards and as required by this article. Apply adhesive for 100 percent coverage. Secure soundlining with mechanical fasteners at maximum 15 inch centers. Start fasteners within 2 inch of leading edge of each section and within 3 inch of leading edge of cross joints within duct section. Coat exposed and mating edges and seams to prevent exposed glass fiber. Install sheet metal nosings at transverse lining terminations. Duct dimensions indicated on the Drawings are net inside dimensions. Increase sheet metal dimensions to accommodate duct soundlining thickness. B. Extent: 1. Supply air ducts 10 foot from grille or diffuser and an additional 10 foot from the HVAC unit unless noted otherwise on drawings. 2. Grille and diffuser boxes and boots. 3. Transfer ducts. 4. Return and exhaust air ducts for first 10 foot from grille and an additional 10 foot from the HVAC unit unless noted otherwise on drawings. 5. Relief ducts. C. Transportation and Handling: 1. Transport and handle in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that materials comply with requirements and are undamaged. 3. Provide equipment and personnel to handle materials by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. D. Storage and Protection: 1. Store and protect in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. 23 3100 -9 Air Distribution Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 2331 00 - 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. 3. Store in weathertight, climate controlled enclosures in an environment favorable to materials. 4. Exterior storage not acceptable. 5. Use off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. 6. Use equipment and personnel to store materials by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 7. Arrange storage of materials to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify materials are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. 8. Avoid installation of soundlined duct in exterior conditions (prior to enclosure of building exterior envelope). If it is absolutely necessary to install soundlined duct prior to building enclosure, provide temporary enclosures with impervious sheet covering arranged to shed water, anchored securely against the wind. Ventilate building to prevent condensation and degradation of materials. E. Protection of Installed Work: 1. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed soundlining. Use durable sheet materials. 2. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. 3. Install protective coverings at openings. 4. Prohibit traffic or storage upon installed surfaces. F. Moisture: Do not allow soundlining to get wet or absorb moisture. Promptly remove and dispose of wetted or moist soundlining material and replace with new, soundlining material. Drying out wetted duct lining material not acceptable. G. Installation: For soundlined ducts, use care during installation to insure that soundlining remains clean and dry, and that no gap will result between sections of duct soundlining after assembly of duct sections. Installation shall result in adjacent soundlined sections butted together without gaps, bulges, or other discontinuities. Ensure that mating edges are sealed in the field. Apply additional sealant to result in complete encapsulation of fibers. 3.07 DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS A. Coordinate location requirements with Division 28 work prior to preparing and submitting sheet metal Shop Drawings to comply with detector manufacturer's installation requirements. Install duct smoke detectors furnished by electrical subcontractor. 3.08 PRESSURE TESTING FOR LEAKAGE A. Description: Test supply, return and outdoor air ducts including rectangular, round, and flat oval duct systems. Test random sampling of 10 percent of low pressure (2 inch w.g. and less) ductwork systems as selected by the A/E. If tests achieve leakage rates in accordance with requirements of this section, remainder of systems do not need to be tested. If any test fails to meet requirements of this section, test low pressure (2 inch w.g. and less)duct systems in their entireties. B. Test Standard SMACNA Leakage. C. Leakage Class (CL) is defined as CL = F/Po.65 where: 1. F is leakage rate in cfm per 100 sq. ft of ductwork surface area. 2. P is static pressure at which test is conducted and duct construction class as specified in this section. Duct Construction Class Leakage Class Pressure Classification CL 23 3100 - 10 Air Distribution Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 2331 00 - 11 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1/2 inch w. . 16 1 inch w. . 16 2 inch w. . 8 3 inch w. . 4 4 inch w. . 4 6 inch w. . 2 10 inch w. . 2 D. Test Apparatus: Portable blower with volume adjustment, flow measuring assembly for determining cfm of air being added to duct consisting of calibrated orifice mounted in straight tube with straightening vane and pressure taps, U-tube manometer, and calibration curve for orifice assembly. Submit test apparatus calibration certificate. E. Test Procedures: 1. Test duct before insulation is installed. 2. Close off and seal openings in duct section to be tested. Connect test apparatus to duct by means of flexible duct. 3. Test for audible leaks as follows: a. Start blower with its control damper closed. b. Gradually open control damper until duct pressure reaches specified pressure classification. c. Survey joints and seams for audible leaks. Mark each leak and repair after shutting down blower. Do not retest until sealants have set. 4. After audible leaks have been sealed, retest. Seal and retest as necessary until maximum leakage is less than allowable amount as determined by defined leakage class as specified in this section. 5. Submit duct section data, calculations, and test results for each duct section. 6. Summation of leakage for sections shall not exceed total allowable system leakage. Base allowable leakage on total surface square footage of installed duct. 7. Test of each duct section may be witnessed by the A/E. Give at least 7 calendar days prior notice before such tests. 3.09 HVAC SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 230810. 3.10 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. END OF SECTION 23 3100 23 3100 - 11 Air Distribution Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 3300 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 233300 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes accessories for air distribution systems and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. AMCA 500-D, Laboratory Methods of Testing Dampers for Rating. 2. AMCA 511, Certified Ratings Program— Product Rating Manual for Air Control Devices. 3. ARI 410, Forced-Circulation Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coils. 4. ARI 880, Air Terminals. 5. ARI 885, Procedure for Estimating Occupied Space Sound Levels in the Application of Air Terminals and Air Outlets. 6. ASTM C 1071, Standard Specification for Fibrous Duct Lining Insulation (Thermal and Sound Absorbing Material). 7. ASTM E 84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 8. ASTM E 477, Standard Test Method for Measuring Acoustical and Airflow Performance of Duct Liner Materials and Prefabricated Silencers. 9. NFPA 80, Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives. 10. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 11. NFPA 96, Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations. 12. NFPA 105, Standard for Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives. 13. NFPA 255, Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 14. SMACNA Fire, Smoke and Radiation Damper Installation Guide. 15. SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible (SMACNA), Third Edition, 2005. 16. UL 181, Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors. 17. UL 555, Fire Dampers. 18. UL 555C Ceiling Dampers. 19. UL 555S, Smoke Dampers. 20. UL 723, Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 21. UL 1995, Heating and Cooling Equipment. 22. UL 1996, Electric Duct Heaters. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following: 1. Volume dampers and quadrants. 23 3300 - 1 All Distribution Accessories Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 3300 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Automatic balancing dampers. 3. Backdraft dampers. 4. Access doors and frames. 5. Variable air volume (VAV) units 6. Clothes dryer vent components. 7. Blank copy of start-up and test report forms. C. Shop Drawings: Comply with requirements in Section 230500. D. Test Reports: 1. Fire Damper Log: Prior to air handling system startup, submit fire damper log. Log shall consist of an Excel spreadsheet listing each fire damper, ceiling radiation damper, smoke damper, and combination fire/smoke damper installed, type of damper, location, size, electrical connection information and date tested. Include additional comments for miscellaneous information. 2. Factory test reports for duct silencers (sound traps). 3. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. 1.04 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 230900—Automatic Temperature Controls: Motorized dampers and air terminal unit controllers and actuators. B. Section 234100— Filters: Duct mounted filter housings and filters during construction. 1.05 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING A. Prior to installing fire dampers, ceiling radiation dampers, smoke dampers, and combination fire/smoke dampers, sheet metal subcontractor shall arrange for and conduct a pre-installation meeting to review installation requirements. Meeting participants shall include at a minimum representatives from the general contractor, sheet metal, electrical and fire alarm subcontractors, AHJ, the A/E, mechanical engineer, and the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Comply with SMACNA. 2.02 VOLUME DAMPERS AND QUADRANTS A. Factory Built Adjustable Dampers: 1. Description: Single or multiple blades, steel construction meeting SMACNA Standards for construction requirements for volume dampers. 2. Ratings and Standards: Maximum 4 inch w.g. pressure differential, 2000 fpm velocity and 180 F. Testing and ratings per AMCA 500-D. 3. Construction: Galvanized steel, 20 gage hat channel frame and 16 gage reinforced blades, linkage concealed in jamb, 1/2 inch diameter plated steel axles and control shaft, and synthetic sleeve type bearings. 4. Manufacturers: Greenheck Fan Corp. Model MBD-15, Air Balance, Inc., Ruskin Company, or approved. 23 3300 - 2 All Distribution Accessories Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 3300 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.03 AUTOMATIC BALANCING DAMPERS A. Description: Circular volume flow controllers for constant and variable air volume systems with low airflow velocities, mechanical self-powered, without external power supply, suitable for supply or exhaust air. Ready-to-commission unit consists of the casing containing a damper blade with low-friction bearings, bellows, leaf spring, and a rotary knob to set the volume flow rate setpoint. B. Construction: 1. Inlet suitable for circular ducts to ANSI/SMACNA 006-2006 and EN 1506 or EN 13180. 2. Casing air leakage to EN 1751, class C. 3. Volume flow rate can be set using an external scale; no tools required 4. Simple retrofit of an actuator is possible 5. Correct operation even under unfavorable upstream or downstream conditions (1.5 D straight section required upstream) 6. Any installation orientation 7. Aerodynamic function testing of each unit on a special test rig prior to shipping 8. Casing in galvanized sheet steel 9. Damper blade and other parts made of metal or plastic to UL 94, V1; to DIN 4102, material classification B2 10. Leaf spring made of stainless steel 11. Polyurethane bellows C. Technical data: 1. Nominal sizes: 4 - 10 in 2. Volume flow rate range: 13- 775 CFM 3. Volume flow rate control range: approx. 10— 100 % of the nominal volume flow rate 4. Volume flow rate accuracy: approx. ± 10 % of the nominal volume flow rate 5. Minimum differential pressure: 0.12 in w.g. (30 Pa) 6. Maximum differential pressure: 2 in (500 Pa) D. Manufacturer: Trox VFC, Aldes MR MAX, Young Regulator CVD or approved. 2.04 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. Description: Extruded aluminum frame and blades, extruded vinyl edge seals mechanically locked into blade edge. Blades with field adjustable, zinc plated steel counterbalance weights to allow pressure relief to start opening at 0.01 inch w.g. and be fully open at 0.06 inch w.g. Corrosion resistant bearings, synthetic type. Linkage concealed in frame. Dampers designed for maximum 1500 fpm spot velocities and up to 4 inch w.g. back pressure. B. Manufacturers: Ruskin Company Model CBD2, Greenheck Fan Corp.,Duro Dyne Corp., Nailor Industries, Inc., or approved. 2.05 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES A. General: Include access doors wherever access to ducts is necessary for reaching equipment. Double construction, hemmed edges (no sharp edges), tight fitting with gasket, hinged, with latch, and insulation or soundlining equivalent to that of adjacent duct. Steel angle frame. Access panels with sheet metal fasteners not acceptable. B. Access Door Sizes: 1. One-Hand or Inspection Access: 8 inch by 5 inch. 2. Two-Hand Access: 12 inch by 6 inch. 3. Head and Hand Access: 18 inch by 10 inch. 4. Head and Shoulders Access: 21 inch by 14 inch. 23 3300 - 3 All Distribution Accessories Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 3300 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 5. Body Access: 25 inch by 14 inch. 6. Body plus Ladder Access: 25 inch by 17 inch. C. Latches: Die-cast, Ventfabrics, Inc. No. 100 for doors 2' -0" high and smaller. Cat. No. 260 for doors up to 3' - 0" high. Cat. No. 310 for doors higher than 3' - 0". Use 2 for each door. Cam latches acceptable. 2.06 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) UNITS A. Description: Pressure independent, VAV units used to regulate airflow and/or heat to zone in response to zone temperature requirements. B. Agency Listings: UL listed and labeled or ETL. Certified under ARI 880 Certification Program. Include ARI seal. Sound performance certified in accordance with ARI 885. C. Construction - General: 1. Casing: Minimum 22 gage galvanized steel, height as required to fit in available space. Maximum leakage 10 cfm at 1.0 inch w.g. differential static pressure. 2. Insulation: Interior surfaces acoustically and thermally lined with minimum 3/4 inch thick, fiberglass duct lining. Density 1-1/2 lb. per cu. ft. UL listed and labeled meeting UL 181 and ASTM C 1071. Exposed edges coated with NFPA 90A approved sealant. 3. Primary Air Damper: Low-leakage with provisions for connecting actuator, maximum leak rate 9 cfm at 1 inch w.g. differential static pressure. Solid shaft rotating in Delrin or bronze oilite self-lubricating bearings. Shaft clearly marked on end to indicate damper position. Mechanical stop to prevent overstroking. Synthetic seals. Inlet sized to fit standard round duct. 4. Primary Airflow Sensor: Integral flow-cross style multiple point, center averaging flow sensor for primary air flow measurement. Include integral flow taps and calibration chart on each unit. Annular type sensor not acceptable. 5. Access Panel: Removable insulated panel on bottom of unit for access to interior of unit. 6. Discharge Duct Connection: Slip and drive rectangular connection. 7. Control Enclosure: Galvanized steel, with single point power supply connection and terminal block, control terminal block. 8. Digital Controller: Microprocessor-based controller furnished under Section 230900, factory installed by VAV unit manufacturer. 9. Primary Air Damper Actuator: Furnished under Section 230900, factory installed by VAV unit manufacturer on outside of housing. Installation inside control enclosure not acceptable. D. Warranty: Single source by VAV unit manufacturer, including controls. E. VAV Unit Component Responsibility: VAV unit manufacturer shall coordinate shipping. Refer to Article "VAV Unit and FTU Component Responsibility Schedule" in this section. F. Manufacturers: Titus, Trane°, Krueger-HVAC, Nailor Industries, Inc., ENVIRO-TEC°, or approved. 2.07 CLOTHES DRYER VENT COMPONENTS A. Dryer Vent Receptacle: 22 gage aluminized steel receptacle with top or bottom opening for connection between flexible and rigid ducts. Include furring strip for installation in 2 by 4 wall. Powder coated finish. UL listed and labeled for installation in 1 hour fire rated wall. In-O-Vate Technologies Inc. Dryerbox° Recessed Dryer Receptacle Model DB-480 (561-743-8696) or approved. 23 3300 -4 All Distribution Accessories Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 3300 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Dryer Lint Box: 24 gage galvanized steel construction with polycarbonate gasketed door with piano hinge and cam lock. Lint collector with interior angle support and handle. Four inch round connections on top and bottom. Columbia HVAC Products (1-877-620-82581) or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Description: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance", provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non-compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of the A/E at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.04 VOLUME DAMPERS A. General: All required volume dampers are not shown on the Drawings. Install damper in duct to each supply, return, and exhaust opening and for branch mains serving more than 1 opening. B. Construction and Installation: Install factory built adjustable dampers with actuators with metal fasteners. Use of factory applied adhesive seal without fasteners not acceptable. In general, arrange with axis of blade in long dimension of rectangular duct. Install bearing on each end. Seal installation airtight. C. Location: Install dampers in accessible locations. Locate as far from outlet and inlet as possible. D. Remote Cable Control System: Install where ducts are not accessible. Install cables for multiple dampers and routed to common location as directed by the A/E. E. Setting: Set and lock in full open position, prior to TAB work. F. Install 12 inch long orange colored 1/2 inch wide surveyors' tape on quadrant of volume dampers located above ceilings. 3.05 AUTOMATIC BALANCING DAMPERS A. General: Install in supply and exhaust ductwork locations as shown on the Drawings. Install per manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Location: Install dampers in accessible locations. Locate as far from outlet and inlet as possible. C. Install 12 inch long orange colored 1/2 inch wide surveyors' tape on quadrant of volume dampers located above ceilings. 23 3300 - 5 All Distribution Accessories Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 3300 -6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.06 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. General: Install at exhaust and relief air duct terminations to atmosphere unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. 3.07 ACCESS DOORS A. General: Install at duct smoke detectors, backdraft dampers, motorized dampers, fire dampers, smoke dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers, both sides of duct mounted coils, airflow measuring units, duct sensors, and plenum. Arrange door swings so that access doors open against air pressure. B. Access Doors for Fire Dampers, Smoke Dampers, and Combination Fire/Smoke Dampers: 1. Size large enough to permit replacement of fusible link, resetting of damper, and damper inspection. Minimum dimension 12 inch or maximum dimension allowed by duct size. 2. Hinged and latched, or clamped with mechanism to allow easy removal. 3. Tight fitting, full neoprene gasketed, constructed to prevent air leakage. 4. Install permanent engraved phenolic nameplates in accordance with Section 230510, IBC, and IMC. Color as selected by the AHJ. 5. Demonstrate to the Owner and A/E that fusible link can be replaced, damper can be reset, and damper can be inspected for up to 5 fire damper locations and for up to 5 smoke and combination fire/smoke damper locations as selected by the A/E. 3.08 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME AND FAN POWERED SENSIBLE TERMINAL UNITS A. General: Install to be accessible for service and maintenance to components by maintenance personnel standing on ladder, without need to reach over or around light fixtures, ceiling supports, piping, and similar obstructions. Components needing service and maintenance include but are not limited to filters, controls, valves, strainers, fan motors, starters, disconnect switches, damper actuators, and airflow sensors. B. Coordination: Units located above inaccessible suspended ceilings will require access through access doors. Coordinate requirements for right or left hand access and connections to suit field connections. Access doors will be furnished and installed as part of general construction work but sizes shall be determined as part of the sheet metal work. C. Support units from structure similar to that for ducts and per details on the Drawings. Support devices shall not block access. D. Provide ceiling "dots" under the service and maintenance locations of each unit to allow maintenance personnel to identify locations of ceiling panels that need to be removed and reinstalled to access components. Obtain A/E approval of products to be used for this purpose and their method of attachment to ceiling. 3.09 FILTERS A. Duct Mounted Filter Housings: Install housings specified in Section 234100 as indicated on the Drawings. Locate and arrange to allow easy access to replace filters. 3.10 HVAC SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 230810. 3.11 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. 23 3300 - 6 All Distribution Accessories Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 3300 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.12 VAV UNIT COMPONENT RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ITEM FURNISHED MOUNTED CONNECTED BY BY BY 1. VAV Unit Unit Manufacturer Mechanical Mechanical (1) Contractor Contractor 2. Primary Air Damper Control Unit Unit Manufacturer Actuator Subcontractor Manufacturer 3. Primary Airflow Unit Manufacturer Unit Unit Manufacturer Sensor Manufacturer 4. Heating Water Coil Unit Manufacturer Unit Mechanical Manufacturer Contractor a. Heating Coil Mechanical Mechanical Mechanical Control Valve Contractor Contractor Contractor b. Control Valve Control Control (3) Control Actuator Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor 6. Low Voltage Field (4) Control Wiring Subcontractor 7. Air Flow Transducer Control Control (2) Subcontractor Subcontractor 8. Temperature Sensor Control Control Control Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor 9. Digital Controller Control Unit (2) Subcontractor Manufacturer Notes: 1. Duct and piping connections. 2. Internal tubing and wiring by unit manufacturer, external (field)wiring by control subcontractor. 3. If not integral to control valve. 4. 24 V control power connected by control subcontractor. END OF SECTION 23 3300 23 3300 - 7 All Distribution Accessories Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 3400 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 233400 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes air handling units, energy recovery ventilation units, fans, fan drives, and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. AHRI 410, Forced-Circulation Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coils. 2. AHRI 1060, Performance Rating of Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers for Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment. 3. AMCA Publication 99, Standards Handbook. 4. AMCA Standard 204, Balance Quality and Vibration Levels for Fans. 5. AMCA Standard 210, Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating. 6. AMCA Publication 211, Certified Ratings Program— Product Rating Manual for Fan Air Performance. 7. AMCA 300, Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans. 8. AMCA Standard 301, Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data, as tested to AMCA 300. 9. AMCA Publication 311, Certified Ratings Program— Product Rating Manual for Fan Sound Performance. 10. AMCA Standard 320, Laboratory Methods of Sound Testing of Fans Using Sound Intensity. 11. AMCA Standard 500-D, Laboratory Methods of Testing Dampers for Rating. 12. AMCA Publication 511, Certified Ratings Program— Product Rating Manual for Air Control Devices. 13. ARI 260, Sound Rating of Ducted Air Moving and Conditioning Equipment. 14. ARI 430, Central Station Air-Handling Units. 15. ASHRAE 84, Method of Testing Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers. 16. ASTM B 117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog)Apparatus. 17. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 18. UL 507, Standard for Electrical Fans. 19. UL 705, Power Ventilators. 20. UL 723, Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 21. UL 762, Power Roof Ventilators for Restaurant Exhaust Applications. 22. UL 1995, Heating and Cooling Equipment. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. 23 3400 - 1 Air Distribution Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 3400 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, ladder-type wiring diagrams differentiating between portions of wiring that are factory installed and portions to be field-installed, and maintenance data for each air handling unit as follows: Include dimensions, weights, capacities, certifications, component performance, electrical characteristics, casing construction details, wiring interconnections, gages, and finishes of materials. 1. Air handling units. 2. Heat and energy recovery units, enthalpy exchanger. 3. In-line centrifugal fans. 4. Blank copy of start-up and test report form. C. Performance Data: Submit fan performance curve for each air handling unit, heat recovery unit and fan. Indicate on separate graph for each fan, static pressure versus volume flow, efficiency, and brake horsepower, with scheduled design point shown and labeled. Indicate that fan performance curve will not exceed 90 percent of maximum efficiency. Performance certified in accordance with AMCA 210. A single fan curve not acceptable. Include coil selection worksheets, showing consideration for altitude, air density, fluid characteristics, and fouling factor. D. Test Reports: 1. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Power Supply: Warranty UVC emitters for 5 years after Substantial Completion date. Warranty shall cover material, labor, and travel time. Make available replacement within 48 hours of initial notification. B. Enthalpy Exchanger Core: Warranty heat recovery units for 10 years and remainder of unit for 2 years after Substantial Completion date. Warranty shall cover material, labor, and travel time. Make available replacement within 48 hours of initial notification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 HEAT RECOVERY UNITS, ENTHALPY EXCHANGER, INDOOR A. General: Factory built, indoor, horizontal heat recovery units with enthalpy exchanger as indicated on the Drawings, Unit operation at outside air temperature above minus 10 F and exhaust inlet relative humidity below 40 percent without forming frost or condensate. Certified and listed in AHRI 1060 for 0 percent exhaust air transfer ratio (EATR)for positive, negative, and neutral pressures. B. Casings: 1. General: Sections, dimensions, and service access spaces as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Construction: a. Aluminum frame with closed-cell foam insulated double-wall pre-painted aluminum panels with R-value no less than 5.7. 3. Access Doors and Removable Panels: a. Access doors and removable panels double-wall thickness with insulation and lining to match casing. Minimum 2 latches on each side of access door operable from either side of door. Access door and removable panel openings fully gasketed. b. Locate for access to internal equipment. c. Access doors swing against air pressure. If doors do not open against pressure, include safety latches that allow access doors to partially open after first handle movement and fully open after second handle movement. 23 3400 - 2 Air Distribution Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 3400 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 d. Removable panels with safety kill switch to disable equipment when removed. No tools required to open removable panel. 4. Duct Connections: Include factory installed rectangular collars. C. Fan Sections, Centrifugal: 1. Selection: Select centrifugal fans for point of design at maximum possible mechanical efficiency. At this point of design, fan characteristic curve shall continuously slope for at least 10 percent of fan static pressure, both above and below point of design. 2. Fans: Direct drive, forward curved centrifugal type fan assembly. Dynamically balanced. 3. Motors: Totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC)with thermal overload protection. Comply with requirements in Section 230513. 4. Note: Include the following paragraph for belt drive units. D. Heat Exchanger Section (where scheduled): Energy wheel type: 1. Wheel construction: Exchanger shall be constructed of alternate layers of corrugated and flat aluminum sheet material that is coated to prohibit corrosion. Both sides of the exchanger shall be completely smooth with less than 0.005"variation between alternate layers to allow for optimum sealing surface for brush seals. The rotor shall have smooth air channels to ensure laminar airflow for low-pressure drops. Dry particles up to 900 microns shall pass freely through the rotor without clogging the media. All surfaces shall be coated with a non-migrating absorbent specifically developed for the selective transfer of water vapor. Surfaces shall be visible for inspection and cleaning for both exhaust and supply sides without requiring removal of access panels. 2. Wheel housing construction: The rotor housing shall be constructed using a heavy-duty extruded and anodized aluminum tube frame with double wall galvanized sheet metal panels with fiber glass insulation. Adjustable brush seals shall be provided along the periphery of the rotor and between the inlet and outlet air passages to effectively prevent air leakage and cross-contamination between airflows. Total airflow between airstreams from leakage and purge shall be less than 10% at 2.5"w.g. differential pressure between airflows. Rotor and casing shall be reinforced to prevent deflection from differential pressures to less than 0.03 inches. All rotors shall be mounted on sealed permanently lubricated spherical bearings. 3. Drive System: The rotor drive system shall consist of a self-adjusting belt around the rotor perimeter driven by an AC motor with gear reduction. 4. Certifications: Sensible and latent recovery effectiveness must be clearly certified through ARI in accordance with the 1060 Standard. 5. Controls: Field installed and wired by controls subcontractor specified in Section 230900. Provide with terminal strip with rotation RPM contact for monitoring by Section 230900. 6. Dampers: a. Include outside and exhaust air bypass motorized damper. Actuator furnished, installed, and wired by control system subcontractor specified in Section 230900. Provide dampers per unit details on drawings. b. Opposed blade type. Size for 1200 to 1500 feet per minute face velocity. c. Airfoil blade dampers constructed with extruded aluminum or steel blades with extruded vinyl or rubber edge seals. Blade ends sealed with stainless steel "arc" seals. External frame 14 gage welded steel with 1/4 inch plate bearing bars and bronze insert bearings. External linkage controlled by separate actuators. Multiple sections of each damper linked together with welded connections. d. Damper leakage rate not to exceed 3 cfm per square foot of damper area at 1 inch w.g. pressure. 23 3400 - 3 Air Distribution Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 3400 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 e. Include shaft extension with positive actuator connection via flat spot on shaft for set screw or other non-slip mechanical connection. E. Filter Section: Pleated media type, 2 inch thick, rear access housings in outside air and exhaust air upstream of enthalpy exchanger. Comply with requirements in Section 234100. F. Dampers: Include 2 position motorized dampers and spring return analog type actuators for outside and exhaust air streams as integral part of heat recovery units. Actuators interlocked to fan motor start contactors with time delay. G. Electrical Panel: 1. Description: a. UL or ETL listed and labeled. b. Factory wired and tested prior to shipment. C. NEMA 1 construction mounted on unit fan casing with separate power and secondary 120 V compartments. d. Fused disconnect, controls, and other electrical components within casing. 2. Code Required Accessories: Include factory mounted electrical and mechanical code required accessories and as follows: a. Horsepower and full load current rated disconnecting means. b. Overcurrent protection (main and internal subcomponent). C. Motor control with running overload protection. d. Electrical installation instructions. 3. Components and Wiring: Comply with NEC and requirements in Division 26. Number coded per wiring diagrams. Label electrical components per wiring diagrams. 4. Terminals: Include terminal block for main power connection, and terminal board for low voltage control wiring. Include knockouts in bottom of main control panel for field wiring entrance. 5. Fan Branch Circuits: Individually fused. Final electrical connection to fan motors made with flexible conduit sufficiently long for vibration isolation. 6. Control Circuit: Integral 120 V, transformer with circuit breaker powered from main power connection. 7. Disconnect: Lockable door-interlocked main disconnect to isolate components. H. Outside Air Intake and Exhaust Air Discharge Openings: Include weather hoods and 1/2 inch mesh galvanized steel wire or aluminum bird screens mounted in removable frames. I. Controls: Include factory installed, wired, and tested sensors and controllers for heat exchanger defrost and summer economizer cycles. Include contactors for frost protection and built-in safeties to communicate to BACnet DDC system specified in Section 230900. Include remote temperature controller with adjustable setpoints for field installation. Comply with requirements in Section 230900. Defrost control to include proportional temperature controller with sensor mounted in exhaust air stream leaving heat exchanger to modulate face and bypass damper to maintain exhaust leaving air temperature no less than 33 F (adjustable). J. Manufacturers: SystemAire, Oxygen8, Klimor, Swegon, Aldes, or approved. 2.02 IN-LINE CENTRIFUGAL FANS A. Description: Direct drive in-line centrifugal fan as indicated on the Drawings. Arrangement, accessories, and motor as indicated in the Contract Documents. UL listed and labeled. 23 3400 -4 Air Distribution Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 3400 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Construction: 1. Housing: Galvanized steel, internally lined with 1 inch thick fiberglass neoprene coated duct liner with exposed edges sealed with adhesive. Include access panel, self-contained removable drive door, adjustable motor base, belt tunnel, support brackets, automatic belt tensioner, and inlet and outlet duct connections. Baked enamel finish. 2. Wheel: Aluminum, backward inclined, statically and dynamically balanced. 3. Bearings: Self-aligning, relubricable ball type with cast iron flanges and locking collars, L-50 life at 200,000 hours. C. Motor: Comply with requirements in Section 230513. D. Electrical: 1. Factory wired from junction box mounted on exterior of unit to motor. Electrical connection to fan motor made with flexible conduit sufficiently long for vibration isolation. 2. Variable Speed Controller: Factory or field installed and connected on junction box cover. E. Manufacturers: Greenheck Fan Corporation SQ Series, Loren Cook Company, PennBarry, JCI, or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION AND PERFORMANCE A. Description: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate with ductwork and piping as necessary to interface installation of air handling equipment and access to components. C. Coordination: Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with Division 26 and Section 230900. 3.04 WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall maintain personnel within a 50 mile radius of job site. Representative capable of troubleshooting air handling unit faults. 1. Include 1 man day to meet with mechanical, electrical and control subcontractors and mechanical engineer at job site. Schedule this meeting within 1 week after equipment is delivered to final location at job site but prior to equipment operation. Purpose is to assure that all parties understand what interconnections are required. 2. After equipment installation, include 1 man day to assist control and electrical subcontractors in termination of interconnecting wires in unit mounted control panels. This service shall also verify proper connection and polarity of wires. 23 3400 - 5 Air Distribution Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 3400 -6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.05 INSTALLATION OF AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS A. Install equipment with clearances for service and maintenance. B. Repair damaged heating and cooling coil fins. C. Floor Mounted Air Handling Units: 1. Install on level surface. 2. Anchor bolt to housekeeping pads. D. Exterior Mounted Air Handling Units: Comply with requirements in Section 230548 for vibration isolators and Section 230550 for seismic restraints. Refer to architectural drawings for roof flashing. E. Suspended Fans and In-Line Exhaust Fans: Provide hanger rods to support fan unit from slab above or from roof structure. Comply with requirements in Section 230510 for formed steel channels and supplementary steel framing, Section 230548 for vibration isolators, and Section 230550 for seismic restraints. F. Duct Silencers (Sound Traps): Install duct silencers furnished under Section 233300. G. Exterior Installations: Hot dip galvanized hardware and steel support frames for roof mounted fans. Install weatherhood over fan motors and drives. 3.06 CLEANING A. Air handling equipment shall remain sealed except during installation. When daily activities have been completed, clean and seal unit. Do not use compartments for storage. B. Thoroughly clean plenums and casings of debris and blow free small particles of rubbish and dust before making final duct connections. Prior to startup, clean to remove traces of oil, dust, and dirt. Vacuum clean fan wheels, exterior surfaces of casings, and entering air face of coils. 3.07 START-UP SERVICES A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform start-up services of air handling units and related appurtenances. Services shall include a check of proper installation, system check-out, adjustment, and complete start-up. Start-up by Contractor not acceptable. B. Coordinate start-up services with air distribution system operation as specified in Division 01 and Section 230500 and TAB work specified in Section 230593. 3.08 ADJUSTING A. Tighten belts to proper tension. Adjust fans and provide drive changes to deliver design airflow. Comply with requirements in Section 230593. B. Lubricate bearings with oil or grease as recommended by manufacturer. C. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. 3.09 HVAC SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 230810. B. Representative shall conduct two 4 hour training sessions to demonstrate that equipment operates as indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. First session shall cover operation of air handling equipment. Second session shall cover detailed system operation and trouble shooting. Give minimum one week notice prior to demonstration. Furnish instruments and personnel required to conduct the demonstration. C. Starting time (during any normal operating shift) of training sessions will be determined by the Owner to minimize overtime required for his maintenance personnel. 23 3400 - 6 Air Distribution Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 3400 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 D. Demonstrate proper performance of operating and safety controls, as well as stable equipment performance over entire operating range to satisfaction of the Owner prior to Substantial Completion. E. Include instruction session to identify locations of servicing points and required maintenance requirements to Owner's personnel. F. Include preliminary discussion and presentation of information from instruction manuals, with appropriate references to the Contract Documents, followed by tour explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, equipment cleaning procedures, control settings and available adjustments. 3.10 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. END OF SECTION 23 3400 23 3400 - 7 Air Distribution Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 3700 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 233700 AIR DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes grilles, diffusers, louvers, wall caps, and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. AAMA 2605, Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels. ADC 1062R4, Air Diffusing Equipment Certification, Rating and Test Manual. 2. AMCA 511, Certified Ratings Program— Product Rating Manual for Air Control Devices. 3. ASHRAE 70, Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets. 4. ASTM B 221, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. 5. ASTM C 578, Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. 6. ASTM C 612, Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation. 7. ASTM D 523, Standard Test Method for Specular Gloss. 8. ASTM D 2244, Standard Practice for Calculation of Color Tolerances and Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates. 9. ASTM D 4318, Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. 10. ICC Evaluation Service AC 167, Acceptance Criteria for Fabric Air Dispersion Systems. 11. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 12. UL 2518, Outline of Investigations for Air Dispersion Systems Materials. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of the following: 1. Grilles, registers, and diffusers. 2. Louvers. C. Color samples for air dispersion system. D. Color chart for louvers. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Warrant air dispersion system for 10 years after Substantial Completion date. Warranty shall cover material, labor, and travel time. Make available replacement within 48 hours of initial notification. 23 3700 - 1 Air Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 3700 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS A. Except as otherwise indicated, furnish manufacturer's standard grilles and diffusers of size, shape, capacity and type as indicated on the Drawings for complete installation. B. Performance: Furnish grilles and diffusers that have, as minimum, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each grille and diffuser type and size as listed in manufacturer's current data. C. Ceiling Compatibility: Furnish with border styles compatible with adjacent ceiling systems specifically manufactured to fit into ceiling module with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to architectural drawings and specifications for types of ceiling systems. D. Seismic Restraints for Grilles and Diffusers Weighing Less than 20 Pounds: Include means to positively attach grilles and diffusers to ceiling grid system. E. Manufacturers: Titus, Krueger-HVAC, Nailor Industries Inc., Price Industries, Greenheck, or approved. 2.02 LOUVERS A. General: Refer to architecture portion of the specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork and duct accessories, as necessary to interface installation of grilles and diffusers with other work. C. Install grilles and diffusers level and plumb. D. Install grilles and diffusers with airtight connection to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of adjustable components. E. Ceiling-Mounted Air Devices: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Grille and diffuser locations have been indicated on the Drawings to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated on the architectural reflected ceiling plans. For grilles and diffusers installed in lay-in ceiling panels, locate in center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify A/E for determination of final location. 23 3700 - 2 Air Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 3700 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 F. Seismic Restraints: 1. For Grilles and Diffusers Weighing Less than 20 Pounds: Positively attach grille and diffuser to ceiling grid system. 2. For Grilles and Diffusers Weighing 20 to 56 Pounds: In addition to positively attaching grille and diffuser to ceiling grid system, install two No. 12 gage hanger wires connected to grille and diffuser to ceiling system hanger or to structure above. 3. For Grilles and Diffusers Weighing More than 56 Pounds: Support directly from structure above. Comply with requirements in Section 230550 for seismic restraints. G. Connect ducts to louvers as indicated on the Drawings. Apply sealant to make installation watertight. H. Anchor sleeves for brick vents to wall opening. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. After installation, adjust grilles and diffusers to air patterns indicated on the Drawings, or as directed by the A/E before starting air balancing. 3.05 CLEANING A. After installation of grilles and diffusers, inspect exposed finish. Clean exposed surfaces to remove burrs, dirt, and smudges. Remove and provide new grilles and diffusers that have damaged finishes. END OF SECTION 23 3700 23 3700 - 3 Air Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 4100 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 234100 FILTERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes air filters for air handling equipment and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASHRAE 52.2 Method of Testing General Ventilation Air--Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size. 2. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air--Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 3. UL 867, Standard for Electrostatic Air Cleaners. 4. UL 900, Standard for Air Filter Units. 5. UL 916, Standard for Energy Management System. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230510. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following: 1. Replaceable filters. 2. Final filters. 3. Filters during construction. 4. Blank copy of start--up and test report forms. C. Test Reports: 1. Start--up and test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of reports and include in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. D. Certification: Submit certificate signed by the Owner as to receipt of spare filters. 1.04 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 233300—Air Distribution Accessories: Duct mounted filter housings and filters during construction. 1.05 SPARE MEDIA A. For Air Handling Units, Heat Recovery Units, Packaged HVAC Equipment, Fuel Fired Heating Equipment, FTUs, and Similar Equipment with Filters: Three sets for each type of filter. One for initial installation, one installed prior to TAB work specified in Section 230593, one installed after final flush out, and one delivered to the Owner at Substantial Completion. Label filter boxes with equipment numbers as included in the equipment schedules on the Drawings. 23 4100 - 1 Filters Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 4100 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 REPLACEABLE FILTERS A. Pleated Media Type: Extended surface with reinforced non--woven cotton fabric in self--supporting frame, MERV 8 per ASHRAE 52.2, 2 as evaluated under Appendix J, 2 inch thick, UL 900. B. Manufacturers: Camfil 30/30, AAF International, Flanders®Corporation, or approved. 2.02 FINAL FILTERS A. Extended Surface Bag Type: Pocket style filters consisting of fiberglass media, galvanized steel header and pocket retainers and bonding agents. Tapered self--supporting pleated pockets. MERV 14 per ASHRAE 52.2 as evaluated under Appendix J, UL 900. B. Manufacturers: Camfil Hi--Flo Series, AAF International, Flanders®Corporation, or approved. 2.03 FILTERS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. General: Pleated media type with reinforced synthetic blend filter media that has been electrostatically charged, MERV 8 per ASHRAE 52.2, 1 inch thick, UL 900. B. Manufacturers: Camfil Aeropleat IV+, Flanders®Corporation, or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate with ductwork and air moving equipment as necessary to interface installation of and access to filters. C. Install filters in proper position to prevent passage of unfiltered air. D. HEPA Filters: Pressurize housing to a minimum of 3.0 inch w.g. or to designed operating pressure, whichever is higher. Test housing joints, door seals, and sealing edges of filter with soapy water to check for air leaks. E. Install resistance indicator static pressure taps upstream and downstream of filters to indicate air pressure drop through air filter. Install indicator on outside of filter housing or filter plenum in accessible and readable position. 3.04 HVAC SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 230810. 23 4100 - 2 Filters Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 4100 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.05 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. END OF SECTION 23 4100 23 4100 - 3 Filters Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 8100 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 23 8100 PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes packaged HVAC equipment with mechanical cooling capabilities and associated appurtenances and refrigerant piping for ductless split heat pump and variable refrigerant volume (VRV)systems. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable energy code. 2. AHRI 13256-1, Water-Source Heat Pumps-Testing and Rating for Performance-Part 1: Water-to-Air and Brine-to-Water Heat Pumps. 3. AMCA 210, Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Certified Aerodynamic Performance Rating. 4. AHRI 210/240, Performance Rating of Unitary Air-Conditioning and Air Source Heat Pump Equipment. 5. AHRI 270, Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment. 6. AHRI 340/360, Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment. 7. AHRI 390, Single Package Vertical Air-Conditioners and Heat Pumps. 8. ASCE 7, Minimum Design Loads For Buildings and other Structures. 9. ASTM B 117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray(Fog)Apparatus. 10. MSS SP-58, Pipe Hangers and Supports—Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation. 11. MSS SP-69, Pipe Hangers Supports—Selection and Application. 12. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 13. UL 1995, Heating and Cooling Equipment. C. Refrigeration Piping Subcontractor Specified in Section 232300: Responsible for matching refrigeration equipment specified in this section, air handling equipment and their direct expansion cooling coils specified in Section 233400, and refrigeration piping and specialties specified in Section 232300. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following: Indicate accessories where required for complete system and installation instructions. 1. Ductless air conditioner with matching air cooled condensing unit. 2. Variable refrigerant volume (VRV)split water-cooled heat recovery system. 3. Refrigerant piping for ductless split heat pump and VRV systems. 4. Blank copy of start-up and test report forms. 2381 00 - 1 Packaged HVAC Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 8100 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Performance Data: Submit fan performance curve for unit. Indicate on separate graph for each fan, static pressure versus volume flow, efficiency, and brake horsepower, with scheduled design point shown and labeled. Performance certified in accordance with AMCA 210. A single fan curve not acceptable. D. Shop Drawings: Submit packaged HVAC equipment control wiring diagram indicating factory and field installed wiring. E. Test Reports: 1. Factory start-up and test reports. 2. Field start-up and test reports. 3. Submit completed copy of report and include copy in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. F. Samples: 1. Process cooling equipment cabinet color. 1.04 WARRANTY A. General: Warrant variable refrigerant volume (VRV)system components for 10 years after Substantial Completion date. Warranty shall cover material, labor, and travel time. Make available replacement within 48 hours of initial notification. 1.05 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 230900—Automatic Temperature Controls: Zone temperature sensors, thermostats, and similar control devices for packaged HVAC equipment. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTLESS AIR CONDITIONER/HEAT PUMP WITH MATCHING AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT A. Description: Matched packaged equipment by same manufacturer, factory piped, precharged, wired, tested, and ready to operate. Indoor unit ceiling or wall mounted as scheduled on the Drawings. Condensing unit slab mounted. Rated in accordance with AHRI 210/240. UL listed and labeled. B. Indoor Unit: Factory assembled with multi speed direct drive centrifugal fan, washable anti-microbial air filter, evaporator coil, condensate drain pump and check valve, and adjustable discharge grille. C. Condensing Unit: Factory assembled with rotary compressor mounted on vibration isolators, crankcase heater, low ambient cooling control to 0 F outdoor air temperature, condenser coil, interconnecting refrigerant piping, and direct drive propeller type condenser fan. Steel cabinet painted with factory enamel finish. D. Refrigerant System: Complete refrigerant charge with R-410a. Include filter-drier, accumulator, electric expansion valve, compressor muffler, low and high pressure switches, and liquid and suction line service valves with stub tubes for brazed connections. E. Condensing Unit Electrical: Unit control box factory wired to operate on power supply as indicated on the Drawings. Include power supply terminal board. Electrical components integrally protected by group fuses or circuit breakers. Timer circuit for compressor motor to prevent restarting of compressor motor more than once every 5 minutes. Compressor protection by high and low pressure switches. F. Control: Microprocessor control with auto restart function. Include wired remote controller for field installation. G. Manufacturers: Daikin, Samsung, Mitsubishi Electric Corporation/Trane°, LG, or approved. 2381 00 -2 Packaged HVAC Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 8100 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.02 VARIABLE REFRIGERANT VOLUME (VRV) SPLIT WATER COOLED HEAT RECOVERY SYSTEM A. Description: Variable capacity, heat recovery system utilizing variable refrigerant flow and operating on R-410a. System consists of evaporators (indoor units) using inverter driven outdoor unit. Outdoor unit with direct expansion (DX)water-cooled system with variable speed driven compressor. B. Indoor Unit: 1. Description: Factory assembled, piped, and wired with electronic and refrigerant controls. Factory run tested. Designed to operate: a. Indoor Room Temperature Range in Heating Mode: 59 F to 80 F. b. Indoor Room Temperature Range in Cooling Mode: 57 F to 77 F WB. c. Ambient Operating Range: 35 F to 104 F DB and 80 percent RH or lower(non- condensing). d. Standard Inlet Water Temperature Range: 50 F to 113 F. e. Geothermal Inlet Water in Cooling Mode: Down to 27 F. f. Geothermal Inlet Water in Heating Mode: Down to 14 F. 2. Cabinet: Constructed from corrosion resistant, rust proofed, mild steel panels with baked enamel finish. 3. Condenser Heat Exchanger: Stainless steel, brazed plate type with maximum 285 psi water pressure. 4. Compressors: Inverter controlled scroll compressor, crankcase heater, high pressure safety switch, internal thermal overloads, and spring vibration isolators. 5. Capacity Control Range: 8 to 100 percent. 6. Unit Controls: Include control boards to operate VRV system and interconnect outdoor unit and indoor units via 18 V DC, non-shielded, stranded, 2 conductor cable. 7. Safety Devices: High pressure sensor and switch, low pressure sensor control circuit fuses, crankcase heater, fusible plug, overload relay, inverter overload protector, compressor motor thermal and over current protector for inverter and anti-recycling timer. 8. Fan and Motor: Propeller type, vertical discharge, direct drive. Motors multi speed digitally commutating inverter type with inherent overload protection, permanently lubricated bearings, and fan guard. 9. Condenser Coil: Nonferrous construction with louvered fins on copper tubing. Fins with corrosion resistant coating. C. Branch Distribution Unit: 1. Description: Factory assembled, internally piped, and wired with electronic and refrigerant controls. Factory run tested. Designed for indoor installation. 2. Cabinet: Galvanized steel, internally insulated. 3. Refrigerant Circuit: Y-branch kits, multiple ports to serve indoor units, each port with subcooling heat exchanger and two 2 position solenoid valves. Include tubing provisions for field furnished and installed isolation valves. 4. Unit Controls: Include control boards to operate VRV system and communicate in daisy chain configuration from outdoor unit and indoor units via 4 conductor, stranded and shielded cable for RS-485 communication. 5. Include microprocessors to communicate with main controller in outdoor unit. D. Indoor Unit(4-Way Ceiling Cassette): 1. Description: Unit recessed mounted type with 4-way discharge pattern connected to heat pump unit. Factory assembled and tested with wiring, piping, electronic expansion valve, control circuit board, fan and motor, condensate drain pan, self-diagnostic function and 2381 00 - 3 Packaged HVAC Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 8100 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 auto-restart functions. Include integral sensor within cabinet for use with wireless remote controller. 2. Cabinet: Include provisions for field installed outside air. Include filter grille on bottom of unit for 2-, 3-, or 4-way airflow. 3. Fan and Motor: Direct drive, cross flow fan, statically and dynamically balanced, fan speed controlled using micrprocesser-dased DDC control for high speed for cooling "ON" and low fan speed for cooling "OFF"and high speed fan for heating "ON" and fan off for heating "OFF". Fan speeds adjustable between "LOW', "MEDIUM", and "HIGH". Motor with permanently lubricated and sealed bearings. Fan/motor assembly mounted on rubber grommets. 4. Filter: Removable, washable return air filter with anti-fungal treatment. 5. Coil: Direct expansion type constructed from copper tubes expanded into aluminum fins. Tubes with internal grooves, factory pressure tested and factory charged with dry nitrogen. Include condensate pan below coil constructed of expanded polystyrene resin below coil and condensate pump. E. Indoor Unit(2-Way Ceiling Cassette): 1. Description: Unit recessed mounted type with 2-way discharge pattern connected to heat pump unit. Factory assembled and tested with wiring, piping, electronic expansion valve, control circuit board, fan and motor, condensate drain pan, self-diagnostic function and auto-restart functions. Include integral sensor within cabinet for use with wireless remote controller. Cabinet: Include provisions for field installed outside air. Include filter grille on bottom of unit for 2-way airflow. Fan and Motor: Direct drive, cross flow fan, statically and dynamically balanced, fan speed controlled using micrprocesser-dased DDC control for high speed for cooling "ON" and low fan speed for cooling "OFF" and high speed fan for heating "ON" and fan off for heating "OFF". Fan speeds adjustable between "LOW', "MEDIUM", and "HIGH". Motor with permanently lubricated and sealed bearings. Fan/motor assembly mounted on rubber grommets. 2. Filter: Removable, washable return air filter with anti-fungal treatment. 3. Coil: Direct expansion type constructed from copper tubes expanded into aluminum fins. Tubes with internal grooves, factory pressure tested and factory charged with dry nitrogen. Include condensate pan below coil constructed of expanded polystyrene resin below coil and condensate pump. F. Indoor Unit(1-Way Ceiling Cassette): 1. Description: Unit recessed mounted type with 2-way discharge pattern connected to heat pump unit. Factory assembled and tested with wiring, piping, electronic expansion valve, control circuit board, fan and motor, condensate drain pan, self-diagnostic function and auto-restart functions. Include integral sensor within cabinet for use with wireless remote controller. 2. Cabinet: Include provisions for field installed outside air. Include filter grille on bottom of unit for 1-way airflow. 3. Fan and Motor: Direct drive, cross flow fan, statically and dynamically balanced, fan speed controlled using micrprocesser-dased DDC control for high speed for cooling "ON" and low fan speed for cooling "OFF"and high speed fan for heating "ON" and fan off for heating "OFF". Fan speeds adjustable between "LOW', "MEDIUM", and "HIGH". Motor with permanently lubricated and sealed bearings. Fan/motor assembly mounted on rubber grommets. 4. Filter: Removable, washable return air filter with anti-fungal treatment. 5. Coil: Direct expansion type constructed from copper tubes expanded into aluminum fins. Tubes with internal grooves, factory pressure tested and factory charged with dry 2381 00 -4 Packaged HVAC Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 8100 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 nitrogen. Include condensate pan below coil constructed of expanded polystyrene resin below coil and condensate pump. G. Indoor Unit(Fan Coil): 1. Description: Unit concealed type with inlet and outlet connections and connected to heat pump unit. Factory assembled and tested with wiring, piping, electronic expansion valve, control circuit board, fan and motor, condensate drain pan, self-diagnostic function and auto-restart functions. Include integral sensor within cabinet for use with wireless remote controller. 2. Cabinet: Include provisions for field installed outside air duct. Include inlet and outlet duct openings and filter opening. 3. Fan and Motor: Direct drive, cross flow fan, statically and dynamically balanced, fan speed controlled using micrprocesser-dased DDC control for high speed for cooling "ON" and low fan speed for cooling "OFF"and high speed fan for heating "ON"and fan off for heating "OFF". Fan speeds adjustable between "LOW', "MEDIUM", and "HIGH". Motor with permanently lubricated and sealed bearings. Fan/motor assembly mounted on rubber grommets. 4. Filter: Removable, washable return air filter with anti-fungal treatment. 5. Coil: Direct expansion type constructed from copper tubes expanded into aluminum fins. Tubes with internal grooves, factory pressure tested and factory charged with dry nitrogen. Include condensate pan below coil constructed of expanded polystyrene resin below coil and condensate pump. H. Manufacturers: Samsung DVM S Water, Daikin VRV- IV W Heat Recovery Series, LG Electronics Multi V Water IV Series, Mitsubishi Electric Corporation CITY MULTI®L-Generation Series, Trane®, or approved. 2.03 REFRIGERANT PIPING FOR DUCTLESS SPLIT HEAT PUMP AND VRV SYSTEMS A. Pipe: Copper, Type ACR soft drawn, pre-charged, ASTM B 280, cleaned and dehydrated for refrigeration service with ends capped and sealed, 700 psig working pressure rating. Mueller Streamline®Co. or approvedOutdoor Unit: B. Insulation: Closed cell elastomeric foam, factory pre-insulated, 1 inch thickness, meeting ASTM C 534 and ASTM E 84, UL listed and labeled with flame spread rating not greater than 25 and smoke developed rating not greater than 50. C. Ball Valves: Full port, two piece forged brass body with Teflon°ball seals and copper tube extensions, brass seal cap, chrome plated ball, stem with neoprene ring stem seals. Include Schrader ports. Maximum working pressure 500 psig and maximum temperature 300 F. Superior Valve Company, Parker Hannifin Corporation, Henry Technologies, or approved D. Pipe Supports: Fabricated sheet metal pan as indicated on the Drawings. 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform function test of packaged HVAC equipment before shipping. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this section. 2381 00 - 5 Packaged HVAC Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 8100 -6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION,APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article"Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordination: Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with Division 26 and Section 230900. C. Installation: Equipment manufacturer shall supervise installation of process cooling equipment and verify that installation conforms to his requirements. 3.04 WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall maintain personnel within 50 mile radius of job site. Representative capable of troubleshooting packaged HVAC equipment faults. 1. Include 1 man day to meet with mechanical, electrical and control subcontractors and mechanical engineer at job site. Schedule this meeting within 1 week after equipment is delivered to final location at job site but prior to equipment installation. Purpose is to ensure that all parties understand what interconnections are required. 2. After equipment installation, include 1 man day to assist control and electrical subcontractors in termination of interconnecting wires in unit mounted control panels. This service shall also verify proper connection and polarity of wires. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS A. Install equipment with clearances for service and maintenance. B. Repair damaged condenser coil fins. C. Coordinate with Division 26 to install disconnects so as not to interfere with unit and internal component access and filters. D. Roof Mounted Equipment: Comply with requirements in Section 230548 for vibration isolators and Section 230550 for seismic restraints. Refer to architectural drawings for roof and roof insulation requirements. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF DUCTLESS SPLIT HEAT PUMP AND VRV SYSTEMS A. General: Install equipment level and plumb using manufacturer's standard mounting devices. B. Install equipment with clearances for service and maintenance. C. Install ball valves for zoned refrigerant isolation of each indoor unit and condensing unit. D. Install pipe supports in accordance with MSS SP-58, MSS SP-69, and Section 232116, whichever is more stringent. 3.07 START-UP SERVICES A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform start-up services of packaged HVAC equipment and related appurtenances. Services shall include check of proper installation, system check-out, adjustment, and complete start-up. Start-up by the Contractor not acceptable. B. Coordinate start-up services with air distribution system operation as specified in Division 01 and Section 230500 and TAB work specified in Section 230593. 2381 00 -6 Packaged HVAC Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment-Phase 1 23 8100 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.08 HVAC SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 230810. B. Representative shall conduct two 6 hour training sessions to demonstrate that equipment operates as indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. First session shall cover operation of packaged HVAC equipment. Second session shall cover detailed system operation and trouble shooting. Give minimum one week notice prior to demonstration. Furnish instruments and personnel required to conduct demonstration. C. Starting time (during any normal operating shift)of training sessions will be determined by the Owner to minimize overtime required for his maintenance personnel. D. Demonstrate proper performance of operating and safety controls, as well as stable equipment performance over entire operating range to satisfaction of the Owner prior to Substantial Completion. E. Include instruction session to identify locations of servicing points and required maintenance requirements to Owner's personnel. F. Include preliminary discussion and presentation of information from instruction manuals, with appropriate references to the Contract Documents,followed by tour explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, equipment cleaning procedures, control settings and available adjustments. 3.09 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. END OF SECTION 23 8100 2381 00 - 7 Packaged HVAC Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 82 00 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 23 8200 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes fin tube units, baseboard heaters, convectors, unit heaters, cabinet heaters, panel radiators, unit ventilators, and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable energy code. 2. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for the following: 1. Unit heaters, electric. 2. Blank copy of start-up and test report forms. C. Test Reports: 1. Start-up and test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of reports and include in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 UNIT HEATERS, ELECTRIC A. Description: Unit heater consisting of casing, propeller fan, electric heating elements, and discharge assembly. Horizontal discharge. B. Casing: Steel die-formed construction with hinged access door. C. Fan: Propeller type, direct drive. D. Motor: Totally enclosed permanent split capacitor type with permanently lubricated sealed bearings. Comply with requirements in Section 230513. E. Electric Heating Element: High mass, steel, tubular finned type. F. Wiring: Single circuit with elements, motor, and control circuit subdivided with factory wired and fuses to conform to NEC and UL. Automatic reset thermal overloads and primary fusing for elements, motors, and transformers. G. Controls: Factory installed and wired contactors and control circuit transformer. Built-in fan override switch. H. Discharge: Multiple adjustable steel louvers. 23 82 00 - 1 Terminal Heat Transfer Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 23 82 00 -2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 I. Components: 1. Mounting bracket and dust shield. J. Manufacturers: Qmark, Trane, Markel Products Company, Electromode, Berko, Brasch, or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive the Work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing the Work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from the Work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the Work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with Division 26 and Section 230900. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean enclosures and exposed piping. B. Clean inside and outside of cabinets prior to completion of work. 3.05 HVAC SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 230810. 3.06 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 230800. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. END OF SECTION 238200 23 82 00 -2 Terminal Heat Transfer Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0500 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 0500 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes materials, equipment, labor, supervision, tools and items necessary for the construction, installation, connection, testing and operation of electrical work. This section applies to all Divisions 26, 27, and 28 sections. B. General Requirements: General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Perform work in accordance with requirements of the state in which the work is performed. B. Conform to applicable industry standards, UL standards, NEMA standards, and other standards as noted. 1. Notify the A/E of deviations in Contract Documents to applicable codes and ordinances prior to installation of the Work. Perform changes in the Work after initial installation due to requirements of code enforcing agencies at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. If conflict occurs between legally adopted codes and the Contract Documents, the codes prevail. Contractor to comply with requirements of the Contract Documents which may exceed code requirements and not contrary to same. C. Operating Conditions: 1. Temperature: Minus 20 deg C to plus 40 deg C. 2. Altitude: Up to 3,300 feet (1,000 meters). 1.03 PERMIT INFORMATION A. Permit Application: Arrange for and pay for all required permits, fees, and inspections required for work included in Division 26, 27, and 28. B. Permit Submittal Plan Review: Submit the following to the AHJ as required to support the permit application: 1. Electrical Permit: Submit Conformed Set/Construction Set documents 2. Fire Alarm Permit: Submit Shop drawings C. Approved Permit Plans Printing: Print and have available for the inspector a full size color set of the approved plan review drawings. A digital set of approved drawings will be provided electronically and will be the same size and sheet count as the Bid Documents. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and with additional requirements indicated in this article. B. Electronic Product Data: 1. Comply with requirements in Section 013300 and additional requirements indicated in this article. 2. Submit each specification section complete at one time with a dedicated submittal number for each section. For example, submit products for Section 260519 under one submittal number and products for Section 260533 under a different submittal number. Submitting multiple sections at one time 26 0500- 1 Electrical Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0500 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 acceptable as long as each section has a dedicated submittal number. Include submittal number and date submitted in file name. 3. Submit signed letter indicating 3D model coordination has started and will continue through construction. 3D model not required to be submitted/reviewed during construction phase. 4. Partial product submittals not acceptable and will be returned without review except as follows: a. Section 260573 Power Studies including representative one-line diagram of distribution system (with bus numbers as described herein) indicating which devices will be presented in protective device coordination study and indicate additional information required to complete the study. b. Section 260923 Lighting Controls including products and materials for first submittal and Shop Drawings for second submittal. C. Sections 265100 Lighting and 265561 Stage Lighting Systems including products and materials for first submittal and Shop Drawings for second submittal. d. Section 283111 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems including products and materials for first submittal and Shop Drawings for second submittal. e. Long lead items. f. Site and underground work. 5. Clearly mark catalog pages, equipment, and model number to be used. Indicate associated specification section and paragraph number on each page. Identify required options and accessories. 6. Format: a. PDF file format. b. Bookmark each submittal to facilitate browsing to each specification paragraph number. C. Include table of contents for each specification section. Include catalog numbers or drawing numbers. d. Include the Contractor and manufacturer's representative contact information for each product. Include job name (or abbreviation of job name), specification number, and contractor submittal number in file name. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit as specified in the individual specification sections. Submit minimum 30 days prior to starting fabrication on installation work. Do not fabricate on install until reviewed by the A/E. Include complete location dimensions, and hanger and support sizes and dimensions. 2. "Typical" drawings and wiring diagrams not accepted unless they specifically apply to this project. 3. Provide drawings at sufficient scale to show details clearly on same size sheets as Drawings. 4. Show required coordination with work of other trades. 5. Identify details and show their locations in Project. 6. Include description of configuration and operation of proposed systems. 7. Include outline drawings of proposed equipment in plan and elevation views including overall dimensions, weights, and clearance required. 8. Include one-line electrical diagrams required for control and sensing. 9. Request floor plan backgrounds in electronic format from the A/E. 26 0500- 2 Electrical Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0500 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 10. Direct use of the Drawings as the basis of Contractor's prepared Shop Drawings not acceptable. 11. Format: a. PDF file format. D. Approval: Approval of a manufacturer's name or product by the A/E does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply in detail with requirements of the Contract Documents. E. Re-Submittals: Clearly identify re-submittals. Provide revised tabs, indexes, page renumbering, and other formats to interface with original submittal. Identify changes and include date for project tracking. F. Schedule of Values: 1. Comply with the requirements in Division 01 with additional requirements as indicated in this paragraph. 2. Include costs in Schedule of Values as follows: a. Mobilization. b. Submittals. C. Electrical Permit. d. 3D Coordination e. Electrical Site— Utility Provisions, Material. f. Electrical Site— Utility Provisions, Labor. g. Electrical Site—Site Lighting Rough In, Material. h. Electrical Site—Site Lighting Rough In, Labor. i. Electrical Site—Street Lighting Rough In, Material. j. Electrical Site—Street Lighting Rough In, Labor. k. Electrical Site— Power and Low Voltage, Material. I. Electrical Site— Power and Low Voltage, Labor. M. Electrical Site— Electric Vehicle Charging, Material. n. Electrical Site— Electric Vehicle Charging, Labor. o. Generator—Material. P. Generator—Labor. q. Lighting Systems— Fixtures & Lamps Material. r. Lighting Systems— Fixtures & Lamps Labor. S. Lighting Systems— Branch Circuit Raceway Rough-in, Material. t. Lighting Systems— Branch Circuit Raceway Rough-in, Labor. U. Lighting Systems— Branch Circuit Wiring, Material. V. Lighting Systems— Branch Circuit Wiring Labor. W. Lighting Systems— Devices &Trim, Material. X. Lighting Systems— Devices &Trim, Labor. y. Power Systems—Switchgear, Disconnects, Material. Z. Power Systems—Switchgear, Disconnects, Labor. aa. Power Systems— Feeder Raceway Rough-in, Material. bb. Power Systems— Feeder Raceway Rough-in, Labor. cc. Power Systems— Feeder Conductor, Material. dd. Power Systems— Feeder Conductor, Labor. ee. Power Systems— Equipment Connections. ff. Power Systems— Branch Circuit Raceway Rough-in, Material. gg. Power Systems— Branch Circuit Raceway Rough-in, Labor. hh. Power Systems— Branch Circuit Wiring, Material. 26 0500- 3 Electrical Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0500 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 ii. Power Systems— Branch Circuit Wiring, Labor. jj. Power Systems— Devices &Trim, Material. kk. Power Systems— Devices &Trim, Labor. II. Low Voltage— Fire Alarm Rough-in, Material. mm. Low Voltage— Fire Alarm Rough-in, Labor. nn. Low Voltage— Fire Alarm Trim, Material. oo. Low Voltage— Fire Alarm Trim, Labor. pp. Low Voltage—Telecommunications Pathway Rough-in, Material. qq. Low Voltage—Telecommunications Pathway Rough-in, Labor. rr. Low Voltage—Telecommunications Cabling, Material. ss. Low Voltage—Telecommunications Cabling, Labor. tt. Low Voltage—Classroom Audio Visual, Material. uu. Low Voltage—Classroom Audio Visual, Labor. vv. Low Voltage— Performance Audio Visual, Material. ww. Low Voltage— Performance Audio Visual, Labor. xx. Low Voltage— Performance Sound, Material. yy. Low Voltage— Performance Sound, Labor. zz. Low Voltage— Intercom and Clock Rough-in, Material. aaa. Low Voltage— Intercom and Clock Rough-in, Labor. bbb. Low Voltage— Intercom and Clock Trim, Material. ccc. Low Voltage— Intercom and Clock Trim, Labor. ddd. Low Voltage— Intrusion Detection, Material. eee. Low Voltage— Intrusion Detection, Labor. fff. Low Voltage—Access Control, Material. ggg. Low Voltage—Access Control, Labor. hhh. Low Voltage—Security Video, Material. iii. Low Voltage—Security Video, Labor. jjj. Low Voltage— Rescue Assistance Signal, Material. kkk. Low Voltage— Rescue Assistance Signal, Labor. III. Low Voltage— Emergency Responder Radio, Material. mmm. Low Voltage— Emergency Responder Radio, Labor. nnn. Punch List and Close Out. 000. Testing Commissioning and Training. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Initial Closeout Submittal: Submit draft copy of the closeout documents at least 30 days before commencing demonstration or training. The A/E will review and comment on whether general scope and content are acceptable 1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with A/E comments B. Final Closeout Submittal: Submit each closeout document in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion C. Closeout Documents include the following: 1. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: identified in Section 260823. 2. Record Drawings: identified in Section 260823 3. Test Reports and Certificates: identified in Section 260823 4. Warranties: identified in Section 260823 26 0500-4 Electrical Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0500 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 5. Certifications: Submit written certifications from the governing building authorities stating that work has been inspected and accepted, and complies with applicable codes and ordinances. 1.06 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS A. Refer to Division 01 for definitions and abbreviations. Additional definitions and abbreviations are as follows. B. "Approved"or"Approval" means written approval by the owner or"Owner's agent" (A/E). C. "Codes" means AHJ adopted codes, rules, and ordinances and additional codes as specified herein. D. "Concealed" means spaces out of sight. For example, above ceilings, below floors, between double walls, furred-in areas, pipe and duct shafts, and similar spaces. E. The word "Contractor", as used in Divisions 26, 27, and 28 sections, means the electrical subcontractor. F. "Coordination", "Coordinating", and "Coordinate" means to bring, or the bringing, into a common action, movement, or combination so as to act together in a smooth concerted way. G. "Demolition", "Demo", "Demolish" means to disconnect, remove and properly dispose of existing devices, components, equipment. H. "Directed", "Requested", "Accepted", and Similar Terms means these terms imply"by the A/E" unless otherwise indicated. I. "Exposed" means open to view. For example, raceways installed in a tunnel or raceways installed in a room and not covered by other construction. J. "Furnish" means supply and deliver to the project site ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar activities. K. "Indicated" and "Indicated on the Drawings" means shown on Drawings by notes, graphics or schedules, or written into other portions of Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown", "noted", "scheduled" and "specified" have same meanings as "indicated", and are used to assist the reader in locating particular information. L. "Install" means to place in position for service or use. Includes operations at project site, such as unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, preserving, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar activities. M. "PDF file format" means a searchable Portable Document Format. These files are either created from searchable source document that contains text replicated into the PDF or by creating a searchable PDF by scanning the documents and applying Optical Character Recognition and having all text be recognized. N. "Provide" means furnish and install for a complete, finished, and operable system and ready for intended use. O. "Shop Drawings" means Document which fully details equipment and intended installation relative to this specific Project. P. "Structural Members" means all above and below grade elements associated with the structural support of the building or structure. Q. "Substantial Completion" means that the entire project (or readily definable portion thereof if so designated in the Contracted Documents) is acceptable to code enforcement 26 0500- 5 Electrical Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0500 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 authorities and to extent required by such authorities, has been inspected and approved by such authorities, and is suitable for occupancy by the Owner or occupant for the purpose intended. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01 for additional requirements. R. "Work"or"Project' means entire scope of work required by the Contract Documents. S. Abbreviations: A/E Architect ADS Acoustical Distinguishable Space AFCI Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter AHJ Authorities Having Jurisdiction ANSI American National Standards Institute ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials ATP Acceptance Test Procedure BMS Building Management System BOM Bill-of-Material C Degrees Celsius CEC Canadian Electrical Code CCT Correlated Color Temperature CIS Common Intelligibility Scale CSA Canadian Standards Association CR Controlled Receptacle CRI Color Rendering Index CU Coefficient of Utilization DAS Distributed Antenna System EBS Educational Broadband Service EMS Energy Management System EMT Electrical Metallic Tubing EPO Emergency Power Off ETL Environmental Technology Laboratory EUSERC Electric Utility Service Equipment Requirements F Degrees Fahrenheit FC Foot-candle FM Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation GB Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Breaker GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter GFI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter GUI Graphical User Interface HDPE High-density polyethylene HID High-intensity discharge HVAC Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning IC Insulation contact IBC International Building Code IDF Intermediate distribution frame IEC International Electrotechnical Commission IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IES Illuminating Engineering Society IMC Intermediate Metal Conduit K Kelvin kVA Kilo Volt Amps LED Light-emitting diode LPI Lightning Protection Institute 26 0500- 6 Electrical Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0500 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 MC Metal Clad MDF Main distribution frame NEC National Electrical Code, NFPA 70 (latest adopted edition with Amendments) NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NETA International Electrical Testing Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NRTL Nationally Recognized Test Laboratory OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PCB Polychlorinated Biphenyl PDU Power Distribution Units PF Power factor RMC Rigid Metal Conduit RMS Root Mean Square RTRC Reinforced thermosetting resin conduit SCCR Short Circuit Current Rating SPD Surge Protective Devices STC Factory Standard Test Condition STI Sound transmission index STIPA STI for public address systems TCLP Toxicity characteristic leaching procedure THD Total Harmonic Distortion TIA Telecommunications Industry Association UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply V Volts VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol VRLA Valve Regulated Lead Acid Batteries 1.07 MATERIALS A. Where two or more manufacturers are listed, select for use any of those listed. The first mentioned, in general, was used as the basis of design. Bids on any manufacturer named acceptable as long as that manufacturer meets every aspect of the Contract Documents. Note that equipment layout is based on equipment listed in equipment schedules. B. Ensure that equipment will fit within available space. Where other than basis of design manufacturer is selected for the Project, the Contractor is responsible for verifying equipment will fit within available space and meet manufacturer's and code required clearances. C. Where other than basis of design manufacturer is selected for the Project, include cost of resulting additional work, coordination with other trades, and redesign of associated building services and structure as required to accommodate selected equipment. Include redesign drawings with submitted Shop Drawings. D. Include costs in base bid for required redesign work by A/E to accommodate proposed Product. The Owner will compensate Engineer through the A/E at rate of$165.00 per hour for time and expense for required review of submittals and additional coordination for redesign work. Amount of compensation will be deducted from Final Payment to the Contractor. 26 0500- 7 Electrical Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0500 - 8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1.08 STANDARDS OF QUALITY A. Materials and Equipment: UL listed and labeled or other AHJ approved testing laboratory and in compliance with other industry standards as specified. B. Provide manufacture's regularly catalogued items and supply as a complete unit in accordance with manufacturer's standard specifications and any optional items required for proper installation for equipment unless otherwise noted. Install equipment and materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and best trade practices. C. Provide new products unless indicated otherwise in the Contract Documents. D. Fabricator and Manufacturer Qualifications: Specialists with at least 5 years' experience and regularly engaged in manufacture of equipment and materials specified. E. Furnish products of a single manufacturer for items which are used in quantity. A Product, for the purpose of this paragraph, is an assembly of components such as switchboards, transformers, panelboards, and similar items. Materials such as wire and cable, raceways, outlet boxes, and similar items not requiring maintenance are not included in the single manufacturer requirement of this paragraph. F. Installer Qualifications: Specialists with at least 5 years' experience and regularly engaged in the installation of the system, equipment, and materials specified. Where required by the AHJ, employ licensed trades persons. 1.09 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 with additional requirements indicated in this article. B. Substitutions will be considered following bid award only when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C. Where "Manufacturer" paragraphs include the words "or approved", prior approval of the proposed substitution is required. The A/E is sole judge of quality of proposed substitution. D. When the A/E approves a substitution request, the approval is given with the understanding that the Bidder: 1. Has investigated proposed Product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified Product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified Product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. E. Whenever a Product is described by detail, specification, trade name, manufacturer's name or catalog reference, use only such Produc, unless written approval is given for substitution prior to bid. Submit written requests on substitution request form included in Division 01. Approved substituted manufacturers will be listed by Addendum. F. Provide as specified certain products, materials, and systems where "manufacturer" paragraphs are followed by the words "no substitutions". G. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or product data submittals, without separate written prior approval, or when approval will require revision to the Contract Documents. 26 0500- 8 Electrical Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0500 - 9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1.10 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. General: The electrical drawings are diagrammatic. Complete details of building features which affect electrical installation may not be shown. For additional details, refer to other Contract Documents. Report any discrepancies to the A/E along with suggested revisions. Obtain written response from the A/E before proceeding with changes. B. Depiction of Work: Drawings do not show the exact characteristics of the work including, physical arrangement of equipment, lengths of wiring or conduit runs. Base work on actual field measurements and conditions. Provide work required to complete the installation. C. Dimensions: Do not scale drawings. Dimensional accuracy is not guaranteed, and field verification of dimensions, locations, and levels to suit field conditions is required. D. Since the Drawings of floor, wall, and ceiling installation are made at small scale, outlets, devices, equipment, and similar items are indicated only in their approximate location. Locate outlets and apparatus symmetrically on floors, walls, and ceilings where not dimensioned and coordinate such locations with work of other trades to prevent interferences. E. Discrepancies: Field verify dimensions and existing conditions prior to performing work. Bring to the A/E's attention any discrepancies within the Contract Documents and between the Contract Documents and field conditions. Also for any design and layout changes required due to specific equipment selection, prior to the Contractor's work (equipment and material purchasing and installation). Provide corrective work required after discovery of such discrepancies, inconsistencies, or ambiguities at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Specifications: These specifications are written in imperative mood and streamlined form. The imperative language is directed to the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. The words "shall be" are included by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases. 1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01, with additional requirements as indicated in this article. B. Prepare As-Built drawings: Red line As-Built Drawing prints in digital or hand drawn format(pencil and black pen not acceptable). Include: 1. Corrections and Changes: Record during the progress of the Work, showing work as actually installed. a. Show the measured locations of portions of the Work and changes the Contractor has made. b. In general, tolerance plus or minus 1'-0"from actual location. C. Show addendum items, change orders, clarifications, supplemental instructions, and deviations from the Drawings. Show device or equipment changes and indicate where the change was originated. Only indicating the document where the change originated from will not be accepted. 2. Updates: Neatly hand-draft on daily basis and kept readily available at project site. Updates are subject to review by the A/E on a regular basis throughout construction. Updates are to include the following at a minimum: a. Feeder routing indicating upstream and downstream equipment. 26 0500- 9 Electrical Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0500 - 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 b. Installation locations for underground raceways and where they transition to above grade. C. Device locations and mounting heights. d. Junction and pull boxes with two or more home runs. e. Junction and pull boxes with one home run. f. Circuit information. g. Shop Drawings: Update shop drawings with changes or deviations from the Original Shop Drawings. Provide updates to manufacturer/vendor for inclusion in Record Drawings. C. Record Drawings: Develop a digital set of Record Drawings for the project utilizing the as-built drawings. Hand drawn comments or markups to be transferred into a digital markup (scans of the as-builts will not be accepted). Digital Record Drawings can be in AutoCAD or PDF format. At end of construction, check drawings for completeness and accuracy. D. Shop Drawing Record Drawings: Provide updated shop drawings based on As-Built drawings for use as Record Drawings. E. Per project closeout procedures, submit in Digital Record Drawings and a copy of the As- Builts. Note each sheet as "RECORD DRAWING". F. 3D Coordination Model: Include fully coordinated 3D model. 1.12 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Divisions 26, 27, and 28 work with other trades. B. Develop 3D model for coordination with other trades. 1. Format: 3D drawings using industry recognized software that is compatible with general contractor's 3D software. 2. Include electrical conduits, cable trays, electrical equipment, lighting fixtures and other items to be installed in ceilings, full height walls, and other items necessary to coordinate installation. Indicate clearances required for access and installation, including code required clearances. 3. Attend coordination meetings and make modifications to the 3D model until all items have been coordinated. C. Be aware of restricted space for installation of electrical systems. Include offsets and perform rerouting and coordination to fit elements in available space. Include provisions for such requirements in bid. D. Electrical equipment and systems shown are based on existing drawings as available and on limited project site observations to the extent possible under current conditions. Field verify existing conditions prior to commencement of work. Obtain specific locations of structural and architectural features or equipment items from referenced drawings, field measurements, or trade providing material or equipment. E. Coordinate raceway installations to clear light fixtures and electrical cable trays. Include clearance over light fixtures to allow removal and replacement. Include minimum 6 inch clearance above and to sides of cable trays. 26 0500- 10 Electrical Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0500 - 11 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 F. Existing Conditions: 1. General Construction: a. Installation of electrical, telecommunications, and electronic safety and security work will require openings, removal and replacement of ceilings, sleeves, and restoration of general construction to match existing. Some work occurs in areas not requiring alterations as part of architectural work. Coordinate new openings and restoration work so that there is no additional cost to the Owner. b. General construction work shown on the architectural drawings may require removal, relocation, and reinstallation of existing electrical, telecommunications, electronic safety and security work. Since existing conditions cannot be completely detailed on the Drawings, survey the site and perform required Work at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. This project may require work in the presence of asbestos containing material (ACM). Division 26 does not provide for or cover the identification, removal, incapsulation, or disposal of such material. If the presence of ACM is suspected, notify the general contractor prior to proceeding with in the vicinity of ACM. G. Be responsible for beam penetrations as they relate to the electrical work. Submit sizes and locations to the structural engineer for review and determination of structural details. H. Coordinate attachments to structure to verify that attachment points on equipment and structure can accept seismic, weight, and other loads imposed. I. Refer to architectural and structural drawings for location of expansion and seismic joints. Provide flexible loops for raceways and cable trays crossing expansion and seismic joints. 1.13 QUALITY OF WORK A. Provide work in accordance with best trade practices. Remove substandard work and provide new material at no extra cost to the Owner. 1.14 CERTIFICATION A. By submitting a bid for the electrical, telecommunications, electronic safety and security systems, the Contractor and his subcontractors acknowledge and certify the following: 1. That they have carefully examined and fully understand the Drawings and Specifications (including but not limited to architectural, site, utility, mechanical, structural and electrical drawings and specifications. In addition, they have determined that the Drawings and Specifications are adequate to complete the electrical systems and that they can provide a complete finished and operable system in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. That they have had a reasonable opportunity to discover any ambiguities in the Contract Documents and such ambiguities have been brought to the attention of the A/E in writing prior to submitting the bid. 3. That they have reviewed the project progress schedule with the general contractor, fully understand the schedule, and they have verified, prior to submitting a bid, availability of necessary labor and materials, including supervision and office backup, and can comply with the schedule requirements. 4. That there may be changes to the scope of work and that they understand that any proposal submitted for performance of additional work includes costs associated with such change including but not limited to labor, materials, subcontracts, equipment, taxes, fees, schedule impact, loss of efficiency, supervision, overhead and profit. 26 0500- 11 Electrical Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0500 - 12 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 5. That the Contract requires them to coordinate their work with that of other trades and that responsibility for coordination includes rerouting, offsets, and similar provisions, to fit Work and address manufacturer's recommended clearances for service access, maintenance, and replacement of equipment in a manner that is compatible with work of other trades in the same area. 6. That routing of elements of electrical systems shown on the Drawings is schematic only and that offsets and rerouting probably will be required in installation and that labor and materials have been included for such in their bids. 7. That they understand submittals of material and equipment to the A/E is for the purpose of establishing what they are providing for the project. Any review undertaken by the A/E does not relieve them of their responsibilities to furnish and install materials and equipment required for work in the project nor does such review relieve them of their responsibilities for coordination with other trades and designers to ensure that such materials and equipment will fit and be suitable for purpose intended. 8. That they agree to receive payment for bid amounts as full compensation for furnishing materials and labor which may be required in prosecution and completion of work required under the Contract Documents, and in respects to complete the contract work to the satisfaction of the A/E. 9. That they include in their bids costs to furnish bonds as specified in the Contract Documents. 1.15 WARRANTY A. Conform to requirements in General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 01. Where not so prescribed or defined, provide for a period of 1 year. B. Warranty periods within Divisions 26, 27, and 28 are based on industry standard warranty periods and commence at standard factory warranty start time. 1.16 EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR (FOIC) A. Material Handling and Delivery: Coordinate delivery of FOIC equipment. Receive, off load, transport, store, hoist, unpack, dispose of packing, same as for other project equipment arriving at job site. Requirements of the Contract Documents apply to FOIC equipment. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Obtain from the Owner operation and maintenance data for the FOIC equipment and incorporate them into the Operations and Maintenance Manuals. C. Start-up and Warranty: 1. FOIC equipment suppliers will pass on to the Contractor start-up information, maintenance and parts information, and warranty provisions of their products in accordance with the equipment suppliers contract requirements. Organize and coordinate start-up and warranty requirements for the FOIC equipment. 2. Include one year warranty on FOIC equipment starting at Substantial Completion regardless of shorter time limits by FOIC suppliers. 1.17 DEMONSTRATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 with additional requirements indicated in this article. B. Following installation of electrical work and prior to final acceptance, demonstrate that equipment and systems operate as indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 26 0500- 12 Electrical Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0500 - 13 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Perform in presence of the A/E and Owner's representative, unless otherwise directed by the A/E. Give minimum 1 week notice prior to demonstrations. D. Provide instruments and personnel required to conduct demonstrations. 1.18 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Comply with requirements in Division 01. B. Prepare list of items that are not complete prior to asking for a substantial completion review by the A/E. 1.19 ALTERNATES A. General: See Bid Form and Alternates described in Division 01 for possible effect on work of Divisions 26, 27, and 28. 1.20 CONTINUITY OF EXISTING UTILITY SERVICES A. Shutdown Duration: Comply with requirements in Division 01. Perform work without shutdown of more than 1 hour duration of existing systems. Schedule each shutdown in writing with the Owner at least 14days in advance of shutdown and obtain advance written approval from the Owner. B. Temporary Services: Provide during necessary interruptions of existing utilities. C. Owner Occupancy: 1. Perform work in the existing building with respect for the necessity of the Owner's employees to perform their regular work. 2. Plan installation of new work and connections to existing work to assure minimum interference with regular operation of existing facilities. Do not remove, disconnect, or shutdown systems without prior review by the Owner to confirm that areas needed to remain in operation are not affected. 3. Provide temporary, wiring, lighting, and similar systems and connect to existing systems to keep existing electrical systems in operation to service areas that need to remain occupied. 1.21 TESTING A. Comply with requirements in Section 260810. 1.22 PROJECT TRAINING A. Upon completion and testing of equipment and system installation, assemble equipment factory representatives and subcontractors for system training with Owner's representatives as required in specific specification sections. B. Provide representative and subcontractor assistance in start-up, check out, and training for their respective system and remain on-site until the total system operation is thoroughly reviewed by the Owner's representatives and are thoroughly trained. Return for additional training sessions as required to completely train Owner's Representatives. C. Provide factory representative and system subcontractor personal instruction on operating and maintenance of their equipment to the Owner's maintenance and operation personnel. To certify acceptance of operation and instruction by the Owner's representative, prepare a written statement as follows: 1. This is to certify that the factory representative and system subcontractor for each system listed below have performed start-up and final check out of their respective systems. 26 0500- 13 Electrical Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0500 - 14 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. The Owner's maintenance and operation personnel have received complete and thorough instruction in the operation and maintenance of each system. SYSTEM FACTORY REPRESENTATIVE (List systems included) (List name and address of factory representative) Owner's Representative Contractor D. Submit copy of acceptance to A/E. 1.23 PUNCHLIST AND FINAL REVIEWS A. Provide electrical foreperson assistance at the time of punchlist and final reviews and accompany the reviewing party, and remove coverplates, panel covers and other access panels as requested to allow review of entire electrical system. B. Punch List: Review each punch list item; update field conditions to address items or provide comment response for reason the item has not been addressed in the field. 1.24 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Include costs of engineering services required beyond the final completion date paid by the Contractor at a rate of$165 per hour. B. Punchlists by A/E at Substantial Completion and final completion dates. Submit Record Drawings and final Operation and Maintenance Manuals prior to Substantial Completion date. Subsequent reviews paid by the Contractor at a rate of$165 per hour. 1.25 COMMISSIONING SUPPORT A. Comply with requirements in Sections 019113 and 260810. B. Division 26 subcontractor: assist in developing final Functional Test Procedures as specified in Sections 019113 and 260810. C. Start-up and testing services and Functional Performance Testing provided by equipment manufacturer's authorized representatives as specified in Sections 019113 and 260810. D. Submit equipment start-up and test procedures and preliminary Operation and Maintenance Manuals to the Commissioning Authority. Submit under separate bound cover. E. Energy &Atmosphere Fundamental Building Commissioning and Verification: Comply with provisions of Section 01 9113. F. Energy &Atmosphere Enhanced Commissioning: Comply with Provisions of Section 01 9113. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 26 0500 26 0500- 14 Electrical Provisions Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0510 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 0510 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes basic electrical requirements specifically applicable to Divisions 26, 27, and 28 sections including general material and installation requirements and site work. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. UL Compliance: Where UL fire-resistance rating is indicated for construction penetrated by access units, furnish UL listed and labeled units, except for those units which are smaller than minimum size requiring ratings as recognized by governing authority. C. Codes and Standards: 1. ASTM D 1557, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-Ibf/ft3). 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods to prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. B. Deliver products to site in manufacturer's original containers, complete with labels. C. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. D. Store products subject to damage by weather conditions above ground, under cover in weathertight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Furnish specified items acceptable to AHJ as suitable for intended use. B. New, unless otherwise indicated, free from defects and the standard products of reputable manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such equipment. C. Furnish similar items of equipment by same manufacturer. D. Materials and Equipment: UL listed and labeled or other AHJ approved testing laboratory and in compliance with other industry standards as specified. E. Remove rejected or damaged material from site. F. Samples may be required for non-standard or substituted items before installation. Submit samples as required in specific specification sections. G. Furnish required items necessary for installation and testing procedures. 26 0510- 1 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0510 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.02 POSTED INSTRUCTIONS A. Posted Operating Instructions: Furnish simplified, consolidated equipment control and power diagrams. Graphically represent entire system and actual equipment installed. Include concise written instructions on how to start and stop systems. Show settings and conditions to be observed. Indicate what control adjustments are to be made or maintained by the operator. 1. Include control diagrams and specific operating instructions. 2. Indicate how to energize each major component of systems. Show what action must be taken in an emergency, how to restore power following an outage, and what precautions to be taken when maintenance is required. 3. Include photographic or comparable non-fading reproductions, either framed under glass or encased in non-discoloring plastic. 4. Include one-line diagrams of electric power distribution riser. B. Copies of operating instructions shall be used with Operation and Maintenance Manuals as basis in training Owner's employees in the operation and maintenance of systems and related installed equipment. 2.03 ENCLOSURES A. NEMA Type 1 — Dry Interior locations unless otherwise noted on drawings or as specified below. B. NEMA 3R Weather-proof/Rain-proof—Windblown rain, sleet, ice— Provide in all locations where exposed to moisture unless otherwise noted. C. NEMA 4—Water-tight/Rain-tight—Splashing and hose directed water, windblown dust, ice. D. NEMA 4X—Water-tight/Rain-tight—Splashing and hose directed water, windblown dust, ice, corrosion resistant. E. NEMA 12— Dust-tight/Water-tight/Drip-tight—Circulating dust, falling dirt, dripping non corrosive liquids. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of the various sections. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 INSPECTIONS A. Confirm that installations have been inspected before enclosure within building features, buried, or otherwise hidden from view. Pay costs associated with uncovering or exposing installations and features not previously inspected and for repair to exposed surfaces. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to prevent damage as work is installed. B. Obtain equipment roughing-in dimensions from approved Shop Drawings or actual measurements. C. Be familiar with the location of other trade's equipment. Eliminate conflicts. Check door swings before installing switches. Locate switches on strike side of doors unless noted otherwise. 26 0510- 2 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0510 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 D. Layout electrical, telecommunications, and electronic safety and security work in advance of construction to eliminate unnecessary cutting, drilling, channeling, and similar activities. Where such cutting, drilling, channeling and similar activities become necessary for proper installation, perform with care using skilled mechanics of trades involved. Repair damage to building and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Perform cutting work of other trades only with consent of that trade. Cutting structural members not permitted without consent of the A/E. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Install Work as specified and in accordance with the Drawings and manufacturer's instructions. Where these conflict, manufacturer's instructions govern. B. Review Architectural, Mechanical and other applicable drawings and applicable Shop Drawings to prevent switches, outlets, and other equipment from being hidden behind doors, cabinets, counters, heating equipment, and similar items, or from being located in whiteboards, tackboards, glass panels, and similar items. Relocate electrical devices and connections as directed by the A/E at no additional cost to the Owner if the work is not properly coordinated. C. Where conduit, outlets, and apparatus are encased in concrete, locate and secure at point of installation. Check locations of electrical items before and after concrete and masonry installation and relocate displaced items. D. Provide block-outs, sleeves, demolition work, and similar items required for installation of Work specified in this division. 3.05 WORKMANSHIP A. Work and materials will be subject to observation at any time by the Owner and the A/E. B. Install material and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide calibrated torque wrenches and screwdrivers as required. C. Cutting and Patching: Do not weld to, cut, or notch structural members or building surfaces without approval of the A/E. Restore surfaces neatly to original condition after cutting, channeling, chasing, and drilling of walls, partitions, ceilings, paving, and anchorage of conduit, raceways, and other electrical equipment. 3.06 WELDING, CUTTING, AND DRILLING A. Perform in accordance with American Welding Society Standards. 3.07 EARTHWORK A. Perform earthwork required for installation of electrical work below grade. Provide earthwork meeting requirements in this article and Division 31, whichever is most stringent. Provide earthwork meeting requirements of the serving utility company where earthwork is related to utility infrastructure. B. Locate and protect existing utilities and other underground work in manner which will ensure that no damage or service interruption will result from excavating and backfilling. Perform excavation in a manner which protects walls, footings, and other structural members from being disturbed or damaged in any way. C. Place and maintain barricades, warnings, construction signs, illumination and guards as required during periods of open excavation to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage. Provide bracing and shoring as necessary to maintain stability of excavation and to comply with safety codes. 26 0510- 3 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0510 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 D. Coordinate excavations with weather conditions to minimize possibility of washouts, settlements and other damages and hazards. E. Do not excavate until required materials are on site and the Work is ready to proceed without delay, so that total time lapse from excavation to completion of backfilling will be minimal. Refer to other sections for additional requirements for excavating. F. Store excavated material (temporarily) near excavation in manner which will not interfere with or damage excavation or other work. G. Retain excavated material which complies with requirements for backfill material. Dispose of excavated material which is either in excess of quantity needed for backfilling or does not comply with requirements for backfill material. Remove unused material from project site and dispose of in lawful manner. H. Backfill trenches only after observation by the A/E. Install backfill material under, around, and between conduit and sides of trench by hand, shovel tamped in place. Cover in 6 inch layers to 12 inch thickness over top of conduit or cabling. For final backfill, fill and tamp remainder of backfill material in 6 inch layers. Provide backfill materials as follows for buried conduit or cable (other than concrete encased): 1. Backfill below, on sides of, and over conduit or cable: Sand or pea gravel. Minimum thickness of 6 inches above, below and at sides of outer conduits. Minimum 3" spacing between conduits. 2. Backfill to within 6 inches of Final Grade: Soil material suitable for compacting to required densities. Per Division 31 requirements. 3. Backfill for top 6 Inches of excavation: Top soil except where excavations occur below paved or gravel area provide compacted gravel backfill or surface area as indicated. I. Compacting: 1. Perform compacting individually, for each 6 inch layer(maximum) loose thickness of initial and final backfill. Comply with ASTM D 1557. Where roadway or parking area surfaces will be placed over backfill, and to 10 feet beyond building perimeter, compacted to 95 percent of maximum density. Elsewhere, 90 percent. Test in accordance with Divisions 1 and 31. 2. Take special care in compacting under services where they enter building to prevent settling. Contractor fully responsible for damage to piping and property as a result of settling around service conduit and cabling. J. Subsidence: Where subsidence is measurable or observable at electrical work excavations during project warranty period, remove surface (pavement, lawn or other finish), add backfill material, compact, and replace surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of surface or finish to match adjacent work and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. K. Sustainable Sites Construction Activity Pollution Prevention: Comply with provisions of Section 01 5713 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Controls. 3.08 CONCRETE BASES A. Unless noted otherwise, provide 4 inch high reinforced concrete bases for floor mounted and floor standing electrical equipment, including generators, transformers, switchgear, battery racks, motor control centers, and similar equipment. Extend bases 4 inches beyond equipment or mounting rails in each direction unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. 26 0510-4 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0510 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Concrete bases shall be provided under Division 26. Coordinate size and location of bases and provide required anchor bolts, sleeves, and templates required to obtain proper installation. C. Provide concrete pads and vaults for power company furnished pad mounted transformers in accordance with power company clearance requirements. 3.09 CLEANING A. Clean equipment, conduit, and fittings and remove packing cartons and other debris created by Divisions 26, 27, and 28 Work. B. Before Substantial Completion, carefully clean equipment, fixtures, exposed raceways and similar items. Remove construction labels, dirt, cuttings, paint, plaster, mortar, concrete, and similar items. Clean fixtures, interiors and exteriors of equipment and raceways. C. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.10 IDENTIFICATION A. Provide nameplates and decals required to identify equipment and components, comply with requirements in Section 260553. B. Mount operating instructions and diagrams near equipment or elsewhere as otherwise designated by the Owner. 3.11 PROTECTION A. Protect equipment during and after electrical hookup, painting, and final testing. END OF SECTION 26 0510 26 0510- 5 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 260511 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 0511 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes final electrical connection to equipment having electrical requirements. Contractor shall make final connections for Owner furnished equipment including switches, receptacles, and similar items. See other applicable specification sections for building temperature control wiring requirements specified in Divisions 21, 22, and 23. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. C. Connection to Equipment Specified in Divisions 21, 22, and 23 as Follows unless Specified Otherwise in Divisions 21, 22, and 23: 1. For motorized only equipment with built-in controllers (packaged equipment), Connect power and provide an external disconnect at equipment. Division 23 will provide control wiring. 2. For motorized only equipment with external controller (non-packaged equipment), provide external motor controller, disconnect switch, and make power wiring complete to equipment. Division 23 will provide control wiring. 3. For electric duct heaters with built-in controllers (packaged type equipment), connect power complete and provide external disconnect switch at equipment. Division 23 will provide control wiring. 4. For electric duct heaters with remote controllers (non-packaged type equipment), provide external controller, disconnect switch, and make power wiring to equipment. Division 23 will provide control wiring. 5. For combination motorized and electric heating packaged units specified with built in controllers and specified with "single point electrical connection" under Division 23, connect power and provide external disconnect switch. Division 23 will provide control wiring. 6. For equipment requiring a full voltage non-reversing starter, include as a combination disconnect unit. D. Refer to Division 23 sections for control system wiring. E. Refer to sections of other divisions for specific individual equipment power requirements. F. Make final connection to kitchen equipment. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. NEC Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of NEC as to type of products used and installation of electrical power connections. C. Comply with applicable NEMA standards and refer to NEMA standards for definitions of terminology herein. Comply with NEC for workmanship and installation requirements and to applicable Division 26 sections. D. UL Labels: Provide electrical connection products and materials which have been UL listed and labeled. 260511 - 1 Electrical Connections for Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 260511 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS MATERIALS A. For each electrical connection indicated, include complete assembly of materials, including but not limited to, raceways, conductors, cords, cord caps, wiring devices, pressure connectors, terminals (lugs), electrical insulating tape, heat-shrinkable insulating tubing, cable ties, solderless wire nuts, and other items and accessories to complete splices, terminations, and connections. B. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 for wires and cables, Section 260533 for raceway systems, and Section 262726 for wiring devices. C. Include Final Connections for Equipment Consistent with the Following: 1. Permanently Installed Fixed Equipment: Flexible seal-tite conduit from branch circuit terminal equipment, and raceway to equipment, control cabinet, terminal junction box, and wiring terminals. Totally enclose wiring in raceway. 2. Movable and/or Portable Equipment: Wiring device, cord cap, and multi- conductor cord suitable for equipment and in accordance with NEC requirements. 3. Other methods as required by NEC and as required by special equipment and field conditions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Make electrical connections in accordance with connector manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices, and complying with requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation" to ensure that products fulfill requirements. B. Connect electrical power supply conductors to equipment conductors in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written instructions and wiring diagrams. C. Coordinate installation of electrical connections for equipment with installed equipment. D. Verify electrical loads (voltage, phase, full load amperes, number and point of connections, minimum circuit ampacity, and similar characteristics)for equipment furnished under other divisions, by reviewing respective shop drawings furnished under each division. Meet with each subcontractor furnishing equipment requiring electrical service and review equipment electrical characteristics. Report variances from electrical characteristics noted on electrical drawings to the A/E before proceeding with rough-in work. E. Obtain and review equipment submittals and shop drawings to determine particular final connection requirements before rough-in begins for each equipment item. F. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 for identification of electrical power supply conductor terminations. 3.02 STARTERS (CONTROLLERS) A. Install non-packaged starters and wiring devices near motors or as indicated on the Drawings. Securely support and anchor in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Locate for proper operational access, including visibility for safety. 3.03 PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL CONTROLS A. Provide 120 Volt, 20 Amp circuit at locations required and described in Section 230900. Coordinate exact locations prior to installation. 260511 - 2 Electrical Connections for Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 260511 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Install power metering equipment at panelboards and switchboards furnished by control system subcontractor at locations required and described in Section 230900. 3.04 EQUIPMENT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING A. All mechanical equipment, packaged systems, control panels, motor starters, motor controllers, variable frequency drives and similar equipment shall carry a Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) equal to or greater than the available fault current delivered from the electrical system. Coordinate final available fault currents with the contractors providing this equipment. 3.05 MECHANICAL—ELECTRICAL INTERFACE SCHEDULE A. Establishing the separation of work between trades and subcontractors is not within scope of these Contract Documents. The following schedule is proposed for assistance in bidding only. B. Unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, mechanical equipment and controls are suggested to be furnished, installed, and wired in accordance with the following schedule. Coordinate work with Division 22 and 23 sections. Item Furnished Installed Power Control By: By: Wiring By: Wiring By: 1. Equipment Motors: M M E M 2. Magnetic Motor Starters and Equipment Connections: a. Automatically Controlled with E E E M or without HOA Switches: b. Manually Controlled: E E E E c. Furnished with Mechanical Equipment, Factory M M E M Mounted: d. Furnished with Mechanical M E E M Equipment, Field Mounted: 3. Disconnect Switches and 120 Volt Receptacles per IMC and E E E -- NEC: 4. Manual Motor Starters, Thermal E E E -- Overload Switches: 5. Combination Fire/Smoke M M E E Dampers, Smoke Dampers: 6. Section 230900 Automatic Temperature Controls: Valve and Damper Actuators, Low M M M M Voltage Electric Thermostats, Switches, other Miscellaneous Controls: 7. Electric Radiant Heating Panels, Baseboard Heaters, Cabinet M M E M Heaters, Unit Heaters: 8. Electric Duct Heating Coils: M M E M 9a. Duct Smoke Detectors: E M E E 260511 - 3 Electrical Connections for Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 260511 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 Item Furnished Installed Power Control By: By: Wiring By: Wiring By: 9b. Relays and Ancillary Devices Associated with HVAC Unit E E E E Shutdown by Duct Smoke Detectors: 10. Electric Heat Trace: M M E M 11. Variable Frequency Drives: M M E M 12. Section 230900 Control Panels: M M E M M = Division 22 and 23, Plumbing and HVAC E = Division 26, Electrical For purposes of the above table, responsibility of power and control wiring includes raceways, connections and other components as required for complete installation of wiring system. 3.06 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 0511 260511 -4 Electrical Connections for Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0519 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 0519 WIRE AND CABLES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes wire, cable, splices, and terminations for systems 600 Volts and less and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 2. UL 83, Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables. 3. UL 62275, Cable Ties for Electrical Installations C. Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical wire and cable. Electrical wire and cable UL listed and labeled. D. Comply with applicable portions of NEMA/Insulated Cable Engineers Association standards pertaining to materials, construction and testing of wire and cable. E. Comply with applicable portions of ANSI/ASTM and IEEE standards pertaining to construction of wire and cable. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each type of wire, cable, and appurtenance. C. Test Reports: 1. Field test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 POWER AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS A. Factory-fabricated conductors of sizes, ratings, materials and types indicated on the Drawings for each service. Where not indicated, select to comply with project's installation requirements and NEC standards. Comply with the following: 1. UL 83. 2. Copper Conductor- Stranded. 3. Insulation type THHN/THWN-2 dual rated or XHHW-2, 600 Volt for circuits from 115 to 600 Volts. 4. Use only 90 C insulated conductors based on 75 C ampacity tables of the NEC. B. Aluminum Conductors: Used at Contractor's option (except for grounding electrode conductor cable)subject to the following requirements: 1. Increased size for same current capacity (increased raceway size may be necessary). 26 0519- 1 Wire and Cables Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0519 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. No aluminum conductors smaller than No. 2 AWG. 3. Insulation requirements: Cross-linked polyethylene, Type XHHW-2 Insulation/Jacket: Heat and flame tested in compliance with UL 1685-Method 1. 4. Where aluminum conductors are used, compact stranded. Aluminum Association 8000-Series alloy conductor material. Alcan Cable Stabiloy or Southwire Triple E. No substitutions. 2.02 CONTROL AND SIGNAL CIRCUITS A. Class 1: 1. UL 83. 2. Stranded copper conductor. 3. Insulation type THHN, or THWN, 600 Volt for circuits from 115 to 600 Volts. B. Class 2 and 3: 1. Copper conductor, 300 Volt insulation, rated 75 C in dry locations and 60 C in wet locations. Individual conductors twisted together and covered with non- metallic jacket unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. 2. UL listed for use in air handling ducts and hollow spaces used as ducts and plenums. 3. Category UTP cabling for electrical control systems: a. Cable type per system manufacturer and shop drawings. b. Comply with the most current technical characteristics of TIA-568-C standard. C. Comply with NFPA 262 CMP (plenum) rated, unless otherwise noted. 2.03 PLASTIC CABLE TIES A. Teflon or nylon, locking type PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 WIRING AND CABLE INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install electric conductors and cables as indicated on the Contract Drawings, in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standards of Installation," and in accordance with recognized industry practices. B. Coordinate installation work with electrical raceway and equipment installation work for proper interface. 26 0519- 2 Wire and Cables Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0519 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Pull cables by direct attachment to conductors or by use of basket weave pulling grip applied over cables. Attachment to pulling device made through approved swivel connection. Non-metallic jacketed cables of small size may be pulled directly by conductors by forming them into a loop to which pull wire can be attached. Remove insulation from conductors before forming loop. Larger sizes of cable may be pulled by using basket weave pulling grip, if pulling force does not exceed limits recommended by manufacturer. If pulling more than one cable, bind them together with friction tape before applying grip. For long pulls requiring heavy pulling force, use pulling eyes attached to conductors. D. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommendations for maximum allowable pulling tension, side wall pressure, and minimum allowable bending radius. In all cases, pulling tension applied to conductors limited to 0.008 lbs. per circular mil of conductor cross-section area. E. Pull in cable from end having the sharpest bend (bend closest to reel). Keep pulling tension to minimum by liberal use of lubricant, turning of reel, and slack feeding of cable into duct entrance. Employ not less than one person at reel and one in vault during this operation. F. For training of cables: provide 12 times cable diameter minimum bend radius to inner surface of cable. G. Where cable is pulled under tension over sheaves, conduit bends, or other curved surfaces, make minimum bend radius 50 percent greater than specified above for training. H. Apply wire and cable pulling compound recommended by specific cable manufacturer. I. Seal cable ends unless splicing is done immediately. J. Support cables in vaults, concrete trenches, and similar locations by cable racks. Secure to rack insulators with nylon cord or self-locking nylon cable ties. Place each cable on separate insulator. K. Follow manufacturer's instructions for splicing and cable terminations. L. Provide separate neutral conductor for each circuit serving single phase loads, unless indicated otherwise on the Contract Drawings. Where shared neutrals are indicated for multi-wire branch circuits, provide circuit breaker handle ties per Section 262813. M. Branch circuit wiring: 1. Group in separate raceways as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Where branch circuit raceways are not indicated on Contract Drawings, a maximum of three circuits may be installed in the same raceway if each circuit originates from the same panelboard. 2. GFCI Circuit Breakers: XHHW-2 insulation 3.05 WIRING METHODS, GENERAL A. Install wiring in raceways unless indicated otherwise on the Contract Drawings or authorized by the A/E. B. Install Wire After: 1. Interior of building is protected from weather. 2. Mechanical work likely to injure conductors is completed. 3. Conduits have been cleaned and moisture removed. C. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panel boards. 26 0519- 3 Wire and Cables Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0519 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 D. Clean raceway system before installing conductors. E. Use half-lapped synthetic tape if taping is utilized for insulation purposes. F. Provide conductor support devices as required by NEC in vertical conduit runs. G. Torque conductor connections and terminations to manufacturer's recommended values. H. Maintain minimum 12-inch clearance between open cabling and heat sources such as flues, steam pipes, and heating appliances. 3.06 MINIMUM SIZES A. Minimum No. 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. B. Minimum No. 14 AWG for control wiring. C. Power and lighting circuits with home run lengths greater than 100 feet. No. 10 AWG minimum. D. Power and lighting circuits with home run lengths greater than 150 feet. No. 8 AWG minimum 3.07 CLASS 2 AND 3 CABLE INSTALLATION A. Class 2 and 3 Cable: Install using open cabling support methods at indoor locations where allowed by codes, and where raceways are not required per Contract Drawings or for protection of cabling 3.08 OPEN CABLING INSTALLATION A. Class 2 and 3 cabling: run exposed as "open cabling" above accessible ceilings, accessible ceiling plenums and where exposed in unfinished spaces, unless otherwise noted. Install class 2 and 3 cabling in raceway above hard ceilings, where exposed in finished spaces and where subject to damage. B. Provide all hanger supports and cable supports for cabling specified by Division 26, 27 and 28. All support structures adhere to the requirements in the National Electrical Code. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 Supporting Devices. C. Install cable bundles horizontal with a maximum deflection of two inches from the bottom of the cable support. D. Provide additional cable management products to protect exposed cabling and complete the installation of cabling in a neat professional manner. E. Maintain 12" clear from mechanical equipment and ductwork, fire protection piping and electrical raceways systems. Where limited space exists for cable routing, cables may cross ducts, piping and conduit systems perpendicular with minimum 4" separation. Maintain separation from all mechanical and electrical equipment, ductwork, piping, conduit, clearance spaces and structure. F. Maintain proper bend radius of cabling bundles and supports changing pathway direction as to not impact the physical jacket construction of the cabling. Replace cabling that becomes damaged during this transition in its entirety. G. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for quantity of cables supported in J-hooks and adjustable cable supports. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 Supporting Devices. H. Observe the applicable requirements and recommended good practices contained within TIA-568-C standard for cabling installation requirements. 26 0519-4 Wire and Cables Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0519 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 I. Protect exposed cables where subject to damage. Provide conduit sleeves with bushings at all wall, ceiling and floor penetrations. 3.09 WIRING SPLICES AND TERMINATIONS A. Splice only in accessible junction boxes. B. Splices and Taps: 1. No. 10 AWG and smaller: Compression-set pressure connectors with insulating covers or screw-on pressure (wire nuts)or insulated spring clamp terminal push- in or lever-lock connectors . 2. No. 8 AWG and larger: Compression-set pressure connectors with insulating covers. Split bolt splices and connectors not acceptable. C. Terminations: Eye-type compression lug when termination is to a bolt or screw terminal. 1. 250 kcmil and larger, two-hole long barrel compression lugs. 2. Smaller than 250 kcmil: Single hole compression lug. D. Tape un-insulated portions of conductor and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of conductor insulation value. E. Clean wires before installing lugs and connectors. F. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full capacity of conductors without perceptible temperature rise. G. Leave minimum 8 inches of pigtail at outlet boxes for connection to fixtures and devices. Where wiring is continued to other outlets, splice connection wire in a tap. In no case will continuity through double terminal of device be allowed for either hot or neutral leg of circuit. H. Insulate ends of spare conductors with electrical tape or wire nut. I. Terminate control circuit conductors at terminal blocks only. J. Utilize eye or forked tongue type compression set terminator for conductors No. 12 AWG and smaller when termination is to a bolted or screw set type terminal block or terminal cabinet. K. Make below grade splices in handholes and vaults watertight with epoxy resin type splicing kits similar to Scotchcast. L. Aluminum Conductors: 1. Terminate or splice using compressing type oxide inhibiting compound filled aluminum lugs only. Terminate or splice with bolted pressure fittings not acceptable. Where device is available with bolted lugs only, special type compression set aluminum lug with aluminum or copper pin termination manufactured for this purpose may be used. Ilsco CPM Series or approved. 2. Compression Fittings: Size for conductor used and set with tool which ensures preset deformation before release. 3. Plated Aluminum Lugs: Install where in contact with copper studs, bolts, or bus. 4. Bolted Aluminum Lugs: Install with Belleville washer under nuts unless permitted otherwise by the A/E. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test for Wires and Cables in accordance with Section 260810. B. Test Category 5e UTP cabling as follows: 26 0519- 5 Wire and Cables Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0519 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1. Horizontal cabling: certified to meet or exceed the permanent link performance specifications for Category 5e horizontal cabling tested with a frequency range from 1 MHz to 100 MHZ as defined in TIA-568-C. 2. Certifications include the following parameters for each pair of each cable installed: a. Building System b. Cable identification between system devices C. Date of test d. Test equipment manufacturer and model number e. Wire map 1) Continuity to the remote end. 2) Shorts between any two or more conductors 3) Reversed pairs 4) Split pairs 5) Transposed pairs 6) Any other miswiring f. Length g. Near-end crosstalk (NEXT) h. Power sum-near-end crosstalk (PS-NEXT) i. Return loss (RL) j. Propagation delay (PD) k. Delay skew(DS) 3. Test horizontal cabling using a Permanent Link configuration as defined in TIA- 568-C. 4. Document test reports with an asterisk (*) or fails, identifying the reason for the test failure and a corrective action plan developed. 5. Re-test the permanent link after corrective action has been completed,. 6. Ensure 100 percent of the horizontal cabling system links pass all tests. C. Organize test results by building system type and cable identification number. Provide test results including the date and time of when each test was saved in the memory of the tester. Record test results in both PDF and manufacturer software formats and provide in the O&M manuals. 3.11 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 0519 26 0519- 6 Wire and Cables Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 260521 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 0521 METAL CLAD CABLES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes metal clad (MC) cable for branch circuit systems 600 Volts and less and associated appurtenance. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASTM B 3, Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. 2. ASTM B 8, Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft. 3. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 4. UL 1569, Standard for Metal-Clad Cable. 5. UL 1581, Reference Standard for Electrical Wires, Cables, and Flexible Cords. 6. UL 83, Thermoplastic- Insulated Wires and Cables. 7. UL 1479, Standard for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. 8. UL 44: Standard for Thermoset-Insulated Wires and Cables 9. UL 1685: Vertical-Tray Fire-Propagation and Smoke-Release Test for Electrical and Optical-Fiber Cables 10. UL 2556, Standard for Safety Wire and Cable Test Methods C. Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of MC Cable. Cable UL listed and labeled. D. Comply with applicable portions of NEMA/Insulated Cable Engineers Association Standards pertaining to materials, construction and testing of wire and cable. E. Comply with applicable portions of ANSI/ASTM and IEEE Standards pertaining to construction of wire and cable. F. Comply with UL 1569 for Metal Clad Cable. Include UL label and manufacturer's "E" number. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each type of MC Cable and appurtenance. C. Test Reports: 1. Field test reports. 2. UL test report for MC Cable. 3. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 260521 - 1 Metal Clad Cables Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 260521 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL CLAD CABLES A. Manufacturers: 1. Southwire 2. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 3. Encore B. Branch Circuits: 1. Single Circuit and Multi-circuit with color-coded conductors. Comply with requirements in Section 260553. 2. Conductors: Stranded Copper 3. Conductor insulation: Heat, flame, moisture resistant dielectric layer manufactured and tested in compliance with UL 83. a. Dry locations: THHN/THWN. b. Damp and wet locations: THHN/THWN-2 4. Electrical and Physical Properties of Copper Conductors: Conform to applicable standards referenced above. Soft-annealed copper in compliance with ASTM B 3 or ASTM B 8. 5. Ground Conductor: Insulated grounding conductors sized in accordance with UL 1569, cabled with circuit conductors and identified in compliance with UL 1569. 6. Circuit and grounding conductors cabled (twisted)with lay length and covered with polypropylene or polyester assembly tape. 7. Armor: aluminum over cabled wire assembly with interlock in compliance with UL 1569.MC manufacture color system. 8. Fittings: Malleable iron/steel, angled saddle type, electro zinc plated inside outside, equipped with nylon insulated throat fittings. Thomas and Betts series 3110 & 3150 series or approved. Direct bearing screw type fittings not acceptable. UL listed and labeled MC connectors manufactured for MC Cable Connectors. 9. Anti-short bushings: Nylon. 2.02 MC CABLE SUPPORTS A. Cable Clamps, Straps, and Supports: Steel or malleable iron. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. Protect exposed cable from damage. Remove cable which proves to have faulty wiring and provide new. Abandoning existing and pulling new not acceptable. Repair, repull, and restrap MC Cable determined by the A/E to be poor installation. 260521 - 2 Metal Clad Cables Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 260521 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 METAL CLAD CABLE INSTALLATION A. Provide metal clad cables as indicated on the Drawings, in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standards of Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices. B. In rooms with accessible ceilings, install cables concealed in walls above accessible ceilings in spaces. Provide conduit and wire from panel to junction box above accessible ceiling, before transition to metal clad cabling. MC Cable not allowed in spaces open to structure or with inaccessible ceilings. C. Route parallel and perpendicular to building planes. D. Maintain minimum 6-inch clearance between cabling and piping. Maintain 12-inch clearance between cabling and heat sources such as flues, steam pipes, heating and hot water pipes, and heating appliances. E. Where cabling is run in parallel, group on common supports. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 F.Coordinate installation work with equipment installation work for proper interface. G. Provide anti-short bushings at cut ends of armor. H. Install MC Cable After: 1. Interior of building is protected from weather. 2. Mechanical work likely to damage cables is completed. I. Minimum Sizes: 1. No.12 AWG minimum for power and lighting circuits. 2. No. 16 AWG minimum for 0-10V lighting control wiring. 3. Power and lighting circuits with home run lengths greater than 100 feet. No. 10 AWG minimum. 4. Power and lighting circuits with home run lengths greater than 150 feet. No. 8 AWG minimum. J.Splice only in accessible junction boxes. K. Verify continuity of each branch circuit conductor. L.Tape un-insulated portions of conductor and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of conductor insulation value. M. Include green wire ground. Jacket shall not serve as grounding means. N. Cut cable using equipment exclusively designed for such use with adjustable cutting depth or automatic means of armor separation. Seatek, Thomas & Betts, or approved. O. Insulate ends of spare conductors with electrical tape or wire nut. P. Label cable as it enters panel, at junction boxes where homerun cables become branch cable, and at branch terminations using permanent cable markers. Tyton, Burndy, Thomas and Betts or approved. Q. Distance Between Supports: Maximum 6-foot centers and within 6 inches of each outlet, and junction box. 260521 - 3 Metal Clad Cables Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 260521 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 R. Support cables below roof decking to provide minimum 1-1/2" separation from raceway surface to nearest surface of metal roof decking S. Route cable around structural members. T.Feeders: Acceptable where indicated in the Contract Drawings. U. Multi-Circuit Cables: a maximum of three circuits may be installed in a single multi-circuit cable if each circuit originates from the same panelboard. Provide a dedicated neutral for each branch circuit unless indicated otherwise on the Contract Drawings. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: Perform tests and inspections in accordance with Section 260810. 3.06 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 0521 260521 -4 Metal Clad Cables Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0526 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes grounding and bonding systems, equipment, and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. IEEE C2, National Electrical Safety Code (NESC). 2. IEEE 81, Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System Part 2: Normal Measurements. 3. IEEE 837, Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding 4. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 5. NFPA 780, Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems 6. UL 467, Standard for Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 7. UL486A-486B, Wire Connectors 8. ANSI C119.4, Electric connectors- connectors to use between Aluminum-to- aluminum or aluminum-to-copper conductors C. Comply with NEC and IEEE requirements as applicable to electrical grounding and ground fault protection systems. D. Products UL listed and labeled. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each item and appurtenance. C. Shop Drawings: Plans showing dimensioned location of grounding system features, including ground rods, ground rings, test wells, grounding electrode system connections, and routing of grounding electrode conductors. 1. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 26 0526- 1 Grounding and Bonding Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0526 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. 2.02 GROUNDING ELECTRODES AND CONDUCTORS A. Ground Rods: Copper clad steel, 3/4 inch diameter by 10 foot long. Copper-Weld Erico, Burndy, Harger, Thomas & Betts or approved. B. Bare Ground Conductors: Soft drawn copper. Stranded unless indicated otherwise. Tinned where indicated. Solid for No. 8AWG and smaller. Stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger. C. Insulated Ground Conductors: Copper with 600 Volt insulation in accordance with Section 260519. Aluminum conductor acceptable for feeders where circuit conductors are aluminum. D. Ground Bars: Predrilled rectangular bars of annealed copper, 1/4" inch by 4 inches with holes spaced 1-1/8 inches apart to accommodate lug connections. Length 18 inches unless indicated otherwise. Standoff insulators for wall-mounting. 2.03 GROUND CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled for applications and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Welded Connections: Exothermic-welding kits of type recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. Manufacturer: Cadweld, Thermoweld, Thomas & Betts, or approved. C. Compression Ground Connectors: Conform to IEEE 837 and UL 467. 1. Cable-to-Cable Connections: Copper or copper alloy. Approved for direct burial or in concrete applications. Manufacturer: Thomas & Betts EZ-Ground®or approved. 2. Cable-to-Busbar Connections: Two-hole long barrel compression lug, unless indicated otherwise on Contract Drawings. 3. Cable-to-Cable Tray Connections: Two-hole long barrel compression lug. D. Mechanical Ground Connectors: Conform to IEEE 837 and UL 467. 1. Cable-to-Water Piping Connections: Two-piece silicon bronze with stainless steel bolts. Listed for direct bury. 2. Split-Bolt Connectors: Not acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. C. Preparation of Surfaces: Clean contacting surfaces of ground connections to bright metal before connecting. 26 0526- 2 Grounding and Bonding Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0526 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. System ground not to exceed maximum 5 ohms meggered resistance. C. Ground each separately-derived system neutral to nearest building steel. D. Bond together system neutrals, service equipment enclosures, exposed noncurrent carrying metal parts of electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways and cables, receptacle ground connectors, underground metal water piping systems, and gas piping systems. 3.04 GROUNDING ELECTRODE AND CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION A. Equipment Ground Conductor: Install separate, insulated equipment ground conductor in each feeder and branch circuit. Terminate each end on grounding lug, bus, and bushing and to intermediate metallic enclosures. B. Isolated Ground Conductor: For isolated ground branch circuits and feeders, install insulated isolated ground conductor. Isolated ground conductor is in addition to equipment ground conductor. Terminate each end on isolated ground bus. C. Connect grounding conductors to motors in accordance with NEC. Remove paint, dirt, and other surface coverings at grounding conductor connection points so that good metal-to-metal contact is made. D. Bare Grounding Conductors Below Grade: 1. Minimum 30 inches below grade. 2. Not in contact with gravel fill or concrete. Provide Schedule 40 PVC sleeve where routing through concrete. 3. Train neatly around foundations and footings. E. Concrete-Encased Grounding Electrode (Ufer Ground): Fabricate according to NFPA 70; use a minimum of 20 feet of bare copper conductor not smaller than No. 4/0 AWG. Bond to reinforcing steel in at least four locations and to anchor bolts. Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building's grounding grid or to grounding electrode external to concrete. F. Size main grounding system per NEC. Provide conduit to protect ground wire from damage to an area 6 feet above floor. G. Conductor to Conductors, Conductor to Steel, and Conductor to Ground Rod: Exothermic-welded type connectors. Cadweld, Thermoweld, Thomas & Betts, or approved. H. When making bolted connection to aluminum and galvanized structures, apply corrosion- inhibitor to contact surfaces between cable, connector, and surface of structure. Penetrox A or approved. I. Ground Bars: Install where indicated on Contract Drawings. Install horizontally at 12 inches above finished floor, unless indicated otherwise. 3.05 GROUND CONNECTORS A. Welded Connections: 1. Provide for underground connections. 2. Provide for connections to structural steel. 3. Provide for connections to ground bars where indicated. 26 0526- 3 Grounding and Bonding Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0526 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 4. Provide full weld between coupling and ground rod at joint. 5. Connect grounding conductors to ground rods at upper end of rod with end of rod and connection point below finished grade, except provide bolted connections at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 6. When making connections, wire brush or file point of contact to bare metal surface. Use welding cartridges and molds in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. After welds have been made and cooled, brush slag from the weld area and clean joint. Use connectors of specified size for conductors and ground rods. Notify A/E before backfilling ground connections. B. Ground shields of shielded power and control cable at each splice and termination as recommended by manufacturer. C. Ground metal sheathing and exposed vertical metal structural elements of building. Ground metal fences enclosing electrical equipment. Bond metal equipment platforms which support electrical equipment to equipment ground. Provide electrical contact between metal frames and railings supporting pushbutton stations, receptacles, instrument cabinets, raceways, and similar items carrying circuits to these devices. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: Perform tests and inspections in accordance with Section 260810. 3.07 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 0526 26 0526-4 Grounding and Bonding Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0529 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 0529 SUPPORTING DEVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes conduit and equipment supports, fastening hardware, and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, rated capacities and accessories for each item and appurtenance. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL A. General: Built-up framing for electrical raceway and equipment supporting systems, including but not limited to channel, rod, clamps, and hardware. Comply with requirements in Section 260548 for seismic restraints. Unless design is shown on the Drawings, size for 400 percent of calculated load. B. Channel: 12 gauge galvanized formed metal with or without pre-drilled holes, Pre- galvanized. Cooper B-Line, Unistrut, Powerstrut, or approved. C. Beam Clamps, in Pairs, at each Supporting (Structural) Beam: B-line B441-22 and B441-22A; Superstrut U-501 and U-502; Unistrut P2785, P2786, and P1379S, or approved. Submit other manufacturers for approval with evidence proving clamp complies with IBC and ASCE 7-05 for seismic requirements. Submitted proof can consist of letter signed and stamped by a professional engineer licensed in engineering in the state in which the Work is performed. D. Beam Clamps for Use with Rods: B-Line B751-J4, B751-J6, B751-J9, and B751-J12; Superstrut U-569; Unistrut P2824-6, P2824-9, and P2824-12, or approved. Submit other manufacturers for approval with evidence proving clamp complies with seismic requirements. Submitted proof can consist of letter signed and stamped by a professional engineer licensed in engineering in the state in which the Work is performed. E. Fittings for Attaching Channel-to-Channel for Built-Up Framing: Unistrut P6028, P6033, P6069, P6290, P6291, P6326, P6331, P6332, P6346, P6358A, P6359, P6381, P6382, P6726A, P6917, P6962, or approved. F. Connectors for Bracing: Unistrut P6186, P7097, P7098, P7100, P7101, P7108, P7109, P7110, P6546, or approved. G. Hardware, including Nuts (Locking Type), Bolts, and Set Screws: Corrosion resistant, designed for intended use. 26 0529- 1 Supporting Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0529 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 H. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, zinc-coated steel, for use in hardened Portland cement concrete, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. I. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron, slotted support system units are similar to MSS Type 18 units and comply with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58 J. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel K. Spring Steel Conduit Clips: Erico K series or approved. L. MC Cable Support Brackets: Erico MCS Series or approved. M. Circular Cable Retainer: 1. Cable retainers shall be of plastic material with rounded edges, plenum rated, utilizing an easy-lock closure and an attachment base. Cable retainers shall be screwed into structure and only be utilized in spaces that are extremely tight and J-hooks do not have sufficient space to be mounted. a. Manufacturer: Erico Caddy, Part No. CAT CR50 N. J-Hooks: 1. J-hooks shall have a galvanized finish with rounded edges for smoother cable pull and greater corrosion resistance. a. Manufacturer: Erico Caddy or approved: 1) 1" Dia., Part No. CAT16HP 2) 1-5/16" Dia., Part No. CAT21HP 3) 2" Dia., Part No. CAT32HP O. Adjustable Cable Support: 1. Adjustable cable supports shall be of steel and polyethylene, plenum rated, with unlocking and locking bar allowing additional cables to be added easily after installation. a. Manufacturer: Erico Caddy, Part No. CAT425 P. Outlet Box Support: 1. Where more than one outlet box is shown on the Contract Drawings, and indicated to be at same elevation, align them exactly on center lines horizontally with wall mounting bracket. a. Manufacturer: Cooper B-Line Series BB8 or approved: PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 26 0529- 2 Supporting Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0529 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 SUPPORTING DEVICES INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 260548 for seismic restraints. 1. Install diagonal bracing for trapeze support systems at 2 right angle planes to brace against: a. Horizontal and torsional movement lateral seismic forces. b. Vertical (uplift) movement caused by vertical seismic forces. C. Horizontal distortions in conduit system caused by wire pulling. B. Unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings, attach connectors to vertical framing members with 2 bolts C. Install toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry, plaster, and gypsum board partitions and walls. Install expansion anchors or preset inserts in solid masonry walls, self-drilling anchors, and expansion anchors on concrete surfaces. Comply with requirements in Section 260548 for seismic anchors. D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. To Steel: Beam clamps MSS SP-58, Type 19 or 23, complying with MSS SP-69. 6. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 7. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate by means that comply with seismic-restraint strength and anchorage requirements E. Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel, rigidly welded or bolted to present a neat appearance. Use hexagon head bolts with spring lock washers under nuts. F. Free Standing Electrical Equipment: Bolt to concrete base with leveling channels. Comply with requirements in Section 260510 for concrete base and Section 260548 for seismic restraints. G. Bridge studs top and bottom with channels to support flush-mounted cabinets and panelboards in stud walls. H. Transformer Support: Comply with requirements in Section 262200. I. Lighting Fixture Supports: Fixture support wires for recessed ceilings, match ceiling support requirements. All fixture supports to comply with requirements in Section 265100 and Section 260548. 26 0529- 3 Supporting Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0529 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 J. Open Cabling Support Installation 1. Provide hanger supports and cable supports for cabling specified in Division 26. All support structures shall adhere to the requirements in the National Electrical Code. 2. Space cabling supports no further than 4'-0" apart. 3. Install cabling supports on their own dedicated support system. K. Raceways: 1. Single raceway runs: Spacing to comply with requirements of Section 260533 a. Suspended: support by threaded rod with spring steel conduit clips. Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1-inch and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings b. Mounted to building structure: single hole pipe straps. 2. Two or more parallel runs of raceway: Install trapeze support systems with 25 percent space (6 inches minimum)for future conduit runs. Refer to Section 260533 for spacing requirements. 3. Welding conduit and conduit fittings to structure not acceptable. 4. Spacing: Space so that fittings are accessible to accommodate pulling or splicing. L. MC Cable: 1. Single cable runs mounted to building structure with single hole straps specifically designed for MC cabling. Spacing shall comply with requirements of Section 260521. 2. Where two or more cables runs are routed in parallel, mount to building structure with MC Cable brackets. Spacing shall comply with requirements of Section 260521. 3.05 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 0529 26 0529-4 Supporting Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0533 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 0533 RACEWAY SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes conduit, electrical metallic tubing, wireway, surface metal raceway, and associated appurtenances within building perimeter. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. C. Refer to Section 260543 underground electrical work beyond building perimeter. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county and state codes and ordinances. Comply with local Utility requirements and standards. B. Codes and Standards: 1. UL 1, Standard for Flexible Metal Conduit. 2. UL 5, Standard for Surface Metal Raceways and Fittings. 3. UL 6, Standard for Rigid Metal Conduit. 4. UL 360, Standard for Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit. 5. UL 514B, Standard for Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings. 6. UL 651, Standard for Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. 7. UL 651A, Standard for Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and HDPE Conduit. 8. UL 797, Standard for Metallic Tubing —Steel. 9. UL 870, Standard for Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings. 10. UL 2420, Standard for RTRC Conduit and Fittings for underground — Fiberglass 11. UL 2515, Standard for RTRC Conduit and Fittings for above ground - Fiberglass C. NEC Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of NEC as to type of products used and installation of electrical power connections. D. Comply with applicable NEMA standards and refer to NEMA standards for definitions of terminology herein. Comply with NEC for installation requirements of raceway systems. E. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of raceway systems of types and sizes specified and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 years. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each type of raceway system and appurtenance. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC)AND FITTINGS A. Ferrous Metal Conduit: Steel, UL 6, hot-dip galvanized. B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: UL 514B, threaded galvanized. 2.02 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)AND FITTINGS A. Ferrous Metal Conduit: Steel, UL 797, hot-dip galvanized. 26 0533- 1 Raceway Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0533 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Fittings: UL 514B, galvanized steel, insulated throat, compression ring type through 1- 1/4 inch, set screw type for 1-1/2 inch and larger. Drive-on type and cast fittings not acceptable. 1. Fittings for raceways at building exterior shall be raintight. 2.03 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Ferrous Metal Conduit: Steel, UL 1, galvanized. UL listed for grounding as available. Aluminum and flexible metallic tubing not acceptable. B. Fittings: Insulated throat, UL 514B, galvanized steel, UL listed for grounding as available. 2.04 LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Ferrous Metal Conduit: Galvanized with PVC weatherproof cover, UL 360 listed for grounding as available. B. Fittings: Insulated throat, UL 514B, galvanized steel, UL listed for grounding as available. 2.05 RIGID NON-METALLIC CONDUIT A. PVC Conduit: Schedule 40, UL 651, rigid type unless noted otherwise. UL 651A Type A permitted for underground concrete duct banks. B. Fittings: UL 651, UL 651A, UL 2420 and UL 2515. 1. For telecommunications service provider ducts, 90 degree elbows with minimum 48 inch radius, factory manufactured rigid steel or Fiberglass (RTRC) 2. For telecommunications on-site distribution ducts, 90 degree elbows with minimum 36 inch radius factory manufactured rigid steel (RMC)or Fiberglass (RTRC) 2.06 CONDUIT BODIES A. Conduit bodies cast malleable iron, zinc or cadmium plated with threaded connections. Covers gasketed, blank steel, or cast malleable iron, zinc or cadmium plated, and of same manufacturer as conduit body. Where conduit bodies are used as junction or splice boxes, comply with NEC. B. Conduit bodies (Smart LB) for telecommunications cables shall be die cast aluminum, gray powder coat paint finish, threaded connections with internal built-in radius. Covers gasketed, die cast aluminum, and of same manufacturer as conduit body. Madison Electric or approved equal. 1. 1-1/4" Smart LB, Southwire, KBLB120 2. 4" Smart LB, Southwire, KBLB400 2.07 WIREWAY AND AUXILIARY GUTTER A. UL 870, lay-in type, with hinged cover but without knockouts. B. Size: As shown on the Drawings, 4 by 4 inch minimum. C. Finish: Rust-inhibiting primer coat with manufacturer's standard enamel finish. 2.08 EXPANSION FITTINGS A. Malleable iron, hot-dip galvanized allowing 4 inches (plus or minus 2 inches)conduit movement. 1. RGC and IMC Raceway: OZ/Gedney Type AX series, Thomas and Betts Type EJG series or approved 2. EMT Raceway: OZ/GedneyType TX series, Thomas and Betts Type XJG series or approved. 26 0533- 2 Raceway Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0533 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.09 SEALING FITTINGS A. Wall Sealing Fittings: At each wall sealing fitting, include conduit seal fitting, OZ/Gedney FSK Series or approved. B. Raceway Stubups and Stubouts: Conduit seals together with wall sealing fittings. OZ/Gedney CSB Series or approved. C. For Exterior Wall Penetrations below Grade: Include sealing bushing at interior end of penetrating raceway. Only threaded fittings are permitted in entering raceways ahead of sealing bushing. OZ/Gedney Type CSB or approved. 2.10 CONDUIT SUPPORTS A. Conduit Clamps, Straps, and Supports: Steel or malleable iron. Comply with requirements in Section 260529. 2.11 FIRE RATED SEALING COMPOUND A. Dow Corning, Hilti or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 RACEWAY SIZING,ARRANGEMENT,AND SUPPORT A. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, size conduit for conductor type installed. Minimum size 3/4 inch. B. Install conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance in unfinished spaces. Install a minimum of 9'-6" above finished floor in spaces unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings. C. Install conduit concealed in walls, below floors, and above ceiling in spaces, except conduit may be exposed in mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, and similar unfinished spaces. Horizontal conduit installation is not allowed in floor slab unless specifically noted on electrical and structural drawings. D. Route conduit parallel and perpendicular to building planes. E. Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance between conduit and piping. Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and heat sources such as flues, steam pipes, heating and hot water pipes, and heating appliances. F. Brace conduit or conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by wire-pulling operations. 26 0533- 3 Raceway Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0533 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 G. Where conduit is run in parallel, group on formed channel supports. Comply with requirements in Section 260529. H. Do not fasten or support with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove temporary conduit supports used during construction before conductors are pulled. I. Raceway to be routed around structural members. Structural Engineer to approve proposed modifications of structural elements prior to commencement of work. 3.05 RACEWAY INSTALLATION A. Cut conduit square using a saw or pipe cutter. Deburr cut ends. B. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings and couplings and tighten securely. C. Use conduit hubs for fastening conduit to cast boxes and for fastening conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp or wet locations. D. Do not use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction unless shown on the Drawings. E. Use hydraulic one-shot conduit bender or factory elbows for bends in 2 inch conduit and larger. F. Provide plastic bushings on conduit stubs used for transition from conduit to open cable runs. G. During construction, use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. H. Distance Between Supports: 1. Threaded Rigid Metal Raceways: Maximum ten foot centers and within 18 inches of each outlet,junction box, and bend. 2. Electrical Metallic Tubing: Maximum ten foot centers at each bend and within 12 inches of each outlet,junction box, and coupling. 3. Surface Metal Raceway, Auxiliary Gutter, and Wireway: Maximum 5 foot centers or in accordance with manufacturer's instruction, whichever is less, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. I. Provide polyester mule tape with printed footage indicators secured at each end of each empty conduit, except sleeves and nipples. Identify with tags at each end indicating origin and destination of empty conduit. Minimum tensile strength of 1250 pounds for conduits 2-inch and smaller and 2500 pounds for conduits larger than 2-inch. J. Route conduit through roof inside openings for ductwork where possible. Otherwise, install through roof jack and seal weather tight. K. Install no more than equivalent or four 90 degree bends between boxes. L. Avoid moisture traps where possible. Where unavoidable, install junction box with drain fitting at conduit low point. M. Raceway Installation below Slab on Grade: 1. Installed a minimum of 2 inches below bottom of slab. 2. Arrange and slope raceway to drain away from building. 3. Install insulated grounding bushings at conduits stubbed up or out from underground unless capped for future (spare). 4. Wipe PVC conduit clean and dry before jointing. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area to be inserted into fitting. Let joint cure for minimum 20 minutes. 5. Install conduit that stub up through floor at such depth that exposed conduit is vertical and no curved section of elbow is visible. 26 0533-4 Raceway Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0533 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 N. Sealing of Conduit Penetrations: 1. Exterior Wall Surfaces Above Grade: Seal around penetrations with caulking approved by the A/E. For concrete construction above ground level, cast conduit in wall or core drill wall and hard pack with mixture of equal parts of sand and cement. 2. Exterior Wall Surfaces Below Grade: Cast conduit into wall (and floor) or use manufactured seal assembly cast in place. 3. Roofs: Install mopped and flashing roof jack and where conduit penetrates roof membrane. 4. Fire Rated Construction: Seal penetrations with fire rated sealing compound to maintain fire rating of construction penetrated. O. Sealing of Raceways: Seal interior of raceways that pass through building roof and through outside walls of building, above or below grade. Seal on end inside building. Use raceway sealing fittings manufactured for purpose sealed with non-hardening, compound-type mastic, specially designed for such service. Pack around wires in raceways. P. Raceways on exterior surface of building: install only when shown on the Drawings and as approved by the A/E. Q. Where flexible metal or liquid tight flexible metal conduit is installed, install bonding conductor to ensure electrical continuity of raceway. Route bonding jumper inside conduit and terminate at grounding bushing or grounding locknut installed on inside of junction boxes at each side of flexible section. In instances where this method is not feasible (such as when cast boxes with hubs are used or where required by the NEC, route bonding jumper on outside of flexible conduit and terminate in accordance with methods acceptable to the AHJ. R. Raceway shall not penetrate sheet metal ducts. S. Support raceways below roof decking: provide minimum 1-1/2" separation from raceway surface to nearest surface of metal roof decking. T. Spare Raceways: Install 6 spare 3/4 inch conduits (capped)from each recessed/flush mounted branch panelboard into ceiling space or mechanical platform if one exists. Extend conduits required distance necessary to reach accessible ceiling space. U. In finished areas with exposed structure, subject to the approval of the A/E, raceways may be installed exposed. Install raceways as high as possible, provide minimum 1-1/2" separation from raceway surface to nearest surface of metal roof decking, and neatly arranged. Submit shop drawing indicating routing of proposed surface raceways and boxes in finished areas. V. Service Entrance Feeders: Where raceway for service entrance, install conduit under ground level slab or in 2 inch thick concrete encasement. Coordinate concrete encasement installation with A/E prior to installation to avoid conflicts with other disciplines. Comply with NEC requirements. 3.06 SURFACE METAL RACEWAY INSTALLATION A. Use flat-head screws to fasten channel to surfaces. Mount plumb and level. B. Install insulating bushings and inserts at connections to outlets and corner fittings. C. Maintain grounding continuity between raceway components for continuous grounding path. D. Fastener Option: Use manufacturer's standard clips and straps for installed purpose. 26 0533- 5 Raceway Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0533 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.07 AUXILIARY GUTTER INSTALLATION A. Bolt auxiliary gutter to steel channels fastened to wall or in self-supporting structure. Install level. B. Gasket each joint in oil-tight gutter. C. Mount rain tight gutter in horizontal position only. 3.08 RACEWAY SCHEDULE A. Rigid Metal Conduit: 1. Acceptable in all locations except as modified in this section. 2. Where in contact with earth or concrete, install protective coating consisting of spirally wrapped 20 mil PVC tape with 1/2 inch minimum overlap—3M Scotchrap Tape 51 or approved - or utilize PVC Coated Rigid Metal Conduit. Completely wrap and tape field joints. 3. Required for exposed raceways in areas subject to physical damage including but not limited to the following areas: a. Building Exterior. 4. Required for above grade service entrance feeders inside a building. B. PVC Coated Rigid Metal Conduit: 1. Required in corrosive environments or where indicated on the Contract Drawings. C. Electrical Metallic Tubing: 1. Acceptable for dry interior locations where not exposed to moisture or physical damage. 2. Not acceptable for circuits over 600 Volts. D. Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit: 1. Acceptable below concrete slab on grade installed a minimum of 2 inches below bottom of slab. 2. Acceptable within masonry walls. 3. Not acceptable for exposed raceways extending through floor slab; utilize Rigid Metal Conduit or Fiberglass (RTRC). 4. Not acceptable for bends 45 degrees and greater for low voltage pathways and feeders unless concrete encased; utilize Rigid Metal Conduit as specified herein, PVC Coated Rigid Metal Conduit or Fiberglass (RTRC). Field bends not acceptable. 5. Concrete encased where indicated on Contract Drawings or where required by Code or Utility. E. Flexible Metal Conduit: 1. For connections to recessed light fixtures and devices installed in suspended ceilings, maximum six foot length. 2. For connections to motors, transformers and other equipment subject to vibration. Minimum of three foot and maximum of six foot length with 90 degree loop. F. Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit: 1. For pump motors and equipment subject to vibration in damp locations, wet locations and in areas subject to being washed down. Minimum of three foot and maximum of six foot length with 90 degree loop 26 0533- 6 Raceway Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0533 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. For machinery where cutting oil is used. Minimum of three foot and maximum of six foot length with 90 degree loop. G. Surface Metal and Multi-Outlet Raceway: Install where indicated on the Contract Drawings. H. Auxiliary Gutters and Wireways: Install where indicated on the Contract Drawings and as required in unfinished spaces. Elsewhere as approved by the A/E. 3.09 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 0533 26 0533- 7 Raceway Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0534 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 0534 OUTLET BOXES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes outlet,junction, and pull boxes and associated appurtenances required to enclose devices, permit pulling conductors, and for wire splices and branches. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. NEMA 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum). 2. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 3. UL 514A, Metallic Outlet Boxes. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each type of outlet box and appurtenance. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 OUTLET BOXES FOR INTERIOR WIRING A. General: Outlet and pull boxes pressed steel, zinc coated with plaster ring where applicable, minimum 4 inch size. B. Telecommunications and Audio Visual: Outlet and pull boxes galvanized steel, with plaster ring where applicable, minimum 4-11/16 inch, 3-1/4-inches deep. C. Surface Metal Raceway: Boxes of same manufacturer and to match raceway. Boxes to accommodate standard devices and device plates. D. Concrete and Masonry: Boxes for casting in concrete and mounting in masonry walls of type specifically designed for that purpose. E. Ceiling Outlet Boxes: Galvanized octagonal 4 inch, 1-1/2 inches deep (without fixture stud) and 2-1/8 inch deep (with fixture stud). F. Sheet Metal Boxes Larger than 12 Inches in any Dimension: Include hinged enclosure. 2.02 OUTLET BOXES FOR EXTERIOR WIRING A. General: Weather resistant and rain tight, with appropriate covers, gaskets, and screws. B. Above Grade: Outlet and junction boxes cast or malleable iron or cast of corrosion resistant alloy compatible with raceway to which they are connected. Pull boxes fabricated of hot dipped galvanized heavy gage steel. Boxes with gasketed covers. C. Below Grade: Provide underground vaults as specified in Section 260543. 26 0534- 1 Outlet Boxes Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0534 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.03 OUTLET BOXES CONTAINING MULTIPLE DEVICES A. Outlet Boxes Containing Emergency and Normal Devices: Permitted only with steel barriers manufactured especially for purpose of dividing outlet box into 2 completely separate compartments. B. Outlet Boxes Containing Multiple Devices and Wiring Rated over 150 Volts to Ground and Over 300 Volts Between Conductors: Permitted only with steel barrier manufactured especially for purpose of dividing outlet box into separate compartments for each device having exposed live parts. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 COORDINATION OF OUTLET BOX LOCATIONS A. Locate as shown on the Drawings and as required to facilitate pulling. Limit number of bends per NEC. B. Electrical box locations shown on the Drawings are approximate unless dimensioned. Verify location of floor boxes and outlets before roughing in. C. Locate outlet boxes to allow access. If inaccessible, furnish, arrange, and pay for installation of access doors. D. Coordinate Work of this section with the Work of other sections and trades to avoid conflicts. Check and verify door swings and locations of built-in cabinets, plumbing, heating, and ventilating equipment. E. Install outlet boxes of sizes and at locations necessary to serve equipment furnished under this or other divisions of the specifications. Make final connections thereto. Outlet boxes required if equipment is furnished with pigtail for external connection, does not have space to accommodate branch circuit wiring, or requires wire with insulation rating different from branch circuit wiring. Review equipment Shop Drawings for required outlet locations. F. Where more than one outlet box is shown on the Drawings, and indicated to be at same elevation or one above the other, align them exactly on center lines horizontally or vertically. Relocate outlet boxes which are not so installed (including lighting, receptacle, power, signal, and temperature control outlets) at no additional cost to the Owner. 26 0534- 2 Outlet Boxes Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0534 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 G. Centered on Built-In Work: In the case of doors, cabinets, recessed or similar features, or where outlet boxes are centered between such features, such as between doorjamb and cabinet, make these outlet box locations exact. Relocate outlet boxes which are not centered. H. Flush mount boxes with front edge of box or plaster ring even with finished surface of wall and ceiling, except those mounted above accessible ceilings and where surface mounting is permitted. I. Locate to maintain headroom and to present a neat appearance. J. Route conduit from switch and receptacle boxes in walls vertically to space above ceiling. Install junction box before horizontal run. K. Offset outlet boxes minimum of one stud horizontal separation between flush boxes mounted on opposite sides of acoustic rated common wall. L. Install outlet boxes with minimum 6 inch horizontal separation between closest edges of flush boxes mounted on opposite sides of common wall. M. Ceiling Locations: Locate outlet either at corner joint or in center of a panel, whichever is closer to normal spacing. Locate outlet boxes in same room in same panel locations. N. Conceal outlet boxes for electric water coolers behind cooler unit housing. 3.05 OUTLET BOX INSTALLATION A. Anchor boxes so they will not shift or rock when devices are operated (including insertion and removal of cord caps). B. Firmly anchor flush outlet boxes directly or with concealed bracing to studs and joists. C. Close unused openings. D. Support boxes independently of conduit except for cast outlet boxes that are connected to 2 rigid metal conduits, both supported within 12 inches of outlet box. E. Use multiple-gang outlet boxes where 2 or more devices are mounted together. Do not use sectional boxes. F. Install blank covers or plates over outlet boxes that do not contain devices. G. In inaccessible ceiling areas, connect raceway directly to recessed luminaire. H. Install recessed outlet boxes in finished areas. Secure outlet boxes to interior wall and partition studs, accurately positioning to allow for surface finish thickness. Use stamped steel stud bridges for flush outlets in hollow stud wall and adjustable steel channel fasteners for flush ceiling outlet boxes. I. Install outlet boxes in walls without damaging wall insulation. J. Seal conduit boxes, telephone boxes, and similar items air tight with acoustical caulk where located in acoustical rated walls that are not fire rated. K. Install outlet boxes in masonry walls to require cutting of masonry unit corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat openings for outlet boxes. Use outlet boxes with sufficient depth to permit conduit hubs to be located in masonry void space. L. Install pull boxes to be accessible after completion of building construction. 26 0534- 3 Outlet Boxes Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0534 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.06 ELECTRICAL WORK IN COUNTERBACKS, MILLWORK,AND CASEWORK A. Install as shown on the Drawings. Furnish templates to other trades for drilling and cutting to ensure accurate location of electrical fixtures (outlets and devices) as verified with the A/E. Install wiring, devices, plates, and connections required by said fixtures. 3.07 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 0534 26 0534-4 Outlet Boxes Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0535 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 0535 FLOOR OUTLET DEVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes floor outlet devices for power and communications and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 2. UL 514A, Metallic Outlet Boxes. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each type of outlet device and appurtenance. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Flush Type Outlet Devices: Hubbell, Wiremold, or approved. 2.02 MULTI-SERVICE RECESSED FLOOR OUTLET DEVICES A. Four compartment single-gang flush floor boxes. B. Fully Adjustable Cast Iron: Wiremold RFB4-CI-1 (Resource RFB), Hubbell CFB4G30C1 or approved. C. Fully Adjustable Stamped Steel: Wiremold RF134 (Resource RFB), Hubbell CFB4G30CR or approved. D. Cover: Flush access hatch with carpet trim and wire management blocks. Wiremold FPCTC series, Hubbell 24GCCVRXXXC or approved. Confirm finish with A/E prior to ordering. E. Bare Concrete &Terrazzo Ring: Provide for floor boxes installed in polished concrete or tile flooring. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 26 0535- 1 Floor Outlet Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0535 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 FLOOR OUTLET DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Install and anchor floor outlet devices shown on the Drawings. Coordinate exact location with the A/E. B. Attach conduits to cast iron housing. C. Align coverplate over top of housing and tighten screws. D. Level box and pour concrete. E. Adjust top surface to level and flush with finished floor. F. Provide hardware and blank finish plates for all openings that are not used by an outlet device. 3.05 CARPET FLANGE INSTALLATION A. Install after final floor covering has been installed. 3.06 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 0535 26 0535- 2 Floor Outlet Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0543 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 0543 UNDERGROUND VAULTS AND RACEWAYS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Underground electrical work beyond building perimeter including vaults, handholes, direct-buried conduit, ductbanks, and associated appurtenances. B. Provide, coordinate and obtain approval for underground electrical work for utility systems in accordance with utility company requirements. C. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. D. Refer to Section 260533 for work within building perimeter. E. Refer to Section 260510 for additional earthwork requirements 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Vault: Underground structure for electrical equipment and wiring. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. Comply with local Utility requirements and standards. B. Codes and Standards: 1. UL 6, Standard for Rigid Metal Conduit. 2. UL 651, Standard for Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. 3. UL 651A, Standard for Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and HDPE Conduit. 4. UL 2420, Standard for RTRC Conduit and Fittings for underground — Fiberglass. 5. AASHTO M-306, Standard for Drainage, Sewer, Utility and Related Castings. 6. Electric Utility Requirements. C. NEC Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of NEC as to type of products used and installation of electrical power connections. D. Comply with applicable NEMA standards and refer to NEMA standards for definitions of terminology herein. Comply with NEC for workmanship and installation requirements of underground vaults, conduit and ducts. E. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of vaults, handholes, conduit and ducts of types and sizes specified and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 years. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each type of vault, handhole, conduit, duct and appurtenance. C. Shop Drawings for vaults: Include plans, elevations, sections, details and accessories, including the following: 1. Duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes. 2. Cover design and vault frame support rings. 3. Dimensioned locations of cable rack inserts, pulling-in and lifting irons, and sumps. 26 0543- 1 Underground Vaults and Raceways Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0543 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 4. Joint details. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store precast concrete and other factory-fabricated underground utility structures at Project site as recommended by manufacturer to prevent physical damage. Arrange so identification markings are visible. B. Lift and support precast concrete units only at designated lifting or supporting points. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of ducts, vaults and handholes with final arrangement of other utilities, site grading, and surface features as determined in the field. B. Coordinate elevations of duct entrances into vaults and handholes with final locations and profiles of ducts as determined by coordination with other utilities, underground obstructions, and surface features. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated as required to suit field conditions and to ensure that duct runs drain to vaults and handholes, and as approved by A/E. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC)AND FITTINGS A. Ferrous Metal Conduit: Steel, UL 6, hot-dip galvanized. B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: UL 514B, threaded galvanized. 2.02 RIGID NON-METALLIC CONDUIT A. PVC Conduit: Schedule 40, UL 651, rigid type unless indicated otherwise. B. Fittings: UL 651, UL 651A, UL 2420 and UL 2515. 1. For electric (power)duct, 90 degree elbows with minimum 48 inch radius, factory manufactured rigid steel or Fiberglass (RTRC). 2. For telecommunications service provider ducts, 90 degree elbows with minimum 48 inch radius factory manufactured rigid steel or Fiberglass (RTRC) 3. For telecommunications on-site distribution ducts, 90 degree elbows with minimum 36 inch radius factory manufactured rigid steel (RMC)or Fiberglass (RTRC) 2.03 DUCT ACCESSORIES A. Duct Separators: Factory-fabricated rigid PVC interlocking spacers, sized for type and sizes of ducts with which used, and selected to provide minimum duct spacing indicated while supporting ducts during concreting or backfilling. B. Conduit Fittings at Vaults and Handhole Entrances: End Bells. 2.04 PRECAST HANDHOLES A. Handholes: Precast concrete or polymer concrete with open bottom unless indicated otherwise on the Contract Drawings. B. Rating: Rated for application where installed: AASHTO H-20 highway loading where installed in roadways and drive lanes, medium duty loading in off-street locations that are not subject to high density traffic or light duty pedestrian traffic in walkways not subject to vehicle traffic. 26 0543- 2 Underground Vaults and Raceways Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0543 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Identification: Permanently engrave handhole covers with the system designation. Handhole designations visible from the surface. 1. Electrical handhole labeled "ELECTRIC". 2. Telecommunications handhole labeled "COMMUNICATIONS". D. Frame and Cover: Weatherproof cast iron frame. Cast iron cover with on-skid surface and lift or pull slots. Capable of being secured to the body with tamper resistant fasteners. E. The manufacturer's name and model number must be permanently indicated to an interior wall face. F. Acceptable Manufacturers: Oldcastle, Carson Industries, Christy, Hanson, Hubbell, or approved. 2.05 HANDHOLES OTHER THAN PRECAST A. Handholes: HDPE with an open bottom unless indicated otherwise on the Contract Drawings. B. Rating: Rated for light duty: pedestrian traffic. Suitable for landscape areas only. C. Identification: Permanently engrave handhole covers with the system designation. Handhole designations visible from the surface. 1. Electrical handhole labeled "ELECTRIC". 2. Telecommunication handholes designated "COMMUNICATIONS". D. Cover: Weatherproof with non-skid surface, and lift or pull slots. Capable of being secured to the body with tamper resistant fasteners. E. The manufacturer's name and model number must be permanently indicated to an interior wall face. F. Finish: Gray in concrete or paved areas. Green in landscape areas. G. Acceptable Manufacturers: Oldcastle, Christy, Hanson, Hubbell, or approved 2.06 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS A. Vaults: Precast concrete with minimum 4,000 psi strength at 28 days. Solid bottom with recessed sump to allow for drainage, embedded galvanized channels in each wall, a 1-inch diameter ground rod knockout in the floor, pulling-in hooks, and galvanized pull/lift irons in each corner. B. Design: Tops and walls shall meet AASHTO H-20 highway loading, conform to ASTM C478, with 30 percent loading added for impact. 1. Walls shall withstand all soil pressures, taking into consideration the soil to be encountered and groundwater level present at the site. Assume ground water level is at ground surface unless a lower water table is indicated in the boring logs. 2. Designed and constructed not to float. 3. Assembled Sections: Mating edges with tongue-and-groove joints. Design joints to firmly interlock adjoining components, and provide waterproof junctions. Joints sealed watertight using preformed plastic strips installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 4. Steel components other than reinforced steel hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. 5. Identify vaults using the manufacturer's name embedded in, or otherwise permanently attached to, an interior wall face. 26 0543- 3 Underground Vaults and Raceways Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0543 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Vault Cover Ratings:: Provide per vault schedule. 1. Heavy Duty Covers: Provided with H-20 rated cast iron vaults covers and a minimum of 30-inch diameter, with lift holes and provisions to secure into the vault top with fasteners. Provide Round vault covers and frames with Class 30B grey cast iron in accordance with ASTM A48. 2. Medium Duty Covers: Provide with traffic rated galvanized steel hatches unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. Include a locking latch, a recessed lift handle, and a hinging system that allows the cover to open a full 180 degrees. 3. Non-Traffic Covers: Provide where indicated on the Contract Drawings. D. Identification: Permanently label vault covers with the system designation. Vault designations visible from the surface. 1. Electrical vaults labeled "ELECTRIC". 2. Telecommunication vaults labeled "COMMUNICATIONS". 3. Cast covers shall have the designation cast into the cover at the casting foundry. If casting the designation into the cover is not an option, the Contractor shall propose other means to permanently label the vault. 4. Galvanized steel hatches shall include the bead welded designation onto the cover. If the cover cannot be bead welded, the Contractor shall propose other permanent marking options. E. Riser Collars: Riser collars shall match casting, concrete and 6" in height. F. Connections: Conduit entries through vertical vault walls must be through cast-in-place molded plastic duct connections such as Term-A-Ducts. G. Acceptable Manufacturers: Oldcastle, Hanson, or approved. 2.07 VAULT ACCESSORIES A. Cable Rack Assembly: Nonmetallic. Components fabricated from nonconductive, fiberglass-reinforced polymer. 1. Stanchions: Nominal 36 inches high by 4 inches wide, with minimum of 9 holes for arm attachment. Maintain 18"from corner of wall. Provide additional stanchions if spacing exceeds 30". 2. Arms: Arranged for secure, drop-in attachment in horizontal position at any location on cable stanchions, and capable of being locked in position. Arms must be minimum 8" long with 3 arms per stanchion, with 450-lb minimum capacity to 20 inches with 250-lb minimum capacity. Top of arm must be nominally 4 inches wide, and arm shall have slots along full length for cable ties. B. Duct-Sealing Compound: Non-hardening, safe for contact with human skin, not deleterious to cable insulation, and workable at temperatures as low as 350F. Capable of withstanding temperature of 300OF without slump and adhering to clean surfaces of plastic ducts, metallic conduits, conduit coatings, concrete, masonry, lead, cable sheaths, cable jackets, insulation materials, and common metals. C. Joint Sealant: Asphaltic-butyl material with adhesion, cohesion, flexibility, and durability properties necessary to withstand maximum hydrostatic pressures at the installation location with the ground-water level at grade. D. Mechanical Duct Plugs: Duct plugs, high-impact plastic components, combined with durable elastic gaskets, are corrosion proof. Blank plug must be equipped with a rope tie device to allow the securing of pull rope to the plug's back compression plate. 26 0543-4 Underground Vaults and Raceways Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0543 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.08 GROUNDING A. Grounding: Install ground rod and bonding connections, provide as specified in Section 260526 and as indicated herein. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 LEED REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements. 1. Sustainable sites—Construction Activity Pollution Prevention: Comply with provisions of Section 01 5713 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Controls. 3.02 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of ducts, vaults, and handholes with final arrangement of other utilities, site grading, and surface features as determined in the field prior to commencing work of this section. B. Coordination: Coordinate elevations of conduit, ducts and duct bank entrances into vaults and handholes, with final locations and profiles of conduit, ducts and duct banks as determined by coordination with other utilities, underground obstructions, and surface features. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated as required to suit field conditions and to ensure that conduit and duct runs drain away from building to vaults and handholes, and as approved by A/E. C. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.04 EARTHWORK A. Provide as specified in Section 260510 and as indicated herein. B. Work with extreme care near existing utilities to avoid damage. Cut the trenches neatly and uniformly. C. Pitch the trenches uniformly toward vaults and handholes or both ways from high points between vaults for the required duct line drainage. Avoid pitching the ducts towards buildings. D. The walls of the trench may be used to form the side walls of the duct bank provided that the soil is self-supporting and that the concrete envelope can be poured without soil inclusions. Use forms where the soil is not self-supporting. E. After the concrete-encased duct has sufficiently cured, backfill and compact the trench in accordance with Division 31. F. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other work. Restore vegetation and include necessary topsoil, seed, sod, and/or mulch according to Division 32. G. Cut and patch existing pavement in the path of underground conduit and ducts according to Division 01. 26 0543- 5 Underground Vaults and Raceways Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0543 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.05 RACEWAY INSTALLATION A. Install top raceway at depth shown on the Contract Drawings or minimum 24 inches below finished grade, whichever depth is deeper. B. Install detectable marker tape over underground raceway as specified in Section 260553. Warning marker tap must be 12 inches below finished grade directly above duct bank. C. Install raceway with minimum slope of 4 inches per 100 feet to drain away from building. Slope ducts from a high point in runs between two vaults to drain in both directions. D. Duct Entrances to Vaults: Grout end bells into structure walls from both sides to provide watertight entrances. E. Cut conduit square using a saw or pipe cutter. Deburr cut ends. F. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings and couplings and tighten securely. G. During construction, use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. H. Provide polyester mule tape with printed footage indicators secured at each end of each empty conduit, except sleeves and nipples. Identify with tags at each end indicating origin and destination of empty conduit. Minimum tensile strength of 1250 pounds for conduits 2-inch and smaller and 2500 pounds for conduits larger than 2-inch. I. Raceway bends between vaults and handholes. 1. Power: No more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends 2. Telecommunications: No more than equivalent of two 90 degree bends J. Underground Raceway Installation: 1. Install insulated grounding bushings at conduits stubbed up or out from underground unless capped for future (spare). 2. Wipe PVC conduit clean and dry before jointing. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area to be inserted into fitting. Let joint cure for minimum 20 minutes. 3. Install conduit that stub up through floor at such depth that exposed conduit is vertical and no curved section of elbow is visible. K. Do not install conduit on exterior surface of building, except as shown on the Drawings and as approved by the A/E. 3.06 UNDERGROUND CONCRETE ENCASED DUCT BANK INSTALLATION A. Install top of duct bank at depth shown on the Contract Drawings or minimum 24 inches below finished grade, whichever depth is deeper. B. Install marker tape over underground raceway as specified in Section 260553. Warning marker tap must be 12 inches below finished grade directly above duct bank. C. Install conduit with minimum slope of 4 inches per 100 feet. D. Use suitable separators and chairs installed not greater than 4 foot on center. Band conduit together with suitable banding devices. Securely anchor conduit to prevent movement during concrete placement. E. Duct Entrances to Vaults: Grout end bells into structure walls from both sides to provide watertight entrances. F. Provide minimum 3 inch concrete cover at bottom, top, and sides of duct bank, concrete must be rated at 3,000 PSI. G. Stagger conduit joints in concrete encasement minimum 6 inches. 26 0543- 6 Underground Vaults and Raceways Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0543 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 H. Do not use union-type fittings without approval of the A/E. I. Construction: 1. When termination of duct is not detailed on the Contract Drawings, extend conduit V-0" beyond concrete encasement and end cap. 2. Plug and cap ends of conduit to protect from damage during construction and at end of each day's concrete pour. Protect ends of conduits not used for long periods from dirt and rodents with wooden or manufactured plugs. Non-setting mastic may be used on plug to adhere to conduit end. Drill 1/4 inch hole in lower portion of plug for drainage of conduit. 3. Swab conduits immediately upon completion of concrete pour. After cement has set, but before backfilling, pull mandrel having diameter equal to nominal conduit inside diameter, minus 1/2 inch, and not less than 12 inches long, through each conduit. Mandrel must be lead-covered or painted white to indicate protrusion inside conduit which might damage cable sheath. Attach pull string to rear end of swab mandrel to replace pull string being pulled out. When not in use, fasten pull string securely at both ends of duct. J. Observation: Ducts will be reviewed by the Owner's Representative before pouring concrete. The Owner's Representative will review for backfill compaction, drainage slope, spacers, floatation ties, conduit condition, and joints. Concrete shall not be poured until the observation is complete. K. Mix red dye into concrete for medium voltage duct bank. 1. 15 kV duct system to include 5 pounds of red iron oxide per cubic yard such that cured concrete is uniform red color. 3.07 RACEWAY SCHEDULE A. Rigid Metal Conduit: 1. Acceptable in all locations except as modified in this section. 2. Where in contact with earth or concrete, install protective coating consisting of spirally wrapped 20 mil PVC tape with 1/2 inch minimum overlap—3M Scotchrap Tape 51 or approved - or utilize PVC Coated Rigid Metal Conduit. Completely wrap and tape field joints. B. PVC Coated Rigid Metal Conduit: 1. Required in corrosive environments or as indicated on the Drawings. C. Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit: 1. Acceptable underground with minimum 24 inches of cover. 2. Not acceptable for raceways extending through concrete; utilize Rigid Metal Conduit or Fiberglass (RTRC). 3. Not acceptable for bends 45 degrees and greater for feeders and low voltage pathways unless concrete encased; utilize Rigid Metal Conduit as specified herein, PVC Coated Rigid Metal Conduit or Fiberglass (RTRC). Field bends not acceptable. 4. Concrete encased where indicated on Contract Drawings or where required by Code or Utility. 3.08 HANDHOLES INSTALLATION A. Install precast handholes on a solid ring of base material such as concrete around the outer edge to prevent settlement. The base material shall include openings that allow drainage from the box into the soil. Boxes must be set plumb and elevated slightly above 26 0543- 7 Underground Vaults and Raceways Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0543 - 8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 surrounding grade to prevent them from becoming the water collection points. Conduit ends must be sealed to prevent debris from entering the raceway. 3.09 PRECAST VAULTS INSTALLATION A. Install on a level bed of well-tamped gravel or crushed stone, well-graded from the 1-inch to 2-inch sieve. B. In paved areas, set top of vault plumb and flush with finished surface. In unpaved areas, set vault top slightly higher than surrounding area to prevent the vault from collecting surrounding water. C. Vaults with round castings/covers shall have risers to recess the vault below landscaping, subgrades and other site finishes. D. Install a ground rod in each vault through the ground rod knockout in the floor. E. Install a No. 2 AWG copper bonding conductor along the perimeter of the interior walls and support above floor level. Bond all metallic parts within vault including channels, frames, lids, ladders, etc. with No. 6 AWG copper bonding jumper. Connect the ground rod to the bonding conductor with No. 2 AWG copper. F. In cases where Term-A-Ducts were not provided at conduit entries, fill the breakout windows with concrete or non-shrink grout from both sides after all ducts have been installed. G. Cast end bells into vault wall for conduit entries. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: Perform tests and inspections in accordance with Section 260810. 3.11 CLEANING A. Pull leather-washer-type duct cleaner, with graduated washer sizes, through full length of ducts. Follow with rubber duct swab for final cleaning and to assist in spreading lubricant throughout ducts. B. Clean internal surfaces of vaults and handholes, including sump. Remove any foreign material. 3.12 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 0543 26 0543- 8 Underground Vaults and Raceways Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0548 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 0548 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes isolation pads, spring isolators, restrained spring isolators, restraint cables, hanger rod stiffeners, anchorage bushings and washers, and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel". 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: 1. Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation and seismic restraint device. 2. Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each type and size of seismic-restraint component used. a. Tabulate types and sizes of seismic restraints, complete with report numbers and rated strength in tension and shear as evaluated by an agency acceptable to the AHJ. b. Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance with requirements. 3. Restrained-Isolation Devices: Include ratings for horizontal, vertical, and combined loads. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For vibration isolation and seismic restraint details indicate to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Design Calculations: Calculate static and dynamic loading due to equipment weight and operation, seismic forces required to select vibration isolators and seismic restraints. a. Coordinate design calculations with wind-load calculations required for equipment mounted outdoors. b. Comply with requirements in other Division 26 sections for equipment mounted outdoors. 2. Indicate materials and dimensions and identify hardware, including attachment and anchorage devices. 3. Field fabricated supports. 4. Seismic Restraint Details: a. Design Analysis: To support selection and arrangement of seismic restraints. Include calculations of combined tensile and shear loads. 26 0548- 1 Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control for Electrical Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0548 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 b. Details: Indicate fabrication and arrangement. Detail attachments of restraints to restrained items and to structure. Show attachment locations, methods, and spacings. Identify components, list their strengths, and indicate directions and values of forces transmitted to structure during seismic events. Indicate association with vibration isolation devices. C. Preapproval and Evaluation Documentation: By agency acceptable to AHJ, showing maximum ratings of restraint items and the basis for approval (tests or calculations). D. Welding Certificates. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: A single supplier shall furnish isolation mounts, pads, seismic restraints, sway braces, related hardware, and fabricate isolation bases for the project unless otherwise specified. B. Responsibility: This supplier shall be responsible for selection and installation supervision of vibration isolators. Prepare engineering drawings and details and submit to the A/E. Perform installation supervision and provide adjustment instructions. C. Seismic Restraints: 1. Design and select restraint devices for ducts, pipes, and equipment to meet seismic requirements defined in IBC and ASCE 7-05. Prepare calculations based on coefficients included on the structural drawings. Refer to the structural drawings for allowable methods and loads. 2. Retain an engineer, specialty consultant, or seismic restraint device manufacturer to design and develop seismic restraint systems and perform calculations based on actual equipment data. 3. Engineer, specialty consultant, or seismic restraint device manufacturer shall coordinate attachments to structure to verify that attachment points on equipment and structure can accept seismic, weight, and other loads imposed. Pay any additional structural engineering services fee. 4. Shop Drawings, details, and calculations shall be stamped and signed by a professional engineer licensed in engineering in the state in which the Work is performed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Manufacturers: Amber/Booth, California Dynamics Corporation, Kinetics Noise Control, Mason Industries, Vibro-Acoustics, Vibration Mountings & Controls, or approved. B. Isolation Pads: Arrange in single or multiple layers of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, molded with nonslip pattern and galvanized-steel baseplates, and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. C. Spring Isolators: Freestanding, laterally stable, open-spring isolators. 1. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of compressed height of spring at rated load. 2. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of required deflection at rated load. 26 0548- 2 Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control for Electrical Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0548 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 4. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 5. Baseplates: Factory drilled for bolting to structure and bonded to 1/4 inch thick, rubber isolator pad attached to baseplate underside. Baseplates shall limit floor load to 500 psig. 6. Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment. D. Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open-spring isolators with seismic or limit-stop restraint. 1. Housing: Steel with resilient vertical-limit stops to prevent spring extension due to weight being removed. Factory-drilled baseplate bonded to 1/4 inch thick neoprene or rubber isolator pad attached to baseplate underside. Adjustable equipment mounting and leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation. 2. Restraint: Seismic or limit-stop as required for equipment and AHJ. 3. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of compressed height of spring at rated load. 4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of required deflection at rated load. 5. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 6. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 2.02 SEISMIC RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Manufacturers: Amber/Booth, California Dynamics Corporation, Cooper B-Line, Hilti, Mason Industries, TOLCO, Unistrut, or approved. B. General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features, and application requirements as defined in reports by an agency acceptable to AHJ. 1. Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of components minimum 4 times maximum seismic forces to which they will be subjected. C. Restraint Cables: ASTM A 603 galvanized steel cables with end connections made of steel assemblies with thimbles, brackets, swivels, and bolts designed for restraining cable service. Include minimum 2 clamping bolts for cable engagement. D. Hanger Rod Stiffener: Reinforcing steel angle clamped to hanger rod. E. Bushings for Floor-Mounted Equipment Anchor: Neoprene bushings designed for rigid equipment mountings and matched to type and size of anchors and studs. F. Bushing Assemblies for Wall-Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of neoprene elements and steel sleeves designed for rigid equipment mountings and matched to type and size of attachment devices. G. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: One-piece, molded, oil-and water-resistant neoprene with a flat washer face. H. Mechanical Anchor: Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type in zinc-coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchors with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488. Minimum length of 8 times diameter. 26 0548- 3 Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control for Electrical Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0548 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 I. Adhesive Anchor: Drilled-in and capsule anchor system containing polyvinyl or urethane methacrylate-based resin and accelerator, or injected polymer or hybrid mortar adhesive. Zinc-coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 APPLICATIONS A. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Secure raceways and cables to trapeze member with clamps approved for application by an agency acceptable to the AHJ. B. Hanger Rod Stiffeners: Install hanger rod stiffeners where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. Welding stiffeners to rods not acceptable. C. Strength of Support and Seismic Restraint Assemblies: Select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads within specified loading limits. 3.05 SEISMIC RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Equipment and Hanger Restraints: 1. Install restrained isolators on electrical equipment. 2. Install resilient, bolt-isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch. 3. Install seismic restraint devices using methods approved by agency acceptable to AHJ providing required submittals for component. B. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment mounting channels are attached to wall. C. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated on the Drawings, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, and at concrete members. 26 0548-4 Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control for Electrical Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0548 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 D. Drilled-in Anchors: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify the A/E if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, and grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Mechanical Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Install sleeve anchors with sleeve fully engaged in structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Adhesive Anchors: Clean holes to remove loose material and drilling dust prior to installation of adhesive. Place adhesive in holes proceeding from bottom of hole and progressing toward surface in such a manner as to avoid introduction of air pockets in adhesive. 5. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque using a torque wrench. 3.06 ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION A. Install flexible connections in runs of raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways where they cross seismic joints, where adjacent sections and branches are supported by different structural elements, and where they terminate with connection to equipment that is anchored to a different structural element from the one supporting them as they approach equipment. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. Obtain the A/E's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Install temporary load-spreading members. 2. Test at least 4 of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners selected by the A/E. 3. Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device. 4. Measure isolator restraint clearance. 5. Measure isolator deflection. 6. Verify snubber minimum clearances. 7. If a device fails test, modify installations of same type and retest until satisfactory results are achieved. B. Remove and replace malfunctioning units, provide new, and retest as specified above. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. Include copy of reports in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 3.08 ADJUSTING A. Adjust isolators after isolated equipment is at operating weight. B. Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation. C. Adjust active height of spring isolators. D. Adjust restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation. 26 0548- 5 Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control for Electrical Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0548 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.09 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 0548 26 0548- 6 Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control for Electrical Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0553 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 0553 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes nameplates, wire and cable markers, conduit color coding, buried duct marking tape, and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Nameplate schedule. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION MATERIAL A. Nameplates: 1. Engraved three-layer laminated plastic. a. Normal Power: White letters on black background. 2. Panelboards and Switchboards: 1/2 inch high letters to identify equipment designation. 1/4 inch high letters to identify voltage rating and source. 3. Control Panels and Equipment (Lighting and Receptacle Control): 1/2 inch high letters to identify equipment designation. 1/4 inch high letters to identify source, control panel name and space and zone controlled as designated on the Drawings. 4. Enclosed Circuit Breakers, Disconnect Switches, Motor Starters: 1/4 inch high letters to identify load served and source. 5. Transformers: 1/2 inch high letters to identify equipment designation as indicated on the Drawings. 1/4 inch high letters to identify primary and secondary voltages, primary source, and secondary load and location. 6. Power Monitoring: 1/2 inch high letters to identify meter designation. 1/4 inch high letters to identify metering category. 7. Automatic Transfer Switches: 1/2 inch high white letters to identify equipment designation, voltage rating, normal source, standby source and load served and location. 8. Power Boxes and Enclosures larger than six inches by six inches. 1/2 inch high letters to identify equipment and source designation. 9. Service Entrance Equipment: 1/2 inch high letters to identify available fault current. 26 0553- 1 Electrical Identification Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0553 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 10. Digital Control Switches: 1/4 inch engraved letters on push button or cover to identify control zone. 11. Feeders: 1/4 inch high letters to identify feeder ampacity, phase conductor size and quantity. B. Adhesive Printed Labels: 1. Laminated tape— Brother TZe Series 12 mm width tape or equivalent with adhesive back suitable for exterior locations. a. Normal Power: Black letters on clear background. 2. Switches: 1/4 inch letters to identify load controlled. 3. Receptacles: 1/4 inch letters to identify panelboard, circuit number and where identified as Dedicated, identify equipment designation as shown on panel schedule 4. Lighting control devices: 1/4 inch letters to identify lighting control device designation as shown on shop drawings and lighting control program C. Outlet boxes,junction boxes and pull boxes for emergency system devices and circuits orange in color, both inside and outside. D. Outlet boxes,junction boxes and pull boxes for fire alarm system devices and conductors: red in color, both inside and outside. E. Permanent felt marker for junction and pull box. 1. Normal/Standby/Emergency Power: Black letters indicating circuit notation. 2. Lighting controls: Black letters indicating "Lighting Control Device" and relays F. Wire and Cable Markers: 1. Split sleeve or tubing type. Vinyl impregnated cloth, vinyl, and mylar self- adhesive types not acceptable. 2. Color code wire in accordance with the coding shown in Decal Detail below. Conductors of power systems in this building (plant) are identified as follows: Conductor 208Y/120 Volt 480/277 Volt A Phase Left Bus In Panel): Black Brown B Phase Center Bus In Panel): Red Orange C Phase (Right Bus In Panel): Blue Yellow Neutral: White Gray Equipment Ground: Green Green 3. Where dedicated neutral conductors are provided for single phase circuits, neutral conductor shall have a colored stripe to match the color of the corresponding phase conductor. G. Phase Identification: Vinyl colored electrical tape. H. Detectable Buried Duct Marking Tape: 1. Electrical (Power) Ducts: Six inch wide red tape with words "CAUTION - ELECTRIC LINE BURIED BELOW'. 3M Scotch#408 or approved. 2. Communications/Telephone Ducts: Six inch wide orange tape with the words "CAUTION -TELEPHONE LINE BURIED BELOW". 3M Scotch #411 or approved. I. Electrical Hazard Marking Tape: Black and yellow striped vinyl 2 inch wide hazard tape, Identi-Tape#VH2BKY or equal. 26 0553- 2 Electrical Identification Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0553 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 J. Directory Cards: Directory cards shall consist of heavy cardstock, metallic mounting frames and plastic covers. Mounting frames attached to the back side of panelboard or lighting control panel doors. Directories shall contain typewritten text indicating the circuit breaker or control relay number, type of load served and room number in which each load is located. Unused circuit breakers or control relays designated with "SPARE" written in pencil. Spaces for future circuit breakers left blank. Circuit designations on directory cards shall match the installed conditions with respect to loads and physical arrangement within panelboards. K. Wiring Color Code Schedules: Prepared using a color printer and laminated between two layers of clear plastic. Schedules shall show color designation for each phase, neutral and ground of each system voltage. Schedule size, 130 mm by 180 mm (Y by 7" L. Arc Flash Hazard Safety Signs: Product safety signs in accordance with ANSI Standard Z535.4 requirements. An electrical hazard (lightning) graphic surrounded by a yellow triangle at the left of each sign. At the top of the right side of the sign, in an orange signal word block, the signal word "Warning" shall appear together with an exclamation mark surrounded by a triangle. Underneath the signal word block, include the message"Arc Flash Hazard" printed on the first line, followed by"Available Fault Current" and "Appropriate PPE Required" on the second line. The sign shall also indicate the flash protection boundary in inches and the incident energy at 460 mm (18") in cal/cm', in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70E. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 LEED REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting —LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements. 1. Energy &Atmosphere— Fundamental Building Commissioning and Verification: Comply with provisions of section 01 9113. 2. Energy &Atmosphere— Enhanced Commissioning: Comply with provisions of 01 9113. 3.02 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.04 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. Description: Install, apply, erect, and perform work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, more stringent requirements govern. B. Nameplates: 1. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates. 2. Install nameplates parallel to equipment lines. 26 0553- 3 Electrical Identification Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0553 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3. Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using screws or rivets. Adhesives not acceptable. C. Wire Identification: 1. Install wire markers on conductors in panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes, and at load connection. Identify with branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits and with control wire number as indicated on schematic and interconnection diagrams or equipment manufacturer's shop drawings for control wiring. 2. Install solid colored jackets for wire sizes smaller than number 8 AWG. Wire sizes larger than number 10 AWG may be taped at both ends and at pull and junction boxes with appropriate colored tape. Color coding tape to completely encircle conductor at least 3 inches wide. D. Felt Marker Identification: Apply on front of cover in non-finished areas, such as mechanical/electrical rooms, above ceilings, and similar locations, and on back of cover in finished areas. E. Provide black and yellow striped vinyl 2"wide hazard tape on floor and stencil "Electrical Hazard-Keep Clear" on floor, spaced as to not exceed 4 feet on center to identify code required clearance in front of electrical equipment including switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers, transformers, transfer switches, etc. in unfinished spaces such as electrical and mechanical rooms. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Provide identification for electrical equipment as specified herein. 2. Attach identification in durable manner, suitable to each respective type of identification. Securely fasten nameplates to equipment with two (2) rivets. Wiring color code schedules fastened to equipment with permanent adhesive. B. Distribution Panelboards and Switchboards: Provide the following nameplates and schedules. 1. Nameplates: Provide for each distribution panelboard and switchboard. Install nameplates on the outside of the equipment enclosures above the incoming line sections. 2. Overcurrent protective device nameplate:. Install nameplates on the outside of the equipment enclosure adjacent to each device. . 3. Wiring color code schedule: attach to the exterior of each switchboard and each distribution panelboard. Locate schedules adjacent to the main incoming line sections. 4. Feeder nameplate: attach to the exterior of each switchboard and distribution panelboard to identify the source feeder. C. Panelboards: Provide the following nameplates and schedules 1. 2. Panelboard nameplate: Provide for each panelboard. On panelboards install nameplates on the outside of panelboard enclosures above doors. 3. Directory cards: Provide in each panelboard. Update room numbers and descriptions to match final owner approved room name/number. Place directory card in holder behind plastic cover. 4. Provide a reduced copy of each panel schedule contained in the Contract Documents, showing actual configuration. Provided panel schedules in addition to the typewritten panelboard directories. Place schedules in directory frame. 26 0553-4 Electrical Identification Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0553 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 5. Provide a wiring color code schedule attached to each panelboard. Install schedules on the inside of panelboard doors. 6. Provide a feeder tag nameplate attached to the exterior of each panelboard to identify the source feeder D. Control Panels/Equipment: 1. Nameplate: attach to the outside, front of enclosure for each relay panel, control units and control equipment. Nameplate text shall include the relay panel name or space and zone controlled as designated on the Drawings. E. Provide an arc flash hazard safety sign attached to equipment indicated in power studies. Locate signs so as to be clearly visible to qualified persons before examination, adjustment, servicing or maintenance of the equipment. On panelboards located in mechanical and electrical rooms, attach the signs on the outside of panelboard enclosures. On all other panelboards, attach the signs on the dead fronts or the back side of the panel doors, so that signs are not visible when panelboard doors are closed. F. Dry-type Transformers: 1. Nameplate: attach to the outside, front of each dry-type transformer enclosure. Nameplate text shall include the transformer name as designated on the Drawings. 2. Feeder tag nameplate: attach to the exterior of each dry-type transformer to identify the source feeder G. Power Monitoring: 1. Nameplate: attach on the outside, front of each power meter enclosure. Nameplate text shall include the meter name/number and metering category/load description as designated on the Drawings. H. Motor Starters: 1. Provide a nameplate on the outside, front of each starter and variable frequency drive enclosure. Nameplate text shall include the name of load served as designated on the Drawings. I. Signaling and Communications Systems Cabinets: 1. Provide a nameplate on the outside of each cabinet above door. Nameplate text shall include the system name as designated on the Drawings and the cabinet function. J. Disconnect Switches: 1. Provide a nameplate on the outside front of each disconnect switch enclosure. Nameplate text shall include the name of the load controlled as designated on the Drawings, and also the designation of the equipment that serves as the power source for the circuit that supplies the disconnect. 2. Provide a feeder tag nameplate attached to the exterior of each disconnect that has overcurrent protection to identify the source feeder K. Relays and Time Switches: 1. Provide a nameplate on the outside front of each relay and time switch enclosure. Nameplate text shall include the name of the load controlled as designated on the Drawings. L. Control Switches: 1. Provide a nameplate for each equipment control switch with a device plate as specified in Section 262726. Nameplate text shall include the name of the load controlled as designated on the Drawings. 26 0553- 5 Electrical Identification Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0553 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Provide a nameplate or printed label on each control switch that does not have a device plate as specified in Section 262726. Verify type with Architect's Consultant. Text shall include the name of the load controlled as designated on the Drawings. M. Wiring Devices: 1. Receptacle Labels: a. Indicate panelboard and circuit number. b. Where noted with subscript"Y indicating dedicated receptacle, provide label indicating equipment to be connected as noted in panel schedule e.g., refrigerator, microwave, copier, printer, etc. C. Where noted with equipment description on plan drawing, provide label indicating equipment to be connected as spelled out in panel schedule e.g., refrigerator, microwave, copier, printer, etc. 2. Provide an engraved printed label for each switch that controls luminaires not within sight of the switch or that controls receptacles. Engraved printed label text shall include the type and location of the load controlled. N. Junction Boxes and Pull Boxes: 1. Provide nameplates on the outside of the front cover of junction boxes and pull boxes in finished areas and of junction boxes and pull boxes that are larger than 150 mm by 150 mm (6" by 6"). Nameplate text shall designate the system for which wiring is to be enclosed in the box. In the case of power system junction boxes or pull boxes, the nameplate text shall also include the panelboard name and circuit number. 2. Junction boxes and pull boxes 150 mm by 150 mm (6" by 6") or smaller in unfinished areas and above accessible ceilings must be color coded by spray painting the outside edges of the box and spray painting the cover with the following colors: 208Y/120 VAC Power: Unpainted 480Y/277 VAC Power: Tan Fire Alarm & Detection: Red Security and Video Surveillance: Purple Telecommunications: Blue Intercom/Paging & Clock: White Television: Black Audio-video: Gold 3. After painting, mark the covers of power system junction boxes and pull boxes with the panelboard name and circuit numbers. Marking must be done with a wide-tip, permanent-ink black marker. O. Outlet Boxes: 1. Outlet boxes for emergency power and fire alarm circuits must be color coded by spray painting the box inside and outside with the following colors: Fire Alarm & Detection: Red END OF SECTION 26 0553 26 0553- 6 Electrical Identification Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0573 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 0573 ELECTRICAL POWER STUDIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes preparation of fault(short-circuit)calculations, protective device coordination study, and arc flash hazard analysis and labeling. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. IEEE C57.109, IEEE Guide for Transformers Through-Fault Current Duration. 2. IEEE 141, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants (IEEE Red Book). 3. IEEE 241, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial Buildings (IEEE Gray Book). 4. IEEE 242, IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Buff Book). 5. IEEE 1584, IEEE Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations. 6. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. 7. NFPA 70E, Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace. 8. ANSI Z535.4, American National Standard for Product Safety Signs and Labels. C. Qualifications: Fault calculations, protective device coordination study and arc flash hazard analysis shall be prepared by electrical equipment manufacturer who furnishes incoming service equipment to building or an independent electrical engineer. In either case, calculations and study shall be stamped and signed by a professional engineer licensed in the state in which the Work is performed. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Identification of computer software program used for study. C. Submit study outline. D. Initial Submittals: 1. One-line diagram with each bus and node having a unique number indicating that fault calculation will be made at that point. 2. Representative one-line diagram of distribution system (with bus numbers as described herein) indicating which devices will be presented in protective device coordination study. E. Following review and approval of the initial submittals by the A/E, submit final calculations and study in a common bound report. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823 26 0573 - 1 Electrical Power Studies Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0573 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Studies shall use computer programs that are distributed nationally and are in wide use. Software algorithms shall comply with requirements of standards and guides specified in this section. Manual calculations are unacceptable. B. The fault calculations protective device study and arc flash hazard analysis must include complete fault calculations for each proposed and ultimate source combination. C. Source combinations may include present and future power company supply circuits, large motors, and generators. D. Drawings and specifications indicate general requirements for electrical equipment being provided. Changes and additions may be suggested by results of study. Submit proposed changes and additions as a part of study. 2.02 FAULT (SHORT CIRCUIT) CALCULATIONS A. Prepare description of calculation methods, assumptions, and base per unit quantities selected. B. Prepare one-line diagram(s) and source impedance data including X/R ratio and power company system characteristics. C. Prepare impedance diagrams, typical calculations, tabulations of calculation quantities, and results, conclusions, and recommendations. D. Prepare calculations of short circuit interrupting and momentary (when applicable) duties for an assumed 3 phase, bolted, fault at medium voltage switchgear lineup, unit substation primary and secondary terminals, low voltage switchgear or switchboard lineup, motor control center, distribution panelboard, branch circuit panelboard, and other significant locations throughout system. E. Prepare ground fault current calculations for the same system areas including associated zero sequence impedance diagram. F. Prepare tabulations including fault impedance, X/R ratios, asymmetry factors, motor contributions, short circuit KVA, and symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents. 2.03 PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION STUDY A. Study electrical distribution system from normal and alternate power sources throughout electrical distribution system for Project. Study all cases of system-switching configurations and alternate operations that could result in maximum fault conditions. B. Prepare time-current coordination curves graphically indicating proposed. Include upstream and downstream devices associated with each device to illustrate coordination. Include with each curve sheet a complete title and one-line diagram with legend identifying specific portions of system covered by that particular curve sheet. C. Study shall incorporate all system protective device components. D. Include detailed description of each protective device identifying its type, function, manufacturer, AIC rating, device tap, time-dial, pick-up, instantaneous, and time-delay settings. E. Include on curve sheets power company relay and fuse characteristics, system medium- voltage equipment relay and fuse characteristics, low voltage equipment circuit breaker and fuse characteristics, pertinent transfer characteristics, pertinent motor and generator characteristics, and characteristics of other system load protective devices. 26 0573 - 2 Electrical Power Studies Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0573 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 F. Include, as a minimum, devices down to largest branch circuit and largest feeder circuit breaker in each piece of electrical gear or equipment. G. Include recommended adjustable settings of overcurrent protective devices including but not limited to the following: 1. Circuit breakers. 2. Ground fault protection. H. Include manufacturing tolerance and damage bands in plotted fuse characteristics. I. Show transformer full load, 150, 400, and 600 percent current, transformer magnetizing inrush, transformer withstand parameters according to IEEE C57.109, and significant symmetrical or asymmetrical fault current to which device is exposed. J. Select each primary protective device required for transformer winding configuration shown so that its operating band is within transformer characteristics including point equal to 59 percent of IEEE C57.109 to withstand point for secondary line-to-ground fault protection. Where primary device is not within transformer characteristics, show transformer damage curve. K. Separate transformer primary protective device characteristic curves by a 16 percent current margin for coordination and protection in event of secondary line-to-line faults. Separate medium voltage relay characteristic curves from curves for other devices by at least 0.4 second time margin. L. Prepare complete sets of individual protective device time-current coordination characteristics on transparencies. 2.04 ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS AND LABELING A. Perform electrical arc flash hazard analysis in accordance with the latest adopted version of NFPA 70E and IEEE 1584 to calculate arc flash protection boundary, working distance, incident energy level and personal protective equipment(PPE) requirements. Arc flash analysis and labeling shall be performed for electrical distribution system equipment including switchboards, panelboards, uninterruptible power supplies, transfer switches, industrial control panels, motor control centers, transformers, enclosed circuit breakers and disconnect switches. B. Provide arc flash hazard safety signs in accordance with Section 260553, Electrical Identification. Arc flash signs shall include the following information. 1. Equipment name. 2. Working distance. 3. Incident energy level. 4. Arc flash hazard boundary. 5. Required PPE level. 6. Date the arc flash sign is applied. C. Where arc flash energy reduction devices are utilized, provide second set of arc flash labels reflecting information when arc flash reduction devices are implemented. Labels shall be visibly different from standard labels for easy identification. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 LEED REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting —LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements. 1. Energy &Atmosphere— Fundamental Building Commissioning and Verification: Comply with provisions of section 01 9113. 26 0573 - 3 Electrical Power Studies Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0573 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Energy &Atmosphere— Enhanced Commissioning: Comply with provisions of 01 9113. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Examine project overcurrent protective device submittals for compliance with fault calculation study, electrical device coordination and arc flash hazard labeling requirements and other conditions affecting performance. B. Existing Condition Survey: Field investigate existing conditions to provide the information required for a complete power study from the Point of Service to all new and existing to remain equipment. 1. Serving utility information: Contact the utility to get all information upstream of the point of service required to perform the power study. 3.03 EQUIPMENT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING A. All mechanical equipment, packaged systems, control panels, motor starters, motor controllers, variable frequency drives and similar equipment shall carry a Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) equal to or greater than the available fault current delivered from the electrical system. Coordinate final available fault currents with the contractors providing this equipment. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. After review by the A/E, make revisions to protective device settings to accomplish conformance with approval fault calculations and protective device coordination study. Provide final settings of all adjustable overcurrent devices in accordance with the coordination study. 3.05 LABELING A. Provide arc flash hazard labels on all electrical equipment. Labels shall be located so as to be clearly visible to personnel providing examination, adjustment, servicing or maintenance of the equipment. 3.06 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate to the A/E that correct device settings and ratings have been made. Include settings and ratings on the Record Drawings. B. Engage the Arc-Flash Study Specialist to train Owner's maintenance personnel in the potential arc-flash hazards associated with working on energized equipment and the significance of the arc-flash warning labels. Training should include how to use arc flash energy reduction devices to reduce the available arc flash energy at switchboards. END OF SECTION 26 0573 26 0573 -4 Electrical Power Studies Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0810 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 0810 ELECTRICAL TESTING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes testing requirements for individual components, equipment, systems, and integration to ensure intended facility operation. Test equipment per manufacturer guidelines and industry standards. Test modes of operation and interlocks and alarm functions. This section presents a guideline of system testing. Provide complete, comprehensive testing in addition to minimum requirements specified in this section. B. Training: Include comprehensive Owner operation and maintenance training of individual components, equipment, and systems. Training includes normal operation and alternate modes of operations. C. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ANSI/NETA ATS 2021, Standard for Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems. 2. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). C. Electrical Testing Qualifications 1. Electrical Testing Agency: Testing to be performed by an approved testing agency. Retain services of a NETA certified firm or approved. Testing agency may not be associated with manufacturer of equipment or systems under test. 2. Manufacturer's Authorized Service Representative: Retain services of a factory- authorized service representative to perform testing and inspections. 3. Qualified Contractor: Contractor to perform testing and inspections. Refer to individual specification sections for qualifications. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Qualifications: Electrical Testing Agency qualifications. C. Testing Plan and Schedule: Detailed plan including schedule of testing and training for acceptance by the Owner and the A/E prior to initiation of work. D. Test Procedures: Test procedures and sample test forms. E. Test Reports: Submit one comprehensive detailed report of testing functions with associated results. Include date of testing and corresponding line item for system tested and individual components. Include testing checklists for each system and device tested. Record for each line item test results that comply with requirements. Record for each line item test results that do not comply with requirements, corrective actions taken to achieve compliance with requirements and retest date and confirmation. 1. Format: final reports to be in PDF file format F. Settings of Adjustable Devices: Record as-left set points of adjustable devices. 26 0810- 1 Electrical Testing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0810 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 G. Include copy of reports in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. H. Certification: Certification that tests have been completed. 1.04 TESTING RESPONSIBILITY Item Testing B : A. Thermo ra hic Testing T B. Feeder and Branch Circuit Conductors above 80A 600V and below C C. Grounding T D. Cable Trays C E. Underground Vaults and Raceways C F. Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control C G. Metering M H. Metering Verification T I. Lighting and Receptacle Controls Testing M J. Transformers Under 600V C K. Switchboards T L. Panelboards, Enclosed Circuit Breakers, and Disconnect Switches C M. Wiring Devices General C N. Electric Vehicle Service Equipment M O. Overcurrent Protective Devices T P. Elevator Power Module C Q. Photovoltaic Power Generating System M R. Packaged Engine Generators M S. Transfer Switches M T. Sure Protective Devices M T = Approved Electrical Testing Agency to inspect and test equipment per NETA, the manufacturer's recommended procedures, and the additional requirements noted. Report results in writing. M = Manufacturer's Authorized Service Representative to inspect, test, adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections in coordination with the Electrical Testing Agency and the Contractor. Inspect and test according to NETA, the manufacturer's recommended procedures, and the operational testing procedures described herein. Report results in writing. C = Qualified Contractor to inspect and test the equipment per NETA, the manufacturer's recommended procedures, and the additional requirements noted. Coordinate activities with the Manufacturer's Authorized Service Representatives and the Electrical Testing Agency. Report results in writing. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. 26 0810- 2 Electrical Testing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0810 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 LEED REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements. 1. Energy &Atmosphere— Fundamental Building Commissioning and Verification: Comply with provisions of section 01 9113. 2. Energy &Atmosphere— Enhanced Commissioning: Comply with provisions of 01 9113. 3.02 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Perform work only after all unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.04 APPLICATION AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. . 3.05 GENERAL A. Perform acceptance tests in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, NFPA 70 and ANSI/NETA ATS. . B. Report each system, material, or work which is found defective on basis of electrical inspections and tests to the A/E. C. If test reveals a fault or problem, remove and replace malfunctioning units. Repeat entire test until problem is corrected. Submit additional written test reports. D. Maintain written record of tests. Upon completion of project, assemble and certify final test report and include in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Compile field test reports signed by individuals performing the tests. 3.06 TESTING REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES A. Thermographic Testing 1. Perform thermographic survey of terminations made in switchgears, switchboards, panelboards, disconnect switches, UPS, PDUs, transformers, generators, ATSs, and MTS. Provide temporary load for minimum 40% loading of the equipment being inspected as required during testing. State the circuit- loading characteristics in the test report. 2. At least 14 days after substantial completion, but before final acceptance, perform thermographic survey. Ensure building is occupied at time of survey. 3. Correct terminations and replace equipment found to be effective during the survey. 4. Re-inspection is required for each item not corrected at time of original inspection with verification of correction. 5. Prepare thermographic inspection report. Include: 26 0810- 3 Electrical Testing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0810 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 a. List time, equipment or panel, anomaly location, ambient temperature, measured temperature, temperature rise, breaker rating, and measured load in amps, percent load, and probable cause. b. List anomalies with photographs and note correction action taken or required. C. Affix label to each tested item affirming successful completion of test. Indicate on label date of survey and name and phone number of testing agency. 6. Perform scans with direct view of terminations. B. Feeder and Branch Circuit Conductors above 80A(600V and below) 1. After installation and prior to energization, test cable and wire for continuity of circuitry and for short circuits, Megger circuits of 100 Amp and greater. Correct malfunctions. Submit record of megohmmeter readings to the A/E. 2. Inspect wire and cable for physical damage and proper connection. 3. Inspect ground conductor's installation to ensure ground terminations,jumpers, and devices have solid, mechanical connection. 4. For circuits above 80 Amps, perform torque test for each conductor termination. Torque connections per manufacturer's recommendations and tabulate results. Field mark fastening hardware with continuous line after torque test. C. Grounding 1. Test each ground electrode system. Perform grounding resistance test by means of fall-of-potential method. Maximum acceptable value for building ground electrode systems is 5 ohms. Maximum acceptable value for vaults and exterior equipment is 25 ohms. a. Confirm installation complies with requirements in Sections 260526 and 260527. b. Testing Instrument: Battery-powered tester 1) Indicates ground resistance in ohms from digital decade switches when unit's self-contained meter indicates null condition. 2) Range: 0.01 to 9990 ohms in 4 overlapping ranges. 3) Null condition occurs when no current flows through potential electrodes. 4) Instrument accuracy: Plus 2 percent or greater. C. Fall-of-Potential Test: 1) Connect instrument according to manufacturer's instruction. 2) Place rod P2 at various locations in line between tested electrode and probe C2 and plot results on graph (distance vs. resistance). Take sufficient readings to yield portion of plotted curve as being constant(rate of resistance change becomes so small with respect to distance as to be insignificant). d. Conduct 2 separate tests on opposite sides of grounding grid. e. Test telecommunications grounding system at bonded points. f. Report failure to obtain specified ground resistance to the A/E. 2. Visual and Continuity Test: Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. Perform for each of the following ground connections: a. Data and electrostatic discharge floor ground system distribution and ground busses. 26 0810-4 Electrical Testing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0810 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 b. UPS System. C. PDUs. d. Equipment ground connections. e. Cable tray grounding. 3. Test each ground fault protection device. Calibrate and set ground fault settings to conform to the coordination study specified in Section 260573. D. Cable Trays 1. Test cable trays to ensure electrical continuity of bonding and grounding connections, and to demonstrate compliance with specified maximum grounding resistance. See NFPA 7013, Chapter 18, for testing and test methods. E. Underground Vaults and Raceways 1. Pull aluminum or wood test mandrel through raceway to prove joint integrity and test for out-of-round duct. Provide mandrel equal to 80 percent fill of duct. If obstructions are indicated, remove obstructions and retest. 2. Test vault grounding to ensure electrical continuity of grounding and bonding connections. Measure and report ground resistance as indicated in Grounding Article of this Section. F. Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control 1. Obtain the A/E's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Install temporary load-spreading members. 2. Test at least 4 of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners selected by the A/E. 3. Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device. 4. Measure isolator restraint clearance. 5. Measure isolator deflection. 6. Verify snubber minimum clearances. 7. If a device fails test, modify installations of same type and retest until satisfactory results are achieved. 8. Remove and replace malfunctioning units, provide new, and retest as specified above. G. Metering 1. Furnish the services of a manufacturer's representative for a minimum period of one (1)4 hour day to assist the owner in starting-up and programming the system. The manufacturer's representative is to be factory-trained and is to have a thorough knowledge of the software, hardware, and system programming. The manufacturer's representative is to provide the following services: a. Setting the addresses of the devices in the equipment. b. Verifying and troubleshooting the integrity of the data line. C. Assist the owner in correcting data line problems. d. Verify PT and CT ratios, system voltage, and other programmable parameters as required for compliance with division 260913. H. Lighting and Receptacle Controls 1. Notify A/E and Manufacturer in writing a minimum of 3 weeks prior to system start-up and testing. 2. Test lighting controls, components and systems in accordance with local codes, and manufacturer recommendations. 3. Test each device to confirm operation per manufacturer recommendations and design requirements. 26 0810- 5 Electrical Testing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0810 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 4. Document each component, device and system tested and include "as-left" settings for adjustable settings. Include a matrix which identifies device, type and location at a minimum. 5. Verify Class 1 and 2 wiring connections are terminated properly by validating system performance. 6. Set IP addresses and network settings of system front end hardware per facilities IT instructions. 7. Verify/complete task programming for switches, dimmers, time clocks, and sensors. 8. Verify that the control of each space complies with the Sequence of Operation. 9. Correct system issues and retest. 10. Provide a report in table format with drawings, or using a software file that can be opened in the manufacturer's system software including each room or space that has lighting control installed. Indicate the following: a. Date of test or inspection. b. Loads per space, or Fixture Address identification. C. Quantity and Type of each device installed. d. Reports providing each device's settings. I. Transformers (Under 600V) 1. Inspect for physical damage, proper installation, supports, and grounding. 2. Inspect enclosure for foreign objects. Clean exterior and interior of enclosure from dirt and dust. 3. Verify grounding system is installed. 4. Verify phase connections. 5. Check power wiring connections for tightness. 6. Check and record secondary voltages and adjust as necessary. 7. Upon completion of installation of transformers, energize primary circuit at rated voltage and frequency from normal power source and test transformers, including, but not limited to, audible sound levels, to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Where possible, correct malfunctioning units at the site, then retest to demonstrate compliance. If not possible, remove and provide new units and retest. Perform test in presence of Owner's Representative. 8. Voltage Tap Connection: Connect transformers at"normal"tap. After facility is completely energized, measure secondary voltages at transformers and service switchboard. Submit list to the A/E for evaluation. Reconnect taps as directed by the A/E. J.Switchboards 1. Perform overcurrent device, conductor, terminations, and thermographic testing described in this section. 2. Inspect equipment for signs of damage. 3. Verify installation per the Drawings. 4. Inspect cabinets for foreign objects. Clean exterior and interior of cabinets from dirt and dust. 5. Check control wiring connections for tightness. 6. Check power wiring connections for tightness. 7. Check monitoring system. K. Panelboards, Enclosed Circuit Breakers, Disconnect Switches, and Busway Taps 26 0810- 6 Electrical Testing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0810 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1. Inspect for physical damage, proper installation, supports, and grounding. 2. Inspect cabinets for foreign objects. Clean exterior and interior of cabinets from dirt and dust. 3. Verify neutrals are grounded only at main or separately derived service point. L.Wiring Devices 1. Prior to energizing circuitry, test wiring devices for electrical continuity and polarity connections. After energizing circuitry, test wiring devices to demonstrate compliance with requirements. 2. Receptacles: Test each receptacle for open ground, reversed polarity, open hot, open neutral, hot and ground reversed, and hot on neutral. 3. Provide letter of completion. M. Electric Vehicle Service Equipment 1. Test each charging station for functionality in accordance with manufacturer installation requirements prior to establishing manufacturer visit for testing and commissioning. 2. Verify connection to manufacturer payment system. 3. Verify data reporting to manufacturer account management software. 4. Coordinate GIS access via Google Maps or other and verify Owner requirements for limiting public access to charging station depending on Owner input. 5. Coordinate site labeling scheme with owner and facilitate coordination with manufacturer to provide updates. N. Overcurrent Protective Devices 1. Perform necessary field settings and adjustments to conform to the coordination study specified in Section 260573. 2. For power circuit breakers, insulated case circuit breakers, molded case circuit breakers 400A and larger, and breakers with adjustable instantaneous trip adjustments: Provide testing in accordance with NETA testing specifications, including primary injection testing. 3. For circuit breakers with arc energy reduction control: Provide testing in accordance with NETA testing specifications, including primary injection testing or another approved method. 4. For circuit breakers employing ground fault protection: Provide testing in accordance with NETA testing specifications, including primary injection testing or another approved method. 5. Submit documentation of factory testing of distribution circuit breakers as specified in Section 262813. O. Elevator Power Module 1. Test shunt-trip upon activation of fire alarm device(s). Test reset operation and system test functionality. Coordinate testing with fire alarm and elevator system contractors. P. Photovoltaic Power Generating System 1. Test and inspect components, assemblies and equipment installations including connections. 2. Prior to initial startup of inverter, verify that equipment is installed and connected according to the requirements of the PV drawings, specifications, and manufacturer's written instructions. a. Replace damaged or malfunctioning equipment. 26 0810- 7 Electrical Testing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0810 - 8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 b. Program and adjust the inverter in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Provide initial startup of inverters as required per manufacturer's requirements and instructions. 4. During the daytime under isolation condition of 500 Watt/m2 or higher, measure open circuit voltage, operating voltage and current of each string. Q. Packaged Engine Generators 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. Comply with requirements in Section 263213. 2. Perform the following tests and Inspections: a. Comply with requirements in 263213. b. Prototype Testing: Factory test engine-generator set using same engine model, constructed of identical or equivalent components and equipped with identical or equivalent accessories. C. Test the complete engine generator system at manufacturer's factory 1) At full load and rated power factor with a reactive load. 2) Tests shall include and be documented: a) Radiator. b) Engine control panel. c) Single-step load pickup. d) Transient and steady-state governing. e) Safety shutdown device testing. f) Rated power. g) Maximum power. d. Provide full load test utilizing portable test bank as required by NFPA 110. Simulate power failure including operation of transfer switch, and return to normal. e. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer and each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection for"AC Generators and for Emergency Systems" specified in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. f. NFPA 110 Acceptance Tests: Perform tests required by NFPA 110 that are additional to those specified in this section including, but not limited to, single step full load pickup test. g. Battery Tests: Equalize charging of battery cells according to manufacturer's written instructions. Record individual cell voltages for the following. 1) Measure charging voltage and voltages between available battery terminals for full charging and float charging conditions. Check electrolyte level and specific gravity under both conditions. 2) Test for contact integrity of connectors. Perform integrity load test and capacity load test for battery. 3) Verify acceptance of charge for each element of battery after discharge. 4) Verify that measurements are within manufacturer's specifications. 26 0810- 8 Electrical Testing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0810 - 9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 h. Battery Charger Tests: Verify specified rates of charge for both equalizing and float charging conditions. i. System Integrity Tests: Methodically verify proper installation, connection, and integrity of each element of engine generator system before and during system operation. Check for air, exhaust, and fluid leaks. j. Exhaust System Back Pressure Test: Verify that back pressure at full rated load is within manufacturer's written allowable limits for engine. k. Exhaust Emissions Test: Comply with applicable government test criteria. I. Voltage and Frequency Transient Stability Tests: Measure voltage and frequency transients for 50 and 100 percent step load increases and decreases and verify that performance is as specified. M. Harmonic Content Tests: Measure harmonic content of output voltage under 25 percent and at 100 percent of rated linear load. Verify that harmonic content is within specified limits. n. Noise Level Tests: Measure A-weighted level of noise emanating from generator-set installation, including engine exhaust and cooling-air intake and discharge, at 4 locations on the property line, and compare measured levels with required values. 3. Coordinate tests with tests for transfer switches specified in Section 263600 and run them concurrently. 4. Ensure test instruments have been calibrated within last 12 months, traceable to standards of NIST, and adequate for making positive observation of test results. Make calibration records available for examination on request. 5. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 6. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 7. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 8. Repair malfunctioning unit on site with factory-authorized service technicians, or remove malfunctioning units and provide new. Retest as specified above. 9. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until specified requirements are met. 10. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation resistances, time delays, and other values and observations. Attach label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests. 11. Infrared Scanning: After date of Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after final acceptance, perform infrared scan of each power wiring termination and each bus connection. Remove access panels so terminations and connections are accessible to portable scanner. a. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform additional follow-up infrared scan 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. b. Instrument: Use infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. C. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare certified report that identifies terminations and connections checked and that describes scanning 26 0810- 9 Electrical Testing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0810 - 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. R. Transfer Switches 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections. Comply with requirements in Section 263600. 2. Perform the following field tests and inspections: a. After installing equipment and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. b. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS. Certify compliance with test parameters. C. Measure insulation resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with insulation-resistance tester. Include external annunciation and control circuits. Use test voltages and procedure recommended by manufacturer. Comply with manufacturer's specified minimum resistance. 1) Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits. 2) Inspect for physical damage, proper installation and connection, and integrity of barriers, covers, and safety features. 3) Verify that manual transfer warnings are properly placed. 4) Perform manual transfer operation. d. After energizing circuits, demonstrate interlocking sequence and operational function for each switch at least 3 times. 1) Simulate power failures of normal source to automatic transfer switches and of emergency source with normal source available. 2) Simulate loss of phase-to-ground voltage for each phase of normal source. 3) Verify time-delay settings. 4) Verify pickup and dropout voltages by data readout or inspection of control settings. 5) Test bypass/isolation unit functional modes and related automatic transfer switch operations. 6) Perform contact-resistance test across main contacts and correct values exceeding 500 microhms and values for 1 pole deviating by more than 50 percent from other poles. 7) Verify proper sequence and correct timing of automatic packaged engine generator starting, transfer time delay, retransfer time delay on restoration of normal power, and generator cool-down and shutdown. e. Ground-Fault Tests: Coordinate with testing of ground-fault protective devices for power delivery from both sources. 1) Verify grounding connections and locations and ratings of sensors. 2) Observe reaction of circuit-interrupting devices when simulated fault current is applied at sensors. f. Coordinate tests with tests of packaged engine generator and run them concurrently. 26 0810- 10 Electrical Testing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0810 - 11 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 g. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation and contact resistances and time delays. Attach label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests. h. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. S. Surge Protective Devices: Per NETA ATS 3.07 REPORTS A. Prepare test reports for each system, equipment and device tested. Include copy of each test report in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Utilize test forms for systems and equipment tested. Use manufacturer's standard or other appropriate test forms commensurate with test performed. Test reports to include the following: 1. Summary of project. 2. Description of equipment tested. 3. Description of test. 4. Test results including retesting results. 5. Test dates. 6. Tester's name. 7. Witnesses (when required). Corrective work. 8. Acceptance criteria. 9. Conclusions with pass/fail evaluation and recommendations. 10. Appendix including appropriate test forms. END OF SECTION 26 0810 26 0810- 11 Electrical Testing Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0823 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 0823 SYSTEMS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The Work includes preparation of electrical Operations and Maintenance Manuals for products, systems, and equipment. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to the Work in this section. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. General: 1. Comply with requirements in Division 01 with additional requirements indicated in this article. 2. For each component and systems listed in Division 26, 27, and 28, include the following (both in hard and electronic format). a. Operation and maintenance documentation directory manuals b. Emergency manuals C. Systems and equipment operation manuals d. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals e. Product maintenance manuals B. Master Preventive Maintenance Schedule and Procedures: Include safety precautions and safety features. C. Warranties: Copy of each warranty, guarantee, bond, and maintenance/service contract issued. Include information for the Owner's personnel indicating proper procedures in event of failure and instances which might affect validity of warranties. State warranties start date and duration of components. D. Record Drawings: Include a copy of the record drawings reduced proportionately to fit into the submittals. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Submit preliminary electronic copy of the Operations and Maintenance Manual in one package. Incomplete, "piece-meal" submittals not acceptable and will be returned unreviewed. C. Submit completed preliminary electronic copy of Operations and Maintenance Manuals to the A/E for review and approval at least 4 weeks prior to Substantial Completion date. Include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data includes more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. Following instruction periods, incorporate corrective measures and submit final Operations and Maintenance Manuals. D. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals in electronic formats. 1.04 FORMAT A. Electronic: Include one electronic format on external USB drive 1. PDF file format. 26 0823- 1 Systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0823 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Bookmark each submittal to facilitate browsing to each specification paragraph number. 3. Include table of contents for each specification section. Include catalog numbers or drawing numbers. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. General: Include complete cleaning and servicing data compiled in clearly and easily understandable form. Include serial numbers of each piece of equipment, complete lists of replacement parts, motor ratings, and similar information. Provide dedicated sheet for each item of equipment. B. Systems and Equipment Operation Manual: Assemble a complete set of data indicating operation of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include information required for daily operation and management, operating standards, and routine and special operating procedures. C. Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of data indicating maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include manufacturers' maintenance documentation, preventive maintenance procedures and frequency, repair procedures, wiring and systems diagrams, lists of spare parts, and warranty information. D. Product Data Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, installation instructions, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranties and bonds. In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. List parts and components of equipment stating catalog number(serial number and ratings, such as AIC, voltage, and Amperage.) and size of part used in or on equipment. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility. 3. Troubleshooting Guide: Include equipment functions, operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 4. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include assembly, installation, wiring diagrams, alignment, adjustment, and testing instructions. 5. Manufacturer's Service Instructions. Include suggested frequency of maintenance and recommended testing. 6. Start-up Instructions with Certificates of Start-up and Verification: Include test data, routine and normal operation, regulation and control, shutdown and emergency conditions. 7. Seismic certificates 8. Final approved submittals. 9. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly 10. Operating standards. 11. Operating procedures. 12. Wiring diagrams. 13. Control diagrams. 14. Precautions against improper use. 26 0823- 2 Systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0823 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 E. Preventative Maintenance Schedule. F. Maintenance and service contracts (if specified). G. Final test results, power study, commissioning and operating reports. Include: 1. Adjustable Trip Settings: Include long time, short time, and associated devices and locations. 2. Overcurrent protective devices: Include performance curves and data, sizes, quantities, and locations. 3. Lighting Controls: Include relays, controllers, setpoints, Input devices, sequence of operations, copy of program. 4. Fuses: Include list, available spares. H. Training: 1. Attendees list: Provided signed attendees list for all training sessions. 2. Video recordings: furnish a digital copy of all the Owner training sessions in MP4, MKV or other approved format. I. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. J. Warranty Information: Include warranty information for equipment and systems identified in the contract documents and combine into a single location. K. Shop Drawing Record Drawings: Provide a digital copy for each system shop drawings developed for the project and update them based on red-lines and installed conditions at the end of the construction phase. Record Drawings developed in AutoCAD or PDF format and comply with Article"Record Drawings" in Section 260500. 1.06 TABLE OF CONTENTS A. DIVISION 26— ELECTRICAL: 1. Section 260500 - General Electrical Provisions a. Record Drawings b. Warranty Information C. Substantial Completion Information d. Preventative Maintenance Schedule e. Project training information f. License requirements g. Punchlist—Copy of checked off punch list including final resolution of items 2. Section 260513 - Medium Voltage Cables and Accessories a. Product Data b. Test Reports including reports from Section 260810 3. Section 260516—Manufactured Wiring System a. Product Data b. Record Shop Drawings 4. Section 260526—Grounding and Bonding a. Product Data b. Record Shop Drawings C. Test Reports including reports from Section 260810 5. Section 2660535— Floor Outlet Devices a. Product Data 26 0823- 3 Systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0823 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 6. Section 260536—Cable Trays a. Product Data b. Record Shop Drawings 7. Section 260539—Underfloor Ducts a. Product Data b. Record Shop Drawings C. Test Reports including reports from Section 260810 8. Section 260543—Underground Vaults and Raceways a. Product Data b. Shop Drawings 9. Section 260553— Electrical Identification a. Nameplates b. Identification tags C. Arch Flash Labels 10. Section 260573— Electrical Power Studies a. Final report b. Soft copy, native file(s) in format utilized by computer software program to generate calculations 11. Section 260810— Electrical Testing a. Test Procedures b. Test Reports (include with individual sections where indicated) C. Device Settings d. Certifications 12. Section 260913—Power Monitoring System a. Operation Manual b. Maintenance Manual C. Product Data d. Test Reports including reports from Section 260810 13. Section 260923—Lighting and Receptacle Controls: a. Operation Manual 1) Manufacturer's recommended operating and maintenance instructions b. Maintenance Manual C. Product data including but not limited to the following: 1) Occupancy sensors 2) Photo sensors 3) Low voltage control switches 4) Receptacle control devices 5) Control relays. 6) 0-10V controllers. 7) Phase Dimmers 8) Emergency lighting controls UL924 control relays d. Record Shop Drawings 1) Sequences of operation with final setpoints. 2) As-built wiring diagrams including line and low voltage wiring between field components, relay control panels and equipment control panels. 3) Point-by-point system verification checklist. 26 0823-4 Systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0823 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 4) Component wiring diagrams. 5) Central operator workstation functions with specific software programming for installed systems. 6) System inputs from other building systems 7) System outputs to other building systems 8) Floor plans of building with locations of controllers, switches, sensors and input devices. 9) Floor plans of building with location of lighting and their controllers. 10) Spread sheet showing points and controls associated with piece of equipment and location of power source e. Test Reports including reports from Section 260810 f. Commissioning Reports g. Training sign-in sheet 14. Section 262200—Transformers a. Product Data b. Record Shop Drawings C. Test Reports including reports from Section 260810 15. Section 262413—Switchboards a. Operation Manual b. Maintenance Manual C. Product Data d. Record Shop Drawings e. Test Reports, including reports from Section 260810 16. Section 262416—Panelboards a. Operation Manual b. Maintenance Manual C. Product Data d. Test Reports including reports from Section 260810 17. Section 262726—Wiring Devices a. Product Data 18. Section 262743—Electric Vehicle Service Equipment a. Operation Manual b. Maintenance Manual C. Product Data d. Record Shop Drawings e. Test Reports including reports from Section 260810 19. Section 262813—Overcurrent Protective Devices a. Operation Manual b. Maintenance Manual C. Product Data d. Record Shop Drawings e. Test Reports including reports from Section 260810 20. Section 262816—Disconnect Switches and Enclosed Circuit Breakers a. Product Data 21. Section 262913—Motor Controllers a. Operation Manual 26 0823- 5 Systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0823 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 b. Maintenance Manual C. Product Data d. Record Shop Drawings e. Test Reports including reports from Section 260810 22. Section 263100—Photovoltaic Power Generating Systems a. Operation Manual b. Maintenance Manual C. Product Data d. Record Shop Drawings e. Test Reports including reports from Section 260810 23. Section 263213—Packaged Engine Generator a. Operation Manual b. Maintenance Manual C. Product Data d. Record Shop Drawings e. Test Reports including reports from Section 260810 f. Training sign-in sheet 24. Section 263600—Transfer Switches a. Operation Manual b. Maintenance Manual C. Product Data d. Record Shop Drawings e. Test Reports including reports from Section 260810 25. Section 264313—Surge Protective Devices a. Maintenance Manual b. Product Data C. Test Reports 26. Section 265100—Lighting a. Operation Manual b. Maintenance Manual C. Product Data d. Record Shop Drawings e. Test Reports B. DIVISION 27—COMMUNICATIONS: 1. Section 271100—Telecommunications System a. Product Data b. Record Drawings C. Test Reports d. Material Provisions e. Manufacturer Warranty Certificate f. Warranty 2. Section 274113—Roll Call Audio Visual System a. Operation Manual b. Product Data C. Record Shop Drawings d. Acceptance Test Reports e. Material Provisions f. Warranty 26 0823- 6 Systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0823 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3. Section 274114— EOC Audio Visual System a. Operation Manual b. Product Data C. Record Shop Drawings d. Acceptance Test Reports e. Material Provisions f. Warranty C. DIVISION 28— ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY: 1. Section 281300—Access Control System a. Operation Manual b. Product Data C. Record Shop Drawings d. Acceptance Test Reports e. Material Provisions f. Warranty 2. Section 281600— Intrusion Detection System a. Operation Manual b. Product Data C. Record Shop Drawings d. Acceptance Test Reports e. Warranty 3. Section 282300— IP Security Video System a. Operation Manual b. Product Data C. Record Shop Drawings d. Acceptance Test Reports e. Warranty 4. Section 283111 — Fire Alarm and Detection System a. Operation Manual b. Maintenance Manual C. Product Data d. Record Shop Drawings e. Test Reports 5. Section 283173— Emergency Responder Radio Communications System a. Operation Manual b. Maintenance Manual C. Product Data d. Record Shop Drawings e. Test Reports f. Propagation modeling software file & reader software g. Warranty PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. 26 0823- 7 Systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0823 - 8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 LEED REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements. 1. Energy &Atmosphere— Fundamental Building Commissioning and Verification: Comply with provisions of section 01 9113. 2. Energy &Atmosphere— Enhanced Commissioning: Comply with provisions of 01 9113. END OF SECTION 26 0823 26 0823- 8 Systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0913 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 0913 POWER MONITORING SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section includes the supply and installation of a complete Power Monitoring System as indicated on the Contract Drawings and as described in this specification. The system is defined to include, but not to be limited to, remote devices for power monitoring, device communication interface hardware, ancillary equipment, startup and training services, and ongoing technical support. B. System shall communicate all available points to the building Energy Management System using Native BACnet MS/TP support (no gateway)with serial rates up to 115 kbaud. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The power meter shall meet both ANSI C12.20 .5% and IEC 62053-22 Class .5S real power and energy accuracy specifications. B. The power meter shall meet IEC 62053-22 Class 2 reactive power and energy accuracy specifications. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions, maintenance data, and general recommendations for each power monitor, CT's, enclosures and appurtenance. 2. Include dimensioned drawings of power monitors and enclosures showing scaled layouts of enclosures and required individual power monitoring devices. 3. Bill of material including a complete listing of all hardware, software, training, and start-up services being supplied under this contract. 4. The Contractor shall provide a submittal to include the projected system startup time-line, including training dates. In addition, a proposed detailed wiring specification in compliance with these plans and specifications shall be included. 5. The communication wiring system shall be provided by Division 23 Contractor. 6. Certified letter from manufacturer stating capability to communicate with the mechanical control system. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823 1.05 WARRANTY A. Warranty on all hardware supplied under this system shall be for five (5)year from start-up. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Veris E50H2A- Native BACnet, or approved. 26 0913- 1 Power Monitoring Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0913 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.02 GENERAL A. The Power Monitoring system shall be provided with all the features, characteristics and options as herein specified and/or shown on the drawings. System must be capable of communicating with the mechanical controls system via Native BACnet MS/TP support (no gateway)with serial rates up to 115 kbaud. B. Provide power monitoring within adjacent hinged enclosure. 2.03 POWER MONITORING DEVICES A. The power meter shall be fully electronic with multi-line backlit LCD display showing measured parameters as well as alarm functions and pulse output. B. The power meter shall perform the following measurements: 1. Accumulated Real Energy(kWh)for each phase and total of all phases. 2. Accumulated Reactive Energy(kVARh) and Apparent Energy (kVAh)totals for all phases. 3. Net Present Demand for Real (kW), Reactive (kVAR) and Apparent (kVA) Power over a user-specified interval (block or sliding window). 4. Maximum (Peak) Real (kW), Reactive (kVAR) and Apparent (kVA) Demand Intervals. 5. Instantaneous Real (kW), Reactive (kVAR) and Apparent Power(kVA), by phase and in total. 6. Current(amps)for each phase and average of all phases. 7. Phase-to-phase voltage for each phase and average of all phase pairs. 8. Phase-to-neutral voltage for each phase pair and average of all phases. 9. Power factor for each phase and average of all phases. 10. AC frequency. C. The power meter shall communicate using the BACnet MS/TP protocol at speeds from 9600 to 115,200 baud (no parity). The meter shall provide a BACnet Device object, a set of writable Analog Value objects for remote configuration, a set of Analog Input objects to provide access to scaled 32-bit measurement values and their unit types, and a set of Binary Input objects for indicating individual alarm conditions. D. The meter shall be UL/CUL listed to the latest applicable safety standards. E. Power meter models shall accept voltage input over the range of 90 to 600 VAC (50 or 60 Hz). F. The power meter shall accept 0 to 0.333 VAC input from up to three current transducers: 1. Feeders up to 400A: Split Core CT's a. Measuring Threshold: 10% of the CT Rating 2. Feeders over 400A: U018 Rope Style CT's a. Measuring Threshold: 50A up to 5000A G. The measured energy consumption shall be retained in non-volatile memory for the life of the product warranty. H. The power meter shall have demand measurement programmable for up to 6 sub- intervals of 10 seconds to 546 minutes duration. I. The power meter shall operate from -300C to +70°C. J. The power meter shall have dimensions not exceeding 4.2"x 3.6" x 2.3". K. The power meter shall be configurable for operation on Single Phase (AN or AB), Split Phase (ABN), Delta (ABC), and Wye (ABCN)systems. 26 0913- 2 Power Monitoring Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0913 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 L. The power meter shall have automatic phase reversal compensation such that it is insensitive to the CT's load orientation. M. The power meter shall have separate control power inputs such that is may be powered from a different service than it measures. N. The power meter shall have Phase Loss Alarm contacts with a user configurable phase loss threshold. O. The power meter shall be configurable for use with Potential Transformers to 5000 Volts. P. The power meter shall support warnings for low power factor(phase current or voltage miss-wired), current over range, voltage over range, and frequency out of range. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install metering in independent NEMA 1 enclosures adjacent to panel or switchboard. Install, CT's and wiring within panelboards, switchboards as required. Provide monitoring devices as indicated and specified. B. Provide system programming and setup. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: Perform tests and inspections in accordance with Section 260810. 3.03 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION A. A qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed, adjusted and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification. 3.04 TRAINING A. The contractor shall furnish the services of a manufacturer's representative for a period of one (1)4-hour days to train the owner's personnel in operation and programming of the system. The manufacturer's representative shall be factory-trained and shall have a thorough knowledge of the software, hardware and system programming. The training session shall be provided for approximately five (5) people and shall include: 1. Hands-on training of site personnel. 2. Explanation of system operation. 3. Explanation of devices. 4. Explanation of owner's system. B. After Startup Support: 1. The manufacturer shall provide a 24-hour 800 telephone number manned with Engineers/Technicians expert in system devices, software and communication system troubleshooting or capable of providing technical information. 26 0913- 3 Power Monitoring Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0913 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.05 EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AND CONTRACTOR PARTICIPATION IN PROJECT COMMISSIONING A. Assist in developing the final functional test procedures as specified in Division 01, Section 260810 and related sections. B. Provide authorized startup technician to perform functional performance testing as specified in Division 01, Section 260810 and related sections. C. Provide building commissioning support as specified in Division 01, Section 260810 and related sections. D. Energy &Atmosphere Fundamental Building Commissioning and Verification: Comply with provisions of Section 01 9113. E. Energy &Atmosphere Enhanced Commissioning: Comply with provisions of Section 01 9113. 3.06 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 0913 26 0913-4 Power Monitoring Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0923 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 0923 LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE CONTROLS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes design, furnish, and install of lighting and plug load control system(s) required to form complete coordinated system(s) ready for operation. Contract Documents indicate minimum scope and performance criteria. It is the responsibility of the lighting controls manufacturer/vendor/contractor to provide a complete system. B. Digital lighting controls: Stand-alone, Networked energy saving intelligent lighting control system including lighting control panels, network interface modules, emergency lighting transfer devices, as well as digital wall switches, occupancy sensors, daylighting controls, and associated appurtenances. C. Analog lighting controls: Energy saving lighting control devices including wall switches, occupancy sensors with power supplies, emergency lighting transfer devices, daylighting controls, and associated appurtenances. D. Receptacle/Plug load controls: Plug load control devices including relays. E. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. NEMA 410, Performance Testing for Lighting Controls and Switching Devices with Electronic Fluorescent Ballasts. 2. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 3. UL 508, Standard for Industrial Control Panels. 4. UL 916, Standard for Energy Management Equipment. 5. UL 917, Standard for Clock Operated Switches. 6. UL 924, Standard for Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment. 7. Washington State Energy Code. C. Comply with NEC, NEMA, and FCC emission requirements for Class A applications. D. UL Approvals: Relay panels and accessory devices UL listed and labeled under UL 916. Custom relay panels UL listed and labeled under UL 508. Automatic load control relays UL listed and labeled under UL 924. Branch Circuit Emergency Lighting Transfer Switch UL listed and labeled under UL 1008. E. Certification: Manufacturer to certify that products will meet product specifications and local energy codes. If any additional equipment is required to meet coverage patterns and local energy codes, provide additional equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for control equipment panels, accessories, and components from manufacturer for equipment requiring seismic installation. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 26 0923- 1 Lighting and Receptacle Controls Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0923 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. 1.03 DESIGN/PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design, furnish, and install complete operable lighting control system(s) in accordance with the latest adopted editions of energy code and Owner requirements. B. Drawings reflect minimum Owner requirements. The Contractor's scope of work includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Complete lighting control system based on the available architectural, civil, structural, mechanical and electrical drawings. 2. Wiring systems associated with lighting controls. 3. Providing additional occupancy sensors, photo sensors, daylight sensors, low voltage switches, relays, dimming modules, UL 924 control devices, control panels, and power supplies associated with lighting controls system. C. Networked and Stand-Alone digital lighting controls: Provide equipment to accommodate the square-footage coverage requirements for each space controlled as indicated on the lighting zone control plans. Provide relays, control modules, dimming modules, occupancy sensors, switches, daylighting sensors, astronomical timeclocks, networking equipment and cabling, plug/load relays and controllers, and accessories that suit the required lighting and electrical system parameters. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of lighting control system and components. Include digital cable, analog cable, termination types, wire connectors, manufacturer specific back boxes/supporting equipment. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Floor plans showing wall occupancy sensors, light switches, relays, plug/load controllers, power supplies, dimming modules, network controllers, and mechanical control interface locations. Include typical installation and mounting diagrams for networking dimming and occupancy control devices. Above ceiling devices to be shown on the floor plans. 2. Reflected ceiling plans showing occupancy sensors, daylighting sensor. Include typical installation and mounting diagrams for occupancy and daylighting control devices. 3. Detailed point to point wiring diagrams. 4. System one-line diagram showing panels, number and types of switches and sensors, and building energy management system interface. 5. Request for engraved switch verbiage 6. Drawings for each panel showing hardware configuration and numbering. 7. Panel wiring schedules. 8. Provide room/area details including products and sequence of operation for each room or area. Illustrate typical acceptable room/area connection topologies. 9. Provide locations with contact or relay output and input points to interface with mechanical controls including but not limited to occupancy sensors, override switches, time of day, building status, etc. 26 0923- 2 Lighting and Receptacle Controls Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0923 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 10. Network riser diagram including floor and building level details. Include network cable specification. Illustrate points of connection to integrated systems. Coordinate integration with mechanical and/or other trades. D. Calculations for light level defined spaces: 1. Provide calculation methods with equations for each light level defined space or area. Calculations to be based on the methods set forth in Section 9.15 of the IES handbook, 10th Edition. 2. Provide a single page floor plan for each light level defined space. Include light fixture locations and measurement points to be used with calculations. Indicate measurement point requirements based on methods set forth in the IES handbook. E. Commissioning: 1. Commissioning Plan with Test Procedures. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823 1. Include all items identified in the table of contents of Section 260823 including but not limited to the following: a. Include approved Shop Drawings and Product Data. b. Engraved switch identification. C. Include Sequence of Operation, identifying operation for each room/ space and accent lights. d. Include manufacturer's maintenance information. e. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include detailed information on device programming and setup. f. Include startup, video training and test reports. g. Light level measurements and calculations: Provide copy of the light level measurements with full light output and after light levels have been set within the room. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation)within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. B. Do not install equipment until following conditions can be maintained in spaces to receive equipment: 1. Ambient temperature: 32 to 104 degrees F (0 to 40 degrees C). 2. Relative humidity: Maximum 90 percent, non-condensing. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide a 5 year manufacturer limited warranty on products within this installation, except where otherwise noted, and consisting of a one for one device replacement PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Digital Lighting Control: Subject to compliance with requirements, Acuity n-Light, or approved 26 0923- 3 Lighting and Receptacle Controls Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0923 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Analog Lighting Control: Components with single use function, subject to compliance with requirements Sensor Switch, or approved. 2.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Space Control System: Electrically operated, electrically supervised, lighting control system as described herein. Include control units, power supplies, relays, dimming output control devices, input control devices including occupancy sensors, photo sensors and control switches, wiring, cabling, conduit, fittings, and accessories required for a complete operating system. B. System Types (indicated in the contract documents): 1. Digital control: Digital controllers for lighting zones, fixtures and/or plug loads. Provide controllers to match the lighting and plug load control requirements. System, control, and features include: a. Stand-alone digital control system: Digital control within a single space to bind room loads to the connected control devices in the space. Control functions are limited to the devices connected to the stand alone digital control system. 1) Self-configuring digital controller(s)with all digital parameter data programmed into non-volatile FLASH memory within the controller itself. Provide memory with an expected life of no less than 10 years. b. Networked digital control system: Digital control of devices visible through the network and capable of complete system control including scheduling, room device parameter administration, power monitoring, and reporting device status. The network will have a single user interface point to program or administer the system. C. Digitally addressable control devices: 1) On/Off control relays. 2) Dimming control devices: 0-10V, phase dimming. 3) Plug load control relays. 4) Tunable control devices. d. Digital inputs: 1) Occupancy sensors. 2) Photo sensors. 3) On/Off/Scene and dimming control switches. 4) Partition sensors. e. Configuration tools: Allows complete configuration and reconfiguration of the Space. Must be able to tune system without the use of ladders. 2. Analog control: Single function analog devices to control lighting fixture and/or plug loads. Provide devices to match the lighting and plug load control requirements indicated in contract documents. a. Analog control devices: 1) Line voltage control devices receive input from analog low voltage control devices and include the following: a) On/Off universal voltage power pack. b) Plug load control on/off universal voltage power pack. 2) Low voltage control devices provide inputs to line voltage control devices or directly to light fixtures and include: a) Occupancy sensors. b) Photo sensors. 26 0923-4 Lighting and Receptacle Controls Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0923 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 c) Momentary contact On/Off Switches. d) Occupancy sensor control switches W/0-10V dimming control where indicated. C. Comply with requirements in Section 260533 for raceways, Section 260519 for conductors and wiring, Section 260534 for outlet boxes, and Section 260529 for supports. Meet manufacturer standards system cabling requirements. D. Open cabling methods may be utilized above accessible ceilings. Install cabling in raceways in finished spaces with exposed structure, above inaccessible ceilings and in walls. E. Control: Provide a system with control devices to perform automatic and/or manual control functions indicated on the drawings and defined below. The control devices to be capable of being controlled by any system input device type as well as by building control system DDC/BMS. The system shall also be capable of providing sequence of operations functions indicated on the drawings. 1. Occupancy Sensor Control: Provide occupancy sensors for on/off control with manual dimming of light fixtures in as indicated on drawings. Control to function as vacancy sensors with Manual-ON functionality or occupancy sensors with Automatic—ON functionality. 2. Dimming Control Requirements: Provide automatic dimming for each light fixture in daylight areas and manual dimming zones as indicated on lighting zone control drawings. 3. Manual On/Off Control: Provide control devices to turn on/off all light fixtures within manual control zones as indicated in the drawings. 4. Daylighting Control Requirements: Provide daylight-responsive automatic control in all spaces where daylight contribution is available as defined by relevant local building energy code. See lighting control zone drawings for additional information: a. All luminaires within code-defined daylight zones shall be controlled separately from luminaires outside of daylighting zones. b. Daytime set points for total ambient illumination (combined daylight and electric light) levels that initiate dimming shall be programmed in compliance with drawings and specifications. C. Provide smooth and continuous daylight dimming for areas marked on drawings. Daylighting control system shall be designed to turn off electric lighting when daylight is at or above required lighting levels. Daylighting control system shall turn lamps back on at dimmed level, rather than turning full-on prior to dimming. 5. Timeclock Control Requirements: Provide dry contact inputs from DDC System for on/off control based on time of day as indicated in drawings. 6. Plug Load control requirements: Provide control devices to energize/de-energize controlled receptacles as indicated in the drawings. Controlled receptacles are non-essential plug loads in spaces as required by the applicable energy code. 7. Egress Lighting Control: Provide dedicated control devices for all egress lights within each control zone indicated in the drawings. Egress light fixtures shall be on anytime the building is occupied. Control of egress light fixture shall be with time of day during business hours, combination manual override switch and occupancy sensors after hours. 26 0923- 5 Lighting and Receptacle Controls Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0923 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.03 SYSTEM OPERATION A. Digital Control System shall include the following features: 1. Occupancy Sensors: Digital wall/ceiling device or digital wall switch. a. Calibration and configuration for the following variables: 1) Sensitivity: 0-100 percent in 10 percent increments. 2) Time delay: 1-30 minutes in 1 minute increments. 3) Test mode: Five second time delay. 4) Detection technology: PIR, Dual Technology activation and/or re-activation. 5) Walk-through mode. b. Programmable control functionality including: 1) Each sensor may be programmed to control specific loads within a local network. 2) Adjustable retrigger time period for manual-on loads. Load will retrigger(turn on) automatically during the configurable period of time (default 10 seconds)after turning off. 3) On dual technology sensors, independently configurable trigger modes are available for both Normal (NH) and After Hours (AH) time periods. The retrigger mode can be programmed to use one of both technologies. Technologies include: a) Ultrasonic or Microphonic. b) Passive Infrared. C. Independently configurable sensitivity settings for passive infrared and ultrasonic technologies (on dual technology sensors)for both Normal Hours (NH) and After Hours (AH)time periods. d. Cable or wiring connections as required by the lighting controls systems. e. Device Status LEDs including: 1) PIR detection. 2) Ultrasonic or Microphonic detection. 3) Configuration mode. f. Assignment of any occupancy sensor to a specific load within the room without wiring or special tools. g. Manual override of controlled loads. 2. Dimming Control: a. Each load shall have an independently configurable preset on level for Normal Hours and After Hours events to allow different dimmed levels to be established at the start of both Normal Hours and After Hours events. b. The following dimming attributes may be changed or selected using a network interface or wireless configuration tool: 1) Establish preset level for each load from 0-100 percent. 2) Set high and low trim for each load. 3) Normalize dimming curve for main ambient light fixtures of each space so they dim at the same rate. C. Override button(s)for each load provides the following functions: 1) Press and hold for dimming control (Dim Up). 2) Press and hold for dimming control (Dim Down). 26 0923- 6 Lighting and Receptacle Controls Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0923 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 d. Each dimming output channel shall have an independently configurable minimum and maximum calibration trim level to set the dimming range to match the true dynamic range of the connected ballast or driver. LED level indicators on bound dimming switches shall utilize this new maximum and minimum trim. 3. Daylight sensors: a. Digital daylighting sensors shall work with load controllers and relay panels to provide automatic dimming daylight harvesting capabilities for any load type connected to the controller or panel. Daylighting sensors shall be interchangeable without the need for rewiring. 1) Closed loop sensors measure the ambient light in the space and control a single lighting zone. 2) Open loop sensors measure incoming daylight in the space, and are capable of controlling up to three lighting zones. 3) Dual loop sensors measure both ambient and incoming daylight in the space to insure that proper light levels are maintained as changes to reflective materials are made in a single zone. 4. Plug Load Control: a. Configurable additive time delay to extend plug load time delay beyond occupancy sensor time delay (e.g. a 10 minute additive delay in a space with a 20 minute occupancy sensor delay ensures that plug loads turn off 30 minutes after the space is vacated). b. Default operation is Auto-on/Auto-off, based on timeclock signal for building hours of occupancy. 5. Digital Push Button Switches: a. Programmable control functionality including: 1) Load and Scene button function may be reconfigured for individual buttons from Load to Scene, and vice versa. 2) Individual button function may be configured to Toggle, On only or Off only. 3) Individual scenes may be locked to prevent unauthorized change. 4) Ramp rate may be adjusted for each dimmer switch. 5) Switch buttons may be bound to any load on any load controller or relay panel and are not load type dependent; each button may be bound to multiple loads. 6) Button priority may be configured to any priority level corresponding to system operation allowing local actions to utilize life safety priority. 7) Scene patterns may be saved to any button other than dimming rockers. Once set, buttons may be digitally locked to prevent overwriting of the preset levels. 6. Digital Partition Control: a. Partition controls shall enable manual or automatic coordination of lighting controls in flexible spaces with up to four moveable walls by reconfiguring the connected digital switches and occupancy sensors. 7. Device Status LEDs to indicate: a. Data transmission. b. Device has power. C. Status for each load. 26 0923- 7 Lighting and Receptacle Controls Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0923 - 8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 d. Configuration status. 8. Based on individual configuration, each load shall be capable of the following behavior on power up following the loss of normal power: a. Turn on to 100 percent. b. Turn off. C. Turn on to last level. 9. Each load be configurable to operate in the following sequences based on occupancy: a. Auto-on/Auto-off. b. Manual-on/Auto-off. 10. BMS/DDC information shall be available for the following objects: a. Load status. b. Schedule state, normal or after-hours. C. Demand Response enable and disable. d. Room occupancy status. e. Total room lighting and plug loads watts. f. Loads and devices indicated in Control Schedule. 11. BMS/DDC override inputs to the Digital Lighting Control system: a. Time of day/hours of operation. b. Exterior lighting overrides. C. Event overrides - include zones indicated on lighting control plans. d. Loads and devices indicated in Sequence of operation matrix provided with BMS controls drawings. B. Analog Control Devices shall include the following features: 1. Wall Occupancy Switch: a. Manual On/Manual Off push button. b. Dimmable push buttons with 0-10V dimming where indicated. C. The following sequence: 1) Time delay: 1-30 minutes in 1 minute increments. 2) Test mode: Five second time delay. 3) Detection technology: PIR, Dual Technology activation and/or re-activation. 2. Wall Switch with ceiling occupancy sensor and power packs: a. Manufacturers: Sensor Switch, Watt Stopper, Leviton, Hubbell, or approved. b. Manual On/Manual Off momentary contact push button. C. Dimmable push buttons with 0-10V dimming where indicated. d. Sensors capable of operating normally with electronic ballasts/drivers, PL lamp systems, and rated motor loads. e. Sensors dual technology which use passive infrared and ultrasonic technologies for occupancy detection. Products that react to noise or ambient sound not acceptable. f. Coverage of sensors remains constant after sensitivity control has been set. Automatic reduction shall not occur in coverage due to cycling of air conditioner or heating fans. g. Sensors readily accessible with user adjustable settings for time delay and sensitivity. 26 0923- 8 Lighting and Receptacle Controls Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0923 - 9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 h. Include bypass manual override on each sensor in event of failure. When bypass is utilized, lighting shall remain on constantly or control shall divert to wall switch until sensor is replaced. Control recessed to prevent tampering. i. Include LED as continuous visual means of indication to verify that motion is being detected during both testing and normal operation. j. Include internal additional isolated relay with NORMALLY OPEN, NORMALLY CLOSED, and COMMON outputs for use with HVAC control, data logging, and other control options. k. The following sequence: 1) Time delay: 1-30 minutes in 1 minute increments. 2) Test mode: Five second time delay. 3) Detection technology: PIR, Dual Technology activation and/or re-activation. I. Control wiring between sensors and control units shall be Class 2, No. 18 through No. 20 AWG, stranded, PVC insulated or TEFLON jacketed cable suitable for use in plenums, where applicable. 2.04 POWER REQUIREMENTS A. Include 277 VAC power for each controller and power supply. 2.05 EQUIPMENT A. Control Panels: Include power supply, relays, network equipment, dry contact inputs, dry contact outputs, 0-10V dimming modules pre-wired in a single NEMA 1 enclosure. If multiple control panels/devices or pieces of equipment are located in a single space/room, provide custom enclosure with voltage barriers to enclose all of the devices and equipment. B. Room Controllers (controls 8 or fewer outputs in a single enclosure): Include power supply, relays, network equipment, dry contact inputs, dry contact outputs, 0-10V dimming modules pre-wired in a single NEMA 1 enclosure. If multiple controllers/devices or pieces of equipment are located in a single space/room, provide custom enclosure with voltage barriers to enclose all of the devices and equipment. C. On/Off Control Relays: Dual voltage (120/277 VAC, 60 Hz) capable rated for 20A total load mounted in lighting control panel. D. 0-10V Dimming Controller: The 0-10 V output controller compatible with 0-10V dimming driver/ballast and mounted in lighting control panel. 0-10V output shall automatically open upon loss of power to the Controller to assure full light output from the controlled lighting. E. On/Off/0-10V Dimming Control Module: On/Off and dimming to control one output or load. 1. Dual voltage (120/277 VAC, 60 Hz) capable rated for 20A total load. 2. Dual Voltage (120/277 VAC, 60 Hz) capable rated for 3A total load used for single light fixture control. F. Phase Dimming Controllers: Forward phase 120V dimming modules with network communication functionality. G. Ceiling/Wall Occupancy Sensors: Features include the following: 1. Finish White. Provide compatible wall plates with decorator opening. 2. Sensors capable of operating normally with electronic ballasts/drivers, PL lamp systems, and rated motor loads. 26 0923- 9 Lighting and Receptacle Controls Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0923 - 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3. Detection technology: Dual Technology activation and/or re-activation. 4. Time delay: 1-30 minutes in 1 minute increments. 5. Test mode: Five second time delay. 6. Coverage of sensors remain constant after sensitivity control has been set. Automatic reduction shall not occur in coverage due to cycling of air conditioner or heating fans. 7. Sensors readily accessible with user adjustable settings for time delay and sensitivity. 8. Include bypass manual override on each sensor in event of failure. When bypass is utilized, lighting shall remain on constantly or control shall divert to wall switch until sensor is replaced. Control recessed to prevent tampering. 9. Include LED as continuous visual means of indication to verify that motion is being detected during both testing and normal operation. 10. Include internal additional isolated relay with NORMALLY OPEN, NORMALLY CLOSED, and COMMON outputs for use with HVAC control, data logging, and other control options. Include additional auxiliary module if sensor doesn't have auxiliary contact. 11. Provide additional detection devices as required for the space. 12. Provide sensors that can function at the same mounting height as the light fixtures including but not limited to the following areas: a. Ceiling heights less than 12 feet. b. Open ceiling areas of two or more stories. C. High-bay areas. d. Medium-bay areas. 13. Analog Devices with Power Packs shall use power packs capable of automatic on or manual on. H. Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors: 1. Finish White. Provide compatible wall plates with decorator opening. 2. Capable of operating normally with electronic ballasts/drivers, PL lamp systems, and rated motor loads. 3. Detection technology: PIR activation and/or re-activation. 4. Time delay: 1-30 minutes in 1 minute increments. 5. Test mode: Five second time delay. 6. Coverage of sensors remains constant after sensitivity control has been set. Automatic reduction shall not occur in coverage due to cycling of air conditioner or heating fans. 7. On/Off push button. I. Photo Sensors: 1. Finish: White. Provide compatible wall plates or ceiling plates with decorator opening. 2. Sensor's internal photodiode shall only measure light waves within the visible spectrum. The photodiode's spectral response curve shall closely match the entire photopic curve. Photodiode shall not measure energy in either the ultraviolet or infrared spectrums. Photocell shall have a sensitivity of less than 5 percent for any wavelengths less than 400 nanometers or greater than 700 nanometers. Sensor light level range shall be from 1-6,553 foot-candles (fc). 3. Closed loop digital photo sensors shall include the following additional features: a. An internal photodiode that measures light in a 100-degree angle, cutting off the unwanted light from bright sources outside of this cone. 26 0923- 10 Lighting and Receptacle Controls Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0923 - 11 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 b. Automatic self-calibration, initiated from the photo sensor, a wireless configuration tool or a PC with appropriate software. C. Automatically establishes application-specific set points following self- calibration. For dimming operation a sliding set point control algorithm with separate Day and Night set points shall prevent abrupt ramping of loads. 4. Open loop digital photo sensors shall include the following additional features: a. An internal photodiode that measures light in a 60-degree angle (cutting off the unwanted light from the interior of the room). b. Automatically establishes application-specific set points following manual calibration using a wireless configuration tool or a PC with appropriate software. For dimming operation, a proportional control algorithm shall maintain the design lighting level in each zone. 5. Dual loop digital photo sensors shall include the following additional features: a. Closed loop portion of dual loop device must have an internal photodiode that measures light in a 100 degree angle, cutting off the unwanted light from sources. b. Open loop portion of dual loop device must have an internal photodiode that can measure light in a 60 degree angle, cutting off the unwanted light from the interior of the room. J. Digital Control Switches: 1. Low voltage momentary pushbutton switches in 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 8 button configuration. 2. Finish: White. Provide compatible wall plates with decorator opening. K. Plug Load Control: 120 VAC, 60 Hz rated for 20A total load. . 1. Automatic Load Control Relay: UL 20 rating for receptacle control. a. Digital relay connected to lighting control system provides ON/OFF control of plug loads within a space/zone via a programmable control relay. b. Analog relay provides ON/OFF control of plug loads within a space/zone by monitoring the status of the normal lighting control switch or occupancy sensor for the space/zone. L. Network Communication Equipment: System Controller shall be a multi-tasking, real- time digital control processor consisting of modular hardware with plug-in enclosed processors, communication controllers, and power supplies. Hardware compatible with lighting controls systems that provides the following functions: 1. Facilitation of global network communication between different areas and control zones. 2. Time-based control of downstream wired and wireless network devices. 3. Integration with Building Management Systems (BMS) and Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC)equipment. 4. Connection to various software interfaces, including management interface, historical database and analytics interface, visualization interface, and personal control applications. 5. Device shall have a standard and astronomical internal time clock. 6. Device shall automatically detect all networked devices connected to it, including those connected to wired and wireless communication bridges. M. Network and BMS Interface Modules: 26 0923- 11 Lighting and Receptacle Controls Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0923 - 12 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1. Network Interface Card: Include network interface card for control of lighting control zones by EMS. Refer to Section 230900 and control drawings for control system protocol and requirements. Inputs capable of being conveyed to networked panels in order to allow for connection of EMS at a single relay panel for lighting control zones. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 LEED REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements. 1. Energy &Atmosphere— Fundamental Building Commissioning and Verification: Comply with provisions of section 01 9113. 2. Energy &Atmosphere— Enhanced Commissioning: Comply with provisions of 01 9113. 3.02 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.03 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum two weeks prior to commencing Work of this section. Meeting to be attended by Contractor, A/E, Commissioning Agent, system installer, factory authorized manufacturer's representative, and representative of all trades related to the system installation. B. Review installation procedures and coordination required with related Work and the following: 1. Confirm the location and mounting of all devices, with special attention to placement of switches, dimmers, and any sensors. 2. Review the specifications for low voltage control wiring and termination. 3. Discuss the functionality and configuration of all products, including sequences of operation, per design requirements. 4. Review interface with Division 23 Controls including list of BACnet integration points, schedules and responsibilities. 5. Discuss requirements for integration with other trades. C. Inspect and make notes of job conditions prior to installation: 1. Record minutes of the conference and provide copies to all parties present. 2. Identify all outstanding issues in writing designating the responsible party for follow-up action and the timetable for completion. 3.04 PRE-INSTALLATION TRAINING A. Prior to installation, post submittal, the manufacturer shall provide an on-site training session for the contractor. This is a mandatory meeting for the installing contractor to attend and is to be scheduled by the contractor. Notify A/E two weeks prior to meeting date. Manufacturer to provide agenda and Contractor to provide meeting minutes and attendance list. 3.05 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. 26 0923- 12 Lighting and Receptacle Controls Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0923 - 13 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. C. Verify that required pre-installation meeting specified in Part 1 of this specification has been completed, recorded meeting minutes have been distributed and all outstanding issues noted have been resolved prior to the start of installation. 3.06 INSTALLATION A. Install system in accordance with the drawings, this section, Sections 260511, 260519, 260553, 262726, applicable codes and manufacturer's recommendations. Install wiring in compliance with NEC for power and non-power limited signaling circuits. Upon completion, certify in writing to the Owner and general contractor that system has been installed in compliance with NEC. B. Lighting Control Equipment: 1. Room Controllers/Control Panels: Install where indicated on the plans. Provide 277V power supply and circuit as indicated on the plans, if no circuit is indicated circuit with load on relay 1. 2. On/Off/0-10V Control Modules: a. Remote Modules: Install remote mounted control modules in accessible location. Where possible mount to junction box connected to first light fixture in the lighting control zone. b. Centrally located Control Modules: Two or more control modules mounted in a single location, install control units in a single enclosure with voltage barriers. 3. 0-10V Dimming Controllers: Install in room controllers/control panels where possible. Mount in NEMA 1 enclosure above entry doorway into space and in an accessible location where modules are providing control. 4. Phase Dimming Controllers: Install in electrical rooms. 5. Ceiling/Wall Occupancy Sensors: Install where indicated on the drawings and as required to provide complete coverage based on shop drawings layouts. a. Open to structure overhead sensors mount at same height as light fixtures. 6. Wall Switches: Mounting height to match switches in Section 260519. 7. Photo Sensors: Mount per manufacturer recommendations in locations indicated on shop drawings. 8. Network Communication Equipment: Install in main electrical room C. Digital devices: Connect together with manufacturer approved low voltage network wiring 1. If pre-terminated cable is not used for room/area wiring, each field-terminated cable shall be tested following installation and testing results submitted to the Manufacturer's Representative for approval prior to proceeding with the Work. 2. Low voltage wiring topology must comply with manufacturer's specifications. 3. Route network wiring as indicated on the Drawings as closely as possible. Document final wiring location, routing and topology on as built drawings. D. Test conductors for ground conditions before making final wiring connections. Comply with requirements in Section 260526. E. Maintain wiring color code throughout installation. Include color code identification in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. F. Coordinate with appropriate subcontractors for installation of equipment and devices that pertain to other work in the contract. 26 0923- 13 Lighting and Receptacle Controls Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0923 - 14 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 G. Clean dirt and debris from inside and outside of the equipment after completion of installation. H. All line voltage connections shall be tagged to indicate circuit and switched legs. I. Test all devices to ensure proper communication. J. Calibrate all sensor time delays and sensitivity to guarantee proper detection of occupants and energy savings. Adjust time delay so that controlled area remains lighted while occupied. K. Provide written or computer-generated documentation on the configuration of the system including room by room description including: 1. Sensor parameters, time delays, sensitivities, and daylighting set points. 2. Sequence of operation, (e.g. manual ON, Auto OFF. etc.). 3. Load Parameters (e.g. blink warning, etc.). 4. Normalized dimming in lighting control system to match dimming curve of each space main ambient light fixtures. L. Post Start-up Tuning -Adjust sensor time delays and sensitivities to meet the Owner's requirements 30 days from beneficial occupancy. M. All Class II cabling shall enter enclosures from within low-voltage wiring areas and shall remain within those areas. No Class I conductors shall enter a low-voltage area. N. Run separate neutrals for any phase dimmed branch load circuit. Different types of dimming loads shall have separate neutral. O. Verify all non-panel-based lighting loads to be free from short circuits prior to connection to controllers. 3.07 INTERIOR LIGHT LEVEL SET POINTS A. Light Levels: Measurements shall be made in accordance with the methods set forth in Section 9.15 of the IES handbook, loth Edition. 1. Measure all spaces/areas identified as a light level defined space which has a light level set points. Black out windows and doors to ensure measurements include only the illumination provided by the light fixtures within the space. 2. Set dimming level of light fixtures so the maximum light output matches the light level set point. 3. Photo sensors: a. Daylight Zones: 1) Automatic dimming of light fixtures in primary/secondary daylight zones to maintain illumination levels indicated on Contract Drawings. 2) Automatically turn off light fixtures when daylight illumination exceeds maintained illumination levels. 3) Light fixture shall dim to driver/ballast lowest rated light output prior to switching off. b. Non-Daylight zones: 1) Automatic dimming of light fixtures in control zones to maintain light level set point indicated on Contract Drawings. 3.08 OCCUPANCY SENSOR SETTINGS A. Ceiling and wall mount occupancy/vacancy sensor time delay settings of 20 minutes except spaces below or indicated otherwise in the drawings: 1. Public Restroom —Shall be adjusted to 15 minutes. 26 0923- 14 Lighting and Receptacle Controls Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0923 - 15 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Corridors—Shall be adjusted to 30 minutes. 3. Offices/Conference Rooms—Shall be adjusted to 15 minutes. 4. Work/Storage/Custodial Spaces—Shall be adjusted to 5 minutes. 5. Exterior Parking Lot& Building Mounted—Shall be factory adjusted to 15 minutes. B. Schedule simulated power outage with the Owner for verification of emergency light fixture operation. 3.09 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify components, power and control wiring according to Division 26 Section "Electrical Identification". B. Identify controlled circuits in Directory Cards. C. Provide engraved nameplate to identify time switches with a unique designation. D. Provide engraved push buttons on digital switches, confirm switch labels with owner. E. Provide printed labels on ceiling tiles or grid runners below all above ceiling mounted control devices. F. Provide printed labels on Control Relays and modules to indicate controlled loads. 3.10 CONTRACTOR COMMISSIONING A. Upon completion of initial contractor self-commissioning, the contractor shall coordinate system commissioning by the manufacturer's factory authorized representative who shall verify the system is complete and fully functional. B. Provide computer generated documentation on the commissioning of the system with room by room description including: 1. Sensor parameters, time delays, sensitivities, daylighting set points. 2. Sequence of operations (e.g. Manual On, Auto OFF, etc.). 3. Load Parameters (e.g. blink warning, etc.). 4. Re-commissioning —After 30 days from occupancy, recalibrate occupancy/vacancy sensor time delay settings, occupancy/vacancy sensor sensitivity settings and photo sensor light level settings. Provide detailed report to A/E for review. 3.11 COMMISSIONING SUPPORT A. Factory technician shall be on-site to support the enhanced commissioning process. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: Perform tests and inspections in accordance with Section 260810. 26 0923- 15 Lighting and Receptacle Controls Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 0923 - 16 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.13 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. Before Substantial Completion, arrange and provide a one-day (8 hour) Owner instruction period to designated Owner personnel. Set-up, starting of the lighting control system and Owner instructions includes: 1. Confirmation of entire system operation and communication to each device. 2. Confirmation of operation of individual relays, switches, and sensors. 3. Confirmation of system Programming, photocell settings, override settings, etc. 4. Provide training to cover installation, programming, operation, and troubleshooting of the lighting control system. 5. Video record training session. Video shall be of program screen only with sound of instructors providing training. Video equipment to be a digital recording device with microphone mounted on a stand. 6. Develop and provide Powerpoint presentation to recap the video training sessions. Provide screen shot image of every program/function that was explained during the training session. B. Provide additional one-day (8 hour)site visit for on additional training and site tuning 60-90 days after occupancy. 3.14 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 0923 26 0923- 16 Lighting and Receptacle Controls Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2200 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 2200 TRANSFORMERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes dry-type transformers and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. 10 CFR 431.196.a.2, U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) Energy Conservation Standards for low-Voltage Dry-Type Distribution Transformers. 2. ANSI C57.96, IEEE Guide for Loading Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers. 3. ASTM D 635, Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent Time of Burning Plastics in a Horizontal Position. 4. NEMA TR1, Transformers, Regulators, and Reactors. 5. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 6. UL 506, Standard for Specialty Transformers. 7. UL 1561, Standard for Dry-Type General Purpose and Power Transformers. C. Comply with NEC as applicable to installation and construction of electrical power/distribution transformers, with applicable portions of NEMA TR 1, and with applicable ANSI/IEEE standards pertaining to power/distribution transformers. D. Comply with applicable portions of UL 506. Distribution transformers UL listed and labeled. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of transformer and appurtenance. Include outline and support point dimensions of enclosures and accessories, unit weight, voltage, kVA and impedance ratings and characteristics, loss data, efficiency at 25, 50, 75 and 100 percent rated loads, sound level, tap configurations, insulation system type, and rated temperature rise. C. Shop Drawings: Submit dimensioned drawings of transformer installations, showing layout, mountings and supports, and spatial relationship to proximate walls and equipment. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823 1.05 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements in Section 260510. B. Store in a warm, dry location with uniform temperature. Cover ventilating openings to keep out dust. 26 2200- 1 Transformers Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2200 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Handle transformers using lifting eyes and brackets included for that purpose. Protect units against entrance of rain, sleet, and snow if handled in inclement weather. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TRANSFORMERS A. Manufacturers: Square D, Eaton/Cutler Hammer, General Electric, Siemens, or approved. B. Ratings: 1. KVA and voltage ratings as shown on the Drawings. 2. Transformers designed for continuous operation at rated kVA, for 24 hours a day, and 365 days a year operation with normal life expectancy as defined in ANSI C57.96. 3. Transformer sound levels not to exceed the following ANSI and NEMA levels for self-cooled ratings: a. Up to 9 kVA: 40 db. b. 10 to 50 kVA: 45 db. C. 51 to 150 kVA: 50 db. d. 151 to 300 kVA: 55 db. e. 301 to 500 kVA: 60 db. f. 501 to 700 kVA: 62 db. g. 701 to 1000 kVA: 64 db. C. Construction: 1. Insulation Systems: a. Transformers insulated with 220 C insulation system based upon 150 C rise. b. Required performance obtained without exceeding above temperature rise in 40 C maximum ambient. C. Insulation materials flame-retardant and not support combustion as defined in ASTM D 635. 2. Core and Coil Assemblies: a. Transformer core constructed with high-grade, non-aging, grain-oriented silicon steel with high magnetic permeability and low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Maximum magnetic flux densities below saturation point. Transformer core volume shall allow efficient transformer operation at 10 percent above highest tap voltage. Core laminations tightly clamped and compressed. Coils wound of electrical grade copper with continuous wound construction. b. On units rated 9 kVA and smaller, core and coil assembly encapsulated in proportioned mixture of resin and aggregate for moisture proof, shock- resistant seal. Core and coil encapsulation system shall minimize sound level. Taps 2 steps below nominal voltage in 5 percent increments. C. On units rated 15 kVA and larger, core and coil assembly impregnated with non-hydroscopic, thermosetting varnish and cured to reduce hot spots and seal out moisture. Taps 2 steps above and 4 steps below nominal voltage in 2.5 percent increments. d. Windings and core and coil assembly treated and built to resist effects of dirt and moisture. e. Core coil mounted on rubber isolation mounting pads. 26 2200- 2 Transformers Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2200 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 f. Neutral bus sized and configured for minimum 100 percent of secondary full load current. Transformer impedance minimum of 3 and a maximum of 6 percent. D. Enclosure: 1. Enclosure heavy gage steel. Transformers equipped with wiring compartment suitable for conduit entry and large enough to allow convenient wiring. Maximum temperature of enclosure not to exceed 90 C. Core of transformer grounded to enclosure. 2. On units rated 9 kVA and smaller, enclosure construction totally enclosed, non- ventilated, NEMA 3R, with lifting eyes. 3. On units rated 15 kVA and larger, enclosure construction ventilated, NEMA 2, drip-proof, with lifting holes. All ventilation openings protected against falling dirt. E. Connections: Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, 3 phase transformers with 480 Volt delta connected primary and 208Y/120 Volt, 3 phase, 4 wire connected secondary. Single phase transformers 480 Volt primary, 120/240 Volt secondary. Include provisions for external connections by means of terminal board employing lugs compatible external conductors specified in Section 260519. For aluminum conductors include special lugs. Connections accessible from front and top of cabinet. F. Finish: Enclosures finished with ANSI 61 color weather-resistant enamel. G. Accessories: On outdoor units rated 15 kVA and larger, include weather shields over ventilation openings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 TRANSFORMER INSTALLATION A. Install transformers as indicated on the Drawings, complying with applicable NEC, NEMA, and IEEE standards, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements. B. Coordinate transformer installation work with electrical raceway, wire, and cable work necessary for proper interface. C. Connect transformer units to electrical wiring system. Comply with requirements of other Division 26 sections. D. Grounding: Comply with requirements in Section 260526. 26 2200- 3 Transformers Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2200 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 E. Attach transformers to building structure to prevent overturning in event of earthquake. Include attachment nuts with washers and isolation pads. Transformers on floor, wall, or suspended from ceiling as noted on the Drawings. Bolt floor mounted transformers to concrete bases. Comply with requirements in Section 260510 for concrete bases and Section 260548 for seismic restraints. Remove shipping blocks prior to installation. F. Transformers with enclosures designed for floor mounting that are to be installed suspended shall include trapeze constructed of minimum 2 horizontal structural channels hung from threaded rods attached to structural members or with inserts in structural slab. Channel, rod, and inserts sized for minimum 400 percent load safety factor. Comply with requirements in Section 260548 for seismic restraints. G. Install transformers mounted directly on wall with rubber-in-shear isolators sized for 400 percent safety factor. 3.05 CONNECTIONS A. 208/120 Volt 3 phase secondary transformers are considered "grounded neutral separately derived systems" and shall be grounded per Section 260526. B. Install transformer raceway connections with flexible metal raceway. Raceways shall not enter the bottom of a transformer. Comply with requirements in Section 260533. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: Perform tests and inspections in accordance with Section 260810. 3.07 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 2200 26 2200-4 Transformers Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2410 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 2410 SERVICE ENTRANCE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes switchboards, disconnect switches, transformers, panelboards, and associated appurtenances used for service entrance equipment as specified in applicable Division 26 sections and are included as work of this section. Extent of service entrance work is indicated on the Drawings and schedules. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. C. Consult local utility company relative to costs for line extensions, connections, and similar requirements and include those costs for bringing service to facility in base bid. Confirm location of point of service before bidding. D. Include labor and materials required to accomplish local utility company metering in accordance with power company standards and requirements. E. Include concrete pads of size and type required for service transformers. Verify location, size, openings, reinforcing requirements with local utility company before beginning work. Comply with local utility company clearance requirements. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Comply with NEC and NEMA standards as applicable to construction and installation of service entrance equipment and accessories. Provide service entrance equipment and accessories which are UL listed and labeled, and equipment marked, "Suitable for use as Service Equipment". 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for service entrance equipment and appurtenances. C. Shop Drawings: Submit dimensioned layouts of service entrance equipment and spatial relationships to proximate equipment. D. Test Reports: 1. Field test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT A. General: Include service entrance equipment and accessories, of type, sizes, ratings, and electrical characteristics indicated on the Drawings, which comply with manufacturer's standard materials, design, and construction in accordance with published product information, as required for complete installation, and as specified in this section. 26 2410- 1 Service Entrance Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2410 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.02 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Overcurrent Protective Devices: Comply with requirements in Section 262813 and as indicated on the Drawings. B. Meter Sockets: Include remote meter sockets which comply with requirements of local utility company supplying electrical power to service entrance equipment of building project. Coordinate exact location of remote meter prior to bid and include costs in base bid. 2.03 RACEWAYS, WIRES,AND CABLES A. Raceways: Comply with requirements in Section 260533. B. Wires and Cables: Comply with requirements in Section 260519. C. Wall and Floor Seals: Comply with requirements in Section 260533. 2.04 SWITCHBOARDS A. Comply with requirements in Section 262413. 2.05 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Comply with requirements in Section 262816. 2.06 TRANSFORMERS A. Comply with requirements in Section 262200. 2.07 PANELBOARDS A. Comply with requirements in Section 262416. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Install service entrance equipment as indicated on the Drawings, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that service entrance equipment fulfills requirements. Comply with applicable installation requirements of NEC and NEMA standards. B. Coordination with other work, including local utility company wiring necessary to interface installation of service entrance equipment work with other work. 26 2410- 2 Service Entrance Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2410 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Install floor standing service equipment on 4 inch high concrete pad. Comply with requirements in Section 260510. 3.05 GROUNDING A. Install grounding and bonding connections for service entrance equipment and conductors. Comply with requirements in Section 260526. 3.06 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement. B. Touch-up scratched or marred enclosure surfaces to match original finishes. C. All paints and coatings, including accessories, applied on site must comply with VOC limits, emissions testing and submittal requirements for IEQ Credit Low-Emitting Materials as specified in Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting— LEED v4. D. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Upon completion of installation of service entrance equipment and electrical circuitry, energize circuitry and demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Repair malfunctioning units on site, then retest to demonstrate compliance. If not possible to repair on site, remove and provide new units and retest. Include copy of field test reports in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. END OF SECTION 26 2410 26 2410- 3 Service Entrance Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2413 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 2413 SWITCHBOARDS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes free standing dead front type low-voltage service entrance, distribution and commercial metering switchboards and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: Design, manufacture and test low voltage switchboards and components in accordance with the following standards: 1. NEMA PB 2, Deadfront Distribution Switchboards. 2. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 3. UL 891, Standard for Dead-Front Switchboards. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. Provide assembly and circuit breakers within assembly by same manufacturer. 2. Provide ISO 9000, 9001, or 9002 certified equipment. 3. Manufacturer of equipment has produced similar electrical equipment for minimum period of 5 years. When requested by the A/E, submit list of installations with similar equipment demonstrating compliance with this requirement. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each item and appurtenance as follows: 1. Component list. 2. Master nameplate schedule. 3. Assembly Ratings Including: a. Short circuit rating. b. Voltage. C. Continuous current. 4. Major Component Ratings Including: a. Voltage. b. Continuous current. C. Interrupting ratings. 5. Cable termination sizes and types. C. Shop Drawings: Submit for each item as follows: 1. Front view elevation. 2. Plan view. 3. Top view. 4. Section. 5. Shipping splits. 26 2413- 1 Switchboards Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2413 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 6. Assembly data. 7. Wiring diagrams. 8. Single line schematic diagram. 9. Conduit entry/exit locations. 10. Access requirements if not all front accessible. D. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for switchboards, accessories, and components from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. Switchboards: Square D, Eaton/Cutler Hammer, General Electric by ABB, Siemens or approved. 2.02 GENERAL: A. Disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices as indicated on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein. B. Entire assembly front accessible with main lugs or main device as shown on the Drawings. Rear accessible only allowed where space is indicated on Contract Drawings. C. Nominal Voltage Rating: As indicated on Contract Drawings. D. Amperage Rating: As indicated on Contract Drawings. E. Short Circuit Withstand Rating: Braced to withstand short circuit rating indicated on Contract Drawings; minimum 65,000 Amps symmetrical. F. Short Circuit Interrupting Rating: Fully-rated for available fault current indicated on Contract Drawings. Refer to Section 262813 for additional requirements. G. Bus Bars: Silver-plated copper. Bus sizing based on NEMA standard temperature rise criteria of 65 C over 40 C ambient(outside enclosure). 1. Horizontal Bus Bars: Fully-rated for switchboard ampacity entire length. Mounted with phases arranged in same vertical plane. Provide for future extensions from both ends. 2. Vertical Section Bus Riser: Unless indicated otherwise, fully rated for switchboard ampacity. 3. Neutral bus: Full capacity, unless indicated otherwise, installed entire length of switchboard. 4. Ground bus: Minimum 1/4 inch by 2 inches installed entire length of switchboard and secured to each vertical section structure. 26 2413- 2 Switchboards Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2413 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 H. Enclosure— Indoor: Steel, NEMA 1. Finish: Exterior and interior steel surfaces of switchboard cleaned and furnished with rust-inhibiting phosphatized coating. Color and finish ANSI 61 light gray. Include pullbox on top of switchboard, where indicated on Contract Drawings or where approved. I. Enclosure—Outdoor: Steel, NEMA 3R. Finish: Exterior and interior steel surfaces of switchboard cleaned and furnished with rust-inhibiting phosphatized coating. Color and finish ANSI 61 light gray. 1. Non-Walk-in type. 2. Enclosure roof sloping downward toward rear. 3. Outer sections with same width as similar indoor structures except each end of outdoor assembly with end trim. 4. Bolt-on rear covers for each section. 5. Doors with provisions for padlocking. 6. Ventilating openings with replaceable fiber glass air filters. 7. Include space heater(s)thermostatically controlled for each structure with wattage to prevent accumulation of moisture. 8. Include for space heaters, lights, and receptacles obtained from control power transformer within switchboard. Supply voltage 120 Volts AC. J. Barriers: Compartmentalized construction. 1. Bus isolation barriers arranged to isolate line bus from load bus at each main circuit breaker. Extend section barriers between main circuit breakers to the rear of the section. 2. Barriers between adjacent switchboard sections. K. Control Accessories and Wiring: Type SIS, bundled and secured with nylon ties. Insulated locking spade terminals for control connections except where saddle type terminals are integral to device. 1. Connect current transformer secondary leads to accessible short circuit terminal blocks before connecting to other devices. 2. Provide terminal blocks with suitable numbering strips for groups of control wires leaving switchboard. 3. Provide wire markers at each end of control wiring. 4. Provide necessary fuse blocks and terminal blocks. 5. Mark control components mounted within assembly, such as fuse blocks, relays, pushbuttons, switches, and similar components for identification corresponding to appropriate designations on manufacturer's wiring diagrams. L. Terminations: Compression lugs suitable for copper and aluminum cable rated for 75 C. Size for conductors as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 2.03 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. General: Circuit breakers as indicated on Contract Drawings. B. Spaces for future disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices as indicated. Include bus extensions and ancillary devices to allow for future device without additional modifications. C. Short circuit rating: Fully rated. 26 2413- 3 Switchboards Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2413 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 D. Circuit breakers: Per Section 262813. 1. Circuit breakers 1200 Amps and larger: Individually-mounted, fixed circuit breakers. 2. Circuit breakers smaller than 1200 Amps: Group-mounted, fixed, molded-case circuit breakers. 2.04 SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED SWITCHBOARDS: A. Service-entrance listed and labeled. B. Where switchboard is utility-fed, utility metering compartment fabricated, barrier compartment and section complying with utility company's requirements; hinged sealed door; buses provisioned for mounting utility company's current transformers and potential transformers or potential taps as required by utility company. If separate vertical section is required for utility metering, match and align with basic switchboard. Provide service entrance label and necessary applicable service entrance features. C. Refer to Section 262410 for additional requirements. 2.05 IDENTIFICATION A. Nameplates: 1. Comply with requirements in Section 260553. 2. Include the item, circuit number, frame amp size and appropriate trip rating as appropriate for the following: a. Instruments b. Overcurrent protective devices C. Disconnection device for the entire assembly. B. Arc-Flash Warning Labels: Comply with requirements of Section 260553 and Section 260573. Provide for each compartment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 SWITCHBOARD INSTALLATION A. Install on concrete housekeeping pad. Anchor to structure. Comply with requirements in Section 260510 for concrete bases and Section 260548 for seismic restraints. 26 2413-4 Switchboards Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2413 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: Perform tests and inspections in accordance with Section 260810. 3.06 TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 260500. B. Perform training session for Owner's representative for 1 work day at jobsite location determined by the Owner. C. Conduct training session by a manufacturer's qualified representative. Provide training program including instruction on operation of assembly, circuit breakers, meters, and major components within assembly. 3.07 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 2413 26 2413- 5 Switchboards Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2416 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 2416 PANELBOARDS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes panelboards for lighting and appliances, distribution circuits, and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. NEMA PB-1, Instructions for Safe Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less. 2. NEMA 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 3. NEMA FU 1 — Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. 4. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 5. UL 90— Enclosed and Dead-front Switches. 6. UL 248— Low Voltage Fuses. C. Units UL listed and labeled. Comply with NEC as applicable to panelboards and cabinets. Comply with requirements in NEMA 1 and NEMA 250. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions, maintenance data, and general recommendations for each type of panelboard and appurtenance. 2. Include dimensioned drawings of panelboards and enclosures showing scaled layouts of enclosures and required individual panelboard devices, including circuit breakers, fusible switches, fuses, ground-fault circuit interrupters, accessories, and similar items. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823. 1.05 SPARE MATERIALS A. Deliver 6 keys for panelboard enclosures to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Square D, Eaton/Cutler Hammer, General Electric, Siemens, or approved. 26 2416- 1 Panelboards Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2416 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. General: 1. Except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings, panelboards, enclosures and ancillary components of types, sizes, and ratings indicated. Include number of unit panelboard devices for complete installation. Include "spaces"with hardware to receive breaker or switch of size indicated. Include CU/AL rated lugs of size to accommodate conductors shown on the Drawings and specified in Section 260519. 2. Include separate ground busbar for panels supplying isolated ground circuits. 3. Include feed through or double lugs with amperage equal to incoming feeder amperage unless indicated larger on the Drawings. C. Short Circuit Interrupting Rating: Fully-rated for available fault current indicated on Contract Drawings. Refer to Section 262813 for additional requirements. D. Service and Power Distribution Panelboards: Dead-front safety type with switching and protective devices in quantities, ratings, types and with arrangement indicated on the Drawings. Include copper bus bars, full-sized neutral bus, and ground bus. Include fusible or circuit breaker branch and main devices indicated on the Drawings. Comply with requirements in Section 262813 for overcurrent protective devices. E. Panelboard Enclosures: 1. Flush or surface as indicated on the Drawings. Tight closing doors without play when latched. Where 2 cabinets are located adjacent to each other in finished areas, include matching trim of same height. 2. Include lock for each cabinet door. Electrical distribution equipment locks common keyed. 3. Door within door— Fasten panelboard front with machine screws. Provide continuous piano hinge on right side of outer door with door latches/locks on left side. Provide second door over dead front with continuous piano hinge on right side with door latches/locks on left side. 4. Factory prime coat finish for cabinets located in finished areas. Where cabinets are located in unfinished areas, standard lacquer or enamel finish, gray or blue- gray color acceptable for factory finish coat. F. Identification: Comply with requirements in Section 260553. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 26 2416- 2 Panelboards Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2416 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.04 PANELBOARD INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards and enclosures where indicated on the Drawings in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure products fulfill requirements. B. Secure in place with top of cabinet at 6'-0", unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. Top of cabinet and trim level. Anchor cabinets directly or with concealed bracing to building structure. When panels are not located in or directly on a wall, provide support frame of formed steel channel anchored to floor and ceiling structure. Interior components not installed until structure is totally enclosed. Where panels are mounted adjacent to each other, top edges at same height. C. Bolt floor standing distribution panelboards to concrete base. Comply with requirements in Section 260510 for concrete bases and Section 260548 for seismic restraints. 3.05 CIRCUIT INDEX A. For each branch circuit panelboard, prepare typewritten index listing each circuit in panelboard by number with load designation. Install within a transparent protective cover inside cabinet door. Listing shall match circuit breaker arrangements, typically with odd numbers on left and even numbers on right. Room numbers used shall be final room numbers used in building as verified with the Owner and not room numbers indicated on the Drawings. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: Perform tests and inspections in accordance with Section 260810. 3.07 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 2416 26 2416- 3 Panelboards Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2726 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 2726 WIRING DEVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes wall switches, receptacles, device plates, box covers, and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Federal Specification W-C-596, Electrical Power Connector, Plug, Receptacle, and Cable Outlet. 2. Federal Specification W-S-896, Switch, Toggle. 3. NEMA WD 1, General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices. 4. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 5. UL 498, Standard for Attachment Plugs and Receptacles. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each type of wiring device and appurtenance. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WALL SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Leviton, Bryant Electric, Hubbell, Pass and Seymour, or approved. Leviton model numbers are listed. B. Finish: White. C. Wall Switches for Lighting Circuits: NEMA WD 1. General use snap switch with colored toggle handle rated 20 Amps and 120/277 Volts AC. Switch with back and side wired screw type terminals. Units specification grade. 1. Single-Pole Toggle Switch: Leviton Model 1221-2. 2. Double-Pole Toggle Switch: Leviton Model 1222-2. 3. Three-Way Toggle Switch: Leviton Model 1223-2. 4. Four-Way Toggle Switch: Leviton Model 1224-2. D. Key Type Switches: Rating same as for wall switches: 1. Single-Pole Key Switch: Leviton Model 1221-2L. 2. Double-Pole Key Switch: Leviton Model 1222-2L. 3. Three-Way Key Switch: Leviton Model 1223-2L. 4. Four-Way Key Switch: Leviton Model 1224-2L. 26 2726- 1 Wiring Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2726 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 E. Pilot Light Type: Red pilot handle. Handle lighted when switch is ON. Rating same as for wall switches. Leviton Model 1221-PLR (1 20V)/1 221-7PR (277V). F. Lighted Handle Type: White pilot handle. Handle illuminated when switch is OFF. Rating same as for wall switches. Leviton Model 1221-LHW (1 20V)/1 221-7LW(277V). G. Momentary Contact Line Voltage Switches: Single pole, double throw, 3-wire, normally open. Rating same as for wall switches. Leviton Model 1257. H. Weatherproof: Switches mounted in a cast metal box with gasketed, weatherproof device plate. 2.02 LED WALL DIMMERS A. Manufacturers: Leviton, Lutron, Bryant Electric, Hubbell, Pass and Seymour, or approved. Leviton model numbers are listed. 1. Architectural Slide Dimmers: a. Leviton Model IP710-LF B. Finish: White. C. Voltage: 120 Volts. D. Power Rating: Match load shown on the Drawings. 1200 Watts @ 120V and 1500 Watts @ 277V minimum. E. Accessory Wall Switch: Match dimmer appearance. 2.03 LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL A. Manufacturer: General Electric, Square-D, Cutler Hammer, Siemens, or approved. 1. Relays: General Electric Type RR-7. 2. Switches: General Electric Type RTS-5. 3. Transformers: General Electric Type RT1 and RT2. 4. Rectifiers: General Electric Type RA16. 5. Device Plates: As specified in Article "Device Plates". 6. Finish: White. B. Wire: Copper conductor for low voltage control purpose furnished by supplier of low voltage relays and switches. 2.04 RECEPTACLES A. Manufacturers: Leviton, Bryant Electric, Crouse Hinds, Hubbell, Pass and Seymour, or approved. Leviton model numbers are listed. B. Finish: White, unless otherwise noted. 1. Controlled Receptacle Finish: Green. C. Convenience and Straight-Blade Receptacles: NEMA WD 1. Units specification grade. D. Convenience Receptacle Configuration: (20A-125V NEMA 5-20R) straight blade with grounding type with, back and side wired screw type terminals. 1. Duplex Receptacle: Leviton Model 5362. 2. Single Receptacle: Leviton Model 5361. 3. GFCI Receptacles: Duplex convenience receptacle with integral ground fault circuit interrupter. Units feed-through type for downstream device protection. Leviton Model G5362. 4. Controlled Receptacle: Leviton Model 5362-S2. 5. Controlled Receptacle GFCI: Leviton Model 5362-2TN 26 2726 - 2 Wiring Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2726 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 E. Modular Wiring Devices: (20A-125V NEMA 5-20R)straight blade with grounding type Leviton Lev-Lok Model numbers are listed. 1. Duplex Receptacle: Leviton Model M5362-S with MSTWL-A wiring module. 2. Isolated Ground Duplex Receptacles: Leviton Model M5362-IG with MSTWL-IG wiring module. 3. Isolated Ground Tamper Resistant Duplex Receptacles: Leviton Model M536-IG with MSTWL-IG wiring module. 4. Tamper Resistant Duplex Receptacle: Leviton Model MT563-S with MSTWL-A wiring module. 5. GFCI Receptacles: Duplex convenience receptacle with integral ground fault circuit interrupter. Units feed-through type for downstream device protection. Leviton Model MGFN2 with MSTWL-A wiring module. 6. GFCI Tamper Resistant Receptacles: Duplex convenience receptacle with integral ground fault circuit interrupter. Units feed-through type for downstream device protection. Leviton Model MGFT2 with MSTWL-A wiring module. F. Weather Resistant Receptacles (WP): Provide feed-through type Weather and Tamper Resistant GFCI Receptacles for downstream device protection. Leviton Model G5362- WT. G. Specific Receptacle Configuration: NEMA WD 1. Type as indicated on the Drawings, with black plastic face. 2.05 DEVICE PLATES A. Manufacturers: Bryant Electric, Hubbell, Leviton, Pass and Seymour, or approved. Bryant Electric and Leviton model numbers are listed. B. Plates in Finished Areas: Type 302 non-magnetic stainless steel except as noted below: 1. Wall plates for dedicated receptacles with 1/4 inch specially engraved black letters "DEDICATED". 2. Wall plates for receptacles protected by a GFCI circuit breaker or feed through GFCI receptacle with 1/4 inch specially engraved black letters "GFCI PROTECTED". Leviton 84003-G40. 3. Wall plates for receptacles other than NEMA 5-20R with 1/4 inch specially engraved black letters which show ampere rating, voltage, and phase. C. Plates on Surface Mounted Boxes: Sized to fit box without extending over sides of box. D. Cast Metal Plates: Cast metal box. Steel plates with steel boxes and copper-free aluminum with aluminum boxes. Stainless steel screws. E. Raised Sheet Steel Plates: 1/2 inch high zinc or cad-plated covers with surface mounted sheet steel boxes. F. Weather Resistant Cover Plate: 1. While In-Use Cover: Cast metal with hinged gasketed device covers. Leviton IUM1V-GY unless otherwise noted on drawings. 2. Not In-Use Cover: Cast metal with hinged gasketed device covers. Leviton WM1V-GY, only where noted on contract drawings. G. Finish of Attachment Screws: Match that of its respective device plate. 26 2726- 3 Wiring Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2726 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 WIRING DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Install wiring devices in clean electrical boxes, free from excess building materials, dirt, and debris. B. Install jumbo size plates for outlets in masonry walls. C. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets. D. Install devices and wall plates flush and level. E. Fasten each device to outlet box at wall surface to bring receptacle flush with plate or for switch handle the proper distance through plate. F. Exterior receptacles shall be weather resistant type. 1. Recessed within building: Provide gasketed weather resistant cover. 2. Surface mounted: Provide cast steel box with gasketed weather resistant cover. 3.05 ORIENTATION A. Install switches vertical with handle operating vertically, up position "ON". Install center at 44 inches above finished floor unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. B. Install receptacles vertical with ground slot up. 1. Center at 18 inches above finished floor unless otherwise noted on drawings 2. Center at 4 inches above backsplash or counter, whichever is higher where noted on drawing as "AC" above counter. C. Install exterior receptacles vertical with ground slot up centered at 18 inches above finished grade. 3.06 RECEPTACLE GROUNDING A. Install bare bonding wire between receptacle grounding terminal and box. Plaster ear screws connecting frame to box not acceptable for grounding. 3.07 HANDICAPPED ACCESS A. Comply with requirements of Washington State Handicapped Access Code. 26 2726 -4 Wiring Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2726 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: Perform tests and inspections in accordance with Section 260810. 3.09 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 2726 26 2726 - 5 Wiring Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2743 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 2743 ELECTRIC VEHICLE SERVICE EQUIPMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment that provides AC Level 2 and DC Level 3 EV charging and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. C. Codes and Standards: 1. UL 2202, Electrical Vehicle Charging System Equipment 2. UL 2594, Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment 3. UL 2251, Electric Vehicle Plugs, Receptacles and Couplers 4. UL 2231-1, Personnel Protection Systems for Electric Vehicle Supply Circuits— General Requirements 5. UL 2231-2 Personnel Protection Systems for Electric Vehicle Supply Circuits— Particular Requirements for Protective Devices for Use in Charging Systems 6. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 7. UL 508, Standard for Industrial Control Panels. 8. UL 916, Standard for Energy Management Equipment. 9. UL 917, Standard for Clock Operated Switches. 10. UL 924, Standard for Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment. D. Comply with SAEJ1772 E. Comply FCC Part 15 for Class A applications. F. Comply with ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines G. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer shall be a firm engaged in the manufacture of electric vehicle charging stations of types and sizes required, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for a minimum of 5 years. H. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. I. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for EVSE, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. 26 2743- 1 Electric Vehicle Service Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2743 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions, maintenance data, and general recommendations. 2. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for EV charging equipment 3. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories 4. Include dimensioned drawings of enclosures showing scaled layouts of typical equipment and devices a. Indicate dimensions, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Coordination Drawings: Area plans and details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved a. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details b. Identify structural members to which equipment will be attached C. Identify electrical connections and termination locations. d. Identify communication service connection locations and requirements 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection 3. Detail fabrication and assembly of mounting assemblies for EV charging equipment 4. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring 5. Include verification of wireless communications service at each location of EVSE 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823 1. Include all items identified in the table of contents of Section 260823 including but not limited to the following: a. Include approved Shop Drawings and Product Data. b. Include manufacturer's maintenance information. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include detailed information on device programming and setup. d. Include startup and test reports. 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. EV: Electric vehicle. B. EV Cable: The off-board cable containing the conductor(s)to connect the EV power controller to the EV that provides both power and communications during energy transfer. C. EV Charger or EV Charging Equipment: See "EVSE." D. EV Connector: A conductive device that, when electrically coupled to an EV inlet, establishes an electrical connection to the EV for the purpose of power transfer and information exchange. This device is part of the EV coupler. 26 2743- 2 Electric Vehicle Service Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2743 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 E. EV Coupler: A mating EV inlet and connector set. F. EV Inlet: The device in the vehicle into which the EV connector is inserted, and a conductive connection is made for the transfer of power and communication. This device is part of the EV coupler. G. EVSE: Electric-Vehicle Supply Equipment. It includes the EV charging equipment and conductors, including the ungrounded, grounded, and equipment grounding conductors and EV cables, attachment plugs, and all other fittings, devices, power outlets, or apparatus installed specifically for transferring energy between the premise wiring and the EV 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Wireless Survey: Complete wireless survey to determine if wireless provider signals meet or exceed manufacturer's recommended minimum values. B. Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: 1. Ambient Temperature: Not exceeding minus 40 to plus 122 deg F. 2. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet 1.07 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components of EV charging units that fail(s) in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period 1. Standard Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion 2. Extended Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion B. Warranty on all equipment including hardware and software supplied under this system shall be for five (5)year from Substantial Completion. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Review architectural site plans, civil plans, landscape plans, irrigation plans and Coordinate Work of this Section with those drawings and associated specifications to ensure installation locations with clearances and access are coordinated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Atom, no substitutions. 2.02 ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING EQUIPMENT A. Level 2 48A Power Requirements (for each charging station): 1. One or Two 208 Volt single phase power connection(s) as indicated on the drawings. 2. Input Rating: 48 Amps maximum 3. Continuous Current Rating: 60 Amps Maximum 4. Overcurrent Protection rating: 60 Amp circuit breaker 5. AIC rating: 5,000 Amps 6. Surge Withstand: 6kV at 3,000 Amps 7. Integral GFCI with auto-GFCI fault retry 8. Continuous earth ground monitor to ensure consistent connection to good earth ground 9. Enclosure: Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. Outdoor Locations: NEMA Type 3R 26 2743- 3 Electric Vehicle Service Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2743 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 b. Lockable C. Tamper Resistant d. UV resistant 10. EV Cable and Connectors: a. SAE J1772 connector. b. One or Two connectors with locking holster. C. Field-replaceable connector and cable assembly d. AEV-48PED-D25 cable configuration. 11. Status Indicators: LED's to indicate the following a. Power b. Charging C. Charging complete d. System status e. Faults f. Service 12. Display Screen: Daylight viewable, UV-protected display with human-machine interface capability. Capable of displaying all status indicators identified above. 13. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 14. Equipment shall meet the connected functionality requirements for Energy Star Certified EVSE and be capable of responding to time-of-use market signals. B. Level 3 Charging Station: Ford Pro DC Charging Station OFCI. 2.03 NETWORKING EQUIPMENT LTE BOX A. Network: AP-LTE-SW1 B. Payment System 1. Contactless credit card reader 2. PCI compliant 3. Capable of remote control and authorization 2.04 DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT A. Atom EV E50 EVSE infrastructure utilizing Atom SSCB's within Atom Panels. Charging function is at the Atom Panel. 1. 208/120 VAC system 2. (12) 11.5KW ports per Atom Enclosure 3. Single or dual output options 4. Integrated cable management option 5. Dampered retraction cables 6. Backend Interface: OCPP 1.6J 7. DER: RJ45 port include 2.05 METERING EQUIPMENT A. Atom Energy Meter: Provide proprietary meter and locate at main service entrance. 26 2743-4 Electric Vehicle Service Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2743 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 LEED REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements. 1. Energy &Atmosphere— Fundamental Building Commissioning and Verification: Comply with provisions of section 01 9113. 2. Energy &Atmosphere— Enhanced Commissioning: Comply with provisions of 01 9113. 3.02 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Install system in accordance with the shop drawings, this section, applicable codes and manufacturer's recommendations. Install wiring in compliance with NEC for power and non-power limited signaling circuits. Upon completion, certify in writing to the Owner and general contractor that system has been installed in compliance with NEC and the manufacturer requirements. B. EV Charging Equipment: 1. Install charging pedestals, enclosures and EV cables in accordance with manufacturer requirements 2. Mounting and Anchoring: Comply with Section 260548 Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems. 3. Clearance: Provide minimum clearance around equipment as identified by the manufacturer. 4. Mount equipment plumb and rigid without distortion of the enclosure. 5. Secure equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. C. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Install lacing bars and distribution spools D. Test conductors for ground conditions before making final wiring connections. E. Connections: Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B F. Clean dirt and debris from inside and outside of the equipment after completion of installation. G. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking from enclosures and components. H. Provide system programming and setup. 26 2743- 5 Electric Vehicle Service Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2743 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 I. Test all devices to ensure proper communication. 3.05 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 Electrical Identification. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. B. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. For each unit of EVSE, perform the following tests and inspections. a. Unit self-test b. Operation test with load bank C. Network communications test D. The contractor shall furnish the services of a manufacturer's representative for a minimum period of one (1)4-hour day to assist the owner in starting-up and programming the system. The manufacturer's representative shall be factory-trained and shall have a thorough knowledge of the software, hardware, and system programming. The manufacturer's representative shall provide the following services: 1. Setting all the addresses of all devices in the equipment 2. Verifying and troubleshooting the integrity of the data line (run by others) 3. Assisting the owner in correcting any data line problems 4. 3.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION A. A qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed, adjusted and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification. 3.08 TRAINING A. The contractor shall furnish the services of a manufacturer's representative for a period of one (1)4-hour days to train the owner's personnel in operation and programming of the system. The manufacturer's representative shall be factory-trained and shall have a thorough knowledge of the software, hardware and system programming. The training session shall be provided for approximately five (5) people and shall include: 1. Hands-on training of site personnel 2. Explanation of system operation and maintenance requirements 3. Explanation of devices and interface points 4. Explanation of owner's system. B. Level 2 and Level 3 Charging systems shall be separate training. 3.09 EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AND CONTRACTOR PARTICIPATION IN PROJECT COMMISSIONING A. Both Level 2 and Level 3 Systems require separate commissioning. 26 2743- 6 Electric Vehicle Service Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2743 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Assist in developing the final functional test procedures as specified in Division 01, 260810 and related sections. C. Provide authorized startup technician to perform functional performance testing as specified in Division 01, 260810 and related sections. D. Provide building commissioning support as specified in Division 01, 260810 and related sections. E. Level 2 System: Participation in (2)on-site meetings with local utility to perform start-up and testing of EVSE Load Management, Dynamic Energy Management, & Demand Response system via Atom Intelligent Energy Management software. 3.10 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 2743 26 2743- 7 Electric Vehicle Service Equipment Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2813 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 2813 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes overcurrent protective devices for operation at 600 Volts and below, including circuit breakers and fuses as individual components in separate enclosures and for installation as integral components of switchboards and panelboards and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). C. Comply with NEMA and ANSI standards as applicable to construction and installation of overcurrent protective devices. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data on overcurrent protective devices, including catalog cuts, time-current trip characteristic curves, and mounting requirements. C. Shop Drawings: Include layouts of circuit breakers with spatial relationships to proximate equipment. D. Closeout Submittals: 1. Written confirmation that all circuit breaker settings were adjusted to match the power studies final report. E. Test Reports: 1. Field test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Fuses: For each type and rating, furnish additional fuses amounting to 1 unit for every 5 units installed, but not less than 2 units of each size and type. B. Spare Fuse Cabinet: Provide one, sized to house spare fuses provided under this contract plus 25% additional space for future, locate in boiler room. C. Electronic Trip Unit Test Set: Furnish one set, including associated software, capable of testing each circuit breaker type. 26 2813- 1 Overcurrent Protective Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2813 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Circuit Breakers: Square D, Eaton/Cutler Hammer, General Electric, Siemens or approved. Circuit breaker manufacturer shall be same as panelboard and switchboard manufacturer when installed therein. B. Fuses: Bussmann Mfg. Co. or Mersen Electrical Power. No substitutions. Fuses shall be by one manufacturer. 2.02 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. General: 1. UL 489 fixed mounted molded case type with unless indicated otherwise. 2. Overcenter, trip-free, toggle type operating mechanisms with quick-make, quick- break action and positive handle indication. 3. Common trip for two and three pole circuit breakers. Handle ties, manufactured by circuit breaker manufacturer, permitted for multi-wire branch circuits on approval of samples. 4. Trip ratings imprinted on handle or visible through deadfront cover. 5. Constructed for mounting and operating in any physical position and calibrated for operation in ambient temperature up to 40 C. 6. Mechanical screw type removable connector lugs, AL/CU rated, to accommodate conductors specified. Rated for 75 C conductors for 60 Amp and larger circuit breakers. 7. Amperage and Voltage as indicated. 8. Short circuit rating: RMS interrupting rating as indicated. Minimum 10,000 AIC rating at 120, 208 and 240 Volts. Minimum 14,000 AIC rating at 277 and 480 Volts. 9. Ground Fault Interrupter(GFI) circuit breakers: Equipped with integral ground fault interrupter set to trip on ground fault of thirty milliamps or greater. 10. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter(GFCI) circuit breakers: Equipped with integral Class A ground fault circuit interrupter set to trip on ground fault of six milliamps or greater. 11. Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter(AFCI)where indicated. 12. Switching rated for 120 Volt and 277 Volt lighting branch circuits. 13. HACR rating where serving air conditioning and refrigeration equipment. 14. Current limiting, utilizing non-fuse type current limiting, where indicated. 15. Tandem-mounted circuit breakers not acceptable. 16. Minimum Frame Size: To match trip rating, unless indicated otherwise. 17. Keyed Interlocks: Externally-mounted and arranged to prohibit interlocked circuit breaker operation, except in a specified sequence. Include mountings and hardware. Provide nameplates at each keyed interlock indicating interlocked circuit breaker and sequence of operation. 18. Zone-Selective Interlocking: Integral with ground fault trip unit for interlocking ground fault protection function. 19. Arc Energy Reduction: Provide energy-reducing maintenance switch with local status indicator for use as a temporary arc-flash incident energy-reduction device during maintenance activities. Provide for each circuit breaker with a frame size 1200 Amps and larger and as indicated. a. Provide a manual switch on the compartment door to switch the circuit- breaker short-time tripping characteristics to instantaneous with minimum 26 2813- 2 Overcurrent Protective Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2813 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 pickup setting, to reduce the danger from potential arc-flash at downstream equipment. b. Provide a lock feature for the switch so that it may be locked in either the off or on maintenance-mode position. C. Provide a blue LED indicating light to indicate that the switch is in maintenance mode. d. Provide dry relay contacts on each switch for annunciation of the switch position. 2.03 TRIP UNITS A. General: 1. Thermal magnetic unless indicated otherwise. 2. Electronic Trip Unit: Required for circuit breakers: a. Sized 400 Amps and larger on 480 Volt systems. b. Sized 800 Amps and larger on systems 250 Volts and lower. C. Size 100 Amps and larger feeding the primary side of a transformer d. Where indicated or specified. e. Where required by the Selective Coordination Study. B. Thermal Magnetic Trip Unit: Adjustable magnetic trip setting for sizes 250 Amps and larger. C. Electronic Trip Unit: Field-replaceable rating plug. RMS sensing Microprocessor-based, programmable, time-current shaping adjustments; complete with current transformers and sensors and the following features: 1. Programmable functions independent of each other in both action and adjustment. 2. Adjustable settings: a. Instantaneous trip; long and short-time time adjustments; long and short- time pickup adjustments. b. Where ground fault protection indicated, ground fault pickup level, time delay and 12t response. C. Built-in test points for testing the long time, short time, delay, instantaneous, and ground fault functions of the circuit breaker. 3. Trip Indication: Labeled, battery-powered lights or mechanical targets on trip device to indicate type of fault. 2.04 FUSES A. General: 1. Fuses of type, sizes, ratings, and electrical characteristics of single manufacturer. 2. Fuses labeled UL Class L, UL Class R, current limiting, rated for up to 200,000 Amps. B. Where fuses are shown on the Drawings feeding individual or groups of equipment items, comply with manufacturer's recommendation for fusing. Adjust fuse size and type to comply with manufacturer's recommendation. C. Main Service, Feeder and Branch Circuit Fuses: 1. For fuse ratings over 600 Amps: UL Class L (KRP-C or A4BY). 2. For fuse ratings up to 600 Amps: UL Class RK1 (KTN-R, KTS-R or A2K-R, A6K-R). 3. Feeder or branch circuit directly feeding motors, transformers, and other inductive load: UL RK5 time delay (FRN-R, FRS-R or TR-R or TRS-R). 26 2813- 3 Overcurrent Protective Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2813 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 4. Other Branch Circuits: UL Class RK1, (KTN-R, KTS-R orA2K-R, A6K-R). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Install in panelboards, switchboards and enclosures, in accordance with the manufacturer's recognized industry practices to ensure that protective devices comply with requirements. Comply with NEC and NEMA standards. B. Install handle ties for multiwire branch circuits per Section 260519. C. Device Settings: Adjust in accordance with the Electrical Power Studies report from Section 260573, including but not limited to the following: 1. Circuit Breakers. 3.05 FUSES A. Install fuses in switches, panelboards, switchboards and enclosures. Install fuses so current rating is visible from front when cover is open. B. Do not install until equipment is ready to be energized. C. Coordinate with equipment furnished by others for proper fuse type and size. D. For motor and equipment circuits, fuse sizes shown on the Contract Drawings are for general guidance only. Size fuses in accordance with fuse manufacturer's recommendation for given motor nameplate ampere rating. Test operation. If nuisance tripping occurs, increase fuse size and disconnect device (if necessary)for nuisance free tripping. Adjust fuse size for ambient temperature, frequent starting and stopping of motor loads, and for loads with long start times. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: Perform tests and inspections in accordance with Section 260810. 3.07 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 2813 26 2813-4 Overcurrent Protective Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2813 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 26 2813- 5 Overcurrent Protective Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2816 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 2816 DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes disconnect switches, elevator power modules, enclosed circuit breakers and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 2. UL 98, Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of equipment and appurtenance. Include equipment characteristics such as ratings, enclosure type, dimensions and weight. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Disconnect Switches and Enclosed Circuit Breakers: Square D, Eaton/Cutler Hammer, General Electric, Siemens, or approved. B. Elevator Power Module shall be Eaton/Bussmann Quik-Spec Power Module Switch type PS with Low-Peak Class J fuses, Mersen Fusible Shunt Trip Switch— ES with Mersen AJT fuses, or approved. 2.02 GENERAL A. Ratings: Voltage, Amperage and horsepower rating suitable for circuit and equipment controlled. Service entrance rated where indicated or required. B. Enclosures: Surface-mounted. 1. NEMA Type 1, in general. 2. NEMA Type 3R where exposed to moisture and where shown on the Drawings. C. Accessories: 1. Padlockable in "OFF" position. 2. Labeled "ON"/"OFF" position. 3. Ground lug. 4. Neutral lug where applicable. 5. Other accessories as indicated. D. Nameplates: Per Section 260553. 26 2816- 1 Disconnect Switches and Enclosed Circuit Breakers Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2816 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.03 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. General: Heavy duty, UL 98, horsepower rated with external handle. B. Interlock: Defeatable door interlock that prevent door from opening when operating handle is in "ON" position. C. Fusible or non-fusible as indicated. Fuse rejection clips where Class R fuses are specified. D. Quick-make, quick-break mechanism. Visible blades. 2.04 ELEVATOR POWER MODULE RATINGS AND CONSTRUCTION A. Shunt-trip fused disconnect must be listed to UL 98 with integral control wiring for elevator circuits. B. Shunt-trip fused disconnect switch with all necessary relay(s), control transformer and other options, as shown on drawings and listed below: 1. Ampere rating of the switch shall be based upon the elevator manufacturer requirements for listed fuses. 2. Interlocks to prevent the opening of the cover when the switch is in the ON position. Interlock shall be defeatable for testing purposes. 3. Handle lockable in OFF position. 4. Provide accessories per below: a. 100VA control power transformer with primary and secondary fuses. Primary voltage same as elevator voltage. Secondary voltage 120V. b. 120V AC Isolation relay (3PDT, 10 Amp, 120V). C. Key to Test Switch. d. Green "On" Pilot Light. e. 2P NC Mechanical Interlock. f. Fire Alarm Voltage Monitoring Relay. g. NEMA 1 Enclosure. 5. Entire assembly (including shunt-trip switch, control wiring and accessories) shall have a short-circuit rating of 200,000A. 6. Complete catalog number for the Power Module Switch shall be Eaton/ Bussmann PSXTXXR1 KGBF3 or Mersen ESXTXXR1 KGB (X =Ampacity Designation, XX= Transformer Voltage). 2.05 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Circuit Breaker: Thermal magnetic circuit breaker per Section 262813. One form "C" auxiliary contact activated when circuit breaker open. B. Short Circuit Interrupting Rating: Fully-rated for available fault current indicated; 35,000 Amps symmetrical minimum. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. 26 2816- 2 Disconnect Switches and Enclosed Circuit Breakers Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 2816 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Comply with applicable requirements of NEC, NEMA and NECA standards, and with recognized industry practice. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Install where indicated on the Contract Drawings and where required. Mount independent of equipment served; do not attach to equipment served. C. Coordinate installation work with electrical raceway, wire, and cable work as necessary for proper interface. Comply with requirements in Section 260533. D. Install within sight of equipment or controller served. E. Where locations are not shown on Contract Drawings, locate on wall adjacent to equipment being served or on formed steel channel frame at face of equipment. Coordinate location to maintain equipment clearances. F. Elevator Power Module main line disconnecting means shall be located in compliance with the following: 1. Inside the machine room door on the lock jamb side of the machine room door. 2. Not more than twenty-four inches from the jamb to the operating handle. 3. Not less than thirty-six inches and not more than sixty-six inches above the finished floor as measured to the centerline to the disconnect handle. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: Perform tests and inspections in accordance with Section 260810. B. Elevator Power Module: Test shunt-trip upon activation of fire alarm device(s). Test reset operation and system test functionality. Coordinate testing with fire alarm and elevator system contractors. 3.05 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 2816 26 2816- 3 Disconnect Switches and Enclosed Circuit Breakers Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 29132- 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 2913 MOTOR CONTROLLERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes motor controls for electrical motor driven equipment and associated appurtenances. Refer to Section 260511 for electrical mechanical coordination and responsibilities. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work of this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Code and Standards: 1. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 2. UL 98, Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches. 3. UL 489, Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and Circuit- Breaker Enclosures. 4. UL 508, Industrial Control Equipment. C. Comply with NEMA for appropriate size of motor protection. For units not using NEMA rating, use equivalent NEMA size. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: For each type and size of motor controller and appurtenance. C. Shop Drawings: Wiring diagrams for each type and size of motor controller. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823. 1.05 MOTOR VOLTAGE INFORMATION A. Voltages available: 115, 208, and 277 Volt, single phase and 208 and 480 Volt, 3 phase. B. Circuits designed (in general)for Motors as follows: 1. Smaller than 3/4 HP: 115, 208, or 277 Volts, single phase. 2. 3/4 HP and Larger: 208 or 480 Volts, 3 phase. C. Verify motor sizes and voltages provided under other divisions and notify the A/E if any discrepancies are noted. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Size starters as indicated on the Drawings and specified in this section. Coordinate starter sizes with associated motors and furnish starters matched to motor horsepower. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Cerus Industrial Building Automation Starter, Square D, Eaton/Cutler Hammer, General Electric, Siemens, Allen-Bradley, or approved. 26 2913- 1 Motor Controllers Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 29132-2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.03 MOTOR STARTERS A. Magnetic Motor Starter: 1. General: NEMA rated. NEMA size rated for motor horsepower or as indicated, NEMA size 1 minimum. Full-voltage, non-reversing (FVNR), unless indicated otherwise. Full-voltage, non-reversing (FVNR), unless indicated otherwise. 2. Enclosure: Surface-mounted, NEMA 1 enclosure for indoor and NEMA 3R for locations subject to moisture, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Contactor and Overload Relay: Contactor with minimum 1 NO and 1 NC auxiliary contact and solid state electronic overload relay to protect all phases with field adjustable current setting and trip class for specific motor full load amps. Overload relay with phase failure, phase loss, locked rotor, and stall protection. Include manual reset pushbutton on starter cover to restore normal operation after trip or fault condition. 4. Integral Control Power Transformer: 50 VA capacity with circuit breaker protected secondary selected for available line voltage and maximum 120 Volt control voltage. 5. Automation System Control: Include remote run terminals in starter to accept voltage input signal and contact closure. Input voltage shall accept 24 VAC, 120 VAC, 24 VDC, and 48 VDC to allow direct connection of input signal to starter. 6. Interlocks: Where motor is interlocked with a control damper or control valve, actuator control shall reside within starter enclosure. Starter shall provide voltage output to operate actuator without closing motor circuit. Starter shall close motor circuit and start motor upon receipt of contact closure from limit or end switch confirming control damper or control valve position. 7. Fireman's Override Operation: Include to allow starter to run in any mode (HAND, OFF, or AUTO) regardless of other inputs or lack of inputs, either manual or automatic. Fireman's override shall have priority over emergency shutdown input. 8. Starter Control by Fire Alarm or Life Safety System: Include emergency shutdown input to disable starter from operating in "HAND" or"AUTO" mode regardless of other inputs, either manual or automatic. B. Combination Magnetic Starter: Include magnetic motor starter requirements previously specified and a disconnecting method by means of motor circuit protection, UL 489 circuit breaker, or fused disconnect. Include disconnect with lock-out mechanism when starter is in "OFF" position. Disconnecting method as follows: 1. Current limiting manual motor starter with magnetic trip elements, UL 508 listed. Breaker with UL 508 Type F rating for maximum 100 Amp frame size. Coordinate short circuit rating for use with motor contactor with 30,000 AIC minimum interrupting rating for combination starter. 2. Fused disconnect with time delay J-style fuses, UL 98 suitable for service entrance protection. 3. UL 489 breaker with thermal and magnetic mechanisms. C. Manual Motor Starter: Horsepower-rated toggle switch type, lockable in the"OFF" position, with melting alloy overload relays, red "running" pilot light, nameplate and enclosure. Square D, Class 2510 or equivalent. 1. Enclosures: Surface-mounted, NEMA 1 enclosure for indoor and NEMA 3R for locations subject to moisture, unless indicated otherwise. 26 2913- 2 Motor Controllers Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 29132- 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Acceptable for single-phase motors of 1 horsepower and smaller. Not acceptable for 3 phase motors. D. Pushbuttons, Selector Switches, Pilot Lights, and Similar Devices: Include "HAND", "OFF", "AUTO" operation switch and watertight and dust-tight LED pilot lights for"HAND", "OFF", "AUTO", "RUN", and "OVERLOAD" conditions. E. Overload Relays: Electronic solid state, sized for nameplate ampacity of motor served. 2.04 ADDITIONAL FEATURES A. Include the following features to meet design performance: 1. Over and under voltage and phase monitoring, field adjustable for over and under voltage levels. Include time delay before returning to normal operation after trip occurrence. 2. Measure and display output current on front cover. 3. Monitor and calculate power consumption (kWh)of motor load and display kW and kWh. Include pulse output (kWh)or 4 to 20 mA analog signal (kW)to automation system to monitor power consumption. 4. Communication to automation system over BACnet MS/TP to report starter mode, terminal input status, run status, and fault status, voltage, current, power factor, kW, and kWh. B. Power Factor Correction: Include capacitors for motors 25 horsepower and larger. Size to bring power factor to within range of 0.9 to 0.95. Capacitors fused type with blown fuse indicators mounted on front of starter enclosure. Include discharge resistors when required by NEC. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 MOTOR CONTROLLER INSTALLATION A. Install generally in location shown on the Drawings with exact location chosen to provide necessary code clearances and to preserve maintenance access. B. In finished areas, install motor protection switches flush and provide suitable stainless steel coverplates. C. Install on steel frame anchored to the structure adjacent to, but independent of equipment served. Do not fasten to motor, mechanical equipment enclosure, or related supports. 26 2913- 3 Motor Controllers Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 29132-4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 D. For roof-mounted equipment, coordinate supports with architectural and structural to maintain roof integrity. Submit shop drawings. E. Check for proper motor rotation and reconnect conductors as necessary to provide proper rotation. F. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 for nameplates. G. Install fuses in fuseholder so fuse size is visible. H. Prior to air and water system balancing, verify overload relays match motor nameplate rating. After balancing, adjust overload settings to match actual motor current. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: Perform tests and inspections in accordance with Section 260810. 3.06 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 2913 26 2913-4 Motor Controllers Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3100 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 3100 PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER GENERATING SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes all material and labor required for installation of a grid-tied photovoltaic power generation system as designed and detailed on the drawings. Work includes design, furnish, and install a grid-tied photovoltaic power generation system required to form complete coordinated system(s) ready for operation. Contract Drawings and Specifications indicate minimum system requirements. This is a bidder-designed system and it is the responsibility of the manufacturer/vendor/contractor to provide an AHJ approved system design and installation. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 260500, 260510, and 260526 apply to Work of this section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Photovoltaic power generation system includes a total 35kW Standard Test Conditions of photovoltaic power modules, grid-tied inverters, disconnect switches, energy production communications device, and all related wiring and raceway as specified herein and shown on the documents. Provide installation, testing, and commissioning of PV system. 1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specifications, apply to Work specified in this section. B. Section 012300: Alternates C. Section 260500: General Requirements D. Section 260510: Basic Materials E. Section 260533: Raceway Systems F. Section 260519: Wire and Cable G. Section 260534: Outlet Boxes H. Section 260913: Power Monitoring System I. Section 262816: Disconnect Switches 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Code and Standards: 1. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC) 2. IEEE 1262 - Recommended Practice for Qualification of Photovoltaic (PV) Modules 3. IEEE 929 - Recommended Practice for Utility Interface of Photovoltaic (PV) Systems, 4. UL 1703- Standard for Flat-Plate Photovoltaic Modules and Panels, 5. UL 1741 - Standard for Inverters, Converters, Controllers and Interconnection System Equipment for Use With Distributed Energy Resources. 26 3100- 1 Photovoltaic Power Generating System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3100 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Shop Drawings: Submit complete shop drawings as approved by the manufacturer. Provide shop drawings including complete array layout, string size and layout, power inverter locations, inverter location, disconnect switch locations, meter locations, rapid shut-down, conductor, grounding and raceway sizes and pathways including proposed building and roof penetrations, a complete system one-line diagram, and any other information pertinent to the photovoltaic system including structural support systems and wind load analysis. C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions, maintenance data, dimensions, and general recommendations for each type of equipment provided. D. Meeting minutes: Submit meeting from on-site coordination meeting. 1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823. 1.07 REQUIRED QUALIFICATIONS A. Photovoltaic system subcontractor shall have completed (5) installations of 20kW or greater within the last five years. Experience within firm at journeyman or foreman level shall count towards this requirement. 1.08 SPARE MATERIALS A. Include: 1. Five (5) Photovoltaic Modules. 2. Two (2) Power Optimizers. B. Furnish products in original packaging and give to Owner at end of project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULES A. Typical Roof Mounted Modules: Provide monocrystalline silicon modules unless otherwise noted: 1. SilFab 530 2. Or Approved. B. Modules must achieve 19% efficiency or greater. C. Modules to be supplied with minimum 12-year warranty. 2.02 PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULE ROOF MOUNTING SYSTEM A. "S-5!" brand attachment hardware and materials as required for a complete mounting system for all PV. 2.03 PHOTOVOLTAIC INVERTERS A. Provide grid-tied inverters as shown on the drawings: 1. SolarEdge Technologies 2. Chint Power Systems, CPS America. 3. SMA America—Tri-power Series. B. Inverter must achieve 98% minimum efficiency as rated by the CEC (California Energy Commission). 26 3100- 2 Photovoltaic Power Generating System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3100 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Inverter to include a minimum 20-year warranty. D. NEC Arc-fault circuit protection compliant. The system shall detect and interrupt arcing faults in the PV system DC circuits. E. NEC rapid shutdown compliant. Provide rapid shutdown function for PV system circuits installed in or on building to reduce shock hazard for emergency responders. F. Inverter to include integral DC Safety Switch 2.04 PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM DC SOURCE CIRCUITS A. Rated and listed for use as photovoltaic wire per UL 854. B. RHH/RHW-2: Insulation type XLPE, rated for maximum operating voltage of 1,000V. C. Sunlight resistant. D. Stranded copper conductor. 2.05 POWER OPTIMIZER A. Manufacturer: 1. Solar Edge— P860. 2. CPS America - Tigo TS4-R-F Series 3. SMA America—TS4-R Series. 4. Or Approved. B. NEC Arc-fault circuit protection compliant. The system shall detect and interrupt arcing faults in the PV system DC circuits. C. NEC rapid shutdown compliant. Provide rapid shutdown function for PV system circuits installed in or on building to reduce shock hazard for emergency responders. 2.06 MONITORING PLATFORM A. Manufacturer: 1. SMA ROOFCOMMKIT-P2 with Gateway 2. Solar Edge with Data Logger SE1000-DTLG-S1 3. Or approved B. Accessible via browser, or any Android, iOS smart phone or tablet. C. System shall include the following functions and capabilities: 1. Module level monitoring with PV Module voltage, PV Module current, Optimizer output voltage, power, and energy reported at 5 minute intervals. 2. Inverter level monitoring with AC output voltage, current, power, and energy reported at 15 minute intervals. 3. Dashboard with system power level, daily, monthly, and lifetime energy production. 4. Physical and logical site layout maps with time lapse animation. 5. Display in a kiosk view for a lobby display. 6. Create charts for PV Module voltage, PV Module current, Optimizer output voltage, power, and energy for any date range for remote diagnostics. 7. Create charts for AC output voltage, current, power, and energy for any date range for remote diagnostics. 8. Generate AC Energy, Site Status, Commissioning, and Module Mismatch reports for any date range. 9. Receive automatic email alerts for communications errors, inverter and optimizer issues, grid issues. 26 3100- 3 Photovoltaic Power Generating System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3100 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 10. Calculate and display performance ratio either from onsite weather instruments or from satellite data. 11. Control site access level for installers, system owners, etc. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 LEED REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements. 1. Energy &Atmosphere— Fundamental Building Commissioning and Verification: Comply with provisions of section 01 9113. 2. Energy &Atmosphere— Enhanced Commissioning: Comply with provisions of 01 9113. 3.02 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Complete and submit Snohomish County PUD interconnection and renewable energy application forms prior to submitting shop drawings. B. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new work prior to commencing work of this section. Adjust locations of PV modules as necessary to avoid conflict. C. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. D. Prepare mounting surfaces for photovoltaic system installation. E. Coordination Meetings: 1. Meet at least once on site with Snohomish County PUD representative prior to submitting shop drawings. During meeting, coordinate system size, installation methods, PV service disconnect location, inverter locations, system interconnection, and timeline for system energization. 2. Meet at least once with the Architect, Consulting Engineer, and General Contractor prior to submitting shop drawings to discuss equipment staging, installation, attachment methods, raceway routing, roof penetrations, and other applicable coordination issues. 3. Submit meeting minutes from each meeting including an attendance list. 3.04 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install system in accordance with the drawings, this section, Sections 260519, 260553, 262726, applicable codes and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Install wiring in compliance with NEC for power and non-power limited signaling circuits. Upon completion, certify in writing to the Owner and general contractor that system has been installed in compliance with NEC B. Provide NEMA 3R cabinets or equipment where system is exposed to moisture. C. Provide outdoor raceway and connections suitable for wet locations. 3.05 PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULE ROOF MOUNTING SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install mounting systems on roof at locations as shown on the drawings. Refer to manufacturer's installation manual for complete requirements. 26 3100-4 Photovoltaic Power Generating System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3100 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Refer to manufacturer's installation requirements for quantity and placement of PV mounting supports. Contractor is responsible for completing required calculations for support of mounting system. Use methods shown in manufacturer's installation manual, or secure the services of a design professional as required. C. Ground elements of mounting system per manufacturer's requirements, recommendations and as required by NEC 250. 3.06 PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULE INSTALLATION A. Install photovoltaic modules at locations as shown on drawings, and per manufacturer's requirements. B. Secure modules to mounting system as required by mounting system manufacturer's requirements. C. String series connections: Provide connections to modules in series using "MC"type or "Tyco" locking connectors. Conceal wiring between modules using "Wiley Electronics" brand stainless steel "ACME Cable Clips". D. Install DC conductors within 1 foot of PV arrays to comply with rapid shutdown requirements. Install conductors outside of the footprint of the PV arrays within raceway and adjusted per NEC 310.15(B)(2). Install raceway on sleepers a minimum of 4" above finished roof. 3.07 PHOTOVOLTAIC INVERTER INSTALLATION A. Install inverter at location shown on the drawings, and per manufacturer's requirements. B. Comply with requirements in Section 260548 for seismic restraints. C. Refer to manufacturer's installation instructions for locations of raceway penetrations and for all wiring connections. D. Provide connection from inverters to electrical distribution system as shown on permit drawings and per manufacturer's requirements. 3.08 LABELING A. Provide labels for equipment and feeders. Refer Section 260553, one-line drawing and associated details for additional labeling requirements. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: Perform tests and inspections in accordance with Section 260810. 3.10 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 019113—General Commissioning Requirements and Section 260800— Commissioning of Electrical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. 3.11 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 3100 26 3100- 5 Photovoltaic Power Generating System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3213 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 3213 PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes packaged diesel engine-generator sets for emergency or standby power supply as indicated on the Drawings with unit mounted cooling system, unit mounted control and monitoring, load bank, outdoor enclosure and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASCE 7, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. 2. ASME 1315.1, Safety Standard for Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus. 3. NEMA AB1, Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded Case Switches, and Circuit- Breaker Enclosures. 4. NEMA ICS 6, Industrial Controls and System Enclosures. 5. NEMA MG-1, Motors and Generators. 6. NEMA 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1,000 Volts Maximum). 7. NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code. 8. NFPA 37, Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines. 9. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 10. NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Power Standby Systems. 11. UL 142, Standard for Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids. 12. UL 489, Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded Case Switches, and Circuit- Breaker Enclosures. 13. UL 1236, Standard for Battery Chargers for Charging Engine-Starter Batteries. 14. UL 2200, Standard for Safety Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies. C. Manufacturer and/or Supplier Qualifications: 1. Authorized primary distributor or dealer with minimum of 5 years in business of distributing, installing and maintaining specific type of generation equipment under present firm name. Second tier dealers are acceptable only if they are authorized to provide factory warranty work. 2. Capable of dispatching maintenance and repair truck with qualified factory trained repairman and spare parts to the job site within 1 hour of request for service on equipment. 3. Equipment manufacturer with minimum of 5 years' experience to regularly assembled and manufactured such equipment. 4. Distributor with local office within 30 miles of project site, with factory trained representatives employed for minimum of 1 year. 5. Distributor shall maintain spare parts stock to minimize down time in case of equipment failure. 26 3213- 1 Packaged Engine Generator Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3213 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 6. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for vibration isolators and seismic restraints of engine skid mounts, including Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those included for this Project. Comply with requirements in Section 260548. D. Testing Agency Qualifications: Independent agency with experience and capability to conduct testing, that is a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL), and acceptable to the AHJs. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on-site testing specified in Article "Field Quality Control". E. Source Limitations: Obtain packaged generator sets and auxiliary components through one source from a single manufacturer. F. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70 by a testing agency acceptable to the AHJ and marked for intended use. G. Engine Exhaust Emissions: EPA Certified or as required to comply with applicable state and local government requirements. H. Noise Emission: Comply with applicable state and local government requirements for maximum noise level at adjacent property boundaries due to sound emitted by generator set including engine, engine exhaust, engine cooling-air intake and discharge, and other components of installation. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and for each component and appurtenance. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. Include the following: 1. Thermal damage curve for generator. 2. Time current characteristic curves for generator protective device. C. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. Include the following: 1. Dimensioned outline plan and elevation drawings of engine-generator set and other components specified. 2. Design Calculations: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases. Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include base weights. Comply with requirements in Section 260548. 3. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. D. Certification: Manufacturer seismic qualification certification that fuel tank, engine- generator set, batteries, battery racks, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces. Comply with requirements in Section 260548. 1. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 26 3213- 2 Packaged Engine Generator Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3213 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. E. Test Reports: 1. Factory start-up and test reports. 2. Field start-up and test reports. 3. Report of exhaust emissions showing compliance with applicable regulations. 4. Certified Torsional Vibration Compatibility: Comply with requirements in NFPA 110. 5. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823 1.05 WARRANTY A. Packaged Engine Generator: Two years from date of acceptable on site start up and testing. B. Warranty shall cover material, labor and travel time for the entire system. Replacement parts shall be available within 48 hours of initial notification. 1.06 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at acceptable on site start up and testing, provide 1 year full maintenance by skilled employees of manufacturer's designated service organization. Include bi-annual exercising to check for proper starting, load transfer, and running under load. Include routine preventive maintenance as recommended by manufacturer and adjusting for proper operation. Provide parts and supplies same as those used in the manufacture and installation of original equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Packaged Engine Generator: 1. Cummins Power Generation as supplied by Cummins Northwest. 2. Kohler Co. as supplied by Power Systems West. 3. Or approved. 2.02 ENGINE-GENERATOR SET A. Factory assembled and tested, engine generator set. B. Mounting Frame: Maintain alignment of mounted components without depending on concrete foundation. Include lifting attachments. C. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. Power Output Ratings: Nominal ratings as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Output Connections: Three-phase, four wire. 3. Nameplates: For each major system component to identify manufacturer's name and address, and model and serial number of component. D. Generator Set Performance: 1. Steady State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 3 percent of rated output voltage from no load to full load. 26 3213- 3 Packaged Engine Generator Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3213 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Transient Voltage Performance: Maximum 20 percent variation for 50 percent step load increase or decrease. Voltage shall recover and remain within steady state operating band within 3 seconds. 3. Steady State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5 percent of rated frequency from no load to full load. 4. Steady State Frequency Stability: No random speed variations outside steady state operational band and no hunting or surging of speed when system is operating at any constant load within the rated load. 5. Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 5 percent variation for 50 percent step load increase or decrease. Frequency shall recover and remain within steady state operating band within 5 seconds. 6. Output Waveform: At no load, harmonic content measured line-to-line and line- to-neutral not to exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for single harmonics. Telephone influence factor, determined according to NEMA MG 1, not to exceed 50 percent. 7. Sustained Short Circuit Current: For 3-phase, bolted short circuit at system output terminals, system shall supply minimum 250 percent of rated full load current for not less than 10 seconds and then clear fault automatically without damage to generator system components. 8. Start Time: Comply with requirements in NFPA 110 for Type 10 system requirements. 2.03 ENGINE A. Fuel: Fuel oil, Grade DF-2. B. Rated Engine Speed: 1,800 rpm. C. Lubrication System: Include the following items mounted on engine or skid: 1. Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 micrometers and smaller while passing full flow. 2. Thermostatic Control Valve: Control flow in system to maintain optimum oil temperature. Unit capable of full flow and designed to be fail safe. 3. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to removable container with no disassembly and without use of pumps, siphons, special tools, or appliances. D. Engine Fuel System: 1. Main Fuel Pump: Mounted on engine to ensure adequate primary fuel flow under starting and load conditions. 2. Relief-Bypass Valve: Automatically regulates pressure in fuel line and returns excess fuel to source. E. Coolant Jacket Heater: Electric-immersion type, factory installed in coolant jacket system. Comply with requirements in NFPA 110 for Level 1 equipment for heater capacity. Heater voltage 277V. F. Governor: Control engine speed within plus or minus 3 Hz at 60 Hz (speed regulation 5 percent)from no load to full load generator output. Maintain steady state frequency at any constant load, including no load, within band of plus or minus 0.25 Hz rated frequency. Governor not to permit frequency modulation, defined as number of times per second that frequency varies from average frequency in cyclic manner, in excess 1 Hz per second. 26 3213-4 Packaged Engine Generator Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3213 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 G. Cooling System: Closed loop, liquid cooled with radiator factory mounted on engine generator set mounting frame, engine driven fan, and integral engine-driven coolant pump. 1. Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene glycol based antifreeze and 50 percent water with anticorrosion additives as recommended by engine manufacturer. 2. Size of Radiator: Adequate to contain expansion of total system coolant from cold start to 110 percent load condition. 3. Expansion Tank: Constructed of welded steel plate and rated to withstand maximum closed loop coolant system pressure for engine used. Include gage glass and petcock. 4. Temperature Control: Self-contained, thermostatic control valve that modulates coolant flow automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as recommended by engine manufacturer. 5. Coolant Hose: Flexible assembly with inside surface of nonporous rubber and outer covering of aging, ultraviolet, and abrasion resistant fabric. a. Rating: 50 psig maximum working pressure with coolant at 180 F and non-collapsible under vacuum. b. End Fittings: Flanges or steel pipe nipples with clamps to suit piping and equipment connections. H. Muffler/Silencer: Critical type, sized as recommended by engine manufacturer and selected with exhaust piping system not to exceed engine manufacturer's engine backpressure requirements. 1. Sound Attenuation: Minimum 25 dB at 500 Hz. 2. Maximum 85 dBA sound level measured at distance of 10 feet from exhaust discharge. 3. Sound level may be superseded by dBA requirements, under Section 2.9 Outdoor Generator Set Enclosure. I. Engine Exhaust Flexible Connectors: Sized to match engine exhaust outlet connection and as recommended by engine manufacturer. J.Air-Intake Filter: Heavy duty, engine mounted air cleaner with replaceable dry filter element and "blocked filter" indicator. K. Starting System: 1. Components: Sized not to be damaged during full engine cranking cycle at maximum ambient temperature. 2. Cranking Motor: Heavy duty unit that automatically engages and releases from engine flywheel without binding. 3. Cranking Cycle: Minimum 60 seconds. 4. Battery: Capacity within ambient temperature range for specified cranking cycle at least twice without recharging. Include 120 Volt battery heater. 5. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by engine manufacturer. Include required interconnecting conductors and connection accessories. 6. Battery Charging Alternator: Factory mounted on engine with solid state voltage regulation and 35-A minimum continuous rating. 26 3213- 5 Packaged Engine Generator Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3213 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 7. Battery Charger: Current limiting, automatic equalizing and float charging type. Comply with UL 1236. Include the following features: a. Operation: Equalizing charging rate of 10 Amps initiated automatically after battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery terminals. Unit shall then be automatically switched to lower float-charging mode and shall continue to operate in that mode until battery is discharged again. b. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjust float and equalize voltages for variations in ambient temperature from minus 40 C to plus 60 C to prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures. C. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintain constant output voltage regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent. d. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door to indicate charging rates. e. Safety Functions: Sense abnormally low battery voltage and close contacts providing low battery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel. Sense high battery voltage and loss of AC input or DC output of battery charger. Either condition shall close contacts that provide a battery charger malfunction indication at system control and monitoring panel. f. Enclosure and Mounting: NEMA 250, Type 1, wall-mounted cabinet. g. Battery charger voltage: 277V 2.04 ENHANCED STARTING SYSTEM A. Provide a second set of redundant batteries above and beyond those required to meet NFPA 110 5.6.4.4 these shall be connected in parallel to the minimum required set. A second battery charger is not required. Minimum charger output 15A. 2.05 FUEL OIL STORAGE A. Comply with requirements in NFPA 30. B. Base Mounted Fuel Oil Tank: Factory installed and piped, complying with UL 142 fuel oil tank. Include the following features: 1. Containment: Integral rupture basin with a capacity of 110 percent of nominal capacity of day tank. Include leak detector in rupture basin and connect for audible and visual alarms in event of day tank leak. 2. Tank level indicator. 3. Capacity: 2,168 gallons at 72 hours full rated load. 4. Vandal resistant fill cap. 5. Five gallon spill fill containment to comply with requirements of the AHJs. 6. Low Level Alarm Sensor: Liquid level device operates alarm contacts at 25 percent of normal fuel level. 7. High Level Alarm Sensor: Liquid level device operates alarm and redundant fuel shutoff contacts at midpoint between overflow level and 100 percent of normal fuel level. 8. Secondary containment leak alarm sensor. 9. High level alarm sensor. 10. 12 ft. normal vent pipe extension if required by AHJ. 11. Emergency vents shall terminate outside of weather housing. 12. UL listed flame arrester on normal vent if required by AHJ. 26 3213- 6 Packaged Engine Generator Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3213 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.06 CONTROL AND MONITORING A. Automatic Starting System Sequence of Operation: When mode selector switch on control and monitoring panel is in "AUTO" position, remote control contacts in one or more separate automatic transfer switches initiate starting and stopping of generator set. When mode selector switch is switched to "ON" position, generator set starts. "OFF" position of same switch initiates generator set shutdown. When generator set is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down generator set and initiate alarms. Operation of remote emergency stop switch also shuts down generator set. B. Include the Following Indicating and Protective Devices and Controls: 1. AC voltmeter. 2. AC ammeter. 3. AC frequency meter. 4. DC voltmeter(alternator battery charging). 5. Engine coolant temperature gage. 6. Engine lubricating oil pressure gage. 7. Running time meter. 8. Ammeter and voltmeter and phase-selector switch(es). 9. Generator voltage adjusting rheostat. 10. Start/stop switch. 11. Overspeed shutdown device. 12. Coolant high temperature shutdown device. 13. Coolant low level shutdown device. 14. Oil low pressure shutdown device. 15. Fuel tank low level alarm. 16. Fuel tank high level shutdown of fuel supply alarm. 17. Fuel tank leak alarm. 18. Generator overload. 19. Battery charger failure. 20. Battery charger low and high voltage alarms. C. Supporting Items: Include sensors, transducers, terminals, relays, and other devices and include wiring required to support specified items. Locate sensors and other supporting items on engine or generator, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. D. Alarm Contacts: Include separate terminal block, factory wired to Form C dry contacts, for each alarm and status indication for connections for data link transmission of indications to remote data terminals. E. Remote Alarm Annunciator: Comply with NFPA 99. LED labeled with respective alarm conditions shall identify each alarm event and common audible signal shall sound for each alarm condition. Silencing switch on face of panel shall silence signal without altering visual indication. Connect so that after alarm is silenced, clearing of initiating condition will reactivate alarm until silencing switch is reset. Cabinet and faceplate flush mounting type to suit mounting conditions indicated on the Drawings. F. Remote emergency stop shall be provided, as per NFPA 110 Table 5.6.5.2 (u). 2.07 GENERATOR OVERCURRENT AND FAULT PROTECTION A. Generator Circuit Breaker: Molded-case, electronic-trip type, 100 percent rated. UL 489. 1. Tripping Characteristics: Adjustable long time and short time delay and instantaneous. 26 3213- 7 Packaged Engine Generator Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3213 - 8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Trip Settings: Selected to coordinate with generator thermal damage curve. 3. Shunt Trip: Connected to trip breaker when generator set is shut down by other protective devices. 4. Mounting: Adjacent to or integrated with control and monitoring panel. 2.08 GENERATOR, EXCITER, AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR A. Comply with requirements in NEMA MG 1. B. Drive: Generator shaft directly connected to engine shaft. Exciter rotated integrally with generator rotor, 2/3 pitch winding. C. Electrical Insulation: Class H or Class F. D. Stator Winding Leads: Terminate at terminal box to permit future reconnection for other voltages. E. Construction shall prevent mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration, overspeed up to 125 percent of rating, and heat during operation at 110 percent of rated capacity. F. Enclosure: Dripproof. G. Voltage Regulator: Solid state type, separate from exciter, for performance specified in this section. Include adjustable rheostat on control and monitoring panel for plus or minus 5 percent of output-voltage operating band. 2.09 OUTDOOR GENERATOR SET ENCLOSURE A. Description: Weatherproof steel housing. Multiple panels lockable with adequate access to components requiring maintenance. Panels removable by one person without tools. Instruments and control mounted within enclosure. 1. The enclosures shall allow the generator set to operate at full load in an ambient of 40oC-45°C with no additional derating of the electrical output. 2. The enclosure roof shall be pitched to prevent accumulation of water. 3. The complete exhaust system shall be internal to the enclosure. 4. A duct between the radiator and air outlet shall be provided to prevent re- circulation of hot air. 5. All acoustical insulation shall be fixed to the mounting surface with pressure sensitive adhesive or mechanically fastened. In addition, all acoustical insulation mounted on a horizontal plane shall be mechanically fastened. The acoustical insulation shall be flame retardant meeting UL 94 HF1 classification. 6. The enclosures shall include an exhaust scoop to direct the cooling air in a vertical direction. 7. Muffler Location: Within enclosure. 8. Sound Performance: Reduce the sound level of the engine generator while operating at full rated load to a maximum of[xx] dBA measured at any location 23 feet from the engine generator in a free field environment. B. Engine Cooling Airflow through Enclosure: Maintain temperature rise of system components within required limits when unit operates at 110 percent of rated load for 2 hours with ambient temperature at top of range specified in system service conditions. 1. Louvers: Fixed engine, cooling air inlet and discharge. Storm proof and drainable louvers to prevent entry of rain and snow. 2.10 VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES A. Generator set shall be seismic certified from factory without additional elastomeric isolator pads or spring isolators. 26 3213- 8 Packaged Engine Generator Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3213 - 9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.11 FINISHES A. Indoor and Outdoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard color finish over corrosion resistant pretreatment and compatible primer. Color as selected by the A/E. 2.12 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Prototype Testing: Factory test engine generator set using same engine model, constructed of identical or equivalent components and equipped with identical or equivalent accessories. B. Project Specific Equipment Tests: Before shipment, factory test engine generator set and other system components and accessories manufactured specifically for this Project. Perform tests at rated load and power factor. Include the following tests: 1. Test components and accessories furnished with installed unit that are not identical to those on tested prototype to demonstrate compatibility and reliability. 2. Full load run. 3. Maximum power. 4. Voltage regulation. 5. Transient and steady-state governing. 6. Single-step load pickup. 7. Safety shutdown. 8. Sound generation. 9. Provide 14 days' advance notice of tests and opportunity for observation of tests by the Owner's representative. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR INSTALLATION A. Comply with packaged engine-generator manufacturers'written installation and alignment instructions and with NFPA 110. B. Install packaged engine generator to provide access without removing connections or accessories, for periodic maintenance. C. Secure packaged engine generator sets to anchor bolts installed in concrete bases. Comply with requirements in Section 260510 for concrete bases and Section 260548 for seismic restraints. 26 3213- 9 Packaged Engine Generator Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3213 - 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 D. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by equipment manufacturers but not specified to be factory mounted. 3.05 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in Division 26 Sections. B. Connect fuel, cooling system, and exhaust system piping adjacent to packaged engine generator to allow service and maintenance. C. Ground equipment according to Section 260526. D. Connect wiring according to Section 260519. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: Perform tests and inspections in accordance with Section 260810. 3.07 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate proper system operation to the A/E and Owner utilizing factory-trained field service personnel. 3.08 TRAINING A. Conduct one 2 hour training session for Owner's representatives at project site. Include training on installed equipment, system operation, emergency procedures, and maintenance. Training conducted by factory-trained service personnel. 3.09 FUEL FILL A. Fill fuel storage system(s), including remote bulk storage tank(s), with fuel after tests and demonstrations have been completed. 3.10 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 3213 26 3213- 10 Packaged Engine Generator Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3600 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 3600 TRANSFER SWITCHES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes automatic transfer switches, automatic closed transition transfer switches, bypass/isolation switches, nonautomatic transfer switches, remote annunciation system, remote annunciation and control system, and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. IEEE C62.41, Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits. 2. NEMA ICS 1, Industrial Control & Systems General Requirements. 3. NEMA ICS 6, Industrial Control and System Enclosures. 4. NETA ATS, NETA Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. 5. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 6. NFPA 99, Standard for Healthcare Facilities. 7. NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems. 8. UL 486A and 486B, Wire Connectors. 9. UL 489, Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches, and Circuit- Breaker Enclosures. 10. UL 508, Standard for Industrial Control Equipment. 11. UL 869A, Reference Standard for Service Equipment. 12. UL 1008, Standard for Transfer Switch Equipment, unless requirements of this section are stricter. C. Manufacturer and Supplier Qualifications: 1. In business of distributing and installing and maintaining specific type of equipment under present firm name for minimum of 5 years. 2. Capable of dispatching qualified factory trained repairman and spare parts to job site within 2 hours of request for service on equipment. D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, for emergency service under UL 1008, by testing agency acceptable to AHJ, and marked for intended use. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of transfer switch and appurtenance. Include accessories, dimensioned shop drawings, and wiring diagrams specific to project. Wiring diagrams shall include block diagram depicting control wiring scheme and point to point interconnections. 26 3600- 1 Transfer Switches Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3600 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823 1.05 WARRANTY A. General: Warrant transfer switches for two years after acceptable on site start up and testing. Warranty shall cover parts, labor, and travel time for the entire system. Make available replacement within 48 hours of initial notification. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Transfer Switches: Cummins Power Generation as supplied by Cummins Northwest, Kohler Co. as supplied by Power Systems West, or approved. B. Transfer switches are to be obtained thru a single source vendor who also provides the generator as specified in Section 263213 for single source of responsibility for startup, service and warranty. 2.02 GENERAL TRANSFER SWITCH PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Indicated Current Ratings: Apply as defined in UL 1008 for continuous loading and total system transfer, including tungsten filament lamp loads not exceeding 30 percent of switch ampere rating unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. B. Tested Fault-Current Closing and Withstand Ratings: Adequate for duty imposed by protective devices at installation locations under fault conditions indicated on the Drawing based on testing according to UL 1008. C. Where transfer switch includes internal fault-current protection, rating of switch and trip unit combination shall exceed indicated fault-current value at installation locations. D. Annunciation, Control, and Programming Interface Components: Ensure that devices at transfer switches for communicating with remote programming devices, annunciators, and annunciator and control panels have communication capability matched with remote device. E. Solid-State Controls: Repetitive accuracy of settings is plus or minus 2 percent or better over operating temperature range of minus 20 to plus 70 C. F. Resistance to Damage by Voltage Transients: Components shall meet or exceed voltage-surge withstand capability requirements when tested according to IEEE C62.41. Components shall meet or exceed voltage-impulse withstand test of NEMA ICS 1. G. Neutral Terminal: Solid and fully rated, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. H. Enclosures: General-purpose NEMA 250, Type 3R, complying with NEMA ICS 6 and UL 508 unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. I. Electrical Operation: Accomplish by non-fused, momentarily energized solenoid or electric-motor-operated mechanism, mechanically and electrically interlocked in both directions. J. Switch Characteristics: Designed for continuous-duty repetitive transfer of full-rated current between active power sources. 1. Switch Action: Double throw. Mechanically held in both directions. 2. Contacts: Silver composition or silver alloy for load-current switching. Conventional automatic transfer switch units, rated 225 Amp and higher, with separate arcing contacts. 26 3600- 2 Transfer Switches Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3600 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.03 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES A. Comply with Level 1 equipment requirements according to NFPA 110. B. Switching Arrangement: Double-throw type, incapable of pauses or intermediate position stops during normal functioning unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. C. Manual Switch Operation: Under load with door closed and with either or both sources energized. Transfer time same as for electrical operation. Control circuit automatically disconnects from electrical operator during manual operation. D. Signal-Before-Transfer Contacts: Include set of normally open/normally closed dry contacts to operate in advance of retransfer to normal source. Interval adjustable from 1 to 30 seconds. E. Digital Communication Interface: Matched to capability of remote annunciator or annunciator and control panel. F. Automatic Closed-Transition Transfer Switches: Include the following functions and characteristics: 1. Fully automatic make-before-break operation. 2. Load transfer without interruption through momentary interconnection of both power sources not exceeding 100 ms. 3. Initiation of No-Interruption Transfer: Controlled by in-phase monitor and sensors confirming both sources are present and acceptable. a. Initiation occurs without active control of packaged engine generator specified in Section 263213. b. Controls ensure that closed-transition load transfer closure occurs only when the 2 sources are within plus or minus 5 electrical degrees maximum and plus or minus 5 percent maximum voltage difference. 4. Failure of power source serving load initiates automatic break-before-make transfer. 2.04 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH FEATURES A. Undervoltage Sensing for Each Phase of Normal Source: Senses low phase-to-ground voltage on each phase. Pickup voltage adjustable from 85 to 100 percent of nominal. Dropout voltage adjustable from 75 to 98 percent of pickup value. Factory set for pickup at 90 percent and dropout at 85 percent. B. Time delay for override of normal-source voltage sensing delays transfer and engine start signals. Adjustable from 0 to 6 seconds. Factory set for 1 second. C. Voltage/Frequency Lockout Relay: Prevents premature transfer to generator. Pickup voltage adjustable from 85 to 100 percent of nominal. Factory set for pickup at 90 percent. Pickup frequency adjustable from 90 to 100 percent of nominal. Factory set for pickup at 95 percent. D. Time Delay for Retransfer to Normal Source: Adjustable from 0 to 30 minutes. Factory set for 10 minutes. Include automatic defeat of delay on loss of voltage or sustained undervoltage of emergency source if normal supply has been restored. E. Test Switch: Simulates normal-source failure. F. Switch-Position Pilot Lights: Indicate source to which load is connected. 26 3600- 3 Transfer Switches Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3600 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 G. Source-Available Indicating Lights: Supervise sources via transfer switch normal- and emergency-source sensing circuits. 1. Normal Power Supervision: Green light with nameplate engraved "NORMAL SOURCE AVAILABLE". 2. Emergency Power Supervision: Red light with nameplate engraved "EMERGENCY SOURCE AVAILABLE". H. Unassigned Auxiliary Contacts: Two normally open, single-pole, double-throw contacts for each switch position, rated 10 Amp at 240 Volt AC. I. Transfer Override Switch: Overrides automatic retransfer control so automatic transfer switch will remain connected to emergency power source regardless of condition of normal source. Pilot light indicates override status. J. Engine Starting Contacts: One isolated and normally closed, and one isolated and normally open. Rated 10 Amp at 32 Volt DC minimum. K. Engine Shutdown Contacts: Time delay adjustable from 0 to 5 minutes. Factory set for 5 minutes. Contacts shall initiate shutdown at packaged engine generator controls after retransfer of load to normal source. L. Packaged Engine Generator Exerciser: Solid-state, programmable-time switch starts engine generator and transfers load to it from normal source for preset time, then retransfers and shuts down engine after a preset cool-down period. Initiates exercise cycle at preset intervals adjustable from 7 to 30 days. Running periods adjustable from 10 to 30 minutes. Factory settings for 7-day exercise cycle, 20-minute running period, and 5-minute cool-down period. Exerciser features include the following: 1. Exerciser Transfer Selector Switch: Permits selection of exercise with and without load transfer. 2. Push-button programming control with digital display of settings. 3. Integral battery operation of time switch when normal control power is not available. M. Battery Charger: Current limiting, automatic equalizing and float charging type. Comply with UL 1236. Include the following features: 1. Operation: Equalizing charging rate of 10 Amps initiated automatically after battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery terminals. Unit shall then be automatically switched to lower float- charging mode and shall continue to operate in that mode until battery is discharged again. 2. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjust float and equalize voltages for variations in ambient temperature from minus 40 C to plus 60 C to prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures. 3. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintain constant output voltage regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent. 4. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door to indicate charging rates. 5. Safety Functions: Sense abnormally low battery voltage and close contacts providing low battery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel. Sense high battery voltage and loss of AC input or DC output of battery charger. Either condition shall close contacts that provide a battery charger malfunction indication at system control and monitoring panel. 6. Battery charger to be factory mounted and circuited. 7. Battery charger to be UL Listed. 8. Conductors: #6 AWG Size between charger and generator battery. 26 3600-4 Transfer Switches Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3600 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.05 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM A. Functional Description: Remote annunciator panel annunciates conditions for indicated transfer switches. Annunciation includes the following: 1. Sources available, as defined by actual pickup and dropout settings of transfer switch controls. 2. Switch position. 3. Switch in test mode. 4. Failure of communication link. B. Annunciator Panel: LED-lamp type with audible signal and silencing switch. 1. Indicating Lights: Grouped for each transfer switch monitored. 2. Label each group, indicating transfer switch it monitors, location of switch, and identity of load it serves. 3. Mounting: Flush, modular, steel cabinet, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 4. Lamp Test: Push-to-test or lamp-test switch on front panel. 2.06 FINISHES A. Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard enamel over corrosion-resistant pretreatment and primer. 2.07 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory test and inspect components, assembled switches, and associated equipment. Ensure proper operation. Check transfer time and voltage, frequency, and time-delay settings for compliance with specified requirements. Perform dielectric strength test complying with NEMA ICS 1. Submit test results and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 APPLICATION A. Four-Pole Switches: Install neutral switching where four-pole switches are indicated on the Drawings. 26 3600- 5 Transfer Switches Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 3600 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.05 TRANSFER SWITCH INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 260548 for mounting and anchoring. B. Floor-Mounted Switch: Bolt to concrete base. Comply with requirements in Section 260510 for concrete bases and Section 260548 for seismic controls. C. Annunciator and Control Panel Mounting: Flush in wall unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. D. Identify components according to Section 260553. 3.06 WIRING TO REMOTE COMPONENTS A. Match type and number of cables and conductors to control and communication requirements of transfer switches as recommended by manufacturer. Increase raceway sizes at no additional cost to Owner if necessary to accommodate required wiring. 3.07 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements in Section 260526 for grounding. B. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 for wiring connections. C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not available, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: Perform tests and inspections in accordance with Section 260810. 3.09 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. Engage factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain transfer switches and related equipment as specified below. Comply with requirements in Section 260510. B. Coordinate training with that for packaged engine generator equipment. 3.10 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 3600 26 3600- 6 Transfer Switches Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 4313 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 4313 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes Surge Protective Devices (SPD) and associated appurtenances used for the protection of AC electrical circuits from the effects of lightning induced currents, substation switching transients and internally generated transients. This specification also describes the mechanical and the electrical requirements for the SPD. The SPD shall be suitable for application in Category A, B and C environments as described in ANSI/IEEE C62.41-2002. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ANSI/UL 1449 Third/Fourth Edition, Standard for Safety for Surge Protective Devices. 2. ANSI C84, American National Standard for Electric Power Systems and Equipment-Voltage Ratings (60 Hertz). 3. IEEE C62.41.1, Guide on the Surge Environment in Low-Voltage (1,000 V and Less)AC Power Circuits. 4. IEEE C62.41.2, Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low- Voltage (1,000 V and Less)AC Power Circuits. 5. IEEE C62.45, IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage (1,000 V and Less)AC Power Circuit. 6. IEEE 142, IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (Green Book). 7. IEEE 1100, IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive Electronic Equipment (Emerald Book). 8. NEMA 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1,000 Volts Maximum). 9. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 10. UL 1283, Standard for Safety for Electromagnetic Interference Filters. C. Units listed and labeled by OSHA Nationally Recognized Test Lab (NRTL). Comply with NEC as applicable to SPDs. D. SPDs provided by a single manufacturer. E. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer shall have local representation and distribution within 400 miles of the project location to provide installation, technical, warranty, and site observation support services for the project. 2. Manufacturer/vendor must be capable of supplying SPD for project within 30 days of receipt of order for orders of 25 units and less for models submitted in response to this specification. 3. Manufacturers shall be certified to latest ISO 9001 standard and shall be registered for the design and manufacturing of SPD devices. 26 4313- 1 Surge Protective Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 4313 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 4. Manufacturer shall provide access to a readily available factory engineer for answering questions about this product. 5. Only firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of SPD products for category C locations (ANSI/IEEE C62.41.1-2002), and whose products have been providing satisfactory service for not less than five years, shall be considered. Upon request, provide a customer reference list, with a minimum of five contact names and current phone numbers. Additional minimum SPD performance requirements apply. Contact project engineer for details. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Certifications: 1. Specification compliance response sheet referencing each specification section. 2. Proof of ANSI/UL 1449 Third/Fourth Edition compliance from Nationally Recognized Test Lab (NRTL) accepted by local authority having jurisdiction. 3. ANSI/UL 1449 Third/fourth Edition Nominal Discharge Current Rating and Voltage Protection Ratings. 4. UL 1283 filter compliance documentation. 5. Performance/warranty information. 6. Manufacturer Qualifications. C. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions, maintenance data, and general recommendations for each type of SPD. 2. Reference appropriate ANSI/UL 1449 Third/Fourth Edition and IEEE C62.41 performance ratings for intended installation locations. 3. SPD not listed within specification requires pre-approval of engineer and submission of SPD performance data not listed in this specification. Contact engineer for required performance criteria. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Minimum requirements: 1. Period: 20 years from the date of substantial completion of service and activation of the system to which the SPD is attached. 2. Full replacement of a suppressor which is damaged or fails to meet manufacturers published specifications and specifications provided within, without pro-rating value. 3. No exclusions from failure or damage from any system anomaly (over-voltage, single phasing, lightning strike, etc. (IEEE 62.41.1). Exceptions: failure caused by wiring error, loose or missing Neutral to Ground Bond or Meggar Testing with SPD connected to power system. 4. Factory or third party testing shall not be required. 5. Warranty shall apply independent of facility ownership/purchaser. 6. Replacement unit to be at facility within 7 business days of receipt of written notification of failure at no cost to the customer(exception —custom configuration or special order units). 26 4313- 2 Surge Protective Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 4313 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 7. Replacements: same make, model and configuration as original unit unless otherwise requested or approved. 8. Manufacturer site visit for validation of warranty claim: manufacturer/vendor must visit site within 3 days of notification at no cost. 9. No shipping, handling, examination or other fees are allowed. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Inspect for damage and replace any damaged device. B. Store in a clean, dry space suitable for equipment and protect against damage. C. Clean equipment and touch up minor scratches using suitable materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Surge Protective Devices: 1. Innovative Technology. 2. Current Technologies. 3. No substitutions. B. Service Entrance: 1. Innovative Technology: a. 480Y/277V Model PTX160-3Y-201-MT. b. 208Y/120V Model PTX160-3Y-101-MT. 2. Current Technologies: a. 480Y/277V Model CG30804803YMLUF. b. 208Y/120V Model CG30802083YMLUF. C. Distribution Boards - 800A and higher: 1. Innovative Technology: a. 480Y/277V Model PTX080-3Y-201-MT. b. 208Y/120V Model PTX080-3Y-101-MT. 2. Current Technologies: a. 480Y/277V Model CG30604803YMLUF. b. 208Y/120V Model CG30602083YMLUF. D. Panelboards below 800A: 1. Provide with Active Sinewave Tracking. 2. Innovative Technology: a. 480Y/277V Model PTE080-3Y-201-MT. b. 208Y/120V Model PTE080-3Y-101-MT. 3. Current Technologies: a. 480Y/277V Model CG30404803YMUF. b. 208Y/120V Model CG30402083YMUF. 2.02 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design: 1. SPD shall be compatible with the electrical system voltage, current, system configuration and intended applications and shall be NRTL listed for such application. 2. Parallel design only with individual protection components: a. Line to Ground and Line to Line for Delta and High Resistance Grounded systems. 26 4313- 3 Surge Protective Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 4313 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 b. Line to Ground, Line to Neutral and Neutral to Ground for Wye and Single Phase distribution systems. 3. Metal-Oxide Varistors (MOV)components shall be utilized. Selenium cell, air gaps, gas tubes or other components are not allowed. 4. Maximum continuous operating voltage (MCOV) of all components (based on ANSI C84.1 standard voltages), shall be not less than 125%for 120/208 and 120/240V systems and not less than 115%for all other systems. 5. Short Circuit Current Ratings (SCCR)shall be > 100kAIC and not less than 115% of available fault current for location SPD is to be installed. 6. Visual indication of protection status on each phase, visible from the front of the equipment. 7. Protection Status: a. Normally open and normally closed contacts for remote monitoring. b. Rated a minimum of.5 Amps, AC or DC. C. Shall change state upon device failure or loss of power. 8. As a minimum, Branch Panel, Sub-Panel and series installed (branch circuit) SPD shall include a passive circuit which allows the SPD to actively follow the voltage waveform and provide a clamping envelope to limit low level IEEE C62.41 ringwaves (of either polarity) at all locations on the sine wave. 9. Complete, comprehensive installation instructions shall be provided for the SPD. 10. Enclosure: a. NEMA rated metal enclosure appropriate for environmental conditions and exposure at point of installation. b. Designed to allow connection of the SPD without sharp bends in the conductors. C. Provide metallic flush cover where installed in finished areas. B. Performance and Ratings: 1. Minimum durability and performance requirements are described below in accordance with test procedures outlined in ANSI/IEEE C62.45 &ANSI/UL 1449 Third/Fourth Edition. Test documentation shall be provided as part of the submittal package. Information shall be provided in a format which is easily to analyze and review. The following test data shall be submitted as manufacturer published literature: a. Provide Peak Surge Current (Single Pulse Rated, 8/20pS, by mode, Amperes with < 10% degradation)with submittals document for each SPD proposed. For all electrical equipment located at Service Entrance or Category C locations, Surge current rating (per mode) shall be a minimum of 80kA for IEEE C62.41.1-2002—Category C Medium and Low Exposure Locations (low lightning exposure as determined by Isokeraunic Map) and a minimum of 300 kA for IEEE C62.41.1-2002- Category C High Exposure locations (high lightning exposure as determined by Isokeraunic Map) or for mission critical facilities such as hospitals or data centers. For SPDs with component level fusing, manufacturer shall provide recommended peak surge current ratings as necessary to meet durability requirements provided for in this specification. b. Provide independent NRTL laboratory proof of completion of such tests and test data with submittal data. Provide surge current ratings for each applicable protection mode (L-L, L-N, L-G & N-G)with submittals. 26 4313-4 Surge Protective Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 4313 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Surge current rating (per mode) shall be a minimum of 40 kA for branch panel models for IEEE C62.41.1-2002—Category B & C Switchboard Locations where upstream protection is provided by Service Entrance SPD. For SPDs with component level fusing manufacturer shall provide recommended peak surge current ratings as necessary to meet durability requirements provided in this specification. d. Provide EMI/RFI Attenuation with submittals as per Mil Std-220 tests. Attenuation: 40 dB at 100 kHz. e. SPD durability and let-through performance shall meet Hargis Engineering criteria. Contact project engineer for detailed information on performance requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Drawings. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: Perform tests and inspections in accordance with Section 260810. 3.05 SPD INSTALLATION A. General Application & Installation Requirements: 1. Per the manufacturer's installation instructions. 2. Per electrical installation detail (when provided). 3. Per Installation Checklist. 4. NFPA 70 (NEC) Requirements. 5. Per IEEE C62.41.2, 141, 142 and 1100. 6. Local authority having jurisdiction. 7. Requirements provided by Project Engineer. 26 4313- 5 Surge Protective Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 4313 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Use approved Flush Mount Kits for External Device Flush Mount Installations. Metallic flush kits for flush mount installations (external devices) on new and retrofit applications for panels. Kits shall include supports for fastening to structural members and shall include a face plate matching SPD finish. Retrofit kits shall be capable of being installed next to the panel after drywall has been installed without the need for patching or refinishing of the wall. At contractor's option, provide custom manufactured flush mounting kit including supports for fastening to structural members and face plate matching SPD finish to manufacturer and obtain written approval prior to submittals. C. Units shall not tap directly to the bus without upstream over-current protection unless tap conductors are protected at their termination by NRTL listed Disconnect, Over-current and Short Circuit Protective Devices (Circuit Breaker) properly rated for conductor and SPD Device Protection as per SPD NRTL listing and NEC requirements. Properly rated short circuit and overcurrent protection device shall always be installed at the source (i.e. in switchboard, panelboard, or other electrical apparatus) unless approved by Project Engineer. D. Manufacturer/vendor shall provide technically qualified personnel as necessary to visit project site for pre-installation training of contractor. E. Contractor shall contact manufacturer/vendor to arrange for on-site training, and shall submit written documentation of training (including meeting minutes listing; attendees, training dates, subject covered, etc.)to Project Engineer within 15 business days of training date. Training shall include: 1. Mounting of SPDs and Flush Mount Kits (where applicable). 2. Proper installation of SPD leads for minimal let through voltage. 3. General SPD ratings (i.e. voltage, peak surge current, etc.) and appropriate installation and application. 4. Overcurrent and short circuit protection requirements. F. Specific project installation requirements as per drawings, specifications and Project Engineer's communication. G. Clean SPD units and flush mount covers and touch up with matching paint as necessary. SPDs and Flush Mount Plates with physical damage will not be accepted. H. Manufacturer or vendor shall provide technically qualified personnel as necessary to conduct review of SPD installation as needed to confirm proper installation of all SPDs. I. Manufacturer/vendor personnel performing site visit shall, as a minimum: 1. Be qualified to evaluate installation. 2. Be "Qualified" as per OSHA requirements. 3. Have appropriate Electrical Personal Protective Equipment as per state and federal OSHA requirements and NFPA 70E. 4. Have appropriate electrical safety training on arc flash, arc blast and electrical shock hazards. 5. Have, and follow a written electrical safety program based on state and federal OSHA requirements and NFPA 70E. J. It is responsibility of manufacturer/vendor to provide appropriate training, procedures, equipment, etc. as necessary to help ensure workers safety. Project Engineer is not responsible for minimum safety requirements, safety review or safety planning for manufacturer/vendor personnel. 26 4313- 6 Surge Protective Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 4313 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 K. Contractor shall contact manufacturer/vendor to arrange for inspection of SPD installation, and shall submit written documentation of manufacturer/vendor inspection (including meeting minutes listing; attendees, training dates, inspection report, noted deficiencies, additional subjects covered, etc.)to Project Engineer within 15 business days of inspection date. Inspection shall review and document installation by physical location, including: 1. Mounting of SPDs and Flush Mount Kits (where applicable). 2. Proper installation of SPD leads for minimal let through voltage. 3. SPD ratings (i.e. voltage, peak surge current, etc.) and appropriate installation and application. 4. Overcurrent& short circuit protection requirements. 5. Compliance with project installation requirements as noted in specifications, one- line drawing details and specific written communication of special installation requirement provided by Project Engineer. L. Project Engineer or their appointed representative, may also perform inspection of the installed SPDs. Engineer reserves the right to document installation deficiencies and require additional corrections to the installation as necessary to comply with manufacturer installation requirements, project requirements and specifications. M. Use a low impedance cable assembly at locations where more than 30" of conductor is required to connect the SPD to a circuit breaker. 1. Acceptable manufacturer: Current Technology HPI Series or equivalent. N. A final installation report shall be submitted to Project Engineer as part of project operations and maintenance documentation. Final installation report shall include inspection documentation and documentation confirming correction of all noted installation deficiencies. 3.06 SERVICE ENTRANCE A. Service Entrance Installation Requirements: 1. One primary suppressor at each utility service entrance to the facility or as indicated on the drawings. 2. Suppressors shall be connected to properly rated disconnect with overcurrent and short circuit protective device connected on the load side of the service entrance disconnecting means in accordance with NEC requirements and manufacturer installation instructions. 3. Conductors between suppressor and point of attachment shall be kept as short and straight as possible and shall be twisted together. 4. Suppressor's ground shall be bonded to enclosure frame and the service entrance ground bus, and conduit between the SPD and the switchboard must provide secure electrical/mechanical connections. 5. SPD shall be NRTL labeled with at 200 kA Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR). Fuse ratings shall not be considered in lieu of demonstrated withstand testing of SPD, per NEC 285.6. 6. SPD shall be NRTL labeled as Type 1 or Type 2 as necessary for installation (verifiable at NRTL website). 7. All field applied devices require the NRTL Listing with appropriate label reflecting such listing. 26 4313- 7 Surge Protective Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 4313 - 8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.07 SECONDARY SUPPRESSORS FOR DISTRIBUTION & BRANCH PANELS A. Distribution Centers, and Branch Panel applications: 1. Install one secondary suppressor at each Distribution Panel, and Branch Panel/Sub-Panel location or as indicated on the drawings. 2. Suppressor shall be connected to properly rated disconnect with overcurrent and short circuit protective device in accordance with NEC requirements and manufacturers installation instructions. 3. The SPD shall not limit the use of feed through lugs, sub-feed lugs and sub-feed breaker options. Where feed through lugs, bus tap or circuit breaker is used to feed adjacent sub-panel, SPD shall be installed at first panel served by feeder and conductor terminations between primary panel and adjacent panel shall be installed in such a manner to keep wiring as short as possible (i.e. use bottom lug on output of panel and bottom lugs on input of second panel). 4. Conductors between suppressor and point of attachment shall be kept as short and straight as possible and shall be grouped and twisted together. Mount the SPD directly adjacent to the circuit breaker closest to the neutral bus, so the maximum length of connecting wiring shall not exceed 18 inches for all leads without written permission of the Engineer. 5. Suppressor's ground shall be bonded to enclosure frame and the equipment ground bus, and the electrical fitting between the SPD and the switchboard must provide secure electrical/mechanical connections. 6. The electrical gear shall be capable of being re-energized upon removal of the SPD. 7. SPD shall be NRTL labeled as Type 1 or Type 2 (verifiable at NRTL website)as necessary for installation. 3.08 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 4313 26 4313- 8 Surge Protective Devices Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 5100 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 26 5100 LIGHTING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes interior and exterior luminaires, lamps, ballasts/drivers and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 260500, and 260510 apply to Work in this section. C. Comply with requirements in other specification sections for concrete used for embedding poles, pole foundations, and footings for exterior area luminaire poles, standards, and foundations. Pole bases included in this section. D. Where conflict occurs, the Luminaire (Light Fixture) Schedule shall take precedence. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC), including local amendments, as applicable. C. Comply with NEC and NEMA for installation and construction of luminaires. Components, Devices and Accessories shall be listed and labeled for intended use as defined in NEC, by a qualified testing agency and acceptable to the AHJ. Luminaires shall be UL listed and be labeled. D. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Provided by manufacturers' laboratories that are accredited under the National Volunteer Laboratory Accreditation Program for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. E. Each lamp type shall be of the same manufacturer. F.Each ballast type shall be of the same manufacturer. G. FM Global Compliance: Luminaires for hazardous locations shall be listed and labeled for indicated class and division of hazard by FM Global. H. Luminaires in damp or wet locations shall be listed for such use and labeled as either "Suitable for Damp Locations" or"Suitable for Wet Locations". 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of luminaire and appurtenance. 1. Submit product data for associated lamp, ballast(or driver)for each luminaire type. 2. Create a matrix encompassing all luminaire types with ballast and lamp type, including manufacturer name and part number(s). 3. Submit copy of individual and/or tandem warranties for luminaire, lamp and ballast (or driver), as applicable. 4. For solid state lamps: a. Provide IES LM-79 report. b. Provide IES TM-21 report. 26 5100- 1 Lighting Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 5100 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Provide Bin Coding System Chart, with appropriate target CCT reference line, identifying which bin corresponds to the lamps supplied to each luminaire. For luminaires with multiple solid state lamps, identify which bins shall be included for color mixing. C. Qualifications: Indicate manufacturer qualifications as identified in Part 2. D. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit dimensioned drawings of each type of luminaire. Submit in booklet form with separate sheet for each luminaire, assembled by luminaire "type" in alphabetical order with proposed luminaire and appurtenances clearly indicated on each sheet. 2. Submit support and hanging details for luminaires weighing more than 56 pounds and pendant hung luminaires requiring support design approved by the AHJ. 3. Submit copy of manufacturer installation instructions for each luminaire type. E. Test Reports: 1. Comply with commissioning requirements in Section 260810. 2. Perform field test reports. 3. Submit completed copy of reports at the time of substantial completion. Include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit documentation in accordance with Section 260500 and 260823 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Turn over to the Owner and obtain signed receipt. B. Include copy of transmittal(s) and receipt(s) in Operation and Maintenance Manual. C. Lamps: 1. Furnish five percent(but not less than one solid state lamp)of solid state lamps for each type used on the project that has replaceable components. D. Ballasts/Drivers: 1. Furnish two percent(but not less than one driver) of solid state drivers/power supplies for each type used on the project. E. Exit Signs: Furnish and install ten percent(but not less than one exit sign)of each type used on the project. For each exit sign, include rough-in and fifty feet of branch circuit raceway and wiring connected to a local (non-emergency or emergency) circuit, as appropriate or indicated by AHJ. Location of spare exit signs as required/directed by AHJ. 1.06 DEFINITIONS A. CU: Coefficient of utilization. B. HO: High output. C. IC: Insulation contact. D. Lamp: The complete light source package, including all associated components (base, pins, filament, outer bulb, solid state components, etc.)that make up a single unit. E. Light: Radiant energy sensed or seen. F. Light Fixture: Luminaire. 26 5100- 2 Lighting Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 5100 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 G. Lumens: Measured light output of lamp (or luminaire if using solid state lamping). H. Luminaire: A complete lighting unit consisting of a lamp, ballast(or driver)as required together with the parts designed to distribute the light and to position and protect the lamp, as well as the electrical parts required to generate the light. This may include the means to connect to a power supply. I. Rated Lamp Life: 1. Solid State lamps: L-70, the time after which 70% of the initial lumen output is maintained out of the respective luminaire. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Review luminaire types with respective ceiling type prior to ordering. Initiate a meeting with the ceiling installer and issue meeting minutes to the A/E. Inform A/E where mounting method conflict occurs. B. Review luminaire types with location of building insulation prior to ordering. Initiate a meeting with the insulation installer and issue meeting minutes to the A/E. Inform A/E where non-IC rated luminaires are in conflict with the building insulation. C. Review luminaire types with final millwork shop drawings. Initiate a meeting with the casework installer and issue meeting minutes to the A/E. Verify luminaires will fit where specified in or adjacent millwork prior to rough-in. D. Coordinate layout and installation of luminaires and associated support methods with all trades. E. Develop 3D shop drawings for coordination with other trades. Combine model with other trades for use during coordination meetings. 1. Meet the requirements indicated in Division 01. 2. Utilize Revit. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500—Warranty. B. Warranty period as indicated in Section 260500 shall establish minimum requirement, unless otherwise noted. C. Occupancy-Vacancy Sensors: 5 years. D. Solid State Lamps and Drivers: 5 years. E. Batteries (in luminaires or unit equipment): Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer shall repair or replace components of rechargeable batteries that do not comply with minimum Code required life, within 5 years. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMINAIRES A. Housing: Metal parts shall be free from burrs, sharp corners and edges. Sheet metal components shall be formed and shall not warp or sag. Luminaires shall be free of light leaks while also providing the required ventilation so as not to degrade the rated photometric performance and rated life of lamps and/or ballasts. Adjustable luminaires shall utilize positive locking devices to set aiming angle; luminaire shall be able to be relamped without affecting aiming angle. B. Lenses: Where utilized, acrylic plastic shall be 100% virgin acrylic, highly resistant to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat and ultraviolet radiation. Minimum thickness of 0.125 inches. 26 5100- 3 Lighting Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 5100 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Hardware: Finish ferrous mounting hardware and accessories to prevent corrosion and/or discoloration to any and all adjacent materials. Hardware for steel or aluminum luminaires shall be cadmium, or approved, plated. Hardware for stainless steel luminaires shall be stainless steel. Hardware for bronze luminaires shall be stainless steel or bronze. D. Reflecting Surfaces: The following minimum reflectance values shall be met: 1. White Surfaces: 85%. 2. Specular Surfaces: 90%. 3. Anodized Aluminum Surfaces: 93%. E. Latches: Latches for luminaire doors/louvers, where applicable, shall be spring type and shall operate freely and easily without excessive force. F. Wiring 1. Cords/cables between luminaire components shall have a minimum temperature rating of 105°C. 2. Cords/cables shall be fitted with appropriate strain relief connectors and/or weathertight entries, where required by application. 3. No internal wiring shall be visible from normal viewing angles. 4. Cords/cables to pendant luminaires shall match color of respective canopy. 5. Internal and/or factory wiring shall be a minimum size of 18 AWG. G. Installed Where Subject to Damage: Where luminaires are installed subject to physical damage and contain metal halide lamping, the luminaires shall consist of means of protection where the lamp is completely enclosed by glass or plastic/acrylic. If the lamp breaks, the glass shards shall not escape the luminaire and the lamp shall not emit ultraviolet light outside the luminaire. H. Solid State LED luminaires shall be on at least one of the following (or be pre-approved by the A/E): 1. U.S. Department of Energy Energy Star Qualified Luminaires Product List. 2. Designlights Consortium Qualified Products List(where applicable category exists)or Lighting Design Lab LED Qualified Luminaire and Tubular LED Lamp List. 2.02 LAMPS A. Refer to Luminaire (Light Fixture) Schedule for additional information. B. Notify and send A/E manufacturer's recommendations for lamp/ballast combination if different from products specified. C. Solid State: 1. LED: a. Manufacturers: 1) Minimum of 5 year history of producing and/or installing LEDs in North America. 2) Philips/Lumileds, Osram/Sylvania, General Electric, Cree, Nichia, Samsung, or approved. b. Must be on U.S. Department of Energy Energy Star Qualified Lamps Product List. C. Must be on the Lighting Design Lab's LED Qualified Lamp List. d. Replaceable modules shall be designed to Zhaga Consortium standards. e. 4,000 K CCT, unless otherwise noted. f. Minimum CRI of 90. 26 5100-4 Lighting Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 5100 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 g. Lamps shall not use any energy when `off'. h. CCT throughout life of lamp shall be within +/-200 K of respective specified value. 2. Organic LED lamps are not allowed. 2.03 DRIVERS A. Refer to Luminaire (Light Fixture) Schedule for additional information. B. Notify and send A/E manufacturer's recommendations for lamp/ballast combination if different from products specified. C. Quantities: For continuous linear light fixtures provide quantity of ballasts/drivers required to support the circuiting and control shown on the contract documents. 1. Daylight zones: Provide drivers for control within daylight zones for linear fixtures that are mounted in any portion of a daylight zone. If 50% or more of a control length is in a daylight zone it shall be controlled within that zone. 2. For linear lengths that cross primary/secondary zones control with the more stringent daylight zone. 3. Control Length: Maximum eight foot, minimum four foot. D. Solid State Drivers/Power Supplies: 1. Manufacturers: a. Minimum of 5-year history of producing and/or installing drivers in North America. b. Philips/Advance, Osram Sylvania, General Electric, Universal, Thomas Research, or approved. 2. When not in the luminaire, the housing shall be plenum rated. 3. Poke-in wire trap connectors or integral leads color coded per ANSI C82.11. 4. Withstand +/- 10% voltage fluctuation with no compromise of performance or life cycle. 5. +/- 5% output across published load range. 6. 120-277 Volt rating. 7. PF greater than 0.9, at specified voltage. 8. Minimum efficiency of 70% at rated full load. 9. Maximum case temperature rating of 70°C. 10. THD less than 20%. 11. Class A sound rating. 12. Minimum operating temperature of-20°F. 13. Shall tolerate sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions without damage and without need for external overcurrent protection. 14. No PCB allowed. 15. Comply with ANSI/IEEE C62.41.1 & C62.41.2, Category A for transient protection. 16. Dimmable, as specified in the Luminaire (Light Fixture) Schedule. 2.04 EGRESS A. UL 924 Listed. B. Battery Packs (Emergency Ballasts) in General Luminaires: 1. Manufacturers: Philips/Bodine, Iota Engineering, or approved. a. Solid State driver assemblies with integrated components are allowed. 26 5100- 5 Lighting Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 5100 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Must fit inside luminaire's ballast compartment. In case of remote ballast installation, battery pack shall be installed adjacent ballast and marked accordingly on the record drawings (as-builts). 3. Must initiate within 3-10 seconds of power failure and allow for 90 minutes of operation. 4. Compatible with 1-lamp, 2-lamp, 3-lamp, 4-lamp and dimming ballasts. 5. Minimum 1,100 lumens of output for linear fluorescent lamps and 750 lumens for compact fluorescent lamps. 6. Allow for multi-lamp operation. 7. 120/277 Volt rating. 8. End-of-lamp-life compatible. 9. Damp listed. 10. High temperature, maintenance-free nickel-cadmium sealed battery, minimum 7 years of operation. 11. Self-testing, every 30 days, without horn. Indicator light shall flash if problem is detected. 12. Must automatically switch back to normal power once available. 13. Test switch, located inside the luminaire if possible; if not possible, notify A/E and locate switch and indicator light per A/E direction prior to rough-in. 2.05 FIRE RATED COVERS A. Description: Cone or Dome shaped, intumescent material, fire rated cover for use with IC-Rated and non-IC-rated recessed for LED light fixtures. Tested to ASTM E119. Refer to architectural drawings for fire rating requirements 1. Size: Provide as required for each type of light fixture indicated within the light fixture schedule. 2. Rating: UL certified to maintain fire rating of 2-hour rating for floor/ceiling L500, D500, G500, D200, G200, J200, and L200 assemblies and 1-hour fire-rated P200 and P500 assemblies. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 LEED REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 3329.02 Sustainable Design Reporting—LEED v4 for additional information relating to LEED requirements. 1. Energy &Atmosphere— Fundamental Building Commissioning and Verification: Comply with provisions of section 01 9113. 2. Energy &Atmosphere— Enhanced Commissioning: Comply with provisions of 01 9113. 3.02 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. Work that requires modification due to unsatisfactory conditions, deemed by the A/E, shall be corrected and completed to the satisfaction of the A/E at no additional cost to the contract. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. 26 5100- 6 Lighting Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 5100 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.04 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Temporary Lighting for Construction Use: Contractor shall provide lighting used during the construction period for construction tasks. Permanent luminaires that are part of the project may not be utilized for this use. C. Remote Mounting of Ballasts (where indicated on the drawings and/or approved by the A/E): Distance between the remote ballast and respective luminaire shall not exceed distance recommended by the ballast manufacturer. If recommended distance conflicts with the drawings, notify the A/E prior to rough-in. 3.05 INTERIOR LUMINAIRE INSTALLATION A. Install luminaires at locations and heights as indicated on the Drawings, in accordance with luminaire manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC, NESC, NECA's "Standards of Installation", NEMA standards, and recognized industry practices to ensure that luminaires fulfill requirements. Luminaires shall be installed exactly level, secure and plumb with respective building lines. Wall mount and ceiling mount luminaires shall be securely and tightly attached to their respective mounting surface. Lay-in luminaires shall sit flush with grid ceiling system, doors shall swing completely open in the designed direction. B. Luminaire Supports: 1. General: Comply with IBC and NEC (including all local amendments) as interpreted by AHJ for luminaires mounted in suspended ceilings. Lay-in and pendant luminaires shall not be supported by lay-in suspended grid ceiling system and must be attached to structure. 2. Support Requirements: a. Include flexible ball joint hangers for pendant and stem hung luminaires at designated points of support. b. Equip hooks used to hang luminaires with safety latches. Include supports, brackets, clips, screws and miscellaneous items for mounting luminaires. C. Include locking catches, screws, safety chain(s)or safety cable(s)for detachable luminaire parts, luminous ceiling accessories, louvers, diffusers, lenses and reflectors. 3. Seismic Restraints: a. For Luminaires Weighing Less than 10 Pounds: Install (1) slack No. 12 gauge hanger wire from luminaire to structure above. b. For Luminaires Weighing 10 to 56 Pounds: Install (2) independent slack No. 12 gauge hanger wires from opposite corners of luminaire to structure above. C. For Luminaires Weighing More than 56 Pounds: Support directly from the structure above by hangers approved by the AHJ. Comply with requirements in Section 260548 for seismic restraints. d. For Pendant Hung Luminaires: Support directly from structure with No. 9 gauge hanger wire or alternate support without using ceiling suspension 26 5100- 7 Lighting Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 5100 - 8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 system for direct support approved by the AHJ. Comply with requirements in Section 260548 for seismic restraints. C. Fire Rated Assemblies: Provide gypsum board protection acceptable to the AHJ to ensure fire rating of ceiling or wall in which luminaires are installed. Maintain manufacturer's recommended ventilation requirements. D. Provide backing in wall cavity to reinforce support for wall mounted luminaires. E. Luminaire Contact with Building Insulation: When building insulation is installed at a location where contact with luminaires is unavoidable, IC-Rated luminaires shall be utilized. Where insulation is present and an approved IC-Rated luminaire is not available, provide a gypsum board assembly around the luminaire, maintaining all recommended ventilation requirements, to separate luminaire from adjacent insulation. F. Protect installed luminaires from damage during construction period through date of substantial completion. Damaged luminaires, including associated components, shall be replaced in their entirety. G. Installed in a Shower or Wet Location: If luminaires have exposed metal parts that are grounded, respective circuit breakers shall be GFCI. If luminaires have exposed metal parts that are not grounded, they shall not be utilized and an approved luminaire without exposed metal parts shall be provided. Inform A/E prior to ordering luminaires. H. Exit Signs: Verify color of lettering with AHJ prior to ordering. 3.06 EXTERIOR LUMINAIRE INSTALLATION A. Coordinate with work of other trades as necessary to properly interface installation of exterior lighting. B. Install lighting poles and standards plumb on concrete pole bases as indicated on the Drawings with anchor bolts and reinforcing bars. Coordinate anchor bolt size, pattern and orientation prior to base installation. Coordinate size and location of bases prior to installation. Hand rub exposed concrete to uniform, smooth finish. Support during backfilling and anchoring to foundations. Comply with requirements in Section 260510 for excavation and backfilling. Refer to Contract Drawings for additional information. C. Fuses for Exterior Pole-Mount Luminaires: Include fuses in each phase conductor, sized for 1-1/2 times maximum full load ballast current served by each conductor, Bussmann KTK or approved. Do not exceed circuit overcurrent protective device rating. Include fuse holder at handhole or in base junction box with "breakaway" receptacles for conductors running to top of poles, Bussman HEB or approved. Include fuse blanks in neutral conductors. D. Install with sufficient space for hand access and cable entrance holes for installation of underground cabling. Make splices in pole or pole base using Scotchcast 400 resin for watertight connections. E. Wall Mount: Exterior building mount luminaires shall coordinate/align with building elements. Luminaires and respective mounting and rough-in means shall align in the center of building elements and shall not split unevenly across multiple elements. Notify A/E of conflicts prior to rough-in. 3.07 FIRE RATED COVERS A. Install cover over each light fixture installed in a rated assembly and install per manufacturer requirements to ensure rating is maintained. 26 5100- 8 Lighting Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 26 5100 - 9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Coordinate with General Contractor and other trades as necessary for timing of installation. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Upon completion of installation of luminaires and electrical circuitry, energize circuitry and demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Repair malfunctioning units on site, then retest to demonstrate compliance. If not possible to repair on site, remove and provide new units and retest. Include copy of test reports in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. B. Clean luminaires in their entirety of dirt and debris upon completion of installation, including but not limited to housing, lens(es), lamp(s) and louver(s)within (7) days of substantial completion. C. At Substantial Completion, remove and provide new lamps in interior and exterior luminaires which are observed to be noticeably dimmed due to Contractor's use and testing, as judged by the A/E. 3.09 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 26 5100 26 5100- 9 Lighting Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 0000 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 27 0000 COMMUNICATIONS WORK SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 26 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The following sections apply to Work in this Division: 1. Section 260500 General Electrical Provisions 2. Section 260510 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 3. Section 260511 Electrical Connections for Equipment 4. Section 260512 Electrical Demolition 5. Section 260519 Wire and Cables 6. Section 260527 Telecommunications Grounding System 7. Section 260529 Supporting Devices 8. Section 260533 Raceway Systems 9. Section 260534 Outlet Boxes 10. Section 260535 Floor Outlet Boxes 11. Section 260536 Cable Trays 12. Section 260536 Underground Vaults and Raceways 13. Section 260548 Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control for Electrical Systems 14. Section 260553 Electrical Identification 15. Section 260534 Outlet Boxes PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 27 0000 27 0000- 1 Communications Work Specified in Division 26 Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 27 1100 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes the following: 1. Structured Cabling System supporting various low-voltage systems 2. Telecommunications Rooms and Spaces 3. Grounding and Bonding Infrastructure 4. Manufacturer Certification B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01 and 260500 sections apply to Work in this section. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Sections 1. 260500—General Electrical Provisions 2. 260510— Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 3. 260527—Telecommunications Grounding System 4. 260533— Raceway Systems 5. 260534—Outlet Boxes 6. 260535— Floor Outlet Boxes 7. 260536—Cable Trays 8. 260543— Underground Vaults and Raceways 9. 282300— IP Security Video System 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Installation Standards: Comply with following standards for cable and equipment installations. Publications shall be latest issue and addenda: a. NEC, National Electric Code. b. NESC, National Electric Safety Code. C. TIA-568.0-D, Generic Telecommunications Cabling for Customer Premises. d. TIA-568-C.1, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard Part 1: General Requirements. e. TIA-568-C.2, Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components Standards. f. TIA-568.3-D, Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standards. g. TIA-569-D, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. h. TIA-606-B, Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of Commercial Building. i. TIA-607-C Generic Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding (Earthing) For Customer Premises. j. TIA-758-13, Customer Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Cabling Standard. 27 1100- 1 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 k. TIA-862-B, Structured Cabling Infrastructure for Intelligent Building Systems. I. TIA-526-7, Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Single-Mode Fiber Cable Plant—OFSTP-7. M. IEEE 802.3-2000. Ethernet Standard. n. BICSI Information Transport Systems Installation Methods Manual. o. BICSI Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual. 2. Contractor shall have read the above documents and shall be familiar with the requirements that pertain to this installation. The documents may be obtained from: a. Global Engineering Documents, 15 Inverness Way East, Englewood, CO, 80112-5776, 800-854-7179, http://global.ihs.com/ b. BICSI, 8610 Hidden River Parkway, Tampa, FL, 33637, 800-242-7405, www.bicsi.org 3. Materials: a. UL listed and labeled. Install label to be visible. b. Equipment: Regularly catalogued items of manufacturer and supplied as complete unit in accordance with manufacturer's standard specifications with optional items required for proper installation unless otherwise noted in this section. C. Telecommunications connectivity and cabling independently tested to meet current TIA standards. C. Qualifications: 1. Contractor performing work specified in this section is required to have special skills obtained by education, experience, or both. 2. Contractors bidding work specified herein shall have a minimum of seven years of experience in the construction, testing, and servicing of systems of the type and magnitude specified in this section. 3. Contractor shall be a certified installer of the telecommunications system and pre-qualified by the manufacturer for the purpose of offering the Applications Assurance warranty at the time of bid. 4. Contractor shall have direct access to the tools and test equipment required to complete the Work at the time of bid. 5. Project manager(in office)and superintendent (field) shall have 5 years of experience at project manager and superintendent levels, respectively, on completed telecommunications projects of like magnitude and complexity as to this project. Project manager shall be certified as a Registered Communications Distribution Designer(RCDD)through Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI). a. RCDD shall be a direct employee of the company bidding on said Work. 6. Field technicians who will work independently at any given time during the project on the structured cabling system shall have a minimum of 3 years' experience on completed telecommunications projects of like magnitude and complexity as to this project. Field technicians working at job site shall have completed a copper technician installation training class conducted by the warranting manufacturer or BICSI. 27 1100- 2 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 7. Field technicians who will work independently at any given time during the project on the optical fiber systems shall have a minimum of 3 years' experience on completed telecommunications projects of like magnitude and complexity as to this project. Field technicians working at the job site shall have completed an optical fiber technician installation training class conducted by the warranting manufacturer or BICSI. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. 1. Submit complete at one time. Partial product submittals are not acceptable and will be returned unreviewed. B. Pre-Construction Submittal: 1. Labeling a. Include sample labeling for each of the following telecommunications infrastructure components: 1) Workstation device faceplate identification labeling. Include label per telecommunications room. 2) Rack mount fiber cabinets for horizontal terminations. 3) Optical fiber horizontal cabling identification tags. 2. Product Data a. Submit with data arranged under basic categories, such as, certifications, personnel training, manufacturer warranty, products, test equipment and calibration, and similar items. Include index with the submittals. b. Organize by specification infrastructure component sections described in Part 1 and Part 2 of this section. C. Submit Product Data information sheets for coordination with item and model number. d. Where more than one product is indicated on a page, mark product with arrow or by other means to identify exact product or products being submitted by specific part number. e. Submit network test equipment proof of calibration by manufacturer. f. Submit resumes and certifications of technicians and project manager who will support this project. Certifications shall include: 1) Manufacturer's certification to provide warranty 2) RCDD certification 3) Copper and optical fiber installation certification 4) Approved manufacturer classes satisfactorily completed 3. Shop Drawings a. Submit Shop Drawings of telecommunications cabling systems. b. Coordinate with other trades prior to submittal and start of installation. C. Show exact routing of horizontal cabling for workstation distribution throughout building, and intrabuilding and interbuilding copper and optical fiber backbone cabling. d. Label workstation devices to identify cabling being terminated in telecommunications rooms and spaces. 27 1100- 3 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 e. Prepare shop drawings using AutoCAD/Revit software or as approved by the Owner. Submit shop drawings full size in PDF format. 1) Project was created in Revit, AutoCAD files shall be extracted from the Revit model by the Contractor. C. Test Reports: 1. Prepare test reports and submit to the Owner's Representative an electronic copy of the detailed test results, including overall test summary report. 2. Include a copy of the detailed test reports on flash drive in each Operation and Maintenance Manual. 3. Include a hard copy of the summary test sheets in each Operation and Maintenance Manual. 4. Submit electronic copies in PDF and LinkWare software formats, including LinkWare reader software. D. Record Drawings: 1. Keep complete set of telecommunications drawings in job-site office updated within 3 days to show actual installation of cabling and equipment during construction. 2. Use of this set of drawings for recording as-built conditions. 3. Indicate where material, equipment, and system component are installed differently from that indicated on the Contract Drawings, clearly and neatly using ink or indelible pencil in color red during construction. 4. Prepare electronic set of Record Drawings, incorporating changes during construction. Submit Record Drawings to the Owner's Representative for review and acceptance. 5. Submit Record Drawings using latest version of AutoCAD software or as approved by the Owner, and in PDF format. Request(from architect)final architectural background drawing files that incorporate floor plan and program spaces numbering modifications. 6. AutoCAD drawings shall be e-transmitted to include backgrounds, title blocks and other associated files. 7. Submit electronic copy of Record Drawings in full-size PDF and AutoCAD format, on flash drive. E. Project Closeout: 1. Submit closeout documentation to the Owner's Representative and Architect under provisions of Division 01, Section 260500 and this section. 2. Provide project closeout documentation including but not limited to; test result documentation, Record Drawings, manufacturer warranty certificates and Operation and Maintenance manuals. 1.05 DEFINITIONS Accessible ceiling: An area above acoustical ceiling tiles/grid (or lay-in type ceilings)with a readily accessible space. Gypboard ceilings with access hatches and open to structure spaces shall not be considered accessible ceilings Administration: Methodology defining the documentation requirements of a cabling system and its containment, the labeling of functional elements, and the process by which moves, additions, and changes are recorded Bonding: Permanent joining of metallic parts to form an electrically conductive path that will ensure electrical continuity and the capacity to conduct safely any current likely to be imposed 27 1100-4 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 Cable: An assembly of one or more insulated conductors or optical fibers within an enveloping sheath Cable run: Length of installed media, which may include other components along its path Cabling: System of cables, cords, and connecting hardware Channel: End-to-end transmission path between 2 points at which application-specific equipment is connected including test cords and patch cords for a maximum total distance of 328 feet (100 meters) Connecting hardware: Device, or combination of devices, used to connect cables or cable elements Consolidation point: Location for interconnection between horizontal cables extending from building pathways and horizontal cables extending into furniture pathways Cross-connection: Connection scheme between cabling runs, subsystems, and equipment using patch cords or jumpers that attach to connecting hardware on each end Demarcation point: Point where operational control or ownership changes Equipment room: Environmentally controlled centralized space for telecommunications equipment that usually houses a main or intermediate cross-connect Ground: Conducting connection, whether intentional or accidental, between an electrical circuit or equipment and the earth, or to some conducting body that serves in place of earth Horizontal cabling: Distribution media that connects the telecommunications outlet/connector at the work area and the first piece of connecting hardware in the horizontal cross-connect Horizontal cross-connect: Group of connectors that allows equipment and backbone cabling to be cross-connected with patch cords or jumpers Infrastructure (telecommunications): Collection of those telecommunications components, excluding equipment, that together provides basic support for the distribution of information within a building or campus Local area network(LAN): Standard industry term for a network installation that serves a relatively small area (for example, structured cabling installation serving a building) Main cross-connect: Cross-connect normally located in the (main) equipment room for cross-connection and interconnection of entrance cables, first-level backbone cables, and equipment cables Metropolitan area network (MAN): Data communications network that covers an area larger than a campus area and smaller than a wide area network Modular jack: Female telecommunications connector that may be keyed or unkeyed and may have 6 or 8 contact positions Outlet/connector(telecommunications): Connecting device in the work area on which a horizontal cable or outlet cable terminates Patch cord: Length of cable with connectors on both ends used to join telecommunications circuits/links at the cross-connect Patch panel: Connecting hardware system that facilitates cable terminations and cabling administration using patch cords 27 1100- 5 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 Pathway: Sequence of connections that provides connectivity between devices on a network or between networks on an internetwork; the vertical and horizontal route of the telecommunications cable; a facility for the placement of telecommunications cabling Permanent link: Test configuration for link excluding test cords and patch cords for maximum total distance of 295 feet(90 meters) Plenum: Compartment or chamber to which one or more air ducts are connected and that forms part of the air distribution system Telecommunications Room: Enclosed architectural space for housing telecommunications equipment, cable terminations, and cross-connect cabling Storage Area Network(SAN): Specialized high-speed network dedicated to the transport of data between storage devices and servers Star topology: Network topology in which services are distributed from or through a central point Telecommunications: Transmission, emission, and reception of signs, signals, writings, images, and sounds, that is information of any nature by cable, radio, optical, or other electromagnetic systems Unshielded twisted pair(UTP): Cable made up of one or more pairs of twisted copper conductors with no metallic shielding; the entire assembly is covered with an insulating sheath (cable jacket) Wireless access point: Stand-alone hardware device or computer wireless adapter with software that acts as a wireless communication hub for users of wireless devices to connect with each other and to bridge those devices to the cabled portion of the network Wide area network (WAN): Data communications system that uses telecommunications circuits to link LANs that are distributed over large geographic distances Wireless local area network(WLAN): Data communications system that uses using radio frequency technology, such networks transmit and receive data over the air, minimizing the need for wired connections; they combine data connectivity with user mobility Work area (workstation): Building space where occupants interact with telecommunications terminal equipment Work area cable (cord): Cable connecting the telecommunications outlet/connector to the terminal equipment 1.06 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETINGS A. Telecommunications subcontractor shall attend the pre-construction meeting as required by the Contractor or the Owner's Representative. B. Provide a schedule, indicating installation tasks, time duration for each task and coordination items to be discussed 5 days prior to the meeting, to the Contractor and to the Owner's Representative. 1.07 MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION A. Structured cabling system shall be covered by an Extended Product and Application Assurance Warranty. 1. Warranty shall cover passive telecommunications infrastructure copper and optical fiber connectivity and cabling products and performance from the date of installation registration and will support existing or future applications. 27 1100- 6 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Approved manufacturer solution partner and warranty is: a. CommScope Uniprise—25-year warranty 3. Installation practices shall follow the installation guidelines and procedures specified in the manufacturer certified installer training course and current TIA standards. 4. Submit closeout documentation in accordance with the manufacturer warranty requirements to comply for acceptance of warranty. B. Provide the original hard copy certificate for the Application Assurance Warranty to the Owner. 1.08 MATERIAL PROVISIONS A. Deliver materials to the Owner under provisions of this section. B. Contractor shall be responsible to provide a material transmittal for all materials being provided to the Owner as described herein and that are not permanently installed. Transmittal shall be signed by the Owner receiving the materials. Transmittal shall be included as part of the O&M manuals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Substitutions: The substitution of products shall not be considered under the terms and conditions of this Section. 2.02 COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING A. Augmented Category 6 UTP cabling for interior spaces: 1. Horizontal cables shall be constructed from 23 AWG insulated solid bare copper conductors formed into four individually twisted pairs with three monofilaments. 2. Conductors shall have an impedance of 100Q±10% /100m. 3. Cable performance shall be greater than the minimum compliant attributes by TIA-568-C standard. NEXT and PSNEXT shall be a minimum of 3.OdB/4.OdB and ACRF and PSACRF shall be a minimum of 8.OdB above the minimum required values. 4. Cables shall meet the most current technical characteristics of TIA-568-C standard. a. Wire map b. Length C. Insertion loss (Attenuation)45.3dB/100m @ 500MHz d. Near-end crosstalk (NEXT) loss 33.8dB/100m @ 500MHz e. Attenuation to crosstalk ratio far-end (ACRF) 17.8dB/100m @ 500 MHz f. Minimum power sum alien near end crosstalk (PS-ANEXT) Loss 62.OdB @ 500MHz g. Minimum power sum attenuation to alien crosstalk ratio far-end (PS- AACRF) Loss 34.2 @ 500MHz h. Return loss (RL) 15.2dB/100m @ 500MHz i. Propagation delay(PD) 70% nom j. Delay skew(DS)45ns/100m max 5. Cables shall be NFPA 262 CMP (plenum) rated unless otherwise noted with a maximum cable diameter 0.250 inches. a. Manufacturer CommScope: 27 1100- 7 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1) Yellow plenum rated, Part No. 760105957 12091 B YEL C6A 4/23 U/UTP R1000 B. Category 6A UTP indoor/outdoor cabling for underground and exterior spaces: 1. Horizontal cables shall be constructed from 23 AWG insulated solid bare copper conductors formed into four individually twisted pairs with a crossfiller center spline and enclosed by a UV resistant polyethylene in the color black. Cable shall contain a gel-filled water-resistant flooding compound. 2. Cable diameter shall not exceed 0.25 inches. 3. Conductors shall have an impedance of 100Q±10% / 100m. 4. Cables shall meet the most current technical characteristics of TIA-568-C standard. a. Wire map b. Length C. Insertion loss (Attenuation) 31.1dB/100m @ 250MHz d. Near-end crosstalk (NEXT) loss 40.3dB/100m @ 250MHz e. Attenuation to crosstalk ratio far-end (ACRF) 9.3dB/100m @ 250 MHz f. Minimum power sum alien near end crosstalk (PS-ANEXT) Loss 56.5dB @ 250MHz g. Minimum power sum attenuation to alien crosstalk ratio far-end (PS- AACRF) Loss 30.2 @ 250MHz h. Return loss (RL) 22.20dB/100m @ 250MHz i. Propagation delay (PD) 67% nom j. Delay skew(DS)45ns/100m max 5. Cabling shall be utilized per the NEC for use where pathways are routed within or below building slabs and foundations, in outside plant underground pathways and for aerial applications. a. Manufacturer CommScope, Part No. 874036404/10 1 CS44P-10 BILK C6A 4/23 U/UTP RL 1 KFT C. Category 6 UTP cabling for interior spaces: 1. Horizontal cables shall be constructed from 23 AWG insulated solid bare copper conductors formed into four individually twisted pairs with a crossfiller center spline. 2. Conductors shall have an impedance of 100Q f10% /100m. 3. Cables shall meet the most current technical characteristics of TIA-568-C standard. a. Wire map b. Length C. Insertion loss (Attenuation) 32.6dB/100m @ 250MHz d. Near-end crosstalk (NEXT) loss 43.3dB/100m @ 250MHz e. Attenuation to crosstalk ratio far-end (ACRF) 24.8dB/100m @ 250 MHz f. Power sum Attenuation to crosstalk ration far-end (PSACRF) 21.8dB/100m @ 250MHz g. Power sum-near-end crosstalk (PS-NEXT)41.3dB/100m @ 250MHz h. Return loss (RL) 20.5dB/100m @ 250MHz i. Propagation delay(PD) (CMP) 72% nom, (CMR) 68% nom j. Delay skew(DS)45ns/100m max k. Balance (LCL/TCL)27.OdB/100m @ 200MHz I. Balance (EL-TCTL) 9.0dB/100m @ 200MHz 27 1100- 8 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 4. Cables shall be NFPA 262 CMP (plenum) rated as specified herein, unless otherwise noted. Cable diameter shall not exceed 0.23 inches. a. Manufacturer CommScope: 1) Blue plenum rated, Part No. 700210081 12071 E BLU C6 4/23 U/UTP R1000 (Workstation) 2) White plenum rated, Part No. 700210032 12071 E WHT C6 4/23 U/UTP R1000 (IP Camera) D. Category 6 UTP UL Listed cabling rated for indoor/outdoor applications: 1. Cabling shall be utilized per the NEC for use where pathways are routed within or below building slabs and foundations. 2. Horizontal cables shall be constructed from 23 AWG PO (non-plenum) insulated solid bare copper conductors formed into four individually twisted pairs with a core separator. 3. Cable diameter shall not exceed 0.25 inches. 4. Conductors shall have an impedance of 100n±10% /100m. 5. Cables shall meet the most current technical characteristics of TIA-568-C standard. a. Wire map b. Length C. Insertion loss (Attenuation) 32.6dB/100m @ 250MHz d. Near-end crosstalk (NEXT) loss 43.3dB/100m @ 250MHz e. Attenuation to crosstalk ratio (ACR) 10.7dB/100m @ 250MHz f. Power sum attenuation to crosstalk ratio (PS-ACR) 8.7dB/100m @ 250MHz g. Power sum-near-end crosstalk(PS-NEXT)41.3dB/100m @ 250MHz h. Return loss (RL) 17.3dB/100m @ 250MHz i. Delay skew(DS) 35ns/100m max 6. Cabling shall be utilized per the NEC for use where pathways are routed within or below building slabs and foundations, in outside plant underground pathways and for aerial applications. a. Manufacturer CommScope, Part No. 8740404/10 1 CS34P-10 WHT C6 4/23 U/UTP RL 1 KFT 2.03 OPTICAL FIBER HORIZONTAL CABLING A. Horizontal singlemode optical fiber backbone cabling shall be indoor/outdoor rated tight buffer cable utilizing a dry water blocking system with 900 µm buffered fibers surrounded by FGE/aramid yarns. 1. Singlemode optical fiber shall be Class IVa dispersion-unshifted per EIA/TIA- 492CAAB secondary coating diameter of 242 µm. Zero dispersion wavelength shall be between 1300 nm and 1324 nm. 2. Nominal mode field diameter shall be 9.2 µm with a tolerance of+/-0.5 µm at 1310 nm. 3. Singlemode optical fiber shall meet the following performance specifications. a. Maximum Attenuation: 0.7 dB/km @ 1310/1550 nm b. Transmission distance: 1 GbE>_ 5 km @ 1310 nm C. Cutoff Wavelength: <1279 nm when measured in accordance with EIA/TIA-455-170 or EIA/TIA-455-80. Distance versus bandwidth shall be using a laser transmitter operating at a 1310 nm wavelength. d. Operating Temperature: -20C to +75C 27 1100- 9 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 e. Storage Temperature: -40C to +85C 4. Cable shall have an overall black color jacket and shall meet the following standards: Telcordia GR-409; ICEA S-104-696; ICEA S-83-596; ETL and OFNR (riser) rated as specified herein, unless otherwise noted. a. Manufacturer CommScope, 2-strand riser rated, Part No. 760150490 1 Z- 002-DS-8W-FSUBK/D 2.04 INNERDUCT AND CABLE IDENTIFICATION TAGS A. Optical Fiber Flexible Plastic Innerduct: 1. Flexible duct/innerduct shall be UL 2024 with pull tape. Flexible duct/innerduct shall be provided for all optical fiber cabling routed in open cabling pathways and backbone riser applications. a. Manufacturer Carlon: 1) 1-inch plenum, Part No. CF4X1C-xxx (where xxx =feet) B. Copper and Optical Fiber Identification Tags: 1. Identification tags shall be self-laminating, write-on, rigid, non-adhesive, measuring 3.50" x 2.00", and with a vinyl material strength of 0.20". Attach the tags to the associated innerduct or directly to the cabling utilizing specified cable ties. The legend and nomenclature for optical fiber cabling shall read "CAUTION: FIBER OPTIC CABLE". Each tag shall have sub attribute lines for"TYPE" and "COUNT". The tag color for optical fiber cabling shall be yellow. a. Manufacturer ACP International: 1) Optical fiber cabling tags, Part No. VCT-200 (yellow) 2. Cable tie shall be dome-top; barb type with stainless steel locking barb, material shall be Nylon 6.6 with a maximum width of.141". a. Manufacturer Panduit or equal: 1) 6.1-inch length, Part No. BT1.5I-CO 2) 8.0-inch length, Part No. BT21-CO 2.05 TELECOMMUNICATIONS WORKSTATION DEVICES A. Category 6A Modules: 1. 8-Position 8-Conductor modules shall be Category 6A, dual reactance technology, non-keyed, universal T568A/B pin configuration standard and used to terminate Category 6A UTP cabling as specified herein. Module shall be high impact plastic housing, flame retardant UL 94V-0, modular contacts shall be beryllium copper, nickel plating under 50 micro-inches gold plating in contact area. IDC contacts shall be phosphor bronze, nickel under plating with tin lead over plate serving 22 through 24 AWG. a. Manufacturer CommScope: 1) Category 6A module: a) White, Part No. 760092429 MGS600-WH 2) Blank module in package of 10: a) White, Part No. 107067928 M20AP-262 B. Category 6 Modules: 1. 8-Position 8-Conductor modules shall be Category 6, dual reactance technology, non-keyed, universal T568A/B pin configuration standard and used to terminate Category 6 UTP cables as specified herein. Module shall be high impact plastic housing, flame retardant UL 94V-0, modular contacts shall be beryllium copper, nickel plating under 50 micro-inches gold plating in contact area. IDC contacts 27 1100- 10 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 11 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 shall be phosphor bronze, nickel under plating with tin lead over plate serving 22 through 24 AWG. a. Manufacturer CommScope: 1) Category 6 module: a) White, Part No. 700206725 MGS400-WH 2) Blank module in package of 10: a) White, Part No. 107067928 M20AP-262 C. Faceplates: 1. Faceplate shall be manufactured to hold 8P8C modules with recessed designation strips with clear plastic covers in accordance with the TIA-606-B labeling standard. a. Manufacturer CommScope: 1) 4-port thermoplastic: a) White, Part No. 108168543 1 M14L-262 2) 4-port stainless steel, Part No. D. Surface Mount Boxes: 1. Surface mount boxes shall be thermoplastic to hold 8P8C modules with recessed designation strips with clear plastic covers in accordance with the TIA-606-B labeling standard. a. Manufacturer CommScope: 1) 1-Port white, Part No. 107984015 M1 01 SMB-B-262 2) 2-Port white, Part No. 107984056 M 1 02SM B-B-262 2.06 TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM SUPPORT EQUIPMENT A. Fire Retardant Plywood Backboards: 1. Plywood backboards shall be 3/4"fire retardant ACX plywood to cover the walls as indicated in the Contract Drawings. Backboard shall bear a seal identifying the plywood is fire retardant. Backboard shall be painted white with the seal left exposed for permanent identification. B. Ladder Rack: 1. Ladder rack as specified herein shall be installed within the telecommunications room only. See Section 260536 for cable trays located outside for the telecommunications room. 2. Ladder rack shall be prefabricated metal structure consisting of longitudinal stringer side rails with cross members welded at 12-inch intervals on center. 3. Both stringer side rails and cross members shall be constructed of 3/8-inch x 1-1/2-inch x 0.065-inch wall rectangular steel tubing. No portion of the cross- member rungs shall protrude below the bottom or above the top plane of the side rails. 4. Additional hardware required to construct the designed runway shall be those recommended by the manufacturer. Mounting supports shall be based upon the building conditions of the space. Utilize wall or ceiling/structural support mounting methods only, ladder rack shall not be attached to or supported by the equipment rack. Provide seismic bracing of the ladder rack as required by the AHJ. Cable loading shall meet the loading requirements of NEMA 12C. a. Manufacturer CPI: 1) Universal cable runway, Part No. 10250-718 2) Cable runway radius bends: a) 90-degree outside vertical bend, Part No.10723-718 27 1100- 11 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 12 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 b) 90-degree inside vertical bend, Part No. 10724-718 3) Cable retaining posts, 6-inch, Part No. 10596-706 4) Protective end caps, 1-pair, Part No. 10642-001 5. Wall angle support kits shall be provided where cable runway terminates perpendicular to the wall. Wall angle support kits consist of one wall angle bracket, two j-bolts and attachment hardware. a. Manufacturer CPI, Part No. 11421-718 6. Triangular bracket support kits shall provide wall support for ladder tray. Supports shall be constructed of 1/4" x 2" aluminum bar and have a load rating of 100 lbs. Supports kits shall consist of one triangular bracket,j-bolts and attachment hardware. a. Manufacturer CPI: 1) Ladder rack width 12-18 inches, Part No. 11312-718 7. Threaded ceiling kits shall be provided where cable runway runs parallel to the wall and above equipment racks at intervals not to exceed 5-feet. Ceiling kits consists of one ceiling support bracket, one 5/8-inch x 6-foot-long threaded rod, one runway support bracket and four 5/8-inch hex nuts. Provide (2) kits at each support location. a. Manufacturer CPI: 1) Threaded ceiling kit, 1 kit, Part No. 11310-003 2) For locations where the ceiling height exceeds the 6-foot threaded rod length, provide 5/8-inch threaded rod coupling kit and 5/8-inch threaded rod. a) Threaded rod coupling kit, Part No. 10697-002 b) Threaded rod, 5/8-inch x 8-feet, Part No. 11440-005 c) Threaded rod, 5/8-inch x 4-feet, Part No. 11440-006 8. Radius drop out brackets shall be provided at all sections along the ladder rack where cabling enters and exits the horizontal pathway. Movable cross members shall be provided for radius drops where fixed rungs are not positioned directly over the side channels of the equipment rack. a. Manufacturer CPI: 1) Cross member radius drops, Part No. 12100-718 2) Stringer radius drops, Part No. 12101-711 3) Movable cross member cable runway, Part No. 12115-718 9. Splice kits shall be utilized to connect sections in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. a. Manufacturer CPI: 1) Butt-splice kit, Part No. 11301-701 2) Junction-splice kit, Part No. 11302-701 3) 45-degree runway splice kit, Part No. 11313-701 10. Ground straps shall be provided to bond cable runway sections at butt and junction splice points. Ground strap kit consists of 8-inches of#6AWG green insulated wire attached at both ends to two-hole compression lugs and attachment hardware. The cable runway shall be bonded to the telecommunications grounding and bonding system. a. Manufacturer CPI, Part No. 40164-001 11. Elevation kits shall be installed above racks or cabinets to provide additional space between the tops of the racks or cabinets and the ladder rack for radius 27 1100- 12 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 13 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 drop fittings and maintaining cable bend radius at transitions from horizontal to vertical. a. Manufacturer CPI: 1) Rack elevation kit, 4-6 inches, Part No. 10506-706 2) Rack to runway plate, 9-12 inches, Part No. 12730-712 C. Wall Mounted Cable Management 1. Flexible D-rings shall be provided for routing and managing cabling on backboards. a. Manufacturer Panduit, Part No. CMVDR2 2.07 TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM GROUNDING AND BONDING A. Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar(TMGB): 1. TMGB shall be a copper plate, 1/4"thick x 4"wide x 20" long conforming to BICSI and TIA standards. 2. TMGB shall be pre-drilled for bolts to secure bar to insulating standoffs. Mounting holes shall be 3/8" diameter spaced 5.75" apart. TMGB shall include insulators to isolate busbars from the wall or other mounting surfaces. 3. Busbar shall be pre-drilled with hole pattern to accommodate two-hole lugs as follows, (27) lugs with 5/8" hole centers and (3) lugs, 1" hole centers. a. Manufacturer CPI, Part No. 40153-020 B. Telecommunications Bonding Backbone (TBB): 1. Telecommunications Bonding Backbone conductors shall be 3/0 AWG stranded insulated copper conductor, unless otherwise noted. C. Pipe Clamps: 1. Copper UL listed grounding connector with pre-drilled lug pad allowing 2-hold compression terminal; the size of connector will be dictated by pipe size. a. Manufacturer Burndy, T&B, Thermoweld or approved equal. D. Communication Grounding Rods: 1. Copper-clad steel, 5/8"x 9' long. a. Manufacturer Burndy, T&B, Thermoweld or approved equal. E. Exothermic Welding: 1. Manufacturer Erico Cadweld or Thermoweld, appropriate fittings as required. F.C-type Compression Taps: 1. Bonding together two or more bonding backbones. a. Manufacturer Burndy, T&B, Thermoweld or approved equal. G. Cable Terminals: 1. Cable terminal shall be two-hole, non-insulated copper compression long barrel terminal, requiring 3/8" bolts on 1" and 5/8" centers. a. Manufacturer Burndy, T&B, Thermoweld or approved equal. 2.08 EQUIPMENT RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT A. 2-Post Free-Standing Equipment Racks: 1. Standard Channel Equipment Racks a. Equipment racks shall have 2.5-inch channel with standard EIA mounting hole pattern. b. Equipment racks shall be 7'-0" high with 45 rack units of mounting space. C. Equipment rack side rails shall have manufactured rack unit labeling on each side of the rails. 27 1100- 13 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 14 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1) Manufacturer CPI, Part No. 46353-703 B. 4-Post Free-Standing Equipment Racks: 1. 4-Post Equipment Racks a. Equipment racks shall have front and rear 3-inch channel spaced 29 inches apart with standard EIA mounting hole pattern. b. Equipment racks shall be T-0" high with 45 rack units of mounting space and 2000 lbs. loading capacity. C. Equipment rack side rails shall have manufactured rack unit labeling on each side of the rails. 1) Manufacturer CPI, Part No. 50120-703 C. Peripheral Devices for Equipment Racks: 1. Equipment racks shall be equipped with the following. Quantities shall be provided as indicated on the Contract Drawings. a. Manufacturer CPI: 1) 19-inch-wide equipment shelf, Part No. 40074-700 2) 19-inch-wide heavy-duty double sided, Part No. 11164-719 3) 19-inch-wide double sided vented shelf, Part No. 11359-719 4) Full size keyboard and mouse tray, Part No. 12193-701 5) Equipment mounting screws, package of 50, Part No. 40605-005 2. Equipment racks shall be anchored with a 1/2-inch anchor designed for concrete and shall include (4) 1/2-inch anchors, (4) 3-3/4-inch-long bolts, (4)washers and (4) nuts. a. Manufacturer CPI, Part No. 40604-003 or approved equal D. Rack Mount Cable Management: 1. Horizontal cable management panels shall distribution rings to secure coper and/or optical fiber patch cords. a. Manufacturer CPI: 1) 2RU panel with cover, Part No. 13930-702 2) 2RU panel with 6-inch rings, Part No. 1 1 564-71 9 2. Vertical cable management panels shall be T-0" high and have a hinged solid covered door on the front and back securing cabling and patch cords to be provided in between and at the end of each equipment rack as indicated on the Contract Drawings. a. Manufacturer CPI: 1) 6-inch wide double sided, Part No. 40098-703 2.09 POWER DISTRIBUTION A. Vertical Power Strips: 1. Vertical power strip shall be a 33-inch vertically mounted power strip with (14) NEMA 5-20 receptacles and NEMA 5-20 plug. a. Manufacturer CPI: 1) Power strip, Part No. 12850-705 2) 9.1-inch mounting bracket, Part No. 35700-701 (per power strip) 2.10 TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM CONNECTIVITY A. Patch Panels: 1. Augmented Category 6 Modular Patch Panels: a. Augmented Category 6, 8-Position 8-Conductor module, non-keyed, dual reactance technology, 110 type printed circuit board style patch panels, 27 1100- 14 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 15 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 universal T568A/B pin configuration standard and used to terminate UTP cables as specified herein. Patch panels shall be high density, 6-port modules, panel shall be16-gauge steel with black painted finish; module shall be high impact plastic housing, flame retardant UL 94V-0, and fully encased protected printed circuitry. Modular contacts shall be beryllium copper, nickel under plating, 50 micro-inches of gold in contact area with IDC contacts phosphor bronze, nickel under plating with tin lead over plate, serving 22 through 24 AWG. 1) Manufacturer CommScope: a) 24 port patch panel, Part No. 760152587 360-IPR- 1100-E-GS6-1 U-24 b) 48 port patch panel, Part No. 760152595 360-IPR- 1100-E-GS6-2U-48 2. Category 6 Modular Patch Panels a. Category 6, 8-Position 8-Conductor module, non-keyed, dual reactance technology, 110 type printed circuit board style patch panels, universal T568A/B pin configuration standard and used to terminate UTP cables as specified herein. Patch panels shall be high density, 6-port modules, panel shall be14-gauge steel with black painted finish; module shall be high impact plastic housing, flame retardant UL 94V-0, and fully encased protected printed circuitry. Modular contacts shall be beryllium copper, nickel under plating, 50 micro-inches of gold in contact area with IDC contacts phosphor bronze, nickel under plating with tin lead over plate, serving 22 through 26 AWG. 1) Manufacturer CommScope: a) 24 port patch panel, Part No. 760152561 360-IPR- 1100-E-GS3-1 U-24 b) 48 port patch panel, Part No. 760152579 360-IPR- 1100-E-GS3-2U-48 B. Optical Fiber Cabinets and Connectivity: 1. Optical fiber cabinet shall be a termination and administration point for the optical fiber cables. Cabinets shall protect the connectorized optical fiber from mechanical stress, macro-bending loss at the connection point and tampering with the circuits. 2. Rack Mount Fiber Cabinets (RMFC) a. RMFC shall accommodate terminating and splicing capabilities for optical fiber strands. b. RMFC shall be stackable, wall or rack mountable depending on the location requirement. The cabinets shall fit into either 19" or 23"frame arrangements and shall be one, two or four rack units in height. C. RMFC shall consist of an enclosure with front and rear access and can be fully administered from the front or rear. d. RMFC shall have a translucent, hinged Plexiglas door in the front and rear with sliding tray. 1) Manufacturer CommScope: a) 1 RU patching and splicing, Part No. 760209940 HD-1 U b) 2RU patching and splicing, Part No. 760209957 HD-2U 3. Optical Fiber Adapter Panels 27 1100- 15 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 16 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 a. Optical fiber adapter panels shall be located within surface mount and rack mount fiber cabinets. Panels shall securely lock into open positions with the patching frames. Panels shall have plunger/grommet fasteners. b. Optical fiber adapter panels shall consist of LC connector types and shall be configured in either simplex or duplex connector arrangements and indicated in the Contract Drawings. C. Unfilled positions within the fiber cabinets shall contain blank panels. 1) Manufacturer CommScope: a) Blank adapter panel, Part No. 760109462 1 360G2- MOD-BLANK-4PK d. Singlemode optical fiber connector housing shall be blue (UPC)with ceramic alignment sleeves. 1) Manufacturer CommScope: a) 12-LC SM, Part No. 760109272 2.11 OPTICAL FIBER CONNECTIVITY A. Fusion Splice Sleeves: 1. Fusion splice sleeves shall provide protection for fusion splices in rack mount and surface mount fiber cabinets. Sleeves shall be heat-shrink style in 60mm length. a. Manufacturer CommScope, Part No. 369305-000 (Qty. 100) B. Singlemode Connectors: 1. Field installable singlemode connectors shall be provided to terminate optical fiber cables from cable-to-cable, cable-to-equipment, or equipment-to-equipment. Singlemode connector shall contain a factory bonded fiber strand insert, ceramic ferrule and factory polished. 2. Connector shall be capable of mounting on 125-micron fiber. The connector shall meet IEC standards for repeatability and have a locking feature to the coupler and assure non-optical disconnect. 3. Singlemode connectors that are straight tip shall be blue. a. Manufacturer CommScope: 1) LC, Part No. 760117895 2.12 MEDIA CONVERTERS AND POE MID-SPAN INJECTORS A. Rack mount building media converters with integral power supply and pole mounted camera media converters/injectors shall be provided as indicated on the drawings to support the IP cameras located beyond copper Ethernet cabling standards. B. Camera Side 1. Camera side media converter/injector shall be provided in a 13.31"x 11.31" x 5.59" NEMA4/4X, IP66 rated enclosure for outdoor use, at each pole mounted camera location. 2. Media Converter/PoE injector shall be IEEE 802.3bt, IEEE 802.3at and IEEE 802.3af compliant. Input power shall be 115VAC with integral surge protection. A 1 Gb SFP port, and (4) RJ45 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet port shall be provided for connectivity. (4) RJ45 ports provide 90W Hi-PoE. (Total power 360W) 27 1100- 16 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 17 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3. Manufacturer Altronix: a. Enclosure w/media convertor/ injector, Part No. NetWay4E1 BTWP3 b. SFP module (LC Duplex), Part No. P1SM10 C. Pole Mount Kit, Part No. PMK1 C. Building Side 1. Rack mount media converter/ repeater shall be IEEE 802.3bt, IEEE 802.3at and IEEE 802.3af compliant. Converter shall be 1 RU rack mount chassis with (16) 1 Gb SFP ports and (16) RJ45 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet ports. 2. Manufacturer Altronix: a. Rack mount converter, Part No. NetWaySP16A b. SFP module (LC Duplex), Part No. P1SM10 2.13 OPEN CABLING SUPPORTS A. Accessories and mounting hardware shall be provided for securing supports to structure for a complete and working installation of open cabling supports. Supports shall comply with TIA requirements for structured cabling systems and pathway supports. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for quantity of cables supported. B. Hook& Loop Fasteners: 1. Hook and loop fastener rolls shall be 0.5-inch in width. Shear strength for plenum hook and loop fasteners shall be 29 PSI. Hook and loop fasteners installed in plenum air spaces shall be UL Listed (plenum) and be in the color maroon. a. Manufacturer Leviton, plenum, Part No. 43115-75P or equal C. Circular Cable Retainer: 1. Cable retainers shall be of plastic material with rounded edges, plenum rated, utilizing an easy-lock closure and an attachment base. Cable retainers shall be screwed into structure and only be utilized in spaces that are extremely tight and J-hooks do not have sufficient space to be mounted. a. Manufacturer Erico Caddy, Part No. CAT CR50 D. J-Hooks: 1. J-hooks shall have a Galvanized finish with rounded edges for smoother cable pull and greater corrosion resistance. a. Manufacturer Erico Caddy: 1) 1" Dia., Part No. CAT16HP 2) 1-5/16" Dia., Part No. CAT21HP 3) 2" Dia., Part No. CAT32HP E. Adjustable Cable Support: 1. Adjustable cable supports shall be of steel and polyethylene, plenum rated, with unlocking and locking bar allowing additional cables to be added easily after installation. a. Manufacturer Erico Caddy, Part No. CAT425 2.14 CABLE PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Spiral Wrap: 1. Spiral wrap shall provide protection for cabling in exposed casework and/or furniture. Spiral wrap shall accommodate cable bundles from 3/8-inches—4- inches and be yellow. a. Manufacturer Panduit, Part No. T50E-C4Y 27 1100- 17 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 18 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Braided Expandable Sleeving: 1. Braided expandable sleeving shall be black, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), rated for use up to 257 degrees F with a nominal I.D. of 1.50 inches. a. Manufacturer Panduit, 200-foot roll, Part No. SE150PFR-TRO] 2.15 FIRE-RATED PATHWAYS A. Fire-rated pathway device shall consist of a heavy gauge galvanized steel raceway lined with intumescent firestopping material. The intumescent firestopping material shall automatically adjust to the size of the cabling bundle and shall permit cabling to be added or removed without the need to remove the firestopping material. Provide the necessary quantity of wall plates to support the pathway device. The pathway device shall be UL tested and classified in accordance with ASTM E814 (UL1479). 1. On the 3-inch and 4-inch sleeves, provide radius control modules at the end of each sleeve through wall transitions and penetrations. a. Manufacturer Specified Technologies, Inc. EZ Path: 1) 3-Inch fire-rated pathway device, Part. No. EZDP33FWS 2) 3-Inch radius control module, Part No. RCM33 B. Firestopping putty shall be a one-part, two-stage intumescent, non-hardening compound. The putty, when exposed to high heat or flame shall be capable of expanding a minimum of five times. Range of continuing expansion shall be from 230°F to >1,000°F (110°C to >538°C). The putty shall be soft and pliable with aggressive adhesion and shall not contain any water-soluble intumescent ingredients. The putty shall be UL Classified and/or FM Systems Approved and tested to the requirements of ASTM E814 (UL1479). 1. Manufacturer Specified Technologies, Inc. SpecSeal, 36" bar, Part No. SSP100 2.16 MATERIAL PROVISIONS A. Materials shall be provided to the Owner as specified herein. Deliver to the Owner Representative 21 days prior to Substantial Completion. Include a signed transmittal to the Owner or Owner's Representative for each type of patch cord, quantity, length, and color provided as part of the Final Acceptance. 1. Copper Patch Cords a. Augmented Category 6 Patch Cords 1) Patch cords shall be constructed from Augmented Category 6 4- pair 23 AWG, stranded patch cable material. 2) Patch cord cable assembly shall be UL® listed and shall meet FCC Part 65 plug and termination. Item Mfg. JPart Number JQty. ILength lColor IDescription 1 CommScope 3'-0" Yellow Wireless 2 CommScope 5'-0" Yellow Data 3 CommScope 7'-0" Yellow Data 4 CommScope 10'-0" Yellow Data b. Category 6 Patch Cords 1) Patch cords shall be constructed from Category 6 4-pair 24 AWG, stranded patch cable material. 2) Patch cord cable assembly shall be UL® listed and meet FCC Part 65 plug and termination. 27 1100- 18 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 19 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 NOTE: 6H460 are Cat 6 small OD high-flex patch cords, 6D460 are standard Cat 6 cable patch cords Item Mfg. jPart Number jQty. Length JColor iDescription 1 CommScope 3'-0" Blue Data 2 CommScope 5-0" Blue Data 3 CommScope 7'-0" Blue Data 4 CommScope 10'-0" Blue Data 5 CommScope 3'-0" White Data 6 jCommScope 1 1 15-0" White Data 7 jCommScope 1 1 17'-0" lWhite Data 2. Optical Fiber Patch Cords a. Singlemode Patch Cords (OS2) 1) Optical fiber patch cords shall be 9/125 µm with ceramic ferrules, constructed from OFNR rated dual fiber cordage, in the color yellow. Item I Manufacturer Part Number jQty. Length lColor IDescription 1 CommScope I 1 M IBlue LC— LC 2 jCommScope I 2M IBlue ILC— LC PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Include labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for installation as indicated on the Contract Documents. B. Coordinate Work with other trades for complete and operational system. C. Include supplementary and miscellaneous items, appurtenances, and devices incidental to and necessary for sound, secure, and complete installation, whether specifically indicated in the Contract Documents. D. Provide suitable barriers and take any other safety precautions required by applicable codes. E. Work area shall be kept free from debris of all types and remove all rubbish resulting from their work on the premises. Upon completion, vacuum and clean room floors, equipment racks, enclosures and cable management where work has been performed. F. Contractor shall be responsible for any building repairs made necessary by their work or caused by negligence of their employees. No cutting, notching, drilling or altering of any kind shall be done to the building without first obtaining permission from the Owner. G. Owner may have other contracts in connection with this work for the installation of software and equipment. Contractor shall provide other Trade Contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and execution of their work and shall properly coordinate other trade's work with theirs as required. H. Provide patch panels and blocks indicated on the telecommunications drawings whether they are fully populated with cables. 27 1100- 19 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 20 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 I. Provide cables, devices and equipment racking systems as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 3.02 TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Primary function of a telecommunications room is the termination of horizontal, backbone and service entrance cabling to compatible connecting hardware. B. Telecommunications room also provides a controlled environment to house telecommunications equipment, connecting hardware, and splice enclosures serving a portion of the building. C. Install fire retardant plywood backboard vertically at 6"AFF painted with white latex paint as indicated on drawings. Backboard shall be painted to leave fire seal exposed. See Contract Drawings for location of backboards in the telecommunications rooms and spaces. D. Provide equipment including the following, but not limited to the following, and shall be installed according to the Contract Drawings: 1. Equipment racks and enclosures with cable management systems 2. Cross-connect patch panels and termination blocks, whether they are populated or not 3. Telecommunications workstation devices 4. Cable tray and ladder rack E. Where applicable, each freestanding equipment rack and/or server enclosure shall be seismically braced from the top to a structural component beam, column, bearing wall, etc. of the building. AHJ shall determine if seismic bracing is required and if structural engineering services are required. F. Equipment rack shall be secured to the concrete floor with a concrete floor mounting kit. G. Provide all required D-rings or other approved cable guides as identified on the Contract Drawings. 3.03 LADDER RACK INSTALLATION A. Install ladder rack at locations indicated on the drawings. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and with recognized industry practices to ensure that ladder rack equipment comply with requirements of NEC and applicable portions of NFPA 70B. Reference NEMA-VE2 for general cable tray installation guidelines. B. Support the ladder rack on 5-feet centers for a total of 2 supports for every 10-foot span when the ladder rack is supported from the ceiling. Support ladder rack at every transition. Support ladder rack utilizing wall mount brackets or ceiling support bracket hangers. Threaded rod supports exceeding 60 inches in length shall be provided with rod stiffeners utilizing C-channel strut. C. Provide additional brackets on ends, and two additional brackets at tees and corners. Securely fasten ladder rack to brackets and supports using clamps manufactured for the purpose. Provide all required hardware and supports. D. Fitting supports shall be located such that they meet the strength requirements of straight sections. Install fitting supports per NEMA VE-2 guidelines, or in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 27 1100- 20 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 21 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.04 OPEN CABLING SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Cabling shall be run exposed as "open cabling" in accessible ceiling spaces and accessible ceiling plenums, unless otherwise noted. Where ceiling spaces are inaccessible or open to structure cabling shall be routed in conduit. B. Provide all hanger supports and cable supports for cabling specified in this section. All support structures shall adhere to the requirements in the National Electrical Code. C. Cabling supports shall be spaced no further than 4'-0" apart. D. Cabling bundles shall not sag a maximum of 2-inches from the bottom of the cable support. E. Provide all additional cable management products as required to protect exposed cabling and complete the installation of cabling in a neat professional manner. F. Cabling supports shall be installed on their own support system. The use of ceiling grid supports shall be prohibited. G. Do not support cables from ductwork, sprinkler piping, water piping, waste piping, conduit or other system supports. Cabling shall never come in physical contact with these mechanical, fire protection and electrical systems and raceways. H. Cabling bundles and supports changing pathway direction shall maintain proper bend radius as to not impact the physical jacket construction of the cabling. Cabling that becomes damaged during this transition shall be replaced in its entirety. I. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for quantity of cables supported in J-hooks and adjustable cable supports. J. Installers shall observe the applicable requirements and recommended good practices contained within TIA-568-C standard for cabling installation requirements. 3.05 CABLING INSTALLATION A. Telecommunications devices shall be connected to the horizontal cross-connect in a telecommunications room with horizontal cabling installed in star topology. B. Horizontal cabling shall be installed in continuous runs from the telecommunications rooms to telecommunications device locations. Splices are not permitted. C. Maximum length of horizontal cables shall be 295 feet (90 m) including all service loops. D. Cabling shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, including but not limited to maximum tensile loading and maximum bend radius. E. Cabling shall be organized and identified to facilitate locating and handling individual sheaths for maintenance functions. F. Bundles shall be neatly secured without cinching or stressing the cabling, using hook and loop fasteners in open cabling installations and in the telecommunications room. Hook and loop fasteners shall be loose enough so that the fastener can be easily rotated around the cabling bundle and does not impact the physical construction of the cabling. Tie wraps are prohibited. G. Cables shall contact only dedicated and properly protected cable accesses and support mechanisms. H. Provide machine typed label on both ends of the horizontal cabling jacket no more than 4-inches from each termination point. I. Great care shall be taken to protect all cabling from physical damage beneath floors, above ceilings or elsewhere. Cabling shall not be exposed to any forces or handling 27 1100- 21 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 22 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 factors that will degrade performance, such as crushing, pull stressing, twisting, or damaging sheathing materials. When left unattended, all cabling shall be secured and protected to avoid damage. J. A spare pull string shall be installed at every outlet installed. K. Horizontal and backbone cabling shall be bundled and routed separately in dedicated cabling supports in a neat and organized fashion for routing from the telecommunications rooms utilizing cable trays and open cabling pathways to the telecommunications devices. L. Floor penetrations shall be at columns, exterior walls unless otherwise specified. M. Route cabling runs from workstations parallel to building grid lines and directly to open cabling pathways without passing over adjacent office spaces or cubicles. N. Provide 5 feet of slack in neatly suspended loops above each workstation and 10 feet of slack neatly coiled in the ladder rack or cable tray in the telecommunications room unless indicated otherwise on Contract Drawings. Service loops in the telecommunications room shall not be located above the equipment racks and server enclosures. O. Provide 20-foot service loop for optical fiber cables. Service loops shall be attached to the fire-retardant plywood backboard and shall not be located on the ladder rack or cable tray. P. Telecommunications unshielded twisted pair cabling supported utilizing open cabling methods shall maintain a minimum separation of three inches from fire alarm, intercom/paging, clocks, and security cabling. Cabling supports shall maintain increased separation requirements when attaching to the same hanger rod to ensure cabling sag maintains the minimum three-inch separation. Q. Maintain the following distances between cabling and other building systems: 1. One foot from fluorescent lights. 2. Six feet from motors and transformers. 3. Three feet from water piping or other mechanical equipment. 4. One foot from electrical conduits or other electrical equipment. 3.06 CONNECTIVITY AND CABLING INSTALLATION A. Cabling shall be dressed and terminated in accordance with the cabling installation requirements identified in TIA-568-C, BICSI Telecommunication Cabling Installation Manual, and the manufacturer's documentation. B. Cabling entering the telecommunications room and routing on the ladder rack or cable tray pathway shall be separated into cabling bundles specific to the patch panel in which it will be terminated to. Cable bundles shall be in increments of 24 cables. C. Cabling shall be neatly bundled and dressed to their respective panels or blocks. Each panel or block shall be fed by an individual bundle separated and dressed back to the point of cable entrance into the equipment rack, enclosure, or backboard. D. Cabling transitioning from ladder rack or cable tray pathway shall maintain proper bend radius utilizing waterfall device brackets for transitioning vertically down the side rail of an equipment rack or server enclosure as to not impact the physical jacket construction of the cable. Waterfall device brackets shall also be utilized for transitioning cabling to blocks mounted on plywood. Cabling that become damaged during this transition shall be replaced in their entirety. 27 1100- 22 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 23 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 E. Cables shall be clearly labeled on the cable jacket behind the patch panel at a location that can be viewed without removing the bundle support straps. Cables labeled within the bundle, where the label is obscured from view shall not be acceptable. F. Installation of 8-position 8-conductor modular jacks into faceplates and attaching of the faceplates to the wall shall ensure that the faceplates are flush. The faceplate shall be secured to the wall but shall not be secured to the wall with such force as to bow the faceplate. 3.07 WORK AREA A. 4-pair UTP horizontal cabling shall be terminated on an 8-position 8-conductor modular jack or plug at each telecommunications device as indicated on the applicable Contract Drawings. B. Telecommunications devices shall be provided with 8-position 8-conductor modular jacks or plugs in the quantity as indicated on the applicable Contract Drawings. 3.08 CABLING TERMINATIONS A. Provide all necessary installation materials, tools and equipment to perform insulation displacement type terminations at all the telecommunications outlets, patch panels and 110 cross-connect blocks. B. Pairs in each cable shall be terminated on a 110 block, modular patch panel or telecommunications modules in accordance with this specification. C. Cabling shall be terminated in accordance with the T568B pin configuration standard. D. Remove only as much of the cable sheath as is necessary to terminate the cabling on the connecting hardware. E. A maximum of 0.25" of cable pair twists shall be removed from a 4-pair UTP cable. Cabling and terminations exceed these dimensions shall be re-terminated. F. At the horizontal station patch panel, the cabling shall terminate from the center of the 110 IDC termination. G. Terminate cabling in accordance with connecting hardware manufacturer's recommendations. All cabling shall terminate in numerical sequence. 3.09 FIRESTOPPING A. Firestop systems shall be installed in accordance with the NEC and the manufacturer's recommendations and shall be accomplished in a manner acceptable to the local fire and building authorities having jurisdiction over this work. B. Cabling running through rated floors and walls shall be firestopped in accordance with the requirements within this Section. C. Penetrations through fire-rated building structures (walls and floors)shall be sealed with an appropriate firestop system. This requirement applies to through penetrations (complete penetration)and membrane penetrations (through one side of a hollow fire rated structure). D. Penetrations created by or for the contractor and left unused shall also be sealed as part of the contractor's scope of work. E. Firestop putty or pillows shall be used inside conduits to provide a re-enterable system allowing telecommunications cables to be easily removed or added in the future. Firestop putty shall not be water soluble. F. Firestop systems shall be UL Classified to ASTM E814 (UL 1479). 27 1100- 23 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 24 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 G. Firestopping sleeved devices shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations including, but not limited to; 1. Wiring devices shall be installed in locations where indicated on the Contract Drawings, arranged in a single or multiple sleeve formation at the height specified. Sleeves shall be installed a minimum of 6 inches above the accessible ceiling grid. 2. Install the devices in strict accordance with the approved shop drawings and the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Apply the factory supplied gasket material prior to the installation of the wall plates. 4. Secure wall plates to devices per the equipment manufacturer's recommendations. 3.10 TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING A. Grounding and bonding connections to the building's structural steel, electrical service main building ground and telecommunications bonding backbone shall be terminated on the left side of the busbar to facilitate access for other grounding sources within the space to be terminated within the center and right side of the busbar. B. Bonding backbone shall route along the shortest and straightest pathway as possible with minimal bends. Any bend shall be sweeping. The conductors shall be continuous and shall not contain splices. C. Telecommunications bonding backbone shall connect the main telecommunications grounding busbar to each other telecommunications grounding busbar within the facility. D. Grounding and bonding conductor distances shall meet the distance requirements described within TIA-607-C. E. Grounding and bonding connections shall be a stranded, insulated copper conductor with a minimum size of#6 AWG. F. Grounding and bonding connectors shall be 2-hole and made with a crimp or other non-reversible termination method. G. Provide a coupled bonding conductor for outside plant copper shielded cabling routing between buildings and ground to the busbar. H. Provide a dedicated grounding connection for the below floor and overhead ladder rack and/or cable tray pathways. I. Equipment racks and server enclosures shall have a dedicated grounding connection. J. Provide grounding and bonding of all telecommunications pathways including conduit raceway systems and ladder rack pathways. K. Ensure that all grounding and bonding connections break through and/or remove the paint to the bare metallic surface of all painted metallic hardware. 3.11 INSTALLATION OF OPTICAL FIBER CABLING SYSTEM A. Installation for Optical Fiber Cabling: 1. Follow cable manufacturer's specifications regarding handling methods, bend radius and maximum pulling tension limitations. B. Securing Fiber Cabling: 1. Immediately after cabling installation, a permanent identification tag as indicated shall be attached to visible cabling sections. Cabling shall be checked to ensure that the markings are intact. 27 1100- 24 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 25 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Cabling and equipment shall be supported and secured as indicated. Where the specific method of support is not indicated, supports and fasteners shall be used to secure cabling and equipment in position. Metallic supports and fasteners shall have a corrosion resistant finish. All cabling shall be routed along the interior sides of manholes. 3. Corrosion resistant clamps and straps shall be used as necessary to properly secure the cabling. 4. Optical fiber cabling shall be secured to the optical fiber cabinet using the aramid strength yarn of the cabling to provide strain relief. C. Optical Fiber Cabling Bending: 1. Caution shall be used when bending cabling to avoid kinks or other damage to the sheath. Bend radius shall be as large as possible with a minimum of 20 times the cabling diameter. Minimum radius shall be increased when necessary to meet cable manufacturer's recommendation. Cabling shall not rest against any sharp edges. D. Optical Fiber Cabling Pulling: 1. Pulling lines shall be attached to both cable ends when cabling is destined for bi-directional pull and fitted with factory-installed pulling eyes where possible. Cabling not equipped with a pulling eye shall have the pulling line attached to the cable end by means of a cable grip. Core hitches shall not be used. 2. Cable reels shall be located and aligned so that the cable is payed out from the top of the reel by rotating the reel in the feed direction at the rate of pull into the duct or conduit in a long, smooth bend without twisting. Cabling shall not be payed out from the bottom of the reel or by pulling. A cable feeder guide of proper dimensions shall be used at the mouth to guide the cable into the duct or conduit. 3. Rigging shall be set up at the pulling end so that the pulling line and cable exit on a line parallel with the duct or conduit to prevent either from rubbing against the edge or mouth. Cable ends shall not be pulled around sheave wheels. When the sheave or pulley cannot be positioned to obtain sufficient cable end slack for proper racking and splicing with the pulling line attached to the end of the cable, a split cable grip may be used to obtain the necessary slack. 4. Equipment and the pulling set shall be checked to minimize interruptions once pulling begins. Cabling shall be payed out without stopping until the required amount of the cabling has been placed. If the pulling operation is halted before the pull is completed, the tension of the pulling line shall not be released. When pulling is resumed, the inertia of the cabling shall be overcome by increasing the tension in small steps a few seconds apart until the cabling is in motion. 5. Pulling tension shall not exceed 500 lbs. or cable manufacturer's recommendation, whichever is less. 6. Provide a 20' foot service loop for all optical fiber cabling located at both ends of the cabling run in all telecommunications rooms and in utility vaults. Service loop shall be attached to the fire-retardant plywood backboard and shall not be located on the ladder rack or cable tray. 7. Do not pull optical fiber cables with copper cables. 8. Do not pull optical fiber cables over existing cables. 9. When pulling optical fiber cabling in an innerduct or conduit, do not exceed the 40%fill ratio. E. Optical Fiber Cabling Terminations: 27 1100- 25 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 26 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1. Cable terminations shall be made in optical fiber distribution units. All installed optical fiber strands shall be terminated. 2. Optical fiber cabling terminations shall utilize enclosures and components in quantities consistent with the required fiber counts at each end of each segment. During optical fiber connector termination and polishing, visually inspect all terminations with a 400-power microscope. Follow all of the connector manufacturer's recommendations. Unacceptable flaws in the terminations will include, but not limited to, scratches, full or partial cracks, bubbles, pits, epoxy residual, dirt, dust, oil, moisture, grinding and sanding debris. The acceptable final polish will show a connector tip that is free of all imperfections in 100% of the core and 80% of the cladding. All unacceptable connectors shall be inspected after rework. 3. Optical fiber cabling slack shall be neatly coiled within the optical fiber cabinet. No slack loops shall be allowed external to the optical fiber cabinet. 4. Cables shall be clearly labeled at the entrance to the fiber adapter panel. 5. To maintain the correct polarity throughout the optical fiber cabling system, each cabling segment shall be installed in a pair-wise crossover orientation as defined in TIA 568-C. 6. Dust caps shall be installed on the connectors and couplings. 3.12 LABELING A. General: 1. Labeling shall be in accordance with TIA-606-13, Administration Standard for Commercial Telecommunications Infrastructure. 2. Labels shall be permanent typewritten labels produced by a labeling machine. 3. Labels shall be installed on all cabling at each end. Ensure labels are securely fastened. 4. Labels shall be located within 6 inches of cable termination and placed so they can be easily read. 5. Font type for each type of label shall be Arial with maximum size font allowed. 6. Labeling information will be reviewed at the Pre-Construction Meeting. 7. Labeling shall be completed prior to the Substantial Completion date of the project. B. Telecommunications Device Labeling: 1. Label shall be produced to fit into the recess provided and covered with a clear plastic cover. a. TR-2-03-04 where: 1) TR = Telecommunications Room (MDF or as indicated on the Contract Drawings) 2) —2 = Equipment rack number 3) —03 = Patch panel number 4) —04 = Port number 2. Above Ceiling Device Labeling a. A label on the ceiling grid shall be provided at each location where a network device is located above the ceiling. The label shall be machine generated. The text shall be in bold white letters on black background printed on 3/4" tape with the maximum font size allowable. b. Labeling shall be as follows: 1) `WAP' -TR-2-03-04 where: 27 1100- 26 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 27 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 a) WAP = Device type as indicated on the Contract Drawings b) TR-2-03-04 = Cable ID Label C. Equipment Rack Labeling: 1. Plastic Iamacoid nameplate shall be provided for each equipment rack and/or server enclosure in the telecommunications room. 2. Plastic Iamacoid nameplate shall be black with white letters. The nameplate shall be machine engraved with a size 36 font. 3. Mount the name plate at the top of each equipment rack, server enclosure or wall mount enclosure. 4. Labeling scheme shall be as indicated on the Contract Drawings. D. Patch Panel Labeling: 1. Station Patch Panel a. 48-port modular patch panels shall be labeled with sequential numbering starting with "01"for the topmost patch panel and moving downward to the bottom of the rack. Patch panel labels shall be affixed to the left-hand side of the patch panel. b. Horizontal cabling distributed from station patch panels to specialty devices (i.e., wireless access points, security devices and IP intercom speaker digital clocks) shall have a label in the designation strip space directly below the 8P8C module identifying the device interconnect point, the designation label shall be as follows: 1) "WAP -#", where the V" represents the Owner's wireless access point identification number. 2) "CAM -#", where the V" represents the Owner's security video camera identification number. E. Rack Mount Fiber Cabinet Labeling: 1. RMFC shall be labeled with sequential numbering starting with "FC1"for the topmost fiber cabinet and moving downward to the bottom of the rack. Labels shall be affixed to the left-hand side of the RMFC. F. Optical Fiber Connector Panel Labeling: 1. Labeling shall be placed within the designation strip holder of the fiber connector panel where designation strips are provided with the connector panel. 2. Labeling shall be placed on the inside of the front door for surface mount fiber cabinets and rack mount fiber cabinets where no designation label strips are provided. The label shall be in the same orientation of the connector panel. 3. Labeling shall contain the originating telecommunications room designation, rack row if applicable, equipment rack number designation, rack mount fiber cabinet number, fiber adapter panel position(s) and the associated fiber strand numbers by individual strands and/or optical fiber subunit classification. 4. Horizontal Optical Fiber Labeling: a. Labeling shall be as follows at both ends: 1) MDF.A:1-2 CAM.#where: a) MDF = Telecommunications room b) A= Connector panel position c) :1-2 = Strand numbers per device d) CAM.#= Device name and number G. Cable Identification Tag Labeling: 27 1100- 27 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 28 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1. Optical fiber cabling shall be clearly and visibly identified by the contractor in all manholes, pull boxes, riser room pull points, entrance points, service entrance and 3' before entering a free-standing rack, wall mounted enclosure or surface mount fiber cabinet utilizing an optical fiber cable identification tag. 2. Optical fiber cable identification tags shall contain the following information at a minimum. a. Cable manufacturer and part number b. Extent of cable run (i.e., "From: MDF—To: CAM-01") C. Cable type and description (i.e., "In/Outdoor, OM3 2-strand") 3. 3.13 TESTING A. Test procedures shall be as prescribed by the TIA, Insulated Cable Engineers Association and the National Electrical Testing Association. B. Test Equipment: 1. Network testing equipment shall be a Fluke Networks DSX-5000 Cable Analyzer or equal and shall have a certified calibration from the manufacturer within the past 12 months at the time of testing. Proof of calibration shall be provided with the product submittal. Test equipment shall be utilized to test horizontal and backbone cabling. 2. Field tester and adapters shall be certified by an independent laboratory as meeting or exceeding current level as defined in TIA-1152 Level Ille. 3. 8P8C test plug for the network testing equipment adapters shall be in range of values defined in Annex C with TIA-568-C for Near-end Crosstalk, Far-end Crosstalk and Return Loss. 4. Test equipment shall support the complete suite of Resistance Unbalanced standards for PoE per IEEE 802.3af, IEEE 802.3at and TIA-568-C.2. 5. Test equipment shall be able to test up to a 1000 MHz frequency range. 6. Test equipment shall be ISO 9001 certified. 7. An electronic copy of the manufacturer's testing procedures shall be kept in the job site office. 8. Test equipment batteries shall be charged daily and a level of greater than twenty-five percent of capacity shall be maintained during the testing. 9. Test equipment shall be calibrated daily before the start of testing. C. Horizontal Cabling: 1. Horizontal cabling shall be certified to meet or exceed the permanent link performance specifications for Augmented Category 6 horizontal cabling tested with a frequency range from 1 MHz to 500 MHZ as defined in TIA-568-C. 2. Horizontal cabling shall be certified to meet or exceed the permanent link performance specifications for Category 6 horizontal cabling tested with a frequency range from 1 MHz to 250 MHZ as defined in TIA-568-C. 3. Certifications shall include the following parameters for each pair of each cable installed: a. Building identification b. Cable identification C. Date of test d. Test equipment manufacturer and model number e. Wire map 1) Continuity to the remote end. 27 1100- 28 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 29 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2) Shorts between any two or more conductors 3) Reversed pairs 4) Split pairs 5) Transposed pairs 6) Any other miswiring f. Length g. Near-end crosstalk (NEXT) h. Attenuation to crosstalk ration far-end (ACRF) i. Power sum Attenuation to crosstalk ration far-end (PSACRF) j. Power sum-near-end crosstalk (PS-NEXT) k. Return loss (RL) I. Propagation delay (PD) M. Delay skew (DS) 4. Horizontal cabling shall be tested using a Permanent Link configuration as defined in TIA-568-C. 5. Test reports with an asterisk (*)or fails, shall be documented identifying the reason for the test failure and a corrective action plan developed. 6. After corrective action has been completed, the permanent link shall be retested. 7. It is the Telecommunications Contractor's responsibility to ensure 100 percent of the network horizontal cabling system links pass all tests. 8. Test results shall be organized by building identification and cable identification number. The test results shall contain the date and time of when each test was saved in the memory of the tester. The test results shall be recorded on a flash drive in both PDF and LinkWare software formats. D. Optical Fiber: 1. Acceptance Testing a. Optical fiber test jumper shall be properly cleaned at both ends prior to the start of testing for each backbone segment. b. A reference power measurement shall be obtained by connecting one end of test jumper 1 to the light source and the other end to the power meter tester. After recording the reference power measurement, test jumper 1 shall be disconnected from the power meter tester without disturbing the light source and attached to the cable plant. The power meter tester shall be moved to the far end of the cable plant and attached to the cable plant with test jumper 2. C. Singlemode optical fiber attenuation shall be tested and recorded at a minimum of three times on all individual fiber strands of each cable using the power meter tester configuration to determine the actual loss and the connector repeatability. Each of the three tests shall be recorded and a final value with the average of the three tests shall also be recorded. The connector repeatability shall not exceed 0.2 dB as defined by Telcordia GR-326-CO RE.These tests shall be performed at the 1310 nm and 1550 nm windows in bi-directional testing. Test set up and performance shall be in accordance with TIA/EIA-526-7, Method A.1. d. After terminating optical fiber cabling, one of the individual fibers of each cable segment shall be tested using an OTDR to determine the actual length. Every strand of each optical fiber buffer tube shall be tested with an OTDR. 27 1100- 29 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 1100 - 30 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 e. Singlemode optical fiber splicing shall be done with a core-aligned fusion splicer. 3.14 WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION A. Install Owner Furnished, Contractor Installed wireless access points, mounting kits, and detachable antennas. B. Provide cable pass-through device with dedicated support wire at suspended ceiling applications for patch cord connection from wireless access point device to the above ceiling telecommunications device. Provide at wireless access point ceiling installations at accessible ceilings. C. Provide the patch cord interconnect from the work area device to the NIC connection within the wireless access point. See Material Provisions specified herein for patch cord requirements supporting wireless. 1. For bidding purposes only, assume the total number of wireless access points to be installed on the ceiling or above the ceiling within the building shall be (XX). 2. For bidding purposes only, assume the total number of wireless access points to be installed on interior walls within the building shall be (XX). 3. For bidding purposes only, assume the total number of wireless access points to be installed on the exterior of the building shall be (XX). 4. Provide an installation summary spreadsheet indicating the unique wireless access point identifier, work area device port identification, assigned MAC address and serial number. 3.15 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 27 1100 27 1100- 30 Telecommunications System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 27 4113 ROLL CALL ROOM AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Provide a performance audio visual system and other relevant components and accessories required to provide a complete operating system as specified herein. 1. System shall be provided in the Roll Call Room. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Supplementary Conditions, Division 01 sections and Section 260500 apply to the Work in this Section. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Sections 1. 260500—General Electrical Provisions 2. 260510— Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 3. 260533— Raceway Systems 4. 260534—Outlet Boxes 5. 271100—Telecommunications System 6. 283111 — Fire Alarm and Detection System 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The system and its components shall be Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., listed under the appropriate UL testing standard as listed herein for audio visual applications. B. Codes and Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. ANSI C63.4 Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz. 2. Federal Communications Commission (FCC): a. Title 47 CFR— Part 15; Class B— Radiated and Conducted Emissions. 3. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): a. UL 50— Enclosures for Electrical Equipment b. UL 60950-2— Information Technology Equipment 4. National Electric Code (NEC): Latest Version 5. National Electric Safety Code (NESC): Latest Version 6. Department of Justice (DOJ): 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design 7. Provide all wiring in accordance with Article 725 of the National Electrical Code and local ordinances, and other sections of these specifications. C. Qualifications: 1. Audio-visual system equipment shall be installed by an authorized factory distributor. The contractor shall have furnished and installed similar systems continuously for no less than five years. 2. Contractor shall hold the necessary licenses as issued by the State of Washington for a low voltage electrical contractor. Installation shall be made by a licensed and bonded contractor holding a valid Washington State Electrical Contractor's License as described in Chapter 19.28 of the Electrician and Electrical Installation Revised Code of Washington State. 27 4113- 1 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: 1. Submit with data arranged under basic categories, such as, certifications, personnel training, manufacturer warranty, products, test equipment and calibration, and similar items. Include index with the submittals. 2. Organize by specification infrastructure component sections described in Part 1 and Part 2 of this section. 3. Submit Product Data information sheets for coordination with item and model number. 4. Where more than one product is shown on a page, mark product with arrow or by other means to identify exact product or products being submitted by specific part number. 5. Submit resumes and certifications of technicians and project manager who will support this project. C. Acceptance Test Plan: 1. An acceptance test plan form shall be prepared/provided by the contractor. 2. This form shall include separate sections for each device and a column indicating the result of the testing performed by the contractor(pass/fail), and an empty column for recording findings during the walk-through. D. Shop Drawings: 1. Drawings shall provide details of proposed system and the equipment and work to be provided. Drawings shall include point-to-point drawings of systems, elevations, section views and wiring diagrams of individual devices. 2. Connections to other equipment/systems not specified herein. E. Programming: 1. Control panel user interface drawings shall show each page in a sequential progression of how the system will operate. See Execution subsection herein for programming requirements. F. Record Drawings: 1. Keep complete set of audio-visual drawings in job-site office to show actual installation of cabling and equipment during construction. 2. Use of this set of drawings for recording as-built conditions. 3. Indicate where material, equipment, and system component are installed differently from that shown on the Drawings. 4. Prepare electronic set of Record Drawings, incorporating changes during construction. Submit Record Drawings to the Owner's Representative for review and acceptance. 5. Submit Record Drawings using latest version of AutoCAD software or as approved by the Owner, and in PDF format. Request final architectural background drawing files that incorporate floor plan and program spaces numbering modifications. a. AutoCAD drawings shall be e-transmitted to include backgrounds, title blocks and other associated files. 6. Submit electronic copy of Record Drawings in full-size PDF and AutoCAD format, on flash drive. 27 4113- 2 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 G. Project Closeout: 1. Submit closeout documentation to the Owner's Representative and Architect under provisions of Division 01, Section 260500 and this section. 2. Provide all project closeout documentation including but not limited to; test acceptance documentation, Record Drawings, manufacturer warranty and Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.05 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. System shall support high fidelity wide frequency bandwidth audio and high-definition video for live and playback of pre-recorded program materials. B. System shall feature an equipment rack containing all system electronic components. C. Equipment rack shall provide for a permanent and secure mounting of the audio-visual components and other miscellaneous equipment. D. High quality microphones and companion accessories shall be provided for live performances and recording, as specified herein. 1.06 MATERIAL PROVISIONS A. Deliver materials to the Owner under provisions of this section. B. Contractor shall be responsible to provide a material transmittal for all materials being provided to the Owner as described herein and that are not permanently installed. Transmittal shall be signed by the General Contractor and the Owner receiving the materials. Transmittal shall be included as part of the O&M manuals. PART 2 EQUIPMENT 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Substitutions: The substitution of products shall adhere to the requirements defined in Section 012500—Substitutions. 1. Audio visual equipment shall be from a manufacturer with at least 5 years of experience in the manufacturing of equipment. a. Approved manufacturers: 1) Digital Sound Processor: QSC, Biamp 2) Amplifiers: QSC, Extron, and Crown 3) Loudspeakers &subs: QSC, JBL Pro, Electro-Voice 4) Media Players: Denon 5) Touch Panels and Controller: Extron 6) Wireless Microphone System: Audio-Technica, Sennheiser and Shure 7) Assistive Listening System: Williams Sound and Sennheiser 27 4113- 3 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.02 EQUIPMENT RACK AND ACCESSORIES A. Portable equipment rack shall be 23.06-inches W x 22-inches D x 48-inches H (including casters)with 21 rack units. Equipment rack shall include one-pair swivel and one-pair swivel/locking 4-inch heavy-duty rubber casters with 225 lbs. load rating each (900 lbs. total), vented side panels with recessed handles, recessed rear door with vents and key lock, and one-pair of adjustable mounting rails tapped 10-32. Equipment rack shall be constructed of 16-gauge steel with 14-gauge steel bottom and reinforced at all junctures. Rack shall feature vents above and below the surface-mount solid front door, which shall include a recessed handle and key-lock. Equipment rack finish shall be black wrinkle powder epoxy with graphite grey top. Provide steel blank panels for all unused rack spaces. 1. Manufacturer Lowell: a. Equipment rack, Part No. LPR-2122 b. Laminate top, Part No. LGT-22 C. Rack rails, Part No. RRD-21 2. AC power connection to the portable rack shall be a heavy duty#12 AWG, 3- conductor 25-foot extension cord connected to the AC power conditioner for the connection to wall receptacle. B. Equipment rack hardware, shelves, drawers, blank shall be provided as specified. Tamperproof screws shall be provided to secure equipment. 1. Manufacturer Lowell: a. 2RU locking drawer, Part No. UDP-214 b. Drawer mat liner, Part No. CDM C. Sliding shelf, Part No. SLS d. 1 U blank panel, Part No. SEFP-1 e. 2U blank panel, Part No. SEFP-2 f. 2U vent panel, Part No. SVSP-2 g. 1RU 10-hole panel, Part No. N10P-ID-1 h. Tamperproof screws, bag (50), Part No. RSV-50 i. Drive bit, Part No. RSV-BIT 2. Manufacturer Extron: a. Universal rack shelf kit, RSU 129, Part No. 60-190-01 C. Equipment rack shall be bonded to building steel with #6 AWG stranded ground wire with overall green jacket. 1. Exothermic Welding a. Manufacturer Erico Cadweld or Thermoweld, appropriate fittings as required. 2. Cable Terminals a. Cable terminal shall be two-hole, non-insulated copper compression long barrel terminal, requiring 3/8-inch bolts on 1-inch and 5/8-inch centers. 1) Manufacturer Burndy, T&B, Thermoweld or approved equal. 27 4113-4 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.03 AC POWER CONDITIONER A. Sequential AC rackmount power panel shall be ETL listed and have a power rating of 120VAC 60Hz/20A with EMI /RFI filtering, 9 outlets (6 switched, 3 unswitched) and 2 steps providing contact closures to sequentially activate/deactivate equipment with a sequence delay of.5 to 10 seconds. Panel shall be housed in a 1 RU steel chassis measuring and have color coded LED's. Activation shall be via rocker switch on the front panel 1. Manufacturer Lowell, Part No. ACR-SEQ6-2009 B. Power strip shall be ETL Listed, power rating shall be 120VAC 15A with circuit breaker protection. It shall feature six (6) 15A outlets spaced to accept power supplies. It shall be terminated with an attached 6-foot cord and molded plug. 1. Manufacturer Lowell, Part No. ACS-1506-WW C. Remote controlling AC power shall include a power supply and relay housed in a 7.5- inches L x 3.25-inches W x 2.75-inches steel chassis with a black powder epoxy finish. The unit shall include one duplex outlet with 15A power rating and 6-foot cord with NEMA plug. 1. Manufacturer Lowell, Part No. RPC-15 2.04 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR A. System Processor: 1. System processor shall provide up to 64 x 64 networked audio channels individually configurable as either Q-LAN or AES67 formatted networked audio. System processor shall support an 8-channel total analog 1/0 capacity and shall be presented as 8 Flex Channel 1/0 which shall be software definable as analog inputs or outputs in single channel increments in any combination ratio. 2. On the rear panel, the system processor shall have two 3-pin RS232 Euro Block Connectors, 8 GPI general purpose control inputs on a 10-pin Euro Block Connector, 8 GPO general purpose control outputs on a 10-pin Euro Block Connector, USB C and B connectors to support AV bridging with QSC Q-SYS cameras and/or present itself as one or more multi-channel USB audio interfaces. Q-SYS Network: LAN A RJ45 1000 Mbps only, LAN B: RJ45 1000 Mbps only. 3. System processor shall have the ability to toggle into an 1/0 peripheral to allow another Core processor to use its onboard USB bridging capabilities and onboard audio and/or control 1/0 features. a. Manufacturer QSC Audio, Part No. Core 8 Flex B. 1/0 Expansion Peripheral 1. Peripheral shall provide four(4) channels of analog audio that are remotely configurable. Peripheral shall operate on PoE or DC power. The peripheral's rear panel shall provide two 2-pin power Euroblock connectors for daisy-chainable DC power, four(4) balanced audio outputs on a 12-pin Euroblock connector, a recessed setting reset button, and two (2) RJ45 connectors for daisy-chainable Ethernet configured as Q-SYS Network ports: one (1) PoE port, RJ45 1000 Mbps only; one (1) Pass-thru port, RJ45 1000 Mbps only. a. Manufacturer QSC Audio: 1) 4-channel output, Part No. QIO-L4o 2) 4-channel input, Part No. QIO-ML4i 3) 2-channel input/2-channel output, Part No. QIO-ML2x2 4) Rack mount kit, Part No. QIO-RMK 27 4113- 5 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 5) Power supply, Part No. QIO-PSU 2.05 GIGABIT ETHERNET SWITCH A. Ethernet switch shall be a Layer 3 managed Gigabit switch with Voice over IP (VoIP) Quality of Service (QoS)to prioritize clock sync and audio traffic over other network traffic. Switch shall have Power over Ethernet Plus (PoE+) ports, Quality of Service (QoS) with 4 queues and Diffsery (DSCP) QoS, with strict priority. 1. Refer to QSC for specific part numbers on Q-Sys System qualified switches. a. Acceptable Manufacturers/Models: Q-Sys NS G2 Series, Cisco CBS3520 series, HP 3800 series and pakedge S24HF 2.06 WIRED AUDIO DEVICES A. Microphone Splitter: 1. Microphone splitter shall provide eight channels of mic/line level splitting circuitry. Splitter shall have one direct and one transformer isolated output per channel. Splitter shall have Phoenix style connectors and be 1 RU with rear tie bar. a. Manufacturer Whirlwind: 1) 8-channel splitter, Part No. SPC82P 2) External phantom power supply, Part No. DCSP1 B. Audio Divider/Combiner: 1. Audio divider/combiner shall provide a total of 4 input/outputs usable in any combination; split 1 in to 3 out; 2 in to 2 out; 3 in to 1 out. The device shall be passive and balanced with an input/output impedance of 150 ohms. a. Manufacturer Radio Design Labs (RDL), Part No. STD-150 C. Audio Transformer: 1. Audio transformer shall convert unbalanced stereo input to summed balanced mono output. The device shall be passive with a frequency response 30 Hz to 20 kHz (+/- 1 dB). a. Manufacturer Radio Design Labs (RDL), Part No. TX-J2 D. Audio Summing Adaptor 1. Audio summing adapter shall be a single-cable solution for combining two- channel stereo audio into a mono audio signal. Audio summing adapter shall include a male 3.5 mm stereo mini plug connector for unbalanced stereo input signals and a captive screw connector for unbalanced mono audio output. It shall have a 2-foot-long adapter with a resistor network to properly sum stereo signals without signal loss or damage to source equipment. a. Manufacturer Extron, ASA 111, Part No. 60-738-01 2.07 WIRELESS AUDIO DEVICES A. Wireless Bluetooth Audio: 1. Wireless Bluetooth connectivity shall include wall mounted input device with active single-pair receiver in twisted pair balanced line output. 2. Single -10dBV Unbalanced or+4dBu balanced output on single pair receiver. Bluetooth plate shall be powered remotely via receiver over twisted pair. a. Manufacturer RDL: 1) Bluetooth wall plate (sender), Part No. D-BT1A 2) Audio receiver, Part No. TX-TPR1A 3) Rack mount kit, Part No. TX-RA5 4) Power Supply, Part No. PS-24AS 27 4113- 6 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.08 DISC PLAYERS A. Blu-ray player shall support HDMI 1.4a and 2-channel audio outputs. Blu-ray shall be compatible with BD-Video, BD-R, BD-RE, DVD-Video, DVD-Audio, DVD+R, DVD+RW (Video mode, AVCHD format), DVD-R, DVD-RW(Video mode, AVCHD format) and Audio CD (CD-R, CD-RW). A front-loading USB slot delivers access to MP3, WAV, FLAC, MP4, WMV, JPG, PNG and GIF files. Player shall have (2)XLR audio outputs (L/R, balanced), (2) RCA audio outputs (L/R, unbalanced), (8) RCA audio outputs (7.1 surround sound), (1) HDMI audio/visual output, (1) RJ-45 LAN port and (1)9-pin D-Sub female RS-232C port output. 1. Manufacturer Denon, Part No. DN-500BD MKII 2.09 CEILING SPEAKERS A. Loudspeaker shall be of a pendant-mount design, with a transformer suitable for use on 70-or 100-volt distributed lines. It shall use a 6.5-inch, polypropylene cone full-range transducer with a ported enclosure that has usable response down to 65 Hz. It shall have a broad band sensitivity of 88 dB (2.83 V at 1 m) and a conical -10 dB Beamwidth of 135 degrees. Transformer shall have selectable power taps ranging from 7.5 to 60 watts, plus a 16-ohm bypass. 1. Pendant speaker shall include two quick-link cable assemblies (length 3.25m/ 128-inch 2mm thickness), two slip-lock fasteners, sealable input cover and screws, snap-fit magnetic grille. Loudspeaker shall be UL1840 and UL2043 listed, safe for use in an air plenum. Electrical connection shall be through a 4- pole detachable Euro block. a. Manufacturer QSC Audio: 1) Pendant speaker, Part No. AD-P6T-WH 2.10 MULTI-CHANNEL POWER AMPLIFIER A. Power amplifier shall be a four-channel system-processing amplifier providing total power of up to 4000 W (8-ohm, max power). Amplifier shall utilize Flexible Amplifier Summing Technology to distribute its power across one, two, three, or four channels. Amplifier shall be capable of operation at both low impedance (2, 4, or 8-ohms) and direct drive high impedance (70 or 100 V). B. Amplifier shall provide four channels of full-function onboard loudspeaker DSP with crossover and parametric EQ filters, RMS and Peak limiting, alignment delay, and dynamics processing. Amplifier shall be able to store 50 user configurations as presets and shall include 20 modifiable factory presets. A built-in preset wizard shall enable loudspeaker selection from a list of speaker models. C. Amplifier shall be 3.5 in high, 19 in wide, and 16 in deep with a net weight of 22 lbs. 1. Manufacturer QSC Audio, Part No. CX-Q 41<4 2.11 WIRELESS MICROPHONE SYSTEM A. Wireless microphone system shall consist of a receiver, and body-pack transmitters, operating in the 2.4GHz AND 5.68GHz band. 1. Wireless receiver(GLX-D+)shall be all-metal and shall provide an automatic scanning function to select appropriate local usable channels for proper wireless system operation. All configuration functions of the receiver shall be controlled by soft-touch controls on the receiver front panel. 2. Wireless body-pack transmitter shall have microphone and line level inputs. It shall provide DC voltage to power microphones requiring DC bias. Body-pack 27 4113- 7 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 - 8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 transmitter shall accommodate both belt and guitar straps. Transmitter shall have a recessed 4-pin locking input connector. 3. System shall include (1) body packs and (1) lavalier microphone (WL185). a. Manufacturer Shure: 1) Wireless mic system, Part No. GLXD14R+/85 2) Rack tray, Part No. URT2 3) Frequency manager, Part No. GLXD+FM 4) Single battery charger, Part No. SBC10-904 5) Interconnect cable 2-feet, Part No. UA802-RSMA 6) Interconnect cable 6-feet, Part No. UA806-RSMA 2.12 ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEM A. Transmitter shall be microprocessor controlled with push button configuration. It shall have an operating range of up to 1000 feet. It shall have 10 wideband and 7 non- standard wideband channels operating on 72.1-75.9 MHz. 1. Front panel shall have an OLED screen displaying current settings and menu functions. Channel/frequency selection, audio input source, audio presets (Hearing Assist, Music, Voice and Custom), audio input level, high and low pass filter, compressor gain and RF output power shall be configurable via the front OLED menu or web browser. There shall be a 10 segment LED bar graph indicating audio input level and an RF on air LED. A 1/4-inch stereo headphone jack will allow monitoring of the transmitted audio. 2. Transmitter shall be powered by an external 24VDC power supply. It shall have a 750 F-connector on the rear for remote antenna applications and an RCA line level output. It shall have analog 1/4-inch/XLR combo microphone or line level input jack, XLR AES3 and S/PDIF RCA digital input jacks. The model with Ethernet control shall have an RJ-45 Ethernet jack. a. Manufacturer Williams Sound: 1) Transmitter, Part No. FM T55 2) Single rack mounting kit, Part No. RPK 005 3) Dipole antenna (direct connect), Part No. ANT 034 4) RG59 bulk coaxial cable, Part No. WCC 003 3. Receiver shall be a body-pack style and include a detachable belt-clip for hands free operation. The receiver shall have a 3.5mm stereo/mono jack to accommodate stereo or mono low impedance earphones, headphones and neckloops. Receiver shall have a combination volume control with power on/off rotator dial. It shall have a green LED indicating battery and system status codes. Receiver shall have access to 17 preset wideband channels between 72-76MHz. Channel selection shall be made by pushing the seek button inside the battery compartment. The receiver shall have channel-lock capability. Receiver shall operate up to 50 hours with two disposable AA Alkaline batteries. a. Manufacturer William Sound: 1) Receiver, Part No. PPA R37 2) Neck loops, Part No. NKL 001 3) Single earbud earphones, Part No. EAR 013 4) Replacement ear pads (pkg. 100), Part No. EAR 015-100 2.13 FLAT PANEL DISPLAY A. The flat panel display shall be 86", 3840 x 2160 (4K UHD)with HDR and 120Hz refresh. The flat panel display shall have (3) HDMI inputs and be 600x400 VESA compatible. 27 4113- 8 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 - 9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1. Manufacturer LG, Part No. 86UR340C9UD 2.14 EQUIPMENT MOUNTS A. Flat Panel Display Mounts: 1. Flat panel display mount shall be a low-profile full-motion wall display mount for TVs 42-86-inch. Mount shall have 25-inch extension with 9-inch lateral shift and support 200 lbs. a. Manufacturer Chief, Wall mount bracket, Part No. PNRUB 2. Flat panel display mount shall be a lightweight, low-profile full-motion wall display mount for TVs 42-75-inch. Mount shall have 25-inch extension with 16-inch lateral shift and support 125 lbs. a. Manufacturer Chief: 1) Wall mount bracket, Part No. TS525TU 2) Component mount, Part No. CSMP9X12 2.15 SYSTEM CONTROL A. Control Processor: 1. Control processor shall have a high-performance embedded Web server, three bidirectional serial ports, two IR/serial ports, four relays, four flex 1/0 ports and three 100013ase-T Ethernet ports. Control processor shall support configurable control systems. Control processor shall integrate IP connectivity into AV systems, the ability to remotely control, monitor, and troubleshoot AV systems and equipment, including display devices and switchers. Control processor shall manage, monitor, and control both Extron and third-party equipment such as projectors, displays, computer monitors, and DVD players. Additionally, it shall interface with other devices that are network enabled. Control processor shall communicate with multiple TouchLink interfaces over a standard Ethernet network. a. Manufacturer Extron, IPCP Pro 350, Part No. 60-1417-01 B. Touch Panel Controller: 1. Touchpanel shall be fully configurable, 5-inch or 7-inch wall mount touch panel. Touch panel shall be Power over Ethernet (PoE) and work with IP Link control processor. Touch panel and IP Link control processors shall communicate using a standard Ethernet network. 2. External wall/back box shall be provided for mounting within recessed control enclosure. a. Manufacturer Extron: 1) 7-inch TouchLink TLP Pro 725M, Part No. 60-1563-02 2) Surface mount kit SMK 2, Part No. 70-1140-22 2.16 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION A. Matrix Switcher: 1. Matrix switcher shall be a 10x8 scaling presentation matrix switcher that shall support up to 10 inputs and eight outputs for matrix switching of HDMI sources, one digital audio expansion port, 4K upscaling and downscaling, plus additional support for signal extension over shielded twisted pair cable and audio digital signal processing with AEC. 2. Rack-mountable matrix switcher for HDMI and DTP sources and associated digital and analog audio, 4K scaling, signal extension over shielded cable, audio digital signal processing with AEC, and automixing for eight microphone groups. 27 4113- 9 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 - 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 Support HDMI specifications including data rates up to 10.2 Gbps, Deep Color up to 12-bit, 3D, and HD Iossless audio formats. 3. Video inputs shall be six HDMI, four RJ-45 for video from Extron DTP twisted pair transmitters. Video outputs shall be four HDMI, four RJ-45 for video to Extron DTP twisted pair receivers. a. Manufacturer Extron, DTP CrossPoint 108 4K, Part No. 60-1381-01 B. Twisted Pair Transmitters and Receivers: 1. HDMI device plate shall be a one input Decora-style transmitter for sending HDMI, audio, and control up to 330 feet (100 meters)over a shielded twisted pair cable. Transmitter shall provide one HDMI input. The HDMI transmitter shall support computer video up to 2560x1600, including 1080p/60 and 4K. It shall digitize incoming analog video for reliable display on a variety of output devices. HDMI transmitter shall include EDID Minder®, auto-switching between inputs, and remote power capability. a. Manufacturer Extron, DTP T HWP 4K 331 D, Part No. 60-1421-53 2. HDMI Rx shall receive transmissions of HDMI, audio, and bidirectional RS-232 and IR over a single shielded twisted pair cable. HDMI receiver shall provide a means for extending HDMI with embedded multi-channel audio from HDMI- equipped devices. It shall be capable of receiving 1080p/60 Deep Color and 1920x1200 and 4K signals up to 330 feet(100 meters). a. Manufacturer Extron, DTP R HDMI 4K 330/331 1) Surface mount Rx, Part No.60-1331-13 2) Decora plate Rx, Part No. 60-1531-53 2.17 ENCLOSURES AND PLATES A. Wall Box, Type 1: 1. Wall box shall be 14-gauge steel back box with 1/1 6-inch front cover and provide mounting space for telecommunications, AV and power devices. Dimensions shall be 11-inches W x 5.25-inches H x 3.57-inches D. Wall box shall include one low-voltage conduit entry box accepting (6) single IPS inserts and one AC power outlet box accepting industry standard faceplates. a. Provide one (1)additional standard AC power outlet box and one (1) additional low-voltage conduit entry box for each wall box. 1) Manufacturer FSR: a) AV wall box, Part No. PWB-100-WHT b) Blank cover plate, Part No. PWB-100-SLDWHT-C c) Low-Voltage conduit entry box, Part No. PWB-100-CBB d) Pass-thru rubber bushing, Part No. IPS-13011Q, provide (2) per wall box B. Wall Box, Type 2: 1. Wall box shall mount on a standard 12-inch-wide x 12-inch-high x 6-inch deep NEMA 1 box. Wall box shall have a 14-inch square frame with locking door with a 1-inch recessed 10.5-inch square mounting panel. Wall box cover shall be flush with reversible door hinges. Coordinate with manufacturer for factory cutouts of mounting panel. a. Manufacturer Whirlwind, Part No. WFFD12X1 KIT C. Audio Visual Plates: 1. Audio plates shall be stainless steel and professional grade connectors with metal housings. Microphone inputs shall be three-pin XLR, auxiliary inputs shall 27 4113- 10 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 - 11 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 be 1/4-inch TRS, and audio inputs shall be 3.5mm stereo jack as indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. Audio visual devices specified herein with factory thermoplastic plates shall be replaced with stainless steel Decora style faceplates. a. Manufacturer Leviton: 1) Single gang, Part No. 84401-40 2) Double gang, Part No. 84409-40 D. Grommeted plates shall be stainless steel with 1.75-inch rubber grommet to protect cables. 1. Manufacturer Semtron: a. Single gang, Part No. WP806-UNI b. Double gang, Part No. 2-OL-UNIGROM 2.18 CABLING A. SF/UTP Cabling: 1. Digital audio-visual cabling shall be shielded twisted pair terminated on shielded 8-Position modular plugs manufactured for 24 AWG solid conductor SF/UTP cabling. Modular plugs manufactured for stranded conductors and/or unshielded cabling is not permitted. a. Digital AV cabling shall be plenum rated SF/UTP shielded foil twisted pair design providing superior noise immunity and high-performance transmission of high-resolution digital signals. 1) Manufacturer Extron XTP DTP 24, Part No. 22-235-03 b. STP RJ45 shielded plugs shall provide integrated conductor alignment guide separates the individual conductor pairs for quick and easy termination. 1) Manufacturer Extron, package of 10, Part No. 101-005-02 B. U/UTP Cabling: 1. Cabling for Ethernet and other systems shall be Category 6 unshielded twisted pair, terminated on non-shielded 8-Position modular plugs manufactured for 26 AWG solid conductors U/UTP cabling. Modular plugs manufactured for stranded conductors are not permitted. a. Category 6 cabling constructed from 23 AWG FEP (plenum) insulated solid bare copper conductors formed into four individually twisted pairs. Cable shall be NFPA 262, CMP (plenum) rated. 1) Manufacturer Berk-Tek, Part No. 10032093 b. Category 6 8P8C plug approved manufacturers: 1) Bel Stewart, Part No. SS-39100-021 2) Sentinel, Part No. 111-080800541-34 3) Allen Tel, Part No. AT8X8RCSC-24 C. HDMI Patch Cables: 1. HDMI cables up to 15 feet in length shall support signals up to 4K(4096x2160) and 1080p @ 60 Hz resolutions and data rates to 18.0 Gbps, refresh rates to 60 Hz and color depth to 24 bits (8 bits per color). Cables shall be constructed with 28 AWG copper wire with gold plated contacts. a. Manufacturer Extron, Ultra Series, Part No. 26-663-xx 1) Where xx denotes the length in feet 27 4113- 11 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 - 12 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 D. IR Emitter and Shield: 1. IR emitter shall control equipment remotely. The kit shall be installed directly on the IR control window of the controlled equipment. IR emitter shall consist of a tiny infrared light-emitting diode housed in a miniature, injection molded shell with a 10-foot (3 m)wire lead. a. Manufacturer Extron, Part No. 70-283-01 E. Audio Cabling: 1. Microphone cable shall be twisted pair 22 AWG wire with a drain wire and overall foil jacket. 2. Speaker cable shall be twisted 18 AWG wire with overall jacket. Where powered speakers are specified provide twisted 22 AWG wire with overall jacket. a. Manufacturer Windy City Wire or approved equal. 2.19 LABELS A. Audio visual devices and equipment shall be identified with computer generated labels permanently and securely affixed to the device plate. All controls in the main equipment cabinet and on the remote-control panel shall be correspondingly labeled. B. Cable terminations shall be identified with computer generated wrap around labels permanently and securely affixed to each cable end within 4 inches of termination point. 2.20 OPEN CABLING & DEVICE MOUNTING SUPPORTS A. Accessories and mounting hardware shall be provided for securing supports to structure for a complete and working installation of open cabling supports. Supports shall comply with TIA requirements for structured cabling systems and pathway supports. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for quantity of cables supported. B. Hook& Loop Fasteners: 1. Hook and loop fastener rolls shall be 0.5-inch in width. Shear strength for plenum hook and loop fasteners shall be 29 PSI. Hook and loop fasteners installed in plenum air spaces shall be UL Listed (plenum) and be in the color maroon. a. Manufacturer Leviton, plenum, Part No. 43115-75P or equal C. J-Hooks: 1. J-hooks shall have a Galvanized finish with rounded edges for smoother cable pull and greater corrosion resistance. a. Manufacturer Erico Caddy, 1-inch Dia., Part No. CAT16HP 2.21 MATERIAL PROVISIONS A. Materials shall be provided to the Owner as specified herein. Item Imanufacturer IDescription I Part No. JProvide 1 Shure Wireless Handheld Microphone QLXD2/SM58=-G50 1 per s stem 2 Shure Wireless Body Pack QLXD1 1 (Note 1) 3 Shure Lavalier Microphone WL183 1 (Note 1) 4 Extron 6-foot- 3.5mm Male-Male 26-571-03 2 5 Extron 6-foot- HDMI High Speed Cable 26-663-06 2 6 William Sound Receiver PPA R37 8 7 William Sound Neck Loops NKL 001 4 8 William Sound Single Earbuds Earphones EAR 013 14 27 4113- 12 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 - 13 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 Item Imanufacturer IDescription I Part No. jProvide 9 lWilliam Sound lReplacement Eartips I EAR 023 18 Note 1: Quantities are included with bases stem. B. Microphones: 1. Wireless handheld transmitter shall utilize a high-quality condenser cardioid element. Capsule shall incorporate internal shock mounting and have a two- stage integral pop filter. It shall have a metal housing with a plastic antenna end cap. The transmitter shall transmit a digital Tone Lock signal that allows the receiver to un-mute. a. Manufacturer Shure, Part No. QLXD2/SM58=-G50 C. Equipment and Patch Cables: 1. Audio cables shall be fully shielded high quality 3.5mm mini stereo audio cables with molded connectors. a. Manufacturer Extron, 6 feet, Part No. 26-571-03 2. HDMI cables shall support signals up to 1920 x1200 @ 60 Hz and 1080p/60. Cables up to 15 feet in length shall support data rates to 10.2 Gbps, refresh rates to 120 Hz and color depth to 48 bits (16 bits per color). Cables shall be constructed with 30 AWG copper wire with gold plated contacts. a. Manufacturer Extron, Ultra Series, Part No. 26-663-06 PART 3 INSTALLATION 3.01 IP DEVICE MATRIX A. Contractor shall request the IP Device Matrix from the Owner in writing a minimum of three weeks in advance of starting the installation of IP devices. B. Complete the owner furnished IP Address matrix, in Microsoft Excel format, indicating the devices; make, model, MAC address, cable port number, room name and room number. Coordinate the specific function identifications and classifications with the Owner and Owner's Representative prior to the start of the installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Provide all labor, tools, supplies, software, hardware, materials, and equipment required for the design, installation, configuration/programming, and testing of a complete and operational system. B. System shall be installed in accordance with details on the Contract Documents and manufacturer's installation instructions. C. All devices shall be securely mounted. Provide necessary backing in walls or ceilings. D. Properly ground the system per NEC requirements to the building safety grounding system to prevent electrostatic charges and other transient electrical surges from damaging the control panel. E. Power sequencing for rack mount and remote equipment shall be as follows: 1. Constant Power: network switches, controller/control processor, DSP, and cable modulators. 2. First on /last off power: AV switch, power supplies, flat panel display, wireless mic receivers and DC power supplies. 3. Last on /first off power: loudspeakers, and amplifiers. 27 4113- 13 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 - 14 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.03 OPEN CABLING SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. All cable that is installed above suspended ceiling areas shall be run in j-hooks above the ceiling grid and will not be allowed to lay on the grid. 1. Provide all hanger supports and cable supports for cabling specified in this section, unless routed within conduit. All support structures shall adhere to the requirements in the National Electrical Code. 2. Cabling supports shall be spaced no further than 4-feet-0-inches apart. 3. Cabling bundles shall not sag, a maximum of two inches from the bottom of the cable support. 4. Cabling supports shall be installed on their own support system. The use of ceiling grid supports shall be prohibited. B. Twisted pair cabling utilizing open cabling methods shall maintain a minimum separation of three inches from fire alarm, intercom paging, and security cabling. Cabling supports shall maintain increased separation requirements when attaching to the same hanger rod to ensure cabling sag maintains the minimum three-inch separation. C. Microphone cabling shall be run in a separate conduit and/or open cabling supports. Speaker cabling shall be run in a separate conduit and/or open cabling supports. D. Maintain the following distances between cabling and other building systems: 1. One foot from fluorescent lights. 2. Six feet from motors and transformers. 3. Three feet from water piping or other mechanical equipment. 4. One foot from electrical conduits or other electrical equipment. E. Do not support cables from ductwork, sprinkler piping, water piping, waste piping, conduit or other system supports. Cabling shall never come in physical contact with these mechanical, fire protection and electrical systems and raceways. 3.04 LABELING A. Provide computer generated wrap around label on both ends of the cabling jacket no more than 4-inches from each termination point. 1. Labels shall identify connection point, i.e., HDMI-1, HDMI-2, Audio (in or out), Mic, AUX and AL. B. Faceplates shall be identified with computer generated labels for each output and input. 1. Labels shall identify connection point, i.e., HDMI-1, HDMI-2, Audio (in or out), Mic, AUX and AL. C. Audio visual controller source labels shall be labeled to correspond with the labels on the device faceplates. 3.05 CABLE TESTING A. Cable Testing: 1. Continuity tests shall be performed on all twisted pair cabling. 2. Testing procedures shall include the following parameters for each pair of each cable installed: a. Wire map 1) Continuity to the remote end. 2) Shorts between any two or more conductors 3) Reversed pairs 4) Split pairs 5) Transposed pairs 27 4113- 14 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 - 15 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 6) Shield continuity (S/FTP cabling only) 7) Any other miswiring 3. The test shall be recorded as pass/fail as indicated by the test set in accordance with the manufacturers recommended procedures and referenced to the appropriate cable identification number and circuit or pair number. 3.06 AUDIO TEST EQUIPMENT A. Laboratory-quality test equipment shall be used by the sound contractor to perform all required tests and measurements. The following list is given as an indication of the quality and type of equipment required. 1. Real Time/TEFAudio Analyzer: TerraSonde Audio Toolbox 2. Calibrated Microphone: TerraSonde Audio Toolbox 3. Audio Oscillator/AC Voltmeter TerraSonde Audio Toolbox 4. Oscilloscope: TerraSonde Audio Toolbox 5. Impedance Bridge: Sennheiser model ZP-3 6. Sound Level Meter: TerraSonde Audio Toolbox 3.07 PROGRAMMING A. System Control: The system shall provide full control via the touchpanel of the devices connected to the system through IR, RS-232, relay, Ethernet and/or by other means. B. NOTE: the system descriptions assume the core AV equipment is shared between two rooms. Modify the programming requirements as needed. C. The system shall be programmed with different modes for typical operations within the system. The programming requirements specified herein are intended to be a framework; additional programming will be required for a complete and operational system. Coordinate final control requirements and functionality of the system with the Owner, as a minimum include the following modes of operation and functions: 1. When motion is detected by the control panel, the panel shall display the school's logo and "Touch to Begin". Base colors shall be blue &white (school colors). a. Once the screen is touched it shall bring up a "PIN code" request with keypad. PIN code shall be a 4-digit number 1234 as default, final PIN codes shall be approved by Owner. b. Once the correct PIN code has been entered, the control panel shall be directed to the"Home" page. 2. The Home page shall display"Modes" and "Shut Down" buttons. a. Mode A, Roll Call room A—Audio 1) Audio mode shall set the sources/inputs to transmit audio signals to the speakers within this space. 2) Audio mode shall select the wireless mic system to transmit audio signals to the speakers within this space. 3) The selection of Audio mode shall bring up the Audio Control pages. Audio Control shall consist of two pages, one for wired microphones and one for wireless microphones. Each page shall contain an Aux Audio Source button and a Mic Master Audio control button. Toggle buttons (wired mics &wireless mics) shall be included at the top of the page. 27 4113- 15 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 - 16 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 4) Audio Control page shall have buttons for media player(s). Media player control page shall have buttons for full control of device, i.e., play, pause, skip forward/back, fast forward/rewind, menu, title, up/down, left/right, enter, etc. Media player control page shall have a main volume control and audio control page button on the side of the screen. b. Mode B, Roll Call room A—Video 1) Video mode shall set the audio (Mode A) and video sources/inputs within this space to transmit audio signals to the speakers and video signals to the display. 2) Video mode shall select the wireless mic system to transmit audio signals to the speakers within this space. 3) Audio Video mode shall select the digital (HDMI &audio) input. Analog audio inputs in this mode shall remain active power on the display. 4) The selection of Video shall bring up the Video Control page. Video Control page shall have buttons for media player(s) and PC. Player/PC control page shall have buttons for full control of device, i.e., play, pause, skip forward/back, fast forward/rewind, menu, title, up/down, left/right, enter, etc. Player/PC control page shall have a main volume control and audio control page button on the side of the screen. C. Mode A2, Roll Call room B—Audio 1) Programming shall match Mode A. d. Mode B2, Roll Call room B—Video 1) Video mode shall set the audio (Mode A) and video sources/inputs within this space to transmit audio signals to the speakers and video signals to the display. 2) Video mode shall select the wireless mic system to transmit audio signals to the speakers within this space. 3) Video mode shall select the digital (HDMI &audio) input. Analog audio inputs in this mode shall remain active power on the display. 4) The selection of Video shall bring up the Video Control page. Video Control page shall have buttons for media player(s) and PC. Player/PC control page shall have buttons for full control of device, i.e., play, pause, skip forward/back, fast forward/rewind, menu, title, up/down, left/right, enter, etc. Player/PC control page shall have a main volume control and audio control page button on the side of the screen. e. Mode A3, Roll Call room B—Audio 1) Programming shall match Mode A. f. Mode B3, Roll Call room B—Video 1) Video mode shall set the audio (Mode A) and video sources/inputs within this space to transmit audio signals to the speakers and video signals to the display. 2) Video mode shall select the wireless mic system to transmit audio signals to the speakers within this space. 27 4113- 16 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 - 17 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3) Video mode shall select the digital (HDMI &audio) input. Analog audio inputs in this mode shall remain active power on the display. The selection of Video shall bring up the Video Control page. Video Control page shall have buttons for media player(s) and PC. Player/PC control page shall have buttons for full control of device, i.e., play, pause, skip forward/back, fast forward/rewind, menu, title, up/down, left/right, enter, etc. Player/PC control page shall have a main volume control and audio control page button on the side of the screen. g. Mode C, Combined —shall set the three spaces to operate in a combined mode. 1) Combined mode shall set the sources/inputs in both spaces to transmit audio and video signals to the speakers/display in all spaces. 2) Combined mode shall select the wireless mic systems to transmit audio signals to speakers in both spaces. 3) The selection of Combined mode shall display button options for Audio or Audio Video. a) Audio—shall match Mode A/A2/A3 and select the audio inputs in all three spaces. b) Audio Video—shall match Mode B and select the audio inputs in all three spaces. h. Shut Down—shall power off all controlled equipment. 1) When Shut Down is selected the control panel shall display button options for"Confirm Shut Down" or"Cancel". a) Confirm Shut Down—green in color, shall follow shut down procedures. b) Volume settings shall automatically be turned down to 50 dB. c) Cancel—red in color, shall direct the control panel to the Home page. 3. When selected, buttons shall change color to notify users. Buttons shall be gray when in an unselected mode and change to blue when selected, unless noted otherwise. 4. A Home, Back and Help button shall be present on every page, located in the upper right and upper left-hand side of the control panel, respectively. a. Home button —shall direct the control panel to the Home page. b. Back button —shall direct the control panel back to the previous page. C. Help button —shall provide phone numbers and contact information for end user to call. D. System Integration: 1. When the fire alarm system is activated, it shall duck the audio content, control panel shall be directed to the shutdown page and follow shut shown procedures if the cancel button is not pressed within 2-minutes. 2. When the intercom system is activated, it shall duck the audio content, after announcement system audio shall return to prior audio levels. 27 4113- 17 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 - 18 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.08 PRE-TESTING: A. When the electronic equipment and loudspeakers specified herein are fully installed on- site; the system shall be equalized and acoustically tested by the sound contractor utilizing the Real Time testing technique. Personnel, test equipment, complete report, and signing shall be as described. B. The loudspeakers shall be oriented and sound levels set to provide an even distribution of the Sound Field frequency response of 250 to 10,000 Hz throughout the seating area. C. Provide equalization to attain frequency response that is within +/- 3 dB from 100 to 10,000 Hz with a 6 dB roll off below 80 Hz and above 12,500 Hz, at any seat in the audience covered by the loudspeakers. D. The system shall deliver a minimum of 90 dB average program level with additional 10 dB peaking margin to any seat in the audience at distortion level below 0.1% THD over the specified frequency range. E. The following test shall be performed, and the system shall be made to meet each listed performance criterion: 1. Overall frequency response of the complete electronic system (unequalized) shall be 20 to 20,000 Hz +/- 3dB. Equalizing circuits shall be temporarily set in the indicated flat position. 2. Total harmonic distortion (THD)from microphone input to power amplifier output at rated power shall be less than 0.1% for the frequency range of 20 to 20,000 Hz. 3. The overall broadband hum and noise from 20 Hz to 20 kHz using 6 dB/octave filter at 12.47 kHz shall be at least 65 dB below the rated output from system input to output. 4. The total system shall be installed from microphone to loudspeaker in Absolute Polarity. A positive pressure on the microphone shall produce a positive pressure from the loudspeaker. F. Prior to requesting the acceptance test, Contractor shall correct any deficiencies discovered as the result of the inspection and operational pre-test. 3.09 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Contractor shall submit a request for the Acceptance test in writing to the Owner no less than twenty-one days prior to the requested test date. The request for acceptance test shall constitute a certification from the Contractor that all Work is complete and in compliance with the Contract Documents; all systems have been tested; and that all corrections have been made. B. Acceptance test shall be scheduled during a period when the building is unoccupied, and a complete system test can be accomplished. Contractor shall provide the services of no fewer than two (2)technicians to perform the acceptance test. Technicians performing the acceptance test shall have been involved in the installation of this project and shall be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the Work. Technicians shall be equipped with portable two-way radios that will be used during the test. C. Contractor shall provide all ladders, tools, test equipment, and other facilities needed to accomplish the Acceptance test. D. During acceptance test, Contractor shall demonstrate all equipment and system features to the Owner. Contractor shall fully cooperate with the Owner and provide assistance with the inspection and test. Contractor shall remove and reinstall covers, open and restore 27 4113- 18 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4113 - 19 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 wiring connections, operate equipment, and perform other reasonable work as requested by the Owner. E. Any portions of the Work found to be deficient or not in compliance with the Contract Documents will be rejected. Owner will record any such deficiencies observed during the Acceptance test. A copy of said list will be provided to Contractor. Contractor shall promptly correct all deficiencies. 3.10 POST SYSTEM TESTING A. Post system testing shall be completed 45 days after final acceptance is achieved to verify system function. B. The post system process includes testing that is intended to test system function under operational conditions. The Contractor shall provide the required labor, materials, and test equipment to perform the tests. Technicians performing the post system test shall have been involved in the programming and installation of this project and shall be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the Work. The Contractor and Owner will conduct and document the testing, upon acceptance the Owner shall sign the test report to verify tests were performed. 3.11 WARRANTY AND SERVICE A. Contractor shall provide parts and labor guarantee on all Work. Unless otherwise specified herein, Contractor's guarantee shall be for a period of one (1)year from Date of Acceptance, except where any specific guarantees from a supplier or equipment manufacturer extends for a longer time. B. Contractor's guarantee shall cover all costs associated with troubleshooting, repair, and replacement of defective Work, including costs of labor, transportation, lodging, materials, and equipment. 3.12 TRAINING A. Owner shall receive 4 hours of instruction in (2) 2-hour segments covering all aspects of operating the audio visual system. 3.13 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 27 4113 27 4113- 19 Roll Call Room Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4114 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 27 4114 EOC AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Provide a performance audio visual system and other relevant components and accessories required to provide a complete operating system as specified herein. 1. System shall be provided in the EOC Room. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Supplementary Conditions, Division 01 sections and Section 260500 apply to the Work in this Section. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Sections 1. 260500—General Electrical Provisions 2. 260510— Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 3. 260533— Raceway Systems 4. 260534—Outlet Boxes 5. 271100—Telecommunications System 6. 283111 — Fire Alarm and Detection System 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The system and its components shall be Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., listed under the appropriate UL testing standard as listed herein for audio visual applications. B. Codes and Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. ANSI C63.4 Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz. 2. Federal Communications Commission (FCC): a. Title 47 CFR— Part 15; Class B— Radiated and Conducted Emissions. 3. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): a. UL 50— Enclosures for Electrical Equipment b. UL 60950-2— Information Technology Equipment 4. National Electric Code (NEC): Latest Version 5. National Electric Safety Code (NESC): Latest Version 6. Department of Justice (DOJ): 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design 7. Provide all wiring in accordance with Article 725 of the National Electrical Code and local ordinances, and other sections of these specifications. C. Qualifications: 1. Audio-visual system equipment shall be installed by an authorized factory distributor. The contractor shall have furnished and installed similar systems continuously for no less than five years. 2. Contractor shall hold the necessary licenses as issued by the State of Washington for a low voltage electrical contractor. Installation shall be made by a licensed and bonded contractor holding a valid Washington State Electrical Contractor's License as described in Chapter 19.28 of the Electrician and Electrical Installation Revised Code of Washington State. 27 4114 - 1 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4114 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: 1. Submit with data arranged under basic categories, such as, certifications, personnel training, manufacturer warranty, products, test equipment and calibration, and similar items. Include index with the submittals. 2. Organize by specification infrastructure component sections described in Part 1 and Part 2 of this section. 3. Submit Product Data information sheets for coordination with item and model number. 4. Where more than one product is shown on a page, mark product with arrow or by other means to identify exact product or products being submitted by specific part number. 5. Submit resumes and certifications of technicians and project manager who will support this project. C. Acceptance Test Plan: 1. An acceptance test plan form shall be prepared/provided by the contractor. 2. This form shall include separate sections for each device and a column indicating the result of the testing performed by the contractor(pass/fail), and an empty column for recording findings during the walk-through. D. Shop Drawings: 1. Drawings shall provide details of proposed system and the equipment and work to be provided. Drawings shall include point-to-point drawings of systems, elevations, section views and wiring diagrams of individual devices. 2. Connections to other equipment/systems not specified herein. E. Programming: 1. Control panel user interface drawings shall show each page in a sequential progression of how the system will operate. See Execution subsection herein for programming requirements. F. Record Drawings: 1. Keep complete set of audio-visual drawings in job-site office to show actual installation of cabling and equipment during construction. 2. Use of this set of drawings for recording as-built conditions. 3. Indicate where material, equipment, and system component are installed differently from that shown on the Drawings. 4. Prepare electronic set of Record Drawings, incorporating changes during construction. Submit Record Drawings to the Owner's Representative for review and acceptance. 5. Submit Record Drawings using latest version of AutoCAD software or as approved by the Owner, and in PDF format. Request final architectural background drawing files that incorporate floor plan and program spaces numbering modifications. a. AutoCAD drawings shall be e-transmitted to include backgrounds, title blocks and other associated files. 6. Submit electronic copy of Record Drawings in full-size PDF and AutoCAD format, on flash drive. 27 4114 - 2 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4114 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 G. Project Closeout: 1. Submit closeout documentation to the Owner's Representative and Architect under provisions of Division 01, Section 260500 and this section. 2. Provide all project closeout documentation including but not limited to; test acceptance documentation, Record Drawings, manufacturer warranty and Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.05 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. System shall support high fidelity wide frequency bandwidth audio and high-definition video for live and playback of pre-recorded program materials. B. System shall feature an equipment rack containing all system electronic components. C. Equipment rack shall provide for a permanent and secure mounting of the audio-visual components and other miscellaneous equipment. D. High quality microphones and companion accessories shall be provided for live performances and recording, as specified herein. 1.06 MATERIAL PROVISIONS A. Deliver materials to the Owner under provisions of this section. B. Contractor shall be responsible to provide a material transmittal for all materials being provided to the Owner as described herein and that are not permanently installed. Transmittal shall be signed by the General Contractor and the Owner receiving the materials. Transmittal shall be included as part of the O&M manuals. PART 2 EQUIPMENT 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Substitutions: The substitution of products shall adhere to the requirements defined in Section 012500—Substitutions. 1. Audio visual equipment shall be from a manufacturer with at least 5 years of experience in the manufacturing of equipment. a. Approved manufacturers: 1) Digital Sound Processor: QSC, Biamp 2) Amplifiers: QSC, Extron, and Crown 3) Loudspeakers &subs: QSC, JBL Pro, Electro-Voice 4) Media Players: Denon 5) Touch Panels and Controller: Extron 6) Wireless Microphone System: Audio-Technica, Sennheiser and Shure 7) Assistive Listening System: Williams Sound and Sennheiser 27 4114 - 3 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4114 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.02 EQUIPMENT RACK AND ACCESSORIES A. Portable equipment rack shall be 23.06-inches W x 22-inches D x 48-inches H (including casters)with 21 rack units. Equipment rack shall include one-pair swivel and one-pair swivel/locking 4-inch heavy-duty rubber casters with 225 lbs. load rating each (900 lbs. total), vented side panels with recessed handles, recessed rear door with vents and key lock, and one-pair of adjustable mounting rails tapped 10-32. Equipment rack shall be constructed of 16-gauge steel with 14-gauge steel bottom and reinforced at all junctures. Rack shall feature vents above and below the surface-mount solid front door, which shall include a recessed handle and key-lock. Equipment rack finish shall be black wrinkle powder epoxy with graphite grey top. Provide steel blank panels for all unused rack spaces. 1. Manufacturer Lowell: a. Equipment rack, Part No. LPR-2122 b. Laminate top, Part No. LGT-22 C. Rack rails, Part No. RRD-21 2. AC power connection to the portable rack shall be a heavy duty#12 AWG, 3- conductor 25-foot extension cord connected to the AC power conditioner for the connection to wall receptacle. B. Equipment rack hardware, shelves, drawers, blank shall be provided as specified. Tamperproof screws shall be provided to secure equipment. 1. Manufacturer Lowell: a. 2RU locking drawer, Part No. UDP-214 b. Drawer mat liner, Part No. CDM C. Sliding shelf, Part No. SLS d. 1 U blank panel, Part No. SEFP-1 e. 2U blank panel, Part No. SEFP-2 f. 2U vent panel, Part No. SVSP-2 g. 1RU 10-hole panel, Part No. N10P-ID-1 h. Tamperproof screws, bag (50), Part No. RSV-50 i. Drive bit, Part No. RSV-BIT 2. Manufacturer Extron: a. Universal rack shelf kit, RSU 129, Part No. 60-190-01 C. Equipment rack shall be bonded to building steel with #6 AWG stranded ground wire with overall green jacket. 1. Exothermic Welding a. Manufacturer Erico Cadweld or Thermoweld, appropriate fittings as required. 2. Cable Terminals a. Cable terminal shall be two-hole, non-insulated copper compression long barrel terminal, requiring 3/8-inch bolts on 1-inch and 5/8-inch centers. 1) Manufacturer Burndy, T&B, Thermoweld or approved equal. 27 4114 -4 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4114 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.03 AC POWER CONDITIONER A. Sequential AC rackmount power panel shall be ETL listed and have a power rating of 120VAC 60Hz/20A with EMI /RFI filtering, 9 outlets (6 switched, 3 unswitched) and 2 steps providing contact closures to sequentially activate/deactivate equipment with a sequence delay of.5 to 10 seconds. Panel shall be housed in a 1 RU steel chassis measuring and have color coded LED's. Activation shall be via rocker switch on the front panel 1. Manufacturer Lowell, Part No. ACR-SEQ6-2009 B. Power strip shall be ETL Listed, power rating shall be 120VAC 15A with circuit breaker protection. It shall feature six (6) 15A outlets spaced to accept power supplies. It shall be terminated with an attached 6-foot cord and molded plug. 1. Manufacturer Lowell, Part No. ACS-1506-WW C. Remote controlling AC power shall include a power supply and relay housed in a 7.5- inches L x 3.25-inches W x 2.75-inches steel chassis with a black powder epoxy finish. The unit shall include one duplex outlet with 15A power rating and 6-foot cord with NEMA plug. 1. Manufacturer Lowell, Part No. RPC-15 2.04 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR A. System Processor: 1. System processor shall provide up to 64 x 64 networked audio channels individually configurable as either Q-LAN or AES67 formatted networked audio. System processor shall support an 8-channel total analog 1/0 capacity and shall be presented as 8 Flex Channel 1/0 which shall be software definable as analog inputs or outputs in single channel increments in any combination ratio. 2. On the rear panel, the system processor shall have two 3-pin RS232 Euro Block Connectors, 8 GPI general purpose control inputs on a 10-pin Euro Block Connector, 8 GPO general purpose control outputs on a 10-pin Euro Block Connector, USB C and B connectors to support AV bridging with QSC Q-SYS cameras and/or present itself as one or more multi-channel USB audio interfaces. Q-SYS Network: LAN A RJ45 1000 Mbps only, LAN B: RJ45 1000 Mbps only. 3. System processor shall have the ability to toggle into an 1/0 peripheral to allow another Core processor to use its onboard USB bridging capabilities and onboard audio and/or control 1/0 features. a. Manufacturer QSC Audio, Part No. Core 8 Flex B. 1/0 Expansion Peripheral 1. Peripheral shall provide four(4) channels of analog audio that are remotely configurable. Peripheral shall operate on PoE or DC power. The peripheral's rear panel shall provide two 2-pin power Euroblock connectors for daisy-chainable DC power, four(4) balanced audio outputs on a 12-pin Euroblock connector, a recessed setting reset button, and two (2) RJ45 connectors for daisy-chainable Ethernet configured as Q-SYS Network ports: one (1) PoE port, RJ45 1000 Mbps only; one (1) Pass-thru port, RJ45 1000 Mbps only. a. Manufacturer QSC Audio: 1) 4-channel output, Part No. QIO-L4o 2) 4-channel input, Part No. QIO-ML4i 3) 2-channel input/2-channel output, Part No. QIO-ML2x2 27 4114 - 5 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4114 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 4) Rack mount kit, Part No. QIO-RMK 5) Power supply, Part No. QIO-PSU 2.05 GIGABIT ETHERNET SWITCH A. Ethernet switch shall be a Layer 3 managed Gigabit switch with Voice over IP (VoIP) Quality of Service (QoS)to prioritize clock sync and audio traffic over other network traffic. Switch shall have Power over Ethernet Plus (PoE+) ports, Quality of Service (QoS) with 4 queues and Diffsery (DSCP) QoS, with strict priority. 1. Refer to QSC for specific part numbers on Q-Sys System qualified switches. a. Acceptable Manufacturers/Models: Q-Sys NS G2 Series, Cisco CBS3520 series, HP 3800 series and pakedge S24HF 2.06 WIRED AUDIO DEVICES A. Microphone Splitter: 1. Microphone splitter shall provide eight channels of mic/line level splitting circuitry. Splitter shall have one direct and one transformer isolated output per channel. Splitter shall have Phoenix style connectors and be 1 RU with rear tie bar. a. Manufacturer Whirlwind: 1) 8-channel splitter, Part No. SPC82P 2) External phantom power supply, Part No. DCSP1 B. Audio Divider/Combiner: 1. Audio divider/combiner shall provide a total of 4 input/outputs usable in any combination; split 1 in to 3 out; 2 in to 2 out; 3 in to 1 out. The device shall be passive and balanced with an input/output impedance of 150 ohms. a. Manufacturer Radio Design Labs (RDL), Part No. STD-150 C. Audio Transformer: 1. Audio transformer shall convert unbalanced stereo input to summed balanced mono output. The device shall be passive with a frequency response 30 Hz to 20 kHz (+/- 1 dB). a. Manufacturer Radio Design Labs (RDL), Part No. TX-J2 D. Audio Summing Adaptor 1. Audio summing adapter shall be a single-cable solution for combining two- channel stereo audio into a mono audio signal. Audio summing adapter shall include a male 3.5 mm stereo mini plug connector for unbalanced stereo input signals and a captive screw connector for unbalanced mono audio output. It shall have a 2-foot-long adapter with a resistor network to properly sum stereo signals without signal loss or damage to source equipment. a. Manufacturer Extron, ASA 111, Part No. 60-738-01 2.07 WIRELESS AUDIO DEVICES A. Wireless Bluetooth Audio: 1. Wireless Bluetooth connectivity shall include wall mounted input device with active single-pair receiver in twisted pair balanced line output. 2. Single -10dBV Unbalanced or+4dBu balanced output on single pair receiver. Bluetooth plate shall be powered remotely via receiver over twisted pair. a. Manufacturer RDL: 1) Bluetooth wall plate (sender), Part No. D-BT1A 2) Audio receiver, Part No. TX-TPR1A 27 4114 - 6 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4114 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3) Rack mount kit, Part No. TX-RA5 4) Power Supply, Part No. PS-24AS 2.08 DISC PLAYERS A. Blu-ray player shall support HDMI 1.4a and 2-channel audio outputs. Blu-ray shall be compatible with BD-Video, BD-R, BD-RE, DVD-Video, DVD-Audio, DVD+R, DVD+RW (Video mode, AVCHD format), DVD-R, DVD-RW(Video mode, AVCHD format) and Audio CD (CD-R, CD-RW). A front-loading USB slot delivers access to MP3, WAV, FLAC, MP4, WMV, JPG, PNG and GIF files. Player shall have (2)XLR audio outputs (L/R, balanced), (2) RCA audio outputs (L/R, unbalanced), (8) RCA audio outputs (7.1 surround sound), (1) HDMI audio/visual output, (1) RJ-45 LAN port and (1)9-pin D-Sub female RS-232C port output. 1. Manufacturer Denon, Part No. DN-500BD MKII 2.09 CEILING SPEAKERS A. Loudspeaker shall be of a ceiling-mount design, with a transformer suitable for use on 70-or 100-volt distributed lines. It shall use a 6.5-inch, polypropylene cone full-range transducer with a ported enclosure that has usable response down to 65 Hz. It shall have a broad band sensitivity of 88 dB (2.83 V at 1 m) and a conical -10 dB Beamwidth of 135 degrees. Transformer shall have selectable power taps ranging from 7.5 to 60 watts, plus a 16-ohm bypass. 1. In-ceiling speaker baffle and back can shall be cylindrical, with captive"dog ear" mounting clamps that accommodate ceiling thicknesses from 1/4-inch to 1.5- inch. a. Manufacturer QSC Audio: 1) In-ceiling speaker, Part No. AD-C6T-WH 2.10 MULTI-CHANNEL POWER AMPLIFIER A. Power amplifier shall be a four-channel system-processing amplifier providing total power of up to 4000 W (8-ohm, max power). Amplifier shall utilize Flexible Amplifier Summing Technology to distribute its power across one, two, three, or four channels. Amplifier shall be capable of operation at both low impedance (2, 4, or 8-ohms) and direct drive high impedance (70 or 100 V). B. Amplifier shall provide four channels of full-function onboard loudspeaker DSP with crossover and parametric EQ filters, RMS and Peak limiting, alignment delay, and dynamics processing. Amplifier shall be able to store 50 user configurations as presets and shall include 20 modifiable factory presets. A built-in preset wizard shall enable loudspeaker selection from a list of speaker models. C. Amplifier shall be 3.5 in high, 19 in wide, and 16 in deep with a net weight of 22 lbs. 1. Manufacturer QSC Audio, Part No. CX-Q 41<4 2.11 WIRELESS MICROPHONE SYSTEM A. Wireless microphone system shall consist of a receiver, and body-pack transmitters, operating in the 2.4GHz AND 5.68GHz band. 1. Wireless receiver(GLX-D+)shall be all-metal and shall provide an automatic scanning function to select appropriate local usable channels for proper wireless system operation. All configuration functions of the receiver shall be controlled by soft-touch controls on the receiver front panel. 2. Wireless body-pack transmitter shall have microphone and line level inputs. It shall provide DC voltage to power microphones requiring DC bias. Body-pack 27 4114 - 7 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4114 - 8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 transmitter shall accommodate both belt and guitar straps. Transmitter shall have a recessed 4-pin locking input connector. 3. System shall include (1) body packs and (1) lavalier microphone (WL185). a. Manufacturer Shure: 1) Wireless mic system, Part No. GLXD14R+/85 2) Rack tray, Part No. URT2 3) Frequency manager, Part No. GLXD+FM 4) Single battery charger, Part No. SBC10-904 5) Interconnect cable 2-feet, Part No. UA802-RSMA 6) Interconnect cable 6-feet, Part No. UA806-RSMA 2.12 ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEM A. Transmitter shall be microprocessor controlled with push button configuration. It shall have an operating range of up to 1000 feet. It shall have 10 wideband and 7 non- standard wideband channels operating on 72.1-75.9 MHz. 1. Front panel shall have an OLED screen displaying current settings and menu functions. Channel/frequency selection, audio input source, audio presets (Hearing Assist, Music, Voice and Custom), audio input level, high and low pass filter, compressor gain and RF output power shall be configurable via the front OLED menu or web browser. There shall be a 10 segment LED bar graph indicating audio input level and an RF on air LED. A 1/4-inch stereo headphone jack will allow monitoring of the transmitted audio. 2. Transmitter shall be powered by an external 24VDC power supply. It shall have a 750 F-connector on the rear for remote antenna applications and an RCA line level output. It shall have analog 1/4-inch/XLR combo microphone or line level input jack, XLR AES3 and S/PDIF RCA digital input jacks. The model with Ethernet control shall have an RJ-45 Ethernet jack. a. Manufacturer Williams Sound: 1) Transmitter, Part No. FM T55 2) Single rack mounting kit, Part No. RPK 005 3) Dipole antenna (direct connect), Part No. ANT 034 4) RG59 bulk coaxial cable, Part No. WCC 003 3. Receiver shall be a body-pack style and include a detachable belt-clip for hands free operation. The receiver shall have a 3.5mm stereo/mono jack to accommodate stereo or mono low impedance earphones, headphones and neckloops. Receiver shall have a combination volume control with power on/off rotator dial. It shall have a green LED indicating battery and system status codes. Receiver shall have access to 17 preset wideband channels between 72-76MHz. Channel selection shall be made by pushing the seek button inside the battery compartment. The receiver shall have channel-lock capability. Receiver shall operate up to 50 hours with two disposable AA Alkaline batteries. a. Manufacturer William Sound: 1) Receiver, Part No. PPA R37 2) Neck loops, Part No. NKL 001 3) Single earbud earphones, Part No. EAR 013 4) Replacement ear pads (pkg. 100), Part No. EAR 015-100 2.13 VIDEO WALL DISPLAYS AND MOUNTS A. The video wall shall be a 2x2 configuration consisting of 55" IPS panel displays with 1920 x 1080 FHD images, 700 nits brightness, and .44mm bezel. Display shall have various 27 4114 - 8 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4114 - 9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 inputs and outputs to accommodate different sources including DVI-D x 1 (input), HDMI x 1 (input), Display Port x 2 (input and output), 3.5 mm-diameter mini stereo jack x 2 (input and output), RS-232C x 2 (input and output), and USB2.0 x 1. Additional features include LAN port (10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T)x 2 (input and output). 1. Manufacturer LG, Part No. Part No. 55VSH7J-H B. The AV contractor shall provide surrounding trim to the video wall locations to provide a finished appearance that blends with the architectural surroundings while providing access to the displays and mounts and hiding the mounts and display connections from view. Coordinate layout, materials, and material color with architect before finishes are provided in the areas of the video walls. C. The AV contractor shall provide up to three different videowall preset configurations, in addition to the full 3x3 image configuration, as coordinated with the owner. 2.14 SYSTEM CONTROL A. Control Processor: 1. Control processor shall have a high-performance embedded Web server, three bidirectional serial ports, two IR/serial ports, four relays, four flex I/O ports and three 100013ase-T Ethernet ports. Control processor shall support configurable control systems. Control processor shall integrate IP connectivity into AV systems, the ability to remotely control, monitor, and troubleshoot AV systems and equipment, including display devices and switchers. Control processor shall manage, monitor, and control both Extron and third-party equipment such as projectors, displays, computer monitors, and DVD players. Additionally, it shall interface with other devices that are network enabled. Control processor shall communicate with multiple TouchLink interfaces over a standard Ethernet network. a. Manufacturer Extron, IPCP Pro 350, Part No. 60-1417-01 B. Touch Panel Controller: 1. Touchpanel shall be fully configurable, 7-inch wall mount touch panel. Touch panel shall be Power over Ethernet(PoE) and work with IP Link control processor. Touch panel and IP Link control processors shall communicate using a standard Ethernet network. 2. External wall/back box shall be provided for mounting within recessed control enclosure. a. Manufacturer Extron: 1) 7-inch TouchLink TLP Pro 725M, Part No. 60-1563-02 2) Surface mount kit SMK 2, Part No. 70-1140-22 2.15 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION A. Matrix Switcher: 1. The modular digital matrix switcher provides high performance switching of video and audio plus extension of bidirectional control and Ethernet in a future-ready integrated solution. The 50 Gbps digital backplane easily supports the data rate requirements for 8K video formats. 2. XTP®input and output boards offer local connectivity and extended transmission capability using a single CATx or fiber optic cable. The matrix switcher is HDCP compliant, and includes features, such as EDID Minder®, Key Minder®, and RS-232 insertion over Ethernet. Configurable for 1/0 sizes up to 16x16. Switcher provides a WindoWall Mode for videowall applications which shall be utilized with the Commons AV system 3x3 videowall. 27 4114 - 9 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4114 - 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3. The 50 Gbps digital backplane ensures full compatibility with the highest video resolutions currently in use, such as 4K/60 with 4*4 color sampling, while also providing a future-ready upgrade path for new formats. The modular design allows the AV system to be customized to the application, with available input and output boards providing local distribution of HDMI, DVI, analog video, and audio connections in addition to long distance transmission to and from remote XTP transmitters and receivers. Each XTP board is hot-swappable so that the matrix switcher can be serviced or reconfigured without interrupting signal routing. Unoccupied board slots can be reserved for future system expansion. a. Manufacturer Extron, Custom XTP II CrossPoint1600, Part No. 60-1545- XXXXXX 1) XTP 11 CrossPoint 1600 Frame 2) XTP II CP 4i HDMI 4K Plus input board 3) XTP CP 4i 4K Input—26W 4) XTP Matrix 1/0 Blank Plate 5) XTP Matrix 1/0 Blank Plate 6) XTP CP 4o 4K Output—26W 7) XTP Matrix 1/0 Blank Plate 8) XTP CP 4o 4K Output—26W 9) XTP CP 4o SA Output board B. Twisted Pair Transmitters and Receivers: 1. HDMI device plate shall be a one input Decora-style transmitter for sending HDMI, audio, and control up to 330 feet (100 meters)over a shielded twisted pair cable. Transmitter shall provide one HDMI input. The HDMI transmitter shall support computer video up to 2560x1600, including 1080p/60 and 4K. It shall digitize incoming analog video for reliable display on a variety of output devices. HDMI transmitter shall include EDID Minder®, auto-switching between inputs, and remote power capability. a. Manufacturer Extron, DTP T HWP 4K 331 D, Part No. 60-1421-53 2. HDMI Rx shall receive transmissions of HDMI, audio, and bidirectional RS-232 and IR over a single shielded twisted pair cable. HDMI receiver shall provide a means for extending HDMI with embedded multi-channel audio from HDMI- equipped devices. It shall be capable of receiving 1080p/60 Deep Color and 1920x1200 and 4K signals up to 330 feet(100 meters). a. Manufacturer Extron, DTP R HDMI 4K 330/331 1) Surface mount Rx, Part No.60-1331-13 2) Decora plate Rx, Part No. 60-1531-53 2.16 ENCLOSURES AND PLATES A. Wall Box, Type 1: 1. Wall box shall be 14-gauge steel back box with 1/1 6-inch front cover and provide mounting space for telecommunications, AV and power devices. Dimensions shall be 11-inches W x 5.25-inches H x 3.57-inches D. Wall box shall include one low-voltage conduit entry box accepting (6) single IPS inserts and one AC power outlet box accepting industry standard faceplates. a. Provide one (1)additional standard AC power outlet box and one (1) additional low-voltage conduit entry box for each wall box. 1) Manufacturer FSR: a) AV wall box, Part No. PWB-100-WHT b) Blank cover plate, Part No. PWB-100-SLDWHT-C 27 4114- 10 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4114 - 11 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 c) Low-Voltage conduit entry box, Part No. PWB-100-CBB d) Pass-thru rubber bushing, Part No. IPS-B011Q, provide (2) per wall box B. Wall Box, Type 2: 1. Wall box shall mount on a standard 12-inch-wide x 12-inch-high x 6-inch deep NEMA 1 box. Wall box shall have a 14-inch square frame with locking door with a 1-inch recessed 10.5-inch square mounting panel. Wall box cover shall be flush with reversible door hinges. Coordinate with manufacturer for factory cutouts of mounting panel. a. Manufacturer Whirlwind, Part No. WFFD12X1 KIT C. Audio Visual Plates: 1. Audio plates shall be stainless steel and professional grade connectors with metal housings. Microphone inputs shall be three-pin XLR, auxiliary inputs shall be 1/4-inch TRS, and audio inputs shall be 3.5mm stereo jack as indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. Audio visual devices specified herein with factory thermoplastic plates shall be replaced with stainless steel Decora style faceplates. a. Manufacturer Leviton: 1) Single gang, Part No. 84401-40 2) Double gang, Part No. 84409-40 D. Grommeted plates shall be stainless steel with 1.75-inch rubber grommet to protect cables. 1. Manufacturer Semtron: a. Single gang, Part No. WP806-UNI b. Double gang, Part No. 2-OL-UNIGROM 2.17 CABLING A. SF/UTP Cabling: 1. Digital audio-visual cabling shall be shielded twisted pair terminated on shielded 8-Position modular plugs manufactured for 24 AWG solid conductor SF/UTP cabling. Modular plugs manufactured for stranded conductors and/or unshielded cabling is not permitted. a. Digital AV cabling shall be plenum rated SF/UTP shielded foil twisted pair design providing superior noise immunity and high-performance transmission of high-resolution digital signals. 1) Manufacturer Extron XTP DTP 24, Part No. 22-235-03 b. STP RJ45 shielded plugs shall provide integrated conductor alignment guide separates the individual conductor pairs for quick and easy termination. 1) Manufacturer Extron, package of 10, Part No. 101-005-02 27 4114- 11 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4114 - 12 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. U/UTP Cabling: 1. Cabling for Ethernet and other systems shall be Category 6 unshielded twisted pair, terminated on non-shielded 8-Position modular plugs manufactured for 26 AWG solid conductors U/UTP cabling. Modular plugs manufactured for stranded conductors are not permitted. a. Category 6 cabling constructed from 23 AWG FEP (plenum) insulated solid bare copper conductors formed into four individually twisted pairs. Cable shall be NFPA 262, CMP (plenum) rated. 1) Manufacturer Berk-Tek, Part No. 10032093 b. Category 6 8P8C plug approved manufacturers: 1) Bel Stewart, Part No. SS-39100-021 2) Sentinel, Part No. 111-080800541-34 3) Allen Tel, Part No. AT8X8RCSC-24 C. HDMI Patch Cables: 1. HDMI cables up to 15 feet in length shall support signals up to 4K(4096x2160) and 1080p @ 60 Hz resolutions and data rates to 18.0 Gbps, refresh rates to 60 Hz and color depth to 24 bits (8 bits per color). Cables shall be constructed with 28 AWG copper wire with gold plated contacts. a. Manufacturer Extron, Ultra Series, Part No. 26-663-xx 1) Where xx denotes the length in feet D. IR Emitter and Shield: 1. IR emitter shall control equipment remotely. The kit shall be installed directly on the IR control window of the controlled equipment. IR emitter shall consist of a tiny infrared light-emitting diode housed in a miniature, injection molded shell with a 10-foot (3 m)wire lead. a. Manufacturer Extron, Part No. 70-283-01 E. Audio Cabling: 1. Microphone cable shall be twisted pair 22 AWG wire with a drain wire and overall foil jacket. 2. Speaker cable shall be twisted 18 AWG wire with overall jacket. Where powered speakers are specified provide twisted 22 AWG wire with overall jacket. a. Manufacturer Windy City Wire or approved equal. 2.18 LABELS A. Audio visual devices and equipment shall be identified with computer generated labels permanently and securely affixed to the device plate. All controls in the main equipment cabinet and on the remote-control panel shall be correspondingly labeled. B. Cable terminations shall be identified with computer generated wrap around labels permanently and securely affixed to each cable end within 4 inches of termination point. 2.19 OPEN CABLING & DEVICE MOUNTING SUPPORTS A. Accessories and mounting hardware shall be provided for securing supports to structure for a complete and working installation of open cabling supports. Supports shall comply with TIA requirements for structured cabling systems and pathway supports. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for quantity of cables supported. 27 4114- 12 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4114 - 13 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Hook& Loop Fasteners: 1. Hook and loop fastener rolls shall be 0.5-inch in width. Shear strength for plenum hook and loop fasteners shall be 29 PSI. Hook and loop fasteners installed in plenum air spaces shall be UL Listed (plenum) and be in the color maroon. a. Manufacturer Leviton, plenum, Part No. 43115-75P or equal C. J-Hooks: 1. J-hooks shall have a Galvanized finish with rounded edges for smoother cable pull and greater corrosion resistance. a. Manufacturer Erico Caddy, 1-inch Dia., Part No. CAT16HP 2.20 MATERIAL PROVISIONS A. Materials shall be provided to the Owner as specified herein. Item Imanufacturer Description jPart No. jProvide 1 Shure Wireless Handheld Microphone QLXD2/SM58=-G50 1 per system 2 Shure Wireless Body Pack QLXD1 1 (Note 1) 3 Shure Lavalier Microphone WL183 1 (Note 1) 4 Extron 6-foot- 3.5mm Male-Male 26-571-03 2 5 Extron 6-foot- HDMI High Speed Cable 26-663-06 2 6 William Sound Receiver PPA R37 8 7 William Sound Neck Loops NKL 001 4 8 William Sound Single Earbuds Earphones EAR 013 4 9 William Sound lReplacement Eartips EAR 023 8 Note 1: Quantities are included with bases stem. B. Microphones: 1. Wireless handheld transmitter shall utilize a high-quality condenser cardioid element. Capsule shall incorporate internal shock mounting and have a two- stage integral pop filter. It shall have a metal housing with a plastic antenna end cap. The transmitter shall transmit a digital Tone Lock signal that allows the receiver to un-mute. a. Manufacturer Shure, Part No. QLXD2/SM58=-G50 C. Equipment and Patch Cables: 1. Audio cables shall be fully shielded high quality 3.5mm mini stereo audio cables with molded connectors. a. Manufacturer Extron, 6 feet, Part No. 26-571-03 2. HDMI cables shall support signals up to 1920 x1200 @ 60 Hz and 1080p/60. Cables up to 15 feet in length shall support data rates to 10.2 Gbps, refresh rates to 120 Hz and color depth to 48 bits (16 bits per color). Cables shall be constructed with 30 AWG copper wire with gold plated contacts. a. Manufacturer Extron, Ultra Series, Part No. 26-663-06 27 4114- 13 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4114 - 14 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 PART 3 INSTALLATION 3.01 IP DEVICE MATRIX A. Contractor shall request the IP Device Matrix from the Owner in writing a minimum of three weeks in advance of starting the installation of IP devices. B. Complete the owner furnished IP Address matrix, in Microsoft Excel format, indicating the devices; make, model, MAC address, cable port number, room name and room number. Coordinate the specific function identifications and classifications with the Owner and Owner's Representative prior to the start of the installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Provide all labor, tools, supplies, software, hardware, materials, and equipment required for the design, installation, configuration/programming, and testing of a complete and operational system. B. System shall be installed in accordance with details on the Contract Documents and manufacturer's installation instructions. C. All devices shall be securely mounted. Provide necessary backing in walls or ceilings. D. Properly ground the system per NEC requirements to the building safety grounding system to prevent electrostatic charges and other transient electrical surges from damaging the control panel. E. Power sequencing for rack mount and remote equipment shall be as follows: 1. Constant Power: network switches, controller/control processor, DSP, and cable modulators. 2. First on /last off power: AV switch, power supplies, flat panel display, wireless mic receivers and DC power supplies. 3. Last on /first off power: loudspeakers, and amplifiers. 3.03 OPEN CABLING SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. All cable that is installed above suspended ceiling areas shall be run in j-hooks above the ceiling grid and will not be allowed to lay on the grid. 1. Provide all hanger supports and cable supports for cabling specified in this section, unless routed within conduit. All support structures shall adhere to the requirements in the National Electrical Code. 2. Cabling supports shall be spaced no further than 4-feet-0-inches apart. 3. Cabling bundles shall not sag, a maximum of two inches from the bottom of the cable support. 4. Cabling supports shall be installed on their own support system. The use of ceiling grid supports shall be prohibited. B. Twisted pair cabling utilizing open cabling methods shall maintain a minimum separation of three inches from fire alarm, intercom paging, and security cabling. Cabling supports shall maintain increased separation requirements when attaching to the same hanger rod to ensure cabling sag maintains the minimum three-inch separation. C. Microphone cabling shall be run in a separate conduit and/or open cabling supports. Speaker cabling shall be run in a separate conduit and/or open cabling supports. D. Maintain the following distances between cabling and other building systems: 1. One foot from fluorescent lights. 2. Six feet from motors and transformers. 3. Three feet from water piping or other mechanical equipment. 27 4114- 14 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4114 - 15 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 4. One foot from electrical conduits or other electrical equipment. E. Do not support cables from ductwork, sprinkler piping, water piping, waste piping, conduit or other system supports. Cabling shall never come in physical contact with these mechanical, fire protection and electrical systems and raceways. 3.04 LABELING A. Provide computer generated wrap around label on both ends of the cabling jacket no more than 4-inches from each termination point. 1. Labels shall identify connection point, i.e., HDMI-1, HDMI-2, Audio (in or out), Mic, AUX and AL. B. Faceplates shall be identified with computer generated labels for each output and input. 1. Labels shall identify connection point, i.e., HDMI-1, HDMI-2, Audio (in or out), Mic, AUX and AL. C. Audio visual controller source labels shall be labeled to correspond with the labels on the device faceplates. 3.05 CABLE TESTING A. Cable Testing: 1. Continuity tests shall be performed on all twisted pair cabling. 2. Testing procedures shall include the following parameters for each pair of each cable installed: a. Wire map 1) Continuity to the remote end. 2) Shorts between any two or more conductors 3) Reversed pairs 4) Split pairs 5) Transposed pairs 6) Shield continuity (S/FTP cabling only) 7) Any other miswiring 3. The test shall be recorded as pass/fail as indicated by the test set in accordance with the manufacturers recommended procedures and referenced to the appropriate cable identification number and circuit or pair number. 3.06 AUDIO TEST EQUIPMENT A. Laboratory-quality test equipment shall be used by the sound contractor to perform all required tests and measurements. The following list is given as an indication of the quality and type of equipment required. 1. Real Time/TEFAudio Analyzer: TerraSonde Audio Toolbox 2. Calibrated Microphone: TerraSonde Audio Toolbox 3. Audio Oscillator/AC Voltmeter TerraSonde Audio Toolbox 4. Oscilloscope: TerraSonde Audio Toolbox 5. Impedance Bridge: Sennheiser model ZP-3 6. Sound Level Meter: TerraSonde Audio Toolbox 3.07 PROGRAMMING A. System Control: The system shall provide full control via the touchpanel of the devices connected to the system through IR, RS-232, relay, Ethernet and/or by other means. B. NOTE: the system descriptions assume the core AV equipment is shared between two rooms. Modify the programming requirements as needed. 27 4114- 15 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4114 - 16 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. The system shall be programmed with different modes for typical operations within the system. The programming requirements specified herein are intended to be a framework; additional programming will be required for a complete and operational system. Coordinate final control requirements and functionality of the system with the Owner, as a minimum include the following modes of operation and functions: 1. When motion is detected by the control panel, the panel shall display the school's logo and "Touch to Begin". Base colors shall be blue &white. a. Once the screen is touched it shall bring up a "PIN code" request with keypad. PIN code shall be a 4-digit number 1234 as default, final PIN codes shall be approved by Owner. b. Once the correct PIN code has been entered, the control panel shall be directed to the "Home" page. 2. The Home page shall display"Modes" and "Shut Down" buttons. a. Mode A, EOC—Audio 1) Audio mode shall set the sources/inputs to transmit audio signals to the speakers within this space. 2) Audio mode shall select the wireless mic system to transmit audio signals to the speakers within this space. 3) The selection of Audio mode shall bring up the Audio Control pages. Audio Control shall consist of two pages, one for wired microphones and one for wireless microphones. Each page shall contain an Aux Audio Source button and a Mic Master Audio control button. Toggle buttons (wired mics &wireless mics) shall be included at the top of the page. 4) Audio Control page shall have buttons for media player(s). Media player control page shall have buttons for full control of device, i.e., play, pause, skip forward/back, fast forward/rewind, menu, title, up/down, left/right, enter, etc. Media player control page shall have a main volume control and audio control page button on the side of the screen. b. Mode B, EOC—Video 1) Video mode shall set the audio (Mode A) and video sources/inputs within this space to transmit audio signals to the speakers and video signals to the display. 2) Video mode shall select the wireless mic system to transmit audio signals to the speakers within this space. 3) Audio Video mode shall select the digital (HDMI & audio) input. Analog audio inputs in this mode shall remain active power on the display. The selection of Video shall bring up the Video Control page. Video Control page shall have buttons for media player(s) and PC. Player/PC control page shall have buttons for full control of device, i.e., play, pause, skip forward/back, fast forward/rewind, menu, title, up/down, left/right, enter, etc. Player/PC control page shall have a main volume control and audio control page button on the side of the screen. C. Shut Down —shall power off all controlled equipment. 1) When Shut Down is selected the control panel shall display button options for"Confirm Shut Down" or"Cancel". 27 4114- 16 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4114 - 17 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 a) Confirm Shut Down—green in color, shall follow shut down procedures. b) Volume settings shall automatically be turned down to 50 dB. c) Cancel—red in color, shall direct the control panel to the Home page. 3. When selected, buttons shall change color to notify users. Buttons shall be gray when in an unselected mode and change to blue when selected, unless noted otherwise. 4. A Home, Back and Help button shall be present on every page, located in the upper right and upper left-hand side of the control panel, respectively. a. Home button —shall direct the control panel to the Home page. b. Back button —shall direct the control panel back to the previous page. C. Help button —shall provide phone numbers and contact information for end user to call. D. System Integration: 1. When the fire alarm system is activated, it shall duck the audio content, control panel shall be directed to the shutdown page and follow shut shown procedures if the cancel button is not pressed within 2-minutes. 2. When the intercom system is activated, it shall duck the audio content, after announcement system audio shall return to prior audio levels. 3.08 PRE-TESTING: A. When the electronic equipment and loudspeakers specified herein are fully installed on- site; the system shall be equalized and acoustically tested by the sound contractor utilizing the Real Time testing technique. Personnel, test equipment, complete report, and signing shall be as described. B. The loudspeakers shall be oriented and sound levels set to provide an even distribution of the Sound Field frequency response of 250 to 10,000 Hz throughout the seating area. C. Provide equalization to attain frequency response that is within +/- 3 dB from 100 to 10,000 Hz with a 6 dB roll off below 80 Hz and above 12,500 Hz, at any seat in the audience covered by the loudspeakers. D. The system shall deliver a minimum of 90 dB average program level with additional 10 dB peaking margin to any seat in the audience at distortion level below 0.1% THD over the specified frequency range. E. The following test shall be performed, and the system shall be made to meet each listed performance criterion: 1. Overall frequency response of the complete electronic system (unequalized) shall be 20 to 20,000 Hz +/- 3dB. Equalizing circuits shall be temporarily set in the indicated flat position. 2. Total harmonic distortion (THD)from microphone input to power amplifier output at rated power shall be less than 0.1% for the frequency range of 20 to 20,000 Hz. 3. The overall broadband hum and noise from 20 Hz to 20 kHz using 6 dB/octave filter at 12.47 kHz shall be at least 65 dB below the rated output from system input to output. 4. The total system shall be installed from microphone to loudspeaker in Absolute Polarity. A positive pressure on the microphone shall produce a positive pressure from the loudspeaker. 27 4114- 17 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 27 4114 - 18 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 F. Prior to requesting the acceptance test, Contractor shall correct any deficiencies discovered as the result of the inspection and operational pre-test. 3.09 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Contractor shall submit a request for the Acceptance test in writing to the Owner no less than twenty-one days prior to the requested test date. The request for acceptance test shall constitute a certification from the Contractor that all Work is complete and in compliance with the Contract Documents; all systems have been tested; and that all corrections have been made. B. Acceptance test shall be scheduled during a period when the building is unoccupied, and a complete system test can be accomplished. Contractor shall provide the services of no fewer than two (2)technicians to perform the acceptance test. Technicians performing the acceptance test shall have been involved in the installation of this project and shall be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the Work. Technicians shall be equipped with portable two-way radios that will be used during the test. C. Contractor shall provide all ladders, tools, test equipment, and other facilities needed to accomplish the Acceptance test. D. During acceptance test, Contractor shall demonstrate all equipment and system features to the Owner. Contractor shall fully cooperate with the Owner and provide assistance with the inspection and test. Contractor shall remove and reinstall covers, open and restore wiring connections, operate equipment, and perform other reasonable work as requested by the Owner. E. Any portions of the Work found to be deficient or not in compliance with the Contract Documents will be rejected. Owner will record any such deficiencies observed during the Acceptance test. A copy of said list will be provided to Contractor. Contractor shall promptly correct all deficiencies. 3.10 POST SYSTEM TESTING A. Post system testing shall be completed 45 days after final acceptance is achieved to verify system function. B. The post system process includes testing that is intended to test system function under operational conditions. The Contractor shall provide the required labor, materials, and test equipment to perform the tests. Technicians performing the post system test shall have been involved in the programming and installation of this project and shall be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the Work. The Contractor and Owner will conduct and document the testing, upon acceptance the Owner shall sign the test report to verify tests were performed. 3.11 WARRANTY AND SERVICE A. Contractor shall provide parts and labor guarantee on all Work. Unless otherwise specified herein, Contractor's guarantee shall be for a period of one (1)year from Date of Acceptance, except where any specific guarantees from a supplier or equipment manufacturer extends for a longer time. B. Contractor's guarantee shall cover all costs associated with troubleshooting, repair, and replacement of defective Work, including costs of labor, transportation, lodging, materials, and equipment. 3.12 TRAINING A. Owner shall receive 4 hours of instruction in (2) 2-hour segments covering all aspects of operating the audio visual system. 27 4114- 18 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 27 4114 - 19 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.13 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 27 4114 27 4114 - 19 EOC Audio Visual System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 0000 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 28 0000 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY WORK SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 26 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: The following sections apply to Work in this Division: 1. Section 260500 General Electrical Provisions 2. Section 260510 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 3. Section 260511 Electrical Connections for Equipment 4. Section 260512 Electrical Demolition 5. Section 260519 Wire and Cables 6. Section 260529 Supporting Devices 7. Section 260533 Raceway Systems 8. Section 260534 Outlet Boxes 9. Section 260535 Floor Outlet Boxes 10. Section 260548 Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control for Electrical Systems 11. Section 260553 Electrical Identification 12. Section 260534 Outlet Boxes PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 28 0000 28 0000- 1 Electronic Safety and Security Work Specified in Division 26 Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1300 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 28 1300 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Provide an electronic access control system and other relevant components and accessories required to provide a complete operating system as specified herein. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01 sections and Section 260500 apply to Work in this section. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Sections 1. 260500—General Electrical Provisions 2. 260510— Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 3. 260533— Raceway Systems 4. 260534—Outlet Boxes 5. 271100—Telecommunications System 6. 281600— Intrusion Detection System 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The system and its components shall be Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., listed under the appropriate UL testing standard as listed herein for security access control applications. B. Codes and Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. ANSI C63.4 Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz. 2. Federal Communications Commission (FCC): a. Title 47 CFR— Part 15; Class B— Radiated and Conducted Emissions. b. Title 47 CFR— Part 68; rules governing the connection of Terminal Equipment (TE)to the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN). 3. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): a. UL 50— Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. b. UL 294—Access Control System Units. C. UL 60950-1 — Information Technology Equipment- Safety. 4. National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA): a. NFPA 101 Life Safety Code. 5. Provide all wiring in accordance with Article 725 of the National Electrical Code and local ordinances, and other sections of these specifications. C. Qualifications: 1. Contractor shall be a certified reseller/dealer, pre-qualified by the manufacturer for the purpose of offering the services as specified herein, at the time of bid. 2. Contractors bidding security work shall have a minimum of five years of experience in the construction, testing, and servicing of systems of the type and magnitude specified herein. 3. The contractor shall have completed at least five projects of equal or larger in size to this project within the past five years. 28 1300- 1 Access Control System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1300 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 4. Contractor shall have direct access to the tools and test equipment required to complete the work as defined herein. 5. The contractor shall employ certified technicians skilled in the maintenance of the access control system and shall be located within 75 miles of the project site. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: 1. Submit with data arranged under basic categories, such as, certifications, personnel training, manufacturer warranty, products, test equipment and calibration, and similar items. Include index with the submittals. 2. Organize by specification infrastructure component sections described in Part 1 and Part 2 of this section. 3. Submit Product Data information sheets for coordination with item and model number. 4. Where more than one product is shown on a page, mark product with arrow or by other means to identify exact product or products being submitted by specific part number. 5. Submit resumes and certifications of technicians and project manager who will support this project. Certifications shall include: a. Manufacturer's certification to provide warranty b. Approved manufacturer classes satisfactorily completed C. Acceptance Test Plan: 1. An acceptance test plan form shall be prepared/provided by the contractor. 2. This form shall include separate sections for each device and a column indicating the result of the testing performed by the contractor(pass/fail), and an empty column for recording findings during the walk-through. D. Shop Drawings: 1. Drawings shall provide details of proposed system and the equipment and work to be provided. Drawings shall include devices located on the floor plan, point-to- point drawings of systems and wiring diagrams of individual devices including voltage drop calculations and other calculations as required. 2. Connections to other equipment/systems not specified herein. E. Record Drawings: 1. Keep complete set of security drawings in job-site office to show actual installation of cabling and equipment during construction. 2. Use of this set of drawings for recording as-built conditions. 3. Indicate where material, equipment, and system component are installed differently from that shown on the Drawings. 4. Prepare electronic set of Record Drawings, incorporating changes during construction. Submit Record Drawings to the Owner's Representative for review and acceptance. 5. Submit Record Drawings using latest version of AutoCAD software or as approved by the Owner, and in PDF format. Request final architectural background drawing files that incorporate floor plan and program spaces numbering modifications. a. AutoCAD drawings shall be e-transmitted to include backgrounds, title blocks and other associated files. 28 1300- 2 Access Control System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1300 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 6. Submit electronic copy of Record Drawings in full-size PDF and AutoCAD format, on flash drive. F. Project Closeout: 1. Submit closeout documentation to the Owner's Representative and Architect under provisions of Division 01, Section 260500 and this section. 2. Provide all project closeout documentation including but not limited to; test acceptance documentation, Record Drawings, manufacturer warranty and Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.05 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Type of System: 1. The system shall be programmable locally and/or remotely. 2. Wireless access control door hardware shall communicate over the owner furnished building 802.11 wireless network. Wireless door hardware is furnished under Division 08. a. Licensing, configuration and installation shall be provided under this specification. 3. Access control system shall provide the following card access control operational objectives: a. Controlled entry, via access card readers, of only authorized personnel to secured areas based on cardholder information entered and stored in the system database. b. Access request response time from card presentation, data base verification, to electric lock unlock shall be no more than one second in normal operating mode on a fully loaded system. C. Access requests, both authorized and denied, shall be sent to the host for storage and annunciation, as required, with the cardholder number, name, and access point/area where access was attempted or gained. d. Each card can be disabled at any time, manually or scheduled within the system. e. Each cardholder shall be granted with access authority to a specific or combination of security areas. f. System shall provide for the designation of certain calendar days to be holidays, with special access privileges and system activity to be specified for those days. 4. The system shall provide the following relay output control and operational functions: a. Each point shall be software programmable for activation and deactivation, and shall be capable of reporting short circuit trouble, open circuit trouble, ground fault trouble and circuit fault trouble. b. System shall allow activation and deactivation of output points manually by the operator, automatically by time zone, automatically by the activation of an alarm point, or where required by a card reader. C. System shall allow disabling the exterior auto operator button when door hardware is in a locked state. d. System shall allow control (enable/disable)over the elevator call/cab buttons. 28 1300- 3 Access Control System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1300 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1.06 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETINGS A. The subcontractor shall attend the pre-construction meeting as required by the Contractor or the Owner's Representative. B. Provide a schedule, indicating installation tasks, time duration for each task and coordination items to be discussed 5 days prior to the meeting, to the Contractor and to the Owner's Representative. 1.07 MATERIAL PROVISIONS A. Deliver materials to the Owner under provisions of this section. B. Contractor shall be responsible to provide a material transmittal for all materials being provided to the Owner as described herein and that are not permanently installed. Transmittal shall be signed by the General Contractor and the Owner receiving the materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Substitutions: The substitution of products shall not be considered under the terms and conditions of this Section. 1. Access control panels and equipment shall be from a manufacturer with at least 5 years of experience in the manufacturing of equipment. a. Approved manufacturers: 1) Controllers/modules: Mercury 2) Readers & Credentials: HID B. Licensing: 1. Provide door licenses for a complete system as specified herein. a. Manufacturer Siemens Sipass, Part No. 2. Gateway shall be Siemens, installed with Sipass access control firmware. Gateway shall support up to 32 LP intelligent control panels (256 readers). a. Manufacturer Siemens, Part No. C. Access Control System: 1. Security Management System (SMS) Hardware: SMS shall be equipped with the access control field hardware required to receive alarms and administer all access granted or denied decisions. All field hardware must be designed to meet UL 294 requirements. SMS must be able to retrieve device serial numbers from all field hardware, excluding card readers, biometric readers, and keypads. Contractor shall be responsible for determining the final quantity of devices based on the Contract Documents. D. Intelligent System Controller: 1. Controller shall support up to 64 portals/32 interface modules, two onboard portals with eight inputs and four outputs, communicate with serial 1/0 devices via RS-485 and communications over IP to host. a. Manufacturer Mercury, Part No. LP-1502 E. System Hardware: 1. Access control panel shall be an UL 294-Listed enclosure. Controllers, modules, and misc. equipment shall be provided as required to support all end devices specified herein and as shown on the Contract Drawings. Single reader modules are not acceptable. a. Manufacturer Mercury: 28 1300-4 Access Control System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1300 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1) Dual reader module, Part No. MR52-S3 2) Input Control Module, Part No. MR161N-S3 3) Output Control Module, Part No. MR160UT-S3 2.02 POWER SUPPLIES AND BATTERIES A. Power Supplies: 1. Power supplies shall be UL 294-Listed for 12V DC and 24V DC applications. Power supplies shall include 4-hour battery backup with under voltage protection. During a power interruption, power supporting security devices shall be interrupted if battery voltage drops below security device manufacturer recommendations. a. Manufacturer Altronix, or approved equal B. Enclosure and Power Supplies: 1. Access control panel enclosure shall include dual 12V/24V power supply, 16 door 400 watts, 16 managed outputs fused at 3.0 amps each, 16 aux. outputs at 2.5 amps each, network managed with tamper switch. a. Manufacturer LifeSafety Power: 1) 8-door enclosure, Part No. FP0150-B100D8PM8NL4E6M 2) 16-door enclosure, Part No. FP0150/250-2D8P2M8NL4E8M2 C. Batteries: 1. Batteries and associated equipment shall be provided as required to support the system as specified herein with a minimum 4-hour battery backup. a. Manufacturer Power Sonic, 12V 7Ah, Part No. PS-1270 2.03 ACCESS CONTROL DEVICES A. Credentials (cards/fobs) are provided by the Owner. B. Readers: 1. Signo Readers a. Contactless smart card reader shall comply with the ISO 13.56MHz- related standards and bidirectional communication in compliance with v2 of the SIA OSDP (Open Supervised Device Protocol) standard. Shall support 125 kHz proximity FSK (HID Proximity, AWID). PSK(Indala) and ASK (EM4102) 125 kHz technology. b. Contactless smart card reader shall follow the standards-based, device- independent Security Identity ObjectTM (SIO) portable credential methodology. The SIO shall be able to reside on any number of identity devices, including Seos, iCLASS SE, iCLASS SR, MIFARE Classic, and MIFARE DESFire EV1/EV2 credentials. C. Contactless smart card reader shall support, by default, Apple's Enhanced Contactless Polling (ECP)to support credentials in the Apple Wallet and Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) and NFC card emulation mode. Reader shall be environmental rating of IP65. 1) Manufacturer HID: a) Mullion reader, Part No. 20NKS-00-000000 b) Mullion PIN pad reader, Part No. 20KNKS-00-000000 c) Standard reader, Part No. 40NKS-00-000000 d) Standard PIN pad reader, Part No. 40KNKS-00-000000 28 1300- 5 Access Control System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1300 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.04 CONTROL BUTTONS AND RELAYS A. Door Release Button (Wall Mount): 1. Door release button shall be green in color, momentary, normally open with Form "C" contacts. Custom button label shall read "PUSH TO OPEN" and faceplate label shall read "DOOR RELEASE". a. Manufacturer STI, Part No. UB-1 B. Auto Operator Time Delay Module: 1. Auto operator time delay module shall be designed to have programmable modes that include up to 3 door sequencing, airlock, lock-out relay, fire door in stairwells, and for control of automatic operators in restroom applications, with support of illuminated indicator of occupancy status. a. Manufacturer Camden, Part No. CX-33 2.05 MONITORING DEVICES A. Request-to-exit (REX): 1. Doors with electronic door hardware shall contain an internal micro switch REX device, coordinate with Division 08. B. Magnetic Door Position Switches: 1. Door position switches shall be DPDT and provided under Section 281600. 2.06 ELECTRONIC LOCKING HARDWARE A. Electronic locking hardware shall be provided by Division 08. 2.07 GATE PEDESTAL AND HOUSING A. Pedestal/Stanchion: 1. Stanchion shall be heavy duty, made of 4.0-inch square x .120-inch wall, steel with a black UV protectant polyester powder coat. Stanchion shall be 42.0 inches tall with a 10.75-inch reach. The faceplate and baseplate shall be 8-inch square universal mount. a. Manufacturer Pedestal Pro, Part No. HD-100 B. Housing: 1. Housing shall be made of.5-inch polymer composite material and be 3.0-inch deep. The hood portion shall be made from .25-inch material and be 3.5-inch deep. Housing shall be UV rated with stainless steel hinge. a. Manufacturer Pedestal Pro, Part No. LANDO-PC-20x16-E-BLK 2.08 OPEN CABLING SUPPORTS A. Accessories and mounting hardware shall be provided for securing supports to structure for a complete and working installation of open cabling supports. Supports shall comply with TIA requirements for structured cabling systems and pathway supports. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for quantity of cables supported. B. Hook& Loop Fasteners: 1. Hook and loop fastener rolls shall be 0.5-inch in width. Shear strength for plenum hook and loop fasteners shall be 29 PSI. Hook and loop fasteners installed in plenum air spaces shall be UL Listed (plenum) and be in the color maroon. a. Manufacturer Leviton, plenum, Part No. 43115-75P or equal C. Circular Cable Retainer: 1. Cable retainers shall be of plastic material with rounded edges, plenum rated, utilizing an easy-lock closure and an attachment base. Cable retainers shall be 28 1300- 6 Access Control System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1300 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 screwed into structure and only be utilized in spaces that are extremely tight and J-hooks do not have sufficient space to be mounted. a. Manufacturer Erico Caddy, Part No. CAT CR50 D. J-Hooks: 1. J-hooks shall have a Galvanized finish with rounded edges for smoother cable pull and greater corrosion resistance. a. Manufacturer Erico Caddy: 1) 1-inch Dia., Part No. CAT16HP 2) 1-5/16-inch Dia., Part No. CAT21HP 2.09 CABLING AND CONNECTIVITY A. Cabling shall be sized to provide minimum resistance and minimum voltage drop to the devices being supplied. Voltages delivered to all devices shall be within the tolerance specified by the device manufacturer. 1. Cabling shall be a minimum 18 AWG copper conductors for power connectivity. 2. Twisted pair cable shall be used to prevent EMI/RFI interference with the proper operation of the circuits. B. Cable shall be NFPA 262, CMP (plenum) rated unless otherwise noted. 1. Cables installed in underground applications shall be rated for wet environments. C. Cables shall adhere to the manufacturer's recommendations. The following general guidelines shall be followed for wiring installation: 1. Wiring shall be appropriately color-coded with permanent wire markers. 2. Cabling shall have stranded copper conductors. a. Card readers: 18 AWG-6C with overall shield b. RS-485/OSDP: 24 AWG two twisted pair with overall shield C. Door position switch: 22 AWG-2C d. Door release button, keyed switch: 18 AWG-4C e. Request to exit(integral): 22 AWG-4C (2C spare) f. Electrified lock/exit device: 18 AWG-4C 1) Refer to manufacturer requirements. g. ADA integration: 18 AWG-4C h. Electrified mag lock/hold open: 16 AWG-2C D. Coordinate additional cabling requirements, other than those listed herein, for devices within the access control system shop drawings. 1. Approved manufacturers: Windy City Wire and Beldon E. End-of-Line Resistors: 1. End-of-line (EOL) resistor pack with 1000-Ohm supervisory resistor. a. Manufacturer George Risk Industries, Part No 6644 F. Cable Management: 1. Cable management shall be provided inside of panels and shall consist of 2-inch PVC wire duct with cover in gray color. a. Manufacturer Panduit, Part No. C2LG6 PVC G. Terminal Blocks: 1. Terminal blocks shall be screw-in connection, two connections with 1 position, 24 — 12 AWG and mount on DIN rails within a minimum 12-inch x 12-inch x 6-inch NEMA 1 junction-box. a. Manufacturer Schneider Electric, Altech or equal 28 1300- 7 Access Control System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1300 - 8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 H. PoE Lock Termination Enclosure: 1. Enclosure shall mount on a standard 12-inch-wide x 12-inch-high x 6-inch deep NEMA 1 box. Enclosure shall have a 14-inch square frame with locking door with a 2.5-inch recessed 10.5-inch square mounting panel. Enclosure cover shall be flush with reversible door hinges. a. Manufacturer Whirlwind, Part No. WFFD12X2.5KIT or approved equal I. Splices: 1. Cable to cable splices shall be terminated using solder/heat-shrink assemblies. a. Manufacturer TE Connectivity, Part No. CPGI-CWT series or equal 2.10 LABELING A. Cable labels shall be heat-shrinkable, white with black thermal transfer lettering. 1. Manufacturer Hellermann Tyton, ShrinkTrak series or equal 2.11 MATERIAL PROVISIONS A. Materials shall be provided to the Owner as specified herein. Item Imanufacturer IDescription I Part No. Provide 1 2 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 IP DEVICE MATRIX A. Contractor shall request the IP Device Matrix from the Owner in writing a minimum of three weeks in advance of starting the installation of IP devices. B. Complete the owner furnished IP Address matrix, in Microsoft Excel format, indicating the devices; make, model, MAC address, cable port number, room name and room number. Coordinate the specific function identifications and classifications with the Owner and Owner's Representative prior to the start of the installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Provide all labor, tools, supplies, software, hardware, materials, and equipment required for the design, installation, configuration/programming, and testing of a complete and operational system. B. Coordinate with intrusion detection contractor for the installation and terminations of DPDT door position switches.] C. Install all equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, approved Shop Drawings and as indicated on the Contract Documents. D. Cabling shall be installed in conduit at non accessible locations, cable tray or open cabling supports in accessible ceiling spaces. E. Where subject to mechanical damage, cabling shall be enclosed in metallic conduit and/or surface metallic raceway. F. Cabling shall not be enclosed in conduit or raceways containing AC power. G. All devices shall be securely mounted. Provide necessary backing in walls. H. Splices shall be terminated with insulation displacement(crimp)twist/wire nuts connectors are not acceptable. 28 1300- 8 Access Control System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1300 - 9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 I. Enclosures shall have lock& key and tamper switch; tamper switch shall be connected to an input module. J.Properly ground the system per NEC requirements to the building safety grounding system to prevent electrostatic charges and other transient electrical surges from damaging the control panel. K. Access control panels shall be located as indicated on the Contract Documents. L. Door hardware power supplies shall be provided by Division 28 and located in the telecommunications rooms or as indicated on the Contract Documents.] M. Provide connection(s)to door release button(s), where indicated on the Contract Documents. N. Relays shall be installed at the access control panel or on the secure side of the door. Where located remotely relays shall be installed inside of a minimum 12-inch x 12-inch x 6-inch NEMA 1 junction-box located above accessible ceiling spaces. O. Auto operator motor(ADA button): provide relays and cabling for card reader operation with ADA operators. Coordinate requirements with the electrical and door hardware contractors. 3.03 LABELING A. General: 1. Labels shall be permanent typewritten labels produced by a labeling machine. 2. Labels shall be installed on cabling at each end with wrap around labels. Ensure labels are securely fastened. 3. Labels shall be located within 6 inches of cable termination and placed so they can be easily read. 4. Font type shall be Arial. 5. Labeling shall be completed prior to the substantial completion date of the project. B. Device Labeling: 1. Devices shall be named within the system as follows: a. D.100.X where: 1) D = Device ID (D = door position switch, CR = card reader, Ri = REX integral, L = lock power, DR = door release, RS = RS-485 (bus/backbone), B = battery, E = equipment connection, etc.) 2) .100 = Bldg. ID/Area ID (where applicable) 3) X= Room number& location (i.e., N, NW, S, SE, etc.) C. Cable Labeling: 1. Labeling shall be heat-shrinkable, white with black thermal transfer lettering. The labeling shall be as follows: a. 100.X.Y where: 1) 100 = Door/room number 2) X= Device ID (D = door position switch, CR = card reader, Ri = REX integral, L = lock power, DR = door release, PB = panic/duress button, RS = RS-485 (bus/backbone), B = battery, etc.) 3) Y =where multiple of the same devices are in the same room (i.e., N, NW, S, SE, etc.) D. Panel Labeling: 28 1300- 9 Access Control System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1300 - 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1. Panel ID labeling shall be placed on the front cover of the enclosure. The labeling shall be as follows: a. 120.ACP.1 where: 1) 120 = Room ID (as indicated on the Contract Drawings) 2) ACP.1 = Panel name and number 2. Circuit ID label shall be on the front of the enclosures. Labeling shall contain the electrical panel and circuit number connected to the panel and power supply. E. Battery Labeling: 1. Labeling shall be placed on the side of the battery viewable when opening the front cover of the panel. The labeling shall be as follows: a. 120.B.1-XX/YYYY where: 1) 120 = Room ID (as indicated on the Contract Drawings) 2) B.1 = Battery ID no. (per room) 3) -XX/YYYY = Month/Year of installation 3.04 OPEN CABLING SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. All cabling shall be run exposed as "open cabling" in ceiling spaces and ceiling plenums, unless otherwise noted. B. Provide all hanger supports and cable supports for cabling specified in this section. All support structures shall adhere to the requirements in the National Electrical Code. C. Cabling supports shall be spaced no further than 4'-0" apart. D. Provide all additional cable management products as required to protect exposed cabling and complete the installation of cabling in a neat professional manner. E. Cabling supports shall be installed on their own support system. The use of ceiling grid supports shall be prohibited. F. Do not support cables from ductwork, sprinkler piping, water piping, waste piping, conduit or other system supports. Cabling shall never come in physical contact with these mechanical, fire protection and electrical systems and raceways. G. Cabling bundles and supports changing pathway direction shall maintain proper bend radius as to not impact the physical jacket construction of the cabling. Cabling that becomes damaged during this transition shall be replaced in its entirety. H. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for quantity of cables supported in J-hooks and adjustable cable supports. 3.05 PROGRAMMING A. Programming of the system shall include, but not limited to: 1. Programming system configuration parameters (hardware and software, area/circuit numbers, communication parameters). a. See Device Labeling herein for device naming in the system. 2. Programming user/groups, door groups, creating maps, door schedules, access cards and/or e-mail notifications as defined by the Owner. 3. When the door is locked the LED on the card reader shall be red, when the door is unlocked momentarily via software/valid read or scheduled unlock the LED on the card reader shall be green for the duration of the unlock state. When the door returns to a locked state the LED shall be red. 4. If a credential is presented to a reader during a time or date that is not within its programmed privileges, the door shall not unlock. 28 1300- 10 Access Control System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1300 - 11 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 5. If a lost/stolen credential is presented to the reader, access shall be denied, an alarm shall be transmitted within the system requiring acknowledgement from security personnel. 6. Forced entry detection shall be enabled at doors equipped with an internal request to exit (REX). A forced entry shall be generated immediately whenever the door is opened without authorization. Authorization shall be determined by card, REX transaction at the door, or by command from the host system as described. Doors without an internal REX device shall not report forced entry. 7. Door held open detection shall be enabled at electronic controlled doors. A door held open event shall be generated immediately when the door is held open longer than 15 seconds. 8. System shall automatically re-lock the electronic controlled portal when the door is sensed as closed and/or whenever the 2 second door relay unlock time expires. 9. Auto operator motor(ADA button) shall be disabled when the door hardware is in a locked state from the outside without an authorized credential read. Interior ADA button shall always be enabled to operate and unlock the door hardware if the door is in a locked state. When an authorized credential is presented to the exterior card reader the access control panel/relay shall unlock the door enable the auto operator button allowing the motor to open the door. 10. Door entry and remote handset station shall have default passwords changed. Current firmware shall be uploaded. Handset station shall have apps and Wi-Fi disabled. 11. When a panel/power supply is opened, a tamper event shall be generated immediately. 12. System shall send an alarm of any communication failures with the ACPs or the communication application. 13. The system shall allow doors to be `anti-pass back' enabled. Local anti-pass back is restricted to monitoring and enforcing IN/OUT conditions at doors connected to the same access control unit. a. NOTE: If applicable, the following paragraph needs to be edited on a per project basis. 14. Other programming requirements shall be coordinated with the Owner and shall be provided at no additional cost to Owner. B. System Integration: 1. Access Control and Intrusion Detection Integration a. To access the building when the intrusion detection and access control system is armed a user shall do the following: 1) Place a valid credential in range of the reader which shall release the electric locking mechanism. a) Secondary readers shall be disabled when the intrusion detection system is armed. Secondary readers shall only be enabled when the intrusion detection is disarmed within the area/zone in which the reader is located. 2) Enter the building and disarm the intrusion detection system by pressing the proper code sequence into the keypad. 3) If the intrusion detection system is not fully disarmed (all areas/zones)the access control system shall not unlock electronic controlled doors per the programmed schedule. 28 1300- 11 Access Control System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1300 - 12 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.06 PRE-TESTING A. After Work is completed, and prior to requesting the acceptance test, Contractor shall conduct a final inspection, and an operational pre-test of all equipment and system features. Contractor shall correct any deficiencies discovered as the result of the inspection and operational pre-test. B. Submit written notification to the Owner's Representative and the A/E that systems have been tested, are operating properly, and are ready for Acceptance at least 21 days prior to the requested test date. 3.07 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Contractor shall submit a request for the Acceptance test in writing to the Owner no less than twenty-one days prior to the requested test date. The request for acceptance test shall constitute a certification from the Contractor that all Work is complete and in compliance with the Contract Documents; all systems have been tested; and that all corrections have been made. B. Acceptance test shall be scheduled during a period when the building is unoccupied and a complete system test can be accomplished. Contractor shall provide the services of no fewer than two (2)technicians to perform the acceptance test. Technicians performing the acceptance test shall have been involved in the installation of this project and shall be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the Work. Technicians shall be equipped with portable two-way radios that will be used during the test. C. Contractor shall provide all ladders, tools, test equipment, and other facilities needed to accomplish the Acceptance test. D. During acceptance test, Contractor shall demonstrate all equipment and system features to the Owner. Contractor shall fully cooperate with the Owner and provide assistance with the inspection and test. Contractor shall remove and reinstall covers, open and restore wiring connections, operate equipment, and perform other reasonable work as requested by the Owner. E. Any portions of the Work found to be deficient or not in compliance with the Contract Documents will be rejected. Owner will record any such deficiencies observed during the Acceptance test. A copy of said list will be provided to Contractor. Contractor shall promptly correct all deficiencies. 3.08 WARRANTY AND SERVICE A. Contractor shall provide parts and labor guarantee on all Work. Unless otherwise specified herein, Contractor's guarantee shall be for a period of one (1)year from Date of Acceptance, except where any specific guarantees from a supplier or equipment manufacturer extends for a longer time. B. Contractor's guarantee shall cover all costs associated with troubleshooting, repair, and replacement of defective Work, including costs of labor, transportation, lodging, materials, and equipment. 3.09 TRAINING A. Owner shall receive 4 hours of instruction in (2) 2-hour segments covering all aspects of operating the access control system. B. Owner shall also receive assistance in configuring and inputting database to the Owner's satisfaction and until initial database is complete and functional. 28 1300- 12 Access Control System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 28 1300 - 13 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.10 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 28 1300 28 1300 - 13 Access Control System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1600 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 28 1600 INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Provide an electronic addressable intrusion detection system and other relevant components and accessories required to provide a complete operating system as specified herein. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01 sections and Section 260500 apply to Work in this section. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Sections 1. 260500—General Electrical Provisions 2. 260510— Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 3. 260533— Raceway Systems 4. 260534—Outlet Boxes 5. 271100—Telecommunications System 6. 281300—Access Control System 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The system and its components shall be Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., listed under the appropriate UL testing standard as listed herein for security intrusion detection applications. B. Codes and Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. ANSI C63.4 Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz. 2. Federal Communications Commission (FCC): a. Title 47 CFR— Part 15; Class B— Radiated and Conducted Emissions. b. Title 47 CFR— Part 68; rules governing the connection of Terminal Equipment (TE)to the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN). 3. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): a. UL 50— Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. b. UL 60950-1 — Information Technology Equipment—Safety. 4. Provide all wiring in accordance with Article 725 of the National Electrical Code and local ordinances, and other sections of these specifications. C. Qualifications: 1. Contractor shall be a certified reseller/dealer, pre-qualified by the manufacturer for the purpose of offering the services as specified herein, at the time of bid. 2. Contractors bidding security work shall have a minimum of five years of experience in the construction, testing, and servicing of systems of the type and magnitude specified herein. 3. Contractor shall have completed at least five projects of equal or larger in size to this project within the past five years. 4. Contractor shall have direct access to the tools and test equipment required to complete the work as defined herein. 28 1600- 1 Intrusion Detection System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1600 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 5. Contractor shall employ certified technicians skilled in the maintenance of the intrusion detection system and shall be located within 75 miles of the project site. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Product Data: 1. Submit with data arranged under basic categories, such as, certifications, personnel training, manufacturer warranty, products, test equipment and calibration, and similar items. Include index with the submittals. 2. Organize by specification infrastructure component sections described in Part 1 and Part 2 of this section. 3. Submit Product Data information sheets for coordination with item and model number. 4. Where more than one product is shown on a page, mark product with arrow or by other means to identify exact product or products being submitted by specific part number. 5. Submit resumes and certifications of technicians and project manager who will support this project. Certifications shall include: a. Manufacturer's certification to provide warranty b. Approved manufacturer classes satisfactorily completed C. Acceptance Test Plan: 1. An acceptance test plan form shall be prepared/provided by the contractor. 2. This form shall include separate sections for each device and a column indicating the result of the testing performed by the contractor(pass/fail), and an empty column for recording findings during the walk-through. D. Shop Drawings: 1. Drawings shall provide details of proposed system and the equipment and work to be provided. Drawings shall include point-to-point drawings of systems and wiring diagrams of individual devices including voltage drop calculations and other calculations as required. 2. Connections to other equipment/systems not specified herein. E. Record Drawings: 1. Keep complete set of security drawings in job-site office to show actual installation of cabling and equipment during construction. 2. Use of this set of drawings for recording as-built conditions. 3. Indicate where material, equipment, and system component are installed differently from that shown on the Drawings. 4. Prepare electronic set of Record Drawings, incorporating changes during construction. Submit Record Drawings to the Owner's Representative for review and acceptance. 5. Submit Record Drawings using latest version of AutoCAD software or as approved by the Owner, and in PDF format. Request final architectural background drawing files that incorporate floor plan and program spaces numbering modifications. a. AutoCAD drawings shall be e-transmitted to include backgrounds, title blocks and other associated files. 6. Submit electronic copy of Record Drawings in full-size PDF and AutoCAD format, on flash drive. 28 1600- 2 Intrusion Detection System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1600 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 F.Project Closeout: 1. Submit closeout documentation to the Owner's Representative and Architect under provisions of Division 01, Section 260500 and this section. 2. Provide all project closeout documentation including but not limited to; test acceptance documentation, Record Drawings, manufacturer warranty and Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.05 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Type of System: 1. System shall be programmable locally and/or remotely. 2. System shall consist of an integrated alarm processor, digital communicator, keypads, and shall support the connection, monitoring and reporting of intrusion detection devices. 3. System shall include a network port to report alarms over the Ethernet network to the Owner's monitoring vendor. 4. Interior space protection will be achieved by use of motion detection devices; door openings shall be monitored by door position switches. 5. System shall communicate alarm conditions at both the individual point and at the area level. 6. Upon actuation of any automatic detection device, breaking of any magnetic switch, or a keypad-initiated alarm, all alarm functions shall operate in appropriate fashion. 7. In the event of an alarm: a. Security alarms shall activate the remote signaling circuit of the intrusion detection panel, which shall initiate a coded alarm message to the remote monitoring station. 8. Alarm reports shall be classified into sub-categories as follows: a. Opening and closing reports b. Service Log C. Test/Status Reports d. Diagnostic e. Relays f. Power/Comm Supervision g. Remote programming attempts 9. System shall monitor the status of the generator, whether running or inactive. 1.06 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETINGS A. The subcontractor shall attend the pre-construction meeting as required by the Contractor or the Owner's Representative. B. Provide a schedule, indicating installation tasks, time duration for each task and coordination items to be discussed 5 days prior to the meeting, to the Contractor and to the Owner's Representative. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Substitutions: The substitution of products shall not be considered under the terms and conditions of this Section. 28 1600- 3 Intrusion Detection System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1600 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.02 SYSTEM HARDWARE A. The Security System shall be provided, based on the quantities and features required for the application. 1. The control panel shall support the following: a. Integrated Conettix IP based communication providing high-speed, secure alarm transport and control. b. 32 programmable areas with perimeter and interior partitioning. C. 3 on-board hardwired points with expansion capability for a total of 599 using a combination of wired or wireless points. 1) Point Expansion Modules shall be able to be located remote to the main panel to a maximum distance of 1000 feet. 2) Addressable modules shall be able to be located remote to the panel to a maximum of 500 feet. d. Local or remote programming, test, and diagnostic capability via a computer running the Remote Programming Software (RPS). e. System shall include an integrated USB port for local programming and diagnostics with no additional hardware modules required. f. System shall support the use of an Apple iOS device and/or Android device for control. Functions to include arming, disarming and control of outputs and access door. This application shall connect directly to the DACS using Ethernet, telephone or cellular communications and shall not require a third-party server of network operations center(NOC). g. On-board Ethernet communications. h. Tamper switch and lock & key shall be provided for each enclosure. 1) Manufacturer Bosch: a) Control panel, Part No. B9512G b) Enclosure, D8103 c) Power Supply, Part No. D1640 d) Lock& key, Part No. D101 e) Tamper switch, Part No. D110 f) EOL 1 K Ohm Resistor, Part No. 15093130-004 g) EOL 560 Ohm Resistor, Part No. 15-03130-005 2.03 ACCESSORY INTERFACE MODULES A. Auxiliary functions control interfaces such as activating bells, strobes, or lights shall be accomplished using the optional relay modules. These auxiliary interfaces shall be electrically isolated to avoid inter-system interferences or damages. B. Functional criteria programmed into system memory shall be backed up by battery power. Additionally, the number of system programmers shall be severely restricted via the use of program locking features and passwords. C. System Accessories and Modules, Manufacturer Bosch: 1. SDI2 Interconnect Wiring Cables (Qty. of 10), Part No. B501-10 2. Dual Class B, 2-wire initiating interface module shall have two separate powered loops for 12 or 24 VDC. a. Class "B" loop module, Part No. D125B 3. Class A, 4-wire initiating interface module shall detect alarm in the presence of a single open or ground fault in the circuit. Each circuit shall have adjustable"alarm retard" and alarm reset delay. a. Class "A" loop module, Part No. D129 28 1600-4 Intrusion Detection System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1600 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 4. Auxiliary relay module shall allow switching of current or voltage. Relay module shall support 12 VDC or 24 VDC with two 5A at 30 VDC, dry contact outputs, "Form C. a. Auxiliary Relay Module, Part No. D130 5. Relay modules shall be 2A at 30VDC, "Form C". a. Single relay module, Part No. D133 b. Dual relay module, Part No. D134 6. Octo-relay module shall provide 8 programmable 1A at 30 VDC, dry contact relay outputs, "Form C". a. Octo-relay module, Part No. D8129 7. ZONEX expansion module shall support legacy ZONEX products over the SD12 bus. a. ZONEX Retrofit Module, Part No. B600 8. Optical fiber interconnect module shall support SD12 communications over a single strand of singlemode fiber. Module shall have one SC UPC connector. a. SD12 Interconnect Fiber Module, Part No. ADAM-4542+ b. Singlemode optical fiber patch cord, simplex 2.0 MM, SC-SC, 6-meters. 1) Manufacturer Leviton, Part No. PCF-S2PS2QQ-0060M 9. POPIT modules shall provide 1 programmable input with 33kf) EOL resistors for supervision. Expansion module shall support up to 100 POPIT devices. a. POPIT module w/tamper, Part No. D9127T b. POPIT expansion module, Part No. B299 10. Octo-input module shall provide 8 programmable NO or NC inputs with 1 kO EOL resistors for supervision. a. Octo-input module, Part No. B208 11. Octo-output module shall provide 8 programmable 1A at 5-24 VDC, dry contact relay outputs, "Form C". a. Octo-output module, Part No. B308 12. Enclosures, lock & keys, tamper switches and mounting skirts/brackets shall be provided as required to support additional accessory modules. a. Mounting Skirt (6-cards), Part No. D9002-5 b. Flat mounting bracket, Part No. D137 C. Right angle mounting bracket, Part No. D138 d. Universal enclosure, Part No. B8103 e. Lock& key kit, Part No. D101 f. Tamper switch, Part No. D110 2.04 COMMUNICATION INTERFACE MODULES A. Ethernet Module: 1. Ethernet module shall provide full two-way IP event reporting with remote control panel programming supporting 10/100 Base-T Ethernet communication for IPv6 and IPv4 networks. Ethernet module shall be NIST-FIPS197 Certified for 128-bit to 256-bit AES Encrypted Line Security. a. Manufacturer Bosch, Part No. B426 B. Cellular Interface: 1. System shall use a cellular radio module as the primary, or backup, means of communicating to a receiver. Up to 4 IP Addresses shall be available for routing system events. Supervision time shall be programmable with a range of 5 to 28 1600- 5 Intrusion Detection System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1600 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 65,535 seconds. Module shall accommodate 128 and 256-bit AES encryption using CBC (Cipher Block Chaining) mode. 1) Manufacturer Bosch: a) Verizon, Part No. B444-V b) AT&T, Part No. B444-A 2. Remote interface shall support two-way IP communication over commercial cellular networks using a plug-in cellular communicator for compatible control panels. a. Manufacturer Bosch, Part No. B450 2.05 POWER SUPPLIES AND BATTERIES A. Primary Power Supplies: 1. Step down transformer shall be a 16.5 VAC class two, plug-in transformer (included with system kit). B. Secondary Power Supplies (Standby Battery): 1. Appropriate battery chargers shall be provided consistent with the battery back- up capacity. Most current accepted version of NFPA 72 and any applicable local codes or AHJ requirements must be met accordingly. C. Power supplies and associated equipment shall be provided as required to support the system as specified herein and as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 1. Manufacturer Bosch: a. Auxiliary power supply kit w/D8103 enclosure, Part No. B520-C b. Dual battery harness w/long leads, Part No. D122L C. Sealed lead-acid battery, 12V, 18 Ah, Part No. D1218 d. Transformer, 18 VAC, 50 VA, Part No. TR1850 e. UL— 1200mA 12 VDC battery charger module, Part No. D8132 2.06 DETECTION AND INTERFACE DEVICES A. Intrusion System Keypad: 1. Keypad shall have a color graphic touch screen with multi-line messaging and white housing. 2. Provide battery charging units were required to support additional keypads. a. Manufacturer Bosch, Part No. B942W B. Motion Detectors: 1. Motion detectors shall be TriTech+ detector incorporating PIR signals with range adaptive Doppler radar into an intelligent algorithm to provide accurate and reliable alarm decisions. Detector shall support sensor data fusion technology that integrates the data from five different sensors to ensure alarm conditions are based on precise information and tri-focus optics technology that eliminates coverage gaps and false alarms. Detector shall support multi-point anti-mask with integrated spray detection to protect the detector against masking attempts. 2. Gimbal/ceiling-mount brackets shall be provided for detectors. a. Manufacturer Bosch: 1) Adjustable standard range detector, Part No. ISC-PDL1-WA18G 2) Long range detector, Part No. ISC-PDL1-WAC30G 3) Gimbal-mount bracket, Part No. B328 4) Ceiling-mount bracket, Part No. B338 C. Magnetic Door Position Switches: 1. Recessed 28 1600- 6 Intrusion Detection System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1600 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 a. Door contacts shall be UL listed 1-inch diameter magnetic door contact DPDT (double pole/double throw) switch. Contact shall be self-locking for recessed mounting, closed loop, with 12-inch 22 AWG leads and 1-inch gap. b. Hardware, mounting brackets, adapters and plates shall be provided as required for magnetic contact switch installation. 1) Manufacturer Nascom, Part No. N 1178Cx/STDD, or approved equal a) x= denotes color, (W)white, (T)tan, (G)gray and (B) brown. 2. Surface Mount a. Door contact shall be a hermetically sealed reed switch nominally 1.125"L x 1.625"H with matching actuating magnet. Contact and magnets shall be in brushed anodized aluminum tube housing. Contact shall be sealed in our exclusive polyurethane potting compound. 1) Manufacturer Nascom, Part No. N505AS/STDD 3. Overhead Surface Mount a. Overhead door contacts shall be U.L. Listed heavy-duty SPDT (Single- pole-double-throw) surface mounted magnetic contacts with 3-inch minimum gap size. 1) Manufacturer Nascom, or approved equal: a) Channel mount, Part No. N505AUTMC/STSD 4. Specialty Magnets a. Where door contacts are required at metal store front doors with top channel provide channel magnet, clip legs to accommodate shallow channel. Magnet shall be housed in flexible plastic housing with legs at each corner. 1) Manufacturer George Risk Industries, Part No. MC-180, or approved equal 2.07 OPEN CABLING SUPPORTS A. Accessories and mounting hardware shall be provided for securing supports to structure for a complete and working installation of open cabling supports. Supports shall comply with TIA requirements for structured cabling systems and pathway supports. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for quantity of cables supported. B. Hook& Loop Fasteners: 1. Hook and loop fastener rolls shall be 0.5-inch in width. Shear strength for plenum hook and loop fasteners shall be 29 PSI. Hook and loop fasteners installed in plenum air spaces shall be UL Listed (plenum) and be in the color maroon. a. Manufacturer Leviton, plenum, Part No. 43115-75P or equal C. Circular Cable Retainer: 1. Cable retainers shall be of plastic material with rounded edges, plenum rated, utilizing an easy-lock closure and an attachment base. Cable retainers shall be screwed into structure and only be utilized in spaces that are extremely tight and J-hooks do not have sufficient space to be mounted. a. Manufacturer Erico Caddy, Part No. CAT CR50 D. J-Hooks: 1. J-hooks shall have a Galvanized finish with rounded edges for smoother cable pull and greater corrosion resistance. 28 1600- 7 Intrusion Detection System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1600 - 8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 a. Manufacturer Erico Caddy: 1) 1-inch Dia., Part No. CAT16HP 2) 1-5/16-inch Dia., Part No. CAT21HP 2.08 CABLING A. Cabling shall be sized to provide minimum resistance and minimum voltage drop to the devices being supplied. Voltages delivered to all devices shall be within the tolerance specified by the device manufacturer. 1. Cabling shall be a minimum 18 AWG copper conductors for power connectivity. 2. Twisted pair cable shall be used to prevent EMI/RFI interference with the proper operation of the circuits. B. Cable shall be NFPA 262, CMP (plenum) rated unless otherwise noted. 1. Cables installed in underground applications shall be rated for wet environments. C. Cables shall adhere to the manufacturer's recommendations. The following general guidelines shall be followed for wiring installation: 1. Wiring shall be appropriately color-coded with permanent wire markers. 2. Cabling shall have stranded copper conductors. a. Door position switch: 22 AWG-2C b. Detectors: 18 AWG-4C C. Keypads/SD12 Bus: 22 AWG-4C D. Coordinate additional cabling requirements, other than those listed herein, for devices within the intrusion detection system shop drawings. E. Approved Manufacturers are: Windy City Wire and Beldon 2.09 LABELING A. Cable labels shall be heat shrinkable, white with black thermal transfer lettering. 1. Manufacturer Hellermann Tyton, ShrinkTrak series or equal PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide all labor, tools, supplies, software, hardware, materials, and equipment required for the design, installation, configuration/programming, and testing of a complete and operational system. B. Coordinate with access control contractor for the terminations of DPDT door position switches. C. Install all equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, approved Shop Drawings and as indicated on the Contract Documents. D. Cabling shall be installed in conduit, cable tray or using open cabling methods when installed above accessible ceilings. E. Where subject to mechanical damage, wiring shall be enclosed in metal conduits or surface metallic raceway. F. Cabling shall not be enclosed in conduit or raceways containing AC power. G. All devices shall be securely mounted. Provide necessary backing in walls or ceilings. H. Main and sub-panel enclosures shall have lock& key and tamper switch, tamper switch shall be connected to an input module. 28 1600- 8 Intrusion Detection System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1600 - 9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 I. Properly ground the system per NEC requirements to the building safety grounding system to prevent electrostatic charges and other transient electrical surges from damaging the control panel. J. Wall mounted detectors shall be installed with gimbal mounts. Install detectors per manufacturer's installation instructions, with care to avoid windows, heat sources, potential sources of interference and/or other problem areas. K. Intrusion detection panels shall be located as indicated on the Contract Documents. 3.02 LABELING A. General: 1. Labels shall be permanent typewritten labels produced by a labeling machine. 2. Labels shall be installed on cabling at each end with wrap around labels. Ensure labels are securely fastened. 3. Labels shall be located within 6 inches of cable termination and placed so they can be easily read. 4. Font type shall be Arial. 5. Labeling shall be completed prior to the substantial completion date of the project. B. Device Labeling: 1. Devices shall be named within the system as follows: a. D.100.X where: 1) D = Device ID (D = door position switch, M = motion detector, K = keypad, RS = RS-485 (bus/backbone), B = battery, E _ equipment connection, etc.) 2) .100 = Bldg. ID/Area ID (where applicable) 3) X= Room number& location (i.e., N, NW, S, SE, etc.) C. Cable Labeling: 1. Labeling shall be heat shrinkable wrap around cable labels. The labeling shall be as follows: a. D.100.Y/Z where: 1) D = Device ID (D = door position switch, M = motion detector, K = keypad, RS = RS-485 (bus/backbone), B = battery, E _ equipment connection, etc.) 2) .100 = Bldg. ID/Area ID (where applicable) 3) Y= (devices) room number&wall/ceiling location (i.e., N, NW, S, SE, etc.) 4) Z = (door position switch) = door number D. Panel Labeling: 1. Panel ID labeling shall be placed on the front cover of the enclosure. The labeling shall be as follows: a. 101.IDP.1 where: 1) 101 = Room ID (as indicated on the Contract Drawings) 2) IDP.1 = Panel name and number 2. Circuit ID label shall be on the front of the enclosures. Labeling shall contain the electrical panel and circuit number connected to the panel and power supply. E. Battery Labeling: 1. Labeling shall be placed on the side of the battery viewable when opening the front cover of the panel. The labeling shall be as follows: 28 1600- 9 Intrusion Detection System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1600 - 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 a. 10 1.B.1-XX/YYYY where: 1) 101 = Room ID (as indicated on the Contract Drawings) 2) B.1 = Battery ID no. (per room) 3) -XX/YYYY= Month/Year of installation 3.03 OPEN CABLING SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. All cabling shall be run exposed as "open cabling" in ceiling spaces and ceiling plenums, unless otherwise noted B. Provide all hanger supports and cable supports for cabling specified in this section. All support structures shall adhere to the requirements in the National Electrical Code. C. Cabling supports shall be spaced no further than 4'-0" apart. D. Provide all additional cable management products as required to protect exposed cabling and complete the installation of cabling in a neat professional manner. E. Cabling supports shall be installed on their own support system. The use of ceiling grid supports shall be prohibited. F. Do not support cables from ductwork, sprinkler piping, water piping, waste piping, conduit or other system supports. Cabling shall never come in physical contact with these mechanical, fire protection and electrical systems and raceways. G. Cabling bundles and supports changing pathway direction shall maintain proper bend radius as to not impact the physical jacket construction of the cabling. Cabling that becomes damaged during this transition shall be replaced in its entirety. H. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for quantity of cables supported in J-hooks and adjustable cable supports. 3.04 PROGRAMMING A. Provide a supervised signal to notify the Owner's monitoring agency. Contact the Owner's monitoring agency and confirm monitoring requirements. Provide connections and interface equipment and programming as required. Coordinate with monitoring company for the panel and identification numbers on the communication modules. B. Programming of the system shall include, but not limited to: 1. Programming system configuration parameters (hardware and software, area/circuit numbers, communication parameters). a. See Device Labeling herein for device naming in the system. 2. Programming delays for arming/disarming at entry and exit locations. 3. Programming operational parameters such as opening/closing reports and windows, system response text displays of events, activation of relays that drive auxiliary devices, and identifying types of areas/loops. 4. Programming passcodes and functions as defined by the owner. 5. When the cellular connection is determined to be out of service by the system, the event shall be annunciated locally on the keypad and transmitted to the central station. Supervision time shall be 14,400 seconds (4-hours). 6. Primary power supervision: a. When the primary power source fails, the system shall be configured to report an "AC Fail" message to the monitoring company. Transmission delay of this message shall be 120 seconds with secondary 6-hour transmission delay. System shall display a loss of primary power on the keypad. 7. Secondary power supervision: 28 1600- 10 Intrusion Detection System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1600 - 11 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 a. When the secondary power source experiences an 85 percent depletion of its standby capacity, the system shall be configured to report a "Low Battery" message to the monitoring company. 8. Other programming requirements shall be coordinated with the owner and shall be provided at no additional cost to owner. C. The arming procedure shall be as follows: 1. Entering the arming code on the keypad shall cause the system to be selectively armed. 2. System shall give visual and audible indication if it is armed while a non-auto- shunted area is in trouble status. A low battery condition shall give an audible alarm upon arming. 3. System shall dial the monitoring station number to give a closing system status report and shall give visual or audible indication of the monitoring station verification signal (ring back). 4. After system has been successfully armed and ring back has been received, the exit delay period (user programmable up to 4 minutes) shall begin (if the delay has not been canceled by the operator), allowing the operator to exit the building without causing an alarm. 5. Entering an "area" disarming code on the keypad shall disarm that specific area only, other areas shall remain armed. D. System Integration: 1. Access Control and Intrusion Detection Integration a. To access the building when the intrusion detection system is armed a user shall do the following: 1) Enter the building and disarm the intrusion detection system by pressing the proper code sequence into the keypad. 3.05 PRE-TESTING A. After Work is completed, and prior to requesting the acceptance test, Contractor shall conduct a final inspection, and an operational pre-test of all equipment and system features. Contractor shall correct any deficiencies discovered as the result of the inspection and operational pre-test. B. The contractor shall test each device/area with the Owner's monitoring agency to verify proper reporting of devices/areas. C. The contractor shall submit a system printout of all components tested and certify 100 percent operation indicating all devices have passed the test criteria set forth by the manufacturer. D. Submit written notification to the Owner's Representative and the A/E that systems have been tested, are operating properly, and are ready for Acceptance at least 21 days prior to the requested test date. 3.06 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Contractor shall submit a request for the Acceptance test in writing to the Owner no less than twenty-one days prior to the requested test date. The request for acceptance test shall constitute a certification from the Contractor that all Work is complete and in compliance with the Contract Documents; all systems have been tested; and that all corrections have been made. 28 1600- 11 Intrusion Detection System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 1600 - 12 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Acceptance test shall be scheduled during a period when the building is unoccupied, and a complete system test can be accomplished. Contractor shall provide the services of no fewer than two (2)technicians to perform the acceptance test. Technicians performing the acceptance test shall have been involved in the installation of this project and shall be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the Work. Technicians shall be equipped with portable two-way radios that will be used during the test. C. Contractor shall provide all ladders, tools, test equipment, and other facilities needed to accomplish the Acceptance test. D. During acceptance test, Contractor shall demonstrate all equipment and system features to the Owner. Contractor shall fully cooperate with the Owner and aid with the inspection and test. Contractor shall remove and reinstall covers, open and restore wiring connections, operate equipment, and perform other reasonable work as requested by the Owner. E. Any portions of the Work found to be deficient or not in compliance with the Contract Documents will be rejected. Owner will record any such deficiencies observed during the Acceptance test. A copy of said list will be provided to Contractor. Contractor shall promptly correct all deficiencies. 3.07 WARRANTY AND SERVICE A. Contractor shall provide parts and labor guarantee on all Work. Unless otherwise specified herein, Contractor's guarantee shall be for a period of one (1)year from Date of Acceptance, except where any specific guarantees from a supplier or equipment manufacturer extends for a longer time. B. Contractor's guarantee shall cover all costs associated with troubleshooting, repair, and replacement of defective Work, including costs of labor, transportation, lodging, materials, and equipment. 3.08 TRAINING A. Owner shall receive 4 hours of instruction in (2) 2-hour segments covering all aspects of operating the intrusion detection system. B. Owner shall also receive assistance in configuring and inputting database to the Owner's satisfaction and until initial database is complete and functional. 3.09 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 28 1600 28 1600- 12 Intrusion Detection System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 2300 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 28 2300 IP SECURITY VIDEO SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Provide an IP based security video system and other relevant components and accessories required to provide a complete operating system as specified herein. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01 sections and Section 260500 apply to Work in this section. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Sections 1. 260500—General Electrical Provisions 2. 260510— Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 3. 260533— Raceway Systems 4. 260534—Outlet Boxes 5. 271100—Telecommunications System 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The system and its components shall be Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., listed under the appropriate UL testing standard as listed herein for security video applications. B. Codes and Standards: 1. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): a. NEMA 250— Enclosures for Electrical Equipment 2. Federal Communications Commission (FCC): a. Title 47 CFR— Part 15; Class A—General 3. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC): a. IEC 60529— Ingress Protection 4. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): a. UL 60950-22— Information Technology Equipment—Safety (Outdoors) 5. Provide all wiring in accordance with Article 725 of the National Electrical Code and local ordinances, and other sections of these specifications. C. Qualifications: 1. Contractor shall be a certified reseller/dealer, pre-qualified by the manufacturer for the purpose of offering the services as specified herein, at the time of bid. 2. Contractors bidding security work shall have a minimum of five years of experience in the construction, testing, and servicing of systems of the type and magnitude specified herein. 3. Contractor shall have completed at least five projects of equal or larger in size to this project within the past five years. 4. Contractor shall have direct access to the tools and test equipment required to complete the work as defined herein. 5. Contractor shall employ certified technicians skilled in the maintenance of the IP security video system and shall be located within 75 miles of the project site. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Division 01 and Section 260500. 28 2300- 1 IP Security Video System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 2300 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Product Data: 1. Submit with data arranged under basic categories, such as, certifications, personnel training, manufacturer warranty, products, test equipment and calibration, and similar items. Include index with the submittals. 2. Organize by specification infrastructure component sections described in Part 1 and Part 2 of this section. 3. Submit Product Data information sheets for coordination with item and model number. 4. Where more than one product is shown on a page, mark product with arrow or by other means to identify exact product or products being submitted by specific part number. C. Acceptance Test Plan: 1. An acceptance test plan form shall be prepared/provided by the contractor. 2. This form shall include separate sections for each device and a column indicating the result of the testing performed by the contractor(pass/fail), and an empty column for recording findings during the walk-through. D. Shop Drawings: 1. Drawings shall provide details of proposed system and the equipment and work to be provided. Drawings shall include camera mounting details for each type of installation and wiring diagrams of individual devices. 2. Connections to other equipment/systems not specified herein. E. Record Drawings: 1. Keep complete set of security drawings in job-site office to show actual installation of cabling and equipment during construction. 2. Use of this set of drawings for recording as-built conditions. 3. Indicate where material, equipment, and system component are installed differently from that shown on the Drawings. 4. Record drawings shall indicate camera name as programmed in the VMS, IP address (or DHCP scope information) and horizontal station patch panel port for each camera. 5. Prepare electronic set of Record Drawings, incorporating changes during construction. Submit Record Drawings to the Owner's Representative for review and acceptance. 6. Submit Record Drawings using latest version of AutoCAD software or as approved by the Owner, and in PDF format. Request final architectural background drawing files that incorporate floor plan and program spaces numbering modifications. a. AutoCAD drawings shall be e-transmitted to include backgrounds, title blocks and other associated files. 7. Submit electronic copy of Record Drawings in full-size PDF and AutoCAD format, on flash drive. F. Project Closeout: 1. Submit closeout documentation to the Owner's Representative and Architect under provisions of Division 01, Section 260500 and this section. 2. Provide all project closeout documentation including but not limited to; Acceptance Test documentation, IP device matrix, camera views, record drawings, manufacturer warranties and Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 28 2300- 2 IP Security Video System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 2300 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1.05 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Type of System: 1. System shall employ a server-based video management system (VMS). VMS shall have the ability to record at full resolution on all cameras at 30 frames per second or at their maximum resolution. a. System shall have the capacity to retain no less than the previous 30 days of camera images and video. b. System shall provide monitoring locally and from an off-site location with a tablet, web interface and/or client PC. C. System shall have dynamic camera "maps"with floor plans that illustrate the location of each camera based upon the graphical depiction of the space served. 1.06 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETINGS A. Subcontractor shall attend the pre-construction meeting as required by the Contractor or the Owner's Representative. B. Provide a schedule, indicating installation tasks, time duration for each task and coordination items to be discussed 5 days prior to the meeting, to the Contractor and to the Owner's Representative. 1.07 MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION A. Contractor shall be a certified install/dealer, pre-qualified by the manufacturer for the purpose of offering the warranty at the time of bid, as specified herein. 1.08 MATERIAL PROVISIONS A. Deliver materials to the Owner under provisions of this section. B. Contractor shall be responsible to provide a material transmittal for all materials being provided to the Owner as described herein and that are not permanently installed. Transmittal shall be signed by the General Contractor and the Owner receiving the materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Substitutions: The substitution of products shall not be considered under the terms and conditions of this Section. OR B. Substitutions: The substitution of products shall adhere to the requirements defined in Division 01. 1. IP cameras and equipment shall be from a major manufacturer with at least 5 years of experience in the manufacturing of equipment. a. Approved manufacturers: 1) VMS: OnSSI - Enterprise 2) Servers: Dell 3) IP Cameras: Hanwha a) Approved manufacturer camera models shall be supported with full functionality by the video management system as specified herein. 28 2300- 3 IP Security Video System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 2300 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.02 VIDEO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (VMS) A. Server: 1. Provide a dedicated IP security video servers for live and video archiving per the requirements below and according to the manufacturer's recommendation. a. Provide a minimum of 192 TB of total usable storage for live video and video archiving. B. Software: 1. Provide installation of the VMS software on the server as required to provide a complete and operational IP security video system. C. Licenses and Programming: 1. Video Management System (VMS) shall be OnSSI Ocularis Enterprise, latest version and installed on the server. Provide base license, camera licenses, camera/server support licenses, installation and programming as required for a complete and operational IP security video system. a. Manufacturer OnSSI, Ocularis Enterprise: 1) Base license, Part No. OC-ENT-B 2) Camera license, Part No. OC-ENT-IC (per camera) 3) StayCurrent 1-year camera license, Part No. SC-OC-ENT-B-1Y (per camera) 4) StayCurrent 1-year Base license, Part No. SC-OC-ENT-B-1Y 2. IP security video system shall allow the display of live, record and playback of digital video streams from multiple security video IP cameras, simultaneously on the system's operator console and on other display and control platforms including tablets and smartphones. a. Provide programming and configuration of Ocularis Media Server, Ocularis Web Clients and Ocularis Mobile devices. PC clients and mobile devices shall be owner furnished, contractor installed. 1) Ocularis Media Server(Qty. of 1) 2) Ocularis Web Client PC's (Qty. of 2) 3) Ocularis Mobile devices (Qty. of 2) 2.03 HARDWARE AND ENCLOSURES A. Provide hardware components including but not limited to; 1.5-inch NPT pipe, mounting accessories, pole attachment accessories and/or brackets (i.e., pendent, goose and/or corner) as required. Hardware components shall be of same manufacturer as the camera and match in color or shall be painted to match camera housing. B. Control equipment, media convertors, POE injectors, modules, and other such devices that are installed exterior to the facility shall be contained within enclosures of non-metal construction. Provide NEMA 4 enclosures for all equipment that is not provided by manufacturer in a suitable enclosure, unless otherwise noted. C. Pole Mounted Enclosure: 1. Enclosure shall be a NEMA 3R junction box with pole mounting hardware for pole mounted cameras and equipment. Enclosure shall have 120V power receptacles with intake/exhaust covers and quick release lockable latches. Junction box shall support multiple cameras located on the same pole. a. Manufacturer L-com: 1) Junction box, Part No. NB141207-10FS-UL 28 2300-4 IP Security Video System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 2300 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2) Pole mounting hardware, Part No. HGX-PMT13 2.04 CAMERAS A. 5MP Indoor Dome Camera: 1. Cameras shall be a 5MP vandal resistant, wide dynamic range with HD resolution at 20fps. Camera shall provide the minimum following features; tamper alarms, video loss/change detections, varifocal, remote focus, record on motion, audio, 1/0 contacts and dual streaming with H.264, H.265 and MJPEG video compression. Camera shall be powered via PoE (802.af). a. Manufacturer Hanwha: 1) IP camera, Part No. XND-8080RV 2) Pendant cap adapter, Part No. SBP-300HM8 3) Wall bracket, Part No. SBP-300WM1 B. 5MP Outdoor Dome Camera: 1. Cameras shall be a 5MP, vandal resistant, wide dynamic range with HD resolution at 20fps. Camera shall provide the minimum following features; tamper alarms, video loss/change detections, varifocal, remote focus, record on motion, audio, 1/0 contacts and dual streaming with H.264, H.265 and MJPEG video compression. Camera shall be powered via PoE (802.af). a. Manufacturer Hanwha: 1) IP camera, Part No. XNV-8081 R 2) Pendant cap adapter, Part No. SBP-187HM 3) Wall bracket, Part No. SBP-300WM1 4) Surface mount conduit adaptor, Part No. SBP-300B 5) Pole mount adapter, Part No. SBP-300PM C. 20MP Multisensor Outdoor Camera: 1. Cameras shall be a 4x5MP, vandal resistant, 3.6mm —9.4mm varifocal lenses, wide dynamic range with HD resolution at 30fps. Camera shall provide the minimum following features; tamper alarms, video loss/change detections, varifocal, remote focus, record on motion, 1/0 contacts, and multiple streaming with H.264, H.265 and MJPEG video compression. Camera shall be powered via PoE++ (802.bt), HPoE adaptor shall be included with camera. a. Manufacturer Hanwha: 1) IP Camera, Part No. PNM-9085RQZ 2) Pendant cap adapter, Part No. SBP-317HMW 3) Wall bracket, Part No. SBP-390MW2 4) Surface mount box, Part No. SBP-300NBW 5) Pole mount adapter, Part No. SBP-300PMW 6) Stainless steel straps, Part No. SBP-100S 7) Corner mount adaptor, Part No. SBP-300KMW D. PTZ Dome Camera: 1. PTZ camera shall be housed in a vandal resistant with IP66 ingress protection, NEMA 4X and IK10 rated with an aluminum casing. PTZ shall have 30x optical zoom and 32x digital zoom. Camera shall be powered via PoE++ (802.bt), HPoE adaptor shall be included with camera. a. Manufacturer Hanwha: 1) PTZ camera, Part No. XNP-9303RW 2) Wall bracket, Part No. SBP-156WMW 3) Hanging mount SBP-156HMW 28 2300- 5 IP Security Video System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 2300 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 4) Corner bracket, Part No. SBP-156KMW 5) Parapet mount, Part No. SBP-156LMW 6) Pole mount base, Part No. SBP-300PMW1 7) Wall mount with pole base, Part No. SBP-300WMW1 2.05 SECURITY MONITORS A. Observation Monitor: 1. Observation monitor shall be a 60-inch LED display with full-color HD images with a thin bezel. Display shall have various inputs and outputs to accommodate different sources including HDMI, mini D-sub 15-pin analog; 3.5mm stereo, RCA L/R Audio, serial RS-232 & IP control, USB, Mirroring (Miracast), LAN port (1013ase-T/100Base-TX) and Wireless (802.11 b/g/n). a. Approved Manufacturers: Sharp, NEC, Sony or approved equal 2. Wall mount bracket shall hold displays weighing up to 1751b. Wall mount bracket shall have easy-glide brackets enabling quick display-to-mount attachment with a simple hook-on design. a. Manufacturer Chief, Part No. RXT2 or approved equal 2.06 OPEN CABLING SUPPORTS A. Accessories and mounting hardware shall be provided for securing supports to structure for a complete and working installation of open cabling supports. Supports shall comply with TIA requirements for structured cabling systems and pathway supports. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for quantity of cables supported. B. Hook& Loop Fasteners: 1. Hook and loop fastener rolls shall be 0.5-inch in width. Shear strength. Hook and loop fasteners installed in plenum air spaces shall be UL Listed (plenum) and be in the color maroon. a. Manufacturer Leviton or equal: 1) Non-plenum 75' roll, Part No. 43115-075 2) Plenum 75' roll, Part No. 43115-75P C. Circular Cable Retainer: 1. Cable retainers shall be of plastic material with rounded edges, plenum rated, utilizing an easy-lock closure and an attachment base. Cable retainers shall be screwed into structure and only be utilized in spaces that are extremely tight and J-hooks do not have sufficient space to be mounted. a. Manufacturer Erico Caddy, Part No. CAT CR50 D. J-Hooks: 1. J-hooks shall have a Galvanized finish with rounded edges for smoother cable pull and greater corrosion resistance. a. Manufacturer Erico Caddy: 1) 1-inch Dia., Part No. CAT16HP 2) 1-5/16-inch Dia., Part No. CAT21HP 28 2300- 6 IP Security Video System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 2300 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.07 CABLING A. Category 6 and optical fiber cabling supporting IP cameras shall be provided under Section 271100. All other cabling and connections required shall be provided under this section. B. Cabling shall be sized to provide minimum resistance and minimum voltage drop to the devices being supplied. Voltages delivered to all devices shall be within the tolerance specified by the device manufacturer. 1. Cabling shall be a minimum 18 AWG copper conductors for power connectivity. 2. Twisted pair cable shall be used to prevent EMI/RFI interference with the proper operation of the circuits. C. Provide cables consistent with the manufacturer's recommendations. The following general guidelines shall be followed for wiring installation: 1. Wiring shall be appropriately color-coded with permanent wire markers. 2. Cabling shall have stranded copper conductors. D. Cable shall be NFPA 262, CMP (plenum) rated unless otherwise noted. 1. Cables installed in underground applications shall be rated for wet environments. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 IP DEVICE MATRIX A. Contractor shall request the IP Device Matrix from the Owner in writing a minimum of three weeks in advance of starting the installation of IP devices. B. Complete the owner furnished IP Address matrix, in Microsoft Excel format, indicating the devices; make, model, MAC address, cable port number, room name and room number. Coordinate the specific function identifications and classifications with the Owner and Owner's Representative prior to the start of the installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Provide labor, tools, supplies, software, hardware, materials, and equipment required for the installation, configuration/programming and testing of a complete and operational security video system. B. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, approved Shop Drawings and as indicated on the Contract Documents. C. Devices shall be securely mounted, provide necessary backing/supports. D. Coordinate field of view requirements with owner prior to and after installation of cameras to achieve an acceptable system. E. Neatly dress and secure wiring. Do not obstruct access to power supplies, fans, network interface cards or other components. F. Cabling shall be installed in conduit, cable tray or using open cabling methods when installed above accessible ceilings. G. Where subject to mechanical damage, wiring shall be enclosed in metal conduits. H. Cabling shall not be enclosed in conduit or raceways containing AC power. I. Power supplies shall be provided as indicated in the Contract Documents for PTZ and exterior cameras requiring 24V/12V power. 28 2300- 7 IP Security Video System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 2300 - 8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 J. Properly ground equipment per NEC requirements to the building safety grounding system to prevent electrostatic charges and other transient electrical surges from damaging the cameras. 3.03 PROGRAMMING A. Programming of the cameras shall include, but not limited to: 1. Current firmware shall be uploaded to the camera, set for DHCP and assigned a temporary password prior to installation. 2. Exterior camera shall mask out areas of excessive unchanging movement(i.e. trees, streets and freeways)to avoid recording non-applicable items. 3. Cameras located behind staff work areas shall mask out PC monitors and their direct working space. 4. Cameras shall record on motion/AI; sensitivity/parameters shall be coordinated with the owner. 5. Cameras shall send automatic alerts to notify the owner of tamper, loss video, loss connection or other issues. 6. Cameras shall be named within the system as follows: a. S.B.0001.Y where: 1) S = School/Site ID 2) B = Bldg. ID 3) C001 = Camera ID 4) Y (interior camera) = room & location (i.e., N, NW, S, SE, etc.) 5) Y (exterior camera) = location &view B. Video management software and other software specified herein shall be installed and configured on each server per the manufacturer's installation guidelines. 1. System shall be configured for monitoring locally and from an off-site location with a tablet, web interface and/or client PC. 2. The system shall be configured to record 10 frames per second at full resolution, and to retain a minimum of 30 days of archived video. Assume 12 hours per day of recording activity for each camera. a. The system shall be configured to automatically delete the archived video on day 31 regardless of available storage capacity. 3. Where multiple recording servers are present within the system the cameras shall be load balanced across all servers. 4. System shall be configured with site groups, users, user groups and user privileges. 5. System shall be configured with dynamic camera "maps"that will illustrate the location of each camera based upon a graphical depiction of the space served. 6. Other programming requirements shall be coordinated with the owner and shall be provided at no additional cost to owner. C. At the completion of the installation, provide an updated IP device matrix, in Microsoft Excel format, indicating complete camera information and the horizontal station patch panel port. 3.04 PRE-TESTING A. After Work is completed, and prior to requesting the acceptance test, Contractor shall conduct a final inspection, and an operational pre-test of all equipment and system features. Contractor shall correct any deficiencies discovered as the result of the inspection and operational pre-test. 28 2300- 8 IP Security Video System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 2300 - 9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Submit written notification to the Owner's Representative and the A/E that systems have been tested, are operating properly, and are ready for Acceptance at least 21 days prior to the requested test date. 3.05 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Acceptance test shall be scheduled during a period when the building is unoccupied and a complete system test can be accomplished. B. Contractor shall provide the services of no fewer than two (2) skilled technicians to perform the acceptance test. Technicians performing the acceptance test shall have been involved in the programming and installation of this project and shall be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the Work. Technicians shall be equipped with portable two-way radios that will be used during the test. C. Contractor shall provide all ladders, tools, test equipment, and other facilities needed to accomplish the Acceptance test. D. During acceptance test, Contractor shall demonstrate all equipment, system features and camera views to the Owner. Contractor shall fully cooperate with the Owner and provide assistance with the inspection and test. Contractor shall remove and reinstall covers, open and restore wiring connections, operate equipment, and perform other reasonable work as requested by the Owner. E. Any portions of the Work found to be deficient or not in compliance with the Contract Documents will be rejected. Owner will record any such deficiencies observed during the Acceptance test. A copy of said list will be provided to Contractor and all deficiencies shall promptly be corrected. 3.06 POST SYSTEM TESTING A. Post system testing shall be completed 45 days after final acceptance is achieved to verify system function. B. The post system process includes testing that is intended to test system function under operational conditions. The Contractor shall provide the required labor, materials, and test equipment to perform the tests. Technicians performing the post system test shall have been involved in the programming and installation of this project and shall be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the Work. The Contractor and Owner will conduct and document the testing, upon acceptance the Owner shall sign the test report to verify tests were performed. C. Post system testing shall include verification of, but not limited to: 1. Quality of video on client PC with 4x4 camera views for live and recorded viewing. 2. Verify exterior cameras are masked for areas with excessive unchanging movement, i.e. trees across the street and roadways to avoid recording non- applicable items. 3. Cameras are configured to record on motion and sensitivity is appropriate. 4. Cameras are sending automatic tamper alerts & loss video alerts. 5. Camera analytics are configured properly to record/send alert. 6. WDR is enabled on interior and exterior cameras. 7. Cameras are using proper H.264/5 compression. 8. Cameras are set to use variable frame rates. 9. Live and/or recording resolutions are set accordingly. 10. Cameras are zoomed out at 100% and focused. 11. Frame rate settings in no motion and motion observed. 28 2300- 9 IP Security Video System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 2300 - 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 12. Camera settings for pre and post motion retention on recording. 13. Interior cameras located behind staff work areas mask out PC monitors and their direct working space. 14. Monitoring from an offsite location. 15. System is configured with the camera "maps" that will illustrate the location of each camera based upon a graphical depiction of the space served. 16. Recorders are load balanced. 17. Retention and archive settings. 18. Programming adjustments shall correct any Owner issues experienced over the past 45 days. 3.07 WARRANTY AND SERVICE A. Contractor shall provide parts and labor guarantee on all Work. Unless otherwise specified herein, Contractor's guarantee shall be for a period of one (1)year from Date of Acceptance, except where any specific guarantees from a supplier or equipment manufacturer extends for a longer period of time. B. Contractor's guarantee shall cover all costs associated with troubleshooting, repair, and replacement of defective Work, including costs of labor, transportation, lodging, materials, and equipment. 3.08 TRAINING A. Owner shall receive 4 hours of instruction in (2) 2-hour segments covering all aspects of operating the security video system. B. Owner shall also receive assistance in configuring the system to the Owner's satisfaction and the system is complete and functional. 3.09 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 28 2300 28 2300- 10 IP Security Video System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 283111 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 28 3111 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Design, furnish, install, and connect analog addressable, intelligent fire alarm and detection system with emergency voice/alarm communication required to form a complete coordinated system ready for operation. It shall include, but not be limited to, initiating devices, alarm notification appliances, control panels, annunciators, auxiliary control devices, power supplies, batteries, wiring and ancillary devices as shown on the Contract Drawings, as specified herein or as required to meet AHJ requirements. Contract Drawings and Specifications indicate minimum system requirements. This is a bidder-designed system and it is the responsibility of the fire alarm system vendor to provide an AHJ approved system and design. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. C. Alerting System Requirements: Design, furnish, install and connect an Alerting System required to form a complete coordinated system ready for operation. It shall include, but not be limited to, autonomous control units (ACU's), prerecorded message devices, audio amplifiers, audible signaling devices, speaker-based notification appliances, visual notification devices, web interfaces, overvoltage and surge protection, local operator consoles (LOC) and software as required to meet AHJ requirements. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJs): 1. North County Regional Fire Authority 2. Owner's Fire Insurance Carrier. C. Codes and Standards: 1. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 2. NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code. 3. UL 268, Standard for Smoke Detectors for Fire Alarm Signaling Systems. 4. UL 864, Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems. 5. UL 217, Standard for Smoke Alarms. 6. FM Global. D. Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of fire alarm and detection system components and accessories. Components and systems UL listed and labeled for fire alarm systems and fire alarm and detection systems and accessories and FM approved. Comply with applicable State and local requirements. E. Comply with applicable provisions of current NFPA 72, local building codes, and requirements of AHJs. F. Permits and Fees: 1. Arrange for inspections and pay for all required licenses, permits, inspections, plan review fees and any other fees. 2. Submit complete set of fire alarm system submittals to AHJ for approval. G. Fire Alarm and Detection System Installer Requirements: 283111 - 1 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 283111 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1. The installer shall be an authorized manufacturer's agent staffed with factory- trained and certified sales and service technicians. The installer shall have been the designated manufacturer's representative in the local market for a minimum of five (5)years. 2. The local office of the installer shall be UL listed under the UUJS or UUFX category as a qualified fire alarm system provider. 3. The fire alarm system installer shall coordinate the installation of the fire alarm system including the preparation of shop drawings and submittals to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 4. System design and preparation of shop drawings shall be by factory-trained personnel with the following qualifications: NICET-certified fire-alarm technician, Level II minimum. 5. System installation shall be by factory-trained personnel with the following qualifications: NICET certified fire alarm technician, Level II minimum. 6. System commissioning and testing shall be by factory-trained personnel with the following qualifications: NICET certified fire alarm technician, Level II minimum. 7. Contractor's factory trained technical representative shall respond to job site within 24 hour period for emergencies relating to system. 8. Emergency response is defined as having a technician actively troubleshoot and correct problem at job site. H. Alerting System Requirements: 1. Manufacturer Qualifications: ISO 9001 certified for products delivered. 2. System design and preparation of shop drawings shall be by factory-trained personnel with the following qualifications: NICET-certified fire-alarm technician, Level III minimum and obtain certification by NRTL in accordance with NFPA 72.. 3. System installation shall be by factory-trained personnel with the following qualifications: NICET certified fire alarm technician, Level II minimum. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Installer Qualifications. C. Sound Tester Qualifications and STIPA license. D. Seismic Performance Certificates: For FACU, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. Include the following information: 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. E. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which certification is based and their installation requirements. Sequence of Operation Matrix: Provide a sequence of operation matrix which includes all trouble, supervisory and alarm conditions monitored by the system. The matrix shall be included in the shop drawing set. Provide written sequence of operation that describes the interlocks between the Fire Alarm system and all other building systems (Fire suppression, HVAC, Access Control, etc.). F. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for fire alarm and detection systems components including, but not limited to, roughing-in diagrams and instructions for installation, operation, and maintenance, suitable for inclusion in the Maintenance and Operation Manuals. Include riser and wiring diagrams for panel and system components. 283111 - 2 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 283111 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 G. Shop Drawings: Indicate equipment and device locations and connecting wiring of entire fire alarm and detection system. Include layout wiring and riser diagrams, point-to-point diagrams, and floor plans with notification appliances, raceways and wiring routing, including device addresses and strobe candela ratings. When system has Emergency Voice Communication for an Alerting system, also include Acoustical Distinguishable Space (ADS) assignments/classifications for all areas in the building per NFPA 72. as well as speaker placement, speaker sound level output, Seismic mounting supports and locations of ACU's and LOC's. H. Details and schedules to include: 1. Battery Calculations. 2. Notification Appliance Circuit Calculations and Loads. 3. Strobe Circuit Voltage Drops. 4. Notification Appliance Circuit Schedules. 5. Symbol Legend and Wiring Code (per manufacturer's requirements). 6. 1/0 Point and Relay Schedules. 7. Typical Wiring Diagrams indicating connections between panel modules and field devices and auxiliary interfaces (i.e. elevator controls, fire doors, etc.). I. Acceptance Test Procedure: Submit a written Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP), approved by the AHJ, to Engineer at least thirty days prior to scheduled testing. The ATP shall include step-by-step procedures for performance testing every fire alarm device and system output to demonstrate functionality in accordance with specification requirements. J. Acoustical Acceptance Test Procedure: Submit a written Test Procedure to be approved by the Owner/Engineer. Test procedure shall identify the different acoustical distinguishable space assignments/classifications and how each will be tested to meet the minimum requirements for Speech Transmission Index (STI) of 0.50 STI. Provide testing equipment documentation. 1. Testing Product Data. Submit technical product data for the sound testing equipment to be used during testing and commissioning. Equipment shall be capable of testing STI and CIS scores using the STIPA Test Signal to 0.01. K. Test Reports: 1. Field test reports. 2. Acoustical test reports. 3. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. L. Obtain from each AHJ written certification that the permanent installation has been inspected and that it complies with AHJs' published regulations and requirements. Submit prior to Substantial Completion. M. Operation and Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements in Section 260500. In addition, include the following: 1. Prepare complete, simple, understandable, step-by-step, testing instructions with recommended and required testing frequency of equipment with methods for testing equipment. Include trouble-shooting manual. 2. Prepare complete, easy-to-read, understandable maintenance instructions including the following information: a. Instruction on replacing components of system including inspection, periodic preventative maintenance, fault diagnosis, and repair or replacement of defective components. 283111 - 3 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 283111 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 b. List of equipment and components with address and phone number of both manufacturer and local supplier of each item. 3. Comply with the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72. 4. Provide "Record of Completion Documents" according to NFPA 72 article "Permanent Records" in the"Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter. 5. Record copy of site-specific software. 6. Submit minimum one week prior to system training. N. Instruction Card: Provide a computer-generated instruction card mounted behind a Lexan plastic or glass cover in a stainless steel or aluminum frame. Card must indicate those steps to be taken by an operator when a signal is received as well as functional operation of system under all conditions: normal, alarm, supervisory, and trouble. 1.04 SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA(BIDDER DESIGN) A. Design, furnish, and install complete operable fire alarm and detection systems in accordance with the latest adopted editions of IBC, IFC, NFPA 72, and applicable city, county, and state laws, codes, and standards. B. The Contractor's scope of work shall include but not limited to the following: 1. Complete fire alarm system based on the available architectural, civil, structural, mechanical and electrical drawings. Devices shown on drawings do not reflect complete system. Provide additional devices, conduit, wire and programming for a complete and operable system as required by AHJ. 2. Wiring systems associated with fire alarm system. 3. Provide additional smoke detectors, heat detectors, manual alarm stations, horns, visual notification appliances, speaker notification appliances, bells, door holder controls, fire shutter and fire curtain controls, panels, power supplies, and control graphic annunciators associated with fire alarm system. 4. Provide auxiliary controls and switches including interposing control, monitor relays, and interconnection coordination for monitoring of fire sprinkler system tamper, flow and pressure switches, mechanical equipment shutdown and smoke and combination fire/smoke damper controls, elevator controls, smoke evacuation controls, area pressurization controls. 5. Audibility and Intelligibility requirements shall meet NFPA 72 and contractor shall provide bypass for any devices near manual microphone stations as required to support audibility and eliminate any feedback on the system. 6. Complete alerting system connected to the fire alarm system that includes equipment to provide information and instructions to people in buildings or other spaces using intelligible voice communications and including visual signals or other communication methods. C. Owner's Minimum Requirements: 1. Provide code minimum smoke detection: 1.05 SOFTWARE SERVICE AGREEMENT A. Comply with UL 864. B. Technical Support: Beginning with Substantial Completion, provide software support for two years. C. Upgrade Service: Update software to latest version at Project completion. Install and program software upgrades that become available within two years from date of 283111 -4 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 283111 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 Substantial Completion. Upgrading software shall include operating system. Upgrade shall include new or revised licenses for use of software. 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS AND LABOR A. General: Furnish and install additional devices as specified herein. For each device, include rough-in and fifty feet of raceway and wiring extended from local fire alarm circuit. Location of devices as required by authority having jurisdiction. Include shop drawing revisions and engineering time to update drawings for resubmittal to AHJ. Turn over any unused devices to the Owner and obtain signed receipt. 1. Spare capacity on each loop: 25%. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fire Alarm and Detection System: Subject to compliance with requirements, Notifier, or approved. 2.02 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS A. General: Electrically operated, electrically supervised, fire alarm and detection system as described herein. Include control units, power supplies, alarm initiating and indicating devices, conduit, wire, fittings, and accessories required for a complete operating system. B. Comply with requirements in Section 260533 for raceways, Section 260519 for conductors, Section 260534 for outlet boxes, and Section 260529 for supports. Minimum wire size No. 16 AWG for initiating circuits and No. 14 AWG for indicating circuits. C. Open cabling methods may be utilized above accessible ceilings. All cabling in exposed areas, above inaccessible ceilings and in walls shall be installed in raceway. D. Notification Appliance and Signaling Line Circuits: NFPA 72, Class B. 1. Install no more than 100 addressable devices on each signaling line circuit. Provide isolation modules on signaling line circuits: 1) on each floor where serving multiple floors, and 2) so no more than 50 addressable devices can be out of service due to a single wiring fault. 2. Signaling Circuitry: An open circuit in any speaker or strobe circuit shall not prevent the balance of the notification appliance circuits from operating. The control equipment shall supervise the speaker and strobe circuits to detect wiring faults. 3. Selective Signaling: The system shall be configured to allow selective signaling by alarm type as well as by zone, floor, building, or general alarm. It shall also be capable of providing alarm signal to all zones simultaneously. 2.03 ALERTING SYSTEMS A. General: Software-operated, network-based communications system with wired and wireless access points for control interface. Designated operators must be able to log in via a web browser and have complete access to their own portion of the alerting system. B. Comply with the requirements for the fire alarm and detection systems. 2.04 SYSTEM TYPE A. Low voltage, point identification fire management system. Fire alarm and detection system shall monitor intelligent (analog) and addressable (digital)devices, traditional initiating devices, point identify alarm location, and transmit signals to monitoring agency. 283111 - 5 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 283111 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Fire alarm control panel shall allow for loading or editing special instructions and operating sequences. System capable of on-site programming to accommodate and facilitate expansion, building parameter changes, and changes as required by AHJs. Software operations stored in non-volatile programmable memory within fire alarm control panel. Loss of primary and secondary power shall not erase instructions stored in memory. C. Emergency voice communication control panel shall provide for one-way voice communications, routing and pre-amplification of digital alarm tones and voice (digital and analog) messages. Automatic pre-recorded messages and live messages shall be broadcast through speakers. Live messages shall override the automatic messages and tones. Voice messages shall be developed based upon input from AHJ. D. Autonomous Control units monitor and control the notification appliance network and provide consoles for local operation. Authorized personnel must be able to use a console to initiate delivery of prerecorded voice messages, provide live voice messages and instructions, and initiate visual strobe and optional textual message notification appliances. ACU must override audible fire-alarm notification signals and voice messages based on the approved sequence of operation described in the risk analysis. 2.05 SYSTEM OPERATION A. Alarm displayed on an 80 character alphanumeric display and on remote printer. Top line of characters shall be point label and second line shall be device type identifier. System alarm red LED shall flash on control panel and remote annunciator shall indicate specific device in alarm. Subsequent alarm received from another zone after being acknowledged shall flash system alarm LED on control panel and remote annunciator. LCD display and printer shall show new alarm information. Alarm tone shall occur within control panel and remote annunciator until acknowledged. B. Alarm indicating devices silenced by entering locked control cabinet and operating alarm silence switch. Subsequent alarm condition shall reactivate signals. C. Activation of any system smoke detector shall initiate an alarm. Alarm verification operation shall be programmed into the system for future use but not active until approved by AHJ. Alarm verification function: control panel shall reset activated detector and wait for second alarm activation. If, within 1 minute after resetting, second alarm is reported from same or any other smoke detector, system shall process alarm as described previously. Time period for alarm verification reset programmable from 0 to 60 seconds. If no second alarm occurs within alarm verification time window, system shall resume normal operation. Alarm verification shall operate only on smoke detector alarms. Other activated initiating devices process immediately. Alarm verification operation selectable by device, not just by zone. Control panel with capability to display number of times zone or detector has gone into verification mode. Information displayed on control panel and transmitted to remote printer and remote annunciator. D. Control panel shall have a dedicated supervisory and dedicated trouble condition indicator and acknowledge switch. 1. Activation of any standpipe or sprinkler valve tamper switch shall activate system supervisory service audible signal and illuminate LED at control panel and remote annunciator. Include differentiation between valve tamper activation and open circuits or ground fault trouble conditions. 2. Activating acknowledge switch shall silence audible signal while supervisory service LED. 283111 - 6 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 283111 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3. Restoring valve to normal position shall cause supervisory service LED to extinguish thus indicating restoration to normal position. E. Include manual evacuation switch at control panel to operate systems alarm indicating devices. Other control circuits not activated. True alarm processed as described previously. F. Alarm, supervisory and trouble conditions displayed on control panel from alphanumeric display, and at remote annunciator. If more than one alarm, supervisory or trouble status is initiated, operator may scroll to display new alarms. G. Control panel capable of supplying minimum 6 Amps at 24 VDC, filtered and regulated. Power supply expandable to total ampacity required by system. Initial system shall include a minimum of 25% spare capacity. H. Functions of control panel field programmable. I. Include connection to fire sprinkler system tamper switches, flow switches and high/low pressure alarm switches. Include connection to tamper switches in exterior vaults and post indicator valves as required. J. Include elevator fire alarm control. K. Monitor releasing panels provide by Division 21. Monitor"alarm", "supervisory", and "trouble" status of each releasing panel. Coordinate with releasing panel vendor for additional recommended monitoring points. L. Include fire alarm "alarm" status dry contact for monitoring by access control system. M. Include connections to Emergency Responder Radio Systems or DAS to monitor alarm and trouble signals. In addition to general alarm and trouble signals, include monitoring points for the following: 1. Loss of normal AC power supply. 2. System battery charger(s)failure. 3. Malfunction of the donor antenna(s). 4. Failure of active RF-emitting device(s). 5. Low-battery capacity at 70-percent reduction of operating capacity. 6. Active system component malfunction. 7. Malfunction of the communications link between the fire alarm system and the emergency responder radio system N. Include connection from duct smoke detector relay to fan starter control circuit. Fans shut down on local detection only. Provide interposing relays as required for HVAC shutdown. Coordinate requirements with mechanical contractor and equipment vendor. Include interface relay to control system. O. Include connection to smoke dampers and combination fire/smoke dampers. Dampers close upon activation of smoke detectors in adjacent areas or adjacent duct detection. Include interface relay. P. Include fire alarm system power and fire closure signal connection to fire shutters and fire curtains. Shutters close on local detection only. Coordinate requirements with shutter/curtain supplier. Include alarm release signals and coordinate requirements with door hardware supplier for the following: 1. magnetic door holders 2. magnetic door lock release Q. Include system output relay for alarm signaling to mechanical control system specified in Division 23. 283111 - 7 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 283111 - 8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 R. Mass Notification messaging system must be capable of the following: 1. Communicating through use of wired networks, or wireless networks via wireless control units, for one- or two-way communications and control between a building or area and emergency personnel. 2. Automatically distribute no fewer than 100 simultaneous and unique messages to appropriate notification appliances. 3. Allow multiple operators to send messages simultaneously. 4. Grant access for control to another control station if location in control becomes inoperable and/or authorized operator at that control station can no longer operate the control station. 5. Send voice messages and text messages with an indication of the source of message that can only be sent from message source. 6. Send alert messages to end users (recipients)via multiple delivery methods including, but not limited to, the following: a. Audio-visual network alerts to computers via desktop pop-up. b. Text alerts to cellular phones and pagers. C. Text alerts to email clients. d. Text alerts to textual visible appliances. e. Alerts to visible appliances. f. Audio alerts to phones. g. Audio alerts to loudspeakers. h. Audio alerts to existing wide-area or in-building ECS. i. Network alerts to other IP-connected devices via standard XML and CAP protocols. 7. Suppress contact information for other end users with messages or in message headers. S. Live announcements or prerecorded messages. Live messages must take precedence over prerecorded messages. T. Notification appliance network must consist of loudspeakers and visual notification devices located to provide intelligible instructions at all acoustically distinguishable spaces designated by designer to receive messages. U. Interface with FACU to use voice modules, visual alarms, and loudspeakers of fire-alarm system. V. Give priority to alerting system announcements over other audible announcements of the system including fire-alarm system in a normal or alarm state based on the approved risk analysis. When an emergency announcement other than fire is activated during a fire alarm, fire-alarm system functions must continue in an alarm state, except for output signals of fire-alarm audible and visual notification appliances. W. Comply with speech intelligibility requirements of NFPA 72. 2.06 POWER REQUIREMENTS A. Include 120 VAC power from dedicated circuit for each control panel. B. Include 120 VAC power from dedicated circuit for NAC panels. Maximum of three NAC panels per circuit.lnclude 120 VAC power from dedicated circuit for fire/smoke dampers. Minimum of one circuit per floor. C. Include 120 VAC power from dedicated circuit for RF Subscriber unit. 283111 - 8 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 283111 - 9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 D. Include sufficient battery capacity to operate entire system upon loss of primary 120 VAC power in normal supervisory mode for a period of 24 hours with 15 minutes of alarm operation at end of this period. System shall automatically transfer to standby batteries upon power failure. Battery charging and recharging operations shall be automatic. E. Circuits requiring system operating power shall be 24 VDC. Include individual fuses at control panel. F. Surge Protection: Digital and analog inputs and outputs must be protected against surges induced by sensor wiring. Inputs and outputs must be tested with the following waveforms: 1. 10 by 1000-microsecond waveform with a peak of 1500 V and a peak current of 60 A. 2. 8 by 20-microsecond waveform with a peak of 1000 V and a peak current of 500 A. Protection must be provided at the equipment. Additional surge protectors, rated for application, must be installed on each circuit within 36 inch (900 mm) of the cable entrance to building. 3. Fuses must not be used for surge protection. 2.07 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Alarm Control Panel: Modular construction with solid state microprocessor based electronics with a minimum of 25 percent spare point capacity. Include minimum 80 character minimum alphanumeric display to indicate alarms, supervisory service conditions, and troubles. Provide with a voice status command center for voice evacuation communication with the appropriate quantity of audio control switch modules. Speaker loops shall be individually selectable on a classroom zone vs public area zone basis. B. Control panel shall include the following: 1. 80 character LCD display. 2. Minimum of 2 indicating appliance circuits. 3. Non-volatile EEPROM memory. 4. Multiple password levels. 5. RS232 port for programming and printer and video display unit input/output. 6. Logic Statements. 7. Time Controls. 8. Sequences. 9. Actions. 10. Reporting of all sensors and zones. 11. Sensitivity setting by sensor(within UL Limits). 12. Alarm verification by point or zone. 13. Enabling and disabling of any system device or function. 14. Ground fault detection on all system devices and inputs. 15. Normal and silent walk tests. 16. Cards, Components, Amplifiers etc. as required to support peripheral devices on the system. C. Programming: 1. Programming accomplished using a standard IBM compatible computer, either desk or laptop. 2. Resident program stored in non-volatile EEPROM memory. 283111 - 9 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 283111 - 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3. System with capability to store system program on a hard disk for future changes, upgrades, and replacement. 4. Software to allow user to reprogram system points, add system points, add or change point descriptions, and update data file. System output functions field programmable to allow custom operation. 2.08 PERIPHERAL DEVICES A. Manual Stations: Red with raised white lettering. When station is operated, handle shall lock in protruding manner to facilitate quick visual identification of activated station. Station capable of being reset using a key. Stations which require only a screwdriver for operation not acceptable. Surface mounting boxes where required shall be matching type, steel or diecast aluminum with a red finish. B. Manual Station Guards: Plastic guards with built-in independent local alarm. Stopper Two or approved. Provide on all manual pull stations unless otherwise noted. C. Smoke Detectors: 1. General: UL 268 listed and documented compatible with control equipment to which it is connected. Photoelectric type, unless indicated otherwise, with a plug- in base and visual indication of detector actuation. Detectors intelligent, addressable and with capability of alarm verification, sensitivity adjustment by detector, and "maintenance alert' circuitry. Integral addressable module. 2. Duct Smoke Detectors: UL 268A listed. a. Capable of operating in air velocity range of 300 to 2,000 feet per minute. b. Detectors with approved duct housing for mounting exterior to duct. Weatherproof housing for exterior locations. C. Perforated sampling tubes extending across width of duct and end support. d. Integral filter system air flow monitor to indicate presence and direction of air flow through detector. e. Control modules and relay(s) required for equipment shutdown circuit and connection to control system. Coordinate interface with mechanical equipment and controls. f. Where duct smoke detector is installed above a ceiling, include remote indicator lamp and magnet activated test switch mounted on ceiling below unit. Label remote lamp and test switch. Furnish test magnet to Owner. g. Nameplate indicating corresponding mechanical equipment name and "supply air" or"return air", as applicable. 3. Beam Smoke Detectors: a. Infrared beam smoke detector including transmitter, receiver and remote control unit. Powered from fire alarm system. b. Range to 300 feet. C. Control system capable of compensate for dirt accumulation on lenses. d. Remote Control Unit: Detector capable of being tested from floor level without use of a ladder. Locate in electrical room or as indicated on Contract Drawings. D. Heat Detectors: Addressable, analog thermal detectors. Rate of rise feature accomplished with electronic, dual thermistors. Include built-in test switch and LEDs to indicate alarm condition and polling. Thermal head shall plug-in to base. Heat detector rated for the environment in which it is to be installed (135' typical). 283111 - 10 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 283111 - 11 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 E. Heat Detectors, Weatherproof: Automatic resetting rate of rise type suitable for exterior installation. Include addressable module. Temperature rating as required by the installation, 135' F minimum. Fenwal horizontal Detect-A-Fire Series or approved equal. F. Single Temperature Linear Heat Detection Cable: 1. The Linear Heat Detection Cable shall be a fixed temperature sensing element comprised of two electrical current carrying wires separated by a heat sensitive insulation material. 2. The detection cable shall detect the specified temperature anywhere along the detector length, regardless of the source of the heat. Averaging, analog- integrating, or thermistor-type detection cables, and rate compensated, or rate- of-rise detection devices, are not acceptable. 3. Detectors that depend on open flame, density of smoke, or rate of temperature increase are not acceptable. 4. The detection cable shall be constructed by spiral wrapping the two conductors with a protective mylar tape and then wrapping them in protective outer coverings of cotton braid, PVC, or weather resistant Nylon as required for the intended environment. The detection cable shall be capable of withstanding severe seasonal temperature variations and structural vibrations. a. The temperature rating of the detection cable shall be clearly printed on the cable jacket. 5. When the detection cable will be required to span distances in excess of the manufacturer's standard mounting guidelines, it shall be constructed with an integral messenger wire. The messenger wire shall consist of a high tensile strength corrosion-resistant steel wire which shall be wrapped around the detection cable at a minimum rate of one turn per linear foot of cable length. 6. The initiating circuits shall be capable of intrinsically safe service and approved for Class I, II, or III, Div. 1, 2, or 3, and applicable groups A, B, C, D, E, F, & G. 7. The detector shall withstand gamma radiation at the rate of 3.6.x 105 Rad/hour without insulation breakdown. 8. The detection cable shall be available in several temperature settings to allow for different ambient space temperature ranges and alarm points. 9. The detection cable temperature ranges shall be selected for the expected maximum ambient temperature and the alarm activation temperature suitable for the application in accordance with the Manufacturer's guidelines. 10. Detection cables of different temperature ratings shall have the ability to be easily spliced together in series without affecting the adjacent detector alarm point. 11. Acceptable Manufacturers of the electronic fire detection, alarm, and control equipment are: The Protectowire Company, Inc., Hanover, Massachusetts 02339, USA, 781-826-3878. G. Primary Notification Appliances: Provide flush mounted combination speaker/strobe Audio/Visual signaling appliances where required. Specific audible and visual characteristics shall be as follows: 1. Visual Signals Fire Alarm: Furnish and install xenon strobes, synchronized in accordance with NFPA 72 chapter 4 and rated to UL 1971 standards. Strobes shall have a fixed candela rating, as follows: provide 15 candela in corridors and other areas up to 20' x 20', 75 candela in areas up to 40'x 40', and 110 candela in areas up to 50' x 50'. 2. Visual Signals Mass Notification: Furnish and install xenon strobes with amber lights, synchronized in accordance with NFPA 72 chapter 4 and rated to UL 1971 283111 - 11 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 283111 - 12 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 standards. Strobes shall have a fixed candela rating, as follows: provide 15 candela in corridors and other areas up to 20'x 20', 75 candela in areas up to 40' x 40', and 110 candela in areas up to 50' x 50'. 3. Audible Signals: Provide audible signal appliances designed to produce a minimum sound output of 85 dbA at 10', or 15 dbA above ambient; whichever is greater. 4. Audible Signals: Provide High Fidelity audible signal appliances designed to produce a minimum sound output of 85 dbA at 10', or 15 dbA above ambient; whichever is greater. Speakers shall have field selectable output tap from 0.5 to 2.0 Watts. Initial circuiting design shall be sized at 1.5 Watts per speaker for base design. 5. Power Supplies: The power supplies provided for the system shall be capable of powering all notification devices simultaneously with a minimum of 20% spare capacity. Provide power supplies in increments of 8 Amps. Supervision of power supplies shall be integral to the panel. The need for separate monitor modules to supervise power supplies are not acceptable. 6. Amplifiers: The amplifiers provided for the system shall be 24 Volt 40 watt max output. Amplifiers shall be integral to the panel or in a separate enclosure next to the FACP. 7. Provide color matched surface mounted back boxes for surface mounted devices. H. Multiple strobes visible in a single room coordinated to flash simultaneously. I. Water Flow Switches: Provided by Division 21 and wired by Divisions 26, 27, and 28. Coordinate requirements. Sprinkler Valve Tamper Switches: Provided by Division 21 and wired by Divisions 26, 27, and 28. Coordinate requirements. J. Magnetic Door Holders: Provided by Division 08 and wired by Divisions 26, 27, and 28. Holders shall be powered from the fire alarm system. Coordinate requirements. K. Provide Remote LCD Annunciators. The main office Remote Annunciator shall be LCD type with key activated controls to allow silencing, resetting and activating of alarms. The Fire Department remote annunciator shall have a LCD readout and adjacent building map to direct fire fighters to source of alarm. Wording on map shall reflect information on digital readout. Communication between the main fire alarm control panel and the remote annunciators shall be via an RS232 link. A graphic map shall be provided adjacent to the remote LCD annunciator. L. Provide Graphic map. The Graphic map is a floor plan representation of the facility with a full color image printed on the reverse side of 10 mil. Polycarbonate Lexan. The printed image shall be laminated to a 1/8" rigid backing with a removable adhesive for future replacement. The graphic map shall be secured in a black (standard) anodized aluminum frame and mounted with a concealed security hanging system to prevent any unauthorized removal. Obtain approval of graphic map from AHJ. Graphic map shall include the following: 1. Clearly legible room names and numbers for all floors of the building. 2. Location of the Annunciator indicated with "You are Here" notation. 3. Location of the Fire Alarm Panel. 4. Location of Sprinkler Valve Riser Room (if available). 5. Location of the Mechanical Room. 6. Location of Electrical Room. 7. Locations and zone numbers of Areas of Evacuation Assistance. 283111 - 12 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 283111 - 13 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 M. Autonomous Control Units (ACU's): Fully enclosed in a lockable steel cabinet with access for testing, and maintenance from the front of enclosure. Includes solid-state, modular components, internally mounted and arranged for easy access for power, supervision, control, and logic for system and the following: 1. Indicator for each message source to indicate which sources are available and which are selected. 2. Indicators for broadcast media used to convey the selected message to selected audience must indicate which sources are available and which are selected 3. Capable of confirming receipt of a message. If message was not confirmed received, system must be capable of using other means of contact until receipt of confirmation or until a preset time has elapsed. 4. Capable of automatically sending another message after receipt of a new information or messages. 5. Operator Access Functions: a. Select prerecorded message for transmission. b. Select microphone for live broadcast. C. Initiate message broadcast. d. Terminate message broadcast. 6. Supervisory Access Functions: a. Reset time and date. b. Enable or disable printouts, initiators, and event-initiated programs. C. Enable or disable individual message sources and broadcast media. 7. Each panel must have supervisory functions for power failure, internal component failure, and operation. N. Prerecorded Message Devices: 1. One-way, multichannel voice notification system incorporating no fewer than eight distinct sounds selectable by user for tone signaling and incorporating a voice module for delivery of prerecorded or live messages. 2. Audible appliances must produce an initial message stating "May I have your attention please?"followed by a voice message with instructions for "Evacuation", "Shelter in Place" or as defined by the Designer of Record and the AHJ that is repeated until ACU is reset or silenced. If the intent is for building or floor evacuation, the standard temporal pattern complying with ASA S3.41 will follow the message. 3. Automatic messages must be broadcast through loudspeakers throughout the building or facility, but not in stairs or elevators. 4. When using microphones, live messages must be broadcast throughout a selected floor or floors or all call, including stairs and elevators. 5. Loudspeakers must not be installed in near a microphone that will be used for live messaging. 6. Live voice message must override automatic or recorded audible output through use of a microphone input at ACU or the remote cabinet. O. Local Operating Consoles (LOC's): Remote message initiation console mounted near the annunciators or within the same enclosure and capable of initiating recorded messages and displays, and for delivering live voice messages. Also include: 1. Capacity for no fewer than 2 prerecorded messages and ability to automatically repeat prerecorded messages 2. Microphone for delivering live messages 283111 - 13 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 283111 - 14 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3. FACU Interface with discrete outputs to temporarily deactivate the fire-alarm audible notification appliances while delivering voice messages 4. Capable of being locked out or overridden from ACU. 5. Note: Plug strip has dry contact to allow fire alarm system to turn off A/V audio amplifiers. There are other ways of doing this so if this is required confirm with owner what option they would like. Can also utilize lighting controls system with fire alarm input. P. Plug strips: Provide switched plug strips in audio racks and podia where indicated. Plug strips shall be connected to the fire alarm system and turn off the audio amplifiers in the space in the event of a fire. Plug strips shall be rack mounted, 15 Amp, with surge suppression, front panel LED indicators, 8 total power outlets with 2 switched, and dry contact control connections. Plug strips shall be Middle Atlantic model PDC-915R-2, or equal. Q. RF Subscriber Unit: shall be purchased from the owner's monitoring agency to be compatible with the monitoring agencies network. 1. General: a. Link an alarm panel to an alarm monitoring central station wirelessly. b. Communicate via a network of established repeaters providing multiple RF paths to the Central Station. C. Support a wide range of inputs such as NO/NC/EOL and direct voltage. d. Automatically senses wire and antenna cuts, and monitor battery and AC power status. e. Provide advanced status reporting, self-diagnostics and a built-in power supply. f. Enclosure: Steel locking cabinet large enough to house the message delivery transceiver and repeater. R. Documentation Cabinet: Provide cabinet sized so that it can contain all necessary documentation. Cabinet shall be prominently labeled "System Record Documents". PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install system in accordance with the Drawings and this section, applicable codes and manufacturer's recommendations. Install wiring in compliance with NEC for power and non-power limited fire protective signaling circuits. Upon completion, certify in writing to 283111 - 14 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 283111 - 15 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 the Owner and general contractor that system has been installed in compliance with NEC. B. Duct Smoke Detectors: Comply with IFC, NFPA 72 and NFPA 90A. Install sampling tubes so they extend the full width of duct. C. Heat Detectors in Elevator Shafts: Coordinate temperature rating and location with sprinkler rating and location. Install within 12"of sprinkler heads. D. Remote Status and Alarm Indicators: Install near each smoke detector and each sprinkler water-flow switch and valve-tamper switch that is not readily visible from normal viewing position. E. Audible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install not less than 6 inches below the ceiling. Install bells and horns on flush-mounted back boxes with the device-operating mechanism concealed behind a grille. F.Mounting Heights: 1. Manual Station: Operating handle approximately 48 inches above floor. 2. Alarm Signal Devices: Approximately 80 inches above floor to centerline. 3. Magnetic Door Holders: 78 inches to center line except as noted. G. Wire: 1. Per manufacturer's recommendations and as per NEC. Comply with requirements in Section 260519. 2. Where required, provide wiring in metallic conduit. Comply with requirements in Section 260533. H. Make conduit and wiring connections to equipment requiring monitoring or control. Including but not limited to sprinkler flow switches, sprinkler valve tamper switches, elevator controller, kitchen hood systems and appropriate air handling equipment. I. Label junction boxes for fire alarm with minimum 1/4 inch letters: "FIRE ALARM". J. Test conductors for ground conditions before making final wiring connections. Comply with requirements in Section 260526. K. Maintain wiring color code throughout installation. Include color code identification in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. L. Coordinate with appropriate subcontractors for installation of equipment and devices that pertain to other work in the contract. M. Clean dirt and debris from inside and outside of the fire alarm equipment after completion of installation. N. Coordinate installation of duct smoke detectors with Division 23 work. O. Install remote annunciators as indicated on the Drawings and as required by AHJ. P. Label all conductors in fire alarm panels, terminal blocks, and large pull boxes. Each conductor shall have a unique and specific designation. Q. All wiring shall be terminated/connected to a device, terminal block, or fire alarm panel. T-Tapping and splicing will not be permitted. R. Wiring installed in riser conduits shall have strain relief in j-boxes so that cable and connections are maintained and not damaged. S. Specifier Note: This is to install the RF Subsriber units. Remove reference to the owners monitoring agency if the contractor is purchasing the subscriber unit for the owner. T. RF Subscriber Unit: Unit provided by owners monitoring agency. 283111 - 15 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 283111 - 16 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1. Install subscriber unit in an enclosure near fire alarm panel: 2. Provide raceway and wiring for communication wiring between subscriber unit and fire alarm control panel U. Provide conduit pathway from subscriber unit enclosure to roof as required for antenna signal. V. Document cabinet: Mount at the system control unit or an approved location on the protected premises. Provide printed label in document cabinet indicating owner project number. 3.05 ALERTING SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install system in accordance with the Fire Alarm and Detection System Installation requirements, applicable codes and manufacturer's recommendations. Install wiring in compliance with NEC for power and non-power limited fire protective signaling circuits. Upon completion, certify in writing to the Owner and general contractor that system has been installed in compliance with NEC. B. Install operating instruction placard on the interior of the ACU. C. Install operating instruction placard in a frame at a location acceptable to the architect and observable from the ACU. 3.06 CONNECTIONS A. For fire-protection systems related to doors in fire-rated walls and partitions and to doors in smoke partitions, comply with requirements in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware". Connect hardware and devices to fire-alarm system. B. Make addressable connections with a supervised interface device to the following devices and systems. Install the interface device less than 3 feet from the device controlled. Make an addressable confirmation connection when such feedback is available at the device or system being controlled. 1. Smoke dampers in air ducts of designated air-conditioning duct systems. 2. Alarm-initiating connection to elevator recall system and components. 3. Supervisory connections at valve supervisory switches. 4. Supervisory connections at low-air-pressure switch of each dry-pipe sprinkler system. C. Supervisory connections at elevator shunt trip breaker. 3.07 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Include services of certified technician to supervise installation, adjustments, final connections, and system testing. B. Include operations and maintenance instructions for the Owner's representative of devices including trouble shooting procedures. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Check out of and final connections to fire alarm control panel by factory trained technicians in employ of factory authorized franchised dealer for products installed. B. System, upon completion of installation, checked out, final connections made, and tested to initiating and indicating devices by factory trained technicians in employ of factory franchised dealer for products installed. C. Test completed fire alarm and detection system [and Alerting System] in accordance with NFPA 72 in presence of the Owner's representative and the AHJ. Upon completion of 283111 - 16 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 283111 - 17 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 successful test, certify in writing to the Owner and general contractor that system has been successfully tested and accepted by the AHJ. Include field test results in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. D. Acoustical Test procedures shall meet the requirements of IEC 60268-16, NFPA 72 Annex D, and as follows for each acoustical distinguishable space: 1. Average three subsequent results taken at each measuring location. The calculated average value in each space shall be rounded to the nearest five- hundredths (0.05)and reported. 2. Test each type of acoustically different space types within the building. Generate the STIPA test signal with all partitions in place and doors closed. 3. Ensure there are no impulsive ambient noises during the measurements, such as speech. At locations/areas with varying ambient noise conditions, the worst-case STIPA results should be measured. 4. Measure audible levels of alert/alarm tones to confirm it is 15 dB or higher than the ambient sound level. 5. For areas that do not meet 0.5 STI, provide recommendations to add or modify speaker locations to improve the STI test results 6. Variations of STIPA test results should not be more than 0.05 STI at one test position. If variations higher than 0.05 STI are measured, then verify and eliminate the causes of these discrepancies and repeat the measurements. 3.09 TRAINING A. In addition, factory trained technicians shall demonstrate operation of the complete system and each major component to the Owner. Provide hardware, software, and training to allow Owner to view and change panel programming on site and to view programming remotely. B. A factory trained representative shall provide (1) 4-hour session to fully instruct the Owner's personnel as to correct operating testing, maintenance and troubleshooting procedures. Video tape this training session and provide copy to Owner for future reference. Schedule training with Owner in writing as least 7 working days in advance of the training date. 3.10 RECORD DRAWINGS A. See Section 260500 for record drawing information. Accurately identify the final location, addresses and type of each device on drawings. Divisions 26, 27, and 28 Subcontractor shall keep a set of record drawings on site during construction and programming and shall mark-up changes made on these drawings. Transfer the mark-up information to an AutoCAD 2002-2014 format CAD file at the close of the project. Provide the Owner with the mark-up drawings, a CAD plot and CAD file on disk. B. Provide a complete printout hard copy of the system program and an electronic backup copy or the site specific software for all future programming needs by authorized manufacturer/distributor per NFPA 72 4,5,2,3.(3). 3.11 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in compliance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with 01 7419 Construction and Demolition Waste Management. END OF SECTION 28 3111 283111 - 17 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 3173 - 1 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 SECTION 28 3173 EMERGENCY RESPONDER COMMUNICATIONS ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Provide the design, installation and testing of an Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System. The system shall provide enhanced two-way radio communications for the local Public Safety Network (PSN). 1. Provide labor, simulation modeling, calculations, materials, tools, equipment, appurtenances, and services necessary for a complete and operational system as described herein, and in accordance with provisions of Contract Documents. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections and Section 260500 apply to Work in this section. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Sections: 1. 260500—General Electrical Provisions 2. 260510— Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 3. 260533— Raceway Systems 4. 260534—Outlet Boxes 5. 283111 — Fire Alarm and Detection System 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equipment provided to meet the requirements of this specification must be installed in accordance with and meet the requirements of the issue of the NEC in effect at the date of installation. B. Equipment provided that requires type acceptance as defined by Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations shall be listed as type accepted by the Federal Communications Commission prior to installation. C. Manufacturer shall maintain ISO Quality Control registration for the facilities that manufacturers the products used in the Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System. D. Materials shall have a UL label, shall be FM approved, and shall have evidence of approval by the local authority when such approval is required. E. Permits and Fees: 1. Arrange for inspections and pay for all required licenses, permits, inspections, plan review fees and any other fees. 2. Submit complete set of Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement system submittals to AHJ for approval. F. Qualifications: 1. Bidder of the Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System shall hold an FCC General Radio Telephone Operators License (GROL) and have a minimum of five years' experience in the design, construction, testing, and servicing of systems of the type and magnitude specified herein. Contractor shall have completed at least ten projects equal or larger in size to this project within the past three years. 28 3173- 1 Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 3173 - 2 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. Personnel shall be certified on the passive and active components being installed. 3. Certified by the manufacturer at the time of bid as a qualified installer of the Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System and components for the purpose of offering the manufacturer's warranty. G. Codes and Standards: 1. Installation Standards: Comply with following standards and codes for cable equipment installations. Publications must be of the latest issue and addenda: a. Snohomish County 911 (Sno911) b. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC) C. NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code d. NFPA 1225, Standards for Emergency Services Communications e. International Fire Code (IFC): IFC Section 510 - Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement Systems f. International Building Code (IBC): IBC Section 510- Emergency Responder Radio Coverage g. UL2524 Standard for In-Building 2-Way Emergency Radio Communications Enhancement Systems h. Federal Communications Commission (FCC)—Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 90. i. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Rules, Parts 15 and 22. j. TIA-568.0-D: Generic Telecommunications Cabling Standard k. TIA-568-C.1: Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard Part 1: General Requirements I. TIA-568-C.2: Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components M. TIA-569-D: Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces n. TIA-606-B: The Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of Commercial Building o. TIA-J-STD-607-B: Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications P. BICSI Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Division 01 and Section 260500. B. Submittals to AHJ: Submit required documentation to regional radio signal authority and local AHJ for the installation and system turn-up. C. Submit product data, contractor qualifications, Scope of Work, Acceptance Test Plan and shop drawings under provisions of Division 01 for submittal requirements. All submittals shall be submitted at one time to the Architect/Engineer for approval. Partial submittals will not be considered. Equipment procurement and work shall not be executed until all submittals have been approved. 28 3173- 2 Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 3173 - 3 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 D. Contractor Qualifications: 1. Provide documentation certifying that Contractor holds proper FCC General Radio Telephone Operators License and is an authorized Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System installer for the specified manufacturer and that all installation personnel are certified to install the system components and cabling infrastructure. E. Product Data: 1. Submit with data arranged under basic categories, such as, certifications, personnel training, manufacturer warranty, products, test equipment and calibration, and similar items. Include index with the submittals. 2. Organize by specification infrastructure component sections described in Part 1 and Part 2 of this section. 3. Submit Product Data information sheets for coordination with item and model number. 4. Where more than one product is shown on a page, mark product with arrow or by other means to identify exact product or products being submitted by specific part number. F. Acceptance Test Plan: 1. An acceptance test plan form shall be prepared/provided by the Contractor. 2. This form shall include separate sections for each device and testing grid with a column indicating the result of the testing performed by the contractor(pass/fail), and an empty column for recording findings during the walk-through. G. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit the following items: a. Scale floor plans indicating cabling pathways and coverage antenna locations. b. Donor antenna, grounding and lighting protection details C. Active component locations, layout and configuration and mounting details. d. Riser diagram e. RF propagation modeling f. RF link budget g. Signage indicating text heights and dimensions h. Maintain a set of approved shop drawings on the job site, with revisions, acceptance and exception notations kept up to date. H. Following submittal review correct deficiencies, with resubmittals and reviews as necessary, submit the drawings and product data to the local AHJ for final review. I. Project Closeout: 1. Submit closeout documentation to the Owner's Representative and Architect under provisions of Division 01, Section 260500 and this section. 2. Record Drawings: a. Keep complete set of ERCES drawings in job-site office to show actual installation of cabling and equipment during construction. b. Use of this set of drawings for recording as-built conditions. C. Indicate where material, equipment, and system component are installed differently from that shown on the Drawings. 28 3173- 3 Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 3173 -4 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 d. Prepare electronic set of Record Drawings, incorporating changes during construction. Submit Record Drawings to the Owner's Representative for review and acceptance. e. Record Drawings shall include: 1) Updated information regarding signal levels as required for the Shop Drawings. 2) Locations of BDA, BBU, antennas, and associated components. 3) Detailed cable schedules that describe all modules, connectors, terminations, cable pathways, and cable installation records, installed or modified in the course of the work performed. 4) Riser diagram showing conduits, roof penetrations,junction boxes, terminal cabinets, cabling and devices. 5) Submit Record Drawings using latest version of AutoCAD and/or Revit software or as approved by the Owner, and in PDF format. Request final architectural background drawing files that incorporate floor plan and program spaces numbering modifications. a) AutoCAD and/or Revit drawings shall be e-transmitted to include backgrounds, title blocks and other associated files. 6) Submit electronic copy of Record Drawings in full-size PDF and AutoCAD and/or Revit formats on flash drive. 7) Submit electronic copies of native propagation modeling software files (i.e. IBWave or equal), include reader software. 3. Documentation Maintained on Premises: a. At the conclusion of the testing, and prior to issuance of the building Certificate of Occupancy, Contractor shall place a copy of the following records in the ERCES enclosure. The records shall be available to the fire code official and maintained by the building owner for the life of the system: 1) A certification letter stating that the emergency responder radio coverage system has been installed and tested in accordance with this code, and that the system is complete and fully functional. 2) The grid square diagram created as part of testing. 3) Data sheets and/or manufacturer specifications for the emergency responder radio coverage system equipment; back up battery; and charging system (if utilized). 4) A diagram showing device locations and wiring schematic. 5) A copy of the electrical permit. 4. Test Results: a. Conduct and submit, in writing the results of all tests. b. Submit accepted ATP report confirming specified coverage and performance requirements have been met per Code and/or AHJ. 28 3173-4 Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 3173 - 5 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 5. Operation, Maintenance, and Service Manuals: a. Prior to final acceptance, complete sets of operation, maintenance, and service manuals shall be submitted for systems and equipment provided under this contract, including all software licenses. At a minimum, the manuals shall include the following: 1) Complete maintenance instructions, control and wiring diagrams, troubleshooting instructions. 2) System service instructions for Work which manufacturers recommend user service. 3) Complete parts lists for each major item of equipment and/or system supplied under this Section. 4) Complete collection of manufacturers' product and catalog literature for equipment and systems installed under this contract. 5) Manufacturers' warranties. 6) Operating characteristics, performance data, ratings, and manufacturers' specifications for each item of equipment or system. 7) Name, address, and telephone number for emergency and non- emergency service for each item of equipment or system 1.05 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. ACG: Automatic Gain Control B. AHJ: Authority Having Jurisdiction C. ATP: Acceptance Test Plan D. AWS: Advanced Wireless Service E. BBU: Battery Backup Unit F. BDA: Bi-Direction Amplifier G. BOM: Bill-of-Material H. BRS: Broadband Radio Service I. BTS: Base Transceiver Station J. CDMA: Code Division Multiple Access K. C/N: Carrier-to-Noise Ratio L. CTCSS: Continuous Tone-Coded Squelch System M. CWDM: Coarse Wave Division Multiplexing N. DAS: Distributed Antenna System O. DWDM: Dense Wave Division Multiplexing P. EBS: Educational Broadband Service Q. ESMR: Enhanced Specialized Mobile Radio R. ERCES: Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System S. FCC: Federal Communications Commission T. GROL General Radio Operator License 28 3173- 5 Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 3173 - 6 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 U. GUI: Graphical User Interface V. iDEN: Integrated Enhanced Digital Network W. LMR: Land Mobile Radio X. LTE: Long Term Evolution Y. MTBF: Mean Time Between Failure Z. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association AA. NMS: Network Management System BB. PCS: Personal Communications System CC. PSN: Public Safety Network DD. RF: Radio Frequency EE. RoF: Radio-over-Fiber FF. RoHS: Restriction of Hazardous Substances GG. RSL: Received Signal Level HH. SISO: Single-Input, Single-Output II. SMR: Specialized Mobile Radio JJ. SMS: Short Message Service KK. SNIR: Signal-to-Noise Interference Ratio LL. SNMP: Simple Network Management Protocol MM. SOW: Statement of Work NN. VSWR: Voltage Standing Wave Ratio 1.06 DEFINITIONS A. Federal Communications Commission (FCC): The United States government agency that is the controlling authority for title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations and other statutory issues regarding radio (wireless) communications in the United States of America. B. General Radio Operator License (GROL): A valid General Radio Operators License issued by the Federal Communications Commission in accordance with title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations. C. Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System (ERCES): A system of bi-directional amplifiers, cables, power supplies, antennas and other ancillary equipment that allows radio signals to pass to and from the interior of a structure, for the purpose of facilitating radio communications with public safety radio systems. D. Acceptance: Expressed approval by the AHJ(s). E. Active: System components that require AC/DC power for operation. F. Carrier Approval: Expressed approval to interconnect to the CSP macro network. G. Channel: A path for an RF transmission between two points. H. Component: A main system element of the emergency responder radio system. I. Contractor: The prime contractor bidding the project. J. Passive: System components that do not require AC/DC power for operation. 28 3173- 6 Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 3173 - 7 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 1.07 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. System shall be Class A, providing two-way radio coverage on all frequencies currently being used by the designated PSN. B. Broadband Backbone and Distribution: 1. Coaxial cable shall be used for active distribution. In-line amplifiers are not allowed. 2. Backbone (riser)cabling shall be two-hour fire rated or routed in a two-hour rated shaft/enclosure; distribution cabling shall be plenum rated. C. Supervision: 1. System shall have a Network Management System (NMS) capable of alarm, and remote monitoring, configuration and control of all active components. 2. Status of the system shall be continuously monitored and capable of reporting of failure through the building fire alarm system. D. System shall include, but is not limited to the following components: 1. Donor antennas 2. Coverage antennas 3. Bi-Directional amplifiers (BDA) 4. Annunciator Panel 5. Coaxial cable, patch cables, splitters, combiners and couplers 6. NEMA 4 Enclosures 7. Batteries/UPS 8. Grounding and bonding 9. Other equipment necessary to furnish, install, terminate and test a fully functional system E. Facilitate the AHJ approval(s) per the requirements of the code or ordinance and submit required forms. 1. Prior to bid, confirm the channel count and frequencies with the AHJ. F. Requirements set forth by local code, ordinance, or the AHJ shall supersede the requirements described herein and shall be met in their entirety. Ensure the system complies with local code, ordinances and requirements established by the AHJ. 1.08 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETINGS A. Attend the pre-construction meeting as required by the General Contractor or the Owner's Representative. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Basis of design for this specification shall be an Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System to establish a standard for quality and performance. Proposed systems shall meet the system quality, performance and warranty requirements included in this specification. System shall support 800 MHz Public Safety Network requirements and 700 MHz where required by the AHJ. B. Substitutions: The substitution of products shall adhere to the requirements defined in Division 01. 28 3173- 7 Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 3173 - 8 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.02 BI-DIRECTIONAL AMPLIFIER(BDA) A. BDA shall be 2W of downlink power per band supporting NFPA and IFC required monitoring and alarming, with local and SNMP based remote monitoring housed in a NEMA 4 enclosure. 1. BDA shall be DC powered, Class A dual band supporting public safety 700/80OMHz, P25 P1/P2 digital and conventional analog communications simultaneously and FirstNetTM LTE band 14. Web based GUI for intelligent configuration, SNMP supported. Each band shall support up to 32 narrow band filters with Channelized Auto Level Control (ALC)/Channelized uplink squelch and built-in mandatory isolation test to prevent BDA oscillation. a. Manufacturer Comba, or approved equal 1) 700/800 dual band BDA, Part No. RX78V3-A3327PO-SO 2.03 BATTERY BACKUP UNIT (BBU) A. Emergency responder radio coverage systems shall be provided with 2-hour standby batteries and connected to the facility generator power system. 1. Battery backup unit shall provide an uninterruptible DC -48V power supply with Lithium iron phosphate (LifePO4) batteries. a. Manufacturer Comba or approved equal 1) 30Ah, Part No. BBUV3-LFP48030 2) 60Ah, Part No. BBUV3-LFP48060 2.04 EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS MONITORING A. Where approved, a single supervisory input to the fire alarm system to monitor all system supervisory signals shall be permitted. Automatic supervisory signals shall be per IFC System Monitoring requirements. B. Emergency Responder Annunciator Panel (ERAP)shall provide status of RF emitting devices and system components with a NEMA 4 enclosure. Panel shall be powered from battery backup unit with communications based on RS485 standards. 1. Monitoring panel shall provide visual and labeled indications for the following: a. Loss of normal AC power b. Battery charger failure C. Loss of battery capacity d. Active RF emitting device malfunction e. System component malfunction f. Donor antenna disconnection g. Donor antenna malfunction h. Comm fault(between fire alarm panel and two-way radio system) 2. Manufacturer Comba, Part No. CPAPV1-DC-B-UL or approved equal 2.05 DONOR ANTENNA A. Broadband donor antenna shall feature a multi-band design, accommodating PSN, frequencies. Directional wideband antennas covering 746-896 MHz (700/800 Public Safety Band). 1. Electrical Specifications: a. Frequency (MHz) 746-896 b. Gain (dBi) 11 C. Polarization, Vertical d. Beamwidth Horizontal 48' 28 3173- 8 Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 3173 - 9 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 e. Beamwidth Vertical 42' f. VSWR < 1.7:1 g. 100-watt max. input power h. 50-ohm impedance 2. Manufacturer Westell, Part No. CS03-003-430 or approved equal B. Donor Antenna Monitoring: 1. Monitoring kit shall provide status of donor antenna utilizing control channel signal levels in P25 based trunked system networks as the means for monitoring and alarming for donor antenna malfunctions. a. Manufacturer Comba, Part No. 7W22-BIASKIT or approved equal 2.06 LIGHTNING ARRESTOR AND GROUNDING A. Surge arrestor shall have bulkhead body style with N female interface and bonding connection. Surge arrestor shall support operating frequency bands. 1. Manufacturer Times Microwave Systems, LP series or approved equal B. Grounding kit shall be for 1/2-inch corrugated coaxial cabling. 1. Manufacturer CommScope or approved equal 2.07 COVERAGE ANTENNAS A. Omni-directional coverage antennas shall feature a multi-band design, accommodating multiple frequency bands in a single small antenna. Dome omni antenna wideband covering 698-2700MHz (700/800 Public Safety Band). Antenna shall be ABS, white in color with N-Female connector. 1. Manufacturer CommScope Cell-Max series or approved equal B. Directional coverage antennas shall feature a multi-band design, accommodating multiple frequency bands in a single small antenna. Directional antenna wideband covering 698- 4000MHz (700/800 Public Safety Band). Antenna shall be ABS, white in color with N- Female connector. 1. Manufacturer CommScope Cell-Max series or approved equal 2.08 COAXIAL CABLING A. Two-Hour Fire Rated Air Dielectric Cable for Donner/Backbone/Riser Distribution: 1. Material Characteristics: a. Jacket: Plenum Rated, Red b. Outer Conductor Material: Corrugated Copper C. Inner Conductor Material: Copper Wire 2. Electrical Characteristics: a. Impedance: 50 ± 2.0 0 b. Maximum Frequency Band: GHz C. Peak Power Rating: >_40.0 kW 3. Mechanical Characteristics: a. Diameter Over Jacket: <_ .71" b. Minimum Bending Radius: <_ 10" C. One Time Minimum Bending Radius: <_ 7" 4. Attenuation Characteristics: a. 800 MHz, <_ 2.25 attenuation (dB/100ft) b. Standard Conditions: VSWR 1.0, ambient temperature 20 °C (68 °F) 28 3173- 9 Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 3173 - 10 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 5. Manufacturer Radio Frequency Systems, Dragonskin, Part No. 2HB12-50JPLR or approved equal B. Plenum Rated Air Dielectric Cable for Horizontal Distribution: 1. Material Characteristics: a. Jacket: Halogenated, Fire-Retardant b. Outer Conductor Material: Corrugated Aluminum C. Inner Conductor Material: Copper-Clad Aluminum Wire 2. Electrical Characteristics: a. Impedance: 50 ± 1.0 0 b. Frequency Band Max.: 6 GHz C. Peak Power Rating: >_ 21.4 kW 3. Mechanical Characteristics: a. Diameter Over Jacket: .54 in. b. Minimum Bending Radius: :5 10 in. C. One Time Minimum Bending Radius: :5 5 in. 4. Attenuation Characteristics: a. 800 MHz, <_ 2.166 attenuation (dB/100ft) b. Standard Conditions: VSWR 1.0, ambient temperature 20 °C (68 °F) 5. Manufacturer Radio Frequency Systems, Part No. ICA12-50JPL or approved equal 2.09 CONNECTORS AND SPLITTERS A. Connectors shall be 50-Ohm type N for terminating coaxial cables. Connector shall have a straight body style with an N-male or N-female interface. 1. Connectors shall match cabling manufacturer and cable type. a. Manufacturer Radio Frequency Systems or approved equal B. Directional coupler shall have an operating frequency of 698—2700 MHz. Coupler shall have an N-female interface with a nominal impedance of 50 ohm. 1. Manufacturer Comba or approved equal C. Low power splitter shall have an operating frequency of 698—2700 MHz. Splitter shall have an N-female interface with a nominal impedance of 50 ohm. 1. Manufacturer Comba or approved equal 2.10 COMMUNICATIONS AND SIGNAL CABLING A. Cabling shall provide minimum resistance and minimum voltage drop to the devices being supplied. Voltages delivered to all devices shall be within the tolerance specified by the device manufacturer. B. Cabling shall be two-hour fire rated where required, and plenum rated unless otherwise noted. 1. Cables installed in underground applications shall be rated for wet environments. C. Cables shall adhere to the manufacturer's recommendations. The following general guidelines shall be followed for wiring installation: 1. Wiring shall be appropriately color-coded with permanent wire markers. 2. Cabling shall have stranded copper conductors. a. Annunciator panel: 18 AWG-4C or as required by manufacturer 28 3173- 10 Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 3173 - 11 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2.11 PATHWAYS AND CABLING SUPPORTS A. Pathways shall include but not limited to; conduit, sleeves, roof penetrations, masts, and core penetrations as required for the system. 1. Pathway for telecommunications and other systems, including cable tray and open cabling supports shall not be used for emergency systems. B. Rated cabinet shall be a 2-hour fire-rated offering fire and temperature protection for connector, tapper and splitter components. Cabinet shall be UL 263 certified, meet NFPA 72 & NFPA 1221/1225 when used with UL 2196 certified fire-resistive coaxial cables. 1. Manufacturer Radio Frequency Systems, Part No. 2HB-DS-CAB C. Accessories and mounting hardware shall be provided for securing supports to structure for a complete and working installation of cabling supports. 1. Cable hangers shall be non-insulated, bolt-on for 1/2-inch coaxial cable and elliptical waveguide. a. Manufacturer Radio Frequency Systems, Part No. CLAMP-12 2.12 FIRESTOPPING A. Firestopping putty shall be a one-part, two-stage intumescent, non-hardening compound. The putty, when exposed to high heat or flame shall be capable of expanding a minimum of five times. Range of continuing expansion shall be from 230oF to >1,000°F (110°C to >538°C). The putty shall be soft and pliable with aggressive adhesion and shall not contain any water-soluble intumescent ingredients. The putty shall be UL Classified and/or FM Systems Approved and tested to the requirements of ASTM E814 (UL1479). 1. Manufacturer Specified Technologies, Inc. SpecSeal, Part No. SSP100 2.13 CABLING IDENTIFICATION TAGS A. Identification tags shall be self-laminating, write-on, rigid, non-adhesive, measuring 3.50" x 2.00", and with a vinyl material strength of 0.20". Attach the tags to the associated innerduct or directly to the cabling utilizing specified cable ties. The legend and nomenclature for cabling shall read "CAUTION: EMERGENCY RADIO CABLE". Each tag shall have sub attribute lines for"TYPE" and "COUNT". 1. Manufacturer ACP International, Cabling tags, Part No. VCT-201 (orange) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which system components are to be installed and notify the Owner's Representative, in writing of those conditions which are, in the Contractor's opinion, potentially detrimental to proper completion of the Work. Work shall not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to the Owner. B. Identify any issues that may prevent implementation of an Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System to meet the coverage requirements. C. Examine pathway elements intended for cabling. Examine raceways, cable trays, and other elements for compliance with space allocations, installation tolerances, hazards to cable installation, and other conditions affecting installation. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. D. Examine all rooms designated to house equipment to ensure adequate space, power, environmental conditions, etc., to support a proper installation. 28 3173- 11 Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 3173 - 12 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 3.02 INSTALLATION A. System shall be installed in accordance with the accepted scope of work. B. Install system components, including all hardware, connectors, etc., as required to comply with hardware manufacturer's written instructions, with recognized ANSI/TIA standards, AHJ, other relevant industry practices, approved shop drawings, Contract Drawings and Specifications. C. System shall provide the radio coverage requirements as stated in these Contract Drawings and Specifications. D. Provide labor, equipment, and materials required for project coordination, troubleshooting, testing, and documentation of the ERCES elements required herein. E. Hardware components and wiring shall be installed in a neat, workmanlike manner consistent with best industry practices. F. Battery backup unit cabinet and relief valve shall be cleaned prior to battery installation. Prior to final completion battery backup unit shall be re-cleaned to ensure no dust or foreign materials are in the cabinet. G. Rated cabinet and coaxial cabling shall be installed per manufacturer instructions to maintain ratings. 3.03 OPEN CABLING SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Cabling shall be run exposed as "open cabling" in ceiling spaces and ceiling plenums, unless otherwise noted. B. Hanger supports and cable supports shall be provided for cabling specified in this section. Support structures shall adhere AHJ and Code requirements. C. Cabling hanger supports shall be spaced no further than 2'-0" apart. D. Provide additional cable management products as required to protect exposed cabling and complete the installation of cabling in a neat professional manner. E. Cabling supports shall be installed on their own support system. The use of ceiling grid supports shall be prohibited. F. Do not support cables from ductwork, sprinkler piping, water piping, waste piping, conduit or other system supports. Cabling shall never come in physical contact with these mechanical, fire protection and electrical systems and raceways. G. Cabling supports changing pathway direction shall maintain proper bend radius as to not impact the physical jacket construction of the cabling. Cabling that becomes damaged during this transition shall be replaced in its entirety. 3.04 CABLE INSTALLATION: A. Provide hand tools and test equipment required to install and test all cabling. B. Maintain the following distances between cabling and other building systems: 1. One foot from fluorescent lights. 2. Four foot from motors and transformers. 3. Three foot from hot water piping or other mechanical equipment. 4. One foot from electrical conduits, electrical equipment and other systems cables. C. Cabling shall be run parallel or at right angles to building structural framework. Do not run cables diagonally across ceiling space. 28 3173- 12 Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 3173 - 13 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 D. Fire seal around cables running through rated floors and walls in accordance with requirements of this section and Section 078400. E. Install cables per manufacturer's recommendations including but not limited to maximum tensile loading and maximum bend radius. 3.05 RACEWAYS A. Furnish and install floor penetrations, raceways, wall penetrations, etc. not shown on the Contract Drawings but needed for the installation of cabling specified herein. 3.06 GROUNDING AND BONDING A. External antennas shall be provided with appropriate lightning protection and be bonded to an approved ground in accordance with the National Electrical Code. 3.07 CONNECTIONS A. External connections and terminations exposed to weather or wet environments shall be wrapped with UV rated butyl mastic tape per manufacturer requirements. B. Tighten connectors, splitters and taps as recommended by manufacturer. Connectors shall be sealed with heat shrink tubing. 3.08 LABELING AND SIGNAGE A. General: 1. Labeling shall be in accordance with AHJ requirements. 2. Labels shall be permanent typewritten labels produced by a labeling machine or phenolic type as indicated. 3. Font type shall be Arial. 4. Labeling shall be completed prior to the Substantial Completion date of the project. B. First Responders Notification of System Signage: 1. Signage shall be located near the Fire Alarm Control Panel. Signage shall be a phenolic label, red with 3/4-inch white block letters reading: 2. "THIS BUILDING IS EQUIPPED WITH AN EMERGENCY RESPONDER RADIO COVERAGE SYSTEM. CONTROL EQUIPMENT LOCATED IN (room name & number)" C. Equipment Room Signage: 1. Signage shall be located on the door where the Emergency Responders Radio equipment is located. Signage shall be a phenolic label, red with 2-inch white letters reading: 2. "EMERGENCY RESPONDER RADIO COVERAGE SYSTEM EQUIPMENT" D. BDA and BBU Enclosures Signage and Labels: 1. Label shall be on the front of the enclosures. The labeling shall contain the electrical panel and circuit number connected to the BBU. 2. Signage shall be on the front of the enclosures. Signage shall be a phenolic label, red with 1-inch minimum white block letters reading: 3. "FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT— DO NOT DISABLE" E. Donor Antenna Signage: 1. Signage shall be located at the donor antenna backed with a galvanized metal back plate, attached with a U-bolt. Signage shall be a phenolic UV rated and water-resistant, red with 1/2 -inch white block letters reading: 28 3173- 13 Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 3173 - 14 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 2. "MOVEMENT OR REPOSITIONING OF THIS ANTENNA IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT APPROVAL FROM THE FIRE CODE OFFICIAL" F.Battery Labeling: 1. Labeling shall be placed on the side of the battery viewable when opening the front cover of the panel. The labeling shall be as follows: a. 10 1.B.1-XX/YYYY where: 1) 101 = MDF/IDF Room (as indicated on the Contract Drawings) 2) B.1 = Battery ID no. (per room) 3) -XX/YYYY= Month/Year of installation G. Cable Identification Tag Labeling: 1. Backbone and horizontal cabling shall be clearly and visibly identified at manholes, pull boxes, riser room pull points, taps, and 2-feet before terminating at the BDA. 2. Cable identification tags shall contain the following information at a minimum: a. "CAUTION: EMERGENCY RADIO CABLE" b. Extent of cable run (i.e. "From: BDA to Donor or floor/tap") C. Cable type and rating (i.e. "Backbone coax 2-hour rated") 3.09 MONITORING A. BDA shall include automatic supervisory and trouble signals that are monitored by a supervisory service and are annunciated by the fire alarm system in accordance with NFPA 72. B. Battery backup unit shall include automatic supervisory that are monitored by a supervisory service and are annunciated by the fire alarm system in accordance with NFPA 72. 3.10 SYSTEM TESTING A. Coaxial Cabling Field Testing: 1. Coaxial cabling, connections, and terminations installed by the Contractor or used to support the requirements of these Contract Documents shall be tested for VSWR, continuity, shorts, reversals and grounds, where applicable. B. Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System Testing: 1. System shall be tested to meet and as required by the AHJ. 2. Minimum qualifications of the system designer and lead acceptance test personnel shall include both of the following: a. A valid FCC-issued General Radio Telephone Operators License (GROL). b. Certification of in-building system training issued by an approved organization or approved school, or a certificate issued by the manufacturer of the equipment being installed. 3. Acceptance Test Plan shall describe the tests and procedures for on-site testing of the installed system. At a minimum, the testing plan shall address the following: a. Code references to which tests shall be performed. b. Description of acceptance tests to be witnessed by the AHJ for each element of the system. 28 3173- 14 Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 3173 - 15 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 C. Testing to be performed by the Contractor for each ERCES element as a pre-cursor to the AHJ witnessed tests. 4. Proof of Performance and Testing Methodology: a. Test requirements set forth by the AHJ shall be successfully completed prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. b. Test data provided shall include measured data for each point for all communications systems (channels). C. Test receiver or field strength meter used to provide measurements during testing shall bear evidence of calibration within the last 12 months. d. AHJ may request system testing whenever the AHJ believes system performance has degraded to unacceptable levels. At the discretion of the AHJ spot tests may be conducted if they believe the system performance has degraded to unacceptable levels. The Owner shall make the facility available for testing upon request during normal business hours. 5. Make any corrections needed to meet the performance requirements as stated in this document at no additional cost C. Final Acceptance of the system will be based on the Contractor complying with the Statement of Work as evidenced by the Contractor completing the following: 1. Installation workmanship inspections witnessed by the Owner's Representative. 2. Testing supported by complete and accurate test records. 3. Successful completion of 30-day burn-in period. 4. Final acceptance test witnessed by the AHJ. 5. Technical training. D. Provide written notice to the Owner's Representative at least thirty (30) calendar days in advance of the initiation of final system acceptance testing. Included in the advance notice shall be approved test plans and procedures to ensure acceptance test monitoring personnel are familiar with the tests, procedures and the expected results. E. After successful completion of the initial acceptance test, the Contractor shall inform the Owner's Representative of the beginning of a 30-day burn-in period. During this period, the Contractor must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative that the system is operating fault free. Any failure of the system components shall restart the 30-day burn-in period. F. Tests including the 30-day burn-in period must be successfully completed as a condition for Final Acceptance testing. G. Final Acceptance testing shall be completed minimum of 30 days prior to date of Substantial Completion. 3.11 WARRANTY AND SERVICE A. Warrant installed hardware for a period of one (1)year from the date of Final Acceptance. Where such warranties are provided directly from the equipment manufacturers, the Contractor shall formally transfer all such warranties to the Owner. If any manufacturer customarily provides a warranty period greater than one (1)year or such extended warranties are required by the Contract Documents, the warranty shall be for the greater period of time. 28 3173- 15 Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment- Phase 1 28 3173 - 16 Snohomish County Purchasing Services 2023-053 B. Warrant for a period of one (1)year from the date of Final Acceptance all defects or damages due to faulty materials or workmanship. Defects related to faulty workmanship, including all damages to surrounding work caused by such defects, shall be without delay, repaired to the Owner's Representative's satisfaction at the Contractor's own expense. C. Warranty Work: When equipment and labor covered by the Contractor's warranty or by a manufacturer's warranty have been replaced or restored because of failure during the period of that warranty, the warranty period for the replaced or repaired equipment or restored Work shall be reinstated for a period of time equal to the original warranty period, and commencing with the date of completion of the replacement or restoration work. 3.12 TRAINING A. Training shall include management, operational and maintenance levels and shall be provided to individuals to be designated by the Owner's Representative. B. Training shall be conducted by qualified personnel fully conversant on the equipment, materials, software, and over all operation of the installed elements. C. Owner shall receive 2 hours of instruction in (2) 1-hour segments covering all aspects of the system. END OF SECTION 28 3173 28 3173- 16 Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement System Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 31 2000 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 31 2000 EARTH MOVING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavating unsuitable material. B. Excavating, backfilling, and compacting for structures, pavements, and landscape areas. C. Cutting, grading, and filling (earthwork). D. Aggregate and soil materials. E. Protecting and conditioning materials. F. Exporting and disposing of unsuitable and excess soil material. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 5713—Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control B. Section 31 2335— Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting for Utilities and Structures C. Section 32 1216—Asphalt Paving D. Section 32 1611 —Cement Concrete Sidewalk, Curbs, and Gutters 1.03 REFERENCES A. ADA—Americans with Disabilities Act. B. WSDOT Standard Specifications—Washington State Department of Transportation 2024 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. C. City of Arlington, Design and Construction Standards and Specifications. D. ASTM D422— Method for Particle Size Analysis of Soils. E. ANSI/ASTM D1557—Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-pound Rammer and 18-inch Drop. F. AASHTO T176— Plastic Fines in Graded Aggregates and Soils by use of the Sand Equivalent Test. G. ASTM D2922—Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods- (Shallow Depth). H. ASTM D3017—Test Methods for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Unsuitable Material: Soil, organics, waste, or other material not complying with these specifications, not capable of supporting foundations, or not capable of compaction to specified density. Old fill soils and buried topsoil are unsuitable. B. Pothole: Exploratory excavation to uncover buried utility, structure, or other feature to determine location, elevation, size, and type of material. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01 3000. B. Samples: Submit minimum 10-pound sample for each material four business days prior to delivering material to site. Submit to Owner's Geotechnical Testing Agent at the project site. 31 2000- 1 EARTH MOVING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 31 2000 - 2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 C. Test Reports: Sieve analysis for each material. D. Certificates: WSDOT pit certification for each pit. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Crew Foreman: Minimum six years'working experience and four years' experience as foreman performing similar work. B. Work and material shall comply with WSDOT Standard Specifications. C. Comply with City of Arlington standards. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stockpiling 1. Stockpile materials on site within construction limits at locations approved by Owner's Representative. 2. Direct surface water away from stockpile site to prevent erosion or deterioration of materials. 3. Remove stockpile and leave area in clean and neat condition. Grade site surface to prevent freestanding surface water. 4. Maintain toe of material at least 6 feet from edges of trenches and excavations. Pile so surface water is prevented from flowing into excavations. Provide free access to fire hydrants, water valves, meters; private driveways; and leave clearance to enable free flow of storm water in gutters, conduits, and natural watercourses. 5. Stockpiles not used or disposed of within seven calendar days shall be covered with polyethylene sheet. 1.08 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Existing Conditions: Existing on-site soils are moisture sensitive. B. Existing Soils: Existing soils that may be reused on-site outside of building footprint, as approved by the Geotechnical Engineer, will require moisture conditioning (drying or wetting of soil) prior to being placed and compacted. Contractor shall include in Work moisture conditioning of all soil to be reused on site to meet compaction requirements. 1.09 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Maintain access to roadways and sidewalks adjacent to site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Structural Fill (Imported): Crushed, partially crushed, or naturally occurring granular material. Free from wood waste, organics, and other extraneous or unsuitable material, in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9 03.14(1), Gravel Borrow. Restrict fines content to no more than 5 percent passing Number 200 sieve. Gravel Borrow shall be used under building footprint and within 5 feet of building perimeter where structural fill is required. B. Structural Fill (On-site Material): On-site soil material is not suitable for reuse as structural fill during wet weather. On-site soil shall not be reused under the building footprint or within 5 feet of building perimeter. On-site soils in landscape areas approved by the Geotechnical Engineer and reused by the Contractor shall be properly moisture conditioned to meet compaction requirements. C. Infiltration Gallery Material: Clean crushed rock material in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9-03.9(2), Permeable Ballast. 31 2000- 2 EARTH MOVING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 31 2000 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Stabilization Rock: 2-inch to 4-inch spalls. Less than 3 percent fines. Crushed or partially crushed rock material. E. Control Density Fill (CDF): CDF used to support building foundations designed for bearing pressures exceeding 3,000 pounds per square foot(psf) shall be in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specification Section 2-09.3(1)E and shall have a minimum compressive strength of 200 pounds per square inch (psi). The mix design should be adjusted to obtain this minimum compressive strength. F. Drain Rock: Section 31 2335. G. Working Pad: WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9 03.1(4)C, grading No. 57. 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspection: Provide sieve analysis in accordance with ASTM D422 for each material type. Perform tests and analyses of aggregate material in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications. If tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material and retest. B. Provide 50-pound bag of each material used. Deliver to Owner's Geotechnical testing representative at job site. C. Contractor shall provide soil disposal at an off-site location. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions 1. Verify survey benchmarks, property corners, horizontal control, and intended elevations for Work are as indicated. 2. Verify vegetation to remain is protected and prominently marked. 3. Verify erosion control is in place and operating as specified. 4. Verify removal of abandoned utilities is complete. 5. Verify demolition is complete. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protection 1. Locate existing utilities; avoid damage or disturbance. For aid in utility location call "Dial Dig 1 800 424 5555,"48 hours (two working days) prior to beginning construction. There are utilities on site that Dial Dig will not locate. Employ and pay for locator service to locate and mark utilities in addition to "DIAL DIG" service. 2. Protect and maintain existing utilities that are to remain. 3. Identify existing and proposed structural foundations near excavations. Verify excavation will not undermine footings or supports and cause damage to structures. Excavation shall not extend into foundation influence zone projected down at 45 degrees from edges of footings. 4. Protect plant life, lawns, and other features remaining as portion of final landscaping or interim erosion control. 5. Protect benchmarks, property corners, horizontal control, existing structures, sidewalks, railings, paving, and curbs. 6. Protect pavement or paved areas intended to remain from damage. 7. Use means necessary to prevent erosion of freshly graded areas during construction or until such time that permanent drainage and erosion control measures are fully operational. 31 2000- 3 EARTH MOVING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 31 2000 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Preparation 1. Survey and stake limits of clearing. Slope stake toe of fills. 2. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. Should indicated figures conflict with actual conditions, notify Owner's Representative, and await direction before proceeding. 3. Identify on-site trees to be removed within limits of clearing. 4. Identify existing improvements to be salvaged for Owner. 5. Verify existing grade elevations to be matched. Notify Owner's Representative where existing grades to be matched creates an adverse effect, such as blocking grading, abrupt change in grade, slopes steeper than allowed, and grades not conforming with ADA. C. Subgrade Preparation 1. Comply with WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 2-06. 2. Excavate and dispose of buried topsoil, buried organic soils, and utilities to be removed within building footprint, landscaping, paved areas, and utility trenches. 3. Following stripping and site excavation and prior to placing backfill, proof roll exposed subgrade of proposed paved areas with appropriate construction equipment approved by Owner's Representative. Make at least three passes of equipment over exposed subgrade. In areas where pumping or excessive subgrade movement occurs, scarify, aerate, and recompact existing material as directed by Owner's Representative. 4. Where subgrade soils are loose, remove to solid bearing, and replace material in compacted lifts. 5. Minimize traffic over prepared subgrade. D. Building Foundation, Slab Excavation, and Subgrade Preparation 1. Foundation a. Existing fill is not suitable for foundation support. Existing fill below new foundation areas shall be removed and replaced with (1) imported Gravel Borrow under foundations, designed with a bearing pressure of 3,000 psf or less, or(2) CDF for foundations, designed with a bearing pressure greater than 3,000 psf, including all brace-frame foundations. b. Undisturbed dense to very dense advanced outwash soils are suitable for foundation support with proper preparation. c. Imported structural fill (Gravel borrow or CDF) placed above undisturbed dense to very dense advanced outwash soils are suitable for foundation support. d. Compact structural fill to a minimum of 95 percent in accordance with ASTM D1557. e. Geotechnical Engineer shall approve all foundation subgrades. 2. Building Slab a. Compact structural fill to a minimum of 95 percent in accordance with ASTM D1557. b. Compact overexcavation subgrade areas to a minimum of 95 percent in accordance with ASTM D1557. 3. Depressions, Holes, and Trenches a. Backfill with structural fill. Compact to a minimum of 95 percent in accordance with ASTM D1557. 4. On-site soil material is not suitable for use as structural fill during wet weather or during the wet season (October through May). E. Over Excavation 1. When Owner's Geotechnical Engineer determines unsuitable material exists below subgrade or foundation excavation elevations indicated on Drawings, it shall be excavated and replaced with compacted structural fill. Geotechnical Engineer shall have sole responsibility to determine depth and extent required for over excavation. 31 2000 -4 EARTH MOVING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 31 2000 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 F. Grading 1. Shape subgrades to lines, grades, and cross sections indicated on Drawings. Remove and replace soft or otherwise unsatisfactory material. Bring low areas up to required elevations with structural fill. 2. Grade areas adjacent to building and structures in manner that provides positive drainage away from structures and prevents ponding of water at building or structure. G. Cutting and Filling 1. Fill areas to contours and elevations with structural fill. Use specific materials where indicated on Drawings. 2. Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 6 inches loose depth when using hand compaction equipment or 12 inches loose depth when using heavy compaction equipment. 3. Moisture condition all fill to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content to attain required compaction density. 4. Do not fill over ponded surface water or existing subgrade surfaces that are yielding, disturbed, or softened. 5. Suspend placing fill when climatic conditions will not allow specified placement and fill compaction. 6. Make grade changes gradually. Blend slope into level areas. Construct uniform grades between spot elevations or contours shown. 7. Remove excavated on-site soil material and surplus fill materials from site to an approved contractor-provided off site waste site. H. Compacting 1. Compact backfill material using hoepacs, towed, or self-propelled compactors or hand operated compactors. Compact backfill within 6 feet horizontal of existing or new structures with hand operated vibratory or impact-type compactors. Do not operate heavy equipment or compactors adjacent to structure walls. 2. Compact to dense, unyielding state, in accordance with geotechnical report. 3. Fills under buildings and to a point 10 feet horizontal beyond building perimeter to a minimum of 95 percent in accordance with ASTM D1557. 4. Structural fill placed behind below-grade walls shall be compacted to 90 to 92 percent in accordance with ASTM D1557. 5. Fills under Pavement and Walks: a. Within 2 feet vertical of finish grade, compact to a minimum of 95 percent in accordance with ASTM D1557. b. Below 2 feet vertical of finish grade, compact to a minimum of 90 percent in accordance with ASTM D1557. 6. Fills in landscaped areas: Minimum of 90 percent in accordance with ASTM D1557. 3.03 SITE TOLERANCES A. Variation from true elevation: 1/2 inch. B. No change in drainage pattern allowed. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Comply with Section 01 4000. B. Comply with City of Arlington requirements. 31 2000- 5 EARTH MOVING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 31 2000 - 6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 C. Site Tests 1. Owner will perform compaction testing. Owner's testing does not alleviate Contractor from performing earthwork in accordance with the contract documents. Contractor may self- perform compaction testing as needed to verify Work complies with contract documents. 2. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, recompact and retest, or remove and replace and retest. D. Inspection: Owner's Representative will observe Work at following milestones: 1. Subgrade: Prior to placing fill. 2. Foundation Subgrade: Prior to placing forms and steel reinforcement. 3. Mass Grading and Utility Trench Backfilling: During fill placement. 4. Surface: After completion of cuts and fills and prior to placing topsoil, bases, or pavements. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect exposed site material and subgrade from damage due to excess moisture and trafficking. B. Take necessary precautions to protect soils from excess moisture by such means necessary, which may include: 1. Grading, rolling, and sealing surfaces prior to forecasted or anticipated storms, at end of workday, or completion of Work during day. 2. Covering stockpiled material. 3. Covering exposed surfaces. 4. Not exposing or stripping more area than can be worked, sealed, and protected. 3.06 CLEANING A. Dispose of surplus or unsuitable material. B. Dispose of waste, surplus, and unsuitable materials according to laws, regulations, and ordinances off site at site obtained by Contractor. C. Dispose of all waste material in accordance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419—Construction Waste Management and Disposal. END OF SECTION 31 2000 31 2000 - 6 EARTH MOVING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 31 2335 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 31 2335 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavating, backfilling, and compacting for utilities, including pipe, structures, and appurtenances. B. Control of water in trenches. C. Foundation stabilization for pipe and utility structures. D. Pipe bedding for pipe and utility structures. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 5713—Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control B. Section 33 1000—Water Utilities C. Section 33 3000—Sanitary Sewerage Utilities D. Section 33 4000—Storm Drainage Utilities 1.03 REFERENCES A. WSDOT Standard Specifications—Washington State Department of Transportation 2024 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. B. ASTM D422— Method for Particle Size Analysis of Soils. C. ANSI/ASTM D1557—Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-pound Rammer and 18-inch Drop. D. ASTM C94-86— Ready-Mixed Concrete. E. AASHTO T176— Plastic Fines in Graded Aggregates and Soils by use of the Sand Equivalent Test. F. ASTM D2922—Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods- (Shallow Depth). G. ASTM D3017—Test Methods for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 1.04 UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES DEFINITIONS A. Unsuitable Material: In accordance with Section 31 2000. B. Pothole: An exploratory excavation to uncover a buried utility and determine location, elevation, size, and type of material. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with Section 01 3000. B. Samples: Submit minimum 10-pound sample for each material four business days prior to placing material. C. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals 1. Test Reports: Sieve analysis for each material. 2. Certification: EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING, AND 31 2335 - 1 COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 31 2335 - 2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 a. WSDOT pit certification for each pit. b. Disposal site operator certification that disposal site complies with all local, state, and federal regulations. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. Surveyor: Land surveyor licensed in state of Washington with experience on similar projects. 2. Construction Crew Foreman: Minimum six years' working experience and four years' experience as foreman performing similar work. B. Regulatory Requirements: All Work and material shall be in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 AGGREGATE MATERIALS A. Pea Gravel: Crushed, partially crushed, or naturally occurring granular material. Washed and free from wood waste, organics, and other deleterious substances. Gradation: Sieve Size Percent Passing 314" 100% 318" 80-100% #8 0-10% #200 0-3% B. Gravel Backfill for Drains: Conform to WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9 03.12(4) C. Bedding Material for Pipe: Conform to WSDOT Standard Specification Section 9 03.12(3), Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding. D. Flexible Pipe for water and sewer services: Pea Gravel per this section. E. Bedding for Copper Tubing: Clean, rock-free sand. F. Foundation Material: In accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9 03.17, Class A. G. Drain Rock (for Subdrainage System): Gravel backfill for drains in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specification Section 9 03.12(4). H. Structural Fill: In accordance with Section 31 2000. Use only products approved by Architect. 2.02 POLYETHYLENE FOAM PAD A. Polyethylene plastic foam for underground utility separation per Federal Specification Cid A A 59136 Type 1, Class 1, Grade A (Ethafoam). 2.03 UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspection: Provide sieve analysis in accordance with ASTM D422 for each material type. Perform tests and analyses of aggregate material in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications. If tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material and retest. EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING, AND 31 2335 - 2 COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 31 2335 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions: Verify as follows: 1. Verify survey benchmark and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated. 2. Verify erosion control is in place and operating properly. 3. Verify locations and elevations of existing pipes and structures at points of connection and at crossings prior to beginning Work. Pothole, expose pipes, determine invert elevations, verify with design, and inform Architect of deviations affecting design prior to mobilizing crews and beginning construction. 4. Verify location and elevation of proposed building plumbing stub out prior to beginning Work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protection 1. The majority of underground utilities will not be located through "Dial Dig." Contractor shall provide work through utility locate company or perform Work. Only gas lines will be located through "Dial Dig" 1 800 424 5555, 48 hours (two working days) prior to beginning construction. Employ and pay for a locator service to locate and mark utilities in addition to the "DIAL DIG" service. 2. Protect and maintain existing utilities which are to remain. 3. Identify existing structural foundations near excavations. Verify excavation will not undermine footings or supports and cause damage to structures. 4. Protect plant life, lawns, trees, and other features remaining as a portion of final landscaping or preserved for erosion control. 5. Protect benchmarks, existing structures, rockeries, sidewalks, railings, paving, and curbs. 6. Protect existing structures scheduled to be demolished but occupied by the Owner. 7. Protect pavement or paved areas intended to remain from damage. 8. Use all means necessary to prevent the erosion of freshly graded areas during construction or until such a time that permanent drainage and erosion control measures are fully operational. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION A. Grade and Alignment 1. Identify and set required lines, levels, contours, and datum. 2. Stake alignment and grade and construct in locations shown on Drawings. 3. Comply with City of Arlington requirements for water, sewer, and power. 4. Establish extent of excavation by area and elevation. 5. Adjust alignment and grade to accommodate conflicts and field conditions. Obtain Architect's approval prior to adjustments. B. Utilities and Structures, Shoring and Bracing of Excavation 1. Provide sheeting, shoring, and bracing in accordance with state and local codes. 2. Do not use horizontal strutting below pipe barrel. 3. Do not use pipe as support for trench bracing. 4. Do not remove shoring below top of pipe. 5. Backfill immediately following removal of shoring and bracing. EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING, AND 31 2335 - 3 COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 31 2335 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 6. Support adjacent structures, including utilities and pipe chases, which may be damaged by excavation Work. C. General Excavation 1. Perform excavation of every description and whatever substance encountered to depths, lines, and grades indicated. 2. Pile trench excavated material so surface water is prevented from flowing into excavation and there is minimum inconvenience to Owner's access to the buildings. Provide free access to fire hydrants, water valves, meters, and driveways, and leave clearance to enable free flow of stormwater in gutters, conduits, and natural water courses. 3. Remove and reconstruct utilities as required to perform Work. 4. Do not interfere with or excavate within pressure prism of foundations. Pressure prism is defined as a 1 horizontal to 1 vertical line projected from footing bottom. 5. Prevent movement of soil in areas supporting existing foundations, slabs, poles, underground utilities, trees, pipelines, or other structures. 6. Hand trim excavation and leave free of loose matter. 7. Correct unauthorized excavation at no cost to Owner. 8. Schedule Work to include backfilling trenches by the completion of each shift. D. Trench Excavation 1. Unless otherwise indicated, open cut excavations. 2. Exercise caution in operating heavy equipment over pipelines. Do not damage existing improvements. 3. Immediately repair leaks or breaks caused by construction operations at no cost to Owner and in a manner acceptable to Architect and utility owner. 4. Control side walls of excavation to minimize caving. 5. In the event the maximum allowable trench width is exceeded and depending on depth of trench, improve pipe bedding by utilizing concrete or other bedding materials as directed by Architect. 6. Excavate trench bottom to lines and grades shown, with proper allowance for pipe thickness and pipe bedding. Do not permit material containing rocks or cobbles larger than 2 inches in maximum dimension within 6 inches of pipe. Remove material of this type from trench bottom and replace with foundation gravel. 7. Should excavation be carried below lines and grades as shown because of trenching operations, backfill such excavated space to proper elevation as directed by Architect, at no cost to Owner. E. Control of Water 1. Keep excavation free from water. Dewater as necessary. 2. Direct drainage away from excavation. 3. Grade top perimeter of excavation to prevent surface water from draining into excavation. 4. Direct runoff and water from dewatering into sedimentation filtration. Provide additional filtration necessary to prevent silt-laden water from leaving the site. F. Pipe Bedding 1. Place bedding on approved trench bottom before pipe is installed. Spread smoothly to support pipe uniformly. Do not use blocking to adjust pipe to grade. Dig holes for bells as required to ensure uniform support along pipe barrel. 2. Compact bedding as follows: Compact bedding to at least 95 percent maximum density as determined by ASTM D1557 under buildings, structures, and 6 feet outside and within EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING, AND 31 2335 -4 COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 31 2335 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 paved areas and sidewalks. Compact bedding in other areas to at least 90 percent maximum density as determined by ASTM D1557. G. Backfilling and Compaction 1. Backfill to grades, contours, levels, and elevations shown on Contract Drawings with structural fill. On-site material may be suitable for use as backfill given that the material is properly moisture conditioned and meets gradation of structural fill in accordance with Section 31 2000. 2. Backfill systematically, as early as possible, to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous, wet, frozen, or spongy subgrade surfaces. 3. Place and compact backfill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 8 inches in compacted thickness. 4. Employ a placement method which does not disturb or damage utilities in trenches. 5. Condition backfill within plus or minus 3 percent of its optimum moisture content so specified compaction can be attained readily. Material containing excessive moisture, beyond moisture content for specified density as determined by laboratory compaction tests, shall not be used for backfill. 6. Raise backfill around structures evenly. 7. Finish area to uniform contour to drain properly and grade entire surface to a neat appearing surface. 8. Remove excavated on-site soil material and surplus fill material from the site to an approved contractor-provided off-site waste site. H. Compaction 1. Under pavements, curbs, curbs and gutters, sidewalks, and other structural improvements: 95 percent, within 2 foot vertical of finish grade and 90 percent below this level in accordance with ASTM D1557. 2. Use hand-operated equipment within 6 feet of building walls. 3. Compact backfill material by towed or self-propelled mechanical compactors in uniform layers not exceeding 10 inches in loose depth. I. Initial Backfill 1. After pipe has been laid properly and inspected, place and compact initial backfill around pipe to a minimum depth of 8 inches over top of pipe. Place initial backfill in lifts of not more than 10 inches in compacted thickness. Bring lifts together on both sides of pipe and carefully work backfill under pipe haunches by means of a shovel, vibration, or procedures approved by Architect. Take necessary precautions to protect pipe from any damage or shifting. 2. Subsequent Backfill: Place and compact subsequent backfill material after initial backfill has been placed and approved by Architect. 3. Perform compaction within 2 feet of existing or new structures by hand-operated vibratory compactors. Compact within 6 feet of wall to 95 percent maximum density as determined by ASTM D1557. 4. Reopen trenches where settlement occurs to depths necessary for compaction; refill and compact with surface restored to grade. 5. Water settling or water jetting will not be allowed. 3.04 RESTORATION A. Restore disturbed pavement and improvements to remain in operation. EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING, AND 31 2335 - 5 COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 31 2335 - 6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Obtain required inspections, tests, approvals, and location recording prior to covering or enclosing Work. B. Site Tests 1. Comply with Section 01 4000. 2. Compaction test performed by Owner. C. Inspection 1. Comply with Section 01 4000. 2. After completion of trench and prior to placing pipe. 3. After completion of pipe and bedding and prior to backfilling. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundations from freezing. B. Protect excavated material and excavating foundation (subgrade)from damage due to excess moisture. C. Take necessary precautions to protect soil from excess moisture by such means necessary, including: Construct ditches and swales to intercept surface water; cover stockpiled material; cover exposed trenches; do not expose more area than can be worked and protected; and dewater by pumping. 3.07 CLEANUP A. Dispose of all excavated surplus or unsuitable material at a Contractor-provided off-site location approved by the Owner. B. Remove and dispose of abandoned pipe, broken pavement, and rubbish from Project site in accordance with laws, regulations, and ordinances of an approved off-site location provided by Contractor. END OF SECTION 31 2335 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING, AND 31 2335 - 6 COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 32 1216 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 32 1216 ASPHALT PAVING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pavement removal. B. Pavement patching. C. Soil sterilization. D. Asphalt concrete paving. E. Adjusting utilities to grade. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 31 2000— Earth Moving. B. Section 32 1611 —Cement Concrete Sidewalk, Curbs, and Gutters. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. WSDOT Standard Specifications—Washington State Department of Transportation 2024 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. B. ANSI/ASTM D 1557-91 —Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort(56,000 ft-Ibf/ft3) (2,700 kN-m/m3). C. ASTM D2922-91 —Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods- (Shallow Depth). D. ASTM D3017-88—Test Method for Moisture Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). E. ASTM D1556-90—Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by Sand Cone Method. F. ASTM D2950—Density of Bituminous Concrete in Place by Nuclear Method. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01 3000. B. Product Data: Soil residual herbicide, including hazardous waste data sheet. C. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals: Certificates -tack coat, asphalt concrete mix. Certificate stating material complies with specifications and documentation material is approved by WSDOT. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Paving contractor and crew foreman shall have minimum three years' experience with paving projects of this type. Submit list of projects for 3 years' experience. Note date, owner, type, and size of overlay and location. B. Pre-Installation Meeting: 1. Coordinate and attend meeting prior to paving and preparation. 2. Attendees to include paving contractor, Owner, and Architect. 3. Agenda to include sequencing of Work, schedule, and responsibilities. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with Section 5-04.3 of WSDOT Standard Specifications. 32 1216- 1 ASPHALT PAVING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 32 1216 - 2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Minimum air temperature for placing asphalt paving 55 degrees F and rising. C. Do not perform paving in rain. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULE A. Coordinate closure of sidewalks with Owner. Minimize closure of sidewalks. B. Maintain fire truck and emergency vehicle accesses. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SOIL RESIDUAL HERBICIDE A. Comply with WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 5-04.3(5) D. B. Use only products approved by Owner. 2.02 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT A. Driveways and Parking Lots: Hot Mix Asphalt(HMA): HMA Cl. 1/2-inch PG 64-22 as specified in Section 5-04 of WSDOT Standard Specifications and Amendments. Meet requirements for Asphalt Concrete Pavement (ACP). Class B modified asphalt pavement will be considered as a substitution. 2.03 CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE (CSTC) A. Conform to WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9 03.9(3). 2.04 CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE (CSBC) A. Conform to WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9 03.9(3). 2.05 TACK COAT A. Cationic emulsified asphalt per WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9-02.1(6). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify compacted subgrade is dry and ready to support paving and imposed loads. B. Verify base gradients and elevations are correct. C. Verify subsurface Work is completed and no further excavation will be required within limits of Work. D. Verify demolition Work within or adjacent to Work is complete. E. Verify heavy construction traffic is as complete as possible and traffic remaining will not damage or degrade Work. F. Verify fire department has been advised of restrictions to site access during Work. G. Verify weather forecast during planned time of placement is within weather limitations. H. Verify door locations and required clearances for swing out over walkways. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare and compact subgrade in accordance with Section 2-06 of WSDOT Standard Specifications. B. Water and thoroughly mix subgrade until optimum moisture content is obtained when deficiency of moisture content exists. When excess moisture exists, rework and aerate subgrade until optimum moisture content is obtained. C. Condition existing surface per WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 5-04.3(5). 32 1216- 2 ASPHALT PAVING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 32 1216 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Adjust top of structures, manhole covers, valve boxes, grates, cleanout covers to grade. Comply with WSDOT Standards for structures. E. Areas receiving new paving section: Excavate, remove, and dispose of excess material. Fine grade to maintain drainage and prepare subgrade. F. Apply herbicide to subgrade in new pavement and patching areas. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION A. Base Courses: 1. Place per WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 4-04.3. 2. Spread aggregate over prepared substrate to a total compacted thickness as indicated on Drawings. 3. Place aggregate in maximum 6-inch layers and compact to 95 percent per ASTM D1557. 4. Level and contour surfaces to elevations and gradients indicated. 5. Add small quantities of fine aggregate to coarse aggregate as appropriate to assist compaction. 6. Add water as necessary to assist compaction. If excess water is apparent, remove aggregate and aerate to reduce moisture content. 7. Use mechanical tamping equipment in areas inaccessible to compaction equipment. B. Soil Sterilization: 1. Apply Soil Residual Herbicide per WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 5 04.3(5)D. 2. Protect surrounding area from effects of soil sterilization. 3. Do not allow toxic material to run off onto adjacent vegetation or to storm system. C. Spreading and Finishing: 1. Comply with WSDOT Standard Specification Section 5-04.3(9). 2. Maximum nominal compacted depth of any layer of any course: HMA Class 1/2-inch: 0.30 feet. D. Joints: Comply with WSDOT Standard Specification Section 5-04.3(12). Provide full depth thickness at joint with adjacent paving. Sawcut exposed butt joint. Paint edge of joints with asphalt for tack coat. E. Asphalt concrete pavement: 1. Construct according to requirements of WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 5 04. Where thickness of finished asphalt pavement will be 3 inches or less, place in one lift. 2. Apply tack to contact surfaces of curbs, catch basins, gutters, and cold pavement joints. 3. Perform hand tamping in areas not accessible to rolling equipment. 4. Ensure joints made during paving operations are straight, clean, vertical, and free of broken or loose material. 5. Seal all contact joints between asphalt pavement joints, curbs, walls, and drains with CSS- 1. 6. Back tamp exposed edges to 45 degrees. 7. Establish smooth grades with minor cuts or fills. Maintain proper drainage and correct low spots. F. Asphalt Concrete Pavement Patching: 1. Before patch is constructed, trim pavement cuts so marginal patch lines will form straight edges and vertical faces. 2. Prepare subgrade according to requirements of WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 2-06. 32 1216- 3 ASPHALT PAVING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 32 1216 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3. When roadway is needed for vehicular traffic and permanent pavement cannot be promptly placed or when weather and availability of materials does not allow for prompt pavement repair, place and maintain a 2-inch-thick CSBC and a 2-inch-thick MC 250 cold patch. Remove temporary base and asphalt when permanent pavement repair can be completed. 4. Adjust utility structures and castings to grade. 5. Place bases and asphalt pavement per this section. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. At Abutting Existing Surfaces to be Matched: Within 1/8 inch. B. Pavement Areas: Generally smooth, free of depressions exceeding 3/8 inch in 10 feet. Minor deviations may be allowed if approved by Owner. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Do not allow vehicular traffic on newly paved areas until surface has cooled to atmospheric temperature. B. Protect surrounding area from effects of soil sterilization. Do not allow toxic material to run off onto adjacent vegetation or to storm system. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site Tests: Following tests will be performed by Architect: 1. Subgrade density prior to paving, Reference Section 01 4000. 2. Asphalt density. 3. Compact asphalt paving per WSDOT Standard Specification, minimum 91 percent for Rice or 95 percent for Marshall Test. 3.07 CLEANING A. Clean surfaces within five days of substantial completion. B. Dispose of all surplus, unsuitable, or waste materials according to laws, regulations, and ordinances at an approved off-site waste site obtained by Contractor. END OF SECTION 32 1216 32 1216-4 ASPHALT PAVING Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 321611 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 32 1611 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK, CURBS, AND GUTTERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cement concrete walkways and pedestrian areas, curbs, and wheelchair ramps. B. Preparing subgrade to receive base course material for concrete walkways. C. Base courses. D. Cement concrete walkway paving joint. E. Cement concrete walkway paving finishing. F. Concrete vertical curb. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 5713—Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control. B. Section 31 2000— Earth Moving. C. Section 32 1216—Asphalt Paving. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. WSDOT Standard Specifications—Washington State Department of Transportation 2024 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. B. City of Arlington, Design and Construction Standards and Specifications. C. ACI 301 —Specifications for Structural Concrete for Building. D. ASTM D422-90—Method for Particle Size Analysis of Soils. E. ANSI/ASTM D1557-91 —Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort 56,000 ft Ib./ft3. F. ASTM D2922-91 —Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). G. ASTM D3017-88—Test Method for Moisture Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). H. ASTM D1556-90—Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 3000. B. Product Data: 1. Admixtures 2. Portland cement 3. Curing compound C. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals. D. Design Data: Concrete mix design. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 321611 - 1 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK, CURBS, AND GUTTERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 321611 - 2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Crew Foreman: Minimum 6 years'working experience and 4 years' experience as foreman performing similar work. B. Regulatory Requirements: Work and material shall be in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications. C. The color within the concrete from separate pours shall remain consistent with minimum deviation in appearance from the concrete in approved concrete sample panels. 1.06 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Comply with WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 5 05. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Crushed Surfacing Base Course: Per Section 32 1216. B. Crushed Surfacing Top Course: Per Section 32 1216. C. Exposed Aggregate Materials: 3/8-inch minus locally mined clean pea gravel. D. Structural Fill: Per Section 31 2000. E. Portland Cement: Type II conforming to the requirements of Section 9-01 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. F. Aggregates for Cement Concrete: In accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9 03. G. Curing material and add mixtures: In accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9 23. H. Joint Filler: In accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9-04.1. Color: Gray. I. Joint Sealant: Sikaflex 1A, match color of concrete. J. Reinforcing Steel: In accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9 07. K. Soil Residual Herbicide: Per Section 32 1216. L. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: Plain type, ASTM A185, plain finish, size as shown on Drawings. M. Concrete Boom Finish equipment and materials: Fiber or wire broom to meet requirements of a medium texture finish. 2.02 MIXES A. Cement Concrete Mix: In accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 5 05.3(1). Three-day mix. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Submit proposed mix design for review prior to commencement of Work. B. Tests and analysis of aggregate material will be performed in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications. C. If tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material and retest. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions: 321611 - 2 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK, CURBS, AND GUTTERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 321611 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1. Verify compacted subgrade is dry and ready to support paving and imposed loads and is approved by Owner. 2. Verify base gradients and elevations are correct. 3. Verify subsurface Work is completed and no further excavation will be required within limits of Work. 4. Verify demolition Work within or adjacent to the Work is complete. 5. Verify heavy construction traffic is as complete as possible and traffic remaining will not damage or degrade the Work. 6. Verify fire department and Owner have been advised of restrictions to site access during Work. 7. Verify weather forecast during planned time of placement is within weather limitations. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare and compact subgrade in accordance with Section 2-06 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. B. Water and thoroughly mix subgrade until optimum moisture content is obtained when deficiency of moisture content exists. When excess moisture exists, rework and aerate subgrade until optimum moisture content is obtained. C. Adjust top of structures, manhole covers, valve boxes, grates, etc., to grade. Comply with City of Arlington Standards for utility structures. Comply with WSDOT Standards for other structures. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION A. Crushed Surfacing Top Course: Section 32 1216. B. Soil Sterilization: Section 32 1216. C. Base Course: Section 32 1216. D. Structural Fill: Section 31 2000. E. Concrete Paving: WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 5-05. F. Forming: 1. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, and profile. 2. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging concrete. 3. Place joint fillers vertical in position in straight lines. Secure to formwork during concrete placement. G. Placing Reinforcing: 1. Place reinforcement to achieve slab and curb alignment as detailed. 2. Extend temperature steel through expansion and contraction joints. 3. Place welded wire fabric centered in slab. 4. Provide support for reinforcing bar. H. Construction Joints (Expansion Joints): 1. Place construction joints as needed. Minimize number of construction joints. 2. Incorporate construction joints into pattern of sidewalk or adjacent paving. 3. Fit construction joints with filler of required profile, set perpendicular to longitudinal axis of sidewalks and curbs, or as shown on Drawings. 4. Set joint fillers 3/8-inch below finish concrete surface. Fill top of joint with sealant. Place duct tape strip on top of joint filler as bond breaker prior to placing sealant. 321611 - 3 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK, CURBS, AND GUTTERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 321611 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 5. Place joint filler between paving components and building or other appurtenances and to separate sidewalks from driveways and curb ramps. 6. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur. I. Contraction Joints (Control Joints): 1. Joint Pattern and location: Place contraction joints as shown on Drawings. 2. Align curb and sidewalk joints. 3. Tooled "U" shaped joints with radius trowel. No smooth shoulders. Seal joint in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 5-05.3(8)B. J. Placing Concrete Curbs and Walks: 1. Place concrete per ACI 301. 2. Hot Weather Placement: Per ACI 301. 3. Cold Weather Placement: Per ACI 306. 4. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded items, and formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. 5. Place concrete, screed, and wood float surfaces so smooth and uniform, free of open texturing and exposed aggregate. 6. Round all edges, including edges of expansion and contraction joints, with inch radius edging tool. K. Surface Finishing: 1. Finish: Float finish followed by medium broom textured finish. For medium broom finish, draw a fiber or wire broom across concrete surface, perpendicular to the line of traffic. Textured fine lines in the broom finish shall be straight and parallel to each other. 2. Joint edges: Radius and trowel. Broom out any smooth shoulders. Retool joints filled by cement slurry. 3. Joint pattern as shown on drawings. 4. Curbs: Medium broom. L. Special Finishes: 1. Sandblast Finish: a. Protect building, adjacent surfaces, drains, planting areas from sandblast debris. b. Apply sandblast finish in locations indicated on the Drawings. c. Remove all sandblast debris at end of application. 2. Exposed Aggregate Finish: a. Apply an exposed aggregate finish in locations indicated on the Drawings. b. Scrubbed Finish: After concrete has achieved compressive strength from 1000 to 1500 psi, apply scrubbed finish. Wet concrete surfaces thoroughly and scrub with stiff fiber or wire brushes, using water freely, until top mortar surface is removed and aggregate is uniformly exposed. Rinse scrubbed surfaces with clean water. M. Color: Natural concrete color. N. Curing: WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 5-05.3(13). Use curing method that preserves surface finish. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. In accordance with Section 01 4000. B. Site Tests: 1. Owner will perform compaction testing on subgrade and base course. 321611 -4 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK, CURBS, AND GUTTERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 321611 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Owner will perform concrete testing. 3. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace, and retest. C. Inspection: Architect will inspect subgrade prior to placing base, completed base course prior to placing concrete, and completed form work. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean surfaces within five days of substantial completion. B. Dispose of all surplus, unsuitable, or waste materials according to laws, regulations, and ordinances at a site obtained by Contractor. C. Dispose of all waste material in accordance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419—Construction Waste Management and Disposal. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect concrete from effects of adverse weather and traffic during curing. B. Keep heavy equipment and vehicular traffic off new concrete until it has attained specified strength. END OF SECTION 32 1611 321611 - 5 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK, CURBS, AND GUTTERS Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 32 1724 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 32 1724 PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND SIGNAGE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparation for painting pavements and curbs. B. Painting parking stalls; marking fire lane, and crosswalks. C. Signage for parking lots. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 32 1216—Asphalt Paving. B. Section 32 1611 —Cement Concrete Sidewalk, Curbs, and Gutters. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. WSDOT Standard Specifications—Washington State Department of Transportation 2024 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. B. MUTCD— Latest edition of Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, with latest revisions per WSDOT. C. City of Arlington, Design and Construction Standards and Specifications. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01 3300. B. Product Data: Paints and colors. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with WSDOT Standard Specifications. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Pavement must be clean and dry. B. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Do not perform pavement marking in the rain. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PAINT A. Non-reflectorized traffic line paint for parking stalls and reflectorized traffic line paint for road striping per WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 8-22.2. Fire lane markings per notes on drawings. B. Color: 1. Fire Lane Markings: Red 2. Parking Stalls: White 3. Crosswalks: White 2.02 SIGNS A. Location and type as shown on drawings. B. Comply with City of Arlington Standard Plans and the MUTCD. 32 1724- 1 PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND SIGNAGE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 32 1724 - 2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify paving and curbing is complete and surface is ready to receive striping. B. Verify distance between curbs to ensure adequate width for the indicated number of stalls. C. Verify weather forecast during planned time of placement is within weather limitations. D. Materials & Resources—Construction Waste Management: Comply with provisions of Section 01 7419 Construction Waste Management and Disposal. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and prepare surface for receiving paint per WSDOT Standard Specification Section 8 22.3(2). B. Lay out lines and symbols to spacing and locations shown on Drawings. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION A. Painting: Per WSDOT Standard Specification Section 8-22.3(3). B. Fire Lanes: 1. General: Match existing markings. 2. Paint fire lane and curbs per notes on drawings. C. Crosswalks and Traffic Arrows: 1. Painting per WSDOT Standard Specification Section 8-22.3(3). 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect painted surfaces until dry. 3.05 CLEANING A. Dispose of all waste material in accordance with project's Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 7419—Construction Waste Management and Disposal. END OF SECTION 32 1724 32 1724- 2 PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND SIGNAGE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 1000 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 33 1000 WATER UTILITIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants, and appurtenances. B. Connection to existing water main. C. Fire Department Connection (FDC). D. Water services for domestic and building fire sprinkler. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 31 2000— Earth Moving B. Section 31 2335— Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting for Utilities and Structures 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. City of Arlington, Design and Construction Standards and Specifications, Chapter 4. B. WSDOT Standard Specifications—Washington State Department of Transportation 2024 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. C. ASTM A252—Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles. D. AWWA C104—Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. E. AWWA C105— Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. F. AWWA C111 — Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. G. AWWA C151 — Ductile-Iron Pipe. H. AWWA C153— Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings. I. AWWA C509— Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems. J. AWWA C550— Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. K. AWWA C651 — Disinfecting Water Mains. L. NFPA 24— Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and their Appurtenances. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Surveyor: Land surveyor licensed in state of Washington, with experience surveying underground utilities. 2. Crew Foreman: a. Minimum six years'working experience and four years' experience as foreman performing similar work. 3. Contractor performing underground work for Fire Protection Sprinkler System: 4. Licensed as a Level U or Level 3 Fire Protection Sprinkler System Contractor by the State of Washington. 5. Have at least one person on site during construction and testing of all fire protection sprinkler system elements with a Level U or Level 3 Certificate of Competency issued by the Washington State Patrol Fire Marshall's Office. B. Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Schedule, coordinate, attend, and lead pre-installation meeting per Section 01 3000. 33 1000- 1 WATER UTILITIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 1000 - 2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Schedule and attend meeting prior to beginning work. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01 3300. B. Fire Sprinkler Contractor Certification: 1. Copy of Certificate of Competency for person present on site for construction and testing of fire sprinkler elements. 2. Copy of Fire Protection Sprinkler System Contractor license. C. Product Data: All products in this section. D. Operation and maintenance data for valves. E. Certification: Certification of accuracy for test gage. F. Closeout Submittals: Record Drawings: 1. Record actual locations of piping mains, valves, connections, and invert elevations. 2. Record location of utilities and structures encountered and not shown or not in agreement with Drawings. 3. Record changes in soil conditions not noted on Drawings. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. NFPA requirements. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle pipe, fittings, and specials to ensure delivery to site and final installation in undamaged condition. Do not damage pipe coating and lining. Keep pipe clean. Load and unload pipe and fittings using hoists in a manner to avoid shock or damage. Do not drop, skid, or roll pipe against other pipe. Repair any part of damaged coating or lining. Separate rejected pipe immediately from undamaged pipe. Remove damaged pipe from site within 24 hours. 1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Notify Architect 72 hours prior to making connections to existing mains. B. Notify Owner of service shutdown. Provide notification at least 48 hours prior to discontinuation of service, including estimated duration of shutdown. C. Advise City of Arlington Fire Marshall and Architect of proposed water shut off that will affect hydrants, fire sprinkler systems, alarm systems, and other services. D. Maintain water systems in areas of site to be occupied and remain in operation by Owner during construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Comply with WSDOT Standard Specifications. B. Comply with Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Ductile Iron Pipe: Centrifugal cast in 18-foot nominal lengths conforming to AWWA C151; cement-mortar lined conforming to AWWA C104; bituminous exterior coating conforming to AWWA C151; Standard Thickness Class 52. B. Non-restrained Joints: Rubber gasket, push-on type (Tyton joint only) or mechanical joint (MJ) conforming to AWWA C111. 33 1000- 2 WATER UTILITIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 1000 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 C. Restrained Joints: Meg-A-Lug Series 1100, TR Flex, Grinnell 595 Shackle clamp, or approved equal. 350-psi working pressure. Use same joint restraint throughout project. D. Pipe Fittings: Ductile iron short body, conform to AWWA C153, cement mortar lined per AWWA C104. Mechanical joint pressure rating 350 psi, flange joint pressure rating 250 psi. E. Flanged Fittings: Conform to ANSI B16.1, Class 125 drilling pattern, gasket neoprene or chlorinated butyl. 2.03 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Conform to ASTM A53, Schedule 40. Galvanized. B. Fittings: Malleable iron threaded type, pressure rating 150 psi. Conform to ANSI B16.3. Threading conform to ANSI B2.1. Material conform to ASTM A47, Grade 32510. All fittings shall be banded and hot-dip galvanized inside and out. 2.04 TRANSITION, REDUCING, AND FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS A. Determine existing pipe size and order transition coupling with proper dimensions. B. Smith Blair, Romac 501, or Ford constructed with gray iron sleeves and ductile or malleable iron followers; ductile iron or electrogalvanized steel bolts and nuts; manufacturer's standard factory finish. 2.05 PIPE FOR WATER SERVICES A. 1/2 inch through 2 1/2 inch diameter: Polyethylene (PE) Pipe: 1. Conform to AWWA C901, Outside Diameter Based, material PE3408. 2. Pipe Rating: Pressure Class 200, iron pipe size, DR9. 3. Markings: Bear the seal of the National Sanitation Foundation for potable water pipe. 4. Pipe Joints: Brass, mechanical couplers, compression joint type, with stainless steel sleeve. B. 3-inch and larger: Ductile iron, AWWA C-151. 2.06 VALVES AND APPURTENANCES A. General: Provide 2-inch square AWWA standard operating nut direct buried valves. Furnish an extended stem within 2 feet of finished grade and a 1/4-inch-thick steel plate welded to stem as rock stop for direct buried valves with operating nuts installed 5 feet or more below finished grade. B. Gate Valves, 4 inches and larger to 10 inches. 1. Seat: Resilient, wedge-type conforming to AWWA C509. 2. Stem: Non-rising with O-ring stem seals. 3. Joints: Mechanical or flange as noted on Drawings. Restrain joints where indicated on Drawings. 4. Opening Direction: Counterclockwise. 5. Pressure Rating: Service at 200 psig working and 400 psig test pressure. 6. Internal Coating: Iron surfaces and valve body with epoxy to AWWA C550. 7. Portion of gate exposed to line velocity: Rubber encapsulated, field replaceable, and with dual seal on mating body seal. 8. Installation: In any position with rated seating in both directions. 9. Marking: AWWA C 509; include name of manufacturer, year of manufacture, maximum working pressure, and valve size. 10. Acceptable products: Kennedy, Clow, American Darling, Dresser M & H, and Mueller. C. Drip Valve: Campbell BOB-3 or approved substitute. 33 1000- 3 WATER UTILITIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 1000 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 D. Valve Boxes: Cast iron, two-piece slip-type standard design with a base corresponding to size of valve, coat-tar painted by manufacturer using its standard coating; cast the word "WATER" in the cover; by the Olympic Foundry Company or approved substitute. 2.07 POST INDICATOR VALVE A. Comply with AWWA Standards. B. Comply with City of Arlington Fire Department requirements. C. Provide tamper switch. D. UL/FM approved. E. Lockable handle, heavy Plexiglas window with valve position indicator reading open or closed. 2.08 FIRE HYDRANTS A. Model: Mueller Super Centurion 250 or M&H 929 only. B. Type: AWWA C502, break flange traffic model type. C. Main Valve Opening: 5-inch with 6-inch MJ inlet. D. Hose and Pumper Connection: See Standard Detail W-010. E. Operating Nut: National Standard 1-1/4-inch pentagon with counterclockwise opening marked clearly. F. Extensions: As required to allow bottom flange to be installed above finished grade. G. Factory Finish: Yellow enamel above finished grade; manufacturer's standard quality. H. Paint hydrants in accordance with City of Arlington Standard Detail W-010. 2.09 POLYETHYLENE FILM A. AWWA C105. 2.10 CONCRETE A. Type III cement, minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi. Design mix to achieve strength prior to pressure testing. 2.11 DOUBLE CHECK DETECTOR ASSEMBLY A. Per Plans. B. Assemblies installed shall be on current Washington State Department of Health (DOH) approved list. 2.12 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION (FDC) A. Comply with City of Arlington Fire Department requirements. B. Cast Brass body, for free standing mounting on riser pipe. UL/FM approved, with clapper valve. C. Hose connection: Two, 2-1/2-inch hose connections with caps. Threaded per fire marshal's requirements. D. Pipe connection: 4-inch-diameter, threaded for IPS. E. Provide brass plate for mounting on riser pipe marked "AUTO SPRKR &STAND PIPE" and marked with name of building served. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify surfaces are ready to receive Work. 33 1000-4 WATER UTILITIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 1000 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Verify grades are at subgrade elevation. C. Verify erosion control is installed and functioning. D. Verify field measurements are as shown on Drawings. E. Verify location, size, and type of existing utilities at point of connection and at points of crossing other utilities. Pothole, expose pipes, determine invert elevations, verify with design, and inform Architect of deviations affecting design prior to mobilizing crews and beginning construction. F. Verify and coordinate location and elevation of plumbing stubout and adjust locations to match. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding Work from damage or disfiguration. Protect adjacent pavement remaining in service from damage. B. Protect existing utilities from damage and disturbance. Provide shoring to support existing utilities and their support prism or remove and replace utilities where shoring is not practical. Removing and replacing utilities to be performed per utility owner's standards. C. Erect barriers and barricades to direct and protect adjacent traffic. D. Maintain water service to existing buildings. Coordinate with Owner and Architect to determine time and duration of required water system shutdowns. E. Field-locate and mark existing utilities, whether shown or not, prior to construction, avoid damage or disturbance. Protect, maintain, and repair, where damaged. For aid in utility location call 1 800 424-5555, 48 hours (two working days) prior to beginning construction. Dial Dig will only locate gas. Provide and pay for additional marking as required. F. Field-stake alignment and grade. 3.03 EXECUTION A. Excavation and Backfill: Comply with Section 31 2335. Provide extra width trench as necessary where deflecting pipe. Excavate to depths required to provide minimum cover as indicated on Drawings. Excavate deeper as required to accommodate changes in grade, vaults, connections, or to install pipe under existing pipelines or other utilities. Adjust pipe depth at connection to existing main. Adjust pipe profile to pass below conflicting utilities. Provide minimum 12-inch clearance. Depth Adjustments: 2 feet or less at no adjustment in cost. B. Installation of Pipe and Fittings: 1. Inspect pipe for structural defects and defects in coating and lining before it is placed in trench. Clean pipe fittings and valves of dirt and foreign material as they are placed. Plug open ends of pipe and fittings with temporary water-tight plug whenever Work is stopped or when water in trench threatens to enter pipe. Keep groundwater from entering pipe at all times. Lay and maintain pipe to required lines with fittings and valves at required locations and valve stems plumb. Lay pipe in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and to AWWA standards for type of pipe being installed. Construct pipelines to provide cover shown on Drawings. Slope need not be constant, but install pipelines so no high or low points exist in finished line except at locations of fire hydrants, blow offs, air/vacuum valves, or future pipe extensions. 2. Alignment of Pipe: At conflicts with other utilities, such as telephone and existing water mains, realign pipe subject to approval of Architect. 3. Cutting Pipe: Cut pipe smooth, even, and square. Remove chips and cuttings from interior of pipe. Bevel cut pipe ends to prevent damage to gaskets during installation. 33 1000- 5 WATER UTILITIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 1000 - 6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 4. Laying of Pipe on Curves: Long radius curves, either horizontal or vertical, may be laid with standard pipe by deflecting joints. If pipe is shown curved on Drawings and no special fittings are shown, assume curves can be made by deflecting joints with standard lengths of pipe. Do not exceed 50 percent of manufacturer's printed recommended deflection at each pipe joint when pipe is laid on a horizontal or vertical curve. Where field conditions require deflection or curves not anticipated by Drawings, Architect will determine methods to be used. Additional payment will not be made for laying pipe on curves nor for field changes involving standard lengths of pipe deflected at joints. When rubber gasketed pipe is laid on a curve,join pipe in a straight alignment and deflect to the curved alignment. Make trenches wider on curves for this purpose. C. Installation of Valves and Valve Boxes: Upon delivery at job site, open valves to prevent collection of water in valve. Clean valve interior of foreign matter and inspect both in open and closed position prior to installation. Set valves and valve boxes plumb except where otherwise indicated on the Drawings, and place valve boxes over valve or valve operator so valve box does not transmit shock or stress to valve. Tamp backfill carefully around valve box to a distance of 3 feet on sides or to undisturbed face of trench if it is closer. Provide concrete tie- down at valves indicated on Drawings. D. Reaction Blocking (Thrust Blocking): Furnish and install cast-in-place concrete reaction blocking at plugs, caps, tees, bends deflecting more than 11 degrees, and where indicated on Drawings. Cast concrete directly against undisturbed trench wall. Place PE sheeting between pipe and concrete. Form blocking should not obstruct access to pipe joints or fittings. Size thrust block per detail on Drawing. Increase thrust blocking size for existing soils conditions as directed by Architect. E. Restrained Joints: Provide restrained joints at fire hydrant laterals and other locations where shown on Drawings. Restrained joints may be used at vertical bends in lieu of gravity thrust block. Install lengths of restrained pipe from each side of fittings at vertical bends as indicated on Drawings or as determined by Architect. Minimum 45 feet of restrained joint pipe each side of restrained fitting. Install per manufacturers' recommendations. F. Connection to Existing Water Mains: 1. Expose existing pipe and verify diameter and proper material type and sizes prior to beginning Work. 2. Comply with WSDOT requirements. 3. Connection to existing water mains shall be performed by Contractor. 4. Use prechlorinated pipe valves and fittings. 5. Do not connect new construction to existing water mains until the new system is pressure tested, disinfected, flushed, purity tested, and approved by Architect. G. Flexible Couplings: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Wrap buried flexible couplings with two layers of PE film extending a minimum of 3 feet each side of center of flexible coupling; overlap joints in film minimum 6 inches. H. Vertical Bends: 1. Fabricate vertical bends on water main 4 inches in diameter and larger with restrained joint ductile iron pipe. 2. Provide minimum 45 feet restrained joint pipe on each side of vertical bend. I. Fire Department Connection: 1. Install plumb, wrap portion of steel pipe below ground or in contact with concrete with cold-applied tape coating per AWWA C209, orient hose connection toward street. 33 1000- 6 WATER UTILITIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 1000 - 7 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Paint standpipe in accordance with City fire department requirements. 3. Provide drip valve at low point. J. Fire Hydrants: 1. Per City of Arlington standards. 2. Install plumb, wrap pipe in contact with concrete with cold-applied tape coating per AWWA C209, orient pumper connection toward street. 3. Provide concrete pad for base per Drawings. 4. Mark all fire hydrants not in service by covering with burlap sack. 3.04 PRESSURE TESTS A. Comply with WSDOT and City of Arlington requirements. B. Notify Architect 48 hours prior to required inspection time. C. Provide all test equipment and personnel to prepare for and perform test. D. Test in accordance with Section 01 4000. E. Pressure Tests: Backfill pipeline sufficiently to prevent movement of pipe under pressure. Place reaction blocking and allow concrete to cure and reach specified strength before testing. Repair damage due to failures at no cost to Owner. F. Furnish pumps, test gages, plugs, saddles, corporation stops, miscellaneous hose, piping, and other equipment necessary to fill pipeline with water and complete hydrostatic test. Furnish 4.5 inch minimum diameter test gage having 0 to 300 psi range with 1/4 of 1 percent accuracy accompanied with certifications of accuracy from a laboratory approved by Architect. Fill water main only through a backflow prevention device supplied by Contractor. G. Prior to testing, fill pipeline with water and allow to stand under pressure sufficient time to allow escape of air and, if applicable, allow pipe lining to absorb water. H. Test pipelines and connecting piping in sections between temporary caps or valves by admitting water to the line gradually to full test pressure. Testing against closed valves will be permitted provided pressure differential across valve does not exceed rated working pressure of valve. I. Hydrostatically test water mains and appurtenances 6 in diameter and larger at 200 psi. Apply test pressure at low end of section of water main being tested. Vent air in pipe prior to test. J. Test by pressurizing main to required pressure, stop pump for 15 minutes, and then pressurize main to test pressure again. Observe section being tested to detect any visible leakage. Use clean container for holding water for pressurizing main being tested. Sterilize makeup water by adding chlorine to concentration of 50 mg/I. Accurately determine water quantity required to restore pressure by pumping through positive displacement water meter with a sweep unit hand registering 1 gallon per revolution. Use meter approved by WSDOT. Test acceptability will be determined as follows: Comply with WSDOT standards. There shall not be an appreciable or abrupt loss in pressure during 15-minute test period. K. Limit sections to be tested normally to 1,600 feet. Architect may require the first section of pipe, not less than 1,000 feet in length, be tested in order to qualify crew and material. Do not continue pipe laying more than an additional 1,000 feet until first section has been tested successfully. L. Perform hydrostatic tests on every complete section of water main between valves, or as directed by Architect. Each valve side shall withstand same test pressure as pipe, with no active pressure in pipe section beyond closed valves. Make tests with hydrant auxiliary gate valves open and pressure against hydrant valve. After test is completed, each gate valve will 33 1000- 7 WATER UTILITIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 1000 - 8 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 be acceptable if there is no immediate loss of pressure on gage when pressure is applied to valve being checked. Verify pressure differential across valve does not exceed rated test pressure of valve. M. When hydrants are included with section of main pipe to be tested, conduct testing in two separate tests as follows: 1. Test No. 1 -Water main gate valves and hydrant auxiliary gate valves closed, with hydrant operating stem valves and hose ports wide open. 2. Test No. 2 -Water main gate valves and hydrant operating stem valves tightly closed but hydrant auxiliary gate valves and hose ports wide open. N. Correct visible leakage detected regardless of allowable leakage specified above. Should tested section fail to meet pressure test successfully as specified, locate and repair defects and retest pipeline at no cost to Owner. O. Prior to notifying Architect to witness pressure test, have equipment set up completely, ready for operation, and have tested successfully to ensure pipe is in satisfactory condition. 3.05 DISINFECTION OF WATER MAINS A. Before being placed in service, chlorinate and obtain a satisfactory bacteriological report for new water mains and repaired portions of, or extensions to, existing mains. B. Flush pipe (including private fire lines not receiving sterilization) prior to being disinfected to remove solids or contaminated material that may have become lodged in pipe. If no hydrant is installed at end of main, provide a tap large enough to develop a velocity of at least 2.6 fps in main. Provide taps required for temporary or permanent release of air and chlorination or flushing purposes. Where dry calcium hypochlorite is used for disinfection of pipe, perform flushing after disinfection. Dispose of treated water flushed from mains and neutralize wastewater for protection of aquatic life in receiving water before disposal into any natural drainage channel. Dispose disinfecting solution during test to Architect's and local authorities' satisfaction. If approved by sewer system owner and Architect, disposal may be made to any available sanitary sewer provided rate of disposal will not overload sewer. C. Sterilization: Comply with City of Arlington standards. D. Preventing Reverse Flow: Do not make connections between existing distribution system and pipelines not disinfected and constructed under this Contract without a DSHS approved backflow preventer installed in connecting line. E. Chlorinating Connections to Existing Water Mains: Follow chlorinating procedure as specified in AWWA C651. Swab closure fittings with a very strong chlorine solution (5 to 6 percent Cl). 3.06 FINAL FLUSHING AND TESTING OF MAINS A. Following chlorination, flush treated water from newly laid pipe until replacement water throughout its length shows, upon test, absence of chlorine. In the event chlorine is normally used in supply source, then tests shall show a residual not in excess of that carried in system. B. Dispose of chlorinated water per DOE and Department of Fish and Wildlife requirements. Neutralize water for protection of aquatic life in the receiving water before disposal into drainage system. C. Locate a sample tap ahead of flushing hose for convenience and sanitary sampling. D. Before placing lines into service, a satisfactory report shall be received from a certified test lab on samples collected from representative points in new system. Samples shall be collected and bacteriological tests obtained by the Contractor. Costs of water sample analysis shall be borne by Contractor as incidental Work to water main installations. 33 1000- 8 WATER UTILITIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 1000 - 9 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 E. Should initial treatment result in an unsatisfactory bacteriological test, repeat original chlorination procedure until satisfactory results are obtained. Failure to obtain a satisfactory bacteriological test will be considered as failure to keep pipe clean during construction or to chlorinate the main as specified. Additional chlorination required to obtain satisfactory test result shall be completed at no additional cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 33 1000 33 1000- 9 WATER UTILITIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 3000 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 33 3000 SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sanitary side sewers. B. Sanitary sewer clean outs. C. Connection to existing sanitary sewer system. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 5713—Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control. B. Section 31 2000— Earth Moving. C. Section 31 2335— Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting for Utilities and Structures. 1.03 REFERENCES A. WSDOT Standard Specifications—Washington State Department of Transportation 2024 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. B. WSDOT Standard Plans—Washington State Department of Transportation (Current Edition) Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. C. City of Arlington, Design and Construction standards and Specifications, current edition. D. ASTM D3034—Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. E. AWWA C151 — Ductile-Iron Pipe. F. AWWA C153— Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings. G. ASTM C564 Specifications for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 1.04 DEFINITION A. Side Sewer: That portion of a sewer line constructed from the main sanitary sewer line to 5 feet outside the building line. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01 3000. B. Product Data: Manufacturers' literature and specifications for pipe, fittings, castings, and manholes. C. Certification: Certification of accuracy for test gage. D. Record Drawings: 1. Submit under provisions of Sections 01 7000 and 01 7800. 2. Accurately record actual locations of pipe runs and connections. 3. Provide field survey of all inverts and structure lid elevations. 4. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. 5. Prepare record drawings in accordance with City of Arlington requirements. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Surveyor: Land surveyor licensed in state of Washington, with experience surveying underground utilities. 33 3000- 1 SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 3000 - 2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Crew Foreman: Minimum six years' working experience and four years' experience as foreman performing similar work. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with City of Arlington requirements. C. Pre-Installation Meetings: Schedule, coordinate, attend, and lead pre-installation meeting in accordance with Section 01 2000. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Maintain sanitary sewer in areas of site to be occupied and remain in operation by Owner during construction. 1.08 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle pipe, fittings, and appurtenances in such a manner as to ensure delivery to the project site and final installation in a sound, undamaged condition. Keep the pipe clean. Load and unload pipe using hoists in a manner to avoid shock or damage, and under no circumstances shall they be dropped, skidded, or rolled against other pipe. Damaged items shall be rejected and removed from the site within 24 hours. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Comply with WSDOT Standard Specifications. 2.02 PRODUCTS A. PVC Pipe: 1. Bell-and-spigot type with rubber gasket joints conforming to the requirements of Section 9 05.12(1) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. Schedule: SDR 35 or F789 with rubber gasket joints conforming to ASTM 3212. 2. Lengths: Manufactured and provided in nominal lengths of not less than 10 feet or more than 20 feet. Use shorter pipe lengths to meet special conditions where shown on the Drawings or as approved. 3. Pipe Condition: New. No sun yellowed pipe will be allowed. 4. Fittings: Compatible with the pipe, injection molded, gasket type, manufactured in accordance with ASTM D3034. Do not use solvent welded joints. B. Ductile Iron Pipe: In accordance with Section 33 1000. C. Transition Couplings: 1. Transition joints in non-pressure sewers between similar or dissimilar materials of equal or unequal size shall be made water and gas tight by means of an approved connector or adapter of the compression seal type. 2. The connector or adapter shall be manufactured of preformed elastomeric material conforming to the applicable sections of ASTM C425, C564, or D1869. 3. Install as recommended and specified by the manufacturer. 4. PVC to concrete connection shall be an epoxy/sand sealer, cast in boot, manufactured saddle, or"donut" gasket. D. Cleanouts: 1. In accordance with WSDOT Standard Plans B-85.40-00. 2. Casting: a. Load ratings: HS20. b. Locking type. c. Lettering "SEWER." 3. Ring and Cover: WSDOT Standard Plan B-30.70.03. 33 3000- 2 SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 3000 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 E. Tracer Wire and Tracer Tape: Tracer wire shall be TWHN or TWHH #10. Tape shall be sewer tracer tape or magnetic sewer tracer tape. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify excavation is ready to receive Work and excavations, dimensions, and elevations as indicated on Drawings. B. Verify existing utilities have been marked. C. Verify erosion control is in place and operating properly. D. Verify inverts at points of connection and verify minimum grade can be maintained. Pothole, expose pipes, determine invert elevations, verify with design, and inform the Architect of deviations affecting design prior to mobilizing crews and beginning construction. E. Verify and coordinate location and elevation of plumbing stubout and adjust locations to match. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect elements surrounding Work of this section from damage or disfiguration. B. Protect existing utilities from damage and disturbance. Provide shoring to support existing utilities and their support prism or remove and replace utilities where shoring is not practical. Removing and replacing to be performed per utility Owner's standards. C. Erect barriers and barricades to direct and protect adjacent traffic. D. Maintain sewer service to existing buildings. E. Field-locate and mark existing utilities, whether shown or not, prior to construction; avoid damage or disturbance. Protect, maintain, and repair where damaged. For aid in utility location, call 1 800 424 5555, 48 hours (two working days) prior to beginning construction. Dial Dig will only locate gas. Provide and pay for additional marking as required. F. Field-stake alignment and grade. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Excavation, Foundation, and Bedding: In accordance with Section 31 2335. B. Connections to Existing Manhole: 1. Ensure against unbalanced loading on manhole. 2. Keep manhole in operation at all times and take necessary precautions to prevent debris or other materials from entering sewer. 3. Repair manhole damage. C. Pipe Installation: 1. Comply with WSDOT Standards. 2. Follow manufacturer's installation procedures. 3. Lay pipe to line and grade indicated on Drawings. 4. Maintain line and grade for straight sections with laser beam operated by qualified personnel. Check line and grade constantly. If they do not meet specified limits, stop work immediately and remedy the cause before proceeding. 5. All PVC and concrete pipe, including side sewer stubs, shall have tracer wire and sewer tracer tape. Tracer shall be 18 inches below ground level. D. Cleanouts: 1. Construct plumb and level. 2. Adjust top to finish grade. Verify top of cleanout elevation. 33 3000- 3 SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 3000 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 E. Side Sewers: 1. Side sewer slope need not be constant but shall have a continuously descending grade of no less than 1 percent. No flat spots or sags. 2. Provide detection wire and tracer tape continuously along service from main to building. 3. Tracer wire shall be continuous, unbroken wire without joints. Bring wire to surface at cleanout and wrap around top of cleanout pipe three times. F. Backfilling: In accordance with Section 31 2335. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Variance from established line and grade for gravity sewers shall not be greater than 1/32 of an inch per inch of pipe diameter and not to exceed 1/2 inch, provided that such variation does not result in a level or reverse sloping invert; provided also that variation in the invert elevation between adjoining ends of pipe, due to non-concentricity of joining surface and pipe interior surface, does not exceed 1/64 of an inch per inch of pipe diameter or 1/2 inch maximum. Allowable deviation shall not be accumulative. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Comply with Section 01 4000. B. Comply with City of Arlington and WSDOT requirements. C. Tests: 1. Provide test equipment and personnel to prepare for and perform test. 2. Perform test after backfilling is complete. 3. Plug wyes, tees, and stubs with flexible jointed plugs or acceptable alternate. Fasten securely to withstand internal test pressure. 4. Prior to notifying Architect to witness pressure test, have equipment set up completely, ready for operation, and have tested successfully to ensure pipe is in satisfactory condition. 5. Low pressure air test in accordance with City of Arlington standards. 6. Television camera inspection in accordance with City of Arlington standards. D. Inspection: Architect will observe the work at the following milestones: Completion of pipe, manholes, cleanouts, and bedding, and prior to backfilling. 3.06 CLEANING A. Comply with WSDOT requirements. B. Clean with jet or flushing ball and inspect for obstructions prior to testing. C. Prevent debris and foreign matter from entering sewer system. Provide screen at downstream end of cleaning to trap debris. Remove and dispose of debris. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect Work, pipe, and bedding from damage or displacement until backfilling operation is in progress. B. Protect completed work from damage. END OF SECTION 33 3000 33 3000-4 SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 3216- 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 33 3216 SANITARY SEWER PUMP STATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pumps, motors, sump, and appurtenances for sewage pumping systems. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings B. ASME/ANSI B16.39 - Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions Classes 150, 250, and 300. C. ASTM A36/A36M - Structural Steel. D. ASTM A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless. E. ASTM A153 -Zinc Coated (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. F. ASTM A283/A283M - Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates. G. ASTM C443-Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. H. HI SCRRP- Centrifugal, Rotary & Reciprocating Pumps. I. MSS SP-70 - Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. J. MSS SP-80 - Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. K. NEMA ICS 1 - Industrial Control and Systems. L. NEMA ICS 2 - Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies. M. NEMA ICS 6 - Enclosures for Industrial Control and Systems. N. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators. O. NFPA 70- National Electrical Code. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's literature and specifications for package lift station, including literature describing pumps, motors, equipment chamber, control panel, and level control. B. Drawings on lift station, including outline dimensions, support details, cross sections, and control wire diagram. C. Pump performance data and curves. D. Buoyancy Calculations. E. Operating Manuals and Parts List: Furnish a complete set of literature containing the following: 1. Instructions for operation adjustment, lubrication, and other equipment maintenance. 2. A complete parts list for each item of equipment, with catalog numbers. 3. Other data necessary for ordering replacement parts. Parts list shall contain sufficient information so repair parts can be ordered when local pumping station representative is not available. Such instructions and lists shall have been prepared specifically for model and type of equipment furnished. F. Certification of installation by authorized manufacturer's representative. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide manufacturer's authorized pump representative who is trained and approved for installation of pumps and packaged pump station required for this project. 33 3216 - 1 SANITARY SEWER PUMP STATION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 3216-2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Package sewage pump station including starter and controls assembled by vendor with minimum three years' experience with similar installations. 1.05 LIFT STATION CRITERIA A. Packaged Lift Station: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to provide duplex pumping system specified. Same supplier shall package the grinder pumps, float switches, and motor control panel to ensure suitability and assurance of experience in matching equipment and ensure single source responsibility for equipment. 2. System shall consist of sewage grinder pumps, level control switches, discharge plumbing with hydraulically sealed discharge flange, pump-mounting plates with bottom rail supports, upper rail supports, lifting chain, and cord sealing plate for junction box. Supply NEMA 4X weatherproof control box for mounting at sump site or remote from basin, as required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide a complete packaged sewage pump station with submersible nonclog or grinder pumps complete, including equipment and materials, installed and ready for operation. The pump supplier furnishes the controls, pumps, and rail system to ensure unit integrity. 2.02 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE GRINDER PUMPS A. Provide submersible sewage grinder pumps as indicated. Provide UL listed pumps for explosion proof Class 1, Division 1, Group C and D hazardous locations. Provide submersible, centrifugal sewage pumps with grinder units capable of grinding the materials found in normal domestic sewage, including plastics, rubber, sanitary napkins, disposable diapers, animal hair, and wooden articles into a finely ground slurry with particle dimensions no greater than '/4 inch. Pumps must be at least 45 percent efficient at normal operating conditions. Select pumps to continuously operate in a submerged or partially submerged condition. B. Sanitary Sewer Pump Station (Main): 1. Provide two pumps capable of delivering 50 gpm of raw, unscreened sewage against a total dynamic head (TDH)of 20 feet. TDH is based on the assumption of a 0.0 elevation for the sump bottom. 2.03 PUMP MOTOR A. Provide hermetically sealed electric motors with moisture and temperature-sensing probes in the wet well. Provide NEMA MG 1, 60-hertz, 460 V, three (3) phase motors. Motor horsepower must not be less than pump horsepower at any point on the pump performance curve. Fit motors with lifting "eyes" capable of supporting entire weight of pump and motor. Seal the power cable inside the motor end bell. Provide waterproof power cable for its full length. Motors shall be UL listed for explosion proof Class 1, Division 1, Groups C and D. Air filled motors are not acceptable. Oil used must be able to be disposed as non-hazardous waste. 2.04 BEARINGS AND SHAFT A. Provide heavy duty ball thrust bearing or roller type bearing sized to withstand imposed loads. Oil lubricate bearings. B. Provide shaft of stainless steel and the mechanical seal of double carbon and ceramic construction. Hold rotating ceramics in mating position with stationery carbons by a stainless steel spring. Oil lubricate bearings. 33 3216 - 2 SANITARY SEWER PUMP STATION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 3216- 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.05 IMPELLERS A. Grinder Pumps: Provide stainless steel or bronze impeller for grinder pump with stainless steel cutter, grinder, or slicer assembly. B. Nonclog Pumps: Provide nonclogging type cast-iron impeller, conforming to ASTM A48/A48M, Cass 30, for submersible nonclog pump. C. Make impeller with smooth surfaces, free flowing with the clearance to permit objects in the sewage to pass. Fit and key, spline, or thread impeller on shaft, and lock in such manner that lateral movement is prevented and reverse rotation will not cause loosening. 2.06 CASING A. Provide hard, close-grained cast iron casing which is free from blow holes, porosity, hard spots, shrinkage defects, cracks, and other injurious defects. B. Provide casings permitting replacement of wearing parts. Ensure passageways permit smooth flow of sewage and are free of sharp turns and projections. Use free standing pump support legs of cast-iron providing enough clearance for the solids to get into the grinder. 2.07 PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM A. CONTROLS 1. Automatically alternate operation from one pump to the other and start second pump in the event first pump cannot handle incoming flow. Provide manual "on-off' switch for each pump. B. LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM 1. Provide a sealed, mercury-free float switch control system to sense variations of sewage level in the wet well. 2. Use a direct acting float switch consisting of a normally-open mercury switch enclosed in a float. Use float molded of rigid high-density polyurethane foam, color-coded and coated with a durable, water and corrosion-resistant jacket of clear urethane. 3. Provide stainless steel float brackets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Mount floats at fixed elevations that correspond to the following levels: a. Low Water Alarm b. Off c. Pump 1 On d. Pump 2 On e. Hi Alarm 5. Use floats designed to tilt and operate their switches causing sequential turn-on turn-off of the pump, when the liquid level being sensed rises or falls past the float. 6. Float switches must be intrinsically safe relays. Provide an intrinsically safe barrier relay between the wet well and the control panel. 2.08 PUMP ALARM AND CONTROL PANEL A. Enclose alarm panel in NEMA 4X enclosure and with a flashing red light that is visible from 50 feet away, with long-life bulb in guarded enclosure and 6-inch-diameter horn. Use horns capable of emitting 120 DB at 10 feet. Power alarm horn and light from 12V DC power supply with battery backup. Provide a rechargeable battery rated to power both the horn and light for minimum of two hours upon loss of main power. Provide circuitry to automatically recharge the battery after main power is restored. Use panel with power on light, push to test button for horn and light and push to silence button for horn and light with automatic reset for next alarm. 33 3216 - 3 SANITARY SEWER PUMP STATION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 3216-4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.09 ALARMS A. Provide a test function ability for the alarm system. Provide alarms to activate under the following conditions: 1. High liquid level as sensed by the level control system. 2. Loss of main power. 3. No flow light as sensed by limit switch on the check valve or as sensed by current sensors. 4. Pump failure via temperature overload or motor heat sensor trip; provide motor high temperature light. 5. Seal failure with indication light. 2.10 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Provide an individual circuit breaker for each pump. B. Include a control circuit breaker and an alarm circuit breaker in the control panel. C. Allow for two additional spare 115V single phase 20A circuit breakers for local pole lighting and future spare. D. Provide circuit breakers in accordance with UL 489. E. Conform to UL 67 for circuit breaker mounting. 2.11 CONNECTION FOR PORTABLE GENERATOR A. Provide receptacle for connection for portable generator. Provide manual transfer switch for receptacle matching generator electrical power requirements. 2.12 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Install labels to identify switches and controls. Provide internal wiring for components of packaged equipment as an integral part of the equipment. Provide power wiring and conduit for field installed equipment. 2.13 PIPING A. Piping Connections: Provide pump suction and discharge with flanged connections of the proper size for the pump type and capacity. Conform pipe flanges to AWWA C104/A21.4, AWWA C110/A21.10, AWWA C111/A21.11, AWWA C115/A21.15, AWWA C151/A21.51, ASTM A53/A53M, ASTM A536 for ductile iron or gray-iron threaded flanges and piping ASTM A105/A105M, ASME B16.1 or AWWA C207. Piping is to conform to the requirements of ASME B31.3. B. Piping: Terminate discharge lines 5-feet outside the lift station in flanged connections. C. Miscellaneous Metals: Use stainless steel bolts, nuts, washers, anchors, and supports for installation of equipment. 2.14 VALVES A. Provide valves that open by counterclockwise rotation of the valve stem. Use valves from one manufacturer. 1. Valves Larger Than 2 inches: Resilient seat eccentric plug valves conforming to AWWA C517 with operating handle and flanged ends. 2. Valves 2 inches and Smaller: Ball valves with PTFE seats and seals, brass body and end cups, chrome plated brass ball and screwed ends. 3. Check Valves less than 4 inches in diameter: Neoprene ball check valve with integral hydraulic sealing flange, designed for a hydraulic working pressure of 175 psi. 33 3216 -4 SANITARY SEWER PUMP STATION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 3216- 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 4. Check Valves 4 inches and Larger Diameter: Provide nonclogging swing check valve rated for not less than 175 psig working pressure capable of passing 3-inch-diameter solids. Match cast iron to ASTM A126 and flanged ends to AWWA C110/A21.10 Buna-N disc and integral seat. 5. Provide valves with tags or plates numbered and stamped for their usage. Use plates and tags of brass or nonferrous material and mounted or attached to the valve. 2.15 WET WELL AND VALVE VAULT A. Provide fiberglass-reinforced polyester resin basin with integral valve vault or precast concrete wet well; include a separate precast concrete valve vault. 1. Fiberglass Basins: a. Buoyancy Calculations: Submit buoyancy calculations sealed by a licensed professional engineer assuming seasonal high groundwater elevation at proposed finished grade. Prevent flotation in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Include manufacturer's written instructions with submitted calculations. b. Select Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester(FRP)wet well in accordance with ASTM D883 relating to plastics and ADTM D3753. B. Precast Concrete Structures: 1. Buoyancy Calculations: Submit buoyancy calculations sealed by a licensed professional engineer assuming seasonal high groundwater elevation at proposed finished grade. 2. Manhole Type 3 per WSDOT Standard Specifications Plan B-15.60-01, without channel and shelf. HS-25 loading. Submit manhole structures. Protect steel from corrosion by means of hot-dip galvanizing conforming to ASTM Al23/A123M epoxy-resin coatings. C. Access Hatch Covers: 1. Provide aluminum access hatch covers as indicated. Include lifting mechanism, automatic hold open arm, slam lock with handle, and flush lift handle with vinyl grip. Use automatic hold open arm that locks in the 90 degree position. Use cover that is inch diamond plate with '/4 inch channel frame and continuous anchor flange. Use access hatch cover capable of withstanding a live load of 300 Ibs/sq. ft. Provide stainless steel cylinder lock with two keys per lock. Identically key the locks. HS-25 loading. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify all pumps, motors, and materials are present and meet requirements of these specifications. B. Verify location and elevation of sewer service line from building. C. Verify location of water lines and maintain minimum clearance of 10 feet. 3.02 PUMP INSTALLATION A. Install pumps in accordance with shop drawings and manufacturer's specifications. B. Provide startup checklist and certification of readiness for startup by authorized manufacturer's representative. Manufacturer's representative shall participate in equipment startup. 3.03 PUMP STATION INSTALLATION A. Install pump station concrete basin per WSDOT Standard Specification Section 7-05, Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins and Drywells, except Paragraphs 7-05.4, Measurement, and 7-05.5, Payment, do not apply. B. Install fiberglass basin per manufacturer's guidelines. 33 3216 - 5 SANITARY SEWER PUMP STATION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 3216- 6 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 3.04 TESTS A. All items shall have a running test to ensure against leakage and vibration. Adjust level controls at this time. B. Provide water and staff for conducting pump station flow test, rotation check, voltage, phase, Hertz, amps, and test of motor insulation, controls, and alarms. C. Motor and seal housing chambers shall be hi-potted to test for moisture content and insulation defects. D. Allow pump to run dry to check for proper rotation. E. Attach discharge piping, submerge pump in water, and take amp readings in each leg to check for imbalanced stator winding. If there are significant differences in readings, check stator windings with a bridge to determine if unbalanced resistance exists. If so, replace stator. END OF SECTION 33 3216 33 3216 - 6 SANITARY SEWER PUMP STATION Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 4000 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 33 4000 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Storm Drains. B. Roof Drains. C. Manholes, Catch Basins, and Cleanouts. D. Pipe Outlets and Inlets. E. Footing drain connection. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 5713—Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control. B. Section 31 2000— Earth Moving. C. Section 31 2335— Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting for Utilities and Structures. 1.03 REFERENCES A. WSDOT Standard Plans—Washington State Department of Transportation 2024 Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. B. WSDOT Standard Specifications—Washington State Department of Transportation 2024 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. C. City of Arlington, Design and Construction Standards and Specifications. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Crew Foreman: Minimum six years'working experience and four years' experience as foreman performing similar work. B. Regulatory requirements: 1. City of Arlington Standards. 2. WSDOT Standards. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 3000. 1. Product Data: a. Catalog cuts, shop drawings, and specifications for Modular Wetland. b. Catalog cuts and specifications for pipe, fittings, manholes, catch basins, yard drains, cleanouts, castings, and accessories. B. Manufacturers' Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures required to install products specified. C. Record Documents: Submit under provisions of Section 01 7800. Record actual structure locations of pipe runs, connections, and invert elevations accurately. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. D. Closeout Submittals: 1. Accurately record actual locations of pipe runs, connections, and invert elevations. 2. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. 33 4000- 1 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 4000 - 2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Maintain on-site storm drainage during construction. B. Construct the erosion control facilities as shown in the Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Structural Fill: Section 31 2000. B. Bedding: Section 31 2335. C. Storm Drain Pipe: WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9-05. Comply with City of Arlington standards. Acceptable pipe materials: 1. Corrugated Polyethylene Storm Sewer Pipe in accordance with WSDOT Section 9 05.20. 2. Polypropylene Storm Sewer Pipe (12 inches and larger) in accordance with WSDOT Section 9-05.24. 3. Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe in accordance with WSDOT Section 9-05.13. D. Catch Basins, Inlets, and Yard Drains: 1. Type 1 Catch Basins: WSDOT Standard Plan B-5.20-01. 2. Type 2 Catch Basins: WSDOT Standard Plan B-10.20-01. 3. Load Ratings: HS20, AASHTO Section 3.7. 4. Yard Drain: Small catch basin type manufactured by Nyloplast or Fogtite Inc., Type 50 or approved substitution. Cement concrete or heavy-duty PVC. H-20 loading cast iron frame and grate. Cast iron grate complying with Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA). E. Metal Castings: Load ratings: HS20. Locking type. F. Grates in pedestrian access areas to comply with ADA requirements. G. Cleanouts: WSDOT Standard Plan B-85.40-00. H. Frame and Grate: WSDOT Standard Plan B-30.10-01, B-30.20-02, B-30.50-01, and B 30.80- 00. Comply with ADA requirements at pedestrian areas. I. Solid Ring and Cover: WSDOT Standard Plan B-30.70-03. Lettering "STORM." J. Flow Control Restrictor and Support: 1. Flow Restrictor/Riser: Same material and fabricated from 0.060-inch aluminum or 0.064- inch aluminized steel or 0.064-inch galvanized steel pipe in accordance with AASHTO 36, M 196, M 197, and M 274. Galvanized steel shall have Treatment 1. 2. Pipe Supports: Provide 3-inch by 0.090-gage support brackets at 2-foot maximum spacing (one bracket minimum supports shall be anchored by 5/8-inch-diameter stainless steel expansion bolts embedded 2 inches into wall). 3. Lift Handle: 1-inch solid rod or tubing with adjustable lock hook, with lock screw as required between flanges. 4. Cleanout Gate/Shear Gate: Aluminum alloy in accordance with ASTM B-26-ZG-32a or cast iron ASTM A48 Class 30B. Neoprene rubber gaskets required between flanges. Six bolt, 10-3/8-inch bolt circle from bolting to the flange connection; flange mounting bolts shall be 3/8-inch-diameter stainless steel. 5. Frame and Ladder or Steps: Offset so cleanout gate is visible from top, climb down space is 2 feet minimum clear of riser and cleanout gate, and frame is clear of curb. 6. Restrictor Plate: Weld restrictor plate to bottom of riser with orifice diameter in accordance with Drawings and shop-drilled sharp edge. 7. All steel parts and surface shall be galvanized and coated with asphalt (Treatment 1)or better. 33 4000 - 2 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 4000 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. Tests and analyses of aggregate material will be performed in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications. 2. If tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material and retest. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions: Verify as follows: 1. Verify survey benchmark and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated. 2. Verify excavation is ready to receive Work and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on Drawings. 3. Verify existing utilities have been marked. 4. Verify erosion control is in place and operating properly. 5. Verify inverts at points of connection. Pothole, expose pipes, determine invert elevations, verify with design, and inform Architect of deviations affecting design prior to mobilizing crews and beginning construction. 6. Verify vegetation to remain is protected and marked prominently. 7. Verify removal of abandoned utilities is complete. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protection: 1. Locate existing utilities; avoid damage or disturbance. For aid in utility location, call "Dial Dig 1 800 424 5555,"48 hours (two working days) prior to beginning construction. Dial Dig will only locate Gas. Provide and pay for additional marking as required. 2. Protect and maintain existing utilities that are to remain. 3. Protect utilities to be abandoned until they have been abandoned. 4. Protect plant life, lawns, and other features remaining as a portion of final landscaping. 5. Protect benchmarks, existing structures, sidewalks, railings, paving, and curbs. 6. Use all means necessary to prevent erosion of freshly graded areas during construction or until such time that permanent drainage and erosion control measures are fully operational. B. Preparation: 1. Survey and stake limits. Slope stake toe and top of cuts and fills. Construct orange fence at construction limits. 2. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. Should indicated figures conflict with actual conditions, notify Architect and await direction before proceeding. 3. Verify elevations where matching existing grade. Notify Architect where grading to match existing creates adverse effects, such as blocking grading, abrupt change in grade, or slopes steeper than allowed. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION A. Excavation: 1. Comply with Section 31 2335. 2. Remove large stones or other hard matter that could damage piping or impede consistent backfilling or compaction. B. Pipe: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedures, ASTM Standards, and WSDOT Standard Specifications. 33 4000- 3 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 4000 -4 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 2. Maintain line and grade per Drawings. 3. Join pipe in accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedure and WSDOT Standard Specifications. 4. Comply with WSDOT Section 7 04.3. C. Catch Basins and Storm Drain Manholes: 1. Comply with WSDOT Section 7-05. 2. Form bottom of excavation clean and smooth to correct elevation. 3. Place base sections on 12 inches minimum compacted thickness bedding. Smooth and level to ensure uniform contact and support. Where subgrade cannot be compacted due to excess moisture, provide lean concrete pad, minimum 12 inches thick. 4. Extend bedding to the limits of the excavation. 5. Compact bedding 95 percent of the maximum density. Verify alignment and elevation of entering pipes. 6. Construct structures plumb and level. 7. Make completed manhole rigid, true to dimensions, and watertight. 8. Backfill evenly around structure to prevent displacement and unequal stresses. 9. Wet lift holes and fill with mortar inside and out. 10. Smooth and point structure joints inside and out. Ensure watertightness. 11. Remove loops flush with the inside wall surface after the manhole has been completed for precast manhole elements where steel loops have been provided in lieu of lift holes. 12. Remove sharp cutoff protrusions. If concrete spalling occurs as a result of the loop removal, restore the spalled area to a uniform smooth surface with cement mortar. D. Control Structure Riser: 1. Construct Riser Plumb. Provide structurally secure fastening manhole wall. Ensure joints are watertight. Align shear gate handle to allow operation from manhole entrance. 2. Construct inverts out per plan. Elevations must be precise. E. Backfilling: Section 31 2335. F. Inlets and Outfalls: Bevel pipe to conform to slope. G. Footing Drain Connection: 1. Verify location and elevation of footing drains at building connection point. 2. Field-adjust location and elevation to connect with footing drain at building and with storm drainage system or outfall. 3. Provide minimum 2-foot cover over pipe. 4. Maintain slope to drain. 2 percent slope preferred; 1 percent slope allowed where necessary to maintain minimum cover. 5. Make changes in pipe direction with 45-degree bend maximum. Minimum 2-foot straight section between bends. H. Roof Drain Connection: 1. Verify location and elevation of roof drains at connection point. 2. Field-adjust pipe route and elevation to connect with building roof drains and drain to storm drainage system. 3. Provide minimum 2-foot cover over pipe. 4. Maintain slope to drain. 2 percent slope preferred; 1 percent slope allowed where necessary to maintain minimum cover. 5. Make changes in pipe direction with 45-degree bend maximum. Minimum 2-foot straight section between bends. 33 4000-4 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 4000 - 5 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 I. Cleanouts: 1. Construct plumb and level. 2. Adjust top to finish grade. Verify top of cleanout elevation. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. In accordance with Section 01 4000: Low pressure air test in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specification Section 7-04.3(1)F. B. Site Tests: C. Perform compaction test. D. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, recompact and retest. E. Inspection: Owner will observe the Work at the following milestones: After completion of pipe, manholes, cleanouts, bedding, and before backfilling. 3.05 CLEANING A. Prior to final acceptance, flush out accumulated construction debris and remove other foreign matter from storm drains. Do not allow flushed material to enter downstream system. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect completed work from damage. B. Protect slopes from erosion. END OF SECTION 33 4000 33 4000- 5 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 4600 - 1 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 SECTION 33 4600 SUBDRAINAGE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall drains. B. Footing Drains. C. Underdrains. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 5713—Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control B. Section 31 2335— Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting for Utilities and Structures C. Section 33 4000—Storm Drainage Utilities 1.03 REFERENCES A. City of Arlington, Design and Construction Standards and Specifications. B. WSDOT Standard Specifications—Washington State Department of Transportation 2024 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. C. WSDOT Standard Plans—Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Plans for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. D. ASTM D1527 Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe, Schedule 40 and 80. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. French Drain: A drainage system below ground surface designed to collect and convey groundwater. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 3300. B. Product Data: Catalog cuts and specifications for pipe, fittings, filter fabric, and castings. C. Manufacturers' Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures required to install products specified. D. Shop Drawings: Drawings indicating various details, such as how to seal top edge and fitting connection from perforated pipe to conveyance pipe and drain system. Manufacturer's drawings and pictures are acceptable if they show sufficient detail. E. Samples: Submit minimum 50-pound sample for each material to the Architect, four business days before delivering material to site. F. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals: 1. Test Reports: Submit sieve analysis for each material. 2. Certificates: Submit WSDOT pit certification for each pit. G. Record Documents: Submit under provisions of Section 01 7800. Record actual locations of pipe runs and connections. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. 33 4600- 1 SUBDRAINAGE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 4600 - 2 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Crew Foreman: Minimum six years' working experience and four years' experience as foreman performing similar work. B. Regulatory Requirements: City of Arlington Standards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 AGGREGATE A. Drain Rock: Section 31 2335. B. Foundation Material: Section 31 2335. C. STORM DRAIN PIPE D. General: Comply with WSDOT standards. E. Pipe and Coupling Bands: WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9-05.1. F. Acceptable Pipe Materials: Section 33 4000. 2.02 FOOTING DRAIN AND UNDERDRAIN PIPE A. Pipe and Coupling Bands: WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9 05.02. B. Acceptable Pipe Materials: 1. PVC: WSDOT Section 9-05.02(6). 2. ABS: ASTM D1527, Schedule 80. C. Perforations: 1/2-inch-diameter holes on 60-degree radial lines, 8 inches on center. 2.03 CONCRETE A. Comply with Section 32 1611. B. Minimum 3,000 psi. C. METAL CASTINGS D. Cleanout Frame and Cover: Section 33 4000. 2.04 FILTER FABRIC A. Non—woven geotextile fabric. Mirafi 140 N or approved substitute. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify excavation is ready to receive Work and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on Drawings. B. Verify existing utilities are marked. C. Verify erosion control is in place and operating as specified. D. Verify inverts at points of connection. Pothole; expose pipes; determine invert elevations, pipe material, and diameter; verify with design; and inform Architect of deviations affecting design before mobilizing crews and beginning construction. E. Verify foundation wall and waterproofing is complete. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect elements surrounding Work from damage or disfiguration. 33 4600- 2 SUBDRAINAGE Arlington Operations Cntr Redevelopment - Phase 1 33 4600 - 3 Snohomish County Public Works 2023-053 B. Protect existing utilities from damage and disturbance. Provide shoring to support existing utilities and their support prism or remove and replace utilities where shoring is not practical. Removing and replacing to be performed in accordance with utility owner's standards. C. Field-locate and mark existing utilities, whether shown or not, before construction and avoid damage or disturbance. Protect, maintain, and repair where damaged. For aid in utility location, call 1 800 424 5555, 48 hours (two working days) before beginning construction. D. Field-stake alignment and grade. E. Maintain existing drainage during construction. Provide temporary ditches, drains, pipe, sumps, and pumps as required. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION A. Excavation: 1. Comply with Section 31 2335. 2. Remove large stones or other hard matter that could damage piping or impede consistent backfilling or compaction. B. Pipe: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedures, ASTM standards, and WSDOT Standard Specifications. 2. Install perforated pipe with perforations down. 3. Maintain line and grade in accordance with Drawings. 4. Join pipe in accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedures and WSDOT Standard Specifications. C. Filter Fabric: 1. Install at locations shown on Drawings. 2. Overlap joints minimum 2 feet. 3. Lap against building wall at top and bottom, minimum 1 foot. D. Cleanouts: Install in accordance with Section 33 4000. E. Backfilling: Section 31 2335. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Comply with Section 01 4000. B. Compaction Testing: Section 31 2335. C. Architect Inspection: After completion of pipe and bedding, but before backfilling. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect footing drains and wall drains against accumulation of silt and debris. Do not allow soils or silt-laden water to enter system. B. Protect pipe and drain systems from damage. Do not allow heavy construction traffic to damage pipe. END OF SECTION 33 4600 33 4600- 3 SUBDRAINAGE 12 1 3 4 5 CITY OF ARLINGTON, SECTION 15, TOWNSHIP 31 N, RANGE 05E FILE NO.: PLN#1316/1317 Arlington era ions Center PROJECT DEVELOPED FOR DESIGN D r. v. D Snohomish Works CONSULTANT: 6467 REGISTERED yt ARCHITECT Y \ . TI Y JAM S EWETi S AT OF WASH GTON C PROJECT C VZ Arlington Operations Center FOR II Snohomish County ►. Public Works l AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 v PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 71 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B ..-..- 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. r i PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT TEAM PROJECT TEAM- Client Design Builder Civil Engineer Process Engineering Electrical Engineer Land Use/Permits Acoustical Surveyor Environmental PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ Snohomish County Public Works Comerstone General Contractors,Inc. Reid Middleton Facility Planning Services,LLC Hargis Engineers.Inc. Shockey Plannina Group,Inc. Stantec SAM Companies TRC Companies PROJECT MANAGER: I PS 3000 Rockefeller Avenue 11805 North Creek Parkway,#115 728134th ST SW,Suite 200 9805 NE 116th Street#7417 1201 3rd Ave Suite 600 2716 Colby Avenue 6550125th Ave BE 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 1180 NW Maple St,Suite 310 PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH Everett,WA 982014046 Bothell,WA 98011 Everett,WA 98204 Kirkland,WA 98034 Seattle,WA 98101 Everett,WA 98201 Bellevue,WA 98006 Redmond,WA 98052 Issaquah,WA 98027 JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG Contact:Eric Nordstrom Contact:Sam Comer Contact:Marc Davis Contact:Chris Matthews Contact:Tallor VanderKley Contact:Camie Anderson Contact:Tana Damschen Contact:Bruce Bailey Contact:Jerry Boyd A Phone: # Phone: (42')481-7460 Phone: (425)741-3800 Phone: (206)487-0653 Phone: (206)441-3376 Phone: (425)258-9308 Phone: (206)2.24-3642 Phone: (425)823-5700 Phone: (425)35HO89 A Fax: # Fax: (425)481-7497 Fax: # Fax: # Fax: (206)448-4450 Fax: (425)259-0448 Fax: # Fax: # Fax: # Email: ed-ordstrom@co.snohomish.wa.us Email: sam@comerstonegci.com Email: mdavis@midmiddleton.com Email: cmQfacilityplanningservices.com Email: taylor-nderkley@hargis.biz Email: candemon@shockeyplanning.cem Email: Tana.Damschen@stanteccom Email: info@sam.biz Email: jboyd@Vccempanies.cem COVER SHEET Architect Landscape Architect Mechanical Engineer Structural Engineer Envelope Consultant Traffic Hardware Geotechnical LEED Dykeman FORA Landscape Architects Hrois Engineers,Inc. Reid Middleton BEE Engineers Transco Group Adams Consulting 8 Estimating LLC Associated Earth Sciences.Inc. 'Bri n 0 ., 1716 West Marine View Drive 1430 NE 65th Street 1201 3rd Ave Suite 600 728134th ST SW,Suite 200 170 W.Dayton St.,Suite 206 12131 113th Ave NE#203 2337 N 57th SI 911 5th Avenue 710 Second Avenue,Suite 925 Everett,WA 98201-20M Seattle,WA 98115 Seattle,WA 98101 Everett,WA 98204 Edmonds,WA 98020 Kirkland,WA 98034 Seattle,WA 98103 Kirkland,WA 98033 Seattle,WA 98104 Contact:Trish Sherman Contact:Andy Rasmussen Contact:Brian Cawley Contact Paul Crocker Contact:Chad Smith Contact:Mike Swenson Contact:Gordon Adams Contact:Kurt Merriman Contact:Michelle Bombeck Phone: (425)259J161 Phone: (206)322-1732 Phone: (206)448-3376 Phone: (425)741.3800 Phone: (425)672-3900 Phone: (425)821-3665 Phone: (206)528.0244 Phone: # Phone: (206)746.3902 Fax: (425)259-5242 Fax: # Fax: (206) 450 Fax: # Fez: (425)712-8608 Fax: # Fax: # Fax: # Fe" # Email: tdshs@dykeman.net Email: andy@fona.land Email: brian.cawley@hargis.b¢ Email: paulc@reidmiddleton.com Email: Chad@bee-engineem.com Email: mike.swenson@tmnspogroup.com Email: gadams@w-link.nel Email: # Email: michelle@obrien360.com 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 u 2 3 4 5 SHEETINDEX SHEETINDEX SHEETINDEX GENERAL ARCHITECTURAL MECHANICAL G11 COVER SHEET A0.00 NOTES,SYMBOLS&ABBREVIATIONS MO.01 MECHANICAL LEGEND G12 SHEETINDEX A0.11 SLAB PLAN-LOWER LEVEL M0.02 MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES A1.00 WALL TYPES M0.03 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES CODESUMMARY A1.01 ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES M0.04 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES . YKEMAN CS00 PROJECT INFORMATION&CODE ANALYSIS A1.11 FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL M0.05 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES CS10 LIFE SAFETY ANALYSIS-LOWER LEVEL A1.21 FLOOR PLAN UPPER LEVEL MO.06 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES CS20 LIFE SAFETY ANALYSIS-UPPER LEVEL A1.22 FLOOR PLAN-CLERESTORY M0.07 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES A1.31 ROOF PLAN M0.08 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SURVEY A1.41 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-LOWER LEVEL M0.09 MECHANICAL ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE 1 OF 10 A1.51 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-UPPER LEVEL MOA0 MECHANICAL ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE 2 OF 10 A1.61 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-CLERESTORY MS1'11 MECHANICAL SITE PLAN D 30F 10 A2.00 METALVERTICAL SIDING PROFILES M1.11 PLUMBING PLAN-UNDERGROUND - - - D 4 OF 10 A2.10 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS M2.11 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL 50F 10 A2.20 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS M2.21 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL 6 OF 10 A3.10 BUILDING SECTIONS M3.11 HVAC FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL 7 OF 10 A3.11 BUILDING SECTIONS M3.21 HVAC FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL 8 OF 10 A3.12 BUILDING SECTIONS M4.11 HVAC PIPING FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL 9 OF 10 A3.13 BUILDING SECTIONS M4.21 HVAC PIPING FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL CONSULTANT: 10 OF 10 A3.14 BUILDING SECTIONS M5.11 FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL A3.20 WALL SECTIONS-NORTH WALL M5.21 FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL SITE DEVELOPMENT A3.21 WALL SECTIONS-EAST WALL M6.11 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN SID 1 ARCHITECTURAL SITE DEMO PLAN A3.22 WALL SECTIONS-SOUTH WALL MT 11 MECHANICAL ENLARGED PLANS SD7.01 ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN A3.23 WALL SECTIONS-WEST WALL M8.11 HVAC PIPING RISER DIAGRAM SD2.01 ARCHITECTURAL SITE DETAILS A4.01 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS&ELEVATIONS M9.01 MECHANICAL DETAILS SD2.02 SITE STAIR DETAILS A4.02 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS&ELEVATIONS M9.02 MECHANICAL DETAILS SD2.03 SITE STAIR DETAILS A4.03 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS&ELEVATIONS M9.03 MECHANICAL DETAILS A4.04 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS&ELEVATIONS M9.04 MECHANICAL DETAILS SITE LOGISTICS A4.21 ENLARGED PLANS&SECTIONS-NORTH STAIR M9.05 MECHANICAL DETAILS SLP1.0 SITE LOGISTICS PLAN A4.22 DETAILS-NORTH STAIR&RAILINGS M9.06 MECHANICAL DETAILS A4.31 ENLARGED PLANS&SECTIONS-SOUTH STAIR M9.07 MECHANICAL DETAILS CIVIL A4.32 DETAILS-SOUTH STAIR&RAILINGS M9.08 MECHANICAL DETAILS • V1.01 EXISTING CONDITIONS MAP A5.11 FLOOR FINISH PLAN-LOWER LEVEL M9.09 MECHANICAL DETAILS C0.01 SITE PLAN A5.21 FLOOR FINISH PLAN-UPPER LEVEL M10.01 MECHANICAL CONTROLS C1 01 TESC AND DEMO PLAN-PHASE 1 A6.00 FINISH LEGENDS&SCHEDULES,MOUNTING HEIGHTS M10.02 MECHANICAL CONTROLS Cl TESC AND DEMO PLAN-PHASE 2 A6.11 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS M10.03 MECHANICAL CONTROLS 64674 C1.03 TESC DETAILS AND NOTES A6.12 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS M10.04 MECHANICAL CONTROLS C2.01 GRADING PLAN PHASE 1 A6.13 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS M10.05 MECHANICAL CONTROLS C2.02 GRADING ENLARGEMENT PLANS PHASE 1 A6.14 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS M10.06 MECHANICAL CONTROLS C2.03 GRADING PLAN PHASE 2 A6.15 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS M10.07 MECHANICAL CONTROLS C2.04 GRADING ENLARGEMENT PLANS PHASE 2 A6.16 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS M10.08 MECHANICAL CONTROLS C2.05 GRADING SECTIONS A6.17 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS C3.01 STORM DRAINAGE PLAN PHASE 1 A7.10 DOOR TYPES&SCHEDULE ELECTRICAL C3.02 STORM DRAINAGE PLAN-PHASE 2INFILTRATION GALLERY A7.20 WINDOW TYPES&SCHEDULE E0.01 ELECTRICAL DRAWING INDEX C3.03 STORM TREATMENT DETAILS A7.30 DOOR DETAILS E0.02 ELECTRICAL LEGEND C C3.04 STORM DETAILS A7.40 WINDOW DETAILS E0.03 ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL NOTES C C3.05 STORM DETAILS A8.10 FOUNDATION&SLAB DETAILS E0.04 TELECOM AND LOW-VOLTAGE ROUGH-IN SCHEDULES ••• IDENTIFICATION: C3.06 STORM NOTES A8.20 EXTERIOR WALL DETAILS EO.05 LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE C4.01 UTILITY PLAN A8.21 EXTERIOR WALL/MISC.DETAILS EO.06 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE C4.02 WATER AND SEWER NOTES&DETAILS A8.30 ROOFING DETAILS ED1.01 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION SITE PLAN Arlington Operations C5.01 PAVING PLAN PHASE 1 A9.10 INTERIOR WALL DETAILS E1.01 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN C5.02 PAVING PLAN PHASE 2 A9.11 INTERIOR WALL DETAILS E1.02 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN Center C5.03 PAVING DETAILS A9.12 INTERIOR WALL DETAILS E2.11 LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL A9.20 FLOOR DETAILS E2.11a LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL EQUIPMENT A9.21 FLOOR DETAILS E2.21 LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL FOR Q1.01 PHASE 1 SITE PLAN A9.30 CEILING DETAILS E2.21a LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL Q1.02 FUTURE SITE DEVELOPMENT CONCEPT PLAN A9.40 CASEWORK DETAILS E3.11 POWER FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL QA1.01 NEW FLEET MAINTENANCE FACILITY SCHEMATIC DESIGN A9.50 EQUIPMENT&FURNISHING DETAILS E3.21 POWER FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL Snohomish County QB1.01 NEW ENCLOSED PARKING BUILDING CONCEPTUAL DESIGN A10.01 SIGNAGE&WAYFINDING SCHEDULES E3.31 POWER FLOOR PLAN-ROOF At 0.11 SIGNAGE PLAN-LOWER LEVEL E4.11 MECHANICAL POWER FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL Public Works LANDSCAPE A10.12 SIGNAGE PLAN-UPPER LEVEL E4.21 MECHANICAL POWER FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL L1.0 OVERALL LANDSCAPE PLAN At 0.13 SIGNAGE&WAYFINDING E5.11 LOW-VOLTAGE FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL L1.1 LANDSCAPE PLAN ENLARGEMENT A10.14 SIGNAGE&WAYFINDING E5.21 LOW-VOLTAGE FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL L1.2 LANDSCAPE PLAN ENLARGEMENT E6.11 TELECOM FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL AT L2.0 OVERALL PLANTING PLAN ENVELOPE E6.21 TELECOM FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL L2.1 PLANTING PLAN ENLARGEMENT BE000 NOTES&SPECIFICATIONS E7.01 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 19620 67th Ave NE L2.2 PLANTING PLAN ENLARGEMENT SE001 SPECIFICATIONS CONTINUED E7.02 ELECTRICAL DETAILS L2.3 PLANTING LEGEND&DETAILS SE002 MATERIAL LOCATION DIAGRAMS E7.03 ELECTRICAL DETAILS Arlington, W A 98223 L2.4 PLANTING DETAILS BET 00 BELOW GRADE DETAILS E7.04 ELECTRICAL DETAILS g L3.0 OVERALL IRRIGATION PLAN BE101 BELOW GRADE DETAILS E7.05 ELECTRICAL DETAILS L3.1 IRRIGATION PLAN ENLARGEMENT BE102 BELOW GRADE DETAILS E7.06 ELECTRICAL DETAILS L3.2 IRRIGATION PLAN ENLARGEMENT BE200 WALL DETAILS E7.07 ELECTRICAL DETAILS L3.3 IRRIGATION LEGEND BE201 WALL DETAILS E7.08 ELECTRICAL DETAILS PERMIT SET L3.4 IRRIGATION DETAILS BE300 PENETRATION DETAILS E7.10 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN L3.5 IRRIGATION DETAILS BE301 PENETRATION DETAILS E7.11 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN 05/02/2025 L3.6 IRRIGATION DETAILS BE400 DECK&ABOVE GRADE DETAILS E7.12 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN L3.7 IRRIGATION DETAILS BE401 DECK&ABOVE GRADE DETAILS E7.13 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN This drawing is: L4.1 DETAILS BE500 WINDOW&DOOR DETAILS E7.14 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. L4.1 DETAILS SE501 WINDOW&DOOR DETAILS E7.15 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B BE502 WINDOW&DOOR DETAILS E8.0f TELECOM ENLARGED PLANS 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B BE503 WINDOW&DOOR DETAILS E8.02 TELECOM DETAILS written permission for any other use or reproduction. BE600 ROOF DETAILS E8.03 TELECOM DETAILS BE601 ROOF DETAILS E8.04 TELECOM DETAILS PROJECT BE800 AIR BARRIER NOTES E8.05 TELECOM DETAILS BE801 AIR BARRIER DIAGRAMS E8.06 TELECOM DETAILS BE900 ENERGY CODE NOTES E9.01 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM-BUILDING BE901 BUILDING ENVELOPE ENERGY FORMS E9.02 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM-EV CHARGERS 2023-053 BE902 BUILDING ENVELOPE ENERGY FORMS E9.03 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM-PV SYSTEM BE903 BUILDING ENVELOPE ENERGY FORMS E10.0f PANEL SCHEDULES E10.02 PANEL SCHEDULES • STRUCTURAL E10.03 PANEL SCHEDULES 50.00 COVER E10.04 PANEL SCHEDULES 50.01 GENERAL NOTES E10.05 PANEL SCHEDULES MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SO 02 GENERAL NOTES 50.03 GENERAL NOTES 50.04 GENERAL NOTES AND ABBREVIATIONS S0.05 PLAN NOTES AND LEGENDS 51.11 FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL S1.12 FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL 51.13 ROOF PLAN 52.00 PARTIAL PLAN&ELEVATION S2.01 BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS 52.02 BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS $3.01 TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS S3.02 TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS 53.03 CONCRETE DETAILS PROJECT $3.04 CONCRETE DETAILS S3.05 CONCRETE DETAILS PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ 55.01 TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS PROJECT MANAGER: PS $5.02 TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH 55.03 TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS 55.10 BRACED FRAME DETAILS JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG $5.11 BRACED FRAME DETAILS A 55.12 BRACED FRAME DETAILS A 55.20 CANOPYDETAILS S6.01 WOOD FRAMING DETAILS 56.03 WOOD FRAMING DETAILS SHEETINDEX S6.10 CLT PANEL DETAILS 57.01 METAL FRAMING DETAILS $7.02 METAL FRAMING DETAILS 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 SITE INFORMATION DEFERRED SUBMITTALS OCCUPANT LAND USE/ZONING ASSEMBLY: 5 SF(NET)/OCCUPANT(STANDING SPACE) PARCEL NUMBER(S): 310,91500101500 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 7 SF(NET)I OCCUPANT(CHAIRS ONLY,NOT FIXED) CITY OF ARLINGTON LEGAL DESCRIPTION(S): SEC 15 TWP 31 RGE 05-S1/2 SE1/4 NE114 EXC N AUTOMATED FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 15 SF(NET)/OCCUPANT(CHAIRS AND TABLES) APPLICABLE CODE: 15FT THOF&EXC CO RD ALSO EXC R/W TO CITY BUSINESS AREAS: 1 OF ARL BEING E SOFT&S 10FT OF IN 25FT OF SD 00 SF(GROSS)/OCCUPANT ARLINGTON MUNICPAL CODE,TITLE 20-ZONING S1/2 SE1/4 NE1/4 PER QCD REC AF NO CONFERENCE/LOUNGE/WAITING: 35 SF(NET)/OCCUPANT AMC CHAPTER IC I -DESIGN DYKEMAN 200303240704 APPLICABLE ZONE: LOCKER ROOMS: 50 SF(GROSS)/OCCUPANT GENERAL INDUSTRIAL(BUILDINGS FRONTING ON AND NOTICEABLY VISIBLE FROM PUBLIC STREETS) ZONING AREA: GI ZONING DESIGNATION: GENERAL INDUSTRIAL BUILDING INFORMATION USE: MECHANICAL: 300 SF(GROSS)/OCCUPANT DESIGN STORAGE: 300 SF(GROSS)/OCCUPANT OFFICE JURISDICTION: CITY OF ARLINGTON MINIMUM LOT AREA: 10,000 SF D TYPE(S)OF CONSTRUCTION: VB —dyk.,arnet 1716 West Marine D PARCEL SIZE: 758,815 SF USE: A-3 ASSEMBLY EGRESS WIDTH(PER IBC SECTION 1005) AMC CHAPTER 20.68-SIGNS PHASE 1 WORK AREA: 256,300 SF OCCUPANCY STAIRWAYS: 0.2"/OCCUPANT(MINIMUM 44") 20.68.630-TOTAL SIGN SURFACE AREA OF SIGNS ATTACHED TO BUILDINGS PHASE 1 LOT COVERAGE: CLASSIFICATION(S)MIXED GROUP A- (ROLL CALL&CONFERENCE ROOMS) OTHER: 0.15"I OCCUPANT -MAXIMUM SIGN SURFACE AREA IS CALCULATED BY MULTIPLYING THE FIRST FLOOR AREA BY 0.025, IMPERVIOUS: 215,292 SF(84%) NONSEPARATED,A-3 MOST GROUP B(BUSINESS) BUT CANNOT EXCEED 500 SF PER COMMERCIAL ESTABLISHMENT; CONSULTANT: RESTRICTIVE: -THE SIGN AREA ON ANY WALL CANNOT EXCEED 20%OF THE TOTAL WALL SURFACE AREA(INCLUDING PERVIOUS: 41,008 SF(16%) MAX BUILDING OCCUPANCY: 350 EXIT ACCESS WINDOWS AND DOORS BUT EXCLUDING PROJECTIONS LIKE AWNINGS). GROSS BUILDING AREA: MINIMUM LOT WIDTH: 70'-0" NUMBER OF EXITS(PER IBC SECTION 1015) 20.68.640-LOCATION AND HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS OF SIGNS LOWER LEVEL: 11,520 SF ACTUAL LOT WIDTH: EAST-WEST+/-1,245'-6" 49 OR LESS OCCUPANTS: 1 EXIT -UPPER FLOOR WINDOW SIGNS FOR BUSINESS ARE ALLOWED ON MULTI-STORY BUILDINGS; NORTH-SOUTH+l-619'-1" UPPER LEVEL: 7,450 SF 50-500 OCCUPANTS: 2 EXITS -WALL SIGNS MUST NOT PROJECT MORE THAN 12 INCHES FROM THE BUILDING WALL. TOTAL: 18,970 SF 501-1000 OCCUPANTS: 3 EXITS PROPOSED MEAN FINAL GRADE HEIGHT: 13T-6" GREATER THAN 1000 OCCUPANTS: 4 EXITS (MEAN FINISH SURFACE ELEVATION) (2)NON-ILLUMINATED SIGNS LOCATED ON UPPER FLOOR: PARKING CALCULATIONS NUMBER OF EXITS(PER IBC SECTION 1005) MAXIMUM BUILDING HEIGHT: 50'-0" PARKING REQUIREMENTS: 1 SPACE PER 400 SF OF GROSS FLOOR AREA -(1)1 11-7"X 5'-5"(62.74 SF)ON NORTH ELEVATION AT 15'-5 AFFL • 1-500 OCCUPANTS: 2 EXITS -(1)9'-9"X 4'-4"(42.25 SF)ON EAST ELEVATION AT 7'-1"AFFL PROPOSED BUILDING HEIGHT: 36'-0"(ABOVE MEAN ELEVATION) 18,360/400=46 SPACES REQUIRED 501-1000 OCCUPANTS: 3 EXITS MAXIMUM BUILDING STORIES: 3 PARKING PROVIDED: GREATER THAN 1000 OCCUPANTS: 4 EXITS TOTAL BUILDING STORIES: 2 AMC CHAPTER 20.76-SCREENING AND TREES 64674 STANDARD STALLS: 201 SETBACK REQUIREMENTS: ACCESSIBLE STALLS: 6 ARRANGEMENT OF EXITS: REFER TO LANDSCAPE WHERE TWO EXITS ARE REQUIRED,THE EXIT DOORS SHALL BE PLACED A NONARTERIAL STREET ROW LINE: 25'-0" DISTANCE APART EQUAL TO NOT LESS THAN ONE-THIRD OF THE LENGTH ARTERIAL STREET ROW LINE: 25'-0" ALLOWABLE BUILDING AREA CALCULATIONS OF THE MAXIMUM OVERALL DIAGONAL DIMENSION OF THE AREA SERVED. (A-3 OCCUPANCY.VB CONSTRUCTION,TABLE 506.21 (IBC SECTION 1007.1.1 EXCEPTION 2) REAR LOT BOUNDARY LINE(PRIMARY): 20'-0" NS TABULAR AREA PER STORY(NS) 6,000 SF DEFERRED SUBMITTALS REAR LOT BOUNDARY LINE(ACCESSORY): 5'-0" TRAVEL DISTANCE(PER IBC TABLE 1017.2) C SM TABULAR AREA PER STORY(AT) 18,000 SF FIRE SPRINKLER ••• IDENTIFICATION: C SIDE LOT BOUNDARY LINE: 5'-0" 250 FEET IN BUILDINGS WITH AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS FIRE ALARM AREA INCREASE(SEE BELOW) 4,500 SF SIGNAGE ALLOWABLE AREA PER STORY 22,500 SF CORRIDOR/HALLWAY RATING(IBC SECTION 1020 EXCEPTION 1 AND TABLE 1020.1) SHORING WALL Arlington Operations AREA INCREASE PER STORY DUE TO FRONTAGE AND AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM NO RATING IS REQUIRED FOR BUILDINGS WITH AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. Center VICINITY MAP BSEC FRONTAGE INCREASE FACTOR CALCULATION: EXIT DOORS(PER IBC SECTION 1010.1.1) NE WHERE:IF=[(F/P)-0.251 x W/30=(440/440-0.25)x 1=0.75 MINIMUM WIDTH: 32"CLEAR OPENING FOR FRONTAGE AREA INCREASE CALCULATION: MAXIMUM WIDTH: 48"DOOR LEAF 6,000 x 0.75=4,500 SF MINIMUM HEIGHT: 80" Snohomish[.,I County Portage Creek a Safeway®. Aa=At+(INS x If)=18,000+(6,000 x 0.75)=22,500 SF Public Works Wildlife Nutty's Junkyard Grill® EXIT STAIRS(PER IBC SECTIONS 1011.2,1011.3,1011.5.2,AND 1011.8) Reserve MINIMUM WIDTH: 44" AT i FIRE-RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS(PER IBC TABLES 601&602) MINIMUM RISER HEIGHT: 4" !� 9 TYPE VB MAXIMUM RISER HEIGHT: 7" .1 1 9620 67th Ave NE Reeceand Recyling 0 'O Aegaes PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME: 0HR MINIMUM TREAD DEPTH: 11" Arlington, WA 98223 • BEARING WALLS: MAXIMUM VERTICAL RISE EXTERIOR: 0 HR BETWEEN LANDINGS: 12'-0" INTERIOR: OHR MINIMUM HEADROOM 80. PERMIT SET CLEARANCE: C C NON-BEARING WALLS/PARTITIONS: 05/02/2025 EXTERIOR(X IS IN FEET): EXIT CORRIDORS/HALLWAYS(PER IBC TABLE 1020.3) X<5: 1 HR MINIMUM WIDTH: 44" This drawing is: r 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 5 5 X<10: 1 HR ACCESS TO AND UTILIZATION OF 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. MECHANICAL,PLUMBING OR 24" e 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B Byrnes Perfor+min 1105 X<30: 0 HR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS OR EQUIPMENT: written permission for any other use or reproduction. Arts C4eniter 30 5 X: O HR WITH AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF INTERIOR: 0 HR LESS THAN 50: 36" PROJECT FLOOR CONSTRUCTION: O HR DEAD END LIMIT(PER IBC SECTIONS 1020.4 EXCEPTIONS 2 AND 3)AfIIDQton ROOF CONSTRUCTION: 0 HR THE LENGTH OF DEAD-END CORRIDORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 50 FEET. 2023-053 THE LENGTH OF A DEAD-END CORRIDOR SHALL NOT BE LIMITED WHERE ITS SCALE:1"=2000'-0" LENGTH IS LESS THAN 2.5 TIMES ITS LEAST WIDTH. FIRE SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS: • EXTERIOR WALLS WITH A FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE>1O'NEED ONLY BE RATED FOR INTERIOR FIRE EXPOSURE.(IBC 705.5) PLUMBING FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS(WAC 51.50 TABLE 2902.11 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS THAT BRACE THE EXTERIOR WALL BUT ARE LOCATED OUTSIDE OF B OCCUPANCY GOVERNING CODES THE EXTERIOR WALL OR WITHIN THE PLANE OF AN EXTERIOR WALL SHALL MEET THE TOTAL OCCUPANTS: 352 MINIMUM RATING OF THE WALL.(IBC 705.6) • WAC 51-50 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE,2021 EDITION TOTAL REQ'D WATER CLOSETS: 1 PER 25 FOR FIRST 50 AND 1 PER 50 FOR THE REMAINDER EXCEEDING 50 • WAC 51-52 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE,2021 EDITION 1+1+((352-50)/50)= 9 • WAC 51-52 INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE,2021 EDITION TOTAL REQ'D LAVATORIES: • WAC 51-52 NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE(NFPA 54),2021 EDITION 1 PER 40 FOR FIRST 80 AND 1 PER 80 FOR THE REMAINDER EXCEEDING 80 • WAC 51-52 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS CODE(NFPA 58),2021 EDITION 1+1+((352-80)/80)= 6 PROJECT • WAC 51-54A INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE,2021 EDITION TOTAL WATER CLOSETS PROVIDED: 16+6 URINALS PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ TOTAL LAVATORIES PROVIDED: 14 PROJECT MANAGER: PS • WAC 51-56 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE,2021 EDITION PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH • WAC 51-11C WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE,2021 EDITION JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG SIGNS(2017 ICC A117.1 SECTION 7031 A INTERNATIONAL PROPERTY MAINTENANCE CODE,2021 EDITION SIGN REQUIREMENTS: A • NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE,2023 EDITION(NFPA 70) CHARACTER BRAILLE SIONSANDPOSITIONTO PROJECT • HEIGHT,WIDTH,STROKE,CHARACTER • NFPA STANDARD 72,13,13-D,13-R 2019 EDITIONS AND LINE SPACING TO COMPLY WITH COMPLY WITH SEC.703.4 INFORMATION &CODE SEC.703.2 LOCATED 48"MIN.AND 60"MAX. • WASHINGTON STATE ACCESSIBILITY CODE LOCATED 48"MIN.AND 60"MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR TO THE BASELINE ANALYSIS ABOVE THE FLOOR TO THE BASELINE OF OF THE BRAILLE OF THE HIGHEST RAISED CHARACTER SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY �•. • LOCATED AT THE LATCH SIDE FOR SINGLE DOOR AND ON DOUBLE DOOR COMPLY WITH SEC.703.6 AT THE INACTIVE LEAF WITH A 18"X18" MIN.CLEAR FLOOR AREA CENTERED ON RAISED CHARACTER 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 ROOM SCHEDULE BY USE-L1 ROOM SCHEDULE BY USE-L1 TRAVEL PATHS-L1 LEGEND-LIFE SAFETY ANALYSIS Load Occupant Load Occupant Travel Path Travel Distance NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS THROUGH EXIT Number Name Area Factor Count Number Name �� Factor Count XXX OCC. Al-01 106' I ODA CORRIDOR 878 SF 118 PAVING LEAD 113 SF 150 SF 1 Al-02 102' WIDTH PROVIDED I COB CORRIDOR 457 SF 119 DROP-IN 100 SF 150 SF 1 Al-03 168, DYKEMAN 100C CORRIDOR 230 SF 120 DROP-IN 101 SF 150 SF 1 WIDTH REQUIRED AT.2"PER OCCUPANT 1000, CORRIDOR 596 SF 121 WORKSTATION 98 SF 150 SF 1 ..—.... X<250'-0" 101 ELEV. 61 SF 122 BRIDGE LEADWORKER 109 SF 150 SF 1 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 102 KITCHENETTE 152 SF 200 SF 1 123 BRIDGE SUPERVISOR 110 SF 300 SF 1 103 ELEV.EQUIP. 91 SF 300 SF 1 124 VESTIBULE 58 SF D 104 EMERGENCY SUPPLIES(COOP) 160 SF 300 SF 1 125 SR.ENV.COORD.WORKSTATION 108 SF 150 SF 1 D 105 MDF 202 SF 300 SF 1 126 RECYCLE 15 SF 300 SF 1 —dyke-- 17 6 West Marl-Vie,D,I,e 106 ELEC. 76 SF 300 SF 1 127 WORK RM./PLOTTER 157 SF 150 SF 2 107 MECH. 232 SF 300 SF 1 128 DROP-IN 107 SF 150 SF 1 108 ISTAIRS 228 SF 1 1 129 JUNION 107 SF 1 150 SF 1 109 MECH:HVAC EQUIPMENT 239 SF 300 SF 1 130 FIRST AID&WELLNESS 108 SF 150 SF 1 CONSULTANT: 110 MECH:WATER SOURCE SYSTEM 368 SF 300 SF 2 131 STORAGE/WATER BOTTLES 225 SF 300 SF 1 111 MEN'$RESTROOM 478 SF 132 STORAGE 182 SF 300 SF 1 112 WOMEN'S RESTROOM 395 SF 133 MOTHER'S RM. 123 SF 300 SF 1 113 LOCKER ROOM 1,470 SF 50 SF 30 134 CUSTODIAL 158 SF 100 SF 2 114 CLOTHES DRYING/WASH-UP 191 SF 50 SF 4 135 EOC/TRAINING/PAVING ROLL CALL 979 SF 15 SF 66 115 UNIFORMS 72 SF 300 SF 1 136 STORAGE 392 SF 300 SF 2 116 VESTIBULE 60 SF 137 ENV.STOR. 108 SF 300 SF 1 117 PAVING SUPERVISOR 113 SF 150 SF 1 Total Occupant Count 132 • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH DION C •• • C Arlington Operations Center ELEV. a EMERGENCY 108 DP FOR 101 SUPPLIE STAIRS S ELEV.EQUIP. (COOP) MDF ELEC. Ni Snohomish County 103 104 105 108 107 I MECH:WATER •KITCHENETTE SOURCE SYSTEM Public Works ° 102 110 ---.—.—.—.—.—.--� MECH: VACENT AT EQUIPMENT 3 OCC. T------- 6.6,E 72„ .------------------------ I +09 19620 67th Ave NE j A1-08 Arlington, WA 98223 FIRST AID& •---------- WELLNESS MOTHER'S RM. CUSTODIAL MEN'S 130 133 134 ® RESTROOM PERMIT SET Y STORAGE/ I +++ 05/02/2025 WATER BOTTLES STORAGE SERVICE YARD 131 132 rAl-0l _ This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. UNION C D O I D 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. e I j 129 —.� 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 42 OCC. C 0 cl ! 0 \ written permission for any other use or reproduction. a o I C �. CORRIDOR j � I 100A o j DROP-IN t - - - - � j � 2023-053 EOCITRAININGIPAVING j ROLL CALL I • 128 STORAGE CJ] `�❑�� ❑ 136 C [1 135 Cl ES ROM OOM 112 RECYCLE r❑ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION LOCKER ROOM 126 j❑ I�I WORK RM.I Al-02 i C 0 0 C 0 113 F ❑ `❑F-i❑Tj"I PLOTTER 127 ENV.STOR. I 137 I ----------------_—.—.—. —- -- ASH-OFF AREA PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ j PROJECT MANAGER: I PS CLOTHES PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH (� DRYING/ JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG BRIDGE' CPAVING w WpgH.Up SUPERVISOR BRIDGE SUPERVISOR SR.ENV.COORD. m LEADWORKER WORKSTATION DROP-IN DROP IN PAVING LEAD m 114 k A WORKSTATION ~ 123 117 A 125 j 122 121 +20 +19 118 w UNIFORMS 40CC. > 115 0.6" 3s" LIFE SAFETY ANALYSIS 743V- =MA LOWER LEVEL ING INES 0 4' 8' 16, TRAVEL PATH ANALYSIS- LOWER LEVEL Scale:1/8—T-0" 1/$"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 u 2 3 4 5 ROOM SCHEDULE BY USE-L2 TRAVEL PATHS-L2 LEGEND-LIFE SAFETY ANALYSIS Load Occupant Travel Path Travel Distance NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS THROUGH EXIT Number Name Area Faclor Count XXX OCC. A2-01 101, 200A CORRIDOR 112 SF A2-02 96' WIDTH PROVIDED 200E CORRIDOR 716 SF . 200C CORRIDOR 146 SF WIDTH REQUIRED AT.2"PER OCCUPANT 201 VESTIBULE 63 SF 202 LOBBY/PUBLIC COUNTER 153 SF 15 SF 11 --_-_•— X<250'-0" DESIGNARCHITECTURE + 203 ELEV. 58 SF 204 WORKSTATION 96 SF 150 SF 1 D 205 WORKSTATION 97 SF 150 SF 1 p 206 KITCHEN 274 SF 200 SF 2 207 ROLL CALL A 874 SF 15 SF 59 208 WEST DECK 346 SF 15 SF 24 209 ROLL CALL B 1,469 SF 15 SF 98 210 SMALL CONF. 170 SF 15 SF 12 211 DRAINAGE SWEEPING SUPERVISOR 115 SF 150 SF 1 212 LEAD WORKER 115 SF 150 SF 1 213 LEAD WORKER 115 SF 150 SF 1 214 PAVEMENT/VEGETATION SUPERVISOR 115 SF 150 SF 1 215 ELEC. 76 SF 300 SF 1 216 LEAD WORKER 115 SF 150 SF 1 217 LEAD WORKER 119 SF 150 SF 1 218 OPERATIONS MANAGER 171 SF 150 SF 2 219 WOMEN'S RESTROOM 262 SF 220 MEN'S RESTROOM 277 SF 221 CUSTODIAL 38 SF 300 SF 1 222 ISTAIRS 208 SF Total Occupant Count 218 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Ti Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON 31 OCC. 59 OCC. 98 OCC. 31 OCC. 11.8" 36" 19.6" C PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C Arlington Operations LL Center VESTIBULE ELEV 0 LL c \� LL STAIRS \�I 201 203 W FOR M ! LJC CC CL) CC CL) CC L)C CC CC CC CC ` i DN Snohomish County LOBBY/PUBLIC COUNTER CIAL ROLLCALLB Public Works 202 r,OLL � 209 UC 207 � �� 0 0 CDC CED CC CC C0 I MEN'S �J i RESTROOM 22o AT C C C C C C C C UC C C CU C C �C C C CC 19620 67th Ave NE 200A 22,CUSTOD 02 i Arlington, WA 98223 1 CORRIDOR i WORKSTATION � � 264 CL) CC CI) CC UI) CC CC LJC I)L) L)U CU ' � IX _01 SIN PERMIT SET IJC CLJ 00 00 CI) I)C 00 00 00 00 CDC) ELEC. 05/02/2025 WORKSTATION F-21205 i I This drawing is: WOMEN'S 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. _ E M 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B I ❑� z�p I___ ___ RESTROO 219 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. CORRIDOR -- °°° P ! 2023-053 `SWEEPING] I VEGETATION S-'OPERATION KTCHEN SMALL DON SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER MANAGER 21 T'i�71 I I 212 213 214 216 217 218 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION WEST DEC PROJECT TEAM: 208 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A 1 A LIFE SAFETY ANALYSIS - UPPER LEVEL 0 4' 8' 16, TRAVEL PATH ANALYSIS- UPPER LEVEL Scale:1/8"=T-O" , 1 11.1=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 10 11 15 114 (SCDB 3335) 2-1/2"BRASS DISK PER R1 � I I N 17 17 Y W W 0 60' 120' ZIZ 7 7 I RIGHT-OF-WAY PER AF#200305080139 GRAPHIC SCALE W I n BASIS OF BEARINGS 197'j'LT S7^ N.E. o BASIS OF BEARINGS: N88'10'13"W(N88'21'59"W)ALONG THE EAST-WEST _ 1V - - M CENTER OF SECTION LINE BETWEEN THE TWO FOUND MONUMENTS SET PER RECORD OF SURVEY AF g200605315006. N88'14'40"W 1305.88' - - - - _ - - - - — — — 60 LEGAL DESCRIPTION/TITLE REPORT NOTES NO EASEMENTS,RESTRICTIONS,OR RESERVATIONS OF RECORD WHICH WOULD L_j881440W I/ BE DISCLOSED BY TITLE REPORT ARE SHOWN. 1245.50' n 60' 30' THE SOUTH HALF OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEAST -N FOUND PUNCH IN 2"BRASS DISK IN-" QUARTER OF SECTION 15,TOWNSHIP 31 NORTH,RANGE 5 EAST.W.M.. _ _®_ MATCHLINE SHEET 2 _ _ � _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _MATCHLINE SHEET 3 MATCHDNE SHEET 4 4 X4 CONCRETE M (LEGALDESCRIPTION DATUM FEET ERECORDROF SURVEY AF//200605315006) - - ONUMENT DOWNEXCEPT THE NORTH 250.4'IN CASE. (05/08/2024) MATCHLINE SHEET 5 MATCHLINE SHEET 6 MATCHLINE SHEET 7 HORIZONTAL NAD '83/'2011 - WASHINGTON NORTH ZONE AS VERIFIED TO SNOHOMISH COUNTY CONTROL POINT 15860 VERTICAL DATUM NAVD'88 PER GPS WSRN ® ❑ I (TO GET CITY ARLINGTON DATUM OF NGVD29+0.44'SUBTRACT 3.15'FEET)® EQUIPMENT NOTES PRIMARY CONTROL POINTS AND ACCESSIBLE MONUMENT POSITIONS WERE �^rn FIELD MEASURED UTILIZING GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM(GPS)SURVEY TECHNIQUES USING TRIMBLE R12i GPS GNSS EQUIPMENT. MONUMENT FND 5/8"REBAR AND POSITIONS THAT WERE NOT DIRECTLY OBSERVED USING CPS SURVEY s CAP,'SNOH CO ROW TECHNIQUES WERE TIED INTO THE CONTROL POINTS UTILIZING TRIMBLE S7 <a I (4/29/2024) 1 ^ AND LEICA TS16 TOTAL STATIONS FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF BOTH ANGLES AND DISTANCES. THIS SURVEY MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE STANDARDS SET BY roln .a' WACS 332-130-080/090. NOTES Z I ins pi =I THE INFORMATION DEPICTED ON THIS MAP REPRESENTS THE RESULTS OF A r,' a W 7 Z= o Q SURVEY MADE ON MAY 21,2024 AND CAN ONLY BE CONSIDERED AS 5 Y 10I Ix o N J 7 INDICATING THE GENERAL CONDITIONS EXISTING AT THAT TIME. U < Q J I SITE <I< Z^ `�° THIS SURVEY DISCLOSES FACTORS OF RECORD AND ON THE GROUND Z 7 AFFECTING THE SUBJECT PROPERTY BOUNDARY,BUT IT DOES NOT PURPORT < (767,149 S.F.) w 0 a TO LEGALLY RESOLVE RELATED PROPERTY LINE DISPUTES.WHERE Z C (17.61 ACRES) AMBIGUITIES ARE NOTED,AXIS RECOMMENDS THAT THE OWNER CONSULT WITH M N I x LEGAL COUNSEL TO DETERMINE HOW BEST TO INTERPRET THEIR PROPERTY 4 RIGHTS AND ADDRESS ANY POTENTIAL PROPERTY LINE DISPUTES. o o UTILITY LOCATIONS SHOWN HEREON ARE BASED UPON ASBUILT FIELD FND 5 8"REBAR AND 60. LOCATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES.FIELD LOCATION OF UTILITIES BASED ON / 3Q LOCATOR PAINT MARKINGS AND LOCATIONS BASED ON UTILITY MAPS FROM CAJSTAION HO CO ROW' CITY AND UTILITY DRAWINGS INDICATING REPORTED UTILITY INSTALLATIONS. (4/29/24) OTHER UTILITIES MAY EXIST.NO SUB-SURFACE EXPLORATION WAS MADE TO o _ _ _ _ _ _ MATCHDNE SHEET 5 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ MATCHLINE SHEET 6J. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ MATCHU_ SHEET 7L _ _ _ _ _ VERIFY UTILITY ROUTINGS AND THE ROUTING OF ALL BURIED UTILITIES d MATCHLINE SHEET 8 T MATCHDNE SHEET 9 MATCHDNE SHEETSHOULD BE CONFIRMED WITH THE UTILITY PURVEYOR AND EXPOSED IN AREAS 10I CRITICAL TO DESIGN FOR VERIFICATION. of RIGHT-OF-WAY FND PUNCWSDOT PER PLAT OF I ALUM.DISK IN RLN. RM' 2'CONTOURS INTERVAL DERIVED FROM DIRECT FIELD OBSERVATION. AIRPORT 37 STAMPED' RLI RM' NI I 29/24) THIS SURVEY MEETS UNITED STATES NATIONAL MAP ACCURACY STANDARDS FOR VERTICAL ACCURACY OF ONE HALF THE CONTOUR INTERVAL. FOUND PUNCH INSS DISK REFERENCES fS TAMPED"SNOHOOUNTY SURVEY BM 00421599". 1. RECORD OF SURVEY DONE BY SNOHOMISH COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF (05/08/2024) PUBLIC WORKS RECORDED UNDER RECORDING NUMBER 200605315006 N RECORDS OF SNOHOMISH COUNTY,WASHINGTON. N 2. LIMITED TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY REFERENCE 3636TOPO.PDF AS PROVDED FND 3"BRASS DISK W/PUNCH MARK mBY CLIENT. IN 4"x4"CONC MON,DN.0.2' 3. RECORD OF SURVEY BY DAVID EVANS AND ASSOCIATES,INCRECORDED STAMPED: SCOSURVEY _ UNDER RECORDING NUMBER 202012235011 RECORDS OF SNOHOMISH PUBLIC WORKS PLS 21599 Nw COUNTY,WASHINGTON. 15 (1.7'S.x 0.9'W.OF SW CLFNC COR.) 'ARLI'REE STATION(4/16/2024) 16 .44(R1) N88'10'13"W 60' 30' 588'10'13'EEAST-WEST CENTER(SCDB 3320) wWl 1 /15"x5' CONC.MON OF SECTION LINE EAST-WEST CENTER 60.00' PER RiSECTION 15-31-5 OF SECTION LINE EAST-WEST CENTERSECTION 15-31-5 15 iOF SECTION LINESECTION 15-31-5 PUNCH IN 3"BRASS r DISK IN 4"X4"CONCRETE WGS CONTROL POINT ID:15860 MONUMENT AT GRADE. OD NU430885.656 N SERVE.61 W'o I (04/30/2024) E:1321450.737 E:1321450.89 FND PUNCH IN 1-3/4"BRASS DISK IN CONC MON IN CASE,DN.0.5' NI I I (5/10/24) I I 'o PORTION OF SE 1/4, NE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. 5E., W.M. o CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE ARLINGTON TM m V .B JOB NUMBER: 1024087629(24-015) 4 g°`E jai TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY j DATE: 5/23/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 p 0� SHEET SCALE: r=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: BEB Office:425-823-5700 19700 67TH AVE NE TECHNICIAN: TJO/JM/AGB 4 1 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C31) email:info@sam.biz 0- 38479 i° �SBOTBTeRes�� TPN:31051500101500 PARTYCHIEF: a TRACT ID: 3105150 0101500 B OA'AL LkVM FIELDBOOKS: � 3A# BASIS OF BEARINGS LEGAL DESCRIPTION/TITLE REPORT NOTES BASIS OF BEARINGS: N88'10'13"W(N88'21'59"W)ALONG THE EAST-WEST NO EASEMENTS,RESTRICTIONS,OR RESERVATIONS OF RECORD WHICH WOULD 204TH ST. N.E. CENTER OF SECTION LINE BETWEEN THE TWO FOUND MONUMENTS SET PER BE DISCLOSED BY TITLE REPORT ARE SHOWN. RECORD OF SURVEY AF#200605315006. HORIZONTAL DATUM THE SOUTH HALF OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 15,TOWNSHIP 31 NORTH,RANGE 5 EAST,W.M., HAD '83/'2011 - WASHINGTON NORTH ZONE AS VERIFIED TO SNOHOMISH EXCEPT THE NORTH 25 FEET THEREOF. 0 20' 40' COUNTY CONTROL POINT 15860 (LEGAL DESCRIPTION PER RECORD OF SURVEY AF#200605315006) GRAPHIC SCALE VERTICAL DATUM NAVD'88 PER CPS WSRN EQUIPMENT NOTES PRIMARY CONTROL POINTS AND ACCESSIBLE MONUMENT POSITIONS WERE (TO GET CITY ARLINGTON DATUM OF NGVD29+0.44'SUBTRACT 3.15'FEET) FIELD MEASURED UTILIZING GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM(GPS)SURVEY �-1 197TH ST. N.E. �f1 BENCHMARKS TECHNIQUES USING TRIMBLE R121 GPS/GNSS EQUIPMENT. MONUMENT 2 3 4 POSITIONS THAT WERE NOT DIRECTLY OBSERVED USING GPS SURVEY 2 3 4 Li ORIGINATING BENCHMARK: FOUND PUNCH IN 3"BRASS DISK STAMPED TECHNIQUES WERE TIED INTO THE CONTROL POINTS UTILIZING TRIMBLE S7 Z "SNOHOMISH COUNTY SURVEY BM 0042 PLS 21599" AND LEICA TS16 TOTAL STATIONS FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF BOTH ANGLES FS-1 5 6 1 7 AND DISTANCES, THIS SURVEY MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE STANDARDS SET BY ELEVATION: 144.89'(OBSERVED GPS NAVD 88,PUBLISHED ELEVATION TO BE WAGS 332-130-080/090. 5 6 7 8 9 10 4 VERIFIED WITH COUNTY) x NOTES 0.5'STAMPED'2013 ARLI RM' WSDOT-ARLINGTON RM,FOUND PUNCH IN 3"ALUM.DISK IN CASE,DN. THE INFORMATION DEPICTED ON THIS MAP REPRESENTS THE RESULTS OF A 8 9 10 tp SURVEY MADE ON MAY 21,2024 AND CAN ONLY BE CONSIDERED AS w INDICATING THE GENERAL CONDITIONS EXISTING AT THAT TIME. Z ELEVATION: 141.65'(PUBLISHED ELEV: 161.92') rT TEYPORARV BENCHMARKS: THIS SURVEY DISCLOSES FACTORS OF RECORD AND ON THE GROUND SHEET INDEX N AFFECTING THE SUBJECT PROPERTY BOUNDARY,BUT IT DOES NOT PURPORT Q TO LEGALLY RESOLVE RELATED PROPERTY LINE DISPUTES.WHERE TBM•A• AMBIGUITIES ARE NOTED,AXIS RECOMMENDS THAT THE OWNER CONSULT WITH LEGEND SET MAC NAIL 2.2'WEST OF EAST EDGE 67TH AVE NE DIRECTLY EAST OF LEGAL COUNSEL TO DETERMINE HOW BEST TO INTERPRET THEIR PROPERTY NORTHERLY EDGE DRIVEWAY ON WEST SIDE 67TH AVE AT THE SOUTHEAST RIGHTS AND ADDRESS ANY POTENTIAL PROPERTY LINE DISPUTES. ® FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE CORNER OF PROPERTY. ® FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT UTILITY LOCATIONS SHOWN HEREON ARE BASED UPON ASBUILT FIELD 0 FOUND REBAR AND CAP AS NOTED ELEVATION: 145.61' LOCATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES.FIELD LOCATION OF UTILITIES BASED ON O SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE LOCATOR PAINT MARKINGS AND LOCATIONS BASED ON UTILITY MAPS FROM o Ss SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT 40 TBM,B' CITY AND UTILITY DRAWINGS INDICATING REPORTED UTILITY INSTALLATIONS. @ STORM DRAIN MANHOLE OTHER UTILITIES MAY EXIST.NO SUB-SURFACE EXPLORATION WAS MADE TO ❑ CATCH BASIN CHISELED SQUARE IN BACK OF CONCRETE WALK 4.9'SOUTH OF SOUTHWEST VERIFY UTILITY ROUTINGS AND THE ROUTING OF ALL BURIED UTILITIES N3 WATER METER 188TH ST. N.E. CORNER TOP OF WHEEL CHAIR RAMP AT NORTHWEST QUADRANT OF SHOULD BE CONFIRMED WITH THE UTILITY PURVEYOR AND EXPOSED IN AREAS FIRE HYDRANT INTERSECTION WITH 197TH ST NE AND 67TH AVE NE. CRITICAL TO DESIGN FOR VERIFICATION. A WATER VALVE ELEVATION: 136.51' 2'CONTOURS INTERVAL DERIVED FROM DIRECT FIELD OBSERVATION. 90 HOSE BIB VICINITY MAP MICV IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE SCALE 1'=1000' THIS SURVEY MEETS UNITED STATES NATIONAL MAP ACCURACY STANDARDS 7BM•C' FOR VERTICAL ACCURACY OF ONE HALF THE CONTOUR INTERVAL. © POWER VAULT SET MAG NAIL 0.6'EAST OF WEST EDGE PAVEMENT X 5.7'SOUTH OF S. UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT,UNDERGROUND EDGE CONCRETE WALK AT WEST SIDE INTERSECTION OF 63RD AVE.NE AND REFERENCES CONDUIT&TRANSFORMER 197TH ST NE. 1. RECORD OF SURVEY DONE BY COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT&UNDERGROUND PUBLIC WORKS RECORDED UNDERER RECORDING ING NUMBER 200605315006 CONDUIT ELEVATION: 124.59' RECORDS OF SNOHOMISH COUNTY,WASHINGTON. UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT 3 2. LIMITED TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY REFERENCE 3636TOPO.PDF AS PROVIDED TBM'D, BY CLIENT. UTI ONDUIT LITY POLE W/TRANSFORMER& FIND 3" BRASS DISK W/PUNCH MARK IN 4"x4" GONG MON, DOWN. 0.2' UNDERGROUND C '� I 3. RECORD OF SURVEY BY DAVID AND ASSOCIATES,IN RECORDED UTILITY POLE W/UNDERGROUND CONDUIT STAMPED: 'SNO. CO. SURVEY' PUBLIC WORKS PLS 21599, 1.7'SOUTH X 0.9' UNDER RECORDING NUMBER 2020122012235011 RECORDS OF SNC.OHOMISH 4 O UTILITY POLE "STOP" WEST OF SOUTHWEST FENCE CORNER AT SOUTHWEST CORNER PROPERTY COUNTY,WASHINGTON. WV 25191 161 POWER TRANSFORMER IM 25189 ; RIM 124.60 ELEVATION: 144.29' F iO ® POWER METER RIM 124.39 122.70 TOP NUT ��Q°g ~FULL OF DIRT POWER JUNCTION BOX . k I � "AIRPORT 37 INDUSTRIAL PARK" AT WEST END DOUBLE y N / 1C ; k SIGN WV 25190 SWING GATE.6.0 HI WITH C> ❑ STREET LIGHT RIM 124.58 3 STRAND ERE WIRE TYP 7? )x YARD LIGHT ( k 122.68 TOP NUT I ® POWER STUB TELECOMMUNICATIONS VAULT _ ❑ TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER x —x— ___ I -FOIP FIBER OPTICS INDICATOR POST _I TELECOMMUNICATIONS JUNCTION BOX W W % X TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE W W _ s - "197TH ST NE W—W -- - GAS METER '� - ❑a GIP GAS INDICATOR POST 63RD AVE NE' 1 - - -y✓--�-._� MONITOR WELL W�- M' o GUY ANCHOR SIGN — 197TH ST.N.E. -PST POST 0 6'TALL W/3 STRAND /- - - MAIL- BOLLARD BOX BARBED WIRE AND ❑I PRIVACY INSERTS TBM'C' BUILDING COLU EL=124.59 0 0 3 - '- - - +LCL LOCAL LOW POINT n ---Op x FO ": SS SSS - 12'F LINE CONRTINUES 0--- ' SS '- -ASS 12'S SPRUCE a "COMMUNICATIONS" �.S�P., \( -Yp`-0P— _ - __ C . 12'CY CHERRY \ } F'4 F0 12'DT DECIDUOUS % x X X—X—x—X—X x 0= -._ FO-- .�F"0a x' 12'M MAPLE —%—X—X—X—X—% X �---�u_'_�^Fb F0— 12"M�12"M _ UP 12"M 12,"IM; CLUSTER Lr-1 x % —x— SANITARY SEWER LINE y o / 'FORCE MAIN' yyy�� o APPROXIMATE LOCATION "SPEED LIMIT 35" W STORM DRAIN LINE o / W WATER LINE z � I CB 25139(K) PER CITY GIS CB 10539 RIM 124.18 RIM P POWER LINE J QD�p�Gj�`� Q(`j`�'p hx�' ' \ TOP OF PVC STAND PIPE 122.42 METAL SHED ON 'NO PIPES I ---OP OVERHEAD POWER LINE D 7 11 Q I ECOLOGY BLOCK FO FIBER OPTICS LINE a �CMD�CD G��V��00004�9�00� /4 n o a"PVC IF 1z1.4z s d a FOUNDATION T TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINE C CABLE LINE M _ G GAS LINE X� X CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE(CLFNC) z o RIM 122 .34 / I ROOTING EETAIININGAWALL DOUBLE SWING GATE r a IE 124.34 PIPES ryw I � 2'DRILL HOLES IE / ASPHALT PAVING pQ CONCRETE PAVING O \ - GRAVEL SURFACE Q BUILDINGS \/ MATCHLINE SHEET 2 — I \w — � � MATCHDNE SHEET 5— 'o PORTION OF SE 1/4, NE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. 5E., W.M. CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE ARLINGTON TM V,E.B JOB NUMBER: 1024087629(24-015) 4 mg°`""�q jai TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY j DATE: 5/23/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 p 0� SHEET SCALE: V=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: BEB Office:425-823-5700 19700 67TH AVE NE TECHNICIAN: TJO/JM/AGB 4 2 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C31) email:info@sam.biz o 38479 i° �S�B0L3*eR"'s��' a TRACT ID: 31051 PARTYCHIEF: 500101500 B OW AL L"N>t TPN:31051500101500 FIELDBOOKS: CONTROL STUCTURE DETAILS 0 20' 40' SDMH 12680, T-2 54" SDMH 12673, T-2 54" GRAPHIC SCALE 124.73 119,86 I IIl� -' 122.58 118,23 5 6 7 8 9 10 IE 18"119.57 S IE 18"114.94 NW SHEET INDEX 116.13 110.13 LEGEND ® FOUND MONUMENTIN CASE X. ® FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT O FOUND RE AR AND CAP AS NOTED Q SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE o SS SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT @ STORM DRAIN MANHOLE ❑ CATCH BASIN NI WATER METER Q FIRE HYDRANT N WATER VALVE Bo HOSE BIB NOV IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE © POWER VAULT .y� N UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT,UNDERGROUND CONDUIT&TRANSFORMER µ N UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT&UNDERGROUND CONDUIT UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT UTILITY POLE W/TRANSFORMER& UNDERGROUND CONDUIT {1 UTILITY POLE W/UNDERGROUND CONDUIT O UTILITY POLE POWER TRANSFORMER POW R METER NIMf I POWER JU CTION BOX C—❑ STREET LIGHT f�il SDMH 10491 MIa w W. RIM 129.76 w ) YARD LIGHT �g FILTER VAULT Iw ® POWER STUB B"PVC IF 126,47(N) CB 10666 N 12"CPR IE 126.41 (E) RIM 130.22 w w TELECOMMUNICATIONS VAULT <I< RIGHT-OF-WAY PER AFg200305080139 8"PVC IE 128.00(S) zlz *12"CPR(W) ] ❑ TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER BOTTOM STRUCT. 124.06 i _ / \ *FILTER BLOCKING PIPE RIM 130.89 << CB W/SOLID LID 10665 r -FOIP FIBER OPTICS INDICATOR POST 7I� T TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE BOX \ RB 11 9.12 160 2"CPR IF 127.89(E) DO GAS METER � ` ----- --_/ � � a GIP GAS INDICATOR POST - -------- _ \ 8"PVC IE 126.69(S) „ 12' CPR IE 127.74(W) ---__— _— / —� �\ \ MONITOR WELL --- GUY ANCHOR B-1f1344 S GN RIM 127.85 �PS------- T POST PVC IF 125.65 :W -------- --—— — — -----—————- ------------_— _ __----------- --�—" A' BOLLARD �—�------ ------ --------------------- -- -- _ ———— — ——————— —_---- MAIL BUILDING COLUMN LCL LOCAL LOW POINT W ———————— N W W W W LINE CONTINUESW W N W y `YC,12"S SPRUCE W 12"F FIR 12"CY CHERRY 12"DT DECIDUOUS w SS / ,5S ��SS SS N88'14'40"W 1305.88' 12"M MAPLE `] 28 F:. C SS SS SS SS12"Min,•12'M' V F'�-- -T-9 �_�___ 2"M :•M SS 55 SS SS SS SS 12' 12 M CLUSTER -:.. ° ° . ° 4"M SS 12 M' Q \ OR SD S —�Q�— TF =F ---OP ---OP -- SS�SS SS SS SS I S SSM SANITARY SEWER LINE g — P --_ M —SD— STORM -... - -_ SD • aOPR ---pp — —OPEC — P .:M 4"� W WATER LINE IN LINE CB 10343 °- - - . - 5D° SD OP — POWER LINE z / CB 10550 _ �-SD OP —_ RIM 128.14 6'F —� -° '.:s' SD°. SD _ ---OP OVERHEAD POWER LINE n 4"M P RIM 127.11 �- - f-SD /�2"CPP IF 125.68(E) *NO PIPES 'f N88 O'W_cy ° • SD " s SD T TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINE } 6"F ..F FO FO //// p/i / C CABLE LINE k X—X FLAG POLE \\ ae G� GAS LINE X� X % 'FORCE MAIN' `� B'/ d / CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE(CLFNC) /� • % I / APPRO�YIMATE LOCATION \ \ _ __ ROOF OVERHANG/EAVE — PER CIS .� o SDMH 10346 / \ -132— � s EXISTING RETAINING WALL N I RIM 128.45 DOUBLE SWING / 4v`V3 / FILTER VAULT ASPHALT PAVING GATE 8'PVC IF 12540(N) f I / \\ / - ° •< < 12 CPR IE 124.78(W) L R-12"UC CPP(E) / —� °�-°XFFE�k33,6'.4, CONCRETE PAVING BOTTOM STRUCT 123.55 RAIL ROAD TIE \ *FILTER BLOCKING PIPE o BOARDER IL CB 14104 ' tt RIM "SNOH 131.74 LZ`I- GRAVEL SURFACE OMISH COUNTY / 4"FLEX IE 130.10(W) I— a BRIDGE CREW" SD 12"CMP IE 129.89(S) — o I SIGN ' NI BUILDINGS w \ . - - - — - - - — - - - — - - - \- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - — MATOHLINE SHEET 3- - _ - - - - - - - — — - - - — _ — — _ - - 'o \ MATCHLINE SHEET 8 T PORTION OF SE 1/4, NE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. 5E., W.M. o CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE ARLINGTON TM V,E.B JOB NUMBER: 1024087629(24-015) 4 mg°`""�q jai TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY j DATE: 5/23/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 1z 0� SHEET SCALE: r=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: BEE Office:425-823-5700 19700 67TH AVE NE TECHNICIAN: TJO/JM/AGB 4 3 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C31) email:info@sam.biz o 38479 i° �S�B0L3TeRes�� TPN:31051500101500 a TRACT ID: 31051500101500 B OW AL LANs PARTYCHIEF: FIELDBOOKS: � 3A# 10 11 15 114 (SODS 3335) 2-1/2"BRASS DISK PER R1 SS 11147 RIM 134.58 12"DI IF 127.21 (S) 12"DI IE 127.15(N) / 0 20' 40' ° I GRAPHIC SCALE ) a RIMS134,42 I A, CB 10992 8"PVC IE 131.47(E) I S11 RIM 134.54 2 3 4 8"PVC IE 131.34(W) CB 11149 RIM 134.72 - Q 9 8"PVC IE 131.15(E) I A I `••* �+ 10 8"PVC IS 130.72(W) 12'CPR IE 130.38(N) I I 12"CPR IS 130.35(S) i I SHEET INDEX LEGEND ® FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE ® FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT I I O FOUND RE AR AND CAP AS NOTED OSS SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT @ STORM DRAIN MANHOLE �. ❑ CATCH BASIN U3 WATER METER Q FIRE HYDRANT N WATER VALVE Bo HOSE BE NICV IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE ©}.� POWER VAULT UTILITY IO �� y�` POLE W/LIGHT,&TRANSFORMERNDERGROUND CONDUIT RIM6131159 UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT&UNDERGROUND 8"PVC IE 131.52(E) UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT 12"CPR IS 131.40(S) CB 11048 12"CPR IS 131.38(N) �s RIM 135.46 UTILITY POLE W/TRANSFORMER& 8"PVC IF 131.93(W) UNDERGROUND CONDUIT C/ -C UTILITY POLE W/UNDERGROUND CONDUIT o / 4 UTILITY POLE POWER TRANSFORMER ® POWER METER "STOP FOR ME I I POWER JUNCTION BOX (PEDESTRIAN) I C> ❑ STREET LIGHT MIY ITS THE LAW I jr( YARD LIGHT "CENTER LANE ® POWER STUB / I\ TURN ONLY" TELECOMMUNICATIONS VAULT ❑ TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER �000� I I ,r 'FOIP FIBER OPTICS INDICATOR POST / I s ® TELECOMMUNICATIONS JUNCTION BOX T TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE CB W/SOLID LID 10687 DO GAS METER 8"PVC IE iRIM 3(N) ®GIP IC OR POST 12" 30.90 MONITOR WELL CPR IE 130.76(W) TB$,B, I N E- GUY ANCHOR CB 10688 EL=136.51 SIGN _--- \ = RIM 132.65 p� s 'PST POST- 8'�PVC IS 131.08 BOLLARD -- -130- 0 BUILDING COLUMN +LCL LOCAL NLOW POINT -� --------- / _ �___ - LINE CONTINUES 12"F FIR \ _ _ 132- --- I-- LIMIT 12"S SPRUCE o �W W W w - -- SPEED IMIT-- -----------/ \e a X YY`12"CY CHERRY w -• - _ / FOUND PUNCH IN 2"BRASS DISK IN w =_'-J ,W...� W M*.--•-= -.TcW .`.., 1 y}� V,� 12"M DECIDUOUS 35'� / w "W-W n MONUMENT DOWN MAPLE / 0 4"X4"CONCRETE 12"M _ - - 6/ ^ 0.4'IN CASE. 12"M 12'M'132--- (05/OB/2024) 12"M p12"M' CLUSTER 197THST.N.E. 12M -134---- _ - T- - - _ // 3 SS SANITA SSMH 11362 RY SEWER LINE _ RIM 137.08 SD STORM DRAIN LINE o -SS S - �- W WATER LINE SS S5 -SS 4�� 7.60' *2"PVC OUT 134.58(E) 4"M - - SS SS -13 "� I P POWER LINE z 4'M CM S SS / *8"PVC IN 133.22(W) - •, SS SS- o ---OP OVERHEAD POWER LINE I SS SS SS I �% �- **12' XXX IN N --- p -- P - I •, SS SS SS **12' XXX INS FO FIBER OPTICS LINE w SD° --0P - OR --OP "M T SS 3 CNTR CHAN 131.28 SD°�-r- -SD 'SD, *MEASURED TO TOP PIPE C CABLED LINENICATIONS LINE **UNABLE TO SEE PIPE TYPE G GAS LINE X CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE(CLFNC) IN TING ROO E RETAINING A VE W WALL N I I-y G \ G o CB 11261 F POLE _ �X y G G G G�TG 60 30' RIM 13150 ASPHALT PAVING oSEWER PUMP STATION CONTROL BOX G \ ��16"S \� 0 8"PVC IS 133.96(E) 33346 SSMH 10412 "HANDICAP / 12"S \ 8"DT 12"CPR IE 133.43(N) POWER CONDUIT RIM 134.21 SS PARKING" \ CONCRETE PAVING U "CROSS ONLY AT o _I FUEL LID I \\ I CURB N DIS PAIR _ o o CROSSWALKS" X,* h0 P - GRAVEL SURFACE a FUEL VAULT r CB 20640 T f CIE CB 20319 9"CONC CB 11094 RIM 133.98 RIM 134.12 CURB IN DISREPAIR / CROSS ONLY AT y SD RIM 137.07 BUILDINGS oNl 12"CMP IE 131.43(S) 8"PVC IS 132.52(E) 5"METAL O 3'TALL CROSSWALKS" 8"PVC IS 133.74(W) FFE=33.81 3'TALL -SO CB 20081 I I "STOP FOR ME �.a: 12"CMP IS 132.47(S) 11- RIM 135.77 / 14 DT 4; 8"DT w LCL LCL- SD 8"PVC IE 133.49(W) / a . ITS - 7 - a J. MATCHLINE SHEET 4 ..` T- I ° ITS THE LAW � - MATCHLINE SHEET 7 \'fh\fh\ IIII i PORTION OF SE 1/4, NE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. 5E., W.M. o CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE GE E.BA o ARL40876 TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY w JOB NUMBER: 1024087629(24-015) 4 sqb OF AA8g7'IO*JL j DATE: 5/23/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 p 5� SHEET SCALE: 1"=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: BEB Office:425-823-5700 19700 67TH AVE NE TECHNICIAN: 24015TJO/JM/AGB 4 4 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C3D email:info@sam.biz o 38479 i° �S�BOLSTBReSpF� TPN:31051500101500 a TRACT ID: 31051500101500 B ONAL LOOM PARTYCHIEF: FIELDBOOKS: \ a MATCHLINE SHEET 2- +\+ - p MATCHLINE SHEET 5 ARROW WEST "NO SIGNAL" 5.7'TALL W/3 STRAND BARBED WIRE 0 20' 40' / PST W/LAGGING J/ ( ATTACHED TO BUILDING (rvP) GRAPHIC SCALE /14"F /SSMH 25138 '35 MPH" / \ ' I a RIM 1 2 3 4 24.99 ^`� \ 10"PVC IE 119.54 S 10"PVC IE 121.42 W / �` EG/ 5 6 7 / I❑HH -------- ECOLOGY BLOCK h�NALL\\ /26\ a 'N \ 8 1 9 WV 259 10 �'* q RIM 129405 �\ CB 25753 \`\ SHEET INDEX 124.45 TOP NUT ) RIM 125.41 \ CB 25993 !y I 12'CPR IE 123.51(p) 12"CPR IE RIM 126.06 I LEGEND Ix \ (D FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE f "SS VAULT(S) P \ I ® FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT PDIAOLLARD 3'TALL \ P P O FOUND REBAR AND CAP AS NOTED BOLLARD P O SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE ISCO 4210 a P P SS SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT SSMH 27.05 I - \ SD� ULTRASONI / STORM DRAIN MANHOLE RIM 127.05 Lj-.:y - '\ FLOW METE � / ❑ CATCH BASIN 6"PVC IE 121.95 E ( CB 26240 ® WATER METER 10"PVC IE 121.65 S y I RIM 126.90 I FIRE HYDRANT 10"PVC IE 1 21.61 N .,1 *COVERED WITH PALLETS I M WATER VALVE HOSE BE MICV IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE v SDMH 26239 1 a 1 RIM 127.03 / q o / I ID POWER VAULT \ SHEET *FULL OF MUD / y - 14"F METAL SH CONCRET D TO RIM / 7 UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT,UNDERGROUND 9"CONC BOLLARD I IL. FLOOR N FFE=127.5' / / Iy( CONDUIT&TRANSFORMER UTILITYPOLE W/LIGHT&UNDERGROUND CONDUIT �r�r UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT 61I GI UTILITY POLE W/TRANSFORMER& Ad MPORT 37((7463) \4"F + 11� _ CB 26214 /I 1T/i UNDERGROUND CONDUIT G3C�WME13 AF�nl 20000042150000� \ 'I I 1RIM 2"CPP91E 123.45(N) / ZIZ {C UTILITY POLE W/UNDERGROUND CONDUIT >> 4 UTILITY POLE ryy N. .° ) / I POWER TRANSFORMER POWER METER POWER JU CTION BOX }0 F /\ I 0--❑ STREET LIGHT / 7'\ I I - )� YARD LIGHT ® POWER STUB / FFE=127.4 / LCL NO UTILITY LOCATE SOUTH 'a / o �T TELECOMMUNICATIONS VAULT "I / S // SS - _ ti / I ❑ TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER / •FOIP FIBER OPTICS INDICATOR POST i I ® TELECOMMUNICATIONS JUNCTION BOX TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE \ CB 25696 I GAS METER RIM 124.61 R GIP GAS INDICATOR POST 12"CP I P E 1 .91 (N) ® MONITOR WELL RIM 131.72 SSMH 25124 I) \//\� _ 12"CMP E 12\2221\� (S) ° GUY ANCHOR 0 'i 10 PVC IS 124.75 S A PST \ SIGN 0 10"PVC IS 124.67 N 3 ^ I TI 'PST POST PSTIr \ \ I • BOLLARD BMAIL UILDING P COLUMN of I \ W II t ! •°\ I ± N LCL LOCAL LOW POINT CB 26224 LINE CONTINUES 'al 'RIGHT LANE MUST TURN RIGHT' FFE=127.1' \ I RIM 12703 12'F FIR �p I 2.1'X 5.15' 12' CPR IE 125.08(N) I12'S SPRUCE < "NO SIGNAL" () 12'CY CHERRY POWER CABINET 12' CPR IE 125.03 S Z fJ WATER 1 SHEET 12"M MAPLE x METAL SHED FFE=127.0' �p 112"DT DECIDUOUS CONCRETE e • 1'.M' CLUSTER 3 . ---OR --- P �N� m I -)�� Ir I.III 11 FLOOR CIS 25606 \ I 112�I,M 12'M' l I i,I,II I p RIM 125.25 12"M' 12"CMP IE 122.31 (N) SS SANITARY SEWER LINE 2"OFF IE 12220(SW) SD STORM DRAIN LINE 12"CPP IE 122.16(SE) W WATER LINE o \ P SQ -_ P POWER LINE -OP OVERHEAD POWER LINE G g G / O �� CB 25585 FO FIBER OPTICS LINE '�-- 6� RIM 126.64 ( T TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINE 12 CPR IE 124.02 SE _. C CABLE LINE 12""CPP IE 123.02 N F G GAS LINE 12 CMP IE 122.92 S J X X CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE(CLFNC) I I - - - - ROOF OVERHANG EAVE CULV iE"2 CPR IE= 121.65 EXISTING RETAINING WALL so ® ASPHALT PAVING 25559 SD RIM CPR 6IF 125.29 NW CONCRETE PAVING w I j 14 F /6 / \ / CB 25565 V, _ -122 J // RIM 127.87 0 30 12"CMP IE 124.28 E I GRAVEL SURFACE 1�6_ 12"CMP IE 123.91 N BUILDINGS 1 MATCHDNE SHEET S / SD MATCHDNE SHEETB err - - - - - - - - - - - i PORTION OF SE 1/4, NE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. SE., W.M. CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE ARLINGTON TIM E E.B JOB NUMBER: 1024087621(24-015) 4 mg°`""SN jai TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY j DATE: 5/23/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 p 5� SHEET SCALE: r=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: BEB 15A# Offiice:425-823-5700 19700 67TH AVE NE TECHNICIAN: TJO/JM/AGB 4 5 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C31) email:info@sam.biz o 38479 i° �SRBGIs T 9R�'SpF� TPN-.31051500101500 a TRACT ID: 31051500101500 B ONAL L"P>t PARTYCHIEF: FIELDBOOKS: \ I ' LLc \ MATCHLINE SH EET3 — \ � MATCHLINE SHEET 8 B 20782 / \ RM 131.64 CI / 12"CMP IE 19.36(N) \ I 0 20' 40' I./ Wp 12"CPR IE 129.10(S) ) I /// \ I GRAPHIC SCALE i? N \\ I 2 3 4 44 CB 20781 \\ \ \\ \ •�:� `a•4' RIM 131,51 \ \ -- \ 6 7 \ - \ • 12"CPR IE 128.91 (N) \ 5 12'CPR IF 128.91 (S) \ 128 \\ \\\ I 8 9 10 \ \ \ • 4-" e 3.5"STEEL BOLLARD \ \ 2'HIGH \ SHEET INDEX 5"METAL STANDPIPE \ I \ G \ LEGEND WITH ELECTRICAL WIRES \\ IF PS 1 PST A S \ I ® FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE 5"STEEL BOLLARDS FILLED WITH IGONG.LA11 \\II I � ST SS \ ® FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT _\\� \ \ O FOUND RUE AR AND CAP AS NOTED FFE=131.V \\ Q SANITAR SEWER MANHOLE -p�p P P p P 1211711 \ I SS SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT �SD M 130.91 \ 3 Q STORM DRAIN MANHOLE — PST PST PST \\ MIGV P p \\ I ❑ CATCH BASIN SO— PST S RI 326.1 ----- \- \ -_ SD � RIM 126.18 � •7 � // � FIRE HYDRANT —SD IB W TER METER PS \\ JO 1 TIN SHED W/GONG \\ -- X WATER VALVE FOUNDATION ` - -- - - -- • B° HOSE BIB N \ \PSTPST \` - � ---- - M ICV IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE \ � � � � PST PST I �72g I J CULE�1`PP N IE=1277533- �—---------------- — — 130• \� © POWER VAULT PSTPST / \\//-� -------- ----/ �\ _ __ _ \ _--- '' ----------------------— ---726-----I UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT,UNDERGROUND / SD---'SD D - � )_( CONDUIT&TRANSFORMER B 1 —SD I - �� - / -1 I /' Y /� UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT&UNDERGROUND inlet / R 125C ,995.99 I / ---�� '' / N `� CONDUIT / I I3"FLEX IE 123,92(NE) \ _ / ----��' // T __ UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT / I 12"CFP IE 123.11 (W) \ S ryh // / I------J NN / 12"CF'P IE 123.03(E) I \ / / ------------------------122------ -- UTILITY POLE W/TRANSFORMER& / UNDERGROUND CONDUIT ? ? N ICB 13026 \ \ / i _12p�' �\ � UTILITY POLE W/UNDERGROUND CONDUIT U i RIM 125.42 / - --------- O UTILITY POLE / 2"CPP IE 123.29(N) I / / O ti� CB 14019 --- ------- ---- 118�- I 161 POWER TRANSFORMER Eli / I 2"CPR IF 122.95(W) / ,T / 9 RIM 1i9ssT ----- -- \ / �1- 1 CPR IE 122.77(SE) I / O /^ /R' ' IE 117.39(S) -- \ ----__-1 '_--116-- -_ 8 POWER METER -114 0 POWER JUNCTION BOX / / I C // �---112- Cam❑ STREETLIGHT / I I / / / RC 12017 / (APPROX.LOCATION AND \ / / / / / / / CULV 12 CPq N IE/=119A9' /// RIM BY REFERENCE f{2 1 / / I / / —110— \1 ® POWER STUB/ NOT VISIBLE AT TIME GF I\ SURVEY) \\'/ / / / TELECOMMUNICATIONS VAULT PWR BREAKER OX / / UL�12"CPP NW IE=116.10' / , / 7-_ I \ D TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER / \ / y` •FOIP FIBER OPTICS INDICATOR POST p POWER BOX HANGING BETWEEN POSTS I I I / I I �\ / / TELECOMMUNICATIONS JUNCTION BOX p—P— CONDUIT TO POWER JUNCTION BOX WEST I I // \\ /j!/'�-( //j //., I GAS TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE ETE GIP a GAS INDICATOR POST MONITOR WELL P P—p— I I\-------\\I ----- ------------- ---/ I I I I I GUY ANCHOR SIGN o P—p— I\ \ ( I / / _� I I I I .PST POST \ \\ / / �— I • BOLLARD MAIL BOX of _ BUILDING COLUMN LCL LOCAL LOW POINT ------ ---------�\ l'N I I \ ` ♦fjl�j LINE CONTINUES -_-- I I W W12"F FIR o I SITE \ - _i--�- ___ --- \\ \\\ I l \ \\ \ jlz 12"S SPRUCE (767,149 S.F.) !'\ - _\\ -- \\ ----- ----�- \\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ I 12"CY CHERRY (17.61 ACRES) \ \ \ t t O 12"DT DECIDUOUS // ---- _-----�-\ `\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ 7 7 12"M MAPLE \\ \\\\ I1 z..M. 12".'MV \ \ \ \\ \ \ \ \ \\ 12"M'�17 ' CLUSTER SANITARY SEWER LINE o I \\\ \\ \ \ \\ \\ \\ \\ \ I WATER LINE N. •7 SD STORM DRAIN LINE \ \ \ \ \ \ 70 W- P POWER LINE _ \ \ \ \ \\ -OP OVERHEAD POWER LINE -128 / \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ FO FIBER OPTICS LINE T TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINE \\\ \\\ \\ \\ CABLE LINE G A z 0 \ \ \ \ \\ X % CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE(CLFNC) \ \ ROOF OVERHANG/EAVE \ 'N I \ ___ --- ��--_� / � � � \ \ \\\ \ \\\ \\\ EXISTING RETAINING WALL ASPHALT PAVING \ \ \ CONCRETE PAVING p I GRAVEL SURFACE \ of I \ \ \\ \ BUILDINGS tI MATCHDNE SHEET 8 \� \ oW'o I — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ATCHLINE SHEET 9 \\ \ \ PORTION OF SE 1/4, NE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. 5E., W.M. CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE ARLINGTON TM E E.H JOB NUMBER: 1024087629(24-015) 4 mg ""SN jai TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY j DATE: 5123/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 p 5� SHEET SCALE: 1"=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: BEB Office:425-823-5700 19700 67TH AVE NE TECHNICIAN: TJO/JM/AGB 4 6 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C3D email:info@sam.biz �0 38479 i° __=� � 3A# �'SRBOrsT9Res�� TPN-.31051500101500 a TRACT ID: 31051500101500 B ONAL L6P PELDBO IEF: FIELDBOOKS: L-I r SD _ _ - _ - - - - - a a! _ - - _ (I'EUESIF2IAN) MATCHLNE SHEET 4 LCL 8"PVC IE 133.49(W) / ITS THE LAW 3 MATCHLINE SHEET 7 11E=134.4' ( CB 20397 CURB ISLAND IN I Io yf RIM 134.03 x/ SEVERE DISREPAIR 12"CMP IE 132.41 (S) L LCL I� 12"CMP IF 132.18(N) I I I 0 20' 40' 4"DT ' LCL I GRAPHIC SCALE FFE=134.4' 5"METAL 12 5 p p p° I ro 3'TALL � � / / ✓i I y / 3 N CB 20581 h / ' I I I I 2 3 4 RIM 133.61 LCL 12"GONG IE 131. \ / / n 00(E) a4' P / 12"T 04(N) p I "DT 12"CONC I E 1 31. W 203 RI / / I RIM 134.0.0E FFE=13T4' 5"METAL 12"CMP IE 132.38(S) 1 0 3 \ __ 3'TALL 12"CMP IE 132.27(N) / / \ - 5"XS"PST CONC BOLLARD p POWER OUTLET I � 3 I I SHEET INDEX / 6'CLFNC / 2"DT I W�Y8 W / / "AUTHO�J�D p LEGEND \SO \ / PERS?NEL c> r I I ® FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE CB 20333 \ "SPEED LIMIT 25AIPH" NLY" 9) FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT STONE FRAMED SIGN SD • • RIM 13421 \ I"��W/ARROWS TO MAINTENANCE BLDGS / SNOHOMISH COUNTY \ I 0 FOUND REBAR AND CAP AS NOTED CB 20478 \ \ 12'CPP IE 13012(W) 1 p p,'- O SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE RIM 132.97 \ MAINTENANCE DIV.1' 12"CPP IE 130.08(N) I SS SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT 3 3 12"CONC IE 129A7 (S) \\ SO\ 12"CPP IE 129.79(E) / CB 11290 I I I @CI STORM DRAIN MANHOLE 12"CONIC IE 129.97(W) \ 1S"CPP IE 129.54(S) I RIM 139.54 ❑ CATCH BASIN *ABANDONED,FULL OF \ SE 8"PVC IF 135.83(E) I 2"DT I I EHWATER METER WATER \ \ DOUBLE SWING GATE / "THIS AREA UNDER 12"CPP IE 135.61 (N) FIRE HYDRANT \\ SD / HEDGE SURVEILLANCE" 12"CPP IE 135.51 (S) . I I WATER VALVE HOSE BIB NICV IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE SD / / I CB 11368 0� \ \ \ So \\ 2 MAILBOXES I RIM 139.45 [ID] POWER VAULT ` L SD / a p 8"PVC IE 136,42(W) -SD d / / I o p Ix` I y� UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT,UNDERGROUND I I A -SD- �'` CONDUIT&TRANSFORMER /FND 5/8"REBAR AN I I x N UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT&UNDERGROUND CAP,'SNOH CO ROW 1' Ti CONDUIT i@TO5 \ (4/29/2024) 1/ 3 4"DT UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT RIM 13 58� \ / / / a l SD T2"'EONC IE 138,,{1 -SD SD UTILITY POLE W/TRANSFORMER& -\ZO --_12' CONC IP1�0.181LN1 \ \\ / \ \ / / SDMH 20 37 -� UNDERGROUND CONDUIT -` \ \ \ \ \ \\12"F / RIM 138I15 ¢ UTILITY POLE W/UNDERGROUND CONDUIT 12"CPP IE 136.85(S) 4 UTILITY POLE 12"CP IE 136.70(E) CB 11423 12"CPp IE 132.85(W) RIM 140.18 POWER TRANSFORMER 12"CPP IE 138.62(S) / I e POWER METER 12"CPP IE 138.36(W) �o W\ 0 POWER JUNCTION BOX CULV 12"CPP N IE= 13S.93' / o I y 4"CY I 0 ❑ STREET LIGHT LIGHT POWER STUB UL�'18"PP E IE\2055' \ 1 I I I / \ 3 I Q� TELECOMMUNICAnONS VAULT \ \\ \ \ �\ \ I I TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER o \ �� --�� \\\ \ \\ \ \\ _ / H -FOIP FIBER OPTICS INDICATOR POST TELECOMMUNICATIONS JUNCTION BOX (p I �T AS MEERNICATIONS MANHOLE 4"CY II GIP GAS INDICATOR POST MONITOR WELL ANCHOR SIGN mI� I I I DMH 1{J680 -PST POST / IIIM 17J4.73 ^1qO\ 0 BOLLARD of �I� I ( / ( 12"kP IE/119.79 KNW) (\ / I I I 1 I ( I I \ / \ 3 I + MAIL BOX /E BUILDING COLUMN \\ \\ \\R78" PP 119.6 (N) I I I I I I I o, o LCL LOCAL LOW POINT \ 18"/CPP IE 119. 7(S) I I I p 4"Cy �,,7 LINE CONTINUES /`WI TI/FLU-A[�'RESTR TOR 4 I I I I I I I I p l 'V 112"F FIR SHE .� O I I I I I I a\ 12"S SPRUCE �I / l0 12"CY CHERRY \./ "LOST 12"OT DECIDUOUS 2"M MAPLE CB 14099 SIGNAL" RIM 139.8E 12..M. \U 12"M�w.12"M' I / 12'M /12"M' CLUSTER 12"CPP IE 137.43(N) /q"m SS SANITARY SEWER LINE 12"CPP IE 1370.43(S) oI 4"CY SD STORM DRAIN LINE p3 W WATER LINE FPO OP POWER I N E HD POWER LINEFI FIBER OPTICS NE III0 CB 11367 M t4t4t T TELECOMMUNICATIONS L INE 12674 C CABLE LINE RIM 122.86 8"PVC IE 137.79(E) G GAS LINE X� CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE(C LFNC)I 12"CPP IE 137.49(S) 12"CPP IE 13745(N)12"CPP IE 120.69( 18"CPP IF 118.19(SW) 3 ROOF OVERHANG/EAVE p I\ \\\\ \\ \/ // // / / / / / I I I I I I I I/ I I I I I 18"CPP IE 118.02(NW)�' I \ a EXISTING RETAINING WALL / \ I I I I I I I I •.- ASPHALT PAVING xI CULV 12"CPP S IE=1Y0 6 I / g� I ' N IIII I I I I I RESERVED � 1 PARKING -0' CONCRETE PAVING ~ \I 3 IZG \ I ( / m / I I I 3 o \ \ \\ ��/ // // I I INP LARKING Il GRAVEL SURFACE BUILDINGS 714__ 1-/ / / J Ll ',.,.,.....� MATCHLINE SHEET 7 I\ J 3t I- - W'o T-/� ! l` T / f/- MATCHLINE SHEET 10 �- C / % - X-x- o PORTION OF SE 1/4, NE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. 5E., W.M. o CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE ARLINGTON TM E E.B JOB NUMBER: 1024087629(24-015) 4 mg ""SN TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY j DATE: 5/23/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 p 0� SHEET SCALE: r=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: BEB Offiice:425-823-5700 1970E 67TH AVE NE TECHNICIAN: TJO/JM/AGB 4 7 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C31) email:info@sam.biz o 38479 TRACT ID: 31 �SRBGIs T 9RQ'SpF� TPN PA -31051500101500 a 05150010150E B ONA LANs RTYCHIEF: L FIELDBOOKS: / / / •�� MAR�iLINE SHEET 5 AIATCHUNE SHEET 8 _��— - \ 14"F SO �sD Aso 14 14"F x i VVyy RIGHT-OF-WAY PER PLAT OF AIRPORT 37 - 16 F I I 6' i R CB 113110 / IM 29.02 0 20' 40' 12'CPP IE 124.20 W 2 F // -----// 12' CPP IF 124.06 E I GRAPHIC SCALE MO, / /�I \ � UTILITY LOCATOR / \ (12 'NO SIGNAL' 7 \ G r 2 3 4 FOR WATER I\ / i W \ \ i "NORTH SNOHOMISH COUNTY ;; / SHEET SOLID WASTE TRANSFER STATION" I ( o/ /// METAL SHED 5 6 7 \ 4p,V`',R�� DIRT/GRAVEL/BIG ROCK SIGN FOUNDATION NO HOLDING AREA / p v ` I H 9 3pOG34237(7463) FFE=1za.s' �{III ED)Q��00004g��oo� ,�Ap .-I `CAMERA ON LIGHT POLE SHEET INDEX LEGEND ;je 22"F `O \/ / � � -130— ® FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT DOUBLE SWING GATE # W .1 C ( \\ ' O FOUND RE AR AND CAP AS NOTED 10•.pT SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE \ \ \ SS SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT I \ \ STORM DRAIN MANHOLE El CATCH B SIN ® R\ I WATER MET FIRE HYDRANT x C� ,�.., �� \ \ \` \\\ M WATER VALVE UWALL HOSE BE MICV RRIGATION CONTROL VALVE p POWER VAULT "STOP" \ \� UTILITY PO EW/LIGHT,UNDERGROUND 9�CONC \ 6i UTILITY POLE W LIGHT&UNDERGROUND \ SSMH 25426 �\ RAILROAD TIE RET Y Ti CONDUIT / \ a .RIM 142.62 \ V \� �� - "ARLINGTON RECYCLING AND �v, /� -�10"PVC IE 134.62 SW130-tom - 5 5� y� I--- ------------- �' UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT TRANSFER STATION" /CJ\/ 10"PVC IE 125.57 N ----- -=0 _ __ _- c UTILITY POLE SIGN SW PIPE IS INSIDE DROP \ ---_ --_ - ---- UN D PROPOUND CONDUIT ONDUITFORMER& �� _- `'�' \\ \ BTM OF DROP PIPE 127.26 ` - ------ ---- - C - /-- i� -- --O -- -- I {C UTILITY POLE W/UNDERGROUND CONDUIT -140 — _ _ _ _ --—per- 4 UTILITY POLE ---- ------------ �� -----_------r POWER METER / M 143.68 �� -144----- W a"\PAC IN(S) _--/- -�-- ------ --_- -OP— POWER JUNCTION BOX 15 -'` 8' PVC�UT�) // I �❑ STREET LIGHT YYYhhh CNTR CHAN.135.16 /�� I /-/ ---__ YARD LIGHT -------_-_--- 16 3868.44'(R1)' (- _X— X X— X_X X—X -- X --- _---- \\- ® POWER STUB (SODS 3320) W " FND 3"BRASS DISK W/PUNCH MARK —X X —X X X =�=-Xy X I TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER T 5%5"CONO.MON SDMH 25325 .� IN 4"X4"CONIC MON,ON.0.2' X—X—X •FOIP FIBER OPTICS INDICATOR POST PER R7 STAMPED: SNO.CO.SURVEY TELECOMMUNICATIONS JUNCTION BOX RIM 145.58 EAST-WEST CENTER OF SECTION LINE S PUBDC WORKS PLS 21599 SECTION 15-31-5 14"CPP IE 138.41 6.73 (E) T TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE 14"CPP IE 136.73(N) (4/16 X 0.9'W.OF SW CLFNC COR.) I � GAS METER (4/16/2024) "63RD AVE TBM'D' 4°O��g00e��9��e��p iZ GIP GAS INDICATOR POST 4 U ® MONITOR WELL 195TH ST NE" EL=144.49 mrlwr GUY ANCHOR GI I GI SIGN RI 14.7 -PST POST O 1143.544TOP NUT MAIL BOX SDMH 25347 7I7 +LCL BUILDING COLUMN RIM 144.86 o LOCAL LOW POINT MI LINE CONTINUES 14"CPP IE 138.94(N) 14"CPP IE 138.a6(S) <I< ,v�12"F FIR DOUBLE YELLOW LANE LIN \\ ~ 4;'CPP IE 138.78(W) `7Y C'`12"S SPRUCE 12"CY CHERRY W/TLL PRIVACY INSERTS I 12 M�122 MT MAPLE DECIDUOUS Q I 12"M' 12"M' CLUSTER 2"M' SS SANITARY SEWER LINE SD STORM DRAIN LINE o I W WATER LINE "STOP" -- I P POWER LINE CB 25346 -OP OVERHEAD POWER LINE RIM 144.63 < *6"CPP IE 143.13(SE) FO FIBER OPTICS LINE 14"CPP IE 140.77(S) I T TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINE 1_X ~ 14"CPP IE 140.66(N) G GASLLINE NE CAPPED X X CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE(CLFNC) o I I VE EXISTING OVE RHANG/ESTI RETAINING AWALL ASPHALT PAVING CULV 12"GONG N IE=143.35' CONCRETE PAVING GRAVEL SURFACE a a oI I BUILDINGS 'o PORTION OF SE 1/4, NE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. 5E., W.M. CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE ARLINGTON TM E E.B JOB NUMBER: 1024087629(24-015) 4 mg°`""�N jai TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY j DATE: 5123/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 p 5� SHEET SCALE: 1"=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: SEE Office:425-823-5700 19700 67TH AVE NE TECHNICIAN: TJO/JM/AGB 4 8 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C31) email:info@sam.biz o 38479 i° TRACT ID: 31051 fsRe�tsTl:Res�� TPN:31051500101500 PA a 500101500 B ONAL LANs RTYCHIEF: FIELDBOOKS: — MATCHLINE SHEET 6 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — /' — — — It MATCHLINE SHEET 9 T \\ \ 1 I � I ECOLOGY BLOCK WALL 0� r II 0 20' 40' / / I CULV 12"CPP W I� 53' I I\ GRAPHIC SCALE 2 3 4 5 6 7 32--1= g g 10 SHEET INDEX f 136` I LEGEND -/3 (D FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE 5�\ I ® FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT 0 FOUND RE AR AND CAP AS NOTED \ \. Q SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE \ .Xkjf \'4p\ I_ &SS SANITARY R SEWER OUT TORM DRANMA HOLE El CATCH BASIN FIRE HYDRANT 142 HOSERBIBALVE M ICV IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE -- - f � --�/- \\ice HI'r I © POWER VAULT BURIED EAST --- -- __ __----�-- ' '--'/---- `_ �l I Y J UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT,UNDERGROUND ER -_ - �� /I ------ - -� ----144 UTICONDUIT ITY TPOLE W/LIGHT&UNDERGROUND _ _ \ -----/ 1 / 'l ------- --- ` --- v T'` CONDUIT l �---_-li-- - --'�J �I � 6-' I �� UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT ------------142--\� /� / �\ UTI TY LE W/TRANSFORMER& ------- - --------- ` ------ _� -- PO- --- ----- / ----------- -` ---- 14g\ - W/UNDERGROUND U NDERGROUND CONDUIT -- -- ----- -_�--- -� .-.)\`�� .. t I ❑ UTILITY POLE POWER TRANSFORMER PPOWER METER \ - '.. ..•. S. I �❑ STT EPOWEET LIIGHTION BOX YARD LIGHT � �-a-%-�.---%�-X---•..-]c��( ..-_-,�,-__.-,gip .. �= .-.+....... .. ...:�`, ,,,.. -..: ." " \\ ® POWER STUB -- >':T. N88'10'13"W \ r I a] TELECOMMUNICATIONS VAULT -�X- _X� � 123B•1I —x—X—X—x . 1 ❑ TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER - -%J` --x%=-%�.-% % �' „ .`( ,_ -/ •FOIP FIBER OPTICS INDICATOR POST _ ^ %�_-X' : _ EAST-WEST CENTER OF SECTION LINE OR TELECOMMUNICATIONS JUNCTION BOX -- mIm 4��1I�Q��q��°D OR SECTION 15-31-5 T� TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE N _-OP--- BIZ ® GAS METER w GIP GAS INDICATOR POST MONITOR WELL -OP—- GUY ANCHOR i w OP— Z I Z SIGN o -OP i -PST POST d as 4��004 --OP--- al< MAIL BOX -OP M of �__ + BUILDING COLUMN 1 - 0 LCL LOCAL LOW POINT vUil I A,� LINE CONTINUES ,vt,2 F FIR STY C',12"S SPRUCE 12"CY CHERRY 12 DT DECIDUOUS 12"M MAPLE 3 I 12"2.M.M. 12.M,. — ,2_M' CLUSTER SS SANITARY SEWER LINE SD STORM DRAIN LINE o I W WATER LINE P POWER LINE -OP OVERHEAD POWER LINE Q FO FIBER OPTICS LINE T TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINE C CABLE LINE G GAS LINE X X CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE(CLFNC) o I I EXISTINGROOF OVER TANNIN GAVE WALL N I I ® ASPHALT PAVING Io I CONCRETE PAVING p a , GRAVEL SURFACE a N o NI BUILDINGS 'o PORTION OF SE 1/4, NE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. 5E., W.M. o CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE ARLINGTON TM E E.B JOB NUMBER: 1024087629(24-015) 4 mg°`""�q jai TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY j DATE: 5/23/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 p 0� SHEET SCALE: r=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: BEB Offiice:425-823-5700 19700 67TH AVE NE TECHNICIAN: TJO/JM/AGB 4 9 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C31) email:info@sam.biz 0- 38479 fsRft"'sRes - TPN:31051500101500 a TRACT ID: 31051500101500 B OA'AL L"N>t PARTYCHIEF: FIELDBOOKS: � 3A# MATCHUNE SHEET 7 1\ 3 \ MATCHUNE SHEET 10I- \ \ ) I \✓/ / / \ ) / / / / / / I / I � < ��` GATE FLAG POLE�� I o MEDIAN 6'TALL "�H NE FRO ICH / K 1�� W/3 STRAND 1 / /UPERVI�OR' BARBED WIRE - 3 I ) / / 0 20' 40' // J �/////j /////w/scN�o GRAPHIC SCALE � DLE p/ONE" CB 11922 END 5/8"REBAR AND -- /^^ /( f RIM 142 1922 CAP,'SNOHO CO ROW \ \ CULV.LB"CPP-S fE 114. ' / // // / / 6"PVC IF 139.90(E) o \ \ � -- // / / // / / (4/29/24) II / / N / / / 12"CPP IE 139.19(S) 42 \��\ /// //// / // 12"CPP IE 1F. $'QNOHED 3'WSDO A M.DISK IN CASE,ON.0.5' 3 Io 2 3 4 \ \ \\ \_ -/ o / / / / STAMPED'2013 ARLI RM' I a N, \ �i // / / /// / / / / of (4/29/24) M IC I I SSMH 11363 \ C ULV 12 CPP E" IE= 118 Z6'\ / / / /// / // / / / / a EB RIM 143.50 \I_ -\�� l / / // / / / I / a°a ® 12 DI IE 132.53(S) / W PLACARD ICV i I 12"DI IE 132.47(N) 5 6 7 0 J.2CPY7'/I€=N 9.15'/ / / 3 W yL� �� / 8 9 130 \ \--- SDMI+12623_ %y a -8M 119.86 / i'/// // / / I CY 10 t2SPRIE,116.767W�� .�--�\\ �- -12'•�P IS i16367E7-'/ / ��i /� / I I la w MICV 18"CPP IF 1 4.9T-tNE)- i /' / �) I SHEET INDEX tE tt4-1 4�NW)--' i / WITH FLOW RESTRICTOR - �i� / // 3 i -SEE-0ETAtt SH EET�--- �=-- / I CB 11366 LEGEND / / RIM VC IE ® FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE - 8"PVC IE 139.28(E) / 6 12"CPP IE 138.96(S) 0 FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT - -- i' --- / 12"CPP IE 1111 (N) O FOUND RE BAR AND CAP AS NOTED O SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE ---- FOUND PUNC�i-IIV 3"BRASS DISK ��' 'a a SS SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT STAMPED SNOHOMISH CSUNT*- / CB 11934 3 @ STORM DRAIN MANHOLE -----SURVEY BM 0042-PE5 21599". _ --� I RIM 14254 I ❑ CATCH BASIN /(05/08/2024) - POWER CABINET ON 6'CPP IE 141.39(SE) o '/ ® WATER METER CONCRETE SLAB °i / Q FIRE HYDRANT \I / /'\y ---- a / MEDIAN WATER VALVE / / /- UTILITY LOCATOR I �� I Bo HOSE BE " _140� PT, - P LOST SIGNAL" s I XICV IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE \� ON 3 I DT ) © POWER VAULT 'ARLI'REFERENCE STATION \ 4� UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT,UNDERGROUND CONDUIT&TRANSFORMER N UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT&UNDERGROUND / 1' Ti CONDUIT SO Q `-- I Q-�x UTILITY POLE W/LIGHT ---f OF SSMH 11842 -.- \\ \\ CB 11908 BOLTS STRIPPED UNDERGROUND WCONDUITFORMER& RIM 142.71 UTILITY POLE *COULD NOT OPEN _ _ RIM 142.34 "DT {L UTILITY POLE W/UNDERGROUND CONDUIT \ 6"PVC IE 141.39(E) Zi I 4 UTILITY POLE CB 1 2.61 I I ❑Q POWER TRANSFORMER ,\ \ 12"CPP IS 140,66(N) RIM 142.61 12"CPP IS 140.65(S) e \\n I 3 POWER METER \ / I x POWER JUNCTION BOX IJI lX I I I (r❑ STREET LIGHT YARD LIGHT - 148 s / 4oN I "DT ® POWER STUB RIM 1142.34 3 .a r TELECOMMUNICATIONS VAULT 12 CPP IS 140.65N( ) Io TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER \ ST a Ay , -\\ ----- I �OIP TEBLEC MPM NSCATIIONS INDICATOR JUNCOTION BOX \ ,�I "LOST d WGS CONTROL POINT ID:15860 T TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE 1 \ -------\-/-- ----��---144--- AL"/ PUBLISHED OBSERVED O� GAS METER -1�- ^l // E:321450737 E:3214501119 a GIP GAS MONITOR WELL POST X- f(-----X \ - ��>7' -'7 ---- _ ------- II END PUNCH IN 1-3 4°BRASS DISK IN X k'--X / - �- -146--SE-COR-FENCE I I / GUY ANCHOR % X-X-%X-X-X- ---�-'' IS 2.0'N. 1.7' 20"F �� I 60' o CONC MON IN CASE,DN.0.5' SIGN X-x-X-X�X_ -----148� OF(CORNER 30' I (5/10/24) ST POST 588'10'13"E � 60.00' 151 / 4"DT BOLLARD EAST-WEST CENTER OF SECTION LINE MAIL BOX W W BUILDING COLUMN of zlz SECTION 15-31-5 -- -141)" TBM'A' 33 74 o LCL LOCAL LOW POINT FOUND PUNCH IN 3'BRASS EL=1�45.61 LINE CONTINUES NI DISK IN 4"X4"CONCRETE12"F FIR I 7I7 MONUMENT AT GRADE. a I 12"S SPRUCE 4=9 04 (04/30/2024) I CB 11571 12"CY CHERRY ---OP CB 11365 RIM 145.38 -OP I 12"MT DECIDUOUS -OP RIM 145.45 -OP 8"PVC IE 141.30(E) 12Moll' ' 12'M' ---OP ---OP 6'TALL WITH 12"CPP IS 140.41 (S) \ 3-STRAND 12'M' 12"M' CLUSTER -OP 12"CPP IE 140.41 (N) -I BARBED WIRE 1 M -�-OP __-OP SO III- SS SANITARY SEWER LINE STORM DRAIN LINE I-OP 146- +--OP W WATER LINE J -OP -Op_ - P POWER LINE i -OP OVERHEAD POWER LINE FO FIBER OPTICS LINE T TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINE I \I i C CABLE LINE 1J\ G GAS LINE \ X % X CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE(CLFNC) - EXISTING ER RETAINING WALL \ i nor] ASPHALT PAVING CONCRETE PAVING O I SSMH 11364 i N GRAVEL SURFACE RIM 147.52 12"PVC IS 133.29(W) ry 12'PVC IF 133.23(S) LL BUILDINGS 12"PVC IE 133.14(N) W I CTR CHAN.133.19 I n 'o PORTION OF SE 1/4, HE 1/4, SEC. 15, TWP. 31 N., RGE. 5E., W.M. CITY OF ARLINGTON, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON a N NO. REVISIONS BY DATE PROJECT: CORNERSTONE ARLINGTON TM m V,E.B JOB NUMBER: 1024087629(24-015) 4 jai TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY j DATE: 5/23/2024 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 p 0� SHEET SCALE: r=20' Redmond,WA 98052 OF a SURVEYOR: BEB Office:425-823-5700 19700 67TH AVE NE O/JM/AGB TECHNICIAN: TJ 4 10 OF 10 i DRAWING: 24015 C31) email:info@sam.biz o 38479 i° �S�BOL3TeRes�� TPN-.31051500101500 PARTYCHIEF: a TRACT ID: 31051500101500 BOW AL LkVM FIELDBOOKS: � 3A# 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D estD CONSULTANT- 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETf X S AT OF WASH GTON /I H ST.NE _ ---- - ---- -------- -- -- — ---—______ _________- ------ -------- ----- -- __--- J ---_ _—---__--- ------ --- ,� - -- " Arlington Operations -- _ -- - — enter EXISTBRIDGE I. yr,. MATERIAL PARKING s # FOR EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING BRIDGE SHOP&STORAGE. USTORAGED �� COVERED [ OFFICE EXISTING I Snohomish County (E.E.R.) PARKING STORAGE EXISTING rl ° p Public Works EXISTING FLEET STORAGE I I I I L J MAINTENANCE I I AT BUILDINGS BUILDING I 19620 67th Ave NE W ASH VEHICLE WASH g EXISTING & I Arlington, WA 98223 l � I � to IIII III �+ I T J;EX EXISTING PARKINGI i I ,_� I L I I PERMIT SET I IIII � J L L I I I z ' - - _ 1 I � 111 This drawing Is 5/02/2025 z 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. W > EXISTING - III I I I I I I _ `=, I.. :LLI 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service B Q _STORAGE _ > 3.For use on this protect only.Obtain Architects B BUILDINGS , '�'' _ Q written permission for any other use or reproduction. , i of k: -- -- r PROJECT NUMBER' EXISTING EXISTING ai COVERED COVERED _ � 2023-053 MATERIAL MATERIAL =_ ,- STORAGE STORAGE �\ � I • i \\ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION _ I PROJECT WORK AREA \ i , EXISTING -- # STORAGE EXISTING EXISTING - # � BUILDING UNCOVERED UNCOVERED `� _ - - PROJECT # STORAGE MATERIAL PROJECT MANAGER:EXISTING PS NG BUILDINGS;DEMOL REMAIN TO TAKE STORAGE BINS CONSTRUCTION E PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH PLACE AFTER NEW BUILDING OCCUPANCY JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG R� 1, =' A C C U S — ARCHITECTURAL SITE T RAL\ - ; � 1 EXISTING TRAILER TO BE ROTATED 90 \ LJ DEGREES AND RELOCATED ADJACENT TO DEMO PLAN EXISTING TRIPLE WIDE TRAILER AT BEGINNING OF CONSTRUCTION �• e RELOCATE EXISTING BUILDINGS PRIOR ARCHITECTURAL SITE DEMO PLAN TO STARTING AREA 1 CONSTRUCTION A! 1"=60,_0• 1 2 3 4 5 3 4 5 CITY OF ARLINGTON, SECTION 15, TOWNSHIP 31 N, RANGE 05E FILE NO.: PLN#1316/1317 GENERAL NOTES 1. SEE CIVIL DEMO PLANS AND SURFACING PLANS FOR CONTRACTOR'S SURFACING SCOPE OF WORK. SURFACESITE LIGHTING Architect Civil Engineer Electrical Engineer Surveyor VICINITY MAP 2. TYPE AND LOCATIONS,LANDSCAPEAVING SCOPE,SITEIPLANTINGS SCHEMES Reid Middleton Hargis Engineers Inc. SAM Companies a ARE SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN AND Dykeman :.ek Safeway® ENLARGED SITE PLANS FOR REFERENCE ONLY-SEE DYKEMAN 1716 West Marine View Drive 728134th ST SW,Suite 200 1201 3rd Ave Suite 600 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 APPLICABLE DESIGN DISCIPLINE FOR EACH-CIVIL, Everett,WA 98201-2098 Everett,WA 98204 Seattle,WA 98101 Redmond,WA 98052 Nutty's Junkyard Grill © ELECTRICAL AND LANDSCAPE SHEETS FOR THE ABOVE 'e NAMED SCOPES OF WORK ON SITE. Contact:Trish Sherman Contact:Mark Davis Contact:Taylor VanderKley Contact:Bruce Bailey i ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Phone: (425)259.3161 Phone: (425)741-3800 Phone: (206)448.3376 Ph. (425)823-5700 PROPERTY DATA Fax: (425)259-5242 Fax: # Fax: (206)4484450 Fax: # D Email: Uishs@dykeman.net Email: mdavis@reidmiddleton.com Email: taylor.vanderkley@hargis.ba Email: info@sari biz egates v ZONING: GENERAL INDUSTRIAL(GI) D ycling ADJACENTZONING: GENERAL INDUSTRIAL(GI) dykernan.rnn - • SUBAREA: CASCADE INDUSTRIAL CENTER FIRE DISTRICT: SNOHOMISH COUNTY FPD 21 AIRPORT PROTECTION DISTRICT SUBDISTRICT: C USE: GOVERNMENT OFFICE BUILDING CONSULTANT: i PARCEL SIZE(GROSS): 17.56 ACRES(764,913.6 SF) PHASE 1 WORK AREA: 256,300 SF MAXIMUM ALLOWED LOT COVERAGE: 100% 'O ACTUAL LOT COVERAGE (PHASE 1) 8 IMPERVIOUS: 480,902 SF(92.8%) PERVIOUS 37,462 SF(7.2%) NORTH BUILDING SIZE(GROSS): LOWER LEVEL 11,374 SF UPPER LEVEL 7 011 SF SCALE:1"=2000'-0" TOTAL 18,385 SF • EXISTING BLDG.HT.: 30'-0"(TALLEST OF ALL EXIST. BLDGS) PROPOSED BLDG.HT: 36'-0"(ABOVE MEAN GRADE) 6467 REGISTERED PARCEL ID: 31051500101500 ARCHITECT LEGAL DESCRIPTION: SCREEN WALL SEC 15 TWP 31 RGE 05-S1/2 SE11/4 NE1/4 EXC N 15FT THOF& EXC CO RD ALSO EXC RM TO CITY OF ARL BEING E 6OFT&S 10FT OF N 25FT OF SD S1/2 SE114 NE1/4 PER QCD REC AF NO TI Y JpA S EWETT TYPE C LANDSCAPE 200303240704 S AT or WASH cTON SCREEN PER AMC 20.76.040 SEWER DISTRICT: CITY OF ARLINGTON � ______- CITY OF ARLINGTON _ LEGEND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C 197TH ST NE _ - / - (LOCALACCESS/60-0 R.O.W.} _ N 88°1440"W 1245 50 — ro z _ EXISTING TREES Arlington Operations �ngton EXISTING T EXIST^ EXISTING BRIDGESH Y 'dPH FIREHYDRANT-PERCIVIL Center EXISTING -BRIDGE OP&STORAGE FOR UNCOVERED I I I� COVERED EXISTING OFFICE I-I1 STORAGE VEHICLE/EQUIP. PARKING' p1� 62 TYP I PLC PROPERTY LINE EXISTING -- I _ SD2.o Snohomish Count (E.E.R.) PARKING STORAGE EXISTING 9'-10" EXISTING FLEET I se-- SETBACK Public Works R.O.W. STORAGE I I I I I MAINTENANCE ;' BUILDINGS r- BUILDING S - Ell CHARGING STATION AT EXISTING VEHICLE GROUND SOURCE 19620 67th Ave NE wggH: MECHANICAL SYSTEM 'I t. _f I (C)EV CAPABLE CHARGING STATION ` I (R)EVREADYCHARGINGSTATION Arlington, WA 98223 EXISTING PARKING I (c)(R) - _ `!\- = I Q PARKING STATISTICS PERMIT SET EXISTING 1 1 i l 1 1__ o- \ DECANTS _ 3 w I.I ;_ _ _ = PARKING REQUIRED: 05/02/2025 lL o �I I II I I I III _ - - ``` ` Z 1 SPACE PER 400 GROSS SF _ 18,360 S F/400 46 STALLS This drawing Is `,° ' 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. Q I I I I ' _,.^� /// `j`\a`_. m PARKING PROVIDED: i m _ _ + W 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. STORAGE _-__-___ _-__-___ - , I STANDARD: 201 STALLS B "' _ - I I Q < ACCESSIBLE: 6 STALLS 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B U �4, I i 4 \ _ _-i w 1 ✓\ ) ".. of written permission for any other use or reproduction. o a BUILDING — �' _, * �_' ✓ _ " I I + BICYCLE PARKING: +/-5T-0' r'_ ,�I 'r' e� -)I r' �� y ¢ 10%OF REQUIRED PARKING = 5STALLS REQ'D -• 7 STALLS PROVIDED EXISTING EXISTING ` NUMBER: Q: COVERED COVERED �ti _- ° j f EV CHARGING STATIONS, 2023 053 Q - MATERIAL MATERIAL - 1 Plli 't' STORAGE STORAGE ��\` v�„\ 10%OF TOTAL PARKING 21 STALLS PROM w t `` T I`, ? I (w 22 STALLS PROVIDED (INCL.1 ADA) • i I I —� Z ' '/ , .I \' -I EV CAPABLE SPACES: l' �„ z # _ - --- .I `"': 10%OF TOTAL PARKING = 21 STALLS REQ'D MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ` Y `� z! , 22 STALLS PROVIDED 1 04/04/2025 SUP COMMENTS PROJECT WORK AREA u — I (INCL.1 ADA) # AREAS OUTSIDE THESE a- - - ( _ - _ EV READY SPACES: lji LIMITS TO REMAIN) Y LU r 10%OF TOTAL PARKING = 21 STALLS REQ'D ------------- 22 STALLS PROVIDED RECONFIGURED # EXISTING so o PARKING AREAS # STORAGE EXISTING EXISTING BICYCLE # � BUILDING UNCOVERED UNCOVERED "�'� - -__= �a PARKING STALLSaa • STORAGE MATERIAL I ADMIN./ - -�- -'- "�- - �, PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ # STORAGE BINS -_ _- rm I CREW TYPE C LANDSCAPE - PROJECT MANAGER: PS I SUPPORT SCREEN PER AMC PROJECT ARC TH 5 BLDG. FH 2O.76.040 JOB CAPTAIN;ARCHITECT: DF,KG - I 2 STORIES " 18,970 SF w n _ a A — 62 EXISTING BUILDINGS Fri s zo TO REMAIN DURIN l _ - - CONSTRUCTION A \_ - _ = NEW RETAwwGWALL � o� D ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN .:4m PARCEL ID:3105150C401212 — — — _ _ gi�i gi gl�il ail ao gg g - .:' i 11 -----_N 88.10 13 W 1236.12 " t, 1 I' ••. - 0 30' 60' 120 PARCEL ID: NEW OPEN Al PARKING TYPE B LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN Scale:1"=60'-0^ NORTH D2'01 SERVICE YARD 20.76.040 SCREEN PER AMC . , A� l� 1"=60'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 4 5 CITY OF ARLINGTON, SECTION 15, TOWNSHIP 31 N, RANGE 05E FILE NO.: PLN#1316/1317 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D CONSULTANT: • B2 PUBLIC SPACE/ I PRIVATE D2.0 STREET SIDE PROPERTY V 6467 REGISTERED BLACK VINYL COATED BLACKVINYL ARCHITECT INTERMEDIATE POST COATED CORNER/ BLACK VINYL END POST BEYOND i COATED TOP RAIL TI Y JAM S EWETf BLACK VINYL COATED 5 AT DF WASH GTON o. INTERMEDIATE POST O BLACK VINYL ~ BLACK VINYL COATED C COATED TOP p CHAIN LINK FENCE •• • RAIL k m BLACBOTTOM RAIL K VINYL COATED Arlington Operations w 01 0 w "CONC.WALL Center Y BLACK VINYL 3 COATED CHAIN z FOR 3/4'CHAMFER LINK FENCE x BLACK VINYL O 0 Snohomish County COATED E z ° a BOTTOM RAIL 4 W O Public Works z °z� w o� z AT 1 112" '.-. W u_ u OD _ BLACK VINYL 19620 67th Ave NE N O 0 A3 COATED w U FINISH Arlington, WA 98223 WELDED MTL x GRADE PLATE z _ III—III ° III—III _ ANCHOR PERMIT SET BOLTS _ CONCRETE a. 05/02/2025 _ _ WALL 4 °d- - This drawing is: _ 1.Copright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. III III—III III III—III—III I ° a I 2.They Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B P .SCREEN WALL I e FOOTING AND 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B T.JOINT REINF.PER written permission for any other use or reproduction. HERE OCCURSI , g STRUCTURAL PROJECT 2023-053 �Q CHAIN LINK FENCE STREET ELEVATION ��CHAIN LINK FENCE TYP. SECTION • =1'-0" MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 04/04/2025 SUP COMMENTS 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" a PRECAST CONCRETE SILL a 21'-0' a° 8"x8"x16"SOLID GROUTED MASONRY WALL,COLOR AS ° a SELECTED BY ARCHITECT a _ JECT TEAM: e d • —— I L\ /— (2)GALVANIZED METAL 4 PRINCIPAL IN CHAIR El Ti PANEL GATES a PROJECT MANAGER: PS 9'-6"(w)x 5'-0"(h) °d 1 - PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH f A q JOB CAPTAIN: 1 DF,KG 1/2"PRE-MOLD a 4 TRASH ENCLOSURE A D2.0 TYP. < a CONC.SLAB a < k- 0 00 00 A IN FOUNDATION AND - 4 REINF.PER STRUCTURAL 1 _4 - ARCHITECTURAL SITE a DETAILS RETAINING WALL e I PER SHORING - 1 CONTRACTOR 20'-0"O.C.MAX. TRASH ENCLOSURE ENLARGED PLAN WALL SECTION AT TRASH ENCLOSURE SCREEN WALL VERT. JOINT 0.1 (4 '. 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D estD CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT 1 TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON 0 A C „PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 I I I I I I I I I PERMIT SET l 05/02/2025 I I I I I This drawing is: I l 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. I l 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B l 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B l written permission for any other use or reproduction. I PROJECT I I I I _ _ Upper Level 14'- 2023-053 a I I I I II • I II I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION B I I II I II I II I II I II � a III PROJECT A3 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ D2.0 PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH CA JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG II � II SITE STAIR DETAILS A3 Dz a Lower Le o l �- a a a SITE STAIR REFERENCE PLAN SITE STAIR LONGITUDINAL SECTION /-1 I 3/8"=1'-0.1 /'13 3/8"=1'-0' 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN HIGH EAVE FLASHING D estD STEEL TUBE END STEEL TUBES AT 18"O.C. WELDED TO'C'CHANNEL PER STRUCTURAL STANDING SEAM DESIGN SPAN ROOF BY AEP SPAN 12CONSULTANT: 2 WELD SLEET ANGLE TO ATTACH TRIM CLEAT STEEL TUBE END WELDED TO WF COLUMN.TUBE AT EVERY COLUMN AND 4'-0"MAX.O.C. PREFORMED (WELDED TO'C'CHANNEL GUTTER PER STRUCTURAL) • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI 2.FA!! r_.TON TT S AT C IDENTIFICATION:PROJECT C 24 GA SS BRACKET Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works Z EdIII AT =1 —I 19620 67th Ave NE III—I 1 —III Arlington, WA 98223 III— SHORING WALL 1 1/2"CIA STL.HANDRAIL _ AND FACING PER WELDED TO 1 1/2" III—III41 CONTRACTOR GUARD RAIL POST PERMIT SET =11111IIIII w 05/02/2025 _ _ > This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. W —III < d 1 1/2"DIA.STEEL 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. PIPE HAND RAIL e C2¢ 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B C2 D2.0 D2.0 OPP. written permission for any other use or reproduction. III—III oI PROJECT NUMBER: III—I ° d IIIII ` a a da WFCOLUMN 6 PER STRUCTURAL w 2023-053 - °° ,i4- W — IIIe MARK DATE DESCRIPTION EQ EQ CONC.STAIR ON 4"DIA.DOWNSPOUT. GRADE PER DISCHARGE TO DRAIN 1/4"HOT DIP 5• I d STAIRS,LANDINGS 7/53.02 PIPE UNDER GROUND GALVANIZED _ AND RAILINGS PLATE a- - BEYOND NOT SHOWN F2"MINIMUM CRUSHED Ci C.I.P BENCH W/ ° FOR CLARITY SURFACING TO D2 0 v 3/4"CHAMFER, 1 1/2"DIA.STEEL WELD TO COURSING TYP. PIPE HAND RAIL GUARDRAIL POST COURSE III da_ OR MECH. a 2"SAND FASTENED TO 1/2"EXPANSION CONC.WALL IIIII III a d a III m - ANCHORS(2) SIDE VIEW PROJECT TEAM: ° id a a 4ad 1/4"HOT DIP PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I Ti II II II--III III III_—III III III Id d a oI-a IoI—I OI I—aIoI I OI IaI I IOI—a IOI aII IOI ao—II OII II aI I I OII'II II—IIaII II o°a II II II—II II II-o_a—II II II dI I I—II IIo°II—Ia I I II II II o—II aII II I d a a d aG ALVA NIZED PROJECT MANAGER: PSPLATE da PROJECT ARCHITECT: THd o t� d BRACKET JOB CAPTAIN: DF ,KG o A Lower Level I I I I 0-0" SITE STAIR D ETAILS Li o° A III—I ° a III—III—III III—III—III—III III—III—III III—III—III a _ _ III—III a III—III—III—III—III—III—III —III—III—III—III—III—I a < 41 e —III—III �� •- PLAN VIEW TOP RAILING ABOVE CONC. FOUNDATION A3 SR-1 ROOF OVER EXTERIOR SITE STAIRS C� G-1 GUARDRAIL BASE PL. CONC. STAIRS C2 H-1 HANDRAIL BRACKET 1/2"=,-0. B.=,,-0. B.=1.-0" 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 CITY OF ARLINGTON, SECTION 15, TOWNSHIP 31 N, RANGE 05E FILE NO.: DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON ___________ PROJECT - - - - - — -_-- �-y� - -- - - ___ _ - Arll gton Oper atlons— Center 1 FOR FIII1 � � Snohomish County Public Works AREA 2 AT 19620 67th Ave NE o Arlington, A 98223 \ I I PERMIT SET-- I 05/02/2025 II This drawing is: / 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. e � �'� I - i I = i�` 7 � ' _ � � 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT AREAS �o 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION �r r Mr PROJECT sK' - PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I Ti PROJECT MANAGER: I PS J PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH _ JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG 1 A -- SITE LOGISTICS PLAN 0 30' 60' 120' Scale:1"=60'-0" SITE LOGISTICS PLAN NORTH ' 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D EXISTING CONDITIONS LEGEND: �'-- _ - EL=13651 DYKEMAN RIM 12 5 �_ ------------------- -- -- -- - 6 gg 2' CP � �t w - - W 1- - W - - _-_-_-_ - _ _-- , 3 �a • FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN W w w �'- --t'r PEEo Ia �s / = I • FOUND SURFACE MONUMENT W-Wss " '°'"'°'- - - - � - - -sz-- _ �.';-a,�•-^a- •6/ FOUND REBAR AND CAP AS NOTED ss ss ss sS SS - s - _ --- - - 19� \ > �' - M / o o w SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE - eSS SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT -- -H---6"F - 1- ' � "" • ' � '.EFT '� - - - -- FLAG POLE-�S, SS ss STORM DRAIN MANHOLE .. -13z s SS Fo Nas,aao'w- - -- ■ CATCH BASIN 1245.50' ^xsry - "HANDICAP X LAG POLE � ' "-PARKING" _- ® WATER METER \ sz ., ...•`.. �� W FIRE HYDRANT CONSULTANT: ,.�( +'^.} SSMH 10412 \ 5p \• � DOUBLE 1 "/ .x POWER RIM 134.21 �� _ 2"SP "p DJ WATER VALVE ':FF¢�i 3;6' CONDUIT - p swlNc - "'"�`�.•`•. .�... FUEL uD \x °;,SRO;; B° HOSE BIB 'R GATE �m FUEL VAULT ' ' 'FORCE MAIN' :: cl W ICV IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE COUNTY O APPROXIMATE LOCATION F_�, 9"CONIC CB 20081 IN DI E AIR CR05x xrrcs PER CITY GIS @.i 5"METAL SD x/ RIM 135.77 14 pT ct 3 D 128 134th Street SW Suite 200 w"s1cN \ / \I © POWER VAULT CB 14104 3'TALL RIM 131.74 8"PVC 1 ) 4"FLEX IF 130.10(W) ®a / Everett.Washinggton 98204 \ 1z"CMP IE 129.89(s) M z0sao FEE- CB 20397 c M UTILITY POLE W/ LIGHT, UNDERGROUND Ph:425-141-3800 RIM 133.98 3 I RI 2031 CU IS ND RIM 20782 RIM 134.03 RIM,31sa \ 12'•CMP IF s1.43(s) I RI z IN SE R I 1 i CONDUIT & TRANSFORMER www.reidmiddlelon.com ,2"CMP IF 132.41 (S) 8"PVC .52(E) , DIS PA •p 12"CMP IF 129.36(N) / I 12"CMP IF 132.18(N) 1 13 7(S) 12"SP 1 UTILITY POLE W/ LIGHT 12"CPP IF 129.10(S) to `4a FFE=134.a' / I / / REGISTRATION STAMPS: 1 CB 20781 5"METAL & UNDERGROUND CONDUIT N RIM 131.51 RIM zos81 3'TALL UTILITY POLE W/ LIGHT •,'yP`._y; \12 CPP IF 128.91 (N) RIM 2058 _ p /^6 8..X "p i•,•':';:, k2"CPP IF 128.91 (S) 12"CONIC IF 131.04(N) 3 \ �;,•.:.'•:•,' ^. 12 coNc IF 131.0 B LI UTILITY POLE W/ TRANSFORMER & '" /^ CO 0 o,RD \ 0 E >FFE=134.4' CB 20318 \ RIM 134.00 UNDERGROUND CONDUIT C S EL BOLLARDS 3.5"STEEL BOLLARD -� 12"CMP IE 132.36(S) 5"METAL / 15'X5' /� I C 3 I AV UTILITY POLE W UNDERGROUND CONDUIT LED T\GONG. \ ;'�� 2'HIGH \\�� CB 20478 12"CMP IF 132.27(N) 3'TALL , SST ) e,C � „D / 'P \Ps .:•.S TIN SHE ffJJ+V/ICONG RIM 20478 Sp POWER OUTLET „SPEkD LIMIT 25MPH" / f UTILITY POLE FO ND A IOML I I '- CB 2Q333- W/ARROWS TO I8 12"CO CIE 130. 2() P \ ..:. 3 B a7$ I I I,z coN IF ,z9. 7 O \ sD\ RIM 13�a.z, MAwITENANCE BLDcs TH � zeo � POWER TRANSFORMER \ ICV p IM 130. * BAN ON F LL F \ 12•'CPid7 IF 130 2(W) "THIS AREA S L CB 32055 P \ ^ - WAT R \ SD DOUBLEI7$WSNPC 1 8(N) I UNDER Y"; 2"D ® POWER METER RIM 126.18 \ 'oo� P \\ 12G& IE 129 9(E) SURVEILLANCE \ 18' CPf IF 129 / �3 POWER JUNCTION BOX 2 M ILBoxEs PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: za✓ - -zs- \� \ \ / SD / • ❑ STREET LIGHT cB13056 -,zs- -� �\ \ l //_ HED �( YARD LIGHT Arlington Operations II RIM 12.99 SD j �` ��\ \ /e S/ 4"F,l X IE 123. 2 E) / / 12; PP E 12�11 (W) B 3 26 .✓� / / -t22- ' \\ \ SD \ 4 p Ft ® POWER STUB 1;h PP E 12.1 (E RI 25 42 \ S �`�� -,zp / Z RI --_----- ---sn - Center 1 P 1123.J9 N) '� � �- -'11s-� 1 , \� SD H 2O337 / C, I " P , s w RIM,195 c-- ---- / i-ne--- � � �� (\ / ,3a.9s o� 3 R T TELECOMMUNICATIONS VAULT �, r- _,te-_- \ \ 12 C J IF IUD i,�) 12"CPP It 136.85(S) CULV 12"C N 12" PP IE 12 / /B �13'CPP T1.\3 (s) / / \ \� _ -T2'• c 190..15 N \ IE=136.9. la "c (` ❑ TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER FOR ' I CU V 2"CPP N # 1� / CMI120.17 \ / / / ////�-t1°� \\ \ \ () '�l() {{ n C IE 136.70(E) ' 3 / LF FOIP FIBER OPTICS INDICATOR POST \� E 1 PP IF 132.85(W) _ SV 12"CPP NW IE=,1s.10 �'/ \ -- \� zoss\ a I I~ ® TELECOMMUNICATIONS JUNCTION BOX Snohomish Count\, o IH NGI G B W E P s \ \ --\ F �T TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE r CON UIT TO OW R UN TI N B X T - I ___\ _ , I _ _ `\ \ \ \ \ r 3 , a"cY ❑O GAS METER Purchasing Services \ -a GIP GAS INDICATOR POST ISD H i,2s§p ' I 1 'I B 1 ai,o� I ® MONITOR WELL AT �2' �(PA IF,N192j(N4.777W333) I h1\11112 CPF'E 13 439(N) N / klz�v GUY ANCHOR s"7�'P/IE/„��6�5( > (� ¢11�C P ,3,0. (s) I i SIGN 19620 67th Ave NE vnoy FLLo R�sYRICTOR\ " /II II I <T PST POST Arlington, WA 98223 \ \ \ � E/DD'TMLhHEET 2 / a0 8 FAL" • BOLLARD g // \ \ \ \\\\\\\ ///m•///\\ �� II�III I l \ °" 4'CY CB o MAIL BOX + BUILDING COLUMN \\ \�\ °\ / ///� ✓//` I I�� I I o 8"F •LCL LOCAL LOW POINT PERMIT SET \\\\ / Res v \�12"F FIR 05/02/2025 B - - \\ \\ \ \ ✓ / /, / - 2• LINE CONTINUES e /UCV 1[(;P%/5 IE=120.66'eI II I I "NO PARK 11 PIAR G 3 g I I 12 rewi S SPRUCE This dn is 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 12::CY CHERRY 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. j'\ \ / GA I S 1 12��DT DECIDUOUS 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's / \ / _ / I I '�,-/ written permission for any other use or reproduction. /,CB 1267a FLAG POLE I ( 12��M MAPLE 1/I C / llN 12286 \ I // f 1 ' a 12"M-012"M' CLUSTER PROJECT NUMBER: / Z" PIP IE/120.69(N) / / f////�/// // / ' 6'TAB I i �SR{�rAE y[H��]D1QI-{•�yL W/3 STRAND I / \ ECOLOGY BL CK WALL \ tie 18"CAP IIE/118.19(SW) / /// R� FIJ' 1 BARBED WIRE END PL 12��M' ° \ P I l a"\'Zp'. 1a,0\(NW)//// CB,19zz IN CAST ss SANITARY SEWER LINE 2023-053 / CULV 18"CI°P�sJE-HUt_/9' / ,� IM 1a2.t9 / 1 CA I SD- STORM DRAIN LINE CULV',12"CPP W IE- 3' ,(� STAMP/ \\22yoV � yON VC IE 139.s0(E) c�3 I�(4/2s/ w WATER LINE 1 PP IE 139T9(S) xI REVISION \ Uro V 12 PP IE=11�s ��////� e P POWER LINE ,13p T \ E 12" 39.15(N) ® MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 6W1 W W// J OVERHEAD POWER LINE p �. ,:'%�,� I "Cy II Fc FIBER OPTICS LINE \ PP IE n63s(x -% / / I -IC r TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINE 2 s \ 32 12'•CPP IET16.76�E��// / / o c� U T LO A OR I - 18"CPPLE 1�a_ E)_ _ / 3 c CABLE LINE _ \ / S CPP IE Ia4sa(NWT , / o - s Ic /I c GAS LINE WITH FLEW RF'STT�iCTOR- CB 11934 --SEE�ETP( HEEf z� �ewL�cnewET ON M 14z.5a o x x CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE (CLFNC) CONCRETE SLAB 6"CPP IE a /p - - /.`' -FOUND PPUN I ' BRAss-SS ' SE) ME ® EXISTING RETAINING WALL \ -1ao SNOHOB eNTY C, "DT UFtlEY M 0042 PITS 'ARLI'REFEREEi CE I -R1599"� ..STATION 1 � � ASPHALT PAVING (05/08/2024) PRINC� _ ---------------- / iaa- ' - ----------\ �,as_"i':.. j' _____________®®_®___ CB 11908 o II� "DT :� CONCRETE PAVING PROJEICT MANAGERPAL IN GE:�MAD ---.-� .. .� RIM 142.(j CB 1182, �.�J BI PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD ---_-�raa. _. ,_,__[ .... 6.R. IF 141.39 E RIM 142.61 a' a --- r \ 12"'.0 P\'E 1 0.66(N) / 1 3 = DRAFTER: JTG 1as------- ---�-� 1\ice ` A / rr o.s () GRAVEL SURFACE .. ....'1...: 1z"cPIE14 s s .....•' 'iaa': I co DRAWING TITL 's � A ... a .-. E t DT N88'1013 W .. ...:.. .. .. .. .. CB 11894 I 123 .`. :: EXISTING -- _ _ -- .......- .�-- -�..'�/ s ..... '..'..�. ..:.... .:,��' �.,^-�., '� ...\J� `�---- 12"CPP IE1140.65.(N ( SIG L" BUILDINGS -DP- -Dp o \_� -_,D.F--,as---, I a°' 30• CONDITIONS MAP EAST-WEST CENTER OF SECTION LINE SECTION 15-31-5 -OP--- EAST-WEST CENTER OF a� I 4"DT -0p SECTION LINE SE COR.FENCE IS 2.0'N. r I TBM _ - -Op .7'E.OF CORNER SECTION 15-31-5 x e EL=1 DRAWING NUMBER: - x 1 I ---OP FOUND PUNCH IN 3"BRASS SCALE IN FEET \ /1 .01 40 0 40 80 V 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 LEGEND: D STORM DRAIN PIPE W w — n o� w w w ® 3 UD UNDERDRAIN N aiDYKEMAN - -I SST—nl€ _ w w w w ------------------w---- - _ — w w --w---__-_ N I-LL FD FOOTING DRAIN PIPE —Ss SS .o,. sS ss ss SS ss — sS— — _ N€' — — — ( ■ CATCH BASIN TYPE 1ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SS --- — SS ss SS SS ss ss o 0 CATCH BASIN TYPE 2 FO D —SD i FA srro/smser n — — — � ° ° —0p c w � INFILTRATION GALLERY °p_ os r I BIOFILTRATION/MEDIA FILTER CONSULTANT: .3. II ° Y ®o SS SANITARY SEWER PIPE 3 M SSFM SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN "D 728 134th Skeet SW Suite 200 I DW DOMESTIC WATER MAIN PIPE Everett.Washingqton 98204 y I ' Ph:425-741-3800 -a FP FIRE PROTECTION SERVICE www.reidmiddleton.com 3 D I + FIRE HYDRANT REGISTRATION STAMPS: L I3 i SEWER MANHOLE A DyG "D ZF wAel�I� O P©^ I I I I WA R U TY s� • • I FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION c �TR TM NTT IN so FP „D POST INDICATOR VALVE A BEND 9��sSON � VEHICLE SD CHARGING 5p • — WHEEL STOP STATION, TYP •I i w ° B� STEEL BOLLARD PROJ ENTIFICATION: o I Z 5p W 03 w O POLE BASES Arlington Operations iQ 1 C" SIGN Center II^ I F FIRE LANE MARKINGS I D FOR • 3 Snohomish County p ADA RAMP I GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES rn c Purchasing Services to I 1. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE CITY OF ARLINGTON PUBLIC WORKS STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AND THE CURRENT EDITION OF AT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (WSDOT) STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SD Sp V) 3 cr FOR ROAD, BRIDGE, AND MUNICIPAL CONSTRUCTION. A COPY OF THESE DOCUMENTS SHALL BE 19620 67th Ave NE ON SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. Arlington, WA 98223 0 2. IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE DEVELOPER/CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN A GRADING N • PERMIT, RIGHT—OF— WAY PERMIT, AND UTILITY PERMITS, FROM THE CITY. ALL REQUIRED o PERMITS FROM OTHER AGENCIES MUST ALSO BE OBTAINED BY THE DEVELOPER/CONTRACTOR. PERMIT SET B w � 3. PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY, THE DEVELOPER/ CONTRACTOR SHALL ATTEND A 05/02/2025 B PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE WITH THE CITY. THE CONSTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE THE PRE— CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE BY CALLING (360) 403-3500. PRIOR TO SCHEDULING, THE This drawing is: SO x o3 CONTRACTOR MUST SUBMIT AND RECEIVE APPROVAL FOR THE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN, CITY 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. STAIRS 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. SD SD a PERMITS, TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN, PERFORMANCE BOND, COPY OF 3.Foruseonthisprojectonly.ObtainArchitect's OTHER AGENCY PERMITS, A COPY OF THE CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE, AND PROOF OF INSURANCE written permission for any other use or reproduction. I COVERAGE. PROJECT NUMBER: 4. A COPY OF THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION PLANS MUST BE ON THE JOB SITE WHEN N S I CONSTRUCTION IS IN PROGRESS. 2023-053 w 5. ALL SITE WORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS. ANY m "cv DEVIATION FROM THE APPROVED PLANS WILL REQUIRE PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE OWNER, REVISION THE CITY ENGINEER, AND OTHER APPROPRIATE PUBLIC AGENCIES. Z L� py�3 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION rn ' 3 I 6. ALL OF THE LOCATIONS OF THE EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN IN THE PLANS HAVE BEEN 1 N S I Cy ESTABLISHED BY FIELD SURVEY OR OBTAINED FROM AVAILABLE RECORDS AND SHALL g THEREFORE BE CONSIDERED APPROXIMATE AND NOT NECESSARILY COMPLETE. IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY THE ACCURACY OF ALL UTILITY LOCATIONS. V) =' I l z 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE AND PROTECT ALL CASTINGS AND UTILITIES DURING a CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL CONTACT THE UNDERGROUND UTILITIES LOCATE SERVICE Ilj (1-800-424-5555 OR 811) AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. SSFM I "DT TRASH o3 I 8. INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF ALL WORK WILL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY REPRESENTATIVES OF PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- THE CITY OF ARLINGTON. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE PROJECT MANAGER: I MAD ENCLOSURE cO "DT AND SCHEDULE APPROPRIATE INSPECTIONS, ALLOWING PROPER ADVANCE NOTICE. THE PROJECT ENGINEER: IMAD �7 I INSPECTOR MAY REQUIRE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ITEMS THAT DO NOT MEET CITY DRAFTER: JTG A — STANDARDS OR WERE CONSTRUCTED WITHOUT INSPECTION. A �lll DRAWING TITL —op— X_v X_v_X_ a 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE ON—SITE AND OFF—SITE STREETS CLEAN AT ALL TIMES BY —DP --oP _X— DF j �. / CLEANING WITH A SWEEPING AND/OR VACUUM TRUCK. WASHING OF THESE STREETS WILL NOT SITE PLAN CRY OF ARLINGTON — RETAINING SERVICE BE ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE CITY INSPECTOR. CONSTRUCTION(DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL WALL YARD THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE —oP I 10 CHANGES TNDTMODIFCATIOR SHALL ONS. IMMEDIATINTAJN TWO ELY AFTER A R SETS OCONS RU C ON COMPLETION,UILT- PLANS SHOWING HE ALL FIELD CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET CONTRACTOR SHALL DELIVER BOTH COPIES OF RED—LINED PLANS TO THE CITY. THE CITY WILL DRAWING NUMBER: FORWARD ONE OF THE COPIES TO THE DESIGN ENGINEER. BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER SCALE IN FEET DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS CO •0 40 0 40 80 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 15 DEMOLITION AND TESC LEGEND: - '_��4'�----- �- EL=136.51 RIM 12 5 -------W------------ - 12 CP 1€ P-I 13.76( 8"PVE 13108 W W 1Y - - ^SPEED LIMIT-351 W w r v'_� �r _- - ------ / �� w DEMOLISH BUILDING DYKEMAN - SS F. - - - M / ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN " S _ 61, 'F Fo ANDICAP N88'14'40W .•.. -- _ -- POLE- ST P T _ 32 ss DEMOLISH CONCRETE F 1245.50' ^�}M1 �- G"H S S FLA LAG POLE /-Y.;..,... „. F.. ' CONTR L EIO - PA � '� - - - � \ /-_ / C�i„"e,•,a"� '4 j•'!` �± POWER SSMH 10412 '8 UBLE l ; > •:'::: (" RIM 134.21 S Imo" : ,.f .133:6; CONDUIT FUEL LID 6(\ X p GATE \\ `�2� "FORCE MAIN' �m FUEL VAULT T. G +++++++ DEMOLISH ASPHALT CONSULTANT: ISH COUN APPROXIMATE LOCATION F=q''6 5"METAL 9"CONIC CB 200E IN DI AI 14" o PER CITY GIS x 9 X CREW"SI 3'TALL X RIkbC135.7 I CB 14104 SECONDARY OPTIONAL I RIM 131.74 8"PVC 1 4"FLEX IE 130.10(W CB 20640 ?�FFE=134.4' I / \ • \ CONSTRUCTQN2 I 12'CMP IE 129.89(S�) RIM 133.98 3 CB 20397 XCB 2 X x CU IS ND M / CONSTRUCTION WORK LIMITS, 0782 RIM 134.03 RI X IN SE R I o ENTRANCE RIM 131.64 \/ 12"CMP IE 131.43(S) / 12"CMP IE 132,41 (S) Rl p 52(E) X / XIS PA I I•p SEE NOTE 2 \ 12"CMP IE 129.36(N) I ,. 12"CMP HE 132.18(N) 1 3 728 134th Street A Suite 200 12"CPP IE 129.10(S) w, Io •:?,.FFE=134.4' ,( (s / X "s Evereil.Washin tan 98204 CB 20781 5'METAL x X x DEMOLISH TREE :N x X Ph:425-141-800 e-p. RIM 131.51 I _:� X, X I - www.reidmiddleton.c6m CB 20561 n 3'TALL \\12"CPP IE 128.91 (N) RIM 133.61 3 i P �2'CPP IE 128.91 (s) 12'CONIC IE 131.04(N) Ig. Y REGISTRATION STAMPS: \ 2"CONIC HE 131.00(E) FFE=134.4' CB 2031a X/ / T E �R RA E O PROTECT TREE 5"ST�EL BOLLARDS -'y;: 3.s"STEEL BOLLARD \_ RIM 134.00 5"METAL X FlLLED tlAhl CONIC. \ 2'HIGH \ 12"CMP IE 132.36 00 yTA k J / �- Ps ) 6, NO E .•,+ r 12"CMP IE 132.27(N) / N "p A.�9 \\ P �_\PS ,•:..ST 'c .:'_5 TIN SHE /CON RCM 132498 S \ POWER�TL€T wSPE�ED PFr� C FwASAl GIST C R&2 �w+/AN RNA I A cTo C -P a 1 a7$ ,z"coN IE 129. 7( 3 so X3 X M ZED -/'/'/'/'/'/- DEMOLISH UTILITY LINE .P \ !\ ICV' P IM 30. *BAN ON F LL F 1 12"C 10 "lW) I I THI d L CB 32055 \ WA R \\ X E (4) / 4 "D 6f RIM 126.18 \ '30` p \\ SD DOURLg1 G X A90 ilsas F� X l2 12 ) gDRVEILLANGE - - - x 1a' - )k * SILT FENCE �c,srtiR 9 J � 2 M IL BOXES e C8113056 `� i _-tzse \� 1 \ / X X HED I C1•03 ZONAL II RIM 12.99 SD pt �_j 4"F,L%IE 123. 2 E) \ 12; PP E 12 11 (W) B 3 26 .�`` / _ - - - - -,z2 �-: ~\ < / X x / so I - w PROJ ENTIFICATION: 1 n PP E 12.03(E RI zs 4z \ `__ ' �•� 1 \ / X / i z DEMOLISH CHAIN LINK FENCE i 1 P 1 1 3. 9 N) ' =CS7<Ot9- ----- 3g\ X SD,rout 26337 �3 I 1 P 1 2. 5 W i / RIM 11 ( - 1 / -115-- \ \ \ ` X 'RIM 138.95 io /' RIM CPP T1.7.39 S -„4--\ \\ \ 1 C 1 IE 1�DW1 ) LL 12 PP IE 12.7 E / / () ,12-� \ �T2" IE�1�0..18 N 12"C��PP�,R 13k.85�(S) CULV 12"C N I>� .O e Arlington Operations CB / \ / / '-no \ \ \ \`-O\` �-) *E 136.70(E) ' IE=138. Q CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE Q CU V 2'CPP N #y19.? �IhY120.17 '�\*J / Lj/L// - \\\ \\� \\ C V�11°CP�P E 1 CPP IE 132�5(W) I KIN L Ts C1.03 Center l r f I�V 12-CPP NW IE=116.10 /iT/ / \_�-�_� -\ ` 20.55\ p 1 I I T, X I I PE TI c 0 H NGI G B E P S I I '\ I�1� 1 /^/^�^ \\ -\ \ \ /� I F P CON UIT TO 0 R UN TI N B X T J/ I I--_--- -_-/ \J I /r{_�4_`..i `- -=-� \ \\\ \ \ / X X P E c0 , FOR C I o C N I C i ® CATCH BASIN ao I SEDIMENT PROTECTION Snohomish County C1.03 J I2'QPl-4 ' .19(NW) R1\W E 13 4?(N) N / -Iz�'° "C Purchasing Services SITE 1 \ \ \ \ 1t3'•C P/IE/11p sl3 ZN) 1 p 137o.m3s) DEMOLISH CURB *,9"FFFM�L�IR,19:Z;7(S) ,n I c1 x \ \ *WITy/D T L/SHEET 2\ /II I X , SAL„ AT x x x x \ \ \\\` \ \ I� # CONSTRUCTION NOTES: / I x 19620 67th Ave NE \ \PR E�TLNG BAS1N,,�fAY USED FOR f%Cy SO. j\\\ V� X a RIM \ \TEIPRO Y'S€DIMENTPOND DURING // �///` I ) \ I I I o 8 I Arlington, WA98223 C0N3Y,mw CTION.\PRQ�IDEZINF�TO// y�r// I �- I I� J I IIII I X X 1 ca 12. DEMOLISH CATCH BASIN STRUCTURE x \ '-eRNEM INFILTRATIVE SOILS 1 P/ = 0.56' P4 S IE 12 R ) I YD PARK 1 P 3 DEMOLISH SIGN AND POST PERMIT SET a \\ ////i\(\�� //�%m �II III I x I r4z ti A DEMOLISH LIGHT POLE 05/02/2025 B GA I This d awin is: / FLAG POLE: DEMOLISH ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SEE NOTE 4 9 C/8 12674 / I I ( 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. A x I \ I i \ // I'M 122.86 \ // X 6xTA� I I 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. i X c / I �/ - X ao °o DEMOLISH WOODEN DECK r x X �" PP IE 120.69(N) / / SRP91E/ IA /3 S ND I r'5 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's I 18"CVP I E/118.19(SW) / /// ) / A ED RE I : Q written permission for any other use or reproduction. o, \\ ECOLOGY LPC�IYWALL X ( I1 1s"\cPP\E�1so\(Nw)///// X T ,' I 6 DEMOLISH BOLLARD I ( 11922 / / CULv 1e"cPr:\svE-1a4.>9' / / 1gpcly -A / cA I PROJECT NUMBER: uUv'p2"CPP W IE - I // y /y✓/ �v �3 Q DEMOLISH FLAG POLE T,� N V E 1 90(E) 1 ' ) 1 PP IE 139.19 ) ';•,F ul 1z c`P IE=11a�6 /�///// 2" 39,s(N) Q DEMOLISH CHAIN LINK GATE 2023-053 8 I>l JdP •�r// J x "°- \RM3T9.&8�� /� yy9.t I X X cr II A DEMOLISH STAIRS 12 s2e IE 118'76( %/ / / i• I REVISION -t32 \1 CPP IE'T16.76IE� / /�/ I �( X wIC \ -t34- 18" JFi11 _l;flE� LO A OR I ® REMOVE AND SALVAGE ECO-BLOCKS MARK DATE DESCRIPTION \ *'IE�CPP IE yM.94 ln. (NW)��-- `` wTHFLuw RL T�CTOR_- - ns4a I TI BUILDING T © DEMOLISH FIRE HYDRANT Al! SHEET 2_ �OWEIt�CABINET ON 142.54 x O„ / CONCRETE SLAB 6"CPP. € EMAIN PERATIONAL i/ 3 - -FOur�uN Imo' _ 4 ��EE I ' SJ* sl) e URING PHASE 1 ME © ROTATE AND RELOCATE PORTABLE BUILDING TO .�.. ✓..:. ."../."'� BRA-S�F"K STAMPED. x rn \ / \ -,�SNOHOJSH�EOUr3TY X ONSTRUCTION - ACCOMMODATE UTILITY INSTALLATION OPERATIONS =UR'VEY BM 2 PLS O^ "DT I i 'ARLI'REFEREE�I CE - \ •'-� ' '.'/.' / STATION X I NOTES: (os/a/zoza)� -/I f ----- - 64- , ---_ � 1, os x - II> Ri 1. PROTECT EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND ABOVE ---- 'o- RIM 142.34 �C X "Dr GROUND STRUCTURES TO REMAIN DURING CONSTRUCTION R. IE 141�9(� B 11829 B( M,az,s1 3 OPERATIONS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE .> 2e:0 P 6140.66(NN) X _ NS -;- / ' " .. _ P IE 140.f�,5( X 2. LIMITS OF PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: - AID .a' x CONSTRUCTION AND CWILL NEED N ARE FTTO BE OR PRIMARY TEMPORARILY PROJECT ENGINEER: I MAD .....:. �... ...`�.. x x Nafi o -_,� c 115 I EXPANDED TO PERMIT LIMITED WORK OUTSIDE THE AREA DRAFTER: JTG '2 T I ,a4 ( Lo INDICATED (AS IN THE CASE OF UTILITY CONNECTIONS). A ..� `_ L"CPP IE 140.65�IJ 1 60, slc L" THE DURATION OF THE WORK OUTSIDE THE IDENTIFIED DRAWING TITL -EAST-WEST CENTER OF SECTION LINE -OP-_- •F--taa, AREA SHALL BE MINIMIZED TO LIMIT DISRUPTION TO SECTION 15-31-s -oP--- END FENCE DEMOLITION EAST-WEST CENTER of OWNER OPERATIONS. TESC AND DEMO -OP SECTION LINE S 'E COR.FENCE IS 2.0'N. r--` TBM EL=1 x 1.7E.OF CORNER 0 PLAN - PHASE 1 CITY OF ARLINGTON -OP R dHD31S�LVAGE EXISTING I 3. PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE ONCE ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL ---oP WEATHER STATION EQUIPMENT. PAVEMENT HAS BEEN REMOVED. EXISTING ASPHALT ---%P0�ITH_C1t%R ON NEW CB 1 PAVEMENT SHOULD BE USED FOR EQUIPMENT AND THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER HE LOCATION ---o" --� RIM VEHICLE STORAGE, AND VEHICLE TRAFFIC ROUTES TO DRAWING NUMBER: CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET I _ ` I THE EXTENT FEASIBLE. BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER SCALE IN FEET 4. SEE ELECTRICAL FOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION. � .0 A DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS I I 40 O 40 SO 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 DEMOLITION AND TESC LEGEND: D R{IM 112 --------------------- ' 2 C. u=\�-- __ - 76(W -- 8"PVC IE 131.08 EL=13ss1 DEMOLISH BUILDING DYKEMAN ---------W_- - -- - 'PVII$o_-PBF• W W - -- �, I 3 CT P 13. _ ,��,--�T_NI€ W w W �r W W '®`-- ---r- ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SPED-[IWT-35� --_----107TIJ C i________ ___________ _ f _ ------ W W - W ^w DEMOLISH CONCRETE ss ---- i „ ss Ss S - - _ _ - ss �s., ss --ss ss ' -- 6•F �- -_ _ FLAG POLE-qS, SS SS N89'14'40"W 6•F "F FO 1245.50' - -- "HANDICAP r CON L Ba - PA �"o + + + DEMOLISH ASPHALT G W + + + + CONSULTANT: / SSMH 10412 DOUBLE POWER RIM 134.21 "D S. _ *FFE=133.6' CONDUIT SOP ' 0 \\ \\ 'FORCE MAIN' �m L LID FUELUVAULT \ uxor cI CONSTRUCTION WORK LIMITS, • i 9 CONCRE AIR APPROXIMATE LOCATION "D SEE NOTE 2 COUNTY PER CITY GIS F=113.9'• 5"METAL TALL ` / ; m \- \ 728 134th Street SW'Suite 200 W"SIGN RIM 4104 3'TALL ,•,• / \ 4"FLEX IE 130.10(W CB 20640 FE=134.4' ®o / O Everett.Washinuion 98204 I 12•'CMP IE 129.89(�) CB 20397 CURB ISL N ° PROTECT TREE 3600 CB 20782 RIM 133.98 3 RIM 134.03 'I RIM 131.64 \ 12"CMP IE 131.43 S R 13 2 / DI I M /D Ph:425-141- .c () 12"CMP IE 132.1 (S) p 52(E) DISREPAI I ^p www.reidmiddleton.com 12"CMP IE 129.10(N) / IQ 12'CMP IE 132.18(N) .0 I q7($) I REGISTRATION STAMPS: 12"CPP IE 129.10(S) � FFE=134.4' CB 20781 Irn 5"METAL > -/•/ /•/•/•/- DEMOLISH UTILITY LINE RIM 131.51 i .D \ CB 20581 I 3'TALL •�• ,n / \ \12"CPP IE 128.91 (N) RIM 133.61 3 ( J R F A�vjs \ �2"CPP IE 128.91 (S) 12"CONIC IE 131.04(N) •• _ 12"CONIC IE 131.Oo E * * SILT FENCEe \ () \-` FFE=134.4' R MB 134 00 •• R RA E .3 4- 12"CMP IE 132.36(S) 01.Q3 C ST�EL BOLLARDS � 3.5"STEEL BOLLARD 5"METAL •••Q " I ° LED W1TH CONQr _� 2'HIGH \ 3'TALL ) 0 E 3 6 TIN SHE \ry'/I ON 12"CMP IE 132.27(N) / I / I D \ I P�\ Ps "5 FOL�NDA�i1 SO ' 9 ilsas F¢ -p 1\�- 1311' I I �� \ So o \ rXl a I DEMOLISH CHAIN LINK FENCE °�gys ersTenOO -CB 32055 'PST \ ^ ICV \ \ 1 I"THI 4 ONAL RIM 126.18 1 \ �^ --- \\ SD n DOUBLE S ATE IURVEILLANDE "D a 2 M ILBOXES CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCEe OJE ENTIFICATION: CBI13056 '� $0 / HED$ -A z I C1.Q3 4"FJ X IE 123. 22 E)1.99 SD I \\l "> X D Arlington Operations 12" PP E 12 11 (W) :::Q / $O I Il.l ® CATCH BASIN Center 1 PP E 12 iO3(E ® [] ® :::. SEDIMENT PROTECTIONe s 37 X x I L i C1.03 11' M 138.95 X ® ® ® 12"CPP Rr (S) CUL ,2• N I "C FOR i 2"OPP'IE (E) r, X IL--13es' Q DEMOLISH CURB GPP IE 265(W) X X X h F Snohomish County `X X X �� 3 I Purchasing Services P- / X 9.eo CONSTRUCTION NOTES:SITE 12"CPF*IE 3 3 N X X x �� AT "° 19620 67th Ave NE �•)� 12"CPP IE 1 7A I �y i 4 x x nT Arlington, WA 98223 III AL" GY A DEMOLISH CATCH BASIN STRUCTURE CB 88RIM .1 A DEMOLISH SIGN AND POST PERMIT SET X 12„ B - - - J X X X X RgS";vE 12" 0 DEMOLISH LIGHT POLE 05/02/2025 B P�R G x x 1 3 1 ¢Q DEMOLISH ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (SEE NOTE 4) This drawing is: _ 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. -A YJ 5 DEMOLISH WOODEN DECK 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's / \ G I X �� FLAG POLE 6 DEMOLISH FLAG POLE written permission for any other use or reproduction. / ® ® , j 6'T PROJECT N R: / \ I W/3 STRA X ;g;w;:T I I REMOVE AND SALVAGE BOULDER WITH PLACARD / ® D WIRE DEMOLISH STAIRS 2023-053 giM 0 1 Q REMOVE LANDSCAPE BOULDER INS: \ 12 !^j: ul \ ® 1 "CPP IE 139.15(N > MARK DATE DESCRIPTION II 3:.3...:t.. "CY i J NOTES:Ill oc13 U IXIT LO 1 1 s Ic 1, PROTECT EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND ABOVE • _9Y GROUND STRUCTURES TO REMAIN DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ME 2. LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION ARE FOR PRIMARY o "DT I CONSTRUCTION AND WILL NEED TO BE TEMPORARILY ill EXPANDED TO PERMIT LIMITED WORK OUTSIDE THE AREA \ - rr� ---______ _ --- INDICATED (AS IN THE CASE OF UTILITY CONNECTIONS). S` THE DURATION OF THE WORK OUTSIDE THE IDENTIFIED PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- -/I r ------------=--�- CB 11908 J I > RI ------ 1 T c AREA SHALL BE MINIMIZED TO LIMIT DISRUPTION TO PROJECT MANAGER: IMAD _ __ - PROJECT�� - / B 11829 ,I c� BI OWNER OPERATIONS. PROJECT ENGINEER: IMAD ----- �____----_t 6"PVC E 10.66 (E) ----- \�--__----_ -�-i �i IM 142.61 13 � DRAFTER: JTG ' �--------_�.,_�-� �J\i / 12"CPP IE 140.66(N) / A m 3. PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE ONCE ALL EXISTING DRAWING TITL A PAVEMENT HAS BEEN REMOVED. EXISTING ASPHALT / I PAVEMENT SHOULD BE USED FOR EQUIPMENT AND N88'10'13"W ---/ _JI "LO VEHICLE STORAGE, AND VEHICLE TRAFFIC ROUTES TO TESC AND DEMO 1236.12' CITY OF AR-LINGr01I 1 `-- / (I 60• slc L" THE EXTENT FEASIBLE. CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APP - oP- PLAN - PHASE 2 � I„;" T 4. SEE ELECTRICAL FOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION. THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER T E OP SE COR.FENCE IS 2.0'N. TOM EL=1 0 CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET �- -oP-.GP x 1.7'E.OF CORNER r I I ' WING NUMBER: BY: _ -- DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER 1 .02 SCALE IN FEET DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS 40 0 40 80 1 2 3 4 5 2 1 3 14 5 D OD EROSION PREVENTION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL NOTES a( 1. APPROVAL OF THE TEMPORARY EROSION/SEDIMENT CONTROL (TESC) PLAN DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN APPROVAL OF PERMANENT ROAD OR STORM DRAINAGE DESIGN. LIFTING RODS 2. A TESC PLAN MEETING THE DOE STORM WATER MANAGEMENT MANUAL ADOPTED BY THE CITY SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CITY FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ANY WORK ON THE SITE. AN DYKEMAN APPROVED COPY MUST BE MAINTAINED ON—SITE AND BE READILY AVAILABLE TO THE CITY INSPECTOR AT THEIR REQUEST. FILTER BAG ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 3. THE TESC BMP'S SHOWN ON THE PLAN MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ALL OTHER CLEARING AND GRADING ACTIVITIES, AND IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO ENSURE THAT SEDIMENT—ADEN WATER DOES NOT ENTER THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM, LAVE THE SITE, OR VIOLATE APPLICABLE WATER QUALITY STANDARDS. MAINTENANCE, REPLACEMENT, AND UPGRADING OF THE TESC PLAN IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR UNTIL ALL CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE AND APPROVED BY THE CITY. 4. THE BOUNDARIES OF THE CLEARING LIMITS, SHOWN ON THE TESC PLAN, SHALL BE CLEARLY FENCED OR FAGGED IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION. NO DISTURBANCE BEYOND THE FENCED OR FLAGGED CLEARING LIMITS SHALL BE PERMITTED. THE FENCING AND/OR FLAGGING SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. EXISTING GRATE 5. THE TESC FACILITIES SHOWN ON THE PLANS ARE THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ANTICIPATED SITE CONSTRUCTION. DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, THESE TESC FACILITIES SHALL BE CONSULTANT: UPGRADED AND ADDED TO AS NEEDED, FOR UNEXPECTED STORM EVENTS AND TO REFLECT CHANGED CONDITIONS, AS REQUIRED BY THE CITY. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CITY A 24—HOUR EMERGENCY CONTACT PHONE NUMBER OF THE CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFIED EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR PRIOR TO STARTING \\ CONSTRUCTION. 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 nggton 98204 7. THE TESC FAFACILITIESEverett.Washi FACILITIES SHALL BE INSPECTED DAILY BY THE CONTRACTOR AND MAINTAINED AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE CONTINUED FUNCTION AND OPERATION. Ph:425-141-3800 > \ www.reidmiddleton.com / \ \ 8. BETWEEN OCTOBER 1 AND APRIL 30, DISTURBED AREAS THAT ARE TO BE LEFT UNWORKED FOR MORE THAN TWO 2 DAYS SHALL BE r IMMEDIATELY COVERED BY MULCH, SOD OR PLASTIC COVERING. BETWEEN MAY 1 AND SEPTEMBER 30, DISTURBED AREAS THAT ARE TO BE LEFT UNWORKED FOR MORE THAN SEVEN (7) DAYS REGISTRATION STAMPS: a FILTER BAG SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY COVERED BY SEEDING OR OTHER APPROVED METHODS. A. i 9. SEDIMENT DEPOSITS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM ALL CATCH BASINS, PRE—TREATMENT/SEDIMENT POND, AND SEDIMENT TRAPS UPON REACHING A DEPTH OF 12 INCHES. 1'OFwADr EXISTING CB �o D 10 STORAGEMANENT CAPACITY ANDISHALLLTBETION CLA CLEITY USED AS A ANED ENTIRELY ONCE OTHER SITE IISLING STABBILZED. IF THEN SHALL E MODIFIED PERMANENTWACILITY ISTH THE ETOSULTMATELYIFUNCTIONOL MEASURES,AS AN IINFILTRATIONLSYSTEM,ETHEEQUATE FACILITY D SHALL NOT BE USED AS A TEMPORARY SETTLING BASIN. '9 Sim 11. WHERE SEEDING FOR TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL IS REQUIRED, FAST GERMINATING GRASSES SHALL BE APPLIED AT AN APPROXIMATE RATE OF 120 LBS PER ACRE. sS7°NAL '� \\ 12. WHERE STRAW MULCH FOR TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL IS REQUIRED, IT SHALL BE APPLIED AT A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 3 INCHES, OR 3,000 POUNDS PER ACRE. PROJ ENTIFICATION: IX K\..n �1 13. SOIL STOCKPILES SHALL BE STABILIZED WITHIN 24 HOURS. WHEN ACTIVELY WORKING WITH THE SOIL STOCKPILE, STABILIZATION BY GROUND COVER BMPS SHALL OCCUR AT THE END OF EACH Arlington Operations �\71\/7\/\\/� �\ WORK DAY. 14. STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE BEGINNING OF CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTAINED FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. ADDITIONAL MEASURES MAY BE Center SECTION REQUIRED TO INSURE THAT ALL PAVED AREAS ARE KEPT CLAN FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. FOR 15. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF TESC FACILITIES AND STRUCTURES SHALL BE CONDUCTED IMMEDIATELY UPON RECOGNITION OF A PROBLEM OR WHEN THE TESC MEASURES BECOME DAMAGED. SnOhOnllSh County 16. UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, ALL BMP'S SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE AND RIGHT OF WAY. IF BMP'S ARE REQUIRED TO REMAIN IN PLACE FOR FURTHER PROTECTION,CATCH BASIN SEDIMENTATION Purchasing Services ARRANGEMENTS FOR REMOVAL SHALL BE MADE WITH THE CITY INSPECTOR.1 CONTROL WITH FILTER BAG 17. THE DUFF LAYER AND NATIVE TOPSOIL SHALL BE RETAINED IN AN UNDISTURBED STATE TO THE MAXIMUM EXTEND PRACTICABLE. ALL AREAS SUBJECT TO CLEARING AND GRADING THAT WILL NOT AT BE COVERED BY IMPERVIOUS SURFACE, INCORPORATED INTO A DRAINAGE FACILITY OR ENGINEERED AS STRUCTURAL FILL OR SLOPE SHALL, AT THE PROJECT COMPLETION, DEMONSTRATE THE C1.O1.C1.02 C1.03 NOT TO SCALE REQUIREMENTS ESTABLISHED IN T5.13 OF THE 2014 SWMMWW, POST CONSTRUCTION SOIL QUALITY AND DEPTH. 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. NON—WOVEN SPUNBOUND USE STAPLES OR WIRE FILTER FABRIC — MIRAFI RINGS (TYPICAL) PROJECT NUMBER: 10OX OR ENVIROFENCE 2"x2" 14 GA. WIRE G� FABRIC 2023-053 SJ�FP 100' MIN. FIR OR EQUAL 0 FILTER FABRIC ON 2"x2" REVISION O O� 14 GA. WIRE FABRIC MARK DATE DESCRIPTION '0 c� OP NEWLY GRADED OR DISTURBED SITE? 5' VARIES �j 7111=I II II II 1=11-r I III I IIIIi. - _111_ R=25' MIN N TOE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION BOUNDARY OF SLOPE 8 PROPERTY LINE OR p* 2x4 DOUGLAS BURY BOTTOM OF FABRIC PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- FILTER FABRIC MIN �5 FIR 4'-0" O.C. MATERIAL IN 8"X12" TRENCH SECTION PROJECT MANAGER: IMAD UNDER QUARRY ELEVATION PROJECT ENGINEER: I MAD SPALLS DRAFTER: IJTG A DRAWING TITL A 4" — 8" QUARRY SPALLS PLACE TOP AT SUBGRADE PROVIDE FULL WIDTH OF 3 DETAIL — FILTER FABRIC FENCE TESC DETAILS IF POSSIBLE INGRESS/EGRESS AREA C1.01,C1.02 C1.03 NOT TO SCALE CITY OF ARLINGTON AND NOTES CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL 2 CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE DRAWING NUMBER: C1.01,C1.02 .03 NOT TO SCALE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET C1 . DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER C1 03 DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D _ "-` _ EL 136 51 130 y/ --- .132 ^ - 3 -NI C W W i _\ SS SS x.,«rx iwnr- -- --- -t32-- - ' "tom ^ DESIGN ss SS SS ss SS-`- -355- FINISHED GRADE CONTOUR -.t]2S- SS Sy34 � S SS ° 6"F F FO ��- • �3q - SD "HANDICAP /-� F- � .9 354.93� SPOT ELEVATION 7 % " "o � J DOU CONSULTANT: SWING LE l - xFFE=133.6' 'OP D LP GATE O �\ -J? �m FUELUVAULT \ 39.2 137.E ren: I LOW POINT ' COUNTY =,i HP 1 HIGH POINT s.a' I • " y DT D w slcN I / 139a.1 I 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 \ I I * 1137.7 �AC ; / ME MATCH EXISTING Everett.Washin tan 98204 \ 1 3 FFE=13PENENNLARGEMENT /� AC qq M / Ph:425-141-3800 \ I I ' At / FF FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION www.reidmiddleton.com SEE SHEET C2.02 / I D 1 �\ FFE=134.4 i 137.71 138.8,A SLOPE (POINTS DOWN SLOPE) REGISTRATION STAMPS: \\ 3 X I AC i-138 / 1 I ------ GRADE BREAK �9D \ \\ FE=134.4' I 137.9 I 2.0%AC S� AI I I D GE GRATE ELEVATION c \\ �- o I ' C 1 1 C,2 1 9 BW FINISH GRADE AT BOTTOM OF WALL ° c \ u\ s rrt�•tt 131.4\ 32 SD • • I TW TOP OF WALL -p \ \ s 131:'L N I ACI �\� C, E AC,ME \ So 134.8 L r J y38.6 14 .0 swONAL13 � \ 13 . ,'o-a I 132.8 \ \ '._'."�So 134.4 1 4 I AC 2% �/AC 2% AC9 C' E z"D ------- ACME \ AC zB✓ - - - 2%` ')34.0- so 7 W I NOTES: PROJ ENTIFICATION: SD 130.4 131.1 / AC,ME ■ . : / AG 131., ,-,34 7 ,AG -D 1. SEE SHORING WALL CONTRACTOR FOR RETAINING Arlington Operations I 12 9 --- ---- AC 137.2 SD I Lq WALL DESIGN AND DETAILS. 9 0 ® T- r---- R P I----- �� AC I I Z Center I V1.4% I I ® y Q "c FOR r I►= I GRADING QUANTITIES Snohomish County 129.7 I ■ AC I ■ i M AC GROUND EL 10 MATCH TO EX IN Purchasing Services I O P ��o i� 2`% i i I AC o 3 1 c 45,000 CY CUT (IN PLACE) I I I � 1 .4/ I I 36,500 CY FILL (IN PLACE) C2.01 C2.05 I 1 1 J1.2% i 131.0\ 2� �(C 139 1 I 1 EARTHWORK QUANTITIES ARE PROVIDED FOR PERMIT REVIEW AT slre I I 1 I AC \ 2.6% ONLY. THE ACTUAL EARTHWORK DURING CONSTRUCTION 19620 67th Ave NE COULD BE DIFFERENT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT USE 1282 / OO ® I 1 I SAL„ 01 2.05 THESE EARTHWORK QUANTITIES FOR BID AND PAYMENT Arlington, WA 98223 0 I I I E ME o "GY REQUEST.,ME o o f 2. PERMIT SET B - _ - MATCH TO EXISTING 129.7 I�� 2% I AJO I J2% I I I / 05/02/2025 B PAVEMENT ELEVATION AC,LP 129.5 I GE,U` I I 1290 This d awing is: .P I I _ 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. .5%�0/ I I I 42 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 128.5 I \ I / GA I 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's / I II GE,L I i GE,LP I® .x „off c1a written permission for any other use or reproduction. I I I PROJECT NUMBER: 6'T 1 I I ® 1 w/3 D WRRD I 2023-053 129.9 El / ACME \ I • ,.t7 aI li REVISION w MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I 1 130.1 I 0.9%� I cGY AC I I I j �� I I I FF=144 I o03 u pIT LO OR I I I I I UPPER - s Ic FLOOR 0 a I 2% I I I \ 144.0E vC2.01 C2.05\_/ f 130.4 I 'a GROUND I "31 of 13 1.2% I f - -:_ i• 0 1 C2 1 C2.0$ PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- 1/I- ��------ 130.21 / / I > ••DT PROJECT MANAGER: IMAD / 130.7 AC FF=130 I �o I PROJECTENGINEER: MAD ----=,ras. ---- AC 1 3 = DRAFTER: JTG �.,------------___- /J\_' LOWER FLOOR / � A CITY OF ARLINGTON DRAWING TITL A 131.0 \. / "DT CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL _ IA AC 130.5 \ -1�F4SUM -144-J,/ t LoI THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE GRADING PLAN ---oP-- 13b-O-BW-- / 1 ao slc L" CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET -0P - 0.F 4a---/ 30' PHASE 1 - BY: -oP--- 148.0 TW 129.8 N SE C .FENCE IS 2.0'N. - 1"e TBM DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER -oP----oP 131.0 BW LP N 1. 'E14g,(;o{rryER I e EL=1 DRAWING NUMBER: _OP_ 0 1302 BW DATE: THIS APPROVAL VAUD FOR 18 MONTHS C2 .01 ---00 ---OP --� 40 0 40 80 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 135.3 ® c- D LANDING 135.8 TIC f \ l x 136.9 AC I f ELL---- 137.0 AC . 140.5 / 0 OM=135.5 TW . AC YKEMAN 5.2 BW I w 141.0 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 134.4 ® t I AC 135.0 w 136.5 AC LANDING be LO 20.'0%' I( ACME I \ r 136.2 135.3 w LANDIN AC I 140.7 AC CONSULTANT: w' 134.9 w 1 w I �0.5$ L AC,ME - I 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 Everett.Washingqton 98204 I I Ph:425-141-3800 w w www.reidmiddletan.cam 132.5 ®LANDING REGISTRATION STAMPS: � �, �, I I 138.2 ® I A.�4G D LANDING I I Fwae2�tS :L I T° � 135.6 AC °� 136.7 AC I II 137.05 A I AC 135.1 AC 137.1 AC / 142.0 142.4 LCL / I PROJ ENTIFICATION: I^ AC AC N \ 135.6 AC W , 136.7 AC I Arlington Operations x --- ` ---- ` w ✓/ AC.15 I Center EXISTING w// ELEVATION / FOR /4 0I Snohomish County • LANDINGx , 142.2 ® �0.5% I Purchasing Services LANDING w w I I AT 130.5 TW � / 130.0 BW P;1 MIN 7.5z ® ; I I 19620 67th Ave NE 130.0 ® I Arlington, WA 98223 LANDING 130.0 4X 144.0 CONIC �'4� LANDING • I PERMIT SET B 129.5 CONIC 1136.037. BW 5 TW I 05/02/2025 B cm CELL TTOM=136.0 This drawing is: • 130.2 144.0 TW 135.9 TC 135.5 I 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 130.0 BW AC,ME 136.0 z.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. CONC 135.4 AC A�/ 137.0 137.35 I 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's .I. .I. AG written permission for any other use or reproduction. I AG I PROJECT NUMBER: 129.98 144.0 ® \ I 137.4 ® DOOR BW AC 2023-053 I \ I I 3.4% I REVISION 135.1 i 137.4 I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION AC AC LEGEND: ENLARGEMENT PLAN A ENLARGEMENT PLAN B 355- FINISHED GRADE CONTOUR NOTES: PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: - 354.93-\ SPOT ELEVATION 1. SEE SHORING WALL CONTRACTOR FOR RETAINING PROJECT MANAGER: MAD WALL DESIGN AND DETAILS. PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD DRAFTER: JTG A LP LOW POINT DRAWING TITLEW A HP HIGH POINT GRADING CITY OF ARLINGTON ENLARGEMENT PLANS ME MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL FF FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE PHASE 1 SLOPE (POINTS DOWN SLOPE) CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET DRAWING NUMBER: BY: -------- GRADE BREAK LINE SCALE IN FEET DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER BW FINISH GRADE AT BOTTOM OF WALL DATE: THIS APPROVAL VAUD FOR 18 MONTHS C2 .02 10 0 10 20 TW TOP OF WALL 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D 2 CP CPPJ 13.76(W `- 8"PVC IE 131.08 EL=136.51 / /� IB • YKEMAN RIM 12 5 !- ------------------� �I --- - - LEGEND: ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN - - -HST-nI�- W W-�w w W �--- 'SP DZIMIT S5' - _ u, F Li SS_Ss S.-SS-SS- SS S -`- - - _ -- _ - ? �T ^ - W - M /// `O -355- FINISHED GRADE CONTOUR --__ _ _ 6"F - l- - - •` .=- -_SS_ . - SS FLAG POLE-$5 SS SS o 354.93-\ SPOT ELEVATION - xI SSMH 10412 I- /-- - w CONSULTANT: / 1 POWER RIM 134.21 _ "D xFFE=133.6' CONDUIT SOP FUELUVAULT \ /-� oss° :^; LP LOW POINT ' \ 'FORCE MAIN' I 9"CONC fi 5 GI COUNTY O APPROXIMATE LOCATION =1I3.8'• 5"METAL TALL / I „D HP HIGH POINT yP SIGN PER CITY CIS II} I 128 134th Street SW Suite 200 CB 14104 3'TALL / ux I I \ RIM 131.74 •••�" ME MATCH EXISTING \ I 4"FLEX IE 130.10(r CB 20640 •FFE=134.4' ®o / Everett.Washingqton 98204 1 12"CMP IE 129.89(S) RIM 20640 3 CB 20397 '20 M / Ph:425-141-3800 CB 20782 RIM 134.03 I RIM 131.684 \ 12"CMP IE 131.43(S) I 12"CMP IE 132.41 (S) R p13 2 52(E) / I 1 /"D FF FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION www.reidmiddleton.com 12"CMP IE 129.36(N) / \ I 12"CMP IE 132.18(N) •g" .47(S) 1 1 12"CPP IE 129.10(S) o FFE=134.4' SLOPE (POINTS DOWN SLOPE) REGISTRATION STAMPS: CB 201.5 Iln 5"METAL ••/ BW FINISH GRADE AT BOTTOM OF WALL RIM 131.51 I "D \ CB 20581 I 3'TALL .F• "DT i \ \12 CPP IE 128.91 (N) RIM 133.61 CPP IE 128.91 (S) 12"CONC IE 131.04(N) 3 1 p AGI _ \ 12"CONC HE 131.00(E) _ FE=134.4' CB 20318 ,••I I � TOP OF WALL G \_` RIM 134.00 5"METAL ••"I / I I To C ST)iEL BOLLARDS 3.5"STEEL BOLLARD 12"CMP IE 132.1 (S) 3'TALL LED \GONG. P u` 2'HIGH \ 12"CMP HE 132.36(N) / 1 / 3 •p \ 'P PS�• 5T S o TIN ISHEppp�/ICON N 30 I ^5 FOI{NDA710MI, / _P \ 131.P I I \ \ SD 3. sSION'AL G` o��•. P -RI 326.1 P \ \ ^ ICV d .- I \\\ 1 X I I B "D RIM 126.18 \ \ 1 __ \ so I 138.2 139. �✓ - --------�\ \\ _ I �- AC 1 ce 13oss \ / AC 27 3 ILBOXES PROJ ENTIFICATION: I ■ ■ // i 4"F,L X IE 123. z2 E) S° Arlington Operations 12" PP E 12 n 138.4 138.7 I L.i 12� PP E 12 iO3(E ® 0 ® :.� 1 AC / AC 139. I Z Center C FOR ■ 139.8 140.2 1 0. i� Snohomish County AC .l AC C, 3 I p I Purchasing Services 1139.7 i I AT AC- 1�p 140.5 140 9 CY t SITE / Act 2% C 19620 67th Ave NE iT Arlington, WA 98223 141.4 4 PC 141.6 I AC AC 0 4"CY ce - - IM 1�1 s 8"1 PERMIT SET B - - - I 141.6 \kti 1'1 12" 05/02/2025 B AC 2.5% A . / 3 1 This drawing is: 142.6 1% 1: _ / 2 Copyright 2024 Instrument man,Inc. �I C C /�� C I / 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. AC 4 A \ r I 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's I written permission for any other use or reproduction. ® x c -_ A3.4 I / ® 42. d - C PROJECT NUMBER: 14 / \ i ❑ AC A II 142. B 2023-053 \ I p aI REVISION \ ® I I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I • C, U p1T LO OR " S IG l NT C 4 ME o I .DT I /----^J' ••• I - - II / ` IILij S'. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I -_ - --_--_--_--- RI III �------- 1 > DT L _ PROJECT MANAGER: I MAD BI PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD ---- ��---_-_---- -� /J\ice' I DRAFTER: IJTG A / A `O "DT CRY OF ARLINGTON DRAWING TITL CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL GRADING PLAN "----- - ( slc C THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE OP -oP �148 1ITF146 / 1 a0 30' CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET PHASE 2 -_ \I . T -oP OP_____ rI e EaM1 BY:DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER -oP DRAWING NUMBER: --_OP_--_OP DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS - - - - - - _ ---DP ---Dro \0 GB, C2 .03 Omni --- �RIFT 40 0 40 SO 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D 142.6 v d- AC 142.9 I `5% AO 1143.1 143.3 -1.D� i LEGEND: DYKEMAN �0,7% AC _ 143.5 143.7 I 198 X�X AC AC -355- FINISHED GRADE CONTOUR DESIGN C NC 143.6 x ^ - - - - - - � \FO Y I r I o_ 354.93� SPOT ELEVATION _I / \ I I i , 1n 143.6 143.8I f4 NDING 143.1 CONC CONC ONC CONIC LP LOW POINT CONSULTANT: DI ® AC HP HIGH POINT -FD 143.7 143.2 143.0 _ �1.5% , ME MATCH EXISTING • � � CONC AC AC 143.5 o FF FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 > 142.9 Eve red.Washinggton 98204 GE,LP-Z.py, AC SLOPE (POINTS DOWN SLOPE) Ph:425-141-3800 143.98 1-a7� I 47.0 TW 1 -------- GRADE BREAK LINE www.reidmiddleton.com ® DOOR REGISTRATION STAMPS: 143.8 BW 143.2 GE GRATE ELEVATION 143.98 �AC,HP A ® DOOR 143.7 BW FINISH GRADE AT BOTTOM OF WALL FwnGIS CONC w M c 143.8� I I TW TOP OF WALL � cT° c AC l 12:1 RAMP I ADO �c,sti9 �� sSION'ALG` 143.2 142.9 143.3 AC �GE,LP I PROJ ENTIFICATION: CONC 14AC Arlington Operations ' I Center e `D% I FOR Snohomish County Purchasing Services I SIDEWALK AT 143.2 FLUSH WITH ASPHALT AC HP I ;\ 19620 67th Ave NE PAVEMENT 143.8 I Arlington, WA 98223 AC 143.8 PERMIT SET B 143.98 CONIC 144.0 I I 05/02/2025 B ® DOOR 143.3 AC This drawing is: CONC 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 143.8 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. AC I 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's �/ c written permission for any other use or reproduction. ®1 3.98 1 12:1 RAMP I i PROJECT NUMBER: OO 143.2 _20% i 2023-053 AC I 143.0 143.5 � REVISION AC AC MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 143.8 142.9 CONC GE,LP I $ a 1 0 143.7 143.2 " �2.0% CONC AC 143.4 I 147.0 Tjw 143.6 AC AC 144.0 otW // I PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- 143.8 143.3 1 PROJECT MANAGER, MAD AC / 1 c� PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD / I DRAFTER: IJTG-- A j DRAWING TITLEWA / 143.6 I GRADING D -� Q AC o CITY OF ARLINGTON ENLARGEMENT PLANS CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL PHASE 2 143.9 / I THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE GE / / CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET DRAWING NUMBER: / BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER �L/'1 .O 4/� ENLARGEMENT PLAN A SCALE IN FEET DATE: THIS APPROVAL VAUD FOR 18 MONTHS 10 0 10 20 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D DESIGNDYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + EXISTING PARKING LOT ' GN DEED 40 CONSULTANT: 13 35 � � 1 1 30 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 12 25 Everett.Washingqton 98204 Ph:425-141-3800 EA www.reidmiddleton.com PR PER 12 JJEXIST11 G IM LIN 20REGISTRATION STAMPS: FILL OU D 15 A. 1�' OF waste�'Is Aw Mc� O 11 GALLERY 10 o O 10 05 A SITE GRADING SECTION A—A �ssoNAL � C2.01 C2.05 SCALE: 1"=40' HORZ. 1"=10' VERT PROJ ENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County 15 XISTIN AARKIN 150 Purchasing Services 1 "ROUND AT 40 19620 67th Ave NE _GRAIFINIS ED Arlington, WA 98223 1 EA 35 13 t 30.0 PROPERTY PROPERTY1 PERMIT SET e OUND TION YSTE 05/02/2025 r3 125 125 This drawing is: B SITE GRADING SECTION B—B 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. C2.01 C2.05 SCALE: 1"=40' HORZ. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 1"=10'VERT written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 REVISION MARK DATE DESCRIPTION RETAINING N RTH WALL 15 R AININ 150 145 LIE WA L 145 F NISHE _ — -- BADE 14C 140 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- 13 E ISTING 135 PROJECT MANAGER: MAD PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD 13 FF= 30.0 130 DRAFTER: IJTG A PEDE RIAN PLAZA"*'7F UNDA IONS TEM DRAWING TITL A 12 125 C SITE GRADING SECTION C—C GRADING SECTIONS SOUTH CITY OF ARLINGTON C2.01 C2.m SCALE: 1"=40' HORZ. PROPERTY CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL 1"=10' VERT LINE THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET DRAWING NUMBER: BY: /� DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER / '— / .0 SCALE IN FEET L DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS 40 0 40 80 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D LEGEND: T _ ? _ STORM DRAIN PIPE . YKEMAN !'��'---- - - ---- EL-13651 RIM 12 5 !- ------------------- _ _ CP _ - - - �°°�e �SCyf W - - - - - - - - - - _ _ - -_ - - - -� _ _W_ / 8'PVE 1 - - - vi// / I UD UNDER RAIN " PJ 13.76( 31 08 0 W - _ W W --�-- ---.--- wARCHITECTURE + DESIGN FOOTING PIPE w W -' ---� N rn F=- ss -taz-- W w IR --- �i w ss ss ss Ss s-� _ - - _ - ?13 `^"'. W n / m ■ CATCH BASIN TYPE 1 ��rr- 6"F --- ^ • -- -- • SS_-6 5 • SS ^�- •� --t32s- SS sS34_ $s - - - BIOFILTSRATION Q■ CATCH BASIN TYPE 2 g^F •F L FO F- ' CONT LBO J 132- \�-� �J INFILTRATION GALLERY CONSULTANT: IL \ � G~ G I / SRIM 1 34.1 ----Op -__ \ •FFE=133.6' l FUEL LID ° D�„�.°a: BIOFILTRATION/MEDIA FILTER �m FUEL VAULT ' FORCE MAIN' s COUNTY O APPROXIMATE LOCATION .e, • / AID I W"SIGN \ PER CITY GIS 14"D RIM 131.74 P \- \ • CLEANOUT 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 \ 4"FLEX IE 130.10(W) CB 20640 FFE=134.4' �• I �\� ®p / Everett.Washin tan 98204 ( 12"CMP IE 129.89(S) CB 20397 CB CURB ISL ND CB 20782 RIM 133.98 3 RIM 134.03 M / Ph:425-141-800 RI z 110LF 6" 9 RF DI SEVER I www.reidmiddleton.com RIM 131.64 \? 12"CMP IE 131.43(S) � 12"CMP IE 132.41 (S) P 52(E) / DISREPAI I \ /"D 12"CMP IE 129.36(N) CB 17, TYPE 2 12"CMP IE 132.18(N) .47(S) 1 12"CPP IE 129.10(S) ce zo781 STD GRATE FFE=134.4' : r REGISTRATION STAMPS: RIM 131.51 CB 8, TYPE 1 RE:1 0 i NOTES: \ \\12"CPP IE 128.91 D GRATE IE:1 f�.3 �,S 2 M25, TYPE 1 2 CPP IE 128.91 12"CONIC IE 131.04 N 3 l • BEEHIVE GRATE I I I ° 1. BEFORE COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION OF STORM OF A.�� 1 " :129.7f ( ) 8, TYPE 2 /. : ( wns / 12'CONC HE 131.00 E _ CB 2031 RE:136.5 S SYSTEM VERIFY LOCATION OF EXISTING STORM �M S' \ IE:126.5 S 12" O SO F�#p3a.a' / / I �w oT \ \ ( ) - RIM 134.0o IE:133�, (N) 6" / PIPE AND INVERT ELEVATION. IF CONFLICT EXISTS, o G C \ \ R'E 134.OF2"CMP IE 132.36(S) 2 IE:13217 2 7 (S) 12" , I I CONTACT THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. A INFILTRATION\SALLERY IE: 0.U2(KNW,GWl>21V'(N) I 3 _ s CB 12, TYPE 1 sp ° A r • / I I 2. PROVIDE AND PAY FOR A LOCATE SERVICE TO 90 ilsas o \ FFE 1, ED 9 E sp N60LF 12 SD \ LOCATE AND MARK UTILITIES. LOCATE UTILITY cva \ p CROSSINGS BY POTHOLING BEFORE COMMENCING -CB 32055 \ ^ - :1 .9 (S) 12' \\ ® 1.DO WI I ° \ '�o- Sp DOUBLE SWING CONSTRUCTION, RIM 126.18 - � __-- - 111LF 12"�SD GATE 4 IE:134.0i ® 1 0% ) ; 3 I 3. SEE DETAIL A/C3.04 FOR TYPICAL TRENCH PROJ ENTIFICATION: I RIM 13056 ✓so \ O sp / I SECTION. 4"F,L x IE iz3. TYPE 2 y 1 -$ 0 4. SEE DETAIL 1/C3.05 FOR DOWNSPOUT WITH Arlington Operations 12; PP E 1z E I :.`� STD G E so I Lj 1 PP E 12 E: 233 RE:13 0 // I z CLEANOUT DETAIL. Center I yOCB 23, TYPE 1 IE:13 I Tl• 5. SEE DETAIL 3/C3.05 FOR CLEANOUT DETAIL. IE: 2 .0 ( ) 1 j� STD GRATE o IE:133 ' �E: 2 .0 ( E) 2 C 1 RE:134.3 n ( 6' I¢ c 6. SEE C3.06 FOR STANDARD STORM DRAINAGE FOR 42LF 1 S� = NOTES. 5 L " S 1.07% IE-131.0 (E,S) 12" I F I 35 1 S I� Snohomish County E E T 0 % T M 2 G • 3 0�3 , I Purchasing Services IE:125.0 N 13 -jLTER E IA CONSTRUCTION NOTES AT 3 17LF 12" SO ® 1.1% 75LF 12" SD ® 3.3% 1 201 12" SD DRAIN I I 1 cY O CONNECT TO STORM PIPE WITH WYE FITTING 19620 67th Ave NE CB 7, TYPE 2 to- ^ AL" (D BOTTOM BOTTOMLESS CATCH BASIN STRUCTURE. EXTEND Arlington, WA 98223 SOLID LID 1 LF 12" D p ° cv BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE BELOW ELEVATION 120.5 OF THE RE:128.2f '1/ D SD - ® .5% E CB INFILTRATION GALLERY / IE:124. (W,N,E)-12'"ze s D o RIM PERMIT SET :1 .4 n 05 6" PERF o 8"I - \ - TRENCH DRAIN CB 6, TYPE 2 CB 4 E IE 27. S 12 I / 12::0 CONNECT TO EXISTING CATCH BASIN STRUCTURE AS NOTED. 05/02/2025 B e STD GRATE 9 "108LF 2 IE:123.0 ST G E , 2"O B C3.05 v ;1 .0 1 ) YD 4 CONNECT UNDER DRAIN PIPE TO DOWNSTREAM STRUCTURE OR RE:127.5 30LF 18" SD p \ I 3' \ This d awing is: 26 ( „W 1 STORM PIPE WITH 6" SD ® 1.0% MINIMUM. IE:123.4 (W,S,N) 12" ® 1.3% R ;1 ,g _ 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 132LF 12" SD ® 1.1% 4 1 " S ® •1% �: az - 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. IE:122.9 (E) 18" rn 5 IE: ( 6" / I O CONNECT FOOTING DRAIN TO DOWNSTREAM STRUCTURE OR 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 64LF 12" SO ® 2.3% D 94 1 S ® 9 1 \ a STORM PIPE WITH 6" SD 01.0% MINIMUM. written permission for any other use or reproduction. SD PROJECT NUMBER: CB STD 9GRA GRATE 1 CB 15, TYPE 2 I CB 3 14 .1 I 2023-053 'o \ RE:130.0 i STD GRATE I .12 f \ IE:125.5 (E,N) 12" RE:128.5 I IE:1 5 (Ej 61 I IE:1 40 5 1 78LF 12" D ® 0. y °IE:125.5 (N,S) 12" •S 5 DS "I 3 REVISION IE:125.0 (E) 18" 36LF 6" SO MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 , 3 TREATMENT CB 19, TYPE 2 ® 1.1% ® 'CY II 1I - C3.03 SYSTEM 3 SOLID LID 1 1 I I RE130.1 C 1 0�3 u pli LO OR IE:125.5 (S) 12" rn 11.5 - S IG IE:126.5 (N,W) 18" 38L SD ® 1.1% ? \ CB-fl, TYPE 1 114LF 12" SD IE:128.0 (E) 6" / \ STD GRATE / RFy ® 1f1% 130.Ofz YD 1 " I o (N) 12"i _ ST TE \ DT 28LF b*" SO RE 5 j S'. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: I- /� ----_- 5 CB 16. TYPE 1 1 ® 1.1% IE: - o II> - - 155LF 12" SD 1 I "Of R( PROJECT MANAGER, MAD I �� Bt PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD -- ---- � STD GRATE ® 0.7% RE:130.2f 13 S DRAFTER: I JTG A ----- +s-------- - //J\��' IE:127.0 (N) 12" n A ^DT CITY OF ARLINGTON DRAWING CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL TITL _ ) .,LDI STORM 144-1 L THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE -OP- -- 60 - ---�„e- 1 0 • slc L CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET DRAINAGE PLAN -OP----OP CB 20, TYPE 1 �GF 30' --"a' o\ Imo'"'• "DT BY: PHASE 1 -- SOLID LID DRAWING NUMBER: - 1pe TBM -pP-- 60LF 12" SO CB 21, TYPE 1 EL=1 DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER --Do RE:129 8 0 0.7% SD GRATE I .1E'126 E,N) 12" DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS CIE42&8 W,-12-_GP _ , b CB 1 •.03 E IN P C3.01 - MT 40 0 40 EO I- 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 LEGEND: 1 sD� /\ I I I / I C SD STORM DRAIN PIPE XG cv� I XI IN TH N \ '�o) 6 DOUBLE SWNGI� I I o of c UD UNDERDRAIN — ----_ -------- \ GATE/ LJ 0 CB FD FOOTING PIPE DYKEMAN 'ze _ !_ RIM 0 8"f DESIGN INCATCH BASIN TYPE 1 —122 CATCH BASIN TYPE 2 J 42LF�3z�D 2 TY T i / fia _ \ \ \ \ / 1 IE:136.5 06.77 D E I INFILTRATION GALLERY I 13 . W 2 I CONSULTANT: \�\�\l SD • D 4 1 S .8 I ^ EXCAV�T@�\\ 1 ) EXISTING) �ttHN 4 2 I • / I J BXIST 1 II C g 7 IOCONSTRUCTION NOTES 128 134th Skeet SW Suit e 200 p 4. CONNECT T EXISTING CATCH BASIN Everet.Washiggon 98204 �Ic Ph:425-141-800 STRUCTURE FROM PHASE 1 AS NOTED. www.reidmiddleton.com MAINTAIN EXISTING 39 (S )c 2" REGISTRATION STAMPS: / BOTTOM AREA \ J V l 7 II I 3 4,025t SF \\ \ 0WATER QUALITY VAULT (WQ-4) SHOWN IS THE \ \ ��// ✓ I 1 f\ I I I I I I I I �0 1 SE ® .6 / l OLD CASTLE UNDERGROUND BIOPOD VAULT (BPU-481B) WITH A TREATMENT FLOW RATE A Rq p J \EDGE OF PERMEABLE \ " /// / 1 , I IIIIIIII I + 0 9 p 1 %• I OF 0.065 CFS 11�woF v^SAictn c CRUSHED ROCK INFILL AT MAINTAIN E SjIN \ / // / Il E ME PROVIDE A TREATMENT STRUCTURE THAT �o c ELEVATION 120.5f \ / / ' IiI I I` 2, MEETS THE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY BOTTOM AR \\ \� \ / / m I I I : S Dr I (TAPE PROGRAM) GENERAL USE LEVEL (TOP OF IMPERMEABLE 7,560f SF \\\ zz\ IIj I I 13 V) 4 Ir I DESIGNATION FOR METALS (ENHANCED) LINER) 'O �\ \�'' Il I / \ $ S II % sSorvntR �� OTTOM OF I I\ //� \ I / / �/J! J s" \ (IMPERMEABLE LINER, \ Iryo III \\� , // )////// /// I / I ST G E PROJ ENTIFICATION: r 1 / FD I RE 2. � °r NOTES: l 1. BEFORE COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION OF STORM 9 Arlington Operations I(N 1 L I SYSTEM VERIFY LOCATION OF EXISTING STORM Center PIPE AND INVERT ELEVATION. IF CONFLICT EXISTS, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY.I FOR_132 -MAINTAIN E�OST — �� / I 4, I \ —134—RO70M AREA. � =��/ / � � I 2. PROVIDE AND PAY FOR A LOCATE SERVICE TO —� `3,060±SF i / STORM DRAINAGE PLAN — PHASE 2 LOCATE N AND BMARK UTILITIES. BELOAT UTILITCING Snohomish County CROSSECONSTRUCTION, Purchasing Services 3. SEE DETAIL A/C3.04 FOR TYPICAL TRENCH SECTION. AT INFILTRATION GALLERY PLAN 19620 67th Ave NE GALLERY NOTES: Arlington, WA 98223 1. PROTECT INFILTRATION GALLERY BOTTOM FROM HEAVY VEHICLE AND CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT. PERMIT SET FI (SHED GRAD 2 D ROCK MATERIAL O INFILTRATIONS B GALLERY SHALL ADHERE TO SDOT 05/02/2025 B SPECIFICATION 9-03.12(4)GRAVEL BACKFILL FRO DRAINS OR 9-03.9(2) PERMEABLE BALLAST. This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 130 / 130 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. IMPOR ED / PROJECT NUMBER: STRUC URAL FILL 125 125 WEST \ FIL ER FABRIC EAST 2023-053 100—YR WATER URFACE = 19.0 TOP OF GAL RY=120.5 REVISION 120 120 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION EXISnNG GRADE 40 MIL HOPE LINER — — 115 115 PERIM ER SIDES \ IN LTRATION EXCAV TE AND B TTOM: 116.0 DISPO E OF / 110 EARTHEN BERM 110 CRUSHED ROCK BOTTO : 114.0 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- MAT RIAL EXCA ATE AND PROJECT MANAGER: MAD IN ILTRATION DISPOSE OF PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD BOTTOM: 110.0 FART EN BERM DRAFTER: IJTG A 105 105 DRAWING TITL A STORM DRAINAGE CITY OF ARLINGTON PLAN - PHASE 2 CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL A SECTION A—A — INFILTRATION GALLERY THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE INFILTRATION GALLERY C2.O C2 2 SCALE: 1"=40 HOR CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET DRAWING NUMBER: VERT SCALE IN FEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER C3.02 40 0 40 80 DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS 1 2 3 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 PRESETTLING COALESCING PLATE OIL D FLOW SPUTTER STRUCTURE (PS-1) WATER SEPARATOR (OWS-1) WATER QUALITY CB 2, TYPE 2 (FS-1) SEE TS-1 NOTE 2 FINISHED RIM:131.0f STRUCTURE (WQ-1) 2 BOTTOMLESS • (SEE TS-1 NOTE 1) ( # ) GRADE (SEE TS-1 NOTE 43) C3.03 C3.04 SOLID LID C3.03 C3.04 RIM:130.6t RIM:130.8f - - - - - RIM:131.1f TS-1 NOTES: D A 1. DETAIL SHOWN IS THE AQUASWIRL PS-1 STRUCTURE WITH TREATMENT FLOW RATE OF ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 0.40 CFS 10' =` = 1.1. PROVIDE A PRE-TREATMENT STRUCTURE THAT MEETS THE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY TOP OF BAFFLE I - I 10 5' (TAPE PROGRAM) GENERAL USE LEVEL 10' DESIGNATION FOR PRETREATMENT. 112"� ® 1.0% ® 2"m ® 1.0% 12"m ® 1.0% 2. DETAIL SHOWN IS THE OLD CASTLE FROM CB 3 5106-2-CPS VAULT WITH TREATMENT FLOW - RATE OF 280 GPM. CONSULTANT: IE=121.6 IE=121.6 IE=121.5 E=121 2 TOP OF 2.1. PROVIDE A COALESCING PLATE OIL WATER INFILT. SEPARATOR WITH A MINIMUM TREATMENT TO CB 1 IE=121.5 IE=121.4 IE=121.2 y. GALLERY FLOW RATE OF 180 GPM. (INFIL. 12 0 ® 1.0% 120.5 GALLERY) 3SHOWNTHETLE 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 s y UNDERGROUND DETAI IBIOPODVAULT A(BPU-82418 Eveeil.Washington 98204 E=119.037' WITH A TREATMENT FLOW RATE OF 0.40 CFS Ph:425-141-800 3.1. PROVIDE A TREATMENT STRUCTURE THAT www.reidmiddleton.com IE=118.9 MEETS THE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY DISCHARGE INTO (TAPE PROGRAM) GENERAL USE LEVEL REGISTRATION STAMPS: INFILTRATION ROCK DESIGNATION FOR METALS (ENHANCED) 1 PROFILE - TREATMENT SYSTEM #1 GALLERY BELOW A.�G OF WAS,o Itp C3.01 C3.03 NOT TO SCALE C ° C '9 ifsas '� GIST NA PRESETTLING COALESCING PLATE OIL WATER QUALITY FLOW SPUTTER STRUCTURE (PS-2) WATER SEPARATOR (OWS-2) CB 5, TYPE 2 (FS-2) FINISHED RIM:130.2t STRUCTURE (WQ-2) 2 BOTTOMLESS PROJ ENTIFICATION: (SEE TS-2 NOTE 1) (SEE TS-2 NOTE #2) SEE TS-2 NOTE 3 C3.03 C3.04 RIM:129.8t RIM:130.Of GRADE ( # ) C3.03 C3.04 SOLID LID - - - - - RIM:130.2f Arlington Operations TS-2 NOTES: Center 1. DETAIL SHOWN IS THE AQUASWIRL PS-2 10' STRUCTURE WITH TREATMENT FLOW RATE OF FOR TOP OF BAFFLE I _ i 5 . CFS 5' 1.1. PROVIDE APRE-TREATMENT STRUCTURE Snohomish County I - 112"4 ® 1.0% 2"� ® 0.0% 10' THAT MEETS THE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY Purchasing Services FROM CB 6 ® - 12"0 ® 1.0% (TAPE PROGRAM) GENERAL USE LEVEL DESIGNATION FOR PRETREATMENT. 2. DETAIL SHOWN IS THE OLD CASTLE 576 CPS AT IE=122.9 IE-122.9 IE=122.8 IE=122.6 VAULT WITH TREATMENT FLOW RATE OF 140 19620 67th Ave NE IE=122.8 IE=122.8 GPM. TO CB 47 IE=122.6 , 12"0 p 1.0% TOP OF 2.1. PROVIDE A COALESCING PLATE OIL WATER Arlington, WA 98223 (INFIL. INFILT. SEPARATOR WITH A MINIMUM TREATMENT GALLERY) GALLERY FLOW RATE OF 125 GPM. E=120.43 1120.5 3. DETAIL SHOWN IS THE OLD CASTLE PERMIT SET S IE-120.3/`1UNDERGROUND BIOPOD VAULT (BPU-81616) 05/02/2025 WITH A TREATMENT FLOW RATE OF 0.27 CFS r3 DISCHARGE INTO 3.1. PROVIDE A TREATMENT STRUCTURE THAT g. MEETS THE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY This d-In is INFILTRATION ROCK 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2 PROFILE - TREATMENT SYSTEM #2 GALLERY BELOW (TAPE PROGRAM) GENERAL USE LEVEL 2.The Architect's instrument of Professional service. ( DESIGNATION FOR METALS ENHANCED) 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's C3.01 C3.03 NOT TO SCALE written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: PRESETTLING COALESCING PLATE OIL 2023-053 FLOW SPLffTER STRUCTURE (PS-3) WATER SEPARATOR (OWS-3) WATER QUALITY ,1 CB 14, TYPE 2 (FS-3) SEE TS-3 NOTE #2) FINISHED RIM-129.1f STRUCTURE WQ-3) (SEE TS-3 NOTE 1) ( GRADE (SEE TS-3 NOTE #3) C3.03 C3.04 SOLID M DSS REVISION C3.03 C3.04 - - RIM:128.8t RIM:128.9t MARK DATE DESCRIPTION RIM:129.2f - - - _ _ _ - - - - - - IE:122.8 FROM CB 19 TS-3 NOTES: 1. DETAIL SHOWN IS THE AQUASWIRL PS-3 STRUCTURE WITH TREATMENT FLOW RATE OF 10' ` 0.20 CFS 1.1. PROVIDE A PRE-TREATMENT STRUCTURE TOP OF BAFFLE - I 5 5' THAT MEETS THE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY I '`S 10 (TAPE PROGRAM) GENERAL USE LEVEL 112"0 ® 1.0% 20 ® 1.0% 12"4 ® 1.0% DESIGNATION FOR PRETREATMENT. FROM CB 15 - 2. DETAIL SHOWN IS THE OLD CASTLE 660-CPSVAU PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- �- IE=124.9 IE=124.9 IE=124.8 IE=124.6 GPM. LT WITH TREATMENT FLOW RATE OF 105 PROJECT MANAGER: IMAD IE=124.8 IE=124.8 w 2.1. PROVIDE A COALESCING PLATE OIL WATER PROJECT ENGINEER: IMAD TO CB 13 IE=124.67 y DRAFTER: IJTG SEPARATOR WITH A MINIMUM TREATMENT A (INFIL. FLOW RATE OF 90 GPM. DRAWING TITL A GALLERY) 9+':Y.a1: 3. DETAIL SHOWN IS THE OLD CASTLE E=122.43 UNDERGROUND BIOPOD VAULT (BPU-612B) STORM TREATMENT CITY OF ARLINGTON IE=122.3 WITH A TREATMENT FLOW RATE OF 0.20 CFS DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL 3.1. PROVIDE A TREATMENT STRUCTURE THAT DISCHARGE INTO MEETS THE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE INFILTRATION ROCK (TAPE PROGRAM) GENERAL USE LEVEL DRAWING NUMBER: CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET 3 PROFILE - TREATMENT SYSTEM #3 GALLERY BELOW DESIGNATION FOR METALS (ENHANCED) BY: C3.01 C3.03 NOT TO SCALE C3.0 '� .0^ DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER v{ DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 13 4 5 SITE SPECIFIC SITE SPECIFIC DATA REQUIREMENTS DATA REQUIREMENTS D C� STRUCTURED FS-1 STRUCTURE ID FS-2 DIVERTED FLOW RATE(cfs) 0.40 DIVERTED FLOW RATE(cfs) 0.27 PEAK FLOW RATE(cfs) 4.96 PEAK FLOW RATE(cfs) 3.33 SJ RIM ELEVATION 130.1+ RIM ELEVATION 129.6f DYKEMAN n PIPE DATA: INVERT ORIENTATION MATERIAL DIAMETER PIPE DATA: INVERT ORIENTATION MATERIAL DIAMETER A INLET PIPE 121.6 - HDPE 24 INLET PIPE 122.9 - HDPE 18 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN / DIVERTED FLOW _ HDPE 12 DIVERTED FLOW 122.9 - HDPE 12 OUTLET PIPE 121.E OUTLET PIPE ` PEAK FLOW _ PEAK FLOW _ ftftOUTLET PIPE 121.6 HDPE 18 OUTLET PIPE 122.9 HDPE 18 ORIFICE TYPE(PIPE,PLATE) PLATE ORIFICE TYPE(PIPE,PLATE) PLATE ORIFICE DIAMETER(in.) 4 ORIFICE DIAMETER(in.) 4 TRENCH WIDTH WEIR CREST ELEVATION N/A WEIR CREST ELEVATION N/A SEE NOTE 7 18"15": 1.5xID+18" CONSULTANT: : 1.5xID S WEIR WALL ELEVATION 122.3 WEIR WALL ELEVATION 123.47 _ HEAD OVER WEIR,H(ft.) 1.21 HEAD OVER WEIR,H(ft.) 0.48 MA TOP SLAB ACCES i A I.D. WSE AT PEAK FLOW RATE 123.26 WSE AT PEAK FLOW RATE 123.95 (SOLID LID) MANHOLE - STRUCTURE WEIR ORIENTATION WEIR ORIENTATION -' DIRECTED FLOW OLIREf FLOOR ELEVATION XXt FLOOR ELEVATION XXf -� 128 134th Street SW Suite 200 g NOTES/SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: NOTES/SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: Everett.Washingqton 98204 Ph:425-141-3800 STRUCTURAL www.reidmiddleton.com FILL REGISTRATION STAMPS: PLAN VIEW TOP SLAB NOT SHOWN A. GROUT TO SITE SPECIFIC GRAVEL BACKFILL ��°F AXIS C FINISHED GRADE FOR PIPE ZONE DATA REQUIREMENTS BEDDING I I /��\///\\// r STRUCTURE ID FS-3 '0 DIVERTED FLOW RATE(cfs) 0.21 p �o '�cismae-tio � ft===s PEAK FLOW RATE(cfs) 2.48 sSlorvnt � STEP RIM ELEVATION 128.7f PIPE DATA: INVERT ORIENTATION MATERIAL DIAMETER PROJ ENTIFICATION: STORMGATE w INLET PIPE 124.9 _ FOUNDATION LEVEL ADJUSTABLE r� HDPE 18 DIVERTED FLOW WEIR OUTLET PIPE 1249 - HDPE 12 Arlington Operations a PEAK FLOW 18 TYPICAL TRENCH SECTION Center OUTLET PIPE N z 124.9 - HDPE q STORM DRAIN I tiio ORIFICE TYPE(PIPE,PLATE) PLATE _ ORIFICE DIAMETER(in.) 4 C3.01,C3.02 C3.04 NOT TO SCALE FOR ORIFICE WEIR CREST ELEVATION N A Snohomish County WEIR WALL ELEVATION 125.31 SECTION A-A HEAD OVER WEIR,H(ft.) 0.39 PurchasingServices WSE AT PEAK FLOW RATE 125.70 STORMGATE FLOW SPLITTER-TYPICAL WEIR ORIENTATION AT 1T FLOOR ELEVATION XXf C3.01 C3.04 NOT TO SCALE NOTES/SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: 1 9620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B B1 DIMENSION 2.7500"TYPICAL This drawing is: B DIMENSION INLET/OUTLET ACCESS COVER&RISER, 036.00"ACCESS COVER&RISER. 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. WALL THICKNESS SIZE,QUANTITY&LOCATION MAY VARY. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: OUTLET=559.65 DIVIDER WALL. 2023-053 INLET,NEARSIDE. REVISION JEMMF 'i 60.00" M 0.9167"MULCH MINIMUM ARK DATE DESCRIPTION BYPASS WEIR. BY OTHERS 04.00"PVC SLOTTED INLET WINDOW. , UNDERDRAIN PIPE. UNDERDRAIN OUTLET UNDERDRAIN OUTLET ORIFICE CAP. ORIFICE CAP,FARSIDE. _ 8.2500"StormMix'" MEDIA OUTLET,FARSIDE, z.. BYPASS WEIR. (AT FLOOR). Al 2.7500"DFiliAIN ROCK DIMENSION } /� A .. - ....,.... ... .. INLET WINDOW. A DIMENSION DRAIN DOWN DEVICE. SECTION A-A 04.00"PVC SLOTTED UNDERDRAIN PIPE. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: - DRAIN DOWN DEVICE. PROJECT MANAGER: 1 MAD PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD DRAFTER: IJTG A DRAWING TITL A CITY OF INLET=561.75 PLAN VIEW CONSTRUCTION DRAWNGINGTON REVIEW APPROVAL STORM DETAILS TOP SLAB NOT SHOWN IN THIS VIEW FOR CLARITY, ACCESS COVERS SHOWN IN PHANTOM. THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE 91 BIOPOD VAULT TYPICAL CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET DRAWING NUMBER: 2 - BY: C3.03 C3.04 NOT TO SCALE DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER /� .0 w DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS v{ 4 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 11 2 3 4 5 BUILDING FACE LOCKING CAST IRON CLEANOUT W/BRONZE COVER DOWNSPOUT (DS) PLATE. INSTALL FLUSH W/CONC WALK D CI CLEANOUT RING AND COVER ASPHALT CONIC 2'-0" PAVEMENT OR GROUND 6" DIA FERNCO BELL 4" DIA PVC CLEANOUT SURFACE DONUT, INSTALL FLUSH PLUG AND CAP TRENCH DRAIN EXPANSION JOINT YKEMAN WITH TOP OF SLAB GRATE (ALL SIDES) o • PAVEMENT OR ADJACENT LANDSCAPE GRADE V-6" MIN #4 REBAR ALL AROUND ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ° 6" 12" DIA PVC FIBER JOINT _ _ a 4" MIN MIN. �F CAST—IN—PLACE CONCRETE PACKING, TYP UNLESS MIN COLLAR (FORMED) VARIES NOTED VARIES FIBER JOINT (1) CONTINUOUS #4 (SEE PLAN) OTHERWISE F(SEL_PLAN) PACKINGPVC ELBOW 45'x6" DIA REBAR ® REMOVABLE MID—DEPTH EACH ° WATERTIGHT PLUG 45' 6" DIA PVC WYE SIDE, LAP 2' ® CONSULTANT 6" DIA PVC PIPE JOINTS ° ° J (LENGTH AS REQ'D) 6" DIA PVC PIPE ° w w � CONCRETE � Z z 45' 6" DIA PVC ELBOW ° ° _ GRAVEL BACKFILL PVC FITTINGS AS REQ'D. FOR DRAINS 6" DIA PVC PIPE ° ° o 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 ° J Everett.Washingqton 98204 FOOTING ROOF DRAIN (LENGTH AS REQ'D) a ° p Ph:425-141-3800 � SEE STRUCTURAL o' p. ° o i% (PVC) LINE CONTINUATION OR www.reidmiddleton.com ° \ k PLUG AS REQUIRED REGISTRATION STAMPS: ° o/ \ ° /�/\�\/ _ __ A. PREFORMED MANUFACTURED i \\ial�\\ I F As�Grs 6" DIA PVC SD, SLOPE CHANNEL i� D TO STORM SEWER INVERT % ° C PREPARED TYPICAL DOWNSPOUT AND SUBGRADE '9 ifsas 1 ROOF DRAIN W/ CLEANOUT 2 TRENCH DRAIN DETAIL 3 STORM DRAIN CLEANOUT °�sSONA � C3.01,C3.02 C3.05 NOT TO SCALE C3.01 C3.05 NOT TO SCALE C3.01,C3.02 C3.05 NOT TO SCALE PROJ ENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center GRAVEL FOR EDGE OF \— rRAS� STRIP MEDIA FILTER DRAIN MIX PAVEMENT Snohomish County 1. 1 Purchasing Services 9' 1 —0' ,:''arb�f 1 MATCH EXISTING GROUND AT 1,—O„ SURFACE ELEVATION MIN MIN `"" .. _• EXIST NG 19620 67th Ave NE 2" DEPTH MULCH v ' '} ' L GROUIND Arlington, WA 98223 TOP OF BANK GEOTEXTILE FOR PERMIT SET EL 137.0 UNDERGRDRAINAGEOUND PERFORATED 05/02/2025 S PAVEMENT CAST—IN—PLACE CONCRETE UNDERDRAIN PIPE B CRUSHED SURFACING This drawing is: RETAINING WALL. SEE BASE COURSE 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 6" FREEBOARD 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 2 oJ• 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. MEDIA FILTER DRAIN PROJECT NUMBER: 6" S• >:. '' J C3.01 C3.05 NOT TO SCALE 2023-053 BOTTOM ` CELL EL o •: GEOTEXTILE FABRIC REVISION LOCKING SCREW MARK DATE DESCRIPTION UNDER—DRAIN AGGREGA LOCKING DUCTILE IRON y 3" OF BIORETENTION MULCH DOME GRATE PER DETAIL A UNDER—DRAIN AGGREGATE BIORETENTION SOIL 8" DIA. LOCKING DUCTILE Sieve Size % Passing IRON DOME GRATE / 3/4" 100 MIXTURE TOP WATER 6" SLOTTED PVGJ 1MIN MIN 1/4 30-60 PIPE #8 20-50 0-1 6" S• . PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- 5 PROJECT MANAGER TYPICAL BIORETENTION CELL SECTION `T 8" YARD DRAIN : IMAD INVERT PER PLAN PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD DRAFTER: I JTG A C3.01 C3.04 NOT TO SCALE o00 000 DRAWING TITL A o � O CITY OF ARLINGTON oo STORM DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL UNDER—DRAIN CONNECTION THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET DRAWING NUMBER: 6 BIORETENTION OUTLET STRUCTURE BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER C3.01 C3.04 NOT TO SCALE DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS C3.0 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 STORM DRAINAGE NOTES D 1. ALL STORM DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE APPROVED PLANS AND CITY STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ANY DEVIATION FROM THESE PLANS WILL REQUIRE PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE OWNER, THE CITY ENGINEER, AND OTHER APPROPRIATE PUBLIC AGENCIES. 2. ALL PIPE MATERIALS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ACCEPTABLE STORM DRAINAGE PIPE MATERIALS INCLUDE CONCRETE, PVC, HOPE, AND DYKEMAN DUCTILE IRON. CORRUGATED METAL PIPES (GALVANIZED ALUMINUM OR STEEL) ARE NOT ACCEPTED BY THE CITY. ALL PIPE JOINTS MUST HAVE GASKETS AND SHALL BE WATER TIGHT UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE CITY. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 3. PIPE BEDDING MATERIAL SHALL BE 5/8—INCH MINUS CRUSHED GRAVEL FOR ALL PIPE TYPES, EXCEPT DUCTILE IRON. BEDDING MATERIAL FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY'S STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS (CHAPTER 4). 4. ALL TRENCH BACKFILL IN AREAS OF PAVEMENT OR STRUCTURAL LOADING SHALL BE COMPACTED TO AT LEAST 95% OF THE MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY. ALL OTHER AREAS SHALL BE COMPACTED TO AT LEAST 90% OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY. 5. ALL PIPE SHALL BE PLACED ON STABLE EARTH. IF IN THE OPINION OF THE CITY INSPECTOR, THE EXISTING TRENCH FOUNDATION IS UNSATISFACTORY, THEN IT SHALL BE EXCAVATED BELOW CONSULTANT: GRADE AND BACKFILLED WITH GRAVEL BEDDING MATERIAL TO SUPPORT THE PIPE. 6. LOT DRAINAGE SYSTEMS, STUB—OUTS AND ANY DRAINS BEHIND THE SIDEWALK MUST BE INSTALLED AS REQUIRED PRIOR TO SIDEWALK CONSTRUCTION. STUB—OUTS SHALL BE MARKED WITH A 2"X4" WITH 3 FEET VISIBLE ABOVE GRADE AND MARKED "STORM". LOCATION AND DEPTH OF THESE INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE SHOWN ON THE AS—BUILT PLANS SUBMITTED TO THE CITY. 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 7. ALL CATCH BASINS SHALL BE TYPE 1 UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLANS AND APPROVED BY THE CITY. THE USE AND INSTALLATION OF INLETS IS DISCOURAGED. Everett.Washingqton 98204 Ph:425-141-3800 www.reidmiddleton.com 8. ALL CATCH BASINS WITH A DEPTH OF 5 FEET (RIM TO INVERT) OR GREATER SHALL BE TYPE 2 CATCH BASINS EQUIPPED WITH 3/4— INCH DIAMETER SAFETY MANHOLE STEPS OR A MANHOLE LADDER PER CITY STANDARD DETAILS. REGISTRATION STAMPS: 9. ALL GRATES SHALL BE MARKED "OUTFALL TO STREAM — DUMP NO POLLUTANTS". ALL SOLID COVER SHALL BE MARKED "DRAIN". ALL CATCH BASINS AND MANHOLES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A�9p LOCKING FRAMES AND LIDS OR GRATES PER CITY STANDARD DETAILS. Fwnsy�crs C 10. ALL GRATES LOCATED IN THE GUTTER FLOW LINE (INLET AND CATCH BASIN) SHALL BE DEPRESSED 0.1 FOOT BELOW PAVEMENT LEVEL. To C 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ADJUSTING ALL MANHOLE, INLET AND CATCH BASIN FRAMES AND GRATES/COVERS TO GRADE JUST PRIOR TO CURB INSTALLATION AND/PAVING. . GIST NA sSION'ALG` 12. ALL RETENTION/DETENTION FACILITIES SHALL BE INSTALLED AND IN OPERATION PRIOR TO, OR IN CONJUNCTION WITH, ALL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE CITY. 13. DETENTION/RETENTION PONDS WITH SIDE SLOPES STEEPER THAN 3:1 OR WITH A MAXIMUM WATER DEPTH GREATER THAN 3 FEET SHALL BE ENCLOSED WITH A VINYL COATED CHAIN LINK FENCE. PROJ ENTIFICATION: 14. BIO—FILTRATION SWALES AND/OR FILTER STRIPS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED, BEDDED OR SEEDED AND IN OPERATION PRIOR TO, OR SODDED IN CONJUNCTION WITH, ASPHALT PAVING. THE Arlington Operations VEGETATION IN THE BIO—SWALE MUST BE WELL ESTABLISHED BEFORE PAVING BEGINS. 15. STORM WATER RETENTION/DETENTION FACILITIES, STORM DRAINAGE PIPE AND CATCH BASINS SHALL BE FLUSHED AND CLEANED BY THE DEVELOPER PRIOR TO THE CITY'S ACCEPTANCE OF THE Center PROJECT. FOR 16. WHEN INFILTRATION FACILITIES ARE CONSTRUCTED, COMPACTION OF SOIL IS NOT ALLOWED, AS THE DESIGN IS BASED ON NATURAL SOIL IN THE ORIGINAL LOCATION. VEHICLES SHALL NOT BE Snohomish County DRIVEN OVER THE INFILTRATION AREA DURING CONSTRUCTION. 17. IF THE CONTRACTOR ENCOUNTERS GROUNDWATER OR SOIL CONDITIONS DIFFERENT FROM THAT SHOWN IN THE PLANS DURING INFILTRATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL Purchasing Services NOTIFY THE CITY INSPECTOR. AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 REVISION MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- PROJECT MANAGER: I MAD PROJECT ENGINEER: I MAD DRAFTER: IJTG A DRAWING TITL A CITY OF ARLINGTON STORM NOTES CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET DRAWING NUMBER: BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VAUD FOR 18 MONTHS 3■0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 FFE=134.4' s0 2 4 Q 86LF " DI i i �3 CONSTRUCTION NOTES: D LF I CONNECT TO WATER MAIN AT EXISTING 8"TEE 4 LEGEND: s0 • 2 • / FITTING. DEMOLISH EXISTING VALVE. i FP P 2 FP \137LF 8" DI SD 8"x8"x6"TEE (MJxFLxFL) O / 22LF 6" DI 8" . .I / I SS SANITARY SEWER PIPE GATE VALVE (FLxMJ) DYKEMAN / \ s0 / 1 6" GATE VALVE (FLxMJ) 13 15 3 THRUST BLOCKING SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN ARCHITECTURE� � � � � O „u 'I / I DESIGN / 7 SD 3 (1) FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY PER COA STD DW DOMESTIC WATER MAIN PIPE / DETAIL W-010. FP 6 �3 LSD / FP FIRE PROTECTION SERVICE Q ' \ (1) 8"x8"x8"TEE (MJxMJxFL) 3 FIRE HYDRANT 11 (1) 8" GATE VALVE (FLxMJ)n n n n n n n n n n I I THRUST BLOCKING �O • SEWER MANHOLE I I I I I I I I I I • I I 0 CONSULTANT: � U U LJ ` CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION IN PHASE 2 CONNE T TO �115LF 8" DI FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION U Uo U U U U &3 EXISTI WATER GROUND SOURCE o PGA (1) 8" 45' BEND (MJ) W/ MEGA LUGS MAIN OM PHASE 1 �3 POST INDICATOR VALVE LOn TMn n 305LF 8" DI 7 CONNECT TO EXISTING 12" WATER MAIN WITH: l 6 n n n O I I 7J BEND nN n 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 (1) 8"TAPPING SLEEVE PER COA DETAIL W-200 n o COA CITY OF ARLINGTON Eveeil.Wgshinqtan 98204 I I I I a (1) 8" GATE VALVE (FLxMJ) S 3 Ph:425-d11-800m U U U U U� U U U U U ® (1) 8"x8"x 6"TEE (MJXMJXFL) o l / zo REGISTRATION STAMPS: o i Q o (1) 8" GATE VALVE (FLXMJ) 0 N I THRUST BLOCKING GENERAL NOTES: A�G n n n n n n n n n It o (1) 6" POST INDICATOR VALVE (PIV) 23LF 8" Ql+o 1. RESTRAIN ALL PIPES, JOINTS, AND FITTINGS OF THE FIRE �OFwAs'oct 10 8" x 2" WET TAP CONNECTION l PROTECTION SYSTEM. 'o c U U LJ U U /� (1) 2" GATE VALVE (FLxMJ) o 2. BEFORE COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION OF WATER AND U U U U U �3 N A $ SEWER, EXCAVATE TO VERIFY LOCATION AND INVERT Ado Res+ e9 �� • SDx - 11 (1) 2" IRRIGATION METER PER COA STD DETAIL I ELEVATION OF THE EXISTING SANITARY SEWER AND WATERsSiorvA � $ W-050 I PIPES TO BE CONNECTED TO PROPOSED SYSTEM. IF A • I CONFLICT EXISTS, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. 1 I (1) 2.5" DOUB;E CHECK DETECTOR ASSEMBLY �'I -142-- 3 BEFORE COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION OF WATER, VERIFY PROJ ENTIFICATION: (DCDA) PER COA STD .DETAIL W-110 INVERT ELEVATIONS AND LOCATION OF SERVICES 0 o SD �3 0 1 PENETRATING THE BUILDING WALL WITH PLUMBING. IF A Arlington Operations N • 13 (1) FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION (FDC) SO CONFLICT EXISTS, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. SEE IN GE E T SEE DETAIL 1/C4.02. SD o Center 41LF 8" DI PLAN A. I 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE A PRIVATE UTILITY LOCATING 6 o— SEE o�3 14 (1) 4" 90' BEND (MJ) EXCAVATION,SERVICE TO IDENTIFY ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO ANY FOR v�i N I 15 PROVIDE GUARD POSTS (BOLLARDS) PER COA ADMIN/CREW STD DETAIL W-030. 5. PROTECT EXISTING UTILITIES TO REMAIN DURING Snohomish County 1 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. 3 15 w 16 1) 6" DOUBLE CHECK DETECTOR ASSEMBLY '-d 6. SEE PLUMBING FOR INTERIOR SANITARY SEWER PUMP Purchasing Services DCDA) PER COA STD DETAIL W-110 i STATION. AT • 0 0 3 7. SEE C4.02 FOR STANDARD WATER AND SEWER NOTES. I o ADMIN/CREW SSEE ECTION.�L A/C4.02 FOR TYPICAL WATER TRENCH 19620 67th Ave NE o I BUILDING 8 2 Arlington, WA 98223 �� / 8. RP13A FOR DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE LOCATED INSIDE 3 5 13 BUILDING. SEE PLUMBING FOR DETAILS. 28LF 4" DI 1 17 ERMIT UTILITY CROSSING NOTES: P05 02/2025T e -� / a0 INSTALL WATER MAIN ABOVE STORM PIPE WITH e " SSFM Jo MINIMUM 6" VERTICAL CLEARANCE. — � n1 60' This drawing is: —�0"F _�_�_�i I 3 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. I F 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 2Q INSTALL WATER MAIN BELOW STORM PIPE WITH 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's — — — — — — — — — — — FD 14 MINIMUM 6"VERTICAL CLEARANCE. written permission for any other use or reproduction. - —OP ---oP I G FOR - 122LF 4" ©INSTALL SIDE SEWER BELOW STORM PIPE WITH A PROJECT NUMBER: CEE IN ION -`-FORGE�IAR-� / L MINIMUM 1-FT VERTICAL CLEARANCE. UTILITY PARTIAL PLAN — PHASE 1 SEEN 6 -- � I -�0"F "� i 1 L i 4Q INSTALL SIDE SEWER (OR CASING) BELOW RETAINING 2023-053 --1ae, WALL (OR FOOTING) A MINIMUM OF 2 FEET. 0 INSTALL SEWER FORCE MAIN ABOVE WATER SERVICES REVISION UTILITY PARTIAL PLAN — PHASE-2 WITH A MINIMUM 18"VERTICAL CLEARANCE. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I ( SD 3 9 180LF 3.0" €€E PLUMBIN 16 5 8 \ F0�2 CONTINUATION 3 \ FP o \ / I PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- • 40LF 4" DI 10 I PROJECT MANAGER: MAD PROJECT ENGINEER: MAD —SD 47LF 6" DI 701F 8" DI 11 ; DRAFTER: JTG A \ CAP FOR PHASE 7 DRAWING TITL A \ 2 CONNECTION 12 }� SEE LANDSCAPING o CITY OF ARLINGTON UTILITY PLAN FOR CONTINUATION II CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL • O"F I THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET t sae7, DRAWING NUMBER: — 60. BY: r DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER � w •0 SCALE IN FEET SCALE IN FEET 4 ENLARGEMENT PLAN A DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS 20 0 20 40 a0 0 a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g, PIPE JOINT DEFLECTIONS SHALL NOT EXCEED ONE-HALF OF PIPE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM DEFLECTIONS. BENDS MAY BE REQUIRED TO Eve728 134th Street SW Suite 200 FROM THE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF THE MANHOLE TO BE WATERTIGHT. ADDITIONAL WATERPROOFING MAY BE REQUIRED. MAINTAIN PROPER WATER MAIN ALIGNMENT WITHIN EASEMENTS OR PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY. Ph:42.Washingqton 98204 Ph: 5-141-3800 7. SIDE SEWER SERVICES SHALL BE PVC ASTM D 3034 SDR 35 WITH FLEXIBLE GASKETED JOINTS. SIDE SEWER CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE BY A TAP TO AN www.reidmiddleton.com EXISTING MAIN OR A TEE FROM A NEW MAIN CONNECTED ABOVE THE SPRING LINE OF THE PIPE. WYES ARE NOT ALLOWED ON LINES 8" OR LARGER. SIDE 9. WATER MAIN SHALL NOT BE PLACED UNDER SIDEWALK, CURBS, GUTTERS, OR ANY PERMANENT STRUCTURES WITHOUT THE PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE CITY SEWERS CAN NOT BE INSTALLED UNDER DRIVEWAYS UNLESS APPROVED BY THE CITY INSPECTOR. ENGINEER. REGISTRATION STAMPS: 8. ALL SEWER PIPE SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A CONTINUOUS TRACER TAPE 24" - 48" UNDER THE PROPOSED FINISHED SUBGRADE, OR AS DIRECTED BY THE 10. NO CONNECTION TO THE CITY WATER SYSTEM IS ALLOWED UNTIL THE NEW CONSTRUCTION PASSES PRESSURE AND PURITY TESTS, AND C A�9p CITY INSPECTOR.THE MARKER SHALL BE PLASTIC, NON-BIODEGRADABLE, METAL CORE, AND DETECTABLE, WITH BACKING MARKED "SEWER". HAS BEEN APPROVED AND ACCEPTED BY THE CITY. woVWAS2cIS C T° C 9. SIDE SEWERS SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE DEVELOPER AND COORDINATED FOR CLEARANCE WITH POWER, GAS, TELEPHONE, CABLE, AND OTHER UTILITIES. SIDE 11. PRIOR TO MAKING CONNECTIONS TO THE EXISTING SYSTEM, CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE LOCATION, DEPTH AND MATERIAL OF EXISTING WATER MAINS SEWERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 10 FEET BEYOND PROPERTY LINES AND 5' BEYOND ANY EASEMENT. AT THE POINT OF CONNECTION. IST 10. THE SEWER PIPE SHALL BE INSTALLED STARTING FROM DOWNSTREAM OF THE POINT OF CONNECTION ON THE EXISTING SEWER OR FROM A DESIGNATED 12. ALL WATER LINES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 10 FEET HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE FROM SANITARY SEWERS. WHEN WATER LINES CROSS SEWER LINES, THE MINIMUM �ssoNA � STARTING POINT. THE SEWER PIPE SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH THE BELL END UPSTREAM. VERTICAL CLEARANCE SHALL BE 18 INCHES. 11. ADEQUATE TRENCH SHEETING AND/OR SHORING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED BY OSHA AND WISHA. 13. TO FILL THE MAIN FOR FLUSHING, PRESSURE AND PURITY TESTS, THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO USE AN APPROVED METER AND DCVA. THE HYDRANT PROJ ENTIFICATION: SHALL REMAIN IN THE FULL OPEN POSITION TO PREVENT BACK-SIPHONAGE THROUGH THE DRAIN HOLE. AFTER SUCCESSFUL TESTING, THE CONTRACTOR WILL 12. TO PREVENT WATER OR DEBRIS FROM DISCHARGING INTO THE CITY'S EXISTING SEWER SYSTEM, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL A PLUG IN THE CONNECTION TIE INTO THE EXISTING SYSTEM, USING DISINFECTED SLEEVES AND SPOOL PIECES. Arlington Operations MANHOLE OR AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY INSPECTOR. THE PLUG SHALL NOT BE REMOVED UNTIL THE SEWER IS ACCEPTED BY THE CITY. 14. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE CITY FOR VALVE OPERATION. ONLY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES OF THE CITY CAN OPERATE VALVES IN THE CITY Center 13. ALL SEWER LINES SHALL MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 10 FEET HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE AND A MINIMUM OF 18 INCHES VERTICAL CLEARANCE FROM WATER LINES. WATER SYSTEM. SEE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND ALTERNATIVES. FOR 15. THE CONTRACTOR IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT, SINCE FILLING AND FLUSHING WILL BE DONE THROUGH ACROSS-CONNECTION CONTROL DEVICE, LOW VELOCITY 14. PIPE BEDDING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY OF ARLINGTON STANDARD AND WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 3/8- INCH MINUS MANUFACTURED FLOWS MAY BE ENCOUNTERED. THEREFORE, EVERY ATTEMPT SHALL BE MADE TO KEEP THE PIPE CLEAN DURING INSTALLATION. THIS MAY INCLUDE SWABBING Snohomish County CLEAN PEA GRAVEL IS THE REQUIRED BEDDING MATERIAL. ALL PIPE SHALL BE LAID ON A PROPERLY PREPARED FOUNDATION. THIS SHALL INCLUDE NECESSARY THE PIPE WITH CHLORINATED WATER. LEVELING OF THE TRENCH BOTTOM OR THE TOP OF THE FOUNDATION MATERIALS AS WELL AS PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION OF REQUIRED BEDDING MATERIAL TO UNIFORM GRADE SO THAT THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE PIPE WILL BE SUPPORTED BY A UNIFORMLY DENSE UNYIELDING BASE. 16. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL, DUST CONTROL, NOISE CONTROL, AND TRAFFIC CONTROL AS Purchasing Services REQUIRED BY THE CITY OR OTHER APPLICABLE AGENCIES. 15. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPACT TRENCH BACKFILL WITHIN THE CITY RIGHT-OF-WAY To AT LEAST 90% MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE AT TRENCH TO A DEPTH OF 3' BELOW THE SURFACE. THE TRENCH BACKFILL MUST BE COMPACTED TO AT LEAST 95% MAXIMUM DENSITY WITHIN 3' OF THE 17. CUTTING AND PATCHING OF ROAD WAYS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE RIGHT-OF-WAY PERMIT OF THE CITY OR OTHER APPLICABLE AGENCY. 1 9620 67t11 Ave N E SURFACE. ASPHALT MUST BE COMPACTED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS ON THE PLANS. ALL COMPACTION TESTS ARE AT THE DEVELOPER'S EXPENSE. 18. ALL IN-LINE PIPE JOINTS SHALL BE RESTRAINED WITH FIELD LOCK GASKETS. CITY OF ARLINGTONArlington, WA 98223 19. ALL FITTINGS SHALL BE RESTRAINED JOINTS AND HAVE THRUST BLOCKING. CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE PERMIT SET B CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET 05/02/2025 B BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER This drawing is: 4" GALVANIZED 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. THREADED 30' ELBOW DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS 2.The Architect's instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's GALVANIZED 5"x4" FDC STORZ CONNECTION, written permission for any other use or reproduction. THREADED TEE STORZ AUTO SPRINKLER PROJECT NUMBER: CONNECTION SET ® 38" ABOVE SURFACE RESTORATION VARIES, GRADE, OUTLET TO BE SEE PAVING OR LANDSCAPE 2023-053 GALVANIZED SCH 40 PIPE PROTECTED WITH A LOCKING FINISH GRADE FLANGExTHREAD LINE OF STORZ CAP GALVANIZED LINE OF GRADE DRAWINGS GRADE SCH 40 PIPE REVISION JEOMF - - _ _ - - - - - - - MARK DATE DESCRIPTION - - - - - - - - - - - - -III-111 II- 4"x1" MECHANICAL TEE GALVANIZED RISER 1A GALVANIZED RISER WITH 1"x J¢" BUSHING 11- I IIE 3' GALVANIZED MIN. EXCEPT FITTINGS AND GROOVED FITTINGS AND GROOVED 111 t T TO X2" BALL DRIP II WHERE GREATER COUPLING ALL C4.1 C4.1 COUPLING ALL WRAPPED WITH 10 MIL III HAND PLACED & DEPTH IS NOTED UNDERGROUND WRAP FLANGED 90' ELBOW WRAPPED WITH 10 MIL =1 UNDERGROUND WRAP II TAMPED TO THIS g"PIPE 9" 4' BELOW GRADE III DEPTH III D. �= TRENCH BACKFILL PER III GROOVED 99 ELBOW ll =1 UNI-FLANGE ------=-�11 WSDOT SECTION / IIII III 9-03.9(3) CSTC PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I- NOTE: - - - - - - - - 1 6 PIPE O.D. DUCTILE IRON THRUST BLOCK VERIFY FDC TYPE WITH SHORELINE II_ uwx T PROJECT MANAGER: MAD FIRE DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO 3"x3"x3" DRAIN SUMP CONSTRUCTION WITH iXz" ROCK oox PROJECT ENGINEER: I MAD Q Q DRAFTER: IJTG A 1' MIN O�Og 00g 0 DRAWING TITL A DETAIL SECTION 1A FOUNDATION GRAVEL -ll-ll-ll AS DIRECTED WATER AND SEWER 1 DETAIL - FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION (FDC) NOTES & DETAILS 1 C4.0 C4.02 NOT To SCALE SECTION-TYPICAL TRENCH, A PRIVATE DUCTILE IRON WATER PIPE DRAWING NUMBER: C4.01 C4.02 NOT To SCALE C4 .02 12 1 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 15 LEGEND: D ASPHALT PAVEMENTe . YKEMAN EL-136.51 I� C5.D3 W y w w ® 3 W W W — — — � ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN T—n1 D w w w w —_— — _ - w W w------- u,� LLi SS SS _— _ _ 6 Ss Ss ss — — — _ — I € co ASPHALT PAVEMENT 77-F SS Ss„ SS ss — — — — (HEAVY DUTY)_Ss Sg .. r SS ss °SS SS FO SD c c °p c W CONCRETE WAKLWAY 3CONSULTANT:R I IN x "D W o+1 AT{[I�pE "STOP" couNrr SIGNiJ J • II 24' w s1cN I F J 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 a 9.0', TYP J a a PRECAST WHEEL STOP Everett.Washinggton 98204 3 I o ¢J j M Ph:425-141-3800 ° "D VERTICAL CURB www.reidmiddleian.cam � J • I�3 C5.03 REGISTRATION STAMPS: F rn J 9. P A L2gG^D EXTRUDED CURB 14 tir`y,DF wae2�tJ, RELOCATE ° 3 o I I LVA ED so . D —p �` ©N I E 0— LO KSJ i — — — — EXPANSION JOINT rj °g S csr eti9�� J° p •D C5.D3 NAL 3 I s CONTRACTION JOINT a PROJ ENTIFICATION: C5.03 BAS�LIGH OLE o Arlington Operations \ I I w D B• 13 STEEL BOLLARD Center � I Z IILd C5.03 ti Q ^C, POLE BASES (SEE EL1.01) FOR lip SIGN Snohomish County —P� NOTES: Purchasing Services 1. SEE DETAIL 2/C5.03 FOR ASPHALT PATCH. PATCH ASPHALT AT J P I "Cy REMOVED DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. SITE 19620 67th Ave NE 8 D A 2. SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR HAND RAILS AT SITE STAIRS AND RAMPS. Arlington, WA 98223 PAINT LINE I "cv 3. PROVIDE EXPANSION JOINT AROUND UTILITY STRUCTURES HITE), TYP (NOT SHOWN ON THIS PLAN) LOCATED IN THE CONCRETE PERMIT SET o PAVEMENT AREAS. I r3 S • � i x I � 4. SEE STRUCTURAL FOR STAIR DETAILS. 05/02/2025 J J < I This drawing is: ° \ 5. SEE SHORING WALL CONTRACTOR FOR RETAINING WALL 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. N • r° A DESIGN AND DETAILS. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. AN G 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's N �3 written permission for any other use or reproduction. • X k— STAIRS PROJECT NUMBER: o I • i I 2023-053 �3 ® I REVISION MARK DATE DESCRIPTION "Cy 2 Z o 3 "Cy O IN BUILDI E AIN DU 0 ST TIN Iz 'DT ' PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE)- II J I > •DT PROJECT MANAGER: IMAD PROJECT ENGINEER: !MAD q SERVICE. 13 DRAFTER JTG: YARD I .DT CITY OF ARLINGTON DRAWING TITL A CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL _ I THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE PAVING PLAN OF CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET —Op--- 0"F o I � PHASE 1 —op——— RETAINING BY: —OP --W� II I I e ERLM1 DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DRAWING NUMBER: Do DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 16 MONTHS —OP SCALE IN FEET C5.01 40 0 40 80 1 2 3 4 5 1 DYKEMAN 1� ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN • ww.dykeman.net 1716 West Marine View Drive 425.259.3161 (T) 2nd Floor/Everett,WA 98201 VWWN • _ �__� sly I ►♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦� , ,1 �� II• .•- 11� � � �� ! Reid iddleton i I (( r r Ph:425-741-:II it A I 1 C I r 'I 0 II� IIM •• ►♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦...♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦.►♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦.♦♦♦♦♦!r�♦♦♦...,►.III iG •� FREGISTRATION STAMPS: A. ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ WNW.Mv Arlington Operations FOR Snohomish County ♦ Center ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦,.♦�♦�♦,�♦�♦�♦�♦♦♦♦♦ � it Purchasing Services AT ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦1��♦�♦�►♦.♦�♦��♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ �.F. ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦1►w�'��•►♦♦♦♦ • M ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦1/♦N4►♦♦♦♦♦•►♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ •• 1 67th Ave NE ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦►�.�.e��♦♦♦♦♦ 9 '. PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦O♦►♦♦1�♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ - II I ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦�•♦♦♦P♦♦1/♦♦♦♦ ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦1�♦♦♦P��♦�♦��♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ �- I 2024, - man,Inc. ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦�♦♦1/♦♦�♦♦♦♦♦ 2.The Architecfs Instrument ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦P�♦�♦��♦�♦�►♦♦♦♦ . 3.For use on this project only.of Obtain written permission for any other use or reproduction, ON WON 540 WE' PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦� ►♦♦1♦♦♦♦�♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ �s A REVISION CONCRETTE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦►♦♦1►♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ PLAZA.HI KEN D 11;♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦1►♦♦♦000♦♦♦♦♦� /DGE ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦�►♦&w&w,1�♦�♦��♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ OTORCYCLE TAALLS PRINCIPAL IN EJ � (1) STALL .� ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦v'd♦�♦♦♦♦♦1 ♦♦♦♦►♦W.410 1♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦P♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦1 ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦O♦♦♦O♦O♦ PROJECT ENGINEER: I MAD �� • • • • . . PROJECT MANAGER, �AD ♦1► ♦♦ ♦♦ ♦e♦os♦o♦♦♦♦♦1 04 \\\��\\\`'P♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦s♦♦®♦ -W-4♦♦♦♦0-.400♦♦♦♦♦♦♦APO • , , •. • , .. DRAFTER JTG ♦♦o♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦� IS 2110♦011.ss�►vo♦a11 e..�mr�♦s��♦,►*�;o` PAVING PLAN s��P�♦�♦�� I �Si'�, I. �I • . I�i • •• ova♦_s♦_♦�s�.ego►♦♦♦♦eo►t•♦♦♦o♦♦♦.♦♦♦♦♦♦♦�' • • • u DRAWING F DATE: -THIS , . • • 1 2 3 4 5 3" HMA CLASS 1/2" TRENCH VARIES 12" WIDTH 12" D SAWCUT SAWCUT WWF 4x4 W2.9x2.9 CLR TOOL JOINT Ye" W x 1" DP Y4" TOP OF CONIC 7YP RADIUS EDGES 0 0�0 0 0�0 0 oQo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4" ASPHALT DYKEMAN 4" CEMENT CONCRETE WALKWAYARCHITECTURE + DESIGN PAVEMENT 6" CRUSHED SURFACING 2" CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE 4" CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE PREPARED SUBGRADE BASE COURSE 4 RADIUS REBAR / WWF 1 STRUCTURAL FILL AS REQUIRED STRUCTURAL FILL / " N0M• CONTINUOUS THRU JOINT PREPARED SUBGRADE NOTE: AS REQUIRED EDGES, TYP SEE FOR CONTRACTION JOINT NEAT LINE CUT, CLEAN HEAT AND TACK EDGES WITH SEALER AND 5 FOR CONSTRUCTION JOINT. CSS-1 AND SEAL WITH AR4000 AND SAND. SAWCUT SHALL C5.03 C5.03 BE 1-FT MINIMUM INSIDE THE EXISTING EDGE OF PAVEMENT. C5.03 C5.03 CONSULTANT: TYPICAL SECTION 1 SECTION - ASPHALT PAVEMENT 2 TYPICAL SECTION - ASPHALT PATCH 3 CEMENT CONCRETE WALKWAY 4 TYPICAL CONTRACTION JOINT C5.0 C5.03 NOT TO SCALE C5.o C5.03 NOT TO SCALE C5.o C5.03 NOT TO SCALE C5.0 C5.03 NOT TO SCALE 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 Everett.Washingqton 98204 Ph:425-141-3800 www.reidmiddleton.com 4" HMA CLASS 1/2" VARIES REBAR / WWF JOINT SEALANT REGISTRATION STAMPS: " 2" CUR, TYP 1/4 A.,$ VwA �1� 1/4" RADIUS �w Mo D o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o EDGES, TYP �o D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ., :.:..: CENTERED „ A�O� eec,so �m #4 REBAR 6" CEMENT CONCRETE sSiorvnL 'cti 6" CRUSHED SURFACING TWO WAYS 2 JOINT FILLER CONC SLAB BASE COURSE 6" CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE CLR STRUCTURAL FILL AS REQUIRED PREPARED SUBGRADE TYP PROJ ENTIFICATION: PREPARED SUBGRADE 5 TYPICAL EXPANSION JOINT Arlington Operations C5.0 C5.03 NOT TO SCALE Center 6 SECTION - ASPHALT PAVEMENT (HEAVY DUTY) TYPICAL SECTION - CONCRETE PAVEMENT C C5.0 C5.03 NOT TO SCALE FOR 5.0 C5.03 NOT TO SCALE HC PARKING SIGN Snohomish County 12 1 0 4 4 (8'SVAN Purchasing Services C5.03 C5.03 ACCESSIBLE) AT WHITE SYMBOL ON A RESERVED 19620 67th Ave N E BLUE BACKGROUND-,___ PARKING PROVIDE SIGN AT ALL 5 Y" 1" R 1/2" R ao ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALLS Arlington, WA 98223 INDICATED ON SITE PLAN. SIGN v ?• 1" R 1/2" R PERMIT IS TO BE WITHIN CLEAR VIEW REQUIRED BUT NOT TO OBSTRUCT 6' WIDE WHEEL PAVEMENT PASSAGE FROM STALL OR ANY STOP PERMIT SET B a #4 REBAR TYP TOP OF CURB j METAL POST vAN WALKWAY 05/02/2025 B AccEssBLE PAVEMENT N ro AT APPROACH NOTES: This drawing is: 1. 8 FEET WIDE, 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Arch TYPICAL. itect's Instrument of Professional Service. �g ;o INSTALL FOR VAN "• ACCESSIBLE STALLS 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's ' COLOR / written permission for any other use or reproduction. 7 PONLY AVEMENT WHITE PROJECT NUMBER: Z y4 PAVEMENT SURFACE) 2023-053 8 CONCRETE VERTICAL CURB WALL 9 CEMENT CONCRETE VERTICAL CURB SURFACE MOUNT 4" WIDE REVISION C5.0 C5.03 NOT TO SCALE C5.0 C5.03 NOT TO SCALE (CAST IN PLACE) POST TO PAVEMENT WHITE STRIPE, TYP MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CONCRETE TOP SEE NOTE 4" NOM. DIA. SCHEDULE 40 PIPE FILLED WITH 10 TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN 11 ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL (SINGLE) o CEMENT CONCRETE. C5.0 C5.03 NOT TO SCALE C5.0 C5.03 NOT TO SCALE GALVANIZED PAINT WITH M SAFETY YELLOW ENAMEL VARIES FINISH PAINT GRADE - PROVIDE 6" DIA AT 1011 G PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: - 2 #4 BARS TRANSFORMER LOCATIONS E PLAN 2 1/2' S" 2 1/2" PROJECT MANAGER: MAD 2"JO ��j�\�\ �'��\/� PROJECT ENGINEER: I MAD DEPTA =X ..:X. X. ^i '.: �--6�: a UGH JOINTH(110' ON OF O ENTER)1 A ..•s::'.. �� °r a. DRAWING TITL I CONCRETE CEMENT CONCRETE Ji- - PAVING DETAILS CITY OF WALKWAY MIN 2" CLEAR, 12" W/WWF TYP ° CONSTRUCTION DRAW NGINGTON REVIEW APPROVAL r-w bw EPDXY RESIN TYPE 11 CEMENT CONCRETE THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET DRAWING NUMBER: 12 WALKWAY THICKENED EDGE DETAIL 13 STEEL BOLLARD BY: C5.01 C5.04 NOT To SCALE c5.0 c5.o3 NOT To SCALE 14 SECTION-EXTRUDED CEMENT CONCRETE CURB DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER LC5.03 C5.O2 C5.O3 NOT TO SCALEDATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 1 5 AREA LEGEND D ❑ EXISTING BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES r-n DYKEMAN 1 1 NEW COVERED PARKING ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN L—J ■ NEW OFFICE / COMMON AREA ❑ NEW PAVED AREA CONSULTANT: ----- FACILITY — ---- PLANNING ST — -- -- - -- CQED j RIDG BRIDGE VEH CL Q � VEHIC LE 1'160 Q.FT. EQUIP. OFFICE 2 652 SQ.FT. 3,395 SQ.FT. iI—III vfl -- I I b III I 1,670 SQ.FT. EXISTING SPILL RESPONSE OVERED VEHICLE I ICKER HAz. CONST. CREW T AIN ENANC I I 695 SQ.FT. — . II - I FT. 4186 SQ.FT. V o Q Q II .-- ��_ I — �I -• � • FLAM 222 SQ.FT o HT V I I Arlington Operations I 9 p I I I u I I 35' O i UINIVE LAN w { Center _ �I T �� - ---- -- � I � -- FOR 3 29 S .FT. � � I ! _ Snohomish County Public Works II I I ! AT 'I I I --------------- I I it l III 19700 67th Ave NE ! i i I { :iC VERE 11� � � I I I I � � I � :'I Arlington, WA 98223 EI ED - T/SA OVER _ _ AI G 0 56o sQ.FT. SAND ----- — i I — PERMIT SET B s26 s4. T. i 6,889 sQ.F I I o 05/02/2025 B I a J I J I ';V � This drawing is: --- - Z Q I :0 1 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. ! 1.-1 I FC .0 t. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. I{. - 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's LU A NI ! „I - ♦I ' written permission for any other use or reproduction. i # n/ LUI r I PROJECT NUMBER: T ` I> QP N o a 2023-053 � !� C RED — • r�C COVERED O A/E R E D !� �.R � ) I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION Ln w -GE I I � I I I BRIDG �z I � I I M RIALS � 1 SQ.FT. MATERIAL 670 SQ.FT. I - I I I p I 1 I� II I I •• GEJ / - -- --- - ------ -- ----- - \ _ -- PRINCIPAL IN CHAR_ _ �I _ I�I PROJECT MANAGER —� PROJECT ARCHITECT: JOB CAPTAIN: I A _.® .msax en amsstaaaa+ar _— —_ DRAWING TITLE: A UNCOVERED PARKING PHASE 1 (8 10'X20' STALLS) SITE PLAN NORTH ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER - PHASE 1 SITE PLAN SCALE: 1" = 50'-0" N 2 3 4 5 2 1 3 14 5 VEHICLE LEGEND: SYMBOL LEGEND: AREA LEGEND D 499 4e.ao SITE PARKING/LANES COVERED VEHICLE/EQUIPMENT ■ VEHICLE MAINTNENACE AREA 2.49 61.01 o n00 - SITE EXTENTS D YKEMAN 00 O O Oyu 0 0 0 0 UNCOVERED FLEET PARKING ■ MATERIAL STORAGE AREA 4.00 19.. NEW ENCLOSED BUILDING ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Kenworth T880 MX(Short)1 Hood_Confg 3 WB-62 4`t /000000/ NEW COVERED STRUCTURE r First Unit Width :9.5J Lock to Lock Time Feat Trailer Width :6.53 Steenng Angle Teclor Width :a.01 Lod to Lack Time :6.Os HEATED/ENCLOSED PARKING OFFICE / COMMON AREA First Unit Track s20 Arlictilating Angle 70c 9 Trailer Width :a.50 steering Angle :2sA deg ae.2 ae9 .. .. ..: r Trailer Track :Un Trailerr-.k 0.ri Anicalating Angle :MCI deg � ACCESS PAINTS ,-..m. . ■ BRIDGE CREW AREA ❑ PAVED AREA CONSULTANT: FACILITY QV�RED_ PARKING PLANNING SERVICES LLC — --- — ----- (7 LARGE STALLS - --_ ----- - r 25'-0' SETBACK / 25'-0" SETBACK`— x- - - — —x�,' i-- �i------------- T —.__ ---- ---___— _� _x_-x_ — • •�.— -rl-- — — — — - - - i+ p • NEW ECANT/ I NEW BRIDGE ,I 1 , I NEW BRIDG , .r 'n fc • L.IVMATERIAL IB_R1_NE TORAGE _-- I COVERED ; & ROAD UNKS sQ FT _`�T�RAf E- CREWS COVERED �� .ee :---- -- 5,480 SQ.FT. SHOPS & I « I �- SAND/ SALT _ TRUCK RAPID STORAGE - 7 561 SO.FT. UEL 4,187 SQ.FT. � -- I x - • • 444 I� LAND CHARGING STATION -- • 150'-0" DRIVE LANE 2,L00 SQ.F '_ _e TRUCK SCAL I COVERED �_- w w a l Arlington Operations x (I _ r SAND/ ------------_- I Center I SALT � � �r�is0" DRIVE LANE „ FOR <I FT. __ (7 12rX24r��'rTA S) �-II ;;, Snohomish County -- _ NEW ENTRY/EXIT 25'-0" DRIVE LANE ^ j J "t I I K7tty�,l , Public Works orks N I JI I I IVCYV "I x --- -- al I I EAT I III UNCOVERED �� c� w ' �I ; } =; III - AT nM MATERIAL V HI ii' Z a i PL wi i V HIC ORA E!I i xI 1970067th Ave NE WA 98223 STORAGE 4 0o Q. I �') 17,000 SO. I �I o• I V QI 0�1 uW JI N -0" DIVE LANE _Z.. `o , i PERMIT SET B rI w i I'-- r"� I 05/02/2025 6 - 5'- o° )RIVE LANEz LL� g O —I a al I p , J Iw 0 This dawngls. Q z I 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. (n 1 W N1 i;� , l 41 ,0 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. > , �• > I N N N �I W• 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's Z , w, I� written permission for any other use or reproduction. I _ o J6 C _J Z _ I i i 0 1 Y J z H rz f IQ -if UJ - oo a ; PROJECT o Q `III o IM < � H oCL O 4 '< 2023-053N g L E ( v, H I� I 1 IEL 1 N J N 10 , In w' w - N E 10 o Wi 1 17 ----� LU I IW IW — �t. f. �T I YJ; MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 1 Lu I W LLJ 0 LLI Q b > J I 10 � I> � � t. o O I . � -- II 8 'i DRIVE LANE I U - .� , -� CREW z - 'PPORT - a-- - `Il i NEW ROADS I ! SPAC - 1 f--C-0-VER-EZL -- 'RIVE LANL PROJECT ——— I i �.. _6 I- ' _ t - PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: • x x—x-=x—— -- I - PROJECT MANAGER: MATERIALS • -- --x—x x—X H � I PROJECT ARCHITECT: - --- jJ JOB CAPTAIN: x 3,000 SQ.FT. '�" UNCOVERED PLOWS UNCOVERED SANDER STORAGE - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - {- - A COVERED EQUIP. FUTURE SITE u STORAGE STORAGE (22 SMALL STALLS) COVERE RKING DEVELOPMENT CONCEPT (22 STALLS) (22 STALLS) -(II-MOWE -- '°' (10 SMALL STALLS) I PLAN I -- NORTH ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER - FUTURE SITE DEVELOPMENT CONCEPT PLAN fN) SCALE: I" = 50'-0" 2 4 5 GENERALNOTES 1. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. . I I -- -- - -- - - -- 2 REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR GRADING UTILITY AND ADDITIONAL LAYOUT INFORMATION _-- W ' 3 I 3. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FOR BUILDING GRID LAYOUT INFORMATION. . YKEMAN 4. VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL OVERHEAD AND UNDERGROUND UTILITIES BEFORE BEGINNING WORK. i 5. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND IN PLANS OR DEVIATIONS FROM ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN - - - - - - DOCUMENTED ON-SITE CONDITIONS. FAILURE TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN A TIMELY MANNER AS SPECIFIED 0 SHALL RESULT IN CONTRACTOR TAKING RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY AND ALL REMEDIAL MEASURES REQUIRED. _ 6. STRING DIMENSIONS OF SITE IMPROVEMENTS ARE FROM GRIDLINES, FACE OF BUILDING WALL, BACK OF CURB _ OR COORDINATE POINT AS SHOWN ON PLAN. LIAIT O 7. WHERE DIMENSIONS ARE IN FEET ONLY, CONTRACTOR IS TO ASSUME THEY ARE 0" (E.G. 12' = 12'-O"). _ 8. MARK OR STAKE LOCATIONS OF FENCING, SITE WALLS, RAMPS, WALKS, SITE FURNITURE, ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT, p ETC. FOR APPROVAL BY ARCHITECT, PER SPECIFICATIONS, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. • 0 _ _ _ _ I raa tanda�pea,�nrte�ce O�� 1430NE Street 3ele,"WA96116 - � :1.6 -322-1]32 w:fora.laM p GATE SCHEDULE OGATE QTY. ITEM DESCRIPTION DETAIL • A 1 CHAIN LINK SLIDING GATE SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS pF wASy� -d 6' TALL, 36'-0" WIDE,WITH KNOX BOX. 4 -CF'0 1 RAMS.y��G+ '� ----- SEE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL L4.0 ��j� ul3 ssm o FP u I FOR CARD READER AND AUTOMATIC FP OPENER Q � SD I B 1 PEDESTRIAN CHAIN LINK DOUBLE SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS SWING GATE WITH PANIC 6' TALL, 8'-0" WIDE WITH KNOX BOX. 2 gas z6t�A� HARDWARE SEE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL FOR L4'1 SOq PEPARC�\ o-� CARD READER G 1 VEHICULAR CHAIN LINK DOUBLE SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS • � • SWING GATE 6' TALL, 27'-0" WIDE,WITH KNOX BOX. 11 p SEE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL 2 Arlington _ n n �I / - FOR CARD READER AND AUTOMATIC L4.0 /�rl�r�gtO r� �pP+rat�Or�S OPENER Center 111 � LL LL I LL L� Li Li L11 L / o p - D 1 CHAIN LINK SINGLE SWING GATE SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS 3 p_ 6' TALL,4'-0" WIDE L4.1 FOR Snohomish County I _ - - E 1 CHAIN LINK DOUBLE SWING GATE SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS 3 ---- ----------T---- -- -- ---- �- �- 6' TALL, 21'-0" WIDE L4.0 Public Works - - r�- Li ul i u �I uh ul AT u p` 2 - 19620 67th Ave NE o p Arlington, WA 98223 I I o I n n PERMIT SET Li Li 05/02/2025 SD I J p — I I " I This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. I 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. y, n I 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's /' written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT MARK DATE DESCRIPTION c ------------------ PROJECT TEAM: - -- -- PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I AR J PROJECT MANAGER: ILL IN PROJECT ARCHITECT: AM p I DRAWING TITLE: 0' 20' 40' 80' 160' OVERALL CITY OF ARLINGTON LANDSCAPE ------ -------_ -- CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL PLAN THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: ,DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS ---------- -- t--I--------L1.1---� ---- n-=-- --- ----�--- ---- --- - - -- --- - --- - -------- ---- ------ --- -- -------- ---- II II I � I II I � Ilo II II II III II I � � III II I � II II II II II II � - --- --- DYKEMAN SD�gp SD n �INKTFENCEN II L4.0ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 0 0 o I I LIGHT SEE 1 �) 6' HT. CHAIN ELECTRICAL 4.0 LINK FENCE - TYP. n n n o o a . n � n 4 WALL SEE � n I L4.1 ARCH. RAMP, SEE CIVIL e.�CARD EE fora -ELECTRICAL AND MECH NICAL �� r FOR CARD R ADER s rb,a�nas=av=A,=nceas u ILJI y 1430 NE 65[ft Slreat Ll Llz Seattle WA96116 266 3221J32w fine lentl SD I n 2 L4.0 SD SD v DOUBLE SWING CHAIN LINK I GATE 'C', SEE ELECTRICAL AND = I I TAIR _ MECHANICAL FOR CARD READER �) • - SEE CIVILU --- UTO_MAAC OPENER FLAG" S - ti OF W A gy POLE (2) -- hP mad Rbl3 Fi i w U I o v V I _ IAM 1 d A O I PE AR o I 1 BIKE RACK (14 _- PROJECT • • L4.1 u1 STALLS TYP. ., I Arlington Operations 9 p ;a SINGLE SWI G CHAIN L4 P I LINK GATE'D' Center ter IFOR----132- i �\ _ i - r- - 2 DOUBLE SWING CHAIN - � -- LINK GATE'B'. SEE ) �' ---_ LI MIT - -134 \ _ Y MECHANICAL T FIOR LCARD �t WALL SE J �_,\ AND Snohomish Coun ty nt READER AND AUTOMATIC I Public Works OPENER q CH, _ C _ � e oAT — •• -- - - _ 19620 67th Ave NE CONCRETE WALKWAY ..+� Arlington, WA 98223 °V � � —�— -- -------- � SEE CIVIL TYP. i _140 - 01-141 PERMIT SET e. Thisdawngis: 05/02/2 _ O G ----_ } s; vi 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc.El 2J r 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. o ILL 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's — —t as_——� e,T LL -� z written permission for any other use or reproduction. a 0 146-—— W PROJECT \ cn \ o \ SS SS > I Q FENCE, SEE ARCH A yy � • FL e FD ' 7 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION �- RETAINING WALL, BY SHORING # � S' - RETAINING WALL, r CONT ALTO BY SHORING to e� L4.0 L 3H OACTOR6' H T. CHAIN CNTR LINK FENCE DOUBLE SWING UTILITIES, SEE CI VIL CHAIN LINK AND ELECTRICAL IL T llWll � 11WI1 llWll - - - - llWll FD e llWll �� 11W1� � 11WI1 � ,a _ _ o llWn lIWN KIWI-F-:-1tWlt>--YfWYl�--7.INIITr.r.�.s ilWll •• llWll 'IN', ilWl- --- EXISTING TREE TO PRINCIPAL IN AGCHARGE:I AR REMAIN TYP. PROJECT MANAGER: ILL - -.... PROJECT ARCHITECT: AM LANDSCAPE PLAN CITY OF A CONSTRUCTION DRAWNGINGTON REVIIEW APPROVAL ENLARGEMENT THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE �• CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET N SCALE:1"=20'-O" BY:-DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS 0' 10' 20' 40' 80' - = EXISTING TREE TO—,4 _ ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN REMAIN TYP. 197TH ST. NE - - - - _ _ - - = TREE TO BE REMOVED TYP. IAAIT - !11 EMIT I sit_Ub11T p41T 10dLT • -- - - --- - _ ts'sP WALL SEE - 125 Cir rore Lazo:eapeA,m aecoa f 1 ARCH. 1 HT CHAIN - I ij fora - iaiorvemsneeo Seattle,WA98115 L4.0 LINK FENCE. I caosszz-naz.m,a.m.a REGISTRATION STAMPS: -- F WAS 4 6' HT. CHAIN 1 WALL SEE P p�cs13 RA Me LINK FENCE. L4.0 ARCH. I � dy U `--- % 12"5 RETAINING I y Arlington Operations WALL SEE STRUCTURAL I Center 0 I 3 FOR LIGHT SEE I� / � � ELECTRICAL 1 1 6' HT: CHAIN Snohomish County r J TYP. L4.0 LINK FENCE. -- LIMT Public Works --- = AT L LHAT I LAM I 19620 67th Ave NE a ------ -F"---- - ' CHAIN LINK SLIDING 4 LL1 Arlington, WA 98223 2 - -- - ' I GATE'A'. SEE A.O rZ - -rF- Fr 'A' SEE AND CARD READER POST, SEE w MECHANICAL FOR CARD ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL PERMIT SET I OPENER READAND AUTOMAT FOR CARD READER 4 Q 05/02/2025 This drawing is: °LCL - - I- 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. ® 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. � I/ SD 1 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's �13 written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: W ILL SEE _ ARCH. I / TREE TO BE J MARK DATE DESCRIPTION REMOVED O 5 oL 1 TYR r i 6' HT. CHAIN 1 L � � K FENCE. L4. � n 10' u uPROJECT TEAM: TR E TO PRO EI GE. L CTMANAG RI L o o REMOVED I _ / r PROJECT ARCHITECT:1 AM �1 - -----� -----------------I-I-=-- ---- --- ----�? ----- --- - - -- --- -- - r��- --I - --- ----- -�---- ---- ---- --�---- - ------ ---- LANDSCAPE 11 1 I I I o CITY OF ARLINGTON PLAN CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL ENLARGEMENT THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET N SCALE:1"=20'-O" BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER 0' 10' 20' 40' 80 DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS PLANTING NOTES DYKEMAN _ 197TH 9T.NE - -_.ram DESIGNARCHITECTURE + 1. S UEMIT COLOR PHOTOS REPRESENTATIVE OF PROPOSED NURSERY STOCK FOR EACH PLANT SPECIES AND + LL VARIETY LISTED w IN LANDSCAPE SCHEDULE. FINAL APPROVAL OF PLANT MATERIAL WILL NOT BE PROVIDED - - f L UNTIL DELIVERY AND REVIEW ON SITE. !J 2. CONTAINERIZED TREES ARE STRONGLY DISCOURAGED. TREES WITH LARGE CIRCLING ROOTS OR T00 DEEP -- ROOT SYSTEMS WILL BE REJECTED. 3. ALL ROOT PACKAGES MUST BE FREE OF ANY WEEDS. E: 4. TREE STAKING REQUIREMENTS WILL BE DETERMINED BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AT THE TIME OF PLANTING. CONSULTANT: _ •/^�� PROPERLY PROPORTIONED AND PLANTED TREES WITH HEALTHY ROOT PACKAGES MAY NOT REQUIRE STAKING. 5. ALL TREE STAKES MUST BE REMOVED BY THE CONTRACTOR BY THE END OF THE FIRST FULL GROWING SEASON. = raa�nds�pea,�nrte0cs 6. AT THE DIRECTION OF THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT, PRUNING MAY BE REQUIRED TO REMOVE DAMAGED, raa0uessm svaae CROSSING, MISSHAPEN OR LOW BRANCHING LIMBS. TREES SHOULD NOT REQUIRE SIGNIFICANT PRUNING TO seenle,wasens CORRECT HEALTH OR AESTHETIC DEFICIENCIES. fora t 206-322-1732wrt-- jl 7. INSTALL 3" DEPTH SPECIFIED MULCH IN ALL LANDSCAPE AREAS. 8. INSTALL 8" DEPTH SPECIFIED TOPSOIL IN ALL LANDSCAPE AREAS. • 9. PROVIDE A 4' DIAMETER MULCH CIRCLE AROUND ALL TREES PLANTED IN LAWN AREAS. pF WAS_ •••'�� - _ 10. REFER TO CIVIL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR REMOVAL REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION FENCING AROUND EXISTING VEGETATION. L J FP 11. REFER TO TREE PRESERVATION PLANS FOR SCHEDULE OF EXISTING TREES TO BE SAVED OR REMOVED. Q -f- r h O � �------- -- I` e - � 112. REFER TO CIVIL PLANS FOR NEW UTILITY WORK. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCH AND REPAIR OF ALL �� T _ ! - EXISTING LANDSCAPE AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. b p I 1 SEEDING SPECIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS,it p qPE AR 3. REFER TO PLANTING AND SEED SNCLUDING EXTENDED INCLUDING _ MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS. p 5 p LANDSCAPE CALCULATIONS n n I ? ' :<.p Arlington Operations •i:•F.•:•: - CODE SECTION REQUIREMENT PROPOSED � I I I I III - o1 I I I I 1 '::::I:;:}•hii:!{':f a. SHADE TREES IN 20%OF VEHICULAR ACCOMMODATION AREA 34 TREES PROVIDED X 707 SF PER Center -�- +< SHALL BE SHADED. TREES SHALL BE i PARKING AREAS - 4 I U Li I Li L� L1 L1 ul :\ .. ..... .a. III �.. TREE) - 2 ,038 SF OF SHADING o :�:��::;��4.:.'.•. --- d �I I + (20.76.130) CALCULATED AT 15' RADIUS (707SF/TREE) PROVIDED FOR VEHICULAR ACCOMMODATION AREA=72,975 SF ---- �----t II II II ��o � I I •• .•• �. ..:p a „ ` _ II II �� REQUIRED SHADED AREA = 14,559 SF Snohomish Coun ty -----T TREE REPLACEMENT CALCULATIONS Public Works I � U� LiI I � •p II - � CODE SECTION REQUIREMENT PROPOSED REPLACEMENT TREES AT SD SD Li U U LiI I� '� �I RETENTION AND FOR EVERY ONE EVERGREEN TREE GREATER 18 SHORE PINE • �. ., r PROTECTION OF THAN 12" DBH TO BE REMOVED MUST BE 19620 67th Ave NE SIGNIFICANT TREES REPLACED WITH THREE NATIVE TREES Arlington, WA 98223 ncn TT (20.76+120) TREES TO BE REMOVED (SEE L1.1 AND L1,2 FOR LOCATION) y I I o�G ^I 12 DOUGLAS FIR n :.>• U III I I I III :j A PINE 16 SHHORE P I ; • 'a:::� ° -- •• I PERMIT SET L L1 U I I U u `` r 14" SHORE PINE SD Li to ,• III 12" SHORE PINE 05/02/2025 •• Icn :•. ,I ••' - + 12" SHORE PINE I I '.,Sp•; _ This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. + PERCENTAGE OF LOT LANDSCAPING 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architec's written permission for any other use or reproduction. I LOT SIZE (LIMIT OF WORK) LANDSCAPING AREA PERCENTAGE OF LOT LANDSCAPING PROJECT 269,000 SO FT 54,350 SQ FT 20% I I C I bl • I _ I I � . � I � _ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION �I z PROJECT TEAM: - -- -_ ---- --_ - �rr,,�4i>:'i>:•:J>:•:<::•:::•v (/�_) PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I AR i }:•.;::::'•.::;;••.:• \ _ i PROJECT MANAGER: I LL ...:: ...•:.:• •:'•:•"""• \ ( N PROJECT ARCHITECT: AM CAL 0" ® DRAWING 0' 20' 40' 80' 160' J) OVERALL CITY OF ARLINGTON PLANTING CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL PLAN THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE - CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: ,DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS ------- ---� ----- ------- �---- —--- 5----- -——— L .� I I I I v1 v1 - - :•� III LIG T SEE -,' ELECTRIC L TYP. _ *:,N♦_. I I I I I I I I LIGH SEE '!t! oDYKEMAN - . ELE RICAL TYP. - - - - SIDARCHITECTURE + DESIGN LJ o o I I I I� - I I I I � n . . I n 10� h VE ICULAR r n I v I I - * AC OMMODATI ARAROOT BAR ER. TYP.+ 371, a - a + , � D �O II II n • - - - - fora E1tGo 23ra00 6CNa E3n 2a62 5 ct1Fa7 3pSe-t rAere rnft oarae.mlaan 4 S Seatte WA98»5 i I I � 1 S W• S• 2T— F ® � 19• - - �4i��J RgaM�NC • � P Ss�I a b F I y 2 Z N I a p N I � f y 9 Z U pqqLL",, b IR R j`F, �R • - - S EXP.612�� I SD R R RR I i qP R --- � I 28' PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: .> sc • �7s TYPE (LANDS T APE CREEN m e _ /� PER AMC 20. Arlington Operations V 'H 14-2"" Center �. . . --132— _ FOR Snohomish County _01 Public Works + . a _ — t11 oAT a I � e + . — Ave NE • . r -- — -- — -- — — -- ., Arlington, I + . + . + . a •�. • a a . � �' 40 � — � � _-- I I — — -- � I� •• R IA 98223 � 19 67th I •* + + + + + . • a I05/02/2025 PERMIT SET . • � his drawing is. + • -. ----- � `. • • •*** III �i — �_ . �\ � � � � N �� 1..Copyright 2025 D kemn,Inc. 2 The Architect's Instrument of P rofessional Service. LJJ 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's t a4 - written permission for any other use or reproduction. 746 l oILIJ PROJECT o SS 30 'r � I • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION . . • • a* a • . a' *I + + . a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a . 4�J.Iwn _ ... ® s' ,��I—.- ♦. "j' llWn WI ter_ :•1�1* II i, + Jlwn . . . . . Wll lIWN ' -_ PROJECT AM PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:(AR PROJECT MANAGER: ILL TYPE B LANDSCAPE SCREEN PROJECT ARCHITECT:I AM PER AMC 20.76.040 1 PLANTING - - - PLAN CITY OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWRGI NREVIEW APPROVAL ENLARGEMENT THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE rr- N CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER 0' 10' 20' 40' 80' DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS -_ -/-\- _-_--_- \ _ i\ i---- _ _ I-13D- WSW W W _l W _____ ________________________________________ W W � __ W 132--- W- W , YKEMAN EXISTING LIGHT _ 5S sS�Ss 5g ss ss --�- - - - - - - - 7YPtCAL- -EXIST - _ ARCHITECTURE TING TREE TO _ ss s ss— s ss SS REMAIN 197TH ST. NE oP` •-0P ,--oP 732-- �`- - - - - - - - - TYPE C LANDSCAPE SCREEN --oP --- ---Ss- -PER AMC 20Jfi-040.-- - - _ _ _ SD SD -SD SOP OP _ _ � _ 7T7�_)MIT !I•_�LI 144 1" on / e fora Fore 65tepe Archlreds 1430 NE NE M9811eei :zos-3zz-n3zw:r+r..leon u7 I l LIMIT ii42'�� --- - - �'. l.' * _ � • a 17• /��/��i�d I E C LANDSCAPE SCREEN o 18' PER AMC 20.76.040 9y you ry� I I � • M CAPE A�C� to I F v PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations ,G Center FOR d+ Snohomish County F- 1 / I I= ROOT BARRIER, TYP. I LI I� D °� N i. Public Works g AT L -• ... m m °m � m - m m - �F-�zfMl��1 yrF7 L+Mff - °.. � :.� 19620 67th Ave NE -LIMrfT { q -- — P FP II w Arlington, WA 98223 - i 2r s 1 r z VEHICUL AREA. C�' � �1 W } --- - I a PERMIT SET o • � 1 ° > �I 05/02/2025 - -- -- - 6 ,8' raw�1 This ding is: • * '�' }51 5'+ 3T _ 1 Copyright 2025 Dykeman Inc 27-11 CO 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. � El 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. IPROJECT NUMBER: y. So .� - y. .*. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I 50 o y. . i. '' i 1. — I I I I I�7 I I I i ::: TYPE C LAN CAPE SCREEN 10' + P AMC 2 .76.040 � .t. 37' I II N N u .1. t '• Ll �II °° I - oo p I I I m oo I PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I AR PROJECT MANAGE : ILL PROJECT ARCTECT: AM • r .. o * - ....* +� =r n a N N PLANTING n I I x*.`. : : ' : . .. I PLAN CITY OF ARLINGTON CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL ENLARGEMENT THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE N CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER 0' 10' 20' 40' 80' (J) DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS PLANT SCHEDULE C SYMBOL CITY BOTANICAL/COMMON NAME SIZE CONDITION/REMARKS PRUNE TREES ONLY AS DIRECTED IN FIELD BROADLEAF TREE BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. DECIDUOUS TREES SOFT POLYPROPYLENE MATERIAL, II 3/4" WIDE, MIN. 900 LB. BREAK DYKEMAN ACER X FREEMANII'ARMSTRONG' STRENGTH. ARBORTIE OR APPROVED 34 MIN.2"CAL.,10'-12' MIN.HT. MATCHED,B&B.,WELL BRANCHED ABOVE 6'HT. EQUAL. NO RUBBER HOSE AND ARMSTRONG FREEMAN MAPLE WARE SYSTEMS ALLOWED. ATTACH ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN MAINTAIN OR CREATE IN FIGURE 8 PATTERN AS LOW ON A TERMINAL BUD ON THE TRUNK AS POSSIBLE. " A CENTRAL LEADER I - - -GINKGO BILOBA'AUTUMN GOLD' REMOVE O CUT BACK (T) E DIAMETER LO SUBGRE PINE 12 MIN.2"CAL.,10'-12' MIN.HT. MATCHED,B&B.,WELL BRANCHED ABOVE 6'HT. F CODOMINANT AND \III STAKES. DRIVE INTO SUBGRADE MAIDENHAIR TREE = POTENTIALLY AVOIDING DAMAGE TO TRUNK OR 0w CODOMINANT LEADERS I ROOTBALL. TOPS OF STAKES TO BE = 5'-0" ABOVE FINISH GRADE. (MIN 8' REMOVE CROSSOVER I i o BRANCHES I� LENGTH) TILIA CELLOR LINDEN V_ CONSULTANT: 17 MIN.2"CAL.,10'-12' MIN.HT. MATCHED,B&B.,WELL BRANCHED ABOVE 6'HT. /I CHANCELLOR LINDEN C THIN TIGHTLY SPACED / TRUNK FLARE MUST BE VISIBLE, SET w BRANCHES��a CROWN OF ROOTBALL 1" ABOVE ABOVE FINISHED GRADE. HOLD EVERGREEN TREES w MULCH BACK FROM THE CROWN. G N ELIMINATE LOWER fora ro,a La"a�a�A."nmansesm CROWN BRANCHES TO - SPECIFIED MULCH -ONEsneex PINUS CONTORTA O - Seattle,WA98tl5 + 18 SHORE PINE MIN.8'-10'HT. FULL AND BUSHY TO BASE,B&B OR CONT. SPECIFIED CLEAR FINISH GRADE o20s-a22-na2w:f-d-a TRUNK DIMENSION REMOVE&DISPOSE TOP HALF OF SMALL ACCENT TREES ROOTBALL TO BE BURLAP FROM T IF APPROPRIATELY BURLAP IS SYNTTHEHETICC,, R REMOVE& SIZED IN RELATION DISPOSE ALL BURLAP. REMOVE& - • 17- AMELIANCE'R X GRANDIFLORA'AUTUMN DISPOSE WIRE CAGE COMPLETELY. l\�``r/l�-/�T 6 BRILLIANCE' (3)1"CAL.TRUNKS,MIN.8'-10'HT MATCHED,B&B.,WELL BRANCHED TO CROWN OF TREE 'AUTUMN BRILLIANCE'SERVICEBERRv SPECIFIED FERTILIZER SPECIFIED IMPORT TOPSOIL �a a RAMS,0 c,, TABLETS IF REQUIRED - BACKFILL TREE PIT WITH 50% SYMBOL CITY BOTANICAL/COMMON NAME SIZE CONDITION/REMARKS BY SOILS TEST — IMPORT TOPSOIL BLENDED WITH Q 50%NATIVE SOIL. SHRUBS BREAK UP SIDES AND BOTTOM v 2 h o ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM'MOONSHINE' OF TREE PIT 2ps 3y exP slz6�ti�/:" y 116 MIN.1 GAL.CONTAINER FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN III 6'7) ENKIANYARROW THUS CAMPANULATUS III UNDISTURBED NATIVE SOIL CAPE ARCS — 3 MIN.30"-36"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN MIN. TWICE COMPACTED PLANTING BACKFILL ROOTBALL DIA. BENEATH ROOTBALL TO O 6 HAMAMELIS X INTERMEDIA'ARNOLD PROMISE' MIN 5'-6'HT/SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN ELIMINATE SETTLEMENT OR PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: . ARNOLD PROMISE WITCH HAZEL SHIFTING G 343 HELICTOTRICHON SEMPERVIRENS MIN.5 GAL.CONTAINER FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN BLUE OAT GRASS Arlington Operations ® 26 HOLODISCUS DISCOLOR MIN.30"-36"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN 1 DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING Center OCEAN-SPRAY O 59 HYDRANGEA QUERCIFOLIA'PEE WEE' MIN.12"-15"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN 3/8" = 1'-0" P-AR1-03 OAKLEAF HYDRANGEA Q 367 ILEX CRENATA'NORTHERN BEAUTY' MIN.18"-24"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN FOR NORTHERN BEAUTY JAPANESE HOLLY ® 82 LONICERA PILEATA MIN.18"-24"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN Snohomish County PRIVET HONEYSUCKLE ® MAHONIAAQUIFOLIUM Public Works 116 MIN.24"-30"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN OREGON GRAPE MAHONIA AQUIFOLIUM'COMPACTA' CROWN SHOULD BE VISIBLE. 0 174 MIN.18"-24"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN x PLANT SHRUBS AT SAME AT COMPACT OREGON GRAPE O PHILADELPHUS LEWISII GRADE AS NURSERY. 20 WILD MOCKORANGE MIN.42"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN x ( V 19620 67th Ave NE # 125 POILYSTICHUM WESTERN SWORD FITUM ERN MIN.2 GAL.CONTAINER FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN 1 /1 FINISH GRADE Arlington, WA 98223 POTENTILLA FRUTICOSA w ® 372 BUSH CINQUEFOIL MIN.18"-24"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN a SPECIFIED MULCH rn ® 22 RHODODENDRON'LODER'S WHITE' MIN.30"-36"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN LODER'S WHITE ROHODENDRON BACKFILL PLANTING PIT PERMIT SET ® RISES SANGUINEUM o WITH 50%IMPORT 8 RED FLOWERING CURRANT MIN.30"-36"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN w TOPSOIL BLENDED WITH 05/02/2025 SPIRAEA BETULIFOLIA'TOR' 50%NATIVE SOIL. ® 87 BIRCHLEAF SPIREA MIN.18"-24"HT./SPD. FULL&BUSHY,SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLAN This drawing is: w 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. GROUND COVERS N 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. SPECIFIED IMPORT TOPSOIL 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's i 0�� written permission for any other use or reproduction. i 1,295 SF BIORETENTION IRISOREGON IRIS PLANTING N OR CONTAINER, SEE PROJECT NUMBER 99 OREG 2 1 GAL.CONT.MIN. 18"O.C.TRIANG.SPAC.,START FIRST ROW 10"FROM EDGE - PLANTING SCHEDULE&NOTES i i G�0 JUNCUS EFFUSUS BELOW 299 1 GAL.CONT.MIN. 18"O.C.TRIANG.SPAC.,START FIRST ROW 12"FROM EDGE - III—III —III III— (- COMMON RUSH io III IIIIII REMOVE&DLS OSE TOP HALF LAWN L-LJ �J-J III III III _ III OF BURLAP. IF BURLAP IS - —III— — —III—I III— III—III_ SYNTHETIC REMOVE & DISPOSE • 37.048 SF LAWN SEE SPECIFICATION III III III III III III III— ALL BURLAP. REMOVE WIRE CAGE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION COMPLETELY VEHICULAR ACCOMMODATION AREA - CONTAINER: MIN. TWICE SCARIFY ANY MATTED ROOT ROOTBALL DIA. SYSTEMS AND LOOSEN SOIL •---•-•----•-•--• ROOT BARRIER 6' LONG X 18" DEEP PER AMC 20.76.124(E) AROUND CONTAINER * SHADE TREES IN PARKING AREA BREAK UP SIDES AND BOTTOM OF PLANTING PIT EXISTING TREE TO REMAIN UNDISTURBED NATIVE SOIL OR COMPACTED PLANTING BACKFILL PROJECT BENEATH ROOTBALL TO ELIMINATE SETTLEMENT OR SHIFTING. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I AR PROJECT MANAGER: ILL PROJECT ARCHITECT:I AM 2 SHRUB PLANTING I 1" = 1-0" P-AR1-07 PLANTING CITY OF ARLINGTON LEGEND & CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL DETAILS THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE •• CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS DYKEMAN AVM HO 1HO18 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN az w ww o o � wmo 0-ALL (L ZYW N OF am Qw Y OQp �o _ m>o< 3 x w w N N g AVM JO 1HOIH o'min� o wo Q'r'0a z oo o z 00 O d on�� 0 n,w x<< F irfCONSULTANT: 'a x N O �m of Y fora143D Tana ttQNEM StreIt"I ecs Seattle,' 98115 O Q Z Q (n t--322-1]32w:fora.lanE GROUNDCOVER is n ¢o W REGISTRATION BACK OF CURB i mo z 3 w N m OR BED LINE a — z tc MINIMUM SETBACK, UNLESS / n 3 N zo 3 a Ld Q p R SM s�' I/ M / SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS o 3 a . m>to > o. W CD NOTES: z z j it a m z Q 1. ALL GROUNDCOVER TO PLANTED AT= SPACING(TRIANGULAR) PER O.C. SPACING ON PLANS o p 3 5 5 N w H 0= U Y Og to Oy+C3g EXP.611C��2`(4 e,J z� d an U w Z q PE AR io 5� 00 5 0 wte • • d j O N w Ld 0 Arlington Operations w 5 M. p¢Z 0 w Center a 5 1 GROUNDCOVER SPACING DIAGRAM 4 FOR P—AR1-05 Snohomish County ,.ty O ov.E DEPART Yr OF PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD DETAIL 1Sy O ovrt DKPART n OF PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD DETAIL Public Works v �m STANDARD DETAILS NUMBER ° �m STANDARD DETAILS NUMBER PLANTING STRIP R-260 v t o PLANTING STRIP BEHIND R-270 AT e<rxc�c @rxc�c SIDEWALK 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PLANTING STRIP �, PLANTING STRIP-BEHIND SIDEWALK PERMIT SET 2 Scale:NTS `� Scale:NTS 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: AR PROJECT MANAGER: ILL PROJECT ARCHITECT: AM I DRAWING PLANTING CITY OF ARLINGTON DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE DRAWING NUMBER: CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER , DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS IRRIGATION NOTES: _-----_ _ _ 1 ADJUST ALL IRRIGATION HEADS TO PROVIDE MAXIMUM COVERAGE, __ __— --- ---- w — — .— - - MINIMUM OVERS RAY AND N FOGGING. SET ALL HEADS BACK FROM W "® _' ---J w w �� w — — — — — — r -- - -i CURBS, PAVING, AND WALLS. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE INSTALLED _ w�— WITH 6" OFFSET FROM BACK OF PAVING OR CURB EDGES, AND 12" w _ 1 OFFSET WHERE CAR BUMPERS WILL OVERHANG. DYKEMAN 197iH ST.NE - '- --� 2. LOCATION OF IRRIGATION MAINLINE, LATERALS, AND SLEEVING ARE — — SCHEMATIC ONLY, AND SHALL OCCUR IN PLANTING AREAS UNLESS ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SLEEVING IS SHOWN. IF SLEEVES ARE SHOWN THEY ARE TO BE +�, STRAIGHT RUNS, TYP. MAKE MINOR CHANGES TO COORDINATE WITH ACTUAL AS-BUILT DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS. 'ice l T-•' _ _ ® -- p 3. VALVE BOXES SHALL BE LOCATED IN SHRUB PLANTING AREAS ONLY. �, r 4 LOCATE IN APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS AS SHOWN ON PLAN. N, I 4. SEE CIVIL PLANS FOR LOCATION OF IRRIGATION STUB-OUT FROM 1.5" METER. 5. ANTICIPATED AVAILABLE STATIC WATER PRESSURE IS +/-73 PSI, AS CONSULTANT: _ + PROVIDED BY___ON ___ VERIFY EXACT PRESSURE AT POINT OF —,y., -- --- e m 'Y it \ _ CONNECTION PRIOR TO START OF WORK. ® � � fora 6. THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM HAS BEEN DESIGNED WITH SEPARATE �z7 rbre end°� amaem° �I��I ppppp" / HYDROZONES ACCORDING TO THE NEEDS OF THE PLANT MATERIAL. raaouessm so-aae .ya. +Y + �, THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM seeuie wasens 14', AVERAGE DISTRIBUTION UNIFORMITY OF 0.625. THE IRRIGATION i-IM issnasw:wr,i,m .I `�� III SYSTEM HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO AVOID RUNOFF, LOW HEAD DRAINAGE, AND OVERSPRAY. AVOID IRRIGATION DURING TIMES OF HIGH WINDS, „ + WHEN RAINING, OR DURING THE MIDDLE OF THE DAY. 7. LATERAL PIPE SIZE SHALL BE AS NOTED ON PLAN. UNLABELED .I 91 _ - j SECTIONS SHALL MATCH THE SIZE NOTED OF THE ADJACENT w , UPSTREAM PIPE. MINIMUM PIPE SIZE AT END OF LATERAL RUNS SHALL OF ASyi BE 3/4". —_ ® e Q 4 P Ss T _ ® Z 41 8. QUANTITIES AND PIPE LENGTHS INDICATED ON THE IRRIGATION _ l� F j SCHEDULE ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHALL BE VERIFIED BY <3 ----- - ----- - ----- i, V'II THE CONTRACTOR. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN PLAN AND I'I ^ SCHEDULE, THE PLAN SHALL TAKE PRECEDENT. 9 1 \��___ 9. WHERE IRRIGATION PIPING IS SHOWN ADJACENT OR UNDER EXISTING Spq exPsl p,l,� o _ � n n _- TREES, MAKE MINOR ROUTE ADJUSTMENTS TO AVOID TRENCHING PE AR 0 THROUGH LARGE TREE ROOTS. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 328000 FOR FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS. 10, REFER TO IRRIGATION SPECIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. i 1 1 -- L Arlington Operations 0 I n n n - i J I I I I I I ,.. + , Center u u I a uo u u ,e I -_�® -�® I FOR I I — -- - I II _ + I -- _ Snohomish Coun ty - ---- ----- I - -- -----� - LJ I- -- ----- ---®- -- --777 Public WorksI rt _ -- ----- -1 AT SD SD U I LJ Li LJ - _� 19620 67th Ave NE o Il °o Arlington, WA 98223 --- I II I - :III PERMIT SET I I u u u _r— — II � y u u _ 05/02/2025 SD 1 - I s ) O © I�+ This drawing is: \ t.Copyright eds DykInstrument man,Inc. -� 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 1 --© ' -�- •'�" - 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's '-_ , written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT I I ��I � I I �� I � ■ �, Ili IrMARK DATE DESCRIPTION i - - 3 lye r - I .4, Z JI -- v ` — > PROJECT TEAM: III a - -- - i IN PROJECT ARCHITECT: AM �J � l _ SCALE:1"=40'-0" f PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I AR " PROJECT MANAGER: ILL y --'--- IX" — \ I CT:j I , ,r "��Illlrr`yl,,,��.yyy��--- � EW AP DRAWING TITLE. 0' 20' 40' 80' 160' OVERALL IRRIGATION CITY OF CONSTRUCTION DRAW RNG REVIEW APPROVAL PLAN THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: ,DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS cL 2 1Y4'I , 3 1 0 35.1 13 10 I I SD� I n n I I I I I n I /1;, /4» 1„ 1Y" DYKEMAN SD SD I `n 3 1/4' -- ® © 3/4 ARCHITECTURE1 �� yz„ ----- -- _ I j � 0 1 SH EH SH /" T H SH 3/4 ., I 3,., - I E 3/4" } III n n n � n E -- In 0 II II -- — � ; re�ae ePeAr�RIM i• E ® 30 NE 65tn Street o� I o n :• IE:3 E: SH foranewAsanS SD -SD---------- SID I I - v?A6322 rnzw.ro.a.i•oa o SH I 13/4" �� / SH 17.1 14 3/4, _ + • 1y © - �_ S' N -•� S E �! I I P��ccc..rrntt RA M S CT o v -0 EH I SH H H - --i EH $ 92�y�'S FXP.61 ec� 4 S S� FH 3 S , 4 CAPE AFZ I I D r III /4 0 N I I I 1 - 3p\ I- �� Arlington Operations - I / 3/4" LOCATE ALLLI IRRIGATION n MAINLINE, LATERALS, AND Center SH VALVES WITHIN PLANTING SSHOWN SHOWN, FOR I --- v AREAS. UNLESS -- 4-- I - - -ts4 -- --_ •y i Snohomish County -� - "- I - - � Public Works 3/ - I A8 J �� _ � •� C A 3/4" — — ; • -- ��' 19620 67th Ave NE --_ Yz 3/4„ Arlington, WA 98223 �- 2 _ _ 10 1.7 1s 3 » 3 �� PERMIT SET R l 1 S _ — SH 1 „ — /¢ 05/02/2025 � i APPROXIMATE LOCATION 34 -- _ '1 / — LOCATE CONTROLLER OUTSIDE THE BUILDING IN 3/4' H� EH 1 0 I / This drawing is I I CATION SHOWN. VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT. 1Y2' 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. --- ,1Y4',- II i i \- WALL MOUNT CONTROLLER AT EYE LEVEL. PROVIDE 3 - - - 3/4 r, 4 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. - R, LLI 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's -------- '- -t 44_--Y --_ CONTROLLER. PROVIDE 4" CONDUIT FROM CONTROLLER, Y 3 L - I t Z written permission for any other use or reproduction. - ---- -- -- - UNDER SIDEWALK, AND INTO THE NEAREST PLANTING AREA �.r SEPARATE 15 AMP CIRCUIT AND 120 VAC POWER TO 1 /4 IRRIGATION METE Eni � SEE CIVI Y4" O 4s---- / AS SHOWN. EXTEND 24" INTO PLANTING BED, 18" BELOW \Y 1» LLJ •• 8 \ GRADE. CAP AND FLAG. c AII_ -- SS �� SS 3 I � Q 1Y4" i - WIRELESS RAIN SENSOR v �� '�iJ BACKFLOW PREVENTER, �v EH /4 SEE CIVIL Vv I I MOUNT ON ROOF PARAPET IN APPROXIMATE LOCATION SHOWN. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT I - • RM WIRELESS SIGNAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. � 1Yz" -- -- -- _- �_ AND CONFIRM ■ M 2 DESCRIPTION >>II MARK DATE 1Yz, a= - so I 3/4" BF _ - 3/4" 4 1 Yz„ ` a 1 Y2„ 1Y2' a � I 2 \ - EH ' 3/4� 3/4 I I _ 1 ------------- _---_-------- --_ _ 2 15.' POINT OF CONNECTION E" _ PROJECT 1y" 1 21.3PRINCIPAL IAL IN CHARGE: R -�P--------------- PROJECT MANAGER: ILL 9)4 -----uc________-- APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF P.O.C. TO 2" STUB-OUT FROM 1" PROJECT ARCHITECT:I AM -----___ IRRIGATION SERVICE LINE AS SHOWN ON CIVIL DRAWINGS. °'--------------------- 01' VERIFY AND ADJUST LOCATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION IF I --- REQUIRED TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH ADJACENT UTILITIES. _ -a3- ---------a-- PROVIDE P.O.C. COMPONENTS AS SHOWN IN POINT OF ' CONNECTION DETAIL. NOTIFY OWNER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY ----eN-- -------_ DISCREPANCIES. ANTICIPATED STATIC PRESSURE IS 73 PSI. IRRIGATION VERIFY MIN. 73 PSI DESIGN PRESSURE AT P.O.C. PRIOR TO WORK. --> PLAN CITY OF A CONSTRUCTION DRAWNGINGTON REVIEW APPROVAL ENLARGEMENT THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE �- N CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET SCALE:V=20'I BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER 0' 10' 20' 40' 80' (1) DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS YKEMAN - - - - 197TH ST. NE D --dP 5 - - - - - - - — — — — ..., ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN r SD _ EH.._ ----- "- 0 ----------------------_34„ HCONSULTANT: E � 10 3�4» fora Fo,a�ad=rePear�rce= 10 I / 1 I 1430 NE65tYt Stree[ 3�4: t206-iwasen5 - d- --- t206-322-1�32 w:Mra.leM 10 E —`————————— H le - - 9 217 (� • —114" � pF WASH .8 10 �6�,pMi RgMSM�tic 1;, 0 3 :: 1" /2' 3 „ mad U3�s o E 10 �4 3/4, 4 y 2 Z 1» 0 _ _ � �4„ '3�4, 10�11�2� 3 H --- — I �' �SC3s EXP.6126�\� 10 EH SH 3�4n �- - �34, APE ARO 10 2" PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: LOCATE ALL IRRIGATION I 10 MAINLINE, LATERALS, AND 1 Arlington Operations 10 VALVES WITHIN PLANTING AREAS, UNLESS SLEEVING 33.6 11 11. I e 10 IS SHOWN, TYP. 1y Center„ f j p I a10 �� FOR 1e e Snohomish Count - Y Public Works v� II SH EH SH EH I AT —.rN -----_FP-- FP-------_ _.._ I � 3�4» � FP PP w 19620 67th Ave NE SD © > Arlington, WA 98223 ------ � -------------- � ICI � e6 PERMIT SET ° _ — 4 C° 05/02/2025 -- -- SD _ ----- _1 / �H H EH H H This drawing is: (�-� 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. _ u\ 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service.3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's I 3 written permission for any other use or reproduction. I 8 36.4 ,y" + • 1{ I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION �7Ii +it I I I U I� v4' ® r �11 u u � _ 3 '4 1 � F I tl- 3/4 1 vt 10 E SH EH H H I — _3�„ Ij PROJECT 1 I ✓� o -, i PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I AR •• 1 1 I /�' 0.8 12 1� PROJECT MANAGER: ILL 1„�! I j1 1" 1/22' 112 -1 PROJECT ARCHITECT:I AM — —— ————— —————�————�— ———— ——————— ————— ———— L .1 2„ �1Yd' IRRIGATION CITY OF LINGTON PLAN N CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL ENLARGEMENT N THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE - SCALE:1"=20'-O" CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: 0' 10' 20' 40' 80 DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER 0' 10' 20' 40' 8� DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS IRRIGATION SCHEDULE . IRRIGATION SCHEDULE . IRRIGATION SCHEDULE . SYMBOL MANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTION QTY DETAIL SYMBOL MANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTION CITY PSI DETAIL SYMBOL MANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTION QTY PSI DETAIL RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM RAIN BIRD 1806-SAM-PRS-U HE-VAN SERIES RAIN BIRD XCZ-100-IVMQ • 11N.,1-1/21N.,21N.PLASTIC INDUSTRIAL SMART VALVES W/ 10 2/1-3.5 ®ae HE-VAN(212 HE-VAN SHRUB SPRAY,6"POP-UP SPRINKLER WITH CO-MOLDED 26 30 1/L3.6 WIDE FLOW IVM DRIP CONTROL KIT FOR COMMERCIAL , YKEMAN FACTORY INSTALLED IVM-SOL.LOW FLOW OPERATING to 1a HE-VAN t515 HE-VAN WIPER SEAL. 112"NPT FEMALE THREADED INLET.WITH 8 APPLICATIONS.11N.BALL VALVE WITH 11N.PESBIVM 1 4/1-3.6 CAPABILITY,GLOBE CONFIGURATION. SEAL-A-MATIC CHECK VALVE,AND PRESSURE SMART VALVE W/FACTORY INSTALLED IVM-SOL 0.3-20 GPM DESIGN REGULATING DEVICE. AND 11N.PRESSURE REGULATING 40PSI QUICK-CHECK ARCHITECTURE + RAIN BIRD 5-RC BASKET FILTER 0.3-20 GPM 0 1"BRASS QUICK-COUPLING VALVE,WITH 1 613.5 RAIN BIRD R-VAN-STRIP 1804-SAM-P45 CORROSION-RESISTANT STAINLESS STEEL SPRING, SHRUB ROTARY,5'X15'(LCS AND RCS),5-X30-(SST)HAND RAIN BIRD XCZ-150-LCS THERMOPLASTIC RUBBER COVER,AND 1-PIECE BODY. ®®® ADJUSTABLE MULTI-STREAM ROTARY W/1800 TURF SPRAY 3 45 1/0.6 HIGH FLOW CONTROL ZONE KIT,FOR LARGE COMMERCIAL - - - - LET SST RST BODY ON 4"POP-UP,WITH CHECK VALVE AND 45 PSI DRIP ZONES.1-1/2"FEB GLOBE VALVE WITH SINGLE 1-1/2" 5 4/1-3.6 -- IN BCD T-113-K IN-STEM PRESSURE REGULATOR.1/2"NPT FEMALE PRESSURE REGULATING(40PSI)QUICK-CHECK BASKET CLASS 125 BRONZE GATE SHUT OFF VALVE WITH CROSS 1 1/1-3.4 THREADED INLET. FILTERS.FLOW RANGE:15-62GPM. HANDLE,SAME SIZE AS MAINLINE PIPE DIAMETER AT VALVE LOCATION.SIZE RANGE-1/4"-3" RAIN BIRD R-VAN14 1804-SAM-P45 MANUAL FLUSH VALVECONSULTANT: TURF ROTARY,8'-14'45-270 DEGREES AND 360 DEGREES. PROVIDE AND INSTALL AT END OF EACH ISLAND OR 42 4/1-3.7 w NIBCO T-580-S6-R-66-LL 4 1/1-3.5 ® m HAND ADJUSTABLE MULTI-STREAM ROTARY W/1800 TURF 15 45 1/1-3.6 DRIPLINE AREA,ONE AT EVERY EXHAUST HEADER AND r STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVE SHUT OFF VALVE 14 ADJ 14 F SPRAY BODY ON 4"POP-UP,WITH CHECK VALVE AND 45 ISLAND.INSTALL 18"FROM PAVING. RAIN BIRD IVM-EFB-CP 2" PSI IN-STEM PRESSURE REGULATOR.1/2"NPT FEMALE AREA TO 11N.,1-1/21N.,21N.BRASS REMOTE CONTROL SMART VALVE THREADED INLET. RECEIVE DRIPLINE RAIN BIRD XFS-CV-06-12 fora Fore u,naser»Ar"mi�ts W/FACTORY INSTALLED IVM-SOL CONTAMINATION PROOF, 1 4/L3.5 RAIN BIRD R-VAN181804-SAM-P45 XFS-CV ON-SURFACE LANDSCAPE DRIPLINE WITH A 14ao NE66msrreet SELF-FLUSHING FILTER SCREEN.GLOBE CONFIGURATION, 12,029 LF 40 2/L3.7 S-1 M98115 A TURF ROTARY,13'-18'45-270 DEGREES AND 360 DEGREES. HEAVY-DUTY 4.3 PSI CHECK VALVE.0.6 GPH EMITTERS AT :206-322-173-wreiem RECLAIMED WATER COMPATIBLE,AND PURPLE HANDLE y tp HAND ADJUSTABLE MULTI-STREAM ROTARY W/1800 TURF 3 45 1/L3.6 12"O.C.DRIPLINE LATERALS SPACED AT 18"APART,WITH COVER DESIGNATES NON-POTABLE WATER USE. 18TDJ i F SPRAY BODY ON 4"POP-UP,WITH CHECK VALVE AND 45 EMITTERS OFFSET FOR TRIANGULAR PATTERN.SPECIFY MANUAL DRAIN VALVE PSI IN-STEM PRESSURE REGULATOR.1/2"NPT FEMALE XF INSERT FITTINGS. CHAMPION 30ORS-200 ANGLE VALVE(2").INSTALL ONE AT 1 5/13.5 THREADED INLET. • POC AND ONE AT LOW POINT OF SITE MAINLINE. RAIN BIRD R-VAN24 1804-SAM-P45 RAIN BIRD ESPLXIVM TURF ROTARY,17'-24'45-270 DEGREES AND 360 DEGREES. pF W AS TWO-WIRE COMMERCIAL CONTROLLER.60 STATIONS. o n HAND ADJUSTABLE MULTI-STREAM ROTARY W/1800 TURF 74 45 1/1-3.6 ,�0�,N J RASMG"UG" © 1 3/L3.6 24 DJ 2 F SPRAY BODY ON 4"POP-UP,WITH CHECK VALVE AND 45 WALL-MOUNTABLE OUTDOOR-RATED,PLASTIC LOCKING du ULS ss p WALL-MOUNTABLE CASE.AVAILABLE IN THE US MARKET, PSI IN-STEM PRESSURE REGULATOR.1/2"NPT FEMALE INTERNATIONAL,EUROPEAN,OR AUSTRALIAN MARKETS. THREADED INLET. Cj RAIN BIRD I04G-USA SYMBOL MANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTION QTY PSI GPM RADIUS DETAIL v2�o onh o IQ NCC 4G CELLULAR CARTRIDGE UPGRADES ESP-LX RAIN BIRD 8005 04 IO SERIES CONTROLLERS TO IQ SATELLITE,FOR " STANDARD POP-UP,PLASTIC RISER, COMMUNICATION WITH IQ CENTRAL CONTROL.INCLUDE APE ARpEXP.6Iz6�Y,�'k� 1 3/L3.6 04 TURF ROTOR,5.0 IQEXTANT4G EXTERNAL ANTENNA FOR METAL OR ❑ NOZZLE.WITH SEAL-A-MATIC CHECK VALVE,ADJUSTABLE 3 60 3.8 39, 2/13.6 STAINLESS STEEL CABINET/PEDESTAL.USED FOR DIRECT 50-330 ARC,AND 360 NON-REVERSING FULL-CIRCLE. 1" OR SERVER SATELLITE APPLICATIONS. (26/34)NPT FEMALE THREADED INLET.EXTENDED RADIUS PROJECT• IDENTIFICATION: IS IDEAL FOR LARGE TURF APPLICATIONS. RAIN BIRD LXIVMSD RAIN BIRD 8005 06 SURGE DEVICE PROVIDES NECESSARY PROTECTION ON 5 3/L3.4 06 TURF ROTOR,5.0"POP-UP,PLASTIC RISER,STANDARD Arlington Operations ® THE ESD EVERY CONTROLLER,2 WIRE PATH.INSTALLER ❑ NOZZLE.WITH SEAL-A-MATIC CHECK VALVE,ADJUSTABLE 3 60 6.1 45' 2/L3.6 LXIVMSD EVERY 500FT OR 15 FIELD DEVICES(WHICHEVER 50-330 ARC,AND 360 NON-REVERSING FULL-CIRCLE. 1" Center IS SMALLER). (26/34)NPT FEMALE THREADED INLET.EXTENDED RADIUS RAIN BIRD LXIVMSEN IS IDEAL FOR LARGE TURF APPLICATIONS. FOR SENSOR DEVICE INTERFACES W/FLOW OR WEATHER 1 RAIN BIRD 8005 08 SENSOR AND ESP-LX-IVM(P)CONTROLLER.FLOW SENSOR 08 TURF ROTOR,5.0"POP-UP,PLASTIC RISER,STANDARD CAN BE INSTALLED ANYWHERE ON THE 2-WIRE PATH. ❑ NOZZLE.WITH SEAL-A-MATIC CHECK VALVE,ADJUSTABLE 5 60 8A 49' 2/L3.6 Snohomish County I' lr RAIN BIRD LXIVMSOL 50-330 ARC,AND 360 NON-REVERSING FULL-CIRCLE. 1" Public INTEGRATED VALVE MODULE(DC LATCHING SOLENOID (26134)NPT FEMALE THREADED INLET.EXTENDED RADIUS P U I I C WOrks 1O AND DECODER IN ONE)INTERFACES WITH ESPLXIVM(P) 5 IS IDEAL FOR LARGE TURF APPLICATIONS. CONTROLLER AND VALVES/MASTER VALVES.COMPATIBLE RAIN BIRD 8005 10 AT WITH RAIN BIRD COMMERCIAL VALVES ONLY(PEB,PESB, 10 TURF ROTOR,5.0"POP-UP,PLASTIC RISER,STANDARD PGA,EFB-CP). ❑ NOZZLE.WITH SEAL-A-MATIC CHECK VALVE,ADJUSTABLE 6 60 10.1 53, 2/L3.6 19620 67th Ave NE RAIN BIRD WR2-RFC 50-330 ARC,AND 360 NON-REVERSING FULL-CIRCLE. 1" Arlington, WA 98223 WIRELESS RAIN AND FREEZE SENSOR COMBO,INCLUDES 1 1 5/L3.6 (26/34)NPT FEMALE THREADED INLET.EXTENDED RADIUS RECEIVER AND 1 RAIN/FREEZE SENSOR TRANSMITTER. IS IDEAL FOR LARGE TURF APPLICATIONS. RAIN BIRD UFS-150 PERMIT SET ®S 1-1/21N.ULTRASONIC FLOW SENSORS,WITH GLASS FILLED 1 4/13.5 NYLON BODY.OPERATING RANGE 0.5 GPM TO.SIZE FOR 05/02/2025 FLOW NOT ACCORDING TO PIPE SIZE. BF BACKFLOW PREVENTER 1 VALVE SCHEDULE . SEE CIVIL This drawing is: y 1.Copyright 2025 D keman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. POINT OF CONNECTION 1 2/1-3.4 NUMBER MODEL SIZE TYPE GPM DESIGN PSI PSI PSI(WPOC PRECIP 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's SEE ENLARGEMENT ON DETAIL SHEET. written permission for any other use or reproduction. 1 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1" TURF ROTARY 21.32 45 49.3 51.0 0.65 in/h STRAINER 2 RAIN BIRD XCZ-150-LCS 1-1/2" AREA FOR DRIPLINE 15.74 40 40.2 41.7 0.64 in/h PROJECT NUMBER: WILKINS SXL CAST BRONZE WYE STRAINER WITH 20-MESH O 1 1/L3.4 3 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1-1/2" TURF ROTOR 32.8 60 65.9 71.9 0.8 in STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN.SIZE TO MATCH BACKFLOW 4 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1-1/2" TURF ROTOR 32.8 60 65.9 72.9 0.88 in/h DEVICE.INSTALL AT POC AND ELSEWHERE AS SHOWN ON 5 RAIN BIRD XCZ-100-IVMQ 1" AREA FOR DRIPLINE 11.35 40 55.9 56.9 0.64 in/h PLAN. 6 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1" TURF ROTARY 21.38 45 50.1 52.6 0.77 in/h MI WATER METER 1-1/2" 1 7 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1-112" TURF ROTOR 36.4 60 65.9 72.3 1.16 in/h SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS 8 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1-112" TURF ROTOR 36.4 60 66.4 72.8 1.15 in/h • 9 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1" SHRUB SPRAY 21.66 30 34.6 37.1 1.61 in/h IRRIGATION LATERAL LINE:PVC SCHEDULE 40 10 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1" TURF ROTARY 22.81 45 50.6 53.5 0.5 in/h MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SEE PLAN FOR SIZE.UNLABELED SECTIONS SHALL MATCH 11 RAIN BIRD XCZ-150-LCS 1-112" AREA FOR DRIPLINE 33.58 40 44.0 49.5 0.64 in/h THE SIZE NOTED OF THE ADJACENT UPSTREAM PIPE. 4,542 LF 3/1-3.5 12 RAIN BIRD XCZ-150-LCS 1-112" AREA FOR DRIPLINE 20.82 40 42.0 44.3 0.64 in/h MINIMUM PIPE SIZE AT END OF LATERAL RUNS SHALL BE 13 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1-112" TURF ROTARY 35.08 45 50.9 56.5 0.48 in/h 3/4". 14 RAIN BIRD XCZ-150-LCS 1-112" AREA FOR DRIPLINE 17.13 40 43.9 45.5 0.64 in/h IRRIGATION MAINLINE:PVC SCHEDULE 40 15 RAIN BIRD PEB-IVM 1-112" TURF ROTARY 25.21 45 51.2 53.8 0.46 in/h SEE PLAN FOR SIZE.MINIMUM 2"UNLESS NOTED 1,856 LF 3/L3.5 16 RAIN BIRD XCZ-150-LCS 1-1/2" AREA FOR DRIPLINE 21.69 40 45.4 47.4 0.64 in/h OTHERWISE.SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MINIMUM BURIAL DEPTH. PIPE SLEEVE:PVC SCHEDULE 40 TEMPORARY IRRIGATION NOTES: SEE PLAN FOR SIZE.4"DIAMETER UNLESS OTHERWISE 626.9 LF 3/1-3.5 PROJECT INDICATED ON PLAN.TO BE INSTALLED BY LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR AT DEPTHS SPECIFIED. 1. ALL VALVES NUMBER WITH XXT WILL BE USED FOR TEMPORARY PRINCIPAL IN IN CHARGE: V.1"oml.ut IRRIGATION/PLANT ESTABLISHMENT FOR A PERIOD OF 2 YEAR FROM PROJECT MANAGER: ILL Valve Number THE TIME OF INSTALLATION. 2. THOSE ZONES WILL BE TURNED OFF/DISCONNECTED AFTER THE 2 PROJECTARCHITECT1AM N # Valor Row YEARS ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD TO MEET LEED REQUIREMENTS. I IRRIGATION CITY OF ARLINGTON LEGEND CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE •- CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS F \ � I � SPECIFIED RECTANGULAR F -- VALVE BOX, INSTALL FLUSH w . YKEMAN SPECIFIED 10" WITH FINISH GRADE TWO(2) SPECIFIED SPECIFIED 10" ROUND SPECIFIED RECTANGULAR DI ROUND VALVE BOX, STRAINER (NOT REQUIRED HERE IF RECTANGULAR VALVE VALVE BOX, INSTALL VALVE BOX, INSTALL ——— - INSTALL FLUSH [STRAINER INSTALLED WITH BOXES, INSTALL FLUSH FLUSH WITH FINISH GRADE FLUSH WITH FINISH II I 4 DESIGN WITH FINISH GRADE WITH FINISH GRADE GRADE ARCHITECTURE + UPSTREAM BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY) GATE VALVE [PRESSURE REDUCING MANUAL QUICK MASTER VALVE, II DRAIN VALVE COUPLER INSTALL SIMILAR TO VALVE(ONLY IF VALVE REMOTE CONTROL - - - SHOWN ON LEGEND) VALVE DETAIL / I ' BF � l-1 -1 -1 III-1 =1 =1 III=1 =1 3�4" =1111i�lllll IIIIIIII III III III III III- , ,, � ' METsng III— r— __� II II II I� II IIIIIIII 4 4 Y— I I F1S4o 3re0 WNE rM65scap9fOua 206-3-173 e 1rwAe5r e:ctM1 oitec l[sn IN I I I—I 1 4NION 34 OF NOTE: -- - ,. -I.. .. �E WA Sh ASMGti� IF SYSTEM INCLUDES A BOOSTER Q P M s PUMP, INSTALL MASTER VALVE D _ y u6 sm2 Z SUPPORT EACH VALVE BOX DOWNSTREAM OF PUMP. WITH (4) BRICKS, TYP. ELEVATION VIEW O 39 26 � NOTES: - J 1. PROVIDE ONE QUICK COUPLER AT P.O.C. AND ELSEWHERE AS SHOWN ON PLAN. 2. INSURE POSITIVE DRAINAGE FROM P.O.C. COMPONENTS. PROVIDE DAYLIGHT DRAIN AS NECESSARY. 3. PROVIDE SIZE &QUANTITY OF VALVE BOXES AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE ALL COMPONENTS. Arlington Operations 2 POC PLAN ENLARGEMENT Center POINT OF CONNECTION (BACKFLOW BY CIVIL) 1/6" = 1'-0" P—ARl-36 FOR Snohomish County EARTH GROUNDING NOTES Public Works 1. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE INSTALLER TO CONNECT ALL ELECTRONIC IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH HE IS AT SURGE DEVICE RESPONSIBLE TO EARTH GROUND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH CONNECTION TO LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES. FOR RAIN BIRD, REFER TO THEIR DOCUMENT ENTITLED 'GROUNDING FOR 2—WIRE SYSTEMS,' WHICH 19620 67th Ave NE 2—WIRE PATH CAN BE LOCATED ONLINE. Arlington, WA 98223 6 AWG SOLID BARE CADWELD FINISH i COPPER WERE NNECTIONf GRADE 2. CONTROLLER SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST ELECTRICAL SURGES THROUGH THE PRIMARY GROUND OF THE INCOMING POWER TO i THE CONTROLLER. � PERMIT SET 2—'WIRE PATH \ 3. FIELD DEVICES OR DECODERS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO A GROUNDING SYSTEM ALONG THE 2—WIRE PATH WITH SURGE DEVICE 05/02/2025 TR INTERFACE. MINIMUM SPACING AS NOTED PER MANUFACTURER. This drawing is: 8' MIN. VENC' 4. A PROPERLY INSTALLED GROUNDING SYSTEM SHOULD MAINTAIN A GROUND RESISTANCE OF 10 OHMS OR LESS. GROUND 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,GROUNDING I FtpO I2.The Architec's Instrument of Professional Service. TIONRESISTANCE OCCURS WHEN GROUNDING SYSTEM COMPONENTS, OR THE SOIL ITSELF, OPPOSE THE FLOW OF ELECTRICITY INTO .(WHERE NORISKOF THE EARTH. GROUND RESISTANCE IS MEASURED IN UNITS CALLED OHMS. THE HIGHER THE GROUND RESISTANCE (HIGHER OHM written permission for any otheruseorreproduction. HITTING UNDERGROUND COPPER CLAD GROUND ROD,PIPES OR WIRES WHEN I 6 AWG SOLID BARE 5/8"X8', WITH WELDED INSULATED GROUNDINGACT READINGS), THE LESS CHANCE THE SURGE WILL BE SHUNTED TO GROUND RATHER THAN TO THE EQUIPMENT'S ELECTRONIC ..OJECT NUMBER: DRIVING RODS) I COPPER WIRE CONDUCTOR, PAIGE ELECTRIC COMPONENTS. GROUND RESISTANCE CAN BE MEASURED USING A GROUND RESISTANCE TESTER LIKE THE MEGGER DET3TC. #18200106 OR APPROVED EQUALOR GROUNDINQUAL) 5. GROUNDING RODS AND PLATES AS INDICATED ON DETAIL. INSTALL THE CONNECTING WIRE IN AS STRAIGHT A LINE AS POSSIBLE. SURGE DEVICE SPLICED ELECTRODE SPHERE OFIF YOU MUST MAKE A TURN OR BEND IN THE WIRE, MAKE THE TURN IN A SWEEPING CURVE WITH A MINIMUM RADIUS OF EIGHT WI 2—WRE PATHINFLUENCE — NOINCHES AND A MINIMUM INCLUDED ANGLE OF 90'. TO MINIMIZE RESISTANCE, THE COPPER WIRE MUST BE PRE—WELDED TO THE WITHIN VALVE Box � OTHER WIRES oRGROUNDING RODS, OR WELDED TO THE RODS USING AN EXOTHERMIC WELDING PROCESS AT THE SITE. - CABLE WITHIN THE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SPHERE OF INFLUENCE 6. FOR 2—WIRE PATHS IN A "STAR" CONFIGURATION OR WHERE THERE ARE "SPURS," EACH PATH MUST BE TERMINATED WITH A SINGLE GROUNDING o — ------ — -- > SURGE DEVICE CONNECTED TO A GROUNDING SYSTEM. PLATE OPTION — ------ —— -- — ——— a'—o" ---ER CLAD ' 7. IF USING A SINGLE GROUNDING ROD OR PLATE DOES NOT PROVIDE ADEQUATE GROUNDING WHEN TESTED, OR IF THERE IS COPPER CLAD GROUNDING PLATE, 4"X8', INADEQUATE SPACE IN A PARTICULAR LOCATION, UTILIZE ALTERNATE METHODS OR LAYOUTS. THESE MAY INCLUDE A "Y—GRID" � 6 AWG SOLID BARE WITH WELDED INSULATED CONDUCTOR, WITH ADDITIONAL RODS, GROUND ROD STACKING, IRRIGATING THE SOIL AROUND THE GROUNDING SYSTEM, OR INSTALLING A COPPER WERE PAIGE ELECTRIC#182199IC, OR GROUNDING PLATE PARALLEL TO THE 2—WIRE PATH IN RESTRICTED SPACES. APPROVED EQUAL 8. MEASURE THE GROUND RESISTANCE AROUND THE GROUNDING SYSTEM AFTER INSTALLATION, AND ONCE EVERY YEAR AFTER. "PROJECT PLAN VIEW SECTION VIEW GROUNDING CONNECTORS SHOULD BE ACCESSIBLE VIA VALVE BOX FOR YEARLY TESTING WITH A GROUND RESISTANCE TESTER PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:LIKE THE MEGGER DET3TC. INSPECT THE GROUNDING SYSTEMS CLAMPED CONNECTIONS TO THE EQUIPMENT (NOT THE WELDED PROJECTMANAGER: I LL GROUNDING SYSTEM CONNECTIONS) ONCE A YEAR TO MAKE SURE THEY ARE SECURE AND CORROSION—FREE. PROJECT ARCHITECTIAM 3 GROUNDING FOR 2-WIRE SYSTEMS 1/4" = 1'-0" P—ARl-39 IRRIGATION CITY OF ARLINGTON DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE �• CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER , DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS SPECIFIED RECTANGULAR SPECIFIED RECTANGULAR FINISH GRADE VALVE BOX, INSTALL FLUSH VALVE BOX, INSTALL TOP OF . YKEMAN WITH FINISH GRADE LID FLUSH WITH FINISH GRADE SEE IRRIGATION SPECS FOR SPECIFIED AUTOMATIC BACKFILL AND COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS DESIGN II 4MINIMUM CONTROL VALVE, ARCHITECTURE +NSTALL PRESSURESPECIFIED BALL VALVE REGULATING DIAL IF SHOWNFINISH GRADE ON LEGEND FINISH GRADEPVC MAINLINE,DEPTH PER SPECS. SPECIFIED SPLICE KITS PVC UNIONI IIII I I-24" SPARE WIRE 24" CONTROL WIREoz •COIL IN BOX PVC MALE ADAPTER COIL, SEE SPECS "�FOR QUANTINGALV. UNION PVC BALL VALVE, _ 1" MIN. CLEARANCEBETWEEN VALVE BOX �O�� NIPPLE COMMERCIAL GRADE - _SUPPORT EACH VALVE BOX — AND PIPE rn o �- -ONE65tStWITH (4) BRICKS, TYP. PwpPVC NON-PRESSURE icaorvSsscn snaeo 1 C.F. (6" DEPTH) _ Nw — Sean e,wn sans DRAIN ROCK SUMP 3"MIN. _ _ LATERAL LINE PIPE t:aos sas nsz w:ro.a.ana ELEVATION VIEW P CLR. P — PVC PRESSURE -- - I I I I /. MAINLINE PIPE PVC UNION — VCONTROL WIRE BUNDLE, • III III �.,. TAPED TO MAINLINE PROVIDE CORRECT SIZE Aq PVC LATERAL PIPE '� of j RA :EC" NIPPLE SO THAT LATERAL III—I__ ��c v+ aasM tic LINE COMES RIGHT OUT OF 2" CLEAN BACKFILL UNDER THE BOX WITHOUT USING 90 SUPPORT VALVE BOX I— I I- 6" MIN. ALL PIPING, SEE SPECS h dd b6 `oi a PVC MAINLINE DEG. ELLS OR 45 DEG. ELL. WITH (4) BRICKS FOR REQUIREMENTS VALVE BOX MAINLINE, SIZE PER PLAN r' MINIMUM 2 C.F. I DEPTH) SPECIFIED BALL VALVE PVC SLEEVE, ONE PIPE B SECTION VIEW CONTROL AND SPARE WIRES, DRAIN ROCK SUMP ONLY PER SLEEVE, se e PLAN VIEW TAPE TO BOTTOM OF MAINLINE BOTTOM OF VALVE BOX. DEPTH AS SPECIFIED SOA pEPARG�\ ELEVATION VIEW NOTES: NOTES: 1. NO OTHER TRADES(ELECT. LIGHTING) ALLOWED TO USE SAME TRENCH AS IRRIGATION PIPE. 1. BOX TO BE INSTALLED AS TO ALLOW FOR PROPER OPERATION OF BALL VALVE. INSTALL AT RIGHT ANGLE 2. PROVIDE 24" COVER FOR DIRECT BURIAL CABLE. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: TO HARDSCAPE EDGE, INSTALL VALVE OFF-CENTER IN BOX. NOTE: 3. PROVIDE PVC SCH. 40 SLEEVES FOR ALL WIRING AND PIPING UNDER PAVING. 2. INSTALL VALVE BOX EXTENSIONS AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER VALVE INSTALLATION AT MAINLINE DEPTH. PROVIDE VALVE BOX EXTENSIONS AS REQUIRED. 4. NO STACKING(VERTICALLY) OF PIPES IN SAME TRENCH. Arlington Operations Center ISOLATION/SHUT-OFF VALVE 2 REMOTE CONTROL VALVE-WITH SHUT-OFF 3 PIPE TRENCHING AND BACKFILL FOR 1 1/2" = 1-0" P-ARi-15 1 1/2" = 1-0" P-ARl-29 1 1/2" = 1-0" P-ARi-20 Snohomish County Public Works RAIN BIRD UFS SERIES SPECIFIED JUMBO VALVE FLOW SENSOR BOX, INSTALL FLUSH SPECIFIED 10" ROUND AT WITH FINISH GRADE VALVE BOX AND LID FIED SPECIFIED RAIN BIRD RECTANGULAR IVALVE BOXES 1/4" GALV. U-BOLT 19620 67th Ave NE MASTER VALVE SPEKITSCIFIESEEOEFERE CEEMANUALLICE WITH LOCKING LIDS. BOLT 1" X 16" SCH. 40 Arlington, WA 98223 INSTALL DECODER FOR TWO-WIRE BOXES TOGETHER PVC PIPE g FINISH GRADE SYSTEM AND PULSE TRANSMITTER FINISH GRADE ON CONVENTIONAL SYSTEM SPECIFIED 10" ROUND PERMIT SET _ _H PLAN VIEW VALVE BOX, INSTALL FOR CONVENTIONAL FLUSH WITH FINISH GRADE 05/02/2025 —IIF _ _ _ _ SYSTEM, INSTALL III n QUICK COUPLER VALVE CONDUIT WITH PE-89 III—III III—III—III This drawing is: CABLE TO CONTROLLER 36"COI LENGTH Q - SPECIFIED DRAIN VALVE FINISH GRADE 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. —III— —III— 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. CONTROL .III—III I—I I — 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's WIRE —III MAINLINE — _ 1" X 16" SCH. 40 PVC written permission for any other use or reproduction. PIPE, SECURE TO QUICK FLOW FLOW III a~ 3"MAX. COUPLER WITH 1/4" PROJECT a= - GALV. U-BOLT — —II - ow Q - BUSHING AS REQUIRED I m —III SCH. 80 NIPPLE, VARIABLE MAINLIN� - - MAINLINE - w< LENGTH AS REQUIRED • PVC WITH THREADED OUTLET CONCENTRIC REDUCER = I- NIPPLE AND ELL w m W/ SCH. 80 STREET ELL w W/(1) SCH. 80 SHORT MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CONCENTRIC NIPPLE (NO MARLEX) PVC MALE PVC UNION PVC UNION — rn REDUCER ADAPTER SUPPORT VALVE BOX PIPE MIN. 18" OFFSET PVC CLOSE WITH (4) BRICKS FROM PVC LINE PVC SCH. 80 NIPPLE, NIPPLE INSTALL 6" DEPTH MIN. OF SUPPORT EACH VALVE BOX 8" MIN. LENGTH ELEVATION VIEW VALVE BOX DRAIN ROCK•EXTEND IN TROCKF ONE END 3" PVC PIPE, THREADED WITH (4) BRICKS, TYP. MAINLINE 6" BEYOND VALVE BOX f, f, MINIMUM 2 C.F. (12" DEPTH) MIN. 3 C.F. (24" DEPTH) DRAIN ROCK SUMP PVC TH X TH 90 DEG. ELL NOTES: DRAIN ROCK SUMP (NO STREET ELL) 1. THE UFS CAN BE INSTALLED IN A ELEVATION VIEW ELEVATION VIEW VERTICAL POSITION WITH THE FLOW MODEL SIZE K OFFSET FLOW RANGE ARROW POINTING UPWARDS. 2. THE UFS SIZE MUST BE EQUAL TO OR UFS100 1" 0.73 -1.66 0.3 - 50 GPM NOTES: NOTES: PROJECT SMALLER THAN THE INCOMING To SIZE. UFS150 1.5" 1.70 -0.316 0.5 - 110 GPM 1. ALL PIPE AND FITTINGS TO BE SAME DIA. AS I.P.S. FEMALE CONNECTION TO DRAIN VALVE. 1. ALL THE FITTINGS AND PIPE TO BE SAME DIA. AS IPS FEMALE CONNECTION OF QUICK COUPLER. 3. THE UFS DOES NOT REQUIRE STRAIGHT 2. INSTALL ONE MANUAL DRAIN VALVE AT LOWEST POINT OF MAINLINE ON SITE, SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND 2. QUICK COUPLER KEY MUST CLEAR VALVE BOX. PRINCIPAL IN IN CHARGE: PIPE BEFORE OR AFTER SENSOR UFS200 2" 2.849 0.1439 1.0 - 200 GPM APPROVAL BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PLACEMENT. PROJECT MANAGER: ILL PROJECT ARCHITECT: I 4 RAINBIRD MASTER VALVE& ULTRASONIC FLOW SENSOR 5 MANUAL DRAIN VALVE 6 QUICK COUPLER VALVE DRAWING TITLE: 1 1/2" = 1'-B" P-ARi-40 1 1/2" = 1'-0" P-ARi-17 1 1/2" = 1'-0" P-ARi-26 IRRIGATION CITY OF ARLINGTON DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS SHRUB OR LAWN HEAD, LARGE ROTOR HEAD, TOP SPECIFIED RAIN/FREEZE SENSOR, TOP FLUSH W/FINISH FLUSH W/FINISH GRADE. CONNECT CABLE TO CONTROLLER GRADE. ADJUST TO ADJUST TO ACCOUNT FOR PER MANUFACTURER'S . ACCOUNT FOR SETTLING / / SETTLING OF TOPSOIL OR RECOMMENDATION OF TOPSOIL OR MULCH MULCH — I I—I I FINISH GRADE —III—_III—_ —_III—_III FINISH GRADE DESIGN SET HEADS PLUMB _EXCEPT WHERE WHERE GRADES .�III III—III (2) TH x TH SCH. 40 ELLS —III—I I I —III—I I _ SPECIFIED AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION DO NOT ALLOW _ —III W/2" x 3/4" SCH. 80 -III— —III PRE-FABRICATED ® CONTROLLER. WALL MOUNT PER ... - NIPPLE OR (2) MARLEX _ —III- SWING JOINT(1" SIZE) MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. - - - - USE BOTTOMSTREET ELLS W/0 NIPPLE USE BOTTOM WITH 12" LONG ARM, SEE IRRIGATION PLAN FOR LOCATION. INLET ONLY INLET ONLY HUNTER HSJ-1, JUNCTION BOX VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO 12" x 3/4" SCH. RAIN BIRD TSJ-12, INSTALLATION. PVC RISER, SAME 80 NIPPLE PVC RISER, SAME OR APPROVED EQUAL SIZE AS INLET SIZE AS INLETCONSULTANT: SCH. 40 TH x TH ELL, OR CONDUIT FOR POWER --- MARLEX STREET ELL SOURCE, SEE io PROVIDE ADDITIONAL 3/4" WIRE PVC LATERAL PVC LATERAL II BURIAL DEPTH 45 BURIAL DEPTH ELECTRICAL PLANS CONDUIT TO RAIN SENSOR UNLESS PVC TEE OR ELL, BUSHING PVC TEE OR ELL, BUSHING WIRELESS SENSOR SPECIFIED PER SPECIFICATIONS PER SPECIFICATIONS AS REQUIRED 45' AS REQUIRED CONDUIT FOR CONTROL WIRES, r«a NE65th st—ttects MINIMUM SIZE AS SPECIFIED ON fora seaeie.wn9enset NOTES: NOTES: IRRIGATION PLANS t40fi344-D34 w:fora.lantl 1.TEMPORARILY CAP RISERS ACCEPTABLE 3/4" 1.TEMPORARILY CAP RISERS FOR PRESSURE TESTING. PRE-FABRICATED FOR PRESSURE TESTING. SWEEP PROVIDE ADDITIONAL 3/4" WIRE ELL 2.SEAL ALL JOINTS W/TEFLON SWING JOINTS: 2.SEAL ALL JOINTS W/TEFLON CONDUIT TO BOOSTER PUMP TAPE ON MALE THREADS ELEVATION VIEW HUNTER SJ, TAPE ON MALE THREADS ELEVATION VIEW I FOR PUMP START RELAY REGISTRATION ONLY. RAIN BIRD SA, ONLY. SWITCH IF BOOSTER PUMP IS 3.DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN GALV. OR APPROVED EQUAL 3.DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN GALV. SPECIFIED ON LEGEND OF W ASy� TO PVC JOINTS. TO PVC JOINTS. FINISH GRADE �``�x+ RA,"'6'c 4.ALL THREADED PVC PIPE r 4.ALL THREADED PVC PIPE — Pdd ul3 ssm o SHALL BE SCH. 80, ALL PVC SHALL BE SCH. 80, ALL PVC II m 2 a FITTINGS SHALL BE SCH. 40. PVC TEE OR ELL, WITH 5.NO CLOSE NIPPLES FITTINGS SHALL BE SCH. 40. PVC TEE OR ELL, WITH Q 5.NO CLOSE NIPPLES BUSHING AS REQUIRED BUSHING AS REQUIRED PERMITTED PERMITTED. PVC TH SCH. 80 II h. NIPPLE, 3" LONG 6.ALL FITTINGS AND PIPE r y � 6.ALL FITTINGS AND PIPE I 2 4 Otis' SAME DIA. AS IRS FEMALE �S 3g EXP.6�v6 �� CONNECTION OF SPRINKLER PVC THx TH 90'ELL CONNECTION OF SPRINKLERPRE-FABRICATED 1\� SWEEP ELL Cq PE ARG� HEAD OR Q.C. PVC TH SCH. 80 NIPPLE, HEAD OR Q.C. SWING JOINT(1' SIZE) 7.INSTALL SO PIPING WILL NOT (2) PVC ST. ELLS 8" LONG 7.INSTALL SO PIPING WILL NOT WITH 12' LONG ARM, \ CONTACT LATERAL. SHRUBLAWN CONTACT LATERAL. BIIRDER STSJ-12, PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: 8.ADJUST SPRAY RADIUS AS / HEAD 8.ADJUST SPRAY RADIUS AS FIELD ROTOR HEAD RAN REQUIRED. PLAN VIEW REQUIRED. PLAN VIEW OR APPROVED EQUAL Arlington Operations IRRIGATION HEAD 2 LARGE ROTOR IRRIGATION HEAD 3 IRRIGATION CONTROLLER (WALL MOUNT) Center 3" = 1'-0" P-AR1-14 3" - 1'-0" P-AR1-19 3/4" - 1'-0" P-AR1-13 FOR Snohomish County Public Works SPECIFIED CONTROL AT SPECIFIED RECTANGULAR VALVE ZONE KIT_ BOX, INSTALL TOP OF LID FLUSH AUTOMATIC CONTROL ZONE MAINLINE BALL VALVES AT ALL WITH FINISH GRADE(UPSIZE TO KIT(SEE LEGEND FOR TYPE, DRIP ZONES 19620 67th Ave NE SUPER JUMBO VALVE BOX FOR BALL PESB FILTER PRV PARAPET MOUNTING POST MOUNTING 1-1/2" VALVE KITS) 1" SIZE ZONE KIT DEPICTED) VALVE VALVE NO UNION OPTION: MOUNT ON OPTION: MOUNT ON Arlington, WA 98223 BASKET FILTER INSIDE OF ROOF FENCE POST 24" SPARE 'WIRE FLOW ® PARAPET APPROXIMATELY APPROXIMATELY WHERE INDICATED ON COIL, SEE SPECS FINISH GRADE WHERE INDICATED ON PLAN. MOUNT PER FOR QUANTITY PLAN. MOUNT PER MANUFACTURER'S PERMIT SET _ SPECIFIED SPLICE KITS 0 MANUFACTURER'S o RECOMMENDATIONS. 05/02/2025 24" CONTROL WIRE rn SPECIFIED RECTANGULAR RECOMMENDATIONS. PVC UNION - COIL IN BOX z J VALVE BOX This drawing is: - F F 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. - INLINE PRESSURE a o_ PLAN VIEW OF CONFIGURATION 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. REGULATOR ,¢w 0 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's PVC BALL VALVE _ C5� FOR 1" DRIP CONTROL VALVES 1" MIN. CLEARANCE U� written permission for any other use or reproduction. — BETWEEN VALVE BOX a AND PIPE w m PROJECT w� 3"MIN. N P CUR. P MAINLINE NO UNION • PVC UNION BALL PEB RBY PRESSURE LATERAL LINE, TYR. PROVIDE CORRECT SIZE PVC LATERAL PIPE VALVE VALVE FILTER REGULATO MARK DATE DESCRIPTION NIPPLE SO THAT LATERAL LINE COMES RIGHT OUT OF FLOW THE BOX WITHOUT USING 90 SUPPORT VALVE BOX FLOW O DEG. ELLS OR 45 DEG. ELL. WITH (4) BRICKS MAINLINE, SIZE PER PLAN MINIMUM 2 C.F. (12" DEPTH) CONTROL AND SPARE WIRES, DRAIN ROCK SUMP IN 1-1/2" LARGE CAPACITY TAPE TO BOTTOM OF MAINLINE BOTTOM OF VALVE BOX. DISC FILTER, TYP. RAIN BIRD WR2 WIRELESS RAIN FREEZE SENSOR SHOWN UPSIZE TO SUPER JUMBO ELEVATION VIEW VALVE BOX FOR 1-1/2" VALVE KITS PROJECT TEAM: NOTE: PLAN VIEW OF CONFIGURATION NOTES: PROVIDE VALVE BOX EXTENSIONS AS REQUIRED. 1. CONFIRM LOCATION WITH LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR INSTALLATION. PRINCIPAL IN :I AR FOR 1-1/2" DRIP CONTROL VALVES 2. DO NOT LOCATE UNDER COVER OF TREE CANOPY OR ROOF OVERHANG, ON SIDE PROJECT MANAGER: ILL OF BUILDING WALL, OR ANY OTHER LOCATION NOT FULLY EXPOSED TO RAINFALL. PROJECT ARCHITECT:I AM I 4 REMOTE CONTROL VALVE FOR DRIP ZONES 5 RAIN SENSOR 1 1/2" = 1'-0" P-ARI-06 3" = 1'-0" P-ARI-37 IRRIGATION CITY OF ARLINGTON DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE �- CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER • DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS VARIES- PVC LATERAL WITH SLEEVE DRIP LAYOUT NOTES(APPLY TO ALL DRIP II PVC LATERAL WITH SLEEVE SEE PLAN (SEE PLAN FOR SIZES) LAYOUT AREAS AND DETAILS): (SEE PLAN FOR SIZES) PVC EXHAUST HEADER, PVC EXHAUST HEADER, LOCATE DYKEMAN 1. ALL DRIPPERLINE TO BE INSTALLED 1" J _ LOCATE WHERE SHOWN ON BELOW TOP OF TOPSOIL LEVEL. WHERE SHOWN PLAN AT LOWER �— _ PLAN AT LOWER END OF 2. MULTIPLE ROWS OF DRIPLINE SHALL END OF EACH PLL PLAN ISLAND I I EACH PLANTING ISLAND BE SPACED AT 18" TYPICAL O.C. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN I MANUAL LINE FLUSHING ADJUST ACTUAL SPACING TO PROVIDE MANUAL LINE FLUSHING VALVE I I VALVE(PLUMBED TO AN EVEN SPACING ACROSS THE (PLUMBED TO EXHAUST HEADER), I I EXHAUST HEADER), OFFSET PLANTED AREA. OFFSET 18" FROM CURBS _ _ _ _ I I 18" FROM EDGE OF BED 3. COORDINATE AND PLACE ALL PLANTINGS SO THAT DRIPPERLINES DOUBLE RING DRIPPERLINE AT DOUBLE RING DRIPPERLINE RUN OVER TOP OF ALL ROOTBALLS. EACH TREE ROOTBALL I I AT EACH TREE ROOTBALL MINIMUM OF 1 EMITTER PER (COORDINATE WITH LANDSCAPE I I N (COORDINATE WITH GROUNDCOVER, 2 PER 5-GALLON PLAN FOR TREE LOCATIONS) OR SHRUB, 4 PER TREE. I w a LANDSCAPE PLAN F CONSULTANT: I I �¢w TREE LOCATIONS) 4. LAYOUT DRIPLINE SO THAT OUTLETS ARE TRIANGULAR SPACED AND INSTALL FIRST DRIPPERLINE EMITTERS FACING DOWN. INSTALL FIRST DRIPPERLINE I 4"-6" FROM EDGE OF 5. MAKE MINOR ADJUSTMENTS IN SUPPLY H 4"-6" FROM EDGE OF WALK I I WALK OR CURB HEADER, EXHAUST HEADER, AND gv_i OR CURB IT DRIPLINE LAYOUT TO AVOID CONFLICTS oa ro,a ranascape ammreas I PVC SUPPLY HEADER, 1430 RE 6sun so-eea I I CENTER FEED WITH NTH LIGHT POLES, FIRE HYDRANTS, CURB ADJACENT TO PARKING seams.wasens DRIPPERLINE BLANK RISERS, AND OTHER MISC. IMPROVEMENTS. STALLS fora n:zos-szz-nszw:ro.a.iana I I LOCATE WHERE SHOWN ON 6. WHERE REMOTE CONTROL VALVE IS I I PLAN SHOWN IN PARKING LOT ISLAND, I I LOCATE AT MID POINT OF ISLAND, 16" TO 20" TYPICAL DRIPPERLINE I I 16" TO 20" TYPICAL ADJACENT TO PARKING STALLS. SPACING, PROVIDE NUMBER OF REGISTRATION DRIPPERLINE SPACING, 7. INSTALL 6" STEEL SOIL STAPLES AT 3' LINES SHOWN ON PLAN PROVIDE NUMBER OF LINES O.C., PLUS TWO (2) ON EACH TEE, I I SHOWN ON PLAN ELBOW, OR CROSS. USE NETAFIM OF WAgy, �Fi��3 RASMG4C I I TUS6,Y INBIRDHEADER TSIZE TO, A EQUAL. PVC SUPPLY HEADER, END FEED ROUTE PVC LATERAL Q' Q' ��ll I I 8. SUPPLY HEADER SIZE TO MATCH WITH DRIPPERLINE BLANK � d\1 ul3 sF o AND/OR MAINLINE ALONG ADJACENT LATERAL LINE(3/4" RISERS, LOCATE WHERE SHOWN Z I I CURB TO AVOID TREE AND MINIMUM). EXHAUST HEADER SIZE ON PLAN Q I I SHRUB ROOTBALLS (COORDINATEATE WITH ROUTE PVC LATERAL AND/OR SHALL BE 3/4" MINIMUM. PRIOR TO v 2 e u CONNECTING HEADERS TO LATERAL, o� dY I I PLANTING PLAN) CAP LATERAL STUB-OUT AT EACH MAINLINE ALONG CURB TO AVOID �O 3g EXP.9126�1'�� I I PVC EXHAUST HEADER, SUPPLY HEADER. INSTALL ONE TREE AND SHRUB ROOTBALLS SCgaE Aap�,� LOCATE WHERE SHOWN ON PRESSURE GAUGE PER ZONE, AT PLAN VIEW — w1i (COORDINATE WITH PLANTING PLAN AT LOWER END OF FURTHEST POINT FROM VALVE. PLAN) EACH PLANTING ISLAND CONFIRM ALL LATERALS HOLD TYPICAL ISLAND PRESSURE PER SPECIFICATIONS. SHOWING END FEEDPVC LATERAL WITH SLEEVE "-• IDENTIFICATION: PLAN VIEW PVC LATERAL WTH SLEEVE 9. SEE IRRIGATION NOTES, LEGEND, AND (SEE PLAN FOR SIZES) SHOWING CENTER FEED (SEE PLAN FOR SIZES) SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. Arlington Operations Center TYPICAL DRIP IRRIGATION LAYOUT 2 DRIP LAYOUT AT PARKING ISLANDS- NO STEP-OFFS FOR 3/16" = 1'-0" P-AR1-31 3/16" = 1'-0" P-AR1-04 Snohomish County FINISH GRADE Public Works ROUTE DRIPPERLINE DRIPPERLINES, MULCH (DEPTH AS SPECIFIED) ON TOP OF SHRUB TYP. TOP OF TOPSOIL AT OR GROUNDCOVER ROOT BALL ��4' MAXIMUM TOP OF VALVE BOX 19620 67th Ave NE 1' BELOW FLUSH WITH FINISH SHRUB TREE ROOT BALL a TOP OF TOPSOIL GRADE Arlington, WA 98223 -�ROOT BALL — — FINISH GRADE \ DRIPPERLINE, TYP. - INSTALL IN TRENCH PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF MULCH. ADJUST OUTLETS TO PERMIT SET \ I MAXIMIZE ROOTBALL SATURATION. L111=1 =1 III=1 =III SOIL STAPLE AT 3' O.C. MAX. 05/02/2025_ _ _ / MALE ADAPTER BLANK DRIPPERLINE —III—III —III—III SPECIFIED 6" ROUND This drawing is: j I TUBING WITH MALE III=III III VALVE BOX 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. TEE OR ELL AT HEADER ADAPTER —I 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. — — NETAFIM TECHLINE DOUBLE RING HEADER 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's DRIPPERLINE AT EACH SECTION VIEW OF EXHAUST _ SHUT OFF VALVE written permission for any other use or reproduction. TREE LOCATION, WITH END FEED CONDITION HEADER �I - BALLSOV), PROJECT -•OR PVC \ FITTINGS AS REQUIRED. FINISH GRADE \ ROUTE ONE LINE ON �- \ TOP OF TREE ROOT MULCH (DEPTH AS SPECIFIED) \ SUPPORT VALVE BALL AND SECOND LINE TOP OF TOPSOIL \ BOX WITH THREE OUTSIDE OF ROOT BALL. SOIL \ 4" MAXIMUM MI BRICKS STAPLES '——— 1" BELOW - • MINIMUM 1 C.F. HEADER, 14VI�E�W TOP OF TOPSOIL 12" DEPTH MALE ADAPTER END FEED CONDITION DRAIN ROCK SUMP MARK DATE DESCRIPTION (SUPPLY OR EXHAUST) TEE OR ELL DRIPPERLINE, TYP. - INSTALL IN TRENCH PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF MULCH. ADJUST OUTLETS TO MAXIMIZE ROOTBALL SATURATION. SOIL STAPLE AT 3' O.C. MAX. AND ON EACH SPACING SPACING SPACINGSIDE OF ALL CONNECTIONS PERLEGEND PER LEGEND PER LEGEND DRIPPERLINE TEE OFFSET FROM EDGE OF DRIPPERLINE BLANK RISER NOTE: ADJACENT PAVING OR BED, MALE ADAPTER PROVIDE AND INSTALL AT END OF EACH DRIPPERLINE AREA, UNLESS THERWISE NOTED SECTIO TEE OR ELL AT HEADER ONE AT EACH EXHAUST HEADER AND EACH ISLAND. PROJECT PLAN VIEW CENTER FEED CONDITION HEADER PRINCIPAL IN PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: PROJECT MANAGER: I I.I. PROJECT PROJECT ARCHITECTIAM rr- 3 TYPICAL HEADER INSTALLATION 4 MANUAL FLUSH VALVE (FOR DRIP ZONES) 1 1/2" = 1'-0" P-AR1-32 3" = 1'-0" P-ARl-18 IRRIGATION CITY OF ARLINGTON DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE r,•, CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS POSTS VARY- SEE PLAN AND GATE SCHEDULE HINGE POST HINGE POSTS VARY- SEE Pr 3ND LR.TMAX SCHEDULE HINGE POST HINGE STRETCHER STRETCHER POST CAP, TOP RAIL BAR (TYP. BAR (TYP. DYKEMAN TYP. 4 SIDES) ,FULCRUM STYLE 4 SIDES) STRETCHER BAR, �' <<)��M L :LOCKABLE , TRUSS RODS W TRUSS RODS W TYP. MALLEABLE / MALLEABLE ;GATE FORK LATCH, CHAIN LINK FABRIC INDUSTRIAL TURNBUCKLES, o INDUSTRIAL ;FOR HEAVY DUTY TURNBUCKLES, ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SEE SPECS s HINGE SEE SPECS LINE, END AND AND TIES HINGE io PADLOCK ON POST, STRETCHER BAR MOTOR AND GATE N PROVIDE FIRE N PROVIDE FIRE TYP. z OPENER REFER TO DROP ROD DEPARTMENT BANDS AT 12" O.C., DEPARTMENT - - TYP. ELECTRICAL AND KNOX BOX, a ASSEMBLY KNOX BOX, -- LINE, END AND a MECHANICAL FIELD LOCATE FIELD LOCATE CORNER POST, o' PER FIRE PER FIRE TYP. a a INSPECTOR a INSPECTOR U LINE, END AND io CHAIN LINK CHAIN LINK CORNER POST, w w FABRIC AND i io FABRIC AND TYP. BOTTOM RAIL s TIES TIES INISH FINISH F � I ADJACENT CONDITION 2" MAX GRADE GRADE REFER TO SITE PLAN FINISH GRADE - - - - - - - - - - III, III_ -III ro- I J III-I I,- I III- -III 1143o NE65m Street 3e o le WA96115 ALL JOINTS WELDED o -�siss nas w:wre lem ALL JOINTS WELDED - _ _ - HOLD TOP OF FOOTING TO MAKE SOLID FRAME M TO MAKE SOLID FRAME III °a III III 6" BELOW FINISH GRADE HOLD TOP OF 12" DIA. CONC. CENTER HOLD TOP OF • _ _ FOOTING 6" BELOW III ...III STOP WITH PVC SLEEVE FOOTING 6" BELOW I I I-III- '. . III-�I I III- -I I FOOTING, SIZE<° FINISH GRADE, TYP. FOOTING, SIZE a° INSERT. PROVIDE A SIMILAR FINISH GRADE, TYP. F WAS STOP FOR EACH GATE ARM O H� NOTED BELOW NOTED BELOW TO HOLD IN OPEN POSITION 4F'�"N RA SMp C FOOTING, SIZE NOTED BELOW NOTES: NOTES: NOTES: 1. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 323113 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON POSTS,FOOTING AND OTHER COMPONENTS. 1. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 323113 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON POSTS, FOOTING AND OTHER COMPONENTS. Q 1. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 3 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON POSTS, RAILS,FOOTING AND OTHER COMPONENTS. 2.ALL GATES TO BE INSTALLED PLUMB AND SECURE FOR FULL OPENING WITHOUT INTERFERENCES. 2.ALL GATES TO BE INSTALLED PLUMB AND SECURE FOR FULL OPENING WITHOUT INTERFERENCES. 2.PROVIDE CONCRETE MOW STRIPSPS WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 3.ATTACH HARDWARE BY MEANS WHICH WILL PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED REMOVAL. 3.ATTACH HARDWARE BY MEANS WHICH WILL PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED REMOVAL. 3.ALL FENCES AND GATES ARE TO BE BLACK VINYL FINISH. 4.TACK WELD ALL GATE HARDWARE AFTER ADJUSTMENT. 4.TACK WELD ALL GATE HARDWARE AFTER ADJUSTMENT. 4.ALL MESH OPENING TO BE 2"OR OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLAN. 5.ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. 5.ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. SO sexP.sl%C,Ax 5.PROVIDE CONTROL OR EXPANSION JOINT AT EACH POST LOCATED IN CONCRETE. 6.PROVIDE CANE BOLT AND RECEPTACLE IN PAVEMENT TO SECURE EACH SIDE IN FULLY OPEN POSITION. 6.PROVIDE CANE BOLT AND RECEPTACLE IN PAVEMENT TO SECURE EACH SIDE IN FULLY OPEN POSITION. '9PE AR 6.POST SPACING 10'-0"O.C.MAX. 7.ALL FENCES AND GATES ARE TO BE BLACK VINYL FINISH. 7.REFER TO SITE PLAN AND GATE SCHEDULE FOR LOCATIONS OF GALVANIZED OR BLACK VINYL FINISH. 7.END/CORNER POST FOOTINGS: 12"HOLE DIAMETER, 42" DEEP, 36"POST EMBEDMENT. 8.ALL MESH OPENING TO BE 2"OR OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLAN. 8.ALL MESH OPENING TO BE 2"OR OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLAN. 8.LINE POST FOOTINGS: 12"HOLE DIAMETER, 36" DEEP, 30"POST EMBEDMENT. 9.PROVIDE FIRE DEPARTMENT KNOX BOX AS INDICATED ON GATE SCHEDULE. FIELD LOCATE PER FIRE INSPECTOR. 9.PROVIDE FIRE DEPARTMENT KNOX BOX AS INDICATED ON GATE SCHEDULE. FIELD LOCATE PER FIRE INSPECTOR. ``• • 10.GATE POST FOOTINGS: 12"HOLE DIAMETER,42" DEEP, 42"POST EMBEDMENT. 10.GATE POST FOOTINGS: 12"HOLE DIAMETER, 42" DEEP,42"POST EMBEDMENT. 11.REFER TO ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL FOR CARD READER AND GATE AUTOMATIC OPENING SYSTEM.CONTRACTOR Arlington Operations TO PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL GATE HARDWARE TO ACCOMMODATE THOSE COMPONENTS. 12.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS INCLUDING ALL GATE COMPONENTS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 4 TO 6 FT HT. BLACK VINYL CHAIN LINK FENCE 2 VEHICULAR DOUBLE SWING BLACK VINYL CHAIN LINK GATE 3 DOUBLE SWING CHAIN LINK GATE Center 1/2" = 1'-0" P-AR1-01 1/2" = 1'-0" P-AR1-11 1/2" = 1'-0" P-ARl-12 FOR Snohomish County Public Works LENGTH (L) Q INSIDE AT 19620 67th Ave NE TO OPEN 0I Arlington, WA 98223 OPENING - SEE GATE SCHEDULE �r 6 OUTSIDE GATE OPENING LENGTH(L) TAIL POST(T) T A 36'-0" 51'-0" 15'-0" GATE PLAN PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 TAIL FABRIC AREA (FABRIC NOT SHOWN IN TAIL) This drawing is: TRUCK BRACKET GUIDE ROLLER TRUCK ASS'Y ALUM. TRACK/ 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2" SQ 2" SQ POST SQ 4" O.D. TRUCK ASSY TRUCK ASS'Y W/BEARING TRUCK BRKT FRAME MEMBER 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. NOTESALUM. A ALUM. TOP ALUM. POST (TYP. OF 4) 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 1. FOOTING WIDTH TO BE (4)X POST UPRIGHT UPRIGHT [U2" PRIGHT UPPER ROLLER written permission for any other use or reproduction. WIDTH. MIN DEPTH TO BE 36 ALUM. TRACK/RAIL ❑ TRUCK ASSEMBLY PROJECT 2.GATES TO BE MANUALLY OPERATED. 2" SO. ALUM. 3.6 FOOT NOMINAL GATE HEIGHT. UPRIGHT U-BOLT 4.GATE OPENINGS AS SHOWN ON GATE ® O° TOP TRACK/FRAME SCHEDULE. u ® MEMBER OF GATE Oo 5.ALL SLIDING GATE TO BE TWIN TRACK FRAME MASTER HALCO SINGLE TRACK M s CANTILEVERED SLIDING GATE OR U-BOLT • APPROVED EQUAL. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 6.GATES WITH 30' OR LESSER OPENING POST TO BE MASTER HALCO SINGLE TRACK 2"x4"CABLE TRUSS FRAGA E ME LOWER GUIDE CANTILEVERED SLIDING GATE OR APPROVED EQUAL. 7.ALL FENCE COMPONENTS TO BE BLACK 2"x4" MEMBER ROLLER ASS'Y VINYL COATED OR BLACK PAINTED BOTTOM GATE VINYL COATED GALVANIZED STEEL OR FRAME MEMBER ALUMINUM AS SPECIFIED. ' EM 8.REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL I FOR CARD READER AND GATE AUTOMATIC •n I"a: 2%4" ALUM. 2" SQ. ALUM. TENSION ROD •1 h CHAIN LINK FABRIC OPENING SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR TO BOTTOM RAIL UPRIGHT 0 0 PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL GATE HARDWARE 9.TON ACCOMMODATE PROVIDE COMSHOPONENT.DRAWINGS 4" O.D. POST CHAIN LINK FABRIC .u.- GUIDE ROLLER ASS'Y SIDE VIEW END VIEW PROJECT INCLUDING ALL GATE COMPONENTS FOR PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: AR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION PROJECT MANAGER: ILL PROJECT ARCHITECT: AM 4 BLACK VINYL CHAIN LINK SLIDING GATE DRAWING 3/8" = V-0" P-ARl-21 DETAILS CITY OF ARLINGTON CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE • CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET BY: ,DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MANAGER DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS LATCH POST 24" FROM AS NOTED TRUSS ROD W/TURNBUCKLE PAVE EDGE HINGE POST OR WALL DYKEMAN 6" CLEAR ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN PANIC BAR EXITING DEVICE - - BIKE RACK, SEE SPECS -- SEE HARDWARE SPEC. I CHAIN LINK FABRIC AND TIES CONCRETE PAVING, ^ 72'- 2 0 CONSULTANT: SEE CIVIL o SELF-CLOSING CHAIN Ya" GALV. STEEL PLATES FOR MOUNTING LINK HINGE, HEAVY )) ( ) PANIC BAR AND BOLT KEEPER, BLACK DUTY BY NATIONWIDE POWDERCOATED FINISHED GRADE INDUSTRIES )�)�)�) fora BOLT KEEPER SEE HARDWARE SPEC. 1430 sthst a,�nrte�ce 6" CLEAR 1430 NE65tn Street Seattle, 5 t206-322-1732-1]32 w:fora.laM -O Y4" GALV. STEEL PLATES.SECURELY ALL JOINTS WELDED SO TO WELD TO GATE FRAME ON LID FRAME - RECESSED SIDE OF PANEL,BLACK POWDERCOATED w HOLD TOP OF FOOTING C FOOTING SIZE, 6" BELOW FINISH GRADE • P WAS. I I I TYP., SEE SPECS -TYP. �'0 j Rq sM GyC FINISH GRADE N y� �� 1/l3 ssi�ZT2 NOTES: Q NOTES: 1. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 323113 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON POSTS, FOOTING AND OTHER COMPONENTS. 1. SPORTWORKS"TOFINO NO SCRATCH"BIKE RACK BY SPORTWORKS.SURFACE MOUNTED 2.ALL GATES TO BE INSTALLED PLUMB AND SECURE FOR FULL OPENING WITHOUT INTERFERENCES. 9y yq> WITH CONCRETE EXPANSION ANCHOR BOLTS,SEE SPECS. 3.ATTACH HARDWARE BY MEANS WHICH WILL PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED REMOVAL. aS as ex It 2. INSTALL BIKE RACK PLUMB AND LEVEL. 4.TACK WELD ALL GATE HARDWARE AFTER ADJUSTMENT. Cq PE Al2C 3. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S 5.ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. SPECIFICATIONS. 6.PROVIDE CANE BOLT AND RECEPTACLE IN PAVEMENT TO SECURE EACH SIDE IN FULLY OPEN POSITION. 7.ALL FENCES,GATES AND HARDWARE COMPONENTS ARE TO BE BLACK(VINYL FINISH AND OR POWDERCOATED). ,•• • 8.ALL MESH OPENING TO BE 2"OR OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLAN. 9.PROVIDE FIRE DEPARTMENT KNOX BOX AS INDICATED ON GATE SCHEDULE. FIELD LOCATE PER FIRE INSPECTOR. /� 10.GATE POST FOOTINGS: 12"HOLE DIAMETER, 42" DEEP,42"POST EMBEDMENT. Arlington Operations 11.REFER TO ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL FOR CARD READER.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL GATE .` HARDWARE TO ACCOMMODATE THOSE COMPONENTS. Center 12.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS INCLUDING ALL GATE COMPONENTS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION. U SHAPE BIKE RACK 2 PEDESTRIAN DOUBLE SWING BLACK VINYL CHAIN LINK GATE FOR P-ARi-10 1/2" = 1'-0" P-AR7-38 Snohomish County Public Works AT CL CL LATCH POST 19620 67th Ave NE AS NOTED HINGE POST Arlington, WA 98223 CHAIN LINK FABRIC AND TIES ,I-CARD READER, REFER TO ELECTRICAL AND 6" CLEAR PANIC BAR EXITING DEVICE J MECHANICAL SEE HARDWARE SPEC. PERMIT SET z Y4" GALV. STEEL PLATES FOR MOUNTING 05/02/2025 z w PANIC BAR AND BOLT KEEPER, BLACK LL x POWDERCOATED This drawing is: o SELF-CLOSING X BOLT KEEPER SEE HARDWARE SPEC. 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. zo CHAIN LINK 4"X4" GALVANIZED SQUARE POST, 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. HINGE, STRETCHER BAR ih POWDERCOATED BLACK 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architects wo DU FA BY -TYP. 4 SIDES 1/2„ written Permission for anyother use or reproduction. aw NATIONWIDE CHAMFER, INDUSTRIES 2" CLEAR FROM FIN. GRADE TYP. INSTALL TO MATCH FINISH ELEVATIONS PROJECT a 3 OF ADJACENT LANDSCAPE, TYP. x F ALL JOINTS WELDED TO MAKE FINISH GRADE coo_ SOLID FRAME m - - - �w FINISH GRADE 6" CLEAR HOLD TOP OF FOOTING III III III- -^ III-III-III- • - I-III-III -III-I 6" BELOW FINISH GRADE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION III- -III;. -TYP. Ya' GALV. STEEL - _..- PLATES,SECURELY WELD TO GATE M III-I FRAME ON RECESSED SIDE OF PANEL,BLACK POWDERCOATEDCONCRETE FOOTING, SIZE ELLS TRICALFCCONIDUITCOORDINATE NOTED BELOW a NOTES: 1. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 323113 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON POSTS,FOOTING AND OTHER COMPONENTS. 2.ALL GATES TO BE INSTALLED PLUMB AND SECURE FOR FULL OPENING WITHOUT INTERFERENCES. "1 NOTE: 3.ATTACH HARDWARE BY MEANS WHICH WILL PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED REMOVAL. 1.ALL STEEL COMPONENTS TO BE GALVANIZED AFTER •,• 4.TACK WELD ALL GATE HARDWARE AFTER ADJUSTMENT, Y-0" FABRICATION. JECT TEAM: 5.ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. 2.REFER TO ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL FOR CARD READER. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: AR 6.PROVIDE CANE BOLT AND RECEPTACLE IN PAVEMENT TO SECURE EACH SIDE IN FULLY OPEN POSITION. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL GATE HARDWARE 7.ALL FENCES,GATES AND HARDWARE COMPONENTS ARE TO BE BLACK(VINYL FINISH AND OR POWDERCOATED). TO ACCOMMODATE THOSE COMPONENTS. PROJECT MANAGER: ILL 8.ALL MESH OPENING TO BE 2"OR OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLAN.. 3.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS INCLUDING ALL PROJECT ARCHITECT:I AM 9.GATE POST FOOTINGS: 12"HOLE DIAMETER, 42" DEEP, 42"POST EMBEDMENT. GATE COMPONENTS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 10.REFER TO ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL FOR CARD READER. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL GATE DRAWING HARDWARE TO ACCOMMODATE THOSE COMPONENTS. 11.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS INCLUDING ALL GATE COMPONENTS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION. DETAILS 3 SINGLE BLACK VINYL CHAIN LINK GATE 4 CARD READER POST CITY OF ARLINGTON 1/2" = 1'-0" P-AR1-08 3/4' = 1'-0" P-AR1-79 CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE •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iitM�Hr.ViewDd- D CLARIFICATION BEFORE PROCEEDING. BLDG BUILDING MEZZ MEZZANINE 5. REGULATIONS,STANDARDS,CONSTRUCTION,MATERIALS AND REQUIREMENTS BLKG BLOCKING MFR MANUFACTURER FOR INSTALLATION OF MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM AND BE GOVERNED BY THE ( n +- GRIDS B.M. BENCH MARK MH MANHOLE EDITION OF THE CODE IDENTIFIED IN THE CODES SHEET OF THESE DRAWINGS. BM BEAM MIN MINIMUM 6. REFERENCING DRAWINGS IS FOR CONVENIENCE ONLY AND DOES NOT LIMIT BOT BOTTOM MIR MIRROR APPLICATION FOR DRAWINGS OR DETAILS. BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT MISC MISCELLANEOUSCONSULTANT- 7. MATERIALS AND FINISHES LISTED ON INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS ARE 0 BTWN BETWEEN MTD MOUNTED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND CONVENIENCE OF THE CONTRACTOR AND ARE MTL METAL REFERENCED IN ADDITION TO MATERIALS AND FINISHES INDICATED OR C CHANNEL SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE IN THE DOCUMENTS. CB CATCH BASIN NA NOT APPLICABLE 8. HEIGHT DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN FROM FINISHED SLAB WHERE INDICATED,OR NAME CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TV NIC NOT IN CONTRACT RELATIVE TO DATUM NOTED ON DRAWINGS. ELEVATION LEVEL DATUM CG CORNER GUARD NOM NOMINAL 9. N.I.C.EQUIPMENT IS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS.CONTRACTOR IS C.I.P. CAST IN PLACE NS NELSON STUD RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING INSTALLATION AND PERFORMING WORKAS CLG CEILING NTS NOT TO SCALE REQUIRED BY DETAIL L S OR SPECIFICATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. C CENTERLINE MARK CLR CLEAR 10.F.O.I.C.EQUIPMENT IS FURNISHED BY OTHERS AND INSTALLED AS PART OF THIS CJ CONTROL JOINT CA OVERALL WORK.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THE WORK AS CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT OC ON CENTER REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION. CONT CONTINUOUS O.D. OVERFLOW DRAIN 11.CONTRACTOR SHALL SEAL AROUND ALL PENETRATIONS FOR FIRE RATED SPOT ELEVATION-TARGET FILLED CORR CORRIDOR OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER • WALLS,INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PIPING,DUCT,CONDUIT,ETC.WITH FIRE CS.J CONSTRUCTION JOINT OH OVERHEAD STOPPING PER CODES THAT GOVERN THIS SET OF DOCUMENTS. CSMT CASEMENT OPNG OPENING 12.CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE VAPOR BARRIER CT CERAMIC TILE OPP OPPOSITE MEMBRANE AT THE FLOOR SLAB,WALLS,AND ROOF.BACKER ROD,SEALANT, DRAWING CAL- TYPES CTR CENTER OS OUTSIDE 6467 AND OTHER APPROVED MEANS SHALL BE APPLIED CONTINUOUSLY AROUND ALL CL CENTERLINE REGISTERED EXTERIOR DOORS,WINDOW PENETRATIONS,AND OTHER AREAS OF POTENTIAL PIP POURED IN PLACE ARCHITECT AIR INFILTRATION,INCLUDING STRUCTURAL,MECHANICAL,AND ELECTRICAL DBL DOUBLE PL PROPERTY LINE PENETRATIONS.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO VAPOR DTL DETAIL PLAS PLASTER BARRIER OR REPLACE THEM PRIOR TO COVER,AS APPROVED. A3.01 18 EXTERIOR ELEVATION CALLOUT DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN PLYWD PLYWOOD TI Y JpM S EWETf 13.THERMAL AND SOUND INSULATION IS INTENDED TO PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS DIA DIAMETER PSF PER SQUARE FOOT S AT OF WASH GTON ENVELOPE AS INDICATED. DIAG DIAGONAL P.T. PRESSURETREATED 14.ALL ADA TOILETS,URINALS,AND STALLS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF DIM DIMENSION PVMT PAVEMENT THE CODES THAT GOVERN THIS SET OF DOCUMENTS.ALL STANDARD(NON-ADA) 1A DISP DISPENSER TOILETS SHALL BE CENTERED IN STALLS OR PARTITIONS,AS APPLICABLE, ON DOWN R. RADIUS C UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DP DAM ROOFING R.D. ROOF DRAIN PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C 15.WHERE EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALKS AND LANDINGS ABUT BUILDINGS,THEY 1 A5.01 1B INTERIOR ELEVATION CALLOUT DR DOOR REF REFERENCE SHALL BE SLOPED AWAY FROM THE BUILDING AS NOTED,BUT IN NO CASE LESS IDS DOWN SPOUT REFR REFRIGERATOR THAN12". DT DRAINREQ'D REQUIRED Arlington Operations 16.MAINTAINAIN NOTED SLAB THICKNESS AT ALL RECESSED SLAB AREAS AND SLOPING 1C DWG DRAWINGWING REV REVISE OR REVISION SLABS. RM ROOM 17.ALL FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION TO COMPLY WITH THE SURFACE BURNING EA EACH R.O. ROUGH OPENING Center CHARACTERISTICS DEFINED BY THE CODE THAT GOVERNS THIS SET OF 1/A101 DRAWING REFERENCE EF EXHAUST FAN RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DOCUMENTS. EJ EXPANSION JOINT FOR 18.SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED BY THE JURISDICTION EL ELEVATION SB SMART BOARD THAT GOVERNS THIS SET OF DOCUMENTS.SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 014523 ELEC ELECTRICAL SC SOLID CORE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. E.O.S. EDGE OF SLAB SECT SECTION Snohomish County 19.DRAWING KEYNOTES DO NOT CORRELATE DIRECTLY TO INDIVIDUAL - ENGR ENGINEER SF SQUARE FOOT SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. (^ ^��SIM EP ELECTRICAL PANEL SHTG SHEATHING 20.IT SHALL BE THE SPECIFIC DUTY AND RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH TRADE AND A1101 CALLOUT EQ EQUAL SHWR SHOWER Public Works SUPPLIER TO EXAMINE ALL PROJECT DRAWINGS,DETAILS,AND SPECIFICATIONS EQUIP EQUIPMENT SHT SHEET AND TO PROVIDE AND FURNISH PROPER EQUIPMENT,HARDWARE,FIXTURES, ES EACH SIDE SIM SIMILAR MATERIALS,ETC.,PERTAINING TO THEIR PART OF THE WORK SHOWN OR LISTED EW EACH WAY Si SEISMIC JOINT AT IN ANY PART OF THESE DOCUMENTS.QUALITY CONTROL,ADVERSE MATERIAL EXST EXISTING SM SHEET METAL REACTIONS,AND COMPLIANCE TO INDUSTRY STANDARD WORKMANSHIP ARE SIM (E) EXPANSION SPEC SPECIFICATION THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR.SCHEDULES ARE FOR THE 1 EXT EXTERIOR SQ SQUARE 19620 67th Ave NE CONVENIENCE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO ASSIST THEM IN UNDERSTANDING AND A701 BUILDING SECTION SS STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTING THE PROJECT.ANY OMISSIONS OR CONTRADICTIONS IN THESE FA FIREALARM STD STANDARD Arlington, WA 98223 DOCUMENTS SHALL BE CALLED TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT PRIOR FBO FURNISHED BY OTHERS STL STEEL TO SUBMITTING A BID.BIDS RECEIVED SHALL BE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE ALL FD FLOOR DRAIN STOR STORAGE ITEMS SHOWN AND/OR SPECIFIED OR SCHEDULED FOR A COMPLETE PROJECT. ��/A/��\ RON FOUNDATION SUSP SUSPENDED THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTE THAT THE WATERPROOFING DETAILS DO NOT U SIM FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER ALWAYS REFLECT THE ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS AND ARE INTENDED TO WALL SECTION FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET T TEMPERED GLAZING PERMIT SET SUPPLEMENT THE ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS,NOT REPLACE THEM.INSTALLERS A101 FF FNISH FLOOR TC TOP OF CURB 05/02/2025 ARE TO BE CERTIFIED BY MANUFACTURERS'APPROVED WARRANTY FFE FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION TEL TELEPHONE REQUIREMENTS. FIN FINISH T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE 21.BUILDNG INSPECTION SHALL BE PERFORMED THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF FL FLOOR THK THICK This drawing is: CONSTRUCTION.THE FREQUENCY OF INSPECTION IS IDENTIFIED IN THE SIM FO FACE OF TJ TOOL JOINT 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. CONTRACT.INSPECTIONS WILL BE PERFORMED ON SITE.INSPECTIONS WILL BE U FOC FACE OF CONCRETE TP TOP OF PAVEMENT 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B DOCUMENTED AND RECORDED AS DEEMED NECESSARY BY THE. DETAIL SECTION FOF FACE OF FINISH TYP TYPICAL 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B ENGINEER. A101 FDIC FURNISHED BY OWNER TOD TOP OF(MATERIAL) written permission for any other use or reproduction. 22.PROVIDE FIRE BLOCKING IN FURRED SPACES,STUD SPACES,AND OTHER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR TOP TOP OF PARAPET CONCEALED CAVITIES AS INDICATED AND AS FOLLOWS: FOIO FURNISHED BY OWNER TOS TOP OF STRUCTURE PROJECT a. FIRE BLOCK FURRED SPACES OF WALLS,AT EACH FLOOR LEVEL,AT INSTALLED BY OWNER CEILING,AND AT NOT MORE THAN 96 INCHES O.C.WITH SOLID WOOD FOM FACE OF MASONRY UNFIN UNFINISHED BLOCKING OR NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS ACCURATELY FITTED TO BUILDING ELEMENT TAGS FOS FACE OF STUD UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE CLOSE FURRED SPACES. FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED 2023-053 It. FIRE BLOCK CONCEALED SPACES OF WOOD-FRAMED WALLS AND 00 0000.00 KEYNOTE REFERENCE FTG FOOTING VB VAPOR BARRIER PARTITIONS AT EACH FLOOR LEVEL,AT CEILING LINE OF TOP STORY,AND FURR FURRING VERT VERTICAL AT NOT MORE THAN 96 INCHES O.C.WHERE FIRE BLOCKING IS NOT VEST VESTIBULE • INHERENT IN FRAMING SYSTEM USED,PROVIDE CLOSELY FITTED SOLID GA GAUGE VFY VERIFY WOOD BLOCKS OF SAME WIDTH AS FRAMING MEMBERS AND 2-INCH ROOM NAME GALV GALVANIZED MARK DATE DESCRIPTION NOMINAL THICKNESS. 101 ROOM NAME&NUMBER GB GRAB BAR W/ WITH c. FIRE BLOCK CONCEALED SPACES BETWEEN FLOOR SLEEPERS WITH SAME GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR WC WATER CLOSET MATERIAL AS SLEEPERS TO LIMIT CONCEALED SPACES TO NOT MORE THAN GL GLASS WD WOOD 100 SQ.FT.AND TO SOLIDLY FILL SPACE BELOW PARTITIONS. 56.22R WALL TYPE GND GROUND WF WIDE FLANGE d. FIRE BLOCK CONCEALED SPACES BEHIND COMBUSTIBLE CORNICES AND I GVP GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER WG WIRE GLASS EXTERIOR TRIM AT NOT MORE THAN 20 FEET O.C. GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD WH WATER HEATER 23.THE CONTRACTORS SHALL ASSUME THAT LEAD PAINT IS PRESENT ON ALL W/O WITHOUT PAINTED BUILDING COMPONENTS SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION.ALL WORK 101 DOOR NUMBER HB HOSE BIB WP WATERPROOFING THAT MAY DISTURB PAINT CONTAINING LEAD SHALL BE PERFORMED IN HC HANDICAP WT WEIGHT ACCORDANCE WITH 29 CFR 1926.62 AND WAC 296-155-176,CONTRACT HDWR HARDWARE DOCUMENTS,AND CONTRACTOR'S APPROVED WORK PLAN.REFER TO 02 83 00 O WINDOW TYPE HIMHOLLOW METAL LEAD-CONTAINING PAINT DISTURBANCE FOR DETAILS. HW HOT WATER 24.LEAD-PAINTED COMPONENTS INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO PAINT ON HVAC HEATING,VENTILATION AND PROJECT WALLS GYPSUM,CONCRETE,AND METAL WALLS AND CEILINGS,PAINT ON METAL 0'-0" CEILING ELEVATION FROM FLOOR LEVEL AIR CONDITIONING AND WOOD DOOR AND DOOR FRAMES,PAINT ON METAL AND WOOD WALL PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ PANELS,PAINT ON METAL HEATING COMPONENTS,PAINT ON METAL BEAMS AND INSUL INSULATION PROJECT MANAGER: PS FASCIA,AND PAINT ON WOOD SIDING. INT INTERIOR PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH 25.WASTE CHARACTERIZATION AND DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL - ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE DEMOLITION DEBRIS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS. JAN JANITOR JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG 26.LEAD CONTROL PROCEDURES ARE NOT SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS OF ONE SUB- JT JOINT CONTRACTOR;THESE CONTROLS AND ASSOCIATED MONITORING JST JOIST - A REQUIREMENTS ARE REQUIRED OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUB 100D CASEWORK TYPE A CONTRACTORS WHO MAY DISTURB LEAD-CONTAINING PAINT. H NOTES, SYMBOLS & OMATERIAL MARK ABBREVIATIONS Revisions REVISION TAG AAA REVISION CLOUD 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 MATERIAL LEGEND-SLAB PLANS GENERAL NOTES -SLAB PLANS CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE SLAB KEYNOTE LEGEND A. FOUNDATION DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A8.10. KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT B. FOOTING SIZES AND LOCATIONS-REFER TO STRUCTURAL. C. LOCATE CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB CONSTRUCTION AND CONTROL JOINTS ON COLUMN GRIDLINES IN 03 310022 FOOTING PER STRUCTURAL EACH DIRECTION.LOCATE ADDITIONAL JOINTS AS SHOWN. 051200.1`6 STEEL ANGLE BRACING PER STRUCTURAL D. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY AND COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS,INCLUDING BUT 051203 HSS COL.PER STRUCT. NOT LIMITED TO,FLOOR DRAINS,FLOOR SINKS,PLUMBING FIXTURES,AND CONDUITS WITH DYKEMAN 14 2000.A1 VERIFY SIZE OF SLAB OPENING WITH ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER. MECHANICAL,PLUMBING,AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF THE UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER. SEE STRUCTURAL FOR ADDITIONAL OPENING INFORMATION E. SEE FLOOR FINISH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONCRETE SLAB FINISHES. 22 000O.A1 PLUMBING PIPING AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT BELOW, F. SLOPE SLAB UNIFORMLY TO FLOOR DRAINS PER PLAN.MAINTAIN SLAB THICKNESS.ALL MINUS AND ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN COORDINATE W ITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS PLUS DIMENSIONS GIVEN ON THE SLAB PLAN ARE TOP OF CONCRETE WITH RESPECT TO THE 22 4000.A4 FLOOR DRAIN,COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS RELATIVE FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION OF 0"0". D r. D CONSULTANT: • 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 155'-6" *67 17'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 21'-6" 14'-6" d -. CC d • IDENTIFICATION: 4 d a °q °° 4 4, TYP ° ° 1 c 'I Arlington Op e rations P 0 p 10,T d ° O O d ° E I Center d d ° ° -J 4 L Im45/8 °73' d FOR4 - ° O o.o o C 4 _ �a d Snohomish County h° d ° ° ° g d ° °� LJ ° _ — — Public Works 4° ° ° rYP a zza000.Aa 4 ° .c Qml o f °� AT lb I4. mo ° _ °9 I . ° d ° TYP. 22 OOOOAI -o - 19620 67th Ave NE ° ° ° g ° �` m °I Arlington, WA 98223 ° ° 6 4 e.°- °� ° °d.. TYP. ° 4 ° ° v °� ° _ra —.r° Ag.40 U.N.O. .ra- -a ° . d 4 ° r . 0 ° a 5 ° ° 4 h f o o PERMIT SET —° -' =4`— - a —e —I — �°+ — — — 05/02/2025 4, 44 — ° L — J ° ° L e — J° e 4 d ° °4 �° ° 8. This drawing is: 051203° P. ° 4 ° d ° d _ Lm — — d qi 4 ° y ° .2'-0"TYR 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 4 - °I° ° e - - 4° - ° ° 4 n d° - R-10 PERIMETER 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B - - - written rmi i n for n other r reproduction. ° ° tte a sso o a of a use .% ° 4 ° 4 ° ° d m° ZT y °J ® ° ° o° �° SLAB INSU aAT®° n� P Y 4 d_ FPROJECT I d ° ° d °° ° 4. V-43/4" ° 6'-O". d L ° 2023-053 4 a4 a 033100.B2°TYP. - - v° 4° ° 4 ° ° a 7—0 ° ° P d °I ° ,4I a° ° 4.° ° °_4 L d — p- .4 d „_,°' • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION —4J n4 ° ° cZD 0 ° � 4q °d° d° ° ° 4° ° 4 5/8-�v_6,.- 7,_O,. 3•_O" ° to .4 e d ° d ° ° ® 4 e d ° °4. - ° 1'-6" ° 4 3'-0" _44-105/8" 00 2'-73/8" °.,1,-6 ° d .• PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ L_L — — — PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH 4 JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG r�I' 'I�I I�I ••. A F� 051203 TYP. F� �-1 F A °J �}J �}� �}J �}J �}J SLAB PLAN - LOWER �} J }� LEVEL I I I I I I I I — — — — — — — — — — — —J o 4' 6' 16, n�11!17=�! AN-LOWER LEVEL Scale:1/8"=T-O" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 INTERIOR EXTERIOR WALL TYPE SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE TOTAL TYPE MARK CORE MATERIAL THICKNESS I Count S3.10 3-5/8"STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR WALL 4 114" 31 S3.11 3-5/8"STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR WALL 4 7/8" 46 DYKEMAN PRIMARY W.R.B. S3.20 3-5/8"STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR ACOUSTIC WALL 4 7/8" 2 S6.10 6"STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR WALL 6 5/8" 3 5/8"TYPE"X"GYPSUM S6.11 6"STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR WALL 7 1/4" 22 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 5/8"GWB 5/8"GWB SHEATHING S6.11A 6"ACOUSTIC STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR WALL 7 1/4" 20 S6.11X 6"STEEL FRAMED EXTERIOR WALL 7 1/4" 11 D MTL FRAMING MTL FRAMING d MTL FRAMING MTL FRAMING S6.12A 6"ACOUSTIC STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR WALL 7 7/8" 4 _ _ MaHn.ViewDd D S6.22A 6"ACOUSTIC STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR WALL 8 1/2" 8 5/8"GWB 5/8"GWB MINERAL WOOL R-21 F.G.BATT S8.11 8"STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR WALL 9 1/4" 9 INSULATION INSULATION(MIN.) S8.12A 8"ACOUSTIC STEEL FRAMED INTERIOR WALL 9 7/8" Ill 5/8"GWB 5/8"GWB WITH PVA PRIMER C.I.P.CONCRETECONSULTANT: C6.X 6"CONCRETE 6" 6 C12.X 12"CONCRETE 1'-0" 3 PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW WALL TYPE WALL DATA WALL TYPE WALL DATA WALL TYPE WALL DATA WALL TYPE WALL DATA S#.10 S#.11 S#.11 A S#.11 X INTERIOR EXTERIOR PER SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON PRIMARY W.R.B. C (2)LAYERS 5/8"GWB 5/8"GWB (2)LAYERS 5/8"GWB (2)LAYERS 5/8"GWB C PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: CONCRETE WALL PER 6"METAL FRAMING @ STRUCTURAL 24"O.C. 6"METAL FRAMING 6"METAL FRAMING 8"METAL FRAMING Arlington Operations R-18 F.G.BATT SOUND R-11 F.G.BATT SOUND R-11 F.G.BATT SOUND R-11 F.G.BATT SOUND Center R-10 RIGID INSULATION INSULATION INSULATION INSULATION INSULATION AT GRID'A' 5/8"GWB FOR 5/8"GWB (2)LAYERS 5/8"GWB 5/8"GWB Snohomish County Public Works PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW AT WALL TYPE WALL DATA WALL TYPE WALL DATA WALL TYPE WALL DATA WALL TYPE WALL DATA WALLTYPE WALL DATA 19620 67th Ave N E STC:45- STC:50- STC:55- STC:50- C#.x S6.11A S6.12A S6.22A S8.12A Arlington, WA 98223 INTERIOR EXTERIOR INTERIOR EXTERIOR INTERIOR EXTERIOR PER SCHEDULE PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 4"CMU,FULLY GROUTED, 1.Copy ctright 2025 Dstr m n,Inc. GROUND FACE For 2. Archites Instrument of Professional Service. B EXTERIOR SIDING PER ELEVATIONS 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B EXTERIOR SIDING PER ELEVATIONS (SHOWN PHENOLIC PANELS) written permission for any other use or reproduction. MASONRY ANCHORS (SHOWN VERT.MTL SIDING) 7/8"VENTED HAT PROJECT 21/2"SEMI RIGID INSULATION W/ CHANNEL(CONTINUOUS) 2"AIR SPACE HORIZONTAL Z-GIRTS 24"O.C. G-90 MIN.GALVANIZED" 2023-053 2 112"SEMI RIGID INSULATION W/ 2 1/2"SEMI RIGID WEATHER BARRIER HORIZONTAL Z-GIRTS 24"O.C. INSULATION WALL TYPE PER PLAN WEATHER BARRIER MARK DATE DESCRIPTION WALL TYPE PER PLAN WALL TAG LEGEND PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW CORE MATERIAL WALL TYPE WALL DATA WALL TYPE WALL DATA WALL TYPE WALL DATA S: STEEL STUD C: CONCRETE FX 1 FX 2 FX 3 FX: EXTERIOR FINISH PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS CORE NOMINAL SIZE PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: IF,KG A SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION/USE A A:ACOUSTIC X:EXTERIOR WALL TYPES S#.11 AX #LAYERS'EXTERIOR'SIDE LL OF STRUCTURE #LAYERS'INTERIOR'SIDE • ' , OF STRUCTURE 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 EXTERIOR WEST DECK @ UPPER LEVEL SCHEDULED FINISH FLOOR (PAVERS) YKEMAN PAVER SUPPORT PEDESTAL • EXTERIOR PROTECTION BOARD ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ROOFING MEMBRANE STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING 1/2"DENSE COVER BOARD p o o EXTERIOR gLOPE DI'I INTERIOR SELF-ADHESIVE UNDERLAYMENT - - - --2„1t,-0.MIN w 1/2"COVERBOARD UPPER LEVEL w g _SLOPE DN „ r SLOPE ONEE ROOF 9"' SELF ADHERED VAPOR BARRIER f 1l4"l1'-0"MIN. Z VARIES' CONSULTANT: VAPOR BARRIER\ 1 —t CONDITIONED SPACE ------------------------------------------ � EXTERIOR A Q CLT DECK PER STRUCT. y m zo `P A STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF p GLUED-LAMINATED BEAM w Z A PER STRUCT. INTERIOR z PER STRUCT. m� CONDITIONED SPACE p p o ac m CLT DECK PER STRUCT. f Q • GLUED-LAMINATED BEAM PER STRUCT. y N N 64674 C SECTION VIEW SECTION VIEW SECTION VIEW U TYPE TYPE TYPE Type:RCLT Type:RCLT Type:RS 1 2 1PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center FOR INTERIOR CONDITIONED SPACE Snohomish County SCHEDULED SUBFLOOR AND Public Works FLOOR FINISH WHERE REQ'D PER FINISH FLOOR PLANS AT LEVEL 19620 67th Ave NE CONCRETE DECK PER STRUCT. Arlington, WA 98223 METAL DECK PER STRUCT. PERMIT SET INTERIOR CONDITIONED SPACE 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Archited's Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B N written permission for any other use or reproduction. � SECTION VIEW PROJECT NUMBER. TYPE a F-MTL 2023-053 L� 1 • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION INTERIOR 17NTERIOR CONDITIONED SPACE CONDITIONED SPACE SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISH SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISH SLAB PER STRUCTURAL SLAB PER STRUCTURAL PROJECT LEVEL Q d LEVEL PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:l TJ V RIGID INSULATION PROJECT MANAGER: PS ooaaoQo 000Q00000000 0. o000000 PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH VAPOR BARRIER >��o��O o 0 0 0 0 VAPOR BARRIER goo poa o0 0 000 0o O o00 0o O oo JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG _ GRANULAR FILL 2"RIGID INSULATION @ _ I I I I I I I I—III—III—III—III f�—��i—i i i� �1�—�i P��Pig °� PERIMETER � . A — -III—III—III—III—I 11= =i i i—i i i i i i—i i i—i i i—i i - -III—III—III—III—III—I GRANULAR FILL Tn 2'-o"MIN. ROOF AND FLOOR a� @ PERIMETER TYPES N (, SECTION VIEW SECTION VIEW C TYPE TYPE m S0131 S0132 N 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -PLANS KEYNOTE LEGEND A. EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE OUTSIDE FACE OF CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALLS,FACE OF K. ELECTRICAL PANELS,TRANSFORMERS,BOILERS,AIR HANDLING UNITS,AND DUCTWORK SHOWN FOR KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT MASONRY WALLS,OR FACE OF SHEATHING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.DIMENSIONS TO MASONRY CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE.SEE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC SIZES UNITS ARE NOMINAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. AND LOCATIONS. 1102613 CORNER GUARDS B. INTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF CONCRETE,MASONRY,OR GWB AT FRAME WALLS,AND L. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. 11 2123.13 VENDING MACHINES TO CENTERLINE OF COLUMNS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. M. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS AT MINIMUM 31/2" 12 5200.A1 BENCH SEATING C. DIMENSIONS LOCATING DOORS,WINDOWS AND RELIGHTS ARE TO NOMINAL MASONRY OPENING OR THICK CONCRETE WITH 6 X 6 AN2.9 X 2.9 WWF REINFORCING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR TO FINISH OPENING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. REQUIRED ELSEWHERE IN THESE DOCUMENTS.PAD DIMENSIONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM 4"GREATER IN DYKEMAN 224000.A3 HOSE BIBB,COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS D. SEE WALL TYPES ON SHEETS A1.00 FOR TYPICAL WALL CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLIES. HORIZONTAL DIMENSION THAN BASE OF THE EQUIPMENT MOUNTED THEREON,UNLESS OTHERWISE E. ALL NON-BEARING WALLS ARE FULL HEIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK OR FLOOR ABOVE NOTED.EXACT PAD LOCATIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET A1.00 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. N. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL ADA CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS AS REQUIRED IN THE CONSTRUCTION ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN F. APPLY TWO(2)CONTINUOUS SEALANT BEADS BENEATH STUD TRACK AT ALL EXTERIOR STUD WALLS. DOCUMENTS. G. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL BLOCKING OR BOND BEAM AS REQUIRED 0. REFER TO DETAIL C21A9.10 FOR TYPICAL DOOR CLEARANCES. AT ALL WALL MOUNTED LAVATORIES,DRINKING FOUNTAINS,CASEWORK,MIRRORS,HANDRAILS,ETC. P. ANGLES ARE 30 DEGREES,45 DEGREES,OR 90 DEGREES U.N.O. D REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. Q. SEE FLOOR PLANS AND BUILDING SECTIONS FOR LOCATION OF DETAILS FOR TYPICAL FLOOR-TO- - - - 0 H. SEE DETAIL SHEET A6.00 FOR TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR WALL MOUNTED ACCESSORIES AND FOUNDATION,FLOOR-TO-WALL,WALL-TO-ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND HEADER,SILL,AND SOFFIT EQUIPMENT. CONSTRUCTION. I. SEE FLOOR FINISH PLANS FOR TRANSITION DETAILS AND THRESHOLDS. R. CONTRACTOR SHALL SEAL AROUND ALL PENETRATIONS AT FIRE RATED WALLS,INCLUDING BUT NOT J. SEE ENLARGED PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONAL AND NOTE INFORMATION. LIMITED TO PIPING,DUCTS,CONDUIT,ETC.,WITH FIRESTOPPING PER I.B.C.REQUIREMENTS. S. SEE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR WINDOW AND LOWER TYPES AND DETAILS. CONSULTANT: A2.10 Al Al Al B1 B1 1 A3.12 z A3.13 3 4 A3.13 5 6 Al 7 8 A3,1q SOUTH A3.14 PROPERTY LINE • 17'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 2'-6" 25'-6" 21'-6" 14'-6" 21'-0" 6 1". 9'-1 1/2" 1'-51/2" 7'-2"V-0 5/8" 5'_6 5/8" 8'-1" V-11 5/8" C12.X C6.X 6467 REGISTERED A _ _ _ ARCHITECT r 1 q` WELEV S6.11X 56.11X STAIRS• li TI r JAM S EWETi 53.11 I- ISAT OF WASH DTONEMERGENCY 53.11 108 0 SUPPLIES MDF ELEC. MECH.Al (COOP) 105 106 107 0I II TA310 _ J 33.11 58.11 MECH:WATER oO q 104 5311 � 53.11 SOURCESYSTEM -• • C L 1 00 104 105 106 107 108 - J MECH:HVAC - B7 w CORRIDOR - 109 EQUIPMENT Al „Q Arlington Operations = TYP. 10 2613 A4.31 /'� A3.10 F� 100B O 109 Center - B - - - &1IR.7AID 131 132 - 13356.12A 56.12A S6.11 S6.12A FOR WELLNESS O 56.11 Ss.11 MOTHER'S RM. CUSTODIAL w ( 333 134 O MEWS Oi SERVICE YARD Snohomish County 100 130 STORAGE I 56.22A 56.22A 134 RESTROOM WATER BOTTLES STORAGE 111 I Public Works 56.11 131 132 � � � - UNION O � CORRIDOR 129 w 12,_71/B" 10'_S" I 19620 67th Ave NE 100 1ooA 1zs °' O O _ I Arlington, WA 98223 r EOCRRAININGIPAVING CORRIDOR - l 128 58.11 ROLL CALL DROP-IN 135 looc 112 _I _ L _ PERMIT SET 128 STORAGE O Q C O o I I� ® 05/02/2025 w -----i ❑ 136 O q O 2 A210 1 Al WOMEN'S This drawing is: 9 _ ❑ 3 RESTROOM 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. A3.11 °i _ RECYCLE S3 11 C C O 112 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. e I __ 126 - O 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B ❑ 56.22A O O C 56.22A F I C1 A2.20 written permission for any other use or reproduction. WORK RM./ ❑ PLOTTER LOCKER ROOM LLLJJJ 8'-8 1I8" T-1 5/8' S'-8 3/8' 113 I PROJECT NUMBER. D - - 127- - ENV.STORE 135 56.11 - 135 - - - - - - - - 137 ss.zzA 2023-053 _-UP A7 N li N O O A4.21 v 127 137 136 S3.11 E 102613 S3.11 5311 0 I WASH A - TYP CORRIDOR ALIGN ° ALIGN c AA41 AREA • FX2 56.11X 10GD 224000.A3 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 125 124 123 122 118 117 116 113 B1 S6.11A O O O 0 I 1X FX2 JJ A3.11 58.11A 56.11A S6.11A CL 115 DR -- �PSR.ENV.COORD. BRIDGE BRIDGE PAVING mWAWORKSTATION SUPERVISOR LEADWORKER WORKSTATION DROP-I �-IN PAVING LFAD SUPERVISOR 125 m 123 122 121 120 118 117 w UNIFORMS 6 y (LYNIN F] F > 115 S6.11X S3.10 114 ' I E - 124 116 - - �� PROJECT 6 5 O O O 5 6 --- ------�--.-.- -FX2- - - -----J PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ 112123.13 TYP. PROJECT MANAGER: I PS EQ U.N.O.EQ U.N.O 5'-0. 8" 20'-0" 20'-8 1/4" 5'-2" 5/8" PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH CLR. CLR. JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG ------ ------------- ---------------- ---J------ - - -------- ------------------ ------------- ----- ---- q � � � CANOPY ABOVE I I I I A FLOOR PLAN - LOWER At LEVEL o a' B' 16' FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL Scale:1/8"=1'-0" • NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -PLANS KEYNOTE LEGEND A. EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE OUTSIDE FACE OF CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALLS,FACE OF K. ELECTRICAL PANELS,TRANSFORMERS,BOILERS,AIR HANDLING UNITS,AND DUCTWORK SHOWN FOR KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT MASONRY WALLS,OR FACE OF SHEATHING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.DIMENSIONS TO MASONRY CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE.SEE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC SIZES UNITS ARE NOMINAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. AND LOCATIONS. 05 5000.B1 PRE-FABRICATED LADDER B. INTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF CONCRETE,MASONRY,OR GWB AT FRAME WALLS,AND L. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. 10 2613 CORNER GUARDS TO CENTERLINE OF COLUMNS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. M. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS AT MINIMUM 3112" 124633 WASTE RECEPTACLES C. DIMENSIONS LOCATING DOORS,WINDOWS AND RELIGHTS ARE TO NOMINAL MASONRY OPENING OR THICK CONCRETE WITH 6 X 61W2.9 X 2.9 WWF REINFORCING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR TO FINISH OPENING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. REQUIRED ELSEWHERE IN THESE DOCUMENTS.PAD DIMENSIONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM 4"GREATER IN • YKEMAN D. SEE WALL TYPES ON SHEETS A1.00 FOR TYPICAL WALL CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLIES. HORIZONTAL DIMENSION THAN BASE OF THE EQUIPMENT MOUNTED THEREON,UNLESS OTHERWISE E. ALL NON-BEARING WALLS ARE FULL HEIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK OR FLOOR ABOVE NOTED.EXACT PAD LOCATIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET A1.00 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. N. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL ADA CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS AS REQUIRED IN THE CONSTRUCTION ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN F. APPLY TWO(2)CONTINUOUS SEALANT BEADS BENEATH STUD TRACK AT ALL EXTERIOR STUD WALLS. DOCUMENTS. G. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL BLOCKING OR BOND BEAM AS REQUIRED 0. REFER TO DETAIL C21A9.10 FOR TYPICAL DOOR CLEARANCES. AT ALL WALL MOUNTED LAVATORIES,DRINKING FOUNTAINS,CASEWORK,MIRRORS,HANDRAILS,ETC. P. ANGLES ARE 30 DEGREES,45 DEGREES,OR 90 DEGREES U.N.O. D REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. Q. SEE FLOOR PLANS AND BUILDING SECTIONS FOR LOCATION OF DETAILS FOR TYPICAL FLOOR-TO- - - - O H. SEE DETAIL SHEET A6.00 FOR TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR WALL MOUNTED ACCESSORIES AND FOUNDATION,FLOOR-TO-WALL,WALL-TO-ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND HEADER,SILL,AND SOFFIT EQUIPMENT. CONSTRUCTION. I. SEE FLOOR FINISH PLANS FOR TRANSITION DETAILS AND THRESHOLDS. R. CONTRACTOR SHALL SEAL AROUND ALL PENETRATIONS AT FIRE RATED WALLS,INCLUDING BUT NOT J. SEE ENLARGED PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONAL AND NOTE INFORMATION. LIMITED TO PIPING,DUCTS,CONDUIT,ETC.,WITH FIRESTOPPING PER I.B.C.REQUIREMENTS. S. SEE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR WINDOW AND LOUVER TYPES AND DETAILS. CONSULTANT: A2.10 A, Al Al B1 Al B1 1 A3.12 2 A3.13 3 4 A3.13 5 6 7 A3.14 8 A3.14 SOUTH 1 SS'-6" PROPERTY LINE 17'-6" 25'_6" 25'_6" 25'_6" 25'_6" 21'-6" 14'_6" 25'-0" • -53/4" 8'-51/4" 3'-73/4" 16'-8314" 1'-101/2" 7 1'-8718" 2'-01/4" 53/4' FX 1 L J FX 1 - � - 6467 REGISTERED A 201 O6 06 p ARCHITECT O S3.10 w S3.10 ^ / - w 3a AM VESTIBULE Sim• E ? S3.10 ,� I LL 53.10 Y 9 AT GFJ WA H GTON ELEV 56.11X B7 S6.11X 201 203 A•9.11 OPP ALIGN W/INTERIOR FACE STAIRS / qi w 53.11 OF SEA i X WALL BELOW A3.10 - 202 203 / \II 222 C - �� O6 CDI) CDC) C)CD OC3 C) �� ®L DN - - \\ // ..• IDENTIFICATION: C m O S6.11 O6 20 w LOBBY/PUBLIC - - - - -- - O6 56.11 \ / Bi 3b LL 720000UN2ER �� 53.11 58.11 MEWS L OPEN TO ROOMAl BELOW Arlington Operations A3.10 w S6.11 0 ROLL CALL A ROLL CALL B RES220-1 218 220 A4.04 // \\ Center B zaa �0 0� �� U� �� 221 - - - - - - - - - - j FOR CUSTODIAL 3c WORKSTATION o // \\ BRAD I)U L)LJ L)I) L)L) L)I) L)L) L)L) UL) I)U L)L) L)� �� 2,9 / \ Snohomish County o a CORRIDOR 206i S3.11 217 _ Public Works - S6.11X 00 00 00 00 B1 �� FtiJ� �� ELEC. f WORKSTATION S8.12A 53.11 A911 215 AT 3c 58.12A 58.12A zo5 os os qs WOMEN'S 19620 67th Ave NE (MATT) RESTROOM 33.,, - �� I-- � -- --- 219 Arlington, WA 98223 C --- - - - - CORRIDOR 56.11 P. 12 4633 i, DN TYP. 5'-2" 3'-11/4" 2'-81/2" 5'-2" 58.12A 5-2 S8.11 zoos 102s13 PERMIT SET I CLR. T-11/2" CLR. TYP CLR. zos zos z10 z11 z,z 213 C1 - -z1s ss.11A 05/02/2025 53.11 °' 56.11A S6.11A S6.11A A4.04 A2.10 1 Ai g I DRAINAGE -PAVEMENT], 215 This drawing is: A3.11 WEEPING VEGETATION S611A OPERATION 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc.�Y/y�� SMALL CONF. SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER MANAGER 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B I I 1� /� 210 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B KTfCHEN 0 211 212 2i3 214 216 LE ER 218 C7 A2.20 I 36.11X 206 56.11A 56.11A 56.11A 217 OS 5000.81 written permission for any other use or reproduction. S6.11A 14'-87/8" 10'-23/8" 10'-23/8" 10'-23/8" 13'-4" °' oo� PROJECT 2023-053 A4.21 FX 1 ALIGN i'-6" 9'-0" 9''0•' J U.N.O. EQ U.N.O. 9'-103/4" 7_6^ 7_6^ 714" 11'-31/4" • I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 61 WEST DECK = A3.11 208 I Al I I I I I I As.21 TYP. I E - - PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH JOB CAPTAIN: OF,KG A •-• A FLOOR PLAN - UPPER A, LEVEL o a• 8' 1 s' Al FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL Scale:,/8"=T-o" vs^=r-o^ NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -PLANS KEYNOTE LEGEND A. EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE OUTSIDE FACE OF CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALLS,FACE OF K. ELECTRICAL PANELS,TRANSFORMERS,BOILERS,AIR HANDLING UNITS,AND DUCTWORK SHOWN FOR KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT MASONRY WALLS,OR FACE OF SHEATHING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.DIMENSIONS TO MASONRY CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE.SEE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC SIZES UNITS ARE NOMINAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. AND LOCATIONS. B. INTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF CONCRETE,MASONRY,OR GWB AT FRAME WALLS,AND L. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. TO CENTERLINE OF COLUMNS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. M. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS AT MINIMUM 3112" C. DIMENSIONS LOCATING DOORS,WINDOWS AND RELIGHTS ARE TO NOMINAL MASONRY OPENING OR THICK CONCRETE WITH 6 X 61W2.9 X 2.9 WWF REINFORCING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR YKEMAN TO FINISH OPENING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. REQUIRED ELSEWHERE IN THESE DOCUMENTS.PAD DIMENSIONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM 4"GREATER IN • D. SEE WALL TYPES ON SHEETS A1.00 FOR TYPICAL WALL CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLIES. HORIZONTAL DIMENSION THAN BASE OF THE EQUIPMENT MOUNTED THEREON,UNLESS OTHERWISE E. ALL NON-BEARING WALLS ARE FULL HEIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK OR FLOOR ABOVE NOTED.EXACT PAD LOCATIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET A1.00 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. N. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL ADA CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS AS REQUIRED IN THE CONSTRUCTION ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN F. APPLY TWO(2)CONTINUOUS SEALANT BEADS BENEATH STUD TRACK AT ALL EXTERIOR STUD WALLS. DOCUMENTS. G. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL BLOCKING OR BOND BEAM AS REQUIRED 0. REFER TO DETAIL C21A9.10 FOR TYPICAL DOOR CLEARANCES. AT ALL WALL MOUNTED LAVATORIES,DRINKING FOUNTAINS,CASEWORK,MIRRORS,HANDRAILS,ETC. P. ANGLES ARE 30 DEGREES,45 DEGREES,OR 90 DEGREES U.N.O. D REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. Q. SEE FLOOR PLANS AND BUILDING SECTIONS FOR LOCATION OF DETAILS FOR TYPICAL FLOOR-TO- - - - O H. SEE DETAIL SHEET A6.00 FOR TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR WALL MOUNTED ACCESSORIES AND FOUNDATION,FLOOR-TO-WALL,WALL-TO-ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND HEADER,SILL,AND SOFFIT EQUIPMENT. CONSTRUCTION. I. SEE FLOOR FINISH PLANS FOR TRANSITION DETAILS AND THRESHOLDS. R. CONTRACTOR SHALL SEAL AROUND ALL PENETRATIONS AT FIRE RATED WALLS,INCLUDING BUT NOT J. SEE ENLARGED PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONAL AND NOTE INFORMATION. LIMITED TO PIPING,DUCTS,CONDUIT,ETC.,WITH FIRESTOPPING PER I.B.C.REQUIREMENTS. S. SEE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR WINDOW AND LOUVER TYPES AND DETAILS. CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: O 1.Copyright 2025 Dykemn,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B A2.10 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. Al PROJECT Al Ai 85 Bi Bi 1 A3.12 2 A3.13 A9.30 3 4 A3.13 6 6 A3.14 A3.14 a 2023-053 155'-6" 25'-6" 25_6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 21'-6" 14'_6" • 12'-0" 3'-61/2" 14'-3" 9'-0" 21'-W 2'-3"2'-3" 9'-0" 12'-0" 6'-9" MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 11 10 12 10 11 S3.10 ::ii :5;;'.AA3.i1 0 ALIGN W 5/6.I N1 0T ER IO R S3.10 56.11 S3.10 S3.150 6.10 , M M S3 FACEOFS6.11X El FF WALL ATLOWER LEVEL TYP. PROJECT .10 -• PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ Bi J PROJECT MANAGER: I PS — PROTARCHITECT: TH CA B — — JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG FLOOR PLAN - L CLERESTORY o a' a' 16' �FLOORLAN -CLERESTORY Scale:l/8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 MATERIAL LEGEND-ROOF KEYNOTE LEGEND GENERAL NOTES - ROOF PLANS UM ROOF TYPE:SS A. ROOF DETAILS-REFER W THUS SERIES SHEETS STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT B. ROOF ELEVATIONS SHOWN THUS DRAW ARE TOTOP OF STEEL DECK MEASURED FROM FINISH FLOOR.REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ELEVATIONS. 05 5000.B1 PRE-FABRICATED LADDER C. SET INTERMEDIATE HEIGHT AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE SLOPES INDICATED, 10 4002 FALL PROTECTION SYSTEM D. IN ADDITION TO OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING,MECHANICAL,PLUMBING, 26 3101 PV PANELS PER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ALSO INDICATE ITEMS PENETRATING THE ROOF MEMBRANE.REFER TO ROOF MANUFACTURERS STANDARD DETAILS FOR FLASHING AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. DYKEMAN E. FALL RESTRAINT AND ARREST SYSTEM IS TO BE BIDDER DESIGN.LAYOUT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS IS FOR DESIGN INTENT ONLY.FINAL LAYOUT TO CONFORM TO WISHA REQUIREMENTS.REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 110140.REFER TO DETAIL IAB.30. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D CONSULTANT: A2.10 155'_6„Ai 17'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 21'-6" 14'-6" 6467 REGISTERED — ARCHITECT A 21"TYP. — o: TYP. 26 3101 P. 104002 TI Y JAM S EWETi 5 AT OF WASH GTON C ,• IDENTIFICATION: C Arlington Operations Center B FOR I I I I Snohomish County Public Works ry AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 I I I I A2.10 1 - This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B O 3.For use n th is project only.Obtain Architect's B Ci A2.20 written permission for any other use or reproduction. 05 5000.B1 PROJECT NUMBER. D 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I I I I I E PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A ROOF PLAN Al A2.20 �• 0 4' 8' 16' ROOF PLAN Scale:l/8"=1'-0" • NORTH 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 -Is 220:0]PM 2 3 4 5 MATERIAL LEGEND -CEILING FINISHES GENERAL NOTES - RCP'S KEYNOTE LEGEND C1A-2 X4 ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS A. CEILING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET:A9.30 KEYNOTE KEYNOTETEXT B. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING AT ALL SUSPENDED CEILINGS.REFER TO TYPICAL CEILING DETAILS SHEET A9.30. C1B-2 X2 ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS C. METAL JOIST SPAN DETAIL-REFER TO DETAIL C11A0.30 FOR NON-SUSPENDED GWB CEILING ASSEMBLIES. ® C2-ACOUSTICAL WRAPPED PANELS(CEILING HANGING) D. CEILING AND SOFFIT HEIGHTS ARE FROM FINISHED SLAB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. E. CEILING TYPES-REFER TO MATERIAL LEGEND THIS SHEET. DYKEMAN F. CEILING GRIDS ARE CENTERED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR DIMENSIONED.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD MEASURE SPACE AVAILABLE TO VERIFY LAYOUT.IF MINOR ADJUSTMENTS ARE NECESSARY TO fWy k AVOID STRIPS NARROWER THAN TOR OTHER CONFLICTS,OBTAIN APPROVAL OF OWNER ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN C3-2-ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS-CLEAN ROOM VL REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE PROCEEDING. G. ROOF CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLIES-REFERTO BUILDING SECTIONS AND ROOF PLANS. H. STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE.REFERTO STRUCTURAL D GYPSUM CEILING BOARD DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL SIZE,LOCATION,AND SPACING. _ _ _ 0 I. MECHANICAL ELEMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE.REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL SIZE AND LOCATION. CEILING TAG-CEILING ELEVATION FROM FLOOR LEVEL J. LOCATIONS OF SMOKE ALARMS,EMERGENCY LIGHTING,NIGHT LIGHTS,AND EXIT SIGNAGE-REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. K. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING AND SPRINKLER PIPE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY.CO NTRACTORTO CONSULTANT: OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE-PAINT OR STAIN/SEAL AS INDICATED COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF THESE ELEMENTS WITH THOSE OF ALL OTHER TRADES. L. WHERE PAINTING OPEN STRUCTURE IS IDENTIFIED,PAINT ALL EXPOSED SYSTEMS THAT ARE VISIBLE �\ COgggLLOO��R P-1 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 7 I I I I I I I EMERGENCY • ELEV. ELEV.EQUIP. S(COOP)S MOP ELEC. MECH. STAIRS Eirl Eiirl104 105 106 107 108 EP 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT 134 e oTs S'AT OFJ WASH GTON _ F T C I F Al 0 I OTS ___________—� I� A3.10 w OTS —- MECH:WATER SOURCE SYSTEM C I�1 OTS OTS _ _ __J____J C ____ _ __ — 110 I I -•• • • c MECH:HVAC B1 a FIRST AID 8 CORRIDOR MOTHER'S RM. O w EQUIPMENT OTS OTS L Arlington Operations A3.10 KITCHENETTE WELLNESS 1OOB 133 OTS L 109 /'� B 102 - - � ao— — 0 — — I — — — cr — — � — Center C2 CORRIDOR �� o CUSTODULL � ,1 w .* FOR 1 ODA O O STORAGEI 0 0 ®i- WATER BOTTLES L STORAGE OTS j a { ;, > e O Snohomish County To UNION — 131 132 10'-0" � O - SERVICE YARD Public Works AT 0 0 ors , ors h o O 11 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 i —� ry O EOCRRAININGIPAVING w ) .,-{ 10' 0 r DROP-IN o ROLL CALL _____' 128 fo 0 L LC L - PERMIT SET �i� - STORAGES EQ. g EQ. CORRIDOR :WOMENS 100C O RESTROOM 05/02/2025 10'-0" 136 O O O This drawing is: �Al i��i OTS F OTS EQ 9 S — — — O 1.Copynght 2025 Dykeman,Inc. _ EQ .;("F, 2.The Architecrs Instrument of Professional Service. g _ ��RECYCLE O — — _ - "-�y .J 3.For use on this project only.Obtain ArchRect s B m 126 s r0 written permission for any other use or reproduction. OTS ENV.sroR. O O o • •o 137 O' EQ. EQ. LOCKER ROOM 10 0 NUMBER. 103/4' 2023-053 � - �WORKRM./ 10'-0" OTS - PLOTTER Ct- 11 Sk 27 •w � CORR DOR 1 - ul 100D # WASH FF AREA e1 ors o �1 5/a s 10 SR.ENV.COORD. EQ' EQ' EQ. 10,-0" 10'-0" EQ. I T /�,�, CLOTHES WORKSTATION (DRYING/ 40 ASH-UP 12 5 0 I ® I ® I I ® I � 0 114 OTS F ••• BRIDG BRIDGE WORKSTATION DROP-IN DROP-IN PAVING LEAD PAVING VESTIBULE UNIFORMS VESTIBULESUPERVISOR LEADWORKE 121 120 119 118 SUPERVISOR 116 115 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:(TJ 124 123 122 W. PROJECT MANAGER: PS TM nu 10'-0" 10'-0" OTS PROJECT ARCHITECT:(TH 10'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" ,0'-0. JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LOWER LEVEL o a' B' 16' n� REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-LOWER LEVEL Scale:1/8-1'-0" • , 1 11"=11-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 512/2025220:11 PM 2 3 4 5 MATERIAL LEGEND -CEILING FINISHES GENERAL NOTES - Rl KEYNOTE LEGEND C1A-2X4ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS A. CEILING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET:A9.30 KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT B. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING AT ALL SUSPENDED CEILINGS.REFER TO TYPICAL CEILING DETAILS SHEET A9.30. 233113.A1 I MECHANICAL DUCTWORK,PAINT,COLOR PER ARCHITECT C1B-2 X 2 ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS C. METAL JOIST SPAN DETAIL-REFER TO DETAIL CVA9.30 FOR NON-SUSPENDED GAB CEILING ASSEMBLIES. ® D. CEILING AND SOFFIT HEIGHTS ARE FROM FINISHED SLAB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. . YKEMAN C2-ACOUSTICAL WRAPPED PANELS(CEILING HANGING) E. CEILING TYPES-REFER TO MATERIAL LEGEND THIS SHEET. F. CEILING GRIDS ARE CENTERED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR DIMENSIONED.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD MEASURE SPACE AVAILABLE TO VERIFY LAYOUT.IF MINOR ADJUSTMENTS ARE NECESSARY TO AVOID STRIPS NARROWER THAN TOR OTHER CONFLICTS,OBTAIN APPROVAL OF OWNER ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN C3-2-ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS-CLEAN ROOM VL REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE PROCEEDING. G. ROOF CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLIES-REFERTO BUILDING SECTIONS AND ROOF PLANS. H. STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE.REFERTO STRUCTURAL D GYPSUM CEILING BOARD DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL SIZE,LOCATION,AND SPACING. - - - D I. MECHANICAL ELEMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE.REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL SIZE AND LOCATION. CEILING TAG-CEILING ELEVATION FROM FLOOR LEVEL J. LOCATIONS OF SMOKE ALARMS,EMERGENCY LIGHTING,NIGHT LIGHTS,AND EXIT SIGNAGE-REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. K. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING AND SPRINKLER PIPE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY.CO NTRACTORTO CONSULTANT: OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE-PAINT OR STAIN/SEAL AS INDICATED COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF THESE ELEMENTS WITH THOSE OF ALL OTHER TRADES. L. WHERE PAINTING OPEN STRUCTURE IS IDENTIFIED,PAINT ALL EXPOSED SYSTEMS THAT ARE VISIBLE COLOR P-1 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. \ / A3.12 2 A313 \ / \ / A313 \ / \ / Ai \ / \ / • T T T T T A3.14 T T 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT C5 CS B5 C5 C4 TI Y JAM S EWETT A9.30 A9.30 A9.30 A9.30 A9.30 5 AT OF WASH DTON ic c _ D o S \ • VESTIBULE F ELEV 12'-0' 0 O STAIRS Arlington Operations �01 10 0 203 w X F 222 M Ai -, 23 3113.A1 TYP. ..,� ® Center LOBBYIPUBLIC EQ. 8' 0"O.C. EQ— O A9.30 L O ,rNTER --' C2 TYP. C2 TYP. 4 C2 TYP. CORRIDO S ° .jSnohomish County ® EQ. EQ. ROLL CALL A ROLL CALL B - EQ. EQ. �' OPU IIC WOr1�S 209 _ _ _ OTS i ®RESTROOM O C3 220 WORKSTATION a O L�" A9.30 O �CUSZODIAL AT C2 TYP. OTs ® �^- :` , .'- 19620 67th Ave NE w CORRIDOR w F- Arlington, WA 98223 WORKSTATION 200A r r EQ. Q'EQ. 205 p OTS OTS - cz D ° ELEc. f�-WOM PERMIT SET ® O 215 EQ EQ r �ESTROOM` o 05/02/2025 r— w r-10^ m 1r-m^ ^ -ta This drawing is: w O 1.Copyright a a Dykeman,Inc. CORRIDO 10 0 w 2.The Arc hite cts Instrument of Professional Service. e ® '` � � 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B C4 2006 C4 C4 C4 C7 written permission for any other use or reproduction. A9.30 A9,30 A9.30 A9.3o A9.30 w ti 1�111 Ai o o o o o - A3.11 FP31 m 2023-053 cz TYP. C2 TYP. o o O o D o o O • A9.30® e ® _ _ _ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION D o a KITCHEN o ® 206 WEST DECK - Bi SMALL CONF. SUPERVISOR INAGE LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER OPERAF21TIONS DOE] 210 SWEEPING 212 213 VEGETATION 21g 217 MANAGER A3.11 10-p• 211 214 PROJECT10'-0" 10'-0" I ors I I 10'-0" 10'-0^ I I I I PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: I PS w PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH O — — JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A e EQ. 8,-6„O.C. 7 _ _ — — — — — _ T _ 7 — _ 7 • A REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - UPPER LEVEL o a' a' 16' Al REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-UPPER LEVEL Scale:1/8"=T-0" • 11.1=11-0.1 NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 MATERIAL LEGEND -CEILING FINISHES GENERAL NOTES - RCP'S KEYNOTE LEGEND C1A-2X4ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS A. CEILING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET:A0.30 KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT B. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING AT ALL SUSPENDED CEILINGS.REFER TO TYPICAL CEILING DETAILS SHEET A0.30. C1B-2 X2 ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS C. METAL JOIST SPAN DETAIL-REFER TO DETAIL C11A0.30 FOR NON-SUSPENDED GAB CEILING ASSEMBLIES. ® D. CEILING AND SOFFIT HEIGHTS ARE FROM FINISHED SLAB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. . YKEMAN C2-ACOUSTICAL WRAPPED PANELS(CEILING HANGING) E. CEILING TYPES-REFER TO MATERIAL LEGEND THIS SHEET. F. CEILING GRIDS ARE CENTERED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR DIMENSIONED.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD MEASURE SPACE AVAILABLE TO VERIFY LAYOUT.IF MINOR ADJUSTMENTS ARE NECESSARY TO AVOID STRIPS NARROWER THAN TOR OTHER CONFLICTS,OBTAIN APPROVAL OF OWNER ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN C3-2-ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS-CLEAN ROOM VL REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE PROCEEDING. G. ROOF CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLIES-REFERTO BUILDING SECTIONS AND ROOF PLANS. H. STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE.REFERTO STRUCTURAL D GYPSUM CEILING BOARD DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL SIZE,LOCATION,AND SPACING. _ _ _ D I. MECHANICAL ELEMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE.REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL SIZE AND LOCATION. CEILING TAG-CEILING ELEVATION FROM FLOOR LEVEL J. LOCATIONS OF SMOKE ALARMS,EMERGENCY LIGHTING,NIGHT LIGHTS,AND EXIT SIGNAGE-REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. K. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING AND SPRINKLER PIPE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY.CO NTRACTORTO CONSULTANT: OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE-PAINT OR STAIN/SEAL AS INDICATED COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF THESE ELEMENTS WITH THOSE OF ALL OTHER TRADES. L. WHERE PAINTING OPEN STRUCTURE IS IDENTIFIED,PAINT ALL EXPOSED SYSTEMS THAT ARE VISIBLE COLOR P-1 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C ,• • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. Ai Al 61 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B T A3.12 2 A3.13 T 4 A3.13 T T 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 1 2023-053 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 A9.30 A9.30 A9.30 A9.30 A9.30 • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION Al + A3.10 I E PROJECT 61 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ A3.10 PROJECT MANAGER: 1 PS PROJECT ARCHITECT TH JOB CAPTAIN: 1.". �7 A I I I I I I A REFLECTED CEILING PLAN -CLERESTORY o a' a' 16' REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-CLERESTORY Scale:1/8"=T-0" WIN 90011 NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D -nrarnetestD CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON MATCH METAL SIDING PATTERN BELOW FLASHING,TYP.@ ALL VERTICAL METAL SIDING C PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR METAL FLASHING UPPER LEVELJ, Snohomish County Public Works AT eeeeeeeeeeeeeee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee e----------------------------- eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ------------ee 19620 67th Ave NE aCombination A Combination A 7Combination A Combination A Combination A Combination A Arlington WA 98223 K a Combination B Combination B Combination B Combination B 3 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 Q� METAL VERTICAL SIDING LEVEL TRANSITION This drawing is: U I 1" 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER. 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 TJ PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A METAL VERTICAL PROFILE FX10-12 PROFILE FX10-12 SIDING PROFILES AEP Span,Flex Series \ AEP Span,Flex Series PROFILE FX40-12 PROFILE FX30-12 AEP Span,Flex Series AEP Span,Flex Series METAL VERTICAL SIDING-COMBINATION A ��METAL VERTICAL SIDING-COMBINATION B A! 3"=I.-,. AJ 3„=1,_0„ 1 2 3 4 5 12 1 3 4 5 CITY OF ARLINGTON, SECTION 15, TOWNSHIP 31N, RANGE 05E FILE NO.: GENERAL NOTES-EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. EXTERIOR MATERIAL TYPES-REFER TO MATERIAL LEGEND THIS SHEET. B. DOWNSPOUTS SUPPORTS-FOR DOWNSPOUTS UP TO 12'-0°IN LENGTH PROVIDE 2 PREFINISHED METAL STRAPS(TOP AND BOTTOM).1Z-0-AND LONGER PROVIDE 3 PREFINISHED METAL STRAPS(TOP,MIDDLE,AND BOTTOM). C. WALL TYPES-SEE SHEET At.00 D. WINDOW TYPES 8,GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE ON SHEET A7.20 . A E. EXTERIOR DETAILS-SEE AB SERIES SHEETS F. KNOX BOX-PROVIDE A KNOX BOX AT BUILDING ENTRY AS SPECIFIED.COORDINATE EXACT T LOCATION WITH THE ARCHITECT,OWNER,AND FIRE MARSHAL. Ai Bi T Ai Bi DESIGN A3.10 A3.,0 B A3.11 D A3.11 E ° KEYNOTE LEGEND KEYNOTE I KEYNOTE TEXT I I I I ®® 03 1113.At RETAINING WALL PER SHORING CONTRACTOR ®® 051217 ENTRY CANOPYCONSULTANT: 07 7124.A1 4"PVC DOWNSPOUT,PAINTED ®®® 101414 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE,REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS FOR ® ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 101414 107113.A4 101419 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE A7.40 10 7113.A4 EXTERIOR METAL SUNSHADE _ _ _ Cleresto 265601 EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURE-REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 26, 28 2300.A2 SECURITY CAMERA,WALL MOUNTED AT 9'-0"A.F.F.U.N.O., REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL 0 o INFORMATION. 051217 MAIN/PUBLIC r HARI El Ell ENTRY BEYO ND Upper Level MATERIAL LEGEND-EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 6467 REGISTERED 14'� ARCHITECT 03 1113.A1 A4 CONCRETE-CAST-IN-PLACE TI r JAM S EwETT A7.40 B1 U ID S AT OF WASH GTON e C2 � A7.40 OPP. A8.20 =-w-r TYP. MASONRY VENEER-GROUND FACEC177 A7.40 OPP. --• •el � METAL VERTICAL SIDING 282300.A2 0- COLOR:PARCHMENT 265601 SECTIONAL DOOR PRIVATE ENTRY J Arlington Operations A4 TYR PRIVATE ENTRY (KITCHEN/LUNCH RM) A8.20 COLOR:DARK BRONZEG Center FOR ® STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING Snohomish County C1 EXTERIOR ELEVATION - NORTH Public Works il8„-1'0" PHENOLIC PANEL AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 B1 Al g, A7 2 Al` This drawing is:1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. A3.14 A3.14 A3.13 A3.13 A3.12 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 I I ® I I I I I C3 - A8.20 • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION Cleresto D2 26 560, TYP. 2s' - - - A8 20 STAIR CANOPY AB 40 D3 TO SD2 03&SD2.04 �M\11 �01 A8.20 - Upper Level 28 2300.A2 28 2300.A2 14'-0" PROJECT 26 5601 A7 40 A8 20 101414 A8 0 07 7124.A1 STAIRS AND RAMP A740 A 0 TO LOWER LEVEL PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ TYp PROJECT MANAGER: I PS MAIN/PUBLIC PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH I ENTRY JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG LowerLevo� EXTERIOR A J J J J ELEVATIONS EXTERIOR ELEVATION - EAST , 1 2 3 4 5 4 5 CITY OF ARLINGTON, SECTION 15, TOWNSHIP 31N, RANGE 05E FILE NO.: GENERAL NOTES-EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. EXTERIOR MATERIAL TYPES-REFER TO MATERIAL LEGEND THIS SHEET. B. DOWNSPOUTS SUPPORTS-FOR DOWNSPOUTS UP TO 12'-O"IN LENGTH PROVIDE 2 PREFINISHED METAL STRAPS(TOP AND BOTTOM).1Z-0-AND LONGER PROVIDE 3 PREFINISHED METAL STRAPS(TOP,MIDDLE,AND BOTTOM). C. WALL TYPES-SEE SHEET At.00 D. WINDOW TYPES 8 GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE ON SHEET A7.20 . A E. EXTERIOR DETAILS-SEE A8 SERIES SHEETS F. KNOX BOX-PROVIDE A KNOX BOX AT BUILDING ENTRY AS SPECIFIED.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH THE ARCHITECT,OWNER,AND FIRE MARSHAL. Bi Al Bi Ai DESIGN E A3.11 D A3.11 C B A3.10 A3.10 A Dest D KEYNOTE LEGEND KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT ®® 03 1113.A1 RETAINING WALL PER SHORING CONTRACTOR ®® 055000.B1 PRE-FABRICATED LADDER 0 '5000..1 07 ROOFSCUPPER 07 7124.A1 4"PVC DOWNSPOUT,PAINTED 104002 FALL PROTECTION SYSTEM 10 7113.A4 2"I T"0" 10 7113.A4 EXTERIOR METAL SUNSHADE 11 2123.13 VENDING MACHINES Clerestory 23 ODOO.A3 EXHAUST VENT-REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS 26'-U" V 26 3101 PV PANELS PER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 1265601 1 EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURE-REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 07 7124.At COVERED 28 2300.A2 SECURITY CAMERA,WALL MOUNTED AT 9'-0"A.F.F.U.N.O., TYp, DECK REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL BEYOND MAIN/PUBLIC INFORMATION. ENTRYBEYOND UDID TI I I I I I I-I I I I I I-I I I I I I-I I I e 6467 REGISTERED 'O MATERIAL LEGEND-EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS ARCHITECT ETT m U SI AT OFJAM WASH GT LiON PRIVATE(LOCKER) III III III ENTRY BEYOND O WASH FF AREA 031113A1 � CONCRETE-CAST-IN-PLACE o ,' SERVICE ENTRY -III PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: La L °I ILL_� II I III III III- �P � MASONRY VENEER-GROUND FACE C wer Le 0 -III III III III III III- I_ 282300.A2IN I I I"I I I N,I I I I I - - - nP.l III III-III III-III II-III-III-I METALVERTICALSIDING Arlington Operations -III-III-III-III-III-III-I II I-III-III-I II3I0I 00 -III 265601 TYP-I - I I- I-III-III-III-III-III- COLOR:PARCHMENT Center METAL VERTICAL SIDING COLOR:DARK BRONZE FOR EXTERIOR ELEVATION -SOUTH STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING Snohomish County C1 „B,. Public Works PHENOLIC PANEL AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 Al 2 Ai B1 Al B1 This drawing is: IYYYs J `YYY, / IYYY/ / 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. A3.12 A3.13 A3.13 A3.14 A3.14 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 23 OOOO.A3 TYP. 104002 26 3101 TYP. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 05 5000.131 B5 A9.30 107113 A4 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION TYp L 1 Cleresto I _ _ _ STAIR CANOPY BEYOND-REFER COVERED �I TO SD2.03&SD204 DECK E E . EN ftff _ Uppe El r Level n 14'-0" I • T TEAM o11# PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I Ti PROJECT MANAGER: I PS WEST LOWER PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH o r LEVEL CANOPY JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG OUTDOOR WASH SPACE A C1 ILI A -11 _ Lower A620 LeOl EXTERIOR I-III-III-III-III-III 0771112.A1 -III-pRIVATE-III -III-III-III-III-I b-III-III-III-I 077124.A1 �I I-III-III III-III-PRIVATEIII -III-III- „2,23,3 TYP.I-I ICI I-III-III III-III II - III-III-III-III-III-I+I-III-III ENTRYI ICI -III A3I-III-I ICI I-III-III-III- TYP: -I III-III-III-I - -I ENTRYI I-III-III -III-II I-III-III-I - -I II-III-I L 1 ELEVATIONS A7.40 Al EXTERIOR ELEVATION -WEST , 1/8"=,,_0„ 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SECTIONS KEYNOTE LEGEND A. WALL TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.00. KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT B. ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.01. C. STAIR DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A4.31. 1263101 1 PV PANELS PER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS D. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS(A2 SERIES SHEETS)FOR EXTERIOR CLADDING TYPES AND LOCATIONS. DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D CONSULTANT: -------26 3101 . T I I I I TYP I I • A, � I I I I l i i i i i I I I I A, 1 sas7 A3 22 REGISTERED ARCHITECT A3.20 BS A9.30 TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON - �J —I _ — — — — — — — . . . . . . 26_o eresto o _ C o I .• • LOBBY/PUBLIC EN'S ROLL CALL A — ROLL CALL B o CORRIDOR i C...ER 207 209 200C -]RESZROOOM Arlington Operations — — — — — 1LUpperLevel Center _ o a o ® o _ - III=I 1 �a'_o„ FOR II II II II II 1=1 I �° - , 4 ° `� II II I� Snohomish County KITCHENETTE CORRIDOR CORRIDOR. o MECH:HVAC I ME WATER I III- Public Works III III III � EQUIPMENT SOURCE SYSTEM 6,J V V 102 rm-1] 100B::1 M 1 � fln _ 09 „0 IIII AT _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Lower Level 4I — 1=� =_=_=__ ___ _ __________ ___________ ______ _________________—_—_—_— —_-1 __�_—_=_— 1=1 �" 19620 67th Ave NE III III III IF III III 111_ III_ III III III III III III II II III III III III III III III III III III III III III III III I III III II II III III III III III= � � � Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET LONGITUDINAL SECTION FACING EAST @ GRID A.8 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. Ai Al Bi Ai Bi 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B A3.12 2 A3.13 T 4 A3.13 5 6 A3.14 7 A3.14 8 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 7Tp . written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT I T 2023-053 B5 A9.30 1 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION _ _ — 1 Clerestory STAIR 1 - 26'_Q" V CANOPY n VESTIBULE ELEV. III a ROLL CALLA ROLL CALLB to STAIRS zo, I 203 zo7 1 zos I 1 o zzz I I _ Upper Level -• < - _ 1JECT TEAM: 4_ PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ 1 _ o `® PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH II II II —I 11 - I III —III—III— — o c I- JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG EMERGENCY _ SUPPLIES MECH:HVAC MECH:WATER A —III KITCHENETTE ELEV, ELEV.EQUIP. (COOP) MDF ELEC. MECH. STAIRS EQUIPMENT STAIRS SOURCE SYSTEM A III 111111111111111=1 102 101 103 ❑ 04 105 06 07 08 109 08 110 Lo_werLevOel BUILDING SECTIONS I I I I III II II—I 1 1=II II II—=II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II_1 1 II1 II I�1 1 =II I I—jl 1 1 1—I _ =I1 H III—I I I—I I I I I I_I I I—I I I—I I ICI I I—I I I—I I I—I I I—I I I—I I hI I I—I I I III III III III III III III III IIIIII III III III III III I I III III III III III IIIIII III III III III III III III III III III III III III III III III III III III— Al LONGITUDINAL SECTION FACING EAST GRID A.2 Eli , 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SECTIONS KEYNOTE LEGEND A. WALL TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.00. KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT B. ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.01. C. STAIR DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A4.31. 1263101 1 PV PANELS PER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS D. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS(A2 SERIES SHEETS)FOR EXTERIOR CLADDING TYPES AND LOCATIONS. DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D CONSULTANT: 1 A3.12 2 A3.13 \ J \ / A3.13 28 3101 TYP I I TI I TI I TI � • *67 3.22 — , _ _ _ _ _ Cler�esto _�� c c I + IDENTIFICATION: � LLE NW K E `. —1I1 Arlington Operations — _ Ill TUpperLevel Center — 1I 14 ° FOR ❑o 111111III CLOTHES III Snohomish County -- ---- ----- n —I� — — — — e — — — — —PAVING— �I - DRYING PublicWorks s CORRIDOR G ESTIBULE LOCKER ROOM WASH-UP ASH-OFF ARE SERVICE YARD ° ROOD PAVING LEAD SUPERVISOR 116 113 114 III_ „6 117 4 AT = LJ _ Lower Level —III— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — _�_—_______= Imo_ _______�-- Ave N E 1=III=III=III=III=III=III=111 =III=III= 1I 1=III=III=1 =1 =11 =1 =1 =1 =1 =111=I 111=1 I=III=1 — =111=I ICI III=III=III=III=III=1111=III=III=III =111�1 -1 - -1111=11 III III=1 1 Arlington, WA 98223 B� LONGITUDINAL SECTION FACING EAST GRID D.5 PERMIT SET „B•=,•_D• 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 26 3101 TYP. written permission for any other use or reproduction. T T T PROJECT 2023-053 I I - MARK DATE DESCRIPTION — — — — — — — — Cleresto 26' IIIIIIrrr�� 9 — _DRAINAGE Lfl� Ih�L— — PAVEMENT/ — _ - .I L'7— — — — — — L ;r — SWEEPING VEGETATION 1 J OPERATIONS — KITCHEN SMALL CONF. SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER MANAGER PROJECT O6 210 211 212 213 214 216 217 �. J.' `. 218 o c Upper Level PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: Ti _ = 14� PROJECT MANAGER: 1 PS _ _ - ® PROJECT ARCHITECT:1 TH • % -1° — — ❑ __°e ev-e ----- III JOB CAPTAIN: DF.KG I I I I I I I I I o� 1 I I j A WORK RM./ L — L — — —I L JEOC/TRAINING/PAVING L_ _ — _. — J.WAiCORRIDIR PLOTTER STORAGE ROLLCALL CORRIDOR LOCKERROOM LOCKERROOM R SERVICE YARD - 100A 127 136 - 135 100C _ _ III BUILDING SECTIONS — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — = = Lower Level o ' 1 _t - _�_ _ _ _ _�_ I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I=111=111= =111 III I=111=111=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I-1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I = 11=1 I I=1 I I III=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I I=1 I I III=11 = 11=111=111=1 I I=111=111= •.. - . LONGITUDINAL SECTION FACING EAST @ GRID C.5 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SECTIONS KEYNOTE LEGEND A. WALL TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.00. KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT B. ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.01. C. STAIR DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A4.31. D. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS(A2 SERIES SHEETS)FOR EXTERIOR CLADDING TYPES AND LOCATIONS. DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C „PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET T A3.10 A3.10 B C A3.11 D A3.11 E 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B i written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 CANOPY 0 - ----____ Cleresto — — — — — - - • 26�_O" -----____ --- ----------- MARK DATE DESCRIPTION J o q MAIN ENTRY LOBB�P - ELEV. COUNTER WORKSTATION (CORRIDOR KITCHEN WEST DECK 2 33 202 205 a 200B 206 208 per Level 14�_Q„ III= o ❑ =1 ❑o �� o • PROJECT TEAM: PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:(TJ III—III—III SR.ENV.COORD. PROJECT MANAGER: PS _ ELEV. 9 CORRIDOR WORKSTATION PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH —� —�—— 01 100A 125 _ JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG —III—III—I I Lower LevOel A =III—III—III ICI —III—III—III— —III—III III—III= —III—III III—III—III—III—III—III—III—III= A II�III�III�III —III II II II IIIIIIII (III IIT ITITIIIIIIIII III�III�III III�III�III�III�III BUILDING SECTIONS TRANSVERSE SECTION FACING SOUTH @ GRID 1.2 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SECTIONS KEYNOTE LEGEND A. WALL TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.00. KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT B. ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.01. C. STAIR DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A4.31. D. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS(A2 SERIES SHEETS)FOR EXTERIOR CLADDING TYPES AND LOCATIONS. DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D A Al B7 B C A7 D B1 E CONSULTANT: A3.10 A3.10 A3.11 A3.11 A3.23 .�. .—............. • _ _ _ Cleresto sas7 % o u 26'� REGISTERED ARCHITECT A2 0 A3.21� e e TI Y JAM S EWETf _ ROLL CALL. PAVEMENTI V_ ppg CORRIDOR VEGETATION 5 AT of WASH GTON 200E SUPERVISOR o -. " 214 C _ Upper Level - ° Arlington Operations FE C/TRAINING/PAVING a PAVING Center III MECH. CORRIDOR CUSTODIAL o o CORRIDOR ROLL CALL SUPERVISO - I� 107 1008 134 : 135 100D FOR Lower Level Snohomish County Public u I Works P AT 19620 67th Ave NE B1 TRANSVERSE SECTION FACING SOUTH @ GRID 4.5 Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. A A3.10 A3 10 B C A3.11 D AB 11 E 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION a Cle226s_ — — — — — — — 6, �f CORRIDOR KITCHEN IF-20-O 0206 U per Level • r_ PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ —III III III O ®. ---------- PROJECT MANAGER: PS _ CORRIDOR WELLNESS UNION DROP-IN- PLOTTER -"J CORRIDOR -SUPERVISOR PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH —III III III— o —III—III—III FIRST AID& WORK RM. BRIDGE JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG ELEV.EQUIP. COR A —III—III—III— 103 10406 130 129 128 127 100D 123 A ......II l�lr Level I..I I I—III Lower �_ BUILDING SECTIONS Ill; ��„IIII„IIII, ,III=1�1�111_III-1�1=III-1�1=�I-1�1=111�III II,��IIII�IIIII�IIIIII IIII�IIII��IIII��IIiII�IIIII�IIIII�IIIII�IIII TRANSVERSE SECTION FACING SOUTH @ GRID 2.2 Al 1/8"=V_0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SECTIONS KEYNOTE LEGEND A. WALL TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.00. KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT B. ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.01. C. STAIR DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A4.31. D. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS(A2 SERIES SHEETS)FOR EXTERIOR CLADDING TYPES AND LOCATIONS. DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT 7 T T TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON D — — — — PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C — — — — — — �_ — — — Per Level 14'-0' — Arlington Operations 11=111111111=1y Center IIIIII III III III III SERVICE YARD WASH-OFF ARE FOR 11=III=III=1 Mal Snohomish County Lower Level n - - — —r Public bl Works II-1 I I,1 I I I I, 111— '-1 11-1 11-1 11-1 11-1 1-1 11- —1 11-1 11-1 11-1 11-1 -1 11-1 11-1 11-1 11-1 11=1 11=1 11=1 I I; AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 TRANSVERSE SECTION FACING SOUTH @ GRID 7.5 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: Al B1 Al B1 A A3.10 A3.10 B C A3.11 D A3.11 E 2023-053 — — — MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ----— --------------- i • — U per eel PROJECT TEAM: ® Y PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: I PS ® PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH + L DRYING/ JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG III— I I MECH:WATER MEN'S WOMEN'S LOI KER ROOM WASH-UP _ _ SOURCE SYSTEM RESTROOM RESTROOM ,13 114 A A — I 110 ,,, 112 ` - - - - - -I -I I-�I I LowerLeve l 41 1 41 I I BUILDING SECTIONS I I I-I I I-I I I-I 1I- TRANSVERSE SECTION FACING SOUTH @ GRID 6.5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SECTIONS RCLT1 qg 41 A. WALL TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.00. B. ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.01. C. STAIR DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A4.31. D. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS(A2 SERIES SHEETS)FOR EXTERIOR CLADDING TYPES AND LOCATIONS. 1 2 • YKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Al A3.23 I I DM�Hr. ,,I D I I I I 56.11X • C.Iere wry _ _ _ _ ClereSto 6467 REGISTERED 26'-0" Zs'� ARCHITECT KEYNOTE LEGEND KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT TI Y JpA S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C PROJECT • • 0 Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 i� H PERMIT SET Upper Level Up-per Level 05/02/2025 �J 14'-0" 14'-0" 1 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. e 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. -----_ - • JECT NUMBER: R-CLT2 66.,1X 56.,,X / F- 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION IE I � � I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: Ef"KG A • A WALL SECTIONS- NORTH WALL SOG ��Lower Level I Lower Level •. v 0" 0. V NORTH WALL SECTION @ GRID A.8 A2 NORTH WALL SECTION GRID D.5 , �/ 1 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 n GENERAL NOTES -SECTIONS A Y KEYNOTE LEGEND A. WALL TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.00. B. ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.01. KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT C. STAIR DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A4.31. D. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS(A2 SERIES SHEETS)FOR EXTERIOR CLADDING TYPES AND LOCATIONS. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN RCLT1) RCLT1) CONSULTANT: A 53.10 Clerestory! _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Cleresto 26'-0" 26 ss.t tx < • FX 1 > 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT 7.117 TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON c p PROJECT • G FX 1 56.1 iX Arlington Operations Center FOR o Snohomish County � Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Upper Level - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - u erLevel Arlington, WA 98223 0" l PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. z_i 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. e 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 f MARK DATE DESCRIPTION C12.X C12.X L C12.X PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHAIR E:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: Ef"KG q SOG2 SOG2 � Jwer Level _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Lower Le\Q o A WALL SECTIONS- EAST WALL EAST WALL SECTION @ GRID1.2(MAIN N ) ��EAST WALL SECTION @GRID 4.5 EAST WALL SECTION @GRID 6.5 1'-0" �G 1/2"=V-0" /'13 1/2"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SECTIONS 6 A. WALL TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.00. B. ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.01. C. STAIR DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A4.31. D. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS(A2 SERIES SHEETS)FOR EXTERIOR CLADDING TYPES AND LOCATIONS. DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D n. D R 1 CONSULTANT: KEYNOTE LEGEND KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT A3.21 FX 1 S6.11X Clerestory Cleresto On \ / — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 26r-0 6467 REGISTERED YARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON I � DPROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C B Arlington Operations Center ,R FOR 6 56.1,X Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 I PERMIT SET �upJLeOrLevel _ _ Up�e14e1 05/02/2025 J This drawing is: JJ 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. — — — — — — — — — J 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B ° ° FX 2 3.For use this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. I PROJECT NUMBER: IT _ FX 2 2023-053 ss.1 ix 111 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION S6.11X I I iilliiilliiill PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:,Ti PROJECT MANAGER: PS 0 PROJECT PROJECT ARCHITECT:,TH IIIIIIIIIII JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG X • A illiiilliiill WALL SECTIONS 0 Vx SOUTH WALL XPAMM I Lower Level Lower Level SOUTH WALLS SECTION @ GRIDS#A.8 SOUTH WALLS SECTION @ GRID#D.5WALLS SECTION @ GRID#D.5 11/2"=1'-0=T-0" �1111=1,-0.1 1 2 3 1 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SECTIONS A. WALL TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.00. D B. ROOF AND FLOOR TYPES-REFER TO SHEET A1.01. C. STAIR DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A4.31. D D. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS(A2 SERIES SHEETS)FOR EXTERIOR CLADDING TYPES AND LOCATIONS. DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D I CONSULTANT: RCLTi) 1 Clerest — — — — — — — — — — 26'-01or • + + + RC7 i. �� 6467 REGISTERED E� FX 1 ARCHITECT KEYNOTE LEGEND O O 56.11X KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT TI Y JpA S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON 56.11X C „PROJECTC Arlington Operations Center FOR o - T Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 U er Level PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 �RCLT7) This drawing is: R-CLT2 RS1 ,.Copyright 2026 Dykemn,Inc. 2.The Architads Instrument of Professional Service. e �� 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B + written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 8 o s6.,,X FX2 ® RCLTi) 2023-053 n �� - • L1 ® I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I 0 ® I I I 0 PROJECT TEAM: o e 56.11X PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH 0 JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG 0 A A SOG2 SOG2 ,-♦ Lower Level WALL SECTIONS- WEST WALL I II II I Al WEST WALL SECTION @ GRID#1.2 A2 WEST WALL SEC�ION @ GRID#4.5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 601 ' A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH 14 15 MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. 86 B. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A9. • 4 D. RECESSES,OTHERWISE RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NOT TERMINATE AT OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN " " 4 Q F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE T-0"CUR. 4"1'-6" T-0 T-0 T-0" ,'-6"1'-3 1'-3" 4'-13/4" CONCEALED FROM VIEW. D S8 11 G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D _ 1'-3" V-3 H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, - - -View D,I ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. - K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. CONSULTANT: _ M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING 53.11 - 105153A1 _ _ I INFORMATION. _ N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A10 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION S611 ''1 _ _ S3.10 - AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL MEWS F5 - _ _ _ 2 FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. M F7 '" W 53.11 _ 10 2123.13 RESTROO ' _` .. 111 UNIFORMS#115-S MATERIAL LEGEND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 105113 TYP., 1,• Q 3'_0" 3'-51/4" 1'-2' 4'-93/4", 3'-03/4" 3'-03/4"�t..L'.'S'-73/4.' :: t�,:6 D�7 1/4,_1,-0, (LOCKERS RESTROOMS) U _ • 105153.A1 TYP: -Al A4.03 'B1 53.10 W2A-WALL TILE RT S3.11 B2' TY. W28 WALL TILE 674 W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) of 111(. _ - S3.10 0 B1-6"RUBBER BASE v - - - 055000.B1 ® B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE o- d' U C C - - - - - - - - B2B-6"CEF;AMIC TILE COVED BASE C _ - 53.10 - O MATERIAL TAG s� - . Arlington Operations v 2 3' 8" 3' 3 3/4" - SEE-FINISH MATERIAL KEY ON SHEET A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS. Center C2 S3.10 601 TYP. B, KEYNOTE LEGEND FOR a ,s - 01 A4.03 D1 - 86 Snohomish Count 'WOMEN S - S3 11 RESTROO _ - F1 KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT \/ J' -03/4 3'-03/4 5 7 CLR.�' � - C3 UNIFORM#115-W 055000.B, PRE-FABRICATED LADDER Public Works 3 1J�7 il4 1,_0„ - 3'-0" 3'-0" 10212313 102123.13 CUBICLE CURTAINS 3'-0" -3'-0 `TYP -"C A403 3" 2 102813.A3 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER,F.O.I.C. AT --: - bo 105113 METAL LOCKERS S3.11 5311 _ - - 105153.AT PEDESTAL BENCH LOCKER ROOM - 2'-0" 105153.A2 ADA PEDESTAL BENCH 19620 67th Ave NE 3 - 125200.AT BENCH SEATING Arling!T on, WA 98223 '� -- 4000.A2 EYE WASH STATION,COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING 7 F1 H 53.11 461 22 DRAWINGST � 56.11 g�•- I � 224000.A3 HOSE 61BB,COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS K 224000.A5 THREE-STATION TROUGH SINK,COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING U ,'..:................. •;, .,- ., - DRAWINGS PERMIT SET in Al A4.02 1:• ,-.: ADA n 05/02/2025 v - CLOSET SHELF&POLE Pi TYP. 102813.A3 W4 TYP. A2 This drawing is: r D1', -- 1.Co right 2025 D keman Inc. TYP. •.�'.� -A9.50 PY 9 Y S8.11 10 5153.A2-, - 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. e ,' 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B ` A3 written permission for any other use or reproduction. -- A9.50 .'. r . 105113 -TYP.' '-• PROJECT ( 105153.A, 'TYP 2023-053 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I e l l l l l -_.;_',-`"; '-_:.'-.=' .:'. =' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I • 22 4000.A3 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CLOTHES DRYING WASH #114-S *1�1�THES DRYING/WASH-UP#114-W S6.11 LOTHES -0" DRYING/I 53.11 - ASH-UP p. _ 125200.A1 TYP. - 115 :1 F4B Bi TYP. UNIFORMS F7 A9'12 W4 CLOSET SHELF&POLE a : TYP. P7 TYP. dPROJECT TEAM: A5 F2 : PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ TYP - PROJECT MANAGER: PS A4.01 D3 B4 A A4.01 B3 PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH ,.A9.40 JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG C3 B5 TYP. TYP. •" A a A ez B3 a 12 1 . - - ENLARGED RESTROOM A9. A9.12 IIII I 8 I � II I IIIIIIIIIIII I I I I I I I 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PLANS & ELEVATIONS I I I I IIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 8'-6" 5'-1318" 6'-45/8" • 22 4000.A2 22 4000.A5 B1 TYP. FLOOR PLAN - MEN'S RESTROOM#111,WOMEN'S RESTROOM#112, LOCKER ROOM#113 ��CLOTHES DRYING/WASH-UP#114-N ��CLOTHES DRYING/WASH-UP#114- E /'1 I mix, I ill 1/4„=1,_D„ /'13 1/4"=1-0" /'1:J ,la•=,'_D. 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. CORNER CORNER B. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A9.10 . D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES YKEMAN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NOT TERMINATE AT OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN — — F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE o L o o — o o — CONCEALED FROM VIEW. G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D ® Q ® DO Q DO a ® a a QO ® H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, - - - D ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT.I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TODOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. _ _ ____ ____ J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. ❑❑v ❑ v ❑❑ ❑❑ ❑❑ K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER PROJECT MANUAL. L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER R TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. M. CEILINGS REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING INFORMATION, N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON MCI SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. LOCKER ROOM#113-W NOTE:SEE B4/C1/C2/C3/C4/A9.40 FOR ALL LOCKER PLAN AND SECTION DETAILS MATERIAL LEGEND-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS (LOCKERS/RESTROOMS) • W2A-WALL TILE 302 302 P1 CORNER W2A 29 1529 15 CORNER W2.--ALL TILE 6467 30 30 REGISTERED ARCHITECT W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) TI Y JAM S EWETT 0 B1-6"RUBBER BASE S AT OF WASH GTON -------- �0000 — -------- -------- -- -- -- -- -- ® B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE 0 r6L A2 C TYP. ® ® B2B-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE C ® A5 A9.40 ® ® 0 � •• • • MATERIAL TAG Arlington Operations ❑❑❑❑ ❑ !❑❑ ❑❑❑❑❑ SEE-FINISH MATERIAL KEY ON SHEET A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS. Center 10 1415 TYP. 11 231671 Fffk_1 AREA FOR FOR LAUNDRY CARTS NOTE:SEE B4/C1/C2/C3/C4/A9.40 FOR ALL LOCKER PLAN AND SECTION DETAILS KEYNOTE KEYNOTE LEGEND oG END Snohomish County C� LOCKER ROOM#113-S Public Works 1l4"=1'-0" 101415 INTERIOR SIGNAGE,REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 105113 METALLOCKERS AT 112316 DRYING AND CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT 112326 COMMERCIAL WASHERS AND EXTRACTORS 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 CORNER CORNER If PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 \ / This drawing is: \ / 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. F __1 The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. g OPEN TO 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B BEYOND written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 00-- ---- —❑❑ ❑❑❑❑❑❑❑❑❑❑❑❑ 2023-053 LOCKER ROOM#113- E NO 4C /C3/C41A9.40 FOR ALL LOCKER PLAN AND SECTION DETAILS MARK DATE DESCRIPTION TYP. TYP. CORNER 105113 TYP CORNER W2A Pi CORNER PROJECT TEAM: TYP. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ A9 12 PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH u JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG \ / \ / • ® o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ® ® ® ® ® OPEN TO P �K_/' OPEN TO n ® ® ® ENLARGED RESTROOM BEYOND BEYOND // ' A912 '\ -- PLANS & ELEVATIONS .- TYP. B2A LOCKER ROOM#113- N NOTE:SEE B4/C1/C2 C3/C4IA9.40 FOR ALL LOCKER PLAN AND SECTION DETAILS Maim ' 1 Al I 1/4"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. B. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. 10 2813.A6 W2B C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& CORNER TYP CORNER CORNER EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A9.10 . 4 \ / TYR D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES A4 A3 A4 A4 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. A9.12 \ / A940 A9.12 A9.12 E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NO TERMINATE AT TYP \ / Np' OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN \ / F. WALL FINISHES MAYBE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE \ / CONCEALED FROM VIEW. G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D OPEN TO O O H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, _ _ _ D BEYOND / / / / ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. ® �,P I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. A5 / \ A5 A5 K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. A9 12 / \ A9.12 A9.12 L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. / \ — M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING INFORMATION. N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A10 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION 12 4416 AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL 10 2813.A2 TYP. B26 FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. ��WOMEN'S RESTROOM#112-S1 ��WOMEN'S RESTROOM#112-W MATERIAL LEGEND-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS (LOCKERS/RESTROOMS) O • W2A-WALL TILE W2B-WALL TILE 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT W2A TYP CORNER CORNER CORNER 102813.A3 W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) A4 A4 A912 A912 \ / SAT OFJ WASH GTO A4 N A9 12 / 0 B1-6"RUBBER BASE TYP. TYP. TYP. \ / \ / ® B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE C \ / ® B2B-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE •• C OPEN TO a BEYOND TYP, / \ 7 MATERIAL TAG O Arlington Operations A5 YP F. A9 I2 A5 // \\ SEE-FINISH MATERIAL KEY ON SHEET A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS. Center 12441s I M r---1� T111 V \ FOR TYP A9.12 KEYNOTE LEGEND 102113 TYP. KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT Snohomish County WOMEN'S RESTROOM #112-N1 C2 WOMEN'S RESTROOM#112- E (WI .3 WOMEN'S RESTROOM#112- N2 102113 TOILET COMPARTMENTS Public Works +/4, 10 2813.A2 WALL MOUNTED LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER 102813.A3 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER,F.O.I.C. AT 102813.A6 MIRROR UNIT 124416 SHOWER CURTAINS 224104 URINAL 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 CORNER CORNER CORNER A4 TYP' Aa ryp PERMIT SET A9.12 A9.12 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. e 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B p Il TYP written permission for any other use or reproduction. AS A5 A9.12 A9.12 PROJECT 2023-053 10 2=TYP. MEWS RESTROOM#111 -S ��MEN'S RESTROOM#111 -W MARK DATE DESCRIPTION P1 TYP. W2A TYP. W2B CORNER CORNER CORNER PROJECT102813.A6 A4 TYP A4 TYP A3 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 TJ A9.12 A9.12 A9.40 PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:1 TH - JOB CAPTAIN: 1 DF,KG A -TYP- i �� 10 2113 TYP. A A5 AS TYP. ' - ENLARGED RESTROOM A912 A9+2 PLANS & ELEVATIONS - - -- .- 12 4416 6 TYP. 10 2813.A3 628 22 4104 TYP. MEWS RESTROOM#111 -N ��MEN'S RESTROOM#111 -E ' /1G 1/4"=V-O" 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 Pm 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A8.00. B. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES 8 102813.A5 102813.A1 102813.A6 TYP. W26 EQU IPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEET A1.10 . YKEMAN A4 P2 \ A4 D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES / A3 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. A9.12 P, TYP. \ / gg_gp A9.12 E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NOT TERMINATE AT \ / OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. DESIGN \ / _ _ F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE \ / CONCEALED FROM VIEW. \ G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. OPEN TO H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, D BEYOND ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. D I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. A5 A5 / \ / A5 0 o J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. A9.12 K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. A9.12 A9.12 // L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. CONSULTANT: \ / \ M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING ^ / \ INFORMATION. ( 6 / N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A10 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL 53/4" 224102 102813.A4 10281P.A2 102813A3 B2B ,02802 FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. (L3'-03/4"(L3'-03/4'(L 5'-77/8" CL =1'-57/6• MATERIAL LEGEND-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS �� WOMEN'S RR#217-S1 �� WOMEN'S RR#217-S2 �,, WOMEN'S RR#217-W - " (LOCKERS/RESTROOMS) �. .. W2A-WALL TILE • S3.10 TYP. TYP. _ 53.11 - 3'-03/4" $'-03/4" 5'-7"CLR., - CORNER CORNER W28-WALL TILE *67 W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) C461-6"RUBBER BASE 4'-53/4"CLR.',.-` 14'-31/2 OPEN TO ® B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE 53.11 0 C D4,ZOMEN'S BEYOND B2B-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE ._a�. _ :RESTROOM.' / \ •• IDENTIFICATION: C C - - �.- AS AS - 102802 219 'T \ A9.12 A9.12 A9.12 O MATERIAL TAG 96.11 Arlington Operations ` T - ih�; o ` SEE-FINISH MATERIAL KEY ON SHEET A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS. Center o TYB. P. 62A 224 02 oz113 TYP. KEYNOTE LEGEND FOR 56.11A KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT (L GL CL Snohomish County 102113 TOILET COMPARTMENTS Public Works ��FLOOR PLAN -WOMEN'S RESTROOM#217 ��WOMEN'S RR#217-N1 WOMEN'S RR#217- N2 WOMEN'S RR#217- E 1028103.A1 BABYADA CHANGING H NGIINNGSTATION BAR 102813.A2 WALL MOUNTED LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER AT 102813.A3 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER,F.O.I.C. 102813.A4 TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER 19620 67th Ave NE 10 2813.A5 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL UNIT 102813.A6 MIRROR UNIT Arlington, WA 98223 P7TYP. 224102 TOILET 224104 URINAL P2 CORNER 102813.A1 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 \ / This drawing is: \ / 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. \ / 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B OPEN TO 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B BEYOND written permission for any other use or reproduction. / \ AS / \ q.Al � PROJECT NUMBER: 2A9.12 A5 A2 2023-053 ,,_8.�L 3,_4" �L 3._4„ �L,._8. �._3. �._3. �,_3,. / \ o 224104 10 2813A4 22 4102 • A \ 10 2113 TYP. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION EN'S RR#219 S1 EN'S RR#219 S2 EN'S RR#219 W 53.11 .A4 _ ' MEWS,; RESTROORi A4.04 B2 .' 220 - TYP. P1 TYP. W2A 102813.A6 W2B 224104 102113 '18•MIN. A3 A4 PROJECT TEAM A4 \ / PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ A A4.04 B -""- \ / PROJECT MANAGER: PS 4 / \ / PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH �._. ¢� U `� / JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG _ S3.11 3'-0314",- 3'-03/4 ` 5'-7"CLR.; - OPEN TO ii ii - ii _ •-• d BEYOND 219 53.10 A5 / \ in N. q5 ENLARGED RESTROOM A9.12 A912 PLANS & ELEVATIONS / 5 /a�" TYP. 10 2813.A2 TYP. 10 2813.A3 •., 0 3/4" 5'-7 7/8" 1'-5'Y/8" 224102 g2q B2B Al FLOOR PLAN - MEWS RESTROOM#219 A2 MEWS RR#219- N1 A3 MEWS RR#219- N2 A4 MEWS RR#219- E _,,_0„ 1'-0" 1/4"_ 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 KEYNOTE LEGEND KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT 06 1800.A1 I GLUE-LAMINATED BEAM PER STRUCT. C D ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN I I I D estD,I,e D I III _ _ _ _ _ _ Clerestory i _ _ _ _ _ Clerestory 26'-0" V 26'-0" V • 10'-7" 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT CORRIDOR 2006 TI Y JAMS EWETT A4 22 S AT OF WASH GTON U er Level _ _ _ Upper Level C — — 14'-0" 9 14,_0„ PROJECTo -T., N Arlington Operations Center TYR FOR Snohomish CORRIDOR w CORRIDOR 100A P2 0 A3 100A TVP. AT ( 19620 67th Ave NE N I LowerLev00 _ LowerLev00. Arlington, WA 98223 VV O6 i800.A1 21'-2" PERMIT SET 16 TREADS @ 11"EACH 05/02/2025 *�N�®RTH STAIR LONGITUDINAL SECTION - LOWER ��NORTH STAIR LONGITUDINAL SECTION - UPPER ��NORTH STAIR ELEVATION - LOWER �4 1/4"=1'-0" This drawing is: � 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. T Sim 1 A 2 1/2" AA3.i1 2 PROJECT NUM= 2023-053 �� II III it IIII L Bp B2 ,. r. {. DN S3.11 _ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION - Iryl II -II II II 'Il -- Upper Level n 'rr==aa__aaaaa:' PA IIIk=------- ill - - - - 14' 0 un m� L---=___= u"F= �iin �iii ui Ai uin n A3.11 mn PROJECT . -_- PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ - --- ___ _ PROJECT MANAGER: PS - - - PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH - - - JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A II _ __ II _-___--__ • A ENLARGED PLANS & A4s, H Aas, SECTIONS - NORTH Lower Level ---- — STAIR UP 113/4"WALL TO STAIRWIDTH 11 318" STRINGER Al NORTH STAIR PLAN- LOWER LEVEL A2 NORTH STAIR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL A4 NORTH STAIR TRANSVERSE SECTION 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 Pm 2 3 4 5 1 1/4"I.D.SS PIPE HANDRAIL COUNTERSINK FOR#10FHMS DYKEMAN I 3/4" CARLSTADT-POST BRACKET ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 222(STAINLESS STEEL) SIDE VIEW D r. D 2 112" 1I �ICONSULTANT: CARLSTADT-POST BRACKET 222(STAINLESS STEEL). FRONT HANDRAIL BRACKET-POST MOUNTED • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C ,• • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works 1'-0"FROM NOSING AT 19620 67th Ave NE STAINLESS STEEL WIRE WA 98223 a ROPE BEHIND THE Arlington, t HANDRAIL o� W z= PERMIT SET a 05/02/2025 w 1 s al N WOOD TOP RAIL I This drawing is: Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. HgL"SPHERE WOOD TOP RAIL 2.The Archited's Instrument of Professional Service. S e L NOT P AS 0 ALUM.WOOD TOPPED 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B O S g, RAILING TRANSITION a w I I written permission for any other use or reproduction. w �6 14'FLATBAR TOP RAIL BLACK PROJECT NUMBER. COATED PAINTED,PRE DRILLED 1 1/4"I.D.SS PIPE HANDRAIL, w �6 AND OUNTERSINKEVERYOTHER REFER TODET.Di/A4.22 2023-053 ICK -a4"SPHERE, w �6 1 1/4"I.D.SS PIPE HANDRAIL, SHALL NOT PAS 0a'\^`O PI1P/E"I.D.STEEL • REFER TO DET.D7/A4.22 - ill"X 1 1/4"STEEL w STAINLESS STEEL WIRE ROPE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION O STAINLESS STEEL WIRE 1 I/D! WASHER �O — 1 (Ty') _ ROPE(TYP.) STEEL i0 tG, I PIPE 0. 1 i 3116"FILLET WELD 1/4"STEEL PLATE UPPER LEVEL _ _ 2 112"SQ.HANDRAIL POST — a d WELDED TO 4"X5"X3/8" STEEL PLATE BOLTED TO GLULAM STRINGER PER — STRINGER WHERE OCCURS STRUCT.HANDRAI 1 CONCRETE SLAB PER TO 4"X 5L X/8'STEEL POST BA PROJECT SE PLATE J STRUCTURAL - PLATE FASTENED TO SLAB V PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ SUBSTRUCTURE/STAIR PROJECT MANAGER: PS 3/8"BENT PLATE GLULAM STRINGER PER STRINGER WHERE OCCURS PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH J STRUCTURAL BEAM PER STRUCTURAL JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A 4„ A DETAILS - NORTH da STAIR& RAILINGS a �TYP. STRINGER MOUNTED HAND RAIL @ TOP LANDING STRINGER MOUNTED HAND RAIL @ TOP LANDING �TYP. STRINGER MOUNTED HAND RAIL @ BOTTOM LANDING STRINGER MOUNTED HAND RAIL @ BOTTOM LANDING HANDRAIL BASE PLATE AI 1 112"=T-0" M 1 1/2"=1'-0" 46"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D estD CONSULTANT: • l� 6467 REGISTERED — CiereStO _ — — — — — — Cleresto ARCHITECT 26--0" 26'-�1 TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C „PROJECT • C STAIRS At STAIRS 222 A4'32 222 Arlington Operations Center FOR UDDer Level I Upper Level 14'- - - - - - 14'- Snohomish County w Public Works AT w 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 \ STAIRS MECH:HVAC 10-8-1 _ EQUIPMENT w og PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 w This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B i Lower Levg� _ — Lower Levee 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B - Q" O" written permission for any other use or reproduction. 10,-1• 10'-1" PROJECT NUMBER: 11 TREADS @ 11"EACH A3 11 TREADS @ 11"EACH A4.32 2023-053 �Q SOUTH STAIR LONGITUDINAL SECTION - LOWER ��SOUTH STAIR LONGITUDINAL SECTION -UPPER • U I 1/4"=1'-0" UG 1/4"=1'-0" MARK DATE DESCRIPTION A3 6 5 A3 8 A4.31 A4.31 ss.11x �/q� 2-a vz Upper Level za —� A 14' D3 A4.32 hclLii— —R-�r- --- 91 LL 4'-93/8" 2'-2" I:I UP r..l n, \'I B1 ' ' .'• '': , .I ..O� .'\ \ ( PROJECT ` 81 \ / A4.31 r I'�;I >I.�,�i.�r "r II' I A4.31 I'":I "�I.�r 'r �C' I I+'I"�r y �. � PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: Ti AA44D.333 21 5538.1111 III IIuIIII I�nII�I IInI_III_I�nII�I ¶IInIIII__�IIIIIlI_,IIIIII__�IiI�t__IIlI_III_,IIII_ IiIIiI KU, �/I�IIIiI \ A431 \ p�� PkR•O JECT E PS PROJECT MANAG STAIRS STAIRS JOB CAPTAIN: DF ,K ARCHITECT: TH A B2 O G A ENLARGED PLANS & SECTIONS - SOUTH 10'-6112° 4'-6•CLR. STAIR D3 58.11 A3 Sim — Lower Le 0! vel ,•. A4.32 A4.31 SOUTH STAIR ENLARGED PLAN-LOWER LEVEL ��SOUTH STAIR ENLARGED PLAN-UPPER LEVEL ��SOUTH STAIR TRANSVERSE SECTION A! 1/4"=1,_0„ A2 11—1,_0,. A0 1/4"=11_0„ 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 314" 1 314" CONTINUOUS BLOCKING z HOLE FOR#10 MS +2'-10"A.FT* DYKEMAN 1 112"STEEL PIPE RAILING ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 7/16"CLEAR + MOUNTING BRACKET 1 1 WELDAND�Z HOLE Cj AT 6'-0"O.C.MAX. D GR(TYP AT NO D —dyk arnet 1716 West Marine Vie,D,I,e SMOOTH SOLID BLOCKING ALL JOINTS) E LJ:1 425.259.3161 M 2,dFl,,,/E....ft,WA 98201 23141- 90 DEGREE CARLSTADT-SELF CARLSTADT-SELF ELBOW CONSULTANT: ALIGNING WALL BRACKET. ALIGNING WALL BRACKET. 1 1/2"STEEL 621 (PAINTED STEEL) 621(PAINTED STEEL) PIPE TYP. WALL MOUNTED SIDE WALL MOUNTED FRONT 1.-0.1 a Top LANDING ONE TREAD @ BTTM LANDING RISER BELOW HANDRAIL BRACKET-WALL MOUNTED (§��HANDRAAIL RETURN 3. • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT AT IF WASH ITON C PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 L,V-0"FROM NOSING PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 WALL BEYOND PER PLAN This drawing is: 1 Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2 The ArchiteGrs Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction PROJECT NUMBER: TYP. 1 114"STD SS PIPE HANDRAIL, 0 FACE OF NOSING 2023-053 REFER TO DET.D1-D2/A4.32 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 1/2" 11 1/2,' TYP. UPPER LEVEL 3"x 3"x 114"STEEL ANGLE 10"LONG,PAINT BLACK 4 4 PROJECT TEAM: CONCRETE SLAB PER 4 STRUCTURAL 112"x 3"LAG BOLTS AT STRINGER PRINCIPAL IN=E:l TJ 3/8"BENT PLATE PROJECT MA PS C'STRIN 0 PROJECT ARCHITECT: PER STRUCT. 1 L GER -�-�--3-/4"CHAMFERON JOB CAPTAIN: DHF,KG BEAM PER STRUCTURAL 'VERTICAL LEG A WALL PER PLAN A——— A DETAILS-SOUTH 4 4 STAIR& RAILINGS ALL MOUNTED HAND RAIL @ TOP LANDING PRECAST CONIC.TREAD 8,MTL RISER @ BOTTOM LANDING WAF."Am A 3 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES GENERAL NOTES -FINISH PLANS 11-POLISHED CONCRETE A. SEE SHEET A-600 FOR ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND FLOORING TYPES. J. TILE JOINTS:A'SOFT JOINT SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE ROOM PERIMETER WHERE B. SEE SHEET A9.20 FOR FLOORING TRANSITION AND THRESHOLD DETAILS.ALSO TILE IS WALL TO WALL.THE SOFT JOINT SHALL CONSIST OF SILICONE SEALANT, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FLOORING REDUCERS,WHERE DIFFERING NESTED BELOW COVE BASE TILE WHERE POSSIBLE.THE SOFT JOINT SILICONE MATERIALS MEET,PROVIDE APPROPRIATE REDUCER AT ALL TRANSITIONS AS SHALL MEET HARDNESS&MILDEW RESISTANCE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AS F2-SEALED CONCRETE APPROVED WHETHER DETAILED OR NOT. LAID OUT BY THE TCNA-SECTION 3,1171. C. EXTEND FLOORING BELOW ALL 011111 IRS. K. ALL FLOOR TYPES ARE DESIGNATED ON THE WALL SECTIONS. D. EXTEND FLOORING BELOW ALL CABINETS WHERE THE SINK IS ADA ACCESSIBLE L. ALL DIMENSIONS TO FLOOR DRAINS,FLOOR SINKS,FLOOR SLEEVES,ETC.ARE DYKEMAN FF 1 71 F3-RESILIENT FLOORING AND FULLY COVER THE EXPOSED FLOOR. TAKEN FROM THE GRID LINES TO THE CENTER OF THE FIXTURE.FLOOR E. EXTEND FLOORING BELOW ALL APPLIANCES.EXTEND FLOORING BELOW ALL PENETRATIONS FOR PLUMBING,ELECTRICAL,ETC.,ROUGH-INS OCCURRING IN STAND ALONE CABINETS& CHASES OR WALLS ARE NOT SHOWN.SEE ARCH.,PLUMB.,MECH.,FIRE SPRINKLER, ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN F4A-WALK OFF(MAT) BUILT-IN DESK.ALSO SEE INT.ELEV FOR KNEESPACE.EXTEND FLOORING UNDER &TELECOM PLANS.FLOOR CLEAN-OUTS NOT SHOWN,SEE PLUMB.PLANS. ALL FURNITURE. M. FOR EXACT SIZE OF FLOOR DRAIN OR FLOOR SINK,SEE MECHANICAL PLANS. F. SEE SHEET A4.21-A4.22&A4.31 FOR STAIR AND RAMP TYPES AT STAIR AND STAIR N. CONTROLS JOINTS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL PLANS EXISTING.ALL NEW D F4B-WALK OFF(ENTRY SYSTEM) LANDING FINISHES. CONCRETE OVERLAY JOINTS ARE TO MATCH EXISTING SLAB CONTROL JOINTS. _ _ _View DrIw, D G. FLOORING TRANSITIONS LOCATED AT DOOR OPENINGS SHALL BE CENTERED 0. SEE ELECTRICAL AND TELECOMMUNICATION PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION UNDER DOOR PANEL. REGARDING FLOOR POWER RECEPTACLE BOXES AND CONDUIT STUB UPS. H. VERTICAL HEIGHTS ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS:TOP OF CONCRETE FLOOR P. ALL LOCALIZED DRAINS SHALL SLOPE PER DETAIL.DO NOT REDUCE THE SLAB F5-CERAMIC TILE SLAB,(MAY ALSO BE NOTED AS TOP OF FLOOR),IS GENERALLY REFERENCED AS THICKNESS FOR SLAB ON GRADE CONDITIONS.IT IS PERMITTED TO REDUCE SLAB ELEVATION 0'-0"FOR THE MAIN FLOOR LEVEL.ALL OTHER VERTICAL DIMENSION THICKNESS ON SECOND FLOOR TO ACHIEVE SLOPE. CONSULTANT: REFERENCE POINTS ABOVE(.)OR BELOW(-)0'-0". Q. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATIONS OF I. FLOOR SLOPES:AT SHOWER ROOMS W/FLOORS SHOWN SLOPED TO DRAIN DO ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS NOT UNDER WALLS,CORE-DRILLING,AND FLOOR NOT REDUCE SLAB THICKNESS OF SLAB ON GRADE.ONLY MINOR ADJUSTMENTS SLOPES WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER PRIOR TO POURING CONCRETE SLABS. SHALL BE MADE W/TILE GROUT BASE.UNLESS DIMENSIONED OTHERWISE,FLOOR R. OVERALL FLOOR PATTERN DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL. DRAINS ARE LOCATED AT CENTER OF ROOMS. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT ° 4 a d TI Y JAM S EWETT EMERGENCY ° ° ° d j 1 ° <4 SAT OF WASH GTON d a MOP ELEC. ° °-MECH.° a STAIRS a ° ° ELEV a a ° SUPPLIES Pa F2 � UP d a ICE.. 101 ELEV.EQUIP.a a (COOP) a 105 006 1 77 108 h a d w 103 104 a F2 4 F2 ° F2 - I 14 1 1 1 11.1 F C °J - - b H ° .MECH:WATER C W d 4 ° li li 1 l 4 -• • • _� , F2 °4 F2 4 Q ° SOURCE SYSTEM a y..A A6.11 `A, B7 d a ° a F2 wi Arlington Operations FIRST AID 8.. MECH:HVAC ., a MOTHER' RM.' "CORRIDOR' ° EQUIPMENT S F1 WELLNESS a Center 130 A611 - 133 ) 100B F1 ,., _ 109 F2 A4 a °Q� 4°a B A92o Y" C1 — — — — — — — — — — FOR 4. ,F3 - "A2 I CUSTODIAL' - Snohomish Count Al A6.13 ° a a F3 <. A A6.13 a 134 FS ..4. MEN'S 1 ,(� 4 A6.13 F2 RESTROOM P I I l i Works CORRIDOR STORAGE/ u C O $ WATER BOTTLES a STORAGE ° 100A — 131 ° 132 � O Fi _ SERVICE YARD AT D a l� j F4A .' UNION ° � �J. '.� O 22s °Fz 4 Fz F7 r 19620 67th Ave NE ad ° .(�1 CORROIDO- Arlington, WA 98223 Lo— ll"I : — — — — - -1,l 4a, d a `-EOC1TRAININGIPAVING Fi : t_" A3 TYP / PERMIT SET DROP-IN d n : ROLL CALL" STORAGE 135 "C A6.12 D1 A920 \ as 05/02/2025 O B3 '1LJ p F5 F5 .WOMEN S RESTROOM This drawing is: a F2 a ° 3: Cop 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. Bi A6.13 1 3 112 2.The Archited's Instrument of Professional Service. e RECYCLE "� WORK RM/- d 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B --:y i PLOTTER. _ P 1 Y written permission for any other use or reproduction. 126 ❑ 127 Q ;._G 3 .<LU H -F1- I I I `❑ A6.12 D3 ENV.STOR.° 4 w E' F, 2023-053 137 d A6.13 3 1 A613 "" Fi F2 a w LOCKER ROOM- �` f T b Mii 113 Ci A612 1 y `'.CORRIDO F1 ,C A6.12 2:; .;„.... - :. - - MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ASH OFF AREA 100D � W .,Al . . :.I I" L THE " `UNIFORMS C O S .. F1 F1 Fi F1 Fi F1 Fi - WASH-UP .. F4B ..:... .. .: F48 SR.ENV.COORD. BRIDGE BRIDGE: _ ,..-• I 114 WORKSTATION.:. SUPERVISOR LEADWORKER. WORKSTATION F2 B2 125 at n 123 122 121 m A9.20 A4.01 D3 e - w w n F46 > > C — - • ENDING PAVING MACHINES PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ DROP-IN DROP-IN PAVING LEAD SUPERVISOR PROJECT MANAGER: PS 120 119 118 117 PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH IlT 11T 11T lTI JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG FLOOR FINISH PLAN - LOWER LEVEL o a' 8' 16' FLOOR FINISH PLAN - LOWER LEVEL Scale:1/8"=1'-0" • 11.1=1'-0" NORTH 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES GENERAL NOTES -FINISH PLANS Fi-POLISHED CONCRETE A. SEE SHEET A-600 FOR ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND FLOORING TYPES. J. TILE JOINTS:A'SOFT JOINT SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE ROOM PERIMETER WHERE B. SEE SHEET A9.20 FOR FLOORING TRANSITION AND THRESHOLD DETAILS.ALSO TILE IS WALL TO WALL.THE SOFT JOINT SHALL CONSIST OF SILICONE SEALANT, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FLOORING REDUCERS,WHERE DIFFERING NESTED BELOW COVE BASE TILE WHERE POSSIBLE.THE SOFT JOINT SILICONE 0 F2-SEALED CONCRETE MATERIALS MEET.PROVIDE APPROPRIATE REDUCER AT ALL TRANSITIONS AS SHALL MEET HARDNESS&MILDEW RESISTANCE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AS APPROVED WHETHER DETAILED OR NOT. LAID OUT BY THE TCNA-SECTION 3,1171. C. EXTEND FLOORING BELOW ALL OPEN STAIRS. K. ALL FLOOR TYPES ARE DESIGNATED ON THE WALL SECTIONS. DYKEMAN D. EXTEND FLOORING BELOW ALL CABINETS WHERE THE SINK IS ADA ACCESSIBLE L. ALL DIMENSIONS TO FLOOR DRAINS,FLOOR SINKS,FLOOR SLEEVES,ETC.ARE I F3-RESILIENT FLOORING AND FULLY COVER THE EXPOSED FLOOR. TAKEN FROM THE GRID LINES TO THE CENTER OF THE FIXTURE.FLOOR E. EXTEND FLOORING BELOW ALL APPLIANCES.EXTEND FLOORING BELOW ALL PENETRATIONS FOR PLUMBING,ELECTRICAL,ETC.,ROUGH-INS OCCURRING IN STAND ALONE CABINETS& CHASES OR WALLS ARE NOT SHOWN.SEE ARCH.,PLUMB.,MECH.,FIRE SPRINKLER, ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN F4A-WALK OFF(MAT) BUILT-IN DESK.ALSO SEE INT.ELEV FOR KNEESPACE.EXTEND FLOORING UNDER &TELECOM PLANS.FLOOR CLEAN-OUTS NOT SHOWN,SEE PLUMB.PLANS. ALL FURNITURE. M. FOR EXACT SIZE OF FLOOR DRAIN OR FLOOR SINK,SEE MECHANICAL PLANS. F. SEE SHEET A4.21-A4.22&A4.31 FOR STAIR AND RAMP TYPES AT STAIR AND STAIR N. CONTROLS JOINTS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL PLANS EXISTING.ALL NEW D F4B-WALK OFF(ENTRY SYSTEM) LANDING FINISHES. CONCRETE OVERLAY JOINTS ARE TO MATCH EXISTING SLAB CONTROL JOINTS. - - - D G. FLOORING TRANSITIONS LOCATED AT DOOR OPENINGS SHALL BE CENTERED 0. SEE ELECTRICAL AND TELECOMMUNICATION PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION UNDER DOOR PANEL. REGARDING FLOOR POWER RECEPTACLE BOXES AND CONDUIT STUB UPS. H. VERTICAL HEIGHTS ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS:TOP OF CONCRETE FLOOR P. ALL LOCALIZED DRAINS SHALL SLOPE PER DETAIL.DO NOT REDUCE THE SLAB F5-CERAMIC TILE SLAB,(MAY ALSO BE NOTED AS TOP OF FLOOR),IS GENERALLY REFERENCED AS THICKNESS FOR SLAB ON GRADE CONDITIONS.IT IS PERMITTED TO REDUCE SLAB ELEVATION 0'-0"FOR THE MAIN FLOOR LEVEL.ALL OTHER VERTICAL DIMENSION THICKNESS ON SECOND FLOOR TO ACHIEVE SLOPE. CONSULTANT: REFERENCE POINTS ABOVE(t)OR BELOW(-)0'-0". Q. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATIONS OF I. FLOOR SLOPES:AT SHOWER ROOMS W/FLOORS SHOWN SLOPED TO DRAIN DO ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS NOT UNDER WALLS,CORE-DRILLING,AND FLOOR NOT REDUCE SLAB THICKNESS OF SLAB ON GRADE.ONLY MINOR ADJUSTMENTS SLOPES WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER PRIOR TO POURING CONCRETE SLABS. SHALL BE MADE W/TILE GROUT BASE.UNLESS DIMENSIONED OTHERWISE,FLOOR R. OVERALL FLOOR PATTERN DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL. DRAINS ARE LOCATED AT CENTER OF ROOMS. • 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT I I I I I I I — TI Y JAM S EWEFf A — — SAT OF WASH GTON �VE TI.ULE B3 201 ILL ROLL CALLA "." E ..3 ROLL CALL B �" \\ STAIRS \ 4 C B A6.15 B ELEV. E .3 • \ 222 \/ PROJECT• • • C 207 pi A6.16 A2 Al A8.16"� 209 Fi F4A 203 \ \I F4A Arlington Operations DN F4A LOBBY/PUBLIC "A3_ Center COUNTER C7 A6.15 C FOR CUSTODIAL ' 202 - . .0 -��'. �LJ L)Q A6.15 C4 Fi RESTROOM_." ' - E 220 - - - - - - Snohomish County CORRIDOR - -��_ ,�� U_ _'_ - '_�JU- _ -�_ -��- -0,� L� - A A6.13 B1 A6.14 WORKSTATION - 200A _ - • -. -_ Al .-' - .. -.-- _ - ..-.- - - _ _ - Public Works - _ - y� _ imA B3F204 AT - B A6.17 61,-: - F2 A4 a 19620 67th Ave NE Ci ELEC. CORRIDOR _ A6,5 A5 - C-L) i)U'--0� - � ��-.�� (LIJ LJ�: 2,5 2ooc-. - - _ - .. Arlington, WA 98223 WORKSTATION .PL � r 205 - - B1 - - F2 F1 RES ROOM11 �; F, 219 — — PERMIT SET � — — — E _ -A7- _-,E E 05/02/2025 E CORROIBOR A6.15 Al Al A6.15 A2 - A6.14 -'A1 AS.15 "N in m Thls drawing is: /A�{ qi "A6 15-"A7 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. y - 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B Fi _ C1 OPERATIONS -F 3.For use on this protect only.Obtain Architect's B '' - 'MANAGER written permission for any other use or reproduction. DRAINAGE' _ _ _ -PAVEMENT/; - _ 218 SWEEPING - - - - - VEGETATION" _ PROJECT NUMBER. A A6.16 B2 - SMALL CONIF - SUPERVISOR- LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER- SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER - KITCHEN -, 210 r�c 212 213 - 214 216 217 - B, .- 2D6 " 2023-053 Fi F1 F1 F1 Fi Fi F1 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I WEST DECK 2 88 4 I PROJECT� PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ U — ` — PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A FLOOR FINISH PLAN - UPPERLEVEL I I I I I I I I o a' a' 16, FLOOR FINISH PLAN - UPPER LEVEL Scale:,/a"=T-0• 1/8"=1'-0° NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FINISH MATERIAL KEY GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Name Number Base Finish Floor Finish North Wall East Wall South Wall West Wall Ceiling Finish Comments FLOOR A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. OUTDOOR SPACE AND LOADING F1 CONCRETE-POLISHED B. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. WASH-OFF AREA _ _ _ _ __ __ _ F2 CONCRETE-SEALED C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& - SERVICEYARD F3 RESILIENT FLOORING EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS,TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO - - - - -- - F4A WALK OFF(MAT) SHEETA9.10 VENDING MACHINES - - - - -- - - WALK OFF CORRIDOR 100A B1 F1/F4A GWBI GWBI GWB/P1NV1NV26 GWB/P1NV1/FFE OTS F56 CERAMIC TILE TRY SYSTEM) D. RECESSES,OTHER UISENOTD PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES DYKEMAN CORRIDOR 100B B1 F1 - GWB/P1NV1 GWB/P1NV1 GWB/P1NV1 OTS UNLESS ISHERWISENOTED. CORRIDOR 100C B1 F1 GWB/P1NV1 GWB/P1NV1 GWB/P1NV1 GWB/P1 OTS BASE E. OUTSIDWALL E ICORNERSRryP�TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC)DO)OT TERMINATE AT DESIGN CORRIDOR 100D B1 F1 GWB/P1NV1 GWB/P1NV1NV2B GWB/P1NV1NV26 GWB/P1NV1/FFE OTS B1 RESILIENT BASE-6"H F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORKAND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE ELEV. 101 PER MFG. F1 PER MFG. PER MFG. PER MFG. PER MFG. PER MFG. 62A CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE-6"H,FIELD CONCEALED FROM VIEW. G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D KITCHENETTE 102 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P3 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 OTS/C2 82B CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE-6"H,ACCENT D H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, - - - ELEV.EQUIP. 103 B1 F2 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 OTS ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES(COOP) 104 B1 F2 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 OTS WALL I. DOORAND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. MDF 105 B1 F2 GWB/P1/W7 GWB/P1/W7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 OTS PLYWOOD WAINSCOT,PER ELECTRICAL J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. W1 MDF ELEC. 106 B1 F2 GWB/P1 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV W2A CERAMIC WALL TILE-FIELD 7 GWB/P1NV7 OTS PLYWOOD WAINSCOT,PER ELECTRICAL K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. MECH. 10 B1 F2 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBIGWB/P1 OTS W26 CERAMIC WALL TILE-ACCENT L. CONSULTANT: STAIRS 108 B1 F2 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBIGWB/P1 OTS W3 NOT USED M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING MECH:HVAC EQUIPMENT 109 B1 F2 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 OTS W4 FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) INFORMATION. MECH:WATER SOURCE SYSTEM 110 B1 F2 GWBI GWBIGWB/P1 GWBIP7 OTS W5 AWP(ACOUSTICAL WALL PANEL) N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON Alit SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION W6 RICHLITE AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL MEWS RESTROOM 111 B2 F1/F5 GWBIPINV2 GWBIPINV2 GWB/P1NJ2 GWBIPINV2 GWBIP7 W7 PLYWOOD FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. WOMENI RESTROOM 112 IB2 F1/F5 GWB/P1AN2A GWB/P1AN2A GWB/P1NV2A GWB/P1AN2AW2B GWB/P7 P1 PAINT-FIELD LOCKER ROOM 113 B2 F1 GWB/P1NV2A GWB/P7 GWB/P1NV26 GWB/P7 C3 P2 PAINT-HOLLOW METAL FRAMES AND EXPOSED METAL COLUMNS CLOTHES DRYING/WASH-UP 114 B1 F1/F4B GWB/P1NV4 GWB/P1NV4 GWB/P1NV4 GWB/P1NV4 GWB/P1 P3 PAINT-ACCENT MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES UNIFORMS 115 B1 F2 GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1 GWBI OTS P4 PAINT-ACCENT VESTIBULE 116 B1 F4B GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1 GWBI C1A NOTE:CORNER GUARDS AT ALL EXPOSED CORNERS UNO,STAINLESS STEEL, PAVING SUPERVISOR 117 B1 F1 GWBI GWBI GWB/P1 GWB/P1 C1A 2 1/2"X 2 1/2",SIZES:FULL HEIGHT @6'-8"AND PARTIAL HEIGHT@ 4'-0" W1-MDF WAINSCOT PAVING LEAD 118 B1 F1 GWBI GWB/P7 GWBI GWBI C1A • DROP-IN 119 B1 F1 FFE FFE GWBI GWB/P1 OTS CEILING DROP-IN 120 B1 F1 FFE FFE FFE GWB/P1 OTS W2A-WALL TILE WORKSTATION 121 B1 F1 GWB/P1 FFE FFE GWB/P1 OTS C1A 2X4ACT C16 2 X 2 ACT BRIDGE LEADWORKER 122 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1 C1A 6467 C2 ACOUSTICAL FELT BAFFLES(HANGING) W2B-WALL TILE AECISTERE9 BRIDGE SUPERVISOR 123 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1 C1A C3 2X4 ACT-CLEAN ROOM VL ARCHOECT VESTIBULE 124 B1 F4B GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1 C1A OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE-PAINTED SR.ENV.COORD.WORKSTATION 125 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1 C1A W3-NOTUSED RECYCLE 126 B1 F1 GWB/P1NJ7 OTS CASEWORK TI Y JAM S EWETT WORK RM./PLOTTER 127 B1 F1 GWB/P7 GWBI GWBI GWBI C1A SAT OF WASH cTON PL1 SOLIDPLASTICLAMINATE/TBD-VERTICAL CASEWORK DROP-IN 128 B1 F1 GWBIP7 GWB/P7 GWBI GWBI C1A SSM1 SOLID SUFRACE/TBD W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) UNION 129 B1 F1 GWB/P7 GWB/P7 GWBI GWB/P7 C1A FIRST AID&WELLNESS 130 B1 F3 GWBI GWBI GWB/P1 GWBI C1A C W5-ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELING C STORAGEI WATER BOTTLES 131 B1 F2 GWBIPINV7 GWBIPINV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWBIPINV7 OTS ••• • • STORAGE 132 B1 F2 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 OTS MOTHER'S RM. 133 B1 F3 GWBIGWBIGWB/P1 GWBIC1A W6-RICHLITE(WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS) Arlington Operations CUSTODIAL 134 B1 F2 GWB/P1NV4 GWBIGWB/P1 GWB/P1NV4 OTS EOC/TRAINING/PAVING ROLL CALL 135 B1 F1 GWB/P1NV5 GWBIGWB/P1 GW8 /P1 C1A STORAGE 136 B1 F2 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 OTS W7-PLYWOOD Center ENV.STOR. 137 B1 F2 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 OTS CORRIDOR 200A B1 F1 FFE GWB/P1 GWB/P1NV6 - OTS/C2 ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS ON SOUTH WALL FOR CORRIDOR 200B B1 F1 GWB/P1NV1 GWB/P1/P3NV1NV2B GWB/P1NV1 GWB/P1NV1 OTS/GWB/P1 0 81-6"RUBBER BASE CORRIDOR 200C B1 F1 GWB/P1/P3NV1 GWB/P1NV1 GWB/P1NV1NV2B GWB/P1NV1 OTS ® B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Snohomish County VESTIBULE 201 B Nd 1 F4A GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWB6 GWB/P1 C1A LOBBY/PUBLIC COUNTER 202 B1 F4A GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWB/PlfW6 GWB/P1 OTS/C2 ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS ON SOUTH WALL m B2B-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Public Works ELEV. 203 PER MFG. F1 PER MFG. PER MFG. PER MFG. PER MFG. PER MFG. WORKSTATION 204 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 FFE FFE OTS/C2 P7 PAINT-FIELD WORKSTATION 205 iBi F1 GWBI FFE FFE GWBI OTS/C2 AT KITCHEN 206 B1 F1 GWB/P7 GWB/P7 GWB/P1/P4 GWBI OTS/C2 P2 PAINT-HOLLOW METAL FRAMES ROLL CALLA 207 B1 F1 GWB/P1NV5 GWB/P1NV5 GWB/P7/OPW GWB/P1/W5 OTS/C7B/C2 P3 WEST DECK 208 PAINT-ACCENT 19620 67th Ave NE ROLL CALL 209 B1 F1 GWB/P1/OPW GWB/P1NV5 GWB/P11W5 GWB/P1NV5 OTS/C7B/C2 O MATERIAL TAG Arlington, WA 98223 SMALL CONF. 210 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWBIGWB/P1 GWBIC1A DRAINAGE SWEEPING SUPERVISOR 211 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBI C1A LEAD WORKER 212 B1 F1 GWBI GWBI GM SEE FINISH MATERIAL KEY/A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS LEAD WORKER 213 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 G. GWB/P1 C1A PERMIT SET PAVEMENT/VEGETATION SUPERVISOR 214 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1 C1A 05/02/2025 ELEC. 215 B1 F2 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 GWB/P1NV7 OTS PLYWOOD WAINSCOT,PER ELECTRICAL LEAD WORKER 216 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1 C1A MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES LEAD WORKER 217 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1 C1A This drawing is: OPERATIONS MANAGER 218 B1 F1 GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBIGWB/P1 C1A 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. F1-POLISHED CONCRETE 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. ISWOMEN'S RESTROOM 219 B2 F1 GWB/P1AN2A GWB/PI/W2A GWBIGWB/P1,W2AW2B GWB/P7 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B MEN'S RESTROOM 220 1F1 GWB/P1A(V2A GWB/PlAV2B GWBIGWB/P1,W2AW2B GWB/P1 written permission for any other use or reproduction. CUSTODIAL 221 B1 F2 GWB/P1NV4 GWB/P1 GWBI GWB/P1NV4 OTS F2-SEALED CONCRETE STAIRS 222 B1 F4A G GWB/P1 GWB/P1 GWBI WB/P1 OTS PROJECT WASH-UP 308 - - - - -- - - � F3-RESILIENT FLOORING 2023-053 F4A-WALK OFF(MAT) • F41S-WALK OFF(ENTRY SYSTEM) MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 18" z 38" MOUNT UNDER CID,, F5-CERAMIC TILE GRAB BARS - � o —z m_ _ MATERIAL LEGEND -CEILING FINISHES 77 SHOWER HEAD ACCESSIBLE SOAP DISPENSER TOILET PAPER ACCESSIBLE STANDARD ACCESSIBLE FLOOR ACCESSIBLE WALL HUNG WALL HUNG SANITARY MOP SINK FAUCET PAPER TOWEL STANDARD SEAT ADA SEAT COVER C1A-2 X4 ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS SHOWER HEAD DISPENSER URINAL URINAL MOUNT WATER CLOSET WATER CLOSET LAVATORY NAPKIN DISPENSER COVER DISPENSER DISPENSER PROJECT DISPENSER C1B-2 X2ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS PRINCIPAL ANAL GE: TJ 54"MIN. PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH 12"M 42"MIN. 36"MIN. ® C2-ACOUSTICAL WRAPPED PANELS(CEILING HANGING) JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG 40" 12" 24" - •- A z ❑ •18, C3-2X4 ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS-CLEAN ROOM VL A Qs URINAL NOTE: Im FINISH LEGENDS & �I— FLUSH CONTROLS TO BE L CATED ON THE GYPSUM CEILING BOARD SCHEDULES, O v - ® OPEN SIDE OF THE MOUNTING HEIGHTS W a - ATER CLOSET. 0'-0" CEILING TAG-CEILING ELEVATION FROM FLOOR LEVEL •.. . FIRE EXTINGUISHER GRAB BARS-SIDE GRAB BARS-BACK MIRROR MOP/BROOM DRINKING WALL MOUNTED COAT HOOK TYPICAL SIGNAGE URINAL SCREEN ELECTRIC UNIT HOLDER FOUNTAIN WITH ADA OPERATOR MOUNTING HEIGHT (•WHICHEVER WALL HEATER OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE-PAINT OR STAIN/SEAL AS INDICATED BOTTLE FILLER (REF RT FOR ADID'L INFO)GNAGEDWGS DIMENSION IS LARGEST) MARC* FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHT LEGEND 1/4"=1'-0" 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH W1-MDF WAINSCOT W6-RICHLITE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS TYPIMAT AL UNTINGFE HEIGHTS SHEET REFER ( ) B. TYPICALMOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFERTO SHEET A6.00. C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO W2A-WALL TILE W7-PLYWOOD SHEETA9.10 . D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES YKEMAN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, W2B-WALL TILE 0 B1-6"RUBBER BASE E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO J1Qj TERMINATE AT ® OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN B2-6"CERAMIC BASE F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORKAND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE W3-TACKABLE WALL SYSTEM CONCEALED FROM VIEW. D Pi PAINT-FIELD G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, P2 PAINT-HOLLOW METAL FRAMES ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BYARCHITECT. W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) O I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. P3 PAINT-ACCENT J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. W5-ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELING L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. OMATERIAL TAG M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING CONSULTANT: INFORMATION. SEE FINISH MATERIAL KEY/A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A,0 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL Pi TYP. 12M7 TYP. FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. KEYNOTE LEGEND KEYNOTE KEYNOTETEXT \\ // ❑ ® ❑ \� 101415 INTERIOR SIGNAGE,REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION • 102613 CORNER GUARDS 10 2813.A2 WALL MOUNTED LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER 102813.A3 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER,F.O.LC. OPEN TO Typ 104413 FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 64674 BEYOND C3 OPEN TO 109000.A1 RECYCLING STATION BEYOND 113114A REFRIGERATOR PER SPECIFICATIONS 113115 MICROWAVE F.O.I.C. / \ 1114 700 ICE MAKER PER SPEC. / \ Ci \ 224713 DRINKING FOUNTAINS \ A9.12 A2 230000.A1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT-REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS C / PROJECT • • C 10 2613 10 1415 TYP. 61 TYP. W 1 TYP. 10 2613 Arlington Operations C1 CORRIDOR#100B-W Center FOR Snohomish County CORNER P1 23 OOOO.Ai TYP. Public Works AT 0 0 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 P3 NP. PERMIT SET C3 A9.,2 05/02/2025 lipO 0 O p p This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. B At At 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B A912 A9 12 written permission for any other use or reproduction. e PROJECT 102613F 1-01415 TYP. 2023-053 61 TYP. W1 TYP. • * CORRIDOR#100B- E MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CORNER W1 W26 3630021 2430215 3630021 P7 230000.A1 TYP. 4830215 301 2415 3230215302 3015 30 30 30 30 15 15 15 P1 SSM1 PL1 PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ \\ // ❑� �❑ \\ // PROJECT MANAGER: PS A9.12 PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH OPEN TO I I \ - - -- -- -- -- JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG i O BEYOND IDS EYOND PEN TO - -- ---- / \ ---- A9.12 - -- ---- A \ O / \ A / A2 - Al /m � i A9.12 \ to 8 A9.40 z Al I NTERIOR ELEVATIONS -iLl •- 10 4413 10 2813.A3 SSM1 B, 102 101 102K34 114 10 2613 10 2613 22 4713 102 11 3115 1. B1 001415 TYP. 10 9000.A1 W 1 TYP. 10 2613 TYP. 10 2813.A2 qg 24 2q 2q 40 24 48 24 48 24 PL7 34 34 3411 3114A Al34 CORRIDOR#100A-S A4 KITCHENETTE#102- N PL1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 w1 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH MAT R TO 4830215 3630215 3630215 3630215 TYPI AL MOUNTING EIGH SHEET REFER B. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. 30 30 30 30 C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEETA9.10 . 4 B2 D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES A9 40 Pi UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NOTTERMINATEAT TYP, OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN C3 F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE CONCEALED FROM VIEW. D \ / \ / _ ______ ___ __ ______ pLt G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D Al H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, - - -View Dd- ® AB AO ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. OPEN TO OPEN TO TYP. I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. BEYOND BEYOND At SSM1 J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. PLt M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING INFORMATION. N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A70 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL 101415 TVP. 10 2613 10 2613 10 2613 10 2613 10 4413 102 102 102 1112 FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. 48 24 36 24 36 24 36 24 34 34 34 34 CORRIDOR#100C-S WORK RM./PLOT.#127-S MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES W1-MDF WAINSCOT CORNER W2A-WALL TILE C3 \\ / —® \\ / W2B-WALL TILE 174 1 I \ / \ OPEN TO \ / 1 I A4 \ / \ BEYOND TYP. \ / A9.12 \ / C3 W3-NOTUSED EWETT OPEN TO \ / BEYOND E W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) 0 N 0 /\ BEYOND \ BEYOND \ / \ C A9 2 // \\ / \ / \ ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELING PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C / I / Ai / 1 B1 / A912 W6-RICHLITE(WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS) Arlington Operations W7-PLYWOOD/ 41� Center / 102613 102613 102613 102 613 Wt gt 101415 TYP. 102613 0 B1-6"RUBBER BASE FOR m B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVEDBASE Snohomish County ��CORRIDOR#100D- N1 ��CORRIDOR#100D-N2 ( CORRIDOR#100C-N II B28-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Public Works V J 1/a" Pi PAINT-FIELD CORNER CORNER CORNER P2 PAINT HOLLOW METAL FRAMES AT Pi W1 W2B P3 PAINT ACCENT 19620 67th Ave NE \ / O MATERIALTAG Arlington, WA 98223 SEE FINISH MATERIAL KEY/A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS PERMIT SET i A9'2 i KEYNOTE LEGEND 05/02/2025 \\ / TYP. ❑� �� OPEN TO KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT This drawing is: \/ BEYOND 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. OPEN TO C3 A2 Al /\ 101415 INTERIOR SIGNAGE,REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. B BEYOND A9.12 Ag.12 Ag.12 / \ INFORMATION 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 102613 CORNER GUARDS written permission for any other use or reproduction. 104413 FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS PROJECT 0 AS A9.12 Ai12 Al / \ A912 A912 8 / \\ 224713 DRINKING FOUNTAINS 2023-053 102613 101415 TYP. 102613 102613 102613 224713 102613 0 B1 RECESSED RECESSED MARK DATE DESCRIPTION B� CORRIDOR#100D- E TYP. P1 W t CORNER CORNER CORNER ON PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH TYP. JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG C3 A9.12 A O O O 0 0 A Al INTERIOR ELEVATIONS YP. A9.12 FFE(WORKSTATION'-�CUBICLES F IFE FFE WORKSTATION- CUBICLES) �. W1 101415 TYP. 81 TYP. 102613 WALL HUNG FILE BOXTYP. (F.O.I.O.) CORRIDOR#100D-W 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. S. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEETA9.10 . YKEMAN D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NOT TERMINATE AT OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE CONCEALED FROM VIEW. G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, - - - D ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. CONSULTANT: M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING INFORMATION, N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A,0 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES PLi , 30115 4830215 1 30115 W1-MDF WAINSCOT 30 15 30 • p� SSM1 CORNER CORNER CORNER P7 � W2A-WALL TILE W26-WALL TILE 6467 ARCGG H TEE ERR CT DD W3-NOT USED Ti Y JAM S EWETT 0 WB 0 S AT OF WASH GTON A3 W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) A3 ® A3 A9.12 A9.12 C `gg'12 W5-ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELING PROJECT • • C W6-RICHLITE(WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS) Arlington Operations 168500.A1 102613 102613 224101 105613 102613 Center 81 101116 B1 102813.A3 1 10124 4810224 1 10124 W7-PLYWOOD PLi 34 34 34 0 Bi-6"RUBBER BASE FOR EOC/TRAINING/PAVING ROLL CALL#135-S EOC/TRAINING/PAVING ROLL CALL#135-W ® B2A-6"CERAMICTILECOVEDBASE �� Snohomish County ® B2B-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Public Works P1 PAINT-FIELD P2 PAINT-HOLLOW METAL FRAMES AT C1 P3 PAINT-ACCENT 19620 67th Ave NE 6" CORNER A911 W5 6 p1 O MATERIAL TAG Arlington, WA 98223 SEE FINISH MATERIAL KEY/A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS PERMIT SET KEYNOTE LEGEND 05/02/2025 Re KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 101116 MARKER-BOARD,F.O.I.O. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 102613 CORNER GUARDS A3 written permission for any other use or reproduction. A912 10 2813.A3 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER,F.O.I.C. 105613 METAL STORAGE SHELVING PROJECT 113114 REFRIGERATOR F.O.LC. 16 8500.A1 WALL-MOUNTED TELEVISION,54"A.F.F.,F.O.I.O. 224101 SINK 2023-053 105613 1026,3 B, B, 224105 SINK-COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS 224107 MOP SINK • �Q �EOIC�/TRAINING/PAVING ROLL CALL#135- N EOC/TRAINING/PAVING ROLL CALL#135-E MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 2530215 3630215 P1 3630215 2430215 30 15 15 30 224107 PROJECT B, gi 22 4107 B2 Bi A940 W4 A9.12 P1 Ell PRINCIPALIN CHARGE:j TJ A9.40 ABAO P, A9.12 W4 PROJECT MANAGER: PS PLi PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG _- 102813.A3 - - 82 B2 •• A A 224105 ® 224105 1,A9.12 A9.112 A9.12 SSMi SSMi Bi g3 #A9.12 A9 2 AAs.,z INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 61 102 102 g� 61 PLi 102 B7 2 24 36 24 36 24 34 34 34 Al FIRST AID &WELL.#130- N MOTHERS RM#133- E CUSTODIAL#134-N CUSTODIAL#134-W A2 ,'-Q" ,_D" 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. S. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEETA9.10 . 4 D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, P1 E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NOT TERMINATE AT CORNER OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE CONCEALED FROM VIEW. G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, - - - D ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.,0. / J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. / K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. / L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. CONSULTANT: M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING \ INFORMATION. \ / N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A,0 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION ❑� �❑ ❑� �❑ �� ® AND TURESNDINEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL \ / FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. OPEN TO BEYOND o I� o o I� o %\\ MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES ] W1-MDF WAINSCOT A9.12 A, A9.12 \ • Lill W2A-WALL TILE W2B-WALL TILE *67TYP. 101415 WALL HUNG FILE BOX P 102613(F.O.IOW3-NOTUSED CORRIDOR#200B-W W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) C W5-ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELING PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C P1 CORNER W6-RICHLITE(WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS) Arlington Operations P1 W2B W7-PLYWOOD Center P1 0 B1-6"RUBBER BASE FOR \\ / CORNER m B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Snohomish County P3 \\ m B2B-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Public Works PAINT-FIELD PAINT-HOLLOW METAL FRAMES AT PAINT-ACCENT 19620 67th Ave NE MATERIALTAG Arlington, WA 98223 \ / OPEN TO \\ // TYP ❑� BEYOND C3 TYP. SEE FINISH MATERIAL KEY/A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS OPEN TO B C3 Ag 14 c3 PERMIT SET EYOND Ag,14 / \ A9.12 05/02/2025 KEYNOTE LEGEND / \ / \ - q2 KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT This drawing is: Al \ Al Al / Al \ A912 8 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. / A9.12 \ Ag.,2 A9.12 / A9.12 111415 INTERIOR SIGNAGE,REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. INFORMATION 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 102613 CORNER GUARDS written permission for any other use or reproduction. / \ 109001 RECYCLING STATION _ 224713 DRINKING FOUNTAINS • 102613 W1 Lvog613 102613 81 101415 4 4 101415 102613 224713 2023-053 TYP. TYP. CORRIDOR#200C- NCORRIDOR#200C-W ��CORRIDOR#200C-S 1/4"=1'-0" ,u�/ 1/4"=1'-0" • 302 CORNER Pl TYP. CORNER W2B P1 CORNER 36 15 36302 15 CORNER CORNER MARK DATE DESCRIPTION In \ / \ / A4 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ �� EO EQ A9.12 ❑� \\/ A9.12 PROJECT MANAGER: PS OPEN TO TYP. OPEN TO W2B PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH BEYOND BEYOND r / \ C3 / JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A ENVIRONMENTAL / \ O / \ A9.12 A GRAPHICS / \ - A, / \ A, A7 i Al A9.12iH B A9.12 As.,2 \\ INTERIOR ELEVATIONS L A9.12 0 TYP. 102613 102613 81 W1 702g13 102613 224713 109000.A7 102613 3610224 36,0224 rC�SS�FD TYP.RECESSED RECESSED RECESSED RECESSED Al CORRIDOR#200B- E � • � 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. S. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. ,7 P1 C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO FTSHEETA9.10 D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES • YKEMAN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. _-----__ \ E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NOT TERMINATE AT OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE CONCEALED FROM VIEW. G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D \ \ OPEN TO- / H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, - - - D .BEYOND ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. \ L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. CONSULTANT: C3 M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING A9 12 P7 INFORMATION. N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A70 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION P1 AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL Pi FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. �L MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES W1-MDF WAINSCOT Ln 10 44,3 W6 W2A-WALL TILE SSMi W2B-WALL TILE 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Bi g, g1 101415 TYP. ELEVATOR B1 W3-NOT USED TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON ��LOBBY/COUNTER#202 - N ��LOBBY/COUNTER#202-W LOBBY/COUNTER#202-S LOBBY/COUNTER#202- E W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) r-o• \vv J va•=r-o• r-o• C W5-ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELING PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C W6-RICHLITE(WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS) Arlington Operations W7-PLYWOOD Center 0 B1-6"RUBBER BASE FOR \ B5 m B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE \ Snohomish County \ A9.12 m B2B-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Public Works Pi PAINT-FIELD \ P2 AT PAINT HOLLOW METAL FRAMES `\ P1 P3 PAINT ACCENT 19620 67th Ave NE ` P1 P1 O MATERIALTAG Arlington, WA 98223 \ � W6 OPEN TO P3 SEE FINISH MATERIAL KEY/A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS BEYOND PERMIT SET KEYNOTE LEGEND 05/02/2025 KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT This drawing is: / - 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. Bi 61 B1 B, 1101415 INTERIOR SIGNAGE,REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. B INFORMATION 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 61 1112611 CORNER GUARDS written permission for any other use or reproduction. -- 10 4413 FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS CORRIDOR#200A-W VESTIBULE#201 -N ��VESTIBULE#201 - E ��VESTIBULE#201 -S VESTIBULE PROJECT J va=r-o r-o r-o 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION Pi W6 -OPEN TO-'/// / \ / _BEYOND-� ( ( PROJECT TEAM- PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH \ / \ / ❑ (() JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG OPEN TO OPEN TO OPEN TO •- A BEYOND BEYOND BEYOND A Al ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHIC j (� A9,2 \ w, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SSMi Al Bi 102613 10 2613 g, B1 g� 102613 CORRIDOR#200B-N CORRIDOR#200B-S CORRIDOR#200C-E RR CORRIDOR#200A- E COIDOR#200A-S -,'-Q 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. S. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEETA9.10 . YKEMAN D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. E. WALL FINISHES,VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NOT TERMINATE AT OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE CONCEALED FROM VIEW. G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. D H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, - - - D ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE A7.20. K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES-REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING INFORMATION. N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A10 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES W1-MDF WAINSCOT FFTTMW2A-WALLTILE W28-WALL TILE 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT W3-NOT USED 302 302 TI r JAM S EWETf 31 15 2 15 S AT OF WASH GTON C2 TYP P7 \ 15 30 C2 W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) \ / W5-ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELING C, Pi PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C 7i \ / W6-RICHLITE(WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS) \ Arlington Operations / \ , e W7-PLYWOOD Center OPEN TO1 0 B1-6"RUBBER BASE FOR BEYOND / \ ® B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Snohomish County B2B-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE116.A1 P7 PAINT-FIELDPublic Works SSM1 � \ PAINT-HOLLOW METAL FRAMESAT 224101 ___ ___ __ ___ ____ P3 PAINT-ACCENT19620 67th Ave NE PL7 O MATERIAL TAG Arlington, WA 98223 101 102 102 104413 61 102613 11 3114 113112 SEE FINISH MATERIAL KEY/A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS 10 z4 3s z4 3a z4 24424 34 34 34 34 102 102 PERMIT SET 2 3424 32 34 24 KEYNOTE LEGEND 05/02/2025 B! 1/4" #206-W B2 KITCHEN#206-S KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT 1/4"=1'-0" 1/4"=1•0" This drawing is: O6 4116.A1 12"DEEP WALL-MOUNTED SHELVING 1.Copyright 2025 Dykem Inc. 2.The Architects Instrumeen,nt Professional Service. B 102613 CORNER GUARDS 3.For use on this project only..Obtain Architect's B 104413 FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS written permission for any other use or reproduction. 113112 RESIDENTIAL KITCHEN RANGE F.O.I.C. 113114 REFRIGERATOR F.O.LC. PROJECT 113301 EXHAUST HOOD F.O.I.0 224101 SINK 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION Pi P1 ift P1 W5 W5 P2 P2 PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A litP1 P, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SSM1 P1 61 - CORNER 102613 B1 102613 102613 61 SSM1 SSM1 ROLL CALL B#209- PARTITION WALL - N ��ROLL CALL A#207- PARTITION WALL-S ��KITCHEN#206- N • • I 1/4"=V-O" /"12 1/4"=11-01, /"�J 1/4"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS W5 A. MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES,MATERIAL LEGEND-FLOOR FINISHES AND FINISH ® MATERIAL KEY-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. S. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS-REFER TO SHEET A6.00. C. BLOCKING-PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND WALL FINISHES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES& I CORNER EQUIPMENT,FIXTURES,CASEWORK,AND RAILINGS.TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS-REFER TO SHEETA9.10 . 4 D. RECESSES,RETURNS,AND PROJECTIONS RECEIVE SAME FINISH AS ADJACENT SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, CORNER CORNER E. WALL FINISHES-VERIFY(TACKABLE SURFACE,WAINSCOT,ETC.)DO NOT TERMINATE AT 302 302 OUTSIDE CORNERS,TYP. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 48 15 24 15 F. WALL FINISHES MAY BE OMITTED BEHIND CASEWORK AND PERMANENT EQUIPMENT WERE 15 30 x CONCEALED FROM VIEW. g, B2 G. FINISHES-ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE FINISHED PAINTED. H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL DUCTS,CONDUIT,PIPING,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,AND REGISTERS, Ag.40 A9.40 ETC.COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. I. DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES-REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A7.10. ---= PLi J. GLAZING IDENTIFICATION-REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE 1.20. A, K. WINDOW SHADE TYPES REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. \� A940 L. WINDOW SHADE LOCATIONS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. 6 A3 A3 M. CEILINGS-REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING INFORMATION. Ag.12 Ag.12 A3 N. SIGNAGE-REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS ON A70 SERIES SHEETS FOR DETAILED IDENTIFICATION Ag.12 AND WAYFINDING SIGNAGE LOCATIONS.COORDINATE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. I B1 TYP. 102613 102613 102813.A3 102 PL1 ssM1 02613 MATERIAL LEGEND-WALL FINISHES 224101 4815424 24 24 W1-MDF WAINSCOT RECESSED 34 34 RECESSED C., ROLL CALL#206-W W2A-WALL TILE • 1/4"_V-0" W2B-WALL TILE 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Pi W5 WS WS W3-NOT USED TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON CORNER W4-FRP(FIBER REINFORCED PANEL) C W5-ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELING PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C ® ® ® 230000.A1 TYP. W6-RICHLITE(WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICS) Arlington Operations W7-PLYWOOD Center 0 B1-6"RUBBER BASE FOR m B2A-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Snohomish County m B2B-6"CERAMIC TILE COVED BASE Public Works Pi PAINT-FIELD P2 AT PAINT-HOLLOW METAL FRAMES P3 PAINT-ACCENT 19620 67th Ave NE O1 Q' 0 MATERIAL TAG Arlington, WA 98223 Ag.11 Ag„ 2 A3 Ag.12 SEE FINISH MATERIAL KEY/A6.00 FOR PAINT COLORS PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 KEYNOTE LEGEND 10 4413 23 0000.A1 10 1415 B1 16 8500.A1 102 g, 1 101415 104413 KEYNOTE KEYNOTE TEXT This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B �� ROLL CALL#206-S B2 ROLL CALL#206- N 101116 MARKER-BOARD,F.O.I.O. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 101415 INTERIOR SIGNAGE,REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL written permission for any other use or reproduction. INFORMATION 102613 CORNER GUARDS PROJECT 10 2813.A3 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER,F.O.I.C. 104413 FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 2023-053 16 8500.A1 WALL-MOUNTED TELEVISION,54"A.F.F.,F.O.I.O. 224101 SINK 23 OOOO.A1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT-REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS MARK DATE DESCRIPTION B5 A9.30 P1 W5 W5 PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS C7 PROJECT ARC HITECT:I TH Ag.11 JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG EQ. 8'X5' EQ. SX5 A - p WB WB �- A INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 16 8500.A1 1011161 F 1-01116 16 8500.A1 10 1415 TYP. ��i ROLL CALL#206- E 0.1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 GLAZING IDENTIFICATION GENERAL NOTES - DOORS TYPE LEGEND - DOOR PANELS REFER TO SPECIFACTIONS FOR DETAILED GLAZING INFORMATION A. DIMENSIONS AT DOOR LITES ARE TO DAYLIGHT OPENINGS ALL INTERIOR GLAZING TO BE GL7 U.N.O B. MINIMUM THERMAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: ALL EXTERIOR GLAZING TO BE GL5 U.N.O a. OPAQUE SWING DOORS:U-0.37 STANDARD DOORS SPECIALTY DOORS b. GLAZED SECTIONALDNTRANCE O R$:U-0.31 SHGC-0.33 GL7 SAFETY GLAZING c. OPAQUE SECTIONAL DOORS:U-0.31 GL2 TRANSLUCENT SAFETY GLAZING DYKEMAN GL3 LAMINATED GLAZING PER SCHEDULE GL4 FIRE-RATED GLAZING GLS INSULATING SAFETY GLAZING WARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ID7H PE WIDTH PE GL6 INSULATING TRANSLUCENT GLAZING GL7 INSULATING LAMINATED GLAZING SCHEDULE SCHEDULE GLIB INSULATING FIRE-RATED GLAZING D r. D w o w w w w iCONSULTANT: w rc w U w U o- GL6 GL6 GL6 F FG S DOOR SCHEDULE FLUSH PANEL FULLY GLAZED (SECTIONAL DOOR) Mark Description Width Heigh Panel Type Panel Material Fire Rating Hardware Head Jamb Threshold Comments • Lower Level 100a SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 101 ELEVATOR DOOR T-6" T-0" 103 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 4OFWASH 104 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 105 SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" CARD READER SPECIALTY DOORS(CONY.) os SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" PER SCHEDULE 107 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 108 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" 109 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" 110 DOUBLE SWING 6'-0" T-0" CARD READER 1 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" C 112 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C 113 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 114 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 115 SINGLESWING 3'-D" T-0- Arlington Operations 115a SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 116a SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" CARD READER Center 1161b SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 117 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 0 118 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" FOR = 122 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" rOn 123 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" Snohomish County n 124a SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" 124b ISINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" Public Works 125 SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" 127 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" AT 128 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" 129 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" 19620 67th Ave NE 130 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" 131 SINGLESWING T-0" T-G" Arlington, WA 98223 132 SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" OPP 133 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" (OPERABLE PANEL PARTITION) 134 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-G" 135a SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" PERMIT SET 1351b SINGLESWING X-0" 7'-0" 135c SINGLESWING 3'-a" 7'-D" 05/02/2025 136 SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" 137 SINGLESWING 3:_1: 7'-W This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B Upper Level 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 201 1 DOUBLE SWING 6'-0" 7'-0" CARD READER written permission for any other use or reproduction. TYPE LEGEND - DOOR FRAMES 203 ELEVATDOUBLEOR RDOOWING 6'-6" 7'-0" 203 ELEVATOR DOOR 3'-6" 7'-0" PROJECT 204 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" 206a SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" CARD READER 2061b SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 2023-053 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES ALUMINUM FRAMES 206c SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" 206d SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" 206e SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" • 4'-10" 4'-8" 206f SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PER DOOR PER DOOR 206g SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" 206h OPERABLE PANEL PARTITION 17'-01/4" 12'-0" 2"PER DOOR 2' SCHED. SCHED. I 206i OPERABLE PANEL PARTITION 18'-21/4" 12'-W SCHED. 207 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-O" 208 SINGLESWING 3'-0" -0" 209 SINGLESWING 3 T '-0" 7'-0" 210 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" w w w � 211 SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" w p p o 212 ISINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" U = _ 213 SINGLESWING 3'-0" 7'-0" SG w m SG w 214 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" PROJECT O 215 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" 0 O O 216 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:i Ti w of T 217 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" PROJECT MANAGER: PS w 218 SINGLESWING T-0" T-0" PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH 219 SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG 220a SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" 2" 2" 2" 220b SINGLESWING 3'-0" T-0" CARD READER A A HM-1 HM-4 S-1 STANDARD H.M.FRAME W/ STANDARD H.M.FRAME RELITE&TRANSOM ALUMINUM FRAME DOOR TYPE SCHEDULE ln � 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GLAZING IDENTIFICATION GENERAL NOTES - DETAILS REFER TO SPECIFACTIONS FOR DETAILED GLAZING INFORMATION A. BUILDING ENVELOPE SYSTEMS SHOWN IN ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS ARE DIAGRAMATIC ONLY AND ALL INTERIOR GLAZING TO BE GL1 U.N.O ARE NOT REPRESENTATIVE OF THE ACTUAL SYSTEM.FOR COMPLETE WATERPROOFING ALL EXTERIOR GLAZING TO BE GL5 U.N.O INSTRUCTIONS,PRODUCTS,AND DETAILS,REFER TO BUILDING ENVELOPE(BE)DRAWINGS. B. MINIMUM THERMAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: GL1 SAFETY GLAZING a. FIXED FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.26;SHGC-0.38 GL2 TRANSLUCENT SAFETY GLAZING b. OPERABLE FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.26;SHGC-0.33 . GL3 LAMINATED GLAZING YKEMAN GL4 FIRE-RATED GLAZING GL5 INSULATING SAFETY GLAZING GL6 INSULATING TRANSLUCENT GLAZING ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN GL7 INSULATING LAMINATED GLAZING GL8 INSULATING FIRE-RATED GLAZING D r. D CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C „PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 3'-0" 8'-6" 3'-0" 3'-0" T_0" 6'-0" 7'-6" 1'-0" 11-0" This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2'-10" 2'-10" 3'-0" 3'-0" 2'-8" 2'-2' 2'-8" 3'-0' 3'-0" T-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. e 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT to to 2023-053 Ell 7 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION LGL�� ILDATUM LINE O O2 3a 3b 3c O O (D O7 14'-8" 14'-8" 9'-0" 12'-0" 21'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0., T-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" T-0" 3'-0" T-0" 3'-0" T-0" 3'-0" T-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" T-0" 3'-0" T-0" PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: Ti PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH IN IN JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A v e ReA WINDOW TYPES & SCHEDULE DATUM LINE OO 10 11 12 8- FIBERGLASS WINDOW TYPES , 1/4"=1'-0" 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -GLAZING TYPELEGEND - STOREFRONT A OVERALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO R.O. 1/4" 1. B. RA VER IFY ALL OPENINGS INFIELD PRIOR TO FABRICATION. C. WINDOW SCHEE)ULES ARE PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHOULD BE USEO]N t, CONJUNCTION WITH ENTIRE SET OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR ESTABLISHINGFIkAL CqUNTS. DYKEMAN GLAZING TYPES IWJ. 'Et:ttt� Mark ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN GlqEINTypd;_t ttt, GL1 1 -PILAZING,SAFETYz:,' D rA3 GL5 GLAWN�;�NLATI40 SAFE 25.259.3161 M. 2,dFWl,,,/E..... 982 01 D GL8 NSTINGANDREL 4 1A�3O @ MTL @ MTL 7 1 wt$i STOREFRONT WINDO CONSULTANT: z Marl� : tz RXT. t, Count� Comments Wii7- 1,A7�3O I @ @ CMU CMU `tWINDO)IN-8CHEDULE OPERABLE... HM4 Typo, R.O. Count Type Comments Al Width Height 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT T TI EWETT I Y JAM S EWETT S AT AT IF WASH ITON C PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 FILL W1 DOOR JAMB PER FILL W/ DOOR JAMB PER INSULATION SCHEID. INSULATION SCHEID. PERMIT SET GRID DOOR PER SCHEID. DOOR PER SCHED. 05/02/2025 This drawing is: INSULATION 1 Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. MTL SIDING WALL PER PLAN INSULATIO*N 2 The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's INSECT SCREEN Of B 2 F FILL W/INSULATION INSULATION B Of 2"' written permission for any other use or reproduction. F1 WR L IN METAL INSULATION WRB FLASHING HED 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL 0 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL FLASHING VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER FLASHING FLASHING PAINT PROJECT NUMBER. 2"RIGID INSULATION WRB 2"RIGID INSULATION WRB 2023-053 DOOR RELITE HEAD PER SCHEID. 7/8"VENTED HAT CHANNEL 4"VCMU MTL (CONTINUOUS) ONTINUOUS)'G-913 MIN. • SIDING GALVANIZED" DR-4 DOOR RELITE HEAD @ MTL PANEL D-1 DOOR JAMB@ CMU D-2 DOOR JAMB @ MTL PANEL MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 1/2"=VHY' 1 uG I 1 1/2"=T-0" 1 1/2"=T-0" GRID FILL W/ DOOR RELITE FILL W/ DOOR RELITE PROJECT TEAM- 2 1/2" INSULATION JAMB PER SCHEID. INSULATION JAMB PER SCHEID. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE,j TJ PROJECT MANAGER, PS EXTERIOR INTERIOR PROJECT ARCHITECT: H 1 JOB CAPTAIN. OF,IIG DOOR RELITE SILL A Level PER SCHEID. 0 A 0 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL 0 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL FLASHING FLASHING JAMB 7 DOOR DETAILS ad. 2"RIGID INSULATION WRIB 2"RIGID INSULATION 7WR B 7/8"VENTED H_CHANNEL 4"VCMU MTL (CONTINUOUS)"G-90 MIN. SIDING GALVANIZED" DR-1 DOOR RELITE SILL DR-2 DOOR RELITE JAMB@ CMU DR-3 DOOR RELITE JAMB @ MTL PANEL 1 1/2"=V-0" 1 1/2"=T-0" A3 1 1/2"=T-0" 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES - DETAILS A. BUILDING ENVELOPE SYSTEMS SHOWN IN ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS ARE DIAGRAMATIC ONLY AND ARE NOT REPRESENTATIVE OF THE ACTUAL SYSTEM.FOR COMPLETE WATERPROOFING INSTRUCTIONS,PRODUCTS,AND DETAILS,REFER TO BUILDING ENVELOPE(BE)DRAWINGS. B. MINIMUM THERMAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: a. FIXED FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.26;SHGC-0.38 b. OPERABLE FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.28;SHGC-0.33 . YKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 FILL W/ SF WINDOW JAMB FILL W/ SF WINDOW JAMB FILL W/ SF WINDOW JAMB INSULATION PER SCHED. INSULATION PER SCHED. INSULATION PER SCHED. PERMIT SET _.,.... GRID 05/02/2025 1X WOOD SILL 1X WOOD SILL This drawing is: BELOW BELOW 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. METAL SIDING WALL PER PLAN 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. �—a, 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 0 („)' FILL W/INSULATION written permission for any other use or reproduction. 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL FLASHING FLASHING FLASHING 24 GA.PREFIN. VAPOR BARRIER, PROJECT METAL FLASHING PRIME AND PAINT INSULATION WRB MTL FLASHING INSULATION WRB MTL FLASHING INSULATION WRB 2023-053 BELOW BELOW SF WINDOW HEAD PER PHENOLIC PANEL 7/8"VENTED HAT SCHED. MTL 7/8"VENTED HAT CHANNEL CHANNEL(CONTINUOUS) 4"VCMU • SIDING (CONTINUOUS)"G-90 MIN. "G-90 MIN.GALVANIZED" GALVANIZED" MARK DATE DESCRIPTION B1 SF-5 SF JAMB @ MTL PANEL B2 SF-6 SF JAMB@ PHENOLIC PANEL SF-7 SF JAMB@ CMU B4 SF-8 SF HEAD @ MTL PANEL 1 112"=V-0" 1 1/2"=V-O" J 1 ill"=1' PROJECT GRID GRID GRID 1 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS SF WINDOW SILL 1X WOOD SILL SF WINDOW SILL 1X WOOD SILL SF WINDOW SILL PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH PER SCHED. PER SCHED. PER SCHED. 24 GA.PREFIN. WALL AND SIDING PER 1"TYP. METAL FLASHING BASE BEYOND JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG ELEV.BEYOND SCHEDULED 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL 1X WOOD SILL A FLASHING 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL FLASHING UPPER LEVEL SF SILL A FLASHING 2"X 2"MTL ANGLE PROPRIETARY I 1"TYP. 34'PLYWOOD INSTALLED ON 1/4"SHIMS 14 MTL TRIM 1 TYP. VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER za"G.C. - WINDOW DETAILS INSECT SCREEN PAINT INSECT SCREEN PAINT VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER 3l4"CHAMFER,TYP. INSULATION a a PAINT MTL SIDING WALL PER PLAN PHENOLIC PANEL WALL PER PLAN CONIC.WALL PER •. PLAN METAL DECK 4"VCMU WALL PER PLAN PER STRUCT. Al SF-1 SF SILL @ MTL PANEL A2 SF-2 SF SILL PHENOLIC PANEL A3 SF-3 SF SILL CMU A4 SF-4 SF SILL RET. CONC. WALL / 1 1/2"=1'-0" ,1/2"=1'-0" ,1/2"=V-0" ,1/2"_1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 P. 2 3 4 5 1/2"X2"STEEL FLAT BAR WELDED GENERAL NOTES - DETAILS TO ANGLE.DRILL&TAP TO RECIEVE 1/2"COUNTERSUNK MACHINE SCREWS @ 24"O.C.MAX ? A. BUILDING ENVELOPE SYSTEMS SHOWN IN ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS ARE DIAGRAMATIC ONLY AND ARE NOT REPRESENTATIVE OF THE ACTUAL SYSTEM.FOR COMPLETE WATERPROOFING ? ? INSTRUCTIONS,PRODUCTS,AND DETAILS,REFER TO BUILDING ENVELOPE(BE)DRAWINGS. B. MINIMUM THERMAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: ? a. FIXED FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.26;SHGC-0.38 TRENCH DRAIN,TYP.AT b. OPERABLE FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.28;SHGC-0.33 . 1/2"STEEL PLATE,WIDTH TO FIT. NEW O.H.DOORS,SEE YKEMAN SEAMS IN FLOORING INSTALLED FLUSH WITH T.O.SLAB. MECHANICAL DRAWINGS TO ALIGN WITH PLATES SPLIT INTO PIECES WEIGHING NO FORADDITIONAL (WHERE OCCURS) MORE THAN 80 LBS EACH.WHERE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN PLATE WILL BE EXPOSED,USE 1/2" INFORMATION STAINLESS DIAMOND PLATE. d 0000 �o ono ono onL�UVLLL��o ono 0 0 0�0 "B" -TIII d 0 0 OO ° '4 CONSULTANT: d - - 4'-0"SQUARE OUTSIDE F.O.FRAME 'PROVIDE 2"VENT.OPENINGS PLUMBING,GAS,AND/OR ELECTRICAL NOTE:ALIGN C.L.OF EMERGENCY SHOWER HOUSING WITH C.L.OF SUMP @ EA.END OF TRENCH LINES PER MECH/ELEC DWGS E1 LAB UTILITY TRENCH E2 EMERGENCY SHOWER SUMP 1'-0" 3/4"=V-0" • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C ,• • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 2"RIGID INSULATION p` 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. WALL WHERE 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. e 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B OCCURS written permission for any other use or reproduction. —_III—_III d FOOTINGS PER PROJECT STRUCTURAL.PATCH BACK CONCRETE PAVING 2023-053 PER CIVIL. a HISS COL.PER STRUCT. a° VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER C.I.P.SLAB ON • n ° PAINT GRADE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION BENTONITE 4"RUBBER BASE SCHEDULED DRAIN MAT— FLOOR FINISH - 1"RIGID INSULATION �d GRANULAR FILL VAPOR BARRIER LOWER LEVE'Ll I— a ° SHORING—III o00 000 000 000 000 0°000000 00000000 ALL PER - Qo° Qo° Qo Qo° Qo° po° po° po po° po° p -• CONTRACTOR °. °moo°moo°moo°moo°moo°moo°moo°moo ono ono ono I I I II I I—I I ° aQoo oa aQoo oa aQoo o°aQoo oa aQoo oa aQoo oa aQoo oa aQoo oa aQoo oa0 a�Qoo oa ao PRINCIPAL INAE:i TiI I oo PROECTMA _ PS III III d ° o - III PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH _ n d JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG IIIII—III—I ° d °d III ,-. A III III d III A III—III ° ° d —III FOUNDATION &SLAB III=III-1 ° 4 ° DETAILS —III—III14 —I III—III—I d ° ° a a ° —III—III =1II —III—III—I a —III—III—III—III—III II—FOUNDATION PERT—III—III , STRUCT. Al F-1 FOUNDATION DETAIL @ GRID A • 1 112"=T " 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES - DETAILS A. BUILDING ENVELOPE SYSTEMS SHOWN IN ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS ARE DIAGRAMATIC ONLY AND INSULATION INSULATION ARE NOT REPRESENTATIVE OF THE ACTUAL SYSTEM.FOR COMPLETE WATERPROOFING PHENOLIC INSULATION INSTRUCTIONS,PRODUCTS,AND DETAILS,REFER TO BUILDING ENVELOPE(BE)DRAWINGS. PANEL B. MINIMUM THERMAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: .. _. .. _... . . .... .. ... .. ...... .-.. .. ...... a. FIXED FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.26;SHGC-0.38 zz zz zz b, OPERABLE FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.28;SHGC-0.33 . YKEMAN Q a ¢ a a s ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 3 a 3 a 3 a Q D WRB - _ _ D 4"VCMU z a PHENOLIC PANEL 22 K 7/8"VENTED HAT CHANNEL PHENOLIC PANEL MTL SIDING M a WRB PHENOLIC PANEL MASONRYANCHORS (CONTINUOUS)"G-90 MIN. GALVANIZED" 7/8"VENTED HAT CHANNEL COL.PER 7/8"VENTED HAT CHANNELCONSULTANT: PROPRIETARY (C ONTINUOUS)"G-90 MIN. A STRUCT. (CONTINUOUS)"G-90 MIN. SEALANT AND BACKER ROD MTL TRIM GALVANIZED" GALVANIZED" P-2 PHENOLIC TO CMU HOR.TRANS. P-3 PHEN. TO MTL PANEL HOR. TRANS. P-4 PHENOLIC PANEL CORNER V I 1 1/2"=T-O" V L 1 1/2"=V-0" V J 1 1/2"=V-0" A INSULATION INSULATION • INSULATION INSULATION MTL SIDING WALL PER PLAN - ^ - - -- - - - - -- 24 GA.PRE-FIN.METAL SELF-ADEHESIVE z z COL.PER z FLASHING MEMBRANE 6467 g g STRUCT. g FLASHING REGISTERED Q m Q a Q a f slo a to drain ARCHITECT 3 w w 3 w VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER p a a p a PAINT KNIFE PLATE WELDED V' (9 2X2X,/8 MTL TO C-CHANNEL TI Y JAM S EWETT RB TUBES 18"O.C. CAN FRAME. S AT OF WASH GTON MTL STANDING BOLTED TO C- ° SEAM ROOF CHANNEL BM.IN WALL. PROPRIETARY VFY W/STRUCT. CONT.BENT PLATE C PATCH SLAB AT WALL MTL SIDING CORNER METAL WRB MTL SIDING PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C OPENINGS TRIM WRB COL.PER WRB 4"VCMU 3/4"CHAMFER,TYP. 7/8"VENTED HAT CHANNEL 7/8"VENTED HAT CHANNEL PHENOLIC PANEL 7/8"VENTED HAT STRUCT. GRID PROPRIETARY (CONTINUOUS)"G-90 MIN. GRID (CONTINUOUS)"G-90 MIN. CHANNEL(CONTINUOUS) MASONRYANCHORS MTLTRIE GALVANIZED" GALVANIZED" "G-90MIN.GALVANIZED" Arlington Operations CM-2 CMU WALL CORNER C2 C-2 CONC"TO MTL PANEL HOR. TRANS. C3 M-2 MTL PANEL CORNER - EN-TO MTL PANEL TRANS" @ CANOPY Center FOR A Snohomish County Public Works 7/8"VENTED 71/2 HATCHANNEL AT (CONTINUOUS) GALVANIZED' 19620 67th Ave NE MTL SIDING Arlington, WA 98223 2X2 MTL ANGLE PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 VENT CELLS @ 4 This drawing is: 32"O.C. 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. e 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. 1"AIR SPACE 1"AIR SPACE PROJECT 4"VCMU WALL PER PLAN WRB WALL PER PLAN WRB WALL PER PLAN 2023-053 MTL SIDING ._VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER MTL SIDING VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER 2"AIRSPACE X : PAINT PAINT • VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER WRg PAINT MARK DATE DESCRIPTION INSULATION 7/8"VENTED HAT 7/8"VENTED HAT VENT CELLS @ CHANNEL CHANNEL 32"O.C. (CONTINUOUS)"G-90 (CONTINUOUS)"G-90 MIN.GALVANIZED" MIN.GALVANIZED" 24 GA.PREFIN. SCHEDULED SCHEDULED SCHEDULED MTL.FLASHING - FLOOR FINISH INSECT SCREEN FLOOR FINISH 24 GA,PRE-FIN,METAL FLOOR FINISH FF1/2"HEM EDGE - CAVITY FILLER CONCRETE DECK CONCRETE DECK FLASHING CONCRETE DECK PER STRUCT. PER STRUCT. i PER STRUCT. U er Level 4"RUBBER BASE U r Level 4"RUBBER BASE UPPER LEVEL i 4"RUBBER BASE PROJECT ao Q - ° a PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ III - ° ° d a PROJECT MANAGER: PS do SOLID GROUT—p a - _ dQ° PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH !—BELOW— 3/4"CHAMFER,TYP. JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG FLASHING a o - - °e I gj�tFILIL AI III INSECTSCREEN A METALECK VOID W/ METAL DECK METAL DECK III— 4PER STRUCTMINERALWOOL PER STRUCT. PER STRUCT.MTL SIDING FILL VOID W/ CORBEL PER= °d. MINERALWOOL EXTERIOR WALL 1 15TRUC- - CONCRETE WALL — PER STRUCTURAL DETAILS CONCRETE BM.PER STRUCT. BM.PER STRUCT. BENTONITE— - WALL PER a a n i PANELS — d. STRUCTURAL ° —I —SHORING-- PER= RIGID R STRUCT. �_ ° n ° INSULATION BD. Al CM-1 CMU VENEER PONY WALL TO METAL PANEL TRANSITION A2 C-1 RET. CONC.WALL TO MTL PANEL VER. TRANS. A4 M-1 MTL TO MTL PANEL VER.TRANS. � • =11 1'-0" 1 1/2"_V-0" = 1 1/2"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D estD CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C „PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE WEST DECK Arlington, WA 98223 zoa T.O.PARAPET PERMIT SET 6"METAL STUD 05/02/2025 FRAMING This drawing is: PLATE PER STRUCT. 1.Cop right rchitects Instrument of Professional ice. ight 2025 Dykeman,Inc. B WHERE OCCURS 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B VERTICAL METAL SIDING VERTICAL METAL SIDING written permission for any other use or reproduction. WEATHER BARRIER WEATHER BARRIER PROJECT 5/8"FIBERGLASS-MAT 1/2"PLYWOOD 2023-053 GYPSUM SHEATHING v HSS PER STRUCT. WHERE OCCURS • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ROOF DECKING PAVERS PER SPECIFICATIONS I I w I I z z go 0 b g UPPER LEVEL p K yPROJECT w2 o w PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ OU'M w SLOPE PROJECT MANAGER: I PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:1 TH JOB CAPTAIN: 1 DF,KG 4"MIN.SPRAY FOAM A INSULATION A 6"METAL STUD BEYOND EXTERIOR WALL/ PLATE PER STRUCT. MISC. DETAILS WHERE OCCURS CLT SLAB PER STRUCT. •��WEST DECK PARAPET /"�! 1 112"=T-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D —dyk-,ar— 1716 West Marine Vie,D,I,e D 425.259.3161 M 2rd Fl—/E....ft,WA 98201 CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT AT IF WASH ITIN C PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C Arlington Operations -- -- -- Center --------- -- Snohomish County Public Works AT ---- ----- ------- ---- -- 19620 67th Ave NE ------- -- Arlington, WA 98223 /Zzz PERMIT SET - ------ 05/02/2025 p This drawing is: -- 1 y Cop right 2025 Dykeman,Inc. ---------------- 2 The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: - --- 2023053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION EXTERIOR INTERIOR INTERIOR EXTERIOR EXTERIOR SIDING PER ELEVATIONS GLULAM SEAM PER STRUCT. GLULAM BEAM PER STRUCT. EXTERIOR SIDING PER ELEVATIONS (SHOWN VERT.MTL SIDING) VAPOR BARRIER PAINT PER (SHOWN VERT.MTL SIDING) PROJECT TEAM: VAPOR BARRIER PAINT PER --- INTERIOR ELEVATIONS PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ 7/8'VENTED HAT CHANNEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 5/V'GWB— 7/8"VENTED HAT CHANNEL (CONTINUOUS)"G-90 MIN.GALVANIZED" GWB (CONTINUOUS)-G-90 MIN.GALVANIZED" PROJECT MANAGER: I PS —5/8 PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH POST PER STRUCTURAL —POST BEYOND PER JOB CAPTAIN DF,KG R-10 CONT.RIGID INSULATION STRUCTURAL WHERE OCCURS WHERE OCCURS R-10 CONT.RIGID INSULATION A BUILDING ENVELOPE SYSTEM --- FILL WOID W1 BATT INSULATION 5/8'TYPE"X"GYPSUM BUILDING ENVELOPE SYSTEM A (R-13 MIN) SHEATHING 5/8"TYPE"X"GYPSUM ROOFING DETAILS SHEATHING 6'-0"TYP.EAST AND WEST OVERHANG U.N.O. PER PLAN 6'-0"TYP.EAST AND WEST OVERHANG U.N.O. A I ��IDGE • ROOF RIDGE R Al 1 1/2"=T-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D estD CONSULTANT: I I e PULL SIDE 412" 7"X 3"X 1/4"BASE PLATE • WITH(2)1/2"EXPANSION ANCHORS INTO FLOOR SLAB. MINIMUM EMBED 2-1/2" - - *67 2 1/2"X 2 1-"X 1/4"ANGLE X _ 6"LONG WELD TO BASEA PLATE.ATTACH TO STUD WITH(3)1/2"MACHINE - BOLTS,SPACE EQUALLY 4" PUSH SIDE C C - STEEL STUDS PER WALL PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: TYPE-DOUBLE AT WALL END Arlington Operations TYP. END BRACING @PONY WALL r.� TYP. DOOR CLEARANCES Center "1/2=1'-0" FOR FLOORASSEMBLY ASSEMBLFLOOR/RY P Snohomish County ASSEMBLY PER PLAN ASSEMBLY PER PLAN Public Works 2 2-7-777 NON-RATED FIRE RATED 2 2 HTC CLIPS 48"O.C.TO AT HTC CLIPS 48"O.C.TO ALLOW DEFLECTION ALLOW DEFLECTION B2 TRUSS PER STRUCTURAL A9'10 19620 67th Ave NE SLOTTED CONNECTIONS TRUSS PER 5/8"GWB,PAINT P1 FULL DEFLECTION TRACK Arlington, WA 98223 TO ALLOW FOR VERTICAL STRUCTURAL HEIGHT,CUT AROUND MOVEMENT-TYP. JOIST 1"MAX GAP AND SEALED WITH ACOUSTIC SEALANT PARTIAL-HEIGHTTOP A3 PERMIT SET OF WALL DETAIL A9.10 ACOUSTIC INSULATION TYPICAL BRIDGING 05/02/2025 WALL TYPEX.X ACOUSTIC INSULATION4. AS REQUIRED This drawing is: PER PLAN XX X X.X WALL TYPE 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. XX X PER PLAN 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B CEILING ASSEMBLY 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B �? PER RCP CEILING ASSEMBLY written permission for any other use or reproduction. PER RCP PCULER IRCPHEIGHT m ` PER IRCPHEIGHT - - - 0.157"DIA.X 3/4"POWDER PROJECT ' ACTUATED FASTENERS AT 12" O.C.ACTUATED (STAGGERED) PARALLEL TO JOISTS ACOUSTIC WALL PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS ACOUSTIC WALL 2023-053 BOTTOM TRACK THICKNESS EQUAL TO STUD FRAMING �Q TYP. INTERIOR WALL CONTROL JOINT �TYP.,�NON LOAD BEARING HEAD OF WALL @ B.O. FLOOR/DECK 3"=1'-0" U a 4 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SOLID TRACK BLOCKING WITH 1 1/2"FLANGES, STEEL ROOF DECK OR USE FOR CONT.HORIZONTAL BACKING SIZE AND GUAGE TO MATCH STUDS.INSTALL STRUCTURAL MEMBER AT EACH END OF WALL,ADJACENT TO WALL COMPOSITE NON-BEARING PARTITION LIMITING HEIGHTS(5/8"GWB) STEEL TRACK.NOTCHED AT STUD AND OPENINGS AND 8'O.C.MAX. ATTACHED WITH(2)3/8"STSS WITH PAN HEAD SIZE GAUGE&SPACING MAXIMUM UNSUPPORTED HEIGHT 1-5/8" 30 MILS @ 16"O.C. UP TO 9'-2" -STEEL STUD PER WALL TYPE STEEL STUD PER WALL TYPE --- 1-5/8" 30 MILS @ 12"O.C. UP TO TO'-3" LIGHT GAUGE ANGLE 2-1/2" 30 MILS @16"O.C. UP TO 1T-9" WALL SHEATHING \ 1 FRAMING CLIP 2-1/2" 30 MILS @ 12"O.C. UP TO 12'-11" PROJECT USE FOR SINGLE BACKING \ 1 D 3-5/8" 30 MILS @ 16"O.C. UP TO 14'-8" PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ STEEL STUDS(ROTATE ONE 180°AND \ \ PROJECT MANAGER: PS HAVE NO GWB JOINTS ON IT) \ 3-5/8" 30 MILS @ 12"O.C. UP TO 16'-2" 3 5/8"X 33 MILS METAL STUDS PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH / 6"STEEL STUD,ENDS NOTCHED AND FOLDED - \ AT 48"O.C.,STAGGER 4" 30 MILS @ 16"O.C. UP TO 15'-9" JOB CAPTAIN�DF,KG INWARD.FASTEN EACH END WITH(3)3/8"STSS WITH PAN HEAD TO VERTICAL STUDS. 4" 30 MILS @ 12"O.C. UP TO 17'-4" _ A LIGHT GAUGE ANGLE 6" 30 MILS @16"O.C. UP TO 20'-11" A FRAMING CLIP #10 STSS - 6" 30 MILS @ 12"O.C. UP TO 23'-1" FOR GRAB BARS,WALL STOPS AND HANDRAILS '. (4)#8 STSS INTERIOR WALL 18 GA.X 2"CONTINUOUS. 1 GALVANIZED STEEL FLAT .PROVIDE METAL STUD THICKNESS(MILS)TO ACCOMODATE DETAILS i STEEL STUDS(ROTATE ONE 180°AND HAVE NO GWB JOINTS ON IT) STRAP' NOTES: FINISH CEILING PER RCP'S PARTITION HEIGHT AND MAX.DEFLECTION OF L/240 IN ACCORDANCE WITH SSMA LOAD TABLES ICBO ER-4943P / 800 C125 X 43 1. INSTALL BRACING AT 3'-0"O.C.VERTICAL SPACING,U.N.O. � 2. U.N.O.INSTALL STRAP ON SIDE W/NO SHEATHING AT LOCATIONS WHERE WALL TYPE PER PLAN SHEATHING IS ON ONE SIDE ONLY.INSTALL STRAPS ON BOTH SIDES WHERE NO NOTCH WALL STUD FLANGES AT BLOCKING. SHEATHING IS PRESENT. TYP. BACKING IN STEEL STUD WALLBACKING IN STEEL STUD WALL TYP. STEEL STUD WALL BRACINGSTEEL STUD WALL BRACING A3 TYP. DIAGONAL PARTITION BRACING TYP. NON-BEARING PARTITIONS PARTITIONS , 1 1/2"=V-0" �L 1"=1'-0" 1 1/2"=1'-0" PY 1"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D D PER INTERIOR EONS CONSULTANT: WALL TYPE PER PLAN FRENCH CLEAT,TYP. BEAM PER 2" 00 STRUCTURAL U I w ACOUSTICAL WALL PANEL M 8"X 33 MIL STEEL STUDS 6467 REGISTERED AT 16"O.C.WI 8"MINERAL ARCHITECT WOOL SOUND BATTS PER INTERIOR TI r JpM S EwETT Ev LEVATIONS 2 LAYERS 5/8" 5 AT of WASH GTON 1 GYPSUM BOARD ACOUSTIC WALL PANEL SECTION SOUNDBATTS°L PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C 5"X 33 MIL STEEL STUDS ATi6"O.C.W/6"MINERAL Arlington Operations + WOOL SOUND BATTS Center 31/2"MINERAL WOOL FACE OF WALL FACE OF COLUMN SOUND BATTS FOR BEAM PER STRUCTURAL Snohomish'') l.� County 4'-8"CLR. 18'-0"CUR. Pub Works Public AT COLUMN ALL COLUMN 19620 67th Ave NE — — — EO EO EO EQ EO EO - + + GYPSUM BOARD Arlington, WA 98223 00 E _ _ _ - - - _ - PERMIT SET 00 E 3518"X33MIL 05/02/2025 _w E — = =LL STEEL STUDS AT 16"O.C. This drawing is: S3.11 S8.12A 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 3/8"DIA.THREADED 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. e = = SUPPORT RODS& 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B C LEVELING NUTS written permission for any other use or reproduction. t PROJECT NUMBER. OPERABLE PARTITION TRACK 2023-053 B� OPERABLE PARTITION ENLARGED PLAN * OPERABLE WALL ELEVATION • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION WALL TYPE PER PLAN WALL TYPE PER PLAN I �I ' I I? I I I - - 362T125-43 METAL TRACK 60OT125-43 METAL TRACK BLOCKING-SECURE TO ,`� BLOCKING-SECURE TO METAL STUDS PER DETAIL METAL STUDS PER DETAIL PROJECT _• Al-.111 Al/Ag.10 PRINCIPAL IN HAIR E:i Ti PROJECT MANAGER: 1 PS PAPER TOWELL DISPENSER OPERABLE PROJECT ARCHITECT:1 T. I. - PARTITION JOB CAPTAIN: 1 DF,KG FRAMELESS MIRROR •- A A 40"A.F.F. MIRROR MOUNTING INTERIOR WALL ----� 40"A.F.F. CUPS BY MIRROR DETAILS MANUFACTURER " I UPPER LEVEL •- /'l I 3,�=1,-0,� ,� TYP" BLOCKING @ PAP. TOWEL DISP. �.� TYP. BLOCKING AT MIRROR �� TYP. OPERABLE WALL SECTION /-1L g•=1,-0. /'lam 3,=1,0, 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 WALL TYPE PER DYKEMAN WALL PER PLAN PLAN VARIES,PER PER INTERIOR —— ---------- E -- INARCHITECTURE + DESIGN TERIOR ELEVATIONS LEVATIONS D — WALL TYPE PER D PLAN EXTRUDED ALUMINUM a TRIM, P _ MANUFACTURERURER ER INTERIOR MDF PANEL � — —— Ev LEVATONS TACK WALL SYSTEM • PAINT EXPOSED GWB BETWEEN BASE AND WALL TYPE PER PLAN PANEL AND ALL JOINTS (AS APPLICALBE). TACKABLE WALL PAINTED BLACK,TYP. SYSTEM FRENCH CLEAT ALUMINUM J TRIM • PER SPECIFICATIONS EXTRUDED ALUMINUM TRIM,BY MANUFACTURER RICHLITE PANEL 6467 REGISTERED ADJACENT FINISH PER RESILIENT BASE RESILIENT BASE ARCHITECT INTERIOR ELEVATIONS PER ELEVATIONS PER ELEVATIONS — FINISH FLOOR PANEL JOINT _= TI r JAMS EWETT ___ 5 AT OF WASH GTON PER LEV A.F.F. a — C PROJECTC ��TYP. TACKWALL& MDF TRANSITION ��TACK WALL SYSTEM SECTION ��MDF WAINSCOT SECTION RICHLITE PANEL Arlington Operations PAINT EXPOSED GWB Center BETWEEN BASE AND PANEL AND ALL JOINTS. PAINTED BLACK,TYP. FOR Snohomish County WALL TYPE PER PLAN WALL TYPE PER PLAN Public Works WALL TYPE PER PLAN F WALL TYPE PER PLAN ALUMINUM J TRIMAT FRP END CAP TRIMPER SPECIFICATIONS 19620 67th Ave NE PER SPECIFICATIONS Arlington, WA 98223 FIBERGLASSRESILIENT BASE REINFORCED . TACKABLE WALL PER ELEVATIONS FIBERGLASSPLASTIC PANEL SYSTEM PERMIT SET REINFORCED 05/02/2025 PLASTIC PANELFRP INSIDE CORNER TRIM PER SPECIFICATIONS FIBERG4 LASS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED REINFORCED 0'-0"A.F.F. This drawing is: FIBERGLASS PLASTIC PANEL PLASTIC PANEL 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. REINFORCED 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. RL B PLASTIC PANEL 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B PER SPECIFICATIONS FRP TRANSITION TRIM written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER. �Q TYP. FRP @EXPOSED EDGE ��TYP. FRP @INSIDE CORNER TYP. FRP @PANEL JOINT ��TYP.TACKWALL @EXPOSED EDGE I�C RICHLITE WAINSCOT SECTION 2023-053 ,uJ/ �, - • �/ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION WALL TYPE PER PLAN WALL TYPE PER PLAN WALL TYPE PER PLAN WALL TYPE PER PLAN WALL TYPE PER PLAN MDF WAINSCOT PANEL PER ELEVATION TILE PER ELEVATION,OUTSIDE CONIDTION PROJECT • TO BE BULLNOSE TRIM CEMENTITIOUS BULLNOSE TRIM BACKER BOARD PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG S.S.CORNER GUARD S.S.CORNER GUARD WALL TILE COVED BASE WALL A PER SPECIFICATIONS PER SPECIFICATIONS TILE ON THIS SET A S.S.CORNER GUARD PER SPECIFICATIONS FLEXIBLE SEALANT INTERIOR WALL MDF WAINSCOT PANEL DETAILS BUTT JOINT PER ELEVATION MDF WAINSCOT PANEL FINISH FLOOR PER ELEVATION /'1 I 1P„=p_0,� TYP. MDF @OUTSIDE CORNER ��TYP. MDF&TILE @OUTSIDE CORNER ��TYP. CORNER GUARD DETAIL @GWB ��TYP. TILE @EXPOSED EDGE ��TYP.TILE @ BASE R I/•1G 14,=,,_0, /"1J 1P„=p_0, !1Y 14,=,_0, /•1J 14.=p_0„ 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -DETAILS A. BUILDING ENVELOPE SYSTEMS SHOWN IN ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS ARE DIAGRAMATIC ONLY AND ARE NOT REPRESENTATIVE OF THE ACTUAL SYSTEM.FOR COMPLETE WATERPROOFING INSTRUCTIONS,PRODUCTS,AND DETAILS,REFER TO BUILDING ENVELOPE(BE)DRAWINGS. B. MINIMUM THERMAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: a. FIXED FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.26;SHGC-0.38 b. OPERABLE FIBERGLASS WINDOWS:U-0.28;SHGC-0.33 . YKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D r. D CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR FFSAM WRAP Snohomish County INTO OPENING PERF.PLASTIC SHIM HIM DOOR AS Public Works SCHEDULED TRANSITION BACKER ROD AT STRIP,PER ALIGN AND SEALANT PROVIDE BULB MFG. GASKET AND SWEEP DOOR PER SCHEDULE TRANSITION CONCRETE SLAB DOORTHRESHOLD 19620 67th Ave NE WALK MAT, IOFF LE ST MFG PER WALK OFF TILE - Arlington, WA 98223 DRAIN MAT O WALK OFF MAT,ENTRY CONCRETE SLAB Ma CONCRETE SLAB SYSTEM -- d ° PERMIT SET — — ° 05/02/2025 ------ A3 — -------- ° - d - ° ° d ° AB.21 d ° °d d -- — —-— --_— d I ° a This drawing is: ° P A2 ° ° - ° d < a d. 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. ° PROJECT ° 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B a d e Ag.21 d° a ° °d ° ° ° ° 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B ° °d ° ° q written permission for any other use or reproduction. 4 4, ° ° d a �_a_—_—_—_—_°—_ d '1 4 f4 14 4 Ag�2, 2023-053 *)CONCRETE TO WALKOFF MAT(SURFACE) *C9— WALLNCRETE TO WALKOFF ENTRY SYSTEM (RECESSED) * EXTERIOR THRESHOLD TO WALKOFF MAT(RECESSED)6"=1'-0" 1 u J/ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION FINISH WHERE OCCURS WALL TYPE AND FINISH PER PLAN AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS RESILIENT BASE ALIGN DOOR PER SCHEDULE TRANSITION CERAMIC TILE STRIP,PER PROJECT TRANSITION STRIP SILICONE SEALANT ON THIN SET MFG. RESILIENT SHEET ADA SLOPED MTL MORTAR BED TRANSITION WALK OFF PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: Ti FLOORING FINISH FLOOR PER WATERPROOF MAT,TILE u PROJECT MANAGER: PS PLAN UNCOUPLING �� PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH CONCRETE SLAB MEMBRANE CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE �'iw JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG FLOORING --- --- --o- k A d _ TOP OF SLAB Ag.21 A ° 4 FLOOR DETAILS - a d ° ,, d ° a - d .. d d ° ° ° .. .d THRESHOLD-CONC.TO RESILIENT T-- (��ICAL RESILIENT BASE ��CONCRETE TO TILE ��CONCRETE TO WALKOFF MAT(RECESSED)/'1J 6„=1,_0„ /-1Y 61.=1,1. 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D arnetestD CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON C „PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 rT MARK DATE DESCRIPTION DIM'B' PEDITRED SA LENGTH TRAFFIC DIRECTION 1/4" DIM'A' CARPET 1 1/2 WIDTH DIM W DIM'A' � y DIM'A' PEDITRED SA CARPET WIDTH ALUMINUM io DIM W CARPET WIDTH 1p . CARPET TAPERED WIDTH SURFACE MOUNTED y y WIDTH ANGLE FRAME ALUMINUM FRAME PEDITRED SA RAIL EXTRUDED END _ 7-t X (16A078001 TRIM TPE X g = 7t X RUBBER PROJECT F BACK MULTI-PURPOSE FLOOR PUNCHED RUBBER row COVERING ADHESIVE PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ SECTION Y-Y CONNECTOR F BACK MULTIRING ARSE IVE ¢ DIM'A' TPE COVERING ADHESIVE �F - - PROJECT MANAGER: I PS mwr4� pE WIDTH SA mw SECTION X-X ❑� SECTION X-X PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH g K Z LLg U g F ¢ DIM'S' JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG p Q F K o d DIM'B' O - 1 5/8" CARPET wa ❑ ® m " CARPET LENGTH A LEVEL BASE 1 LENGTH A FRAME ® (2)LOCATOR BAR LATEX SCREED � —�� 3/16"MASONRY 3/16"MASONRY LAG y _ DOUBLE FACED TAPE FLOOR DETAILS y ANCHORS FASTENER 24"O.C. Y 3/16"X 1-314"FLAT HEAD TYPICAL PLAN VIEW TYPICAL PLAN VIEW SECTION Y-Y 24ASOOCRYANCHOR SECTION X-X TYPICAL PLAN VIEW SECTION Y-Y �•• WALK OFF MAT- ENTRY SYSTEM ��WALK OFF MAT-TILE CARPET (RECESSED) ��WALK OFF MAT-TILE CARPET(SURFACE) /-� I 3•=1'-0" /12/ 3"_1,-0„ t/-'�3/ 3„_11-0„ 1 1 2 �� 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D estD CONSULTANT: SPAN TABLE FOR METAL CEILING JOISTS 6 PSF LATERAL SIZE THICKNESS SUPPORTOF COMPRESSION FLANGE:MIDSPAN 250 30 MILS @i6"O.C. 10'-11" / MATCH ADJACENT WALL / / TYPE INDICATED ON PLAN 250 30 MILS @24"O.C. 9'-7" — — — — — — — — — — — — — - 350 30 MILS @ 16"O.C. 12'-9" DIAGONAL BRACE / / 5/8"ABUSE RESISTANT GWB, ji,PER RCP • PER STRUCTURAL /. / PAINT P1 FULL HEIGHT 350 30 MILS @24'O.C. 11'-Z' 362 30 MILS @ 16"O.C. 14'-8" METAL FRAMING PER STRUCTURAL 1 MATCH ADJACENT ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING) VARIES 362 30 MILS @ 24"O.C. 13'-0" WALL TYPE / / 64674 INDICATED ON PLAN 5A1'ABUSE RESISTANT GWB / 400 30 MILS @ 16"O.C. 15'-1" PAINT P1 3 Sl8"METAL FRAMING / / METAL FRAMING ' 5/8"ABUSE � �. / PER C1/A9.30 400 30 MILS@24"O.C. 13'-5" RESISTANT GWB, / DIAGONAL BRACE "/ GWB CEILING WALL TYPES PER PLAN 600 30 MILS @ 16"O.C. 17'-3" PAINT P1 FULL HEIGHT _ PER STRUCTURAL PER RCP 600 30 MILS@24"O.C. 15'-6" ACOUSTICAL NOTES: PANEL CEILING PER RCP PER RCP 1. PROVIDE METAL STUD THICKNESS(MILS)TO - C ACCOMODATE CEILING SPAN AND MAXIMUM PER RCP_ :. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C .. ... DEFLECTION OF U240 IN ACCORDANCE - WITH SSMA LOAD TABLES. 2. SEE LATERAL BRACING DETAIL WHERE GWB Arlington Operations INSTALLED ON ONE SIDE ONLY. C1 METAL CEILING JOISTS r.� TYP.ACT SOFFIT AT EDGE C4 TYP. GWB SOFFIT r.� ACT TO GWB CLNG.TRANSITION Center 1112°=1,_0° 11/2"l'-V' `vJ/ 11/2"=T-0" FOR 4._0., ' MqX EXPANSION CEILING Public Snohomish� �� OU �/nt X 12 GA.HANGER WIRE ANCHOR(S),EMBED PER ( A ' Works O rks STRUCT. O LATERAL BRACING LOCATION AT ■SEISMIC RETAINING CLIP 3 TURNS MINIMUM,TYP. 19620 67th Ave NE 10 GA.HANGER WIRE Arlington, WA 98223 1-1/2"COLD-ROLLED T-0" CHANNEL @ 4'-0"O.C. qg 30 TyP _ FRAMING PERMIT SET FURRING CHANNEL CLIP A 4-WAY,45°12 GA. WIRE BRACING AT GWB 05/02/2025 EACH LATERAL \ BRACING CHANNEL Clerestory This drawing is: 6"MTL. 26'-0" 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. AT WALL A4 - -. .- FRAMING 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B A9.30 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B (2)LAYERS written permission for any other use or reproduction. 7/8"METAL FURRING CHANNEL A GWB @ 24"O.C. SECTION A-A PROJECT NUMBER. #8 SELF-TAPPING SCREWS TO f WALL BEYOND PER A1IA1.21 1/2"GYPSUM CEILING BOARD PREVENT SLIPPAGE OF WIRE TIES 2023-053 TYP. SUSP. GYPSUM BOARD CEILING *V1127 3"_p-0" _ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION COMPRESSION POST PER MANUFACTURER,OR SIZED - PER NWCB SECTION 401 N 2 12 GA.HANGER WIRE-TYP. 4'-0"O.C.(3 TIGHT WRAPS) SEISMIC RETAINING CLIP PROJECT CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM PER SPECS PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ '.b 12 GA.BRACE WIRES ACOUSTICAL PANEL PROJECT MANAGER: I PS CEILING PER RCP PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH `v JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG o CEILING HEIGHTA A PER RCP .�MAIN BEAM @ 4'-0"O.C. CEILING DETAILS .`; 7/8"HEMMEDANGLE MOLDING CROSS TEE @ 2'-0-O.C. WALL TYPE PER PLAN 6'-0" 12'-0" L L L L MAX MAX MAX TYP. SUSPENDED CEILING LAYOUT ��TYP.ACT SEISMIC BRACING ��TYP.ACT WALL TRANSITION 6 Me A! 1/4„=1,_0„ /' 3 1/8"=V-0" /'1Y 3„=1,_0„ 1 2 3 4 5 P. 2 3 4 5 18"x18"x60" WALL TYPE LOCKER PER WALL TYPE 18"x18"x60„ WALL TYPE 18"x18"x60" PER PLAN SPECIFICATIONS PER PLAN PER PLAN LOCKER PER EACH SIDE LOCKER PER SPECIFICATIONS T-01/2" SPECIFICATIONS SOLID PHENOLIC,TYP. 1'-6",TYP. � � V-6 3/4" SCREWS PER LOCKER MFR, SCREWS PER SCREWS PER AS REQUIRED, 1/" 1'-53/4" LOCKER MFR, 1/" 1'-53/4" LOCKER MFR, DESIGN TYP. AS REQUIRED AS REQUIRED ARCHITECTURE + SHIM,TYP. SHIM,TYP. SHIM,TYP. ALIGN,TYP. D SOLD PHENOLIC, D �.P SOLID PHENOLIC SOLID PHENOLIC - - Marine 3/16"SLOTTED 3/16"SLOTTED OPENING,W/ OPENING,W/ 3/16"SLOTTED C.I.P.CONCRETE 1/8"SCREW C.I.P.CONCRETE 1/8"SCREW C.I.P.CONCRETE OPENING,W I BASE BASE - BASE 1/8"SCREW - FINISH FLOOR SHIM,TYP. FINISH FLOOR SHIM,TYP. FINISH FLOOR CONSULTANT: a. �. �,. n SHIM,TYP. a s .. Q e a FINISHED EDGES,TYP. ,��LOCKER BASE SEC. @ BACK TO BACK ��LOCKER BASE SECTION @WALL ��LOCKER BASE SECTION @CORNER ��LOCKER BASE PLAN @WALL • 1'-2" p_2^ sa67 REGISTERED ARCHITECT FRAMELESS STYLE FRAMELESS STYLE O� FRONTS FRONTS TI Y JpA S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON wLLu Z Z ADJUSTABLE SHELF —O r ADJUSTABLE SHELVES O Q U K O oc O C LLwO� �yz PROJECT • • C ww iz4 N �*O ww° Arlington Operations �W Center CONTINUOUS SEALANT AT BACKSPLASH FOR O EXPOSED EDGES WHERE ABUTS N w u_w CASEWORK AND WALLS, CONTINUOUS SEALANT AT N Z Z OO COLOR MATCH SOLID BACKSPLASH EXPOSED —WALL TYPE PER PLAN Snohomish County O r SURFACE BACKSPLASH EDGES WHERE ABUTS _ bi F U CASEWORK AND WALLS, ---—4"X 33 MIL STUD BLOCKING- ALIGN,TYP. Public 7 l".I I Works ¢ - INSTALL PER DETAIL A7/A9.10 r IJ s>O 2'-0" SOLID SURFACE 2'-0' COLOR MATCH SOLID _ u J BACKSPLASH SURFACE BACKSPLASH w TYP.BLOCKING LOCATION AT SOLID SURFACE - _ SOLID SURFACE COUNTER SOLID PHENOLIC,TYP. COUNTERTOP TOP WITH SELF EDGE FOR 30"UPPER CABINETS 19620 67th Ave N E SOLID SURFACE � SOLID SURFACE AND 36"BASE CABINETS FINISHED EDGES,TYP. _ SIDESPLASH,WHERE a SIDESPLASH,WHERE `VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS Arlington, WA 98223 lll�� APPLICABLE APPLICABLE WITH CASEWORK � CONTRACTOR;BLOCKING HEIGHT MAY VARY FRAMELESS STYLE _ - DEPENDING ON CABINET FRONTS HEIGHT,COUNTER TOP V-6"•TYP. a PERMIT SET FRAMELESS STYLE HEIGHT,AND FIELD o FRONTS ADJUSTABLE SHELVES - CONDITIONS OPEN 05/02/2025 O KO PLENUM w LL m w LL Z NOTE: p This drawing is. _ ¢ z z g z Z 1. REFER TO INTERIOR - ¢ 1.Copyright eds Dykemen,Inc. O —i NOTE: O~ 2.Tha Architects Instrument of Professional Service. p,¢ O F U ELEVATIONS FOR @� _ 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B B ¢U 1. REFER TO INTERIOR ¢ CASEWORK - p 1 y' w> ELEVATIONS FOR w w CONFIGURATION _ written permission for any other use or reproduction. w w CASEWORK CONFIGURATION w w g•4 2. FOR ALL WALL 3/i6"SLOTTED 3" 2. FOR ALL WALL ATTACHED oc ATTACHED CASEWORK, - OPENING,W/1/8" PROJECT CASEWORK,REFER TO REFER TO BLOCKING SCREW,TYP. BLOCKING DETAILS ON DETAILS OIN 63/A9.4. WALL TYPE B3/A9.40. PER PLAN SHIM,TYP. - 5 �Q TYP. CABINET SECTIONS @SINK ��TYP. CABINET SECTIONS TYP. BLOCKING @ CASEWORK ��LOCKER BASE @CORNER • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SOLID SURFACE _ SOLID SURFACE EASED EDGE,TYP SOLID SURFACE - PER INTERIOR ELEVATION _ PER INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - PROJECT _ 3/4"X 2"COUNTERTOP LEDGER PER INTERIOR ELEVATIONS _ 1^ PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 TJ - - EASED EDGE - PROJECT MANAGER: PS PLYWOOD PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH EASED EDGE = PLYWOOD - 77 JOBCAPTAIN: DF,KG COUNTERTOP BLOCKING •• A PLYWOOD - L BRACKET SOLID SURFACE - METAL BLOCKING A � 7 AS REQUIRED FACE OF DOOR DRAWER - 3/4 X2"COUNTERTOP o LBRACKET CASEWORK DETAILS LEDGER ¢ o' w METAL BLOCKING a AS REQUIRED FINISHED FLOOR ••. - Al TYP. COUNTERTOP A2 TYP. COUNTERTOP KNEE SPACE A3 TYP. COUNTERTOP RESTROOMS " � A 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D estD CONSULTANT: CV 1� TOP 8"BELOW BOTTOM OF ROOF HATCH • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT 2"MIN 3/8"X 2-1/2"STEEL FLAT BAR, TI Y JAM S EWETT EASE ALL EDGES S AT OF WASH GTON �+ 0 p 1/4"X 1-1/2"STEEL FLAT BAR BRACKETS.FASTEN C TO UPRIGHTS W/3/8" C THRU BOLTS. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center 0 FOR 4 Snohomish County Public Works 0 AT 3/4"DIA.STEEL BARS 19620 67th Ave NE p Arlington, WA 98223 U O 8" 0 1/4"X1-1/2"STEEL FLAT PERMIT SET 2"MIN. p BAR BRACKETS.FASTEN 05/02/2025 TO UPRIGHTS W/3/8" o THRU BOLTS.FASTEN TO SLAB W/1/2"EXPANSION This drawing is: ANCHORS. 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. B 4 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B JY, written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER. EQ EQ 2023-053 �Q VERTICAL LADDER • U 1 1/2"=V-0" MARK DATE DESCRIPTION WALL TYPE PER PLAN 9 1/2" FASTENERS PER MFR. 1-1/4"THICK,LAMINATED WHERE ADA BENCHES DO NOT HAVE A WALL DIRECTLY WOOD BENCH TOP WITH j I BEHIND THE SEAT,A SOLID _ WALL TYPE PER PLAN BULLNOSE EDGES.AT WET Z j 1 BACK MUST BE PROVIDED. - LOCATIONS(I.E.INSIDE SHOWERS)PROVIDE j _ PHENOLIC BENCH TOPS IN LIEU OF WOOD. •'• 20"MIN. HOLLOW METAL FRAME PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS 24"MAX. 42"LONG(MIN.)1-1/4"THICK, R & PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH LAMINATED WOOD BENCH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG 1/2"EXPANSION ANCHOR, TOP WITH BULLNOSE O MIN.3"EMBEDMENT EDGES.AT WET LOCATIONS O LOUVER BLINDS MOUNTED A (I.E.INSIDE SHOWERS) O TO INSIDE OF HM FRAME, A HEAVY DUTY CAST PROVIDE PHENOLIC BENCH TVP.AT ALL INTERIOR METAL BASE _ TOPS IN LIEU OF WOOD. RELITES EQUIPMENT& 2"MAX. MNE3"EM EIDMENTON HORs, FURNISHING DETAILS @WALL HEAVY DUTY CAST �p METAL BASE SEMI-RECESSED FIRE a a s d o EXTINGUISHER CABINET 4 ° d. ` . • , A�=1. ECESSED F.E.C. A2 STANDARD LOCKER ROOM BENCH A3 ADA LOCKER ROOM BENCH A4 LOUVER BLINDS @INTERIOR RECITE 3"=1'-0. 1 112"=1,-0" 8"=1'-0" 1 2 1 3 4 1 5 1 1 2 3 4 5 SIGNAGE SCHEDULE ADA-A SIGNAGE SCHEDULE ADA-B SIGNAGE SCHEDULE ADA-C SIGNAGE SCHEDULE ADA-D SIGNAGE SCHEDULE CAZ-A Mark Lettering Mark Lettering Mark I Lettering Mark I Lettering Mark I Lettering ADA-A-100a EXIT ADA-B-117 PAVING SUPERVISOR 117 ADA-C-1 11 MEN ADA-D-108 EAST STAIRS CAZ-A-101 (WINDOW CLING PER SNOHOMISH CO.STANDARDS) ADA-A-100b EXIT ADA-B-118 PAVING LEAD 118 ADA-C-112 WOMEN ADA-D-200 EAST STAIRS CAZ-A-102 (WINDOW CLING PER SNOHOMISH CO.STANDARDS) . YKEMAN ADA-A-100c EXIT ADA-B-122 BRIDGE LFADWORKER 122 ADA-C-113a LOCKER ROOMS CAZ-A-201 (WINDOW CLING PER SNOHOMISH CO.STANDARDS) ADA-A-103 ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT ADA-B-123 BRIDGE SUPERVISOR 123 ADA-C-113b LOCKER ROOMS ADA-A-104 EMERGENCY SUPPLIES ADA-B-128 DROP-IN 128 ADA-C-113c LOCKER ROOMS ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ADA-A-105 MDF ADA-B-129 UNION 129 ADA-C-219 WOMEN ADA-A-106 ELECTRICAL ADA-B-135a EOC/TRAINING/PAVING ROLL CALL 135 ADA-C-220 MEN D ADA-A-107 MECHANICAL ADA-B-135b EOC/TRAINING/PAVING ROLL CALL 135 p ADA-A-108 EASTSTAIRS ADA-B-135c EOC/TRAINING/PAVING ROLL CALL 135 - - 1716 West Marine Vie,D,I,e ADA-A-109 MECHANICAL ADA-B-207a ROLL CALL 207 ADA-A-110 FIRE SPRINKLER RISER ADA-B-207b ROLL CALL 207 ADA-A-114 CLOTHES DRYING/WASH-UP ADA-B-209a ROLL CALL 209 ADA-A-115a IUNIFORMS ADA-B-209b I ROLL CALL 209 ADA-A-115b UNIFORMS ADA-B-209c ROLL CALL 209 CONSULTANT: ADA-A-116 EXIT ADA-B-210 CONFERENCE 210 ADA-A-124 EXIT ADA-B-211 DRAINAGE SWEEPING SUPERVISOR 211 ADA-A-127 WORK ROOM/PLOTTER ADA-B-212 LEAD WORKER 212 ADA-A-130 FIRST AID&WELLNESS ADA-B-213 LEAD WORKER 213 ADA-A-131 STORAGE/WATER BOTTLES ADA-B-214 PAVEMENT/VEGETATION SUPERVISOR 214 ADA-A-132 STORAGE ADA-B-216 LEAD WORKER 216 ADA-A-133 MOTHER'S ROOM ADA-B-217 LEAD WORKER 217 ADA-A-134 CUSTODIAL JADA-B-218 I OPERATIONS MANAGER 218 ADA-A-135a MAXIMUM OCCUPANCY 66 ADA-A-135b EXIT • ADA-A-136 STORAGE ADA-A-137 ENVIRONMENTAL STORAGE ADA-A-200 EXIT ADA-A-207a EXIT 6467 ADA-A-207b MAXIMUM OCCUPANCY 59 REGISTERED ARCHITECT ADA-A-209a EXIT ADA-A-209b MAXIMUM OCCUPANCY 98 ADA-A-215 ELECTRICAL Ti Y JpM S EWETT ADA-A-221 CUSTODIAL S AT OF WASH GTON ADA-A-222 EXIT C „PROJECT • C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER. 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION g,t �❑ ••• PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH p JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A SIGNAGE & WAYFINDING SCHEDULES SIGNAGE MOUNTING HEIGHT LEGEND , ' 1/4"-1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SIGNAGE PLANS A. SIGN TYPES AND INFORMATION-REFER TO SHEET A10.01. B. SEE SIGNAGE SCHEDULE ON SHEET A10.01 FOR SIGNAGE QUANTITIES. C. SEE TYPE LEGEND-SIGNAGEIA10.01 FOR SIGNAGE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D estD CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT f- 1 - TI Y JAM S EWETT 0� ADA-D-108 � SAT OF WASH GTON O C PROJECT IDENTIFICATI• C Arlington Operations ADA-A-103 ADA-A-104 ADA-A-105 ADA-A-106 ADA-A-107 ADA-A-108 Center ADA-A-130 ADA-A-131 ADA-A-132 ADA-A-133 ADA-A-109 ° - 17ADA-A-110 FOR - - 8 ADA-A-134 - Snohomish County Y Public Works � ADA-C-113a AT ADA-13-129 19620 67th Ave NE ADA-A-100a ADA-A-135a ADA-B-135a Arlington, WA 98223 ADA-C-111 c- T- l ADA-C-112 Ll PERMIT SET El drawing is:05/02/2025 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 71171 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. IS El3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B ❑ H written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT ❑ ADA-C-1 ADA-A-135b 2023-053 Pi ADA-B-135b • ADA-A-127 ADA-A-137 ADA-A-136 ADA-B-135c MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ADA-A-100b ADA-B-123 ADA-B-122 ADA-B-118 ADA-B-117 ADA-A-100c ADA-A-115b ADA-A-114 ADI -113c ADA-A-115a ADA-A-124 ADA-A-116 PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I TJ CAZ-A-101 CAZ-A-102 PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: El"KG a a a a c a a a A A SIGNAGE PLAN - LOWER LEVEL 0 4' 8' 16, SIGNAGE PLAN-LOWER LEVEL Scale:lf6'=1'-0• WAR 1 11.1=1'-0.1 NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES -SIGNAGE PLANS A. SIGN TYPES AND INFORMATION-REFER TO SHEET A10.01. B. SEE SIGNAGE SCHEDULE ON SHEET A10.01 FOR SIGNAGE QUANTITIES. C. SEE TYPE LEGEND-SIGNAGE/A10.01 FOR SIGNAGE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN D estD CONSULTANT: • 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT CAZ-A-201 TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON ADA-A-207a ADA-A-209a { / 0 0 ADA-A-222 ;/ I/ �I�/� PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C ADA-A-207b ADA-A-209b A J LLLJJJ L' ADA-D-200 Arlington Operations ADA-B-207a E ADA-A-200 Center IS-A ADA-B-209c ADA-A-221 FOR Snohomish County ADA-0-220 Public Works E 9 A- a _J AT IS-A 1 19620 67th Ave NE ADA-1-119 Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 I3 g ADA-B-207b ADA-B-209a ADA-B-209b ADA-A-215 ADA-B-210 ADA-B-211 ADA-B-212 ADA-B-213 ADA-B-214 ADA-B-216 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2026 Dykeman,Inc. ADA-B-218 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B T 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B 1 P'DP'"g"217 written permission for any other use or reproduction. IPROJECT 2023-053 ❑ QQ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT ❑ PRINCIPAL INPRINCIPAL IN CHARGElTJ PROJECT MANAGER�PS PROJECT PROJECT ARCHITECT�TH JOB CAPTAIN�DF,KGKG A A SIGNAGE PLAN - UPPERLEVEL 0 4' 8' 16, SIGNAGE PLAN- UPPER LEVEL Scale:1/8-=1'-0• � , 11 v8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 2'-0"(w) x T-0"(h) 16'-4"(w) x T-T'(h) DYKEMAN Sign Type: IS-A - - - - - - - -- - - - - -- - - - - - - - - -- - - - --- - - -- - - - -- - oARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Custom Routed Wall Map and Letters tine ! a D ; 4A m0 Material: Richlite, Chocolate Glacier i y i - ? ARLINGMN ores�� Custom Snohomish County map artwork to be routed into _ o� p o Richlite panels as shown below. "SNOHOMISH COUNTY" letters o g 0 to be custom die-cut from 0.5"thick Richlite and applied to flush to surface. Linework routing depths may range from 1/16", 1/8" and 1/4", depending on the detail of each element. ? 0 Z r a 0 Z I r O 6467 REGISTERED i ARCHITECT I � TI Y JAMS EWETT S AT OF WASH CTCN -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I ------------------------ Sca I e 0.75" = 1'-0" C Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County --------------- Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 ------------- PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 "SNOHOMISH COUNTr to be custom ` This drawing is: die-cut from Richlite and applied flush 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. to surface. 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. . B 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B "PUBLIC WORKS"to be custom Map of Snohomish County to be custom 1 f written permission for any other use or reproduction. 1 routed into Richlite panels. routed into Richlite panels- r PROJECT 2023-053 r _ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION Jig, a : ARUNG1 / ovcltntfoes tit � 1 ! 1 ! rPROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:!Ti r PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH \ + l JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A \ SIGNAGE & WAYFINDING Scale 0.5" = V-0" 1 , 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Peg-mounted off artwork and wall Custom routed logo into Richlite panel DYKEMAN ------------------- --------------------------------------------- D Sign Type: IS-B Vioion, Mission and Values Signage Snohomis OUR Material: Richlite,Chocolate Glacier _ _ County � CONSULTANT: Material:0.5"thick clear acrylic and vinyl - VALUES The Snohomish County silhouette will be die-cut from 0.5"thick Richlite , - , S H 1 N G T O N panels, as illustrated below.The logo will be custom routed directly Respectful and into the Richlite surface.Vision, Mission,and Values panels will be Positive fabricated from 0.5"thick acrylic,featuring applied color vinyl graphics and precision die-cut lettering. Panels will be peg-mounted to stand off Engaged and both the artwork and the wall, as shown in the reference. Empowered 6467 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Open-Minded and Resourceful I TI Y JAM S EWETT S AT OF WASH GTON Collaborative and ' Team-Oriented '• G Arlington Operations Transparent and Center ------------------ ------------------------------------------ ---- - ---------------------- Scale 2" = 1'-0" FOR Snohomish County IS-B Placement 2%2"(w) x 3'-8"(h) 1'-4"(w) x 3'-8"(h) Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE /� //�� Arlington, WA 98223 Sign Type: CAA—A PERMIT E MIT S b This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. Snohomh is Snohomish County 2.The Architeds Instrument of Professional Service. B - 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B CountYjx4 written permission for any other use or reproduction. • PaNul.n; MASNrM GTo N, 'PEClean ' ir ZonePROJECT NISIIM - -. *a9M"W E.p.sd 2023-053 ItwumfJ fdltlentl.e.M _ � • remMaJal �� MARK DATE DESCRIPTION �11 Ell al • ' Ton�p"JaM ' IialA4ned NO NO SMOKING VAPING PROJECT public places PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ a I of doors or windows. PROJECT MANAGER: PS PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH To report violations or for information on quitting: JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG 1 >*` , COUNTY40 SIGNAGE & • — �- ,� �L HEALTH DEPARTMENT W AY F I N D I N G 0'-5"(w)x 0'-7"(h) Scale 12" = 1'-0" M te I 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Sign Type: ADA-A Sign Type: ADA-C ADA Standard Room, Occupancy and Exit Signage Restroom Signage DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Estimated Quantity: 50 Estimated Quantity: 5 D estD ADA-compliant plastic sign(Rowmark, 1/8"White)with tactile raised letters, numbers, ADA-compliant plastic sign (Rowmark, 1/8"White)with tactile raised letters, numbers, graphics, and graphics, and Braille. Mount the ADA sign to a 0.5"thick Richlite Chocolate Glacier. Braille. Mount the ADA sign to a 0.5"thick Richlite Chocolate Glacier.The backing panel should be The backing panel should be mounted with an offset as illustrated below. Attach the mounted with an offset as illustrated below.Attach the assembly to walls or relites using VHB tape. assembly to walls or relites using VHB tape. For installations on relite glass, apply a For installations on relite glass, apply a color-matched vinyl(matching Richlite Chocolate Glacier)to color-matched vinyl(matching Richlite Chocolate Glacier)to the reverse side of the the reverse side of the glass to conceal the VHB tape and maintain a clean appearance. glass to conceal the VHB tape and maintain a clean appearance. 8"(w) x 4"(h) 8"(w) x 10"(11h) ADA panel ADA panel EAST j sa67 ARCHR OT SUPERVISOR EXIT STAIRS BRIDGL;LY • • WETT ..... ..... :•a:::.. :•.::•• ....' • •'' � TI Y JAM S GGTON 5 AT OF WASH GTON D 8"(w) x 6"(h) ChocolateI tGlacier LOCKERIDENTIFICATION: backing panel WOMEN MEN ROOMS Arlington Operations Scale 3" = V-0" Center FOR 8"(w) x 12"(h) Snohomish County backing panel Public Works B Scale 3" = 1 '-0" Sign Type: ADA- AT 19620 67thth Ave NE ADA Conference and Meeting Room Signage Arlington, WA 98223 Estimated Quantity: 8 12"(w) x 18"(h) PERMIT SET Sign Type: ADA—D ADA panel 05/02/2025 ADA-compliant plastic sign(Rowmark, 1/8"White)with tactile raised letters, numbers, This drawing is: and Braille. Mount the ADA sign to a 0.5"thick Richlite Chocolate Glacier. Enclosed Stairwell I Signage 1.Copy right 2025 Dykeman,Inc. graphics, g 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. B The backing panel should be mounted with an offset as illustrated below. Attach the 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B assembly to walls or relites using VHB tape. For installations on relite glass, apply a Estimated Quantity: 2 EAST STAIRS written permission for any other use or reproduction. color-matched vinyl(matching Richlite Chocolate Glacier)to the reverse side of the PROJECT NUMBER: glass to conceal the VHB tape and maintain a clean appearance. ADA-compliant plastic sign (Rowmark, 1/8"White) FLOOR 2023-053 with tactile raised letters, numbers, graphics, and Braille. Mount the ADA sign to a 0.5"thick Richlite Chocolate Glacier.The backing panel should be MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 8"(w) x 7"(h) mounted with an offset as illustrated below.Attach ADA panel the assembly to walls or relites using VHB tape. For 2 installations on relite glass, apply a color-matched vinyl(matching Richlite Chocolate Glacier)to the EXIT DOWN :ROOM 07 209 135 reverse side of the glass to conceal the VHB tape NO ROOF ACCESS and maintain a clean appearance. ........................ CALL ROLL CALL [:ROLL CALL PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j TJ PROJECT MANAGER: PS A ROOM B ROOM PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH;;;•• ;;;;•• JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A 12"(w) x 20"(h) 0.5"Richlite A 8"(w) x 9"(h) 0.5"Richlite backing panel Chocolate Glacier SIGNAGE & backing panel Chocolate Glacier WAYFINDING Scale 3" = V-0" Scale 3" = V-0" , 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 GENERAL NOTES G.Material Submittals/Substitutions All recommended materials may be exchanged for materials with equal performance D I. Introduction specifications.All material substitutions and submittals must be submitted to and BEE Engineers(BEE)has created building envelope concept design details forthe approved by the responsible members of the design team.Substitutions and Arlington Operations Center PDB-Phase 1.The Building Envelope drawings are submittals shall include,but are not limited to,product data sheets,intended intimately related the materials specified in the project material specifications locations for use,installer certifications as required,sample warranties,testing and and building inspection.Details provided by BEE are only for use on the Arlington or certification data as required. , YKEMAN Operations Center PDB-Phase 1 and are©copyrighted. H.Fasteners Each sheet in this set of Building Envelope drawings,bearingthe BEE titleblock and All exterior fasteners,including nuts and washers,shall be of hot-dipped zinc coated ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN logo in the upper right corner,was prepared by BEE and is accounted for in the galvanized steel or stainless steel. drawing index on the title page.In its original form,this set was prepared for Cornerstone General Contractors,Inc.for a specific project. III. Construction The act of submitting for government approval of building permit,a set of drawings A. Inspection bearing the BEE titleblock and logo,which has been altered in any way by Cornerstone General Contractors,Inc.,by any third party,or for a project other than Building inspection shall be performed throughout the duration of construction.The that which it was originally prepared by BEE without the prior written consent of BEE frequency of inspection is identified in the contract.Inspections will be performed shall constitute consent by Cornerstone General Contractors,Inc.to defend, on site.Inspections will be documented and recorded as deemed necessary by theCONSULTANT: indemnify,and hold harmless BEE from and against any and all claims,suits, Project Manager. demands,liabilities,losses,and costs arising in whole in part out of or in any way connected with the use of the such altered drawings by Cornerstone General B. Dry-in RequirementsBEE Contractors,Inc.or any third party. Prior to the end of each shift,the structure will be temporarily weather protected , Such alterations shall include,but shall not be limited to,the addition or removal of using industry recognized standards to prevent damage to existing work in place and individual sheets,the modifications ofany graphic or textual information contained the structure. / ENGINEERS within a sheet prepared by BEE.The removal of this statement,and any construction The General Contractor(GC)shall provide quality assurance procedures,facilitate zoo - inconsistent with that which has been shown by BEE in its original drawing set. inspections and coordinate testing and verification to maintain the material ED ONDs,WA 9E020 rAx..zsnz E00e II. General standards and enveloping practices as specified herein.This shall also include periodically documenting the moisture content by weight at a minimum of three(3) • A.Water Penetration Resistance Field Testing locations of framing,sheathing and gypsum.Additionally,the temperature and moisture content of concrete slabs shall be monitored and periodically documented For all windows,doors,and skylights a mock setup will be water intrusion tested in to comply with any relative waterproofing installations that are to be conducted. field.Mock setup may be created in-situ or be free standing as best suits the needs Documented signs of excessive water or humidity are exhibited by,but not limited 41C V of the project,provided it allows for the following parameters to be achieved. to: C At least one(1)window of each operational type will be tested to the Specified Field Interior condensation on window.Warping,staining,or delamination of fiber Test Pressure specified below,in accord with the current version of ASTM E1105.For cement,gypsum or wood based products(i.e.construction products that are windows and doors such as aluminum,wood clad aluminum,vinyl,or fiberglass absorptive).Organic growth(mold,fungi,mildew).Water intrusion/leaks and or windows and doors,Procedure B(cyclic)test will be used for cycles each 5 minutes damage. induration,with a pressure reduced to 0 psf for one minute between cycles. For For unvented roofs,wet substrates/framing shall not be directly covered with storefront and curtain wall assemblies,Procedure A(Uniform)test will be used fora roofing or other finish materials.Permanently installed HVAC equipment is not to be single cycle of 15 minutes induration.The initial test will be inclusive of both used for the purpose of construction drying.Any questions pertaining to the ''• • installation interface and window product.In the case of failure(defined as any allowable moisture percentage of specific materials shall be referred to the most water intrusion observed on the interior that is not in a drainage area),the applicable edition of the building code. representative sample will be expanded to three(3)specimens in order to obtain Arlington Operations statistical confidence.In the case of failure during retest,the representative sample will be expanded to five(5)additional specimens.In the case of a failure during Center second retest,a meeting will be held with all parties concerned to determine necessary actions.In the case of failure,the responsible party will be held financially FOR liable for the cost of retesting,and any related wall assembly or cladding deconstruction needed to obtain passing results.This test specification supersedes I., I., /'� AAMA Voluntary Specification for Field Testing. Snohomish County Regardless of AAMA deductions for field installed product,the minimum Water Public Works Resistance Field Test Pressure(during field test),as determined by the consultant, shall be: 4.5 psf for sliding doors AT 4.5 psf for storefronts 19700 67th Ave NE 4.5 psf for swing doors 4.5 psf for windows Arlington, WA98223 The above referenced test pressures should be placed on the purchase order prior to ordering the windows or doors. Doors are to be installed and tested in a similar fashion as windows. PERMIT SET B B. Louvers 05/02/2025 B Louvers through the building envelope shall be designed for exterior use in accord ®COPYRIGHT BEE ENGINEERS with wind and rain exposure conditions. THESEDRAWINGSAREFORGENERALARWWGEMENT OF MATERIALS ON SHE CONDITIONS GOVERN. C. Sealant Performance Requirements DO NOT SO4E DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. All sealants shall be validated and approved by the Sealant Waterproofing and Restoration Institute(SWRI). PROJECT Sealant and Self Adhesive Membrane(S.A.M.)combinations shall have documentation from the manufacturer that adhesion is acceptable prior to 2403-1 004 construction. As part of the quality control procedures,sealant dependant installations require an adhesion test performed on site by the contractor. • D.Laboratory Test Reports MARK DATE DESCRIPTION All windows and doors shall be pre-tested by the manufacturer to design conditions. The associated test records and certifications shall be submitted to project team. E. Contractor Responsibility It shall be the specific duty and responsibility of each trade and supplier to examine all project drawings,details and specifications,and to provide and furnish proper equipment,hardware,fixtures,materials,etc.,pertaining to their part of the work shown or listed in any part of these documents.Quality control,adverse material reactions,and compliance to industry standard workmanship are the responsibility •-• of the contractor. Any omissions or contradictions in these documents shall be called to the attention PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: I CS of BEE prior to submitting a bid.Bids received shall be considered to include all items PROJECT MANAGER: I CS shown and/or specified or scheduled for a complete project.The contractor shall ENERGY MANAGER: AL note that the waterproofing details do not always reflect the Architectural details DRAFTER: BS A and are intended to supplement the architectural details not replace them. DRAWING A Installers are to be certified by manufacturer's approved warranty requirements. F. Material Warranty NOTES & Products shall be installed to comply with manufacturer's warranty requirements. SPECIFICATIONS All waterproofing material and installation warranties shall be transferable to new building ownership within the warranty's period. Specified Membrane Roof Systems are designed to receive the 20 year No Dollar • Limit(NDL)coverage for the roofing system itself.Warranty coverage apart from this (including,but not limited to overburden,plant establishment,and wind riders) should be considered in the procurement process,with manufacturer confirmation 0i , , , of system eligibility for enhanced coverage at the time of Submittal. ni 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 IV. Building Envelope Materials D. Furring systems B. S.A.M.2 Note: Furring of all material types to be minimum of 3/4"deep 3"VaproTape UV Black 030000 Cast-in-Place Concrete &maintain%"gaps at buttjoints,floor plate level,&sill flanges. -Available from VaproShield C types Furring of all material to be kept%"clear from inside&outside corners A. Underslab Vapor BarrierC. S.A.M.Foil Faced Note: Use 12"min lap&tape at all seams All rainscreen cavities shall have approved closure accessories to Therm-Flash prevent debris&insect entry. Stego Wrap 15-mil -Available from Stuc-O-Flex International -Available from Ste go Industries a. FurringDYKEMAN g Protecto Seal 45 Butyl Pressure Treated Wood lx4 Perminator 15-mil -Available from Protecto Wrap Company -Available from W.R.Meadows Inc. b. Perforated Horizontal Metal Hat Channel Vapro-SS Flashing ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Viper II 15-mil Note: Install on SA shims for rainscreen drainage. -Available from VaproShield -Available from Insulation Solutions c. Thermal Girt D. S.A.M.HT-High Temperature B. WaterstopSMARTci GreenGirt rts CMH Z-gi Grace Ultra _ Waterstop RX-101 w/Cetseal(3"min cover) -Available from Advanced Architectural Products Note: Not for use in conjunction w/PVC materials. -Available from Cetco d. Siding Clips -Available from GCP Applied Technologies Waterstop RX-101T w/Cetseal(3"min cover) Proprietrary clip per Siding Manufacturer Jiffy Seal BUTYL Ice&Water Guard HT -Available from Cetco E. Interior Vapor Retarder -Available from Protecto Wrap Company Waterstop RX-102 w/Cetseal(2"min cover Note: Install on the interior gypsum wallboard E. S.A.M.TWF CONSULTANT: -Available from Cetco of all assemblies that are a part of the thermal barrier. Textroflash Flashing For non-vented roof,ev not apply class I or class II Interior Vapor Retarder -Available from Hohmann&Barnard 042613 Masonry Veneer For non-vented ing at roof level. n A. Vent Cells PVA Primer(class II:0.1 to 1 perm) 079000 Joint Protection BEE CellVent 074113 Standing Seam Metal Roofing A. Compressive Foam -Available from Mortar Net Solutions Backerseal t ENGINEERS Roofing Type Mortar Maze Weep Vents A. -Available from Emseal roN ST,sulTe me PH,425 672-3900 -Available from Advanced Building Products,Inc Standing Seam Metal per Arch B. Neoprene Pad EOMONos,wA A— FA.:«7.- VA Weep Holes-CELLVENT B. Slip Sheet TEX-NE060 -Available from Block-Lok Note: Per Steep Slope Roofing mfr recommendation Note: 60 Duro Neoprene Sheet • B. Mortar Net 074600 Siding -Available by Texcel MortarNet w/Insect Barrier Note: All rainscreen cavities need to have approved closure accessories C. Sill Plate Sealer -Available from Mortar Net Solutions to prevent debris&insect entry. Triple Guard Energy Sill fl Sep ProNet DT Metal Vertical Siding -Available from Protecto Wrap Company oe C -Available from Mason Pro Phenolic Panel C 079200 Joint Sealants 071700 Bentonite Thermoplastic Waterproofing Brick Veneer A. Sealant 1 A. Bentonite Panel Systems 075400 Thermoplastic Roofing Membrane Sikaflex HY 150 Note: Compressive strength of insulation per mfr recommendations. Note: All roofing shall slope positively to a drain -Available from Sika �°8+otrAL>n'o All laps at hydrostatic shotcrete require foundation sealant. w/at least W per linear foot slope. B. Sealant 2 Warranty Note: No water ponding is admissible. Dowsil 758 Silicone 15yr Enhanced Warranty All applicators must be approved by mfr. -Available from Dow Corning • s • CETCO System Warranty Note: -Available from CETCO 20yr NDL C. Sealant 3 Bentonite Panel: Coreflex 60 A. Protected Roofing Membrane Dowsil 790 Silicone Arlington Operations Bentonite Mastic: Bentoseal -Available from Dow Corning Center Foundation Drain Mat: Aquadrain 15x FleeceBACK TPO Membrane D. Sealant 4 Aquadrain 10OBD(used at base of wall) Note: 135 mil miminimum,fully adhered Transition Membrane: Envirosheet Install over fully adhered cover board Dowsil 795 Silicone FOR -Available from Carlisle Syntec -Available from Dow Corning B. Protection Board B. Liquid Applied Roofing E. Sealant 5 Note: Per membrane mfr recommendation Note: Use to detail curbs&penetrations Dowsil 758 Silicone Snohomish County 071900 Water Repellents LIQUISEAL Liquid Flashing -AvailablefromDowCorning Public Works Note: For use at exposed,vertical concrete at exterior building envelope. Note: For use w/Carlisle Roofing Systems VaproBond All exposed,vertical concrete shall be treated. -Available from Carlisle Syntec -Available from VaproShield AT All concrete cold joints at exposed concrete require waterstop. C. Roof Vapor Barrier F. Sealant 6 A. Concrete&Concrete Block/Brick Sealer Self-Adhered Vapor Barrier per roofing mfr recommendation Sikaflex-2c SL 19700 67th Ave N E Blok-Guard&Graffiti Control WB 6 Note: Seal vapor barrier at all transitions&laps per mfr recommendation -Available from Sika Note: Two coats required. D. Protection Board G. Sealant Arlington, WA 98223 -Available from Prosoco Note: Per Roofing membrane mfr recommendation SikaLastomer-511 Series 626 Cur a Pell GS E. Roofing Accessories -Available from Sika Note: Two coats required. Sill Pans BA-98 PERMIT SET -Available from Tnemec Note: 5/8"min upstand, -Available from Pecora Corporation B 072100 Thermal Insulation extending 1/2"min above bottom edge of Window. 081113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 05/02/2025 B A. Exterior Insulation To be roofing membrane coated per roofing mfr recommendation Note: R Value per UA calculations from energy consultant Roofing Membrane Coated L-Angle Flanged Thermally Broken Hollow Metal Doors ®COPYRIGHT BEE ENGINEERS Compressive strength per cladding mfr 24ga galvanized Roofing Membrane Coated L-angle Note: Provide w/welded flange. THESE DRAWINGS ARE FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT Semi-Rigid Insulation Per Arch Roof Rigid Insulation Weather stripping/sweeps required at all exterior doors OF MATERIALS ON SITE CONDIMONS GOVERN. Note: R Value per UA calculations from energy consultant &door separating conditioned&unconditioned space. DO NOT SCALE DRAMNGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. 072119 Foamed-In-Place Insulation Polyiso Insulation per mfr -Available from Ceco Door A. Spray Foam Insulation 076200 Sheet Metal Flashing&Trim 089000 Louvers&Vents PROJECT g Note: The applied spray foam must be installed by a certified installer. 24ga Metal Vents A copy of the ICC-ES report forthe product used must be provided A. Flashings 2403-1004 on the job site for field inspector verification. Note: All Saddle Flashings&Sill Pans shall be fully soldered. Plastic Vents Heatlok HFO Pro(Polyurethane Foam Insulation) 22ga Sheet Metal Coping,w/Standing Seams -Available from Allied Building Products -Note: LIES from Primex Manufacturing 565 24ga Sheet Metal Head Flashings,w/End Dams • -Available from Huntsman Building Solutions 099000 Painting&Coatings—LEED V4.1/Green Product Guide 24ga Sheet Metal Saddle Flashings MARK DATE DESCRIPTION Sealtite PRO HFO Spray Foam(Polyurethane Foam Insulation) 24ga Sheet Metal Through Wall Flashing,w/4"Bayonet Seams&End Dams Note: For use at exposed,vertical concrete exterior building envelope. Note: LIES 720 All exposed,vertical concrete shall treated. -Available from Carlisle Note: Through Wall Flashings are required at every other floor All concrete cold joints at exposed coo tncrete require waterstop. &at each floor exceeding twenty feet. B. Air Barrier Foam Liquid Applied Flashing Sill Pans A. Concrete&Concrete Block/Brick Paint CF 812(Low-Pressure Filler Foam) Note: 5/8"min upstand, A-100 Exterior Exterior Latex Satin,A82 Series -Available from Hilti extending 1/2"min above bottom edge of Window. -Available from Sherwin-Williams 072500 Weather Resistant Barrier(W.R.B.) L-Angle 220000 Plumbing A. Primary W.R.B.SA/W.R.B.SA Liner Note: For use w/Liquid applied sill pans. Note: Drains used shall be warrantable w/Waterproofing System If window is fastened to L-angle then confirm All drains shall be made of metal,w/an integral clamping ring, WrapShield SA Self-Adhered(W.R.B.SA) w/window mfr for gauge&fastening requirements. in accordance w/waterproofing mfrs installation instructions. -Available from VaproShield 1/8"Bronze Anodized Aluminum L-angle - • A. Drains JECT TEAM: B. Liquid Applied Flashing B. Stainless Steel Flashings Thunderbird Flanged Drain PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: I CS VaproLiqui-Flash 24ga S.S.Flashing(for use at base of wall/parapet) -Available from Thunderbird Products PROJECT MANAGER: I CS -Available from VaproShield 24ga S.S.Head Flashing w/End Dams Zurn Cast Iron Floor Drain ENERGY MANAGER: I AL C. W.R.B.Accessories 24ga S.S.Through Wall Flashing w/4"Bayonet Seams&End Dams -Available from Zurn Engineered Water Solutions DRAFTER: I Bs A a. Quickflash Device Note: Through Wall Flashings are at siding exceeding twenty feet up elevation. •-. A Quickflash Device 260000 Electrical 076500 S M AM Note: Use @ Electrical Boxes&Pipe Penetrations elf-Adhesive Membrane(S. . .) A. Conduit -Available from Quickflash Weatherproofing Products Note: All Self-Adhered Membrane(S.A.M.)types to be roller applied. Water-tight PVC Coated Flexible Metallic Conduit YF-707 SPECIFICATIONS It. Shims Confirm compatibility between S.A.M.&other envelope products -Available from Delikon CONTINUED with mfr warranties. 1/8"Plastic Horseshoe Shims A. S.A.M.1 -Available from Atlas Supply Grace Ultra -Available Grove Strufrom Gral ove Pro •-. -Available from Grove Products Note: Not for use in conjunction w/PVC materials. -Available from GCP Applied Technologies c. SA Shims Jiffy Seal BUTYL Ice&Water Guard HT 1/4"VaproShims SA -Available from Protecto Wrap Company Note: Used behind Horizontal Furring Protecto Seal 45 Butyl -Available from VaproShield -Available from Protecto Wrap Company 2 13 4 5 2 3 4 D DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ML01 ' �f ° 00000 00 o ci-Qo 00 00 0 ogAv QM 0 00 O 00 0OOOOb. O ®a 0000000 00O 000®+0000 000 0000 '§.J 0000 000o ° 00 00. 000000 0000000 000 dqa gtr000000000000 000 0 a-0 0 O 0 R�fMm 00 00000°000000 ' 00000 0 000600.9R90000 00 00 0 p D0oo000000000000000 0000 0 0 ®h00 00 00�. 0 OOP °O'¢OO G�JOC�G O C$0000000011000000000000000000000000000000°a tl000000000 BGU 90�-O-OfJ00^000^^ ° c� � B E E O OO B 0 6 O-O 0-O ��- —- ..x " � - - E°o 000000- oa Oq o4°0000 o.t'.S'000 oo oo 000 Ao 000°�6 00 o. °o°Oan000 oo 0000°000°°goo 0000 I" ,� ML02 00000000 o R o'oQb000 odtl Q�g6(��q 000 ool o°aaaeo 000a° 00000 z I__I 0000000 BOQ00 0000000 00000 PQQ WPAA PAA o/ ENGINEERS PAPPPA PO_6 PA6tlQ AQ_90000 �OPPAA APPPPAPPQ'��0049 PPAAPPPA PPAPPPAA q,P AAPPP 000000 ff¢r,D 000 OOdIhOO O C'�916 9PPP99P 09 PPO000°OOP OODUD 99 P009 -- _ 00000 00 0000000 O 0' 000 00 -A090 0 .-0040000000000 Zpb 0000 gaaP9P 40- -PA 00. 00 0�0 00 0 00 0 OI° 0o nwonrrorvsT su re vrv:nzs s12 ssao p o 0 o a ... eonorvos wA oeozo FAX ozsnz asoa 000 o Poo °od o^o 000000 00000 0 000 .. vo•o Poo 0000 °000 oom)000 00° °a dZ+o oq a�v b�°P d oYS oar noo o®ssm �°— nr3 op o 000 Q oo - o 00000 0000 0 0_-o 0 o-0009 00 0 �.. - 0n— �v"009 99904 _ oo oop0oolio - - 0000 000000�—0000 0 ood o 000 0000-a a°rm°eoo 000000 000000 0000 °o oretbe oo -0000 00 " oAa ¢�oo ooA7oo 000D000 0000° °000°°°0000°°00000 0000 0000 00 000 0�°0�00000 v -• • 000 °000° 000000 0000000 0°0000 o400p°0000000000000 0o ao °000 00�0 oqo°g000°°r;°o Po _I_ J OOAI000000 OQ_0 0 OQ_4 00 OAB0090-090.04 Ptr0.000 00 A0000 000 -00 .000�6M�00 z - — 0Qo�0'0r€O 0 O 00 0 OYYp O 00000000.0000000000 00010 000 000 000 O 0�00000 o-oolIo omo o v°d�0o °o *.I. Po6'boo 00000 oorooAoo 000000 00p 0000 0000 0 0 000000 -• c� Bq� AD000000 q�1�(1A0 0000000 00000 00040D-00.000"OII oc OOOI 000 00 000 009 000000 -• 0 000 l0000 am,Eno .............o oo+o qq g,00gq,vo gsTua�oo 0o ff�oPa°RS Boo qqyy��o 00 oo OO—.0 OOOoo 00 00000 00000 b0Or06' 00400 OOOQO000000---------- O ------ C O:DD16.00 a80 C 000000 000000 O.O O°S€32�g°O 0[TO 0 -00� 000000000000— --- 6 0000 0000�0 000000 00000 £1000 0000000000000000000000000 B00000 ODOQ 000000 00000 00 0000 tl_ -b 0� 0000000000000000 0000 000 O -fg 00 B8:b00 O 0000000000000000 00 °OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOglTO 0000000000000 00�0000 OD pOd O°00000000 000 - OOOOtlJ00 00000 00°O 000�0�0°O°O OOro000000 OOQAOOR9 0 OOOt 0 OOOO 00000 000000000000000000000000000 o OCR 000000 00 O 00°00 g0000 °o0A00"0 000 0 00094a0` - O 00000000000000 .. '.p $ 0 0 000000000000000 '000 '0000 00 0000000000000000 0000000 00 O-0 A-0000 OOODOO'D.0000000000004p0 -007 007-0 00 0000-000000000000 0 A�00 - pp oo - D00000vomr¢oo 00 0 ° � 000000Doo00 00 0o 11 ML04 pp§L o pkLkLp000Rar410 oo6n6?go Pap�6.�p p @41 000 0 00 0 000 0 0 00 o0'L: o. 04 O Q OOYr OQOOShVD00 Oq,0000.,9 0000 Pi90 ooO�P-o oo0,po 0,',p0-odaiAr9 000 o6U000 0000r000 o oo v oovDo 0 00 o-000000000000000 0000,0 0,0000 00 ooaAo. 0000e-o;a�oo °000000_ -� PDuoo- tlo oou0000-oO-°DD�oo oU-0000°o-Pvoo°uDo 00000 Pouoo 0 o P000 PP°P-P-P-o PPoo PPP - s — Arlington Operations Center FOR LOWER LEVEL ROOF Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE �> r> �� .� �� Arlington, WA 98223 ,,, PERMIT SET e 'vx m — 05/02/2025 B ®COPYRIGKT BEE ENGINEERS OFMATERMINGSARECONDIENERALARRAN. THESE DRAWINGGARE FORGENERALARWWGEMENT I DO NOT SCPLE DRAWINGS TOOBTAIN DIMENSIONS. n n nPROJECT v - 2403-1004 \ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ML03 i i >r ai ar i i ii ^„as .. E \\ ....... ............... ... ........ ...._.. ...... _........ .._.. ......... ... .._. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS PROJECT MANAGER: CS ENERGY MANAGER: AL ---- DRAFTER: BS A A UPPER LEVEL Material Location arc Plan views were taken from.arc se a e 02.14.2025,they are diagramme tic and ahoOld not be used for material takeoff.Final WE LOCATION plans should be verified. Material Location Key DIAGRAMS ML01 ® B.m..a.P.^.1. �. ML02 0o antlers CVapw s. ML03 ® w P° b° ML04 ® sa.amss.m M. 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 EXTERIOR d _d W RolM'RENT FRTc TE I AIRSPACE HD R 4 (MIN COVER PER MFR)NOTE, 7 I ME :Ory DYKEMAN 1 Ep: d 4 d unoN PER slO1."IN. I MR E ORTaR .i.B.sA STRENOBB ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN M FgTNUCT MS PER MEN CURB OR wau - d- _a ExTEre ore NsuunoN EXTERIOR _ d II BEGIN PER STRUCT �j AIRSPACE Ii___ BS aASNIND 4 ° (MINWATECDVEN PER MERE II PER ELEVAnDN AT, DD ALLEDSAL,TWF I ____PR MAxv wRB sA I AIL FRI WPLL PER smUCT° - 4 MOREAR nsT - p `• ---- OS RENG oN P&GTH OF LnaC PEk MFR so ♦ BEE _ re p d ILATI I EXTERIOR - - _ ° sENTOF M MFR :I PER , ° a con a ss FLASHING - - - s sE uE d 4 d ° - a ING PER I FIR �i AT is oc au[o d p d d M N a ° p _ ROD&sEALANTE t ENGINEERS °d a - p 3900 TEAL PER MFR ° 4 \ EDM°NDS,W 98020 FAX.2S,L 8008 SIDEWALK d — - PER MFR p d d TERMINATE d p __ 4 S. p P TRANSITION MEMBRANE BE oo SECTION:CONCRETE COLD JOINT d° d e C - ° n= ARRMIE R MEN d 4 _ SEAL PER MER C p F d / TERM NATE& m Cor+wE+�ee O O - RIGID INTULATON OPNE Gmeexe O d- JK�l YOTHERS \4 /\ / FOUNDATON DRAINMAT �D INSULATOR-FOUNDATON DRAINMAT ° d - p \ BENTONITE PANEL , BENT.NITE PANEL a / / ° Arlington Operations a_- SECTION: BENTONITE TERMINATION AT GRADE l SECTION:BENTONITE TERMINATION AT GRADE Center FOR UNDERELAS VAPOR BARMEN mCAALEx.ES..'_ S.CLLE'xreesx�ixFExs Snohomish County GRANILAR INTERIOR BY oTNENs ` RMIrvcD Public Works nHo P'TAR`ET`sR coNNDUFA s`wR EnPaRavEo ��s SING71 OOF wcH ZZIN 11E are oaAwIACE FR - \ TES: AT 4 p- 5 REFER TO / NOucM-RAKE RNreARCH p a 'SEAL PER MFR'^`4 RarvgL DDG=SEAMSA allo 19700 67th Ave NE w TERTTOP d p 4 USE 12 LAPS&TAPE AL MN \j d EXTERIOR PERMATER RL, rvDnoNs. APPRD�DBEAMTAPE Arlington, WA 98223 FEEPAGnRER a ULA�°N PER eEN COMPRESSION s reENGm ° 4 REFER,D DEDTM NEP�°N E M�T -------- -v- RM NAnON PER MFR DRT FDR DRANAGE BENTDNITE PANEL ° a \\/ p DAnON ROD&SEALANT-B PERMIT SET ° a d � 05/02IT SE PreoTEcnaN BOARD ELEVATOR SHAFT - p-. - - - - ° B TERB zRIGID rvD sHOTCRETENwau Q \ d d O TEAR LANDING ®COPYRIGKr BEE ENGINEERS 1ST SHOTCRETE MILL ° cpan uR Flu_ DONO SCALE TOO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. IMEN MENT IONS. d d. U U U U OFMATERLALSON$RECONDITIONS GOVERN. d O Ov Ov O O PERMMFRBAR A, EA a INTERIOR ° DO NOT sCPLE DRnwwcsroosrAlN DIMENSIONS. BEry DNITE PAN PROJECT NUMBER: BY DTBERT WATERTTCP 2403-1004 RIGIDSUMP IN1ERET0N PER ARCH 4 //\ ° _ ORDER REGG ITE�ANEL PIT CONTINUES NIBID INBD nDN. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION /\\ RlclD IpsERu unoH 4 _ d \ \ \ \ FOUNDNTE PANEL 4 p I A BEN 4 d4 4 Q 4 //\ a a ° 4 a / Q -- 4 4 • \i \i/\\//\\/\/ \/ \/ // \/\ BY OTH ER ° d ° PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS //\\/ \j/\ _ vAPOR BARREN / - d d 4 o o \ ENERGY MANAGER CS A 4 4 a ° / RIGID ucER ATON RCH °4 p °. DRAFTER:ANAGER. BS A WATERSTDP a a d a DRAWING \ P1,IR MMLDRAINAGE / / //\ \\\\\ - - -- - BELOW GRADE / / / / / / o DETAILS BE�oo SECTION:TYPICAL ELEVATOR PIT BE1oo SECTION:FOOTING AT EXTERIOR SIDEWALK — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — BentonitePenel „ SCALE or+calT ei exDmEExs ®CwtL NTS WP2: J . 1 2 3 L 4 5 2 3 4 D DYKEMAN SrvBD nDN IS NBDLnTDN NOTES: NOTES: DESIGN RAMNG PER smucr TRIAGE 2. :Ns,A`"nocRa`oT3 FEET Ii aRSPacFARCHITECTURE + BEYDRIDLcoeo TONED SPACES. BEYOND LCON DTONED SPACES. i i PEELvanoEoc E wa SEAMS. wnc sNn AM sN AM A TAPE PERS.A.M.TwF• _ M n sT PRIMARY W.R.B.SA M n STR PRIMARY W.R.B.Sn I' MORTAR NET 11 IN I' MORTAR NET INTERIOR I; INTERIOR III, SILL SEAL I; EXTERIOR SILL SEAL I EXTERIORCONSULTANT: RODPER ARCH RIGID PER IRON IS ABr o ER= `N�ASNING TAB.aTMFER= N,s o NG INSTALLED BEE �NTGELL RODWT6NBT IrvsTALLED AT ". UNDERSLAB VAPOR i6.OC* UNDERSLAB OR Ii ROD A SLOPE PER CIVIL BARRIER" BARRIER* --• L----- - t ENGINEERS a a a \ Q a a Qo BDE-11 EDNOND6.WA96G:G — Axa„L 6606 MIN a a MIN 4 aTERMINATE d d - - PER MM I ---- — -------- ----J • a a BY B,NERB 4 4 \ \ \ PeNMMFRTE \ \ \ oenlN°,in°N ,. a aVi D ° a DRANMAAGN a101 a �j 2.1EANN%TE.1ANEPER 11 e TERMINATE SEAL ° 4 4 - d ) \ 4COMPRESSION STRENGTH OF INSULATION PER ERE WILL 4 o ) a PER cRIMETE DRAINAGE 4 - - ) PE PERIMET R cTE DRAINAGE --• • l SNGTGRETEwAL a o \ 41 M Arlington Operations BENTONIOPARq,rvMAT _ _ f� - - - Center _=Jr \ FOR RP BE - SECTION:FOOTING AT SLAB ON GRADE B 1E o1 SECTION:FOOTING AT SIDEWALK Snohomish County Public Works SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS w�P RI.xN. x N� ®�P RI �EEN N� AT 19700 67th Ave NE \\ �� CONIRS CRETE C Arlington, WA 98223 \\ a RIGID IN LATDN PERMIT SET \\ B FDDNDAnDry DRAINMAT 05/02/2025 B ®COPYRIGHT BEE ENGINEERS BE5o1 SECTION:PRE-POUR-PIPE THROUGH FNDN AT OOFFMATERIALSON SHE CONDIDITIONSS GOVERN GEMENT SOIL NAIL WALL DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. SCALE:NTS —1— PROJECT NUMBER: 2403-1004 FIND NOTES INTERIOR Conn CATER To oanH G. -RONR�ER ARrvnTi Hsr sNOTCRETE wnu a PIPE .NsuLAnON PER ARCN \ • ° ° 'N3UPLAPS NOPPR STRENGTH OF 1ST sNGTCRETE waL1 - D \\ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION RIGID INSULATION WATER STOP.MIN.CONCRETE PER ARC, COVER PER FR UNDERSL BAaa FOR Q 4 \ RIIGIDDNSOLAnONINMAi STRIP \ j < - da° 11T SNOTCRETE WILL \\ d. FOUNDATONMORANMATRECOMMENDATIONTRI DDNDnTDN DRANMAT \\ ING SNDTGRETE WALL DDrvDnTDN DRANMAT 4 4 4 LI 4 zNDSNomRc.E wau ®.v ° /\ n RIGID NsuLAnoN" \\ aENTDN TE MASTIC aRIGID a MN D \\\\\ 9 EADN PLATE a BENTDNTE PANEL TIE --------- -- -- ----- -------- DRANMAT COLLECTOR EEN DN E MAEnD B \\ 0 d d \\ BENTDN TE MASTIC DI LE \\ a TIEBACK GABLE _ ° d STEEL PLATE TO Rom CABLE \� / FLTED AWAY AND COVER • 4 "ERE'RANAT HAS BEEN wnTERSTOP 4 END WTH BENTDNTE Mnsnc CABLE PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: I CS - 4 d �� - PROJECT MANAGER: CS 4 C.C.PER cwL eLAn / ° SENTDn MILE PANEL / ~HILL—R W 4 a ENERGY MANAGER: AL FILL E A BY OTTERS cr \\\/ d FOUND TON DRa NMAT \\ d d 2ND sxOTCRETEDWALL DRAFTER: BS A aTEs RE rMUCL TRarvsnON A - DRAWING TITL s PNDN PER s d \\ a a \\\ PER DWL DRAINAGE4.AND u ERCl—�Fs I/AP oD oDATE \\\ I DDNDnTGN DRANMAT B<IP \� a BELOW GRADE NI ATON WILL P LOT LLELOCAnOO�AANDSZEDEIERMNED /\ d C -da a. d dREN PER MANSITON,MFRATERMNATEISE DETAILS 6 STRENGTH OF INSULAnON PER P BENTONITE MFR INSULATON PER BE�o1 SECTION:BASE OF WALL AT SOIL NAIL WALL BE101 SECTION:SOIL NAIL AT SHOTCRETE WALL BEQ 1 SECTION:DETENTION CABLE TIEBACK AT BEN •- SOIL NAIL WALL maoAr+aEcaHTei exvmEExs maoAr+aEiHT ai exvmEExs ®CwALENTS Ncw�u 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 D DYKEMAN CMO VENEER ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN PER MPw/S� 6 NSM-NnON —Aylk PRIMARY W.R.B.SA - - A- IRIIA S'A.S PER AINSIACE S.A.M.lMF CONSULTANT: INTERIOR MORTAR NET BEE TRAIETTON MEMBRANE , ENGINEERS ti EXTERIOR 3900 4 EOMONOS.WA98020 '°` FAx..:S,1 6606 SILL SEAL I I _ SS aASMIN6 wsTuiEG AT 6'OC 4 C - ° - _ 7 PER MRR d C RIGID ON 2 PER AROR d 8 GRAN \ bHAi.b" Q - BY OTBERs ° 4 - DRAwMA ory ° .....................................'zc °. •-• • < PERERMMFR Arlington Operations BEEN KITE > PANELS d Center RIGID NELITATFOR PER ARCH Ory G Snohomish County \\ Public Works ORAINMAT STRIP d-- AT �/ 19700 67th Ave NE SOIE NAIL WALL °� d d ° ° d \/\\ Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B OCOPYRIGFB BEE ENGINEERS B—A SECTION:CMU VENEER AT BELOW GRADE CONCRETE LEDGER OOFFMATERRIALSONSHECONDIDITIONSSGOOVEERNGEMENT 00 NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. �—j PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE:NTS 2403-1004 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION •-• PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS PROJECT MANAGER: CS ENERGY MANAGER: AL DRAFTER: BS A DRAWING TITLE: A BELOW GRADE DETAILS M 0.1 am 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 HIM D 6'MIry 6pMINCHORIZONTALLY&PED VERTI ALLY MIN N.—MING PER ARCH. LLT(ITP CAL) REOUIREG AT 2.7UROUGH WALL FLASHING REQUIRED AT �I:MIN VERVIAL METAL TN SIDING DYKEMAN PER 6 THERMAL GIRT PRIMARY W.R.B.SA DESIGNARCHITECTURE + METAL SIDING / EXTEreOR INSULATION PER ELEVATION PRIMARY W.R.B.SA METAL HAT CNANNEL f IDINO P PERSM STRIP PER ELEVATION ER ME7D A7 CHARHEE N£EPS FDR DRAINAGE EXTERIOR INSULATION VERTICAL THERMAL GIRTMIN x EXTERIOR INSULATION W.R.B.SA LINE WALL F NOCONSULTANT: ASH x R MI z 6 O t BEAD SIZE — THROUGH WALL FLASHING %EAI� EXTERIOR INSULATIONINSULATION 'MIN ATED HORIZONTAL PP NET GOING ER ELEVATIONSPACER PER x. EXTERIOR MANUFACTURER BEE METALPIRIG HAT CHANNEL PRIMARY W.R.B.G MIN tP ENGINEERS ' �ERIORRNS ATIQN E3900 DMONDS,WA98020 '°` FAX..2S,LP-1561 6606 A6 sT A,PR..G CLOSURE ACCESICRIES IRIVENTHERB' PLAGED"»i�APs DING CUPGAL • IN' THT A'MIN"GA CLOSURE PER AR H PRIMARY W.R.B.SA 1 PERM P 2 rM RAINSCRE N 3 BE2oo WALL ASSEMBLY:VERTICAL METAL SIDING BE2oo ASSEMBLY:TRANSITION FROM VERTICAL METAL A. SECTION:TRANSITION FROM VERTICAL METAL e D w/EXTERIOR INSULATION SIDING TO PHENOLIC PANEL SIDING AT THROUGH SIDING TO PHENOLIC PANEL SIDING AT THROUGH D WALL FLASHING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION WALL FLASHING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION = SCALE:NITS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS m F.TAR&.I RN. ®� RI 6EEEN Ix�= m_&TN.T Ex IxEER= � TES 1. R NO—RING ER ARC„ 2 FRAMING PER ARCH. NOTES TI1.FRAMING PER ARM. (THROUGH WRNERS RINT1Cnon1ERTICAL 1,FRAMINGD PER. THIR ON TO SEAMS WIN IN 6'OF CORF EP THROUGH UR TI EP RRING RRING PER ELEVATION METAL SIDINGR. RING 11 CORNER. EEPCORNER • • CLIP SYSTEM TO AV01'[F`DXN`AGENT7NV& P"TCAL THERMAL GIRT PER E INSULATION DING RIEB) PER PHENOLIC PANEL EXTERIOR (srinac MAr vAa� VANSU D 6"MIN =RAPE pIM ER ARG„ P ENDEVATI NBIDIND 6"MIN Arlington Operations EXTERIORNEED OPEN uNLL EXTERIOR NsuLAnoN EXTERIOR --- -- LP PRMARYINBBA SDGGETEGMFR6S FOR PP¶noMG Center CORNER IN BOTH SIDES RECOMMENDATION ED 6 PAST CONTINUED 6 PAST PR MARY W.R.B.SA CONTNu ------------'—------------ ----1� CORNER ON BOTH SIDES PERFORMED HORIZONTAL II '- I METAL HAT CHANNEL -------------- ---------------- ----- FOR MER REooM6;EN`oATION Bs,ED ER ELEVATION ICING SECLEN PER MANUFACTURER EXTERIOR Snohomish County VERTICAL ESLER ARCH fi'MIN SIDING R— VERTCAL METAL S - NER TH O —N PE VAR O II IN S e"MIN - RTICALMETA SIDING PER ELEVATON fi'MN IES EXTERIOR INSUI-ATON W PRMARTWBB BAD Public Works - SIDING CUPPRIMARY AT II CONTINUED 6"PAST ---- CORNER ON BOTH SIDES -------------`- -- P„ENGUC PANEL SIDING M, 19700 67th Ave NE n '� INTERIOR EXTERIOR r INTERIOR PERELEVATON Arlington, WA 98223 PERIORAID METALHATCHANNEL PERMIT SET B THERMAL GIRT 05/02/2025 B INTERIOR _V� ®COPYRIGKT BEE ENGINEERS BErsoo PLAN:INSIDE CORNER AT VERTICAL METAL ---& PLAN:OUTSIDE CORNER VERTICAL METAL SIDING BE200 PLAN:INSIDE CORNER AT PHENOLIC PANEL B 200 PLAN:OUTSIDE CORNER AT PHENOLIC PANEL OOFFMATERIALSO SHECONDIDITIONSSGOOVEERNGEMENT SIDING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION w/EXTERIOR INSULATION SIDING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION SIDING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION DO NOT SCAE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS PROJECT ocwvwox.aEE ExoIxEER6 ocoPrxloxreREeNaw�xs MIN NOFTERAMING PER ARC„ 2403-1004 �-6 MIN-� RTICALLY TALLY A R QUN-RAT) THROD.wALL DASHING REQUIRED AT 3.XER01UGOFIWALEFFOLOARSHINGEVERY OTHER FLOOR AND 1T EACHER AND AT SAM FLOOR EXCEEDING 20 FEET IN HEIGHT SIDING CUP • 6'MIry MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PHEN LID THERDAR TIC II T PANEL GOING PRIMARY WNR.BLATION EXTERIOR PPHENOLIC PANEL ER ELEVATION SIDING PRIMARYNW.R BTISA PSTARTER ERNMFR P R PER ELEVATION PHENOLIC PANEL PER T SIMINT1 WRB,SA LNER SIDING CLIP MIN IANUFACMRER R ' 4 STARTER STRIP WRB SA LINER LL x x-EXTERIOR _-• EXTERIOR INSULATION 6 MIN FLASH NO O t BEAD SIZE DO PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:• I CS — THRoucH wALL FusHlrvc PROJECT MANAGER: I CS EXTERI .wsuunon MIN VERTICAL ENERGY MANAGER: AL METAL -1�x DRAFTER: 63 A VErencAL THERMAL GIRTy,M N PER ELEVATION PER CAL METAL TN SIDING A DRAWING PRIMARY W.R.B.SA III METAL HAT CHANNEL ?, ) PERFORATED TEO HORIZONTAL ZRAMING PER ARM fi MIN IDEA�ANT-B"TDDLED ICAL B) WALL DETAILS TO PRESENTDEBRIS E °AND T ENTRY P MRARYRWRB 6A PS PER M P M CLOSUREPER ARCH BE2200 WALL ASSEMBLY:PHENOLIC PANEL SIDING w/ BEz�oo ASSEMBLY:TRANSITION FROM PHENOLIC PANEL BE200 SECTION:TRANSITION FROM PHENOLIC PANEL EXTERIOR INSULATION SIDING TO VERTICAL METAL SIDING AT THROUGH SIDING TO VERTICAL METAL SIDING AT THROUGH WALL FLASHING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION WALL FLASHING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION maoAr+aEca Tei ex�mfifixs ®C—IONTN�SrvcwEEu maoArraExT ei excmefixs . 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 6. N TES.AMING PER ARCH NoRAMIN NOTES D MIN 2.MORTAR NET REOD LA INSTALL DOUBLE W.R.B 1.RAMINOG PER ARCH (NOT SHOWN FO reTr) i CONNNIo S THROUGH EXTERIOR NOTEE 2.HORRB NO MAINTAIN LLAPFLL M(TWICAL 1 O>1 3..%CCONFIRM PR PER MI M REPLACED A Ms IN N s OF CORN M RCH ORTAR NET 1 EAL eERnea sEalas TH D.(�ONARMT%c T )r F M TH L S CT ^ EXTERIOR z.coNn uousBiHRoucx .r AL uc 6'MIN •S SEAMS PER MFR EXTERIOR SHEATHING PE EXTERIOR INSULATGN , YKEMAN El PER ELEVATIONfl > NSULanary CMU VENEER MAsorvRr TI R MART w E ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN CANTY VENT CELL AT P .S EXTERIOR oN S.A.... z l EVERY HEAD JOIN coarvEa ON CORNER BoiTAi sIDEs PRIMARY CMU vaNEER cMu VENEER PER ElEvanoN :•.r;" anu VENEER A, B.SA PER ELEvnnaN _ FAsrervc6 w/sa ncs Nor snowNl ____ ---T' -° °- PER EIEVATON sAM � TO CREATE 2"AIRSPACE ivF \ 98201 EXTERIOR INSULATIONS a MIN d PRIMARY IR.B.SA AIRSPACE INTERIOR SEALANT 5-,," E%lERIOR INSULATION I j,00 6'MIN ° BEAD SZE ° CONSULTANT: PRIMARY IR,B,SA BEE—---- --- ---- ---- - CORNER DEC 6BO1NSSIDES 4 CAVITY VENT CELL STALLED AT 16"OC•� -O O d d INTERIOR a ° ENGINEERS $.A.M.Twn d d _d d EDn'NDs,wA—BTE zos FAX.°z57 -6606 ,B FSTAINLESS S LASHING �E` - O EVERY OTHER BASE AJgNP 7 Q INTERIOR E BRAKE METAL FLASHING BE201 ' ,1 01 WALL ASSEMBLY:CMU VENEER w/ B 201 PLAN:INSIDE CORNER AT CMU VENEER w/ BE201 PLAN: OUTSIDE CORNER AT CMU VENEER w/ BE201 ASSEMBLY:BASE OF WALL AT SLAB ON GRADE w/ G EXTERIOR INSULATION EXTERIOR INSULATION EXTERIOR INSULATION CMU VENEER&EXTERIOR INSULATION °` D SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE: ®coEmlcxTsee exsweesa ocmrwGxrssssHclx as __ •OEPM OF SHEATHING ®c°°r^Isxrsse ervclrvsExa ocarrwcrvT see Nrsmeexs L}5�' NOTES 1 RANTING PER ARCH AI NET EOD(NOT SHOWN) 6'MIN 1. TO ROLL / 6'MIN G 0 BE ROLLER 5.MCOMF R.VITH STRUGT aMING PER ARCH / L DIN\ CONCRETE MINC PER ARCH TYPES T '1 TYPES T EXTERIOR INSULATION CONCRETE NRD SHEATHING N AND 3'ROD MC NCRESEALTrv(NOBES 0I SIDING PRIMARY WRB SA - - - - PRIMaRYWRB 5A !II Arlington Operations E.MINI W.R.B.SA LINER j III SIDING PER ELEVATION Center FURRANTING PER ARCH d T°RANI H 1 B'MIN EXTERIOR SHEATHING n !" 1 BSE TTAACN BRICKCREwB PER w LL ASSEMBLY HE FOR FRAMING PER ARCH TO EXTERIOR SHEATHING METAL FLASHING IN \ CMU VENEERPER O BED OF SEALANT-3 ••\ 1 / / •�• CONCRETE WALL - ~EIEVATION _ ° EXTERIOR Snohomish County 6MN A PRE CAST Public Works --_-- .\�. �I - AIRSPACE d g° CONCRETE SILL \_ --- M.z BEHINDBRICK DRIP NOTCH AT 3 MIN .a 6 MI II ATTACHMENT CAL TIE PRIMARY WR.B.SA O '.` LAPPED 6" AND N --� _ ,-�• W �' -- EXTERIOR -- --"I i ado''E qTM RE E' VERTICA Lr`r _ �s;AL Eo AT 19700 67th Ave NE _ e R9EooR TALL - - - - PERSTRDC,BRAL --- - 6" Arlington, WA 98223 I° PRIMARY wRB SA PRMARYd PRMARY R.G.W SA \ 6 \ ad IF B.SA CMU VENEER �\de'M •`� \ e a••: ORIZO6'M RUN. a PER ELEVAl101V J VERTICALLY AND rv. EXTERGR NBDLAnDN AIRSPACE PERMIT SET B EXTERIOR INBDLa°°" 05/02/2025 B ®COPYRIGHT BEEENGINEERS BE5o1 ASSEMBLY:FRAMING TO EXPOSED CONIC JOINT BE201 ASSEMBLY:FRAMING TO EXPOSED CONC JOINT BEzo1 SECTION:BRICK TIE AT CMU VENEER w/ BE201 SECTION:SIDING TRANSITION TO CMU VENEER w/ OFEMATERluSONSlITTECONDIIGOVERN. ENT W/OFFSET EXTERIOR INSULATION EXTERIOR INSULATION DO NOT SCALE DRAMNGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS._j I\,_j PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE:NITS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS ocoPmI6HT6EE ExsIrvEERs AND ocowRlcHT SEE EN6n+EERs oCOE MI EEEEN6INERs oI—HTSEEExswERs GUT REMOVE .1.D DRIP Y FRAMING PER ARCH 2403-1004 P BE 2A°°.DR EODIRFMENTS SEAANT MFR°RED PER I MAIERIAL TO BE OR PRE-FINISEEDASTEEL. 2,CRIMPED RE.RED WHERE THE vANBOAO GLOSERETCATES AT OPENING FIXD / AATPPPPLYESEALANT PER NON USE ° s nu° A�. FONwnRD SEALANT—aP SEA NT AT c'SHALL As sPEaFIEo Iry DETAIL MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 4F CON To PRovIDE s PLE FGR A L BE."MlNTACT APPROVAL RM ./SUBSTRATE PSg2EALANT TAREANE PE SUBS PROFILE FIRASING PER ARCH /7y DR FORWARDDEC SPY, &r MFRO BD P RAN. 4'MIN &PREPARE / LAP TO FIT LUCK LEG INSIDE TO SL BACKER Roo. / BEHIND` CORNER AIE s�� —O OINTTOBEFILLED� ,a"MIN JOINT TO BE FILLED COVE JOINT Q-FREF.j LEITA 'A'&B'SHALL FACK.ARF Y,�MIN CONTACT AT OVERLAP KID—BF2:t°B AMIrvG PER ARCH Ts"DRIP E_MATE PROJECT TEAM: EDGE MINIM E PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: I CS ./ HEM 'U"''T o PER PROJECT MANAGER: CS / SEADRYLANT MFR^RE ENERGY MANAGER: I AL S"E NI P Fi srvlP SEAM To BE k"MIN ^T1P-2 DRAFTER: BS A 9_ o asPSPYEanconiN GETAiLocanon A AND SHIP DRIP APPLY SEALANT INSTATE BOND BREAKER DRAWING CREMOVE EDGE TAPE PER SEALANT MR BAYONET T TO YPE SEAM EGIBED IN DETAIL WALL DETAILS APPLY OUTSIDE TYPICAL JOINT SHALLOW JOINT HER HCGHS OVERT NOTCH SIDE OF FLASHING BA-ARD,; CORNER u BE201 PROFILE:THROUGH WALL FLASHING E2o01 ASSEMBLY:ENGINEERED SEALANT JOINTS ®coALE.T..GAILM— owwawin.TEiNcwEEPs 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D TFreEEcIRcn eoz PENETR TES IN EXTERIOR INSULATION Y LIQUID A SA(MAINTAIN A 2 FLASHI RR ETOAALLL SIDES OF BOX. LE(9'�MIN. OVER SIR 1-INSTALL 1-1 HOTT(9'MIN. OVER HOLE(9'�MIN. PRIMARY W.R.B.SA PAST Q ON FLASH FLANGE® INSTALL S..M.2 PASTE QUICK FLASH FLANGE® INSTALL S.A.M.2 OVE PAST QDICKMASH FLANGE® VERTICAL LAPS,TYPICAL) ALL SPENITRATOR IOESS.LEAVE BOTTOM OF OVER TOP F AC ALL GIIDEOS LEAVE BOTTOM OF TOP OF QUICKFLASHR ALL SIOESS.LEAVE BOTTOM OF UNER LOU TO ALL. PORT VENT FLANGE LINER DODGE TO ALLOW DEVCEUNER- PRIMARY W.R.B.EA TO BE PRIMARY W.R.B.SA TO BE PRIMARY W.—SA TO BE I SIDING PER ELEVATION DYKEMAN INSERTED UNDERNEATH INSERTED UNDERNEATH INSERTED UNDERNEATH I)II FURRING SYSTEM PER WALL ASSEMBLY DESIGN 2.INSTALL SEALANT—t AROUND W.R.B.SA LINERARCHITECTURE +PIPE B FROM INTERIAN'ORRTO BEALIER MAROUND 2.INSTALL QUICKFLASH III—` J%'MIN. PIPE DEVICE OVER OPENING _ NT ).INSTALL PRIMARY W R.B. (SIZE&TYPE MAY 5.INSTALL PRIMARY W.R.B.SA - - M.D..V—D,W EA TO STRUCTURE, ART PER APPLICATION) TO STRUCTURES TUCKING 2.INSTALLOQUICKFLASH HEAD MASHING W/ UNDER WRB SA UNDER W.R.B, A LINER INGNOT" OT DAMS.°OWNLEG ,L 11.°MATERIALATO PER MI1� LINER (SIZE&T RE°MAY ALANi-1 BETWEEN BLOCKING AND] NOT TO INIERENG 4 I' — GA..PR HNISHED STEELVARY PERYAPPLICATON) E WATER TIGHT p OF THTHE E UNIT OJT 10 3.TNG OF SOLDERHOODTO2.ALL SEAMS TO EBE FULLY PER ARCH X� MIN. FLANGES TO BE.S MIN.0 CONSULTANT: 3 OF QUICKRgSh SITo ALL SIDESLED IN" 2 a.HEAD FLASHING w/END Y W.R.B.sA BT PRIMARY W.R.B.EA BY ODE EXTERIORPEN SAMPLE.CONTRACTOR5. To SUPPLY B LAPPIING OVER VENT nEa& 6 LAPPING VENT AREADAMS&HEMMED EDGE LIQUID APPLIED 6.nG BALE GRI IN SEES, TRIMMING AROUND VENT &TRIMMING AROUND VENT UNDER W.R.B.SA BEE 4.INSTALL PRIMARY WR.B. FLASHING MAINTAN -11.HORIZONTAL IFIIN arvD vERTCAL TAPS,TYPICAL AND VERTICAL LAP$TTPICu LINER ROD&SEALANT-1 ONTO ABOVE T BASE AND SIDES S.INSTALL S.A.MA2OOVERP 30UICKFLASH DEMCER �F III SIDING PER /� ENGINEERS STARING WIN BOTTOM. ELEVATION AC PORT VENT THEN SIDES ST, z06 STARTNGE—BOTTOM, 9 6 / ATANT—t BETWEEN BLOCKING AN II� LAMRING SYSTEM EDMONDEWA 90020 FAX.425I12 0600 THEN SID B X/ III(f/��,7JLJ/^�J() kA' PER WALL ASSEMBLY AGING 2.ENSURE 2'MIN.OVERLAP .B.SA l EXTERIOR I R.B.SA PRIMARY W.R.B.SA BEsoo ASSEMBLY:AC PORT PENETRATION 820o ASSEMBLY:3"TO 8"PIPE PENETRATION a 33 o ASSEMBLY:CONDUIT PIPE PENETRATION a400 SECTION:UTILITY BOX AT EXTERIOR INSULATION B ,. c c SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS mcowwcalT eee exOmEeRe ®wsmlcxreee ervcwExs mcoww"HT aEe exOmEExe erosml"xreeee PRIMARY W.R.B.SA ��'1ALnV' t INSTALL W.R.B.SA LINER 1.INSTALL W.R.B.EA LINER SIDING PER ELEVATION PIECE OVER HOLE(9'MIN. PIECE OVER HOLE(9"MIN. PAST QUICK FLASH FLANGE® PAST QUICK MASH MANGE® FURRING SYSTEM • • ALL SIDES).LEAVE BOTTOM OF ALL SIDES).LEAVE BOTTOM OFA INSTALL E i� PER WALL ASSEMBLY INSTALL PRIMARY W.R.B.SA H INSTALL W.R SA UNER P LINER LOOSE TO ALLOW 4 TO STRUCTURES LACKING LINER LOOSE TO ALLOWFLASHING IN ED OF OVER HOLE(9.MIN.PAST BLOCK PRIMARY W.R.B.SATO BE ® UNDER W.R.B. A LINER PRIMARY RR. BESEALANT-5 B I )f'MIN. O ALL SINE'DE LEAVE w°M INSERTED UNDERNEATH INSERTED DNDE NE H - --__ Arlington Operations INSIDE PRIMARY W.R.B.SA TO BE WTI END GAMS ING I — HEAD FLASHING �NSERIEO UNDERNEATH 1 WTHEND DAMSt OAIRBING PER ARCHQ SAM22QA9E Center ill A 2.INSTALL PT BLOCKING AND 2.INSTALL QUICKFLASH DEVICE P ENT & 2.INSTALL QUICKFLASH DEUCEW.R.B.EA LINER NAILING ETTACHMENT NTH OVER JUNCTON BOX(SIZE& TAIINTAIN 6'NHORIZOn OVER JUNCTON BO%(SIZE& VNTAL AND TYPE MAY VARY PER O 5.(MAINTAIN FOR TYPE MAY VARY PER WASHERSSEALANTT SNA OUNOY ANOVERTICAL LAPS,TYPICPE) pppUCATONJpAPPLY6 UNDERRQB ESA LINERG S FLASHNG BVE°pM.Z An°" °"°"IT PENERArIQN °"°`°"°°IT Snohomish County EALANT-5 AROUNDIF 3. W CONDUIT PENETRATIONIMIN q„o"LASTOVER ITOP GHT FIXTDRE Public Works SIDING .. QF UICKMASHr IOUID APPLIED PEACE MOONING RINGEXTERIOR HAR EAAGNIUNERG AND' RMATEWRBASANOVER 6.INSTALL SIDING PER NEEDED TO AA. PER WALL ASSEMBLY ING GASKET AT CONTINUE ONTO UOUICRAPPUED FLASHING. INSTALL WALL ASSEMBLYBLOCKING 3TOP OF QUICKMASHOVER 4.INSTALL BLOCKING P.T./PREPRIMED/CEDAR BLOCKING PER ARCHDEMIDE' "GPo�RY 19700 67th Ave NE TH GASKETPER ARCH PENETRATON ry�PM(ygryLAID E.A.M.2 ROD&MALANT-1 AT BASE Arlington, WA 22 VERTICAL LAPS. PAL, AND SIDES OF BLQGKING A gto 98 3 SIDING PER ELEVATION ADHESION OF 1R,U SA ES: E BETWEEN B MIN. BA ROR AIR BARRI R 1.RING PERMIT SET NQAE q"AN&B°WEENG E(VARIES PER ARCH)FOR AIR B LIGHT Flx EXTERIOR INSULATION 05/I)2/2025 B UNDER w.R.e.sA LINER BASE 000PYRIGFIT BEE ENGINEERS BErsoo ASSEMBLY:RAILING ATTACHMENT BE�3oo ASSEMBLY:ELECT.WALL OUTLETS BEaoo ASSEMBLY:ELECTRICAL WALL MOUNTED LIGHT E 80o SECTION:ELECTRICAL WALL MOUNTED LIGHT AT o'FFEMATERRVILSONSHECONDITIONSGOVERN "T (ALARM PULL SIMILAR) EXTERIOR INSULATION DO NOT SCA-E DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS PROJECT PCB woTE:TO NA TnL TO HA E s"A DING PER ELLVATIDNE. 2403-1004 ND EXTERIOR INSULATION PRIMARY W.R.B.SASTEP 4 I S.A.M.2 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION STALLHYDRANT BO% GW/ FURRING SYSTEM STEP 1 WN SEALANT-5, 5 / �1 PER WALL ASSEMBLY ATTACH HYDRANT, O MIDDLE OF SET IN SEALANT-1, FLANGE ONSEALANT5SEALANT 5 11 TO FIT i TO HYDRANT BOX HICKSIDE OFCOAT LIQUID DRANT BOXSTEP 7BASEEOF"W.R.B.SA W/N ' HEAD FLASHING R�RPMPARY E D DAMS TO FAIT APPLIED MASHING W.R.B.SA LINER ONTO BACKSIDE LINER OF HYDRANT BOX, COALING ALL LIQUI J/ SEAMS&JOINTS —STEP ONTGHING,CONTINUED ED NT ASSEMBLDRA To • HYDRANT ASSEMBLY S. NSp L VER.INR¢gJTA STRUCTURE S WITH PER ARCH HER o ali s a.M.2 (Tmlcn�7 TAP AI'BARRIER FOAM PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS Hs^EM"�'vR Ho ALL FOUR EDGES PROJECT MANAGER: CS ro'ANT FLnT CE �� STARING AT HYDRANT Box ENERGY MANAGER: AL SC LEAVE ED roM of sloEs"irvwEioP WEEPS INTO reAINscREEN DRAFTER: 63 LINER LOOSE TO A ALLOW PRIMARrNOTES Roo&SEALANT 1 A W.S.B.SA TO BE — DRAWING 1. —2,MANGED 1YBRANT BOX —FABRICA UNDERNEATH �J SEALANT-5 AT ALL SEAMS&JOINTS WIT LIQDID APPLIEQ FURRING SYSTEM PENETRATION PER WALL ASSEMBLY DEPTH OF —CR CAL SIDING MAN. ARM 50�E S.A.M.2 DETAILS PRIMARY W.R.B.EA SIDING PER ELEVATION B 90o ISOMETRIC:FLANGED HYDRANT BOX BE3�oo ASSEMBLY:HYDRANT mCAALEcalT eie�x"meexs ®CCLLE'xrNT&.1 :u 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D NDlES 1.NSTALL W.R.B.SA LINER 6 OVERATOP OF VENT 1 1161-TO BE (EXTEND 9-IN.PAST VENT INTERIOR 3 ALL SEAMS TO BE I�CH SpLDfRq DIED FlrvISHEO GaLVAwZED STE SIDING PER ELEVATION EAE9N FLANGE* SIZES VARY TD IT EACH A MC N MNGE ON ALL SIDES, PIECE OVER BHO EN SUPPLYSAMPLE USA BOTTOM EDGE LOOSE) .� PAST VENT LANG ®ALL *SE ABORVECSBELOW&V SRIDESSUSETRDLJLER ONER 2"MIN.AP L SA 2.INSTALL HOOD FLANGE ;IS PERRWALL ASSEMBLY LINER)LEAVET OITOM.IN TOSSTRU11 C RIRAR TICKIN 2TO FIT PRIMARY W.R.E.SA PRIMARY SE TO TO BE Z UNDER W.R.B.ESA LINER SA , . INSERTED UNDERNEATH (EXTEND 9•MIN.SPA TIVEN) PAMPER AS REQUIRED 3 ASSEMBLY yMIN/ 3 VENTAHOOD MOVABLE I --2- (EXTEND ARCHITECTURE + FLANGE ON ALL S DES � J"•MIN. CONTINUE INSTALLIN III E,1,.11AM INSTALL SA.M.2 SEAL AROUND PIPEBOTTOM THEN ESIGN T W.R.B.SA LINER PRIMARY W.R.B.SA(MAINTAIN 6•MIN.HORIZONTAL AND T AIR BARRIER FOAM VERTICAL LAPS,TYPICAL) IN TOFLANG 4.INSTALL S.A.M.2 AT SHEATHING PENETRATION 2.INSTALL FLANGE VENT ASSEMBLY BOTTOM,THEN 6,INSTALL SIDES,THEN TOP PRIMARY W.R.B. 3.AIR BARRIER FOAM \ ONO THE IRA SA IOINER W.R.B. METAL VENT PER ARCH ER OM INTERIOR TO \ --- •HEMe SA LINER FNGE AN D SEAL AROUND PIPE �/ /: 3 JA'GES -nEM i1 TONOTE AMINO PTHEER ARC2. H I CONSULTANT: PLIED tP OF ROOM 5.INSTALL s.A.M.2 OVER aNDO SE%TENN SIDES OF PENTTOP OF L-TO BE ARGUED 11NII FLANGE" NIGH'SiERIAL TO BE 24 GA..PAINTED STEEL. PRIMARY I BA WMIN. EXTERIOR M S.CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY SaMPLE. BEE \ SLAANGE MA NTA& FIT 1 DE .M.( 6.A.M.2" NETALLSAM2QN R.B.TAPPEN , ENGINEERS ANNDSVETRPCALNNA PERWALL ASSEMBLY FLANGE.�M OF VENT 206IMARY W.R B.SA ICAL) FURRING SYSTEM EDMONDSWA90030 FA%426Z138600 LNG INTERIOR �/�j°F VERTA"as I"R EiFvnnoNR VER D H000 NOSDI TYPICAL) SIDING PERDRAINAGE WALL PLA B EXTERIOR INSULATION REMO 'FRAMI FOR NG PER ARCH EMELY�(NOT PRIMARY W.R.B.SA sE3o1 ISOMETRIC:REMOVABLE GANGED HOOD VENT a�oT ASSEMBLY:REMOVABLE GANGED HOOD VENT sE301 SECTION:REMOVABLE HOOD VENT AT EXTERIOR a4oT ASSEMBLY:METAL AIR VENT e G INSULATION D SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS STEP 1 FILL SHEATHING GAP W/BACKER ROD STEP 2 AT �9 M R.B.SA TO BE INSERTED UNDERNEATH W MPI RY STTIMP 3 XYD.SKIM MII RDPENING LINER :RE.BSA Arlington Operations HSS BEAM RELEASE PAPER AND ENSURE Center STEP 5 FOR AIR BARRIER FOR TAEORSEAC �SMLoo Snohomish County .INPublic Works LAII OF AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 HBG BEAM S-hGE .B.IN PRIMARY WR PERMIT SET SA IT" DNER,MAINTAIN 05/02/2025 B R S MIN.HORIZONTAL AND V US IS AP VERTCAL LAPS. FLASHING OVER LINER AND CONTINUED ONTO P RIGK 5 FE ATTACHMENT ®CO BEE ENGINEERS BE301 THESEDRAWINGSAREFORGENERALARRANGEMENT ASSEMBLY:HSS BEAM SADDLE OFMATERLALSON SHE CONDITIONS GOVERN. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. SCALE-NM -1— PROJECT NUMBER: STEP t FILL SHEATHING GAP W/BACKER ROD 2403-1 004 NOTES op: IN PER ELEVATION APPLY W.R.S.SA THER 1 9 M APPLY W.R.B.SA LINER LEAV NG OTOM 1 9 M 2.FOR IS FMITRATER LAG BOETBU INJ IC PRRCA IORT iO R SIDING PER ELEVATION PRIMARY W.R.B.SA LOOSE TO ALLOW PRIMARY WR.B.BSA TO BE INSERTED`1`..N UNDERNEATH S W/S N- FURRING SYSTEM Ir BE INSERTED UNDERNEATH ROD k SEA-ANT-1 PER WALL ASSEMBLY ABOUND KwFE PLATE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ° RIM FOR OPENING DER W R B. G ND SIDING ill W.re.B.B.A.IF NI TaLL RDD EEaMaNT-, ° EM VE R N IMARY FLANGE KNIFEPLATE DTGU URE THROUGH WALL KNIFE AND DOEN ENSURE PAPER UTRUCTUR1.OSpKINS G KNIFE PLATE PER PLATE UrvER B SiRUCNRAL ROD&SEALANT-1" LINHESION RF ARYB..R (SHAPE vA IES)A� i' ROD AND SEALANT-1" 4 // SAE OROAIRRIBARRIER RB 4 /� FOR TER FURRING SYSTEM S REMOVE RELEASE ISOMETRIC PER WALL ASSEMBLY F KNIFE PLATE ATTACHED PER PRIMARY W.R.B.SA w'DIESION OFN"uL T2UCT RE RreM BARRIER LIQUID APPUED ELEVATOR LIQUID APPLIED FLASHING a M�� o� 6-MIN. MIN/�/ / LAPS O .. DEPTH / /%TO LAPS W.R.B.S.A.LINER p AND RE IDING ° - �1= z PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS p NOF ° f- Ex,ER ore NsuunoN 0 / _ _ _ __ __ — Roo AND sEAUNT, PROJECT MANAGER: I CS DING I EXTERIOR ENERGY MANAGER: AL M �l A o ;I PENRAL SYSTEM DRATER: BS STEPT WL ASSEMBLY DRAWING TITLE: A STINGLE IN DING PER ELEVATION AIN AN B EP 6 W.R.B.S.A.LINER PENETRATION j ATTACHMENT PLATE SHINGLE IN PRIMARY W.R.B.SA UODID3APPLED FLASHING AND VERTICAL LAPS. li EXTERIOR INSULATION W,TH LINER,MAINTAIN VERTICAL PRIMARY W.R.B.BA DETAILS STEP 4 HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LAPS. �/� ONTO KNIFE ATTACHMENT APPLY LIQUID APPUED BASHING OVER LINER PLAN AND CONTNUED ONTO - sE�ao1 ASSEMBLY:THROUGH WALL KNIFE PLATE BE3001 ASSEMBLY:FLANGED KNIFE PLATE 9E3o1 PLAN:FLANGED KNIFE PLATE AT eE3o1 SECTION:FLANGED KNIFE PLATE AT EXTERIOR _ EXTERIOR INSULATION INSULATION SCAALEca,Teie�W�mEex6 ®CCtLLE�NT&-E:u SCCAALExTai ex.,_ ®CwA�LE�NT&-E:u . ' 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 1 FRAMING PER ARCH 2.*11 GET NOTES D WITH TALL An 3.MAND HE E PLO OFF. EMBRANE"INSTALLATONRiRANSITIOND ANDMOR °RED REQUIREMENTS,DO NOT FASTER NGLIOUID SILL PA INTERIOR INTERIOR EXTERIOR PER WALL A.EM6Lr 1.FRAMING P BAR COMPRESSIVE FOAM EXTERIOR WINDOW PER SCHEDULE SIDING PER ELEVATION RNODFIRM rvATE P MFR , _ SHIMSYKEMAN 2 REOCOMMENNDATONNER ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ROOFING MEMBRANE DOOR PER SCHEDULE hE MAX GAP 6•MIN PRIMARY w.R.B.Sa ATTACH ENT CDA ED L-ANG ROD&SEA NT-, WSPRpOFlNC`MR." EXTERIOR INSULATION 1. _AN END SILL BRAKE METAL ii N BOTH sID* 0 SHEAMING 0 Es F PARAPET PAVERS ON PEDESTALS END DAMS METAL FLASHING PROTECT.BOARD L-------- PAVERS ON PEDESTALS ' _ _ _tj; — 6"MIN4,':12'SLOPE MIN. --- PROTECTON P—D EXTERIOR FASAIw"PER sTRuc"' Ems---- --- PRDTEG,ED RDDFlNGMEMBRANE i _ - • . . .----- - 6LDPE TO PROTECTED ROOFING MEMBRANE 229a METALp DPISG w/ — — —1 DRAIN:.•:Ir"w_ �._._._. SLOPE ro PAVERS ON PEDESTALS sTAN ING SEAMS r_- �> AIN:TP`.t2"Mw. n-GAP — R20 MIN RIGID —� `b PROTECTION BOARD FASTENER W/NE Ir L INSULATION L INS MIN RIGID .- ° < OOFlNG WA SHIM ROOF VAPOR BARRIER INSULATION a.12 MI PROTECTED R ROOF vaaoR BARRIER � _ _ _ _ _ — MEMBRANE EXTERIOR �i SEALANT-s DECK PER �`� --�` SLOPE R20 MIN RIGID STRUCT �� _ 4ft BEE SDECK TRUCTER N INSULATION II KNIFEPLAIE ATTACHED PER >f•MIN R°°' - t ENGINEERS _ _ I RDDF VAPOR BARRIER ,I EDMDND6 ONSTS WA 96020 306 FAX a6,LP-1561 6606 �-- —� 3900 LIQUID APPLIED ROOFING He-MIN DECK PER I STRUCT PROTECTED ROOFING MEMBRANE INTERIORI INTERIOR V INTERIOR P PEDESTAL S @ PEDESTAL EL B aoo SECTION:H.M.DOOR THRESHOLD AT DECK w/ Boo SECTION:STOREFRONT WINDOW SILL AT B 3 o SECTION:BASE OF WALL AT DECK w/PAVERS G PAVERS DECK w/PAVERS PROTECTION °" C BOARD ---- SCALE Teis oCCLLE'xrNT mCALExTais DPE TO a•MIN. xGmEEx6 rvcwM:u xGmEeR6 AIN:Y^t2"MIN. SPRAY FOAM E— INSULATION• IN RIGO S ON PEDESTALS ROOFMVAPGR BARRIER EXTERIOR PA ovER Row cuARD PROTECTED RooFlNCTMEMBRANE ELEVAnON �AlALb" EXTERIOR12' R INSULATION e _.'. • _e� e... • � ° _. ':. • P s.•.e s• n .. • ` �-..s s. ->• • • NSU'INLATION • • es s e . a e ua L ° � ° ROOFBAVRAPPER EXTERIOR Arlington Operations w�---n---� _ PROTECTEDMEMBRANE--n---� - ' Center - -- _ - - -,n r, E' _.c_J____N____L_� DECK PER _�� T'I!I I I I 1 1^I 0(, Jr---Y -Tee_ 1 n f I I II 11 I -------------- sTRUGT —�� -�- _E_ _______ - _�-3 i—i FURRING T-Ii-1-TiT-1-rTl-IEr TI�Yi ____ __ _____ _ __ _,I I yr Fy ry rrF TT -�- —�` M III I I III 111 II, �' PER WALL FOR n:,z�uwE i71 O O H O O O 101G' iJ U U_U U U IU U li -- --r-T------ -- -r- ------ �' R20 MIN Snohomish County ------------- --- ---------�--- --- DRAIN u'� OVERFLOW , PRIMARY DRAIN wRB BA Public Works RGO KIN -----— �- L --------------- -- ------ ---------- ------ -------- ----— _------ ---------- _— --- - IN9GLaTDNROOF AT 19700 67th Ave NE 0MI Arlington, WA 98223 INTERIOR PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B INTERIOR IN SEALANT PER MER 6•MIN NOTES 12 ®COPYRIGKT BEE ENGINEERS R2 FOAM IND PI 8 THESEDRAWINGSAREFORGENERALARRANGEMENT BRAIND MFR AM PENETRATION " 'PIRT E FOAM P,1,R ARG&H TERMINATION PER 244'LARc BeaoG SECTION:PARAPET AT DECK w/RAILING OFMATERIALSON$RECONDITIONS GOVERN . 5 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. PROJECT NUMBER: BEaoo SECTION:DRAIN w/OVERFLOW AT DECK THAN SIZE C SCALE:NTS mCAaE"ESxGIxEEx= TTO " 2403-1004 2. TERMINATE PER IE MFR TRANSITION, @ MAIRAL TO E 2MEMBRANE L AN UE o.ROOFING a FOR APPROVALP ROWDE sAMP MARK DATE DESCRIPTION INTERIOR INSTALL ROGER 2 MEMBRANE CORNERS WAS LELE ACIEL1,F., PER LE A CLARITY STEP 2 MEMBRANE,INSTALL WNTO R.O. MEMBRANE COATED INSTALL DO HNG PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: I CS PROJECT MANAGER: I CS ENERGY MANAGER: AL DRAFTER: BS A DRAWING TITLE: A DECK&ABOVE GRADE DETAILS eao B o ISOMETRIC:ROOFING MEMBRANE COATED _ METAL SILL PAN SCALE".TSrvOw— =- 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 D 1O.16NG ME B (AS TAICONTINUOUS THROUGH L]RrvERs sinMs vEreEtiMBRnrvE snoDLE RcaF MENBRANE SADDLE FLASNwc DYKEMAN Roo'NO MEMBRANE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN AND rvERTGAT LAP& n°re¢OrvTAL CAP RDOFINGRNEMBRINS LAPPED OVER PRIMARY w.re.B.SA PARAPET PARAPET PARAPET INTERIOR INTERIOR INTERIOR CONSULTANT: BEE J j �z�SHEET METAL CAP t0 ENGINEERS NO wcAMs'RTNOT GES& ED17ONONDS.wA98020 '°` FAA12S71P-1561 asO9 ROOHNG MEMBRA3900 SEA-5 UNDER NE FORDGE AIR �°�� N. EXTERIOR EXTERIOR BARRIER EXTERIOR MEMBRANE SADDLE&SIDING • B ao1 ASSEMBLY:PARAPET SADDLE FLASHING w/ROOFING MEMBRANE AT WALL CORNER e C C SCALE:NTS EXTERIOR mcm+wcarteee w�Di.EER, `�•�liALn" SIDING PER ELEVATION NOTES t FRAMING PER ARCI PER—ASSEMBLr *SRAY"AM MUST AD"ERE TO SPEA—C ON KIN SIDES.1 PARAPET PRIMARYROD.SA Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County 1N5OL=111GN' Public Works AT _ 19700 67th Ave NE �R—IINGMEMBRANE Arlington, WA 98223 SEALANT-s INTERIOR I EXTERIOR PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B ®COPYRIGHT BEE ENGINEERS B—i PLAN:PARAPET TO WALL CORNER OFFMATERIALSO SHE CONDIDITIONSS GOV RNRNGEMENT W/EXPOSED ROOFING MEMBRANE DO NOT SCA-E DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. SCALE:NTS E—.E— PROJECT NUMBER: 2403-1004 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION --• PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: I CS PROJECT MANAGER: I CS ENERGY MANAGER: I AL DRAFTER: I BS A DRAWING TITLE: A DECK&ABOVE GRADE DETAILS I , 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 D NOAMEROLCPENINGPER WOOD.MANUFACTURERW.R.B.SA SILL CORNER STEP 3RMNIH 2. CARE DSOLHE L-ANG LE ALTERATIONsE TO cH TOsiauivasLVPPcD wLL.a WRAP TRO GBrvER To FT Fli_TI.4 L CUT SEA.ALONG IS—& Fan STEP'A E REMAINING 1 L SCILD.LED W.R.B.SA SILL LINER } CLE. 4.. DYKEMAN 4„ B" S„ NIT NINE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN cl ED.NINE BE_ Ern.BACK 9-11 Fan NINE —MAdyk"T.C... 1716 W..M.,N.VDHv.T—T 425.259.3161 M 2Cd FIG., E—,WA 98201 Cur W.R.B.SA BILL LINER TO FIT R.O. STEP ING • nrvD�nma aF re.o.ow_R SILL unEre - a"°Axourvo saiDr°e.a.La Bs, \ WRRBaTDBE SILL INER TO BILL IFINSERTED BED IN NBTnLL L ANaE N RQ EMB DDED N ZEGATELY SPREAD NIQDD APPLIED FLASHNG 9'M NurvOERrvEAM. N LED&SFanED LEG AT IAMB ./A P Ttt KNIFE TO SLL A L \ \ TO HORIZONTAL M CREATING S15N°BOLLOERGBELOW P ARGLOD J ALL MIN ° DM L ANG LLEaG ALLE DGMPLE ELY DD E , ENGINEERS / \ \ ` a'Mw ENau LEE M MA PROPER MILTHICKNESS PER MFR R o W/n P�V/!1 `•(' EDNo"Ds,wA 9e020 306 FAX azsnzes0e B Soo ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW B2oo ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW BE3eoo ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW I ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW a 5* C C SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS mGOP.MGHTaEEExG�xEER" WR.B.SA JAMB LINER �� ®�o�R�HF�EEx��x�xa mGOP.NaTaEEExG�xEER" w�oPwxEEx��x�xs B,EP,zB �'�w,-e�y0� APPLY READ OF CDT SEAL ENT-2 FRO OM LINER TO Flr R.O. { TO SILL PAN L-ANaE • • STEP R " AFLA4H NLID NID APPLIED STEP TE t2a DEPTH OF RAMI"° PATTE A �SI MIN..SP ON Arlington Operations FOLD LINE MIN HEAD RCORNER D0W PER WINDOW MFR.SPAdME AL IMMEDIATELY SPREAD \. SEALANT-5 _ Center M*N TO FIT eNIN STEP G IN SINDRE"FRYAIO S COR"AND F L \ \ - --T/\ FOR i ND UNTIL ALL HEAD OF R D WRAP IITO R OER SURFACES \ \ .. .. (APPFG°iMnT�E�Er° , Iz,5 wE Snohomish County Public Works \ STEPAPPL)B \ NINELLYro R.B.a SA ARID GH \ PERP WINDOW \ AT \ OPENING.IF BASEOVER - ;/ '\ \ MR 19700 67th Ave NE / W.R.B.SAHEADLINER Arlington, WA98223 TO FIT IMETAL NSET S IN BRAKE BEALA �`°`°NNE PERMIT SET NITB DEPTH DF FRAMING LINERDUN TD FIT R.O. L QTGW END DAM TO WTH END DAMS ON SHIMSMETA 05/02/2025 B 4 To s oP AWAY FROM 9 TO FIT S - WINDOW E ®COPYRIGKT BEE ENGINEERS BErJsoo ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW BE55oo ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW BEsoo ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW B800 ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW OFFEMATERRALSONSHECONDITIONS�GO cERN "T DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SRALE:NTS SCALE:NTS PROJECT STE 2403-1004 Pr1ROD&scauNT-z BncKEre ROD To BE wsTAUEDBE_EN \ RS FRAMING UPT"AND'WINDOW SOW STRRI D ai BEATl READ OF OR OFF Al WE FOR cONn"uW .\ cDNTHEnrvmusLr aT a AN'HEAD LL VIEW FROM _ • \ \ INTERIORSIDE �{III IIII MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SET CLIPS I SCTN'TN3E APPLYING PRIMARY W.R.B.SA \\ SEALANT WINDOW FRAME SEALANT-5 (TYPICAL).AL AND VERTICAL LAPS \ - \ \ \ \ \ B, MEAD,AND SILL BRAKE METAL. \ STEP 1A \ • \ RFARTEDECOMMENDATO WNDOWNPER MFR I .\ \I APR E, mc"wc aNOER W.R.B.SA SILL LINER PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS .WCBILL -ANDcONF PROJECT MANAGER: CS rvooW MFM 0 - LE '\ PRIMARY w F.sA FOR SILL 41 T SYSTEM As PER wau ED McaaNCMerAiisolo ENERGY MANAGER: AL A SFA ILL PAN. UGH LIQUID �.,: LAAAMBS°APPkox�MATE H AWAY FROMSIDE of DRARER: BS A DRAWING STEP t) 3 BETWEEN R'MND°OWPFRAME AND SBRANETMETAL. WITH END a.6ETSEEMEENnAR�MOGSEND WINNDOWASTARTING AT WINDOW& NOTES: CAMS AND SECTORS FOR STEP 4 EX DOOR DETAILS SHIMSt ON TOP OFREI BILLI SILL BRAKE METAL. CT w/SEALANT AT UPSTAND ON STEP 128 M 10 BE9soo ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW BE5000 ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW BE500 ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW BE500 ASSEMBLY:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW maOAr+aEcalT ei exOmFFRs ®CwAmExrNTs rvcw�xs maoAr FG ai ex0meexs ®CwwxLE'xrN�S rvcw�xs 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D MI pcLPq��w.ucul 2. FR0VE9T CLIP TO BE 6 MIN U N09LLSFWITHNCACNE NEED TNIERMETAL , AN DUE YKEMAN s./A uM k'Dvw PER""IN'AL SSEMBLY INTERIOR EXTERIOR EXTERIOR sEAUNT-2.."MAX GAP PRIMARY W.R.B.SA WINDOW PER SCHEDULE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN EXTERIOR INSULATION EXTERIOR INSULATION `-ANGLE- SHIMS SIDING PER ELEVATION SIDING PER ELEVATION ROD&SEALANT-1 LIQUID APPLIED FLASHING PRIMARY W.R.B.SA W.R.B.SA LINER - __ A CONTINUED UP L-ANGLE IN �- SILL BRAKE METAL W.R.B.SA LINER INTERIORS,MIN uLLP APPLIED FLASHINGIII EXTERIOR SILL PQJIG AN ro FIT ROD&SEALANT-1 W.R.B.SA LINER INSULATION P RRING�A== BEE PER RCH ASSEMBLY JAMB BRAKE METAL SET IN FURRING SYSTEM lk"MIN B-MIN SEALANT-5 PER WALL ASSEMBLY PS(AS )y'MIN WINDOW PER SCHEDULE SIDING PER ELEVATION REOUIRFIT OF SD)IN BED _ LAN- - - HEAD FLASHING W/ ROD&SEALANT-2 EXTERIOR INSULATION ' OPENING EXTEND TO TOP '/ ENGINEERS END DAMS PRIMARY WR.B.SA LAPPED UNDER OF L ANGLE SET CLIP IN BED - \� ROD&SEALANT-2 OF SEALANT-2^ BASE OF W.R.B.SA SILL LINER -WDAYTON ST.SUITE 206 FAX.<x6..E-8608 HEAD BRAKE METAL ROD&SEALANT-1 INSULATION R80x0 SET IN SEALANT-B WINDOWPER ARCH NDOW PER SCHEDULE • INTERIOR BE oT SECTION:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW HEAD BE�01 PLAN:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW JAMB B3o SECTION: INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW SILL B4o� ISOMETRIC:LIQUID APPLIED FLASHING SILL PAN G AT SIDING&EXTERIOR INSULATION AT SIDING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION AT SIDING&EXTERIOR INSULATION °` D SCALE:KITS SCALE:NTS SCNRFEX ALE:NTS SCALE:NTS mcOFv6,_T REP PNOMPPRX mc0w ITN. IK AIRSPACE Kc MCHTPPP-NFWNs mc�Prw ITNOPNRINPP6s LroT' t O'GAMING PER RCH. PRIMARY W.R.B.SA N -N— LIpU10 EXTERIOR INSULATION 1�FRAMFROMING PBILL.ER ARCH. APPLIED M w/'6TR • • 2.^LOWEST CUP TO BE 6'MIN UP CMU VENEER PER ELEVATION EXTERIORAIJIZZZII Arlington Operations INTERIOR Wnoow PER SCHEDULE EXTERIOR SEALANT-2..'MAX GAP SHIMS _ Center L-ANGLE^ X, c > 4 SEALANT-3 ____ METAL FLASHING IN -+— FOR 1 BED OF SEALANT-3 14'MIry JAMB BSEALANTT5L SET N LIQUID A Snohomish County W R.B.SA LINER I FLASHING SILL SILL PAN CONCRETE SILL Public Works ------�- ---- --TA- DRIP NOTCH TO FIT (2PREF) ROD&SEALANT-1 TB"MIN --- -- AT aLED` ------_ 16T°°^. " AM,N. 19700 67th Ave NE WINDOW PER SCHEDULE < (2"PINE) EDGE PRIMA.YWRBR °i HEM Arlington, WA 98223 ROD&SEALANT-2 PRIMARY W R.B.SA PE TPIN RED 6 - NT- R E EVE ER OF SEA A ATION INSULATION NO" T BE 249..OR HEAWER PERMIT SET PER ARCH AIRSPACE nOCALVANISEAMS0 BPREE-FINNT NED Si p0.p OPERABLE WNG— B EXTERIOR INSULATION S INSET COFU--LANCED WND AWSLE& 05/02/2025 B INTERIOR o WDE FOR ®COPYRIGHT BEEENGINEERS eE6so, PLAN:INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW JAMB 13EL SECTION: INSET NON-FLANGED WINDOW SILL AT B8oT PROFILE:HEAD FLASHING of MATERIuS oN SITE CONuinONSGOVERNGEMEN AT CMU VENEER w/EXTERIOR INSULATION CMU VENEER&EXTERIOR INSULATION DO NOT SCALE DRAWNGSTO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS • NOTES: �R M°,NG PER ARDH AIRSPACE 2403-1004 EXTERIORPRIMAR A VINSULATICN NOTES: • FEE SIDING PER EL—TON PER ME EvVEnNnEoERN 2. TIEM'AESPFRsnaa& INT &EL PER M MARK DATE DESCRIPTION EXTERIOR FURRING SYSTEMEXTERIOR EXTERIOR ANDUE IN LIQUID APPLIED 7 � INS PER WALL ASSEMBLY INTERIOR SEALANT-3 l PRIMARY W.R.B.SA EXTERIOR INSULATION BRAKE METAL THRESHOLD EXTERIOR 1I PRIMARY W.R.B.SA BRAKE METAL FLASHING FLASHING PER ARCH DOOR PER SCHEDULE W.R.B.SA LINER S.A.M.2 SHIM W.R.B.SA LINER SEALANT-1 `LASIH APPLIED 9 IN EXTERIOR INSULATION DOOR PER SCHEDULE pOORSPERASCHEDULE COM FOAM ROD&NSEALANT-6 III ELEVATIONR L-ANGLE SIDE-. FURRING SYSTEM `i PER WALL ASSEMBLY _____�- •--��a--�---• PROJECT TEAM: PER ARON s.A.Ms PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS PER ARCH O SEALANT-1 - PROJECT MANAGER: I CS ly'Mlry 9'MIN 9 MI - -- PER TERMINFA SEAL 6 ENERGY MANAGER: I Al ---- -----�L INSULATION INSULATION A INTERIOR PER ARCH PER ARCH d 4 d L DRAFTER: BS 0 o q IRANSEMI-RIGID SEMI-RIGID Q BY OTHERS DRAWING TITLE: HEAD FLASHING INSULATION INSULATION w/END DAMS SEU,RlOH INTERIOR INTERIOR a d FOUNDATION DRAINMAT WINDOW& IA DoR PER SCHEDULE a BENTONITEPANEL DOOR DETAILS 1EALAN12 SEALANT-2 (GEL SECTION:HM DOOR HEAD AT SIDING M PLAN:HM DOOR JAMB AT SIDING BEsoT PLAN:HM DOOR JAMB AT CMU VENEER 31E! SECTION:SWING DOOR THRESHOLD w/EXTERIOR INSULATION w/EXTERIOR INSULATION w/EXTERIOR INSULATION ®c0F,KAILFYT.OAMMOO. ®cOKFNGTMEEE INEERX owPL TN�S NaNEERs maoPAY&TN.iSNWNEEDV 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 D NO FRAME RO GH OPENING PERW ACTMM W.R.B.SA SILL CORNER 2.SILL FRAMING—Go L—L DSSOL RE 3,USE CARE APPLIED wR B WRAP THBOO PREVENT ACGIDENTAT UUGH THE CORNER TO EIT R G To s[Qu[rvct`.YTA .. -- FI 4. 9y�,1 �,I , W.R.B.SA SILL LINER } YKEMAN B" S„ 4„ UT NINE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN l Fan NINE S" `Fan NINE - - 1716 W..M.,N.V—D,W.T—T 425.259.3161 M 2CdFI..,/E--,WA98201 Cur W.R.B.SA SILL LINER To FIT G.O. APPLY LIQUID APPLIED FLASH ING CONSULTANT: \ nrvo Jnma aF re.o.DYER mL unEre - PND Axourvo sSTEP 2aiDr°e.a.JP Bs, '\ W.R.B.sA To BE wsERrEo \ N a"zLL. M NOEBNEATH. '\ MIN \ E - ED IN TEEEDATEL.SPREAD LQUID APPLIED FLASNINO \ B'MINPLA \ UQUIC APPLIED Dan"SWING,PE "�AAc a TION u \ uPSTANo Ex a NIP a ARouND JAMBS L.w.._ a LL LN LL A L w.. LL N ILL vEMSOLTS.RELEASE PRPERB Loosi TOP e• DNBTBGn ALL BEE \ sMIN y saga ARE a°PE `o Dw;FlL V ENGINEERS PROPEREMIL THICKNESS PER MFR RE a'Mw EDNo"DS,wa 9e020 STS 306 FAX azsnzes0e �f • BEsoz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT 62oz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT 63oz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT 64oz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT e ,. C C SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS mGOP.xIGHTaEEExGIxEER, WR.B.SA JAMB LINER �� ®��R�HF�EEN�Ix�xs mGOP.xIwHTaEEExGIxEER, e�Pw,I�HF�EEN�IN�xs s,EP,uC �b1/ALb"� PPPLv BEAD OF CDT SEAL ERi-4 FROOM LINER TO Fli R.O. { TO SILL PAN TRUE TO • • STEP lo HT M AFLPLY NG°HID APPLIED STE t2P DEPTH OF . P �SI MIN.IRA ON Arlington Operations FOLD LINE MIN HEAD RCORNER"°W PER WINDOW MFR.SPACING FE HEAD CRNRRA \ STEP 11 Center CE TO FIT a MIN RINDDIRECIO I05 CORNER - -- `' STRIPINSTALLAT JAMBS ANDIL HEAD STEP 12CSTEP G IN FOR iAND UNTIL ALL D DF R WR D WRAP INTQ R DER \ \ .. .. [o(APPRG.MAT�E'Er° ' `\ METAL -) Snohomish County '.\ ,�,5 WE IN SEALANT s CDT I � \ Public Works aPP G LNER TO MJau S�A��GH \ PER WINDOW \ AT \ OPENING.LAP BASE _ \ SILL LINER. 19700 67th Ave NE W.R.B.SA HEAD LINER Arlington, WA 98223 P 2. LINER To FIT `I.ERW;oBFr R oEA FOLD NNE NaT H E o D LL BRAKE METAL PERMIT SET _ NITALL DAMS K SHIMS B DEPTH or FRAMING o SEALANT-1 I ALLDW AMHOINSTALL HEAD BRAKE 05/02/2025 B L 9 4 TO FIT 9 J - To SWOPDOW AWP FROM ®COPYRIGFIT BEE ENGINEERS BEr�soz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT BE�soz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT BEsoz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT a 8oz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT o'FFEMATERRALSONSHECONDITIONS�GO cERN "T DO NOT SCA-E DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS CAL SE:NTS • STEP 1513' 2403-1004 '\ u015LFACE ANDL—DNWANOA LING ATO HEET AT .\ JAMBS AND HEAD • \ \ r MARK DATE DESCRIPTION E. HIGH ROD SEA IN T ALL CONTINUE APPLYING PRIM\\ - 1.*EN SO RE C*NINUU'CONTACT 3G Ps cnN 6' BY AND SEALANT AT UPRIAND ON STEP \ SEALANT-5 VERTICAL LA \ \ \ \ INSTALL ROD&SEALANT-4 BETWEEN WINDOW FRAME AND JAMB, HEAD,AND SILL BRAKE METAL. STEP"A \ • \ RECOMMENDATION MFR .\ '\ L1P E mc"N'UNDER w.R.a.sA su LNER PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS \ REM.1 RELEASE PAPER AND ENSURE LL PROJECT MANAGER: CS rvoow inm o - LE \ PBIMARr wBR sA For AIR EASE SIR SYSTEM AS PER WALL Pca�IRCMerAlisolo \ NOTFASTERANYMAMB ENERGY MANAGER: AL A SILL PAN. AL UGH LIQUID LAAAMBS°APPkox�MATE NCEAALWHAAOEFROM SIDE oR DRAFTER: BS A STEP 3 ETWEENRIMNDOWOR PFRAME ANDLY ROD I DRAWING B METAL, INSTALLHEADWITH END a.BETSEEMEEN'ECnFRAAMING AND WINDOWASTARTING AT WINDOW& DAMS DOOR DETAILS SH FM (V MIN,oN TOP OF SILL BRAKE BEIsoz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT BEs�oz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT BEsoz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT BMETAL Esoz ASSEMBLY:INSET STOREFRONT SCALE Orrc TN.T ex0meexs ®CwAmExrN�s rvcwM:u maoAr+aExT ai ex0meexs ®CwwxLE'xrNTS rvcwM:u 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 D 2.EMBED - GLE w LIQUID APPLIED , . Roa1IRc c rsj"ppbpl FASTGEN FURRING SYSTEM THROUGH U. SILL PAN. DESIGN ARCHITECTURE + P PRIMARY W.R.B. INTERIOR EXTERIOR EXTERIOR INSULATION EXTERIOR SEALANT-a..•MAX GAP WINDOW PER SCHEDULE _ _ EXTERIOR IN9ULATON SIDING PER ELEVATION W R B_SA LINER L-ANGLE SHIMS 9•MIN PRIMARY W N.B.RA EXTERIOR y. ROD&SEALANT-4 W.R.B.SA LINER SILL BRAKE METAL I JAMB BRAKE METAL SET IN III SIDING PER ELEVATION - SEALANT-5 ILIO APPLIED MASHING CONSULTANT:S SILLL PAN 11R INTERIOR - PER wAu AssEMBLr �, Roo&sEAUNT-, B W.R.B.EA u"Ere INSULATON S.A.M.FOIL FACE WINDOW PER SCHEDULEII'I� BEE PER ARCH SIDING PER ELEVATION M Ali STAIN .FRA G R PER ARCH 6•MIN SS LA'RE EQUIREMENTS ROD&SEALANT-4 FURRING SYSTEM -- --- HEAD MASHING W/ __-- 'II PER WALL ASSEMBLY SYSTEM& t ENGINEERS END DAMS S.A.M.FOIL FACE III ROD&SEALANT-4 A MET Lu5 nG ED17OMON06 WA 90020 306 FAX ISS713 0600 INTERIOR PRIMARY W.R.B.EA LAPPED UNDER TAL ROD&SEALANT-4 BASE OF W.R.B.EA SILL LINER FROM EXTERIOR SURFACE INS ATOR PER ARCH SET IN SEALANT-5 WINDOW PER SCHEDULE PER ARCH EXTERIOR INSULATION I I • I.NIN R P RY BEs03 SECTION:INSET STOREFRONT WINDOW HEAD 6203 PLAN:INSET STOREFRONT WINDOW JAMB BE35o3 SECTION:INSET STOREFRONT WINDOW SILL vRNA EL C AT SIDING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION AT SIDING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION AT SIDING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION , MIN C B•Mlry = m aoAr+aE'eia ®CwwxLE'xrNTs maoAr+ao,T eie xMm6eR6 N.1— Mm6eR6 NOTESMNG PER : 'p GLE ARG`IN LIQUID APPLIEDAL 2.0 MSHIING. NDGW AIRSPACE DANGLE GAO ANG FASTENINGNG RERUREMENQu DSIL"apaFASTEN 'INS SAM, • • -CONFIRMOUGH iux/ N i N ... EXTERIOR INSULATION EXTERIOR OETAILLMEMBRANE Arlington Operations INTERIOR WINDOW PER SCHEDULE STEP s PER ITANATON sEALANT_<,A MAXQAP SHIMS „ PRIMARYW Center SEALANT BE-EN �§• ROD&SEALANT-4 C DEEM&WAR F ER° Z- , EXTERIOR L ANGLE - - _ - AIR B INSTALL INTERIOR FI�NISN FOR E EEAFANT_ SEALLAN-3 BIQUIDAPPLIED 9N'"MASHING SILL PAN Snohomish County IN Public Works WRB SA LINERCONCRETE SILL METAL SET IN � 3 DRIP NOTCH FFFFFFFFFFF JAMB BRAKE M a---- SEALANT-5 e•MIN --�--- ` A"T ------r- ---- -- - VENT CELL R°°&EEA ArvT-° INSTALLED"' 19700 67th Ave N E .---. : t I —W.R.B.EA LINER Arlington, WA 98223 STAR I 'MNDOW PER SCHEDULE PRIMARY W.R.B.SA < 9 CMU VENEER ROD&SEALANT-4 PER ELEVATION a ---- S.A.M.FOIL FACE AIRSPACE PERMIT SET B INTERIOR EXTERIOR INSULATION 05/02/2025 B INSIDE FACE OF FRAMING INSULATOR PER aacH OCOPYRIGNT BEE ENGINEERS B—L PLAN:INSET STOREFRONT WINDOW JAMB BESos SECTION:INSET STOREFRONT WINDOW SILL B8o3 ASSEMBLY:BASE OF JAMB AT SECTIONAL DOOR OOFFEMATERIALSO SHECONDITIONSSGO cRN a"T AT CMU VENEER w/EXTERIOR INSULATION AT CMU VENEER w/EXTERIOR INSULATION DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. SCALE:NTS TS :N SCALE:N SCALETS PROJECT 0 AID- 2403-1004 PER ELEVATON 0 0 EXTERIOR EXTERIOR RsuLnnD" PER'NEE' - • PRIMARY W.R.B.EA DINNER E vnRlEs) - ' .. - MARK DATE DESCRIPTION co -a cuu VENEER L ° Roo&ssauNT-3 T` _ AIRSPACE UNCONDITIONED EXTERIOR PRIMARY W.R.B.SA INTERIOR DOOR PER SCHEDULE EXTERIOR EX ----- EXTERIORsuLAnoN RIOR INSU T- Tory Roo&SEALAN , �p \�y PRIMARY W.R.B.SA SIDING PER ELEVATOR ROD&sEaLaNT-t ROD&SEALANT-6 S\ 1 9"MIN LED INSULATON III W:R.B.EA LINER PER WALL ASSEMBLY SIDING PER ELEVATION SIDEWALK PER ARCH III III _ _ I SIDING PER ELEVATION WRB.SA uNER FORPPER WnU_ASSEMBLY 4 Q •.• sE LABT B, PER WALL AssEMaLr DOOR SEAL PER MFR W.R.B.SA LINER a a aMIN PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS CLOSETAIRwBARR ER 17 TERMINATE PROJECTMANA ER: ___ h•MIN FUR DOOR SEAL PER MFR _- G I CS a PER MFR ENERGY MANAGER: AL EXTERIOR DRAFTER: ES Roo&sEaLAN- - _ 4 A A 'k" IPER ARCH j O GRArvuLAR FILL ••AWING TITLE: DOOR SEAL PER MFR D'RAKE ETALRIP FLASHING CLOSAT GYPSUME AIR BARRIER PER ARCH - - BT OTHERS DOOR PER SCHEDULE CLOSE AIR BAUF_SRRIER / DRAIrvMAT WINDOW& ROD&SEALANT-I ROD&SEALANT-C DOOR PER SCHEDULE DOOR DETAILS SUM TO UNCONDITIONED CH INTERIOR ATTACHED./FURRING UNCONDRIONED RDD&SEALANT-z UNCONDITIONED DOOR PER SCHEDULE 9 INTERIOR INTERIOR BE5503 SECTION:SECTIONAL DOOR HEAD AT BE5003 PLAN:SECTIONAL DOOR JAMB AT B12 e51oa PLAN:SECTIONAL DOOR JAMB AT BE o3 SECTION:SECTIONAL DOOR SILL SIDING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION SIDING w/EXTERIOR INSULATION CMU VENEER w/EXTERIOR INSULATION SCALE orr TNUexM1xeeR6 ®CCLLLEA.T .I— SR—A aEHN.T&MlxeeR6 S.CtLLEA.T .I— 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 NOTES 1,FRAMING PER D NOTE: 2.MEMBRANE INSTALL.TRANSITION.&TERMINATE PER MTR METAL FLASHING "T'PER2.ALL PTO BEIL TM R SECKNS THROUGH CEILIN S.A.M.HT nD0 NOTEFAZT.GUTTER STRAPLTHROUGHEDRIP SE E SLIP SHEET AS 4FLFSH G NEEDED PER MFR TAPE PERAMFRi GTP TO TIE TOP PLATE OF ALL TN111O B'MIN ENETRaTONS NTTPICAE OF DECK&AROUND FRPMING C-NTTEERIOR"LLS TO PREVENT P •APPLY S A M Hi UP R00 MINIM M CF 24"PAsi EXTERIOR METAL ROOFING PER ARCH . D AIR s N EXTERIOR a µTENOR EocoF µau FRANInc nrvDUcorvnnuE orvio , ZEE OFFCLOSURE' OxDITI THE _ FASCIA _ - S.A.M.HT PER MFR ATTIC. '•�:._ a.TUSE NQALSKINNING BUM SEALANT �•�� --___--_--___--_--___-- -_-�__ -- S.A.M.AT S'_O FILL—.2 AND NO FRAMING IA'SEPENETRATOE AT III HER M& ROOF VAPOR BARRIER METAL GABLE FLASHINGARCHITECTURE + DESIGN NEEDED EPERAMFR lOAL �- - BARRIER MIN RIGID INSULATION ROOF VAPOR BARRIER R20 MIN,RIGID INSULATION SUP SHEET AS NEEDED R20 MIN.RIGID INSULATION P ROOF VAPOR BARRIER _ \�i�\``\\�`` PER MFR METAL ROOFING PER ARCH Ii METAL ROOFING PER ARCH ��_\='\` -- FASCIA PER ARCH —� SHEET METAL CLEAT —�_ S.A.M. HT INTERMITTENT EXTERIOR BRAKE METAL DRIP FLASHINGeEniEaEREeTRHHOT, CONSULTANT:2 GH EXTERIOR BEE GH PER LDDATDx. NSULATIONPRAY FOAM Ea ER PER RUGL —� z IARCH M----- ---- PRIMARY W.R B.SA t ENGINEERS PER RDGT. EXTERIOR INSULATION s.A.M.2•• i� —Z—� — —�—�—� I TER sTRaP FasTENE EDNONosw°a SLS ILL me FAX 42s 425 672-es00 FonMO MwuEPRAr _��`�,,\ —��`_ .%TNEOPRENE w 'R.R INTERIOR SIDING PER ELEVATION . INS ATOIN DEC STRUCH I FURRING SYSTEM O ELER H.PER LOCATON �— PER WALL ASSEMBLY MINN. • EXTERIOR R200 I TOM1111 SPRAY GUTTER PER ARCH PRIMARY w.R.B SA NS CATION BEoo SECTION:ROOF GABLE&RAKE w/METAL ROOFING G EXTERIOR INSULATION °� c O.H. '✓L SIDING PER ELEVATION PER LOCATION °CA'aE:"ES INTERIORxOIxEE^R FURRING SYSTEMINTERIORSYSTEM PER WALL ASSEMBLY PERRwALL ASSEMBLY ��h9fALroT' PRIMARY w.R.B SA PRIMARY W.R.B SA EXTERIOR INSULATION • • DING PER ELEVATDry B 600 SECTION:HIGH EAVE AT METAL ROOFING BI Arlington Operations EXTERIOR 12,NOTESGING PER ARCHMEMBRANE Center SCALE:NTS HUSEPNON�SAi INNING BUOM SEALANT TO IPLLAANL G v5 ®o TRFFF_NEERs 60I0AT ENDS PER MFR FOR BE600 SECTION:ROOF EAVE&OVERHANG w/METAL ROOFING Snohomish County Public Works SCALE:NTS ®o AllIIEEENIANEERs ZEE CURE PER M R AT BRAKE METAL HEAD "010 w FLASHING 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 NOTES: MIDG PER ARCH AMINO PER 1ER TRANSITION, },MLMBRANERONAL INSTTALL.ORMATION SEE GETAIL TRANSITION.&TERMINATE RPSR MFR EVOO NOTES TERMINATE PER R ATD METAL ROOFING PER ARCH PERMIT S E T SEE DETAIL K�/BE6 M N 5.ATSENNONDS PERnMF NO BUTYL SEALANT TO FILL ALL cA B ENDS PER,.FIL AL CAPB AT BUM SEALANT TAPE PER MFR 05/02/2025 B OCOPYRIGHT BEEENGINEERS IFT EXTERIOR B800 ASSEMBLY:ROOF TO WALL TRANSITION w/ OFMATERIPLSONSIIT CONUiTIONSGOVERNBEMENr vcANw FURRING SYSTEM nssEUBLr METAL ROOFING oo NOT SCALE oanvnNGSTooaruNDIMENSIONS. NG PER WALLFURR ASSEMBLY EXTERIOR PRIMARY w.R.e SA SCALE:NTS PROJECT ELEVATION 11 EXTERIOR INSULATOry mcwvwOHT eEE ExOIxEERs PRIMARY—M.Sn2403-1004 DING PER ELEVATION EXTERIOR BRAKEEI METAL WALL FLASHING INSULATION it D • PZEE ER MFR E II Burn SEALANT TAPE PER MFR •MARK DATE DESCRIPTION B-MIN M HT I ZEE CLOSURE PER MFR B"MIN SLIP SHEET AS I S.A.M.AT NEEDED PER MFR i SLIP SHEET AS NEEDED PER MFR METAL ROOFING METAL ROOFING PER ARCH aa�ta�; CH s_ R20 MIN RIGID \ SLOPE TO E PROJECT TEAM: ROOF VAPOR INTERIOR ��___ R20 MIN RIGID INSULATION BARRIER ROOF VAPOR BARRIER PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS \ PROJECT MANAGER: CS DICK HER ENERGYZFG.T —�—� �� DRAFTEDRAFTF MANAGER: AL R: BS A \ DECK PER STRUCT A DRAWING TITLE: ROOF DETAILS SECTION:ROOF TO WALL TRANSITION w/ EIR BE- SECTION:ROOF TO HEAD WALL TRANSITION w/METAL ROOFING METAL ROOFING ®cow ErT ME.NCNEeRc ocoAPvaEHTME E NEERA . • , , 2 4 5 2 3 4 D CONSULTANT:DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 4ft BEE t� ENGINEERS e� C C `'ro„AL Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B ®COPYRIGHT BEE ENGINEERS THESEDRAWINGSAREFORGENERALARWWGEMENT OF MATERIALS ON SHE CONDITIONS GOVERN. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. "PROJECT 0 0 2403-1004 SEALANT PER MFR uNT PER M R B.E.DRAW BAND EXTERIOR PRE OR WONDDOT • 7 I SIA�oreT orvoulT S.A.M.HT MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 12TIf I mw ARE-FORMED BOOT J: INSTALLED'EIDDIER JiI� INSTALLED PER MFR BVIN r r SEAUNT PER Gm SEALANT PER MFR , I ; iMETAL a•MIN i METAL ROOFNO ..� PER ARCH EXTERIOR PER ARCH M.NT �S.AM.IT ROOF 111P BARRIER ROOF—OR PROJECTIFEAM: WCAP RZD MIN RICIO -� BARRIER — ------------------- ----- ---- —--- NSBLATON —_,_ PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS DECK PER STRUCT w(EII nGll PROJECT MANAGER: CS —� DBCR PER smucT ENERGY MANAGER: AL 'A"ER RODAROUNDDRAFTER: BS PIS AT PENETRATON A 1ACKER ROD AR"N PIPE AT PENETRATION •_ A 6•MIN III IN 11RA'"Al ROOF DETAILS _LATON AROUND AROUND FOAM PENETRATION INTERIOR AROUND 9 INTERIOR 1 O PENETRATION BEso1 SECTION:PIPE PENETRATION BEso1 SECTION:PIPE PENETRATION • AT INSULATED METAL ROOFING AT INSULATED METAL ROOFING .EERs N�R�maoAr+aEca T eie� ®OwAmEinNTS MI 1 2 3 4 5 1 1 2 14 5 2021 Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provision E779. instructions.Manual or automatic controls shall be provided that will operate the air D Where the measured air leakage rate exceeds 0.25 cfrI(2.0 L/s x m)corrective curtain with the opening and closing of the door.Air curtains and their controls shall 1. C103.2 Information on Construction Documents action shall be taken to seal leaks in the air barrier in all units exceeding the target comply with Section C408.2.3. Construction documents shall be drawn to scale upon suitable material.Electronic media value and all untested units. Post-corrective action testing and repeated corrective S. Building entrances in buildings that are less than four stories above grade and less documents are permitted to be submitted when approved by the code official. action measures will be taken until the required air leakage rating is achieved. than 10,000 square feet in area. , Construction documents shall be of sufficient clarityto indicate the location,nature and Final passing air leakage test results shall be submitted to the code official. 9. Elevator doors in parking garages provided that the elevators have an enclosed YKEMAN extent of the work proposed,and show in sufficient detail pertinent data and features of lobby at each level of the garage. the building,systems and equipment as herein governed. 7. C402.5.5 Rooms Containing Fuel-Burning Appliances g Yg 10. Entrances to semi-heated spaces. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Details shall include,but are not limited to,as applicable: Where combustion air is supplied through openings in an exterior wall to a room or space 11. Doors that are used only to access outdoor seating areas that are separated from 1. Energy compliance path per Section C401 or C501. containing a space conditioning fuel-burning appliance,one of the following shall apply: adjacent walking areas by a fence or other barrier. 2. Insulation materials and their R-values. 1.The room or space containing the appliance shall be located outside of the building 3. Fenestration U-factors and SHGCs. thermal envelope. 4. Area-weighted U-factor and SHGC calculations. 2.The room or space containing the appliance shall be enclosed and isolated from 12. C402.5.10 Recessed Lighting 5. Mechanical system design criteria. conditioned spaces inside the building thermal envelope.Such rooms shall comply with Recessed luminaires installed in the building thermal envelope shall be all of the following: 6. Mechanical and service water heating system and equipment types,sizes and all of the following: 1. IC Rated. CONSULTANT' efficiencies. 2.1.The walls,floor and ceiling that separate the enclosed room or space from the 2. Labeled as having an air leakage rate of not more than 2.0 cfm(0.944 L/s)when ♦ B 7. Economizer description. conditioned spaces shall be insulated to be at least equivalent to the insulation tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at a 1.57 psf(75 Pa)pressure differential. E 8. Equipment and systems controls. requirement of below grade walls as specified in Table C402.1.3 or C402.1.4. 3. Sealed with a gasket or caulk between the housing and interior wall or ceiling 9. Fan motor horsepower(hp)and controls. 2.2.The walls,floors and ceiling that separate the enclosed room or space from covering. IN 10.Duct sealing,duct and pipe insulation and location. ENGINEERS conditioned spaces be sealed in accordance with Section C402.5.1.1. 74 11.Lighting fixture schedule with wattage and control narrative. 2.3. The doors into the enclosed room or space shall be fully gasketed. 13. C402.5.11 Operable Openings Interlocking E°"°"°S'`""98020 `"'°'�"'°° -1110 12.Location of daylight zones on floor plan. 8608 13.Air barrier details including all air barrier boundaries and associated square foot 2.4. Water lines and ducts in the enclosed room or space shall be insulated in Where any operable openings to the outdoors are larger than 48 square feet(4.47 m)in calculations on all six sides of the air barrier as applicable. accordance with Section C403. area,such openings shall be interlocked with the heating and cooling system as required • 2.5. Where the air duct supplying combustion air to the enclosed room or space by Section C403.4.1.6. 2. C402.5 Air Leakage-Thermal Envelope passes through conditioned space,the duct shall be insulated to an R-value of not Exceptions: The thermal envelope of buildings shall comply with Sections C402.5.1.1 through less than R-16. 1. Separately zoned areas associated with the preparation of food that contain s c C402.5.5.8. Exceptions: appliances that contribute to the HVAC loads of a restaurant or similar type of °` c Fireplaces and stoves complying with Sections 901 through 905 of the International occupancy. x 3. C402.5.1 Air Barriers Mechanical Code,and Section 2111.13 of the International Building Code. 2. Warehouses that utilize overhead doors for the function of the occupancy,where A continuous air barrier shall be provided throughout the building thermal envelope.The approved by the code official. ` continuous air barriers shall be located on the inside or outside of the building thermal 3. The outer entrance doors where located in the exterior wall and are part of a s+�"" envelope,located within the assemblies composing the building thermal envelope,or an 8. C402.5.6 Doors and Access Openings to Shafts, Chutes, Stairways, and P P g g P y Elevator Lobbies vestibule system. combination thereof.The air barrier shall comply with Sections C402.5.1.1 and C402.5.1.2. 4. Alterations to existing buildings. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Doors and access openings from conditioned space to shafts,chutes,stairways and 4. C402.5.1.1 Air Barrier Construction elevator lobbies shall be gasketed, weatherstripped or sealed. Arlington n ton Operations The continuous air barrier shall be constructed to comply with the following: Exceptions: 14. C103.6.3 Compliance Documentation g p 1. The air barrier shall be continuous for all assemblies that are the thermal envelope 1. Door openings required to comply with Section 716 of the International Building All energy code compliance forms and calculations shall be delivered in one document to Center of the building and across the joints and assemblies. Code. the building owner as part of the project record documents or manuals,or as a standalone 2. Air barrier joints and seams shall be sealed,including sealing transitions in places 2. Doors and door openings required to comply with UL 1784 by the International document. This document shall include the specific energy code year utilized for FOR and changes in materials.The joints and seals shall be securely installed in or on the Building Code. compliance determination for each system.NFRC certificates for the installed windows,list joint for its entire length so as not to dislodge,loosen or otherwise impair its ability to of total area for each NFRC certificate, the interior lighting power compliance path Snohomish County resist positive and negative pressure from wind, stack effect and mechanical (building area,space-by-space)used to calculate the lighting power allowance. 9. C402.5.7 Air Intakes,Exhaust Openings,Stairways and Shafts projects Public Works ventilation. For ro'ects with Section C401.2 Item 1,the documentation shall include: Stairway enclosures, elevator shaft vents and other outdoor air intakes and exhaust 3. Penetrations of the air barrier shall be caulked,gasketed or otherwise sealed in a 1. The envelope insulation compliance path(prescriptive or component performance). manner compatible with the construction materials and location. Sealing shall allow openings integral to the building envelope shall be provided with dampers in accordance 2. All completed code compliance forms,and all compliance calculations including,but AT for expansion,contraction and mechanical vibration.Joints and seams associated with with Section C403.7.8. not limited to,those required by sections C and all c mplianceC403.2.1 calculations ulatio,and Cding, penetrations shall be sealed in the same manner or taped.Sealing materials shall be For projects complying with Section bons C Item.5 the documentation shall include:405.5. 19700 67th Ave NE securely installed around the penetrations so as not to dislodge,loosen or otherwise 10. C402.5.8 Loading Dock Weatherseals Arlington, WA 98223 impair the penetrations' ability to resist positive and negative pressure from wind, 1. A list of all proposed envelope component types,areas and U-values. P P Y P g P Cargo door openings and loading dock door openings shall a equipped with vehicles that 2. A list of all lighting area types with areas,lighting power allowance,and installed stack effect, and mechanical ventilation. Sealing of concealed fire sprinklers, where that restrict infiltration and provide direct contact along the top and sides of vehicles that required,shall be in a manner that is recommended by the manufacturer.Caulking or are parked in the doorway. lighting power density. PERMIT SET other adhesive sealants shall not be used to fill voids between fire sprinkler cover 3. A list of each HVAC system modeled with the assigned and proposed system type. 05/02/2025 B plates and walls or ceilings. 4. Electronic copies of the baseline and proposed model input and output file.The B 4. Recessed lighting fixtures shall comply with Section C402.5.8.Where similar objects 11. C402.5.9 Vestibules input files shall be in a format suitable for rerunning the model and shall not consist are installed which penetrate the air barrier,provisions shall be made to maintain the sole) of formatted reports of the inputs. ®cSE DRAWNIGHT SABEE ENGINEERS P P All building entrances shall be protected with an enclosed vestibule,with all doors opening Y p p THesEoruw,NcsnREFoxcExexnLnRanRceNexr integrity of the air barrier. into and out of the vestibule equipped with self-closing devices. Vestibules shall be OF MATERIALS ON SHE CONDITIONS GOVERN. 5. Construction documents shall contain a diagram showing the building's pressure DO NOT SCPLE DRAWINGS TO OBI DIMENSIONS. g g g P designed so that in passing through the vestibule it is not necessary for the interior and 15. Preparation of the Building boundary in plan(s) and section(s) and a calculation of the area of the pressure exterior doors to open at the same time.The installation of one or more revolving doors in Contractor is responsible for sealing or otherwise effectively isolating all "intentional" PROJECT boundary to be considered in the test. the building entrance shall not eliminate the requirement that a vestibule be provided on holes in the test boundary. any doors adjacent to revolving doors. For the purposes of this section, "building Contractor will be liable for costs of removal of finishes and/or cladding required to A C402.5.ir b Air Barrier Compliance entrances"shall include exit-only doors in buildings where separate doors for entering and 2403-1004 A continuous air barrier for the opaque building envelope shall comply with the following: exiting are provided. provide corrections to the air barrier system. g P PY g� g P 1. Group R dwelling units that are accessed directly from the outdoors shall meet the Interior and exterior doors shall have a minimum distance between them of not less than 7 LEGEND • provisions of Section C402.5.2. feet.The exterior envelope of conditioned vestibules shall comply with the requirements MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 2. All other buildings or portions of buildings shall meet the provisions of Section for a conditioned space. Either the interior or exterior envelope of unconditioned C402.5.3. vestibules shall comply with the requirements for a conditioned space.The building lobby AIR BARRIER&BUILDING THERMAL ENVELOPE is not considered a vestibule. 6. C402.5.2 Enclosure Testing for Dwelling and Sleeping Unit Accessed Exception: Vestibules are not required for the following: -CONDITIONED AND SEMI-HEATED SPACES Directly from the Outdoors 1. Doors not intended to be used as building entrances. For dwelling units accessed directly from outdoors,the building thermal envelope shall be 2.Unfinished ground-level space greater than 3,000 square feet(298 m)if a note is tested in accordance with ASTM E779, ANSI/RESNET/ICC 380, ASTM E1827 or an included on the permit documents at each exterior entrance to the space stating equivalent method approved by the code official. The measured air leakage shall not "Vestibule ace required at time of tenant build-out if entrance serves a s greater than exceed 0.25 cfHI (1.27 L/s x m2) of the testing unit enclosure area at a pressure 3,000 square feet in area". P g PROJECT differential of 0.2 inch water gauge(50 Pa).Where multiple dwelling units or sleeping units 3. Doors opening direct) from a sleeping unit or dwelling unit. or other occupiable conditioned spaces are contained within one building thermal P g Y P g g PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: I CS envelope and are accessed directly from the outdoors,each unit shall be considered an 4• Doors between a space smaller than 3,000 square feet(298 m2) in area and the PROJECT MANAGER: I cs exterior of the building or the building entrance lobby, where those doors do not ENERGY MANAGER: I AL individual testing unit,and the building air leakage shall be the weighted average of all Air Barrier Design progress table DRAFTER: I BS A testing unit results,weighted by each testing unit's enclosure area.Units shall be tested comprise one of the primary entrance paths to the remainder of the building. The A A separately with an unguarded blower door test as follows: space must be enclosed and separated without transfer air paths from the primary Update Changes in Boundaries DRAWING TITLE: 1. Where buildings have fewer than eight testing units, each testing unit shall be building entrance paths.If there are doors between the space and the primary entrance date Phase Set Phase Description &Calculations tested. path then the doors shall be equipped with self-closing devices so the space acts as a vestibule for the primary building entrance. Review set 11.20.2024 2024-1105 Revit Model x 2. For buildings with eight or more testing units,the greater of seven units or 20 P ry g AIR BARRIER NOTES percent of the testing units in the building shall be tested,including a top floor unit,a 5. Revolving doors. 60%DD set 02.10.2025 2025-0130_23-053 SnoCo Arlington Ops Ctr PDB_013025 x ground floor unit and a unit with the largest testing unit enclosure area.For each tested 6. Doors used primarily to facilitate vehicular movement or material handling and Building permit set 04.21.2025 23-053 SnoCo Arlington Ops Ctr PDB_041425 x unit that exceeds the maximum air leakage rate,an additional two units shall be tested, adjacent personnel doors. IFC set including a mixture of testing unit types and locations. 7. In buildings less than three stories above grade or in spaces that do not directly Testing 3. Test shall be accomplished using either a)both pressurization and depressurization connect with the building elevator lobby,doors that have an air curtain with a velocity or b) pressurization alone, but not depressurization alone.The test results shall be of not less than 6.56 feet per second (2 m/s)at the floor that have been tested in plotted against the correct P for pressurization in accordance with Section 9.4 of ASTM accordance with ANSI/AMCA 220 and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's 1 1 2 1 3 4 5 DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ww.dyk.—.net I 1716 West Marine View Drive 425.259.3161(T) 2nd Floor/Everett,WA 98201 • •• CONSULTANT: -----==- ��.m—'I`�.� � `ri /cam r'3 I m1 '��'I�.� JI Ire S��I� J� ��- � � - - ® I�� . �GflJlpi ��=fIJ�I �9=JI� ■ l�v JV '`� III d1�.<t!1i�■ � aA�e *A�r ��A��I �•7 IIII IIIII IIIIII IIIII III REGISTRATION STAMPS: IIII- II I---=- -LF 'jl l•I i'>S aia � ® I ® i►1L'�--�0p c=.,� % �al�e •i��-- �_ II f> `" -!I - --/ c I•" i �� _ � E'J II � r�j►� • • '•� •��j� Y �y�l h � I'I — r— II ss��1ll � �l �.I �I '� m �II I �F"•�,®� •�' �'•® � Ih III �I I — �N� I�'�� I I�r I s � I IIII � �i �f's,'�' d I I r.� r �II' ..-� �I. J�-, • • • e �[��[a]] e I e I - � 0 I/��%�/O/J2 I� ��fAII� � I �_ � I��_7��lll ,��•� ��7s1�, � �i III oll � �i�s�;acca�� i �� -� ... --- - �.�--��-- -�---- - �11 - - - � - - �I�� .��. r� o�j •1 r•�'• ®! I� I-r-.oali it � T III I�� m - �� tl i III;•� •��•' •� I Oi III of �I �D �O � I •. ol�� ®�,•1� �II Ih III � �I�II I 'I �� I '" PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: PRO 0 � �f ��i II ®i �,,��u�ala��_- �� lirr Iu��A!!c�l � • • � •� . • i_OlJli7 ' rpm, j callJlll�lr W lifi7 �J i G'yr'�%Lr ~IT i Jo �� 0�I ® ® •. , ► I b ® ,`� n III !! III !• V ��l■! °�i ■I• g� I �e7i�lEw •MI�I�n—. O 0 0 I m Ir�'1 I!�®jgi�i led`y�—�� Z,ry!�aZ Zrw ZZZ ZZ rwZZ �e�a�+ '� ��sIeA�i1l111 Ir N cm �.-I ►w°°iy'tyfa.P�<°vey��'ie�vA�ei'�—'�II` �'= . - PROJECT NUMBER:1 �I1 1a@ __a+►.,I/ sv iI!�'�u�v�irre� vv rTr v�!v v�i! • d I/1 .Ba••4HIS-��L a it - A ijtiyjT�G� ' '• �' JGl1/1•I•� -- I �_. .-..7►/---l�7 r�i L--�I•.•r:. ui"L4'.r •I, � >�i�'�"•iL iP�'i!"re�'4 Z/I%1iI<I 7ti1I0%IDy I<If/1�/� J. eee I Iprim 61J�au,s::'7 l i!!v rrr!c !!�!-!-!!!v !�ii!1! CAI E".aDl; I /-� f �°•°t �,�,Is0_`e_.°J6_e•_._�e�'i,�1.°AR_:A�JS�e� - REVISIONS: I ,I__Irml 1 J LI�' I EJ �r�av v� ry Z/I�IL�f/1'ZZ ►ice ' e I-J _ � � !!i!!!r>. �- uv v!r!-!e rrle �• �! 'r � �t�� r M�� I CIVILI.�h�•?laJidll o ICI /.��tz,:�I �'.� ,.'.,.�� " • F.�w I,II � III �III II IIIII EIR O - � ��!1, ■ ��,I� I�� l �� -- m III ' IIT��d II ® I cii IE m I - {, ■ !i PROJECT TEAM: 'll�I� ' •rT"°-fill:act -- I_� �h�I�1.�Ir�l�ki'1I I ®�� _J��IG��l'� II IIIII® III III II III .. ., .• � Illllllllllllll�llllliill�llllllllll�Iliiii�lllllll�lliill�lllllluBI��I�Bii�l�llllllll�liiil�llllllllll�llfiillll�llllllllll�lliiiil�!IIIII ��' WIII�IIIII! UIIII�IIEGIIhW i9111111iIIIIIU 1•, o - I DRAWING TITLE: . I . . . . .. . . . . II II II II II II II II II II II II IIII IIIII IIII II IIII IIII I IIII IIII I I I II IIIIIII IIIII III IIII I IIII IIII IIIII DRAWING NUMBER: BE801 2 3 4 5 2021 Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provision. 10. C408 system commissioning(By others). A building commissioning process led by a certified commissioning professional and D 1. C401.2 Compliance path. functional testing requirements shall be completed for mechanical systems in section The building complies with prescriptive compliance path and with requirements of C403,service water heating systems in section C404,controlled receptacles and Sections C402 through C406,and Sections C408,C409,C410,C411,and C412. lighting systems in section C405,equipment,appliance and systems installed to comply with section C406 or C407;energy metering in section C409 and refrigeration DYKEMAN 2. C301 Climate zone for energy compliance has been defined per Table C301.1. in section C410. 3. C303.1.1 Building thermal envelope insulation. 11. C409.2 Energy source metering. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN An R-value identification mark shall be applied by the Buildings shall have a meter at each energy source.For each energy supply source manufacturer to each piece of building thermal envelope insulation 12 inches(305 listed in Section C409.2.1 through C409.2.4,meters shall collect data for the whole mm)or greater in width.Alternatively,the insulation installers shall provide a building or for each separately metered portion of the building where not exempted certification listing the type,manufacturer and R-value of insulation installed in each by the exception to Section C409.1. element of the building thermal envelope.For blown or sprayed insulation(fiberglass and cellulose),the initial installed thickness,settled thickness,settled R-value,installed density,coverage area and number of bags installed shall be listed on the certification. 12. C411.1 On-site renewable energy. • For sprayed polyurethane foam(SPF)insulation,the installed thickness of the areas Each new building,or addition larger than 10,000 square feet of gross conditioned covered and R-value of installed thickness shall be listed on the certification.For floor area,shall include a renewable energy generation system consisting of not less insulated siding,the R-value shall be labeled on the product's package and shall be than 0.5 W/ft2 or 1.7 Btu/ft2 multiplied by the sum of the gross conditioned floor area listed on the certification.The insulation installer shall sign,date and post the B E E certification in a conspicuous location on the job site. 13. C411.3 Solar readiness. Exception:for roof insulation installed above the deck,the R-value shall be labeled A solar zone shall be provided on buildings that are 20 stories or less in height above ENGINEERS as required by the material standards specified in table 1508.2 of the International grade plane.The solar zone shall be located on the roof of the building or on another EOMONos.wa 98020 z PH Ax azs z 111r Building Code. structure elsewhere on the The solar zone shall be in accordance with this section and the International Fire Code. • 4. C303.1.2 Insulation mark installation. Insulating materials shall be installed such that the Manufacturer's R-value mark is readily observable upon inspection. s� c S. C303.1.3 Fenestration product rating. Thermal Envelope Certificate(C401.4) op c U-factors of fenestration shall be determined as Follows: x 1)For windows,doors and skylights,U Energy 00d.er/pea r. D-Vanlon: accordance with NFRC 100. P. p.t« 2)Where required for garage doors and rolling doors,U-factor ratings shall be Penns Barnes,: determined in Accordance with either NFRC 100 or ANSI/DASMA 105. Insulation Rating U-factors shall be determined b an accredited,independent laboratory,and labeled component R-vatus % R-vewe PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Y P Y aoomoa.nr l«..«ad+.a..>.a and certified by the manufacturer. Ca ling/Root Arlington Operations Products lacking such a labeled U-factor shall be assigned a default U-factor from table C303.1.3(1),C303.1.3(2)or C303.1.3(4).The solar heat gain coefficient(SHGC)and Won. Center visible transmittance(VT)of glazed Fenestration products(windows,glazed doors and skylights)shall be determined in accordance with NFRC 200 by an accredited, Floors/Slane FOR independent laboratory,and labeled and certified by the manufacturer.Products Snohomish County lacking such a labeled SHGC or VT shall be assigned a default SHGC or VT from table Fenestration Rating C303.1.3(3). u-Factor SHGC Type U-Fecbr SHGC i• Public Works 6. C403.4 HVAC system controls. Fixed HVAC systems shall be provided with controls in accordance with sections C403.4.1 AT through C403.4.12 and shall be capable of and configured to implement all required control functions in this code. Opareble 19700 67th Ave NE 7. C406.1 Additional energy efficiency and load management measures credit Entranced- Arlington, WA 98223 requirements. The project meets the following requirements: opaquadoors N.1) New buildings,changes in space conditioning category,change of occupancy skylightsPERMIT SET group,and building additions in accordance with Chapter 5 shall comply with 05/02/2025 B Air WlugsTest B sufficient measures from Section C406.2 so as to achieve the minimum number fle.R required efficiency credits shown in Table C406.1. ®COPYRIGHT BEE ENGINEERS 2) New buildings greater than 5000 gross square feet of floor area shall comply AddRlonelnates THESE DRAWMGS ARE FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT RN with sufficient measures from Section C406.3 so as to achieve the minimum DFrurERw ORAWION SIREGSTOOCONDITIBIDIONS ENS ooNor scuE DRnwwcsToosrAlN DIMENSIONS. number of required load management credits shown in Table C406.1. 3) Tenant spaces shall comply in accordance with Section C406.1.1. 4) Projects using discrete area credit weighting shall comply in accordance with PROJECT Section C406.1.2. Exceptions: 2403-1004 1) Low energy spaces in accordance with Section C402.1.1.1,equipment buildings in accordance with Section C402.1.2,unconditioned spaces,open parking • garages,and enclosed parking garages that comply with sufficient measures from Table C406.2(1)to achieve a minimum of 50 percent of the efficiency MARK DATE DESCRIPTION credits required for new construction.Such projects shall be exempt from the load management requirements in Table C406.1. 2) Building additions that have less than 1,000 square feet of conditioned floor area that comply with sufficient measures from Table C406.2(1)to achieve a minimum of 50 percent of the efficiency credits required for additions. 3) Warehouses are exempt from the load management credit requirements in Table C406.1. 9. C401.4 Thermal envelope certificate. PROJECT A permanent thermal envelope certificate shall be completed by an approved party. Such certificate shall be posted on a wall in the space where the space conditioning PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: I CS equipment is located,a utility room or other approved location.If located on an PROJECT MANAGER: I CS electrical panel,the certificate shall not cover or obstruct the visibility of the circuit ENERGY MANAGER: I AL directory label,service disconnect label,or other required labels.A copy of the DRAFTER: I BS A certificate shall also be included in the construction files for the project.The certificate DRAWING TITLE: A shall include: 1) R-values of insulation installed in or on ceilings,roofs,walls,foundations and slabs,crawlspace walls and floors,and ducts outside conditioned spaces. ENERGY CODE NOTES 2) U-factors and solar heat gain coefficients(SHGC)of fenestration. 3) Results from any building envelope air leakage testing per-formed on the building.Where there is more than one value for any component of the building g- envelope,the certificate shall indicate the area-weighted average value where available.If the area-weighted average is not available,the certificate shall list each value that applies to 10 percent or more of the total component area. 1 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 WINW�OPZ COMPUTANCE SUMIARY D .m.ap:omzs vtEn,nl+,iremrarr rnls.ruw° acau.-mx s,. remwmma,r�oP Date: A2t,202s ° r,.ImSAaa.. suowme.azas t pr Table:C406.2 Energy Credits(for reference on Table:C406.3 Load Management Credits(for refererta only) ,m.ma r.rlo w A .bom e: mm.m wsecc a'r rmalas nswsloslma.:emTnw.,.., ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN wocammmau �a•us.aum opm.omm e�rmararrrwm taaw e m enYa eoe. 5fs.elapar c� r.arCaans.'wrn wp.r(YW aw..srwrad a e...y.r,ym. w.ara.rr,aw x+rlawsrmo ��-�.� uoszzsxuunm�mcoa! ..e ..eaAm...rl.. r...mr. sar arm nrwur..m !.�ww�. c�,rraew a�se.w.....mMma mrcaaoam.a c°mvareal vmrm�ra.. m!!x Noamr.lr.a tx5rmm �'r'"� Aarul.rlawv a6alrruac5 n .®aa.rawm.mn.maa, tl.a„.,,w rra.mb�e.ea mcrn.+n xer�a.a.r.w....urwpr nAvarAwaw+ ns�eua.rr m wwrrsar wa�.a.rear,e°6�pm.rPn atia. _ ... • MI .1r n lh .imCe. 2as wsEC BEEC606Demments GD6.1.2 MVAC betl manegemanb Automatic wntmis shall: -"" 1. Me,eledw wolfing is uses,be wm6Bu,ed to gradualy increase over a Immmum of mree hwrs,use , ENGINEERS ,c"rar w.rbbm � c..;h C 1� �y� ann mokrq setpoint by at kas13"F during me wmmer peak periods.a..r lmlml.emYel.hrr 4mA CIl.I rla.W l.o-.,. embr ll,Itd 2 NTere eledrn Mang o used.be wrJgured b gn0ualb reduce.over a minimum of mree hwrs,tle zofi -1901 rwra Imrbuoe: imJmmmt U-rry 8.mr w9ec ,awmrwn he."setpant by at least 3°F durng winter peak periods. ED ON S,WA sawo rpx.azs tlz-asoa ur,awsorm :nwAla! la.l.noe .ew.amk aanrto.mlma mint aae<non! wens am wmMmm mi6 bvalke wlmaa • lws uox!u-r Arrrabm f�wtl�r C`"b nA Npn 9rLeweA-Cammwd.l P1¢IIe.W ADeh.a+ TMeAIn]b.In, pd, O16`x'°®" �' � C406.2.S and C431.1 ON-SITE AND OFF-SITE RENEWABLE ENERGY C awe®.a-5sa�a.!r� eam truml p C smReommu+w.m,s.sa u-rmm, lrlew.0 AECRRa 183 Achieved energy credits for this project- °sue 'y omen,roes a Actual total rating of on-site renewa ble energy systems per C411.1 —rmmr.r.mml Al.rm waa6xa.s.a. a-gI<nwA1 tsm RRt 35000 and C406.2.5(W) r m.a.ma.w C406 Comments: FORT 9180 Rating of renewable energy systems,required per Lbb N wrM b m nrama emsm.mr. C411.1(W) �NAI- a.wy.w Fir,. weWbm wewsr{. - °" ,;,,ca„„In°r»'°.':"n,m�m''°n'"t"i',OnOweMi rimBegymtlna,osn:nr"u..Y rSwngm°�"z"a'vlu"'e°."�s°n""`gym"°I FIND 0.1 Watt per gross square fot of build ing area w1013 ` rom^mpra«mw ra G 18360 Project gross Roo ,square feet !!°6mW,Yb s46aaa.mrl..,a ta.w m.a CFA 18094 Project cand0oned floor area,square feet -• • • xe�ma:x n..alw o-am Deal ce:vvee lmra,e�eien^mamma^re cam.z.xst xvac ay.mm.uacnoa.fmam�Im a�mim psi«:ya��pocM.mmlce AEClo 13 Sr!ction C40615 base credits from Table C406.2. rwrrsor.wp.., e.am n�iwmwv�� mi�lu,g �j u H.ra'ao.war.mrl.rr.rarvera«.4 r�„elce mmmem ce,.�°p°ua..e,v REF 1 R wa eneble Energy Factor from Table C411.2.1. Arlington Operations w �eaarrraummbla"semen rAms2gamrts cm®a.xiaemwman e.�.rn m,: qY w.mbbm u-rrr "'d' "`•"a" ^°r'0e'er" a*°y"o.u"'sremM1aagyemani,.v u,"In,ion p lawarrarmr.dro arm•-+e,rwmmlce m.mrl rmm m.mce, Pavlo Serdechnyi,BEE Engineers,LLC Center unn tl tcwlr aln mmn a soA '� c,a Il+veaAs.os1 170 W.Dayton St.,Suite 206,Edmonds,WA 98020 4/21/2025 nuun.uq ewer-ee m� so E:pavlo@bee-engineers.com FOR -raoe<I.A amb ten w"um .1,blawln.+. _ aaoamyamaalmlmmg arm.-r vaml rr,.a.. Arbbm �� a..s - croszl 'CANNOT EXCEED 50%OF REQUIRED CREDITS rw-mrwwaam,� �"" = sm� r<oz xx = Snohomish County eaa wrr ,�Ie,�«ma,�,ame«aameren��l°n�a�urmsaedearr:+awo o-rem,some. aa:rAcc.ue.a aevcaar ua» sm^"are°neae�a e�e�n:a+�e;ml� Solar Resource Data: The National Solar Radiation Database(NSRDB) moos, sxdco.ar t ®vamrr aeg�ma a.a:agace mea wren naame mrfm uxw.aeaa. sewer+men^r"+.F>maoKa mamz,aaaaaa Module Type: Standard Public Works! Hru caue.e s,r .�,°.. eF`nx 01 Cell Material: Crystalline,Silicon 14Nominal Efficiency(Approx.): 15% AT e.i°r"r.-arc.aaar r�e,m too"ttbv ul,�mt,meamsr.xme, n,�, < """ ww. Module Cover: Glass "" ery Temperature Coefficient: -0.47%/'C 19700 1 Ave NE .rom..rmrrxw� e.aua^fie rmm sec^ea caps az m"I"`�xmce.,a""ua re Array Type: Fixed Arlington, WA 98223 Rmrral>ow z.,"a tmm�mmmaaaa imtws'ig^bmg Ra„e,ramaatea is System Losses(Approx.): 14% Psmjet x,°t5m•.uee.l xm SIBC o g l reem ea�our ulmmg Table Ra,.er.amea ave=maom ww�^g Pe— ^�"o va,wm e,�eaa avw m5a�^rod«�g^r^g v°.,e. DC System Size•,kW: 35.0 Uf ACYnYtlra niiwance micmatee in ncaosa2. ,.oar ty e..ee ens" aracn _ s g - v v i -- w v Average Nominal Power of PV 400 PERMIT SET Aa�Ibm A.e b "w,rnn I, _`u Nd wm.Iol o.A B Sy5tem5.�a vat maleaso.•.:a><:pelgmu:acereroaltoaw,naiawe�area-e EstimatedIpanelarea,sq.ft: 22.2 05/02/2025 g dmb.b..r saw xmslnawtlsa.rtlro. oaps ltus.o x1aA om1 wein,aq�irea eme,„^aai^mia sae anon acnie6�meaxar«mi,ma �ra_ Estimated PV panels quantity: R8 m6mb.bmr.soar eanllaa.sma om! Dar tnx om1 �eNim a ��xe^re�� dndrR�eV1W�dd,rwy�msa-nce��12za^eral�te'z3rea—e 1le^a q lamarlmam den mda.a�w e�eaere wim rgrconat] 5.tt: 1960 ®COPYRIGHT BEE ENGINEERS PEI aw>) *DC System Size has been calculated with PVWattsn Calculator THE SE DRAWINGS ARE FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT wW A�bbm A.::-- --pm •A A r u —IRA ua _ OF MATERIALS ON SIZE CONDITIONS GOVERN. amr ar. W=AaCa x y(asna zarOFAa4 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. - r411x+r%f,n4"/4wYlavru Uprr 4mlA "" Whwa - - weieues ramiaeen fimved-Cw®vi,l rraWrws .0 Om5 lao _rC epmfunatm],tlrnAm Sa pwran«m°,we:ee,red6i" PROJECT Men(px.lmraml-Cm®rvnl CJirlavtl iron ive_a Isr u.la I'•p'0 Rw tyeea�r®naerrrr."nrcxram t�t�ws�efwl xreem Yrq,rar Mr Nalp a I --iT PP, = ne a�nsue^m�ryarsiaP�eah Sativ�Gtl i,anxmrdo-su m ay,me�..mhwmaeml 2403-1004 •rNetrYnrm wrarm Nr •'r�rs'see` caA e.Is r turf Ia = O1 WNa®e malt oew:�l - I�-a = amimg�m^�erea,ae�are rw lnPl llehaamd.nb 4+N law O.Sr )m9 Itl,! lY �Ila •. _ - ^ . a • Ir,mrY.A�W W rM1rlrf0 u[ar �mmv.„�r,�n�C11�,�row�iryaw r�rmn�a�lraaso�r�a5rmas.mmam MARK GATE DESCRIPTION orr _ Arrbm yU• n"r"",+et� u.w w a r ` ua e c4g6.243 Neat PUTT wale,heating.prots scion ailiswe oaf60ra P domPliande, See— saCAg62e31_ avy-pwa<lax ou0ra y,essaf.araMe lmB0.31 !II G06.2.6.3.1 Heat WrTwakr M1eakr.GedN shill be adir�etl v4lae me primary M1rl Plrt'p servi¢ wafer healilg sysrem'e s¢etl 1e deliverT kssaan ten pemeM Ofyr Ilet calwlned demaq fw service 1 wm production dunrg the peak demand pedal with enleling dry bJb awe[bulb w[dwr air A *10 Ulww waa�r gPwr; a .rr p rlsR' P kperahires al ae'F(4"c)kr air-sOvce heY PwTs,Or46'F(]°C7 grand lenperature r«goullb 5ou,w heal vamps.as calwlatnd soil ue ry'enrolmaroracwre<s sdxaion,zae,ia o.anmlm, PM!-prwWaamb.q aNAx. aDWa.ed nremodoIg For Nis m L ee net Waiaktl demand s 11 be me gross building demand less a,ry pretion ofinedemado Tlyingwm5at pfiwero Section Cr0A21.Spplxrenkl—M __Agahwtyp 11b4l,a.1411 nee I psmixetl in accwda,x —seefion-11,WonMrwfored Hea[pnpwaler M1ealssshall yrY-Aaaambw I,x4]g44r O.D IAl1D nta L n]s Ip"0 —1_.reafMeforvnig_ 1. T,dc "'ng shall be a minimum COP W 30 re drled attlledI lelig heat purr water lempeature we,an enknT airtmmwffiIre dfWF(1WC)or lovv.Fro wafer-mrrs equipment GYwaN AreMrllrp w aslb.w A.emy a.ra m c."alin9«'ill he rTvk�altle tlgign leaving katl wale Mlpaahrewgl an sR irg load are... A.rurm M.— tan w.rr ar,a.rsn wale,remverawred]4°FWC)o,lox PROJECT swledeewbw.aaa xrlaemlewdlam laµ llµ ixµ xa,xpgxae 6e0 !„ 2 The um_ene.,ylackr(UEF)shall bee miimm of 3AO5akd band on U.S.DeyarhnadI Energy regmremem4_ PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS m.w.r.s.r rwr.wlaA n,wu.A PROJECT MANAGER: CS nlr z.. Len ENERGY MANAGER: AL DRAFTER: BS A jeetilgi lrli,ton Operrdra Ceamr-1ml N'SF.0 A sacs rA CskWWoO DRAWING �rw.tl..A,rbN a,mbhm 1�i5rm..�el.0 w.•t exec 1 w�prnwrp P,�w a ,rw��m ImA I,A,I ,ml,mxxa�nmm rr.ns �" BUILDING ENVELOPE ENERGY FORMS 0.M In611OJa 619 AS mmrype ;a.41,41411 Odr ale ri'!.3 • deubY-M ahmtar l,a43a44t Rc02 OA IAup Oda 'A��• I t)a1 rr.—Ar F r 16,aaA T�m xall xAll 2 3 4 5 2 3 14 5 D Building Envelope Requirements List,pg I of 13 Building Envelope Requirements List.pig 3 of 13 Building Envelope Requirements List,pg 5 of 13 Building Envelope Requirements List.pig 7 of 13 API WSI'S,R.ulremenrs la Comm«dal ihtllbr'InWWIn Orw RP 113 A R4Mer3 slnrles8allfll NMNNered 020A NEEAN hm reserve) 2021 WSEC la CwmeadallWl Gmu A2 lYf8 R1 o-rtr3 Wales Bal R1 AbNrNWered BAANEE N brazasm 2021 WSEC Ylrermnb ld Camm«tlal Bullbr'IndWln Grou R2 fl38 MOWr35mrles8allfll AdMnblered 41A26 NEEAN nor reserve) 2MI WSEC la CwmevdallWl Gmu R2 iG8Mavr95br1es8Nfll AdMrW]ered C4025NEE N asaked wIJP lrrlonxPllw is Vkursury Nclxa%u WlHling µnxll uyyllwlkvr lur wrxylluwu wllh medglp,nvebp2 dpylrHllenp In VR WnaIWplYn Bbb Tie Wllwrry blo� Narlb rxwxxsWy bri WaNurxYny wrnYl nyy4'ulrar Wr wnlVlWrxx wrin IM OWNYrg amekyp rerlYNemonls inlM Wasldylm Slam i1R blloNlnp lnfdnlBllgl brlemsswy Ncllav*u WINMng I!emNI UVVIIwIM.vr br wmp'INma wM Vc dYHlp mvebpe re[lulrerllenp In NB WnalNplp[tNab ire Wllwrry blo� !nluilbrarv-Py loci Wa Nurlbp Patal glpY:elbn M laatglld -9[epllanat Yge mrylremmb In Ne Wm1 0.6km Fru�n ly L:rWc,r: w,l Nrnr,l:n,x Em9Y<,nb[. ErraP9 Cade,CdnmeMal flovislmi E-,l:nb[. tartan.-t Mtm dwnlaal W�fl:(:nmmnmrarlwmrrnr;W p wile aNYet cam. ® Fa a1:YxL'.i!LI:MWwvw em3N nr tom i«ltar Fd mehdd Mew mrdacY WSI:CUmmnrcmllm....Su ort et 3611S1fr5300dYte meX et calm. d•avNm Fd x• .anrnaBal Tedradl asenss9s9toaW.arelamm«PrWad mks r larf col r:i:m,mrxnn wmral♦ir n:mwar mu r C t' , A Adinpmn Operations Center-M21 WSEC YES C3M.1.1 GaeM imumNw Irdicam i-mtiw lrc[hods,Ni<kracvx. A111MAI.M,BEROD NA CIOA2 Ga.dam Por gtaeBe do«a wirh530%inmgM glexed C'Wr211 nkulkrcsrrww tw'w'R cwrcatlslM pr«ripuv<mabnum 19NO(Frih Ave NE b¢mlmdm demitas ad ck.raeam ahieve ore C303.13 er.,iodi<ate glaiog cwfiguredw(('ogle. rnr: r.,.o.u:n.ueu allw,d.rrWWare Wremne rrmNWae mend Adb•bn,INA NM iaiM R-uWw aWlidulation m.[crirvdc C402A./ muWvk row).cercendgedldead aaad appit<J lwmpav<m perfmnwae rukvl:rnm Oats;2022I - TeN tied U-f (P«NFRC 100, xrrM1 urMr u:e:,:dlwrrcnr..rnrcul ARCHITECTURE NA Ma-ixow mw<.yen of nVd,nsuladw AIAI ANSI/DASMA 105a ditabilty fin I,n.•rr:rrrr•n lrr:M1 pr!.•mr.rn:v nrrs.orrr., App9ev Cade Salt. Cmpmeoi Coin,-..nformettnn Re9Wrcd In Pemit W.dm in Building Bep.rrmml will Mused,indtmm Nta adEc toind betwe. -Pt..)w well rxtiws or indoor Docu[mndtim Dowm.a. Nacc IeYcd a«augg<rc0 cWia+laken. I ached I:m NA C102.1.5 Venkd lernrniiov Ifcomiva(1-AA) arc(x'irh roger arm gCppg •YBB C]03.1.1 hwrmrbv Fm wwmiWn n' 1 Ixrc puvWW wish AIAD,AIAI, 300 NA CI03.2 FlaurxasemblY lover InJ..; r x muwum max adJ«mwni lTAA)xi11 MlsWbmum fa C30I it.tir rm manatee FS R-vWrc idenrifica mynah. -12.1 uu .r r. .x urxl nkd fain ....d tM - e Nue li lJwx ur n+ ,,.,u,i , :+rw' ve rniiwwio ex WSEC,-I 4 •• t nmmitarcd spacer opcampliurxx repms prcudpUvc maximum Wloxvd ircIWc TAA s«hlmi Ne mark is dedily M<mbl< u r,I Ir.:n cdcW¢dan in WSEC mvebpe canpliaee NA C303.1.1 lae w Ihnra a lrxW:li,x+e rifi c„re per gcetW o N,\ Iu-r:41.1 C32 ,u .: CONSULTANT: r.. dim _ Wa baawprrw mkxaiioniniM BEE x. balm'g it"s readily. NA CIM2.g =-Arad(-A I d Pm Mbc f IlJ«ks l� CAI an um Wadln .0�FRC U f-,Sfl�.do mJ-V AJ.10.A].A.BE9o0 ixxwrtle smM s Rliwuuulellf'mPmw¢�epmdk�hoy(rk[18d1) ....if r 10, ENGINEERS rwg.Wkxlc eppMabk CLaaa3 e. r l::• i. ::r:. r pl x..:::.,I. - NA CW2.2.8 AWve BrrWc exre.' F pre"R-0.1lb-k.uetex YES C1932 imfnssembly IMicaaRsWucls)Mcm'iry aMl« AIAI,Btl01 wncrcm slats minimumRlO iMmtnl brcnkmall'(. ED ON VTON 9w2o HE zoe PU Ill a-8608 010221 rvurmliw wnnawxu insumuwwnnf s«vam� gmJe ealenm-1,sluL lax lliws(m I Eomorvos wA eaoto FAx azs Taz asoa WSECmve4,p<cmPlmrcercp«d applrc.ble exceW[on).rot compm.r a „ ...:: :..r :: NA wMdimumum WiA ass vtaia by®tares pafmmrcewmphia.indiwm-laRa < . Uun I inch,-I.arm xvtgbmd.-U- Vfamr foralr[m well aril proPmed V- n:\ -�.1.1 'If m Id rue npnp 1 'un:r«I • n, r N::. :::x.r.r: f,r..r. :.. ,I facim cekumiim factor ae f 2J.1.1.2 I q w gfl W -f Mduk,mJ YES IMicaa tram' r[Waiak milt Y� NdNWeR vxl«ofmminwu¢waWaNww AI.Ol,BB901 [B nmmgdepme AIAI wa0 sanro«fourdetwn derdlam WSEC nv .JI -fs<a'n«w' avemw wmginruti repwro .+r rnWYnk WPn n.m,m.+ar�rc-Irmnm NA P«reamg¢Mn+w retain mar.axe vwad rk+r+exr,.rn,rrr rnr,.+,w r.,r,.rrar„,+ •' YES NdkWemedEd of Prol.limr of expoaN ALOI nP<r T:+n1<Cln::f.p,niJv arc.,- d C - ditty¢.irdmme mridnp monad txrtamad tanta;mxlm edge inmmdar L alnwlr•r,al,rn.e,x+ C NA C/02.1.2.1 Sllrrxhrlorw.dmxlur IJwnnY ekvxtw Lai............... twrry on plain erW "Z"pnk�rriw AlO?.2. Mistwap -Ii.ie itd«x mrarve«open it, - Yf34 Por w-hea[edsmbon-grade fiwm,mmnpty AI.OI udliriomdw WM-IdaleJ¢p«a:ialkam NA P«mot.wemblies with imularim mrkdy v<I udicnm inwmiiw mlaxb n,\ - n:A nxrrrarr,Id« tiNexwJ\-I,n : aborc d<ck lhai ism rcd.irdimm effacNae PmmpY y fYlil.3 a n,.Mmle,.uW N'S[<mel.,r. dedeaadtrvAC eyvem ircluda Medne and R dawn venicdlY aM/m MrarvnWlY din . wuL[Ig¢elWmb mNc[wmlSJd..A wJi Ur fmpmed I-w per5atiax aegmaed diWaod Tim bPof emb,fa f f.. flt J,ul I. •,me r 95X:,15F,rapaMdy)mdemorwoea A102. ircum#d 'fPeak:uW� axnpooeni Pate -Iaiividedfadve P- Cb lies i fecmr n:\ ::-. F Ix- al IW:+c.f a+ - JI rSN•IAI. na C4103 + r i r:., .. mui mumR vW 1 'pal f Wlrods .real(flood b.m1NY NA Fw m<ml huildn f.'nJica[cR rWm NA Fm hinted.taboo LnN Ir-rx a,u at o+. , Brw vd rdeue amnmYm exreMe we+• -'. ' rot IMrtnds tad can imddim prcaadPd r i i.l-.r.rid r,:m Iwrers mW lim.aiicaaya, topN¢mb;f l • • • and tin rsYv<m(45t mcN:d. hmrmutY miler the.«emb;fm n,\ nu.r,r„rnr F:v n.dru SxNra u tile,g u : f-finl aad,exw provide effmlivc P- CMr2._! .r. P Jc ovalx „ n\ C192.213 Sb IIE'r' famrf«e Mead slab 1 1 M �r NA hdio Raffia sad J �< Arlington Operations Iv I' wnfia-i-f Wl arrw.wife deck abM; Center NA C402,2.1A ail., . Ird�vcmor[apI. 1 pm.icmD P 'uJ.RR - NA CSal.l BrulN.gad,fi IVNc M[Mrde MIIIaddmw .mpmem curbs raumrwRvalucmroo(.sdrm _.ldpfi tMtoal sf.de Ott tbickne® =Pl[esma canal-dine MI..,a if rh, nil lupl cJ by dwkoglhdlM alga woditiw) If SRR axe... wW<wrp„a+ua nurl adhtum aid rM ewYrlg buildiogkwmdn[d YP3 C1032 AmveRelw'At- Im R-,.d W 'y«WI AIIMBMI edfmaeapda above grade .m.r 1 r. P tia .task liathng m demaudm G411122 wWlar,<mbl' co 1m.i.-timwxall.vcliau tall wall wemUly;ttrLwa-Ptad,k tar r. ':,. •,'.+.•, FOR ammta-. G022S rmuWim WSEC envebpecmpWrce rcpon¢ r Snohomish County Perna Paw Pa9n:rJ PataM Public Works Building Envelope Requirements List,pg 2 of 13 Building Envelope Requirements List,pg 4 of 13 Building Envelope Requirements List,pg 6 of 13 Building Envelope Requirements List,pg 8 of 13 AT A2I WSECR Ylremmb la Cmmatld Hal- -tall3 Gmu R2 fld8 MJWr9 Worles BeII R1 NMrrblead 020Yv NEEAN res«H A2I WSEC uYemmis la CmNmdal @il Irrdud Grw R2 fYfR Mlw«3W[ales 8a1 R1 PafdKW«ed BAY NEE N rrsdsed A2I WSEL ulremenks la Cmmatlel Bullbt InclWln Grou R2 R08 Rd aa351prles BeII R1 NMrrblead 020Ya NEEAN hm resem0 A2I WSEL riemenb MLormradel Gmu Ri198 Mova39aks 8aa R1 PdnrlrM«ad BAA NEE N restY\c0 19700 67th Ave NE TMbllPwlltpblomellPn hnecesssry bdeckabulldbp certm applbatm brmnplmnmwM VetrMrp.vekye reSulremenb In tre WaslWplatSmm TM bIlowing blamaombre+xssary bcrNraMNlUrrp pemYl appmalx+n br wmplmnm win Ve dNlbq ernebpe regYlrem.ls In Ue Waslikglwr Stata Tie bllPwlltp.-I.bnecessary WGled[altaI.ng PernW YVPIt,-br wmgmrce wllh NedMrp M.4e reYUlrements In Ne W-4,0.Smm TIe 1Wlo NwV`,alwrbr[ereasery bclMra"'I-aa-laI br mrglllYlrz wM Ne OWap eirvEbpe"Ift li W.044w Stale Enamucom,cmma-,pPPWslam_ Eraamy Loin.(%anrr[r«�arprwd,;aw. Elr«gy coaFLmmarmalPmWslas_ Ere l9,�da.�rrrnafxll,rc. Arlington, WA 98223 F« msmns acorn tars re mraaa wsEcemmerlNnr recmlmr su ort et aeosa9 vmod•N emaX el com.mme d®wedla Fd e.¢mm.mm mra r. .dad wsEc mmmladd Tl[dnim!su a1:wLs'i�sm«xe arm nwwaene Fd mm�s acorn tars re mrlmd wsEc commerlrnl recmlcal sty ort et asass95soodxe nmalldrom mdeY d®waemr w re sew llYn inroad wsEc c«nmddd Tlrnxul SLMW Nsaoswisroo«+rw dmXncmk Chmb 'Wx' NIe Tym Plwu b W- ed YES 1%ores walk.had-P-ial demiry Al.. NA C402.2.6 Rath-hinting Indt-wplanslM[aWWIm R-value n:\ C402.1.5 watlsrn as tuvga[urw uJlmmr<v rT NrwJlMu•rJ +xl'fninF xP«mcluuigilm 'MuaJ nr conJinunnl ..gory.will Nickoess.xrighiaMMta .yvmm peseta Mai -1 P.Ws,UM[Wleamd old (eta rdo+urd n.d nicW Terre,n[murx9w dr,rrr:•rr rpa:e.uMedninF+(mi-Muted specs dpairy. aiataim bmam¢adam&&dimly hmtad Rind /sk.Ii61Y[ago arm ;rkyli veu`ocu<.s of mcpman'Wis< PERMIT SET rbn[Fing i.-di.-Nan;pravkle nxd (oWs dreg hemad d.b-m-p.d.l. +ai^•m.m am dhmraxl.rr.'I-TAA<nl.Wau,x,. eWmlwoa cer Secrirm CSJ11.21 f«taw mJ NA Fm imegr.l W.WatM ASfM C90 tine('( - Wlw'fEC m.<Wqe rwryktaarr rcpons. B .,:.rxr:rorv:n:unrd.rpPlr.:,nkrur."Ir rmswryxWkcligibkf«watidWedw YPS C402A Varbdfamnradm IodkaeU-fazmd.SNGCaodVTvah[eala AT.10.Al2U,BE901 05/02/2025 xdlxiw,tMicate larme-yin tad imlJudw C3D3.13 axm6ly fmawe[wo ahedula and WSeC mvekpe n:\ CWX14.2 5imk sorry spars PrwrJe IiR of<dl«nL aWgk sRxy span B NA CSO3.1 C'imnge in space In6ceawhetMriM vu uMm-goin6e mtaeriW and Percentage of core filled Fad-faemre dmpB.drelera ny F+AYItEnr, kwatnl Jn«Ily urrmrannf rRJ ex xN wnditionin6 change in¢pua mndidoning-Plie¢as Lwlming grwreJ cores,heal beanw,-wil 1RIosf INYJrnrca taW hove acailiog Mtgh'2 aM a- rand-Wore Project or if Je-.It-me ix fills.MaJzrs am tar wler-,,,d NA hall-dinam-w waadU-..is umd ISnforW lmw iS•�ol m<r<ibnE tam ®COPYRIGHT BEE ENGINEERS f«aou93pkfemxartontypawimia tM THE SE DRAWINGS ARE FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT cum.6 iwiN WI b.i9Wvakna apace wiNb Je acecc f«each sped idmdf>rM ad'ming.masin Jwb'Idiogo YES Fm wall-Ni-i.lude wall frvrixg. AI.00 amefeaa caaeg.ry pm Tebk C4021; prc we.flex fl OF MATERIALS ON SIZE(ANDIRONS GOVERN. danP cpmpl WrMare rM Imr 'Ws aW fro^� plvvide nr.weigRhted U Ixn«caklJntrw MWIxwwWl sec- n.\ H A.pe d'wm lM DO NOT SCAIEOMWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. �, 'M1 wwlvmaY Im fy PI ISaMU YES ludmatedUfmtur SNGC nod VT vW«n ae A7.10.Ai.A kyttpl pamu pr'nd< kvm icre(« ,+, vary ncY,dwe:odkrF roFartarge to NA Fm exp«d care-o Wumem<rexkpu. NPRC ordofaW[.if ddeuh thrn(pacify pcnen:taer,luWti,xeJ Oa.x tan AwnrN mdpmrr unJ fiml«avpmeY ryPc xalk,Wrkaaie mciLuJ of prwediw of Idm tYce.Bm'ziu8 mYm,gap wid0.low< wrdrb a lnpli[Javli6ht r«a IMdmm bPROJECT NUMBER: Lnumda.. meiioga,gu-fit. rJerae 4en nx yaaz,+.Mn Wxn r,W + ImmifY on plane e.iving Group R - pnninnlPnorrnlrrlyl.2rxr2,n„r„,a. NA Fm wvod-fremN wWl xas<mbta Ldicamw NA C402,4.33 Dy4Rmk glahag Ivdicate U-fatm,vaWbb SNG6 and VT dx treat flaaw coca MmxtMaiJc mxkr6oiN ucM1an6r lauwmm-iil plww Ne P aialgdi t-1 method padormndef- vW-fin],-&A,pwd.ata laliaal<-Plia -i appliN m-1, 2403-1004 : btandtad im<mwdwc o'at-1)pa fen<mdtton..dda ad WSEC envelope -od dYhEN arm x, taw v 8atiw A103.2. omPpede lepwa;bdima nu[omadc uplir myli6Mwn.e ado ix 2 3`i.OR n, Imntifyw'I-r'-F u,mmeniul la+n- avmPA,that mP,litia taint gain m mtaitila mrnrww s,,, effnine acen«e is a I2 Gravy Tr-.,il,'"-wukfgoinga YES C1032 AWve grade wWl Fm std11-aW m�dh Fw:Jl AI OO.-I xmps;JYauvic gmdryemoWMua- Ca-Sr, xk cw • a v +a GmuP R«ruN Clmoa a_aty wwmiiw aae Wm'I"-framing&PM w Phut weitt-1 cer Eyatiw 'pw 4,harc< M1w+•e rr u. 010223 .nil cal.Wa[iw,fix aM1,Wrre NA CW.1 a-in dwptarcy N Ata wtat,,din nor uMa-goings - NA C402A.3 Pe[mavmt shading For ve M fexabadw Aadad by NiW'rrg M1xlnue love rrox of,Af lignl Flvnry MARK DATE DESCRIPTION altenuww cha[ly b«cupvcy cavPNa aaeavd NA C4021A3 Thatslrrni+mxce or WMrev fiuwral syawnu iurbde rM1ruury pmjmlip„fut«(PF)elnaem„verhnogn«pennnoenl exarml Wom of We drmiiw ereah Tathla amMadeal wall Percinriom.tMicaa pedtrWiw shalt &,vita ids farm mamruJ or JiNmer. protect« m prov proterdon omhLad wilnahi tsti .lint Cg21A Ptgrtpaku Imtiwww Plod-a(aaaAacuLuiwd cslc-ah r._ogequiv per Fquaiiw d-6I«each fixW W.II-rn:Yxl Irdicmc+aubrin R\dun fin cwY<r mJ wcuPancy eree¢bdre building(ss&,Fined Pant Paaaatma its romlprnexidadNmaWdW a[d operable drakd fe«sMtiw type wish pa Santa C50.5.3)to dam ,. pdeu. -perms„.'shtat.8 g.meuy. fnuncmukdx mJ aml w'SF.Cw elnpnwnlYiw.l<npn, -PLaee. NA C4021A3 Tha®lad¢mdaaf Mind sf am of rh'a[gkweBpeamaka NA G02.2.9 Vmtl<al fain Fur xml ties wilhwwn8 Irdr.a .,xNcr wJ fr nm.x .ulaYrn R Tahb memmcN exkam le&the above gddewW sea,l6e ENV®APR ABSR810f.P6 mraacdwwiah rw .w,mdi<¢wit cmbu«xinvnledw(QA r"WpLun mrJ wiF('en,.' Ctaat, a9dpmw PmP«al taut aambty U-fadnrbOM opaque wdklt,N t«IirnabwWl eeavoun dbi[ exarim .wnplian.c«pxk,:inJi.arc nrvrM1.d of YES C103b.3 2lmnoelaMebpe IeGcua mwlope tlm[md pedmvtkae BE90D Pm pmaaaNw¢ mlwrlemd by arctrwaigh4ng rM propaed m e,ir+nrrnruruvr -P-.path =pteud path taken 1prdcrlpliw xall awemblyrype U-iBd«wiWa Wait U- &malty Myer and lmdb..la'. - ,+, factor d U-0.50 fa Its m«haWcW mtnatY withiv 2-Nchea of the(T mym u•ymF-M1inFN'wx, .hlc campwam pedmnunce)tad Provide un,mM:, .ra eery(tarok( p poniwgW .aaaelope wmpB.ce NA G02.2.9 ViaaaW femstmliw Forvmiaal futatapw wilhb wa8 mAcmt rc1'orm in Protect docummmYw NA ca- PedpMdl1a mdicau d[a-dia Berea orlM cedpMml wwiah a<,fi-fi¢withautcanrinuwxtmWatim. CA02.1.3 Mam duiecmcrne eal6rsuf i..141Wa u i llr t no)rb oparc wWky,pa gtadnabwela ldii,wxllt,-ffiaA.rttlor F«Y.Inpar.rr<:uM1 in,kwx aN G,N NA BwmPlyi--ia iaaaably-nt-ia iaa� Fwmaeh ilo«sryt'i ihkkmvv multiplied by cerixlekrlmBdU is glavN Myer and themW break ere digrad t..\,par, PROJECT encL oprq i Iapeauembly complies vk T. xafl.blrasa xpanue abure�de maw mtnatY wiihbl-Nenes of lhe<xtmim face rmudcw Pk purr:imtvm<„MlMrll+c etiMr Nte minimum PPnixinivep- riper wall awemb7 r«pr<,rdw�emwmpwmi ar rn,maemimiimwmian mra. rW w•a�h+„e.^W+'w i•rrlkJ•'i'L PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS Table Cao2.1.3«rM maximum preecdppve pedwmrdr avmlplumrc:of _ it p,r,c,uc Mut.rcfi<.ri,.rr<ar<J U-factor/P-fe«or per Table C402.1.4;i«luh NA C/022.9 Valtalferesinliw -Por varricW felresaetion tat is i[rsel from its PROJECT MANAGER: CS U-f^ctm/P-term s«ncewcompl YFS C1032 Opy«J«ns Fm sdiJ orwwe Jwrs a«IJ«m with 5509: AJ.IO.BE900 t[rldeacdo„wirL xieri .iadi its opaque waB r tmt rn.n_.um CA02.M inmedlgmud area.iNima tared u-far« opadB welky,N opening,ixdiwk inwat.(does ilmirM RNVEIAPE SSEMBI.BS-ADDT110NAL WaIERGY RPFICIENCYA@ASURR ENERGY MANAGER: AL YBS Rr(nrrylYWgvW cmywent Patmauae, HP,900 f«swwFWF(Per NFRC-lootaoJ taw expam exled«'ponies of rla rough xpedug - DRAFTER: BS dcmomrnte that din Propwed Tmd Uulk win6i.g dwdw wall uciiwvw is door wvered with a ammr M,t,.1I of NA C.06.112 EnhancW tlexnral Tocernplywirh d[is addii dliie«Y A .wJ to«lean day lMAWwade TaNal Uul; xhdrrks,aW WSEC nwelapermpliane Wkxu R 3 Hrmtiaon,l-1/ nvelupe un.inJirnre dwnml ro+rWp DRAWING A Ww mmwvrate rhea the ProPaed Tad recem. cerrwnawe omptmre is vincomPowm perfomum-e: SIII SHGC,A«bye thin the YES C1012.1 Vadatatmlmliw Forwbdav1-' mtiYfaa .lamriw, B89D1 pmairk WSEC<melupe cwalNin«<.npns Albwebk SHGCtA. YPS CI032 Gtaag doors mdicau rued.-Tatar fin op.msemiwwl, A].10 CS02.2.1 vmdvwrn area Provim mill net sf are.of at above grade I-,I-ffim l+o-(C-Uxr.'_s.W Cg02.<.< tat-try.Woup.IdW wtWF and sWwF wxp awwbLa.d mint rough apedug xf luwerrmm lLe AlWwxUklCade TnrFdl ToW BUILDING ENVELOPE tam of Wl Yenieal fere¢YWiw aembp«in "" ENERGY FORMS A comp nog via &.rage rsww sduom or In mot des MJWWg;ena'h epee cwdi6oubg toes.«y pmviJeotW daB pmpoeed envelope MJr b,aW WSEC erwelupecmpliunr - cmpwemtypes,areatadU-valve io dpma. in We building whet Mcal A88�11�.g MANAGR TMEASURES .ergy[wdel Jocno[ematiao. Pa9a P/Id Page 4/Id P-fdrd Pa9:a-3 I. 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 14 5 Building Envelope Requirements List,pg 9 of 13 Building Envelope Requirements List.pg 11 of 13 Building Envelope Requirements List.pg 13 of 13 D pOpI WSEC R,ulmmenls ld Camrtidtlal qullUn Gmu q2 fC18 M wd SWtab 11u AdMllSdded Op➢p E N muv tl 2021 WSEC ulmnenls ld Gxnmdtlel gull Iridlq Gmu g21i98 q4 wer9slorles 8flll ql AdMnMered @202'NEEAN mseehe0 2021WSEL uMdn WCmnleMel Gmu W.M&Mme9ard &INR1 AOr1115iereJ ONIpS FEE N reserutl T1,e lollowliN Rlormall9nhnece>sary WCMckopulMing pemYl epgbelbn brmvgMlmwM.WUNenveege mqulmmenh IT-We5h gw SR. The lollpwl,N Momalld h,+ecessary to cMckabulWing perMl appl—br wvlMlmce wen lle ruY6ip—W,,repp—P.In VR•WasllYplw+Smm TM IdbwBg mlolntWmn lAR—,ymtlletlla hiking pdmB appFllonb mmplellte wlN tle nuNgemebpe[epian.In the—rglon Slak FnemY CaLL•.tie dv0y COM.rwxnmwml Hovisinm. Fiiagy C .(:wmeMel Pmr4 Me. IasMnx Nmid mis�io.Nuv an WSrG<:nmmornallMnnlral::u rtal3fi`d14S'f00d NaemStl el mm.leWw11 d(6waeM Fd IesMna NnW Msr. mMac,WSF(:(:,mmdrnllxMvrlti el%LLS945YJOd WemaY efcdn.,e?sal dalwaPMr e0dll tlNa .mIMp WSEC GdmleMaITMMYcflI Su W%R5095.TW dNaemal Wcom. NA C4063.3 AW—sl'ding T—ply wen+IN,—IiwW dficievcy NA Fwaxm rcid nrGmupRmcupavcy e,ea +uil3,_ ,\JUman of•wuc.+l ulwrc llx aJliliw+w ix meal 1/ A e.pmvidr calculau ns,ti[ weigNW res inwcue[M1a[,«,W pwuwwd lane-Icnian lone, n •idl. i i „» , ARCHITECTURE + Jcmn inJs+x-uwJlramlY3'WR)m the building slWlindu4 Wlsr cn JiratlY WRJc creJinK lM1r PrrscnPu• ou,n&xxsl fxing expwuresexttW 20'b: ®der,M rwf.all sPmes llul have a buildiN .srl pe+l{u2A.l.Jcmm�•Iruw n1wlMWwl DESIGN ivwcme me Blazin I of s,—Bfmwahle uterior expuvW nwr.laudingdwk,xm n+plamre[pm''npn•r•cnicW Ica+IrWi„n shadilgwdywmic g)wpMm fa ell bebw Brute plane.and repreunb, ebovs Jx:vuc.miP meal rerinm+:xxe.Jn tar sent glademeu•Inul mil t�sqt v[,nc nuilw::8 laml above-gmdexill mea:iMicam in pmpl •AYHBh+s Iw:e ltw iJlJiw..I iww•lyliBlrt•+e..vh•in NA C406.T3 Aolo:mlW shading Indicate aaomaac commHm:xm<cbdma dacumua•Nvl we wcightW avcmgc Wr r�ul�.1 \+I,laioaW usAahKM'H�n"+l ralulSRHicxc<nl:ng lh< central DDC system hevivg wBi,W wpm lnakaBe Me of,he builwn6 wermil enveope rri Pli•r I:ax111,:IlII a1H�x'b ter['m+:a I. r pede o[bein6 aclivand by an exteml 'hillrotuuW OS clmrft2(1.2'1 Us ) J<msm+mm<mewW of tt+mplmrce - :uBty aigml:wrere miliry real-ume canaoa wd,enmwmrea ala pr--dirf—Wd aapli:a d peeing prograv<aRla,mdieak.eysum 0.3 w wg(75 Pa). mrKn urea Wlvamem far IM:Jremd,mrumu a 8:vedmunliie ens signel;o NA Pd GmuPR lam buildinK wlwtt NA NA C4063.] R Iiug thmW T.xmrWYwNthu addinaul effcMrcy dxwllivg urd W P B swoWr 3n I in 1 .I.qr men .inAca,e bWWrnB+mlud«maxs wa0 cwgitivrspam :sW directly from CN sll Pu' glary I.mud p<rl PI. paharrlirJCONSULTANT: and ll Mrmm W -a-don fuinB nuw11114 I - nmf s,hdt —PI,d J' ly whhRR the ou dwrs M+ W h u [1u Lu - f mN—W (all M d ail ha,d u—I .-I JeJ M.— emf n 6 Pe W OR W m 1 d vmen ail BEE Ibe -BI W I-d rated all NA _ A I I I bu k6n8 peA e .... P'.— ........ A& NA C/063.] BWNag,IRavW IVGc HVAC Y K' 1, CI n .. -K M1 II 11 - ....vile h dell mum b Iw& WnWKnn A. Ig d Vold dmlf 0.3]U IW emWW C sa e,mpn'wxT"b -ln•I—P—,y m,v4lixumamai un. pre cool OR building ..ensure dlffremdd 2iv.wK(50 Pa)+ den+ne ama,.aP�pen�d. ENGINEERS N g is A ENe WiWm -ua rniamdd! eeaeera.osE ouT t m+ NA 01061 =ivg wamil LWicWeaummalic canWlsure ea+meclWtoe axo+en�inl:nxltmee aunnw lcssabave YES C103.6 Durudvb- bbb-' .iv pl:msllvn pmJecteWae o:n BOO EDM➢NDSWA9do20 ITE206 EA%azs2lz-1901 macs evil DDC'syaem luvinp digiml inpu[ g,We PI.,+Wi.,""wiW+N ercbmRe submilul datum re9virW ircludivg enveope by av laAaBx 1«IpmxJm ww b—fdW rcy:nreVwnb muaJ cuo uuxliaoJu:m+evls,a ncahk aWble of heivB ac[ivmW an eae,nW PP u[iliry siBnil:wrore uuliry rail-lime demavd Gmup R-2l Rif- f IRO(A.LZ R402.6.11 a cilcWaliom.WSEC envelope compliance ar pnciry{pmgmm eakeP.iMicate syvkm C402.5.1.2);dpm R402A.12.i teymis.nil fn¢slmaav NFRC mlivg • cadigmMmunlve Wie eigoal;o NA Lu1Welhef «'M4wiu6amWremenaip Wal 1 ARI•ARRRSR/AIRLEAEAGF.TF.ST dmumevls:(1)Submit WMing ackwm Wr YES C IA ThmWcna<lape IvdicWe in..teen Mute lhmvel envelope RH900 I2)If lest rcpmstojurvdiaiw and owner, arw'ate cenifume is iff-Wpmjti closemC YES C4025.1.1 ,tir homer ldenlifr locaaavend prd'idedia—I B®Oh (2,If wdW tea r«uh<xae&0.25 dmH12 iba.h.l-i1.—don-this cenific, & mail swn+vuan nv bamierWPhnn mil sa�tiom (1.S Usr:vik wwrale lBW imperlim end ell shell incluJe llu mreJ R-eaten ar:Jl Wagu< sealing Ll+ prectiwl cvertttive ssembly insulation.U-tumors&5H(:Cs fd C NA Provide-61 for all ja.b,Imusiliwaio all(evnman�m uxwmMien:uxl C ma:"Ws,pedw,iww in Wr b� 'ail nde A@I.RARAGR TFSI'-ADDPTIGNAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY MEASURES nwlbuld searing(.—,B—.ar dbW NA C40G9 RWucwl air To cwnPlY wN adwaaW ef�icncY'edit M iead«kd fd mry•eaEap,Plovih expbvaliw. approved nwllmd) iwmmion R—in pmJ<mdddmmw�I—I.aW NA C40253 Rw+m—WmF Forrwmisllw-a[W wi[hw th coWilivrcd balding.cI—w Raw hi ra r C4W.1.1 fuelbwaW p:u< spaxo RI cvumivvandirem vem fmR- rut excttd 0.1]dmlfQ at 03 is xg(]5 Pa} 3'4 cmw6ovin9 b—g.ppb—w ,bdrequire nail.,wfw Wl dwanu:mmim re'wradnw per C1031 R)rfAf, appgnoua mmb:w,iw.iWic:ac.n+etlxxl d i—b..i from ail C4025.1.2 apply dreonwliodd space:includexding d walla Rw,aaJ ceJnig vfrwn+.Jr, NA fA1161.13 PnWomdtduad av To pIyww Ws Wwnwuldfir N, C40G2.132 k-kw urt.i wR inmojeddow .dI,t • • • NA IUJirare xalE,Ih—ail cewv6,,'be mrvn lbe meast-I W r leakage m[e of W building vvelope arc i+aumlW,o,he samelevel Ib- .f11.fw[hc Hudg.NflyW d4dreu rer an exmnw mvelul,e;WJir::re Ibu,area ar n+<wnale ImJdinsw raBY cwnbaaiw Wr drclwwk wal Pvsa«,nrvagh itdelW Wilwng-i6onm,emvnt space, Arlington Operations ..,Widww:l,lxxe i,rm.iJeuwarn .h.0 da euewl 0.0825 d-1210.419 minimum R-16 imuladon UCm2)whcn wrtd a,apreswrt d'dlmevaal d 0.3 w.w6(TS Pa);a0 Center YES Ca02..s.6 DwrsaW access hWicae localiom ddldwm and mxe' B®Oh doemv®IWiw regwrt::+ew per C103.2 mtl apedala.awn,. as+d+:e>Iw aMdls,rem«,aWrwara ail c4oz.s.l.x apgy. :hu,es,'Wrways ail elevvlor lobbies vn pm+a FOR e-1.,lubbi« —,Y1100-ADDITIDNAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY MEASURE Snohomish County P9"a ""' Ea Public Works Building Envelope Requirements List,pg 10 of 13 Building Envelope Requirements List,1 12 of 13 AT -1 WSECR a mmis,w Cdnmddal Bullwn IWWIn Gmu R2 R3AMaw3 Wdb58aIR1 AwNnl9aed �0p6 NEEAN-hls reserved 2@1 WSEC Ilddnbbr C9ne1Rat151 BIR61 InW41 G 108Mwd9WnMS AaIIM A4Rtll9ded @A'C NEE N resdWld TM bllowliN lnlo lmreiWlon6necessa,y Wrhttka Wldl,g pemYl applkabn mr,n:nglarcewM tle 6�ibig rnvilope,eyul,emen6ln lee WasMNmn State TIR IINm.Inp lnfdmWlmtlecesSatY b'dla«adlSlp pemR�gratlon lormnpllance rnln 111opWdN b..w mRl1—N In the We9.gbn Stele 19700 67th Ave NE ErwNy Coda,CnnmeMal Nmslo+n_ flewY/C ,falnmNtlal AovkaoM_ Far abwg tlas meted WSEC CdnmNtlW Tmhtlml SppW et S60STT6300 d Na mill m mm.leCwu ® -o ehW tlis mbtl W6CC Cdnmdtlel Te llltlml W%O.S9959f10dvY areY etmn.tafel Arlington, WA 98223 YR4 Ivdicae mdbod da«lingd Wee WmmE RRBOOs IU C4062.18 Pfficim devawa Fen beiW'vga236mka above pade.m (@wkedng.<xc<Pam veM,b-R iug.athweuting W:riPn®t CvnPlY willr,his ddiYw k.. m iaenafr m W«wmm fi—m NA G02.5.] Ouldooreh 1— htlicmebw[ivm dell sm'vway eoclasm, rc^'ed by eRnmws[hWmMW kS025]dSi exwmtaW Mid ekvamr shaft mdbuilwag—nation aFrettrgy Fdndwcy Cbas A:irvd allfbaa PERMIT SET db, p 05/02/2025 B opewoge fmopmings,oudid-emmk« P ail 81T'C14tLAUNDRY-ADDITIONAL ENERGY EETRUMENCY MEA6'UR S B Pevings m NA IWicaR iv Wr bonier documevmtim ail NA C4062.16 ENERGY STAR mwcate I,—,mea ORRW BdWl IM m«.Weal pram[hen ill re6d,m,Wde av mmmmiW kimh® df.y nw«de is NNi PpBW ewR ®COPYRIGHT BEE ENGINEERS Wmke evd exhuut oPndngs shall be RuvidW WWPmmdi4k flrnuP A-2wwM dcaPamy where tic wWdampenaaroddavtt wN Mahaviml P'inarY bniv<ss ralanes IM1e use of THESE DRAWINGS ARE FORGITIONS GOVEARRARN. Secvw G03]8 cmuoemiel kichm alydpmm[irclude OF MATERIALS ON SIZE fAN01RON5 GOVERN. YRS C402510 _R<uenedfio gm Nwam metboddseWmg between BgM EIROO, kipWm<NuiPm<at achedukmplays;iodirete 00 NOTSCAIEOMYONGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. building mvelape fwmhaueivg ail wandceilWg PuJrc<t Y84 htlicueW WrbamerdwumeouawaW >ROLMk NA C406.215 @iBIfGYSTAR ILe Gmry R-IffiR-2 acrugaocies.mco�ty `•JECT NUMBER: 0g6w+gf xbedW«dat all recesred ki[chm app0aaa UWisWwlimaleRtdacY measm bo,i rww«ehWlbelC mtal and have.. swvWgGrwp R-1& mdwmm 2909ida0 reakmnel Oishwmhve, R-2 rtfrigammmdfraaas ape 2 l ,P fi l'ff air eakage ntmg ool gnmr,wn den per ENERGY SfARMmI EffiWm[q:awd 2403-1004 ASO.1 E283 mst models;irclade hiahen<gWplvem acbedeko NA NA C406Z16 ENBRGYSTMRm IAUGm R-2om:lm<iea,mwmplywilh dock doe°, m'b:mwy Ibu eddidvoal dfi.—metre inwenm2 • YRS Cfo23.9 Y -belea Ivwcate bntiomaW dimemioR. RE801b,AttL a'P iaaca amvm8 9D%dWl m-uoit,esidenaW rldhes xasMn «,itw«forbnuair�B evlmm«;alaoim®le G,« R-2 a°d drym`speeaeda'<ErveR°Y srAR MARK DATE DESCRIPTION v«abWeidwmaam rw Mh ydwnm MoM Effw 9uaW'iW mWeR;ipdude bWlwvBs wham exPmm,—Ia mR'- Immdry�pmentccheWkmplan;d eta exiting ere pmvMW NA C4062.17 ENERGY STAR held For Group.1&II w'ce�me%.mmmply NA ONI bmtiomdell bWMag evbaocm end pump cbalndryem with Watlwlbmlef�'ercY meazm exitwlY doors PrmidW wiNmavcw,WvW serv:vK(irwq R-1& mdica¢290'4dagclWrcdryustFecifud 0wdav«abuk:wwamae cmum R-2 ..ENERGY SfARglulifiW b«t pump pertwmaoce comPh«wiw tequiremeo,apa dryxm:ioclvdesdrymlonledio-mtad 01025.9 Excepam] _wimW cmualmWbfamilY�IumdtY m NA mwcam exrepam ail cnmru.',.d Id eO ENVELOPE ALTERATIONS —A exit-emly dadslhW do NA C.503.1 Rnnr uhcruiw F+aartmf WRnlivn where cxiaiM reilin6 va lave avesabWewmrcunam +mwwmm expmeq i:dx ws NA Fd mmWiaanW v«abuks,ERR- -1- in.,H,,..s to rill drgM1 m a inminmin mmiial m�vNl asmmbly fW,enda value ofR 1J1 per,mh. eualw) pE wgh,m thermal mvelppe INA .repmar en,wnrrt- PROJECT pwfmvmae tequ'vmmufdamMivaoed .,L+p amllW ci rch ah+•c iM1e n..l PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: CS YES CI032 IfWMivg wclmm bbJk- poled damana Wl Ndd'mg EE800 +n : , mr<wkiu.imliea B..dmi rni.+.�n, PROJECT MANAGER: CS C40251x kakaBe,«t ercmwdair l«kag<reaW6 is regaMard Cw.,l ar caa�rel,.nn.w.Jan pr Tvw. ENERGY MANAGER: AL 6023.121 ,SEC cwn0— x DRAFTER: BS A YES Pmvid<uta cdcWa[ims ant aare:md 4 BEBOOe INA f:4+1.1 —I ail fh+. W For xaa R,,, A su sk«d,be tarbamiubwWan« i.rWinv+ma um o DRAWING •tm6<maclap r+as nYn ar�<•rML NA For mvciil build'wgs.Wwcem dut +n.m..aa++ Jep�n a,.. bs<rcloma6kakag<«ngabaBh mmrmammm+ l•a1ao1`k ;;.ri'h BUILDING ENVELOPE perfwmW per ASTM CP9(or equivaku m<InW aPpaana by twma<d(1.1etathe ,argw lrakage men m g35 dMriz Gs I.,s•m2,ato3in.wgnSPa, ENERGY FORMS Ea9a,m 3 �aY�fl 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D CONSULTANT:DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. • �F WAS r C ¢ C �.• "P C{ ay 4122/25 �19 o � L Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET e 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. _ ----�- 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. _ - 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's _ written permission for any other use or reproduction. e PROJECT e\ 212024.009 - --- MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SHEETINDEX S0.00 COVER S5.01 TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS S0.01 GENERAL NOTES S5.02 TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS S0.02 GENERAL NOTES S5.03 TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS S0.03 GENERAL NOTES S5.10 BRACED FRAME DETAILS S0.04 GENERAL NOTES AND ABBREVIATIONS S5.11 BRACED FRAME DETAILS • S0.05 PLAN NOTES AND LEGENDS S5.12 BRACED FRAME DETAILS S5.20 CANOPY DETAILS PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PROJECT MANAGER: I SES S1.11 FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV S1.12 FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL S6.01 WOOD FRAMING DETAILS JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A S1.13 ROOF PLAN S6.02 WOOD FRAMING DETAILS A S6.03 WOOD FRAMING DETAILS S2.00 PARTIAL PLAN&ELEVATION S6.10 CLT PANEL DETAILS S2.01 BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS COVER S2.02 BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS S7.01 METAL FRAMING DETAILS S7.02 METAL FRAMING DETAILS S3.01 TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS .. S3.02 TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS S3.03 CONCRETE DETAILS S3.04 CONCRETE DETAILS , S3.05 CONCRETE DETAILS 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D GENERAL WIND DESIGN DATA: SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS PROCESSED BY THE ENGINEER ARE NOT CHANGE ORDERS.THE PURPOSE OF SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS BY THE CONTRACTOR IS TO DEMONSTRATE TO THE ENGINEER THAT THE CONTRACTOR DRAWINGS INDICATE GENERAL AND TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION.TYPICAL DETAILS AND NOTES SHOWN TYPE OF STRUCTURE RIGID UNDERSTANDS THE DESIGN CONCEPT BY INDICATING WHICH MATERIAL IS INTENDED TO BE FURNISHED AND (ASCE 7 SECTION 26.2) ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT AND SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE INSTALLED AND BY DETAILING THE INTENDED FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION METHODS. IF DEVIATIONS, CONTRACTOR.TYPICAL DETAILS MAY NOT NECESSARILY BE INDICATED ON THE PLANS BUT SHALL APPLY AS BASIC WIND SPEED V=98 MPH,ULTIMATE 3 SECOND GUST(ASCE 7 FIG 26.5-1A-26.5-1 D) DISCREPANCIES,OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE SHOWN OR DESCRIBED IN THE DETAILS AND NOTES.WHERE CONDITIONS ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED BUT VASD=76 MPH,NOMINAL 3 SECOND GUST(IBC EQUATION 16-17) DISCOVERED EITHER PRIOR TO OR AFTER SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS ARE PROCESSED BY THE ENGINEER,THE ARE OF SIMILAR CHARACTER TO DETAILS SHOWN,SIMILAR DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE USED. EXPOSURE CATEGORY C(ASCE 7 SECTION 26. DESIGN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL CONTROL AND SHALL BE FOLLOWED. DESIGNARCHITECTURE + STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND ALL OTHER INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT 0.18(ASCE 7 TABLE 26.13-113-1) DEFERRED SUBMITTALS: DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS FOR BIDDER-DESIGNED COMPONENTS,SEALED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND ENCLOSURE CLASSIFICATION ENCLOSED(ASCE 7 SECTION 26.2) WASHINGTON STATE REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL STRUCTURAL ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN, CONDITIONS FOR COMPATIBILITY AND SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW OF GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE DESIGN OF THE CONSTRUCTION. BUILDING.DEFERRED SUBMITTALS INCLUDE: COMPONENTS&CLADDING DESIGN WALLS:40 PSF;ROOF:70 PSF(ASCE 7 SECTION 30.3.2) CURTAIN WALL AND CLADDING SYSTEMS DISCREPANCIES: IN CASE OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS,REFERENCE STANDARDS, PRESSURES(STRENGTH LEVEL)** OR GOVERNING CODE,THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS SHALL GOVERN. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE **COMPONENTS&CLADDING WIND PRESSURES LISTED ABOVE ARE BASED ON 10 SQUARE FOOT TRIBUTARY SEISMIC BRACING AND ANCHORAGE OF UNITS AND FIXTURES MECHANICAL,ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER OF DISCREPANCIES AND OBTAIN DIRECTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. NOTES ON AREAS NEAR WALL CORNERS AND ROOF EDGES(EXCLUDING CORNER ZONES).REDUCED DESIGN PRESSURES PREFABRICATED METAL STAIRS INDIVIDUAL STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL TAKE PRIORITY OVER GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES. DIMENSIONS MAY BE CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASCE 7-16 CHAPTER 30. SUBMITTALS OF BIDDER-DESIGNED COMPONENTS SHALL INCLUDE LOCATIONS,MAGNITUDES,AND DIRECTIONS OF NOTED IN THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE FOLLOWED,EXCEPT WHERE EXISTING CONDITIONS MUST BE VERIFIED BY THE ALL FORCES TRANSFERRED TO THE STRUCTURE.CALCULATIONS SUBMITTED FOR BIDDER-DESIGNED CONTRACTOR.DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. DIRECTIONALITY FACTOR Kd=0.85:MWFRS(ASCE 7 TABLE 26.6-1) COMPONENTS ARE FOR INFORMATION ONLY AND WILL NOT BE REVIEWED. SPECIFICATIONS: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR INFORMATION IN ADDITION TO THESE NOTES AND DRAWINGS. TOPOGRAPHIC FACTOR Kn=1.17(ASCE 7 SECTION 26.8) 728134th Street SW,Suite 200 GUST EFFECT FACTOR G=0.85(ASCE 7 SECTION 26.11.1) SEISMIC BRACING AND ANCHORAGE OF MECHANICAL UNITS AND OTHER MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES Everett,Washington 98204 ARCHITECTURAL: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ELEVATIONS,SLOPES,DEPRESSIONS,NON- SHALL BE DESIGNED BY A REGISTERED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER IN THE STATE WHERE THE PROJECT IS LOCATED. Ph:425.741.3800 wwwBEARING WALLS,FASCIA,ELEVATORS,STAIRS,CURBS,DRAINS,RAILINGS,WATERPROOFING,FINISHES,ETC. THE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS MUST RETAIN THE SERVICES OF A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER 0Copyright dl25 Reid EARTHQUAKE DESIGN DATA: AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS RELATED TO THE PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION OF SEISMIC ©Copyright2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. CONTRACTOR-INITIATED CHANGES:SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL AT BRACING AND ANCHORAGE OF THEIR SYSTEMS. LEAST 10 WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION.CHANGES SHOWN ON SHOP DRAWINGS SEISMIC-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM: SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES OR SUBMITTALS ONLY WILL NOT SATISFY THIS REQUIREMENT. CONCRETE: pgD CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES:DRAWINGS REPRESENT DESIGN OF STRUCTURE IN COMPLETED FORM. oe`°e's�°� REFERENCE STANDARDS:CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS, �w do CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR METHODS,SEQUENCES,AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS REQUIRED TO ANALYTICAL PROCEDURE: EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE PROCEDURE l; C PERFORM WORK. EXCEPT AS MODIFIED BELOW: z C CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN AND PROVIDE TEMPORARY SHORING AND BRACING OF ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, SEISMIC BASE SHEAR: Ve=259 KIPS(STRENGTH LEVEL) a 4122/25 ACI 301 "SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE" '�° u739 w� EXISTING CONSTRUCTION,AND SOIL EXCAVATION AS REQUIRED.SHORING AND BRACING SHALL NOT BE REMOVED (ASCE 7 SECTION 12.8.1) ACI 318 "BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE" ss ti��d UNTIL ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS,AND MATERIALS °xAL E HAVE ACHIEVED DESIGN STRENGTH. SEISMIC RESPONSE COEFFICIENT: Cs=0.126 ACI 304 "GUIDE FOR MEASURING,MIXING,TRANSPORTING,AND PLACING CONCRETE" (ASCE 7 SECTION 12.8.1.1) ACI 311 "GUIDE FOR CONCRETE INSPECTION" STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION SHALL BE PERFORMED PER IBC SECTION 1704.6. ACI SP-15* "FIELD REFERENCE MANUAL" PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: SPECIAL INSPECTION PER IBC SECTION 1704,SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN AGENCY APPROVED BY THE BUILDING SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le 1.0(ASCE 7 TABLE 1.5-2) *A COPY SHALL BE KEPT IN THE CONTRACTOR'S FIELD OFFICE AT ALL TIMES. Arlington Operations OFFICIAL AND AS OUTLINED IN THE STRUCTURAL INSPECTION SCHEDULES. CODES SITE CLASS D(ASCE 7 SECTION 11.4) MATERIALS: Center BUILDING CODE:ALL MATERIALS,WORKMANSHIP,DESIGN,AND CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE Ss =1.045(ASCE 7 SECTION 11.4.2) F O RSi =0.373(ASCE 7 SECTION 11.4.2) CEMENT ASTM C150,C595 DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE(IBC),2021 EDITION,AS AMENDED BY THE SDs =0.754(ASCE 7 SECTION 11.4.5) *AGGREGATES ASTM C33 Snohomish County STATE OF WASHINGTON. SDi =0.479(ASCE 7 SECTION 11.4.5) ADMIXTURES ASTM C260,C494,C1017 RISK CATEGORY: II(IBC TABLE 1604.5) **FLY ASH ASTM C618,CLASS F OR C P u b I i c Works SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D(ASCE 7 SECTION 11.6) STANDARDS: REFERENCE TO ASTM AND OTHER STANDARDS SHALL MEAN THE LATEST EDITION REFERENCED IN *AGGREGATES THAT EXHIBIT DELETERIOUS ACTIVITY WHEN EVALUATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C33 AT THE 2021 IBC,UNLESS NOTED IN THESE DOCUMENTS OR DESIGNATED BY THE GOVERNING CODE. RESPONSE MODIFICATION COEFFICIENT R=6(ASCE 7 TABLE 12.2-1) APPENDIX XI SHALL NOT BE USED.THE'SAND EQUIVALENT FOR FINE AGGREGATE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 75. *MAXIMUM LOSS ON IGNITION SHALL BE 1%. 19620 67th Ave NE DESIGN CRITERIA SYSTEM OVERSTRENGTH FACTOR Slo=2(ASCE 7 TABLE 12.2-1) CONCRETE MIXES SHALL BE PROPORTIONED TO ACHIEVE A WORKABLE MIX THAT CAN BE PLACED WITHOUT Arlington, WA 98223 SEGREGATION OR EXCESS FREE SURFACE WATER.MIX DESIGNS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR FLOOR DESIGN DATA: REVIEW BY ENGINEER PRIOR TO USE.COMPLY WITH IBC SECTION 1904.MIXES SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE IN ADDITION TO THE SELF WEIGHT,THE FOLLOWING LOADS ARE USED FOR DESIGN: FOLLOWING CRITERIA: PERMIT SET DEFLECTION AMPLIFICATION FACTOR Ca=5(ASCE 7 TABLE 12.2-1) B TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE MAXIMUM EXPOSURE CLASS 05/02/2025 B UNIFORM CONCENTRATED SUPERIMPOSED This drawing is: GEOTECHNICAL STRENGTH Wc) WATER/CEMENT (ACI 318-19 TABLES 1.Copyright m ht 2022 D kean,Inc. LIVE LOAD LIVE LOAD DEAD LOAD REDUCIBLE AT 28 DAYS,UNO RATIO 19.3.1.1 AND 19.3.2.11 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. (PSF) (LBS) (PSF) (SEE NOTE) SOIL BEARING SURFACES AND FILL SHALL BE PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT AND 3.For use on this project only.obtain Architect's INSPECTED BY THE OWNER APPOINTED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER OR AN APPROVED TESTING AGENCY. CONCRETE EXPOSED TO WEATHER 5,000 PSI 0.45 F2,SO,W0,C1 Written permission for any other use or reproduction. OFFICES 50 2,000 5 YES (BASEMENT WALLS) PROJECT +PARTITIONS GEOTECHNICAL REPORT REFERENCE: ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES INC.,PROJECT NO 20240001E001,DATED JULY 9,2024 BELOW-GRADE CONCRETE 4,000 PSI 0.55 F1,SO,W0,C1 212024.009 OFFICE BUILDING LOBBIES AND 100 2,000 5 YES FOOTINGS SHALL BE FOUNDED AT LEAST 18"BELOW LOWEST ADJACENT EXTERIOR FINISHED GRADE. (FOOTINGS) FIRST FLOOR CORRIDORS OVEREXCAVATE FOOTINGS TO COMPETENT BEARING PER THE OWNER APPOINTED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER AND PROVIDE COMPACTED BACKFILL PER THE OWNER APPOINTED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER OR PROJECT MISCELLANEOUS EXTERIOR CONCRETE 4,000 PSI 0.45 F2,SO,W1,C1 OFFICE BUILDING UPPER 80 2,000 5 YES SPECIFICATIONS.THE OWNER APPOINTED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER SHALL APPROVE FOOTING EXCAVATION/ PREPARATION PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF ALL FOOTINGS.FOOTING DEPTHS AND ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON (EXTERIOR SLABS AND SITE WALLS) MARK DATE DESCRIPTION FLOOR CORRIDORS DRAWINGS ARE MINIMUM AND FOR GUIDANCE ONLY;CONTRACTOR SHALL ESTABLISH ACTUAL ELEVATIONS IN FIELD.BACKFILL BEHIND ALL WALLS AND PROVIDE FOR SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE AS RECOMMENDED IN THE INTERIOR SLABS-ON-GRADE 4,000 PSI OAT* F0,SO,W0,C1 OFFICE PARTITIONS 15 - NO GEOTECHNICAL REPORT. CONCRETE EXPOSED TO SALT AND/OR 5,000 PSI 0.40 F3,SO,W0,C2 ACCESSIBLE ROOF DECK 100 5 NO SOIL PROFILE TYPE SITE CLASS"D" DE-ICING CHEMICALS ALLOWABLE VERTICAL DESIGN PRESSURE 4,000 PSF LATERAL EARTH PRESSURE,LEVEL BACKFILL: *WATER-CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL RATIO FOR INTERIOR SLABS SHALL BE 0.40 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. WHERE APPLICABLE,LIVE LOADS HAVE BEEN REDUCED PER IBC SECTION 1607.12.2 UNRESTRAINED(ACTIVE) 35 PCF RESTRAINED(AT-REST) 55 PCF CONCRETE MIXES SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ABOVE. MIXES SHALL BE SUBMITTED • SNOW DESIGN DATA: SEISMIC SURCHARGE 10H PSF(ACTIVE),14H PSF(AT REST) TO THE ENGINEER AND BUILDING OFFICIAL FOR APPROVAL TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO PLACING ANY CONCRETE AND PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC ALLOWABLE PASSIVE PRESSURE 300 PCF,FS=1.5 SHALL INCLUDE THE AMOUNTS OF CEMENT,CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL,FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATE,WATER PROJECT MANAGER: I SES GROUND SNOW LOAD Po= 17 PSF(ASCE 7 SECTION 7.2) ALLOWABLE FRICTION COEFFICIENT 0.30,FS=1.5 AND ADMIXTURES,AS WELL AS THE WATER-CEMENT RATIO,SLUMP,CONCRETE YIELD AND SUBSTANTIATING PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV FLAT-ROOF SNOW LOAD PI=25 PSF MIN UNIFORM SNOW STRENGTH DATA IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318,CHAPTER 26. REVIEW OF MIX SUBMITTALS BY THE ENGINEER OF JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A LOAD BASED ON SEAW WHITE PAPER 8-2010 SUBMITTALS RECORD INDICATES ONLY THAT INFORMATION PRESENTED CONFORMS GENERALLY WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. A ROOF SLOPE FACTOR Cs= 1.0(ASCE 7 SECTION 7.4) CONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER MAINTAINS FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR SPECIFIED PERFORMANCE. SNOW EXPOSURE FACTOR Ce= 1.0(ASCE 7 TABLE 7.3-1) SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR ADMIXTURES:ALL CONCRETE,INCLUDING SLABS ON GRADE,SHALL HAVE A WATER-REDUCING ADMIXTURE SNOW LOAD IMPORTANCE FACTOR I s = 1.0(ASCE 7 TABLE 1.5-2) CONSTRUCTION OF THESE ITEMS: COMPLYING WITH ASTM C494 ADDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.CALCIUM GENERAL NOTES THERMAL FACTOR Ct= 1.0(ASCE 7 TABLE 7.3-2) GILT PANELS CHLORIDE OR OTHER CHLORIDE ADMIXTURES SHALL NOT BE USED. ROOF EXPOSURE PARTIALLY EXPOSED(ASCE 7 TABLE 7.3-1) CONCRETE MIX DESIGN WOOD I-JOISTS SURFACE ROUGHNESS CATEGORY B(ASCE 7 SECTION 26.7) CONCRETE REINFORCING STRUCTURAL STEEL ALL HORIZONTAL SURFACES EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL CONTAIN AN AIR-ENTRAINING AGENT COMPLYING WITH EMBEDDED ITEMS IN CONCRETE(INCLUDING HOEDOWN ANCHOR RODS) GLUED-LAMINATED MEMBERS ASTM C260.THE AMOUNT OF ENTRAINED AIR SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318-19 TABLE 19.3.3.1.TESTS FOR AIR CONTENT SHALL BE MADE AT THE DISCHARGE END OF THE TRUCK'S PLACING HOSE IN ACCORDANCE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND STAMP SUBMITTALS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION.DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES WITH ASTM C173. ARE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY AND WILL NOT BE REVIEWED.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ' , ALL MATERIALS PLACED PRIOR TO RECEIPT OF REVIEWED SHOP DRAWINGS.CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW A MINIMUM OF 10 WORKING DAYS FOR REVIEW. 0 2 1 3 4 5 2 13 14 5 D WATER/CEMENT RATIO SHALL BE MEASURED BY WEIGHT AND BE BASED ON TOTAL CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL, REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE PLACED AND SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CRSI MSP-1.REINFORCEMENT SHALL SHALLOW EMBEDMENT MECHANICAL ANCHORS TO THE UNDERSIDE OF CONCRETE SLABS SHALL BE HILTI HDI-P TZ INCLUDING CEMENT AND POZZOLANS SUCH AS FLY ASH AND SILICA FUME. BE DETAILED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI SP-66.NO BENDING OR STRAIGHTENING OF REINFORCEMENT WILL BE (ESR-4236)EXPANSION ANCHORS OR DEWALT MINI-UNDERCUT+UNDERCUT ANCHOR(ESR-3912). MAXIMUM AGGREGATE SIZE SHALL BE 1 112",BUT NOT MORE THAN 314 TIMES THE CLEAR DISTANCE BETWEEN PERMITTED AFTER PARTIAL EMBEDMENT IN CONCRETE. REINFORCING BARS NOR 1/5 TIMES THE NARROWEST DIMENSION BETWEEN SIDES OF FORMS. MAXIMUM LAP SPLICE ALL CONTINUOUS REINFORCEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH REINFORCEMENT SPLICE AND POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS SHALL NOT BE USED AS SUBSTITUTES FOR CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHOR BOLTS OR DYKEMAN AGGREGATE SIZE FOR SLABS ON GRADE SHALL BE 1/3 TIMES THE SLAB THICKNESS. DEVELOPMENT LENGTH SCHEDULE.PROVIDE CORNER BARS AT ALL WALL AND FOOTING INTERSECTIONS. LAP REINFORCING STEEL UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. SLUMP REQUIRED FOR PROPER PLACEMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED BY CONTRACTOR AND SUPPLIER,AND ADJACENT MATS OF WELDED WIRE FABRIC A MINIMUM OF 1 CROSS WIRE SPACING+2"OR 8"WHICHEVER IS PRODUCT SUBSTITUTES PROPOSED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW WITH IAPMO OR ICC- GREATER. DESIGN INCLUDED IN MIX DESIGN SUBMITTALS.FIELD MEASURED SLUMP SHALL CONFORM TO SUBMITTED CONCRETE MIX ES REPORTS INDICATING EQUIVALENT OR GREATER LOAD CAPACITIES. DESIGN.SLUMP SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C94. NO BARS PARTIALLY EMBEDDED IN HARDENED CONCRETE SHALL BE FIELD BENT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON NO REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE CUT TO PLACE POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS.ALL DEFECTIVE ANCHOR HOLES THE DRAWINGS OR APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. SHALL BE GROUTED WITH FLOWABLE NON-SHRINK,NON-METALLIC,CEMENTITIOUS GROUT WITH MATCHING 28-DAY CIVIL AND SITE COMPONENTS: CONCRETE MIXES FOR CURBS,GUTTERS,SIDEWALKS,EXTERIOR DRIVEWAYS AND OTHER CONCRETE ITEMS OUTSIDE OF THE BUILDING ENVELOPE SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SITE PLANS NO BARS PARTIALLY EMBEDDED IN HARDENED CONCRETE SHALL BE FIELD BENT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH,AND A NEW HOLE DRILLED A MINIMUM OF 3 BOLT DIAMETERS AWAY. AND SPECIFICATIONS,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.WHERE SITE COMPONENT CONCRETE MATERIALS ARE NOT THE DRAWINGS OR APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. SPECIFICALLY NOTED,THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS FOR"CONCRETE EXPOSED TO SALT AND/OR DE-ICING STEEL CHEMICALS"SHALL GOVERN. WELDING OR TACK WELDING OF REINFORCING BARS TO OTHER BARS OR TO PLATES,ANGLES,ETC IS PROHIBITED, CONSULTANT: EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED IN DETAILS.WHERE WELDING IS NOTED,IT SHALL BE DONE BY AWS/WABO REFERENCE STANDARDS: STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING MASS CONCRETE: CERTIFIED WELDERS USING E9018 ELECTRODES.WELDING PROCEDURES SHALL COMPLY WITH AWS-D1.4. DOCUMENTS: CONCRETE PLACED IN MONOLITHIC PLACEMENTS WHERE THE MINIMUM OF ALL THREE DIMENSIONS EXCEEDS 2'-6" SHALL BE CONSIDERED"MASS CONCRETE"AND SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF ACI MECHANICAL SPLICES OF REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE MADE WITH THE FOLLOWING SYSTEMS AND SHALL AISC 360 "SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS" 728134th Street Sk Suite 200 301,CHAPTER 8. DEVELOP A MINIMUM OF 125%OF THE SPECIFIED YIELD STRENGTH OF THE BARS: AISC 341 "SEISMIC PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS" Everett,Washington 98204 AISC 303 "CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STEEL BUILDINGS AND BRIDGES" Ph:425.741.3800 ASTM C150 TYPE III CEMENT IS PROHIBITED.UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED,USE MODERATE OR LOW HEAT OF LENTON STANDARD,LENTON LOCK,LENTON FORMSAVER,DAYTON SUPERIOR BAR LOCK L-SERIES,DAYTON www.reidmiddleton.com HYDRATION CEMENT,BLENDED HYDRAULIC CEMENT WITH MODERATE OR LOW HEAT OF HYDRATION PROPERTIES, SUPERIOR DBDI MECHANICAL SPLICE SYSTEM. AWS D1.1 STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE-STEEL" 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. OR PORTLAND CEMENT WITH FLY ASH,POZZOLAN,OR GROUND-GRANULATED BLAST-FURNACE SLAG.ADDITIVES AISC 348 "SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING HIGH-STRENGTH BOLTS" CONTAINING CALCIUM CHLORIDE ARE PROHIBITED.APPROVED RETARDING,RETARDING HIGH-RANGE WATER CONCRETE COVER: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE,MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FOR REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE: AISC 358 "PREQUALIFIED CONNECTIONS FOR SPECIAL AND INTERMEDIATE STEEL • REDUCING,OR RETARDING PLASTICIZING ADMIXTURE SHALL BE USED. MOMENT FRAMES FOR SEISMIC APPLICATIONS" A�STD THE TEMPERATURE OF CONCRETE AT TIME OF PLACEMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED 90 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT PER ELEVATED SLABS 314"(#11 AND SMALLER),1 1l2"(#14 AND#18) MATERIALS: �oF`°^sHr�n ASTM C94.THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AT TIME OF PLACEMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED 90 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT OR SLABS ON GRADE 2"BOTTOM �w tiros D BE LESS THAT 35 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT.THE MAXIMUM INTERNAL TEMPERATURE DURING CURING SHALL NOT INTERIOR WALL FACES 3l4"(#11 AND SMALLER),1 1/2"(#14 AND#18) TYPE OF MEMBER ASTM SPECIFICATION YIELD — z C EXCEED 160 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT.CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 305.1 AND ACI 306.1 FOR HOT- EXPOSED FORMED WALL FACES 1 1/2"(#5 AND SMALLER),2"(#6 AND LARGER) a WEATHER AND COLD-WEATHER CONCRETING,RESPECTIVELY.IF COOLING METHODS ARE EMPLOYED,THEY SHALL 4122/25 FOOTINGS 3"(EXCEPT 2"TOP AND FORMED SIDES) �° "739 w NOT INCREASE THE WATER-CEMENT RATIO OR SLUMP BEYOND ALLOWABLE LIMITS.THE CONCRETE SHALL BE WIDE FLANGES(W),STRUCTURAL TEES(WT) A992 50 KSI s� COOLED GRADUALLY SO THAT THE SURFACE TEMPERATURE DROP DOES NOT EXCEED 20 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT BEAMS,COLUMNS 1 1/2"(ALL REINFORCEMENT INCLUDING TIES,SPIRALS,STIRRUPS) PLATES,ANGLES,CHANNELS A36 36 KSI Sst°x^L EyG IN ANY 24-HOUR PERIOD AFTER PLACEMENT. FIBROUS REINFORCEMENT: SHALL BE POLYPROPYLENE FIBROUS REINFORCEMENT SUCH AS"FIBERMESH", THREADED RODS JR)AND BARS SUBMIT DETAILED PROCEDURES,MATERIALS,MIX DESIGNS,AND THE TEST RESULTS INCLUDING HEAT OF "GRACE FIBERS",OR APPROVED EQUAL. FIBROUS REINFORCEMENT SHALL NOT BE USED AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR SPECIAL SHAPES(NOTED A572 50 KSI PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: HYDRATION TEST DATA PER ASTM C186 TO THE ENGINEER BEFORE CONSTRUCTION OF MASS CONCRETE. OTHER TYPES OF REINFORCEMENT WITHOUT APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. FIBROUS GRADE 50 ON DRAWINGS) REINFORCEMENT IS NOT AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE FOR WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT IN COMPOSITE SLABS STEEL PIPES A53(TYPE E OR S,GRADE B) 35 KSI Arlington Operations SHOTCRETE MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE WHERE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT AND ON METAL DECK.SUBMIT PROPOSED PRODUCT DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW BY HOLLOW STRUCTURAL STEEL(HSS) A500(GRADE C) 50 KSI ENGINEER.SHOTCRETE WILL NOT BE PERMITTED ON PILASTERS,COLUMNS OR OTHER HEAVILY REINFORCED ENGINEER.ADD FIBERS TO CONCRETE MIX AND FINISH IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. MACHINE BOLTS(MB) A307 Center AREAS UNLESS TEST PANELS ARE APPROVED.CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT PROPOSED LOCATIONS OF COMPLY WITH ASTM C1116,TYPE III,PERFORMANCE LEVEL 1.MINIMUM APPLICATION RATE SHALL BE 1.5 LB/CY. CONNECTION BOLTS(HSB) A325: F3125,GRADE A325 SHOTCRETE FOR REVIEW. ANCHOR RODS(AR) F1554 GRADE 36,WELDABLE F O R SHOTCRETE PROCEDURE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC SECTION 1908 AND ACI 318.REINFORCING LAP CONCRETE ANCHORAGE GRADE 55,WELDABLE(WHERE NOTED) SPLICE SHALL BE EN AILED ON SHOP DRAWINGS AS NON-CONTACT LAP SPLICES WITH A MINIMUM OF 2° GRADE 105(WHERE NOTED) Snohomish County CLEARANCE EXPANSION BOLTS INTO CONCRETE SHALL BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S EMBEDDED ITEMS:CONDUIT AND SLEEVES SHALL NOT BE EMBEDDED IN OR PASS THROUGH CONCRETE WITHOUT INSTRUCTIONS AND APPLICABLE IAPMO OR ICC-ES REPORTS. NOMINAL EMBEDMENT DEPTH SHALL BE AS NOTED STEEL FABRICATOR CERTIFICATION: STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE FABRICATED BY AN AISC-CERTIFIED STEEL Public Works APPROVAL.ALUMINUM ITEMS SHALL NOT BE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE.SUBMIT CONDUIT LAYOUT AND EMBEDDED BELOW,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FABRICATOR.SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR REQUIREMENTS. ITEM PLANS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW BY ENGINEER PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE. AT HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ2(ESR-4266) CAMBER:ALL MEMBERS SHALL BE ERECTED WITH NATURAL OR INDUCED CAMBER UPWARDS,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.CAMBER INDICATED ON DRAWINGS SHALL BE AS DELIVERED TO THE JOB SITE. CONTRACTOR SHALL NON-SHRINK GROUT SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 6,000 PSI AT 28 DAYS,BUT NOT LESS EXPANSION BOLTS 19620 67th Ave N E THAN THE MATERIAL ON WHICH IT IS PLACED UPON. 3/8" 3" CONSIDER CAMBER LOSS DUE TO SHIPPING AND HANDLING.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL 1/2"EXPANSION BOLTS 3 314" ERECTION AIDS INCLUDING ERECTION ANGLES AND LIFT HOLES. Arlington, WA 98223 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN WALLS SHALL BE KEYED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION JOINT DETAILS 518"EXPANSION BOLTS 41/2" STRUCTURAL STEEL EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE ZINC-COATED HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED PER ASTM A123. SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR,AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION,SHALL BE AN INTENTIONALLY ROUGHENED 3/4"EXPANSION BOLTS 51/2" ALL FIELD WELDS EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE COATED WITH BRUSH APPLIED PAINT CONTAINING ZINC DUST CONSTRUCTION JOINT DEFINED BY THE FOLLOWING: COMPLYING WITH ASTM A780.ALL BOLTS AND ANCHOR RODS EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE ZINC-COATED HOT- PERMIT SET B SIMPSON STRONG-BOLT 2(ESR 3037) DIPPED GALVANIZED PER ASTM A153. 05/02/2025 B 1. SURFACE OF JOINT SHALL BE SAND BLASTED OR ROUGHENED WITH A CHIPPING HAMMER TO EXPOSE 3/8"EXPANSION BOLTS 2 7/8" BOLTED CONNECTIONS NOT SPECIFIED AS SLIP-CRITICAL NEED ONLY BE TIGHTENED TO AISC SNUG-TIGHT AGGREGATE EMBEDDED IN PREVIOUS POUR. 112"EXPANSION BOLTS 3 7/8" CRITERIA,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.CONNECTION PLATES SHALL HAVE AISC STANDARD ROUND HOLES UNLESS This drawing is: NOTED OTHERWISE.ALL OVERSIZED OR SLOTTED HOLES SHALL HAVE WASHERS PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2. EXPOSED AGGREGATE SHALL PROTRUDE 114"MINIMUM. 5/8"EXPANSION BOLTS 51/8" 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 3/4"EXPANSION BOLTS 5 314" AISC 360,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 3.JOINT SURFACE SHALL BE CLEANED AND LAITANCE REMOVED. written permission for any other use or reproduction. WELDING:ALL WELDS SHALL COMPLY WITH AWS D1.1.WELDS SHALL BE MADE USING LOW HYDROGEN E70XX 4.JOINT SHALL BE WETTED AND STANDING WATER REMOVED IMMEDIATELY BEFORE NEW CONCRETE IS PLACED. DEWALT POWER STUD+SD2(ESR 2502) ELECTRODES.ONLY AWS PREQUALIFIED WELDED JOINTS SHALL BE USED.SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL SHOW ALL PROJECT 318"EXPANSION BOLTS 2 3/8" WELDING WITH AWS A2.4 STANDARD SYMBOLS.WELDS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE MINIMUM SIZES.INCREASE 5. SUBMIT CONSTRUCTION JOINT LAYOUT PLAN TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW BY ENGINEER PRIOR TO PLACING WELD SIZE TO AWS MINIMUM SIZES BASED ON PLATE THICKNESS. 212024.009 CONCRETE. 112"EXPANSION BOLTS 3 3/4" ALL WELDS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AS"NOTCH TOUGH WELD FILLER MATERIAL REQUIRED"SHALL BE MADE 5/8"EXPANSION BOLTS 4 7/8" WITH A FILLER WELD METAL THAT HAS A MINIMUM CHARPY V-NOTCH TOUGHNESS OF 20 FT:LBS.AT 0 DEGREES F. •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•-. A WRI "WELDED WIRE FABRIC MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE" 1"ROD OR#8 BAR 15" MAX HOLE DIA OVER ANCHOR TYPE NOMINAL BOLT DIA: MATERIALS: HEAVY DUTY SCREW ANCHORS INTO CONCRETE SHALL BE SIMPSON TITEN HD(ESR-2713),DEWALT SCREW-BOLT+ (ESR-3889)OR HILTI KWIK KH-EZ(ESR-3027).STAINLESS STEEL HEAVY DUTY SCREW ANCHORS INTO CONCRETE CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHOR BOLTS 1/16"** GENERAL NOTE S DEFORMED BARS ASTM A615,GRADE 60 SHALL BE SIMPSON TITEN HD(ER493). EXPANSION ANCHORS 1/16"** EPDXY COATED DEFORMED BARS ASTM A775,GRADE 60 DRIVE PINS AND OTHER POWER-ACTUATED FASTENERS SHALL BE ITW RAMSETIRED HEAD(ESR-1799),HILTI XU SCREW ANCHORS 1/16"*" , SMOOTH WELDED WIRE ASTM Al85,Fy=56KSI(W1.2 AND SMALLER) LOW VELOCITY(ESR-2269),DEWALT POWER-DRIVEN FASTENERS(ESR-2024),OR SIMPSON POWDER ACTUATED EPDXY-GROUTED RODS OR BOLTS 1/8"** (65 KSI FOR W1.4 AND LARGER) FASTENERS(ESR-2138).DRIVE PINS OR OTHER POWER-ACTUATED FASTENERS SHALL NOT BE USED IN SUSTAINED TENSION EXCEPT AS ALLOWED BY ASCE 7-16 SECTION 13.4.5. Mobil , DEFORMED BAR ANCHORS ASTM A496,75 KSI YIELD **USE OF LARGER HOLES REQUIRES WELDED PLATE WASHERS AND PRIOR APPROVAL BY BAR SUPPORTS CONFORM TO CHAPTER 3,CRSI MSP-1 UNDERCUT ANCHORS SHALL BE MITEK DUC(ESR-1970),HILTI HDA(ESR-1546)OR DEWALT CCU+(ESR-4810). THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. WELDED HEADED STUDS ASTM Al08 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 15 D HOLE SIZES IN STEEL MEMBERS FOR CONNECTIONS TO CONCRETE OR MASONRY SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS UNLESS WOOD GLUED LAMINATED MEMBERS(GLULAMS)SHALL BE MANUFACTURED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ANSIIAPA A 190.0 AND SPECIFIED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS. ASTM D3737.EACH MEMBER SHALL BEAR AN AITC OR APA IDENTIFICATION MARK AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY AN AITC REFERENCE STANDARDS:WOOD SHALL CONFORM TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS: CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE.FIELD-DRILLED HOLES,CUTS,AND MINOR DAMAGE AREAS SHALL BE FIELD TREATED MAX HOLE DIA OVER PER APWA M4,WITH AN ENGINEER APPROVED TREATMENT PRODUCT. ENDS THAT HAVE BEEN FIELD CUT AFTER ANCHOR TYPE NOMINAL BOLT DIA: ANSIIAWC NDS "NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION" TREATMENT SHALL BE SCATTER NAILED WITH 3-INCH COPPER NAILS AT 2-INCHES ON-CENTER EACH WAY IN ADDITION DYKEMAN ANSIIAWC SDPWS"SPECIAL DESIGN PROVISIONS FOR WIND AND SEISMIC" TO TREATMENT.GLULAMS SHALL BE INDUSTRIAL GRADE WHERE NOT EXPOSED TO VIEW AND ARCHITECTURAL GRADE CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHOR BOLTS 1116""" AWC WCD No.4 "WOOD CONSTRUCTION DATA-PLANK AND BEAM FRAMING FOR RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS" WHERE EXPOSED TO VIEW. GLULAMS SHALL HAVE THE STRENGTH GRADES AS NOTED BELOW: ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN EXPANSION ANCHORS 1116""" AWC WFCM "WOOD FRAME CONSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR ONE-AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS" SCREW ANCHORS 1/16"" ANSIIAPA A190.1 "STRUCTURAL GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER" SIMPLE SPAN BEAMS: DOUGLAS FIR 24F-V4 EPDXY-GROUTED RODS OR BOLTS 118" ' ANSI 117 "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER OF SOFTWOOD SPECIES" Fb=2,400 PSI, Fv=265 PSI, E=1,800 KSI AWPA C1 "ALL TIMBER PRODUCTS-PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT BY PRESSURE PROCESS" USE OF LARGER HOLES REQUIRES WELDED PLATE WASHERS AND PRIOR APPROVAL BY TPI 1 "NATIONAL DESIGN STANDARD FOR METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSS CONTINUOUS OR CANTILEVER BEAMS: DOUGLAS FIR 24F-V8 THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. CONSTRUCTION" Fb=2,400 PSI, Fv=265 PSI, E=1,800 KSI ALL WOOD FRAMING DETAILS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO THE MINIMUM STANDARDS OF THE IBC. MINIMUMCONSULTANT: COLUMN BASE PLATES:ANCHOR RODS IN COLUMN BASE PLATES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO AISC SNUG-TIGHT NAILING SHALL CONFORM TO IBC TABLE 2304.10.2 OR CURRENT ICC-ES REPORT ESR-1539,UNLESS OTHERWISE COLUMNS,TRUSSES: DOUGLAS FIR 1-DF-L3 CRITERIA WITH HEX NUTS AND LOCK WASHERS OR JAM NUTS AT THE TOP.AT THE BOTTOM,PROVIDE A STANDARD NOTED.COORDINATE THE SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL OPENINGS WITH MECHANICAL AND ARCHITECTURAL (2 LAMINATIONS) Fc=1,200 PSI, Fbyy=1,000 PSI, Fbxx=1,250 PSI, E=1,500 KSI SIZE HEAD,TACK-WELDED NUT OR DOUBLE NUT.NO HEATING OR BENDING OF ANCHOR RODS IS PERMITTED. DRAWINGS. INSTALL WASHERS UNDER THE HEADS AND NUTS OF ALL BOLTS AND LAG SCREWS BEARING ON ENLARGEMENT OF ANCHOR ROD HOLES BY BURNING IS NOT PERMITTED.BASE PLATE HOLES FOR ANCHOR RODS WOOD. INSTALLATION OF LAG SCREWS SHALL CONFORM TO NDS SECTION 12.1.4,AND INSTALLATION OF BOLTS SHALL BE AS SHOWN BELOW. SHALL CONFORM TO NDS SECTION 12.1.3. (3 LAMINATIONS) DOUGLAS FIR 1-DF-L3 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Fc=1,200 PSI, Fbyy=1,250 PSI, Fbxx=1,250 PSI, E=1,500 KSI Everett,Washington 98204 AR MAXIMUM HOLE MINIMUM WASHER MINIMUM WASHER ALL PRESSURE-TREATED(P.T.)WOOD MEMBERS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE PRESSURE-TREATED Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com DIAMETER DIAMETER DIAMETER THICKNESS WITH ALKALINE COPPER QUAT(ACQ)OR COPPER AZOLE(CA)PRESERVATIVES,CATEGORY UC3B,UNLESS (4 OR MORE LAMINATIONS) DOUGLAS FIR 1-DF-L3 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. OTHERWISE NOTED.WOOD SHALL BE TREATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA STANDARD U1.AMMONIACAL Fc=1,550 PSI, Fbyy=1,450 PSI, Fbxx=1,500 PSI, E=1,500 KSI COPPER ZINC ARSENATE(ACZA)PRESERVATIVE,OR OTHER PRESERVATIVES WITH AMMONIA CARRIERS,SHALL • 5/8" 1 1/16" 1 1/2" 3116" NOT BE USED. SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES BELOW FOR MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS OF CONNECTORS HORIZONTAL GLULAM MEMBERS AND INCLINED MEMBERS OF LESS THAN 1:1 SLOPE SHALL HAVE A RADIUSED 3/4" 1 5/16" 2" 1/4" AND FASTENERS IN CONTACT WITH PRESSURE-TREATED MEMBERS. INSTALL(2)LAYERS OF ASPHALT- CAMBER OF 3,500 FT. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 7/8" 1 9116" 21/2" 5116" IMPREGNATED BUILDING PAPER BETWEEN UNTREATED LEDGERS,BLOCKING,ETC.,AND CONCRETE OR MASONRY. WA S 1" 113116" 3" 318" GLUED LAMINATED MEMBERS EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR MOISTURE SHALL BE TREATED WITH A NON-CORROSIVE, w ti s ti or c SAWN LUMBER:SAWN LUMBER SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY THE GRADE MARK OF A LUMBER GRADING OR APPROVED PRESERVATIVE. i C 1 1/" 2 16" 3" 1/2" INSPECTION AGENCY APPROVED BY AN ACCREDITATION BODY COMPLYING WITH US DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE _ 1 112" 2 5/16" 3112" 112" EACH PIECE SHALL BEAR A STAMP OR STAMPS NOTING THE NAME AND PLANT NUMBER OF: PS20.FRAMING LUMBER SHALL BE KILN DRIED OR MC-19,AND GRADED AND MARKED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ENGINEERED LUMBER a aizzrzs 1 3/4" 2 3/4" 4" 518" W.C.L.B. STANDARD GRADING RULES FOR WEST COAST LUMBER NO.17.SAWN LUMBER SPECIES AND GRADES THE MANUFACTURER,THE GRADE,THE NER OR ICC-ES REPORT NUMBER,AND THE QUALITY CONTROL AGENCY. �o 39 �ww 2" 3114" 5" 314" SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: ALL MEMBERS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED WITH AN APPROVED ADHESIVE. SstoxAL ECG 21/2" 33/4" 51/2" 7/8" JOISTS: (2x MEMBERS) DOUGLAS FIR NO.2 BEAMS: LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER(LVL) PROJECT • IDENTIFICATION: WELDED HEADED STUDS IWHS)AND THREADED STUDS(CPL OR CFL)SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM A108 GR.1010 Fb=900 PSI, Fv=180 PSI, E=1,600 KSI Fb=2,600 PSI, E=1,900 KSI, Fv=285 PSI THROUGH 1020 WITH MINIMUM TENSILE STRENGTH OF 60 KSI.STUDS SHALL BE WELDED IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF AWS CHAPTER 7. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,STUDS SHALL BE WELDED BY THE Arlington Operations AUTOMATIC MACHINE WELDING PROCESS WITH EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER.LENGTHS (3x AND 4x MEMBERS) DOUGLAS FIR NO.1 LAMINATED STRAND LUMBER(LSL) SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE FINAL LENGTHS AFTER WELDING. Fb=1,000 PSI, Fv=180 PSI, E=1,700 KSI Fb=2,250 PSI, E=1,500 KSI, Fv=400 PSI (DEPTH>=9-1/2") Center Fb=1,700 PSI, E=1,300 KSI, Fv=400 PSI (DEPTH<9-112") DEFORMED BAR ANCHORS IDEA)SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM A496 AND THE REQUIREMENTS FOR TYPE"C"STUDS BEAMS AND STRINGERS: DOUGLAS FIR NO.1 FOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS D1.1.UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,DEFORMED BAR ANCHORS SHALL BE WELDED BY (INCLUDING 6xAND LARGER MEMBERS) Fb=1350 PSI Fv=170 PSI E=1,600 KSI PARALLEL STRAND LUMBER(PSL) , , , THE AUTOMATIC MACHINE WELDING PROCESS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS CHAPTER 7,WITH EQUIPMENT Fb=2,900 PSI, E=2,000 KSI, Fv=290 PSI RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER.LENGTHS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE FINAL LENGTHS AFTER WELDING. Snohomish County POSTS: (4x MEMBERS) DOUGLAS-FIR N0.1 AT NON-BRACEDIMOMENT FRAME AND NON-STRUT CONNECTIONS,A706 GRADE 60 REINFORCING BARS OF AN Fc=1,500 PSI,E=1,700 KSI RIM BOARD LAMINATED STRAND LUMBER(LSL) Public Works EQUAL DIAMETER AND LENGTH OF THE SPECIFIED DBA's MAY BE USED PROVIDED THEY ARE WELDED TO THE &BLOCKING: Fb=1,700 PSI, E=1,300 KSI, Fv=400 PSI SUPPORTING STEEL WITH E80XX ELECTRODES IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS D1.4 AND THE TABLE BELOW: (6x AND LARGER MEMBERS) DOUGLAS FIR NO.1 AT Fc=1,000 PSI,E=1,600 KSI DESIGN SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS IS BASED ON LUMBER MANUFACTURED BY WEYERHAEUSER IN ACCORDANCE 19620 67th Ave N E BAR SIZE ALL-AROUND FILLET WELD SIZE WITH ICC-ES REPORT NO.ESR-1387,REDBUILT LLC IN ACCORDANCE WITH ICC-ESR-2993,AND BOISE CASCADE IN #4,1/2"DIA 1/4" STUDS,PLATES,LEDGERS& DOUGLAS FIR NO.2 ACCORDANCE WITH ICC-ESR-1040.ALTERNATE ENGINEERED LUMBER MAY BE USED SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND Arlington, WA 98223 #5,518"DIA 5116" MISCELLANEOUS LIGHT FRAMING: Fb=900 PSI, E=1,600 PSI, Fc=1,350 PSI, Ft=575 PSI APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.A CURRENT NER OR ICC-ES REPORT AND A LIST #,3/4"DIA 3I8" STATING THE ITEM-FOR-ITEM SUBSTITUTION MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTES. PERMIT SET B DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCE FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS SHALL BE PER THE AISC CODE OF STANDARD 05/02/2025 B PRACTICE FOR STEEL BUILDINGS AND BRIDGES,SECTION 6.4 AND ASTM SPECIFICATION A6. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY ALLOWED BY THE ENGINEER,COLUMN MEMBERS SHALL NOT BE MODIFIED BY THE ROTARY STRAIGHTENING This drawing is: PROCESS. 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL:ANY STRUCTURAL STEEL THAT IS EXPOSED TO VIEW UPON 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 10 OF AISC 303. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR SPECIFIC witten permission for any other use or reproduction. FABRICATION AND ERECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL. PROJECT NUMBER: COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING: SIZE,TYPE,GAGE,AND ATTACHMENTS OF COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING SHALL BE PROVIDED AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS.NONSTRUCTURAL COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING SHALL COMPLY 212024.009 WITH ASTM A653,TYPE SS,GRADE 33,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.FOR SIZES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS,REFER TO "STEEL STUD MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION"STANDARD SPECIFICATION.ALL COLD-FORMED FRAMING SHALL ALSO CONFORM TO THE A.I.S.I."SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD-FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL • MEMBERS."ALL STUDS,TRACKS,AND JOISTS SHALL BE GALVANIZED PER ASTM A924,G60.FASTENINGS NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION LIGHT GAGE METAL FRAMING CLIPS AND CONNECTORS:NOTATIONS CALLED OUT BY LETTERS AND NUMBERS REFER TO PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED BY"THE STEEL NETWORK"AS SPECIFIED IN THEIR LATEST CATALOG. ALTERNATE CONNECTORS MANUFACTURED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ICC-AC261,THAT MEET OR EXCEED THE SPECIFIED CONNECTORS'CAPACITY MAY BE USED SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. MILL CERTIFICATIONS,SUBSTANTIATING TEST DATA,AND A LIST STATING THE ITEM-FOR- ITEM SUBSTITUTION AND CAPACITY COMPARISONS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTES. INSTALL NUMBER AND SIZE OF FASTENERS AS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER. CONNECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ENGINEERING COSTS RELATING TO REVIEW AND/OR RE-DESIGN • TO ACCOMMODATE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PROJECT MANAGER: I SES PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A A GENERALNOTES 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 ABBREVIATIONS D TIMBER CONNECTORS CALLED OUT BY LETTERS AND NUMBERS SHALL BE"STRONG-TIE"BY SIMPSON COMPANY, & AND FB FLUSH BEAM PCC PRECAST CONCRETE AS SPECIFIED IN THEIR LATEST CATALOG.ALTERNATE CONNECTORS CONFORMING WITH IBC SECTION 2303.5& @ AT FD FLOOR DRAIN PCF POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT 2304.10.3.,THAT MEET OR EXCEED THE SPECIFIED CONNECTORS'CAPACITY MAY BE USED SUBJECT TO REVIEW AS ANCHOR BOLT FDN FOUNDATION PEN PENETRATION AND APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER.A CURRENT ICC-ES REPORT AND A LIST STATING THE ITEM-FOR-ITEM ABV ABOVE FEMA FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY PERP PERPENDICULAR DYKEMAN SUBSTITUTION AND CAPACITY COMPARISONS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR ANY ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE FF FINISH FLOOR PL PLATE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTES.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ENGINEERING COSTS RELATING ADDL ADDITIONAL FIN FINISH PLCS PLACES TO REVIEW AND/OR RE-DESIGN TO ACCOMMODATE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS. INSTALL NUMBER AND SIZE OF ADJARCHITECTURE + DESIGN FASTENERS AS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER.CONNECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.WHERE CONNECTOR STRAPS CONNECT TWO MEMBERS,CENTER STRAP ON AISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION FOG FLANGE PLS PLATES ADJACENT FLR FLOOR PLF POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT A AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE FOS FACE JOINT AND INSTALL NUMBER AND SIZE OF FASTENERS AS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER,WITH EQUAL NUMBER AND SIZE OF FASTENERS IN EACH MEMBER.ALL BOLTS IN WOOD MEMBERS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A307. ALT ALTERNATE FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED PNL PANEL STUD PLWD PLYWOOD INSTALL WASHERS UNDER THE HEADS AND NUTS OF ALL BOLTS AND LAG SCREWS BEARING ON WOOD.ALL SHIMS ANCH ANCHOR FS FAR SIDE PP,ST PRECAST PARTIAL JOINT PENETRATION SHALL BE SEASONED AND DRIED AND THE SAME GRADE(MINIMUM)AS MEMBERS CONNECTED. APA AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION FT,' FEET PR CST APPROXIMATE FTG FOOTING PREFAB PREFABRICATED ALL TIMBER CONNECTORS IN CONTACT WITH PRESSURE-TREATED WOOD THAT USES PRESERVATIVE CHEMICALS AR ANCHOR ROD FTGS FOOTINGS PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT CONSULTANT:ARCH ARCHITECT,ARCHITECTURAL PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH SHALL BE MANUFACTURED FROM ZMAX STEEL BY SIMPSON(G185 STEEL PER ASTM A653),OR TYPE 304 OR 316 ASCE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS GA GAGE,GAUGE PSL PARALLEL STRAND LUMBER STAINLESS STEEL.ALTERNATIVELY,CONNECTORS CAN BE POST HOT DIP GALVANIZED PER ASTM A123 OR ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS GALV GALVANIZED P-T PRESSURE TREATED • MECHANICALLY GALVANIZED PER ASTM B695,CLASS 55 OR GREATER. STAINLESS STEEL FASTENERS SHALL BE AWS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY GB,GR BM GRADE BEAM PT POST-TENSIONED USED WITH STAINLESS STEEL CONNECTORS,AND HOT DIP GALVANIZED FASTENERS PER ASTM A153 SHALL BE GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE USED WITH GALVANIZED CONNECTORS. BI BOTTOM OF GEN GENERAL Eve ett, Street ton Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 NAILING NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED IN DRAWINGS SHALL BE AS SHOWN IN IBC TABLE 2304.10.2.NAILS SHALL BC BOTTOM CHORD GL GLUE LAMINATED WOOD R RADIUS Ph:425.741.3800 COMPLY WITH ASTM F1667. MINIMUM NAIL DIMENSIONS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: BF BRACED FRAME GLB GLUE LAMINATED BEAM RB RIM BOARD www.reidmiddleton.com BLDG BUILDING GRIND GROUND RD ROOF DRAIN ©Copyright2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. BLKG BLOCKING GSN GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES REBAR REINFORCING STEEL BARS FRAMING NAIL SIZE DIAMETER LENGTH BM BEAM GYP GYPSUM REF REFERENCE • 6d 0.113" 2" BMS BEAMS GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD REINF REINFORCE,REINFORCING 8d 0.131" 21/2" BOF BOTTOM OF FOOTING REM REMAINDER �NA�STyA BOT BOTTOM HD HOLDOWN REQD REQUIRED o4 WAS 10d 0.148" 3" w �ti s B PL BASE PLATE HDR HEADER REV REVISION C 12d 0.148" 31/4" BRG BEARING HGR HANGER _ 2 ° 16d 0.162" 31/2" BTWN BETWEEN HK HOOK SCHED SCHEDULE a 20d 0.192" 4" BU BUILT-UP HORIZ HORIZONTAL SECT SECTION 9° u239 4122/25 4'w HPT HIGH POINT SHT SHEET S E SHEATHING NAIL SIZE DIAMETER LENGTH C CHANNEL HSS HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTION SHTHG SHEATHING st°x^L EyG 6d 0.113" 13/4" CANTIL CANTILEVER HT HEIGHT SIM SIMILAR 8d 0.131" 21/4" CDF CONTROL DENSITY FILL SJI STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE PROJECT IDENTIFICAT 10d 0.148" 21/4" CG CENTER OF GRAVITY IBC INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE SOG SLAB ON GRADE 10d WI 1 1/8"SHEATHING 0.148" 2 5/8" CIP CAST-IN-PLACE ID INSIDE DIAMETER SPC SPACE,SPACING CJ CONTROL JOINT I.F. INSIDE FACE SPEC SPECIFICATION Arlington Operations BOLTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A307.LAG SCREWS SHALL CONFORM TO ASME B18.2.1.INSTALL WASHERS CJP,CP COMPLETE JOINT PENETRATION IJ ISOLATION JOINT SO SQUARE UNDER THE HEADS AND NUTS OF ALL BOLTS AND LAG SCREWS BEARING ON WOOD. INSTALLATION OF LAG CL CENTERLINE IN," INCH SST STAINLESS STEEL Center SCREWS SHALL CONFORM TO 2018 NDS SECTION 12.1.4,AND INSTALLATION OF BOLTS SHALL CONFORM TO 2018 CLDG CLADDING INCL INCLUDE SSH SHORT SLOTTED HOLE NDS SECTION 12.1.3.PRE-DRILL HOLES FOR LAG SCREWS TO AVOID SPLITTING. CLR CLEAR INFO INFORMATION STAG STAGGER,STAGGERED FOR CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT INT INTERIOR STD STANDARD ALL TIMBER FASTENERS IN CONTACT WITH PRESERVATIVE-TREATED OR FIRE-TREATED WOOD SHALL BE POST COL COLUMN STIFF STIFFENER Snohomish Count HOT DIP GALVANIZED PER ASTM A153. COLS COLUMNS JST JOIST STIR STIRRUP Y CONC CONCRETE JSTS JOISTS STL STEEL Public Works CROSS-LAMINATED TIMBER ICLTI SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSIIAPA PRIG 320-2019 CONN CONNECT,CONNECTION JT JOINT STRUCT STRUCTURAL "STANDARD FOR PERFORMANCE-RATED CROSS-LAMINATED TIMBER". EACH MEMBER SHALL CONST CONSTRUCTION SW SHEAR WALL AT BEAR AN IDENTIFICATION MARK AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A CERTIFICATE OF CONT CONTINUE,CONTINUOUS K KIP(1,000 LBS) SYMM SYMMETRICAL CONFORMANCE SUBMITTED PRIOR TO PANEL FABRICATION. LAMINATIONS SHALL CONSIST CONTR CONTRACTOR KSF KIPS PER SQUARE FOOT 19620 67th Ave N E OF"V2"LAYUP CONFIGURATION.STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE COORD COORDINATE KSI KIPS PER SQUARE INCH T/ TOP OF FOLLOWING VALUES. REFER TO SPECIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS: CRSI CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL INSTITUTE T&B TOP AND BOTTOM Arlington, WA 98223 CSJ CONSTRUCTION JOINT L ANGLE T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE 3-PLY PANEL—THICKNESS SHALL BE 3.43"MINIMUM,4.14"MAXIMUM CTR CENTER,CENTERED LBS,# POUNDS TIED TO BE DETERMINED CUFT CUBICFEET LF LINEAL FOOT TC TOPCHORD PERMIT SET MAJOR STRENGTH DIRECTION MINOR STRENGTH DIRECTION CU YD CUBIC YARD ILL LIVE LOAD TEMP TEMPERATURE B (FbS)ef,c=1,740 LBF-FTIFT (FbS)ef,so=140 LBF-FT/FT LLBB LONG LEGS BACK TO BACK THK THICK,THICKNESS 05/02/2025 B (EI)ef,o=95x101 LBF-IN2/FT (EI)ef,so=3.1x101 LBF-IN21FT d PENNYWEIGHT(NAILS) LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL THP TENDON HIGH POINT (GA)ef,o=0.46x10s LBF/FT (GAkf oo=0.46x101 LBF/FT (D) DROPPED BEAM LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL THRU THROUGH This drawing is: V,,o=1,490 LBF/FT V,,o=495 LBF/FT D-B DESIGN-BUILD LOC LOCATION TN TOE NAIL 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. DBA DEFORMED BAR ANCHOR LOCS LOCATIONS TOC TOP OF CONCRETE 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. DEL DOUBLE LONGIT LONGITUDINAL TOF TOP OF FOOTING 3.For use on this project only.obtain Architect's TIMBER SCREWS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS AND USED WITH CLT AND/OR GLULAM BEAMS written permission for any other use or reproduction. SHALL BE THE FOLLOWING: DEG,' DEGREE LPT LOW POINT TOS TOP OF STEEL DEMO DEMOLISH,DEMOLITION LSH LONG SLOTTED HOLE TOW TOP OF WALL PROJECT PARTIALLY THREADED SCREWS: DF DOUGLAS FIR LSL LAMINATED STRAND LUMBER TR THREADED ROD A DIAMETER LVL LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER TRANSV TRANSVERSE I SDCP WOOD SCREWS AS MANUFACTURED BY SIMPSON STRONG-TIE AND INSTALLED IN D DIAG DIAGONAL TYP TYPICAL 212024.009 ACCORDANCE WITH THE ICC-ES REPORT NO.3406 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS DIAPH DIAPHRAGM MATL MATERIAL FOR ALL SCREW DIAMETERS DIM DIMENSION MAX MAXIMUM LINO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE • FULLY THREADED SCREWS: DIST DISTANCE MECH MECHANICAL DL DEAD LOAD MEZZ MEZZANINE VERT VERTICAL MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SDCF WOOD SCREWS AS MANUFACTURED BY SIMPSON STRONG-TIE AND INSTALLED IN DN DOWN MF MOMENT FRAME ACCORDANCE WITH THE ICC-ES REPORT NO.3406 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS DO DITTO MFR MANUFACTURER W/ WITH FOR ALL SCREW DIAMETERS DP DEEP MIN MINIMUM W WIDTH DWG DRAWING MISC MISCELLANEOUS WD WOOD DWL DOWEL MPH MILES PER HOUR WF WIDE FLANGE DWLS DOWELS MTL METAL WHS WELDED HEADED STUD W/0 WITHOUT (E),EXIST EXISTING NF NEAR FACE WP WORKING POINT EA EACH NIC NOT IN CONTRACT WT WEIGHT EE EACH END NLG NAILING WTS WELDED THREADED STUD • EF EACH FACE NOM NOMINAL WWR WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC EJ EXPANSION JOINT NO.,# NUMBER PROJECT MANAGER: I SES EL ELEVATION N-S NORTH-SOUTH PROJECT ARCHITECT:/RSY ELEC ELECTRICAL NS NEAR SIDE JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A ELEV ELEVATOR NTS NOT TO SCALE A EMBED EMBEDMENT • ' ENGR ENGINEER OC ON CENTER EQ EQUAL OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER GENERAL NOTES AND EQUIP EQUIPMENT O.F. OUTSIDE FACE EQUIV EQUIVALENT OPNG OPENING ABBREVIATIONS ES EACH SIDE OPP OPPOSITE ETC ET CETERA OSB ORIENTED STRAND BOARD E-W EAST-WEST OSH OVERSIZED HOLE •' EW EACH WAY OWJ OPEN WEB JOIST EXP EXPANSION EXT EXTERIOR EXT GR EXTERIOR GRADE 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 S1.11 PLAN NOTES S1.11 LEGEND D (SEE S0.05 FOR ABBREVIATIONS) 1. SLAB ELEVATION SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON PLAN.SEE ARCHITECT FOR SLAB STEP LOCATIONS RECESSED SLABS,AND RAMPS.SLAB-ON-GRADE SHALL BE 4"THICK REINFORCED WITH#4 @ 12"OC EACH WAY AT CENTER. PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER PER SPECIFICATIONS BELOW SLAB AT INTERIOR SPACES FX FOOTING MARK PER FOOTING SCHEDULE 11/S3.01 OVER FREE-DRAINING CAPILLARY BREAK MATERIAL PER SPECIFICATIONS. (X'-XX") TOP OF FOOTING ELEVATION,SEE NOTE 3 FOR TYPICAL ELEVATION WHERE NOT NOTED 2. PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION/CONTROL JOINTS IN SLABS ON GRADE TO DIVIDE SLAB INTO RECTANGULAR AREAS 100 SQUARE FEET OR LESS.AREAS SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY SQUARE AND HAVE NO ACUTE ANGLES.SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.JOINT LOCATIONS MUST BE DYKEMAN STEP IN FOOTING ELEVATION PER 105.01 APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT.SEE 31S3.02 AND 8IS3.02. [H] [L] HIGH[H]ANDLOW[L] 3. TOPS OF ALL INTERIOR FOOTINGS SHOWN ON THIS SHALL BEAT ELEVATION 44",UNO.TOPS OF EXTERIOR I PERIMETER FOOTINGS IN THIS PLAN SHALL ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ❑ HSS COLUMN THIS LEVEL BE AT ELEVATION 4-6",UNO.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH FINAL SITE GRADES AND MAINTAIN MINIMUM DEPTH OF FOOTINGS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS 4. SEE ARCHITECTURAL/MECHANICAL/CIVIL/UTILITIES DRAWINGS FOR UNDERSLAB PIPING.COORDINATE FOUNDATION DEPTHS AND PIPING IN BF-X PER S2.01 THRU S2.02 ACCORDANCE WITH 10IS3.01. TOP OF SLAB ELEVATION 5. SIZES OF MEMBERS OF BRACED FRAMES APPEAR ON BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS.SEE SHEETS S2.01 THRU S2.02. CONSULTANT: 6. ALL STAIRS AND LANDINGS NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE DESIGN-BUILD COMPONENTS.ALL DESIGN-BUILD COMPONENTS SHALL BE DESIGNED,DETAILED,AND SUPPLIED BY THE STEEL FABRICATOR.SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES FOR SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 7. SEE S3.01 AND S3.02 FOR TYPICAL CONCRETE FRAMING AND FOUNDATION DETAILS. Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. • S1.12 LEGEND S1.12 PLAN NOTES (SEE S0.05 FOR ABBREVIATIONS) �ttARD STD 1. FINISH TOP OF CONCRETE DECK SLAB ELEVATION SHALL BE AS NOTED ON PLAN.SEE ARCHITECT FOR SLAB STEP LOCATIONS,RECESSED SLABS,AND ww F WAS C ❑ HSS COLUMN THIS LEVEL RAMPS. r2 ❑ COLUMN BELOW THIS LEVEL 2. TOP OF STEEL BEAM ELEVATION SHALL BE 6"BELOW CONCRETE DECK ELEVATION PER PLAN,UNO. C•719 wC 4122I25 BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS 3. TYPICAL DECK SLAB CONSISTS OF 3"METAL DECK WITH 31/4"OF CONCRETE COVER PER 3/S5.01. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL REINFORCING AS SHOWN ON THE oS LE sti BF-X PER S2.01 THRU S2.02 DRAWINGS.SEE 12/S5.02.SEE ARCHITECTURAL AND FOR SLAB STEPS AND RECESSES. SPAN DIRECTION OF METAL DECK 4. STEEL BEAMS SHALL BE EQUALLY SPACED,UNO. PROJECT IDENTIFICATI SLOPE DIRECTION 5. DECK SLAB EDGES SHALL BE PER DETAILS 3/S5.03 AND 41S5.03,UNO. Arlington Operations BMA MOMENT CONNECTION PER 6. SIZES OF ALL BRACED FRAME MEMBERS ARE SHOWN ON BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS. Center BMA HIGH LOAD CONNECTION PER 12/S5.01&1/S6.02 7. SEE S5.01 THROUGH S5.03 FOR TYPICAL STEEL FRAMING DETAILS. FOR [X'-X"] TOP OF STEEL ELEVATION 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY FLOOR PENETRATION DIMENSIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL,MECHANICAL,AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.REINFORCE ALL OPENINGS AT FLOOR DECKS PER 8/S5.02,UNO.ALL OPENINGS ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL,MECHANICAL, Snohomish County C=X" AMOUNT OF CAMBER REQUIRED AT BEAM MID SPAN AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL OPENINGS NOT SHOWN.CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE ARCHITECTURAL,MECHANICAL,AND ELECTRICAL (X) NUMBER OF SHEAR STUDS DRAWINGS FOR OPENINGS NOT SHOWN IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SUPPLY OPENING SIZE,LOCATION,AND CONFIGURATION TO THE STEEL Public Works FABRICATOR PRIOR TO SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL.OPENINGS OCCUR WHERE ANY DUCT,CONDUIT,PLUMBING,OR OTHER IMPLEMENT PASSES THROUGH [H]AND[L] INDICATES FRAMING HIGH[H]AND LOW[L] THE FLOOR OR ROOF. AT <X> CONNECTION PER 111S5.01, 9. ALL STAIRS AND LANDINGS NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE DESIGN-BUILD COMPONENTS.ALL DESIGN-BUILD 19620 67th Ave N E EXCEPT WITH<X>BOLTS COMPONENTS SHALL BE DESIGNED,DETAILED,AND SUPPLIED BY THE STEEL FABRICATOR.SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES FOR SUBMITTAL TOP OF SLAB ELEVATION REQUIREMENTS. Arlington, WA 98223 10. CLT PANELS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO BEAMS BELOW WITH 318"DIA PARTIALLY-THREADED WOOD SCREWS @ 12"OC IN THE FIELD,AND 6"OC AT PANEL STRAP PER NOTE 11 EDGES.JOIN PANEL EDGES PER DETAIL 4/S6.10&8/6.10. PERMIT SET A B 11. (1)CMSTC12 x 8'-0",UNO PER PLAN.CENTER STRAP ON CLT PANEL TOP LAMINATION AND LOCATE STRAP CENTERLINE WITHIN V-0"OF CLT PANEL EDGE, 05/02/20255 B UNO PER PLAN. CENTER STRAP OVER CLT PANEL SPLINE,UNO PER PLAN. This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. S1.13 LEGEND 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's S1.13 PLAN NOTES witten permission for any other use or reproduction. ❑ COLUMN BELOW THIS LEVEL 1. CLT PANELS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO BEAMS BELOW WITH 318"CIA PARTIALLY-THREADED WOOD SCREWS @ 12"OC IN THE FIELD,AND 6"OC AT PANEL PROJECT EDGES.JOIN PANEL EDGES PER DETAIL 4/S6.10&8/6.10 u - SPAN DIRECTION OF CLT PANEL 2. WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED,ROOF SHEATHING SHALL BE 518°PLYWOOD SHEATHING(PANEL SPAN RATING 40120).INSTALL 2x6 FLAT BLOCKING AT ALL 212024.009 UNFRAMED PANEL EDGES.NAIL SHEATHING TO ALL FRAMED PANEL EDGES,DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARIES,STRUTS,AND BLOCKING,AND BELOW WIT 10d @ 6" 00- SPAN DIRECTION OF FRAMING MEMBERS OC.NAIL SHEATHING TO ALL INTERMEDIATE FRAMING WITH 10d @ 12°OC. • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 3. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS DO NOT SHOW ALL LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL UNITS,PIPING,OR OTHER EQUIPMENT(REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL,MECHANICAL, PLYWOOD SHEATHING PER NOTE 2 PLUMBING,ELECTRICAL,AND FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS).THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THE FINAL WEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS OF THE UNITS AND PIPE RUNS(INCLUDING SPECIFIC SUPPORT LOADS AND SUPPORT CONFIGURATION)WITH THE WOOD JOIST AND TRUSS MANUFACTURER,M I E/P/FP CONTRACTORS AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO JOIST OR TRUSS FABRICATION.SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. BF-X PER S2.01 THRU S2.02 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY FLOOR,ROOF,AND WALL PENETRATIONS AND DIMENSIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL,MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. REINFORCE ALL OPENINGS AT FLOORS AND ROOF PER DETAILS.STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS DO NOT SHOW ALL OPENINGS.SEE ARCHITECTURAL,MECHANICAL [H]AND[L] INDICATES FRAMING HIGH[H]AND LOW[L] AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL OPENINGS NOT SHOWN.OPENINGS OCCUR WHERE ANY DUCT,CONDUIT,PLUMBING,OR OTHER IMPLEMENT PASSES THROUGH THE FLOOR,ROOF,OR WALL. • SLOPE DIRECTION 5. FALL ARREST ANCHORS(INCLUDING LAYOUT)ARE DESIGN-BUILD COMPONENTS AND SHALL BE ISSUED AS A DEFERRED SUBMITTAL TO THE ARCHITECT AND PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL(SEE SPECIFICATIONS).CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LOCATIONS OF ANCHORS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF THE PROJECT MANAGER: I SES STRAP PER NOTE 7 FRAMING MEMBERS.SEE DETAILS FOR ANCHOR SUPPORT DETAILS.SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FALL ARREST ANCHOR LOCATIONS. PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSY A JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A 6. SEE MECHANICAL FOR FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING.SEE I1/S6.01 FOR OPENINGS IN GLULAM BEAMS.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE OPENINGS IN JOISTS •., A WITH JOIST DESIGNER. 7. (1)CMSTC12 x 8'-0",UNO PER PLAN.CENTER STRAP ON CLT PANEL TOP LAMINATION AND LOCATE STRAP CENTERLINE WITHIN V-0"OF CLT PANEL EDGE,UNO PLAN NOTES AND PER PLAN.CENTER STRAP OVER CLT PANEL SPLINE,UNO PER PLAN. LEGENDS 1 2 3 1 4 5 2 3 4 5 FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 D CONSULTANT:ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 17'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 21'-6" 14'-6" Everett,Washington 98204 00 CENTERLINE STEEL COORDINATE ELEVATOR TYp Pww.rei741.38to PIT DEPTH W/ELEV MFR SIM wwwpyright 2025 Reid ��101/ 6 TYP 10 10 ' ' ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. HSS8x8x518 HSS8x8x5/8 S3.03 HSS8x8x518 53.03 6'-0" 53.0 • CENTERLINE STEEL -- -- -- ----- -------- - A L � J (BF-01) wns�Lcn I tiw .- tip s c 12 F1 F1 HSS8x8x3/8 _ , r ABOVE , r , HSS8x8x318 2 c C,. ' - J Cb�39 t�ra 4122/25 S3.0 ---- �� HSS8x4xl/2GUIDERAILPOST 53.0 ;I; o e _ S`oNAL ECG 12 - HSS5x5x318 I HSS5x5x8 HSS5x5x3/8 LLTI , iL �_� 5.2 HSS5x5x318 E ILDSTAIR r 011 j PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: PER PLAN NOTE 6 I I -------- - -- — ,-------� ------------------------- - Arlington Operations I I I Center I I I Fi I I I HSS5x5x3/8 I 4 DP F O R SOG PER NOTE 1 I I S3.0 I SEE NOTE 2 DWI 0 G G m I '� Snohomish County 0LLI SS5x5x318 FBF6 0 0 � I Fi m Public Works 1 --_ ____-- — _--- --- — l! - ---- r- rl j TYP AT BF - --- 1— ---- AT ------- --------Ir— - -I- +-- --_--- -------- ----- -� - - - - -- - 12 - ----- - ---- — — -- C 19620 67th Ave NE F1 S3.0 L_ J J HSS5x5x3/8 L-T-J HSS5x5x3/8 Arlington, WA 98223 HSS4x4x114 ____�, F2 BF-02 L-- -J l o � HSS4x4xl/4 Hssaxaxi O L— F2 PERMIT SET B -�_ ° 0 0 11 G I ------� 05/02/2025 B 6 q HSS5x5x3/8 L This drawing is: H x Q. F1 HSS5x5x318 F1 � r-t � - - F2 i 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. S3.0 F1 F1 0 n12 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. L—- 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's _ -+ +---- --+- -+--- I- -+ -----------+- ----------- ------ written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT L J HSS5x5x318 HSS5x5x318 1'0" TYP AT INTERIOR HSS5x5x3/8 ( )' UNO AT EXT HSS4x4x1/4 212024.009 53.0 FOOTINGS,UNO SEE NOTE 3 SEE NOTE 3 HSS4x4x114 I � � F2 0 • L J MARK DATE DESCRIPTION { S3 05 I II I I HSS4x4x114 �- --- -� --- --- �- - - - 1 --- L— L-1 Fzzj CENTERLINESTEEL L2 - L L ------- B��----- --J HSS4x4xl/4 HSS4x4x1/4 HSS4x4xl/42 HSS4x4x114 S3.0 HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4x114 6'0" fi 0" 10 3/8" - ••• " r--1 Ft-1 F-t7 Ft-1 Ft-1 F- -1 F- h —_—_—_—_—_I + i+_—_ _—_— GE: PN PRINCIPAL IN CHAR C PROJECT MANAGER: SES F2 L1S-------= F2 -----------Z F2 -----------Z F2 --- F2 -----------Z F2 --------�� F2-----L- F2 PROJECT ARCHRECT:I RSV HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4xl/4 HSS4x4xl/4 HSS4x4xl/4 HSS4x4x1/4 HSS4x4x114 //}' HSS4x4x1/4 I HSS4x4x114 JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A (- :7 CENTERLINE STEEL- •• A LINO AT AT EXT SEE NOTE 3 1 O2 O3 4O O5 6 7 8 FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL o e' s �•. FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL Scale:1/8"=1'-0" 1/8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 2 4 5 FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 D CONSULTANT:ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 8 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 00 52. Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 8 8 www.reidmiddleton.com S5.03 S3.0 ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. ------------------ -------+------- ----� ' �� p WAS (if AB 01' N�tO��T c �� 6 A �W y C _ x � I - Qf I' vl S o Qo v �' �� E(8 /� 9 4Q194122I25 x22 L) L)� Lj LjLj U U CU UU L1 C 14x2 HSS4x4x3I8 — 0 0 0 0 0 r" x °xAL E 5 � 3 0 0 0 0 0 3 W14x22(8) 7 � 11 TYPS5.0 I a 0� 0 L)C 0 C� C CC LjC C� W14x22 v = TS5 PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: W 18x35(24) GL 8 314 x 9 W18x46(24) ((�� W 18x46(24) W 18x46(24) _ 18x4614) — — 1 �� 1 CD �� GC83�x� �� C�D �� IHSS5x5x3/8 i Arlington Operations S6.0 S6.0 COMPOSITE DECK 3 Center TYP TYPCZ 00 0 CDC) 00 CDC I PERNOTE3 FOR �o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o OPEN TO BELOWLL ,4'-0" ( " _ 0 m Snohomish County GL3112x9 W18x35 S501 0 0 I 3 Public Works W18x46(8) -� 18x55(28)-STRU W18x46(24 I + ��(;�J AT —-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-— DIN GL5118x24 — �� _---- W18x46(24 - - - ------- ----------- 19620 67th Ave NE BF-02III Arlington, WA 98223 SEE NOTE 6,TYP AT W 14x22 BRACED FRAMES N O O O O A F N N N I 0 �0 0 o �� PERMIT SET L 51I8 x 1 05/02/2025 BC D B HSS4x4 4 N This drawing is: S4 x114 i 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. HSS4x4x11 x4 1/ J 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. i646(8 W 18x46(14) 18x46 14) W18x46(154 W 18x46(14) GL 6 3/4 x 21 _ _ _ _ _ 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's GL5118x12 written permission for any other use or reproduction. w I 4411 S 4 COMPOSITE DECK PER NOTE 3 S 414 I m I A 1 A 14 A S1 PROJECTA i 3-PLY CLT PANELS 6 3-PLY CLT PANELS 3-PLY CLT PANELS NUMB J212024.009 3-PLY GILT PANELS c� r _ TYP THIS OPNG • N GL5118x IL MARK DATE DESCRIPTION X 3 A 4'0"TYP 1 °O A 6 0 i HIS OPNG 6 8 0 3-PLY CLT PANELS e' GL6314x21 GL6314x21 GL6314x21 2)GL31I2x24FLITCH (2)GL3112x24FLITCH Sa. GL5118x12 W18x46 8 BEAM STRUT BEAM STRUT E 6F 03 A 0 A A J A PROJECT l o m m PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC GL51/8x15 GL5118x15 GL5118x15 14 GL5118x15 GL5118x15 GL5118x15 v GL51/8x12 PROJECT MANAGER: I SES 3-PLY CLT PANELS S6.03 TYp PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A A • 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 g FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL o a' a' s ,. FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL Scale 1/8"-I'T <� NORTH 1 2 4 2 3 4 5 FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 D CONSULTANT:ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 L 4 3 6 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 S6.01 S6.01 S6.0 7 Everett,Washington 98204 S6.0 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. I $ I I • (2)GL 31/2 x 21 FLITCH S6.0 (2)GL 31/2 x 21 FLITCH —-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—- --GL 5118x21[H]--------BEAM STRUT[H]--- - ------- -- -- - ---BEAM STRUT[H]----- -----GL51/8x21[H]----- - -GL51I8x18 ----------- HSS12x6x112[L] HSS12x6x112[L] �� HSS12x6x112[L] HSS12x6x112[L] _ oe WASH A, BF 01 x �° ,o ti�T s c M 3-PLY CLT PANELS °D GL51/8x21 GL51/8x21 GL5118x21 GL5118x21 GL5118x21 c� J DO 9 9os94a azvzs S6.01 e�G SSIoxAL F� TYP J I xy x x w 6 v o ? 2 � S6.01 0 � � 56.01 °° 3-PLY CLT PANELS R• ' •DO DO DO DO DO DO lie y I ------ ------- B Arlington Operations M � x xx 2 Center FOR TYP DO GL 5118 x21 GL 51/8x21 DO m DO DO [ o seol M Bso1 i s l �m Snohomish County TYP 36.01 I Public Works S6.0 2 S6.01 j [H] [L A A Do ss.o DO ° DO DO AT I A A -------------------- ----B" — S6.0 (2)GBEAMSTRUTFLITCH ------- ----------- 19620 67th Ave NE 8 = GL5118x21 4 „� Arlington, WA 98223 7 M c m M GL 51/8 x 21 GL 5118 x 21 3-PLY CLT PANELS DO DO CO GL 51/8 x 18 3-PLY CLT PANELS Do � PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B d p rx x c% F � A 5 � " A " A " A _ This drawing is: 56.0 q a w m m m 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. U (7 C7 A m A 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. --- --- — --------- GL5118x21 GL5118x21 GL5118x21 GL51/8x21 GL5118x2, sa' _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ O 3.For use on this Project only.Obtain Architect's D written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 8'-0" 3-PLY CLT PANELS A xis-0 212024.009 GL5118x15 • a MARK DATE DESCRIPTION of M SEE S1.12 FOR LOW �I c� ROOF FRAMING GL51/8x15 -------------------- -—-—-—-—-—- ----- - -- --t------------- --------------t-------------- -----------t------- E I I I I I I I LOW ROOF i I I I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I P PROJECT MANAGER: NC SES PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV A JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A 1 O O 4O O g 7 g ROOF PLAN o a' a' s ROOF FRAMING PLAN S'Aei18,._1,0, 1/8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 O 1 2 3 4 5 D 2 I DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN I l I I I I I I I I COL PER PLAN COL PER PLAN 2 I� Q CANOPY FRAME Q MITER AND WELD CORNERS II I I r=:j CONSULTANT: ' C10x15.3 x HSS12x8xl/2 H -------- ------------------ ------------ I I � sheetSuite 200 ------------------ ----------------- — HSSSx4x112[FLAT) Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 —-—- HSS12x8[H]8[L] A www.reidmiddleton.com ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. I I ryjEHSS12x6x1/2—L HSS8x4x3/8 GUIDRAIL POST HSS8x4x318 GUIDERAIL POST OIST BM---------------- HSS12x8xl/2[L] 6-----------I -- "1 "�39 w4122I25 0 e� �w fl d N S`r ONAL ECG rn I la —aa I w HSS4x4x3/8 POST PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: n IM S5.0 Arlington Operations M x x IN Center I 1= FOR I , -------- Snohomish County Public Works l AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 II II II I II PERMIT SET B it o 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. ELEVATOR SHAFT ELEVATION 6 LEVEL 2 FRAMING PLANPROJECT NUMBER 1/2"=1'-0" 1/4"=1'-01. 212024.009 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN IN CHARGEIPNC PROJECT MANAGER: PROJECT PROJECT ARCHITECT I JOBJOB CAPTAIN rp,PJCPJC A A PARTIAL PLAN & ELEVATION 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 n 4 5 3 4 4 I a I D � TYP 55.11 _ � ------ -------I — ------ ROOF . . S 4 TYP W14x26 I W14x26T ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ROOF 13 13 11 L 12 /HS yn Nt }} tis •xITYP 6 55s 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 9 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com TYP S5.1 O S5.11 ©Copyright2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. LEVEL2_TIFF � • ,ramx W14x34(12) pwns� x l 0 I � J 600 az2125 CONG S3 04 PER PLAN LL s xill PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: LEVEL 2-T/FFF TYP S5.11 =11 I Ijl I lil 2 2 FTG PER PLAN Arlington Operations �IIV J I L -------I�-------- Center III I II LEVEL 1-T/FF IIu IIu ------ ------- -- - FOR 11u I11 I II I II 56 Snohomish County 1 ,, 111 Public Works I'll I'll _ I II I II OA — 1— 0 AT lllu illlu �� BF-02 ELEVATION I Y I II BF-02 1/4„=V-0.1 19620 67th Ave NE S503 ilu Arlington, WA98223 I'I I'll LEVEL 1-T/F� PERMIT SET 05/02/2025 B B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. _ 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. A — A Architects 3.For use on this project only.Obtain FTG PER PLAN written permission for any other use or reproduction. BI01 BF-01 ELEVATION PROJECT NUMBER 1/4•=V-0" 212024.009 } LEVEL 2-T1 FF MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 8 + -------- -- _—--- ------ --- — ---- TYP S5.1 55.11 W 14x30� i I I O I I III PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC ,ZSy B PROJECT MANAGER: I SE. PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV JOB CAPTAIN: EP,Pic A = O = O= FTG PER PLAN •- A TYPI8 S5.11 �EVEL 1_rIFF BRACED FRAME --------- ---------- ELEVATIONS II •. B�03 BF-03 ELEVATION 1/4"=V-0" 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D --------- ROOF Q Q W 14X34 -- DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 13I -------------------------- --------- ROOF TYP 4 . .. 13 4 W14x30 I' S5.11 TYP S5.11 - CONSULTANT: L 13 I I �I 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 O I�I Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com y}} ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. y��s �y5 II II I I 12 I� • t ------ I.I — ---- 21 5.11 9 LEVEL 2=TI FF �opwns�� II I II 6 O LEVEL2-T/FF TYP 8 — 12 TYP S5.1 S5.11 — 9 — W21 x83 18 u�as �a azvzs --------- — --- S5.1 ea 01 fj I� Arlington Operations t� ti N Center TYP 6 O 55.11 FTG PER PLAN FOR ---------- — _—__—_ LEVEL 1-TIFF Snohomish County Public Works TYP S5.11 FTG PER PLAN — AT LEVEL 1_T/FF 1- r------_—__—__—_--- 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 IF O5 BF-05 ELEVATION 1/4 -1-D PERMIT SET B OA --I' - -I 1-1 QA n n 05/02/2025 Y Y B /� This drawing is: B_F->4_ 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 4 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. TYP 55.11 W14X30 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architects written permission for any other use or reproduction. BF 04 ELEVATION — 1/4"=V-0" ,��0 14 PROJECT •• 212024.009 11 14 `S4k4 III TYP •t3� —O — ------- S5.10 i B —— I • LEVEL 2-TI FF MARK DATE DESCRIPTION HSS14x6x112 _ III I x 10 6 ,Q N S5.11 I -� ss6, I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC �n_ PROJECT MANAGER: SES PROJECTARCHITEoD CT:I RSV 6 FTG PER PLAN JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A TYP 55.11 O OI I •• A ------ -- -- ------- ------- LEVEL 1-TIFF I I BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS B' BF-06 ELEVATION , 1/4"=V-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 db=BAR DIA 6 db MIN FOR#5 AND SMALLER MINIMUM STRAIGHT DEVELOPMENT LENGTH(Lb)T D=FINISHED INSIDE BEND DIAMETER 12 db MIN FOR#6,#7 AND#8 Lm INTERSECTING BAR Lb, D=6 db FOR#3 THRU#8 Lbt D D=8 db FOR#9,#10 AND#1 l UP TO 2'-0"TO 4'-0" CORNER BAR WI STD HOOK fc=4.000 to 5.000 PSI D=10 db FOR#14 AND#18 z �� BAR SIZE TOP BARS OTHER BARS BEND DIAMETER SCHEDULE N � #3 19" 15" ALTERNATE 90°AND135°ENDS #4 25' 19" DYKEMAN ON CONSECUTIVE CROSSTIES #5 31" 24" #6 37' 29" CROSSTIES #7 54" 42" ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN CROSSTIE #8 62" 48" #9 70" 54" 4 WALL BARS SHALL BE W 1 8" W/1 WALL STL #10 87' 67" TIED TOGETHER a,sa WI 180°HOOKS WI 180°HOOKS #11 87" 67" 2112"MIN 1 HOOKS AND BENDS ti r "TOP BARS"ARE HORIZONTAL BARS WITH MORE THAN 12"DEPTH OF CONCRETE CAST BELOW THEM. CONSULTANT: BEAM STIRRUPS UP TO 2'-0"T04'-0" 2'p" IF CLEAR CONCRETE COVER IS LESS THAN 1x THE DIAMETER OF THE • V-0"MIN HOOK AT BAR OR THE CENTER-TO-CENTER SPACING IS LESS THAN(3)BAR SEE SCHED 8IS3.01 ADJACENT BARS DIAMETERS,THEN VALUES SHALL BE INCREASED BY 50%. 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 go 1 Everett,Washington 98204 MINIMUM LAP SPLICE LENGTHS(Lb)T(CLASS B) Ph:425.741.3800 g U END BAR �'_J www.reidmiddleton.com BARS LARGER THAN#11 fc=4.000 to 5.000 PSI ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. SPLICES FOR SUCCESSIVE BAR SIZE TOP BARS OTHER BARS • SHALL BE WELDED OR TIES TO BE PLACED AT MECHANICAL SPLICED ALTERNATE CORNERS 16 db EA #3 @ 8" TYP WALL STL #3 25" 19" ENSIGN WI 180°HOOKS #4 33" 25" SPLICE COLUMN TIES #5 40" 31 #7 7 64" oF`°"SLR TYP REINFORCING BAR BEND AND LAP DETAILS '� TYPICAL CONCRETE WALL PLAN DETAILS 3 #6 48" 37" TZ " " NTS NTS #8 811" 62" � a aizzrzs Ld #9 91" 70" 90 as 1.5H MIN TYP #10 10 79 4" " s Dxa1 EyG — F �r__ MATCH FTG �,a Q BOT REINF +"TOP BARS"ARE HORIZONTAL BARS WITH MORE THAN 12"DEPTH PROJECT IDENTIFICATI OF CONCRETE CAST BELOW THEM. �Q IF CLEAR CONCRETE COVER IS LESS THAN 1x THE DIAMETER OF THE Arlington Operations G Q BAR OR THE CENTER-TO-CENTER SPACING IS LESS THAN(3)BAR _ DIAMETERS,THEN VALUES SHALL BE INCREASED BY 50%. Center 3'-0 I AX $ I FOR _ MINIMUM EMBEDMENT LENGTHS(Ldh)+FOR STANDARD END HOOKS oz U Snohomish County BAR SIZE fc=4,000to5,000PSI Public Works �a #3 6° AT #4 7" SEE GSN FOR COVER 46 10" 19620 67th Ave NE (2)#5BARS,TYP �BIFTG LL #7 12" Arlington, WA 98223 NOTES: (1)BAR EACH SIDE,TYP (1)BAR 2Ld DIAG #8 14" PLAN AT MID-DEPTH,TYP 49 15" 1. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL WALL REINFORCING NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. III III #10 17" NOTES: #11 19" PERMIT SET B 2. TERMINATE INTERRUPTED HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT WITH TybP NOTES: 05/02/2025 B STANDARD HOOK. D 1.5H MIN 1, BAR SIZE TO MATCH SLAB REINFORCING. 1. SIDE COVER MUST BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 2112". This drawing is: 3. REFER TO CIVIL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF PIPE PENETRATIONS. MIN 2. IF TWO LAYERS OF STEEL IN SLAB,PROVIDE OPENING REINFORCEMENT FOR EACH LAYER. 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. STEEP AS POSSIBLE 2. END COVER FOR 90 DEGREE HOOKS MUST BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 2". 2.The Architects Instrument. Professional Service. TYPICAL TYPICAL 3Foreseen fission for anly.her use Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. REINFORCING AT PIPE PENETRATION IN WALL TYPICAL STEPPED FOOTING DETAIL (� REINFORCING AT SLAB ON GRADE OPENING 7 DEVELOPMENT AND SPLICE LENGTH TABLES 8PROJECT NTS NTS v NTS NTS #4 CONT SOG,SEE PLAN FOR REINF PIPE SLEEVES: 3xD OR 6"CLR L COL&FTG 212024.009 ID OF SLEEVE SHALL (WHICHEVER IS GREATER) BE 2"MIN LARGER MIN BTWN ADJ PIPE SLEEVES • THAN OD OF PIPE FTG REINF TO BE CONT -III—III- 6" 6 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION STEP HEIGHT 5 4" FDN WALL TRENCH ¢LL I I COL PER PLAN _= SEE 121S5.03 FOR BP&AB i I #4 CONT SOG,SEE PLAN FOR REINF Fri E CONC SLAB PER PLAN IJ,SEE 31S3.02 TYP ; z z Qa - FOOTING SCHEDULE I TI SLAB ELL �1 BOTTOM TOP SEE PLAN 1 24" v MARK WIDTH LENGTH DEPTH (7)#7 EW REMARKS 121S3.01 SEE PLAN&111S3.01 FOR —III REINFORCING REINFORCING III PROJECT REINF TO MATCH SOG REINF 24" — — I ___- 4"5 STEP HEIGHT 5 T-0" N ____ F2 4'-0" 4'-0" V-6" (4)#6 EW 121S3.01 SIZE,DEPTH&REINF " x PRINCIPAL IN MANAGER: :I PNC z wg PROJECT MANAGER: SES z — FBF6 PER (7)#9 LONGIT (6)#9 LONGIT o PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV SOG,SEE PLAN FOR REINF 6'-0" PLAN 3-6" #5 @ 9 TRANS #5 @ 9 TRANS 121S3.04 c0 w� JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A OPTIONAL � _ BIFTG EL A Lb Lb MIN, CONSTJT MN PER „ (11)#9LONGIT (10)#9LONGIT AN w z —III—I �� TYP 1 FBF10 10'-0" 3-6 121S3.04 3"CLR, 1"MAX SEE PLAN •- PLAN #5 @ 9 TRANS #5 @ 9 TRANS N g #4 CONT 24" SIZE&QUANTITY 2 a ,.� FTG PER PLAN TYP TYP TYPICAL CONCRETE J #4 x� @ 12" TO MATCH FTG REINF SECTION aO NOTES: ELEVATION FTGWIDTH DETAILS EXCAVATION FOR PER PLAN . PIPE TRENCH PARALLEL.1 PIPE MUST RUN PERPENDICULAR THROUGH WALL •. c� 6„ 8„ TO FTG NOT ALLOWED 1'-0"5 STEP HEIGHT 5 2'-0" 2. MAXIMUM SLEEVE DIAMETER EQUAL TO 8". BELOW THIS LINE , TYPICAL SLAB ON GRADE STEP DETAILS 9 TYPICAL PIPE ENCASEMENT AT FOOTING 10 FOOTING SCHEDULE 1 1 TYPICAL INTERIOR FOOTING DETAIL 12 NTS NTS NTS NTS 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 1'4"LONG SMOOTH DWL BAR @ 12" 112"EXP JT MATL D W/DIA=V8,INSTALL FLUSH AGAINST UNDERSIDE OR PERP SLAB REINF BACKER ROD&JT FILLER ADD(2)#4 WHERE CJ OR CONST JT SEE 51S3.02,TYP DOES NOT OCCUR 7SUB 18" WALL PER IJW/PREMOLDED z ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN #4DWLx 16" STL COL PLAN JT FILLER WALL PER fi—_----- a SEE PLAN FOR@BASE PL BELOW PER PLAN I PLAN I / w SLAB REINFCONC SOG VP STL COL � FILL W/CONC / SEE 5/53.02,TYP m BASE PER SOG,SEE PLAN FOR REINF _ Q I STL COL IL J �, SOIL REPORT PER PLAN AFTER FLR / C CONC SOG 2"CLR,TYP #4 CONT T&B / Ir-- SLAB POURED PER PLAN EXTGR _ TIS_LAB ��LJ// 1 II / BASE PL 1// 1 SEE PLAN --L/ CJ OR CONST JT BELOW EXPANSION JOINTCONSULTANT: J WI PREMOLDED 1 1 FILL WI CONC AFTER JT FILLER,TYP \ (2)#4 TYP BASE PIL I //�1 SEE 81S3.02,TYP (2)#4 TYP FLR SLAB POURED a BELOW 1 1 • 1 2 � CJ OR CONST JT FILL WI CONC / CONC SOG J 1'-0"LONG SMOOTH DWL BAR @ 12" 118"MIN SAWCUT OR FORMED AFTER FLR c 728134th Street SW,Suite 200 SEE 8IS3.02,TYP (2)#4 TYP /y!Q WI PREMOLDED Wl DIA=V8,INSTALL FLUSH AGAINST CONST JT TO BE FILLED Everett,Washington 98204 4 SLAB POURED A UNDERSIDE OR PERP SLAB REINF W/JOINT FILLER 9 $" JT FILLER Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com PLAN AT INTERIOR COLUMN PLAN AT EXTERIOR COLUMN PLAN AT CORNER COLUMN ————- @Copyright2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. SEE PLAN FOR • ' � SLAB REINF SUB BASE PER WAs �ti •.�tiT�s C TYPICAL EDGE OF SLAB ON GRADE DETAIL 1 TYPICAL STEEL COLUMN ISOLATION JOINT DETAILS 2"CLR,TYP SOIL REPORT _ C NTS NTS CONSTRUCTION JOINT �a 4122I25 u7as L s� r O�S w 0 tk 24" g 118"MIN SAWCUT OR FORMED '• ' • #4 x L�@ 18" CJ TO BE FILLED —� v W/JOINT FILLER Arlington Operations STAIR&ANCHORAGE �L (1)#4 EACH NOSE = Center — WALL OR COL TO SLAB BY OTHERS SOG,SEE PLAN #4 x 16" FOR 16" SUB BASE PER iI-- BACKER ROD&JOINT FILLER @ 16" —I #4 @ 18"EACH WAY Snohomish County EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL w TISLAB� - CONTROL JOINT Public Works SEE PLAN AT rp 1 w w -- A NOTE: NOTES: 19620 67th Ave NE - 1. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR III—III 9" 9" 16" 16" STAIR TREAD AND RISER INFORMATION. 1. CONSTRUCTION JOINT MAY BE USED AT ANY CONTROL JOINT SHOWN ON PLANS AT Arlington, WA 98223 III- III— (3)#4 x�� CONTRACTORS OPTION. NOTES: (2)#460TTOM 2. REFER TO PLANS FOR SLAB THICKNESS AND REINFORCING. PERMIT SET 6"B 1. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING FOR LOCATIONS. 3. CONTROL JOINTS TO BE SPACED AT 10'-0"ON CENTER MAXIMUM,EACH WAY.RATIO 05/02/2025 B MIN OF DISTANCE BETWEEN CONTROL JOINTS IN EACH DIRECTION FOR A SLAB PANEL 2. EXTEND THICKENED SLAB V-0"PAST STAIR,EACH SIDE. SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.5.CONSTRUCTION JOINTS PER THIS DETAIL SHALL BE This drawing is: CONSIDERED AS CONTROL JOINTS FOR CONTROL JOINT SPACING REQUIREMENTS. 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. TYPICAL ISOLATION JOINT TYPICAL THICKENED SLAB AT DESIGN BUILD STAIR (� TYPICAL STAIR ON GRADE DETAIL 7 TYPICAL SLAB ON GRADE JOINT DETAILS 8PROJECT NUMBER NTS NTS v NTS NTS 3"MIN CLEAN SURFACE PRIOR TO CONC POUR L7x4x3/8x0'-10"LLV W/ 212024.009 1'-0"MAX CONC PAD fc=3,000 PSI (2)314"DIA x 6"WHS @ 6"OC 9"MAX SEE ARCH, #4 @ 12"EACH WAY PROVIDE ANGLE @ 3'4-OC MIN(3)ANGLE AS READ BY #4 CONT 18" • MECH,&ELEC C) ELEV SUPPLIER MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ~u~i #4x @12" M r' SOG 6 _ SEE PLAN #4x F—@ 18'AROUND PERIMETER OF PAD,DRILL #4 CONT III— 1&GROUT W/NON-SHRINK GROUT INTO SLAB,TYP BENT PL3/8 OR ANGLE EQUIPMENT PAD 18" FULL WIDTH OF PIT III- o #4 xL_@ 12",TYP — GALV GRATING _ 18" 3/16 6 a III oPROJECT 6"TO 8",SEE ARCH, 8", 3116 6 MECH&ELEC #4 @ 10"CONT,TYP TYP N PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC 9"TO V-6',SEE ARCH, PROJECT MANAGER: I SES MECH&ELEC r/I PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV (1)#4 CONT © JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A 7�, Of rL 2-p. #4 x - A 1'-0"MAX SEE ARCH, #4 @ 18"DRILL (2)#4 CONT M MECH,&ELEC,TYP &GROUT WI I NON-SHRINK #5@12"EACH WAY L4x3xi/4LLVAT EACH TYPICAL CONCRETE GROUT INTO SLAB SUMP WI 1l2"DIA EXP `� BLOCK OUT SLAB AS @ 9"OC EMBED 2 318"REQDATPLUNGERDETAIL 11— (4)#4 x�EACH WAY EQUIPMENT CURBS SEE PLAN FOR 2'-0"x 2'-0"x 2'-0 TYPICAL , CURB AND PAD ON CONCRETE SLAB DETAILS 10 TYPICAL ELEVATOR PIT 12 NTS NTS 2 3 4 5 2 3 14 5 OVER PER GSN,TYP NO OPNG REINF REQD FOR 3x LARGER OPNG(1'-0"MIN) TI WALL PER ARCH OPNG NOT LARGER THAN DIM TO EDGE OF ADJACENT OPNG D 12"SO OR 12"DIA WHERE MAXIMUM HORIZ DESIGN PRESSURE: 35 PCF OPNG ARE LOCATED PER ADD(1)#5 x 6'-0"DIAG FOR EACH LAYER SEISMIC SURCHARGE PRESSURE: 10"H THE LIMITS SHOWN,UNO OF WALL RENIF,TYP AT OPNG MINIMUM ALLOWABLE BEARING: 4,000 PSF —III COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION: 0.30(INCLUDING FACTOR OF SAFETY) DYKEMAN _T/FLOOR SLAB III III PASSIVE RESISTANCE: 300 PCF —III UNIT WEIGHT OF SOIL: 110 PCF fc: 4,000 PSI ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ADD(2)#5 HORIZ Fy: 60,000 PSI I TYP AT OPNG 4 - • V-0"MIN STEM WALL VERT REINF o -------- -- — ----- #5 @ 12"VERT TOE SIDE, PER SCHED,UNO SCHEDULE TYP WHERE Is 10" WALL EDGE OF I #5 @ 12"HORIZ HEEL SIDE,TYP w MINIMUM MINIMUM STEM REINF FTG REINF CONC WALL I 2'-0"TYP,FLOOR n HEIGHT 4 Bi" B2" 4 _T/FLOOR SLAB #5 @ 18"HORIZ TOE SIDE, _ „H• VERTICAL TOP — TYP WHERE Is>10" I I ADD(2)#5 VERT UP TO 5-1)" 8" 1'-0" 3'-0" 1'-0" #5 @ 12" #5 @ 12" � CJ,LEAVE ROUGH 6'-0" 8" 1'-8" T-6" V-0" #5 @ 12" #5 @ 12" HOOK TYP WALL REINF TYP AT OPNG AS REOD SEE TYP DET HOOK IF MIN LENGTH #6 @ 12"BOT 8'-0�- 110"- 2'-3" 4'-3" 1'-6" #6 @ 12" #6 @ 12" 728 134th Street Sw,Suite 200 10'-0 2'-3" T-6" 1'-6" #7 @ 8" #6 @ 10" Everett,Washington 98204 NOT AVAILABLE,TYP _ _ FTG TOP REINF PER SCHED Ph:425.741.3800 I— —III #6 @ 12"TOP FULL WIDTH NOTE: SEE DETAIL 8/S3.03 WHERE"H"EXCEEDS 10'4'. www.reidmiddleton.com NOTE: — — @ Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. 1. TYPICAL WALL REINFORCING NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY,EXCEPT AS NOTED. o w w x oWAS tiw ._ tipTs TYPICAL CONCRETE WALL REINFORCING 2 "Bi" "B2" TYPICAL CONCRETE CANTILEVER WALL 4 _ z NTS NTS 46719 a 4122I25 eONA � OSL PROJECT Arlington Operations fvL SPLICE HORIZ REINF PER 81S3.01 Center COL PER PLAN SIZE&SPACING PER 10/83.03 OVER PER GSN,TYP F O R a #5x�@10" � (4)#5 VERT TI WALL PER ARCH u Snohomish County Public Works T -11 I—III=i' = AT III 1 III' 19620 67th Ave NE CONC WALL PER PLAN 8" 8" 314"DIAx31/2"STUDS Arlin ton, WA 98223 @ 10"OC,EA SIDE g #8 @ 8"VERT HEEL SIDE PERMIT SET B #5 @ 12"VERT TOE SIDE #5 @ 12"HORIZ HEEL SIDE,TYP 4 05/02/2025 B v #5 @ 18"HORIZ TOE SIDE This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. CJ,LEAVE ROUGH 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's "TOPwritten permission for any other use or reproduction. PILASTER AT BASEMENT WALL #7@8 PROJECT #6 @ 12"BOT —— #6 @ 12"TOP FULL WIDTH 212024.009 w = w - MARK DATE DESCRIPTION x #6 @ 10",VERT #6 HORIZ INSIDE FACE DOWELS TO MATCH WALL Q • VERTS(CTRD IN WALL) CAST SLAB AGAINST WALL #5 @ 14",HORIZ INSIDE FACE (#8 @ 6"HORIZ INSIDE FACE AT SIM) #6 @ 12"VERT PROJECT TEAM SOG PER PLAN T-O" 2'-O° T-O" 6'-4" PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC RIGID INSULATION PER ARCH PROJECT MANAGER: I SES PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV SHORING WALL PROVIDED JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A BY CONTRACTOR A I III III -1 =III= #s@1z"TRANs CONCRETE DETAILS (3)#5 CONT LONGIT . �a n 1'-0" , CONCRETE WALL AT FOOTING SECTION 10 TYPICAL CONCRETE CANTILEVER WALL '� 2 3/4"=1'-0. 3/4"=1'-o. 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D CONSULTANT:DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. • �F WAS r�A ti�s r C C C6719 t�ra 4122I25 e OSL PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations CONC WALL PER PLAN Center PL314xl2x2'-2 W/ F O R V CLR (12)314"DIA x TI DBA ICL COL �LCOIL Snohomish County Public Works — —-—-—-—- - -—- = e AT / ��Ry �> 19620 67th Ave NE �F B" B" I I / u, I I Arlington, WA 98223 PLAN PERMIT SET / B 05/02/2025 B I I I I I I I I I I BRACE PER EL WI SLOT I SEE 81S5.10 FOR ADDL INFO This drawing is: / SOG PER PLAN 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. FOR GUSSET PL PER 21S5.10 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this Project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. I / / — — — — — — — — — PROJECT COL PER BF EL //// —I III=III=III=III —III=III=III III=III 212024.009 TOP BARS PER SCHED I I I I /� I I III 11 I I I I I I—I I I I 1 11 I—I I I I—_I I i • r/ :..:......; w l /// III III—III MARK DATE DESCRIPTION r / a #5 XL-] I I I I I I I I s I I I I I I I I a / 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 I I I I I I I I I I III I I I I I I I I I I I I � GUSSET PL PER 8185.11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BOT BARS PER SCHED LL PROJECT RETAINER PL PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PROVIDE(5)SETS OF TIES ON (4)#5 x� PER DETAILS PROJECT MANAGER: I SES STUDS PER6/S3.03 _iNii PROJECT ARCHITECT:IRSV ES OF BASE PLATE AS SHOWN JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A 8" 8" 8" FTG WIDTH,PER SCHEID •-. A CONCRETE DETAILS SECTION GUSSET CONNECTION AT BASEMENT WALL 10 BRACED FRAME FOOTING 12 3/4"=1 3/4''-0" =1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D CONSULTANT:DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. • �F WAS r C C C6719 a 4122I25 eONA � OSL MTL STUD PER ARCH 12/87.01 PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: VENEER PER ARCH Arlington Operations I I Center I I DECK&TOPPING PER PLAN W/REINF of z FOR PER 121S5.02 AT EXPOSED SLABS #4 CONT I FINISHED GR OR PAVING c PER CIVIL ILANDSCAPE Snohomish County s Public Works 36 ��_ _ AT #4 x--�36@ 12"TOP 19620 67th Ave NE LEDGER L4x6x5/16(LLV)W1314•CONC Arlington, WA 98223 SCREW ANCHORS @ 24"(EMBED 5112") I #5 T&B #4x-12� @12"T&B PERMIT SET IN EPDXY GROUTED HOLES B 05/02/2025 B 2 CLR RIDGID INSULATION PER ARCH This drawing is: BASEMENT WALL AND 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. REINF PER 10/S3.03 SHORING WALL PROVIDED 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's BY CONTRACTOR written permission for any other use or reproduction. EXTERIOR WALL GRID A PROJECT NUMBER: 3/4"=1'-0" 212024.009 PER ARCH MARK DATE DESCRIPTION MTL STUD FRAMING PER SCHED 12/S7.01 F_V VENEER ANCHORS PER SPECIFICATIONS I I MASONRY VENEER SOG PER PLAN PER ARCH I �(2)#4CONT I I RIGID INSULATION #4 x 7 @ 12• PROJECT PER ARCH I I FINISHED GR OR PAVING PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PER CIVIL I LANDSCAPE PROJECT MANAGER: I SES CAPILLARY fx PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV BREAK PERJOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A CIVIL/GEOTECH -41— ., A SPREAD FTG PER PLAN #4 @ 12"HORIZ EA FACE (WHERE OCCURS) CONCRETE DETAILS I III- I #4 x L @ 12"VERT EF 1' —————1-6—-- FTG DRAIN PER CIVIL (2)#4 CONT T&B I I�WHERE OCCURS L- TYPICAL EXTERIOR FOUNDATION DETAIL 2 , 3/4"=1'_0" 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 ADDITIONAL REINF PER 12/S5.02 D/3 DIA HOLES MAX,TYP PUDDLE WELD 1"RADIUS CORNERS,TYP D s 6x6 W1.4 x W1.4 WWR LOCATIONS x X X X X X X X X X X X X 0 _ DYKEMAN NOTES: ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 112"MIN >� 1. USE GAGE OF DECK PER SPAN TABLE AT LEFT(SPAN TABLES ASSUME SHORING WILL NOT 2l3 D MAX I TYPE=ASC 3W OR VERCO W3 FORMLOK,G60 GALV WITH FOLLOWING MINIMUM PROPERTIES: BE USED).DECK SHALL HAVE 150 PSF SUPERIMPOSED LOAD CAPACITY. NOTES: o OR 2.5 x HOLE SIZE Fy=38KSI, PANELWIDTH=36" 2. PROVIDE(4)1/2"DIA EFFECTIVE PUDDLE WELDS PER SHEET TO ALL SUPPORTS 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF ALL BEAM PENETRATIONS WITH 20 GA 18 GA 16 GA PERPENDICULAR TO DECK FLUTES.PROVIDE 1/2"DIA EFFECTIVE PUDDLE WELDS @ 24"OC MECHANICAL DRAWINGS.ALL PENETRATIONS LARGER THAN 2"DIA SHALL BE SHOWN ON SHOP I=0.896 IN' I=1.203 IN' =1.509 IN° TO ALL SUPPORTS PARALLEL TO FLUTES. DRAWINGS OR SKETCHES AND SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER FOR APPROVAL.FIELD CUTTING NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT APPROVAL. CONSULTANT: S=+0.534/-0.564IN' S=+0,767/-0.767IN' S=+0.9601-0.960IN' 3. CONNECT DECK SEAMS WITH BUTTON PUNCHES @ 36"OC. 2. OPENINGS MAY OCCUR IN MIDDLE HALF OF BEAM LENGTH ONLY. 4. DECK MUST STRICTLY MEET CRITERIA LISTED INCLUDING ICC-ES RESEARCH REPORT 31/4"TOPPING ALLOWABLE SUPERIMPOSED LOADS.SUBMIT DECK INFORMATION TO ENGINEER PRIOR TO 3. NO CUTTING SHALL OCCUR IN TOP OR BOTTOM QUARTER OF BEAM DEPTH. BEGINNING SHOP DRAWINGS. 728134th Street SW,Suite 200 20 GA 18 GA 16 GA 4. ADJACENT OPENINGS SHALL BE SPACED AT THE LESSER OF V-O"OR 2.5 x LARGER OPENING Everett,Washington 98204 SINGLE SPAN CONDITIONS 9'4" 11'-0" 12'-0" 5. REINFORCE DECK OPENINGS PER 8/S5.02,UNO DECK OPENINGS MAY NOT BE SHOWN ON SIZE,EDGE TO EDGE. www.reidmiddleton.com DOUBLE SPAN CONDITIONS 10'4" 12'-0" 13'-O" PLAN,SEE ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. TRIPLE SPAN CONDITIONS 11'-0" IT-O" 14'-0" 6. SEE 10155.02 FOR CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. 5. MAXIMUM SIZES OF OPENINGS SHALL BE D/3 DIA OR D13 x 2/3 D. • 6. NO OPENINGS SHALL OCCUR WITHIN V-0"OF AN ADJACENT BEAM CONNECTOR. REQUIRED OPENINGS NOT MEETING ABOVE CRITERIA SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ��1 vn CONTRACTING OFFICER FOR REINFORCING DESIGN. of WAS C 3" FLOOR DECK WITH 3" CONCRETE TOPPING BEAM PENETRATION DETAIL 4 _ D NTS NTS 9 wa azzrzs uz1a HIGH LOAD BEAM CONNECTION SCHEDULE'V o SS L E�G�w NOTE: NUMBER AND SIZE CONNECTION BEAM OF PLATE WELD SIZE PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: 1. THIS PLAN VIEW ONLY APPLIES WHERE HIGH LOAD CONNECTION SIZE A325N-SC BOLTS THICKNESS W OCCURS ON ALL(4)SIDES OF COLUMN,OR WHERE HIGH LOAD W8,W10 4 718"DIA 112" 5116" Arlington nOperations CONNECTION OCCURS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF COLUMN,BUT CANNOT () g BE KERFED DUE TO PERPENDICULAR KERF PLATE CONNECTION. W12,W14 (6)7/8"DIA 1/2" 5116" Center 8"MAX W16 (8)718"DIA 1l2" 5116" FOR PL1/2AT HIGH LOAD STANDARD BOLTED BEAM CONNECTION SCHEDULE"A" W18,W21 (10)7/8"DIA 1/2" 5116" Snohomish County 1"TYP CONNECTIONS (OMIT WHERE HSS NOMINAL BEAM NUMBER AND SIZE OF CONNECTION PLATE WELD SIZE W24 12 718"DIA 1/2" 5116" SHEAR PL PER 12IS5.01 STL COL PER PLAN WALL THK EXCEEDS 3/8") CONN PER 11/S5.01 SIZE A325N BOLTS THICKNESS W ( ) Public Works OR BF EL WHERE OCCURS W27 (14)7/8"DIA 1/2" 5116" W8,W10 (2)718"DIA 3/8" 1/4" AT a W12,W14 (3)718"DIA 3/8" 114" W30 (16)7/8"DIA 112" 5116" W16 (4)7/8"DIA 318" 1/4" NOTES: 19620 67th Ave NE PL1 112(GR 50),EXTEND 1" KERF PL CONN PER SECT W18,W21 (5)7l8"DIA 318" 114" Arlington, WA 98223 ABOVE&BELOW SHEAR PL (PER BF CONN DETAIL WHERE OCCURS) PER 12 S5.01 W24 (6)7/8-DIA 318" 114" 1. ON PLAN,INDICATES HIGH LOAD CONNECTION TYPE SHOWN ON SCHEDULE"B". PER 12185.01 W27 (7)7/8"DIA 318" 1 114" 2. PROVIDE MINIMUM OF CLASS A FAYING SURFACE ON PLATE AND BEAM WEB PERMIT SET B W30 (8)7l8"DIA 318" 114" FOR INSTALLATION OF SLIP CRITICAL BOLTS. 05/02/20255 B PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW NOTE: 3. HIGH LOAD CONNECTION REQUIRED ONLY WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON This drawing is: 022 1. <X>ON PLAN,INDICATES NUMBER OF BOLTS IN CONNECTION,IF DIFFERENT PLAN(SEE LEGEND ON PLAN SHEETS)OR DETAILS. 1.Copyright cts Dykemen,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. FROM SCHEDULE"A". 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's FACE OF SUPPORTING MEMBER written permission for any other use or reproduction. CAP PL114 AT TOP OF COL FACE OF SUPPORTING MEMBER PROJECT NUMBER 1"GAP,TYP WHERE OCCURS,UNO PL SIZE&BOLTING PER 11 BM 1S5.01 1"GAP,TYP 1 3/4",TYP 212024.009 PER 3",TYP HIGH LOAD CONN PER 12/S5.01 WHERE 1 3/4"TYP W SEE 1 1/2"MAX W SEE f1 112"MAX • 111S5.01 INDICATED ON PLAN OR DETAILS W SCHED"A" W SCHED"B" MARK DATE DESCRIPTION STRUT BEAM,PER 1 (SEE DETAIL AT LEFT WHERE HIGH LOAD AT STD CONN PLAN EACH SIDE i i CONNS OCCUR ON OPP SIDES OF COL) I PER 12/S5.01 PER PLAN ° o 10 0 I_I I I II I I - - loo �0 0 I o o f t o 0 0ll I o II a I o o l IIo o o l o o 0 0 l l,!t o o o COPE FLG COPE FLG WHERE REQD PROJECT CONN PL AND BOLTS PL PER SCHED(GR 50) WHERE REQD PER SCHED"A",TYP PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: PNC a SLIP CRITICAL BOLTS PER SCHED PROJECT MANAGER: I SES KERF PL SIZE&BOLTING "B"IN STD ROUND HOLES PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV PER HIGH LOAD CONN I I PL PER PLAN VIEW 'o i i STD ROUND HOLES IN PL, I SCHED OF 121S5.01 STL COL PER PLAN ~ EXCEPT AS NOTED JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A STL COL PER PLAN B ' A BEAM TO COLUMN BEAM TO BEAM BEAM TO COLUMN BEAM TO BEAM WHERE HIGH LOAD CONNECTION OCCUR ON TYPICAL STEEL OPPOSITE SIDES OF A HSS OR PIPE COLUMN TYPICAL DETAILS BEAM TO HSS COLUMN CONNECTIONS 10 TYPICAL BEAM CONNECTION 7/8" BOLT '� '� HIGH LOAD CONNECTION 7/8" BOLT 1 2 , NTS NTS NTS 2 4 5 2 13 4 5 D NOTES: SUPPORTING BEAM BEAM PER PLAN,TYP BOLTED CONN PER 11IS5.01 PER PLAN,TYP (NUMBER OF BOLTS PER 1. FOR HOLES 4"DIAMETER OR LESS,OR 4"SQUARE OR LESS,NO STRENGTHENING IS REQUIRED PROVIDED THAT HOLES ARE NOT CLOSER THAN 12"OC. LAY OUT DECK TO PROVIDE PLAN WHERE INDICATED) DECK&TOPPING PER PLAN 3"MIN CONTACT BETWEEN 2. FOR HOLES GREATER THAN 4"UP TO 8"DIAMETER OR 8"SQUARE,PROVIDED HOLES ARE NOT CLOSER THAN T-0"OC,PROVIDE TRIM BAR AS SHOWN. DYKEMAN LOW FLUTE&FLANGE OR CUT DECK HIGH FLUTE&INSTALL 3. FOR HOLES GREATER THAN 8"UP TO 24"DIAMETER OR 24"SQUARE,USE L2x2x3/16 ALONG(2)SIDES AS SHOWN. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SHEAR CONNECTORS FILLER PLATES AS READ o PER PLAN&6ECTO1S5.02 BTWN ADJACENT LOW FLUTES 4. FOR HOLES GREATER THAN 24"DIAMETER OR 24"SQUARE,SEE PARTIAL PLAN. 1112" TYPICAL PER 11/85.01 "MAX(NOTE 2) #4 TRIM BAR(4 SIDES) EXTEND 2'-0"BEYOND OPNG CONSULTANT: PI-1/2 x 3 1/2 x 0'-7" 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 BEAM PER PLAN,TYP W/(2)3l4"DIA BOLTS @ 3"OC Everett,Washington 98204 r7MAIN BEAM TYP BEAM TO BEAM Ph:425.741.3800 �CONN PER 121S5.01 www.reidmiddleton.com 5116 24"MAX(NOTE 3) ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. DECK PERPENDICULAR TO BEAM DECK PARALLEL TO BEAM #4 TRIM BAR(4 SIDES) 3l4"DIA PUDDLE C8x11.5 1 AT W8 AND W10 BEAMS WELDS,TYP • --- — — x ° ^SST METAL DECK OVER COMPOSITE BEAMS 1 BEAM TO BEAM AT DIFFERING ELEVATION 2 Z _ '2 NTS NTS w MTL DECK 9 u�as �a 4122I25 SPAN DIRECTION ae �L a� C8x11.5 �S L z 2 CELLS FOR C=8"TO 14"OR o 8 MAX (X)STUDS EQUAL SPACE 8 MAX 3 CELLS FOR C=14"TO 24"(TYP) w MAIN BEAM PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: DECK&TOPPING PER PLAN STUDS PER ARCH SEE PLAN FOR NUMBER OF STUDS m I i &121S7.01 BXTEND-EAM PER PLANWHEREOCCURS, Arlington Operations I i i EXTEND L2x2 SAME AS OPP END 3116 314"DIA HEADED STUDS,TYP WHERE NO BEAM OCCURS PARTIAL PLAN Center x x x x x x x Szx ---------- -_-- --------- 112" F O R DECK EDGE PER 31S5.03 C) Snohomish Count`/ w o #4 TRIM BAR 4 SIDES J o 7 z ( ) 1/2"CIA PUDDLE WELDS 4'-0"MAX BEAM PER PLAN OR BF EL _ EXTEND T-0"BEYOND OPNG 6"OC ALL AROUND HOLE (NOTE 4) Public Works PL1I4x3x0'-6" (X)=TOTAL NUMBER OF STUDS PER PLAN @ 3116 2 EACH END AT TYPICAL BEAM - 19620 67th Ave N E L3112x3112x5116@B'-0"MAX I i _____ I I a NOTES: Arlington, WA 98223 z w ¢w� �'LL 1. CENTER CONNECTORS OVER BEAMS AND GIRDERS,TYPICAL. CONN PER 4IS7.01 w J LOC C8 AT FIRST LOW FLUTE ¢ 24"MAX NEAREST EDGE OF OPNG CONN PER 2/S5.02 PERMIT SET 2. WHERE DECK FLUTES ARE PERPENDICULAR TO BEAMS,USE(2)STUDS PER (NOTE 3) (W8 CONDITION) B STUDS PER DETAILS FLUTE @ 3"OC WHERE NUMBER OF STUDS EXCEEDS NUMBER OF FLUTES. 3"MAX 3"MAX 05/02/2025 B AT LEVEL BELOW -L4 3. SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES FOR STUD REQUIREMENTS. This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. A-A SECTION B-B SECTION 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. DECK EDGE AT EXTERIOR CJ COMPOSITE HEADED STUDS 6 REINFORCING AT MISCELLANEOUS COMPOSITE SLAB OPENINGS PROJECT NUMBER: NTS NTS NTS L3x3x3116 AROUND 212024.009 COL FOR DECK SUPPORT PLACE WWR BELOW TOP BARS AS SHOWN (NOT READ AT SIDES WHERE • INCOMING BEAMS OCCUR) DECK&TOPPING PER PLAN MARK DATE DESCRIPTION LAY OUT DECK TO PROVIDE m 3"MIN CONTACT BETWEEN LOW ao CJ LOCATIONS TO BE DETERMINED BY CONTR, PLAN VIEW A WAY,CONT o FLUTE AND FLANGE OR CUT ~o SUBMIT PROPOSED LOCATIONS TO THE o DECK HIGH FLUTE AND INSTALL ENGINEER FOR REVIEW&APPROVAL PRIOR TO SHEAR J FILLER PLATES AS READ DECK&TOPPING PER PLAN POURING CONIC TOPPING 4�OR PLAN CONNECTORS BTWN ADJACENT LOW FLUTES (ORIENTATION VARIES) ION VARIES PER PLAN #4 x 4'-0"@ 12",CTR ON JOINT OR —— ER PLANJECT TEAM EXTEND REINF PER PLAN FOR CCURS •FULL LAP SPLICE LENGTH 3116 2-6 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: PNC (WHICHEVER IS GREATERREINF) ------ —�— PROJECT PROJECT MANAGER: --------- PLACE TRANSV BAR #4X12 PROJECT PROJECT ARCHITECT: DIRECTLY BELOW EA WAY,CONT JOB CAPTAIN�EP,PJCPJC A II WWR AS SHOWN �- A LAP WWR PER GSN,TYP TYP 3116 STL COL PER PLAN II (HSS WHERE OCCURS) BEAM PER PLAN GIRDER PER PLAN TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS DECK PERPENDICULAR TO BEAM DECK PARALLEL TO GIRDER SECTION CONTROL JOINT IN COMPOSITE DECK 10 METAL DECK TO STEEL COL CONNECTION DETAIL 11 ADDITIONAL REINFORCING AT COMPOSITE DECK 12, � 2 , NTS NTS NTS 2 3 4 5 2 13 4 5 BEAM PER PLAN SHEAR CONNECTOR PER OFFSET BENT PL&WELD TO BEAM PLAN WHERE OCCURS SHEAR CONNECTOR PER ° FLG WHERE VERT LEG IS 4"OR LESS PLAN WHERE OCCURS L NOTIFY ENGINEER g NOTIFY ENGINEER PER �IFEXCEEDED iL �IFEXCEEDED NOTES NOTES I PER DECK I "L" DYKEMAN L„ NOTES 10"MAX 3116 2-12 BENT PL1l4x J xCONT 82" 18"M 32" 1 4 #3 x SPACE PER #3 x SPACE PER ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SCHED BELOW(3l4"CLEAR SCHED BELOW(3/4"CLEAR DECK BELOW BOTTOM FLANGE FROM TOP OF SLAB) #4 CONT WHERE FROM TOP OF SLAB) #3 HOOKS OCCUR #4 CONT WHERE _____________________ _ _ ___ #3 HOOKS OCCUR Elf w !i w rn 3" DECK&TOPPING PER PLAN CONSULTANT: EDGE FORM BY MTL DECK DECK&TOPPING PER PLAN w v EDGE FORM BY MTL DECK BENT PL114 x_]CONT o SUPPLIER THICK ENOUGH SUCH • a BEAM PER PLAN SUPPLIER THICK ENOUGH SUCH > THAT SHORING IS NOT READ BEAM PER PLAN THAT SHORING IS NOT READ 3/16 2-12 BEAM PER PLAN L3x3x114 CONT 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 BEAM PER PLAN *SPACING SCHEDULE *SPACING SCHEDULE www.reidmiddleton.com L<6" OMIT#3 BAR @ Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. L<4" OMIT 3116 2-12 g"<L<10" 32"OC • 4"<L<8" 32"OC DECK ABOVE TOP FLANGE DECK BETWEEN FLANGE 10"<L<18" 24"OC 8<1 12" 24"OC pgn PLATE TO STEEL BEAM CONNECTION DETAIL 2 COMPOSITE DECK EDGE PERPENDICULAR 3 COMPOSITE DECK EDGE PARALLEL 4 _ '2 D NTS NTS NTS C• t�ra 4/22I25 739 1 112"TYP 1 112"TYP s� SstoxAL ECG HSS GUIDERAIL SUPPORT 1 1 ;, EMBED PL112x6xNOMINALBERM ;, EMBED PL1l2x6x NOMINAL BEAM COL PER PLAN DEPTH FOR W8&W10 W/ DEPTH FOR W12,W14&W16 W/ 1" �1/4 (3)SIDES (8)STUDS (6)STUDS •• . • BEAM PER PLAN 114 (3)SIDES ° 3116 1/4 ° PL SIZE&BOLTINGArlington Operations j N" PER 111S5.01,UNO 3"MAX Center BASE PL3/8x4xl'-0" BEAM PER PLAN EMBED PL F O R 1112"TYP 1112"TYP Snohomish Count I � L EMBED PL112x9x NOMINAL BEAM — BEAM PER PLAN EMBED PL112x9xNOMINAL BEAM DEPTH FOR W24 W/ ®i cfl y v 4" DEPTH FORW18&W21W1 (12)STUDS Public Works O (8)STUDS V V N STD HORIZ SHORT 4U6' AT SLOTTED HOLES IN PL 19620 67th Ave N E PL3/8 EACH SIDE WI I (2)518"DIA A307 =_= 114 (3)SIDES Arlington, WA 98223 THRU BOLT IN LSH PER 11IS5.01 I I HSS GUIDERAIL N L6x5x318x1'-0"(LLV) NOTES: FACE OF PERMIT SET B SUPPORT COL PER PLAN W/(2)5/8"CIA A307 BOLTS @ 6"OC CONIC WALL 05/02/2025 B IN 314"x 2"VERT SLOTS 1. ALL STUDS SHALL BE 314"CIA x 6"HEADED STUDS UNO.SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES FOR REQUIREMENTS. 2. HORIZONTAL DISTANCE FROM EDGE OF CONCRETE TO CENTER OF NEAREST STUD SHALL BE 6"MINIMUM. This drawing is: ROOF CONDITION AT OFFSET BEAM 3. PLACE EMBED PLATE IN WALL SUCH THAT ATTACHED PLATE WILL BE HORIZONTALLY AND VERTICALLY CENTERED,UNO. 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. ELEVATOR GUIDERAIL POST CONNECTION 6 TYPICAL EMBED PLATE CONNECTION TO FACE OF CONCRETE WALL 8PROJECT NUMBEIR:— NTS NTS L QL L L 212024.009 1 1/2"TYP �L 1 1/2"TYP 1 112"TYP L • 0 0 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION � - Fu�_ + TYp 1/4 1"DIA HOLES,TYP �F 112" PLAN-TYPICAL PLAN-EDGE PLAN-CORNER LCOLPROJECT HSS OR PIPE COL PER PLAN BASE PLATE SCHEDULE PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC _ (4)314"DIA ANCHOR BOLTS WI COLUMN PLATE SIZE PLATE THICK PROJECT MANAGER: I SES rUn 9"EMBED,TYP SIZE LxW "t" PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV 1 JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC w HSS4x4 10"x 10" 314" A a 1"NON-SHRINK GROUT _ A F 1 HSS5x5 12"x 12" 1" • TI F� HSS8x8 14"x 14" 1 114" TYPICAL STEEL NOTE: DETAILS 1. SEE 10/85.03 FOR BASE PLATES OCCURRING ON TOP OF WALLS. DBL HEX NUT AT EMBEDDED END,TYP , SECTION TYPICAL BASE PLATE DETAIL '� 2 NTS 1 2 3 4 5 2 13 4 5 BRACE PL THICKNESS "L" PL WIDTH, WELD SIZE SIZE (GR 50)(IN) (IN) "W"(IN) (IN) D HSS4x4 1/2 6 2 5/16 HSS5x5 1/2 6 3 5116 HSS6x6 112 8 4 5116 D YKEMAN HSS BRACE PER EL w HSS7x7 1/2 10 5 5/16ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN PER ' ' GR 50 REINF PL = 5z REINF PL PER SCHED SCHED i ' ES PER SCHED RADIUS=1/2 tz / i GRIND SMOOTH COL PER BF EL --- i i i 1 -------------- / CONSULTA BRACE PER BF ELAND DETAILS ' ———————————— —————————— �// �l EL WHERE OCCURS y ( 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 I i j GUSSET PL PER SCHED 10IS5.10 Everett,Washington 98204 [31 "L" **CP / www.reidmiddleton.com BASE PL PER 12IS5.10 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. ' GUSSET PL PER SCHED OF 10IS5.10 I j PL WASHER PER 12/S5.10 • NOTE: (CONFIGURATION VARIES) SECTION I WP 1. NOTCH TOUGH WELD FILLER MATERIAL REQUIRED FOR ALL WELDS THIS Z, ///�� T s c DETAIL.SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES FOR REQUIREMENTS. BRACE REINFORCING PLATES L ° c NTS LEVELING NUTS r 46�]9 �C 4122I25 W8x40 SHEAR LUG,CONTR TO Asti E �� PROVIDE BLOCKOUT IN PIER CP FLANGES PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: EXTEND ANCH RODS WITHIN 6"FROM B/FTG WEB 5/16 Arlington Operations Center BI FTG — 2"TYP F O R BRACED FRAME CONNECTION SCHEDULE (3"AT21/4"RODS) GUSSET GUSSET BRACE COLUMN BEAM END BEAM MIDDLE RETAINER PL1,GR36 Snohomish County OR BASE Public Works MARK PLATE PLATE WELD WELD WELD PLATE WELD DETAIL NOTES O THICKNESS GRADE Wbr Lb, W� L� Wbe Lbe Wt. L* Lg REFERENCE AT (IN) (IN) (IN) (IN) (IN) (IN) (IN) (IN) (IN) Oi 1/2 50 318 12 318 18 318 18 8/S5.11 NOTE: 19620 67th Ave NE 1. **COLUMN WELDS TO BASE PLATE ARE CLASSIFIED AS"DEMAND CRITICAL"SEE GENERAL Arlington, WA 98223 O2 3/4 50 7/16 15 112 28 112 18 8/S5.11 STRUCTURAL NOTES FOR SPECIAL WELD FILLER MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS. < 3/4 50 9/16 18 112 32 1/2 20 8/S5.11 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B O4 1 50 11/16 16 11116 30 11/16 18 05.11 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. O 3/4 50 3/8 12 - - - - 1/2 50 12 6/S5.11 - 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 10IS5.11, written permission for any other use or reproduction. Os 3/4 50 7116 16 1l2 az zo 12IS5.11 BRACED FRAME COLUMN BASE AND ANCHORAGE 8 PROJECT NTS O7 3/4 50 3/8 12 1/2 40 12 10/S5.11 _ 212024.009 O8 1 50 5/8 16 11/16 50 16 12/S5.11 GRID 4" 4" 8" 8" 4" • O9 3/4 50 112 14 1/2 42 14 121S5.11 23/4"CIA MARK DATE DESCRIPTION HOLES,TYP 10 1 50 7116 15 11/16 70 18 6IS5.11 — (3)SIDES,TYP ——— — — 11 1 50 1 12 11/16 70 14 61S5.11 1/4 L5x5xl/2x0'-6"TOP 8 BOT — — — — CL COL PL3/8x5"x0'-9"ES W/ERECTION BOLTS AS 1 1 1Q 1/2 50 318 12 318 12 318 18 4IS5.11 READ BY CONTRACTOR = — ( U _ 13 3/4 50 9/16 12 1/2 24 1/2 18 - - - 4IS5.11 - ii I I PROJECT II GUSSET PL PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: PNC PER SCHED BASE PI-1 3/4 GR 50 WI(8)2"DIA F1554 GR PROJECT MANAGER: SES 14 1/2 50 318 12 3/8 14 3/8 24 41S5.11 —————— 55 WELDABLE ANCH RODS AND MIN PL5/8x4 PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV CIRCULAR OR SQUARE WASHERS JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A 5/16 NOTES: A I I • (3)SIDES //4 COL PER BF EL 1. SEE DETAIL 81S5.10 FOR TYPICAL SHEAR LUG AND PL WASHERS TYP REQUIRED AT ALL BASE PLATES. BRACED FRAME i/4 2. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE,EMBED ALL ANCHOR RODS TO WITHIN DETAILS 6"OF BOTTOM OF FOOTING. 3. SEE 8/S5.10 FOR TYPICAL COLUMN WELDS TO BASE PLATES. 4. PROVIDE PLATE WASHERS AT ALL ANCHOR RODS. BRACED FRAME CONNECTION SCHEDULE 10 BRACE FRAME HSS BEAM CONNECTION '� '� BRACED FRAME BASE PLATE 2 ' NTS NTS NTS 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D BM PER BF EL DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN -1- 1 o m COL PER BF EL WP \ I o 1 Wbe Lbe BM TO COL CONN I I I i Wbe Lbe PER 8/S5.12 t I CONSULTANT: 1/2"TYP I \ \ Wbr Lbr TYP We Lc \ Wbr Lbr We Lc \ 1 1 1 \ \\` GUSSET PL PER SCHED 728134th Street SW,Suite 200 114 AT BM&BRACE CL Everett,Washington 98204 LP Ph:425.741.3800 318"STIFF PL,WIDTH www.reidmiddleton.com NOTES: CL COL TO MATCH COLUMN ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. • 1. SEE 121S5.11 NOTE 1. 2. SEE 121S5.11 NOTE 2. oWA s A 3. SEE 121S5.11 NOTE 3. BRACED FRAME CONNECTION 4 tio2� D NTS 9 uz1a �a azzrzs v 5/16 SIONAL EP LCOL BRACE PER ELWI SLOT FOR PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: ,/// GUSSET PLPER GUSSET PL PER 21S5.10 Arlington Operations \ / \\ / SCHEDATCOL �� Center / \ 6 BRACE CL // \\ HSS PER BF EL ''� / 110E / \ COL PER BF EL ,/// FOR ` / m YIELD LINES / I Snohomish County - �P - We Lc 1/2"TYP - \\ /// Wbr LbrLbr Public Works --------------------�--- We Lc T/SOG AT Wbe Lbe DEMAND KERF STL PL THRU HSS AS SHOWN BP PER 35.10 I 1 Wbe Lbe CRITICAL 19620 67th Ave NE u \ \\ PER - T/FTG Arlington, WA 98223 `\ \ NOTES: WPII \ 1. SEE 121S5.11 NOTE 1 III SEE NOTE 4 PERMIT SET / `v PER 8 S510 - 05/02/2025 e This drawing is: 3. SEE 12185.11 NOTE 3 NOTE: VERT BRACE PER 10/S5.11 1.Copyright 2022 Dykemen,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 1. SEE 12155.11 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOT SHOWN. WHERE OCCURS 4. SEE 12/S5.11 NOTE 4 3.For use on this project only.obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. CHEVRON CONNECTION AT HSS 6 BASE PLATE GUSSET CONNECTION 8PROJECT NTS NTS 212024.009 \ BM PER BF EL BRACE PER EL W/SLOT FOR Wbr Lbr • T/CONC GUSSET PL PER 21S5.10 Wbr Lbr TYP MARK DATE DESCRIPTION \TYP 1/4 !B x/ ` BM PER BF EL °O \ 1/4 YIELD / \ TICONC - - / wP - NOTES: `\ LINE,TYP REINF PLATES ` \ �,o / / 1'rn 1. SEE BRACED FRAME CONNECTION SCHEDULE 10/85.10 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PER 2IS5.10,TYP 2. YIELD LINES SHALL BE PERPENDICULAR TO BRACE CENTERLINE.YIELD LINES SHALL BE x// \ SEE NOTE 4 DRAWN FROM THE POINTS ON THE GUSSET PLATE NEAREST TO BRACE END THAT IS BM PER BF EL / /\ TI CONC GUSSET PL PER CONSTRAINED BYAWELD. PROJECT TE' SCHED AT COL& 3. DIMENSION"A"SHALL BE 2x GUSSET PLATE THICKNESS TO NEAREST YIELD LINE. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC BRACE CL,TYP , m PROJECT MANAGER: I SES \ / 4. PROVIDE LOW-DENSITY EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE(BEAD BOARD)2"THICK ON ALL SIDES - - - - - v PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV OF GUSSET PLATES WHERE BURIED IN CONCRETE,TYPICAL UNO. WP Jos CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A / \ / / \ \\ SLOT HSS VERT BRACE 7/16 (3)STIFF PI-5/8 / - A GR50 ES OF Wbm Lbm WEB,MATCH `\ // TYP BM WIDTH,TYP , \ \ Wbm Lbin BRACED FRAME VERT BRACE PER I DIS5.11 L PER NOTE: ,//// \ \ `\ SCHEIDGUSSET AT COL& DETAILS BRACE CL,TYP NOTE: 1. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOT SHOWN SEE 12/S5.11. / / / LPL LPL 1. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOT SHOWN SEE 121S5.11. CHEVRON CONNECTION CHEVRON CONNECTION 10 CHEVRON CONNECTION 12 NTS NTS NTS 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D L 3/4 DIA A325-N ERECTION DYKEMAN BOLTS PER SCHED IN HORIZ PER SCHED SHORT SLOTTED HOLES----,,, (DEMAND CRITICAL) ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN L5x5xl/2x0'-6"T&B 1/4 3 SIDES,TYP w PERSCHED (DEMAND CRTICAL) BM PER PLAN = BM PER BF EL as CONSULTANT: o IIl o o 1 I —— m 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 If——I Everett,Washington 98204 CONN PER 11/S5.01 OR HIGH LOAD Ph:425.741.3800 CONN PER 121S5.01 WHERE 2" SIZE PER SCHED 112" www.reidmiddleton.com OCCURS PER PLAN THIS SIDE (DEMAND CRITICAL) ©Copyright2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. I I I I GR 50 PL PER SCHED • I I I 3T� I I I I op WAS TYP C WELD ACCESS HOLES PER AWS D1.8 114 i D COL PER BF EL 9 uz1a �a azzrzs e� O�SL E�G�'✓ TYPICAL CONNECTION TYPICAL CONNECTION AT TOP OF COLUMN PROJECT IDENTIFICAT (SEE TYPICAL CONDITION FOR CALLOUTS IN COMMON) Arlington Operations Center SHEAR PLATE CONNECTION SCHEDULE FOR PLATE PLATE TO PLATE TO NUMBER OF BOLTS PLATE BEAM SIZE DEPTH THICKNESS COLUMN BEAM (EQSPACED) NOTES: Snohomish County (GR50) WELD SIZE WELD SIZE Public Works W12 7" 518" 7/16" 7116" 2 1. ALL WELDING SHOWN THIS DETAIL IS CLASSIFIED AS"DEMAND CRITICAL"SEE GENERAL W 14 9" 518" 7116" Ili 6" 2 STRUCTURAL NOTES FOR SPECIAL WELD FILLER MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS. AT W16 1 11" 314" 112" 9116" 3 2. WELD ACCESS HOLES SHALL CONFORM TO AWS D1.8 SECTION 6.10.1.2 AND SECTION 6.10.2 19620 67th Ave NE W18 13" 314" 1/2" 9116" 3 3. ST EL BACKING BARS AT BEAM BOTTOM FLANGE WELD SHALL BE REMOVED,BACKGOUGED. Arlington, WA 98223 AND BACKWELDED PER ANSI/AISC 358-10 SECTION 3.3.2. W21 15" 314" 1/2" 9116" 3 4. STEEL BACKING BARS AT BEAM TOP FLANGE WELD MAY BE LEFT IN PLACE PROVIDED THAT PERMIT SET W24 18" 718" 9116" 11116" 4 THE BACKING BAR IS WELDED TO THE COLUMN ON THE UNDERSIDE WITH A 5/16"FILLET WELD B 05/02/2025 B W27 21" 7/8" 9116" 11116" 4 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. W30 24" 1" 5/8" 314" 5 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. S-512 NOW BRACED FRAME BEAM -COLUMN CONNECTION 8PROJECT NUMBER NTS BM PER BF EL,TYP 212024.009 WP,TYP STUD FRAMING PER PLAN& • DETAILS(INTERIOR WALL ——————— — ———————— ——————————————— MARK DATE DESCRIPTION FRAMING PER ARCH) 1/2"DIA SPOT I I WELD @ 6"OC,TYP COL PER III 16 GA.TRACK(20 GA.MIN PLAN'TYP � HSS BRACE PER PF EL AT INTERIOR WALLS)TOP& ` I �I BOT WI 1 1l4"MIN.FLANGES (NO DEFLECTION GAP) F PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PROJECTCT MANAGER: SES PROJE ARCHITECT:I RSV A 1 JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A BRACED FRAME DETAILS NOTE: BM PER BF EL,TYP 1. SCREWS OR DRIVE PINS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE AT BRACED FRAME BRACES. ELEVATION ELEVATION HATCHED AREAS INDICATE PROTECT ZONE.WELD,BOLTED,SCREWED OR SHOT-IN STUD WALL ATTACHMENTS ARE NOT PERMITTED IN PROTECT ZONES.ALL OTHER ATTACHMENTS IN THE PROTECTED ZONES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO FABRICATION. ATTACHMENT AT BRACED FRAME BRACES 10 SEE 10/S5.12 FOR ACCEPTABLE ATTACHMENTS IN PROTECTED ZONES. BRACED FRAME PROTECTED ZONES 12 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D CONSULTANT:DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 STANDING SEAM METAL Everett,Washington 98204 C10x15.3 ROOF PER ARCHITECTURAL Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com C10x15.3 CONT 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. AT PERIMETER • W10x19oe WAS C °� C r W19 t�ra 4122I25 e O�SL '✓ PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works W10x39 COL AT 19620 67th Ave NE SHORING WALL AND FACING Arlington, WA 98223 PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 1'$" 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. CONC STAIRS ON 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's GRADE PER 7/53.02 written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 212024.009 18"x18"CONC • PILASTER MARK DATE DESCRIPTION FINISHED GRADE PER CIVWLANDSCAPE u uPROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC 10"CONC RETAINING PROJECT MANAGER: I SES WALL AND REINF PER 4/3.037 PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A A CANOPY DETAILS EXTERIOR CANOPY AND STAIR SECTION12 , 1/2"=V-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 GLULAM BM PER PLAN GLULAM BM PER PLAN D GL POST PER PLAN 0 0 . YKEMAN TYP 0 0 I I 114 BENT PL1/4 EA SIDE W/ ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN (2)3/4"THROUGH BOLTS ° I I DECK PER PLAN I ° ° CONN PER I1/S6.02 I ° I ° =1 o EXCEPT AS SHOWN CONSULTANT: KERF PL314"W/(4)3/4" PL3/4"(WIDTH TO A307 BOLTS 114 MATCH BM WIDTH) BM PER PLAN BM PER PLAN 728134th Street SW,Suite 200 PL114"EA SIDE W/(2)314" Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:HSS COL PER PLAN 3800 THROUGH BOLTS 5116 HSS COL PER BF EL ww .reid41 dleto CONN PER DETAILS,TYP 0Copyright 2l25 Reid GLULAM POST PER PLAN 1/4 I � ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. NOTE: HSS COL PER PLAN1. • FOR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN SEE s/s6.o1. CANTILEVERED GLULAM CANTILEVERED GLULAM o As C HSS COL TO GLULAM POST CONNECTION 1 GLULAM BM TO GLULAM POST CONNECTION 2 BM TO HSS COL CONNECTION 3 BM TO HSS BF COL CONNECTION 4 _ '2 C NTS NTS NTS NTS C6719 t�ra 4122I25 e O�SL GLULAM BM PER PLAN ROOF SLOPE 3/8"PARTIALLY THREADED '• ' • ARCH WOOD SCREWS @ 12"OC QL PER NAILER PER121S6.01 � QL CLI PANEL PER PLAN HSS POST PER Arlington Operations WHERE OCCURS CONT PL112 7/S6.01 BEYOND Center 1/2"CUR,TYP TOP PLATE,TYP GLULAM BM PER PLAN 1"RADIUS,TYP HSS POST PER PLAN SHEAR PL1/2 FOR 1/4 'A 01 Snohomish County 5116 AT SHEAR PL Public Works ° 1 KERF PI-3/4"WI(4)314" � AT A307 BOLTS DECK PER PLAN CONN PER 11/S6.02 DECK EDGE PER 4/S5.03 19620 67th Ave NE PL314"(WI DTH TO Arlington, WA 98223 TYP MATCH BM WIDTH) 114 GLULAM BM PER PLAN,TYP I BM PER PLAN KERF CONN PER 111S6.02 5116 HSS COL PER PLAN BM PER PLAN PERMIT SET B EXCEPT AS SHOWN,TYP NOTE: 05/02/2025 B 1. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOT SHOWN SEE 7/S6.01 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. GLULAM TO WIDE FLANGE CONNECTION CJ GLULAM BM TO HSS CONNECTION 6 HSS POST AT CLT LOW ROOF 7 SHEAR PL AT CLT LOW ROOF 8PROJECT NUMBER 3/4"=1'-0" NTS NTS NTS PL 3/8 < 212024.009 3" (114) w • BENT PL318 x F x 1'-2" W/(6)3/4"DIA x 5"LAG = MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SCREWS,INSTALL IN PRE-DRILLED @ = 01 L HOLES TO AVOID SPLITTING I° _ - ° U/8 U/8 U2 L/8 L/8 RIP NAILER TO MATCH FLG WIDTH GLULAM BM PER PLAN KERF PL PER 11186.02 a EXCEPT AS SHOWN o _ CONT 3x NAILER W/3/4"DIA WELDED THREADED STUDS @® Et COUNTERSUNK HOLES PROJECT OC IN WELD KERF 4" 1 112" SM PER PLAN PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PLATE TO PLATE 114 v PROJECT MANAGER: I SES `v NOTES: PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV CONN PER 11IS6.02 JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A 1. MAXIMUM HOLE DIAMETER=SMALLER OF 1/10 D OR 1 112". ., A 2. HOLE LOCATIONS-ONLY IN SHADED AREAS AND NO CLOSER THAN 4 HOLE DIAMETERS FROM GLULAM BM PER PLAN THE TOP OR BOTTOM OF THE BEAM AND 8 HOLE DIAMETERS FROM THE END OF THE BEAM. 3. HOLE SPACING-MINIMUM CLEAR SPACING BETWEEN HOLES SHALL BE 8 HOLE DIAMETERS BM PER PLAN WOOD FRAMING BASED ON LARGEST HOLE. DETAILS 4. NUMBER OF HOLES-NOT TO EXCEED 1 HOLE PER 5 FEET. SECTION • , GLULAM BM TO GLULAM BM 9 BEAM TO BEAM KERF CONNECTION 10 TYP PENETRATION IN GLUED LAMINATED BEAM '� 1 TYPICAL NAILER ON STEEL BEAM 12 3/4"=1'-0" 3/4"=1'-0" NTS NTS 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D 114 KERF PL WI(2)314"BOLTS CONN PER 11/S6.02 CONN PER BF DETAILS IN STD HOLES&(4)3/4" GILT PANEL PER PLAN BOLTS IN VERT LSH 1/2",TY GLULAM BM BOTH KERF PL W/(2)3/4"BOLTS IN STD SIDE WHERE OCCURS GLULAM BM PER PLAN BM PER BF EL BM PER BF EL GLULAM BM PER PLAN GLULAM BM PER PLAN — HOLES&(6)3l4"BOLTS IN VERT LSH mARCHITECTURE + DESIGN - _ v III 0 0I 114 �� © 01 mIl 0 °I 316 98201 w - ° CONN PER BF DETAILSCONSULTANT: EXCEPT AS SHOWN I HSS COL PER BF EL HSS COL PER PLAN OR BF EL I - GLULAM BM PER PLAN I 6" 6" 6" 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 BM PER PLAN 1 1/2" CONN PER 111S6.02 I I Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. CONN PER 12/S5.01 HSS COL PER BF EL--/ EXCEPT AS SHOWN LJ • o�WA S � STRUT AT CLT LOW ROOF 1 GLULAM BM TO HSS COL CONNECTION 2 GLULAM GIRDER CONNECTION GLULAM BM STRUT CONNECTION 4 _ NTS NTS NTS NTS 4• t�ra 4/22I25 719 O�SL E�G�'✓ CONN PER 11/S6.02 EXCEPT AS SHOWN GL BM PER PLAN PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: KERF PL PER 11156.02 EXCEPT AS SHOWN /� GLULAM BM PER PLAN Arlington Operations I I GLULAM BM PER PLAN FLITCH BM STRUT PER PLAN Center r CP AT FLITCH PL JT F O R ° ml1 p 9 Snohomish County II 9 I I I I © I 1�� 1� I p Public Works -0. AT ° KERF PI-3/4"WI(4)3/4" 1 19620 67th Ave NE I A307 BOLTS I I j PL314"(WIDTH TO Arlington, WA 98223 I MATCH BM WIDTH) CONN PER 11IS6.02 j I I EXCEPT AS SHOWN 1 I 5116 1 I PERMIT SET B HSS COL PER PLAN HSS COL PER PLAN 114 This drawing is:05/02/2025 B HSS COL PER PLAN NOTE: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 1. FOR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN SEE 4/S6.02. 3.For use on this project only.obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. GLULAM BM TO HSS COL CONNECTION CANTILEVERED GLULAM BM TO HSS CONNECTION (� CANTILEVERED GLULAM BM TO HSS CONNECTION 7 FLITCH BEAM STRUT CONNECTION 8PROJECT NUMBER NTS NTS v NTS NTS 212024.009 KERF PL WI(6)314" BOLTS IN VERT LS4PI • 1 112" CONN PER BF DETAILSmMARK DATE DESCRIPTION EXCEPT AS SHOWN WOOD BEAM KERF PLATE CONNECTION SCHEDULEBOLT NUMBER BEARING BRG PL KERFPL KERFBEAM SIZE CIA OF PLATE WIDTH HEIGHT PLATE FACE OF SUPPORTING MEMBER(A307) BOLTS THICKNESS 'W' 'H' THICKNESS GL 5118 x 9 THRU 12 314" (2) 112" 5" 7112" 114" 112"MAXSTD VERT LSH FORBM PER PLAN GL 5118 x 13112 THRU 21 TOP BOLT OF KERF PL 1/4PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC 314" (2) 112" 5" 12" 114" ((3)BOLT CONN ONLY) 1 1/2" ° PROJECT MANAGER: I SES LVL 51/4 x 14 THRU 22 KERF PL SIZE& ° PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV I BOLTS PER SCHED JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A GL63/4x12THRU18 114 - l _ _ A 314" (2) 1/2" 6112" 12" 114" COUNTERB-— - HEADS 1/2'MAXBOLT LVL 7 x 14 THRU 22 = HEADS 1l2"MA AS -— REQD IN EXT WALLS GL5118x22112&DEEPER 5" WOOD FRAMING GL 6 314 x 191/2&DEEPER STD HOLES FOR BOT 'W' BRG PL DETAILS 3/4" (3) 3l4" 6112" 12" 1/2" 8, (2)BOLTS OF KERF PL '�A` PER SCHED LVL 7 x 24&DEEPER 114 NOTE: GL 8 3/4 x 15 THRU 24 F 8112" 1. FOR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN SEE 31S6.02. WOOD BEAM KERF CONNECTION SCHEDULE 1 1 GLULAM GIRDER STRUT CONNECTION 12 NTS NTS 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D CONSULTANT:DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. • �F WAS r C C 46719 t�ra 4122I25 eONA � OSL '✓ PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 212024.009 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION GLULAM BM PER PLAN 114 KERF PL PER 21S6.01 �o oPROJECT ° PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PROJECT MANAGER: SES PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC PL 112"(WIDTH TO MATCH BM WIDTH) I I HSS COL PER PLAN WOOD FRAMING DETAILS GLULAM BEAM HSS CONNECTION 1 2 0 , 3/4"=1'-0" 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D YKEMAN CONT CMSTC16 STRAP& 9L BM&PANEL JOINT • SCREWS PER 8186.10 1 PARTIALLY THREADED ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN CLT PANEL PER PLAN WOOD SCREWS @ 12"OC PER GENERAL NOTES(STAGGARED) CONSULTANT: BM PER PLAN 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. • � W SS C TYPICAL CLT PANEL END SPLINE 4 _ C NTS 46719 t�ra 4122I25 eONA � OSL '✓ CLT PANEL PER PLAN PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: SEE NOTE 3- PANEL JOINT WHERE CLT PANEL PER PLAN PANEL JOINT WHERE OCCURS WITH SPLINE 4" OCCURS WITH SPLINE Arlington Operations PER 41S.10 OR 8/S6.10 PER 41S6.10 OR 8/S6.10 CONT CMSTC16 STRAP CENTERED ON JOINT LAP SPLINE Center CLBM CLT PANEL PER PLAN FOR 318"FULLY THREADED 7/ FHREADED SCREWS PER R Snohomish County SCHEDULE SEE NOTE 1 EE NOTE 2 1116"MAX OVERCUT EA SIDE 318"PARTIALLY THREADED Public Works GL I FLITCH BEAM SCREWS PER GENERAL STRUT PER PLAN STRUT NOTES @ 3"OC AT BEAM PER BF ELEVATION 19620 67th Ave NE GL/FLITCH BEAM STRUT BE BEAM STRUT NAILER CONDITION BE BEAM STRUT Arlington, WA 98223 TYPICAL CONDITION LEE TYPICAL CONDITION TYPICAL CONDITION FOR CALLOUTS NOT SHOWN) PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B N This drawing is: NAILER CONDITION 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. (SEE TYPICAL CONDITION FOR 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. CALLOUTS NOT SHOWN) 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. TYPICAL CLT PANEL SIDE SPLINE 8PROJECT NUMBER: NTS v CLT PANEL STRUT CONNECTION SCHEDULE 212024.009 BRACED FRAME SCREW SPACING • CL BM BF-01 (2)ROWS @ 10"OC 3I8"FULLY THREADED MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CLT PANEL PER PLAN SCREWS @ 12"OC SEE 11/S6.10 NOTE 1 BF-02 (2)ROWS @ 8"OC BF-03 (2)ROWS @ 10"OC BF-04 (2)ROWS @ 10"OC CtL BM GL BM SIZE PER PLAN BF-05 (2)ROWS @ 8"OC BF-06 (2)ROWS @ 10"OC = PI-5/8(GR 50) PROJECT ((1)ROW @ 10"oc AT STRUTS) GL/FLITCH BEAM STRUT PRO EICT PAL MANAGER:E INl SES GL BM PER PLAN NAILER CONDITION (2)ROWS 3/4"TIGHT FIT PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV A (SEE TYPICAL CONDITION NOTES: DOWELS @ 12"OC WI 1/2" JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC DEEP WOOD PLUG EA SIDE - A FOR CALLOUTS NOT SHOWN) 1. FULLY-THREADED SCREWS SHALL BE PER GENERAL NOTES WITH A MIN.THREADED LENGTH OF 6.65". MIN.THREADED LENGTH PENETRATION INTO STRUTS SHALL BE 6.65"LESS THE THICKNESS OF CLT PANEL. TYPICAL CONDITION SKEW MAX.OF 15'FROM VERT AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION. CLT PANEL DETAILS 2. PARTIALLY-THREADED SCREWS SHALL BE PER GENERAL NOTES WITH A MIN.THREADED LENGTH OF 3.15". MIN.THREADED LENGTH PENETRATION INTO CLT PANELS SHALL BE 3.15".TYPICAL HOLE SIZES IN STEEL SHALL BE 7116"DIAMETER.SKEW MAX.OF 15°FROM VERT AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION. .•. 3. ROW SPACING SHALL BE 4"AT GL BEAM STRUTS AND 3 314"AT FLITCH BEAM STRUTS. TYPICAL CLT PANEL TO GL BEAM CONNECTION 9 CLT PANEL TO STRUT CONNECTION 1 1 GL FLITCH BEAM STRUT 12 , NTS NTS NTS 2 3 4 5 2 3 14 5 BM PER PLAN(CONC BM PER PLAN(CONC D SLAB WHERE OCCURS) SLAB WHERE OCCURS) ATTACH TRACK W(2)ROWS (3)#12 SCREWS SUPPLIED TRACK PER OF 0.14"DIA DRIVE PINS DEFLECTION ALLOWANCE 3/4" W/VERTICLIP,INSTALL DETAIL AT LEFT DYKEMAN @ 32"OC TO BM OR SLAB ABOVE 1"FROM TOP OF 1 1l2" --- SEE SCHEDULE SEE ARCH FOR JOINT LOCATION. VERT SLOTS IN CLIP DEFECTION ------ WHERE HDR CONNECTS SIS7.02 SEE 9/S7.01 WHERE JOINT ALLOWANCE 3/4" ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN DIRECTLY TO STEEL COLS 1 OCCURS BELOW BM ATTACH HDR PER 4IS7.02 S7.01 TYP STUDS Z i i I B B � I I I I PER NOTES I I I t o EXTEND HDR WEBS OVER I I FOR 5 15'-0" I I I I 16GA TRACK W/2"MIN LEGS JAMBS&CONNECT WI(2) #8 SCREWS TO EA STUD,TYP STUDS PER SCHEDULE 1\ STUD GROUP I DRIFTCLIP DSL800 BY THE STL ICONSULTANT:„� ES OF OPNG I I FOR 15'-0 H s 31'-0" WELD PER 6/57.01 NETWORK ES OF JAMB STUDS ATTACH ( ) I 14GA TRACK W/2 MIN LEGS I 0 SEE 6157.01 CLIPS PER 81S7.02 STUDS I I TO BM ABOVE WI(3)0.14"DIA DRIVE � � JAMB STUDS PER 8IS7.01 � AT EA TRACK TO JAMB STUD I PINS AT CL HORIZ LEG @ 3"OC MIN I I WELD PER 61S7.01 HEADER BRIDGING I (USE(3)#10 SCREWS TO TRACK I I PER 81S7.02 PER 12/S7.02 ABOVE WHERE NO BM OCCURS) I I 728134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 TYPICAL JAMB CONNECTION TYPICAL 8"WALL STUDS @Copyright 2l25 Reid NOTE: 12"STUDS&JAMB STUDS ©Copyrighl2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. (SEE 4IS7.02 AT STEEL COLUMN) 1. CONNECTIONS SHOWN THIS DETAIL APPLY TO THE TOP OF TYPICAL SIMPLE • SILL PER 8/S7.02 SPANNING WALL STUDS WHERE DEFECTION ALLOWANCE OCCURS. � W S�' C HEADER DETAIL 1 TYPICAL OPENING IN BEARING WALL 2 METAL STUD TO BEAM CONNECTION DETAIL 4 _ '2 C NITS NTS NTS a aizzrzs STUD PER PLAN OR DET °"739 e� O�SL E�G�'✓ NO PUNCHOUT SHALL 0.14 DIA DRIVE PINS @ 12"OC TO STL OR MULTI STUD POST& OCCUR WITHIN 12"FROM CONC SPRT(EMBED 1 1/2"AT CONC)ATTACH JAMB STUDS PER 21S7.01, END OF STUDS,TYP WI(2)ROWS OF#8 SCREWS @ 16"OC TO WELD PER 61S7.01 '• IDENTIFICATION: MTL OR WD FRAMING SUPPORTS BLKG (SAMEMATLASSTUDS)@6'-0"OC t 2-36 TO ATTACHLTOWEB Arlington Operations HOME&VERTICALLY S)STRAP C WHERE STUDS OR JST ARE SHOWN TO ABUT, STUDS MUST BE FULLY Center GYPSUM WALL L1 112 x 1 112 x 16GA W/(2) WELD AS SHOWN SEATED AGAINST TRACK,TYP CLIP L1 N x 1=S x CLIP ES AT SCREWS @ 3"OC EA LEG 16GA LENGTH=STUD JAMB STUDS F O R BOARD PER ARCH WIDTH LESS 112" 16GA TRACK 16GA TRACK Snohomish County WI 1"MIN LEGS WI 1"MIN LEGS I, .I Public Works -� AT (4)SCREWS READ R #8 SCREW ES 19620 67th Ave NE AT EA BLKG MEMBER,ES t 2-36 (2)0.14 DIA DRIVE PINS TO STL OR Arlington, CONC SUPPORTS(EMBED 1 1/2"AT 1 112"x 20GA CONT STRAPS @ 2'-0"OC VERT,CONN TO NOTES: TYP 8"WALL STUDS CONC)ATTACH W/(3)#8 SCREWS TO EA STUD WI(1)SCREW&TO EA ELK MEMBER W/(4)SCREWS MTL OR WD FRAMING SUPPORTS PERMIT SET B 1. t=GAGE OF MATERIAL CONNECTED. NOTES: 05/02/2025 B PLAN 2. THIS DETAIL APPLIES WHERE(2)OR MORE STUDS ARE GROUPED TOGETHER. MULTI-STUD POSTS I JAMB STUDS This drawing is: 1. CONNECTIONS SHOWN ON THIS DETAIL.APPLY TO THE TOP OR BOTTOM OF TYPICAL SIMPLE 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. SPANNING WALL STUDS SUBJECT TO WIND LOADING. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 2. SEE DETAILS FOR OTHER CONNECTIONS WHERE STUDS BYPASS SLAB EDGE OR SUPPORTING written permission for any other use or reproduction. FLANGE BRACING WHERE ONE SIDE SHEATHED 5 TYPICAL WELDED STUD GROUP BEAMS OR WHERE HANGING SPANDREL TYPE CONDITIONS OCCUR. STUD CONNECTION TO BOTTOM TRACK 8 PROJECT NTS NTS NTS METAL FRAMING NOTES: 212024.009 BM PER PLAN BM PER PLAN 1. METAL FRAMING USED SHALL CONFORM TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OUTLINED IN THE GENERAL • 16 GA TRACKS WI 16GA 2-FURRING NOTES IN ADDITION TO REQUIREMENTS NOTED HERE. STUDS FRAMING TO o OR STUD @ 24"OC MARK DATE DESCRIPTION MATCH BELOW a ATTACH TO STL 2. METAL FRAMING SHALL BEGALVANIZED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE CONFORMING AS W/IVE PINS ASTM FOLLOWS: 12,14,16GAGE:ASTM A653,QUALITY SQUARE GRADE 50,CLASS 1 18,20GAGE: I I I DRIVE PINS ASTM A658,QUALITY SQUARE GRADE METAL STUD WALL TYPES LJ 2"TYP 2"TYP STUD MAX WALL STUD MINIMUM STUD DRIVE PIN SPACE HSS3x3x3116 AT FREE 3. ALL STUDS AND STUD GROUPS SHALL BE LATERALLY SUPPORTED TO PREVENT WEAK AXIS DEPTH HEIGHT SPACING SIZE&GAGE AT TRACKS,UNO ENDS OF WALLS& o SEE NOTE 3 BUCKLING BY CONNECTING EACH FLANGE TO GYPSUM WALLBOARD PER ASTM C1280.WALLS 16 600S137-33 L @ 6'-0"OC MAX z WHICH HAVE SHEATHING CONNECTED ON ONE SIDE ONLY SHALL HAVE UNSHEATHED FLANGES 12 8"OC w w 1l2"MAX LATERALLY SUPPORTED PER 5/S7.01. 24 60OS200-33 PL 16GA x TRACK WIDTH 16 60OS200-33 SEE NOTE 3 I SEE NOTE 2 14 8"OC w WI(2)ROWS @ 4"OC OF(6) 4. TRACK SECTIONS SHALL BE UNPUNCHED WITH GAGE MATCHING STUDS,AND HAVE AT LEAST 6 24 8005200-03PROJECT w #8 SCREWS,CTRD ON SPLICE 1"FLANGES. 16 80OS162-43 rn SEE NOTE 2 16 6"OC PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC 24 80OS137-54 PROJECT MANAGER: I SES 5. WELDING OF COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO AWS D1.3 AND SHALL BE 18 16 80OS137-54 6"OC PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV PERFORMED BY WELDERS QUALIFIED TO AWS D1.3 AND SHALL BE PERFORMED BY WELDERS 24 80OS200-54 JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A I I QUALIFIED TO PRODUCE THE SPECIFIED CLASSES OF WELD. A TRACK PER DETAILS,TYP 6. SCREWS TO BE#8 SIZE,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. NOTES: TRACK SPLICE WHERE REQD SHALL BE 7. WALL FRAMING:TWO STUD MINIMUM SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE END OF ALL WALLS TWO METAL FRAMING 1. *AT JAMB STUDS PROVIDE MULTIPLE FURRING STUDS TO MATCH NUMBER OF JAM STUDS LOCATED AT MIDSPAN OF HEADERS OR SILLS STUD MINIMUM SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE END OF ALL WALLS AND AT EACH SIDE OF ALL DETAILS 2. AT JAMB STUDS AND 12"STUDS ATTACH CLIP TO METAL STUD WITH(3)#10 SCREWS. OPENINGS.SEE 2IS7.01 FOR FRAMING OF EXTERIOR OPENINGS. ' 3. TOP TRACK PER 10IS5.71 ATTACH TO METAL TRACK WITH(3)#8 SCREWS AT 24"OC. 8. SEE 12/S7.02 FOR REQUIRED BRIDGING. 4. WALL JOINTS LOCATION PER ARCHTECTURAL DETAILS. 9. SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR SIZING AND DETAILING OF INTERIOR NON-BEARING WALLS. 10. TRACK CONNECTED TO CONCRETE OR STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE FASTENED WITH DRIVE METAL STUD-TO-BEAM CONNECTION AT ROOF 9 TRACK SPLICE 10 PINS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.SEE81S7.01. METAL FRAMING NOTES 12 NTS NTS NTS 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D 16GA TRACK-CONNECT TO COL CLIPS PER 81S7.01 WI DRIVE PINS @ 4"OC STAGGERED DYKEMAN SILL PER EL (3)#8 @ 2"OC ES ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN I ----- - I J--------- I I I •I I I I ICONSULTANT: --- ---- HDR PER EL HSS COL PER PLAN CLIP PER SIS7.01 728134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 3800 SILL CONNECTION AT STEEL COLUMNS HEADER CONNECTION AT STEEL COLUMNS ww .reidm25 1 dleto www.reidmiddlelon.com 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. • � W Ss HEADER TO STEEL COLUMN CONNECTION 4 _ '2 D NTS C6 t�ra 4/22I25 719 STUDS PER EL ti #8 SCREWS @ 6" PER TYP SILL PER NOTES BELOW #8 SCREWS @ 6"OC,TYP STUDS PER EL TYPE H-2: •• IDENTIFICATION: TYPE H-1: (2)60OS200-118 (2)600S137-54Fr- #8 SCREWS )6"O137-5 #8 SCREWS @6"OC,TYP SILL PER NOTES BELOW Arlington Operations Center Li L.J FOR CONNECT SILL TO JAMB ? CONNECT SILL TO Snohomish County w STUDS BEYOND WI CLIPS w JAMB STUDS BEYOND p CL PER 81S7.01 T&B OF o WI CLIPS PER 81S7.01 Public Works S-1-137 SILL: BUILT-UP SECTION (2)600S137-54 8-2 SILL: AT (3)600S350-118 S-1-200SILL: 19620 67th Ave NE (2)60OS200-1 18 H-2HEADERSECTION Arlington, WA98223 S-1-300 SILL: H-1 HEADER SECTION S 2 SILL SECTION (2)60OS300-118 S-1 SILL SECTION PERMIT SET B MAX HEADER TYPE NO.OFJAMB SILL TYPE 05/02/2025 B SPAN STUDS 8'-0. H-1 2 S-1-137 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 1V-0" H-2 3 S-1-137 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 15'-0" H-2 3 S-1-200 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 1&-0" H-2 4 S-1-300 written permission for any other use or reproduction. 27-0" H-z 4 S-2 HEADER AND SILL SECTIONS 8PROJECT NTS 212024.009 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION L16GAx1112x11/2 BRIDGE CLIP,TYP (4)#8 SCREWS 16GA 112 PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 PNC PROJECT MANAGER: SES PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A 150U50-54 BRIDGING -, A CHANNEL @ 4"OC MAX VERTICALLY,TYP METAL FRAMING NOTES: DETAILS 1. BRIDGING IS REQUIRED FOR LOADING APPLIED BEFORE SHEATHING IS ATTACHED TO BOTH FLANGES.BRIDGING PROVIDES RESISTANCE TO ROTATION CAUSED BY WIND LOADING.AND RESISTANCE TO BOTH ROTATION AND MINOR AXIS BENDING CAUSED BY AXIAL LOADING. 2. BRIDGING SHALL BE EITHER WELDED OR SCREWED AS SHOWN. , TYPICAL BRIDGING DETAIL 12 NTS 2 3 4 5 2 3 14 5 GENERAL PIPING SPECIALTIES FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM DUCTWORK DRAWING INDEX D BDD EXISTING MECHANICAL TO BE UNION X"F FIRE SPRINKLER BACKDRAFT DAMPER M0.01 MECHANICAL LEGEND REMOVED i Ml MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES EXISTING MECHANICAL TO �I FLANGE X"FM FIRE MAIN VOLUME DAMPER M0.03 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES REMAIN M0.04 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES DYKEMAN FLEXIBLE CONNECTION MO.05 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES NEW MECHANICAL WORK FLEX CONNECTOR X"FD DRY SPRINKLER IIII MECHANICAL EQ IPMENTO Ml MECHANICAL SCHEDULES - MATCHLINE OR PROPERTY THEIR AL/SEISMIC FLEXIBLE TRANSITION-FROM Ml MECHANICAL SCHEDULES ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN LINE LOOP RECESSED SPRINKLER HEAD RECTANGULAR TO ROUND M0.08 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES -- -- ENLARGED PLAN BOUNDARY EJ THERMAL EXPANSION JOINT SEMI-RECESSED SPRINKLER TRANSITION-FROM ROUND Ml MECHANICAL ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE HEAD TO RECTANGULAR Ml MECHANICAL ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE 1 DETAIL/PLAN IDENTIFIER STRAINER a UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEAD RISE IN DUCT MS1.11 MECHANICAL SITE PLAN M1.o1 ~ R (D=DROP IN DUCT) M1.11 PLUMBING PLAN-UNDERGROUND STRAINER WITH BLOW OFF DOUBLE DETECTOR CHECK DUCT SIZE(CLEAR INSIDE ro�� VALVE/DOUBLE CHECK VALVE i6z8 M2.11 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL~ VALVE DIMENSION) ASSEMBLY M2.21 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL • 1 SECTION IDENTIFIER PIPE ANCHOR 16z8 M3.11 HVAC FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL M1.01 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEM RECTANGULAR DUCT UP M3.21 HVAC FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL ALIGNMENT GUIDE Ml HVAC PIPING FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL H A R G I S Tip 1 t TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE � RECTANGULAR DUCT DDINMlHVAC PIPING FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL ELEVATION IDENTIFIER X"C CONDENSATE DRAIN ROUND DUCT UP M1.o1 TEST PORT � M5.11 FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL 4 THERMOMETER X"CWS CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY M5.21 FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 REVISION DEFINITION AREA, M6.11 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz C= AREA ENCIRCLED CONTAINS - ROUND DUCT DN CHANGES MADE Q PRESSURE GAGE -X"CWR- - CONDENSER WATER RETURN M7.11 MECHANICAL ENLARGED PLANS SUBSEQUENT TO PREVIOUS IIIIIIIIIIII II FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK M8.11 HVAC PIPING RISER DIAGRAM ISSUE X"GSS GLYCOL SOLUTION SUPPLY TRANSITION OR REDUCER M9.01 MECHANICAL DETAILS REGISTRATION Q REVISION CALLOUT ` (FOT=FLAT ON TOP,FOB=FLAT M9.02 MECHANICAL DETAILS PUMPS - -X"GSR- - GLYCOL SOLUTION RETURN I�� ON BOTTOM) M9.03 MECHANICAL DETAILS �1 F.Cqy 1� FLAG NOTE CALLOUT � TRANSITION-ECCENTRIC M9.04 MECHANICAL DETAILS CENTRIFUGAL PUMP i AUTOMATIC AIR pof H4\L VENT/MANUAL AIR VENT M9.06 MECHANICAL DETAILS C O DEMOLITION NOTE TAG 45°ELBOW, m C Q BALANCING/MEASURING R/D OR R/W=1.5 M9.06 MECHANICAL DETAILS `I kx INLINE PUMP 9 rr Oi EQUIPMENTTAG VALVE 77T'��TT� M9.07 MECHANICAL DETAILS I� CIRCULATING PUMP AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL 90°ELBOW, M9.08 MECHANICAL DETAILS q 1.T a , VALVE R/D OR R/W=1.5 M9.09 MECHANICAL DETAILS FG/srePV AHU-1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TAG M10.01 MECHANICAL CONTROLS ON - BASE MOUNTED PUMP e Ing SQUARE CORNER ELBOW WITH M10.02 MECHANICAL CONTROLS AHU MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TAG TURNING VANES VALVES M10.03 MECHANICAL CONTROLS • •21 ON I I • VALVE:GATE,BALL, M10.04 MECHANICAL CONTROLS NORTH ARROW SOIL AND WASTE WATER PIPING SYSTEM BUTTERFLY(REFER TO 90°TAKE-OFF WITH 45°TAPER M10.05 MECHANICAL CONTROLS SPECIFICATIONS) M10.06 MECHANICAL CONTROLS Arlington Operations LOCATION WHERE PICTURE SANITARY SEWER/WASTE GLOBE VALVE M10.07 MECHANICAL CONTROLS O WAS TAKEN AND DIRECTION UNDERGROUND Center 45°TAKE-OFF M10.08 MECHANICAL CONTROLS SANITARY SEWER/WASTE SOLENOID VALVE INVERT ELEVATION OR POC ABOVE GROUND N CHECK VALVE FOR XX-1 PLUMBING FIXTURE TAG --------- VENT PIPING BULLHEAD TEE Snohomish County R (^xx^INDICATES TYPE) _____- xVTR VENT THRU ROOF -0 0I BALANCING VALVE (INCLUDE SIZE) ® SECTION THRU RECTANGULAR Public Works ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL WORK COMBINATION WASTE AND D� PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE SUPPLY AIR DUCT X"CWV VENT ABOVE GROUND LOCATION OF STARTER, COMBINATION WASTE AND �j�INp� REDUCED PRESSURE SECTION THRU RECTANGULAR AT ❑h --X"CWV-- BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY DISCONNECT 8 CONTROLS VENT UNDERGROUND RETURN OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT FLOOR DRAIN/FUNNEL FLOOR �fi PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 19700 67th Ave NE VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE DRAIN SECTION THRU RECTANGULAR H1 HEAT TRACE BETWEEN TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE ® Arlington, WA 98223 EXHAUST AIR DUCT 7 SYMBOLS OR END OF RUN FLOOR SINK SAFETY RELIEF VALVE ® SECTION THRU ROUND SUPPLY HUB DRAIN SAFETY RELIEF VALVE AIR DUCT SECTION THRU ROUND RETURN PERMIT SET B ACCESS,EXCAVATION,AND BACKFILLING 0 TRENCH DRAIN 0 OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT 05/02/2025 ® FIRE DAMPERS ® SER DT O TTHRU ROUND EX THRUDOOR(SPECIFIED OR -�I CO CLEANOUT This drawing is: AS SHOWN ON DWGS) 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. Ill wco CLEANOUT-FREE STANDING 5! 5 FIRE DAMPER 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. WALL MOUNTED CONTROLS(PLAN VIEW) 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's MECHANICAL D OR AS FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER CL ACCESS CLEANOUT-FLUSH WITH written permission for any other use or reproduction. (SPECIFIED SHOWN ON �FCo FLOOR L DWGS) 8 THERMOSTAT OR TEMPERATURE ..•JECT NUMBER: > SMOKE DAMPER TU-xz SENSOR SENSOR:SHOWN WITH GUARD CEILING FIRE DAMPER OG (TYPICAL ALL SENSORS) 2023-053 PIPING DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM ®O CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR • 1"HWS PIPE SIZE AND SYSTEM TYPE DOMESTIC COLD WATER INLETS AND OUTLETS 4 MOTORIZED DAMPER MARK DATE DESCRIPTION DOMESTIC HOT WATER GRILLE REGISTER OR PIPE ELBOW UP OR PIPE TEE ___ DOMESTIC HOT WATER DIFFUSER TYPE DS UP AND DOWN CIRCULATION /r CA znxza RUNOUT SIZE(INCHES) DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR O PIPE ELBOW DOWN X 500 "TP TRAP PRIMER WATER -----AIR QUANTITY(CFM) ❑T PIPE TEE UP V WATER METER ® CEILING DIFFUSER y� I�L� TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER P PIPE TEE DOWN O BASKET STRAINER ®- 1-WAY DIRECTION FLOW PRESSURE TRANSMITTER PIPE RISE - HOSE BIBB/WALL HYDRANT ®- 2-WAY DIRECTION FLOW pp PROJECT •• PIPE CAP .--1- DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS LSZJ TRAP PRIMER BOX ®� SENSOR PROJECT MANAGER: I- 3-WAY DIRECTION FLOW DpM PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH 11 PIPE PLUG DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM MONITOR A FLOW DIRECTION RETURN/RELIEF AIR GRILLE •- DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL PANEL j- AWING TITLE: PIPE BREAK X"RLL REFRIGERANT LIQUID LINE EXHAUST AIR GRILLE tx SWITCH BY MECHANICAL t PIPECONNECTION X"RSL REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINE UPPLY GRILLE MECHANICAL LEGEND� S SIGHT GLASS WITH MOISTURE INDICATOR �µ RETURN/EXHAUST GRILLE FILTER DRYER TRANSFER GRILLE -fy RETURN/EXHAUST AIRFLOW [fill, SUPPLY AIR FLOW NOT ALL SYMBOLS MAY APPEAR ON THE DRAWINGS 1 2 3 4 15 azirzozs z.oe.ae w 1 2 3 4 5 ABBREVIATIONS GENERAL NOTES-MECHANICAL SHEET METAL NOTES NON-STRUCTURAL MECH.COMPONENT NOTES D e DIAMETER,PHASE 1. COORDINATE MECHANICAL WORK WITH THAT OF OTHER 1. VOLUME DAMPERS: PROVIDE A MANUAL VOLUME 1. THE COMPONENT IMPORTANCE FACTOR(Ip)FOR F FAHRENHEIT,FIRE MAIN PIPING OA OUTDOOR AIR TRADES(ELECTRICAL,ARCHITECTURAL,STRUCTURAL, DAMPER FOR EACH SUPPLY,RETURN,AND EXHAUST ALL NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS SHALL BE: A AIR,AMPS FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER CIVIL,AND LANDSCAPE). REFER TO ELECTRICAL, OPENING,LOCATED AS FAR UPSTREAM AS AAV AUTOMATIC AIR VENT FCU FAN COIL UNIT OC ON CENTER ARCHITECTURAL,STRUCTURAL,CIVIL,AND LANDSCAPE POSSIBLE FROM THE OPENING. PROVIDE A MANUAL Ip=1.0 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. COORDINATION VOLUME DAMPER FOR BRANCH MAINS SERVING DYKEMAN ABV ABOVE FD FLOOR DRAIN,DRY SPRINKLER ROUTING OD OUTSIDE DIMENSION OR DIAMETER SHALL OCCUR PRIOR TO FABRICATION,PURCHASE, MORE THAN ONE OPENING. 2. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE TAKEN DIRECTLY FROM AC AIR CONDITIONER FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN AND/OR INSTALLATION OF ALL WORK. THE 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AND AD ACCESS DOOR FF FINISHED FLOOR ORL OVERFLOW RAIN LEADER 2. BACKDRAFT DAMPERS: PROVIDE ADJACENT TO FROM THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ADA AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT FFD FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN OSA OUTDOOR SUPPLY AIR 2. COORDINATE PLUMBING,HVAC,AND FIRE PROTECTION LOUVERS UNLESS MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS (ASCE)STANDARD 7.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR FLA FULL LOAD AMPS OV OUTLET VELOCITY SYSTEMS ROUTING PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. DURING PROVIDED. REFER TO THE ABOVE FOR ADDITIONAL LAYOUT COORDINATION,DUCTWORK TAKES INFORMATION,EXCEPTIONS,AND FURTHER _ _ Drive AFS AIRFLOW MEASURING STATION FLEX FLEXIBLE PRECEDENCE OVER PLUMBING,INCLUDING FIRE 3. ACCESS DOORS: PROVIDE AT DUCT SMOKE DESCRIPTIONS.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE AG ABOVE GROUND FUR FLOOR P PUMP,PRESSURE,PLUMBING FIXTURE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. DETECTORS,BACKDRAFT DAMPERS,MOTOR TO REQUIREMENTS AND AS SUCH,SHALL BE AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FLTR FILTER PD PRESSURE DROP,PUMPED DRAIN OPERATED DAMPERS,BOTH SIDES OF DUCT INCLUDED WITHIN BID. ALSO REFER TO AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT FMS FLOW MEASUREMENT STATION(HVAC,PLUMBING) PH PHASE 3. [REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL MOUNTED COILS,AND PLENUMS. SPECIFICATION SECTION 230550. AL ACOUSTIC LINED(DUCT) FP FIRE PUMP PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF EXPANSION/SEISMIC • AMB AMBIENT FPM FEET PER MINUTE POC POINT OF CONNECTION JOINTS. PROVIDE EXPANSION/SEISMIC JOINTS FOR 4. UNLESS NOTED USE LARGER SIZE DUCT, 3. IBC,C SCOPE:ARCHITECTURAL, PIPING AND DUCTWORK CROSSING EXPANSION/SEISMIC PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING MECHANICAL,MINIMUM SIZE BRANCH MECHANICAL,AL,ELECTRICAL,AND NON-STRUCTURAL AP ACCESS PANEL FPS FEET PER SECOND PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE JOINTS.] [DELETE NOTE IF THERE ARE NO DUCTS TO CEILING DIFFUSERS. COMPONENTS THAT ARE PERMANENTLY ATTACHED APO AIR PRESSURE DROP FPVC APPROVED PVC FIRE SPRINKLER ROUTING PSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH GAGE EXPANSION/SEISMIC JOINTS ON PROJECT-COORDINATE TO STRUCTURES AND THEIR SUPPORTS AND H A R G I S ARCH ARCHITECT FS FLOOR SINK WITH THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. SHOW 6"DIA.FOR UP TO 120 CFM ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND ASHRA AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING,REFRIGERATION FT FEET,FIN TUBE QTY QUANTITY EXPANSION/SEISMIC JOINTS FOR PIPING AND 8"DIA.FOR 121-210 CFM CONSTRUCTED TO RESIST THE EFFECTS OF E AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS,INC. FV FACE VELOCITY DUCTWORK ON DRAWINGS] 10"DIA.FOR 211-300 CFM EARTHQUAKE MOTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 12"DIA.FOR 301-450 CFM ASCE 7,EXCLUDING CHAPTER 14 AND APPENDIX ATM ATMOSPHERE RA RETURN AIR,RELIEF AIR 4. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED,THE GENERAL 11A. 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz GA GAGE RD ROOF DRAIN CONTRACTOR(GC)SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR BOO BACK DRAFT DAMPER GAL GALLONS REF REFERENCE,RETURN/EXHAUST FAN PAINTING,CUTTING,AND PATCHING OF EXISTING 5. PROVIDE 12"LONG,%"WIDE FLUORESCENT 4. 2021 IBC,1704.4.CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY: BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR GALV GALVANIZED REG REGISTER FLOORS,WALLS,AND PARTITIONS IN THE EXISTING ORANGE TAPE AT CONCEALED VOLUME DAMPER THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REGISTRATION BHP BRAKE HORSE POWER GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR RF RELIEF FAN BUILDING. LOCATIONS. THE CONSTRUCTION OF A SEISMIC-FORCE- RESISTING SYSTEM,DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM, BLW BELOW GPF GALLONS PER FLUSH RG RETURN GRILLE 5. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALLOWABLE ENERGY CODE NOTES OR SEISMIC-RESISTING COMPONENT LISTED IN THE �1 F.Cqy, BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT GPH GALLONS PER HOUR RH ROOF HOOD METHODS/LOADS FOR HANGING PIPING/DUCTS FROM STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND SHALL �Q>'of WAS,,. BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE RI&C ROUGH IN AND CONNECT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. 1. MOTORS: COMPLY WITH MINIMUM FULL LOAD SUBMIT A WRITTEN STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY r ry C BOT BOTTOM EFFICIENCIES LISTED IN ENERGY CODE ENFORCED TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL AND THE OWNER PRIOR \ C GRD GRILLES,REGISTERS,AND DIFFUSERS RL RAIN LEADER 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE BY AHJ. TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK ON THE BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNIT PER HOUR GV GATE VALVE,GLOBVE VALVE RLA RATED LOAD AMPS SAFE KEEPING OF HIS OWN PROPERTY ON THE JOB SYSTEM OR COMPONENT.THE CONTRACTOR'S 90 9 BV BALL VALVE GWB GYPSUM WALLBOARD RO ROUGH IN AND CONNECT SITE. OWNER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR 2. PIPING AND DUCT INSULATION: COMPLY WITH STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY SHALL INCLUDED 96�t5 Er pe0 G�?O RPBA REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY PROTECTION OF PROPERTIES AGAINST FIRE,THEFT, THICKNESSES AND TYPES LISTED IN ENERGY CODE THE FOLLOWING: ON EN C CONDENSATE PIPING H HUMIDISTAT,HEIGHT RPBP REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS. ENFORCED BY AHJ UNLESS MORE STRINGENT CAP CAPACITY HB HOSE BIBB RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED. [PROVIDE A. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF AWARENESS OF CBV CIRCUIT SETTING BALANCING VALVE HD SCHEDULES ON DRAWINGS IF REQUIRED BY AHJ] THE SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED IN HEAD,HUB DRAIN RV SAFETY RELIEF VALVE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION NOTES THE STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS; '-• • • CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE HGL REFRIGERANT HOT GAS LINE 3. DUCT SEALING: SEAL DUCT TRANSVERSE JOINTS B. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT THAT CONTROL WILL CG CEILING GRILLE HORIZ HORIZONTAL S SENSOR 1. ACCESS CLEARANCES FOR MAINTENANCE AND AND LONGITUDINAL SEAMS PER ENERGY CODE BE EXERCISED TO OBTAIN CONFORMANCE Arlington Operations CKV CHECK VALVE HP HORSEPOWER,HEAT PUMP S.TK STORAGE TANK REPLACEMENT:VERIFY PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS OF ENFORCED BY AHJ UNLESS MORE STRINGENT WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS CLG CEILING,COOLING HRU HEAT RECOVERY UNIT SA SUPPLY AIR EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE THAT ACCESS CLEARANCES REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED. APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL; CO CLEANOUT,CO SENSOR HST STORAGE TANK SAT SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE CAN BE MET. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL C. PROCEDURES FOR EXERCISING CONTROL Center WORK AND WORK OF OTHER TRADES TO PROVIDE 4. RECORD DRAWINGS: SUBMIT TO THE BUILDING WITHIN THE CONTRACTOR'S ORGANIZATION, CO2 CO2 SENSOR HTG HEATING SCFM STANDARD CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE ACCESS CLEARANCES FOR SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE. OWNER PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY THE THE METHOD AND FREQUENCY OF FOR COMB COMBINATION HVAC HEATING,VENTILATING,AND AIR CONDITIONING SENS SENSIBLE LOCAL AHJ. REPORTING AND THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE COND CONDENSER,CONDENSATE HW HOT WATER PIPING SF SUPPLY FAN,SQUARE FOOT 5. REPORTS; CONN CONNECTOR HWC HOT WATER CIRCULATING PIPING SG SUPPLY GRILLE,SIGHT GLASS WITH MOISTURE PIPING NOTES OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: SUBMIT D. IDENTIFICATION AND QUALIFICATIONS OF Snohomish County CONT CONTINUE HX HEAT EXCHANGER INDICATOR TO THE BUILDING OWNER PER ENERGY CODE THE PERSON(S)EXERCISING SUCH CONTROL COP COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE HZ HERTZ SIM SIMILAR 1. DISASSEMBLY PROVISIONS: PROVIDE UNIONS OR ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ. AND THEIR POSITION(S)IN THE Public Works COTG CLEANOUT TO GRADE SL REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINE FLANGES AT PIPING CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT, ORGANIZATION. COILS,TRAPS,CONTROL VALVES,AND OTHER 6. SYSTEM BALANCING: BALANCE HVAC SYSTEMS CU CONDENSING UNIT,CUBIC IAQ INDOOR AIR QUALITY SP STATIC PRESSURE COMPONENTS TO ALLOW DISASSEMBLY FOR PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ 5. DIVISION 21,22,23 RESPONSIBILITIES: AT CV CONSTANT VOLUME ID INDIRECT DRAIN SPKR SPRINKLER AND SUBMIT A WRITTEN REPORT TO THE BUILDING MAINTENANCE.Cv FLOW COEFFICIENT EINVERT ELEVATION SS STAINLESS STEEL,SANITARY SEWER OWNER. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR A. HANGERS AND SEISMIC BRACING FOR 19700 67th Ave NE CW COLD WATER PIPING IN. INCH ST SOUND TRAP 2. REFRIGERANT PIPING: PROVIDE SIZING AND ADDITIONAL TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE DESIGNED INSTALLATION IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH (TAB)REQUIREMENTS. AND SPECIFIED BY DIVISION 21,22,23. Arlington, WA 98223 CWR CONDENSING WATER RETURN IN.WG INCHES WATER COLUMN DIVISION 21,22,23 SHALL REFER TO THE CWS CONDENSING WATER SUPPLY IW INDIRECT WASTE PIPING TCV TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND IN SUCH A WAY AS TO BE INCONSPICUOUS AND FREE FROM ANY 7 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF TO TRENCH DRAIN,TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE POSSIBLE CONDENSATION. PIPE SIZES NOTED ARE FOR COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS:TEST SYSTEMS TO EQUIPMENT AND HUNG MECHANICAL D DRAIN kW KILOWATT TDH TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD REFERENCE AND SHALL BE INSTALLED PER ENSURE THAT BUILDING SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN SYSTEMS AS STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS DO PERMIT SET DB DRY BULB(TEMPERATURE) TEMP TEMPERATURE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. CONTRACTOR DESIGNED,INSTALLED,AND FUNCTION PROPERLY, NOT SHOW THE LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL B dB DECIBEL L LENGTH TOD TOP OF DUCT SHALL PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING BETWEEN EFFICIENTLY,AND CAN BE MAINTAINED IN EQUIPMENT,DUCTWORK,PIPING,AND 05/02/2025 g EQUIPMENT FOR AN OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OTHER COMPONENTS. DCVA DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE TOF TOP OF PIPE IN ORDER TO SATISFY THE BUILDING OWNER'S B. DIVISION 21,22,23 SHALL COORDINATE THE This drawing is: DDCV DOUBLE DETECTOR CHECK VALVE LB LINEAR BAR TOP TOP OF STEEL 3 PROVIDE AT DESIGN INTENT AND OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS SUPPORT SYSTEMS AND DESIGN LOADS FOR 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. DEG DEGREE LBS POUND TOS TOP OF FOOTING SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPING CONNECTIONS TO PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ. HUNG PIPING AND OTHER MECHANICAL 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. DFU DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT LL REFRIGERANT LIQUID LINE TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE EQUIPMENT. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL SYSTEMS(INCLUDING COMBINED MULTIPLE 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's Written permission for any other use or reproduction.CONTRACTOR AND THE STEEL AND WOOD PROJECT COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS PIPE RUNS)WITH THE GENERAL DH DUCT HEATER LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPS TSTAT THERMOSTAT DI DUCTILE IRON LVR LOUVER TYP TYPICAL 4. PROVIDE AN INSULATED COPPER TRACER WIRE OR 8. THIS BUILDING AND ITS ENERGY SYSTEMS HAVE JOIST MANUFACTURERS IN ADDITION TO DIA DIAMETER LWR LOW WALL RETURN OTHER APPROVED CONDUCTOR ADJACENT TO UNDERGROUND NONMETALLIC(PLASTIC)PIPING. BEEN DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH ENERGY CODE OTHER TRADES THAT MAY BE IMPACTED. DIM DIMENSION LWS LOW WALL SUPPLY UG UNDERGROUND ACCESS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE TRACER WIRE OR ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ. CONTRACTOR IS 2023-053 DISC LOCATION OF STARTER,DISCONNECT AND LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE UH UNIT HEATER THE TRACER WIRE SHALL TERMINATE ABOVE GROUND RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT INSTALLATION OF CONTROLS UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE AT EACH END OF THE PIPING.THE TRACER WIRE SHALL ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM DISCH DISCHARGE MAT MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE NOT BE LESS THAN NO.18 AWG AND THE INSULATION g C406 ENERGY MEASURES:HEAT PUMP WATER • DIN DOWN MAV MANUAL AIR VENT V VENT PIPING TYPE SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR BURIAL. HEATING(1 CREDIT)AND IMPROVED HEATING 1. HVAC CONTROLS BY JOHNSON CONTROLS,INC. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION DV DRAIN VALVE MAX MAXIMUM VA VALVE 5. PROVIDE 12"LONG,''/:"WIDE FLUORESCENT ORANGE EFFICIENCY(12 CREDITS). PROVIDE METASYS CONTROLLER IN MAIN DWB DOMESTIC WATER BOOSTER MBH THOUSAND BTU PER HOUR VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TAPE AT CONCEALED VALVE LOCATIONS. MECHANICAL ROOM. 10. C406 LOAD MANAGEMENT MEASURES:HVAC LOAD DWGS DRAWINGS MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR VD VOLUME DAMPER 2. VRF SYSTEM SHALL BE CONTROLLED VIA MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY VEL VELOCITY MANAGEMENT(42 CREDITS). INTEGRATION TO METASYS CONTROLLER. (E) EXISTING MECH MECHANICAL VENT VENTILATION,VENTILATOR PLUMBING NOTES 11. C403.5 ECONOMIZER EXCEPTION:COOLING SYSTEM EA EXHAUSTAIR VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE WHERE THE SUPPLY FAN IS NOT INSTALLED 3. DOAS HRU'S AND VAV TERMINAL UNITS SHALL BE EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE MIN MINIMUM VOLT VOLTAGE OUTSIDE THE BUILDING THERMAL ENVELOPE NOR M MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REPORTING VALVE 1. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS: PROVIDE AT THE END OF CONTROLLED VIA METASYS CONTROLLER. N EER ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO HOT AND COLD WATER LINES SERVING TWO OR MORE IN A MECHANICAL ROOM ADJACENT TO OUTDOORS MOCP MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION VTR VENT THRU ROOF FIXTURES. SIZE IN ACCORDANCE WITH PLUMBING AND AND IS INSTALLED IN CONJUNCTION WITH DOAS 4. PROVIDE WATER AND ENERGY METERING TO MEET EF EXHAUST FAN MOD MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER DRAINAGE INSTITUTE(PDI)REQUIREMENTS. COMPLYING WITH SECTION C403.3.5 AND SERVING LEED REQUIREMENTS EFF EFFICIENCY W WASTE,WATT,WIDE,WATER ONLY SPACES WITH YEAR-ROUND COOLING LOADS PROJECT EG EXHAUST GRILLE NA NOT APPLICABLE W/ WITH 2. REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTERS(RPBP): FROM LIGHTS AND EQUIPMENT OF LESS THAN 5 5. PROVIDE LIGHTING SCHEDULING CAPABILITY VIA EL ELEVATION NC NORMALLY CLOSED,NOISE CRITERIA WB WET BULB(TEMPERATURE) PROVIDE INDIRECT DRAIN PIPING FROM RPBP TO WATTS PER SQUARE FOOT. METASYS CONTROLLER. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS ELEC ELECTRIC WC WATER CLOSET,WATER COLUMN NEAREST DRAIN. INSTALL FUNNEL AT RPBP IF PROJECT MANAGER: I- EMCS EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM N NOT IN CONTRACT REQUIRED. PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH NO NORMALLY OPEN WCO WALL CLEANOUT APPLICABLE CODES-MECHANICAL JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A EQUIV EQUIVALENT NO. NUMBER WG WATER GAGE 3. ACCESS PANELS: PROVIDE IN NON ACCESSIBLE A ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE NP NON POTABLE WH WATER HEATER,WALL HYDRANT CEILINGS AND WALLS FOR VALVES,WATER HAMMER 1 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE IBC •- ET EXPANSION TANK NPC NON POTABLE COLD WATER PIPING WHA WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR ARRESTERS,CLEANOUTS,AND OTHER ITEMS THAT (IBC)' AWING TITLE: EWT ENTERING WATER TEMP REQUIRE ACCESS TO PROPERLY MAINTAIN OR SERVICE 2. 2021 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE(IFC)" EXH EXHAUST NPH NON POTABLE HOT WATER PIPING WM WATER METER THE BUILDING. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. 3. 2021 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE(IMC)' MECHANICAL NTS NOT TO SCALE WSEC WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE 4. 2021 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE(WSEC) EXT EXTERIOR,EXTERNAL WSFU WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT 4. CLEANOUTS: PROVIDE AT THE BASE OF SANITARY 5. 2021 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE(UPC)- GENERAL NOTES WT WEIGHT DRAINAGE,PROCESS WASTE,AND RAINLEADER CONDUCTORS. 'AS AMENDED BY THE STATE OF WASHINGTON 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.oe.ae w 2 3 4 5 PLUMBING FIXTURE AND DRAIN ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE D MARK ITEM MANUFACTURER/MODEL WASTE VENT CW HW NOTES MARK DESCRIPTION (IN) (IN) (IN) (IN) KOHLER:KINGSTON K-84325-0 _ _ WALL MOUNT,FLUSH VALVE(TOP SPUD),SIPHON JET,WHITE VITREOUS CHINA,ELONGATED BOWL.PROVIDE WITH BARIATRIC DUTY CARRIER IN VERTICAL OR DYKEMAN WATER CLOSET CARRIER:J.R.SMITH HEAVY DUTY 4" 2 HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION,750 LBS MAXIMUM STATIC LOAD. WC-1 SEAT BEMIS:1955SSC - - - - NOTE 2 WC-1 SELF-SUSTAINING CHECK HINGE,NO COVER,OPEN FRONT,STAINLESS STEEL POSTAND HARDWARE. DESIGNARCHITECTURE + FLUSH VALVE SLOAN:ECOS 8111-1.28/1.1 - - 1-1/4" - CHROME PLATED,1-1/2 INCH TOP SPUD,1.28 GALLON PER FLUSH DOWN ACTION AND 1.1 GALLON PER FLUSH UP ACTION. FURNISH ONE FLUSH INSTRUCTION SIGN FOR INSTALLATION ABOVE FLUSH VALVE. URINAL KOHLER:BARDON K-4991-ET 2" 1-1/2" 0.125 GALLON PER FLUSH HEU URINAL,WALL MOUNT,FLUSH VALVE(TOP SPUD),SIPHON JET,WHITE VITREOUS CHINA,EXTENDED RIM. CARRIER:J.R.SMITH HEAVY DUTY FLOOR CARRIER UR-1 NOTE 2 UR-1 FLUSH VALVE SLOAN:ROYAL FLUSHOMETER 186A.125 - - 3/4 INCH TOP SPUD,0.125 GALLON PER FLUSH,MANUALLY OPERATED,POLISHED CHROME FINISH. 1" - DROP-IN,12-3/4"RECTANGULAR BOWL,VITREOUS CHINA,OVERFLOW DRAIN,SINGLE FAUCET HOLE,SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS.PROVIDE UNDERSINK • LAVATORY KOHLER:ARCHER K-2356-1 2" 1-1/2" - - PROTECTION.PROVIDE THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE. LV-1 NOTE 2 LV-1 SINGLE-HOLE DECK MOUNTED,METERING TYPE,CHROME PLATED.INTEGRAL,CAST BRASS SPOUT,4"CENTER-TO-CENTER.0.35 GPM VANDAL-PROOF,PRESSURE COMPENSATING,FAUCET CHICAGO FAUCETS: EO-A11C-KJKABCP - - 1/2" 1/2" AERATOR OUTLET.SELF-CLOSING,AUTO-TIMED METERING CARTRIDGE,ON-OFF HANDS-FREE ACTUATION,SINGLE SUPPLY. STAFF SINK ELKAY:LRAD252265 2" 1-1/2" - _ SINGLE BOWL,DROP-IN SINK,22"FRONT TO BACK BY 25"WIDE BY 6-1/2"DEEP,18 GAUGE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL,LUSTROUS SATIN FINISH,SELF-RIMMING,REAR CENTER DRAIN /w\ H R G I S / \ PLACEMENT. SS-1 NOTE 2 SS-1 DECK MOUNTED,CHROME PLATED,GN8A TYPE RIDGID/SWING GOOSENECK SPOUT 8"DEEP x 13-1/8"HEIGHT,317 TYPE 4"INDEXED W RISTBLADE HANDLES,E35VP TYPE 1.5 GPM 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 FAUCET CHICAGO FAUCETS:786-GN8AE3ABCP - - 1/2" 1/2" SOFTFLO AERATOR,CERAMIC CARTRIDGES,4INCH CENTERS.PROVIDE WITH ALL VANDAL RESISTANT OPTIONS. 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz WASHUP SINK ELKAY:EW MA6020(ADA) 2" 1-1/2" _ _ 60"WIDE BY 20"FRONT TO BACK,5-1/2"DEEP BASIN,FULL WIDTH 8"TALL BACKSPLASH,TYPE 304 SS 14 GA.MULTI STATION WALL MOUNT SINK,SINGLE WASTE OUTLET,PREDRILLED SS-2 NOTE 2 SS-2 FOR(3)8"ON CENTER FAUCETS.PROVIDE WITH WALL HANGERS,SS SUPPORT BRACKETS,AND UNDERSINK PROTECTION. FAUCET _ _ CONCEALED DECK-MOUNTED WITH 8"FIXED CENTERS,CHROME PLATED.L-TYPE SWING SPOUT,9-1/2"CENTER-TO-CENTER.2.2 GPM PRESSURE COMPENSATING AERATOR.2"METAL, REGISTRATION (3)CHICAGO FAUCETS:631-201029AB 1/2" 1/2" VANDAL-PROOF,SINGLE-WING HANDLES.COMPRESSION CARTRIDGE,OPENS AND CLOSES 90",CLOSES WITH WATER PRESSURE. DOUBLE COMPARTMENT,TYPE 304 18GA STAINLESS STEEL,22"FRONT TO BACK BY 33"WIDE BY 5"DEEP,SINK FAUCET AT BACK LEDGE,(3)HOLES ON 4"CENTERS.SELF-RIMMING _K F.CA, KITCHEN DOUBLE SINK ELKAY:LRAD332265 2" 1-1/2" - U-CHANNEL MOUNTING SYSTEM,SOUND DEADENED BOTTOM PAD.PROVIDE UNDER-SINK PROTECTION.PROVIDE WITH GD-1 GARBAGE DISPOSAL.PROVIDE OFFSET STAINLESS STEEL - GRID STRAINER FOR GARBAGE DISPOSAL TO MAINTAIN ADA APPROACH.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL(1)HOLE AT BACK CORNER OF SINK LEDGE FOR DECK MOUNT AIR GAP FITTING r '�- C ASSOCIATED WITH ADJACENT DW-1. C DECK MOUNTED,CHROME PLATED,GN8A TYPE RIDGID/SWING GOOSENECK SPOUT 8"DEEP x 13-118"HEIGHT,317 TYPE 4"INDEXED W RISTBLADE HANDLES,E35VP TYPE 1.5 GPM FAUCET CHICAGO FAUCETS:786-GN8AE3ABCP - - 1/2" 1/2" 9 DS-1 NOTE 2,7 DS-1 SOFTFLO AERATOR,CERAMIC CARTRIDGES,4 INCH CENTERS.PROVIDE WITH ALL VANDAL RESISTANT OPTIONS. 60 CUPS OF 200 F WATER PER HOUR CAPACITY,UNDER COUNTER INSTALLATION,NSF LISTED.213 GALLON INSULATED TANK WITH ADJUSTABLE THERMOSTAT FROM 160 TO 210 F. CsP l� 01S EN INSTANT SELF-CLOSING VALVE. ILL LISTED AND LABELED ELECTRICAL CORD AND PLUG.750 WATTS,6.25 AMPS,120 VOLT.PROVIDE Y."DROP INSIDE WALL WITH 90 DEGREE ON ••�� INSTA-HOT INSINKERATOR:H-CLASSIC.SS OR QUICK AND HOT 780 - - 1/2" - ANCHORED ELBOW,DEDICATED%"X 3/8"COMPRESSION LOOSE KEY STOP,3/8"COPPER TUBING TO IN-LINE CHARCOAL ICEMAKER TYPE FILTER WITH 3/8"COPPER TUBING TO WATER BREWER.PROVIDE EXTRA HOLE PUNCHING IN SS SINKS WHERE REQUIRED.MOUNT CHROME PLATED DISPENSER IN BACK-RIGHT CORNER OF SINK LEDGE TO CLEAR ADJACENT FAUCET HANDLES OR IN LOCATION DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. ..• 21111110• • SINGLE COMPARTMENT,UNDERMOUNT,TYPE 304 18GA STAINLESS STEEL,18-1/2"FRONT TO BACK BY 18-1/2"WIDE BY 9"DEEP,REAR CENTER DRAIN PLACEMENT,FULL SPRAY SIDES UTILITY SINK ELKAY:ECTRU17179T 2" 1-1/2" - - AND BOTTOM WITH SIDE AND BOTTOM PADS.PROVIDE UNDERSINK PROTECTION.PROVIDE OFFSET STAINLESS STEEL GRID STRAINER TO MAINTAIN ADAAPPROACH. Arlington Operations UT-1 - UT-1 DECK MOUNTED,CHROME PLATED,TYPE L RIDGID/SWING GOOSENECK SPOUT 12"DEEP x 6"HEIGHT,2-3/8"VANDAL PROOF INDEXED WRISTBLADE HANDLES,E35VP 1.0 GPM NON Center FAUCET CHICAGO FAUCETS:895-L12E73ABCP - - 1/2" 1/2" -AERATING LAMINAR OUTLET,CERAMIC CARTRIDGES,4INCH CENTERS.PROVIDE WITH ALL VANDAL RESISTANT OPTIONS. FOR CORNER TYPE,FLOOR MOUNT,24 INCH LONG BY 24 INCH WIDE BY 10 INCH DEEP,MOLDED STONE WITH 1 INCH WIDE SHOULDERS.PROVIDE FIAT 832-AA,30 INCH LONG FLEXIBLE SERVICE(MOP)SINK FIAT:MSB-2424 3" 2" - - HOSE AND BRACKETS,FIAT 889-CC,24 INCH BY 3 INCH MOP HANGER,FIAT 1453-BB,FLAT STAINLESS STEEL STRAINER,FIAT E-77-AA VINYL BUMBER GUARD,AND FIAT 833-AA,SILICONE SEALANT. Snohomish County MS-1 - MS-1 WALL MOUNTED,MANUAL MIXING TYPE,INTEGRAL CHECK VALVE,POLISHED CHROME PLATED SOLID BRASS,8INCH CENTERS,INTEGRAL 8INCH SPOUT,PAIL HOOK,ADJUSTABLE FAUCET CHICAGO FAUCETS:897-CCP - - 3/4" 3/4" WALL BRACE WITH OVAL FLANGE,MALE HOSE THREADED OUTLET,INTEGRAL STOP VALVES,AND ATMOSPHERIC VACUUM BREAKER,2-3/8 INCH METAL HANDLES,ADJUSTABLE SUPPLY Public Works ARMS,INTEGRAL DRAIN. AT ELKAY LZSTLDDWSVRSK BOTTLE FILLING STATION WITH WALL HUNG,DUAL PURPOSE UNIT FOR STANDING AND WHEELCHAIR USE,FULLY ASSEMBLED.STAINLESS STEEL BASINS,ELECTRONIC BOTTLE FILLER SENSOR WITH ELECTRONIC DF-1 DRINKING FOUNTAIN W/BOTTLE FILLER BI-LEVEL COOLER 2" 1-1/2" 1/2" - - DF-1 AFRONT AND SIDE CTIVATION WITH 20 SECONDSHUT-OFF,TIVA BOTTLES SAVED COUNTER.LISHED CHROME PLATED BRASS VANDAL RESISTANT BUBBLER HEADS.1.1 GPM,LAMINAR FLOW,TOUCHLESS 19700 67th Ave NE 11 INCH DIAMETER PVC BOWL,HEAD WITH PROTECTIVE COVER,CHROME PLATED STAY-OPEN BALL VALVE OPERATED BY PVC HANDLE,CHOME PLATED BRASS TAILPIECE AND Arlington, WA 98223 EW-1 EMERGENCY EYEWASH HAWS:7260BT-727OBT 2" 1-1/2" 3/4" 3/4" NOTE 5 EW-1 P-TRAP.IN-LINE STRAINER,CHROME PLATED CAST ALUMINUM WALL BRACKET,THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE DIAL THERMOMETER AS SPECIFIED IN 221120,UNIVERSAL SAFETY SIGN. PRESSURE ACTUATED MIXER WITH DURABLE STAINLESS STEEL BALANCING PISTON TO EQUALIZE HOT AND COLD SUPPLY PRESSURES,BUILT-IN SHUTOFF FOR SINGLE HANDLE PERMIT SET AQUATIC:1363 BFRF-WH(ONE-PIECE SHOWER) OPERATION,REMOVABLE ONE PIECE UPPER AND LOWER VALVE SEAT,INTERNAL PARTS OF BRONZE AND STAINLESS STEEL,CAST WALL FLANGE AND LEVER HANDLE,POLISHED B SH-1 SHOWER TRIM(ADA) LEONARD:PAM II-ST-F(VALVE) - - 112" 1/2" NOTE 2 SH-1 CHROME PLATED,MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE 125 PSIG,ADJUSTABLE HIGH TEMPERATURE LIMIT STOP SET FOR 110F,COLOR CODED DIAL,%-INLETS AND OUTLETS,PLASTER 05/02/2025 B LEONARD:62001A-1.5(HAND SHOWER) GUARD/THIN WALL MOUNTING BRACKET,LEONARD HAND SHOWER 62001A-1.5:HAND SPRAYER WITH BRAIDED SS FLEXIBLE EXTENDING 60",DOUBLE CHECK VALVE BACKFLOW PREVENTER,SUPPLY ELBOW AND FLANGE,1.5 GPM MAX,24"ADA WALL GRAB BAR OF SS MATERIAL,1.5"OD,SLIDE MECHANISM. This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. PRESSURE ACTUATED MIXER WITH DURABLE STAINLESS STEEL BALANCING PISTON TO EQUALIZE HOT AND COLD SUPPLY PRESSURES,BUILT-IN SHUTOFF FOR SINGLE HANDLE 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's AQUATIC:1363C-WH(ONE-PIECE SHOWER) OPERATION,REMOVABLE ONE PIECE UPPER AND LOWER VALVE SEAT,INTERNAL PARTS OF BRONZE AND STAINLESS STEEL,CAST WALL FLANGE AND LEVER HANDLE,POLISHED written permission for any other use or reproduction. SH-2 SHOWER TRIM LEONARD:PAM II-ST-F(VALVE) - - 1/2" 1/2" NOTE 2 SH-2 CHROME PLATED,MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE 125 PSIG,ADJUSTABLE HIGH TEMPERATURE LIMIT STOP SET FOR 110F,COLOR CODED DIAL,%"INLETS AND OUTLETS,PLASTER LEONARD:H-14(SHOWER HEAD) GUARD/THIN WALL MOUNTING BRACKET,LEVER HANDLER,DOUBLE CHECK VALVE BACKFLOW PREVENTER,INLINE VACUUM BREAKER.PROVIDE WITH LEONARD H-14 SHOWER HEAD, PROJECT NUMBER: BALL JOINT ADJUSTABLE SPRAY,ARM AND FLANGE(1.5 GPM). C WBA WASHER BOX GUY GRAY:WB200HA 2" 1-1/2" 111. 3/4" - WBA RECESSED WALL BOX WITH 3/4 INCH HOSE BIBBS,INTEGRAL HAMMER ARRESTOR SINGLE LEVER VALVE,CENTER 2INCH DRAIN,18 GAGE GALVANIZED STEEL COVER. 2023-053 SBA SERVICE BOX GUY GRAY:BIM875 - - 1/2" - - SBA RECESSED 20 GAGE GALVANIZED STEEL WALL BOX WITH 1/2 INCH INLET AND 1/4 INCH ANGLE SUPPLY VALVE,20 GAGE GALVANIZED STEEL COVER. • GDA GARBAGE DISPOSAL INSINKERATOR:EVOLUTION 0.75 HP 2" 2" - - - GDA CONTINUOUS FEED GARBAGE DISPOSAL WITH STAINLESS STEEL GRINDING ELEMENTS,STAINLESS STEEL STOPPER,AND 3/4 HP MOTOR.INSTALL TO ACCOMMODATE ADA APPROACH. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROVIDE WITH REMOTE WALL SWITCH. HB-1 CW EXTERIOR HOSE BIBB WOODFORD:B65 - - 3/4" - - HB-1 NON-FREEZE WALL HYDRANT,RECESSED,BRASS VALVE BODY WITH HOSE END,ASSE 1011 ANTI-SIPHON VACUUM BREAKER,AUTOMATIC DRAINING,LOOSE KEY,WALL CLAMP,3/4 INCH INLET.STEM LENGTH TO SUIT WALL THICKNESS.PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL ON INTERIOR WALL DIRECTLY BEHIND FIXTURE. HB-2 CW INTERIOR HOSE BIBB CHICAGO 387-E27CP - - 3/4" - - HB-2 INSIDE SILLCOCK TEE HANDLE WITH VACUUM BREAKER.SEE DETAIL 7/M9.02. HB-3 HW&CW EXTERIOR HOSE BIBB WOODFORD:HC667 - - 3/4 3/4 - HB-3 RECESSED BOX TYPE,CHROME BRASS BODY WITH HOSE END ASSE 1052 ANTI-SIPHON DOUBLE CHECK,REMOVABLE WALL FLANGE AND DOOR WITH CYLINDER LOCK,LOOSE KEY WHEEL HANDLE,3/4 INCH INLET AND OUTLET.AUTOMATIC DRAINING AND FREEZE PROOF WALL HYDRANT.INCLUDE WITH REPAIR KIT. FDA FLOOR DRAIN JAY R SMITH:FIGURE 2005 NOTE 6 NOTE 6 112" - NOTE 4 FDA TWO-PIECE COATED CAST IRON BODY,DOUBLE DRAINAGE FLANGE,REVERSIBLE FLASHING COLLAR,WEEPHOLES,BOTTOM OUTLET,5 INCH ADJUSTABLE ROUND NICKEL BRONZE STRAINER,AND VANDAL PROOF SCREWS.COATED CAST IRON WITH 1/2 INCH THREADED INLET TAPPING.JAY R.SMITH FIGURE 2695. FS-1 FLOOR SINK JAY R SMITH:FIGURE 3003 NOTE 6 NOTE 6 1/2" - NOTE 4 FS-1 12 INCH SQUARE TOP,POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL NO GRATE,8INCH DEEP 14 GAGE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL RECEPTOR,NO-HUB,DOME BOTTOM STRAINER,FLANGE AND PROJECT FLASHING CLAMP FOR ABOVE GRADE INSTALLATIONS.COATED CAST IRON WITH 1/2 INCH THREADED INLET TAPPING.JAY R.SMITH FIGURE 2695. 12 INCH SQUARE TOP,POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL HALF GRATE,8 INCH DEEP 14 GAGE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL RECEPTOR,NO-HUB,DOME BOTTOM STRAINER,FLANGE AND PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS FS-2 FLOOR SINK JAY R SMITH:FIGURE 3003 NOTE 6 NOTE 6 1/2" - NOTE 4 FS-2 FLASHING CLAMP FOR ABOVE GRADE INSTALLATIONS.COATED CAST IRON WITH 112 INCH THREADED INLET TAPPING.JAY R.SMITH FIGURE 2695. PROJECT MANAGER: I- 12 INCH SQUARE TOP,POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL THREE QUARTER GRATE,8 INCH DEEP 14 GAGE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL RECEPTOR,NO-HUB,DOME BOTTOM STRAINER, PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH FS-3 FLOOR SINK JAY R SMITH:FIGURE 3003 NOTE 6 NOTE 6 1/2" - NOTE 4 FS-3 FLANGE AND FLASHING CLAMP FOR ABOVE GRADE INSTALLATIONS.COATED CAST IRON WITH 1/2 INCH THREADED INLET TAPPING.JAY R.SMITH 2695. JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG A GENERAL NOTES: DRAWING TITLE: A A.PIPE SIZES LISTED MAY BE DIFFERENT THAN THE ACTUAL FIXTURE CONNECTION. PROVIDE BRANCH PIPE OF LISTED SIZE AND ALL PIPE FITTINGS AND OFFSETS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B.PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL FIXTURES. C.PROVIDE WALL CLEANOUTS FOR ALL SINKS,WATER CLOSETS,AND URINALS. MECHANICAL NOTES: SCHEDULES 1.SIZE AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 2.ADA COMPLIANT WHERE INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.MOUNTING HEIGHT AS INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 3.PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER ASSEMBLY WITH NUMBER OF PORTS REQUIRED TO SERVE ADJACENT DRAINS.PROVIDE 120V/10 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. PROVIDE WITH SHUTOFF VALVE. • 4.CW CONNECTION VIA TRAP PRIMER.VENT 112 SIZE OF WASTE OR 1-1/2"WHICHEVER IS LARGER. 5.SUPPLY HOT AND COLD WATER TO THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE AND EXTEND TEMPERED WATER FROM MIXING VALVE TO FIXTURE. 6.SIZE AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS.WHERE APPLICABLE,VENT SIZE SHALL BE AS NOTED ON THE DRAWING,HALF SIZE OF WASTE OR 1-1/2",WHICHEVER IS LARGER. 7.COORDINATE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS WITH DIV 26.PROVIDE 120V/10 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.oe.ae w 1 2 3 4 5 D PLUMBING FIXTURE PRODUCTS SCHEDULE PLUMBING PUMP SCHEDULE MARK LOCATION SYSTEM SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. PUMP MOTOR PHYSICAL VFD MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ NOTES MARK MANUFACTURERS TYPE FLOW HEAD RPM HP V/PJ LxWxH WEIGHT (YIN) SUPPORT DIAGRAM A. WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS:KOHLER,AMERICAN STANDARD,OR APPROVED. (GPM) (FT) (INxINxIN) (LBS) REFERENCE . � B. LAVATORIES:KOHLER,AMERICAN STANDARD,OR APPROVED.. DWCP-01 MECHANICAL ROOM DOMESTIC HW GRUNDFOS UPS CNTRFGL INLINE 3.0 20.0 1750 1/12 120/1 9x7x5 25 N WALL 1/M9.04 1 DWCP-01 C. STAINLESS STEEL SINKS:JUST MANUFACTURING,ELKAY,OR APPROVED. D. SERVICE AND MOP SINKS:FIAT PRODUCTS,KOHLER,ACORN,OR APPROVED. SP-01 ELEVATOR PIT ELEVATOR LIBERTY PUMPS/ELV 290 ELEVATOR SUMP 50.0 25.0 3250 3/4 120/1 18x18x30 50 N FLOOR 1/M9.03 2 SP-01 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN E. DRINKING FOUNTAINS:ELKAY,HAWS,ACORN,HALSEY TAYLOR,OR APPROVED. NOTES: F. EMERGENCY FIXTURES:ACORN,GUARDIAN,HAWS,BRADLEY CORP,OR APPROVED. 1.PROVIDE WITH AQUASTAT CONTROLLER AND TIME CLOCK.SET AQUASTAT TO 120 DEG F,AND CONFIRM SCHEDULE WITH OWNER. G. HOSE BIBBS:J.R.SMITH,WOODFORD,CHICAGO FAUCETS,ACORN,WADE,OR APPROVED. P.PROVIDE WITH OIL DETECTOR,NEMA 1 CONTROL PANEL,25 FT CABLE,AND REMOTE ALARM WITH 24V AUXILIARY DDC CONTACTS. - 17 - Drive H. SERVICE OUTLETS:GUY GRAY,OR APPROVED. I. FAUCETS FOR LAVATORIES,SINKS,AND SERVICE SINKS:CHICAGO FAUCETS.NO SUBSTITUTIONS. J. MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS:BRASSCRAFT,T&S BRASS,MCGUIRE,OR APPROVED. EJECTOR PUMP SCHEDULE K. FLUSH VALVES FOR WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS:SLOAN OR ZURN.NO SUBSTITUTIONS. MARK LOCATION SYSTEM SERVED MANUFACTURER/ PUMP MOTOR BASIN PHYSICAL VFD MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ NOTES MARK L. WATER CLOSET SEATS:BEMIS,OR APPROVED. MODEL NO. TYPE FLOW HEAD RPM HP V/0 DIA DEPTH INLET OUTLET LxWxH WEIGHT (YIN) SUPPORT DIAGRAM M. UNDER-SINK PROTECTION FOR ACCESSIBLE FIXTURES:TRUEBRO LAV GUARD,OR APPROVED. (GPM) (FT) (FT) (FT) (IN) (IN) (INxINxIN) (LBS) REFERENCE H A R G I S N. FIXTURE SUPPORTS:J.R.SMITH,ZURN,WADE,JOSAM,MIFAB OR APPROVED EJ-01 MECHANICAL ROOM SANITARY WASTE ZOELLER/X841 EJECTOR PUMP 52.0 50.0 3450 2 46013 12x9x27 155 N FLOOR 4/M9.04 1-4 EJ-01 4 9 4 2 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM,GENERAL EJ-02 MECHANICAL ROOM SANITARY WASTE ZOELLER/X841 EJECTOR PUMP 52.0 50.0 3450 2 460/3 12x9x27 155 N FLOOR 4/M9.04 1-4 EJ-02 A. FIXTURE COLOR:WHITE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz B. EXPOSED METAL PARTS:POLISHED CHROME PLATED FINISH. NOTES: 1.PROVIDE WITH 36"ALUMINUM HATCH COVER WITHOUT VENT,SCH 40 STAINLESS STEEL GUIDE RAILS,FOUR FLOATS(OFF,LEVEL 1,LEVEL 2,ALARM),STAINLESS STEEL LIFT CHAINS AND HARNESSES FOR PUMPS,AND BREAKAWAY SYSTEM. C. STOP VALVES:PROVIDE IN WATER CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES,EXCEPT WHERE FITTING HAS INTEGRAL STOPS. 2.PROVIDE DUPLEX PUMPS WITH CHECK VALVES AND ISOLATION VALVES.PIPING WITHIN PUMP PACKAGE SHALL BE SCH 80 PVC. REGISTRATION STAMPS: BRASSCRAFT KT SERIES,LOOSE KEY ANGLE PATTERN,QUARTER TURN W ITH LOCK SHIELD,BRASS 3.PROVIDE SEPARATE VENT CONNECTION TO PUMP PACKAGE BASIN FOR VENTING BELOW SLAB. CONSTRUCTION WITH POLISHED CHROME PLATED FINISH. 4.PROVIDE BARNES CONTROL PANEL WITH ACCESSORY ALARM LIGHT,ALARM HORN,AND DRY CONTACTS FOR ALARM FUNCTION. 11 D. RIGID RISERS:CHROME PLATED COPPER TUBING WITH POLISHED FINISH,1/2"OUTSIDE DIAMTER. F.CA, O Of WASh.\(�`y E. FLEXIBLE RISERS:NOT ALLOWED,EXCEPT FOR PLUMBING FIXTURE MARKS DW-1,SB-1,WB-1. p�p� C F. PIPE ESCUTCHEONS:INCLUDE WHERE PIPE OR OTHER FITTING ENTERS WALL AT FIXTURE.COMPLY WITH HEAT PUMP WATER HEATER SCHEDULE °�'� 'lr T' \ C REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 232116. MARK LOCATION SYSTEM MANUFACTURER/ TYPE HEAT TANK CONNECTION SIZES ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL RELIEF MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ CONTROL NOTES MARK 9C�, G. LAVATORY STRAINER AND TAIL PIECES:CHICAGO 327-XCP,OR APPROVED STAINLESS STEEL BRASS FITTING SERVED MODEL NO. PUMP SIZE WATER DRAIN V/0 MCA MOCP TOTAL ELEMENTS DIAxH(INxIN)WEIGHT VALVE SUPPORT DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/ l�9F�ts Er 0 �2z" WITH PERFORATED GRID STRAINER AND 17 GA SEAMLESS BRASS TAIL PIECE. COP (GAL) (IN) RAI KW (#) (LBS) (PSIG) REFERENCE SEQUENCE ON LNG H. SINK GRID STRAINER AND TAIL PIECES:JUST J-35SSF-VR OR APPROVED,STAINLESS STEEL BRASS FITTING WITH HPWH-01 MECHANICAL DOMESTIC HW SANDEN/SANCO2 VERTICAL,TANK - 83 3/4 3/4 - - - - - 27"x59" - 125 FLOOR 1/M9.04 2/M10.05 1,2 HPWH-01 PERFORATED GRID STRAINER AND 17 GA SEAMLESS BRASS TAIL PIECE. ROOM I. SINK BASKET STRAINER AND TAIL PIECES:JUST J-35-STP OR APPROVED,STAINLESS STEEL BRASS FITTING WITH WHCU-01 - DOMESTIC HW SANDEN/ OUTDOOR HEAT 5 - 3/4 - 208/1 13 15 1 1 36"x11"x28" 106 - FLOOR 1/M9.04 2/M10.05 1-4 WHCU-01 PERFORATED GRID STRAINER AND 17 GA SEAMLESS BRASS TAIL PIECE. GUS-A45HPA PUMP UNIT J. P TRAPS:MCGUIRE 8900 SERIES OR APPROVED,CAST BRASS CHROME PLATED BODY,WITH CLEANOUT,17 GA NOTES: Arlington Operations SEAMLESS CHROME PLATED TRAP ARM. 1.SET AT 110°F K. LABORATORY FIXTURE TAIL PIECES,P-TRAPS AND BOTTLE TRAPS:MATERIAL AND JOINING 2.PROVIDE WIRING BETWEEN INDOOR TANK SENSOR AND EXTERIOR HEAT PUMP. Center METHOD SHALL COMPLY WITH ACID WASTE PIPING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN 3.PROVIDE HEAT TRACE KIT AND POWER OUTAGE KIT. SECTION 226600. 4.UNIT SHALL BE ROOF MOUNTED ON CONCRETE SUPPORT WITH TYPE IP ISOLATION PADS(TYP).PROVIDE UNIT MOUNTED TO SUPPORT WITH TYPE IP-1 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND WBA NEOPRENE WASHING AND BUSHING PER DETAIL.COMPRESSOR SHALL FOR BE INTERNALLY ISOLATED. L. VACUUM BREAKER: INCLUDE ON WATER SUPPLY TO EACH FIXTURE WHICH HAS A WATER CONNECTION LOCATED BELOW RIM AND FOR FIXTURES WITH FAUCETS WITH THREADED OUTLETS Snohomish County FOR HOSE ATTACHMENT,FLOW-THROUGH PATTERN. M. TRAP PRIMERS: PROVIDE FOR FLOOR RECEPTORS.REF MECH DWGS FOR ADDITIONAL DOMESTIC WATER EXPANSION TANK SCHEDULE Public Works LOCATIONS. MARK LOCATION SYSTEM SERVED MANUFACTURER/ TYPE AT TANK ACCEPTANCE SYSTEM PHYSICAL SIZING CRITERIA MOUNTING/ DETAIU NOTES MARK N. EXPOSED SUPPLIES: PROVIDE ESCUTCHEON,STOP VALVE,AND VERTICAL RIGID RISERS AS MODEL NO. VOLUME VOLUME(GAL)CONN(IN) SIZE WEIGHT SYS VOL MAX TEMP MIN TEMP MAX MIN PRESS SUPPORT DIAGRAM SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. (GAL) REFERENCES (DIAxL) (LBS) (GAL) (DEG F) (DEG F) PRESS (PSI) 19700 67th Ave NE O SPECIFIED CONCEALED N THIS SECTION.VIDE ESCUTCHEON,STOP VALVE,AND VERTICAL RIGID RISERS AS DWET-01 MECHANICAL ROOM DOMESTIC HW AMTROL/ST-12C-DD DIAPHRAGM 6.4 3.2 3/4 12x18 17 202 140 50 150 60 WALL 1/M9.04 1,2 DWET-01 Arlington, WA 98223 P. UNDER SINK PROTECTION FOR ACCESSIBLE FIXTURES: DWET-02 MECHANICAL ROOM DOMESTIC CW AMTROL/ST-05C-DD DIAPHRAGM 2.1 0.9 3/4 8x14 10 47 60 50 150 60 WALL 1/M9.02 1,2 DWET-02 1 DESCRIPTION:FULLY MOLDED FLEXIBLE VINYL INSULATION KIT FOR DRAIN PIPING,P-TRAP,AND NOTES: HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLIES UNDER LAVATORY TO MEET AMERICAN WITH DISABILITIES ACT PERMIT SET 1.EXPANSION TANK SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE SITE PRE-CHARGED TO THE SYSTEM OPERATING PRESSURE.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ENGINEER PRIOR TO ORDERING. B RADA)REQUIREMENTS. 05�02�2025 B 2.ASME RATED.PROVIDE WITH SEISMIC BRACING. 2 RATING:UL LISTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ADA. 3 COMPONENTS:SMOOTH EXTERIOR CONFORMING TO PIPE AND FITTINGS,HIDDEN FASTENING This drawing is: SYSTEM,REMOVABLE TRAP CLEANOUT COVER,AND HINGED CAP AT STOP VALVES TO ALLOW 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. QUICK ACCESS WITH SNAP CLOSURE. TRAP PRIMER SCHEDULE 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's Q. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND'PLUMBING FIXTURE AND DRAIN ROUGH-IN MARK MANUFACTURER NUMBER OF PIPE CONNECTIONS ELEC DETAIL/ NOTES MARK written permission for any other use or reproduction. SCHEDULE FOR PLUMBING FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHT. /MODEL NO. OUTLETS INLET OUTLETS V/PH. DIAGRAM PROJECT REFERENCE FIXTURE SUPPORTS TP-1 PPP/PRIMETIME 4 TO 16 3/4" 1/2"EA 120/1 2&4/M9.02 NOTE 1 TP-1 2023-053 A. WATER CLOSET CARRIERS: 1. ELECTRONIC TRAP PRIMER MANIFOLD.PROVIDE WITH RECESSED MOUNT INSTALLATION IN FRAMED WALLS IN ALL 1 CONCEALED HEAVY DUTY CAST IRON CARRIER,VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTABLE FINISHED SPACES INCLUDING STORAGE ROOMS AND CUSTODIAL ROOMS UNO ON PLUMBING PLANS. PATTERN,MINIMUM 750 LB SUPPORT CAPACITY,WITH REAR ANCHOR SUPPORT LUG. FURNISH • TYPE AS REQUIRED TO FIT WITHIN AVAILABLE WALL SPACE.WHERE WALL SPACE IS RESTRICTED, MARK DATE DESCRIPTION VERTICAL NON-ADJUSTABLE PATTERN CARRIERS ACCEPTABLE. 2 INCLUDE SUPPORT FEET SET ON SUB-FLOOR OR CAST IN SUB-FLOOR.BOLT CARRIER TO FLOOR GLYCOL MAKE-UP UNIT SCHEDULE AT ALL POINTS,INCLUDING REAR ANCHOR SUPPORT LUG. MARK LOCATION DESCRIPTION/ MANUFACTURER/ FLUID PUMP FILL CAPACITY ELECTRICAL DIMENSION OPERATING DETAIL/ CONTROL REMARKS 3 1 INCLUDE BRASS FIXTURE ATTACHMENT BOLTS AND CHROME-PLATED ACORN TYPE NUTS. AREA SERVED MODEL TYPE QTY PRESSURE MOTOR V/0 DIAxH WEIGHT DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/ 4 INCLUDE EPDXY BOLTS FOR BARIATRIC AND WALL MOUNTED WATER CLOSETS.LAG BOLTS NOT ACCEPTABLE. (PSIG) (GAL) (HP) (INxIN) (LBS) REFERENCE SEQUENCE GMU-01 MECHANICAL ROOM CONDENSER WATER B&G/GMU30 20%PG 1 30 55 1/2 120/1 1 31x58 160 1/M1005 1/M1005 NOTE 1.2 5 PROVIDE WITH WAX RING WITH PLASTIC CONE,MANUFACTURERS GASKET NOT ACCEPTABLE. GENERAL NOTES: B. WALL HUNG FIXTURES OTHER THAN WATER CLOSETS: A.APPROVED MANUFACTURERS:ARMSTRONG,JL WINGERT 1 CONCEALED FIXTURE HANGER CONSTRUCTED FOR FIXTURE. PROJECT NOTES: 2 INCLUDE CAST IRON FEET SET ON SUB-FLOOR,CAST IN SUB-FLOOR,OR SUPPORTED BY 1.GLYCOL MAKE-UP UNIT SHALL BE BASE MOUNTED AND COME AS PACKAGE WITH PUMP,FEED TANK AND ASSOCIATED CONTROLS.PROVIDE SINGLE POINT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION AND INTEGRAL DISCONNECT. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS FLOOR-TO-CEILING PIPES. 2.PROVIDE CONTACTS FOR REMOTE INDICATIONS OF HIGH WATER LEVEL,LOW WATER LEVEL,AND PUMP RUN. PROJECT MANAGER: I- 3 1 INCLUDE CONCEALED ARM FIXTURE SUPPORTS WHERE SUITABLE FOR FIXTURE. I PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE DRAWING TITLE: MARK LOCATION SYSTEMSERVED MANUFACTURER/ TYPE THERMAL TANKSIZE RECOVERY CON NECTIONSIZES ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL RELIEF MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ CONTROL NOTES MARK MECHANICAL MODEL NO. EFFICIENCY (GAL) AT I WATER DRAIN V/0 FLA TOTAL VALVE SUPPORT DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/ N (GAL/HR) (IN) IN KW ELEMENTS DIAxH WEIGHT ( ) (#) (INxIN) (LBS) (PSIG) REFERENCE SEQUENCE SCHEDULES EWH-01 MECHANICAL ROOM DOMESTIC HW AO SMITH/ DR SMITH 5 VERTICAL,TANK 100 80 102 3/4 3/4 208/3 41.6 15 3 26x61 280 125 FLOOR 1/M9.04 2/M10.05 1 EWH-01 NOTES: 1.SET AT 120°F 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.oe.a�cu 2 3 4 5 HEAT RECOVERY UNIT SCHEDULE D FANS ENERGY RECOVERY DEVICE FILTER ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL MOUNTING MARK MANUF VENT VENT WINTER SUMMER SUPPORTDETAIL/ CONTROL MARK LOCATION AREA SERVED /MODEL NO. MAX OA MIN OA SERVICE TOTALAIRFLOW ESP SPEED MOTOR TYPE SERVICE AIRFLOW SAT MIN. SAT MIN. TYPE RATING V/0 MCA MOP LxWxH WEIGHT DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/ (CFM) (CFM) MIN MAX (IN WC) CONTROL QTY HP MAX DB EFF. DB/NB EFF. (INxINxIN) (LBS) REFERENCE SEQUENCE • YKEMAN CFM CFM CFM DEG F % DEG F EMAIR/ SUPPLY 1,700 2,100 1.50 1 3.0 OUTSIDE AIR 2,100 HRU-01 ECH HVAC ROO SYST BLDG TOEMAIPVEX 2100 1700 ECM WHEEL 56.6 90.1 79.5/64.2 88.1 MERV 13 20813 20.3 25.0 98x67x75 1855 FLOOR 4/M9.08 2/M10.07 HRU-01 EXHAUST 1,700 2,100 1.50 1 3.0 EXHAUST 2,100 SUPPLY 21700 3200, 1.35 1 3.0 OUTSIDE AIR 3,200 HRU-02 ECH HVAC ROOM BLDG SYSTEMAIR/ 3200 2700 ECM WHEEL 56.5 85 79.7/64.2 84.7 MERV 13 208/3 20.3 25.0 98x67x75 1855 FLOOR 4/M9.08 2/M10.07 HRU-02 TOPVEX EXHAUST 2,700 3,200 1.35 1 3.0 EXHAUST 3,200 • TOTAL 5,300 4,400 GENERAL NOTES: �J A D R ^ I C A.INDOOR AIR CONDITIONS:WINTER RETURN AIR DB=70 DEG F,SUMMER RETURN AIR DB/WB=75 DEG F/63 DEG F.OUTDOOR AIR CONDITIONS:WINTER OAT DB n=24 DEG F,SUMMER OAT DB/WB=90 DEG F/67 DEG F. ,` V J B.ALL FANS SHALL BE DIRECT DRIVE,AND MINIMUM FEG 75. C.PROVIDE WITH 2"MERV 8 FILTERS FOR EXHUAST AND 4"MERV FILTERS FOR OUTSIDE AIR. D.UNIT DIMENSIONS ARE MAXIMUM ALLOWED DIMENSIONS.DIMENSIONS LARGER THAN THOSE LISTED IN SCHEDULE ONLY ALLOWED PENDING REVIEW BY A/E. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 E.SEE AIR HANDLER ACOUSTICAL CRITERIA SCHEDULE ON M0.08 FOR ACOUSTICAL REQUIREMENTS.AIR HANDLERS SHALL CONFORM TO ACOUSTICAL REQUIREMENTS IN SCHEDULE WITHOUT EXCEPTION. 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz F.PROVIDE UNITS WITH 6"TALL BASE RAIL.UNIT DIMENSION LISTED ABOVE DOES NOT INCLUDE HEIGHT OF BASE RAIL. G.DIV 26 SHALL FURNISH DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS.DIV 23 SHALL INSTALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS.SEE PLANS FOR LOCATION. H.PROVIDE DAMPERS AT EXHAUST AND OUTSIDE AIR CONNECTIONS TO UNIT. REGISTRATION F.CA , SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING SCHEDULE ° °fW�,c\ C MARK LOCATION AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. FAN SUPPLY FAN REFR. COOLING DESIGN AIR CONDENSATE ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL SOUND MOUNTING/ VIBRATION DETAIL/ CONTROL NOTES MARK v % (�) C 9 a FLOW DRIVE ESP TYPE TOTAL CAP SEER,IEE FILTER RUNOUT MCA MOP V/0 HxWxD WEIGHT PRESSURE SUPPORT ISOLATION PER DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/ C3, yF�/s PEo �2 (CFM) (IN WC) (MBH) MINIMUM (INCH) (INxINxIN) (LBS) MAX(dBA) DIV 230548 REFERENCE SEQUENCE D G ON 6N AC-01 MDF ROOM MDF ROOM SAMSUNG IAC018DNADCG 615,MAX DIRECT ECM - 21.0 INTEGRAL 11/16 - - - 9x42x12 29 42 WALL - 2/M9.08 8/M10.04 3,4 AC-01 R-32 18.0 SEER2 CU-01 SERVICE YARD MDF ROOM SAMSUNG/AC018DXSCCF - - - - - 13.7 15.0 208/1 26x35x13 100 58 ROOF NOTE 2 2/M9.08 8/M10.04 1,2 CU-01 •.• • • ELEVATOR MACHINE ELEVATOR MACHINE AC-02 ROOM ROOM SAMSUNG/AC018DNADCG 615,MAX DIRECT ECM - 210 INTEGRAL 11/16 - - - 12x42x10 29 42 WALL - 2/M9.08 8/M10.04 3,4 AG02 Arlington Operations R-32 18.0 SEER2 CU-02 SERVICEYARD ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM SAMSUNG IAC018DXSCCF - - - - - 13.7 15.0 20811 26x35x13 100 58 ROOF NOTE2 2/M9.08 8/M10.04 1,2 CU-02 Center GENERAL NOTES:(APPLICABLE TO ALL UNITS IN SCHEDULE) A. PROVIDE REFRIGERANT LINES SIZED TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. FOR B. PROVIDE WITH HARD WIRED WALL CONTROL THERMOSTAT. County '� C. SEER AND EER BASED ON 95 DEG DB OA,80 DEG F DB/67 DEG F WB EAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AHRI STD 210/240. Snohomish/ �Co u n+Ly D. SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS EXEMPT FROM AIRSIDE ECONOMIZER REQUIREMENT PER 2018 WSEC C403.5 EXCEPTION 11 OPTION A.THE TOTAL CAPACITY OF ALL SYSTEMS WITHOUT AIRSIDE ECONOMIZER ON PROJECT IS 198 MBH(LESS THAN 240 MBH). Public Works O rks E. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL REQUIREMENTS. AT NOTES: 19700 67th Ave NE 1- EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A VISIBLE NAMEPLATE INDICATING THE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING(SCCR)IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL REQUIREMENTS.REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MINIMUM RATINGS. Arlington, WA 98223 2. UNIT SHALL BE ROOF MOUNTED ON CONCRETE SUPPORT WITH TYPE IP ISOLATION PADS(TYP).PROVIDE UNIT MOUNTED TO SUPPORT WITH TYPE IP-1 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND WB-1 NEOPRENE WASHING AND BUSHING PER DETAIL.COMPRESSOR SHALL BE INTERNALLY ISOLATED. 3. INDOOR UNIT POWERED FROM OUTDOOR UNIT.WIRING BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR UNIT PROVIDED BY DIV 23 CONTRACTOR.SEE ELEC DWGS FOR DISCONNECT REQUIREMENTS. 4. PROVIDE WITH CONDENSATE PUMP ACCESSORY POWERED FROM INDOOR UNIT POWER TERMINAL BLOCK.INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS. PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE AIR HANDLING UNIT ACOUSTICAL CRITERIA SCHEDULE This drawing is: MARK MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLY/ DESCRIPTION AIRFLOW FRAMETYPE FINISH MATERIAL ACC. DETAIL/ NOTES MARK 1.TheCop Acright2024Dykemen,Inc. TYPE NECK SIZE FACE SIZE FREQUENCY 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. MODEL NO. ETURN/EXH BORDER TYPE LXW LxW RANGE DIAGRAM UNIT SOUND PATH 3.For use on this project onl Obtain Architect's ( ) ( ) ( ) <25 NC REFERENCE 63 Hz 125 Hz 250 Hz 500 Hz 1000 Hz 2000 Hz 4000 Hz 8000 Hz P I y' (IN) (IN) written permission for any other use or reproduction. SA OUTLET dB 63 73 98 87 92 88 85 76 A TITUS TMSA SUPPLY SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER HARD OR LAY-IN 6"DIA 24x24 0-150 1 WHITE STEEL 4 WAY 6/M9.06 1 A HRU-01 FA OUTLET dB 53 68 75 65 64 63 49 40 PROJECT A TITUS TMSA SUPPLY SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER HARD OR LAY-IN 8"DIA 24x24 170-220 1 WHITE STEEL 4WAY 6/M9.06 1 A RADIATED dB 51 63 74 70 72 69 56 47 $A OUTLET d6 63 73 98 87 92 88 85 76 2023-053 A TITUS TMSA SUPPLY SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER HARD OR LAY-IN 10"DIA 24x24 250-350 1 WHITE STEEL 4 WAY 6/M9.06 1 A HRU-02 EA OUTLET dB 53 68 75 65 64 63 49 40 F-FADIATED dB 51 63 74 70 72 69 56 47 • A TITUS TMSA SUPPLY SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER HARD OR LAY-IN 12"DIA 24x24 375-475 1 WHITE STEEL 4 WAY 6/M9.06 1 A GENERAL NOTES: MARK DATE DESCRIPTION A.UNITS SHALL BE WITHIN 2 dB OF VALUES LISTED ABOVE.UNITS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WILL BE REJECTED. A TITUS TMSA SUPPLY SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER HARD OR LAY-IN 14"DIA 24x24 500-650 1 WHITE STEEL 4 WAY - 1 A F TITUS 50F RET/EXH EGGCRATE RETURN GRILLE HARD OR LAY-IN 10x10 12x12 UP TO 450 1 WHITE ALUMINUM PFA 2/M9.07 1 F F TITUS 50F RET/EXH EGGCRATE RETURN GRILLE HARD OR LAY-IN 22x10 24x12 UP TO 700 1 WHITE ALUMINUM PFA 2/M9.07 1 F F TITUS 50F RET/EXH EGGCRATE RETURN GRILLE HARD OR LAY-IN 22x22 24x24 UP TO 1600 1 WHITE ALUMINUM PFA 2/M9.07 1 F PROJECT TEAM: F TITUS 50F RET/EXH EGGCRATE RETURN GRILLE HARD OR LAY-IN 22x46 24x48 UP TO 3000 1 WHITE ALUMINUM PFA 2/M9.07 1 F PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A G TITUS 30ORL SUPPLY DBL DEFLECTION SUPPLY GRILLE SIDEWALL PER PLANS - - 1 WHITE STEEL - 1/M9.07 1 G DRAWING R A J TITUS 355FL RET/EXH RETURN GRILLE SIDEWALL PER PLANS - - 1 WHITE STEEL - 3/M9.07 1,2 J MECHANICAL K TITUS350RLF2 RET/EXH LOUVERED RETURN FILTER GRILLE SIDEWALL PER PLANS - - 1 WHITE ALUMINUM - 4/M9.07 1 K SCHEDULES GENERAL NOTES: A.SEE DWGS FOR QUANTITY. B.DIMENSIONS INDICATED ARE NOMINAL.REFER TO MANUFACTURER FOR ACTUAL DIMENSIONS. • NOTES: 1.PROVIDE TYPE 1(SURFACE MOUNT)WHERE INSTALL ASSEMBLY IS HARD LID,DUCT MOUNTED,OR SIDEWALL.PROVIDE TYPE 3(LAY-IN)WHERE INSTALL ASSEMBLY IS WITHIN GRID CEILING,ACT,ACP. , , 2.POSITION BLADES UPWARD IN FINAL INSTALLATION. 1 2 3 4 5 as1 z.- 1 2 3 4 5 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNIT SCHEDULE D MARK AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER/ ASSOCIATED SYSTEM EXHAUST/RELIEF OFFSET THROUGH MAX MIN INLET DUCT, OUTLET INLET SP OUTLET SP PHYSICAL MOUNTING/ SOUND LINING(DUCT DETAIL/ CONTROL NOTES MARK MODEL NO. UNIT AIRFLOW AIRFLOW (IN) DUCT(IN) (IN WC) (IN WC) LxWxH WEIGHT SUPPORT LENGTH(FT), DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/ (CFM) (CFM) (INxINxIN) (LBS) THICKNESS(IN)) REFERENCE SEQUENCE VAV-L-01 EOCTRAINING NAILOR 30RW HRU-02 SUPPLY LOCKER ROOM/MEN'S/WOMEN'S RR 440 132 80 PER PLAN 0.8 0.5 26x12x13 40 SUSPENDED 10%1" 4/M9.06 1/M10.06 1,2,3 VAV-L-01 DYKEMAN VAV-L-02 LOCKER ROOM NAILOR/30RW HRU-02 SUPPLY LOCKER ROOM 1,250 375 13x10 OVAL PER PLAN 0.8 0.5 26x18x13 60 SUSPENDED 101,1" 4/M9.06 1/M10.06 1,2,3 VAV-L-02 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN VAV-L-03 LOCKER ROOM NAILOR/30RW HRU-02 SUPPLY LOCKER ROOM 1,250 375 13x10 OVAL PER PLAN 0.8 0.5 26x18x13 60 SUSPENDED 101,1.. 4/M9.06 1/M10.06 1,2,3 VAV-L-03 VAV-U-01 ROLL CALL NAILOR/30RW HRU-01 SUPPLY MEN'S/WOMEN'S RR 1,000 300 100 PER PLAN 0.8 0.5 26x14x13 50 SUSPENDED 101,1" 4/M9.06 1/M10.06 1,2,3 VAV-U-01 - -Vi..Drive VAV-U-02 ROLL CALL NAILOR/30RW HRU-01 SUPPLY MEN'S/WOMEN'S RR 600 180 80 PER PLAN 0.8 0.5 26x12x13 40 SUSPENDED 10',1" 4/M9.06 1/M10.06 1,2,3 VAV-U-02 TOTAL 4,540 1,362 • VAV-R-01 RESTROOM NAILOR 130X HRU-01 EXHAUST OFFICES/MEN'S/WOMEN'S RR 1850 555 19x10 OVAL PER PLAN 0.8 0.5 26x28x13 80 SUSPENDED - 4/M9.06 1/M10.06 1,2,3 VAV-R-01 VAV-R-02 LOCKER ROOM NAILOR/30X HRU-01 EXHAUST LOCKER ROOM 700 210 100 PER PLAN 0.8 0.5 26x14x13 50 SUSPENDED - 4/M9.06 1/M10.06 1,2,3 VAV-R-02 H A R G I S TOTAL 2,550 765 NOTES: 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98301 1.SECTION 230900 SHALL PROVIDE 24V ELECTRICAL POWER TO VAV UNIT.DO NOT PROVIDE LINE VOLTAGE POWER. 20e.448.3376•206.448.4450 nargis.biz 2.PROVIDE WITH DOC CONTROL PANEL ENCLOSURE COORDINATED ON SIDE OF VAV UNIT.VERIFY ENCLOSURE LOCATION DURING SHOP DRAWING PROCESS. 3.LABEL CEILING GRID WITH LABEL INDICATING VAV-XXX NUMBER IN ADDITION TO 230500 REQUIREMENTS. REGISTRATION ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE P� F.CA, O`f' MARK LOCATION/ARF3,SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL TYPE AIRFLOW ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL MOUNTING/ CONTROL Of WAS," NOTES MARK 4 Q�;¢C NO. (CFM) MBH KW V/0 LxWxH WEIGHT SUPPORT DIAQUENCE AM I v % (�) C (INxINxIN) (LBS) yC], EUH-01 UPPERVESTIBULE QMARK/AWH WALL HEATER 100 3 3 208/1 16x4x20 25 RECESSED 6/M10.04 1,2 EUH-01lt•9F4 ts Er PEO ON 6N EUH-02 EMERGENCY SUPPLIES QMARK/MUH UNIT HEATER 350 3 5 480/3 14x8x16 30 HUNG 6/M10.04 1,2 EUH-02 EUH-03 MECHANICAL QMARK/MUH UNIT HEATER 350 3 5 480/3 14x8x16 30 HUNG 6/M10.04 1,2 EUH-03 ••• • • EUH-04 WASH-UP QMARK/MUH UNIT HEATER 350 3 5 480/3 14x8x16 30 HUNG 6/M10.04 1,2 EUH-04 Arlington Operations EUH-05 LOWERVESTIBULE QMARK/AWH WALL HEATER 100 3 3 208/1 16x4x20 25 RECESSED 6/M10.04 1,2 EUH-05 Center EUH-06 LOWERVESTIBULE QMARK/AWH WALL HEATER 100 3 3 208/1 16x4x20 25 RECESSED 6/M10.04 1,2 EUH-06 FOR NOTES: Snohomish + 1.PROVIDE WITH INTERNAL THERMOSTAT AND WALL BRACKET. S n O O 171 I S County 2.PROVIDE WITH INTERNAL POWER ON/OFF SWITCH FOR POSITIVE DISCONNECT AND LOW VOLTAGE POWER RELAY ACCESSORY WITH TRANSFORMER KIT.COORDINATE WITH 230900 CONTRACTOR FOR DDC INTEGRATION REQUIREMENTS. Public Works DEHUMIDIFIER UNIT SCHEDULE AT MARK LOCATION MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. AIRFLOW WATER REFRIGERANT CONDENSATE NOISE LEVEL ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL MOUNTING/ NOTES MARK 19700 67th Ave N E REMOVAL VOLTAGE/PHASE/FQ POWER AMPS HXWXD WEIGHT SUPPORT CFM GAL IN dba V/PH/HZ A (INxINxIN) WEIGHT Arlington, WA 98223 DU-01 CLOTHES DRY BORAN/B33DHW 155 4.125 R134A 3/4 46 110/1/60 324 2.8 34x18x6 60 RECESSED 1 DU-01 DU-02 CLOTHES DRY BORAN/B33DHW 155 4.125 R134A 3/4 46 110/1/60 324 2.8 34x18x6 60 RECESSED 1 DU-02 PERMIT SET B NOTES: 05/02/2025 B 1.PROVIDE WITH HUMIDISTAT,AND INTEGRAL CONDENSATE CONNECTION. This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. CONSTANT AIRFLOW REGULATOR 2.For use on this projeInstrct of Proms Architonal ect's written 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. MARK LOCATION AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. ASSOCIATED UNIT SYSTEM EXHAUST/RELIEF OFFSET THROUGH AIRFLOW NOTES MARK (CFM) NOMINAL DUCT PROJECT SIZE(INxIN,INO) CAR-01 LOCKER ROOM PAVING LEAD/PAVING SUPERVISOR ALDES/CAR3-H4-R8 HRU-02 SUPPLY LOCKER ROOM/MEN'S/WOMEN'S RR 100 80 1 CAR-01 2023-053 CAR-02 OPERATIONS MANAGER UPPER LEVEL OFFICES ALOES/CAR3-H5-SS-1212 HRU-01 SUPPLY KITCHEN 270 12x12 1 CAR-02 • CAR-03 STORAGE LOWER LEVEL WEST CORRIDOR ALDES/CAR3-H6-R10 HRU-02 SUPPLY LOCKER ROOM/MEN'S/WOMEN'S RR 370 100 1 CAR-03 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CAR-04 STORAGE KITCHENETTE,NORTH CORRIDOR ALDES/CAR3-H6-R10 HRU-02 SUPPLY EMERG.SUPPLIES/STORAGE/CUST. 250 100 1 CAR-04 CAR-05 STORAGE LOWER LEVEL NORTH OFFICES ALOES/CAR3-H8-SS-1212 HRU-02 SUPPLY EMERG.SUPPLIES/STORAGE/CUST. 480 12x12 1 CAR-05 CAR-06 ROLL CALL UPPER LEVEL WEST CORRIDOR ALOES/CAR3-H4-SS-0606 HRU-01 SUPPLY KITCHEN/MEN'S/WOMEN'S RR/CUST. 105 6x6 1 CAR-06 CAR-07 ROLL CALL UPPER LEVEL NORTH CORRIDOR ALOES/CAR3-H4-SS-0606 HRU-01 SUPPLY KITCHEN/MEN'S/WOMEN'S RR/CUST. 105 6x6 1 CAR-07 NOTES: 1.LOCATE ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING.PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL IF LOCATED ABOVE HARD LID CEILING. PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: OF,KG A A DRAWING MECHANICAL SCHEDULES on I Me 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.oe.a�cu 2 3 4 5 D VRF HEAT PUMP SCHEDULE -INDOOR UNITS MARK LOCATION/AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. TONNAGE CEILING TYPE ASSOCIATED AIRSIDE SUPPLY FAN HEATING COOLING FILTER ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ CONTROL NOTES MARK SPACE UNIT ECONO. AIRFLOW ESP CAPACITY EAT TOTAL CAP SENS CAP EAT,DB EAT,WB SIZE MERV V/0 MCA MOCP LxWxH WEIGHT SUPPORT DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/ (Y/N) (CFM) (IN WC) (MBH) (DEG F) (MBH) (MBH) (DEG F) (DEG F) RATING (INxINxIN) (LBS) REFERENCE SEQUENCE FCU-L-01 FIRST AID&WELLNESS SAMSUNG/AM005NNNDCHIAA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 6 68 4.93 4.34 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-01 FCU-L-02 UNION SAMSUNG/AM005NNNDCHIAA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 6 68 4.93 4.34 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-02 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN FCU-L-03 DROP-IN SAMSUNG/AM005NNNDCHIAA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 6 68 4.93 4.34 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-03 FCU-L-04 WORKROOM SAMSUNG/AM005NNNDCHIAA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 6 68 4.93 4.34 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-04 FCU-L-05 BRIDGE LEADWORKER SAMSUNG I AM007NNNDCH/AA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-05 • FCU-L-06 PAVING LEAD SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCH/AA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-06 FCU-L-07 EAST CORRIDOR, SAMSUNG/AM036ANHDCH/AA 3.0 CLOSED DUCTED HP-01 N 1200 0.75 40 68 31.6 25.3 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 3.11 15 52x28x12 110 SUSPEND 1/M9.09 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-07 H A R G I S KITCHENETTE FCU-L-08 CORRIDOR,DROP-IN, SAMSUNG/AM048ANHDCH/AA 4.0 CLOSED DUCTED HP-01 N 1600 0.75 54 68 42.1 34.0 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 3.4 15 52x28x12 110 SUSPEND 1/M9.09 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-08 WORKSTATION 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 FCU-L-09 PAVING SUPERVISOR SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCHIAA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-09 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 - hargis.biz FCU-L-10 LOCKERS SAMSUNG/AM024BN4PCH/AA 2.0 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 800 - 27 68 21.1 15.1 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.58 15 34x34x10 16 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-10 REGISTRATION FCU-L-11 LOCKERS SAMSUNG/AM024BN4PCH/AA 2.0 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 800 - 27 68 21.1 15.1 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.58 15 34x34x10 16 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-11 FCU-L-12 MENS RR SAMSUNG/AM012NNNDCH/AA 1.0 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 400 - 13.5 68 10.7 8.84 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.26 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-12 p`�Of�w�ry!F,i C FCU-L-13 WOMENS RR SAMSUNG/AM012NNNDCH/AA 1.0 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 400 - 13.5 68 10.7 8.84 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.26 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-13 C V ^ 9 �455w� FCU-L-14 EOClfRAINING/PAVING SAMSUNG/AM024BN4PCH/AA 2.0 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 800 - 27 68 21.1 15.1 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.58 15 34x34x10 16 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-14 P �ts EO G�2� FCU-L-15 MOTHER'S ROOM SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCH/AA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x1D 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-15 ON .1,e/a.,s FCU-L-16 STORAGE SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCHIAA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-16 FCU-L-17 ENV.STORAGE SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCH/AA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-17 Arlington Operations FCU-L-18 BRIDGE SUPERVISOR SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCH/AA 0.5 CLOSED CASSETTE HP-01 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-L-18 Center 20.5 8200 FCU-U-01 LOBBY,WORKSTATION, SAMSUNG/AM024ANHDCH/AA 2.0 OPEN DUCTED HP-02 N 800 0.75 54 68 42.1 34.0 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 3.4 15 52x28x12 110 SUSPEND 2/M9.09 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-01 FOR KITCHEN,CORRIDOR FCU-U-02 ROLL CALL SAMSUNG/AM030ANHDCH/AA 2.5 OPEN DUCTED HP-02 N 1000 0.75 34 68 26.2 20.0 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 1.39 15 34x34x12 16 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-02 Snohomish County FCU-U-03 ROLL CALL SAMSUNG/AM048ANHDCH/AA 4.0 OPEN DUCTED HP-02 N 1600 0.75 34 68 26.2 20.0 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 1.39 15 343412 16 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-03 Public Works FCU-U-04 CORRIDOR,RESTROOMS SAMSUNG/AM024ANHDCH/AA 2.0 OPEN DUCTED HP-02 N 800 0.75 34 68 26.2 20.0 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 1.39 15 34x34x12 16 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-04 AT FCU-U-05 SMALL CONFERENCE SAMSUNG IAM007NNNDCHIAA 0.5 OPEN CASSETTE HP-02 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-05 19700 67th Ave NE FCU-U-06 DRAINAGE SUPERVISOR SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCH/AA 0.5 OPEN CASSETTE HP-02 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-06 Arlington, WA 98223 FCU-U-07 LEAD WORKER SAMSUNG AM007NNNDCHIAA 0.5 OPEN CASSETTE HP-02 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-07 PERMIT SET B FCU-U-08 LEAD WORKER SAMSUNG AM007NNNDCHIAA 0.5 OPEN CASSETTE HP-02 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-08 05/02/2025 B FCU-U-09 PAVEMENT SUPERVISOR SAMSUNG IAM007NNNDCH/AA 0.5 OPEN CASSETTE HP-02 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-09 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. FCU-U-10 LEAD WORKER SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCHIAA 0.5 OPEN CASSETTE HP-02 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-10 2.The Architect's Instrument. Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. FCU-U-11 LEAD WORKER SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCHIAA 0.5 OPEN CASSETTE HP-02 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 208/1 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-11 PROJECT FCU-U-12 OPERATIONS MANAGER SAMSUNG/AM007NNNDCH/AA 0.5 OPEN CASSETTE HP-02 N 200 - 8.7 68 6.71 4.91 75 63 PER MANUF. 13 20811 0.24 15 23x23x10 7 LAY-IN 1/M10.07 1/M10.07 1-4 FCU-U-12 14.5 5800 2023-053 NOTES: • 1.EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A VISIBLE NAMEPLATE INDICATING THE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING(SCCR)IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL REQUIREMENTS.REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MINIMUM RATINGS. 2.PROVIDE REFRIGERANT PIPING SIZED TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 3.WHERE SLOPE IS INSUFFICIENT TO ROUTE CONDENSATE TO CUSTODIAL SINK,FURNISH CONDENSATE PUMP WITH UNIT. 4.APPROVED ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS:DAIKIN,MITSUBISHI VRF HEAT PUMP SCHEDULE-BC CONTROLLER MARK LOCATION AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. ASSOCIATED BRANCH MAX ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ NOTES MARK PROJECT UNIT NUMBER CAPACITY V/0 MCA MOCP LxWxH WEIGHT SUPPORT DIAGRAM PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS W (MBH) (INxINxIN)I (LBS) REFERENCE PROJECT MANAGER: I- TH BC-01 MECHANICAL LOWER FLOOR SAMSUNG/MCU-S12NEK1 UN HP-01 12 290 208/1 2 15 39x19X12 120 CEILING 1/M8.11 1 BC-01 JOB CA PROJECT T ARCHITECT:I DFPTAIN: DF,KG A A BC-02 MECHANICAL LOWER FLOOR SAMSUNG/MCU-S8NEKI UN HP-01 8 290 208/1 2 15 39x19X12 100 CEILING 1/M8.11 1 BC-02 DRAWING BC-03 EOC SUPPLIES UPPER FLOOR SAMSUNG/MCU-S12NEK1 UN HP-02 12 290 208/1 2 15 39x19X12 120 CEILING 2/M8.11 1 BC-03 MECHANICAL 1.SEE PLANS FOR LOCATIONS. SCHEDULES I elm 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.oe.a�cu 1 2 3 4 5 D VRF HEAT PUMP SCHEDULE-WATER SOURCE MARK LOCATION AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. SOURCE WATER HEATING COOLING ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ CONTROL NOTES MARK WPD FLOW RUNOUT GLYCOL% CAPACITY SOURCE LWT SOURCE EWT COP CAPACITY NOM. SOURCE EWT SOURCE LWT EER JIEERV/0 MCA MOCP LxWxH WEIGHT SUPPORT DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/(FT) (GPM) SIZE (MBH) (DEG F) (DEG F) (MBH) TONNAGE (DEG F) (DEG F) (INxINxIN) (LBS) REFERENCE SEQUENCE HP-01 MECHANICAL ROOM LOWER LEVEL SAMSUNG/AM240KXWAJRIAA 11.1 60.2 2 20 279 42.7 50.0 5.3 220 20 75.0 83.8 12.4 460/3 33 45 45x22x40 680 WALL 2/M10.09 1/M10.08 1,2,3 HP-01HP-02 MECHANICAL ROOM UPPER LEVEL SAMSUNG/AM192HXWAJRIAA 18.1 50.2 1-1/4 20 206 44.2 50.0 4.5 164 16 60.0 67.6 12.3 460/3 26.2 35 45x22x40 600 WALL 2/M10.09 1/M10.08 1,2,3 HP-02 TOTALS 110.4 NOTES: 1.EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A VISIBLE NAMEPLATE INDICATING THE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING(SCCR)IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MINIMUM RATINGS. 2.PROVIDE RELAYS AS REQUIRED FOR WIRING PUMP ENABLE FROM BOTH HP UNITS TO SINGLE PUMP CONTROL INPUT. • 3.PROVIDE WITH R410A REFIRGERANT.ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH EPA AND WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY. HYDRONIC EXPANSION TANK SCHEDULE-WATER SOURCE H A R G I S MARK LOCATION SYSTEM MANUFACTURER/ TYPE GLYCOL TANK ACCEPTANCE SYSTEM PRE-CHARGE SIZING CRITERIA MOUNTING DETAIL/ NOTES MARK 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 SERVED MODEL NO. VOLUME VOLUME CONN. PRESSURE SYS.VOL. MAX TEMP MIN TEMP MAX PRESS MINPRESS DIIH WEIGHT SUPPORT DIAGRAM 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz GAL GAL IN PSIG GAL DEG F DEG F PSI PSI INAN LBS REFERENCE ET-01 MECHANICAL CONDENSER ATER AMTROL AX-80V DIAPHRAGM 0 44.4 22.6 1 20 1000 113 50 55 20 24x29 400 FLOOR - 1,2 ET-01 REGISTRATION NOTES: 1.INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS,CHARGE TANK TO MATCH HYDRONIC MAKE-UP WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR. 2.ASME RATED TANK. .eN F.CA,' p�pf WASh.ry\L HYDRONIC PUMP SCHEDULE-WATER SOURCE 9 % `)� C MARK LOCATION SYSTEM SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL PUMP DESIGN MOTOR PHYSICAL MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ CONTROL NOTES MARK NO. TYPE MIN FLOW HEAD EFF GLYCOL RPM HP V/0 LxWxH WEIGHT SUPPORT DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/ ON EN (GPM) (FT) I%) (%) (INxINxIN) (LBS) REFERENCE SEQUENCE CWP-01 MECHANICAL CONDENSER WATER ARMSTRONG/4372 IN-LINE TANGO 105 90 65 20 3692 5 460/3 23x16x23 175 FLOOR 2/M10.08 1/M10.08 1,2,3 CWP-01 CWP-02 MECHANICAL CONDENSER WATER ARMSTRONG/4372 IN-LINE TANGO 105 90 65 20 3692 5 46013 23x16x23 175 FLOOR 2/M10.08 1/M10.08 1,2,3 CWP-02 NOTES: I I Arlington Operations 1.SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A VISIBLE NAMEPLATE INDICATING THE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING(SCCR)IN ACCORDANCE WITH ILL REQUIREMENTS.REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MINIMUM RATINGS. Center 2.PROVIDE WITH 0-10V SPEED CONTROL.PUMP MOTOR SHALL BE ECM OR PERMANENT MAGNET. 3.DO NOT SUPPORT PUMP FROM PIPING.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL HANGERS OR SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT PUMP INDEPENDENTLY. FOR Snohomish County AIR SEPARATOR SCHEDULE-WATER SOURCE Public Works MARK LOCATION SYSTEM MANUFACTURER/ TYPE FLOW VOLUME SYSTEM MAX MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ NOTES MARK AT SERVED MODEL NO. RATE CONN. WPD DIAxH WEIGHT SUPPORT DIAGRAM GPM GAL IN. PSI INAN LBS REFERENCE CONDENSER FLAMCOVENT CS 80 19700 67th Ave NE AS-01 MECHANICAL WATER F AIR/DIRT 110.0 8.7 3 0.2 14x30 120 SUSPENDED - 1 AS-01 Arlington, WA 98223 NOTES: 1.PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL STRAINER,BLOWDOWN VALVE,REMOVABLE HEAD,AND AUTO AIR VENT. PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B FAN SCHEDULE HYDRONIC WATER This drawing is: MARK LOCATION/AREA MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. FAN TYPE AIRFLOW ESP FAN MOTOR SPEED BACKDRAFT PHYSICAL SOUND MOUNTING/ DETAIL/ CONTROL NOTES MARK 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. SERVED (CFM) (IN WG) RPM HP/ V/0 CONTROL DAMPTERAT INLET SUPPORT DIAGRAM DIAGRAM/ PIPE SIZING SCHEDULE 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. WATTS FAN (ILxWxH NxINxIN) WEIGHT(LBS) (BONES) REFERENCE SEQUENCE 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's PIPE SIZE IN GPM RANGE written permission for any other use or reproduction. TF-01 LOWER ELECTRICAL GREENHECK/SQ-80-VG INLINE 250 0.3 1387 1/6 115/1 ECM N 16x15x15 40 6.0 SUSPENDED 5/M9.06 1/M10.05 1 TF-01 3/4 0-3.5 PROJECT TF-02 UPPER ELECTRICAL GREENHECK/SQ-80-VG INLINE 250 0.3 1387 1/6 11511 ECM N 16x15x15 40 6.0 SUSPENDED 5/M9.06 1/M10.05 1 TF-02 1 3.6-7.5 2023-053 NOTES: 1.PROVIDE WITH ECM MOTOR WITH MOTOR OR FAN ENCLOSURE MOUNTED POTENTIOMETER FOR BALANCING. 1 1/4 7.6-13 • 11/2 13.1-21 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 2 21.1-44 2 1/2 44.1-75 3 75.1-135 4 135.1-275 6 275.1-815 PROJECT 8 815.1-1600 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH GENERAL NOTES:(APPLICABLE TO ALL) JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG 1.CONTRACTOR SHALL MATCH PIPE SIZES WHERE I A LISTED ON DRAWINGS.SCHEDULE SHOWN FOR DRAWING A REFERENCE ONLY. MECHANICAL SCHEDULES 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.oe.a�cu 1 2 3 4 5 PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION SCHEDULE D SPEC PIPING SYSTEM INSTALLATION PIPE SIZE(INCHES) PIPE AND PIPE FITTING MATERIAL WALL THICKINES 3JOINING METHOD ACCEPTABLE VALVE NOTES SECTION LOCATION (NOTE 1) TYPES 211000 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS UNDERGROUND ALL SIZES DUCTILE IRON,CEMENT LINED SCHEDULE TO MECHANICAL RESTRAINED NOT APPLICABLE VALVES NOT ALLOWED IN FIRE PROTECTION PIPING,ONLY AT ALARM VALVE ASSEMBLY EXTERIOR 2"AND SMALLER GALVANIZED STEEL SCHEDULE40 SCREWED NOT APPLICABLE VALVES NOT ALLOWED IN FIRE PROTECTION PIPING,ONLY AT ALARM VALVE ASSEMBLY 2-1/2"AND LARGER GALVANIZED STEEL SCHEDULE40 CUT GROOVED NOTAPPLICABLE CHECK VALVE ON FDC LINE,NO OTHER VALVES ALLOWED ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN DRY PIPE SYSTEMS 2"AND SMALLER GALVANIZED STEEL SCHEDULE40 SCREWED NOTAPPLICABLE VALVES NOT ALLOWED IN FIRE PROTECTION PIPING,ONLY AT ALARM VALVE ASSEMBLY 2-1/2"AND LARGER GALVANIZED STEEL SCHEDULE40 CUT GROOVED NOTAPPLICABLE VALVES NOT ALLOWED IN FIRE PROTECTION PIPING,ONLY AT ALARM VALVE ASSEMBLYw—dykea"etWest Marine Vie,Drive ABOVE GROUND 2"AND SMALLER BLACK STEEL,GALVANIZED STEEL SCHEDULE40 SCREWED NOTAPPLICABLE VALVES NOT ALLOWED IN FIRE PROTECTION PIPING,ONLY AT ALARM VALVE ASSEMBLY 2-1/2"AND LARGER BLACK STEEL,GALVANIZED STEEL SCHEDULE40 CUT GROOVED,FLANGED NOTAPPLICABLE VALVES NOT ALLOWED IN FIRE PROTECTION PIPING,ONLY AT ALARM VALVE ASSEMBLY ALL SIZES BLACK STEEL,GALVANIZED STEEL SCHEDULE 10 ROLLED GROOVED NOTAPPLICABLE VALVES NOT ALLOWED IN FIRE PROTECTION PIPING,ONLY AT ALARM VALVE ASSEMBLY • 221116 POTABLE AND NON-POTABLE UNDERGOUND 2"AND SMALLER COPPER-TYPE K SOLDERED,FLANGED BUTTERFLY,BALANCING,BALL DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS 2-1/2"AND LARGER COPPER-TYPE K BRAZED,FLANGED BUTTERFLY,BALANCING,BALL,OS&Y,CHECK H A R G I S 2-1/2"AND SMALLER COPPER-TYPE K PRESS FITTINGS BUTTERFLY,BALANCING,BALL 2"AND LARGER COPPER-TYPE K GROOVED BUTTERFLY UP TO 8",BALANCING 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 3"AND LARGER DUCTILE IRON,CEMENT LINED RUBBER GASKETS AND TIE RODS 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 - hargis.biz ABOVEGROUND 2"AND SMALLER COPPER-TYPEL SOLDERED,FLANGED BUTTERFLY,BALANCING,BALL 2-1/2"AND LARGER COPPER-TYPE L BRAZED,FLANGED BUTTERFLY,BALANCING,GATE,OS&Y,CHECK REGISTRATION 2-1/2"AND SMALLER COPPER-TYPE L PRESS FITTINGS BUTTERFLY,BALANCING,BALL TUBING,FLEXIBLE COPPER,STAINLESS STEEL SOLDERED F. , COMPRESSION FITTING,FLARE FITTING,INSTALL IN SLEEVES BELOW CONCRETE SLABS ON GRADE .< C 221300 WASTE,VENT,RAINLEADER, UNDERGROUND ALL SIZES CAST IRON HUB&SPIGOT,HUBLESS NOTAPPLICABLE m � �) C AND OVERFLOW RAINLEADER ABOVE GROUND 1-1/2"AND SMALLER CAST IRON HUBLESS NOTAPPLICABLE 9 40 9FE0 \2� GALVANIZED STEEL STANDARD OR SCREWED NOTAPPLICABLE 015 PG SCHEDULE40 ON EN COPPER SOLDERED NOTAPPLICABLE • • • 2"AND LARGER CAST IRON HUBLESS NOTAPPLICABLE ALL SIZES PVC SCHEDULE40 SOCKET NOTAPPLICABLE VALUE ENGINEERING OPTION Arlington Operations 221300 SUMP PUMP AND SEWAGE UNDERGROUND ALL SIZES DUCTILE IRON RUBBER GASKETS AND TIE RODS NOTAPPLICABLE EJECTOR DISCHARGE ABOVE GROUND ALL SIZES PVC SCHEDULE40 SOCKET CHECK VALVE,BALL VALVE Center ALL SIZES COPPER SOLDERED CHECK VALVE,GATE VALVE FOR 221300 INDIRECT DRAIN(CONDENSATE) ALL LOCATIONS ALL SIZES COPPER SOLDERED NOTAPPLICABLE Snohomish County ALL SIZES PVC SCHEDULE40 SOCKET NOTAPPLICABLE FLUE CONDENSATE UNDERGROUND ALL SIZES HOPE FUSION FUSION WELDED OR EXTRUSION WELDED Public Works 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING ALL LOCATIONS ALL SIZES COPPER-TYPE ACR BRAZED SOLENOID,THERMAL EXPANSION,SHUTOFF VALVE (PACKLESS),ANGLE,BALL,CHECK AT NOTES: 19700 67th Ave NE 1. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. Arlington, WA 98223 2. GROOVED JOINT COUPLINGS AND FITTINGS IN BOILER ROOM ONLY. 3. GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE ABOVE ROOF AND AT BUILDING EXTERIOR FOR UNINSULATED PIPES. PERMIT SET B ENERGY CODE NOTES: 05/02/2025 B 1 MOTORS:COMPLY WITH MINIMUM FULL LOAD EFFICIENCIES LISTED IN THE ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY AHJ. DUCT SYSTEMS INSULATION SCHEDULE This drawing is: LOCATION OF DUCT DUCT SYSTEM TYPE DUCT CONFIGURATION INSULATION TYPE MINIMUM R-VALUE,INSULATION THICKNESS NOTES 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2 PIPING AND DUCT INSULATION:COMPLY WITH THICKNESS AND TYPES LISTED IN THE ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY RIGID BOARD OR 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. RECTANGULAR-EXPOSED ELASTOMERIC R-3.3 2 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's AHJ UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED. written permission for any other use or reproduction. 3 DUCT SEALING:SEAL DUCT TRANSVERSE JOINTS AND LONGITUDINAL SEAMS PER THE ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY RECTANGULAR-CONCEALED DUCT WRAP OR ELASTOMERIC R-3.3 AHJ UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED. SUPPLY AIR DUCTS PROJECT _• 4 RECORD DRAWINGS:SUBMIT TO THE BUILDING OWNER PER THE ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY AHJ. ROUND AND OVAL-EXPOSED DUCT WRAP OR ELASTOMERIC R-3.3 2 5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS:SUBMIT TO THE BUILDING OWNER PER THE ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY 2023-053 AHJ. DUCT WITHIN CONDITIONED ROUND AND OVAL-CONCEALED DUCT WRAP OR ELASTOMERIC R-3.3 6 SPACE SYSTEM BALANCING:BALANCE HVAC SYSTEMS PER THE ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY AHJ AND SUBMIT WRITTEN _ REPORT TO THE BUILDING OWNER. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND RECTANGULAR-EXPOSED RIGID BOARD OR R 7 • BALANCING(TAB)REQUIREMENTS. ELASTOMERIC MIXED AND OUTSIDE AIR MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 7 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING AND COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS:TEST SYSTEMS TO ENSURE THAT RECTANGULAR-CONCEALED DUCT WRAP OR ELASTOMERIC R-7 BUILDING SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED,INSTALLED,AND FUNCTION PROPERLY,EFFICIENTLY,AND CAN BE DUCTS MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IN ORDER TO SATISFY THE BUILDING OWNER'S DESIGN INTENT AND OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS PER THE ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY AHJ.REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS ROUND AND OVAL DUCT WRAP OR ELASTOMERIC R-7 FOR ADDITIONAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS. RECTANGULAR RIGID BOARD OR R-VALUE EQUAL TO BUILDING ENVELOPE, 1 8 ENERGY METERING:COMPLY WITH ENERGY SOURCE AND END-USE METERING REQUIREMENTS LISTED IN THE DUCTS AND PLENUMS WITHIN ELASTOMERIC THICKNESS AS REQ. ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY AHJ. CONDITIONED SPACE ALL DUCT TYPES 9 THIS BUILDING AND ITS ENERGY SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH THE ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY FUNCTIONING AS PART OF AHJ.CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT INSTALLATION OF ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES. BUILDING ENVELOPE ROUND AND OVAL DUCT WRAP OR ELASTOMERIC R-VALUE EQUAL TO BUILDING ENVELOPE, 1 THICKNESS AS REQ. PROJECT 10 DUCT PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION REQUIREMENT:DUCT CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH SMACNA STANDARDS NOTES: PER PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS,UNO.DUCTWORK SHALL MEET AIR LEAKAGE REQUIREMENT PER PROJECT 1.INSULATE OUTSIDE,EXHAUST,AND RELIEF AIR DUCTS FROM BUILDING ENVELOPE TO BACKDRAFT DAMPER AND MOTORIZED DAMPER WITH R-VALUE EQUAL TO BUILDING ENVELOPE PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS SPECIFICATIONS,UNO. THICKNESS. PROJECT MANAGER: I- 2.REFER TO SECTION 3.5.B.2.e OF SPECIFICATION 230700 TO DETERMINE WHETHER INSULATION IS REQUIRED. PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH 11 FANS:EACH FAN AND FAN ARRAY SHALL HAVE A FAN ENERGY INDEX(FEI)OF NOT LESS THAN 1 AT THE DESIGN POINT OF OPERATION,AS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AMPCA 208 BY AN APPROVED INDEPENDENT TESTING JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A LABORATORY AND LABELED BY THE MANUFACTURER.EACH FAN AND FAN ARRAY USED FOR A VAV SYSTEM SHALL DRAWING A HAVE AN FEI OF NOT LESS THAN 0.95. MECHANICAL ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.oe.ae cu 1 1 2 3 4 5 TYPICAL ROOM LOAD SUMMARY PIPING SYSTEMS INSULATION SCHEDULE TYPICAL ROOM AREA(SF) HEATING COOLING D LOADS(MBH)LOADS(MBH) TYPE OF PIPE INSTALLATION LOCATION INSULATION TYPE NOTES COLD PLUMBING PIPING INSIDE BUILDING ENVELOPE FIBERGLASS ALL SIZES 1"THICK 2 BRIDGE LEADWORKER LVL 1 109 2.8 7.0 1-1/4 INCH AND SMALLER 1"THICK 5 D A BRIDGE SUPERVISOR LVL 1 110 2.8 7.0 HOT PLUMBING PIPING INSIDE BUILDING ENVELOPE FIBERGLASS 1-1/2 INCH AND LARGER 1-1/2"THICK 1,5 CLOTHE DRY/WASHUP LVL 1 200 2.1 3.6 3/41NCH AND SMALLER 1"THICK 4 CORRIDOR LVL 1 2145 22.6 27.5 REFRIGERANT SUCTION AND ALL LOCATIONS ELASTOMERIC LIQUID LINES - - Drive 1 INCH AND LARGER 1-1/2"THICK OR MULTIPLE LAYERS FOR 1-1/3"THICKNESS 4 CORRIDOR LVL 2 971 11.0 13.2 NOTES: CUSTODIAL LVL 1 157 0.0 0.6 1.INCREASE THICKNESS OF PIPE INSULATION BY 112 INCH WHERE PIPING IS LOCATED OUTDOORS OR OTHERWISE EXPOSED TO AMBIENT AIR. 2.INCLUDE POLYETHYLENE TUBING. CUSTODIAL LVL 2 39 0.2 0.6 3.INCLUDE MULTI-PLY LAMINATE JACKET. 4.INCLUDE FACTORY APPLIED W EATHERABLE JACKET OR MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED COATING. I DRAINAGE SUPERV.LVL 2 115 2.7 7.0 5.MINIMUM INSULATION THICKNESS PER C404.7.3.1: FOR HEATED WATER CIRCULATION SYSTEMS,BOTH SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPE INSULATION SHALL BE AT MINIMUM 1.0 INCH THICKER THAN THAT REQUIRED BY TABLE C403.10.3.IF THE PIPING IS CENTERED WITHIN A WALL,CEILING OR FLOOR FRAMING CAVITY WITH A DEPTH AT LEAST 4 INCHES GREATER THAN THE DIAMETER OF THE PIPE AND THAT IS COMPLETELY FILLED WITH BATT OR DROP IN 1 LVL 1 100 2.7 6.8 BLOWN-IN INSULATION,ADDITIONAL PIPE INSULATION IS NOT REQUIRED. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98301 DROP IN 2 LVL 1 101 2.7 6.8 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 nareis.biz DROP IN 4 LVL 1 107 0.0 1.0 ELEC LVL 1 76 0.3 0.1 Single-Zone Ventilation Calculations H A R G I S REGISTRATION PROIERNAME Arligton Ops Center PRW-NUMBER 24073 scan e,was an seL _s.I F,(„S14 EMERGENCY SUPPLIES LVL 1 160 0.6 0.3 BY TP t z«.«a,37s w am. Of WABq\-Koy DATE Apd116,2026 EOC/ROLL CALL LVL 1 977 0.3 13.9 P N�,\ C SOURCE 20121MC Chapter 4,ASHRAE 62.1-2010 AppendicA play, C 9 4J455 IL FIRST AID LVLI 108 0.0 0.7 TOTAL aM: seas O� 9�Cts Pao G\2gz ON ON KITCHEN LVL 2 280 5.3 14.5 KITCHENETTE LVL 1 152 0.7 1.9 FIR9r AND&WOLNESS log Orfi«>Orfi«sw«a P. 1 5 0.06 9 11 15 EMERGENCI(SUPPUES 1g0 Retail>Sbrage rooms 0.8 0 0 1 0.12 19 24 31 WmHER'S ROOM 123 Orfice>o.spans 0.8 1 5 0.06 10 13 17 LEAD WORKER 1 LVL 2 119 2.7 7.0 UNIFORMS 72 RetaiI> rageroomz Os 0 0 0.12 9 11 14 0.8 0 0 0 0 0 0 An LOC Arlington Operations KERS l L .,/dres4ngrpoms LEAD WORKER 2 LVL 2 115 2.7 7.0 cLomESDM 2OD I-PUdresungreoms Os 0 0 0 0 0 0 Center DIro rfi«>P-IN 100 Oorfi«spaces 0.8 1 5 0.08 9 11 14 LEAD WORKER 3 LVL 2 115 2.7 7.0 DROP-IN 1% Office>Officeaw«a 0.8 1 5 0.06 9 11 14 WORKSFArpN 97 OHice>OHice spaces 0.8 0 5 0.08 8 10 13 FOR LEAD WORKER 4 LVL 2 115 2.9 7.0 RITCHENEFFE LS2 Umingroomz 0.8 11 7.5 0.18 107 134 174 EOC/PAVING ROLLCALL 977 41 Levu«cbssmom 0.. 41 7.5 0.08 306 458 595Snohomish County LOBBY LVL2 154 2.9 3.5 PAVING LEAD 114 Office>Office spa«s 0.8 1 5 0.06 10 12 18 PAVINGSUPERNSOR 132 Office>Officespaces 0.8 1 5 0.06 10 12 15 Public Works LOCKERS LVLI 1470 6.9 17.8 SR ENV.COORM VIOf WATION 10'1 Office>OfficezW«s 0.8 1 5 0.06 9 11 14 MIDGESUPERVISOR 130 Office>Olficespaces 0.8 1 5 0.06 9 12 18 AT UNON On office>Office swces 0.8 1 5 0.06 9 11 15 MDF LVL 1 202 0.0 0.3 WORKROOM/PLOTnIt 1s7 woHkmoms>c ow.priming rooms o.e 7 5 0.08 13 18 20 DROP-IN On Office>officesW«a 0.8 1 5 0.08 1 9 11 15 19700 67th Ave NE MECH LVL 1 222 2.1 0.3 STORAGE ass st«age room: 0.8 0 0 0.12 47 59 77 ENV.STORAGE 110 Sroregemoms 0.8 0 0 0.12 13 17 21 Arlington, WA 98223 MECH:HVAC LVL 1 240 0.6 0.3 STORAGE/WATER80TIlES 2. st«age rooms 0.8 0 0 0.12 27 34 45 STga6F 182 S__moms 0.8 0 0 0.12 22 27 35 MECH:WATER LVLI 368 4.2 3.6 VMIPULE fu Pudic Sw«s>CoH.- Os 0 0 0.06 4 5 B PERMIT SET VESOBULL 59 Pub&spaces>Corrido, 0.8 0 0 0.06 4 4 6 05/02/2025 B MEN RESTROOM LVL 1 486 2.4 5.3 CORRIDOR 2,- Public Sw«s>CaH.- Os 0 0 0.06 129 161 209 B BRIDGE LEADWOMER to Office>OPHn, Kz rooms 0.8 5 5 0.06 34 42 55 This drawing is: MEN RESTROOM LVL 2 281 2.3 3.7 OPE ON MANAGER 171 Ofr,e office spa«s 0.8 1 5 0.06 15 18 24 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. LEAD WORKER t1s afire>orfioe sw«: 0.8 1 5 0.06 10 13 16 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. MOTHER'S ROOM LVL 1 123 0.0 0.7 LEAD WORKER 11s or. Office spaces 0.8 1 5 0.06 10 12 16 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PAVEMEM/VEGSUPERVISOR 135 ONice>ONice spas 0.8 1 5 0.06 10 12 16 OPERATIONS MANAGER LVL 2 171 3.8 7.8 LEAD WORKER 11s office>officespa«z 0.8 1 5 0.06 10 12 18 •• LEAD WORKER 315 Office>Office sW«s 0.8 1 5 0.06 10 12 16 PAVEMENT VEG.SUP.LVL 2 115 2.7 6.9 DRAINAGE/SWEEPING 11s Of1ce Officespa«s o.g 1 5 0.00 10 12 16 2023-053 SMALLCONFUIENCE 1]0 OM«aCanfererce rooms 0.8 9 5 0.08 53 88 88 PAVIN SUPERVISOR LVL 1 112 2.8 7.0 Knu1EN z% 18 oiniry rooms 0.8 16 7.5 0.18 170 213 277 wORKSranON % office>office sw«s 0.8 0 5 0.06 8 10 13 • PAVING LEAD LVL 1 114 2.8 7.0 woRK mON 97 Office>Office: 0.8 0 5 0.00 8 10 13 W_ 1s4 i office>R.cePP..- 0.8 5 5 0.06 32 40 53 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CORRIDOR 4l1 mrriaors 0. 0 0 0.08 58 73 95 ROLL CALL LVL 2 2373 36.0 95.8 ROLLCALLA 8% 4o Letture ekssrpom 02 40 7.5 0.06 354 442 575 ROILOLLIe 1A7s 71 Lecture mssrpom Oa 71 7.6 0.08 621 777 1010 SMALL CONF LVL 2 170 3.6 11.2 VMIRULE Gs -d- 08 0 0 0.06 4 5 6 SR.ENV.COORD.LVL 1 104 3.3 6.9 STAIRS LVL 1/2 230 10.9 16.1 STORAGE 1 LVL 1 182 0.0 0.4 PROJECT STORAGE 2 LVL 1 395 0.1 1.0 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- STORAGE BOTTLE LVL 1 229 0.0 0.5 PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A STORAGE ENV.LVL 1 110 0.1 0.4 A DRAWING UNIFORM LVL 1 72 0.9 0.8 VESTIBULE LVLI 59 1.5 z.s MECHANICAL ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE VESTIBULE 2 LVL 1 60 1.5 2.6 AA VESTIBULE LVL 2 65 10.0 13.8 r, WOMEN RESTROOM LVL 1 395 1.5 3.6 WOMEN RESTROOM LVL 2 262 2.2 3.5 1 2 3 4 5 azlrzpzs z.Dg.ae PM 1 2 3 4 5 IE:140.5 IE:140.5 2"Pw' . E:139 D PIN 4'-0" TAPE FINISH GRADE - 1"BRANCH TO f (VARIES-REFER TO CIVIL DWGS) �n - - '�;� aR„ . YKEMAN HEAT T-1I Rll-III-IIR1 T� SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS AND DIVISION EXCHANGER LOOP. EITI-III=111d19 - - IIRII-IT-11I�T 312000 FOR BACK FILL III= I—Ill—1 l L119 2-1/2"CWS 6 0 IIII=1— III—III-111�1 REQUIREMENTS. III III=11 11=III=111�11 MAINS -- " / I11 II�IIIII L Li1WLi1 --� 6"SAND OVERFILL 0 - - - �llllll�� — 316, 4"ZONE FOR PIPING m,o„ 425.259. IT) 2nd Floor/Everett,WA 98201 2-1/2"CWR 1"PE"SLINKY" 3"SAND BASE MAIN HEAT EXCHANGER Cl • DETAIL - HORIZONTAL SLINKY GROUND LOOP HEAT H A R G I S 3 EXCHANGER BEDDING �`"""�'�"� _ MS1.11 SCALE:NONE 771 12 _� ® ®� 01 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 211.411.3311•201.441.4411 hareis.biz DETAIL - HORIZONTAL SLINKY GROUND LOOP HEAT 0 EXCHANGER HEADER PIPING REGISTRATION M51.11 SCALE:NONE O f w ce.C 111 C % hh ll 9 Nffe�� r — —2 1/2"CWR- 4559F \2O I — — — -2 1/2^C w R— — — — — — — — — — SHEET NOTES -21/2"CWR_ J Ir —2 1/2"CWR- J I 1. REFER M1.00 SERIES FOR CONTINUATION OF PIPING INSIDE '-• • • I — — — — — — — — — — —2 1/2"CWR — — — — — — — — J I BUILDING. -21/2"CWR_ _ J 2. SEE CIVIL PLANS FOR ON21AND22S ALL MAKE&WATER Arlington Operations PIPING ON SITE.DIVISION 21 AND 22 SHALL MAKE CONNECTION TO SITE UTILITIES 5'-0"FROM BUILDING Center EXTERIOR. ° 3. THE OUTDOOR CONDENSER WATER PIPING GRID SHALL BE FOR INSTALLED PER IGSHPA STANDARDS BY IGSHPA CERTIFIED INSTALLERS AND BE COMPRISED SOLELY OF IGSHPA APPROVED POLYBUTYLENE OR POLYETHYLENE Snohomish County PIPE AND FITTINGS.THE PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE A " MINIMUM WRITTEN25-YEAR LIMITEDWARRANTLY Public Works SPECIFICALLY FOR GROUND SOURCE APPLICATIONS.SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 4. COORDINATE SITE CONDENSER WATER PIPING AND BORES AT FOR GROUND LOOP HEAT EXCHANGER WITH CIVIL AND I, RPM LANDSCAPING. 19700 67th Ave NE 5. DEPENDING ON THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, Arlington, WA 98223 ADDITIONAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS ARE: a. THE LENGTHS OF ALL LOOPS IN A PIPING GRID SHALL BE EQUAL WITHIN 5%. b MINIMUM DEPTH FOR ALL OUTDOOR PIPING IS V-0"FEET PERMIT SET C. WHEN BACKFILLING TRENCHES OR BOREHOLES, B I I I I I I THERE SHALL BE NO VOIDS.BACKFILL TRENCHES 05/02/2025 B WITH FINE GRANULAR MATERIAL.BACKFILL BOREHOLES ASSPECIFIED BY LOCAL OR THE This drawing is: IGSHPA GROUTING MATERIAL.REFER TO 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. SECTION312200 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. IMPORT AND EXPORT OF MATERIALS 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's RESPONFORTRESIBILITY O SECTION S SHALL. THE written permission for any other use or reproduction. RESPONSIBILITY OF SECTION 232140. d. BEFORE INSPECTING FOR LEAKS.FILL THE PIPING PROJECT NUMBER: GRID WITH WATER AND PRESSURIZE TO MINIMUM 100 PSI. e. THE PIPING GRID SHALL BE MINIMUM 10'-0"FEET FROM FOUNDATIONS AND PROPERTY LINES. 2023-053 f. THE PIPING GRID SHALL BE MINIMUM 10'-0"FEET FROM CITY WATERLINE BASEMENTS AND UTILITIES. g. THE PIPING GRID SHALL BE MINIMUM 10'-0"FEET • FROM DRIP LINE OF EXISTING TREES. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 6. THESE NOTES ARE NOT INTENDED TO SUPERSEDE LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL CODES.IT IS THE CONTRACTORS SLINKY SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITIES TO KNOW i AND ADHERE TO APPLICABLE -30 LOOPS CODES. -EACH SLINKY LOOP=30 FT -19 FT SPACING BETWEEN EACH LOOP 7. MAIN PIPE ROUTING TO GROUND LOOP HEAT EXCHANGERS -LOCATED IN INFILL AREA,COORDINATE WITH SHALL BE AS SHOWN.CONTRACTOR TO CIRCUIT EACH COVERED PARKING STRUCTURAL FOOTINGS ZONE&PIPING GRID PER DETAILS AND SECTION 232140. 8. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 232140 FOR GEOTHERMAL LOOP PIPING PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS.SUBMIT WRITTEN TEST RESULTS TO TRANE FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO HEADERING VERTICAL PROJECT TEAM: WELL LOOPS. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: - PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH A I I I I JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG A DRAWING — MECHANICAL SITE PLAN )7 rl 0 SITE PLAN MS1.11 SCALE: 1/16"=V-0" 1 2 3 4 5 azlrzozs z.oe.s1 w 2 3 4 5 l FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D 1. SEE TYPICAL PLUMBING DETAILS IN M9.00 SERIES. ROUTE WASTE FULL SIZE IN CHASE TO SERVE ADJACENT FIXTURES ON FLOOR ABOVE.SEE PLUMBING 2. SLOPE ALL WASTE PIPING AT A MINIMUM 1/4"PER FOOT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR RUNOUT SIZES. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. . YKEMAN 3. ALL FD,FS,AND AIR GAP DRAIN TRAPS SHALL BE SERVED FROM CLOSEST ELECTRONIC TRAP PRIMER. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN dykemarnet 17 6 West Marine Vie,Drive H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hareis.biz 2 T T 5 6 T REGISTRATION � OAF I^`I c _ - - _ _ = wf C _—_—_— - - S-AI S- MECH. WATER --��p OURCE SYSTEM A % ELEV. SP-01 I I -, - 2"W UP 2"PW U 110 q�,455ao Eo 24z '// KRCHENETT 101 I II MECH. 2"W UP _ 10 _ TO FD Iyy Up 0/siEP G� I MOP ELEC. 1-07 TO FS - --i i1 1 1 O EN SUPPLIES -� 2"V Up N 2-V Up II ELEV.EQUIPII (COOP) II I I 2"WUP 2"W U `L��J 10s 106 z'v UP �I iD3 III \\ 414 I 0 II 0 II II z1/2'CWRU II / - - 01 JL 4" UP 2"W U 2"W UP 2"W UP EJ-02 2"V UP - `� - - - - - - - - rt -4"W UP 1I I TO FS TO FD TO FS Arlington Operations "W UP -2"V UP 2'V UP 2"Vy U / 3"W UPa _ I TO WCO 2"V UP _ "W DP _ - Center 2N UPI - - - g 3"W UP ® 7T1 I 2"W UP 134 TO FID I I I I "W UP 1 2"W UP 1 I f I 2"W UP I I _ a FOR / STORAGE/ I STORAGE I I 2"W UP FIRST AID WATER BOTTLES 2"V UP 2"W UP 132 MOTHER'S RM. 3"W UP I 2"W UP TO FD I WELLNESS I 0 I TO FD- 1 Snohomish County 2"WUP 130 131 III L - - 133- - - J "VV UP 4"WUPPublic Works � - - —4"W —�-- —..-- - - - TO FCO I II2"V UP RESTROOM 2"W UP 2"V UP 2"V UP 2"V U I) I I I I n 111 TO FD I AT TO FC 2"V UP UNION ZWU II 2"WUP Irri - / CORRID R I I rl I Ir 2�Up PI. 1 19700 67th Ave NE rnoA - JL - -I J I I TO DF - I IL}a —_ _ J I Arlington, WA 98223 DROP-IN r - - - - - - - 1 - - - - I I I I Ir 1 1 2'1N U 2"V U a II 7 128 I III "- E W UP R STROOM I II 111L _ I PERMIT SET g F=-- - - I - - - - 2'v u 1 t i w UP Z v uP u z 05/02/2025 B 2'vV UP - - STORAGE I EO /TRAINING/PAVING I I I I I TO FD 2"W UP ---- - - - - - 136 I ROLL CALL III r--ryl'I�-yII�, n TO FD This drawing is: ---- WORK RM./ I 135 I J IIL T „V UP 1.Copyright2024 Dykeman,Inc. PLOTTER L 2"W UP I IP 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. _ _ _ _ _ I III TO FD 2"W U I "W UP 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's -- 127 r 1� Hi I I I I I T'.FD written permission for any other use or repmduc5on. ---- I ,I, 2"V UP ____ _ -- ENV.STOR. 111 I I 1 1 12' UP 2"W UP 2"V UP ••• JECT NUMBER: 2"W UP I 2"W UP - D I z"w UP C I l I 2"W UP To FD 2023-053 I III 2'vUP II . • 4"W UP I, 113 -_ TO FCO - -- - - - - -- jI i 2"W UP I 1 r-- _ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION _ T'-„�F,II I��\ Jp,}I TO FD I IJ.H-.Fl AREA �r -1 F I 2"W UP 2"y UP I 0 TO FD _ J 11 I I I L - I I 2"W UP TO DF PAVING TO FD PAVING LEAD SUPERVISOR ,UNIFO 2"W UP BRIDGE I BRIDGE I 2N UP _CLOTHES SR.ENV.COOR��STIIULqUPERVISOR ADWORKER WORKST TION DROP-IN DROP-IN 8 117 _ O FUI O FCO ,DASHUPWORKSTATION I 123 �� 122 121 I 120 I 119 -- „V uP _ "w uP 125 - 4 - L-i 7� PROJECT TEAM: I I I I I s FOR CONT PRINCIPAL IN CHAR ARCHITECT: I PS PROJECT MANAGER: - PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN. DF,KG A A DRAWING PLUMBING PLAN - UNDERGROUND 1 PLUMBING PLAN - UNDERGROUND Mini SCALE:1/8"=1'-0" INS 1 2 3 4 5 azirzoz5 z.oe.Sz w 2 3 4 15 FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D 1. SEE TYPICAL PLUMBING DETAILS IN M9.00 SERIES. 7� ROUTE CW AND HW UNDER CASEWORK TO SERVE SINK. SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR RUNOUT SIZES. 2. SEE PLUMBING FIXTURES SCHEDULE ON M0.03 FOR WASTE, VENT,COLD WATER,AND HOT WATER FIXTURE CONNECTION STANDPIPE FOR FIRE TEST DRAIN. SIZES. DYKEMAN ROUTE VENT,COLD WATER,AND HOT WATER PIPING 3. SLOPE ALL WASTE PIPING AT A MINIMUM 1/4"PER FOOT. FULL SIZE VERTICALLY WITHIN WALL AND HORIZONTALLY TO SERVE ADJACENT PLUMBING 4. ALL FD TRAPS SHALL BE SERVED FROM CLOSEST ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN FIXTURES.SEE PLUMBING FXITURE SCHEDULE FOR ELECTRONIC TRAP PRIMER. RUNOUT SIZES. 5. PROVIDE WALL CLEANOUT BELOW EACH LAVATORY AND ROUTE HW FULL SIZE IN WALL TO LOOP WITHIN 6"OF SINK. - -Vi..Drive LAVATORY STOP TO COMPLY WITH WSEC REQUIREMENTS,TYP. 6. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ADA PLUMBING FIXTURES. ROUTE WASTE FULL SIZE IN CHASE TO SERVE ADJACENT FIXTURES ON FLOOR ABOVE.SEE PLUMBING 7, SHUTOFF VALVE LOCATIONS ARE SHOWN • FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR RUNOUT SIZES. DIAGRAMMATICALLY.LOCATE AT ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS AS SPECIFIED.NOT ALL SHUTOFF VALVES ARE SHOWN,REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. I 8. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FLOOR DRAIN DIMENSIONS IN RESTROOMS AND FLOOR SLOPING. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376-206.448.4450 - hargis.biz REGISTRATION hhll -I C 9 N455w 3/4"CW UP 9FCIs Et PE°G�2� A ON EN III l g_ 2"PW ON SB-1 ELEV. STAIRS MECH:WATER EMERGENCY 2"V DN 2"PW DN •-• • • gg_, 101 ELEV.EQUIP. SUPPLIES MDF MECH. A"V UP 108 SOURCE SYSTEM ^W DNa 103 (COOP) 105 ELEC. 107 M2"FS-1 2"CW 2"W UP/DN �2"FD-1 -110 0 0 FCO 3/4"HW UP --------- —_ 2"V DN 2"V DN 104 106 N - - 314"CW 2"W UP/DN HPWH-01 Arlington Operations DS-1 3/4"CW DWET-01 _ EWH-01 Center 2"V DN "V UP 2"V DN I 2"CW UP 3/4"HWC UP 1 11/4"HW 2'FS-iP-01 -- 2"CW UP 1 AWET-02 -------- 3"V 3"V MOTHE M. CUSTODIAL 2"W UP 2"FS-1 ®2^FD-1 FOR WDN �314"CW 3/4"CW 133 134 2"V UP I u 1 1/4"HW a ITCHENETTE I 3/4"HW 3/4"HW 2"„y DN 1 2"V DN TP-1 3"WDN 1"HW_ - n n� n �, - Snohomish County _ POF3 DF-1 - - - SH- V-iTYPOF4 2"VDN Public Works __ _ -- SS-1 FIRST AID SS-1 2"FD_1 -- 2'9N N TO FD __ 7i STORAGE/ 1"HW -1 3 W UP FCO 1 12"V UP I CW RESTROOM AT Y 130 � MS-1 FCO 2"V UP WATER BOTTLES STORAGE 3/4"CW UP 2"V DN i� 31 3/4"HW Up 5>4WUP 2"W UPrTO FD Fp OF3 19700 67th Ave NE 132 2"V ON 2"V UP 3/a"cw 2"VDN I r 11/2"HW , Arlington, WA 98223 2"W DN j - 3/4"CW UP I ® SH 11 - I 2 V O P OF 4 UNION 2"W UP 3/4"CW UP �\ pg 3/4"HWUP i 2"VDN 2"WDN I i4'v rcw}a PERMIT SET B �/ Ir T �1 - - - 2"W UP/DN - - - - I 2„V - -4, _ - - C-1 05/02/2025 B EOC Ilr POF4 /TRAINING/PAVING l l DROP-IN 3/4"CW 1 HW I( 4"W DN 1 3 "W UP/DN This drawing is: ROLL CALL WOMEN'S 128 I RESTROOM 1 1/4"HW 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. F----� ' 135 I 1^HWUP 1 2"W UP 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3/4"HW 112 "FD-1 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's ----- 2"W DIN 1/2"CW U STORAGE I I 2"V DN I 1 1/4"HW UP , I P OF 3 P 1 Y ----- 136 I I -J 2"V DN , 2"V DIN I 2"V DN written permission for any other use or reproduction. _____ I ❑0 2"V DN PJECT NUMBER: CORRIDOR I TYP OF 7 W ii - ® F 4 •• 100A I - F "'4"Wa 2023-053 --- 2"V UP I -i i LOCKER ROOM u u i I 3 �\ 1"HVY_ I\D + ENV.STOR. mill �3/4"CW- - • 2"V UP li I 137 T U4 3/4"CW UP _ 1 ® I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 2 UP DF-1 I 3/"4 HW UP WORK RM.I r FCO PLOTTER 127 I 2"V DN ItI11#31 _3 ® 1 1/4"HW I 2"V DIN 3 BRIDGE BRIDGE 11/DN O ES71BU DROP-IN PAVING ---1 11/4"HW a SR.ENV.COORD. 224 SUPERVISOR LEADWORKE WORK 7A7ION DROP-IN „g PAVING LEAD SUPERVISOR 2'IV D ---- 3-}3/4"CW 2"FD-1 WORKSTATION 123 122 121 120 -- SS-2 8PROJECT 125 ESTIBU UNIFORMS UT-1 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS 116 115 q 1 1/4"HW fn PROJECT MANAGER: -- - al I DU-02 DU-01 PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH HB-1 JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A I I I I I I I DRAWING PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL 91M PLUMBING PLAN - LOWER LEVEL VA s M2.11 SCALE:1/8"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 azirzoz5 z.oe.Sa w 2 3 4 15 FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D 1, SEE TYPICAL PLUMBING DETAILS IN M9.00 SERIES. 1 ROUTE CW AND HW UNDER CASEWORKTO SERVE SINK. 2 ROUTE WASTE FULL SIZE IN CHASE TO SERVE ADJACENT 2. SEE PLUMBING FIXTURES SCHEDULE ON M0.03 FOR WASTE, VENT,COLD WATER,AND HOT WATER FIXTURE CONNECTION FIXTURES.SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR SIZES. DYKEMAN RUNOUT SIZES. 3. SLOPE ALL WASTE PIPING AT A MINIMUM 1/4"PER FOOT. 4. ALL FD TRAPS SHALL BE SERVED FROM CLOSEST ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ELECTRONIC TRAP PRIMER. 5. PROVIDE WALL CLEANOUT BELOW EACH LAVATORY AND _ 1716 Ww Mwn.Vi..Drive SINK. 6. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ADA PLUMBING FIXTURES. 7. SHUTOFF VALVE LOCATIONS ARE SHOWN • DIAGRAMMATICALLY.LOCATE AT ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS AS SPECIFIED,NOT ALL SHUTOFF VALVES ARE SHOWN,REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. I w 8. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR J` FLOOR DRAIN DIMENSIONS IN RESTROOMS AND FLOOR SLOPING. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz REGISTRATION Q� h 12xAS F' 1 3/4"CW DN °p wtsH\6`y A /3/4"HWC DN VESTIBULE \ / I TA1R3- O� �w 201 ELEV. \ / 222 \/ -lt 9FCI5 Et PEO G�2� 203 /X\ —1 X ON EN / A 3/4"HW DN TH LOBBY U C ROLL CALL _ _ - COUNTER ROLL CALLA CU ODI 2"V 202 Arlington Operations 209 UR-1 207 221 I TYP OF 3 "CW DN I MEWS Center -- "CW DN-0RESTROOM B - — — — — — — — — —L — 2"V DN - 2 12"FD-1 I 2"V ON FOR _- TP-1 ❑p WORKSTATION 3/4"CW DN 'V DN C _ 3/4"HWON I I TYPOF4 Snohomish County ----------_ 204 WY-' TYP of a Public Works I I 2 4'VJ DN t>3/4"HW DN _ I I 2"FFD-1 I 2"V ON AT —2,�V J 3/4"CW DN2"V — .--- � "P 19700 67th Ave NE WORKSTATION q^V U _ I WOMEN'S 205 � — ---1- — — — — Arlington, WA 98223 — — — — — S- ff-2"Vr*— DS-1CW DN EL C. DF-1 __-- LV-1 c 215 TYP OF 3 PERMIT SET B 1"HW ON 05/02/2025 1 1/4"HW DN B --- SIB- SMALL CONF. VEMENT/ 2"W DN 2 00 DRAINAG This drawing is: KITCHEN 0 VEGETATION 206 1/2"CW DN SWEEPING LEAD WORKER LEAD WORKER SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER EAD WORKER OPERATIONS 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. SUPERVISOR 212 213 214 P16 217 MANAGER 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 2"W DN 2"V DN' 2"V UP 2 11 0 4 0 0 2 88 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 2"V DN DS-1 written permission for any other use or reproduction. 1 PROJECT 3/4"cW DN — --- --- — — — --- 2023-053 t�3/4"HW DN WEST DECK 208 • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I I I I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A DRAWING A PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL PLUMBING PLAN - UPPER LEVEL Mz z, SCALE:1/8"=V-0" 1 2 3 4 5 a 1.—z.oe.ss PM 2 3 4 15 l FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D 1. REFER TO M9.00 SERIES SHEETS FOR STANDARD DETAILS NOT PROVIDE MIN(2)ELBOWS IN DUCT OFF CEILING GRILLE, REFERENCED ON PLANS.COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS IN TERMINATE WITH 1/2"HARDWIRE MESH. DETAILS. MOUNT BOTTOM OF UNIT AT 5'AFF. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND • YKEMAN INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINAL LOCATION OF ALL GRILLES, MANUFACTURER'S THERMOSTAT AND 230900 SENSOR. DIFFUSERS,AND EXPOSED DUCTWORK.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION.REPORT ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN PROVIDE DRYER WITH 4"DRYER DUCT AND TERMINATE DISCREPANCIES IN QUANTITY OF AIR TERMINALS BETWEEN AT EXTERIOR WALL WITH WALL RAIN HOOD. ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS TO A/E. PROVIDE YOUNG REGULATOR REMOTE CABLE 3. PROVIDE REMOTE CABLE CONTROL SYSTEM FOR ALL VOLUME - -VI..Drive CONTROLLER MODEL 270 FOR EACH VOLUME DAMPER DAMPERS LOCATED DIRECTLY ABOVE HARD CEILINGS.PROVIDE ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILING.REGULATOR SHALL BE ACCESS PANEL AND LOCATE CONTROLLER(S)ABOVE CEILING. MOUNTED TO ALLOW ADJUSTING DAMPER THROUGH MAXIMUM CABLE LENGTH FROM CONTROLLER TO DAMPERS) GRILLE FACE. SHALL NOT EXCEED 15'-0".GROUP ALL CONTROLLERS TOGETHER PROVIDE RECESSED DRYER VENT RECEPTACLE AND AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. A DRYER LINT BOX PER DETAILS ON M9.06. 4. PROVIDE A MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FOR EACH SUPPLY, RETURN,AND EXHAUST OPENING.LOCATE AS FAR UPSTREAM AS POSSIBLE FROM THE OPENING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.NOT H A R G I S ALL VOLUME DAMPERS ARE SHOWN ON PLANS. 5. DIVISION 23 SHALL REVIEW VAV BOX LOCATIONS AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES TO ENSURE MAINTENANCE ACCESS IS 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98301 MAINTAINED(TYPICAL ALL LOCATIONS).CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A MOCK-UP OF ONE INSTANCE FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE DESIGN INTENT IS MET. 1 2 3 4 5 1 6 7 6. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR SWITCH AND REGISTRATION STAMPS: VAV-U-01 16x16 UP M7.11 SENSOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND EXACT LOCATIONS.LOCATIONS SHOWN ON MECHANICAL PLANS ARE APPROXIMATE. FCU-U-03 18x18 UP i 0x10 ELEC. MECH. � F 80 106 ,07 HRU-01 18x18 UP CU-02 7. PRO P' VIDE ACCESS DOOR IN ALL OUTSIDE AIR,EXHAUST AIR,AND O of V1�N�\L RETURN AIR PLENUMS,OR DUCTS LOCATED BEHIND LOUVERS C A- _ FOR BACKDRAFT AND/OR MOTORIZED DAMPER ACCESS.PROVIDE q Q _ r ACCESS DOOR SIZED 24'x24"UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.REFER `) _ MDF J ,2x12 I STAIRS -- - TO STANDARD DETAILS. 9 ELEV.EQUIP. EUH-02 105 i LFE—IM01-1 103 EM RGENCY F TF-01 I 1 88 v J 8. ALL PLENUMS BEHIND LOUVERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 36"DEEP 9FC/s11:PE�G�2� J AC-02 SU PLIES F 2zx10 _ _ _ — CU-01 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.ALL PLENUMS BEHIND SUPPLY, Op 6N (C OP) 3 °` MECH E L� RETURN,AND EXHAUST AIR GRILLES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 24" s - _ F 22x10 , M711 12x12 J' R DEEP OR THE SIZE OF THE DUCT,WHICHEVER IS LARGER UNLESS CHENETTE AC-01 a``�� -� 'b� IOURC T�M — — WHCU-01 NOTED OTHERWISE. -- 102 3 S S 3 S r r — — -1 O L p 9. DUCTWORK SHOWN IS DIAGRAMMATIC TO ILLUSTRATE ZONING • , • 16x12 U J=� AND AIR TERMINALS SERVED.ACTUAL DUCT ROUTING AND DUCT FIRST J 22z10 10x1 48x12 2x10 J U MECH:HE� L — — J ACCESSORY LOCATIONS ARE NOT SHOWN DUCT DIMENSIONS Arlington p at Or1S WELLNISS FCU-L-07 K J 24x14U \ ington Oper I 48.1 EQUIPM NT L WELLNESS STORAGE/ 10x10 24x14 UP — — J INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE NET INSIDE DIMENSIONS. — Be M HER'S RM. J 109---------- - -- -- -- -- 130 WATER BOTTLES A 25 z2x10 x ----- -- - -- -- -- -- y -„ INCREASE SHEET METAL DIMENSIONS TO ACCOMODATE DUCT J 2x13 - 131 � 133 12x12 J " SOUNDLINING THICKNESS. Center 115 FCU-L-15 CUSTODIAL _ i 22x22 10. PROVIDE ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK WITHOUT STANDING SEAMS F ,ox10 l34 F 350 --------------- OR FLANGES.SEALALL SEAMS WITH PAINTABLE SILICONE CAULK. FOR 22x10 22x10 10z1 14z14 14xl 12x12 PROVIDE STAINLESS THREADED ROD DUCT HANGER WITH SEISMIC A 25 L J STORAGE FCU-L-15 F 14x1 22x22 BRACING AT ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK LOCATIONS. Snohomish County (T�3) I1 132 ,,, FCU-L-12 F I 5 FCU-L-OS r FCU-L-01 16x1 xI8 ❑ i 14x1 ",. 5 10510 SERVICE YARD Public Works 0 CORRIDOR J 12x12 ,p^o 22x12 UNION ,00 ®�� mP 2 AT O FCU-L-io 100A ,Ox10 12!Bx , -r CARA4 EOCITRAINING/PAVI F 22 2 �J 1 J mPa) 19z19 r L _ aoLL L � I � _ _ (TyP2)— - I' 19700 67th Ave NE 135 FCU-L42 12x12 C 6 FQt,-L-,o _ — _ — — — — Arlington, WA 98223 T F (TYP 3) CARA3 FCU-L-14 Mill r U!/ 22x22 iFCU-L-03 ®II ❑ F s00 5 FCU-L-07 8x8 a G ,2x,2 10x12 VAV-L-01 FQD-L-13 PERMIT SET B =____ $„a 40 A b 6 4 05/02/2025 B A e� FCU-L-03 8x8 FCU-L-i6 il� 2x8 _ This drawing is: FCU-L-04 11 J 14pI F 'm6n0 5 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. ----- 22x10 - 10x1 22x,0 mPz) t2x12 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. F 150 J 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's ---- 14x6 12x8 I I 370 Bx 2 ----- G I J 5 p written permission for any other use or reproduction. -- 290 1 115 20X12 I D 12X12 (TYP a) =— x F �zzxm 22x10— NUMBER: FCU-L-04 FCU-L-17 FCU-L-16 ` 22X10.T yK F 22x10 "0 II 12m F (22x22) 2023-053 WORK RM./ p 370 6 TYP 2 PLOTTER I F 1 G 11512 1 STORAGE 22x10 1 O FCU-L-11 (TYP 2) $"p I J FCU-L-08 1 22xl '' / 127 G l8x6 K 38x12 136 Fcu-L-14 CAR-01 1-1390 ENV.STOR. 1580 J 10x10 - [.H-OFFAREA (TVP 5) 137 FCU-L-17 (ryP4) 2-10 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION F ,Oxi FCU-L-OB FCU-L-0 F FCU-L-11 O F 22z10 FCU- FCU-L-0S l8x6 GYP 4 mP 2) ) O' z906 L-18 LOCKER ROOM S EUH-04 22x10 113 SR.ENV.COORD. ® L0101 DROP-IN DROP-IN pUF501012x12 14z14 CLOTHES WORKSTATION STIBU� MI 120 119 I:STIBUL IFORMS 8x125 I� 0 FCU-L-09 11 42pDRYING/ 124 FCU-L-18 FCU-L-O5 115 WASH-UP 5 F 22x22 VERUIRU BRIDGE BRIDGE DU-02 DU-01 PROJECT PAVING SUPERVISOR LEADWORKER PAVING LEAD SUPERVISOR MACHINES 123 122 IN 118 117 EUH-05 � z 2 PRO EICT MANAGER:E:I PS EUH-OB PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH 0 o JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A D•. A HVAC FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL 1 HVAC PLAN - LOWER LEVEL M3.11 SCALE:1/8"=V-0" 1 2 3 4 5 az,rzozs z.oe.sa w 2 3 4 15 FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D 1. REFER TO 1.00 SERIES SHEETS FOR STANDARD DETAILS NOT PROVIDE MIN(2)ELBOWS IN DUCT OFF CEILING GRILLE, REFERENCED ON PLANS.COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS IN TERMINATE WITH 1/2"HARDWIRE MESH. DETAILS. 2� PROVIDE WALL RAIN HOOD FOR RESIDENTIAL HOOD 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND DYKEMAN EXHAUST. INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINAL LOCATION OF ALL GRILLES, PROVIDE ELBOW AND TERMINATE OPENING WITH 1/2" DIFFUSERS,AND EXPOSED DUCTWORK.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION.REPORT ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN HARD WIRE MESH. DISCREPANCIES IN QUANTITY OF AIR TERMINALS BETWEEN PROVIDE YOUNG REGULATOR REMOTE CABLE ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS TO A/E. a� CONTROLLER MODEL 270 FOR EACH VOLUME DAMPER 3. PROVIDE REMOTE CABLE CONTROL SYSTEM FOR ALL VOLUME _ 17 6 Ww I VI..Drive ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILING,TYP.REGULATOR SHALL DAMPERS LOCATED DIRECTLY ABOVE HARD CEILINGS.PROVIDE BE MOUNTED TO ALLOW ADJUSTING DAMPER THROUGH ACCESS PANEL AND LOCATE CONTROLLER(S)ABOVE CEILING. GRILLE FACE. MAXIMUM CABLE LENGTH FROM CONTROLLER TO DAMPER(S) SHALL NOT EXCEED 15'-0".GROUP ALL CONTROLLERS TOGETHER 5 ANGLE GRILLE 30"FROM HORIZONTAL. AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. • 6 PROVIDE CONNECTION AND NECESSARY DUCT 4. PROVIDE A MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FOR EACH SUPPLY, TRANSITION TO RANGE HOOD. RETURN,AND EXHAUST OPENING.LOCATE AS FAR UPSTREAM AS POSSIBLE FROM THE OPENING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.NOT H A R G I S ALL VOLUME DAMPERS ARE SHOWN ON PLANS. 5. DIVISION 23 SHALL REVIEW VAV BOX LOCATIONS AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES TO ENSURE MAINTENANCE ACCESS IS 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98301 MAINTAINED(TYPICAL ALL LOCATIONS).CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A MOCK-UP OF ONE INSTANCE FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE DESIGN INTENT IS MET. 1 2 3 4 5 TI—I 7 6. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR SW ITCH ANDREGISTRATION SENSOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND EXACT LOCATIONS.LOCATIONS 16x16 DIN STAIRS SHOWN ON MECHANICAL PLANS ARE APPROXIMATE. F. J z4za8 222 7. PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN ALL OUTSIDE AIR,EXHAUST AIR,AND Q�1 � 1600 18x18 D RETURN AIR PLENUMS,OR DUCTS LOCATED BEHIND LOUVERS C A — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — FOR BACKDRAFT AND/OR MOTORIZED DAMPER ACCESS.PROVIDE r C v- ACCESS DOOR SIZED 24"x24"UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.REFER xr7 32z14 DN TO STANDARD DETAILS. 9 `jo: EUH-01 ROLL CALLA VESTIBULE ' E203 207 18"¢ �� 8. ALL PLENUMS BEHIND LOUVERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 36"DEEP -(t`9E-C/BrEPEO G��' i 8x10 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.ALL PLENUMS BEHIND SUPPLY, ON EN 201 )'. RETURN,AND EXHAUST AIR GRILLES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 24" 400 5 (N 5) 5 5 32z14 DN DEEP OR THE SIZE OF THE DUCT,WHICHEVER IS LARGER UNLESS C7y�q}� 1bx12 DN - �' ��-,' r NOTED OTHERWISE. LOBBY PUBLIC t;-J 1_ ED L)L) IJ� �� 18x18 DN III I I / •-• • � • COUNTER MM AV-R-01 9. DUCTWORK SHOWN IS DIAGRAMMATIC TO ILLUSTRATE ZONING 24x14 DN AND AIR TERMINALS SERVED.ACTUAL DUCT ROUTING AND DUCT 202 RO L CALL B ��24x14 DN —12x6 = L 48x80 ACCESSORY LOCATIONS ARE NOT SHOWN.DUCT DIMENSIONS 209 OL) ULJ LJ J 12x8 CH No., INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE NET INSIDE DIMENSIONS. Arlington Operations G isx10 M7.11 25 48z60 25o O QFCU-U-0 U INCREASE SHEET METAL DIMENSIONS TO ACCOMODATE DUCT Center _ _ _ _ _ I®_ _ MEN'S SOUNDLINING THICKNESS. B VAV-U_0 USTODIA 10 RF22-0 M 10. PROVIDE ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK WITHOUT STANDING SEAMS II (VERTICAL) 221 J 22x1 -`' 220 OR FLANGES.SEAL ALL SEAMS W ITH PRINTABLE SILICONE CAULK. FO R III (TYP 2>- 1ox,o PROVIDE STAINLESS THREADED ROD DUCT HANGER WITH SEISMIC Snohomish County O A71 N FCU-U-01_(BOTTOM) 3 J 22x10 22x1 fn'P 2) 4 BRACING AT ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK LOCATIONS. 211 FCU-U-O (TOP K 48z2 FCU-U-04 8x8 Public Works CUIu-1 ELEC. 2 T W TATI N 215 8z12 22z22 -, 22x10 AT F zzx, FCU-UA1 IryI (TYP 2) I WOMEN'S RESTROOM 19700 67th Ave NE ,59 2,9 Arlington, WA 98223 8x12 Bz12 i8x10 x8 — (n'P 2)— — — — — — — 18x10 t F 2x10 48x12 (TYP 2) + TF-02 ' C' 480 I( 80o K 48x12 18x10 10x10 12z12 eo0 F G 10x10 300 85 - 22z1 F zzx22 � FCU-�-�4 12x12 PERMIT S E T ❑�❑ J P 8) (TYP 2) J CAR-02 B — — 05/02/2025 B FCU-U-05 FCU-U-Ofi FCU-U-O] FCU-U-08 FCU-U-09 FCU-U-1 FC U 12 KIT 10z1 FCU-U-,il �J This Brewing is: 206 8 10z1 1.Copyright2024 Dykeman,Inc. FCU-U-11 FCU-U-12 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. o ® 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's FCU-U-O FCU-U-O6 FCU-U-07 (FCU-U_08 FCU-U-09) 1FCU-U-10 O I written permission for any other use or reproduction. lJJ A fim =(TYP])= 218 PROJECT 2 9 I I G p NIE1 I) LE K 2023-053 L F P ILVISD L E NK J LE HVID E ETAT CN R 217 210 211 212 OFE I R 216 • 214 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION WEST DECK I zoe® I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A DRAWING A HVAC FLOOR PLAN - UPPERLEVEL 1 HVAC PLAN - UPPER LEVEL M3.21 SCALE:1/8"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 az,rzozs z.ra.oz rna 2 3 4 15 FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D 3/4"CONDENSATE DOWN IN WALL.DISCHARGE INTO 1. REFER TO REFRIGERANT PIPING DIAGRAM FOR PIPING SIZES. PROVIDE PRIMARY VRF REFRIGERANT PIPING BETWEEN MOP SINK WITH AIR GAP. INSTALL ALL REFRIGERANT PIPING AND APPURTENANCES PER HEAT PUMP AND BC CONTROLLER(S)AND SIZE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. ROUTE CONDENSATE DOWN,DISCHARGE INTO FLOOR SINK WITH AIR GAP. 2. REFER TO M9 SERIES SHEETS FOR STANDARD DETAILS NOT DYKEMAN SECONDARY VRF REFRIGERANT PIPE ROUTING REFERENCED ON PLANS.COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS IN BETWEEN THE BC CONTROLLER AND VRV FAN COIL MOUNT DEHUMIDIFIERS AT LEAST 5'AFF TO ALLOW FOR DETAILS. UNITS IS INTENDED TO SHOW GENERAL ARRANGEMENT CONDENSATE PIPE ROUTING IN WALL TO DISCHARGE AND CONFIGURATION OF PIPING.COMPLY WITH AND INTO THE SINK. 3. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR INSTRUCTION ON CORE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SIZE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION DRILLING AND CUTTING EXISTING WALLS AND SLAB. REQUIREMENTS. 4. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INTENDED TO SHOW PROVIDE SPLIT SYSTEM AC UNIT REFRIGERANT PIPING GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND CONFIGURATION OF PIPING. - - - BETWEEN THE OUTDOOR UNIT AND INDOOR WALL PROVIDE ALL FITTINGS AND COMPONENTS FOR COMPLETE MOUNTED AC UNIT AND SIZE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION. REQUIREMENTS. 5. EXPOSED PIPING,DUCTWORK AND OTHER MECHANICAL q� PROVIDE DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING BETWEEN THE ELEMENTS SHALL BE PAINTED.COORDINATE AND INSURE ALL e OUTDOOR UNIT AND INDOOR TANK AND SIZE PER PIPING AND INSULATION IS PREPARED FOR PAINTING.REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL HEAT TRACE ON EXTERIOR PIPING. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. COS ENSATE IN WALL.TERMINATE WITH Y-TAILPIECE 6. REFRIGERANT ROUTING SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ALL H A R G I S TRADES AS PART OF SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIREMENTS AND SUBMITTED TO A/E FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.ALL PIPING SHALL BE PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 7. DIV 22 SHALL PROVIDE CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING SHOWN ON M4 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz SERIES. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 � MECH. MECH:HVAC MECH:WATER 107 EQUIPMENT STAIRS SOURCE SYSTEMREIRIG CU-01 3 109 108 110 �pTt F.CA, THROU.PIPING E CU-02 3 O o \L e wasro\� THROUGH CHASE 2 r � C A- - CWP-0180 ` C HRU-02 1 L-M HRU-01 _`t q �5550 0 FCU-U-03 J F0/stEPE G�? ELEV.EQUIP. EMERGENCY MDF ELEC. J HP-02 1 J ON 6N SUPPLIES ((STACKED WHCU-01 4 103 (COOP) 105 106 'HP-01 1 HPWH-01 a��s ITCHENETTE AC-0 104 AC-01 L—J 3l4"C iBC-01 _J r , J •e 102 III �I r II I J FIRST & I WELLNESS SS M MOT BC_03 ,,,Q� gC_pp Arlington Operations _ WELLNHER' . — � 130 — — FCU-L-07 133 — — 2 Center _ FCU-L-01 STORAGE( STORAG FCU-L-1 l� CUSTODIAL CONDENSER WATER BOTTLES WATER HEADER FOR 132 3l4"C 13: 2 ® r EWH-01 D>3/4"C �RI 3/4"C31 1"C 6 ❑O ET-01 ® MEWS Snohomish County RESTROOM L I � ❑ FCU-L-12 111 SERVICE YARD Public Works U AT CORRIDOR NION❑ O J — — 2 19700 67th Ave NE _ — — FCU-L-O — ] Arlington, WA 98223 — -- - - — — � — — — — — FCU-L-03 r FCU-L-14 FCU-L-10 il PERMIT SET DROP-I WOMEN'S B ----- 128 O 3/4"C _ — FCU-L-13 RESTROOM 05/02/2025 y 0 112 B ----- _ _ _ FCU-L-16 L — — — — J L — ® — — J This drawing is: ----- RECYCLE I I I 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. ----- 128 L EOC/TRAIN( G/PAVING 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. FCU-L-04 ROLL ALL F L — — 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's ENV.STOR. STORAGE® 135 written permission for any other use or reproduction.137 136 LOCKER ROOM WORK RM./ — — III 113 PROJECT NUMBER: — 127 FCU-L-17 T T r , 2023-053 I I I I SH-OFFARFA MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I ® e OTHES L DRYING/ FCU-L-18 FCU-L-OS WORKST TION I.I.DRO DROP-IN FCU-L-O6 FCU-L-09 ES71BU ASH-UP ESTIBU ❑ O 121 12 I119 116 IFO MS 114 124 5 co I�3/4"C 3/4" 3/4"C ILMC VENDING 1l4'C DU-02 DU-01 PROJECT •• SR.ENV.COORD. BRIDGE BRIDGE PAVING MACHINES WORKSTATION SUPERVISOR LEADWORKER PAVING LEAD SUPERVISOR A PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:(PS PROJECT MANAGER: - 125 123 122 118 117 n PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A D•. A HVAC PIPING FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL PIPING PLAN - LOWER LEVEL M4A1 SCALE:1/8"=1'-0" .•. I 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.ra.os w 2 3 4 15 l FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D 1. REFER TO REFRIGERANT PIPING DIAGRAM FOR PIPING SIZES. SECONDARY VRF REFRIGERANT PIPE ROUTING INSTALL ALL REFRIGERANT PIPING AND APPURTENANCES PER BETWEEN THE BC CONTROLLER AND VRV FAN COIL MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. UNITS IS INTENDED TO SHOW GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND CONFIGURATION OF PIPING.COMPLY WITH AND 2. REFER TO M9 SERIES SHEETS FOR STANDARD DETAILS NOT DYKEMAN SIZE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION REFERENCED ON PLANS.COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS IN REQUIREMENTS. DETAILS. CONDENSATE IN WALL.TERMINATE WITH Y-TAILPIECE 3. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR INSTRUCTION ON CORE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN AT SINK. DRILLING AND CUTTING EXISTING WALLS AND SLAB. 3/4"CONDENSATE DOWN IN WALL.DISCHARGE INTO 4. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INTENDED TO SHOW MOP SINK WITH AIR GAP. GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND CONFIGURATION OF PIPING. PROVIDE ALL FITTINGS AND COMPONENTS FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 5. EXPOSED PIPING,DUCTWORK AND OTHER MECHANICAL ELEMENTS SHALL BE PAINTED.COORDINATE AND INSURE ALL • PIPING AND INSULATION IS PREPARED FOR PAINTING.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. � � � � I 6. REFRIGERANT ROUTING SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ALL TRADES AS PART OF SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIREMENTS AND SUBMITTED TO A/E FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.ALL PIPING SHALL BE PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz 7. DIV 22 SHALL PROVIDE CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING SHOWN ON M4 SERIES. T 3 4 5 6 7 RE I • REFRIG ING DN C VESTIBULE ELEV. STAIRS \�/ 9FC/81EPENG�2 203 X ON 6 / \ 2 22 LOBBY/PUBLIC 711 lo 04 ROLL CALL A ROLL CALL B COUNTER 202 207 2 99 Arlington Operations MEWS B — — — — — — — — — — I RES220OM — — — — — Center 221 FOR WORKSTATION 204 3/4Snohomish County I I Public Works co I 3/4"C AT WORKSTATION MEWS 205 FCU-U-02 15. R 2R9 OM 19700 67th Ave NE Pj -T Arlington, WA 98223 FCU-U-04 1"C FCU-U-01 CORRIDOR (BOTTOM) 20oB PERMIT SET B - - 05/02/2025 B FCU-U-05 FCU-U-O6 FCU-U-07 FCU-U-O FCU-U-09 FCU-U-1 This drawing is: KRdHEN iC 1.Copyright2024 Dykeman,Inc. _ 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 206 ❑ ❑ ❑ J ❑ ® o 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's I I I I I I T FCU-U-11 written permission for any other use or reproduction. — — PROJECT - - — —_— —_ - -- — — - - - _— - —= 2023-053 SA!,LC EI R I S V N K K N 210 1 L O ER 213 E Arh 1 216 1 217 1 218 • 211 z12 U VS 214 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION WEST DECK 808 I I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG A A I I I I I I I DRAWING HVAC PIPING FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL 0�i�71 INUPPER LEVEL '•'i =1'-0" I WIA 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.ra.oe w 2 3 4 5 l FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D 1. PROVIDE SPRINKLER PROTECTION FOR ALL AREAS OF THE BLDG PROVIDE SPRINKLER COVERAGE PER NFPA 13. MEETING NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE SPRINKLER SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE COVERAGE PROTECTION OF ALL COMBUSTIBLE VOID SPACES, COVERAGE WITH ELECTRICAL AND TELECOM CEILING SPACES,ATTTIC SPACES,ETC. EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION SUPPORTS IN THESE 2. SPRINKLER PROTECTION SYSTEM SHALL MEET AHJ • SPACES.DO NOT ROUTE SPRINKLER PIPING ABOVE REQUIREMENTS. ELECTRICAL AND TELECOM EQUIPMENT. 3. FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT COMPLETE DESIGN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN PROVIDE DRY SIDEWALL HEADS FOR CANOPY SHOP DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO COVERAGE. SUBMITTING TO NORTH COUNTY REGIONAL FIRE.VERIFY AND OBTAIN APPROVAL OF LOCATIONS OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM DRAIN a> FIRE MAIN INTO RISER ROOM.SEE 3/10901. LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT DURING PRODUCTION OF SHOP w—dyk.m.rn.t 17 6 WW Mwn.Vi.w Drive 316 s> FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION INTO RISER ROOM. DRAWINGS AND PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 425.259. IT) 2nd Floor/Everett,WA 98201 SEE 3/M901. 4. FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE OTHER DISCIPLINES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.HVAC WORK SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE.SPRINKLER PIPING INSTALLED WITHOUT • COVERAGE ABOVE AND BELOW CEILING PER NFPA 13. PROPER COORDINATION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION AT NO COST. 5. THERE SHALL BE NO EXPOSED SPRINKLER PIPING IN OCCUPIED H A R G I S FINISHED SPACES EXCEPT AS INDICATED ON THESE PLANS. 6. ALL EXPOSED SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.SPRINKLER 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 PIPING INSTALLED WITHOUT PROPER COORDINATION SHALL BE 2o6.44g.3376 206.44g.445o hargis.biz SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 1 2 3 4 5 6 T 7. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION. REGISTRATION ROUTING OF CONCEALED PIPING SHOWN ON THESE PLANS IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY,CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ROUTING WITH OTHER TRADES TO PROVIDE FULLY COMPLIANT SYSTEM. E;4'FDC� SEE 211000. F01 8. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTIONS TO SPRINKLER HEADS r 4 C A_ _ 4"F INSTALLED IN ALL CEILING TYPES. m � `�j C - ELEC. STAIRS _ 9. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE CONCEALED.SEMI-RECESSED NOT ALLOWED EXCEPT AT EXPOSED AREAS. O� 9 1 ELEV. EMERGENCY 106 108 .r -(t` FCIsiEPEO �2 SUPPLIES 2 LNG 1010 ELEV.EQUIP. MECH. 10. SEE MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR DESIGN GUIDELINES.THIS ON (COOP) F l DRAW ING IS A REPRESENTATION OF ROUTING AND LOCATIONS 103 MDF 107 l l l MECH:WATER 104 105 SOURCE SYSTEM ONLY. iiiiiiijiiiiiiiiiiii --__ CHENETTE 110 11. LOCATE ALL DRAIN LOCATIONS AT EXTERIOR WALLS OR '-• • • - � 102 --- -- LOCATIONS WITHIN THE INTERIOR NEAR JANITORS ROOM. MECH:HVAC COORDINATE DRAIN LOCATIONS W/ENGINEER PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. Arlington Operations 109 12. COORDINATE SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS AND FIRE SPRINKLER B _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ pry_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PIPE ROUTING WITH A/E AND OTHER DISCIPLINES.DUCTWORK Center t1- TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER FIRE SPRINKLER PIPE ROUTING. FIRSTWELLNE & MOTHE777777 R'SRM. CUSTODIAL FOR MEWS �i 130 133 134 RESTROOM Snohomish County �i STORAGE/ 111 I r WATER BOTTLES STORAGE Public Works r� 131 132 II SERVICE YARD q 0 UNION , AT CORRIDOR ,29 I' 19700 67th Ave NE 100A Arlington, WA 98223 �J T DROP-IN WOMEN'S PERMIT SET F---- ----- 128 RESTROOM B 2 05/02/2025 B EOC�RAINING/PAVING This Brewing is: ----- RECY E STORAGE (ROLL CALL 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. ----- 126 136 335 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 4WORK RM./ 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's F PLOTTER written permission for any other use or reproduction. — 127 ENV.STOR. IPROJECT NUMBER: , T T 2023-053 I I I I I • LOCKER ROOM I..-OIIAREA MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 13 0 CLOTHES I DRYING/ WASH-UP SR.ENV.COORD. BRIDGE PAVING 114 WORKSTATION VESTIBULESUPERVISOR BRIDGE SUPERVISOR 125 124 123 LEADWORKER WORK21ATION DROPO-IN DRO9-IN PAVINGBLEAD 117 ES1BUL IFOS 0 _ __ MACHINES PROJECT TEAM: PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECTMANAGER: - 3 n PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG DRAWING TITLE: FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL 1 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN - LOWER LEVEL M5.11 SCALE:1/8"=1'-0" my E 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.m.n ca 2 3 4 15 FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D 1. PROVIDE SPRINKLER PROTECTION FOR ALL AREAS OF THE BLDG PROVIDE SPRINKLER COVERAGE PER NFPA 13. MEETING NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE SPRINKLER SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE COVERAGE PROTECTION OF ALL COMBUSTIBLE VOID SPACES, COVERAGE WITH ELECTRICAL AND TELECOM CEILING SPACES,ATTTIC SPACES,ETC. DYKEMAN EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION SUPPORTS IN THESE 2. SPRINKLER PROTECTION SYSTEM SHALL MEET AHJ SPACES.DO NOT ROUTE SPRINKLER PIPING ABOVE REQUIREMENTS. ELECTRICAL AND TELECOM EQUIPMENT. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 3. FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT COMPLETE DESIGN SHOP DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO SUBMITTING TO NORTH COUNTY REGIONAL FIRE.VERIFY AND OBTAIN APPROVAL OF LOCATIONS OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM DRAIN _ _VI..Drive LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT DURING PRODUCTION OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4. FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.HVAC WORK SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE.SPRINKLER PIPING INSTALLED WITHOUT • PROPER COORDINATION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION AT NO COST. 5. THERE SHALL BE NO EXPOSED SPRINKLER PIPING IN OCCUPIED H A R G I S FINISHED SPACES EXCEPT AS INDICATED ON THESE PLANS. 6. ALL EXPOSED SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE REVIEWED AND 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98301 APPROVED BYARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.SPRINKLER PIPING INSTALLED WITHOUT PROPER COORDINATION SHALL BE 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION. REGISTRATION ROUTING OF CONCEALED PIPING SHOWN ON THESE PLANS IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ROUTING WITH OTHER TRADES TO PROVIDE FULLY COMPLIANT SYSTEM. SEE 211000. C A -- — -- — — — - — — - --- --- — — — — — 8. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE PI PE CONNECTIONS TO SPRINKLER HEADS r C \ / INSTALLED IN ALL CEILING TYPES. `j� VES71B E ELEV. 9. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE CONCEALED.SEMI-RECESSED O, 9 dsygp o 201 203 \X/ STAI \� NOT ALLOWED EXCEPT AT EXPOSED AREAS. -(t FC/srsPENG��' 10. SEE MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR DESIGN GUIDELINES.THIS ON 6 •� / \ \ DRAWING IS A REPRESENTATION OF ROUTING AND LOCATIONS / ONLY. LOBBY/PUBLIC 11. LOCATE ALL DRAIN LOCATIONS AT EXTERIOR WALLS OR ROLL CALL A ROLL CALL B - • • • COUNTER 207 209 LOCATIONS WITHIN THE INTERIOR NEAR JANITORS ROOM. N'S COORDINATE DRAIN LOCATIONS W/ENGINEER PRIOR TO Arlington Operations 202 RESTROOM INSTALLATION. 22° 1 Center B _ _ — — — — — 12. COORDINATE SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS AND FIRE SPRINKLER PIPE ROUTING WITH A/E AND OTHER DISCIPLINES.DUCTWORK 221 TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER FIRE SPRINKLER PIPE ROUTING. FOR WORKSTATION 244 1 Snohomish County t Public Works WORKSTATION ELEC. AT 215 WOMEN'S 205 RESTROOM 19700 67th Ave NE -1--- 219 Arlington, WA 98223 CORRIDOR 2008 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B DRAIAG AVEMENT/ This drawing is: SWEEPING VEGETATION PERATIONS KRdHEN AGER 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. SMALL CONF. SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER LEAD ORKER SUPERVISOR LEAD WORKER 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 2O6 210 211 2 22 213 214 2 66 LEAD WORKER 218 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 217 I written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 I I I I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION WEST DECK z 88 I I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG A DRAWINGA FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL 1 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN - UPPER LEVEL M6.21 SCALE:1/8"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.ra.rz cu 2 3 4 5 D SHEET NOTES 1. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 20'-0"BETWEEN SANITARY VENTS AND ALL OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES. DYKEMAN 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ROOF SAW CUTTING,CORES AND ALL SURFACE FINISH SCOPE OF WORK AND COORDINATE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 3. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ROOF SUPPORT AND OPENING DETAILS. —dyke,ar.ret 17 6 West Marine Vie,Drive 4. REFER TO PIPING AND CONTROL DIAGRAMS.PROVIDE ALL COMPONENTS AND APPURTENANCES SHOWN IN DIAGRAMS. 5. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INTENDED TO SHOW GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND CONFIGURATION OF - PIPING AND DUCTWORK.PROVIDE ALL FITTINGS AND COMPONENTS FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING STRUCTURAL OPENING LOCATIONS H A R G I S AND SIZES PRIOR TO SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 FLAG NOTES 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 • hargis.biz BAS/EMS OUTDOOR SENSORS LOCATED ON NORTH REGISTRATION WALL.PROVIDE INSULATED AREA ON SCREEN WALL WHERE SENSORS ARE LOCATED. O' of watH,��''FL �4 :\ A ti C — C 9FCIStEPE�G�2 I I I pN EN Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 4, 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 2 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 2023-053 I I I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE-I PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN. DF,KG A • A MECHANICAL ROOF 2 3 , 5 s , PLAN MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN M6.,, SCALE:1/8"=1'-0" My • 1 2 3 4 5 a2,rzozs 2.10.12 cu 1 2 3 4 5 D FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO M9.00 SERIES SHEETS FOR STANDARD DETAILS NOT VAV-L-03 1//M99 00 6CCCOORD N TE NETWORKONTROL PANEL ON U REQUIREMENTS WITH DETAILILT STAND PER DETAIL SNCED ON PLANS.COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS IN VAV-L-02 DIV 28 AND POWER REQUIREMENTS WITH DIV 26. . HRU-02 VAV-R-02 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND YKEMAN (STACKED) INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINAL LOCATION OF ALL GRILLES, EUH-03 /� DIFFUSERS,AND EXPOSED DUCTWORK.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL DESIGN q/) DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION.REPORT ARCHITECTURE + 17 DISCREPANCIES IN QUANTITY OF AIR TERMINALS BETWEEN ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS TO A/E. 3. PROVIDE REMOTE CABLE CONTROL SYSTEM FOR ALL VOLUME - 17 - - 3161 32.14 UP /= ° \� �- rr---- -�� DAMPERS LOCATED DIRECTLY ABOVE HARD CEILINGS.PROVIDE 425.259. IT) 2nd Floor/Everett,WA 98201 .i u m n ACCESS PANEL AND LOCATE CONTROLLER(S)ABOVE CEILING. --- 9_ MAXIMUM CABLE LENGTH FROM CONTROLLER TO DAMPER(S) SHALL NOT EXCEED 15'-0".GROUP ALL CONTROLLERS TOGETHER -�i M AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. • y r� I I I I I I I i 4. PROVIDE A MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FOR EACH SUPPLY, STACKED RETURN AND EXHAUST OPENING.LOCATE AS FAR UPSTREAM AS � I � POSSIBLE FROM THE OPENING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.NOT L ELECTRICAL PANELS � � ii i ii i ii ii i i i 32x14 UP ALL VOLUME DAMPERS ARE SHOWN ON PLANS. H ^ R G I S I HP-02 i i i i i BC-02 1 5. DIVISION 23 SHALL REVIEW VAV BOX LOCATIONS AND COORDINATE AS-01 WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES TO ENSURE MAINTENANCE ACCESS IS 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 MAINTAINED(TYPICAL ALL LOCATIONS).CONTRACTOR SHALL L_—— __ 206.448.3376 206.448.4460 hargis.biz _ — — — _ - PROVIDE A MOCK-UP OF ONE INSTANCE FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO 1 BC-03 r 14xi6 INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE DESIGN INTENT IS MECH:HVAC BC-01 MET. EQUIPMENT MECH:WATER CWP-01802 SOURCE SYSTEMREGISTRATION 109 L J 6. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR SWITCH AND 2 110 SENSOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND EXACT LOCATIONS.LOCATIONS SHOWN ON MECHANICAL PLANS ARE APPROXIMATE. M7.11 'may F'Qq/2 J Q`' 7. PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN ALL OUTSIDE AIR,EXHAUST AIR,AND p`�pf WASH`6`y C S I I\ -----UP RETURN AIR PLENUMS,OR DUCTS LOCATED BEHIND LOUVERS pr �, _ _ 4r '�i ;� i'n„ N'L�ll l FOR BACKDRAFT AND/OR MOTORIZED DAMPER ACCESS.PROVIDE m ✓ y \ C -- 'X� ------------------------------ `-- ` ------- ---1-4�� _ ACCESS DOOR SIZED 24"x24"UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.REFER 9 B TO STANDARD DETAILS. 0 ASrLa 8. ALL PLENUMS BEHIND LOUVERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 36"DEEP 9FC/StEPEO G�? 14x16 ET-01 GMU-01 HPWH-01 EWH-01 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.ALL PLENUMS BEHIND SUPPLY, ON 6N 16x16 RETURN,AND EXHAUST AIR GRILLES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 24" 10x10 DEEP OR THE SIZE OF THE DUCT,WHICHEVER IS LARGER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 9. DUCTWORK SHOWN IS DIAGRAMMATIC TO ILLUSTRATE ZONING 7 AND AIR TERMINALS SERVED.ACTUAL DUCT ROUTING AND DUCT Arlington Operations ACCESSORY LOCATIONS ARE NOT SHOWN.DUCT DIMENSIONS —" INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE NET INSIDE DIMENSIONS. INCREASE SHEET METAL DIMENSIONS TO ACCOMODATE DUCT Center SOUNDLINING THICKNESS. Qq� ENLARGED HVAC PLAN - MECHANICAL ROOM 10. PROVIDE ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK WITHOUT STANDING SEAMS FOR OR FLANGES.SEAL ALL SEAMS WITH PAINTABLE SILICONE CAULK. M7.11 SCALE:1/4"=V-0" PROVIDE STAINLESS THREADED ROD DUCT HANGER WITH SEISMIC /'� BRACING AT ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK LOCATIONS. Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 I I Q PERMIT SET B12 05/02/2025 B 12xi648x6 ___ 48x60 '-i L 5300 18.a This drawing is: 18x10 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. AV-R-01 G 530 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. it 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 18x1 written permission for any other use or reproduction. _ HEI-ROOF /1 _ _ HEI-ROOF n �1ax2a 1axz4 oxa - - - 156'-00" iaxi 156'-0" I •• I > 12x1 - ❑ 14x32 asxza 2023-053 VAV-R-02 � 12x12 ii ®�®� Q FCU-U-02 76 • 18x2 HEI-UPPER zaxl isxi HEI-UPPER MARK DATE DESCRIPTION BC-03 Bc-01 _ _FLOOR Il - _ _FLOOR n _ axls 144-0" zaxl 144'-0" C• C •� 16x14 R-07 x6 18x18 "AHP-02 BC-02 HEI-ROOF TF-01 AS-01 VAV-L-03 156'-0" 12xis FCU-U-01 VAV-U-01 HP-01 HRU-02 VAV-L HRU-01 HEI-LOOWER FCU-U-03 El-LOWER � _ FLOOR _ _FLOOR 130'-0" V 130'-0" PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: - PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG DRAWING TITLE: A A SECTION - HRU-02 0 SECTION - FCU-U-01/02 0 SECTION - HRU-01 MZ11 SCALE:1/8"=T-0" MZ11 SCALE: 1/4"=V-0" M711 SCALE:1/8"=V-0" MECHANICAL ENLARGED PLANS 1 2 1 3 4 5 a2irzoz52.10.14 cu 1 2 3 4 5 D HP-t AM24o"W" 220628Btu/h 2]969]BN 1[a.it . . s upo seam /4'1,rz"oN s.wpoEn A N CH/AA FCU -L-05 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 63—Wh —atu/h 8226 Btu/h AM007NNNDCH/AA I FCU-L-06 /9IeaMnu 63B48tu/h 14fifi7Btu/h 8226Btu/h - - - AM007NNNDCH/AA I FCU-L-09 /gl«pow 63846N/h 466]Btu/h 8226Btu/h Na, AM024BN4PCH/AA I FCU-L-11 sm 0102Btu/h 11625fiB M 25529Btu/h • AM012NNNDCH/AA I FCU-L-12 su 10t988tu/h 18403Btu/h 112765Btu/h H A R G I S AMD12NNNDCH/AA I FCU-L-13 � a" swpurw 101988tu/h IB403BN/h 112]65Btu/h AM007NNNDCH/AA I FCU-L-18 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 zu 63848tWh 14661Btu/h 18226Btu/h 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz REGISTRATION AMOOSNNNDCH/P u/h 15673 r swhlou 685Btu/h 4131 Btu/T Sfi]3Btu/h 4� AMoo5NNNDCH/AA I Fcu-L-o2 Q`" F � 685Btu/h 41318tu/h 56]3Btu/h �e Of C san •AM00%/N CH—IFCU-L-03 C x fi858N/h 14131Btu/h Sfi—/h ([ s AMOOSNNNDCH/AA I Fcu-L-04 9FCI5 Ei PE0 G�2� d685Btu/h 14131 Btu/h 156736tu/h ON EN .. •AM036ANHDCH/AA er/9�aw.s Ni 1 FCU-L-o] sae4 300588N/h 24055Btu/h 3]821BN/h • • • •AM048ANHDCH/PA I FCU-L-OB swh 0060Btu/h 13230981u/h 151058Btu/h •AM024BN4PCH/AAI FCU-L-16 Arlington Operations s n mO26tu/h 1142568tWh 1255296 A AMOO]NNNDCH/PA FCU L 15 Center swh 6384Btu/h 14667Btu/h 18226Btu/h FOR P AM007NNNDCH/AA I FCU-L-16 O" -woo.3:. - s 6384Btu/h 4667Btu/h 8226B[u/h AM007NNNDCH/AA I FCU-L-1] Snohomish County saax 6384BN/h 14667etu/h 18226BW/h Public Works AM024BN—/PA l FCU-L-10 scan 0102Btu/h 142568<u/T 25529Btu/h AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 MB RISER DIAGRAM - HP-1 REFRIGERANT PIPING SCALE:NONE �iiP PERMIT SET B 0 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. Hv_ 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. AM192HXWAlit/ 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 164301Btu/h 1 20654BBm written permission for any other use or reproduction. &11 PROJECT • p 2023-053 AM024ANHDCH/AA IFCU-U-01 s�eapou 1211Btu/h 11726—/h 126355Btu/h - • sp AM030ANHDCH/AA I FCU-U-02 s 9,eaNnu 6219Btu/h 121688Btu/h 13318BBtu/h MARK DATE DESCRIPTION _-1 t/h 133AA 1 FCU-U-03 s lwNuu 420018tu/h 3393fiB[u/h 52]11 Btu/h , QQ AM024ANHDCH/AA I ICU-U-04 - su O 1217etu/h I1]261B[Wh 126355Btu/h AM00]NNNDCH/AA I FCU-U-05 seaq 6]06Btu/h 4902Btu/h 8492Btu/h AM00]NNNDCH/AA I FCU-U-06 s� 6]068tu/h 16902Btu/h 18492Btu/h AM00)NNNDCH/AA IFCU-U-O] - PROJECT R• TEAM: su 6]06Btu/h 4902Btu/h 18492Btu/h PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 PS AMOmNNNoa/AA Fcu-u-oe PROJECT MANAGER: 1- 6]068tu/h H902Btu/h 18492Btu/h 9� PROJECT ARCHITECT:1 TH AMomNNNDCH/AA I Fcu-U-09 JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A su 6]068tu/h d902B[u/h 6492Btu/M1 A DRAWING TITLE: AM00]NNNDCH/AA I ICI-U-10 W"OR'nN 6]068tu/h 149c2Btu/h 18492Btu/h ap , AM17NNNDCH/AAIFCU-U-11 HVAC PIPING RISER va"tl fi]_tu/h 6902Btu/h 18492Btu/h DIAGRAM you AM00]NNNDCH/AAFCU-U-12 g&pow 67 06Btu/h 149c2Btu/h 8492Btu/h 0 RISER DIAGRAM - HP-2 REFRIGERANT PIPING 0 RISER DIAGRAM - HP-1 AND HP-2 WIRING M8.11 SCALE:NONE M8.11 SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 az1—z.1B.14 Pu 1 2 3 4 5 D ELECTRIC ALARM BELL LOCATED ON TO WET PIPE SYSTEM.SEE DWGS FOR CONT(TYP) EXTERIOR WALL.FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WIRING BY DIV 28 TO DRY PIPE SYSTEM.SEE DWGS FOR CONT(TYP) DYKEMAN FROM SPRINKLER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN WATER FLOW SWITCH.FIRE ALARM AIR PRESSURE SWITCH.SYSTEM DRAIN RISER SYSTEM WIRING BY DIV 28 WIRING BY DIV 21 DRY PIPE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR GALVANIZED 90% PRESSURE GAGE(TYP) FREE AREA WIRE Fs MESH BASKET 2 1/2" WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM WATER FLOW PRESSURE SWITCH.FIRE ALARM ALARM VALVE(TYP) SYSTEM WIRING BY DIV 28 NO HUB COUPLING • RESTRICTED DRAIN ORIFICE—_ ED 6" 8"STANDPIPE DRY PIPE VALVE TRIM OS AND Y GATE OR BUTTERFLY VALVE MINIMUM HEIGHT FOR SUPPORT SECURED TO BACKFWITH VALVE MONITOR(TAMPER)SWITCH. — DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM ALARM VALVE. DRAIN HE K,AND TER STRUCTURE(TYP) H A R G I S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WIRING BY DIV 28 DRAIN CHECK,AND REDUCER (TYP) PIPE DRIPVALVES PIPE SLEEVE AND SEALANT.SEE SLEEVE THROUGH FLOOR DETAIL(TYP) 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 EXTERIOR WALL 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz 3"VENT TO VENT SYSTEM. MAIN DRAIN VALVE(TYP) 2"DRAIN.SEE SPRINKLER TEST/DRAIN SEE DWGS FOR CONT y RECEPTOR DETAIL(TYP) PIPE SLEEVE AND REGISTRATION FINISHED FLOOR SEALANT(TYP) 11 PRESSURE GAGE(TYP) P� F' , WAS,`\L SWING TYPE CHECK VALVE WITH 3/4" SLOPE DN— C STRAIGHT BALL DRIP VALVE(TYP) °' ii -) C TRAP PRIMER FINISHED GRADE CONNECTION -ir 9Fcts Er PIle eo 24"TO 36"AFF FINISHED FLOOR ON EN PRIMER PIPE FROM •� TRAP PRIMER SYSTEM BELOW SLAB PIPING BY — - - - - CIVIL CONTRACTOR.DIV f e PIPE SLEEVE AND SEALANT. SEE SLEEVE 6"WASTE TO SANITARY SEWER ,.• • • 21 CONTRACTOR SHALL THROUGH FLOOR DETAIL(TYP) SYSTEM.SEE DWGS FOR SIZE AND CONNECT AT FLANGE CONT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. FIRE PROTECTION WATER SERVICE SEE DWGS FOR IZE AND CONT Arlington Operations S TO FIRE DEPARTMENT PIPE SUPPORT AND FLOOR PLATE(TYP) NOTES:CONNECTION,SEE DETAIL 1. PROVIDE FIRESTOPPING FOR PIPE SLEEVES WHERE FLOOR IS FIRE RATED. Center Ler CONCRETE EXPANSION ANCHOR(TYP) FOR 0 DIAGRAM - FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM RISER DETAIL - PIPE AND FITTINGS -SPRNKLR TEST RECEPTOR Snohomish County M9.01 SCALE:NONE M9.01 SCALE:NONE Public Works AT INLET COVERS RET RETENTION(TYP)ITH CHAIN 19700 67th Ave NE FREE STANDING PLATED FIRE DEPARTMENT Arlington, WA 98223 CONNECTION.QUANTITY AS REQUIRED BY AHJ.PROVIDE(2)CONCRETE FILLED PROTECTIVE BOLLARDS,10"Ox72"TALL.BURY 24".LOCATE AS DIRECTED PER CIVIL DRAWINGS. PERMIT SET B FIRE DEPARTMENT INLET 05/02/2025 B CONNECTION.SIZE AND 12" 12" CONFIGURATION PER AHJ This drawing is: REQUIREMENTS(TYP) 1.Copyright2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2'-0" 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. CONCRETE IDENTIFICATION COVER PLATE, 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's PAD 1 FINISH AS SPECIFIED written permission for any other use or reproduction. ¢ SLEEVE FINISHED GRADE 6PROJECT L L _ 4'-0" III 2023-053 SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS IN REMOVABLE CEILING PANELS — — TO BUILDING FIRE SERVICE (TYP) RISER.SEE DWGS FOR 1. DEPTH PER SIZE AND COUNT • 0 NFPA 24 (TYP) MARK DATE DESCRIPTION THRUST BLOCK, 2,0" Q SEE NOTE 2 AND 4"MIN THRUST BLOCK DETAIL 4 •;e L L PIPE MATERIAL AND 1'-0"MIN � FITTINGS AS SPECIFIED RESTRAINING RODS WITH CORROSION-RESISTIVE WEEP DRAIN III—III PROJECT TEAM: NOTES: COATING.SEE NOTE 2 — — — 1. WHERE SPRINKLER HEADS ARE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE GRID CEILING,LOCATE PEA GRAVEL BACKFILL AND — — PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE-1 PS HEADS ON CENTERLINE AXIS OF EITHER THE LONG OR SHORT SIDE DIMENSION OF THE BEDDING.COVER TOP OF PROJECT MANAGER: I- REMOVABLE PANEL(SEE DETAIL ABOVE).IN ROOMS WHERE MULTIPLE HEADS ARE BACKFILL WITH VISQUEEN PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH REQUIRED,HEADS SHALL BE ALIGNED AND SYMMETRICAL. PRIOR TO BACKFILL UNDISTURBED EARTH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A 2. DUCTWORK AIR DEVICES,HVAC ABOVE CEILING ACCESS PANELS,AND LIGHTING A FIXTURE LOCATIONS TAKE FIRST PRIORITY OVER FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. NOTES: DRAWING TITLE: COORDINATION SHALL BE FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY.SPRINKLER 1. COMPLY WITH NFPA STANDARDS. HEADS SHALL NOT BE LOCATED IN CEILING PANELS NEEDED FOR ACCESS TO 2. PROVIDE THRUST BLOCK AND RESTRAINED JOINTS. EQUIPMENT LOCATED ABOVE CEILING. 3. LOCATE CHECK VALVE AT RISER INSIDE BUILDING. �+ 4. COMPLY WITH ADDITIONAL TRENCH AND BACKFILL REQUIREMENTS AS SPECIFIED. MECHANICAL DETAIL`? 0 DETAIL -SPRINKLER HEADS -CEILING LOCATION r4"\DETAIL - FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION - REMOTE M9.01 SCALE:NONE M9.01 SCALE:NONE my 1 2 1 3 4 5 aztrzozs z.m.rs as 1 2 3 4 5 D DOMESTIC COLD WATER TO BUILDING FIXTURES.SEE DWGS DYKEMAN FOR CONT STRAINER WITH BLOWOFF SHUTOFF VALVE.SEE VALVE A ND CAP WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR SIZING SCHEDULE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN NOTE 2 MARK SYSTEM SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. FIXTURE UNIT DETAIL/ NOTES MARK EXPANSION TANK, SIZE DIAGRAM SEISMICALLY BRACED MIN MAX DIA(IN) REFERENCE - 17 - Drive SHUT-OFF TO STRUCTURE VALVE 425.259.3161 IT) 2nd Floor/Everett,WA 98201 2"REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE. A-1 DOMESTIC WTR J.R.SMITH/HYDROTROL 5005 0 11 314 3/M9.02 1 A-1 ASSEMBLY.INSTALL 24"TO 60"AFF SET AT 80 PSI.PIPE FULL A-2 DOMESTIC WTR J.R.SMITH/HYDROTROL 5010 12 32 1 3/M9.02 1 A-2 SIZE DISCHARGE TO COLD WATER BASKET STRAINER FLOOR RECEPTOR WITH FINISHED CEILING • AIR GAP SERVICE PIPE A-3 DOMESTIC WTR J.R.SMITH/HYDROTROL 5020 33 60 1 3/M9.02 1 A-3 PRESSURE GAGE(TYP) CONNECT TO TOP OF UNION A-4 DOMESTIC WTR J.R.SMITH/HYDROTROL 5010 61 113 1 3/M9.02 1 A-4 H /� R G I S UNION(TYP) SERVICE PIPE AND RISE 2 1/2"OW 2-1/2"CW UP MIN 12" A-5 DOMESTIC WTR J.R.SMITH/HYDROTROL 5040 114 154 1 3/M9.02 1 A-5 FIXED AIR GAP HOSE END DRAIN VALVE NOTES: 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 FITTING.PIPE FULL WITH VACUUM BREAKER 1.INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH PLUMBING DRAINAGE INSTITUTE STANDARD P.D.I.WH-201 OR ASSE 1010 RECOMMENDATIONS. 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz CONNECTION SIZE II--p4IVN ELECTRONIC TRAP PRIMER ENCLOSURE TO FLOOR RECEPTOR WITH AIR GAP REGISTRATION WALL FLOOR RECEPTOR(TYP) ��1 MAIN SHUTOFF PER PDI-WH 201 F.CA, VALVE PIPE SLEEVE AND &MFGR'S WATER HAMMER pf wASH�,F•1 SEALANT.SEE TO H.W.&C.W. ARRESTER,TYP '�- FLOOR RECEPTOR AIR GAP.SEE INDIRECT FINISHED FLOOR RECOMMENDATIONS, .< \ C WASTE DRAIN DETAIL MIN 24"AFF SLEEVE THROUGH FINISHED FLOOR. SUPPLY TYP C FLOOR DETAIL SEE ARCH DWGS v Rom. 9E-CISTEPE0 G�2 TO WASTE AND VENT - ON EN SYSTEM.SEE DWGS ••�� FROM COLD WATER FOR CONT TO FIXTURES SERVICE.SEE DWGS TRAP PRIMER PIPE.SEE SLOPE SLOPE SLOPE DIN • • FOR SIZE AND CONT DWGS FOR CONT 1/2"PRIMER PIPE FOR EACH TO SANITARY SEWER ISOLATION VALVE,TYP PIPE SLEEVE AND TRAP CONNECTION SYSTEM.SEE DWGS FOR TO FIXTURES RUNOUTS TO LAST FIXTURE PIPING TO SEALANT.SEE SLEEVE PRIMER CONNECTIONS(TYP) SIZE AND CONT(TYP) LAST FIXTURE Arlington Operations SHALL NOT BE SMALLER THAN THOUGH FLOOR DETAIL P-TRAP(TYP) SIZE REQUIRED FOR ARRESTERS Center NOTES: NOTE: 1. SUPPORT PIPE AS SPECIFIED AND PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 1. COORDINATE LOCATION OF PRIMER PANEL WITH ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. NOTES: FOR 2. SET SHUTOFF VALVE IN OPEN POSITION AND REMOVE HANDLE. 1. USE TABLE 6-5 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE FOR DETERMINING SUPPLY FIXTURE UNITS WHEN SIZING WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS. Snohomish County DIAGRAM -COLD WATER SERVICE HEADER 0 DETAIL -TRAP PRIMER - ELECTRONIC TRAP PRIMER n DETAIL -WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR Public Works \t.02J SCALE:NONE M9.02 SCALE:NONE M9.02 SCALE:NONE AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 FAUCET PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B FINISHED COUNTER PLUMBING FIXTURE This drawing is: TEMPERED WATER TO 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. WATER HAMMER PLUMBING FIXTURE.SEE 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. ARRESTOR 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's DWGS FOR SIZE AND CONT written permission for any other use or reproductlon. TIMER STRAINER SOLENOID VALVE UNION PROJECT VACUUM SHUTOFF SHUT-OFF VALVE DIAL THERMOETER BREAKER— REAKER VALVES(TYP) 2023-053 TEMPERED WATER SUPPLY RISER(TYP) • THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE. ELECTRONIC SET TO 110°F OUTLET TRAP PRIMER 3/4"PIPE TEMPERATURE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CW SUPPLY WITH LOOSE KEY MIXING VALVE STOP HW SUPPLY WITH 1/2"PIPE EACH TOG UNION ANGLE LOOSE KEY STOP FLOOR DRAIN COLD WATER SERVICE o CHECK STOP(TYP) TAILPIECE AND P-TRAP(OFFSET TAILPIECE AND P-TRAP AS FLO NR/SINK FLOOR CONSTRUCTION ® SPECIFIED) (TyP) VARIES FINISHED FLOOR PROJECT TEAM: HW AND CW.SEE PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS DWGS FOR SIZES PROJECT MANAGER: l- AND CONT. PROJECT ARCHITECT:Li I TH SLOPE SLOPE NOTES: JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A 1. PROVIDE UNDER-SINK PROTECTION FOR ACCESSIBLE FIXTURES. A DRAWING TITLE:EMERGENCY EYE WASHERS 1. INSTALL NSTALL TRAP PRIMER IN MECHANICAL SPACE,OR ACCESSIBLE CEILING. MECHANICAL DETAILS 2. PROVIDE PVC SLEEVE THROUGH CONCRETE SLAB FOR ALL TRAP PRIMER LINES. DETAIL - EMERGENCY FIXTURE THERMOSTATIC MIXING DETAIL -THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES - LOCAL MIXING 42)DETAIL -TRAP PRIMER INSTALLATION VALVES �VALVES M9.02�SCALE:NONE M9.02 SCALE:NONE M9.02 SCALE:NONE • , 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.ra.rs as 1 2 3 4 5 p PROVIDE 18"X18"ACCESS PANEL LOCATE AS SHOWN THRU WALL ABOVE CEILING. ON FLOOR PLANS. NON-SLAM CHECK VALVE POWER SUPPLY.SEE ELEC DWGS — FULL PORT BALL VALVE r---------------- ---r — I I OIL SMART SIMPLEX PANEL i GRAVITY TO ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN REMOTE ELEC i WASTE SYSTEM ALARM AND POWER WIRING IN CONTROL CONDUIT.SEE - -Vi..Drive PANEL ELEC. DRAWINGS CEILING i FULL PORT BALL DRAIN VALVE 10 DIV.26 TO PROVIDE WITH HOSE CONNECTION CONTROL WIRING INDIRECT WASTE BETWEEN CONTROL UNION DRAIN PIPE(TYP) • L--------------------- PANEL AND SUMP IN 4"W CONDUIT.TERMINATE TERMINATE AT MS-1 MA 4 VENT.SEE DWGS H AR G I S LEVEL 1 CONDUIT IN NE JUNCTION BOX LEVEL 1 FINISHED FLOOR FINISHED F OOP. WALL OF SUMP. FLOOR FOR SIZE AND CONT RECEPTOR FUNNEL PER ELEVATOR PIT DRAIN TYPE PIPE SLEEVE AND FINISHED FLOOR r — — 12206401 4.3376-rd e206.44.445seattle,wsbiz AIR GAP PER SEALANT.SEE 1 1 206.448.3376 206.448.4460 hargis.biz SUMP PIT GRATE ADJUSTABLE STRAINER PLUMBING CODE 1 1 FINISHED FLOOR, SLEEVE THROUGH DIV.26 TO PROVIDE NEMA(NON- LEVEL WITH BOTTOM LABEL"NON-POTABLE 12" IS / SEE ARCH DWGS FLOOR DETAIL GFCI)RECEPTACLE IN OF ELEVATOR PIT. WATER".SEE SPEC FOR ELEVATOR PIT.PROVIDE 6'SOW MORE INFORMATION DEPRESS DRAIN 1/4" CLAMPING RINGREGISTRATION CORD AND PLUG FOR PUMP. WHERE NOT ALREADY 2"W(COPPER PIPE,SEE SLOPED.MAX SLOPE NON-SHRINK GROUT 1/4"PER FOOT FINISHED FLOOR PIPING SYSTEMS F CA , MATERIAL SCHEDULE) p roe W.c„ti�y PROVIDE NEMA 4 PUMPED WASTE - - r C ) C JUNCTION BOX AT UNION 9 AsrLm 30"MIN WALL OF ELEVATOR LIQUID SMART SENSOR ,9 45590 0 �" SUMP. FClsrseE G�? OIL SMART PUMP SWITCH TRAP PRIMER ON EN DRILL 3/16"RELIEF HOLE IN DISCHARGE PIPE ° 'as ° PIPE TRAP ARM 2"ABOVE PUMP DISCHARGE TO ALLOW AIR PUMP AND MOTOR TO ESCAPE FROM THE PUMP CASING .-• • TO SANITARY SUMP FLOOR WATERPROOF WATERPROOF P-TRAP SEWER SYSTEM. GASKET WITH COLLAR MEMBRANE SEE DWGS FOR Arlington Operations NOTES: DRAIN PIPE SIZE AND CONT 1. PROVIDE INDOOR/OUTDOOR NEMA 4X PUMP CONTROL PANEL ENCLOSURE. (SIZE PER PLAN) NOTES: Center 2. SEE PLUMBING PUMP SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. 1. TERMINATE INDIRECT PIPES ABOVE FUNNEL WITH AIR GAP IF FUNNEL IS INSTALLED. 3. USE DWV COPPER FITTINGS FOR PUMPED WASTE PIPING IN ELEVATOR PIT/SHAFT. TRAP PRIMER LINE FOR Snohomish County DETAIL - ELEVATOR SUMP PUMP DETAIL - FLOOR DRAIN IN CONCRETE FLOOR Iny 3 DETAIL - INDIRECT WASTE DRAIN Public Works M8.03 M8.03 AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 VENT PIPE OPEN TO ATMOSPHERE COUNTERFLASHING. SEALANT PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B 0 DRAWBAND This Brewing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. DEKTITE FLEXIBLE RUBBER BOOT 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's FLASHING written permission for any other use or reproduction. 12"MIN PROJECT • NOTE:ALL INSIDE FLUSH 24"MAX 3/4" CLEANOUTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN Z WATER HAMMER 2023-053 SUCH A MANNER THAT THE TOP g ARRESTORS SHUTOFF VALVE(TYP) COVER SHALL BE FLUSH WITH THE _ SURFACE OF THE FINISHED FLOOR. LEAD FLASHING SKIRT SEE DWGS FOR SIZE • COMPOSITE BASE FLASHING AND CONT MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ROOF AND INSULATION. SEE ARCH DWGS 8"). =,� CLEANOUT FLOOR PLATE AIR-GAP FITTING 4"RIM JAY R.SMITH FIG. WHERE REQUIRED 4106 OR EQUAL BY AHJ PROJECT TEAM: FINISH FLOOR I WALL PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- VENT PIPE FROM INTERIOR VENT SY TEM,SEE FAUCET WITH PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH DWGS FOR SIZE AND CONT VACUUM BREAKER JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A I q NOTES: HOSE TO DRAWING COLLAR SLAB 1. PROVIDE DEKTITE FLASHING FOR METAL ROOFS.DETAIL SHOWS LEAD FLASHING FOR COMPOSITE MEMBRANE MOP SINK ROOFS. METAL COLLAR CAULK W/LEAD& 2. DETAIL SHOWS PLUMBING VENT THROUGH ROOF PENETRATION.DETAIL ALSO APPLIES TO NATURAL GAS MOP SINK MECHANICAL DETAILS OAKUM ALL AROUND PIPING,LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM PIPING,AND SIMILAR PIPING THROUGH ROOF PENETRATIONS. DETAIL -INTERIOR CLEANOUT DETAIL - PLUMBING VENT -THROUGH ROOF PENETRATION r6--,\DETAIL - MOP SINK Mg.03 SCALE:NONE Me.03 SCALE:NONE Me.03 SCALE:NONE • , 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.m.ls as 2 3 4 5 CIRCULATION PUMP(TYP) HEAT TRAP,12" TEMPERATURE NOTES: D MINIMUM, SENSOR(TYP) TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE 1. SEE DRAWINGS FOR PIPE SIZES AND CONTINUATION. 18"MAXIMUM TEST PORT(TYP) 2. VALVES,SENSORS,PUMPS,EXPANSION TANK,AND SIMILAR ITEMS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE THERMOMETER CHECK VALVE IN HORIZONTAL FOR MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND AHJ UNION(TYP) (TYP) POSITION(TYP) REQUIREMENTS. . 3. REFER TO DOMESTIC HOT WATER HEATPUMP DETAILS AND DIAGRAMS FOR ADDITION MANUAL AIR 2" SHUTOFF VALVE(TYP) DOMESTIC HOT WATER SCOPE. ELIMINATOR VALVE. HW }_�I DWCP-01 4. PROVIDE PIPE FITTING 2.5 TIMES LARGER THAN SERVICE PIPE WITH AIR ELIMINATOR SEE NOTE 4� WATER METER(TYP) CONNECTED TO TOP OF FITTING AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN T/P T/P EXPANSION TANK HW s SEISMICALLY BRACED TO SHUTOFF VALVE I I �;I— WALL STRUCTURE(TYP) -dyke arnet 17 6 West Marine Vie,Drive INC)TYP 1, VACUUM RELIEF VALVE. INSTALL ABOVE WATER HEATER • HW,CW AND HWC CW zIF&i PIPES.SEE DWGS 3/4" FOR SIZE AND CONT(TYP) 2 2 � NC 2„ DWET-01 TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE SAFETY RELIEF 2" VALVE.PIPE FULL SIZE 1220 third avenue,suite.445seattle,ws iz DISCHARGE TO FLOOR 206.448.3376 206.448.4460 hargis.biz RECEPTOR WITH AIRGAP t 3/4^ 1„ 2^ 2,� i — S REGISTRATION„ s �I HPWH-01 ,a1 F.Cry, THERMOSTATIC MIXING DOMESTIC HEAT p`�of w.a„`\y C VALVE.SEE HIGH/LOW PUMP WATER q C THERMOSTATIC MIXING HEATER v Rom, VALVE ASSEMBLY STORAGETANK 9 � ; DIAGRAM 2/M9.02 45590 EWH-01 9FCISiEPENG�2 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER AND 2" ON E STORAGE TANK,SEISMICALLY BRACED TO WALL STRUCTURE i ELECTRIC WATER HEATER IL 2" • • • FINISHED FLOOR WHCU-01 Arlington Operations Center WATERTIGHT DRAIN PAN,TYPE 304 STAINLESS HOSE BIBB WITH VACUUM STEEL 4"HIGH LIP,3"LARGER THAN WATER BREAKER AND CAP FOR HEATER FOOTPRINT ALL AROUND PIPE FULL SIZE DRAIN FROM WATER HEATER PIPE FULL SIZE DRAIN FROM STORAGE TANK Snohomish County HOUSEKEEPING PAD(TYP) TO FLOOR RECEPTOR WITH AIR GAP. TO FLOOR RECEPTOR WITH AIR GAP. LEVEL SENSOR ELEVATION R-10 RIGID INSULATION PAD(TYP) PIPE FULL SIZE DRAIN FROM DRAIN PAN TO PIPE FULL SIZE DRAIN FROM DRAIN PAN TO Public Works SCHEDULE FLOOR RECEPTOR WITH AIR GAP FLOOR RECEPTOR WITH AIR GAP ITEM DIM AT SUMP COVER 36" 0 DIAGRAM -DOMESTIC HOT WATER SERVICE INLET PUMP Ms.oe SCALE:NONE 19700 67th Ave NE AT SUMP WALL(IE) -26 POWER SUPPLY.SEE Arlington, WA 98223 HIGH WATER ALARM(IE) 28" ELEC DWGS LAG PUMP ON(IE) 42" PERMIT SET B LEAD PUMP ON(IE) 48" ELEC RECESSED CLOTHES WASHER 05/02/2025 B PUMPS OFF(IE) 60" AND SERVICE OUTLET WITH FLANGES AS INLET PIPE TERMINATION(IE) 66" CONTROL SPECIFIED This drawing is: PANEL WALL STUD(TYP) � 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. SUMP FLOOR(IE) 72" I I 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. TO SANITARY VENT SYSTEM. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's DIMENSIONS ARE INVERT ELEVATIONS POWER WIRING IN CONDUIT. I I I I I SEE DWGS FOR SIZE AND CONT written permission for any other use or reproduction. FROM FINISHED FLOOR SEE ELEC DWGS CONTROL WIRING IN CONDUIT SECURE FLANGE TO I I PROJECT NUMBER: POWER JUNCTION BOX WALL STUD(TYP) I I 3"PW,SIZED FOR 100 3"V SEE DWGS FOR PUMP REMOVAL DFU'S AND 50 GPM.SEE I I 2023-053 CONTINUATION(TYP) �� SYSTEM.SEE NOTE 1 DRAWINGS FOR SIZE& I I CONTINUATION HOSE BIBBS WITH WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS • O O I I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION BOLTED INSPECTION I I OPENING HOLD PIPE ON INSIDE FACE OF I I CONTROL JUNCTION BOX HIGH WATER ALARM BUILDING INSULATION COMPRESS I I INSULATION WHERE REQUIRED. PROVIDE FULL INSULATION THICKNESS I�I STANDPIPE 18"MINIMUM AFF FREEZELESS WALL WHEREVER POSSIBLE HOT AND COLD WATER HYDRANT WITH FROM SOURCE.SEE DWGS I I r LEVEL SENSOR(TYP) VACUUM BREAKER FOR SIZE AND CONT I`^U Pon LAG PUMP ON CW SUPPLY AND HW SUPPLY WHERE 3"W INLET PIPE APPLICABLE.REF PLUMBING FIXTURE SEE NOTE 1 I PROJECT TEAM: X INVERT ELEV AT x LEAD PUMP ON —- - SCHEDULE FOR RUNOUT SIZE rz FINISHED FLOOR I TRAP AND WASTE PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS _ SUMP BASIN PUMPS OFF PROJECT MANAGER: I- BULKHEAD FITTING SELECT EXTENSION DEPTH TO PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH SEE NOTE 2(TYP) SUMP FLOOR MATCH WALL JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG TO SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM. A NON-SLAM CHECK SEE DWGS FOR SIZE AND CONT DRAWING A VALVE(TYP) PUMP INLET 6"ABOVE NOTE: INLET PIPE TERMINATION SUMP FLOOR(TYP) 1. PIPE SHALL BE WITHIN P-TRAP 6"MINIMUM AFF SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMP 36"ABOVE FLOOR OR INSULATED SPACE (TYP) GRADE OR AS NOTED 2. PROVIDE BALL VALVE AT NOTES: MECHANICAL DETAILS NOTES: ON PLAN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION TO SHUT 1. INSTALL BOTTOM OF BOX 42"AFF OR 6"ABOVE TOP OF CLOTHES WASHER,WHICHEVER 1. INCLUDE DUPLEX PUMP REMOVAL SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED. OFF HOSE BIBB ONLY HEIGHT IS GREATER. 2. INCLUDE DUPLEX WASTEWATER VALVE ASSEMBLY AS SPECIFIED INSTEAD OF SEPARATE 2. THIS IS A GENERIC DETAIL AND MAY NOT SHOW FEATURES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 224000 DISCHARGE VALVES FOR SEWAGE PUMP APPLICATIONS. AND SUBSEQUENTLY INCLUDED AS AN APPROVED SUBMITTAL. - 3. PROVIDE SUMP EXTENSION AS REQUIRED TO MEET INLET AND FLOOR ELEVATIONS. DUPLEX SUMP PUMP DETAIL 0 DETAIL - FREEZE RESISTANT WALL HYDRANT DETAIL -CLOTHES WASHER BOX , me.oa SCALE:NONE ms.oa SCALE:NONE lltoa SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.m.re cu 2 3 4 5 D NON-FIRE RATED FIRE RATED CONCRETE FLOOR CONCRETE FLOOR DYKEMAN PIPE THROUGH FLOOR ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN RISER CLAMP(TYP) PIPE INSULATION AS SPECIFIED PIPE INSULATION _ _ Drive RESILIENT SEALANT WHERE SPECIFIED CONCRETE,METAL, CONTINUOUS PIPE CONCRETE,METAL, ON EACH END OF OR WOOD WALL INSULATION FOR OR WOOD WALL PARTITION SLEEVE ASSEMBLY— SSEMBLY COLD PIPES ASSEMBLY FIRE RATED PIPE SLEEVE 1/4"TO • ACOUSTICAL CAULKING (TYP) _ 1/2"GAP 1/4"TO 1/2"GAP 1/2" MIN 1[4"-T01 H R G I S �i GAP- 114"T0.1/2".' GA1P i 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 - 206.448.3376 206.448.4450 har biz gis. DUCT METAL DECK IRESTOPPING ON LOOSE ROCKWOOL OR iPIPE INSULATIONGLASS FIBER ESCUTCHEON ESCUTCHEON EACH END OF PIPE INSULATION PLATE WHERE PIPE PLATE WHERE PIPE RESILIENT 7t.F LEEVE REGISTRATION WHERE SPECIFIED IS EXPOSED(TYP) IS EXPOSED(TYP) SEALANT ON EACH ESCUTCHEON PLATE q END OF SLEEVE WHERE PIPE IS -`pN 3/4"DIA.BACKER ROD PIPE THROUGH FLOOR FIRESTOPPING ON EXPOSED(TYP) PIPE SLEEVE e wa�`r'"O F. C4, L EACH END OF PIPE SLEEVE �e q C /I /I SLEEVE(TYP) q ^I C SLEEVE AS REQUIRED CEILING SPACE) CEILING SPACE) ^ 9FC18 Pq,O \2� NON-FIRE RATED FLOOR FIRE AND SMOKE RATED FLOOR QN ENS' NON-FIRE RATED WALL FIRE AND SMOKE RATED WALL ads NOTE: • • • 1. THIS DETAIL APPLIES TO ALL DUCTS PENETRATING THE WALLS,FLOOR OR CEILING OF ANY NOTES: MECHANICAL ATTIC SPACE AND ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED OR FIRE RESISTIVE 1. EXTEND INSULATION CONTINUOUS THROUGH SLEEVE FOR COLD PIPES. NOTES: Arlington � CONSTRUCTION. 2. SLEEVE NOT REQUIRED FOR EXISTING CONCRETE FLOORS. 1. SLEEVE NOT REQUIRED FOR EXISTING CONCRETE WALLS. Arl I ngton Operations Center DETAIL - DUCT WALL PENETRATION 2 DETAIL -SLEEVES -CONCRETE FLOOR PENETRATION 3 DETAIL -SLEEVES - INTERIOR WALL PENETRATION FOR ms os SCALE:NONE 11tvSCALE:NONE n+s.os SCALE:NONE Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 EXTERIOR INTERIOR CONCRETE,METAL,OR SSEMBLY JACKETING WHERE PIPE IS WOOD WALL INSULATED PERMIT SET B PIPE INSULATION 05/02/2025 1/4"TO 1/2"GAP PIPE B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's SOLID BLOCKING BETWEEN WALL FRAMING written permission for any other use or reproduction. RESILIENT SEALANT ON EACH END OF BOTH HIGH&LOW.SOLID BLOCKING TO PROJECT SLEEVE ESCUTCHEON PLATE WHERE SPAN AT LEAST TWO STUDS PIPE IS EXPOSED 2023-053 PIPE SLEEVE FINISHED GRADE WATERSTOP PLATE AND REINFORCING RIBS SOLID BLOCKING • BETWEEN TANK 3/8"x3"ANCHOR BOLT WITH NUT&WASHER MARK DATE DESCRIPTION —III—III— JACKETING WHERE PIPE IS INSULATED AND WALL (TYPICAL OF 4 PLACES) —III— WATER HEATER SEISMICALLY BRACE HEATER STRAPS FOUNDATION — PIPE INSULATION OR TO WALL WITH 3"WIDE x 18 GAUGE FOOTING WALLL -- PIPE STORAOGRE TANK STEEL STRAPS THREADED ROD, PIPE SLEEVE EXPANSION TANK ATTACH TO STRUCTURE 3"WIDE x 18 GAUGE SEMI-CIRCULAR STEEL HEATER STRAP. BOLT TWO SEMI-CIRCULAR INSULATED PIPE HANGER STRAPS TOGETHER WITH 3/8"BOLTS,NUTS& PIPE HANGER INSULATION WASHERS(TYPICAL 2 PLACES,ONE HIGH& ONELOW) PROJECT /I PLAN VIEW �EARTHJPRINCIPAL I E ESCUTCHEON PLATE WHERE _ PROJECT MANAGER: I- PIPE IS EXPOSED IIIII PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH A III III—III MANUFACTURED PIPE- JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG TO-WALL PENETRATION NOTES: DRAWING A CLOSURE 1. LOCATE UPPER STRAP WITHIN UPPER 1/3 AND LOCATE LOWER STRAP WITHIN LOWER 1/3 OF TANK BUT ABOVE CONTROLS AS APPLICABLE. PIPE. SEE 2. SEISMIC RESTRAINT AND GRAVITY SUPPORT FOR WATER HEATERS,STORAGE TANK,AND EXPANSION DWGS FOR NOTES: TANK ARE DEFERRED SUBMITTAL.CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT INSTALLATION DETAILS OF SEISMIC SIZE AND MECHANICAL DETAILS 1. SLEEVE NOT REQUIRED FOR EXISTING CONCRETE WALLS. RESTRAINT AND GRAVITY SUPPORT TO AHJ PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. CONT(TYP) DETAIL -SLEEVES - EXTERIOR WALL PENETRATION 0 DETAIL -SEISMIC BRACING r6� DETAIL - INSULATED PIPE HANGER • M4 SCALE:NONE M0.05 SCALE:NONE M0.05 SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.m.re cu 1 2 3 4 5 D RIGID DRYER DUCT TO DRYER CLAMP VENT BOOSTER FAN. SEE DYKEMAN DWGS FOR SIZE AND CONT-----_______ OPENING FOR NATURAL GAS 4"ROUND PIPE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN CAM LOCK CONNECTION. SEE DWGS FOR CONT(TYP) PLYWOOD BACKBOARD. - -M..Drive WIDTH AS REQUIRED TO RECESSED DRYER SUPPORT EQUIP.WIDTH+2". 20 GAGE GALVANIZED O O VENT RECEPTACLE HT TO BE MIN 3'6", COORD STEEL BOX WITH OTHER TRADES FOR O O EQUIP.TO BE MOUNTED ON BACKBOARD. FLEXIBLE DRYER DUCT GOOR W D ACCESS LINT BOX ^ J DOOR WITH CAM CONTROLS, 14"DEEP-------- `` LOCK AND PIANO HINGE H AR G I S DISCONNECT& \\\ 01 1/2"PLYWOOD BOARD. STARTER. \ \ 8101 SECURELY FASTEN TO \ 1220 third avenue,suite.44500,Seattle,wa iz 2"UNISTRUT. _ \\ 206.448.3376•206.448.4460 hargis.biz \\\ 12"x12"20 MESH STAINLESS REGISTRATION STEEL FILTER IN 1/4"x1/4" ALUMINUM ANGLE FRAME. 2"UNISTRUT(TYP) \J FABRICATE AND INSTALL ��1 FRAME TO NOT ALLOW AIR F.CAy,� TO BYPASS FILTER. O O O�of w��i C O O q _) c DO NOT BLOCK ACCESS TO i6" v ri MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT--__ SECURELY BOLT 9O, TO FLOOR -l1`9Fcts PEO G��'� ON 6N :::4"PLATES W/4 4"RIGID DUCT FROM DRYER e�e�s BOLTS(TYP) } FLEX DUCT TO •-• • • DRYER OUTLET Arlington Operations ri--�DETAIL -SUPPORT n DETAIL - DRYER LINT BOX n DETAIL - DRYER VENT RECEPTACLE Center M8.o8 SCALE:NONE Me.os SCALE:NONE M 11 SCALE:NONE FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT DUCT SUPPORT. SECURE TO 19700 67th Ave NE TOP CHORD OF TRUSS OR Arlington, WA 98223 JOIST STRUCTURE(TYP) g UNISTRUT OR CHANNEL TO 3/8"BEAD ON DUCT COLLAR SUPPLY AIR DUCT.SEE SPAN BETWEEN TRUSSES PRESSURE INDEPENDENT SEISMIC RESTRAINT E-2 TO ALL THREAD STEEL ROD WITH CLAMP(TYP) DWGS FOR SIZE AND CONT PERMIT SET BY DIV.23-COORDINATE FACTORY DOC VAV TOPCHORD OF TRUSSES OR HANGER SECURED TO TOP VOLUME DAMPER B W/STRUCTURAL CONTROLLER ALTERNATE BUILDING CHORD OF TRUSSES OR LOCATION AS 05/02/2025 g STRUCTURE(TYP) ALTERNATE BUILDING SPECIFIED STRUCTURE(TYP) This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. FLEXIBLE DUCT HANGER(TYP) 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. TYPE H-1 VIBRATION 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's DIV 230900 ISOLATORS(TYP) written permission for any other use or reproductlon. PROJECT FLEX.CONN.FOR PRIMARY MINIMUM 2-1/2 x DUCT DIAMETER AIR AND RETURN DUCT RADIUS.SEE DWGS FOR DUCT 2023-053 SIZE(TYP) SUPPORT BRACKET PRIMARYAIRDUCT (TYP) • THRUST RESTRAINTS AS SPECIFIED ATTACH FLEXIBLE DUCT TO FLEXIBLE DUCT. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CEILING DIFFUSER COLLAR SEE DWGS FOR SIZE WITH CLAMP(TYP) AIR FLOW \\ AIR FLOW FASTENERS ON SEISMIC RESTRAINT.SECURE TO LFAN HOUSING FOUR SIDES MAX 6"FLEX(SMOOTH TOP CHORD OF TRUSS OR JOIST/ SUPPLY DUCT INNER WALL) STRUCTURE(TYP) SEE SCHEDULES FOR FLEX CONN. INLET DUCT SIZE LOOSE CABLE SEE DWGS FOR SIZE PROJECT THERMOSTAT/SENSOR SWAY BRACE AND CONT(TYP) PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS ANGLE IRON(TYP) 3 DUCT DIAMETERS FINISHED CEILING CEILING DIFFUSER PROJECT MANAGER: I- MINIMUM FLF�C CONN STRAIGHT DUCT PROJECT ARCHITECT:JOB CAPTAIN: DF DF,KG A NOTES: NOTES: DRAWING A 1. IN-LINE FAN SHOWN.THIS DETAIL ALSO APPLIES TO CABINET FANS. 1. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND SMACNA RECOMMENDATIONS. NOTES: 2. PROVIDE CLEARANCE FOR MOTOR ACCESS AND FAN MAINTENANCE PER MANUFACTURE 2. USE THIS DETAIL IN LIEU OF RESTRICTED CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSER PLENUM HEAD 1. STRUCTURE MAY VARY.PROVIDE CLEARANCE TO CONTROLS SECTION AND RECOMMENDATIONS AND AHJ REQUIREMENTS. CONNECTION DETAIL IF SPACE IS AVAILABLE. �+ COIL FOR MAINTENANCE&CODE COMPLIANCE. MECHANICAL DETAIL`? DETAIL -TYPICAL HUNG VAV BOX DETAIL -IN-LINE FAN r6-�DETAIL -AIR DEVICES A- DIFFUSER CONNECTION Ms.o6 SCALE:NONE Ms.06 SCALE:NONE to-, SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.m.n as 1 2 3 4 5 p FINISHED WALL VOLUME DAMPER LOCATION PLENUM BOX SUPPORT(2 PER PLENUM 3/8"BEAD ON DUCT COLLAR WITH AS SPECIFIED DUCT SUPPORT.SECURE TO BOX).SECURE TO TOP CHORD OF TRUSS CLAMP AND DUCT SEALER(TYP) DUCT TAKEOFF. BEVEL TOP CORD OF TRUSS OR OR JOIST/STRUCTURE(TYP) OR CONICAL(STRAIGHT GHT JOIST/STRUCTURE(TYP) FLEXIBLE DUCT HANGER DYKEMAN SEISMIC TAP NOT ALLOWED) SECURE TTOSTOP CHORD AT MID LENGTH MAIN DUCT.SEE DWGS BRANCH DUCT SHALL OF TRUSS OR JOIST/ DUCT SUPPORT STRAP.SECURE DESIGNARCHITECTURE +FOR SIZE AND CONT STRUCTURE(TYP)MATCH SIZE OF GRILLE,MIN TO TOP CORD OF TRUSS OR 3 DUCT DIAMETERS SOUNDLINED JOIST/STRUCTURE(TYP) SHEET METAL - - MI..Drive PLENUM BOX SIDEWALL SUPPLY F • GRILLE 4„ I I ' 4- H A R G I S L J r , 6"MIN 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206.448.4460 hargis.biz VOLUME DAMPER FASTENERS(TYP) FINISHED CEILING LOCATION AS SPECIFIED CEILING RETURN/EXHAUST GRILLE REGISTRATION 9 MIN INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT.INSTALL WITH INNER DUCT RETURN/EXHAUST AIR DUCT.SEE STRETCHED TAUT(TAKE UP SLACK.5'MAX LENGTH) DWGS FOR SIZE AND CONT ,a1 F.Cry, p`roe wash`\L ti C C NOTES: NOTES: v R 1. PROVIDE MINIMUM 5'-0"OF STRAIGHT DUCT FROM VOLUME DAMPER TO GRILLE FACE UNLESS 1. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND SMACNA RECOMMENDATIONS. 9q, AsrLm NOTED OR INDICATED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 2. FLEX DUCT SHALL BE LIMITED IN LENGTH AS SPECIFIED WHERE SPACE ALLOWS. i�•9E�ts Er 2. MAIN DUCT HEIGHT SHALL BE 4"GREATER THAN BRANCH DUCT. 3. PLENUM BOX SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS GRILLE. ON ENG 3. DUCT INSULATION NOT SHOWN.PROVIDE AS SPECIFIED. 4. INCREASE PLENUM BOX HEIGHT FOR CLEARANCES OF OTHER EQUIPMENT. ••�� 4. OPPOSED BLADE DAMPERS ARE NOT ALLOWED AS PART OF GRILLE ASSEMBLY UNLESS 5. PROVIDE SOUNDLINED DUCT AS SPECIFIED OR SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.WHERE SOUNDLINED OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. DUCT IS NOT ALLOWED,PROVIDE SHEET METAL BOX FULL SIZE OF GRILLE. 0 DETAIL -AIR DEVICES G -SIDEWALL GRILLE CONNECTION 0 DETAIL -AIR DEVICES F -CEILING RETURN GRILLE Arlington Operations Me.07 SCALE:NONE Me.07 SCALE:NONE Center FOR Snohomish County SEAL DUCT PLENUM TO LOUVER Public Works EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLY. WATERTIGHT WITH DUCT SEALER SEE ARCH DWGS--------, WGS PLENUM AT INSULATION R-VALUE TO BE SAME OR GREATER THAN WALL R-VALUE 19700 67th Ave NE RETURN AIR DUCT IN SEE DWGS FRAMING CAULK AND SEAL PERIMETER WALL TIGHT TO ONE FOR SIZE AND STUDS -- Arlington, WA 98223 (INTERIOR)SIDE CONT(TYP) (TYP) DUCT. SEE DWGS BETWEEN STUDS FOR SIZE AND CONT MOTORIZED DAMPER PERMIT SET B WALL INTERIOR WALL i II i' i BIRD SCREEN J 05/02/2025 B I DUCF li / This drawing is: it iBEHIOPi� li ((( 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. DUCT DUCT j :WALL,,—_,.i' BACKDRAFT AND/OR MOTORIZED 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 'I DAMPER AS SHOWN ON DWGS �' ATTACH DUCT PLENUM TO 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's �I I AND/OR SPECIFIED LOUVER.COORDINATE LOUVER written emrission for an other use or reproduction. _ n )� P Y P LOCATION WITH ARCH DWGS RETURN GRILLE. RETURN GRILLE. PROJECT EXHAUST LOUVER AND SCREEN, �il M SEE DWGS SEE DWGS I li (INTAKE SIMILAR).SIZE AS 10"TO 24" NOTE 5 i i SHOWN ON DWGS r �-► DUCTACCESSDOOR 2023-053 SEE ENLARGED VIEW A / SLOPE DUCT DOWN AT 1/2" • BOTTOM 4"MIN(TYP) __r_i___FT-- __ I PER LF FROM END OF OF GRILLE FINISHED iL__1_i___L 1__Ji FIN SHED FLOOR COATING TO LOUVER MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ELEVATION. EXTERIOR __ SEE DWGS F OOR - ZI 24"x FULL WIDTH BOTTOM RETURN GRILLE.SEE DWGS BITUMINOUS COATING. ACCESS DOOR WITH HINGE AND STUD(TYP) EXTEND TO ACCESS DOOR LATCH.ACCESS DOOR ON SIDE DUCT SUPPORT SECURED TO BACK SHALL BE FULL HEIGHT OF DUCT ! — SIDE OF WALL(TYP) ( SCREEN ) SIDE VIEW SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW LOUVER FRAME (DUCT IN WALL (DUCT ON BACK (DUCT ON BACK 1/4"WEEP HOLES BETWEEN STUDS) SIDE OF WALL) SIDE OF WALL) (6"OC) PROJECT BITUMINOUS PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS COATING.EXTEND PROJECT MANAGER: I- NOTES: 'FLASHING PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH i TO ACCESS DOOR i I 1. REFER TO DRAWINGS AND SPECS FOR BALANCING DAMPER LOCATIONS. JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A 2. BLADES SHALL FACE TOWARD FLOOR IF LESS THAN 6'-0"AFF.OTHERWISE BLADES SHALL FACE SEALANT A TOWARD CEILING. ( ) DRAWING TITLE: 3. GRILLE SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM FRAMING. _ ^ENLARGED VIEW 4. PAINT INSIDE OF DUCT BLACK WHERE VISIBLE THROUGH GRILLE. 5. MIN DUCT WIDTH SHALL BE GRILLE HEIGHT. NOTES: MECHANICAL DETAILS 1. PLENUM DEPTH 36"MINIMUM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DWGS. 2. PROVIDE SECURITY BARS AS SPECIFIED AND AS SHOWN ON DWGS. 0 DETAIL -AIR DEVICES J -WALL MOUNTED RETURN GRILLE 0 DETAIL - LOUVER M8.07 SCALE:NONE M8.07 SCALE:NONE • , 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.m.n as 1 2 3 4 5 INDOOR UNIT. D SEE NOTE 1 LONG SWEEP ELBOWS INSULATED REFRIGERANT FLEXIBLE DRAIN HOSE BETWEEN PAN SECTIONS(TYP) PIPING DETAILS.SEE DYKEMAN DWGS FOR SIZE SEE DUCTLESS ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN REFRIGERANT SHEET METAL PAN(TYP). PIPING DETAIL SEE NOTES 1 AND 2 OUTDOOR UNIT - Marine Vie,Drive SEE NOTE 2 J OUTDOOR UNIT W to CONNECT TO AIR DISCHARGE CONDENSATE OUTDOOR CONDENSING PAN OUTLET SECURE EQUIPMENT TO FRAME UNIT. WITH WB-1,NEOPRENE WASHER H A R G I S AND BUSHING WITH BOLT.SEE DIV DIV 230550 FOR ADDITIONAL TERMINATE DRAIN OVER INFORMATION.(TYP) FLOOR RECEPTOR WITH STAINLESS STEEL OR 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 AIR GAP OR OUTDOOR ALUMINUM MODULAR FRAME 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 nargis.biz PRE-INSULATED ABOVE GRADE. SEE FOR EQUIPMENT SUPPORT. REFRIGERANT PIPING IN _ DWGS FOR SIZE AND CONT BOTTOM OF PAN — REGISTRATION _ CONCRETE SLAB STAMPS: BALL VALVE(TYP) 8'MIN(TYP) CONCRETE SUPPORT - .ei1 F.CA, WITH TYPE IP ISOLATION o, o1 WAS, °i �— _ c -III PADS(TYP) c'TYPE IP-1,NEOPRENE PAD � C —III 18"EQUIPMENTSTAND BETWEEN EQUIPMENT AND v Rom, —III—III= BASE,DVERSITECH FRAME.SEE DIV DIV 230548 QSSB74-18,OR APPROVED. - • FOR ADDITIONAL FCIStEPE UNDISTURBED =III= —III - -III INFORMATION.(TYP) ANCHOR STAND BASE TO Op LNG EARTH _III �� I I— •� NOTES: CONCRETE SLAB BRACKET WITH BOLT AND 1. FABRICATE PAN FROM 20 GAGE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL. PAN DIMENSIONS 12"WIDE BY 6"DEEP. LOCKING HARDWARE TOP OF VERTICAL SIDES HEMMED. SUPPORT BASE WITH LOCKING THREAD LEVELING 2. HANG PAN FROM STRUCTURE WITH ALL-THREAD RODS AT 10'-0"CENTERS,MINIMUM OF 2 HANGERS NOTES: PER SECTION. 1. WALL MOUNTED INDOOR UNIT SHOWN.PIPING FOR 4-WAY,2-WAY,AND 1-WAY CEILING CASSETTE Arlington Operations 3. THIS DETAIL ALSO APPLIES TO VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW(VRF)SYSTEMS WITH A THIRD UNITS SIMILAR. COMBINED LIQUID VAPOR PIPE FOR EACH ZONE. MULTIPLE STACKED PIPES IN PAN ACCEPTABLE. 2. PROVIDE CLEARANCE TO WALLS PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION REQUIREMENT. NOTES: Center 1.TOP OF CONDENSING UNIT SHALL BE LEVEL WHERE INSTALLED ON SLOPED GRADE. 2.REFER TO MANUFACTURER FOR PIPING CONNECTIONS. 0 DETAIL - DUCTLESS REFRIGERANT PIPING n DIAGRAM - DUCTLESS SPLIT HEAT PUMP SYSTEM n FOR DETAIL - EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ON GRADE Snohomish County M9.o8 SCALE:NONE M9.o8 SCALE:NONE M9.o8 SCALE:NONE (D O (D O Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B a 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 72 _ 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. & i ALL THREAD STEEL RODS 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. FLOOR/ROOF DECK ABOVE 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's / \ 1"CONDENSATE SECURED TO TOP CHORD OF written permission for any other use or reproductlon. 7 ® / \ VENT OPEN TO PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR TRUSSES OR ALTERNATE / ATMOSPHERE HANGERS BUILDING STRUCTURE(TYP) PROJECT NUMBER: ' (NOTE 1) ° ( 2023-053 CONDENSATE MAIN . CLEAN CONNECT TO MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PLUG / TOP OF MAIN 11 MAIN PUMPED CONDENSATE O O \ 1 DRAIN.REFER TO 3" DWGS.FOR SIZES Z7 1 SEISMIC BRACING SLOPE � 10 a Fcu CONDENSATE ® ® ISOLATORS(TYP)VIBRATION PIPING DOWN TOWARDS RECEPTOR O OA CONNECTION O RA FILTER PROJECT TEAM: RLL CASSETTE FAN CEILING PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS CONDENSATE PIPING INTERNAL CONDENSATE PUMP RSL PROJECT MANAGER: (- O SA CONNECTION CA FILTER COIL SUPPORT BRACKET(TYP) PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH eO A O RA CONNECTION O HEAT EXCHANGER NOTES: I JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG A 1. VENT RISER SHALL BE INSTALLED TO EXTEND 3"HIGHER THAN ALL PORTIONS OF THE CONDENSATE I DRAWING EA CONNECTION 10 ROTOR MOTOR DISCHARGE SYSTEM.INSTALL CLEANOUT ON END OF RUN. f \ CEILING 2. CONNECT INDIVIDUAL CONDENSATE LINES INTO MAIN HEADER.DISCHARGE INTO TAIL PIECE OF O SA FAN 11 ROTOR BELT SINK.CONDENSATE DRAIN SHALL BE SLOPPED AT 1/4"PER LINEAR FOOT. SUPPLY AIR RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR INTEGRAL CONDENSATE MECHANICAL DETAILS O RA FAN is ELECTRICAL CONNECTION BOX PUMP 0 DETAIL - HRU (2)DETAIL - FCU CONDENSATE DRAIN CONNECTION DETAIL -CEILING CASSETTE FAN COIL , M9.og SCALE:NONE M9.08 SCALE:NONE \t.08J SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.m.n as 1 2 3 4 5 D PROVIDE HARD DUCT CONNECTIONS TO FAN COIL SUPPORTS,BRACING VRF FAN COIL UNITS.PROVIDE AND ISLOATORS AS UNIT FILTER PROVIDE HARD DUCT SUPPORTS,BRACING VRF FAN COIL TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED. THE REQUIRED. REFER SECTION . CONNECTIONS TO FAN COIL AND ISLOATORS AS UNIT FILTER YKEMAN UNITS.PROVIDE REQUIRED.REFER SECTION SUPPLY OUTLET DUCT. VRF FAN COIL UNIT TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED. TO SPECS. PROVIDE 1"SOUND LINING RETURN INLET TOP ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN FOR ENTIRE DUCT.REFER SCREENED SUPPLY OUTLET DUCT. VRF FAN COIL RETURN INLET DUCT.PROVIDE TO PLANS FOR DUCT SIZES OPENING.REFER TO PROVIDE 1"SOUND LINING UNIT 1"SOUND LINIING FOR ENTIRE PLANS FOR SIZES FOR ENTIRE DUCT.REFER DU EFECT.RR TO .PLANS FOR STRUCTURE —dyke arnet 17 6 West Marine Vie,Drive TO PLANS FOR DUCT SIZES. DUCT SIZES. fr F ..3, IT) 2nd Floor/Everett,WA 98201 STRUCTURE r ' r, ^ 'r ^' ^' 161 6"MIN. • ;I ;I I,t ;I H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz SUPPLY DUCT TAPS. BACKDRAFT RETURN INLET DUCT.PROVIDE REFER TO PLANS FOR DAMPER 1"SOUND LINING FOR ENTIRE SUPPLY DUCT TAPS. BACKDRAFT DAMPER CEILING RETURN INLET DUCT TAPS.REFER DUCT SIZES. DUCT.REFER TO PLANS FORREGISTRATION REFER TO PLANS FOR TO PLANS FOR DUCT SIZES. VENTILATION DUCT DUCT SIZES. DUCT SIZES. TAPS.REFER TO PLANS PROVIDE HARD DUCT VENTILATION DUCT PROVIDE HARD DUCT FOR DUCT SIZES. ,a1 F. y,Cr TAPS.REFER TO PLANS CONNECTIONS TO FILTER CONNECTIONS TO FILTER O of wASH. �,1 FOR DUCT SIZES. SECTIONS.PROVIDE SECTIONS.PROVIDE a ry\C TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED. TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED. C 9 55 DEATAIL -VRF FAN COIL UNIT OVER CEILING 0 DETAIL -VRF FAN COIL UNIT EXPOSED 9F01S,a��,a` M9.09 SCALE:NONE M9.09 SCALE:NONE ON EN Arlington Operations FROM HEAT Center SHUTOFF PUMPS---- VALVE JYP) U U FOR SHUTOFF VALVE(TYP) 3- 2"BALL VALVE W/2" DDC TEMPERATURE Snohomish County HOSE THREAD SENSOR W/WELL END AND CAP FOR Public Works FILL AND FLUSH,TYP. DDC DIFFERENTIAL DDC SENSOR 2"BALL VALVE W/2" PRESSURE SENSOR-- AT HOSE THREAD pp STEM TYPE THERMOMETER END AND CAP FOR (RANGE 10"F TO 100"F)(TYP) FILL AND FLUSH,TYP.T AUTOMATIC FLOW 19700 67th Ave NE FACTORY FABRICATED HEADER,SIZED � LIMITING DEVICE Arlington, WA 98223 PER PLAN.CONTRACTOR'S OPTION TO U FIELD FABRICATE GEOTHERMAL U WYE STRAINER HEADER.SEE PLANS FOR NUMBER OF I WELLS CONNECTED TO EACH HEADER a PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 SECURE EQUIPMENT TO FRAME HP-0B SHUTOFF W ITH WB-1,NEOPRENE WASHER This drawing is: VALVE(TYP) AND BUSHING WITH BOLT.SEE DIV PROVIDE BALL VALVE WITH 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. INSULATE PER DIV FOR ADDITIONAL THREADED HOSE CAP.TYP 2.The Architect's Instrument Professional Service. SPECIFICATIONS PETE'S INFORMATION. ION.(TYP) 3.For use on this project only..Obtain Architect's LL PLUG(TYP) NC STAINLESS STEEL OR written permission for any other use or reproduction. 4 BALANCING ALUMFOR EQUUM IPMENT PMENT MODULAR SUP FRAME -• CWS FROM WELL VALVE(TYP) FIELDS(TYP) SLEEVE&CAULK CONCRETE SLAB-----,,,,,,, 2023-053 PIPE PENETRATIONS ; OF FLOOR FOR A • WATER TIGHT SEAL. COPPER PIPE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PIPE PENETRATIONS a TYPE IP-1,NEOPRENE PAD U � a CWR TO WELL THRU FLOOR SHALL 3 � 3 3 FIELDS TYP 6"EQUIPMENT STAND r, U U U U U ( ) BASE,DIVERSITECH BETWEEN ME.SEE DIV D V 305 8 BE MINIMUM 6"PIPE - - - EDGE TO PIPE EDGE - - FINISHED QSSB74-18,OR APPROVED. - FOR ADDITIONAL FLOOR INFORMATION.(TYP) ANCHOR STAND BASE TO TRANSITION CONCRETE SLAB BRACKET WITH BOLT AND BETWEEN HOPE LOCKING HARDWARE NOTES: AND COPPER SUPPORT BASE WITH LOCKING 1.SLAB ON GRADE PIPE PENETRATIONS SHALL BE MINIMUM 6"BETWEEN OTHER PIPE PENETRATIONS(PIPE EDGE TO PIPE EDGE) HDPE PIPE THREAD LEVELING TO MEET WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS.REFER TO ARCH DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL WATERPROOFING REQUIREMENTS. PROJECT 2.PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS TO SERVICE ALL VALVES AND ACCESSORIES.COORDINATE WITH ARCH FOR SIZES AND LOCATIONS. 3.REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR LOCATIONS WHERE CWS/R HEADERS ARE REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED IN FRONT OF ONE NOTES: PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS ANOTHER.INSTALL HEADER HEIGHTS AT OFFSET ELEVATIONS SO ALL VALVES AND ACCESSORIES ARE ACCESSIBLE THROUGH 1.TOP OF HEAT PUMP SHALL BE LEVEL. PROJECT MANAGER: I- ACCESS PANELS. 2.REFER TO MANUFACTURER FOR PIPING CONNECTIONS. PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH 3.TERMINATE DRAIN INTO FLOOR SINK WITH MIN 1"AIR GAP. JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A DRAWING DETAIL -GROUND SOURCE HEADER ELEVATION 0 GROUND SOURCE VRF HEAT PUMP INSTALLATION M9.09 SCALE:NONE M9.09 SCALE:NONE MECHANICAL DETAILS 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.ra.ra cu 1 2 3 4 5 ABBREVIATIONS CONTROL EQUIPMENT LEGEND D DESCRIPTION SYMBOL SYMBOL WITH ASSOCIATED POINTS POINTS Al ANALOG INPUT,A PHYSICAL INPUT TO THE CONTROL MODULE. POINT NAME MARK AI AO BI BO ALARM COMMENTS MOTORIZED D „ln`-�"� Air Damper Dtt X I X #DENOTES DAMPER INDICATED ON DIAGRAM AO ANALOG OUTPUT,A PHYSICAL OUTPUT TO THE CONTROL MODULE. DAMPER Damper fail position and normal position shall be as indicated in the sequences. AND DESCRIBED IN SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. MODULATING REFER TO SEQUENCES OF OPERATION. DYKEMAN AV ANALOG VALUE,AN INTERMEDIATE(SOFTWARE)POINT THAT MAY BE EDITABLE POINT NAME MARK At AO BI BO ALARM COMMENTS OR READ ONLY. EDITABLE AVS ARE TYPICALLY USED TO ALLOW THE USER TO ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SET A FIXED CONTROL PARAMETER,SUCH AS A SETPOINT. READ ONLY AVS ARE MOTORIZED M D# I:I.. Air Damper ptt x x #DENOTES DAMPER INDICATED ON DIAGRAM �S�c Damper fail position and normal position shall be as indicated in the sequences. AND DESCRIBED IN SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. TYPICALLY USED TO DISPLAY THE STATUS OF A CONTROL OPERATION. DAMPER REFER TO SEQUENCES OF OPERATION. 2-POSITION 16 17 6 West Marine Vie,Drive BI BINARY INPUT,A PHYSICAL INPUT TO THE CONTROL MODULE. POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS AIRFLOW AFMS Airflow Monitoring Station AFMS x BO BINARY OUTPUT.A PHYSICAL OUTPUT FROM THE CONTROL MODULE. MEASURING STATION • BV BINARY VALUE,AN INTERMEDIATE(SOFTWARE)POINT THAT MAY BE EDITABLE POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS OR READ ONLY. EDITABLE BVs ARE TYPICALLY USED TO ALLOW THE USER TO FREEZE STATE F7 r, Freezestat Fz x x SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES FOR CONTROL H A R G I S SET A FIXED CONTROL PARAMETER,SUCH AS A SETPOINT. READ ONLY BVs ARE VALVE INFORMATION,2-WAY OR 3-WAY.PROVIDE TYPICALLY USED TO DISPLAY THE STATUS OF A CONTROL OPERATION. FEEDBACK WHERE NOTED IN SEQUENCE. POINT NAME MARK AI AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS COV CHANGE OF VALUE OF A INPUT POINT. ELECTRONIC EEI Electronic Expansion Valve EEV X x WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,we 98101 EXPANSION —07o— Valve fail position and normal position shall be as indicated in the sequences. 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 • hargis.biz DOC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM VALVE POINT NAME MARK AI AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS REGISTRATION STAMPS: SCHED SCHEDULE,THE CONTROL ALGORITHM FOR THIS EQUIPMENT BUILDING gp /� Building Pressure BP X SHALL INCLUDE A USER EDITABLE SCHEDULE. /� �� sure PRESSURE \� -ay F.CA , SENSOR O °f WAS',,"I TREND THE CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL BE CONFIGURED TO COLLECT AND DISPLAY A POINT NAME MARK AI AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS �- C TREND LOG OF THIS OBJECT.THE TRENDING INTERVAL SHALL BE NO LESS THAN DUCT Supply Air Temp Ts x C ONE SAMPLE EVERY 5 SECONDS. (CHANGE OF VALUE TRENDING(COV),WHERE A TS vh' R SAMPLE IS TAKEN EVERY TIME THE VALUE CHANGES BY MORE THAN A TEMPERATURESENSOR 9O, USER-DEFINED MINIMUM,IS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVE). -lt`9FCf8tEPE0 G�2 POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS ON EN ALARM THE CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL BE CONFIGURED TO GENERATE AN ALARM DUCT H L Air Static Pressure SPS x a�a�ns WHEN THIS OBJECT EXCEEDS USER DEFINABLE LIMITS,AS DESCRIBED IN THE PRESSURE H L SEQUENCE OF CONTROLS. SENSOR I MUZIL"12111111111111193=1011111 • ACTIVE WHEN A HVAC UNIT IS CALLING FOR HEATING,COOLING OR AIR FLOW. POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS Arlington Operations DUCT H A L Air Static Pressure Alarm SPA x Center NOTE:ALL OF THE ABOVE SHALL BE PROVIDED AS BACNET OBJECTS. PRESSURE H A L Air Static Pressure Alarm Reset SPAR X ALARM SPAR FOR DDC GENERAL NOTES: Snohomish County POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS 1. CONTROLS WIRING IN OCCUPIED/FINISHED SPACES SHALL BE CONCEALED. COORDINATE FAN WITH 8F sF Fan VFD Speed SFSP X ROUTING WITH OWNER/A/E PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. VARIABLE VFD CT VFD M� Fan Failure SFF x Public Works 2. PROVIDE COMMUNICATION DEVICES VIA BACNET WHERE INTERFACE TO EMS SOLUTION FREQUENCY IS ALLOWED. DRIVE Fan Status SIPS x AT 3. CONNECT ALL AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT TO FIRE ALARM PANEL THROUGH DDC FOR Fan VFD BacNel PROVIDE NETWORK CONNECTION AND MAPPING FOR VFD. SHUTDOWN. SEE SECTION 230900 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. Fan St.,/Stop SFE x 4. FINAL LOCATION OF MAIN CONTROL PANEL PER OWNER.ROUTE WIRING FROM ALL 19700 67th Ave NE REMOTE OF'S ON HYDRONIC SYSTEM BACK TO CONTROL PANEL IN BOILER ROOM. 5. PROVIDE UPS FOR DDC MAIN CONTROL PANEL AND OPERATORS STATION. Arlington, WA 98223 6. PROVIDE APPLICABLE LAMINATED CONTROL DRAWING IN EACH CONTROL CABINET. DUCT MOUNT WALL MOUNT DUCT MOUNT WALL MOUNT— POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS 7. DRAWINGS SHALL BE CONCURRENTLY REVIEWED AT TIME OF SUBMITTAL RELEASE BY CARBON — — — — — — — — — — — — Carron Dioxide Sensor cot x % PROVIDE CO2 SENSOR WHERE SCHEDULED DIOXIDE SENSOR AND SHOWN°"HVA°DRAW lNGs. PERMIT SET OWNER,COMMISSIONING AGENT,AND THE A/E TEAM. � co, � � co, � � co, � � co, � 8. ALL ALARMS SHALL BE EVENT ENROLLMENT TYPE OR ENHANCED IF APPLICABLE. B 9. PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE INSTALLATION OF THE CONTROL SYSTEM,PROVIDE L _ _ J L _ _ J L _ _ _ _ J L _ _ _ _ _ J 05/02/2025 USER INTERFACE(SCREEN GRAPHICS)&PHYSICAL MOCKUP OF EACH OF THE POINT NAME MARK Al AD BI BO ALARM COMMENTS B FOLLOWING SYSTEM TYPES: OCCUPANCY Occupancy Sensor OCC X PROVIDE WIRING TO DIV 26 OCCUPANCY A. TYPICAL AIR HANDLING UNIT PER SHEET M10.05. SENSOR OCC OCC SENSOR OR DIMMING CONTROL MODULE.SEE This drawing is: B. SCHEDULED EXHAUST FAN WITH THERMOSTAT AND CONTROLS PER SHEET ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS. 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. M10.04. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. C. SPLIT SYSTEM CONTROLS PER SHEET M10.04. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 10. AS PART OF THE USER INTERFACE(SCREEN GRAPHICS)FOR THE PROJECT,PROVIDE TRIMPOINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS written permission for any other use or reproduction. THE FOLLOWING: DISPLAY zone Temp TRIM x x PROJECT NUMBER: A. FLOOR PLANS SHOWING MECHANICAL ROOMS AND INDIVIDUAL PIECES OF TEMPERATURE zone Setpoint Adjust TA x EQUIPMENT THAT ARE NOT IN MECHANICAL ROOMS. WHEN AN INDIVIDUAL PIECE SENSOR 8 O zone Override TRO x OF EQUIPMENT IS SELECTED ON THE GRAPHIC,THE SCHEMATIC FOR THAT PIECE 2023-053 OF EQUIPMENT SHALL COME UP ON THE SCREEN. WHEN A MECHANICAL ROOM IS SELECTED,THE GRAPHIC FOR THAT ROOM,SHOWING ALL EQUIPMENT IN THE POINT NAME MARK Al AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS ROOM,SHALL COME UP ON THE SCREEN.WHEN THE INDIVIDUAL PIECES OF - • EQUIPMENT IN THE MECHANICAL ROOM ARE SELECTED,THE SCHEMATIC FOR FLAT PLATE Space Temp TRIM x x THAT PIECE OF EQUIPMENT SHALL COME UP. PROVIDE"BUTTONS"ON THE THERMOSTAT/ g S MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SCREENS TO ALLOW FOR RETURN TO THE PREVIOUS PLAN SCREENS. B. PROVIDE A GRAPHICS SCREEN OF THE BOILERIPUMP SYSTEM THAT INCLUDES A SCHEMATIC OF THE SYSTEM,LOCATION IN SCHEMATIC AND VALUE OF ALL POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS SENSORS,LOCATION AND POSITION OF ALL VALUES,LOCATION AND VALUE OF ALL FLOW SENSORS,LOCATION AND VALUE OF DP-S. WATER METER OW wM Q water Meter wM x x NORMALLY OPEN VALVE UNLESS INDICATED C. PROVIDE A GRAPHIC SCREEN THAT SHOWS THE TOTALIZED HOURS OF RUN TIME OTHERWISE. FOR EACH BINARY OUTPUT POINT(HVAC EQUIPMENT AND LIGHTING ZONES). D. WHERE CX FINAL SETPOINT IS DIFFERENT THAN THE INITIAL SPECIFIED SETPOINT, POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS THE SETPOINT SHALL INDICATE AS A DIFFERENT COLOR THAN THE INITIAL FAN WITH Fan status Fs x SPECIFIED SETPOINT. MOTOR E. TREND MONITORING: STARTER/RELAY R cr M Fan Start/Stop FE X a. ANALOG SETPOINTS SHALL BE TRENDED BASED ON A CHANGE OF VALUE Fan Failure x PROJECT -• (ADJUSTMENT OF SETPOINT). Fan in Hand x PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS b. ANALOG INPUTS SHALL BE TRENDED BASED ON TIME,INITIALLY SET AT 15 MINUTES(ADJUSTABLE),OR CHANGE OF VALUE. SEE SCHEDULE ON SHEET PROJECT MANAGER: I- M10.01. PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH C. BINARY OUTPUT AND INPUT POINTS SHALL BE TRENDED BASED ON POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A CHANGE OF VALUE. ELECTRIC FAN&HEATING COIL FAN&HEATING COIL Unit Heater Enable UHE X A 11. CONTROL DRAWINGS SUBMITTAL SHALL INCLUDE A SCHEDULE OF THE DIFFERENT UNIT HEATER •- AWING TITLE: TYPES OF TEMPERATURE SENSORS THAT WILL BE USED ON THE PROJECT ALONG WITH ROOM SUPPLY ROOM SUPPLY THE LOCATIONS THAT EACH SENSOR WILL BE USED. AIR AIR AIR AIR � � � � � � MECHANICAL CONTROLS GENERAL NOTES: ALL POINTS ARE HARDWIRED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL POINTS SHALL BE DISPLAYED ON GRAPHIC USER INTERFACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL POINTS SHALL BE TRENDED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 1 2 1 3 4 5 aztrzozs z.tc.ta nu 2 3 4 5 CONTROL EQUIPMENT LEGEND D DESCRIPTION SYMBOL SYMBOL WITH ASSOCIATED POINTS POINTS POINT NAME MARK At AO BI BO ALARM COMMENTS DUCT SMOKE DS DSD Duct Smoke Detector DSD COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH DETECTOR DIV 28 CONTRACTOR . —J RA d RA Fp POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN FILTER H(DL L Filter Pressure Drop Sensor FPS X X PRESSURE DROP SENSOR ke - Marine Vie,Drive => 425.259.161 (T) 2rd Floor/Everett,WA 98201 FILTERS FILTERS • POINT NAME MARK At AO BI DO ALARM COMMENTS PUMP CIRCULATION Circulation Pump Status CPS X X H / \ R G I S WITH MOTOR M M C,PS, Circulation Pump Start/Stop CPE X x /w` STARTER/ DT RELAY R CPE 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS WATER Water Heater Enable/Disable WHE X PROVIDE MOTOR STARTER FOR HEATER ELECTRIC WATER HEATER AS REQUIRED. WATER WATER FOR MOTOR STARTER RESPONSIBILTYREGISTRATION SEE SPEC 230513"ELECTRICAL HEATER($) HEATERS) PROVISION FOR MECHANICAL WORK". Qp' F.CA,' O Qf wASH`\L ti C WATERHEATER WATER ER C INTER HEAT FACE INTERFACE 9 `)a: 455 WHE 9FCIStEPEQ G�2 ON 6N POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS e�e/aw.s OUTDOOR Outside Air Temp TO X _ SENSOR Outside Air Humidity HO X • • • ARRAY T T TO Photocell PH X H H HO Carbon Dioxide Sensor Co X Arlington Operations O02 Outside Air Enthalpy EO Calculated value. Sensor Failure x Center P P PH FOR EXTERIOR WALL EXTERIOR WALL POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS Snohomish County SPLIT SYSTEM DX F DX F Supply Fan Status SFS X AC UNIT Supply Fan Start/Stop SFE X Public Works Compressor Start/Stop CE X M M x AT Compressor Status CS Condenser Fan Status CFS x Supply Fan Failure X 19700 67th Ave NE R SFE Compressor Failure x Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B ACV This drawing is: CONDENSING UNIT CONDENSING UNIT 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. CONTROL PANEL CONTROL PANEL 2.The'Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS PROJECT VRF Unit Interface BACNet Mapping of all zone level equipment temperature CONDENSING satpoints,operational schedules,fan settings,outdoor unit 2023-053 UNIT mode,and alarm status.Provide on separate screen minimum of 25 diagnostic points coordinated with vendor,Cx agent,and EOR. CONDENSING UNIT CONDENSING UNIT • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION VRF VRF MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER CONTROL PANEL CONTROL PANEL POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS SOFTWARE LIGHTING/RECEPTACLE LIGHTING/RECEPTACLE Lighting Control Panel DDC PROVIDE INTEGRATION OF ZONING AND SCHEDULING MATCHI LIGHTING/ CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL DRAWINGSNG DIVISION 26 PROJECT RECEPTACLE PANEL PANEL CONTROL PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECTARCHITECT:I TH DDC JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A POINT NAME MARK At AO BI SO ALARM COMMENTS DRAWING SINGLE DUCT FROM SUPPLY FROM SUPPLY AlrN—(CFMfmm unit) AF x x F PRIMARYAIR HRU M AIR HRU M AIR Discharge Air Temp TS X VAv F Zone Damper ZD X MECHANICAL DAMPER CONTROLS GENERAL NOTES: • ALL POINTS ARE HARDWIRED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. • ALL POINTS SHALL BE DISPLAYED ON GRAPHIC USER INTERFACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. • ALL POINTS SHALL BE TRENDED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.ra.rs cu 1 2 3 4 5 1. Unless otherwise indicated,control loops shall be enabled and disabled based on the status of the system being B. Exceptions controlled to prevent wind-up. 1. Operators shall be able to manually fix staging order via software points on graphics D 2. When a control loop is enabled,it and all its constituents(such as the proportional and integral terms)shall be set overriding the Even Wear or Periodic Rotation logic above,but not overriding the In 1. This section applies to all single zone systems and sub-zones of air handling systems,such as VAV boxes,fan-powered to a Neutral value. Alarm or Hand Operation logic below. boxes,etc. 3. A control loop in Neutral shall correspond to a condition which applies the minimum control effect,i.e. 2. In Alarm: If the lead device has a fault condition or has been manually switched off,a 2, Minimum Outdoor Air valves/dampers closed,VFDs at minimum speed,etc. Level 2 alarm shall be generated and the device shall be set to the last stage position in A. For every zone that requires mechanical ventilation,the zone minimum outdoor airflows and setpoints shall be DYKEMAN 4. When there are multiple outdoor air temperature sensors,the system shall use the valid sensor which is physically the lead/lag order until alarm is reset by operator.Staging position of remaining devices calculated depending on the governing standard or code for outdoor air requirements.Zones that do not require closest to the equipment being controlled. shall follow the prevailing(Even Wear or Periodic Rotation)logic.A device in alarm can mechanical ventilation may disregard this section. A. Outdoor air temperature sensors at air handler outdoor air intakes shall be considered valid only when the only automatically move up in the staging order if another device goes into alarm.Fault 3. Setpoints supply fan is proven on and unit is in Occupied Mode(producing airflow across the sensor). conditions include the following: ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN B. The general TS-4 outdoor air temperature sensor shall be valid only if all outdoor air intake sensors are a. Variable Speed Fans and Pumps A. Each zone shall have separate occupied and unoccupied heating and cooling setpoints. invalid. 1. VFD critical fault is ON B. The active setpoints shall be determined by the operating Mode of the Zone Group[see 1.3C.7]. C. The outdoor air temperature used for graphics display,optimum start,plant OAT lockout,and other global 2. Status point not matchingits on/off point for 15 seconds while the device 1. The setpoints shall be the occupied setpoint during Occupied Mode,Warm-up Mode,and Cool-down Mode. p 9 p g 2. The setpoints shall be unoccupied setpoints during Unoccupied Mode,Setback Mode,and Setup Mode. -dyke-net 1716 West Marine Vie,Drive sequences shall be the average of all valid sensor readings. is commanded on C. Default set points shall be based on zone type:See Sheet M10 Series for set points. 5. The term"proven"(i.e."proven on"/"proven off)shall mean that the equipment's BI status point matches the 3. Supervised HOA at control panel in OFF position D. The software shall prevent state set by the equipment's BO command point. 4. Loss of power(e.g.VFD DC Bus voltage=zero) 1. The heating setpoint from exceeding the cooling setpoint minus 1°F(i.e.the minimum difference between 6. The term"control loop"or"loop"is used generically for all control loops.These will typically be PID loops,but b. Constant Speed Fans and Pumps heating and cooling setpoints shall be 1°F) proportional plus integral plus derivative gains are not required on all loops.Unless specifically indicated 1. Status point not matching its on/off point for 15 seconds while the device 2. The unoccupied heating setpoint from exceeding the occupied heating setpoint;and • otherwise,the following guidelines shall be followed: is commanded on 3. The unoccupied cooling setpoint from being less than the occupied cooling setpoint. A. Use proportional only(P-only)loops for limiting loops(such as zone CO2 control loops,etc.). 2. Supervised HOA at control panel in OFF position E. Where the zone has a local setpoint adjustment knob/button B. Do not use the derivative term on any loops unless field tuning is not possible without it. 3. Hand Operation:If a device is on in Hand(e.g.via an HOA switch or local control of 1. The adjustment shall be capable of being limited in software. 7. To avoid abrupt changes in equipment operation,the output of every control loop shall be limited to a maximum VFD),the device shall be set to the lead device and a Level 4 alarm shall be generated. a. As a default,the active occupied cooling setpoint shall be limited between 72°F and 80°F. rate of change of 25%per minute unless otherwise noted. The device will remain as lead until the alarm is reset by the operator.Hand operation is b. As a default,the active occupied heating setpoint shall be limited between 65°F and 72°F. /w\ H / \ R G I S 8. All setpoints,timers,deadbands,PID gains,etc.listed in sequences shall be capable of being adjusted by the determined by 2. The active heating and cooling setpoints shall be independently adjustable,respecting the limits and anti- operator through the normal EMCS user interface whether indicated as adjustable in sequences or not.Software a. Variable Speed Fans and Pumps overlap logic described above. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 (virtual)points shall be used for these variables.Fixed scalar numbers shall not be embedded in programs except 1. Status point not matching its on/off point for 15 seconds while the device 3. The adjustment shall only Occupied be effective in O led Mode,and shall be zero in all other modes. for physical constants(e.g.conversion factors). is commanded off / 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz 9. Values for all points,including real(hardware)points used in control sequences shall be capable of being 2. VFD in local"hand"mode 4. At the onset of demand limiting,the local setpoint adjustment value shall be frozen.Further adjustment of the overridden by the user(e.g.for testing and commissioning).If hardware design prevents this for hardware points, 3. Supervised HOA at control panel in ON position setpoint by local controls shall be suspended for the duration of the demand limit event. they shall be equated to a software point and the software point shall be used in all sequences.Exception:Not b. Constant Speed Fans and Pumps 5. [If the window switch Indicates the window is open,the local setpoint adjustment shall be set to zero. The local setpoint adjustment shall resume its previous value when the window switch indicates the REGISTRATION required for all application specific controller hardware points. 1. Status point not matching its on/off point for 15 seconds while the device window is closed.] 10. VFD Minimum Speed Setpoints is commanded off F. Cooling Demand Limit Setpoint Adjustment:The active cooling setpoints for all zones shall be increased when a A. Minimum speed setpoints for all VFD-driven equipment shall be determined in accordance with the test 2. Supervised HOA at control panel in ON position demand limit is imposed on the associated Zone Group.The operator shall have the ability to exempt individual zones -eti F.CAy, and balance specifications. C. Chillers:Chiller is manually fumed on as indicated by the status of the local/auto from this adjustment through the normal EMCS user interface.Changes due to demand limits are not cumulative. p of WASH;y B. For each piece of equipment,the minimum speed shall be stored in a single software point.This value switch from chiller gateway. 1. At Demand Limit Level 1,increase setpoint by 1°F. �e Y- ,e C shall be mapped to the VFD's minimum speed setpoint via the drive's network interface;in the case of a 13. Alarms C 2. At Demand Limit Level 2,increase setpoint by 2°F. hard-wired VFD interface,the minimum speed shall be the lowest speed command sent to the drive by the A. There shall be 5 levels of alarm v % I 3. At Demand Limit Level 3,increase setpoint by 4°F. ¢ EMCS. 1. Level L Significant safety 9 �r5w G. Heating Demand Limit Setpoint Adjustment:The active heating setpoints for all zones shall be decreased when a C�, C. The minimum speed setpoint shall be stored e a positive percentage of full range.I.e.r 0%speed shall 2. Level 2: Significant equipment failure g p / g p -lt,9F0ls Er PEo �2x" corres and to full sto ed equipment,and the minimums eed shall be a value realer than 0%. 3. Level 3: Non-critical a ui ment failure/o eration demand limit is imposed on the associated Zone Group.The operator shall have the ability to exempt individual zones G p Y etp g q p p from this adjustment through the normal EMCS user interface.Changes due to demand limits are not cumulative. ON EN 11. Trim&Respond Setpoint Reset Logic 4. Level 4: Energy conservation monitor A. Trim&Respond setpoint reset logic and zone/system reset Requests where referenced in sequences 5. Level 5: Maintenance indication,notification 1. At Demand Limit Level 1,decrease setpoint by 1°F.2. At Demand Limit Level 2,decrease setpoint by 2°F. shall be implemented as described below. 14. Hierarchical Alarm Suppression 3. At Demand Limit Level 3,decrease setpoint by 4°F. _ B. A"Request"is a call to reset a static pressure or temperature setpoint,generated by downstream zones or A. For each piece of equipment or space controlled by the EMCS,define its relationship(if any)to H. [Window switches.For zones that have operable windows with indicator switches,when the window switch • • • air handling systems.These Requests are sent upstream to the plant or system that serves the zone or other equipment in terms of"source","load",or"system". indicates the window is open,the heating setpoint shall be temporarily set to 40°F and the cooling setpoint air handler which generated the Request. 1. A component is a"source"if it provides resources to a downstream component,such as 1. For each downstream zone or system,and for each type of setpoint reset Request listed for the a boiler providing heating water to an AHU. shall be temporarily set to 120°F.]O I. ccupancy sensors.For zones that have an occupancy switch Arlington Operations zone/system,provide the following software points: 2. A component is a"load"if it receives resources from an upstream component,such as a. Importance Multiplier(default t Mode,the active heating setpoint shall be decreased by 5°F and the cooling setpoint shall be increased by 5° Center 1) an AHU that receives heating water from a boiler. When the switch indicates the space has been unpopulated for one minute continuously during the Occupied b. Request-Hours.Every x minutes(default 5 minutes),add x/60 times the current number of 3. The same component may be both a load(receiving resources from an upstream Requests to this request-hours accumulator point.The request-hours point is reset to zero source)and a source(providing resources to a downstream load). F 2. When the switch indicates that the space has been populated for one minute continuously,the active heating FOR upon a global command from the system/plant serving the zone/system 4. A set of components is a"system"if they share a load in common(i.e.collectively act as and cooling Setpoints shall that restored to their previous values. • this global point simultaneously resets the request-hours point for all a source to downstream equipment,such as a set of boilers in a lead/lag relationship J. Hierarchy of Setpoint Adjustments:The following adjustment restrictions shall prevail in order from highest to lowest zones/systems served by this system/plant. serving air handlers). priority: Snohomish '+S n o h o m I S h County c. Cumulative%-Request-Hours.This is the zone/system Request-Hours divided by the a. If a single component acts as a source for downstream loads(e.g.an AHU as a 1. Setpoint overlap restriction(Section 1.3B.3.d.1) zone/system run-hours(the hours in any Mode other than Unoccupied Mode)since the last source for its VAV boxes),then that single source component shall be defined as 2. Absolute limits on local setpoint adjustment(Section 1.3B.3.e.1) Public Works reset,expressed as a percentage. a"system"of one element. 3. [Window switches] d. A Level 4 alarm is generated if the zone Importance Multiplier is greater than zero,the b. For equipment with associated pumps(boilers): Demand limit D 4. zone/system Cumulative%-Request-Hours exceeds 70%,and the total number of 1. If the pumps are in a one-to-one relationship with equipment they serve, D Occupancy sensors:Change of setpoint by occupancy sensor is added to change of setpoint by any AT zone/system run-hours exceeds 40. the pumps shall be treated as part of the system to which they are demand limits in effect. 2. See zone and air handling system control sequences for logic to generate Requests. associated(i.e.they are not considered loads)since a pump failure will b. Local setpoint adjustment:Any changes to setpoint by local adjustment are frozen at the onset of the 19700 67th Ave N E 3. Multiply the number of Requests determined from zone/system logic times the Importance necessarily disable its associated equipment. demand limiting event and remain fixed for the duration of the event.Additional local adjustments are Multiplier and send to the system/plant that serves the zone/system.See system/plant logic to see 2. If the pumps are headered to the equipment they serve,then the pumps ignored for the duration of the demand limiting event. Arlington, W A 98223 how Requests are used in Trim&Respond logic. may be treated as a system,which is a load relative to the upstream 5. Scheduled setpoints based on Zone Group mode C. For each upstream system or plant setpoint being controlled by a T&R loop,define the following variables. equipment(e.g.boilers)and a source relative to downstream equipment q, Loral override:When thermostat override buttons are depressed,the call for Occupied Mode operation shall be sent up to All variables below shall be adjustable from a reset graphic accessible from a hyperlink on the associated (e.g.air handlers). the Zone Group control for 60 minutes. system/plant graphic.Initial values are defined in system/plant sequences below.Values for trim,respond, B. For each system as defined above,there shall be a SystemOK Flag,which is either true or false. 5. time step,etc.shall tuned to provide stable control. C. System Control Loops PERMIT SET shall be true when all of the following are true: A. Two separate control loops shall operate to maintain space temperature at setpoint,the Cooling Loop and the Heating B 1. SPO,Initial setpoint 1. The system is proven on. Loop. 05/02/2O2cJ g 2. SPmin,Setpoint min. 2. The system is achieving its temperature and/or pressure setpoints)for at least five 1. The Heating Loop shall be enabled whenever the space temperature is below the current zone temperature 3. SPmax,Setpoint max minutes This drawing is: 4. Td,Delaytimer 3. The system is read and able to serve its load heating setpoint,and disabled otherwise. Y Y 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 2. The Cooling Loop shall be enabled whenever the space temperature is above the current zone temperature 5. T,Time Step D. SystemOK shall be false while the system is starting up alai before reaching setpoint)or when 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. cooling setpoint,and disabled otherwise. 6. I,Number of ignore Requests enough of the a syste components are unavailable of alarm,disabled,b turned off)to disrupt 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B. The Cooling Loop shall maintain the space temperature at the active cooling setpoint.The output of the loop shall be written ermission for an other use or reproduction. 7. R,Number of Requests from zones/systems the abilityys the system to serve its load.This threshold shall be defined by the design engineer a virtual point ranging from 0%(no cooling)to 100%(full cooling). p y p 8. SPtrim,Setpoint Trim for each system. C. The Heating Loop shall maintain the space temperature at the active heating setpoint.The output of the loop shall be .• 9. SPres,Setpoint Response 1. in default,Level'I through Level 3 component alarms(indicating equipment failure)shall a virtual point ranging from 0%(no heating)to 100%(full heating). JECT NUMBER: 10. SPres-max,Setpoint Response Max inhibit SystemOK.Level 4 and Level 5 component alarms(maintenance and energy D. Loops shall be use proportional+integral logic or fuzzy logic.Proportional-only control is not acceptable,although the C D. Trim&Respond logic shall reset setpoint within the range SPmin to SPmax.When the associated device efficiency alarms)shall not affect to individually OK. integral gain shall be small relative to the proportional gain. P and I gains shall be adjustable by the operator. 2023-053 (e.g.fan,pump)is off,the setpoint shall be device The reset logic shall be active while the associated 2. The operator shall have the ability to individually determine which component alarms may E. See other sections for how the outputs from these loops are used. device is proven on,starting Td after initial device start command.When active,every time step T,trim or may not inhibit SystemOK. 6. Zone State the setpoint by SPtrim.If there are more than I Requests,respond by changing the setpoint by SPres'(R- E. The EMCS shall selectively suppress(i.e.fail to report)alarms for load components if SystemOK A. Heating:when the output of the space heating control too is nonzero and the output of the cooling too Ise equal to 1),(i.e.the number of Requests minus the number of Ignored Requests),but no more than SPres-max. In is false for the source system which serves that load. g' p p 9 p p g p q • other words,every time step T: 1. If SystemOK is false for a heating water system(i.e.boiler or associated pump)then only zero' 1. Change setpoint by SPtrim low temperature alarms from the loads shall be suppressed. B. Cooling:when the output of the space cooling control loop is nonzero and the output of the heating loop is equal to MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 2. If R>I,also change setpoint by(R-I)'SPres but no larger than SPres-max 2. If SystemOK is false for an airside system(air handler,fan coil,VAV box,etc)then all zero. 12. Equipment Staging and Rotation alarms from the loads shall be suppressed. C. Deadband:when not in either Heating or Cooling. A. Automatic Even Wear Rotation F. This hierarchical suppression shall cascade through multiple levels of load-source relationship, 7. Zone Alarms 1. Lead/lag:Unless otherwise noted,parallel staged devices(such as pumps,towers)that are not such that alarms at downstream loads shall also be suppressed. A. Zone temperature alarms redundant shall be lead/lag alternated when more than one is off or more than one is on so that G. The following types of alarms will never be suppressed by this logic: 1. If the zone is 3°F above cooling or below heating setpoint for 10 minutes,generate Level 3 alarm. the device with the most operating hours is made the later stage device and the one with the least 1. Life/safety and Level 1 alarms 2. If the zone is 5°F above cooling or below heating setpoint for 10 minutes,generate Level 2 alarm. number of hours is made the earlier stage device.For example,assuming there are three devices, 2. Failure-to-start alarms(i.e.equipment is commanded on,but status point shows 3. Suppress zone temperature alarms as follows: if all three are off or all are on,the staging order will simply be based on run hours from lowest to equipment to be off) a. After zone setpoint is changed fora period 10 minutes per degree of difference between the zone highest.If two devices are on,the one with the most hours will be set to be stage 2 while the other 3. Failure-to-stop/hand alarms(i.e.equipment is commanded off,but status point shows temperature the time of the change and the new setpoint.This suppression period applies any time s is set to stage 1;this may be the reverse of the operating order when the devices were started.If equipment to be on) that the zone Setpoint is changed. b. While Zone Group is two devices are off,the one with the most hours will be set to be stage 3 while the other is set to in Warm-up or Coo .3A.1 1.b.1)a)]of zero for its static pressure reset,SAT .• stage 2;this may be the reverse of the operating order when the devices were stopped. c. For zones with an Importance multiplier[sseeee Modes.1 2. Lead/standby:Unless otherwise noted,parallel devices(such as pumps,towers)that are 100% reset,or HWST reset Trim&Response loops. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS redundant shall be lead/standbyalternated when more than one is off so that the device with the B. For zones with CO2 sensors: 1. CO2 Sensors:If the CO2 concentration is less than 300 ppm,Or the Zone i5 in Unoccupied Mode for more PROJECT MANAGER: I- most operating hours is made the later stage device and the one with the least number of hours is than 2 hours and zone CO2 concentration exceeds 600 ppm,generate a Level 3 alarm.The alarm text shall PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH made the earlier stage device.For example,assuming there are three devices,if all three are off, identify the sensor and indicate that it may be out of calibration. JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A the staging order will be based on run hours from lowest to highest.If devices run continuously, 2. If the CO2 concentration exceeds setpoint plus 10%for more than 10 minutes generate a Level 3 alarm. A lead/standby shall switch at an operator-specified runtime;standby device shall first be started and DRAWING proven on before former lead device is changed to standby and shut off. MECHANICAL CONTROLS ri"\SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS -GENERAL r2-\SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS -THERMAL ZONES M1oD9 SCALE:NONE M .03 SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.m.xa cu 1 2 3 4 5 1. Each system shall be broken into separate Zone Groups composed of a collection of one or more zones Electric Meters&Sub Meters: D served by a single air handler. The controller shall monitor the electric meters for electric consumption on a continual basis.These values shall be made available 2. Zones shall be assigned to Zone Groups as follows: to the BAS system at all times.Provide power monitoring of switchboards and panels through meters provided by Div.26. Refer to A. Each zone served by a fan-coil or single-zone air handler shall be its own Zone Group. electrical one-line diagram on[E9.01,E9.02,and E9.03 and electrical power plans in E3.00 series floor plans]for quantities B. For air handlers serving multiple zones,zones shall be assigned to Zone Groups as specified by and locations.Coordinate all interface connections and wiring requirements between BAS and power metering equipment with the designer. product specified in Section 262713.Coordinate exact requirements with Div.26 contractor. C. Assignment of zones to Zone Groups can be changed at the operator's workstation. DYKEMAN 3. Each Zone Group shall have separate occupancy schedules and operating modes from other Zone Peak Demand History: Groups. The controller shall monitor and record the peak(high and low)demand readings from the electric meter.Peak readings shall be ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 4. All zones in each Zone Group shall be in the same operating mode at all times.If one zone in a Zone recorded on a daily,month-to-date,and year-to-date basis.Peak shall be average kWh usage during 15 minute interval. NOTE _________T_E_1_ Group is placed in any mode other than Unoccupied Mode(due to override,sequence logic,or ________NC scheduled occupancy)all zones in that Zone Group shall enter that mode. Usage History: _ Marine View _ 5. A Zone Group may be in only one mode at any given time. The controller shall monitor and record electric meter readings so as to provide a power consumption history.Usage readings shall OUTSIDE 6. For each Zone Group,provide a set of testing/commissioning software switches that override all zones g p p ry' 9 g TO EQUIPMENT -� be recorded on a daily,month-to-date,and year-to-date basis. AIR 316 served by the Zone Group.Provide a separate software switch for each of the zone-level override switches listed under"Testing and Commissioning Overrides"in terminal unit sequences.When the Demand Levels: --------------M--------- value of a Zone Group's override switch is changed,the corresponding override switch for every zone in The controller shall set the system demand level(adj.)based on the current power consumption readings from the electric meter. the Zone Group shall change to the same value.Subsequently,the zone-level override switch at may be There shall be six daily time periods in which the demand shall be adjusted on three levels.These demand levels shall be available OSA DAMPER(DO) NOTE 1 ___, • changed to a different value. The value of the zone-level switch has no effect on the value of the Zone for facility equipment to utilize for demand limiting. Group switch,and the value of the Zone Group switch only affects the zone-level switches when the Demand Level 1:Power consumption has exceeded the first demand level threshold(adj.). NOTE 1 P Zone Group switch is changed. H A R G I S Demand Level 2:Power consumption has exceeded the second demand level threshold(adj.). i INCNC I ---- 7. Zone Group Operating Modes: Each Zone Group shall have the following modes: Demand Level 3:Power consumption has exceeded the third demand level threshold(adj.). i I A. Occupied Mode:A Zone Group is in the Occupied Mode when any of the following is true: I EXHAUST BUILDING AIR OR I 1. The time of day is between the Zone Group's scheduled occupied start and stop times. OR RELIEF FROM EQUIPMENT 2. The schedules have been overridden by the Occupant Override System. AIR M I 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 3. Any zone local override timer(initiated by local override button)is nonzero. 0 ENERGY MONITORING `------------- ---------------J 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 - hargis.biz B. Warm-Up Mode: For each zone,the EMCS shall calculate the required warm-up time based on the zone's occupied heating setpoint,the current zone temperature,the outdoor air temperature, M10.04 SCALE:NONE EXHAUST DAMPER(DE)OR and a mass/capacity factor for each zone.[Zones where the window switch Indicates that a RELIEF DAMPER(DR) window is open shall be ignored.]The mass factor shall be manually adjusted or self-tuned by REGISTRATION the EMCS. If automatic,the tuning process shall be turned on or off by a software switch,to allow tuning to be stopped after the system has been trained.Warm-up Mode shall start based on the zone with the longest calculated warm-up time requirement,but no earlier than 3 hours Note: .ay F.C SUMP PUMP 1. Where shown on drawings or scheduled. Q" f WAS,. � before the start of the scheduled occupied period,and shall end at the scheduled Occupied start SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:ALARM ANNUNCIATION O o \J. hour. p p p ALARM OUTPUT r 'c- C C. Cool-Down Mode: For each zone,the EMCS shall calculate the required cool-down time based A. GENERAL: TERMINAL Run Conditions-Scheduled: �) C on the zone's occupied cooling setpoint,the current zone temperature,the outdoor air 1. THE DDC SYSTEM GENERATE AN ALARM AND SEND The exhausUrelief/osa dampers shall open/close according to a user definable time schedule in conjunction % rc temperature, and a mass/capacity factor for each zone.[Zones where the window switch EMAIL/NOTIFICATION AND INITIATE PHONE CALL TO with each HVAC system served by exhausUrelief/osa damper. Dampers shall not open unless a single HVAC �3. 9 455w o 41 indicates that a window is open shall be ignored.]The mass factor shall be manually EMERGENCY PHONE LINE(COORDINATE PHONE NUMBER unit within the same zone is proved operating. If damper end switch is not made within 1 min(adj.)of opening, -lr Fctsrf':1 adjusted or self-tuned by the EMCS.If automatic,the tuning process shall be turned on or off by WITH OWNER)UPON DETECTION OF ANY OF THE TO ALARM MONITORING associated HVAC unit shall turn off and an alarm shall be sent. ON EN a software switch,to allow tuning to be stopped after the system has been trained. Cool-down FOLLOWING ALARMS. DDC COMPANY AND ON-CALL Occupied Mode: 10-1 Mode shall start based on the zone with the longest calculated cool-down time requirement,but a. TEMPERATURE IN WALK-INS RISING ABOVE ALARM MAINTENANCE Exhaust damper shall be 100%open when exhaust equipment is running Fan shall not run if damper no earlier than 3 hours before the start of the scheduled occupied period,and shall end at the SETPOINT AS DESCRIBED IN 6/M1007. is closed. Exhaust dampers shall be two position. -• • • scheduled Occupied start hour. b. ANY AIR HANDLING FREEZESTAT TRIP. OSA/Relief dampers shall be 100%open when associated systems are in occupied mode and D. Setback Mode: During Unoccupied Mode,if any 5 zones(or all zones,if fewer than 5)in the C. ELEVATOR SUMP PUMP ALARM Zone Group fall below their unoccupied heating setpoints,the Zone Group shall enter Setback d. GENERATOR ALARM GENERATOR equipment OSA dampers are open. Arlington Operations Mode until all spaces in the Zone Group are 20F above their unoccupied setpoints. e. ADDITIONAL POINTS AS REQUIRED BY THE OWNER ALARM OUTPUT E. Freeze Protection Setback Mode:During Unoccupied Mode,if any single zone falls below 38°F, DURING COMMISSIONING. COORDINATE WITH TERMINAL Alarms shall be provided as follows: Center the Zone Group shall enter Setback Mode until all zones are above 42'F,and a Level 3 alarm OWNER. Damper is commanded open but it is closed. shall be set. Damper is commanded closed but it is open. F. Setup Mode: During Unoccupied Mode,if any 5 zones(or all zones,if fewer than 5)in the Zone FOR rise above their unoccupied cooling setpoints,the Zone Group shall enter Setup Mode until all spaces in the Zone Group are 2°F below their unoccupied setpoints.[Zones where the window Snohomish Count switch indicates that a window is open shall be ignored.] DALARM ANNUNCIATION D OSA/RELIEF/EXHAUST MOTORIZED DAMPER y G. Unoccupied Mode: When the Zone Group is not in any other mode. M1o.o4 SCALE:NONE M10.04 SCALE:NONE Public Works 0 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS -ZONE GROUPS ��^� 1, AT M10.04 SCALE:NONE CW SERVICE IN CW TO BUILDING 19700 67th Ave NE WATER METER.NOTE 1 DX INDOOR ACUNIT Arlington, WA 98223 WALL MOUNTED UNIT F General Notes: THERMOSTAT.NOTE 1 RETURN AIR � DISCHARGE AIR 1. Provide history for all sensors as noted below and similar to items listed.Contractor shall provide quantity 2 Note: 8 PERMIT SET exterior temperature sensors,quantity 2 exterior carbon dioxide and quantity 1 of each remaining exterior sensor T. Provide water meter at cold water header. AC_ type at each building. 05 02 2025 B Domestic Water Meter: DDC DISPLAY Outside Air Conditions: The controller shall monitor the water meter for water consumption on a continual basis.These values shall THERMOSTAT This drawing is: 1. The controller shall monitor the outside air temperature and humidity and calculate the outside air enthalpy on a be made available to the system at all times. our000R cU UNIT 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. continual basis.These values shall be made available to the system at all times. Outside air shall be averaged 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. w/capability of removing a sensor from calculation/display. Peak Demand History: 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's The controller shall monitor and record the peak(high and low)demand readings from the water meter. CU- written permission for any other use or reproduction. Carbon Dioxide Conditions: These readings shall be recorded on a daily,month-to-date,and year-to-date basis. 8 OUTDOOR UNIT 1. The controller shall monitor the carbon dioxide on a continual basis.These values shall be made available to the CONTROL PANEL PROJECT system at all limes.Carbon Dioxide shall be averaged w/capability of removing a sensor from Usage History: calculation/display. The controller shall monitor and record water meter readings so as to provide a water consumption history. 2023-0rJ3 Usage readings shall be recorded on a daily,month-to-date,and year-to-date basis. Exterior Photocell Conditions: 1. The controller shall monitor the exterior photocell on a continual basis. These values shall be made available to the system at all times. • Outside Air Temperature and Humidity History: DOMESTIC WATER METER ECONOMIZER FAN MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1. The controller shall monitor and record the high and low temperature readings for the outside air and humidity. 5 INC These readings shall be recorded on a hourly,daily,month-to-date,and year-to-date basis. Mi0.04 SCALE:NONE F Carbon Dioxide History: BUILDING AIR EXHAUST 1. The controller shall monitor and record the high and low CO2 readings.These readings shall be recorded on a M hourly,daily,month-to-date,and year-to-date basis. FAN&HEATING COIL FLAT PLATE THRMOSTAT/SENSOR EXHAUST DAMPER Alarms: ROOM SUPPLY 1. Alarms shall be generated as follows: AIR AIR A. Sensor Failure:Sensor reading indicates shorted or disconnected sensor.In the event of a outside air or Note: CO2 sensor failure,the alternate sensors shall be made available to the system without interruption in �--- �/-- 1. Wall mounted unit thermostat furnished with AC unit.Provide all interconnective control wiring for equipment. PROJECT sensor readings. For single sensor failures,a"failure"will be identified under the history. In the event of 8 a photocell failure,lights shall revert to a time of day schedule for turning the lights off. General Note: PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS 1. For IDF/MDF rooms served by both Economizer Fan and AC/CU,the Economizer Fan shall be the first stage of PROJECT MANAGER: I- cooling and shall be used for partial cooling until OAT is greater than setpoint at which time the fan shall shutoff PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH Run Conditions: and the AC/CU shall be commanded to control setpoint. JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A The units shall run in according to a user definable time schedule. DRAWING A Run Conditions-Continuous: The unit shall be enabled continuously,enabling not connected to EMS. AH The controller shall monitor the room temperature and provide signal to the unit heater to heat the space. MECHANICAL Heating setpoint-50'F(adj.)range+or-3°F pAlarms shall be rovided as follows:High Zone Temp:If the zone temperature is greater than 80'F(adj.). TITLE: Alarms shall be provided as follows: Low Zone Temp:If the zone temperature is less than 50`F(adj.). CONTROLS Room Temperature: S EXTERIOR WALL Low Room Temp:If the room temperature is less than 40°F(adj.). • 0 OUTSIDE SENSING r,� ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER r;-\DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM if M70.04 SCALE:NONE M! SCALE:NONE M1o.04 SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.m.ra cu 2 3 4 5 D DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN NOTE EXHAUSTFAN NOTE1 INC N.C. RELIEF AIR EXHAUST AIR 4 � BUILDING AIR TO ROOM -ry < • EXHAUST AIR FLAT PLATE RELIEF AIR H A R G I S DAMPER(DE) THERMOSTAT/ DAMPER(DR) SENSOR.NOTE2 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 Notes: Exhaust Fan: 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz 1. Where shown on drawings or scheduled The exhaust fan shall run anytime the unit is commanded to run,unless shutdown on safeties. 2. For fans that serve IDF/MDF rooms with ACU/CU units the fan shall function as first stage of cooling.Refer to 1/M1007. Exhaust Air Damper(DE)or Relief Air Damper(DA): REGISTRATION The controller shall position the damper(if present)100%open when exhaust fan runs.Provide with Run Conditions-Scheduled: feedback. The unit shall run according to a user definable time schedule in the following _,a F.CA , modes: Fan Status: Of WAS,. The unit shall maintain The controller shall monitor the fan status. r �' C A 80°F(adj.)cooling setpoint m �) C • Control to t1°F of setpoint. Alarms shall be provided as follows: v Fan Failure:Commanded on,but the status is off. 55w Alarms shall be provided as follows: Fan in Hand:Commanded off,but the status is on. "�l 9Fcts Er Peo �20 • Zone Temp:If the zone temperature is greater than the ON ENG cooling setpoint by a user definable amount(adj.)or lower than cooling setpoint by a user definable amount(adj.). EXHAUST FAN -SCHEDULED W/THERMOSTAT Arlington Operations M10.05 SCALE:NONE Center FOR Snohomish County DOMESTIC HOT WATER Public Works SUPPLY TEMPERATURE (DHWST) AT HP WATER ELECTRIC "C�-- -- l DOMESTIC HOT WATER 19700 67th Ave NE HEATER WATER NO HEATER Arlington, WA 98223 WHCU -�COLD WATER NO NOTE1 PERMIT SET B "O --- ^DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRC 05/02/2025 B NO T This drawing is: WATER HEATER WATER HEATER 1.Copyright 2024 Dykeman,Inc. INTERFACE INTERFACE 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's CIRCULATION DOMESTIC HOT WATER written permission for any other use or reproduction. PUMP RE-CIRCULATION PROJECT TEMPERATURE(DHWCT) 2023-053 Notes: Hot Water Supply Temperature Setpoint: 1. Provide for each circulator pump and return line,where plans show more than one circulator. The hot water heater(s)shall maintain a hot water supply temperature setpoint as 2. Quantity of water heaters as shown on drawings and schedules. determined by its own internal controls.Initial setpoint is 120°F. • Hot Water Heater System Run Conditions: Hot Water Temperature Monitorinq: MARK DATE DESCRIPTION The domestic hot water heater system shall be enabled to run when scheduled. The following temperatures shall be monitored: The water heater shall run subject to its own internal safeties and controls. The water heater system Domestic hot water supply temperature(DHWST). (heaters and pumps)shall also be enabled for freeze protection whenever outside air temperature is Domestic hot water re-circulation temperature(DHWCT). less than 35°F(adj.). Alarms shall be provided as follows during occupied hours or when manually turned on. Circulation Pump: Provide 15 min lag time for alarms after system is turned on The circulation pump shall be enabled anytime the hot water heater is enabled and shall have a user High Domestic Hot Water Supply Temp:If greater than 130°F(adj.). definable(adj.)delay on stop,intially set for 10 min.Pump shall run continuously. Low Domestic Hot Water Supply Temp:If less than 105•F(adj.). • Low Re-circulation Water Temp:If less than 130°F(adj.). Alarms shall be provided as follows during occupied hours or when manually turned on.Provide 15 min lag time for alarms after system is turned on: PROJECT • Circulation Pump Failure:Commanded on,but the status is off. • Circulation Pump Running in Hand:Commanded off,but the status is on. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS PROJECT MANAGER: I- PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A DRAWING ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS M10.05 SCALE:NONE MECHANICAL CONTROLS 1 2 3 4 5 azirzozs z.ra.za cra 2 3 4 5 D ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN DYKEMAN H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seettle,wa 98101 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 • hargis.biz SINGLE DUCT PRIMARY REGISTRATION AIR VAV DAMPER ZONE CONTROL 1. Setpoints F A. Each zone shall have separate occupied and unoccupied heating and cooling setpoints. FROM SUPPLY B. The active set oints shall be determined b the o eratin Mode of the Zone Grou O eratin Modes. of WASH"' P Y P 9 P P 9 HRU F AIR �a. %,� C 1. The setpoints shall be the occupied setpoint during Occupied Mode. q p� C 2. The setpoints shall be unoccupied setpoints during Unoccupied Mode. C. Default set points shall be based on zone type,see M-1003 9 t;,. D. Occupancy sensors.For zones that have an occupancy switch .9E4 i55 P¢o �20 1. When the switch indicates the space has been unpopulated for one minute continuously during the ON LNG Occupied Mode,the active heating setpoint shall be decreased by 2'F and the cooling setpoint shall ••�� be increased by 2°F 2. When the switch indicates that the space has been populated for one minute continuously,the active heating and cooling setpoints shall be restored to their previous values. -• • 2. Design airflow rates shall be as scheduled on plans: NOTE 1_ __ _ NOTE 2__ __ _, - A. w (V Zone maximum airflow,setpoint max) F- SE rOCC NSOR, F- SEN CO2 SOR B. zone minimumairflow flowVmsetpoint(Vllbe Arlington Operations 3. The occupied minimum airflow Vmin'shall be equal to Vmin except as follows: I I I I A. If the zone has an occupancy sensor,Vmin`shall be equal to minimum flowrate per VAV box manufacturer Center when the room is unpopulated. Minimum flowrate shall be increased by balancer to satisfy supply fan VFD I minimum. I B. If the zone has a CO2 sensor L___________J L___________J FOR 1. During Occupied Mode,a P-only loop shall maintain CO2 concentration at 1000 PPM;reset 0%at 800 PPM and 100%at 1,000 PPM of CO2.The loop output from 0 to 50%shall reset the occupied Snohomish County minimum airflow setpoint(Vmin')from the zone minimum airflow setpoint Vmin up to maximum cooling airflow setpoint Vcool-max,as shown below. Public `/t/o rks 2. The loop output from 50%to 100%shall be ignored. NOTE a V V 3. Loop is disabled and output set to zero when the zone is not in Occupied Mode. --------------------------------------� 4. Active maximum and minimum setpoints shall vary depending on the Mode of the Zone Group the zone is a part of: SINGLE DUCT AT I EXHAUST VAV I 19700 67th Ave N E Setpoint Occupied Setback" Unoccupied I EXHAUST Arlington, WA 98223 Increases ventilation v-max o o I AIR I I F I Minimum Vmin' 0 0 ZONE TO HRU 'Zones vAth CO2 sensor can operate at down to 30%of their maximum EXHAUST PERMIT SET airflow range listed in the air handier unit schedule I I I I B 05/02/2025 B 5. Testing/Commissioning Overrides:Provide software points that interlock to a system level point to A. Force zone airflow setpoint to zero This drawing is: B. Force zone airflow setpoint to Vcool-max 1.Cop yright2024 Dykemn,Inc. C. Force zone airflow setpoint to Vmin 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. D. Force damper full closed/open NOTE 3 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's E. Force heating to off/closed written permission for any other use or reproduction. F. Reset request-hours accumulator point to zero(provide one point for each reset type listed below) SINGLE DUCT 6. Alarms RELIEF VAV PROJECT NUMBER: A. Low airflow 1. If the measured airflow,is less than 70%of setpoint for 5 minutes,generate alarm. EXHAUST 2. If the measured airflow is less than 50%of setpoint for 5 minutes,generate alarm. F AIR 2023-053 B. Airflow sensor calibration.If the fan serving the zone has been off for 10 minutes and airflow sensor reading ZONE TO HRU is above 20 CFM,generate alarm. I EXHAUST 7. See Sequence of Operations-General&Zone Groups for additional information. • ZONE GROUP RELIEF DAMPER L______________________________________ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1. Occupied Sequence:Zone Group Relief Damper shall be controlled to meet zone group relief airflow,setpoint when Zone Group is Open Enabled,Zone Group Air Handler Outside Air Damper is Open,Zone Group Air Handler Supply Fan Status is True,and Zone Group Exhaust Damper is Open.Zone exhaust airflow setpoint shall equal: A. Zone Group Supply Airflow-Zone Exhaust Dampers in Zones-300 cfm 2. Un-Occupied Sequence:Zone exhaust damper shall be controlled to meet zone exhaust airflow setpoint when Zone Damper is Open,Zone Group Air Handler Supply Fan Status is True,and Zone Group Exhaust Damper is closed. NOTES: Zone exhaust airflow setpoint shall equal: 1. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR OCC SENSOR AND RELAY PACK LOCATIONS FOR A. Zone Group Supply Airflow CONNECTION TO 230900 SYSTEM. 2. PROVIDE CO2 SENSOR WHERE SCHEDULED AND SHOWN ON HVAC DRAWINGS. ZONE GROUP EXHAUST DAMPER 3. ZONE GROUP RELIEF DAMER SHALL BE EITHER SINGLE DUCT EXHAUST VAV TERMINAL UNIT 1. Occupied Sequence:Zone Group Exhaust Damper shall be controlled to meet Zone Group Exhaust exhaust airflow OR MOTORIZED DAMPER WITH AIRFLOW MEASURING UNIT.SEE PLANS FOR QUANTITIES, PROJECT setpoint when scheduled,Zone Group Air Handler Outside Air Damper is Open,Zone Group Air Handler Supply LOCATIONS,AND EQUIPMENT TYPE THAT SHALL BE PROVIDED. Fan Status is True,and Zone Group Exhaust Damper is Open.Zone exhaust airflow setpoint shall equal: 4. ZONE GROUP EXHAUST DAMPER SHALL BE SINGLE DUCT EXHAUST VAV TERMINAL UNIT.SEE PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS A. Zone Group Exhaust Damper airflow setpoint PLANS FOR QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS.ZONE GROUP ASSIGNMENTS FOR INTERLOCKS PROJECT MANAGER: I- 2. Un-Occupied Sequence:Zone Group Exhaust Damper is closed. BETWEEN EXHAUST AND SUPPLY VAV'S LISTED IN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES. PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A DRAWING 0 MECH -VAV BOX-SINGLE DUCT- NO REHEAT MECHANICAL M1o.o9 SCALE:NONE CONTROLS 1 2 3 4 5 azlrzozs z.ra.za cN 1 2 3 4 5 VRF GSHP D MANUFACTURER CONTOLLER QUANTITY PER PLANS QUANTITY PER PLANS SECTION 230900 SHALL PROVIDE ALL GROUND SOURCE INTERIOR FAN COIL UNIT(VRF) . YKEMAN REQUIRED WIRING HEAT PUMP(GSHP) FOR VRF SYSTEM SECTION 230900 RETURN AIR (( ) DISCHARGE AIR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN REQUIRED WIRING FOR VRF SYSTEM VRF FCU MANUFACTURER CONTOLLER —dykemannet 17 6 West Marine View Drive QUANTITY PER PLANS THERMOSTAT (BY VRF MFR.) • VRF BC MANUFACTURER o H A R G I S CONTOLLER SECTION 230900 SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED WIRING BRANCH FOR VRF SYSTEM SELECTOR(BC) 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 - hargis.biz VRF SYSTEM NOTE 3 REGISTRATION MANAGEMENT PANEL F.Cqy, PACKAGED CONTROL SEQUENCE p`"of w�H�'t`1 ----------------------------------------------------- .. C Variable Refrigerant Flow System Software Points I Run Conditions: Exhaust Fan: v " ��*•' `) C The unit shall run based upon an operator adjustable schedule OR when a specific number(adj.)of The exhaust fan shall fan shall run in occupied modes.The exhaust fan shall not run 9 �X,. Point Name At AG BI SO Sched Trend Alarm Graphic comments I VAV units are commanded on. during unoccupied modes.Provide exhaust fan operation interlock with DE exhaust outlet �l. q 455w ON/OFF X X X X X o O .l� FC/STEPS �2 damper so fan can run only when DE is open. LNG Lock x x x x x Motorized Dampers: ON Filter Sign x x x x x I The heat exchanger operation shall be scheduled/interlocked with the associated supply fan,exhaust Alarms shall be provided as follows: I fan,and motorized dampers.These components shall be interlocked to function as a complete Exhaust Fan Failure:Commanded on,but the status is off. Operation Mode X X X X X I system. I1E-• • • Vane x x x x x I Exhaust Fan Speed Tracking: I Fan Speed x x x x x Damper Descriptions The controller shall measure the duct static pressure sensor and modulate the supply fan I Room Temperature x x x x ; DO:Air handling unit outside air inlet damper.This damper,when open allows outside air to speed to maintain a duct static pressure setpoint.The speed shall not drop below 30% Arlington Operations Error code x x x x be drawn through the externally connected outside air ductwork into the unit OSA filter section (adj.). I and pass through the heat exchanger or through the heat exchanger bypass. I Center Upper set Temp Range x x x x DE:Air handling unit exhaust outlet damper.This damper,when open allows exhaust air to Return Air Temperature: I 9 P P P I VRF SYSTEM Lower Set Temp Range x x x x i pass through the exhaust fan,discharging to the externally connected exhaust air ductwork. The controller shall monitor the return air temperature. FOR BACNET Lock Misc. X X X X X INTERFACE Cooling Set Temp x x x x x Unoccupied: Dampers DO and DE shall be closed and DR shall be open. Fans shall be off. Supply Air Temperature: POINTS The controller shall monitor the supply air temperature. Snohomish County Heating Set Temp x x x x x i Occupied:Dampers DO and DE shall be open.Fans shall be on. Cooling Upper Temp x x x x Exhaust Air Temperature: I Cooling Lower Temp x x x x Heat Wheel Occupied Operation: The controller shall monitor the exhaust air temperature. Public Works Heating Upper Temp x x x x Heat recovery operation shall be enabled when outside air temperature is 5°F(adj.)below Heating Lower Temp x x x x space heating setpoint or 5'F(adj.)above cooling setpoint. AT • Dead band operation shall be enabled when outside air temperatures are between 4"F(adj.) I Deadband x x x less than space heating setpoint and 4°F(adj.)greater than space cooling setpoint.Dampers 230900 Contractor shall provide BACnet interface with graphics for packaged controls 2 Set Auto X X X X X NOTE! DO and DE shall be open and heat wheel shall be disabled. provided with DOAS unit.Map all BACnet read only and read/write points to DDC graphics. 19700 9700 67♦LI I.,I Ave NE Override X x x DOHS unit operational schedules and adjustable points shall be on a graphic, Arlington, WA 98223 Alarms shall be provided as follows: I • Heat Wheel Failure:Commanded on,but the status is off. Ground Source Heat Pump Unit Monitoring Points X X X X x X X NOTE 2 I I Supply Fan PERMIT SET Schedule x I The supply fan shall run anytime the unit is commanded to run,unless shutdown on safeties.To B NOTE 1:PROVIDE MAPPING OF BACNET ALARM CODE NUMBERS TO DDC.COORDINATE EXACT ALARMS TO BE DISPLAYED ON GRAPHICS WITH OWNER. I prevent short cycling,the supply fan shall have a user definable(adj.)minimum runtime.Provide 05/02/2025I B NOTE 2:PROVIDE MAPPING OF BACNET MONITORING POINTS TO DDC.COORDINATE EXACT MONITORING TO BE DISPLAYED ON GRAPHICS WITH OWNER. supply fan operation interlock with DO damper so fan can run when DO is open. NOTE 3:NETWORK WIRING/CABLING FROM VRF BACNET INTERFACE TO SECTION 230900 CONTROLLER. This drawing i5: Alarms shall be provided as follows: Supply Fan Failure:Commanded on,but the status is off. 1.Copyright 2024 Dykem Inc. I 2.The Architect's Instrumee n,nt of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's Run Conditions-Scheduled: Interior FCU Unit: Supply Air Duct Static Pressure Control: written permission for any other use or reproduction. The VRF system shall run according to a user definable time schedule or The controller shall measure the space temperature and modulate the I The controller shall measure the duct static pressure sensor and modulate the supply fan speed to upon occupied override of any zone sensor 1 hour(adj.)in the following cooling\heating to maintain its cooling\heating setpoint.To prevent maintain a duct static pressure setpoint.The speed shall not drop below 30%(adj.). PROJECT modes: short cycling,there shall be a user definable(adj.)minimum runtime. Occupied Mode:The unit shall maintain L_______________________________________________________� A 74"F(adj.)cooling setpoint The cooling shall be enabled whenever: 2023-053 A 71°F(adj.)heating setpoint. Outside air temperature is greater than 60°F(adj.). Unoccupied Mode(night setback):The unit shall maintain AND the zone temperature is above cooling setpoint. A 85"F(adj.)cooling setpoint. AND the supply fan status is on. DOAS UNIT_W/PACKAGED CONTROLS • A 60°F(adj.)heating setpoint. AND the heating(if present)is not active. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION Alarms shall be provided as follows for each fan coil unit zone: The heating shall be enabled whenever: EXHAUST FAN High Zone Temp:If the zone temperature is greater than the Outside air temperature is less than 65°F(adj.). I EXHAUST AIR coolingsetpoint b a user definable amount ad'.. AND the zone temperature is below heating setpoint. EXHAUST AIR DUCT PRESSURE P Y (adj.). P 9 P DAMPER(DE) VFD TEMPERATURE Low Zone Temp:If the zone temperature is less than the heating � AND the fan is on. I SENSOR I setpoint by a user definable amount(adj.). AND the cooling is not active. SENSOR I I Zone Setpoint Adiust: Fan and Compressor Status: N.C. IT T H L I The occupant shall be able to adjust the zone temperature heating and The controller shall monitor the fan status and compressor status. EF cooling selpoints at the zone sensor by 3°F(adj.)(controlled by DDC). EXHAUST ® RETURN I Deadband Mode: AIR �-J` AIR Zone Optimal Start: The zone shall go into unoccupied mode with fan/heating/cooling off The unit shall use an optimal start algorithm for morning start-up.This while space temperature is within the deadband. OUTSIDE AIR ENERGY SUPPLY FAN DUCT PRESSURE PROJECT algorithm shall minimize the unoccupied warm-up or cool-down period DAMPER(DO) RECOVERY SUPPLY AIR SENSOR while still achieving comfort conditions by the start of scheduled Operable W indow/Wall/Door Mode: WHEEL SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS TEMPERATURE PROJECT MANAGER: I- occupied period. Refer to sequence"Thermal Zones"on sheet M10.03. SENSOR 3 DUCT SENSOR N.C. T DIAMETERS T H L PROJECT ARCHITECT:I TH Zone Unoccupied Override: Occupancy/CO2 Sensors: SUPPLY i JOB CAPTAIN: DF,KG A A timed local override control shall allow an occupant to override the Refer to sequence"Thermal Zones"on sheet M10.03. OUTSIDE 4_- �`" AIR I A schedule and place the unit into an occupied mode for an adjustable AIR I • period of time.At the expiration of this time,control of the unit shall Load Management I automatically return to the schedule. -Cooling setpoint shall gradually increase over a minimum of three hours by 3"F when outside air temperature exceeds 86°F. MECHANICAL -Heating setpoint shall gradually decrease over a minimum of three V CONTROLS hours by 3"F when outside air temperature is less than 24"F. WATER COOLED VRF SYSTEM, GROUND SOURCE HEAT PUMP (2)UNITS (GSHP)AND INTERIOR FAN COIL UNITS (VRF) 2 MECH -AIR HANDLER - MULTIZONE DOAS -W/ HEAT WHEEL M10.07 SCALE:1/8"=V-0" M10.07 SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 aztrzozs z.ta.za cu 2 3 4 5 , D s �3„ W"WS CWS DYKEMAN 3„ 10 cns-o1 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 1 1/2" 2"F VALVE WITH L/FLUSH -tjHOSE THREAD END AND CAP 3 ✓ CONDENSER CWS CWS WATER EXITING 6„ CWS TEMP(CW EXT) N.C. CWR� • SUPPLY CONDENSER CW WATER FLOW(FMS2)� N.O. g g N O CWS H R G I S / \ PRESSURE 1z SENSOR(MUP) 1„ 6 CWS CWS CWWS W /w\ � 3^ WELL FIELD CONDENSER 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 5 WATER FLOW(FMS3) 3 3 3 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz s CONDENSER C 1 15 VFD PANELS WATER SUPPLY 14 15 (TYP OF 2) 46°F TEMP(CWST) REGISTRATION 1"CW 1„ 1e 6" 6" 4 a U NC c --- - ---- ---� 2-1/2" C C MAKE UP WATER 5 1a 1s >1 a ———— ——— { ) 1 r— 1 1 r C�, �feA• METER(MWM) CONDENSERWATER - �� J L -ir 9Fcls t:,•aE°G�2`' WELL FIELD RETURN 1"CW 15 [ ) TEMP ZONE 1 I M1o.os a/•ems 13 CET-01 [ [ (CW W RTi) Y'•'- [ VFD I VFD I —O I HP-02 HP-01 z "• • • 17 [ z z 1"CWR(TYP) M,o.os TYP 11 I s ' P1 I I P2 I 1"CWS(TYP) ArlingtonOperations L— -----------J MECHANICAL ROOM Center CWP-01 CWP-02 NUMBER OF ZONES 3.SEE BELOW GRADE 2 L --- J L —J PIPING FOUNDATION PLAN CONDENSER 3 CONDENSER 3 ON M1.11 FOR WATER PUMP WATER PUMP 1(CWP1) M-1005 2(CWP2) M-,00s Snohomish County Public Works Condenser Water(CW)System Sequence of Operation FLAG NOTES: AT Overview 19700 67th Ave N E The Condenser Water System consists of two variable speed pumps and a ground AUTOMATIC AIR VENT&MANUAL AIR VENT VALVE BYPASS. 1s SITE FLOW INDICATOR. coupled heat exchanger.It serves the water cooled VRF heat pumps(water to DX).. Arlington, W A 98223 The CW pump speed will be controlled by the pump intergrated drive internal logic to 4"CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD WITH CHAMFERED EDGES. 1s Y-STRAINER WITH BLOWDOWN VALVE AND HOSE THREAD END CAP. provide constant pressure.Pump drive will be[rovided with BACnet connection for CHARGE ET TO PROVIDE 4 PSI AT THE TOP OF THE SYSTEM. zo REMOTE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSORS(TYP). SEE HYDRONIC monitoring and integration.Pump Start/Stop will be controlled by the VRF heat pumps. PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. PERMIT SET AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL VALVE,12 GPM. z1 HEAT PUMP HEADER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR. B Scheduling 05/02/2025 B None.Directly controlled by VRF heat pumps. � PROVIDE VALVE FOR ET CHARGE VERIFICATION.OPEN AND REMOVE HANDLE AFTER VERIFICATION. 22 PROVIDE(1)HOSE KIT TO SERVE BOTH WATER HEATERS.TOTAL This drawing is: Pump Start/Stop FLOW SHALL BE 100 GPM.PROVIDE AUTOMATIC FLOW LIMITING Cop right 2024 Dykeman,Inc. 1. y The CW Pumps shall be commanded to run via direct signal from the VRF heat pump BYPASS VALVE.NORMALLY CLOSED. DEVICE(SIZE AT 50 GPM),ISOLATION VALVES,UNIONS,AND FLEX INLET PIPE DISCHARGE PIPE 1 The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. control board contacts.Provide wiring from VRF heat pumps to CW Pump integrated CONNECTORS FOR EACH WATER HEATER;SEE DETAIL 3/M-903. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's drive,and relays in parallel to allow either VRF heat pump to start/stop the pumps. DRAIN VALVE W/CAPPED HOSE THREADED OUTLET. CLEARANCE written permission for any other use or reproduction. SUPPORT PIPING FOR MOTOR Pump Speed Control 6"CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD WITH CHAMFERED EDGES. SEPARATELY REMOVAL PROJECT Directly controlled by CW Pump integrated drive internal logic to provide constant NOTES: FROM FLOOR OR NUMBER: pressure. ROUTE FULL SIZE COPPER TUBING TO FLOOR DRAIN.FUNNEL 1. PROVIDE A MOTORIZED VALVE AS INDICATED IN STRUCTURE FLOOR DRAIN OR FLOOR SINK. SCHEDULES.UNITS WITHOUT MOTORIZED VALVES SHALL ABOVE(TYP) LIFTING LUG 2023-053 Make-up(Fill)Svstem Pressure Alarms BE PROVIDED WITH GRISWOLD FLOW CONTROL ONLY. The make-up water system uses a water meter(MWM)and a pressure sensor(MUP) ,o PR RELIEF VALVE. 75 PSI RELIEF PRESSURE,120°RELIEF TEMP. ISOLATION VALVE for monitoring and alarming of potential leaks.The system shall be normally operated - • with the manual valve closed.This is done to prevent Flooding form a catastrophic failure ,1 BLOWDOWN. 3/4"BALL VALVE WITH CAPPED HOSE THREAD (TYP),REFER TO and to improve the ability to detect minor leaks over time.Trending of the system fill FITTING OUTLET. SPEC FOR TYPE ` MARK DATE DESCRIPTION pressure shall be used to raise the following alarms: CHECK VALVE, 1. Critical Alarm-If the fill pressure falls by more than 2 PSI within 10 seconds, iz Y STRAINER WITH BLOWDOWN VALVE. REFER TO SPEC registers over 3 gpm for 5 minutes,or falls below the minimum fill pressure set FOR TYPE point(initially set to 30 PSI,to be confirmed following TAB),the HW and CW ,a REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER. MOUNT IN EASILY PRESSURE pumps shall be commanded off and a critical alarm shall be raised at the ACCESSIBLE LOCATION 5'-0"AFF MAX HEIGHT ON WALL. GAUGE FLUSH LINE Operator Workstation. FLEX CONNECTION 2. Maintenance Alarm-If trending of the fill pressure indicates a steady decrease iq PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE,SET FOR 25 PSI.PIPE TO FLOOR T/P NEEDLE VALVE(TYP) in pressure over the period of one week(more than 5%decrease from reading (TYP),REFER TO at one week prior),a maintenance alarm indicating that a potential leak is SINK OR FLOOR DRAIN. SPEC CONNECT TO present shall be raised at the Operator Workstation. ,5 PRESSURE GAUGE. RANGE 0-100 PSI. TAPPING ON PUMP SUCTION PUMP Monitoring/Alarming: DIFFUSER BODY(TYP) PROJECT 1. Differential pressure sensor. 15 FILL FUNNEL FOR CHEMICAL FEEDER. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PS 2. Condenser water supply and eturnempertur temperature:sdisable heat rompumps if ,7 CHEMICAL FILTER/FEEDER WITH INTEGRAL SUPPORT LEGS. r------ T/P PROJECT MANAGER: I- condenser water well supply/return temperature rises+5°F from setpoint(high (TYP)) PROJECT ARCHITECT: TH temp alarm)and-5°F from setpoint(low temp alarm). CLEARANCE STANCHION PLATE FOR DIFFUSER t 3. Send alarm if heat pump is scheduled on but status is off and vice versa. 4"HOUSEKEEPING JOB CAPTAIN: I DF,KG A REMOVAL PAD. SIZE TO BE 4" DRAWING A L______� DRAIN CONNECTION. CLEAR OF PUMP AND PIPE INDIRECT TO PIPING ON ALL SIDES DRAIN MECHANICAL NEOPRENE ° Cia a FLOOR CONTROLS ISOLATION PAD(TYP) WATER COOLED VRF HEAT PUMP, VARIABLE SPEED PUMPS, •' CONDENSER WATER SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM AND CONTROL (2)SEQUENCE r2-\DETAIL -VERTICAL INLINE PUMP INSTALLATION if ELAIM M70.08 SCALE:NO SCALE M1 a.08 SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 azlrzozs z.m.zl cu 2 3 4 5 D DRAWING INDEX E0.01 ELECTRICAL DRAWING INDEX E0.02 ELECTRICAL LEGEND . E0.03 ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL NOTES YKEMAN E0.04 TELECOM AND LOW-VOLTAGE ROUGH-IN SCHEDULES E0.05 LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN E0.06 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ED1.01 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION SITE PLAN E1.01 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN E1.02 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN E2.11 LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL E2.11a LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL E2.21 LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVELCONSULTANT: E2.21a LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL E3.11 POWER FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL E3.21 POWER FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL H A R G I S E3.31 POWER FLOOR PLAN-ROOF E4.11 MECHANICAL POWER FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL E4.21 MECHANICAL POWER FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 E5.11 LOW-VOLTAGE FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL 206.448.3376 206.448.4450 hargis.biz E5.21 LOW-VOLTAGE FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL E6.11 TELECOM FLOOR PLAN-LOWER LEVEL E6.21 TELECOM FLOOR PLAN-UPPER LEVEL • E7.01 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E7.02 ELECTRICAL DETAILS VA E7.03 ELECTRICAL DETAILS OQ'S. WA yj E7.04 ELECTRICAL DETAILS C E7.05 ELECTRICAL DETAILS A V x`< C E7.06 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E7.07 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E7.08 ELECTRICAL DETAILS ��'ty0NAL0�6 E7.10 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN 04/19/2025 E7.11 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN E7.12 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: E7.13 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN E7.14 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN E7.15 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN Arlington Operations E8.01 TELECOM ENLARGED PLANS Center E8.02 TELECOM DETAILS E8.03 TELECOM DETAILS FOR E8.04 TELECOM DETAILS E8.05 TELECOM DETAILS E8.06 TELECOM DETAILS Snohomish County E9.01 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM-BUILDING E9.02 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM-EV CHARGERS Public Works E9.03 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM-PV SYSTEM E10.01 PANEL SCHEDULES AT E10.02 PANEL SCHEDULES E10.03 PANEL SCHEDULES 19700 67th Ave NE E10.04 PANEL SCHEDULES Arlington, WA 98223 E10.05 PANEL SCHEDULES PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architects written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A A ELECTRICAL DRAWING INDEX 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 14 5 GENERAL POWER ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEM TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM WP1 AUDIO VISUAL INPUT PLATE,WALL-MOUNTED TELECOMMUNICATIONS DEVICE D EXISTING ELECTRICAL TO BE REMOVED ® SWITCHBOARD/SWITCHGEAR -__- EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE ❑F QT DEVICE SUBSCRIPTS(TYPICAL ALL SYSTEMS) �nv �0 HDMI&AUDIO TX) I(X=REPRESENTS THE#OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS MODULES) / 42' X (2=HDMI&AUDIO RX) fLfGl/,/-I(W=TELECOMMUNICATIONS WALL PHONE MTD AT+48"AFF) EXISTING ELECTRICAL TO REMAIN PANELBOARD,FLUSH-MOUNTED BUS �wP,WG OR OTHER SUBSCRIPT) (B=BLANK COVER PLATE) (NON-STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHT) CPX`-CONTROL PANEL,WALL-MOUNTED y (F=MODULARFURNITUREDEVICE) (X=DENOTES SCREEN SIZE) \ (AC=ABOVE COUNTER DEVICE) NEW ELECTRICAL WORK PANELBOARD,SURFACE-MOUNTED WIRE FFACP1 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL IS=SURFACE MOUNT) DYKEMAN (WAP=WALL-MOUNTED WIRELESS ACCESS POINT DATA DEVICE) 0 SPEAKER,CEILING-MOUNTED (FRONT) FAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL X P ABOVE CEILING TELECOMMUNICATIONS DEVICE --MATCHLINE OR PROPERTY LINE �-TRANSFORMER TERMINAL I LUG �(P=PENDANT-MOUNTED) r11,` �(X REPRESENTS THE#OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS MODULES) ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN NAC NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT L _I (WAP=WIRELESS ACCESS DEVICE) --ENLARGED PLAN BOUNDARY .Ck MOTOR CONNECTION t CONNECTION FPD FLAT PANEL DISPLAY,WALL-MOUNTED (SV=SECURITY VIDEO CAMERA) 0 SPEAKER/STROBE COMBINATION,WALL-MOUNTED pe AV RACK JUNCTION BOX,WALL-MOUNTED �J FIRE RESISTANT 3/4"PLYWOOD BACKBOARD - 1 � DISCONNECT SWITCH,NON-FUSED DELTA AV E1.01 DETAILIPLAN IDENTIFIER DISCONNECT SWITCH,FUSED WYE SPEAKER/STROBE COMBINATION,CEILING-MOUNTED AUDIO VISUAL ONE-LINE ® TWO-POST EQUIPMENT RACK `�y 1 STROBE ONLY,WALL-MOUNTED a 3.65"DOUBLE-SIDED VERTICAL MANAGEMENTCONSULTANT: SECTION IDENTIFIER '® ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER /.n/� POW ER TRANSFORMER DIGITAL AUDIO VIDEO SIGNAL E1.01 STROBE ONLY,CEILING-MOUNTED 6"DOUBLE-SIDED VERTICAL MANAGEMENT VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCEY DRIVE � CURRENT TRANSFORMER ---- ANALOG AUDIO SIGNAL 11(; H /� R G I S 1 ELEVATION IDENTIFIER __ 12"DOUBLE-SIDED VERTICAL MANAGEMENT E1.o1 � BEAM SMOKE DETECTOR-TRANSMITTER $M MANUAL MOTOR STARTER WITH THERMAL OVERLOADS �q\ p� ---- CONTROL SIGNAL/POWER I \/ I TRANSFERSWITCH BEAM SMOKE DETECTOR-RECEIVER ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 (C'�D REVISION DEFINITION AREA,AREA '® COMBINATION STARTER/DISCONNECT b 1ti LINE INTERSECTION MARK 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz _'`.�/" ENCIRCLED CONTAINS CHANGES MADE L__ I SUBSEQUENT TO PREVIOUS ISSUE ® EQUIPMENT CONNECTION.CONFIRM CONNECTION WITH (l CIRCUIT BREAKER,FIXED ❑F MANUAL PULL STATION EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER o- PARALLEL AUDIO CONNECTION ACP ACCESS CONTROL PANEL Q SMOKE DETECTOR ICI CREDENTIAL/CARD READER • Q REVISION CALLOUT pFB FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER OA O ON PAGE DESTINATION ZIej- R=CARD READER,WALL-MOUNTED) R I(CR/P=CARD READER W/PIN,WALL-MOUNTED) C COMBINATION CARBON MONOXIDE/SMOKE DETECTOR � (CRIM=CARD READER,MULLION-MOUNTED) FLAG NOTE CALLOUT 0 PUSHBUTTON CONTROLLER -� DISCONNECT SWITCH O INPUT/OUTPUT PLATE �S DOOR POSITION SWITCH S'WA V o ® (SINGLE OR MULTIPLE BUTTONS) (DEVICE ID) p 01 Sy�H FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER (CONNECTOR TYPES) s C O EQUIPMENT TAG = EMERGENCY POWER OFF PUSHBUTTON -�� FUSED SWITCH F/s TITLEI DE DOOR ENTRY STATION,WALL-MOUNTED Q < i j C HEAT DETECTOR TIT�az EQUIPMENT BLOCK � AHU-01 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TAG ® FUSE © (EQUIPMENT TYPE&MODEL NO.) MS DOOR MASTER STATION,DESK TOP 'y zollllbb W� RECEPTACLES y)\ ® MAGNETIC DOOR HOLD OPEN DEVICE (INPUT/OUTPUTS) SECURITY BUTTONS/SWITCH,WALL-MOUNTED �FJJfc/STEa�V�2� t!� FUSED CUTOUTS -, (AO=AUTO OPERATOR) OVALS P1A 22 (DR=DOOR RELEASE) 04/19/2025 LIGHTING © FLOW SWITCH SIGNAL FLOW (LD=LOCKDOWN) DEVICE SUBSCRIPTS GF CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH GROUND FAULT PROTECTION (KS=KEYED SWITCH) A +12" GF (CIRCUIT NUMBER) (PB=PANIC/DURESS) ��(CR,D,EM,GB,GF,IG,SB,TP,USB,WP OR OTHER SUBSCRIPT) O TAMPER SWITCH EQUIPMENT CONNECTION,PRE-TERM PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: �p \_DEVICE SUBSCRIPTS (NON-STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHT OR AC) ST CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH SHUNT TRIP OPERATOR ® REQUEST TO EXIT,INTEGRAL MICRO SWITCH LA,12 a``(LIGHT FIXTURETYPE) PRESSURE SWITCH EQUIPMENT CONNECTION,FIELD TERM Arlington Operations `�(C CIRCUIT NUMBER) SPECIAL RECEPTACLE OK -� CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH KIRK KEY EL\ DOOR HARDWARE POWER SUPPLY(DIV 08) `-y(E =ELECTRIFIED L /EXIT DEVICE) Center �o DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GF FUSED SWITCH WITH GROUND FAULT PROTECTION ® RELAY ANTENNA CONNECTION IC ES ELECTRIFIED STRIKE)TRIKE) (ML=ELECTRIFIED MAGNETIC LOCK) LIGHTING FIXTURES @-— (MH=ELECTRIFIED MAGNETIC HOLD OPEN) (REFER TO LIGHTING FIXTURES SCHEDULE FOURPLEX RECEPTACLE DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FOR FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION) 10"EXTERIOR BELL-WEATHERPROOF INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM Snohomish County ak❑ SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE /� MOTOR CONNECTION F_o_j STRIP LIGHTING FIXTURE �qj ❑F KNOX BOX Public Works CORD DROP RECEPTACLE /G�/ GENERATOR IDP INTRUSION DETECTION PANEL WALL-MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURE METERING DEVICE SECURITY VIDEO SYSTEM AT a F{] RETRACTABLE CORD REEL RECEPTACLE (M=METER) -0SK KEYPAD,WALL-MOUNTED (WH=WATT HOUR METER) C (A=AMMETER) CAMERA,CEILING-MOUNTED 19700 67th Ave N E (V=VOLTMETER) {�}► FIR MOTION DETECTOR,WALL-MOUNTED m RACEWAY AND BOXES CAMERA,WALL-MOUNTED Arlington, WA98223 ST SHUNT TRIP DOOR POSITION SWITCH EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURE CAMERA, O CAMERA,WALL-MOUNTED W/BRACKET JUNCTION BOX • ■ R 0 GF GROUND FAULT PROTECTION fl_1�11 0=180DEGREEVIEWCAMERA) FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION) 60(REFE TO LIGHTING FIXTURES SCHED =WO DEGREE VIEW CAMERA PERMIT SET B (Z)F FURNITURE WALL FEED OUTLET BOX EPM ELECTRONIC POWER METER 360 DEGREE CAMERA,CEILING-MOUNTED 05/02/2025 B 1111111-10 p8 PULL BOX SPD SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE This drawing is: xX (WHERE INDICATED,SUBSCRIPT INDICATES PULL BOX NUMBER) BM SECURITY MONITOR,WALL-MOUNTED 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 13* POLE-MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURE, � 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. QUANTITY A HEADS AS INDICATED HH H HERE IN E = GROUND a (WHERE INDICATED,SUBSCRIPT INDICATES HANDHOLE NUMBER) - 3.For use on this project Only.Obtain Architects DOUBLE HEAD,POLE-MOUNTED,LIGHTING AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT written permission for any other use or reproduction. 000 FIXTURE VAULT 12,241 ❑ (SYMMETRICAL)TAG XX (WHERE INDICATED,SUBSCRIPT INDICATES VAULT TYPE) PROJECT R-V-V-s+ LIGHTING TRACK WITH FIXTURES FLOORBOX (WHERE INDICATED,SUBSCRIPT INDICATES FLOOR 225 FEEDER TAG SELF-CONTAINED BATTERY-POWERED ®A Box TYPE) 2023-053 EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURE O POKE-THRU(WHERE INDICATED,SUBSCRIPT INDICATES FLOOR 'A® EXIT SIGN,UNIVERSAL MOUNTING POKE-THRU TYPE) F_� (SHADED AREA INDICATES DIRECTION ARROWS) NZ POWER POLE,FLOOR TO CEILING PAD-MOUNTED TRANSFORMER - • EXIT SIGN,WALL-MOUNTED x (SHADED AREA INDICATES DIRECTION ARROWS) MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SURFACE METAL RACEWAY LIGHTING CONTROL 1 RACEWAY CONCEALED IN-WALL OR IN-CEILING I�°-//vvtt�� I $ SWITCH,AS DEFINED BY SUBSCRIPT (EXPOSED IN UNFINISHED AREAS) I 6 uY TRANSFORMER #=SWITCH LOCATED WITHIN THE SPACE IT IS jr-�-`2W CONTROLLING - - - RACEWAY RUN BELOW FLOOR OR BELOW GRADE L =SWITCH LOCATED REMOTE FROM THE SPACE IT IS CONTROLLING MW=LINE VOLTAGE THREE-WAYOR FOUR-WAY 1/�r FLEXIBLE RACEWAY T? OSD=OCCUPANCY OR VACANCY SENSOR WITH DIMMER PANELBOARD-MAIN LUGS ONLY OS=OCCUPANCY SENSOR OR VACANCY SENSOR RACEWAY(CIRCLE DENOTES VERTICAL TRANSITION) K=KEYED LH=LIGHTED HANDLE P=PILOTLIGHT T=TIMER PROJECT SEE SWITCH SCHEDULE FORADDITIONAL RACEWAY CONTINUATION INFORMATION. �QQQ PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: BMI REFER TO LIGHTING ZONE CONTROL PLAN PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV FOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR OR VACANCY ] RACEWAY STUB WITH BUSHINGS SENSOR REQUIREMENTS. PANELBOARD-MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- OCCUPANCY SENSOR,CEILING-MOUNTED [] RACEWAY SLEEVE WITH BUSHINGS JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A ® WHERE INDICATED,SUBSCRIPT INDICATES A X TYPE FIRE STOPPING SLEEVE GROUNDING - OCCUPANCY SENSOR,WALL-MOUNTED EEE r-� CABLE TRAY,12"W x 4"H OVERHEAD,UNLESS ---G- GROUNDING CONDUCTOR © PHOTOSENSOR OTHERWISE NOTED ELECTRICAL LEGEND 1 = CABLE TRAY,OVERHEAD LADDER TYPE I� GROUNDING ROD LIGHTING CONTROL TAG _ X-X HOMERUN TO PANEL oD GROUNDING BUSBAR •-" 10 FC LIGHT LEVEL SET POINT TAG HA- (INDICATES PANEL DESIGNATION AND CIRCUIT NUMBER) EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONNECTION LCP LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL # - ��(GAUGE OF WIRE OTHER THAN AWG#12) RC ROOM CONTROLLER NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS GROUNDING STRAP (GROUND CONDUCTOR) in (PHASE CONDUCTORS) (NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR) 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 GENERAL NOTES ABBREVIATIONS NON-STRUCTURAL ELECTRICAL COMPONENT NOTES D 1. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH 14. LOCATIONS OF RACEWAY,PATHWAY AND SIMILAR A AMPERE J JUNCTION TTB TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD 1. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE TAKEN DIRECTLY FROM THE APPLICABLE NATIONAL AND STATE CODES AS ITEMS ARE SHOWN SCHEMATICALLY. COORDINATE AC AIR CONDITIONING;ALTERNATING CURRENT, TV TELEVISION 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AND FROM THE AMENDED LOCALLY AND ENFORCED BY THE AHJ. INSTALLATION,INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ABOVE COUNTER K KIRK KEY TVSS TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS(ASCE)STANDARD CABLING,TELECOMMUNICATION PATHWAYS AND AF AMP FUSE;AMP FRAME KCMIL THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS TYP TYPICAL 7.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE ABOVE FOR 2. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR PERMITS REQUIRED FOR SPACES,AND EXACT LOCATION OF HORIZONTAL AFC AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT kVA KILOVOLT AMPERE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION,EXCEPTIONS,AND FURTHER DYKEMANINSTALLATION OF WORK.ARRANGE AND SCHEDULE AND BACKBONE CABLING WITH LOCATIONS OF AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR DESCRIPTIONS.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE TO REQUIRED INSPECTIONS. FIXED CASEWORK AND BUILDING CONDITIONS KVAR KILOVOLT AMPERE REACTIVE UG UNDERGROUND REQUIREMENTS AND AS SUCH,SHALL BE INCLUDED WITHIN AFFECTING THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT. AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE kW KILOWATT UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES BID.ALSO REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 3. COORDINATE WITH UTILITY COMPANIES AHJ AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION LION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED FURNISHING SERVICES TO PROJECT.INSTALLATION 15. COORDINATE TELECOMMUNICATIONS WORK WITH AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT LAN LOCAL AREA NETWORK UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY 2. 2021 IBC,1613.1,SCOPE:ARCHITECTURAL,MECHANICAL, OF UTILITY SERVICES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE THAT OF OTHER TRADES. REFER TO ELECTRICAL, AIC AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY LCP LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL USB UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS ELECTRICAL,AND NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS THAT _ WITH UTILITY REQUIREMENTS.VERIFY APPLICABLE MECHANICAL,ARCHITECTURAL,STRUCTURAL, AL ALUMINUM LEC LOCAL EXCHANGE CARRIER UTP UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR ARE PERMANENTLY ATTACHED TO STRUCTURES AND THEIR INSTALLATION STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS. CIVIL,AND LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS AND ANSI AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE SUPPORTS AND ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND PROVIDE AND SUBMIT ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS TO SPECIFICATIONS. COORDINATION SHALL OCCUR LT LIGHT UV UNIT VENTILATOR CONSTRUCTED TO RESIST THE EFFECTS OF EARTHQUAKE UTILITY FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN AND PRIOR TO FABRICATION,PURCHASE,AND AS AMP SWITCH LTG LIGHTING MOTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASCE 7,EXCLUDING PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. INSTALLATION OF WORK. AT AMP TRIP V VOLTS CHAPTER 14 AND APPENDIX 11A. CONSULTANT: ATM ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE M METER VA VOLT AMPERES 4. DEVICE LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. 16. NEW CABLING INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MAN METROPOLITAN AREA NETWORK VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE 3. ASCE 7 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY: COORDINATE DEVICE LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS CONCEALED IN WALL,CEILINGS,AND BELOW AV AUDIO VISUAL THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE H A R G I S WITH APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING RAISED FLOOR SPACES UNLESS OTHERWISE MAX MAXIMUM CONSTRUCTION OF A SEISMIC-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM, CASEWORK SHOP DRAWINGS AND ARCHITECT'S NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. CABLING IN AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE MC MAIN CROSS CONNECT;METAL CLAD(CABLE) W WASTE,WATT,WIDE,WATER DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM,OR COMPONENT LISTED IN INTERIOR ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACES SHALL BE INSTALLED MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER W/ WITH THE QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN AND SHALL SUBMIT A AS OPEN CABLING NEAR STRUCTURES AND WALLS BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER W/O WITHOUT WRITTEN CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 5. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL WORK WITH THAT OF OR AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON DRAWINGS. SEE BATT BATTERIES MDF MAIN DISTRIBUTION FRAME WA WORKSTATION AREA TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND TO THE 306.448.33J6 206.448.4450 hargis.biz OTHER TRADES.REFER T MECHANICAL, SPECIFICATIONS FOR SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS. BIL BASIC IMPULSE INSULATION LEVEL MDP MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL WAN WIDE AREA NETWORK OWNER PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK ON THE ARCHITECTURAL,STRUCTURAL,CIVIL,AND BKBD BACKBOARD SYSTEM OR COMPONENT.THE CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 17. PROVIDE FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS FOR CONDUIT MFR MANUFACTURER WG WIRE GUARD OF RESPONSIBILITY SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: COORDINATION SHALL OCCUR PRIOR TO AND RACEWAY SYSTEMS AT PENETRATIONS, BKR BREAKER MH MANHOLE WH WATT HOUR METER • FABRICATION,PURCHASE,AND INSTALLATION OF SLEEVES AND SLOTS OF FIRE RATED BLDG BUILDING MIN MINIMUM WP WEATHERPROOF A. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF AWARENESS OF THE WORK. CONSTRUCTION FOR HORIZONTAL AND MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED IN THE INTRABUILDING PATHWAYS AND SPACES. QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN' V C CONDUIT;DEGREES CELCIUS MPOE MAIN POINT OF ENTRY XFMR TRANSFORMER �S'wq NOF 6. COORDINATE LOCATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND B. ACKNOWLEDGMENT THAT CONTROL WILL BE CEILING-MOUNTED DEVICES WITH ARCHITECTURAL 18. INTRABUILDING OPTICAL FIBER CABLING SHALL BE CAT CATEGORY MPOP MAIN POINT OF PRESENCE EXERCISED TO OBTAIN CONFORMANCE WITH .a"��01 Sy��c�"�! C REFLECTED CEILING PLANS AND ELEVATIONS. CLEARLY AND VISIBLY IDENTIFIED IN PULLBOXES, CAN COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION MTD MOUNTED Y WYE THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS APPROVED BY Q < i 1 C ENTRANCE POINTS,EACH RISER ROOM,AND V-0" CB CIRCUIT BREAKER MTS MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION; 7. PROVIDE RATED ENCLOSURES AROUND ALL LIGHT BEFORE ENTERING A FREE STANDING RACK CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION MV MEDIUM VOLTAGE Z IMPEDANCE C. PROCEDURES FOR EXERCISING CONTROL 'y zoiiries q� FIXTURES PENETRATING RATED CEILINGS. UTILIZING AN OPTICAL FIBER CABLE MARKER TAG WITHIN THE CONTRACTOR'S ORGANIZATION, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL. SYSTEM. CLG CEILING THE METHOD AND FREQUENCY OF 'y70V L0�6 CM CEILING-MOUNTED (N) NEW REPORTING AND THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE 04/19/2025 8. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL 19. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM SPACING OF 12"FROM CO CONDUIT ONLY N NEUTRAL REPORTS;AND DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF ELECTRICAL FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUIT COW COMPUTER ON WHEELS NAC NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT D. IDENTIFICATION AND QUALIFICATIONS OF THE EXPANSION/SEISMIC JOINTS.PROVIDE RACEWAY WIRING AND 12"FROM AUXILIARY SYSTEM CABLING. CR CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE PERSON(S)EXERCISING SUCH CONTROL AND PROJECT IDENTIFICATI EXPANSION/SEISMIC JOINTS FOR RACEWAYS THEIR POSITION(S)IN THE ORGANIZATION. CROSSING BUILDING EXPANSION/SEISMIC JOINTS. 20. MINIMUM SPACING FROM ELECTRICAL APPARATUS CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS SUCH AS MOTOR DRIVEN EQUIPMENT AND CU COPPER ASSOCIATION 4. DIVISION 26 RESPONSIBILITIES: Arlington Operations 9. DEMOLISH EXISTING SYSTEMS AS INDICATED ON TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE 6'4'. SPACING NF NON-FUSED PLANS OR AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY TO OPEN CABLING D DEDICATED NIC NOT IN CONTRACT A. HANGERS AND SEISMIC BRACING FOR Center NEW WORK.MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED FROM PATHWAYS WHERE EQUIPMENT IS LOCATED ON DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE DESIGNED SITE AND LEGALLY DISPOSED OF OFF SITE UNLESS THE SAME FLOOR,FLOOR ABOVE,FLOOR BELOW, DEMARC DEMARCATION POINT OFC OPTICAL FIBER CABLE AND SPECIFIED BY DIVISION 26.DIVISION 26 FOR OTHERWISE DIRECTED.RETURN ITEMS TO OWNER OR IN ROOMS ADJACENT TO SUCH EQUIPMENT AS SHALL REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL IN EXISTING CONDITION WHEN DIRECTED BY THOUGH WALLS AND FLOORS DID NOT EXIST. DISC DISCONNECT OHL OVERHEAD LINE DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT OWNER. EXCEPTION: BUILDING CONSTRUCTION THAT DIST DISTRIBUTION OL OVERLOAD AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AS STRUCTURAL Snohomish County RESULTS IN CONTINUOUS METALLIC BARRIER DSL DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR DRAWINGS DO NOT SHOW THE LOCATIONS OF 10. COMPLETION OF WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN BETWEEN ELECTRICAL APPARATUS AND CABLE DWG DRAWING OSP OUTSIDE PLANT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT,RACEWAYS,AND Public Works ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. PATHWAYS SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS SUITABLE OTHER COMPONENTS. SCHEDULE INSTALLATION WITH OTHER TRADES TO SEPARATION. (E) EXISTING P POLE B. DIVISION 26 SHALL COORDINATE THE ENSURE PROJECT MILESTONES ARE MET. SUPPORT SYSTEMS AND DESIGN LOADS FOR AT 21. PRIOR TO STARTING TELECOMMUNICATIONS EA EACH PBX PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE HUNG RACEWAYS AND OTHER ELECTRICAL 11. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND DO NOT INSTALLATION,CAREFULLY INSPECT INSTALLED EF EXHAUST FAN PF POWER FACTOR SYSTEMS(INCLUDING COMBINED MULTIPLE 19700 67th Ave NE SHOW ALL COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR A WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH ELEV ELEVATION PH PHASE RACEWAY RUNS)WITH THE GENERAL COMPLETE INSTALLATION.PROVIDE COMPONENTS WORK IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE WORK EM EMERGENCY FIR PASSIVE INFRARED CONTRACTOR AND THE STEEL AND WOOD Arlington, WA 98223 REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL MAY PROPERLY COMMENCE. NOTIFY THE EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING PIV POST INDICATING VALVE JOIST MANUFACTURERS IN ADDITION TO SYSTEMS INCLUDING RACEWAYS,CONDUCTORS, ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ENCL ENCLOSURE PNL PANEL OTHER TRADES THAT MAY BE IMPACTED. BOXES,SUPPORTS AND SIMILAR ITEMS. CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY COMPLETION OF THE WORK. EPM ELECTRONIC POWER METER PP PATCH ENERGY CODE NOTES PERMIT SET 12. BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUNS ARE SHOWN TO EPO EMERGENCY POWER OFF PT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER B INDICATE CIRCUIT PROPERTIES AND 22. DO NOT BEGIN TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIP EQUIPMENT PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE 1. RECORD DRAWINGS:SUBMIT TO THE BUILDING 05/02/2025 g CONFIGURATION.SINGLE-CIRCUIT HOMERUNS INSTALLATION UNTIL ALL UNSATISFACTORY ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN OWNER PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL SERVED FROM THE SAME PANELBOARD MAY BE CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK AHJ. This drawing is: COMBINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DIVISION 26 CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS AS EVCS ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATION RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. SPECIFICATIONS,UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. SATISFACTORY. EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER REC RECEPTACLE 2. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS:SUBMIT TO 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. EXTEND AND CONNECT BRANCH CIRCUIT RACEWAY REF REFER TO THE BUILDING OWNER PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's AND WIRING FROM HOMERUN TO DEVICES AND 23. ROUTE CATEGORY 6/6A CABLES TO THEIR F FUSES;DEGREES FAHRENHEIT REV REVISION BY THE LOCAL AHJ. written permission for any other use or reproduction. EQUIPMENT WITH CIRCUIT NUMBERS INDICATED. ASSIGNED CROSS-CONNECT PER THE FA FIRE ALARM RM ROOM PROJECT CONDUCTOR QUANTITIES AND SIZES ARE IDENTIFICATION LABEL AT EACH FAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL RTRC REINFORCED THERMOSETTING RESIN CONDUIT 3. THIS BUILDING AND ITS ENERGY SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN INDICATED AT HOMERUNS ONLY.SHOW ACTUAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS WORKSTATION DEVICE. DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH ENERGY CODE RACEWAY ROUTING AND CIRCUITING ON RECORD TERMINATE ALL CABLES ON 48-PORT PATCH FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL RU RACK UNIT ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ.CONTRACTOR IS 2023-053 DRAWINGS.MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE#12 AWG. PANELS ON RACKS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FBO FURNISHED BY OWNER RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT INSTALLATION OF FOIC FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY SHT SHEET ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES. 13. LIGHT FIXTURES MOUNTED IN CONTINUOUS ROWS 24. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTRACTOR SLC SIGNALING LINE CIRCUIT • SHALL BE THROUGH-WIRED VIA FIXTURE INTERNAL ALL CONDUIT,OUTLET BOXES,JUNCTION BOXES, 4. LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING AND WIREWAYS.CIRCUITS AS INDICATED ON RACEWAY SYSTEMS,ETC.FORA COMPLETE AND FSD FIRE SMOKE DAMPER FOIO FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY OWNER SM SINGLEMODE COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS:TEST SYSTEMS TO MARK DATE DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS.FIXTURES NOT LISTED FOR THROUGH OPERATIONAL PATHWAY SYSTEM FOR ALL SMFC SURFACE-MOUNTED OPTICAL FIBER CABINET ENSURE THAT BUILDING SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN WIRING SHALL BE WIRED VIA SEPARATE RACEWAY TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PER THE SCOPE SMR SURFACE METAL RACEWAY INSTALLED AND FUNCTION PROPERLY AND AND WIRING SYSTEM EXTERNAL TO THE FIXTURES. OF WORK INDICATED ON THE CONSTRUCTION G GROUND SONET SYNCHRONOUS OPTICAL NETWORK EFFICIENTLY,AND CAN BE MAINTAINED IN PROVIDE RACEWAYS,WIRING AND CONNECTIONS DRAWINGS AND BID SPECIFICATIONS. GB GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER BREAKER SP SERVICE PROVIDER ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. GF GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER SPD SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS PER ENERGY CODE 25. CABLE TRAY PATHWAYS ABOVE ACCESSIBLE GFP GROUND FAULT PROTECTION ENFORCED BY THE AHJ.REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS CEILINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL SPEC SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR. CABLE TRAY PATHWAYS BELOW GND GROUND SPST SINGLE POLE SINGLE THROW RAISED FLOOR SPACES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY GRS GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL ST SHUNT TRIP THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTRACTOR. STP SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR HC HORIZONTAL CROSS CONNECT SVGA SUPER VIDEO GRAPHICS ARRAY HID HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE SW SWITCH PROJECT HP HORSEPOWER SWBD SWITCHBOARD PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI HTR HEATER PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV Hz HERTZ TBB TELECOMMUNICATIONS BONDING BACKBONE PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- TEL TELEPHONE JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A IBC INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE TELCO TELEPHONE COMPANY A rr- IC INTERMEDIATE CROSS CONNECT TGB TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING BUSBAR IDF INTERMEDIATE DISTRIBUTION FRAME TIA TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY ASSOCIATION ELECTRICAL IEEE INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC TMGB TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN GROUNDING BUSBAR ENGINEER ABBREVIATIONS AND TP TAMPERPROOF IG ISOLATED GROUND TR TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM GENERAL NOTES IMC INTERMEDIATE METALLIC CONDUIT ISDN INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK . 1 2 1 3 1 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE ACCESS CONTROL ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE ouTLETBOX CONDUIT OUTLET eox CONDUIT SYMBOL MOUNTING HEIGHT DEVCE NAME MUD RING DETAIL NOTES SYMBOL MWNTING HEIGHT DEVICE NAME MUD RING DETAIL NOTES - QTY 312E CITY SIZE TERM LOCATION CITY SIZE OTY SRE TERM LOCATION +I6',UON CATEGORY B DEVICE 1 4-11116' 1 1" ACCESSIBLECLG SINGLECANG 11EB.03 - _R a44" CARD READER 1 4'S 1 1' ACCESSIBLE CLG SINGLE-GANG - 1 lI��lI R IACIW� +144•',UON FLUSH CATEGORYSAWAP DEVICE 1 411118' 1 1' ACCESSIBLE CLG SINGLEGANG 31E8.03 - T a44" CARD READER,MULLION - - 1 1" ACCESSIBLE CLG - - - 11�1 RIM il`41!A, ABOVE CLG CATEGORY SA WAP DEVICE 1 411118• 1 1• ACCESSIBLE CLG SINGLEGANG 51E8.03 1 _PAD +44• AUTO OPERATOR BUTTON 1 4'S 1 3H' ACCESSIBLE CLG - - - CATEGORYBEVI SEE DN.28 4" SINGLE-GANG 2 �$ OP OF FRAME DOOR POSITION SWITCH 34' ACCESSIBLE CLG H AR G I S FLOOR BOX DCE GENERAL NOTE: A MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON THE SCHEDULE REFER TO CENTER OF BACK BOX DE +44" DOOR ENTRY STATION 1 SPECIALTY BACK BOX 1 1' ACCESSIBLE CLG - - 5 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206.448.4460 hargis.biz NOTE3: ❑ - - - - - - R 1,PROVIDE ROUGH-IN FOR HARD-LID 10 AND OPEN-TO-STRUCTURE CEILINGS.MOUNT FLUSH IN HAR AND SURFACE MOUNT IN OPEN TO STRUCTURE CEILING. INTEGRAL MICRO REX - - - 2.FLOOR BOX DEVICES LOCATED ON THE FIRST FLOOR SHALL ROUTE TO THE NEAREST TELECOM ROOM OR AS INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLANS. SINGLE-GANG EL - ELECTRIFIED LOCKSETI EAT DEVICE VARIES M45ONRY VARIES SA' ACCESSIBLE CLG - - 4S ES - ELECTRIFIED DOOR STRIKESINGLE-GANG 1 M450NRY 1 1' ACCESSIBLE CLG - - - VA GENERAL NOTES: p1 W4 HO C A.MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON THE SCHEDULE REFER TO CENTER OF BACK BOX T t O PERFORMANCE AUDIO VISUAL AND SOUND ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE x` c B.COORDINATE ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS WITH SECURITY CONTRACTOR AND DOOR HARDWARE CONTRACTOR. NOTES: 201111fi6 w� OUTLET BOX CONDUIT 1.SINGLE-GANG MASONRY BACK BOXES ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR EXTERIOR MOUNTED DEVICES. oF��'yyONAL SYMBOL MOUNTING HEIGHT DEVICE NAME MUDRING DETAIL NOTES 2.PROVIDE FACEPLATE WITH COMPRESSION BOX CONNECTOR AND—ARMORED CABLING UNDER WORK SURFACE TO DEVICE. QTY 312E Ott SIZE TERM LOCATION 3.WHERE DOOR FRAME IS FILLED,PROVIDE SINGLE-GANG MASONRY BACK BO%AT TOP OF DOOR FRAME AT 4'ON CENTER FROM STRIKE SIDE OF DOOR. 04/19/2025 ^ 4.PROVIDE SINGLE-GANG MASONRY BACK BOX AT CENTER HINGE ON BOTH SIDES OR AT STRIKE, V6 411I16X - IDENTIFICATION: +18',UON HDMI WIAUDIO 1 3-,12'0 1 1-114" SINGLE-GANG41E8.0] 1 5.DEVICE REQUIRES NETWORK CONNECTION,PROVIDE CATEGORV6 CABLING(CABLING BY 2]1100). VON BUTTON PANEL CONTROLLER 1 431in6Dx 1 1" - SINGLE-GANG - - Arlington OperationS /O CEILING TILE SPEAKER - - - - ACCESSIBLECLG SIN- - - Center IS1 VARIES SPEAKER.PENDANT-MOUNTED 1 I'S , ,' - SINGLE-GANG - - INTRUSION DETECTION ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE FOR GENERAL NOTFS: WT.Er BOX CONDUIT A Snohomish County MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON THE SCHEDULE REFER TO CENTER OF BACK BOX. SYMBOL MWNTING HEIGHT DEVICE NAME Ott 312E CITY SIZE TERM LOCATION MUD RING DETAIL NOTES B.BACK BOXES,SPECIALTY BACK BOXES AND FLOOR BOXES ARE PROVIDED UNDER DIVISION 26,SEE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS 260534 AND 260s35. —0 KEYPAD 1 4'S 1 3l4' ACCESSIBLE CLG SINGLE-GANG Public Works NOTES: ZJ K 1.PROVIDE CONDUIT TO AV BACK JUNCTION GOV SOUND PLATE AND AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. �S +gS• PIR MOTION DETECTOR 1 4'S 1 3'4' ACCESSIBLE CLG SINGLE-GANG - 2 AT ID TOP OF FRAME DOOR POSITION SWITCH - - 1 34' ACCESSIBLE CLG - 1 19700 67th Ave NE GENERAL NOTES: Arlington, WA 98223 A.MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON THE SCHEDULE REFER TO CENTER OF BACK BOX B.COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH SECURITY CONTRACT—AND/OR DOOR HARDWARE CONTRACTOR. 1.WHERE DOOR FRAME IS FILLED,PROVIDE SINGLE-GANG MASONRY BACK BOX AT TOP OF DOOR FRAME AT 4'ON CENTER FROM STRIKE SIDE OF DOOR, PERMIT SET B 2,PROVIDE WIRE GUARDS WHERE DEVICE IS LOCATED IN GYMNASIUM, 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2,The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's Written permission for any other use or reproduction. IP SECURITY VIDEO ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE PROJECT OUTLET Box CONDUIT SYMBOL MOUNTING HEIGHT DEVICE NAME MUD RING DETAIL NOTES QTY SDE CITY SDE TERM LOCATION 2023-053 J�l� -108'-INTERIOR CAMERA 1 4•S 1 3l4' ACCESSIBLE CLG DOUBLE-GANG S.Es. 1,2 Zl� +t 20'-EXTERIOR,UON +108'-INTERIOR MULTIIENS CAMERA 1 4'S 1 3l4' ACCESSIBLE CLG DOUBLE-GANG 1,21E8.04 1,2 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION N20"-EXTERI0R,UON GENERAL NOTES: A.MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON THE SCHEDULE REFER TO CENTER OF BACK BOX B.COORDINATE BACK BOXAND MUD RING WITH IF SECURITY VIDEO CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. NOTFS: 1.DEVICE REQUIRES NETN/ORK CONNECTION,PROVIDE CATEGORV6 CABLING(CABLING BY2]1100). 2.SINGLE-GANG MASONRY BACK BOXES ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR EXTERIOR CAMERA LOCATIONS. PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A A TELECOM AND LOW-VOLTAGE ROUGH-IN SCHEDULES 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL SERIES LIGHT COLOR INPUT DYKEMAN SOURCE TEMP DELIVERED LUMENS CRI WATTS FINISH REMARKS El 4"PROFILE X 14'X 2V AND MOUNTED AT 20'-O"AFG,ARM-MOUNTED SITE FIXTURE WITH INTEGRAL MOTION SENSOR(SENSOR FINISH TO MATCH FIXTURE LUMINAIRE FINISH),DIECAST MCGRAW EDISON GALLEON SERIES II LED 3500 16,000 80 120 BLACK ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ALUMINUM HOUSING,IP68 RATED,PROVIDE 5"DIAMETER STRAIGHT ROUND STEEL POLE,SEVEN-GAUGE POLE THICKNESS MINIMUM WITH METAL BOLT COVER SHROUD,PROVIDE TAMPERPROOF FASTENERS E2 4"PROFILE X 14'X 21'AND MOUNTED AT 16'-0"AFG,ARM-MOUNTED SITE FIXTURE WITH INTEGRAL MOTION SENSOR(SENSOR FINISH TO MATCH FIXTURE LUMINAIRE FINISH),DIECAST MCGRAW EDISON GPC GALLEON PEDESTRIAN LED 3500 11,703 80 86 BLACK ALUMINUM HOUSING,IP68 RATED,PROVIDE 5"DIAMETER STRAIGHT ROUND STEEL POLE,SEVEN-GAUGE POLE THICKNESS MINIMUM WITH METAL BOLT COVER SHROUD,PROVIDE COMPANION - TAMPERPROOF FASTENERS E3 9"X18"X12"EXTERIOR WALL MOUNTED WEDGE SHAPE LED FIXTURE IP65 RATED WITH 450 mA DRIVE CURRENT TYPE IV FORWARD THROW DISTRIBUTION AND INTEGRAL MOTION MCGRAW EDISON IMPACT ELITE LED-ISW LED 3500 3,400 80 25 BLACK SENSOR FOR 50%-100%DIMMING.SENSOR(S)SHALL BE SAME COLOR AS FIXTURE E3X ISAME AS TYPE E3 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY MCGRAW EDISON IMPACT ELITE LED-ISW LED 1 3500 3,400 80 25 1 BLACK CONSULTANT: E4 10.5"DIAMTER SURFACE MOUNTED IP66 RATED ROUND DIE-CAST ALUMINUM FIXTURE WITH IMPACT AND VANDAL RESISTANCE WHY POLYCARBONATE IK10 RATED LENDS FC OUTDOOR LIGHTING FCW37300 LED 3500 1,000 80 10 BLACK E5X 4"X 5"X4'DIRECT AND INDIRECT LIGHT OUTPUT LED WALL-MOUNTED LINEAR FIXTURES.EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH SPOTLESS DIRECT AND INDIRECT POLYCARBONATE AXIS LIGHTING WET BEAM DI LED LED 3500 400 LM/FT DOWN&400 90 40 BLACK 3 LENS WITH INTEGRAL 0-1 OV DIMMING DRIVER AND INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK LM/FT DOWN H A R G I S E6 4"X 5"X 8'DIRECT AND INDIRECT LIGHT OUTPUT LED WALL-MOUNTED LINEAR FIXTURES.EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH SPOTLESS DIRECT AND INDIRECT POLYCARBONATE AXIS LIGHTING WET BEAM DI LED LED 3500 400 LM/FT DOWN&400 90 80 BLACK 3 LENS WITH INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER LM/FT DOWN E6X SAME AS TYPE E6 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK AXIS LIGHTING WET BEAM DI LED LED 3500 400 LM/FT DOWN&400 90 80 BLACK 3 LM/FT DOWN 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 E7X 4"X 5"X V DIRECT SURFACE-MOUNTED WET LOCATION LISTED LINEAR LED FIXTURE.SATINE WET LENS AND EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER PINNACLE LIGHTING EDGE EX3WET LED 3500 391 LUMENS/FT 90 40 BLACK 3 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz AND INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK E8X 4"X 5"X 4'DIRECT WALL-MOUNTED WET LOCATION LISTED LINEAR LED FIXTURE.SATINE WET LENS AND EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER AND PINNACLE LIGHTING EDGE EX3WET LED 3500 391 LUMENS/FT 90 40 BLACK 3 INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK • F1 3"X 3.5"X FLED RECESSED FLANGE-MOUNTED LINEAR LED FIXTURE.EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH DIFFUSING LENS AND INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER AURA VARILINE DIRECT 3"SERIES LED 3500 750 LM/FT 90 40 WHITE - FiX SAME AS TYPE F1 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK AURA VARILINE DIRECT 3"SERIES LED 3500 750 LWFT 90 40 WHITE - YA F2 3"X 3.5"X 4'LED RECESSED FLANGE-MOUNTED LINEAR LED FIXTURE.EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH DIFFUSING LENS AND INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER AURA VARILINE DIRECT 3"SERIES LED 3500 750 LM/FT 90 20 WHITE - 0�o.W AfV Z F2X SAME AS TYPE F2 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK AURA VARILINE DIRECT 3"SERIES LED 3500 750 LM/FT 16 C G1 2'X 4'RECESSED GRID-MOUNTED LED TROFFER FIXTURE.FROSTED LENS COLD ROLLED STEEL HOUSING WITH 0-1 OV DIMMING DRIVER COOPER-METALUX CRUZE ST 24CZ2 LED 3500 4,500 90 33 WHITE - A V x 1 C GIX SAME AS TYPE GI WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK COOPER-METALUX CRUZE ST 24CZ2 LED 3500 4,500 90 33 WHITE - G2 2'X 2'RECESSED GRID-MOUNTED LED TROFFER FIXTURE.FROSTED LENS COLD ROLLED STEEL HOUSING WITH 0-1 OV DIMMING DRIVER COOPER-METALUX CRUZE ST 22CZ2 LED 3500 3,953 90 31 WHITE G2X ISAME AS TYPE G2 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK COOPER-METALUX CRUZE ST 22CZ2 LED 1 3500 3,953 90 31 1 WHITE - ��'y70VAL0�6 P1 3"X 3.5"X V DIRECT AND INDIRECT LIGHT OUTPUT LED PENDANT MOUNTED LINEAR FIXTURE.EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH DIFFUSING LENS AND INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING AURA VARILINE DIRECT/INDIRECT 3" LED 3500 1,260 LM/FT TOTAL 90 47 BLACK 3 04/19/2025 DRIVER SERIES FIX SAME AS TYPE P1 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK AURA VARILINE DIRECT/INDIRECT 3" LED 3500 1,260 LM/FT TOTAL 90 47 BLACK 3 SERIES PROJECT IDENTIFICATI P2 3"X 3.5"X 4'DIRECT AND INDIRECT LIGHT OUTPUT LED PENDANT MOUNTED LINEAR FIXTURE.EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH DIFFUSING LENS AND INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING AURA VARILINE DIRECT/INDIRECT 3" LED 3500 1,260 LM/FT TOTAL 90 24 BLACK 3 DRIVER SERIES Arlington Operations P2X SAME AS TYPE P2 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK AURA VARILINE DIRECT/INDIRECT 3" LED 3500 1,260 LM/FT TOTAL 90 24 BLACK 3 SERIES Center P3 3"X 3.5"X V DIRECT LIGHT OUTPUT ONLY LED PENDANT MOUNTED LINEAR FIXTURE.EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH DIFFUSING LENS AND INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER AURA VARILINE DIRECT 3"SERIES LED 3500 750 LM/FT 90 52 BLACK - P3X SAME AS TYPE P3 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK AURA VARILINE DIRECT 3"SERIES LED 3500 750 LM/FT 90 52 BLACK - FOR P4 3"X 3.5"X 4'DIRECT LIGHT OUTPUT ONLY LED PENDANT MOUNTED LINEAR FIXTURE.EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH DIFFUSING LENS AND INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER AURA VARILINE DIRECT 3"SERIES LED 3500 750 LM/FT 90 26 BLACK - P5X SAME AS TYPE P5 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK BETA-CALCO BRIDGE LED 3500 800 LM/FT 90 64 BLACK WITH GOLD - Snohomish County INTERIOR P6X 3"X 4"X 4'DIRECT AND INDIRECT LIGHT OUTPUT LED PENDANT MOUNTED'U'SHAPED LINEAR FIXTURE.ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH OPAL ACRYLIC DIFFUSERS WITH 60% BETA-CALCO BRIDGE LED 3500 800 LM/FT 90 32 BLACK WITH GOLD - Public Works DIRECT/40%INDIRECT OUTPUTS AND REMOTE DIMMING DRIVER AND INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK INTERIOR S1 2"X 4'INDUSTRIAL LED STRIP FIXTURE WITH SEMI-FROSTED LENS AND INTEGRAL DRIVER COOPER-METALUX SNLED LENSED LED 3500 4,000 90 28 1 WHITE - S1BX SAME AS TYPE$1 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACKAND 120V DRIVER COOPER-METALUX SNLED LENSED LED 3500 4,000 90 28 WHITE - AT SIX SAME AS TYPE S1 WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK COOPER-METALUX SNLED LENSED LED 3500 4,000 90 28 WHITE - S2X 6"X 24"FULLY ENCLOSED,SURFACE-MOUNTED LED FIXTURE WITH POLYCARBONATE LENS AND STAINLESS STEEL LATCHES.NEMA 4X RATED WITH INTEGRAL 120V DRIVER AND COOPER-METALUX 4VT3 SERIES LED 3500 4,000 90 26 WHITE - 19700 67th Ave NE INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK Arlington, WA 98223 SL1 5"X 11"X 21"AND 3S TALL POLE WITH V DECORATIVE ARM-MOUNTED ROADWAY FIXTURE,DIE CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING,IP68 RATED,IK10 VANDAL RESISTANCE.PROVIDE LEOTEK GREENCOBRA MIDSIZE LED, LED 4000 17,276 70 123 CITY STANDARD 2 g DECORATIVE POLE PER CITY OF ARLINGTON CONSTRUCTION STANDRADS GCM H-SERIES X1A SINGLE FACE,BACK WALL-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN LED WITH DIE-CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING AND GREEN LETTERS WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY COOPER-SURE-LITE CX LED SERIES LED - - - 3 BRUSHED ALUMINUM 1 X1B SINGLE FACE,SIDE WALL-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN LED WITH DIE-CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING AND GREEN LETTERS WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY COOPER-SURE-LITE CX LED SERIES LED - - - 3 BRUSHED ALUMINUM 1 PERMIT SET X1C SINGLE FACE,TOP CEILING-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN LED WITH DIE-CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING AND GREEN LETTERS WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY COOPER-SURE-LITE CX LED SERIES LED - - - 3 BRUSHED ALUMINUM 1 B X2B DOUBLE FACE,SIDE WALL-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN LED WITH DIE-CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING AND GREEN LETTERS WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY COOPER-SURE-LITE CX LED SERIES LED 3 BRUSHED ALUMINUM , 05/02/2025 g GENERAL NOTES: This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. A.MATCH SITE FIXTURE POLES TO SITE FIXTURE HEAD.CONFIRM FINISH COLORS WITH ARCHITECT. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. B.WHERE INTERIOR TYPE FIXTURE IS DESIGNATED IN A NETWORKED LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE PROVIDE INTEGRAL OCCUPANCY/PHOTOCELL.SEE LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE FLOOR PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's mitten permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: NOTES: 2023-053 1.CONFIRM FIXTURE FINISH WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING. 2.CONFIRM FIXTURE FINISH WITH CITY OF ARLINGTON CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS PRIOR TO ORDERING. • 3.PROVIDE FIXTURE WITH A SINGLE CIRCUIT FOR UP/DOWN LIGHT CONTROLS. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A A LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D DYKEMAN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN EQUIPMENT TAG VOLTAGE PHASE HP KW FLA MCA MOCP SCCR BRANCH CIRCUIT DISCONNECT NOTES EQUIPMENTTAG VOLTAGE PHASE HP KW FLA MCA MOCP SCCR BRANCH CIRCUITdAG DISCONNECT NOTES RACEWAY PHASE N G SIZE FUSE RACEWAY PHASE N SIZE FUSE DEHUMIDIFIER UNIT VRF HEAT PUMP-BC CONTROLLER _ DU-01 120V 1 - .324 2.8 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG 2 BC-01 208V 1 2 15 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG - 2 DU-02 120V 1 - .324 2.8 - - - 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - - 2 BC-02 208V 1 - - - 2 15 - 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - - 2 BC-03 208V 1 - - - 2 15 - 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG - - 2 ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER EUH-01 208 V 3 - 3 14.4 - - - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 4 VRF HEAT PUMP-INDOOR UNITS EUH-02 480 V 3 - 3 14.4 - - - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 4 FCU-L-01 208 V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - - - 2 EUH-03 480V 3 - 3 3.6 - - - 314" 12AWG - 12AWG 30 6 2 FCU-L-02 208V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 H A R G I S EUH-04 480 V 3 3 3.6 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 30 6 2 FCU-L-03 208 V 1 0.24 15 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 2 EUH-05 208 V 3 - 3 14.4 - - - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 4 FCU-L-04 208 V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 EUH-06 208 V 3 - 3 14.4 - - - 314" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 4 FCU-L-05 208 V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 FCU-L-06 208V 1 - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 • hargis.biz ELECTRIC WATER HEATER FCU-L-07 208 V 1 - - - 3.11 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 EWH-01 208V 3 - 15 41.6 - - - 1" 6AWG - 10AWG 60 60 1 FCU-L-08 208V 1 - - - 3.4 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 FCU-L-09 208 V 1 - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 FAN FCU-L-10 208 V 1 - - - 0.58 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 TF-01 120V 1 1/6 - - - - - 314" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - - 2 FCU-L-11 208V 1 - - - 0.58 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 TF-02 120V 1 1/6 - - - - 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - 2 FCU-L-12 208V 1 - - 0.26 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 �S WANZ FCU-L-13 208 V 1 - - - 0.26 15 - 3/4" 12 AWG - 12 AWG - - 2 �°� Sy�AC�+p C HEAT PUMP WATER HEATER FCU-L-14 208 V 1 - - - 0.58 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12 AWG - - 2 e i 1 C WHCU-01 208 V 1 1 13 - 314" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - 1 FCU-L-15 208 V 1 - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 FCU-L-16 208V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 'y zoliri66 w� HEAT RECOVERY UNIT FCU-L-17 208 V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 OF(r'gfOtSTEaEO`2w HRU-01 208V 3 - - - 20.3 25 - 3/4" 10AWG 10AWG 10AWG 30 25 1 FCU-L-18 208V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 �'y70NALE�V 04/19/2025 HRU-02 208 V 3 20.3 25 3/4" 10AWG I 10AWG 10AWGI 30 1 25 1 FCU-U-01 208 V 1 3.4 15 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 2 FCU-U-02 208 V 1 - - - 1.39 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 HYDRONIC PUMP-WATER SOURCE OPTION FCU-U-03 208 V 1 - - - 1.39 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 PROJECT CWP-01 480 V 3 5 314" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG 3 FCU-U-04 208 V 1 1.39 15 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 2 CWP-02 480V 3 5 - - - - - 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - - 3 FCU-U-05 208V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 Arlington Operations FCU-U-06 208V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 PLUMBING PUMP FCU-U-07 208V 1 - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 Center DWCP-01 120V 1 1112 - - - - - 314" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - - 2 FCU-U-08 208V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 EJ-01 480V 3 2 - - - - - 314" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - - 3 FCU-U-09 208V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 FOR EJ-02 480 V 3 2 3/4" 12AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 3 FCU-U-10 208 V 1 0.24 15 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - SP-01 120V 1 3/4 - - - - - 314" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - - 7 FCU-U-11 208V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 Snohomish County FCU-U-12 208 V 1 - - - 0.24 15 - 3/4" 12AWG - 12AWG - - 2 SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING Public Works AC-01 208 V 1 - - - - - - 314" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - - 2 VRF HEAT PUMP-WATER SOURCE OPTION AC-02 208V 1 - - - - - - 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG - - 2 HP-01 480V 3 - - - 33 45 - 1" 6AWG - 10AWG 60 45 1 AT CU-01 208V 1 - - - 13.7 15 - 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG 30 15 1 HP-02 480V 3 - - - 26.2 35 - 3/4" 8AWG - 10AWG 60 35 1 CU-02 208V 1 13.7 15 3/4" 12AWG 12AWG 12AWG 30 15 1 19700 67th Ave NE GENERAL NOTES: Arlington, WA 98223 GENERAL NOTES: A.WHERE DISCONNECTING MEANS IS PROVIDED BY DIVISION 23.PROVIDE NAMEPLATE PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 260553. A.WHERE DISCONNECTING MEANS IS PROVIDED BY DIVISION 23.PROVIDE NAMEPLATE PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 260553. PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B NOTES: NOTES: This drawing is: 1.PROVIDE FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH. 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 1.PROVIDE FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 2.PROVIDE MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. 2.PROVIDE MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH. 3.PROVIDE MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER. PROJECT NUMBER: 3.PROVIDE MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER. 4.EQUIPMENT PROVIDED WITH INTEGRAL DISCONNECT. 4.EQUIPMENT PROVIDED WITH INTEGRAL DISCONNECT. 2023-053 5.MAKE CONNECTION TO VFD INSTALLEDY BY OTHERS. 5.MAKE CONNECTION TO VFD INSTALLEDY BY OTHERS. 6.INSTALL VFD FURNISHED BY OTHERS. 6.INSTALL VFD FURNISHED BY OTHERS. 7.PROVIDE NEMA 5-20R RECEPTACLE IN ELEVATOR PIT AT ELEVATION REQUIRED BY ELEVATOR CODE. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 7.PROVIDE NEMA 5-20R RECEPTACLE IN ELEVATOR PIT AT ELEVATION REQUIRED BY ELEVATOR CODE. 8.PROVIDE HP RATED RELAY. 8.PROVIDE HP RATED RELAY. 9.MAKE LINE VOLTAGE CONNECTION TO THERMOSTAT INSTALLED BY OTHERS. 9.MAKE LINE VOLTAGE CONNECTION TO THERMOSTAT INSTALLED BY OTHERS. 10.CONTROL THROUGH LINE VOLTAGE SWITCH. 10.CONTROL THROUGH LINE VOLTAGE SWITCH. PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A A MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 ------ SHEET NOTES D —— 1. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION OF UTILITY SERVICE WITH SNOHOMISH PUD(SNOPUD) O(E)UTILITY POWER POLE PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. CONTACT SNOPUD FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. _ 2. REMOVE WIRING SHOWN COMPLETELY BACK TO NEAREST ACTIVE-TO-REMAIN JUNCTION BOX, BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL OR SOURCE. DYKEMAN ss , s5 ss 5 % 3. REMOVE EXPOSED CONDUIT AND BOXES AS INDICATED ALONG WITH THEIR ASSOCIATED BOXES ——— ARCHITECTURE +,.ow -.. ;... - ...,_ OP _._ -- -• AND WIRING BACK TO NEAREST ACTIVE TO REMAIN JUNCTION BOX,BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL,OR DESIGN Y "` SOURCE.ABANDON BELOW GRADE AND INACCESSIBLE RACEWAY IN PLACE AND RECORD I LOCATIONS ON RECORD DRAWINGS.REROUTE WIRING AND RACEWAY FOR _ EXISTING-TO-REMAIN DEVICES AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT REMODEL ACTIVITIES - - �. P I N I / DEMOLITION NOTES H n R G I S O COORDINATE DEMOLITION OF UTILITY TRANSFORMER WITH SNOPUD. / 1201 third avenue,suite600,seattle,wa 98101 O COORDINATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING OVERHEAD ELECTRIC AND TELECOMMUNICATION 206A48.3316• 206.448.4450 hargis.biz / CONDUCTORS. OCOORDINATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING UTILITY POLE AND UTILITY POLE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. 4 p REGISTRATION _ - O DEMOLISH EXISTING CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR BACK TO EXISTING DEVICE TO REMAIN WITHIN BUILDING. S VApQ C DEMOLISH EXISTING POWER CABINET,SLAB,CIRCUITS,AND DEVICES POWEREDBY CABINET.J C /I O EXISTING UTILITY POWER POLE TO REMAIN.COORDINATE REMOVAL OF OVERHEAD CONDUCTORS ,gyp. BACK TO THIS POLE WITH UTILITY. (E)E ,(i •y�jii �'pyONALQ�V 04119I2025 (E PROJECTI� Arlington Operations \ I/ Center s FOR Snohomish County Public Works E, AT 19700 67th Ave NE I (E'1 1 P Arlington, WA 98223 rn PERMIT SET B x—x 05/02/2025 �J (E)E1 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written pennission for any other use or reproduction. 2PROJECT 2023-053 (E)POWER CABINET I ON CONCRETE SLAB — MARK DATE DESCRIPTION E)E1 r--A (E 1O O(E)UTILITY TRANSFORMER PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI 2 PROJECT MANAGER: ITSV _ PROJECT ARCHITECT:I —— JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR --OP-- O(E)S --OP— —OP ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION ---OP ---OP_------- op� 0 SITE PLAN ° —oP DRAWING NUMBER: O(E)UTILITY POWER POLE •, ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN I 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 L SHEET NOTES D �� 1. REFER TO CIVIL,LANDSCAPE AND SURVEY DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. _ 2. COORDINATE PLACEMENT OF SITE LIGHTING,VAULTS AND RACEWAY WITH DIVISION 31,CIVIL AND ;S - - - - _ _ DIVISION 32,LANDSCAPE CONTRACTORS. COORDINATE WITH TREE PROTECTION PLANS AND AVOID ss ss ss _ CRITICAL ROOT ZONES OF EXISTING TREES. COMMUNICATE CONFLICTS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR DYKEMAN O 0 0 sS ss ss ss ss ss 55 SS 197TH ST NE - RESOLUTION PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF SITE WORK. SS ® NeaQs.5O w 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 ss a ss + ss ss 3. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICE WITH SNOHOMISH PUD(SNOPUD)PRIOR TO ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN O COMMENCING WORK.CONTACT DAVID WOOD 425-783-012.COMPLY WITH SNOPUD'S ELECTRICAL -� \ Z_ INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE HANDHOLE I > 4. PROVIDE 1-INCH MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE. PROVIDE#10 AWG MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE FOR BRANCH AND CONDUITS FOR ::;:0 I E7 SLi v' CIRCUIT WORK SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. VAULT SCHEDULE EV CAPABLE STALLS :;:::0 I LA7-18 (TYPICAL OF 4) I 5. PROVIDE#8 AWG MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE FOR LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUIT/FEEDER WORK SHOWN VAULT ON I r a I ON THIS SHEET. AN TYPE MUFACTURER VAULTMODEL OVER MODEL COVER—N. COVERLABEL VAVLTDIMENSIONS NOTES I CONSULTANT: w oLDcasTLE isu-rz rszaa6 LIGHT DUTY-PEDESTRIAN ELECTRIC zs-v4^xis-a�a"xiz-va• 6. PROVIDE A WATER-TIGHT SEAL FOR EACH UNDERGROUND RACEWAY ENTERING THE ELECTRICAL V2 OLDCASTLE 233-L4 232A38P MEDIUM DUTY:H-200FF STREET ELECTRIC 3'-S"X2'-a'X3'-&' - /� ROOM AFTER CONDUCTORS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED.REFER TO RACEWAY SPECIFICATION A E1 - SECTION 260533 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. H / \ R G I S LA1-18 - 233-LA VAULT WITH I FGy4 -1) I O+ 7. REFER TO ONE-LINE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E9.01 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. TRAFFIC RATED LID /�- --"'� s I LJ I 1201 third avenue,suite600,seattle,wa 98101 -E1-- I 8. ROUTE SITE LIGHTING CIRCUITS TO PANELS INDICATED VIA ASSOCIATED LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS. P LA7 18 I PROVIDE WIRING AND CONTROL DEVICES REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM. zoa.aaa.337s• zoe.4as.aaso • nargis.6i: I + I ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL _ _ - H v2 0 I I c LAi-18 O 9. PROVIDE UNDERGROUND CONDUIT PER TRENCHING DETAIL. L - JUNCTION BOX WITH JUNCTION BOX WREGISTRATION STAMPS: ITT,H I I I L 10 PROVIDE CONCRETE BASE FOR SITE LIGHTING POLES. TRAFFIC RATED LID TRAFFIC RATED Lld -- I I I VAEl N s I I 11. REFER TO VAULT SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET FOR VAULT AND HANDHOLE TYPES. REFER TO S'WA I I LA1-20 R/x I I LE1A1-18 I SPECIFICATION SECTION 260543 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. (1)2"C-PV N SECURI HANDHOLD- i SL7 FrJy - \\ \\ I GATE CO TROL I i c LA7-18 V &2 3 ONALE 04/19/2025 _ 1 I FLAG NOTES E1.02 LuPROJECT IDENTIFICATION: _ 0 \ \ \ \ \ \I V I \ y EV POWER - ll I I I Z PROVIDE 3 WORKING CLEARANCE AROUND TRANSFORMER AND 10'CLEAR IN FRONT TRANSFORMER W (AT TRANSFORMER DOORS).REFER TO SNOPUD ELECTRICAL SERVICE REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL Arlington Operations \ \ \ \ \ V I \ LA7-20 B II II II II Ems_ UTILITY TRANSFORMER CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS. \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \\J \\ E7- _ I -- IIII LA1-18- � I + j" FINAL ROUTING OF UTILITY PRIMARY CONDUIT ROUTING TO BE CONFIRMED WITH SNOPUD. Center POLE MOUNTING STREET LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF CITY OF FOR ��I - - JI ARLINGTON. \ I V2 \\ i�\\ I i O II _ FG LA7_78 _ ml OQ� COORDINATE UTILITY POLE MOUNTED TRANSFORMER LOCATION AND CONDUIT RISER WITH SNOPUD Snohomish County SITE I yl ll f/ PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. („YC-EV I I j I 406 PARK NG STALLS — I \ \I \ II E7 I O� I'' PROVIDE UL LISTED NEMA-3R SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED WITH GASKETED DOORS,3 SECTIONS AND Public Works LOCKABLE STYLE DOORS(PER SECTION)ENCLOSURE.SKYLINE ELECTRIC AND MANUFACTURING OR \ I \\ \\ I I I I 0 l I EQUAL.INCLUDE SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED DISCONNECT,TRANSFORMER,AND DISTRIBUTION AT I I I SL7 BOARD FOR ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGERS. \ I IL 19700 67th Ave NE \ \ 50 R ST L9 I I 3 a STREET FRONTAGE IMPROVEMENTS INCLUDE RELOCATING UTILITY OVERHEAD LINES TO \\ I y I El I QF I LA-18 I i UNDERGROUND FOR ELECTRIC UTILITIES ALONG THE WEST SIDE OF 67TH AVE NE.PROVIDE UTILITYL _1 Arlington, WA 98223 \ I Eq gG I VAULTS AND CONDUITS AS REQUIRED BY UTILITY.PRELIMINARY ELECTRICAL WORK TO BE CONFIRMED E21 7 l + a PRIOR TO GMP SET. \\\ \\ ( I I FG0,0 PROVIDE CONDUITS AND CONDUCTORS FROM SITE EV DISTRIBUTION BOARD TO A OWNER FURNISHED PERMIT SET B A I \A 13 +FG CONTRACTOR INSTALLED LEVEL 3 EV CHARGER. 05/02/2025 Il J GRIM U I I MOTORIZED PROVIDE(2)4"SCHEDULE-40 PVC CONDUITS WITH MULE TAPE TO THE MDF AT 36"BELOW GRADE. B This drawing is: FG��..QQ � a s cwK --- GATE PROVIDE 10'GALVANIZED RIGID CONDUIT RISER UP(E)POLE AND CAP. 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. y E2 V _- I (2)4"C OWNER WAN FIBER SERVICE ENTRANCE 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. r \ \ I A7-19 E2 Y V2 PiA30 I 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's I I ;Al E2 I C(D) I PROVIDE(2)4"SCHEDULE-40 PVC CONDUITS WITH MULE TAPE AT 36"BELOW GRADE. written permission for any other use or reproduction. \A \ B I I El (D) Q I 10 SEE EV CHARGING STATION DETAIL ON SHEET E7.01 FOR MORE INFORMATION. •ROJECT NUMBER: \ I ARLINGTON El -FG I a - _ — — \ E7 I II OPERATIONS I ®DBFV3A-5,7& El 0: I I J 1 \ I I DB-EV3A-6,8 �CP18 PROVIDE(2)2"AND(4)4"SCHEDULE-40 PVC CONDUITS WITH MULE TAPE AT 16"BELOW GRADE INTO \\ \ I I I CENTER Iz $ El SL THE FIRST FLOOR MDF ROOM. 2023-0553 \ I II BUILDING II -.� c(p)LJ I 3 0 \ I I I 46 iz PROVIDE(2)2"SCHEDULE-40 PVC CONDUITS WITH MULE TAPE AT 36"BELOW GRADE FOR SECURITY. _ ELECTRIC \ \ I 11 II -6 11 + EXTERIOR NETWORKED LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE DESCRIPTION SCHEDULE UNCTION I \ 1 11 MDF 105 II B 11 13 PROVIDE(2)2"AND(2)4"SCHEDULE-40 PVC CONDUITS WITH MULE TAPE AT 36"BELOW GRADE. IIC�'RAFFICRAT D \ \ - _ 6 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION EMS EDESCRIPTIOry REUMINARY SCHEDULE ,-LVL ---- -r �\/2-� - JI I O 14 PROVIDE 5-20R RECEPTACLE IN LOCKABLE WEATHERPROOF ENCSOURE. ZONE ZON EL BUILDING MOUNTED&Ko RAMP 7PM-i1PM I V \ 1 1 ELEC 106 / �T 1a I I + z t5 PROVIDE 208V 3PH CIRCUIT FOR SUBMERSIBLE SSF PUMP AND DEDICATED SEPARATE 120V CIRCUIT ELZ2 EAST PARKING LOT 7PM-r1PM 1 -;I LVL 1 J j D FOR CONTROL PANEL DISCONNECT.COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF CONTROL PANEL WITH ELzs KING LOT I HH ---- - HH -- --; I -+--- ®DB-EV3A-1,3& E1 I I 0 MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. ELEC 218 DB-EV3A-2,4 LA1-181 11 LA1-20 1 I MECH 107 10 _. _ 11 1e PROVIDE CONDUIT AND CONNECTION FROM IRRIGATION CONTROLLER TO NEAREST PLANTING BED. wssT PAR (2)2"C PV L �1�1�20J I LVL 1 P1 - I COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS. MESCHEDULESWITHOWNERPRIORTO N II PROGRAMMINGCOMMISSIONING I (1)1"C-LIGHTING (1)1"C-Lill GHTING II 3 (2)2"C-PV�� I EV CHARGING NOTES PROJECT TEAM: r — — ftoz (8)z-vz"c-EvI -__- --- 1 + 1 3"C-EV I I \ EV CHARGING STATIONS(DUAL HEAD PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI EV POWER - �,1 I - I`�SSFM I PROVIDE DUAL AND SINGLE HEAD CHARGING STATIONS AS INDICATED:(44)STALLS.EQUIP EACH STALL PROJECT MANAGER: TSV WITH AN EV CHARGING STATION.DUAL HEAD STATION(D)SHALL BE(TWO)60A/2P BRANCH CIRCUITS e s T j I I 1 AND SHALL TERMINATE AT AN EV CHARGER IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO THE EV CHARGING SPACES PROJECT ARCHITECT: V ��—' �_ J. J I SL + \ (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A A i 3 ` EV"CAPABLE"PARKING SPACES(HANDHOLE MARKED WITH'C(D)'&'C(S)7: 1 4 1. PROVIDE INFRASTRUCTURE FOR DUAL('C(D)')EV"CAPABLE"PARKING SPACES(22 TOTAL).PROVIDE E7.1D E1.02 RACEWAY FROM EV INFRASTRUCTURE(EV SITE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION)AND TERMINATE INTO A CABINET,BOX OR OTHER ENCLOSURE IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO THE PROPOSED EV-CAPABLE PARKING ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN SPACES. NOTE THAT EACH LOCATION MARKED IS NOTED FOR UP TO TWO CHARGING STATION CONNECTIONS(DUAL HEAD).PROVIDE WITH 1-1/4"C PER CHARGING STATION CONNECTION. DRAWING NUMBER: ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN , 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 1 5 SHEET NOTES D 1. REFER TO CIVIL,LANDSCAPE AND SURVEY DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. COORDINATE PLACEMENT OF SITE LIGHTING,VAULTS AND RACEWAY WITH DIVISION 31,CIVIL AND DIVISION 32, DYKEMAN LANDSCAPE CONTRACTORS.COORDINATE WITH TREE PROTECTION PLANS AND AVOID CRITICAL ROOT ZONES OF EXISTING TREES.COMMUNICATE CONFLICTS TO THE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF 2/E7.0 SITE WORK. /E7.02 E7.0 3. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICE WITH SNOHOMISH /Ei,p2 PUD(SNOPUD)PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK.COMPLY WITH • •Jj� SNOPUD'S ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 48A EV STALL 4 48A EV STALL - \ATS-LV3 4. PROVIDE 1-INCH MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE. PROVIDE#10 AWG LVL 3 EV STALL LVL 3 EV STALL o MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT WORK SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. 5 5. PROVIDE#8 AWG MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE FOR LIGHTING H A R G I S BRANCH CIRCUIT/FEEDER WORK SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. 48A EV STALL 1 48A EV STALL 1 6. PROVIDE AWATER-TIGHT SEAL FOR EACH UNDERGROUND 1201 third avenue suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 FUTURE 48A EV STALL FUTURE 48A EV STALL U I E R RACEWAY ENTERING THE ELECTRICAL ROOM AFTER 206A48.3376• 206.448.4450 hargis.biz t 1 NC S E A PA' CONDUCTORS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED. REFER TO RACEWAY DB-EV3B U E) W NFORMCATION SECTION 260533 FOR ADDITIONAL 48A EV STALL I 7 2 6 REGISTRATION STAMPS:7. REFER TO ONE-LINE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E9.01 FOR 4 48A EV STALL i 1 3 a7 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. VA W FUTURE 48A EV STALL FUTURE 48A EV STALL J ai _ S' DB-EVZA I 1 8. ROUTE SITE LIGHTING CIRCUITS TO PANELS INDICATED VIA v0 p1 ASs'Q�q,� \\\ r- — ASSOCIATED LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS. PROVIDE WIRING Q T o C r 5 2 7 I T-DB-EV3A,B I i AND CONTROL DEVICES REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM. ' m•� C 48A EV STALL SEE SHEE 01 9. PROVIDE UNDERGROUND CONDUIT PER TRENCHING DETAIL. �o g2011ti�o 0w� 48A EV STALL J fC/STEa�V\� I I 'p70NALE� I T-DB-EV2A,B FUTURE 48A EV STALL FUTURE 48A EV STALL L - SSFM 10. PROVIDE CONCRETE BASE FOR SITE LIGHTING POLES. 04/19I2025 SS 1 __—J 11. REFER TO VAULT SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET FOR VAULT AND HANDHOLE TYPES. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 260543 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: UTILITY TRANSFORMER a FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 48A EV STALL i 48A EV STALL I DB-EVAi FUTURE 48A EV STALL I FUTURE 48A EV STALL FLAG NOTES Arlington Operations XFMR T-DB-EV3A Center TO SERVICE PROVIDE HANDHOLE FOR EV-CAPABLE LOCATION.PROVIDE YARD DB-EV3A 2 CONDUIT FROM EV-CAPABLE LOCATION TO POWER ENCLOSURE OR TO HANDHOLE OF FUTURE POWER FOR 48A EV STALL 4 48A EV STALL i ENCLOSURE AS NOTED. FUTURE 48A EV STALL I FUTURE 48A EV STALL �7Tr ENCLOSURE WILL PROVIDE POWER FOR UP TO TWELVE 48A Snohomish County DUAL PORT CHARGERS.PROPRIETARY ATOM EV CHARGER 1 —X-- NEMA 3R DISTRIBUTION ENCLOSURE.PROVIDE SMART POWER Public Works ATOM 60A CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH ENCLOSURE. 48A EV STALL PROVIDE HANDHOLE AT LOCATION OF FUTURE POWER AT 48A EV STALL ENCLOSURE.PROVIDE DEDICATED CONDUITS FROM FUTURE48AEVS4ALLFUTURE48AEVSTALL �n�ENLARGED UTILITY TRANSFORMER LAYOUT ENCLOSURE LOCATION TO EACH FUTURE EV-STATION 19700 67th Ave NE "r 1"=10'-0" (CURRENTLY EV-CAPABLE)LOCATION.PROVIDE CONDUIT FOR ENCLOSURE HOMERUN TO DISTRIBUTION NOTED. Arlington, WA 98223 PROVIDE ATOM E54(48A)EV PEDESTAL WITH DUAL PORT 48A EV STALL 4 I 48A EV STALL CHARGERS AND TWO CIRCUITS FROM NOTED ATOM EV PERMIT SET B I FUTURE 48A EV STFUTURE 48A EV STALL CHARGER NEMA 3R DISTRIBUTION ENCLOSURE NOTED. 05/02/2025 g PROVIDE DEDICATED 1-1/2"C FROM ATOM ENCLOSURE TO EACH DUAL PORT CHARGER NOTED. This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 1 PROVIDE T WORKING CLEARANCE AROUND TRANSFORMER 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 48A EV STALL 1 48A EV STALL AND 1 O'CLEAR IN FRONT TRANSFORMER(AT TRANSFORMER 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's DOORS).REFER TO SNOPUD ELECTRICAL SERVICE written permission for any other use or reproduction. FUTURE 48A EV STFUTURE 48A EV STALL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL UTILITY TRANSFORMER CLEARANCE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. I 1 PROVIDE 1"C FROM ATOM LTE ENCLOSURE IN MDF ROOM 2023-053 4 105 TO EACH ATOM DISTRIBUTION PANEL ON SITE(SIX 48A EV STALL I i/E7.02 `r TOTAL FOR HARDWIRE INTERNE C NN� TION.SEE I 48A EV STALL I _ ) 48A EV STALL 4 1 48A EV STALL LA X x3/E1.02SHEET E7.10 FOR MORE INFORM- C .4JJ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION DB-EV26 a > > >48A EV STALL I r w w48A EV STALL v48A EV STALL I48A EV STALL 4 1 T-DB-EV2A,B 44 4 ---- --- 48A EV STALL 1 a 48A EV STALL 1 PROJECT DB-EV1A I DB-EV1 B 48A EV STALL 4 I 48A EV STALL -X—X—X—X— 4 X—X—X—X_X_ PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI X—XX—X—XX—X—X_ PROJECT MANAGER: ITSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I I JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A 48A EV STALL 48A EV STALL T-DB-EV1A,B „E,p ENLARGED ELECTRICAL T-DB-EV1A,B 1/E p +12 SITE PLAN 1/E1.02 1 /E� E1.02 3 DRAWING ENLARGED EV DISTRIBUTION LAYOUT ENLARGED EV DISTRIBUTION LAYOUT 3 ENLARGED EV DISTRIBUTION LAYOUT , 1 1"=40'-0" G 1"=10,-0" V=10'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 13 4 5 D SWITCH SCHEDULE:SWITCHES LOCATED REMOTE SPACES BEING CONTROLLED SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF LIGHT SWITCH I.D. TYPE FUNCTION 1 FUNCTION FIXTURES,LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS,AND CEILINGMOUNTED DEVICES. $1 ZONE 1-OwOFF - 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF WALL-MOUNTED LIGHT $2 DIGITAL PUSH BUTTON ZONE 1-ONIOFF,DINNING - FIXTURES. $S DIGITAL PUSH BUTTON ZONE 1-OWOFF,DIMING MINE 2-OWOFF,DIMMING 3. REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET EO.05 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. SOS OCCUPANCYSENS MITCH ZONE 1-ONIOFF 4. REFER TO E2.XXA DRAWINGS FOR LIGHTING CONTROL REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE WIRING AND CONTROL DEVICES DESIGNARCHITECTURE + $LV LINE-VOLTAGE TOGGLE SWITCH INDEPENDENTZONE - REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM. $OV DIGITAL PUSH BUTTON MINE 1-ON/OFF OVERRIDE SWITCH - GENERALNOTEs: 5. REFER TO SWITCH SCHEDULES ON THIS SHEET FOR SWITCH TYPES AND FUNCTIONS. - A.CONTROL REQUIREMENTS PER FUNCTION ARE INDICATED ABOVE,PROVIDE ADDRIONAL PUSHBUTTONS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE ALL 6. REFER TO NETWORKED LIGHTING CONTROL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E7.02 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. INDIVIDUAL FUNCTION CONTROL INDICATED.BASED ON MANUFACTURER PUSHBUTTON FUNCTION CAPABILITIES. S.REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL SHOP DRAwwcS FOR ACTUAL ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS FOR SWITCHES. 7. IN MECHANICAL,ELECTRICAL AND SIMILAR EQUIPMENT ROOMS,COORDINATE LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING WITH EQUIPMENT,PIPING AND DUCTWORK.ADJUST FIXTURE LOCATIONS TO AVOID CONFLICTS AND EFFECTIVELY LIGHT THE EQUIPMENT WORKSPACE.COORDINATE CONDUIT INSTALLATIONS WITH DUCTWORK ANDCONSULTANT: PIPING SYSTEMS AND PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED.PROVIDE RED-LINE FIXTURE LOCATIONS ON RECORD DRAWINGS. 8. WHERE LOCATED AT LAY-IN CEILING TILE,INSTALL DEVICES CENTERED IN TILE UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON H A R G I S ARCHTECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 9. PROVIDE UNSWITCHED HOT CONDUCTOR TO EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND EXIT SIGNS. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 10.WHERE INTERIOR TYPE FIXTURE IS DESIGNATED IN A NETWORKED LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE PROVIDE INTEGRAL 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 • hargis.biz OCCUPANCY/PHOTOCELL,OTHERWISE PROVIDE CEILING-MOUNT OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S)AND PHOTOSENSOR(S).SEE EMERGENCY LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. SUPPLIES MECH. ELEV. ELEV.EQUIP. (COOP) MDF ELEC. STAIRS • S2X 101 103 S1BX 104 105 106 107 108 EL1A-S EL1A-6 A TVP OF 4 TYP OF 3 g,V AV OQ-Of WAgy�F.p LA-11 •> a C II MECH:WATER C op- tAi iiS1 SiX SOURCE III LA1-11 TLA1-11 SYSTEMLA7-7 Fi ITTbIbITy , I I•I I I III 110S1X1S1 �11S1XS11S11S1XS1 1 �1 11 -11J7,S' Lq1-11-11 LA111 LA1-11 LA,-11 LA1- LA1-11 LA1-11 LA1-11 LA1-1 TLA1-11 1L Lv 1 v 1 LA1-17 04/19/2025 P4 MECH:HVAC LA1-7 LA1-7 +9'-0'AFFLA,-7 LA1_18 QUIPMEN S1XS1S1XS1 3X •• •E8X 5 KITCHENETTE I Eo (TYPICAL) LA1-1 ® CUSTODIAL ® - S 109 six,, J, LA7-11 I LA1-11 J, LA1-11 I LA7 FG - --t, 0"AFG 102 P3X LA PAX PA q PAX LA1 9 LA1 11 Yl I Yl SIX I +8'-4 FG I LA1-7 LA1-7 LA1-7 LA LA1-7 LAM POFFIXTURE Arlington Operations B 1-1 P4P4 p�y - ac z - - 1 1 RC - +1 'AFG LA1-7 � JRS7AID& � _ - :- MEWS Center �Y $1 S1 RESTROOM ELLNESS 51 S1 1 3 LA1-1 LA 0 O O 111 LA7-15 130 - O ® O L1 LA7-1 O O 1 G1 F2 0 ® Gt G, G1 S11 1_ LA1-9 LA1-9 LA1-9 �1X .F- FOR LA-1 LA1 1 LA1-1 LA1-, �„ P3 LA19 Snohomish County CORRIDOR G G1 S1F S1�i LA1 7 L J LA1® _ SERVICE YARD Public Works ESX 100A L 1-1 LA-1 LA1-1 STORAGE LA,- 1 61X G1 - _ 0 LA1-15 WATER SITORAGE O O 1-13 1-9 LA1 9 +10'-0"AFG E3X X,A O ® O BOTTLES 132 LA1- LA1-13 UN ON _F1 1 AT +10'-0"AF F® P4 P3® RC 1 9 51 131 51��I RC m O ,'_LA1-9 __�A1-7 14-1, _ _ _ LA11_ _LA _ E _ _ _ _ 19700 67th Ave NE li li RC R P-I G1 G1 G1X G7 1-g G1X� +8'-4"AFG Arlington, WA 98223 LAt-9 F1X�i • TO TOP OF FIXTURE g P XX LA1-9 Si S1�i ® LA1-7 .£2 F LA1-9 P34XWOMEN'S L-A1-, LA1-1 R L L _ — ® LA1-9 LA1_•9 RESTROOM -- El1 G7 STORAGE 1 O O LA_3 PERMIT SET P3 1 G 1 X 1 LA1-1 136 LA G1X B _ �', LA1-7 RE E I--O-1 I--O-1 LA1-9 F2 F2X F1 05/02/2025 g Al-9 O Si S7 ®-I LA1_9 1 C p rightwing Is. -- F - LA7-1 3 1- 1-3 1-3 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. -- ,,WOR R .f ENV.STOR. ® F 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. -- O O Gt ❑ Si 137 ® G1X LA,-9 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's -77 7 LA11 e RC e X1C LA1-9 ,, written permission for anyother use or reproduction. — _ P3X — —0 — "— — _ P3 LA1-9 — .- LA1WORK RM./ 1 1 IN LA7-1 1-13 LA1 13 �1-7 {• _ rA1FG ••PLOTTER RC OS TT OO O FIXTURE P2X 127 p2 9-0"AFF X1A G1 G1 G1X G1 G1X (TYPICAL) LA1-13 LA1-9 LA1-9 LA1-9 LA1-9 LA1 9 2023-053 LA1® �® LA7-5 � ® ® � _ WASH-OFF P1 X1 +9'-0"AFF P2X P2 P2X P2 P, PiX X1A AREA f X2g LA 1-7 9LA1-13 (TYPICAL) LA1-7 LA1-71 LA1-7 LA1-7 f I LA'I-7 LA1-7 LA1-13@ J, O • LA,-13 P I-A1 RC 2 :Df2 RC _ _ _ RC 2 RC1X G1� 31X LA1-9Y LAX-9. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION P1 1 1 P RC P1 _ ,- LAt-9 LA1-9 LA1-9 LA7-5 A7-5 - LA1-5 ® S1 g ® (1) T) ® ® P1 G1W G1�� Al-17 - - - - - i IrL 1 - LA1-9 LA1-9 TOP-OFFIXTU +9'-6"AFG O� (TYPICAL OF E6 ESX E6 E6 E6 E6 E6 E6 E5X E E6 E6 E6 TYPE E5&E6 LA1-15 LA1-15 L 1-15 LA7-15 LA1-15 LA7-15 LA1-15 LA-15 LA1-15 LA7-15 LA1-15 LA1-15 LA1-15 LA7-15 CLOTHES PROJECT FIXTURES) SR.ENV. PAVING „�,,,,,,,,, DRYING/ COORD. BRIDGE BRIDGE WOR STATION DROP-IN DROP-IN PAVING LEAD SUPERVISOR VESTIBUL UNIFORMS MACHINES WASH-UP WORKSTATION VESTIBULE SUPERVISOR LEADWORKER 121 120 11g 118 117 116 115 114 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: BMI A 125 124 123 122 (�YNN) o PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV A PROJECTMANAGE - JOB CAPTAIN: KSR LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN LOWER LEVEL LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 LIGHTING CONTROL LEGEND: AUTOMATIC LIGHTING CONTROL ZONES: D SYSTEM TYPE WITHIN SPACE _LLLL 'AUTOMATIC ON'OCCUPANCY SENSOR ZONE VACANCY SENSOR ZONE TIME CLOCK ZONE COMBINATION TIME CLOCK/OCCUPANCY SENSOR ZONE #-# -LLLL O j ( ' ON LIGHT FIXTURES OCCUPANCY SENSOR VIA AUTOMATIC . _LLLL •LIGHT FIXTURES IN ROOM CONTROLLED VIA'AUTOMATIC •LIGHT FIXTURES ENABLED/DISABLED VIA'MANUAL ON'/ •LIGHT FIXTURES ENABLED/DISABLED TIME CLOCK. ON/AUTOMATIC OFF OCCUPANCY SENSOR LLLL ON'/'AUTOMATIC OFF'OCCUPANCY SENSORS 'AUTOMATIC OFF'VACANCY SENSORS AND SWITCH 213 LIGHT FIXTURES ENABLED/DISABLED VIA TIME CLOCK . ZONE#WITHIN SPACE CONTROL FUNCTION � � � � WHERE AUTOMATIC DAYLIGHT HARVESTING IS REQUIRED WHERE AUTOMATIC DAYLIGHT HARVESTING IS REQUIRED WHERE AUTOMATIC DAYLIGHT HARVESTING IS REQUIRED SYSTEM TYPE: BY CODE: BY CODE: BY CODE: ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN A=ANALOG STAND ALONE DEVICES WHERE ADJACENT TO VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL B-DIG STAND ALONE DEVICES •WHERE ADJACENT TO VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL WHERE ADJACENT TO VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL FENESTRATION,LIGHT FIXTURES WILL HAVE MANUAL CONTROL REQUIREMENTS: C=DGITAL NETWORKED DEVICES FENESTRATION,LIGHT FIXTURES WILL HAVE FENESTRATION,LIGHT FIXTURES WILL HAVE DAYLIGHTING OVERRIDE CONTROLS THAT DAYLIGHTING OVERRIDE CONTROLS THAT DAYLIGHTING OVERRIDE CONTROLS THAT AUTOMATICALLY RESPOND TO THE QUANTITY OF - CONTROL FUNCTIONS: AUTOMATICALLY RESPOND TO THE QUANTITY OF AUTOMATICALLY RESPOND TO THE QUANTITY OF INCOMING DAYLIGHT. r---� ADDITIONAL MANUAL CONTROL 1-ON/OFF INCOMING DAYLIGHT. INCOMING DAYLIGHT. DASHED OUTLINE REPRESENTS ADDITIONAL 2-ON/OFF/DIMMING DAYLIGHTING ZONE 1(PRIMARY) + + DAYLIGHTING ZONE 1(PRIMARY) —� DAYLIGHTING ZONE 1(PRIMARY) MANUAL CONTROL ZONES WITHIN A SPACE.ALL 3=100%ON/50%ON/OFF I I LIGHTING FIXTURES WITHIN THE DASHED AREA A.DAYLIGHT CONTROL TYPE=OPEN/CLOSED LOOP A.DAYLIGHT CONTROL TYPE=CLOSED LOOP A.DAYLIGHT CONTROL TYPE=CLOSED LOOP SHALL BE MANUALLY CONTROLLED TOGETHER. P1 P1 P1 CONSULTANT: r + + NOTE:IF A DASHED OUTLINE IS NOT INDICATED THEN ALL LIGHTS WITHIN SPACE SHALL BE MANUALLY CONTROLLED TOGETHER. AADAYL GHT CONTROL TY EN OP N/CLOSED LOOP A DAYLIGHTONTROL TYPE CLOSED LOOP III DAYLIGHTING.DAYLIGH CONTROL TY TYPE LOOP H A R G I S ARY SPACE: S1 S1 S1 ALL FIXTURES IN A SPACE SHALL FUNCTION TOGETHER VIA + + —III— 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL CONTROL INDICATED BELOW. 206.448.3376 206.448.4460 hargis.biz 10 FC FOOT CANDLE LEVELS ARE AVERAGES FOR THE SPACE `•� IDENTIFIED. `LIGHT LEVEL SET POINT • LIGHT LEVEL SEPARATION WITHIN THE SPACE SYANp OQ'pf WAgy�F.P� A LLL�LLLLLL L ;L I e ��" A a ELEV. a A q 1-1 e LL LLLL C 4�i4 m j C LL 1_1 fE 1-1 CYITT 1SICOOP�S 1 MQ E C. MECH.1 L L L L�4�i41L ��yNAL0�msL LLLL 104 0 L l 04/19/2025 MECH:WATER H:HVAC SO CE C - U109ENT T T SY1 0EM T PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: 3 I I I Arlington Operations -1IIIIIIII�� e ;i niSnPi T a L LLLLLLLLLLLLLLL Center LLI_-== LLB FOR —� E T C LLLLL��LL III 1-3 - A LLLL L Snohomish Count`, LLLLLL L L SERVICE YARD J �III II II I� / Q � LILLL L LL o Public Works LL AT _X 1. 19700 67th Ave NE / C C ! -LLLLLLLL L LL Arlington, WA 98223 � j L LLL A , LLL LLLLLL H• L L LLLLLL Q L PERMIT SET e I -ILL�� L LL 05/02/2025 g %� — _LLLLLLL This drawing Is: L L L !_L 1.Copyright 2025 Dykemaq Inc. L L l_I. _ 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. �— R PROJECT T Q B 2023-053 13 ,_, WASH-OFF AREA L ��LLLL 0 • L + + + + + + + F + + + + + + + + + + + C e+ + L L MARK DATE DESCRIPTION R NV+ + + �+ + + + F + + + �+ +� + + + 1-2 1-2 + - iCi L -�L L D. WQRK A'fj10N+ + ID6E } B E + + + + - - - - + L 1 SU L W ATI�N C P-�N r, LE U A L + C + C C + + 1-1 19+ + + 6y — + -- R 1 A IF 1-1 L 1-1 C 1-2 1-2 N 1 1 ° LL LL a + + > + + + + + + + + + LL L LLLL 0 0 0 0 �_ o 1 0 3 e 8 PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN HAIR E:1 BMI SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS: e o 00 o PROJECT MANAGECT:R: TSV PROJECTARCHITE - OPEN AREA LIGHTING-OPERATING HOURS- JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS EGRESS LIGHTING-SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS CONTRLLED RECEPTACLES-SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS A •LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS SHALL BE SET TO HAVE "'OCCUPANCY SENSORS THROUGHOUT THE FLOOR WITH LABELS SHALL •NORMAL OPERATING HOURS:TIMECLOCK SHALL TURN NORMALD CONNECT TO A LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL AS NOTED IN THE LIGHTING ON CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES 9:0.LIGHTTIING ZONE OVERRIDE SWITCHES SHAURS OF OPERATION BEEN 05:00 LL URN CONTROL PANEL SCHEDULE AND SHALL ENABLE ALL RELAYS CONTROLLING •AFTER HOURS,LOCAL OCCUPANCY SENSORS LIGHTING CONTROL ON LIGHT FUXTRUES DURING HOURS AND TIMECLOCK SHALLORMAL TURN OFF RELAY EMERGENCY EGRESS SHAL FAIL CLOSED AND ALLNG ON THE EGRESS LIGHTTIOR.OCCUPANCY ING WILL REMAIN ON- RECEPTACLES OVERRIDE RECEPTACL SNTROL TO TURN ON CONTROLLED ZONE FLOOR PLANCONTR - BE SETTOLLEDTO TURN OFF AT 9:05.SEE EGRESS LIGHT FILIXTRES.EGRESS HTING LIGHTING LL •NORMAL OPERATING HOURS:LIGHT FIXTURES ENABLED LOWER LEVEL SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR AFTER HOURS BY"LOCAL OVERRIDE SWITCHES"IN ANY LIGHTING ZONE OVERRIDES. ON THE FLOOR AND REMAIN ON UNTIL DISABLED VIA •NORMAL OPERATING HOURS:FIXTURES DIM TO 50% TIMECLOCK IN LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL.IF LIGHTING AFTER 20 MINUTES OF INACTIVITY. CONTROL PANEL FAILS,LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL REMAIN •AFTER HOURS:FIXTURES ARE CONTROLLED VIA LOCAL ON. OCCUPANCY SENSORS AFTER HOURS:LIGHTING ZONE OVERRIDE SWITCHES LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE FLOOR PLAN -LOWER LEVEL FSHALL LOOR. ALL EGRESS LIGHTING RELAYS ON THE 11/8"=V-0=V-0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 14 5 FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES D SWITCH SCHEDULE:SWITCHES LOCATED REMOTE SPACES BEING CONTROLLED 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF LIGHT ROUTE LIGHTING CONDUIT RECESSED IN ROOF FIXTURES,LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS,AND CEILINGMOUNTED DEVICES. swmcx LD. TYPE FUNCTION FUNCTION INSULATION WITHIN ROOM/AREA NOTED. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF WALL-MOUNTED LIGHT $1 DIGITAL PUSH B N ZONE 1-OWOFF - COORDINATE REMOTE DRIVER FOR FIXTURE IN FIXTURES. DYKEMAN $2 DIGITAL PUSH BUTTON ZONE 1-ON10FF,DIMMING ACESIBLE CEILING OF ROLL CALL ROOM.PROVIDE GRID RUNNER MARKING FOR LOCATION.COORDINATE MAX 3. REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET EO.05 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. $s DIGITAL PUSH SUTON ZONE 1-ON/OFF,DIMMING ZONE 2-ONIOFF,DIMMING DISTANCE AND ROUTING WITH MANUFACTURER ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SOS OCCUPANCYSENSORSWITCH ZONE 1-OWOFF REQUIREMENTS. 4. REFER TO E2.XXA DRAWINGS FOR LIGHTING CONTROL REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE WIRING AND CONTROL DEVICES $1 LINE-VOLTAGE TOGGLE SWITCH INDEPENDENTZONE - REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM. $_ DIGITAL PUSH BUTTON ZONE 1-ON/OFF OVERRIDE SWITCH - 5. REFER TO SWITCH SCHEDULES ON THIS SHEET FOR SWITCH TYPES AND FUNCTIONS. _ GENERAL NOTES: A.CONTROL REQUIREMENTS PER FUNCTION ARE INDICATED ABOVE,PROVIDE ADDITIONAL PUSHBUTTONS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE ALL 6. REFER TO NETWORKED LIGHTING CONTROL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E7.02 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. INDIVIDUAL FUNCTION CONTROL INDICATED.BASED ON MANUFACTURER PUSH—ON FUNCTION CAPABILITIES. 7. IN MECHANICAL,ELECTRICAL AND SIMILAR EQUIPMENT ROOMS,COORDINATE LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS AND B.REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS FOR SWITCHES. MOUNTING WITH EQUIPMENT,PIPING AND DUCTWORK.ADJUST FIXTURE LOCATIONS TO AVOID CONFLICTS AND EFFECTIVELY LIGHT THE EQUIPMENT WORKSPACE.COORDINATE CONDUIT INSTALLATIONS WITH DUCTWORK ANDCONSULTANT: PIPING SYSTEMS AND PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED.PROVIDE RED-LINE FIXTURE LOCATIONS ON RECORD DRAWINGS. 8. WHERE LOCATED AT LAY-IN CEILING TILE,INSTALL DEVICES CENTERED IN TILE UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON H A R G I S ARCHTECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 9. PROVIDE UNSWITCHED HOT CONDUCTOR TO EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND EXIT SIGNS. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 10.WHERE INTERIOR TYPE FIXTURE IS DESIGNATED IN A NETWORKED LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE PROVIDE INTEGRAL 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biZ OCCUPANCY/PHOTOCELL,OTHERWISE PROVIDE CEILING-MOUNT OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S)AND PHOTOSENSOR(S).SEE VESTIBULE LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 201 DIGITAL SCENE E3X E3X CONTROLLER FOR E3X E3X ' Z�:ROLL CALL A AND B 10'-O"ABOVE LANDING LA X1A LA- LAi-19 1-19 + /1 +1 6 AFG LA1 14 +11 +A/ 11. .. p`F Gf WASHi 1 G X -2X1A LA1-14 \ / 1-14 IN22 S +10'-0"ABOVE LANDING C Q o`° LA1 pp X �M/ 'y zol l r I66 Yw� PiX ® 7 1 \ LA1-12 1 12 / oF��'yyONALE�p`2� 1A 14 LAi-s Lj U - _ LAi-4� o,py 0'1®� 04/19/2025 +16'-0"AFF _ Q O X jq q I LOBBY/ 2 2 O O (TYP) +16 . (TY 20 -14 ..• • COUNTER ® LAi--6 (n w 1A LAi-6� F1 (q ®.. 202 +9'-O"AFF o 1 7 LA1-4 LAi-12 LA1-12 LA1-12 EN'S: _ _ D TRQG,a Arlington Operations 11 LAA-14� L)L �L) L)L) L)L) L)L) L) L)L) UU 10 Si LP1Ax-6 .. 220 — — — — — — Center +TMP)AFF ORKSTATION O O LA i-1 Al F� P, 2 221 11 LA1-1 FOR 204 _ P2XI - �� LA1-4LJ � 1® 3 1 -� ELEC. (BRAD) LA1-6 51X 215 RC LA1-0 F2 `'F, - .-, Snohomish County RC LA1-12 LALA®-'[ Public Works WORKSTATION EO O O S1205 R5 1-10(MATT) '- A® P2 � AT YP) I LAi-6 1A ; X,A 1 ; LA1LLA1-1�LA1-12 LA,-12 _ 19700 67th Ave NE — — — — — — LA1-14 X1B — — — - - - - • 1 — W-O AFF X1A — — — — — LA,-14 CORRIDOR LAI-6 (TYP) LAl-14 Arlington, WA 98223 zo P2 P1X P1 P1X 1-8 PA LA1-6 LAi- LA1-6 LA1-6 °El 1-+9 AFF�1 6 RO 2 2 CIII RC 2 RO RU 2 2 RG 1 LA1(6 R O PERMIT SET B o a a D a , 05/02/2025 B 6 RC 2 i0 LA1-8 LA-8 LA- LA-8 LA1- LA-8 This drawing is: 2XI P2 ui3O O 1.Copyright 2025 DykemaD,Inc. 1-6 LA 1-6 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 1 3.For use of this project only.Obtain Architect's -- ® - LA1-8 LA-8 ® LA-8 ® LA-8 LA,8 LA1 written permission for any other use or reproduction. \...- PROJECT NUMBER. C I A E T E X 6 E I G I S LAl LA1-16 LAi-16 2023-053 M S E I A D O R P I E KEK A 20 -iil 1 2 2 3 L2 1 1 1 WEST DECK ®r E7X X 16B MARK DATE DESCRIPTION E PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: BM I PROJECT MANAGER: 1 TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:1- JOB CAPTAIN: 1 KSR A A I LIGHTINGUPPER LEVEL N LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 LIGHTING CONTROL LEGEND: AUTOMATIC LIGHTING CONTROL ZONES: D SYSTEM TYPE WITHIN SPACE -L L L L 'AUTOMATIC ON'OCCUPANCY SENSOR ZONE j VACANCY SENSOR ZONE TIME CLOCK ZONE COMBINATION TIME CLOCK/OCCUPANCY SENSOR ZONE #-# -L L L L O j O IM ON LIGHT AUTOMATIC ES OFF OCCUPANCY SABLES VIAOR AUTOMATIC . X _L L L L •LIGHT FIXTURES IN ROOM CONTROLLED VIA'AUTOMATIC •LIGHT FIXTURES ENABLED/DISABLED VIA'MANUAL ON,/ •LIGHT FIXTURES ENABLED/DISABLED TIME CLOCK. ON/AUTOMATIC OFF OCCUPANCY SENSOR L L L L ON'/'AUTOMATIC OFF'OCCUPANCY SENSORS 'AUTOMATIC OFF'VACANCY SENSORS AND SWITCH •2/3 LIGHT FIXTURES ENABLED/DISABLED VIA TIME CLOCK . ZONE#WITHIN SPACE CONTROL FUNCTION � � I � WHERE AUTOMATIC DAYLIGHT HARVESTING IS REQUIRED WHERE AUTOMATIC DAYLIGHT HARVESTING IS REQUIRED WHERE AUTOMATIC DAYLIGHT HARVESTING IS REQUIRED SYSTEM TYPE: BY CODE: BY CODE: BY CODE: DESIGNARCHITECTURE + A=ANALOG STAND ALONE DEVICES WHERE ADJACENT TO VERTICAL OR HORIZONTL B=DIGTAL STAND ALONE DEVICES WHERE ADJACENT TO VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL WHERE ADJACENT TO VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL FENESTRATION,LIGHT FIXTURES WILL HAVE MANUAL CONTROL REQUIREMENTS: C=DIGITAL NETWORKED DEVICES FENESTRATION,LIGHT FIXTURES W ILL HAVE FENESTRATION,LIGHT FIXTURES WILL HAVE DAYLIGHTING OVERRIDE CONTROLS THAT DAYLIGHTING OVERRIDE CONTROLS THAT DAYLIGHTING OVERRIDE CONTROLS THAT AUTOMATICALLY RESPOND TO THE QUANTITY OF - CONTROL FUNCTIONS: AUTOMATICALLY RESPOND TO THE QUANTITY OF AUTOMATICALLY RESPOND TO THE QUANTITY OF INCOMING DAVLIGHT. r---1 ADDITIONAL MANUAL CONTROL 1=ON/OFF INCOMING DAYLIGHT. INCOMING DAYLIGHT. DASHED OUTLINE REPRESENTS ADDITIONAL 2=ON/OFF/DIMMING DAYLIGHTING ZONE 1(PRIMARY) + + - DAYLIGHTING ZONE 1(PRIMARY) DAYLIGHTING ZONE 1(PRIMARY) MANUAL CONTROL ZONES WITHIN A SPACE.ALL 3=100%ON/50%ON/OFF I ' LIGHTING FIXTURES WITHIN THE DASHED AREA A.DAYLIGHT CONTROL TYPE=OPEN/CLOSED LOOP A.DAYLIGHT CONTROL TYPE=CLOSED LOOP A.DAYLIGHT CONTROL TYPE=CLOSED LOOP SHALL BE MANUALLY CONTROLLED TOGETHER. P1 P1 P1 L___J CONSULTANT: + + - _ _ NOTE:IF A DASHED OUTLINE IS NOT INDICATED THEN ALL LIGHTS WITHIN SPACE SHALL BE MANUALLY CONTROLLED TOGETHER. DAYLIGHTING ZONE 2(SECONDARY I + + - DAYLIGHTING ZONE 2(SECONDARY) �- DAYLIGHTING ZONE 2(SECONDARY) H A R G I S S1 A.DAYLIGHT CONTRO SPACE: L TYPE=OPEN/CLOSED LOOP S1 A.DAYLIGHT CONTROL TYPE=CLOSED LOOP p A.DAYLIGHT CONTROL TYPE=CLOSED LOOP ALL FIXTURES IN A SPACE SHALL FUNCTION TOGETHER VIA + + I I III 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL CONTROL INDICATED BELOW. 206.448.3376 206.448.4460 hargis.biz 10 FC FOOT CANDLE LEVELS ARE AVERAGES FOR THE SPACE IDENTIFIED. \- LIGHT LEVEL SET POINT .�� • V�[�.:./�V LIGHT LEVEL SEPARATION WITHIN THE SPACE a! C L 2 ELEV. LPT�_, I� L I N,, QrLL L Z �yL 3 2 c L / 'yyONAtE�/19/2025 LL L L 12 L LL !&LLLLL •• IDENTIFICATION: LL LL LLLLL LLLLL LLLLL - - - L R 22; 4-2 A LLL L LL L, _ Arlington Operations LrrL 1-1 L_ `-- Center 4 ° LLL - L - -L FOR A Snohomish County I - -2 + - Public Works o � L 20 0 A L L AT +(MATT)+ + _ - L L L 1-1 L - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 19700 67th Ave NE {,I L L Arlington, WA 98223 ELI13 PERATIONS Still F. S� A LE ER LE ER VA E N LEAD WO ER +M + PERMIT SET B + + + E�v15 + Owl + + � E RKER + � 05/02/2025 B + C + + C + C + + + C + + C + + C + C + + C + + This drawing is: -- + + + + + + + + + + + + + + p p + + + L Copyright2025 Dykem Inc. — 2.The Architect's Instrumeen,nt of Professional Service. _ + + + O + O + + + + O + + O + + + + + + 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's -D written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 2023-053 I ® ttttttttta I I I I • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION WEST E 0 I PROJECT 1 2 3 4 S 6 7 8 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: BM I U -OF P PROJECT MANAGER: TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- OPEN AREA LIGHTING-OPERATING HOURS- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS EGRESS LIGHTING-SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS CONTRLLED RECEPTACLES-SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS A •LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS SHALL BE SET TO HAVE "OCCUPANCY SENSORS THROUGHOUT THE FLOOR WITH LABELS SHALL •NORMAL OPERATING HOURS:TIMECLOCK SHALL TURN 19 ROMAGHTTIURS OF ING ZONED OVERRION DE SWITCHES SEEN HALNTURN CONTROL PANEL SCHEDULE CONNECT TO A LIGHTING ONTROL PANEL AS AND SHALL ENABLE ALL RIN THE LIGHTING ON CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES ELAYS CONTROLLING •AFTER HOURS:LOCAL OCCUPANCY SENSORS LIGHTING CONTROL ON LIGHT HOURS AND TIMES DURING NORMAL CLOCK OCK SHALL TURN OFF RELAY SHALRGENCY EGRESS L FAIL CLOSED AND ALLNG ON THE EGRESS LIGHTTIOR.OCCUPANCY SEING WILL REMAIN ONNSORS OVERRIDE RECEPTACL SNTROL TO TURN ON CONTROLLED ZONE FLOOR PLAN - CONTROLLED LI HTFUXTRES.EGRE ESSLGRE SHTING SHA LIGH NGLL NORMAL OPERATING HOURS:LIGHT FIXTURES ENABLED UPPER LEVEL BE SET TO SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR AFTER HOURS BY"LOCAL OVERRIDE SWITCHES"IN ANY LIGHTING ZONE OVERRIDES. ON THE FLOOR AND REMAIN ON UNTIL DISABLED VIA •NORMAL OPERATING HOURS:FIXTURES DIM TO 50% TIMECLOCK IN LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL.IF LIGHTING •. AFTER 20 MINUTES OF INACTIVITY. CONTROL PANEL FAILS,LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL REMAIN • ON. AFTER HOURS:FIXTURES ARE CONTROLLED VIA LOCAL OCCUPANCY SENSORS AFTER HOURS:LIGHTING ZONE OVERRIDE SWITCHES SHALL ACTIVATE ALL EGRESS LIGHTING RELAYS ON THE LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL FLOOR. mwwa , �118"=V-0=V-0„ 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 1� SEE ENLARGED ELEVATION ON SHEET E7.12 FOR FOR LOCATING FLOOR-MOUNTED DEVICES. POWER REQUIREMENTS,QUANTITY OF DEVICES,AND DYKEMAN CIRCUITING NOTES IN LOCKER ROOM.COMBINE 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL HOMERUNS FOR LOCKERROOM DEVICES INTO INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. JUNCTION BOX WITHIN ACESSIBLE CEILING AS NOTED 3. WHERE RECEPTACLE INDICATED AS"GB"AND PROTECTED BY ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN PROVIDE SINGLE PHASE 30AS WITH(2P)15AF WALL- GFI TYPE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER,PROVIDE LABELING PER MOUNTED DISCONNECT FOR AC-01 WITHIN ELEVATOR SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726.REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES MACHINE ROOM.SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONER FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. _ 'AC-01'POWERED FROM OUTDOOR'CU-01'UNIT.WIRING BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR UNIT PROVIDED BY 4. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726 AND ELECTRICAL DIV.23 CONTRACTOR.COORDINATE DISCONNECT AND DETAILS FOR DEVICE FACEPLATE LABELING. FINAL CONNECTIONS WITH DIVISION 23 CONTRACTOR. SEE MECHANICAL SCHEDULES FOR MORE 3 INFORMATION. CONSULTANT: LOCATE DISCONNECT ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. A PROVIDE NOT IN USE COVERS FOR VENDING MACHINES. H A D /V I C 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 981011 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz EMERGENCY 3 2 2 1 1 3 SUPPLIES ELEV. ELEV.EQUIP. (COOP) EZTO E7.10 Ezt1 E7.tt E7.10 • E7.11 101 EVATOR 103 104 i i C EL1A-2 P2B-2 �TAIR$ Q i j C EL1A-4 P2B-2 P2B-2 MDF 108 G 105 ELEC. MECH. MESH:WATER yI1I66 �' --_ KIT HENETTE 1i of AfoBTEa�0 2� --__ TO CU-01 106 107 ME CH:HVA SOURCE ��'hYONALE�V` 102 - i i i i i SYSTEM ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT l l l l l l l l 04/19/2025 P2B-2 --_ ICAB LTS P2B-2 i 109 PNL'EL1A' K A-7,9 AC-01 2 REFRIGERATOR P2B-1315 3 1 DPA1-1,3,5 ORRIDOR I PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: P2B-8,10 100B P213-24,26 _ E7.12 /� �+ B - - GFW '.I BFOTTL KIA-9 - P2B-13 - P2B-13 P2B-28 _ — _ - - - - Arlington Operations ____r GF P2B-8 P2B-8 P2B-4 P26-4 GF - GF IB-21 P2B-8 P2B-8 GP Center K1A-11,13 IRST AID& P2B_24 P2B-26 GF P2B-28 2 AC P2B-25 AC P2B-25 KIA- MOTHER'S RM. P28-28� E712 GF GF ELLNESS P2g-24 CUSTODIAL ' FOR 130 P2B-10 STORAGE 133 MEN'S P2B-21 KIA-13 P2B-10 P28-10 P2B-24 P2B-24 GF 134 2B-36,38,40 RESTROOM AC DGF`r AC GF P2B-12,14 132 p2q-1,3,5 1 Snohomish County E]tz L111 SERVICE YARD KIA11 rL CR CR STORAGE/ P2B30,4 P4 J Public Works P2B-14 WA ER AC D GF P2B-12 BOTTLES P2B-4 P2A-3 ,�P2A-3 P2A- P2A- P2A-5 I O MICROWAVE P26-12 P2B-12 CR 131 P2A-7,9,11 (TYP OF 2) P26-12 PLC P26-14 JJ UNION P2R P2A-1rr1 (j 2B-23,25 GF AT - 129 P2B-14 P2Bd P2B-0 tL.J s--y I �a fee P2A-11 P2B-25 Q _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 19700 67th Ave NE --T-----�DROP4 128 P2B-16 P2B-16 EOCRRAIN NG/PAVING P26-23 i ry P2B-13 Arlington, WA 98223 P2B-16 CR P2B-6 P2B£ ROLLCALL GP KIA-7 qp P2B-18 PLC P2A-1 1 4-GANG DP1A-1,3,5 P2B-18 CR CR P2B-16 P2B-76,18 -21 — _ P2A-9 _ ❑ P2B-18CR P213-39 e C C P2A-11� CORRIDOR3 DRYER REST NS PERMIT SET B P2B-20 P2A-11 100C DP1A-2, WASHER 112 05/02/2025 g -----� ❑ P2B-22 P2B-6 STORAGEC C] P2B-46, 0 ------RECYCLE KIA- ER ACIC 136 C � ' 3 AC P2B-23 1 This drawing is: AC ��GF P2B-2326 R p2q-1 P2A-11Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. __ AC ENV.STOR. AC G 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. ❑ P2B-20 P2B-6 P 1 YDGF (:p,P2B-211 R a/ ADI cR 137 P2B-6 P2B-17 P2B 52 1 156 2 3 2 3.For use onthis project o� Obtain Architects written ontiisipr for o other use orhi reproduction. D - - - - —KIA-2- FTE - - - - - - 7. 7 - - - - - - - - A P2B-6 P213 P2A-7 P2A-7 CKE .75 NUMBER.60 LE • ' D GF PLC 127 P2B C T F LER 1 2 CORRIDOR K1A-6 AC CR T t ezla E].a 4 11 ' WASH-OFF AREA 100A P2B-15 P2B-15 GF P2B-17 0 2023-053 D GF E7.14 KIA-4 P213-11 P215 9 CORRIDOR P213-3 P2B 1 UNIFORMS 100D 115 P - 9 GF GF WP I .t / 1 '11 3 P2B-27 RYER • CR CR PL E].14 OAWG MARK DATE DESCRIPTION M. IDGE — — P2B-31,33 ASHER P2B 21ORD. PLC ERVIS PLC gRIDG I PLC PLC P2g-5 PLC PLC P2B-3 P2B-1 P26- D GB WORKST TION P2B-19 CR 3 RKE p VI CGF GF WP 121 P2B-7 119 118 CR CR CLOTHES P2g 27 P2B 29 DRYING/ P2B-9 2 cR P2B- P2B-1 KV�15,17,2 CGF DGF CR P2B-II P2B-11 ESTIBU P2B-9� P2B-7 P2B-7 I.R2B-7 P2B-5 P2B- P2B-1 4 P2B-27 P2B-27 WASH-UP P2IC 124 CR P2B-9 CRP2B-7 CR P2B-7 2B-7 P2B- CR P2B-3 P2B-3 P2B-1 P2B-19 P2B-19 - CR P2B-11 P2B-9 P2B-5 CR CR C K1 -19 GF P2B-21 P2B-21 PAVING FN wP UPER 7ISOR VESTIBULE P D GF W D GF W D GF W D GF WA-17 (T1'P OF 4) 4PROJECT D GF WPDGF WPD GF WP DGF WP VENDING PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI 116 MACHINES PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- q JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR POWER FLOOR PLAN - 2 3 4 5 6 7 LOWER LEVEL POWER FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL 2 1 3 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 D FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION PROVIDE STANDARD DUPLEX BEHIND WATER FILLER FOR LOCATING FLOOR-MOUNTED DEVICES. SHROULD.CONNECT TO LOAD SIDE OF UPSTREAM GFCI DYKEMAN RECEPTACLE. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. PROVIDE CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS FROM MOTORIZED SHADES TO RECESSED CONTROL SWITCH 3. WHERE RECEPTACLE IS INDICATED AS"GB"AND PROTECTED BY ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN LCOATED AT IT-8"TO CENTER OF SWITCH. GFI TYPE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER,PROVIDE LABELING PER COORDINATE CONTROL SWITCH(ES)WITH SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726.REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. _ COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726 AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATE WITH MOTORIZED SHADE DETAILS FOR DEVICE FACEPLATE LABELING. MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE CONTROLS REQUIRED TO INTEGRATE WITH LIGHTING CONTROLS SCENECONSULTANT: CONTROLLER.SEE SHEET E2.21 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz DISCONNECT'D-PVA1' (TYp) MOTORIZED SHADES MOTORIZED SHADES MOTORIZED SHADES LOW-VOLTAGE J-BOX LOW-VOLTAGE J-BOX LOW-VOLTAGE J-BOX • GF P1A-26 MOTORIZED SHADES MOTORIZED SHADES MOTORIZED SHADES GF P1A-26 — MOTORIZED ADA DOOR wP POWER J-BOX POWER J-BOX POWER J-BOX WP A ESTIBU E® — — — P2A-15 J J ?!�G7A JJ P2A-15 1 P2A-0 P 1A-26 P2A-15201 . P2A-13 P2A-15P2A-0 ��0t11� \ / _ \ / Q i 1 C P1A-24 A-30P2A-0R284-GANG P2A-17 XSNFLOORBOX CORBOX P2A-6 P2A-16 p2A-222 RYP) P2A-27 P2A-29 p) P2A-6� P2A-16 / \\ P1A214 \ J�,C/STEW�V\2� ONALE P1 A-28 PUBBI u 0 C 0 u P2A-26 / - - 04/19/2025 COUNT. ROtL_CALLJ��p2q_Ig� MOTORIZED P2A-8 P2A-18 202 12 �rKK++�� DIVID RCURT IN P2A-8 PZA-18 UST D P1A-14 PIA-28 P1A-24 uo CDU U2�9 LJLJ Uu Liu �" "rC 4�1u PZA 21 ACGFO ACGFD MEN'SAbA ��• IDENTIFICATION: P2A-13 GF RESTROOM _ _ _ _ _ PZA2.11 P2A-10 p2A-20 GF P1A-10 40 _ _ _ Arlington Operations WORKSTATION CR J I L)� P r 1 �� P1A-16 P1A-14,16 Center 204 P1A-4 P2A-23 9 P2A-12 ,1 P2A-22 (BRAD) P1A-0 a P1A-24 P2A-23 P2A-12 4,G P2A-22 P1A-10 FOR CR ORRIDO 0 u u L) 0 L) LD u L)4GAN6D u L)u u�D•-2,4,6 P1A-4 200A P2A-2 P2A-14 FL �RB X P2A-24 P1A-0 P2A-13 P2A-25 2 MOT RIZED P2A-14 (Ty p2A-24 Snohomish County CR I ELEC. 4 P1A-14 cc �� SHAD CD CD CD CD u� ��P2A 2I 215 P1 12 Public Works PIA- P2A-13, ,17 E7.10 1 BOTTLE COPIER I I P1A-2/ P1A-2,4 P2A-2 WORKSTATION 01A 2 FILLER AC P2A 2 P2A 2AC P2A-20,22,24 ORRIDO W EN AT 205 P1A-2 P2A-13 P2A-13 A 200C GF RESTROOM (MATT) CR a I GF- T 0 AC_ ___ GF P1A-12 219�\ 19700 67th Ave NE C — — — — — — — — — — c — GF P1A-20—P1A-1 P1A-18 P1A-12 P1A-12 — — — I— — — P1A-14 P1A-22 P1A-14 MOTORIZE P1A-22 P1A-18 Arlington, WA 98223 SHADES C NTROL CORRIDOR P1A-,8 P1A-21 23 P1A-13,15 A-9,11 -1 mdb 2006 P1A-25,27 P1A-0,22 . P1A-17,19 P1A-5,7 BOTTLE o CR PLC P1A-8 CR pLC PLC PLC PLC CR PLC FILLER P1A-3 PERMIT SET P1A-8 CR CR CR CR P1A_1,3 P1A-3 I B I ppP1A-27 PIA-23 FFP1A-19 iP1A-13 P1A-15 P1A-9 KI CHE I PIA-8 PIA-6 CRlP1A-27 PIA-21 P1A-23 RSP1A-19 P1A-13 P1A-15 C fP1A-9 PL 05/02/2025 g P1A-25 \ r P1A-11 P1A-5 P1A-5 CR i0I CR p� P1A-27 CR P1A-23 P1A-19 P1A-17 CR P1A-9 CR CR P1A-1 This drawing is: P1A-6 o I� P1A-19 P1A-15 P1A- P1A-3 CR p1q-7 P1A-5 P1A-1 1.Th right D kumen,Inc. P1A-8 PIA-6 CR nIP1A-25 PIA-2 CR P1A-15 P1A- r 9 Y K1A-28 I P1A 27 CR P1A 21 CR ((� ) p1A-11 P1A_7 P1A 5 \. CR 2.The Architect's Instrument. Professional Service. CR \ CR P1A-17 CR CR - CR CR CR CR P1A-8 CR P1A-25 P1A-21 PIA-17 P1A-1 CR p1A-11 P1A-T P1A-1 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's -- P1A-11 P1A-1 written permission for any other use or reproduction. P1A-8 P1A-25 P1A-21 P1A-17 P1A-1 P1A-7 PROJECT NUMBER. GF K1A-28 wP N r, 2023-053 E I E I I S 7 7 A N S E A L R U E E IK A 2 1 12 2 14 16 1 1 • I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I 171 I I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI PROJECT MANAGER: 1 TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:1- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A A I I I I I I I ' I _ POWERFLOOR AN UPPER LEVEL - POWER FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL 2 3 4 5 2 4 5 D FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES 1. PHOTOVOLTIAC SYSTEM NOTES DYKEMAN PROVIDE MINIMUM SIZE PHOTOVOLTIAC SYSTEM IN PROVIDE COMPLETE 35KW PHOTOVOLTAIC GENERATING DESIGNATED AREA. SYSTEM AND CONDUIT PATHWAY FOR FUTURE SYSTEM AREA DESIGNATED FOR FUTURE PV ARRAYS(-172KW IN AREA AS INDICATED ON THIS SHEET. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN MAX SSYTEM SIZE). CONSULTANT: H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 • hargis.biz • 2 1 � A ' - - -i -i i oF�'ySyONALE�V`2� = _ I 04/19/2025 li i i I T=====T=====T=== Ili � i i I PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: - - - - - - ;_____ - - - Arlington Operations II T T T I Center j I =____ I FOR Snohomish Count Y ------ _____;-__--; Public Works - T= T= _ I AT I � — — — — — i I I �_ -- -- __ � I I — — — 19700 67th Ave NE j = I Arlington, WA 98223 I PERMIT SET B 1 =====T=====T=====T I 05/02/2025 S =====1=====1=====1 I This drawing is: T T T I 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. _____-T= -=T- 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's D J ). I 1 I — written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER: 11h I I'� I tt t 11 2023-053 I I I I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A POWER FLOOR PLAN - ROOF DTWER FLOOR PLAN - ROOF --1,_D„ 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SHEET EO.XX FOR ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT CHARACTERSITICS,REQUIREMENTS AND CIRCUIT INFORMATION. DYKEMAN 2. REFER TO LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONNECTIONS TO FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS,SMOKE DAMPERS AND ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN MAGNETIC HOLD OPEN DEVICES. 3. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS AND SMOKE DAMPERS.PROVIDE RED- _ LINE DEVICE LOCATIONS ON RECORD DRAWINGS. 4. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT DISCONNECTS/CONTROLLERS WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.MAINTAIN CODE REQUIRED WORKING CLEARANCES. PROVIDE/CONSTRUCT STRUT CHANNEL ASSEMBLY FORCONSULTANT: MOUNTING OF DISCONNECTS/CONTROLLERS WHICH CANNOT BE LOCATED ON BUILDING STRUCTURE.REFER TO DETAIL E7.XX FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. H A R v w I w 1201 third avenue,suite 600,se=attle,wa 981011 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz 2 1 E.11 E7.11 E7.10 • 4 r C LEV. L �TARS C K -1 EUH-0 I ,21,23 10 Y j 101 MDF MECH. SP-01 EL V EQU . 105 ELEC. MECH:WATER ylrlbb �' IIlllllllli E SUPPLIES Y 106 107 SO URCE ��'h70NAL0�V�2 KITCHENETTE AC-02 (COOP) AC-01 l l 110 04/19/2025 102 MECH:HVAC I TO CU-02 U-01 EQUIPMENT i • IDENTIFICATION: MOTHER'S RM. _ 109 I �+ M1A-40,42 133 _ _ Arlington Operations STORAGE/ -- C en to r M1A-00� WATER �C' M CUSTODIAL i FI FCU-L-01 BOTTLES M 134 ® MEWS FOR WELLNESS 131 FCU-L-07 FCU-L-15 �,yC RESTROOM `r 130 M1A-04,46 M1A-08,50 `2%1A-30,32 Snohomish County FCU-L-08 FCU-L-12 SERVICE YARD IEEE]�I o �"" I � � � � � A-30, 1 ,. � Public Works STORAGE M1A-04,46 CORRIDOR ONM1A-40,42 132 C C 0 0 0 AT ooA 12 I I _ 19700 67th Ave NE l l l FCU-L-03 — — — — �N M1A 48,50 M1A-30,32 Arlington, WA 98223 M1A-40,42 FCU-L-17 FGkI-L-i6 �- - _____ ❑ DROP-IN �M �N E C AWIINL C L VI O� �NM1A-30,32 WO �S PERMIT SET B - RECYCLE 12 5 ❑ FCU-L-13 RESTROOM 05/02/2025 g ----- 126 ❑ M1A44,46 M1144,46 � 112 FCU-L-04 This drawing is: i � ❑ F D � � O LO R ROOM r }———————————— �N 113 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. � ENV.STOR. STORAGE 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. - ❑ M1A40142 137 136 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. — _ — ORK _ — — — — _ — _ — — — — PLOTTER PROJECT TF 27 T M1A-30,32�N 2023-053 M1A-36,38 FCU-L 1 WASH-OFF AREA DRYING/ 1 O • A1-13,15,17 WASH-UP MARK DATE DESCRIPTION M1A-36,3 M1A-36,38 M1A-36,3 �114SR.ENV. M1 - M,A-9 ,ORD. M1A-34 WORK TATION 25 FORBRIDGE S ATION DROF� \J4RQP-IN pAVING L M1A-36,38 115 MA1-13,15,V SUPER O L WORKER 1 1 PAVING M M M1A- EUH-0 123 12 (LV ) 118 SUPER I EU 511 1M1A-34 VESTIBUL I SE CH U-02 124 VESTIBULE O U-01 PROJECT 6 PRINCIPAL IN IN CHARGE�BMI A ° PROJECT MANAGER:CT:I A PROJECTPROJECTARCHITECT�- JOBJOB CAPTAIN. RSR MECHANICAL POWER FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL MECHANICAL POWER FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL I 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SHEET EO.XX FOR ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT CHARACTERSITICS,REQUIREMENTS AND CIRCUIT INFORMATION. DYKEMAN 2. REFER TO LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONNECTIONS TO FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS,SMOKE DAMPERS AND ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN MAGNETIC HOLD OPEN DEVICES. 3. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS AND SMOKE DAMPERS.PROVIDE RED- _ LINE DEVICE LOCATIONS ON RECORD DRAWINGS. 4. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT DISCONNECTS/CONTROLLERS WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.MAINTAIN CODE REQUIRED WORKING CLEARANCES. PROVIDE/CONSTRUCT STRUT CHANNEL ASSEMBLY FORCONSULTANT: MOUNTING OF DISCONNECTS/CONTROLLERS WHICH CANNOT BE LOCATED ON BUILDING STRUCTURE.REFER TO DETAIL E7.XX FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. H A R v w I w 1201 third avenue,suite 600,se=attle,wa 981011 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz • — U g.V Ary0 .. p`F Of WAsy7 F.P� C EUH-01 ELEV. € \ / STAIRS i' - N 1 C VESTIBULE O \ X 201 'ySy0NAt0�p`sue M2A-1.3.5 0 L)L) L)I) LJ L L)lD CDC ED L) L)L ID L) L)L) C)u / / 04/19/2025 LOBBY/ PUBLIC PROJECT IDENTIFICATI COUNTER I)L) LjL) L)I) ULj UL) L)�j IJLJ UU IDU LjL) UU MEN'S 202 _ _ ROLL ALL USTOD RESTRTROOM _ _ — — _ _ Arlington Operations I O� AL�� L)L) L) 0 U L)L) L)� �� L) - 22, Center V. A ELEC. FORL)L) L)0 L)L CDL) L)L) 0� 0C CD0 0CD L)L) 215 Snohomish County �M2A-7, CDID L)0 00 0 �L) I)L) LjL) L)L) M2A-11 2A,3 Public Works M M2A-7,9 M M2A-7,9 AT O TAT N FCU-U-02 FCU-U-04 TF-02 20 M2A-7,9 M WOMEN (MATT) I FCU-U-01 L---i--- RESTROOM _ 19700 67th Ave NE CORRIDOR TTRA ER — C Arlington, WA 98223 200B mlkc6 PERATIONS SWEEPI G MBA-,8 M2A-2,4 LEAD WO ER MANAGER PERMIT SET _ SMALLCONF. ERVIS LE WORKER z18 B 2,2 0 2,6 0 05/02/2025 B EAD WORKER 10 V-6 M2A-6,8 M2A-6,8 M2A-2,4 217 M This drawing is: CU-U- M M M 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. Mpq-2 q M2A-2,4 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. M2A-6,8 M.-2,4 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's FCU-U-OS 6 F - - -11 FC - 08 U-U-09 --- --- — — � written permission for any other use or reproduction. D ROJECT NUMBER FAIENE41/ D Q KER s R ' 2023-053 2 3 1 I I I I • WEST DECK 208 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I O® I I I I I I PROJECT TEAM- PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A A I MECHANICAL POWER FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL MECHANICAL POWER FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL I 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 SHEET NOTES 1. FIRE ALARM DEVICES SHOWN INDICATE OWNER'S MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FIRE ALARM DEVICES AS REQUIRED BY AHJ.REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 283111 DYKEMAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. 3. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IN LOCATING OF CEILING-MOUNTED _ DEVICES. 4. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS AND SMOKE DAMPERS.PROVIDE RED- LINE DEVICE LOCATIONS ON RECORD DRAWINGS. CONSULTANT: 5. PROVIDE A DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR AT EACH FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER AND EACH SMOKE DAMPER.LOCATE IN ACCORDANCE H A R G I S WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS UIREMENTS AND DIVISION 23.PROVIDE RED-LINE DEVICE LOCATIONS ON RECORD DRAWINGS. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz v =�- 4 I I I •avo�01 we e F,p•F C ELEV. K OHRU-01 F i 08 RU-01 —O'1EMERGENC &I V4 S E _f UPPLIS M ELEC. (COOP) MECH. y Irlbb w C LL oF��'hyONALE�V`2� KITCHENETTE 103 F FACP F ME WATER 04/19/2025 CH:HVAC SOURCE UIPMENT SYSTEM PROJECT ID • - Arlington Operations Center CUSTODIAL 1 1 C2�4., FOR i FI S AI & M T ER R 34 W Snohomish County T17= SERVICE YARD STORAGE/ o � ks WATER STORAGE F . .; _ Public V/��V O r I< BOTTLES 132 CORRIDOR UN ON 131 AT 100A is 19700 67th Ave NE P _ TI Arlington, WA 98223 INTERFACE RELAY EO 1 G PAVING --_-- ❑I 1 e 04 G© PERMIT SET B 11F 05/02/2025 B _= RE E STORAGELj 136 t This drawing is: -- - 1.Copyright2025 Dykeman,Inc. ENV.STOR. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. --- 7E] ''1137 3.For use this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. i _ _ z LOTTT PROJECT I I 127 I I I T T I I I F F wP LL u 2023-053 - - WASH-OFF -5 '::_ "-• � ':mm, # AREA .. ' OTHIEs ' 0 • F F IlRVMG/ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION F 1 WASH-UP 14: n NV. LL E 12 U S BR ID OR E RI RK R W ATION D IN RVIS R E TIB L �✓'� OORD. KSTATION 1 ' ' 12 19 V 4418 N) WP WP CHI S PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI A o PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV A T PROJECT ARCHITECT: - JOB CAPTAIN: KSR LOW-VOLTAGE FLOOR 2 3 a 5 s T PLAN - LOWER LEVEL LOW-VOLTAGE FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL 118"=1'0" 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 SHEET NOTES 1. FIRE ALARM DEVICES SHOWN INDICATE OWNER'S MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FIRE ALARM DEVICES AS REQUIRED BY AHJ.REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 283111 DYKEMAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 3. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IN LOCATING OF CEILING-MOUNTED _ DEVICES. 4. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS AND SMOKE DAMPERS.PROVIDE RED- LINE DEVICE LOCATIONS ON RECORD DRAWINGS. CONSULTANT: 5. PROVIDE A DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR AT EACH FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER AND EACH SMOKE DAMPER.LOCATE IN ACCORDANCE H A R G I S WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS UIREMENTS AND DIVISION 23.PROVIDE RED-LINE DEVICE LOCATIONS ON RECORD DRAWINGS. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz • — — — — — — F — — — — — — — —€ \ — — — — — — — �OQ-0�WAgy�F.p� aC �. x� Q v sn uL o ELEV. O \X� sraiubs 1 222 X LOBBY/ U L) L)L) I)l) Lj L) I)l) L)L) I)L) L)L Ij L) L)L) C)u oan s/2025 PUBLIC UST D COUNTER I)L) LJ L) L)L)L) L)U u U U U U I)U U L) U 221 0- diESTROOM PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: F2 Arlington Operations Center RKSTATION FOR zoa L)L) CD CD L)L) IjL) L)L) L)ID 0C CDC) 0 L)L) (BRAD) Snohomish County WORKSTATION CDC 0 ID CDC) L)I) I)Lj l)L) L)L) I)0 CD CD 0 ID ELEC. Public Works AV/FIRE ALARM 215 (1 205 Q1 INTERFACE RELAY------,,, a ? (MATT) — _ _ _ _ _ AT r-T _F _ _ _ _ _ _ 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 ❑�❑ D AINA E P EMEN / LE WO ER P RATIO S PERMIT SET Lf F 05/02/2025 B B U ERVIS 212 2 3 U ERVI 216 E D OR E IT HE IO 21 14 2 6 i o This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's F • - written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER. 2023-053 I I I I • 208 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I O® I I I I PROJECT TEAM- PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: BM I IT PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A _ A I LOW-VOLTAGE PLAN —UPPER LEVEL 1\� LOW-VOLTAGE FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 14 5 D FLAG NOTES SHEET NOTES 1. SEE SHEET E0.03 FOR BACK BOX AND CONDUIT ROUGH-IN PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING CONDUITS/SLEEVES PROVIDE RISER SLEEVES FROM ACCESSIBLE REQUIREMENTS ABOVE THE CEILING,EXTEND TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE TO THE FLOOR ABOVE,EXTEND TO CEILING SPACE,LON: CEILING SPACE AS FOLLOWS: 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL DYKEMAN (2)4"C-TELECOMMUNICATIONS (1)4"C-TELECOMMUNICATIONS INFORMATION FOR LOCATING WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. (2)2"C-ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION (1)2"C-ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION LOW VOLTAGE OPEN CABLING PATHWAY.PROVIDE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN J-HOOKS SPACED 4'-0"APART ABOVE ACESSIBLE PROVIDE RISER SLEEVES FROM ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE.J-HOOKS SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY CEILING SPACE TO THE FLOOR ABOVE AS DEDICATED HANGERS/ROD FROM STRUCTURE FOLLOWS: AND/OR WALLS.PROVIDE SEPARATE J-HOOK (2)2"C-TELECOMMUNICATIONS - PATHWAY FOR EACH LOW-VOLTAGE SYSTEM. (1)2"C-ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION PROVIDE RISER SLEEVES FROM ACCESSIBLE PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING CONDUITS/SLEEVES CEILING SPACE TO THE FLOOR ABOVE,EXTEND TO ABOVE THE CEILING,EXTEND TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE AS FOLLOWS: CEILING SPACE,LON: (1)2"C-TELECOMMUNICATIONS (1)1"C-TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING S PROVIDE I-PORT NETWORK OUTLET TO TRAKA KEY ABOVE THE CEILING,EXTEND TO ACCESSIBLE MANAGEMENT CABINET. 0 CEILING SPACE,LON: H R V'(/'►■ I J (1)4"C-TELECOMMUNICATIONS ,0 PROVIDE I-PORT NETWORK OUTLET TO TIME (1)2"C-ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION CLOCK. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING CONDUITS/SLEEVES „ PROVIDE ROUGH IN AND PATHWAY FROM MDF TO 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 ABOVE THE CEILING,EXTEND TO ACCESSIBLE THIS LOCATION FOR FUTURE OFFICE CONVERSION. 206.448.3376 205.448.4450 hargis.biz CEILING SPACE,LON: (1)2"C-TELECOMMUNICATIONS (1)2"C-ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION 1 � E8.01 _ WAS", a! C MDF li ii ii i i ITT pgRS e r i j C ELE .EQU_A EMERGENCY ELEC. MECH. 'y zolnl5s w� SUPPLIES ,OS l l l l l l l l l l MECH:WATER p q o 0 (COOP) LE EC SYSTEM SOURCE CR 'yyONALE-04/8 ii �iiii 1Da 105 110 I, 04/19/2025 KITCHENETT CH:HVAC 162 I WAP WAP S UIPMENT ••• CR 109 - N R Arlington Operations WAP - - AP IVIVIIR '44" Center 2"C TO MDF m W MOTHER'S RM. CUSTODIAL I a s FIRST AID& STORAGE/ 1 134 FOR WELLNESS WATER 133 ® MEWS �r 130 14 BOTTLES RESTROOM W� 131 STORAGE II 111 Snohomish County L 132 PATH AY TO FLOOR Public � Works � I'p PATHWAY TO FLOOR I UNION t I ABOV E SH E6.2 P u b l i c V V o rks CR/ ABOVE,SEE SHEET E. 100 S CORRIDOR 7 129 4 AV S I 6 AT RACK C - - o - 2 - AP I - U - - 19700 67th Ave N E Arlington, WA 98223 i I I I I 4 �� L DROP-IN - - E ' C1 EO INI G IN 2 RESTROO ❑ 128 ' 0 3 LL A 5C.52,xz FPD 12 PERMIT 502%025T B ----- - B -----_ 0 ----- REC STORAGE WAP 4 136 1 LO R ROOM This drawing is: it 1.Copyright2025 Dykeman,Inc. I� ENV.STOR. 2 113 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. ---- LI5'Ij „ PATHWAY TO FLO a 5 ❑ WORK RM./ i� 137 ABOVE,SEE SHEE E6.21 9 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's DJECT NUMBER. _ - - - - PLOTTER - - - - - _ .gg• - - - WaP - - - - - written permission for any other use or reproduction. -- 127 ..• T T KN U a 2023-053 ,o a wAP WASH-OFF AREA N LOTHES 1, 0 • DRYING/ MARK DATE DESCRIPTION �SR.ENV. 0 0 0 WASH-UP WORKS ATION ES71BU BRIDGE BRI E r LE RKER W ATION D F IN PAVI AD G ESTIBUL� . 125 124 SU 1 O 122 F 1 1 12 119 11 RVISOR 116 IFOR WA F N) 117 5 5 F - C S CR S 116 CHI S CR 124 C PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI A o PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV A T PROJECT ARCHITECT: - JOB CAPTAIN: KSR TELECOM FLOOR PLAN LOWER LEVEL TELECOM FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL • 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 D SHEET NOTES 1. SEE SHEET E0.03 FOR BACK BOX AND CONDUIT ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL DYKEMAN INFORMATION FOR LOCATING WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN FLAG NOTES PROVIDE I-PORT NETWORK OUTLET TO TRAKA KEY MANAGEMENT CABINET. PROVIDE 1-PORT NETWORK OUTLET TO TIME CLOCK. CONSULTANT: H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz S AO 206 *23'-0" • 201 S CR O6 +23'-0" 20 CR W DE C C S — — — — — — S' WA D _ AN pQ'pf gy�F.P C +23'-0 U VESTIBULE S 2 v o lam c V ° S �vee C Q o n 201 ELEV. LL X STAI / \ zzz N Ao gzollr166o �w� ® (n� ONALE� LOBBYAO S ' �tNAP ' , / oansizozs L PUBLIC CRIM -7 COUNTER K N'S • IDENTIFICATION: 202 W CR4R2 ��®U L)I) �® S �� pO RESTROOM . P P 220 Arlington Operations O� - �0 - �LL ALL OU UU L)L) L)L) LJL) L)� — C 522 AL — — — — — — — Center ORK A ® FOR a LLD)L L)L) L)L LJLLD) L00 00 0)0 00 00 L) °' ® Snohomish County r ;WAP 00 00 L) L CD CD 00 �� LJPpS}I o Public Works s O TAT N Y TO FLOOR p P P B�COW,SEE SHEET E6.B1 20 SELO ,SEE SHEET E6.11 V ELEC. RESTRO'S AT MATT) Ir-�- ___ ___ 21— _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 19700 67th Ave NE coRRID CORRIDOR Pq HWAYTOFLOOR Arlington, WA 98223 BELOW,SEE SHEET E6.11 ❑ ❑ PERATIONS PERMIT SET _- DRAINA E PA EMENT' LEAD WO ER MANAGER _ SMALLCONF. �S,,W'�EEPI LE WORKER LEADWOR ER V ETATION 05/02/2025 g g ERVISO 212 2 3 UPERVI� 216 L IT HE EAD WORKER WAP pp 21 14 2 6 �� r�� r 21 T This drawing is: L J 1.Copyright 2025 Dykemao,Inc. o I WAP J 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. WAP 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's I� written permission for any other use or reproduction. 2V-0 3-0 PROJECT NUMBER. 11 fel 3 0 2023-053 I I I I • WEST DECK 208 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION O® — — — — — — — — PROJECT TEAM- PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A _ A I --TELECOM FLOOR PLAN_ z UPPER LEVEL TELECOM FLOOR PLAN - UPPER LEVEL va^=r-o^ 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 14 5 DUAL HEAD EV DUAL-HEAD EV D CHARGING CHARGING STATION STATION DETAIL NOTES: DYKEMAN 1. WHERE DUAL-HEAD EV CHARGER IS INSTALLED BETWEEN TWO ADA ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SPACES,THE CLEAR GROUND SPACE (MINIMUM 30"x 48")SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT THE FRONT AND BACK 10" OF THE EV CHARGER. MAX 2. SEE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN SHEETS E1.02 AND E1.03 FOR MORE BOLLARDS BY OTHERS BOLLARDS BY OTHERS INFORMATION. (TYPICAL) (TYPICAL) 3. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF EV CHARGER,BOLLARDS,AND CLEAR GROUND SPACE WITH CIVIL PERMANENTLY ATTACH TO ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. H / \ R G I S STRUCTURE PER MANUFACTURER'S A GUIDELINES REINFORCED CONCRETE 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 PAD PER EV CHARGING 30"MIN 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER CLEAR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS GROUND SPACE 12 PARKING SPACE GRADE MIN — DEPTH (dTYP)IN— A (NP) wA NSF A f S `'�`',tea° °L°,• / �20IIIIfi6O �sV /Z';; <:'<;';C <; <'' '< <;''<;''%:'<;C' < ';;; ONALE 04/19/2025 / \ ��KK\� PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center FRONT ELEVATION SIDE SECTION/ELEVATION FOR Snohomish County Public Works I I AT _ 19700 67th Ave NE j \ Arlington, WA 98223 I I I j PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. ---- I 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's iI written permission for any other use or reproduction. I PROJECT I I j 2023-053 I — •—Q DUAL-HEAD EV CHARGING STATION MARK DATE DESCRIPTION — I EV CHARGING STATION CONCRETE PAD I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PROJECT BOLLARDS BY OTHERS (TYPICAL) I PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: TSV MINIMUM 30"X 48"CLEAR GROUND SPACE I PROJECT ARCHITECT: - (TYPICAL) I JOB CAPTAIN: KSR I I I I I ELECTRICAL DETAILS I I I I I I L---- ------------- --------------------------------------' ,- EV CHARGING STATION DETAIL PLAN VIEW 1 21 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 D DYKEMAN ,J FINISHED GRADE 9 III III—III—III—III—III III _ COMPACTED BACKFILL PER NEC —dykemar— "— 300-50(d)&SPECIFICATIONS -1 I— I—III—III—III—III-1 SECTION 260510 24 =III III—III=III—III III—III MIN. CONSULTANT:— WIDE X 15 MIL THICK METALLIC TAPE III III—III—III—III—III III—III (RED FOR POWER AND ORANGE FOR H A R G I S _ - = COMMUNICATIONS),SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 260543 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS,SEE 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz � SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 260543 2 J l — l III III — SAND BEDDING MATERIAL,SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 260510 S.I A ryo 01 WAsyiF,p'� C TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT,SEE e o C SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 260543 x•� y�iribb w� oF��'yyONALE�p`2� DETAIL- ELECTRICAL TRENCHING 04/19/2025 NONE PROJECT Arlington Operations Center FOR LUMINAIRE.REFER TO SITE PLAN FOR QUANTITY Snohomish County OF HEADS PER POLE LUMINAIRE.REFER TO SITE LUMINAIRE POLE. Public Works PLAN FOR QUANTITY OF REFER TO LIGHTING LUMINAIRE POLE.REFER AT HEADS PER POLE FIXTURE SCHEDULE 4"x6"GASKETED HANDHOLE TO LIGHTING FIXTURE FOR TYPE REQUIREMENTS BOND#6 BARE COPPER SCHEDULE FOR TYPE AND 19700 67th Ave N E GROUNDBA POLE REQUIREMENTS Arlington, WA 98223 ANCHOR BOLTS PER POLE IN-LINE WEATHERPROOF 4"x6"GASKETED HANDHOLE MANUFACTURER FUSE HOLDERS WITH BUILDING STRUCTURE JUNCTION BOX, FUSES BOND#6 BARE COPPER 2",45 DEGREE CHAMFER PERMIT SET AS REQUIRED GROUND TO POLE IN-LINE 3/4"NON-SHRINK GROUT g WEATHERPROOF FUSE 05/02/2025 g ANCHOR BOLTS PER POLE HOLDERS WITH FUSES LIGHTING RACEWAY MANUFACTURER - - 2. This drawing is: CEILING #3 REINFORCING TIES, 2" 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2,45 DEGREE CHAMFER 2"ON CENTER 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. - 2" 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's FINISH GRADE —3/4"NON-SHRINK #3 REINFORCING TIES, 320" - written permission for any other use or reproduction. GROUT 12"ON CENTERPROJECT NUMBER. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE 2-0 ,�^ y° 2" #3 REINFORCING TIES, -S 2"ON CENTER METALLIC CONDUIT OR MC Jm 2„ FINISH GRADE UPPER CABINETS CABLE CONNECTION TO PVC CONDUIT M N io �� iv 2023-053 UNDERCABINET LIGHTING °f .°- #6 BARE COPPER #6 BARE COPPER FIXTURE GROUND WIRE o? GROUND WIRE UNDERCABINET LIGHTING #3 REINFORCING TIES, _ io _ FIXTURE 12"ON CENTER— 5'-0"FOR UP TO - -_ 20'-0"POLE 6'-0"FOR Jio a MARK DATE DESCRIPTION io iN UP TO 30'-0"POLE—) 3/4"x8'COPPER WELD 5'-0"FOR UP TO 20'-0" .°�° °- GROUND ROD INTERIOR/EXTERIOR WALL POLE 6'-0"FOR TO 30'-0"POLE PVC CONDUIT ¢-� 3/4"x8'COPPER WELD `V GROUND ROD HARDWIRE UNDERCABINET LIGHT AFTER UPPER CABINET IS INSTALLED.INSTALL UNDERCABINET LIGHT TIGHT TO WALL 2"CLEAR REINFORCED VERTICAL REINFORCED VERTICAL REINFORCED BARS 2"CLEAR REINFORCED BARS AND CABINET ABOVE. CONCEAL PROJECT CONNECTION TO LIGHT FIXTURE 2'-0" DIAMETER 24" PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI DETAIL NOTE. CONCRETE DETAIL NOTE. DIAMETER PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV BASE CONCRETE FOR POLE BASE CONCRETE PROJECT ARCHITECT: - LOWER CABINETS CONCRETE FOR POLE BASE TO C MINIMUM POLE PSI. BASE JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A TO BE MINIMUM 2,500 PSI. A / A DETAIL- UNDERCABINET LIGHTING 265100-Concrete Pole Base-Flush ��265100-Concrete Pole Base ELECTRICAL DETAILS I 1"..=1.4. , J / 1/8"=V-0" ` L I 1/8"=V-0" 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D DETAIL OPTION DETAIL NOTES: ELEV. ELEV. TYPICAL TOP YKEMAN SHUNT TRIP POWER NOTES 3,8 MACH PIT FLOOR OF 1. PROVIDE TELEPHONE LINE TO ELEVATOR AND DIAL TELEPHONE IN ELEVATOR • INDICATING LIGHT (TYP) RM. ELEV. SHAFT FIRE MACHINE ROOM.SYSTEM SHALL FUNCTION AS FOLLOWS: NOTES 6,9 LOBBY ALARM A) ELEVATOR SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE A NON-DIAL PHONE AND DIALER ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 0 NEW OR EXISTING PANELBOARD CONTROL PANEL WITH ELEVATOR.WHEN RECEIVER IN ELEVATOR CAB IS REMOVED,A SEE PLANS AND ONE-LINE DIAGRAM TRANSFORMER CALL SHALL AUTOMATICALLY BE PLACED TO A 24-HOUR MONITORING SERVICE. ELEVATOR MAIN NOTE 13 B) PHONE IN ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM SHALL HAVE THE CAPABILITY TO - DISCONNECT PLACE A CALL TO THE PHONE IN THE ELEVATOR. (NOTE 5) S ELEVATOR NOTE 6 C) COORDINATE WIRING AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS WITH CONTROLLER ELEVATOR SUPPLIER AND PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED WIRING. 2. LOCATE PIT LIGHTS AND RECEPTACLES AS RECOMMENDED BY ELEVATOR of Fo INSTALLER. LIGHTS AND RECEPTACLE IN PIT SHALL BE NEMA 4 RATED. O GFI MINIMUM LIGHT LEVEL IS 10 FOOTCANDLES. 3. PROVIDE HEAT DETECTORS IN ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM AND ELEVATOR SHAFT. LI A D I C PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNT ADAPTER VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH DEPT.OF LABOR&INDUSTRIES'CHIEF ELEVATOR n ,` rt J WHERE PANELBOARD IS INSTALLED L-� INSPECTOR.INTERLOCK SHUNT TRIP BREAKER SUPPLYING ELEVATOR POWER WITH FLUSH WITH WALL ELEVATOR NOTE THESE DETECTORS. PANEL 4 NOTE 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 NOTE 7 GFI 2 4. CONNECT FOR ELEVATOR RECALL THROUGH PRIMARY AND SECONDARY FIRE ALARM 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz RELAYS. CONNECT ELEVATOR ALARM SIGNAL RELAY TO ELEVATOR CONTROLLER. 5, MOUNT ELEVATOR MAIN DISCONNECT IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO DOOR(STRIKE SIDE).PROVIDE POWER TO HEAT DETECTORS AND SHUNT TRIP.PROVIDE AUX,DRY 0 r - - r • SURGE SUPPRESSION DEVICE(SPD), TO TTB TEL TEL CONTACTS FOR AUTOMATIC CAB LOWERING FEATURE.COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS I I INSTALL AS CLOSET BREAKER DETAIL NOTE NOTE WITH ELEVATOR INSTALLER. SERVING DEVICE AS POSSIBLE. 1 1 TAMPER SWITCHES AT OPTION 6. PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTOR. CONNECT TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. S.VAND I I REFER TOR PANEL SCHEDULES FOR FOR SPRINKLER HEADS T CIRCUITS ARE TO BE USED FOR THE CAB LIGHTS/RECEPTACLE AND FAN;EXACT w"S"��'�.a< BREAKER LOCATION PRIOR TO .L s C r - - - - - - � ROUGH-IN.NO 90 DEGREE BENDS IN LOCATION TO BE COORDINATED WITH ELEVATOR INSTALLER. Q Toz 1 C CONNECTING CONDUIT ALLOWED. 8. PROVIDE FIXED-RATE 135"F HEAT DETECTOR,INSTALL WITHIN 12"OF SPRINKLER I O O O PROVIDE SHORTEST POSSIBLE HEAD. 'y zoiiri66 q� OL L - - - - - J WIRING LENGTH FOR CONNECTION, 9. PROVIDE DEVICE/MODULES FOR CONNECTION TO FLASHING FIRE HAT. �'nF gfcrslea�°\2� MAXIMUM OF 18".SEE �'yy9NALV SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL 10.PROVIDE ALL FIRE ALARM,TELEPHONE AND OTHER WIRING AS REQUIRED FOR A 04/19/2025 REQUIREMENTS COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 11.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE A MEETING WITH THE ELEVATOR PROJECT INSTALLER,FIRE ALARM VENDOR,AND THE FIRE SPRINKLER INSTALLER TO PROVIDE 30A13P BREAKER FOR CONNECTION OF CONFIRM ALL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT SPD DEVICE TO PANELBOARD INDICATED. AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEER A WEEK IN ADVANCE OF THE MEETING FOR THEIR Arlington Operations ADJUST LOCATION AS REQUIRED FOR CLOSEST OPTIONAL ATTENDANCE. POSSIBLE PROXIMITY TO NEUTRAL BUS 12.REFER TO OTHER CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL Center INFORMATION. PROVIDE SPD NEUTRAL AND GROUND FOR CONNECTIONS DIRECTLY TO NEUTRAL AND 13.PROVIDE CONNECTION FROM FIRE SPRINKLER RISER TAMPER SWITCH TO SHUNT GROUND BUS AT PANELBOARD TRIP COIL Snohomish County `�G�/DETAIL—SPD 4�DETAIL— ELEVATOR INTERFACE DIAGRAM Public Works vs„=1,-0„ 1 f / va°=1'-0° AT EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR 19700 67th Ave NE PER NEC 250.122-BASED ON SIZE OF Arlington, WA 98223 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE rf A B C TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN PERMIT SET B GROUNDING BUSBAR(TMGB) 05/02/2025 B NEUTRAL - - This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykemao,Inc. GROUNDING BUS,LOCATED IN 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 6 DRY-TYPE 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's TRANSFORMER I MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM written permission for any other use or reproduction. GROUNDING BUS AT ELECTRICAL SERVICE ENTRANCE (DESIGNER OPTION,IF INCLUDED EQUIPMENT,PROVIDE SEPARATE GROUNDING L_ _ _ ADD ELECTRICAL GROUND BUSBAR PROJECT _ ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR TO EACH SERVICE ENTRANCE ASSEMBLY DETAIL) SYSTEM BONDING JUMPER PANELBOARD - -—-�—-—-—-—-—-—- -—- 2023-053 TABLE 250.102(C)(1)MIN OR EQUIPMENT \ \ \ GROUNDBUS METAL WATER PIPING SUPPLY SIDE BONDING JUMPER _ _—_—_—_ _—_ _—_—_ -—- -J l PER NEC 250.28(D)(1)-(D)(3), MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTAL T T T TABLE 250.102(C)(1)MIN GROUNDING ELECTRODES,AS REQUIRED,TO ACHIEVE GROUND L RESISTANCE PER SPECIFICATION 1 260526 FEEDER EQUIPMENT GROUNDING COLD WATER PIPING PER `BUILDING STEEL PER 1 CONDUCTORS PER NEC 250.122 NEC 250.52(A)(1) NEC 250.52(A)(2) I I NATURAL GAS PIPING PER SPRINKLER PIPING PER �20'UENGTH COPPER PER NEC 250.104(D)(1)BONDING JUMPER, /NEUTRALBUS SUPPLY SIDE BONDING JUMPER NEC 250.104(B) NEC 250.104(B) CONDUCTOR IN FOOTING PROJECT SIZE PER TABLE 250.66 MINIMUM PER NEC 250.28(D)(1)-(D)(3), PER NEC 250.52(A)(3) TABLE 250.102(C)(1)MIN PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI NEUTRAL GROUNDING CONDUCTOR PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV OVERSIZE IF ALSO USED AS A SYSTEM DETAIL NOTES: PROJECT ARCHITECT:(- BONDING JUMPER PER NEC 250.30(A)(1) JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A PER NEC 250.52(A)(2)CONNECT TO GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR PER 1. ALL GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROTECTED •. A NEAREST GROUNDING ELECTRODE NEC 250.30(A)(5),TABLE 250.66 BASED ON WHERE EXPOSED TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE PER REQUIREMENTS OF NEC SIZE OF PHASE CONDUCTORS OVERSIZE 250.64(B). L - - J PER(A)(6)IF MULTIPLE SYSTEMS 2. ALL CONDUCTORS TO BE SIZED PER NEC,UO N. ELECTRICAL DETAILS DETAIL—SEPARATELY DERIVED GROUNDING J vs"=,'_o" ��DETAIL— ELECTRICAL SERVICE GROUNDING J 1/8"=V-0" 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 D CONDUIT FIRESTOP AS DYKEMAN NECESSARYTO MAINTAIN RATING OF FIRE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN SEPARATION FIRE SEPARATION ELECTRICAL APPLY FIRE PUTTY — INSTALL AND CONNECT CT'S OUTLET BOX PAD.MAINTAIN PROVIDED AS PART OF ONE-HOUR FIRE N L1 L2 L3 METERING PACKAGE PROVIDE NETWORKING RATING OF WALL Si CONNECTION TO OTHER METERS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PER H /� R G I S ONE HOUR RATED MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS GYPSUM WALL S2 Si I TO OTHER CONDUIT METERS/HEAD END 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 S2 S1 I I I TO OTHER 206.448.3376 206.448.4450 hargis.biz METERS/HEAD END I S2 + + + 1 2 1 2 + S I A B C PHASE ENERGY RS485 CT INPUTS LOSS PULSE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 23 S.ygry0 ALARM O�p1 WASH?�� 3-POLE CONTROL �v ` G VOLTAGE INPUTS POWER Q T C FIRESTOPPING AT WALL OR FIRE RESISTANT ELECTRICAL OUTLET BY DIV 26 A B C N G 1 2 FLOOR THROUGH-PENETRATION 2piiri66 w� I I oF��'y70NALE�V`2� 1 04/19/2025 DETAIL NOTES: PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: 1. PROVIDE FIRE RATED PROTECTION OF ALL CONDUITS AND OUTLET /� BOXES PENETRATING FIRE RATED CEILINGS AND/OR WALLS. Arlington Operations ELECTRICAL PANEL BEING MO_NITORE_D 2. DETAILS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY.SUBCONTRACTOR TO INSTALL Center FIRE-PROOFING ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S UL APPROVED FIRE STOP DETAIL ADDRESSING THE APPROPRIATE PENETRATION DETAIL NOTE: TYPE AND FIRE RATING. FOR 1. CONNECTIONS SHOWN ARE FOR VERIS#E50 SERIES POWER METERING 3. REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL,ESPECIALLY SECTION 078400- PRODUCTS. PROVIDE AS REQUIRED FOR PANELBOARD OR BRANCH CIRCUIT Snohomish County FIRE-STOPPING. METERING PRODUCTS SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT. Public Works DETAIL- FIRE RATED SEPARATION PROTECTION DETAIL- POWER MONITOR WIRING AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B DETAIL NOTES: JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED This drawing is: TO STRUCTURE SUPPORT RIGID CONDUIT 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. DETAIL NOTES: TO STRUCTURE AS 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 1. VERIFY FLOOR BOX TYPE,MANUFACTURER AND APPURTENANCES REQUIRED 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's REQUIRED PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. written permission for any other use or reproduction. 1. VERIFY FLOOR BOX TYPE,MANUFACTURER AND APPURTENANCES 2. MINIMUM RADIUS BEND OF CONDUITS SERVING DATA OUTLETS SHALL REQUIRED PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROJECT NUMBER: BE 10 TIMES THE DIAMETER OF THE CONDUIT. 2. MINIMUM RADIUS BEND OF CONDUITS SERVING DATA OUTLETS SHALL 3. PROVIDE FIREPROOFING AROUND BOX AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN BE 10 TIMES THE DIAMETER OF THE CONDUIT. 2023-053 FIRE RATING OF FLOOR. 0 0 3. COORDINATE FLOOR BOX LOCATION(S)WITH SLAB REINFORCING. 0 o o o o CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION r, 4. COORDINATE FLOOR BOX LOCATION(S)WITH SLAB REINFORCING. 4. DO NOT ROUTE CONDUITS IN THE SLAB.ROUTE CONDUITS BELOW 0 0 0 0 BOX TO DISCONNECT 5. DO NOT ROUTE CONDUITS IN THE TOPPING SLAB.ROUTE CONDUITS SLAB AS INDICATED. 0 0 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION BELOW SLAB.PROVIDE J-BOX(ES)AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE e m e INSTALLATION. 5. INSTALL CONDUIT MINIMUM 2"BELOW BOTTOM OF SLAB.SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 260533 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 0 0 6. PROVIDE PENETRATION TO FLOOR BOX THROUGH SIDE WHERE 0 0 KNOCKOUTS NOT PROVIDED IN BOTTOM. 6. CONDUIT ENTRY INTO BOTTOM OF FLOOR BOX PREFERRED IN LIEU OF 0 SIDE ENTRY. STEEL SUPPORT UNISTRUT o o VFD/DISCONNECT FOR TOPPING FLOOR BOX STRUCTURE BY ELECTRICAL 0 0 WALL EQU ,COLUMN,OR MENT MOUNTED ON SLAB CONTRACTOR.PROVIDE 0 0 48" UNISTRUT STRUCTURE UPPER FLOOR STRUCTURE FOR EACH 0 0 EQUIPMENT DISCONNECT 0 0 PROJECT 00 00 00 00 SLAB-ON-GRADE FLOOR BOX NOT MOUNTED ON A WALL 0 0 PER PLAN POUR BOX 0 0 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV O O O O + FLOOR PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- UPPER _ JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A FLOOR �J-BOX TYP NOTE 3(TYP) A DECK CONNECT TO FLOOR USING METHODS APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER CEILING BELOW TYP -III=III-III-III...III= ELECTRICAL DETAILS �1 DETAIL- UPPER FLOOR SLAB ON FLOOR BOX A DETAIL-SLAB ON GRADE FLOOR BOX �1 DETAIL- INTERIOR UNISTRUT MOUNTED DISCONNECT SUPPORT "r 1/8"=1'-0" J 11=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D ELECTRICAL PANEL 20AI1P LINEIHOT(L) DYKEMAN rARCHITECTURE + DESIGN LINE/HOT(L) N NEUTRAL(N) TRANSFORMER LEG DATA/TV BACKBOX G GROUND G MULTIPLE BOX MOUNTING BRACKET COOPER B-LINE POWER BACKBOX #BB8-16 OR#BB8-24 NUTAND WASHER BACKBOX O 0 0 BACKBOX (WHERE INDICATED) CONSULTANT: (WHERE INDICATED) POWER BACKBOX Q Q O Q QO o H A R G I S ISOLATION PAD PER SPEC SWITCHED LINE/HOT(L) _iQ o- 0 a SECTIONS 262200 AND 260548 DATAITV BACKBOX Q 0 Q Q O 01 third le,wa 101 LLUG OAD Q 0 12206.448.3376n Ue206A48.4450,suite 600, edtthargs.b8 NO DEVICES LOCATED IN DIFFERENT ROOMS MAY BE O O O CONTROLLER 'CR'DOUBLE DUPLEX LOCATED IN THE SAME STUD BAY.DEVICES Q RECEPTACLE LOCATED IN DIFFERENT ROOMS MUST BE SEPARATED BY A MINIMUM OF ONE STUD BAY � CR DETAIL NOTES: S.IA"o HOUSEKEEPING PAD �O�01 WASH�F.P� a! C HOT GALVANIZED STEEL Q < r^ C 1. CONTROLLED AND UNCONTROLLED DUPLEX SHALL BE INSTALLED IN SAME ROUGH-IN BOX. BOLT.SIZE ANCHOR BOLTS m 1 2. SEE SHEETS E0.07 AND E0.08 FOR CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE CONTACTOR DIAGRAMS. PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS NALE�V DETAIL-CONTROLLED DOUBLE DUPLEX WIRING DIAGRAM 2 DETAIL-TRANSFORMER ISOLATION INSTALLATION DETAIL- POWER AND DATA ROUGH-IN 04/19/2025 1/8"=1'-0" 1/8"=1'-0" 1 ' 11/8"=1'-0" PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE ELECTRICAL Arlington, WA 98223 PANEL 20A/1P LINE/HOT(L) LINE/HOT(L) PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B DEVICE PLATE This drawing is: ri CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION 1.Copyright 2025 D keman,Inc. NEUTRAL N IDENTIFICATION PER WHERE SINGLE CIRCUIT e 9 y N SPECIFICATION SECTION ( 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. CENTER IN G GROUND(G) 262726(2.3)(B) FACEPLATE)MIDDLE OF 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. P 1 A-XX CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION P 1 A-XX P 1 A-XX PROJECT NUMBER SWITCHED LINE/HOT(L) On Q Q 2023-053 PLUG 0 o- DEVICE PLATE W W LOAIDENTIFICATION PER _ CONTTROLLER O SPECIFICATION SECTION V U 0 a 262726(2.3)(B) W W MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CD CD 'CR'DUPLEX RECEPTACLE O O O a a 6CRU U 0 DETAIL NOTES: LL 3/16"LETTERING(TYP) 3/16"LETTERING(TYP) 1. SEE E3 SERIES FOR CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE CONTACTOR LOCATIONS. V DEVICE PLATE •- 2. SEE SHEETS E0.07 AND E0.08 FOR CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE IDENTIFICATION PER OJECT TEAM: CONTACTOR DIAGRAMS. I SPECFICATION SECTION DEDICATED D I CAT E D DEDICATED 26272 CA(B) PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI PROJECT MANAGER: TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:1- JOB CAPTAIN: 1 KSR A ��DETAIL-CONTROLLED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WIRING DIAGRAM ��DETAIL- RECEPTACLE FACEPLATE IDENTIFICATION A J 1/8"=1'-0" J 1/8"=1'-0" ELECTRICAL DETAILS 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D DYKEMAN AHU-01 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ® MA-21 ,23,25 INSTALLED: YYYYCONSULTANT: XFMR 'T-P1 ' H A R G I S MECHANICAL DISCONNECT TAG PRIMARY VOLTAGE: 480V 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz SECONDARY VOLTAGE: 208Y/120V PANEL 'LA' FED FROM: PANEL 'LA' S VAkOF pQ'pf WAgy�H.P LveO sYC [ME ® ® VOLTAGE: 480Y/277V ® FEEDS: PANEL 'P1', ROOM 100 ® FEEDER CONDUCTOR ® � 201 1. MFED FROM: MAIN SWITCHBOARD AMPACITY: 1,140AOtSTEW04/19/2025 INSTALLED: YYYY INSTALLED: YYYY PROJECT IDENTIFICATION:- Arlington Operations YEAR DISCONNECT TAG PANELBOARD TAG TRANSFORMER TAG NSTALLED FEEDER TAG AT EQUIPMENT Center (TYP) SPECIFIER'S NOTE: 'SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 2 60553 FOR FOR REMOVE YEAR INSTALLED AS DESIRED. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. Snohomish County 0�11 DETAIL- ELECTRICAL NAMEPLATES Public Works � s=1,_0„ AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B D I S T. BOARD 'M D B' This drawing is 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. FED FROM: UTILITY PROJECT NUMBER FEEDER CONDUCTOR AMPACITY: 600A VALUE PER DIVISION26 POWER STUDIES ECATEGORY: R M I 2023-053 SUBMITTAL ® ® NEL 'LA1' ® MARK • DATE DESCRIPTION AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT: XX kA SCREWS OR RIVETSLIGHTING FAULT CALC DATE: MM-DD-YYYY AGE: MSBD D: YYYY INSTALLED: YYYY METER TAG "PROJECT WHITE LETTERS ON YELLOW BACKGROUND PRINCIPAL INCHARGE:I BMI SERVICE ENTRANCE TAG YEAR PROJECT MANAGER: TSV INSTALLED PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- (TYP) "SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 260553 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A A DETAIL-SERVICE ENTRANCE TAG DETAIL-METER LABELING DETAIL ELECTRICAL DETAILS 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D CONSULTANT:DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206.448.4450 hargis.biz • g,V AA, pR WF WAS FOP C i C GISTE � zoitrt66 w� oF��'yyONALE�V`�� 04/19/2025 PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 B POLE CIRCUIT ROOM WS LIGHTING P 5RMIT/02/2025SET B This drawing is: CONTROL PANEL 1.Copyright this project eman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 'LA R' ® 2023-053 SCREWS OR RIVETS (SCHEDULE INSIDE COVER) • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION INSTALLED: YYYY LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL TAG YEAR INSTALLED WHITE LETTERS ON YELLOW BACKGROUND PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI CARD STOCK PAPER SCHEDULE IN CLEAR PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PLASTIC SLEEVE/HOLDER ON INSIDE COVER PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A A WRITTEN ON IN PENCIL FOR ADDING/EDITING ' �1 DETAIL- LIGHTING RELAY PANEL LABELING AND PHENOLIC TAG ELECTRICAL DETAILS 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 D TO OTHER EXTERIOR PHOTOCELL SYSTEM DEVICES CONTROL ON FLOOR —�— MODULES ON/OFF AND I I . YKEMAN DIMMING I I CONTROL I I DEVICES FOR LIGHTING WITHIN I I ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN THE ZONE/SPACE I I LEVEL 2 I TO OTHER I I SYSTEM DEVICES CONTROL _ I LOW VOLTAGE I ON FLOOR —�— MODULES —� CONTROL WIRING ASI REQUIRED BYCONSULTANT: ON/OFF AND MANUFACTURER DIMMING I I CONTROL H A R G I S DEVICES FOR LIGHTING WITHIN THE ZONE/SPACE LIGHTING RELAY CONTROL PANEL 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 HEAD END EXTERIOR 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz LIGHTING • 11� CONNECTION FROM BMS SYSTEM 277V AND 120V NORMAL POWER CONNECTION TO EMS SYSTEM V A CONNECTION FROM FIRE ALARM S WA A,,o i CONNECTION TO OWNER NETWORKp1 ag7Hc��! C er�.p x� C LEVEL 1 ELECTRICAL ROOM 'y V .IIII" q� oF��'yyONALE�V`2� GENERAL NOTES: 04/19/2025 RISER SHOWS SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE AND INTENT FOR NETWORK SYSTEM. PROVIDE ALL NETWORK COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER PROJECT IDENTIFICATI 4 DETAIL-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROL RISER DIAGRAM Arlington Operations 1/8"=V-0" Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A A ELECTRICAL DETAILS • 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 7 D DYKEMAN M1A-4,47 XFMR T-DP, NEMA3R K1A-23 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN A' GF A — A r— FLAG NOTES I I r — ,A-23 CU-02 I I PNL'DP1A' L — — NL'P26' - - - - •. r1 _____ r NL'P2A' PROVIDE 1"C FROM ATOM LTE ENCLOSURE TO EACH r 1 ATOM DISTRIBUTION PANEL ON SITE(SIX TOTAL)FOR - I J HARDWIRE INTERNET CONNECTION.SEE SHEET E1.01 I I ELE�.� _ — AND WIR FOR ATOM DISTRIBUTION PANEL LOCATIONS. NEMA 3R PNL'K1A' - 1 6 P2B-32 LIGHTING CONTROLCONSULTANT: - — PANEL'LAR' GF ND(TY H A R G I S spD(TYP) cu-o1 I 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 M1 M.�HEAT I ! 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz TRACE (—O' ENLARGED ELEC 106 POWER PLAN 1/4"=V-0" I SERVICE YARD I I S.I A NO O I I ENOC O T E INDETECTIONUSII CONTROON /—ACIESSL RESPONDER .y"O�p1 wAsy��o C I I PANEL PANEL RADIO J/^�1 e r i j C T1A-11 T1A-13 T1A-15 P2A-31 'yyONALE�V`2� T1A-9 T1A-9 P2A-31 04/19/2025 GENERATOR T1A-17 MDF r P2A 31 J.�PNI-711A- PROJECT • • CLEARANCES 105 T1A-9 L — — SPD GF WPI T1A-10,12 �T1A-26,28 Arlington Operations P2B-34 p2g-34T1A-14,16T1A-30,32 GF WP �(t Centor _ �TTT T1A-9 rI�A- T1A-3 T1AA-e! ,1A-7 FOR T1A-6,8 1A-22 .� T1A-2,4 T1A-18,20 Snohomish County T1A-9 T1A-9 - Public Works FCU-L-10 ---- ----J AT 3 19700 67th Ave NE �\ L---------J ENLARGED MDF 105 POWER PLAN Arlington, WA 98223 5 PERMIT SET e 05/02/2025 B PVINVERTER XFMR'T-DB-EV1A,B' SWBD'GSBD' GF (FUTURE) This drawing is: XFMR'T-DB-EV2A,6' ATS-DPA1 GF SPD 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. TO TRANSFORMER T-DB-EV3A,B r P1A-16 NL'DPA1' 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's POWER MONITORING written permission for any other use or reproduction. —— fJ12A-10 ATS'LV3' PNL'P1A' PROJECT NUMBE• (1)4"C FOR FUTURE PV yrm PV INVERTER COMBINER PANEL SPD NL'M2A' 2023-053 I �INVERTERS2"C FOR FUTURE r—=—_ I 1 XFMR'T-P1A' STACKED� SPD - • NL'PVA1' (TYP 2) I I I I I I I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION (TYP XFMR'T-M2A' TO DISTRIBUTON BOARD DB-EV3A L — C TO DISTRIBUTON BOARD DB-EV2A,B TO DISTRIBUTON BOARD DB-EV2A,B 7 8 PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV ENLARGED SERVICE YARD ��ENLARGED ELEC 207 POWER PLAN PROJECT ARCHITECT: - f 1/4"=11" Y 1, JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A A ENLARGED ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 D SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING FLOOR-MOUNTED DEVICES. . YKEMAN 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. 5 �6�1 / ' , 3. WHERE RECEPTACLE IS INDICATED AS"GB"AND PROTECTED BY DESIGNARCHITECTURE + '�/ Y GFI TYPE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER,PROVIDE LABELING PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726.REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 4. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726 AND ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR DEVICE FACEPLATE LABELING. — � FLAG NOTES P2B-30 GIF HRU-02 EU -03 [> FOR IRRIGATION UNCTION BOX,CONRDUIT,AND CONDUCTORS H A R G I S r PROVIDE 4"CONDUIT FOR CONTROL WIRES. MIA-5,37,39 - COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF CONDUIT 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 3 3 'r a CONNECTIONS WITH LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS AND 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS ECH:WATER MA1-8,10,12 GF 3 IN FUSED DISCONNECT ON DIV.PROVIDE SOURCE J P2B-30 r USTALLNISTR T RACK. MA1-7,9,11 HP-01 SYSTEM E-01 ®, 1A 31,33 MECHANICAL PNL'M1A' HP-02 110 EJ-02 — CONTROLS COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF EXTERIOR MA7-1,3,5 L DISCONNECT FOR PUMP WITH MANUFACTURER S.VAry _ J M REQUIREMENTS AND PUMP LOCATION. p`F o1 WASy�E,P� s C PNL'MAl' — — - O COORDINATE HOMERUN CONDUIT STUBUP WITHIN Q r c m C r BC-01 ❑ MA1-14,16,18 CASEWORK FOR RECEPTACLES LOCATED WITHIN THE m•� 1A-1,3 MECH:HVAC -2 M1A-53 BACKSPLASH. w�EQUIPMENT M1A-17,1 'y 2ollllfi6 P2-3, M BQ-0 109 DWCP-01 M1A-25,27,29 �yONALE�/19/2025 Al- MA 25,27,29 M1A-41 M1A-23 L — — —TRA O M PROJECT CWP-02 PRIM R GFB-30 EWH-01 p2g_g0 GF - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Arlington Operations Center FOR 6 7 Snohomish County Public Works LARGED MECHANICAL ROOM 109 & 110- POWER PLAN AT (D�� 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 DykemaD,Inc. REFRIGERATOR Li ❑ 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. a6U' r 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. IRRIGATION DGF K1A-8 REFRIGERATOR CONTROLLER 2 ICE MACHINE D GF� K,A-760 PROJECT -. NUMBER. ROTATE HORIZONTAL - K1A 28 DGF p 1 GF AND LOCATE IN 1A_10 ACDGF \_J K1A-5 COUNTERTOP K1A_10 2023-053 AC D GF BACKSPLASH K,A-28 K1A-18,20 RANGE GF I kITC HOOD CM21.A-2426 K1A-7 8206f,IK1A-22 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION M1A-2,4 K1A-28P2B-35 HRU-01 GFDGF K1A-26 ACDGF -32 K1A-12 �P26-32 FCU-U-03 GF g K1A-24 AC o GF K1A-28 K1A-12,14,16 K1A-14 MECH. --� KITCHENETTE GF AC C ACDGF M M1A-28 107 102 GF GF GF K1A-16 --1 K1A-28 ACDGF F-01 �J�J K1A-5 P28-37 P26-32 MICROWAVE o P2B-32 K1A-5 (TYP OF 2) PROJECT B-37 DGF K1A_1 3,5 ACDGF — — — PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECTARCHITECT:I- 2 JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A 4 1 , A PI NLARGED MECH 107-POWER PLAN ��ENLARGED KITCHENETTE ROOM 102-POWER PLAN �1 ENLARGED KITCHEN ROOM 206-POWER PLAN ENLARGED a"=,'-o" 4 1/4"=V-0• ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 SHEET NOTES D 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING FLOOR-MOUNTED DEVICES. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. DYKEMAN 3. WHERE RECEPTACLE IS INDICATED AS"GB'AND PROTECTED BY GFI TYPE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER,PROVIDE LABELING PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726.REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES DESIGN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ARCHITECTURE + 4. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726 AND ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR DEVICE FACEPLATE LABELING. FLAG NOTES PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITHIN EACH INDIVIDUAL LOCKER FOR BOOT DRYERS(TOTAL OF 139 LOCKERS).CONNECT UP TO 13 DEVICES ON A SINGLE H AR G I S CIRCUIT. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz B g.VAryO I I �p`F p1 WAgy�F.P'� a! C Q i C 04/19/2025 Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 p 0 0 0 0 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Oo Oo Oo Oo ( P) , Arlington Operations 1� I L 1 L J Center P2B-42 P2B-42 P2B-02 P2B-42 P2B-42 = - - - _ _ - _ - _ _ _ _ _ = P2B-40� P21340 P2B-40 P2B-40 FOR P2B-44 P28-44 P2B-42 P28-42 P2B-42 P28-42 P2B-42 P28-42 P2B-42 P2B-02 P2B-40 P2B-40 P2B-40 P2B-00 P2B-40 P28-40 P2B-40 P2B-40 Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER(TYPICAL SECTION)2 Arlington, WA 98223 5 PERMIT SET e 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykemao,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 2023-053 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (Ty ) 1 (TYP) 1 P26-40 P2B-38 P26-38 P2B-38 P26-11 P26-38 P2B-38 P2B-38 P26-38 n n Ln P2B-36 P26-36 P2B-36 P2B-36 P26-36 P2B-36 P2B-36 P26-36 P2B-36 P2B-36 P2B-36 - • PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI I L PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:1- - - - a JOB CAPTAIN: 1 KSR A A ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER(TYPICAL SECTION) 1 ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER ROOM POWER 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 2 3 4 5 SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION D FOR LOCATING FLOOR-MOUNTED DEVICES. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. 3. WHERE RECEPTACLE IS INDICATED AS"GB"AND PROTECTED BY • YKEMAN B GFI TYPE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER,PROVIDE LABELING PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726.REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 4. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726 AND ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR DEVICE FACEPLATE LABELING. FLAG NOTES 1� PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITHIN EACH CONSULTANT: INDIVIDUAL LOCKER FOR BOOT DRYERS(TOTAL OF 139 LOCKERS).CONNECT UP TO 13 DEVICES ON A SINGLE CIRCUIT. H A R G I S - - - 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz 0 0 0 0 Oo 00 00 00 00 0 00 00 0 • (TYP) 1 (TYP) 1 g.VAryZ a! C rn M P2B-38 P26-38 P2B-44 (-��-� �-��-� �-��-� �-��-� Q r x� C P2B44 P2B44 P2B-46 P2846 P2B-46 P2846 P2B-46 P2846 � Irlbb w� I oF��'yyONALE�V`2� d d ° 04/19/2025 PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center FOR ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER(TYPICAL SECTION)4 ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER(TYPICAL SECTION)1 Snohomish County 1/2" Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET e i 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright2025 Dykemao,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 2023-053 0 Oo a Oo a 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION (TYP) � (TYP) 1L-11L L L L]L :—]I P2B-46 P2644 P2B44 P26-52 P2B-52 P2B-50 P2B-50 P2B-50 P2848 P2B-48 P2848 P2B-46 P21346 P26-46 P2B46 P2B-46 P2B46 P2B-46 P2646 P2B-46 P2646 P2B46 P2646 d d _ PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A A ENLARGED ELECTRICAL 3 ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER (TYPICAL SECTION)2 O ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER (TYPICAL SECTION)6 ELEVATION PLAN ill"=1'-11" 1/2"=V-0" 1 2 1 3 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION D FOR LOCATING FLOOR-MOUNTED DEVICES. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. YKEMAN 3. WHERE RECEPTACLE IS INDICATED AS"GB"AND PROTECTED BY • GFI TYPE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER,PROVIDE LABELING PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726.REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 4. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726 AND ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR DEVICE FACEPLATE LABELING. E E FLAG NOTES PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITHIN EACH CONSULTANT: INDIVIDUAL LOCKER FOR BOOT DRYERS(TOTAL OF 139 LOCKERS).CONNECT UP TO 13 DEVICES ON A SINGLE H AR G I S CIRCUIT. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz • S,V Apo �p`F Of WAgy�F.p� a! C Q � i� C O O O O O O O O Oo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 �OIrlbbO ww� F��'y70NAL0�p�2 04/19/2025 (Tv) 1 PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: �_��_� �_��_� �_��_� �_��_� �_��_� �_��_� �_��_� �_��_� P2B-50 P26-50 P26-50 P2B-50 P26-50 P2B-50 P26-50 P2B-50 P26-50 P2B-50 P26-48 P26d8 P26-48 P26-48 P26-48 P26-48 P26-48 P26-48 P2Bd8 Arlington Operation s Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE ��ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER (TYPICAL SECTION)8 ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER (TYPICAL SECTION)7 Arlington, WA 98223 -o^ r-o" PERMIT SET e E 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright2025 Dykemao,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT 2023-053 I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION Oo O Oo O O I O O Oo O O O Oo Oo LJ LiJ I I If I PROJECT TEAM: P28-52 P213-52 P213-52 P2B-52 P2B-52 P2B-54 P2B-54 P28-52 P2B-52 P2B-52 P2B-52 P2B-52 ff]52 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- d _ Q d JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A A ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN �1 ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER(TYPICAL SECTION)9 ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER(TYPICAL SECTION)4 1 1 2 1 �� 3 1 4 1 5 2 3 4 5 SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION D FOR LOCATING FLOOR-MOUNTED DEVICES. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LOCATING OF WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES. DYKEMAN 3. WHERE RECEPTACLE IS INDICATED AS"GB"AND PROTECTED BY GFI TYPE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER,PROVIDE LABELING PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726.REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 4. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 262726 AND ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR DEVICE FACEPLATE LABELING. FLAG NOTES t� PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITHIN EACH INDIVIDUAL LOCKER FOR BOOT DRYERS(TOTAL OF 139 LOCKERS).CONNECT UP TO 13 DEVICES ON A SINGLE H AR G I S CIRCUIT. 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz • g.w �p`F Of WAgy�F.p� a! C Q � i� C ��Irlbb w� oF��'yyONALE�p`2� 04/19/2025 PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations Center D FOR Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 -_,.= =��_ -��- -��_ =-��= = __ =��- -��_ -��_ =,=_- _��_ -��_ =��_ =��- =,.= =��- =��= =�°= =•�= =��- PERMIT SET e I I 05/02/2025 B O 0 0 O O O O O O 0 O O O O O O O O O O This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykemaq Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. (T'P) t L L ad (Typ)[�L L—:�—J I L PROJECT NUMBER. irr 7 P2B-56 P2B-56 7P28-56 7 7 7 7 7 n ffi P2B-54 P2B-54 P26-54 [!5:4 P28-54 P2B-54 P28-54 P26-54 2023-053 • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER(TYPICAL SECTION)5 ��ENLARGED LOCKER ROOM POWER(TYPICAL SECTION)3 PRINCIPAL INCHARGE:I BMI -0" PROJECT MANAGER: TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A A ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ELEVATION PLAN 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 2 4 5 D RACK REQUIREMENTS 1. PROVIDE COMPLETE RACK ASSEMBLY,INCLUDING ANCHOR BOLTS,CLAMPS,RACKS AND MISC.INSTALLATION HARDWARE.CONTRACTOR SHALL EQUIP EACH RACK AS . YKEMAN SHOWN,AND AS DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE CABLE MANAGEMENT PANELS,PATCH PANELS, ETC.,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 2. GROUND EQUIPMENT TO NEAREST NEC RECOGNIZED GROUNDING ELECTRODE SUBSYSTEM WITH A DEDICATED #6 AWG COPPER,STRANDED,GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. 3. ASSEMBLE EQUIPMENT RACKS SO RACK UNIT 1 IS NEAREST TO THE FLOOR AND NUMBERS INCREASE VERTICALLY. CONSULTANT: (TYP ALL RACK COMPONENTS H /� R G I S WALLS) 74'-0" 17 18 19 (TYP) 16 O19"X 7'-0"TWO POST EQUIPMENT RACK 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 O19"X 7'-0"FOUR POST EQUIPMENT RACK 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz 20 VFWP ERR O3 6"W DOUBLE-SIDED VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT PANEL PS PS • 14 4O 2-RU HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGEMENT PANEL V 15 O5 2-RU RMFC(X),(X)DENOTES QUANTITY OF 'k.V A N SINGLEMODE MODULES �O�pt WASH�F.F'7` a! C �/I 6O CATEGORY 6A 48-PORT PATCH PANEL FOR WIRELESS AP A x j C Y O7 CATEGORY 6 48-PORT IP CAMERA PATCH PANEL f'o q2°iiri66o �w� 2 3 4 ^ 3 NAL0�V�2 (TYP) 13 8O CATEGORY 6 48-PORT STATION PATCH PANEL 04/19/2025 2 Ee.ot 9O ETHERNET NETWORK SWITCH PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: 10 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY(UPS),(BYOWNER) 11 VERTICAL POWER STRIP WITH NON-LOCKING20A PLUG,MOUNT ON Arlington Operations REAR OF EQUIPMENT RACK Center EQUIPMENT LAYOUT LADDER TRAY LAYOUT 12 3/4",4'-0"X 8'-0"FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD BACKBOARD FOR AT+6"AFF 13 18"W LADDER RACK,MOUNT AT-T-6"AFF WITH RETAINAGE POSTS Snohomish County ENLARGED M D F ROOM PLAN AND RADIUS DROPS AT CABLE EXIT/ENTRY Public Works / 1/4"=1'-0" 14 20"TMGB,MOUNT-12"BELOW LADDER RACK,SEE 1/E8.03 95 DEDICATED EQUIPMENT#6 AWG GROUND TO TMGB PER NEC, AT EIAITIA STANDARDS WITH 2-HOLE GROUND LUG 19700 67th Ave NE 11 5 (3) 16 BONDING STRAP#6AWG WITH 2-HOLE GROUND LUG Arlington, WA 98223 1 (TYP OF 3) 17 INTRUSION DETECTION PANEL AND POWER SUPPLY �\ RACK1 RACK2 RACK3 RACK4 3 (TYP OF 4J PERMIT SET 18 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PANEL AND POWER SUPPLY(BY OWNER) B 7 s IIPI o Ilsll o Ilell o B II^ I 19 EMERGENCY RESPONDER RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM 05/02/2025 B Q ® ® 6 PROJECT NUMBER: mm WALL MOUNT BDA AND BACK-UP BATTERY This drawing is: (TYP 3) 8 O O O ICI l� 1.Copyright 2025 Dykemaq Inc. i 20 SPACE ALLOCATED FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT,SEE ELEC 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. I 9 (TYP> 2023-053 31 Ilwll II�II 01�10 II^II MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 21 21 7 �1 0 1 ® O O Ilpll : II�II : 01�10 is O ® O PROJECT14 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: BMI PROJECT MANAGER: TSV e ® ® ® PROJECT ARCHITECT: - JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A s A ® 10 TELECOM ENLARGED I I I I I I I I PLANS 15 (TYP) 2 RACK ELEVATIONS - MDF ' SCALE:NONE 1 2 1 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 J-HOOK SHALL BE p CONDUIT ELBOW,MINIMUM SUPPORTED VIA RADIUS PER SPECIFICATIONS DEDICATED STRINGER PLASTIC BUSHING OR THREADED ROD ATTACHED 0 PLASTIC BUSHING EXTEND CONDUIT TO STRUCTURE O CONDUIT ELBOW,MINIMUM ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE DYKEMAN RADIUS PER SPECIFICATIONS CATEGORY 6 CABLING TO TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM CATEGORY 6 CABLING TO EXTEND CONDUIT TO 0 ® DESIGN TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE 10'-0"SERVICE LOOP ARCHITECTURE +SUPPORTED VIA J-HOOK NOTES BACK BOX AND MUD RING,SEE 1. CONDUIT SHALL BE CONTINUOUS FROM BACK BOX ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE FOR REQUIREMENTS BACK BOX AND MUD RING,SEE TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE OR AS INDICATED ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE FOR REQUIREMENTS ON PLANS. 2. NOT ALL PARTS SHOWN.CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE A COMPLETE WORKING INSTALLATION INCLUDING MISCELLANEOUS APPURTENANCES. I I I CAT 6A/6 CABLIN OPROVIDE TIE WRAP i O O AROUND CABLE AND 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 e ATTACH TO STRAIN 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz O RELIEF CLIP ON INSIDE SERVICE LOOP AND CATEGORY 6,8P8C u 0 OF SMB SURFACE MOUNT BOX O MODULAR JACK OR BLANK — \ SHALL BE SUPPORTED - INSERT.PROVIDE BLANKS ABOVE AND OFF THE TO FILL SPACES O CEILING _ S.Y ANC PROVIDE 2-PORT OQ'pf WASH F.P SURFACE MOUNT BOX C ° (2)CATEGORY 6A 8P8C ° MODULAR JACKS FOR �ti� ° WIRELESS USE.JACK Ao��RfctSTEW``O\2�w i ® QUANTITIES VARY FOR IP y'IONALE�V i CAMERA USE 04/19/2025 i 4 PORT,LOW NOTES: PROJECT PROFILE 1. ASSEMBLY LOCATED IN ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. FACEPLATE CATEGORY 6,8P8C MODULAR NOTES: 2. NOT ALL PARTS SHOWN.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR A Arlington Operations JACK.PROVIDE BLANKS TO FILL 1. CONDUIT SHALL BE CONTINUOUS FROM BACK BOX TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING COMPLETE WORKING INSTALLATION.INCLUDING MISCELLANEOUS SPARE SPACES SPACE OR AS INDICATED ON PLANS APPURTENANCES. (` 3. ROUGH-IN FOR IP CAMERA LOCATIONS ARE SIMILAR WITH CATEGORY Center 2. NOT ALL PARTS SHOWN.CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE A COMPLETE 6 CABLING.SEE DRAWINGS FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS WORKING INSTALLATION INCLUDING MISCELLANEOUS APPURTENANCES. ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS FOR IF CAMERA CONNECTION. FOR 4. PROVIDE ENGRAVED BLACK LABEL WITH WHITE LETTERING ON T-BAR GRID WHERE WIRELESS ACCESS POINT AND CAMERA CABLING IS Snohomish County COILED ABOVE ACT CEILINGS. DETAIL-TELECOM OUTLET ROUGH-IN DETAIL-WALL MOUNT CAMERA OUTLET DETAIL-ACCESSIBLE CLG WIRELESS AP AND IP CAMERA OUTLET Public Works 1 SCALE:NONE 2 SCALE:NONE SCALE:NONE AT 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B O PATCH PANEL 110 This drawing is: CONNECTOR STRIP 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. O3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's MDF/IDF DESIGNATION MDF/IDF DESIGNATION MDF/IDF DESIGNATION 0 written permission for any other use or reproduction. 4-PORT RACK DESIGNATION 4-PORT RACK DESIGNATION 2-PORT RACK DESIGNATION 0 PROJECT FACEPLATE PATCH PANEL DESIGNATION FACEPLATE PATCH PANEL DESIGNATION FACEPLATE PATCH PANEL DESIGNATION PORT DESIGNATION PORT DESIGNATION PORT DESIGNATION �/ MAXIMUM LENGTH OF 2023-053 CONDUCTOR PAIR EXPOSED BEYOND MDF-1-01-01 MDF-1-01-01,02 MDF-1-01-01 CABLE JACKET NOT TO EXCEED 112"(TYP.) MARK DATE DESCRIPTION MAINTAIN TIGHT PAIR TWIST UP TO POINT OF DATA ICON g DATA ICON g DATA ICONFQ1 TERMINATION(TYP. "BLUE" "BLUE" "YELLOW" EACH PAIR g ® 110 TERMINATION CENTER CABLE) 110 PROTECTION COVER TERMINALS(TYP) SUPPLIED WITH PANEL PATCH PANEL PROJECT CATEGORY 68P8C CATEGORY 68P8C CATEGORY 6A 8P8C MODULAR JACKS MODULAR JACKS MODULAR JACKS FOR PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI WIRELESS USE PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT: - JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A MDF-1-01-03 MDF-1-01-02 rr- A TELECOM DETAILS BEND RADIUS MINIMUM 4 CABLE BEND RADIUS ELCRO STRAPS. �� WAP TIMES OUTSIDE CABLE SUPPORT BAR SUPPLIED DRAWING SYMBOL— DRAWING SYMBOL—\+� DRAWING SYMBOL_a DIAMETER. WITH PANEL - 4 DETAIL ENONE E-WORKSTATION FACEPLATE ORGANIZATION AND LABELING 5 DE SCALE NONE E-WALL MOUNT WIRELESS OUTLET 6 DETAIL ENONE E- UNIVERSAL PUNCHDOWN • SCA SCA 1 2 1 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 3/0 AWG BARE COPPER TO D BUILDING STEEL 3/0 AWG BARE COPPER ROUTED TO EACH 10"TGB AS APPLICABLE CAM.FC1.A:1-2 DYKEMAN 250 KCMIL BARE COPPER TO #6 AWG STRANDED GREEN SHEATH MAIN ELECTRICAL SERVICE GROUND WIRE(TYP) ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN GROUND OVERHEAD CABLE TRAY/ LADDER RACK O o 0 0 0 o 01 0 0 0 0 EACH LUL RACK MOUNT FIBER CH EQUIPMENT RACK TWO HOLE COMPRESSION ENCLOSURE GROUND LUG(TYP) CONDUITS/CONDUIT SLEEVES 0 0 O 0 0 1/4"D x 4"W x 20"L COPPER GROUND BAR WITH WALL MOUNTING H A R G I S 0 O 0 0 BRACKETS AND INSULATORS 0 0 0 0 0 0 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 0 0 0 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 • hargis.biz 0 0 0 0 0 0 BUILDING ENTRANCE PROTECTION CAUTION. CD BLACK PLASTIC ENGRAVED LABEL WITH 0 0 0 DEVICE WHITE LETTERING(TYP) CD O O o NUMBER 0 CABLE PART FIBER OPTIC CABLE O�p1 WAS, P,� s C 0 O O IJ I�LJ�I�� 0 COMMSCOPE P/N O Q e o�`" C O fYYY Y e ^ (TO:)CAM1/(FROM:)MDF 'y iri66 q� es e e e e e� TYPE OFNP MULTIMODE 50/125 OV LQ�V�� 4,a�� 04/19/2025 O� O COUNT 2-STRAND MULTIMODE CABLE TYPE AND PROJECT COPPER PATCH PANEL DESCRIPTION NOTE: Arlington Operations 1.NOT ALL PARTS AND PART NUMBERS ARE SHOWN.THE CONTRACTOR IS (� RESPONSIBLE FOR A COMPLETE WORKING INSTALLATION INCLUDING, NOTE: `�enter MISCELLANEOUS APPURTENANCES.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PLENUM RATED SHEATH WHERE REQUIRED. 1. IF ADAPTER PLATES DO NOT HAVE LOCATION FOR DESIGNATION FOR STRIP,PROVIDE LABELS ON TRAY IN FRONT OF ADAPTER PLATE. NOTE: PROVIDE LABELS ON SEE THROUGH COVER.LABELS ON FRONT 1. THE PART NUMBER AND TYPE ABOVE ARE EXAMPLES ONLY. COVER SHALL BE CLEAR WITH WHITE LETTERING. PROVIDE THE CORRECT INFORMATION IN TAG PER Snohomish County SPECIFICATIONS OF INSTALLED TYPE.OTHER CABLE TYPES AND CONFIGURATIONS MAY VARY.PROVIDE MANUFACTURER PANDUIT Public Works P/N PST-FO. AT 19700 67th Ave NE DETAIL-TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN DETAIL-OPTICAL FIBER AND Arlington, WA 98223 GROUND BUS BAR ASSEMBLY-(20" MDF) COPPER CONNECTIVITY LABELING DETAIL-OPTICAL FIBER CABLE TAG 1 2 SCALE:NONE SCALE:NONE SCALE:NONE PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykemao,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. �IEADEDD ATTACHED _ --TOE(TYP) EQUIPMENT RACK 1/2%HEX NUT 2023-053 (TYP ALL BOLTS) SECURE J-HOOKS TO THE STRUCTURE THREADED ROD - 1/2"SPLIT LOCK WASHER 4-FOOT SPACING - ® (TYP ALL BOLTS) 0 o MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ® 1/2"x 1-3/4"DIA.FENDER WASHER(TYP ALL BOLTS) 1/2"THREADED ROD(TYP) ® WRAP CABLING WITH VELCRO STRAPS TO a - a °d SECURE BUNDLES d 12"MINIMUM d. a.° - FINISHED ACCESSIBLE CEILING PROJECT a- 4 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI ° d a PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV d d - 1/2"-CONCRETE ANCHOR. PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- ° d REQUIRES A 3/4"DIA.DRILLED JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A FLOOR SLAB HOLE,APPROX.2-1/2"DEEP(TYP r,-, A 4 8 ALL FLOOR BOLTS) TELECOM DETAILS DETAIL-TWO-POST EQUIPMENT RACK INSTALLATION DETAIL-OPEN CABLING INSTALLATION SCALE:NONE 5 SCALE:NONE 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN BUILDING CORNER ROUTE CONDUIT THROUGH THE WALL TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE AS INDICATED CORNER MOUNT SEAL PENETRATION WITH EXTERIOR WALL 0 BRACKET UV RATED SEALANT WALL MOUNT BRACKET SEAL TOP 3/4� 0 WITH GASKET AND BOTHOTT SIDE WITH L TERMINATE IN CEII UV RATED SEALANT CEILNG/ATTIC SPACE OR END FITTING FOR 6"X 6"NEMA 3R J-BOX WITH WALL MOUNT OPEN CABLING H A R G I S TAMPER-PROOF \ BRACKET SCR EWS,COVER NOT SHOWN p 0 THREADED PIPE WITH 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 TEFLON TAPE 206.448.3376•206.448.4450 hargis.biz PENDANT MOUNT _ ADAPTER • CONNECT SEALTIGHT AT • BOTTOM TO CREATE DRIP LOOP(TYP OF BOTH SIDES) CEILING �0'S.WAS, a! C C CAMERA WITH WALL MOUNT BRACKET,SEE CAMERA INTERIOR CORNER MOUNT CAMERA WITH CORNER MOUNT SCHEDULE FOR CAMERA TYPECAMERA f'p g2011t�fi6o sy`s� DOES NOT REQUIRE INSTALLATION NEMA R SIMILAR. SCHEDULE FOR CAMERA TYPE 'yyONALOV`2 RATED J-BOX,ONLY NEMA1 04/19/2025 DRAWING SYMBOL C DRAWING SYMBOL-�C ► PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Arlington Operations 9 p Center DETAIL- EXTERIOR CORNER MOUNT CAMERA W/BRACKET DETAIL- EXTERIOR WALL MOUNT CAMERA W/BRACKET FOR 1 SCALE:NONE SCALE:NONE Snohomish County Public Works AT 19700 67th Ave NE PLASTIC BUSHING INTERIOR WALL Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B ATTACHED SUPPORT WIRE 05/02/2025 B ACCESSIBLE CEILING FROM BRIDGE TO STRUCTURE This drawing is: CEILING BRIDGE 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. EXTEND CONDUIT TO WITH BACK BOX 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE AND MUD RING 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. L NUMBER. BACK BOX,SEE _ CONDUIT NIPPLE - PROJECT ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE ^O° 2023-053 FOR REQUIREMENTS ( 1° ACCESSIBLE • WALL-MOUNTED SECURITY CEILING TILE CAMERA,SEE CAMERA MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SCHEDULE FOR CAMERA TYPE CEILING-MOUTSECURIT-YCAMERA,SEESCHEDULE FO TYPE PROJECT DRAWING SYMBOL DRAWING SYMBOL- Co- PRINCIPAL IN IN CHARGE�BMI PROJECT MANAGER: PROJECTPROJECTARCHITECTI-- JOBJOB CAPTAIN: A DETAIL- INTERIOR WALL MOUNT CAMERA DETAIL- INTERIOR CEILING MOUNT CAMERA A 3 SCALE:NONE SCALE:NONE TELECOM DETAILS • ' I • 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 14 5 WALL MOUNT BRACKET WITH 3/4"C D LIQUID-TIGHT CONDUIT TO POLE MOUNT ENCLOSURE FOR CAT6 PATCH CORD POLE MOUNT BRACKET ® DYKEMAN STAINLESS STEEL ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN BANDS(TYP) ®VOGOL0n 6"X6"X4"NEMA4 ENCLOSURE FOR CATEGORY 6A PATCH CORD TO CAMERA VIA 3/4" SEALTIGHT CONDUIT CONSULTANT: (1)1"C SLEEVE IN POLE =SECURITY CAMERA,SEE CAMERA H A R G I S PROVIDE NEMA4 SCHEDULE FOR CAMERA TYPE ENCLOSURE AND PROVIDE 2-STRAND FIBER AND#1212 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 CABLE TO CAMERA 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 • hargis.biz ENCLOSURE MEDIA A-A CONVERTERIPOWER SUPPLY • NEMA4 ENCLOSURE (SHOWN IN OPEN S.wANdF POSITION) p1.ASyiHcP C Q�.p i C oO MEDIA oViti66 q� CONVERTER F gf015TEaE�`20 ��'yyONALE�V (2)1"C SLEEVES IN POLE 04/19/2025 CONDUIT CONTAINING CAT 6 PATCH CORD TO SFP PORT PROJECT IDENTIFICATI BULLET CAMERA BELOW NEMA4 ENCLOSURE WITH 2-STRAND MM INTEGRATED POWER AND Arlington Operations POLE MOUNT HARDWARE CONDUIT CONTAINING 0 2-STRAND MM FIBER Center oQ CABLE FOR HAND HOLE SEALTIGHT CONDUIT AND CATEGORY Snohomish County PATCH CORD, PROVIDED BY OWNER Public Works 4"SQ STEEL POLE WITH BASE NOTE: 1. LIGHT LINE TYPE EQUIPMENT IS SHOWN WHERE AT CAMERA IS MOUNTED ON THE POLE. .1 2. PROVIDE GROUND TO MEDIA CONVERTER. 1 9700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 II II ELEVATION A-A PERMIT SET B ii 05/02/2025 B I II III This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. III 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. I II PROJECT NUMBER: 2023-053 l III MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I I I IA II III I I — II II II II r —_rPROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT: - A JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A (1)PVC CONDUIT _ —L __ (1)PVC CONDUIT CONDUIT,SEE SITE PLAN `—————— CONDUIT,SEE SITE PLAN TELECOM DETAILS DETAIL- EXTERIOR POLE MOUNT CAMERA W/BRACKET , SCALE:NONE 1 2 4 5 2 3 4 5 D DYKEMAN 6"X6"X4"NEMA4 ENCLOSURE ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN FOR CATEGORY 6 PATCH O CORD TO CAMERA VIA 3/4" SEALTIGHT CONDUIT _ SURFACE BULLET CAMERA BOX(+9'-0")WITH 3/4"CCONSULTANT: LIQUID-TIGHT CONDUIT TO STAINLESS STEEL (1)1"C SLEEVE IN POLE POLE MOUNT ENCLOSURE BANDS(TYP) FOR CAT6 PATCH CORD H A R G I S POLE MOUNT BRACKET POLE MOUNT BRACKET STAINLESS STEEL 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 BANDS(TYP) WALL MOUNT BRACKET WITH 3/4"C 206.448.3376 206.448.4460 hargis.biz LIQUID-TIGHT CONDUIT TO POLE MOUNT PROVIDE NEMA4 ENCLOSURE FOR CAT6 PATCH CORD ENCLOSURE AND PROVIDE 2-STRAND FIBER CABLE TO • CAMERA ENCLOSURE MEDIA 6"X6"X4"NEMA4 ENCLOSURE CONVERTER FOR CATEGORY 6A PATCH CORD TO CAMERA VIA 3/4" y q SEALTIGHT CONDUIT S. Wq y�E�'F at C \\\ Q i j C UVICIL®N 'y zoiiri66 q� oF��'yyONALE�V`2� (1)1"C SLEEVE IN POLE 04/19/2025 PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: (2)1"C SLEEVES IN POLE A-A CA ERA,SE SECURITY Arlington Operations CAMERA,SEE CAMERA (1)1"C SLEEVE IN POLE SCHEDULE FOR CAMERA TYPE Center NEMA4 ENCLOSURE WITH INTEGRATED POW ER AND HAND HOLE FOR POLE MOUNT HARDWARE Snohomish County 0 Public Works AT 4"SQ STEEL POLE WITH BASE 19700 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 PERMIT SET B 05/02/2025 B This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykemao,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER. 2023-053 I Ii Ii Ii Ii � - — I MARK DATE DESCRIPTION III III IIIIi II1111 I � II II I II II I PROJECT- I I I I PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j BMI J PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV r PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A A I I I I I I I I (1)PVC CONDUIT —��'— _ (1)PVC CONDUIT TELECOM DETAILS CONDUIT,SEE SITE PLAN l`_————` CONDUIT,SEE SITE PLAN 1 DETAIL- EXTERIOR POLE MOUNT CAMERAS W/BRACKETS , • SCALE:NONE • 1 2 4 5 1 1 2 13 4 5 PRIMARY DISTRIBUTION FEEDER SCHEDULE BY UTILITY SHEET NOTES D SNOHOMISH COUNTY COPPER CONDUCTORS ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS PUBLIC UTILITY DISTRICT 1. REFER TO FEEDER AND PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ADDITIONAL (SNOPUD) INFORMATION. QUANTITY RACEWAY CONDUCTORS QUANTITY RACEWAY CONDUCTORS TAG 2. PROVIDE 3/4"C,4#10,#10G FROM 30-AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER TO OF SETS SIZE PHASE NEUTRAL GND(NOTE 3) OF SETS SIZE PHASE NEUTRAL GND(NOTE 3) EACH SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE UNLESS OTHERWISE DYKEMAN 2 BLOCK HEATER 30N 1 114" #10 #10 _ _ _ _ NOTED ON ONE-LINE DIAGRAM. LOCATE SURGE PROTECTIVE 1 #10(i/8) DEVICE TO MAINTAIN 18-INCH MAXIMUM LEAD LENGTH.REFER I BATTERY CHARGER I 50 1 1^ #6 - #10 - - - - - TO ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ° I I C 50N 1 1 1" #6 #6 #10(#8) - - - - - 3. PROVIDE FULLY RATED EQUIPMENT SHORT CIRCUIT WITHSTAND AND INTERRUPTING RATINGS EXCEEDING 70 1 1-1/4 _#4 #8 TAGGED VALUES BY A MINIMUM OF 10 PERCENT.PROVIDE _ 45OKW(563KVA)GENERATOR I 70N 1 1-1/4" #4 #4 #g(#8) HIGHER RATINGS WHERE INDICATED.WHERE AVAILABLE (480Y/277V,4 WIRE)--I - - - - - SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT IS NOT INDICATED OR SPECIFIED, 90N 1 1-1/2" #2 #2 #8(#8) PROVIDE MINIMUM 10,000 AIC RATING FOR 208/120 VOLT SERVICE 1"C WITH I 10ON 1 1-1/2" #1 #1 #g(#6) 1 2" #110 #1/0 ( ) EQUIPMENT AND MINIMUM 14,000 AIC RATING FOR 480/277 POINT VOLT EQUIPMENT. SOOG 130OG CONDUCTORS I - --- - 125N 1 2" #1/0 #1/0 #6(#6) 1 2-112" #2Jo #210 #4(#4) CONSULTANT: FOR CONTROLS 4. CONNECT ADDITIONAL SECTIONS OF MULTI-SECTION PANELS 15ON 1 2" #1/0 #1/0 #6(#6) 1 2-112" #310 #3/0 #4(#4) WITH CONDUCTORS SIZED THE SAME AS THE PANEL FEEDER A SEE CONDUCTORS. H / \ R G I S CONTINUATION 800N SEE 225N 1 2-1/2" #4/0 #4/0 #4(#2) 1 3^ #300kcmil #300kcmil #2(#1/0) ON SHEET E9.02 CONTINUATION 30ON 1 3' #350kcmil #35okcmil #4(#2) 1 4^ #50okcmil #50okcmil #2(#1/0) 5. FOR LOCATIONS WHERE TRANSFORMER SECONDARY TO SHEET E9.02 CODUCTOR TAP OVERCURRENT PROTECTION IS SHOWN AT __ __ _ _ 400 2 2-1/2' #3/0 - #2 2 2-112" #25okcmil - #1 MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER IN PANEL,LIMITTAP CONDUCTOR GENERATOR SWITCHBOARD'GSBD'I LENGTH TO NOT MORE THAN 25 FEET OR PROVIDE REQUIRED 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 aooN 2 2-1/2^ #3/0 #3/0 #2(#1/0) 2 3^ #250kcmil #25okcmil #1(i73/o) FUSED DISCONNECT TO LIMIT TAP CONDUCTOR LENGTH TO 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 har biz I I 800A,480Y/277 V,3PH,4W gis. 5 UTILITY M a 3 65K AIC I 40ONA 2 2-1/2' #NO #310 #310 2 3" #250kcm11 #25okcmll #4/0 NOT MORE THAN 25 FEET. METER NEMA-3R 800A/3P 500 2 3' #250kcmil - #2 2 3" #3501,cm11 - #1/0 6. REFER TO DETAIL X ON SHEET E7.XX FOR ADDITIONAL 50OG 2 3' #250kcmil #250kcmil - 2 3" #350kcm11 #350kcm1l GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS. • 8 3 �DISC.'D-DPA1' - I NEC-702 7. COORDINATE FEEDER TAPS SUCH THAT LENGTH DOES NOT N SOON 2 3' #250kcmil #250kcmil #2(#2/0) 2 3" #350kcmil #350kcmil #1/0(#3/0) EXCEED 25 FEET.EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS OF 4P-600A °ate' BOON 2 3' #350kcmil #350kcmil 2 4" #500kcmil #500kcmil TAPS SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS FEEDER EQUIPMENT Y A #1 AWG I G 500AT #1(#2/0) #2/0(#4/0) ELECTRONIC TRIP GROUNDING CONDUCTOR OR SAME SIZE AS TAP PHASE v `O o 0 n 800N 3 3' #300kcmil #300kcmil 3 4" #400kcmil #400kcmil �ve3. ., H -- -- NEMA-3R #1/0(#2/0) #3/0(#4/0) CONDUCTOR,WHICHEVER IS SMALLER. C #2I0 AWG I C 130OG 4 4' #400kcmil #400kcmil - 5 4" #400kcmil #OOOkcmil - 8. COORDINATE POWER SHUTDOWNS OF OCCUPIED SPACES NOTES: WITH LANDLORD/OWNER. 'y zollll66 q� 500N Q �F qfO/STEa1��2� SOON 1.COPPER FEEDERS ARE BASED ON COPPER CONDUCTORS 9. PROVIDE GENERATOR PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 262313. ��'y70NAL0�6 70N 300N WITH THWN/THHN INSULATION.CONDUCTOR DERATING PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AND APPURTENANCES AND MAKE ALL 04/19/2025 CONNECTIONS FOR A COMPLETE,FULLY OPERATIONAL SPD IS BASED ON THWN/THHN CONDUCTORS WITH 90 SYSTEM,INCLUDING,BUT NOT LIMITED TO(1)VC,FROM GENERATOR TO EACH OF(3)ATS',(1)1"C FROM GENERATOR PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: DEGREES C RATING. TO REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL IN MAIN CUSTODIAL OFFICE 2.ALUMINUM FEEDERS ARE BASED ON COMPACT ALUMINUM ROOM 1008.SEE SHEET E3.11 FOR LOCATION. NEC-772A1 3 7 8 CONDUCTORS WITH THWN/THHN INSULATION.CONDUCTOR Arlington Operations 4P-600A -- DERATING IS BASED ON THWN/THHN CONDUCTORS WITH 90 Center DEGREES C RATING. SEE 3.GROUND CONDUCTOR(BONDING JUMPER)SIZE SHALL BE FOR CONTINUATION EA FLAG NOTES: TO SHEET E9.02 INCREASED FOR FEEDERS FROM THE SOURCE OF Snohomish County SOON SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM TO THE FIRST DISCONNECTING h OWNER< MEANS PER NEC 250.30(A).SIZE AS INDICATED IN GROUND PER NEC&WAC. METER Public Work S PARENTHESES. m,P) - 1 PROVIDE CONDUITS AS INDICATED FOR PRIMARY SERVICE TO UTILITY TRANSFORMER FROM NEW VAULTS.SEE SITE PLAN AT DISTRIBUTION PANEL'DPA1'- FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.PRIMARY CABLING SHALL BE 600A,480Y/277V,3PH,4W 19700 67th Ave NE SODA BUS 65K AIC 8 PROVIDED UTILITY.�SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED. Arlington, WA 98223 MAIN ELEC RM I �PROVIDE POWER METERING EQUIPMENT AT FEEDER INDICATED.DIVISION 23 TO PROVIDE CONNECTION FROM Q n 22 w w n M M n M METER TO BUILDING MANAGEMAGEMENT SYSTEM VIA o ¢ 4 Na EHTERNET.REFER TO DETAIL I,SHEET E7.04 AND POWER PERMIT SET v y y MONITORING SCHEDULE ON SHEET EO.XX AND PANEL B 4 4 SCHEDULES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 05/02/2025 B 0 0 PROVIDE UTILITY METERING PER UTILITY COMPANY -__-_ This drawing is: ------ ------- ------ -- -- ---- REQUIREMENTS.SEE SHEET E1.01 FOR METER LOCATION. M2 Qa M4 a 70N MS 4 M6 4 M8 4 M9 Qa 1 a 1.CopyrThe Architects cht ects Dykemen,Inc. END OF MAN SW ITC BOARD FROM THE PR VIDE V SYSTEM OVERCURRENT DEVICE NCOMIN OPPOSITE 2.3.For use oln this project only.Obtain Architects nt of Professional ice. MAINCIRCUIT BREAKER LOCATION.PROVIDE written permission for any other use or reproduction. 400 50N SPD 70N 30N 150N 50 50 BREAKER/DISCONNECT SUITABLE FOR BACKFEED PER NEC 225N 705.12(D)(4) PROJECT ° -I ELEVATOR -1 ° ° -1 PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM 7 PROVIDE CONNECTIONS BETWEEN GENERATOR,NOW 18 'euv XFMR g�l I 'ov I XFMR 'eov I XFMR CONTROL BACKFEEDDISCONNECT AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH FOR TEMPORARY GENERATOR 2023-053 'T-DP1A' 30/3P 30I3P T-M2A' 'T-P1A' av MODULE POWER zcfv I zoav l 'D-PVA1' CONNECTION,AND AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES TO 225KVA 30KVA 30KVA x zav I SPD I METERING SPD I x ov I x zov I 400A/3P PROVIDE REMOTE ANNUNCIATION TO INDICATE THE --- I --- (3)225AF EMERGENCY SOURCE IS DISCONNECTED FROM THE _ #2/0 t-- #6 AWG #6 AWG t- NEMA-3R EMERGENCY SYSTEM PER NEC 700.3(F).REFER TO • PANEL 70 PANEL _ _ LA1 MA1 SPECIFICATION SECTION 263600 FOR ADDITIONAL 125A 250A Q Q 225N INFORMATION. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 1 100N 1 100N PROVIDE PHENOLIC FEEDER LABELING AT EQUIPMENT INDICATED.SEE DETAILS ON SHEET E7.06 FOR ADDITIONAL BOON ELEVATOR INFORMATION. 25 HP SEE CONTINUATION a w 1 8 w 1 TO SHEET E9.03 30/3P I .61 30/3P c _-_ �I I-- _--_--_--_--_------------ DISTRIBUTION PANEL'DP1A'I ^PD I SPD I1 600A,208Y/120V,3PH,4W e t-- 60OA/3P 22K AIC I PANEL PANEL PRO JECT TEAM: MAIN ELEC RM I M2A P1A 100A 100A PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV a o- a a a o- o- a a I PROJECT ARCHITECT: - A �bc bo w N I JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A of of I �•, m m M3 4 M7 4 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE 50N 150N 150N 15ON 225N 30N 30N DIAGRAM - BUILDING 8 _ _1 8 -1 8 -1 88��I, -I SPD 30//3P 303 30//3P 30//3P I POWER ISPD SPD I SPD SPDI METERING L_ I t_ _ L_ t_ t_ l • ' PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL EL1A P2A P2B T'A K'A MIA 100A 225A 225A 225A 225A 225A 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 FEEDER SCHEDULE D COPPER CONDUCTORS ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS TAG QUANTITY RACEWAY CONDUCTORS QUANTITY RACEWAY CONDUCTORS DYKEMAN OF SETS SIZE PHASE NEUTRAL GND(NOTE 3) OF SETS SIZE PHASE NEUTRAL GND(NOTE 3) 3ON 1 3/4" #10 #10 #10(#8) - - - - ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN - 50 1 1" #6 - #10 - - - - - 50N 1 1" #6 #6 #10(#8) - - - - 70 1 1-1/4" #4 - #8 - - - - - S 70N 1 1-1/4" #4 IW #g(#g) - - - - - CONTINUATION SON 1 1-1/2" #2 #2 #8(#8) - - _ - - TO DETAIL E9.01 10ON 1 1-112" #1 #1 #8(#6) 1 2" #1/0 #110 #6(#6) CONSULTANT: 125N 1 2" #110 #110 #6(#6) 1 2-1/2" #210 #2J0 #4(#4)150N 1 2" #110 #110 #6(#6) 1 2-1/2" #310 #310 #4(#4) 225N 1 2-112" #410 #410 #4(#2) 1 3" #300kcmil #300kcmil #2(#1/0) /A\ H / \ R G I S 30ON 1 3" #350kcmil #350kcmil #4(#2) 1 4" #500kcmil #500kcmil #2(#1/0) 400 1 2 2-112" #310 - #2 2 2-1/2" #250kcmil - #1 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 48.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz 40ON 2 2.112" #3/0 #310 #2(#1/0) 2 3" #250kcmll #250kcmll #1(#3/0) 13000 206.4 40ONA 2 2.112" #3/0 #310 #3/0 2 3" #250kcmil #250kcmil #4/0 —— —— 500 2 3" #250kcm11 - #2 2 3" #350kcmil - #1/0 1 M UTILITY • METER 50OG 2 3" #250kcmil #250kcmll - 2 3" #350kcmil #350kcmll - _ 50ON 2 3" #250kcmil #250kcmil #2(#2f0) 2 3" #350kcmil #350kcmil #1/0(#3/0) A O�p1 1 A VZ C 60ON 2 3" #350kcmil #350kcmil #1(#yp) 2 4" #500kcmil #500kcmil #2/0(#4/0) V C 80ON 3 3" #300kcmil #300kcmil #1/0(#210) 3 4" #400kcmil #400kcmil #3/0(#4/0) 13000 1 4 4" #400kcmil #400kcmil - 5 4" #400kcmil #400kcmil - M O METER O IrIfi6 W� NOTES: F��'y70VALE�V`2� 1.COPPER FEEDERS ARE BASED ON COPPER CONDUCTORS OWNER 04/19/2025 WITH THWN/THHN INSULATION.CONDUCTOR DERATING 1 METER (TYP) IS BASED ON THWN/THHN CONDUCTORS WITH 90 GF 1600AF/ PROJECT• IDENTIFICATION: DEGREES C RATING. 1300AT/3P -- -------------------------------------------- -- 2.ALUMINUM FEEDERS ARE BASED ON COMPACT ALUMINUM ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING SWITCHBOARD DB-EVA1'—I Arlington Operations CONDUCTORS WITH THWN/THHN INSULATION.CONDUCTOR 480Y/277 V,3PH,4W Center 65K AIC DERATING IS BASED ON THWN/THHN CONDUCTORS WITH 90 1600A BUS SITE DEGREES C RATING. I I FOR 3.GROUND CONDUCTOR(BONDING JUMPER)SIZE SHALL BE N w INCREASED FOR FEEDERS FROM THE SOURCE OF A N Snohomish County SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM TO THE FIRST DISCONNECTING #4/0 AWG G Public Works MEANS PER NEC 250.30(A).SIZE AS INDICATED IN PARENTHESES. #3/0 AWG AT _ 19700 67th Ave NE 300N�PD Arlington, WA 98223 POWER METERING SEE ",--[,30ON PATS-LV3' PERMIT SET B CONTINUATION - `r 1 NEC-702 05/02/2025 B TO DETAIL E9.01 1 4P-0OOA — NEMA-3R _ This drawing is: 500 500 500 1.Copyright2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 1"C W ITH 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's CONDUCTORS written permission for any other use or reproduction. FOR CONTROLS — — — I ' XFMR v XFMR I v XFMR PROJECT NUMBER. 'T-DB-EV1A,B' T-DB-EV2A,B' I 'T-DB-EV3A,B' 300N x aY 300KVA x wv:30OKVA x o� 300KVA zav NEMA-3R __ ov NEMA-3R __ v 300KV R 2023-053 #vo #va #z/D _ DISC.'D-LV3' o MARK DATE DESCRIPTION NEMA-3R I¢ I_ IN OON DON DON DON DON DON 300N o o o I o I o o PROJECT a vl v I a I a a I I I I I I PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:j BMI I PROJECT MANAGER: TSV I_ t_ I— PROJECT ARCHITECT: - PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL JOB CAPTAIN: IKSR 'DB-EVlN 'DB-EV1B' 'DB-EV2A' 'DB-EV2B' 'DB-EV3A' 'DB-EV3B' A LEVEL 3 ELECTRIC 400A 400A 400A 400A 400A 400A ", A VEHICLE CHARGER NEMA-3R NEMA-31R NEMA-3R NEMA-3R NEMA-3R NEMA-31R ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - EV CHARGERS 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D DYKEMAN ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN PV ARRAY#1 (66 PANELS) STRING#1 STRING#2 STRING#3 (22 PANELS (22 PANELS (22 PANELS CONSULTANT: WITH 11 WITH 11 WITH 11 2-PANEL 2-PANEL 2-PANEL OPTIMIZERS) OPTIMIZERS) OPTIMIZERS) H A R G I S 0 0 0 0 0 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 O O 0 206.448.3376 206.448.4450 hargis.biz 0 0 0 5 O1 O2 5 O3 • (TYP) 0 (TYP) 0 (TYP) Qa 0 ® S.I A ryO 0 O O ° °`WAsy'"s�� ° 0 O O A xj ° Oi 0 0 ¢+ 201111fi6 q,� 0 0 ® 0 Q2 0 04/19/2025 0 0 O O O PROJECTIDENTIFICATION: 0 0 o Arlington Operations 0 0 0 0 0 0 Center 0 0 0 FOR 0 0 0 0 0 o Snohomish County 0 0 0 Public Works 5 IT PICAL AT 4 19700 67th Ave NE (TYPICAL Arlington, WA 98223 --- - -- - -- ------- ------ PERMIT SET B I I 05/02/2025 B I I This drawing is: -- -_---- ----- 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. - 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 1-1/2"C W/4#6 AWG, 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's s written permission for any other use or reproduction. #10 GND(TYP) RS-085 DATA PROJECT 7 INTERFACE DC COMBINER ----------- ----------- MODULE BOX LOCATED I INVERTER'INV-1' 2023-053 IN ROOM XXX I 50KW,480V,3PH � GRID TIED I • MARK DATE DESCRIPTION FLAG NOTES 90N SEE PANEL SCHEDULE S FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION,INCLUDING SPARES SHEET NOTES -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- AND SPACES. PHOTOVOLTAIC 1. REFER TO FEEDER AND PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PANEL'PVA1' COORDINATE UTILITY PRODUCTION METER REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO 480Y/277V,30,4 WIRE C 80AJ3P COMMENCING WORK.COMPLY WITH ALL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 2. PROVIDE FULLY RATED EQUIPMENT SHORT CIRCUIT WITHSTAND AND INTERRUPTING � �I 250A RATINGS EXCEEDING TAGGED VALUES. PROVIDE HIGHER RATINGS WHERE I t�I PROVIDE DISCONNECT SUITABLE FOR BACKFEED PER NEC 705.12(D)(4).SEE INDICATED.WHERE AVAILABLE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT IS NOT INDICATED OR E3.21 FOR DISCONNECT LOCATION. PROJECT SPECIFIED,PROVIDE MINIMUM 10,000 AIC RATING FOR 208/120 VOLT EQUIPMENT AND MINIMUM 14,000 AIC RATING FOR 480/277 VOLT EQUIPMENT. GROUND EXPOSED METAL PARTS OF MODULE FRAMES AND EQUIPMENT PER PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI NEC 690.43. PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV 3. RAPID SHUTDOWN SHALL BE INITIATED BY LOSS OF UTILITY POWER OR ACTIVATION -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- OF DISCONNECT'D-PVA1'. PROVIDE(1)DC OPTIMIZER MODULE FOR PARALLEL 2-PANEL PV JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A 225N CONNECTIONS.SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 2 63100 FOR ADDITIONAL A 4. SEE SHEETS E3.21 PANEL LOCATIONS AND LAYOUTS. INFORMATION. PROVIDE 1"C WITH 6 AWG CONDUCTORS AND 6 AWG G. ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - PV SYSTEM SEE CONTINUATION ON SHEET E9.01 •. 1 2 3 4 5 1 1 2 3 4 5 PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 DISTRIBUTION PANEL'DPA1' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 DISTRIBUTION PANEL'DP1A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center D CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:480Y/277V 30,4-WIRE TYPE: CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V 3P/,4-WIRE TYPE: LOCATION:ELEC.215 MAINS:500 A MLO AIC:65K LOCATION:ELEC.106 MAINS:600 A MCB AIC:22K MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:DPA1 MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:T-DP1A NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE . 1 ELEVATOR MOTOR 70 3 7759 4064 3 50 PANEL LAI 2 1 COMMERCIAL DRYER 100 3 7000 7000 3 100 COMMERCIAL WASHER 2 YKEMAN 3 — — — 7759 3503 -- -- -- 4 3 — -- -- 7000 7000 -- -- — 4 5 — — — 7759 3852 -- -- — 6 5 — -- -- 7000 7000 -- -- — 6 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 1 7 XFMRT-DBl 400 3 72800 7520 3 50 XFMRT-P1A 8 1 7 PANELKIA 150 3 12440 0 3 100 SPARE 8 9 — — — 64647 6100 -- -- — 10 9 — -- -- 6640 0 -- -- — 10 11 — — — 63060 6600 -- -- — 12 11 — -- -- 10800 0 -- -- — 12 13 XFMR T-M2A 50 3 2343 3 100ASPACE 14 13 PANELP2A 225 3 18360 15944 3 225 PANEL M1A 14 15 — — — 1923 -- -- -- -- 16 15 — -- -- 16780 18857 -- -- -- 16 17 — — — 1628 -- -- -- -- 18 17 — -- -- 16000 14350 -- -- -- 18 19 PANEL MAI 125 3 25305 3 100A SPACE 20 19 PANEL TIA 150 3 9000 3056 3 50 PANEL ELIA 20 21 — — — 25305 -- -- -- -- 22 21 — -- -- 8190 180 -- -- -- 22 CONSULTANT: 23 — — — 25305 -- -- -- -- 24 23 — -- -- 7750 160 -- -- -- 24 25 SPACE 1 1 SPACE 26 25 POWER MONITORING 15 3 0 0 3 100 SPARE 26 27 SPACE — 1 -- -- 1 - SPACE 28 27 — 0 0 — 28 H A R G I S 29 SPACE 1 1 SPACE 30 29 — 0 0 30 31 SPACE 1 1 SPACE 32 31 SPACE 1 0 3 30 SPD 32 _ __ __ __ __ __ 33 SPACE — 1 -- -- 1 -- SPACE 34 33 SPACE -- 1 -- 0 -- -- — 34 35 SPACE — 1 -- -- 1 -- SPACE 36 35 SPACE -- 1 -- 0 -- -- — 36 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 37 SPACE 1 0 3 225 PVA7 38 2 37 SPACE 1 1 SPACE 38 306.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz _ __ __ __ __ 39 SPACE — 1 -- 0 -- -- -- 40 38 SPACE -- 1 -- -- 1 -- SPACE 40 41 SPACE — i 1 1 1 -- 1 0 -- -- -- 42 1 41 ISPACE I -- I 1 I I I I j -- I -- I 1 I I SPACE 42 CONNECTED LOAD: 119,790 VA 109,236 VA 108,204 VA CONNECTED LOAD: 72,800 VA 64,647 VA 63,060 VA • CONNECTED AMPS: 433 A 395 A 391 A CONNECTED AMPS: 609 A 541 A 526 A LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY g Y A N RECEPTACLE 76580 VA 56.53% 43290 VA RECEPTACLE 59480 VA 58.41% 34740 VA O�p1 wASyOF,F LIGHTING 12179 VA 125.00% 15224 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 337,231 VA LIGHTING 760 VA 125.00% 950 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 200,506 VA C MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 1680 VA 125.00% 2100 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 313,225 VA MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 1680 VA 125.00% 2100 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 176,790 VA C A x i ELECTRIC HEATING 34000 VA 100.00% 34000 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 406 A ELECTRIC HEATING 22000 VA 100.00% 22000 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 557 A EQUIPMENT&MISCELLANEOUS 13948 VA 100.00% 13948 VA TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 377 A EQUIPMENT&MISCELLANEOUS 13448 VA 100.00% 13448 VA TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 491 A A� 2o11I IbbO �q� APPLIANCE 77580 VA 100.00% 77580 VA APPLIANCE 76480 VA 100.00% 76480 VA ONALE�G`2 HVAC 69469 VA 100.00% 69469 VA HVAC 20310 VA 100.00% 20310 VA MOTORS 151795 VA 1111.24% 157615 VA MOTORS 6348 VA 1106.52% 16762 VA 04/19/2025 NOTES: NOTES: 1.PROVIDE SUBFEED BREAKER. H A R G I S H A R G I S ••. IDENTIFICATION: 2.LOCATE BREAKER ON OPPOSITE END OF INPUT BUS. 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 Arlington Operations Seattle,wa 98101 Seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206.448.3376 Center www.hargis.biz www.hargis.biz FOR Snohomish County PANEL SCHEDULE:0510212025 PANEL'EL1 A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05/0212025 PANEL'K1 A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center Public Works CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V 30,4-WIRE TYPE: CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V30,4-WIRE TYPE: LOCATION:ELEV.EQUIP.103 MAINS:100 A MLO AIC:10K LOCATION:ELEC.106 MAINS:225 A MLO AIC:22K AT MOUNTING: NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:DP1A MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:DP1A NOTE CKT SP01 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMOPS POLE 1656A 800 B C POLE SOS RECEPTACLE uI ELEVATOR PIT ON CKT NOTE NOTE CKT REFRIGERATOR-KITCHENETTE 102 AMOS POLE 1000A1200 B C POLE SOS VENDING IMACHIWEESCORRDOR100A CKT NOTE 19700 67th Ave NE 3 SHUNT TRIP 20 1 0 180 1 20 RECEPTACLE-ELEV.EQUIP.103 4 3 ICE MACHINE-KITCHEN 102 20 1 800 1200 1 20 VENDING MACHINE-CORRIDOR 100A 4 Arlington, WA98223 5 LIGHTING-ELEV PIT 20 1 104 56 1 20 LIGHTING-ELEV.EQUIP.103 6 5 RECEPTACLE-KITCHENETTE 20 1 540 1200 1 20 VENDING MACHINE-CORRIDOR 100A 6 7 SPACE 1 600 1 20 ELEVATOR CAB LIGHTS 8 7 RECEPT-KITCHENETTE/CORRIDOR 20 1 360 1000 1 20 REFRIGERATOR-KITCHEN 206 8 9 SPACE — 1 -- -- 1 - SPACE 10 9 BOTTLE FILLER-CORRIDOR 100A 20 1 480 180 1 20 RECEPTACLES-KITCHEN 206 10 PERMIT SET 11 SPACE 1 1 SPACE 12 11 MICROWAVE-CORRIDOR 100A#1 20 1 1500 180 1 20 RECEPTACLES-KITCHEN 206 12 B CONNECTED LOAD: 3,056 VA 180 VA 160 VA 13 MICROWAVE-CORRIDOR 100A#2 20 1 1500 180 1 20 RECEPTACLES-KITCHEN 206 14 05/02/2025 B CONNECTED AMPS: 25A 2A 1A 15 VENDING MACHINE-EXTERIOR 20 1 1200 180 1 20 RECEPTACLES-KITCHEN 206 16 LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY 17 VENDING MACHINE-EXTERIOR 20 1 1200 4500 2 30 RANGE-KITCHEN 206 18 1 This drawing is: RECEPTACLE 180 VA 100.00% 180 VA 19 VENDING MACHINE-EXTERIOR 20 1 1200 4500 20 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. LIGHTING 760 VA 125.00% 950 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 3,396 VA 21 VENDING MACHINE-EXTERIOR 20 1 1200 500 1 20 HOOD-KITCHEN 206 22 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. APPLIANCE 800 VA 100.00% 800 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 4,000 VA 23 RECEPTACLE-ELEC 106 20 1 180 1500 1 20 MICROWAVE-KITCHEN 206 24 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's MOTORS 1656 VA 125.00% 2070 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 9 A 25 SPARE 20 1 0 1500 1 20 MICROWAVE-KITCHEN 206 Y6 written permission for any other use or reproduction. TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 11 A 27 SPARE 20 1 0 900 1 20 RECEPT-KITCHEN/WEST DECK 28 PROJECT 29 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 30 31 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 32 NOTES: 33 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 34 2023-053 H A R G I S 35 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 36 37 SPD 30 3 0 0 1 20 SPARE 38 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 38 — 0 0 1 20 SPARE 40 • Seattle,wa 98101 41 — 0 0 1 20 SPARE 42 1 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 206.448.3376 CONNECTED LOAD: 12,440 VA 6,640 VA 10,800 VA www.hargis.biz CONNECTED AMPS: 109 A 55 A 95 A LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY RECEPTACLE 2700 VA 100.00% 2700 VA APPLIANCE 27180 VA 100.00% 27180 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 29,880 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 29,880 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 83 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 83 A NOTES: PROJECT 1.PROVIDE GFCI BREAKER H A R G I S PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 PROJECT MANAGER: TSV Seattle,wa 98301 PROJECT ARCHITECT: - JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR 206.448.3376 A A www.hargis.biz .•. PANEL SCHEDULES 1 2 3 4 5 1 1 2 13 4 5 PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 PANEL'LAV PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05102/2025 PANEL'MI PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center D CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:480Y/277V 30,4-WIRE TYPE: CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:480Y/277V 30,4-WIRE TYPE: LOCATION:ELEC.106 MAINS:125 A MLO AIC:35K LOCATION:MECH:HVAC EQUIPMENT 109 MAINS:250 A MILO AIC:35K MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:10000% FED FROM:DPA1 MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:DPA1 NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE . YKEMAN 1 LIGHTING-LOWER LEVEL CENTER 20 1 750 188 1 20 LIGHTING-ROLL CALL A 208 2 1 HP-01 45 3 9134 1000 3 20 EUH-03 2 3 LIGHTING-ROOM 135 20 1 528 330 1 20 LIGHTING-ROLL CALL B 209 4 3 — 9134 1000 4 5 LIGHTING-LOWER LEVEL WORKROOMS 20 1 470 728 1 20 LTS-UPPER LEVEL CORRIDORS 6 5 — 9134 1000 — — 6 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 7 LIGHTING-LOWER LEVEL CORRIDOR 20 1 1065 622 1 20 LTS-UPPER LEVEL WORKSTATIONS 8 7 HP-02 35 3 7252 941 3 20 EJ-01 8 9 LIGHTING-LOWER LEVEL EAST 20 1 1151 84 1 20 LIGHTING-ROOMS 215,221 10 9 7252 941 10 11 LIGHTING-LOWER LEVEL NORTH 20 1 580 414 1 20 LTS-UPPER LEVEL BATHROOMS/STAIRS 12 11 — 7252 941 12 13 LIGHTING-LOWER LEVEL EXIT SIGN 20 1 27 42 1 20 LTS-UPPER LEVEL EXIT SIGNS 14 13 EUH-04 20 3 1000 941 3 20 EJ-02 14 15 LTS-LOWER LEVEL BUILDING EXTERIOR 20 1 1170 240 1 20 LIGHTING-WEST DECK 208 16 15 — 1000 941 16 17 LTS-SERVICE YARDANASH-OFF AREA 20 1 100 1560 1 20 LIGHTING-EAST PARKING 18 17 — 1000 941 18 19 LTS-UPPER LEVEL EXTERIOR 20 1 530 840 1 20 LIGHTING-WEST PARKING 20 19 EUH-02 20 3 1000 2018 3 20 CWP-01 20 21 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 22 21 — 1000 2018 22 CONSULTANT: 23 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 24 23 — 1000 2018 24 25 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 26 25 CWP-02 20 3 2018 1 SPACE 26 27 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 28 27 — -- -- 2018 -- 1 — SPACE 28 H A R G I S 29 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 30 29 — 2018 1 SPACE 30 31 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 32 31 SPACE 1 1 SPACE 32 33 SPARE 20 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 20 ISPARE 34 33 SPACE 1 1 SPACE 34 35 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 36 35 SPACE 1 1 SPACE 36 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 37 SPD 30 3 0 0 1 20 SPARE 38 37 SPD 30 3 0 1 SPACE 38 206.448.3376 206.448.4450 hargis.biz 39 -- — -- 0 0 1 20 SPARE 40 39 — -- -- 1 1 0 -- 1 — SPACE 40 41 -- -- -- 01 42 41 — -- -- 0 -- 1 — SPACE 42 CONNECTED LOAD: 4,064 VA 3,503 VA 3,852 VA CONNECTED LOAD: 25,305 VA 25,305 VA 25,305 VA • CONNECTEDAMPS: 15A 13A 14A CONNECTED AMPS: 91 A 91 A 91 A LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY g Y A N LIGHTING 11419 VA 125.00% 14274 VA ELECTRIC HEATING 9000 VA 100.00% 9000 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 11,419 VA HVAC 49159 VA 100.00% 49159 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 75,915 VA ASy74��'P� C TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 14,274 VA MOTORS 17756 VA 108.53% 19270 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 77,429 VA Q i C TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 14 A TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 91 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 17 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 93 A 'y zoll r I66 q� oF��'hy9NALE�V`2� NOTES: NOTES: 04/19/2025 H A R G I S H A R G I S PROJECT 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 Seattle,wa 98101 Seattle,we 98101 206.448.3376 206.448.3376 Arlington Operations www.hargis.biz www.hargis.biz Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 PANEL'M1A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05102/2025 PANEL'M2A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center FOR CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V 30,4-W IRE TYPE: CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V 30,4-WIRE TYPE: Snohomish County LOCATION:MECH:HVAC EQUIPMENT 109 MAINS:225 A MLO AIC:22K LOCATION:ELEC.215 MAINS:100 A MCB AIC:22K MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:DP1A MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:T-M2A Public Works NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A Bt C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE 1 BG-03 15 2 208 3653 2 25 HRU-01 2 1 EUH-01 20 3 1000 100 2 15 FCU-UPPER LEVEL BE 2 AT 3 -- -- -- 208 3653 — — — 4 3 — -- -- 1000 -- — — 4 5 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 6 5 — 100 2 15 FCU-UPPER LEVEL SW 6 19700 67th Ave NE 7 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 8 7 FCU-UPPER LEVEL ROOMS 207,209 15 2 643 100 -- — -- 8 9 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 10 9 — 643 1 20 RECEPTACLE 10 Arlington, WA 98223 11 SPARE 20 1 0 1000 3 20 EUH-05 12 11 TRA2 20 1 0 1 20 SPARE 12 13 SPARE 20 1 0 1000 14 13 TRAP PRIMER-UPPER LEVEL 20 1 500 0 1 20 SPARE 14 15 SPARE 20 1 0 1000 — — — 16 15 1 20 SPARE 16 PERMIT SET 17 BG-01 15 2 208 1000 3 20 EUH-06 18 17 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 18 B 19 -- — 208 1000 — — — 20 19 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 20 05/02/2025 B 21 TP-01 20 1 500 1000 22 21 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 22 23 DWCP-01 20 1 252 145 2 15 FCU-U-03 24 23 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 24 This drawing is: 25 EWH-01 60 3 5000 145 26 25 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 26 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 27 - 5000 528 1 20 TF-01 28 27 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 28 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 29 -- — -- 5000 175 2 15 FCU-ROOMS 111,112,113 30 29 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 30 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 31 BC-01 20 2 208 175 32 31 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 32 written permission for any other use or reproduction. 33 - 208 648 1 20 DEHUMIDIFIER UNITS-WASH-UP 114 34 33 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 34 PROJECT 35 HRU-02 25 3 2435 100 2 15 FCU-LOWER LEVEL SOUTH 36 35 SPARE 20 1 1 0 1 0 1 20 SPARE 36 37 -- — -- 2435 100 — — — 38 1 37 SPD 30 3 0 0 1 20 SPARE 38 39 -- — -- 2435 100 2 15 FCU-ROOMS 127,128,129,130 40 39 — -- -- 0 0 1 20 SPARE 40 2023-053 41 WHCU-01 15 2 500 100 42 41 — 0 0 1 20 SPARE 42 43 -- -- -- 500 727 2 15 FCU-ROOMS 131,132,136,137 44 CONNECTED LOAD: 2,343 VA 1,923 VA 1,628 VA • 45 CU-01 20 2 1425 727 46 CONNECTED AMPS: 20 A 16 A 14 A 47 -- — -- 1425 86 2 15 FCU-ROOMS 133,135 48 LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 49 HEAT TRACE-WHCU-01 20 1 500 86 50 RECEPTACLE 180 VA 100.00% 180 VA 51 SPARE 20 1 0 1425 2 20 CU-02 52 ELECTRIC HEATING 3000 VA 100.00% 3000 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 5,893 VA 53 MECHANICAL CONTROL-ROOM 110 20 1 500 1425 54 EQUIPMENT&MISCELLANEOUS 500 VA 100.00% 500 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 6070 VA 55 SPARE 20 1 0 0 3 20 SPARE 56 MOTORS 2213 VA 107.99% 2390 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 16A 57 SPARE 20 1 0 0 58 TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 17 A 59 SPARE 20 1 0 0 60 61 SPARE 20 1 0 0 3 20 SPARE 62 63 SPARE 20 1 0 0 64 NOTES: 65 SPARE 20 1 0 0 66 H A R G I S 67 SPD 30 3 0 0 3 20 SPARE 68 _ 69 - 0 1 0 70 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 • 71 1 1 0 1 0 1 — — — 72 Seattle,wa 98101 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI CONNECTED LOAD: 15,944 VA 18,857 VA 14,350 VA 206.448.3376 PROJECT MANAGEITER: TSV CONNECTEDAMPS: 135A 159A 120A www.hargis.biz PROJECT ARCHCT:I- LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A ELECTRIC HEATING 22000 VA 100.00% 22000 VA A EQUIPMENT&MISCELLANEOUS 2148 VA 100.00% 2148 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 49,150 VA HVAC 20310 VA 100.00% 20310 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 49,327 VA MOTORS 4692 VA 103.77% 4869 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 136 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 137A PANEL SCHEDULES NOTES: 1.PROVIDE GFPE BREAKER H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 Seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 www.hargis.biz 1 2 1 3 4 5 1 1 2 13 4 nA 5 PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 PANEL'P1 A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 PANEL'P2A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center D CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208YI120V 30J,4-WIRE TYPE: CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V30,4-WIRE TYPE: LOCATION:ELEC.215 MAINS:100 A MCB AIC:22K LOCATION:ELEC.106 MAINS:225 A MLO+FEED THRU LUGS AIC:22K MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:T-PIA MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:DP1A NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A 6 C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE . 1 RECEPT-OPERATIONS MANAGER 218 20 1 720 720 1 20 RECEPT-WORKSTATION 205 2 1 RECEPTACLE-ROOM 135W 20 1 1080 1080 1 20 RECEPTACLE-ROLL CALL 6209 SE 2 YKEMAN 3 RECEPT-OPERATIONS MANAGER 218 20 1 720 720 1 20 RECEPT-WORKSTATION 214 4 3 RECEPTACLE-ROOM 135 NW 20 1 1080 900 1 20 RECEPTACLE-ROLL CALL B 209N 4 5 RECEPT-LEAD WORKER 217 20 1 720 .0 1 20 RECEPT-SMALL CONF.210 6 5 RECEPTACLE-ROOM 135 NE 20 1 720 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 6ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 7 RECEPT-LEAD WORKER 217 20 1 720 1080 1 20 RECEPT-SMALL CONF.210 8 7 RECEPTACLE-ROOM 135 S 20 1 720 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 8 9 RECEPT-LEAD WORKER 216 20 1 720 540 1 20 RECEPT-MENS RESTROOM 220 10 9 FLOOR BOX-ROOM 135 20 1 360 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 10 11 RECEPT-LEAD WORKER 216 20 1 720 540 1 20 RECEPT-WOMENS RESTROOM 219 12 11 RECEPTACLE-ROOM 135 E 20 1 720 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 12 13 RECEPT-VEGETATION SUPERVISOR... 20 1 720 1080 1 20 RECEPT-UPPER CORRIDOR&STAIRS 14 13 RECEPT-ROLL CALL A 207 SW 20 1 900 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 14 15 RECEPT-VEGETATION SUPERVISOR... 20 1 720 360 1 20 RECEPT-ELEC&CUSTODIAL RM 215,221 16 15 RECEPT-ROLL CALL A 207 N 20 1 900 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 16 17 RECEPT-LEAD WORKER 213 20 1 720 480 1 20 BOTTLE FILLER-CORRIDOR 200C 18 17 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL A 207 20 1 360 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 18 19 RECEPT-LEAD WORKER 213 20 1 720 500 1 20 COPIER-CORRIDOR 200B 20 19 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL A 207 20 1 360 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 20 21 RECEPT-LEAD WORKER 212 20 1 720 480 1 20 BOTTLE FILLER-CORRIDOR 200B 22 21 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL A 207 20 1 360 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 22CONSULTANT: 23 RECEPT-LEAD WORKER 212 20 1 720 360 1 20 RECEPT-ROOMS 201,202 24 23 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL A 207 20 1 360 360 1 20 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL B 209 24 25 RECEPT-SWEEPING SUPERVISOR 211 20 1 720 360 1 20 RECEPTACLE-UPPER LEVEL EXTERIOR 26 25 FLOOR BOX-ROLL CALL A 207 20 1 360 300 1 20 MOTORIZED SHADES-ROLL CALL B 209 26 27 RECEPT-SWEEPING SUPERVISOR 211 20 1 720 400 1 20 ADA DOORS-VESTIBULE 201 28 27 MOTORIZED SHADES-ROLL CALL A 207 20 1 300 300 1 20 MOTORIZED SHADES-ROLL CALL B 209 28 H A R G I S 29 SPARE 20 1 0 1800 1 20 MOTORIZED GATE 30 29 MOTORIZED DIVIDER CURTAIN 20 1 1000 300 1 20 MOTORIZED SHADES-ROLL CALL B 209 30 31 SPARE 20 1 0 180 1 20 SITE RECEPTACLE 32 31 RECEPTACLE-MDF-105 20 1 180 0 1 20 SPARE 32 33 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 1 20 SPARE 34 33 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 34 1201 third avenue,suite 600,seattle,wa 98101 35 SPARE 20 1 �0� 0 1 20 SPARE 36 35 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 36 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 • hargis.bir 37 Sp 30 3 0 0 1 20 SPARE 38 37 SPD 30 3 0 0 1 20 SPARE 38 39 — 0 0 1 20 SPARE 40 39 — 0 0 1 20 SPARE 40 41 — 1 20 SPARE 42 41 — 01 0 1 1 1 20 ISPARE 42 CONNECTED LOAD: 7,520 VA 6,100 VA 6,600 VA CONNECTED LOAD: 18,360 VA 16,780 VA 16,000 VA • CONNECTED AMPS: 63 A 51 A 56 A CONNECTED AMPS: 154 A 141 A 133 A LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOADSLIMMARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY Y A RECEPTACLE 16920 VA 79.55% 13460 VA RECEPTACLE 33660 VA 64.85% 21830 VA Of-p1 WAfyOF,p APPLIANCE 1100 VA 100.00% 1100 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 20,220 VA MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 180 VA 125.00% 225 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 51,140 VA C MOTORS 2200 VA 120.45% 2650 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 17,210 VA EQUIPMENT&MISCELLANEOUS 10800 VA 100.00% 10800 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 39,355 VA C A x i TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 56 A APPLIANCE 6500 VA 100.00% 6500 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 142 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 48A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 109A 4'o g2011rIMo �W� F��'y70NA1,0�V�2 NOTES: NOTES: 04/19/2025 H A R G I S H A R G I S PROJECT 1201 third avenue,ste 600 1201 third avenue,ste 600 seattle,wa 98101 seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206.448.3376 Arlington Operations www.hargis.biz www.hargis.biz Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 PANEL'P2B' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 PANEL MA' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center FOR CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V 30,4-W IRE TYPE: CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V 30,4-WIRE TYPE: Snohomish County LOCATION:ELEC.106 MAINS:225 A MLO AIC:22K LOCATION:MDF 105 MAINS:225 A MLO AIC:22K MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:P2A MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:DP1A Public Works NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE 1 RECEPTACLE-PAVING SUPERVISOR... 20 1 720 720 1 20 RECEPTACLE-SUPPLIES 104 2 1 RACK POWER-MDF 105 20 1 500 1250 2 30 RACK POWER-MDF 105 2 AT 3 RECEPTACLE-PAVINF LEAD 118 20 1 900 720 1 20 RECEPT-STORAGE ROOMS 131,132 4 3 RACK POWER-MDF 105 20 1 360 1250 4 5 RECEPTACLE-DROP IN119 20 1 720 1080 1 20 RECEPT-STORAGE ROOM136,137 6 5 RACK POWER-MDF 105 20 1 500 1250 2 30 RACK POWER-MDF 105 6 19700 67th Ave NE 7 RECEPTACLE-ROOMS 120,121 20 1 1080 720 1 20 RECEPT-FIRST AID&WELLNESS 130 8 7 RACK POWER-MDF 105 20 1 500 1250 -- — — 8 9 RECEPTACLE-BRIDGE SUPERVISOR... 20 1 720 540 1 20 RECEPT-FIRSTAID&WELLNESS 130 10 9 RECEPTACLE-MDF 105 20 1 1080 1250 2 30 RACK POWER-MDF 105 10 Arlington, WA 98223 11 RECEPT-COORD.WORKSTATION 125 20 1 720 720 1 20 RECEPTACLE-UNION 129 12 11 INTRUSION DETECTION PANEL-MDF 105 20 1 500 1250 12 13 RECEPT-CORRIDOR 10013,10013 20 1 420 720 1 20 RECEPTACLE-UNION 129 14 13 ACCESS CONTROL PANEL-MDF 105 20 1 500 1250 2 30 RACK POWER-MDF 105 14 360 720 11 BOTTLE FILLER CORRIDOR OOD 201 480 720 1 20 RECEPTACLE-DROP-IN 128 18 17 ATOM LTE ENCLOSURE E MDF D105 20 1 500 1250 500 1250 2 30 RACK POWER-MDF 105 18 PERMIT SET B 19 RECEPT-VESTIBULE/UNIFORMS 20 1 540 540 1 20 RECEPTACLE-WORK RM.127 20 19 SPARE 20 1 0 1250 -- — — 20 05/02/2025 B 21 RECEPTACLE-EXTERIOR 20 1 720 1000 1 20 COPIER-WORK RM.127 22 21 SPARE 20 1 0 1250 2 20 RACK POWER-MDF 105 22 23 RECEPT-WOMEN'S RESTROOM 112 20 1 1 1 540 720 1 20 RECEPTACLE-MOTHERS RM 133 24 23 SPARE 20 1 0 1250 24 This drawing is: 25 RECEPT-MEN'S RESTROOM 111 20 1 1 540 1 1000 1 20 REFRIGERATOR-MOTHERS RM 133 26 25 SPARE 20 1 0 1250 2 30 RACK POWER-MDF 105 26 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 27 RECEPTACLE-WASH-UP 114 20 1 720 360 1 20 RECEPTACLE-CUSTODIAL 134 28 27 SPARE 20 1 0 1250 28 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 29 WASHER-WASH-UP 114 20 1 1200 900 1 20 RECEPTACLE-MECH ROOMS 109,110 30 29 SPARE 20 1 0 1250 2 30 RACK POWER-MDF 105 30 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's 1... 31 DRYER-WASH-UP 114 30 2 1500 720 1 20 RECEPTACLE-ELEC 106 8 MECH 107 32 31 SPARE 20 1 0 1250 32 written permission for any other use or reproduction. 33 — 1500 360 1 20 RECEPTACLE-SERVICE YARD 34 33 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 34 PROJECT NUMBER. 35 IRRIGATION CONTROLLER-MECH 107 20 1 180 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 36 35 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 36 2 37 MECHANICAL CONTROL CIRCUIT 20 1 200 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 38 37 SPD 30 3 0 0 1 20 SPARE 38 39 RECEPTACLE-WORK RM.127 20 1 540 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 40 39 — 0 0 1 20 SPARE 40 2023-053 41 SPARE 20 1 0 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 42 41 — 0 0 1 20 SPARE 42 43 SPARE 20 1 0 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 44 CONNECTED LOAD: 9,000 VA 8,190 VA 7,750 VA • 45 SPARE 20 1 0 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 46 CONNECTED AMPS: 76 A 69 A 65 A 47 SPARE 20 1 0 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 48 LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 49 SPARE 20 1 0 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 50 RECEPTACLE 22940 VA 71.80% 16470 VA 51 SPARE 20 1 0 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 52 MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 1500 VA 125.00% 1875 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 24,940 VA 53 SPARE 20 1 0 780 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 54 EQUIPMENT&MISCELLANEOUS 500 VA 100.00% 500 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 18,845VA 55 SPARE 20 1 0 540 1 20 RECEPTACLE-LOCKER ROOM 113 56 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 69A 57 SPARE 20 1 0 1 SPACE 58 TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 52A 59 SPARE 20 1 0 1 SPACE 60 61 SPARE 20 1 0 1 SPACE 62 63 SPARE 20 1 0 1 SPACE 64 NOTES: 65 SPARE 20 1 0 1 - SPACE 66 H A R G I S 67 SPD 30 3 0 1 SPACE 68 PROJECT 69 — 0 1 SPACE 70 1201 third avenue,ste 600 71 — — — 0 -- 1 -- SPACE 72 seattle,wa 98101 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI CONNECTED LOAD: 12,300 VA 11,500 VA 11,100 VA 206.448.3376 PROJECT MANAGER: 1 TSV CONNECTED AMPS: 103A 96A 93A www.hargis.biz PROJECT ARCHITECT: 1- LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY JOB CAPTAIN: I KSR A RECEPTACLE 19620 VA 75.48% 14810 VA A MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 180 VA 125.00% 225 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 34,900 VA EQUIPMENT&MISCELLANEOUS 8600 VA 100.00% 8600 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 30,135 VA APPLIANCE 6500 VA 100.00% 6500 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 97 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 84 A PANEL SCHEDULES NOTES: /� 1.PROVIDE GFCI TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. H A R G I S 2.PROVIDE LOCKABLE BREAKER 1201 third avenue,ste 600 seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 www.hargis.ba 1 2 1 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 D GENERATOR SUMMARY:05102/2025 GENERATOR PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center DISTRIBUTION BOARD SUMMARY:05/02/2025 TDISTRIBUTION BOARD'DB-EVA1' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center CLASSIFICATION:NEC 702 VOLTAGE:480Y/277V 30,4-WIRE CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:480YI277V 30,4-W IRE LOCATION: DYKEMAN KVA RATING:450 kW(563 kVA) FED FROM:UTILITY... MAINS:1300 A MCB TYPE: MOUNTING: GROUND: ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN LOAD CALCULATIONS LOAD CALCULATIONS LOAD DESCRIPTION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD DESCRIPTION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD APPLIANCE 77580 VA X 100.00% = 77580 VA MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 559296 VA X 125.00% = 699120 VA ELECTRIC HEATING 34000 VA X 100.00% = 34000 VA X = CO EQUIPMENT&MISCELLANEOUS 13948 VA X 100.00% = 13948 VA X = HVAC 69469 VA X 100.00% = 69469 VA X = LIGHTING 12179 VA X 125.00% = 15224 VA X H A R G I S MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 121680 VA X 125.00% = 152100 VA X - RECEPTACLE 76580 VA X 56.53% = 43290 VA X - MOTORS 51795 VA X 111.24% = 57615 VA X = = = 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 X X X = X = 206.448.3376 206.448.4450 • hargis.biz X = X = X = X = X - X - • LOAD SUMMARY LOAD SUMMARY fig.WA NOS TOTAL TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD(VA) TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD(VA) TOTAL TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD(VA) TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD(VA) p1 Aag7Hc'P C CONNECTED LOAD AMPS 457,231 VA F 463,225 VA CONNECTED LOAD AMPS F 559,296 VA 699,120 VA Q T o m C PHASEA: 159,790VA 577A PHASEA: 199,744VA 732A z j PHASE B: 149,236 VA 539 A TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS PHASE B: 189,760 VA 696 A TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS PHASE C: 148,204 VA 535 A 550 A 557 A PHASE C: 169,792 VA 613 A 673 A 841 A �F�,gfOrSTEa��`20 �'hY0NAL0�6 NOTES: NOTES: 04/19/2025 H n R G I S H n R G I S 1201 third avenue,ste 600 1201 third avenue,ste 600 PROJECT IDENTIFICATI seattle,wa 98101 seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206.448.3376 Arlington Operations www.hargis.biz www.hargis.biz Center �+ FOR PANEL SCHEDULE:05/0212025 SWITCHBOARD rV//±±$BDr PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 PAN EL WA1 r PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:480Y/277V 30,4-W IRE TYPE:NEMA-3R Snohomish County LOCATION:SERVICE YARD MAINS:800 A MCB AIC:65K P u b I i c Works CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:480Y/277V 30,4-W IRE TYPE: MOUNTING:FLOOR NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:GENERATOR LOCATION:ELECSURF CE MAINS:1000% AIM:DP NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE MOUNTING:SURFACE NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:DPA7 AT NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE 1 ATS-LV3 300 3 40000 119790 3 500 ATS-DPA1 2 3 -- - - 40000 109236 - - - 4 1 INV-1 80 3 0 - 3 - SPACE 2 5 -- 40000 108204 - 6 19700 67th Ave NE 7 SPD 60 3 0 - 1 - SPACE 8 5 -- - - 0 - - - 6 9 -- 0 1 - SPACE 10 Arlington, WA 98223 7 SPD 30 3 0 - 3 - SPACE 8 11 - 0 1 SPACE 12 9 __ _ _ 0 _ _ _ _ 10 _ _ CONNECTED LOAD: 159,790 VA 149,236 VA 148,204 VA 11 -- - - :ov- - - - 12 CONNECTED LOAD: OVA OVA OVA CONNECTED AMPS: 577 A 539 A 535 A PERMIT SET LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY B CONNECTEDAMPS: 0A 0A 0A RECEPTACLE 76580VA 56.53% 43290VA 05/02/2025 B LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY LIGHTING 12179 VA 125.00% 15224 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 457,231 VA MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 121680 VA 125.00% 152100 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 463,225 VA This drawing is: TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 0 VA Dykem Inc. ELECTRIC HEATING 34000 VA 100.00% 34000 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 550 A 1.Copyright 2025 TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 0 VA 2.The Architect's Instrumeen,nt of Professional Service. EQUIPMENT&MISCELLANEOUS 13948 VA 100.00% 13948 VA TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 557 A 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 0 A APPLIANCE 77580 VA 100.00% 77580 VA P Y P written permission for an other use or reproduction. TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 0 A HVAC 69469 VA 100.00% 69469 VA MOTORS 51795 VA 111.24% 57615 VA PROJECT • NOTES: NOTES: H A R G I S H A R G I S 2023-053 1201 third avenue,ste 600 1201 third avenue,ste 600 Seattle,wa 98101 • seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206.448.3376 www.hargis.biz MARK DATE DESCRIPTION www.hargis.biz PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 BMI PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A A PANEL SCHEDULES 1 2 3 4 5 11 2 3 4 5 PANEL SCHEDULE:05102/2025 PANEL'DB-EV1 A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05102/2025 PANEL'DB-EV1 B' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208YI120V 30,4-W IRE TYPE:ATOM E50 ENCLOSURE CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V 30,4-WIRE TYPE:ATOM E50 ENCLOSURE D LOCATION: MAINS:400 A MCB AIC:200,000 LOCATION: MAINS:400 A MCB AIC:200,000 MOUNTING:GROUND NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:T-DB-EV1A,B MOUNTING:GROUND NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:T-DB-EV1A,B NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE 1 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 411A CHARGER 2 1 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 2 3 - 4992 4992 4 3 - 4992 4992 4 DYKEMAN 5 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 6 5 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 6 7 -- - - 4992 4992 - - -- 8 7 - - - 4992 4992 -- -- -- 8 DESIGN 9 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 10 9 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 10 ARCHITECTURE + 11 - 4992 4992 12 11 - 4992 4992 12 13 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 14 13 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 14 15 - 4992 4992 16 15 - 4992 4992 16 -dykema-et 17 6 West Mari-Vie,Dri,e 17 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 18 17 SPACE 2 2 SPACE 18 19 - 4992 4992 20 19 - 20 21 EVSE48ACHARGER 1 60 1 2 1 1 4992 1 4992 1 1 1 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 22 21 SPACE 2 2 SPACE 22 23 -- I - I - I I 1 1 4992 1 4992 - - -- 24 23 - - - -- -- -- -- -- 24 CONSULTANT: CONNECTED LOAD: 39,936 VA 39,936 VA 39,936 VA CONNECTED LOAD: 29,952 VA 29,952 VA 19,968 VA CONNECTED AMPS: 333 A 333 A 333 A CONNECTED AMPS: 262 A 262 A 166 A LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY H A R G I S MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 119808 VA 125.00% 149760 VA MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 79872 VA 125.00% 99840 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 119,808 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 79,872 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 149,760 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 99,840 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 333 A TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 222 A 1201 third avenue,suite 600,Seattle,wa 98101 TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 416 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 277 A 206.448.3376 206A48.4450 hargis.biz NOTES: NOTES: • H A R G I S H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 S wA NOF Seattle,wa 98101 Seattle,wa 98101 C 206.448.3376 206.448.3376 Q T o m C www.hargis.biz www.hargis.biz A Y 1 �O �201111fi6O �s� PANEL SCHEDULE:0510212025 PANEL'DB-EV2A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05/02/2025 PANEL'DB-EV2B' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center F��SIONALE�V`2 CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208YI120V 30,4-W IRE TYPE:ATOM E50 ENCLOSURE CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V 30,4-W IRE TYPE:ATOM E50 ENCLOSURE 04/19/2025 LOCATION: MAINS:400 A MCB AIC:200,000 LOCATION: MAINS:400 A MCB AIC:200,000 MOUNTING:GROUND NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:T-DB-EV2A,B MOUNTING:GROUND NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:T-DB-EV2A,B PROJECT e • NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE 1 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 2 1 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 2 3 Arlington Operations - 4 992 4992 4 3 4992 4992 4- 5 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 6 5 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 6 Center 7 - 4992 4992 8 7 - 4992 4992 8 9 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 10 9 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 10 11 - 4992 4992 12 11 - 4992 4992 12 FOR 13 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 14 13 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 14 15 - - - 4992 4992 - - -- 16 15 - - - 4992 4992 1 -- -- -- 16 Snohomish County 17 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 18 17 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 18 19 4992 4992 _ _ -- 20 19 _ _ _ 0 0 -- -- -- 20 Public Works 21 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 22 21 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 22 23 - - - 4992 4992 - - 24 23 AT CONNECTED LOAD: 39,936 VA 39,936 VA 39,936 VA CONNECTED LOAD: 29,952 VA 29,952 VA 19,968 VA CONNECTED AMPS: 333 A 333 A 333 A CONNECTED AMPS: 262 A 262 A 166 A LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY 19700 67th Ave NE MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 119808VA 125.00% 149760 VA MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 79872 VA 125.00% 99840 VA Arlington, WA 98223 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 119,808 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 79,872 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 149,760 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 99,840 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 333 A TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 222 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 416 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 277 A PERMIT S E T B 05/02/2025 B NOTES: NOTES: H A R G I S H A R G I S This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's Seattle,wa 98101 Seattle,wa 98101 written permission for any other use or reproduction. 206.448.3376 206.448.3376 www.hargis.biz www.hargis.biz PROJECT PANEL SCHEDULE:05102/2025 PANEL'DB-EV3A' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center PANEL SCHEDULE:05102/2025 PANEL'DB-EV3B' PROJECT:Arlington Operations Center 2023-053 CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208YI120V 30,4-W IRE TYPE:ATOM E50 ENCLOSURE CLASSIFICATION:NORMAL VOLTAGE:208Y/120V 30,4-W IRE TYPE:ATOM E50 ENCLOSURE LOCATION: MAINS:400 A MCB AIC:200,000 LOCATION: MAINS:400 A MCB AIC:200,000 • MOUNTING:GROUND NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:T-DB-EV3A,B MOUNTING:GROUND NEUTRAL:100.00% FED FROM:T-DB-EV3A,B MARK DATE DESCRIPTION NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE NOTE CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPS POLE A B C POLE AMPS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE 1 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 2 1 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 2 3 - _11111111 0 0 4 3 - 4992 4992 4 5 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 6 5 EVSE 48A CHARGER 60 2 4992 4992 2 60 EVSE 48A CHARGER 6 7 0 0 8 7 4992 4992 8 9 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 10 9 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 10 11 - 0 0 12 11 - 0 0 12 13 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 1 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 14 13 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 14 15 - 0 0 16 1 15 - 0 0 1 16 17 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 18 17 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 18 _ 19 - TEAM- 0 0 20 19 - 0 0 20 • JECT 21 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 60 2 0 0 2 60 SPARE(48A EV CAPABLE-FUTURE) 22 21 SPACE - 2 -- -- 2 SPACE 22 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I BMI 23 -- - - 0 0 - - -- 24 23 - - - -- -- -- -- -- 24 PROJECT MANAGER: I TSV CONNECTED LOAD: 0 VA 0 VA OVA CONNECTED LOAD: 19,968 VA 9,984 VA 9,984 VA PROJECT ARCHITECT:I- CONNECTED AMPS: 0 A 0 A 0 A CONNECTED AMPS: 166 A 83 A 83 A JOB CAPTAIN: KSR A LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR CALCULATED LOAD LOAD SUMMARY A MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS OVA 0.00% OVA MISCELLANEOUS CONTINUOUS 39936 VA 125.00% 49920 VA s TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: OVA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 39,936 VA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: OVA TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD: 49,920 VA TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 0A TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 111A PANEL SCHEDULES TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 0 A TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 139 A NOTES: NOTES: •.. H A R G I S H A R G I S 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 1201 third avenue,Ste 600 Seattle,wa 98101 Seattle,wa 98101 206.448.3376 206.448.3376 www.hargis.biz www.hargis.biz 1 2 3 4 5 1 Fir", Arlington Operations Center FOR Snohomish County Public Works STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS April 2025 M ) .'''p � O�W.As��1 l 44739 � w� 4/22/25 rURaL '6 �w L Prepared For: Dykeman Architects Prepared By: Seth Stapleton, P.E., S.E. Ruvim Yerokhin Project Principal Structural Designer Rami Sabra, P.E. John Paul Gaston Project Engineer Structural Designer File No. 212024.009 728134th Street SW,Suite 200 1 Everett,WA 98204 1 425/741-3800(Fax 4251741-3900) 1 www.reidmiddleton.com 10M 1 Client Dykeman Sheet of Project Arlington Operations Center Design by 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Date Everett,WA 98204 425-741-3800 Checked by Project No. 212024.009 Date TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Pages Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 —22 General Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2— 19 Loading Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 - 22 Gravity Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 - 96 RAM Steel Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 - 33 Gravity Member Key Plans . . . . . . . . . . 34 - 37 RISA Analysis Gravity Members. . . . . . . . 38 - 44 Spread Footing Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 - 47 Base Plate Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 - 51 CLT Gravity Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 - 56 Basement Wall Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 - 67 Retaining Wall Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 - 96 Lateral Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97—252 Seismic Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 - 101 Seismic Weight Takeoff . . . . . . . . . . . 102 - 104 Seismic Base Shear . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 - 111 ETABS Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 - 115 Braced Frame Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 - 194 Diaphragm Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 - 233 [Om 1 Client Dykeman Sheet of Project Arlington Operations Center Design by 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Date Everett,WA 98204 425-741-3800 Checked by Project No. 212024.009 Date Strut Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 - 252 Miscellaneous Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 —279 Canopy Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 - 269 Metal Stud Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 - 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Criteria Page 1 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date General Criteria Page 2 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet Im Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW- Suite 200 Design Criteria Date 2025/04/21 Everett,Washington 98204 Checked by Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date CODES AND REFERENCES General ■ 2021 International Building Code • ASCE 7-16 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures Concrete • ACI 318-19 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete Steel ■ AISC 360-16 Steel Construction Manual, 141h Edition(2016) ■ AISC 341 Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings, 3rd Edition (2018) ■ AWS D1.1-2020 Structural Welding Code— Steel • AWS D1.3-2018 Structural Welding Code— Sheet Steel • AWS D1.4-2018 Structural Welding Code—Reinforcing Steel Cold Formed Steel • AISI S100-16 North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members, 2020 Edition Wood ■ ANSI/AF&PA-2018 National Design Specification for Wood Construction Catalogs and Miscellaneous ■ Verco Catalog ■ Hilti Catalog ■ Simpson Strong-Tie Catalog Structural Design Criteria.docx Page 3 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet • Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW - Suite 200 Design Criteria Date 2025/04/21 Everett,Washington 98204 Checked by Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS Concrete (Normal Weight) Slab-on-Grade f,=4,000 psi Concrete on Metal Deck f,=4,000 psi Curbs and Equipment Pads f,= 4,000 psi Foundations f,=4,000 psi Walls f,= 5,000 psi Reinforcing Steel Typical ASTM A615, Grade 60 Seismic Deformed Bars ASTM A706, Grade 60 Low Alloy Smooth Welded Wire Fabric ASTM A185 Deformed Bar Anchors ASTM A496 Structural Steel Wide Flange Shapes ASTM A992, Grade 50 Pipe ASTM A53, Grade B Tubes— Round or Rect. HSS ASTM A500, Grade C, fy= 50 ksi Angles and Channels ASTM A36, Grade 36 Plates (UNO) ASTM A36, Grade 36 Plates (Grade 50 where noted) ASTM A572, Grade 50 Connection Material ASTM A36 Embedded Plates ASTM A36 Bolts ASTM A325 Threaded Rods ASTM A36 Anchor Rods in Concrete or Masonry ASTM F1554, Grade 36 (UNO) ASTM F1554, Grade 55 (Where noted) ASTM F1554, Grade 105 (Where noted) Welding Electrodes ASTM E70XX Headed Shear Studs ASTM A108, AWS D1.1 Grade B, fU = 60 ksi Metal Deck Type W Floor Deck ASTM A653, SS, Grade 33, fy= 38,000 psi Welding Electrodes ASTM E70XX Cold Formed Steel Gage 25-17 ASTM A653, Type SS, Grade 33, fy= 33 ksi Gage 16-12 ASTM A653, Type SS, Grade 50 Class 1, fy= 50 ksi Structural Design Criteria.docx Page 4 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet • Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW - Suite 200 Design Criteria Date 2025/04/21 Everett,Washington 98204 Checked by Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date Wood Wall Studs and Plates Doug-Fir No. 2 & Better, Fb = 900 psi Joists and Planking (2x): Doug-Fir No. 2 & Better, Fb = 900 psi (3x&4x): Doug-Fir No. 1 & Better, Fb = 1,000 psi Beams and Stringers Doug-Fir No. 1, Fb = 1,350 psi Posts (4x): Doug-Fir No. 1, Fc= 1,500 psi (6x+): Doug-Fir No. 1, Fc= 1,000 psi Glulam Beams, Simple-Span 24F-V4, Fb = 2,400 psi Beams, Continuous or Cantilever 24F-V8, Fb = 2,400 psi Columns (2 lams): Doug-Fir 1-DF-L3, Fe= 1,500 psi, Fbyy= 1,000 psi (3 lams): Doug-Fir 1-DF-L3, Fc= 1,500 psi, Fbyy= 1,250 psi (4+ lams): Doug-Fir 1-DF-L3, Fc = 1,500 psi, Fbyy = 1,450 psi CLT 3-Panel Major Strength Direction (FbS)eff,o = 1,740 Ibf-ft/ft (EI)eff,o = 95x106 Ibf-In2/ft (GA)eff,o = 0.46x106 Ibf/ft Wo = 1,490 Ibf/ft Minor Strength Direction (FbS)eff,90 = 140 Ibf-ft/ft (EI)eff,90 = 3.1x106 Ibf-in2/ft (GA)eff,90 = 0.46x106 Ibf/ft Vs,90 =495 Ibf/ft Structural Design Criteria.docx Page 5 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW - Suite 200 Design Criteria Date 2025/04/21 Everett, Washington 98204 Checked by Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date GENERAL CRITERIA Risk Category Risk Snow Importance Ice Importance Ice Importance Seismic Importance Category Factor, IS Factor—Thickness, I; Factor—Wind, IW Factor, le 11 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 DEFLECTION CRITERIA Load Case Typical Limit Comments Total Allowable Load L/240 Typical Framing L/360 Typical Framing Live/Snow Load '/2" Perimeter/Exterior Floor Framing 3/4" Perimeter/Exterior Roof Framing Maximum vertical deflections for typical gravity-load resisting elements shall be, at a minimum, in accordance with IBC 2021 Table 1604.3. Structural Design Criteria.docx Page 6 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW - Suite 200 Design Criteria Date 2025/04/21 Everett, Washington 98204 Checked by Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date STRUCTURE SELF-WEIGHT The self-weight dead load of all significant structural members shall be calculated by the applicable analysis program for gravity and lateral analyses. Roof Weight Typ CLT Roof Material fl Weight Comments 3-Ply CLT [SPF unit weight = 28.5 pcf) 11 Roofing (includes 1 psf re-roof allowance) 5 PV Allowance 7 Ceilings 5 Misc. (Lights, Ducts, Mech, Sprinklers, etc.) 6 Deck DL = 34 psf Glulam Purlins [DF unit weight= 33.6 pcf) 4 Joist DL = 38 psf Glulam Girders [DF unit weight= 33.6 pcf) 3 Girder DL = 41 psf Glulam Columns 3 Column DL = 44 psf Gravity Total DL 44 Lateral Frames 3 Seismic Total DL 47 L2 CLT Low Roof Material fl Weight Comments 3-Ply CLT [SPF unit weight = 28.5 pcf) 11 Roofing (includes 1 psf re-roof allowance) 5 Ceilings 5 Misc. (Lights, Ducts, Mech, Sprinklers, etc.) 6 Deck DL = 27 psf Glulam Beams [DF unit weight = 33.6 pcf) 4 Joist DL = 31 psf Glulam Girders [DF unit weight= 33.6 pcf) 4 Girder DL = 35 psf Glulam Columns 3 Column DL = 38 psf Gravity Total DL 38 Lateral Frames 3 Partition Seismic Weight 5 Seismic Total DL 46 Structural Design Criteria.docx Page 7 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet • Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW - Suite 200 Design Criteria Date 2025/04/21 Everett,Washington 98204 Checked by Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date Misc. Canopies and Roofs Material Weight Comments s 3-Ply CLT SPF unit weight = 28.5 cf 11 Roofing includes 1 psf re-roof allowance 8 Misc. (Lights, Ducts, Mech, Sprinklers, etc. 6 Deck DL = 25 psf Glulam Beams [DIF unit weight= 33.6 cf 2 Joist DL = 27 psf Glulam Girders DF unit weight= 33.6 cf 3 Girder DL = 30 psf Steel Columns 3 Column DL = 33 psf Gravity Total DL 33 Seismic Total DL 33 Structural Design Criteria.docx Page 8 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW - Suite 200 Design Criteria Date 2025/04/21 Everett, Washington 98204 Checked by Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date Floor Weight Typ Composite Floor Material Weight Comments psq 3" Concrete on 3" Metal Deck 65 Concrete weight= 54psf + decking (2psf) = 56psf + Deflection allowance (5psf) = 61 psf + '/" concrete topping (3.2psf) = 64.2 psf Ceilings 5 Misc. (Lights, Ducts, Mech, Sprinklers, etc. 6 Deck DL = 76 psf Steel Beams 3 Beam DL = 79 psf Steel Girders 3 Girder DL = 82 psf Steel Columns 3 Column DL = 85 psf Gravity Total DL 85 Lateral Frames 3 Partition Seismic Weight 10 Seismic Total DL 98 L2 Accessible Deck Material Wei fl t Comments 3" Concrete on 3" Metal Deck 65 Concrete weight= 54psf + decking (2psf) = 56psf + Deflection allowance (5psf) = 61 psf + '/" concrete topping (3.2psf) = 64.2 psf 2 '/2" Concrete Pavers 32 Ceilings 5 Misc. (Lights, Ducts, Mech, Sprinklers, etc. 6 Deck DL = 108 psf Steel Beams 3 Beam DL = 111 psf Steel Girders 3 Girder DL = 114 psf Steel Columns 3 Column DL = 117 psf Gravity Total DL 117 Lateral Frames 3 Partition Seismic Weight 5 Seismic Total DL 125 Structural Design Criteria.docx Page 9 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet • Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW - Suite 200 Design Criteria Date 2025/04/21 Everett,Washington 98204 Checked by Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date Stairs Material Weight Comments s Glulam Framing 25 Concrete Fill 25 Total 50 Walls Typical Exterior Metal-Framed Wall: 15 psf Typical Interior Wood Frame Walls: 10 psf Curtainwall, Windows: 10 psf Metal Panel, Louvers: 10 psf LIVE LOAD CRITERIA Uniform Concentrated Occupancy or Use (psf) (pounds) Reducible? 50psf Reducible+ Office (administration) 65 2000 15psf Partitions Non- Reduceable Stairs and Exit Ways 100 300* Y SNOW LOAD CRITERIA State Washington County Snohomish City Arlington Site Elevation Above Sea Level 145 ft Ground Snow Load Reference Document WABO-SEAW White Paper Ground Snow Load, pg 17 psf Minimum Roof Snow Per SEAW White Paper= (25psf)x(Is=1.0)=25psf Structural Design Criteria.docx Page 10 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet • Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW - Suite 200 Design Criteria Date 2025/04/21 Everett,Washington 98204 Checked by Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date WIND LOAD CRITERIA Ultimate 3-Second Gust Wind Speed, V 98 mph Exposure Category C Enclosure Classification Enclosed Topographic Feature Shape Factor, K, 0.15 Speed-Up with Distance Factor, K2 0.67 Speed-Up with Height Factor, Ks 0.86 Topographic Factor, Kt 1.17 Wind Directionality Factor(MWFRS), Kd 0.85 Wind Directionality Factor(C&C), Kd 0.85 Refer to wind load calculation results for additional information. Structural Design Criteria.docx Page 11 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet • Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW - Suite 200 Design Criteria Date 2025/04/21 Everett,Washington 98204 Checked by Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date SEISMIC LOAD CRITERIA Seismic Parameters Site Class D Seismic Design Category D Ss 1.045 S1 0.373 FA 1.082 Fv 1.927 Sys 0.754 SD1 0.479 Ts = Soy/SDS 0.636 s TL 6 s *These values are only valid if Exception 2 of ASCE 7-16 Section 11.4.8 is utilized Building System Lateral System Steel Special Concentrically Braced Frames Response Modification Factor, R 6 Overstrength Factor, .00 2 Elastic Deflection Amplification Factor, Cd 5 Allowable Story Drift** 2% **The allowable story drift is based on the limit imposed by ASCE 7 for"Structures... 4 stories or less above the base... designed to accommodate the story drifts". Refer to location-specific seismic hazard results and seismic load calculations for additional information. Structural Design Criteria.docx Page 12 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet • Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW - Suite 200 Design Criteria Date 2025/04/21 Everett,Washington 98204 Checked by Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date Seismic Redundancy Verification ASCE 7-16 Section 12.3.4.2(a) Approximate force distribution based on the ELF method shows that the Roof and Level 2 both resist more than 35% of the base shear. Removal of a single brace from the framing system may cause a 33% reduction in story strength or a torsional irregularity. NOT SATISFIED. ASCE 7-16 Section 12.3.4.2(b) At least two bays of framing are not provided on all sides at each story. NOT SATISFIED. USE p = 1.3 Structural Design Criteria.docx Page 13 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet • Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW - Suite 200 Design Criteria Date 2025/04/21 Everett,Washington 98204 Checked by Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date SEISMIC IRREGULARITY VERIFICATION See ASCE 7-16 for detailed descriptions of each irregularity Horizontal Structural Irregularities (ASCE 7-16 Table 12.3-1) Type la : Torsional Irregularity T T Not Applicable Type 1 b : Extreme Torsional Irregularity 6,12 T T Not Applicable Type 2 : Reentrant Corner Irregularity Ly Py Not Applicable Px Type 3 : Diaphragm Discontinuity Irregularity Open Open Not Applicable Structural Design Criteria.docx Page 14 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW - Suite 200 Design Criteria Date 2025/04/21 Everett, Washington 98204 Checked by Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date Type 4 : Out-of-Plane Offset Irregularity Not Applicable Type 5 : Nonparallel System Irregularity O0 Not Applicable Structural Design Criteria.docx Page 15 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet • Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW - Suite 200 Design Criteria Date 2025/04/21 Everett,Washington 98204 Checked by Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date Vertical Structural Irregularities (ASCE 7-16 Table 12.3-2) Type la : Stiffness— Soft Story Irregularity No Irregularity s Type lb : Stiffness— Extreme Soft Story Irregularity i� No Irregularity Type 2 : Weight (Mass) Irregularity No Irregularity Type 3 : Vertical Geometric Irregularity di, di No Irregularity d;_i Structural Design Criteria.docx Page 16 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet • Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW - Suite 200 Design Criteria Date 2025/04/21 Everett,Washington 98204 Checked by Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date Type 4 : In-Plane Discontinuity in Vertical Lateral Force-Resisting Element Irregularity d offset No Irregularity Type 5a : Discontinuity in Lateral Strenqth — Weak Story Irregularity No Irregularity Type 5b : Discontinuity in Lateral Strength — Extreme Weak Story Irregularity No Irregularity Ll Structural Design Criteria.docx Page 17 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet • Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW - Suite 200 Design Criteria Date 2025/04/21 Everett,Washington 98204 Checked by Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date FOUNDATION CRITERIA Refer to the geotechnical report for further information not provided here. Report Information Title Subsurface Exploration, Geologic Hazard, Preliminary Geotechnical Engineering, and Infiltration Feasibility Report Project Name Arlington Operations Center Redevelopment Arlington, Washington Prepared by Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. Project No. 20240001 EO01 Date May 30, 2024 Design Values General Site Class D Vertical Load Design Values Refer to the geotechnical report for the soil recommendations under the footing and slab. Allowable Design Bearing Pressure 4,000 psf Lateral Load Design Values Footing-Soil Static Friction Coefficient 0.30 (includes safety factor= 1.50) Allowable Equivalent Fluid Passive Pressure 300 psf/ft of depth (includes safety factor= 1.50) Lateral Earth Pressure Design Values The following lateral earth pressure values are Equivalent Fluid Unit Weights. These do not include hydrostatic pressure due to groundwater accumulation. The following lateral earth pressure values assume a horizontal ground surface above the retaining structure. The following lateral earth pressure values do not include seismic surcharge, or surcharge from nearby loading of other natures. "Active" Lateral Earth Pressure 35 psf/ft of depth "At-Rest" Lateral Earth Pressure 55 psf/ft of depth Structural Design Criteria.docx Page 18 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet • Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW - Suite 200 Design Criteria Date 2025/04/21 Everett,Washington 98204 Checked by Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date Seismic Surcharge Lateral Earth Pressure Design Values The following seismic surcharge loads shall be distributed uniformly along the height of the retaining structure. "Active" Seismic Surcharge 10H psf "At-Rest" Seismic Surcharge 14H psf Traffic Surcharge Pressure Design Value The following shall be applied if vehicle parking areas will be present adjacent to the wall. Surcharge Pressure 250 psf(vertical) 100 psf(horizontal) Geometric Restrictions Minimum Isolated Footing Width 18 inches Minimum Continuous Footing Width 18 inches Minimum Exterior Footing Depth Below Lowest Adjacent 18 inches Finished Grade Structural Design Criteria.docx Page 19 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date LoadingDiagrams Page 20 of 279 2 4 LEVEL 2 D LOADING DIAGRAMS TYP L2 Floor y'L2 psf ■ L2 Accessible Roof Deck LL-100 psf INRI . YKEMAN LEVEL 2 - sL Lc25 psff ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN srairs - - - Ln 100 psf INRI CONSULTANT: 1 2 3 4 5 8 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 52.00 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 6 www.reidmiddleton.com 55.03 ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. ICI I 10 BID c S3.04 c HSS POST v I v /x r v' Qf x W1422 I W14x22(8) 0 0 0 0 0 W14x22 :::� TYP S5,0 I v I W14x22 6 v x 56.01 ••• IDENTIFICATION: _------------ — -- I I WI8x35(24) W18x46(24) W18x46(24) ®� W18x46(24) --- --- --ter- ----- ----- B __ Arlin ton Operations Wi8X46L4) HSS5x5x3/8 g p GL8314x9 GL83/4x9 I I I Center .01 I COMPOSITE DECK 3 I � TYP" TYP I PER 31S5.01 S5.0 I I I 1 I TYP I FOR 0 0 0 0 0 0 N I o o OPEN TO BELOW 0 TYP m �m Snohomish County W18x35 10 0 g ' I Purchasing Services s5.o, i 3 i 9 13 GLAT ---3118x9 Wl8x46(8) _---- ----_ W18x55(28)STRUT W18x46(24) I W18x46(24 I 19620 67th Ave NE GL5118x24 �� Arlington, WA 98223 BF-02 SEE NOTE 6,TYP AT °Wigx22 g BRACED FRAMES o o N H o 0 0 0 0 0 0 o A 60% SUBMITTAL v v GL 51/8 x 12 e 02/14/2025 5 This drawing is: HSS4x4X114 56.0 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. HSS4X4X1/4 HSS4x4X114 HSS4X4X1/4 2.The Architects Inst ument of Professional Service. ' 18X46(8 W 18X46(14) W18x46(14) W18x46(14) W 18x46(14) GL 6 314 x 21 ' _ _ _ _ _ 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's ---------- - - ---- - - ---- -- - --- ----- (D written permission for any other use or reproduction. COMPOSITE DECK PER 3155.01 HSS4x4X114 8 A 7 HSS4x4x114 ' A HSS4x4x,14 A HSS4x4X114 A GL 51I8 x 12 a PROJECT S6.01 S6.01 56.0 3-PLY CLT PANELS 3-PLY CLT PANELS x NUMBER _III 212024.009 N 3-PLY CLT PANELS 3-PLY CLT PANELS x 0 TYP THIS OPNG M • w� 1- GL 51/8x12 ra 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 as 0 0 0 0 0 _ n 0 w MARK DATE DESCRIPTION x OD n a A 4'-0"TYP 2 THIS OPNG co 4 0 I S6.0 u 3-PLY CLT PANELS I A GL 6 314 x 21 GL 6 314 x 21 (2)GL 3112 x 24 FLITCHt (2)GL 3112 x 24 FLITCH GL 5118 xO W18x46(8) BEAM STRUT BEAM STRUT '--- ---� E J;BF �e 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0000 0 o o 0 o o 0 o 0 0 0 o A � I e e m m f PROJECT TEAM PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC to GL 51/8x15 GL 5 118 x 15 GL 51/8x 15 14 GL 5 118 x 15 GL 51/8x 15 GL 5 118 x 15 r GL 51/8 x012 a PROJECT MANAGER: ISES 3-PLY CLT PANELS S6.03 PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV 3-PLY CLT PANELS JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A I A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 g FLOOR PLAN UPPER LEVEL o a' a' s ,. LEVEL 2 FRAMING PLAN Scale 1/8" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 Page 21 of 279 2 3 4 5 ROOF MECH ATTIC ROOF D LOADING DIAGRAMS CLT High Roof CLT Roof =25 psf SL=25 25 ip psf ROOFARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 1 O O 4 I I 4 3 8 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 S6.01 S6.01 S6.0 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. (2)GL 31/2 x 21 FLITCH S6.0 (2)GL 31/2 x 21 FLITCH - --GL51/8x21[H]--------BEAM STRUT[HI--- - -—-—-—-—-— -- - ---BEAMSTRUT[HI----- -----GL51/8x21[H]----- - -GL51/8x18 ------------ HSS12x6x1/2[L] HSS12x6x112[L] HSS12x6x112[L] HSS12x6x112[L] w BF-01 x c _ a o A A A ao C Ra22 GL5118x21 GL5118x21 GL51/8x21 3-PLY CLT PANELS GL51/8x21 GL5118x21 J DO 3-PLY CLT PANELS x M 2 TYP 1/3-'\ L4 12 •• IDENTIFICATION: DO DO DO DO S6.0 DO DO I 56.0 — — _ Ij ) Arlington Operations Center N GL5118x21 GL5118x21 56.01 I FOR DO � � DO I o DO ci c� DO I ,o Snohomish County s 16 GL51/8x21 x ;I Ax Purchasing Service s S AT DO DO DO —-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—- DO ___ _____ (2)G ITCH --------t----------- 19620 67th Ave NE BEAM 0 'I; lL Arlington, WA 98223 I m GL 5118 x 21 GI-5 118 x 21 3-PLY CLT PANELS DO DO `O GL 51/8 x 18 cD 3-PLY CLT PANELS o Do 60/o SUBMITTAL B 02/14/2025 B S x x X F A 2 " A " A E _ This drawing is: 56.01 q a w ao Tis dra ght 2022 Dykeman,Inc. (7 A m A 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. --- --- — ------- -- 3L51/8x21 GL51/8x21 GL5118x21 GL51/8x21 GL5118x21 eu O 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's -—-—-— written permission for any other use or reproduction. 6 PROJECT 8'-0" I I I 3-PLY CLT PANELS 212024.009 GL5118x15 W W I • a MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SEE S1.12 FOR LOW ROOF FRAMING GL51/8x15 —-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—- ----- - -� --------------t------------- --------------t-------------- -----------t------- E I I I I I I I I LOW ROOF—/ I I I I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PROJECT MANAGER: SES PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV A JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A I I ••' 1 O O 4O O g 7 g ROOF PLAN 0 a' s •. ROOF FRAMING PLAN Scale:,/3"=,.-o" 1/8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 Page 22 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Gravity Page 23 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Gravity Design of the Arlington Ops Building The gravity system of the Operations Building is comprised of a mix of steel and glulam framing, with slab-on-metal-deck interior floor at Level 2 and CLT roofs. Due to a sloping grade on the site, there is a concrete basement wall on the east side of the building from the foundation to Level 2, as well as concrete retaining walls surrounding the exterior courtyard on the north side of the building. Overview of calculations provided in this section: • Bentley RAM was used to analyze and design the steel framing at Level 2. Loading input in the model is consistent with the loading plans provided in the Criteria section of this calculation package. • RISA 3D was used to analyze the columns and the glulam framing throughout the structure. Key plans and load takedowns are provided for all controlling locations. • Spread footings and base plates were designed for controlling locations based on aforementioned key plans and load takedowns. • The CLT roofs, designed based on design values of available CLT products and glulam framing layouts throughout the building. • Basement wall, designed for combined gravity loading and lateral soil loading. Design criteria is based on information provided by the geotechnical engineer. • Retaining wall, designed for lateral soil loading. Design criteria is based on information provided by the geotechnical engineer. Page 24 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date RAM Steel Model Page 25 of 279 DataBase: Arlington Ops Bldg 040725 04/17/2025 15:21:59 3D View of Model v - C Page 26 of 279 Floor Map RAM Steel 24.00.02.51 Page 1/2 DataBase: Arlington Ops Bldg 040725 Loading Map 04/17/25 11:38:32 Building Code: IBC Steel Code: AISC360-22 LRFD Bentley- Floor Type: L2 2 � 3 4 5� 6 7 J 7BI:}_ 0 0 . ❑ 0. :C� ❑ ❑ _0. E Page 27 of 279 Floor Map RAM Steel24.°°.02.51 Loading (cont) Paget/2 oading Ma04/17/25 DataBase: Arlington Ops Bldg 04072511:38:32 1EIBuilding Code: IBC Steel Code: AISC360-22 LRFD Bentiey- Surface Loads Label DL CDL LL Reduction PLL CLL Mass DL psf psf psf Type psf psf psf Office 76.0 65.0 50.0 Reducible 15.0 20.0 0.0 Accessible Deck 108.0 65.0 100.0 Unreducible 8.0 20.0 0.0 Line Loads Label DL CDL LL Reduction PLL CLL Mass DL k/ft k/ft k/ft Type k/ft k/ft k/ft L1 LL 1 0.405 0.000 0.000 Reducible 0.000 0.000 0.000 L2 LL 2 0.692 0.000 0.288 Roof 0.000 0.000 0.000 L3 LL 3 0.162 0.000 0.107 Roof 0.000 0.000 0.000 L4 LL 4 0.330 0.000 0.000 Roof 0.000 0.000 0.000 L5 LL 5 0.190 0.000 0.125 Roof 0.000 0.000 0.000 L6 LL 6 0.130 0.000 0.000 Roof 0.000 0.000 0.000 L7 South Stair LL 0.388 0.000 0.766 Unreducible 0.000 0.000 0.000 Point Loads Label DL CDL LL Reduction PLL CLL Mass DL kips kips kips Type kips kips kips P1 North Stair PL 0.757 0.000 1.514 Unreducible 0.000 0.000 0.000 Page 28 of 279 Beam Design Criteria RAM Steel 24.00.02.51 Page 1/3 DataBase: Arlington Ops Bldg 040725 04/17/25 15:42:30 Building Code: IBC Steel Code: AISC360-22 LRFD Bentley- TABLES SELECTED: Master Steel Table: ramaisc Default Steel Table: ramaisc Alternate Steel Table: ramaisc UNBRACED LENGTH: Check Unbraced Length Do Not Consider Point of Inflection as Brace Point Noncomposite/Precomposite Beam Design: Deck Perpendicular to Beam Braces flange Deck Parallel to Beam does not Brace flange Calculate Cb for all Simple Span Beams Use Cb=1 for all Cantilevers SPAN/DEPTH CRITERIA: Maximum Span/Depth Ratio (ft/ft): 0.00 COMPOSITE IEFF: Do Not Reduce Ieff per AISC 360 Commentary DEMAND/CAPACITY LIMITS: Strength Deflection Steel Beam: 1.000 1.000 C-Beams: 1.000 1.000 DEFLECTION CRITERIA: Default Criteria L/d A (in) Unshored Initial (Construction Load): 0.0 0.0 Post Composite Live Load: 360.0 0.0 Total Superimposed: 240.0 0.0 Total (Init+Superimp-Camber): 240.0 0.0 Shored Dead Load: 0.0 0.0 Live Load: 360.0 0.0 Total Load: 240.0 0.0 Noncomposite Dead Load: 0.0 0.0 Live Load: 360.0 0.0 Total Load: 240.0 0.0 Note: 0.0 indicates No Limit Page 29 of 279 Beam Design Criteria RAM Steel 24.00.02.51 Page 2/3 DataBase: Arlington Ops Bldg 040725 04/17/25 15:42:30 Building Code: IBC Steel Code: AISC360-22 LRFD Bentley- CAMBER CRITERIA FOR COMPOSITE BEAMS: Do not Camber Beams with Span< 0.0 ft Do not Camber Beams with Weight< 0.0 lbs/ft Do not Camber Beams with Weight> 1000.0 lbs/ft Do not Camber Beams with Depth<0.0 in Do not Camber Beams with Depth> 100.0 in Do not Camber Beams with Cantilevers Percent of Dead Load used for Camber: 80.00 (For Unshored Composite the specified% of Construction DL is used) Camber Increment(in): 0.250 Minimum Camber(in): 0.500 Maximum Camber(in): 4.000 CAMBER CRITERIA FOR NONCOMPOSITE BEAMS: Do not Camber Beams with Span< 0.0 ft Do not Camber Beams with Weight< 0.0 lbs/ft Do not Camber Beams with Weight> 1000.0 lbs/ft Do not Camber Beams with Depth<0.0 in Do not Camber Beams with Depth> 100.0 in Do not Camber Beams with Cantilevers Percent of Dead Load used for Camber: 80.00 Camber Increment(in): 0.250 Minimum Camber(in): 0.750 Maximum Camber(in): 4.000 STUD CRITERIA: Stud Distribution: Use Uniform Maximum% of Full Composite Allowed: 100.00 Minimum% of Full Composite Allowed- Short Span: 25.00 Minimum% of Full Composite Allowed-Long Span: 50.00 Long Span Defined as Span Greater Than: 30.00 ft Maximum Rows of Studs Allowed: 3 Minimum Flange Width for 2 Rows of Studs (in): 5.500 Minimum Flange Width for 3 Rows of Studs (in): 8.500 Maximum Stud Spacing- Deck Parallel: Per Code Maximum Stud Spacing- Deck Not Parallel: Per Code Ductility of Shear Connection: Enforce AISC 360-16 Commentary I3.2d(1) for Spans greater than 30' WEB OPENING CRITERIA: Stiffener Fy(ksi): 36.000 Stiffener Dimensions Minimum Width(in): 1.000 Page 30 of 279 Beam Design Criteria RAM Steel 24.00.02.51 Page 3/3 DataBase: Arlington Ops Bldg 040725 04/17/25 15:42:30 Building Code: IBC Steel Code: AISC360-22 LRFD Bentley- Minimum Thickness (in): 0.250 Increment of Width (in): 0.250 Increment of Thickness (in): 0.125 Increment of Length(in): 1.000 Do Not Allow Stiffeners on One Side of web Allow Stiffeners on Two Sides of web Page 31 of 279 Floor Map RAM Steel 24.00.02.51 Page 1/1 DataBase: Arlington Ops Bldg 040725 04/17/25 11:38:32 Building Code: IBC Steel Code: AISC360-22 LRFD Bentley- Floor Type: L2 Beam Designs 1 2 3 4 5 6 A N O O O O O O O V V N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N X X X X X X X X X X XW14Y99 (A >V_ 1V >V_ >V_ >V_ zi >V_ >V_ >V_ >V_ >_ >V_ > > > > > > > > > > > > K CB ) )W18x 6(14) 18x46(2 18x46(2 18x46(24) VV18A6 Q.... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o ao 0 0 0 N N N N N N N N N N M N N N N N N N N N N N N N 00 N N N X X X X X X X X X X X X X X C �V A6 8 W 14x (12) .0.... 18x55 (2 ) 0... 18x46(2 ) 0. 18x46 (2 ) Y j18 N N N N N N N N N 00 N N N '.. N N N N N N N N N V N N N VVVxVVVVVVVCD8 18x46(1 ) V68x46 (1 ) 18x46(1 ) 18x46 (1 ) .......__ v v M M X X >O >O E W 18 6(8) ............ ............ Page 32 of 279 Floor Map RAM Steel 24.00.02.51 Page 1/1 DataBase: Arlington Ops Bldg 040725 04/17/25 11:38:32 Building Code: IBC Steel Code: AISC360-22 LRFD Bentley- Floor Type: L2 Demand / Capacity Ratios: Controlling 2 3 4 5 6 A ......... ......... �..;./ 0.1 (i) 0.406 (d) 0.406(d) 0.415(i) i - N �0.034(i) M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.012(i 0.1 ^(i) CO CBQ.. Q.... Q... [ .... �CD 0.2 4(i) 0.607(d) 0.607(d) 0.603(d) 0.547(d) O v v a v v v v v v v 0 v v N M M M M M M M M M M O M M N It V 7 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O CC ... ... ... .. ..... .....0..... 0..... 0...... _.._.._... _.._.._... .... i 0.002(i) 0.4 1 (i) 0.497(d) 0.607(d) .004 It v v v v It It m It v M rM CO cM M M c9 CO _O cM M M M 7 7 7 V V 7 7 V N_ O O O O O O O O O O O O O O CD I ...... 0.4 4(i) .... N LO O O E ............ ............ 0.323 i Page 33 of 279 EmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Gravity Member Key Plans Page 34 of 279 2 3 14 5 Total column load(service)=112 k (from RISA-includes col SW) mlal column load(service)=111 k Intenor Glulam COL FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 COLUMN/FOOTING KEY PLAN (from RISA-includes of SW) A towable bearing p essu a=4 ksf Length of Column: ■ D Allowable bearing pressure=4 ksf Min.spread footing size=112/4=28 ft-2 Base-L2:14.Ofl - se6%x6%footing Min.spread footing size=111/4=27.75 fl^2 L2-Roof:20.5 ft se Eft x Eft fooling AT=25.5%'raft=485%"2 FOUNDATION Roof° TVP Interior COL DL=44psf=21.34 k SL=25psf=12.125 k Length of Column: Exterior COL Q GL-A Operable partition wall ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Base-1-2:14.0 ft support beam loatls: Length of Column: ■ L2-Roof:20.5 ft DL=1.2 k+0.9 k=2.1 k LL=1.ik+1.2k=2.3k L2-Roof:26.5fl A_T=25.5ft'19%=485 ft-2 COL @ GL-D Total column load(service)=85 k Lp A_T=25.5ft'(19R/2+6.75ft)=414.5 RA2 ■ (from RISA-includescol SW) - - - Roof: DL=85psf=41.225 k Length of Column: DL=44psf=21.34 k LL=65psf=31.525 k Roof: Allowable bearing pressure=4 ksf SL=25psf=12,125 k DL=44psf=18.238 k Base-L2:14.0% SL=25psf=10.363 k 1-2-Roof:11.0 ft Min.spreatl footing sae=8514=21.25 ft-2 Operable partition wall L2-Roof:GL 8.75 x 9 -- use Oft Oft fooling support beam loads: HSS 8x8x318 Roof: DL=0.8 k Base-L2:HSS 5x5x3/8 • LL=2.1 k A_T=25.5ft•(19f02+6.75%)=414.5%"2 DL=44psf=11.24 k 1 2 4 3 L L=25psf=10.37k DL 5 6 LL=65psf=31.525 k L2: Total column load(service)=37 k A_T(office-25.5%'19%/2=242.5%A2 7281 34th Street SW,Suite 200 (from RISA-includes col SW) 7'-6" 25'-6" L2-Roof:HSS 5x5x3/8 25'-6" 25'-6" DL=85psf=20.fi2 k 14�" Everett,Washington 98204 Allowable bearing pressure=4 ksf Base-L2:HSS 5x5x3/8 LL=65psf=15.7]k Ph:425.741.3800 CENTERLINE STEEL www.reidmiddleton.com Exterior COL(�GL-1 TYP A_T(Io38pf 115.Sft`23fV2=293.5 ft02 Min.spread footing size=37 14=9.25%^2 ■ �0 DL=38psf=11.16 k I I ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. -- use 4ft x 4ft footing Length of Column: 1g�6" HSSSx8x518 HSS8x8x5/8 HSS8 x518 SL=25psf=7.34k Jill Base-L2:74.0% s3.o3 6'-g" L2-Roof: 4o0.5 CENTERLINE STEEL ---- ----- _ _ !!Tt A_T=11N2'19ft=161.5 W2 - - - COL L6 of:HSS.5x5x3/8 ---------- ---- - _ - L2-Roof:HSS 5x5x3 8 - -- ----- ----- -Base-L2-HSS 5x5x318 C �G column load(service)=65Roof k DL=44psf=7.11k L -J �- UF' - Length of Column: ■ -inclutles col SW) SL=25psf=4.04 k BF-01 HS earing pressure=4 kef C 12 F1 1 C.. HSS8x8x318 Base-L2:14.0ft (ABOVE) - L2-Roof:17.5% L2. S'3.0 rS3 I I I I I I I I I I I I footing size=65/4=16.25 fl^2 DL=85psf=13.73k IL _ J _ xbfl footing LL=65psf=10.5 kRoof: I GUIDERAIL POST A_T(high roo0=19fl'25.5R/2=242.5 fl^2 L2-Roof:HSS 5x5x3/8 DL=44psf=6.07 k SL=25psf=10.37 Base-L2:HSS 5x5x3/8 co HSS5x5x318 F1 H885x5x3I8 Fi HSS5x5x318 Fi HSS5x5x318 0 l I L-J7R � -J I A_T(mach roof)=19R•21fV2=199.5ft"2 ---------------C�- � r---, --------- r- - --- - ---- - ---- -- ro DESIGN BUILD STA --- ---,-------r -- DL=29Psf=5]9k -- "I IPERPNBUILDST I SL=25psf=4.99k PROJECT ' • --i - --�- - L2: Arlington Operations L J I A_T=raft•25.5fl/2=242.5 R02 OF1 - DL=85psf=20.62k Center I LL=65psf=15.7]k ® HSS5x5x3/8 SOG PER NOTE 1 I o f I i o Ba a-L2:HSS 5x5x318 F O R SEENOTE2 0'-0" O 0 �m �m Snohomish County 01 LL1 SS5x5x318 1 FBF6 0 0 D I I ` Purchasing Services r--- ------ -------- - ---r -�C I TYPATBF 1- ---- AT r- - 1+` -- --_--- -------- ----- -� - - - - -- - 12 - ----- - --------- --------- -� 19620 67th Ave NE " I --- ------_ -_-____ _--J H 5x5x3/8 `- J F1 S3.0 HSS5x5x3/8 `- J Arlington, A 98223 l� s'-o" s'-a" T- I I T- � 1 4 ington, W HSS4x4x114 F___- I- F2 BF-02 0 0 -- -J -1 HSS4x4x1 - �HSsaxaxva 60% SUBMITTAL B II _ ,_4 I I I I 02/14/2025 B - B o o HSS5x5x3/8 L J This drawing is: H x l8 F1 A- n,,5x5x318 F1 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. TY O 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. L-- _ 3.Foruseon this project only.Obtain Architect's+---- --�- -�--- - -� ----------� ----------- ---- - --------- written permission for any other use or reproduction. � 12 ��.01 L ®J HSS5x5x318 S5x5x318PROJECT NUMBER -1'-6") LUNO AT EXT HSS4x4xl/4212024.009 12 SEE NOTE 3IH2S4x4x114L 12 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION S305 PLDate 1 Revision 1 _ _ _____ j- --- - --- --- -- - --- L1 --- --- ---- O TERLINE L ----------------- ---- �.--.------ -_ - --- - --- -� � � E _ L E T T L --=------------- ---J �' _ Tota (Rom,RISA-inclutles cel SW)8k HSS4x4x1/4 HSS4x4x1/4 HSS4x4x114 12 HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4x114 6'-0" BI O> 53.010 318" Allowable bearing pressure=4 ksf r F-T 7 T-1 F-T 7 F-T 7 F-T 7 • Min.spreadfcotmgsize=3a/a=9.5%^2 -- ----- -I -I--------- I -----------1 -1----------I -I----------I -I-------4 ---- lid--- ---- PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 PNC ->use 4ftx4%footing F2 L1S---- --Z -------- -------- ------------- --------� - L- F2 PROJECT MANAGER: 1SES------- O F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 O PROJECT ARCHRE CT: 1 RSV HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4xll4 HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4x114 JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC 17' 25'-e" 25'-e" 25'-e" 21'-0" 15'-0" A COL®GL-E 1 UNO AT EXT CENTERLINE STEEL Length of Column: ■ I SEE NOTE 3 COLQGL-E2 FLOOR PLAN - LOWER 1 Base-L2:14.0% O COL @ GL-E.1 8 GL-8 Length of Column: g 4 LP: Base-L2:14.0 ft Length of Column: 6 7 8 LEVEL J A_ (roo f of deck)=23ftc?`17fV2=98 ftA2 Base-L2:14.0 ft DL=11]Psf=11.47 k L2: LL=100psf=9.8 k A_T(lowroof)_[23ft-2-25.5ft/2]+[(17fl/2+25.5R/2'10R/2-253 ft-2 A_T(lowroof=25.5ft'(10ft12+23ft/2)=421 ft-2 L2 0 4' 8' 16' e=. DL=38psf=9.62k ) ) SL=25psf=10.53k ADL(=38psf 4.85 kR'10N2=127.5 fl^2 SL=25psf=6.33k LEVEL 1 FRAMIN Total columnload(escolS=9k SL=25psf=3.19 k (from RISA-includes col SW) Base-L2:HSS 4x4x114 Base-L2:HSS 4x4xl14 Scale:1/S"=1'-O" Allowable bearing pressure=4 ksf NORTH Total column load(se use rvice)=27 k Base-L2:HSS UU114 (from RISA-includes col SW) M> read footing size=914=2.25 ft-2 - 4ft x aft footing Allowable bearing pressure=4 ksf 1 Min.spreatl fooling size=2714=6.75 R^2 3 4 5 VIW0263:52:33 PM - use 4ft x 4ft fooling Page 35 of 279 2 4 5 D GIRDER/BEAM KEY PLAN FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 LEVEL 2 ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 8 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 00 52. Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 8 www.reidmiddleton.com S5.03 0 Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. ICI I 10 *F S3.04 c �I \i � I c HSS POST `I v /x\ r v' of x W1422 I ::::L14 < ° 5 I 0 0 0 0 0 W1422 S 6 S5.0 W 14x22 TYP I �_ I _ 56.01 PROJECT I I W18x35(24) W18x46(24) W18x46(24) ®� W18x46(24) _ _ _�r _ _ _ _ _ _ B Wi8x46�4) - _ 1 I IHSS5x5x318 Arlington Operations GL8314x9 GL8314x9 I I Center S6.01 TYP I COMPOSITE DECK 3 I � I TYP I PER 3/S5.01 S5A TYP ss.o 0 FOR 0 0 0 0 0 0 o OPEN TO BELOW Low Roof GIRDER 3 ,q'A^ i 0 Snohomish County 0 TYP O O I �m I Load from roofabove. 10 I �_ I M-9.5ft W18x35 0 0 DL=44 sf=418 If Purchasing Services LL=25 psf=238 pif AT W 18x46(8) W18x55(28)STRUT W18x46(24) _ _ _ _ oatl from each beam below: DL=3.5k GL3118x9 ----- ----- W18x46(24 L=2.Sk 0 19620 67th Ave NE GL5118x24 �� ReactionskL=R Arlington, WA 98223 BF-02 DL=B.ik SEE NOTE 6,TYP AT 4W1422� ' LL=s k BRACED FRAMES�i�l - o o o O O O O �- o GL 6.75x21 O O 0 0 0 0 0 o A 18'-� 60% SUBMITTAL cl�m < 0 0 0 v o ! GL 51/8 x 1 v 02/14/2025 5 This drawing is: r Ss.O 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. HSS4X4X1/4 HSSaxaxll4 HSS4X4X114 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. 18x46(8 W18x46(14) W18x46(14) W18x46(14) [HSS4x4xll4 18x46(14) GL 6 314 x 21 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's _--------- - - ---- - - ---- -- -- - --- ----- written permission for any other use or reproduction. COMPOSITE DECK PER 3155.01 HSSax4xl/4 8 A 7 HSS4x4x114 ' A HSSax4x114 A HSS4xax114 A GL 5118 x 12 n D PROJECT NUMBER S6.01 S6.01 56.0 3-PLY CLT PANELS 3-PLY CLT PANELS � I 212024.009 zw 3-PLY CLT PANELS 3-PLY CLT PANELS 0= TYP THIS OPNG 4 w� GL 5 110 x I v 0 s 0 0 0 0 0 0 o a 0 0 0 0 0 _ n _ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OJ w MARK DATE DESCRIPTION rn a A 4'-0"TYP 2 THIS OPNG cD 4 0 I S6.0 3-PLY CLT PANELS A Low roof BEAM 3 5'-0^ GL 6 314 x 21 GL 6 314 x 21 (2)GL 3112 4 FLITCH (2)GL 3112 x 24 FLITCH GL 5118 x 12 Roof loading: -I° W18x46(8) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --BEA STRUT - - - - BEAM STRUT - '--- - - -- - - - - - - - ob=aia f=sio le=mft rn " K coO SL=25psf=250 p1f 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BF-03 0 �_ Reactions:L=R O 0 0 0 O 0 0 f> 0 O O o� A DL=2.4it A A A � LL=1.9k PROJECT LI GL 5.125 x 12 I° e e m a l PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: PNC GL5118x15 GL5118x15 VGL51x15 GL5 18x15 GL 5118x15 GL 5118x 15 GL 5118x12 PROJECT MANAGER: ISES 3-PLY CLT PANELS 6.0 PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSVA ' 2'-6'- 25'8' T' 15'-0^ JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJCALowroofBEAM 2 1 Roof loading: Low Roof GIRDER 1 DL=31hf=264ing=B.S7FLOOR PLAN UPPER DL=31psf=213pg Loatl from each beam above:SL=25psf=213 p8ow roof BEAM Low Roof GIRDER2 DL=3.3k ow roof BEAM 7 LL=2.5k Roof loading: / LEVEL Reactions:L=R Roof loading: Load from each beam above: 9: L=1.1 k Drib width for loading=8.5 ft DL=1.1 k Load from each beam below: Drib width for loading=3.5 ft LL=1.1 k DL=31 psf=264 pH LL=1.1 k DL=1.4k DL=31 psf=109 pH SL=25psf=213 pff LL=1.1 k SL=25psf=88 pit ,- GL 3.125 x 9 Reactions:L=R 0 4' 8' 16' Reactions:L=R DL=5 2 k Reactions:L=R +Beam load.from south DL=3.3k LL=36k DL=5.2k Reacfions:L=R LL=2.5k L 2 FRAMING ILL=36k DL=3.3k SCale:1/8"=1'-0" GL 5.125x 15 LL=2.5k GL5.125x15 1 GL 6.75x21 <� NORTH GL 5.125 x 18 1 2 3 4 5 Page 36 of 279 2 3 4 5 D GIRDER/BEAM KEY PLAN FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 High Roof GIRDER 3(stub) ROOF Load at overhang: High Roof GIRDER 2 (Assuming CLT spans to girders at overhang) Load from each beam left: . A Wt=25.5ft DL=3.4k DL=38 psf=969 pit LL=2.1 k LL=25 psf=638 pit Lead hom each beam right: ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Reactions: DL=3.4 k DL=6.9k LL=2.1k LL=4.4 k Load at overhang tip: GL 8.75 x 36 law Din- (Assuming CLT spans to ndge beam at - Marine eriiang) At=25.5 ft'6.75ft/2=86.1 ft^2 DL=38psf=3.3k LL=25psf=2.2k CONSULTANT: Reactlons: Interior O O O DL=6k • 1 2 3 4 5 LL=3.4k 7 4 Exterior U DL=8.4k 4 3 LL=4.9 k 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 6.01 S6,0'I GL 8.75 x 36 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com I I ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. 4 • (2)GL 3112 x 21 FLITCH S6.0 (2)GL 3112 x 21 FLITCH I I ------------------ --GL5118x21[H]--------BEAMSTRUT[H]--- - ------- -- -- - ---BEAMSTRUT[H]----- -----GL51/8x21[H]----- - -GL5118x18 ------------ HSS12x6xll2[L] HSS12x6xll2[L] HSS12x6xll2[L] HSS12x6x112[L] = J M }G w ap Low Roof GIRDER5 F BF-01 c v A A A A x Load from each beam left: C 4 G M m DL=4.7k 3-PLY CLT PANELS LL=2.5 k GL51/8x21 GL51/8x21 GL5118x21 GL51/8x21 GL51/8x21 J DO 3-PLY EL Load from Wematcantileer: = Wt=0.5(5.75')t 1.5'=4.375' In MZ7m DL=44psf-4.375'•21.12=2A k � x N x x SL=25psf'4.375"21'/2=1.2k can " 2 TYP "' 3 12 GL 5.125 x 18 PROJECT IDENTIFICATI 56.01 M DO DO DO DO I S6.0 DO DO I 56.0 - Arlington Operations -------------------I ® --rt--------- _ = M x x x Center FOR DO GL5118x21 (D �d GL5118x21 DO 56.01 I o DO DO m LL ow Roof BEAMS Snohomish County o=25pat 38plf Purchasing Services 9 10 GL5118x21 M I 7 ' LL=25 pat p1f g S6.01 56.01 A I [H] [L S6'0 A [ DL-4na:L=R A 0 t A A DL=4]k AT DO DO DO DO I -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ _-_-_ LL=2.5k I� (2)GITCH GL 5.125 x 18 BEAM STRUT v 19620 67th Ave NE BF-02 zz�= u S Arlington, WA 98223 M o GL 51/8 x 21 GI-5 118 x 21 3-PLY C PANELS DO DO CO GL 51/8 x 18 3-PLY CLT PANELS o DO v -� L..Rod GIRDER 4 4 60/G SUBMITTAL B a x Leadftomeachbeamleft: 02�14�2025 B DL=4.7 k A cD 2 o A A ' A _ LL=2.5 k This drawing is: °O m 1.Copyright 2022 D keman,Inc. $6.01 q a w m Reactions:L=R 2.The Arc itects Instrument of Professional Service. DL=2.6 k - - - - - --- - - GL 5118x21 GL 51/8 x21 L51/8 x21 5118 x21 GL5118x21 6'-0' _---_- LL=1.3k - -- O 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's --- - -- written permission for any other use or reproduction. GL 5.125x,8 S-0. High Roof BEAM 1 6PROJECT Wt=9.5ft $6.0 DL=38 psf=361 pit LL=25 psf=238 pit 212024.009 3-PLY CLT PANELS A x16'-0" GL 5118 x 15 High Roof GIRDER 1 DL-ions:L=R _ DL-.1 cp ap Lead from each beam left: LL=3.1 k _ • DL-Sk a LL=3.1 k GL 5.125 x 21 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION th l Load from each beam right: SEE S1.12 FOR LOW DL=5k r;l r; =3ik ROOF FRAMING High Roof BEAM 2 GL 5118 x 15 Reactions:L=R Wt=10.5ft DL-k DL=38 psf=399 pH LL=k -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ _ -_-_ _ LL=25 par=2fi3 pit Read L Reactions. G8.75x 36 DL=3.6k LL=2.3k High Roof GIRDER 4 LOW ROOF GL 5.125 X 15 PROJECT TEAM Load from interior beam: PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC DL-36k LL=2.3k PROJECT MANAGER: SES I' PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV Lead from etlge beam: 17'-0" 25'-8" 25'-6" 25'-6' 25'-6" 21'-0"��15'-0'�!f JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC DL=2.4k A LL=1.6k _ A I I • Reactions:L=R DL=k LL=k GL 8.75x180K .I O Went R25 pon: O O O 6 7 8 Point ROOF PLAN DL=38 pat=2.4k LL=25 per=1.6k ROOF FRAMING PLAN Scale:,/B•=,.-0" 1/8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 Page 37 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date RISA Analysis Gravity Members Page 38 of 279 Y Member Labels � o N Q T/ �Ow wR0 � o ` Kok R ROOreed orBea� c ® °0 < (0wR Beah 2 d J 1: op oor 3 uj O J R0ed Bead 4 W O rB C7 40wR �1 0 <0w 0or <0w R°or G'iryor <° R°O G;r 1 40 wROOrG rCi;rOer3 °`'r2 ROor '�aer4 G� ti�h'p0 a�S ti h Roo R o OrBPd 2 Baal i irehR y 0,hRo rGi�er 'h 0 7 Op y�hR °rG��er3 rGi�er2 erd 0r OAer bYe G/r0 ab/e A a�� er4 a7�,, aBe %Beams c� cam' d� 2 <Licensed Company> SK-5 rok43vim2yer 042125 Gravity Member Sizing.r3d Page 39 of 279 Y Z. Y Member Sizes OLf/ x ./ x /. N lL U) IM \/ T� x x X.c LnLO N \ (n ux x f x Un (� _ LO Lr)x x In U K/ S 9�S S'cS to uxi . x � K/ �8'QS ai s�S 2S� S S� s�Sa'?� ?Ski RS, S 72SxeFSB,cS 6) '2SX7SF S,r2��S 6�4�5 s,Sx24�ss�s S 18'�S "0 k?2 <Licensed Company> SK-6 rok43vim2yer 042125 Gravity Member Sizing.r3d Page 40 of 279 Y Dead Loading -21,34 k -21.34 k k1 11 tGTp�c 3g k1 k -18 24110 16 k -13 k 20 62 k 0.264 k!R -21 09 k -0.2 -0 3]�fZ -16 k -0 41 4 85 k - k -47k -47k -0,418 k/ 7 -0-361 k/ k n -68k 6 k 2 3k -0,729 k/ 6 k -0.7 Loads BLC 1,DL <Licensed Companp SK-7 rok43vim2yer 042125 Gravity Member Sizing.r3d Page 41 of 279 Y Snow Loading -12,125 k 22 -12.125 k _311 5 4,, 3 04 k -10 �1k1-O6 k .10 3 k -1577k -0.213 k!ft -16.13 k -0,2 p2 1053k 0 -3.19 k -0.2 k -36k -36k -0.2 k g 2 -0.238 k/ft k -0 2 -4 k 1 2k -0.678 k/ 3 k =a� Loads BLC 2,LL <Licensed Company> SK-8 rok43vim2yer 042125 Gravity Member Sizing.r3d Page 42 of 279 Company : <Licensed Company> Input & Output ROT", Designer rok43vim2yer Job Number Checked By: Model Name Member Primary Data Label I Node J Node Section/Shape Type Design List Material Design Rule 1 Low Roof Beam 1 N21 N22 5.125X15FS Beam Glulam Western 24F-1.8E DF Balanced R2 2 Low Roof Girder 1 N23 N24 6.75X21 FS Beam Glulam Western 24F-1.8E DF Balanced R2 3 Low Roof Beam 3 N25 N26 5.125X12FS Beam Glulam Western 24F-1.8E DF Balanced R2 4 Typ Interior Col-Base-1-2 N27 N29 HSS5X5X6 Column Tube A500 Gr.0 RECT R2 5 Typ Interior Col-1-2-Roof N29 N28 HSS5X5X8 Column Tube A500 Gr.0 RECT R2 6 Exterior COL GL-A N30 N32 HSS5X5X6 Column Tube A500 Gr.0 RECT R2 7 Operable Partition Beam-Case 1 N33 N34 W10X22 Beam Wide Flange A992 Typical 8 Operable Partition Beam-Case 2 N35 N36 W10X22 Beam Wide Flange A992 Typical 9 Low Roof Beam 2 N43 N44 3.5X9FS Beam Glulam Western 24F-1.8E DF Balanced R2 10 Low Roof Beam 4 N45 N46 5.125X181FS Beam Glulam Western 24F-1.8E DF Balanced R2 11 Low Roof Girder 2 N47 N48 5.125X151FS Beam Glulam Western 24F-1.8E DF Balanced R2 12 Low Roof Girder 3 N49 N50 6.75X21 FS Beam Glulam Western 24F-1.8E DF Balanced R2 13 Low Roof Girder 4 N51 N52 5.125X18FS Beam Glulam Western 24F-1.8E DF Balanced R2 141 High Roof Beam 1 N53 N54 5.125X21 FS Beam Glulam Western 24F-1.8E DF Balanced R2 15 Hi h Roof Girder 1 N55 N56 6.75X36FS Beam Glulam Western 24F-1.8E DF Balanced R2 16 Hi h Roof Girder 2 N57 N59 6.75X24FS Beam Glulam Western 24F-1.8E DF Balanced R2 17 High Roof Girder 3 N60 N62 6.75X24FS Beam Glulam Western 24F-1.8E DF Balanced R2 18 Exterior COL GL-1 -Base-1-2 N37 N39 HSS5X5X6 Column Tube A500 Gr.0 RECT Typical 19 Exterior COL GL-1 -1-2-Roof N39 N38 HSS5X5X6 Column Tube A500 Gr.0 RECT Typical 20 COL GL-D-Base-1-2 N40 N42 HSS5X5X6 Column Tube A500 Gr.0 RECT R2 21 COL a GL-D-1-2-Roof N42 N41 HSS5X5X6 Column Tube A500 Gr.0 RECT R2 22 COL GL-6-Base-1-2 N61 N64 HSS5X5X6 Column Tube A500 Gr.0 RECT R2 23 COL GL-6-Roof-L2 N64 N63 HSS5X5X6 Column Tube A500 Gr.0 RECT R2 24 COL GL-E 1 N65 N66 HSS4X4X4 Column Tube A500 Gr.0 RECT R2 25 COL GL-E 2 N67 N68 HSS4X4X4 Column Tube A500 Gr.0 RECT R2 26 COL GL-E.1 &GL-8 N69 N70 HSS4X4X4 Column Tube A500 Gr.0 RECT R2 27 Low Roof Beam 5 N73 N74 5.125X18FS Beam Glulam Western 24F-1.8E DF Balanced R2 28 Hi h Roof Beam 2 N75 N76 5.125X15FS Beam Glulam Western 24F-1.8E DF Balanced R2 29 Low Roof Girder 5 N77 N78 5.125X18FS Beam Glulam Western 24F-1.8E DF Balanced R2 30 Interior Glulam Col-Base-L2 N80 N82 HSS5X5X6 Column Tube A500 Gr.0 RECT R2 31 Interior Glulam Col-L2-Roof N82 N81 8.75X9FS Column Glulam Western 1-DF-L3 R2 32 High Roof Girder 4 N83 N84 8.75X18FS Beam Glulam Western 24F-1.8E DF Balanced R2 Load Combinations Description Solve P-Delta BLC Factor BLC Factor 1 Service:DL Yes Y 1 1 2 Service:LL Yes Y 2 1 3 Service:DL+LL Yes Y 1 1 2 1 4 Strength:1.41DL Yes Y 1 1.4 5 Strength:1.21DL+1.61LL Yes Y 1 1.2 2 1.6 Load Combination Design Description Service Hot Rolled Cold Formed Wood Concrete Masonry Aluminum Stainless Connection Ill Service:DL Yes Yes 121 Service:LL Yes Yes RISA-31D Version 22 [042125 Gravity Member Sizing.r3d] Pagel Page 43 of 279 Company <Licensed Company> Raq, LTA Designer rok43vim2yer Job Number Checked By: Model Name Load Combination Design(Continued) Description Service Hot Rolled Cold Formed Wood Concrete Masonry Aluminum Stainless Connection 131 Service:DL+LL Yes Yes 141 Strength:1 ADL Yes Yes 151 Strength:1.2DL+1.61-1- Yes Yes All member Strength DCR< 1.0 Envelope AWC NDS-18/SDPWS-21 ASD Member Woo ode Checks Member Shape Code Check Loc ft LC Shear Check Loc ft Dir LC Fc' ksi Ft' ksi Fb1' ksi Fb2' ksi Fv' ksi RB CL CIDE n 1 Low Roof Beam 1 5.125X15F 0.88 11.5 3 0.42 23 y 3 1.39 1.1 2.326 1.45 0.265 0 1 0.869 3.9-3 2 Low Roof Girder 1 6.75X21 F 0.819 12.75 3 0.349 25.5 v 3 1.592 1.1 2.165 1.45 0.265 0 1 0.995 3.9-3 3 Low Roof Beam 3 5.125X12F 0.614 7.25 3 0.384 14.5 y 3 1.499 1.1 2.4 1.45 0.265 0 1 0.937 3.9-3 4 Low Roof Beam 2 3.5X9FS 0.641 5 3 0.435 10 v 3 1.52 1.1 2.4 1.45 0.265 0 1 0.95 3.9-3 5 Low Roof Beam 4 5.125X18F 0.838 10.063 3 0.499 23 v 3 1.584 1.1 2.284 1.45 0.265 0 1 0.99 3.9-3 6 Low Roof Girder 2 5.125X15F 0.618 12.75 3 0.202 25.5 v 3 1.584 1.1 2.302 1.45 0.265 0 1 0.99 3.9-3 7 Low Roof Girder 3 6.75X21 F 0.862 10.5 3 0.521 21 3 1.595 1.1 2.208 1.45 0.265 0 1 0.997 3.9-3 8 Low Roof Girder 4 5.125X18F 0.656 9.5 3 0.234 19 y 3 1.586 1.1 2.328 1.45 0.265 0 1 0.991 3.9-3 9 High Roof Beam 1 5.125X21F 0.727 12.75 3 0.419 25.5 v 3 1.497 1.1 2.226 1.45 0.265 0 1 0.936 3.9-3 10 High Roof Girder 1 6.75X36F 0.31 9.5 3 0.202 19 v 3 1.586 1.1 2.113 1.45 0.265 0 1 0.991 3.9-3 11 High Roof Girder 2 6.75X24F 0.501 6.438 3 0.464 18.776 v 3 1.527 1.1 2.134 1.45 0.265 0 1 0.954 3.9-3 12 High Roof Girder 3 6.75X24F 0.295 0 3 0.201 0 v 3 1.596 1.1 2.387 1.45 0.265 6.532 0.994 0.998 3.9-3 13 Low Roof Beam 5 5.125X18F 0.704 10.5 3 0.437 21 Y 3 1.508 1.1 2.305 1.45 0.265 0 1 0.943 3.9-3 14 High Roof Beam 2 5.125X15F 0.64 8.5 3 0.426 17 v 3 1.515 1.1 2.397 1.45 0.265 0 1 0.947 3.9-3 15 Low Roof Girder 5 5.125X18F 0.485 9.539 3 0.296 18.82 v 3 1.586 1.1 2.267 1.45 0.265 0 1 0.991 3.9-3 16 Interior Glulam Col-1-2-Roof 8.75X9FS 0.645 0 3 0 20.5 z 3 0.753 0.95 1.222 1.45 0.23 5.378 0.998 0.486 3.6.3 17 High Roof Girder 4 8.75X18F 0.466 12.458 3 0.244 0 Y 3 1.481 1.1 2.165 1.45 0.265 0 1 0.926 3.9-3 All member Strength DCR<1.0 Envelope AISC 15TH 360-16:LRFD Member Steel Code Chec Member Shape Code Check Loc ft LC Shear Check Loc ft Dir LC hi*Pnc k hi*Pnt k hi*Mn - k-ft hi*Mn z-z k-ft Cb E n 1 T Interior Col-Base-1-2 HSS5X5XW 0.973 1 0 5 0 14 Y 5 154.511 278.1 39.75 39.75 1 H1-1a* 2 TVp Interior Col-1-2-Roof HSS5X5XE1 0.516 0 5 0 20.5 v 5 97.061 354.6 49.125 49.125 1 H1-1a* 3 Exterior COL GL-A HSS5X5XE 0.808 0 5 0 26.5 v 5 48.478 278.1 39.75 39.75 1 H1-1a* 4 Operable Partition Beam-Case 1 W10X22 0.919 9.5 5 0.257 19 v 5 152.79 292.05 22.875 97.5 1.136 H1-1b 5 O erable Partition Beam-Case 2 W10X22 0.856 9.302 5 0.279 0 v 5 152.79 292.05 22.875 97.5 1.131 H1-1b 6 Exterior COL GL-1 -Base-1-2 HSS5X5XE 0.318 0 5 0 14 v 5 154.511 278.1 39.75 39.75 1 H1-1a* 7 Exterior COL GL-1 -1-2-Roof HSS5X5XE 0.192 0 5 0 20.5 v 5 81.008 278.1 39.75 39.75 1 H1-1b* 8 COL GL-D-Base-1-2 HSS5X5X 0.74 0 5 0 14 v 5 154.511 278.1 39.75 39.75 1 H1-1a* 9 COL GL-D-1-2-Roof HSS5X5X 0.2 0 5 0 11 v 5 193.477 278.1 39.75 39.75 1 H1-1a* 10 COL GL-6-Base-1-2 HSS5X5X 0.569 0 5 0 14 v 5 154.511 278.1 39.75 39.75 1 H1-1a* 11 COL GL-6-Roof-1-2 HSS5X5XE, 0.338 0 5 0 17.5 v 5 111.016 278.1 39.75 39.75 1 H1-1a* 12 COL GL-E 1 HSS4X4X 0.825 0 5 0 14 v 5 62.176 151.65 17.588 17.588 1 H1-1a* 13 COL GL-E 2 HSS4X4X 0.583 0 5 0 14 5 62.176 151.65 17.588 17.588 1 H1-1a* 14 COL GL-E.1 &GL-8 HSS4X4X 0.179 0 5 0 14 5 62.176 151.65 17.588 17.588 1 H1-1b* 15 Interior Glulam Col-Base-L2 HSS5X5X 0.984 0 5 0 14 v 5 154.511 278.1 39.75 39.75 1 H1-1a* RISA-3D Version 22 [042125 Gravity Member Sizing.r3d] Page 2 Page 44 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Spread FootingDesign Page 45 of 279 Client:Dykeman sheet: of 728134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project:Arlington Ops Building Design By:RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/21/25 Ph: 425741-3800 Checked By: www.reldmiddleton.com Project No.: 212024.009 Date: Square Spread Footing Design I.D.: Example Input ACI 318-19 Ref. Allowable Bearing Pressure,qa(psf) 4000 V.(psi) 4000 clr.cover to bot(in) 3 Ultimate Factor for Soil Pressure 1.35 fy(ksi) 60 clr.cover to sides(in) 2 Footing Mark F1 F2 Column Type Square Square Column Location Interior Interior Footing Width/Length(ft) 6 4 Footing Depth(in) 18 18 Square/Circular Column Size(in) 5 1 5 Rebar Size #7 #6 Slab on Grade Thickness(in)l 4 1 4E::] Soil Overburden(in)l 4 1 4 d(in) 14.6 14.6 Net Fact'd Soil Pressure,qs(psf) 5130 5130 Two-Way Shear Check ACI 318-19 Ref. cpVc(k) 216 218 Ta.22.6.5.2 V (k) 171 68 OK OK One-Way Shear Check ACI 318-19 Ref. jn, 0.0040 0.0025 cpVc(k) 63 36 Ta.22.5.5.1 V (k) 49 12 OK OK Footing Reinforcement Design ACI 318-19 Ref. Ld Available(in) 32 20 Ld Req'd(in) 42 29 Ratio up AS,REo'D 1.33 1.49 25.4.10.1 M (k-ft) 120 33 13.2.7.1 Strength As,REo D(in) 2.71 0.83 Min.As,REo'o(in) 3.61 1.56 7.6.1.1,9.6.t.2,9.6.t.3 Rebar Size #7 #6 Number of Bars Req'd (7) (4) Bar Spacing(in) 11.188 14.417 Max.Bar Spacing(in) 18 18 24.4.3.3 As,,.v(in) 4.20 1.76 a(in) 1.03 0.65 tpM (k-ft) 266 113 OK OK Page 1 of 2 Page 46 of 279 Client:Dykeman Sheet: # of # 728134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project:Arlington Ops Building Design By:RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/21/25 Ph: 425741-3800 Checked By: www.reldmiddleton.com Project No.: 212024.009 Date: Square Spread Footing Design I.D.: Example Footing Design Summary ACI 318-19 Ref. Footing Mark F1 I F2 Footing Width/Length(ft)l 6 1 4 Footing Depth(in)l 18 1 18 Rebar Size #7 #6 Number of Bars (7) (4) Bar Spacing(in) 11.188 14.417 Maximum Allowable Load(k)1 133 59 Page 2 of 2 Page 47 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Base Plate Design Page 48 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet # of # 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date 4/21/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax:425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date COLUMN BASE PLATE FOR AXIAL COMPRESSION PER AISC LRFD 15TH ED. I.D.: INPUT: Factored axial load: P = 52 k Column size: Hssaxa • Footing/pedestal length: L= 4 ft Column depth: Footing/pedestal width: W = 4 ft Column flange width: bf= 4 in Base plate yield strength: FY= 36 ksi Specified plate length: Nspec= 10 in Concrete strength: fc= 4 ksi Specified plate width: Bspec= 10 in Grout strength: fg= 4 ksi Resistance Factor: cpc= 0.65 (DG =AISC Design Guide No.1:Base Connection Design for Steel Structures,Third Ed.)---> AISC Ref: OUTPUT: (Spec =AISC Steel Construction Manual, 15th Ed.)---> Concrete area: A2= L*W*144 = 2304.0 in Spec J8 Required base plate area: A1req= MAX((PJ((pc*0.85-fc))2/A2,Pu/(cpc-1.7-f'c), P /((pc*0.85*fg),d*bf)= 23.5 in Spec J8 A= (0.95*d-0.8*bf))/2= 0.00 in DG Eq.4-17 Optimal plate length: Nopt= CEILING(MAX(d,Alreg1/2+A),1)= 5.0 in DG Eq.4-16 Optimal plate width: Bopt= CEILING(MAX(bf,A1req/Nopt),1)= 5.0 in DG Eq.4-18 Use plate length: N = IF(Nspec>0,NSpec,Nopt)= 10.0 in Use plate width: B = IF(Nspec>O,MAX(Bspec, CEILING(MAX(bf,Al.q/Nspec),1)),Bopt)= 10.0 In Base plate area: Al = N*B = 100.0 in Spec J8 Concrete/grout brg. strength: tpcPp= MIN(cpc*0.85*f'c*A1*MAX((A2/A1)1/2 2), Spec Eq.(J8-1) (pc*0.85*f'g*A1)= 221 k &Eq.(J8-2) Coefficients: X= 4*d*bf/(d+bf)2*P /tpcpp= 0.235 Spec Eq.(14-6a) 1 = MIN(2*X1/2/(1+(1-X)1/2),1)= 0.518 Spec Eq.(14-5) Plate cantilever dimensions: m = (N-pl*d)/2 = controls 3.10 in Spec Eq.(14-2) or WF/i,=0.95,/tz=0.8 n = (B-R2*bf)/2 = 3.10 In Spec Eq.(14-3) or Rectangular HSS:61=0.95, 82=0.95 controls or Round HSS&Pipes:Q,=0.8,#2=0.8 kn'= X, (d*bf)1/2A= 0.52 in Spec Eq.(14-4) Critical cantilever length: l = MAX(m,n,kn')= 3.10 in Spec p.14-5 Plate thickness required: tfeq= 1*(2*Pu/(0.9*FY*B*N))1/2= 0.56 in Spec Eq.(14-7a) Use plate thickness: t,Se= IF(tfeq<1.25,CEILING(treq,0.125), CEILING(treq,0.25))= 0.625 In Spec p.14-6 SUMMARY: Base plate length: N = 10 in Base plate width: B= 10 in Base plate thickness: t= 0.625 in Page 49 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet # of # 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date 4/21/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax:425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date COLUMN BASE PLATE FOR AXIAL COMPRESSION PER AISC LRFD 15TH ED. I.D.: INPUT: Factored axial load: P = 152 k Column size: Hsssxs Footing/pedestal length: L= 6 ft Column depth: Footing/pedestal width: W = 6 ft Column flange width: bf= 5 in Base plate yield strength: FY= 36 ksi Specified plate length: Nspec= 12 in Concrete strength: fc= 4 ksi Specified plate width: Bspec= 12 in Grout strength: fg= 4 ksi Resistance Factor: cpc= 0.65 (DG =AISC Design Guide No.1:Base Connection Design for Steel Structures,Third Ed.)---> AISC Ref: OUTPUT: (Spec =AISC Steel Construction Manual, 15th Ed.)---> Concrete area: A2= L*W*144 = 5184.0 in Spec J8 Required base plate area: A1req= MAX((PJ((pc*0.85-fc))2/A2,Pu/(cpc-1.7-f'c), P /((pc*0.85*fg),d*bf)= 68.8 in Spec J8 A= (0.95*d-0.8*bf))/2= 0.00 in DG Eq.4-17 Optimal plate length: Nopt= CEILING(MAX(d,Alreg1/2+A),1)= 9.0 in DG Eq.4-16 Optimal plate width: Bopt= CEILING(MAX(bf,A1req/Nopt),1)= 8.0 in DG Eq.4-18 Use plate length: N = IF(Nspec>0,NSpec,Nopt)= 12.0 in Use plate width: B = IF(Nspec>O,MAX(Bspec, CEILING(MAX(bf,Al.q/Nspec),1)),Bopt)= 12.0 In Base plate area: Al = N*B = 144.0 in Spec J8 Concrete/grout brg. strength: tpcPp= MIN(cpc*0.85*f'c*A1*MAX((A2/A1)1/2 2), Spec Eq.(J8-1) (pc*0.85*f'g*A1)= 318 k &Eq.(J8-2) Coefficients: X= 4*d*bf/(d+bf)2*P /tpcpp= 0.478 Spec Eq.(14-6a) 1 = MIN(2*X1/2/(1+(1-X)1/2),1)= 0.802 Spec Eq.(14-5) Plate cantilever dimensions: m = (N-pl*d)/2 = controls 3.63 in Spec Eq.(14-2) or WF/i,=0.95,/tz=0.8 n = (B-R2*bf)/2 = 3.63 In Spec Eq.(14-3) or Rectangular HSS:61=0.95, 82=0.95 controls or Round HSS&Pipes:Q,=0.8,#2=0.8 kn'_ X*(d*bf)1/2A= 1.00 In Spec Eq.(14-4) Critical cantilever length: l = MAX(m,n,kn')= 3.63 in Spec p.14-5 Plate thickness required: tfeq= 1*(2*Pu/(0.9*FY*B*N))1/2= 0.93 in Spec Eq.(14-7a) Use plate thickness: t,Se= IF(tfeq<1.25,CEILING(treq,0.125), CEILING(treq,0.25))= 1 In Spec p.14-6 SUMMARY: Base plate length: N = 12 in Base plate width: B= 12 in Base plate thickness: t= 1 in Page 50 of 279 Client Dykeman Sheet # of # 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date 4/21/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax:425 741-3900 Project No. 212024.009 Date COLUMN BASE PLATE FOR AXIAL COMPRESSION PER AISC LRFD 15TH ED. I.D.: INPUT: Factored axial load: P = 70 k Column size: C. Hss8x8 Footing/pedestal length: L= 2 ft Column depth: Footing/pedestal width: W = 2 ft Column flange width: bf= 8 in Base plate yield strength: FY= 36 ksi Specified plate length: Nspec= 14 in Concrete strength: fc= 4 ksi Specified plate width: Bspec= 14 in Grout strength: fg= 4 ksi Resistance Factor: cpc= 0.65 (DG =AISC Design Guide No.1:Base Connection Design for Steel Structures,Third Ed.)---> AISC Ref: OUTPUT: (Spec =AISC Steel Construction Manual, 15th Ed.)---> Concrete area: A2= L*W*144 = 576.0 in Spec J8 Required base plate area: A1req= MAX((PJ((pc*0.85-fc))2/A2,Pu/(cpc-1.7-f'c), P /((pc*0.85*fg),d*bf)= 64.0 in Spec J8 A= (0.95*d-0.8*bf))/2= 0.00 in DG Eq.4-17 Optimal plate length: Nopt= CEILING(MAX(d,Alreg1/2+A),1)= 8.0 in DG Eq.4-16 Optimal plate width: Bopt= CEILING(MAX(bf,A1req/Nopt),1)= 8.0 in DG Eq.4-18 Use plate length: N = IF(Nspec>0,NSpec,Nopt)= 14.0 in Use plate width: B = IF(Nspec>O,MAX(Bspec, CEILING(MAX(bf,Al.q/Nspec),1)),Bopt)= 14.0 In Base plate area: Al = N*B = 196.0 in Spec J8 Concrete/grout brg. strength: tpcPp= MIN(cpc*0.85*f'c*A1*MAX((A2/A1)1/2 2), Spec Eq.(J8-1) (pc*0.85*f'g*A1)= 433 k &Eq.(J8-2) Coefficients: X= 4*d*bf/(d+bf)2*P /tpcpp= 0.162 Spec Eq.(14-6a) 1 = MIN(2*X1/2/(1+(1-X)1/2),1)= 0.420 Spec Eq.(14-5) Plate cantilever dimensions: m = (N-pl*d)/2 = controls 3.20 in Spec Eq.(14-2) or WF/i,=0.95,/tz=0.8 n = (B-R2*bf)/2 = 3.20 In Spec Eq.(14-3) or Rectangular HSS:61=0.95, 82=0.95 controls or Round HSS&Pipes:Q,=0.8,#2=0.8 kn'= X, (d*bf)1/2A= 0.84 In Spec Eq.(14-4) Critical cantilever length: l = MAX(m,n,kn')= 3.20 in Spec p.14-5 Plate thickness required: tfeq= 1*(2*Pu/(0.9*FY*B*N))1/2= 0.48 in Spec Eq.(14-7a) Use plate thickness: t,Se= IF(tfeq<1.25,CEILING(treq,0.125), CEILING(treq,0.25))= 0.5 In Spec p.14-6 SUMMARY: Base plate length: N = 14 in Base plate width: B= 14 in Base plate thickness: t= 0.5 in Page 51 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date CLT GravityDesign Page 52 of 279 CLT Panel Sizing for Gravity Loads Two-Span + Cantilever CLT Layup:Structurlam 105V wlclsl.deck=DL+SL=34 plf+25 plf=59 plf ,oaLe=s:oLLowoeLE6,aE6soE6�� 0oo„E6oa�E-o�EFaI=o , w =25psf*1ft strip=25 plf Section Properties e pYUPs ®® SL,deck - ia,sar,c.ennE '• ... �� wDL,deck=34psf*1ft strip=34 plf 2048 6 718 iaw_7 a 3'1.0 ,35 906 1.6 3A85 366 550 1 .�9'-6" —9'-6"��9'-6"��9'-6" 7'-0" Bending Check I I I I I I Fe Sell=FbSeKC.CMCICL=2050 lb-ft/ft*1.15=2358 lb-ft/ft Co= 1.15 for D+S(NDS App B.2) I CM 1.0 I I I I I I I C,=1.0 }, CL= 1.0 as width>depth(per NDS 3.3.3.1) I L I I [M_= 1446 lb-ft/ft]<[Fe SeK=2358 lb-ft/ft]--OK Shear,V(lb/ft) I Shear Check I I I I Location(ft) V_=414 Ib/ft VS=V,C,CN,C,=1490 lb/ft*1.15= 1714 lb/ft CD= 1.15 for D+S(NDS App B.2) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CM=1.0 1 C,=1.0 I I I I [V_=414 lb/ft]<[VS'=1714 lb/ft]--OK I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 Deflection Check Interior Span M'rh_=422 Ib-fUft Moment,M(lb-ft/ft) Ks= 11.5 for uniformly distributed loading,pinned end fixity(CLT Handbook Section 3,Table 2) a El 96*106 lb-in'/ft�� _ =82.06*10'lb-in'/ft=82060 k-inz/ft Location(ft) I+K,EI ff 1 + 11.5*(96*106 lb-in 2/ft) 0 �10 15 �20 25 11 GAWLZ (0.5*106 lb/ft)*(9.5 ft*[12in/ft])2 5 30 35 I� q;5 M*m,n=;1446 Ib-ft/ft Maximum TL deflection=0.073"=L/1561 OK Maximum SL deflection=0.031"=L/3677 --OK I I I I I I I I I I Cantilever Span Ks=4.8 for uniformly distributed loading,pinned end fixity(CLT Handbook Section 3,Table 2) El,. 96*106 lb-in 2/ft El„oa= '� _ =84.91 *106 lb-in'/ft=84910 k-in'/ft 1+K,El,rr 1 + 4.8*(96*106 lb-in 2/ft) GA,,P (0.5*106 lb/ft)*(7 ft*[12in/ft])2 Maximum TL deflection=0.754"=2L/222--OK Maximum SL deflection=0.032"=2L/5250--OK CLIENT: SHEET LR:ce i iddleton PROJ CT: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 53 of 279 CLT Panel Sizing for Gravity Loads Two-Span + Cantilever w,o,a,,d..l=DL+SL=34 plf+25 plf=59 plf ws de k=25 plf •�9'-6" —9'-6"��9'-6"��9'-6"��7'-0" 4 •�9'-6" —9'-6"��9'-6"��9'-6"��7'-0"-4 Maximum TL geflection=0.073"=L/1561 Maximum SL deflection=0.031"=L/3677 �v �v a ) Interior — Interior Location(ft) ; Location(ft) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 p i i p Cantilever - Cantilever _ Location(ft) Location(ft) 0 5 10 15 2r 5 30 35 "40 �,\ 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 4 r\ Maximum TL deflection=0.754"=2L/222 Maximum SL deflection=0.032"=2L/5250 CLIENT: SHEET Reid iddleton PROJECT: PRO. No.: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 54 of 279 CLT Panel Sizing for Gravity Loads Single-Span + Cantilever CLT Layup:Structurlam 105V DL+SL=34 plf+25 plf=59 plf ,oaE=s:o«owoaE 6,aE6s oE6�� 000„E6=oa�E.o�E Fa,=o , wSL,d.k=25psf*1ft strip=25 plf Section Properties VCEe ®®® 0000 wDL.de k=34psf*1ft strip=34 plf 66, a 1. nt xxs[ a 3'1.0 ,35 906 1.6 3A85 366 �560 I I I .�9'-6" —9'-6" 7'-0" Bending Check I I I I Fe Sen=FbSeKCoCMC,CL=2050 lb-ft/ft*1.15=2358 lb-ft/ft Co= 1.15 for D+S(NDS App B.2) I I I I CM 1.0 I C,=1.0 I I I V_=;413 Ib/ft Ck= 1.0 as width>depth(per NDS 3.3.3.1) h ' ; [M_= 1446 lb-ft/ft]<[Fe Seff=2358 lb-ft/ft]--OK Shear,V(lb/ft) Shear Check ocatlM lRl I ''• I o z A 6 a no 12 14 la IS 1 zo zz ze 26 Vs=VsCoCMC,=1490 Ib/ft*1.15= 1714 Ib/ft I I I I 1 1 1 1 Cp= 1.15 for D+S(NDS App B.2) Cm 1.0 I I I I C,=1.0 I I I I [V_=413 lb/ft]<[VS'=1714 lb/ft]--OK I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Deflection Check I I I I g On—M'6_=523 Ib-ft/ft Interior Span E I I I Moment,M(lb-ft/ft) Ks= 11.5 for uniformly distributed loading,pinned end fixity(CLT Handbook Section 3,Table 2) I I I «Uonlnl E! 96*106 lb-in'/ft o z 4 c e o u l4 a a 1 o zz ze as �/ = K Ell = =82.06*106 lb-in'/ft=82060 k-in M'm;�_�1446 lb-ft/ft I+ s ep 1 + 11.5*(96"10'lb-in 2/ft) GAW (0.5*106 lb/ft)*(9.5 ft*[12in/ft])2 I I I I I I I I Maximum TL deflection=0.096"=L/1187 OK Maximum TL deflection=0.041"=L/2780--OK I I I I I I I I Cantilever Span I I I I Ks=4.8 for uniformly distributed loading,pinned end fixity(CLT Handbook Section 3,Table 2) I I I I El,. 96*106 lb-in 2/ft E!„oa= '� _ =84.91 *106 lb-in'/ft=84910 k-in'/ft 1+K'El,rr 1 + 4.8*(96*106 lb-in 2/ft) GA,,P (0.5*106 lb/ft)*(7 ft*[12in/ft])2 Maximum TL deflection=0.781"=2L/215 OK Maximum SL deflection=0.331"=2L/507 OK CLIENT: SHEET LR:ceid iddleton PROJ CT: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 55 of 279 CLT Panel Sizing for Gravity Loads Single-Span + Cantilever WM.I,d..k=DL+SL=34 plf+25 plf=59 plf 25 plf •�9'-6" —9'-6" 7'-0" 9'-6"��9'-6" 7'-0" Maximum TL deflection=0.096"=L/1187 Maximum SL deflection L 0.041"=L/2i80 C Interior - - Interior n a ttan(n) acauon(h) 0 2 4 6 8 t0 12 14 16 16 20 22 24 26 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 16 20 22 14 26 Cantilever g _ _ -- - - Cantilever �- Q Maximum TL deflection=0.781"=2L/215 Maximum SL deflection=0.331"=2L/507 aaaa11R1 (rt) IG_ 0 1 4 6 a 10 12 14 16 to 20 22 24 26 0 2 4 6 0 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 CLIENT: SHEET Reid iddleton PROJECT: PRO. No.: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 56 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Basement Wall Design Page 57 of 279 2 3 4 5 FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 D DYKEMAN Typical basement wall condition: Unique basement wall condition: ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Wall spans vertically from SOG to L2 slab No L2 slab at this location, so wall spans horizontally between columns at GL-6 and GL-7 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 17'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 25'-6" 21'-6" 14'-6" Everett,Washington 98204 .3800 CENTERLINE STEEL www.reidmiddleton.com www.reidmiddleton.com ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. 103/8" HSS8x8x518 HSS8x8x5/8 HSS8x8x5/8 S3 03 H885x5x318 CENTERLINE STEEL • —-—-—-—-—-—-—-—- A _— —_ �I L T-Jn r (ABOVE) L T D� 12 F1 F1 C.. HSS5x5x318 C I S3.0 J I 5 I 53.0 HSS5x5x318 , F1 HSS5x5x3/8 <=> HSS5x5x318 F1 HSS5x5x318 L-J L-J IDESIGN BUILD STAIR PER PLAN NOTE 6 I ----- -- + m I -- - - Arlington Operations F' I Center HSS5x5x318 I I � 4 r SOGPERNOTE1 I I FOR S3,03 ` I I Snohomish Count`/ SEE NOTE 2 0 0 o 0 0 r _ ml LL SS5x5x318 FBF6 --JI o o o o II 1z. -J-------i - L-I ----------- Ci Purchasing Services F1 --- ------ -------- 7 -,G F AT —-—-—- --------- �� 1 I F 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223HSS5x5x3/8 HSS5--- ------- --------T_ HSS44x114r - rt BF-02 L-- -J _ 1 Hsaxaxl HSS4x4x114 60% SUBMITTALx - 5x3/ _ e _-- ° o o 11 o o I ICI 02/14/2025 - o o e 6 H x IS F1 HSS5x5x318 r F1 HSS5x5x3/S L This drawing is: r r— -1 F1 r—1 r—t — — F2 1, 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. S3.0 Akli�> F1 0 1 TY O 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. —L—- - 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's �L_—_—_—_—_ written permission for any other use or reproduction. L— J L— J — TJ L— J L---- ® II PROJECT NUMBER L J HSS5x5x318 HSS5x5x318 HSS5x5x3/8 1'-6" L F2 UNO AT EXT HSS4x4xl/4 12 SEE NOTE 3 212024.009 HSS4x4x114 I I r- F2 • { 12 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION { S3.05 � Date 1 Revision 1 HSS4x4x114 �- --- -� --- --- -- -� --- --- - T --- --- - -� ---- --- -----I O� TERLINE STEEL F2 F2 F2 F2 12 F2 F2 L--- ------------- ---J = HSS4x4xl/4 HSS4x4xl/4 H884x4xl/4 S3.0 HSS4x4x1/4 HSS4x4x1/4 EFF- 3 —_ _—_—_ _I�—I—_ _—_—_ _I _—_ _ _—_ _ _I—_—_—_—_—_I _I—_ _ _ _—_I _I—_—_—_—+ +—_ _+ _ _ _ _— PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 PNC +� PROJECT MANAGER: I SES F2 L1S-------Z� F2 --- Z� F2 --- Z� F2 ------ � F2 ----�� F2 ----�� F2---- L� F2 PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4x114 I HSS4x4x1/4 HSS4x4x1/4 HSS4x4xl/4 HSS4x4x1/4 JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A 4-6 CENTERLINE STEEL •• A UNO AT EXT SEE NOTE 3 1 O2 O O 5 6 7 g FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL o e' s ••. LEVEL 1 FRAMING PLAN Scale:1 /8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 Page 58 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Basement Wall Design Typical Condition Page 59 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Basement Wall Design 0 psf 100 psf 140 psf Analyze 1ftwide vertical strip of wall ■ 12" H=14'-0 ■ ■ 770 psf 40 psf 196 psf • Soil Live Load Seismic Loading Surcharge Loading (H) (L) (E) Loading Soil Loading(H)=55 pcf H=55 pcf*14 ft=770 psf Live Load Surcharge(L)=0.4`100 psf=40 psf Seismic Loading(E)=14H= 14'14=196 psf Controlling load combination: 1.61-1+ 1.61-+1.OE Page 60 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Basement Wall Design - Lateral Lateral Demands(calculated by RISA 3D) V,=7.57 kip @ ends M�=21.75 kip-ft @ midspan Bending Capacity Check d= 12"-0.75"-1/2(0.75")= 10.875" Assume moment arm=jd=0.9d=0.9* 10.875"=9.79" A..re,=(M./(p)/(f,*jd)_[(21.75 kip-ft/0.9)*(12"/1ft)]/(60ksi*9.79")=0.494 in' Aim,,=0.0018A9=0.0018*12"*12"=0.26 in -->provide#6 @ 10"oc[Inside Face](As,,-=0.528 in2) a=Asfy/0.85f,b=(0.528 in2)(60 ksi)/(0.85)(5 ksi)(12 in)=0.6212 in cpM,=0.9*A,fy(d-a/2)_(0.9)(0.528 in2)(60 ksi)(10.875"-0.6212"/2) cpM,=301.2 k-in=25.1 k-ft NOOOr For horizontal reinf,provide min steel A_i,=0.0018A,=0.0018*12"*12"=0.26 in'per foot width -->provide#5 @ 14"oc Inside Face(As,,_=0.266 in2/ft) Shear Capacity Check Shear strength per ACI 318-19 22.5.5,conservatively not accounting for contribution of axial load to capacity A,<A_1,condition,so shear strength per Ta.22.5.5.1, Eq.(c) pw=A,/bwd=0.528 in /(12")(10.875")=0.00405 �s=sgrt(2/(1+d/10))=sgrt(2/(1+(10.875/10)))=0.9788 cpV,=0.75*8?,s (p*,)1`sgrt(f'Jb d=8*0.9788*1.0*(0.00405)1"*sgrt(5000psi)/1000*12"*10.875" cpV,=8.64 kip Page 61 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Basement Wall Design - Gravity Gravity Loading L2 floor loading TW=19ft/2=9.5ft DL=85psf=808 plf LL=65psf=618 plf Exterior wall weight 1-2-Roof wall height at GL-A=27 ft Wall weight= 15psf=405 plf Self-weight of wall SW= 150pcf" 1 ft'(14ft/2)=1050 plf DL,o,a,=808 plf+405 plf+ 1050 plf=2263 plf LL,o,a,=618 plf P,= 1.2D+1.61L=1.2(2263)+ 1.6(618)=3705 plf Page 62 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Basement Wall Design Combined Axial&OOP Bending Capacity Per spColumn: 3/4"clr.to Inside Face vert.bars Wall thickness=12" ------------------------------ ``FFY #6 @ 10"oc vert. Inside Face ,o.00 i, F 10"of wall width analyzed Iklpi ( MU) 30 _ fs o.5ry 15=0 ft-0 sry DCR=0.99 1 , =0 1 M tk-n1 -8D 11 -.1 -5o q0 -30 -20 -10 10 36 40 50 90 7o so PM at 0 0[deg] Page 63 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Basement Wall Footing Design Footings will be 0'-12"thick,2'-0"wide(2ft) Design footing: Factored net pressure q,,_(axial strength demand)/(Area of footing)=3705 plf/(2 ft*1 ft-width) =1853 plf/ft-width= 1.853 k/ft/ft-width Distance from face of wall to edge of footing= 12in= 1 ft Peak moment in footing is at face of wall M,_(q,�*distance 2)/2=(1.853 k/ft/ft-width*(1ft)2)/2=0.9265 k-ft/ft-width=11.118 k-in/ft-width d=t,-clr cover-db/2= 12-3-0.625"/2=8.69" 12" 12" Assume jd=0.9*d=7.82" as ba s Transverse A,,req=(M,/(p)/(f,*jd)_([11.118 k-in/ft-width]/0.9)/(60 ksi*8.69")=0.0237 in /ft-width N_ As,_=0.0018*b*h=0.0018*12"*10"=0.216 in'/ft-width(controls) Provide#5 @ 12"oc transverse reinf.(As=0.31 in /ft-width) Shear Capacity Check V�=q-*(dist-d)=1.853 k/ft/ft-width*(1.0ft-8.69"/12'T)=0.52 k/ft-width p, =0.31 in'/(12"*12")=0.00215 No shear reinf.is provided--A,<A_"--therefore:V,=8*ks*k*pw13*sgrt(f,)*b*d Xs=sgrt(2/(1+(8.69/10))= 1.03--use k,= 1.0 V,=8*1.0*1.0*(0.00215)"3*sgrt(4000psi)/1000*12"*8.69"=6.81 k/ft-width cpV, =0.75"6.81 =5.1 k/ft-width(>V,=0.52 k/ft-width--OK) Flexure Capacity Check a=AJ,/0.85f�b=(0.31 in /ft-width*60ksi)/(0.85*4 ksi*12")=0.456 in M,=Asf,(d-a/2)=0.31 in'/ft-width*60ksi*(8.69"-(0.456")/2)= 157.4 k-in/ft-width=13.1 k-ft/ft-width yK=0.9*13.1 = 11.8 k-ft/ft-width(>M�=0.9265 k-ft/ft-width--OK) Long Direc flexural reinf.provided for shrinkage/temp only A_i 0.0018*b*h=0.0018*24"*12"=0.5184 in 2 Provide(3)#5 long cont.(A,.p,,=0.93 in') Page 64 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Basement Wall Design Unique Condition Page 65 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Basement Wall Design 0 psf 100 psf 140 psf Analyze 2ft wide 550psf horizontal strip of wall — — — — — — 2'-0"above top of footing � o avg= N 605psf 4■ 660psf 0 N ■ 770 psf 40 psf 196 psf • Soil Live Load Seismic Loading Surcharge Loading (H) (L) (E) Loading Soil Loading(H)=55 pcf H=55 pcf*14 ft=770 psf Live Load Surcharge(L)=0.4`100 psf=40 psf Seismic Loading(E)=14H= 14'14=196 psf Controlling load combination: 1.61-1+ 1.61-+1.OE Page 66 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Arlington Ops Building Design by RSY 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Basement Wall Design - Lateral Lateral Demands(calculated by RISA 3D) V"= 11.3 kip @ d away from face of pilaster M"=67.7 kip-ft @ midspan Bending Capacity Check d=h-clr-dbve„-1/2db,,_,= 12"-0.75" 0.75"-1/2(1.0")= 10" Assume moment arm=jd=0.9d=0.9*10"=9" A..req=(M"/(p)/(f,*jd)_[(67.7 kip-ft/0.9)*(12"/1ft)]/(60ksi*9")=1.67 in Aim,"=0.0018A9=0.0018*12"*12"=0.26 in -->provide#8 @ 6"oc[Inside Face](A,_= 1.58 in2) a=Asfy/0.85f,b=(1.58 in2)(60 ksi)/(0.85)(5 ksi)(12 in)=1.86 in cpM"=0.9*Asfy(d-a/2)_(0.9)(1.58 in2)(60 ksi)(10"-1.86"/2) cpM"=774 k-in=64.5 k-ft DCR=67.7/64.5=1.05--OK Although this section of basement wall was analyzed as pinned-pinned,the north side of this section of wall will be continuous with the remainder of the basement wall along gridline A,so this wall will in actuality have more bending moment capacity than is assumed for the design above. Shear Capacity Check Shear strength per ACI 318-19 22.5.5 A,<A_1,condition,so shear strength per Ta.22.5.5.1, Eq.(c) pw=As/bwd=1.58 in /(12")(10")=0.0132 �s=sgrt(2/(1+d/10))=sgrt(2/(1+(10/10)))= 1.0 cpVc=0.75*8?,sk(p,)"'sgrt(f,)b d=0.75*8*1.0*1.0*(0.0132)11'*sgrt(5000psi)/1000*12"*10" cpV,=12.03 kip - o DCR= 11.3/12.03=0.94--OK V Page 67 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date RetainingDesignWaII Page 68 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,B ' (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 14ft(seismic- FS = 1.1)--w/KEY Code Reference: Seismic tall retaining wall Seismic surcharge load case Calculations per IBC 2021,ACI 318-19, TMS 402-16 Sliding&overturning checked to a factor of safety of 1.1 Criteria Soil Data Retained Height = 14.00 ft Allow Soil Bearing = 4,000.0 psf Wall height above soil = 0.00 ft Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method Slope Behind Wall 0.00 Active Heel Pressure - 35.0 psf/ft = Height of Soil over Toe = 6.00 in = Water table above Passive Pressure = 450.0 psf/ft bottom of footing = 0.0 ft Soil Density, Heel = 110.00 pcf Soil Density,Toe = 110.00 pcf FootingIlSoil Friction = 0.450 Soil height to ignore � = ' for passive pressure = 6.00 in Surcharge Loads Lateral Load Applied to Stem Adjacent Footing Load Surcharge Over Heel = 0.0 psf Lateral Load = 0.0#/ft Adjacent Footing Load = 0.0 Ibs Used To Resist Sliding&Overturning ...Height to Top = 0.00 ft Footing Width = 0.00 ft Surcharge Over Toe = 0.0 ...Height to Bottom = 0.00 ft Eccentricity = 0.00 in Used for Sliding&Overturning Load Type = Live Load(L) Wall to Ftg CL Dist = 0.00 ft Axial Load Applied to Stem (Service Level) Footing Type Spread Footing Base Above/Below Soil _ 0.0 ft Axial Dead Load = 0.0 Ibs Wind on Exposed Stem = 0.0 psf at Back of Wall Axial Live Load = 0.0 Ibs (Strength Level) Poisson's Ratio = 0.300 Axial Load Eccentricity = 0.0 in Earth Pressure Seismic Load Method : Uniform Uniform Seismic Force = 155.000 Multiplier Used = 10.000 Total Seismic Force = 2,402.500 (Multiplier used on soil density) Page 69 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Factor of safety>1.1 Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 14ft(seismic- FS = 1.1) --w/ KEY Design Summary Stem Construction Bottom Stem OK Design Height Above Ftc ft= 0.00 Wall Stability Ratios Wall Material Above"Ht" = Concrete Overturning = 2.53 OK Design Method = SD SD SD SD SD Sliding = 1.43 Ratio<1.5! Thickness = 12.00 Global Stability = 1.96 Rebar Size = # 8 Rebar Spacing = 8.00 Total Bearing Load = 16,177 Ibs Rebar Placed at = Edge ...resultant ecc. = 16.85 in Design Data Eccentricity within middle third fb/FB+fa/Fa = 0.877 Soil Pressure @ Toe = 2,545 psf OK Total Force @ Section Soil Pressure @ Heel = 249 psf OK Service Level Ibs= Allowable = 4,000 psf Strength Level Ibs= 7,658.0 Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable Moment....Actual ACI Factored @ Toe = 3,564 psf Service Level ft-#= ACI Factored @ Heel = 349 psf Strength Level ft-#= 40,800.7 Footing Shear @ Toe = 30.1 psi OK Moment.....Allowable = 46,516.3 Footing Shear @ Heel = 28.3 psi OK Allowable = 100.6 psi Shear.....Actual Service Level psi= Sliding Calcs Strength Level psi= 67.2 Lateral Sliding Force 5,886.1 Ibs Shear.....Allowable psi= 87.8 less 100%Passive Force - 1,968.8 Ibs Anet(Masonry) in2= less 100%Friction Force =_ - 6,444.6 Ibs Wall Weight psf= 150.0 Added Force Req'd = 0.0 Ibs OK Rebar Depth 'd' in= 9.50 ....for 1.5 Stability = 415.9 Ibs NG Masonry Data Vertical component of active lateral soil pressure IS fm psi= NOT considered in the calculation of soil bearing Fs psi= Solid Grouting = Load Factors Modular Ratio'n' _ Building Code Equiv. Solid Thick. _ Dead Load 1.200 Masonry Block Type = Live Load 1.600 Masonry Design Method = ASD Earth, H 1.600 Concrete Data Wind,W 1.600 fc psi= 4,500.0 Seismic, E 1.000 Fy psi= 60,000.0 Page 70 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 14ft(seismic- FS = 1.1) --w/ KEY Concrete Stem Rebar Area Details Bottom Stem Vertical Reinforcina Horizontal Reinforcing As(based on applied moment): 0.9865 in2/ft 0.0018bh :0.0018(12)(12): 0.2592 in2/ft Horizontal Reinforcing Options One layer of: Two layers of Required Area: 0.9865 in2/ft #4@ 9.26 in #4@ 18.52 in Provided Area: 1.185 in2/ft #5@ 14.35 in #5@ 28.70 in Maximum Area: 2.2484 in2/ft #6@ 20.37 in #6@ 40.74 in Footing Data Footing Design Results Toe Width = 3.00 ft Toe Heel Key Heel Width = 7.25 Factored Pressure = 3,564 349 psf Total Footing Width = 10.25 Mu':Upward = 14,625 19,571 ft-# Footing Thickness = 18.00 in Mu':Downward = 1,512 41,367 ft-# Mu: Design = 13,113 21,796 1,738 ft-# Key Width = 10.00 in (p Mn = 73,191 56,596 6,346 ft-# Key Depth = 12.00 in Actual 1-Way Shear = 30.11 28.35 43.97 psi Key Distance from Toe = 0.00 ft Allow 1-Way Shear = 76.29 69.51 68.31 psi fc = 4,500 psi Fy = 60,000 psi Toe Reinforcing = #8 @ 8.00 in Footing Concrete Density = 150.00 pcf Heel Reinforcing = #7 @ 8.00 in Min.As% = 0.0018 Key Reinforcing = #6 @ 18.00 in Cover @ Top 3.00 @ Btm: 3.00 in Footing Torsion,Tu = 0.00 ft-Ibs Footing Allow.Torsion,cp Tn = 0.00 ft-Ibs If torsion exceeds allowable, provide supplemental design for footing torsion. Other Acceptable Sizes&Spacings Toe: #4@ 6.17 in,#5@ 9.56 in,#6@ 13.58 in,#7@ 18.51 in,#8@ 24.38 in,#9@ 30.86 in,#10@ 39.19 in Heel:#4@ 5.27 in,#5@ 8.17 in,#6@ 11.60 in,#7@ 15.82 in,#8@ 20.83 in,#9@ 26.36 in,#10@ 33.48 in Key: #4@ 11.11 in,#5@ 17.22 in,#6@ 18 in,#7@ 18 Min footing T&S reinf Area 3.99 in2 Min footing T&S reinf Area per foot 0.39 in2 A If one layer of horizontal bars: If two layers of horizontal bars: #4@ 6.17 in #4@ 12.35 in #5@ 9.57 in #5@ 19.14 in #6@ 13.58 in #6@ 27.16 in Page 71 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 14ft(seismic- FS = 1.1) --w/ KEY Summary of Overturning & Resisting Forces & Moments .....OVERTURNING..... .....RESISTING..... Force Distance Moment Force Distance Moment Item Ibs ft ft-# Ibs ft ft-# HL Act Pres(ab water tbl) 4,204.4 5.17 21,722.6 Soil Over HL (ab.water tbl) 9,625.0 7.13 68,578.1 HL Act Pres(be water tbl) Soil Over HL (bel.water tbl) 7.13 68,578.1 Hydrostatic Force Water Table Buoyant Force = Sloped Soil Over Heel = Surcharge over Heel = Surcharge Over Heel = Surcharge Over Toe = Adjacent Footing Load = Adjacent Footing Load = Axial Dead Load on Stem= Added Lateral Load = Axial Live Load on Stem = Load @ Stem Above Soil = Soil Over Toe = 165.0 1.50 247.5 Seismic Earth Load = 1,681.8 7.75 13,033.6 Surcharge Over Toe = = Stem Weight(s) = 2,100.0 3.50 7,350.0 Earth @ Stem Transitions= Total = 5,886.1 O.T.M. = 34,756.2 Footing Weighl = 2,306.3 5.13 11,819.5 Key Weight = 125.0 0.42 52.1 Resisting/Overturning Ratio = 2.53 Vert.Component = Vertical Loads used for Soil Pressure= 16,177.1 Ibs Total= 14,321.3 Ibs R.M.= 88,047.2 "Axial live load NOT included in total displayed,or used for overturning If seismic is included,the OTM and sliding ratios resistance,but is included for soil pressure calculation. may be 1.1 per section 1807.2.3 of IBC. Vertical component of active lateral soil pressure IS NOT considered in the calculation of Sliding Resistance. Vertical component of active lateral soil pressure IS NOT considered in the calculation of Overturning Resistance. Tilt Horizontal Deflection at Top of Wall due to settlement of soil (Deflection due to wall bending not considered) Soil Spring Reaction Modulus 110.0 pci Horizontal Defl @ Top of Wall(approximate only) 0.219 in The above calculation is not valid if the heel soil bearing pressure exceeds that of the toe, because the wall would then tend to rotate into the retained soil. Page 72 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 14ft(seismic- FS = 1.1) --w/ KEY Rebar Lap & Embedment Lengths Information Stem Design Seament: Bottom Stem Design Height: 0.00 ft above top of footing Lap Splice length for#8 bar specified in this stem design segment(25.4.2.4a)= 34.88 in Development length for#8 bar specified in this stem design segment= 26.83 in Hooked embedment length into footing for#8 bar specified in this stem design segment= 14.64 in As Provided= 1.1850 in2/ft As Required= 0.9865 in2/ft Page 73 of 279 Project Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlingt DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 14ft (oeiamio FS = 1.1) —m/ KEY 12'vw#8@ 8" @ Center On Key Page r4muro Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 14ft (seismic- FS = 1.1) --w/ KEY Pp= 1968 75# 4204# 1682# n 5 ■ Lateral earth pressure due to the soil BELOW water table o ■ Seismic lateral earth pressure rn v v � N N Page 75 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,B ' (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 14ft(LL surcharge - FS = 1.5)--w/ KEY Code Reference: 14ft tall retaining wall Traffic LL surcharge load case Calculations per IBC 2021,ACI 318-19, TMS 402-16 Sliding&overturning checked to a factor of safety of 1.5 Criteria Soil Data Retained Height = 14.00 ft Allow Soil Bearing = 4,000.0 psf Wall height above soil = 0.00 ft Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method Slope Behind Wall 0.00 Active Heel Pressure - 35.0 psf/ft = Height of Soil over Toe = 6.00 in = Water table above Passive Pressure = 450.0 psf/ft bottom of footing = 0.0 ft Soil Density, Heel = 110.00 pcf Soil Density,Toe = 110.00 pcf FootingIlSoil Friction = 0.450 Soil height to ignore for passive pressure = 6.00 in Surcharge Loads Lateral Load Applied to Stem Adjacent Footing Load Surcharge Over Heel = 0.0 psf Lateral Load = 100.0#/ft Adjacent Footing Load = 0.0 Ibs Used To Resist Sliding&Overturning ...Height to Top = 14.00 ft Footing Width = 0.00 ft Surcharge Over Toe = 0.0 ...Height to Bottom = 0.00 ft Eccentricity = 0.00 in Used for Sliding&Overturning Load Type = Live Load(L) Wall to Ftg CL Dist = 0.00 ft Axial Load Applied to Stem (Service Level) Footing Type Spread Footing Base Above/Below Soil _ 0.0 ft Axial Dead Load = 0.0 Ibs Wind on Exposed Stem = 0.0 psf at Back of Wall Axial Live Load = 0.0 Ibs (Strength Level) Poisson's Ratio = 0.300 Axial Load Eccentricity = 0.0 in Page 76 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Factor of safety>1.5 Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 14ft(ILL surcharge - FS = 1.5)--w/ KEY Design Summary Stem Construction Bottom Stem OK Design Height Above Ftc ft= 0.00 Wall Stability Ratios Wall Material Above"Ht" = Concrete Overturning = 2.15 OK Design Method = SD SD SD SD SD Sliding = 1.51 OK Thickness = 12.00 Global Stability = 10.38 Rebar Size = # 8 Rebar Spacing = 8.00 Total Bearing Load = 14,653 Ibs Rebar Placed at = Edge ...resultant ecc. = 19.80 in Design Data Eccentricity outside middle third fb/FB+fa/Fa = 0.887 Soil Pressure @ Toe = 2,829 psf OK Total Force @ Section Soil Pressure @ Heel = 0 psf OK Service Level Ibs= Allowable = 4,000 psf Strength Level Ibs= 7,728.0 Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable Moment....Actual ACI Factored @ Toe = 3,961 psf Service Level ft-#= ACI Factored @ Heel = 0 psf Strength Level ft-#= 41,290.7 Footing Shear @ Toe = 33.1 psi OK Moment.....Allowable = 46,516.3 Footing Shear @ Heel = 32.8 psi OK Allowable = 100.6 psi Shear.....Actual Service Level psi= Sliding Calcs Strength Level psi= 67.8 Lateral Sliding Force 5,604.4 Ibs Shear.....Allowable psi= 87.8 less 100%Passive Force - 2,700.0 Ibs Anet(Masonry) in2= less 100%Friction Force =_ - 5,758.9 Ibs Wall Weight psf= 150.0 Added Force Req'd = 0.0 Ibs OK Rebar Depth 'd' in= 9.50 ....for 1.5 Stability = 0.0 Ibs OK Masonry Data Vertical component of active lateral soil pressure IS fm psi= NOT considered in the calculation of soil bearing Fs psi= Solid Grouting = Load Factors Modular Ratio'n' _ Building Code Equiv. Solid Thick. _ Dead Load 1.200 Masonry Block Type = Live Load 1.600 Masonry Design Method = ASD Earth, H 1.600 Concrete Data Wind,W 1.600 fc psi= 4,500.0 Seismic, E 1.000 Fy psi= 60,000.0 Page 77 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 14ft(ILL surcharge - FS = 1.5)--w/ KEY Concrete Stem Rebar Area Details Bottom Stem Vertical Reinforcing Horizontal Reinforcing As(based on applied moment): 0.9984 in2/ft 0.0018bh :0.0018(12)(12): 0.2592 in2/ft Horizontal Reinforcing Options One layer of: Two layers of Required Area: 0.9984 in2/ft #4@ 9.26 in #4@ 18.52 in Provided Area: 1.185 in2/ft #5@ 14.35 in #5@ 28.70 in Maximum Area: 2.2484 in2/ft #6@ 20.37 in #6@ 40.74 in Footing Data Footing Design Results Toe Width = 3.00 ft Toe Heel Key Heel Width = 6.33 Factored Pressure = 3,961 0 psf Total Footing Width = 9.33 Mu':Upward = 15,855 9,376 ft-# Footing Thickness = 18.00 in Mu':Downward = 1,512 30,085 ft-# Mu: Design = 14,343 20,709 3,709 ft-# Key Width = 12.00 in (p Mn = 73,191 56,596 7,666 ft-# Key Depth = 18.00 in Actual 1-Way Shear = 33.06 32.84 54.97 psi Key Distance from Toe = 0.00 ft Allow 1-Way Shear = 76.29 69.51 64.28 psi fc = 4,500 psi Fy = 60,000 psi Toe Reinforcing = #8 @ 8.00 in Footing Concrete Density = 150.00 pcf Heel Reinforcing = #7 @ 8.00 in Min.As% = 0.0018 Key Reinforcing = #6 @ 18.00 in Cover @ Top 3.00 @ Btm: 3.00 in Footing Torsion,Tu = 0.00 ft-Ibs Footing Allow.Torsion,cp Tn = 0.00 ft-Ibs If torsion exceeds allowable, provide supplemental design for footing torsion. Other Acceptable Sizes&Spacings Toe: #4@ 6.17 in,#5@ 9.56 in,#6@ 13.58 in,#7@ 18.51 in,#8@ 24.38 in,#9@ 30.86 in,#10@ 39.19 in Heel:#4@ 5.55 in,#5@ 8.60 in,#6@ 12.21 in,#7@ 16.65 in,#8@ 21.92 in,#9@ 27.75 in,#10@ 35.24 in Key: #4@ 9.25 in,#5@ 14.35 in,#6@ 18 in,#7@ 18 Min footing T&S reinf Area 3.63 in2 Min footing T&S reinf Area per foot 0.39 in2 A If one layer of horizontal bars: If two layers of horizontal bars: #4@ 6.17 in #4@ 12.35 in #5@ 9.57 in #5@ 19.14 in #6@ 13.58 in #6@ 27.16 in Page 78 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 14ft(ILL surcharge - FS = 1.5)--w/ KEY Summary of Overturning & Resisting Forces & Moments .....OVERTURNING..... .....RESISTING..... Force Distance Moment Force Distance Moment Item Ibs ft ft-# Ibs ft ft-# HL Act Pres(ab water tbl) 4,204.4 5.17 21,722.6 Soil Over HL (ab.water tbl) 8,208.2 6.67 54,707.7 HL Act Pres(be water tbl) Soil Over HL (bel.water tbl) 6.67 54,707.7 Hydrostatic Force Water Table Buoyant Force = Sloped Soil Over Heel = Surcharge over Heel = Surcharge Over Heel = Surcharge Over Toe = Adjacent Footing Load = Adjacent Footing Load = Axial Dead Load on Stem= Added Lateral Load = 1,400.0 8.50 11,900.0 Axial Live Load on Stem = Load @ Stem Above Soil = Soil Over Toe = 165.0 1.50 247.5 = Surcharge Over Toe = Stem Weight(s) = 2,100.0 3.50 7,350.0 Earth @ Stem Transitions= Total = 5,604.4 O.T.M. = 33,622.6 Footing Weighl = 2,099.3 4.67 9,793.0 Key Weight = 225.0 0.50 112.5 Resisting/Overturning Ratio = 2.15 Vert.Component = Vertical Loads used for Soil Pressure= 14,653.3 Ibs Total= 12,797.5 Ibs R.M.= 72,210.7 "Axial live load NOT included in total displayed,or used for overturning resistance,but is included for soil pressure calculation. Vertical component of active lateral soil pressure IS NOT considered in the calculation of Sliding Resistance. Vertical component of active lateral soil pressure IS NOT considered in the calculation of Overturning Resistance. Tilt Horizontal Deflection at Top of Wall due to settlement of soil (Deflection due to wall bending not considered) Soil Spring Reaction Modulus 110.0 pci Horizontal Defl @ Top of Wall(approximate only) 0.268 in The above calculation is not valid if the heel soil bearing pressure exceeds that of the toe, because the wall would then tend to rotate into the retained soil. Page 79 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 14ft(LL surcharge - FS = 1.5)--w/ KEY Rebar Lap & Embedment Lengths Information Stem Design Seament: Bottom Stem Design Height: 0.00 ft above top of footing Lap Splice length for#8 bar specified in this stem design segment(25.4.2.4a)= 34.88 in Development length for#8 bar specified in this stem design segment= 26.83 in Hooked embedment length into footing for#8 bar specified in this stem design segment= 14.64 in As Provided= 1.1850 in2/ft As Required= 0.9984 in2/ft Page 80 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 14ft (LL surcharge - FS = 1.5) --w/ KEY 12"w/#8 @ 8" 14'-0" 6 ,3" #808in (Lboe 3" #6 18in @enter On Key #7@8" @ Heel 1'-0" 8'-4" 3'-0" 6'-4" 9'-4" Page 81 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlingt LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 14ft (LL surcharge - FS = 1.5) --w/ KEY .................................. 100-00 (Service-Level) Pp= 2700 00# 5604# Lateral earth pressure due to the soil BELOW water table cL u') ai 04 oo clj Page 82 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Bu' ' LETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 1 Oft(seismic- FS = 1.1) Code Reference: Seismic Oft tall retaining wall Seismic surcharge load case Calculations per IBC 2021,ACI 318-19, TMS 402-16 Sliding&overturning checked to a factor of safety of 1.1 Criteria Soil Data Retained Height = 10.00 ft Allow Soil Bearing = 4,000.0 psf Wall height above soil = 0.00 ft Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method Slope Behind Wall 0.00 Active Heel Pressure - 35.0 psf/ft = Height of Soil over Toe = 6.00 in = Water table above Passive Pressure = 450.0 psf/ft bottom of footing = 0.0 ft Soil Density, Heel = 110.00 pcf Soil Density,Toe = 110.00 pcf FootingIlSoil Friction = 0.450 Soil height to ignore for passive pressure = 6.00 in Surcharge Loads Lateral Load Applied to Stem Adjacent Footing Load Surcharge Over Heel = 0.0 psf Lateral Load = 0.0#/ft Adjacent Footing Load = 0.0 Ibs Used To Resist Sliding&Overturning ...Height to Top = 0.00 ft Footing Width = 0.00 ft Surcharge Over Toe = 0.0 ...Height to Bottom = 0.00 ft Eccentricity = 0.00 in Used for Sliding&Overturning Wall to Ftg CL Dist = 0.00 ft Load Type = Live Load(L) Axial Load Applied to Stem (Service Level) Footing Type Spread Footing Base Above/Below Soil _ 0.0 ft Axial Dead Load = 0.0 Ibs Wind on Exposed Stem = 0.0 psf at Back of Wall Axial Live Load = 0.0 Ibs (Strength Level) Poisson's Ratio = 0.300 Axial Load Eccentricity = 0.0 in Earth Pressure Seismic Load Method : Uniform Uniform Seismic Force = 115.000 Multiplier Used = 10.000 Total Seismic Force = 1,322.500 (Multiplier used on soil density) Page 83 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Factor of safety>1.1 Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 1 Oft(seismic- FS = 1.1) Design Summary Stem Construction Bottom Stem OK Design Height Above Ftc ft= 0.00 Wall Stability Ratios Wall Material Above"Ht" = Concrete Overturning = 3.31 OK Design Method = SD SD SD SD SD Sliding = 1.56 OK Thickness = 10.00 Global Stability = 2.33 Rebar Size = # 7 Rebar Spacing = 8.00 Total Bearing Load = 10,376 Ibs Rebar Placed at = Edge ...resultant ecc. = 9.35 in Design Data Eccentricity within middle third fb/FB+fa/Fa = 0.534 Soil Pressure @ Toe = 1,684 psf OK Total Force @ Section Soil Pressure @ Heel = 496 psf OK Service Level Ibs= Allowable = 4,000 psf Strength Level Ibs= 3,950.0 Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable Moment....Actual ACI Factored @ Toe = 2,357 psf Service Level ft-#= ACI Factored @ Heel = 694 psf Strength Level ft-#= 15,083.3 Footing Shear @ Toe = 11.4 psi OK Moment.....Allowable = 28,238.6 Footing Shear @ Heel = 11.5 psi OK Allowable = 100.6 psi Shear.....Actual Service Level psi= Sliding Calcs Strength Level psi= 43.5 Lateral Sliding Force 3,240.1 Ibs Shear.....Allowable psi= 86.5 less 100%Passive Force - 843.8 Ibs Anet(Masonry) in2= less 100%Friction Force =_ - 4,209.6 Ibs Wall Weight psf= 125.0 Added Force Req'd = 0.0 Ibs OK Rebar Depth 'd' in= 7.56 ....for 1.5 Stability = 0.0 Ibs OK Masonry Data Vertical component of active lateral soil pressure IS fm psi= NOT considered in the calculation of soil bearing Fs psi= Solid Grouting = Load Factors Modular Ratio'n' _ Building Code Equiv. Solid Thick. _ Dead Load 1.200 Masonry Block Type = Live Load 1.600 Masonry Design Method = ASD Earth, H 1.600 Concrete Data Wind,W 1.600 fc psi= 4,500.0 Seismic, E 1.000 Fy psi= 60,000.0 Page 84 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 1 Oft(seismic- FS = 1.1) Concrete Stem Rebar Area Details Bottom Stem Vertical Reinforcina Horizontal Reinforcing As(based on applied moment): 0.4621 in2/ft 0.0018bh :0.0018(12)(10): 0.216 in2/ft Horizontal Reinforcing Options One layer of: Two layers of Required Area: 0.4621 in2/ft #4@ 11.11 in #4@ 22.22 in Provided Area: 0.9 in2/ft #5@ 17.22 in #5@ 34.44 in Maximum Area: 1.7898 in2/ft #6@ 24.44 in #6@ 48.89 in Footing Data Footing Design Results Toe Width = 2.25 ft Toe Heel Heel Width = 6.33 Factored Pressure = 2,357 694 psf Total Footing Width = 8.58 Mu':Upward = 5,599 15,874 ft-# Footing Thickness = 18.00 in Mu':Downward = 851 24,046 ft-# Mu: Design = 4,748 8,172 ft-# (p Mn = 56,596 33,929 ft-# Actual 1-Way Shear = 11.36 11.47 psi Allow 1-Way Shear = 69.51 58.10 psi fc = 4,500 psi Fy = 60,000 psi Toe Reinforcing = #7 @ 8.00 in Footing Concrete Density = 150.00 pcf Heel Reinforcing = #6 @ 10.00 in Min.As% = 0.0018 Key Reinforcing = #8 @ 12.00 in Cover @ Top 3.00 @ Btm: 3.00 in Footing Torsion,Tu = 0.00 ft-Ibs Footing Allow.Torsion,(p Tn = 0.00 ft-Ibs If torsion exceeds allowable, provide supplemental design for footing torsion. Other Acceptable Sizes&Spacings Toe: #4@ 6.17 in,#5@ 9.56 in,#6@ 13.58 in,#7@ 18.51 in,#8@ 24.38 in,#9@ 30.86 in,#10@ 39.19 in Heel:#4@ 6.17 in,#5@ 9.56 in,#6@ 13.58 in,#7@ 18.51 in,#8@ 24.38 in,#9@ 30.86 in,#10@ 39.19 in Key: No key defined Min footing T&S reinf Area 3.34 in2 Min footing T&S reinf Area per foot 0.39 in2 A If one layer of horizontal bars: If two layers of horizontal bars: #4@ 6.17 in #4@ 12.35 in #5@ 9.57 in #5@ 19.14 in #6@ 13.58 in #6@ 27.16 in Page 85 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 1 Oft(seismic- FS = 1.1) Summary of Overturning & Resisting Forces & Moments .....OVERTURNING..... .....RESISTING..... Force Distance Moment Force Distance Moment Item Ibs ft ft-# Ibs ft ft-# HL Act Pres(ab water tbl) 2,314.4 3.83 8,871.8 Soil Over HL (ab.water tbl) 6,049.6 5.83 35,288.5 HL Act Pres(be water tbl) Soil Over HL (bel.water tbl) 5.83 35,288.5 Hydrostatic Force Water Table Buoyant Force = Sloped Soil Over Heel = Surcharge over Heel = Surcharge Over Heel = Surcharge Over Toe = Adjacent Footing Load = Adjacent Footing Load = Axial Dead Load on Stem= Added Lateral Load = Axial Live Load on Stem = Load @ Stem Above Soil = Soil Over Toe = 123.8 1.13 139.2 Seismic Earth Load = 925.8 5.75 5,323.1 Surcharge Over Toe = = Stem Weight(s) = 1,250.0 2.67 3,333.3 Earth @ Stem Transitions= Total = 3,240.1 O.T.M. = 14,194.8 Footing Weighl = 1,931.2 4.29 8,287.6 Key Weight = Resisting/Overturning Ratio = 3.31 Vert.Component = Vertical Loads used for Soil Pressure= 10,376.2 Ibs Total= 9,354.6 Ibs R.M.= 47,048.7 "Axial live load NOT included in total displayed,or used for overturning If seismic is included,the OTM and sliding ratios resistance,but is included for soil pressure calculation. may be 1.1 per section 1807.2.3 of IBC. Vertical component of active lateral soil pressure IS NOT considered in the calculation of Sliding Resistance. Vertical component of active lateral soil pressure IS NOT considered in the calculation of Overturning Resistance. Tilt Horizontal Deflection at Top of Wall due to settlement of soil (Deflection due to wall bending not considered) Soil Spring Reaction Modulus 110.0 pci Horizontal Defl @ Top of Wall(approximate only) 0.124 in The above calculation is not valid if the heel soil bearing pressure exceeds that of the toe, because the wall would then tend to rotate into the retained soil. Page 86 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 1 Oft(seismic- FS = 1.1) Rebar Lap & Embedment Lengths Information Stem Design Seament: Bottom Stem Design Height: 0.00 ft above top of footing Lap Splice length for#7 bar specified in this stem design segment(25.4.2.4a)= 30.52 in Development length for#7 bar specified in this stem design segment= 23.48 in Hooked embedment length into footing for#7 bar specified in this stem design segment= 11.98 in As Provided= 0.9000 in2/ft As Required= 0.4621 in2/ft Page 87 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 1 Oft (seismic- FS = 1.1) 10"w/#7 @ 8" • 10'-01, 6 • • 3„ #7@8in @ Toe 3„ 2'-3" 6'-4„ #6@ 10" 44 8'-7" @ Heel Page 88 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 1 Oft (seismic- FS = 1.1) Pp= 843.75# 1 2314# 926# C C n a c n n o �,� � ■ Lateral earth pressure due to the soil BELOW water table 0 rn d ■ Seismic lateral earth pressure Page 89 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,B ' INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION:LRetaining Wall 101ft(LL surcharge - FS = 1.5) Code Reference: 1 Oft tall retaining wall Traffic LL surcharge load case Calculations per IBC 2021,ACI 318-19, TMS 402-16 Sliding&overturning checked to a factor of safety of 1.5 Criteria Soil Data Retained Height = 10.00 ft Allow Soil Bearing = 4,000.0 psf Wall height above soil = 0.00 ft Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method Slope Behind Wall 0.00 Active Heel Pressure - 35.0 psf/ft = Height of Soil over Toe = 6.00 in = Water table above Passive Pressure = 450.0 psf/ft bottom of footing = 0.0 ft Soil Density, Heel = 110.00 pcf Soil Density,Toe = 110.00 pcf FootingIlSoil Friction = 0.450 Soil height to ignore for passive pressure = 6.00 in Surcharge Loads Lateral Load Applied to Stem Adjacent Footing Load Surcharge Over Heel = 0.0 psf Lateral Load = 100.0#/ft Adjacent Footing Load = 0.0 Ibs Used To Resist Sliding&Overturning ...Height to Top = 10.00 ft Footing Width = 0.00 ft Surcharge Over Toe = 0.0 ...Height to Bottom = 0.00 ft Eccentricity = 0.00 in Used for Sliding&Overturning Wall to Ftg CL Dist = 0.00 ft Load Type = Live Load(L) Axial Load Applied to Stem (Service Level) Footing Type Spread Footing Base Above/Below Soil _ 0.0 ft Axial Dead Load = 0.0 Ibs Wind on Exposed Stem = 0.0 psf at Back of Wall Axial Live Load = 0.0 Ibs (Strength Level) Poisson's Ratio = 0.300 Axial Load Eccentricity = 0.0 in Page 90 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Factor of safety>1.5 Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 1Oft(ILL surcharge - FS = 1.5) Design Summary Stem Construction Bottom Stem OK Design Height Above Ftc ft= 0.00 Wall Stability Ratios Wall Material Above"Ht" = Concrete Overturning = 3.06 OK Design Method = SD SD SD SD SD Sliding = 1.52 OK Thickness = 10.00 Global Stability = 2.33 Rebar Size = # 7 Rebar Spacing = 8.00 Total Bearing Load = 10,376 Ibs Rebar Placed at = Edge ...resultant ecc. = 10.86 in Design Data Eccentricity within middle third fb/FB+fa/Fa = 0.613 Soil Pressure @ Toe = 1,780 psf OK Total Force @ Section Soil Pressure @ Heel = 400 psf OK Service Level Ibs= Allowable = 4,000 psf Strength Level Ibs= 4,400.0 Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable Moment....Actual ACI Factored @ Toe = 2,491 psf Service Level ft-#= ACI Factored @ Heel = 560 psf Strength Level ft-#= 17,333.3 Footing Shear @ Toe = 12.1 psi OK Moment.....Allowable = 28,238.6 Footing Shear @ Heel = 13.0 psi OK Allowable = 100.6 psi Shear.....Actual Service Level psi= Sliding Calcs Strength Level psi= 48.5 Lateral Sliding Force 3,314.4 Ibs Shear.....Allowable psi= 86.5 less 100%Passive Force - 843.8 Ibs Anet(Masonry) in2= less 100%Friction Force =_ - 4,209.6 Ibs Wall Weight psf= 125.0 Added Force Req'd = 0.0 Ibs OK Rebar Depth 'd' in= 7.56 ....for 1.5 Stability = 0.0 Ibs OK Masonry Data Vertical component of active lateral soil pressure IS fm psi= NOT considered in the calculation of soil bearing Fs psi= Solid Grouting = Load Factors Modular Ratio'n' _ Building Code Equiv. Solid Thick. _ Dead Load 1.200 Masonry Block Type = Live Load 1.600 Masonry Design Method = ASD Earth, H 1.600 Concrete Data Wind,W 1.600 fc psi= 4,500.0 Seismic, E 1.000 Fy psi= 60,000.0 Page 91 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 1Oft(ILL surcharge - FS = 1.5) Concrete Stem Rebar Area Details Bottom Stem Vertical Reinforcina Horizontal Reinforcing As(based on applied moment): 0.5311 in2/ft 0.0018bh :0.0018(12)(10): 0.216 in2/ft Horizontal Reinforcing Options One layer of: Two layers of Required Area: 0.5311 in2/ft #4@ 11.11 in #4@ 22.22 in Provided Area: 0.9 in2/ft #5@ 17.22 in #5@ 34.44 in Maximum Area: 1.7898 in2/ft #6@ 24.44 in #6@ 48.89 in Footing Data Footing Design Results Toe Width = 2.25 ft Toe Heel Heel Width = 6.33 Factored Pressure = 2,491 560 psf Total Footing Width = 8.58 Mu':Upward = 5,879 14,711 ft-# Footing Thickness = 18.00 in Mu':Downward = 851 24,046 ft-# Mu: Design = 5,029 9,335 ft-# (p Mn = 56,596 33,929 ft-# Actual 1-Way Shear = 12.07 12.99 psi Allow 1-Way Shear = 69.51 58.10 psi fc = 4,500 psi Fy = 60,000 psi Toe Reinforcing = #7 @ 8.00 in Footing Concrete Density = 150.00 pcf Heel Reinforcing = #6 @ 10.00 in Min.As% = 0.0018 Key Reinforcing = #8 @ 12.00 in Cover @ Top 3.00 @ Btm: 3.00 in Footing Torsion,Tu = 0.00 ft-Ibs Footing Allow.Torsion,(p Tn = 0.00 ft-Ibs If torsion exceeds allowable, provide supplemental design for footing torsion. Other Acceptable Sizes&Spacings Toe: #4@ 6.17 in,#5@ 9.56 in,#6@ 13.58 in,#7@ 18.51 in,#8@ 24.38 in,#9@ 30.86 in,#10@ 39.19 in Heel:#4@ 6.17 in,#5@ 9.56 in,#6@ 13.58 in,#7@ 18.51 in,#8@ 24.38 in,#9@ 30.86 in,#10@ 39.19 in Key: No key defined Min footing T&S reinf Area 3.34 in2 Min footing T&S reinf Area per foot 0.39 in2 A If one layer of horizontal bars: If two layers of horizontal bars: #4@ 6.17 in #4@ 12.35 in #5@ 9.57 in #5@ 19.14 in #6@ 13.58 in #6@ 27.16 in Page 92 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 1Oft(ILL surcharge - FS = 1.5) Summary of Overturning & Resisting Forces & Moments .....OVERTURNING..... .....RESISTING..... Force Distance Moment Force Distance Moment Item Ibs ft ft-# Ibs ft ft-# HL Act Pres(ab water tbl) 2,314.4 3.83 8,871.8 Soil Over HL (ab.water tbl) 6,049.6 5.83 35,288.5 HL Act Pres(be water tbl) Soil Over HL (bel.water tbl) 5.83 35,288.5 Hydrostatic Force Water Table Buoyant Force = Sloped Soil Over Heel = Surcharge over Heel = Surcharge Over Heel = Surcharge Over Toe = Adjacent Footing Load = Adjacent Footing Load = Axial Dead Load on Stem= Added Lateral Load = 1,000.0 6.50 6,500.0 Axial Live Load on Stem = Load @ Stem Above Soil = Soil Over Toe = 123.8 1.13 139.2 = Surcharge Over Toe = Stem Weight(s) = 1,250.0 2.67 3,333.3 Earth @ Stem Transitions= Total = 3,314.4 O.T.M. = 15,371.8 Footing Weighl = 1,931.2 4.29 8,287.6 Key Weight = Resisting/Overturning Ratio = 3.06 Vert.Component = Vertical Loads used for Soil Pressure= 10,376.2 Ibs Total= 9,354.6 Ibs R.M.= 47,048.7 "Axial live load NOT included in total displayed,or used for overturning resistance,but is included for soil pressure calculation. Vertical component of active lateral soil pressure IS NOT considered in the calculation of Sliding Resistance. Vertical component of active lateral soil pressure IS NOT considered in the calculation of Overturning Resistance. Tilt Horizontal Deflection at Top of Wall due to settlement of soil (Deflection due to wall bending not considered) Soil Spring Reaction Modulus 110.0 pci Horizontal Defl @ Top of Wall(approximate only) 0.131 in The above calculation is not valid if the heel soil bearing pressure exceeds that of the toe, because the wall would then tend to rotate into the retained soil. Page 93 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 1Oft(LL surcharge - FS = 1.5) Rebar Lap & Embedment Lengths Information Stem Design Seament: Bottom Stem Design Height: 0.00 ft above top of footing Lap Splice length for#7 bar specified in this stem design segment(25.4.2.4a)= 30.52 in Development length for#7 bar specified in this stem design segment= 23.48 in Hooked embedment length into footing for#7 bar specified in this stem design segment= 11.98 in As Provided= 0.9000 in2/ft As Required= 0.5311 in2/ft Page 94 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 10ft (LL surcharge - FS = 1.5) 10"w/#7 @ 8" • 10'-0" 6 • • 3„ 1'-6" #7@8in Toe 3„ 2'-3" 6'-4„ #6 @ 10" 8'-7" Heel Page 95 of 279 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project File:arlington ops.ec6 LIC#:KW-06017697,Build:20.24.10.30 REID MIDDLETON,INC. (c)ENERCALC,LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION: Retaining Wall 10ft (LL surcharge - FS = 1.5) 100 OOpsf (Service-Level) Pp= 843.75# —_ 3314# dl N d Q. O rn `O CDci Lateral earth pressure due to the soil BELOW water table o r- o � v Page 96 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Lateral Page 97 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Lateral Design of the Arlington Ops Building The lateral system of the Operations Building is comprised of steel concentrically braced frames in both orthogonal directions, from the foundation up to the roof. At Level 2 there is a slab-on-metal-deck diaphragm, designed based on a rigid force distribution to the braced frames. At roof locations, there are CLT diaphragms, designed based on an envelope of flexible and rigid force distributions to the braced frames. Overview of calculations provided in this section: • Seismic criteria, weight takeoff, base shear calculations. • ETABS analysis of the building to model the rigid force distribution of the seismic force resisting system. • Braced frame design, including design of the braces, beams, columns, footings, connections, and anchorage. • Design of the slab-on-metal-deck and CLT diaphragms per the methodology above. • Design of the steel WF struts at Level 2 and the glulam/flitch beam struts at the roofs. Page 98 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Seismic Criteria Page 99 of 279 ASCE ASCE Hazards Report AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS Address: Standard: ASCE/SE17-16 Latitude: 48.174211 19620 67th Ave NE Risk Category: II Longitude: -122.1411 Arlington, Washington Soil Class: D - Stiff Soil Elevation: 143.3305961449779 ft 98223 (NAVD 88) CmetelY R. � 2J4 i rr llf`� i_ - O I 201s1 5t f4' EBE r 199th SI NE •f ilcn ��- I'•FCC°t•lC I I a� 1 1 Ac ?� P �� Ilrlh .r PI NP tso Idarysville w 26, Z taewPlNr .. sl.rll. Wind Results: Wind Speed 98 Vmph 10-year MRI 68 Vmph 25-year MRI 74 Vmph 50-year MRI 79 Vmph 100-year MRI 84 Vmph Data Source: ASCE/SEI 7-16, Fig. 26.5-1 B and Figs. CC.2-1—CC.2-4, and Section 26.5.2 Date Accessed: Wed Nov 13 2024 Value provided is 3-second gust wind speeds at 33 ft above ground for Exposure C Category, based on linear interpolation between contours. Wind speeds are interpolated in accordance with the 7-16 Standard. Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 7% probability of exceedance in 50 years (annual exceedance probability = 0.00143, MRI = 700 years). Site is not in a hurricane-prone region as defined in ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 26.2. https://ascehazardtool.org/ Page 1 of 3 Wed Nov 13 2024 Page 100 of 279 AM RICA SOCI OF IVILE GINE S Seismic Site Soil Class: D - Stiff Soil Results: Ss : 1.045 Sol N/A S, 0.373 TL 6 Fa 1.082 PGA : 0.444 F N/A PGA M : 0.513 SMs 1.131 FPGA 1.156 SM1 N/A le 1 SIDS 0.754 C 1.309 Ground motion hazard analysis may be required. See ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 11.4.8. Data Accessed: Wed Nov 13 2024 Date Source: USGS Seismic Design Maps https://ascehazardtool.org/ Page 2 of 3 Wed Nov 13 2024 Page 101 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Seismic Weight Takeoff Page 102 of 279 2 3 4 5 LEVEL 2 (e1=14'-0°) D SEISMIC WEIGHT TAKEOFF S6715ft L685.1pkip / S;19 ry D42kPplfl Wall L2 Access Rod ible Ro Deck / Insulated Metal Panel Wall Seismic DL l 1 psf Seismic DL t 270 Of See t=48.3 kip a57 R=15.4 kip DYKEMAN LEVEL 2 - L2 Law Roof Sai—i. Metal Panel Wall Seismic DL2 5.psf Seismic DL.105 plf 11791 ft=225.2 kip .186 ft=19.6 kip ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Stairs Insulated Metal Panel Wall Seismic DL=kip Psf Seismic D1.130 Plf _ _ _ x92 ftic 4.DL kip Sei20 Itsmic kip CONSULTANT: E=685.1+48,3+225.2+4.6+24.2+15.4+19.6+15.6=1038 k 8 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 52.00 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 8 www.reidmiddleton.com 55.03 ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. I . 11�8••Ir4� I i i i i ----------- 1�1 c S3.04 1N1 1 x c 1 HSS POST =1 c r v of I I :::�W1428x22 W14 0 0 0 0 0 W1422 TYP S5,0 1 v 1 W14x22 w I 6 v x 56.01 I PROJECT IDENTIFICAT I I _ _ _ I 561.01W18x35(24) W18x46(24) TYP W18x46(24) I®� W18x46(24) I --- II r - _1846 4) --- — - ----- - B Arlington Operations e rations GL8314x9 GL83/4x9 HSS5x5x3/8 COMPOSITE DECK Center TYP /� PER 31S5.01 MI N 6171 .08 sf SSA s I S5.0 TYP I I FOR 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N I o a o OPEN TO BELOW 0 TYP 14�° m — �m Snohomish County Ni W18x35 10 0 ID ' I Purchasing Services AT I s5.o, GL---3118x9 W18x46(8) _---- ---__ W18x55(28)STRUT W18x46(24) I W18x46(24 I 19620 67th Ave NE GL5118x24 �� Arlington, WA 98223 BF-02 SEE NOTE 6,TYP AT °W14),22 g BRACED FRAMES N ~ o 0 0 0 0 00 o A 60% SUBMITTAL v v GL 51/8 x 12 e 02/14/2025 B � �?� v 8-0" B 5 x This drawing is: HSS4x4xll4 S6.0 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. HSS4X4X114 HH$S4x4x114 HSS4X4X114 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. 18x46(8 W 18x46(14) W18x46(14P '1/Z W 18x46(14) W 18x46(14) GL 6 314 x 21 _ _ _ _ _ 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's ---------- - - --- - ---- -- -- - --- ----- written permission for any other use or reproduction. HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4x1/4 HSS4x4x1/4 GL 51I8 x 12 • D COMPOSITE DECK PER 31S5.01 g A 7 1 A A A • S6.01 S6.01 S6.0 3-PLY CLT PANELS 3-PLY CLT PANELS N a 212024.009 3-PLY CLT PANELS 3-PLY CLT PANELS c=i TYP THIS OPNG o • x x w� 1- GL51/8x12 v m o o 0 0 0 0 0 o a a o 0 0 0 0 n , 0 0 0 O 0 0 � OJ� o 0 0 � 0 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 3 .9 71 �a A 4'-0„TYP 2 ° 3 "' THIS OPNG co S6.0 3-PLY CLT PANELS A14,79 .1 _ .1s-o• GL 6 3/4 x 21 GL 6 3l4 x 21 �j L 3112 x 24 FLITCH (2)GL 3112 x 24 FLITCH � GL 51I8 x/t W18x46(8) BEAM STRUT BEAM STRUT '--- ---� -— B� N v O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 0 0 0 0 o A o 0 o A o ca o A o 0 0 0 o A � IPROJECT m m P m PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC ° GL 51/8x15 GL 5 118 x 15 GL 51/8x 15 12 GL 5118x 15 GL 51/8x 15 GL 5 118 x 15 GL 51/8 x012 a PROJECT MANAGER: ISES 3-PLY CLT PANELS S6.03 PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSY 3-PLY CLT PANELS JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 g FLOOR PLAN UPPER LEVEL o a' a' s ,. LEVEL 2 FRAMING PLAN Scale 1B„_1,o, NORTH 1 2 3 4 Page 103 of 279 2 3 4 5 ROOF (average el=36'-0") MECH ATTIC ROOF (average el=22'-0") D SEISMIC WEIGHT TAKEOFF —i-ge8701 'L4097k p� / $119flo621k�P111 Wall S73 Of L64.9 kip / 521IRic 2A PBPplf el Wall / Insulated Metal Panel Wall Metal Insula/ ted M Panel Wall DYKEMAN Seismic DL=165 ppitSeismic Metal x 57fl=9.4 kip x57 n=9.7 kip ROOF / Insulated Metal Panel Wall Insulated Metal Panel Well Seismic M t l P plf Seismic DL tat P pit ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN x 119 R=15.5 kip x5]k=6.3 kip / Insulated Metal Panel Wall Seismic DI=110 pit x 57 ft=6.3 kip CONSULTANT: 1=409+24.2+9.4+15.5+6.3=464.4k 1=64.9+2.1+9.7+6.3=83k 4 3 8 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 S6.01 S6.01 S6.0 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. ! (2)GL31/2x21FL ITC H 56.0 118'-111/ " (2)GL31/2x21FLITCH 201-113/4" -------+----------- A ------------ HSS12x6x112[L] HSS12x6x112[L] HSS12x6x� HSS12x6x112[L] BF�-01 C 4a GL5118x21 GL5118x21 GL 3-PLY CLT PANELS51ISx21 GL5118x21 GL5118x21 DO '-3-PLY CLT PANELS x M x c 12 J S6 01 TYPPROJECT •S6.0 56.0 DO DO c° DO DO �1 -- - - DO DO- - - - - - - Arlington Operations A o ow Center m, d `� (] DO GL51/8x21 CD GL5118x21 DO 5601 I DO 1 ,37e9.4 Sf I FOR I o I o m m Snohomish County 9 10 GL51/8x21 M Purchasing Services 56.01 S6.01 I J[H] [L] S6.0 A I AT A DO ___________ __ DO I DO A DO I ' I� (2)GBEAMSTRUTITCH 19620 67th Ave NE ___ ___ --- -----------BF-02Arlington, WA 98223 GL5118x21 8, 1 "2 fL5118x21 3-PLY CLT PANELS DO DO GL51/8x18 3-PLY CLT PANELS60% SUBMITTAL °' B DO 02/14/2025 B A 2 " A " A " A _ This drawing is: 56.01 q a w m m m 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. (.D Q) C7 A A 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. _-- --- — ---------- GL51/8x21 GL51/8x21 GL51I81091-11 1/" GL5118x21 GL5118x21 6w O 3.Foe on this project only.Obtain Architect's -—-—-— written permission for any other use or reproduction. 6 PROJECT 8'-0" I I I 3-PLY CLT PANELS A 't6'-0• 212024.009 GL5118x15 cc W • a MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CD SEE S1.12 FOR LOW ROOF FRAMING [-4 GL51/8x15 —-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—- ----- - -- --------------t------------- --------------t-------------- -----------t------- E I I I I I I I I LOW ROOF—/ I I I I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PROJECT MANAGER: SES PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV A JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PIC A • ' 1 O O 4O O g 7 g ROOF PLAN 0 a' s ,. ROOF FRAMING PLAN Scale:,/6"=,.-°" 1/8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 Page 104 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Seismic Base Shear Page 105 of 279 ' •Q Client: Dykeman Sheet: 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Project: Arlington Operations Building Design By: RSY Everett,WA 98204 Date: Ph:425-741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.: 212024.009 Date: E-W(Y)Direction Seismic Loading 2021 IBC/ASCE 7-16 EARTHQUAKE FORCES - Equivalent Lateral Force (ELF) Procedur [E-W] Input: o e Ref. Mapped short period accel. (T=0.2 s): SS = 1.045 g ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.2 Mapped acceleration @ T=1 s: S1 = 0.373 g ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.2 Redundancy Factor(SDC D, E, F) p= 1.3 (1.0 or 1.3) ASCE 7 Sec 12.3.4 Site class: D ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.3 Effective seismic weight: W = 1585.4 kip Basic seismic-force-resisting system: B. ASCE 7 Table 12.2-1 Lateral system: Steel special concentrically braced frames ASCE 7 Table 12.2-1 Risk Category: II (Nonsubstantial Hazard to Human Life/Nonessential) ASCE 7 Table 1.5-1 Building height: hn = 36 ft ASCE 7 Sec 12.8.2.1 Long-period transition period: TL= 6 sec ASCE 7 Sec 12.8.1.1 Response modification factor: R = 6 ASCE 7 Table 12.2-1 System Overstrength Factor: D = 2 ASCE 7 Table 12.2-1 Deflection Amplification Factor: Cd = 5 ASCE 7 Table 12.2-1 Period Coefficient: Ct= 0.020 ASCE 7 Table 12.8-2 Period Exponent: x = 0.75 ASCE 7 Table 12.8-2 ASCE 7 Section for detailing requirements: #N/A ASCE 7 Table 12.2-1 Site-Specific Ground Motion Procedures: Code Ref. Does Sec. 11.4.8 Apply? YES, see exceptions below ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.8 Exception 1: Need Not Apply ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.8 Exception 2: ALTERNATE Cs EQUATIONS SHALL BE USED PER EXCEPTION 2 ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.8 Alternate CS = SDs/(R/IE) = 0.1256 {T<_ 1.5Ts} ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-2 Alternate CS = 1.5*SD1/(T(R/1e)) = N/A { 1.5T5<_T <_TL} ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-3 Alternate CS = 1.5*SD1TL/(T2(R/le) = N/A {T>_TL} ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-4 Exception 3: Need Not Apply ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.8 Response Spectrum Parameters: Code Ref. Short-period Site Coefficient: Fa = 1.082 ASCE 7 Table 11.4-1 1-sec. period site coefficient: F = 1.927 ASCE 7 Table 11.4-2 Site adjusted MCER short-period acceleration: SMS = Fa*Ss = 1.13 g ASCE 7 Eq 11.4-1 Site adjusted MCER 1-sec. period acceleration: SM1 = F,*S1 = 0.72 g ASCE 7 Eq 11.4-2 Design short-period acceleration: SDS = 2/3*SMS = 0.754 g ASCE 7 Eq 11.4-3 Design 1-sec. period acceleration: SD1 = 2/3*SM1 = 0.479 g ASCE 7 Eq 11.4-4 Approximate Fundamental Period: Ta = Ct*hnx= 0.29 sec ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-7 Upper bound period coefficient: Cu = 1.4 ASCE 7 Table 12.8-1 Upper bound period: Tu = Cu*Ta = 0.41 sec ASCE 7 Sec 12.8.2 Fundamental period: T = 0.294 sec ASCE 7 Sec 12.8.2 Initial Transition Period: To = 0.2*SD1/SDS - 0.127 sec ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.6 Transition Period: Ts = SD1/SDS = 0.636 sec ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.6 Page 106 of 279 ' •Q Client: Dykeman Sheet: 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Project: Arlington Operations Building Design By: RSY Everett,WA 98204 Date: Ph:425-741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.: 212024.009 Date: 2021 IBC/ASCE 7-16 EARTHQUAKE FORCES - Equivalent Lateral Force (ELF) Procedure [E-W] Base Shear Calculation: Code Ref. Seismic importance factor: le = 1.00 ASCE 7 Table 1.5-2 Calculated seismic response coefficient: CS = SDS/(R/IE) = N/A ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-2 Upper bound response coefficient (T<_TL): Cs,max= SD1/(T(R/1e)) = N/A ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-3 Upper bound response coefficient (T >TJ: Cs,max= SD1TL/(T2(R/le) = N/A ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-4 Lower bound response coefficient: CS,mir, = 0.044SDSle>_0.01 N/A ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-5 Additional lower bound coefficient(S1>_0.6g): Cs,min = 0.5S,/(R/le) = N/A ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-6 Governing CS Coefficient: CS = 0.126 ASCE 7 Sec 12.8.1.1 Seismic base shear: V= pCX= 258.9 kip ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-1 Vertical Force Distribution and Diaphragm Force Calculations: Code Ref. Story force: Fx= Cvx*V see table ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-11 Vertical distribution factor: C.= wxhxk/(Ewihi') see table ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-12 Distribution exponent: k = 1.0 ASCE 7 Sec 12.8.3 Diaphragm force: Fpx= (EFi/Ewi)*wpx see table ASCE 7 Eq 12.10-1 Fpx,min = 0.2SDSIeWpx = 0.1508 *wpx ASCE 7 Eq 12.10-2 Fpx,max= 0.4SDSlewpx= 0.3015 *wpx ASCE 7 Eq 12.10-3 Vertical Force Distribution and Diaphragm Force Calculations: Calc. Min. Max. Use Story Story Story Story Story Diaph. Diaph. Diaph. Diaph. Name Weight Elev. Force Shear Force Force Force Force wx&wpx hx wx*hxk Cvx pFx A Ewi = Fpx Min. Fpx Max. Fpx Fpx (kip) (ft) (kip) (kip) (kip) (kip) (kip) (kip) (kip) Roof 464.4 36 16718 0.51 130.88 130.88 464.40 70 140.02 100.67 Mech Attic 83 22 1826 0.06 14.29 145.17 547.40 17 13 25.026 16.93 Roof L2 1038 14 14532 0.44 113.76 258.93 1585.40 130 156 312.97 156.49 SUM: 1585.4 33076 1.0 275 Page 107 of 279 ' •Q Client: Dykeman Sheet: 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Project: Arlington Operations Building Design By: RSY Everett,WA 98204 Date: Ph:425-741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.: 212024.009 Date: 2021 IBC/ASCE 7-16 EARTHQUAKE FORCES - Equivalent Lateral Force (ELF) Procedure [E-W] Design Response Spectrum: Code Ref. T (sec) Sa (g) Sa = SDS(0.4+0.6T/T0) ( @ T<_To} ASCE 7 Eq 11.4-5 0 0.30 Sa = SpS ( @ To<_T<_Ts} ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.6 To: 0.75 Sa = Sp1/T ( @ TS<_T <_TL} ASCE 7 Eq 11.4-6 Ts: 0.75 Sa = SD,TL/T2 ( @ T>TL} ASCE 7 Eq 11.4-7 0.67 0.71 0.71 0.68 0.74 0.64 0.78 0.61 0.82 0.59 Design Response Spectrum 0.85 0.56 0.89 0.54 0.80 0.93 0.52 0.70 0.96 0.50 °1 0.60 COT1: 0.48 c 1.5 0.32 c 0.50 2.0 0.24 2.5 0.19 a 0.40 3.0 0.16 Q 0.30 3.5 0.14 0 0.20 4.0 0.12 a 4.5 0.11 W 0.10 5.0 0.10 5.5 0.09 0.00 0 2 4 6 8 10 TL: 0.08 Period, T (sec) 7.0 0.06 8.0 0.04 9.0 0.04 Page 108 of 279 ' •Q Client: Dykeman Sheet: 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Project: Arlington Operations Building Design By: RSY Everett,WA 98204 Date: Ph:425-741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.: 212024.009 Date: N-S(X)Direction Seismic Loading 2021 IBC/ASCE 7-16 EARTHQUAKE FORCES - Equivalent Lateral Force (ELF) Procedu [N-S] Input: o e Ref. Mapped short period accel. (T=0.2 s): SS = 1.045 g ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.2 Mapped acceleration @ T=1 s: S1 = 0.373 g ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.2 Redundancy Factor(SDC D, E, F) p= 1.3 (1.0 or 1.3) ASCE 7 Sec 12.3.4 Site class: D ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.3 Effective seismic weight: W = 1585.4 kip Basic seismic-force-resisting system: B. ASCE 7 Table 12.2-1 Lateral system: Steel special concentrically braced frames ASCE 7 Table 12.2-1 Risk Category: II (Nonsubstantial Hazard to Human Life/Nonessential) ASCE 7 Table 1.5-1 Building height: hn = 36 ft ASCE 7 Sec 12.8.2.1 Long-period transition period: TL= 6 sec ASCE 7 Sec 12.8.1.1 Response modification factor: R = 5 ASCE 7 Table 12.2-1 System Overstrength Factor: Q = 2.5 ASCE 7 Table 12.2-1 Deflection Amplification Factor: Cd = 5 ASCE 7 Table 12.2-1 Period Coefficient: Ct= 0.020 ASCE 7 Table 12.8-2 Period Exponent: x= 0.75 ASCE 7 Table 12.8-2 ASCE 7 Section for detailing requirements: 14.2 ASCE 7 Table 12.2-1 Site-Specific Ground Motion Procedures: Code Ref. Does Sec. 11.4.8 Apply? YES, see exceptions below ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.8 Exception 1: Need Not Apply ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.8 Exception 2: ALTERNATE Cs EQUATIONS SHALL BE USED PER EXCEPTION 2 ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.8 Alternate CS = SDs/(R/IE) = 0.1508 {T<_ 1.5Ts} ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-2 Alternate CS = 1.5*SD1/(T(R/1e)) = N/A { 1.5T5<_T <_TL} ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-3 Alternate CS = 1.5*SD1TL/(T2(R/le) = N/A {T>_TL} ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-4 Exception 3: Need Not Apply ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.8 Response Spectrum Parameters: Code Ref. Short-period Site Coefficient: Fa = 1.082 ASCE 7 Table 11.4-1 1-sec. period site coefficient: F = 1.927 ASCE 7 Table 11.4-2 Site adjusted MCER short-period acceleration: SMs = Fa*Ss = 1.13 g ASCE 7 Eq 11.4-1 Site adjusted MCER 1-sec. period acceleration: SM1 = F,*S1 = 0.72 g ASCE 7 Eq 11.4-2 Design short-period acceleration: SDs = 2/3*SMs = 0.75 g ASCE 7 Eq 11.4-3 Design 1-sec. period acceleration: SD1 = 2/3*SM1 = 0.48 g ASCE 7 Eq 11.4-4 Approximate Fundamental Period: Ta = Ct*hnx= 0.29 sec ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-7 Upper bound period coefficient: Cu = 1.4 ASCE 7 Table 12.8-1 Upper bound period: Tu = Cu*Ta = 0.41 sec ASCE 7 Sec 12.8.2 Fundamental period: T = 0.294 sec ASCE 7 Sec 12.8.2 Initial Transition Period: To = 0.2*SD1/SDS - 0.127 sec ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.6 Transition Period: Ts = SD1/SDS = 0.636 sec ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.6 Page 109 of 279 ' •Q Client: Dykeman Sheet: 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Project: Arlington Operations Building Design By: RSY Everett,WA 98204 Date: Ph:425-741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.: 212024.009 Date: 2021 IBC/ASCE 7-16 EARTHQUAKE FORCES - Equivalent Lateral Force (ELF) Procedure [N-S] Base Shear Calculation: Code Ref. Seismic importance factor: le = 1.00 ASCE 7 Table 1.5-2 Calculated seismic response coefficient: CS = SDS/(R/IE) = N/A ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-2 Upper bound response coefficient (T<_TL): Cs,max= SD1/(T(R/1e)) = N/A ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-3 Upper bound response coefficient (T >TJ: Cs,max= SD1TL/(T2(R/le) = N/A ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-4 Lower bound response coefficient: CS,mir, = 0.044SDSle>_0.01 N/A ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-5 Additional lower bound coefficient(S1>_0.6g): Cs,min = 0.5S,/(R/le) = N/A ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-6 Governing CS Coefficient: CS = 0.151 ASCE 7 Sec 12.8.1.1 Seismic base shear: V= pCX= 310.7 kip ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-1 Vertical Force Distribution and Diaphragm Force Calculations: Code Ref. Story force: Fx= Cvx*V see table ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-11 Vertical distribution factor: C.= wxhxk/(Ewihi') see table ASCE 7 Eq 12.8-12 Distribution exponent: k = 1.0 ASCE 7 Sec 12.8.3 Diaphragm force: Fpx= (EFi/Ewi)*wpx see table ASCE 7 Eq 12.10-1 Fpx,min = 0.2SDSIeWpx = 0.1508 *wpx ASCE 7 Eq 12.10-2 Fpx,max= 0.4SDSlewpx= 0.3015 *wpx ASCE 7 Eq 12.10-3 Vertical Force Distribution and Diaphragm Force Calculations: Calc. Min. Max. Use Story Story Story Story Story Diaph. Diaph. Diaph. Diaph. Name Weight Elev. Force Shear Force Force Force Force wx&wpx hx wx*hxk Cvx pFx A Ewi = Fpx Min. Fpx Max. Fpx Fpx (kip) (ft) (kip) (kip) (kip) (kip) (kip) (kip) (kip) Roof 464.4 36 16718 0.51 157.05 157.05 464.40 70 140.02 120.81 Mech Attic 83 22 1826 0.06 17.15 174.20 547.40 20 13 25.026 20.32 Roof L2 1038 14 14532 0.44 136.51 310.72 1585.40 156 156 312.97 156.49 SUM: 1585.4 33076 1.0 299 Page 110 of 279 ' •Q Client: Dykeman Sheet: 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Project: Arlington Operations Building Design By: RSY Everett,WA 98204 Date: Ph:425-741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.: 212024.009 Date: 2021 IBC/ASCE 7-16 EARTHQUAKE FORCES - Equivalent Lateral Force (ELF) Procedure [N-S] Design Response Spectrum: Code Ref. T (sec) Sa (g) Sa = SDS(0.4+0.6T/T0) ( @ T<_To} ASCE 7 Eq 11.4-5 0 0.30 Sa = SpS ( @ To<_T<_Ts} ASCE 7 Sec 11.4.6 To: 0.75 Sa = Sp1/T ( @ TS<_T <_TL} ASCE 7 Eq 11.4-6 Ts: 0.75 Sa = SD,TL/T2 ( @ T>TL} ASCE 7 Eq 11.4-7 0.67 0.71 0.71 0.68 0.74 0.64 0.78 0.61 0.82 0.59 Design Response Spectrum 0.85 0.56 0.89 0.54 0.80 0.93 0.52 0.70 0.96 0.50 °1 0.60 COT1: 0.48 c 1.5 0.32 c 0.50 2.0 0.24 2.5 0.19 a 0.40 3.0 0.16 Q 0.30 3.5 0.14 0 0.20 4.0 0.12 a 4.5 0.11 W 0.10 5.0 0.10 5.5 0.09 0.00 0 2 4 6 8 10 TL: 0.08 Period, T (sec) 7.0 0.06 8.0 0.04 9.0 0.04 Page 111 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date ETABS Analysis Page 112 of 279 3D view of model ETABS 22.5.1 4/21/2025 4 P 0 G Arlington Ops Bldg v4 - RSY.EDB 3-D View Page 113 of 279 EmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Model Input TABLE: Load Pattern Definitions-Auto Seismic-User Loads Name Number Load Sets Load Set Number Load at CM? Eccentricity Ratio Story Diaphragm Fx Fy kip ELFX DIR 1 1 Yes 0.05 Roof Rigid Diaphragm C 157.05 0 ELF X-DIR 1 Level2 Rigid Diaphragm 136.51 ELFY-DIR 1 1 Yes 0.05 Roof Rigid Diaphragm 130.88 ELFY-DIR 1 Level2 Rigid Diaphragm 0 113.76 See seismic criteria TABLE: Load Case Definitions-Linear Static 1w Name Exclude Group Mass Source Stiffness Type Load Type Load Name Load SF ELFX-DIR None MsSrcl P-Delta Load ELF X-DIR 1 ELFY-DIR None MsSrcl P-Delta Load ELFY-DIR 1 Soil Unbalanced Load None MsSrcl P-Delta Load Soil Unbalanced Load 1 TABLE:Load Case Definitions-Response Spectrum Name Mass Source Load Name Function Trans Accel.SF Coordinate System Modal Case Modal Combo Method Directional Combo Type Eccentricity Ratio in/sect RSX-DIR Previous(MsSrcl) U1 ASCE7-16 226.23 Global Modal CQC SRSS 0.05 RSY-DIR Previous(MsSrcl) U2 ASCE7-16 136.28 Global Modal CQC SRSS 0.05 TABLE: Load Combination Definitions Name Type Is Auto Load Name Mode SF *-X-DIR(ELF) Linear Add No ELF X-DIR -1 *-Y-DIR(ELF)+SOIL Linear Add No ELFY-DIR -1 *-Y-DIR(ELF)+SOIL Soil Unbalanced Load 1 *X-DIR(ELF) Linear Add No ELFX-DIR 1 *X-DIR(RS) Linear Add No RSX-DIR 1 *Y-DIR(ELF)+SOIL Linear Add No ELF Y-DIR 1 *Y-DIR(ELF)+SOIL Soil Unbalanced Load 1 *Y-DIR(RS)+SOIL Linear Add No RSY-DIR 1 *Y-DIR(IRS)+SOIL Soil Unbalanced Load 1 Page 114 of 279 EmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Analysis Output TABLE: Modal Participating Mass Ratios Case Mode Period UX UY UZ SumUX SumUY SumUZ RX RY RZ SurnRX SurnRY SurnRZ sec Modal 1 0.421 0.0299 0.419 0 0.0299 0.419 0 0.3951 0.0586 0.0089 0.3951 0.0586 0.0089 Modal 2 0.357 0.2642 0.1263 0 0.2941 0.5452 0 0.0515 0.3358 0.0626 0.4465 0.3944 0.0715 Modal 3 0.232 0.0247 0.0587 0 0.3188 0.6039 0 0.021 0.3229 0.3407 0.4676 0.7173 0.4122 Modal 4 0.194 0.0002 0.3902 0 0.319 0.9941 0 0.531 0.0104 0.0429 0.9986 0.7277 0.4551 Modal 5 0.173 0.2996 0.0059 0 0 0.0014 0.1097 0.2601 0.7152 Modal 6 0.026 0.3814 0.000001436 1 1 0 0 0.1626 0.2848 1 1 1 Mass participation reaches 100%in both x and y direction loading by mode 6 Story Output Case Case Type Step Type Step Number Location VX VY kip kip Level2 ELF X-DIR LinStatic Top -311.933 0.161 Level2 ELFX-DIR LinStatic Bottom -311.933 0.161 Level RSX-DIR LinRespSpec Max Top 314.547 132.733 Level2 RSX-DIR LinRespSpec Max Bottom 314. 447 132.733 See Seismic criteria TABLE: Story Output Case Case Type Step Type Step Number Location VX VY kip kip Level2 ELFY-DIR LinStatic Top -0.28 -259.275 Level2 ELFY-DIR LinStatic Bottom -0.28 -259.275 Level2 RS Y-DIR LinRespSpec Max Top 80.48 259.735 Level2 RS Y-DIR LinRespSpec Max Bottom 80.48 259.735 See Seismic criteria TABLE: Base Reactions Output Case Case Type Step Type Step Number FX FY kip kip *X-DIR(ELF) Combination -310.76 0 *X-DIR(RS) Combination Max 313.979 132.31 *X-DIR(RS) Combination Min -313.979 -132.31 *-X-DIR(ELF) Combination 310.76 0 TABLE: Base Reactions Output Case Case Type Step Type Step Number FX FY kip kip *-Y-DIR(ELF)+SOIL Combination 0 973.04 *Y-DIR(ELF)+SOIL Combination 0 454.96 *Y-DIR(RS)+SOIL Combination Max 79.703 974.059 *Y-DIR(RS)+SOIL Combination Min -79.703 453.941 Page 115 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Braced Design Page 116 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Lateral Load Distribution ( Flexible ) Page 117 of 279 1 2 13 4 5 - LATERAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE 50.05 ( FLEXIBLE ANALYSIS ) X- DIRECTION CONSULTANT: — „ ,� I See eleva9nns fnr m°m informa9nn.I �'\ 6 7 8 ' • � � � 1 �JJ"J 8 �'J�') l"'�JJJ"') 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 52.00 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 8 www.reidmiddleton.com S5.03 ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. I I I I I I I I ----------------- _ +------------ 1 53.04 BF-01 x C if SEF 1 W1422 1 2,28 76 sf i N W1422(8) 0 0 0 0 0 S5.0 I 1 W1422 W14x22 6 TYP 11 56.01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: ---------- ------- 1 -I 1 WI8x35(24) W18x46(24) W18x46(24) W18x46(24)r — l�- -—-—- ------ BO Arlington Operations erations HSS5x5x318 1 I GL8314x9 GL8314x9 I I— 56.01 I COMPOSITE DECK Center � Of TYP TYP PER 31S5.01 S5 0 6,71 .08 sf Total—fight of blue L2 fl-rarea 1 TYP p =685.1+4.6+24.2+15.4+15.6 S`5.0 o I I ,p FOR =74a.9k I �� Snohomish County N o 0 0 0 =110.93 psf 0 0 N I o o o 7 _1 m v 0 TYP I m x 10 W18x35 S501 Purchasing Services AT GL 3118 x 9 W18x46 W18x46(24 W18x46(24) I W18x46(24 Fief �w�, — —I 19620 67th Ave NE GL 5118x24 BF-02 s - Arlington, WA98223 SEE NOTE 6,TYP AT 4W1412 V o o BRACED FRAMES o V o n o 0 60�o SUBMITTAL � N � LEVEL 2 Loatl to This BF: N � I I 0 m v W.e,aw.=l(1-(2281/6715))"744.9k1+[(34/386)"50.73k]+I(206/4791)"242.4 k1=491.9 k+4.5 k+10.5 k=506.9k v _ % p 02/14/2025 B F„e�,,,�=(W„� IW_„,)'F„�=(506.9/1038)'136.51k=66.7k �+ _ �+ GL51/8x12 _ e Lateral loatl from western half of meth aft roof=F„r.�.„=,„•,e,=F,,.,,,,,�„/2=17.15 k/2=8.6 k � 5 This drawing is: S6.0 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. F„a 1arm+.+F...rm,we,wa=66.7 k+8.6 k=75.3kof' 18x46(8 W 1 W18x46(14) W 18x46(14) GL 6 314 x 21 \ 3.For use on this pcj crt only.Obtain A chtect's Ice. I ------- F134 COMPOSITE DECK PER 31S5.01 x x x x x x x x x x x x u8 71 •-• - S6.0 3-PLY CLT PANELS212024.009 L2 noorarea Total weight of puryle L2 o 0 0 0 0 0 =225.2+[i-(231186)1*(19.6)= o 0 0 o GL5118x12 242 4 k o0'n 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 rn 7 =5o.6 psi MARK DATE DESCRIPTION �5J (7 S6.0 (� CDi 3-PLY CLT PANELS GL63/4x21 GL6314x21 4,79 1 .19 S GL6314x21 GL63/4x21 ____ _ GL51/8x12 E ° W18x46(8) 0 0 0 0 o O 0 o 0 0 0 0 O BF-03 m D D ca D o D o 0 0 0 0 0 0 a a m m PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC to GL 51/8x15 GL 5 118 x 15 GL 5 118 x 15 12 GL 5 118 x 15 GL511 x15 GL511805 e GL 51/8x12 a PROJECTMANAGER: ISES S6.03 PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV 3-PLY CLT PANELS JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A A �] LEVEL2 L°a°'°`b's BF' C FLOOR PLAN UPPER 1 2 J W...r4._[(1-[34/3861)'50.73k]+[(1-[206/4791 -242.4kl=46.3k+232k=278.3k 6 7 8 LEVEL F„,r<._(W�,ka,I F, =(278.3/1038) 136.51k=36.6k 0 4' 8' 16' •. LEVEL 2 FRAMING PLAN Scale 1/8"-1'6" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 Page 118 of 279 1 2 13 4 5 - LATERAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 ( FLEXIBLE ANALYSIS ) X- DIRECTION CONSULTANT: — y 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 3 8 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 56.01 S6.01 S6.0 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. - - - - - - - - - - - --,9L5-U&x-24{k]------GL-5-1184Q4ST&U - - _ n- ---GL-5-U8>E214A2UT4Hl--- — ---41-544-x-2144l----- - -GL5118x18---- ------- --------- /� HSS12x6xll2[L] HSS12x6x112[L _ HSS12x6x112[L] HSS12x6x112[L] = NOTE: 6 BF-01 x Load from eastern half of mech atfc roof isons W to B inf See „ u, S2.00 3,037.99 sf 547.82 sf ; elevauona ror mnre mf°°nation. Load from western half of mech attic GL5118x21 GL5118x21 GL51/8x21 GL51/8x21 GL5118x21 0 DO roofi—ppliedatL2.See L2planon previous sheet for more info. = ROOF Load to this BF rp F 464.4 k=162.2 k M A n ' •• IDENTIFICATION: 157.05k=54.9k0 fa DO DO DO DO DO DO ----------- B Arlington Operations = Total weight of peach mech attic roof area =83k 0.15 psf Center Q I x x =6 H o Total weight of green roof area M ao =5313pf DC 5601 °° 1 ,379.49 Sf FOR DO GL51/8x21 DO m Snohomish County 9 10 GL51/8x21 M 3-PLY CLT PANELS 7 Purchasing Services STRUT 56.01 56.01 ss.o I AT GL51/8x21 DO 1 DO DO I c -------------------- --- STRUT ------- ----------- 19620 67th Ave NE BF-02 Arlington, WA98223 x H { o GL5118x21 01 .2 SGL5118x21 DO DO x GL51/8x18 o DO _x_..; 60/o SUBMITTAL B ROOFLoadtothisBF 02/14/2025 g W„••,.,,=[I1-(3038/87011)'464.4 k]=302.3 k y U' 2 m This drawing is: Ss.01 F.e.o:=(Wwerm/W—,.)'F, =(302 31464 4)'15705k=1023k 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. (9 0 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. -------------------- GL 51/8 x21 GL x x21 GL 51ISx21 GL 5118x21 O 3.Foreseen fission for any other Architect's -—-—-— written permission for any other use or reproduction. IL 6PROJECT NUMBER 3-PLY CLT PANELS i i 212024.009 GL5118x15 y I W I • a a EE MARK DATE DESCRIPTION FOR 0I I 0 S ROOFIFRAMINGW GL51/8x15 -------------------- ----- - -O --------------t------------- --------------t-------------- -----------t------- E I I I I I I I I LOW ROOF—/ I I I I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PROJECT MANAGER: SES PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV A JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A I I ••' 1 O O 40 O g 7 g ROOF PLAN o a' a' 1 s ,. ROOF FRAMING PLAN Scale 1/3" 0" 1/8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 Page 119 of 379 1 2 13 4 5 - LATERAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE 50.05 ( FLEXIBLE ANALYSIS ) Y- DIRECTION CONSULTANT: - y ( � y IY s728 134th Street SW,Suite Unbalanced Soil Load=5.1 klit 52.00 Everette,Washington 98204 200 Ph:425.741.3800 a www.reidmiddleton.com S5.0 ht 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. I LEVEL 2 Load to this BF: o I i i -------4-- Lateral \ / load from unbalanced soil loading=F,�_,=5.1 k/ff'(46.75 ft+23.25 ft)=357 k C 5.304 BIo� \\ / Lateral load from northem hall of mech attic roof=F„�.o„„„,,,,=F„„,„,„,12=14.29 k12=7.2k C % ,aF�,.x+F.,aF�,�=63.5 k+357 k+7.2 k=427.7k ICI vl o o �I / w1aX22 �I � � � / N � W1a� � I V V V V 5 I�l �I � 0 0 0 w1aX2 tv 3 6 LEVEL2 Load to this BE TYP S5.0 I I W14x22 W,,.,.�.a'[(1-I(7142+2285)14791])`242.4 k]=89.1 k v i . F.� _(w--/W„.)'F,,,=(69.1/1038)-113.76 k=7.6k W 18x35(24) W 18x46(24) W 18x46(24) W 18X46(24) _ ---------- ------- -I � i --- --- --{}r-- ----- --- La[erdl load fromunbalancetlsoilloatling=F,,,.®,,,,=5.1kHt'(23.25ft)=118.fik On O erations HSS5x5x3/8 1 F,.ro=F„=«,�+F„=.a,�,=7.6 k+118.6 k=128.2 k GL8314x9 GL8314x9 l S6.01 TYP I ■A COMPOSITE DECK 3 I Center kl+[(386/386)'50.73k]+[(1142/4791)`242.4 k]=281.1 k+50.73 k+57.8 k=389.7k K TYP I r/ PER 31S5.01 SSA I �i/ otal wei ht of bl..L2 fl-o e. 1 I O I F O R ( 6 71 .08 sf 685.194.6+24.2+15.4+15.6 TYP I toil loading=Fu..oua=5.1 k/ft'46.75ft=238.5k o O O 1 o O 144"9k O 35.0 O N I O I /O 7k+236.Sk=281.2k 0 0 0 0 0 TYP 110.93 par 0 0 iLL N o o OPEN TO BELOW i Snohomish County W18x35 10 0 0 I m I M Purchasing Services 2,533.89 s S5. 1 I � I W AT W18x46(8) W18x46(24) W18x46(24) ------ ------- cL3vaxs ` ----- ----- wlsxas(za --- ------�-------�- --------- C 19620 67th Ave NE GL 51/8x24 O N NOTE:Load from norhtern half o aP-oz meohaeloroorlaatruftedtoL2(BF-05) Arlington, WA 98223 SEE NOTE 6,TYP AT w14x22 V o o y BRACED FRAMES o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 c 0 0 60% SUBMITTAL �..-0 02/14/2025 B 7 � � � _ GL51/8x12 B S This drawing is: S6.0 x 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. ' 18x46( W 18x46(14) -HSS4x4xl/4 W18x46(14) HSS4x4x1/4 W18x46(14) W 18x46(14) GL 6 314 x 21 \ 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 3.For use on this pro or only.Obtain Architect's I ---------- - - -- -- --- ---- ----- ---- --- - i � I written permission for any other use or reproduction. COMPOSITE DECK PER 31S5.01 HSS4x464 HSS4x4xl/4 HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4x114 HSS4x 114 GL 51I8 x 12 u D PROJECT II 8 1 S6.01 86. 1 S6.0 3-PLY CLT PANELS Trial weight of rotl L2 noor area II - 212024.009 =48.3+(p 1186)'(18.6) M =50 73 k Total weight of puryle L2 roof area C7 • 131.41 paf o 0 0 0 0 0 =2zs.z+[1-(zanas>]`(19.6)= o 0 0 o GL 51/8x12 2424 k o0 0 O 0 0 0 0 O x 7 m =sa a pst x MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ICJ^ _ 3 1,142.12 sf 2,284.56 s 2 ct7 S6.0 M 3-PLY CLT PANELS GL63/4x21 GL6314x21 4,7Q 1`i S GL6314x21 GL63/4x21 ---- - - ---- GL51/8x12 - - - - E W18x46(8) �� a �i -- - - - --- BF-03 29 PROJECT TEAM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m �? ;; � I m m P P PRINCIPAL IN IN CHARGE1PNC GL51/8x15 GL5118x15 GL5118x15 14 GL5118x15 GL51/8x15 GL5118x15 GL51/8x12 v PROJECT MANAGER: ISES PROJECT PROJECT ARCHITECT: S6.03 3-PLY CLT PANELS JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 g FLOOR PLAN UPPER LEVEL o a' a' s ,. LEVEL 2 FRAMING PLAN Scale 1/3" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 arsrzozs s ra rz vm Page 120 of 279 1 2 13 4 5 - LATERAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 ( FLEXIBLE ANALYSIS ) Y- DIRECTION CONSULTANT: — 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 '- 4 3 8 46 6" 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 46-9 .01 36.01 23 3" I S6.0 za-aI Everett,Washington 98204 ROOF Load to this BF: Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com W.—_(5135/8701) 464.4 k=274.7 k ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. 4 F„--(W.e /W,w.)`F, (274.1/464.4)'130.88 k=77.3k • - --------GL5-14x-244H]------GL-5-1184Q4ST&U ------------ A- ---GL-544xZt4TRUT[Hl--- — ---19L544-x-214]----- - -GL5118x --- ------- ----------- ------------- HSS12x6x112[L] HSS12x6x112[L] �` HSS12x6x112[L] HSS12x6x112[L] x BF-01 x C 6 C op to 52.00 d C' : ROOF Load to this BF: CD I GL5118x21 GL5118x21 GL51/8x21 GL51/8x21 GL51 0 DO Latealloadtmmsouthernhalfofinech-ro-0of=F,•,®„„„, =F,„,,,,,/2=14.29k/2=7.2k _ F_=F.nwe._. 7211, � I °' o S6 01 TYP 3 12 •• IDENTIFICATION: DO DO DO DO S6.0 DO DO 56.0 -------------------- ------- -----------� Arlington Operations k = T 31k eight of peach meth attic roof area Center ROOF Load to this BF: o Q I LO X =60.15 psf W„p,.,�=(1-[5135/8]011)'464.4 k=190.4 k N M Total w4ekght of green roof.area 5 I O <n F,.r„,,�„=(Wm.„r„,/W,„„„�,)'F, (190.4/464.4)'130.88 k=53.7k C7 x =53.37 psf .56.�1 1 379.49 sf I o FOR DO GL 5118 x 21 cO DO I 1 DO c� ° I 1' F,•,„=Fu. ,=53.7k M B [ LL i Snohomish County �� —3-PLYCLTPANELS 7 W Purchasing Services . 10 STRUT x 21 I S6.0 I AT 56.01 56.01 STRUT DO GL 5118 x 21 DO t� DO DO I C -------------------- --- ---- STRUT �----------- 19620 67th Ave NE B�D� Arlington, WA 98223 = H 'O D D / GL5118x21 L51/8x21 0 0 GL51/8x18 0 � 8• 1 •2 � �.. 60/o SUBMITTAL B 1 LrL D0 02/14/2025 B 2 M This drawing is: S6.01 m m 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. — — — — — — — — — — _ GL 51/8 x21 GL 51/8x21 GL 51/8 x21 GL 51/8 x21 GL 5118 x21 O 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER AL S6.0 3-PLY CLT PANELS 212024.009 GL5118x15 y I W I • a a MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SEE S1.12 FOR LOW NOTE' 0I (D ROOF FRAMING Load om n,Mem nsee L2 plan oW. , root is so-aned to Lz.see Lz plan on GL 51/8 x 15 premous sheet for more info. —-—-—-—-—-—-—-— -—-—- ----- - -O --------------t------------- --------------t-------------- -----------t------- E I I I I I I I I LOW ROOF I I I I I I I PROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PROJECT MANAGER: SES PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV A JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A I I ••' 1 O O 40 O 6 7 g ROOF PLAN o a' a' 1 s •. ROOF FRAMING PLAN Scale 1/8"-1'0" 1/8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 Page 121 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Brace Design Page 122 of 279 BRACE DESIGN BF Brace Gravity Loads WT=6.33ft WT=25.5ft DL=44 psf=279 plf DL=44 psf= 1122 plf SL=25 psf=159 plf SL=25 psf=638 plf WT=17ft/2=8.5ft WT=19ft/2+6ft= 15.5ft DL=44 psf=374plf DL=44 psf=682 plf SL=25 psf=213 plf SL=25 psf=388 plf FRoof Roof Roof WT=(23ft/2)+(10ft/2) ft=16.5ft DL=38 psf=627 plf Roof SL=25 psf=663 plf i / Mech Attic Roof — Pp =0.9k Pp =0.7k Pp =2.8k [PLL o'=0.2k Poi=0.9k P =0.1 k P =0.6k P�=1.2k =0k P,,=0.9 k ).—Level27 Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 Leve 2 LD,L=5.9 =3.7k Po =3.4k Poi=9k Pp =0.9k P = 1.8k PLL=5.2k P =0k Poi=3.9k P =0.6k PSI=0.9 k Base Base Base Base Level 2 Base BF-01 BF-02 BF-03 BF-04 BF-05 BF-06 rD 8.5 ft Exterior wall from this beam Exterior wall from L2-Roof DL=85 psf=723 plf Exterior wall from L2-Roof up to roof supported by BF supported by L2 BF beam LL=65 psf=553 plf supported by L2 BF beam beam WT= 19 ft DL=85 psf-1615 plf DL(exterior wall weight)=15 DL(exterior wall weight)= 15 DL(exterior wall weight)=15 LL=65 psf= 1235 plf psf*[(17 ft+20 ft)/2]=278 plf psf'[(12 ft+9 ft)/2]=158 plf psf*13 ft= 195 plf Brace forces taken from RISA 3D analysis 0 0 CLIENT: SHEET LR i iddleton PROJ CT: DRAWN BY:I DATE: REV.: Page 123 of 279 BRACE DESIGN . race Seismic Forces --- Flexible Analysis Roof Roof _ Roof Roof Mech Attic Roof Pma.=134 k 66 k Pmax= 105 k Pmex-8 k Pm_=44 k Level2 Level2 Level 2 Level2 Lev 2 Pma,=174 k 50 k Pma„=31 k Pma„=303 k Pma,=459 k Pma„=118 k Base Base Base Base Level 2 Base BF-01 BF-02 BF-03 BF-04 BF-05 BF-06 Brace forces taken from flexible analysis. See previous pages CLIENT: SHEET FRceidMiddleton PRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 124 of 279 BRACE DESIGN . race Seismic Forces --- Rigid Analysis Roof Roof —� —� Roof � Roof _ D8 D1 04 25 6 21 D 2 Mech Attic Roof D12 p Pm_=96 k Pma,= 136 k D15 D1 110 k Pmex=6 k Pma,=69 k Level Level Level2 Level2 Leve 2 D23 D24 D2 D1 1 D14 Pma,=49 k P,,,ax=69 k Pma„=336 k Pma.=318 k 9 Pma.=231 kVB.s. D3 Pmax=72 k D� 35 p 0 Base Base Base Level 2 Base BF-01 BF-02 BF-03 BF-04 BF-05 BF-06 Brace forces taken from ETABS analysis CLIENT: SHEET FRceidElddleton PRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 125 of 279 BRACE DESIGN . race Seismic Forces --- Envelop ed Roof Roof ------ Roof Roof � Roof pg D1 VLeve12 21 D 2 Mech Attic Roof D12 p Pm„=134 k Pma,= 136 k D15 D1 IEEE- 110 k Pma,=8 k Pma,=69 k Level Level2 Level2 eve 2 D23 D24 D2 D1 1 D14 Pma,=174 k P,„ax=69 k Pma,=336 k Pma,=459 knBase Pm„=231 k D3 Pma,=72 k D� %35 D4Base Base Base Level 2 Base BF-01 BF-02 BF-03 BF-04 BF-05 BF-06 CLIENT: SHEET RceidMIddleton PRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 126 of 279 Brace Design Factored Brace Load Brace Length Brace Capacity BF Brace PDL PLL PEQ cpP (Comp) cpT,,(Tens) WP-to-WP Unbraced Brace Size Highly Ductile? Pn(Comp) Tn(Tens) Compr DCR Tens DCR k k k k k ft ft k k BF-01 Top 0.9 0.9 69 70.7 -68.3 14.25 HSS 4x4x3/8 Y 79.576 215.1 0.89 0.32 Bot 3.9 0.9 72 77.7 -69.1 18.209 14.17 HSS 4x4x3/8 Y 80.478 215.1 0.97 0.32 BF-02 Top 0.9 0.1 134 135.3 -133.3 21.731 15.67 HSS 5x5x1/2 Y 161.973 354.6 0.84 0.38 Bot 5.9 3.7 174 183.8 -169.6 16.378 12.75 HSS 5x5x1/2 Y 211.081 354.6 0.87 0.48 BF-03 Bot 2.1 1.8 69 72.7 -67.4 17.5 12.25 HSS 4x4x3/8 Y 103.323 215.1 0.70 0.31 BF-04 Top 0.7 0.6 110 111.2 -109.5 22.143 16.33 HSS 5x5x1/2 Y 151.416 354.6 0.73 0.31 Bot 3.4 0.6 336 340.9 -333.5 16.919 13.25 HSS 6x6x5/8 Y 355.83 526.5 0.96 0.63 BF-05 Top 2.8 1.2 136 140.4 -133.9 19.25 HSS 6x6x3/8 Y 161.332 341.1 0.87 0.39 Bot 9 5.2 459 473.8 -452.3 16.919 12.75 HSS 7x7x5/8 Y 487.438 630 0.97 0.72 BF-06 Top 0.2 0 8 8.3 -7.9 13.086 9.50 HSS 4x4x3/8 Y 138.396 215.1 0.06 0.04 Bot 0.9 0 231 232.2 -230.3 16.919 13.50 HSS 6x6x3/8 Y 236.026 341.1 0.98 0.68 DCR<1.0 Expected Brace Strength Expected Post-Buckling Expected Brace Strength in Compression Strength in Compression in Tension BF Brace Ag r Lc Lc/r 4.71sgrt(E/RyFy) Fe Fcre Pc= (1/0.877)*Fcre*Ag 0.3Pc Pt= Ry*Fy*Ag in^2 in in ksi ksi k k k BF-01 Top 4.78 1.47 171 116.33 99.49 21.15 18.55 101.10 30.33 310.70 Bot 4.78 1.47 170 115.65 99.49 21.40 18.77 102.30 30.69 310.70 BF-02 Top 7.88 1.82 188 103.30 99.49 26.82 23.52 211.37 63.41 512.20 Bot 7.88 1.82 153 84.07 99.49 40.50 29.82 267.97 80.39 512.20 BF-03 Bot 4.78 1.47 147 100.00 99.49 28.62 25.10 136.81 41.04 310.70 BF-04 Top 7.88 1.82 196 107.69 99.49 24.68 21.64 194.47 58.34 512.20 Bot 11.7 2.17 159 73.27 99.49 53.31 33.77 450.48 135.14 760.50 BF-05 Top 7.58 2.28 231 101.32 99.49 27.88 24.45 211.36 63.41 492.70 Bot 14 2.58 153 59.30 99.49 81.39 38.66 617.20 185.16 910.00 BF-06 Top 4.78 1.47 114 77.55 99.49 47.59 32.21 175.56 52.67 310.70 Bot 7.58 2.28 162 71.05 99.49 56.69 34.57 298.76 89.63 492.70 CLIENT: SHEET LRce"idlM 'iddleton PRO. No.: T. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 127 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Column Design Page 128 of 279 BRACE DESIGN BF Column Gravit Loads A, (25.5/2+25.5/2)*(19/2+19/2)=485 ft2 y DL=44 psf=21.34k SL=25 psf=12.13k Roof Roof Roof AT=(17/2+25.5/2)*(19/2+19/2)=404 AT=(0/2+ 17/2)*(19/2+ 19/2)= 162 ft2 L2 ft2 AT=(0/2+17/2)*(23/2+19/2)=179 ft2 DL=44 psf=7.2 k AT=(25.5/2+25.5/2)*(19/2+19/2)=485 ft2 .5 DL=44 psf=17.8k DL=44psf=7.5k SL=25 psf=4.1 k DL=85 psf=41.23k SL=25 psf=10.1 k SL=25 psf=4 k Cumulative=62.57 k L2 LL=65 psf=31.53 k L2 AT (0/2+17/2)*(23/2+0/2)=98 ft2 AT=(0/2+ 17/2)*(19/2+0/2)=81 ft2 Roof AT=(17/4+25.5/2)*(19/2+19/2)=323 DL=85 psf=6.9 k ft2 DL=117 psf= 11.5 k DL(ext.wall weight)=278plf*19 ft/2=2.65 k AT=(19/2+19/2)*(21/2)=200 ft2 DL(ext.wall weight) ma =278plf*19 ft/2=2.65 k Cumulative 16.8 k DL=44 psf=8.8 k DL=85 psf=27.5 k Cumulative=22.1 k = Cumulative=45.3 k LL= psf 9.8 k LL=100 psf=8.1 k SL=25 psf=5.0 k LL=65 psf=21 k Cumulative=12.2 k Cumulative=31.1 k Cumulative= 14.3 k L2 Roof AT=(25.5/2+25.5/2)*(19/2+6)=396 ft2 DL(ext.wall weight)=158plf*19 ft/2=1.5 k DL=44 psf=17.43 k SL=25 psf=9.9 k Cumulative DL= 10.3 k Cumulative SL=5.0 k L2 Roof AT=(25.5/2+21/2)*(23/2+10/2)=384 ft2 Roof DL=38 psf= 14.60 k Roof +�-- SL=25psf=9.6k Roof Mech Attic Roof Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 Base Base Base ZBa Level 2 Base BF-01 BF-02 BF-03 BF-04 BF-05 BF-06 CLIENT: SHEET ' 0n PROJECT: Reid PRO. No.: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 129 of 279 COLUMN DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction 10 BF Column Loads 1317 =01 BF-01 is a multi-tier braced frame as defined in AISC Seismic Manual F2.4e Column Load, PEmh• Per AISC Seismic Manual F2.4e.(c)(2),columns shall be designed for OOP moment arising from brace buckling.To be the lesser of 1.1 RYMP of brace and the connection capacity(top and bottom of beam). Case a: C = 310.7sin(45) 1.1 RYMP of(2)4x4x3/8 braces=2*(1.1*RY*FY*Z)=2*(1.1*1.3*50ksi*6.37in3)=910.91 k-in=75.9 k-ft PEmh, = 219.7 k (compression) Connection capacity of each brace-to-gusset connection is detailed to be yielding capacity of gusset PEmh,T - -101.1 sin(45) - plate across the"fold line".Assuming the plate is 1/2"thick and the"fold line"is 2ft wide: = - 71.5 k (tension) Z(weak-axis)=bhz/4=[(24")(0.5"fl/4= 1.5in3 Gravity loads Connection capacity=2*FYZ=2*50ksi*1.5 in'=150 k-in= 12.5 k-ft Case b: P - 310.7sin(45) Emh,C - (all columns) Use 12.5 k-ft OOP moment applied at beam-column intersection location = 219.7 k (compression) PoL = 17.43 k PEmh,T = -30.33sin(45) PLL = 0 k = - 21.5 k (tension) PSL = 9.9 k 00 A� A �p• �'Z� Factored loading 707 Q sir �� Q Max compression LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 6) OIr P, = (1.2 + 0.2Sps)PDL + PEmh,C + 0.5PLL + 0.2PSL = (1.2 + 0.2(0.754))*(17.43 k) + 219.7 k + 0.2*(9.9 k) = 245.3 k Max tension LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 7) .� Pu = (0.9 - 0.2S,$)PDL + PEmh,T no unbalanced load on beam �o A 0 O = (0.9 - 0.2(0.754))*(17.43 k) - 21.5 k as braces are the same size above and below beam �� 70 �� _ - 8.5 k Q` .7 Q` 00 45.470 45.47° Column Design HSS 7x7x5/8 Compression OOP unbraced length L, at L2-Roof = 22 ft - 1 ft (gusset pl at L2) = 21 cpPn = 314 k (per RISA 3D) Tension cpP, = 0.9F,A9 = 0.9 * 50ksi * 14in2 = 630k Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(a) according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(b) Combined Axial/Bending Check DCR = 0.83 (per RISA 3D) CLIENT: SHEET LR:ce"id IM 'idd leton PRO. No.: T. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 130 of 279 COLUMN DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Column Loads 1317 =02 Gravity loads PpL = 17.8 k P, 0 k PSG = 10.1 k M^ 0^ O ( -O // S (�Q� 9 ZO unbalanced load on beam: 80.39sin59+512.2sin67-63.41 sin67-512.2sin59 =44k(T) unbalanced load will be resolved by the zipper 67.03° column 67.030 Gravity loads (cumulative) PpL = 45.3 k PLL = 21 k PSG = 10.1 k unbalanced load on beam: 267.97sin59+512.2sin67-211.37sin67-512.2sin59 ^� =68 k(T) N� A unbalanced load will be resolved by the zipper column /co, O 58.660 L58.660 ' Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(a) according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(b) CLIENT: SHEET e idjM iddleton PROJECT: PRO. No.. r DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 131 of 279 COLUMN DESIGN BF Column Loads = 1317 =02 L2 - Roof Base - L2 Column Load, PEmh: Column Load, P,,,- Case a: Case a: PEmh, = 512.2sin(67) PEmh, = 512.2sin(67) = 471.5 k (compression) = 471.5 k (compression) PEmh,T = - 211.37sin(67) PEmh,T = - 211.37sin(67) = - 194.6 k (tension) = - 194.6 k (tension) Case b: Case b: PEmh, = 512.2sin(67) PEmh, = 512.2sin(67) = 471.5 k (compression) = 471.5 k (compression) PEmh,T = - 63.41 sin(67) PEmh,T = - 63.41 sin(67) = - 58.4 k (tension) _ - 58.4 k (tension) Factored loading L2-Roof Factored loading Max compression LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 6) Max compression LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 6) P,, = (1.2 + 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,C + 0.5PLL + 0.2PSL PU = (1.2 + 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,C + 0.5PLL + 0.2PSL = (1.2 + 0.2(0.754))*(17.8 k) + 471.5 k + 0.5*(0 k) + 0.2*(10.1 k) = (1.2 + 0.2(0.754))*(45.3 k) + 471.5 k + 0.5*(21 k) + 0.2*(10.1 k) = 497.6 k = 545.3 k Max tension LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 7) Max tension LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 7) P,, = (0.9 - 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,T P,, = (0.9 - 0.2SDS)PDL + PEmh,T = (0.9 - 0.2(0.754))*(17.8 k) - 194.6 k = (0.9 - 0.2(0.754))*(45.3 k) - 194.6 k = - 181.3k = - 160.7k Column Design Column Design HSS 8x8x5/8 HSS 8x8x5/8 Compression Compression Unbraced length L, at L2-Roof = 15.75 ft - 1 ft (gusset pl at L2) = 14.75 ft Unbraced length L, at Base-L2 = 14ft - 6" (SOMD) - 16" (beam depth) - 12" (gusset pl at base) = 11.2 ft K (fixed-pinned) = 0.8 K (fixed-pinned) = 0.8 KL, = 0.8 * 15.75ft = 12.5ft KLc = 0.8 * 11.2ft = 9ft YPn = 614 k (per AISC steel manual Ta. 4-4, pp. 4-73) yPn = 671 k (per AISC steel manual Ta. 4-4, pp. 4-74) Tension Tension LRce'idIA 'iddleton] Pn = 0.9F,A9 = 0.9 * 50ksi * 16.4in2 = 738k cpPn = 0.9FyA9 = 0.9 * 50ksi * 16.4in2 = 738k CLIENT: SHEET PRO. No.: T. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 132 of 279 COLUMN DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Column Loads BF =03 Column Load, PEmh: Unbalanced beam load is resolved by the zipper column, therefore the PEmh = 0 for all cases. unbalanced load on beam: 141sin53-402sin53 unbalanced load on beam: =208.5 k(C) 141 sin53-402sin53 unbalanced load will be resolved by the zipper =208.5 k(C) column unbalanced load will be resolved by the zipper column Factored loading L2-Roof Gravity loads PDT 14.6 k Max compression LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.1 Eq. 3) = 21'_0" P, = 0k P = 9.6 k P,, = 1.2PDL + 1.6PSL S` = 1.2 * 14.6k1.6 * 9.6k = 32.88 k 0 Q� Column Design HSS 6x6x5/8 53.07° 53.07° Good by inspection. Small load. Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(a) according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(b) CLIENT: SHEET LRcemidlMiNddleton IPRO. NoT. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 133 of 279 COLUMN DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Column Loads BF =04 Gravity loads Poi = 7.9 k PLL = 0k PSG = 4.5 k � gyp, ii ' U � J s Q 64.84° C 64.84° o unbalanced load on beam: co 135.14sin56+512.2sin60-58.34sin65-760.5sin56 _-128k(C) column force(ea.side)_-128/2= 64 k(C) 60.44° ' 60.44° Gravity loads (cumulative) PpL = 22.1 k PLL = 9.8 k PSG = 4.5k ;P = 5.5k P = 64k tP 5.� k IP 64 k unbalanced load on beam: 450.48sin56+512.2sin60-194.47sin65-760.5sin56 ; cb A =11k(T) column force(ea.side)= 11 /2=5.5 k(T) �4�' •O f � Q V o O 55.88° 55.88° Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(a) according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(b) CLIENT: SHEET eidjM I O n PROJECT: PRO. No.. r DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 134 of 279 COLUMN DESIGN BF Column Loads = 1317 =04 L2 - Roof Base - L2 Column Load, PEmh: Column Load, P,,,- Case a: Case a- P,,,, = 512.2sin(60) PEmh,C = 512.2sin(60) - 5.5 = 443.6 k (compression) = 438.1 k (compression) PEmh,T = - 194.47sin(65) PEmh,T = - 194.47sin(65) - 5.5 = - 176.3 k (tension) = - 181.8 k (tension) Case b: Case b: PEmh,C = 512.2sin(60) PEmh,C = 512.2sin(60) +64 = 443.6 k (compression) = 503.6 k (compression) PEmh,T = - 58.34sin(65) PEmh,T = - 58.34sin(65) + 64 = - 50.6 k (tension) = 11.2 k (compression) Factored loading L2-Roof Factored loading Max compression LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 6) Max compression LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 6) P,, = (1.2 + 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,C + 0.5PLL + 0.2PSL PU = (1.2 + 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,C + 0.5PLL + 0.2PSL = (1.2 + 0.2(0.754))*(7.9 k) + 443.6 k + 0.5*(0 k) + 0.2*(4.5 k) = (1.2 + 0.2(0.754))*(22.1 k) + 503.6 k + 0.5*(9.8 k) + 0.2*(4.5 k) = 455.2 k = 539.3 k Max tension LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 7) Max tension LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 7) P,, = (0.9 - 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,T P,, = (0.9 - 0.2SDS)PDL + PEmh,T = (0.9 - 0.2(0.754))*(7.9 k) - 176.3 k = (0.9 - 0.2(0.754))*(22.1 k) - 181.8 k = - 170.4k = - 165.3k Column Design Column Design HSS 8x8x5/8 HSS 8x8x5/8 Compression Compression Unbraced length L, at L2-Roof = 16 ft - 1 ft (gusset pl at Roof) = 15 ft Unbraced length L, at Base-L2 = 14ft - 6" (SOMD) - 16" (beam depth) - 12" (gusset pl at base) = 11.2 ft K (fixed-pinned) = 0.8 K (fixed-pinned) = 0.8 KL, = 0.8 * 16.25ft = 14ft KLc = 0.8 * 11.2ft = 9ft yPn = 586 k (per AISC steel manual Ta. 4-4, pp. 4-73) yPn = 671 k (per AISC steel manual Ta. 4-4, pp. 4-73) Tension Tension LRce'idIA 'iddleton] Pn = 0.9F,A9 = 0.9 * 50ksi * 16.4in2 = 738k cpPn = 0.9FyA9 = 0.9 * 50ksi * 16.4in2 = 738k CLIENT: SHEET PRO. No.: T. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 135 of 279 COLUMN DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Column Loads BF =04 Gravity loads Poi = 7.9 k PLL = 0k PSG = 4.5 k N Q` o 64.84° cr h 64.84° IQ unbalanced load on beam: tS 0 135.14sin56+512.2sin65 z 58.34sin60-760.5sin56 _-104.8 k(C) column force(ea.side) =-104.8/2=-52.4k(C) 60.44° 60.44° Gravity loads (cumulative) PpL = 22.1 k PLL = 9.8 k PSG = 4.5k P = 19.4k T 52.4k P = 19;4k P = 52.4k unbalanced load on beam: 450.48sin56+512.2sin65 A 194.47sin60-760.5sin56 b 38.8k(T) s0 o column force(ea.side) 7� 38.8/2=19.4k(T) -Ar, Q S� /55.880 55.88° Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(a) according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(b) CLIENT: SHEET eidjM I O n PROJECT: PRO. No.. r DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 136 of 279 COLUMN DESIGN BF Column Loads = 1317 =04 L2 - Roof Base - L2 Column Load, PEmh: Column Load, P,,,- Case a: Case a- P,,,, = 512.2sin(65) PEmh,C = 512.2sin(65) - 19.4 = 464.3 k (compression) = 444.9 k (compression) PEmh,T = - 194.47sin(60) PEmh,T = - 194.47sin(60) - 19.4 = - 168.5 k (tension) = - 187.9 k (tension) Case b: Case b: PEmh,C = 512.2sin(65) PEmh, = 512.2sin(65) + 52.4 = 464.3 k (compression) = 516.7 k (compression) PEmh,T = - 58.34sin(60) PEmh,T = - 58.34sin(60) + 52.4 = - 50.6 k (tension) = 1.8 k (compression) Factored loading L2-Roof Factored loading Max compression LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 6) Max compression LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 6) P,, = (1.2 + 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,C + 0.5PLL + 0.2PSL PU = (1.2 + 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,C + 0.5PLL + 0.2PSL = (1.2 + 0.2(0.754))*(7.9 k) + 443.6 k + 0.5*(0 k) + 0.2*(4.5 k) = (1.2 + 0.2(0.754))*(22.1 k) + 516.7 k + 0.5*(9.8 k) + 0.2*(4.5 k) = 475.9 k = 552.4 k Max tension LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 7) Max tension LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 7) P,, = (0.9 - 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,T P,, = (0.9 - 0.2SDS)PDL + PEmh,T = (0.9 - 0.2(0.754))*(7.9 k) - 168.5 k = (0.9 - 0.2(0.754))*(22.1 k) - 187.9 k = - 162.6k = - 171.4k Column Design Column Design HSS 8x8x5/8 HSS 8x8x5/8 Compression Compression Unbraced length L, at L2-Roof = 16 ft - 1 ft (gusset pl at Roof) = 15 ft Unbraced length L, at Base-L2 = 14ft - 6" (SOMD) - 16" (beam depth) - 12" (gusset pl at base) = 11.2 ft K (fixed-pinned) = 0.8 K (fixed-pinned) = 0.8 KL, = 0.8 * 16.25ft = 14ft KLc = 0.8 * 11.2ft = 9ft yPn = 586 k (per AISC steel manual Ta. 4-4, pp. 4-73) yPn = 671 k (per AISC steel manual Ta. 4-4, pp. 4-73) Tension Tension LRce'idIA 'iddleton] Pn = 0.9F,A9 = 0.9 * 50ksi * 16.4in2 = 738k cpPn = 0.9FyA9 = 0.9 * 50ksi * 16.4in2 = 738k CLIENT: SHEET PRO. No.: T. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 137 of 279 COLUMN DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Column Loads 1317 =05 Gravity loads Poi = 21.31 k P�L = 0k PSG = 12.13 k --k- /'? 6 Nc9Q° 7.87- `� 0 ih r; unbalanced load on beam: 185.16sin56+492.7sin65-63.14sin68-910sin56 =-213k(C) column force(ea.side)_-213/2=-106.5 k(C) 64.81° MHO 64.810 Gravity loads N (cumulative) ,, PpL = 62.57 k Q° PLL = 31.53 k ' PSG = 12.13k P = 2k 106.5k P = 21< IP 106.5 k ; unbalanced load on beam: 617.2sin56+492.7sin65-211.36sin68-910sin56 =8k(T) (0 A ►� O^ r�� o column force(ea.side)=8/2=2 k(T) �' A �i UQ �O Q° 0UQ �Q u ,0 O' 55.880 55.880 Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(a) according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(b) CLIENT: SHEET e idjM iddleton PROJECT: PRO. No.. r DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 138 of 279 COLUMN DESIGN BF Column Loads - 1317 =05 T 4) L2 - Roof Base - L2 -- - - - - - - - - - - - Column Load, PEmh: Column Load, PEmh: "I -�lOOF F AIW C3- F F INI Case a: Case a: PEmh,C = 492.7sin(65) PEmh,C = 492.7sin(65) - 2 _ _- = 446.6 k (compression) = 444.6 k (compression) ,R&_ PEmh,T = - 211.36sin(68) PEmh,T = - 211.36sin(68) - 2 ! = - 196 k (tension) = - 193.6 k (tension) LL- Z_ _� Case b- Case b- PEmh, = 492.7sin(65) PEmh, = 492.7sin(65) + 106.5 = 446.6 k (compression) = 553.1 k (compression) PEmh,T = - 63.41 sin(68) PEmh,T = - 63.14sin(68) + 106.5 = - 58.8 k (tension) = 48 k (compression) Factored loading L2-Roof Factored loading Max compression LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 6) Max compression LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 6) P,, = (1.2 + 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,C + 0.5PLL + 0.2PSL PU = (1.2 + 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,C + 0.5PLL + 0.2PSL = (1.2 + 0.2(0.754))*(21.31 k) + 446.6 k + 0.5*(0 k) + 0.2*(12.13 k) = (1.2 + 0.2(0.754))*(62.57 k) + 553.1 k + 0.5*(31.53 k) + 0.2*(12.13 k) = 478 k = 655.9 k Max tension LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 7) Max tension LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 7) P,, = (0.9 - 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,T PU = (0.9 - 0.2SDS)PDL + PEmh,T = (0.9 - 0.2(0.754))*(21.31 k) - 196 k = (0.9 - 0.2(0.754))*(62.57 k) - 193.6 k = - 180.1 k = - 146.8k Column Design Column Design HSS 8x8x5/8 HSS 8x8x5/8 Compression Compression Unbraced length L, at L2-Roof = 17.25 ft - 1 ft (gusset pl at L2) = 16.25 ft Unbraced length L, at Base-L2 = 14ft - 6" (SOMD) - 16" (beam depth) - 12" (gusset pl at base) = 11.2 ft K (fixed-pinned) = 0.8 K (fixed-pinned) = 0.8 KL, = 0.8 * 16.25ft = 13ft KLc = 0.8 * 11.2ft = 9ft yPn = 605 k (per AISC steel manual Ta. 4-4, pp. 4-73) yPn = 671 k (per AISC steel manual Ta. 4-4, pp. 4-73) Tension Tension LRce'idIA 'iddleton] Pn = 0.9F,A9 = 0.9 * 50ksi * 16.4 in' = 738k cpPn = 0.9FyA9 = 0.9 * 50ksi * 16.4 in' = 738k CLIENT: SHEET PRO. No.: T. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 139 of 279 COLUMN DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Column Loads 1317 =05 Gravity loads Poi = 21.31 k P�L = 0k PSG = 12.13 k wry. 67.87° o p� 67.870 06) 60 `" unbalanced load on beam: 57J 185.16sin56+492.7sin68 63.41sin65-910sin56 _-201.6k(C) column force(ea.side) =-201.6/2=-100.8k(C) 64.81° 64.810 Gravity loads (cumulative) PpL = 62.57 k PLL = 31.53 k ' PSG = 12.13k 0 = 11.2k 100.8k P = 11;.2k IP = 100.8k ; unbalanced load on beam: 617.2sin56+492.7sin68 p 211.36sin65-910sin56 �� =22.4 k(T) �� / o column force(ea.side) /i 7 22.4/2=11.2k(T) Q` X'� 55.880 55.880 Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(a) according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(b) CLIENT: SHEET e idjM iddleton PROJECT: PRO. No.. r DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 140 of 279 COLUMN DESIGN BF Column Loads - 1317 =05 T 4) L2 - Roof Base - L2 -- - - - - - - - - - - - Column Load, PEmh: Column Load, P,,,- AMIM Case a: Case a- P,,,, = 492.7sin(68) PEmh,C = 492.7sin(68) - 11.2 _ _- = 456.9 k (compression) = 445.7 k (compression) a PEmh,T = - 211.36sin(65) PEmh,T = - 211.36sin(65) - 11.2 ! = - 191.6 k (tension) = - 202.8 k (tension) - - Case b- Case b- PEmh, = 492.7sin(68) PEmh, = 492.7sin(68) + 100.8 = 456.9 k (compression) = 557.7 k (compression) PEmh,T = - 63.41 sin(65) PEmh,T = - 63.14sin(65) + 100.8 = - 57.5 k (tension) = 43.3 k (compression) Factored loading L2-Roof Factored loading Max compression LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 6) Max compression LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 6) P,, = (1.2 + 0.2Sos)PDL + PEmh,C + 0.5P,, + 0.2Ps, PU = (1.2 + 0.2Sos)PDL + PEmh,C + 0.5P,, + 0.2Ps, = (1.2 + 0.2(0.754))*(21.31 k) + 456.9 k + 0.5*(0 k) + 0.2*(12.13 k) = (1.2 + 0.2(0.754))*(62.57 k) + 557.7.1 k + 0.5*(31.53 k) + 0.2*(12.13 k) = 488.3 k = 660.5 k Max tension LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 7) Max tension LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 7) P,, = (0.9 - 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,T P,, = (0.9 - 0.2Sps)PDL + PEmh,T = (0.9 - 0.2(0.754))*(21.31 k) - 191.6 k = (0.9 - 0.2(0.754))*(62.57 k) - 202.8 k = - 175.7k = - 156k Column Design Column Design HSS 8x8x5/8 HSS 8x8x5/8 Compression Compression Unbraced length L, at L2-Roof = 17.25 ft - 1 ft (gusset pl at L2) = 16.25 ft Unbraced length L, at Base-L2 = 14ft - 6" (SOMD) - 16" (beam depth) - 12" (gusset pl at base) = 11.2 ft K (fixed-pinned) = 0.8 K (fixed-pinned) = 0.8 KL, = 0.8 * 16.25ft = 13ft KLc = 0.8 * 11.2ft = 9ft yPn = 605 k (per AISC steel manual Ta. 4-4, pp. 4-73) yPn = 671 k (per AISC steel manual Ta. 4-4, pp. 4-73) Tension Tension LRce'idIA 'iddleton] Pn = 0.9F,A9 = 0.9 * 50ksi * 16.4 in' = 738k cpPn = 0.9FyA9 = 0.9 * 50ksi * 16.4 in' = 738k CLIENT: SHEET PRO. No.: T. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 141 of 279 COLUMN DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Column Loads BF =06 BF-06 is a multi-tier braced frame as defined in AISC Seismic Manual F2.4e Per AISC Seismic Manual F2.4e.(c)(2),columns shall be designed for OOP moment arising from brace buckling.To be the lesser of 1.1 RYMP of brace and the connection capacity(top and bottom of beam). 1.1RYMp of(2)6x6x3/8 braces=2*(1.1*Ry*F,*Z)=2*(1.1*1.3*50ksi*15.8in3)=2259.4 k-in= 188.3 k-ft Connection capacity of each brace-to-gusset connection is detailed to be yielding capacity of gusset plate across the"fold line".Assuming the plate is 1/2"thick and the"fold line"is 2ft wide: Z(weak-axis)=bh2/4=[(24")(0.511)2]/4=1.5in3 Connection capacity=2*FYZ=2*50ksi*1.5 in'= 150 k-in=12.5 k-ft Use 12.5 k-ft OOP moment applied at beam-column intersection location Gravity loads Pp, = 8.8k _ P,, = Ok zo � Ps, = 5.0 kNGravity loads (cumulative) Pp, = 10.3 k 1 P,, = 0 k Ps, = 5.0 k unbalanced load: 298.76sin(56)+310.7sin(32)-175.56sin(44)-492.7sin(56) =-118k(C) Will be resolved by zipper column \'r unbalanced load: 89.63sin(56)+310.7sin(32)-52.67sin(44)-492.7sin(56) // Ar ;56.01 206 k(C) f56.01 Will be resolved by zipper column 6.01° :56.010 ° ' ° Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(a) according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(b) 0 CLIENT: SHEET ' 0n PROJECT: Reid PRO. No.. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 142 of 279 COLUMN DESIGN BF Column Loads = 1317 =06 L2 - Roof Base - L2 Column Load, PEmh: Column Load, P,,,- Case a: Case a: PEmh, = 310.7sin(32) PEmh,C = 310.7sin(32) = 164.7 k (compression) = 164.7 k (compression) PEmh,T = - 175.56sin(44) PEmh,T = - 175.56sin(44) = - 122 k (tension) = - 122 k (tension) Case b: Case b: PEmh, = 310.7sin(32) PEmh, = 310.7sin(32) = 164.7 k (compression) = 164.7 k (compression) PEmh,T = - 52.67sin(44) PEmh,T = - 52.67sin(44) = - 36.6 k (tension) _ - 36.6 k (tension) Factored loading L2-Roof Factored loading Max compression LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 6) Max compression LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 6) P,, = (1.2 + 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,C + 0.5PLL + 0.2PSL PU = (1.2 + 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,C + 0.5PLL + 0.2PSL = (1.2 + 0.2(0.754))*(8.8 k) + 164.7 k + 0.5*(0 k) + 0.2*(5 k) = (1.2 + 0.2(0.754))*(10.3 k) + 164.7 k + 0.5*(0 k) + 0.2*(5 k) = 177.6k = 179.7k Max tension LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 7) Max tension LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 7) P,, = (0.9 - 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,T P,, = (0.9 - 0.2SDS)PDL + PEmh,T = (0.9 - 0.2(0.754))*(8.8 k) - 122 k = (0.9 - 0.2(0.754))*(10.3 k) - 122 k = - 115.5k = - 114.3k Column Design HSS 7x7x5/8 Compression Unbraced length L, at Base-1_2 = 14ft - 6" (SOMD) - 14" (beam depth) - 12" (gusset pl at base) = 11.33 ft K (fixed-pinned) = 0.8 KLc = 0.8 * 11.33ft = 9ft yPn = 461 k (per AISC steel manual Ta. 4-4, pp. 4-74) Tension cpPn = 0.9FyA9 = 0.9 * 50 ksi * 4 in = 630 k Combined Axial/Bending Check DCR = 0.72 (per RISA 3D) CLIENT: SHEET LRce"idlM 'iddletonjPRO. No.: T. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 143 of 279 COLUMN DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Column Loads BF =06 BF-06 is a multi-tier braced frame as defined in AISC Seismic Manual F2.4e Per AISC Seismic Manual F2.4e.(c)(2),columns shall be designed for OOP moment arising from brace buckling.To be the lesser of 1.1 RYMP of brace and the connection capacity(top and bottom of beam). 1.1R,Mp of(2)6x6x3/8 braces=2*(1.1*Ry*Fy*Z)=2*(1.1*1.3*50ksi*15.8in')=2259.4 k-in= 188.3 k-ft Connection capacity of each brace-to-gusset connection is detailed to be yielding capacity of gusset plate across the"fold line".Assuming the plate is 1/2"thick and the"fold line"is 2ft wide: Z(weak-axis)=bhz/4=[(24")(0.5")2]/4=1.5in' Connection capacity=2*FyZ=2*50ksi*1.5 in'= 150 k-in=12.5 k-ft Use 12.5 k-ft OOP moment applied at beam-column intersection location Gravity loads Pp� = 8.8 k P, 0 k Ps, = 5.0 k Gravity loads 5'66� Q` (cumulative) Poi = 10.3 k P, 0 k PSG = 5.0 k unbalanced load: 298.76sin56+310.7sin44 175.56sin32-492.7sin56 = 38 k(C) -o a Will be resolved by zipper column W� OV Qc unbalanced load: d' � -89.63sin56+310.7sin44 c9 Z56.01 � +52.67sin32-492.7sin56 ��146.3k(C)6.01° Will be resolved by zipper column° ' ;56.01° 56.01° Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(a) according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(b) CLIENT: SHEET e idjM iddleton PROJECT: PRO. No.. r DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 144 of 279 COLUMN DESIGN BF Column Loads = 1317 =06 L2 - Roof Base - L2 Column Load, PEmh: Column Load, P,,,- Case a: Case a: PEmh, = 310.7sin(44) PEmh,C = 310.7sin(44) = 215.9 k (compression) = 215.9 k (compression) PEmh,T = - 175.56sin(32) PEmh,T = - 175.56sin(32) = - 93.1 k (tension) = - 93.1 k (tension) Case b: Case b: PEmh, = 310.7sin(44) PEmh, = 310.7sin(44) = 215.9 k (compression) = 215.9 k (compression) PEmh,T = - 52.67sin(32) PEmh,T = - 52.67sin(32) = - 28 k (tension) = - 18 k (tension) Factored loading L2-Roof Factored loading Max compression LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 6) Max compression LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 6) P,, = (1.2 + 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,C + 0.5PLL + 0.2PSL PU = (1.2 + 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,C + 0.5PLL + 0.2PSL = (1.2 + 0.2(0.754))*(8.8 k) + 215.9 k + 0.5*(0 k) + 0.2*(5 k) = (1.2 + 0.2(0.754))*(10.3 k) + 215.9 k + 0.5*(0 k) + 0.2*(5 k) = 228.8 k = 230.9 k Max tension LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 7) Max tension LC (ASCE 7-16 2.3.6 Eq. 7) P,, = (0.9 - 0.2SDs)PDL + PEmh,T P,, = (0.9 - 0.2SDS)PDL + PEmh,T = (0.9 - 0.2(0.754))*(8.8 k) - 93.1 k = (0.9 - 0.2(0.754))*(10.3 k) - 9 3.1 k = - 86.6k = - 85.4k Column Design HSS 7x7x5/8 Compression Unbraced length L, at Base-1_2 = 14ft - 6" (SOMD) - 14" (beam depth) - 12" (gusset pl at base) = 11.33 ft K (fixed-pinned) = 0.8 KLc = 0.8 * 11.33ft = 9ft yPn = 461 k (per AISC steel manual Ta. 4-4, pp. 4-74) Tension cpPn = 0.9FyA9 = 0.9 * 50 ksi * 4 in = 630 k Combined Axial/Bending Check DCR = 0.72 (per RISA 3D) CLIENT: SHEET LRce"idlM 'iddletonjPRO. No.: T. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 145 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Beam Design Page 146 of 279 BEAM DESIGN Seismic LoadingDirection BF Beam Design BF 01 BF-01 is a multi-tier braced frame as defined in AISC Seismic Manual F2.4e Per AISC Seismic Manual F2.4e.(c)(2),columns shall be designed for OOP moment arising from brace buckling.To be the lesser of 1.1 RYMp of brace and the connection capacity(top and bottom of beam). 1.1 RYMp of(2)4x4x3/8 braces=2*(1.1*RY*FY*Z)=2*(1.1*1.3*50ksi*6.37in3)=910.91 k-in=75.9 k-ft Connection capacity of each brace-to-gusset connection is detailed to be yielding capacity of gusset plate across the"fold line".Assuming the plate is 1/2"thick and the"fold line"is 2ft wide: Z(weak-axis)=bh2/4=[(24")(0.5")2]/4= 1.5in3 Connection capacity=2*FYZ=2*50ksi*1.5 in'= 150 k-in=12.5 k-ft Use 12.5 k-ft OOP moment applied at beam midspan Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component from L2-Roof brace from L2-Roof brace from L2-Roof brace from L2-Roof brace =101.1cos(45)=71.5 kip =310.7cos(45)=219.7 kip =30.33cos(45)=21.5 kip =310.7cos(45)=219.7 kip �Q 12 �Q 707 \` / ,7 `0 25.5 ft A* '�� 00 no unbalanced load on beam Q' A Q' A as braces are the same size Qom, nj� above and below beam Z45.4 7 �i 0 07Q` O601 70 45.47° Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(a) according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(b) 0 CLIENT: SHEET LReidMiddleton PRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 147 of 279 BEAM DESIGN BF Beam Design = BF =01 Roof Beam W 14x26 Lb,a„oW not required as beam does not have braces framing into it Strength DCR = 0.79 Per "User Note" of AISC Seismic Provisions F2.4b: Beam shall have sufficient stiffness to satisfy AISC Spec Eq. A-6-8 of Appendix 6. Eq. A-6-8: Pbr = (1/T)*(10MrCd/Lbrho) L2 Beam cp = 0.75 Per "User Note" of AISC Seismic Provisions F2.4b: For HSS, ho will be taken as distance to "flange" midpoints Beam shall demonstrate sufficient out of plan strength and stiffness to resist the torsional couple developed by point loads HSS14x6x1/2 from AISC Spec Eq. A-6-7 of Appendix 6. Mr = (1.3 * 50ksi * 40.4in3)/1.0 = 2626 k-in = 218.83 k-ft Eq. A-6-7: Pb, = 0.02(M,Cd/ho) Pbr = (1/0.75)*([10 * 2626 k-in * 5] / [25.5 ft * 12 'T * (14in - 0.465in)]) Mr = (RYFYZ)/as per AISC Seismic Provisions Section = 42.3 k/in D1.2a.1 & Eq. D1-1. Z of the weak axis will be used. For HSS, ho will be taken as distance to "flange" midpoints Per "Design of Welded Structures" by Blodgett, section 2.10: HSS14x6x1/2 6 TL/E,R (where ES = shear modulus of steel, G) cl _ 2 r V d' = R b + d M, = (1.3 * 50ksi * 40.4in3)/1.0 = 2626 k-in = 218.83 k-ft R = [(2)*(0.5)*(5.52 * 13.52)] / (5.5 + 13.5) = 290.16 in Pbr = 0.02([2626k-in * 5] / [14in - 0.465in]) = 19.4 kip 6 = [(262.6 k-in)* 25.5ft * 12 'T] / (11200 ksi * 290.16 in') = 0.025 rad Torsional moment from applying Pbr at each flange Deflection of top of beam due to torsion = Pb, * ho = 262.6 k-in = 21.883 k-ft 6 = (d/2)tan(A) = (14/2")tan(0.025 rad) = 0.175" Stiffness k = Pbr/ 6 = 19.4 kip / 0.175" = 110.86 k/in ( > Pbr = 41.3 k/in -- OK) Strength DCR = 0.11 CLIENT: SHEET LREe"idlM 'iddleton PRO. No.: T. r DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 148 of 279 BEAM DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Beam Loads = BF =02 Roof Beam Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component �/14x26 from 1-2-Roof brace from-2-Roof brace from 1-2-Roof brace from-2-Roof brace =512.2cos(67)=200.2 kip =211.37cos(67)=82.6 kip =512.2cos(67)=200.2 kip =63.41cos(67)=24.8 kip Lb,a„ow not required as beam does not have braces framing into it Strength DCR = 0. 0 (IV -O 17 ft beam upsized for connection design 67.03° 67.03° L2 Beam Resultrt horizontal component horizontal component W 14x34 267.97cos59+512.2cos59 80.39cos59+512.2cos59 -211.37cos67-512.2cos67 -63.41 cos67-512.2cos67 =119.1 k =80.3 k Lb,a„°W for d ductile = 12.8 ft Zipper colu n braces beam at midspan, so Lb = 17 ft = 8.5 ft Strength DCR 0.36 Resultant vertical component= r�� o Resultant vertical component= A K5866"= 267.97sin59+512.2sin67 cS � 80.39sin59+512.2sin67211.37sin67-512.2sin59 63.41sin67-512.2sin5967.6k Q° =43k•� beam upsized for�L58. connection design ° Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(a) according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(b) CLIENT: SHEET LREemidjM 'iddleton 0 PROJECPRO. No.. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 149 of 279 BEAM DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Beam Loads BF =03 unbalanced load on beam: 141sin53-402sin53 unbalanced load on beam: =208.5 k(C) 141 sin53-402sin53 unbalanced load will be resolved by the zipper =208.5 k(C) column unbalanced load will be resolved by the zipper column Ilk 21'-0" Ilk L2 Beam Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component / 141 cos53-402cos53 43cos53-402cos53 W 14x30 =-326.8k =-267.9k Lb,a„ow for mod ductile = 12.4 ft Zipper column braces beam at midspan, o so Lb = 21ft/ 2 = 10.5ft Resultant vertical component= A o Resultant vertical component= �A Strength DCR = 0.70 141sin53-402sin53 ° �� 43sin53-402sin53 208.5k J �� =-286.8k Q 53.07° Z53. ° Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(a) according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(b) CLIENT: SHEET LREe"idlM 'iddleton PRO. No.: T. DRAWN BY:I DATE: REV.: Page 150 of 279 BEAM DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Beam Loads = BF =04 - Push Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component from L2-Roof brace from L2-Roof brace =194.47cos(65)=82.2 kip =58.34cos(65)=24.7 kip Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component from L2-Roof brace from 1-2-Roof brace =512.2cos(60)=256.1 kip _ ___—-- =512.2cos(60)=256.1 kip 41 193ft b` � � f \\ Q o `ram Q° 64.840 �� 0 64.840 60.440 '�60.440 19 ft— 19 ft Resultant horizontal component • horizontal component =450.48cos56+760.5cos56 =135.14cos56+760.5cos56 512.2cos60-194.47cos65 512.2cos60-58.34cos65 =338.9 k =220.1 k c* � / A\\ �� IF Resultant vertical component= cy� Resultant vertical componen r // 450.48sin56+512.2sin60 ^ 135.14sin56+512.2sin60 \\ 194.47sin65-760.5sin56 // 58.34sin65-760.5sin56 Q° =10.4k SL Q� =-127.8k 6 o s� 55.88° 55.88° Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(a) according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(b) CLIENT: SHEET LREe"idlM 'iddletonjPRO. No.: T. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 151 of 279 BEAM DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Beam Loads = BF =04 (+) Push Roof Beam Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component W 14x30 from-2-Roof brace from-2-Roof brace =512.2cos(65)=216.5 kip =512.2cos(65)=216.5 kip Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component Lb,a„oW not required as beam does not have from 47c-fbrace from 34- oof s(60)ace braces framing into it =194.47cos(60)=97.3 kip =58.34cos(60)=29.2 kip ~ ~ Strength DCR = 0.6 193ft V /- Q O 64.840 °�� 0 �j Q beam upsized for connection design 60.440 60.440 Ilk 19 ft 19 ft L2 Beam (fixed-fixed) Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component _-450.48cos56-760.5cos56 =-135.14cos56-760.5cos56 W 18x71 (bf = 7.6 i n) +512.2cos65+194.47cos60 +512.2cos65+58.34cos60 _-363.5 k =-225\ponn 2 k Lb,a„.,, for mod ductile = 14.2 ft Lateral braces (bottom flange) Resultant vertical component= O• Resultant vertical co J will be provided at midspan, /55.880 450.48sin56+512.2sin65 is ^ 135.14sin56+512.2sin65 194.47sin60-760.5sin56 0 // -58.34sin60-760.5sin56 soLb = 19ft / 2 = 9.5ft38.8k � =-104.8kQL/ Strength DCR = 0.99 55.880 W21x68 (bf = 8.3 in) Lb,allow for mod ductile = 15 ft Lateral braces (bottom flange) will be provided at midspan, Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding so Lb = 19 ft / 2 = 9.5 ft according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(a) according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(b) Strength DCR = 0.91 CLIENT: ET LREemidjM 'iddleton 0 PROJECPRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 152 of 279 BEAM DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Beam Loads = BF =05 Push Resultant horizontal component t� Resultant horizontal component from 1-2-Roof brace from 1-2-Roof brace =211.36cos(68)=79.2 kip =63.41 ces(68)=23.8 kip Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component } from 1-2-Roof brace — from 1-2-Roof brace =492.7cos(65)=208.3 kip _ _ _---- =492.7cos(65)=208.3 kip ry /(ZZ)* 6 IQ67.87° ° 7° M 64.81° 64.81° \ . .�19ft \ . Resultant horizontal componen Resultant horizontal component =617.2cos56+910cos56 =185.16cos56+910cos56 492.7cos65-211.36cos68 492.7cos65-63.14cos68 =566.5 k =380.6 k Cps Resultant vertical component= f�� Cb� Resultant vertical componen .� /55.880 617.2sin56+492.7sin65 t9 V55. 185.16sin56+492.7sin65211.36sin68-910sin56Q 63.41sin68-910sin568k .� =-213.2k �Z ° Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(a) according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(b) 0 CLIENT: SHEET LR i iddleton PRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 153 of 279 BEAM DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Beam Loads = BF =05 PushResultant horizontal component + Resultant horizontal component from.7cos(f brace from-2-Roof 7cos(6 brace Roof Beam =492.7cos(65)=184.6 kip =492.7cos(68)=184.6 kip Resultant horizontal component __ - Resultant horizontal component from 1-2-Roof brace - from-2-Roof brace W 14x34 =211.36cos(65)=89.4 kip =63.14cos(65)=26.7 kip 193ft A Lb,a„°W not required as beam does not have ��`� braces framing into it ii o, �� Strength DCR = 0.5 v6, 67.87° Q 67.87° o� unbalanced load on beam: beam upsized for 185.16sin56+492.7sin65-63.14sin68-910sin56 connection design =-213k(C) column force(ea.side)_-213/2=-106.5 k(C) 64.81° 4.810 Ilk 19 ft 19 ft L2 Beam (fixed-fixed) Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component _-617.2cos56-910cos56 =-185.16cos56-910cos56 W21 x83 (bf - 8.4 i n) +492.7cos68+211.36cos65 +492.7cos68+63.14cos65 _-580.2 k =-401.2 k Lb,a„°W for mod ductile = 15.3 ft o Lateral braces (bottom flange) /55.880 C� Resultant vertical component= ^� Resultant vertical component= C4 will be provided at midspan, 617.2sin56+492.7sin68 J Z 185.16sin56+492.7sin68 211.36sin65-910sin56 63.41sin65-910sin56 so Lb = 19 ft / 2 = 9.5 ft 22.4k �L Q; =-201.6ko" Strength DCR = 0.93 ° W24x76 (bf = 9 in) Lba„°W for mod ductile = 16.0 ft Lateral braces (bottom flange) will be provided at midspan, Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding so Lb = 19 ft / 2 = 9.5 ft according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(a) according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(b) Strength DCR = 0.95 CLIENT: ET LREemidjM 'iddleton 0 PRO. No.: T. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 154 of 279 BEAM DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Beam Loads = BF =06 'A ,01 - Push BF-06 is a multi-tier braced frame as defined in AISC Seismic Manual F2.4e Per AISC Seismic Manual F2.4e.(c)(2),columns shall be designed for OOP moment arising from brace buckling.To be the lesser of 1.1 RYMp of brace and the connection capacity(top and bottom of beam). 1.1 RYMp of(2)6x6x3/8 braces=2*(1.1*RY*FY*Z)=2*(1.1*1.3*50ksi*15.8in')=2259.4 k-in= 188.3 k-ft Connection capacity of each brace-to-gusset connection is detailed to be yielding capacity of gusset plate across the"fold line".Assuming the plate is 1/2"thick and the"fold line"is 2ft wide: Z(weak-axis)=bh2/4=[(24")(05)2]/4=1.5in' Connection capacity=2*FYZ=2*50ksi*1.5 in'= 150 k-in=12.5 k-ft Use 12.5 k-ft OOP moment applied at beam midspan Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component from L2-Roof brace from L2-Roof brace =175.56cos(44)=126.3.3 kip =52.67cos(44) Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component from L2-Roof brace ! from 1_2-Roof brace CO =310.7cos(32)=263.5 kip "J =310.7cos(32)=263.5 kip C ft i 1° 19ft 2 10 Resultant horizontal co ponent Resultant horizontal component 298.76cos56+492.7cos 6 89.63cos56+492.7co 56 310.7cos32-175.56co 44 310.7cos32-52.67c s44 =52.8k =24.3k A Z/@�/Re A Oj� f�` unbalanced load on beam: Resultant ve ical component= �� t ertical component= Q 89.63sin(56)+310.7sin(32)-52.67sin(44)-492.7sin(56) X- 118.1// 298.76sin56 310.7sin32 56+310.7sin32u 175.56sin4 -492.7sin56 L 206 k(C) Q 52.67sin4 -492.7sin56 Q =- k If � _-206.2k Will be resolved by zipper column O' 56.01° 56.01° 5 56.01° Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(a) according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(b) 0 CLIENT: SHEET LR Ee i iddleton PRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 155 of 279 BEAM DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Beam Loads = BF =06 (+) Push BF-06 is a multi-tier braced frame as defined in AISC Seismic Manual F2.4e Per AISC Seismic Manual F2.4e.(c)(2),columns shall be designed for OOP moment arising from brace buckling.To be the lesser of 1.1 RYMp of brace and the connection capacity(top and bottom of beam). 1.1 RYMp of(2)6x6x3/8 braces=2*(1.1*RY*FY*Z)=2*(1.1*1.3*50ksi*15.8in')=2259.4 k-in= 188.3 k-ft Connection capacity of each brace-to-gusset connection is detailed to be yielding capacity of gusset plate across the"fold line".Assuming the plate is 1/2"thick and the"fold line"is 2ft wide: Z(weak-axis)=bh2/4=[(24")(05)2]/4=1.5in' Connection capacity=2*FYZ=2*50ksi*1.5 in'= 150 k-in=12.5 k-ft Use 12.5 k-ft OOP moment applied at beam midspan Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component from L2-Roof brace from L2-Roof brace =310.7cos(44)=223.5 kip =310.7cos(44)=223.5 Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component from L2-Roof brace from 1_2-Roof brace =175.56cos(32)=148.9 kip \� =52.67cos(32)=44.7 kip A A 'r!) 3A �N0 7,SS6 Q S2 6, Q 19ft 7r 10 / Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component -298.76cos56-492.7co 56 -89.63cos56-492.7c s56 +310.7cos44+175.56c s32 +310.7cos44+52.67 s32 =-70.2k =-57.5k A O UP Resultant ve ical component= � // Resultant vertical component= �� /56.010 298.76sin56 310.7sin44 89.63sin56+310.7sin441758.k6sin3 -492.7sin56 =5146.3 k2 492.7sin56 *61 56.01° 56.01° Z56.01° Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding Forces imposed on frame from brace buckling/yielding according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(a) according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(b) 0 CLIENT: SHEET LR Ee i iddleton PRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 156 of 279 BEAM DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Beam Loads = BF =06 0 Roof Beam + Push W 14x30 Lb, ,,.w not required as beam does not have braces framing into it Strength DCR = 0.82 Per "User Note" of AISC Seismic Provisions F2.4b: Beam shall have sufficient stiffness to satisfy AISC Spec Eq. A-6-8 of Appendix 6. Eq. A-6-8: Pb, = 0/0*(10MrCd/Lbrho) L2 Beam cp= 0.75 Per "User Note" of AISC Seismic Provisions F2.4b: For HSS, ho will be taken as distance to "flange" midpoints Beam shall demonstrate sufficient out of plan strength and stiffness to resist the torsional couple developed by point loads HSS14x6x1/2 from AISC Spec Eq. A-6-7 of Appendix 6. Mr = (1.3 * 50ksi * 40.4in3)/1.0 = 2626 k-in = 218.83 k-ft Eq. A-6-7: Pbr = 0.02(MrCd/ho) Pbr = (1/0.75)*([10 * 2626 k-in * 5] / [25.5 ft * 12 'T * (14in - 0.465in)]) Mr = (RyF,Z)/as per AISC Seismic Provisions Section = 42.3 k/in D1.2a.1 & Eq. D1-1. Z of the weak axis will be used. For HSS, ho will be taken as distance to "flange" midpoints Per "Design of Welded Structures" by Blodgett, section 2.10: r_b-.� HSS14x6x1/2 0 =TL/EsR (where ES = shear modulus of steel, G) k z t V dz R Mr = (1.3 * 50ksi * 40.4in3)/1.0 = 2626 k-in = 218.83 k-ft R = [(2)*(0.5)*(5.52 * 13.52)] / (5.5 + 13.5) = 290.16 in Pbr = 0.02([2626k-in * 5] / [14in - 0.465in]) = 19.4 kip 0 = [(262.6 k-in)* 19ft * 12 'T] / (11200 ksi * 290.16 in4) = 0.0185 rad Torsional moment from applying Pbr at each flange Deflection of top of beam due to torsion = Pbr * ho = 262.6 k-in = 21.883 k-ft 6 = (d/2)tan(0) = (14/2")tan(0.025 rad) = 0.129" Stiffness k = Pbr/ 6 = 19.4 kip / 0.175" = 150.4 k/in ( > Pbr = 41.3 k/in -- OK) Strength DCR = 0.09 0 0 CLIENT: SHEET LR:Eeid iddleton PRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 157 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Design Summary Page 158 of 279 DESIGN SUMMARY See excel spreadsheet for Brace Sizes factored brace loads and design Roof Roof Roof Roof Mech Attic Roof — D+n�\ + Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 y ^ yN VBase ZBase Base Base Level 2 Base BF-01 BF-02 BF-03 BF-04 BF-05 BF-06 CLIENT: SHEET ReidMIddleton PRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 159 of 279 DESIGN SUMMARY Beam & Column Sizes W 14x34 Roof W14x26 Roof CO W 14x30 Roof Roof W 14x26 00 00 x x Oxo Oxo °x° 0x° W 14x30 — oo xx �x Co x x 00 00 Mech Attic Roof 00 00 1 1 U) 2 2 2 2 X = W14x34 Level2 W14x30 Level2 W18x71 Level2 W21x83 Level2 SS 1 r� S 14x6x1/2 Level 2IE) _ a0 00 0 2 2 00 n 00 �n Ln 00 LO �n co n m �n co co X C � � � U � Base Level2 Base Base Base Base BF-01 BF-02 BF-03 BF-04 BF-05 BF-06 CLIENT: SHEET ' 0n PROJECT: Reid PRO. No.. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 160 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Gusset Connection Design Page 161 of 279 Client: Sheet: of 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project:Arlington Ops Building Design By:RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/17/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.:212024.009 Date: Braced Frame Connection Design -Strong Axis Column Connection ID or Location: Connection 1 INPUT: Column Information: 50 Size-- '•6X31 Fy-- 50 ksi Fu-- 62 ksi / d-- 8.00 in tw-- 0.29 in 40 / bf-- 8.00 in tf-- 0.44 in Brace Information: Gusset Information: Size-- HSS4X4x3/8 Fy-- 50 ksi 30 Fy-- 50 ksi Fu-- 65 ksi //' / Fu-- 62 ksi t-- 0.50 in Ry-- 1.3 ❑� Edge Stiffener Plate on Column Side Rt-- 1.3 K-- 1.3 ❑� Edge Stiffener Plate on Beam Side 20 d-- 4.00 in -- --- ❑Add Beam Web Stiffener t-- 0.349 in Area-- 4.78 in ❑Add Column Web Stiffener Connection Geometry: Fillet Weld Lengths: y // 10 Config-- V-Shape Brace-- 12 in / x dim.-- 12.8 ft Beam-- 12 in y dim.-- 10.8 ft Column-- 18 in / Bm Slope-- 0.00 in/ft Ideal Col— 16.99 in Shear Tab Design Loads(Beam Reaction): 0 / Dead Load-- 0.0 kips 0 10 20 30 40 50 Live Load-- 0.0 kips Horizontal Strut Load(Include Overstrength)-- 500.0 kips OUTPUT: Weld Design: Size Brace Forces-- Brace Weld(J2-3)-- 6 16ths Tension-- 311 kips Beam Weld(J2-4)-- 6 16ths Compression-- 123 kips Column Weld J2-4 -- 6 1 Design Loads for Shear Tab Design-- Gusset Plate Design: bckl When Brace is in Tension: Block Shear Rupture(J4-5)-- 0.90 Vertical-- 0.0 kips Compression on Whitmore Section(E3-1)-- 0.35 Horizontal-- 96.3 kips Tension on Whitmore Section(D2-1)-- 0.83 When Brace is in Compression: Weld Development Checks(J2-2)-- 0.48 Vertical-- 0.0 kips Free Edge Buckling(Steel Tips 5/04)-- Horizontal-- 38.1 kips Beam Side-- 0JSepa 46 Whitmore Section Geometry-- Column Side-- LW-- 16.70 in Yielding Under Combined Stresses(Steel Tip Li-- 10.45 in Beam Interface-- Design Loads for Web Stiffeners -- Column Interface-- Beam-- 0 kips Brace Design: Column-- 0 kips Shear Rupture at Weld(J4-4)-- Shear Yielding at Weld(J4-3)-- Fracture of Net Section--Reinforce Brace( DCR< 1.0--Design OK H:\21Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\BF Connections\BF-1 Bot(Conn 1).xlsx 4/17/2025 Page 162 of 279 Client: Sheet: of 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project:Arlington Ops Building Design By: RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/17/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.:212024.009 Date: Braced Frame Connection Design -Strong Axis Column Connection ID or Location: Connection 2 INPUT: Column Information: 50 Size-- 6x31 V Fy-- 50 ksi Fu-- 62 ksi d-- 8.00 in tw-- 0.29 in 40 bf-- 8.00 in ( / tf-- 0.44 in Brace Information: Gusset Information: Size-- 14sssxsxt/2 Fy-- 50 ksi 30 Fy-- 50 ksi Fu-- 65 ksi Fu-- 62 ksi t-- 0.75 in do Ry-- 1.3 ❑� Edge Stiffener Plate on Column Side J/ Rt-- 1.3 K- 0.90 ❑� Edge Stiffener Plate on Beam Side 20 d-- 5.00 in ❑Add Beam Web Stiffener / t-- 0.465 in Area-- 7.88 in ❑Add Column Web Stiffener / Connection Geomet : Fillet Weld Lengths: / Config-- v-shape Brace-- 15 in 10 x dim.-- 8.5 ft Beam-- 18 in y dim.-- 13.8 ft Column-- 28 in Bm Slope-- 0.00 in/ft Ideal Col- 42.06 in / Shear Tab Design Loads(Beam Reaction): 0 Dead Load-- 0.0 kips 0 10 20 30 40 50 Live Load-- 0.0 kips Horizontal Strut Load(Include Overstrength)-- 500.0 kips OUTPUT: Weld Design: Size Brace Forces-- Brace Weld(J2-3)-- 7 16ths Tension-- 512 kips Beam Weld(J2-4)-- 8 16ths Compression-- 359 kips Column Weld J2-4 -- 8 1 Design Loads for Shear Tab Design-- Gusset Plate Design: bckl When Brace is in Tension: Block Shear Rupture(J4-5)-- 0.78 Vertical-- 0.0 kips Compression on Whitmore Section(E3-1)-- 0.59 Horizontal-- 105.2 kips Tension on Whitmore Section(D2-1)-- 0.73 When Brace is in Compression: Weld Development Checks(J2-2)-- 0.42 Vertical-- 0.0 kips Free Edge Buckling(Steel Tips 5/04)-- Horizontal-- 73.8 kips Beam Side-- 0.35 Whitmore Section Geometry-- Column Side-- 0.35 LW-- 20.92 in Yielding Under Combined Stresses(Steel Tips 12/98): Li-- 19.81 in Beam Interface-- 0.04 Design Loads for Web Stiffeners -- Column Interface-- 0.42 Beam-- 0 kips Brace Design: DCR Column-- 0 kips Shear Rupture at Weld(J4-4)-- 0.54 Shear Yielding at Weld(J4-3)-- 0.56 Fracture of Net Section--Reinforce Brace(Design Sepa ly DCR< 1.0--Design OK H:\21Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\BF Connections\BF-2 Bot(Conn 2).xlsx 4/17/2025 Page 163 of 279 Client: Sheet: of 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project:Arlington Ops Building Design By: RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/17/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.:212024.009 Date: Braced Frame Connection Design -Strong Axis Column Connection ID or Location: Connection 3 INPUT: Column Information: 50 Size-- '•6X31 V Fy-- 50 ksi Fu-- 62 ksi d-- 8.00 in tw-- 0.29 in 40 bf-- 8.00 in / tf-- 0.44 in Brace Information: Gusset Information: Size-- HSS6X6x3/8 Fy-- 50 ksi 30 Fy-- 50 ksi Fu-- 65 ksi Fu-- 62 ksi t-- 0.75 in / Ry-- 1.3 ❑� Edge Stiffener Plate on Column Side Rt-- 1.3 K-- 0.90 ❑� Edge Stiffener Plate on Beam Side 20 / d-- 6.00 in ❑Add Beam Web Stiffener t-- 0.349 in / Area-- 7.58 in ❑Add Column Web Stiffener Connection Geomet : Fillet Weld Lengths: x Config-- v-shape Brace-- 18 in 10 x dim.-- 9.5 ft Beam-- 20 in y dim.-- 13.8 ft Column-- 32 in Bm Slope-- 0.00 in/ft Ideal Col- 40.53 in / Shear Tab Design Loads(Beam Reaction): 0 Dead Load-- 0.0 kips 0 10 20 30 40 50 Live Load-- 0.0 kips Horizontal Strut Load(Include Overstrength)-- 1 500.0 kips OUTPUT: Weld Design: Size Brace Forces-- Brace Weld(J2-3)-- 6 16ths Tension-- 493 kips Beam Weld(J2-4)-- 8 16ths Compression-- 405 kips Column Weld J2-4 -- 8 1 Design Loads for Shear Tab Design-- Gusset Plate Design: bckl When Brace is in Tension: Block Shear Rupture(J4-5)-- 0.62 Vertical-- 0.0 kips Compression on Whitmore Section(E3-1)-- 0.57 Horizontal-- 91.5 kips Tension on Whitmore Section(D2-1)-- 0.58 When Brace is in Compression: Weld Development Checks(J2-2)-- 0.33 Vertical-- 0.0 kips Free Edge Buckling(Steel Tips 5/04)-- Horizontal-- 75.2 kips Beam Side-- 0.35 Whitmore Section Geometry-- Column Side-- 0.35 LW-- 25.13 in Yielding Under Combined Stresses(Steel Tips 12/98): Li-- 23.06 in Beam Interface-- 0.05 Design Loads for Web Stiffeners -- Column Interface-- 0.19 Beam-- 0 kips Bce Design: DCR Column-- 0 kips Shear Rupture at Weld(J4-4)-- 0.57 Shear Yielding at Weld(J4-3)-- 0.59 ra Fracture of Net Section--Reinforce Brace(Design Sepa ly DCR< 1.0--Design OK H:\2lCp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\BF Connections\BF-6 Bot(Conn 3).xlsx 4/17/2025 Page 164 of 279 Client: Sheet: of 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project:Arlington Ops Building Design By: RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/17/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.:212024.009 Date: Braced Frame Connection Design -Strong Axis Column Connection ID or Location: Connection 4 INPUT: Column Information: 50 Size-- 6x67 V Fy-- 50 ksi Fu-- 62 ksi d-- 9.00 in tw-- 0.57 in 40 bf-- 8.28 in tf-- 0.94 in Brace Information: Gusset Information: Size-- HS57x7X5/8 Fy =50 ksi Fy-- 50 ksi Fu-- 65 ksi 30 Fu-- 62 ksi t-- 1.00 in Ry-- 1.3 ❑� Edge Stiffener Plate on Column Side / Rt-- 1.3 / K- 0.90 ❑� Edge Stiffener Plate on Beam Side 20 d-- 7.00 in ❑Add Beam Web Stiffener / t-- 0.581 in Area-- 14 in ❑Add Column Web Stiffener / Connection Geomet : Fillet Weld Lengths: / Config-- v-shape Brace-- 16 in 10 / x dim.-- 9.5 ft Beam-- 18 in y dim.-- 13.5 ft Column-- 30 in Bm Slope-- 0.00 in/ft Ideal Col- 38.37 in / Shear Tab Design Loads(Beam Reaction): p Dead Load-- 0.0 kips 0 10 20 30 40 50 Live Load-- 0.0 kips Horizontal Strut Load(Include Overstrength)-- 500.0 kips OUTPUT: Weld Design: Size Brace Forces-- Brace Weld(J2-3)-- 11 16ths Tension-- 910 kips Beam Weld(J2-4)-- 11 16ths Compression-- 798 kips Column Weld J2-4 -- 11 1 Design Loads for Shear Tab Design-- Gusset Plate Design: bckl When Brace is in Tension: Block Shear Rupture(J4-5)-- 0.90 Vertical-- 0.0 kips Compression on Whitmore Section(E3-1)-- 0.82 Horizontal-- 199.0 kips Tension on Whitmore Section(D2-1)-- 0.85 When Brace is in Compression: Weld Development Checks(J2-2)-- 0.52 Vertical-- 0.0 kips Free Edge Buckling(Steel Tips 5/04)-- Horizontal-- 174.6 kips Beam Side-- 0.29 Whitmore Section Geometry-- Column Side-- 0.29 LW-- 23.72 in Yielding Under Combined Stresses(Steel Tips 12/98): Li-- 21.30 in Beam Interface-- 0.20 Design Loads for Web Stiffeners -- Column Interface-- 0.79 Beam-- 0 kips Brace Design: DCR Column-- 0 kips Shear Rupture at Weld(J4-4)-- 0.72 Shear Yielding at Weld(J4-3)-- 0.74 Fracture of Net Section--Reinforce Brace(Design Sepa ly DCR< 1.0--Design OK H:\21Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\BF Connections\BF-5 Bot(Conn 4).xlsx 4/17/2025 Page 165 of 279 Client: Sheet: ofof 728134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project:Arlington Ops Building Design By:RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/17/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: vmv.reidmiddleton.com Project No.:212024.009 Date: Braced Frame Connectio ron Connection Connection ID or Location: Connection 5 INPUT: Beam Information 50.00 Size-- W743 Fy-- 50 ksi Fu-- 62 ksi d-- 14 in 40.00 tw-- 0.285 in bf- 6.75 in ' If-- 0.455 in 30.00 Bm Slope-- 0 in/ft Brace Information: Size-- HSS4X4X3/8 Fy-- 50 ksi 20.00 Fu- 62 ksi , ! Ry-- 1.3 Rt-- 1.3 10.00 Y' . K-- 0.9 ✓ d-- 4.00 in rd-- 1.47 in t-- 0.349 in 0.00 Area---1 4.78 in -50.00 -40.00 -30.00 -20.00 -10.00 0.00 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 Gusset Information: Connection Geometry: Fy 50 ksi Left B Right Brace -- ❑� I nclude Stiffener Plates on Top Side race g Fu-- 65 ksi x dim.-- 12.75 ft 12.75 ft t-- 0.75 in ❑Include Stiffener Plates on Bottom Side y dim.-- 11.6667 ft 11.6666667 ft Fillet Weld Lengths: Brace Lengths 17.3 ft 17.3 ft Brace- 12 in o"Itt,1'1�It"'i4ht c r o-It cletc i1"r Lcl a � Beam-- 50 in Height of Gusset at Center(if used) 12 in OUTPUT: Weld Design: Size Brace Forces-- Brace Weld(J2-3)-- 6 16ths Tension-- 311 kips Beam Weld J2-4 -- 8 1 Compression Gusset Plate Design: DCR Left Brace-- 140 kips Block Shear Rupture(J4-5) Right Brace- 140 kips Left Brace-- 0.564 Whitmore Section Geometry-- Right Brace-- 0.564 Left Brace Compression on Whitmore Section(E3-1) Lw-- 16.70 in Left Brace-- 0.421 Li- 15.30 in Right Brace-- 0.421 Right Brace Tension on Whitmore Section(D2-1) Lw-- 16.70 in Left Brace-- 0.551 Li- 15.30 in Right Brace-- 0.551 Weld Development Checks(J2-2)-- 0.295 Free Edge Buckling(Steel Tips 5/04)-- Top Side-- 0.120 Bottom Side-- 0.128 Yielding Under Combined Stresses(Steel Tips 12/98): Beam Interface- 0.143 Vertical Shear at Centerline of Gusset-- 0.029 DCR< 1.0 Design OK Brace Design: DCR Shear Rupture at Weld(J4-4)-- 0.56 Shear Yielding at Weld(J4-3)-- 0.58 Fracture of Net Section-- Reinforce Brace(Design S Daratel Beam Design: DCR Weld Development Check(J4-4)-- 0.285 Web Yielding (J10-3&Steel Tips 12/98)-- 0.374 OK Web Crippling(J10-5a/b)-- 0.425 H:\2lCp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\BF Connections\BF-1 Mid-Top(Conn 5).xlsx 4/17/2025 4:28 PM Page 166 of 279 Client: Sheet: ofof 728134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project:Arlington Ops Building Design By:RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/17/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: vmv.reidmiddleton.com Project No.:212024.009 Date: Braced Frame Connectio ron Connection Connection ID or Location: Connection 6 INPUT: Beam Information 50.00 Size-- W1034 \ / Fy-- 50 ksi \ j Fu-- 62 ksi d-- 14 in 40.00 \ / tw-- 0.285 in \ / bf- 6.75 in \ j If-- 0.455 in 30.00 \ j Bm Slope-- 0 in/ft Brace Information: \ / Size-- HSSSXSX1/2 = Fy-- 50 ksi 20.00 \ j Fu- 62 ksi Ry 1.3 Rt-- 1.3 10.00 \ / K-- 0.9 d-- 5.00 in rd-- 1.82 in \ / t-- 0.465 in 0.00 Area-- 7.88 in -50.00 -40.00 -30.00 -20.00 -10.00 0.00 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 Gusset Information: Connection Geometry: F 50 ksi Left Brace Right Brace y-- ❑� Include Stiffener Plates on Top Side g Fu-- 65 ksi x dim.-- 8.5 ft 8.5 ft t-- 0.75 in ❑Include Stiffener Plates on Bottom Side y dim.-- 17.25 ft 17.25 ft Fillet Weld Lengths: Brace Lengths 19.2 ft 19.2 ft Brace- 16 in oa ctt,1'1�It"'idlac _, ,s;rcl rc;.,,'I tcl ,\ Beam-- 42 in Height of Gusset at Center(if used) 20 in OUTPUT: Weld Design: Size Brace Forces-- Brace Weld(J2-3)-- 7 16ths Tension-- 512 kips Beam Weld J2-4 -- 8 1 Compression Gusset Plate Design: DCR Left Brace- 267 kips Block Shear Rupture(J4-5) Right Brace- 267 kips Left Brace-- 0.709 Whitmore Section Geometry-- Right Brace-- 0.709 Left Brace Compression on Whitmore Section(E3-1) Lw-- 21.82 in Left Brace-- 0.809 Li- 18.92 in Right Brace-- 0.809 Right Brace Tension on Whitmore Section(D2-1) Lw-- 21.82 in Left Brace-- 0.696 Li- 18.92 in Right Brace-- 0.696 Weld Development Checks(J2-2)-- 0.365 Free Edge Buckling(Steel Tips 5/04)-- Top Side-- 0.815 Bottom Side-- 0.816 Yielding Under Combined Stresses(Steel Tips 12/98): Beam Interface- 0.268 Vertical Shear at Centerline of Gusset-- 0.270 DCR< 1.0 Design OK Brace Design: DCR Shear Rupture at Weld(J4-4)-- 0.51 Shear Yielding at Weld(J4-3)-- 0.52 Fracture of Net Section-- Reinforce Brace(Design S Daratel Beam Design: DCR Weld Development Check(J4-4)-- 0.502 Web Yielding (J10-3&Steel Tips 12/98)-- 0.870 OK Web Crippling(J10-5a/b)-- 0.580 H:\21 Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\BF Connections\BF-2 Mid-Top(Conn 6).xlsx 4/17/2025 4:29 PM Page 167 of 279 Client: Sheet: of 728134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project:Arlington Ops Building Design By:RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/17/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: vwy.reidmiddleton.com Project No.:212024.009 Date: Braced Frame Connectio ron Connection Connection ID or Location: Connection 7 INPUT: Beam Information 50.00 Size-- W1030 V \ / Fy-- 50 ksi \ / Fu-- 62 ksi \ d-- 13.8 in 40.00 tw-- 0.27 in \ / bf- 6.73 in tf-- 0.385 in \ / 30.00 \ / Bm Slope-- 0 in/ft Brace Information: \ / Size-- HSS4X4X3/8 FY-- 50 ksi 20.00 Fu- 62 ksi l Ry-- 1.3 ;1 % Rt-- 1.3 10.00 K-- 0.9 d-- 4.00 in rd-- 1.47 in \ / t-- 0.349 in 0.00 Area-- 1 4.78 in -50.00 -40.00 -30.00 -20.00 -10.00 0.00 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 Gusset Information: Connection Geometry: F 50 ksi Left Brace Right Brace y-- ❑� Include Stiffener Plates on Top Side g Fu-- 65 ksi x dim.-- 10.5 It 10.5 ft t-- 0.75 in ❑Include Stiffener Plates on Bottom Side y dim.-- 11.75 It 11.75 ft Fillet Weld Lengths: Brace Lengths 15.8 It 15.8 ft Brace- 12 in oactt,,1',�It"'idlac _, ,s;rrlr,.,.,,,.rt,cl , Beam-- 40 in Height of Gusset at Center(if used) 12 in OUTPUT: Weld Design: Size Brace Forces-- Brace Weld(J2-3)-- 6 16ths Tension-- 311 kips Beam Weld J2-4 -- 8 1 Compression Gusset Plate Design: DCR Left Brace-- 155 kips Block Shear Rupture(J4-5) Right Brace- 155 kips Left Brace-- 0.564 Whitmore Section Geometry-- Right Brace-- 0.564 Left Brace Compression on Whitmore Section(E3-1) Lw-- 16.70 in Left Brace-- 0.374 Li- 11.72 in Right Brace-- 0.374 Right Brace Tension on Whitmore Section(D2-1) Lw-- 16.70 in Left Brace-- 0.551 Li- 11.72 in Right Brace-- 0.551 Weld Development Checks(J2-2)-- 0.295 Free Edge Buckling(Steel Tips 5/04)-- Top Side-- 0.123 Bottom Side-- 0.122 Yielding Under Combined Stresses(Steel Tips 12/98): Beam Interface- 0.208 Vertical Shear at Centerline of Gusset-- 0.032 DCR< 1.0 Design OK Brace Design: DCR Shear Rupture at Weld(J4-4)-- 0.56 Shear Yielding at Weld(J4-3)-- 0.58 Fracture of Net Section-- Reinforce Brace(Design S Daratel Beam Design: DCR Weld Development Check(J4-4)-- 0.432 Web Yielding (J10-3&Steel Tips 12/98)-- 0.587 OK Web Crippling(J10-5a/b)-- 0.581 H:\21 Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\BF Connections\BF-3 Top(Conn 7).xlsx 4/17/2025 4:30 PM Page 168 of 279 Client: Sheet: of 728134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project:Arlington Ops Building Design By:RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/17/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: vwy.reidmiddleton.com Project No.:212024.009 Date: Braced Frame Connectio ron Connection Connection ID or Location: Connection 8 INPUT: Beam Information 50.00 Size-- wz1xB3 \ / Fy-- 50 ksi \ / Fu-- 62 ksi \ / d-- 21.4 in 40.00 tw-- 0.515 in bf- 8.36 in \ / tf-- 0.835 in 30.00 \ / Bm Slope-- 0 in/ft \ / Brace Information: \ Size-- HSS7x7xS/E Fy-- 50 ksi 20.00 Fu- 62 ksi I Ry 1.3 \ / Rt-- 1.3 10.00 K-- 0.9 \ /' d-- 7.00 in rd-- 2.58 in \ / t-- 0.581 in 0.00 Area-- 14 in -50.00 -40.00 -30.00 -20.00 -10.00 0.00 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 Gusset Information: Connection Geometry: F 50 ksi Left Brace Right Brace y-- ❑� Include Stiffener Plates on Top Side g Fu-- 65 ksi x dim.-- 9.5 ft 9.5 ft t-- 1.00 in ❑Include Stiffener Plates on Bottom Side y dim.-- 13.5 It 13.5 ft Fillet Weld Lengths: Brace Lengths 16.5 It 16.5 ft Brace- 16 in oactt,l',�Itaeidlacr_,1,'It cIdt';.1 'I1cl ,\ Beam-- 50 in Height of Gusset at Center(if used) 16 in OUTPUT: Weld Design: Size Brace Forces-- Brace Weld(J2-3)-- 11 16ths Tension-- 910 kips Beam Weld J2-4 -- 11 1 Compression Gusset Plate Design: DCR Left Brace-- 777 kips Block Shear Rupture(J4-5) Right Brace- 777 kips Left Brace-- 0.857 Whitmore Section Geometry-- Right Brace-- 0.857 Left Brace Compression on Whitmore Section(E3-1) Lw-- 24.32 in Left Brace-- 0.881 Li- 13.05 in Right Brace-- 0.881 Right Brace Tension on Whitmore Section(D2-1) Lw-- 24.32 in Left Brace-- 0.831 Li- 13.05 in Right Brace-- 0.831 Weld Development Checks(J2-2)-- 0.486 Free Edge Buckling(Steel Tips 5/04)-- Top Side-- 0.124 Bottom Side-- 0.123 Yielding Under Combined Stresses(Steel Tips 12/98): Beam Interface- 0.704 Vertical Shear at Centerline of Gusset-- 0.128 DCR< 1.0 Design OK Brace Design: DCR Shear Rupture at Weld(J4-4)-- 0.72 Shear Yielding at Weld(J4-3)-- 0.74 Fracture of Net Section-- Reinforce Brace(Design S Daratel Beam Design: DCR Weld Development Check(J4-4)-- 0.597 Web Yielding (J10-3&Steel Tips 12/98)-- 0.930 OK Web Crippling(J10-5a/b)-- 0.962 H:\2lCp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\BF Connections\BF-5 Mid-Bot(Conn 8).xlsx 4/17/2025 4:31 PM Page 169 of 279 Client: Sheet: of 728134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project:Arlington Ops Building Design By:RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/17/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: vwy.reidmiddleton.com Project No.:212024.009 Date: Braced Frame Connectio ron Connection Connection ID or Location: Connection 9 INPUT: Beam Information 50.00 Size-- wz1xB3 \ j Fy-- 50 ksi \ Fu-- 62 ksi 40.00 \ j d-- 21.4 in \ tw-- 0.515 in / bf- 8.36 in \ \ j tt-- 0.835 in 30.00 Bm Slope-- 0 in/ft \ / Brace Information: \ / Size-- HSS6X6x3/E \ Fy-- 50 ksi 20.00 ; Fu- 62 ksi Ry 1.3 \ /' Rt-- 1.3 10.00 K-- 0.9 \ j d-- 6.00 in \ j rd-- 2.28 in t-- 0.349 in 0.00 Area 1 7.58 in -50.00 -40.00 -30.00 -20.00 -10.00 0.00 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 Gusset Information: Connection Geometry: F 50 ksi Left Brace Right Brace y-- ❑� Include Stiffener Plates on Top Side g Fu-- 65 ksi x dim.-- 9.5 ft 9.5 ft t-- 0.75 in ❑Include Stiffener Plates on Bottom Side y dim.-- 14.5 It 17.6666667 ft Fillet Weld Lengths: Brace Lengths 17.3 It 20.1 ft Brace- 14 in oa 11 tt,l',�Ir"'i 4ht t o�1,'It in cell below � Beam-- 42 in Height of Gusset at Center(if used) 14 in OUTPUT: Weld Design: Size Brace Forces-- Brace Weld(J2-3)-- 7 16ths Tension-- 493 kips Beam Weld J2-4 -- 8 1 Compression Gusset Plate Design: DCR Left Brace- 364 kips Block Shear Rupture(J4-5) Right Brace- 310 kips Left Brace-- 0.712 Whitmore Section Geometry-- Right Brace-- 0.712 Left Brace Compression on Whitmore Section(E3-1) Lw-- 21.01 in Left Brace-- 0.654 Li- 10.37 in Right Brace-- 0.608 Right Brace Tension on Whitmore Section(D2-1) Lw-- 21.01 in Left Brace-- 0.695 Li- 12.11 in Right Brace-- 0.695 Weld Development Checks(J2-2)-- 0.401 Free Edge Buckling(Steel Tips 5/04)-- Top Side-- 0.312 Bottom Side-- 0.317 Yielding Under Combined Stresses(Steel Tips 12/98): Beam Interface- 0.441 Vertical Shear at Centerline of Gusset-- 0.085 DCR< 1.0 Design OK Brace Design: DCR Shear Rupture at Weld(J4-4)-- 0.75 Shear Yielding at Weld(J4-3)-- 0.77 Fracture of Net Section-- Reinforce Brace(Design S Daratel Beam Design: DCR Weld Development Check(J4-4)-- LLOA Web Yielding (J10-3&Steel Tips 12/98)-- OK Web Crippling(J10-5a/b)-- H:\2lCp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\BF Connections\BF-5 Mid-Top(Conn 9).xlsx 4/17/2025 4:31 PM Page 170 of 279 Client: Sheet: of 728134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project:Arlington Ops Building Design By:RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/17/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: vwy.reidmiddleton.com Project No.:212024.009 Date: Braced Frame Connectio ron Connection Connection ID or Location: Connection 10 INPUT: Beam Information 50.00 Size-- W1053 \ / Fy-- 50 ksi \ / Fu-- 62 ksi d-- 13.9 in 40.00 \ j tw-- 0.37 in bf- 8.06 in \ / If-- 0.66 in 30.00 \ / Bm Slope-- 0 in/ft \ j Brace Information: Size-- HSS6X6X3/E Fy-- 50 ksi 20.00 ; Fu- 62 ksi Ry 1.3 \ / Rt-- 1.3 10.00 \ / K-- 0.9 d-- 6.00 in \ j rd-- 2.28 in t-- 0.349 in 0.00 Area-- 7.58 in -50.00 -40.00 -30.00 -20.00 -10.00 0.00 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 Gusset Information: Connection Geometry: F 50 ksi Left Brace Right Brace y-- ❑� Include Stiffener Plates on Top Side g Fu-- 65 ksi x dim.-- 9.5 ft 9.5 ft t-- 1.00 in ❑Include Stiffener Plates on Bottom Side y dim.-- 13.75 ft 13.75 ft Fillet Weld Lengths: Brace Lengths 16.7 ft 16.7 ft Brace- 15 in oa ctt,1'1�Itaeidlac _, ,s;rcl rc;.,,'I ecl ,\ Beam-- 70 in Height of Gusset at Center(if used) 18 in OUTPUT: Weld Design: Size Brace Forces-- Brace Weld(J2-3)-- 7 16ths Tension-- 493 kips Beam Weld J2-4 -- 11 1 Compression Gusset Plate Design: DCR Left Brace- 396 kips Block Shear Rupture(J4-5) Right Brace- 396 kips Left Brace-- 0.509 Whitmore Section Geometry-- Right Brace-- 0.509 Left Brace Compression on Whitmore Section(E3-1) Lw-- 21.90 in Left Brace-- 0.672 Li- 20.17 in Right Brace-- 0.672 Right Brace Tension on Whitmore Section(D2-1) Lw-- 21.90 in Left Brace-- 0.500 Li- 20.17 in Right Brace-- 0.500 Weld Development Checks(J2-2)-- 0.281 Free Edge Buckling(Steel Tips 5/04)-- Top Side-- 0.120 Bottom Side-- 0.276 Yielding Under Combined Stresses(Steel Tips 12/98): Beam Interface- 0.088 Vertical Shear at Centerline of Gusset-- 0.355 DCR< 1.0 Design OK Brace Design: DCR Shear Rupture at Weld(J4-4)-- 0.70 Shear Yielding at Weld(J4-3)-- 0.72 Fracture of Net Section-- Reinforce Brace(Design S Daratel Beam Design: DCR Weld Development Check(J4-4)-- 0.199 Web Yielding (J10-3&Steel Tips 12/98)-- 0.215 OK Web Crippling(J10-5a/b)-- 0.259 H:\2lCp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\BF Connections\BF-6 Mid-Bot(Conn 10).xlsx 4/17/2025 4:32 PM Page 171 of 279 Client: Sheet: of 728134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project:Arlington Ops Building Design By:RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/17/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: vwy.reidmiddleton.com Project No.:212024.009 Date: Braced Frame Connectio ron Connection Connection ID or Location: Connection 11 INPUT: Beam Information 50.00 Size-- W1053 Fy-- 50 ksi Fu-- 62 ksi d-- 13.9 in 40.00 tw-- 0.37 in bf- 8.06 in If-- 0.66 in 30.00 Bm Slope--1 0 in/ft Brace Information: i Size-- Hss4x4x3/8 � 20.00 � ,•�x; • Fy-- 50 ksi Fu- 62 ksi + RY-- 1.3 � i Rt-- 1.3 10.00 \ •`•� K-- 0.9 d-- 4.00 in rd-- 1.47 in t-- 0.349 in 0.00 Area-- 1 4.78 in -50.00 -40.00 -30.00 -20.00 -10.00 0.00 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 Gusset Information: Connection Geometry: F 50 ksi Left Brace Right Brace Y-- ❑� Include Stiffener Plates on Top Side g Fu-- 65 ksi x dim.-- 9.5 ft 9.5 ft t-- 1.00 in ❑Include Stiffener Plates on Bottom Side y dim.-- 5 ft 8.08333333 ft Fillet Weld Lengths: Brace Lengths 10.7 ft 12.5 ft Brace- 12 in oa 11 tt,1'1�It n..i4ht f o�1,'It cl,,ta in cell below � Beam-- 70 in Height of Gusset at Center(if used) 14 in OUTPUT: Weld Design: Size Brace Forces-- Brace Weld(J2-3)-- 6 16ths Tension-- 311 kips Beam Weld J2-4 -- 11 1 Compression Gusset Plate Design: DCR Left Brace- 305 kips Block Shear Rupture(J4-5) Right Brace- 267 kips Left Brace-- 0.423 Whitmore Section Geometry-- Right Brace-- 0.423 Left Brace Compression on Whitmore Section(E3-1) Lw-- 16.51 in Left Brace-- 0.769 Li- 22.29 in Right Brace-- 0.719 Right Brace Tension on Whitmore Section(D2-1) Lw-- 16.51 in Left Brace-- 0.418 Li- 23.44 in Right Brace-- 0.418 Weld Development Checks(J2-2)-- 0.221 Free Edge Buckling(Steel Tips 5/04)-- Top Side-- 0.118 Bottom Side-- 0.153 Yielding Under Combined Stresses(Steel Tips 12/98): Beam Interface- 0.103 Vertical Shear at Centerline of Gusset-- 0.035 DCR< 1.0 Design OK Brace Design: DCR Shear Rupture at Weld(J4-4)-- 0.56 Shear Yielding at Weld(J4-3)-- 0.58 Fracture of Net Section-- Reinforce Brace(Design S Daratel Beam Design: DCR Weld Development Check(J4-4)-- 0.227 Web Yielding (J10-3&Steel Tips 12/98)-- 0.241 OK Web Crippling(J10-5a/b)-- 0.306 H:\2lCp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\BF Connections\BF-6 Mid-Top(Conn 11).xlsx 4/17/2025 4:32 PM Page 172 of 279 Client: Sheet: of 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project:Arlington Ops Building Design By:RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/17/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.:212024.009 Date: Braced Frame Connection Desi n -Strong Axis Column Connection ID or Location: onnection 12 INPUT: Column Information: Beam Information: 50 Size-- :6X31 Size-- ':`;14x26 Fy-- 50 ksi Fy-- 50 ksi Fu-- 62 ksi Fu-- 65 ksi / d-- 8.00 in d-- 13.90 in / • / tw-- 0.29 in tw-- 0.26 in 40 / '// bf-- 8.00 in bf-- 5.03 in tf-- 0.44 in tf-- 0.42 in / •// Brace Information: Gusset Information: Size-- HSS4x4X3/8 w Fy-- 50 ksi Fy 50 ksi Fu-- 65 ksi 30 Fu-- 62 ksi t-- 0.50 lin Ry-- 1.3 ❑� Edge Stiffener Plate on Column Side Kt-- 0.90 ❑� Edge Stiffener Plate on Beam Side 20 d-- 4.00 in ❑Add Beam Web Stiffener t-- 0.349 in ✓.// Area-- 4.78 in ❑Add Column Web Stiffener y/ Connection Geomet Fillet Weld Lengths: Config 1 v-Shape Brace-- 12 in 10 x dim.-- 12.8 ft Beam-- 18 in y dim.-- 11.7 ft Column-- 12 in / Bm Slope-- 0.00 in/ft Ideal Col- 9.89 in Shear Tab Design Loads(Beam Reaction): 0 Dead Load-- 0.0 kips 0 10 20 30 40 50 Live Load-- 0.0 kips Horizontal Strut Load(Include Overstrength)-- 500.0 1 kips OUTPUT: Weld Design: Size Brace Forces-- Brace Weld(J2-3)-- 6 16ths Tension-- 311 kips Beam Weld(J2-4)-- 6 16ths Compression-- 132 kips Column Weld J2-4 -- 6 1 Design Loads for Shear Tab Design-- Gusset Plate Design: DCR When Brace is in Tension: Block Shear Rupture(J4-5)-- 0.90 Vertical-- 106.3 kips Compression on Whitmore Section(E3-1)-- 0.39 Horizontal-- 70.3 kips Tension on Whitmore Section(D2-1)-- 0.83 When Brace is in Compression: Weld Development Checks(J2-2)-- 0.48 Vertical-- 45.1 kips Free Edge Buckling(Steel Tips 5/04)-- Horizontal-- 29.8 kips Beam Side-- 4nSe 6 Whitmore Section Geometry-- Column Side-- 6 LW-- 16.70 in Yielding Under Combined Stresses(Steel T Li-- 11.63 in Beam Interface-- 3 Design Loads for Web Stiffeners -- Column Interface-- 4 Beam-- 0 kips Brace Design: R Column-- 0 kips Shear Rupture at Weld(J4-4)-- 6 Shear Yielding at Weld(J4-3)-- 8 Fracture of Net Section--Reinforce BraceteBeam Design: RWeld Development Check(J4-4)-- 2Web Yielding (J10-3&Steel Tips 12/98)-- 8Web Cripplin J10-5a/b-- 1 DCR< 1.0 Design OK H:\21Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\BF Connections\BF-1 Top(Conn 12).xlsx 4/17/2025 Page 173 of 279 Client: Sheet: of 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project:Arlington Ops Building Design By: RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/17/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.:212024.009 Date: Braced Frame Connection Desi n -Strong Axis Column Connection ID or Location: onnection 13 INPUT: Column Information: Beam Information: 50 Size-- 6x31 Size-- 14X26 Fy-- 50 ksi Fy-- 50 ksi Fu-- 62 ksi Fu-- 65 ksi d-- 8.00 in d-- 13.90 in tw-- 0.29 in tw-- 0.26 in 40 / bf-- 8.00 in bf-- 5.03 in tf-- 0.44 in tf-- 0.42 in / Brace Information: Gusset Information: Size-- HSSSXSXI/2 v Fy-- 50 ksi Fy-- 50 ksi Fu-- 65 ksi 30 Fu-- 62 ksi t-- 0.75 in YL Ry-- 1.3 ❑� Edge Stiffener Plate on Column Side / Rt-- 1.3 K-- 0.90 ❑� Edge Stiffener Plate on Beam Side 20 d-- 5.00 in ❑Add Beam Web Stiffener t-- 0.465 in Area-- 7.88 in ❑Add Column Web Stiffener - Connection Geomet Fillet Weld Lengths: Config-- v-Shape Brace-- 12 in 10 x dim.-- 8.5 ft Beam-- 18 in y dim.-- 17.3 ft JColumn-- 24 in Bm Slope-- 0.00 in/ft I Ideal Col- 38.86 in Shear Tab Design Loads(Beam Reaction): 0 / Dead Load-- 0.0 kips 0 10 20 30 40 50 Live Load-- 0.0 kips Horizontal Strut Load(Include Overstrength)-- 500.0 kips OUTPUT: Weld Design: Size Brace Forces-- Brace Weld(J2-3)-- 9 16ths Tension-- 512 kips Beam Weld(J2-4)-- 8 16ths Compression-- 291 kips Column Weld J2-4 -- 8 1 Design Loads for Shear Tab Design-- Gusset Plate Design: DCR When Brace is in Tension: Block Shear Rupture(J4-5)-- 0.92 Vertical-- 106.3 kips Compression on Whitmore Section(E3-1)-- 0.57 Horizontal-- 91.0 kips Tension on Whitmore Section(D2-1)-- 0.86 When Brace is in Compression: Weld Development Checks(J2-2)-- 0.53 Vertical-- 60.4 kips Free Edge Buckling(Steel Tips 5/04)-- Horizontal-- 51.7 kips Beam Side-- 4nSe 5 Whitmore Section Geometry-- Column Side-- 5 LW-- 17.70 in Yielding Under Combined Stresses(Steel T Li-- 21.98 in Beam Interface-- 0 Design Loads for Web Stiffeners -- Column Interface-- 3 Beam-- 0 kips Brace Design: R Column-- 0 kips Shear Rupture at Weld(J4-4)-- 9 Shear Yielding at Weld(J4-3)-- 1 Fracture of Net Section--Reinforce BraceteBeam Design: RWeld Development Check(J4-4)-- 2Web Yielding (J10-3&Steel Tips 12/98)-- 2Web Cripplin J10-5a/b-- 9 DCR< 1.0 Design OK H:\21Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\BF Connections\BF-2 Top(Conn 13).xlsx 4/17/2025 Page 174 of 279 Client: Sheet: of 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project:Arlington Ops Building Design By: RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/17/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.:212024.009 Date: Braced Frame Connection Desi n;Strong Axis Column Connection ID or Location: onnection 14 INPUT: Column Information: Beam Information: 50 Size-- :6X31 Size-- ':`;14x30 Fy-- 50 ksi Fy-- 50 ksi Fu-- 62 ksi Fu-- 65 ksi d-- 8.00 in d-- 13.80 in tw-- 0.29 in tw-- 0.27 in 40 bf-- 8.00 in bf-- 6.73 in tf-- 0.44 in tf-- 0.39 in Brace Information: Gusset Information: Size-- HSS4x4X3/8 Fy-- 50 ksi 30 Fy-- 50 ksi Fu-- 65 ksi Fu-- 62 ksi t-- 0.50 in i Ry-- 1.3 ❑� Edge Stiffener Plate on Column Side Rt-- 1.3 K-- 0.3 ❑� Edge Stiffener Plate on Beam Side 20 i d-- 4.00 in ❑Add Beam Web Stiffener i A- t-- 0.349 in Area-- 4.78 in Add Column Web Stiffener Connection Geomet : Fillet Weld Lengths: 10 Config-- v-shape Brace-- 12 in x dim.-- 9.5 ft Beam-- 24 in y dim.-- 5.0 ft Column-- 14 in Bm Slope-- -2.00 in/ft Ideal Col- 6.80 in i Shear Tab Design Loads(Beam Reaction): p Dead Load-- 0.0 kips 0 10 20 30 40 50 Live Load-- 0.0 kips Horizontal Strut Load(Include Overstrength)-- 500.0 1 kips OUTPUT: Weld Design: Size Brace Forces-- Brace Weld(J2-3)-- 6 16ths Tension-- 311 kips Beam Weld(J2-4)-- 6 16ths Compression-- 279 kips Column Weld J2-4 -- 6 1 Design Loads for Shear Tab Design-- Gusset Plate Design: DCR When Brace is in Tension: Block Shear Rupture(J4-5)-- 0.90 Vertical-- 74.7 kips Compression on Whitmore Section(E3-1)-- 0.96 Horizontal-- 59.5 kips Tension on Whitmore Section(D2-1)-- 0.83 When Brace is in Compression: Weld Development Checks(J2-2)-- 0.48 Vertical-- 67.0 kips Free Edge Buckling(Steel Tips 5/04)-- Horizontal-- 53.4 kips Beam Side-- JSeratel Whitmore Section Geometry-- Column Side-- 7 LW-- 16.70 in Yielding Under Combined Stresses(Steel Tip Li-- 15.19 in Beam Interface-- 9 Design Loads for Web Stiffeners -- Column Interface-- Beam-- 0 kips Brace Design: Column-- 0 kips Shear Rupture at Weld(J4-4)-- Shear Yielding at Weld(J4-3)-- Fracture of Net Section--Reinforce Brace(DesigneBeam Design:Weld Development Check(J4-4)-- 7Web Yielding (J10-3&Steel Tips 12/98)--Web Cripplin J10-5a/b-- 3 DCR< 1.0--Design OK H:\21Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\BF Connections\BF-6 Top L(Conn 14).xlsx 4/17/2025 Page 175 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date BF FootingDesign Page 176 of 279 Footing Loads - BF =02 �v 7E c� CD © ;l D -0 -U0 �a �O �O 17— D O O m zOZ n D m m G I I 17'-0" I I Gravity loads Gravity loads Poi=45.3 k Poi=45.3 k P,,=21 k P,,=21 k PSG=10.1 k PSG=10.1 k Seismic loads Seismic loads Gravity loads PEo= 117 k Gravity loads PEQ= 117 k Poi=62.6 k (Tension) Po,=13.8 k (Compression) PIS=31.6k PLL=10.5k PSG=12.2 k VEo=25 k PSG=0 k VEQ-25 k 1 IF Gravity Col Col 1 Zipper Col Col 2 Node Unique Name:50 Node Unique Name:25 Node Unique Na e:58 W m m Page 177 of 279 Braced Frame Footing Stability Analysis Project: Arlington Ops Engineer: RKS Footing ID or Location: Braced Frame-02 Date: 4/15/25 Select desired unit from drop-down menu x GEOMETRY: Distance to Left Edge L,= 6 ft Distance to Right Edge L2= 6 ft Column Spacing S= 17 ft x Footing Width B= 6 ft =ti ...:';ti ...:';ti =r...:';ti =r��:';ti '''''' z Footing Thickness T= 3 ft .. ,;;;;;;;;,,,,,, Depth of Soil Ds 10 in F" .................... Slab Thickness t= 4 in Slab Overhang x= 5ft B ;......... Distance from Left Column to Add'I Load tOTHERI= -6 ft Distance from Left Column to Add'I Load tOTHERI= 8.5 ft LOADS: 1(+),T)10.1 1(+),T(-) PcoU(k) PV(k) POTHERI(k) POTHER2(k) Dead 45.3 62.6 13.8 Live 21 31.6 10.5 Seismic 117 50 Wind 0 0 PcoU Pco z Roof/Snow 10.1 12.2 0 Redundancy Factor p = 1 Anal sis Procedure Modal POTHERI POTHER2 MATERIAL PROPERTIES: Allowable Bearing Pressure,including FS qa= 4 ksf D s Soil Surcharge Weight w.;i= 110 pcf V Passive Equivalent Fluid Weight,including FS wp= 300 pcf T Soil Friction Coefficient,including FS p = 0.3 Concrete Weight y= 150 pcf I Concrete strength fc= 4 ksf Steel Strength fy= 60 ksi i f,(for gravity load combination) 0.5 L S ,I, L z Analysis results: BASIC LOAD COMBINATIONS JDCIR I Max Bearing I Min Bearing Bearing YES 0.98 5.25 ksf 0.00 ksf Sliding YES 0.541 5.25 ALTERNATE LOAD COMBINATIONS a Bearing NO 1 1.201 6.39 ksf 1 0.00 ksf Sliding YES 1 0.391 6.39 --.............................................................................................. THIS FOOTING Is _ _ _ _ _.._.._ACCEPTABLE BY BASIC LOAD COMBINATIONS ---------------- ._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._..� Footing Reinforcing Design Long.Bottom Reinforcing Long.Top Reinforcing Shear Check: Quantity Size Spacing Quantity Size Spacing OK 12 #4 @ 6.0 30 #4 @ 2.4 8 #5 @ 9.0 20 #5 @ 3.7 6 #6 @ 12.0 14 #6 @ 5.3 Transverse Steel Reinf: 4 #7 @ 18.0 10 #7 @ 7.2 As Req'd= 0.39 in2/ft(top and bottom) 3 #8 @ 24.0 8 #8 @ 9.5 3 #9 @ 24.0 6 #9 @ 12.0 2 #10 @ 36.0 1 5 #10 @ 15.3 K\21 Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\Braced Frame Footings\BF-2 Copy of Braced Frame Footing-SES-2024 Updates in progress 4/1 512 02 5 Page 178 of 279 Footing Loads - BF =03 �v 7E c� c� D -U -U 0 �a � � D O O m z Z n --� O D m m G . . I I I 10'-6"� I 21'-0" I I I I Gravity loads Gravity loads Poi=14.6 k Poi= 14.6 k PLL=0k PLL=0k PSG=9.6k PSG=9.6k Seismic loads Seismic loads Gravity loads PEQ=56 k (Tension)= 56 k PpL=6.6 k (T (Compression) PLL=0k Veo=42 k � Psi=4.4 k I IF VeQ Col 1 Zipper Col Col 2 Node Unique Name:66 Node Unique Name:30 Node Unique Na e:68 W m m Page 179 of 279 Braced Frame Footing Stability Analysis Project: Arlington Ops Engineer: RKS Footing ID or Location: BF-03 Date: 4/15/25 Select desired unit from drop-down menu x GEOMETRY: Distance to Left Edge L,= 6 ft Distance to Right Edge L2= 6 ft Column Spacing S= 21 ft x Footing Width B= 6 ft =ti ...:';ti ...:';ti =r...:';ti =r��:';ti '''''' z Footing Thickness T= 3 ft .. ,;;;;;;;;,,,,,, Depth of Soil Ds 10 in F"'' .................... Slab Thickness t= 4 in +..... Slab Overhang x= 5ft B H` '''''''' '''''' ,,,,, Distance from Left Column to Add'I Load tOTHERI= 10.5 ft Distance from Left Column to Add'I Load tOTHERI= 0 ft LOADS: 1(+) T(-) F 1(+),T(-) PCOU(k) PCO�2(k) V(k) POTHERI(k) POTHER2(k) Dead 14.6 14.6 6.6 0 Live 0 0 0 0 Seismic -56 56 84 Wind 0 0 0 PCOU PCOL2 Roof/Snow 9.6 9.6 4.4 0 Redundancy Factor p = 1 Anal sis Procedure Modal POTHERI POTHER2 MATERIAL PROPERTIES: Allowable Bearing Pressure,including FS qa= 4 ksf D s Soil Surcharge Weight w.;i= 110 pcf V Passive Equivalent Fluid Weight,including FS wp= 300 pcf T Soil Friction Coefficient,including FS p = 0.3 Concrete Weight y= 150 pcf I Concrete strength fc= 4 ksf Steel Strength fy= 60 ksi i fl(for gravity load combination) 0.5 L S ,I, L z Analysis results: BASIC LOAD COMBINATIONS r!� Max Bearing Min Bearing Bearing YES 0.32 1.72 ksf 0.00 ksf Sliding D.N.0 1.32 1.72 Note:Footing is tied into exterior stem walls,footings,and ALTERNATE LOAD COMBINATIONS a slab on grade.Sliding OK by inspection. Bearing YES 0.361 1.92 ksf 1 0.00 ksf Sliding YES 1 0.991 1.92 --.............................................................................................. THIS FOOTING IS _ _ _ _ _.. ACCEPTABLE BY ALTERNATE LOAD COMBINATIONS ---------------- ._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._..� Footing Reinforcing Design Long.Bottom Reinforcing Long.Top Reinforcing Shear Check: Quantity Size Spacing Quantity Size Spacing OK 12 #4@ 6.0 12 #4@ 6.0 8 #5 @ 9.0 8 #5 @ 9.6 6 #6 @ 12.0 6 #6 @ 13.6 Transverse Steel Reinf: 4 #7 @ 18.0 4 #7 @ 18.5 As Req'd= 0.39 in2/ft(top and bottom) 3 #8 @ 24.0 3 #8 @ 24.4 3 #9 @ 24.0 3 #9 @ 30.9 2 #10 @ 36.0 1 2 #10 @ 39.2 K\21 Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\Braced Frame Footings\BF-3 Copy of Braced Frame Footing-SES-2024 Updates in progress 4/1 512 02 5 Page 180 of 279 Footing Loads - BF =04 �v 7E c� �a � � 1 D O O m zOZ L- Z--� D m m . . G 19'-0" I I Gravity loads Gravity loads PpL=22.1 k Poi=22.1 k PLL=9.8k P,,=9.8k PSG=4.5k PSG=4.5k Seismic loads Seismic loads PEq= 332 k PEQ=332 k (Compression) (Tension) VEq=189 k VEQ= 189 k Col 1 Col 2 Node Unique Name:5 Node Unique Na e:2 W m m Page 181 of 279 Braced Frame Footing Stability Analysis Project: Arlington Ops Engineer: RKS Footing ID or Location: BF-04 Date: 4/15/25 Select desired unit from drop-down menu x GEOMETRY: Distance to Left Edge L,= 22.25 ft Distance to Right Edge L2= 6 ft Column Spacing S= 19 ft x Footing Width B= 10 ft =ti ...:';ti ...:';ti =r...:';ti =r��:';ti '''''' z Footing Thickness T= 3 ft .. ,;;;;;;;;,,,,,, Depth of Soil Ds 10 in F"'' .................... Slab Thickness t= 4 in +..... Slab Overhang x= 5ft B H` '''''''' '''''' ,,,,, g ......... Distance from Left Column to Add'I Load tOTHERI= -19 Distance from Left Column to Add'I Load tOTHERI= 0 LOADS: 1(+),T F 1(+),T(—) PCOU(k) PCOL2(k) V(k) POTHERI(k) POTHER2(k) Dead 22.1 22.1 20.8 0 Loads from column Live 9.2 9.2 0 o along GL 1/B Seismic 332 -332 378 y Wind 0 0 0 PCOLI PCOL2 Roof/Snow 4.5 4.5 14.5 0 Redundancy Factor p = 1 Analysis Procedure Modal POTHERI POTHER2 MATERIAL PROPERTIES: Allowable Bearing Pressure,including FS qa= 4 ksf D s Soil Surcharge Weight w.;i= 110 pcf V Passive Equivalent Fluid Weight,including FS wp= 300 pcf T Soil Friction Coefficient,including FS p = 0.3 Concrete Weight y= 150 pcf I Concrete strength fc= 4 ksf Steel Strength fy= 60 ksi i f,(for gravity load combination) 0.5 L S ,I, L z Analysis results: BASIC LOAD COMBINATIONS DCR Max Bearing Min Bearing Bearing YES 1.021 5.42 ksf 0.00 ksf Sliding D.N.0 2.971 5.42 Note:Footing is tied into exterior stem walls,footings,and ALTERNATE LOAD COMBINATIONS=> slab on grade.Sliding OK by inspection. Bearing YES 0.54 2.90 ksf 0.00 ksf Sliding NO 2.19 2.90 _ OK by inspection THIS FOOTING IS .... TA_BLE I Footing Reinforcing Design Negative moment demand: 1.2D+1.6L=48k Shear Check: 48k*22.25ft=1068 k-ft N�!!! Shear reinforcement(stirrups) Min As=Mu/(0.9d*fy)=1068k-ft*12"/1'/(0.9*30"*60ksi)=7.9 in12 will be added. Transverse Steel Reinf: Positive moment demand: As Req'd= 0.39 in2/ft(top and bottom) 5.5ksf*10ft*6ft=330k 300k*3ft=990 k-ft Min As=Mu/(0.9d*fy)=990k-ft*12"/1'/(0.9*30"*60ksi)=7.3 inA2 H:\21 Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\Braced Frame Footings\BF-4 Copy of Braced Frame Footing-SES-2024 Updates in progress 4/1 512 02 5 Page 182 of 279 Footing Loads - BF =05 �v 7E c� c� ;u � � 17- � O O m z zom n . . % D ` m m G 19'-0" I I Gravity loads Gravity loads PpL=62.57 k Poi=62.57 k PLL=31.53 k P,,=31.53 k PSG=12.13 k PSG=12.13 k Seismic loads Seismic loads PEq= 370 k PEQ=370 k (Compression) (Tension) VEq=179 k VEQ= 179 k Col 1 Col 2 Node Unique Name: 14 Node Unique Na e: 12 W m m Page 183 of 279 Braced Frame Footing Stability Analysis Project: Arlington Ops Engineer: RKS Footing ID or Location: BF-05 Date: 4/15/25 Select desired unit from drop-down menu x GEOMETRY: Distance to Left Edge L,= 20 ft Distance to Right Edge L2= 6 ft Column Spacing S= 19 ft x Footing Width B= 10 ft =ti ...:';ti ...:';ti =r� :';ti =r� :';ti '''''' z Footing Thickness T= 3 ft .. ,;;;;;;;;,,,,,, Depth of Soil Ds 10 in F"'' .................... Slab Thickness t= 4 in +..... Slab Overhang x= 5ft B H` '''''''' '''''' ,,,,, g yy ; . Distance from Left Column to Add'I Load tOTHERI= -19 ft Distance from Left Column to Add'I Load tOTHERI= -19 ft LOADS: 1(+),T F 1(+),*) PCOU(k) PCOL2(k) V(k) POTHERI(k) POTHER2(k) Dead Load from concrete Dead 62.6 62.6 1 29.4 basement wall. 14 ft tall x 14ft Live 31.5 31.5 0 0 Crib width x 1ft thickness Seismic 370 -370 358 Wind 0 0 0 PCOU PCoL2 Roof/Snow 12.1 12.1 0 0 Redundancy Factor = 1 Dead Load from roof loads P I P Anal sis Procedure Modal oTHERi OTHER2 Snow Load not needed. MATERIAL PROPERTIES: Allowable Bearing Pressure,including FS qa= 4 ksf D s Soil Surcharge Weight w.;i= 110 pcf V Passive Equivalent Fluid Weight,including FS wp= 300 pcf T Soil Friction Coefficient,including FS p = 0.3 Concrete Weight y= 150 pcf I Concrete strength fc= 4 ksf Steel Strength fy= 60 ksi i f,(for gravity load combination) 0.5 LL �I, S ,I, L z Analysis results: BASIC LOAD COMBINATIONS DCR Max Bearing Min Bearing Bearing YES 0.851 4.55 ksf 0.00 ksf Sliding D.N.0 2.371 4.55 Note:Footing is tied into retaining wall,footings,and slab ALTERNATE LOAD COMBINATIONS=> on grade.Sliding OK by inspection. Bearing YES 0.62 3.31 ksf 0.00 ksf Sliding NO 1.72 3.31 t by inspection THIS FOOTING IS .... TABLE I Footing Reinforcing Design Negative moment demand: 1.2D+1.6L=--48k Shear Check: 48k*20ft=960 k-ft N�!!! Shear reinforcement(stirrups) Min As=Mu/(0.9d*fy)=960k-ft*12"/1'/(0.9*30"*60ksi)=7.1 in12 will be added. Transverse Steel Reinf: Positive moment demand: As Req'd= 0.39 in2/ft(top and bottom) 5ksf*10ft*6ft=300k 300k*3ft=900 k-ft Min As=Mu/(0.9d*fy)=900k-ft*12"/1'/(0.9*30"*60ksi)=6.7 inA2 H:\21 Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\Braced Frame Footings\BF-5 Copy of Braced Frame Footing-SES-2024 Updates in progress 4/1 512 02 5 Page 184 of 279 Footing Loads - BF =06 �v 7E c� c� D -U -U 0 �a � � D O O m zon . - D - m m G I I I 19'-0" I I I I Gravity loads Gravity loads Poi=10.3 k Poi= 10.3 k PLL=0k P,,=0k PIL=5k PSG=5k Seismic loads Gravity loads Seismic loads PEQ= 192 k PEo= 192 k PpL=1.5 k (Tension) (Compression) PLL=0 k 1�33�� kk P5 =0k V" VEa=131 k Col 1 Zipper Col Col 2 Node Unique Name: 17 Node Unique Name:40 Node Unique Na e:20 W m m Page 185 of 279 Braced Frame Footing Stability Analysis Project: Arlington Ops Engineer: RKS Footing ID or Location: BF-06 Date: 4/15/25 Select desired unit from drop-down menu x GEOMETRY: Distance to Left Edge L,= 19 ft Distance to Right Edge L2= 10 ft Column Spacing S= 19 ft x Footing Width B= 6 ft =ti ...:';ti ...:';ti =r...:';ti =r��:';ti '''''' z Footing Thickness T= 3 ft .. ,;;;;;;;;,,,,,, Depth of Soil Ds 10 in F"'' .................... Slab Thickness t= 4 in +..... Slab Overhang y x= 5ft B H` '''''''' '''''' ,,,,, Distance from Left Column to Add'I Load tOTHERI= 9.5 ft Distance from Left Column to Add'I Load tOTHERI= -18 ft LOADS: 1(+),T(—) 1(+),T(—) PCOU(k) PCO�2(k) V(k) POTHER7(k) POTHER2(k)L Dead load from retaining wall Crib.(7ft Dead 10.3 10.3 1.5 14.7\ width x14 ft ht x 1 ft thick) Live 0 0 0 0 Seismic 192 -192 262 Wind 0 0 0 PCOU PCOL2 Roof/Snow 5 5 0 0 Redundancy Factor p = 1 Anal sis Procedure Modal POTHERI POTHER2 MATERIAL PROPERTIES: Allowable Bearing Pressure,including FS qa= 4 ksf D s Soil Surcharge Weight w.;i= 110 pcf V Passive Equivalent Fluid Weight,including FS wp= 300 pcf T Soil Friction Coefficient,including FS p = 0.3 Concrete Weight y= 150 pcf I Concrete strength fc= 4 ksf Steel Strength fy= 60 ksi i fl(for gravity load combination) 0.5 L S ,I, L z Analysis results: BASIC LOAD COMBINATIONS DCR Max Bearing Min Bearing Bearing YES 0.841 4.51 ksf 0.00 ksf Sliding D.N.0 3.301 4.51 Note:Footing is tied into exterior stem walls,footings,and ALTERNATE LOAD COMBINATIONS=> slab on grade.Sliding OK by inspection. Bearing YES 0.54 2.89 ksf 0.00 ksf Sliding NO 2.42 2.89 t by inspection THIS FOOTING IS .... TABLE I Footing Reinforcing Design Negative moment demand: 1.2D+1.6L=--40k Shear Check: 40k*19ft=760 k-ft N�!!! Shear reinforcement(stirrups) Min As=Mu/(0.9d*fy)=760k-ft*12"/1'/(0.9*30"*60ksi)=5.6 in^2 will be added. Transverse Steel Reinf: Positive moment demand: As Req'd= 0.39 in2/ft(top and bottom) 5ksf*10ft*6ft=300k 300k*3ft=900 k-ft Min As=Mu/(0.9d*fy)=900k-ft*12"/1'/(0.9*30"*60ksi)=6.7 inA2 H:\21 Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Braced Frames\Braced Frame Footings\BF-6 Copy of Braced Frame Footing-SES-2024 Updates in progress 4/1 512 02 5 Page 186 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Anchorage Design Page 187 of 279 Anchorage Loads - BF =01 �v 7E c� c� D -u -u 0 �u � � D O O m z Z n --� O . . m Gravity loads Gravity loads PQE=17.43 k Poi= 17.43 k PLL=0k PLL=0k m PSG=9.9k PSG=9.9k Seismic loa Seismic loads PEQ= 29 k PEQ=291.2 k (Tensi (Compression) Top of wall V -219.7 k VEQ 71.5 k 25'-6" Footing Seismic loads PEo=71.5 k+310.7sin45 k Seismic loads =291.2 k(Tension) PEQ= 219.7 k+101.1 sin45 k =291.2 k(Compression) VEQ=310.7cos45=219.7 k VEQ= 101.1 cos45=71.5 k W m m Page 188 of 279 Anchorage Loads - BF =02 �v 7E c� CD r ;O r � O O m m z zo n � D m m G I I 17'-0" I Gravity loads Gravity loads Gravity loads Poi=45.3 k Poi=13.8 k Poi=45.3 k P,,=21 k P,=10.5k P,,=21 k PSG=10.1 k I IF PSG=0 k PSG=10.1 k Seismic loads Seismic loads Gravity loads PEQ= 701 k Seismic loads PEQ= 194.6 k Poi=62.6 k (Tension) PE,,=67.6 k (Compression) PIS=31.6 k (Tension) PSG=12.2 k VEQ=138.1 k I IF VEQ-263.9 k Gravity Col Col 1 Zipper Col Col 2 Node Unique Name:50 Node Unique Name:25 Node Unique Na e:58 Col 1 Col 2 Seismic loads Seismic loads PEQ= 471.5 k+267.97sin59 k PEQ= 194.6 k+512.2sin59 k =701 k(Compression) =633.7 k(Tension) VEQ=267.97cos59=138.1 k VEQ=512.2cos59=263.9 k W m m Page 189 of 279 Anchorage Loads - BF =03 �v 7E c� c� D -U -U 0 �a � � D O O m z Z n --� O D m m G . . I I I 10'-6"� I 21'-0" I I I I Gravity loads Gravity loads Gravity loads Poi=14.6 k Poi=6.6 k Poi= 14.6 k PLL=0k PLL=0k PLL=0k PSL=9.6k PSG=4.4k PSG=9.6k Seismic loads Seismic loads Seismic loads p PEQ= 112.7 k EQ=321.1 k (Compression) PE,,=286.8 k (Tension) (Compression) VEQ=84.9 k � Vim°-242 k Col 1 Zipper Col Col 2 Node Unique Name:66 Node Unique Name:30 Node Unique Na e:68 Col 1 Col 2 Seismic loads Seismic loads PEQ= 141 sin53 k PEQ=402sin53 k =112.7 k(Compression) =321.1 k(Tension) VEQ= 141 cos53=84.9 k VEQ=402cos53=242 k W m m Page 190 of 279 Anchorage Loads - BF =04 �v 7E c� �a �O �O r D O O m z L- Z z m o 0 . . D m m G 19'-0" I I Gravity loads Gravity loads PpL=22.1 k Poi=22.1 k PLL=9.8k P,,=9.8k PSG=4.5k PSG=4.5k Seismic loads Seismic loads PEQ= 890.2 k PEQ=818.4 k (Compression) (Tension) VEQ=252 k VEQ=425.3 k Col 1 Col 2 Node Unique Name:5 Node Unique Na e:2 Col 1 Col 2 Seismic loads Seismic loads PEQ= 516.7 k+450.48sin56 k PEQ= 187.9 k+760.5sin56 k =890.2 k(Compression) =818.4 k(Tension) VEQ=450.48cos56=252 k VEQ=760.5cos56=425.3 k W m m Page 191 of 279 Anchorage Loads - BF =05 �v 7E c� � rr D -U -U 0 �a �O �O r > O O m m z zon .. % Oj . --j A.N m m G 19'-0" I I Gravity loads Gravity loads PpL=62.57 k Poi=62.57 k PLL=31.53 k P,,=31.53 k PSG=12.13 k PSG=12.13 k Seismic loads Seismic loads PEQ= 1064.8 k PEQ=948.1 k (Compression) (Tension) VEQ=345.2 k VEQ=508.9 k Col 1 Col 2 Node Unique Name: 14 Node Unique Na e: 12 Col 1 Col 2 Seismic loads Seismic loads PEQ= 553.1 k+617.2sin56 k PEQ= 193.6 k+910sin56 k = 1064.8 k(Compression) =948.1 k(Tension) VEQ=617.2cos56=345.2 k VEQ=910cos56=508.9 k W m m Page 192 of 279 Anchorage Loads - BF =06 �v 7E c� c� D -U -U 0 �a � � D O O m zon . - D - m m G I I I I I I I Gravity loads Gravity loads Gravity loads Poi=10.3k Poi=1.5k Poi= 10.3k PLL=0k P,=0k P,,=0k PSL=5k PSG=0k PSG=5k Seismic loads Seismic loads Seismic loads p PEQ= 463.6 k EQ=530.5 k (Compression) PE,,=206.2 k (Tension) (Compression) VEQ=167.1 k � VEQ=275.E k Col 1 Zipper Col Col 2 Node Unique Name: 17 Node Unique Name:40 Node Unique Na e:20 Col 1 Col 2 Seismic loads Seismic loads PEQ= 215.9 k+298.76sin56 k PEQ= 122 k+492.7sin56 k =463.6 k(Compression) =530.5 k(Tension) VEQ=298.76cos56=167.1 k VEQ=492.7cos56=275.6 k W m m Page 193 of 279 GR 60 Rebar 60 ksi #5 Rebar Area 0.31 JnA2 F1554 Grade 55 Anchor rod 55 ' ksi 75 ksi Net tension area factor assumed 0.75 Net Rebar area Number Max Anchor Anchor Anchor Anchor Braced Dead Required of #5 bar phi Anchor Anchor Tension Net Uplift phi (rebar) rod area Rod Ase,net Rod Rod Frame ID Load Crossing legs (anchor) Rod DCR Capacity Load required Diameter Count Tension Plane required area ID (k) (k) (k) As (in A2) no. As (in A2) in inA2 no. i n A 2 BF-02 701 45.3 669.29 0.9 12.4 40.0 0.75 11.90 2.00 2.50 8 20.00 0.59 1125 BF-03 321.1 14.6 310.88 0.9 5.8 18.6 0.75 5.53 1.50 1.41 8 10.60 0.52 635 BF-04 818.4 22.1 802.93 0.9 14.9 48.0 0.75 14.27 2.00 2.50 8 18.85 0.76 1125 BF-05 948.1 62.57 904.301 0.9 16.7 54.0 0.75 16.08 2.00 2.50 8 18.85 0.85 1125 BF-06 530.5 10.3 523.29 0.9 9.7 31.3 0.75 9.30 1.50 1.41 8 10.60 0.88 635 CLIENT: SHEET RceidElddleton o PRO. No.: T. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 194 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Diaphragm Design Page 195 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Lateral Load Distribution ( Flexible Analysis ) Page 196 of 279 2 3 4 5 Fpx,Roof,X_D;r= 120.9 k FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 D Fpx,LoofX- k 2,X-D - 1565 k FLEXIBLE DIAPHRAGM ANALYSIS I pFx,Roo1,X-Dif 157.1 k X-DIRECTION D A pFx,MechRoof,X-Dir— 17.2 k TURE + DESIGN pF,L2,X-Dir= 136.E k LEVEL 2 NOTE:Load from..stem h.8of mech attic roof is strutted to BF-01. 1 2 3 4 f°r mo a °rmati° 5 6 7 8 e 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 8 www.reidmiddleton.com S5.03 ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. I I —-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-— / -—-—-—- -—-—-—-—-—-- 10 — N o ---B" A 53.04 BF-01 \, C _ _ X_ x _ I 41 0 wlaXzz g gg g gg g gg g gg gg g gg M x3l.] 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 W 14x22 0 o co S5.0 W 1422 6 TYP 00 O 00 C CDC O 00 CDC) 00 56.01 PROJECT BL 8 3/4 9 W18x35(18)C=1/2" 18x35(18)C=112" W18x35(18)C=112" W18x35($)C=112" I ---------- -- T ----- W18x35(12) �� E x �� , L IaX9 --- --- --i - ----- ------ Arlington Operations GL8314x9 1 G 83 x G $3 x � II` � S6.0 COMPOSITE DECK 3 Center TYP TYP PER 3/S5.01 CZ �� EDO 0 UO — — s5.o TYP I FOR 1 o SOG PER NOTE 3 � o � � o o 0 0 0 0 0 ) e o o OPEN TO BELOW Lj 00 LI � I TYP O ,a'o" LJ L� �� 00 m Snohomish County G 8314x9 W18x35 s5o, i Purchasing Services W18x35 1 -- T--- ` --T--- W18x35(18)C=112" -i W18x35(18) 12" F.•,m-� AT —-—-—- -—-—- -------- ------------ I - ----- ----- W18x35(18)C=112" I � 19620 67th Ave NE DN TYP r GL83/4x9 8P 2 Arlington, WA 98223 SEE NOTE 6,TYP AT °W14p GL8314x9 BRACED FRAMES o 9 o LEVEL2Loatl[othisBF: 0 0 OW18X35 O �� 60% SUBMITTAL N m W"e,"w.=1-2281/6715 744.9k1+[(34/386)'50.73k]+I(208/4791'242.4 k1=491.9 k+4.5k+10.Sk=506.9k 0 B m �� " ` )'' 02/14/2025 B Fa��,,,,„n.=(W,pare/W,-,,�)-Fa,,,„n.=(506-9I1038)'1%Sk=76.5k �� GL 51/$X12 Fpa Lateral load tom western half of mech attic roof=F,„",„,,.-,,,m,„.., F..,..aaa..„a•12=20.4 k/2=10.2 k This draWing l6: F,„=.o: r=F,,,�,,�+F,,-..—,,,,=76.5 k+10.2 k=86.7k 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. W18x35 W 1 Vx3l4 14 GL 6 314 x 21 2.The Architects Inst ument of Professional Service. ) ) 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT NUMBER COMPOSITE DECK PER 31S5.01 1l GL 51/8 x 12 3-PLY CLT PANELS 212024.009 x I _ GL5118x1 � O O MARK DATE DESCRIPTION O O W18x35 3-PLY CLT PANELS GL63/4x21 GL6314x21 GL6314x21 GL6314x21 GL51ISx15 �1 ��''BF-03PROJECT TEAM I PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC GL511$x18 GL51ISx18 GL5118x18 14 GL5118x18 GL51/ X18 GL5118xl5 GL 51/8x15 PROJECT MANAGER: ISES S$.03 PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV 3-PLY CLT PANELS JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A A �] LEVEL 2 Lo.d to this BF: FLOOR PLAN UPPER 1 2 J W._=[(1-[34/386])'50.73 k]+[(1-[206/4791])-242.4 k;=46.3 k+232 k=278.3 k 6 7 8 LEVEL F=(W_I W„.,°)'F,,,°x =(278.3/1038)'156.5 k=42.1k 0 4' 8' 16' •. LEVEL 2 FRAMING PLAN Scale 1/8"-1'6" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 v10 Page 197 of 279 2 3 4 5 Fpx,Roof,x_D;r= 120.9 k FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE SO.05 D Fpx,LoofX- k 2,X-D - 1565 k FLEXIBLE DIAPHRAGM ANALYSIS I pFx,Roof,X-Dif 157.1 k X-DIRECTION D A pFx,MechRoof,X-Dir— 17.2 k TURE + DESIGN p F,L2,x-Dir= 136.E k ROOF 1 D2 O 4 T 6 7 8 4 3 8 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 S6.01 S6.01 S6.0 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 GL 5118 x 18 GL 5118 x 18 GL 51/8 x 18 GL 5118 x 18 GL 5118 x 18 www.reidmiddleton.com©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. S6.0 I —-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—- --HSS12x6x112[L]--------HSS12x6x112L - - -—-—-—- - ---HSS12x6x112[L]----- — ---HSS12x6xl/2[L]----- ------- ----------- --------------- — GL5118x18 GL51ISx18 �/�_,j GL51ISx18 GL51IBx18 NOTE C B■ V 1 r O3 Load from eastern half of meth alkc C r-VVVV Loadf.mttedtoBF01 See Mi DO DO DO DO DO el—tons formorenf—aton v = Load....st.rn half of mech W. mof is applied at L2.See L2 plan on au X M �. previous sheet for more info. v v ROOF Loatl to Mis BF: DO M DO DO DO w wn-,=(3038/8701)'464.4 k=162.2 k _ I Z. � r7 (7 PF,,. (W..- Wa ) pF,.=(162.2/464.4)'157.1 k=54.9k 3 12 56.0 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: DO DO DO DO DO > 56.0 -------------------- I® I ------- --------- B Arlington Operations a I I ; I Center DO DO o DO DO I DO w � I 0 [ FOR DO GL5118x18 DO �; DO ; �m Do - ; `m Snohomish County 9 10 3-PLY CLT PANELS J _ Purchasing Services 56.01 56.01 GL 51/8 x 18 Dn DO DO 1 DO AT 19620 67th Ave NE I B F-02 X Arlington, WA 98223 DO DO DO DO = J o I0 0 I 60/° SUBMITTAL DO DO 02/14/2025 B B DO ao ROOF Load to ihls BF: ? (7 I W_.e=[I1-(3038/8701))'464.4 k]=302.3k w O0 C7 C7 2 CD r j This drawing is: 5 .Copyright 6.01 pF„k•-(Wa+.r�/W_i,",•) OF„•„=(302.31464.4) 757.1k-102.3k 1 CoPY 9 2022 D Y keman Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. DO Uu DO DO 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's —1 D written permission for any other use or reproduction. PROJECT GL5118x18 GL5118x18 GL5118x18 GL5118x18 S6.0 DO SHTHG PER NOTE 1 212024.009 • x � DO x v MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SEE S1.12 FOR LOW DO ROOF FRAMING--\ I I I I I I GL5118x18 ------------------- ----------- -—-—- - -- I I I I I I I I I LOW ROOFPROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PROJECT MANAGER: SES PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV A JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A • 1 O O 4D O g 7 g ROOF PLAN o a' a' 1 s •. ROOF FRAMING PLAN Scale 1/3" 0" 1/8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 vur Page 198 of 279 2 3 4 5 Fpx,Roof,Y-Dir- 1 00.7 k FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 D Fpx,L2,Y-Dir 156.5 k FLEXIBLE DIAPHRAGM ANALYSIS I pFx,Roof,Y-Dif= 130 k Y D I R E CT I O N p Fx,MechRoof,Y-Dir= 14 -.3 k DESIGN p Fx,L2,Y-Dir= 113.8 k LEVEL 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 • ' � � � � 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Unbalanced Soil Load=5.1 klit Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 8 www.reidmiddleton.com l l S5.0 l ight 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. LEVEL 2 Load to this BF: i i i I Wae,�e=[(1-[2534/67151))'744.9k]+[(2 2 8 514 7 91)"242.4 k]=463.Bk+115.6 k=579.4k ------------- -- /W-.j`F„°=(579A11038)•156.5k=87.7k /�� Lateral load from unbalanced soil loading=F,.q4,�,=5.1 klfl'(46.75 ft+23.25 ft)=357 k BF O3 Lateral load from northern half of mach atlic roof=F,=a.,.ep,,,=F. 2=17 k12=8.5k F.—F,"F.,„+F,".-, 87.7 k+357 k+8.5k=453.2k D X 6 �i DN' 3 o W14x22 L)� LD LjL) Lj� L) L)U ULD L)L3 c n 5 \O O O O O O O O W14x22 x ILI 'o (.° 6 LEVEL 2 Load to this BF: �PS5.0 0 00 I) L)Li L3L 0 CD I)L) L) L)� W,4X22 W„ ,.a=l(7-I(7142+2285)14791])`242.4k]=89.ik • 83/4 9 F�.�,=(Wmp�s/W„.,�)•F,,,=(69.1/1038)`156.5k=10.5k ---------- -- W 18x35(18)C=112" 18x35((18)C=112" W 18x35(18)C=112" W 18x35(8)C=112" Lateal load from unbalancetl soil loatling=F,,,m_=5.1 k ft'(23.25 ft)=118.6 k x ----- W18x35(12) �� r �� C �� CDC) CDC I II\ L 14x9 --- --- -- -- ----- --- on Operations 1 F =F +F =10.5 k+178.6 k=129.1 k GL8314x9 S6.0 G 83 x G 83 x I COMPOSITE DECK 3 Center kl+[(386/388)'S0.73 k]+Ill 142/4791)"242.4 k]=281.ik+50.73 k+57.Bk=389.7k TYP TYP I I PER 3/S5.01 III 5,0 .=(389.7/1038)`156.5 k=59k CZ 00 L) CDC) 00 0 Ljo TYP r VIOG PER NOTE 3 o I 0 I O F O R soil loading=F�..oua=5.1 k/ft'46.756=238.5k O O O O O O I o 0 0 0 014'1 o o I C, o OPEN TO BELOW I Snohomish County k+238.Sk=297.Sk 0 LI� �� v I + G 8314x9 W18x35 film 0 m Purchasing Services W18x35(12) T T--- 18x35(18)C=112" -i W18x35(18)C2-112" I AT ------ --------- - -I - ----- ----- W18x35(18)C=112" -------�- ---------� 19620 67th Ave NE DN TYP �� GL 8 314 x 9 NOTE:Load from norhtern half o s BF-02 mecha8lcmoflsstruttadtoL2(BF-05) Arlington, WA 98223 GL8314Xs SEE NOTE 6,TYP AT - N14x22 v aD BRACED FRAMES 1 V4 x 0 0 0 0 0 0 �0 0 0 0 0 0 �� r; 60% SUBMITTAL B y 02/14/2025 B GL51ISx12 I This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. SS4X4X,/ H$S4X4X,/4 2,The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. W18x35 W i8x35(14) 1.35(14) W18x35(14) W 18x35(14) JGL 6 314 x 21 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's l � written permission for any other use or reproduction. COMPOSITE DECK PER 31S5.01 ,l GIL 51/8 x 12 PROJECT 3-PLY CLT PANELS 212024.009 x I _ GL5118x1 • O O MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 0 CD W18X35 3-PLY CLT PANELS IIII II I III I GL63/4x21 131-6314X21 GL6314x21 GL6314x21 GL51I8x15 1 �1 c7 PROJECT c� PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: PNC GL51/8x18 GL5118x18 15118x18 14 15118x18 GL51/8x18 GL5118x15 GL51/Sx1 1 PROJECT MANAGER: ISES l l l S6.03 l l PROJECT ARCHITECT:;RSY 3-PLY CLT PANELS JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 g FLOOR PLAN UPPER LEVEL o a' a' s •. LEVEL 2 FRAMING PLAN Scale 1/8" 0" NORTH 1 2 1 3 1 4 Page 199 of 279 2 3 4 5 Fpx,Roof,Y-Dir- 1 00.7 k FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 D Fpx,L2,Y-Dir 156.5 k FLEXIBLE DIAPHRAGM ANALYSIS I pFx,Roof,Y-Dif= 130 k Y D I R E CT I O N p Fx,MechRoof,Y-Dir= 14 -.3 k DESIGN p Fx,L2,Y-Dir= 113.8 k ROOF 1 D2 O 4 4 3 8 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 S6.01 S6.01 S6.0 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com GL 51/8 x 18---GL 5118 x 18 GL 51/8 x 18 GL 5118 x 18 GL 5118 x 18 ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. a ROOF Load to this BF: S6.O W-.,-_(5135/8701)'464.4 k=274.1 k -------------------- --HSS12x6x112[L]--------HSS12x6x112[L]-- -- ____- _ __ - ---HSS12x6x1/2[L]----- - ---HSS12x6x1/2[L]----- _ ----- pF,,, =w,a /W �) pF =(274.1/484.4)'130.9 k=77.3k GL5118x18 GL51ISx18 �� GL51/8x18 GL51/8x18 BF-01 c M c DO DO DO DO DO � 0 M _ = MECH ROOF Lead to this BF: M M M Laleml loatl from southern half of meth attic roof=Fes,„=Fr„,,,„,/2=17 k/2=8.5 k o DO DO DO M DO M DO 2 TYP 3 c� c� 12 •• IDENTIFICATION: S6.01 S6.0 56.0 DO DO DO DO DO B -------------------- _ ,° ------- -----------� Arlington Operations ROOF Load to this BF: DO DO o w DO DO I V+ DO r: Center W_=(1-t5135/87011)'464.4 k=190.4 k M M M N d M 5 11 � M uJ's O O F O R pF,,,,„=IW."aw./W_)-pF__(190.4/464.4)'130.9 k=53.7 k V V V x �+ DO GL5118x18 DO DO S6.01 i �'�'► DO LL Snohomish Count/ 9 10 I LLYYiW...11lCD 3-PLY CLT PANELS J _ m Purchasing Services 56.01 56.01 -------------------- DO -GL51ISx18 ---- DO DO t DO ------ AT 19620 67th Ave NE BID Arlington, WA 98223 DO GL 51/8 x 18 DO DO DO = o O 0 � � 60/o SUBMITTAL 02/14/2025 H B ` DO J DO DO DO DO 7 B oo - 2 r j r j r j This drawing is: S6.01 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. DO DO DO DO 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's l D written permission for any other use or reproduction. 6PROJECT GL51/8x18 GL51/8x18 GL51/8x18 GL51/8x18 S6.0 DO 212024.009 SHTHG PER NOTE 1 x DO x v MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SEE S1.12 FOR LOW NOTE: (9 ROOF FRAMING Load from northern half of mach attic DO roof is he to L2.see plan on I I I I pravinus sheet for more We. I I GL5118x18 ------------------- -------------t--------------t--------------t-------------- ----------- ------- ----- - - E I I I I I I I I I LOW ROOFPROJECT l l l l l l PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PROJECT MANAGER: I SE. PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV A JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A I i I •. 1 O O 4D O g 7 g ROOF PLAN o a' 81 16' •. ROOF FRAMING PLAN Scale 1/8" 0" 1/8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 1 3 1 4 5 -125 hss 22 Pm Page 200 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Lateral Load Distribution ( Rigid Analysis ) Page 201 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN BF Forces --- Rigid Analysis Fx ( p � 1 00 ) Roof Roof Roof Roof D8 D1 25 6 21 D 2 Mech Attic Roof D12 D P=73k P=83k P=104k _ _ D15 D1 P=54k P=5k Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 1 D14 V D24 P=87knD P=68k P=50kP=53 k Soil 9 D3P=55 k P=37 k D 35 SoilP=229 k 0 SPoiI 166kDP=237kBase ase Base Base Level 2 Base BF-01 BF-02 BF-03 BF-04 BF-05 BF-06 Brace forces for rigid analysis taken from ETABS Model of building with rigid diaphragms CLIENT: SHEET FREeidE, ddletonPRO.J No.: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 202 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Forces === Rigid Analysis 10 Fx BF =01 ( P � 1 00 ) Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component _ from 1-2-Roof brace from 1-2-Roof brace FX — 76.4 k =54cos(45)=38.2 kip =54cos(45)=38.2 kip A Q� 25.5 ft A 45.47° CLIENT: SHEET ReidMiddleton PRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 203 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Forces === Rigid Analysis Fx BF =02 Resultant horizontal component Resultant horizontal component from 1-2-Roof brace FX - 57.2 k =73ces(67)om f brace28.6 kip =73cos(67)=28.6 kip ~ ~ `\PPI - Q` 17 ft 0 io 67.030 Resultant force from braces =37cos59+ 37cos59 ce95kip)+73s6 7FX - 95.2 k - 2 PPI A/,k ii Q� o 58.66° CLIENT: SHEET rReidElddleton PRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 204 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Forces mmm Rigid Analysis 10 Fx BF =03 ( P � 1 00 ) 11 21'-0" 11 FX = 63.8 k •o Q` 53.07° (DRAWN LIENT: SHEET e' Edieton RO NoT r BY: DATE: REV.: Page 205 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN Forces --- Rigid Analysis Fx BF =04 FX = 76.2 k p 100 5 . 1° 69.350 jg 3 ft �� 64.84° Q - 0 0 N 60.440 19 ft FX = 173.9 k Fs.;, = 265.1 k -o 55.880 Seismic Loading Direction (PRO. IENT: SHEET Rr ' L dietOn NoT:AWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 206 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN � ; Forces --- Rigid Analysis X FX = 85.6k BF =05 5 .50 1° ■ 73.020 19 3 it 67.87° -o 0 � ii Q° 0 M N O N 647.81 Ilk 19 ft FX = 159 k Fs°;, = 256.2 k -o / Q yo 55.880 Seismic Loading Direction " Ed CLIENT: SHEET R�' dit PROJEC e on PRO. NoT. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 207 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN BF Forces --- Rigid Analysis Fx BF =06 ( p � 1 00 ) FX = 8k 4�° 1g3ft O 1° 19 ft FX = 63.8 k FS,, = 185.7 k s0 Q yo` 56.01° 56.01° Seismic Loading Direction CLIENT: SHEET ReidElddleton PRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 208 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN BF Forces --- Rigid Analysis Fx ( p � 1 03 ) Roof Roof Roof Roof D8 D1 25 6 21 D 2 Mech Attic Roof D12 D P=96k P= 110k P=136k _ _ D 1 5 D1 P=69k P=7k Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 1 D14 D23 D24 P=114knD P=89k P=69 k Soil 9 D3 P=69 k D 35 SoilP=229 k 0 Poil 166 k DP=237kBase ase Base Base Level 2 Base BF-01 BF-02 BF-03 BF-04 BF-05 BF-06 Brace forces for rigid analysis taken from ETABS Model of building with rigid diaphragms CLIENT: SHEET FREeidE, ddleton PROJECPRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 209 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Forces mmm Rigid Analysis 10 Fx BF =01 ( P � 1 03 ) Fx = 94.6 k A %9f Q� 25.5 ft A cod 6' IF Z ° CLIENT: SHEET FREeidpfflddleton PRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 210 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction 1 Forces === Rigid Analysis Fx BF =02 ( p � l - 3 ) Fx = 75.2 k P -o \\ -4c 1 R � 17 ft 0 67.03° FX = 125.7 k �O� -O o 58.66° Ed " CLIENT: SHEET Re"Id � O� PRO. No.: r DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 211 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Forces mmm Rigid Analysis Fx BF =03 ( P � 1 03 ) Ilk 21'-0" Ilk FX = 83.1 k p 19 Q` 33.0TO CLIENT: SHEET eRidElddleton PRO. NoT: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 212 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN BF Forces --- Rigid Analysis Fx BF =04 FX = 101.1 k ( p � 1 0 3 ) 5 . 1° 69.350 1g 3 ft 0 64.84° -o � ii Q° o 0 N 60.440 19 ft FX = 197.2 k Fs.;, = 265.1 k -o 55.880 Seismic Loading Direction (PRO. IENT: SHEET r ' I e O n PROJEC NoT.AWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 213 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN BF Forces --- Rigid Analysis Fx FX = 111.9k BF =05 5 .51° 73.02° 7. 3 ) 87°o ■ Q 0 M N O N 64.81° Ilk 19 ft FX = 184.5 k Fs°;, = 256.2 k -o Q yo 55.88° Seismic Loading Direction r�� CLIENT: SHEET R�' I � 0�d 0 dit PROJEC PRO. NoT. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 214 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN BF Forces --- Rigid Analysis Fx BF =06 ( p � 1 03 ) FX = 11.2 k J 33. MWI- 4 ° 1g3it T O ;��q 10 19 ft FX = 66.9 k FS,, = 185.7 k s0 ,00 Q yo` 56.01° 56.01° Seismic Loading Direction CLIENT: SHEET ReidElddleton PRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 215 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN BF Forces --- Rigid Analysis Fpx Roof Roof Roof Roof D8 D1 25 6 21 D 2 Mech Attic Roof — D12 D P=92k P= 104k P=143k D15 D1 P=60k P=8k Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 P1 D14 D23 D24 P= 108knD P=94k P=69kP=66 k Soil 9 D3P=60 k P=46 k D 35 SoilP i 229 k 0 SPoil- kDP=237kBase ase Base Base Level 2 Base BF-01 BF-02 BF-03 BF-04 BF-05 BF-06 Brace forces for rigid analysis taken from ETABS Model of building with rigid diaphragms CLIENT: SHEET FREeidElddleton PRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 216 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Forces mmm Rigid Analysis 10 Fpx BF =01 Fpx = 84.9 k A 6pf /�O Q� CO 25.5 ft A 45.470 CLIENT: SHEET FREeidMiddleton PRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 217 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction 1 Forces === Rigid Analysis Fpx BF =02 FpX = 71.9 k �P, -o \\ � c9� Q, Q` 17 ft 0 67.03° FpX = 119.3 k �co -O o 58.66° Ed " CLIENT: SHEET Re"Id � O� PRO. No.: r DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 218 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN Seismic Loading Direction BF Forces mmm Rigid Analysis 10 Fpx BF =03 11 21'-0" Ilk Fpx = 79.5 k p A �o 06' Q` 53.07° CLIENT: SHEET eRidElddleton PRO. NoT: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 219 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN BF Forces --- Rigid Analysis Fpx BF =04 FPX = 95.5 k 5 . 1° 69.350 19.3 lift o� 64.84° o 0 0 N 60.440 19 ft FPX = 193.3 k Fs.;, = 265.1 k -o 55.880 Seismic Loading Direction CLIENT: SHEET rReidElddleton PRO. NoT: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 220 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN � ; Forces --- Rigid Analysis Fpx FpX = 117.6k BF =05 5 .51° 73.020 19 3 it \\ 67.870 Q° 0 M N O N 647.81 19 ft Fpx = 190.1 k Fso;, = 256.2 k -o / Q yo 55.88' Seismic Loading Direction " Ed CLIENT: SHEET R�' dit PROJEC e on PRO. NoT. DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 221 of 279 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN BF Forces --- Rigid Analysis Fpx BF =06 Fp" = 12.9 k 33. 4 ° 1g3ft O 10 19 ft Fpx = 68.8 k FS,, = 185.7 k s0 Q yo` 56.01° 56.01° Seismic Loading Direction CLIENT: SHEET ReidElddleton PRO. No.: T: DRAWN BY: DATE: REV.: Page 222 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date CLT Diaphragm Design Page 223 of 279 2 3 4 5 FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 D DIAPHRAGM DEMANDS I � X—DIRECTION ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ROOF FLEXIBLE ANALYSIS 1 2 3 4 s s Mech Roof Diaphragm Loads 4 3 8 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 High Roof Diaphragm Loads S6.01 TS6.01 S6.o Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 GL51/8x18 GL5118x18 GL51/8x18 GL5118x18 GL5118x18 N wCopyight eton.com ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. o Monent(kip•ft) o Shear(kip) 4 ss.o a "o' V=24.5�----- --HSS12x6x112[L]--------HSS12x6x112L - _______ ___ __ - ---HSS12x6x112[L]----- — ---HSS12x6x1/2[L]----- _ - - - A V=-13.6k GL5118x18 GL51ISx18 GL51ISx18 GL5118x18 B F-01 r 03 `M DO DO DO DO o M=95 k-ft a a ,F_ 54.9 it M is m _ DO DO ? DO M DO " shear m eF-o1 and BF-oz will be � N N w w proportioned to satisty oo i� 0 O V' V' equilibrium in V 8 M diagrams. V' 2 TYP 3 V, U, 12PROJECT pF„r,,,•38.1 k S6.01 DO Ss.O > gg,0 ------- DO DO ® DO ----- - - B I�> Arlington Operations Center DO DO o w DO DO I DO FOR M Snohomish County DO GL 5118 x 18 DO DO I ��' DO j �m M=291 k-ft c o / g 10 I 3-PLY CLT PANELS 0 J _ Purchasing Services 56.01 56.01 GL 51/8 x 18 I I AT V=57.7k DO DO V=-61.3 k --------- - j_. �/ 19620 67th Ave NE M=736k-ft BF-02 Arlington, WA98223 C a DO DO DO DO = J o 0 pF,,, -102.3 k 11 a 9bearin6F-9,andBF.92 _ 60/o SUBMITTAL Do will be proportioned to 7t Do a DO Do 02/14/2025 B satis a uilibrium in V 8 ty q M diagmms. m w ao (ry (D 2 F„,.e•119 k C� 0 This drawing is: g p 1.Copyright 2022 D keman Inc. S6.01v 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. DO DO DO DO 3.For use on this Project only.Obtain Architect's -—-—-—- -—- -—-— - written permission for any other use or reproduction. N 6 0 PROJECT GL51/8x18 GL51/8x18 GL51/8x18 GL51/8x18 S6.0 ,I > > DO N SHTHG PER NOTE 1 q 212024.009 I I I I I N I II I - x DO x > v MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SEE S1.12 FOR LOW DO ROOF FRAMING I I --\ I I I I -—-—-—-—-—-—-— GL5118x18 ----- ----------- -—-—- - -� I I I I I I I I I LOW ROOFPROJECT PRINCIPAL IN IN CHARGEIPNC PROJECT MANAGERISE. PROJECT PROJECT ARCHITECT " A JOB CAPTAINIEP,PJCPJC A 1 O O 4D O g 7 g ROOF PLAN o a' a' 1 s ,. ROOF FRAMING PLAN Scale 1/8" 0" 1/8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 1 3 4 5 11are 211. FM Page 224 of 279 2 3 4 5 FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 D DIAPHRAGM DEMANDS Y—DIRECTION ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN ROOF FLEXIBLE ANALYSIS 43 8 728 134th Tte Street SW,Suite 200 S6.01 S6.01 S6.0 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com GL 51/8 x 18 GL 5118 x 18 GL 51/8 x 18 GL 5118 x 18 GL 5118 x 18 1< I Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. 4 S6.0 —-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—- --HSS12x6x112[L]--------HSS12x6x112[L]-- -- ------------- - ---HSS12x6x112[L]----- — ---HSS12x6x1/2[L]----- ----- she.rinBF-o4.naBF-oswillbe --------------- proportioned to..li.t equilibrium m GL51/8x18 GL5118x18 �� GL51/8x18 GL51/8x18 VBMdiagram.. BF-01 rFx,BF-05=83.2 k c M c DO DO DO DO DO � a o �o M M M M o DO DO DO M DO M DO 2 TYP 12 PROJECT S6.01 DO S6.0 56.0 DO DO DO DO B -------------------- -------�------- - Arlington Operations pF.erx=53.7 k = i III Pro, K [ ,^ Shearin BF-Odand BF-OS will be da [ _/ Center rtioned to s.tis equ ibrium in V&M d.gram.. DO DO o w DO M DO DO = o M na ] 0 r FOR pF.erx=47.]k M x x x 5 / � .� u'> � O � , Do GL5118x18 DO Do , _ Do Snohomish County 9 10 [ -3-PLYCLTPANELS J _ W Purchasing Services s6.01 s6.01 DO GL 51I8 x 18 i AT DO DO DO C -------------------- ----- — -- -------- -----------� 19620 67th Ave NE DO GL51/8x18 DO DO DO i x> >0> > Arlington, WA 98223 19 x zt �_x 60% SUBMITTAL 02/14/2025 B ` DO J DO DO DO DO 7 B W 2 U U rj This drawing is: S6.01 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 2.The Architect's Instrument of Professional Service. DO DO DO DO 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's O written permission for any other use or reproduction. 6 PROJECT GL51/8x18 GL51/8x18 GL51/8x18 GL51/8x18 S6.0 DO SHTHG PER NOTE 1 212024.009 V=8.5k x DO x ? MARK DATE DESCRIPTION I I I �/(k) I I SEE S1.12 FOR LOW DO ROOF FRAMING M=90 k-ft ------------------ '° G1-511808 a --- - - --- - --- ----- - -� V=47.7k M(k) E -- V=27.9k LOW ROOFPROJECT TEAM PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PROJECT MANAGER: I SE. OcatlOFl (ft) V=-55.3k PROJECT ARCHITECT: RSV zr-u° JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A O 10 20 30 40 SO 60 70 80 90 100 110 A C Chord Moment=1031 k-ft 1 g ROOF PLAN Chord Force(T=C)=M/b=1031 k-ft/69.5 ft=14.9 k / � - o a' a' 1 s c Scale:1/8"=1'0" NORTH 0 1 Location (ft) `—M=358 k-ft 4 5 v, 0261—n, 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 Page 225 of 279 EmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Roof - CLT Diaphragm Analysis X-Direction Loading Max.diaphragm shear,V=61.3 k Diaphragm length=120.25 ft Max.diaphragm unit shear,v=61.3 k/120.25 ft=0.51 k/ft=510 Ib/ft V2M1.1 105V layup CLT panels have an in-plane shear capacity of 9700 lb/ft--OK Y-Direction Loading Max.diaphragm shear,V=55.3 k Diaphragm length=69.5 ft Max.diaphragm unit shear,v=55.3 k/69.5 ft=0.8 k/ft=800 lb/ft V2M1.1 105V layup CLT panels have an in-plane shear capacity of 9700 lb/ft OK CLT side spline(Y-Direction shear) Max.diaphragm unit shear,v=800 lb/ft Per SST catalog on following sheets,CMSTC16 strap with 3"nail spacing has a seismic LRFD shear capacity of 1337 lb/ft in SPF CLT--OK CMSTC16 straps are installed with 0.158"x 2 1/2"nails Per NDS Table 12P,lateral ASD capacity of 0.158 nails installed in SPF with 16GA side member is 100 lb(Z) LRFD capacity=ASD capacity*KF*w*k= 100 lb/nail*3.32*0.65*1.0=215.8 lb/nail (KF=3.32 and(p=0.65 per NDS Table 11.3.1. k= 1.0 for seismic loading per NDS Table N3) Required nail spacing=(800 lb/ft)/(215.8 lb/nail)=3.7 nails/ft -->Space nails at 3"oc(4 nails/ft provided) CLT end spline(X-Direction shear) Max.diaphragm unit shear,v=510 lb/ft Per SST catalog on following sheets,CMSTC16 strap with 3"nail spacing has a seismic LRFD shear capacity of 1337 lb/ft in SPF CLT--OK CMSTC16 straps are installed with 0.158"x 2 1/2"nails Per NDS Table 12P,lateral ASD capacity of 0.158 nails installed in SPF with 16GA side member is 100 lb(Z) LRFD capacity=ASD capacity*KF*(P*k= 100 lb/nail*3.32*0.65* 1.0=215.8 lb/nail (KF=3.32 and(p=0.65 per NDS Table 11.3.1. k= 1.0 for seismic loading per NDS Table N3) Required nail spacing=(510 lb/ft)/(215.8 lb/nail)=2.4 nails/ft >Space nails at 3"oc(4 nails/ft provided) Page 226 of 279 Simpson Strong-Tie"Connectors,Fasteners&Anchors for Mass Timber Construction FT M_ "Ok MDSS/CMSTC/LDSSTM ' Steel Splines for Mass Timber Panels Simpson Strong Tie steel spline straps are an ideal solutions for mass timber panel typ. �vv shear connections.The straps can be 21/ 'typ. N� placed directly on top of CLT and other 15�15'typ. mass timber panels,eliminating routing , 33/4" requirements to save manufacturing cost and time.They are also less susceptible 0 0 5/3 21/d' to moisture damage than plywood 2"typ. 0 3„typ splines,reducing the potential for o 0 expensive repair work. MDSS96—14-gauge x 951/2"strap that ° ° installs with Strong-Drive®SDS Heavy- Duty Connector screws.May be installed 0 0 with the Timber Driver"Structural Screw 0 Fastening System(see p.37). 0 0 ® v 0 CMSTCI6—16-gauge coiled strap that comes in a 54'long coil and can be cut 95/z' 54' 47iz° 0 to length.Installs with 0.148"x 21/2"nails. o U LDSS48—18-gauge x 471/2"strap that ° ° o installs quickly and safely with the Quik Drive®PR0300SG2 system(see p.39) ° ° m N and collated Strong-Drive WSV Subfloor o c screws.An innovative embossed hole ° ° fi design helps guide the installation tool and increases fastener capacity.The o 0 LDSS has also been tested with 0.148" ® Centerline x 21/2"nails for specifiers or contractors notch who prefer a nailed connection.The embossed hole allows for the use of a 53/4„ 3"—► 33r°- power framing nailer using concentric,full round-head nails. MDSS96 CMSTCI6 LDSS48 Material:See table. Finish:Galvanized(G90) Installation:Use all specified fasteners/ T ro anchors a E 0 U a c 0 4i c 0 For 4"o.c.fastener spacing,skip a every other row.For 2'o.c.fastener to Fill holes at each end of strap. spacing,fill all holes. N Fill every other hole for 0 4"o.c.screw spacing. Max.strap spacing as required to Cc Max.strap spacing as maintain specified w required to maintain specified fastener spacing fastener spacing Note:Edge-milling is not required a for the MDSS96 ai m m m _ m m _ m - Fill holes at each end of strap Edge milling is not required, but if used,the minimum panel depth after milling is 3". Typical MDSS96 Installation with 1/4"x 31/2"SDS Heavy-Duty Connector Typical LDSS48 Installation with WSV3S Screws Screws at 4"o.c.in a 5-Ply CLT Panel at 4"o.c.in a Three-Ply CLT Panel (6"o.c and 8"o.c SDS Screw Spacing Options Similar-3-Ply and 7-Ply Applications Similar) Page 227 of B9 Simpson Strong-Tie"Connectors,Fasteners&Anchors for Mass Timber Construction E= MDSS/CMSTC/LDSSTM ' Allowable Shear Loads Fasteners Allowable Shear Load LRFD Shear Model GILT Layup Fastener (lb./ft.) Slip Modulus Capacity(lb/ft) Spacing No. Ga. (min.) Wind Seismic (lb./in.y per ft.) Seismic Type Dimension (in.) DF/SP SPF/HF DF/SP SPF/HF DF/SP SPF/HF 8 1,420 845 1,015 725 24,110 2190 1564 MDSS96 14 Three-ply SIDS 1/4"x 31/2" 6 1,670 990 1,350 965 32,140 2913 2082 4 2,450 1,685 2,025 1,445 48,210 5287 3118 CMSTCI6 16 Three-ply Nails 0.148"x 21/2" 3 720 620 720 620 30,750 1553 1337 1.5 1,565 1,350 1,565 1,350 61,490 3377 2913 4 430 430 430 430 23,060 927 927 Nails 0.148 x 21/2" LDSS48 18 Three-ply 2 820 820 820 820 46,120 1769 1769 rn WSV #9 x 3" 4 1,030 1030 1,030 1030 17,050 2222 2222 C 2 2,225 2,225 2,225 2,225 34,090 4801 4801 V 1.Allowable loads are based on the use of cross-laminated timber(CLT)grades E1-E5 and V1-V5 material conforming to APA PRG-320. The allowable shear load applies to mass plywood panels(MPP)with equivalent S.G. 2.Allowable loads have been adjusted for wind or seismic loading per 2021 SDPWS. 3.Allowable loads are based on lesser of calculations per SDPWS 2021 or assembly tests. U 4.Fastener failure modes are Mode Ills or Mode IV. M 5.Screws:SIDS=Strong-Drive"SIDS Heavy-Duty Connector Screws,model SDS25312; WSV=Strong-Drive WSV Subfloor screw,model WSV3S(collated for Quik Drive"). N 6.Nails:Nail dimension listed diameter by length. Note:To convert ASD capacities to LRFD d 7.CLT panel thickness shall be adequate to accommodate full fastener length. capacities,ASD values are multiplied by KF and a 8.The component of diaphragm deflection due to fastener slip at panel-to-panel joints is calculated as,Sf=CLen,where, per NDS Table 11.3.1,KF=3.32 and N—0.65. C=(1/PL+1/Pti,)/2 JW PL=Length of individual CLT panel(ft.) Example: PW=Width of individual CLT panel(ft.) 1015.3.32"0.65=2190 L=Overall length of diaphragm(ft.) e =Design load per foot(lbs/ft)/Slip Modulus,y(lb./in per ft) Note:time effect factor,2,= 1.0 for seismic (Reference—Applied Technology Council.1981.Guidelines for the design of horizontal wood diaphragms.Redwood C loading per NDS Table N3 9.For steel splines,the AISI calculated allowable shear capacity of the steel exceeds the reported allowable shear loads b of 2.0,satisfying the requirement of SDPWS 2021 Section 4.5.4(3) 10.For additional information on fastener slip and stiffness/slip modulus,see: a.American Wood Council.2018.ANSI/AWC National Design Specification"for Wood Construction,NDS11, Section 11.3.6.AWC,Leesburg,VA. b.Zhan,J.J.1991.Design Equation for Multiple-Fastener Wood Connections.US Forest Service, Forest Products Laboratory,Madison,WI. 0 c T C m a 0 0 For 3"o.c.nail spacing,skip every other row as shown,but place nails in the same row; for 11/2"o.c. o Max.strap nail spacing,fill all holes spacing=1" a E Typical CMSTCI6 a N Installation with 0.148"x 21/2"Nails at o 3"o.c.in a Three-Ply w CLT Panel w $IMpsaasTRo m (0.148"x 2%" "'" `�" nails at 1%"o.0, SIMPSON STRONGAW" :9e + similar,except fill all holes) Strong-Drive° Edge milling is not required, Fill holes at each SCN SMOOTH-SHANK but if used,the minimum panel end of strap CONNECTOR Nail depth after milling is 21/2" 82 Page 228 of 279 2 3 4 5 Diaphragm Chord Key Plan ESR-2105 ® Page lOors' D Load Tables :ua ` 1I ®' Many ofthese products are approved for installation with Strong-Drive®SD Connector screws. um�o Note:To convert ASD capacities to LRFD capacities, . is Model DF/SP SPFMF Allowable ASD values are mul8plied by KF and a. uwz YKEMAN Total L Ga. Tension Load. Per NDS Table 11.3.1,K,=3.32 and v=0.65. ue , No. Faa191tafa 61tl LMpld FaeYnxe Ertl l•rrgM (1�) on.) (le.) (In.) P-) Example: cunergn (74)0.162 x 214 33 (84)0.162 x 2% 38 g,215 LRFD Tension Lead 9215lb-3.32.0.65=19885 lb CMST12 40' 12 Note:time effect factor,4=1.0 for seismic loading per 186)0.148 x 21! 39 (98)0.148x2h 44 9215 NDS Table N3 uiowon - - - - (5610.162 s 2% 26 (66)0.162 x 2% 30 6,475 Roof-East&West Edges CWT14 62W' 14 a '•�"�° (66)0.148 z2W 30 (76)0.148x2W 34 6,475 ue"a� M=1031 k-Raw u oknpm T=C=Mlb=1031 k-ft/69.5 R=14.9k CMSTCI6 54' 16 (50)0.148x3�b 20 (58)0.148 x 3%, 25 4,690 .iw.mi.amo.."."m..,a.i m.m a...n,•a".,ce.Poa m.mce. CONSULTANT: Tension capacllyof(1)CMST12 strap=19.885 k--OK ", „,.,,mi..„.,a.,".,.�,",":o 1 2 3 4 T4� 4 8 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 ."aI 86.01 S6.0 1 'u5151061Sj30151BLj 015N1anaa'u�51�"'5S 10j31E1en Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com GL 51/8 x 18 GL 5118 x 18 GL 51/8 x 18 GL 5118 x 18 GL 5118 x 18 ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. 4 I • 56.0 -------------------- --HSS12x6x112[L]--------HSS12x6x1/2[L]-- -- ------------- - ---HSS12x6x112[L]----- — ---HSS12x6x1/2[L]----- -------+----------- /� GL5118x18 GL51ISx18 ' �� GL51I8x18 GL51IBx18 BF-01 Mech Roof-East&West Edges co DO DO Do DO DO Q M=90 k-ft C O 1: T=C=MIb=90k-ft 163.5 it=1.44k m Tension capacity of(1)CMST12 strap=19.885 k--OK Roof-Nardi,&South Edges C7 DO M DO x i DO M DO DO ? �` T=C36M/b=736k-ft/119ft=6.2k (.O (.O U 2 TYP (D 3 U U, S6.01 (7 J 12 Tension capacity of(1)CMST12 strap=19.885 k-OK----- 56.0 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: DO DO DO DO S6.0 DO -- -------------—-—-—-—-—- - ® -----— I ; Arlington Operations I DO DO o� Do Do QQ [ Center W U Mech Roof-North&South Edges N d M M M o FOR M= =k-R i �; O T=C=MIb=291 k-R I21.SR=13.6k m M F �li Tensloncapaclryof(1)CMST12strap-19.BBSk--OK Snohomish Cou DO nty DO GL 5118 x 18 DO Do ao m 9 10 3-PLY CLT PANELS c� J _ Purchasing Services ss.o1 ss.o1 GL 51/8 x 18 [ AT DO Do DO DO C -—-—-—- -------------------- �- ------------- ---------- 19620 67th Ave NE slo� Arlington, WA 98223 DO GL 51/8 x 18 DO DO DO = UO I0 0 I — 60/D SUBMITTAL 02/14/2025 B m DO 2 DO DO DO '— DO B CD I = 2 r j r j i j This drawing is: S 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 6.01 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. tect's DO DO Do DO 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Archi O written permission for any other use or reproduction. 6 � I I ••• JECT NUMBER GL x1 51/88 GL51/8x18 GL51/8x18 GL51/8x18I r S6.0 DO SHTHG PER NOTE 1 212024.009 • x i DO v MARK DATE DESCRIPTION SEE S1.12 FOR LOW DO ROOF FRAMING--\ GL5118x18 ------------------- -—-—-—-—-—- -—-—- - -- I I I I I I I I I LOW ROOFPROJECT PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC PROJECT MANAGER: I SES PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSV A JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A I i I •. 1 O O 4O O g 7 g ROOF PLAN o a' s �1e ROOF FRAMING PLAN S' i1/8,._1,0, 1/8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 2 3 4 5 .1 Page 229 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date SOMD Diaphragm Design Page 230 of 279 2 3 4 5 FOR PLAN NOTES 8 LEGENDS SEE S0.05 D DIAPHRAGM DEMANDS X-DIRECTION ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN LEVEL 2 RIGID ANALYSIS ■ CONSULTANT D2 3 4 5 6 7 O ' 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 6 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.corn 55.0 ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. REGISTRATION V=20k - +7 — W14x22 v -- --- — - - - - -- L1111 zw Bl`0` C oV 02 ofto � W14x22(8) h 5 3 3 O O LEVEL 2 Load to basement wall: 0 � � W14X22 v � W14x22 N 6 Fp=240 k(hom ETABS) $6.D1 V • • • W18x35(24) W18x46(24) W18x46(24) W18x46(24) - — - - W18x46(14) , IHSS5x5x318 Arlington Operations GL8314x9 GL8314x9 I 56.01 COMPOSITE DECK TYP TYP PER 3155.01 55.03 I Center 1 I TVP II FOR o 55.0 ? `� o 0 0 TYP ,40° I LL o0 o OPEN TO BELOW I m Snohomish County I m I W18x35 5501 i ; Purchasing Services -249 k V=119.3 k I W18x46(8) W18x46(24) 1 STRUT AT W18x46(24) STRUT � F„�,,„,a„,> I I I 31/8 x 9 I -- W18x46(24) 0 19620 67th Ave NE YGL IBF-02 s Arlington, WA 98223 tT I °W14x22ns 0 0 0 0 0 0 N 60% SUBMITTAL _ _ ° 02/14/2025B LEVEL 2 Load to this BF. GL 51/8x12 Fp=119 3 k 5This drawing Is: S6.0 m 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. HSS4x4x1/4 HSS4X4X1/4 2.The Amhitecfs Instrument of Professional Service. 18x46(8W18x46(14) W18x46(14) W18x46(14) W18x46(14) GL 6 3/4 x 21 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's HSS4x4xl/4 8 7 HSS4x4x114 1 HSS4x4xl/4 HSS4x4x1/4 HSS4x4xl/4 HSS4x4xl/4 GL 51/8 x 12 ° 01 I PROJECT S6.01 S6.01 S6.0 3-PLY GILT PANELS 212024.009 x 0I GL 51/8 x 12 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION x O m S6.0 3-PLY CLT PANELS V=-PI9.3k GL63/4x21 GL63/4x21 GL63/4x21 GL63/4x21 BF0 GL51/8x12 O O O O O o o O O O O O o - M o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 �IPROJECT TEAM: PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC GL 51/8 x 15 GL 5118 x 15 GL 5118 x 15 12 GL 5118 x 15 5 1/8 x 15 GL 5118 x 15 GL 51/8 x 12 PROJECT MANAGER: I SES $6,Q PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSY 3-PLY CLT PANELS JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC i I I I DRAWING A LEVEL2 Load tothisBF: FLOOR PLAN UPPER 1 2 3 4 F„=79.5k 6 7 8 LEVEL 0 4' a' 1 s DRAWING LEVEL 2 FRAMING PLAN Scale:1/8"=V-0" NORTH 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 arl..a so.4s 1. Page 231 of 279 2 3 4 5 FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 D DIAPHRAGM DEMANDS Y-DIRECTION LEVEL 2 RIGID ANALYSIS CONSULTANT D2 3 4 5 6 O ' ' IIII 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 6 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com 55.0 ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. REGISTRATION ----------------- ------ -- -- -+--------- A 5304 B�0` � i C C x a \� ? F LEVEL 2 Load to this BF: W14x22 / C W14X22(8) I� Fsoiia185.7k 5 � � W14x � 6 Fto al=254.5k 55.0 W14x22 N TYP 56.01 PROJECT • • W18x35(24) W18x46(24) W18x46(24) W18x46(24) W18x46(14) , IHSSSx5x318 I - - - - - - - - - -� Arlington Operations GL8314x9 GL8314x9 I �/.� 3 i Center 56.01 TYP I V/ COMPOSITE DECK TYP I PER 31S5.01 S5.03 1 i Q rYP i Q FOR LEVEL2 Loadbihls BF: C LEVEL Load to ihls BF: o Fp,=193.3k 0 0 0 0 F�,=190.ik N / O o OPEN TO BELOW FS.it=2fi5.1k O O O O O TYP ,4�_oa FSoil=256.2k I \ 0 �- I ( Snohomish County Ftotal=458.4 k 10 O O Ftotal=446.3 k �i I m W18x35 55.01 0 I I m Purchasing Services I � I AT W18x46(8) W18x46(24) W18x46(24) ------ ------- GL31/8x9 I ----------- W18x46(24 --- ------�-------�----- - - - 0 19620 67th Ave NE GL51/8x24 B�02 Arlington, WA 98223 SEE NOTE 6,TYP AT O W14x22 0 0 I� BRACED FRAMES 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N • 60% SUBMITTAL B `I �_ �_ 02/14/2025 B ILAS M GL51/8x12 This drawing is: 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. HSS4%4%114 H3S4X4X1/4 2.The Amhitecfs Instrument of Professional Service. (8 W18x46(14) W18x46(14) Wi8x46(14) W18%46(14) GL 6 3l4 X 21 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's —- -—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—- -—-—-— -—-—-—- ---------- -- -- — -- ---- -- -- --- ---- ----- ---- ----- ----- D written permission for any other use or reproduction. HSS4x4x114 8 7 HSS4%4%114 1 HSS4%4%1/4 HSS4x4x1/4 HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4x114 GL 51/8 x 12 ° COMPOSITE DECK PER 3/S5.01PROJECT S6.01 56.01 S6.0 3-PLY CLT PANELS 212024.009 O O O O O O O a¢ O O O O O m GL 51/8%12 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION O O 0 O K 0 0 r]0 0 0 0 O N m° x O O X S6.0 3-PLY CLT PANELS -------------------- -------------- --------- --- - ------- ---- ---- ----- - - —_ _=_ GL51/8x12 - --------- D GL63/4x21 GL63/4%21 GL 6314x21 GL63/4x21 W18%46(8) co Bn O �I M O � � � O O � O O � � � � O O PROJECT TEAM: IDI m w m m q •I PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC GL51/8x15 GL5118x15 GL5118x15 1P GL5118x15 GL51/8x15 GL5118x15 GL51/8x12 PROJECT MANAGER: I SEs $6.0 PROJECT ARCHITECT: V=458.4 k 3-PLY CLT PANELS JOB CAPTAINIEP,PJCPJC A DRAWING A V=446.3k FLOOR PLAN UPPER LEVEL 4- 8- 16' DRAWING NUMBER: V=-458.4k V=-446.3k NORTH I Max shear in SOMD: 5 a14r1oz5 a.3o.45- V,=458.4 k v,=458.4 k/57 fl=8.1 k/fl Page 232 of 279 EmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Level 2 - SOMD Diaphragm Analysis X-Direction Loading Max.diaphragm shear,V=240 k Diaphragm length=119 ft Max.diaphragm unit shear,v=240 k/119 ft=2.02 k/ft Y-Direction Loading Max.diaphragm shear,V=458.4 k Diaphragm length=57 ft Max.diaphragm unit shear,v=458.4 k/57 ft=8.1 k/ft Check in-plane shear strength of SOMD: Conservatively,check strength of concrete topping on its own Per ACI 138 18.12.9.1: p,=ratio of reinf parallel to shear force=(1)layer#4 @ 12"=0.20in2/(3"*12")=0.00556 V,per ft length=v,=t[2*?*sgrt(f,)+p,*fy]=3"*[2*1.0*sgrt(4000psi)/1000+(0.00556*60ksi)] =1.38 k/in=16.5 k/ft V,,,,,per ft length=V'r-=8*t*sgrt(f,)=8*3"*sgrt(4000psi)/1000=1.52 k/in=18.2 k/ft w=0.75 for shear cpv,=0.75*16.5 k/ft=12.4 k/ft cpv,>v,--OK Page 233 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Strut Design Page 234 of 279 MMClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Strut to CLT Diaphragm Connections CLT to Glulam beam/strut connections will utilize Simpson Strong Tie SDCF fully-threaded screws. Allowable shear load per ICC-ES ESR-3046 below: ESR•3046 Page 16 of 28 105V CLT thickness=4.125" . _ SG=0.42 for SPF per NDS TABLE:4A-REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES I2)FOR SINGLE$HEAR WOOD-TO-WOOD CONNECTIONS WITH EDGE Allowable shear per screw=325 lb SCREWS"" REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUE,7 phi) To convert ASD capacities to LRFD FASTENER capacities,ASD values are multiplied by DESHIM110N r,__pncheat KF and T.Per NDS Table 11.3.1,KF= 1.5 3 1 3.5 1 4.125 1 5.5 1 6.875 7.26 3.32 and rp=0.65. 9.42 s SG—c 0.59 5oCF22434 325 — _ _ _ LRFD=325 to*3.32*0.65=701 Ito SDCF22512 325 325 — — — — — — Note:time effect factor,X=1.0 for SDCF22614 325 325 325 — — — — — seismic loading per NDS Table N3 SDCF22700 325 325 325 325 SDCF22558 325 325 325 325 325 SDCF221014 325 325 325 325 325 SDCF221134 325 325 325 325 325 325 325 - SOCF221334 325 325 325 325 325 325 325 325 SDCF27400 325 - SDCF27614 325 400 400 - - - - - S 27775 325 400 400 400 -- SDCF27812 325 400 400 400 400 - -ft 325 600 40D d0o d00 100 400 - 325 400 400 400 4W 400 40D 400 325 $Do 400 400 400 400 40D 400 CLT to Steel beam/strut connections will utilize Simpson Strong Tie SDCP partially-threaded screws. 105V CLT thickness=4.125" Allowable shear load per ICC-ES ESR-3046 below: SG=o.az for r per per Nos P Allowable shear per screw=410 lb To convert ASD capacities to LRFD FIGURE 4--SDCP SCREWS capacities,ASD values are multiplied by TABLE 3A—REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES(Z)FOR SINGLE SHEAR KF and rp.Per NDS Table 11.3.1,Kr= 3.32 and cp=0.65. STEEL-TO-WOOD CONNECTIONS FOR SDCP SCREW REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUE�cO. LRFD=410 lb*3.32*0.65=884 lb FASTENER DESIGNATION 0.50 5 SG 0.425 Note:time effect factor,�.=1.0 for SDCP22318 535 seismic loading per NDS Table N3 For 31: 1 Inch-25 4 min,1 IW-445 N. Rhe main member must be soled-sawn wood.GL m CLT with a minimum assigned specific gravity(SG)of e5her 0 42 or 0.50.as Indicated In the table above.Valdes for SG 2 050 are also applicable for fasteners installed Into the Face of SCL described In Sections 3.2 5.1 and 3.2.6.4. 2Sea Section 3 2,7.21oF steal side member requirements. lklinlmum fastener penetration must be equal to the screw lenglh less the thi knees of the metal side plate 4Refer to Table:3E for connection geometry parameters for laterally loaded screws. 3.3.7A Steel Side Members Used with SDCP22 Screws:Fa eannectians using the SDCP22 screws,steel side members must have a minimum tensile strengN,F.,equal to 58 ksi(400 MPa),and minimum design Ihickness(base-metal thickn s e idusive of any Coatings)of 0360 inch(9-1 mm).The hole in the steel side member for the SOCP screw must be pfedrilled or pre-punched.The top of the hole must have a diameter of ITetween 0605 and 0-625 inch (15.4 and 159 mm) and be countersunk with an angle of 90 degrees centered on the axis he screw,with a 10 degree tolerance,with ft remainder of the hole having a constant diameter of 0.375 inch(9.5 mm), Page 235 of 279 2 3 4 5 FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 D STRUT DEMANDS X-DIRECTION ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN LEVEL 2 ' CONSULTANT NOTE:Load from eastern half of mech attic roof is strutted to BF-01. , O2 3 4 Beeelevationaformmrainfm rmation. 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Shear strength of studs(Per AISC Steel Manual To 3-21) Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 6 Stud dlamete-3/4" www.reidmiddleton.com 55.0 Condition 1:Deck la paanal tobeam ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. Per IS of w,=4.5"&h,=3' wlh,=4,513=,5 REGISTRATION =145pcf(no-l-ight) fp=4ksi -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- ------- 4_ _>O"=21.5 kip/stud VQ.-13.975 kip/stutl $3 04 B F O 1 \, ; Condition 2:Deck is peryendiw1ar to beam C �X Rp=0.75 for studs welded directly to beam C (2)rows of studs per db N N O O �� F -111"=18.3 kip/stud .`.. F -0.65 for sh- W14x22 _ W14x22(8) qOp=11.895 kip/stud o O o O o � m 5 3: 3 3 0 o W14x22 6 55.0 W14x22 N TYP 56.01 PROJECT • • W18x35(24) W18x46(24) 1 W18x46(24) 7 1 W18x46(24) r I - - - - - - W16x46(14) Zi � IHSS5x5x318 - --- - - - - -- Arlington Operations GL83/4x9 GL83/4x9 I COMPOSITE DECKLi 3 TYP TYP PER 3155.01 55.03 I Center 1 I rYP II FOR zw o 55.0 ? O o 0 0 o TYP 14_0e o o N I LL o o OPEN TO BELOW I m Snohomish County I m I W18x35 S501 Purchasing Services m 25'-6" W18x46(8) W18x46(24) STRUT W18x46(24) STRUT F,=p,„a p> I I AT ------ ------- GL31/8x9 I -- ----- wlaxa6(za) ------ -------------GL 18x24 19620 67th Ave NE 1 BF-02 s Arlington, WA 98223 SEE NOTE 6,TYP AT '� BRACED FRAMES----,,,, I W14x22 0 0 I� LLp LEVEL 2 Load to this BF: O O O O N N N Q N UOD/0 SUBMITTAL m . 02/14/2025 B I F,=95.2k 3L51/8x12 B ?� pF,=125.7k(conmisfo,Ms.hmenh 5 This draWim is Fp,=119.3 k(controls for strut force) 9 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. 18x46 8 W18 W18x46 14 W18x46 14 GL 6 3l4 x 21 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. ( IF Attachment Design: ( ) ( ) ______ 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's -- ------------------ ---- 125.7k/42.5R(Bracedframe length-strut length)=2.96 k/ft ---- ----- ---- ----- ----- -U' I] written permission for any other use or reproduction. 2.96 k/ft/(13.975 Wahl!for parallel condition)=0.22 studsHt -->prmvide(4)studsatBF beam(0.235studs/flprov--OK) HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4x1/4 HSS4x4x114 HSS4x4x114 GL51/8x12 COMPOSITE DECK PER 3/S5.01 (12)atuda required fmr grevity-controlsPROJECT NUMBER: -->provide(6)studs at strut(0.235 studs/ft prov--OK) CLT PANELS (28)studs required for gravity-controls 212024.009 SVut Design: M Strut length=25.5 ft = LD _ y r 4;:, EO Strut lold =_J.,F.)/(Braced frame length i strut length)'(strut length)'!]p,,=119.3k/42.5ft`25.5ft`2.5=179k O w¢ O O O O O GL51/8x12 -->Provide W18x55 OIY N a'• MARK DATE DESCRIPTION x O O X rn S6.0 3-PLY CLT PANELS _GL6314x21 _ _ _ _GL63/4x21 _ _ GL63/4x21 sTRUTf _ _ _ GL63/4x21 __ _ _ __ GL51/8x12 -_-_-_-_ O m W18x46(8) E O O O O O O ■ -gyp(D PROJECT TEAM: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O �I P w m mI q •1 PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC GL 51/8 x 15 GL 5118 x 15 GL 5118 x 15 14 GL 5118 x 15Y 18 x 15 GL 5118 x 15 GL 51/8 x 12 PROJECT MANAGER: SES 25W '-6" 21'"' 1 PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSY 3-PLY CLT PANELS JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A A I I DRAWING LEVEL 2 Load to this BF: 1 2 F,=63.Sk 6 8 FLOOR PLAN UPPER pF,=83.1 k(controls for,rach-b LEVEL F„=79.5 k(controls for strut force) Gravity BFAtta/(0. ♦Design: Wt=16.25ft 83.1 k/]2 ft(Braced fame length+strut length)=1A6 k/ft D=38psf=618lb/ft=51.5lb/in 0 4' 8' 16'1.16 Kitt/(0.]01 klsrsew)=1.66 scaws/R S=25psf=40]Ib/ft=34 Ib/in provide(2)rows of screws al 10'oc(2.4 screws/R prov-OK) GinterMmax=wL"2/8=1000735 1b-In $Cale:1/8"=1'-0" Strut 1&2 Design: NORTH StM length=25.5 ft Strut load=max(F,,Fpx)/(graced fame length+strut length)'(strut length)'WO,.=79.5 k/72 ft'25.5 ft'2.5=70.4 k Tension Provide 5/8'x 21"Gr 50 flitch plate 1 2 0.9'(0.625-`22"-2[0.875"-0.625-1)-50ksi=569 kip-OK 4 5 alano7s aao.4s enn Compressimn For(2)3.5"x 24"GL beams Page 236 of 279 Combined Bending+Compression check=0.837<1.0-OK 2 3 4 5 FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 D STRUT DEMANDS Y-DIRECTION ARCHlTFCTURE LEVEL 2 O2 3 4 5 (7), 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 Everett,Washington 98204 $ Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.corn 55.03 ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. I I I I I I I I LEVEL 2 Load to this BF: -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- _-_-_-_T Fs=63.8k rFx=66.9k Fpx=68.Bk(controls for strut torte) C 53.04 BF-01 Fsoil=185.7 k C a F pF+ FSoil�2526k Fp FSoil 254.5k N W14X22(6) '7 x Ili + = W14x22 �x LEVELZLoaelotnisaF: v ce H- BF Attachment Design: 5 f 2� 2� ?� rFx 118 k ?� 14X 2i .�. 6 No diaphragm at this level Fx=184.Sk � W14x22 N TYP SS. Fps=190.1 k(centrolsforslrutforce) � 56.01 I stint Desl Feet=256.2 k gn. Strut load=mas(Fx,Ft.)/(Braced frame length+strut length)"(strut length)"WO,y=68.8 k/37.25 ft"78.25 ft"2=67.5 k F,+FSoll=415.2k W18x46(24) W16x46(24) +Fsoil/(Braced frame length+strut length)`(strut length)=185.7 k/37.25 fl'18.25 ft=91k / ,F,+FSoil=440.7k ® - - - - �- - - - - =158.5k W18%4614 ions 1 ) 1 Fp,+FSoil=446.3 k(controls f-ftachou,m) I IHSS5x5x318 I ->Provitle HSS 8x6x3/8 fen=217 kfor 18.25 ft unbraced length(AISC Steel Manual,Te 4-5,p 456,linearly interpolated) 56.01 COMPOSITE DECK BF Attachment Design: I 3 I /� TYP 446.3 k/56.25 ft(Braced frame length+strut length)=7.94 Wit I PER 31S5.01 55.03 7.94 kdt/(11.895 k/stud for perpendicular condition)=0.67 studs/ft G O TYP O -->provide(14)studs at BF beam(0.737 studelft prov-OK) I , I O FOR (18)studs required!for gravity-controls I ^ -->Provide(14)studs at strut 1(0.737 studs/ft prov-OK) N i L o o OPEN TO BELOW i I Snohomish County (18)studs required for gravity-controls I/ri� W18x35 -->Provitle(14)studsat strut 2(0.767stud./ftprov-OK) I a I W Purchasing Services I+strut length)=7.7 kdt (14)slutls required for gravity-controls 0.65 studsm i �' I AT OK)-controls Strut 1 Design: W18x46(8) W18x46(24) I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-_-_- _ Strut length=l9ft OK)-controls I " Strut load=maz(Fz,Fpx)/(Brace tl frame length+strut length)'(strut length)'WO,y=190.1 k/56.25 fl`19 ft'2=128.5 k W18x46(24) 0 19620 67th Ave NE 31/8 x 9 Fsoil/(Braced frame length+strut length)'(strut length)=256.2 k/56.25 ft'19 ft=86.6 k GL 5118x24 =215.1 k NOTE:Loatl from norhlem hag of OK)-controls I -->Provide W14x48 o F mach aftic roof is stmlletl to L2(BF-05) Arlington, WA 98223 SEE NOTE 6,TYP AT I St ut 2 Design: v W14x22 o Strut length=18.25 ft o h ^ BRACED FRAMES O Strutlred=ma.(F.Fpx)/(Bracetl frame length+sWl length)'(shut length)'WO,y=190.1k/56.25ft-18.25ft'2=123.4k Q ' 0 Fsoil/(Bracetl framelength+strutlength)'(strul length)=256.2k156.25ft"18.25ft=83.2k v N 60% SUBMITTAL englh)'(utrut length)'5.,1 k 193.3 k/60.25 ft'23 it01.2 k 147.6 k p =206.6 k N N igth)'(stmtlengfh)=265.1 k/60.25ft`23ft=101.2k LL a -->Provlde W14x48 v 02/14/2025 M GL51/8x12 e W5 This drewing is: 56.0 m 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. HSS4x4x114 HSS4X4X1/4 2.The Amhitect's Instrument of Professional Service. 18x46(8 W18x46(14) W18x46(14) Wi8x46(14) W1BX46(14) GL 6 3/4 x 21 r length)'(shut length)'WO,y=193.3 k/60.25ft'19 ft'2=122 k _______ _ ___ _ _______ _ _ 3.FOr use on this project only.Obtain Architect's igth)'(strut length)=265.1 k/60.25 ft-19 ft=83.6 k -------17 --- -- -- - -- ---- -- -- --- FHSS4x4 --- -- -- ---- ----- ----- -� written permission for any other use or reproduction. HSS4x4x114 8 7 HSS4x4x114 1 x114 HSS4x4xl/4 HSS4x4xl/4 HSS4x4xl/4 GL 51/8 x 12 e SITE DECK PER 3/S5.01 I PROJECT S6.01 56.01 S6.0 3-PLY GILT PANELS x rut length)'(strut length)'WO,y=193.3 k/60.25ft'18.25ft'2=11 7.2k m 212024.009 gun (strut(strut length)=265.1 k/60.25 ft-18.25 ft=80.3 k I � I _ x � I o 0 0 0 0 0 o a¢ o 0 0 0 0 GL51/8x12 rr' O EO MARK DATE DESCRIPTION o o X in a 2 3-PLY CLT PANELS _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ - _-_-_GL63/4x21-_-_- -_-_GL63/4x21- -_- - -_- GL63/4x21 -_-_ _-_- GL6314x21 - - - ___ - GL51/8x12 - -_-_-_-_- O e W18x46(8) E PROJECT TEAM: I I Bn 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O 0 O J �I P m m m q e l PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:I PNC GL 51/8 x 15 GL 5118 x 15 GL 5118 x 15 12 GL 5118 x 15 GL 51/B x 15 GL 5118 x 15 GL 51/8 x 12 PROJE MANAGER: SES $6,Q PROJECTCT ARCHITECT: RSY 3-PLY CLT PANELS JOB CAPTAIN: EP,PJC A A i I I I DRAWING 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 g FLOOR PLAN UPPER LEVEL 0 4' B' 1 s DRAWING LEVEL 2 FRAMING PLAN Scale:1/B"=V-0" 1/8"=1'-0" NORTH 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 arl4 63a0.45 Pe Page 237 of 279 2 3 4 5 Fpx RDDfX_D;r= 120.9 k FOR PLAN NOTES 8 LEGENDS SEE S0.05 D Fpx,M,X-Dir=Dir- .5 k k STRUT DEMANDS Fpx,L2,X_D;r= 156.5 k DYKEMAN Fx,Rocr= 120.9 k X D I R E CT I O N Fx,MechRoohRDDf,X-Dir= 13.3 k - DESIGN Fx L2,X_D;,= 105.1 k ROOF Gravity ■ 4=D S20.x=2.5 ,.5t = 4psf=5061b%/=42.2 Iblin S=25psf=288 Ib/R=2411 Girder Mmax=wl-A2/8=774840 11 CONSULTANT 4 3 8 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 S6.01 56.01 56.0 Everett,Washington 98204 Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. 4 REGISTRATION - --GL5-14x 244H]- - - TRU - - - - - 5418 X 2T-STRUT[H] - --a-541 X 2T - - - - -GL 51/8 x 18 - - - - - - - - - - - - Q HSS12x6xl/2[L] H x x -------7:----- HSS12x6x1/2[L] HSS12x6xl/2[L] _ NOTE: ~ Load from eastern half of mech attic C P-nix ao roof is strutted to BF-01.See C ROOF Load to this BF: M elevations for more information. Flexible: °p '� II from western hag of mech attic DO GL5118x21 W. 3038/8]01)'464.4k=162.2k GL51/8x21 GL5118x21 c� J � ' roof is applied at 1-2.See 1-2 plan on F,,.,q=(W,,,,-/W,„„„„)'IF—=(162.2/464.4)'120.9 k=42.3 k previous sheet for mo a info. cp ? Rigid: <p H M 'J' F„=72.8 k(controls) x a0 M O BF Attachment Design: 72.8 k 1 76S ft(B-cl frame length)=0,96 Wft 12 • 8 • c� CO oss kMl r 10701 kracrew)=1.a7 aorew:rt c�RV S6.0 - - - - - - - - - - DO DO O ->provide (Irowsofscrewsat,0"oc(2.4screwsttprov--OK) DO ® DO DO B M = SWtDesign(L=R): � = J I - - - - - - Arlington Operations Strut length=25.5 itCenter H M 'J-' 0.96k/%'25.5%"2.5 pop.)=61.2k Ifill x NC Tension x x ? xC Provide 5/8"x 19 Gr 50 pitch plate 5 I M M co M MZ 0.9'(0.625"'19"-2[0.875"'0.6251)'50ksi=485 kip OK Compression ssol °° I FOR DO GL51/8x21 Z9 For(2)3.5'x21'GLbeams DO I o DO DO M Combined Bantling+Compression check=0,860<1.0-OK I 09- Snohomish County 10GL51/8x21I 3-PLYCn LTPANELS Purchasing Services 56.01 S AS 6.01 STD cO 56,0 AT -s" zs'-s vz' -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ DO GL5118x21 DO DO DO I - - O STRUT I 19620 67th Ave NE BF-02 � '- Arlington, WA 98223 Gravity J Wt=9.5% o GL5118x21 GL5118x21 D=44psf=418lb1%=34.9Win DO x GL5118x18 60% SUBMITTAL S=25psf=238lb/%=19.8 Iblln m DO � � B - Mmaa=wL^2/8=640237 lb-in _ 02/14/2025 B x x � C7 ROOF Load to this BF: 2 cn This drawing is: 56.0 Flexible: x m m 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. W„�,.,,=[(,-(3038/8701))'464.4 k]=302.3 k CD (ry 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. DO F„w.z=(w-IW-w1.).F,,,,�„=(302.3/464A)"120.9 k=78.7 k(controls) DO DO / \ 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's -------------------- Rigid: - --- ----- ------- - - - - - \\I_)J/t written permission for any other use or reproduction. Fpx=57.85 k BF Attachment Design: 6 PROJECT DO GL 78.7 k/42.5 ft(Bracetl frame length+strut length)=1.86 Wit GL 5118 x 21 GL 5118 x 21 S6.0 -pW%l(0]01Wsofsc= at800ist 212024.009 1.8 provide(2)rows of screws 5 8"oc(3 screwslfl prov--OK) Strut Design: 3-PLY CLT PANELS Sirul length=25.5% 1.86 W%'25.5 ft-2.5(Oa,,)=118.6 k x DO x Tension Provide 5/8"x 21"Gr 50 flitch plate ly M 0.9"(0.25"-19"-2[0.875--0.25-1)'50ksi=569 kip--OK MARK DATE DESCRIPTION CompreseFor i°" SEE S1.12 FOR LOW Combined Bending+Compression check=0.726<1.0--OK ROOF FRAMING -------------------- GL5118x21 ----------- --- - - -- -- ------------- --------------t-------------- ----------- ------- E I I I I I I I LOW ROOF PROJECT TEAM: PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 PNC PROJECT MANAGER: I SES PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSY A JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A DRAWING TITLE: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ROOF PLAN 0 4' B' ,6' DRAWING ROOF FRAMING PLAN Scale:1/8-V-0" <� NORTH 1 2 1 3 1 q 1 5 a,4n0363 30.46 PM Page 238 of 279 2 3 4 5 Fpx,Roof,V-Dir- 100.7 k FOR PLAN NOTES&LEGENDS SEE S0.05 D Fpx,M Dir- 17 k STRUT DEMANDS Fpx,L2,lDir,Y_D;r== 156.5 k DYKEMAN Fx,Rocf- 100.7 k Y-D I R E CT I O N Fx,MechRoohRoof,Y-Dir- 11 k Fx,L2,Y-Dir= 87.6 k Q0y=2 ROOF CONSULTANT 1 2 3 4 5 6 ROOF Load to this BF: , • 1 1 1 I Flexible: 4 3 8 W,,_=(5135/8701) 464.4 k=274.1 k 728 134th Street SW,Suite 200 S6.01 56.01 S6.0 F-=(W.A.,a./W,,,)'Fp,.,,_(274.1/464.4)'100.7 k=59.5 k Everett,Washington 98204 Rigid: FP.=86.08(controls) Ph:425.741.3800 www.reidmiddleton.com BF Attachment Design: ©Copyright 2025 Reid Middleton,Inc. 86.08 k/44.5 ft(Braced frame length+strut length)=1.94 kit 4 1.94 kit/(0.710 k/screw)=2.74 ac-alft ->provide(2)rows ofscrews at 8"oc(3.0 scra sftprov-OK) REGISTRATION STAMPS: S6.0 �[ toeaign: - -GL5�F2a H]- - - G �1/8x2 STR4 -GL-5A8 x 2T-STRl T H] -GL-5alb-x-2H- GL51/8x ahm ft length.5 ft 52 ------------- 1.94 kit^25.5ft'2(no,,)=98.7k Gravity HSS12x6x112[L] HSS12x6x112[L] �� --- HSS12x6x112[L] HSS12x6x112[L] Beam Point Load: ao Combinetl Bending+Tension check=0.413<1.0--OK At 481 4sgft x BF-01 x C D=44psf=3.6k X � HCombined Bentling+Compression check=0.169<1.0--OK CS=25psf=2.1 kGi derMmax=PD4=324900lb-m cDl DO GL51/8x21 GL51/8x21 GL51/8x21 GL51ROOF Load to this BF: x K uFlexible iW„..„=(1-[5135I8701])'464.4 k=190Ak ap M aD TYP 3 12 Flexible: F--=(W,,.,..a./W,q,,)"FAp,,,=(190.4/464.4)'100.7k=41.3k d _ � . 5.6.0Leteralloadfromsouthemh.ff finechatlicroof=F,....m=F,.,w,.-,/2=17k/2=8.5kRigid: SRigid.Fw=n.a(controls) _________ O DO 4:D DO DO t�,` DO DO _____ Fpx=e.7 k(�antrols) BF Attachment Design: I` J Tj, I BF-,ft(Braetl fremelength*shut length)=0.3 k/ft n Operations 77.8 k/60.5 ft(graced frame length+stint length)=1.29 Kitt u enter to 1.29 klft/(0.701 klscrew)=1.94 screws/ft x M u L1J Q �/� c's 0.3 kit/(0,710 We-.)=0.43 screwedt -->provide(z)rows of screws at 10"oc(2 4 screwsdt prov--OK) Of ? W 5 [ L / `" [ ->provide(1)rows of screws at 10'oc(1.2 screwsttl prov--OK) shut Design: F O R Shut 1 Design(GL 8.75 x 36): N cn m a S6. 1 O DO [ O Shut length=19 ft Stint length=l9ft 0 GL 5118x 21 ZD GL5118x 21 DO [ 1 DO J o[ 0.3M-19ft-2(n"„)=11Ak 1.29 Wft'19ft"2(n".,)=49.ik M 1 mlJl I County Combined Bending+Tension check=0.723<1.0--OK Combined Bending+Tension check=..225<1.0--OK <+�i [ [ Combined Bending+Compression check=0,1211 l o-OK LL Combinetl Bending+Compression check=0.093<1.0-OK C7 x M 9 10 GL51/8x21 1 -3-PLYCLTPANELS W Purchasing Services Strut 2 Design(GL 8.75 x 18k S6.01 S6.01 STRUT [ AT Stint length=22.5 ft 129 Wft-22.5 ft'2 WO,Y)=58.1k 1 0 GL 5118 x 21 DO DO DO I c Combined Bending+Tension check=0.719<1.0--OK ------ STRUT Combinetl Bentling+Compression check=0.520<1.0-OK _--- 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington, WA 98223 GL5118x21 GL5118x21 DO DO M x GL5118x18 r Gravity 60% SUBMITTAL`O v �. Bea 100 sq ft atl: BLL D=44psf=4.4k 02/14/2025 B m x x x H S=25psf=2.5k Girder This drawing is: m Mmax=PLA 3933001b-in 1.Copyright 2022 Dykeman,Inc. C7 C7 C 2.The Am itecfs Instrument of Professional Service. DO DO DO D0 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's -------------------- --- --- - ------- ----- - - - written permission for any other use or reproduction. 6 .O ECT NUMBER: Grewty DO GL5118x21 GL51/8x21 GL5118 21 GL5118x21 S6.0 Beam Point Load: Wt_a.5ft 212024.009 D=44psf=374 pit=31.2 Ph 3-PLY CLT PANELS _ S=25psf=213 pif=17.8 pli Mmax=wLA2/8=446513 lb-in `4 Growty UO Beam Point Load: v M At=122 sgft MARK DATE DESCRIPTION D=44psf=5.4 k NOTE: °D S=25psf=3.1k SEE S1.12 FOR LOW 0 ROOF FRAMING-, Load from northern her of mach allic Girder roof is strutted to L2.See L2 plan on Mmax=484500 Ib-in I heet for more into.Previona a I -------------------- cL v6x21 ----------- --- - - -- I I I I I I I LOW ROOF PROJECT TEAM: PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE:1 PNC PROJECT MANAGER: SE S PROJECT ARCHITECT:I RSY A JOB CAPTAIN: I EP,PJC A DRAWING 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ROOF PLAN 0 4' B' 16' • . WING NUMBER: ROOF FRAMING PLAN Scale:1/8"=1' -0" <� NORTH 1 2 1 3 1 q 1 5 a14 6330.46 PM Page 239 of 279 IBF-02 WF Strut Design Client: Dykeman Sheet: # { # 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project: Arlington Ops Building Design By: RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/21/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.: 212024.009 Date: WF Strut Design Strut ID or Location: BF-02 L2 Strut INPUT (input cells are yellow) Spans Beam Length 25.5 ft Beam Size: W 18x55 Lunbraced 0.0 ft Ltorsion 8.5 ft Beam Properties Fy 50 ksi Uniform Service Gravity Loads Ag 16.2 in WDL 1615 plf Ix 890 in WLL 1235 plf ly 44.9 in WSL 0 plf rx 7.41 in ry 1.67 in Factored Seismic Load Sx 98.3 in Axial 179 kips Zx 112 in Moment 0 k-ft 1 1.66 in Cw 3430 in Factored Seismic Load is MAX of: ASCE 7-16 Section 12.10.2.1 SDS 0.8 FPx(min)*(1.25 if ASCE 12.3.3.4 applies)+(Force Transferred) Qo (FPx(calculated)or Qe)*Q,+(Force Transferred)*S2o Values need not exceed Fox Max+(Force Transferred)*S2o OUTPUT (1.2+0.2Sds)D+Factored Seismic Load+f,L+0.2S Moment Capacitv Mn= 466.7 k-ft Wu= 3417 plf TMn= 420.0 k-ft Factored Deflection = 1.26 in Mu= 296.5 k-ft Pu= 179 kips Compressive Flexural Buckling Capacity KL/r(max) = 41.3 Flexural Buckling Fe= 167.8 ksi Interaction = 0.906 OK Fcr= 44.1 ksi (PPn= 644 kips Torsional Buckling Interaction= 0.919 OK Compressive Torsional Buckling Capacitv Fe= 120.8 ksi Fcr= 42.0 ksi 9Pn= 613 kips R\21 Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Struts\[W F Strut Design-BF-02 L2.xlsx]Distributed Load Input Page 240 of 279 IBF-04 WF Strut 1 Design Client: Dykeman Sheet: # { # 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project: Arlington Ops Building Design By: RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/21/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.: 212024.009 Date: WF Strut Design Strut ID or Location: BF-04 L2 Strut 1 INPUT (input cells are yellow) Spans n Beam Length 23.0 ft Beam Size: W 16X36 I Lunbraced 0.01 ft Ltorsion 8.0 ft Beam Properties Fy 50 ksi Uniform Service Gravity Loads Ag 10.6 in WDL 322 plf Ix 448 in WLL 275 plf ly 24.5 in WSL 0 plf rx 6.51 in ry 1.52 in Factored Seismic Load Sx 56.5 in Axial 249 kips Zx 64 in Moment 0 k-ft 1 0.545 in Cw 1460 in Factored Seismic Load is MAX of: ASCE 7-16 Section 12.10.2.1 SDS 0.754 FPx(min)*(1.25 if ASCE 12.3.3.4 applies)+(Force Transferred) Qo (FPx(calculated)or Qe)*Q,+(Force Transferred)*S2o Values need not exceed FPx Max+(Force Transferred)*S2o OUTPUT (1.2+0.2Sds)D+Factored Seismic Load+f,L+0.2S Moment Capacitv Mn= 266.7 k-ft Wu= 710 plf TMn= 240.0 k-ft Factored Deflection = 0.34 in Mu= 54.1 k-ft Pu= 249 kips Compressive Flexural Buckling Capacity KL/r(max) = 42.4 Flexural Buckling Fe= 159.2 ksi Interaction = 0.795 OK Fcr= 43.8 ksi cpP = 418 kips Torsional Buckling Interaction= 0.832 OK Compressive Torsional Buckling Capacitv Fe= 108.9 ksi Fcr= 41.3 ksi 9Pn= 394 kips R\21 Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Struts\[W F Strut Design-BF-04 L2 Strut 1.xlsx]Dislributed Load Input Page 241 of 279 IBF-04 WF Strut 2 Design Client: Dykeman Sheet: # of # 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project: Arlington Ops Building Design By: RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/21/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.: 212024.009 Date: WF Strut Design Strut ID or Location: BF-04 L2 Strut 2 INPUT (input cells are yellow) Spans Beam Length 19.0 ft Beam Size: W 14x3o Lunbraced 0.01 ft Ltorsion 8.0 ft Beam Properties Fy 50 ksi Uniform Service Gravity Loads Ag 8.85 in WDL 681 plf Ix 291 in WILL 268 plf ly 19.6 in WSL 0 plf rx 5.73 in ry 1.49 in Factored Seismic Load Sx 42 in Axial 206 kips Zx 47.3 in Moment 0 k-ft 1 0.38 in Cw 887 in Factored Seismic Load is MAX of: ASCE 7-16 Section 12.10.2.1 SDS 0.754 FPx(min)*(1.25 if ASCE 12.3.3.4 applies)+(Force Transferred) Qo (FPx(calculated)or Qe)*Q,+(Force Transferred)*S2o Values need not exceed FPx Max+(Force Transferred)*S2o OUTPUT (1.2+0.2Sds)D+Factored Seismic Load+f,L+0.2S Moment Capacitv Mn= 197.1 k-ft Wu= 1188 plf 9Mn= 177.4 k-ft Factored Deflection = 0.41 in Mu= 60.7 k-ft Pu= 206 kips Compressive Flexural Buckling Capacity KL/r(max) = 39.8 Flexural Buckling Fe= 180.8 ksi Interaction = 0.884 OK Fcr= 44.5 ksi cpPn= 355 kips Torsional Buckling Interaction= 0.937 OK Compressive Torsional Buckling Capacitv Fe= 102.4 ksi Fcr= 40.8 ksi 9Pn= 325 kips R\21 Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Struts\[W F Strut Design-BF-04 L2 Strut 2.xlsx]Dislributed Load Input Page 242 of 279 IBF-04 WF Strut 3 Design Client: Dykeman Sheet: # of # 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project: Arlington Ops Building Design By: RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/21/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.: 212024.009 Date: WF Strut Design Strut ID or Location: BF-04 L2 Strut 3 INPUT (input cells are yellow) Spans Beam Length 18.3 ft Beam Size: W 14x3o Lunbraced 0.01 ft Ltorsion 8.0 ft Beam Properties Fy 50 ksi Uniform Service Gravity Loads Ag 8.85 in WDL 681 plf Ix 291 in WILL 268 plf ly 19.6 in WSL 0 plf rx 5.73 in ry 1.49 in Factored Seismic Load Sx 42 in Axial 198 kips Zx 47.3 in Moment 0 k-ft 1 0.38 in Cw 887 in Factored Seismic Load is MAX of: ASCE 7-16 Section 12.10.2.1 SDS 0.754 FPx(min)*(1.25 if ASCE 12.3.3.4 applies)+(Force Transferred) Qo (FPx(calculated)or Qe)*Q,+(Force Transferred)*S2o Values need not exceed FPx Max+(Force Transferred)*S2o OUTPUT (1.2+0.2Sds)D+Factored Seismic Load+f,L+0.2S Moment Capacitv Mn= 197.1 k-ft Wu= 1188 plf 9Mn= 177.4 k-ft Factored Deflection = 0.35 in Mu= 55.2 k-ft Pu= 198 kips Compressive Flexural Buckling Capacity KL/r(max) = 38.2 Flexural Buckling Fe= 195.9 ksi Interaction = 0.829 OK Fcr= 44.9 ksi cpPn= 358 kips Torsional Buckling Interaction= 0.885 OK Compressive Torsional Buckling Capacitv Fe= 102.4 ksi Fcr= 40.8 ksi 9Pn= 325 kips R\21 Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Struts\[W F Strut Design-BF-04 L2 Strut 3.xlsx]Dislributed Load Input Page 243 of 279 IBF-05 WF Strut 1 Design Client: Dykeman Sheet: # of # 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project: Arlington Ops Building Design By: RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/21/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.: 212024.009 Date: WF Strut Design Strut ID or Location: BF-05 L2 Strut 1 INPUT (input cells are yellow) Spans Beam Length 19.0 ft Beam Size: W 14x48 Lunbraced 0.01 ft Ltorsion 19.0 ft Beam Properties Fy 50 ksi Uniform Service Gravity Loads Ag 14.1 in WDL 723 plf Ix 484 in WLL 553 plf ly 51.4 in WSL 0 plf rx 5.85 in ry 1.91 in Factored Seismic Load Sx 70.2 in Axial 215 kips Zx 78.4 in Moment 0 k-ft 1 1.45 in Cw 2240 in Factored Seismic Load is MAX of: ASCE 7-16 Section 12.10.2.1 SDS 0.754 FPx(min)*(1.25 if ASCE 12.3.3.4 applies)+(Force Transferred) Qo (FPx(calculated)or Qe)*Q,+(Force Transferred)*S2o Values need not exceed FPx Max+(Force Transferred)*S2o OUTPUT (1.2+0.2Sds)D+Factored Seismic Load+f,L+0.2S Moment Capacitv Mn= 326.7 k-ft Wu= 1528 plf cpMn= 294.0 k-ft Factored Deflection = 0.32 in Mu= 74.7 k-ft Pu= 215 kips Compressive Flexural Buckling Capacity KL/r(max) = 39.0 Flexural Buckling Fe= 188.4 ksi Interaction = 0.605 OK Fcr= 44.7 ksi cpPn= 568 kips Torsional Buckling Interaction= 0.728 OK Compressive Torsional Buckling Capacitv Fe= 53.4 ksi Fcr= 33.8 ksi 9Pn= 429 kips R\21 Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Struts\[W F Strut Design-BF-05 L2 Strut 1.xlsx]Dislributed Load Input Page 244 of 279 IBF-05 WF Strut 2 Design Client: Dykeman Sheet: # of # 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Project: Arlington Ops Building Design By: RSY Everett,Washington 98204 Date:4/21/2025 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked By: www.reidmiddleton.com Project No.: 212024.009 Date: WF Strut Design Strut ID or Location: BF-05 L2 Strut 2 INPUT (input cells are yellow) Spans Beam Length 18.3 ft Beam Size: W 14x48 Lunbraced 0.01 ft Ltorsion 18.3 ft Beam Properties Fy 50 ksi Uniform Service Gravity Loads Ag 14.1 in WDL 723 plf Ix 484 in WLL 553 plf ly 51.4 in WSL 0 plf rx 5.85 in ry 1.91 in Factored Seismic Load Sx 70.2 in Axial 207 kips Zx 78.4 in Moment 0 k-ft 1 1.45 in Cw 2240 in Factored Seismic Load is MAX of: ASCE 7-16 Section 12.10.2.1 SDS 0.754 FPx(min)*(1.25 if ASCE 12.3.3.4 applies)+(Force Transferred) Qo (FPx(calculated)or Qe)*Q,+(Force Transferred)*S2o Values need not exceed FPx Max+(Force Transferred)*S2o OUTPUT (1.2+0.2Sds)D+Factored Seismic Load+f,L+0.2S Moment Capacitv Mn= 326.7 k-ft Wu= 1528 plf TMn= 294.0 k-ft Factored Deflection = 0.27 in Mu= 68.3 k-ft Pu= 207 kips Compressive Flexural Buckling Capacity KL/r(max) = 37.4 Flexural Buckling Fe= 204.2 ksi Interaction = 0.567 OK Fcr= 45.1 ksi cpPn= 573 kips Torsional Buckling Interaction= 0.682 OK Compressive Torsional Buckling Capacitv Fe= 55.3 ksi Fcr= 34.2 ksi 9Pn= 435 kips R\21 Cp\24\009 Dykeman_Arlington Ops Center\Design&Calcs\Structural\Lateral\Struts\[W F Strut Design-BF-05 L2 Strut 2.xlsx]Dislributed Load Input Page 245 of 279 BF-01 GL Flitch Beam Strut Design Glulam Member-Combined Loading Member ID: BF-01 Roof Strut- (2) GL 3 1/2 x 21 FLITCH BEAM STRUT Mmax = 774,840 lb-in fb = 1506 psi Cmax = 61,200 lb fcii = 416 psi Tmax = 0 Ib ft= 0 psi Tension load resolved by 5/8"steel plate Shape: (2) 3.5 x 21 GLB d = 21.00 in A = 147.00 in2 b = 7.00 in S = 514.50 in3 L = 25.5 ft Fb = 2400 psi Fb* = 2400 psi Fb' = 2157 psi Fcii= 1650 psi Fb** = 2356 psi Fcii' = 1539 psi Ft= 1100 psi Fc* = 1650 psi Ft = 1100 psi Emin = 950,000 psi FcE1= 3678 psi Emin' = 950,000 psi CD = 1.00 RB = 11.45 CM = 1.00 FbE = 8,693 Ct= 1.00 FcE = 3,678 CL = 0.982 Cv= 0.90 fb/ Fb' = 0.698 OK Bending + Tension Cfu = 1.00 fcii/ FGi = 0.270 OK Eq (3.9-1) 0.698 < 1.0 OK Cc = 1.00 ft/ Ft = 0.000 OK Eq (3.9-2) 0.639 < 1.0 OK CP = 0.933 Bending + Compression Eq (3.9-3) 0.860 < 1.0 OK fc/ FcE1 = 0.113 < 1.0 OK Page 246 of 279 BF-02 GL Flitch Beam Strut Design Glulam Member-Combined Loading Member ID: BF-02 Roof Strut- (2) GL 3 1/2 x 24 FLITCH BEAM STRUT Mmax = 640,237 lb-in fb = 953 psi Cmax = 118,600 lb fcii = 706 psi Tmax = 0 Ib ft= 0 psi Tension load resolved by 5/8"steel plate Shape: (2) 3.5 x 24 GLB d = 24.00 in A = 168.00 in2 b = 7.00 in S = 672.00 in3 L = 25.5 ft Fb = 2400 psi Fb* = 2400 psi Fb' = 2129 psi Fcii= 1650 psi Fb** = 2348 psi Fcii' = 1573 psi Ft= 1100 psi Fc* = 1650 psi Ft = 1100 psi Emin = 950,000 psi FcE1= 4804 psi Emin' = 950,000 psi CD = 1.00 RB = 12.24 CM = 1.00 FbE = 7,606 Ct= 1.00 FcE = 4,804 CL = 0.978 Cv= 0.89 fb/ Fb' = 0.448 OK Bending + Tension Cfu = 1.00 fcii/ FGi = 0.449 OK Eq (3.9-1) 0.448 < 1.0 OK Cc = 1.00 ft/ Ft = 0.000 OK Eq (3.9-2) 0.406 < 1.0 OK CP = 0.954 Bending + Compression Eq (3.9-3) 0.726 < 1.0 OK fc/ FcE1 = 0.147 < 1.0 OK Page 247 of 279 BF-03 GL Flitch Beam Strut Design Glulam Member-Combined Loading Member ID: BF-03 Low Roof Strut 1 &2 - (2) GL 3 1/2 x 21 FLITCH BEAM STRUT Mmax = 1,000,735 Ib-in fb = 1489 psi Cmax = 70,400 Ib fGI = 419 psi Tmax = 0 Ib ft= 0 psi Tension load resolved by 5/8"steel plate Shape: (2) 3.5 x 24 GLB d = 24.00 in A = 168.00 in2 b = 7.00 in S = 672.00 in3 L = 25.5 ft Fb = 2400 psi Fb* = 2400 psi Fb' = 2129 psi Fcii= 1650 psi Fb** = 2348 psi Fc„' = 1573 psi Ft= 1100 psi Fc* = 1650 psi Ft = 1100 psi Emin = 950,000 psi FcE1= 4804 psi Emin' = 950,000 psi CD = 1.00 RB = 12.24 CM = 1.00 FbE = 7,606 Ct= 1.00 FcE = 4,804 CL = 0.978 CV= 0.89 fb/ Fb' = 0.700 OK Bending + Tension Cf. = 1.00 fc„/ Fc„' = 0.266 OK Eq (3.9-1) 0.700 < 1.0 OK Cc = 1.00 ft/ Ft' = 0.000 OK Eq (3.9-2) 0.634 < 1.0 OK CP = 0.954 Bending + Compression Eq (3.9-3) 0.837 < 1.0 OK fc/ FcE1 — 0.087 < 1.0 OK Page 248 of 279 BF-04 GL Strut 1 Design Glulam Member-Combined Loading Member ID: BF-04 Roof Strut 1 - GL 8 3/4 x 36 STRUT Mmex = 324,900 lb-in fb = 172 psi Cmex = 49,100 lb fcii = 156 psi Tmax = 49,100 lb ft= 156 psi Shape: 8.75 x 36 GLB d = 36.00 in A = 315.00 in2 b = 8.75 in S = 1,890.00 in3 L = 19.0 ft Fb = 2400 psi Fb* = 2400 psi Fb' = 2059 psi Fcii= 1650 psi Fb** = 2366 psi Fcii' = 1635 psi Ft= 1100 psi Fc* = 1650 psi Ft = 1100 psi Emin = 950,000 psi FcE1= 19468 psi Emin' = 950,000 psi CD = 1.00 RB = 10.35 CM = 1.00 FbE = 10,634 Ct= 1.00 FcE = 19,468 CL = 0.986 Cv= 0.86 fb/ Fb' = 0.083 OK Bending + Tension Cfu = 1.00 fcii/ FGi = 0.095 OK Eq (3.9-1) 0.225 < 1.0 OK Cc = 1.00 ft/ Ft = 0.142 OK Eq (3.9-2) 0.007 < 1.0 OK CP = 0.991 Bending + Compression Eq (3.9-3) 0.093 < 1.0 OK fc/ FcE1 — 0.008 < 1.0 OK Page 249 of 279 BF-04 GL Strut 2 Design Glulam Member-Combined Loading Member ID: BF-04 Roof Strut 2 - GL 8 3/4 x 18 STRUT Mmex = 446,513 lb-in fb = 945 psi Cmex = 49,100 lb fcii = 312 psi Tmax = 49,100 lb ft= 312 psi Shape: 8.75 x 18 GLB d = 18.00 in A = 157.50 in2 b = 8.75 in S = 472.50 in3 L = 22.5 ft Fb = 2400 psi Fb* = 2400 psi Fb' = 2170 psi Fcii= 1650 psi Fb** = 2382 psi Fcii' = 1529 psi Ft= 1100 psi Fc* = 1650 psi Ft = 1100 psi Emin = 950,000 psi FcE1= 3471 psi Emin' = 950,000 psi CD = 1.00 RB = 7.97 CM = 1.00 FbE = 17,959 Ct= 1.00 FcE = 3,471 CL = 0.992 Cv= 0.90 fb/ Fb' = 0.436 OK Bending + Tension Cfu = 1.00 fcii/ FGi = 0.204 OK Eq (3.9-1) 0.719 < 1.0 OK Cc = 1.00 ft/ Ft = 0.283 OK Eq (3.9-2) 0.266 < 1.0 OK CP = 0.927 Bending + Compression Eq (3.9-3) 0.520 < 1.0 OK fc/ FcE1 = 0.090 < 1.0 OK Page 250 of 279 BF-05 GL Strut Design Glulam Member-Combined Loading Member ID: BF-05 Roof Strut- GL 8 3/4 x 36 STRUT Mmex = 484,500 lb-in fb = 256 psi Cmex = 98,700 lb fcii = 313 psi Tmax = 98,700 lb ft= 313 psi Shape: 8.75 x 36 GLB d = 36.00 in A = 315.00 in2 b = 8.75 in S = 1,890.00 in3 L = 25.5 ft Fb = 2400 psi Fb* = 2400 psi Fb' = 1999 psi Fcii= 1650 psi Fb** = 2350 psi Fcii' = 1621 psi Ft= 1100 psi Fc* = 1650 psi Ft = 1100 psi Emin = 950,000 psi FcE1= 10808 psi Emin' = 950,000 psi CD = 1.00 RB = 12.00 CM = 1.00 FbE = 7,923 Ct= 1.00 FcE = 10,808 CL = 0.979 Cv= 0.83 fb/ Fb' = 0.128 OK Bending + Tension Cfu = 1.00 fcii/ FGi = 0.193 OK Eq (3.9-1) 0.413 < 1.0 OK Cc = 1.00 ft/ Ft = 0.285 OK Eq (3.9-2) -0.024 < 1.0 OK CP = 0.983 Bending + Compression Eq (3.9-3) 0.169 < 1.0 OK fc/ FcEt = 0.029 < 1.0 OK Page 251 of 279 BF-06 GL Strut Design Glulam Member-Combined Loading Member ID: BF-06 Roof Strut- GL 5 1/8 x 18 STRUT Mmex = 393,300 lb-in fb = 1421 psi Cmex = 11,400 lb fcii = 124 psi Tmax = 11,400 lb ft= 124 psi Shape: 5.125 x 18 GLB d = 18.00 in A = 92.25 in2 b = 5.13 in S = 276.75 in3 L = 19.0 ft Fb = 2400 psi Fb* = 2400 psi Fb' = 2328 psi Fcii= 1650 psi Fb** = 2344 psi Fcii' = 1575 psi Ft= 1100 psi Fc* = 1650 psi Ft = 1100 psi Ervin = 950,000 psi FcE1= 4867 psi Emin' = 950,000 psi CD = 1.00 RB = 12.50 CM = 1.00 FbE = 7,296 Ct= 1.00 FcE = 4,867 CL = 0.977 Cv= 0.97 fb/ Fb' = 0.611 OK Bending + Tension Cfu = 1.00 fcii/ FGi = 0.078 OK Eq (3.9-1) 0.723 < 1.0 OK Cc = 1.00 ft/ Ft = 0.112 OK Eq (3.9-2) 0.553 < 1.0 OK CP = 0.954 Bending + Compression Eq (3.9-3) 0.633 < 1.0 OK fc/ FcE1 = 0.025 < 1.0 OK Page 252 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW-Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Miscellaneous Calculations Page 253 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date CanopyDesign Page 254 of 279 17'-3/4" 2-1111-1/4 —F� 1""— r-ii6-�1/ � 51 4- '-6 1/2" 8'-7 3/4" 14'-7 3/4" 10 17'-1 3/4" 10 17'-1 3/4" Una LOW* Ar I co II ' tl tl I - tl tl over Lre�, SITE STAIR 1 ()NGITUf)INAI SFCTION IA �Td HSS2x2xVB HIGH£AVF e FLASHING `] Wa TUBE END t HFS AT IS*O C WELDED IO'C'C CANNEL STAVDf4 SEMI DESIGN S-AN ROOF BY P SPAN 6 lL ASSUME -10 PSF DEAD LOAD - --- -30 PSF SNOW LOAD WGLETOELD SLEFA - GLE TO ATTACH _ TRW Cl FAT - -45 PSF WIND LOAD STEEL TUBE END WELDED TO WF COLLUNN.TUBE AT EVERY W-SECTION DEMANDS: (WELDED `c Cl'ANNEAX L) TRIB: 6' I -10 PSF X 6' = 0.06 K/' DEAD LOAD -30 PSF X 6' = 0.18 K/' SNOW LOAD -45 PSF X 6' = 0.27 K/'WIND LOAD CONC. STRINGER DEMANDS: RETAIN"°WALL TRIB: 18" W 1 OX39 -10 PSF X 18" = 0.015 K/' DEAD LOAD -30 PSF X 18" = 0.045 K/' SNOW LOAD c -45 PSF X 18" = 0.0675 K/'WIND LOAD X x NOTE: STOUT SECTION MEANT TO REPRESENT CONCRETE PILASTER 1,r Da sTL HANDRAIL Company Reid Middleton 4/14/2025 11RISAJob DesIgner Number : 2212024.009 ChRKSOPM ecked By: Model Name : Canopy Frame Detail Report: M1 Load Combination: Envelope Code check: 0.001 (LC 50) Input Data Shape: W14X873 I Node: N1 v Member Type: Column J Node: N2 x Length(ft): 5 1 Release: Fixed �z Material Type: Hot Rolled Steel J Release: Fixed Design Rule: Typical I Offset: N/A Internal Sections: 97 J Offset: N/A Design Code: AISC 15th(360-16): T/C Only: Both Way LRFD Material Properties Material: A992 Therm.Coeff.V11 E5 F): 0.65 Fu(ksi): 65 s E(ksi): 29000 Density(k/ft): 0.49 Rt: 1.1 G(ksi): 11154 Fy(ksi): 50 Nu: 0.3 Ry: 1.1 Shape Properties 2 d(in): 23.6 Area(in ): 257 rT(in): 6.04 bf(in): 18.8 Zyy(in 3): 1020 J(in 4): 2270 s tf(in): 5.51 Z.,(in ): 2030 kdet(in): 6.188 6 tW(in): 3.94 Cw(in ): 5.05e+5 kdes(in): 6.1 4 lyy(in ): 6170 Wuo(in 2): 85 I..(ina): 18100 S.(in a): 2200 Design Properties Lby-y(ft): 5 Ky_y: 1 Seismic DR: None Lb.-.(ft): 5 K.-z: 1 Max Defl Ratio: L/10000 Lcomp top: Lbyy y sway: No Max Defl Location: 0 Lcomp bot(ft): 5 z sway: No Span: N/A Ltorque(ft): 5 Function: Lateral Tb: 1 M1 N1 N2 RISA-3D Version 22 [Canopy Frame.r3d] Page 1 Page 256 of 279 Company Reid Middleton 4/14/2025 11RISAJob DesIgner Number : 2212024.009 ChRKSOPM ecked By: Model Name : Canopy Frame Diagrams: 1.299e-04 at 5 ft -3.438e-04 at 5 ft y Deflection(in) z Deflection(in) -�8.639 at 0 ft I I I I I I I 3.447e-05 at 0 ft 0.45 at 5 ft, 4.749e-06 at 0 ft Axial Force(k) y Shear Force(k) z Shear Force(k) I I 6.685 at 0 ft 2.526 at 0 ft Torsion(k-ft) z-z Moment(k-ft) y-y Moment(k-ft) 0.034 at O ft I I I I I I I 0.052 at 0 ft -0.002 at 5 ft 0.052 at 0 ft �r Axial Stress(ksi) Bending Strong Stress(ksi) Bending Weak Stress(ksi) AISC 1 Sth (360-16): LRFD Code Check Limit State Gov.LC Required Available Unity Check Result Applied Loading-Bending/Axial 50 Applied Loading-Shear+Torsion 50 - - Axial Tension Analysis 50 0 k 11565 k Axial Compression Analysis 50 8.639 k 11438.894 k Flexural Analysis(Strong Axis) 50 6.685 k-ft 7612.5 k-ft Flexural Analysis(Weak Axis) 50 0 k-ft 3825 k-ft Shear Analysis(Major Axis y) 50 3.447e-5 k 2789.52 k 1.236e-8 PASS Shear Analysis(Minor Axis z) 50 0 k 5593.752 k 0 PASS Bending&Axial Interaction Check(UC Bending Max) 50 - 0.0007553 PASS RISA-3D Version 22 [Canopy Frame.r3d] Page 2 Page 257 of 279 Company Reid Middleton 4/14/2025 11RISAJob DesIgner Number : 2212024.009 ChRKSOPM ecked By: Model Name : Canopy Frame Detail Report: M2 Load Combination: Envelope Code check: 0.054 (LC 50) Input Data Shape: W10X39 I Node: N2 Member Type: Column J Node: N3 x Length(ft): 16 1 Release: Fixed �z z Material Type: Hot Rolled Steel J Release: Fixed Design Rule: Typical I Offset: N/A Internal Sections: 97 J Offset: N/A Design Code: AISC 15th(360-16): T/C Only: Both Way LRFD Material Properties Material: A992 Therm.Coeff.V11 E5 F): 0.65 Fu(ksi): 65 3 E(ksi): 29000 Density(k/ft): 0.49 Rt: 1.1 G(ksi): 11154 Fy(ksi): 50 Nu: 0.3 Ry: 1.1 Shape Properties 2 d(in): 9.92 Area(in ): 11.5 rT(in): 2.16 bf(in): 7.99 Zyy(in 3): 17.2 J(in 4): 0.976 3 tf(in): 0.53 Z::(in ): 46.8 kdet(in): 1.188 6 tW(in): 0.315 Cw(in ): 992 kdes(in): 1.03 4 lyy(in ): 45 Wuo(in 2): 18.8 ::(ina): 209 S.(in a): 19.9 Design Properties Lby-y(ft): 16 Ky_y: 1 Seismic DR: None Lb.-.(ft): 16 K.-z: 1 Max Defl Ratio: L/627 Lcomp top: Lbyy y sway: No Max Defl Location: 16 Lcomp bot(ft): 16 z sway: No Span: N/A Ltorque(ft): 16 Function: Lateral Tb: 1 M2 N2 N3 RISA-3D Version 22 [Canopy Frame.r3d] Page 1 Page 258 of 279 Company Reid Middleton 4/14/2025 11RISAJob DesIgner Number : 2212024.009 ChRKSOPM ecked By: Model Name : Canopy Frame Diagrams: 0.116 at 16 fto -0.306 at 16 ft y Deflection(in) z Deflection(in) 3.392 at 0 ft i i i i i i 1 0.005 at 0 ft 1.014 at 16 ft -2.095e-05 at 0 ft i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i Axial Force(k) y Shear Force(k) z Shear Force(k) I I 6.684 at 0 ft T�i -2.533 at 16 ft Torsion(k-ft) z-z Moment(k-ft) y-y Moment(k-ft) 0.295 at 0 ft 1.904 at O ft 0.088 at 16 ft 1.904 at 0 ft i i 1 Axial Stress(ksi) Bending Strong Stress(ksi) Bending Weak Stress(ksi) AISC 1 Sth (360-16): LRFD Code Check Limit State Gov.LC Required Available Unity Check Result Applied Loading-Bending/Axial 50 Applied Loading-Shear+Torsion 50 - - Axial Tension Analysis 50 0 k 517.5 k Axial Compression Analysis 50 3.392 k 259.871 k Flexural Analysis(Strong Axis) 50 6.684 k-ft 142.235 k-ft Flexural Analysis(Weak Axis) 50 0 k-ft 64.5 k-ft Shear Analysis(Major Axis y) 50 0.005 k 93.744 k 5.128e-5 PASS Shear Analysis(Minor Axis z) 50 0 k 228.674 k 0 PASS Bending&Axial Interaction Check(UC Bending Max) 50 - - 0.054 PASS RISA-3D Version 22 [Canopy Frame.r3d] Page 2 Page 259 of 279 Company Reid Middleton 4/14/2025 PM 11RISAJob DesIgner Number : 2212024.009 ChRKS0ec0ked By: Model Name : Canopy Frame Detail Report: M3 Load Combination: Envelope Code check: 0.083 (LC 50) Input Data Shape: W10X19 1 Node: N3 Member Type: Beam J Node: N4 x Length(ft): 5.099 1 Release: Fixed z z Material Type: Hot Rolled Steel J Release: Fixed Design Rule: Typical I Offset: N/A Internal Sections: 97 J Offset: N/A Design Code: AISC 15th(360-16): T/C Only: Both Way LRFD Material Properties Material: A992 Therm.Coeff.V11 E5 F): 0.65 Fu(ksi): 65 s E(ksi): 29000 Density(k/ft): 0.49 Rt: 1.1 G(ksi): 11154 Fy(ksi): 50 Nu: 0.3 Ry: 1.1 Shape Properties 2 d(in): 10.2 Area(in ): 5.62 rT(in): 1.03 bf(in): 4.02 Zyy(in 3): 3.35 J(in 4): 0.233 s tf(in): 0.395 Z::(in ): 21.6 kdet(in): 0.938 6 tW(in): 0.25 Cw(in ): 104 kdes(in): 0.695 4 lyy(in ): 4.29 Wuo(in 2): 9.85 I..(ina): 96.3 S.(in a): 3.91 Design Properties Lby-y(ft): 5.099 Ky_y: 1 Seismic DR: None Lb.-.(ft): 5.099 K.-z: 1 Max Defl Ratio: L/3380 Lcomp top: Lbyy y sway: No Max Defl Location: 5.099 Lcomp bot(ft): 5.099 z sway: No Span: 1 Ltorque(ft): 5.099 Function: Lateral Tb: 1 M3 N3 N4 RISA-3D Version 22 [Canopy Frame.r3d] Page 1 Page 260 of 279 Company Reid Middleton 4/14/2025 PM 11RISAJob DesIgner Number : 2212024.009 ChRKS0ec0ked By: Model Name : Canopy Frame Diagrams: 0.111 at 5.1 fto -0.292 at 5.1 ft y Deflection(in) z Deflection(in) L0.518ati i i i i i i 2.591atOft i i i i i i i 0.994 at 0 ft Axial Force(k) y Shear Force(k) z Shear Force(k) I I 6.608 at 0 ft 2.533 at 0 ft Torsion(k-ft) z-z Moment(k-ft) y-y Moment(k-ft) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 0.092 at O ft 4.199at0ft 0.035 at 0 ft -4.199 at 0 ft I I I I I I I i i i i i i i I I I I I I I Axial Stress(ksi) Bending Strong Stress(ksi) Bending Weak Stress(ksi) AISC 1 Sth (360-16): LRFD Code Check Limit State Gov.LC Required Available Unity Check Result Applied Loading-Bending/Axial 50 Applied Loading-Shear+Torsion 50 - - Axial Tension Analysis 50 0 k 252.9 k Axial Compression Analysis 50 0.518 k 176.686 k Flexural Analysis(Strong Axis) 50 6.608 k-ft 81 k-ft Flexural Analysis(Weak Axis) 50 0 k-ft 12.562 k-ft - Shear Analysis(Major Axis y) 50 2.591 k 76.5 k 0.034 PASS Shear Analysis(Minor Axis z) 50 0 k 85.747 k 0 PASS Bending&Axial Interaction Check(UC Bending Max) 50 - - 0.083 PASS RISA-3D Version 22 [Canopy Frame.r3d] Page 2 Page 261 of 279 Company Reid Middleton 4/14/2025 11RISAJob DesIgner Number : 2212024.009 ChecRKSOPM ked By: Model Name : Canopy Purlins Detail Report: M1 Load Combination: Envelope Code check: 0.127 (LC 20) Input Data Shape: HSS2X2X2 I Node: N1 Member Type: Beam J Node: N2 Length(ft): 2.5 1 Release: Fixed z - Material Type: Hot Rolled Steel J Release: Fixed Design Rule: Typical I Offset: N/A Internal Sections: 97 J Offset: N/A Design Code: AISC 15th(360-16): T/C Only: Both Way LRFD Material Properties Material: A992 Therm.Coeff.V11 E5 F): 0.65 Fu(ksi): 65 s E(ksi): 29000 Density(k/ft): 0.49 Rt: 1.1 G(ksi): 11154 Fy(ksi): 50 Nu: 0.3 Ry: 1.1 Shape Properties a d(in): 2 lyy(in ): 0.486 J(in a): 0.796 4 bf(in): 2 lu(in ): 0.486 2 t(in): 0.116 Area(in ): 0.84 Design Properties Lby_y(ft): 2.5 Ky_y: 1 Seismic DR: None Lb—(ft): 2.5 K._.: 1 Max Defl Ratio: L/891 Lcomp top: Lbyy y sway: No Max Defl Location: 0 Lcomp bot(ft): 2.5 z sway: No Span: 1 Ltorque(ft): 2.5 Function: Lateral Tb: 1 M1 N1 N2 Diagrams: 0.042 at 0 ft -0.072 at 0 ft y Deflection(in) z Deflection(in) RISA-3D Version 22 [Canopy Purlins.r3d] Page 1 Page 262 of 279 Company Reid Middleton 4/14/2025 11RISAJob Des(gner Number : 2212024.009 ChecRKSOPM ked By: Model Name : Canopy Purlins 0.129at2.5ft -0.22.2 at 2.5 ft Axial Force(k) y Shear Force(k) z Shear Force(k) 0.278at2.5ft -0.161 at 2.5 ft Torsion(k-ft) z-z Moment(k-ft) y-y Moment(k-ft) 6.862at2.5ft I I I I 1 1 1-6.862 at 2.5 ft Axial Stress(ksi) Bending Strong Stress(ksi) Bending Weak Stress(ksi) AISC 15th (360-16): LRFD Code Check Limit State Gov.LC Required Available Unity Check Result Applied Loading-Bending/Axial 20 Applied Loading-Shear+Torsion 20 - - Axial Tension Analysis 20 0 k 37.8 k Axial Compression Analysis 20 0 k 33.736 k Flexural Analysis(Strong Axis) 20 0.278 k-ft 2.19 k-ft Flexural Analysis(Weak Axis) - 0 k-ft 2.19 k-ft Shear Analysis(Major Axis y) 20 0.222 k 10.348 k 0.021 PASS Shear Analysis(Minor Axis z) 20 0 k 10.348 k 0 PASS Bending&Axial Interaction Check(UC Bending Max) 20 - - 0.127 PASS Torsional Analysis 20 0 k-ft 1.839 k-ft 0 PASS RISA-3D Version 22 [Canopy Purlins.r3d] Page 2 Page 263 of 279 Company Reid Middleton 4/14/2025 3:51:42 PM 11RISAJobDesigner Number : 2RKS 2024.009 Checked By Model Name : Canopy Purlins Detail Report:M2 bad Combination Ln. 1 Code check._126,_C 20) Input Data Shape: 111212%2 INade: N2 Member Type: Beam J Node: N3 Le. (ft): 6 1.1--e: Fired Mate.ial Type: Hot RdWd Steel J Release: Fired Design Rulr. Typical I of s: N/A Internal Section: 97 J OR-1: WA Design Code: AISC 15th(360-16):LRFD T/C Only: Both Way Material Properties Material: A992 Therm.cceN.(/1B5 F): 0.65 F.(W): 65 29000 Density(k/ha): OA9 Rc 1.1 G(ksi): 11154 Fz N. 03 R, 1.1 Shape Properties d(in): 2 1,gn 1: OA86 J 110): 0.- 1,f(in): 2 Ia(ina): OA86 t(in): .116 A—(I.'): O84 Design properties Lary(ft): 6 Kzy: 1 Se'nmk DR: None La.-.(R): 6 I(.-.: 1 Max Defl Ratio: L/1613 L.mi L"YY y sway: No Max DM L«etion: 3 L...,e-(h): 6 zsway: No Span: 1 L—(ft): 6 F.«aon. Lateral 1 M2 N2 N3 Diagrams: 0.026 at 3 R -0.5at3 ft y Deflectron(in) z—ec—(in) 0.023 at Oft 0.269 at Oft -0.265 at 6 R Axial Forte(W ySh®--(k) z She Force(I) 0.275 at 0 It -0.159 at 0 R Torsion(1-ft) z-z M.—(1,4o y-y Moment(k-ft) l 0.028 atOR 6.779 R0ft -0048 at O ft �6.779 a[O R Axial Sbesz(ksi) Bending Strong Stress(W) B.dmg Weak—(k 7 AISC 15th(360-16):LRFD Code Check Limn state G.LC Required A Nw. Unity Cheek ..h Applied Lording-B—,/Axial 20 Applied L-ding-Sheara RISA-3D Version 22 [Canopy Purlins.r3d] Page 1 Page 264 of 279 Company Reid Middleton 4/14/2025 IIRISAJob Designer : 212024.009 Checked By: Model Name : Canopy Purlins Axial Te�nian Analyss 20 004k 378k - - Axial Comg--Analyzi 20 0 k 19.632 k - Flexural Analyvi(M—g Axis) 20 0.275 k-fl 2.19 k-ft - FlaxnralAnaly4s(—Axis) - Ok-ft 219 k-ft - - SBear Analysis(Major Axis y) 20 0269 k 10.348 k 0.026 PASS SBear Analysis(Minor Axis z) 20 0 k 10 348 k 0 PASS Bending&Axial IM..dion Ch-(UC Bending Max) 20 - - 0.126 PASS Tamanal Analy4a 20 O k ft 1839 k-I 0 PASS RISA-3D Version 22 [Canopy Purlins.r3d] Page 2 Page 265 of 279 Company Reid Middleton 4/14/2025 11RISAJob DesIgner Number : 2212024.009 ChecRKSOPM ked By: Model Name : Canopy Purlins Detail Report: M3 Load Combination: Envelope Code check: 0.126 (LC 20) Input Data Shape: HSS2X2X2 I Node: N3 Member Type: Beam J Node: N4 Length(ft): 6 1 Release: Fixed zgat- Material Type: Hot Rolled Steel J Release: Fixed Design Rule: Typical I Offset: N/A Internal Sections: 97 J Offset: N/A Design Code: AISC 15th(360-16): T/C Only: Both Way LRFD Material Properties Material: A992 Therm.Coeff.V11 E5 F): 0.65 Fu(ksi): 65 s E(ksi): 29000 Density(k/ft): 0.49 Rt: 1.1 G(ksi): 11154 Fy(ksi): 50 Nu: 0.3 Ry: 1.1 Shape Properties a d(in): 2 lyy(in ): 0.486 J(in a): 0.796 4 bf(in): 2 lu(in ): 0.486 2 t(in): 0.116 Area(in ): 0.84 Design Properties Lby_y(ft): 6 Ky_y: 1 Seismic DR: None Lb—(ft): 6 K._.: 1 Max Defl Ratio: L/1612 Lcomp top: Lbyy y sway: No Max Defl Location: 3 Lcomp bot(ft): 6 z sway: No Span: 1 Ltorque(ft): 6 Function: Lateral Tb: 1 M3 N3 N4 Diagrams: 0.026 at 3 ft -0.045 at 3 ft y Deflection(in) z Deflection(in) RISA-3D Version 22 [Canopy Purlins.r3d] Page 1 Page 266 of 279 Company Reid Middleton 4/14/2025 ''RISA Jobigner Number : 2212024.009 ChecRKSOPM ked By: Model Name : Canopy Purlins 0.023 at 0 ft i i i i i i i 0.265 at 0 ft 0.04at0ft i i i i i i i i i i i i i i -0.269at6ft� Axial Force(k) y Shear Force(k) z Shear Force(k) 0.275 at 6 ft -0.159at6ft Torsion(k-ft) z-z Moment(k-ft) y-y Moment(k-ft) 0.028at0ft i i i i i i i i i i i i i i 6.779at6ft 0.048atOft i i i i i i i i i i i i i i -6.779 at E ft Axial Stress(ksi) Bending Strong Stress(ksi) Bending Weak Stress(ksi) AISC 15th (360-16): LRFD Code Check Limit State Gov.LC Required Available Unity Check Result Applied Loading-Bending/Axial 20 Applied Loading-Shear+Torsion 20 - - Axial Tension Analysis 20 0.04 k 37.8 k Axial Compression Analysis 20 0 k 19.632 k Flexural Analysis(Strong Axis) 20 0.275 k-ft 2.19 k-ft Flexural Analysis(Weak Axis) - 0 k-ft 2.19 k-ft - Shear Analysis(Major Axis y) 20 0.269 k 10.348 k 0.026 PASS Shear Analysis(Minor Axis z) 20 0 k 10.348 k 0 PASS Bending&Axial Interaction Check(UC Bending Max) 20 - - 0.126 PASS Torsional Analysis 20 0 k-ft 1.839 k-ft 0 PASS RISA-3D Version 22 [Canopy Purlins.r3d] Page 2 Page 267 of 279 Company Reid Middleton 4/14/2025 11RISAJob Designer : 2212024.009 Checked By: Model Name : Canopy Purlins Detail Report: M4 Load Combination: Envelope Code check: 0.127 (LC 20) Input Data Shape: HSS2X2X2 I Node: N4 Member Type: Beam J Node: N5 x Length(ft): 2.5 1 Release: Fixed z z Material Type: Hot Rolled Steel J Release: Fixed Design Rule: Typical I Offset: N/A Internal Sections: 97 J Offset: N/A Design Code: AISC 15th(360-16): T/C Only: Both Way LRFD Material Properties Material: A992 Therm.Coeff.V11 E5 F): 0.65 Fu(ksi): 65 s E(ksi): 29000 Density(k/ft): 0.49 Rt: 1.1 G(ksi): 11154 Fy(ksi): 50 Nu: 0.3 Ry: 1.1 Shape Properties a d(in): 2 lyy(in ): 0.486 J(in a): 0.796 4 bf(in): 2 lu(in ): 0.486 2 t(in): 0.116 Area(in ): 0.84 Design Properties Lby_y(ft): 2.5 Ky_y: 1 Seismic DR: None Lb—(ft): 2.5 K._.: 1 Max Defl Ratio: L/891 Lcomp top: Lbyy y sway: No Max Defl Location: 2.5 Lcomp bot(ft): 2.5 z sway: No Span: 1 Ltorque(ft): 2.5 Function: Lateral Tb: 1 M4 N4 N5 Diagrams: 0.042at2.5ft� -0.072 at 2.5 ft y Deflection(in) z Deflection(in) RISA-3D Version 22 [Canopy Purlins.r3d] Page 1 Page 268 of 279 Company Reid Middleton 4/14/2025 11RISAJob Designer : 2212024.009 Checked By: Model Name : Canopy Purlins I I 0.222 at 0 ft I I I I I -0.129 at 0 ft Axial Force(k) y Shear Force(k) z Shear Force(k) I I I I I I I I I 0.278 at 0 ft -0.161 at 0 ft Torsion(k-ft) z-z Moment(k-ft) y-y Moment(k-ft) I I I I I I I I I 6.862 at 0 ft 6.862 at 0 ft Axial Stress(ksi) Bending Strong Stress(ksi) Bending Weak Stress(ksi) AISC 15th (360-16): LRFD Code Check Limit State Gov.LC Required Available Unity Check Result Applied Loading-Bending/Axial 20 Applied Loading-Shear+Torsion 20 - - Axial Tension Analysis 20 0 k 37.8 k Axial Compression Analysis 20 0 k 33.736 k Flexural Analysis(Strong Axis) 20 0.278 k-ft 2.19 k-ft Flexural Analysis(Weak Axis) - 0 k-ft 2.19 k-ft - Shear Analysis(Major Axis y) 20 0.222 k 10.348 k 0.021 PASS Shear Analysis(Minor Axis z) 20 0 k 10.348 k 0 PASS Bending&Axial Interaction Check(UC Bending Max) 20 - - 0.127 PASS Torsional Analysis 20 0 k-ft 1.839 k-ft 0 PASS RISA-3D Version 22 [Canopy Purlins.r3d] Page 2 Page 269 of 279 mmClient Project No. Project Design by 728 134th Street SW•Suite 200 Date Everett,Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Checked by Fax: 425 741-3900 Date Metal Stud Design Page 270 of 279 ASCE ASCE Hazards Report AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CML ENGINEERS Address: Standard: ASCE/SE17-16 Latitude: 48.174211 19620 67th Ave NE Risk Category: II Longitude: -122.1411 Arlington, Washington Soil Class: undefined Elevation: 143.3305961449779 ft 98223 (NAVD 88) u metelY Ru .I I'I Z 4111gbn — Cemetery E - m - 200th PI NF 1971h 51 11L 41wn . c,yrn•.n•.a-.n - - O i �1 ar Ni rtll 1' - I.I.irr:vll Fed. IVr•In 19arybvillE Wind Results: Wind Speed 98 Vmph 10-year MRI 68 Vmph 25-year MRI 74 Vmph 50-year MRI 79 Vmph 100-year MRI 84 Vmph Data Source: ASCE/SEI 7-16, Fig. 26.5-1 B and Figs. CC.2-1—CC.2-4, and Section 26.5.2 Date Accessed: Wed Apr 16 2025 Value provided is 3-second gust wind speeds at 33 ft above ground for Exposure C Category, based on linear interpolation between contours. Wind speeds are interpolated in accordance with the 7-16 Standard. Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 7% probability of exceedance in 50 years (annual exceedance probability = 0.00143, MRI = 700 years). Site is not in a hurricane-prone region as defined in ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 26.2. https://ascehazardtool.org/ Page 1 of 2 Wed Apr 16 2025 Page 271 of 279 1 Project: Arlington Ops Date: 4/16/2025 Engineer: JPG Project#: 212024.009 ASCE 7-16 Wind Analysis for Enclosed or Partially Enclosed Buildings 1 of 3 Wind speed for the applicable wind category,V= 98 mph (3-sec gust, Fig 26.5-1A) Wind Directionality Factor, Kd= 0.85 (Table 26.6-1) Exposure: C (Art.26.7.3) Mean Roof Height, h= 33 ft (Spreadsheet maxes out at 110 ft) Top of Parapet Height(from ground), hp= 39 ft Enclosure: Enclosed (Art.26.2) Roof Slope, 0= 9.5° FYI Slope Converter: 12 9.5° = 21 Roo{5\ope N 80 ft= W1 BUILDING PLAN Roof Type: Monoslope Ik140 ft=W2 Topographic Effects: (Fig 26.8-1) Ridge, Escarpment,or Hill? 2D Ridge sprdap Height of Feature,H= 20 ft RZI s,Cpwind� I1M.E.Jw) Horiz.distance from halfway up the hill K1= 0.15 to the top, Lh= 200 ft K2= 0.67 Lh Distance upwind(-)or down(+)from 7= 3.0 ESCARPMENT the crest to the building site,x= 100 ft K3= 0.86 Height of Building Site,z= 10 ft K,= (1+K1K2K3)2 wZJ = H/Lh= 0.1 Kzt= 1.17 spee.P - Oq v '0H/Lh for K1= 0.1 wv +(Upwlme) x(�•w+•dl z z Lh for K2&K3= 200 µ= 1.5 Main Wind Force Resisting System-Part 1(Art. 27.2-27.4): 2-D RIDGE OR 3-D AXISYMMETRICAL HILL Exposure Coefficient, KZ=2.01(z/zg)2/a= 1.00 qZ=0.00256KZKZtKdV2= 24.5 psf (Eq.27.3-1) (Table 27.3-1) z= 33 ft a= 9.5 Gust Factor,G= 0.85 (Art.26.9.1) zg= 900 (Table 26.9-1) Internal Pressure Factor, GCp;= ± 0.18 (Table 26.11-1) External Pressure Coefficients, C for MWFRS (Fig. 27.4-1) East-West Wind h/L= 0.23 North-South Wind h/L= 0.41 Windward Wall: 0.80 Windward Wall: 0.80 Leeward Wall: -0.35 Leeward Wall: -0.50 Side Wall: -0.70 Roof parallel to Ridge Side Wall: -0.70 Roof Parallel to Ridge Roof: Uplift: N/A 0-h/2: -0.90 Roof: Uplift: N/A 0-h/2: -0.90 Downward: N/A h/2-h: -0.90 Downward: N/A h/2-h: -0.90 Leeward: N/A h-2h: -0.50 Leeward: N/A h-2h: -0.50 >-2h: -0.30 >_2h: -0.30 Project: Arlington Ops Date: 45763 Engineer: JPG Project#: 212024.009 2 of 3 Page 272 of 279 Main Wind Force Resisting System: Load Case A: p=gGCp-qi(+GC,i)-Opening in Windward Wall (Eq.27.4-2) Load Case B: p=gGCp q;(-GCp;)-Opening in Leeward or Side Wall Notes:q;=qh for all cases herein (+)pressures are always toward surface EAST-WEST Wind Pressures 0 Load Case Load Case Load Load Case Height(ft) A B Case A B ® O5 15' 0.7 psf 27.6 psf 2 -20.8 psf 6.2 psf nGCpqGCp 20' 1.6 psf 28.5 psf 3 -28.0 psf -1.1 psf g Z G 25' 2.3 psf 29.2 psf ®* N/A N/A 30' 2.9 psf 29.9 psf Down ghGCp 33' 3.2 psf 30.1 psf ®* N/A N/A 0 �p 5 * N/A N/A ��L� ELEVATION See Roof Loads Parallel to Side Walls Ridge for Roof loads (�3 *®&�5 Shall be replaced with Roof 16' 33' 65' Loads Parallel to Ridge when the roof ridge runs East-West or the roof Wind Direction 65'+ slope is<10' Load Case A: -32.2 psf -32.2 psf -23.9 psf -19.7 psf Additional Main Force Wind on Parapets(Art.27.4.5): Load Case B: -5.3 psf -5.3 psf 3.1 psf 7.2 psf Windward: 38.2 psf 4 & 5 Roof Loads for Wind Parallel to Ridge Leeward: 25.5 psf (Roof Plan View) NORTH-SOUTH Wind Pressures 0 Load Case Load Case Load Load Case Height(ft) A B Case A B ® �5 15' 0.7 psf 27.6 psf 2 -23.9 psf 3.1 psf nCp 20' 1.6 psf 28.5 psf 3 -28.0 psf -1.1 psf q,G 25' 2.3 psf 29.2 psf ®* N/A N/A 30' 2.9 psf 29.9 psf Down ghGCp 33' 3.2 psf 30.1 psf ®* N/A N/A 0 1up II 5 * N/A I N/A ELEVATION See Roof Loads Parallel to 03 Side Walls Ridge for Roof loads *®&�5 Shall be replaced with Roof 16' 33' 65' Loads Parallel to Ridge when the roof ridge runs North-South or the roof Wind Direction > 65'+ slope is<10° Load Case A: -32.2 psf -32.2 psf -23.9 psf -19.7 psf Additional Main Force Wind on Load Case B: -5.3 psf -5.3 psf 3.1 psf 7.2 psf Parapets(Art.27.4.5): Windward: 38.2 psf 4 & 5 Roof Loads for Wind Parallel to Ridge Leeward: -25.5 psf (Roof Plan View) Project: Arlington Ops Date: 45763 Engineer: JPG Project#: 212024.009 3 of 3 Page 273 of 279 Components and Cladding- Part 1 (Art. 30.4) & Part 3 (Art. 30.6): GCP Values from Figure 30.4-5 Zone 10 SF 20 SF 50 SF 100 SF Exact Solution 1 0.30 -1.10 0.27 -1.10 0.23 -1.10 0.20 -1.10 0.30 -1.10 2 0.30 -1.60 0.27 -1.57 0.23 -1.53 0.20 -1.50 0.30 -1.60 3 0.30 -2.60 0.27 -2.30 0.23 -1.90 0.20 -1.60 0.30 -2.60 4 0.90 -1.101 0.85 -0.94 1 0.79 -0.88 1 0.74 -0.83 0.90 -0.99 5 1 0.90 1 -1.4010.85 1 -1.16 1 0.79 1 -1.04 1 0.74 1 -0.94 1 0.90 1 -1.26 GCP;= ± 0.55 qh= 24.5 psf Roof Type: Monoslope for buildings with: h <_ 60' : p = gh[(GCp)-(GCP;)] (Eq.30.4-1) h >60' : p = q(GCp)-q;(GCp;) (Eq.30.6-1) Notes:q;=qh for all cases herein (+)pressures are always toward surface Components and Cladding Wind Load Chart Zone 10 SQUARE FEET 20 SQUARE FEET 50 SQUARE FEET 100 SQUARE FEET ,- Int. 1 20.8 psf -40.4 psf 20.1 psf -40.4 psf 19.2 psf -40.4 psf 18.4 psf -40.4 psf p Edge 2 20.8 psf -52.7 psf 20.1 psf -51.9 psf 19.2 psf -50.9 psf 18.4 psf -50.2 psf Corner 3 -77.2 psf 20.1 psf -69.8 psf 19.2 psf -60.0 psf 18.4 psf -52.7 psf Q Int. 4 35.5 psf -40.4 psf 34.3 psf -36.6 psf 32.8 psf -35.0 psf 31.6 psf -33.8 psf Edge 5 35.5 psf - psf 34.3 psf -42.0 psf 32.8 psf -38.9 psf 31.6 psf -36.6 psf Int. Pi+pZ -76 psf 86 psf -71 psf 84 psf -68 psf 82 psf -65 psf Edge P3+p4 113 psf -83 psf 4 psf -76 psf 93 psf -72 psf 84 psf -68 psf (Figs.30.5-1,30.6-1&30.9-1) Note:Zone 2 is reporting 2'and 3 is reporting 3'conservatively(see fig. -5 for details) Type in parameters below to get a more exact C&C Load: Worst Case C&C Wind Load Exact Trib Area= 10.0 sf ZONE Exact Solution 1 20.8 psf -40.4 psf Ignore this input if h<60' 2 20.8 psf -52.7 psf (only for bldgs>60') : 12 ft 3 20.8 psf -77.2 psf qZ= 20.8 psf 4 35.5 psf -37.7 psf 5 35.5 psf -44.3 psf pl+p2 88 psf -73 psf p3+p4 113 psf -80 psf Note:Zone 2 is reporting 2'and 3 is reporting 3' conservatively(see fig.30.4-5 for details) Tables below use a wind force multiplied by 0.7. So, 25psf column will be used for sizing. Page 274 of 279 - . . . Table Notes 1. Listed span for"Double Span"tables is the distance from either 5. Web crippling check is based on 1" of bearing at end supports end to the center of interior support, with the stud continuous and 3" of bearing at interior support. past the interior support. 6. Shear and web crippling capacity at end supports have not been 2. Listed wind pressures represent calculated designed wind reduced for punchouts. Shear and web crippling capacity at pressure (1.0 W based on 2009 or 0.6 W based on 2012 IBC). For interior support have been reduced for the presence of punchout deflection calculations, listed wind pressures have been reduced adjacent to the support. by 0.70 as allowed by IBC.The 5 psf pressure has not been 7. Combined bending and shear check at interior support is based reduced for deflection checks. on unreinforced web per AISI S100 (Eq. C3.3.1-1). Shear capacity 3. Studs must be braced against rotation and lateral movement at and combined bending and shear check at interior support have all supports. See typical bracing details on page 74. been reduced for the presence of punchouts adjacent to support. 4. Studs are assumed to be adequately braced at a maximum 8. See page 5 for additional table notes. spacing of Lu to develop full allowable moment. Fy Spacing 5 psf 15 psf 20 psf 25 psf 30 psf 35 psf 40 psf 50 psf Section (ksi) (in)oc L1120 L/240 L1360 LI240 LI360 1-/600 L1240 L1360 LI600 1-/240 L1360 LI600 L1240 L1360 L1600 L1240 1-1360 LI600 L1240 L/360 LI600 L1240 L1360 LI600 12 23'9" 18'10" 16'5" 14'8" 12'10"10'10" 13'0" 11'8" 9'10" 11'8" 10'10" 9'2" 10'8" 10'2" 8'7' 9'10"e 9'8"e 8'2" 9'2"e 9'2"e 7'10" 8'Ye 8'Ye 7'3"e 35OS162-33 33 16 21'7' 17'1" 14'11" 13'0" 11'8" 9'10" 11'3" 10'7' 8'11" 10'1"e 9'10" 8'4" 9'2"e 9'2"e 7'10" 8'6"e 8'6"e 7'5"e 8'0"s 8'0"e 7'1"e 7'2"e 7'2"e 6'Te 24 18'5" 14'11" 13'1" 10'8' 10'2" 8'7' 9'2"e 9'2"e 7'10" 8'Ye 8'Ye 7'Ye 7'6"e 7'6"e 6'10"e 7'0"e 7'0"e 6'6"e 6'6"e 6'6"e 6'2"e 5'10"e 5'10"e 5'9"e 12 25'10" 20'6' 17'11" 16'0" 14'T 11'9" 14'6" 12'8" 10'8" 13'6" 11'9" 9'11" 12'6" 11'1" 9'4" 11'7' 10'6" 8'11" 10'10" 10'1" 8'6' 9'8" 9'4" 7'11" 350S162-43 33 16 23'T 18'7' 16'3" 14'6" 12'8" 10'8" 13'2" 11'6" 9'9" 11'10" 10'8" 9'0" 10'10" 10'1" 8'6" 10'0" 9'7" 8'1" 9'T 9'2" 7'9" 8'Ye 8'Te 7'2" 24 20'6" 16 3" 14'2" 12'6" 11'1" 9'4" 10'10" 10'1" 8'6" 9'8" 9'4" 7'11" 8'10" 8'10" 7'5" 8'2"e 8'2"e TV 7'8"e 7'8"e 6 9" 6'10"e 6'10"e 6'Ye 12 27'8" 21'11" 19'2" 17'1" 15'0" 12'7" 15'7" 13'7" 11'6" 14'5" 12'7" 10'8" 13'7" 11'10" 10'0" 12'11" 11'3" 9'6" 12'4" 10'9" 9'1" 11'6" 10'0" 8'5" 35OS162-54 50 16 25'1" 19'11" 17'5" 15'7" 13'7" 11'6" 14'2" 12'4" 10'5' 13'1" 11'6" 9'8" 12'4" 10'9" 9'1" 11'9" 10'3" 8'8" 11'3" 9'10" 8'3" 10'5" 9'1" 7'8" 24 21'11" 17'5" 15'2" 13'7' 11'10" 10'0" 12'4" 10'9" 9'1" 11'6" 10'0" 8'5" 10'9" 9'5" 7'11" 10'3" 8'11" 7'7" 9'10" 8'7" 7'3" 9'1" 7'11" 6'8" 12 29'7' 23'5" 20'6" 18'4" 16'0" 13'6" 16'8" 14'6" 12'3" T 5" 13'6" 11'5" 14'6" 12'8" 10'9" 13'10" 12'1" 10'2" 13'3" 11'6" 9'9" 12'3" 10'9" 9'0" 35OS162-68 50 16 26'10" 21'4" 18'7' 16'8" 14'6" 12'3" 15'1" 13'3" 11'2" 14'0" 12'3" 10'4" 13'3" 11'6" 9'9" 12'7" 11'0" 9'3" 12'0" 10'6" 8'10" 11'2" 9'9" 8'3" 24 23'5" 18'7' 16'3' 14'6" 12'8" 10'9" 13'3" 11'6" 9'9" 12'3" 10'9" 9'0" 11'6" 10'1" 8'6" 11'0" 9'7" 8'1" 10'6" 9'2" 7'9" 9'9" 8'6" 7'2" 12 23'3" 18'5" 16'1" 14'3' 12'7" 10'7' 12'4" 11'5" 9'8" 11'1" 10'7' 8'11" 10'1" 10'0" 8'5" 9'4" 9'4" 8'0" 8'9"e 8'9"e 7'8" 7'10"e 7'10"e 7'1"e 362S137-33 33 16 21'1" 16 9" 14'8" 12'4" 11'5" 9'8" 10'9" 10'5" 8'9" 9'7" 9'7" 8'2" 8'9"e 8'9"e TV 8'1"e 8'1"e 7'Ye 7'7"e 7'7'e 6'11"e 6'9"e 6'9"e 6'5"e 24 17'6" 14'8" 12'10" 10'1" 10'0" 8'5" 8'9"e 8'9"e 7'8" 7'10"e 7'10"e 7'1"e 7'2"e 7'2"e 6'8"e 6'7'e 6'7'e 6'4"e 6'2"e 6'2"e 6'1"e 5'6"e 5'6"e 5'6"e 12 24'4" 19'4" 16'11" 15'1" 13'2" 11'1" 13'3" 12'0" 10'1" 11'11" 11'1" 9'5" 10'10" 10'6" 8'10" 10'0"e 9'11"e 8'5" 9'5"e 9'5"e 8'0" 8'5"e 8'5"e 7'5"e 362S162-33 33 16 22'2" 17'7' 15'4" 13'3" 12'0" 10'1" 11'6" 10'11" 9'2" 10'3'e 10'1"e 8'6" 9'Te 9'Te 8'0" 8'8"e 8'8"e 7'7'e 8'2"e 8'2"e 7'3"e 7'3"e 7'3"e 6'9"e 24 18'9" 15'4" 13'5" 10'10" 10'6" 8'10" 9'Ye 9'5"e 8'0" 8'5"e 8'5"e 7'5"e 7'8"e 7'8"e 7'0"e 7'1"e 7'1"e 6'8"e 6'8"e 6'8"e 6'4"e 5'11"e 5'11"e 5'11"e 12 25'9" 20'5' 17'10" 15'11" 13'11" 11'9" 13'11" 12'8" 10'8" 12'5" 11'9" 9'11" 11'4"e 11'1"e 9'4" 10'6"e 10'6"e 8'10" 9'10"e 9'10"e 8'6"e 8'10"e 8'10"e 7'10" 362S200-33 33 16 23'4" 18'7" 16'2" 13'11" 12'8" 10'8" 12'1" 11'6" 9'8" 10'9"e 10'8"e 9'0" 9'10"e 9'10"e 8'6"e 9'1"e 9'1"e 8'1"e 8'6"e 8'6"e 7'8"e 7'7"e 7'7"e 7'2"e 24 19'8" 16 2" 14'2" 11'4"e 11'1"e 9'4" 9'10"e 9'10"e 8'6"e 8'10"e 8'10"e 7'10"e 8'0"e 8'0"e 7'Ye 7'Te 7'5"e 7'0"e 7'0"e 7'0"e 6'9"e 6'3'e 6'3'e 6'3'e 12 25'3" 20'1" 17'6" 15'8" 13'8" 11'7" WY 12'5" 10'6" 13'0" 11'7" 9'9" 11'10"10'10" 9'2" 11'0" 10'4" 8'8" 10'3" 9'10" 8'4" 9'2" 9'2" 7'9" 362S137-43 33 16 23'0" 18'3' 15'11" 14'3' 12'5" 10'6" 12'7" 11'4" 9'6' 11'3" 10'6' 8'10" 10'3" 9'10" 8'4" 9'6' 9'5' 7'11" 8'11" 8'11" 7'7" 7'11" 7'11" TO" 24 20'1" 15 11" 13'11" 11'10"10'10" 9'2" 10'3" 9'10" 8'4" 9'2" 9'2" 7'9" 8'5" 8'5" 7'3" 7'9" 7'9" 6 11" 7'3"e 7'3"e VT 6'6"e 6'6"e 6'2"e 12 26'6" 21'0" 18'4" 16'T 14'4" 12'1" 14'11" 13'0" 11'0" 13'1T 12'1" 10'2" 12'9" 11'5" 9'7" 11'10"10'10" 9'1" 11'1" 10'4" 8'9" 9'11" 9'7" 8'1" 362S162-43 33 16 24'1" 19'1" 16'8" 14'11" 13'0" 11'0" 13'7" 11'10" 10'0" 12'1" 11'0" 9'3" 11'1" 10'4" 8'9" 10'3" 9'10" 8'3" 9'7" 9'5" 7'11" 8'Te 8'Te 7'4" 24 21'0" 16 8" 14'7" 12'9" 11'5" 9'7" 11'1" 10'4" 8'9" 9'11" 9'7" 8'1" 9'0" 9'0" 7'7" 8'4"e 8'4"e 7'3" 7'10"e 7'10"e 6'11"e 7'0"e 7'0"e 6'Te 12 28'0" 22'3' 19'5" 17'4" 15'2" 12'9" 15'9" 13'9" 11'7" 14'8" 12'9" 10'9" 13'8" 12'0" 10'2" 12'8" 11'5" 9'8" 11'10" 10'11" 9'3" 10'7" 10'2" 8'7" 362S200-43 33 16 25'5" 20'2" 17'8" 15'9" 13'9" 11'7" 14'4" 12'6" 10'7" 13'0" 11'7" 9'10" 11'10" 10'11" 9'3" 11'0" 10'5" 8'9" 10'3" 9'11" 8'4" 9'2"e 9'2"e 7'9" 24 22'3" 17'8" 15'5' 13'8" 12'0" 10'2" 11'10"10'11" 9'3" 10'7" 10'2" 8'7" 9'8"e 9'Te 8'1" 9'0"e 9'0"e 7'8" 8'5"e 8'5"e 7'4"e 7'6"e 7'6"e 6'9"e 12 27'1" 21'6" 18'9" 16'9" 14'8" 12'4" 15'3" 13'4" 11'3" 14'2" 12'4" 10'5" 13'4" 11'8" 9'10" 12'8" 11'1" 9'4" 12'1" 10'7" 8'11" 11'3' 9'10" 87. 362S137-54 50 16 24'7" 19'6" 17'1" 15'3' 13'4" 11'3" 13'10" 12'1" 10'2" 12'10" 11'3" 9'6" 12'1" 10'7" 8'11" 11'6" 10'0" 8'6" 11'0" 9'7" 8'1" 10'2" 8'11" 7'6" 24 21'6" 17'1" 14'11" 13'4" 11'8" 9'10" 12'1" 10'7" 8'11" 11'3" 9'10" 8'3" 10'7' 9'3" 7'9" 10'0" 8'9" 7'5" 9'7" 8'5" 7'1" 8'9" TV 6'7" 12 28'5" 22'6" 19'8" 17'7" 15'4" 13'0" 16'0" 14'0" 11'9" 14'10" 13'0" 10'11" 14'0" 12'2" 10'3" 13'3" 11'7" 9'9" 12'8" 11'1" 9'4" 11'9" MY 8'8" 362S162-54 50 16 25'10" 20'6" 17'11" 16'0" 14'0" 11'9" 14'6" 12'8" 10'8" 13'6" 11'9" 9'11" 12'8" 11'1" 9'4" 12'1" 10'6" 8'11" 11'6" 10'1" 8'6" 10'8" 9'4" 7'11" 24 22'6' 17'11" 15'7" 14'0" 12'2" 10'3' 12'8" 11'1" 9'4" 11'9" 10'3" 8'8" 11'1" 9'8' 8'2" 10'6" 9'2" 7'9" 10'1" 8'10" 7'5" 9'4" 8'2" 6'11" 12 30'0" 23'10"20'10" 18'7' 16'3" 13'8" 16'11" 14'9" 12'5" 15'8" 13'8" 11'7" 14'9" 12'11"10'10" 14'0" 12'3" 10'4" 13'5" 11'9" 9'11" 12'5" 10'10" 9'2" 362S200-54 50 16 27'3" 21'8" 18'11" 16'11" 14'9" 12'5" 15'4" 13'5" 11'4" 14'3" 12'5" 10'6" 13'5" 11'9" 9'11" 12'9" 11'2" 9'5" 12'2" 10'8" TO" 11'4" 9'11" 8'4" 24 23'10"18'11" 16 6" 14'9" 12'11"10'10" 13'5" 11'9" 9'11" 12'5" 10'10" 9'2" 11'9" 10'3" 8'8" 11'2" 9'9" 8'2" 10'8" 9'4" 7'10" 9'11" 8'8" 7'3" 12 28'11"22'11" 20'1" 17'11" 15'8" 13'2" 16'3" 14'3" 12'0" 15'1" 13'2" 11'2" 14'3" 12'5" 10'6" 13'6" 11'10" 9'11" 12'11" 11'4" TV 12'0" 10'6' 8'10" 362S137-68 50 16 26'3" 20'10" 18'3" 16'3" 14'3" 12'0" 14'10"12'11" 10'11" 13'9" 12'0" 10'1" 12'11" 11'4" 9'6" 12'3" 10'9" 9'1" 11'9" 10'3' 8'8" 10.11" 9'6. 8'0" 24 22'11" 18'3' 15'11" WY 12'5" 10'6' 12'11" 11'4" 9'6" 12'0" 10'6" 8'10" 11'4" 9'10" 8'4" 10'9" 9'4" 7'11" 10'3" TO" 7'7" 9'6" 8'4" 7-0- 12 30'4" 24'1" 21'1" 18'10" 16'5' 13'10' 17'1" 14'11" 12'7' 15'11"13'10" 11'8" 14'11" 13'1" 11'0" 14'2" 12'5' 10'5" 13'7" 11'10" 10'0" 12'7" 11'0" 9'3" 362S162-68 50 16 27'7' 21'11" 19'2" 17'1" 14'11" 12'7" 15'6" 13'7" 11'5" 14'5" 12'7" 10'8" 13'7" 11'10" 10'T 12'11" 11'3" 9'6' 12'4" 10'9" 9'1" 11'5" 10'0" 8'5" 24 24'1" 19'2" 16 9" 14'11" 13'1" 11'0" 13'7" 11'10" 10'0" 12'7' 11'0" 9'3" 11'10" 10'4" 8'9" 11'3" 9'10" 8'4" 10'9" 9'5" 7'11" 10'0" 8'9" 7'4" 12 32 2" 25'6" 22'3" 19'11" 17'5" 14'8" 18'1" 15'10" 13'4" 16'10" 14'8" 12'5" 15'10"13'10" 11'8" 15'0" 13'1" 11'1" 14'4" 12'7" 10'7" 13'4" 11'8" 9'10" 362S200-68 50 16 29'2" 23'2" 20'3" 18'1" 15'10" 13'4" 16'5" 14'4" 12'1" 15'3" 13'4" 11'3' 14'4" 12'7" 10'7" 13'8" 11'11" 10'1" 13'1" 11'5' 9'7" 12'1" 10'7" 8'11" 24 25'6" 20'3' 17'8" 15'10"13'10" 11'8" 14'4" 12'7" 10'7' 13'4" 11'8" 9'10" 12'7" 11'0" 9'3" 11'11" 10'5" 8'9" 11'5" 9'11" 8'5" 10'7" 9'3" 7'10" 12 25'1" 19'11" 17'5" 15'1" 13'7" 11'6" 13'1" 12'4" 10'T 11'8" 11'6' 9'8" 10'8" 10'8" 9'1" 9'10"e 9'10"e 8'8" 9'Ye 9'Ye 8'3"e 8'Ye 8'Ye 7'8"e 40OS137-33 33 16 22'7' 18'1" 15'10" 13'1" 12'4" 10'5" 11'4" 11'3' 9'6" 10'1"e 10'1"e 8'9" 9'Ye 9'Ye 8'Ye 8'7'e 8'Te 7'1 Te 8'0"e 8'0"e 7'6"e 7'2"e 7'2"e 7'0"e 24 18'6" 15'10"13'10" 10'8" 10'8" 9'1" 9'Ye 9'Ye 8'3"e 8'Ye 8'Ye 7'8"e 7'6"e 7'6"e 7'3"e 7'0"e 7'0"e 6'10"e 6'6"e 6'6"e 6'6"e 5'10"e 5'10"e 5'10"e 12 26'3' 20'10" 18'3" 16 2" 14'3' 12'0" 14'0" 12'11" 10'11" 12'7" 12'0" 10'1" 11'5"e 11'4"e 9'6" 10'7'e 10'Te 9'1" 9'11"e 9'11"e 8'8"e 8'10"e 8'10"e 8'0"e 40OS162-33 33 16 23'11"18'11" 16'7" 14'0" 12'11" 10'11" 12'2" 11'9" 9'11" 10'10"e 19 We 9'2" 9'11"e 9'11"e 8'8"e 9'2"e 9'2"e 8'3"e 8'7'e 8'7'e 7'1We 7'8"e 7'8"e 7'4"e 24 19'10" 16'7' 14'6" 11'5"e 11'4"e 9'6" 9'11"e 9'11"e 8'8"e 8'1Te 8'10"e 8'Te 8'1"e 8'1"e 7'7"e 7'6"e 7'6"e 7'2"e 7'0"e 7'0"e 6'10"e 6'3'e 6'Ye 6'3'e 12 27'9" 22'0" 19'3' 17'0" 15'0" 12'8" 14'9" 13'8" 11'6" 13'2"e 12'8" 10'8" 12'0"e 11'11"e 10'1" 11'1"e 11'1"e 9'7'e 10'Ye 10'5'e 9'2"e 9'4"e 9'4"e 8'6"e 40OS200-33 33 16 25'2" 20'0" 17'6" 14'9" 13'8" 11'6" 12'9"e 12'5"e 10'5" 11'5"e 11'5"e 9'8" 10'Ye 10'Ye 9'2"e 9'8"e 9'8"e 8'8"e 9'0"e 9'0"e 8'4"e 8'1"e 8'1"e 7'8"e 24 20'10" 17'6" 15'3" 12'0"e 111fe 10'1" 10'Te 10'5"e 9'2"e 9'4"e 9'4"e 8'6"e 8'6"e 8'6"e 8'0"e 7'1We 7'10"e 7'7'e 7'4"e 7'4"e 7'3"e 6'7'e 6'7'e 6'7'e "e"web stiffeners required at ends. Page 275 of 279 www.SCAFCO.com Copyright©2015 by the SSMA Fy Spacing 5 psf 15 psf 20 psf 25 psf 30 psf 35 psf 40 psf 50 psf Section (ksi) (in)oc LI120 L1240 LI360 L1240 LI360 L/600 L1240 L1360 LI600 L/240 LI360 LI600 LI240 L1360 LI600 L1240 L/360 LI600 L1240 LI360 LI600 L1240 L1360 L1600 12 27'4" 21'8" 18'11" 16'11" 14'9" 12'6" 15'4" 13'5" 11'4" 13'9" 12'6" 10'6" 12'7' 11'9" 9'11" 11'7' 11'2" 9'5" 10'10" 10'8" 9'0" 9'9" 9'9" 8'4" 40OS137-43 33 16 24'10" 19'8" 17'2" 15'4" 1 T 5" 11'4" 13'4" 12'2" 10'4" 11'11" 11'4" 9'7" 10'10" 10'8" 9'0' 10'1" 10'1" 8'6" 9'5" 9'5" 8'2" 8'5"e 8'Fe 77, 24 21'8" 17'2" 15'0" 12'7' 11'9" 9'11" 10'10" 10'8" 9'0" 9'9" 9'9" 8'4" 8'11" 8'11" T 10" 8'3"e 8'3"e 7'6" 7'8"e 7'8"e 7'2"e 6'11"e 6'11"e 6'7"e 12 28'7' 22'8" 19'10" 17'9" 15'6" 13'1" 16'1" 14'1" 11'10" 14'10" 13'1" 11'0" 13'6" 12'3' 10'4" 12'6" 11'8" 9'10" 11'9" 11'2" T 5" 10'6" 10'4" 8'9" 40OS162-43 33 16 26'0" 20'7' 18'0" 16'1" 14'1" 11'10" 14'4" 12'9" 10'9" 12'10"11'10" 10'0" 11'9" 11'2" T F 10'10" 10'7' 8'11" 10'2" 10'2" 8'7" 9'1"e 9'Ve 7'11" 24 22'8" 18'0' 15'9" 13'6" 12'3" 10'4" 11'9" 11'2" 9'5" 10'6" 10'4" 8'9" 9'7'e 9'7'e 8'3' 8'10"e 8'10"e T 10" 8'3"e 8'3"e 7'6"e 7'5"e 7'5"e 6'11"e 12 30'2" 23'11"20'11" 18'8" 16'4" 13'9" 17'0" 14'10" 12'6" 15'9" 13'9" 11'7" 14'6" 13'0" 10-11" 13'5" 12'4" 10'5" 12'7" 11'9" 9'11" 11'Ye 10'11" 9'3" 40OS200-43 33 16 27'5" 21'9" 19'0" 17'0" 14'10" 12'6" 15'4" 13'6" 11'4" 13'9" 12'6" 10'7" 12'7' 11'9" 9'11" 11'7' 11'2" 9'F 1910"e 10'8"e 9'0' 9'9'e 9'9"e 8'5"e 24 23'11" 19'0" 16'7" 14'6" 13'0" 10'11" 12'7' 11'9" 9'11" 11'Ye 10'11" 9'3" 10'Ye 10'3"e 8'8" 9'6"e 9'6"e 8'3"e 8'10"e 8'10"e 7'11"e 7'11"e 7'11"e 7'4"e 12 29'3' 23'2" 20'3' 18'1" 15'10" 13'4" 16'6" 14'5" 12'2" 15'3" 13'4" 11'3" 14'5" 12'7' 10'7' 13'8" 11'11" 10'1" 13'1" 11'5" 9'8" 12'2" 10'7' 8'11" 40OS137-54 50 16 26'7' 21'1" 18'5" 16'6" 14'5" 12'2" 15'0" 13'1" 11'0" 13'11" 12'2" 10'3" 13'1" 11'5" 9'8" 12'5" 10'10" 9'2" 11'10" 10'4" 8'9" 11'0" 9'8" 8'1" 24 23'2" 18'5" 16'1" 14'5" 12'7" 10'7' 13'1" 11'5" 9'8" 12'2" 10'7" 8'11" 11'5" 10'0" 8'5" 10'10" 9'6" 8'0" 10'4" 9'1" 7'8" 9'3" 8'5" 7'1" 12 30'8" 24'4" 21'3" 19'0" 16'7" 14'0" 17'3" 15'1" 12'9" 16'0" 14'0" 11'10" 15'1" 13'2" 11'1" 14'4" 12'6" 10'7' 13'8" 12'0" 10'1" 12-9. 11'1" 9'4" 40OS162-54 50 16 27'10" 22'1" 19'4" 17'3" 15'1" 12'9" 15'8" 13'8" 11'7" 14'7" 12'9" 10'9" 13'8" 12'0" 10'1" 13'0" 11'4" 9'7' 12'5" 10'10" 9'2" 11'7' 10'1" 8'6" 24 24'4" 19'4" 16'10" 15'1" 13'2" 11'1" 13'8" 12'0" 10'1" 12'9" 11'1" 9'4" 12'0" 10'5" 8'10" 11'4" 9'11" 8'F 10'10" 9'6" 8'0" 10'0" 8'10" 7'F 12 32'4" 25'8" 22'5" 20'1" 17'6" 14'9" 18'3" 15'11" 13'5" 16'11" 14'9" 12'6" 15'11" 13'11" 11'9" 15'1" 13'3" 11'2" 14'6" 12'8" 10'8" 13'5" 11'9" 9'11" 40OS200-54 50 16 29'F 23'4" 20'5" 18'3" 15'11" 13'5" 16'7" 14'6" 12'2" 15'4" 13'5" 11'4" 14'6" 12'8" 10'8" 13'9" 12'0" 10'1" 13'2" 11'6" 9'8" 12'2" 10'8" 9-0- 24 25'8" 20'5" 17'10" 15'11" 13'11" 11'9" 14'6" 12'8" 10'8" 13'5" 11'9" 9'11" 12'8" 11'0" 9'4" 12'0" 10'6" 8'10" 11'6" 10'0" 8'5" 10'6" 9'4" T 10" 12 31'3" 24'10" 21'8" 19'4" 16'11" 14'3" 17'7" 15'5" 13'0" 16 4" WY 12'0" 15'5" 13'5" 11'4" 14'7" 12'9" 10'9" 14'0" 12'2" 10'4" 1T 0" 11'4" 9'7" 40OS137-68 50 16 28'5" 22'7" 19'8" 17'7' 15'5" 13'0" 16'0" 14'0" 11'9" 14'10" 13'0" 10'11" 14'0" 12'2" 10'4" 13'3" 11'7" 9'9" 12'8" 11'1" 9'4" 11'9" 10'4" 8'8" 24 24'10" 19'8" 17'2" T 5" 13'5" 11'4" 14'0" 12'2" 10'4" 13'0" 11'4" 9'7" 12'2" 10'8" 9'0" 11'7" 10'2" 8'7" 11'1" 9'8" 8'2" 10'4" 9'0" 7-7- 12 32'10" 26'0" 22'9" 20'4" 17'9" 15'0" 18'6" 16'2" 13'7" 17'2" 15'0" 12'8" 16'2" 14'1" 11'11" 15'4" 13'5" 11'4" 14'8" 12'10"10'10' 13'7" 11'11" 10'0" 40OS162-68 50 16 29'10" 23'8" 20'8" 18'6" 16'2" 13'7" 16'9" 14'8" 12'4" 15'7' 13'7' 11'6" 14'8" 12'10"10'10" 13'11" 12'2" 10'3" 13'4" 11'8" 9'10" 12'4" 10-10" 9,1.. 24 26'0" 20'8" 18'1" 16'2" 14'1" 11'11" 14'8" 12'10"10'10" 13'7" 11'11" 10'0" 12-10" 11'2" 9'5" 12'2" 10'8" 9'0" 11'8" 10'2" 8'7' 10'10" 9'5" 8-0- 12 34'8" 27'6" 24'0" 21'6" 18'9" 15'10" 19'6" 17'1" 14'5" 18'1" 15'10" 13'4" 17'1" 14'11" 12'7" 16 2" 14'2" 11'11" 15'6" 13'6" 11'F 14'5" 12'7' 10'7' 40OS200-68 50 16 31'6" 26 0" 21'10" 19'6" 17'1" 14'5" 17'9" 15'6" 13'1" 16'6" 14'5" 12'2" 15'6" 13'6" 11'5" 14'9" 12'10"10'10" 14'1" 12'4" 10'4" 13'1" 11'5" 9'8" 24 27'6" 21'10" 19'1" 17'1" 14'11" 12'7' 15'6" 13'6" 11'5" 14'5" 12'7' 10'7' 13'6" 11'10" 10'0" 12'10" 11'3" 9'6" 12'4" 10'9" 9'1" 11'5" 10-0" 8'5" 12 33'8" 26'9" 23'4" 19'7' 18'3" 16 5" 16'11%16'7'e 14'0" 15'2"e 15'2"e 13'0"e 13 10% 13'10'e 12'Ye 12'10"e 12'10"e 11'7"e 12'0"e 12'0"e 11'1"e 10'9"e 10'9"e 10'4% 550SI62-33 33 16 29'4" 24'4" 21'3" 16'11"e 16'7"e 14'0" 14'8"e 14'8"e 12'8"e 13'2"e 13'2"e 11'9"e 12'0"e 12'0"e 11'Ve"e 11'Ve 11'1"e 10'6"e 10'5"e 10'5"e 10'Ve 9'3"e 9'Ye 9'Ye 24 24'0" 21'3' 18'6" 13'10'e 13'10"e 12'Ye 12'0"e 12'0"e 11'Ve"e 10'9"e 10'9"e 10'4"e 9'9"e 9'9"e 9'8"e 9'1"e 9'Ve 9'1"e 8'6"e 8'6"e 8'6"e 7'7'e 7'7'e 7'7"e 12 36'8" 29'1" 26 5" 22'9" 19'10" 16'9" 20'8" 18'1" 16 3" 18'9" 16'9" 14'2" 17'1" 16 9" 13'4" 1510"e 16 0" 12'8" 14'10"e 14'4"e 12'1" 13'Ye 13'Ye 11'Ye 55OS162-43 33 16 33'4" 26'5" 23'1" 20'8" 18'1" 15'3" 18'1" 16'5" 13'10"16'Ye 15'3' 12'10"14 Ve 14'4"e 12'1" 13'8"e 13'7'e 11'6"e 17 Ve 12'10"e 11'0"e 11'6"e 11'6"e 10'2" 24 29'1" 23'1" 20'2" 17'1" 15'9" 13'4"14'10"e 14'4"e 12'1" 13'Ye 13'Ye 11'Ye 12'Ve 12'1"e 10'7"e 11'2"e 11'2"e 10'0"e 10'6"e 10'6"e 9'7"e 9'4"e 9'4"e 8'11"e 12 39'4" 31'3' 27'3' 24'5" 21'4" 18'0" 22'2" 19'4" 16'4" 20'7" 18'0" 15'2" 19'4" 16'11" 14'3' 18'5" 16'1" 13'7' 17'7' 15'4" 13'0" 16'4" 14'3' 12'0" 550S162-54 50 16 35'9" 28'5" 24'9" 22'2" 19'4" 16'4" 20'2" 17'7' 14'10" 18'8" 16'4" 13'9" 17'7" 15'4" 13'0" 16'8" 14'7" 12'4" 16'0" 14'0" 11'9" 14'10" 13'0" 10'11" 24 31'3" 24'9" 21'8" 19'4" 16'11" 14'3" 17'7' 15'4" 13'0" 16'4" 14'3' 12'0" 15'4" 13'5" 11'4" 14'7' 12'9" 10'9" 14'0" 12'2" 10'3" 12'6"e 11'4" 9'7' 12 42'2" 33'6" 29'3" 26'2" 22'10" 19'3" 23'9" 20'9" 17'6" 22'1" 19'3" 16'3" 20'9" 18'2" 15'3" 19'9" 17'3" 14'6" 18'10" 16 6" 13'11" 17'6" 15'3" 12'11" 55OS162-68 50 16 38'4" 30'5" 26'7' 23'9" 20'9" 17'6" 21'7' 18'10"15'11" 20'0" 17'6" 14'9" 18'10" 16'6" 13'11" 17'11" 15'8" 13'2" 17'2" 15'0" 12'7" 15'11" 13'11" 11'9" 24 33'6" 26'7" 2T 3" 20'9" 18'2" 15'3" 18'10" 16'6" 13' 5'3' 12'11" 16 6" 14'5" 12'2" 15'8" 13'8" 11'6" 15'0" 13'1" 11'0" 13'11" 12'2" 10'3" 12 33'0" 27'6" 24'0" 19'1" 18'9" 15'10"16'6"e 16'6"e 14 " 14'9"e 14 9"e 13'4"e 13'6"e 13'6"e 12'7'e 12'6"e 12'6"e 11'11"e 11'8"e 11'Fe 11'Fe 10'Fe 10'Fe 10'5" 60OS137-33 33 16 28'7' 24'11"21'10"16'6"e 16'6"e 14'4" 14'4"e 14'4"e 13 1"e 1710"e 1Ye 12'1"e 11'8"e 11'8"e 11'Fe 10'10%10'10"e 10'10"e 10'Ve"e 10'1"e 10'Ve"e 9'1"e 9'1"e 9'1"e 24 23'4" 21'9" 19'1" 13'6"e 13'6"e 12'7"e 11'8"e 11'8"e 11' a 10'Fe 1 Fe 10'5"e 9'6"e 9'6"e 9'6"e 8'10"e 8'10"e 8'10"e 8'3'e 8'3'e 8'Ye 7'Fe 7'Fe 7'Fe 12 35'6" 28'8" 25'0" 20'6"e 19'6" 16'6" 17'9"e 17'9"e 1 0" 15'11% 15 1"e 13 11% 14'6"e 14'6"e 13'Ve 13'5"e 13'Fe 12'Fe 12'7'e 12'7"e 11'11"e 11'Ye 11'Ye 11'0"e 60OS162-33 33 16 30'9" 26'0" 22'9" 17'9"e 17'9"e 15'0" 15'5"e 15'5"e 13' "e 13'9"e 9"e 12'8"e 12'7'e 12'7'e 11'11"e 11'8"e 11'8"e 11'Ye 1911% 1911%10'10"e 9'9"e 9'9"e 9'9"e 24 25'1" 22'9" 19'10"14'6"e 14'6"e 13'1"e 12'7"e 12'7'e 11' " 11'Ye 11'Ye 11'0"e 10'3"e 10'3"e 10'Ye 9'6"e 9'6"e 9'6"e 8'11"e 8'11"e 8'11"e T 11"e 7'11"e 7'11"e 12 37'11" 30'1" 26'3' 21'10"e 20'6"e 17'4" 1911% 18'8"e 15 9"e 16 11"e Ve 14'7'e 15'6"e 15'6"e 13'9"e 14'4"e 14'4"e 13'1"e 13'5"e 13'5"e 12'6"e 12'0"e 12'0"e 11'7'e 60OS200-33 33 16 32'10" 27'4" 23'10"18'11"e 18'8"e 15'9"e 16'5"e 16'5"e 14' 'e 14'8"e 1 8"e 13'Ye 13'5"e 13'Fe 12'6"e 12'5"e 12'Fe 11'10"e 11'7'e 11'7'e 11'4"e 10'4"e 10'4"e 10'4"e 24 26'9" 23'10"20'10"15'6"e 15'6"e 13'9"e 13'5"e 13'5"e 12 " 12'0'e 12 0"e 11'7'e 1911% 10'11% 10'11"e 10'Ve"e 10'1"e 10'1"e 9'6"e 9'6"e 9'6"e 8'6"e 8'6"e 8'6"e 12 37'8" 29'11" 26'2" 22'11" 20'5" 17'3" 19'10" 18'6" 1 8" 17'9" '3" 14'6" 16'2" 16'2" 13'8" 15'0"e 15'0"e 13-0" 14'0"e 14'0"e 12'5" 12'7'e 12'7'e 11'6"e 60OS137-43 33 16 34'3" 27'2" 23'9" 19'10" 18'6" 15'8" 17'2" 16'10" 14' 15'5" 1 F 13'2" 14'0"e 14'0"e 12'5" 13'0"e 13'0%11'9"e 12'2"e 12'2"e 11'3'e 10'10"e 10'10'e 10'6"e 24 28'1" 23'9" 20'9" 16'2" 16'2" 13'8" 14'0"e 14'0"e 1 5" 12'7"e 12 7"e 11'6"e 11'6"e 11'6"e 10'We 10'7'e 10'7"e 10'4"e 9'11"e 9'11"e 9'1 We 8'11"e 8'11"e 8'11"e 12 39'4" 31'2" 27'3' 24'4" 21'3' 17'11" 21'11" 19'4" 1 4" 19'8" 11" 15'2" 17'11"e 16'11" 14'3' 16'7"e 16'Ve"e 13'6" 15'6"e 15'4"e 12'11" 13 11% 13 11% 12'0" 60OS162-43 33 16 35'9" 28'4" 24'9" 21'11" 19'4" 16'4" 19'0" 17'7' 14' " 17'0"e 16'4"e 13'9" 15'6"e 15'4"e 12'11" 14'4"e 14'4"e 12'4"e 13'5"e 13'5"e 11'9"e 12'0"e 12'0"e 1911% 24 31'1" 24'9" 21'8" 1711"e 16'11" 14'3' 15'6"e 15'4"e 12 11' 13'11"e 11"e 12'0"e 12'8"e 12'8"e 11'4"e 11'9"e 11'9"e 10'9"e 11'0"e 11'0"e 10'3'e 9'10"e 9'10"e 9'6"e 12 41'3" 32'9" 28'7' 25'7' 22'4" 18'10" 22'8" 20'4" 17 20'3" 10"15'11" 18'6"e 17'9"e 16 0" 17'Ve 16'10"e 14'3" 16'0"e 16'0"e 13'7"e 14'4"e 14'4"e 12'7" 60OS200-43 33 16 37'6" 29'9" 26'0" 22'8" 20'4" 17'2" 19'7'e 18'5" 1 17'7'e 17 2"e 14'5" 16'0"e 16'0"e 13'7"e 14 Ve 14 We 12'11% 13 10"e 13 10"e 12'4"e 12'5"e 12'Fe 11'6"e 24 32'0" 26'0" 22'9" 18'6"e 17'9"e 16 0" 16'0"e 16'0"e 13 7"e 14'4"e 4"e 12'7'e 13'1"e 13'1"e 11'11"e 12'1"e 12'1"e 11'Ye 11'4"e 11'4"e 10'9"e 10'2"e 10'2"e 10'0" 12 40'5" 32'1" 28'0" 25'1" 21'11" 18'5" 22'9" 19'11" 16' ' 21'2" 1 F 15'7" 19'11" 17'4" 14'8" 18'11" 16'6" 13-11" 18'1" 15'9" 13'4" 16'9" 14'8" 12'4" 60OS137-54 50 16 36'9" 29'2" 25'6" 22'9" 19'11" 16'9" 20'8" 18'1" 1 3" 19'2" 1 9" 14'2" 18'1" 16 9" 13'4" 17'2" 15'0" 12'8" 16'4" 14'4" 12'1" 14'7' 13'4" 11'3" 24 32'1" 25'6" 22'3' 19'11" 17'4" 14'8" 18'1" 15'9" 1 4" 16 9" '8" 12'4" 15'4" 13'9" 11'8" 14'3' 13'1" 11'1" 13'4" 12'6" 10'7' 11'11" 11'8" 9'10" 12 42'2" 33'6" 29'3" 26'2" 22'10" 19'3" 23'9" 20'9" 17 ' 22'1" 1 3" 16'3" 20'9" 18'1" 15'3" 19'8" 1T 3" 14'6" 18'10" 16 6" 13'11" 17'6" 15'3" 12'11" 60OS162-54 50 16 38'4" 30'5" 26'7' 23'9" 20'9" 17'6" 21'7' 18'10"15 11" 20'0" '6' 14'9" 18'10" 16'6" 13'11" 17'11" 15'8" 13'2" 17'2" 15'0" 12'7" 15'11" 13,11.. 11,9.. 24 33'6" 26'7" 23'3" 20'9" 18'1" 16 3" 18'10" 16'6" 13' 1" 17'6" 3" 12'11" 16'6" 14'5" 12'2" 16 8" 13'8" 11'6" 14'8" 13'1" 11'0" 13'2"e 12'2"e 10'3" 12 44'4" 35 2" 30'9" 27'6" 24'0" 20'3" 24'11"21'10" 18 " 23'2" 2 3" 17'1" 21'10" 19'1" 16'1" 20'9" 18'1" 15'3' 19'10" 17'4" 14'7' 18'5" 16'1" 13'7' 60OS200-54 50 16 40'3" 32'0" 27'11"24'11"21'10" 18'5" 22'8" 19'10" 1 8" 21'1" '5" 15'6" 19'10" 17'4" 14'7" 18'10" 16'5" 13'10" 18'0" 15'9" 13'3" 16'7' 147, 12'4" 24 35 2" 27'11" 24'5" 21'10" 19'1" 16'1" 19'10" 17'4" 14' ' 18'5" 1 1" 13'7' 17'4" 15'1" 12'9" 16'2" 14'4" 12'1" 15'1"e 13'9" 11'7' 13'6"e 12'9"e 10'9" 12 43'4" 34'4" 30'0" 26'10" 23'5" 19'9" 24'5" 21'4" 1 " 22'8" 1 9" 16'8" 21'4" 18'7" 16 8" 20'3" 17'8" 14'11" 19'4" 16'11" 14'3" 18'0" 15'8" 1T 3" 60OS137-68 50 16 39'4" 31'3" 27'3" 24'5" 21'4" 18'0" 22'2" 19'4" 1 4" 20'7' '0" 15'2" 19'4" 16'11" 14'3' 18'5" 16'1" 13'7" 17'7' 16 4" 12'11" 16'4" 14'3" 12'0" 24 34'4" 27'3" 23'10" 21'4" 18'7' 15'8" 19'4" 16'11" 14 ' 18'0" 1 8" 13'3" 16'11" 14'9" 12'5" 16'1" 14'0" 11'10" 15'4" 13'5" 11'4" 13'11" 12'5" 10'6" 12 45'3' 35'11" 31'4" 28'0" 24'6" 20'8" 25'6" 22'3' 1 9" 23'8" '8" 17'5" 22'3" 19'5" T 5" 21'2" 18'5" 15'7' 20'2" 17'8" 14'11" 18'9" 16'F 13'10" 600S162-68 50 16 41'1" 32'7" 28'6" 25'6" 22'3" 18'9" 23'2" 20'2" 17 1" 21'6" 9" 15'10" 20'2' 17'8" 14-11" 19'2" 16'9" 14'2" 18'4" 16 0" 13'6" 17'1" 14'11" 12'7' 24 35'11" 28'6" 24'11"1 22'3' 19'5" 16'5" 20'2" 17'8" 14 " 18'9" 1 F 13-10" 17'8" 15'5" 13'0" 16'9" 14'8" 12'4" 16'0" 14'0" 11'10" 14'11" 13'0" 11'0" "e"web stiffeners required at ends. SeeTabieNotesonpage30. Part l of table used for wall sizing Pa a 276 of 279 - Complies With 2009,2012 and 2015IBC www.SCAFCO.com Part of table used for wall sizin Fy Spacing 5 psf 15 psf 20 psf 25 psf 30 psf 35 psf 40 psf 50 psf Section (ksi) (in)oc LI120 LI240 LI360 L1240 L1360 L/600 LI240 L1360 LI 0 4 136 600 LI240 L1360 L1600 L1240 L/360 LI600 LI240 LI360 L1600 LI240 L1360 LI600 12 47'7' 37'9" 33'0" 29'6" 25'9" 21'9" 26'9" 2T F 19' 24'10" ' 18'4" 23'5" 20'5" 17'3" 22'3" 19'5" 16'4" 21'3" 18'7' 15'8" 19'9" 17'3" 14'6" 60OS200-68 50 16 43'2" 34'3' 29'11" 26'9" 23'5" 19'9" 24'4" 21'3' 17'11" 22'7' '9" 16'8" 21'3" 18'7" 15'8" 20'2" 17'8" 14'11" 19'4" 16'10" 14'3" 17'11" 15'8" 13'2" 24 37'9" 29'11" 26'2" 2T 5" 20'5" 17'3" 21'3" 18'7" 15 19'9" '3" 14'6" 18'7" 16'3" 13'8" 17'8" 15'5" 13'0" 16'10" 14'9" 12'F 15'8" 13'8" 11'6" 12 47'11" 38'0' 33'2" 29'8" 25'11"21'10" 27'0" 23'7' 19' 25'0" 10" 18'5" 23'7' 20'7' 17'4" 22'5" 19'7" 16'6" 21'5" 18'8" 15'9" 19'10" 17'4" 14'8" 60OS137-97 50 16 43'6" 34'6" 30'2" 27'0" 23'7" 19'10" 24'6" 21'5" 18 1" 22'9" 10" 16'9" 21'5" 18'8" 15'9" 20'4" 17'9" 15'0" 19'5" 17'0" 14'4" 18'1" 15'9" 13'4" 24 38'0" 30'2" 26'4" 23'7" 20'7" 17'4" 21'5" 18'8" 15' 19'10" '4" 14'8" 18'8" 16'4" 13'9" 17'9" 15'6" 13'1" 17'0" 14'10" 12'6" 15'9" 13'9" 11'7' 12 50'1" 39'9" 34'9" 31'1" 27'2" 22'11" 28'3" 24-8 5: 20 26'2" 11" 19'4" 24'8" 21'6" 18'2" 23'5" 20'5" 17'3" 22'5" 19'7" 16'6" 20'9" 18'2" 15'4" 60OS162-97 50 16 45'6" 36'2" 31'7' 28'3" 24'8" 20'9" 25'8" 22' " 18'11"23'10" '9" 17'6" 22'5" 19'7" 16'6" 21'3" 18'7" 15'8" 20'4" 17'9" 15'0" 18'11" 16'6" 13'11" 24 39'9" 31'7' 27'7" 24'8" 21'6" 18'2" 22'5" 19'7" 16' 20'9" '2" 15'4" 19'7" 17'1" 14'5" 18'7" 16'3" 13'8" 17'9" 15'6" 13'1" 16'6" 14'5" 12'2" 12 52'10"41'11" 36'7" 32'9" 28'7" 24'1" 29'9" 26'0" 21' 27'7' '1" 20'4" 26'0" 22'8" 19'2" 24'8" 21'7' 18'2" 23'7' 20'7" 17'5" 21'11" 19'2" 16'2" 60OS200-97 50 16 48'0" 38'1" 33'3" 29'9" 26'0" 21'11" 27'0" 23'7" 19'11" 25'1" 11" 18'6" 23'7" 20'7' 17'5" 22'5" 19'7" 16'6" 21'5" 18'9" 15'10' 19'11" 17.5., 14'8" 24 41'11" 33'3' 29'1" 26'0" 22'8" 19'2" 23'7' 20'7' 17 21'11" '2" 16'2" 20'7" 18'0" 15'2" 19'7' 17'1" 14'5" 18'9" 16'4" 13'10" 17'5" 15'2" 12'10' 12 52'11" 42'0" 36'8" 32'10" 28'8" 24'2" 29'10" 26'0" 21'11" 27'8" 2" 20'F 26'0" 22'9" 19'2" 24'9" 21'7" 18'3" 23'8" 20'8" 17'F 21'11" 19'2" 16'2" 60OS162-118 50 16 48'1" 38'2" 33'4" 29'10" 26'0" 21'11" 27'1" 23'8" 19' 1" 25'2" 11" 18'6" 23'8" 20'8" 17'5" 22'6" 19'8" 16'7" 21'6" 18'9" 15'10" 19'11" 17'5" 14'8" 24 42'0" 33'4" 29'1" 26'0" 22'9" 19'2" 23'8" 20'8" 17 21'11" '2" 16'2" 20'8" 18'1" 15'3" 19'8" 17'2" 14'6" 18'9" 16'5" 13'10" 17'F 15'3" 12'10" 12 55'10" 44'4" 38'9" 34'7' 30'3" 25'6" 31'5" 27'6" 23 2" 29'2" '6' 21'6" 27'6" 24'0" 20'3' 26'1" 22'10" 19'3" 25'0" 21'10" 18'5" 23'2" 20'3' 17'1" 60OS200-118 50 16 50'9" 40'3" 35'2" 31'5" 27'6" 23'2" 28'7' 25'0" 21' 26'6" '2" 19'7' 25'0" 21'10" 18'5" 23'9" 20'9" 17'6" 22'8" 19'10" 16'9" 21'1" 18'5" 15'6" 24 44'4" 35'2" 30'9" 27'6" 24'0" 20'3" 25'0" 21'10" 18 23'2" 21'3" 17'1" 21'10" 19'1" 16'1" 20'9" 18'1" 15'3' 19'10" 17'4" 14'7' 18'5" 16'1" 13'7" 12 45'10"37'10" 33'1" 26'6" 25'10" 21'9" 22'11"22'11" 19 9" 2 '6" '6"e 18'4" 18'9"e 18'9"e 17'3"e 17'4"e 17'4"e 16'5"e 16'3"e 16'3"e 15'8"e 14'6"e 14'6"e 14'6"e 80OS137-43 33 16 39'9" 34'4" 30'0" 22'11"22'11" 19'9" 19'10"e 19 10"e 18' 17'9"e 16'8"e 16'3'e 16'3'e 15'8"e 15'0"e 15'0"e 14 11% 14'1"e 14'1"e 14'1"e 12'7'e 12'7'e 12'7" 24 32'5" 29'11" 26'3" 18'9"e 18'9"e 17'3"e 16'We 16'Ye 15'8"e 14'6"e 14'6"e 14'6"e 13'Ye 13'Ye 13'Ye 12'3"e 12'3"e 12'Ye 11'6"e 11'6"e 11'6"e 10'Ye 10'3"e 10'Ye 12 49'2" 39'4" 34'4" 28'6" 26'10" 22'7' 24'9"e 24'4" 20'7' 22'1"e 22'1"e 19'1" 20'2"e 20'2"e 1711% 18'8"e 18'8"e 17'1"e 17'6"e 17'6"e 16'4"e 15'8"e 15'8"e 15'2"e 80OS162-43 33 16 42'10" 35'8" 31'2" 24'9"e 24'4" 20'7' 21'5"e 21'5"e 18'8"e 19'2"e 19'2"e 17'4"e 17'6"e 17'6"e 16'4"e 16'2"e 16'2"e 15'6"e 15'2"e 15'2"e 14'10"e 13'6"e 13'6"e 13'6"e 24 34'11" 31'1" 27'3' 20'2"e 20'2"e 17'11"e 17'6"e 17'6"e 16'4"e 15'8"e 15'8"e 15'2"e 14'3'e 14'3"e 14'3'e 13'Ye 13'Ye 13'Ye 12'4"e 12'4"e 12'4"e 11'1"e 11'1"e 11'1"e 12 51'10" 41'1" 35'11" 30'6" 28'1" 23'8" 26'5"e 25'6"e 21'6" 23'8"e 23'8"e 19 11% 21'7"e 21'7'e 18'9"e 20'0"e 20'0"e 1710e 18'8"e 18'8"e 17'1"e 16'9"e 16'9"e 1510"e 80OS200-43 33 16 45'10" 37'4" 32'8" 26'5"e 25'6"e 21'6" 2211"e 22'11"e 19'6"e 20'6"e 20'6"e 18'2"e 18'8"e 18'8'e 17'1"e 17'4"e 17'4"e 16'2"e 16'2"e 16'2"e 15'6"e 14'6"e 14'6"e 14'5"e 24 37'5" 32'8" 28'6" 21'7'e 21'7'e 18'9"e 18'8"e 18'8"e 17'1"e 16'9"e 16'9"e 15'10"e 15'Ye 15'3"e 14'11% 14'2"e 14'2"e 14'2"e 13'Ye 13'Ye 13'Ye 11'10"e 11'10"e 11'10"e 12 51'2" 40'7' 35'6" 31'9" 27'8" 23'4" 28'10" 25'2" 21'3" 26'9" 23'4" 19'9" 25'2" 22'0" 18'7' 23'3" 20'11" 17'7" 21'9" 20'0" 16'10" 19'6" 18'7' 15 8" 80OS137-54 50 16 46'5" 36'11" 32'3" 28'10" 25'2" 21'3" 26'2" 22'10" 19'3" 23'10" 21'3" 17'11" 21'9" 20'0" 16'10" 20'2" 19'0" 16 0" 18'10" 18'2" 15'4" 16'10"16'10" 14'T. 24 40'6" 32'3' 28'2" 25'2" 22'0" 18'7" 21'9" 20'0" 16'10" 19'6" 18'7" 15'8" 17'9" 17'5" 14'9" 16'6"e 16'6"e 14'0" 15'5"e 15'5"e 13'4" 13'9"e 13'9"e 12'5"e 12 53'2" 42'3" 36'10' 33'0" 28'10" 24'3" 29'11" 26'2" 22'1" 27'10" 24'3' 20'6" 26 2" 22'10" 19'3" 24'10" 21'9" 18'4" 23'5" 20'9" 17'6" 20'11" 19'3" 16'3" 80OS162-54 50 16 48'4" 38'4" 33'6" 29'11" 26'2" 22'1" 27'3' 23'9" 20'1" 25'3" 22'1" 18'7' 23'5" 20'9" 17'6" 21'8" 19'9" 16'8" 20'3' 18'10"15'11" 18'1"e 17'6"e 14'9" 24 42'1" 33'6" 29'3" 26'2" 22'10" 19'3" 23'5" 20'9" 17'6" 20'11" 19'3" 16'3" 19'1" 18'2" 15'4" 17'8"e 17'We 14'6" 16'6"e 16'6"e 13'11" 14'9"e 14'9"e 1211% 12 55'8" 44'2" 38'7' 34'6" 30'2" 25'5" 31'4" 27'5" 23'1" 29'1" 25'5" 21'5" 27'5" 23'11" 20'2" 26'0" 22'9" 19'2" 24'10" 21'9" 18'4" 22'4" 20'2" 17'0" 8005200-54 50 16 50'7" 40'2" 35'1" 31'4" 27'5" 23'1" 28'6" 24'10" 21'0" 26'5" 23'1" 19'6" 24'10" 21'9" 18'4" 23'1" 20'8" 17'5" 21'7"e 19'9" 16'8" 19'4"e 18'4"e 15'5" 24 44'2" 35'1" 30'8" 27'5" 23'11" 20'2" 24'10" 21'9" 18'4" 22'4" 20'2" 17'0" 20'Fe 19'0" 16'0" 18'10% 18'0"e 15'2" 17'8"e 17'Ye 14'7"e 15'Fe 15'9"e 13'6"e 12 54'11" 43'7' 38'1" 34'0" 29'9" 25'1" 30'11" 27'0" 22'9" 28'8" 25'1" 21'2" 27'0" 23'7" 19'11" 25'8" 22'5" 18'11" 24'6" 21'5" 18'1" 22'9" 19'11" 16'9" 80OS137-68 50 16 49'10" 39'7" 34'7' 30'11" 27'0" 22'9" 28'1" 24'6" 20'8" 26'1" 22'9" 19'2" 24'6" 21'5" 18'1" 23'4" 20'4" 17'2" 22'3" 19'6" 16'5" 19-11" 18'1" 15'3" 24 43'7' 34'7' 30'2" 27'0" 23'7' 19'11" 24'6" 21'5" 18'1" 22'9" 19'11" 16'9" 21'0" 18'9" 15'9" 19'5" 17'9" 15'0" 18'2" 17'0" 14'4" 16'3' 15'9" 13'4" 12 57'1" 45'4" 39'7' 35'4" 30'11" 26'1" 32'2" 28'1" 23'8" 29'10" 26'1" 22'0" 28'1" 24'6" 20'8" 26'8" 23'4" 19'8" 25'6" 22'3" 18'10" 23'8" 20'8" 17'5" 80OS162-68 50 16 51'10" 41'2" 35'11" 32'2" 28'1" 23'8" 29'2" 25'6" 21'6" 27'1" 23'F 20'0" 25'6" 22'3" 18'10" 24'3" 21'2" 17'10" 23'2" 20'3" 17'1" 21'3" 18,10..15'10" 24 45 4" 35'11" 31'5" 28'1" 24'6" 20'8" 25'6" 22'3' 18'10" 23'8" 20'8" 17'5" 22'3" 19'6" 16'F 20'9" 18'6" 15'7' 19'5" 17'8" 14'11" 17'4" 16'5" 13'10' 12 59'9" 47'5" 41'5" 37'0" 32'4" 27'4" 33'8" NY 24'10" 31'3' 27'4" 23'0" 29'5" 25'8" 21'8" 27'11" 24'5" 20'7" 26'9" 23'4" 19'8" 24'10" 21'8" 18'3" 80OS200-68 50 16 54'4" 43'1" 37'8" 33'8" 29'5" 24'10" 30'7' 26'9" 22'6" 28'5" 24'10"20'11" 26'9" 23'4" 19'8" 25'4" 22'2" 18'8" 24'3" 21'2" 17'11" 22'6" 19'8" 16'7" 24 4T 5" 37'8" 32'11" 29'5" 25'8" 21'8" 26'9" 23'4" 19'8" 24'10" 21'8" 18'3" 23'4" 20'5" 17'2" 22'2" 19'4" 16'4" 21'2" 18'6" 15'7" 19'1"e 17'2" 14'6" 12 60'10" 48'4" 42'2" 37'9" 32'11"27'10" 34'3' 29'11" 25'3" 31'10"27'10" 23'5" 29'11" 26'2" 22'1" 28'5" 24'10"20'11" 27'2" 23'9" 20'1" 25'3' 22'1" 18'7" 80OS137-97 50 16 55'4" 43'11" 38'4" 34'3" 29'11" 25'3" 31'2" 27'2" 22'11"28'11" 25'3" 21'4" 27'2" 23'9" 20'1" 25'10" 22'7' 19'0" 24'9" 21'7' 18'3" 22'11" 20'1" 16'11" 24 48'4" 38'4" 33'6" 29'11" 26'2" 22'1" 27'2" 23'9" 20'1" 25'3" 22'1" 18'7' 23'9" 20'9" 17'6" 22'7' 19'9" 16'8" 21'7' 18'10"15'11" 20'1" 17'6" 14'9" 12 6T 5" 50'4" 43'11" 39'3" 34'4" 28'11" 35'8" 31'2" 26'4" 33'2" 28'11" 24'5" 31'2" 27'3" 23'0" 29'7' 25'11"21'10" 28'4" 24'9" 20'10" 26'4" 23'0" 19'5" 80OS162-97 50 16 57'7' 45'9" 39'11" 35'8" 31'2" 26'4" 32'5" 28'4" 23'11" 30'1" 26'4" 22'2" 28'4" 24'9" 20'10"26'11" 23'6" 19'10" 25'9" 22'6" 19'0" 23'11"20'10" 17'7" 24 50'4" 39'11"34'11" 31'2" 2T 3" 23'0" 28'4" 24'9" 20'10" 26'4" 23'0" 19'5" 24'9" 21'7' 18'3" 23'6" 20'6" 17'4" 22'6" 19'8" 16'7" 20'10" 18'3" 15'5" 12 66'6" 52'9" 46'1" 41'2" 36'0" 30'4" 37'5" 32'8" 27'7' 34'9" 30'4" 25'7' 32'8" 28'7' 24'1" 31'1" 27'2" 22'11" 29'9" 25'11"21'11" 27'7" 24'1" 20'4" 80OS200-97 50 16 60'5" 47'11"41'11" 3T 5" 32'8" 27'7' 34'0" 29'9" 25'1" 31'7' 27'7" 23'3" 29'9" 25'11"21'11" 28'3" 24'8" 20'10" 27'0" 23'7' 19'11" 25'1" 21'11" 18'6" 24 52'9" 41'11" 36'7" 32'8" 28'7' 24'1" 29'9" 25'11"21'11" 27'7' 24'1" 20'4" 25'11" 22'8" 19'1" 24'8" 21'6" 18'2" 23'7" 20'7" 1T 5" 21'11" 19'1" 16'2" 12 67'1" 53'3" 46'6" 41'7" 36'4" 30'8" 37'9" 33'0" 27'10" 35'1" 30'8" 25'10" 33'0" 28'10" 24'4" 31'4" 27'5" 23'1" 30'0" 26'2" 22'1" 27'10" 24'4" 20'6" 80OS162-118 50 16 60'11" 48'4" 42'3' 37'9" 33'0" 27'10' 34'4" 30'0" 25'3' 31'10"27'10" 23'6" 30'0" 26'2" 22'1" 28'6" 24'10" 21'0" 27'3" 23'9" 20'1" 25'3' 22'1" 18'8" 24 5T 3" 42'3" 36'11" 33'0" 28'10" 24'4" 30'0" 26'2" 22'1" 27'10" 24'4" 20'6" 26'2" 22'11" 19'4" 24'10" 21'9" 18'4" 23'9" 20'9" 17'6" 22'1" 19'4" 16'3" 12 70'5" 55'11"48'10" 43'8" 38'2" 32'2" 39'8" 34'8" 29'3' 36'10" 32'2" 27'1" 34'8" 30'3" 25'6" 32'11" 28'9" 24'3" 31'6" 27'6" 23'2" 29'3' 25'6" 21'6" 80OS200-118 50 16 64'0" 50'9" 44'4" 39'8" 34'8" 29'3" 36'0" 31'6" 26'7" 33'5" 29'3" 24'8" 31'6" 27'6" 23'2" 29'11" 26'1" 22'0" 28'7' 25'0" 21'1" 267, 23'2" 19'7" 24 55'11" 44'4" 38'9" 34'8" 30'3" 25'6" 31'6" 27'6" 23'2" 29'3' 25'6" 21'6" 27'6" 24'0" 20'3" 26'1" 22'10" 19'3" 25'0" 21'10" 18'5" 23'2" 20'3" 17'1" "e"web stiffeners required at ends. See Table Notes on page 30. Page 277 of 279 www.SCAFCO.com Copyright©2015 by the SSMA Header Sill Opening Length(ft) Tributary Width(ft) Gravity load(plf) Wind Load Strength(plf) Wind Load Deflection(plf) I req strength I req deflec I req strength I req deflec header Sill jam studs 8 7 70 245 102.9 0.186666667 0.6 0.653333333 1.9 60OS137-54 600S137-54 (2) 10 7 70 245 102.9 0.291666667 1.1 1.020833333 3.8 60OS137-54 600S137-54 (3) 15 7 70 245 102.9 0.65625 3.7 2.296875 12.8 60OS137-54 60OS200-118 (3) 18 5.5 55 192.5 80.85 0.7425 5 2.59875 17.4 60OS137-54 60OS300-118 (4) 22 5.5 55 192.5 80.85 1.109166667 9.1 3.882083333 31.8 60OS200-118 60OS350-118 (4) *Use three sill members for 22'span TgBLE Ig44.J DEFLECTION LIMRN• caanwcTNJN L>�. .. D.a• Max Span HEADERTYPE NO.OFJAMBSTUDS SILLTYPE swy.,ningPI x ....<n-ilms u D qxo rmn 810n H-1 (2) S-1-137 skplx W m,npLl -.1 1; 1R40 law r/Iw 10.01. H-2 (3) S-1-137 Nd wppnrtmg c[i1n,g MINI 1/INI 1/120 Fla..m hm !rml rn4l 15'0" H-2 (3) S-1-200 ex,[n w.In: Wahpmxkr�Fln Fnr r,a Ingo _ 18.01. H-2 (4) S 1-300 Knh,vI-hill,Fm h[. - //2M1 - 22'0" H-2 (4) S-2 W iN,Ik,,W Ilwhc, Ito"Illmx pannlnn.. _ - K'nh pl71, a Flux�:n IimJ,eF 1/.ib(1 K'Nt alr hn,nc I,nule+ 124I N'ilh Ik uNr fini,M, HIM Fmm kuJ.heCs MINI C hne 1/120 Fnr> -VHxrrvn a.f.n wm,mwl nwlrnF xrd uJrnF rn.k.N Irvmnl meal.h•.the..al IuW rklk<Inm.M1ull my e,.eal IPa.Fa•P[urJ.rY mnf..wiurd mrlr'� ,epgrmua larm.l mr,.a r.xnmP.nh In<hvl arnn.xm dwu mn c,x,.d l:,v,.r.,,w..mrwn wdl rm-nu.,.w.rlF.nne kvlw.l nwml wmP,rw.L. wiW k.W rknny.rm.lull mn«.aJ I,Nn Fa rt,J..,w.[u'Prnrm.Wv af91k+wnen ane maul,Ma+lu,e m.nnf.rwmng h FkFink.1"IJIIIC aW{xm.M<rynp.n [ .J M Inr pmr...um.rN Jln u<mm Ihr Jxlh.inrll avllrrwn Inl Inhr•r Iw,llrrnm,.Iwuv,..,I.. w..rmul I.vJ delircJ in tixiwm IMT Ihr m ..Sw Sxiwm_`NIA krt Pwn.wrl.m.. a Tlrr m,>wnrm rm.rr.aw n..I..r.,nwn..nrrnrn.Ixm.W>alrnr.,,.,K rkn..,w..Jrc..Ilw..rrr.rmrpmrrnl nr nmP-Icnw hwl nrW rkMarrm px. ,Iw,na,...m I.v.uwJa.nR.lm.fix i.mrh..vm.lmd eluW wmlrwwa uml.m.p..e.a.aku w,.a flrr.n..W.ee.m..l.anrrcan knum.el.mna.lh.r ,ry Jrr r Iwn[ra m.wwlnnr,W x.•u.r.n,u.>.,..run.m.a�<r.rw.x[n.n.a[AvsvAwr vns.ln[cr.m..rrr.l•rnr<m IN llw,rmg.[mr JAk.nrw Jlau hr I..mllme m k<menmra m IIn Innrcdi.lr�W mm rkn..lwm,awwmr Imm u.Jn.r..mnJwr.na Plaa kWrwma nnu..nrrmn,•n r..rdka m wwd dl una Imm.we a.mJawm.a.no..IumlrulN nmhn and vad urmm..l Ivr.l.,wrl mr Jn ul mrc M rna.IWrr.i uW uwJ unJx..ln aardlnnn in �,r.drx.vIN Ikr ANlUAW('vns.a.<.ape.mpw•m•N aN ImC'h' rkMvimn I.Iv.wllnnlmN.+,.nwN.•Inr IrunwJrale rkW Mnxt ik,hrnm m.u.mp Nfnxl.n.Tlrr vulu u111.Fn-1mw nc urW.n emrinrulwm.iln ANSUAK"C NDS P^^im,n hrt hnrg kmi I.ulinp. e.T,ry I.mu.[Jrak.mm•Jr.m..•1 aCrrw AmJrnC Nmd.MN Jr.rx.lava.ufk<rnm.hpe rw,mnM h.ammu aJn.uar ma.rwte Jwll M rrrve.u- I e . maind.C.'t'n+rler F..I A1('f T. The rnJ NwJ.nail n< u•hwnnrmna2,lmn 'k { .�l fntllnr ru..'.vrnglF r`a l.wa.l rkW Mw1 Ad11r Rm mlur is rY 1 Y fan drm ___--__ Im.purcl ahl•gW.m vlryN gWmP lmme.g.m «guru •YrMrnnP rdFa nl iwm�Wrmlmrre.adwnn g.rcn,nu wxd IrW rklk.lwm JuI..x r..aca/,�M{rn.',nlnnrw.al vul,mneM. .gpx.,.ng MPe gl.ay...e h raW J.M<r JWI n acml III T1 n gl...kle.v IMa l a Me a rnynr I Inc nwmR�':nh,m...r. n.• Jmg.m.Wrr dun un.mdwkh pelrn u.nd'iui"mJ.a wdA dm 'n Walnan mg.rw ILr .WI If dAenn mJull an F.unW lllM ox . I�LcwPln.M Jrc rrcmFrr M.m.wrlwm..Fa cunlih+<r nrn.M,�l.h.p Ic W nr.v.rur Iln Irlr[�n�I Ilr unul<.c.u• Page 278 of 279 Design F Gross Properties Effective Properties Torsional Properties Lu Section Thickness (ksi) Area Weight Ix Sx Rx ly Ry Ixe Sxe Mal Mad Vag Vanet Jx1000 Cw Xo m Ro �n (in) (in') (lblft) (in') (in') (in) (in') (in) (in') (in') (in-k) (in-k) (lb) (lb) (in') (in') (in) (in) (in) • ( ) 40OS200-43 0.0451 33 0.402 1.37 1.047 0.524 1.615 0.235 0.764 1.047 0.478 9.45 9.74 1739 810 0.272 0.886 -1.676 1.000 2.449 0.532 53.0 40OS200-54 0.0566 50 0.500 1.70 1.292 0.646 1.608 0.287 0.758 1.292 0.549 16.43 17.31 3372 1223 0.534 1.083 -1.662 0.993 2.433 0.534 42.9 40OS200-68 0.0713 50 0.622 2.12 1.589 0.795 1.599 0.349 0.750 1.589 0.751 22.48 23.04 4871 1356 1.054 1.318 -1.643 0.983 2.412 0.536 42.9 40OS200-97 0.1017 50 0.864 2.94 2.155 1.077 1.579 0.462 0.731 2.155 1.063 36.68 37.17 6658 1207 2.978 1.749 -1.605 0.963 2.368 0.540 39.9 40OS250-43 0.0451 33 0.447 1.52 1.224 0.612 1.655 0.399 0.945 1.224 0.503 9.93 10.41 1739 810 0.303 1.486 -2.139 1.252 2.864 0.443 63.7 40OS250-54 0.0566 50 0.556 1.89 1.512 0.756 1.649 0.49 0.938 1.506 0.576 17.24 18.42 3372 1223 0.594 1.821 -2.124 1.244 2.848 0.444 51.6 40OS250-68 0.0713 50 0.693 2.36 1.864 0.932 1.64 0.599 0.929 1.864 0.775 23.19 24.76 4871 1356 1.174 2.225 -2.105 1.235 2.826 0.445 51.6 40OS250-97 0.1017 50 0.966 3.29 2.541 1.271 1.622 0.801 0.911 2.541 1.191 40.06 41.47 6658 1207 3.329 2.978 -2.066 1.214 2.78 0.448 48.8 40OS300-54 0.0566 50 0.613 2.09 1.732 0.866 1.681 0.760 1.114 1.637 0.592 17.72 19.25 3372 1223 0.655 2.802 -2.594 1.496 3.285 0.377 59.9 40OS300-68 0.0713 50 0.764 2.60 2.139 1.070 1.673 0.933 1.105 2.099 0.805 24.09 26.05 4871 1356 1.295 3.432 -2.574 1.486 3.263 0.378 60.0 40OS300-97 0.1017 50 1.067 3.63 2.928 1.464 1.656 1.258 1.086 2.897 1.307 39.12 40.72 6658 1207 3.679 4.619 -2.535 1.465 3.216 0.379 60.3 55OS137-33 0.0346 33 0.301 1.02 1.283 0.467 2.064 0.067 0.472 1.283 0.453 8.95 7.48 699 699 0.12 0.411 -0.841 0.536 2.278 0.864 33.7 550S137-43 0.0451 33 0.391 1.33 1.655 0.602 2.059 0.085 0.467 1.655 0.592 13.08 11.6 1550 1199 0.265 0.52 -0.83 0.53 2.268 0.866 31.7 55OS137-54 0.0566 50 0.486 1.65 2.039 0.741 2.049 0.103 0.46 2.039 0.714 24.03 20.88 3093 1881 0.519 0.632 -0.817 0.523 2.254 0.868 25.4 55OS137-68 0.0713 50 0.604 2.05 2.503 0.91 2.036 0.123 0.451 2.503 0.909 31.42 28.89 5350 2532 1.023 0.764 -0.801 0.514 2.234 0.871 24.9 55OS137-97 0.1017 50 0.838 2.85 3.38 1.229 2.008 0.155 0.43 3.38 1.229 44.72 44.72 9518 3026 2.891 0.997 -0.766 0.497 2.192 0.878 23.9 55OS162-33 0.0346 33 0.327 1.11 1.458 0.530 2.112 0.113 0.589 1.458 0.512 10.11 8.63 699 699 0.130 0.713 -1.114 0.697 2.459 0.795 41.4 55OS162-43 0.0451 33 0.424 1.44 1.883 0.685 2.107 0.145 0.584 1.883 0.681 14.792 13.14 1550 1199 0.288 0.905 -1.103 0.691 2.448 0.797 39.2 550S162-54 0.0566 50 0.528 1.80 2.324 0.845 2.098 0.176 0.577 2.324 0.811 26.86 2 23.52 3093 1881 0.564 1.105 -1.090 0.684 2.434 0.800 31.6 55OS162-68 0.0713 50 0.657 2.24 2.861 1.040 2.086 0.212 0.568 2.861 1.031 34.94 2 32.28 5350 2532 1.114 1.342 -1.072 0.675 2.414 0.803 31.1 55OS162-97 0.1017 50 0.915 3.11 3.886 1.413 2.061 0.276 0.549 3.886 1.413 50.13 50.13 9518 3026 3.154 1.775 -1.037 0.656 2.372 0.809 30 55OS200-33 0.0346 33 0.362 1.23 1.694 0.616 2.164 0.204 0.751 1.678 0.559 11.05 9.80 699 699 0.144 1.326 -1.508 0.925 2.742 0.698 51.9 55OS200-43 0.0451 33 0.469 1.60 2.189 0.796 2.159 0.261 0.746 2.189 0.776 15.33 13.96 1550 1199 0.318 1.691 -1.496 0.918 2.731 0.700 51.7 550S200-54 0.0566 50 0.585 1.99 2.706 0.984 2.152 0.32 0.739 2.706 0.901 26.98 24.84 3093 1881 0.624 2.072 -1.483 0.911 2.716 0.702 41.8 55OS200-68 0.0713 50 0.729 2.48 3.341 1.215 2.141 0.389 0.731 3.341 1.17 38.83 35.92 5350 2532 1.235 2.531 -1.465 0.902 2.695 0.705 39.6 55OS200-97 0.1017 50 1.016 3.46 4.563 1.659 2.119 0.515 0.712 4.563 1.659 57.25 57.25 9518 3026 3.504 3.384 -1.428 0.882 2.652 0.710 38.6 55OS250-43 0.0451 33 0.515 1.75 2.524 0.918 2.215 0.445 0.93 2.524 0.817 16.15 14.74 1550 1199 0.349 2.837 -1.933 1.163 3.083 0.607 62.6 55OS250-54 0.0566 50 0.641 2.18 3.126 1.137 2.208 0.547 0.923 3.084 0.95 28.44 26.11 3093 1881 0.685 3.486 -1.919 1.155 3.067 0.609 50.7 55OS250-68 0.0713 50 0.800 2.72 3.8 1.406 2.198 0.669 0.914 3.864 1.233 36.91 35.43 5350 2532 1.356 4.274 -1.900 1.146 3.046 0.611 50.6 5505250-97 0.1017 50 1.118 3.8 5. 04 1.929 2.178 0.897 0.895 5.304 1.837 61.77 60.32 9518 3026 3.855 5.761 -1.862 1.126 3.002 0.615 47.6 60OS137-33 0.0346 33 0.318 1.08 1.582 .527 2.229 0.069 0.464 1.548 0.455 8.98 8.19 638 638 0.127 0.500 -0.807 0.519 2.416 0.889 33.5 60OS137-43 0.0451 33 0.413 1.4 2.042 .681 2.223 0.087 0.459 2.041 0.645 12.74 11.82 1416 1240 0.280 0.633 -0.796 0.513 2.406 0.890 33.3 60OS137-54 0.0566 50 0.514 1.7 2.518 .839 2.213 0.105 0.452 2.518 0.777 23.26 21.24 2823 1947 0.549 0.769 -0.784 0.506 2.391 0.893 26.8 60OS137-68 0.0713 50 0.640 2.1 3.094 .031 2.200 0.125 0.443 3.094 1.030 30.84 28.89 5350 2879 1.084 0.930 -0.768 0.497 2.371 0.895 26.5 60OS137-97 0.1017 50 0.889 3.0 4.188 .396 2.170 0.159 0.422 4.188 1.396 50.802 50.80 10472 3805 3.066 1.216 -0.734 0.480 2.330 0.901 23.6 60OS137-118 0.1242 50 1.065 3.6 4.913 .638 2.147 0.176 0.406 4.913 1.638 61.69 61.69 12526 3622 5.477 1.391 -0.709 0.467 2.298 0.905 22.9 60OS162-33 0.0346 33 0.344 1.1 1.793 .598 2.282 0.116 0.581 1.793 0.577 11.41 9.47 638 638 0.137 0.861 -1.072 0.677 2.587 0.828 41.1 60OS162-43 0.0451 33 0.447 1.5 2.316 .772 2.276 0.148 0.576 2.316 0.767 16.682 14.46 1416 1240 0.303 1.095 -1.062 0.670 2.577 0.830 39.0 60OS162-54 0.0566 50 0.556 1.8 2.860 .953 2.267 0.180 0.570 2.860 0.916 30.33 2 25.90 2823 1947 0.594 1.337 -1.049 0.663 2.562 0.832 31.4 60OS162-68 0.0713 50 0.693 2.3 3.525 1.175 2.255 0.218 0.560 3.525 1.164 39.47 2 35.69 5350 2879 1.174 1.626 -1.032 0.655 2.543 0.835 30.8 60OS162-97 0.1017 50 0.966 3.2 4.797 .599 2.229 0.283 0.541 4.797 1.599 56.732 56.72 10472 3805 3.329 2.153 -0.997 0.636 2.501 0.841 29.8 60OS162-118 0.1242 50 1.158 3.9 5.652 .884 2.209 0.321 0.526 5.652 1.884 68.94 2 68.93 12526 3622 5.956 2.487 -0.971 0.623 2.470 0.845 29.1 60OS200-33 0.0346 33 0.379 1.2 2.075 .692 2.340 0.209 0.743 2.058 0.621 12.28 10.77 638 638 0.151 1.593 -1.457 0.901 2.855 0.740 51.6 60OS200-43 0.0451 33 0.492 1.67 2.683 .894 2.335 0.268 0.739 2.683 0.873 17.24 15.39 1416 1240 0.334 2.033 -1.446 0.894 2.844 0.742 51.4 60OS200-54 0.0566 50 0.613 2.0 3.319 1.106 2.327 0.328 0.732 3.319 1.015 30.40 27.38 2823 1947 0.655 2.493 -1.432 0.887 2.829 0.744 41.6 60OS200-68 0.0713 50 0.764 2.6 4.101 .367 2.316 0.400 0.723 4.101 1.317 43.712 39.69 5350 2879 1.295 3.047 -1.415 0.878 2.809 0.746 39.3 60OS200-97 0.1017 50 1.067 3.6 5.612 .871 2.293 0.530 0.705 5.612 1.871 64.532 63.67 10472 3805 3.679 4.080 -1.378 0.859 2.767 0.752 38.3 60OS200-118 0.1242 50 1.283 4.3 6.641 .214 2.275 0.611 0.690 6.641 2.214 78.44 2 78.44 12526 3622 6.595 4.753 -1.351 0.845 2.735 0.756 37.6 60OS250-43 0.0451 33 0.537 1.8 3.082 .027 2.396 0.458 0.923 3.082 0.918 18.14 16.21 1416 1240 0.364 3.411 -1.874 1.136 3.179 0.652 62.4 60OS250-54 0.0566 50 0.670 2.2 3.819 .273 2.388 0.562 0.917 3.766 1.069 32.00 28.71 2823 1947 0.715 4.194 -1.860 1.129 3.163 0.654 50.5 60OS250-68 0.0713 50 0.836 2.8 4.727 .576 2.378 0.688 0.908 4.723 1.386 41.49 39.07 5350 2879 1.416 5.145 -1.842 1.119 3.142 0.656 50.4 60OS250-97 0.1017 50 1.169 3.9 6.496 .165 2.357 0.923 0.889 6.496 2.063 69.382 66.81 10472 3805 4.030 6.947 -1.803 1.100 3.098 0.661 47.3 60OS250-118 0.1242 50 1.407 4.7 7.713 .571 2.342 1.075 0.874 7.713 2.498 85.92 2 86.83 12526 3622 7.234 8.142 -1.775 1.085 3.066 0.665 46.6 60OS300-54 0.0566 50 0.726 2.4 4.319 .440 2.439 0.875 1.098 4.014 1.106 33.13 29.62 2823 1947 0.775 6.452 -2.299 1.372 3.527 0.575 59.1 60OS300-68 0.0713 50 0.907 3.0 5.354 .785 2.430 1.075 1.089 5.221 1.446 43.30 40.53 5350 2879 1.537 7.937 -2.280 1.363 3.505 0.577 59.0 60OS300-97 0.1017 50 1.271 4.3 7.381 .460 2.410 1.454 1.070 7.280 2.247 67.28 64.67 10472 3805 4.381 10.776 -2.241 1.343 3.461 0.581 58.8 60OS300-118 0.1242 50 1.531 5.2 8.785 .928 2.395 1.704 1.055 8.713 2.797 94.242 90.37 12526 3622 7.872 12.683 -2.212 1.328 3.427 0.583 55.3 60OS350-54 0.0566 50 0.825 2.8 5.022 .674 2.467 1.491 1.344 4.721 1.335 39.97 36.56 2823 1947 0.881 12.942 -3.037 1.787 4.137 0.461 74.4 60OS350-68 0.0713 50 1.032 3.5 6.237 .079 2.459 1.841 1.336 6.166 1.771 53.01 49.69 5350 2879 1.748 15.968 -3.018 1.777 4.115 0.462 74.4 60OS350-97 0.1017 50 1.449 4.9 8.631 .877 2.441 2.518 1.318 8.631 2.593 77.64 78.36 10472 3805 4.994 21.811 -2.979 1.757 4.071 0.464 74.4 60OS350-118 0.1242 50 1.748 5.9 10.304 .435 2.428 2.978 1.305 10.304 3.268 108.432 107.66 12526 3622 8.990 25.791 -2.951 1.742 4.038 0.466 70.6 80OS137-33' 0.0346 33 0.388 1.32 3.1 8 .799 2.873 0.073 0.435 2.998 0.622 12.30 10.71 474 474 0.155 0.957 -0.696 0.460 2.987 0.946 32.5 80OS137-43 0.0451 33 0.503 1.71 .134 1.033 2.866 0.093 0.430 4.001 0.896 17.70 15.78 1051 1051 0.341 1.214 -0.687 0.454 2.978 0.947 32.2 80OS137-54 0.0566 50 0.627 2.13 5.110 1.277 2.855 0.112 0.423 4.974 1.083 32.42 28.47 2091 2091 0.670 1.478 -0.676 0.448 2.964 0.948 25.9 80OS137-68 0.0713 50 0.782 2.66 6.303 1.576 2.839 0.134 0.414 6.285 1.468 43.96 39.57 4221 3367 1.325 1.789 -0.661 0.440 2.944 0.950 25.6 80OS137-97 0.1017 50 1.093 3.72 8.597 2.149 2.805 0.169 0.394 8.597 2.149 64.35 63.91 10885 5938 3.767 2.349 -0.630 0.423 2.902 0.953 25.0 80OS137-118 0.1242 50 1.314 4.47 10.147 2.537 2.779 0.188 0.378 10.147 2.537 95.56 95.56 16235 7115 6.755 2.694 -0.608 0.411 2.870 0.955 21.9 80OS162-33' 0.0346 33 0.413 1.41 3.582 0.896 2.943 0.125 0.550 3.384 0.710 14.03 12.61 474 474 0.165 1.630 -0.936 0.607 3.137 0.911 40.1 80OS162-43 0.0451 33 0.537 1.83 4.633 1.158 2.937 0.160 0.546 4.500 1.019 20.14 18.33 1051 1051 0.364 2.076 -0.926 0.601 3.128 0.912 39.8 80OS162-54 0.0566 50 0.670 2.28 5.736 1.434 2.927 0.194 0.539 5.600 1.229 36.79 32.81 2091 2091 0.715 2.539 -0.914 0.594 3.113 0.914 32.1 80OS162-68 0.0713 50 0.836 2.84 7.089 1.772 2.913 0.235 0.530 7.070 1.663 49.80 45.11 4221 3367 1.416 3.093 -0.899 0.586 3.094 0.916 31.9 80OS162-97 0.1017 50 1.169 3.98 9.713 2.428 2.883 0.305 0.510 9.713 2.428 72.70 71.93 10885 5938 4.030 4.114 -0.866 0.568 3.053 0.919 31.4 'Web height-to-thickness ratio exceeds 20d. Web stiffeners are required at all support points and concentrated loads. 2Allowable moment includes cold work of forming. See Table Notes on page 7. _ Page 279 of 279 www.SCAFCO.com Copyright©2015 by the SSMA 4/18/25,4:39 PM Mechanical Compliance Summary MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE SUMMARY 2021 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including Group R1,R2,and Group R3&R4 over 3 stories Administered by:©2021 NEEA,All rights reserved Project Title Arlington Operations Center-2021 WSEC For Building Department Use: Date' Apr 18,2025 19620 67th Ave NE Project&Applicant Project Address Arlington,WA 98223 Information Applicant Name Pavlo Serdechnyi Applicant Phone 425-678-1736 Applicant Email pavlo@bee-engineers.com Mechanical Compliance Summary Scope-Compliance verification provided in this report is limited to code minimum efficiency requirements for mechanical equipment types defined in Tables C403.3.2(1)through C403.3.2(16)of the 2021 WSEC-C.This includes efficiency multipliers for economizer exceptions.Performance criteria for additional energy efficiency and load management measures ARE NOT included in this report.Additional documentation is required to demonstrate compliance with all other provisions of the energy code,including better than code efficiency criteria for Section C406.For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com. General Occupancy All Commercial General Building Use Type(s) Office,Other Building Cond.Floor Area 18,173 New Building Central Plant Systems Alteration Project Cond.Floor Area 18,173 General Project Types New Building or Addition Single Zone Systems&Equipment Mechanical Scope Floors Above Grade 2 Mechanical Scope Multiple Zone Systems&Equipment Overall Compliance Path General Prescriptive The mechanical system consists of dedicated outside air units(DOAS)with energy recovery for ventilation and ground source variable refrigerant flow(VRF)for heating and cooling. Mechanical Project Description Restrooms and locker rooms are served by the 100%outside air DOAS unit to satisfy exhaust requirements.The low voltage and elevator machine rooms are served by air source,split system,cooling only units. Economizer Exception(s) DOAS Ventilation Equipment Efficiency Project Type Mechanical Scope Applied? Provided? Compliance Verification Mechanical Compliance Building Addition Central Plant Systems Yes NA COMPLIES Scope and Method New Building Single Zone Systems& Yes Yes COMPLIES Equipment Multiple Zone Systems& New Building No Yes COMPLIES Equipment Additional Energy Efficiency HVAC heating equipment-5-20%better than code efficiency Load Management Measures HVAC load management Measures(AEM) I I (LDM) Does building include occupancy classifications requiring DOHS? Yes Does project include DOAS equipment? Yes Do all systems comply with Appendix D standard reference design Based on project scope do TSPR requirements apply? Yes or qualify for an exception to TSPR? Yes Scope&Space Conditioning BUILDING ADDITION-CENTRAL PLANT SYSTEMS Compliance Verification COMPLIES VRF Multi-Split Systems Category-Heat pump outdoor unit,water,groundwater&ground loop Cooling Equipment Efficiency Information Econo Exception Required Full Required Part Cooling Capacity Proposed Cooling Proposed Part PL Efficiency Compliance System ID Cooling System Type Specific Type Multipliers Load Efficiency Load Efficiency CE Units (Btu/h) (Full/IPLV) (Code Min+Econo) (Code Min+Econo) Efficiency Load Efficiency Units Verification HP-01 VRF ground source Heat pump w/heat recovery 220,000 0 10.8 15.1 EER COMPLIES HP-02 VRF ground source Heat pump w/heat recovery 164,000 0 10.8 12.3 EER COMPLIES Heating Equipment Efficiency Information https://www.waenergycodes.com/print_project_sum mary_form/mec?project_id=29923&form_version_id=24 1/2 4/18/25,4:39 PM Mechanical Compliance Summary Heat Pump Cooling Capacity Required Heat Proposed Heat Efficiency Compliance System ID Heating System Type Specific Type Heating Capacity (Btu/h)(Identical to Pump Heating Pump Heating HE Units Verification (Btu/h) Cooling Table) Efficiency Efficiency HP-02 VRF ground source,heating Heat pump w/heat recovery 206 164 3.1 4.5 COP COMPLIES HP-01 VRF ground source,heating Heat pump w/heat recovery 279 220 3.1 5.3 COP COMPLIES Equipment Details System ID Location in Project Documents-Plan/Detail# Quantity of Fan Coil Units in VRF System System/Equip Compliance Path HP-01 M7.11 18 General Prescriptive Economizer Compliance Method:Applying air-side economizer exception Air-side economizer exception applied?:Exp 1-DOAS paired with cooling system(Note equip location limitations) WSEC Equipment Efficiency Reference Table:Table C403.3.2(9)VRF Air-to-Air&Water Source Heat Pumps HP-02 M7.11 1 12 General Prescriptive WSEC Equipment Efficiency Reference Table:Table C403.3.2(9)VRF Air-to-Air&Water Source Heat Pumps Air-side economizer exception applied?:Exp 1-DOAS paired with cooling system(Note equip location limitations) Economizer Compliance Method:Applying air-side economizer exception Scope&Space Conditioning NEW BUILDING-SINGLE ZONE SYSTEMS&EQUIPMENT Compliance Verification COMPLIES Single Zone Air Systems Category-Air conditioner,split&single package,SC,SDHV Air Systems Summary Information Quantity Supply Airflow Ventilation CFMVentilation Energy Recovery System/Equip ID of Items Control Ventilation Standard (Total if Multiple Air Source Paired with DOAS Ventilation energy recovery Efficiency / Items) (��) AC-01/02 2 Constant volume Unoccupied,no ventilation requirement Air Systems&Equipment-Cooling Econo Exception Required Cooling Required Part System/ Cooling Capacity Proposed Cooling CE Proposed Part PL Efficiency Compliance Equip ID Cooling System/Equip Type Specific Type per item(Btu/h) Multipliers Efficiency Load Efficiency Efficiency Units Load Efficiency Units Verification (Full/IPLV) (Code Min+Econo) (Code Min+Econo) AC-01/02 Air conditioner,air cooled Split system DX 18,000 0 1 0 13.4 0 21 SEER2 IEER COMPLIES Air Systems&Equipment Details System/Equip ID Discrete Area(s)Served Location In Project Documents-Plan/Detail# System/Equip Compliance Path AC-01/02 Elevator Machine Room/MIN M3.11 General Prescriptive WSEC Equip Efficiency Reference Table-Cooling:Table C403.3.2(1)Unitary Air Conditioners&Condensing Units Economizer Compliance Method:Economizer not required Heating Section/Auxiliary Heating Type:Electric resistance(or None) Scope&Space Conditioning NEW BUILDING-MULTIPLE ZONE SYSTEMS&EQUIPMENT Compliance Verification COMPLIES https://www.waenergycodes.com/print_project_sum mary_form/mec?project_id=29923&form_version_id=24 2/2 Mechanical Requirements • • of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com Project: Arlington Operations Center-2021 WSEC 19620 67th Ave NE Arlington,WA 98223 Date: 2025-04-18 Applies Code Section Code Provision Compliance Information Required In Permit Location in Building Department Documentation Documents Notes SCOPE C103.6.3 Construction For a shell&core or tenant space(first build- 7- documents-General out)project,indicate if there is no mechanical scope included in the project. C103.1 Construction For an alteration project,indicate if there is documents-General no mechanical scope included in the project. PERFORMANCE CRITERIA&SYSTEM DESIGN YES C403.1 Exempt process Identify equipment used by manufacturing, MO Series equipment industrial or commercial processes that are not for space conditioning or maintaining comfort and amenities for occupants;identify provisions applicable to this equipment per C403.1 exception NA C403.1.1 HVAC total system For systems serving office(including medical performance ratio office),retail,library,or education (TSPR) occupancies,or serving R-2 dwelling units or common areas,provide a TSPR report that demonstrates the proposed design ratio is equal to or greater than the standard reference design ratio,or exception applied YES C403.1.2 Calculation of heating Provide load calculations in accordance with MO Series and cooling loads ASHRAE Std 183 or equivalent,using design parameters per C302 and Appendix C; include load adjustments to account for energy recovery NA C403.1.3 Data centers Provide documentation that demonstrates that data center systems comply with the maximum allowed Design MLC and Annualized MLC per ASHRAE 90.4-2019. NA C403.2.1 Zone isolation If there are HVAC zones that are intended to C403.4.2.2 be occupied non-simultaneously,identify isolation zone areas on plans;if multiple zones intended to be occupied simultaneously will be combined into a single isolation zone, include on plans that the combined zone area does not exceed 25,000 sf and does not include more than one floor;or exception applied YES C403.2.1 Zone isolation Indicate locations of associated zone isolation M3 Series C403.4.2.2 dampers in HVAC and DOAS distribution systems and exhaust systems YES C403.2.1 Zone isolation Refer to HVAC Controls section in M10 Series C403.4.2.2 Requirements List for applicable automatic setback and shutdown controls requirements EQUIPMENT SELECTION&PERFORMANCE Page 1132 Mechanical Requirements • • of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com NA C403.3.2.6 Electric heating/ Verify all packaged and split electric cooling equipment equipment with>6,000 Btu/h cooling capacity and any amount of heating is a heat pump with reverse-cycle defrost and operates in heat pump mode when outdoor air temperature is>25 degree F;include in equipment schedules NA C403.3.2.6 Electric heating/ Verify electric heat in the main supply duct cooling equipment before VAV boxes served by cooling only systems>6,000 Btu/h is a heat pump with reverse-cycle defrost and operates in heat pump mode when outdoor air temperature is >25 degree F;include in equipment schedules. NA C401.3 HVAC Heating Fuel For all heating equipment,identify whether it C403.1.4 qualifies for the C403.1.4 general prescriptive path,a C403.1.4 exception,or for the C401.3 Fossil Fuel Heating path;for equipment qualifying for the C403.1.4 general prescriptive path by exception,document the exception and provide supporting information NA C401.3 HVAC Heating Fuel For projects with equipment utilizing the C403.1.4 C401.3 Fossil Fuel Heating path,provide an C406.1 accounting of the total heating capacity and the C401.3 equipment heating capacity for each distinct area utilized in the C406 calculation. NA C403.1.4 HVAC Heating Fuel, To qualify for exception 2,provide a list of exception 2 Dwelling each separate space in the dwelling or sleeping and sleeping units unit,indicate the number of exterior walls the space has,the presence of fenestration,and the allowed watts;document the heat provided in each space is below the allowed capacity in the space NA C403.1.4 HVAC Heating Fuel, To qualify for exception 5,provide exception 5 Air-to-air documentation that the heat pump is sized to heat pumps meet the heating load at an outdoor air temperature<_32°F and has a ratio of heating capacity at 47°F to supplemental resistance heat capacity>_2.0 in zone 4 and>_ 1.0 in zone 5;indicate unit control by either a thermostat designed for heat pump use,a multistage thermostat with an outdoor air temperature thermostat wired to energize supplemental heat only on the last stage or heating and when the outdoor air temperature is<_32°F,or equipment is NAECA rated with integral control Page 2132 Mechanical Requirements • • of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com NA C403.1.4 HVAC Heating Fuel, To qualify for exception 6,provide exception 6 Air-to- documentation that building heating is water heat pumps provided by air-to-water heat pumps with a heating capacity>_75%of the design heating load at 29'F;indicate controls configured to lock out supplemental heat when the outdoor air temperature is>36°F unless the hot water supply set point has not been maintained for 20 minutes;indicate controls configured to use the compressor as the first stage of heating down to the compressor minimum rated temperature except during start up and defrost NA C403.1.4 HVAC Heating Fuel, To qualify for exception 7,provide exception 7 Ground documentation building heating provided by source heat pumps ground source heat pumps;;indicate controls configured to lock out supplemental resistance heat when the source-side entering water temperature is>_42°F unless the hot water supply set point has not been maintained for 20 minutes;indicate controls configured to use the compressor as the first stage of heating;indicate the ground source heat exchanger shall be sized so heat pump annual output is>_70%for the total annual heating output based upon the final year of a 30-year simulation using IGSHPA listed software NA C403.1.4 HVAC Heating Fuel, To qualify for exception 8,document the exception 8 Small capacity or area served for the electric systems resistance and fossil fuel systems and demonstrate that it is<_5%of the building total heating capacity or area NA C401.3.6 Electrification For all equipment following the fossil fuel readiness path,indicate on plans that spare electrical branch circuit and service entrance conduit is installed and sized to support future conversion of fossil fuel heaters to heat pumps;indicate on plans additional room in the electric room and transformer rooms and vaults be provided and sized to accommodate future service upgrades for conversion of all fossil fuel equipment to heat pumps. YES C403.3.1 Equipment and Indicate that output capacities of heating and MO Series system sizing cooling equipment and systems are no greater than the smallest available equipment size that exceeds the calculated loads;note exceptions applied YES C403.3.2 HVAC equipment Provide equipment schedules on plans and in MO Series C403.9.1 performance WSEC mechanical equipment compliance requirements reports;indicate equipment type,calculated (efficiency) loads,capacity,rated and WSEC minimum efficiencies for all heating and cooling equipment;include supply and ventilation air cfms and operating hours for all air systems; identify heating and cooling equipment that does not have a corresponding WSEC minimum efficiency(manufacturer rated) Page 3132 Mechanical Requirements • • of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com YES C405.8 Electric motor List all motors> 1/12 hp(that are not integral MO Series efficiency to a rated piece of equipment)in the mechanical or electrical equipment schedules on plans;indicate motor type and applicable efficiency table,hp,rpm,number of poles and rated efficiency,or exception applied NA C403.3.2.1 Gas and oil-fired For gas and oil fired forced air furnaces with forced air furnace capacity>225,000 Btu/h and all unit heaters, and unit heaters indicate in equipment schedule intermittent ignition or IID,flue or draft damper,and rated jacket loss NA C403.3.3 Hot gas bypass For cooling equipment with hot gas bypass, limitation for DX provide either multiple step unloading or cooling equipment continuous capacity modulation;indicate bypass capacity per Table C403.3.3 NA C403.3.2.7 Humidification For cooling systems with humidification equipment that are also required to have air economizer,indicate humidifier is adiabatic (direct evaporative or fog atomization),or exception applied NA C403.3.2 Hydronic equipment Refer to Requirements List section Hydronic Systems-Equipment Selection& Performance for selection criteria specific to chillers and boilers NA C403.9 Heat rejection Refer to Requirements List section Heat equipment Rejection Systems-Equipment Selection& Performance for selection criteria specific to cooling towers,dry coolers and condensers (air-cooled and evaporative) NA C403.13 Dehumidification in Indicate dehumidification equipment serving spaces for plant plant growth spaces and which C403.13 growth compliance option is met EQUIPMENT SELECTION&PERFORMANCE-DEDICATED OUTSIDE AIR SYSTEMS(DOAS) NA C403.3.5.5 DOAS supplemental If DOAS has heating capability,indicate C403.7.3 heating and cooling hearing controlled to limit supply air to<_ 55°F.If heating is used for defrost control, indicate heat is to be locked out when outdoor air temperature is<_35'F,modulates to 10% of peak capacity.Provide sizing calculations that show heating capacity sized at design temperatures to prevent damage to unit and heat supply air<_55°F. NA C403.3.5.5 DOAS supplemental If DOAS has cooling capability,indicate heating and cooling cooling coil is used only for dehumidification only,is sized to meet the peak dehumidification requirement at design conditions,and is controlled to maintain supply air or zone relative humidity. Page 4132 Mechanical Requirements • • of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com YES C403.3.5 Dedicated outdoor air For buildings with occupancies required to MO Series C403.3.5.4 systems comply with the DOAS provisions per Table C403.3.5,identify on plans all occupancies in the building and indicate which occupied spaces are required to have ventilation air delivered by a DOAS;or exception applied NA C403.3.5 Dedicated outdoor air If natural ventilation exception is applied, C403.3.5.4 systems identify these spaces on plans;indicate operable window area complies with IMC Section 402;provide documentation describing how required ventilation will be provided during all occupied hours,including during inclement weather NA C403.3.5 Dedicated outdoor air If high efficiency VAV exception is applied, C403.3.5.4 systems identify these spaces on plans;refer to Single Zone VAV section for Groups A-1,A-2 and A-3 occupancy classifications,or Multiple Zone VAV for other than Groups A-1,A-2 and A-3(per Table C403.3.5) NA C403.3.5 Dedicated outdoor air If compliance with the DOAS provisions is C403.3.5.6 systems deemed to be impractical,provide documentation that demonstrates the alternate design strategy applied that achieves a comparable level of energy efficiency,as pre- approved by the AHJ NA C403.3.5 Dedicated outdoor air Refer to Requirements List section after systems Multiple-Zone Air Systems for High Efficiency Multiple-Zone VAV Systems exception to C403.3.5 DOAS NA C403.3.5 Dedicated outdoor air Refer to Requirements List section after High systems Efficiency Multiple-Zone Air Systems for High Efficiency Single-Zone VAV Systems exception to C403.3.5 DOAS YES C403.3.5.1 DOAS energy For all DOAS systems,indicate exhaust air MO Series recovery method and ER method and basis of rated effectiveness effectiveness (sensible or latent);indicate>_68%sensible or >_60%enthalpy recovery ratio at design conditions;or exception applied NA C403.3.5.2 DOAS fan power For DOAS with no fans or fan arrays with input power>_ 1kW,indicate total system fan power does not exceed 1 watt per cfm YES C403.3.5.2 DOAS fan power For DOAS with any fans or fan arrays with MO Series input power>_ 1kW,indicate total system fan power complies with fan power limitation per Section C403.8.1 YES C403.3.5.3 Heating/cooling Indicate systems and equipment associated M10 Series system fan controls with the delivery of zone level heating and with DOAS cooling(fans,hydronic pumps,primary air dampers,etc.)are configured to shut off,and central equipment is configured to turn down, when there is no call for heating or cooling in the zone they serve Page 5132 Mechanical Requirements • • • of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com NA C403.3.5.3 Heating/cooling If applying Exception to heating/cooling fans system fan controls used for air mixing in the space during with DOAS deadband periods,include fan watts per cfm in equipment schedule YES C403.3.5.4 Decoupled DOAS Indicate method of delivery of DOAS supply M3 Series supply air air to the occupied space(directly into space, downstream of terminal heating/cooling coils);or exception applied YES C403.6.5 Multiple zone DOAS For DOAS serving multiple zones with DDC M10 Series controls,indicate controls configured to reduce the volume of outdoor air in each zone independently when the zone is unoccupied; or exception applied ADDITIONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY MEASURE-DEDICATED OUTSIDE AIR SYSTEMS(DOAS) C406.2.2.6 High performance For all building occupancies,to comply with DOAS-Energy this additional efficiency credit,demonstrate recovery compliance withC403.3.5 effectiveness and fan power C406.2.2.6 High performance Indicate energy recovery sensible DOAS-Energy effectiveness of all DOAS is>_80% recovery effectiveness and fan power C406.2.2.6 High performance For each system,indicate that total system fan DOAS-Energy power does not exceed 0.769 watts per cfm or recovery is<_80%of the fan power allowance for a effectiveness and fan constant volume system calculated per power C403.8.1 FANS AND FAN CONTROLS YES C403.8.1.2 Fan power limitation For all HVAC fan systems associated with MO Series conditioned space and containing 1 or more fans with electrical input>_1 kW shall provide the total nameplate hp and the fan system electrical input power calculated per C403.8.1.2 in equipment schedules on project plans YES C403.8.1.1 Fan power limitation For all HVAC and DOAS systems associated MO Series with conditioned space with 1 or more fans with electrical input power> 1 kW,provide fan system electrical input power calculations per Section C403.8.1.2 to verify it complies with fan power budget per Section C403.8.1.1 NA C403.8.2 Motor nameplate hp For HVAC systems with total fan motor nameplate hp>5hp,indicate fan motors specified are the smallest available motor hp size greater than fan bhp,note exceptions applied Page 6132 Mechanical Requirements • • of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com YES C405.8 Fractional hp fan For all fractional hp fan motors(1/12-<1 MO Series motors hp),indicate that motors comply with applicable WSEC efficiency tables;if motor type is not listed in an efficiency table, indicate whether fan has an electronically commutated motor,has motor rated efficiency of at least 70%,or exception applied YES C403.8.3 Fan efficiency For individual fans or fan arrays,indicate in MO Series equipment schedule that rated FEI for all applicable fans part of a variable-air volume system is>_0.95 and>_ 1.0 in all other systems,or exception applied;indicate these fans are sized at the design point of operation C403.8.4 Low-capacity For all ventilation system fans with motors<_ ventilation fans 1/12 hp,indicate in equipment schedule the fan flow rate and efficacy(cfm/watt),or exception applied;refer to Table C403.8.4 NA C403.2.4 Variable flow For fan motors>_5 hp,indicate method of capacity-fans variable flow control(VSD or equivalent method)in equipment schedule,or exception applied NA C403.8.5.1 Fan airflow control For DX air handling units with cooling capacity>42,000 Btu/h and evaporative and chilled water air handling units with fan>_ 0.25 hp,indicate whether system is single zone or multiple zone and related control method(cooling capacity controlled in response to space temperature,space temperature is controlled by modulating supply airflow,or both) NA C403.8.5.1 Fan airflow control For mechanical cooling systems(includes DX and chilled water coils)that control cooling capacity in response to space temperature- Provide a minimum of two stages of fan control;indicate minimum fan speed is<_ 66%of full speed drawing<_40%of full speed fan power during periods of low cooling or ventilation only YES C403.8.5.1 Fan airflow control For other mechanical cooling systems MO Series (includes DX and chilled water coils)that control space temperature by modulating airflow(in lieu of,or in addition to, controlling capacity in response to space temperature)-Provide fan controls for modulating supply airflow;indicate minimum fan speed is<_50%of full speed drawing<_ 30%of full speed fan power during periods of low cooling or ventilation only;or exception applied NA C403.8.6 Large-diameter Where provided,indicate large-diameter ceiling fans ceiling fans to be tested and labeled in accordance with AMCA 230. ADDITIONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY MEASURE-IMPROVED HVAC TSPR Page 7132 Mechanical Requirements • • i of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com C406.2.2.1 Improved HVAC To comply with this additional efficiency TSPR credit,indicate systems are required to provide a TSPR report per C403.1.1; demonstrate that the proposed design ratio is at minimum 5%higher than the standard reference design ratio;for projects prorating the credit the TSPR report must show the proposed design exceeds the claimed increase used for proration ADDITIONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY MEASURE-MORE EFFICIENT HVAC EQUIPMENT COOLING AND FAN PERFORMANCE C406.2.2.2 More efficient To comply with this additional efficiency cooling and fan credit,provide a list of all cooling equipment performance in the building or credit area and calculations that demonstrate(based on cooling output capacity)that 90%or more of all HVAC cooling equipment serving conditioned floor areas are listed in the tables of Section C403.3.2 NA C406.2.2.2 More efficient In addition to system selection requirement, C406.2.2.2.1 cooling and fan demonstrate that 90%or more of all HVAC performance cooling capacity serving conditioned floor areas in the building or credit area is delivered by equipment at least 5%better than the listed WSEC efficiency,seasonal or annualized where available other wise use full load efficiency C406.2.2.2 More efficient For projects prorating the credit in C406.2.2.2.1 cooling and fan accordance with Equation 4-15 include performance calculations for equipment representing at least 90%of the cooling capacity in the building or credit area that demonstrate the capacity weighted average better than code efficiency;for equipment with multiple requirements the seasonal or annualized efficiency shall be used C406.2.2.2 More efficient In addition to system selection and efficiency C406.2.2.2.3 cooling and fan requirements,if fan energy is not included in performance equipment rating or if it is but the fan has been upsized from rated conditions, demonstrate fan power is<_95%of the allowed fan power in Section C403.8.1. ADDITIONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY MEASURE-MORE EFFICIENT HVAC EQUIPMENT HEATING PERFORMANCE YES C406.2.2.3 More efficient To comply with this additional efficiency MO Series HVAC equipment credit,provide a list of all heating equipment heating performance in the building or credit area and calculations that demonstrate that 90%or more of all HVAC heating capacity serving conditioned floor area is delivered by equipment listed in the tables of Section C403.3.2 Page 8132 Mechanical Requirements • • of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com YES C406.2.2,3 More efficient In addition to system selection requirement, MO Series C406.2.2.3.2 HVAC equipment demonstrate that 90%or more of all HVAC heating performance heating capacity serving the building or credit area is delivered by equipment at least 5% better than the listed WSEC efficiency, seasonal or annualized where available other wise use full load efficiency YES C406.2.2.3 More efficient For projects prorating the credit in MO Series C406.2.2.3.2 HVAC equipment accordance per Equation 4-16 include heating performance calculations for equipment representing at least 90%of the heating capacity serving the building or credit area that demonstrate the capacity weighted average better than code efficiency;for equipment with multiple code requirements the seasonal or annualized efficiency shall be used NA C406.2.2.3 More efficient In C402.1.1 low energy and C402.1.1.2 semi- C406.2.2.3.2 HVAC equipment heated spaces demonstrate that 90%of the heating performance heating capacity in the building or area is provided by electric infrared or gas-fired radiant equipment for localized heating applications. VENTILATION,EXHAUST&ENERGY RECOVERY YES C403.7.1.2 Demand control For each required demand control ventilation M3 and M10 Series ventilation design system,indicate outdoor air automatically changes in response to a CO2 sensor and utilizes a variable speed fan control to reduce systems flow;or exception applied YES C403.2.2.1 Ventilation If mechanically delivered,indicate that MO Series ventilation systems are configured to provide not more than 150%of,but at least the minimum required volume of outdoor air to each zone per IMC,ASHRAE 62.1 or other applicable code(WAC,OSHA,etc.);or exception applied C403.2.2.1 Ventilation If delivered via natural ventilation,identify required elements per IMC including: minimum openable area to the outdoors or qualifying adjoining spaces;criteria for ensuring required ventilation is provided during all occupied hours of the year (including during inclement outdoor conditions) YES C403.2.2.2 Exhaust Indicate that exhaust systems are configured MO Series to provide not more than 150%of,but at least the minimum required volume from each zone per IMC,or other applicable code (WAC,OSHA,etc.);or exception applied YES C403.4.2.4 Exhaust system off- Refer to Requirements List section HVAC M10 Series hour controls Controls for off-hour controls requirements for exhaust systems Page 9132 Mechanical Requirements • • 10 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com C403.7.6.1 Balanced ventilation For Group R-2 dwelling and sleeping units, for Group R-2 indicate that each habitable space is provided occupancy with a balanced ventilation system;indicate system is provided with energy recovery with >_60%sensible recovery effectiveness NA C403.7.1.1 Demand control Identify spaces with ventilation provided by ventilation single zone system with air economizer;for each space indicate controls are configured to provide demand controlled ventilation or provide supporting documentation for applied exception YES C403.7.1.1 Demand control Provide list of spaces with IMC ventilation MO Series ventilation occupant load and the occupant outdoor airflow rate listed;for spaces with occupant load>_ 15 people/1,000 sf per IMC or occupant air flow rate>_ 15 cfm/person indicate controls are configured to provide demand controlled ventilation or provide supporting documentation for applied exception YES C403.7.2 Occupancy sensors For gyms,classrooms,auditoriums, M3 Series conference rooms and other spaces with occupant load>_25 people/1,000 sf per IMC, that have an area>500 sf,indicate occupancy- based ventilation air control when space is unoccupied and method(closes outdoor air damper or shuts-off equipment);or alternate means provided to automatically reduce ventilation air when space is partially occupied;or exception applied NA C403.7.3 Ventilation air For ventilation air systems with supplemental heating control heating capacity that operate in conjunction with heating and cooling systems,indicate that ventilation air is tempered(via heating or heat recovery)to no greater than 55'F when the space conditioning system is in cooling mode C403.7.4.2 Ventilation controls Indicate method of ventilation and exhaust for Group R-1 isolation for each guest room and automatic guestrooms controls that are configured to turn off ventilation and exhaust airflow when each room is unoccupied C403.8.4 Group R occupancy Refer to Requirements List section Fans& exhaust fan efficacy Fan Controls C403.7.5 Enclosed loading For enclosed loading docks,indicate C403.7.5.1 dock ventilation ventilation/exhaust system method of activation(gas detection system for CO and NO2,or occupancy sensors),and control method(staged or modulating);if total ventilation system fan motor nameplate horsepower is>5 hp,indicate VSD or equivalent motor drives Page 10132 Mechanical Requirements • • 11 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com C403.7.5 Enclosed parking For enclosed parking garages,indicate C403.7.5.2 garage ventilation ventilation/exhaust system activated by gas detection system for CO and NO2,and control method(staged or modulating);or exception applied;if total ventilation system fan motor nameplate horsepower is>5 hp, indicate VSD or equivalent motor drives NA C403.7.6.2 Ventilation/exhaust For systems with design ventilation air> systems energy 5,000 cfm,or design supply air cfm and% recovery ventilation air exceeding the values in Tables C403.7.6(1)or(2),indicate exhaust air energy recovery method;or exception applied with supporting calculations NA C403.7.6.2 Ventilation/exhaust For rooms served by multiple systems with systems energy aggregate design ventilation air>5,000 cfm, recovery or aggregate design supply air cfm and% ventilation air exceeding the values in Tables C403.7.6(1)or(2),indicate exhaust air energy recovery method;or exception applied with supporting calculations NA C403.7.6.2 Ventilation/exhaust Indicate energy recovery rated sensible systems energy recovery effectiveness>68%or a enthalpy recovery recovery ratio>60% C403.7.7.1.1 Kitchen exhaust hood Indicate on plans the type,duty,UL rating and C403.7.7.1.2 system exhaust airflow rate of each kitchen hood C403.7.7.1.3 C403.7.7.1.1 Kitchen exhaust hood Provide calculations that show a balanced C403.7.7.1.2 system accounting of total kitchen exhaust(include C403.7.7.1.3 all hoods)with%of:supply air,transfer air from adjacent spaces,and make-up air C403.7.7.1.1 Kitchen exhaust hood For hoods with make-up air drawn directly C403.7.7.1.2 system into the exhaust air cavity of each hood, C403.7.7.1.3 indicate that replacement air does not exceed 10%of hood exhaust airflow rate C403.7.7.1.1 Kitchen exhaust hood For kitchens with total hood exhaust C403.7.7.1.2 system exceeding 2,000 cfm,indicate that each hood C403.7.7.1.3 is UL 710 rated and maximum exhaust airflow rate of each hood is per Table C403.7.7.1.2;or exception applied C403.7.7.1.1 Kitchen exhaust hood For kitchens with total hood exhaust C403.7.7.1.2 system exceeding 2,000 cfm,indicate demand control C403.7.7.1.3 kitchen ventilation configured to a minimum 50%reduction in exhaust and replacement air system flows in response to alliance operation; or exception applied C403.7.7.2 Laboratory exhaust For buildings with total lab exhaust>5,000 systems energy cfm,indicate method of energy recovery used recovery to pre-condition laboratory make-up air; energy recovery effectiveness(min 25'F increase in outside air temperature);or alternative method per exception(VAV exhaust,semi-conditioned makeup,or CERM calculation) Page 11132 Mechanical Requirements • • 12 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com YES C403.7.7.3 Transfer air For spaces where conditioned supply air is M3 Series utilized as transfer air to balance mechanical exhaust,indicate basis of transfer airflow (supply required to meet loads,health/safety requirement,air that would normally be exhausted);or exception applied YES C403.7.8.1 Shutoff dampers for Indicate locations of outdoor air intake, M3 Series C403.7.8.3 building isolation exhaust and relief outlet dampers on plans; indicate whether dampers are Class 1 motorized,or gravity and exception applied (include leakage rating,cfm/sf) C403.7.8.1 Shutoff dampers for Indicate location of stairway and elevator C403.7.8.3 stairway and elevator hoistway shaft vent dampers on plans;verify hoistway shaft vents dampers are Class 1 motorized;or exception applied NA C403.7.8.2 Shutoff dampers for Indicate locations of return air dampers that C403.7.8.3 return air are integral to airside economizer operation; verify dampers are motorized;indicate whether dampers are Class 1,or within packaged equipment eligible for leakage rating exception(include leakage rating, cfm/sf) YES C403.7.8.4 Damper actuation Indicate automatic controls configured to M10 Series close outdoor air intake,exhaust and relief outlet dampers during unoccupied equipment operation;not including economizer cooling, night flush or IMC required outdoor air/ exhaust C403.7.8.4 Damper actuation Indicate method of activation of stairway and elevator hoistway shaft vent dampers(fire alarm or interruption of power) C404.11.4 Exhaust system For buildings with pools or spas with water energy recovery for surface area>200 sf,indicate exhaust air heated indoor pools energy recovery method and use of waste heat and permanent spas (preheat ventilation air,pool water or service hot water);or exception applied C404.11.4 Exhaust system Indicate energy recovery system has the rated energy recovery for effectiveness and is configured to decrease heated indoor pools the exhaust air temperature at design and permanent spas conditions by>_36°F HVAC CONTROLS YES C403.4.1 Thermostatic controls Indicate locations of thermostatic and M3 Series (thermostats and humidity control devices and the zones they humidistats) serve on plans,including perimeter system zones Page 12132 Mechanical Requirements • • 13 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com C403.4.1 Thermostatic controls Where adjacent(neighboring)zones are (thermostats and controlled by separate thermostats(including humidistats) perimeter systems used to offset heat gain or loss),and are connected by permanent openings> 10%of either zone sf area, indicate controls configured to prevent adjacent zones from operating in conflicting modes(one in heat,other in cool);applies to adjacent perimeter zones,adjacent nonperimeter zones,and adjacent perimeter and nonperimeter zones C403.4.1 Thermostatic controls If applying Exception 2 to interior zones (thermostats and adjacent to perimeter zones,indicate that humidistats) setpoints and deadband settings in these zones are coordinated so cooling in an interior zone does not occur until the temperature in that zone is 5°F higher than the adjacent perimeter zone temperature in heating NA C403.4.1 Thermostatic If applying Exception 3 for DOAS,indicate controls(thermostats supply air temperature heating setpoint is<_ and humidistats) 65°F and cooling setpoint is>_72°F,or method of supply air temperature reset NA C403.4.1.1 Heat pump Indicate staged heating operation with supplementary heat compression as the first stage of heating and supplemental heating controlled with outdoor lock-out temperature set to 40°F or less,or indicate exception applied and specify equipment meeting the exception requirements C403.4.1.2 Deadband Indicate zone thermostatic controls configured with 5°F minimum deadband for systems that control both heating and cooling C403.4.1.3 Setpoint overlap If separate heating and cooling thermostatic restriction control devices are used to serve a zone, (thermostats) indicate locations of both thermostatic control devices and the zone they serve on plans C403.4.1.3 Setpoint overlap Indicate a limit switch,mechanical stop or restriction DDC control with programming to prevent (thermostats) simultaneous heating and cooling YES C403.4.1.4 Heated or cooled Indicate thermostatic controls within heating M10 Series vestibules or cooled vestibules with a heating setpoint<_ 60°F and cooling setpoint>_85'F;indicate controls are configured to turn off heating when outdoor temperature is>45°F;or note exception applied NA C403.4.1.4 Heated air curtains Indicate controls are configured to turn off air curtain heating when outdoor temperature is> 450F Page 13132 Mechanical Requirements • • 14 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com NA C403.4.1.6 Door switches for Doors required to have opening switches for HVAC system HVAC thermostatic control to the outdoors thermostatic control from a conditioned space and are>48 sf, indicate automatic controls configured to setback the HVAC system(s)when the door is open for>5 minutes;indicate method of HVAC system setback control(turns off the HVAC system or resets the heating setpoint to 55°F and cooling setpoint to 85'F),or exception applied(either C402.5.11 or C403.4.1.6) YES C403.4.2 Automatic setback Indicate zone thermostatic controls configured M10 Series C403.4.2.1 and shutdown with required automatic setback and manual C403.4.2.2 override functions,setback temperatures,and control method(automatic time clock or 7 day programmable controls);note exceptions applied YES C403.4.2.3 Automatic(optimum) Indicate all HVAC systems are provided with M10 Series start and stop automatic start and stop controls;indicate start controls are configured to adjust the equipment start time as required to bring each area served up to design temperature just prior to scheduled occupancy;indicate stop controls are configured to reduce heating setpoint and increase cooling setpoint by at least 2°F prior to scheduled unoccupied periods YES C403.4.2.4 Exhaust system off- For exhaust systems serving conditioned M10 Series hour controls spaces in all occupancies other than Group R, indicate method of control and that controls are configured to turn exhaust systems on and off in concert with the ventilation air systems providing their make-up air,or exception applied YES C403.4.2.5 Transfer and For transfer fan or mixing fan systems serving M10 Series destratification fan conditioned spaces in all occupancies other system off-hour than Group R,indicate method of control and controls that controls are configured to turn fans on and off in concert with the associated HVAC systems,or exception applied NA C403.4.7 Combustion heating For combustion heating equipment other than equipment boilers or radiant heaters with output capacity >225,000 Btu/h,indicate modulating or staged combustion control NA C403.4.7.1 Combustion Indicate controls that are configured to limit decorative vented operation of combustion appliance,fireplace appliance, and fire pit to< 1 hour without override,or combustion fireplace that occupancy sensor controls are provided and fire pit controls Page 14132 Mechanical Requirements • • 15 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com C403.7.4.1 Temperature setpoint For hotels/motels with over 50 guest rooms, controls for Group indicate automatic controls for HVAC R-1 guestrooms equipment serving guest rooms are configured to setback(heating)and set-up(cooling) temperature setpoint by at least 4°F when room is rented and unoccupied,and adjust setpoint to 60°F(heating)and 80°F(cooling) when room is unrented/vacated;indicate control method-activated by room entry, occupancy sensor or networked guestroom control system C403.7.4.2 Ventilation controls Refer to Requirements List section for Group R-1 Ventilation,Exhaust&Energy Recovery guestrooms C403.4.9 Thermostatic controls For primary space conditioning systems, C403.4.10 for Group R2/R3 indicate 5-2 programmable thermostats dwelling units and capable of two setback periods per day; Group R2 sleeping indicate each non-primary system is provided units with at minimum an adjustable thermostat,or exception applied.For all thermostats indicate purpose(heating only,cooling only,or both) and required temperature range;indicate thermostats are configured for at minimum a 5°F deadband NA C403.5.1 DX air handler For DX air handlers with cooling capacity variable cooling 65,000 Btu/h,indicate number of cooling control(Located stages provided and method(multiple under Integrated compressors and/or variable speed Economizer Control) compressors);indicate minimum displacement(capacity reduction)as%of full load;indicate thermostats are configured with the same number of cooling stages and displacement NA C403.5.1 DX air handler Indicate control method(cooling capacity variable cooling controlled in response to space temperature, control(Located space temperature controlled by modulating under Integrated supply airflow,or both) Economizer Control) YES C403.4.11.1 DDC system Provide central and zone level DDC controls M10 Series C403.4.11.2 applications,controls as required based on system application, C403.4.11.3 and display capacity or size thresholds and other qualification per Table C403.4.11.1 YES C403.4.11.1 DDC system Identify all DDC system input/output control M10 Series C403.4.11.2 applications,controls points in project documents C403.4.11.3 and display YES C403.4.11.1 DDC system Indicate control capability includes M10 Series C403.4.11.2 applications,controls monitoring zone and system level demand for C403.4.11.3 and display fan pressure,pump pressure,heating and cooling;indicate capability to transfer demand information from zones to air/hydronic distribution system controllers,and to central plant systems and equipment controllers Page 15132 Mechanical Requirements • • • of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com YES C403.4.11.1 DDC system Indicate system has the capability and is M10 Series C403.4.11.2 applications,controls configured for trending and graphically C403.4.11.3 and display displaying input/output points NA C403.4.11.4 DDC demand For buildings with>780,000 Btu/h of response setpoint mechanical cooling,indicate controls are adjustment configured to automatically increase the cooling setpoint and decrease the heating setpoint>_2°F based upon a binary input to the control system approved by the utility YES C403.4.1.7 Demand responsive Indicate thermostatic controls for heating or M10 Series controls cooling systems are provided with demand response controls are capable of increasing the cooling setpoint and decreasing the heating setpoint<_4°F;indicate the controls are capable of receiving and responding automatically to a demand response signal. NA C403.2.3 HVAC System Fault For buildings>_ 100,000 square feet,indicate detection and HVAC systems have fault detection and diagnostics diagnostics with sensors and communications to automatically identify HVAC system faults, provide prioritized recommendations for repair,and communicate faults and recommendations to remotely located authorized personnel. ADDITIONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY MEASURE-DWELLING UNIT HVAC CONTROLS NA C406.2.1 Dwelling unit HVAC To comply with this additional efficiency controls credit,provide control design for a manual main control or occupancy sensor based controls,or provide control specification and product cut sheets demonstrating compliance with learning thermostat or geographic sensing options. ADDITIONAL EFFICIENCY CREDIT-FAULT DETECTION AND DIAGNOSTICS NA C406.2.2.7 Fault detection and To comply with this additional efficiency diagnostics credit,demonstrate HVAC controls comply with items 1 through 6 in Section C403.2.3; only buildings not required to comply with Section C403.2.3 or C403.6.10(16)can use this credit LOAD MANAGEMENT MEASURE-HVAC LOAD MANAGEMENT YES C406.3.2 HVAC load To comply with this additional efficiency M10 Series management credit,indicate automatic controls connected to central DDC having digital input capable of being activated by external utility signal; where utility real-time demand or pricing program exists indicate system configured to utilize this signal;otherwise indicate building demand monitoring installed and controls configured to utilize demand signals Page 16132 Mechanical Requirements • • 17 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com YES C406.3.2 HVAC load Indicate electric cooling controls configured M10 Series management to gradually increase the cooling setpoint by at least 30F over 3 hours during summer peak periods;,indicate electric heating controls configured to gradually decrease the heating setpoint by at least 3°F over 3 hours during winter peak periods DUCTWORK,SHAFTS AND PLENUMS YES C403.10.1.1 Duct construction Indicate on plans that all ductwork is MO Series C403.10.2 constructed and sealed per IMC YES C403.10.1.1 Duct construction For outdoor air ductwork,also indicate on MO Series C403.10.2 plans that ductwork meets air leakage requirements per C402.5 and vapor retarder requirements per the IBC YES C403.10.2.1 Duct pressure Identify location of low,medium and high M3 Series C403.10.2.2 classifications pressure ductwork on plans C403.10.2.3 YES C403.10.2.3 High pressure duct Indicate high pressure duct leakage testing MO Series leakage test requirements on plans;provide test results to jurisdiction when completed YES C403.10.1.1 Duct insulation For outdoor air ductwork located within MO Series C403.10.1.2 conditioned space(upstream or downstream of shutoff damper),identify climate zone, duct airflow,and indicate ductwork insulation R-value per Table C403.10.1.1 on plans;or exception applied NA C403.10.1.1 Duct insulation For supply and return air ductwork located C403.10.1.2 within unconditioned space or outdoors, identify climate zone and indicate ductwork insulation R-value per Table C403.10.1.2 on plans;or exception applied YES C403.10.1.1 Duct insulation For supply air ductwork located within MO Series C403.10.1.2 conditioned space,identify on plans if design supply air temperature is<55°F or>105°F; indicate ductwork insulation R-value per Table C403.10.1.2 on plans;or exception applied YES C403.10.1.1 Duct insulation For return and exhaust air ductwork located MO Series C403.10.1.2 within conditioned space(upstream of the shutoff damper)and downstream of an energy recovery media,indicate ductwork insulation R-value per Table C403.10.1.2;or exception applied YES C403.10.1.1 Duct insulation For exhaust and relief air ductwork located MO Series C403.10.1.2 within conditioned space and downstream of the shutoff damper,indicate ductwork insulation R-value per Table C403.10.1.2;or exception applied NA C403.10.1.1 Shaft and plenum For outdoor air shafts and plenums,indicate C402.1.3 insulation on plans that the R-value of insulation on these elements complies with Table C402.1.3 for steel-framed walls Page 17132 Mechanical Requirements • • i of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com PIPING YES C403.10.3 Piping insulation Indicate design temperature range of fluid MO Series conveyed in piping and thickness of insulation (in inches)on hydronic piping plans;or exception applied YES C403.10.3.1 Protection of piping Indicate method of protection of pipe MO Series insulation insulation from damage/degradation on hydronic piping plans YES C403.10.4 HVAC refrigerant Indicate refrigerant piping insulation to be MO Series piping insulation installed on all hot gas lines and on some liquid lines per C403.10.4;indicate insulation conductivity<0.26 Btu x in/(h x ft2 x°F) ECONOMIZERS NA C403.5 Air economizer Identify all cooling systems requiring air required economizer controls in equipment schedules on plans and in WSEC mechanical equipment compliance reports YES C403.5 Air economizer Indicate all systems utilizing air economizer MO Series exceptions exceptions in WSEC mechanical equipment compliance report,including those with water- side economizer in lieu of air economizer; indicate on plans and in WSEC mechanical equipment compliance reports all eligible exception(s)taken and measures to comply with exception(s) NA C403.4.1 Integrated Indicate air and water-side economizers are C403.5.1 economizer operation configured for partial cooling operation even -air and water where additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the load NA C403.4.1 Integrated For DX air handlers with single or multiple C403.5.1 economizer operation stages of mechanical cooling;indicate controls -air and water are configured with air economizer as the first stage of cooling NA C403.4.1 Integrated Refer to Requirements List section HVAC C403.5.1 economizer operation Controls for additional requirements for DX -air and water air handlers NA C403.5.2 Economizer heating Verify control method of HVAC systems with system impact-air economizers does not increase building and water heating energy usage during normal operation NA C403.5.3.1 Air economizer Indicate modulating outdoor air and return air capacity dampers are configured to provide up to 100%outdoor air for cooling NA C403.5.1 Air economizer Indicate that economizer controls are C403.5.3.2 controls and configured to provide partial economizer integrated operation cooling when additional mechanical cooling is also required to meet the cooling load NA C403.5.1 Air economizer Indicate that control of economizer dampers C403.5.3.2 controls and is not based only on mixed air temperature;or integrated operation exception applied for systems with cooling capacity<65,000 Btu/h Page 18132 Mechanical Requirements • • 19 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com NA C403.5.3.3 Air economizer high Indicate high limit shut-off control method limit controls and required high limit per Table C403.5.3.3 NA C403.5.3.4 Relief of excess Refer to Requirements List section outdoor air Ventilation,Exhaust&Energy Recovery NA C403.5.3.4 Relief of excess Indicate relief air outlets are sized and outdoor air configured to relieve excess building air during air economizer operation to prevent building over-pressurization NA C403.5.3.4 Relief of excess Indicate relief air outlet are located to avoid outdoor air recirculation into the building C403.5.4.1 Water economizer For eligible systems where water-side capacity economizer may be provided in lieu of air economizer,indicate system is capable of 100%design cooling capacity at 50°F db/ 45°F wb outdoor air temperatures;indicate if threshold for 100%design cooling capacity via economizer must be lowered to 45°F db/ 40°F wb due to dehumidification requirements C403.5.4.2 Water economizer Indicate that the pressure drop across maximum pressure precooling coils and heat exchangers in water drop economizer systems do not exceed 15 feet (4572 mm) NA C403.5.5 DX equipment For DX air handlers with economizer and economizer fault cooling capacity>_54,000 Btu/h,provide a detection and fault detection and diagnostics(FDD)system diagnostics to monitor economizer system operation and report faults HYDRONIC SYSTEMS-EQUIPMENT SELECTION&PERFORMANCE C403.3.2.3 Maximum air cooled For chilled water plants and buildings with> chiller capacity 500 tons of cooling capacity,indicate air- cooled chiller capacity is< 100 tons,or exception applied C403.3.2.2 Large capacity For buildings>_300 tons of cooling capacity, cooling systems indicate method of multi-stage or variable capacity control(VSD,multiple staged compressors,or max capacity of any single unit C403.3.2.4 Non-standard water- For water-cooled centrifugal chillers not cooled centrifugal designed for operation at standard conditions, chillers provide calculations documenting maximum full load and part load rated equipment performance requirements C403.3.3 Hot gas bypass For cooling equipment with hot gas bypass, limitation for chillers provide either multiple step unloading or continuous capacity modulation;indicate bypass capacity per Table C403.3.3 C403.4.3 Large capacity boiler For hydronic systems with only a single boiler C403.3.4.4 systems that has>500,000 Btu/h input capacity, indicate multi-stage or modulating burner Page 19132 Mechanical Requirements • • 20 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com C403.4.3 Large capacity boiler For boiler system(single or multiple)with> C403.3.4.4 systems 1,000,000 Btu/h input capacity,indicate turndown ratio per Table C403.3.4.4 and method(multiple single input boilers, modulating boilers,or combination) NA C403.3.4.1 Large capacity boiler For all boiler systems with input capacity>_ systems 2,500,000 Btu/h and all systems where one stack serves 2 or more boilers with a combined input capacity>_2,500,000 Btu/h, indicate combustion air positive shut-off is provided to restrict airflow through the combustion chamber during standby(e.g.flue or vent damper). NA C403.3.4.2 Large capacity boiler For boiler systems with combustion air fans> systems 10 hp,indicate variable speed fan NA C403.3.4.3 Large capacity boiler For boiler systems with input capacity>_ systems 5,000,000 and a steady state full-load combustion efficiency<90 percent,indicate combustion air volume to be automatically controlled to limit stack-gas oxygen concentrations specified in Table C403.3.4.3. List exception if it applies. NA C403.3.4.5 High capacity space For gas hot water space heating systems with C403.3.4.5.1 heating gas boiler >_ 1,000,000 Btu/h and< 10,000,000 Btu/h C403.3.4.5.2 system(new capacity,indicate boiler thermal efficiency>_ buildings) 90 percent;coils and heat exchangers sized at design conditions to have a boiler return water temperature<_ 120°F;values and controls to ensure under all operating conditions the water temperature entering the boiler is<_ 120°F or the supply water recirculating directly into the return system is<20 percent of design flow of the operating boilers. YES C403.2.4 Variable flow For pump motors>_5 hp,indicate method of MO Series capacity-pumps variable flow control(VSD or equivalent method)in equipment schedule,or exception applied YES C403.3.7 Hydronic system flow Indicate chilled water and condenser water MO Series rate flow types and operating hours,and maximum flow rates in less than or equal to Table C403.3.7. NA C403.3.8.1 Chilled-water coil Indicate chilled-water coils sized to provide a selection 15°F difference between leaving and entering water temperature and a minimum 57°F leaving water temperature at design conditions.,or exception applied NA C403.3.8.2 Hot-water coil Indicate hot-water coils sized to provide a selection 20°F difference between leaving and entering water temperature and a maximum I I8°F entering water temperature at design conditions.,or exception applied Page 20132 Mechanical Requirements • • 21 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2, R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com NA C403.4.12 Pressure independent For heating and cooling water coils with a control valves design flow>5 gpm,indicate modulating pressure independent control values are provided HYDRONIC SYSTEMS-CONTROLS C403.4.3 Boiler sequencing Indicate automatic controls that sequence operation of multiple boilers C403.4.3.2 Two-pipe changeover Indicate changeover deadband is> 15°F systems outdoor air temperature;indicate controls are configured so that heating/cooling modes are active for at minimum 4 hours before changeover and that the delta between heating /cooling supply temperatures at changeover point is C403.4.1.5 Heating water For hot water boilers that provide building temperature setback heating via one-or two-pipe systems,indicate controls that provide heating water temperature setback based on outdoor temperature C403.4.4 Hydronic system part For heating and chilled water systems with>_ load controls and 300,000 Btu/h output capacity,indicate supply-water system controls are configured to temperature reset automatically reset supply water temperature based upon demand;or exception applied C403.4.4 Hydronic system part Indicate automatic pump flow controls are load controls and configured to reduce system flow rate by supply-water 50%,or the maximum allowed by the temperature reset equipment manufacturer,based upon the heating or cooling loads;or describe why not required C403.4.4 Hydronic system part For hydronic systems with output capacity Z load controls and 300,000 Btu/h that serve heating water supply-water systems,chilled water systems and water- temperature reset cooled unitary air conditioners,indicate that pumps are provided with a variable speed drive if one of the following conditions apply: 1)System pump motor hp is>_2 hp and pumps are designed to operate continuously or per time schedule;2)System pump motor hp is>_7.5 hp and pumps are controlled by automatic DDC configured to only operate pumps when there is a call for zone heating or cooling C403.4.4 Hydronic system part Where variable speed drives are required, load controls and indicate system is configured so that pump supply-water motor power is<30%of design wattage at temperature reset 50%of design flow rate;indicate pump flow is controlled to maintain one control valve nearly wide open,or to maintain a minimum differential pressure;or exception applied Page 21132 Mechanical Requirements • • 22 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com YES C403.4.6 Hydronic system For individual pumps required to have M10 Series variable pump flow variable speed controls,indicate manner of control pump speed control(differential pressure, static pressure setpoint,zone heating or cooling demand,or based on the relationship between variable speed controller frequency and power) C403.4.5 Chiller/boiler plant Indicate controls are configured to pump isolation automatically reduce overall plant flow and shut-off flow through individual chillers and boilers when not in use C403.4.3.3.1 Water loop heat Indicate method of water loop temperature pump-temperature control(central plant equipment controls are deadband configured to provide>_20'F water supply temperature deadband between heat rejection and heat addition modes,or controls are configured for system loop temperature optimization C403.4.3.3.2 Water loop heat Indicate type of cooling tower(open-or pump-heat rejection closed-circuit)in equipment schedule; equipment indicate whether the cooling tower is used directly in the heat pump loop or in conjunction with a separate heat exchanger; indicate method used to limit system heat loss when heat rejection is not needed C403.4.3.3.3 Water loop heat For hydronic heat pump systems with total pump-isolation system power> 10 hp,indicate 2-way valves isolation valves on each heat pump and variable flow system control HEAT REJECTION SYSTEMS-EQUIPMENT SELECTION&PERFORMANCE C403.9.1.3 Centrifugal fan open- For open-circuit centrifugal fan cooling circuit cooling towers towers with>_ 1,100 gpm capacity,indicate cooling towers comply with efficiency requirements for axial fan open circuit cooling towers HEAT REJECTION&RECOVERY-CONTROLS C403.9.1.1 Fan speed control For each fan powered by an individual motor C403.9.1.2 or array of motors,with total connected fan power>_5 hp(including motor service factor),indicate method of automatic fan speed control(adjusted based on leaving fluid temperature or condenser temperature/ pressure of heat rejection device);verify fan selection provides<_30%design wattage at 50%design airflow C403.9.1.1 Fan speed control For multiple-cell heat rejection equipment C403.9.1.2 with VSD,indicate controls are configured to ramp all fans in unison(not staged on/off operation) Page 22132 Mechanical Requirements • • 23 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2, R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com C403.9.1.4 Cooling tower flow For open-circuit cooling towers configured turndown with multiple-or variable-speed condenser water pumps,indicate system is designed so all cells can be run in parallel;indicate method of condenser pump turn down control C403.9.2.1 Heat recovery for For buildings with 24-hour operation and> service water heating 1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection capacity and design service hot water load>250,000 Btu/h,indicate condenser heat recovery to pre- heat service water;or exception applied. Provide calculations showing the amount of recovered heat that is utilized(60%of peak heat rejection load or pre-heat service water to 85°F). C403.9.2.2 Steam condensate For buildings with on-site steam heating systems heat recovery systems,indicate condensate water heat recovery and use of recovered heat C403.9.2.2 Steam condensate For buildings that use off-site generated steam systems heat recovery where condensate is not returned to the source,indicate on-site condensate water heat recovery C403.9.2.3 Refrigeration For buildings with food service,meat or deli condenser heat departments that have>_500,000 Btu/h of recovery remote refrigeration capacity for coolers/ freezers,indicate condenser heat recovery and use of captured energy(service water heating, space heating,or dehumidification reheating) C403.9.2.3 Refrigeration For buildings with>40,000 sf conditioned condenser heat floor area and>_ 1,000,000 Btu/h of remote recovery refrigeration capacity,indicate condenser heat recovery to pre-heat service water;indicate remaining recovered heat is applied to space heating or dehumidification reheating C403.9.2.4 Condenser heat For buildings that operate>70 hour per week, recovery for space that are not served by a DOAS with energy heating recovery,and have> 1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection capacity and z 0.45 cfm per sf of design minimum supply airflow with reheat, indicate condenser heat recovery is provided for space heating that complies with Sections C403.9.2.4.1 or C403.9.2.4.2 or C403.9.2.4.4 C403.9.2.4.1 Water to water heat Indicate that 90%or more of the total C403.9.2.4.4 recovery building space heating and ventilation air design loads are served by heat energy rejected from either a heat recovery chiller or the cooling loop of water to water heat pump equipment C403.9.2.4.2 Exhaust heat recovery Indicate that waste heat is recovered from least 90%of the total building exhaust airflow such that leaving exhaust air temperature while in heat recovery mode is 55'F dry bulb; note exhaust air systems eligible for exception to this requirement Page 23132 Mechanical Requirements • • 24 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com C403.9.2.4.3 Process heat recovery In spaces with 5 watts per sf year-round cooling loads from lights and equipment, indicate these spaces are served by water- cooled equipment configured for heat recovery C403.9.2.4.3 Process heat recovery If these spaces are served by economizer(air or water),indicate automatic controls are configured to disable economizer operation while system is in heat recovery mode ADDITIONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY MEASURE-IMPROVED LOW CARBON DISTRICT ENERGY SYSTEMS(10%) NA C406.2.2.4 Improved low-carbon Provide calculations showing 90%or more of district energy the annual service water and space heat systems(10 percent energy use or 90%or more of the annual better). service water heat,space heat and space cooling energy use is met by a district energy exchange system complying with C406.2.2.4.1 or a district energy heating and/or cooling system complying with C406.2.2.4.2;provide documentation the system is operational and is in accordance with this section prior to the final inspection. NA C406.2.2.4.1 Improved low-carbon Provide calculations and documentation that district energy 45%of the annual district-system-net-load- exchange systems(10 met(sum of heating and cooling energy percent better) provided to attached buildings)comes from heat recovery between connected buildings, waste heat,or renewable energy resources; and no more than 25%of the annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuel or electric-resistance sources. NA C406.2.2.4.2 Improved low-carbon Provide calculations and documentation that district energy distribution losses are less than or equal to 5% heating and cooling of the annual load delivered to buildings or heating only served by the system;and that the system systems(10 percent complies with one of the following: 1)45%of better) the annual district-system-net-load-met(sum of heating and cooling energy provided to attached buildings)comes from heat recovery between connected buildings,waste heat,or renewable energy resources and no more than 25%of the annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuel or electric-resistance sources,or,2) 10%or less of the system annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuels,electric-resistance sources,or heat pump sources with an annual COP<3 ADDITIONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY MEASURE-IMPROVED LOW CARBON DISTRICT ENERGY SYSTEMS(20%) Page 24132 Mechanical Requirements • • 25 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com NA C406.2.2.5 Improved low-carbon Provide calculations showing 90%or more of district energy the annual service water and space heat systems(20 percent energy use or 90%or more of the annual better). service water heat,space heat and space cooling energy use is met by a district energy exchange system complying with C406.2.2.4.1 or a district energy heating and/or cooling system complying with C406.2.2.4.2;provide documentation the system is operational and is in accordance with this section prior to the final inspection. NA C406.2.2.5.1 Improved low-carbon Provide calculations and documentation that district energy 50%of the annual district-system-net-load- exchange systems(20 met(sum of heating and cooling energy percent better) provided to attached buildings)comes from heat recovery between connected buildings, waste heat,or renewable energy resources; and no more than 10%of the annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuel or electric-resistance sources. NA C406.2.2.5.2 Improved low-carbon Provide calculations and documentation that district energy distribution losses are less than or equal to 5% heating and cooling of the annual load delivered to buildings or heating only served by the system;and that the system systems(20 percent complies with one of the following: 1)50%of better) the annual district-system-net-load-met(sum of heating and cooling energy provided to attached buildings)comes from heat recovery between connected buildings,waste heat,or renewable energy resources and no more than 25%of the annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuel or electric-resistance sources,or,2) 10%or less of the system annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuels,electric-resistance sources,or heat pump sources with an annual COP<4 LOAD MANAGEMENT MEASURE-COOLING ENERGY STORAGE NA C406.3.5 Cooling energy To comply with this additional efficiency storage credit,indicate automatic controls connected to central DDC having digital input capable of being activated by external utility signal; where utility real-time demand or pricing program exists indicate system configured to utilize this signal;otherwise indicate building demand monitoring installed and controls configured to utilize demand signals NA C406.3.5 Cooling energy Provide calculation of ice or chilled water storage storage capacity with standby loss< 1.5%per day;indicate automatic controls to activate storage to reduce peak period electric demand;provide calculation of storage capacity MULTIPLE ZONE AIR SYSTEMS Page 25132 Mechanical Requirements • • • of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com YES C403.6.1 Air systems serving Identify supply air systems serving multiple MO and M3 Series multiple zones zones and the zones they serve on plans; indicate whether system is VAV and method of primary air control;or provide supporting documentation for applied exception to VAV YES C403.6.1 VAV air terminal Provide equipment schedules on plans that list MO Series primary supply all VAV air terminals and types(fan-powered airflow series and parallel air terminals,single duct and dual duct air terminals,etc.) YES C403.6.1 VAV air terminal For each air terminal include:maximum MO Series primary supply primary supply airflow rates during zone peak airflow heating and zone peak cooling;maximum terminal airflow during reheating,recooling or mixing;minimum ventilation airflow rate,and the basis for these values;if IMC or ASHRAE 62.1 multiple zone equation is the basis for minimum flow rates,provide this calculation on plans YES C403.6.2 Single duct VAV Indicate single duct terminal units are M10 Series terminal units configured to reduce primary supply air before reheating or recooling NA C403.6.3 Dual duct systems- For systems with separate warm air and cool terminal units air ducts,indicate terminal units are configured to reduce the flow from one duct to minimum before mixing with air from the other duct YES C403.6.8 VAV system static- Indicate locations of duct static pressure M10 Series C403.6.9 pressure sensors and sensors on plans;include at least one sensor DDC set points per major duct branch;verify controller setpoint pressure at each sensor is<_ 1.2 inch w.g. YES C403.6.8 VAV system static- For systems with zone level DDC,indicate M10 Series C403.6.9 pressure sensors and controls are configured to monitor zone DDC set points damper positions and reset static pressure setpoint based on the zone requiring most pressure;include control logic that automatically detects and generates an alarm if any zone excessively drives reset logic,and allows building operators to exclude zones from reset logic NA C403.6.4 VAV system supply Indicate controls automatically reset supply air reset air temperature in response to building loads or outdoor air temperature;or exception applied NA C403.6.4 VAV system supply Indicate zones expected to experience air reset relatively constant loads and that maximum air flow is designed to deliver peak capacity at the fully reset supply air temperature. NA C403.6.5 Multiple-zone VAV For systems with zone level DDC controls, system ventilation indicate controls are configured to optimization controls automatically reduce outdoor airflow in response to changes in system ventilation efficiency;or exception applied Page 26132 Mechanical Requirements • • 27 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com NA C403.6.6 Parallel fan powered Indicate controls automatically activate or VAV air terminals shut off the air terminal fan based on call for heating and/or ventilation;indicate controls are configured to activate the terminal fan as the first stage of heating prior to activating the heating coil;indicate control method of primary air during warmup or temperature setback mode HIGH EFFICIENCY MULTIPLE-ZONE VAV SYSTEMS-EXCEPTION TO C403.3.5 DOAS,MUST COMPLY WITH ALL 15 PROVISIONS TO BE ELIGIBLE C403.6.10, Minimum area served Indicate that each high efficiency multiple- Item 1 and zoning zone VAV systems serves an area>_3,000 sf and includes>_5 zones C403.6.10, Air economizer Indicate system is configured for 100%air Item 2 economizer operation and complies with all related economizer requirements per C403.5 (without economizer exceptions) C403.6.10, Direct digital controls Provide DDC controls for all components of Item 3 (DDC) system per C403.4.11 (regardless of system size);identify all DDC system input/output control points;indicate capability for trending and graphical display C403.6.10, Supply and outdoor For systems with minimum required outdoor Items 4 and 5 airflow measurement air>2,500 cfm,provide an airflow and control monitoring station that is configured to measure outdoor air intake under all load conditions;indicate control sequence that increases or reduces outdoor air cfm based on VAV terminal feedback of ventilation efficiency(per C403.6.5 without exceptions) or and DCV(per C403.7.1) C403.6.10, Supply and outdoor Provide a supply airflow monitoring station Items 4 and 5 airflow measurement that is configured to measure supply air and control delivered to VAV terminals under all load conditions C403.6.I0,I Zone isolation and Verify maximum area served by a single VAV tem 6 maximum area served system is<_50,000 sf,or one entire floor, whichever is greater;in addition if a system serves>25,000 sf,that includes areas that are expected to be occupied non-simultaneously, indicate zone isolation controls per C403.2.1 C403.6.10, Interior/exterior Verify that VAV terminals serving interior Item 7 zone design supply air cooling driven loads are sized per a design temperature supply air temperature that is 5'F higher than VAV terminals serving exterior zones while in cooling mode C403.6.10, Maximum air Identify all air terminals with minimum Item 8 terminal inlet velocity primary airflow setpoints>50%of maximum setpoint in mechanical equipment schedule for these air terminals indicate inlet velocity does not exceed 900 fpm Page 27132 Mechanical Requirements • • i of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2, R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com C403.6.10, Maximum allowable For each fan system serving a multiple-zone Item 9 system brake VAV HVAC,provide calculations that verify horsepower fan system electrical input power is<_90%of the fan power budget in accordance with Section C403.8.1.1 C403.6.10, Fan-powered terminal Indicate all series and parallel fan-powered Item 10 unit motor and terminals have electronically commutated control motors(ECM);indicate DDC control system is configured to vary air terminal fan speed as a function of the load;indicate fan speed during periods of low heating,low cooling,or ventilation-only mode is<66%of peak design air flow,or provide supporting documentation for applied exception C403.6.10, Application of single Indicate VAV terminal types on plans;verify Item 11 duct and fan-powered fan-powered terminal units only serve terminal units perimeter zones with envelope loads and interior zones with high occupant density and DCV per C403.7.1;verify all other zones are served by single duct terminal units C403.6.10, Fan-powered terminal Indicate DDC controls are configured to Item 12 unit primary air reset automatically reset the primary supply air cfm setpoint of all fan-powered terminal units to the minimum required to maintain ventilation during occupied heating or deadband mode, based upon the VAV air handling unit minimum ventilation air fraction C403.6.10, Controls for high For zones> 150 sf with high occupant density Item 13 occupant density (>_25 people/1000 sf),indicate zone is spaces served by a dedicated terminal unit with DCV control that resets terminal unit ventilation setpoint based on measured CO2;also indicate occupancy sensor control that automatically reduces minimum ventilation to zero and sets back room heating and cooling setpoints by>_5°F when space in unoccupied C403.6.10, Dedicated cooling For data centers and server,electronic Item 14 systems serving data equipment,telecom or similar spaces with centers and server, design cooling loads>5 W/sf,indicate spaces electronic equipment are served by dedicated cooling systems that and telecom spaces are independent of the HPVAV systems serving the rest of building C403.6.10, Dedicated cooling Indicate dedicated cooling systems are Item 14 systems serving data configured for 100%air economizer centers and server, operation and comply with all related electronic equipment economizer requirements per C403.5(without and telecom spaces economizer exceptions),or heat recovery per C403.5,Exception 9 C403.6.10, Central plant Indicate whether systems are served by a high Item 15 efficiency efficiency heating water plant,or a high efficiency chilled water plant Page 28132 Mechanical Requirements • • 29 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2, R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com C403.6.10, Central plant if complying via high efficiency heating water Item 15 efficiency plant:Indicate all VAV terminals have hydronic heating coils served by a heating water system with either gas-fired boiler(s) with thermal efficiency(Et)Z 92%,air-to- water heat pumps,or heat recovery chillers; indicate hydronic heating coils are sized per a maximum 120°F entering water temperature during peak demand C403.6.10, Central plant If complying via high efficiency chilled water Item 15 efficiency plant:Indicate all VAV air handlers have cooling coils served by chillers with rated IPLV efficiency that exceeds WSEC listed IPLV by at least 25%per Table C403.3.2(7) (note water-cooled IPLV is max,all others are min);indicate smallest chiller or compressor in plant is<20%of the total plant capacity, or provide thermal storage sized for>20%of total plant capacity C403.6.10, Fault detection and Indicate DDC system includes automatic fault Item 16 diagnostics detection and diagnostics(FDD)configured to monitor operation and provide fault reporting of all required parameters for all VAV air handlers and VAV air terminal units in the HPVAV system HIGH EFFICIENCY SINGLE-ZONE VAV SYSTEMS-EXCEPTION TO C403.3.5 DOAS,MUST COMPLY WITH ALL 8 PROVISIONS TO BE ELIGIBLE C403.12, Air economizer Indicate system is configured for 100%air Item 1 economizer operation and complies with all related economizer requirements per C403.5 (without economizer exceptions) C403.12, Direct digital controls Provide DDC controls for all components of Item 2 (DDC) system per C403.4.11 (regardless of system size);identify all DDC system input/output control points;indicate capability for trending and graphical display C403.12, Outdoor airflow For systems with minimum required outdoor Item 3 measurement and air> 1,000 cfm,provide an airflow control monitoring station that is configured to measure outdoor air intake under all load conditions;indicate controls that adjust outdoor air cfm via DCV per C403.7.1 C403.12, Maximum allowable For each fan system serving a single-zone Item 4 fan power VAV system,provide calculations that verify fan system electrical input power is<_90%of the fan power budget in accordance withC403.8.1.1 C403.12, Supply airflow Provide controls that adjust supply airflow Item 5 control based on the heating and cooling loads; indicate control sequence that limits minimum fan speed to 30%of peak design airflow or required ventilation during unoccupied mode, whichever is less Page 29132 Mechanical Requirements • • 30 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com C403.12, Controls for high For zones> 150 sf with high occupant density Item 6 occupant density (>_25 people/1000 sf),indicate DCV control spaces that resets ventilation setpoint based on measured CO2;also indicate occupancy sensor control that automatically reduces minimum ventilation to zero and sets back room heating and cooling setpoints by>_5°F when space in unoccupied C403.12, High efficiency Indicate which system performance option is Item 7 system option applied-high efficiency DX cooling and heat pump or high efficiency gas heating;or heating coils served by a high efficiency heating water plant;or cooling coils served by high efficiency chilled water plant C403.12, High efficiency If complying via high efficiency DX:Indicate Item 7 system option full load and part load rated cooling efficiency exceeds WSEC listed efficiency by at least 15%;if heating is supplied by a gas-fired furnace,indicate thermal efficiency(Et)is>_ 90%;if system is a heat pump,indicate heating efficiency(HSPF or COP)exceeds WSEC listed efficiency by at least 10%; control of cooling and heating coil output shall be configured with a minimum of 2-stages or modulating C403.12, High efficiency If complying via high efficiency heating water Item 7 system option plant:Indicate hydronic heating coils are served by a heating water system with either gas-fired boiler(s)with thermal efficiency (Et)>92%,air-to-water heat pumps,or heat recovery chillers;indicate hydronic heating coils are sized per a maximum 120°F entering water temperature during peak demand C403.12, High efficiency If complying via high efficiency chilled water Item 7 system option plant:Indicate cooling coils are served by chillers with rated IPLV efficiency that exceeds WSEC listed IPLV by at least 25% per Table C403.3.2(7)(note water-cooled IPLV is max,all others are min);indicate smallest chiller or compressor in plant is<_ 20%of the total plant capacity,or provide thermal storage sized for>_20%of total plant capacity C403.12, Fault detection and Indicate DDC system includes automatic fault Item 8 diagnostics detection and diagnostics(FDD)configured to monitor operation and provide fault reporting of all required parameters for all HPVAV single-zone air systems EXTERIOR HEATING SYSTEMS C403.11.1 Heating outside a Indicate systems providing hearing in non- building enclosed outdoor occupied spaces are radiant systems Page 30132 Mechanical Requirements • • 31 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com C403.11.1 Heating outside a Indicate occupancy sensing or timer switch building controls configured to automatically shut off heating system when area served is unoccupied C403.11.2 Snow melt systems Indicate automatic controls configured to shut off system when pavement temperature exceeds 50°F and no precipitation is falling, and when outdoor air temperature exceeds 40°F C403.11.3 Freeze protection Indicate automatic controls to shut off system system controls when outdoor temperature exceeds 40°F,or conditions protect fluid from freezing HVAC EQUIPMENT ENERGY USE METERING C409.3.1 HVAC equipment For new buildings and building additions> energy use metering 25,000 sf,verify energy use metering of all equipment used to provide space heating and cooling,dehumidification and ventilation will be provided per C409;indicate equipment eligible for exception DOCUMENTATION AND SYSTEM SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT TO SUPPORT COMMISSIONING(CX) C408.1 Scope of mechanical For buildings with areas required to comply systems with C403.3.5(DOAS)or with>_ 180,000 commissioning Btu/h total output cooling capacity or >240,000 Btu/h total output heating capacity or energy recovery equipment>_300 cfm, indicate that all mechanical systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned;or provide building heating/ cooling capacity calculation demonstrating eligibility for exception C408.1 Scope of mechanical Indicate that all systems,equipment and systems controls for which the WSEC requires control commissioning functions and/or configuration to perform specific functions are included in the Cx scope C408.1.1 Commissioning Indicate in plans and specifications that Cx C408.1.4.1 requirements in per C408 is required for all applicable construction mechanical systems documents C408.1.1 Commissioning Include general summary that includes at C408.1.4.1 requirements in minimum:narrative description of activities, construction responsibilities of the Cx team,schedule of documents activities including verification of project close out documentation per C103.6,and conflict of interest plan(if required) C408.1.1 Commissioning Include in general summary that a Cx project C408.1.4.1 requirements in report or Compliance Checklist(Figure construction C408.1.4.1)shall be completed by the documents Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner prior to the final mechanical inspection. Page 31132 Mechanical Requirements • • 32 of 2021 WSEC Requirements for Commercial Buildings including Group R2,R3&R4 over 3 stories&all R1 -- Administered by @2025 NEEA,All rights reserved The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. For questions about this report,contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com C408.1.2.2 Functional Identify in plans and specifications the performance testing intended operation of all equipment and criteria controls during all modes of operation, including interfacing between new and existing-to-remain systems C408.2.2 Air system and Indicate in plans that air and fluid flow rates hydronic system shall be tested and balanced within the balancing tolerances defined in the specifications; indicate systems shall be balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses,then adjusted to meet design flow conditions C408.2.2.1 Air system balancing Indicate devices that provide the capability to devices balance all supply air outlets,zone terminals and air handling equipment requiring system balancing C408.2.2.2 Hydronic system Indicate devices that provide the capability to balancing devices isolate,balance and measure flow across all hydronic equipment requiring system balancing including heating and cooling coils and pumps;or exception applied PROJECT CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTATION YES C103.6 Documentation and Indicate in plans that project close out MO Series project close out documentation and training of building submittal operations personnel is required for all requirements mechanical components,equipment and systems governed by this code;indicate close out documentation shall include:record documents,O&M manuals,applicable WSEC mechanical equipment compliance reports and calculations Page 32132 i SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING AGREEMENT Community and Economic Development City of Arlington• 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington,WA 98223 • Phone(360)403-3551 In accordance with International Building Code Chapter 17,where application is made for construction as described in this section,the Owner or the License Design Professional responsible for,and acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more Special Inspectors to provide inspections during construction. Property Address. 19620 67th Ave NE, Arlington, WA, 98223 Lot#: Parcel ID No.: 31051500101500 Subdivision: New administration building for Snohomish County Arlington Operations Center Project Description: (AOC) Primary Contact: ❑ Owner 0 Architect ❑ Engineer ❑ Contractor Owner Name: Snohomish County - Doug McCormick Office No.: 425-388-6655 Email Address: dmccormick@snoco.org Cell No.: Mailing Address: City., State: Zip.. 3000 Rockefeller Ave,MS 607-Admin East 5 Fl. Everett WA 98201 Architect Name: Dykeman - Trish Sherman Office No.: 425-259-3161 Email Address: trishs@dykeman.net Cell No.: 425-870-6042 Mailing Address: 1716 W Marine View Dr, 2nd FI City: Everett State: WA Zip: 98201 Professional License Number: 12859 Expiration Date: 1/31/2027 Reid Middleton structural - Seth Stapleton 425-741-3800 Engineer Name: (structural) p Office No.: Email Address: sstapleton@reidmiddleton.com Cell No.: 206-948-5572 Mailing Address: 728 134th Street SW, suite 200 City: Everett State: WA Zip: 98204 Professional License Number: 44739 Expiration Date: 01/14/2027 Cornerstone General Contractors - Sam Comer 425-481-7460 Contractor Name: Office No.: Email Address: sam@cornerstonegci.com Cell No.: 425-765-0037 Mailing Address: 11805 North Creek Parkway,#115 City: Bothell State: WA Zip: 98011 L&I Contractor License Number: CORNEGC970J3 Expiration Date: 4/23/27 Before a permit can be issued: The owner, Architect or Engineer of record acting as the owner's agent, shall complete this agreement, including the required acknowledgements, and attach structural tests and inspections schedules.A pre-construction conference with the parties involved may be required to review the special inspection requirements and procedures. Page 1 of 4-REV03.2022 SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF 2018 IBC. THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE ALSO APPLICABLE. 1. Duties and Responsibilities of Special Inspector a. Observe Work: The Special Inspector shall observe the work for conformance with City of Arlington approved (stamped) design drawings and specifications and applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC The Architect/ Engineer-reviewed shop drawings and/or project drawings may be used only as an aid to inspection. b. Report Non-Conforming Items: The Special Inspector shall bring non-conforming items to the attention of the Contractor and note all such items in the daily report. If any item is not resolved in a timely manner or is about to be incorporated in the work, the Special Inspector shall immediately notify the City of Arlington by telephone or in person, and notify the project Architect or Engineer. c. Furnish Daily Reports: Each Special Inspector shall complete and sign an inspection report for each day's inspections to remain at the iob site with the contractor for review by the City of Arlington. d. Furnish Weekly Reports: The Special Inspector or agency shall furnish weekly reports of tests and inspections directly to the City of Arlington,project Architect/Engineer,and others as designated.These reports must include the following: i. Description of daily inspections and test made,with applicable locations. ii. Listing of all non-conforming items. iii. Report on how non-conforming items were resolved or unresolved,as applicable. iv. Itemize all changes authorized by the Architect/Engineer of Record and City of Arlington if not included in non-conformance items. e. Furnish Final Report: The Special Inspector or inspection agency shall submit a final signed report to the City of Arlington stating that all items requiring special inspection and testing were fulfilled and reported,and to the best of his/her knowledge,in conformance with the approved design drawings,specifications,approved change orders and the applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC. Items not in conformance, unresolved items or any discrepancies in inspection coverage (i.e., missed inspections, periodic inspections when inspection was required, etc.) shall be specifically itemized in this report. 2. Contractor Responsibilities a. Notify the Special Inspector: The Contractor is responsible for notifying the Special Inspector or agency regarding individual inspection items on the summary schedule and as noted on the City of Arlington approved plan as specified by the Architect and or Engineer of record. b. Provide Access to Approved Plans: The Contractor is responsible for providing the Special Inspector access to approved plans at the job site. c. Retain Special Inspection Records: The Contractor is also responsible for retaining at the job site all Special Inspection records submitted by the Special Inspector and providing these records for review by City of Arlington,upon request. 3. City of Arlington a. Approve Special Inspector: The City of Arlington shall approve all Special Inspectors prior to performing any inspection. b. Monitor Special Inspection: Work requiring special inspection and the performance of Special Inspectors shall be monitored by the City of Arlington. His/ Her approval must be obtained prior to placement of concrete or similar activities in addition to that of the Special Inspector. Page 2 of 4- REV03.2022 4. Owner Responsibilities a. Funding: The project owner or the Architect or Engineer of record acting as the owner's agent shall fund the Special Inspection Services. S. Architect or Engineer of Record Responsibilities a. Drawings: The Architect or Engineer of record shall include special inspection requirements on the design drawings and specifications. b. Schedule Inspections: Provide a summary schedule of required inspections which would outline frequency of inspections for items which may require multiple inspections which may include but are not limited to concrete and grout testing, compaction, testing of backfill and or road beds as recommended by the geo-tech engineer, and structural welding as work progresses. 6. Indicate items requiring special inspection,structural testing,or structural observations by checking the appropriate box. El STRUCTURAL STEEL ......................................................................... (IBC 1705.2.1 & 1705.12.1) ❑ STEEL CONSTRUCTION OTHER THAN STRUCTURAL STEEL ....... (IBC 1705.2.2) 0 CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION ............................................................. (IBC 1705.3) ❑ MASONRY CONSTRUCTION ............................................................... (IBC 1705.4) 0 WOOD CONSTRUCTION ..................................................................... (IBC 1705.5, 1705.11.1 & 1705.12.2) ❑ SOILS CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................... (IBC 1705.6) ❑ DRIVEN DEEP FOUNDATIONS .......................................................... (IBC 1705.7) ❑ CAST-IN-PLACE DEEP FOUNDATIONS ............................................. (IBC 1705.8) ❑ HELICAL PILE FOUNDATIONS .......................................................... (IBC 1705.9) ❑ SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS ......................................... (IBC 1705.14) ❑ MASTIC AND INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS ........... (IBC 1705.15) ❑ EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS) .................. (IBC 1705.16) ❑ FIRE-RESISTANT PENETRATIONS AND JOINTS ............................. (IBC 1705.17) Only required for high-rise buildings or those assigned to Risk Category III or IV per IBC Table 1604.5. ❑ SMOKE CONTROL ............................................................................... (IBC 1705.18) El ARCHITECTURAL COMPONENTS ..................................................... (IBC 1705.12.5) Only required for buildings located within Seismic Design Category D,E, or F ❑ PLUMBING, MECHANICAL&ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ............. (IBC 1705.12.6) Only required for buildings located within Seismic Design Category C,D,E, or F ❑ SEISMICALLY ISOLATED SYSTEMS ................................................... (IBC 1705.12.8) Material alternatives or unusual design applications ❑ SPECIAL CASES .................................................................................... (IBC 1705.1.1) ❑ MISCELLANEOUS AREA These inspections may be recommended by the Architect/Engineer and are to be approved by the Building department. Page 3 of 4- REV03.2022 Acknowledgements I HAVE READ AND AGREE TO COMPLY WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. (Attach more sheets for signatures if necessary) Owner Name:Snohomish County - Doug McCormick Date: MCCOrI71ICk DOUgIaS Digitally signed by McCormick,Douglas Signature: Date:2025.05.07 14:20:05-07'00' Contractor Name:Cornerstone General Contractors - Sam Comer Date: Signature: Sam Comer ❑ Submit written statement of responsibility in accordance with IBC Section 1704.4. Special Inspector Name: Date: Signature: ❑ Submit WABO certification for special inspection agency and inspectors, (or) ❑ Submit Special Inspection agency documentation for Building Official approval. Names of Special Inspectors Scope of Work. Submit copies of inspector certifications provided for each discipline. Inspector Name: Scope of Work: Inspector Name: Scope of Work: Inspector Name: Scope of Work: Inspector Name: Scope of Work: Inspector Name: Scope of Work: Inspector Name: Scope of Work: Architect/Engineer of Record Dykeman - Trish Sherman Date: Digitally signed by Patricia Sherman Signature: Patricia Sherman Date 2025.05 02 15 09 06-0]'00'et,0="Dykeman,Inc",CN=Patricia Sherman Structural Observer Reid Middleton - Seth Stapleton Date: DigiWny signed by= Se.h Slepie lon Re,C,USE- M1°&eimd tlin,nmD-Raitl l ,GNet5tal Si nature• Seth Stapleton ❑ Statement of Special Inspections completed and submitted in accordance with IBC Section 1704.3. ❑ Structural Observations required in accordance with IBC Section 1704.5. SAVE PRINT Page 4 of 4- REV03.2022 i 18204 59th Avenue NE REVIEW COMMENT FORM Arlington,WA98223 360-403-3551 Project Name: SnoCo Alrington Operations Center Redevelopment Permit No.: BLD6487 Review Date: Contact: Eric Nordstrom Phone No.: 4252622806 Review Phase: 1 Report Date: 7/23/2025 Reviewing Dept.: CED Engineer Project#: Plan Stamp Date: 05/02/2025 Dwg.or Add'1 Ref. Comment Response/Resolution City Spec.Ref. Approved 1. JH- General Review is pending SUP decision has been issued to Planning verify building plans are consistent with approved SUP plans. 2. Public Pending Civil permit approval and issuance. Works 3. 4. S. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 11 12 Page 1 of 1 444Cornerstone General Contractors,Inc. Project:2408 Arlington Operations Center 1 11805 North Creek Pkwy S 19620 67th AVE NE Suite 115 Arlington,Washington 98223 Snohomish County Bothell,Washington 98011 Public Works P:+14254817460 Submittal #055100-1.0 - Metal Stairs - South Stairs Shop Drawings and Calcs 055100 - METAL STAIRS Revision 0 Submittal Manager Dylan Judson(Cornerstone General Contractors) Status Design Team Review Date Created Jul 25,2025 Issue Date Spec Section 055100-METAL STAIRS Responsible Lundahl Iron Works Received From Justin Noorda(Lundahl Iron Works) Contractor Received Date Submit By Final Due Date Oct 13,2025 Lead Time Sub Job Cost Code Location Type Shop Drawing Submittal Package Approvers Dylan Judson(Cornerstone General Contractors),Seth Stapleton(Reid Middleton), Ruvim Yerokhin(Reid Middleton),Derek Franz(Dykeman),Tom Hudson(Dykeman),Trish Sherman(Dykeman) Ball in Court Seth Stapleton(Reid Middleton), Ruvim Yerokhin(Reid Middleton) Distribution Description Submittal Workflow Name Sent Date Due Date Returned Date Response Attachments General Information Attachments Justin Noorda Sep 29,2025 Sep 29,2025 Submitted Dylan Judson Sep 29,2025 Sep 29,2025 Sep 29,2025 Approved 055100-01 Metal Stairs-South Stair Shops and Calcs Sub..pdf(Current) Comment See attached south stair shop drawings and calcs for review. Seth Stapleton Sep 29,2025 Oct 13,2025 Pending Ruvim Yerokhin Sep 29,2025 Oct 13,2025 Pending Derek Franz Oct 13,2025 Pending Tom Hudson Oct 13,2025 Pending Trish Sherman Oct 13,2025 Pending City of Arlington Building Department APPROVED Kevin Olander- 11/18/2025 No changes authorized unless approved by the Building Official Cornerstone General Contractors, Inc. Page 1 of 1 Printed On:Sep 30,2025 10:35 AM PDT CORNERSTONE General Contractors Print Cornerstone General Contractors 11805 N. Creek Pkwy S., Ste 115 Project: 2408-Arlington Ops Center Bothell, WA 98011 19620 67th AVE NE Phone: (425)481-7460 Arlington, WA 98223 SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL Dykeman Sno-County Public Works 0 Dykeman TO: 1716 West Marine View Drive CC: 3000 Rockefeller Avenue ATTN: ❑ Everett, WA 98201-2098 Everett, WA 98201-4046 ❑ SPECIFICATION: 05 51 00 SUBMITTAL SEQUENCE #: 001 RE: Metal Stairs- South Stair RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER: Lundahl SUBMITTAL TYPE: Shop Drawings DATE SUBMITTED: 9/29/25 REQUESTED RETURN DATE: 10/13/25 ATTACHMENT: PDF GENERAL CONTRACTOR REMARKS'.- Please find attached submittal for review. Please review and return to Cornerstone as soon as possible.Should any questions arise during the submittal review please direct them to me. Thank you. -Dylan Judson CONTRACREVIEWUBMITTAL THIS STAMP CERTIFIES THAT THE G.C.HAS REVIEWED THE ABOVE ITEMS SUBMITTED AND HAVE NOTED ANY COMMENTS HEREIN AS DEEMED REQRUIRED.THIS REVIEW DOES NOT RELIEVE THE SUBCONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER FROM FULL COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT AND SCOPE OF WORK. REVI REVIEWED-DJ 09/29/2025 ARCHITECT REVIEW.- No exceptions taken. /� ARCHITECT'S REVIEW IS FOR CONFORMANCE WITH INFORMATION See comments on E4001 and E4005. D CUMEN NTS.NOTATIONS ON EXPRESSED IN THEDO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.FROM ONSONTHE SUBMITTAL ACT DOCUMENT THE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS NOR AUTHORIZE CHANGES LE THE CONTRACT SUM AND TIME,THE CONTRACTORDIMENSIONS; IS RESPONSIBLE FOR:DETERMINING -Derek Franz, Dykeman Architects, 10.15.2025 OUANTITS AND SAN PROCEDURES; OORDT ATINGNG WITH OTHER METHODS AND PROCEDURES;COORDINATING WITH OTHER'S WORK;SUITABLEPERFORMANCE OF MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES AND PERFORMING WORK IN A SAFE MANNER. ®NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN ❑RE VIEWEONOTEMARKINGS RETURNED FOR CORRECTION ❑RESUBMIT BV:Darek Franz DATE:10/15/2025 IYI<l MAN ENGINEER/CONSULTANT REVIEW. No exceptions taken. Reid iddleton 0"nFatepn°":rake" See comments on E4001. °O Revi wLomment,&RWise as Regaird Revise&Resubmit DEFERRED ❑Revisions/Dadficatmnsnttached SUBMITTALISHOP ❑Reieded -Ruvim Yerokhin, Reid Middleton, 10.14.2025 DRAWINGREVIEw ❑Nnt Reviervd This deferred submittal has been evie ed for he Ph—Structu al Frameo Semndary Struttural embers Only ih's evew does t relieve iheC°n[raR°rfrom mmpliancewi[h[heConhatlDoamenis.TheConirac- torls responsible(oc dmenslons and elevations(mcluding dlmensonsto be mndrmed and correlated at the job sitel;quantities;information that pertains L.the fabrication processes or to the means,methods,tedlnlques,sequences,and procedures of mnmuai°n;coordlnadan of the work°f all Vades and for peTO""all work In a safe and satislaRory manner.the design of the submitted item represented in this submittal B the responslNllty of the Contractor and the designer Identified In the sub"I The review does not camatute pppr 1 aaeptanw of,b.1.1 s or any deviations from the Contract Documents.Such substitu9ons or deviations must be requested and accepted in writing per the method outlined in the Contract Documents. Reviewed By: Ruvim Vemkhin Date; 10/14/2025 11805 North Creek Parkway South, #115, Bothell,WA 98011 I www.cornersionegci.com I P: 425.481.7460 I F: 425.481.7497 )T:jK3= : . . Lundahl Ironworks Company Page 1 of 2 102 S 100 W Date : 9/29/2025 Franklin, ID 83237 Transmittal #: 00010 Phone: 208-646-2600 Job M 25019 Fax: 208-646-2700 Arlington Operations Center Sub 10 Seq 4 South Stair OFA To: Cornerstone General Contractor Attn: Dylan Judson 11805 N Creek Pkwy S #115 Sent via: E-mail Bothell, Washington 98011 Phone: 425.481.7460 Fax: 425.481.7497 We are sending you enclosed, the following: Erection Drawings, Shop Drawings Sets: 1, Prints: 24 Prints to return: 24 TO BE RETURNED BY: 10/13/2025 Drawing Number Revision Description Detailed/Revised E4000 - E4007 A 9/29/2025 B4000, B4001 A 9/29/2025 C4000 - C4003 A 9/29/2025 M4000 - M4005 A 9/29/2025 ST4000 A 9/29/2025 ST4000A A 9/29/2025 ST4001 A 9/29/2025 ST4001 A A 9/29/2025 )T:jKN= : . . Lundahl Ironworks Company Page 2 of 2 102 S 100 W Date : 9/29/2025 Franklin, ID 83237 Transmittal #: 00010 Phone: 208-646-2600 Job M 25019 Fax: 208-646-2700 Arlington Operations Center Sub 10 Seq 4 South Stair OFA This material is being transmitted for the purpose listed below: For Approval If enclosures are not as noted, please notify at once. Lundahl Ironworks Company By: Tonya Kaschmitter FOR APPROVAL SOUTH STAIR LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 n n nn 9/29/2025 5-6518 25-6 - E 19-1318 3-9118 2-71/2 3 4718 1-115/8 KEY PLAN CONC.WALL ALL A 0 • 0` • 0` • 0` 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` s • 0` • 0 v (.!) METAL STUD WALL w v x a 0 a �d t5 �47/8"METAL w 47/8" METAL- STUD WALL STUD WALL rn d> z 0 v z 0 v 0 v 91/4"METAL 71/4"METAL "' STUD WALL STUD WALL 15-0112 a a /pv1t9 oMETAL STUD WALL 9 +y�A o z 8-1 3 4718 1-11518 ALL 19-1318 3-9118 2-7112 i! 25-6 Design Drawing Reference:A1.11,A4.31,S1.11 Wall centered NOTES: on Grid 5 5 6 REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: SOUTH STAIR COLUMN LOCATING FRAMING PLAN E70XX (REF:A1.11,A4.31,S1.11) (SEQ#4) PLAN NORTH 1)T.O.SLAB ELEVATION: 0'-0"(U.N.0). ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 2) N.T.S-INDICATES NOT TO SCALE. REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE 3) FOR STAIR FRAMING PLAN SEE SHEET E4001. LUNDA : �L also ..... .... .............. CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR COLUMN LOCATING FRAMING PLAN E4000 1 What is this measuring?Cannot Thickened slab footings for design-build stair FOR APPROVAL find dimension on other sheets. stringers to be provided per 6iS3.02. LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY 5 DA C.t,tocaordinatelocations. 6 SUBMITTAL#10 T T T 25-6 -RM 9/29/2025 28-81/8 24112 13 2118 WALL INSIDE TO INSIDE CLEARENCE WALL TO NOSING POINT 5.65/8 7-71/2 /11.0 SOUTH STAIR y�0 GRID TO NOSING POINT 2ED TREADS @11 5�+�+ 12"CONC. 3-9U8 2-7112 A — 5 WALL — A E a o I.. KEY PLAN U _ ___ " Provide thickened 02.alabEAotings for design-build stair �s columns per..nt ,n.eachthickened slab 1'-0" I WAL RAIL I + I�-------- Past wwmn centerlines each eide. 71/4"METAL 11 �uf +� STUD WALL — — r p �j — conbto wnrdmate...unna. Sea RM comments in Sobmiffa1033000-3.1- Cast-In-Place Concrete-Reinforcement Shop 47/8"METAL LOWER LEVEL T40 0 Dawngs. o o STUD WALL (EL:O'-0") RM TAIR P cn ALL AIL SOUTH STAIR ENLARGED PLAN - LOWER LEVEL I o 0 "METAL _ _ _ 47/8"METAL �� PLAN NORTH (REF:A1.11,A1/A4.31,S1.11) (SEQ#4) STUD WALL I STUD WALL a 1)REFER SHEETS E4002 THRU E4004 FOR ELEVATION VIEWS. o o� 2)REFER SHEETS E4005&E4006 FOR SECTION VIEWS 71/4"METAL AND DETAIL VIEWS. 91/4"METAL STUD WALL p 3)NTS-INDICATES NOT TO SCALE. STUD WALL 71/4"METAL — — 'b— — — STUD WALL 0 z � J �z - - - - - - - -478 t5 71/4 14-5114 WALL 1-11518 WALLLU N 8.1 15-01/2 2.4112 CLEARENCE 5 B —— WALL 5/GRID 25-6 5 6 z 0 Qj v _ z 25-6 r � 11-0 6-10112 0 ,S 12 ED TREADS @ 11 GRID TO NOSING POINT 5�0 ss� 4-6 241/2 +GIs NOSING TO WALL FACE �50 w A — ------ tis A o f: 0 U Q Q B4000 WALL RAIL ' C10x15.3UUU i N 9 4-931g 2-2 T40 0 (EL:7-4) i WALLRAIL = 0 o TAI a i m DOWNm i WALL RAIL i ti of 11 MID-LANDING i o ELT-7" i M4002 2 i _c _ SOUTH STAIR ENLARGED PLAN - UPPER LEVEL L4x4x3/g ------- ---=--------- - 3 REQ'D ------ -----—--- --- ---- i "� <`° Q w PLAN NORTH (REF:A1.12,A1/A4.31,S1.12) (SEQ#4) Ln WAL RAIL 4005 i M4004 z o = 1-0 11 PL1/4x811 1 ; 1/4"THK -j ; - 1)REFER SHEETS E4002 THRU E4004 FOR ELEVATION VIEWS. LU T400 ; LANDING 2)REFER SHEETS E4005&E4005 FOR SECTION VIEWS Design Drawing Reference:A1.11,A4.31,S1.11,A1.21,S1.12 UPPER LEVEL TAIR i PLATE NOTES: o o EL:14'-0" TYP ; 111j AND DETAIL VIEWS. 16 64001 CUR )3 NTS-INDICATES NOT TO SCALE. 0 M C12x207 i TYP _ ALL IL (EL:7-81" i ------ 11 I M4000 C12x20.7 v REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: 1611 1116 10 y`r$ r°-E E70XX 4 ' 18/8 CUR 3-79/16 3116 +A+� �`' LANDING PLATE 9 5718 3-9118 3 i 9 8 81/2 LANDING FRAME 47/8 1-115/8 B NOSING TO INSIDE FACE OF WALL 4.6 WALL 2-41/2 ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 29 2025 9-51/2 9-2 6.10112 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE GRID TO NOSING 10 ED TREADS @11 GRID TO NOSING POINT 25-6 LUNDA : �L Alsc .. ..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 1962067TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ENLARGED PLANS E4001 DA FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 9/29/2025 5 6 5-6518 25-6 28-83/4 WALL INSIDE TO INSIDE CLEARENCE 13-21/8 11-0 6-10112 WALL TO NOSING POINT 12 EQ TREADS @11 GRID 4 ONOSING POINT 2 4112 7 7112 NOSING TO WALL FACE 1-11518 GRID TO NOSING POINT 571 3-9118 3 4718 LANDING FRAME WALL 1 18 3-79116 /16 LANDING PLATE I FACE OF WALL I /l. %' 4003 M4004 N 1/4"THK 1/4"THK STAINLESS STEEL j/� NOSING BENT PLATE LANDING N WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) POINT PLATE M4001 C12x20.7 MID LANDING N EL:T-7" Z m Io B4000 4001 C12x20.7� 3 - C10x15.3 1/2 3-4118 11 N j ' w REA x TYPCo 75j8 12 NOSING POINT / W.P 4 1CD LOWER LEVEL ./® TYP I i c) EL:O'-O" � = ... .T,., .; :. �:. I I i SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW 3-9U8 2-71I2 E400 (REF A4.31) Design Drawing Reference:A4.31 NOTES: REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: E70XX ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE LUNDA : �L Alsc .. ..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4002 DA FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 9/29/2025 6 PC OF BEAM 5 6-101/2 9-2 9-51/2 GRID TO NOSING POINT 10 EQ TREADS@11 GRID TO NOSING 2-41/2 4-6 8-4518 LANDING/NOSING TO 1-11518 47/SWALL FACE NOSING TO INSIDE 2FACE OF WALL 9 WALL 1 7 3 LANDING FRAME 5 1 1-071g 7-751g 3)1 3-71/2 13I8 LANDING PLATE 1-0 STAINLESS STEEL j o o WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) - NOSING oppa POINT UPPER LEVEL EL:14'-0" / N 'j �.CIQ 11 ' 1422(S=14) U I ✓%' </,Go "' // ..,:/.. ..........��\�G�� . (BY MAIN STEEL) �,w ✓/, �� . N , `fly 8 7LANDING 004 NOSING / 12 "THK POIN ATE MID LANDING N M4000 C12x20.7W P 9 EL:T-7" oi' �o oI Y SLAB FACE OF WALL 3 64001 B4000. M4003 ppp C12x20.7 3 41C810x15.3 1/4"THK BENT PLATE 1/2 112 �SIM LR Co L x IX XI W I = I I I I I 4 Cl OWER LEVEL U EL:O' 0" : : : �- Design Drawing Reference:A4.31 G T' NOTES: I 2-71i2 3-91/8 I i SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4003 (REF:A4.31) REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: E70XX ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE LUNDA : �L alsc .. ..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4003 DA FOR APPROVAL 5 6 LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY 25-6 SUBMITTAL#10 9/29/2025 9-5112 9-2 6.10112 GRID TO NOSING 10 EQTHREADS @11 GRIDTO NOSING POINT 9 8-81/2 4-6 2 4112 NOSING TO WALL FACE NOSING TO INSIDE FACE OF WALL BEAM 5718 3-9118 3 471 1-11518 1-07/8 LANDING FRAME VALI 35/8 91/4 1116 3-71/2 3/16 LANDING PLATE 1-0 41/4"METAL i STUD WALL �� STAINLESS STEEL `WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) 7 NOSING UPPER LEVEL N _ _-__ POINT EL:14'-0" s W 14x22 \ (BY MAIN STEEL) \ �M 91I4 STUD \ WALL \ TREAD ILu r a TYP '� 111 w 71/4 STUD 75Ig WALL 12 \ ,% \STRiy 4005 11-0 5718 Z 1/4"THK PLATE 12 EQ THREADS @11 /' j I /4"TH j' \ LANDI W P� 004 1K M4002 MID LANDING ' \ I PLATENG L4x4X3j EL:7'-7' ,� NOSING POI •• •i n STAINLESS 0 RAI(BY OTHERS) <��/ S��\�G� ..,/ ---- C1Ox 5.3 C12 4001 WALL x20.7 I L '- --- ^—/ —• 3 M4003 1j2 w a READ / CLR /4 THK BENT PLATE CLR TYP / ��yy// 37718 I ----- 3/ 3.91/8 3 I CL LANDING FRAME 75/8 FACE OF WALL 12 Design Drawing Reference:A4.31 NOTES: OSING POINT REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: _11 WELDS: E70XX w.P •.. .t... 1 LOWER LEVEL / I EL:O'-O" ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE AISC LUNDAH�L ,.......I............. 8-1 15-01/2 CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 451 r45/a 1 22.87I8 INSIDE FACE OF WALLTO INSIDE FACE OF WALL 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 i SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN E400 (REF:A4.31) DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4004 I 0 FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 9/29/2025 A O 1-7114 9-4718 71/4 INSIDE CLEARANCE WALL 9-1112 1351 4-6 4-6 1-71/4 111/16 7114 111116 3 4-0 3 3 4-0 3 1-711q CLR CLR WALL STAIR WIDTH 47/8 STAIR WIDTH WALL STUD WALL STAINLESS STEEL WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) i METAL i STUD WALL METAL STAINLESS STEEL STUD WALL 3 8-10718 3 WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) 0 4 EQ.SPA@2-2 /4=8-10/g (TYP) 8-10718 STAINLESS STEEL LANDING FRAME I WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) 1 5 1 T.O.STEEL /8 8-101g 18 EL:779 LANDING PLATE B4001 C12x20.7_ MIDLANDIN N ------- ----- - ' EL:7-7 STAINLESS STEEL i z m ,i O, 0 WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) i 0 g it O �O a ' - -------------- i � o � L_ o Shouldn't this , o - match detail 2?7-7. M4002 M4004 Shouldn't this ti L4x4x3/8 PL1/4x431/2 match detail 2?7-9. ; r M4005 -DA M4001 3 REQ'D LANDING PLATE M4000 DA M4003 PL1/4x81/g C12x20.7 C12x20.7 III BP1-1/4X83/4 c - II II T.O.STEEL M4004 "' PL110431/2 i MID LANDI Ww EL:7-4 ®; -�, - m ® I, EL:7-4 X II x Ir �L I M Mln I ®` I� Icoco II II M4000 M4002 11/4 131 1314_ 1114 C12x20.7 L4x4x318 3 3 M4001 B4000 < z o C4000 C10x15.3 00 - ill HSS4x4xl/4 U' C4002 HSS4x4xl/4 - i lip ill 118 10518 118 LANDING PLATE I III � II 8-107/8 II LANDING FRAME o 3 8-107/8 3 M It II 4 EQ.SPA@2-2 /4=8-10/8 o 4 ) 9.47/8 B.O.POST TYP i INSIDE CLEARANCE EL:0-0 , s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o,� s • s s o • s o • s o i SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4005 (REF:32/A4.31) 2 OUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW Design Drawing Reference:B2/A4.31 E4005 (REF:B2/A4.31) NOTES: REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: E70XX ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE LUNDA : �L ..Al...Asc ................ CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4005 DA FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 TOGA PLATE 9/29/2025 NOSING C12x20.7 3A114 POINTll (REFER PLAN 111 21/2 1/4"THK CAP PLATE FOR PCMK) k1/2SHOP ATTACHE TO COLUMN1/4"THK CLOSURE PLATE / �y 11/2 3 11/2 T.O.STEEL HSS4x4x1/a SHOP ATTACHED TO STRINGER . .MID-LANDING REFER PLAN 3/8"x9"xO'-9"THK BASE PLATE (EL:REFER PLAN) ( FOR PCMK)STRLAGER L4x4x3/8 CLRJ SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN (REFER PLAN ', C12X20.7 &FIELD BOLTED TO CONC.SLAB LOWER LEVEL `D (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) T_0. MID LANDING L11/4x11/4X3/16 ANGLE (REFER PLAN Ty 8 W/(2�3/8"OX31/2 HILTI KWIKTZ2-CS BOLTS FOR PCMK) M SHOP ATTACHED TO BEAM FOR PCMK _� 4 Ty 4A (EL:O 0) U °' °' C12x20.7 ) `D LOWER LEVEL (2"EMBEDMENT) L3x3x3/8 ANGLE �HSS440/4 W.P �a (REFER PLAN 3 OW 0) SHOP ATTACHED TO STRINGER FOR PCMK) L4X3x3/8 ANGLE (REFER PLAN 1/4"THK BOTTOM PLATE ° ° ° ° &FEILD EMBEDED IN TO CONC.SLAB FOR PCMK) SHOP ATTACHED TO STRINGER 11/2 W/(2)3/8"Ox31/2"LG HILTI KWIK TZ2-CS 3/8'THK PLATE SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN& CONCRETE Tyr BOLTS(2"MIN EMBEDMENT) SHOP ATTCHED TO CHANNEL FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL HSS4x4xl/4 °> °> °> ° SLAB 8 2112 &FIELD BOLTED TO ANGLE W/(2)7/8"O F1852N BOLTS FOR PCMK)REFER N W/(2)7/8"O F1852N BOLTS 2 SECTION VIEW 3 SECTION VIEW 4 SECTION VIEW i SECTION VIEW 400 (D-o8) 400 (D_03) SECTION VIEW 3A-3A 400 (D_oz) 400 (D-01) (STRINGER BASE CONNECTION (LANDING INFILL TO HEADER (LANDING BEAM TO COLUMN (COLUMN BASE PLATE TO CONCRETE) CONNECTION) CONNECTION) CONNECTION) 1/4"THK CAP PLATE SHOPATTACHED TO COLUMN CL 7j8 1/4"THK PLATE 11/2 CONC.FILLING �� 3/8"THK PLATE . o C12x20.7 CHANNEL 11/ I NOSING (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) (TYP) 5� �71 SHOPATTACHED TO STRINGER 1-07/8 o `� �6 231 SHOPATTACHED POINT 11 &FIELD BOLTED TO BEAM 4 MID LANDING 12GAPLATE TREAD W/2\1/2"OA325N BOLTS TO STRINGER �a EL:REFER ELEV. 3 3 NOSING TY 3 3 <� ( ) SHOPATTACHED TYP O 1 I 1 Ig HSS4x4x1/4 TO STRINGER UPPER LEVEL N ------ POINT /c? 1/4"THK BENT PLATE M (REFER PLAN w d EL:REFER ELEV. FOR PCMK) (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) (TYP) � ( ) -- .. C12x20.7 HSSER PLAN 4 C12x20.7 3I8"x9"x0'-9"THK BASE PLATE (REFER PLAN EDGE FORM BY 1j-- SHOPATTACHED TO COLUMN STRINGER __ _ FOR PCMK) STRINGER METAL DECK SUPPLIER LR 12x20.7 &FIELD BOLTED TO CONC.SLAB (REFER PLAN d (REFER PLAN STRINGER 1 FOR PCMK) L4x3X3/BANGLE FOR PCMK) L11/4x11/4x3/16 REFER PLAN (REFER PLAN W/(2p/8"Ox3/2 HILTI KWIK TZ2-CS BOLTS 1/2 ( FOR PCMK) (2"EMBEDMENT) C12X20.7X1-4 CLR SHOP ATTACEHD TO COLUMN SHOPATTACHED FOR PCMK) SHOPATTACHED 1 112 2112 &FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL TO STRINGER SECTION VIEW 4A-4A TO STRINGER 4 W/(2)7/8"OF1825NBOLTS 6 DETAIL VIEW (nP) SECTION VIEW 5 SECTION VIEW E4006 (TYPICAL STRINGER DETAIL) VLOYO (D_07) 400 (D-05&D-06) (STRINGER TO MAIN STEEL PICAL STRINGER TO COLUMN CONNECTION) CONNECTION) C10xl5.3 FRONT HEADER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY 3116 // STAINLESS STEEL / WALL RAIL NOSING 11 1/4"THK PLATE / (BY OTHERS) C12X20.7 POINT (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) � STRINGER 1/47HK BENT PLATE / `V C12X20.7 (REFER PLAN \ (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) �, (REFER PLAN 1314 1314 1/4 THK CAP PLATE FOR PCMK) Q FOR PCMK) 1/ SHOP ATTACHE TO COLUMN Design Drawing Reference:- --kcW.P �` ��os>> T.O.STEEL <o CLR NOTES: STRINGERTO MID LANDING �Q 11 ti�you T.O.MID LANDING BENT PLATE 3/18 TREAD (EL:REFER PLAN) M m M ` ' (EL:REFER ELEV) TYP / 12GA PLATE L11/4x11/4x3/16 ANGLE M 1/4"THK PLATE / ---- SHOP ATTACHED SHOP ATTACHED TO BEAM -- ---_ C12x20.7 CHANNEL (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) / TO STRINGER V REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: SHOPATTACHED "_ ' _'_" 12x20.7 HSS4x4x114 E70XX TO STRINGER / C10x15.3 STRINGER 3/8"THK PLAT (REFER PLAN L3x3x3/8ANGLE 1-0 1/2(REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) SHOP ATTACEHDTO COLUMN LR FOR PCMK) �I------' (REFER PLAN SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN& &FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL 1 1 3 FOR PCMK) FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL 7 Ll /4X1 /4X /16 W/(2) /8"O F1852N BOLTS ISSUEDFORAPPROVAL Se 292025 W/(2)/8"0 F1852N BOLTS - SHOP ATTACHED TO STRINGER 10 SECTION VIEW REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE $ SECTION VIEW � Alsc 400 (D_05) 9 SECTION VIEW E40o6 (D-03) LUND rk : �L ........................ (STRINGER TO HEADER CONNECTION) 4 (TYPICAL RAIL DETAIL) (HEADER TO COLUMN ; CERTIFIED CONNECTION) FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. I REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SECTION VIEWS E4006 I DA FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 9/29/2025 C1 Ox15.3 1/4"THK,BENT PLATE 1 1/4"THK, 11 1314 1314 (REFER PLAN 1 1 3 1 12 2 FOR PCMK (REFER PLAN LANDING PLATE CLR ) FOR PCMK) 1/22 Z /, T.O.MID-LANDING C10x15.3CUR T.O. MID LANDING 1/4"THK CAP PLATE (REFER PLAN SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN 1/4"THK BENT PLATE FOR PCMK) a L4x4x318 - (REFER PLAN (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) FOR PCMK) HSS4x4x1/4 3/8"THK PLATE (REFER PLAN 3 SHOP ATTCHED TO CHANNEL FOR PCMK) /8"THK PLATE &FIELD BOLTED TO ANGLE SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN& FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL W/(2)7/8"O F1852N BOLTS W/(2)7/8"O F1852N BOLTS i SECTION VIEW 2 SECTION VIEW E4007 (D-08-CASE-2) 4007 (D 04) (LANDING INFILL TO HEADER (HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION) CONNECTION) Design Drawing Reference:- NOTES: REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: E70XX ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE LUNDA : �L alsc .. ..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. I REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SECTION VIEWS E4007 I DA FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT B4000 ONE BEAM LENGTH ESTIMATED 140 B4000 1 C106.3 8 9718 A36 135 p1298 3 PL318x2ll2 0 6112 A36 5 FIELD BOLTS 4 718 Dia F1852N 0 2 (-21i2) 1-C10x15.3x8-9718 A36 8-97/8 (PIP 9-27/8) (-21i2) 13/4 N co C-0 13/4 J GV A cfl co W c� � rn 00 cb �j M M � �, 53/16 M 1-PL p1298 1 3 REQ'D 3 2 /4 E " G Opp CV A(TYP) C�> o N m U-) 1/4 1-23/8 TYP 1/4 ONE BEAM B4000 Section A-AB4000 W 10X 1/4 Total weight 140 SHOP NOTES: F 25/8X7/16 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. K 11/16x3/4 3.)ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.SHOP NOTE, 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A4 6 U.N.O. U.N.O., TOE DIRECTION NEAR SIDE 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLESCONNECTIONS. 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELDDWELDS. 10.)4�OR LD =DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.)0=INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 29 2025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE LUNDA : �L alsc My .. ..................... ; CERTIFIED ' � : FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LIC PAINT STANDARD LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: N.A. SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 DATE: 09-15-25 PRIMER:VALLEY V-006,GRAY 1.5.2.0 mils DFT CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. FINISH PAINT:---- JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:N/A DESCRIPTION: BEAM 25019 WOO 0 FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT B4001 ONE BEAM LENGTH ESTIMATED 1118 B4001 1 C12a207 8 9718 A36 183 p1298 3 PL318x2ll2 0 6112 A36 5 FIELD BOLTS 4 718 Dia F1852N 0 2 (-21/2) _ 1-C12x20.7x8-97/8 A36 8-97/8 PIP 9-27/8 C.0cn �cn Co� 13/4 -- � L 1314 ti co wCXD A 5 2 3 - 1-PL p 1298 -7 3 REQ'D M M CV IIti E " A(TYP) 1/4 TYP 1/4 ONE BEAM B4001 Section A-A B4001 TofalmighL: 188 W 12X5/16 SHOP NOTES: 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. F 215/16X1/2 3.)ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE K 11/8x3/4 A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. SHOP NOTE. 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. 10.)4�OR LD =DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 0=INDICATES CONNECTION TOE DIRECTION NEAR SIDE 12)ALL WE DIINGISEX70XXU..N.OIDEMARK. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 29 2025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHKD DATE LUNDA : �L alsc My .. ..................... ; CERTIFIED ' � : FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LIC PAINT STANDARD LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: N.A. SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 DATE: 09-15-25 PRIMER:VALLEY V-006,GRAY 1.5.2.0 mils DFT CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. FINISH PAINT:---- JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:N/A DESCRIPTION: BEAM 25019 B4001 A FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT C4000 ONE COLUMN I LENGTH ESTIMATED 115 C4000 1 HSS4x4x114 7 8318 SE A500C 94 a199 2 L4x3x318 0 6 A36 9 BP-12 1 PL3184 0 9 A36 9 p2605 1 PL318A 0 6 A36 3 p1904 1 PL114x4 0 4 A36 1 FIELD BOLTS 4 KWIK BOLT TZ2-318 DIWI12 TEMBED 41/4 1-PL p1904 2114 i w 41/2 41/2 CNTR 21/2 2 2 21/2 00 W OO V to ti � A 6-113/8 M A o o �' 6-951g ,� ; ' '� 7 �, 6 1-PL p2605 1-L a199 1/4710 ji 1-La199 it a, 3/ 1/4 C? ti MARK FACE "A" Iza- ®; NORTH ® x l CI 21/2 21/2 c� 1 1/2 1 1/2 o —� COW 3 SIDYP 1/4 4 2 2 4 M Total weight 115 6 Section A—A SHOP NOTES: C4000 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. 3 3 3.)ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. M 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. 1-PL BP-12 111.)0=INDICATES CONNECTION SIIDEIMARKIONS. OR LD =DESTINATION OF M 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. 7116 � �/4 HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX ONE COLUMN C 4 0 0 0 A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 29 2025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHKD DATE AT GRID: LUNDA : �L Alsc .. ..................... ; CERTIFIED ' : FABRICATOR B & 6 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LIC PAINT STANDARD LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: N.A. SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 DATE: 09-15-25 PRIMER:VALLEY V-006,GRAY 1.5.2.0 mils DFT CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NUMBER SHEET N0. RE FINISH PAINT:---- V SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:N/A DESCRIPTION: COLUMN 25019 C4000* FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT C4001 ONE COLUMN I LENGTH ESTIMATED 111 C4001 1 HSS4x4x114 7 8318 SE A500C 94 a199 1 L4x3x318 0 6 A36 4 BP-12 1 PL3184 0 9 A36 9 p2605 1 PL318A 0 6 A36 3 --- p1904 1 PL114x4 0 4 A36 1 --- FIELD BOLTS 41/4 4 KWIK BOLT TZ2-318 DIWI12 TEMBED 41/2 1-PL p1904 21/4 2 � CNTR 1-PL p2605 , L,J 21/2 2, 3: Z ti O CIA 40 M 6-113/g -40 A M 6-113/g A 1-L a 199 o �/4 i CD Q 1/4 M l 114 Ij Ij , MARK FACE "A" (A "NORTH" x C-C> I � v j j 11/2 21/2 III � v III CD 42 w 3 SIDES 4 1' Section ection A-A 6 C4001 Total weight 111 SHOP NOTES: 3 3 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. 3.)ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B M 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., Co 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 8.M NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC 1-PL BP-12 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WE DSCONNECTIONS. 10.)4�OR LD =DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.)0=INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. 7�16 � �/4 HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX ONE COLUMN C4001 AT GRID: A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 29 2025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHKD DATE B & 6 LUNDA : �L Alsc .. ..................... ; CERTIFIED ' : FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LIC PAINT STANDARD LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: N.A. SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 DATE: 09-15-25 PRIMER:VALLEY V-006,GRAY 1.5.2.0 mils DFT CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NUMBER SHEET N0. RE FINISH PAINT:---- V SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:N/A DESCRIPTION: COLUMN 25019 C4001 A FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT C4002 ONE COLUMN I LENGTH ESTIMATED 115 C4002 1 HSS4x4x114 7 8318 SE A500C 94 --- a199 2 L4x3x318 0 6 A36 9 BP-12 1 PL3184 0 9 A36 9 ---- p2605 1 PL318A 0 6 AN 3 1-PL p 1904 p1904 1 PL114A 0 4 A36 41/4 41'2 C N T R FIELD BOLTS 4 KWIK BOLT R2-31gDIAX311p 2'EMBED J 2 21140. 2 21/2 ti 00 J Lu (� Cfl 0' j � co B i t 6-113/8 M B 6-9518 M o X \ 1-La199 2 4 1-PL p2605 o l A �' 6-0518 �, A21�2 1/2 3 SIDES 1/4 Lr'.) 1/4 TYP j 1/4 1-L a199 21� ;2 a' 2 M 0? ti ti 4112 X _— X MARK FACE "A" 1/4 , l „NORTH" l - cn ® ®, Section B_ B _ C4002 91 U CD w 05 M /2 21/2 Total weight 115 6 A 2 SHOP NOTES: `F 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 3 3 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. Secti o n A-A 3.)ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE C4002 A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. CM 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 9.)NO PAINT Co 10.)�ORLW ID STINATTIIONIOFD WELDS.TAILDIMENSIONS. ch 1-PL BP-12 11.)0=INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. 7/16 1/4 HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX ONE COLUMN C4002 A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 29 2025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE Als AT GRID: LUNDA : �L c .. ..................... ; CERTIFIED A & 6 �� ; FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LIC PAINT STANDARD LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: N.A. SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 DATE: 09-15-25 PRIMER:VALLEY V-006,GRAY 1.5.2.0 mils DFT CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NUMBER SHEET N0. RE FINISH PAINT:---- V SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:N/A DESCRIPTION: COLUMN 25019 C4002 FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT C4003 ONE COLUMN I LENGTH ESTIMATED 111 C4003 1 HSS4x4x114 7 8318 SE A500C 94 a199 1 L4x3x318 0 6 A36 4 BP-12 1 PL3184 0 9 A36 9 p2605 1 PL318A 0 6 A36 3 p1904 1 PL114x4 0 4 A36 1 FIELD BOLTS 4 KWIK BOLT TZ2-318 DIWI12 TEMBED 41/4 --- 2 2114C�l 41/2 1-PL p1904 Lu 21/2 2 CNTR ti Z rn o U coo Ir` o x CL 6-1131g M A n M 6-11318 ! q Iti U 1-PL p2605 1-L a 199 �1/4 co ' 4 2 11/ �21/2MARK FACE "A" 2 3 SIDES x ® "NORTH" cn cn ZD :IF q U `� CD J W (n _oo 1�4 M Total weight 111 6 Section A—A SHOP NOTES: C4003 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. 3 3 3.)ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. M p 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. r7lCfl 1—PL BP-1 2 111.)0=INDICATES CONNECTION SIIDEIMARKIONS. OR L M 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. 7/16 �/4 HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX ONE COLUMN C 4 0 0 3 A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 29 2025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHKD DATE AT GRID: LUNDA : �L Alsc .. ..................... ; CERTIFIED ' : FABRICATOR A & 6 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LIC PAINT STANDARD LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: N.A. SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 DATE: 09-15-25 PRIMER:VALLEY V-006,GRAY 1.5.2.0 mils DFT CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NUMBER SHEET N0. RE FINISH PAINT:---- V SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:N/A DESCRIPTION: COLUMN 25019 C4003 0 FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY BILL OF MATERIAL SUBMITTAL #10 SHIP PIECE TOTAI MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT M4000 ONE MISC LENGTH ESTIMATED 73 M4000 1 C12x20.7 3 41/8 A36 69 a114 1 L11/4X11/4X3/16 2 81/8 A36 4 FIELD BOLTS 4 7/8 Dia F1852N 0 2 3-4 1/8 2 3-0 1/8 2 u, 1 M Total weight: 73 ti `Y' 2-8�18 1 -L a 114 FS CV HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX 4 4 1/4 3 SIDES A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE SHOP NOTES: 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. 3.)ALL TUBE STEEL ARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B ONE CHANNEL M4000 8.)ALL REBAR IT IN 3: 0OF r L WELDABLE SC CONNECTIONS. U.N.O. 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. 10.)�OR LRD=DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.) =INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. LUNDA : �L -AiSC IRON PANY CERTIFIED -WORKS : FABRICATOR L I C PAINT STANDARD 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646.2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 SURFACE PREP. : SSPC-SP3 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS PRIMER :VALLEY V-006, GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT LOCATION: 1962067THAVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA98223 SCALE: N.A. FINISH PAINT : ----- CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. DATE: 09-15-25 JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV SPECIAL REQUIREMENT : NIA DESCRIPTION: CHANNEL 25019 M4000 JA FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY BILL OF MATERIAL SUBMITTAL #10 SHIP PIECE TOTAI MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT M4001 ONE MISC LENGTH ESTIMATED 73 M4001 1 C12x20.7 3 41/8 A36 69 a114 1 L11*11/03/16 2 81/8 A36 4 FIELD BOLTS 4 7/8 Dia F1852N 0 2 3-41/8 2 3-0 1/8 2 ------------------------------ CD Total weight: 73 M ti c j HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX N 4 2-8�18 4 1 -L a114 NS 3 SIDES [ ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Sep 29 2025 REV I DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE SHOP NOTES: 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. 3.)ALL TUBE STEEL ARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. AHANNEL M4001 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U N O,ALL PLATES ARE ONE A U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.).)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. 10.)#OR�1=DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.) =INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. LUNDA : �L .Aisc IRONWORKS CERTIFIED • FABRICATOR L I C PAINT STANDARD 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646.2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SURFACE PREP. : SSPC-SP3 JOB NAME: SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS PRIMER :VALLEY V-006, GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT LOCATION: 1962067THAVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA98223 SCALE: N.A. FINISH PAINT : ----- CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. DATE: 09-15-25 JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV SPECIAL REQUIREMENT : NIA DESCRIPTION: CHANNEL 25019 1 M4001 JA FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY BILL OF MATERIAL SUBMITTAL #10 SHIP PIECE TOTAI MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT M4002 3 ANGLE 1 107 M4002 3 1-443/8 3 77/8 A36 107 FIELD BOLTS 12 7/8 Dia F1852N 0 2 3-77/8 2 1/2 7es 3-53/8 CN N lift M Total weight; 107 CV - � 11/2 3 2-107/8 1 07/8 3 11/2 HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX ZT- ZT- 3 ANGLES M4002 A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Sep 29 2025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE SHOP NOTES: 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. 3.)ALL TUBE STEEL ARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. 10.)#OR�1=DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.) =INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. LUNDA : �L .Aisc IRONWORKS CERTIFIED • FABRICATOR L I C PAINT STANDARD 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646.2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SURFACE PREP. : SSPC-SP3 JOB NAME: SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS PRIMER :VALLEY V-006, GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT LOCATION: 1962067THAVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA98223 SCALE: N.A. FINISH PAINT : ----- CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. DATE: 09-15-25 JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV SPECIAL REQUIREMENT : NIA DESCRIPTION: ANGLE 25019 1 M4002 JA FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY BILL OF MATERIAL SUBMITTAL #10 SHIP PIECE TOTAI MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT M4003 ONE BENTPLATE 1 66 M4003 1 BPL1/4x8314 8 103/4 BENT A36 66 R=1/2 53 8-103/4 Total weight: 66 23/4 1/4 3 HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Sep 29 2025 ONE BENTPLATE M4003 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE SHOP NOTES: 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. 3.)ALL TUBE STEEL ARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. 10.)#OR�l=DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.) =INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. LUNDA : �L .Aisc IRONWORKS CERTIFIED • FABRICATOR L I C PAINT STANDARD 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646.2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SURFACE PREP. : SSPC-SP3 JOB NAME: SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS PRIMER :VALLEY V-006, GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT LOCATION: 1962067THAVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA98223 SCALE: N.A. FINISH PAINT : ----- CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. DATE: 09-15-25 JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV SPECIAL REQUIREMENT : NIA DESCRIPTION: BENT PLATE 25019 1 M4003 JA FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY BILL OF MATERIAL SUBMITTAL #10 SHIP PIECE TOTAI MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT M4004 ONE PLATE 1 329 8_105/8 M4004 1 PL1/4X431/2 8 105/8 A36 329 G'V ti M Total weight: 329 HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Sep 29 2025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE SHOP NOTES: 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. 3.)ALL TUBE STEEL ARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. ONE PLATE M4004 10 PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. 10.))#OR�=DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.)W=INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. LUNDA : �L -AiSC IRON PANY CERTIFIED -WORKSEll I,- : FABRICATOR L I C PAINT STANDARD 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646.2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 SURFACE PREP. : SSPC-SP3 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS PRIMER :VALLEY V-006, GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT LOCATION: 1962067THAVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA98223 SCALE: N.A. FINISH PAINT : ----- CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. DATE: 09-15-25 JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV SPECIAL REQUIREMENT : NIA DESCRIPTION: PLATE 25019 1 M4004 JA FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY BILL OF MATERIAL SUBMITTAL #10 SHIP PIECE TOTAI MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT M4005 ONE PLATE 1 6 M4005 1 PL1/4x8l/8 0 107/8 A36 6 12 107/8 107/16 215/16 5 215/16 Total weight: 6 C10 00 co HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX M N A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE ISep292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE SHOP NOTES: 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. ONE PLATE M4005 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE LSA50KSIUNO. 3.)ALL TUBE STEEL ARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. 10.)#OR�l=DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.) =INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. LUNDA : �L .Aisc IRONWORKS CERTIFIED • FABRICATOR L I C PAINT STANDARD 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646.2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SURFACE PREP. : SSPC-SP3 JOB NAME: SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS PRIMER :VALLEY V-006, GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT LOCATION: 1962067THAVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA98223 SCALE: N.A. FINISH PAINT : ----- CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. DATE: 09-15-25 JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV SPECIAL REQUIREMENT : NIA DESCRIPTION: PLATE 25019 1 M4005 JA FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 11-7318 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT ST4000 ONE STAIR I LENGTH ESTIMATED 1066 114 11-6718 114 ch23 1 C12)207 13 11518 AN 297 ch37 1 C12z20.7 13 9718 AN 302 2 � a8 22 L11*11140s 0 9112 AN 26 ------ --- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------- ------- I------- ------ ----- ----- I------ II------ I------ I------- I------- ------- a197 1 L111011143116 0 9112 A36 1 AL! --- I I JA a198 1 1.111411143116 0 9112 A36 1 I I I I I I u I I I a58 1 1 L3z3z318 0 6 1 A36 4 z ' ' a56 2 11.3601a 0 5112 AN 7 I I I I I I I u I I I I ch230 1 12z20.7 1 4 A36 28 ch42 1 C126207 1 0 AN 21 I I I I I I I u I I I I p2455 1 PL114z21S1s 1 2114 A36 3 UP p2454 2 PL114X215116 1 1314 A36 6 p2453 2 P1.114215116 0 5518 A36 2 03 I I I I I I II I I I o3 �� p2549 2 PL10GAz6V2 0 6112 A36 3 TACK WELD I I TYP b 1314 11 BPL12GA Q211q 4 0 BENT A36 348 I I P b 1315 1 BPLI2GAX815ll6 4 0 BENT AN 13 I I I I I I I u I I I I P 1-PLp2549 ' ' bp24 1 IBPL12GAx3718 4 0 BENT A36 6 2 REQ'D I I I I I I I u I I I I I I I I I I I u I I I I 1-L a56 I I FIELD BOLTS I I I I I I I u I I I I m I I 4 718 Dia F1852N 0 2 112 I I I I I I II I I I I I I II I I I I 4 KWIKBOLTR2-31gDIAX3112 2'EMBED I - - ---- ------ ------ - - ----- B L B w 11 11-9114 318 N 11-9718 ONE STAIR ST4000 11-7318 114 1"718 114 3314 12 TREADS(&11=11-0 3118 ah\0 �C 1-PL p2455 — `rsW.P � w 31 16 3SIDES Total might: 1066 / SHOP NOTES: 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. h\� 3. ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 1-C ch230 2 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE C A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS SQp 1-4 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., y / 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 1 La8 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 11 REQ'D 9.)NO PAINT 10 WI TI FIELD WELDS..) OR IRD D STINATIONOFTAIL DI MENSIONS. IMENSIONS. 11.)®=INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. o 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. Rom j'/ 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. s 1-C ch23 751a 12 HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX 1-BPL bpl314 1�Ah\e 11 REQ'D -BPLbp1315 �" ,'j A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Sep 292025 1-PLp2453 REVI DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE 1-PL p2454 / ' /" LUNDpi : �L Alsc .. ..................... 1-BPLbp24 � � � ; CERTIFIED FABRICATOR _ W. — 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 QA a16 !1-Lal97 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE Section A-A SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS A 8 211 3 SIDES sTa000 SHOP NOTE: LIC PAINT STANDARD LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: N.A. 3116 TMP SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 DATE: 09-15-25 ALL SHARP CORNERS AND ROUGH EDGES SHALL BE GROUND PRIMER:VALLEYV-006,GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. SMOOTH AFTER ALL THE ATTACHMENTS ARE MADE TO THE STEEL FINISH PAINT:Prime paint JOB NUMBER SHEET N0. REV MEMBER,PRIOR TO CLEANING AND PAINTING SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:NOMMA1 DESCRIPTION: STAIR 25019 ST4000 0 FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK CITY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT 11-97/8 114 11-91/8 1/2 3314 12 TREADS A 11=11-0 5318 1\0 ti 41/2 3 3 SIDES 3/16 211�12 2 — ss, 1 — e ./-WP 1-0 3/8 ,3\� 1-C ch42 D / 1 / 1 1-Cch37 1-La8 ------ 11 REUD -/ i 3tia1 75/8 1`L' 12 1r..,.,.,2—tT� i �O 2-PL p2454 1-PLp2453 /- 7!-- ------T� N.P 1-Lal98 Totalweight 0 w Section B-B SHOP NOTES: — _ py p _ ST4000 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 1-L a56 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. p' 8 21/ 3/16 3.)ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE AREA 00-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 6 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. N* a 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 11 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. D 10.)Qi�OR IRD =DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11/2 91/2 11.)®=INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. TYP TYP /" 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. /" 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. PAN TO PAN /8 314-12 TYP PANTO HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX 18 STRINGER TYP CJP CJP}-17—' ANGLE TO STRINGER 101/8 10118 3116 3 SIDES 12 12 0 TYP ao a Section D-D Section C-C A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 29 2025 Detail A ST4000 ST4000 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE ST4000 AISC .. ..................... ; CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SHOP NOTE: SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LIC PAINT STANDARD SCALE: N.A. SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 ALL SHARP CORNERS AND ROUGH EDGES SHALL BE GROUND PRIMER:VALLEYV-006,GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT DATE: 09-15-25 SMOOTH AFTER ALL THE ATTACHMENTS ARE MADE TO THE STEEL FINISH PAINT:Prime paint CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV MEMBER,PRIOR TO CLEANING AND PAINTING SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:NOMMA1 DESCRIPTION: STAIR 25019 T4000A I FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 10-11114 SUBMITTAL#10 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT 114 10-10112 112 ST4001 ONE STAIR LENGTH ESTIMATED 969 1-PL p2551 1-2314 9-7314 ch45 1 C12L207 1 2314 AN 25 ch44 1 C12z20.7 1 2314 AN 25 _ N ch39 1 C12z207 12 013116 AN 250 =— --- - ---------------------------------------i----------------------------------- ----- N ch43 1 C12z20.7 11 10118 A36 245 -- - - -- ------ ------ ------ -----I ------, ------,r ------I ------o ------„ ------I ------ ------I ------I ------, � a8 20 L1U4z1114z3116 0 9112 A36 23 it I u u I I I I A I i i t I u u I I I I A a67 2 L1Ugz1Ugz3h6 0 6112 A36 2 I it I u u I I I I 9116� 111 231 I � i t a58 1 L3x3z31g 0 6 A36 4 r I i i i t I u u I r I i I ch229 1 C12z20.7 1 6 A36 31 r ch41 1 C12a207 0 11718 A36 20 r " P2551 2 PL318031% 0 5 A36 4 i i it I u u I I i i I o i i i p2449 1 PL114215116 1 2114 AN 3 r p2456 2 PL114215116 0 7718 AN 3 r I UP o bpl314 10 BPL12GW2114 4 0 BENT AN 316 i i it I I u I u i i I bp1320 1 BPL12GAz9 4 0 BENT A36 13 i i it I u u I u i i I r bp1318 1 BPL12GA)Qg116 4 0 BENT AN 4 i i it I u u I u i i I i i it I u u I u i i I r r EDFOLTS 1-PL 2551 4 718D 1185 N 0 2 i i it I u u I u i i I 1 Vg 231 r 4 112 Dia A325N 0 1112 +IHD WASH i i it I u u I u i i I m i i it I u u I u i i I 9116 i i i t I u u I u i i I I i it I u u I u i i I I i i t I I u I I i i I -----I ——————' — r -—————I ——————I ------" ———————I ———————I ———————' ———————' ——————� --- — --- -- ------ ------ -- -- — -------- -----------------------------------------------------ir-- ————— B L 12314 9 5v2 ,1 B 11 10-8114 11a 10.83/4 ONE STAIR ST4001 10-11114 114 10-10112 112 1-2314 9-7314 318 10 TREADS 11=9.2 5318 13B 1-BPL bpl320 1-C ch45 1-L a67 1-PL p2456 W.P A Total weight: 969 a 1 511 5131, 11� SHOP NOTES: Typ 14 ah`� 10sp 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 14 z \ 9 1 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. �uT c3P �', 3.)ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. TMP 1a 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS IOla8 / \ 0 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 10 REQ'D •\ ••� ,,�� 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 12 12 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. o5a` 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 0-�3112 hm w 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. 10.)4IIIIOR IRD =DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.)®=INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. `�-�— • \ 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. •\ �a 75/8 1 431g 12 \ o 'fie \ q 1 '�s 1-BPLbp1314 \, �� c HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX 10 REQ'D \ C \ NY 1-C ch39 3 211 Ui w A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 29 2025 1-BPL p1318 W.p` REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE b -Qoh4, LUNDA : �L :.RISC o ; CERTIFIED SectionA-A : FABRICATOR ST4001 11718 11p 1-L a58 NS 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE C LIC PAINT STANDARD JOB NAME: SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS 3 SIDES „4 SHOP NOTE: SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 SCALE: N.A. LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 PRIMER:VALLEY V-006,GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT ALL SHARP CORNERS AND ROUGH EDGES SHALL BE GROUND FINISH PAINT:Prime paint CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. DATE: 09-15-25 SMOOTH AFTER ALL THE ATTACHMENTS ARE MADE TO THE STEEL SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:NOMMAI JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV MEMBER,PRIOR TO CLEANING AND PAINTING DESCRIPTION: STAIR 25019 ST4001 1 FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 10831q SUBMITTAL#10 9/29/2025 MARK MARK CITY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT 1/4 10.81/4 1/4 1-2314 9-51/2 318 10TREADS 11=9-2 3118 1d�B 1-C ch44 1-L a67 1-PL p2456 W.P y -_-- \ v \ 1j4 1/4 511 2 53/4 \ TYP 1 3� 2 31/2 0 y�y � 1-C ch43 -------- \ 12 -- -- \ 1�sss 1-La8 ------- `\ q s� 10 REQ'D -------- \, 711 \ �a is --- \, 1 � 1 w 1 1 W.P �1-C ch229 Lr a\ Total weight 0 Section B-B 1-PL p2449 SHOP NOTES: ST4001 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. 3.)ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE All 3 SIDES 1/4 2 A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE AREA 00-GR B ryp�s 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 11 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. TREAD 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 91/2 TVP 11/2 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. NP TYP 10.)4�01R LD =DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.)®=INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. ANGLE TO STRINGER 3SIDES HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX TYP 3/16 PAN TO STRINGER 118 9 CJP PAN TO PAN TYP 1/8 3/4-12 CJP 101/8 101/8 12 b^ A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 29 2025 12 REVI DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE Detail A °� Section C-C Section D-D AISC ST4001 ST4001 ST4001 LUNDA /L ; ••••............••••• ; CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SHOP NOTE: SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LIC PAINT STANDARD SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: N.A. ALL SHARP CORNERS AND ROUGH EDGES SHALL BE GROUND PRIMER:VALLEYV-006,GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT DATE: 09-15-25 SMOOTH AFTER ALL THE ATTACHMENTS ARE MADE TO THE STEEL CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS, . FINISH PAINT:Prime paint JOB NUMBER INC SHEET NO. REV MEMBER,PRIOR TO CLEANING AND PAINTING SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:NOMMA1 DESCRIPTION: STAIR 25019 T4001A A ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTRE 19700 67TH AVE NE ARLINGTON, WA STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR SOUTH STAIR AND RAILINGS o�AMgRq Digitally signed Wq S by Ravi °O SyI, :F Polamarasetty Location: 0: Huntley,IL, Z' Ravi Polamarasetty USA Contact Info: Ph# 53041O,f��!/ 3316451584 Date: .............ST � NAL. 102:209.29 36 05'00' The Professional Engineers seal affixed to this sheet indicates that the named engineer has prepared or directed the preparation of the material shown only on the attached sheet pages 1 through 148 for FOR review and approval.Other drawings and documents not exhibiting this seal shall not be considered prepared by or the responsibility of the undersigned.No fabrication of this project shall proceed without approval from EOR. The design of all components and/or connection not included in this calculation package are beyond the scope of this calculation package. Connection specifically detailed on the structural drawing and/or connection not detailed within this calculation package are consider design by structural engineer of record (also known as engineer of record). Indicated assumptions within this calculation are to be field verified and approved by qualified SER and/or FOR prior to fabrication and construction of structural steel. If indicated "By others" within this calculation, the structural design and/or verification must be completed by the FOR and contractor's SER prior to construction. Sincerely, Ravi Polamarasetty, PE Page 1 of 148 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION DESCRIPTIION PAGE NO. NO. I PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 3 2 E-PLANS 5 3 DESIGN CALCULATIONS FOR SOUTH STAIR AND RAILINGS 14 Page 2 of 148 Section I PROJECT REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 148 PURPOSE: DESIGN OF SOUTH STAIR AND RAILINGS AS PER CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. MATERIALS: HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTIONS - ASTM A500, GRADE C CHANNELS : ASTM A36 ANGLES, PLATES -ASTM A36 WELD ELECTRODES - E70XX CODES, SPECS & STANDARDS: STEEL DESIGN -AISC - ASD 15TH EDITION WELDING - AWS STANDARDS "METAL STAIR MANUAL" BY NAAM IBC 2018 LOADS: STRINGER : 100PSF LIVE LOAD AND 50PSF DEAD LOAD AND 300LBS CONCENTRATED LOAD. RAILINGSS : 50 PLF UNIFORM LOAD IN ANY DIRECTION OR 200LBS CONCENTRATED LOAD AT ANY LOCATION IN ANY DIRECTION. Page 4 of 148 Section 2 E-PLANS Page 5 of 148 SOUTH STAIR 5-6518 25-6 19-13/8 3-91/8 2-71/2 3 4718 1-115/8 KEY PLAN /—CONC.WALL ALL C? METAL STUD WALL t5 �47/8"METAL Lu 47/81, METAL STUD WALL STUD WALL C�l 2f 2m 91/4"METAL 'META Lu STUD WALL 71/4 L STUD WALL 15-0112 0 0- METAL STUD WALL --%:/po9 8-1 3 4718 1-115/8 ALL 19-13/8 3-9118 2-7112 i! 25-6 Design Drawing Reference:Al.11,A4.31,Sl.11 NOTES: 5 REF DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC. DWG WELDS: SOUTH STAIR COLUMN LOCATING FRAMING PLAN E70XX (REF:Al.11,A4.31,Sl.l 1) (SEQ#4) PLAN NORTH 1)TO.SLAB ELEVATION: 0'-0"(U.N.0). ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 2) N.T.S-INDICATES NOT TO SCALE. REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE 3) FOR STAIR FRAMING PLAN SEE SHEET E4001. AISC %11..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY. TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO: 25019 SHEET NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR COLUMN LOCATING FRAMING PLAN E4000 aagae 25-6 28-8118 241/2 13-2118 WALL INSIDE TO INSIDE CLEARENCE 5-65/8 WALL TO NOSING POINT 7-71/2 11-0 SOUTH STAIRF, b\A GRID TO NOSING POINT 12 ED TREADS @ 11 4/4 12"CONC. 3-91/8 2-71/2 rWALL .. ............ 77 'F ...... ------------- KEY PLAN ciU —------- - ---- �71/4"METAL L11 WALI RAIL STUD WALL of � 47/8"METAL LOWER LEVEL TT40( o 1 STUD WALL (EL:O'-O") ;TAIR ilop cn /71N d VALL AIL SOUTH STAIR ENLARGED PLAN - LOWER LEVEL 47/8"METAL �� PLAN NORTH ----------------- \-4 (RERA1.11,AII/A4.311,S11.1111) (SEQ#4) 7/8"METAL STUD WALL 1)REFER SHEETS E4002 THRU E4004 FOR ELEVATION VIEWS. Ln STUD WALL 2)REFER SHEETS E4005&E4006 FOR SECTION VIEWS 71/4"METAL AND DETAIL VIEWS. STUD WALL 3)NTS-INDICATES NOT TO SCALE. 91/4"METAL N° //1 A STUD WALL 71/4"METAL , STUD WALL 47/8 t5 71/4 14-5114 WALL 1-11518 WALL Lu 8-1 15-01/2 2-4112 CLEARENCE WALL-65/8 TO GRID 25-6 6) Qj Qj 2f 25-6 11-0 6-10112 12 EQ TREADS @ 11 GRID TO NOSING POINT 4-6 241/2 NOSING TO WALL FACE Lu A tis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E: WAI I PAII m4nni Q19Q 7 B4000 WALL RAIL 4 u ClOX15.3 uu w R 535 ST40C 0 (EL:7-4) 11 WALLRAIL 9 4-93/8 2-2 §LA 1=1 V� 8 DOW m77 WALL RAIL MID-LANDING1 ZZ, M4002 ELT-T- I /- w . AdLRA1 L4x4X3/8 11 �w N L-i 3 REQ-D 4. 4, UPPER LEVEL SOUTH STAIR ENLARGED PLAN Lf ——— —— ——— —— ——— —— z �6 (RIERA11.112,AII/A4.311,S11.112) AL RAIL 11 F41 z TY ALL IL — E- 00' -M4004 PLAN WAL-RAIL PL /081 _j :5 1/4"THK a 1)REFER SHEETS E4002 THRU E4004 FOR ELEVATION VIEWS. Lu UPPER LEVEL T4001 LANDING 2)REFER SHEETS E4005&E4005 FOR SECTION VIEWS Design Drawing Reference:A1.11,A4.31,S1.11,A1.21,S1.12 ;TAIR PLATE NOTES: C? EL14-O' Typ AND DETAIL VIEWS. d, -� —w I I I].—=I — il1111— B4001— CUR 16 3)NTS-INDICATES NOT TO SCALE. 0 ri C12x2O,7) TYP (EL:7-81 AULkIL L ------ 11 M4000 C12x2O.7 -- REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC. DWG: WELDS: 1 6141116 10 E E70XX 13/8 CUR 3.79/16 3116 co LANDINGPLATE r - 57j8 3-9118 3 9 8-81/2 LANDING FRAME 47/8 1-115/8 NOSING TO INSIDE FACE OF WALL 4-6 WALL 2-41/2 ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 29 2025 9-51/2 9-2 6-10112 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE GRID TO NOSING 10 ED TREADS @11 GRID TO NOSING POINT • AISC 25-6 %11...I..... ..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY. TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ENLARGED PLANS E4001 Pace' +ae 5 6 5-6518 25-6 28-8814 WALL INSIDE TO INSIDE CLEARENCE 13-21/8 11-0 6-10112 WALL TO NOSING POINT 12 EQ TREADS @11 GRID 4 ONOSING POINT 2 41I2 7 7112 NOSING TO WALL FACE 1-11518 GRID TO NOSING POINT 571 3-91I8 3 4718 LANDING FRAME WALL 1 18 3-79116 /16 LANDING PLATE I FACE OF WALL I M4004 N �/4"THK 1/4"THK STAINLESS STEEL j/� NOSING BENT PLATE LANDING N WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) POINT PLATE M4001 C12x20.7 MID LANDING N EL:T-7" Z m 0 Co Io B4000 20. 3 - C10x15.3 C1x2 7"'— / � { 1/2 3.4118 11 Of j ' w REALu x U) TYP / �Of a1 = w .4 / 312 75/8 NOSING / ``-- POINT / W.P 4 1 LOWER LEVEL — I ./® TYP I i 0 EL:O'-O" . = I I i SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW 3-9U8 2-71I2 E400 (REF A4.31) Design Drawing Reference:A4.31 NOTES: REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: E70XX ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE LUNDA : �L Alsc .. ..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4002 P- s2 ' 6 PC 5 6-10112 9-2 OF BEAM 9-51/2 GRID TO NOSING POINT 10 EQ TREADS@11 GRID TO NOSING 2-41/2 4-6 8-4518 LANDING/NOSING TO 1-11518 47/SWALL FACE NOSING TO INSIDE 2FACE OF WALL 9 WALL 1 7 3 LANDING FRAME 5 1 1-0718 1 7-7518 3)1 3-71/2 1318 LANDING PLATE 1-0 STAINLESS STEEL j o o WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) - oppa NOSING �/" POINT —."• UPPER LEVEL EL:14'-0" / N 'j �.CIQ 11 Lu ,%' Lu READ i I // L TYP ' 1422(S=14) U I ✓%' </,Go "' // ..,:/.. ..........��\�G�� . (BY MAIN STEEL) 9 �,w ✓/, �� . N , `fly 8 7LANDING 004 NOSING / 12 "THK 11 POIN ATE MID LANDING N M4000 C12x20.7W P 9 EL:T-7" o i' o oI 3"SLAB FACE OF WALL 3 64001 134000. M4003 ppp C12x20.7 3 41C810x15.3 1/4"THK BENT PLATE 1/2 112 uSIM LR CL x � X X W I = I I I I I It 4 0 0 ,wLOWER LEVEL U EL:O' 0" : : : : .,: .,: .r . �- Design Drawing Reference:A4.31 G NOTES: I 2-71i2 3-91/8 I i SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4003 (REF:A4.31) REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: E70XX ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE LUNDA : �L Alsc .. ..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET N0. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4003 aaeae 5 6 25-6 9-5112 9-2 6.101/2 GRID TO NOSING 10 EQTHREADS @11 GRID TO NOSING POINT 9 8-81/2 4-6 2 41/2 NOSING TO WALL FACE NOSING TO INSIDE FACE OF WALL BEAM 5718 3-9118 3 471 1-11518 1-07/8 LANDING FRAME AL 35/8 91/4 17116 3-71/2 3/16 LANDING PLATE 1-0 41/4"METAL i `" STUD WALL STAINLESS STEEL `WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) 7 NOSING UPPER LEVEL POINT EL:14'-0" s W 14x22 \ (BY MAIN STEEL) \ �M 91/4 STUD WALL TY\ TREAD ILu ra U�` \ P 111 w 71/4 STUD 75/8 WALL 12 \ ,% \STRiy 4005 11-0 5718 1/4"THK PLATE 12 EQ THREADS @11 /' j I Q— Wp/ /4"TH1/4THK M4002 MID LANDING ' \ I PLATENG L4X4X3j EL:7'-7' NOSING POI •• •i n STAINLESS 0 2 RAI(BY OTHERS) <��/ S��\�G� ..,/ ---- C10x 5.3 C1 WALL x20.7 I L '- --- ^—/ —• 3 M4003 1j2 w a READ / CLR /4'THK BENT PLATE CUR TYP / 377/8 3/ 3.91/8 3 CL LANDING FRAME 75/8 FACE OF WALL tt 12 "' ' '' '_'I Design Drawing Reference:A4.31 NOTES: OSING ,% POINT REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: E70XX w.P •.. .t... 1 LOWER LEVELF / I EL:O'-O" L. :11 ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE AISC LUNDAH�L ...................... 8-1 15-01/2 CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 451 45/8 22.8718 INSIDE FACE OF WALL TO INSIDE FACE OF WALL 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 i SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN E400 (REF:A4.31) DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. I REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4004 age' ' A O 1-7114 9-4718 71/4 INSIDE CLEARANCE WALL 9-1112 1351 4-6 4-6 1-71/4 111/16 111116 7114 3 4-0 3 3 4-0 3 1-711q CLR CLR WALL STAIR WIDTH 47/8 STAIR WIDTH WALL 47/8"METAL— STUD WALL STAINLESS STEEL WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) i METAL i STUD WALL METAL STAINLESS STEEL STUD WALL 3 8-10718 3 WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) 0 4 EQ.SPA@2-2 /4=8-10/8 8-10718 (TYP) STAINLESS STEEL LANDING FRAME I WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) 1 5 1 T.O.STEEL /8 8101g Ig EL:7 9 LANDING PLATE MIDLANDIN N ------- ----- - ' EL:7-7 STAINLESS STEEL i z WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) i O g it O 1 10 -------------- o = L o I I, 25 M4004 L404X3 x /8 PL1/4x431/2 r M4005 M4001 3 REQ'D LANDING PLATE M4000 M4003 PL1/gx81/8 C12x20.7 C12x20.7 III BP1-1/4X83/4 cn - ] II T.O.STEEL M4004' "' PL1/0431/2• I IMID LANDING w EL:7-4 i, ®i —�, i— m ® i, EL:7 4 r �L I M Mln I ® � II M4000 M4002 11/4 131 1314_ 1114 C12x20.7 L4x4x318 3 3 r.1 gygn B4000 � z o C4000 C10xl5.3 oo F-- ill HSS4x4xl/4 U' C4002 HSS4x4xl/4 - i lip ill 118 8.10518 1/8 LANDING PLATE I III � II 8-107/8 II LANDING FRAME o 3 8-107/8 3 M II 4 EQ.SPA@2-2 /4=8-10/8 o 4 947/8 B.O.POST LLL3 TYP i II INSIDE CLEARANCE EL:0-0 , s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o,� s • s s o • s o • s o K-T i SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4005 (REF:B2/A4.31) 2 OUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW Design Drawing Reference:B2/A4.31 E4005 (REF:B2IA4.31) NOTES: REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: E70XX ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE LUNDA : �L alsc .. ..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4005 age' ' TOGA PLATE NOSING C12x20.7 3A114 POINT (REFER PLAN 111 2112 1/4"THK CAP PLATE 11 AUb, FOR PCMK) kLR SHOP ATTACHE TO COLUMN 1/a"THK CLOSURE PLATE 7 �y � 11/2 3 11/2 T.O.STEEL HSS4x4xl/4 SHOP ATTACHED TO STRINGER T.O.MID-LANDING � REFER PLAN 3/8"x9"x0'-9"THK BASE PLATE (EL:REFER PLAN) ( FOR PCMK)STRLAGER L4x4x3/8 CLR r,J SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN (REFER PLAN C12X20.7 &FIELD BOLTED TO CONC.SLAB LOWER LEVEL `D (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) T_0. MID LANDING L11/4x11/4x3/16 ANGLE (REFER PLAN 111 8 W/(2�3Ig"0X3112 HILTI KWIKTZ2-CS BOLTS FOR PCMK) M SHOP ATTACHED TO BEAM FOR PCMK _� 4 TY 4A (EL:0-0) U °' °' x20.7 ) LOWER LEVEL (2"EMBEDMENT) L3x3x3/8 ANGLE HSS4x4x114WP � 7�LC12 (REFER PLAN 3 (EL:O-0) SHOP ATTACHED TO STRINGER FOR PCMK) L4X3x3/8 ANGLE (REFER PLAN 1/4"THK BOTTOM PLATE ° ° ° °- &FEILD EMBEDED IN TO CONC.SLAB FOR PCMK) SHOP ATTACHED TO STRINGER 11/2 W/(2)3/8"Ox31/2"LG HILTI KWIK TZ2-CS 3/8'THK PLATE SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN& , ' CONCRETE TY BOLTS(2"MIN EMBEDMENT) SHOP ATTCHED TO CHANNEL FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL HSS4x4x1/4 °> °> °> ° SLAB 8 2112 &FIELD BOLTED TO ANGLE W/(2)7/8"O F1852N BOLTS REFER N W/(2)7/8"O F1852N BOLTS FOR PCMK) 2 SECTION VIEW 3 SECTION VIEW 4 SECTION VIEW i SECTION VIEW 400 (D-08) 400 (D_03) SECTION VIEW 3A-3A 400 (D_oz) 400 (D-01) (STRINGER BASE CONNECTION (LANDING INFILL TO HEADER (LANDING BEAM TO COLUMN (COLUMN BASE PLATE TO CONCRETE) CONNECTION) CONNECTION) CONNECTION) 1/4"THK CAP PLATE SHOPATTACHED TO COLUMN CL 7j8 1/4"THK PLATE 11/2 CONC.FILLING �� 3/8"THK PLATE . o C12x20.7 CHANNEL 111 I NOSING (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) (TYP) 5� /71 SHOPATTACHED TO STRINGER 1-07/8 o �6 23/ SHOPATTACHED POINT 11 &FIELD BOLTED TO BEAM 4 MID LANDING 12GAPLATE TREAD W/2\1/2"0A325N BOLTS TO STRINGER �a EL:REFER ELEV. 3 3 NOSING TY 3 3 <� ( ) SHOPATTACHED TYP O 1 I 1 Ig HSS4x4x1/4 TO STRINGER UPPER LEVEL N ------ POINT /`'' 1/4"THK BENT PLATE M (REFER PLAN w d EL:REFER ELEV. FOR PCMK) (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) (TYP) � ( ) -- .. C12x20.7 HSSER PLAN 4 C12x20.7 3I8"x9"x0'-9"THK BASE PLATE (REFER PLAN EDGE FORM BY 112-- SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN STRINGER __ _ FOR PCMK) STRINGER METAL DECK SUPPLIER R 12x20.7 &FIELD BOLTED TO CONC.SLAB (REFER PLAN d (REFER PLAN STRINGER 1 FOR PCMK) L4x3X3/BANGLE FOR PCMK) L11/4x11/4x3116 REFER PLAN (REFER PLAN W/(2p/8"Ox3/2 HILTI KWIK TZ2-CS BOLTS 1/2 ( FOR PCMK) (2"EMBEDMENT) C12X20.7X1-4 CLR SHOP ATTACEHD TO COLUMN SHOPATTACHED FOR PCMK) SHOPATTACHED 1 112 2112 &FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL TO STRINGER SECTION VIEW 4A-4A TO STRINGER 4 W/(2)7/8"OF1825NBOLTS 6 DETAIL VIEW (nP) SECTION VIEW 5 SECTION VIEW E4006 (TYPICAL STRINGER DETAIL) 400 (D_07) VPICAL (D-05&D-06) (STRINGER TO MAIN STEEL STRINGER TO COLUMN CONNECTION) CONNECTION) C10xl5.3 FRONT HEADER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY 3116 // STAINLESS STEEL / WALL RAIL NOSING 11 1/4"THK PLATE / (BY OTHERS) C12X20.7 POINT (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) � STRINGER 1/4"THK BENT PLATE / `V C12X20.7 (REFER PLAN \ (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) �, (REFER PLAN 1314 1314 1/4 THK CAP PLATE FOR PCMK) Q FOR PCMK) 1/ SHOP ATTACHE TO COLUMN Design Drawing Reference:- --kcW.P �` ��os>> T.O.STEEL <o CUR NOTES: STRINGERTO MID LANDING �Q 11 ti�you T.O.MID LANDING BENT PLATE 3/18 TREAD (EL:REFER PLAN) M m M ` ' (EL:REFER ELEV) TYP / 12GA PLATE L11/4x11/4x3/16 ANGLE M 1/4"THK PLATE / ---- SHOP ATTACHED SHOP ATTACHED TO BEAM -- ---_ C12x20.7 CHANNEL (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) / TO STRINGER REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: SHOPATTACHED "_ ' _'_" 12x20.7 HSS4x4x114 E70XX TO STRINGER / C10x15.3 STRINGER 3/8"THK PLAT (REFER PLAN L3x3x3/8ANGLE 1-0 1/2(REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) SHOP ATTACEHD TO COLUMN LR FOR PCMK) �I------' (REFER PLAN SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN& &FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL 1 1 3 FOR PCMK) FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL 7 Ll /4X1 /4X /16 W/(2) /8"O F1852N BOLTS ISSUEDFORAPPROVAL Se 292025 W/(2)/8"0 F1852N BOLTS - SHOP ATTACHED TO STRINGER 10 SECTION VIEW REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE $ SECTION VIEW � Alsc 400 (D_05) 9 SECTION VIEW E4006 (D-03) LUNDA : �L ........................ (STRINGER TO HEADER CONNECTION) 4 (TYPICAL RAIL DETAIL) (HEADER TO COLUMN ; CERTIFIED CONNECTION) FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. I REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SECTION VIEWS E4006 a9'2 ' C10x15.3 1/4"THK,BENT PLATE 1/4"THK, 11 1314 1314 (REFER PLAN 111 3 1112 2 FOR PCMK (REFER PLAN LANDING PLATE CLR ) FOR PCMK) 1/22 N /, T.O.MID-LANDING C10x15.3 T.O. MID LANDING 1/4"THK CAP PLATEif (REFER PLAN SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN 1/4"THK BENT PLATE FOR PCMK) a L4x4x3/8 - (REFER PLAN (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) FOR PCMK) HSS4x4x1/4 3/8"THK PLATE (REFER PLAN 3 SHOP ATTCHED TO CHANNEL FOR PCMK) /8"THK PLATE &FIELD BOLTED TO ANGLE SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN& FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL W/(2)7/8"O F1852N BOLTS W/(2)7/8"O F1852N BOLTS i SECTION VIEW 2 SECTION VIEW E4007 (D-08-CASE-2) 4007 (D 04) (LANDING INFILL TO HEADER (HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION) CONNECTION) Design Drawing Reference:- NOTES: REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: E70XX ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE LUNDA : �L also .. ..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. I REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SECTION VIEWS E4007 age' ' Section 3 DESIGN CALCULATIONS FOR SOUTH STAIR AND RAILINGS Page 14 of 148 SL NO DESCRIPTION 1.0 TYPICAL STAAD OUTPUT FOR SOUTH STAIR 2.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF STRINGER BASE CONNECTION TO CONCRETE(ANCHOR CHECK) 3.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF STRINGER BASE CONNECTION TO CONCRETE(ANCHOR CHECK) 4.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF COLUMN BASE CONNECTION TO CONCRETE(ANCHOR CHECK) 5.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF COLUMN BASE CONNECTION TO CONCRETE(ANCHOR CHECK) 6.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF BACK HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION 7.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF BACK HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION 8.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION 9.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION 10.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF STRINGER TO HEADER CONNECTION 11.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF STRINGER TO HEADER CONNECTION 12.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF STRINGER TO COLUMN CONNECTION 13.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF STRINGER TO COLUMN CONNECTION 14.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF STRINGER TO MAIN STEEL CONNECTION 15.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF STRINGER TO MAIN STEEL CONNECTION 16.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF LANDING INFILL ANGLE TO HEADER/BACK HEADER CONNECTION 17.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF LANDING INFILL ANGLE TO HEADER/BACK HEADER CONNECTION 18.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF LANDING BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION 19.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF LANDING BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION 20.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF CARRIER ANGLE UNSED IN TREAD 21.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF TREAD PAN 22.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF LANDING PLATE Page 15 of 148 t3entley, 1.0 TYPICAL STAAD OUTPUT FOR SOUTH STAIR Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 chd y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Job Information Engineer Checked Approved Name: Sandeep kumar Date: 1/1/2025 Comments: Structure Type: SPACE FRAME Geometry Entity Type Count Highest Nodes 14 14 Analytical Members 14 14 Load Cases Load Case Type Count Primary 6 Combination 10 Included in this printout are data for.- All The Whole Structure Load Case Table Included in this printout are results for load cases: L/C Type Name 1 Primary EQ X Page 16 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 1 of 22 eney, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 2 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Load Case Table Cont... L/C Type Name 2 Primary EQ-X 3 Primary EQ Z 4 Primary EQ-Z 5 Primary DL 6 Primary LL 201 Combination DL 202 Combination DL+LL 203 Combination DL+0.7 EQ X 204 Combination DL+0.7 EQ-X 205 Combination DL+0.7 EQ Z 206 Combination DL+0.7 EQ-Z 207 Combination DL+0.525 EQ X+0.75 LL 208 Combination DL+0.525 EQ-X+0.75 LL 209 Combination DL+0.525 EQ Z+0.75 LL 210 Combination DL+0.525 EQ -Z+0.75 LL Nodes Node 1 0.000 0.000 0.000 2 0.000 0.000 4.500 3 10.167 7.000 0.000 Page 17 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 2 of 22 eney, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 3 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Nodes Cont... Node Z L ( (ft) 4 10.167 7.000 4.500 5 14.667 7.000 0.000 6 10.167 7.000 5.000 7 10.167 7.000 9.500 8 14.667 7.000 9.500 9 -0.333 14.000 5.000 10 -0.333 14.000 9.500 11 10.167 0.000 0.000 12 14.667 0.000 0.000 13 10.167 0.000 9.500 14 14.667 0.000 9.500 Beams Node B Length Property low-[ AWT (ft) -4 (rad I6_ 1 1 3 12.344 2 0.000 2 3 5 4.500 2 0.000 3 5 8 9.500 2 0.000 4 3 4 4.500 3 0.000 5 8 7 4.500 2 0.000 6 2 4 12.344 2 0.000 Page 18 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 3 of 22 eney, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 4 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Beams Cont... Beam Node A Node B Length Property (3 (ft) _ (rad) 7 9 6 12.619 2 0.000 8 10 7 12.619 2 0.000 9 12 5 7.000 1 0.000 10 14 8 7.000 1 0.000 11 13 7 7.000 1 0.000 12 11 3 7.000 1 0.000 13 6 7 4.500 3 0.000 14 4 6 0.500 3 0.000 Sections Prop Nam Area Iyy I Material Source (in2) (in4) ( c --7 1 HSST4X4X0.25 3.370 7.800 7.800 12.800 STEEL Legacy 2 C12X20 6.080 3.860 129.000 0.369 STEEL Legacy 3 C10X15 4.480 2.270 67.300 0.209 STEEL Legacy Materials E Density a (kip/in2) (kip/in3) (/OF) 1 STEEL 29,000.000 0.300 0.000 0.000 Page 19 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 4 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 5 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Basic Load Cases Primary Load Cases Number Bype 1 EQ X Seismic-H 2 EQ-X Seismic-H 3 EQ Z Seismic-H 4 EQ-Z Seismic-H 5 DL Dead 6 LL Live Combination Load Cases Comb. Combination L/C Name Primary Primary L/C Name Factor 201 DL 5 DL 1.000 202 DL+LL 5 DL 1.000 6 LL 1.000 5 DL 1.000 203 DL+0.7 EQ X 1 EQ X 0.700 5 DL 1.000 204 DL+0.7 EQ -X 2 EQ-X 0.700 5 DL 1.000 205 DL+0.7 EQ Z 3 EQ Z 0.700 5 DL 1.000 206 DL+0.7 EQ -Z 4 EQ-Z 0.700 207 DL+0.525 EQ X+0.75 LL 5 DL Page 2:}99948 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 5 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 6 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Combination Load Cases Cont... Comb. Combination L/C Name Primary Primary L/C Name Factor 1 EQ X 0.525 207 DL+0.525 EQ X+0.75 LL 6 LL 0.750 5 DL 1.000 208 DL+0.525 EQ-X+0.75 LL 2 EQ-X 0.525 6 LL 0.750 5 DL 1.000 209 DL+0.525 EQ Z+0.75 LL 3 EQ Z 0.525 6 LL 0.750 5 DL 1.000 210 DL+0.525 EQ-Z+0.75 LL 4 EQ-Z 0.525 6 LL 0.750 Page 21 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 6 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 7 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 .500 a � - 4.500 12.3" 000 Load GEOMETRY&DIMENSIONS Page 22 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 7 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 8 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 dip Load NODE NUMBER Page 23 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 8 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 9 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 2 2 5 1 0 6 7 Load BEAM NUMBER Page 24 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 9 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 10 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 CUM OX15 OX15 SST4X4X0.25 ;4SST4 X0 25 OX15 �C, C12X20 C12X20 SST4X4XO.25 SST4X4XO.25 Load MEMBER SIZE Page 25 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 10 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 11 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 5.1H30 IbfINGY) Ibf/ft 5.ON Ibf/ft(GY) I f/ft 112 f/ft 112 f/ft zLoad 5)SELF Y) DEAD LOAD Page 26 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 11 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 12 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Ibf/ft 5.000 Ibf/faGY) 5.000 Ibf/fyGY) I f/ft Eh 225 f/ft 225 f/ft z Load 6 LIVE LOAD Page 27 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 12 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 13 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 f 105.849 Ib 115.131 1 92.6 Ib 221. 1 112.56 Ib 227.481 6541b 654 Ib 90.9 8 Ib 6541b 654 Ib 19'.55p Ih �z Load 1 EQ X Page 28 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 13 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 14 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 -105.849 Ib -115.1311b -221.977 Ib -92.628 1 blb 112.562 Ib -227.481 I &.654 Ib 654 Ib - 90.9381b EN. 654 Ib -103.550 1b C6.654 I �z' Load 2 EQ-X Page 29 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 14 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 15 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 10 Ib 115 131 Ib --- 1.977 Ib Ib 33ggpp��hh 4'Ulb .562 Ib .481 Ib 654 1 654 Ib 9W3Alb ,53 II, .5 Ib iik654 Ib z EQ Z. Page 30 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 15 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 16 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 2M.131 Ib -92. 1.9T7 Ib a .380 1b o 4.706 Ib .654 1b 227.481 11) j .654 Ib -90.938 Ib .654 Ib 103.550 Ib z EQ-Z. Page 31 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 16 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 17 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 .016 in i MAXIMUM DEFLECTION (LL) = 0.036" _ ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION = L/360 = 12.619*12/360 = 0.42">0.036" HENCE OK. Displacement-h DEFLECTION (LL) Page 32 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 17 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 18 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 z:0.101 in MAXIMUM DRIFT EQ Z=0.101"*(Cd/lp) =0.101*5/1 q_" =0.505" ALLOWABLE DRIFT FOR SE Z=0.02hxx =0.02*7*12 = 1.68">0.505" Hence O.K. Displacement-ii DRIFT EQ Z Page 33 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 18 of 22 eney, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 19 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Utilization Ratio Beam Paramete AnalysisP Design Status ActualRat Allowable Normalized Ratio rnda Clause L/C r roperty Property io Ratio (Actual/Allowable) 1 Parameter C12X20 C12X20 PASS 0.150 1.000 0.150 360-16 A Eq.1-11-1b 202 2 Parameter C12X20 C12X20 PASS 0.077 1.000 0.077 360-16 A Eq.H1-1b 202 3 Parameter C12X20 C12X20 PASS 0.149 1.000 0.149 360-16 A Eq.1-11-1b 202 4 Parameter C10X15 C10X15 PASS 0.374 1.000 0.374 360-16 A Eq.1-11-1b 202 5 Parameter C12X20 C12X20 PASS 0.084 1.000 0.084 360-16 A Eq.1-11-1b 202 6 Parameter C12X20 C12X20 PASS 0.243 1.000 0.243 360-16 A Eq.H1-1b 202 7 Parameter C12X20 C12X20 PASS 0.250 1.000 0.250 360-16 A Eq.Hi-ib 202 8 Parameter C12X20 C12X20 PASS 0.163 1.000 0.163 360-16 A Eq.H1-lb 202 9 Parameter HSST4X4X HSST4X4X PASS 0.066 1.000 0.066 360-16 A Eq.H1-1b 210 1 0.25 0.25 10 Parameter HSST4X4X HSST4X4X PASS 0.068 1.000 0.068 360-16 A Eq.H1-1b 209 1 0.25 0.25 11 Parameter HSST4X4X HSST4X4X PASS 0.140 1.000 0.140 360-16 A Eq.1-11-1b 209 1 0.25 0.25 12 Parameter HSST4X4X HSST4X4X PASS 0.146 1.000 0.146 360-16 A Eq.H1-1b 210 1 0.25 0.25 13 Parameter C10X15 C10X15 PASS 0.375 1.000 0.375 360-16 A Eq.1-11-1b 202 14 Parameter C10X15 C10X15 PASS 0.369 1.000 0.369 360-16 A tEqH1-1b 202 Page 34 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 19 of 22 eney, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 20 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Failed Members Beam Paramete 1 AnalysisP Design Status ActualRat Allowable Normalized Ratio Code Clause L/C r roperty Property io Ratio (Actual/Allowable) Node Displacement Summary L/C X Y Z Resultant rX rY rZ (in) (in) (in) (in) (rad) (rad) (rad) Max X 4 202 0.011 -0.024 0.000 0.026 0.000 -0.003 0.001 Min X 6 202 -0.011 -0.024 0.000 0.026 0.000 -0.003 0.001 Max Y 7 4 0.000 0.000 -0.101 0.101 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Y 6 202 -0.011 -0.024 0.000 0.026 0.000 -0.003 0.001 Max Z 6 3 0.000 0.000 0.101 0.101 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Z 6 4 0.000 0.000 -0.101 0.101 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max rX 9 4 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.000 Min rX 9 3 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 -0.001 0.000 0.000 Max rY 4 2 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min rY 6 202 -0.011 -0.024 0.000 0.026 0.000 -0.003 0.001 Max rZ 6 202 -0.011 -0.024 0.000 0.026 0.000 -0.003 0.001 Min rZ 9 202 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 -0.001 Max Rst 6 3 0.000 0.000 0.101 0.101 0.000 0.000 0.000 Page 35 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 20 of 22 eney, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 21 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Beam End Force Summary Axial Shear Torsion Bending Beam Node L C Fx Fy Fz Mx My Mz (Ib) (lb) (lb) (kip-in) (kip-in) (kip-in) Max Fx 6 1 2 202 6,434.957 1,820.840 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Fx 7 9 202 -6,381.580 1,880.083 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Fy 3 5 202 105.057 2,235.545 0.000 0.000 0.000 5.911 Min Fy 3 8 202 105.057 -2,235.609 0.000 0.000 0.000 5.914 Max Fz 12 11 4 288.471 1.049 418.284 0.000 -18.057 0.040 Min Fz 14 4 202 98.055 184.301 -4,042.671 -0.029 12.147 -21.640 Max Mx 14 4 4 3.927 299.374 0.192 0.001 -0.019 0.891 Min Mx 14 4 202 98.055 184.301 -4,042.671 -0.029 12.147 -21.640 Max My 12 11 3 -288.471 -1.049 -418.284 0.000 18.057 -0.040 Min My 12 11 4 288.471 1.049 418.284 0.000 -18.057 0.040 Max Mz 8 7 202 1,750.847 -2,186.609 0.000 0.000 0.000 46.389 Min Mz 13 6 202 98.055 536.261 224.242 0.000 -12.109 -22.048 Reaction Summary Horizontal Vertical Horizo Moment Node FX j FY k FZ MX MY MZ (lb) (lb) (kip-in) (kip-in) (kip-in) Max FX 2 202 4,267.615 5,148.941 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min FX 9 202 -4,266.913 5,104.188 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max FY 13 202 -38.640 5,304.557 -98.055 -2.719 0.000 0.846 s 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 21 of 22 eney, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 22 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Reaction Summary Cont... Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Moment Node L/C FX FY FZ MX MY MZ (lb) (Ib) (kip-in) (kip-in (kip-in) Min FY 13 4 -0.394 -291.632 421.914 18.057 0.000 0.021 Max FZ 11 4 1 -1.049 288.471 421.938 18.057 0.000 0.040 Min FZ 11 3 1 1.049 -288.471 -421.938 -18.057 0.000 -0.040 Max MX 11 4 -1.049 288.471 421.938 18.057 0.000 0.040 Min MX 11 3 1.049 -288.471 -421.938 -18.057 0.000 -0.040 Max MY 9 3 0.145 -0.108 -105.849 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min MY 9 4 -0.145 0.108 105.849 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max MZ 11 202 -65.570 5,087.143 98.055 2.716 0.000 2.036 Min MZ 14 202 19.002 1,531.956 -105.057 -2.910 0.000 -0.753 Page 37 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 22 of 22 2.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF STRINGER BASE CONNECTION TO CONCRETE (ANCHOR CHECK) D-01 STRINGER BASE CONNECTION TO CONCRETE C7 q06 1/4" THK CLOSURE PLATE-A36 L3X3X3/8 -A36 W/1 3/4" GAG 1/4 3 SIDES 11 21 ill :� a ° 4 ° ° 4 4 4. d 4 (2) 3/8" DIA HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ2-CS W/ 2" EFFECTIVE EMBEDMENT Page 38 of 148 3.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF STRINGER BASE CONNECTION TO CONCRETE (ANCHOR CHECK) Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 1 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Concrete-Aug 25,2025 Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: Specifier's comments: 1 Input data Anchor type and diameter: Kwik Bolt TZ2-CS 3/8(2)hnom2 Item number: 2210237 KB-TZ2 3/8x3 1/2 Specification text: Hilti 0 3/8 in Kwik Bolt TZ2-CS with 2.5 in nominal embedment depth per ICC-ES ESR-4266,Hammer drill bit installation per MPII, Effective embedment depth: h,=2.000 in., ham=2.500 in. Material: Carbon Steel Evaluation Service Report: ESR-4266 Issued I Valid: 10/1/2024 1 12/1/2025 Proof: Design Method ACI 318/AC193 Shear edge breakout verification: Row closest to edge(Case 3 only from ACI 318-11 Appendix D Fig.RD.6.2.1(b)) Stand-off installation: eb=0.000 in.(no stand-off);t=0.375 in. Anchor plate : Ix x ly x t=5.000 in.x 3.000 in.x 0.375 in.;(Recommended plate thickness:not calculated) Profile: no profile Base material: cracked concrete,2500,f�=2,500 psi;h=4.000 in. Reinforcement: tension:condition B,shear:condition B; no supplemental splitting reinforcement present edge reinforcement:none or<No.4 bar Seismic loads(cat.C, D, E,or F) no R-The anchor calculation is based on a rigid anchor plate assumption. Geometry[in.]&Loading[kip,ft.kip] 4,p �o s z '0 T 10` 1 y 10' X � Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan Page 19 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 2 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Concrete-Aug 25,2025 Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 1.1 Design results Case Description Forces[kip]/Moments[ft.kip] Seismic Max.Util.Anchor[%] 1 Combination 1 N=-5.250;Vx=1.500;Vy=0.000; no 66 Mx=0.00000;my=0.00000;Mz=0.00000; 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces Anchor reactions[kip] ALY Tension force:(+Tension,-Compression) Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y 1 0.000 0.750 0.750 0.000 2 0.000 0.750 0.750 0.000 � 2 1 Max.concrete compressive strain: 0.12[%°] Compression Max.concrete compressive stress: 525[psi] Resulting tension force in(x/y)=(-/-): 0.000[kip] Resulting compression force in(x/y)=(0.000/-0.250):5.250[kip] Anchor forces are calculated based on the assumption of a rigid anchor plate. 3 Tension load Load N18[kip] Capacity Nn[kip] Utilization PN=NUa4 Nn Status Steel Strength* N/A N/A N/A N/A Pullout Strength* N/A N/A N/A N/A Concrete Breakout Failure** N/A N/A N/A N/A *highest loaded anchor **anchor group(anchors in tension) Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page240 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 3 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Concrete-Aug 25,2025 Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 4 Shear load Load Vua[kip] Capacity* V„[kip] Utilization Ov=V a/# V. Status Steel Strength" 0.750 2.201 35 OK Steel failure(with lever arm)` N/A N/A N/A N/A Pryout Strength— 1.500 2.945 51 OK Concrete edge failure in direction x+** 1.500 2.283 66 OK highest loaded anchor *'anchor group(relevant anchors) 4.1 Steel Strength Vsa =ESR value refer to ICC-ES ESR-4266 0 Vsteel >!Vua ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-2) Variables Ase,v[in•2] fut.[psi] ay,seis 0.05 126,204 1.000 Calculations Vsa[kip] 3.386 Results Vsa[kip] steel Vsa[kip] Vua[kip] 3.386 0.650 2.201 0.750 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page11 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 4 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Concrete-Aug 25,2025 Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 4.2 Pryout Strength Vcp9 =kcp [ ANc) W ec,N Wed,N Wc,N WcP,N Nn ] ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-31) ANco Vcpg >Vua ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-2) ANc see ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b) ANcO =9 hef ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-6) 1 W ec,N = 2 eN <1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-9) 1 +— 3 hef W ed,N =0.7+0.3 \ca,m!n/ <1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-11) 1.5hef W cp N =MA+a_min 1 nE) < 1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-13) rrCac lac Nb =kc X _"� fC h 1 5 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-7) Variables kip hef[in.] ecf N[in.] ecz N[in.] Ca min[in.] 1 2.000 0.000 0.000 10.000 W c,N cac[in.] kc X fc[psi] 1.000 4.375 21 1 2,500 Calculations ANc[in•2l ANco[in•2l W ecl,N Wec2,N Wed,N Wcp,N Nb[kip] 51.00 36.00 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 2.970 Results V,,[kip] concrete 0 Vep4[kip] Vua[kip] 4.207 0.700 2.945 1.500 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page12 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 5 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Concrete-Aug 25,2025 Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 4.3 Concrete edge failure in direction x+ Vcb = (Av o) W ed,V wc,V Wh,V Wparallel,V Vb ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-21) Vcb >Vua ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-2) Avc see ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1, Fig. RD.6.2.1(b)* AVco =4.5 Cal ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-23) W ed,v =0•7+0•3(1 .2 1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-28) 1.5Ca1 W h v = h >1.0 ACI 318 08 Eq.(D-29) a 0.2 Vb = (7 r 5 (d) Ada) X _Ifc cal ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-24) a Variables Cal [in.] cat[in.] W c,V ha[in.] le[in.] 6.667 10.000 1.000 4.000 2.000 X da[In.] fc[psi] W parallel,V 1.000 0.375 2,500 1.000 Calculations Avc[in.2] Avco(in.2] W ed,V Wh,V Vb[kip] 80.00 200.00 1.000 1.581 5.156 Results Vcb[kip] concrete it, Vcb[kip] Vua[kip] 3.261 0.700 2.283 1.500 *Anchor row defined by:Anchor 1;Case 3 controls 5 Warnings • The anchor design methods in PROFIS Engineering require rigid anchor plates per current regulations(EN1992-4,AS5216,etc.).This means load re-distribution on the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate are not considered-the anchor plate is assumed to be sufficiently stiff, in order not to be deformed when subjected to the design loading. PROFIS Engineering calculates the minimum required anchor plate thickness with FEM to limit the stress of the anchor plate based on the assumptions explained above.The proof if the rigid anchor plate assumption is valid is not carried out by PROFIS Engineering. Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! • The equations presented in this report are based on imperial units.When inputs are displayed in metric units,the user should be aware that the equations remain in their imperial format. • Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member.Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided,or where pullout or pryout strength governs. • Refer to the manufacturer's product literature for cleaning and installation instructions. • For additional information about ACI 318 strength design provisions, please go to https://viewer.joomag.com/profis-design-guide-us-en-summer-2021/0841849001625154758?short&/ Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan Page b of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 6 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Concrete-Aug 25,2025 Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: Fastening meets the design criteria! Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page%4 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 7 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Concrete-Aug 25,2025 Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 6 Installation data Anchor type and diameter:Kwik Bolt TZ2-CS 3/8(2) hnom2 Profile:no profile Item number:2210237 KB-TZ2 3/8x3 1/2 Hole diameter in the fixture:df=0.438 in. Maximum installation torque:0.03009 ft.kip Plate thickness(input):0.375 in. Hole diameter in the base material:0.375 in. Recommended plate thickness:not calculated Hole depth in the base material:2.750 in. Drilling method:Hammer drilled Minimum thickness of the base material:4.000 in. Cleaning:Manual cleaning of the drilled hole according to instructions for use is required. Hilti 0 3/8 in Kwik Bolt TZ2-CS with 2.5 in nominal embedment depth per ICC-ES ESR-4266, Hammer drill bit installation per MPII 6.1 Recommended accessories Drilling Cleaning Setting • Suitable Rotary Hammer • Manual blow-out pump Torque controlled cordless impact tool • Properly sized drill bit Torque wrench • Hammer AL Y 2.500 2.500 0 O O uO U� N x O O O L N 1.250 2.500 1.250 Coordinates Anchor[in.] Anchor x y c.x c+x c.y c+y 1 1.250 -0.250 12.500 10.000 10.000 10.000 2 -1.250 -0.250 10.000 12.500 10.000 10.000 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page 45 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 8 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Concrete-Aug 25,2025 Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 7 Remarks; Your Cooperation Duties • Any and all information and data contained in the Software concern solely the use of Hilti products and are based on the principles,formulas and security regulations in accordance with Hilti's technical directions and operating,mounting and assembly instructions,etc.,that must be strictly complied with by the user.All figures contained therein are average figures,and therefore use-specific tests are to be conducted prior to using the relevant Hilti product.The results of the calculations carried out by means of the Software are based essentially on the data you put in. Therefore,you bear the sole responsibility for the absence of errors,the completeness and the relevance of the data to be put in by you. Moreover,you bear sole responsibility for having the results of the calculation checked and cleared by an expert,particularly with regard to compliance with applicable norms and permits,prior to using them for your specific facility.The Software serves only as an aid to interpret norms and permits without any guarantee as to the absence of errors,the correctness and the relevance of the results or suitability for a specific application. • You must take all necessary and reasonable steps to prevent or limit damage caused by the Software. In particular,you must arrange for the regular backup of programs and data and,if applicable,carry out the updates of the Software offered by Hilti on a regular basis.If you do not use the AutoUpdate function of the Software,you must ensure that you are using the current and thus up-to-date version of the Software in each case by carrying out manual updates via the Hilti Website.Hilti will not be liable for consequences,such as the recovery of lost or damaged data or programs,arising from a culpable breach of duty by you. Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page U of 148 4.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF COLUMN BASE CONNECTION TO CONCRETE (ANCHOR CHECK) D-02 COLUMN BASE PLATE CONNECTION A A HSS4X4X1/4 -A500 GR.0 3/8" THK 1/4/ BASE PLATE-A36 � a .47 a � a a d a a a d a a a d d 4 3/8" DIA HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ2-CS W/ 2" EFFECTIVE EMBEDMENT 41„ 2 �I SIN ED CO �I 6" RI SECTION A-A Page 47 of 148 5.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF COLUMN BASE CONNECTION TO CONCRETE (ANCHOR CHECK) Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 1 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: Specifier's comments: 1 Anchor Design 1.1 Input data Anchor type and diameter: Kwik Bolt TZ2-CS 3/8(2)hnom2 .. Item number: 2210237 KB-TZ2 3/8x3 1/2 Specification text: Hilti q 3/8 in Kwik Bolt TZ2-CS with 2.5 in nominal embedment depth per ICC-ES ESR-4266,Hammer drill bit installation per MPII, Effective embedment depth: h,=2.000 in., hnom=2.500 In. Material: Carbon Steel Evaluation Service Report: ESR-4266 Issued I Valid: 10/1/2024 1 12/1/2025 Proof: Design Method ACI 318/AC193 Shear edge breakout verification: Row closest to edge(Case 3 only from ACI 318-11 Appendix D Fig.RD.6.2.1(b)) Stand-off installation: eb=0.000 in.(no stand-off);t=0.375 in. Anchor platecBFEM Ix x ly x t=9.000 in.x 9.000 in.x 0.375 in.; Profile: Square HSS(AISC), HSS4X4X.25;(L x W x T)=4.000 in.x 4.000 in.x 0.250 in. Base material: cracked concrete,2500,f,'=2,500 psi;h=4.000 in. Reinforcement: tension:condition B,shear:condition B; no supplemental splitting reinforcement present edge reinforcement:none or<No.4 bar Seismic loads(cat.C, D, E,or F) no caFEm_The anchor calculation is based on a component-based Finite Element Method(CBFEM) Geometry[in.]&Loading[kip,ft.kip] C;o a Y ro 55 X Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan Page�8 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 2 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 1.1.1 Design results Case Description Forces[kip]/Moments[ft.kip] Seismic Max. Util.Anchor[%] 1 Combination 1 N=-10.200;Vx=0.000;Vy=0.150; no 97 Mx=-2.55000; My=-0.90000; Mz=0.00000; 1.2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces ALY Anchor reactions[kip] 03 04 Tension force:(+Tension,-Compression) Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y 0 • 1 1.437 0.036 0.008 0.035 2 1.872 0.039 -0.007 0.038 Compression 3 0.000 0.042 -0.006 0.042 4 0.000 0.036 0.005 0.036 Resulting tension force in(x/y)=(0.394/-3.000): 3.309[kip] O 1 O 2 Resulting compression force in(x/y)=(-0.666/1.331): 13.863[kip] Tension Anchor forces are calculated based on a component-based Finite Element Method(CBFEM) 1.3 Tension load Load N„a[kip] Capacity+ N [kip] Utilization PN=N./+ N° Status Steel Strength* 1.872 4.869 39 OK Pullout Strength* N/A N/A N/A N/A Concrete Breakout Failure** 3.309 3.413 97 OK *highest loaded anchor **anchor group(anchors in tension) Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan Page�9 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 3 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 1.3.1 Steel Strength Nsa =ESR value refer to ICC-ES ESR-4266 0 Nsa >>Nua ACI 318-08 Eq. (D-1) Variables 1 Ase N[in.z] fut.[psi] 0.05 126,204 Calculations Nsa[kip] 6.493 Results Nsa[kip] 0 steel Nsa[kip] Nua[kip] 6.493 0.750 4.869 1.872 1.3.2 Concrete Breakout Failure Ncbg _ QN. W ec,N Wed,N Wc,N Wcp,N Nb ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-5) NcO Ncbg >Nua ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-1) ANc see ACI 318-08,Part D.5.2.1,Fig.RD.5.2.1(b) ANc, =9 hef ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-6) 1 W ec,N = \ 2 eN/ <1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-9) 1 +— 3 hef W ed,N =0.7+0.3 \Ca,m!n/ <1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-11) 1.5hef W cp N =MAX(Ca min 1.5hef) < 1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-13) `�rcac cac 1. Nb =kc X A f.hefs ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-7) Variables hef[in.] eot.N[in.] ec2.N[in.] ca,min[in.] W c,N 2.000 0.394 0.000 6.000 1.000 Cac[in.] kc fc[psi] 4.375 21 1 2,500 Calculations ANc[in•2] ANcO[in•2] W ecl,N Wec2,N Wed,N Wcp,N Nb[kip] 72.00 36.00 0.884 1.000 1.000 1.000 2.970 Results N,,[kip] concrete 0 Ncb,[kip] Nua[kip] 5.250 0.650 3.413 3.309 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page%0 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 4 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 1.4 Shear load Load V a[kip] Capacity� V„[kip] Utilization (1v=VJa V Status Steel Strength* 0.042 2.201 2 OK Steel failure(with lever arm)* N/A N/A N/A N/A Pryout Strength** 0.150 8.316 2 OK Concrete edge failure in direction x+** 0.150 2.031 8 OK *highest loaded anchor **anchor group(relevant anchors) 1.4.1 Steel Strength Vsa =ESR value refer to ICC-ES ESR-4266 � Vsteei >!Vua ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-2) Variables Ase,v[in•2] Lt.[psi] aV,seis 0.05 126,204 1.000 Calculations Vsa[kip] 3.386 Results Vsa[kip] steel Vsa[kip] Vua[kip] 3.386 0.650 2.201 0.042 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page b1 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 5 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 1.4.2 Pryout Strength Vcp9 =kcp [ ANc) W ec,N Wed,N Wc,N WcP,N Nb ] ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-31) AN.0 Vcpg >Vca ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-2) ANc see ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b) ANcO =9 hef ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-6) 1 W ec,N = 2 eN <1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-9) 1 +— 3 hef W ed,N =0.7+0.3 \ca,m!n/ <1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-11) 1.5hef W cp N =MA+a_min 1 nE) < 1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-13) rrCac lac Nb =kc X _"� fC h 1 5 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-7) Variables kip hef[in.] ecf N[in.] ecz N[in.] ca min[in.] 1 2.000 0.000 0.000 6.000 W c,N cac[in.] kc X fc[psi] 1.000 4.375 21 1 2,500 Calculations ANc[in•2l ANcO[in•2l W ecl,N Wec2,N Wed,N Wcp,N Nb[kip] 144.00 36.00 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 2.970 Results Vcpg[kip] concrete Vcpa[kip] Vua[kip] 11.879 0.700 8.316 0.150 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page%2 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 6 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 1.4.3 Concrete edge failure in direction x+ Vcbg — (AVco E W ec,V Wed,V Wc,V Wh,V Wparallel,V Vb ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-22) Vcbg >—Vua ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-2) Avc see ACI 318-08,Part D.6.2.1,Fig.RD.6.2.1(b)* Avco =4.5 Cat ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-23) 1 W ec,V = 1 1 + 2ev) <1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-26) 3Ca1 W ed,V =0.7+0.3(1 S 2 / <1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq. (D-28) 1.5cat yr h,v h >1.0 ACI 318 08 Eq. (D 29) a / 0.2 Vb = 1 7 (d �fC cats ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-24) ` a Variables cat [in.] Ca2[in.] ecv[in.] W c.y ha[in.] 4.000 6.000 0.070 1.000 4.000 Ie[In.] k da[In.] fc[psi] W parallel,V 2.000 1.000 0.375 2,500 1.000 Calculations Avc[in.2] Avco[in.2] W ec,V Wed,V Wh,V Vb[kip] 72.00 72.00 0.988 1.000 1.225 2.396 Results Vcbg[kip] concrete Vcba[kip] Vua[kip] 2.901 0.700 2.031 0.150 *Anchor row defined by:Anchor 2,4;Case 3 controls 1.5 Combined tension and shear loads RN Rv Utilization RN,V[%] Status 0.970 0.074 1.000 87 OK RNV=(PN+RV)/1.2<=1 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page%3 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 7 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 1.6 Warnings • The anchor design methods in PROFIS Engineering require rigid anchor plates per current regulations(EN1992-4,AS5216,etc.).This means load re-distribution on the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate are not considered-the anchor plate is assumed to be sufficiently stiff,in order not to be deformed when subjected to the design loading. PROFIS Engineering calculates the minimum required anchor plate thickness with CBFEM to limit the stress of the anchor plate based on the assumptions explained above.The proof if the rigid base plate assumption is valid is not carried out by PROFIS Engineering.Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! • The equations presented in this report are based on imperial units.When inputs are displayed in metric units,the user should be aware that the equations remain in their imperial format. • Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member.Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided,or where pullout or pryout strength governs. • Refer to the manufacturer's product literature for cleaning and installation instructions. • For additional information about ACI 318 strength design provisions,please go to https://viewer.joomag.com/prof!s-design-guide-us-en-summer-2021/0841849001625154758?short&/ • The anchor design methods in PROFIS Engineering require rigid anchor plates per current regulations(EN1992-4,AS5216,etc.).This means load re-distribution on the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate are not considered-the anchor plate is assumed to be sufficiently stiff,in order not to be deformed when subjected to the design loading. PROMS Engineering calculates the minimum required anchor plate thickness with FEM to limit the stress of the anchor plate based on the assumptions explained above.The proof if the rigid anchor plate assumption is valid is not carried out by PROFIS Engineering.Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan z Page b4 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 8 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 1.7 Installation data Anchor type and diameter:Kwik Bolt TZ2-CS 3/8(2) hnom2 Profile:Square HSS(AISC), HSS4X4X.25;(L x W x T)=4.000 in.x 4.000 in.x Item number:2210237 KB-TZ2 3/8x3 1/2 0.250 in. Hole diameter in the fixture:df=0.438 in. Maximum installation torque:0.03009 ft.kip Plate thickness(input):0.375 in. Hole diameter in the base material:0.375 in. Hole depth in the base material:2.750 in. Drilling method: Hammer drilled Minimum thickness of the base material:4.000 in. Cleaning:Manual cleaning of the drilled hole according to instructions for use is required. Hilti 0 3/8 in Kwik Bolt TZ2-CS with 2.5 in nominal embedment depth per ICC-ES ESR-4266, Hammer drill bit installation per MPII 1.7.1 Recommended accessories Drilling Cleaning Setting • Suitable Rotary Hammer Manual blow-out pump Torque controlled cordless impact tool • Properly sized drill bit Torque wrench • Hammer AL Y 4.500 4.500 0 0 03 0 0 0 0 0 co X 0 0 1 � 0 0 1.500 6.000 1.500 Coordinates Anchor[in.] Anchor x Y C-x c+x c.y c+y 1 -3.000 -3.000 6.000 12.000 6.000 12.000 2 3.000 -3.000 12.000 6.000 6.000 12.000 3 -3.000 3.000 6.000 12.000 12.000 6.000 4 3.000 3.000 12.000 6.000 12.000 6.000 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan Page%5 of 148 Hilti PROMS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 9 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 2 Anchor plate design 2.1 Input data Anchor plate: Shape:Rectangular Ixxlyxt=9.000inx9.000inx0.375in Calculation:CBFEM Material:ASTM A36; Fy=36,000 psi;Eli m=5.00% Anchor type and size: Kwik Bolt TZ2-CS 3/8(2)hnom2,hef=2.000 in Anchor stiffness: The anchor is modeled considering stiffness values determined from load displacement curves tested in an independent laboratory. Please note that no simple replacement of the anchor is possible as the anchor stiffness has a major impact on the load distribution results. Design method: AISC and LRFD-based design using component-based FEM Stand-off installation: eb=0.000 in(No stand-off);t=0.375 in Profile: HSS4X4X.25; (L x W x T x FT)=4.000 in x 4.000 in x 0.250 in x- Material:ASTM A500 Gr.0 Rect; Fy=50,000 psi;£lim=5.00% Eccentricity x:0.000 in Eccentricity y:0.000 in Base material: Cracked concrete;2500;fc,cyl=2,500 psi;h=4.000 in Welds(profile to anchor plate): Type of redistribution: Plastic Material:E70xx Mesh size: Number of elements on edge:8 Min.size of element:0.394 in Max.size of element: 1.969 in 2.2 Summary Description Profile Anchor plate Welds[%] Concrete[%] 6Ed[psi] EPI[%] aEd[psi] EPI[%] Hole bearing[%] 1 Combination 1 22,981 0.00 19,051 0.00 1 47 24 2.3 Anchor plate classification Results below are displayed for the decisive load combinations:Combination 1 Anchor tension forces Equivalent rigid anchor plate(CBFEM) Component-based Finite Element Method (CBFEM)anchor plate design Anchor 1 0.069 kip 1.437 kip Anchor 2 1.437 kip 1.872 kip Anchor 3 -0.000 kip 0.000 kip Anchor 4 -0.000 kip 0.000 kip User accepted to consider the selected anchor plate as rigid by his/her engineering judgement.This means the anchor design guidelines can be applied. 2.4 Profile/Stiffeners/Plate Profile and stiffeners are verified at the level of the steel to concrete connection.The connection design does not replace the steel design for critical cross sections,which should be performed outside of PROFIS Engineering. 2.4.1 Equivalent stress and plastic strain Part Load Material fy[psi] slim[%] QEd[psi] EPI[%] Status combination Plate Combination 1 ASTM A36 36,000 5.00 19,051 0.00 OK Profile Combination 1 ASTM A500 Gr.0 50,000 5.00 22,981 0.00 OK Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan Age 56 of 148 Hilti PROMS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 10 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: Part Load Material fy[psi] slim[%] (YEd[psi] SPI[%] Status combination Rect Profile Combination 1 ASTM A500 Gr.0 50,000 5.00 15,516 0.00 OK Rect Profile Combination 1 ASTM A500 Gr.0 50,000 5.00 11,073 0.00 OK Rect Profile Combination 1 ASTM A500 Gr.0 50,000 5.00 17,779 0.00 OK Rect 2.4.1.1 Equivalent stress Results below are displayed for the decisive load combination: 1 -Combination 1 50,000 psi I / Z Y 1< 0 psi Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan P%e 57 of 148 Hilti PROMS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 11 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 2.4.1.2 Plastic strain Results below are displayed for the decisive load combination: 1 -Combination 1 5.00% • z Y �X 0.00% 2.4.2 Plate hole bearing resistance,AISC 360-16 Section J3 Decisive load combination: 1 -Combination 1 Equations Rn = min(1.2 Ic t Fu,2.4 d t Fu) (AISC 360-16 J3-6a,c) (DRn = 0.75 Rn V q)Rn Variables Ic[in] t[in] Fu[psi] d[in] R„[kip] Anchor 1 1.321 0.375 58,000 0.375 19.585 Anchor 2 1.304 0.375 58,000 0.375 19.585 Anchor 3 7.358 0.375 58,000 0.375 19.585 Anchor 4 7.342 0.375 58,000 0.375 19.585 Results V[kip] OR„[kip] Utilization[%] Status Anchor 1 0.036 14.689 1 OK Anchor2 0.039 14.689 1 OK Anchor3 0.042 14.689 1 OK Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan P1age 58 of 148 Hilti PROMS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 12 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: V[kip] OR.,[kip] Utilization[%] Status Anchor4 0.036 14.689 1 OK 2.5 Welds Profiles are modeled without taking the corner radius into account.Special rules for welding(e.g.for cold-formed profiles...)are not taken into account by the software. 2.5.1 Anchor plate to profile Decisive load combination: 1 -Combination 1 Equations Fnw = 0.6 FExx(1.0+0.5sinf (DRn = (D Fnw Aw Fn Utilization = Rn Variables Edge Xn Th[in] Ls[in] L[in] L.[in] FExx[psi] O[°] Aw[in'] Member 1-tfl 1 E70xx I0.250 0.354 3.984 0.498 70,000 67.0 0.12 Member 1-bfl 1 E70xx 0.250\ 0.354 3.984 0.498 70,000 67.2 0.12 Member 1-w 1 E70xx I0.250 0.354 3.486 0.498 70,000 83.9 0.12 Member 1-w 2 E70xx 0.250\ 0.354 3.486 0.498 70,000 85.5 0.12 Results Edge Fn[kip] 4)Rn[kip] Utilization[%] Status Member 1-tfl 1 2.623 5.653 47 OK Member 1-bfl 1 2.112 5.658 38 OK Member 1-w 1 1.289 5.866 22 OK Member 1-w 2 2.645 5.874 46 OK 2.6 Concrete Decisive load combination: 1 -Combination 1 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan Page 59 of 148 Hilti PROMS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 13 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 2.6.1 Compression in concrete under the anchor plate 1,524 psi ■ 0 psi 2.6.2 Concrete block compressive strength resistance check,AISC 360-16 Section J8 Equations Fp = (D fp,max A2 A2 fp,max = 0.85 fc�(At )<_1.7 fc; �( At )<2 N 6 = At Utilization = 6 Fp Variables N[kip] fc,[psi] At [in'] A2[in'] 13.863 2,500 0.65 21.66 198.37 Results Load combination Fp[psi] l7[psi] Utilization[%] Status Combination 1 2,762 640 24 OK Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan P%e 60 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 14 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 2.7 Symbol explanation At Loaded area of concrete A2 Supporting area Aw Effective area of weld critical element d Nominal diameter of the bolt elim Limit plastic strain &Pi Plastic strain from CBFEM results fc Concrete compressive strength fe, Concrete compressive strength FExx Electrode classification number,i.e.minimum specified tensile strength Fu Specified minimum tensile strength of the connected material Fn Force in weld critical element Fnw Nominal stress of the weld material Fp Concrete block design bearing strength fp,max Concrete block design bearing strength maximum fy Yield strength Ic Clear distance,in the direction of the force,between the edge of the hole and the edge of the adjacent hole or edge of the material L Length of weld Lc Length of weld critical element Ls Leg size of weld N Resulting compression force 6 Average stress in concrete 6Ed Equivalent stress (D Resistance factor (DRn Factored resistance Rn Resistance t Thickness of the anchor plate 0 Angle of loading measured from the weld longitudinal axis Th Throat thickness of weld V Resultant of shear forces Vy,Vz in bolt. Xu Filler metal tensile strength 2.8 Warnings • By using the CBFEM calculation functionality of PROFIS Engineering you may act outside the applicable design codes and your specified anchor plate may not behave rigid.Please,validate the results with a professional designer and/or structural engineer to ensure suitability and adequacy for your specific jurisdiction and project requirements. • The anchor is modeled considering stiffness values determined from load displacement curves tested in an independent laboratory.Please note that no simple replacement of the anchor is possible as the anchor stiffness has a major impact on the load distribution results. Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan Page 61 of 148 Hilti PROMS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 15 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 3 Summary of results Design of the anchor plate,anchors,welds and other elements are based on CBFEM(component based finite element method)and AISC. Load combination Max.utilization Status Anchors Combination 1 97% OK Anchor plate Combination 1 53% OK Welds Combination 1 47% OK Concrete Combination 1 24% OK Profile Combination 1 46% OK Fastening meets the design criteria! Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan Page 62 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 16 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 4 Remarks; Your Cooperation Duties • Any and all information and data contained in the Software concern solely the use of Hilti products and are based on the principles,formulas and security regulations in accordance with Hilti's technical directions and operating,mounting and assembly instructions,etc.,that must be strictly complied with by the user.All figures contained therein are average figures,and therefore use-specific tests are to be conducted prior to using the relevant Hilti product.The results of the calculations carried out by means of the Software are based essentially on the data you put in.Therefore,you bear the sole responsibility for the absence of errors,the completeness and the relevance of the data to be put in by you. Moreover,you bear sole responsibility for having the results of the calculation checked and cleared by an expert,particularly with regard to compliance with applicable norms and permits,prior to using them for your specific facility.The Software serves only as an aid to interpret norms and permits without any guarantee as to the absence of errors,the correctness and the relevance of the results or suitability for a specific application. • You must take all necessary and reasonable steps to prevent or limit damage caused by the Software. In particular,you must arrange for the regular backup of programs and data and,if applicable,carry out the updates of the Software offered by Hilti on a regular basis.If you do not use the AutoUpdate function of the Software,you must ensure that you are using the current and thus up-to-date version of the Software in each case by carrying out manual updates via the Hilti Website.Hilti will not be liable for consequences,such as the recovery of lost or damaged data or programs,arising from a culpable breach of duty by you. Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan rage 63 of 148 6.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF BACK HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION D - 03 BACK HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION 1 „ 2 C 12X20.7 -A36 U � � o o � Q � X 14" 14" 1/4 3/8" TH K SHEAR NOTES:- 1/4 PLATE -A36 1 .ALL BOLTS ARE 7/8" DIA F1852-N BOLTS. 2.ALL BOLT HOLES ARE STD. Page 64 of 148 7.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF BACK HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION Project: Project no: c�StatiCa® Author: Project data Project name Project number Author Description Date 8/25/2025 Code AISC/ACI Material Steel A992,A572 Gr.50,A1085. Gr.A,A36,A500. Gr. C Page 65 of 148 1 /10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Project item CON1 Design Name CON1 Description Analysis Stress, strain/loads in equilibrium Design code AISC 360-16 (ASD)/ACI 318-14 Members Geometry Name Cross-section R—Direction y-Pitch a-Rotation Offset ex Offset ey Offset ez [°] [°] [°] [in] [in] [in] C 3-HSS(Imp)4X4X1/4 0.0 -90.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 B 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 -6.00 Supports and forces Name Support Forces in X [in] C/end N-Vy-Vz-Mx-My-Mz Node 0.00 B/end Node 0.00 C B Page 66 of 148 2/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: �`T `1 -5.0 —"l•, 1.5 41 �i Geometry Cross-sections Name Material 3- HSS(Imp)4X4X1/4 A500. Gr. C 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 A36 Bolts Name Diameter fy fu Gross area [in] [ksi] [ksi] [in2] 7/8 A325 0.88 92.0 120.0 0.60 Load effects (forces in equilibrium) Name Member N Vy Vz Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 C/End 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 B/End 1.5 0.0 -5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Unbalanced forces Name X Y z Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 1.5 0.0 -5.0 0.0 -0.8 0.0 Page 67 of 148 3/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: Check Summary Name Value Check status Analysis 100.0% OK Plates 0.1 <5.0% OK Loc. deformation 0.1 <3% OK Bolts 52.4< 100% OK Welds 35.9< 100% OK Buckling 45.11 GMNA Calculated Plates Name Material tP Loads QEd -,PI °c,Ed Status [in] [ksi] [%] [ksi] C A500. Gr. C 0.25 LE1 26.3 0.0 0.0 OK B-bfl1 A36 0.50 LE1 19.7 0.0 0.0 OK B-tfl1 A36 0.50 LE1 20.3 0.0 0.0 OK B-w 1 A36 0.28 LE1 21.6 0.1 3.3 OK SHP1 A36 0.38 LE1 21.6 0.1 9.1 OK Design data Material Fy £Iim [ksi] [%] A500. Gr. C 50.0 5.0 A36 36.0 5.0 Symbol explanation tp Plate thickness 6Ed Equivalent stress Epi Plastic strain Qc,Ed Contact stress Fy Yield strength Eiim Limit of plastic strain Detailed result for SHP1 Design values used in the analysis = 21.6 ksi Where: Fy = 36.0 ksi -characteristic yield strength S2 = 1.67 -safety factor for steel material AISC 360-16-B3.2 Page 68 of 148 4/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Loc. deformation Name do Loads S siim 6/do Check status [in] [in] [in] [%] C 4.02 LE1 0.00 0.12 0.1 OK Symbol explanation do Cross-section size b Local cross-section deformation brim Allowed deformation 44 OOOA } C 0) B eoloo Overall check, LEI Page 69 of 148 5/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: ^ 1%] 150% 100% (5.00) -5.0 r 1.5 t, 0% Strain check, LEI Page 70 of 148 6/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: [ksi] 29.90 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 -5.0 7.5 5.0 2.5 1.5 0.00 Equivalent stress, LEI Bolts Ft V Rn,bearingm Utt Uts Utts Shape Item Grade Loads o 0 o Detailing Status [kip] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] [/o] B1 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 3.1 5.8 17.3 11.5 36.0 0.0 OK OK B2 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 2.8 7.2 13.8 10.3 44.6 0.0 OK OK Design data Grade Rn,tension/S2 Rn,shearm [kip] [kip] 7/8 A325- 1 27.0 16.2 Page 71 of 148 7/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Symbol explanation Ft Tension force V Resultant of bolt shear forces Vy and Vz in shear planes Rn,bearing/f) Bolt bearing resistance Utt Utilization in tension Uts Utilization in shear Utts Utilization in tension and shear Rn,tensionffi Bolt tension resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Rn,shearm Bolt shear resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Detailed result for B2 Tension resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R. = Ft Ab = 270 kip z Ft = 2.8 ki st St p p Where: F,t = 89.9 ksi —nominal tensile stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Shear resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R = Fv A6 = 16.2 kip >_ V = 7.2 ki � st p p Where: F,,,,, = 54.0 ksi —nominal shear stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Bearing resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-6) R,,, = 1.20 • 1, • t • F,,, < 2.40 • d• t • Fv, R = 13.8 kip >_ V = 7.2 kip Where: lc = 1.40 in —clear distance, in the direction of the force, between the edge of the hole and the edge of the adjacent hole or edge of the material t = 0.28 in —thickness of the plate d = 0.88 in —diameter of a bolt F,,, = 58.0 ksi —specified minimum tensile strength of the connected material Q = 2.00 —safety factor for bearing at bolt holes Interaction of tension and shear check(AISC 360-16—J3-2) The required stress, in either shear or tension, is less than or equal to 30%of the corresponding available stress and the effects of combined stresses need not to be investigated. Page 72 of 148 8/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Welds Item Edge Xu tw w L Lc Loads Fn Rn/.Q Ut Uto Detailing Status [in] [in] [in] [in] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] C-w 3 SHP1 E70xx A 0.25 \ A 0.35 \ 5.96 0.31 LE1 0.7 2.4 27.1 13.2 OK OK E70xx A 0.25 \ A 0.35 \ 5.96 0.31 LE1 0.8 2.3 35.9 15.9 OK OK Design data Material Fexx [ksi] E70xx 70.0 Symbol explanation tw Throat thickness of weld w Leg size of weld L Length of weld LC Length of weld critical element Fn Force in weld critical element Rn/Q Weld resistance-AISC 360-16-J2-4 Ut Utilization Utz Weld capacity estimation Fillet weld Fexx Ultimate strength as rated by electrode classification number Detailed result for C-w 3/SHP1 Weld resistance check(AISC 360-16-J2-4) R. _ F,,,A,_ _ 2.3 kip >_ Fm, = 0.8 kip sz - sZ Where: F... = 58.7 ksi -nominal stress of weld material: • Fnw = 0.6 • FExx • (1 +0.5 • sin1.50) ,where: o FExx = 70.0 ksi-electrode classification number, i.e. minimum specified tensile strength o 0 = 59.0°-angle of loading measured from the weld longitudinal axis Awe 0.08 in2 -effective area of weld critical element SZ = 2.0 -safety factor for fillet welds Buckling Loads Shape Factor LE1 1 45.11 2 57.73 3 64.24 4 73.88 5 92.99 6 101.37 Page 73 of 148 9/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: -5.0 ,i 1.5 First buckling mode shape, LEI Code settings Item Value Unit Reference Friction coefficient-concrete 0.40 - ACI 349-01 —B.6.1.4 Friction coefficient in slip-resistance 0.30 - AISC 360-16—J3.8 Limit plastic strain 0.05 - Detailing Yes Distance between bolts[d] 2.66 - AISC 360-16—J3.3 Concrete breakout resistance check Both Base metal capacity check at weld fusion face No AISC 360-16—J2-2 Deformation at bolt hole at service load is design Yes AISC 360-16—J3.10 consideration Cracked concrete Yes ACI 318-14—17 Local deformation check Yes Local deformation limit 0.03 - CIDECT DG 1, 3—1.1 Geometrical nonlinearity(GMNA) Yes Analysis with large deformations for hollow section joints Page 74 of 148 10/ 10 8.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION D - 04 HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION ill � 2 U , C10x15.3 -A36 CD o C) 1 311 13„ _ 4 4 cy) X ------ ----------------- 1/4 3/8" THK SHEAR 1/4 PLATE -A36 NOTES:- 1 .ALL BOLTS ARE 7/8" DIA F1852-N BOLTS. 2.ALL BOLT HOLES ARE STD. Page 75 of 148 9.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION Project: Project no: c�StatiCa® Author: Project data Project name Project number Author Description Date 8/25/2025 Code AISC/ACI Material Steel A992,A572 Gr.50,A1085. Gr.A,A36 Page 76 of 148 1 /10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Project item CON1 Design Name CON1 Description Analysis Stress, strain/loads in equilibrium Design code AISC 360-16 (ASD)/ACI 318-14 Members Geometry Name Cross-section R—Direction y-Pitch a-Rotation Offset ex Offset ey Offset ez [°] [°] [°] [in] [in] [in] C 3-HSS(Imp)4X4X1/4 0.0 -90.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 B 4-C(Imp)10X15.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 Supports and forces Name Support Forces in X [in] C/begin N-Vy-Vz-Mx-My-Mz Node 0.00 C/end Node 0.00 B/end Node 0.00 C B Page 77 of 148 2/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa* Author: isoy 176 13 1.5 I' 1� SHP1 Cross-sections Name Material 3- HSS(Imp)4X4X1/4 A36 4-C(Imp)10X15.3 A36 Bolts Name Diameter fy fu Gross area [in] [ksi] [ksi] [in2] 7/8 A325 0.88 92.0 120.0 0.60 Load effects (forces in equilibrium) Name Member N Vy Vz Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 C/End 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 B/End 1.5 0.0 -5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 C/Begin 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Unbalanced forces Name X Y z Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 1.5 0.0 -5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Page 78 of 148 3/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Check Summary Name Value Check status Analysis 100.0% OK Plates 0.5<5.0% OK Loc. deformation 0.1 <3% OK Bolts 68.0< 100% OK Welds 39.9< 100% OK Buckling 39.72 GMNA Not calculated Plates Name tP Loads °Ed £PI Qc,Ed Status [in] [ksi] [%] [ksi] C 0.25 LE1 21.6 0.0 0.0 OK B-bfl1 0.44 LE1 21.6 0.0 0.0 OK B-tfl1 0.44 LE1 21.6 0.1 0.0 OK B-w 1 0.24 LE1 21.7 0.5 6.7 OK SHP1 0.38 LE1 21.6 0.2 11.1 OK Design data Material Fy £Iim [ksi] [%] A36 36.0 5.0 Symbol explanation tP Plate thickness 6Ed Equivalent stress EPi Plastic strain Gc,Ed Contact stress Fy Yield strength Ei;m Limit of plastic strain Detailed result for B-w 1 Design values used in the analysis = 21.6 ksi Where: Fy = 36.0 ksi -characteristic yield strength Q = 1.67 -safety factor for steel material AISC 360-16-B3.2 Loc. deformation Name do Loads b blim 6/do Check status [in] [in] [in] [%] C 4.02 LE1 0.00 0.12 0.1 OK Page 79 of 148 4/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Symbol explanation do Cross-section size b Local cross-section deformation brim Allowed deformation ICI 01* � g 00000 Overall check, LE1 Page 80 of 148 5/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: 1%] 150% 100% (5.00) f1.5 0% Strain check, LEI Page 81 of 148 6/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: [ksi] 21.60 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 -5.0 5.0 2.5 0.00 1.5 Equivalent stress, LEI Bolts Ft V Rn,bearingm Utt Uts Utts Shape Item Grade Loads o 0 o Detailing Status [kip] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] [/o] B1 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 6.6 6.4 14.6 24.4 39.7 0.0 OK OK B2 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 2.7 7.8 11.5 10.1 48.2 0.0 OK OK Design data Grade Rn,tension/S2 Rn,shearm [kip] [kip] 7/8 A325- 1 27.0 16.2 Page 82 of 148 7/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Symbol explanation Ft Tension force V Resultant of bolt shear forces Vy and Vz in shear planes Rn,bearing/f) Bolt bearing resistance Utt Utilization in tension Uts Utilization in shear Utts Utilization in tension and shear Rn,tensionffi Bolt tension resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Rn,shearm Bolt shear resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Detailed result for B2 Tension resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R. = Ft Ab = 270 kip z Ft = 2.7 ki st St p p Where: F,t = 89.9 ksi —nominal tensile stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Shear resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R = Fv A6 = 16.2 kip >_ V = 7.8 ki � st p p Where: F,,,,, = 54.0 ksi —nominal shear stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Bearing resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-6) R,,, = 1.20 • 1, • t • F,,, < 2.40 • d• t • Fv, R = 11.5 kip >_ V = 7.8 kip Where: lc = 1.37 in —clear distance, in the direction of the force, between the edge of the hole and the edge of the adjacent hole or edge of the material t = 0.24 in —thickness of the plate d = 0.88 in —diameter of a bolt F,,, = 58.0 ksi —specified minimum tensile strength of the connected material Q = 2.00 —safety factor for bearing at bolt holes Interaction of tension and shear check(AISC 360-16—J3-2) The required stress, in either shear or tension, is less than or equal to 30%of the corresponding available stress and the effects of combined stresses need not to be investigated. Page 83 of 148 8/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Welds Item Edge Xu tw w L Lc Loads Fn Rn/.Q Ut Uto Detailing Status [in] [in] [in] [in] [kip] [kip] [%] [/o] C-w 3 SHP1 E70xx A 0.25 \ A 0.35 \ 5.96 0.31 LE1 1.0 2.4 39.9 23.9 OK OK E70xx A 0.25 \ A 0.35 \ 5.96 0.31 LE1 0.7 2.1 32.9 15.3 OK OK Design data Material Fexx [ksi] E70xx 70.0 Symbol explanation tw Throat thickness of weld w Leg size of weld L Length of weld LC Length of weld critical element Fn Force in weld critical element Rn/Q Weld resistance-AISC 360-16-J2-4 Ut Utilization Utz Weld capacity estimation Fillet weld Fexx Ultimate strength as rated by electrode classification number Detailed result for C-w 3/SHP1 Weld resistance check(AISC 360-16-J2-4) R. _ F,,,A,_ - 2.4 kip >_ Fm, = 1.0 kip sz - sZ Where: F... = 60.9 ksi -nominal stress of weld material: Fnw = 0.6 • FExx • (1 +0.5 • sin1.50) ,where: o FExx = 70.0 ksi-electrode classification number, i.e. minimum specified tensile strength o 6 = 68.9°-angle of loading measured from the weld longitudinal axis Awe 0.08 in2 -effective area of weld critical element SZ = 2.0 -safety factor for fillet welds Buckling Loads Shape Factor LE1 1 39.72 2 43.82 3 51.70 4 62.31 5 64.87 6 72.27 Page 84 of 148 9/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: -5.0 1.5 First buckling mode shape, LEI Code settings Item Value Unit Reference Friction coefficient-concrete 0.40 - ACI 349-01 —B.6.1.4 Friction coefficient in slip-resistance 0.30 - AISC 360-16—J3.8 Limit plastic strain 0.05 - Detailing Yes Distance between bolts[d] 2.66 - AISC 360-16—J3.3 Concrete breakout resistance check Both Base metal capacity check at weld fusion face No AISC 360-16—J2-2 Deformation at bolt hole at service load is design Yes AISC 360-16—J3.10 consideration Cracked concrete Yes ACI 318-14—17 Local deformation check Yes Local deformation limit 0.03 - CIDECT DG 1, 3—1.1 Geometrical nonlinearity(GMNA) Yes Analysis with large deformations for hollow section joints Page 85 of 148 10/ 10 10.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF STRINGER TO HEADER CONNECTION D -05 STRINGER TO HEADER CONNECTION ,P3 G�2�20 ' � A C 12X20.7 -A36 ~� 2 C1 OX15.3 -A36 CJP �,- - '3„ 11„CID "El 4 4 - "El � C12X20.7 -A36 � �I C 1 Ox 15.3 -A36 114 3 SIDES STUB IF REQUIRED ---------------------- L3X3X3/8 -A36 A VIEW - AA NOTES:- 1.ALL BOLTS ARE 7/8" DIA F1852-N BOLTS. 2.ALL BOLT HOLES ARE STD. Page 8 of 148 11.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF STRINGER TO HEADER CONNECTION Project: Project no: c�StatiCa® Author: Project data Project name Project number Author Description Date 8/25/2025 Code AISC/ACI Material Steel A992,A572 Gr.50,A1085. Gr.A,A36 Concrete 4000 psi Page 87 of 148 1 /11 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Project item CON1 Design Name CON1 Description Analysis Stress, strain/loads in equilibrium Design code AISC 360-16 (ASD)/ACI 318-14 Members Geometry Name Cross-section R—Direction y-Pitch a-Rotation Offset ex Offset ey Offset ez [in] [in] [in] C 5-C(Imp)10X15.3 -90.0 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 B 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 0.0 32.0 0.0 -5.00 0.00 5.50 Supports and forces Name Support Forces in X [in] C/begin N-Vy-Vz-Mx-My-Mz Node 0.00 C/end Node 0.00 B/end Node 0.00 EN&B SM1 Page 88 of 148 2/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: 1.2 •2.0 e K K 3 IB CIIPI r,W C �:ol 101 SONS 100 CLIP1 Cross-sections Name Material 5-C(Imp)10X15.3 A36 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 A36 6-C(Imp)12X20.7 A36 8-L(Imp)3X3X3/8 A36 Bolts Diameter fy fU Gross area Name [in] [ksi] [ksi] [in2] 7/8 A325 0.88 92.0 120.0 0.60 Load effects (forces in equilibrium) Name Member N Vy Vz Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 C/End 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 B/End 1.2 0.0 -2.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 C/Begin 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Unbalanced forces Name X Y z Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 2.1 0.0 -1.1 0.0 -0.3 0.0 Page 89 of 148 3/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: Check Summary Name Value Check status Analysis 100.0% OK Plates 1.3<5.0% OK Bolts 63.0< 100% OK Welds 76.5< 100% OK Buckling 23.47 Plates Name tP Loads QEd £Pi Qc,Ed Status [in] [ksi] [%] [ksi] C-bfl1 0.44 LE1 18.4 0.0 0.0 OK C-tfl1 0.44 LE1 21.6 0.0 0.0 OK C-w 1 0.24 LE1 21.9 1.3 14.5 OK B-bfl1 0.50 LE1 10.8 0.0 0.0 OK B-tfl1 0.50 LE1 8.2 0.0 0.0 OK B-w 1 0.28 LE1 13.4 0.0 0.0 OK SM1-bfl1 0.50 LE1 1.2 0.0 0.0 OK SM1-w 1 0.28 LE1 12.3 0.0 0.0 OK CLIP1-bfl1 0.37 LE1 21.6 0.2 0.0 OK CLIP1-w 1 0.37 LE1 21.7 0.4 23.7 OK Design data Material Fy £iim [ksi] [%] A36 36.0 5.0 Symbol explanation tp Plate thickness 6Ed Equivalent stress EPi Plastic strain 6c,Ed Contact stress Fy Yield strength Eiim Limit of plastic strain Detailed result for C-w 1 Design values used in the analysis = 21.6 ksi Where: Fy = 36.0 ksi -characteristic yield strength SZ = 1.67 -safety factor for steel material AISC 360-16-B3.2 Page 90 of 148 4/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: B SM1 i Overall check, LEI Page 91 of 148 5/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: 1%] 150% % 2.0 14 100% —{ (5.00) 1 LO% Strain check, LEI Page 92 of 148 6/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: [ksi] 21.60 20.0 17.5 2.0 15.0 1.2 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 2.5 0.00 Equivalent stress, LEI Bolts Shape Item Grade Loads Ft V Rn,bearing/f2 Utt Uts Utts Detailing Status [kip] [kip] [kip] [%] [%] [%] B1 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 7.5 1.2 14.6 27.7 7.3 0.0 OK OK B2 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 17.0 0.9 14.6 63.0 5.8 0.0 OK OK Design data Grade Rn,tension/S2 Rn,shearm [kip] [kip] 7/8 A325- 1 27.0 16.2 Page 93 of 148 7/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Symbol explanation Ft Tension force V Resultant of bolt shear forces Vy and Vz in shear planes Rn,bearing/f) Bolt bearing resistance Utt Utilization in tension Uts Utilization in shear Utts Utilization in tension and shear Rn,tensionffi Bolt tension resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Rn,shearm Bolt shear resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Detailed result for B2 Tension resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R. = Ft Ab = 27.0 kip z Ft = 17.0 kip Where: F,t = 89.9 ksi —nominal tensile stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Shear resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R = Fv A6 = 16.2 kip >_ V = 0.9 ki � st p p Where: F,,,,, = 54.0 ksi —nominal shear stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Bearing resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-6) R,,, = 1.20 • 1, • t • F,,, < 2.40 • d• t • Fv, R = 14.6 kip >_ V = 0.9 kip Where: l� = 13.85 in —clear distance, in the direction of the force, between the edge of the hole and the edge of the adjacent hole or edge of the material t = 0.24 in —thickness of the plate d = 0.88 in —diameter of a bolt F,,, = 58.0 ksi —specified minimum tensile strength of the connected material Q = 2.00 —safety factor for bearing at bolt holes Interaction of tension and shear check(AISC 360-16—J3-2) The required stress, in either shear or tension, is less than or equal to 30%of the corresponding available stress and the effects of combined stresses need not to be investigated. Page 94 of 148 8/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Welds Item Edge Xu tw w L Lc Loads Fn Rn/r2 Ut Ute Detailing Status [in] [in] [in] [in] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] B-bfl 1 SM1-w 1 E70xx - - 14.04 - - - - - - OK OK B-w 1 CLIP1-bfl 1 E70xx A 0.19 A 0.27 2.48 0.31 LE1 1.3 1.7 76.5 54.3 OK OK B-w 1 CLIP1-bfl 1 E70xx A 0.19 A 0.27 1.89 0.31 LE1 0.6 1.4 42.8 23.4 OK OK SM1-w 1 CLIP1-bfl 1 E70xx A 0.16 A 0.22 3.77 0.31 LE1 0.5 1.1 43.3 25.9 OK OK SM1-w 1 CLIP1-bfl 1 E70xx A 0.16 A 0.22 2.44 0.31 LE1 0.8 1.5 55.1 34.0 OK OK Design data Material Fexx [ksi] E70xx 0.0 E70xx 70.0 Symbol explanation tw Throat thickness of weld w Leg size of weld L Length of weld LC Length of weld critical element Fn Force in weld critical element Rn/O Weld resistance-AISC 360-16-J2-4 Ut Utilization Utz Weld capacity estimation Fillet weld Fexx Ultimate strength as rated by electrode classification number Detailed result for B-w 1 /CLIP1-bfl 1 Weld resistance check(AISC 360-16-J2-4) R = F,,,•A,,,, _ 1.7 kip >_ Fn = 1.3 kip 52 S2 Where: Fn,,, = 58.1 ksi -nominal stress of weld material: • Fnw = 0.6 • FExx • (1 +0.5 • s2n1.50) ,where: o FExx = 70.0 ksi-electrode classification number, i.e. minimum specified tensile strength o 6 = 57.0°-angle of loading measured from the weld longitudinal axis Awe = 0.06 in2 -effective area of weld critical element S2 = 2.0 -safety factor for fillet welds Page 95 of 148 9/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: Buckling Loads Shape Factor [-1 L E 1 1 23.47 2 26.47 3 33.06 4 42.93 5 43.96 6 51.31 2.0 1.2 First buckling mode shape, LE1 Page 96 of 148 10/ 11 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Code settings Item Value Unit Reference Friction coefficient-concrete 0.40 - ACI 349-01 —B.6.1.4 Friction coefficient in slip-resistance 0.30 - AISC 360-16—J3.8 Limit plastic strain 0.05 - Detailing Yes Distance between bolts[d] 2.66 - AISC 360-16—J3.3 Concrete breakout resistance check Both Base metal capacity check at weld fusion face No AISC 360-16—J2-2 Deformation at bolt hole at service load is design Yes AISC 360-16—J3.10 consideration Cracked concrete Yes ACI 318-14—17 Local deformation check Yes Local deformation limit 0.03 - CIDECT DG 1, 3—1.1 Geometrical nonlinearity(GMNA) Yes Analysis with large deformations for hollow section joints Page 97 of 148 11 / 11 12.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF STRINGER TO COLUMN CONNECTION D-06 STRINGER TO COLUMN CONNECTION G C12X20.7 -A36 � A lit c� L2 —_I CD CD X U) U) _ CJP 3" C12X20.7 -A36 1/4 3 SIDES STUB IF REQUIRED _ , 122„ L4X3X3/8 -A36 Jq VIEW -AA NOTES:- 1.ALL BOLTS ARE 7/8" DIA F1852-N BOLTS. Page 98 of 148 2.ALL BOLT HOLES ARE STD. 13.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF STRINGER TO COLUMN CONNECTION Project: Project no: c�StatiCa® Author: Project data Project name Project number Author Description Date 9/24/2025 Code AISC/ACI Material Steel A992,A572 Gr.50,A1085. Gr.A,A500. Gr. C,A36 Concrete 4000 psi Page 99 of 148 1 /10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Project item CON1 Design Name CON1 Description Analysis Stress, strain/loads in equilibrium Design code AISC 360-16 (ASD)/ACI 318-14 Members Geometry Name Cross-section R—Direction y-Pitch a-Rotation Offset ex Offset ey Offset ez [in] [in] [in] C 3-HSS(Imp)4X4X1/4 0.0 90.0 0.0 5.00 -0.25 0.00 B 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 0.0 32.0 0.0 6.00 0.90 12.00 Supports and forces Name Support Forces in X [in] C/begin N-Vy-Vz-Mx-My-Mz Node 0.00 C/end Node 0.00 B/end Node 0.00 B SM1 SN12 M C4h SP,12 Page 100 of 148 2/10 Project: Project no: c�StatiCa' Author: -2.1 so .M: SM2 Cross-sections Name Material 3- HSS(Imp)4X4X1/4 A500. Gr. C 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 A36 5- FLA5/0 A36 6-L(Imp)4X3X3/8 A36 Bolts Name Diameter fy fU Gross area [in] [ksi] [ksi] [in2] 3/4 A325 0.75 92.0 120.0 0.44 Load effects (forces in equilibrium) Name Member N Vy Vz Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 C/End 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 B/End -1.2 0.0 -2.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 C/Begin 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Unbalanced forces Name X Y z Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 0.1 0.0 -2.4 -0.2 -0.2 0.0 Page 101 of 148 3/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Check Summary Name Value Check status Analysis 100.0% OK Plates 1.7<5.0% OK Loc. deformation 0.0<3% OK Bolts 41.1 < 100% OK Welds 77.0< 100% OK Buckling 15.25 GMNA Not calculated Plates Name Material tp Loads QEd EPI °c,Ed Status [in] [ksi] [%] [ksi] C A500. Gr. C 0.25 LE1 26.6 0.0 0.0 OK B-bfl1 A36 0.50 LE1 14.7 0.0 0.0 OK B-tfl1 A36 0.50 LE1 18.1 0.0 0.0 OK B-w 1 A36 0.28 LE1 16.8 0.0 0.0 OK SM1-bfl1 A36 0.28 LE1 22.0 1.7 3.4 OK SM2-bfl1 A36 0.37 LE1 21.6 0.0 0.0 OK SM2-w 1 A36 0.37 LE1 21.6 0.1 13.3 OK Design data Material Fy Elim [ksi] [%] A500. Gr. C 50.0 5.0 A36 36.0 5.0 Symbol explanation tp Plate thickness 6Ed Equivalent stress EPI Plastic strain Gc,Ed Contact stress Fy Yield strength Elim Limit of plastic strain Detailed result for SM1-bfl 1 Design values used in the analysis = 21.6 ksi Where: Fy = 36.0 ksi -characteristic yield strength SZ = 1.67 -safety factor for steel material AISC 360-16-B3.2 Page 102 of 148 4/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Loc. deformation Name do Loads S siim 6/do Check status [in] [in] [in] [%] C 4.02 LE1 0.00 0.12 0.0 OK Symbol explanation d0 Cross-section size b Local cross-section deformation brim Allowed deformation B SM2 SM1 C SM2 Overall check, LEI Page 103 of 148 5/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: 1%] 1500A -2.1 -1.2 i 10096 (5.00) 1 0% Strain check, LEI Page 104 of 148 6/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: [ksi] 29.90 -2.1 27.5 25.0 -1.2 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 1 10.0 7.5 5.0 2.5 0.00 Equivalent stress, LEI Bolts Ft V Rn,bearingm Utt Uts Utts Shape Item Grade Loads o 0 o Detailing Status [kip] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] [/o] B1 3/4 A325- 1 LE1 2.8 4.6 14.6 14.2 39.0 0.0 OK OK B2 3/4 A325- 1 LE1 1.5 4.7 11.3 7.5 39.0 0.0 OK OK Design data Grade Rn,tension/S2 Rn,shearm [kip] [kip] 3/4 A325- 1 19.9 11.9 Page 105 of 148 7/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Symbol explanation Ft Tension force V Resultant of bolt shear forces Vy and Vz in shear planes Rn,bearing/f) Bolt bearing resistance Utt Utilization in tension Uts Utilization in shear Utts Utilization in tension and shear Rn,tensionffi Bolt tension resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Rn,shearm Bolt shear resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Detailed result for B2 Tension resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R. = Ft Ab = 19.9 kip z Ft = 1.5 kip Where: F,t = 89.9 ksi —nominal tensile stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.44 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Shear resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R _ Fv A6 — 11.9 kip >_ V = 4.7 kip Where: F,,,,, = 54.0 ksi —nominal shear stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.44 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Bearing resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-6) R,,, = 1.20 • 1, • t • F,,, < 2.40 • d• t • Fv, R = 11.3 kip >_ V = 4.7 kip Where: lc = 0.87 in —clear distance, in the direction of the force, between the edge of the hole and the edge of the adjacent hole or edge of the material t = 0.37 in —thickness of the plate d = 0.75 in —diameter of a bolt F,,, = 58.0 ksi —specified minimum tensile strength of the connected material Q = 2.00 —safety factor for bearing at bolt holes Interaction of tension and shear check(AISC 360-16—J3-2) The required stress, in either shear or tension, is less than or equal to 30%of the corresponding available stress and the effects of combined stresses need not to be investigated. Page 106 of 148 8/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Welds Item Edge Xu tw w L Lc Loads Fn Rn/S2 Ut Uto Detailing Status [in] [in] [in] [in] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] B-bfI1 SM1-bfl1 E70xx - - 5.74 - - - - - - OK OK C-w 1 SM2 E70xx A 0.19 A 0.27 11.55 0.31 LE1 1.4 1.8 77.0 45.6 OK OK Design data Material Fexx [ksi] E70xx 0.0 E70xx 70.0 Symbol explanation tw Throat thickness of weld w Leg size of weld L Length of weld LC Length of weld critical element Fn Force in weld critical element Rn/O Weld resistance-AISC 360-16—J2-4 Ut Utilization Utz Weld capacity estimation Fillet weld Fexx Ultimate strength as rated by electrode classification number Detailed result for C-w 1 /SM2 Weld resistance check(AISC 360-16—J2-4) Rom, = F„,•A,,,, = 1.8 kip >_ Fn = 1.4 kl st sZ p p Where: Fn, = 63.0 ksi —nominal stress of weld material: • Fnw = 0.6 • FExx • (1 +0.5 • sin1-5B) ,where: o FExx = 70.0 ksi—electrode classification number, i.e. minimum specified tensile strength o 0 = 88.0°—angle of loading measured from the weld longitudinal axis Awe = 0.06 in2 —effective area of weld critical element SZ = 2.0 —safety factor for fillet welds Buckling Loads Shape Factor L E 1 1 15.25 2 22.35 3 35.39 4 46.20 5 54.24 6 63.01 Page 107 of 148 9/10 Project: Project no: Statica Author: -2.1 Ir First buckling mode shape, LEI Code settings Item Value Unit Reference Friction coefficient-concrete 0.40 - ACI 349-01 —B.6.1.4 Friction coefficient in slip-resistance 0.30 - AISC 360-16—J3.8 Limit plastic strain 0.05 - Detailing Yes Distance between bolts[d] 2.66 - AISC 360-16—J3.3 Concrete breakout resistance check Both Base metal capacity check at weld fusion face No AISC 360-16—J2-2 Deformation at bolt hole at service load is design Yes AISC 360-16—J3.10 consideration Cracked concrete Yes ACI 318-14—17 Local deformation check Yes Local deformation limit 0.03 - CIDECT DG 1, 3—1.1 Geometrical nonlinearity(GMNA) Yes Analysis with large deformations for hollow section joints Page 108 of 148 10/ 10 14.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF STRINGER TO MAIN STEEL CONNECTION D-07 STRINGER TO MAIN STEEL CONNECTION B B C 12X20.7 -A36 C12X20.7 -A36 A 3/8 THK END 1/4 111 111 24" PLATE-36 1/4 V7.1- 1- W 14X22 -A992 ------------- JA W 14X22 -A992 VIEW-AA 1 11 W14X22 -A992 I I ______________� _ Ll- I I I 11 11 I I I � N I x I N O NOTES:- D 1.ALL BOLTS ARE 1/2" DIA F1852-N BOLTS. 2.ALL BOLT HOLES ARE STD. VIEW - BB rn Page 109 f 148 15.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF STRINGER TO MAIN STEEL CONNECTION Project: Project no: c�StatiCa® Author: Project data Project name Project number Author Description Date 1/8/2025 Code AISC/ACI Material Steel A992,A572 Gr.50,A1085. Gr.A,A36 Concrete 4000 psi Page 110 of 148 1 /11 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Project item STRINGER TO MAIN STEEL Design Name STRINGER TO MAIN STEEL Description Analysis Stress, strain/loads in equilibrium Design code AISC 360-16 (ASD)/ACI 318-14 Members Geometry Name Cross-section R—Direction y-Pitch a-Rotation Offset ex Offset ey Offset ez [°] N [°] [in] [in] [in] B 5-W(Imp)14X22 0.0 0.0 0.0 -2.00 0.00 -1.85 B1 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 -90.0 0.0 0.0 -2.50 1.00 6.25 Supports and forces Name Support Forces in X [in] B/begin N-Vy-Vz-Mx-My-Mz Node 0.00 B/end Node 0.00 B1 /end Bolts 0.00 B 131 Page 111 of 148 2/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa Author: � e -2.8 SP1 -2.8 SP1 Page 112 of 148 3/ 11 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Cross-sections Name Material 5-W(Imp)14X22 A992 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 A36 Bolts Name Diameter fy fu Gross area [in] [ksi] [ksi] [in2] 1/2 A325 0.50 92.0 120.0 0.20 Load effects (forces in equilibrium) Name Member N Vy Vz Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 B/End 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 B1 /End 0.0 0.0 -2.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 B/Begin 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Unbalanced forces Name X Y z Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 0.0 0.0 -2.8 -0.6 0.2 0.0 Check Summary Name Value Check status Analysis 100.0% OK Plates 0.1 <5.0% OK Bolts 18.2 < 100% OK Welds 75.1 < 100% OK Buckling 43.37 Plates Name Material tp Loads aEd £Pi ac,Ed Status [in] [ksi] [%] [ksi] B-bfl1 A992 0.33 LE1 7.8 0.0 0.0 OK B-tfl1 A992 0.33 LE1 27.5 0.0 2.5 OK B-w 1 A992 0.23 LE1 30.0 0.1 0.0 OK B1-bfl1 A36 0.50 LE1 10.0 0.0 0.0 OK B1-tfl1 A36 0.50 LE1 11.2 0.0 0.0 OK B1-w 1 A36 0.28 LE1 21.6 0.1 0.0 OK SP1 A36 0.38 LE1 21.6 0.0 9.9 OK Page 113 of 148 4/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Design data Material Fy £lim [ksi] [%] A992 50.0 5.0 A36 36.0 5.0 Symbol explanation tp Plate thickness 6Ed Equivalent stress EPi Plastic strain Gc,Ed Contact stress Fy Yield strength Eiim Limit of plastic strain Detailed result for 131-w 1 Design values used in the analysis Fy 21.6 ksi Where: Fy = 36.0 ksi —characteristic yield strength SZ = 1.67 —safety factor for steel material AISC 360-16—B3.2 Page 114 of 148 5/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa Author: B1 Overall check, LEI Page 115 of 148 6/ 11 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: 1%] 150% \ 10 (5.00) -2.8 ,� \ 1 0% Strain check, LEI Page 116 of 148 7/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: [ksi] 29.90 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 -2.8 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 2.5 0.00 Equivalent stress, LEI Bolts Shape Item Grade Loads Ft V Rn,bearing/.Q Utt Uts Utts Detailing Status [kip] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] [/o] 131 1/2 A325- 1 LE1 0.4 0.0 11.0 4.2 0.5 0.0 OK OK B2 1/2 A325- 1 LE1 1.6 0.0 11.0 18.2 0.5 0.0 OK OK Design data Grade Rn,tension/S2 Rn,shearm [kip] [kip] 1/2 A325- 1 8.8 5.3 Page 117 of 148 8/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Symbol explanation Ft Tension force V Resultant of bolt shear forces Vy and Vz in shear planes Rn,bearing/f) Bolt bearing resistance Utt Utilization in tension Uts Utilization in shear Utts Utilization in tension and shear Rn,tensionffi Bolt tension resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Rn,shearm Bolt shear resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Detailed result for B2 Tension resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R. = F,•An = 8 8 kip >_ Ft = 1.6 kip st St Where: F,,t = 89.9 ksi —nominal tensile stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.20 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Shear resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R = Fv A6 = 5.3 kip >_ V = 0.0 ki st st p p Where: F,, = 54.0 ksi —nominal shear stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.20 in —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Bearing resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-6) R,,, = 1.20 • 1, • t • F,,, < 2.40 • d• t • F,,, R = 11.0 kip >_ V = 0.0 kip Where: lc = 0.84 in —clear distance, in the direction of the force, between the edge of the hole and the edge of the adjacent hole or edge of the material t = 0.38 in —thickness of the plate d = 0.50 in —diameter of a bolt F,,, = 58.0 ksi —specified minimum tensile strength of the connected material Q = 2.00 —safety factor for bearing at bolt holes Interaction of tension and shear check(AISC 360-16—J3-2) The required stress, in either shear or tension, is less than or equal to 30%of the corresponding available stress and the effects of combined stresses need not to be investigated. Page 118 of 148 9/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Welds Item Edge Xu tw w L Lc Loads Fn Rn/Q Ut Uto Detailing Status [in] [in] [in] [in] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] SP1 131-w 1 E70xx A 0.18 \ A 0.25 \ 4.97 0.31 LE1 1.3 1.7 75.1 49.6 OK OK E70xx A 0.18 \ A 0.25\ 4.97 0.31 LE1 1.2 1.6 75.0 48.1 OK OK Design data Material Fexx [ksi] E70xx 70.0 Symbol explanation tw Throat thickness of weld w Leg size of weld L Length of weld LC Length of weld critical element Fn Force in weld critical element Rn/Q Weld resistance-AISC 360-16-J2-4 Ut Utilization Utz Weld capacity estimation Fillet weld Fexx Ultimate strength as rated by electrode classification number Detailed result for SP1 /131-w 1 Weld resistance check(AISC 360-16-J2-4) R _ F,,,A,_ _ 1.7 kip >_ Fm, = 1.3 kip Where: F... = 63.0 ksi -nominal stress of weld material: Fnw = 0.6 • FExx • (1 +0.5 • sin1.50) ,where: o FExx = 70.0 ksi-electrode classification number, i.e. minimum specified tensile strength o 0 = 88.7°-angle of loading measured from the weld longitudinal axis Awe 0.05 in2 -effective area of weld critical element SZ = 2.0 -safety factor for fillet welds Buckling Loads Shape Factor LE1 1 43.37 2 44.57 3 55.90 4 63.01 5 63.70 6 73.98 Page 119 of 148 10/ 11 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: First buckling mode shape, LEI Code settings Item Value Unit Reference Friction coefficient-concrete 0.40 - ACI 349-01 —B.6.1.4 Friction coefficient in slip-resistance 0.30 - AISC 360-16—J3.8 Limit plastic strain 0.05 - Detailing Yes Distance between bolts[d] 2.66 - AISC 360-16—J3.3 Concrete breakout resistance check Both Base metal capacity check at weld fusion face No AISC 360-16—J2-2 Deformation at bolt hole at service load is design Yes AISC 360-16—J3.10 consideration Cracked concrete Yes ACI 318-14—17 Local deformation check Yes Local deformation limit 0.03 - CIDECT DG 1, 3—1.1 Geometrical nonlinearity(GMNA) Yes Analysis with large deformations for hollow section joints Page 120 of 148 11 / 11 16.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF LANDING INFILL ANGLE TO HEADER / BACK HEADER CONNECTION D -08 LANDING INFILL TO HEADER/BACK HEADER CONNECTION C 12X20.7 -A36 2111 L4X4X3/8 -A36 SIN 2„ 11„ 3„ - -�- L4X4X3/8 -A36 SIN N 3/8 T H K SHEAR PLATE -A36 1/4 1/4 1/4 318" THK SHEAR 1/4 PLATE -A36 C 1 OX 15.3 -A36 CASE-01 CASE-02 NOTES:- 1 .ALL BOLTS ARE 7/8" DIA F1852-N BOLTS. 2.ALL BOLT HOLES ARE STD. Page 121 of 14-9— 17.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF LANDING INFILL ANGLE TO HEADER / BACK HEADER CONNECTION Project: Project no: statical Author: Author: Project data Project name Project number Author Description Date 12/24/2024 Code AISC/ACI Material Steel A992,A572 Gr.50,A1085. Gr.A,A36 Page 122 of 148 1 /10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Project item CON1 Design Name CON1 Description Analysis Stress, strain/loads in equilibrium Design code AISC 360-16 (ASD)/ACI 318-14 Members Geometry Name Cross-section R—Direction y-Pitch a-Rotation Offset ex Offset ey Offset ez [in] [in] [in] B 5-C(Imp)10X15.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 B1 4-L(Imp)4X4X3/8 -90.0 0.0 0.0 -0.49 0.00 4.00 Supports and forces Name Support Forces in X [in] B/begin N-Vy-Vz-Mx-My-Mz Node 0.00 B/end Node 0.00 B1 /end Bolts 3.52 B A B1 Page 123 of 148 2/10 Project: Project no: c�StatiCa* Author: soo e � u FP1 Cross-sections Name Material 5-C(Imp)10X15.3 A36 4-L(Imp)4X4X3/8 A36 Bolts Name Diameter fy fu Gross area [in] [ksi] [ksi] [in2] 7/8 A325 0.88 92.0 120.0 0.60 Load effects (forces in equilibrium) Name Member N Vy Vz Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 B/Begin 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 B/End 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 B1 /End 0.5 0.0 -1.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 Unbalanced forces Name X Y z Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] L E1 0.0 -0.5 -1.5 0.5 0.0 0.0 Page 124 of 148 3/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: Check Summary Name Value Check status Analysis 100.0% OK Plates 0.3<5.0% OK Bolts 9.3< 100% OK Welds 77.9< 100% OK Buckling 106.28 Plates Name tp Loads QEd £PI Qc,Ed Status [in] [ksi] [%] [ksi] B-bfl1 0.44 LE1 17.8 0.0 0.0 OK B-tfl1 0.44 LE1 21.6 0.0 0.0 OK B-w 1 0.24 LE1 21.6 0.3 0.0 OK B1-tfl1 0.37 LE1 8.8 0.0 0.0 OK B1-w 1 0.37 LE1 15.1 0.0 2.4 OK FP1 0.38 LE1 21.6 0.2 2.1 OK Design data Material y Elim [ksi] [%] A36 36.0 5.0 Symbol explanation tp Plate thickness GEd Equivalent stress EPI Plastic strain 6c,Ed Contact stress Fy Yield strength Elim Limit of plastic strain Detailed result for B-w 1 Design values used in the analysis = 21.6 ksi Where: Fy = 36.0 ksi -characteristic yield strength SZ = 1.67 -safety factor for steel material AISC 360-16-B3.2 Page 125 of 148 4/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: B B1 Overall check, LEI Page 126 of 148 5/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: 1%] 150% 100% (5.00) 0.5 0% Strain check, LEI Page 127 of 148 6/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: [ksi] 21.60 20.0 17.5 15.0 / 12.5 - 10.0 \ 7.5 5.0 0.5 2.5 0.00 Equivalent stress, LEI Bolts Ft V Rn,bearin /f2 Utt Uts Utts Shape Item Grade Loads 9 0 0 o/o] Detailing Status [kip] [kip] [kip] [/o] [ l [ 61 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 0.8 0.5 10.9 3.1 3.3 0.0 OK OK B2 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 0.8 1.0 11.2 3.1 6.4 0.0 OK OK Design data Grade Rn,tension/S2 Rn,shearm [kip] [kip] 7/8 A325- 1 27.0 16.2 Page 128 of 148 7/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Symbol explanation Ft Tension force V Resultant of bolt shear forces Vy and Vz in shear planes Rn,bearing/f) Bolt bearing resistance Utt Utilization in tension Uts Utilization in shear Utts Utilization in tension and shear Rn,tensionffi Bolt tension resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Rn,shearm Bolt shear resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Detailed result for B2 Tension resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R. = Ft Ab = 27.0 kip z Ft = 0.8 kip Where: F,t = 89.9 ksi —nominal tensile stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Shear resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R = Fv A6 = 16.2 kip >_ V = 1.0 ki � st p p Where: F,,,,, = 54.0 ksi —nominal shear stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Bearing resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-6) R,,, = 1.20 • 1, • t • F,,, < 2.40 • d• t • Fv, R = 11.2 kip >_ V = 1.0 kip Where: lc = 0.86 in —clear distance, in the direction of the force, between the edge of the hole and the edge of the adjacent hole or edge of the material t = 0.38 in —thickness of the plate d = 0.88 in —diameter of a bolt F,,, = 58.0 ksi —specified minimum tensile strength of the connected material Q = 2.00 —safety factor for bearing at bolt holes Interaction of tension and shear check(AISC 360-16—J3-2) The required stress, in either shear or tension, is less than or equal to 30%of the corresponding available stress and the effects of combined stresses need not to be investigated. Page 129 of 148 8/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Welds Item Edge Xu tw w L Lc Loads Fn Rn/(1 Ut Ute Detailing Status [in] [in] [in] [in] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] B-w 1 FP1 E70xx 10.18 ► 10.25 ► 2.48 0.31 LE1 1.0 1.3 77.9 65.6 OK OK E70xx 10.18 \ 10.25 \ 2.48 0.31 LE1 1.0 1.3 77.1 63.2 OK OK Design data Material Fexx [ksi] E70xx 70.0 Symbol explanation tw Throat thickness of weld w Leg size of weld L Length of weld LC Length of weld critical element Fn Force in weld critical element Rn/Q Weld resistance-AISC 360-16-J2-4 Ut Utilization Utz Weld capacity estimation Fillet weld Fexx Ultimate strength as rated by electrode classification number Detailed result for B-w 1 /FP1 Weld resistance check(AISC 360-16-J2-4) R. _ F,,,A,_ _ 1.3 kip >_ Fm, = 1.0 kip sz - sZ Where: F... =46.2 ksi -nominal stress of weld material: Fnw = 0.6 • FExx • (1 +0.5 • sin1.50) ,where: o FExx = 70.0 ksi-electrode classification number, i.e. minimum specified tensile strength o 6 = 19.9°-angle of loading measured from the weld longitudinal axis Awe 0.05 in2 -effective area of weld critical element SZ = 2.0 -safety factor for fillet welds Buckling Loads Shape Factor LE1 1 106.28 2 130.08 3 140.97 4 143.68 5 155.57 6 158.45 Page 130 of 148 9/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: •1.`, 0.5 First buckling mode shape, LEI Code settings Item Value Unit Reference Friction coefficient-concrete 0.40 - ACI 349-01 —B.6.1.4 Friction coefficient in slip-resistance 0.30 - AISC 360-16—J3.8 Limit plastic strain 0.05 - Detailing Yes Distance between bolts[d] 2.66 - AISC 360-16—J3.3 Concrete breakout resistance check Both Base metal capacity check at weld fusion face No AISC 360-16—J2-2 Deformation at bolt hole at service load is design Yes AISC 360-16—J3.10 consideration Cracked concrete Yes ACI 318-14—17 Local deformation check Yes Local deformation limit 0.03 - CIDECT DG 1, 3—1.1 Geometrical nonlinearity(GMNA) Yes Analysis with large deformations for hollow section joints Page 131 of 148 10/ 10 18.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF LANDING BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION D - 09 LANDING BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION 1 „ C 12X20.7 -A36 U 3 SIDES 1/4 c) Lo X1 1 I M XI i i U) i i i I U) 2 \L4X3X3/8 -A36 NOTES:- 1 .ALL BOLTS ARE 7/8" DIA F1852-N BOLTS. 2.ALL BOLT HOLES ARE STD. Page 132of148 19.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF LANDING BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION Project: Project no: c�StatiCa® Author: Project data Project name Project number Author Description Date 8/25/2025 Code AISC/ACI Material Steel A992,A572 Gr.50,A1085. Gr.A,A36,A500. Gr. C Page 133 of 148 1 /10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Project item CON1 Design Name CON1 Description Analysis Stress, strain/loads in equilibrium Design code AISC 360-16 (ASD)/ACI 318-14 Members Geometry Name Cross-section R—Direction y-Pitch a-Rotation Offset ex Offset ey Offset ez [°] [°] [°] [in] [in] [in] C 3-HSS(Imp)4X4X1/4 0.0 -90.0 0.0 0.00 -1.10 0.00 B 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 -6.00 Supports and forces Name Support Forces in X [in] C/end N-Vy-Vz-Mx-My-Mz Node 0.00 B/end Node 0.00 CLIP1 l C B Page 134 of 148 2/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: I ' -5.0 �-I 1.5 w r CLIP1 Cross-sections Name Material 3- HSS(Imp)4X4X1/4 A500. Gr. C 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 A36 5-L4X3X3/8 A36 Bolts Name Diameter fy fU Gross area [in] [ksi] [ksi] [in2] 7/8 A325 0.88 92.0 120.0 0.60 Load effects (forces in equilibrium) Name Member N Vy Vz Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 C/End 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 B/End 1.5 0.0 -5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Unbalanced forces Name X Y z Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 1.5 0.0 -5.0 0.0 -0.8 0.0 Page 135 of 148 3/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: Check Summary Name Value Check status Analysis 100.0% OK Plates 0.1 <5.0% OK Loc. deformation 0.0<3% OK Bolts 51.4< 100% OK Welds 58.4 < 100% OK Buckling 45.04 GMNA Calculated Plates Name Material tp Loads QEd EPI °c,Ed Status [in] [ksi] [%] [ksi] C A500. Gr. C 0.25 LE1 18.5 0.0 0.0 OK B-bfl1 A36 0.50 LE1 20.0 0.0 0.0 OK B-tfl1 A36 0.50 LE1 20.3 0.0 0.0 OK B-w 1 A36 0.28 LE1 21.6 0.1 3.2 OK CLIP1-bfl1 A36 0.38 LE1 17.7 0.0 0.0 OK CLIP1-w 1 A36 0.38 LE1 21.6 0.1 10.2 OK Design data Material y slim [ksi] [%] A500. Gr. C 50.0 5.0 A36 36.0 5.0 Symbol explanation tp Plate thickness QEd Equivalent stress EPi Plastic strain Gc,Ed Contact stress Fy Yield strength Eiim Limit of plastic strain Detailed result for B-w 1 Design values used in the analysis = 21.6 ksi Where: Fy = 36.0 ksi -characteristic yield strength St = 1.67 -safety factor for steel material AISC 360-16-B3.2 Page 136 of 148 4/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Loc. deformation Name do Loads S siim 6/do Check status [in] [in] [in] [%] C 4.02 LE1 0.00 0.12 0.0 OK Symbol explanation do Cross-section size b Local cross-section deformation brim Allowed deformation CIIPI /) C 0) E3 Overall check, LEI Page 137 of 148 5/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: 1%] 150% 100% (5.00) SSA 0% Strain check, LEI Page 138 of 148 6/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: [ksi] 29.90 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 -5.0 10.0 7.5 5.0 2.5 1.5 0.00 Equivalent stress, LEI Bolts Ft V Rn,bearingm Utt Uts Utts Shape Item Grade Loads o 0 o Detailing Status [kip] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] [/o] B1 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 3.1 6.1 17.3 11.6 37.7 0.0 OK OK B2 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 2.9 7.5 14.7 10.7 46.5 0.0 OK OK Design data Grade Rn,tension/S2 Rn,shearm [kip] [kip] 7/8 A325- 1 27.0 16.2 Page 139 of 148 7/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Symbol explanation Ft Tension force V Resultant of bolt shear forces Vy and Vz in shear planes Rn,bearing/f) Bolt bearing resistance Utt Utilization in tension Uts Utilization in shear Utts Utilization in tension and shear Rn,tensionffi Bolt tension resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Rn,shearm Bolt shear resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Detailed result for B2 Tension resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R. = Ft Ab = 270 kip z Ft = 2.9 ki st St p p Where: F,t = 89.9 ksi —nominal tensile stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Shear resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R = Fv A6 = 16.2 kip >_ V = 7.5 ki � st p p Where: F,,,,, = 54.0 ksi —nominal shear stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Bearing resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-6) R,,, = 1.20 • 1, • t • F,,, < 2.40 • d• t • Fv, R = 14.7 kip >_ V = 7.5 kip Where: lc = 1.12 in —clear distance, in the direction of the force, between the edge of the hole and the edge of the adjacent hole or edge of the material t = 0.38 in —thickness of the plate d = 0.88 in —diameter of a bolt F,,, = 58.0 ksi —specified minimum tensile strength of the connected material Q = 2.00 —safety factor for bearing at bolt holes Interaction of tension and shear check(AISC 360-16—J3-2) The required stress, in either shear or tension, is less than or equal to 30%of the corresponding available stress and the effects of combined stresses need not to be investigated. Page 140 of 148 8/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Welds Item Edge Xu tw w L Le Loads Fn Rn/Cl Ut Ute Detailing Status [in] [in] [in] [in] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] C-w 3 CLIP1 E70xx A 0.19 A 0.27 17.51 0.31 LE1 1.1 1.8 58.4 34.7 OK OK Design data Material Fexx [ksi] E70xx 70.0 Symbol explanation tW Throat thickness of weld w Leg size of weld L Length of weld LC Length of weld critical element Fn Force in weld critical element Rn/S2 Weld resistance-AISC 360-16—J2-4 Ut Utilization Utz Weld capacity estimation Fillet weld Fexx Ultimate strength as rated by electrode classification number Detailed result for C-w 3/CLIP1 Weld resistance check(AISC 360-16—J2-4) R,, _ F,,,-A,_ _ 1.8 kip >_ Fm, = 1.1 kip Where: Fn, = 62.9 ksi —nominal stress of weld material: • F.. = 0.6 • FExx • (1 +0.5 • sin1.50) ,where: o FExx = 70.0 ksi—electrode classification number, i.e. minimum specified tensile strength o 6 = 84.6°—angle of loading measured from the weld longitudinal axis Awe = 0.06 in2 —effective area of weld critical element Q = 2.0 —safety factor for fillet welds Buckling Loads Shape Factor L E 1 1 45.04 2 57.85 3 64.67 4 73.86 5 94.04 6 104.30 Page 141 of 148 9/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: i i' -5.0 1.5 First buckling mode shape, LEI Code settings Item Value Unit Reference Friction coefficient-concrete 0.40 - ACI 349-01 —B.6.1.4 Friction coefficient in slip-resistance 0.30 - AISC 360-16—J3.8 Limit plastic strain 0.05 - Detailing Yes Distance between bolts[d] 2.66 - AISC 360-16—J3.3 Concrete breakout resistance check Both Base metal capacity check at weld fusion face No AISC 360-16—J2-2 Deformation at bolt hole at service load is design Yes AISC 360-16—J3.10 consideration Cracked concrete Yes ACI 318-14—17 Local deformation check Yes Local deformation limit 0.03 - CIDECT DG 1, 3—1.1 Geometrical nonlinearity(GMNA) Yes Analysis with large deformations for hollow section joints Page 142 of 148 10/ 10 20.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF CARRIER ANGLE UNSED IN TREAD Design of for carrier angle used in tread pan L1 1/4x1 1/4x3/16 (A36) Length of carrier angle @ tread (min) Li :=10•in Length of tread Lt:=4.5 ft Carrier angle leg length Lc:=1.25•in Carrier angle thickness tc:=0.1875•in UDL w:=150•psf w•Lt R 2 R=0.34 kip ft Point load P:=0.3•kip L Moment induced due to uniform force Mil :=R•(L1)• 2 Mil=0.18 kip-in L Moment induced due to point load Mil:=P• 2 Mil=0.19 kip-in Max moment induced Mi:=Max(Mil Mi2) Mi=0.19 kip-in 2 Section modulus of carrier angle Z:= (1-1). tC Z=0.088 in' 4 Design strength of carrier angle Fy:=36•ksi Safety factor 0:=1.67 Moment capacity of carrier angle MC:= Fy.Z Mc=1.89 kip•in if((M,;>M;),"OK","Not good")="OK" Check for carrier angle weld (Load is conservatively assumed to be carried by vertical welds only ) Ultimate tensile strength of E70XX electrode FExx 70•ksi Resistance factor for weld Ow:=2 age 143 o Nominal stress of the weld metal FN,:= 0.6•FExx Fw=21.00 ksi w 2 Section modulus of weld ZW:= L3 Zw=0.52 in Tension per in on weld FT: M;=— FT=0.36 kip ZW in Shear per in on weld FL:= P FL=0.12 kip 2•LC in Resultant force per in on weld FR:= FTZ +FL2 FR=0.38 kp in Size of weld sw:= F R sw=0.03 in 0.707•Fw Adopt 1/8" CFW. age 144 o 21.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF TREAD PAN Design of 12Ga Tread pan (A36 GRADE) Loads acting on frame Dead load Wd:=50•psf Live load WL:=100•psf Point load at center Wr:=300•Ibf Stringer properties Tread Pan = 12Ga a:=0.5 in b:=11 -in c:=9•in d:=1.5•in tp:=0.1046•in �1 b Section modulus Z:=3.56•in Moment of inertia 1:=23•in4 Yield strength Fy:=36•ksi Safety factor Q:=1.67 Modulus of elasticity E:=29000•ksi Check for moment capacity of tread pan Length of tread pan L:=4.5 ft (Conservatively ) Total load Wt:_(Wd+WL) Wt=150.00 psf UDL acting on tread W„:= W1.b W„=137.50 1& ft �Wr-!— (Wu)•L2 / Induced Moment Mv:=max 4 8 Mv=0.35 kip•ft Page 140 o Moment capacity of tread Mr:= F .Z Mr=6.40 kip•ft If((M,>M ),"OK","Not good")_"OK" Check for deflection 5•W •L4 Deflection due to UDL load Dfi:= Df;=0.002 in 384•E•I Allowable deflection Dfa:= 240 Dfa=0.225 in if((Dfa>Dfi) "OK","Not good")="OK" x46� File Input Properties Sh 12.40 A in2 2.2684 4.361 Y U box in4 23.216 lyy in4 31.508 Ixy in4 -16.874 / luu in4 44.738 v I , � Iw in4 9.9862 Ir in4 54.724 Ang deg 51.902' o 'f 51 90° Zxx(r) in3 3.5580 ! Zxx(B) in3 9.3799 Zyy(L) in3 7.2243 X_ ----.-.___-- -`-._.---_._------_.__.___._._.__.._.__.__.__._._._.__._X Zyy(R) in3 3.9218 ; Zuu in3 5.6994 Zw in3 2.6434 ZPIx in3 5.4966 •. ZPIy in3 6.8037 Y V YC in 2.4751 XC in 4.3614 rx in 3.1992 ry in 3.7269 ru in 4.4410 ry in 2.0982 XPI in 1.9489 YPI in 103.10E-3 Perim. in 43.582 J in4 8.3210E-3 Zt in3 33.624E-3 Cw in6 6.5758 A-shear in2 819.38E-3 Bx -7.0221 Vr 979.67E-3 r 633.74E-3 jx in 3.6138 jy in 3.5110 age 14b o 22.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF LANDING PLATE Design of 1/4" thk landing plate (A36 grade) Code:-AISC ASD 15th Edition Length Lmax:=3•ft Dead load Wd:=50•psf Live load WL:=100•psf Loads Wt:=Wd+WL Wt=150.00 psf Point load at center P:=300.00•I& Pi:=50•psf Wt.•Lmaxz •1 •ft MW:= 8 MW=0.17 kip•ft z P•Lmax P�•Lmax •1 •ft M :_ + M =0.28 kip•ft p 4 8 p Design strength of plate Gr.A36 Fy:=36•ksi Safety factor n:=1.67 • Thickness of plate required tregd'— max(MW,MP)•4 S) tregd=0.228 in Fy•1 •ft Thickness of plate provided tp:=0.25•in if((tp>tregd),"OK","Fall")="OK" ENGINEERING DATA .s-- - - LOAD AND DEFLECTION TABLES - FLOOR AND TREAD PLATE •. -- .�.s 1. - I SPAN SPAN Tables 5.8-5.11 show allowable load(w)in pounds per square foot and L deflection(A)in inches.Weight of plate included. Where stepped line is shown, loads above and to the right of this line Platform supported by channels,beams,angles or tees cause deflections exceeding 1/100 of the span. PLATFORMS Table 5.8 STEEL FLOOR PLATE Table 5.9 ALUMINUM TREAD PLATE Figs.A,B,C page 5.6 F = 18,000 psi Fig.E page 5.6 F = 16.000 psi (A786) (606146) Plate SPAN Plate _- SPAN Thickness 1'.6" 2'.0" 2'.6" T-0" 3'.6" 4'.0" 4'.6" 5'.0,, Thickness 1'.0" 1'.6" 2'.0" 2'.6" T-0" 3'.6" 4'.0" 1/8" 'n' 148 83 118" w 313 134 78 A .298 .530 A .361 .813 1.43 w 333 188 120 83 w 722 320 181 116 3116" A .198 .353 .551 .794 3/16" A .237 .532 .949 1.49 1/4" w 593 333 213 148 109 83 66 53 1/4" w 1250 555 312 200 139 A .149 .265 .414 .596 .812 1.060 1.340 1.66 A .180 .405 .718 1.125 1.62 5/16" w 927 522 333 232 170 130 103 83 5/16" w 1960 870 490 314 218 160 A .119 .212 .331 .477 .650 .848 1.07 1.32 A .144 .323 .575 .900 1.29 1.76 3/8" w 1333 752 748�Oj333 245 188 149 120 318„ w 2810 1250 703 450 312 229 173 A .098 .176 .396 .540 .705 .891 1.10 A .111 .259 .461 .720 1.03 1.41 1.84 Table 5.10 STEEL ABRASIVE FLOOR PLATE I Table 5.11 ALUMINUM ABRASIVE TREAD PLATE Figs.D, page 5.6 In computing effective abrasive plate thick- Fig.D,page 5.6(This material present- ness deduct 1/16"from nominal thickness,ex- ly available only on special order) F = 16,000 psi(A786) cept for 1/8"plate,deduct 1/32". Alloy 6061 T6 F = 16,000 psi Plate SPAN Plate SPAN Thickness 1'.6" 2'.0" 2'.6" 3'.0" 3'.6" 4'.0" 4'•6" 5'-0,, Thickness 1'•0" 1'•6" 2'.0" 2'.6" T-0" 3'.6" 4'.0" 1/8" w 80 45 1/8" w 187 80 A .298 .53 A .39 .865 3/16" w 148 83 53 3116" w 333 148 83 A .298 .530 1.190 A .39 .865 1.54 1/4" w 334 188 120 83 61 1/4" w 750 334 188 120 A .198 .353 .551 .794 1.082 A .257 .575 1.03 1.6 5/16" w 591 333 213 148 109 83 66 5/16" w 1334 591 333 213 148 109 A .149 .265 .414 .596 .812 1.060 1.340 A .192 .432 .770 1.2 1.72 2.35 3/8" w 927 522 333 232 170 130 103 83 318" w 2080 927 522 333 232 170 130 A .119 .212 1 .331 .477 .650 .848 1.07 1.32 A .128 .345 .615 .96 1.38 1.88 2.46 Tables 5.12 and 5.13 show allowable load (w)in pounds per lineal foot and deflection(A)in inches.Spans to right of stepped line should not be used to support concentrated loads greater than 300 lbs. TREADS Table 5.12 STEEL FLOOR PLATE I Table 5.13 ALUMINUM TREAD PLATE (Tread dimensions may vary) - -- it j I'/," Figs.A, B,C, page 5.6I ji/q:: Fig.E, page 5.6 G F = 16,000 psi(A786) ---10" -I Alloy 6061 T6 F = 10,000 psi 10' -I Plate L&AD SPAN Plate LOAD SPAN Thickness I S DEFLEC. 22" 34" 44" 56" 66" Thickness I S DEFLEC. 22" 34" 44" 56" 1/8" .165 .126 w 400 167 100 1/811 282 184 w 364 153 91 A .021 .051 .085 A .033 .079 .131 3/16" .247 .189 w 600 251 150 3116" .440 .274 w 543 228 136 A .021 .051 .085 A .031 .075 .126 1/4" .335 .256 w 812 340 203 126 1/4" .586 365 w 724 303 181 112 A .021 .051 .085 .135 A .031 .075 .126 .204 5/16" .447 .325 w 1031 432 258 159 115 5116" .739 480 w 912 332 228 141 A .020 .048 .081 .132 .183 A .031 .075 .126 .204 Plate Thicknesses shown in the above tables are those usually mended when the Abrasive Surface is on the outside of the employed in stair construction.Abrasive Plates may be bent to turn. It is usually advisable to allow a slightly greater radius in 90 degrees when the abrasive surface is on the inside,using a bends of aluminum than in steel. radius not less than plate thickness. Bends are not recom- Page of 148 444Cornerstone General Contractors,Inc. Project:2408 Arlington Operations Center 1 11805 North Creek Pkwy S 19620 67th AVE NE Suite 115 Arlington,Washington 98223 Snohomish County Bothell,Washington 98011 Public Works P:+14254817460 Submittal #055100-1.0 - Metal Stairs - South Stairs Shop Drawings and Calcs 055100 - METAL STAIRS Revision 0 Submittal Manager Dylan Judson(Cornerstone General Contractors) Status Design Team Review Date Created Jul 25,2025 Issue Date Spec Section 055100-METAL STAIRS Responsible Lundahl Iron Works Received From Justin Noorda(Lundahl Iron Works) Contractor Received Date Submit By Final Due Date Oct 13,2025 Lead Time Sub Job Cost Code Location Type Shop Drawing Submittal Package Approvers Dylan Judson(Cornerstone General Contractors),Seth Stapleton(Reid Middleton), Ruvim Yerokhin(Reid Middleton),Derek Franz(Dykeman),Tom Hudson(Dykeman),Trish Sherman(Dykeman) Ball in Court Seth Stapleton(Reid Middleton), Ruvim Yerokhin(Reid Middleton) Distribution Description Submittal Workflow Name Sent Date Due Date Returned Date Response Attachments General Information Attachments Justin Noorda Sep 29,2025 Sep 29,2025 Submitted Dylan Judson Sep 29,2025 Sep 29,2025 Sep 29,2025 Approved 055100-01 Metal Stairs-South Stair Shops and Calcs Sub..pdf(Current) Comment See attached south stair shop drawings and calcs for review. Seth Stapleton Sep 29,2025 Oct 13,2025 Pending Ruvim Yerokhin Sep 29,2025 Oct 13,2025 Pending Derek Franz Oct 13,2025 Pending Tom Hudson Oct 13,2025 Pending Trish Sherman Oct 13,2025 Pending City of Arlington Building Department APPROVED Kevin Olander- 11/18/2025 No changes authorized unless approved by the Building Official Cornerstone General Contractors, Inc. Page 1 of 1 Printed On:Sep 30,2025 10:35 AM PDT CORNERSTONE General Contractors Print Cornerstone General Contractors 11805 N. Creek Pkwy S., Ste 115 Project: 2408-Arlington Ops Center Bothell, WA 98011 19620 67th AVE NE Phone: (425)481-7460 Arlington, WA 98223 SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL Dykeman Sno-County Public Works 0 Dykeman TO: 1716 West Marine View Drive CC: 3000 Rockefeller Avenue ATTN: ❑ Everett, WA 98201-2098 Everett, WA 98201-4046 ❑ SPECIFICATION: 05 51 00 SUBMITTAL SEQUENCE #: 001 RE: Metal Stairs- South Stair RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER: Lundahl SUBMITTAL TYPE: Shop Drawings DATE SUBMITTED: 9/29/25 REQUESTED RETURN DATE: 10/13/25 ATTACHMENT: PDF GENERAL CONTRACTOR REMARKS'.- Please find attached submittal for review. Please review and return to Cornerstone as soon as possible.Should any questions arise during the submittal review please direct them to me. Thank you. -Dylan Judson CONTRACREVIEWUBMITTAL THIS STAMP CERTIFIES THAT THE G.C.HAS REVIEWED THE ABOVE ITEMS SUBMITTED AND HAVE NOTED ANY COMMENTS HEREIN AS DEEMED REQRUIRED.THIS REVIEW DOES NOT RELIEVE THE SUBCONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER FROM FULL COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT AND SCOPE OF WORK. REVI REVIEWED-DJ 09/29/2025 ARCHITECT REVIEW.- No exceptions taken. /� ARCHITECT'S REVIEW IS FOR CONFORMANCE WITH INFORMATION See comments on E4001 and E4005. D CUMEN NTS.NOTATIONS ON EXPRESSED IN THEDO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.FROM ONSONTHE SUBMITTAL ACT DOCUMENT THE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS NOR AUTHORIZE CHANGES LE THE CONTRACT SUM AND TIME,THE CONTRACTORDIMENSIONS; IS RESPONSIBLE FOR:DETERMINING -Derek Franz, Dykeman Architects, 10.15.2025 OUANTITS AND SAN PROCEDURES; OORDT ATINGNG WITH OTHER METHODS AND PROCEDURES;COORDINATING WITH OTHER'S WORK;SUITABLEPERFORMANCE OF MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES AND PERFORMING WORK IN A SAFE MANNER. ®NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN ❑RE VIEWEONOTEMARKINGS RETURNED FOR CORRECTION ❑RESUBMIT BV:Darek Franz DATE:10/15/2025 IYI<l MAN ENGINEER/CONSULTANT REVIEW. No exceptions taken. Reid iddleton 0"nFatepn°":rake" See comments on E4001. °O Revi wLomment,&RWise as Regaird Revise&Resubmit DEFERRED ❑Revisions/Dadficatmnsnttached SUBMITTALISHOP ❑Reieded -Ruvim Yerokhin, Reid Middleton, 10.14.2025 DRAWINGREVIEw ❑Nnt Reviervd This deferred submittal has been evie ed for he Ph—Structu al Frameo Semndary Struttural embers Only ih's evew does t relieve iheC°n[raR°rfrom mmpliancewi[h[heConhatlDoamenis.TheConirac- torls responsible(oc dmenslons and elevations(mcluding dlmensonsto be mndrmed and correlated at the job sitel;quantities;information that pertains L.the fabrication processes or to the means,methods,tedlnlques,sequences,and procedures of mnmuai°n;coordlnadan of the work°f all Vades and for peTO""all work In a safe and satislaRory manner.the design of the submitted item represented in this submittal B the responslNllty of the Contractor and the designer Identified In the sub"I The review does not camatute pppr 1 aaeptanw of,b.1.1 s or any deviations from the Contract Documents.Such substitu9ons or deviations must be requested and accepted in writing per the method outlined in the Contract Documents. Reviewed By: Ruvim Vemkhin Date; 10/14/2025 11805 North Creek Parkway South, #115, Bothell,WA 98011 I www.cornersionegci.com I P: 425.481.7460 I F: 425.481.7497 )T:jK3= : . . Lundahl Ironworks Company Page 1 of 2 102 S 100 W Date : 9/29/2025 Franklin, ID 83237 Transmittal #: 00010 Phone: 208-646-2600 Job M 25019 Fax: 208-646-2700 Arlington Operations Center Sub 10 Seq 4 South Stair OFA To: Cornerstone General Contractor Attn: Dylan Judson 11805 N Creek Pkwy S #115 Sent via: E-mail Bothell, Washington 98011 Phone: 425.481.7460 Fax: 425.481.7497 We are sending you enclosed, the following: Erection Drawings, Shop Drawings Sets: 1, Prints: 24 Prints to return: 24 TO BE RETURNED BY: 10/13/2025 Drawing Number Revision Description Detailed/Revised E4000 - E4007 A 9/29/2025 B4000, B4001 A 9/29/2025 C4000 - C4003 A 9/29/2025 M4000 - M4005 A 9/29/2025 ST4000 A 9/29/2025 ST4000A A 9/29/2025 ST4001 A 9/29/2025 ST4001 A A 9/29/2025 )T:jKN= : . . Lundahl Ironworks Company Page 2 of 2 102 S 100 W Date : 9/29/2025 Franklin, ID 83237 Transmittal #: 00010 Phone: 208-646-2600 Job M 25019 Fax: 208-646-2700 Arlington Operations Center Sub 10 Seq 4 South Stair OFA This material is being transmitted for the purpose listed below: For Approval If enclosures are not as noted, please notify at once. Lundahl Ironworks Company By: Tonya Kaschmitter FOR APPROVAL SOUTH STAIR LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 n n nn 9/29/2025 5-6518 25-6 - E 19-1318 3-9118 2-71/2 3 4718 1-115/8 KEY PLAN CONC.WALL ALL A 0 • 0` • 0` • 0` 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` • 0` s • 0` • 0 v (.!) METAL STUD WALL w v x a 0 a �d t5 �47/8"METAL w 47/8" METAL- STUD WALL STUD WALL rn d> z 0 v z 0 v 0 v 91/4"METAL 71/4"METAL "' STUD WALL STUD WALL 15-0112 a a /pv1t9 oMETAL STUD WALL 9 +y�A o z 8-1 3 4718 1-11518 ALL 19-1318 3-9118 2-7112 i! 25-6 Design Drawing Reference:A1.11,A4.31,S1.11 Wall centered NOTES: on Grid 5 5 6 REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: SOUTH STAIR COLUMN LOCATING FRAMING PLAN E70XX (REF:A1.11,A4.31,S1.11) (SEQ#4) PLAN NORTH 1)T.O.SLAB ELEVATION: 0'-0"(U.N.0). ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 2) N.T.S-INDICATES NOT TO SCALE. REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE 3) FOR STAIR FRAMING PLAN SEE SHEET E4001. LUNDA : �L also ..... .... .............. CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR COLUMN LOCATING FRAMING PLAN E4000 1 What is this measuring?Cannot Thickened slab footings for design-build stair FOR APPROVAL find dimension on other sheets. stringers to be provided per 6iS3.02. LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY 5 DA C.t,tocaordinatelocations. 6 SUBMITTAL#10 T T T 25-6 -RM 9/29/2025 28-81/8 24112 13 2118 WALL INSIDE TO INSIDE CLEARENCE WALL TO NOSING POINT 5.65/8 7-71/2 /11.0 SOUTH STAIR y�0 GRID TO NOSING POINT 2ED TREADS @11 5�+�+ 12"CONC. 3-9U8 2-7112 A — 5 WALL — A E a o I.. KEY PLAN U _ ___ " Provide thickened 02.alabEAotings for design-build stair �s columns per..nt ,n.eachthickened slab 1'-0" I WAL RAIL I + I�-------- Past wwmn centerlines each eide. 71/4"METAL 11 �uf +� STUD WALL — — r p �j — conbto wnrdmate...unna. Sea RM comments in Sobmiffa1033000-3.1- Cast-In-Place Concrete-Reinforcement Shop 47/8"METAL LOWER LEVEL T40 0 Dawngs. o o STUD WALL (EL:O'-0") RM TAIR P cn ALL AIL SOUTH STAIR ENLARGED PLAN - LOWER LEVEL I o 0 "METAL _ _ _ 47/8"METAL �� PLAN NORTH (REF:A1.11,A1/A4.31,S1.11) (SEQ#4) STUD WALL I STUD WALL a 1)REFER SHEETS E4002 THRU E4004 FOR ELEVATION VIEWS. o o� 2)REFER SHEETS E4005&E4006 FOR SECTION VIEWS 71/4"METAL AND DETAIL VIEWS. 91/4"METAL STUD WALL p 3)NTS-INDICATES NOT TO SCALE. STUD WALL 71/4"METAL — — 'b— — — STUD WALL 0 z � J �z - - - - - - - -478 t5 71/4 14-5114 WALL 1-11518 WALLLU N 8.1 15-01/2 2.4112 CLEARENCE 5 B —— WALL 5/GRID 25-6 5 6 z 0 Qj v _ z 25-6 r � 11-0 6-10112 0 ,S 12 ED TREADS @ 11 GRID TO NOSING POINT 5�0 ss� 4-6 241/2 +GIs NOSING TO WALL FACE �50 w A — ------ tis A o f: 0 U Q Q B4000 WALL RAIL ' C10x15.3UUU i N 9 4-931g 2-2 T40 0 (EL:7-4) i WALLRAIL = 0 o TAI a i m DOWNm i WALL RAIL i ti of 11 MID-LANDING i o ELT-7" i M4002 2 i _c _ SOUTH STAIR ENLARGED PLAN - UPPER LEVEL L4x4x3/g ------- ---=--------- - 3 REQ'D ------ -----—--- --- ---- i "� <`° Q w PLAN NORTH (REF:A1.12,A1/A4.31,S1.12) (SEQ#4) Ln WAL RAIL 4005 i M4004 z o = 1-0 11 PL1/4x811 1 ; 1/4"THK -j ; - 1)REFER SHEETS E4002 THRU E4004 FOR ELEVATION VIEWS. LU T400 ; LANDING 2)REFER SHEETS E4005&E4005 FOR SECTION VIEWS Design Drawing Reference:A1.11,A4.31,S1.11,A1.21,S1.12 UPPER LEVEL TAIR i PLATE NOTES: o o EL:14'-0" TYP ; 111j AND DETAIL VIEWS. 16 64001 CUR )3 NTS-INDICATES NOT TO SCALE. 0 M C12x207 i TYP _ ALL IL (EL:7-81" i ------ 11 I M4000 C12x20.7 v REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: 1611 1116 10 y`r$ r°-E E70XX 4 ' 18/8 CUR 3-79/16 3116 +A+� �`' LANDING PLATE 9 5718 3-9118 3 i 9 8 81/2 LANDING FRAME 47/8 1-115/8 B NOSING TO INSIDE FACE OF WALL 4.6 WALL 2-41/2 ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 29 2025 9-51/2 9-2 6.10112 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE GRID TO NOSING 10 ED TREADS @11 GRID TO NOSING POINT 25-6 LUNDA : �L Alsc .. ..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 1962067TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ENLARGED PLANS E4001 DA FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 9/29/2025 5 6 5-6518 25-6 28-83/4 WALL INSIDE TO INSIDE CLEARENCE 13-21/8 11-0 6-10112 WALL TO NOSING POINT 12 EQ TREADS @11 GRID 4 ONOSING POINT 2 4112 7 7112 NOSING TO WALL FACE 1-11518 GRID TO NOSING POINT 571 3-9118 3 4718 LANDING FRAME WALL 1 18 3-79116 /16 LANDING PLATE I FACE OF WALL I /l. %' 4003 M4004 N 1/4"THK 1/4"THK STAINLESS STEEL j/� NOSING BENT PLATE LANDING N WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) POINT PLATE M4001 C12x20.7 MID LANDING N EL:T-7" Z m Io B4000 4001 C12x20.7� 3 - C10x15.3 1/2 3-4118 11 N j ' w REA x TYPCo 75j8 12 NOSING POINT / W.P 4 1CD LOWER LEVEL ./® TYP I i c) EL:O'-O" � = ... .T,., .; :. �:. I I i SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW 3-9U8 2-71I2 E400 (REF A4.31) Design Drawing Reference:A4.31 NOTES: REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: E70XX ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE LUNDA : �L Alsc .. ..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4002 DA FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 9/29/2025 6 PC OF BEAM 5 6-101/2 9-2 9-51/2 GRID TO NOSING POINT 10 EQ TREADS@11 GRID TO NOSING 2-41/2 4-6 8-4518 LANDING/NOSING TO 1-11518 47/SWALL FACE NOSING TO INSIDE 2FACE OF WALL 9 WALL 1 7 3 LANDING FRAME 5 1 1-071g 7-751g 3)1 3-71/2 13I8 LANDING PLATE 1-0 STAINLESS STEEL j o o WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) - NOSING oppa POINT UPPER LEVEL EL:14'-0" / N 'j �.CIQ 11 ' 1422(S=14) U I ✓%' </,Go "' // ..,:/.. ..........��\�G�� . (BY MAIN STEEL) �,w ✓/, �� . N , `fly 8 7LANDING 004 NOSING / 12 "THK POIN ATE MID LANDING N M4000 C12x20.7W P 9 EL:T-7" oi' �o oI Y SLAB FACE OF WALL 3 64001 B4000. M4003 ppp C12x20.7 3 41C810x15.3 1/4"THK BENT PLATE 1/2 112 �SIM LR Co L x IX XI W I = I I I I I 4 Cl OWER LEVEL U EL:O' 0" : : : �- Design Drawing Reference:A4.31 G T' NOTES: I 2-71i2 3-91/8 I i SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4003 (REF:A4.31) REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: E70XX ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE LUNDA : �L alsc .. ..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4003 DA FOR APPROVAL 5 6 LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY 25-6 SUBMITTAL#10 9/29/2025 9-5112 9-2 6.10112 GRID TO NOSING 10 EQTHREADS @11 GRIDTO NOSING POINT 9 8-81/2 4-6 2 4112 NOSING TO WALL FACE NOSING TO INSIDE FACE OF WALL BEAM 5718 3-9118 3 471 1-11518 1-07/8 LANDING FRAME VALI 35/8 91/4 1116 3-71/2 3/16 LANDING PLATE 1-0 41/4"METAL i STUD WALL �� STAINLESS STEEL `WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) 7 NOSING UPPER LEVEL N _ _-__ POINT EL:14'-0" s W 14x22 \ (BY MAIN STEEL) \ �M 91I4 STUD \ WALL \ TREAD ILu r a TYP '� 111 w 71/4 STUD 75Ig WALL 12 \ ,% \STRiy 4005 11-0 5718 Z 1/4"THK PLATE 12 EQ THREADS @11 /' j I /4"TH j' \ LANDI W P� 004 1K M4002 MID LANDING ' \ I PLATENG L4x4X3j EL:7'-7' ,� NOSING POI •• •i n STAINLESS 0 RAI(BY OTHERS) <��/ S��\�G� ..,/ ---- C1Ox 5.3 C12 4001 WALL x20.7 I L '- --- ^—/ —• 3 M4003 1j2 w a READ / CLR /4 THK BENT PLATE CLR TYP / ��yy// 37718 I ----- 3/ 3.91/8 3 I CL LANDING FRAME 75/8 FACE OF WALL 12 Design Drawing Reference:A4.31 NOTES: OSING POINT REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: _11 WELDS: E70XX w.P •.. .t... 1 LOWER LEVEL / I EL:O'-O" ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE AISC LUNDAH�L ,.......I............. 8-1 15-01/2 CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 451 r45/a 1 22.87I8 INSIDE FACE OF WALLTO INSIDE FACE OF WALL 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 i SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN E400 (REF:A4.31) DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4004 I 0 FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 9/29/2025 A O 1-7114 9-4718 71/4 INSIDE CLEARANCE WALL 9-1112 1351 4-6 4-6 1-71/4 111/16 7114 111116 3 4-0 3 3 4-0 3 1-711q CLR CLR WALL STAIR WIDTH 47/8 STAIR WIDTH WALL STUD WALL STAINLESS STEEL WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) i METAL i STUD WALL METAL STAINLESS STEEL STUD WALL 3 8-10718 3 WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) 0 4 EQ.SPA@2-2 /4=8-10/g (TYP) 8-10718 STAINLESS STEEL LANDING FRAME I WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) 1 5 1 T.O.STEEL /8 8-101g 18 EL:779 LANDING PLATE B4001 C12x20.7_ MIDLANDIN N ------- ----- - ' EL:7-7 STAINLESS STEEL i z m ,i O, 0 WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) i 0 g it O �O a ' - -------------- i � o � L_ o Shouldn't this , o - match detail 2?7-7. M4002 M4004 Shouldn't this ti L4x4x3/8 PL1/4x431/2 match detail 2?7-9. ; r M4005 -DA M4001 3 REQ'D LANDING PLATE M4000 DA M4003 PL1/4x81/g C12x20.7 C12x20.7 III BP1-1/4X83/4 c - II II T.O.STEEL M4004 "' PL110431/2 i MID LANDI Ww EL:7-4 ®; -�, - m ® I, EL:7-4 X II x Ir �L I M Mln I ®` I� Icoco II II M4000 M4002 11/4 131 1314_ 1114 C12x20.7 L4x4x318 3 3 M4001 B4000 < z o C4000 C10x15.3 00 - ill HSS4x4xl/4 U' C4002 HSS4x4xl/4 - i lip ill 118 10518 118 LANDING PLATE I III � II 8-107/8 II LANDING FRAME o 3 8-107/8 3 M It II 4 EQ.SPA@2-2 /4=8-10/8 o 4 ) 9.47/8 B.O.POST TYP i INSIDE CLEARANCE EL:0-0 , s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o,� s • s s o • s o • s o i SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4005 (REF:32/A4.31) 2 OUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW Design Drawing Reference:B2/A4.31 E4005 (REF:B2/A4.31) NOTES: REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: E70XX ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE LUNDA : �L ..Al...Asc ................ CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4005 DA FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 TOGA PLATE 9/29/2025 NOSING C12x20.7 3A114 POINTll (REFER PLAN 111 21/2 1/4"THK CAP PLATE FOR PCMK) k1/2SHOP ATTACHE TO COLUMN1/4"THK CLOSURE PLATE / �y 11/2 3 11/2 T.O.STEEL HSS4x4x1/a SHOP ATTACHED TO STRINGER . .MID-LANDING REFER PLAN 3/8"x9"xO'-9"THK BASE PLATE (EL:REFER PLAN) ( FOR PCMK)STRLAGER L4x4x3/8 CLRJ SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN (REFER PLAN ', C12X20.7 &FIELD BOLTED TO CONC.SLAB LOWER LEVEL `D (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) T_0. MID LANDING L11/4x11/4X3/16 ANGLE (REFER PLAN Ty 8 W/(2�3/8"OX31/2 HILTI KWIKTZ2-CS BOLTS FOR PCMK) M SHOP ATTACHED TO BEAM FOR PCMK _� 4 Ty 4A (EL:O 0) U °' °' C12x20.7 ) `D LOWER LEVEL (2"EMBEDMENT) L3x3x3/8 ANGLE �HSS440/4 W.P �a (REFER PLAN 3 OW 0) SHOP ATTACHED TO STRINGER FOR PCMK) L4X3x3/8 ANGLE (REFER PLAN 1/4"THK BOTTOM PLATE ° ° ° ° &FEILD EMBEDED IN TO CONC.SLAB FOR PCMK) SHOP ATTACHED TO STRINGER 11/2 W/(2)3/8"Ox31/2"LG HILTI KWIK TZ2-CS 3/8'THK PLATE SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN& CONCRETE Tyr BOLTS(2"MIN EMBEDMENT) SHOP ATTCHED TO CHANNEL FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL HSS4x4xl/4 °> °> °> ° SLAB 8 2112 &FIELD BOLTED TO ANGLE W/(2)7/8"O F1852N BOLTS FOR PCMK)REFER N W/(2)7/8"O F1852N BOLTS 2 SECTION VIEW 3 SECTION VIEW 4 SECTION VIEW i SECTION VIEW 400 (D-o8) 400 (D_03) SECTION VIEW 3A-3A 400 (D_oz) 400 (D-01) (STRINGER BASE CONNECTION (LANDING INFILL TO HEADER (LANDING BEAM TO COLUMN (COLUMN BASE PLATE TO CONCRETE) CONNECTION) CONNECTION) CONNECTION) 1/4"THK CAP PLATE SHOPATTACHED TO COLUMN CL 7j8 1/4"THK PLATE 11/2 CONC.FILLING �� 3/8"THK PLATE . o C12x20.7 CHANNEL 11/ I NOSING (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) (TYP) 5� �71 SHOPATTACHED TO STRINGER 1-07/8 o `� �6 231 SHOPATTACHED POINT 11 &FIELD BOLTED TO BEAM 4 MID LANDING 12GAPLATE TREAD W/2\1/2"OA325N BOLTS TO STRINGER �a EL:REFER ELEV. 3 3 NOSING TY 3 3 <� ( ) SHOPATTACHED TYP O 1 I 1 Ig HSS4x4x1/4 TO STRINGER UPPER LEVEL N ------ POINT /c? 1/4"THK BENT PLATE M (REFER PLAN w d EL:REFER ELEV. FOR PCMK) (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) (TYP) � ( ) -- .. C12x20.7 HSSER PLAN 4 C12x20.7 3I8"x9"x0'-9"THK BASE PLATE (REFER PLAN EDGE FORM BY 1j-- SHOPATTACHED TO COLUMN STRINGER __ _ FOR PCMK) STRINGER METAL DECK SUPPLIER LR 12x20.7 &FIELD BOLTED TO CONC.SLAB (REFER PLAN d (REFER PLAN STRINGER 1 FOR PCMK) L4x3X3/BANGLE FOR PCMK) L11/4x11/4x3/16 REFER PLAN (REFER PLAN W/(2p/8"Ox3/2 HILTI KWIK TZ2-CS BOLTS 1/2 ( FOR PCMK) (2"EMBEDMENT) C12X20.7X1-4 CLR SHOP ATTACEHD TO COLUMN SHOPATTACHED FOR PCMK) SHOPATTACHED 1 112 2112 &FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL TO STRINGER SECTION VIEW 4A-4A TO STRINGER 4 W/(2)7/8"OF1825NBOLTS 6 DETAIL VIEW (nP) SECTION VIEW 5 SECTION VIEW E4006 (TYPICAL STRINGER DETAIL) VLOYO (D_07) 400 (D-05&D-06) (STRINGER TO MAIN STEEL PICAL STRINGER TO COLUMN CONNECTION) CONNECTION) C10xl5.3 FRONT HEADER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY 3116 // STAINLESS STEEL / WALL RAIL NOSING 11 1/4"THK PLATE / (BY OTHERS) C12X20.7 POINT (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) � STRINGER 1/47HK BENT PLATE / `V C12X20.7 (REFER PLAN \ (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) �, (REFER PLAN 1314 1314 1/4 THK CAP PLATE FOR PCMK) Q FOR PCMK) 1/ SHOP ATTACHE TO COLUMN Design Drawing Reference:- --kcW.P �` ��os>> T.O.STEEL <o CLR NOTES: STRINGERTO MID LANDING �Q 11 ti�you T.O.MID LANDING BENT PLATE 3/18 TREAD (EL:REFER PLAN) M m M ` ' (EL:REFER ELEV) TYP / 12GA PLATE L11/4x11/4x3/16 ANGLE M 1/4"THK PLATE / ---- SHOP ATTACHED SHOP ATTACHED TO BEAM -- ---_ C12x20.7 CHANNEL (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) / TO STRINGER V REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: SHOPATTACHED "_ ' _'_" 12x20.7 HSS4x4x114 E70XX TO STRINGER / C10x15.3 STRINGER 3/8"THK PLAT (REFER PLAN L3x3x3/8ANGLE 1-0 1/2(REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) SHOP ATTACEHDTO COLUMN LR FOR PCMK) �I------' (REFER PLAN SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN& &FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL 1 1 3 FOR PCMK) FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL 7 Ll /4X1 /4X /16 W/(2) /8"O F1852N BOLTS ISSUEDFORAPPROVAL Se 292025 W/(2)/8"0 F1852N BOLTS - SHOP ATTACHED TO STRINGER 10 SECTION VIEW REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE $ SECTION VIEW � Alsc 400 (D_05) 9 SECTION VIEW E40o6 (D-03) LUND rk : �L ........................ (STRINGER TO HEADER CONNECTION) 4 (TYPICAL RAIL DETAIL) (HEADER TO COLUMN ; CERTIFIED CONNECTION) FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. I REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SECTION VIEWS E4006 I DA FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 9/29/2025 C1 Ox15.3 1/4"THK,BENT PLATE 1 1/4"THK, 11 1314 1314 (REFER PLAN 1 1 3 1 12 2 FOR PCMK (REFER PLAN LANDING PLATE CLR ) FOR PCMK) 1/22 Z /, T.O.MID-LANDING C10x15.3CUR T.O. MID LANDING 1/4"THK CAP PLATE (REFER PLAN SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN 1/4"THK BENT PLATE FOR PCMK) a L4x4x318 - (REFER PLAN (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) FOR PCMK) HSS4x4x1/4 3/8"THK PLATE (REFER PLAN 3 SHOP ATTCHED TO CHANNEL FOR PCMK) /8"THK PLATE &FIELD BOLTED TO ANGLE SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN& FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL W/(2)7/8"O F1852N BOLTS W/(2)7/8"O F1852N BOLTS i SECTION VIEW 2 SECTION VIEW E4007 (D-08-CASE-2) 4007 (D 04) (LANDING INFILL TO HEADER (HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION) CONNECTION) Design Drawing Reference:- NOTES: REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: E70XX ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE LUNDA : �L alsc .. ..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. I REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SECTION VIEWS E4007 I DA FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT B4000 ONE BEAM LENGTH ESTIMATED 140 B4000 1 C106.3 8 9718 A36 135 p1298 3 PL318x2ll2 0 6112 A36 5 FIELD BOLTS 4 718 Dia F1852N 0 2 (-21i2) 1-C10x15.3x8-9718 A36 8-97/8 (PIP 9-27/8) (-21i2) 13/4 N co C-0 13/4 J GV A cfl co W c� � rn 00 cb �j M M � �, 53/16 M 1-PL p1298 1 3 REQ'D 3 2 /4 E " G Opp CV A(TYP) C�> o N m U-) 1/4 1-23/8 TYP 1/4 ONE BEAM B4000 Section A-AB4000 W 10X 1/4 Total weight 140 SHOP NOTES: F 25/8X7/16 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. K 11/16x3/4 3.)ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.SHOP NOTE, 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A4 6 U.N.O. U.N.O., TOE DIRECTION NEAR SIDE 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLESCONNECTIONS. 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELDDWELDS. 10.)4�OR LD =DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.)0=INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 29 2025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE LUNDA : �L alsc My .. ..................... ; CERTIFIED ' � : FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LIC PAINT STANDARD LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: N.A. SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 DATE: 09-15-25 PRIMER:VALLEY V-006,GRAY 1.5.2.0 mils DFT CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. FINISH PAINT:---- JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:N/A DESCRIPTION: BEAM 25019 WOO 0 FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT B4001 ONE BEAM LENGTH ESTIMATED 1118 B4001 1 C12a207 8 9718 A36 183 p1298 3 PL318x2ll2 0 6112 A36 5 FIELD BOLTS 4 718 Dia F1852N 0 2 (-21/2) _ 1-C12x20.7x8-97/8 A36 8-97/8 PIP 9-27/8 C.0cn �cn Co� 13/4 -- � L 1314 ti co wCXD A 5 2 3 - 1-PL p 1298 -7 3 REQ'D M M CV IIti E " A(TYP) 1/4 TYP 1/4 ONE BEAM B4001 Section A-A B4001 TofalmighL: 188 W 12X5/16 SHOP NOTES: 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. F 215/16X1/2 3.)ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE K 11/8x3/4 A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. SHOP NOTE. 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. 10.)4�OR LD =DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 0=INDICATES CONNECTION TOE DIRECTION NEAR SIDE 12)ALL WE DIINGISEX70XXU..N.OIDEMARK. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 29 2025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHKD DATE LUNDA : �L alsc My .. ..................... ; CERTIFIED ' � : FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LIC PAINT STANDARD LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: N.A. SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 DATE: 09-15-25 PRIMER:VALLEY V-006,GRAY 1.5.2.0 mils DFT CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. FINISH PAINT:---- JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:N/A DESCRIPTION: BEAM 25019 B4001 A FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT C4000 ONE COLUMN I LENGTH ESTIMATED 115 C4000 1 HSS4x4x114 7 8318 SE A500C 94 a199 2 L4x3x318 0 6 A36 9 BP-12 1 PL3184 0 9 A36 9 p2605 1 PL318A 0 6 A36 3 p1904 1 PL114x4 0 4 A36 1 FIELD BOLTS 4 KWIK BOLT TZ2-318 DIWI12 TEMBED 41/4 1-PL p1904 2114 i w 41/2 41/2 CNTR 21/2 2 2 21/2 00 W OO V to ti � A 6-113/8 M A o o �' 6-951g ,� ; ' '� 7 �, 6 1-PL p2605 1-L a199 1/4710 ji 1-La199 it a, 3/ 1/4 C? ti MARK FACE "A" Iza- ®; NORTH ® x l CI 21/2 21/2 c� 1 1/2 1 1/2 o —� COW 3 SIDYP 1/4 4 2 2 4 M Total weight 115 6 Section A—A SHOP NOTES: C4000 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. 3 3 3.)ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. M 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. 1-PL BP-12 111.)0=INDICATES CONNECTION SIIDEIMARKIONS. OR LD =DESTINATION OF M 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. 7116 � �/4 HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX ONE COLUMN C 4 0 0 0 A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 29 2025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHKD DATE AT GRID: LUNDA : �L Alsc .. ..................... ; CERTIFIED ' : FABRICATOR B & 6 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LIC PAINT STANDARD LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: N.A. SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 DATE: 09-15-25 PRIMER:VALLEY V-006,GRAY 1.5.2.0 mils DFT CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NUMBER SHEET N0. RE FINISH PAINT:---- V SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:N/A DESCRIPTION: COLUMN 25019 C4000* FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT C4001 ONE COLUMN I LENGTH ESTIMATED 111 C4001 1 HSS4x4x114 7 8318 SE A500C 94 a199 1 L4x3x318 0 6 A36 4 BP-12 1 PL3184 0 9 A36 9 p2605 1 PL318A 0 6 A36 3 --- p1904 1 PL114x4 0 4 A36 1 --- FIELD BOLTS 41/4 4 KWIK BOLT TZ2-318 DIWI12 TEMBED 41/2 1-PL p1904 21/4 2 � CNTR 1-PL p2605 , L,J 21/2 2, 3: Z ti O CIA 40 M 6-113/g -40 A M 6-113/g A 1-L a 199 o �/4 i CD Q 1/4 M l 114 Ij Ij , MARK FACE "A" (A "NORTH" x C-C> I � v j j 11/2 21/2 III � v III CD 42 w 3 SIDES 4 1' Section ection A-A 6 C4001 Total weight 111 SHOP NOTES: 3 3 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. 3.)ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B M 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., Co 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 8.M NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC 1-PL BP-12 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WE DSCONNECTIONS. 10.)4�OR LD =DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.)0=INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. 7�16 � �/4 HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX ONE COLUMN C4001 AT GRID: A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 29 2025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHKD DATE B & 6 LUNDA : �L Alsc .. ..................... ; CERTIFIED ' : FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LIC PAINT STANDARD LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: N.A. SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 DATE: 09-15-25 PRIMER:VALLEY V-006,GRAY 1.5.2.0 mils DFT CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NUMBER SHEET N0. RE FINISH PAINT:---- V SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:N/A DESCRIPTION: COLUMN 25019 C4001 A FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT C4002 ONE COLUMN I LENGTH ESTIMATED 115 C4002 1 HSS4x4x114 7 8318 SE A500C 94 --- a199 2 L4x3x318 0 6 A36 9 BP-12 1 PL3184 0 9 A36 9 ---- p2605 1 PL318A 0 6 AN 3 1-PL p 1904 p1904 1 PL114A 0 4 A36 41/4 41'2 C N T R FIELD BOLTS 4 KWIK BOLT R2-31gDIAX311p 2'EMBED J 2 21140. 2 21/2 ti 00 J Lu (� Cfl 0' j � co B i t 6-113/8 M B 6-9518 M o X \ 1-La199 2 4 1-PL p2605 o l A �' 6-0518 �, A21�2 1/2 3 SIDES 1/4 Lr'.) 1/4 TYP j 1/4 1-L a199 21� ;2 a' 2 M 0? ti ti 4112 X _— X MARK FACE "A" 1/4 , l „NORTH" l - cn ® ®, Section B_ B _ C4002 91 U CD w 05 M /2 21/2 Total weight 115 6 A 2 SHOP NOTES: `F 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 3 3 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. Secti o n A-A 3.)ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE C4002 A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. CM 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 9.)NO PAINT Co 10.)�ORLW ID STINATTIIONIOFD WELDS.TAILDIMENSIONS. ch 1-PL BP-12 11.)0=INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. 7/16 1/4 HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX ONE COLUMN C4002 A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 29 2025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE Als AT GRID: LUNDA : �L c .. ..................... ; CERTIFIED A & 6 �� ; FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LIC PAINT STANDARD LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: N.A. SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 DATE: 09-15-25 PRIMER:VALLEY V-006,GRAY 1.5.2.0 mils DFT CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NUMBER SHEET N0. RE FINISH PAINT:---- V SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:N/A DESCRIPTION: COLUMN 25019 C4002 FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT C4003 ONE COLUMN I LENGTH ESTIMATED 111 C4003 1 HSS4x4x114 7 8318 SE A500C 94 a199 1 L4x3x318 0 6 A36 4 BP-12 1 PL3184 0 9 A36 9 p2605 1 PL318A 0 6 A36 3 p1904 1 PL114x4 0 4 A36 1 FIELD BOLTS 4 KWIK BOLT TZ2-318 DIWI12 TEMBED 41/4 --- 2 2114C�l 41/2 1-PL p1904 Lu 21/2 2 CNTR ti Z rn o U coo Ir` o x CL 6-1131g M A n M 6-11318 ! q Iti U 1-PL p2605 1-L a 199 �1/4 co ' 4 2 11/ �21/2MARK FACE "A" 2 3 SIDES x ® "NORTH" cn cn ZD :IF q U `� CD J W (n _oo 1�4 M Total weight 111 6 Section A—A SHOP NOTES: C4003 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. 3 3 3.)ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. M p 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. r7lCfl 1—PL BP-1 2 111.)0=INDICATES CONNECTION SIIDEIMARKIONS. OR L M 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. 7/16 �/4 HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX ONE COLUMN C 4 0 0 3 A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 29 2025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHKD DATE AT GRID: LUNDA : �L Alsc .. ..................... ; CERTIFIED ' : FABRICATOR A & 6 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LIC PAINT STANDARD LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: N.A. SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 DATE: 09-15-25 PRIMER:VALLEY V-006,GRAY 1.5.2.0 mils DFT CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NUMBER SHEET N0. RE FINISH PAINT:---- V SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:N/A DESCRIPTION: COLUMN 25019 C4003 0 FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY BILL OF MATERIAL SUBMITTAL #10 SHIP PIECE TOTAI MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT M4000 ONE MISC LENGTH ESTIMATED 73 M4000 1 C12x20.7 3 41/8 A36 69 a114 1 L11/4X11/4X3/16 2 81/8 A36 4 FIELD BOLTS 4 7/8 Dia F1852N 0 2 3-4 1/8 2 3-0 1/8 2 u, 1 M Total weight: 73 ti `Y' 2-8�18 1 -L a 114 FS CV HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX 4 4 1/4 3 SIDES A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE SHOP NOTES: 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. 3.)ALL TUBE STEEL ARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B ONE CHANNEL M4000 8.)ALL REBAR IT IN 3: 0OF r L WELDABLE SC CONNECTIONS. U.N.O. 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. 10.)�OR LRD=DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.) =INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. LUNDA : �L -AiSC IRON PANY CERTIFIED -WORKS : FABRICATOR L I C PAINT STANDARD 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646.2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 SURFACE PREP. : SSPC-SP3 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS PRIMER :VALLEY V-006, GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT LOCATION: 1962067THAVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA98223 SCALE: N.A. FINISH PAINT : ----- CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. DATE: 09-15-25 JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV SPECIAL REQUIREMENT : NIA DESCRIPTION: CHANNEL 25019 M4000 JA FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY BILL OF MATERIAL SUBMITTAL #10 SHIP PIECE TOTAI MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT M4001 ONE MISC LENGTH ESTIMATED 73 M4001 1 C12x20.7 3 41/8 A36 69 a114 1 L11*11/03/16 2 81/8 A36 4 FIELD BOLTS 4 7/8 Dia F1852N 0 2 3-41/8 2 3-0 1/8 2 ------------------------------ CD Total weight: 73 M ti c j HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX N 4 2-8�18 4 1 -L a114 NS 3 SIDES [ ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Sep 29 2025 REV I DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE SHOP NOTES: 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. 3.)ALL TUBE STEEL ARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. AHANNEL M4001 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U N O,ALL PLATES ARE ONE A U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.).)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. 10.)#OR�1=DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.) =INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. LUNDA : �L .Aisc IRONWORKS CERTIFIED • FABRICATOR L I C PAINT STANDARD 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646.2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SURFACE PREP. : SSPC-SP3 JOB NAME: SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS PRIMER :VALLEY V-006, GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT LOCATION: 1962067THAVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA98223 SCALE: N.A. FINISH PAINT : ----- CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. DATE: 09-15-25 JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV SPECIAL REQUIREMENT : NIA DESCRIPTION: CHANNEL 25019 1 M4001 JA FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY BILL OF MATERIAL SUBMITTAL #10 SHIP PIECE TOTAI MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT M4002 3 ANGLE 1 107 M4002 3 1-443/8 3 77/8 A36 107 FIELD BOLTS 12 7/8 Dia F1852N 0 2 3-77/8 2 1/2 7es 3-53/8 CN N lift M Total weight; 107 CV - � 11/2 3 2-107/8 1 07/8 3 11/2 HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX ZT- ZT- 3 ANGLES M4002 A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Sep 29 2025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE SHOP NOTES: 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. 3.)ALL TUBE STEEL ARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. 10.)#OR�1=DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.) =INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. LUNDA : �L .Aisc IRONWORKS CERTIFIED • FABRICATOR L I C PAINT STANDARD 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646.2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SURFACE PREP. : SSPC-SP3 JOB NAME: SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS PRIMER :VALLEY V-006, GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT LOCATION: 1962067THAVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA98223 SCALE: N.A. FINISH PAINT : ----- CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. DATE: 09-15-25 JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV SPECIAL REQUIREMENT : NIA DESCRIPTION: ANGLE 25019 1 M4002 JA FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY BILL OF MATERIAL SUBMITTAL #10 SHIP PIECE TOTAI MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT M4003 ONE BENTPLATE 1 66 M4003 1 BPL1/4x8314 8 103/4 BENT A36 66 R=1/2 53 8-103/4 Total weight: 66 23/4 1/4 3 HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Sep 29 2025 ONE BENTPLATE M4003 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE SHOP NOTES: 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. 3.)ALL TUBE STEEL ARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. 10.)#OR�l=DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.) =INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. LUNDA : �L .Aisc IRONWORKS CERTIFIED • FABRICATOR L I C PAINT STANDARD 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646.2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SURFACE PREP. : SSPC-SP3 JOB NAME: SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS PRIMER :VALLEY V-006, GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT LOCATION: 1962067THAVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA98223 SCALE: N.A. FINISH PAINT : ----- CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. DATE: 09-15-25 JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV SPECIAL REQUIREMENT : NIA DESCRIPTION: BENT PLATE 25019 1 M4003 JA FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY BILL OF MATERIAL SUBMITTAL #10 SHIP PIECE TOTAI MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT M4004 ONE PLATE 1 329 8_105/8 M4004 1 PL1/4X431/2 8 105/8 A36 329 G'V ti M Total weight: 329 HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Sep 29 2025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE SHOP NOTES: 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. 3.)ALL TUBE STEEL ARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. ONE PLATE M4004 10 PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. 10.))#OR�=DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.)W=INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. LUNDA : �L -AiSC IRON PANY CERTIFIED -WORKSEll I,- : FABRICATOR L I C PAINT STANDARD 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646.2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 SURFACE PREP. : SSPC-SP3 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS PRIMER :VALLEY V-006, GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT LOCATION: 1962067THAVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA98223 SCALE: N.A. FINISH PAINT : ----- CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. DATE: 09-15-25 JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV SPECIAL REQUIREMENT : NIA DESCRIPTION: PLATE 25019 1 M4004 JA FOR APPROVAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY BILL OF MATERIAL SUBMITTAL #10 SHIP PIECE TOTAI MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT M4005 ONE PLATE 1 6 M4005 1 PL1/4x8l/8 0 107/8 A36 6 12 107/8 107/16 215/16 5 215/16 Total weight: 6 C10 00 co HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX M N A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE ISep292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE SHOP NOTES: 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. ONE PLATE M4005 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE LSA50KSIUNO. 3.)ALL TUBE STEEL ARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. 10.)#OR�l=DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.) =INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. LUNDA : �L .Aisc IRONWORKS CERTIFIED • FABRICATOR L I C PAINT STANDARD 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646.2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SURFACE PREP. : SSPC-SP3 JOB NAME: SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS PRIMER :VALLEY V-006, GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT LOCATION: 1962067THAVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA98223 SCALE: N.A. FINISH PAINT : ----- CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. DATE: 09-15-25 JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV SPECIAL REQUIREMENT : NIA DESCRIPTION: PLATE 25019 1 M4005 JA FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 11-7318 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT ST4000 ONE STAIR I LENGTH ESTIMATED 1066 114 11-6718 114 ch23 1 C12)207 13 11518 AN 297 ch37 1 C12z20.7 13 9718 AN 302 2 � a8 22 L11*11140s 0 9112 AN 26 ------ --- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------- ------- I------- ------ ----- ----- I------ II------ I------ I------- I------- ------- a197 1 L111011143116 0 9112 A36 1 AL! --- I I JA a198 1 1.111411143116 0 9112 A36 1 I I I I I I u I I I a58 1 1 L3z3z318 0 6 1 A36 4 z ' ' a56 2 11.3601a 0 5112 AN 7 I I I I I I I u I I I I ch230 1 12z20.7 1 4 A36 28 ch42 1 C126207 1 0 AN 21 I I I I I I I u I I I I p2455 1 PL114z21S1s 1 2114 A36 3 UP p2454 2 PL114X215116 1 1314 A36 6 p2453 2 P1.114215116 0 5518 A36 2 03 I I I I I I II I I I o3 �� p2549 2 PL10GAz6V2 0 6112 A36 3 TACK WELD I I TYP b 1314 11 BPL12GA Q211q 4 0 BENT A36 348 I I P b 1315 1 BPLI2GAX815ll6 4 0 BENT AN 13 I I I I I I I u I I I I P 1-PLp2549 ' ' bp24 1 IBPL12GAx3718 4 0 BENT A36 6 2 REQ'D I I I I I I I u I I I I I I I I I I I u I I I I 1-L a56 I I FIELD BOLTS I I I I I I I u I I I I m I I 4 718 Dia F1852N 0 2 112 I I I I I I II I I I I I I II I I I I 4 KWIKBOLTR2-31gDIAX3112 2'EMBED I - - ---- ------ ------ - - ----- B L B w 11 11-9114 318 N 11-9718 ONE STAIR ST4000 11-7318 114 1"718 114 3314 12 TREADS(&11=11-0 3118 ah\0 �C 1-PL p2455 — `rsW.P � w 31 16 3SIDES Total might: 1066 / SHOP NOTES: 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. h\� 3. ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 1-C ch230 2 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE C A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS SQp 1-4 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., y / 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. 1 La8 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 11 REQ'D 9.)NO PAINT 10 WI TI FIELD WELDS..) OR IRD D STINATIONOFTAIL DI MENSIONS. IMENSIONS. 11.)®=INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. o 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. Rom j'/ 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. s 1-C ch23 751a 12 HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX 1-BPL bpl314 1�Ah\e 11 REQ'D -BPLbp1315 �" ,'j A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Sep 292025 1-PLp2453 REVI DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE 1-PL p2454 / ' /" LUNDpi : �L Alsc .. ..................... 1-BPLbp24 � � � ; CERTIFIED FABRICATOR _ W. — 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 QA a16 !1-Lal97 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE Section A-A SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS A 8 211 3 SIDES sTa000 SHOP NOTE: LIC PAINT STANDARD LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: N.A. 3116 TMP SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 DATE: 09-15-25 ALL SHARP CORNERS AND ROUGH EDGES SHALL BE GROUND PRIMER:VALLEYV-006,GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. SMOOTH AFTER ALL THE ATTACHMENTS ARE MADE TO THE STEEL FINISH PAINT:Prime paint JOB NUMBER SHEET N0. REV MEMBER,PRIOR TO CLEANING AND PAINTING SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:NOMMA1 DESCRIPTION: STAIR 25019 ST4000 0 FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SUBMITTAL#10 SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 9/29/2025 MARK MARK CITY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT 11-97/8 114 11-91/8 1/2 3314 12 TREADS A 11=11-0 5318 1\0 ti 41/2 3 3 SIDES 3/16 211�12 2 — ss, 1 — e ./-WP 1-0 3/8 ,3\� 1-C ch42 D / 1 / 1 1-Cch37 1-La8 ------ 11 REUD -/ i 3tia1 75/8 1`L' 12 1r..,.,.,2—tT� i �O 2-PL p2454 1-PLp2453 /- 7!-- ------T� N.P 1-Lal98 Totalweight 0 w Section B-B SHOP NOTES: — _ py p _ ST4000 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 1-L a56 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. p' 8 21/ 3/16 3.)ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE AREA 00-GR B 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 6 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. N* a 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 11 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. D 10.)Qi�OR IRD =DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11/2 91/2 11.)®=INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. TYP TYP /" 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. /" 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. PAN TO PAN /8 314-12 TYP PANTO HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX 18 STRINGER TYP CJP CJP}-17—' ANGLE TO STRINGER 101/8 10118 3116 3 SIDES 12 12 0 TYP ao a Section D-D Section C-C A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 29 2025 Detail A ST4000 ST4000 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE ST4000 AISC .. ..................... ; CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SHOP NOTE: SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LIC PAINT STANDARD SCALE: N.A. SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 ALL SHARP CORNERS AND ROUGH EDGES SHALL BE GROUND PRIMER:VALLEYV-006,GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT DATE: 09-15-25 SMOOTH AFTER ALL THE ATTACHMENTS ARE MADE TO THE STEEL FINISH PAINT:Prime paint CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV MEMBER,PRIOR TO CLEANING AND PAINTING SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:NOMMA1 DESCRIPTION: STAIR 25019 T4000A I FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 10-11114 SUBMITTAL#10 9/29/2025 MARK MARK QTY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT 114 10-10112 112 ST4001 ONE STAIR LENGTH ESTIMATED 969 1-PL p2551 1-2314 9-7314 ch45 1 C12L207 1 2314 AN 25 ch44 1 C12z20.7 1 2314 AN 25 _ N ch39 1 C12z207 12 013116 AN 250 =— --- - ---------------------------------------i----------------------------------- ----- N ch43 1 C12z20.7 11 10118 A36 245 -- - - -- ------ ------ ------ -----I ------, ------,r ------I ------o ------„ ------I ------ ------I ------I ------, � a8 20 L1U4z1114z3116 0 9112 A36 23 it I u u I I I I A I i i t I u u I I I I A a67 2 L1Ugz1Ugz3h6 0 6112 A36 2 I it I u u I I I I 9116� 111 231 I � i t a58 1 L3x3z31g 0 6 A36 4 r I i i i t I u u I r I i I ch229 1 C12z20.7 1 6 A36 31 r ch41 1 C12a207 0 11718 A36 20 r " P2551 2 PL318031% 0 5 A36 4 i i it I u u I I i i I o i i i p2449 1 PL114215116 1 2114 AN 3 r p2456 2 PL114215116 0 7718 AN 3 r I UP o bpl314 10 BPL12GW2114 4 0 BENT AN 316 i i it I I u I u i i I bp1320 1 BPL12GAz9 4 0 BENT A36 13 i i it I u u I u i i I r bp1318 1 BPL12GA)Qg116 4 0 BENT AN 4 i i it I u u I u i i I i i it I u u I u i i I r r EDFOLTS 1-PL 2551 4 718D 1185 N 0 2 i i it I u u I u i i I 1 Vg 231 r 4 112 Dia A325N 0 1112 +IHD WASH i i it I u u I u i i I m i i it I u u I u i i I 9116 i i i t I u u I u i i I I i it I u u I u i i I I i i t I I u I I i i I -----I ——————' — r -—————I ——————I ------" ———————I ———————I ———————' ———————' ——————� --- — --- -- ------ ------ -- -- — -------- -----------------------------------------------------ir-- ————— B L 12314 9 5v2 ,1 B 11 10-8114 11a 10.83/4 ONE STAIR ST4001 10-11114 114 10-10112 112 1-2314 9-7314 318 10 TREADS 11=9.2 5318 13B 1-BPL bpl320 1-C ch45 1-L a67 1-PL p2456 W.P A Total weight: 969 a 1 511 5131, 11� SHOP NOTES: Typ 14 ah`� 10sp 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 14 z \ 9 1 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. �uT c3P �', 3.)ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. TMP 1a 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS IOla8 / \ 0 5.)ALL PIPE ARE A500-GR B 10 REQ'D •\ ••� ,,�� 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 12 12 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. o5a` 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 0-�3112 hm w 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. 10.)4IIIIOR IRD =DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.)®=INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. `�-�— • \ 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. •\ �a 75/8 1 431g 12 \ o 'fie \ q 1 '�s 1-BPLbp1314 \, �� c HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX 10 REQ'D \ C \ NY 1-C ch39 3 211 Ui w A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 29 2025 1-BPL p1318 W.p` REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE b -Qoh4, LUNDA : �L :.RISC o ; CERTIFIED SectionA-A : FABRICATOR ST4001 11718 11p 1-L a58 NS 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE C LIC PAINT STANDARD JOB NAME: SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS 3 SIDES „4 SHOP NOTE: SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 SCALE: N.A. LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 PRIMER:VALLEY V-006,GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT ALL SHARP CORNERS AND ROUGH EDGES SHALL BE GROUND FINISH PAINT:Prime paint CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. DATE: 09-15-25 SMOOTH AFTER ALL THE ATTACHMENTS ARE MADE TO THE STEEL SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:NOMMAI JOB NUMBER SHEET NO. REV MEMBER,PRIOR TO CLEANING AND PAINTING DESCRIPTION: STAIR 25019 ST4001 1 FOR APPROVAL BILL OF MATERIAL LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY SHIP PIECE TOTAL MATERIAL LENGTH GENERAL STEEL TOTAL 10831q SUBMITTAL#10 9/29/2025 MARK MARK CITY DESCRIPTION FT INCHES REMARKS GRADE WEIGHT 1/4 10.81/4 1/4 1-2314 9-51/2 318 10TREADS 11=9-2 3118 1d�B 1-C ch44 1-L a67 1-PL p2456 W.P y -_-- \ v \ 1j4 1/4 511 2 53/4 \ TYP 1 3� 2 31/2 0 y�y � 1-C ch43 -------- \ 12 -- -- \ 1�sss 1-La8 ------- `\ q s� 10 REQ'D -------- \, 711 \ �a is --- \, 1 � 1 w 1 1 W.P �1-C ch229 Lr a\ Total weight 0 Section B-B 1-PL p2449 SHOP NOTES: ST4001 1.)ALL WELD SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL THEREAFTER. 2.)ALL WIDE FLANGE ARE A992 50 KSI U.N.O. 3.)ALL TUBE STEELARE A500-Gr B U.N.O. 4.)ALL ANGLES&CHANNELS ARE A36 U.N.O.,ALL PLATES ARE All 3 SIDES 1/4 2 A36 U.N.O.PER JOB SPECS 5.)ALL PIPE AREA 00-GR B ryp�s 6.)ALL REBAR TO BE A706-Gr 60 WELDABLE U.N.O., 11 7.)ALL DEFORMED BARS ARE A496 U.N.O. TREAD 8.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF HOLES AT SC CONNECTIONS. 91/2 TVP 11/2 9.)NO PAINT WITHIN 3"OF FIELD WELDS. NP TYP 10.)4�01R LD =DESTINATION OF TAIL DIMENSIONS. 11.)®=INDICATES CONNECTION SIDE MARK. 12.)ALL WELDING IS EX70XX U.N.O. 13.)ALL MATERIAL TO BE DOMESTIC U.N.O. ANGLE TO STRINGER 3SIDES HOLES U.N. 15/16"0 WELDS: E70-XX TYP 3/16 PAN TO STRINGER 118 9 CJP PAN TO PAN TYP 1/8 3/4-12 CJP 101/8 101/8 12 b^ A ISSUED FOR APPROVAL JSP CHE Se 29 2025 12 REVI DESCRIPTION BY CHK'D DATE Detail A °� Section C-C Section D-D AISC ST4001 ST4001 ST4001 LUNDA /L ; ••••............••••• ; CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE SHOP NOTE: SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LIC PAINT STANDARD SURFACE PREP.:SSPC-SP3 LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: N.A. ALL SHARP CORNERS AND ROUGH EDGES SHALL BE GROUND PRIMER:VALLEYV-006,GRAY 1.5-2.0 mils DFT DATE: 09-15-25 SMOOTH AFTER ALL THE ATTACHMENTS ARE MADE TO THE STEEL CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS, . FINISH PAINT:Prime paint JOB NUMBER INC SHEET NO. REV MEMBER,PRIOR TO CLEANING AND PAINTING SPECIAL REQUIREMENT:NOMMA1 DESCRIPTION: STAIR 25019 T4001A A ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTRE 19700 67TH AVE NE ARLINGTON, WA STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR SOUTH STAIR AND RAILINGS o�AMgRq Digitally signed Wq S by Ravi °O SyI, :F Polamarasetty Location: 0: Huntley,IL, Z' Ravi Polamarasetty USA Contact Info: Ph# 53041O,f��!/ 3316451584 Date: .............ST � NAL. 102:209.29 36 05'00' The Professional Engineers seal affixed to this sheet indicates that the named engineer has prepared or directed the preparation of the material shown only on the attached sheet pages 1 through 148 for FOR review and approval.Other drawings and documents not exhibiting this seal shall not be considered prepared by or the responsibility of the undersigned.No fabrication of this project shall proceed without approval from EOR. The design of all components and/or connection not included in this calculation package are beyond the scope of this calculation package. Connection specifically detailed on the structural drawing and/or connection not detailed within this calculation package are consider design by structural engineer of record (also known as engineer of record). Indicated assumptions within this calculation are to be field verified and approved by qualified SER and/or FOR prior to fabrication and construction of structural steel. If indicated "By others" within this calculation, the structural design and/or verification must be completed by the FOR and contractor's SER prior to construction. Sincerely, Ravi Polamarasetty, PE Page 1 of 148 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION DESCRIPTIION PAGE NO. NO. I PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 3 2 E-PLANS 5 3 DESIGN CALCULATIONS FOR SOUTH STAIR AND RAILINGS 14 Page 2 of 148 Section I PROJECT REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 148 PURPOSE: DESIGN OF SOUTH STAIR AND RAILINGS AS PER CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. MATERIALS: HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTIONS - ASTM A500, GRADE C CHANNELS : ASTM A36 ANGLES, PLATES -ASTM A36 WELD ELECTRODES - E70XX CODES, SPECS & STANDARDS: STEEL DESIGN -AISC - ASD 15TH EDITION WELDING - AWS STANDARDS "METAL STAIR MANUAL" BY NAAM IBC 2018 LOADS: STRINGER : 100PSF LIVE LOAD AND 50PSF DEAD LOAD AND 300LBS CONCENTRATED LOAD. RAILINGSS : 50 PLF UNIFORM LOAD IN ANY DIRECTION OR 200LBS CONCENTRATED LOAD AT ANY LOCATION IN ANY DIRECTION. Page 4 of 148 Section 2 E-PLANS Page 5 of 148 SOUTH STAIR 5-6518 25-6 19-13/8 3-91/8 2-71/2 3 4718 1-115/8 KEY PLAN /—CONC.WALL ALL C? METAL STUD WALL t5 �47/8"METAL Lu 47/81, METAL STUD WALL STUD WALL C�l 2f 2m 91/4"METAL 'META Lu STUD WALL 71/4 L STUD WALL 15-0112 0 0- METAL STUD WALL --%:/po9 8-1 3 4718 1-115/8 ALL 19-13/8 3-9118 2-7112 i! 25-6 Design Drawing Reference:Al.11,A4.31,Sl.11 NOTES: 5 REF DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC. DWG WELDS: SOUTH STAIR COLUMN LOCATING FRAMING PLAN E70XX (REF:Al.11,A4.31,Sl.l 1) (SEQ#4) PLAN NORTH 1)TO.SLAB ELEVATION: 0'-0"(U.N.0). ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 2) N.T.S-INDICATES NOT TO SCALE. REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE 3) FOR STAIR FRAMING PLAN SEE SHEET E4001. AISC %11..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY. TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO: 25019 SHEET NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR COLUMN LOCATING FRAMING PLAN E4000 aagae 25-6 28-8118 241/2 13-2118 WALL INSIDE TO INSIDE CLEARENCE 5-65/8 WALL TO NOSING POINT 7-71/2 11-0 SOUTH STAIRF, b\A GRID TO NOSING POINT 12 ED TREADS @ 11 4/4 12"CONC. 3-91/8 2-71/2 rWALL .. ............ 77 'F ...... ------------- KEY PLAN ciU —------- - ---- �71/4"METAL L11 WALI RAIL STUD WALL of � 47/8"METAL LOWER LEVEL TT40( o 1 STUD WALL (EL:O'-O") ;TAIR ilop cn /71N d VALL AIL SOUTH STAIR ENLARGED PLAN - LOWER LEVEL 47/8"METAL �� PLAN NORTH ----------------- \-4 (RERA1.11,AII/A4.311,S11.1111) (SEQ#4) 7/8"METAL STUD WALL 1)REFER SHEETS E4002 THRU E4004 FOR ELEVATION VIEWS. Ln STUD WALL 2)REFER SHEETS E4005&E4006 FOR SECTION VIEWS 71/4"METAL AND DETAIL VIEWS. STUD WALL 3)NTS-INDICATES NOT TO SCALE. 91/4"METAL N° //1 A STUD WALL 71/4"METAL , STUD WALL 47/8 t5 71/4 14-5114 WALL 1-11518 WALL Lu 8-1 15-01/2 2-4112 CLEARENCE WALL-65/8 TO GRID 25-6 6) Qj Qj 2f 25-6 11-0 6-10112 12 EQ TREADS @ 11 GRID TO NOSING POINT 4-6 241/2 NOSING TO WALL FACE Lu A tis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E: WAI I PAII m4nni Q19Q 7 B4000 WALL RAIL 4 u ClOX15.3 uu w R 535 ST40C 0 (EL:7-4) 11 WALLRAIL 9 4-93/8 2-2 §LA 1=1 V� 8 DOW m77 WALL RAIL MID-LANDING1 ZZ, M4002 ELT-T- I /- w . AdLRA1 L4x4X3/8 11 �w N L-i 3 REQ-D 4. 4, UPPER LEVEL SOUTH STAIR ENLARGED PLAN Lf ——— —— ——— —— ——— —— z �6 (RIERA11.112,AII/A4.311,S11.112) AL RAIL 11 F41 z TY ALL IL — E- 00' -M4004 PLAN WAL-RAIL PL /081 _j :5 1/4"THK a 1)REFER SHEETS E4002 THRU E4004 FOR ELEVATION VIEWS. Lu UPPER LEVEL T4001 LANDING 2)REFER SHEETS E4005&E4005 FOR SECTION VIEWS Design Drawing Reference:A1.11,A4.31,S1.11,A1.21,S1.12 ;TAIR PLATE NOTES: C? EL14-O' Typ AND DETAIL VIEWS. d, -� —w I I I].—=I — il1111— B4001— CUR 16 3)NTS-INDICATES NOT TO SCALE. 0 ri C12x2O,7) TYP (EL:7-81 AULkIL L ------ 11 M4000 C12x2O.7 -- REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC. DWG: WELDS: 1 6141116 10 E E70XX 13/8 CUR 3.79/16 3116 co LANDINGPLATE r - 57j8 3-9118 3 9 8-81/2 LANDING FRAME 47/8 1-115/8 NOSING TO INSIDE FACE OF WALL 4-6 WALL 2-41/2 ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 29 2025 9-51/2 9-2 6-10112 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE GRID TO NOSING 10 ED TREADS @11 GRID TO NOSING POINT • AISC 25-6 %11...I..... ..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY. TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ENLARGED PLANS E4001 Pace' +ae 5 6 5-6518 25-6 28-8814 WALL INSIDE TO INSIDE CLEARENCE 13-21/8 11-0 6-10112 WALL TO NOSING POINT 12 EQ TREADS @11 GRID 4 ONOSING POINT 2 41I2 7 7112 NOSING TO WALL FACE 1-11518 GRID TO NOSING POINT 571 3-91I8 3 4718 LANDING FRAME WALL 1 18 3-79116 /16 LANDING PLATE I FACE OF WALL I M4004 N �/4"THK 1/4"THK STAINLESS STEEL j/� NOSING BENT PLATE LANDING N WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) POINT PLATE M4001 C12x20.7 MID LANDING N EL:T-7" Z m 0 Co Io B4000 20. 3 - C10x15.3 C1x2 7"'— / � { 1/2 3.4118 11 Of j ' w REALu x U) TYP / �Of a1 = w .4 / 312 75/8 NOSING / ``-- POINT / W.P 4 1 LOWER LEVEL — I ./® TYP I i 0 EL:O'-O" . = I I i SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW 3-9U8 2-71I2 E400 (REF A4.31) Design Drawing Reference:A4.31 NOTES: REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: E70XX ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE LUNDA : �L Alsc .. ..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4002 P- s2 ' 6 PC 5 6-10112 9-2 OF BEAM 9-51/2 GRID TO NOSING POINT 10 EQ TREADS@11 GRID TO NOSING 2-41/2 4-6 8-4518 LANDING/NOSING TO 1-11518 47/SWALL FACE NOSING TO INSIDE 2FACE OF WALL 9 WALL 1 7 3 LANDING FRAME 5 1 1-0718 1 7-7518 3)1 3-71/2 1318 LANDING PLATE 1-0 STAINLESS STEEL j o o WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) - oppa NOSING �/" POINT —."• UPPER LEVEL EL:14'-0" / N 'j �.CIQ 11 Lu ,%' Lu READ i I // L TYP ' 1422(S=14) U I ✓%' </,Go "' // ..,:/.. ..........��\�G�� . (BY MAIN STEEL) 9 �,w ✓/, �� . N , `fly 8 7LANDING 004 NOSING / 12 "THK 11 POIN ATE MID LANDING N M4000 C12x20.7W P 9 EL:T-7" o i' o oI 3"SLAB FACE OF WALL 3 64001 134000. M4003 ppp C12x20.7 3 41C810x15.3 1/4"THK BENT PLATE 1/2 112 uSIM LR CL x � X X W I = I I I I I It 4 0 0 ,wLOWER LEVEL U EL:O' 0" : : : : .,: .,: .r . �- Design Drawing Reference:A4.31 G NOTES: I 2-71i2 3-91/8 I i SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4003 (REF:A4.31) REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: E70XX ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE LUNDA : �L Alsc .. ..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET N0. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4003 aaeae 5 6 25-6 9-5112 9-2 6.101/2 GRID TO NOSING 10 EQTHREADS @11 GRID TO NOSING POINT 9 8-81/2 4-6 2 41/2 NOSING TO WALL FACE NOSING TO INSIDE FACE OF WALL BEAM 5718 3-9118 3 471 1-11518 1-07/8 LANDING FRAME AL 35/8 91/4 17116 3-71/2 3/16 LANDING PLATE 1-0 41/4"METAL i `" STUD WALL STAINLESS STEEL `WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) 7 NOSING UPPER LEVEL POINT EL:14'-0" s W 14x22 \ (BY MAIN STEEL) \ �M 91/4 STUD WALL TY\ TREAD ILu ra U�` \ P 111 w 71/4 STUD 75/8 WALL 12 \ ,% \STRiy 4005 11-0 5718 1/4"THK PLATE 12 EQ THREADS @11 /' j I Q— Wp/ /4"TH1/4THK M4002 MID LANDING ' \ I PLATENG L4X4X3j EL:7'-7' NOSING POI •• •i n STAINLESS 0 2 RAI(BY OTHERS) <��/ S��\�G� ..,/ ---- C10x 5.3 C1 WALL x20.7 I L '- --- ^—/ —• 3 M4003 1j2 w a READ / CLR /4'THK BENT PLATE CUR TYP / 377/8 3/ 3.91/8 3 CL LANDING FRAME 75/8 FACE OF WALL tt 12 "' ' '' '_'I Design Drawing Reference:A4.31 NOTES: OSING ,% POINT REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: E70XX w.P •.. .t... 1 LOWER LEVELF / I EL:O'-O" L. :11 ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE AISC LUNDAH�L ...................... 8-1 15-01/2 CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 451 45/8 22.8718 INSIDE FACE OF WALL TO INSIDE FACE OF WALL 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 i SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN E400 (REF:A4.31) DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. I REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4004 age' ' A O 1-7114 9-4718 71/4 INSIDE CLEARANCE WALL 9-1112 1351 4-6 4-6 1-71/4 111/16 111116 7114 3 4-0 3 3 4-0 3 1-711q CLR CLR WALL STAIR WIDTH 47/8 STAIR WIDTH WALL 47/8"METAL— STUD WALL STAINLESS STEEL WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) i METAL i STUD WALL METAL STAINLESS STEEL STUD WALL 3 8-10718 3 WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) 0 4 EQ.SPA@2-2 /4=8-10/8 8-10718 (TYP) STAINLESS STEEL LANDING FRAME I WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) 1 5 1 T.O.STEEL /8 8101g Ig EL:7 9 LANDING PLATE MIDLANDIN N ------- ----- - ' EL:7-7 STAINLESS STEEL i z WALL RAIL(BY OTHERS) i O g it O 1 10 -------------- o = L o I I, 25 M4004 L404X3 x /8 PL1/4x431/2 r M4005 M4001 3 REQ'D LANDING PLATE M4000 M4003 PL1/gx81/8 C12x20.7 C12x20.7 III BP1-1/4X83/4 cn - ] II T.O.STEEL M4004' "' PL1/0431/2• I IMID LANDING w EL:7-4 i, ®i —�, i— m ® i, EL:7 4 r �L I M Mln I ® � II M4000 M4002 11/4 131 1314_ 1114 C12x20.7 L4x4x318 3 3 r.1 gygn B4000 � z o C4000 C10xl5.3 oo F-- ill HSS4x4xl/4 U' C4002 HSS4x4xl/4 - i lip ill 118 8.10518 1/8 LANDING PLATE I III � II 8-107/8 II LANDING FRAME o 3 8-107/8 3 M II 4 EQ.SPA@2-2 /4=8-10/8 o 4 947/8 B.O.POST LLL3 TYP i II INSIDE CLEARANCE EL:0-0 , s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o • s o,� s • s s o • s o • s o K-T i SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4005 (REF:B2/A4.31) 2 OUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW Design Drawing Reference:B2/A4.31 E4005 (REF:B2IA4.31) NOTES: REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: E70XX ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE LUNDA : �L alsc .. ..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SOUTH STAIR ELEVATION VIEW E4005 age' ' TOGA PLATE NOSING C12x20.7 3A114 POINT (REFER PLAN 111 2112 1/4"THK CAP PLATE 11 AUb, FOR PCMK) kLR SHOP ATTACHE TO COLUMN 1/a"THK CLOSURE PLATE 7 �y � 11/2 3 11/2 T.O.STEEL HSS4x4xl/4 SHOP ATTACHED TO STRINGER T.O.MID-LANDING � REFER PLAN 3/8"x9"x0'-9"THK BASE PLATE (EL:REFER PLAN) ( FOR PCMK)STRLAGER L4x4x3/8 CLR r,J SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN (REFER PLAN C12X20.7 &FIELD BOLTED TO CONC.SLAB LOWER LEVEL `D (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) T_0. MID LANDING L11/4x11/4x3/16 ANGLE (REFER PLAN 111 8 W/(2�3Ig"0X3112 HILTI KWIKTZ2-CS BOLTS FOR PCMK) M SHOP ATTACHED TO BEAM FOR PCMK _� 4 TY 4A (EL:0-0) U °' °' x20.7 ) LOWER LEVEL (2"EMBEDMENT) L3x3x3/8 ANGLE HSS4x4x114WP � 7�LC12 (REFER PLAN 3 (EL:O-0) SHOP ATTACHED TO STRINGER FOR PCMK) L4X3x3/8 ANGLE (REFER PLAN 1/4"THK BOTTOM PLATE ° ° ° °- &FEILD EMBEDED IN TO CONC.SLAB FOR PCMK) SHOP ATTACHED TO STRINGER 11/2 W/(2)3/8"Ox31/2"LG HILTI KWIK TZ2-CS 3/8'THK PLATE SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN& , ' CONCRETE TY BOLTS(2"MIN EMBEDMENT) SHOP ATTCHED TO CHANNEL FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL HSS4x4x1/4 °> °> °> ° SLAB 8 2112 &FIELD BOLTED TO ANGLE W/(2)7/8"O F1852N BOLTS REFER N W/(2)7/8"O F1852N BOLTS FOR PCMK) 2 SECTION VIEW 3 SECTION VIEW 4 SECTION VIEW i SECTION VIEW 400 (D-08) 400 (D_03) SECTION VIEW 3A-3A 400 (D_oz) 400 (D-01) (STRINGER BASE CONNECTION (LANDING INFILL TO HEADER (LANDING BEAM TO COLUMN (COLUMN BASE PLATE TO CONCRETE) CONNECTION) CONNECTION) CONNECTION) 1/4"THK CAP PLATE SHOPATTACHED TO COLUMN CL 7j8 1/4"THK PLATE 11/2 CONC.FILLING �� 3/8"THK PLATE . o C12x20.7 CHANNEL 111 I NOSING (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) (TYP) 5� /71 SHOPATTACHED TO STRINGER 1-07/8 o �6 23/ SHOPATTACHED POINT 11 &FIELD BOLTED TO BEAM 4 MID LANDING 12GAPLATE TREAD W/2\1/2"0A325N BOLTS TO STRINGER �a EL:REFER ELEV. 3 3 NOSING TY 3 3 <� ( ) SHOPATTACHED TYP O 1 I 1 Ig HSS4x4x1/4 TO STRINGER UPPER LEVEL N ------ POINT /`'' 1/4"THK BENT PLATE M (REFER PLAN w d EL:REFER ELEV. FOR PCMK) (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) (TYP) � ( ) -- .. C12x20.7 HSSER PLAN 4 C12x20.7 3I8"x9"x0'-9"THK BASE PLATE (REFER PLAN EDGE FORM BY 112-- SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN STRINGER __ _ FOR PCMK) STRINGER METAL DECK SUPPLIER R 12x20.7 &FIELD BOLTED TO CONC.SLAB (REFER PLAN d (REFER PLAN STRINGER 1 FOR PCMK) L4x3X3/BANGLE FOR PCMK) L11/4x11/4x3116 REFER PLAN (REFER PLAN W/(2p/8"Ox3/2 HILTI KWIK TZ2-CS BOLTS 1/2 ( FOR PCMK) (2"EMBEDMENT) C12X20.7X1-4 CLR SHOP ATTACEHD TO COLUMN SHOPATTACHED FOR PCMK) SHOPATTACHED 1 112 2112 &FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL TO STRINGER SECTION VIEW 4A-4A TO STRINGER 4 W/(2)7/8"OF1825NBOLTS 6 DETAIL VIEW (nP) SECTION VIEW 5 SECTION VIEW E4006 (TYPICAL STRINGER DETAIL) 400 (D_07) VPICAL (D-05&D-06) (STRINGER TO MAIN STEEL STRINGER TO COLUMN CONNECTION) CONNECTION) C10xl5.3 FRONT HEADER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY 3116 // STAINLESS STEEL / WALL RAIL NOSING 11 1/4"THK PLATE / (BY OTHERS) C12X20.7 POINT (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) � STRINGER 1/4"THK BENT PLATE / `V C12X20.7 (REFER PLAN \ (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) �, (REFER PLAN 1314 1314 1/4 THK CAP PLATE FOR PCMK) Q FOR PCMK) 1/ SHOP ATTACHE TO COLUMN Design Drawing Reference:- --kcW.P �` ��os>> T.O.STEEL <o CUR NOTES: STRINGERTO MID LANDING �Q 11 ti�you T.O.MID LANDING BENT PLATE 3/18 TREAD (EL:REFER PLAN) M m M ` ' (EL:REFER ELEV) TYP / 12GA PLATE L11/4x11/4x3/16 ANGLE M 1/4"THK PLATE / ---- SHOP ATTACHED SHOP ATTACHED TO BEAM -- ---_ C12x20.7 CHANNEL (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) / TO STRINGER REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: SHOPATTACHED "_ ' _'_" 12x20.7 HSS4x4x114 E70XX TO STRINGER / C10x15.3 STRINGER 3/8"THK PLAT (REFER PLAN L3x3x3/8ANGLE 1-0 1/2(REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) SHOP ATTACEHD TO COLUMN LR FOR PCMK) �I------' (REFER PLAN SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN& &FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL 1 1 3 FOR PCMK) FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL 7 Ll /4X1 /4X /16 W/(2) /8"O F1852N BOLTS ISSUEDFORAPPROVAL Se 292025 W/(2)/8"0 F1852N BOLTS - SHOP ATTACHED TO STRINGER 10 SECTION VIEW REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE $ SECTION VIEW � Alsc 400 (D_05) 9 SECTION VIEW E4006 (D-03) LUNDA : �L ........................ (STRINGER TO HEADER CONNECTION) 4 (TYPICAL RAIL DETAIL) (HEADER TO COLUMN ; CERTIFIED CONNECTION) FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. I REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SECTION VIEWS E4006 a9'2 ' C10x15.3 1/4"THK,BENT PLATE 1/4"THK, 11 1314 1314 (REFER PLAN 111 3 1112 2 FOR PCMK (REFER PLAN LANDING PLATE CLR ) FOR PCMK) 1/22 N /, T.O.MID-LANDING C10x15.3 T.O. MID LANDING 1/4"THK CAP PLATEif (REFER PLAN SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN 1/4"THK BENT PLATE FOR PCMK) a L4x4x3/8 - (REFER PLAN (REFER PLAN FOR PCMK) FOR PCMK) HSS4x4x1/4 3/8"THK PLATE (REFER PLAN 3 SHOP ATTCHED TO CHANNEL FOR PCMK) /8"THK PLATE &FIELD BOLTED TO ANGLE SHOP ATTACHED TO COLUMN& FIELD BOLTED TO CHANNEL W/(2)7/8"O F1852N BOLTS W/(2)7/8"O F1852N BOLTS i SECTION VIEW 2 SECTION VIEW E4007 (D-08-CASE-2) 4007 (D 04) (LANDING INFILL TO HEADER (HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION) CONNECTION) Design Drawing Reference:- NOTES: REF.DWG/SPEC: DEG REF.SPEC./DWG: WELDS: E70XX ISSUED FOR APPROVAL Sep 292025 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE LUNDA : �L also .. ..................... CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 102 SOUTH 100 WEST FRANKLIN,IDAHO 83237 PHONE:(208)646-2600 FAX:(208)646-2700 JOB NAME: ARLINGTON OPERATIONS CENTER FOR SNOHOMISH DR.BY: TSS I CHK.BY:CHE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS LOCATION: 19620 67TH AVE NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 SCALE: SEE PLAN DATE: 08-28-25 CONTRACTOR: CORNERSTONE GENERAL CONTRACTORS,INC. JOB NO. 25019 SHEET NO. I REV NO BACK CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION IN WRITTING FROM LUNDAHL IRONWORKS COMPANY DESCRIPTION: SECTION VIEWS E4007 age' ' Section 3 DESIGN CALCULATIONS FOR SOUTH STAIR AND RAILINGS Page 14 of 148 SL NO DESCRIPTION 1.0 TYPICAL STAAD OUTPUT FOR SOUTH STAIR 2.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF STRINGER BASE CONNECTION TO CONCRETE(ANCHOR CHECK) 3.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF STRINGER BASE CONNECTION TO CONCRETE(ANCHOR CHECK) 4.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF COLUMN BASE CONNECTION TO CONCRETE(ANCHOR CHECK) 5.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF COLUMN BASE CONNECTION TO CONCRETE(ANCHOR CHECK) 6.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF BACK HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION 7.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF BACK HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION 8.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION 9.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION 10.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF STRINGER TO HEADER CONNECTION 11.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF STRINGER TO HEADER CONNECTION 12.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF STRINGER TO COLUMN CONNECTION 13.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF STRINGER TO COLUMN CONNECTION 14.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF STRINGER TO MAIN STEEL CONNECTION 15.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF STRINGER TO MAIN STEEL CONNECTION 16.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF LANDING INFILL ANGLE TO HEADER/BACK HEADER CONNECTION 17.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF LANDING INFILL ANGLE TO HEADER/BACK HEADER CONNECTION 18.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF LANDING BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION 19.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF LANDING BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION 20.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF CARRIER ANGLE UNSED IN TREAD 21.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF TREAD PAN 22.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF LANDING PLATE Page 15 of 148 t3entley, 1.0 TYPICAL STAAD OUTPUT FOR SOUTH STAIR Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 chd y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Job Information Engineer Checked Approved Name: Sandeep kumar Date: 1/1/2025 Comments: Structure Type: SPACE FRAME Geometry Entity Type Count Highest Nodes 14 14 Analytical Members 14 14 Load Cases Load Case Type Count Primary 6 Combination 10 Included in this printout are data for.- All The Whole Structure Load Case Table Included in this printout are results for load cases: L/C Type Name 1 Primary EQ X Page 16 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 1 of 22 eney, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 2 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Load Case Table Cont... L/C Type Name 2 Primary EQ-X 3 Primary EQ Z 4 Primary EQ-Z 5 Primary DL 6 Primary LL 201 Combination DL 202 Combination DL+LL 203 Combination DL+0.7 EQ X 204 Combination DL+0.7 EQ-X 205 Combination DL+0.7 EQ Z 206 Combination DL+0.7 EQ-Z 207 Combination DL+0.525 EQ X+0.75 LL 208 Combination DL+0.525 EQ-X+0.75 LL 209 Combination DL+0.525 EQ Z+0.75 LL 210 Combination DL+0.525 EQ -Z+0.75 LL Nodes Node 1 0.000 0.000 0.000 2 0.000 0.000 4.500 3 10.167 7.000 0.000 Page 17 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 2 of 22 eney, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 3 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Nodes Cont... Node Z L ( (ft) 4 10.167 7.000 4.500 5 14.667 7.000 0.000 6 10.167 7.000 5.000 7 10.167 7.000 9.500 8 14.667 7.000 9.500 9 -0.333 14.000 5.000 10 -0.333 14.000 9.500 11 10.167 0.000 0.000 12 14.667 0.000 0.000 13 10.167 0.000 9.500 14 14.667 0.000 9.500 Beams Node B Length Property low-[ AWT (ft) -4 (rad I6_ 1 1 3 12.344 2 0.000 2 3 5 4.500 2 0.000 3 5 8 9.500 2 0.000 4 3 4 4.500 3 0.000 5 8 7 4.500 2 0.000 6 2 4 12.344 2 0.000 Page 18 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 3 of 22 eney, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 4 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Beams Cont... Beam Node A Node B Length Property (3 (ft) _ (rad) 7 9 6 12.619 2 0.000 8 10 7 12.619 2 0.000 9 12 5 7.000 1 0.000 10 14 8 7.000 1 0.000 11 13 7 7.000 1 0.000 12 11 3 7.000 1 0.000 13 6 7 4.500 3 0.000 14 4 6 0.500 3 0.000 Sections Prop Nam Area Iyy I Material Source (in2) (in4) ( c --7 1 HSST4X4X0.25 3.370 7.800 7.800 12.800 STEEL Legacy 2 C12X20 6.080 3.860 129.000 0.369 STEEL Legacy 3 C10X15 4.480 2.270 67.300 0.209 STEEL Legacy Materials E Density a (kip/in2) (kip/in3) (/OF) 1 STEEL 29,000.000 0.300 0.000 0.000 Page 19 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 4 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 5 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Basic Load Cases Primary Load Cases Number Bype 1 EQ X Seismic-H 2 EQ-X Seismic-H 3 EQ Z Seismic-H 4 EQ-Z Seismic-H 5 DL Dead 6 LL Live Combination Load Cases Comb. Combination L/C Name Primary Primary L/C Name Factor 201 DL 5 DL 1.000 202 DL+LL 5 DL 1.000 6 LL 1.000 5 DL 1.000 203 DL+0.7 EQ X 1 EQ X 0.700 5 DL 1.000 204 DL+0.7 EQ -X 2 EQ-X 0.700 5 DL 1.000 205 DL+0.7 EQ Z 3 EQ Z 0.700 5 DL 1.000 206 DL+0.7 EQ -Z 4 EQ-Z 0.700 207 DL+0.525 EQ X+0.75 LL 5 DL Page 2:}99948 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 5 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 6 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Combination Load Cases Cont... Comb. Combination L/C Name Primary Primary L/C Name Factor 1 EQ X 0.525 207 DL+0.525 EQ X+0.75 LL 6 LL 0.750 5 DL 1.000 208 DL+0.525 EQ-X+0.75 LL 2 EQ-X 0.525 6 LL 0.750 5 DL 1.000 209 DL+0.525 EQ Z+0.75 LL 3 EQ Z 0.525 6 LL 0.750 5 DL 1.000 210 DL+0.525 EQ-Z+0.75 LL 4 EQ-Z 0.525 6 LL 0.750 Page 21 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 6 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 7 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 .500 a � - 4.500 12.3" 000 Load GEOMETRY&DIMENSIONS Page 22 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 7 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 8 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 dip Load NODE NUMBER Page 23 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 8 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 9 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 2 2 5 1 0 6 7 Load BEAM NUMBER Page 24 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 9 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 10 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 CUM OX15 OX15 SST4X4X0.25 ;4SST4 X0 25 OX15 �C, C12X20 C12X20 SST4X4XO.25 SST4X4XO.25 Load MEMBER SIZE Page 25 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 10 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 11 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 5.1H30 IbfINGY) Ibf/ft 5.ON Ibf/ft(GY) I f/ft 112 f/ft 112 f/ft zLoad 5)SELF Y) DEAD LOAD Page 26 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 11 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 12 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Ibf/ft 5.000 Ibf/faGY) 5.000 Ibf/fyGY) I f/ft Eh 225 f/ft 225 f/ft z Load 6 LIVE LOAD Page 27 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 12 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 13 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 f 105.849 Ib 115.131 1 92.6 Ib 221. 1 112.56 Ib 227.481 6541b 654 Ib 90.9 8 Ib 6541b 654 Ib 19'.55p Ih �z Load 1 EQ X Page 28 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 13 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 14 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 -105.849 Ib -115.1311b -221.977 Ib -92.628 1 blb 112.562 Ib -227.481 I &.654 Ib 654 Ib - 90.9381b EN. 654 Ib -103.550 1b C6.654 I �z' Load 2 EQ-X Page 29 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 14 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 15 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 10 Ib 115 131 Ib --- 1.977 Ib Ib 33ggpp��hh 4'Ulb .562 Ib .481 Ib 654 1 654 Ib 9W3Alb ,53 II, .5 Ib iik654 Ib z EQ Z. Page 30 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 15 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 16 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 2M.131 Ib -92. 1.9T7 Ib a .380 1b o 4.706 Ib .654 1b 227.481 11) j .654 Ib -90.938 Ib .654 Ib 103.550 Ib z EQ-Z. Page 31 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 16 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 17 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 .016 in i MAXIMUM DEFLECTION (LL) = 0.036" _ ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION = L/360 = 12.619*12/360 = 0.42">0.036" HENCE OK. Displacement-h DEFLECTION (LL) Page 32 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 17 of 22 t3entley, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 18 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 z:0.101 in MAXIMUM DRIFT EQ Z=0.101"*(Cd/lp) =0.101*5/1 q_" =0.505" ALLOWABLE DRIFT FOR SE Z=0.02hxx =0.02*7*12 = 1.68">0.505" Hence O.K. Displacement-ii DRIFT EQ Z Page 33 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 18 of 22 eney, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 19 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Utilization Ratio Beam Paramete AnalysisP Design Status ActualRat Allowable Normalized Ratio rnda Clause L/C r roperty Property io Ratio (Actual/Allowable) 1 Parameter C12X20 C12X20 PASS 0.150 1.000 0.150 360-16 A Eq.1-11-1b 202 2 Parameter C12X20 C12X20 PASS 0.077 1.000 0.077 360-16 A Eq.H1-1b 202 3 Parameter C12X20 C12X20 PASS 0.149 1.000 0.149 360-16 A Eq.1-11-1b 202 4 Parameter C10X15 C10X15 PASS 0.374 1.000 0.374 360-16 A Eq.1-11-1b 202 5 Parameter C12X20 C12X20 PASS 0.084 1.000 0.084 360-16 A Eq.1-11-1b 202 6 Parameter C12X20 C12X20 PASS 0.243 1.000 0.243 360-16 A Eq.H1-1b 202 7 Parameter C12X20 C12X20 PASS 0.250 1.000 0.250 360-16 A Eq.Hi-ib 202 8 Parameter C12X20 C12X20 PASS 0.163 1.000 0.163 360-16 A Eq.H1-lb 202 9 Parameter HSST4X4X HSST4X4X PASS 0.066 1.000 0.066 360-16 A Eq.H1-1b 210 1 0.25 0.25 10 Parameter HSST4X4X HSST4X4X PASS 0.068 1.000 0.068 360-16 A Eq.H1-1b 209 1 0.25 0.25 11 Parameter HSST4X4X HSST4X4X PASS 0.140 1.000 0.140 360-16 A Eq.1-11-1b 209 1 0.25 0.25 12 Parameter HSST4X4X HSST4X4X PASS 0.146 1.000 0.146 360-16 A Eq.H1-1b 210 1 0.25 0.25 13 Parameter C10X15 C10X15 PASS 0.375 1.000 0.375 360-16 A Eq.1-11-1b 202 14 Parameter C10X15 C10X15 PASS 0.369 1.000 0.369 360-16 A tEqH1-1b 202 Page 34 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 19 of 22 eney, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 20 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Failed Members Beam Paramete 1 AnalysisP Design Status ActualRat Allowable Normalized Ratio Code Clause L/C r roperty Property io Ratio (Actual/Allowable) Node Displacement Summary L/C X Y Z Resultant rX rY rZ (in) (in) (in) (in) (rad) (rad) (rad) Max X 4 202 0.011 -0.024 0.000 0.026 0.000 -0.003 0.001 Min X 6 202 -0.011 -0.024 0.000 0.026 0.000 -0.003 0.001 Max Y 7 4 0.000 0.000 -0.101 0.101 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Y 6 202 -0.011 -0.024 0.000 0.026 0.000 -0.003 0.001 Max Z 6 3 0.000 0.000 0.101 0.101 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Z 6 4 0.000 0.000 -0.101 0.101 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max rX 9 4 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.000 Min rX 9 3 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 -0.001 0.000 0.000 Max rY 4 2 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min rY 6 202 -0.011 -0.024 0.000 0.026 0.000 -0.003 0.001 Max rZ 6 202 -0.011 -0.024 0.000 0.026 0.000 -0.003 0.001 Min rZ 9 202 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 -0.001 Max Rst 6 3 0.000 0.000 0.101 0.101 0.000 0.000 0.000 Page 35 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 20 of 22 eney, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 21 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Beam End Force Summary Axial Shear Torsion Bending Beam Node L C Fx Fy Fz Mx My Mz (Ib) (lb) (lb) (kip-in) (kip-in) (kip-in) Max Fx 6 1 2 202 6,434.957 1,820.840 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Fx 7 9 202 -6,381.580 1,880.083 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Fy 3 5 202 105.057 2,235.545 0.000 0.000 0.000 5.911 Min Fy 3 8 202 105.057 -2,235.609 0.000 0.000 0.000 5.914 Max Fz 12 11 4 288.471 1.049 418.284 0.000 -18.057 0.040 Min Fz 14 4 202 98.055 184.301 -4,042.671 -0.029 12.147 -21.640 Max Mx 14 4 4 3.927 299.374 0.192 0.001 -0.019 0.891 Min Mx 14 4 202 98.055 184.301 -4,042.671 -0.029 12.147 -21.640 Max My 12 11 3 -288.471 -1.049 -418.284 0.000 18.057 -0.040 Min My 12 11 4 288.471 1.049 418.284 0.000 -18.057 0.040 Max Mz 8 7 202 1,750.847 -2,186.609 0.000 0.000 0.000 46.389 Min Mz 13 6 202 98.055 536.261 224.242 0.000 -12.109 -22.048 Reaction Summary Horizontal Vertical Horizo Moment Node FX j FY k FZ MX MY MZ (lb) (lb) (kip-in) (kip-in) (kip-in) Max FX 2 202 4,267.615 5,148.941 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min FX 9 202 -4,266.913 5,104.188 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max FY 13 202 -38.640 5,304.557 -98.055 -2.719 0.000 0.846 s 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 21 of 22 eney, Job No. Sheet No. Rev Software licensed to DGS Technical Services(P)Ltd. 22 Connected User:Staad Pro Job Title Arlington Part Re f Client B Sandeep kumar Date 1/1/2025 Chd Y File south stair-20.08.2025.STD Date Time 29-Sep-2025 14:47 Reaction Summary Cont... Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Moment Node L/C FX FY FZ MX MY MZ (lb) (Ib) (kip-in) (kip-in (kip-in) Min FY 13 4 -0.394 -291.632 421.914 18.057 0.000 0.021 Max FZ 11 4 1 -1.049 288.471 421.938 18.057 0.000 0.040 Min FZ 11 3 1 1.049 -288.471 -421.938 -18.057 0.000 -0.040 Max MX 11 4 -1.049 288.471 421.938 18.057 0.000 0.040 Min MX 11 3 1.049 -288.471 -421.938 -18.057 0.000 -0.040 Max MY 9 3 0.145 -0.108 -105.849 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min MY 9 4 -0.145 0.108 105.849 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max MZ 11 202 -65.570 5,087.143 98.055 2.716 0.000 2.036 Min MZ 14 202 19.002 1,531.956 -105.057 -2.910 0.000 -0.753 Page 37 of 148 29 Sep 2025 03:21:23 PM STAAD.Pro 2025 25.00.00.539 22 of 22 2.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF STRINGER BASE CONNECTION TO CONCRETE (ANCHOR CHECK) D-01 STRINGER BASE CONNECTION TO CONCRETE C7 q06 1/4" THK CLOSURE PLATE-A36 L3X3X3/8 -A36 W/1 3/4" GAG 1/4 3 SIDES 11 21 ill :� a ° 4 ° ° 4 4 4. d 4 (2) 3/8" DIA HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ2-CS W/ 2" EFFECTIVE EMBEDMENT Page 38 of 148 3.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF STRINGER BASE CONNECTION TO CONCRETE (ANCHOR CHECK) Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 1 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Concrete-Aug 25,2025 Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: Specifier's comments: 1 Input data Anchor type and diameter: Kwik Bolt TZ2-CS 3/8(2)hnom2 Item number: 2210237 KB-TZ2 3/8x3 1/2 Specification text: Hilti 0 3/8 in Kwik Bolt TZ2-CS with 2.5 in nominal embedment depth per ICC-ES ESR-4266,Hammer drill bit installation per MPII, Effective embedment depth: h,=2.000 in., ham=2.500 in. Material: Carbon Steel Evaluation Service Report: ESR-4266 Issued I Valid: 10/1/2024 1 12/1/2025 Proof: Design Method ACI 318/AC193 Shear edge breakout verification: Row closest to edge(Case 3 only from ACI 318-11 Appendix D Fig.RD.6.2.1(b)) Stand-off installation: eb=0.000 in.(no stand-off);t=0.375 in. Anchor plate : Ix x ly x t=5.000 in.x 3.000 in.x 0.375 in.;(Recommended plate thickness:not calculated) Profile: no profile Base material: cracked concrete,2500,f�=2,500 psi;h=4.000 in. Reinforcement: tension:condition B,shear:condition B; no supplemental splitting reinforcement present edge reinforcement:none or<No.4 bar Seismic loads(cat.C, D, E,or F) no R-The anchor calculation is based on a rigid anchor plate assumption. Geometry[in.]&Loading[kip,ft.kip] 4,p �o s z '0 T 10` 1 y 10' X � Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan Page 19 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 2 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Concrete-Aug 25,2025 Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 1.1 Design results Case Description Forces[kip]/Moments[ft.kip] Seismic Max.Util.Anchor[%] 1 Combination 1 N=-5.250;Vx=1.500;Vy=0.000; no 66 Mx=0.00000;my=0.00000;Mz=0.00000; 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces Anchor reactions[kip] ALY Tension force:(+Tension,-Compression) Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y 1 0.000 0.750 0.750 0.000 2 0.000 0.750 0.750 0.000 � 2 1 Max.concrete compressive strain: 0.12[%°] Compression Max.concrete compressive stress: 525[psi] Resulting tension force in(x/y)=(-/-): 0.000[kip] Resulting compression force in(x/y)=(0.000/-0.250):5.250[kip] Anchor forces are calculated based on the assumption of a rigid anchor plate. 3 Tension load Load N18[kip] Capacity Nn[kip] Utilization PN=NUa4 Nn Status Steel Strength* N/A N/A N/A N/A Pullout Strength* N/A N/A N/A N/A Concrete Breakout Failure** N/A N/A N/A N/A *highest loaded anchor **anchor group(anchors in tension) Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page240 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 3 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Concrete-Aug 25,2025 Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 4 Shear load Load Vua[kip] Capacity* V„[kip] Utilization Ov=V a/# V. Status Steel Strength" 0.750 2.201 35 OK Steel failure(with lever arm)` N/A N/A N/A N/A Pryout Strength— 1.500 2.945 51 OK Concrete edge failure in direction x+** 1.500 2.283 66 OK highest loaded anchor *'anchor group(relevant anchors) 4.1 Steel Strength Vsa =ESR value refer to ICC-ES ESR-4266 0 Vsteel >!Vua ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-2) Variables Ase,v[in•2] fut.[psi] ay,seis 0.05 126,204 1.000 Calculations Vsa[kip] 3.386 Results Vsa[kip] steel Vsa[kip] Vua[kip] 3.386 0.650 2.201 0.750 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page11 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 4 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Concrete-Aug 25,2025 Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 4.2 Pryout Strength Vcp9 =kcp [ ANc) W ec,N Wed,N Wc,N WcP,N Nn ] ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-31) ANco Vcpg >Vua ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-2) ANc see ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b) ANcO =9 hef ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-6) 1 W ec,N = 2 eN <1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-9) 1 +— 3 hef W ed,N =0.7+0.3 \ca,m!n/ <1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-11) 1.5hef W cp N =MA+a_min 1 nE) < 1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-13) rrCac lac Nb =kc X _"� fC h 1 5 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-7) Variables kip hef[in.] ecf N[in.] ecz N[in.] Ca min[in.] 1 2.000 0.000 0.000 10.000 W c,N cac[in.] kc X fc[psi] 1.000 4.375 21 1 2,500 Calculations ANc[in•2l ANco[in•2l W ecl,N Wec2,N Wed,N Wcp,N Nb[kip] 51.00 36.00 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 2.970 Results V,,[kip] concrete 0 Vep4[kip] Vua[kip] 4.207 0.700 2.945 1.500 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page12 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 5 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Concrete-Aug 25,2025 Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 4.3 Concrete edge failure in direction x+ Vcb = (Av o) W ed,V wc,V Wh,V Wparallel,V Vb ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-21) Vcb >Vua ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-2) Avc see ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1, Fig. RD.6.2.1(b)* AVco =4.5 Cal ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-23) W ed,v =0•7+0•3(1 .2 1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-28) 1.5Ca1 W h v = h >1.0 ACI 318 08 Eq.(D-29) a 0.2 Vb = (7 r 5 (d) Ada) X _Ifc cal ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-24) a Variables Cal [in.] cat[in.] W c,V ha[in.] le[in.] 6.667 10.000 1.000 4.000 2.000 X da[In.] fc[psi] W parallel,V 1.000 0.375 2,500 1.000 Calculations Avc[in.2] Avco(in.2] W ed,V Wh,V Vb[kip] 80.00 200.00 1.000 1.581 5.156 Results Vcb[kip] concrete it, Vcb[kip] Vua[kip] 3.261 0.700 2.283 1.500 *Anchor row defined by:Anchor 1;Case 3 controls 5 Warnings • The anchor design methods in PROFIS Engineering require rigid anchor plates per current regulations(EN1992-4,AS5216,etc.).This means load re-distribution on the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate are not considered-the anchor plate is assumed to be sufficiently stiff, in order not to be deformed when subjected to the design loading. PROFIS Engineering calculates the minimum required anchor plate thickness with FEM to limit the stress of the anchor plate based on the assumptions explained above.The proof if the rigid anchor plate assumption is valid is not carried out by PROFIS Engineering. Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! • The equations presented in this report are based on imperial units.When inputs are displayed in metric units,the user should be aware that the equations remain in their imperial format. • Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member.Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided,or where pullout or pryout strength governs. • Refer to the manufacturer's product literature for cleaning and installation instructions. • For additional information about ACI 318 strength design provisions, please go to https://viewer.joomag.com/profis-design-guide-us-en-summer-2021/0841849001625154758?short&/ Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan Page b of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 6 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Concrete-Aug 25,2025 Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: Fastening meets the design criteria! Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page%4 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 7 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Concrete-Aug 25,2025 Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 6 Installation data Anchor type and diameter:Kwik Bolt TZ2-CS 3/8(2) hnom2 Profile:no profile Item number:2210237 KB-TZ2 3/8x3 1/2 Hole diameter in the fixture:df=0.438 in. Maximum installation torque:0.03009 ft.kip Plate thickness(input):0.375 in. Hole diameter in the base material:0.375 in. Recommended plate thickness:not calculated Hole depth in the base material:2.750 in. Drilling method:Hammer drilled Minimum thickness of the base material:4.000 in. Cleaning:Manual cleaning of the drilled hole according to instructions for use is required. Hilti 0 3/8 in Kwik Bolt TZ2-CS with 2.5 in nominal embedment depth per ICC-ES ESR-4266, Hammer drill bit installation per MPII 6.1 Recommended accessories Drilling Cleaning Setting • Suitable Rotary Hammer • Manual blow-out pump Torque controlled cordless impact tool • Properly sized drill bit Torque wrench • Hammer AL Y 2.500 2.500 0 O O uO U� N x O O O L N 1.250 2.500 1.250 Coordinates Anchor[in.] Anchor x y c.x c+x c.y c+y 1 1.250 -0.250 12.500 10.000 10.000 10.000 2 -1.250 -0.250 10.000 12.500 10.000 10.000 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page 45 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 8 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Concrete-Aug 25,2025 Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 7 Remarks; Your Cooperation Duties • Any and all information and data contained in the Software concern solely the use of Hilti products and are based on the principles,formulas and security regulations in accordance with Hilti's technical directions and operating,mounting and assembly instructions,etc.,that must be strictly complied with by the user.All figures contained therein are average figures,and therefore use-specific tests are to be conducted prior to using the relevant Hilti product.The results of the calculations carried out by means of the Software are based essentially on the data you put in. Therefore,you bear the sole responsibility for the absence of errors,the completeness and the relevance of the data to be put in by you. Moreover,you bear sole responsibility for having the results of the calculation checked and cleared by an expert,particularly with regard to compliance with applicable norms and permits,prior to using them for your specific facility.The Software serves only as an aid to interpret norms and permits without any guarantee as to the absence of errors,the correctness and the relevance of the results or suitability for a specific application. • You must take all necessary and reasonable steps to prevent or limit damage caused by the Software. In particular,you must arrange for the regular backup of programs and data and,if applicable,carry out the updates of the Software offered by Hilti on a regular basis.If you do not use the AutoUpdate function of the Software,you must ensure that you are using the current and thus up-to-date version of the Software in each case by carrying out manual updates via the Hilti Website.Hilti will not be liable for consequences,such as the recovery of lost or damaged data or programs,arising from a culpable breach of duty by you. Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page U of 148 4.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF COLUMN BASE CONNECTION TO CONCRETE (ANCHOR CHECK) D-02 COLUMN BASE PLATE CONNECTION A A HSS4X4X1/4 -A500 GR.0 3/8" THK 1/4/ BASE PLATE-A36 � a .47 a � a a d a a a d a a a d d 4 3/8" DIA HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ2-CS W/ 2" EFFECTIVE EMBEDMENT 41„ 2 �I SIN ED CO �I 6" RI SECTION A-A Page 47 of 148 5.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF COLUMN BASE CONNECTION TO CONCRETE (ANCHOR CHECK) Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 1 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: Specifier's comments: 1 Anchor Design 1.1 Input data Anchor type and diameter: Kwik Bolt TZ2-CS 3/8(2)hnom2 .. Item number: 2210237 KB-TZ2 3/8x3 1/2 Specification text: Hilti q 3/8 in Kwik Bolt TZ2-CS with 2.5 in nominal embedment depth per ICC-ES ESR-4266,Hammer drill bit installation per MPII, Effective embedment depth: h,=2.000 in., hnom=2.500 In. Material: Carbon Steel Evaluation Service Report: ESR-4266 Issued I Valid: 10/1/2024 1 12/1/2025 Proof: Design Method ACI 318/AC193 Shear edge breakout verification: Row closest to edge(Case 3 only from ACI 318-11 Appendix D Fig.RD.6.2.1(b)) Stand-off installation: eb=0.000 in.(no stand-off);t=0.375 in. Anchor platecBFEM Ix x ly x t=9.000 in.x 9.000 in.x 0.375 in.; Profile: Square HSS(AISC), HSS4X4X.25;(L x W x T)=4.000 in.x 4.000 in.x 0.250 in. Base material: cracked concrete,2500,f,'=2,500 psi;h=4.000 in. Reinforcement: tension:condition B,shear:condition B; no supplemental splitting reinforcement present edge reinforcement:none or<No.4 bar Seismic loads(cat.C, D, E,or F) no caFEm_The anchor calculation is based on a component-based Finite Element Method(CBFEM) Geometry[in.]&Loading[kip,ft.kip] C;o a Y ro 55 X Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan Page�8 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 2 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 1.1.1 Design results Case Description Forces[kip]/Moments[ft.kip] Seismic Max. Util.Anchor[%] 1 Combination 1 N=-10.200;Vx=0.000;Vy=0.150; no 97 Mx=-2.55000; My=-0.90000; Mz=0.00000; 1.2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces ALY Anchor reactions[kip] 03 04 Tension force:(+Tension,-Compression) Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y 0 • 1 1.437 0.036 0.008 0.035 2 1.872 0.039 -0.007 0.038 Compression 3 0.000 0.042 -0.006 0.042 4 0.000 0.036 0.005 0.036 Resulting tension force in(x/y)=(0.394/-3.000): 3.309[kip] O 1 O 2 Resulting compression force in(x/y)=(-0.666/1.331): 13.863[kip] Tension Anchor forces are calculated based on a component-based Finite Element Method(CBFEM) 1.3 Tension load Load N„a[kip] Capacity+ N [kip] Utilization PN=N./+ N° Status Steel Strength* 1.872 4.869 39 OK Pullout Strength* N/A N/A N/A N/A Concrete Breakout Failure** 3.309 3.413 97 OK *highest loaded anchor **anchor group(anchors in tension) Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan Page�9 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 3 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 1.3.1 Steel Strength Nsa =ESR value refer to ICC-ES ESR-4266 0 Nsa >>Nua ACI 318-08 Eq. (D-1) Variables 1 Ase N[in.z] fut.[psi] 0.05 126,204 Calculations Nsa[kip] 6.493 Results Nsa[kip] 0 steel Nsa[kip] Nua[kip] 6.493 0.750 4.869 1.872 1.3.2 Concrete Breakout Failure Ncbg _ QN. W ec,N Wed,N Wc,N Wcp,N Nb ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-5) NcO Ncbg >Nua ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-1) ANc see ACI 318-08,Part D.5.2.1,Fig.RD.5.2.1(b) ANc, =9 hef ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-6) 1 W ec,N = \ 2 eN/ <1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-9) 1 +— 3 hef W ed,N =0.7+0.3 \Ca,m!n/ <1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-11) 1.5hef W cp N =MAX(Ca min 1.5hef) < 1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-13) `�rcac cac 1. Nb =kc X A f.hefs ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-7) Variables hef[in.] eot.N[in.] ec2.N[in.] ca,min[in.] W c,N 2.000 0.394 0.000 6.000 1.000 Cac[in.] kc fc[psi] 4.375 21 1 2,500 Calculations ANc[in•2] ANcO[in•2] W ecl,N Wec2,N Wed,N Wcp,N Nb[kip] 72.00 36.00 0.884 1.000 1.000 1.000 2.970 Results N,,[kip] concrete 0 Ncb,[kip] Nua[kip] 5.250 0.650 3.413 3.309 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page%0 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 4 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 1.4 Shear load Load V a[kip] Capacity� V„[kip] Utilization (1v=VJa V Status Steel Strength* 0.042 2.201 2 OK Steel failure(with lever arm)* N/A N/A N/A N/A Pryout Strength** 0.150 8.316 2 OK Concrete edge failure in direction x+** 0.150 2.031 8 OK *highest loaded anchor **anchor group(relevant anchors) 1.4.1 Steel Strength Vsa =ESR value refer to ICC-ES ESR-4266 � Vsteei >!Vua ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-2) Variables Ase,v[in•2] Lt.[psi] aV,seis 0.05 126,204 1.000 Calculations Vsa[kip] 3.386 Results Vsa[kip] steel Vsa[kip] Vua[kip] 3.386 0.650 2.201 0.042 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page b1 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 5 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 1.4.2 Pryout Strength Vcp9 =kcp [ ANc) W ec,N Wed,N Wc,N WcP,N Nb ] ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-31) AN.0 Vcpg >Vca ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-2) ANc see ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b) ANcO =9 hef ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-6) 1 W ec,N = 2 eN <1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-9) 1 +— 3 hef W ed,N =0.7+0.3 \ca,m!n/ <1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-11) 1.5hef W cp N =MA+a_min 1 nE) < 1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-13) rrCac lac Nb =kc X _"� fC h 1 5 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-7) Variables kip hef[in.] ecf N[in.] ecz N[in.] ca min[in.] 1 2.000 0.000 0.000 6.000 W c,N cac[in.] kc X fc[psi] 1.000 4.375 21 1 2,500 Calculations ANc[in•2l ANcO[in•2l W ecl,N Wec2,N Wed,N Wcp,N Nb[kip] 144.00 36.00 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 2.970 Results Vcpg[kip] concrete Vcpa[kip] Vua[kip] 11.879 0.700 8.316 0.150 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page%2 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 6 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 1.4.3 Concrete edge failure in direction x+ Vcbg — (AVco E W ec,V Wed,V Wc,V Wh,V Wparallel,V Vb ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-22) Vcbg >—Vua ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-2) Avc see ACI 318-08,Part D.6.2.1,Fig.RD.6.2.1(b)* Avco =4.5 Cat ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-23) 1 W ec,V = 1 1 + 2ev) <1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-26) 3Ca1 W ed,V =0.7+0.3(1 S 2 / <1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq. (D-28) 1.5cat yr h,v h >1.0 ACI 318 08 Eq. (D 29) a / 0.2 Vb = 1 7 (d �fC cats ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-24) ` a Variables cat [in.] Ca2[in.] ecv[in.] W c.y ha[in.] 4.000 6.000 0.070 1.000 4.000 Ie[In.] k da[In.] fc[psi] W parallel,V 2.000 1.000 0.375 2,500 1.000 Calculations Avc[in.2] Avco[in.2] W ec,V Wed,V Wh,V Vb[kip] 72.00 72.00 0.988 1.000 1.225 2.396 Results Vcbg[kip] concrete Vcba[kip] Vua[kip] 2.901 0.700 2.031 0.150 *Anchor row defined by:Anchor 2,4;Case 3 controls 1.5 Combined tension and shear loads RN Rv Utilization RN,V[%] Status 0.970 0.074 1.000 87 OK RNV=(PN+RV)/1.2<=1 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan Page%3 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 7 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 1.6 Warnings • The anchor design methods in PROFIS Engineering require rigid anchor plates per current regulations(EN1992-4,AS5216,etc.).This means load re-distribution on the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate are not considered-the anchor plate is assumed to be sufficiently stiff,in order not to be deformed when subjected to the design loading. PROFIS Engineering calculates the minimum required anchor plate thickness with CBFEM to limit the stress of the anchor plate based on the assumptions explained above.The proof if the rigid base plate assumption is valid is not carried out by PROFIS Engineering.Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! • The equations presented in this report are based on imperial units.When inputs are displayed in metric units,the user should be aware that the equations remain in their imperial format. • Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member.Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided,or where pullout or pryout strength governs. • Refer to the manufacturer's product literature for cleaning and installation instructions. • For additional information about ACI 318 strength design provisions,please go to https://viewer.joomag.com/prof!s-design-guide-us-en-summer-2021/0841849001625154758?short&/ • The anchor design methods in PROFIS Engineering require rigid anchor plates per current regulations(EN1992-4,AS5216,etc.).This means load re-distribution on the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate are not considered-the anchor plate is assumed to be sufficiently stiff,in order not to be deformed when subjected to the design loading. PROMS Engineering calculates the minimum required anchor plate thickness with FEM to limit the stress of the anchor plate based on the assumptions explained above.The proof if the rigid anchor plate assumption is valid is not carried out by PROFIS Engineering.Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilt!AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilt!is a registered Trademark of Hilt!AG,Schaan z Page b4 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 8 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 1.7 Installation data Anchor type and diameter:Kwik Bolt TZ2-CS 3/8(2) hnom2 Profile:Square HSS(AISC), HSS4X4X.25;(L x W x T)=4.000 in.x 4.000 in.x Item number:2210237 KB-TZ2 3/8x3 1/2 0.250 in. Hole diameter in the fixture:df=0.438 in. Maximum installation torque:0.03009 ft.kip Plate thickness(input):0.375 in. Hole diameter in the base material:0.375 in. Hole depth in the base material:2.750 in. Drilling method: Hammer drilled Minimum thickness of the base material:4.000 in. Cleaning:Manual cleaning of the drilled hole according to instructions for use is required. Hilti 0 3/8 in Kwik Bolt TZ2-CS with 2.5 in nominal embedment depth per ICC-ES ESR-4266, Hammer drill bit installation per MPII 1.7.1 Recommended accessories Drilling Cleaning Setting • Suitable Rotary Hammer Manual blow-out pump Torque controlled cordless impact tool • Properly sized drill bit Torque wrench • Hammer AL Y 4.500 4.500 0 0 03 0 0 0 0 0 co X 0 0 1 � 0 0 1.500 6.000 1.500 Coordinates Anchor[in.] Anchor x Y C-x c+x c.y c+y 1 -3.000 -3.000 6.000 12.000 6.000 12.000 2 3.000 -3.000 12.000 6.000 6.000 12.000 3 -3.000 3.000 6.000 12.000 12.000 6.000 4 3.000 3.000 12.000 6.000 12.000 6.000 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan Page%5 of 148 Hilti PROMS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 9 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 2 Anchor plate design 2.1 Input data Anchor plate: Shape:Rectangular Ixxlyxt=9.000inx9.000inx0.375in Calculation:CBFEM Material:ASTM A36; Fy=36,000 psi;Eli m=5.00% Anchor type and size: Kwik Bolt TZ2-CS 3/8(2)hnom2,hef=2.000 in Anchor stiffness: The anchor is modeled considering stiffness values determined from load displacement curves tested in an independent laboratory. Please note that no simple replacement of the anchor is possible as the anchor stiffness has a major impact on the load distribution results. Design method: AISC and LRFD-based design using component-based FEM Stand-off installation: eb=0.000 in(No stand-off);t=0.375 in Profile: HSS4X4X.25; (L x W x T x FT)=4.000 in x 4.000 in x 0.250 in x- Material:ASTM A500 Gr.0 Rect; Fy=50,000 psi;£lim=5.00% Eccentricity x:0.000 in Eccentricity y:0.000 in Base material: Cracked concrete;2500;fc,cyl=2,500 psi;h=4.000 in Welds(profile to anchor plate): Type of redistribution: Plastic Material:E70xx Mesh size: Number of elements on edge:8 Min.size of element:0.394 in Max.size of element: 1.969 in 2.2 Summary Description Profile Anchor plate Welds[%] Concrete[%] 6Ed[psi] EPI[%] aEd[psi] EPI[%] Hole bearing[%] 1 Combination 1 22,981 0.00 19,051 0.00 1 47 24 2.3 Anchor plate classification Results below are displayed for the decisive load combinations:Combination 1 Anchor tension forces Equivalent rigid anchor plate(CBFEM) Component-based Finite Element Method (CBFEM)anchor plate design Anchor 1 0.069 kip 1.437 kip Anchor 2 1.437 kip 1.872 kip Anchor 3 -0.000 kip 0.000 kip Anchor 4 -0.000 kip 0.000 kip User accepted to consider the selected anchor plate as rigid by his/her engineering judgement.This means the anchor design guidelines can be applied. 2.4 Profile/Stiffeners/Plate Profile and stiffeners are verified at the level of the steel to concrete connection.The connection design does not replace the steel design for critical cross sections,which should be performed outside of PROFIS Engineering. 2.4.1 Equivalent stress and plastic strain Part Load Material fy[psi] slim[%] QEd[psi] EPI[%] Status combination Plate Combination 1 ASTM A36 36,000 5.00 19,051 0.00 OK Profile Combination 1 ASTM A500 Gr.0 50,000 5.00 22,981 0.00 OK Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan Age 56 of 148 Hilti PROMS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 10 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: Part Load Material fy[psi] slim[%] (YEd[psi] SPI[%] Status combination Rect Profile Combination 1 ASTM A500 Gr.0 50,000 5.00 15,516 0.00 OK Rect Profile Combination 1 ASTM A500 Gr.0 50,000 5.00 11,073 0.00 OK Rect Profile Combination 1 ASTM A500 Gr.0 50,000 5.00 17,779 0.00 OK Rect 2.4.1.1 Equivalent stress Results below are displayed for the decisive load combination: 1 -Combination 1 50,000 psi I / Z Y 1< 0 psi Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan P%e 57 of 148 Hilti PROMS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 11 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 2.4.1.2 Plastic strain Results below are displayed for the decisive load combination: 1 -Combination 1 5.00% • z Y �X 0.00% 2.4.2 Plate hole bearing resistance,AISC 360-16 Section J3 Decisive load combination: 1 -Combination 1 Equations Rn = min(1.2 Ic t Fu,2.4 d t Fu) (AISC 360-16 J3-6a,c) (DRn = 0.75 Rn V q)Rn Variables Ic[in] t[in] Fu[psi] d[in] R„[kip] Anchor 1 1.321 0.375 58,000 0.375 19.585 Anchor 2 1.304 0.375 58,000 0.375 19.585 Anchor 3 7.358 0.375 58,000 0.375 19.585 Anchor 4 7.342 0.375 58,000 0.375 19.585 Results V[kip] OR„[kip] Utilization[%] Status Anchor 1 0.036 14.689 1 OK Anchor2 0.039 14.689 1 OK Anchor3 0.042 14.689 1 OK Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan P1age 58 of 148 Hilti PROMS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 12 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: V[kip] OR.,[kip] Utilization[%] Status Anchor4 0.036 14.689 1 OK 2.5 Welds Profiles are modeled without taking the corner radius into account.Special rules for welding(e.g.for cold-formed profiles...)are not taken into account by the software. 2.5.1 Anchor plate to profile Decisive load combination: 1 -Combination 1 Equations Fnw = 0.6 FExx(1.0+0.5sinf (DRn = (D Fnw Aw Fn Utilization = Rn Variables Edge Xn Th[in] Ls[in] L[in] L.[in] FExx[psi] O[°] Aw[in'] Member 1-tfl 1 E70xx I0.250 0.354 3.984 0.498 70,000 67.0 0.12 Member 1-bfl 1 E70xx 0.250\ 0.354 3.984 0.498 70,000 67.2 0.12 Member 1-w 1 E70xx I0.250 0.354 3.486 0.498 70,000 83.9 0.12 Member 1-w 2 E70xx 0.250\ 0.354 3.486 0.498 70,000 85.5 0.12 Results Edge Fn[kip] 4)Rn[kip] Utilization[%] Status Member 1-tfl 1 2.623 5.653 47 OK Member 1-bfl 1 2.112 5.658 38 OK Member 1-w 1 1.289 5.866 22 OK Member 1-w 2 2.645 5.874 46 OK 2.6 Concrete Decisive load combination: 1 -Combination 1 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan Page 59 of 148 Hilti PROMS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 13 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 2.6.1 Compression in concrete under the anchor plate 1,524 psi ■ 0 psi 2.6.2 Concrete block compressive strength resistance check,AISC 360-16 Section J8 Equations Fp = (D fp,max A2 A2 fp,max = 0.85 fc�(At )<_1.7 fc; �( At )<2 N 6 = At Utilization = 6 Fp Variables N[kip] fc,[psi] At [in'] A2[in'] 13.863 2,500 0.65 21.66 198.37 Results Load combination Fp[psi] l7[psi] Utilization[%] Status Combination 1 2,762 640 24 OK Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan P%e 60 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 14 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 2.7 Symbol explanation At Loaded area of concrete A2 Supporting area Aw Effective area of weld critical element d Nominal diameter of the bolt elim Limit plastic strain &Pi Plastic strain from CBFEM results fc Concrete compressive strength fe, Concrete compressive strength FExx Electrode classification number,i.e.minimum specified tensile strength Fu Specified minimum tensile strength of the connected material Fn Force in weld critical element Fnw Nominal stress of the weld material Fp Concrete block design bearing strength fp,max Concrete block design bearing strength maximum fy Yield strength Ic Clear distance,in the direction of the force,between the edge of the hole and the edge of the adjacent hole or edge of the material L Length of weld Lc Length of weld critical element Ls Leg size of weld N Resulting compression force 6 Average stress in concrete 6Ed Equivalent stress (D Resistance factor (DRn Factored resistance Rn Resistance t Thickness of the anchor plate 0 Angle of loading measured from the weld longitudinal axis Th Throat thickness of weld V Resultant of shear forces Vy,Vz in bolt. Xu Filler metal tensile strength 2.8 Warnings • By using the CBFEM calculation functionality of PROFIS Engineering you may act outside the applicable design codes and your specified anchor plate may not behave rigid.Please,validate the results with a professional designer and/or structural engineer to ensure suitability and adequacy for your specific jurisdiction and project requirements. • The anchor is modeled considering stiffness values determined from load displacement curves tested in an independent laboratory.Please note that no simple replacement of the anchor is possible as the anchor stiffness has a major impact on the load distribution results. Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan Page 61 of 148 Hilti PROMS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 15 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 3 Summary of results Design of the anchor plate,anchors,welds and other elements are based on CBFEM(component based finite element method)and AISC. Load combination Max.utilization Status Anchors Combination 1 97% OK Anchor plate Combination 1 53% OK Welds Combination 1 47% OK Concrete Combination 1 24% OK Profile Combination 1 46% OK Fastening meets the design criteria! Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan Page 62 of 148 Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.20 www.hilti.com Company: Page: 16 Address: Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Design: Column base connection Date: 9/11/2025 Fastening point: 4 Remarks; Your Cooperation Duties • Any and all information and data contained in the Software concern solely the use of Hilti products and are based on the principles,formulas and security regulations in accordance with Hilti's technical directions and operating,mounting and assembly instructions,etc.,that must be strictly complied with by the user.All figures contained therein are average figures,and therefore use-specific tests are to be conducted prior to using the relevant Hilti product.The results of the calculations carried out by means of the Software are based essentially on the data you put in.Therefore,you bear the sole responsibility for the absence of errors,the completeness and the relevance of the data to be put in by you. Moreover,you bear sole responsibility for having the results of the calculation checked and cleared by an expert,particularly with regard to compliance with applicable norms and permits,prior to using them for your specific facility.The Software serves only as an aid to interpret norms and permits without any guarantee as to the absence of errors,the correctness and the relevance of the results or suitability for a specific application. • You must take all necessary and reasonable steps to prevent or limit damage caused by the Software. In particular,you must arrange for the regular backup of programs and data and,if applicable,carry out the updates of the Software offered by Hilti on a regular basis.If you do not use the AutoUpdate function of the Software,you must ensure that you are using the current and thus up-to-date version of the Software in each case by carrying out manual updates via the Hilti Website.Hilti will not be liable for consequences,such as the recovery of lost or damaged data or programs,arising from a culpable breach of duty by you. Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering(c)2003-2025 Hilti AG,FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG,Schaan rage 63 of 148 6.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF BACK HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION D - 03 BACK HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION 1 „ 2 C 12X20.7 -A36 U � � o o � Q � X 14" 14" 1/4 3/8" TH K SHEAR NOTES:- 1/4 PLATE -A36 1 .ALL BOLTS ARE 7/8" DIA F1852-N BOLTS. 2.ALL BOLT HOLES ARE STD. Page 64 of 148 7.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF BACK HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION Project: Project no: c�StatiCa® Author: Project data Project name Project number Author Description Date 8/25/2025 Code AISC/ACI Material Steel A992,A572 Gr.50,A1085. Gr.A,A36,A500. Gr. C Page 65 of 148 1 /10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Project item CON1 Design Name CON1 Description Analysis Stress, strain/loads in equilibrium Design code AISC 360-16 (ASD)/ACI 318-14 Members Geometry Name Cross-section R—Direction y-Pitch a-Rotation Offset ex Offset ey Offset ez [°] [°] [°] [in] [in] [in] C 3-HSS(Imp)4X4X1/4 0.0 -90.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 B 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 -6.00 Supports and forces Name Support Forces in X [in] C/end N-Vy-Vz-Mx-My-Mz Node 0.00 B/end Node 0.00 C B Page 66 of 148 2/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: �`T `1 -5.0 —"l•, 1.5 41 �i Geometry Cross-sections Name Material 3- HSS(Imp)4X4X1/4 A500. Gr. C 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 A36 Bolts Name Diameter fy fu Gross area [in] [ksi] [ksi] [in2] 7/8 A325 0.88 92.0 120.0 0.60 Load effects (forces in equilibrium) Name Member N Vy Vz Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 C/End 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 B/End 1.5 0.0 -5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Unbalanced forces Name X Y z Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 1.5 0.0 -5.0 0.0 -0.8 0.0 Page 67 of 148 3/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: Check Summary Name Value Check status Analysis 100.0% OK Plates 0.1 <5.0% OK Loc. deformation 0.1 <3% OK Bolts 52.4< 100% OK Welds 35.9< 100% OK Buckling 45.11 GMNA Calculated Plates Name Material tP Loads QEd -,PI °c,Ed Status [in] [ksi] [%] [ksi] C A500. Gr. C 0.25 LE1 26.3 0.0 0.0 OK B-bfl1 A36 0.50 LE1 19.7 0.0 0.0 OK B-tfl1 A36 0.50 LE1 20.3 0.0 0.0 OK B-w 1 A36 0.28 LE1 21.6 0.1 3.3 OK SHP1 A36 0.38 LE1 21.6 0.1 9.1 OK Design data Material Fy £Iim [ksi] [%] A500. Gr. C 50.0 5.0 A36 36.0 5.0 Symbol explanation tp Plate thickness 6Ed Equivalent stress Epi Plastic strain Qc,Ed Contact stress Fy Yield strength Eiim Limit of plastic strain Detailed result for SHP1 Design values used in the analysis = 21.6 ksi Where: Fy = 36.0 ksi -characteristic yield strength S2 = 1.67 -safety factor for steel material AISC 360-16-B3.2 Page 68 of 148 4/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Loc. deformation Name do Loads S siim 6/do Check status [in] [in] [in] [%] C 4.02 LE1 0.00 0.12 0.1 OK Symbol explanation do Cross-section size b Local cross-section deformation brim Allowed deformation 44 OOOA } C 0) B eoloo Overall check, LEI Page 69 of 148 5/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: ^ 1%] 150% 100% (5.00) -5.0 r 1.5 t, 0% Strain check, LEI Page 70 of 148 6/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: [ksi] 29.90 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 -5.0 7.5 5.0 2.5 1.5 0.00 Equivalent stress, LEI Bolts Ft V Rn,bearingm Utt Uts Utts Shape Item Grade Loads o 0 o Detailing Status [kip] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] [/o] B1 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 3.1 5.8 17.3 11.5 36.0 0.0 OK OK B2 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 2.8 7.2 13.8 10.3 44.6 0.0 OK OK Design data Grade Rn,tension/S2 Rn,shearm [kip] [kip] 7/8 A325- 1 27.0 16.2 Page 71 of 148 7/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Symbol explanation Ft Tension force V Resultant of bolt shear forces Vy and Vz in shear planes Rn,bearing/f) Bolt bearing resistance Utt Utilization in tension Uts Utilization in shear Utts Utilization in tension and shear Rn,tensionffi Bolt tension resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Rn,shearm Bolt shear resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Detailed result for B2 Tension resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R. = Ft Ab = 270 kip z Ft = 2.8 ki st St p p Where: F,t = 89.9 ksi —nominal tensile stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Shear resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R = Fv A6 = 16.2 kip >_ V = 7.2 ki � st p p Where: F,,,,, = 54.0 ksi —nominal shear stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Bearing resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-6) R,,, = 1.20 • 1, • t • F,,, < 2.40 • d• t • Fv, R = 13.8 kip >_ V = 7.2 kip Where: lc = 1.40 in —clear distance, in the direction of the force, between the edge of the hole and the edge of the adjacent hole or edge of the material t = 0.28 in —thickness of the plate d = 0.88 in —diameter of a bolt F,,, = 58.0 ksi —specified minimum tensile strength of the connected material Q = 2.00 —safety factor for bearing at bolt holes Interaction of tension and shear check(AISC 360-16—J3-2) The required stress, in either shear or tension, is less than or equal to 30%of the corresponding available stress and the effects of combined stresses need not to be investigated. Page 72 of 148 8/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Welds Item Edge Xu tw w L Lc Loads Fn Rn/.Q Ut Uto Detailing Status [in] [in] [in] [in] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] C-w 3 SHP1 E70xx A 0.25 \ A 0.35 \ 5.96 0.31 LE1 0.7 2.4 27.1 13.2 OK OK E70xx A 0.25 \ A 0.35 \ 5.96 0.31 LE1 0.8 2.3 35.9 15.9 OK OK Design data Material Fexx [ksi] E70xx 70.0 Symbol explanation tw Throat thickness of weld w Leg size of weld L Length of weld LC Length of weld critical element Fn Force in weld critical element Rn/Q Weld resistance-AISC 360-16-J2-4 Ut Utilization Utz Weld capacity estimation Fillet weld Fexx Ultimate strength as rated by electrode classification number Detailed result for C-w 3/SHP1 Weld resistance check(AISC 360-16-J2-4) R. _ F,,,A,_ _ 2.3 kip >_ Fm, = 0.8 kip sz - sZ Where: F... = 58.7 ksi -nominal stress of weld material: • Fnw = 0.6 • FExx • (1 +0.5 • sin1.50) ,where: o FExx = 70.0 ksi-electrode classification number, i.e. minimum specified tensile strength o 0 = 59.0°-angle of loading measured from the weld longitudinal axis Awe 0.08 in2 -effective area of weld critical element SZ = 2.0 -safety factor for fillet welds Buckling Loads Shape Factor LE1 1 45.11 2 57.73 3 64.24 4 73.88 5 92.99 6 101.37 Page 73 of 148 9/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: -5.0 ,i 1.5 First buckling mode shape, LEI Code settings Item Value Unit Reference Friction coefficient-concrete 0.40 - ACI 349-01 —B.6.1.4 Friction coefficient in slip-resistance 0.30 - AISC 360-16—J3.8 Limit plastic strain 0.05 - Detailing Yes Distance between bolts[d] 2.66 - AISC 360-16—J3.3 Concrete breakout resistance check Both Base metal capacity check at weld fusion face No AISC 360-16—J2-2 Deformation at bolt hole at service load is design Yes AISC 360-16—J3.10 consideration Cracked concrete Yes ACI 318-14—17 Local deformation check Yes Local deformation limit 0.03 - CIDECT DG 1, 3—1.1 Geometrical nonlinearity(GMNA) Yes Analysis with large deformations for hollow section joints Page 74 of 148 10/ 10 8.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION D - 04 HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION ill � 2 U , C10x15.3 -A36 CD o C) 1 311 13„ _ 4 4 cy) X ------ ----------------- 1/4 3/8" THK SHEAR 1/4 PLATE -A36 NOTES:- 1 .ALL BOLTS ARE 7/8" DIA F1852-N BOLTS. 2.ALL BOLT HOLES ARE STD. Page 75 of 148 9.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF HEADER TO COLUMN CONNECTION Project: Project no: c�StatiCa® Author: Project data Project name Project number Author Description Date 8/25/2025 Code AISC/ACI Material Steel A992,A572 Gr.50,A1085. Gr.A,A36 Page 76 of 148 1 /10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Project item CON1 Design Name CON1 Description Analysis Stress, strain/loads in equilibrium Design code AISC 360-16 (ASD)/ACI 318-14 Members Geometry Name Cross-section R—Direction y-Pitch a-Rotation Offset ex Offset ey Offset ez [°] [°] [°] [in] [in] [in] C 3-HSS(Imp)4X4X1/4 0.0 -90.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 B 4-C(Imp)10X15.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 Supports and forces Name Support Forces in X [in] C/begin N-Vy-Vz-Mx-My-Mz Node 0.00 C/end Node 0.00 B/end Node 0.00 C B Page 77 of 148 2/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa* Author: isoy 176 13 1.5 I' 1� SHP1 Cross-sections Name Material 3- HSS(Imp)4X4X1/4 A36 4-C(Imp)10X15.3 A36 Bolts Name Diameter fy fu Gross area [in] [ksi] [ksi] [in2] 7/8 A325 0.88 92.0 120.0 0.60 Load effects (forces in equilibrium) Name Member N Vy Vz Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 C/End 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 B/End 1.5 0.0 -5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 C/Begin 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Unbalanced forces Name X Y z Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 1.5 0.0 -5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Page 78 of 148 3/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Check Summary Name Value Check status Analysis 100.0% OK Plates 0.5<5.0% OK Loc. deformation 0.1 <3% OK Bolts 68.0< 100% OK Welds 39.9< 100% OK Buckling 39.72 GMNA Not calculated Plates Name tP Loads °Ed £PI Qc,Ed Status [in] [ksi] [%] [ksi] C 0.25 LE1 21.6 0.0 0.0 OK B-bfl1 0.44 LE1 21.6 0.0 0.0 OK B-tfl1 0.44 LE1 21.6 0.1 0.0 OK B-w 1 0.24 LE1 21.7 0.5 6.7 OK SHP1 0.38 LE1 21.6 0.2 11.1 OK Design data Material Fy £Iim [ksi] [%] A36 36.0 5.0 Symbol explanation tP Plate thickness 6Ed Equivalent stress EPi Plastic strain Gc,Ed Contact stress Fy Yield strength Ei;m Limit of plastic strain Detailed result for B-w 1 Design values used in the analysis = 21.6 ksi Where: Fy = 36.0 ksi -characteristic yield strength Q = 1.67 -safety factor for steel material AISC 360-16-B3.2 Loc. deformation Name do Loads b blim 6/do Check status [in] [in] [in] [%] C 4.02 LE1 0.00 0.12 0.1 OK Page 79 of 148 4/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Symbol explanation do Cross-section size b Local cross-section deformation brim Allowed deformation ICI 01* � g 00000 Overall check, LE1 Page 80 of 148 5/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: 1%] 150% 100% (5.00) f1.5 0% Strain check, LEI Page 81 of 148 6/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: [ksi] 21.60 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 -5.0 5.0 2.5 0.00 1.5 Equivalent stress, LEI Bolts Ft V Rn,bearingm Utt Uts Utts Shape Item Grade Loads o 0 o Detailing Status [kip] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] [/o] B1 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 6.6 6.4 14.6 24.4 39.7 0.0 OK OK B2 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 2.7 7.8 11.5 10.1 48.2 0.0 OK OK Design data Grade Rn,tension/S2 Rn,shearm [kip] [kip] 7/8 A325- 1 27.0 16.2 Page 82 of 148 7/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Symbol explanation Ft Tension force V Resultant of bolt shear forces Vy and Vz in shear planes Rn,bearing/f) Bolt bearing resistance Utt Utilization in tension Uts Utilization in shear Utts Utilization in tension and shear Rn,tensionffi Bolt tension resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Rn,shearm Bolt shear resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Detailed result for B2 Tension resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R. = Ft Ab = 270 kip z Ft = 2.7 ki st St p p Where: F,t = 89.9 ksi —nominal tensile stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Shear resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R = Fv A6 = 16.2 kip >_ V = 7.8 ki � st p p Where: F,,,,, = 54.0 ksi —nominal shear stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Bearing resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-6) R,,, = 1.20 • 1, • t • F,,, < 2.40 • d• t • Fv, R = 11.5 kip >_ V = 7.8 kip Where: lc = 1.37 in —clear distance, in the direction of the force, between the edge of the hole and the edge of the adjacent hole or edge of the material t = 0.24 in —thickness of the plate d = 0.88 in —diameter of a bolt F,,, = 58.0 ksi —specified minimum tensile strength of the connected material Q = 2.00 —safety factor for bearing at bolt holes Interaction of tension and shear check(AISC 360-16—J3-2) The required stress, in either shear or tension, is less than or equal to 30%of the corresponding available stress and the effects of combined stresses need not to be investigated. Page 83 of 148 8/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Welds Item Edge Xu tw w L Lc Loads Fn Rn/.Q Ut Uto Detailing Status [in] [in] [in] [in] [kip] [kip] [%] [/o] C-w 3 SHP1 E70xx A 0.25 \ A 0.35 \ 5.96 0.31 LE1 1.0 2.4 39.9 23.9 OK OK E70xx A 0.25 \ A 0.35 \ 5.96 0.31 LE1 0.7 2.1 32.9 15.3 OK OK Design data Material Fexx [ksi] E70xx 70.0 Symbol explanation tw Throat thickness of weld w Leg size of weld L Length of weld LC Length of weld critical element Fn Force in weld critical element Rn/Q Weld resistance-AISC 360-16-J2-4 Ut Utilization Utz Weld capacity estimation Fillet weld Fexx Ultimate strength as rated by electrode classification number Detailed result for C-w 3/SHP1 Weld resistance check(AISC 360-16-J2-4) R. _ F,,,A,_ - 2.4 kip >_ Fm, = 1.0 kip sz - sZ Where: F... = 60.9 ksi -nominal stress of weld material: Fnw = 0.6 • FExx • (1 +0.5 • sin1.50) ,where: o FExx = 70.0 ksi-electrode classification number, i.e. minimum specified tensile strength o 6 = 68.9°-angle of loading measured from the weld longitudinal axis Awe 0.08 in2 -effective area of weld critical element SZ = 2.0 -safety factor for fillet welds Buckling Loads Shape Factor LE1 1 39.72 2 43.82 3 51.70 4 62.31 5 64.87 6 72.27 Page 84 of 148 9/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: -5.0 1.5 First buckling mode shape, LEI Code settings Item Value Unit Reference Friction coefficient-concrete 0.40 - ACI 349-01 —B.6.1.4 Friction coefficient in slip-resistance 0.30 - AISC 360-16—J3.8 Limit plastic strain 0.05 - Detailing Yes Distance between bolts[d] 2.66 - AISC 360-16—J3.3 Concrete breakout resistance check Both Base metal capacity check at weld fusion face No AISC 360-16—J2-2 Deformation at bolt hole at service load is design Yes AISC 360-16—J3.10 consideration Cracked concrete Yes ACI 318-14—17 Local deformation check Yes Local deformation limit 0.03 - CIDECT DG 1, 3—1.1 Geometrical nonlinearity(GMNA) Yes Analysis with large deformations for hollow section joints Page 85 of 148 10/ 10 10.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF STRINGER TO HEADER CONNECTION D -05 STRINGER TO HEADER CONNECTION ,P3 G�2�20 ' � A C 12X20.7 -A36 ~� 2 C1 OX15.3 -A36 CJP �,- - '3„ 11„CID "El 4 4 - "El � C12X20.7 -A36 � �I C 1 Ox 15.3 -A36 114 3 SIDES STUB IF REQUIRED ---------------------- L3X3X3/8 -A36 A VIEW - AA NOTES:- 1.ALL BOLTS ARE 7/8" DIA F1852-N BOLTS. 2.ALL BOLT HOLES ARE STD. Page 8 of 148 11.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF STRINGER TO HEADER CONNECTION Project: Project no: c�StatiCa® Author: Project data Project name Project number Author Description Date 8/25/2025 Code AISC/ACI Material Steel A992,A572 Gr.50,A1085. Gr.A,A36 Concrete 4000 psi Page 87 of 148 1 /11 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Project item CON1 Design Name CON1 Description Analysis Stress, strain/loads in equilibrium Design code AISC 360-16 (ASD)/ACI 318-14 Members Geometry Name Cross-section R—Direction y-Pitch a-Rotation Offset ex Offset ey Offset ez [in] [in] [in] C 5-C(Imp)10X15.3 -90.0 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 B 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 0.0 32.0 0.0 -5.00 0.00 5.50 Supports and forces Name Support Forces in X [in] C/begin N-Vy-Vz-Mx-My-Mz Node 0.00 C/end Node 0.00 B/end Node 0.00 EN&B SM1 Page 88 of 148 2/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: 1.2 •2.0 e K K 3 IB CIIPI r,W C �:ol 101 SONS 100 CLIP1 Cross-sections Name Material 5-C(Imp)10X15.3 A36 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 A36 6-C(Imp)12X20.7 A36 8-L(Imp)3X3X3/8 A36 Bolts Diameter fy fU Gross area Name [in] [ksi] [ksi] [in2] 7/8 A325 0.88 92.0 120.0 0.60 Load effects (forces in equilibrium) Name Member N Vy Vz Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 C/End 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 B/End 1.2 0.0 -2.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 C/Begin 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Unbalanced forces Name X Y z Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 2.1 0.0 -1.1 0.0 -0.3 0.0 Page 89 of 148 3/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: Check Summary Name Value Check status Analysis 100.0% OK Plates 1.3<5.0% OK Bolts 63.0< 100% OK Welds 76.5< 100% OK Buckling 23.47 Plates Name tP Loads QEd £Pi Qc,Ed Status [in] [ksi] [%] [ksi] C-bfl1 0.44 LE1 18.4 0.0 0.0 OK C-tfl1 0.44 LE1 21.6 0.0 0.0 OK C-w 1 0.24 LE1 21.9 1.3 14.5 OK B-bfl1 0.50 LE1 10.8 0.0 0.0 OK B-tfl1 0.50 LE1 8.2 0.0 0.0 OK B-w 1 0.28 LE1 13.4 0.0 0.0 OK SM1-bfl1 0.50 LE1 1.2 0.0 0.0 OK SM1-w 1 0.28 LE1 12.3 0.0 0.0 OK CLIP1-bfl1 0.37 LE1 21.6 0.2 0.0 OK CLIP1-w 1 0.37 LE1 21.7 0.4 23.7 OK Design data Material Fy £iim [ksi] [%] A36 36.0 5.0 Symbol explanation tp Plate thickness 6Ed Equivalent stress EPi Plastic strain 6c,Ed Contact stress Fy Yield strength Eiim Limit of plastic strain Detailed result for C-w 1 Design values used in the analysis = 21.6 ksi Where: Fy = 36.0 ksi -characteristic yield strength SZ = 1.67 -safety factor for steel material AISC 360-16-B3.2 Page 90 of 148 4/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: B SM1 i Overall check, LEI Page 91 of 148 5/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: 1%] 150% % 2.0 14 100% —{ (5.00) 1 LO% Strain check, LEI Page 92 of 148 6/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: [ksi] 21.60 20.0 17.5 2.0 15.0 1.2 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 2.5 0.00 Equivalent stress, LEI Bolts Shape Item Grade Loads Ft V Rn,bearing/f2 Utt Uts Utts Detailing Status [kip] [kip] [kip] [%] [%] [%] B1 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 7.5 1.2 14.6 27.7 7.3 0.0 OK OK B2 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 17.0 0.9 14.6 63.0 5.8 0.0 OK OK Design data Grade Rn,tension/S2 Rn,shearm [kip] [kip] 7/8 A325- 1 27.0 16.2 Page 93 of 148 7/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Symbol explanation Ft Tension force V Resultant of bolt shear forces Vy and Vz in shear planes Rn,bearing/f) Bolt bearing resistance Utt Utilization in tension Uts Utilization in shear Utts Utilization in tension and shear Rn,tensionffi Bolt tension resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Rn,shearm Bolt shear resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Detailed result for B2 Tension resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R. = Ft Ab = 27.0 kip z Ft = 17.0 kip Where: F,t = 89.9 ksi —nominal tensile stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Shear resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R = Fv A6 = 16.2 kip >_ V = 0.9 ki � st p p Where: F,,,,, = 54.0 ksi —nominal shear stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Bearing resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-6) R,,, = 1.20 • 1, • t • F,,, < 2.40 • d• t • Fv, R = 14.6 kip >_ V = 0.9 kip Where: l� = 13.85 in —clear distance, in the direction of the force, between the edge of the hole and the edge of the adjacent hole or edge of the material t = 0.24 in —thickness of the plate d = 0.88 in —diameter of a bolt F,,, = 58.0 ksi —specified minimum tensile strength of the connected material Q = 2.00 —safety factor for bearing at bolt holes Interaction of tension and shear check(AISC 360-16—J3-2) The required stress, in either shear or tension, is less than or equal to 30%of the corresponding available stress and the effects of combined stresses need not to be investigated. Page 94 of 148 8/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Welds Item Edge Xu tw w L Lc Loads Fn Rn/r2 Ut Ute Detailing Status [in] [in] [in] [in] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] B-bfl 1 SM1-w 1 E70xx - - 14.04 - - - - - - OK OK B-w 1 CLIP1-bfl 1 E70xx A 0.19 A 0.27 2.48 0.31 LE1 1.3 1.7 76.5 54.3 OK OK B-w 1 CLIP1-bfl 1 E70xx A 0.19 A 0.27 1.89 0.31 LE1 0.6 1.4 42.8 23.4 OK OK SM1-w 1 CLIP1-bfl 1 E70xx A 0.16 A 0.22 3.77 0.31 LE1 0.5 1.1 43.3 25.9 OK OK SM1-w 1 CLIP1-bfl 1 E70xx A 0.16 A 0.22 2.44 0.31 LE1 0.8 1.5 55.1 34.0 OK OK Design data Material Fexx [ksi] E70xx 0.0 E70xx 70.0 Symbol explanation tw Throat thickness of weld w Leg size of weld L Length of weld LC Length of weld critical element Fn Force in weld critical element Rn/O Weld resistance-AISC 360-16-J2-4 Ut Utilization Utz Weld capacity estimation Fillet weld Fexx Ultimate strength as rated by electrode classification number Detailed result for B-w 1 /CLIP1-bfl 1 Weld resistance check(AISC 360-16-J2-4) R = F,,,•A,,,, _ 1.7 kip >_ Fn = 1.3 kip 52 S2 Where: Fn,,, = 58.1 ksi -nominal stress of weld material: • Fnw = 0.6 • FExx • (1 +0.5 • s2n1.50) ,where: o FExx = 70.0 ksi-electrode classification number, i.e. minimum specified tensile strength o 6 = 57.0°-angle of loading measured from the weld longitudinal axis Awe = 0.06 in2 -effective area of weld critical element S2 = 2.0 -safety factor for fillet welds Page 95 of 148 9/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: Buckling Loads Shape Factor [-1 L E 1 1 23.47 2 26.47 3 33.06 4 42.93 5 43.96 6 51.31 2.0 1.2 First buckling mode shape, LE1 Page 96 of 148 10/ 11 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Code settings Item Value Unit Reference Friction coefficient-concrete 0.40 - ACI 349-01 —B.6.1.4 Friction coefficient in slip-resistance 0.30 - AISC 360-16—J3.8 Limit plastic strain 0.05 - Detailing Yes Distance between bolts[d] 2.66 - AISC 360-16—J3.3 Concrete breakout resistance check Both Base metal capacity check at weld fusion face No AISC 360-16—J2-2 Deformation at bolt hole at service load is design Yes AISC 360-16—J3.10 consideration Cracked concrete Yes ACI 318-14—17 Local deformation check Yes Local deformation limit 0.03 - CIDECT DG 1, 3—1.1 Geometrical nonlinearity(GMNA) Yes Analysis with large deformations for hollow section joints Page 97 of 148 11 / 11 12.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF STRINGER TO COLUMN CONNECTION D-06 STRINGER TO COLUMN CONNECTION G C12X20.7 -A36 � A lit c� L2 —_I CD CD X U) U) _ CJP 3" C12X20.7 -A36 1/4 3 SIDES STUB IF REQUIRED _ , 122„ L4X3X3/8 -A36 Jq VIEW -AA NOTES:- 1.ALL BOLTS ARE 7/8" DIA F1852-N BOLTS. Page 98 of 148 2.ALL BOLT HOLES ARE STD. 13.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF STRINGER TO COLUMN CONNECTION Project: Project no: c�StatiCa® Author: Project data Project name Project number Author Description Date 9/24/2025 Code AISC/ACI Material Steel A992,A572 Gr.50,A1085. Gr.A,A500. Gr. C,A36 Concrete 4000 psi Page 99 of 148 1 /10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Project item CON1 Design Name CON1 Description Analysis Stress, strain/loads in equilibrium Design code AISC 360-16 (ASD)/ACI 318-14 Members Geometry Name Cross-section R—Direction y-Pitch a-Rotation Offset ex Offset ey Offset ez [in] [in] [in] C 3-HSS(Imp)4X4X1/4 0.0 90.0 0.0 5.00 -0.25 0.00 B 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 0.0 32.0 0.0 6.00 0.90 12.00 Supports and forces Name Support Forces in X [in] C/begin N-Vy-Vz-Mx-My-Mz Node 0.00 C/end Node 0.00 B/end Node 0.00 B SM1 SN12 M C4h SP,12 Page 100 of 148 2/10 Project: Project no: c�StatiCa' Author: -2.1 so .M: SM2 Cross-sections Name Material 3- HSS(Imp)4X4X1/4 A500. Gr. C 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 A36 5- FLA5/0 A36 6-L(Imp)4X3X3/8 A36 Bolts Name Diameter fy fU Gross area [in] [ksi] [ksi] [in2] 3/4 A325 0.75 92.0 120.0 0.44 Load effects (forces in equilibrium) Name Member N Vy Vz Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 C/End 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 B/End -1.2 0.0 -2.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 C/Begin 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Unbalanced forces Name X Y z Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 0.1 0.0 -2.4 -0.2 -0.2 0.0 Page 101 of 148 3/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Check Summary Name Value Check status Analysis 100.0% OK Plates 1.7<5.0% OK Loc. deformation 0.0<3% OK Bolts 41.1 < 100% OK Welds 77.0< 100% OK Buckling 15.25 GMNA Not calculated Plates Name Material tp Loads QEd EPI °c,Ed Status [in] [ksi] [%] [ksi] C A500. Gr. C 0.25 LE1 26.6 0.0 0.0 OK B-bfl1 A36 0.50 LE1 14.7 0.0 0.0 OK B-tfl1 A36 0.50 LE1 18.1 0.0 0.0 OK B-w 1 A36 0.28 LE1 16.8 0.0 0.0 OK SM1-bfl1 A36 0.28 LE1 22.0 1.7 3.4 OK SM2-bfl1 A36 0.37 LE1 21.6 0.0 0.0 OK SM2-w 1 A36 0.37 LE1 21.6 0.1 13.3 OK Design data Material Fy Elim [ksi] [%] A500. Gr. C 50.0 5.0 A36 36.0 5.0 Symbol explanation tp Plate thickness 6Ed Equivalent stress EPI Plastic strain Gc,Ed Contact stress Fy Yield strength Elim Limit of plastic strain Detailed result for SM1-bfl 1 Design values used in the analysis = 21.6 ksi Where: Fy = 36.0 ksi -characteristic yield strength SZ = 1.67 -safety factor for steel material AISC 360-16-B3.2 Page 102 of 148 4/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Loc. deformation Name do Loads S siim 6/do Check status [in] [in] [in] [%] C 4.02 LE1 0.00 0.12 0.0 OK Symbol explanation d0 Cross-section size b Local cross-section deformation brim Allowed deformation B SM2 SM1 C SM2 Overall check, LEI Page 103 of 148 5/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: 1%] 1500A -2.1 -1.2 i 10096 (5.00) 1 0% Strain check, LEI Page 104 of 148 6/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: [ksi] 29.90 -2.1 27.5 25.0 -1.2 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 1 10.0 7.5 5.0 2.5 0.00 Equivalent stress, LEI Bolts Ft V Rn,bearingm Utt Uts Utts Shape Item Grade Loads o 0 o Detailing Status [kip] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] [/o] B1 3/4 A325- 1 LE1 2.8 4.6 14.6 14.2 39.0 0.0 OK OK B2 3/4 A325- 1 LE1 1.5 4.7 11.3 7.5 39.0 0.0 OK OK Design data Grade Rn,tension/S2 Rn,shearm [kip] [kip] 3/4 A325- 1 19.9 11.9 Page 105 of 148 7/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Symbol explanation Ft Tension force V Resultant of bolt shear forces Vy and Vz in shear planes Rn,bearing/f) Bolt bearing resistance Utt Utilization in tension Uts Utilization in shear Utts Utilization in tension and shear Rn,tensionffi Bolt tension resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Rn,shearm Bolt shear resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Detailed result for B2 Tension resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R. = Ft Ab = 19.9 kip z Ft = 1.5 kip Where: F,t = 89.9 ksi —nominal tensile stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.44 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Shear resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R _ Fv A6 — 11.9 kip >_ V = 4.7 kip Where: F,,,,, = 54.0 ksi —nominal shear stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.44 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Bearing resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-6) R,,, = 1.20 • 1, • t • F,,, < 2.40 • d• t • Fv, R = 11.3 kip >_ V = 4.7 kip Where: lc = 0.87 in —clear distance, in the direction of the force, between the edge of the hole and the edge of the adjacent hole or edge of the material t = 0.37 in —thickness of the plate d = 0.75 in —diameter of a bolt F,,, = 58.0 ksi —specified minimum tensile strength of the connected material Q = 2.00 —safety factor for bearing at bolt holes Interaction of tension and shear check(AISC 360-16—J3-2) The required stress, in either shear or tension, is less than or equal to 30%of the corresponding available stress and the effects of combined stresses need not to be investigated. Page 106 of 148 8/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Welds Item Edge Xu tw w L Lc Loads Fn Rn/S2 Ut Uto Detailing Status [in] [in] [in] [in] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] B-bfI1 SM1-bfl1 E70xx - - 5.74 - - - - - - OK OK C-w 1 SM2 E70xx A 0.19 A 0.27 11.55 0.31 LE1 1.4 1.8 77.0 45.6 OK OK Design data Material Fexx [ksi] E70xx 0.0 E70xx 70.0 Symbol explanation tw Throat thickness of weld w Leg size of weld L Length of weld LC Length of weld critical element Fn Force in weld critical element Rn/O Weld resistance-AISC 360-16—J2-4 Ut Utilization Utz Weld capacity estimation Fillet weld Fexx Ultimate strength as rated by electrode classification number Detailed result for C-w 1 /SM2 Weld resistance check(AISC 360-16—J2-4) Rom, = F„,•A,,,, = 1.8 kip >_ Fn = 1.4 kl st sZ p p Where: Fn, = 63.0 ksi —nominal stress of weld material: • Fnw = 0.6 • FExx • (1 +0.5 • sin1-5B) ,where: o FExx = 70.0 ksi—electrode classification number, i.e. minimum specified tensile strength o 0 = 88.0°—angle of loading measured from the weld longitudinal axis Awe = 0.06 in2 —effective area of weld critical element SZ = 2.0 —safety factor for fillet welds Buckling Loads Shape Factor L E 1 1 15.25 2 22.35 3 35.39 4 46.20 5 54.24 6 63.01 Page 107 of 148 9/10 Project: Project no: Statica Author: -2.1 Ir First buckling mode shape, LEI Code settings Item Value Unit Reference Friction coefficient-concrete 0.40 - ACI 349-01 —B.6.1.4 Friction coefficient in slip-resistance 0.30 - AISC 360-16—J3.8 Limit plastic strain 0.05 - Detailing Yes Distance between bolts[d] 2.66 - AISC 360-16—J3.3 Concrete breakout resistance check Both Base metal capacity check at weld fusion face No AISC 360-16—J2-2 Deformation at bolt hole at service load is design Yes AISC 360-16—J3.10 consideration Cracked concrete Yes ACI 318-14—17 Local deformation check Yes Local deformation limit 0.03 - CIDECT DG 1, 3—1.1 Geometrical nonlinearity(GMNA) Yes Analysis with large deformations for hollow section joints Page 108 of 148 10/ 10 14.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF STRINGER TO MAIN STEEL CONNECTION D-07 STRINGER TO MAIN STEEL CONNECTION B B C 12X20.7 -A36 C12X20.7 -A36 A 3/8 THK END 1/4 111 111 24" PLATE-36 1/4 V7.1- 1- W 14X22 -A992 ------------- JA W 14X22 -A992 VIEW-AA 1 11 W14X22 -A992 I I ______________� _ Ll- I I I 11 11 I I I � N I x I N O NOTES:- D 1.ALL BOLTS ARE 1/2" DIA F1852-N BOLTS. 2.ALL BOLT HOLES ARE STD. VIEW - BB rn Page 109 f 148 15.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF STRINGER TO MAIN STEEL CONNECTION Project: Project no: c�StatiCa® Author: Project data Project name Project number Author Description Date 1/8/2025 Code AISC/ACI Material Steel A992,A572 Gr.50,A1085. Gr.A,A36 Concrete 4000 psi Page 110 of 148 1 /11 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Project item STRINGER TO MAIN STEEL Design Name STRINGER TO MAIN STEEL Description Analysis Stress, strain/loads in equilibrium Design code AISC 360-16 (ASD)/ACI 318-14 Members Geometry Name Cross-section R—Direction y-Pitch a-Rotation Offset ex Offset ey Offset ez [°] N [°] [in] [in] [in] B 5-W(Imp)14X22 0.0 0.0 0.0 -2.00 0.00 -1.85 B1 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 -90.0 0.0 0.0 -2.50 1.00 6.25 Supports and forces Name Support Forces in X [in] B/begin N-Vy-Vz-Mx-My-Mz Node 0.00 B/end Node 0.00 B1 /end Bolts 0.00 B 131 Page 111 of 148 2/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa Author: � e -2.8 SP1 -2.8 SP1 Page 112 of 148 3/ 11 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Cross-sections Name Material 5-W(Imp)14X22 A992 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 A36 Bolts Name Diameter fy fu Gross area [in] [ksi] [ksi] [in2] 1/2 A325 0.50 92.0 120.0 0.20 Load effects (forces in equilibrium) Name Member N Vy Vz Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 B/End 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 B1 /End 0.0 0.0 -2.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 B/Begin 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Unbalanced forces Name X Y z Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 0.0 0.0 -2.8 -0.6 0.2 0.0 Check Summary Name Value Check status Analysis 100.0% OK Plates 0.1 <5.0% OK Bolts 18.2 < 100% OK Welds 75.1 < 100% OK Buckling 43.37 Plates Name Material tp Loads aEd £Pi ac,Ed Status [in] [ksi] [%] [ksi] B-bfl1 A992 0.33 LE1 7.8 0.0 0.0 OK B-tfl1 A992 0.33 LE1 27.5 0.0 2.5 OK B-w 1 A992 0.23 LE1 30.0 0.1 0.0 OK B1-bfl1 A36 0.50 LE1 10.0 0.0 0.0 OK B1-tfl1 A36 0.50 LE1 11.2 0.0 0.0 OK B1-w 1 A36 0.28 LE1 21.6 0.1 0.0 OK SP1 A36 0.38 LE1 21.6 0.0 9.9 OK Page 113 of 148 4/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Design data Material Fy £lim [ksi] [%] A992 50.0 5.0 A36 36.0 5.0 Symbol explanation tp Plate thickness 6Ed Equivalent stress EPi Plastic strain Gc,Ed Contact stress Fy Yield strength Eiim Limit of plastic strain Detailed result for 131-w 1 Design values used in the analysis Fy 21.6 ksi Where: Fy = 36.0 ksi —characteristic yield strength SZ = 1.67 —safety factor for steel material AISC 360-16—B3.2 Page 114 of 148 5/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa Author: B1 Overall check, LEI Page 115 of 148 6/ 11 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: 1%] 150% \ 10 (5.00) -2.8 ,� \ 1 0% Strain check, LEI Page 116 of 148 7/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: [ksi] 29.90 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 -2.8 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 2.5 0.00 Equivalent stress, LEI Bolts Shape Item Grade Loads Ft V Rn,bearing/.Q Utt Uts Utts Detailing Status [kip] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] [/o] 131 1/2 A325- 1 LE1 0.4 0.0 11.0 4.2 0.5 0.0 OK OK B2 1/2 A325- 1 LE1 1.6 0.0 11.0 18.2 0.5 0.0 OK OK Design data Grade Rn,tension/S2 Rn,shearm [kip] [kip] 1/2 A325- 1 8.8 5.3 Page 117 of 148 8/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Symbol explanation Ft Tension force V Resultant of bolt shear forces Vy and Vz in shear planes Rn,bearing/f) Bolt bearing resistance Utt Utilization in tension Uts Utilization in shear Utts Utilization in tension and shear Rn,tensionffi Bolt tension resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Rn,shearm Bolt shear resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Detailed result for B2 Tension resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R. = F,•An = 8 8 kip >_ Ft = 1.6 kip st St Where: F,,t = 89.9 ksi —nominal tensile stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.20 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Shear resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R = Fv A6 = 5.3 kip >_ V = 0.0 ki st st p p Where: F,, = 54.0 ksi —nominal shear stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.20 in —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Bearing resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-6) R,,, = 1.20 • 1, • t • F,,, < 2.40 • d• t • F,,, R = 11.0 kip >_ V = 0.0 kip Where: lc = 0.84 in —clear distance, in the direction of the force, between the edge of the hole and the edge of the adjacent hole or edge of the material t = 0.38 in —thickness of the plate d = 0.50 in —diameter of a bolt F,,, = 58.0 ksi —specified minimum tensile strength of the connected material Q = 2.00 —safety factor for bearing at bolt holes Interaction of tension and shear check(AISC 360-16—J3-2) The required stress, in either shear or tension, is less than or equal to 30%of the corresponding available stress and the effects of combined stresses need not to be investigated. Page 118 of 148 9/11 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Welds Item Edge Xu tw w L Lc Loads Fn Rn/Q Ut Uto Detailing Status [in] [in] [in] [in] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] SP1 131-w 1 E70xx A 0.18 \ A 0.25 \ 4.97 0.31 LE1 1.3 1.7 75.1 49.6 OK OK E70xx A 0.18 \ A 0.25\ 4.97 0.31 LE1 1.2 1.6 75.0 48.1 OK OK Design data Material Fexx [ksi] E70xx 70.0 Symbol explanation tw Throat thickness of weld w Leg size of weld L Length of weld LC Length of weld critical element Fn Force in weld critical element Rn/Q Weld resistance-AISC 360-16-J2-4 Ut Utilization Utz Weld capacity estimation Fillet weld Fexx Ultimate strength as rated by electrode classification number Detailed result for SP1 /131-w 1 Weld resistance check(AISC 360-16-J2-4) R _ F,,,A,_ _ 1.7 kip >_ Fm, = 1.3 kip Where: F... = 63.0 ksi -nominal stress of weld material: Fnw = 0.6 • FExx • (1 +0.5 • sin1.50) ,where: o FExx = 70.0 ksi-electrode classification number, i.e. minimum specified tensile strength o 0 = 88.7°-angle of loading measured from the weld longitudinal axis Awe 0.05 in2 -effective area of weld critical element SZ = 2.0 -safety factor for fillet welds Buckling Loads Shape Factor LE1 1 43.37 2 44.57 3 55.90 4 63.01 5 63.70 6 73.98 Page 119 of 148 10/ 11 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: First buckling mode shape, LEI Code settings Item Value Unit Reference Friction coefficient-concrete 0.40 - ACI 349-01 —B.6.1.4 Friction coefficient in slip-resistance 0.30 - AISC 360-16—J3.8 Limit plastic strain 0.05 - Detailing Yes Distance between bolts[d] 2.66 - AISC 360-16—J3.3 Concrete breakout resistance check Both Base metal capacity check at weld fusion face No AISC 360-16—J2-2 Deformation at bolt hole at service load is design Yes AISC 360-16—J3.10 consideration Cracked concrete Yes ACI 318-14—17 Local deformation check Yes Local deformation limit 0.03 - CIDECT DG 1, 3—1.1 Geometrical nonlinearity(GMNA) Yes Analysis with large deformations for hollow section joints Page 120 of 148 11 / 11 16.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF LANDING INFILL ANGLE TO HEADER / BACK HEADER CONNECTION D -08 LANDING INFILL TO HEADER/BACK HEADER CONNECTION C 12X20.7 -A36 2111 L4X4X3/8 -A36 SIN 2„ 11„ 3„ - -�- L4X4X3/8 -A36 SIN N 3/8 T H K SHEAR PLATE -A36 1/4 1/4 1/4 318" THK SHEAR 1/4 PLATE -A36 C 1 OX 15.3 -A36 CASE-01 CASE-02 NOTES:- 1 .ALL BOLTS ARE 7/8" DIA F1852-N BOLTS. 2.ALL BOLT HOLES ARE STD. Page 121 of 14-9— 17.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF LANDING INFILL ANGLE TO HEADER / BACK HEADER CONNECTION Project: Project no: statical Author: Author: Project data Project name Project number Author Description Date 12/24/2024 Code AISC/ACI Material Steel A992,A572 Gr.50,A1085. Gr.A,A36 Page 122 of 148 1 /10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Project item CON1 Design Name CON1 Description Analysis Stress, strain/loads in equilibrium Design code AISC 360-16 (ASD)/ACI 318-14 Members Geometry Name Cross-section R—Direction y-Pitch a-Rotation Offset ex Offset ey Offset ez [in] [in] [in] B 5-C(Imp)10X15.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 B1 4-L(Imp)4X4X3/8 -90.0 0.0 0.0 -0.49 0.00 4.00 Supports and forces Name Support Forces in X [in] B/begin N-Vy-Vz-Mx-My-Mz Node 0.00 B/end Node 0.00 B1 /end Bolts 3.52 B A B1 Page 123 of 148 2/10 Project: Project no: c�StatiCa* Author: soo e � u FP1 Cross-sections Name Material 5-C(Imp)10X15.3 A36 4-L(Imp)4X4X3/8 A36 Bolts Name Diameter fy fu Gross area [in] [ksi] [ksi] [in2] 7/8 A325 0.88 92.0 120.0 0.60 Load effects (forces in equilibrium) Name Member N Vy Vz Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 B/Begin 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 B/End 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 B1 /End 0.5 0.0 -1.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 Unbalanced forces Name X Y z Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] L E1 0.0 -0.5 -1.5 0.5 0.0 0.0 Page 124 of 148 3/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: Check Summary Name Value Check status Analysis 100.0% OK Plates 0.3<5.0% OK Bolts 9.3< 100% OK Welds 77.9< 100% OK Buckling 106.28 Plates Name tp Loads QEd £PI Qc,Ed Status [in] [ksi] [%] [ksi] B-bfl1 0.44 LE1 17.8 0.0 0.0 OK B-tfl1 0.44 LE1 21.6 0.0 0.0 OK B-w 1 0.24 LE1 21.6 0.3 0.0 OK B1-tfl1 0.37 LE1 8.8 0.0 0.0 OK B1-w 1 0.37 LE1 15.1 0.0 2.4 OK FP1 0.38 LE1 21.6 0.2 2.1 OK Design data Material y Elim [ksi] [%] A36 36.0 5.0 Symbol explanation tp Plate thickness GEd Equivalent stress EPI Plastic strain 6c,Ed Contact stress Fy Yield strength Elim Limit of plastic strain Detailed result for B-w 1 Design values used in the analysis = 21.6 ksi Where: Fy = 36.0 ksi -characteristic yield strength SZ = 1.67 -safety factor for steel material AISC 360-16-B3.2 Page 125 of 148 4/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: B B1 Overall check, LEI Page 126 of 148 5/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: 1%] 150% 100% (5.00) 0.5 0% Strain check, LEI Page 127 of 148 6/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: [ksi] 21.60 20.0 17.5 15.0 / 12.5 - 10.0 \ 7.5 5.0 0.5 2.5 0.00 Equivalent stress, LEI Bolts Ft V Rn,bearin /f2 Utt Uts Utts Shape Item Grade Loads 9 0 0 o/o] Detailing Status [kip] [kip] [kip] [/o] [ l [ 61 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 0.8 0.5 10.9 3.1 3.3 0.0 OK OK B2 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 0.8 1.0 11.2 3.1 6.4 0.0 OK OK Design data Grade Rn,tension/S2 Rn,shearm [kip] [kip] 7/8 A325- 1 27.0 16.2 Page 128 of 148 7/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Symbol explanation Ft Tension force V Resultant of bolt shear forces Vy and Vz in shear planes Rn,bearing/f) Bolt bearing resistance Utt Utilization in tension Uts Utilization in shear Utts Utilization in tension and shear Rn,tensionffi Bolt tension resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Rn,shearm Bolt shear resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Detailed result for B2 Tension resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R. = Ft Ab = 27.0 kip z Ft = 0.8 kip Where: F,t = 89.9 ksi —nominal tensile stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Shear resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R = Fv A6 = 16.2 kip >_ V = 1.0 ki � st p p Where: F,,,,, = 54.0 ksi —nominal shear stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Bearing resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-6) R,,, = 1.20 • 1, • t • F,,, < 2.40 • d• t • Fv, R = 11.2 kip >_ V = 1.0 kip Where: lc = 0.86 in —clear distance, in the direction of the force, between the edge of the hole and the edge of the adjacent hole or edge of the material t = 0.38 in —thickness of the plate d = 0.88 in —diameter of a bolt F,,, = 58.0 ksi —specified minimum tensile strength of the connected material Q = 2.00 —safety factor for bearing at bolt holes Interaction of tension and shear check(AISC 360-16—J3-2) The required stress, in either shear or tension, is less than or equal to 30%of the corresponding available stress and the effects of combined stresses need not to be investigated. Page 129 of 148 8/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Welds Item Edge Xu tw w L Lc Loads Fn Rn/(1 Ut Ute Detailing Status [in] [in] [in] [in] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] B-w 1 FP1 E70xx 10.18 ► 10.25 ► 2.48 0.31 LE1 1.0 1.3 77.9 65.6 OK OK E70xx 10.18 \ 10.25 \ 2.48 0.31 LE1 1.0 1.3 77.1 63.2 OK OK Design data Material Fexx [ksi] E70xx 70.0 Symbol explanation tw Throat thickness of weld w Leg size of weld L Length of weld LC Length of weld critical element Fn Force in weld critical element Rn/Q Weld resistance-AISC 360-16-J2-4 Ut Utilization Utz Weld capacity estimation Fillet weld Fexx Ultimate strength as rated by electrode classification number Detailed result for B-w 1 /FP1 Weld resistance check(AISC 360-16-J2-4) R. _ F,,,A,_ _ 1.3 kip >_ Fm, = 1.0 kip sz - sZ Where: F... =46.2 ksi -nominal stress of weld material: Fnw = 0.6 • FExx • (1 +0.5 • sin1.50) ,where: o FExx = 70.0 ksi-electrode classification number, i.e. minimum specified tensile strength o 6 = 19.9°-angle of loading measured from the weld longitudinal axis Awe 0.05 in2 -effective area of weld critical element SZ = 2.0 -safety factor for fillet welds Buckling Loads Shape Factor LE1 1 106.28 2 130.08 3 140.97 4 143.68 5 155.57 6 158.45 Page 130 of 148 9/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: •1.`, 0.5 First buckling mode shape, LEI Code settings Item Value Unit Reference Friction coefficient-concrete 0.40 - ACI 349-01 —B.6.1.4 Friction coefficient in slip-resistance 0.30 - AISC 360-16—J3.8 Limit plastic strain 0.05 - Detailing Yes Distance between bolts[d] 2.66 - AISC 360-16—J3.3 Concrete breakout resistance check Both Base metal capacity check at weld fusion face No AISC 360-16—J2-2 Deformation at bolt hole at service load is design Yes AISC 360-16—J3.10 consideration Cracked concrete Yes ACI 318-14—17 Local deformation check Yes Local deformation limit 0.03 - CIDECT DG 1, 3—1.1 Geometrical nonlinearity(GMNA) Yes Analysis with large deformations for hollow section joints Page 131 of 148 10/ 10 18.0 TYPICAL DETAIL OF LANDING BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION D - 09 LANDING BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION 1 „ C 12X20.7 -A36 U 3 SIDES 1/4 c) Lo X1 1 I M XI i i U) i i i I U) 2 \L4X3X3/8 -A36 NOTES:- 1 .ALL BOLTS ARE 7/8" DIA F1852-N BOLTS. 2.ALL BOLT HOLES ARE STD. Page 132of148 19.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF LANDING BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION Project: Project no: c�StatiCa® Author: Project data Project name Project number Author Description Date 8/25/2025 Code AISC/ACI Material Steel A992,A572 Gr.50,A1085. Gr.A,A36,A500. Gr. C Page 133 of 148 1 /10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Project item CON1 Design Name CON1 Description Analysis Stress, strain/loads in equilibrium Design code AISC 360-16 (ASD)/ACI 318-14 Members Geometry Name Cross-section R—Direction y-Pitch a-Rotation Offset ex Offset ey Offset ez [°] [°] [°] [in] [in] [in] C 3-HSS(Imp)4X4X1/4 0.0 -90.0 0.0 0.00 -1.10 0.00 B 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 -6.00 Supports and forces Name Support Forces in X [in] C/end N-Vy-Vz-Mx-My-Mz Node 0.00 B/end Node 0.00 CLIP1 l C B Page 134 of 148 2/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: I ' -5.0 �-I 1.5 w r CLIP1 Cross-sections Name Material 3- HSS(Imp)4X4X1/4 A500. Gr. C 4-C(Imp)12X20.7 A36 5-L4X3X3/8 A36 Bolts Name Diameter fy fU Gross area [in] [ksi] [ksi] [in2] 7/8 A325 0.88 92.0 120.0 0.60 Load effects (forces in equilibrium) Name Member N Vy Vz Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 C/End 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 B/End 1.5 0.0 -5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Unbalanced forces Name X Y z Mx My Mz [kip] [kip] [kip] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] [kip.ft] LE1 1.5 0.0 -5.0 0.0 -0.8 0.0 Page 135 of 148 3/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa` Author: Check Summary Name Value Check status Analysis 100.0% OK Plates 0.1 <5.0% OK Loc. deformation 0.0<3% OK Bolts 51.4< 100% OK Welds 58.4 < 100% OK Buckling 45.04 GMNA Calculated Plates Name Material tp Loads QEd EPI °c,Ed Status [in] [ksi] [%] [ksi] C A500. Gr. C 0.25 LE1 18.5 0.0 0.0 OK B-bfl1 A36 0.50 LE1 20.0 0.0 0.0 OK B-tfl1 A36 0.50 LE1 20.3 0.0 0.0 OK B-w 1 A36 0.28 LE1 21.6 0.1 3.2 OK CLIP1-bfl1 A36 0.38 LE1 17.7 0.0 0.0 OK CLIP1-w 1 A36 0.38 LE1 21.6 0.1 10.2 OK Design data Material y slim [ksi] [%] A500. Gr. C 50.0 5.0 A36 36.0 5.0 Symbol explanation tp Plate thickness QEd Equivalent stress EPi Plastic strain Gc,Ed Contact stress Fy Yield strength Eiim Limit of plastic strain Detailed result for B-w 1 Design values used in the analysis = 21.6 ksi Where: Fy = 36.0 ksi -characteristic yield strength St = 1.67 -safety factor for steel material AISC 360-16-B3.2 Page 136 of 148 4/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Loc. deformation Name do Loads S siim 6/do Check status [in] [in] [in] [%] C 4.02 LE1 0.00 0.12 0.0 OK Symbol explanation do Cross-section size b Local cross-section deformation brim Allowed deformation CIIPI /) C 0) E3 Overall check, LEI Page 137 of 148 5/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: 1%] 150% 100% (5.00) SSA 0% Strain check, LEI Page 138 of 148 6/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa® Author: [ksi] 29.90 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 -5.0 10.0 7.5 5.0 2.5 1.5 0.00 Equivalent stress, LEI Bolts Ft V Rn,bearingm Utt Uts Utts Shape Item Grade Loads o 0 o Detailing Status [kip] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] [/o] B1 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 3.1 6.1 17.3 11.6 37.7 0.0 OK OK B2 7/8 A325- 1 LE1 2.9 7.5 14.7 10.7 46.5 0.0 OK OK Design data Grade Rn,tension/S2 Rn,shearm [kip] [kip] 7/8 A325- 1 27.0 16.2 Page 139 of 148 7/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa" Author: Symbol explanation Ft Tension force V Resultant of bolt shear forces Vy and Vz in shear planes Rn,bearing/f) Bolt bearing resistance Utt Utilization in tension Uts Utilization in shear Utts Utilization in tension and shear Rn,tensionffi Bolt tension resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Rn,shearm Bolt shear resistance-AISC 360-16—J3.6 Detailed result for B2 Tension resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R. = Ft Ab = 270 kip z Ft = 2.9 ki st St p p Where: F,t = 89.9 ksi —nominal tensile stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Shear resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-1) R = Fv A6 = 16.2 kip >_ V = 7.5 ki � st p p Where: F,,,,, = 54.0 ksi —nominal shear stress AISC 360-16—Table J3.2 Ab = 0.60 in2 —gross bolt cross-sectional area Q = 2.00 —safety factor for tension and shear Bearing resistance check(AISC 360-16—J3-6) R,,, = 1.20 • 1, • t • F,,, < 2.40 • d• t • Fv, R = 14.7 kip >_ V = 7.5 kip Where: lc = 1.12 in —clear distance, in the direction of the force, between the edge of the hole and the edge of the adjacent hole or edge of the material t = 0.38 in —thickness of the plate d = 0.88 in —diameter of a bolt F,,, = 58.0 ksi —specified minimum tensile strength of the connected material Q = 2.00 —safety factor for bearing at bolt holes Interaction of tension and shear check(AISC 360-16—J3-2) The required stress, in either shear or tension, is less than or equal to 30%of the corresponding available stress and the effects of combined stresses need not to be investigated. Page 140 of 148 8/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: Welds Item Edge Xu tw w L Le Loads Fn Rn/Cl Ut Ute Detailing Status [in] [in] [in] [in] [kip] [kip] [/o] [/o] C-w 3 CLIP1 E70xx A 0.19 A 0.27 17.51 0.31 LE1 1.1 1.8 58.4 34.7 OK OK Design data Material Fexx [ksi] E70xx 70.0 Symbol explanation tW Throat thickness of weld w Leg size of weld L Length of weld LC Length of weld critical element Fn Force in weld critical element Rn/S2 Weld resistance-AISC 360-16—J2-4 Ut Utilization Utz Weld capacity estimation Fillet weld Fexx Ultimate strength as rated by electrode classification number Detailed result for C-w 3/CLIP1 Weld resistance check(AISC 360-16—J2-4) R,, _ F,,,-A,_ _ 1.8 kip >_ Fm, = 1.1 kip Where: Fn, = 62.9 ksi —nominal stress of weld material: • F.. = 0.6 • FExx • (1 +0.5 • sin1.50) ,where: o FExx = 70.0 ksi—electrode classification number, i.e. minimum specified tensile strength o 6 = 84.6°—angle of loading measured from the weld longitudinal axis Awe = 0.06 in2 —effective area of weld critical element Q = 2.0 —safety factor for fillet welds Buckling Loads Shape Factor L E 1 1 45.04 2 57.85 3 64.67 4 73.86 5 94.04 6 104.30 Page 141 of 148 9/10 Project: Project no: StatiCa' Author: i i' -5.0 1.5 First buckling mode shape, LEI Code settings Item Value Unit Reference Friction coefficient-concrete 0.40 - ACI 349-01 —B.6.1.4 Friction coefficient in slip-resistance 0.30 - AISC 360-16—J3.8 Limit plastic strain 0.05 - Detailing Yes Distance between bolts[d] 2.66 - AISC 360-16—J3.3 Concrete breakout resistance check Both Base metal capacity check at weld fusion face No AISC 360-16—J2-2 Deformation at bolt hole at service load is design Yes AISC 360-16—J3.10 consideration Cracked concrete Yes ACI 318-14—17 Local deformation check Yes Local deformation limit 0.03 - CIDECT DG 1, 3—1.1 Geometrical nonlinearity(GMNA) Yes Analysis with large deformations for hollow section joints Page 142 of 148 10/ 10 20.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF CARRIER ANGLE UNSED IN TREAD Design of for carrier angle used in tread pan L1 1/4x1 1/4x3/16 (A36) Length of carrier angle @ tread (min) Li :=10•in Length of tread Lt:=4.5 ft Carrier angle leg length Lc:=1.25•in Carrier angle thickness tc:=0.1875•in UDL w:=150•psf w•Lt R 2 R=0.34 kip ft Point load P:=0.3•kip L Moment induced due to uniform force Mil :=R•(L1)• 2 Mil=0.18 kip-in L Moment induced due to point load Mil:=P• 2 Mil=0.19 kip-in Max moment induced Mi:=Max(Mil Mi2) Mi=0.19 kip-in 2 Section modulus of carrier angle Z:= (1-1). tC Z=0.088 in' 4 Design strength of carrier angle Fy:=36•ksi Safety factor 0:=1.67 Moment capacity of carrier angle MC:= Fy.Z Mc=1.89 kip•in if((M,;>M;),"OK","Not good")="OK" Check for carrier angle weld (Load is conservatively assumed to be carried by vertical welds only ) Ultimate tensile strength of E70XX electrode FExx 70•ksi Resistance factor for weld Ow:=2 age 143 o Nominal stress of the weld metal FN,:= 0.6•FExx Fw=21.00 ksi w 2 Section modulus of weld ZW:= L3 Zw=0.52 in Tension per in on weld FT: M;=— FT=0.36 kip ZW in Shear per in on weld FL:= P FL=0.12 kip 2•LC in Resultant force per in on weld FR:= FTZ +FL2 FR=0.38 kp in Size of weld sw:= F R sw=0.03 in 0.707•Fw Adopt 1/8" CFW. age 144 o 21.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF TREAD PAN Design of 12Ga Tread pan (A36 GRADE) Loads acting on frame Dead load Wd:=50•psf Live load WL:=100•psf Point load at center Wr:=300•Ibf Stringer properties Tread Pan = 12Ga a:=0.5 in b:=11 -in c:=9•in d:=1.5•in tp:=0.1046•in �1 b Section modulus Z:=3.56•in Moment of inertia 1:=23•in4 Yield strength Fy:=36•ksi Safety factor Q:=1.67 Modulus of elasticity E:=29000•ksi Check for moment capacity of tread pan Length of tread pan L:=4.5 ft (Conservatively ) Total load Wt:_(Wd+WL) Wt=150.00 psf UDL acting on tread W„:= W1.b W„=137.50 1& ft �Wr-!— (Wu)•L2 / Induced Moment Mv:=max 4 8 Mv=0.35 kip•ft Page 140 o Moment capacity of tread Mr:= F .Z Mr=6.40 kip•ft If((M,>M ),"OK","Not good")_"OK" Check for deflection 5•W •L4 Deflection due to UDL load Dfi:= Df;=0.002 in 384•E•I Allowable deflection Dfa:= 240 Dfa=0.225 in if((Dfa>Dfi) "OK","Not good")="OK" x46� File Input Properties Sh 12.40 A in2 2.2684 4.361 Y U box in4 23.216 lyy in4 31.508 Ixy in4 -16.874 / luu in4 44.738 v I , � Iw in4 9.9862 Ir in4 54.724 Ang deg 51.902' o 'f 51 90° Zxx(r) in3 3.5580 ! Zxx(B) in3 9.3799 Zyy(L) in3 7.2243 X_ ----.-.___-- -`-._.---_._------_.__.___._._.__.._.__.__.__._._._.__._X Zyy(R) in3 3.9218 ; Zuu in3 5.6994 Zw in3 2.6434 ZPIx in3 5.4966 •. ZPIy in3 6.8037 Y V YC in 2.4751 XC in 4.3614 rx in 3.1992 ry in 3.7269 ru in 4.4410 ry in 2.0982 XPI in 1.9489 YPI in 103.10E-3 Perim. in 43.582 J in4 8.3210E-3 Zt in3 33.624E-3 Cw in6 6.5758 A-shear in2 819.38E-3 Bx -7.0221 Vr 979.67E-3 r 633.74E-3 jx in 3.6138 jy in 3.5110 age 14b o 22.0 TYPICAL CALC FOR DESIGN OF LANDING PLATE Design of 1/4" thk landing plate (A36 grade) Code:-AISC ASD 15th Edition Length Lmax:=3•ft Dead load Wd:=50•psf Live load WL:=100•psf Loads Wt:=Wd+WL Wt=150.00 psf Point load at center P:=300.00•I& Pi:=50•psf Wt.•Lmaxz •1 •ft MW:= 8 MW=0.17 kip•ft z P•Lmax P�•Lmax •1 •ft M :_ + M =0.28 kip•ft p 4 8 p Design strength of plate Gr.A36 Fy:=36•ksi Safety factor n:=1.67 • Thickness of plate required tregd'— max(MW,MP)•4 S) tregd=0.228 in Fy•1 •ft Thickness of plate provided tp:=0.25•in if((tp>tregd),"OK","Fall")="OK" ENGINEERING DATA .s-- - - LOAD AND DEFLECTION TABLES - FLOOR AND TREAD PLATE •. -- .�.s 1. - I SPAN SPAN Tables 5.8-5.11 show allowable load(w)in pounds per square foot and L deflection(A)in inches.Weight of plate included. Where stepped line is shown, loads above and to the right of this line Platform supported by channels,beams,angles or tees cause deflections exceeding 1/100 of the span. PLATFORMS Table 5.8 STEEL FLOOR PLATE Table 5.9 ALUMINUM TREAD PLATE Figs.A,B,C page 5.6 F = 18,000 psi Fig.E page 5.6 F = 16.000 psi (A786) (606146) Plate SPAN Plate _- SPAN Thickness 1'.6" 2'.0" 2'.6" T-0" 3'.6" 4'.0" 4'.6" 5'.0,, Thickness 1'.0" 1'.6" 2'.0" 2'.6" T-0" 3'.6" 4'.0" 1/8" 'n' 148 83 118" w 313 134 78 A .298 .530 A .361 .813 1.43 w 333 188 120 83 w 722 320 181 116 3116" A .198 .353 .551 .794 3/16" A .237 .532 .949 1.49 1/4" w 593 333 213 148 109 83 66 53 1/4" w 1250 555 312 200 139 A .149 .265 .414 .596 .812 1.060 1.340 1.66 A .180 .405 .718 1.125 1.62 5/16" w 927 522 333 232 170 130 103 83 5/16" w 1960 870 490 314 218 160 A .119 .212 .331 .477 .650 .848 1.07 1.32 A .144 .323 .575 .900 1.29 1.76 3/8" w 1333 752 748�Oj333 245 188 149 120 318„ w 2810 1250 703 450 312 229 173 A .098 .176 .396 .540 .705 .891 1.10 A .111 .259 .461 .720 1.03 1.41 1.84 Table 5.10 STEEL ABRASIVE FLOOR PLATE I Table 5.11 ALUMINUM ABRASIVE TREAD PLATE Figs.D, page 5.6 In computing effective abrasive plate thick- Fig.D,page 5.6(This material present- ness deduct 1/16"from nominal thickness,ex- ly available only on special order) F = 16,000 psi(A786) cept for 1/8"plate,deduct 1/32". Alloy 6061 T6 F = 16,000 psi Plate SPAN Plate SPAN Thickness 1'.6" 2'.0" 2'.6" 3'.0" 3'.6" 4'.0" 4'•6" 5'-0,, Thickness 1'•0" 1'•6" 2'.0" 2'.6" T-0" 3'.6" 4'.0" 1/8" w 80 45 1/8" w 187 80 A .298 .53 A .39 .865 3/16" w 148 83 53 3116" w 333 148 83 A .298 .530 1.190 A .39 .865 1.54 1/4" w 334 188 120 83 61 1/4" w 750 334 188 120 A .198 .353 .551 .794 1.082 A .257 .575 1.03 1.6 5/16" w 591 333 213 148 109 83 66 5/16" w 1334 591 333 213 148 109 A .149 .265 .414 .596 .812 1.060 1.340 A .192 .432 .770 1.2 1.72 2.35 3/8" w 927 522 333 232 170 130 103 83 318" w 2080 927 522 333 232 170 130 A .119 .212 1 .331 .477 .650 .848 1.07 1.32 A .128 .345 .615 .96 1.38 1.88 2.46 Tables 5.12 and 5.13 show allowable load (w)in pounds per lineal foot and deflection(A)in inches.Spans to right of stepped line should not be used to support concentrated loads greater than 300 lbs. TREADS Table 5.12 STEEL FLOOR PLATE I Table 5.13 ALUMINUM TREAD PLATE (Tread dimensions may vary) - -- it j I'/," Figs.A, B,C, page 5.6I ji/q:: Fig.E, page 5.6 G F = 16,000 psi(A786) ---10" -I Alloy 6061 T6 F = 10,000 psi 10' -I Plate L&AD SPAN Plate LOAD SPAN Thickness I S DEFLEC. 22" 34" 44" 56" 66" Thickness I S DEFLEC. 22" 34" 44" 56" 1/8" .165 .126 w 400 167 100 1/811 282 184 w 364 153 91 A .021 .051 .085 A .033 .079 .131 3/16" .247 .189 w 600 251 150 3116" .440 .274 w 543 228 136 A .021 .051 .085 A .031 .075 .126 1/4" .335 .256 w 812 340 203 126 1/4" .586 365 w 724 303 181 112 A .021 .051 .085 .135 A .031 .075 .126 .204 5/16" .447 .325 w 1031 432 258 159 115 5116" .739 480 w 912 332 228 141 A .020 .048 .081 .132 .183 A .031 .075 .126 .204 Plate Thicknesses shown in the above tables are those usually mended when the Abrasive Surface is on the outside of the employed in stair construction.Abrasive Plates may be bent to turn. It is usually advisable to allow a slightly greater radius in 90 degrees when the abrasive surface is on the inside,using a bends of aluminum than in steel. radius not less than plate thickness. Bends are not recom- Page of 148 3 4 5 CITY OF ARLINGTON, SECTION 15, TOWNSHIP 31 N, RANGE 05E FILE NO.: PLN#1316/1317 GENERAL NOTES 1. SEE CIVIL DEMO PLANS AND SURFACING PLANS FOR CONTRACTOR'S SURFACING SCOPE OF WORK. SURFACESITE LIGHTING Architect Civil Engineer Electrical Engineer Surveyor VICINITY MAP 2. TYPE AND LOCATIONS,LANDSCAPEAVING SCOPE,SITEIPLANTINGS SCHEMES Reid Middleton Hargis Engineers Inc. SAM Companies a ARE SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN AND Dykeman ek Safeway® ENLARGED SITE PLANS FOR REFERENCE ONLY-SEE DYKEMAN 1716 West Marine View Drive 728134th ST SW,Suite 200 1201 3rd Ave Suite 600 15241 NE 90th Street,Suite 100 APPLICABLE DESIGN DISCIPLINE FOR EACH-CIVIL, Everett,WA 98201-2098 Everett,WA 98204 Seattle,WA 98101 Redmond,WA 98052 Nutty's Junkyard Grill © ELECTRICAL AND LANDSCAPE SHEETS FOR THE ABOVE 'e NAMED SCOPES OF WORK ON SITE. Contact:Trish Sherman Contact:Mark Davis Contact:Taylor VanderKley Contact:Bruce Bailey i ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN Phone: (425)259.3161 Phone: (425)741-3800 Phone: (206)448.3376 Ph. (425)823-5700 PROPERTY DATA Fax: (425)259-5242 Fax: # Fax: (206)4484450 Fax: # D Email: Uishs@dykeman.net Email: mdavis@reidmiddleton.com Email: taylor.vanderkley@hargis.ba Email: info@sari biz egates v ZONING: GENERAL INDUSTRIAL(GI) D ycling ADJACENTZONING: GENERAL INDUSTRIAL(GI) dykernan.rnn - • SUBAREA: CASCADE INDUSTRIAL CENTER FIRE DISTRICT: SNOHOMISH COUNTY FPD 21 AIRPORT PROTECTION DISTRICT SUBDISTRICT: C USE: GOVERNMENT OFFICE BUILDING CONSULTANT: i PARCEL SIZE(GROSS): 17.56 ACRES(764,913.6 SF) PHASE 1 WORK AREA: 256,300 SF MAXIMUM ALLOWED LOT COVERAGE: 100% 'O ACTUAL LOT COVERAGE (PHASE 1) 8 IMPERVIOUS: 480,902 SF(92.8%) PERVIOUS 37,462 SF(7.2%) NORTH BUILDING SIZE(GROSS): LOWER LEVEL 11,374 SF UPPER LEVEL 7 011 SF SCALE:1"=2000'-0" TOTAL 18,385 SF • EXISTING BLDG.HT.: 30'-0"(TALLEST OF ALL EXIST. BLDGS) PROPOSED BLDG.HT: 36'-0"(ABOVE MEAN GRADE) 6467 REGISTERED PARCEL ID: 31051500101500 ARCHITECT LEGAL DESCRIPTION: SCREEN WALL SEC 15 TWP 31 RGE 05-S1/2 SE7/4 NE1/4 EXC N 15FT THOF& EXC CO RD ALSO EXC RM TO CITY OF ARL BEING E 6OFT&S 10FT OF N 25FT OF SD S1/2 SE114 NE1/4 PER QCD REC AF NO TI Y JpA S EWETT TYPE C LANDSCAPE 200303240704 S AT or WASH cTON SCREEN PER AMC 20.76.040 SEWER DISTRICT: CITY OF ARLINGTON � ______- CITY OF ARLINGTON _ LEGEND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: C 197TH ST NE _ - / - (LOCALACCESS_/60-0 R_.O.W.)- EXISTING TREES124550 Arlington Operations EXISTING T EXIST^ EXISTING BRIDGESH Y 'dPH FIREHYDRANT-PERCIVIL Center EXISTING -BRIDGE OP&STORAGE FOR UNCOVERED I I I� COVERED EXISTING OFFICE I-I1 STORAGE VEHICLE/EQUIP. PARKING' p1� 62 TYP I PLC PROPERTY LINE EXISTING -- I _ SD2.o Snohomish Count (E.E.R.) PARKING STORAGE EXISTING 9'-10" EXISTING FLEET — I se-- SETBACK Public Works R.O.W. STORAGE I I I I I MAINTENANCE ;' BUILDINGS r- BUILDING S - Ell CHARGING STATION AT EXISTING VEHICLE GROUND SOURCE 19620 67th Ave NE WggH: MECHANICAL SYSTEM 'I t. _f I (C)EV CAPABLE CHARGING STATION ` I (R)EVREADYCHARGINGSTATION Arlington, WA 98223 © EXISTING PARKING I (c)(R) - _ `!\- = - I Q PARKING STATISTICS PERMIT SET EXISTING 1 1 i l 1 1__ o- \ DECANTS _ 3 w I.I ;_ _ _ = PARKING REQUIRED: 05/02/2025 lL o �I I II I I I III _ - - ``` ` Z 1 SPACE PER 400 GROSS SF _ 18,360 S F/400 46 STALLS This drawing Is `,° ' 1.Copyright 2025 Dykeman,Inc. Q I I I I ' _,.^� /// `j`\a`_. m PARKING PROVIDED: i m _ _ + W 2.The Architects Instrument of Professional Service. STORAGE _-__-___ _-__-___ - , I STANDARD: 201 STALLS B "' _ - I I Q < ACCESSIBLE: 6 STALLS 3.For use on this project only.Obtain Architect's B U �4, I i 4 \ _ _-i w 1 ✓\ ) ".. of written permission for any other use or reproduction. o a BUILDING - �' _, * �_' ✓ _ " I I + BICYCLE PARKING: +/-5T-0' �rl_ ,�I 'r' -= e� -)I r' �� y ¢ 10%OF REQUIRED PARKING = 5STALLS REQ'D '• 7 STALLS PROVIDED EXISTING EXISTING ` NUMBER: Q: COVERED COVERED �ti _- ° f EV CHARGING STATIONS, 2023 053 Q - MATERIAL MATERIAL - 1 STORAGE STORAGE ��\` v�„\ 10%OF TOTAL PARKING 21 STALLS PROM w t `` T I`, ? I (w 22 STALLS PROVIDED (INCL.1 ADA) • i I I —� Z ' '/ , .I \' -I EV CAPABLE SPACES: l' �„ z # _ - --- .I `"': 10%OF TOTAL PARKING = 21 STALLS REQ'D MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ` Y `� z! , 22 STALLS PROVIDED 1 04/04/2025 SUP COMMENTS PROJECT WORK AREA u — I (INCL.1 ADA) # AREAS OUTSIDE THESE a- - - ( _ - _ EV READY SPACES: lji LIMITS TO REMAIN) Y LU r 10%OF TOTAL PARKING = 21 STALLS REQ'D # -- --- 22 STALLS PROVIDED RECONFIGURED # EXISTING so o PARKING AREAS # STORAGE EXISTING EXISTING BICYCLE # � BUILDING UNCOVERED UNCOVERED "�'� - -__= �a PARKING STALLSaa • STORAGE MATERIAL I ADMIN./ - -�- -'- "-- - �, PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: Ti # STORAGE BINS -_ _- rm I CREW TYPE C LANDSCAPE --- I - PROJECT MANAGER: PS . SUPPORT SCREEN PER AMC PROJECT ARC rH JI _- BLDG FH 20.76.040 JOB CAPTAIN;HITECT: DF,KG _130 �_ I 2 STORIES TYP 18,970 SF A FH Bz EXISTING BUILDINGS A -= I I • ° - .� REMAIN DURING I �. � zo TO IN CONSTRUCTION ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN — NEW RETAINING WALL I -- - CTUR - - PARCEL ID:31051500401212 -------- N88°1013 W 1236.12' — — — - — - '. t°� 1 .l i. ••. EL�na.<.s __--------- PARCEL ID:31051500401400 0 30' so' za NEW OPEN Al PARKING TYPE B LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN Scale:1"=60'-0^ NORTH D2'01 SCREEN PER AMC A 1 SERVICE YARD 20.76.040 STAIR LOCATION 1"=60'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 ' CITY OF ARLINGTON 18204 59th Avenue NE,Arlington,WA 98223 INSPECTIONS: 360-403-3417-Permit Center: 360-403-3551 BUILDING PERMIT 19700 67TH AVE NE Permit#: 6487 PERMIT EXPIRES 180 DAYS AFTER Parcel#: 31051500101500 DATE OF ISSUANCE. Scope of Work:New Road Maintenance Operations administration building Valuation: 3731958.70 OWNER APPLICANT CONTRACTOR SNOHOMISH CO PROP MGMT Snohomish County Cornerstone General Contractor 3000 ROCKEFELLER AVE M/S 404 3000 Rockefeller Ave,MS 607-Admin 11805 North Creek Parkway#115 East 5 Fl. Bothell, Wa, 98011 EVERETT,WA 98201 Everett,WA 98201 425-262-2806 LIC:602281710 EXP:03/31/2026 LIC:CORNEGC970J3 EXP:04/23/2027 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR LIC#: EXP: LIC#: EXP: JOB DESCRIPTION PERMIT TYPE: COMMERCIAL BUILDING CODE YEAR: 2021 STORIES: 2 CONST.TYPE: VB DWELLING UNITS: OCC GROUP: A-3;Assembly BUILDINGS: OCC LOAD: PERMIT APPROVAL The issuance or granting of this permit shall not be construed to be a permit for,or approval of,any violation of this Code or any other ordinance or order of the City,of any state or federal law,or of any order,proclamation,guidance advice or decision of the Governor of this State.To the extent the issuance or granting of this permit is interpreted to allow construction activity during any period of time when such construction is prohibited or restricted by any state or federal law,or order,proclamation,guidance advice or decision of the Governor of this State,this permit shall not authorize such work and shall not be valid.The building official is authorized to prevent occupancy or use of a structure where in violation of this Code,any other City ordinances of this jurisdiction or any other ordinance or executive order of the City,or of any state or federal law,or of any order,proclamation, guidance advice or decision of the Governor.The building official is authorized to suspend or revoke this permit if it is determined to be issued in error or on the basis of incorrect,inaccurate or incomplete information,or in violation of any City ordinance,regulation or order,state or federal law,or any order,proclamation,guidance or decision of the Governor. I AGREE TO COMPLY WITH CITY AND STATE LAWS REGULATING CONSTRUCTION AND IN DOING THE WORK AUTHORIZED THEREBY;NO PERSON WILL BE EMPLOYED IN VIOLATION OF THE LABOR CODE OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON RELATING TO WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE AND RCW 18.27. THIS APPLICATION IS NOT A PERMIT UNTIL SIGNED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR HIS/HER DEPUTY AND ALL FEES ARE PAID. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO USE OR OCCUPY A BUILDING OR STRUCTURE UNTIL A FINAL INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE AND APPROVAL OR A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN GRANTED.IBC 110/IRC 110. SALES TAX NOTICE: Sales tax relating to construction and construction materials in the City of Arlington must be reported on your sales tax return form and coded City of Arlington#3101. 10-71 �, 11/10/2025 Applicant Signature Date Building Official Date CONDITIONS Adhere to approved plans.Permit and plans shall be onsite for inspections.Call for inspections. The property owner shall ensure that the construction project complies with all applicable zoning codes and regulations.The property owner shall also ensure that the construction project does not cause any adverse impact on the surrounding environment or community.The property owner shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permits and approvals from the relevant authorities before commencing construction.The property owner shall ensure that the construction project complies with all applicable design review requirements. THIS PERMIT AUTHORIZES ONLY THE WORK NOTED.THIS PERMIT COVERS WORK TO BE DONE ON PRIVATE PROPERTY ONLY.ANY CONSTRUCTION ON THE PUBLIC DOMAIN(CURBS, SIDEWALKS,DRIVEWAYS, MARQUEES,ETC.)WILL REQUIRE SEPARATE PERMISSION. PERMIT FEES Date Description Fee Amount 12/02/2025 Building Plan Review $15,245.88 12/02/2025 Credit Card Service $457.38 12/02/2025 Processing/Technology $25.00 12/02/2025 Building Permit $23,455.19 12/02/2025 State Surcharge-Commercial $25.00 Total Due: $39,208.45 Total Payment: $39,208.45 Balance Due: $0.00 CALL FOR INSPECTIONS Call by 3:30 pm for next day inspection,allow 48 hours for Fire Inspections When calling for an inspection please leave the following information: Permit Number,Type of Inspection being requested,and whether you prefer morning or afternoon INSPECTION INFORMATION Pass/Fail C04.PLUMBING GROUNDWORK Approved C08.PLUMBING ROUGH-IN Approved a,o a � a w co 14 a y N a A 10 w o � m o Wiz ¢ w C� 0 N •. y >1 OF-' � ++ a d •� w d O A O 4-j Z c 7 tw r w � H w pq O V U Zo d o O o > oo W o H Qa` F � o �. � u z -J W •C ti v) x d x F oZ3 0 0 � w 41b O E � z x A F w CITY OF ARLINGTON INSPECTION CARD No building construction shall be commenced until permit holder INSPECTION RECORD SHALL or his agent has posted this Inspection Record Card in a REMAIN AT JOB SITE conspicuous place on the premises. OWNER: Snohomish Co Prop Mgmt CONTRACTOR: Corstone Contractor JOB ADDRESS: 19700 67th Ave Ne LOT NUMBER TYPE GROUP NATURE of WORK: New Building USE of BUILDING: A-3 VB A-3 PERMIT No: BLD6487 DATE ISSUED: 11/13/2025 INSPECTOR MUST SIGN ALL SPACES PERTAINING TO THIS JOB DEPARTMENT INSPECTION DATE(S) PASS FAIL INITIALS FOOTING BUILDING FOUNDATION (360)403-3417 UNDERFLOOR SHEARWALL PLUMBING(groundwork) ROUGH PLUMBING GAS PIPING ROUGH HEATING&VENTILATION FRAMING INSULATION WALLBOARD(SHEAR/RATED WALLS) CEILING GRID STRUCTURALSLAB CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL IN PREMISE (360)403-3417 GRADING TEMPORARY TECSP ASBUILTS APPROVED MAINTENANCE BOND STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM PAVING,SIGNAGE&MARKINGS LANDSCAPING CONDITIONS ONSITE UTILITIES WATER ONSITE UTILITIES SEWER Sewer OFFSITE UTILITIES WATER (360)403-3508 OFFSITE UTILITIES SEWER SEWER PRETREATMENT Water CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL PREMISE (360)403-3526 SIDE SEWER/CLEANOUT/FINAL WATER SERVICE INSTALLATION WATER SERVICE FINAL (360)403-3417 HYDRO/FLUSH UNDERGROUND**INCL FDC FIRE ALARM /AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER HOOD SUPPRESSION SYSTEM FINAL FIRE WALK-THROUGH (360)403-3417 FINAL INSPECTION ALL SIGNATURE BLOCKS MUST BE COMPLETE Permit#: 6487 Permit Date: 05/09/25 Permit Type: COMMERCIAL BUILDING Project Name: SnoCo Arlington Operations Center Redevelopment Applicant Name: Snohomish County Applicant Address: 3000 Rockefeller Ave, MS 607-Admin East 5 Fl. Applicant, City, State, Zip: Everett,WA 98201 Contact: Eric Nordstrom Phone: 425-262-2806 Email: eric.nordstrom@snoco.org Scope of Work: New Road Maintenance Operations administration building Valuation: 3 73195 8.70 Square Feet: 18970 Number of Stories: 2 Construction Type: VB Occupancy Group: A-3;Assembly ID Code: Permit Issued: 11/13/2025 Permit Expires: 09/23/2026 Form Permit Type: COMMERCIAL BUILDING Civic Plus Number: Status: COMPLETE Assigned To: Hannah Hardwick Property Parcel# Address Legal Description Owner Name Owner Phone Zoning SNOHOMISH CO 672 Protective 31051500101500 19700 67TH AVE NE PROP MGMT Functions&Related Activities Contractors Contractor Primary Contact Phone Address Contractor Type License License# CORNERSTONE 11805 North CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION Sam Comer 4254817460 Creek Parkway CONTRACTOR UBI 602281710 #115 CORNERSTONE 11805 North CONSTRUCTION Construction CONSTRUCTION Sam Comer 4254817460 Creek Parkway CONTRACTOR Contractor CORNEGC970J3 #115 Inspections Date Inspection Type Description Scheduled Date Completed Date Inspector Status good morning this is christian with cornerstone C20.BUILDING general contractors calling 07/27/2026 FINAL about permit number 6487 07/28/2026 07/28/2026 BUILDING Approved I'd like to schedule a building final tomorrow at 9:00 AM thank you 07/22/2026 C14.MECHANICAL AM requested,Site contact 07/23/2026 07/28/2026 BUILDING Approved FINAL is Joe 253-255-2634 AM Requested,Emergency 07/20/2026 Inspection lighting inspection 07/21/2026 07/21/2026 BUILDING Approved 07/16/2026 C19.PLUMBING contact Jacob MO pipe 07/17/2026 07/17/2026 BUILDING Approved FINAL construction 206-450-1015 C08.PLUMBING plumbing inspection 06/25/2026 ROUGH-IN mechanical room domestic 06/26/2026 06/26/2026 BUILDING Approved water and hydronics FSO1. 06/24/2026 UNDERGROUND 06/25/2026 06/25/2026 CED INSPECTOR Approved FLUSH FSO1. 06/24/2026 UNDERGROUND 06/25/2026 CED INSPECTOR Assigned FLUSH 06/11/2026 C10.MECHANICAL 06/12/2026 06/12/2026 BUILDING Approved ROUGH-IN looking for ceiling cover C 12.GAS PIPING OK to drop tiles and then Not 05/29/2026 PRESSURE TEST I'm also looking for a 06/01/2026 06/01/2026 BUILDING Completed pressure test on the refrigeration piping looking for ceiling cover OK to drop tiles and then 05/29/2026 C13.CEILING GRID I'm also looking for a 06/01/2026 06/01/2026 BUILDING Approved pressure test on the refrigeration piping Jill Perrin is the site contact at 253-255-2634 "permit number 6487 mechanical looking forward above the stairs they're OK C10.MECHANICAL to cover they're building a 05/27/2026 soffit in there i need it for 05/28/2026 05/28/2026 BUILDING Approved ROUGH-IN tomorrow the 28th if you need to contact somebody my name is jilt petrin at 253-255-2634 with cool thank you bye" Approved South side of South East stairwell Morning Requested "we're looking for the 05/21/2026 C10.MECHANICAL stairwell or the stairwell OK 05/22/2026 05/22/2026 CED INSPECTOR Approved ROUGH-IN to insulate if you need to contact me as joe petrin with delta technology 253- 255-2634" 05/13/2026 C11.INSULATION looking to get the shaft 05/13/2026 05/14/2026 BUILDING Approved inspected where they insulated s 05/08/2026 C10.MECHANICAL South Stairwell rough in 05/11/2026 05/11/2026 BUILDING Approved ROUGH-IN approved only chris from cornerstone general contractors calling 05/07/2026 Inspection about permit number 6487 05/08/2026 CED INSPECTOR Assigned I'd like to set up a elevator shaft liner inspection 04/16/2026 C10.MECHANICAL Floor 2 hard lid areas 04/17/2026 04/17/2026 BUILDING Approved ROUGH-IN approved 04/08/2026 C0T WALLBOARD 04/09/2026 04/09/2026 BUILDING Approved 04/08/2026 C10.MECHANICAL Duct work cover 04/09/2026 04/09/2026 BUILDING Approved ROUGH-IN 04/08/2026 C10.MECHANICAL 04/09/2026 04/09/2026 BUILDING Approved ROUGH-IN C08.PLUMBING AM or PM 04/06/2026 ROUGH-IN 2nd floor copper water 04/07/2026 04/07/2026 BUILDING Approved supply rough in approved 03/27/2026 C08.PLUMBING First floor copper supply 03/30/2026 03/30/2026 BUILDING Approved ROUGH-IN lines and hot water loop 03/26/2026 C 11.INSULATION 03/27/2026 03/27/2026 BUILDING Approved 03/18/2026 C10.MECHANICAL 1st floor restroom HVAC 03/19/2026 03/19/2026 BUILDING Approved ROUGH-IN approved 03/16/2026 C08.PLUMBING Second floor waste and vent 03/17/2026 03/17/2026 CED INSPECTOR Approved ROUGH-IN only 03/13/2026 C08.PLUMBING 03/16/2026 03/16/2026 BUILDING Not ROUGH-IN Completed 03/13/2026 C09.FRAMING 03/16/2026 03/13/2026 BUILDING Approved 03/05/2026 C05.SHEARWALL 03/06/2026 03/06/2026 BUILDING Approved First floor trap primers C08.PLUMBING copper,elevator vent,SE 03/OS/2026 ROUGH-IN sink supply line 03/06/2026 03/06/2026 BUILDING Approved APPROVED KO. schedule an interior framing 02/27/2026 C09.FRAMING inspection 03/02/2026 03/02/2026 BUILDING Approved First floor framing approved.3/2/26 KO. a plumbing wall cover inspection on monday C08.PLUMBING march 2nd plumbing wall 02/27/2026 03/02/2026 03/02/2026 BUILDING Approved ROUGH-IN cover inspection First floor rough in to plate line approved 3/2/26 KO. I'd like to set set up a shear 02/26/2026 C05.SHEARWALL wall nail inspection for 02/27/2026 02/27/2026 BUILDING Approved tomorrow 02/24/2026 C05.SHEARWALL 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 BUILDING Approved 02/18/2026 C05.SHEARWALL 02/19/2026 02/19/2026 BUILDING Approved 02/17/2026 C05.SHEARWALL West wall shear wall 02/17/2026 02/17/2026 BUILDING Approved O1/13/2026 CO3. 01/14/2026 01/14/2026 BUILDING Approved FOUNDATION/SLAB Requests between 8am and 12/11/2025 FOUNDATION/SLAB Slab on grade,vapor barrier,m. 12/12/2025 12/12/2025 BUILDING Approved and installation inspection 11/25/2025 C04.PLUMBING 11/26/2025 11/26/2025 BUILDING Approved GROUNDWORK 11/13/2025 C08.PLUMBING 11/14/2025 11/14/2025 BUILDING Approved ROUGH-IN above ground waste in the mechanical room plumbing inspection i would like the C 14.MECHANICAL inspection for tomorrow 04/28/2026 FINAL april 29th AM if available 04/29/2026 BUILDING Approved call back is jacob MO pipe construction 206-450-1015 thank you 04/10/2026 C 11.INSULATION 04/13/2026 BUILDING Approved Plan Reviews Date Review Type Description Assigned To Review Status COMMERCIAL No Comment OS/13/2025 BUILDING AIRPORT Received 05/13/2025 COMMERCIAL Approval for steel stairs BUILDING Approved BUILDING COMMERCIAL No civil comments on building permit.See PWD 3964 Development 05/13/2025 BUILDING prior to issuance. Services Manager Approved COMMERCIAL No Comment 10/02/2025 BUILDING PLANNING Received COMMERCIAL No Comment O5/13/2025 BUILDING PW is coordinating with SnoCo Engineer. PW-ADMIN-GIS Received COMMERCIAL No Comment O5/13/2025 BUILDING PW is coordinating with SnoCo Engineer. PW-SEW-REV Received COMMERCIAL No Comment 05/13/2025 BUILDING PW is coordinating with SnoCo Engineer. PW-WAT-REV Received 11/05/2025 COMMERCIAL Stair Review Only BUILDING In Review BUILDING Fees Fee Description Notes Amount Building Plan Review Table 4-2 $15,245.88 Credit Card Service $457.38 Processing/Technology $25.00 Building Permit Table 4-1 $23,455.19 State Surcharge-Commercial Commercial Only $25.00 Total $39,208.45 Attached Letters Date Letter Description 11/10/2025 Building Permit 05/09/2025 Web Form-Building Application Payments Date Paid By Description Payment Type Accepted By Amount 05/13/2025 Snohomish County 231228339 Hannah Hardwick $457.38 05/13/2025 XBP Conf: $15,245.88 231228339 11/10/2025 Snohomish County Direct Deposit Direct Deposit Hannah Hardwick $23,505.19 Outstanding Balance $0.00 Notes Date Note Created By: 07/23/2025 Review is pending SUP and Civil permit approval.Building had no comments. Hannah Hardwick 05/19/2025 Send invoices to Pam.mccurdy@snoco.org,as well as eric. Hannah Hardwick Project Valuation has been calculated as: 206.96(B Occupancy)x 11,520SF(Lower Level)_$2,384.179.20 05/09/2025 180.91(A-3 general Occupancy)x 7,450SF(Upper Level)_$1,3471779.50 Hannah Hardwick Combined=$3,731,958.70 total project valuation Permit fees calculated based on$3,731,958.70 valuation: 05/09/2025 Permit fee:$23,455.19 Hannah Hardwick Plan Review:$15,245.88 Uploaded Files Date File Name 11/05/2025 29307936-20251105 BLD6487 Shop Drawing and Calcs.pdf 11/05/2025 29307937-20251105 BLD6487 Site Plan.pdf 05/19/2025 26012072-2inress Bill Pay-Transaction Details.pdf 05/13/2025 25892714-20250512 BLD6487 Special Inspection Form.pdf 05/09/2025 25856391-20250509 BLD6487 Plans Part5m f 05/09/2025 25856392-20250509 BLD6487 Plans Partl.pdf 05/09/2025 25856393-20250509 BLD6487 Plans Part3.pdf 05/09/2025 25856394-20250509 BLD6487 Plans Part2.pdf 05/09/2025 25856395-20250509 BLD6487 Plans Part4.12-df 05/09/2025 25856396-20250509 BLD6487 Plans Part6.pdf 05/09/2025 25856323-20250509 BLD6487 WSEC Project Mechanical Requirements List.pdf 05/09/2025 25856324-20250509 BLD6487 WSEC Project Mechanical Compliance Summary_.pdf 05/09/2025 25856322-20250509 BLD6487 Deferred Submittal.pdf 05/09/2025 25856321-20250509 BLD6487 Anp.pdf 05/09/2025 25856320-20250509 BLD6487 Structural Calculations.pdf 05/09/2025 25856318-20250509 BLD6487 Permit Set Specs.pdf